Skip to main content

Full text of "The New Orleans medical and surgical journal (Volume 32 [New Series, Volume 7], 1879-1880)"

See other formats


THE 


NEW  ORLEANS 

i  n 


JOURNAL 


EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  REMISS,  M.  D., 


W.  II.  WATKINS,  M.  D,  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M  l). 


PUBLISHED  MONTHLY,  AT  $5  PER  ANNUM ,  IN  ADVANCE. 


Volume  VII.  [New  Series.  |  1879-80. 


Pa  whom,  sepaltae  distab  inerbiae  celata  vistas.  -  Hokack. 


NEW  ORLEANS: 

L.  GRAHAM,  PUBLISHER,  127  GRAYIER  STREET. 


lo  l 

NClfl 


NEW  ORLEANS 

Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

JULY,  1879. 


PAGINAL  poyViyVIUNICATIONS. 


A  Contribution  to  the  Clinical  History  of  Croupous 
Pneumonia. 

A  report  of  Eleven  Cases  of  Croupous  Pneumonia  occurring  in  private  practice 
between  the  dates  of  Feb.  .and  June,  1878. 

By  D.  WEBSTER  PRENTISS,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 

Professor  Mat.  Medicaand  Therapeutics,  National  Medical  College,  of  Washington,  D.  C. 
(Read  before  the  Med.  Society  of  Diet,  of  Columbia,  March  25,  1879.) 


Croupous  pneumonia  is  an  endemic  disease  belonging  to  the 
class  of  infectious  diseases. 

It  is  only  of  comparatively  recent  date  that  the  nature  of 
this  disease  has  been  correctly  understood,  nor  indeed  is  it 
even  now  admitted  by  all  writers  that  the  above  proposition  is 
true. 

To  Austin  Flint  in  this  country,  and  Meinyer  Jurgensen  and 
others  in  Europe,  is  due  especial  credit  for  pointing  out  with 
clearness  the  natural  history  of  croupous  or  “lobar”  pneumonia, 
and  showing  it  to  be  a  self  limited  disease,  of  constitutional 
character,  m  which  the  local  inflammation  in  the  lung  is  but  a 
symptom  of  the  general  disturbance — -just  as  is  the  affection  of 
Peyer’s  patches  in  typhoid  fever,  or  the  skin  eruptions  in  the 
exanthemata.  The  onset  of  croupous  pneumonia  is  almost 
always  sudden,  preceded  by  a  chill,  in  which  it  corresponds 
with  other  zymotic  diseases.  The  lung  lesion  frequently  does 
not  appear  until  the  2d  or  3d  day — and  then  bears  no  constant 
relationship  to  the  severity  of  the  fever.  The  fever  is  regular 


2 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


in  its  course  with  morning  decline  and  evening  exacerbation. 
At  the  sudden  crisis,  about  the  7th  day,  the  pneumonic  inflam¬ 
mation  often  continues  unabated,  as  indicated  by  the  physical 
signs  and  quickened  respiration — but  the  fever  utterly  disap¬ 
pears — the  pulse  and  temperature  becoming  normal,  and  the 
appetite  returning. 

The  disease  is  most  prevalent  in  the  presence  of  its  exciting 
causes,  chief  of  which  is  exposure  to  cold,  wet  weather;  but 
we  cannot  believe,  reasoning  by  analogy,  that  these  conditions 
alone  are  sufficient  to  produce  it. 

In  the  cases  reported  below,  no  connection  whatever  existed 
between  them,  nor  with  any  other  case  as  far  as  could  be  ascer¬ 
tained  ;  yetthere  are  instances  occurring  continually  in  the 
practice  of  physicians,  that  look  suspiciously  as  though  an 
element  of  contagion  was  present.  Two  or  three  years  since  I 
was  called  to  a  case  of  croupous  pneumonia  in  a  child — in  a 
family  of  four  children,  all  under  the  age  of  eight  years.  The 
parents  were  wealthy  and  the  children  hearty  and  robust — 
well  cared  for  in  a  warm  comfortable  house,  where  they  had 
the  least  possible  exposure  to  cold.  When  the  first  child  had 
been  sick  four  or  five  days,  the  other  three  were  all  taken  down 
at  once  with  the  same  disease.  All  the  cases  ran  the  typical 
course  to  recovery. 

Again  in  the  winter  of  1876  and  1877, 1  noted  a  case  in  a  child 
10  years  of  age,  coming  on  without  any  unusual  exposure  to 
cold,  and  running  the  regular  course  to  crisis  on  the  7th 
day  and  prompt  recovery.  Just  at  the  time  of  the  crisis  a 
younger  brother,  aged  6  years,  was  attacked  with  the  same 
sequence  of  symptoms  and  result. 

These  latter  two  cases  made  the  greater  impression,  that  my 
interest  in  them  was  closer  than  a  merely  professional  one,  and 
l  was  watching  them  night  and  day.  Such  cases  create  the 
suspicion  that  the  disease  is  contagious,  though  only  to  a  faint 
degree,  and  indicate  that  the  period  of  incubation  is  a  short 
one — from  4  to  7  days.  If  it  is  contagious,  analogy  would  sug¬ 
gest  the  sputa  from  the  diseased  lungs  as  the  principal  source 
of  contagion,  just  as  are  the  enteric  discharges  of  typhoid  fever 
and  cholera. 

It  would  be  inappropriate  in  an  article  of  this  description  to 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  3 

enter  into  a  discussion  of  the  diagnosis  between  croupous  and 
catarrhal  pneumonia,  albeit  the  differences  between  the  two  pre¬ 
sent  the  strongest  argument  in  favor  of  the  zymotic  character 
of  the  former. 

Catarrhal  pneumonia  presents  a  picture  exactly  the  opposite 
of  that  given  above,  except  only  as  to  physical  signs — the  in¬ 
sidious  approach,  the  irregular  character  of  the  fever,  no  defi¬ 
nite  course,  and  especially  the  close  sympathy  between  the  lung 
disease  and  the  general  symptoms. 

Case  I. — Croupous  Pneumonia  at  Base  of  both  Lungs  in  an  Adult. 

Mrs.  S.,  Irish,  48  years  of  age ;  stout,  healthy  woman,  who 
has  had  no  sickness  for  many  years. 

February  28th,  1878. — Chill  in  evening,  followed  by  fever  and 
cough,  after  prolonged  exposure  to  cold. 

March  2d. — First  saw  the  patient  at  0,  P.  M.,  in  bed,  suffering- 
no  pain,  but  feeling  sick  and  distressed.  Carefully  examined 
lungs,  but  could  detect  no  sign  of  disease.  Has  occasional 
cough. 


DATE. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Pulse. 

Tempera¬ 

ture. 

"o8 

‘S- 

00 

& 

X 

Pulse  res¬ 
piration  ' 
ratio. 

TREATMENT  AND  REMARKS. 

March  2,  A.  M. 

3 

96 

1 

3.44 

March  3,  A.  M. 

4 

96 

102 

28 

Still  no  crepitant  rale. 

March  4,  A.  M. 

5 

96 

105 

28 

1 

3  44 

Abundant  crepitus  at  base  of  right 
lung;  slight  crepitus  at  base  of 
left  lung.  Ordered  quin.  sul.  grs. 
xx  at  one  dose;  caib.  ammon. 
mixt.;  milk  and  beef  tea. 

March  5,  A.  M. 

6 

100 

104 

32 

3.13 

Repeat  quinine.  Continue  treat¬ 
ment.  Oiled  silk  shirt. 

March  6,  A.  M. 

7 

108 

105 

28 

1 

3.86 

Repeat  quinine.  Continue  treat¬ 
ment. 

March  7,  A.  M. 

8 

100 

103  5 

32 

1 

3.13 

Repeat  quinine. 

March  8,  A.  M. 

9 

80 

100.3 

22 

1 

3.64 

Quin.  grs.  ij.  ter  die  ordered  in  place 
of  dose  of  grs.  xx. 

March  9,  A.  M. 

10 

80 

98.5 

16 

1 

5 

Treatment  continued.  Profuse 
sweating. 

March  11,  A.  M. 

12 

80 

99 

15 

1 

5.33 

Lung  disease  nearly  disappeared. 

4  Original  Communications.  [July 

This  patient  was  only  seen  once  daily,  and  the  record  is 
therefore  only  for  the  morning,  and  does  not  show  the  antipy¬ 
retic  effect  of  the  quinine ;  but  according  to  the  report  of  the 
nurses,  each  dose  was  followed  by  relief  to  the  patient  and 
reduction  of  fever,  the  latter  rising  again  in  the  early  morning 
hours.  On  the  night  preceding  the  4th  of  March  she  was 
extremely  ill ;  so  much  so  that  she  insisted  she  was  dying, 
and  had  the  priest  summoned  to  administer  the  last  sacrament. 
There  was  no  return  of  this  extreme  illness  after  the  adminis¬ 
tration  of  the  first  dose  of  quinine,  although  the  temperature 
arose  equally  high  subsequently.  The  whole  twenty  grains  of 
quinine  were  given  between  three  and  four  o’clock,  P.  M.,  each 
day,  and  their  effect  in  reducing  fever  lasted  twelve  or  fourteen 
hours. 

The  5th,  6th  and  7th  days  of  the  disease  were  the  worst. 
Defervescence  began  on  the  8th  day  from  the  initiatory  chill 
occupying  48  hours,  but  was  not  complete  until  the  10th  day, 
ending  in  profuse  sweating.  There  was  no  sudden  crisis. 

Sweating  still  continued  when  attendance  was  closed,  March 
11th.  The  local  disease  was  principally  in  the  lower  lobe  of  the 
right  lung,  posteriorly ;  the  lower  lower  lobe  of  the  left  lung 
was  slightly  affected.  There  was  no  stage  of  complete  hepati¬ 
zation,  the  crepitant  rale  being  abundant  during  the  whole 
course  of  the  attack.  Cough,  expectoration  and  pain  were  insig¬ 
nificant.  The  pain  complained  of  was  in  the  right  side,  in  front. 

Recovery  was  prompt.  Average  pulse  respiration  ratio  1_. 

3.87 

Case  II. — Croupous  Pneumonia  of  both  Lungs  in  an  adult. 

James  M.,  Irish,  37  years  of  age,  stone  polisher;  is  a  drinking 
man ;  drinking  by  sprees,  but  sober  in  the  interval ;  good  con¬ 
stitution. 

Was  taken  sick  March  5th,  1878,  with  chill  followed  by  pain 
in  the  left  side  in  front,  and  sweating.  Painful  cough.  Con¬ 
tinued  to  work  until  March  9th.  March  10th,  first  seen.  Severe 
pain  in  cardiac  region,  causing  dyspnoea  and  suppressed  cough. 
Profuse  sweating.  Auscultation  shows  pneumonia  in  lower 
segment  of  left  lung.  Respiration  in  right  side  normal. 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia. 


5 


DATK. 

March  10,  A.  M. 
March  11,  A.  M 
March  11,  P.  M. 
March  12,  A.  M. 
March  12,  P.  M. 
March  13,  A.  M. 
M’ch  13,3  P.  M. 
M’ch  13,  9  P.  M. 
March  14,  A.  M. 
M’ch  14,  5  P.  M. 
M’ch  14,  9  P.  M. 
March  15,  A.  M. 
M’ch  15,  9  P.  M. 
March  16,  A.  M. 
M’ch  16,  9  P.  M. 
March  17,  A.  M. 
March  18,  A.  M. 
March  19,  A.  M. 
March  20,  A.  M. 


1 

Tempera-  j 

ture. 

c 

j-s 

ST 

X 

X 

Pulse  res¬ 

piration, 

ratio. 

SYMPTOMS,  ETC. 

116 

105 

48 

1 

Rusty  sputa;  carb.  ammon.  gr.  v 

2.42 

every  4  hours. 

116 

105.7 

36 

1 

Pain  and  dyspnoea  very  distressing. 

3.22 

Quinine  grs.  xx  at  one  dose. 

100 

102 

>8 

1 

General  condition  greatly  improv- 

3.57 

ed  ;  cough  and  pain  continue. 

104 

104 

28 

i 

Quinine  grs.  xx  repeated  ;  crepita- 

3.71 

tion  in  lower  lobe,  right  lung. 

100 

102.7 

32 

1 

Chloral  grs.  xx;  morphia  gr.  J,  to 

3.12 

relieve  pain  and  produce  sleep. 

112 

105 

44 

1 

Pain  not  relieved.  Ordered  bath 

2.54 

at  88°  for  10  minutes  in  wash  tub, 

in  place  of  quinine. 

108 

101.5 

30 

Great  relief. 

3.60 

92 

100.3 

28 

1 

Repeated  chloral  and  morphia. 

3.28 

108 

105 

44 

1 

Fever  rose  again  at  2,  A.  M.— 14  hrs. 

2.45 

after  bath.  Repeat  bath  and  in 

addition  quinine  grs.  xx. 

96 

103 

44 

j 

Middle  and  lower  lobes  of  right 

2.i8 

lung  hepatized  ;  returning  crepi- 

tation  in  left  lung. 

88 

10(1.5 

32 

1 

Whiskey  f.^ss  every  2  hours. 

2.75 

84 

102 

36 

'2.33 

Repeat  quinine  grs.  xx. 

72 

100 .2 

40 

1 

1.80 

68 

99  5 

36 

1 

Left  lung  improving  ;  eondit.ion  of 

1.88  . 

right  lung  unchanged. 

76 

100.3 

32 

1 

2.37 

Profuse  sweating. 

64 

99 

36 

1 

Profuse  sweating. 

1.50 

78 

99 

32 

l 

Profuse  sweating. 

2.43 

76 

100 

28 

1 

Profuse  sweating. 

2.78 

68 

98 

28 

1 

Ordered  cit.  quinine  and  iron  gr.  v. 

2.43 

and  cod  liver  oil  f.?ss  3  times  a 

day. 

0 


< Original  Communications. 


[July 


(Continued.) 


DATE. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Pulse. 

Tempera¬ 

ture. 

a 

u 

'5. 

X 

s 

33 

Pulse  res¬ 

piration, 

ratio. 

SYMPTOMS,  ETC. 

March  21,  A.  M. 

17 

68 

24 

1 

2.83 

March  22,  A.  M. 

18 

68 

99 

24 

1 

Appetite  returning. 

2.83 

March  29,  A.  M . 

25 

76 

Severe  headache.  Ordered  brom. 

potas.  grs.  xxx  ter  die. 

Returning  rales  in  right  lung ;  left 
lung  normal;  convalescing,  but 
still  very  weak. 

April  1st. 

28 

80 

This  case  is  a  type  of  the  severer  form  of  croupous  pneu¬ 
monia.  Defervescence  did  not  begin  until  the  10th  day  from 
the  initiatory  chill,  and  cannot  be  said  to  have  been  completed 
until  the  Kith  day,  a  period  of  six  days,  so  that  the  termination 
of  the  febrile  symptoms  was  by  lysis  rather  than  crisis.  It  is  to 
be  noticed,  as  bearing  on  the  question  of  diagnosis  between 
croupous  and  catarrhal  pneumonia,  that  on  the  twelfth  day,  when 
the  pulse  had  returned  to  68,  and  the  temperature  to  99.5°,  the 
diseased  process  in  two-thirds  of  the  right  lung  continued  una¬ 
bated.  The  record  of  the  case  shows  most  conclusively  the 
antipyretic  effect  of  quinine  in  gr.  xx.  doses,  as  well  as  of  the 
tepid  bath. 

On  the  morning  of  the  7th  day  the  thermometer  indicated  a 
temperature  of  105.7°;  gr.  xx.  of  quinine  was  administered,  and 
in  the  evening  the  pulse  had  fallen  to  100  from  116,  and  the  tem¬ 
perature  to  102°,  a  decline  of  3.7°  in  seven  hours.  So  on  the 
following  day  there  was  a  similar  fall  of  1.3°. 

On  the  morning  of  the  9th  day  the  pulse  was  112,  and  tem¬ 
perature  105°.  Quinine  having  been  given  two  consecutive 
days,  it  was  deemed  advisable  to  substitute  the  warm  bath.  In 
nine  hours  the  pulse  had  fallen  twenty  beats,  and  the  tempera¬ 
ture  four  and  seven-tenths  degrees.  This  could  not  be  attrib¬ 
uted  to  the  crisis — for  on  the  morning  of  the  10th  day,  the 
fever  again  arose  to  105°.  On  this  day,  the  bath  and  quinine 
were  both  given,  and  devervescence  set  in.  Carbonate  of  am¬ 
monia  was  given  all  through  the  attack,  and  beef  tea  and  milk 
relied  upon  for  nourishment — both  being  taken  freely. 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  7 

The  pleuritic  pain  in  this  case  was  very  distressing  and  was 
complained  of  in  front,  although  the  pneumonic  inflammation 
was  mostly  posterior.  Average  pulse  respiration  ratio  _L 

Case  111. — Croupous  Pneumonia  in  the  Lower  Lobe  of  Right 
Lung,  in  a  Young  Child. 

Alvin  M.,  male,  aged  8  years  ;  plump,  healthy  child.  Taken 
sick  March  28,  1878.  First  seen  March  29th,  when*  pnemnonia 
was  developed  in  the  lower  lobe  of  light  lung.  Dyspnoea 
marked. 


DATE. 

. 

o  © 

CD 

© 

© 

0Q 

. 

©  © 
a! 

a 

‘5. 

©  a 
©  5  • 
c,  ©  0 

©  3 

®  2  * 

SYMPTOMS  AND  REMARKS. 

03  CD 

q3 

a 

Ph 

S  * 

© 

M 

a  3  * 
£  * 

1878. 

March  29,  A.  M. 

2 

128 

104 

80 

1 

loo 

Warm  bath  ordered  every  4  hours. 

March  30,  A.  M. 

3 

128 

101.7 

40 

1 

3.20 

March  30,  P.  M. 

3 

140 

104 

56 

1 

2.50 

Quin.  gr.  v.  at  one  dose. 

March  31,  A.  M. 

4 

148 

103 

40 

1 

3.70 

do1  do.  do. 

April  1,  A.  M. 

5 

120 

100.3 

40 

1 

£00 

do.  do.  do. 

April  2. 

April  3. 

April  4. 

6 

7 

8 

101.5 

28 

Great  improvement.  Poise,  etc. 
not  recorded. 

Convalescent.  Visits  discontin¬ 
ued. 

The  antipyretic  effect  of  the  quinine  was  very  decided,  but 
does  not  show  in  the  chart,  for  the  reason  that  but  one  visit  was 
made  daily  after  its  administration  was  commenced.  The  ter¬ 
mination  was  by  lysis — the  period  of  defervescence  extending 
over  seventy-two  hours,  from  the  5th  to  the  8th  day. 

Average  pulse  respiration  ratio  _L 

Case  IV. — Croupous  Pneumonia  in  an  Adult,  Right  Lung, 
Asthenic  Form — Death  on  the  9th  Day. 

I).  A.  B.,  aged  56  years,  American,  rather  slender  built, 
weight,  about  140  lbs ;  conductor  on  street  cars. 


8  Original  Communications.  [July 

March  9th,  1878. — Had  slight  chill,  followed  by  fever,  cough 
and  dyspcena.  Continued  to  work  until  evening  of  March  10th, 
but  “  laid  oft  ”  and  went  to  bed  March  11th. 


March  12,  A.  M. 


■M 

©  0 C 
05 

% 


M’ch  13,  2  P.  M. 


March  14,  12  M. 


March  15,  12  M. 


March  16,  A.  M. 


M’ch  16, 10  P.M. 


March  17,  A.  M. 


108 


104 


108 


96 


100 


104 


120 


5  -2 


<V  j* 
«  ^ 


104.8 


103.5 


104 


102.5 


103 


30 


28 


32 


34 


103 


103 


js  £ ' 


n  .  ^ 


l 

3.60 


1 

3.71 


1 

3.37 


1 

2.94 


36 


40 


1 

2.88 

1 

3.00 


TREATMENT  AND  REMARKS. 


Crepitant  rale  with  marked  dullness 
over  middle  lobe  of  right  lung. 
“  Prune  juice  ”  expectoration — 
harassing  cough;  dyspnoea  mark¬ 
ed;  anxious  countenance.  Ordered 
quin.  grs.  xx.  at  one  dose.  Carb. 
ammon.  and  milk  punch  freely. 
Repeat  quinine  grs.  xx.  Beef  tea 
and  stimulants  ad.  lid.;  dusky  flesh 
on  cheeks,  oiled  silk  shirt  aiound 
chest. 

Upper  and  middle  lobe  right  lung 
solid,  and  crepitant  rale  heard  in 
lower  lobe.  Dyspnoea  greatly  in¬ 
creased.  Expectoration  of  same 
character  and  more  in  quantity. 

Condition  about  the  same ;  expec- 
toration  same ;  cough  very 
troublesome,  preventing  sleep. 
Ordered  tepid  bath  to  be  followed 
by  quinine  grs.  xx.;  morphia  and 
chloral  mixture  to  control  irrita¬ 
ble  cough.  Beef  tea  and  milk 
punch  continued. 

Expectoration  less  in  quantity  and 
not  so  bloody;  cough  in  a  mea¬ 
sure  relieved  by  anodyne  mix¬ 
ture.  Quantity  of  whiskey  in¬ 
creased  to  oz.  ss  every  two  hours. 

Passed  a  bad  night.  Watcher* 
went  to  sleep,  so  that  he  got 
neither  medicine  nor  nourish¬ 
ment  during  the  night.  Got  out 
of  bed  himself  to  get  water. 
Right  lung  entirely  hepatized  ; 
dyspnoea  very  distressing  ;  oyan- 
osis  marked ;  larynx  rises  and 
falls  during  respiration  ;  supra¬ 
clavicular  spaces  sink  in.  Or¬ 
dered  camphor  grs.  iij.  in  emulsion 
every  two  hours,  and  to  push 
whiskey  and  beef  tea.  Dyspnma 
still  greater  and  cyanosis  more 
marked.  Treatment  continued. 

Dying. 


Died  at  2  P.  M. 


r 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  9 

In  this  case  there  were  prodromal  symptoms  for  two  weeks 
before  the  onset  of  the  disease.  The  patient’s  habits  of  life 
had  formerly  been  irregular,  but  for  the  past  several  years  had 
been  correct. 

The  record  of  pulse,  temperature  and  respiration  would  not 
indicate  a  severe  attack  of  the  disease,  but  the  accompanying 
symptoms  of  distress,  cyanosis  and  u  prune  juice”  expectora¬ 
tions  pointed  clearly  to  a  severe  case.  The  pulse,  three  hours 
before  death,  was  but  120,  and  temperature  103°. 

It  is  a  matter  of  great  regret  that  just  at  the  most  critical 
period  of  the  disease — the  night  between  the  7th  and  8th  day — 
he  should  have  been  neglected  by  the  sleepiness  of  those  in 
charge  of  him.  Had  the  stimulants  and  nourishment  been  kept 
up  regularly  during  this  time,  and  the  patient  been  prevented 
from  getting  up  out  of  bed,  a  different  result  might  reasonably 
have  been  expected. 

The  record  of  pulse  and  temperature  shows  a  remarkably  low 
average  for  a  fatal  case. 

Average  pulse  respiration  ratio  _L 

Case  Y. — Croupous  Pneumonia ,  Lower  Lobe  of  Right  Lung ,  in 

an  Infant. 

Ed.  O’C.,  healthy  infant,  aged  22  months.  Taken  with  chill 
followed  by  fever,  March  29th,  1878.  Supposed  by  family  to 
have  intermittent  fever.  Was  not  seen  until  4th  day,  when 
pneumonia  was  found  developed  in  lower  lobe  of  right  lung, 
crepitant  rale  being  distinct,  with  dullness  on  percussion. 


DATE. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Pulse. 

|  Tempera- 

j  ture. 

a 

c 

•s. 

X 

* 

Pulse  res¬ 
piration 
ratio. 

REMARKS. 

April  1,  A. 

4 

192 

106 

48 

1 

4.00 

Warm  bath  and  quin.  grs.  iv.  at 
once. 

April  1,  P. 

M. 

4 

160 

102,5 

52 

1 

3.07 

April  2,  A. 

M. 

5 

160 

103 

56 

1 

2.85 

Repeat  bath  and  quinine. 

April  3,  A. 

M. 

6 

112 

98 

40 

1 

2.80 

Attendance  discontinued. 

2 


10 


Original  Commv/n ications. 


[July 


Average  pultee-respiration  ratio  _i_ 

Termination  by  crisis  on  the  6th  day. 

The  violence  of  the  symptoms  on  the  4th  day,  as  indicated 
by  pulse  of  192  and  temperature  of  106°,  were  such  as  to  create 
serious  doubts  as  to  the  result ;  but  the  pronrpt  effect  of  the 
warm  bath  and  quinine  in  alleviating  the  alarming  condition 
was  altogether  satisfactory. 

The  temperature  fell  3.5°  and  the  pulse  32  beats  per  minute 
in  six  hours,  which  was  not  due  to  the  crisis  of  the  disease,  the 
temperature  rising  to  103°  the  following  morning. 

CASE  VI. — Croupous  Pneumonia* ,  affecting  whole  of  Right  Lung, 
in  a  Young  Child. 

Louisa  H.,  German  parentage,  3£  years  old;  robust,  healthy 
child.  Taken  sick  with  chill,  followed  by  fever  on  the  1st  of 
April.  Was  sent  for  on  the  morning  of  April  2d,  on  account 
of  violent  convulsion  which  had  been  preceded  by  vomiting. 


DATE. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

6 

02 

"3 

Ph 

Tempera-  J 
ture. 

'oj 

’5. 

3D 

© 

Pulse  res¬ 
piration 
ratio. 

TREATMENT  AND  REMARKS. 

April  2,  A.  M. 

2 

160 

104 

■■ 

.... 

Convulsion  and  vomiting.  Calomel 
grs.  i.  every  4  hours;  also  brom. 
potas.  grs.  v.,  co.  spt.  aeth.  gttxv. 

April  2,  P.  M. 

148 

105.5 

-• 

.... 

every  4  hours  alternately  with 
calomel. 

April  3,  A.  M. 

3 

148 

105.? 

Diarrhcea.  Stop  calomel.  Warm 
bath  and  quin.  grs.  v. 

April  3,  P.  M. 

132 

103.5 

Have  been  examining  lungs  at  each 
visit,  but  found  no  sign  of  disease 
until  now,  when  pneumonia  is 
discovered  in  the  base  of  right 
lung.  Carb.  amtnon.  grs.  iv.  every 
4  hours. 

April  4,  A.  M. 

4 

140 

105 

56 

2.00 

1 

2.00 

Dr.  S.  C.  Busey  in  consultation. 
Quin  grs.  v.  repeated.  Syr.  sen- 
egae  added  to  carb.  amnion,  mixt.. 

April  4,  P.  M. 

128 

103.5 

44 

Beef  tea  and  milk  punch  for  nour¬ 
ishment. 

April  5,  A.  M. 

5 

144 

105.8 

76 

1 

i.89 

1 

Dr.  Busey  in  consultation.  Nearly 
whole  of  right  lung  liepatized. 
Quin,  repeated. 

April  5,  P.  M. 

132 

103 

56 

2.35 

Orders  left  to  repeat  quin .  if  fever  in¬ 
creased,  and  it  was  done  at  2  A.  M 

18  79]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  11 


(Continued.) 


DAT6. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Pulse. 

3  rT3 

S'g 

C  rt  * 

®  .£  ® 
H  04 

Pulse  res¬ 

piration 

ratio. 

\ 

TREATMENT  AND  REMARKS. 

April  6,  A.  M. 

6 

136 

105.364 

1 

2.12 

Dr.  Busey  in  consultation. 

5  o’lock,  P.  M. 

-- 

132 

103.564 

1 

2.06 

1 

An  attack  of  syncope,  apparently 
from  cough  and  dyspnoea.  Whis¬ 
key  administered  freely. 

9  o’clock  P.  M. 

-- 

128 

104  60 

2H3 

Has  revived. 

April  7,  A.  M. 

7 

132 

103.556 

1 

2.35 

Dr.  Busey  in  consultation. 

April  7,  P.  M. 

136 

105  60 

1 

2326 

Repeat  quinine. 

April  8,  A.  M. 
April  8,  P.  M. 

8 

110 

92 

98  .. 

98  32 

1 

2.87 

Dr.  Busey  in  consultation. 

April  9,  A.  M. 

9 

120 

101.556 

1 

2.14 

Headache. 

April  10,  A.  M. 

10 

116 

98.5.. 

« 

1 

Returning  rales  in  right  lung. 

April  11,  A.  M. 

11 

92 

. 28 

3.64 

Average  pulse-respiration  ratio  -L 


The  bowels  were  loose  from  the  start,  sufficiently  so  to  re¬ 
quire  use  of  starch  water  and  laudanum  enemas  and  bismuth 
powders  to  check  the  frequency  of  the  loose  watery  discharges. 
The  pneumonic  inflammation  did  not  develop  so  as  to  be  recog¬ 
nized  until  the  evening  of  the  3d  day,  although  the  lungs  were 
carefully  examined  each  visit  in  consequence  of  the  doubt  as 
to  the  diagnosis.  The  local  disease  was  confined  to  the  right 
lung,  but  so  crippled  the  entire  lung  that  death  was  imminent 
from  suffocation  from  the  5th  to  the  7th  day  of  the  attack. 

The  crisis  occurred  suddenly  ou  the  8th  day,  with  relief  of 
all  the  symptoms  except  the  frequent  respiration,  which  was 
governed  by  the  local  disease  in  the  lung.  The  effect  of  the 
quinine  was  very  regular  in  reducing  the  temperature  from  1.5° 
to  2.8°  after  each  administration,  this  effect  lasting  about 
twelve  hours.  In  this  case  the  administration  of  the  quinine 
was  followed  each  time  by  quiet  sleep  of  three  or  four  hours — 
with  a  fall  in  pulse  and  temperature  indicated. 


Original  Communications. 


12 


[July 


Case  VII. — Croupous  Pneumonia  at  Base  of  Left  Lung ,  in  a 

Young  Child. 

Louis  II.,  aged  5  years,  strong,  hearty  child.  Taken  sick  on 
the  night  of  April  9th  with  chill.  First  seen  evening  of  April 
10th,  when  the  crepitant  rale  was  abundant  at  the  base  of  the 
left  lung. 


DATE. 

Day  of 

I  Disease. 

Pulse. 

Temper¬ 

ature. 

a 

’P* 

OD 

Pulse-res¬ 
piral  ion 
ratio. 

TREATMENT  AND  REMARKS. 

April  10,  P.  M. 

2 

140 

103.5 

44 

1 

3.18 

Flaxseed  poultice  to  chest.  Fever 
mixture  of  sweet  spirits  of  nitre 
and  spirits  raindererus. 

April  11,  A.  M. 

3 

132 

103 

44 

1 

3L00 

April  12,  A.  M. 

4 

132 

100.3 

40 

1 

3.30 

April  13,  A.  M. 

5 

100 

98.5 

32 

1 

3.12 

Resolution  of  the  lung  disease 
commenced. 

This  case  is  interesting  as  illustrating  the  mild  or  abortive 
form  of  croupous  pneumonia.  The  diagnosis  was  clear,  but  the 
diseased  action  in  the  lung  was  hardly  set  up,  before  it  began 
to  decline ;  and,  on  the  5th  day,  when  the  crisis  occurred,  he 
was  to  all  appearance  well. 

1  had  an  exactly  similar  case  in  the  child  of  Mr.  J.  H.  S., 
aged  4  years,  the  notes  of  which  1  have  unfortunately  lost. 
The  initiatory  fever  in  this  latter  case  however  rose  to  105.5°, 
but  the  local  disease  aborted  just  as  above,  and  the  patient 
was  well  suddenly.  1  believe  that  many  of  the  eases  of  so- 
called  u  ephemeral  fever  v  referred  to  by  the  older  writers,  belong 
to  this  form  of  croupous  pneumonia. 

Tetminatiou  by  crisis  on  4th  day. 

Average  pulse  respiration  ratio  2_ 

CASE  VIII. — Croupous  Pneumonia  in  Adult  in  Lower  Lobe  of 

Left  Lung. 

D.  P.  M.,  aged  58  years,  cabinet  maker  by  trade,  slender 
build  and  rather  delicate  in  appearance.  Was  taken  with  chill 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  13 

April  lotli,  1878.  Had  been  troubled  with  a  cough  for  two 
weeks  previously. 


DATE. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Pulse.  1 

Tempera¬ 

ture. 

a 

*c8 

"ft. 

to 

Xi 

X 

Pulse  res¬ 

piration, 

ratio. 

REMARKS  AND  TREATMENT. 

April  18,  A. 

M. 

4 

104 

104 

20 

1 

5320 

Pneum.  of  lower  lobe  of  left  lung. 
Quinine  grs.  xv. 

April  19,  A. 

M. 

5 

88 

102.5 

18 

1 

4.88 

Cough  troublesome  with  pain,  left 
side.  No  rusty  sputa. 

April  20,  A. 

M. 

6 

104 

10‘3 

18 

1 

5.77 

Repeat  quinine.  Carb.  ammon.,  grs. 
v.  every  4  hours. 

April  21,  A. 

April  22,  A. 

M 

7 

84 

68 

100.5 

Quinine  ordered  grs.  iij  3  times  a 

M. 

8 

98.7 

16 

1 

4.25 

day. 

Profuse  sweating. 

April  25,  A. 

M. 

11 

52 

98 

12 

1 

4.33 

Average  pulse  respiration  ratio,  _L 


This  patient  was  very  weak  and  recovered  strength  slowly. 
The  previous  history,  as  indicated  by  the  symptoms  of  bron¬ 
chial  catarrh  preceding  the  onset  of  pneumonic  inflammation, 
would  seem  to  point  to  catarrhal  pneumonia,  but  rapid  course 
of  fever,  terminating  in  crisis,  between  the  7th  and  8th  day, 
clearly  establish  the  diagnosis  of  croupous  pneumonia.  As  in 
Case  IV,  there  were  present  prodromal  symptoms  for  two  weeks 
before  the  iniatitory  chili.  Defervescence  carried  the  pulse  and 
respiration  below  the  normal. 

Case  IX. — Croupous  Pneumonia  in  an  Adult  in  Lower  Lobe 

of  Left  Lung. 

John  D.,  45  years  of  age.  Never  sick,  but  not  robust.  Was 
taken  with  a  chill  April  18th,  1878.  First  saw  him  April  20th, 
when  he  was  sufering  with  acute  pain  in  left  side,  in  front , 
painful  cough  with  rusty  sputa.  Auscultation  discovers  pneu¬ 
monia  in  the  lower  lobe  of  the  left  lung. 


14 


Original  Co  m  m  union, Horn. 


[July 


DATE. 

O  CO 

<5 

U  . 

p-25 

P 

“  cT  • ; 

£  o.o 

i’-g-g  TREATMENT  AND  REMARKS. 

3 

P4 

as 

H  55 

CO 
< V 

« 

£.  g  2 

April  20,  A.  M. 

3 

120 

103.2 

18 

1  'Fever  mixt.  of  sweet  spirits  nitre 
6.66  and  liq-  am-  acet.  Ckroral  and 
morphia  to  relieve  pain. 

4.3  Quin.  gr.  xv.  at  one  dose. 

April  21,  A.  M. 

4 

120 

104.5 

28 

April  22,  A.  M. 

5 

116 

103.2 

28 

1  Quin,  gr.  xv.  repeated.  Left  lobe 
4.14  of  left  lung  hepatized. 

April  23,  A.  M. 

6 

120 

102 

30 

1  Quin.  gr.  xv.  repeated.  Carb.  am- 
4.00  mon.  gr.  v.  every  4  hours. 

April  24,  A.  M. 

7 

92 

99 

24 

1  Diarrhoea.  Profuse  sweating.  Carb. 
3.83  ammon.  stopped.  Quinine  gr.  iij. 

3  times  a  day.  Beef-tea  and  milk 
punch. 

5.66  Returning  crepitation  in  lung. 

April  25,  A.  M. 

8 

68 

95.5 

12 

April  28,  A.  M. 

11 

. 

Patient  down-stairs  sitting,  but 
very  weak.  Crepitation  rale  still 
distinct  in  lower  portion  of  left 
lung. 

Average  pulse,  respiration,  ratio  _1_ 

Termination  by  crisis  on  the  7th  day.  On  the  8th  day  the 
temperature  fell  to  1)5.5°,  with  respirations  only  twelve  per  min¬ 
ute.  There  is  a  very  great  similarity  between  this  case  and  the 
preceding  one,  the  recovery  from  the  lung  disease  being  pro¬ 
tracted.  Defervescence  below  the  normal,  both  as  to  tempera¬ 
ture  and  respiration. 


Case  X. — Croupous  Pneumonia  in  Upper  Lobe  of  Right  Lung 
in  a  Young  Child. 

Samuel  S.,  aged  3  years,  robust,  healthy  child.  Had  attack 
of  spasmodic  croup  May  24th.  Was  taken  with  chill,  followed 
by  fever,  quick  breathing  and  flushed  face  May  26th,  1878. 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  15 


DATE. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Pulse. 

Tempera¬ 

ture. 

p 

U 

X 

Pulse  res¬ 

piration 

ratio. 

REMARKS. 

May  27,  A.  M. 

2 

148 

103.8 

44 

1 

3.36 

Warm  bath  ordered. 

May  27,  P.  M. 

132 

101.5 

44 

1 

3.00 

Pneumonia  of  upper  lobe  right 
lung. 

May  28,  A.  M. 

3 

148 

102 

52 

1 

2.84 

May  29,  A.  M. 

4 

152 

104.5 

72 

1 

2.10 

Wet  towel  around  chest  renewed 
every  two  hours ;  carb.  ammonia 
mixture. 

May  29,  9  P.  M. 

132 

102 

56 

1 

235 

May  30,  A.  M. 

5 

120 

101.7 

40 

1 

3.00 

May  31,  A.  M. 

6 

120 

101.7 

40 

1 

3A»(T 

June  1. 

7 

104 

99 

40 

1 

2.60 

Resolution  of  lung  disease  prompt 
and  complete. 

Average  pulse  respiration  ratio  _I_ 

Termination  by  crisis  on  the  Ttli  day. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  application  of  the  vet  towel  in  in¬ 
fants  as  a  substitute  for  bathing.  This  child  struggled  and  fought 
so  against  the  bath  that  it  was  deemed  unwise  to  persevere  in  its 
use,  the  excitement  attending  its  administration  antagonizing 
its  good  effects.  A  large  towel  was  folded  lengthwise,  dipped 
in  water  at  temperature  of  80°  and  wrapped  around,  the  chest 
being  covered  with  dry  flannel.  This  was  changed  every  two 
hours,  with  the  most  satisfactory  effect.  The  child  does  not 
rebel  against  this  treatment,  it  is  quickly  done,  and  in  my  ex¬ 
perience,  is  a  most  valuable  aid  in  reducing  temperature  in 
infants. 

When  we  bear  in  mind  that  in  early  life  the  limbs  bear  a 
much  smaller  proportion  to  the  body  than  in  adults,  and  that  in 
children  the  intensity  of  fever  is  greatest  in  the  body  and  head, 
the  value  of  this  mode  of  application  becomes  apparent,  and 
when  conjoined  with  cold  applications  to  the  head,  fulfills  the 
whole  indication  of  the  antipyretic  use  of  water.  1  am  speaking 


16 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


only  of  young  children,  and  in  them  this  has  been  a  favorite 
method  of  controlling  fever  for  several  years.  Of  course,  where 
the  fever  is  the  more  intense,  the  wet  towel  must  be  changed 
the  more  frequently. 


Case  XI. — Croupous  Pneumonia,  occurring  during  the  incubation 
of  Measles  and  followed '•  immediately  by  that  disease. — Pneu¬ 
monia  in  middle  lobe  of  righ  t  Lung. 

W.,  aged  3  years,  girl,  healthy  child.  Has  been  exposed  to 
contagion  of  measles  for  a  week,  another  child  being  down  sick 
with  it  in  the  same  house.  Has  had  fever  every  other  day  for 
several  days,  and  a  teasing  cough. 

Was  taken  June  1st,  in  the  morning,  with  a  chill,  and  about 
noon  had  a  violent  convulsion. 


DATE. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Pulse. 

Tempera¬ 

ture. 

Respira’n 

Pulse  res¬ 
piration 
ratio. 

treatment  and  remarks. 

June  1,  1878. . . 

1 

.... 

Convulsion  (following  chill.  — 

June  2,  12  M. 

June  2,  4  P.  M. 

2 

224 

200 

104 

Brom.  potas.  grs.  vi.,  elix.  val. 
ammon.  £ 3i.  every  3  hours  for  3 
doses.  Rested  well  all  night. 

Capillary  congestion  almost  as  dark 
as  scarlatina.  CiDcho.  quin.  grs. 
iij.  every  6  hours;  spts.  aeth.  nit. 
and  liq.  ammon.  acet.  for  febri- 

June  3,  9  A.  M. 

'3 

180 

105 

fuge ;  occasional  doses  of  bromide 
with  tr.  opium  gtt.  iij. 

June  3,  12  M. 

103.3 

June  4,  2  A.  M. 

4 

180 

104.3 

,  . 

.... 

Quinine  grs.  iij. 

June  4,  8  A.  M. 

.. 

144 

101.4 

.... 

Irritating  cough  of  most  distressing 

June  4, 10  A.  M. 

160 

100 

character  and  almost  continual ; 
child  greatly  exhausted ;  percus¬ 
sion  dull  over  middle  lobe  of  right 

June  4,  5  P.  M. 

154 

105 

lung,  which  also  gives  crepital 
rale  on  auscultation.  Ordered  tr. 
opii  deod.  gtt.  iv.  every  4  hours 
until  spasmodic  cough  is  relieved. 

Cincho  quin.  grs.  iij.;  carb.  ammon. 

June  5,  5  A.  M. 

5 

140 

99*5 

.... 

andsyr.  senegaein  emulsion;  soap 
liniment  freely  to  chest. 

Cough  still  distressing,  no  appetite. 

June  5,  12  M. 

136 

98.3 

30 

Occasional  doses  of  opium  as  re- 

June  5,  5  P.  M. 

99.8 

36 

4.53 

quired;  beef  tea  and  milk  punch 
ad  libitum. 

Dr.  C.  E.  Hayner  in  consultation. 

June  G,  8  A.  M. 

6 

134 

98.4 

40 

1 

Dr.  H.  in  consultation.  Treatment 

June  6,  8  P.  M. 

150 

103 

44 

3.35 

1 

continued. 

Eruption  of  measles  beginning  to  ap- 

3.40 

pear.  Resolution  taking  place  in 
lung. 

1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  17 


(Continued.) 


DATE. 

Day  of 
Disease. 

Pulse. 

& 

fi 

S  ® 

t- 

0  5 
® 

c 

"cS 

u 

X 

0. 

M 

Pulse  res¬ 

piration 

ratio. 

TREATMENT  AND  REMARKS. 

June  7,  6  A.  M. 

7 

120 

100 

30 

1 

4.00 

Dr.  H.  in  consultation. 

June  7, 10  P.  M. 

-- 

160 

103.2 

60 

1 

2-66 

Warm  bath. 

June  8,  1  A.  M. 

8 

160 

103.2 

70 

1 

2.28 

Quinine  grs.  iij. 

June  8,  8  A.  M. 

144 

102 

66 

1 

2  18 

June  8,  5  P.  M* 

164 

104 

72 

1 

2-25 

Collapse  in  middle  lobe  of  right 
lung. 

June  8,  8  P.  M. 

-- 

170 

105.2 

70 

1 

2.42 

Quinine  grs.  v ;  carb.  ammon.  mixt. 
and  stimulants  freely. 

June  9,  2  A.  M. 

9 

144 

102.4 

60 

1 

2.40 

June  9,  6  A.  M. 

-- 

128 

99.6 

54 

1 

2.37 

Oiled  silk  shirt. 

June  9,  8  P.  M. 

144 

101 

36 

1 

4.00 

1 

Sulph.  quin.  grs.  v. 

Eruption  fading;  appetite  return- 

June  10....... 

10 

120 

98.2 

36 

3J53 

ing.  Phosphat.  emulsion  of  cod- 
liver  oil. 

Pulse-respiration  ratio  _L 

*  2.83 


Crisis  occurred  on  the  oth  day  of  the  pneumonia.  On  the  8th 
day  from  the  initiatory  chill  the  eruption  of  measles  began  to 
appear,  with  an  increase  of  temperature  to  103°.  On  the  8th 
day  collapse  of  that  portion  of  the  lung  affected  by  the  pneu¬ 
monia  occurred,  with  sudden  aggravation  of  all  the  symptoms. 
The  most  noticeable  effect  of  the  rubeola  poison  in  the  system 
was  the  intense  irritative  cough — the  regular  measles  cough — 
so  greatly  aggravated  that  the  father,  who  is  a  physician  and 
watched  the  case  most  carefully,  thought  several  times  that  she 
must  die  from  exhaustion.  This  cough  was  relieved  by  full 
doses  of  opium  and  gradually  disappeared  as  the  eruption 
faded.  The  collapse  of  the  lung  was  the  only  other  symptom 
which  could  be  ascribed  to  the  complication  of  the  two  diseases, 
each  disease  with  these  two  exceptions — of  the  intense  irrita¬ 
tive  cough  and  the  collapse — running  a  normal  course  as  though 
the  patient  had  but  the  one  at  a  time.  I  must  confess  that  I 
watched  the  development  of  the  measles  with  great  anxiety, 


18 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


fearing  and  expecting  the  occurrence  of  an  acute  catarrhal 
pneumonia  which  would  have  proved  quickly  fatal  in  the  weak¬ 
ened  condition  of  the  little  patient. 

The  collapse  of  the  lung  rapidly  disappeared  under  the  free 
administration  of  tonics  and  stimulants. 

The  subsequent  progress  of  this  case  was  entirely  favorable, 
and  at  this  date  (July,  1878),  no  trace  of  the  severe  illness  re¬ 
mains,  except  a  slight  roughness  of  voice. 

The  following  tables  present  in  a  condensed  form  an  analysis 
of  the  more  prominent  symptoms  occurring  in  the  foregoing 
cases : 


03 

S£ 

◄ 

* 

OQ 

Average 
Pulse.  * 

Average 
Temp.  * 

Average 
Pulse 
Resp’n 
|  Ratio. 

ONSET  OF  DISEASE. 

PORTION  OF  LUNGS 
AFFECTED. 

4H 

F 

99 

103 .3 

1 

3.87 

1 

Sudden  ;  ushered 
iu  by  chill. 

Lower  lobe  right  lung 
principally;  left  lobe 
of  lei t  lung  slightly. 

37 

M 

105 

103.4 

2^80” 

1 

2.80 

Not  sudden  ;  chill, 
after  which 
worked  4  days 
before  taking  tc 
bed. 

Lower  lobe  of  left  lung 
and  middle  and  low¬ 
er  lobe  of  right  lung. 

3 

M 

133 

102  6 

Sudden  ;  if  chill 
did  i.ot  know. 

Lower  lobe  right  lung. 

56 

M 

106 

103.4 

1 

3.25 

i 

Prodromal  symp¬ 
toms  for  2  weeks; 
slight  chill  at 
onset. 

Whole  of  right  lung. 

■m 

M 

170 

103.8  t 

3.18 

Suddm ;  chill. 

Lower  lobe  right  lung. 

H 

F 

123 

104.3 

1 

2.43 

1 

3.12 

Sudden; chill  ush¬ 
ered  in  by  con¬ 
vulsions. 

Whole  of  right  lung. 

5 

M 

135 

102.3 

Sudden ;  chill. 

Lower  lobe  left  lung. 

58 

M 

95 

102.5 

1 

4.e8 

Chill  ;  prodomata 
for  2  weeks. 

Lower  lobe  left  lung. 

45 

M 

119 

103.2  1 

1 

TrT 

Sudden;  chill. 

Lower  lobe  left  lung. 

3 

M 

136 

102.4 

l 

2.78 

Sudden ;  chill,  pre¬ 
ceded  by  spas¬ 
modic  croup. 

Upper  lobe  right  lung. 

3 

F 

178 

103.3 

‘X83 

Chill;  convulsions, 
preceded  by  a 
remittent  fever ; 
sudden. 

Middle  lobe  of  right 
lung. 

CASE. 


II 


III 

IV 


IX 

X 


Months.  .... 

f  On  the  4th  day  of  case  V  the  temperature  arose  to  106°,  the  highest  observed  in  any 


of  the  cases. 

|  In  case  IX,  on  the  8th  day,  the  temperature  fell  to  95.5°. 


1S79J  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  19 


CASE. 

PAIN. 

COUGH. 

SPUTA. 

TERMINATION. 

I 

Right  side  in 
front.  Not 
severe. 

Neither  f  r  e  - 
qnent  nor 
distressing. 

Not  significant 

By  crisis  on  8th  day, 
defervescence  last- 
ing  48  hours.  Profuse 
sweating.  Recovery 
prompt. 

II 

Very  severe  in 
cardiac  re¬ 
gion. 

Very  frequent 
and  suppres¬ 
sed  on  ac- 
count  of 
pain. 

Rusty,  abun¬ 
dant. 

By  lysis;  defervescence 
began  on  10th  day, 
and  was  not  complete 
until  16th  day,  a  pe¬ 
riod  of  6  days.  Pro¬ 
fuse  sweating. 

III 

Unable  to  lo¬ 
cate  it  on  ac¬ 
count  of  age. 

Insignificant. 

Not  seen. 

By  lysis  from  5th  to  8th 
day,  occupying  72 
hours. 

IV 

Severe,  but 
marked  b  y 
dyspnoea. 

Very  haras¬ 
sing,  of  irri¬ 
table  char¬ 
acter. 

“Prune  juice” 
in  character. 
Very  abun¬ 
dant. 

Death  on  9th  day  from 
asphyxia. 

v 

Not  noticed. 

Insignificant. 

Not  seen. 

By  crisis  on  6th  day. 
Defervescence  less 
than  24  hours. 

VI 

Not  noticed. 

Troublesome. 

Not  seen. 

By  crisis  od  7th  day. 
Defervescence  less 
than  24  hours. 

VII 

None. 

Insignificant. 

Not  seen. 

By  crisis  on  4th  day. 
Defervescence  less 
than  24  hours. 

VIII 

Paininleft 
side  anter¬ 
iorly. 

Trouble  some 
from  giving 
pain. 

Not  rusty. 

By  crisis  on  7th  day. 
Defervescence  less 
than  24  hours.  Pro¬ 
fuse  sweating. 

IX 

Pain  severe  in 
left  side  an¬ 
teriorly. 

Painful  cough 

Rusty. 

By  crisis  on  7  th  day, 
Defervescense  less 
than  24  hours.  Pro¬ 
fuse  sweating. 

X 

Not  noticed 

Insignificant. 

Not  seen. 

By  crisis  on  7th  day. 
Defervescence  less 
than  24  hours. 

XI 

Not  noticed. 

Cough  parox¬ 
ysmal,  irri¬ 
tative,  most 
bar  as  s  i  n  g 
and  exhaust¬ 
ing.  Consti¬ 
tuted  a  dan¬ 
gerous  ele¬ 
ment  in  the 
disease. 

Not  seen. 

By  crisis  on  5th  day. 
Defervescence  less 
than  24  hours. 

An  examination  of  these  tables  of  summary  of  symptoms 
shows : 

1st.  As  to  age ,  that  six  of  these  cases  were  between  the  ages 
of  one  and  five  years.  Five  cases  were  adults  between  ages  of 
thirty-seven  and  fifty-eight  years.  There  was  no  case  between 
the  age  of  five  and  thirty-seven  years. 


20  Original  Communications.  [July 

2<1.  As  to  sex ,  eight  were  males  and  three  females,  or  a  per¬ 
centage  of  males  of  72.7  to  27.3  of  females. 

3d.  Pulse. — The  average  pulse  during  the  febrile  stage  for 
the  adults  was  105,  while  the  same  for  the  children  was  145 
beats  per  minute. 

Nothing  peculiar  was  noticed  as  to  pulse,  except  that  in  the 
asthenic  cases  it  was  slower  than  in  the  sthenic  cases,  whereas 
it  might  naturally  have  been  expected  to  be  more  rapid  from 
the  enfeebled  state  of  the  patient.  The  pulse  kept  pace  very 
regularly  with  the  temperature  curve. 

4th.  Temperature. — The  average  temperature  for  the  eleven 
cases  to  the  commencement  of  defervescence  was  103.1°,  the 
highest  recorded  being  10(5°  in  an  infant  of  twenty-two  months, 
and  the  lowest  95.5°  in  Case  IX,  where  the  crisis  oscillated  the 
temperature  to  three  degrees  below  the  normal  without  appar¬ 
ent  detriment  to  the  patient.  The  typical  morning  depression 
and  evening  rise  in  temperature  were  interfered  with  by  the  anti¬ 
pyretic  treatment  and  hence  do  not  show  in  the  record. 

5tli.  Pulse-Respiration  Ratio. — In  the  normal  state  of  health 
the  relation  between  the  pulse  and  respiration  is  that  of  1  to  4£, 
the  pulse  being  taken  at  72  per  minute  and  respiration  at  1G, 
for  an  adult.  About  the  same  proportion  exists  in  children, 
both  being  increased  in  the  same  ratio  according  to  age. 

The  same  thing  is  true  in  regard  to  febrile  diseases  which 
quicken  the  heart  beats  and  breathing.  The  relative  proportion 
is  maintained  as  long  as  there  is  found  at  the  same  time  no 
morbid  condition  of  the  thoracic  viscera,  but  as  soon  as  heart  or 
lungs  become  implicated  by  diseased  processes,  the  normal 
pulse-respiration  ratio  of  one  to  four  and  a  half  is  destroyed,  and 
in  the  case  of  lung  disease,  other  things  being  equal,  the  degree 
of  variation  becomes  an  accurate  measure  of  extent  to  which  the 
lung  tissue  is  implicated. 

It  is,  therefore,  a  most  valuable  factor  in  the  early  diagnosis 
of  the  form  of  lung  inflammation  at  present  under  considera¬ 
tion,  especially  because,  being  an  infectious  fever,  ab  initio ,  the 
local  lesion  does  not  become  apparent  in  many  cases  for  two  or 
three  days  (as  in  Case  VI  of  this  report)  and  the  symptoms  may 
all  be  referable  with  equal  propriety  to  any  of  several  of  the 
zymotic  fevers. 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  21 


While,  however,  other  symptoms  fail  to  furnish  any  differen¬ 
tial  clue  as  to  the  precise  nature  of  the  fever,  which  we  are 
about  to  be  called  upon  to  battle  with,  if  the  ratio  between  the 
pulse  and  respiration  is  augmented  to  any  marked  degree,  we 
may  be  sure  that  in  a  very  short  time  there  will  be  found  the 
crepitant  rale,  and  dullness  on  percussion  over  some  portion  of 
the  chest. 

We  have  above  an  average  pulse  respiration  ratio  in  the 
whole  number  of  cases  of  '  but  it  would  be  more  exact  as  ex- 

3.33' 

expressing  the  true  ratio  existing  between  the  pulse  and  respi¬ 
ration,  in  typical  cases  running  a  regular  course,  if  we  exclude 
cases  VI 11  and  IX,  which  are  exceptional  in  presenting  a  pulse- 
respiration  ratio  less  than  normal,  being  rerpectively  -Land  -I_ 
Leaving  out  of  account  these  two  cases,  we  have  from  those 
remaining  an  average  _L,  which  probably  expresses  very  nearly 
the  true  ratio  existing  between  these  prominent  symptoms  in 
croupous  pneumonia. 

6th.  The  onset  of  the  disease. — An  examination  of  the  above 
table  will  show  that  the  attack  was  ushered  in  suddenly  by  a 
chill  in  eight  of  the  cases,  and  in  two  (VI  and  XI)  in  children, 
the  succeeding  fever  was  accompanied  by  convulsions. 

In  three  cases,  the  commencement  was  gradual,  in  two  of 
which  (IV  and  VIII)  there  were  decided  prodromal  symptoms 
for  two  weeks. 

A  chill  was  present  in  all  the  cases,  except  the  third,  and  in 
that  it  was  not  observed,  although  from  the  age  (3  years)  of  the 
child,  it  might  easily  have  been  overlooked. 

7th.  The  lung  or  part  of  lung  affected. — The  whole  of  the 
right  lung  was  involved  in  two  cases,  one  of  which  proved 


fatal. 

Upper  lobe  of  right  lung  attacked .  3  times. 

Middle  lobe  of  right  lung  attacked . 4  “ 

Lower  lobe  of  right  lung  attacked .  6  “ 

Total . 13  “ 

Upper  lobe  of  left  lung  attacked . 0  times. 

Lower  lobe  of  left  lung  attacked . 5  u 

Total . 5  “ 


22  Original  Communications.  [July 

In  several  instances  more  than  one  lobe  was  inflamed  in  indi¬ 
vidual  cases,  so  that  the  whole  number  of  lobes  attacked  in  the 
eleven  cases  was  eighteen.  Marked  preference  is  shown  for 
the  lower  lobes,  they  being  singled  out  in  eleven  out  of  the 
eighteen  times. 

Both  lungs  were  affected  in  two  cases.  The  right  lung  was 
involved  eight  times,  and  the  left  lung  five  times,  giving  a  pro¬ 
portion  between  the  two  of  eight  to  five,  which  corresponds 
very  nearly  with  the  statistics  of  the  latest  authorities. 

8th.  Pain . — In  none  of  the  cases  occurring  in  children,  was 
pain  in  the  chest  observed,  and  if  present  in  any  degree  was 
certainly  not  severe,  and  could  not  be  located. 

In  all  the  severe  cases  in  adults,  pain  was  a  prominent  symp¬ 
tom,  and  a  cause  of  much  suffering. 

In  every  case  where  present,  it  was  felt  in  front  to  one  side  or 
the  other  of  the  median  line,  according  to  the  lung  affected,  while 
the  pneumonic  inflammation  invariably  approached  nearer  the 
surface — posteriorly. 

9th.  Cough. — Nothing  peculiar  to  the  disease  under  consid¬ 
eration  appeared  in  the  cough.  It  was  present  in  all  the  cases, 
but  iu  those  unattended  by  severe  pain  from  the  pleuritic  com¬ 
plication,  it  was  insignificant.  Where  pain  was  marked,  the 
cough  became  the  most  distressing,  by  aggravating  a  torment, 
which  was  quiescent  as  long  as  the  patient  remained  undis¬ 
turbed.  In  the  fatal  case,  the  cough  was  peculiarly  harrassing, 
being  almost  constant,  of  a  hacking  character,  and  only  absent 
from  the  influence  of  narcotics. 

In  the  11th  case,  the  character  of  the  cough  was  evidently 
influenced  by  the  measles  complication,  and  was  of  so  serious 
a  nature,  that  dangerous  exhaustion  resulted. 

10th.  Sputa. — Children  under  tin*  age  of  five  years  very  rarely 
expectorate,  and  in  the  six  infantile  cases  no  sputum  was  seen, 
although  in  some  it  was  evidently  abundant  from  the  loose 
cough,  and  was  swallowed.  Of  the  five  adults  it  was  colored 
by  blood  in  three  cases,  and  not  so  in  two. 

In  case  IY,  it  was  abundant,  like  “prune  juice,”  and  in  the 
result  verified  the  unfavorable  prognosis  of  older  writers  from 
the  presence  of  this  symptom. 

11th.  Termination. — Termination  was  by  crisis  in  eight  cases ; 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  23 

by  lysis  in  two,  and  death  one.  The  crisis  occurred  in  the  first 
set  as  follows : 

In  1  case  on  the  fourth  day. 

In  1  case  on  the  fifth  day. 

In  1  case  on  the  sixth  day. 

In  4  cases  on  the  seventh  day. 

In  1  case  on  the  eighth  day. 

In  the  second  set  of  two  cases,  terminating  by  lysis,  the 
defervescence  began  in  one  on  the  5th  day  and  was  complete 
on  the  8th  ;  and  iu  the  other  case  did  not  commence  until  the 
10th  day  and  was  not  complete  until  the  10th. 

The  exact  time  occupied  by  defervescence,  where  less  than 
twenty-four  hours,  could  not  be  determined,  on  account  of  suffi¬ 
ciently  frequent  daily  visits  not  being  made ;  nor,  for  the  same 
reason,  could  the  hour  of  the  day  when  defervescence  began 
be  definitely  fixed,  but  according  to  the  reports  of  the  nurses 
the  improvement  began  shortly  after  the  morning  visit  (11, 
A.  M.),  and  continued  through  the  night,  taking  the  place  of 
the  usual  evening  exacerbation. 

In  seven  cases,  the  time  occupied  in  the  reduction  of  temper¬ 
ature  to  the  normal  degree  was  less  than  twenty-four  hours ;  in 
one  case  it  was  forty-eight  hours ;  in  one,  seventy-two  hours, 
and  in  one  six  days. 

Profuse  sweating  accompanied  the  defervescence  in  four 
cases,  which  were  also  the  most  severe. 

It  will  appear  from  the  above  record  that  the  crisis  may  occur 
anywhere  from  the  4th  to  the  10th  day,  the  7th  day  being  the 
one  on  which  it  most  frequently  takes  place ;  also  that  the  time 
of  defervescence  in  a  particular  case  is  infiuenced  by  its  severity, 
being  earlier  in  mild  cases  and  retarded  in  the  graver  forms. 

Jiirgensen  (Ziemsen’s  Cyclop.,  vol.  v.,  p.  54)  gives  a  table  of 
721  cases,  terminating  all  the  way  from  the  2d  day  (eight 
cases)  to  the  18th  day  (two  cases),  of  which  105  came  to  an  end 
on  the  7th  day. 

The  cases  above  reported  are  susceptible  of  division  into 
two  groups,  viz :  sthenic  and  asthenic.  In  the  former  group 
are  eight  cases,  including  all  the  infants,  which  present  no  pecu¬ 
liarities,  but  are  typical  cases  of  croupous  pneumonia. 

In  the  latter  group,  the  asthenic,  are  three  cases  (IV,  VIII,  IX) 


24 


Original  Communicatio  ns. 


[July 


which  differ  from  the  former  in  several  important  respects 
worthy  of  especial  notice.  Two  cases  (IV  and  VIII)  were  pre¬ 
ceded  for  two  weeks  by  prodromata  of  bronchial  catarrh  and 
malaise ,  which  statistics  show  to  be  not  common  in  this  form  of 
pneumonia. 

In  all  three  the  pulse,  temperature  and  respiration  were  very 
low,  considering’  the  gravity  of  the  cases.  In  Case  IV  the 
pulse  ranged  from  96  to  120,  the  latter  rate  being  but  a  few 
hours  previous  to  death,  when  the  the  temperature  was  but 
1 03°  and  respiration  40. 

In  Cases  VIII  and  IX,  the  average  pulse  respiration  ratio  is 
_L  and  2L  respectively,  being  in  both  less  than  that  of  health. 

In  Case  VIII,  defervescence  carried  the  pulse  down  to  52 
and  respiration  down  to  12  per  minute,  and  in  Case  IX  the 
temperature  fell  to  95.5°  and  respiration  to  12 — all  below 
normal. 

A  report  of  this  character  does  not  allow  space  for  a  full 
discussion  of  the  question  of  diagnosis  which  might  be  opened 
by  the  consideration  of  these  latter  three  cases,  but  it  is  clearly 
suggested,  from  a  clinical  point  of  view,  that  cases  do  con¬ 
tinually  occur  where  the  diagnosis  between  croupous  and 
catarrhal  pneumonia  will  hinge  upon  the  termination  by  crisis 
or  lysis — about  the  usual  time  for  such  termination  in  the 
natural  history  of  the  former  disease. 

In  Cases  VIII  and  IX  the  termination  was  by  crisis  on  the 
7th  day.  In  case  IV  death  on  the  9th  day,  but  the  history  and 
symptoms  so  closely  parallel  the  other  cases  that  the  diagnosis 
is  not  in  doubt,  aud  could  life  have  been  prolonged  a  day  or 
two  longer,  there  was  every  reasonable  hope  that  the  crisis 
would  have  taken  place. 

As  to  the  preceding  bronchial  catarrh,  whether  that  was  a 
true  prodroma  or  merely  an  ante  hoc,  is  an  open  question — for 
there  is  no  reason  why  croupous  pneumonia  should  not  be 
developed  during  the  existence  of  a  bronchitis,  the  same  as 
though  the  latter  did  not  exist,  or  just  as  in  case  XI  it  made  its 
attack  during  the  forming  stage  of  measles. 

Treatment. — It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  in  connection  with 
the  treatment  of  croupous  pneumonia,  to  take  into  considera¬ 
tion  its  natural  history.  It  is  an  intensely  febrile  disease,  self- 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia.  25 

limited — running  its  course  more  rapidly  perhaps  than  any 
other  zymotic  disease,  and  terminating  with  abrupt  suddenness 
about  the  seventh  day. 

This  order  of  sequence  in  the  symptoms  we  may  confidently 
predict  under  any  plan  of  treatment  not  absolutely  injurious, 
for  the  prognosis  is  in  healthy  subjects  most  favorable,  being 
even  more  so  in  children  than  in  adults. 

It  is  a  disease  in  which  the  physician  can  well  afford  to  bide 
his  time,  and  bear  out  the  old  rule,  which  I  had  firmly  impres¬ 
sed  upon  me,  when  a  student,  by  my  venerable  preceptor,  the 
late  Dr.  Joshua  Riley, — “  To  be  sure  if  you  can  do  no  good,  at 
least  to  do  no  harm.” 

There  is  no  malady  in  the  catagory  of  medicine,  which  yields 
to  the  medical  attendant  so  much  honor  from  the  patient  and 
his  friends  as  the  one  under  consideration,  because  in  the  very 
height  of  severe  illness,  the  fever  often  reaching  its  maximum 
just  before  the  crisis,  the  sick  man  is  suddenly  well,  and  of 
course  the  doctor  and  his  last  remedy  get  the  credit  for  the 
(jure. 

Nor  is  it  unfrequently  the  case  that  the  physician  himself  is 
deceived,  taking  the  post  hoc  for  the  propter  hoc ,  and  thinking 
that  he  has  found  a  specific  remedy.  Happily  this  multiplica¬ 
tion  of  specific  remedies  has  received  a  check  by  the  attention 
now  given  to  the  study  of  the  natural  history  of  disease,  and 
tendency  is  to  reduce  rather  than  add  to  the  already  cumber¬ 
some  materia  medica  by  interposing  a  more  correct  knowedge 
of  what  would  be  the  symptoms,  course  and  termination  in 
typical  cases  uninfluenced  by  drugs. 

With  regard  to  the  disease  which  is  the  subject  of  this  paper, 
this  has  of  late  years  been  very  clearly  set  forth,  and  the  duty 
of  the  medical  attendant  in  the  premises  is  very  much  simplified. 

It  is  to  guide  the  case,  guard  against  excessive  fever,  support 
the  strength  and  watch  for  complications,  in  other  words  anti¬ 
pyretic  and  supporting.  The  danger  to  be  apprehended  is  prin¬ 
cipally  two  fold,  indirectly  from  cardiac  debility  due  to  intense 
fever  and  lung  obstruction,  and  directly  from  the  extent  of  the 
lung  disease. 

The  high  temperature  is  to  be  combatted  by  baths  and  qui¬ 
nine.  A  reference  to  the  temperature  record  of  the  above  cases 

4 


Original  Communications. 


26 


[July 


shows  characteristically  the  effect  of  this  treatment  upon  the 
fever  heat,  but  it  does  not  and  cannot  express  the  great  relief 
accompanying  it  to  the  patient,  of  distressing  symptoms.  1 
have  never  used  cold  baths  in  this  disease,  but  have  prepared 
water  at  a  temperature  of  00°  and  reduced  it  ten  degrees  during 
the  fifteen  minutes  occupied  in  administering  it. 

Not  that  I  believe  any  risk  would  be  run  by  making  the  bath 
cold,  but  experience  goes  to  show  that  quite  as  great  reduction 
of  temperature  is  obtained  from  the  above  graduated  bath,  with 
certainly  greater  comfort  to  the  patient,  and  less  violence  to  the 
prejudices  of  friends. 

If  we  consider  for  a  moment  the  modus  operandi  by  which 
the  bath  is  an  effective  measure  in  reducing  temperature,  I 
think  we  will  be  disposed  to  admit  that  the  warm  bath  should 
have  the  preference. 

The  skin  is  the  organ  by  which  the  balance  of  temperature  is 
preserved  between  the  internal  structures  and  external  surface, 
and  through  the  agency  of  the  blood.  A  very  great  extent  of 
surface  in  the  capillary  vessels  of  the  skin,  is  exposed  to  the 
cooling  influence  of  the  external  air  with  every  pulsation  of 
the  heart,  and  the  extent  to  which  the  surplus  heat  of  body 
combustion  is  got  rid  of,  is  exactly  in  proportion  to  the  amount 
of  blood  so  exposed  to  the  air  in  the  skin,  and  the  condition  of 
the  skin  at  the  time. 

The  application  of  cold  contracts  the  capillaries  of  the  skin, 
and  drives  the  blood  away  from  the  surface  towards  the  inter¬ 
nal  organs. 

This  is  the  effect  of  a  cold  bath,  and  although  the  reduction 
of  temperature  in  the  blood  still  remaining  in  the  skin  is 
greater  than  from  a  tepid  bath,  still  the  aggregate  effect  will 
be  less. 

The  warm  bath  relaxes  the  skin  and  invites  blood  to  the  sur¬ 
face,  while  the  difference  in  temperature  between  water  at  90° 
and  fever  heat  (104°  or  upwards)  is  quite  sufficient  to  give  a 
decided  clinical  result. 

In  addition,  the  absence  of  shock  and  greater  feeling  of  com¬ 
fort  to  the  patient  is  an  advantage  of  the  warm  bath  not  to  be 
overlooked. 

In  some  of  these  cases,  where  the  convenience  of  a  bath  tub 


1879]  Prentiss — Clinical  History  of  Croupous  Pneumonia .  27 

was  not  to  be  had,  a  common  washing  tub  was  used,  the  patient 
sitting  in  it,  covered  over  the  shoulders  with  a  blanket,  and 
this  was  found  to  be  an  efficient  substitute. 

Whenever  the  patient  became  prostrated  from  the  fever,  or 
oppressed  by  the  dyspnoea,  the  baths  were  discontinued  and 
quinine  relied  on  as  an  antipyretic.  In  children,  if  the  baths 
were  the  occasion  of  struggling  and  screaming,  they  were  not 
insisted  on,  the  wet  towel*  and  quinine  being  resorted  to. 

The  dose  of  quinine  given  to  adults  was  from  grs.  xv  to  grs. 
xx,  and  was  found  to  be  sufficient. 

The  reduction  in  temperature  varied  in  different  cases  from 
1.5°  to  4.7°,  and  lasted  about  fourteen  hours  from  the  time  of 
administration.  A  dose,  given  at  mid-day  would  show  decided 
effect  in  three  hours,  reach  its  maximum  at  9  o’clock,  P.  M., 
and  the  temperature  would  begin  to  rise  about  2  o’clock,  A.  M. 

In  the  severer  cases  the  temperature  would  be  again  the 
following  morning  as  high  as  before  its  administration.  In  the 
milder  cases  the  fever  did  not  appear  to  rise  as  high  any  more 
after  the  first  dose  of  quinine. 

In  some  of  the  cases,  especially  marked  in  Case  YI,  it  pro¬ 
duced  a  decided  hypnotic  effect,  every  full  dose  being  fol¬ 
lowed  by  quiet  sleep. 

Dr.  S.  C.  Bussey,  who  was  in  consultation  in  this  case,  said 
he  had  frequently  noticed  the  same  effect.  He  had  had  his 
attention  first  called  to  it  by  Dr.  Jas.  C.  Hall,  of  this  city,  a 
most  acute  observer,  who  had  been  in  the  habit  for  years  of  giv¬ 
ing  quinine  at  bedtime,  with  the  double  purpose  of  promoting 
sleep  and  at  the  same  time  avoiding  the  annoyance  of  noises 
in  head  occasioned  by  this  agent. 

Stimulants  were  administered  as  required.  Carbonate  of 
ammonia  as  a  special  cardiac  stimulant  where  the  respiration 
was  embarrassed. 

Milk  and  beef  tea  were  relied  on  for  nourishment. 

Season  of  the  Year.  All  the  cases  here  reported  occurred 
between  the  months  of  February  and  June  inclusive,  and  eight 
out  of  the  eleven  were  attended  in  March  and  April,  four  for 
each  month. 


See  Case  X. 


28 


Original  Co?nmmication8. 


[July 


One  case  was  noted  in  February,  one  in  May,  and  one  in 
June,  the  latter  having  its  onset  on  the  first  day  of  the  month. 

From  the  occurrence  of  the  last  case  to  the  present  date 
(September  10th)  I  have  seen  but  one  case,  a  child  three  years 
of  age,  who  was  taken  sick  August  28th. 

By  courtesy  of  the  Health  Officer  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
I)r.  Smith  Townshend,  I  am  enabled  to  append  a  report  of  1915 
deaths  from  pneumonia  during  a  period  of  six  years  and 
eight  months,  from  January  1st,  1872,  to  July  31st,  1878. 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA,  BOARD  OF  HEALTH. 

OFFICE  OF  HEALTH  OFFICER. 

Washington,  August  10th,  1878. 

Dr.  D.  W.  Prentiss ,  1224  Ninth  Street  N.  TF. 

Sir — In  reply  to  your  letter  of  the  2d  inst.,  I  transmit  here¬ 
with  table  showing  number  of  deaths  from  pneumonia  in  the 
District  of  Columbia  from  January  1,  1872,  to  August  1,  1878. 

Prior  to  August,  1874,  there  was  no  law  requiring  physicians 
to  furnish  certificates  of  deaths  to  the  Health  Department,  and 
no  permits  for  burials  were  required,  hence  the  “table”  is  not 
reliable  prior  to  that  date,  although  it  contains  every  case 
reported  to  the  Health  department  to  that  date.  Regretting 
my  inability  to  furnish  more  complete  information, 

I  remain,  very  respectfully, 

Smith  Townshend,  M.D., 
Health  Officer. 


Statement  of  Deaths  from,  Pneumonia  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  January  1st, 
1872,  to  July  31  st,  1878. 


TEARS 

January. 

February. 

March. 

April. 

May. 

June. 

July. 

August. 

September. 

October. 

November. 

December. 

TOTAL. 

1872 . 

12 

21 

20 

22 

17 

11 

1 

9 

3 

10 

9 

16 

151 

1873 . 

27 

14 

13 

13 

6 

6 

2 

4 

5 

7 

13 

110 

1874 . 

22 

14 

26 

19 

19 

2 

6 

*18 

9 

20) 

18! 

40 

213 

1875 . 

81 

69 

87 

47 

19 

17 

4 

14 

14 

24 

28! 

42 

446 

1876 . 

51 

52 

78 

66 

41 

8 

7 

11 

14 

16 

22! 

31 

397 

1877 . 

58 

61 

54 

33 

25 

18 

6 

7 

5 

13 

21; 

26 

327 

1H78 

48 

40 

45 

3d 

49 

35 

20 

| 

271 

Totals. 

299 

271 

323 

234 

176 

91 

50 

61 

49 

88 

105 

168 

1915 

♦Absolutely  correct  from  August  1874,  to  and  including  July,  1878.  Prior  to  August, 

74,  the  records  were  yery  incomplete.  Physicians  not  being  required  to  make  returns 
We  have  no  records  prior  to  1872. 


1879] 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


29 


This  statement  would  appear  at  first  sight  to  indicate  an 
extraordinary  mortality  for  this  disease  in  the  District  of  Co¬ 
lumbia;  and  such  would  be  the  fact,  were  they  all  cases  of 
croupous  pneumonia.  It  includes,  however,  all  the  forms  of 
pneumonia — catarrhal  pneumonia  especially  of  old  persons  and 
young  children,  of  invalids  and  consumptives,  and  not  unlikely 
many  cases  of  capillary  bronchitis  and  pulmonary  collapse.  The 
statistical  value  therefore,  in  a  mortuary  sense,  is  lost,  but  the 
relative  value  as  to  frequency  of  occurrence  at  certain  seasons 
of  the  year  remains  but  little  impaired. 

Thus  during  the  four  months  from  January  to  April,  inclu¬ 
sive,  there  are  1127  deaths  to  788  for  the  remaining  eight 
months,  and  for  the  six  months  from  December  to  May,  inclu¬ 
sive,  there  are  1471  cases  against  but  444  for  the  other  six 
months,  showing  it  to  be  a  disease  of  winter  and  spring  months. 


Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 

BY  JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medicine.  Medical  Department  University  of  Lonis- 
iana ;  Visiting  Physician  of  Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans. 


(Extracts  from  Clinical  Lecture,  Delivered  in  the  Amphitheatre  of  the  Charity 
Hospital,  January  29th,  1879.  Reported  for  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal.) 


LECTURE  IV. 

Gentlemen : 

In  the  preceding  lectures,  we  have  brought  to  your  notice 
various  subjects  connected  with  the  natural  history  of  yellow 
fever,  and  we  have  detailed  many  cases  illustrating,  by  actual 
observations,  the  symptoms,  pathological  chemistry,  microscopy, 
and  pathological  anatomy  of  this  disease,*  and  we  desire  to 
conclude  the  clinical  lectures  on  this  subject  by  some  practical 
observations  on  the  principles  of  treatment. 

OUTLINE  OF  PRINCIPLES  OF  TREATMENT  OF  YELLOW  FEVER. 

1.  Although  yellow  fever  is  a  self-limited  disease,  which  in 
uncomplicated  cases  runs  a  definite  course,  at  the  same  time  it 


*  The  details  of  these  cases  have  been  necessarily  omitted  from  the  reports  of  these 
lectures,  for  want  of  space. 


30 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


can  be  if  not  arrested,  at  least  modified  and  controlled  and 
brought  to  a  favorable  issue,  by  judicious  treatment,  careful 
nursing,  and  the  proper  use  in  certain  stages  of  certain  drugs. 

2.  The  treatment  should  be  instituted  at  the  earliest  possible 
moment  after  the  onset  of  the  disease.  If  the  stomach  is  loaded 
with  food,  it  should  be  immediately  relieved  by  the  administra¬ 
tion  of  an  efficient  emetic;  and  to  accomplish  this  indication,  I 
have  found  a  drachm  of  pulverized  ipecac,  mixed  with  one  pint 
of  warm  water,  and  administered  in  small  quantities  at  regular 
intervals,  the  mildest  and  best  emetic,  promoting  free  sweating- 
in  the  first  few  hours  of  the  disease. 

The  next  step  should  be  to  unload  the  bowels  by  an  efficient 
purgative.  To  accomplish  this  end,  it  has  been  my  custom  to 
administer  in  the  first  twelve  hours  of  the  fever,  to  an  adult, 
ten  grains  each  of  calomel  and  quinine,  and  to  follow  with  from 
one  fluid  ounce  to  a  fluid  ounce  and  a  half  of  castor  oil  in  three 
or  four  hours.  In  most  cases,  by  these  means  the  bowels  were 
relieved  of  large  quantities  of  dark,  foul,  stinking  fcecal  matters. 
In  no  instance  have  1  ever  regretted  the  early  and  prompt 
administration  of  efficient  purgatives  in  yellow  fever;  on  the 
contrary,  whenever  from  any  cause  the  purgative  was  rejected 
and  failed  to  act,  the  subsequent  progress  of  the  disease  was 
unfavorable  and  unsatisfactory. 

3.  The  poison  of  yellow  fever,  as  well  as  the  deleterious  pro¬ 
ducts  resulting  from  the  chemical  changes  which  it  excites,  are 
eliminated  mainly  by  the  skin  and  kidneys.  Black  vomit  is  the 
result  of  this  action  of  the  yellow  fever  poison  upon  the  blood, 
and  certain  organs.  It  should  neither  be  regarded  as  the  active 
cause  nor  be  treated  as  the  disease.  Black  vomit  must  be  viewed 
as  a  result  and  not  as  the  cause  of  diseased  action.  Therefore 
the  functions  of  the  skin  and  kidneys  should  be  promoted  by 
suitable  means  during  the  progress  of  the  disease,  and  at  the 
same  time  due  regard  must  be  paid  to  the  irritated  and  irritable 
condition  of  the  gastric  mucous  membrane.  During  the  early 
stages  the  physician  should  employ  those  measures  which  are 
best  adapted  to  equalize  the  circulation  and  promote  the  regu¬ 
lar  and  free  exercise  of  the  functions  of  the  skin  and  kidneys. 
Stimulating  diuretics  should  as  a  general  rule  be  avoided,  as 
they  tend  to  increase  the  irritation  and  congestion  of  the  kid¬ 
neys. 

Such  a  stimulating  diuretic  as  the  oil  of  turpentine,  whether 
used  externally  or  administered  internally,  may  be  productive 
of  permanent  injury  in  increasing  the  congestion  and  promoting 
the  destructive  changes  in  the  kidneys.  For  a  similar  reason 
blisters  should  be  employed  with  great  caution  in  this  disease. 

A  favorable  impression  may  be  made  upon  the  circulation, 
and  upon  the  skin,  by  the  free  use  of  the  hot  mustard  foot 
bath.  The  action  of  the  skin  and  kidneys  may  be  promoted 
by  draughts  of  lemonade,  and  of  warm  decoctions  of  mild 
diuretics,  as  orange  leaf  and  sage  tea,  and  water  charged  with 
carbonic  acid.  .  , 


1879J 


JONES—  Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


31 

The  thirst  due  to  the  chemical  changes  of  the  blood,  and  to 
the  elevated  temperature  should  be  relieved  at  stated  and  short 
intervals  by  moderate  draughts  of  cold  water,  and  by  fragments 
of  ice  in  the  mouth. 

I  have  used  during  the  epidemic  yellow  fever  of  1878,  with 
much  benefit  the  natural  alkaline  gaseous  Apollinaris  water  of 
the  Apollinaris  Spring,  near  Neuenahr.  Its  pleasant  taste; 
its  richness  in  pure  carbonic  acid ;  its  slight  alkaline  properties 
and  its  gentle  diruetie  effects,  render  it  peculiarly  grateful  to 
the  yellow  fever  patient.  A  careful  examination  of  the  reports 
of  Professor  Virchow,  Dr.  Oscar  Liebreich,  professor  of  chem¬ 
istry  at  the  Berlin  University,  Dr.  Carl  Bischof,  of  Wiesbaden, 
Professor  G.  Bischof,  of  Bonn,  Dr.  Frederick  Mohr,  of  Bonn, 
Professor  A.  W.  Hofman,  Vice  President  of  the  Chemical 
Society  of  Germany,  Professor  Aug.  Kekule,  Privy  Councillor 
of  State  and  Director  of  the  Chemical  Institute  of  the  Univer¬ 
sity  of  Bonn,  and  of  Professor  W.  Odling,  professor  of  chem¬ 
istry  at  the  University  of  Oxford,  has  established  the  belief, 
that  by  reason  of  the  skill  and  pains  employed  at  the  spring  to 
present  and  maintain  the  water  in  its  natural  condition,  the 
bottled  Apollinaris  water,  fulfills  the  condition  of  a  natural 
mineral  water,  which  retains  its  charge  of  carbonic  acid,  and  is 
actually  presented  to  the  public  with  its  different  constituents 
in  all  essential  respects  for  table  use  and  for  therapeutic  applica¬ 
tion  unaltered.  As  a  mean  of  eight  analysis  made  by  Professor 
Carl  Bischof,  in  the  year  1877,  the  total  amount  of  saline  matter 
was  found  to  be  22  parts  in  10,000  parts  of  the  water,  10  of 
these  22  parts  being  constituted  of  alkaline  carbonates,  the 
carbonate  of  soda  amounting  to  over  9£  parts,  the  carbonate 
of  magnesia  to  over  3f  parts,  and  the  carbonate  of  lime  to  over 
2£  parts. 

According  to  Dr.  Friedrich  Mohr,  the  analysis  per  10,000 
parts  of  Apollinaris  water  yielded:  carbonate  of  soda  9.431, 
chloride  of  sodium  3.5016,  sulphate  of  soda  2.0949,  carbonate  of 
lime  2.5004,  carbonate  of  magnesia  4.0983,  oxydul  of  iron  0.0380, 
silicates,  etc.,  0.1850;  total  saline  ingredients  21.9092. 

By  a  series  of  analyses  made  at  different  times,  the  water  of 
the  springs  is  shown  to  belong  to  the  class  of  so-called  acidnlons- 
alkaliue  waters ;  acidulous  by  reason  of  the  large  excess  of  car¬ 
bonic  acid  gas  with  which  it  is  charged,  and  alkaline  by  reason 
of  the  proportions  of  the  carbonates  of  magnesia  and  lime,  and 
more  especially  of  soda,  which  form  its  principal  saline  constit¬ 
uents,  and  together  with  the  excess  of  carbonic  acid,  give  to 
the  water  its  characteristic  taste  and  properties. 

I  was  led  by  the  results  of  numerous  trials  of  the  Apollinaris 
water  as  a  drink  in  the  active  febrile  stage  of  yellow  fever,  to 
refer  its  beneficial  effects  to  the  carbonic  acid,  as  well  as  to  the 
alkaline  salts. 

It  is  well  known  that  carbonic  acid  gas  applied  to  the  eye, 
relieves  the  pain  and  photophobia  of  scrofulous  opthalmia,  and 
that  injected  up  the  vagina,  it  eases  the  pain  of  ulceration  of 


32 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


the  os  uteri  and  of  cancer  and  neuralgia  of  the  uterus,  and 
according  to  Sir  J.  Simpson,  the  inhalation  of  this  gas  is  service¬ 
able  in  chronic  bronchitis,  asthma  and  irritable  cough. 

Carbonic  acid  water  has  long  been  employed  in  painful  and 
irritable  conditions  of  the  stomach,  it  eases  pain  and  checks 
vomiting.  These  are  precisely  the  effects  which  we  desire  to 
accomplish  in  many  cases  of  yellow  fever  attended  with  great 
irritability  of  the  stomach.  Carbonic  acid  water  is  an  excellent 
addition  to  milk,  which  will  then  be  generally  retained  though 
previously  rejected.  Experience  has  proven  that  obstinate 
vomiting  can  be  alleviated  by  liquids  containing  carbonic  acid, 
provided  there  is  no  serious  organic  disease  of  the  stomach. 
They  slightly  reduce  the  temperature,  and  the  frequency  of  the 
pulse,  and  during  their  use  the  urine  often  contains  an  abnor¬ 
mal  quantity  of  oxalic  acid,  a  product  of  imperfect  combustion. 
These  effects  must  also  be  due  to  the  property  which  carbonic 
acid  has  of  diminishing  the  alkalinity  of  the  animal  juices,  for 
the  blood  can  be  rendered  acid  by  saturation  with  this  gas, 
after  withdrawal  from  the  body.  It  is  also  possible  that  the 
transitory  fall  of  temperature  which  it  produces  depends  on  a 
reflex  stimulus  imparted  to  the  nervous  centres,  similar  to  that 
produced  by  irritation  applied  to  the  skin.  Its  effect  on  the 
pulse  and  temperature  persists  as  long  as  the  urine,  a  product 
of  tissue  changes  which  are  controlled  by  carbonic  acid,  con¬ 
tains  an  abnormal  amount  of  this  gas ;  hence  it  increases  for 
from  half  to  two  hours  after  tolerable  strong  doses  of  the  latter, 
and  can  possibly  be  prolonged  by  its  continued  administration 
in  small  doses  (Kerner,  Binz). 

The  small  proportion  of  alkaline  carbonates  existing  in  the 
Apollinaris  water,  tended  'at  once  to  neutralize  an  excess  of 
acid  in  the  stomach  and  at  the  same  time  to  promote  a  free  and 
continuous  excretion  of  urine,  and  thus  tended  to  relieve  the 
congestion  of  the  kidneys  and  prevent  the  accumulation  of  des¬ 
quamated  cells,  oil  and  granular  matter  in  thetubuli  uriuiferi. 

In  the  treatment  of  yellow  fever,  I  administered  the  Apolli¬ 
naris  water  in  the  following  manner: 

The  cork  of  the  bottle  was  perforated  by  the  tube  provided 
with  a  stop  cock  now  employed  so  extensively  for  the  discharge 
of  champagne  in  limited  quantities.  Fragments  of  ice  were 
placed  in  the  sick  cup,  and  the  Apollinaris  water  allowed  to 
flow  upon  them  by  turning  the  cock,  and  the  cool  water  was 
immediately  administered  to  the  patient.  And  here  I  must 
state  a  rule  which  was  invariably  followed  during  the  different 
stages  of  yellow  fever,  namely,  the  retention  at  all  times  of  the 
recumbent  position  by  the  patient,  even  when  drinking  or  tak¬ 
ing  nourishment.  This  precaution  is  preeminently  necessary 
in  yellow  fever,  on  account  of  the  action  of  the  poison  on  the 
ganglia  and  muscular  structures  of  the  heart,  and  the  acute 
fatty  degeneration  which  this  organ  undergoes  in  this  disease. 

4.  The  diet  .should  he  light  hut  nutritious ,  and  administered  in 
small  quantities  and  with  great  caution  during  the  first  four  or 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


33 


1879 1 


five  days  of  the  disease.  Without  doubt  the  stomach  is  often 
irritated,  and  even  black  vomit  induced,  by  the  injudicious 
administration  of  food  during  the  active  stages  of  yellow  fever. 
Aside  from  the  fact  that  in  the  hot  stage  of  all  fevers,  the 
secretions  of  the  stomach  are  so  altered  and  its  powers  are  so 
impaired  that  it  is  incapable  of  properly  digesting  and  assimi 
lating  food,  in  yellow  fever  there  is  an  especial  irritation  and 
enfeeblement  of  this  organ ;  and  withal  in  many  cases  there  is 
a  morbid  appetite  and  craving  for  food.  The  sensation  of 
hunger  on  the  part  of  the  patient  in  this  disease  should  not  be 
gratified,  except  in  the  most  cautious  manner,  and  by  the 
lightest,  blandest  and  most  easily  assimilated  forms  of  nourish¬ 
ment.  Barley  water,  beef  tea,  chicken  tea,  corn  and  rice  gruel, 
milk  charged  with  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  milk  and  lime  water, 
are  the  best  forms  of  nourishment,  and  should  be  continued  at 
regular  intervals  throughout  the  active  stages  of  the  disease. 
In  many  cases,  I  confined  the  patients  to  simple  barley  water 
during  the  active  stages.  The  barley  water  was  prepared  thus : 
four  ounces  of  barley  were  boiled  in  a  pint  and  a  half  of  water 
down  to  one  pint.  Solid  food  and  even  bread  should  be 
avoided. 

Alcoholic  stimulants  should  be  used  with  caution,  and  their 
effects  noted.  They  have  proved  beneficial  in  certain  cases 
attended  with  great  prostration,  in  the  stage  of  febrile  excite¬ 
ment.  Champagne,  when  pure,  is  perhaps  one  of  the  best  forms 
of  alcoholic  stimulants,  from  the  presence  of  carbonic  acid  with 
which  it  is  charged.  The  champagne  should  be  delivered  from 
the  bottle  in  small  quantities  by  means  of  the  tube  and  stop¬ 
cock,  and  should  be  poured  upon  fragments  of  ice  in  the  sick 
cup,  and  thus  administered  to  the  patient  at  regular  inter¬ 
vals.  When  champagne  of  good  quality  cannot  be  obtained 
(the  dry  champagne  should  always  be  used  in  preference  to  the 
sweet),  an  excellent  substitute  may  be  prepared  by  diluting 
good  brandy  or  whisky  with  water  charged  with  carbonic 
acid  gas. 

It  must  be  admitted  that  many  cases  of  yellow-fever,  may  be 
successfully  treated  without  stimulants.  In  some  cases  milk- 
punch  has  proved  beneficial,  but  this  combination  of  alcohol 
and  milk  should  be  given  with  caution,  and  in  small  quantities 
at  regular  intervals. 

PURGATIVES. 

5.  Efficient  but  gentle  purgation  in  the  early  part  of  the  first 
stage  of  active  febrile  excitement,  may  prove  beneficial  in 
relieving  in  a  measure  the  congestion  of  the  kidney  and  liver 
and  gastro  intestinal  mucous  membrane,  and  in  removing  foul 
and  offending  foe  cal  matters  from  the  bowels.  If  mercurials 
are  employed,  they  should  be  used  in  the  early  part  of  the  first 
stage,  not  later  than  the  second  day  of  the  disease.  For  an 
adult  from  eight  to  twelve  grains  of  calomel  or  blue-mass  will 
be  sufficient.  Purgatives  should  not  be  administered  in  the 

5 


34 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


second  stage  of  depression.  As  a  general  rule,  I  commenced 
the  treatment  of  the  disease,  with  a  combination  of  quinine  and 
calomel ;  ten  grains  of  each  being  administered  at  once  to  an 
adult.  The  effects  of  the.  quinine  thus  administered  will  be 
considered  hereafter ;  with  reference  to  the  calomel,  1  have  pre¬ 
ferred  it  as  a  purgative  on  account  of  the  following  well  known 
facts : 

(a.)  Calomel  is  insoluble  m  the  hydrochloric  acid  of  the  gas¬ 
tric  juice,  but  if  brought  in  contact  with  a  solution  of  albumen 
for  a  little  while  at  the  temperature  of  the  body,  a  portion  of 
the  metal  always  becomes  dissolved  in  the  latter ;  and  in  the 
same  way  the  urine  always  contains  mercury  after  calomel  has 
been  repeatedly  dusted  in  the  eye. 

All  the  salts  of  mercury  which  are  absorbed  into  the  system 
are  converted  by  the  chloride  of  sodium,  and  the  carbonic  acid 
into  soluble  combinations. 

(b.)  In  adults  doses  of  from  eight  to  ten  grains  of  calomel 
excite  active  peristaltic  movements  of  the  bowels,  cause  the 
expulsion  of  their  contents,  and  often  produce  profuse  diar¬ 
rhoea.  In  yellow  fever  and  in  malarial  fever,  especially  in  the 
first  stage  of  the  fever,  calomel  rarely  produces  excessive  or 
troubleson  le  pu  rgati  on . 

(c.)  According  to  recent  researches  the  quantity  of  bile, 
secreted  by  the  liver  is  not  absolutely  increased  by  the  action 
of  calomel,  but  on  the  contrary  is  somewhat  diminished  by  its 
prolonged  administration.  The  dark  green  color  of  the  abun¬ 
dant  motions  which  it  produces  is  due  to  the  rapid  descent  of 
the  bile  from  the  upper  part  of  the  intestinal  canal.  Calomel, 
on  the  other  hand,  stimulates  the  functions  of  the  pancreas, 
large  quantities  of  leucine,  tyrosin,  and  indol,  being  found  in 
the  faeces  after  its  use,  whereas  they  are  absent  in  diarrhoea 
caused  by  other  drastic  purgatives.  Calomel  also  powerfully 
excites  the  secretion  of  the  intestinal  glands.  If  SchiflPs 
researches,  be  accepted,  which  show  that  the  liver  not  only 
secretes  bile,  but  also  excretes  that  which  has  already  been 
secreted  and  absorbed  in  the  intestine,  it  may  be  possible  to 
explain  the  fact,  that  less  bile  enters  the  duodenum  after 
diarrhoea  induced  by  calomel;  and  this  diminution  will  also  be 
explicable  by  the  neeessarily  more  rapid  removal  of  the  chyme, 
for  with  impaired  nutrition  less  bile  is  secreted  ;  in  this  sense 
therefore,  calomel  relieves  the  animal  juices  of  any  excess  of 
biliary  principles  which  they  may  contain,  and  hence  it  still 
may  be  called  a  cholagogue. 

(d).  The  experience  of  generations  strongly  protests  against 
the  results  of  experiments  on  dogs  and  other  lower  animals,  and 
supports  the  conviction  that  in  some  diseases  mercury  does  in¬ 
crease  the  bile.  It  is  now  not  difficult  to  conceive  that  in  a  given 
disease  mercury  may  set  aside  some  condition  hindering  the 
formation  of  bile,  and  thus  act  as  a  cholagogue,  though  possibly 
in  health  it  may  check  the  secretion. 


►Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


35 


1879] 


But  we  have  satisfactory  evidence  to  show  that  in  man  the 
green  stools  induced  by  calomel  contain  bile. 

Simon  performed  an  analysis  upon  the  fifth  stool  after  the 
administration  of  a  large  dose  of  calomel :  the  passage  was  fluid, 
perfectly  green,  had  no  foecal  odor,  exhibited  a  mild  acid  reac¬ 
tion,  and  showed  under  the  microscope  a  great  number  of  mucous 
corpuscles  and  epithelium  cells.  Ether  extracted  from  the 
solid  residue  (obtained  by  evaporation)  a  considerable  amount 
of  fat,  which  had  an  acid  reaction,  contained  eholesterine  and 
was  colored  by  biliverdin.  All  the  other  substances  which  were 
separated  from  the  stool  by  water  and  alcohol,  were  more  or 
less  colored  by  bile-pigment ;  bilin,  bilifelliuic  acid,  and  biliver¬ 
din  were  found  in  large  quantity. 

Micliea  ( Lancet ,  1849,  vol.  i,  p.  15)  examined  chemically  the 
fieces  under  four  different  conditions.  First — the  spontaneous 
dejections  of  six  healthy  individuals:  no  bile  was  detected. 
Second — green  stools  of  three  persons  suffering  from  gastro¬ 
intestinal  derangement :  bile  pigment  was  found  in  one  case 
only,  and  in  this  could  not  be  detected  after  persistent  vomit¬ 
ing  had  ceased.  Third — calomel  having  been  given  to  eight 
healthy  persons,  five  men  and  three  women,  bile  was  readily 
demonstrated  in  the  green  passages  produced  in  all  of  the  sub¬ 
jects.  Fourth — saline  and  resinous  purgatives  were  given  to 
five  persons,  but  no  bile  could  be  detected  in  the  liquid  stools. 

Professor  II.  0.  Wood,  Jr.,  M.D.,  in  his  valuable  “  Treatise 
on  Therapeutics f  Philadelphia,  1877,  p.  435,  gives  the  following 
summary  of  our  knowledge  with  reference  to  the  action  of  calo¬ 
mel  on  the  biliary  secretion  :  “  To  the  evidence  brought  forward 
in  favor  of  the  proposition  that  calomel  given  to  healthy  men 
causes  an  increased  escape  of  bile  from  the  alimentary  canal, 
may  be  added  the  conclusive  fact  that  in  some  persons,  whose 
idiosyncrasies  render  them  very  susceptible  to  the  action  of 
calomel,  it  produces  not  merely  purging,  but  also  vomiting  of 
bile,  which  is  scarcely  at  all  altered. 

“  From  the  facts  wliich  have  just  been  passed  in  review,  the 
conclusion  seems  inevitable  that  mercurial  purgatives  given  to 
healthy  persons  cause  the  escape  of  large  quantities  of  bile 
from  the  alimentary  canal.  As  is  well  known,  when  from  any 
cause  bile  does  not  pass  into  the  duodenum,  the  stools  become 
very  pale,  of  a  peculiar  potter’s-clay,  or  even  white  color.  Very 
frequently  under  these  circumstances,  which  may  co-exist  either 
with  diarrhoea  or  with  constipation,  mercurials  will  modify  the 
color  of  the  passages  and  alleviate  or  cure  any  symptoms 
present.  In  many  cases  the  mercurials  are,  of  course,  power¬ 
less  to  effect  the  desired  result;  but  this  depends  upon  the 
cause  being  organic,  or  of  some  other  nature  not  to  be  over¬ 
come  by  a  mere  stimulant  to  secretion. 

“  As  mercurials  in  health  increase  the  flow  of  bile  from  the 
intestine,  and  as  they  will  sometimes  reestablish  it  in  diseases 
when  the  secretion  has  altogether  ceased  or  has  been  materially 
diminished,  the  conclusion  seems  to  me  inevitable  that  mercu- 


36  Original \  Communications.  [July 

rials  have  the  power  of  directly  or  indirectly  increasing  the 
secretion  of  bile.  The  only  objection,  if  any,  found  to  be  urged 
against  this  deduction,  is  founded  upon  the  idea  that  the  drug 
simply  increases  peristalsis  in  such  a  way  as  to  cause  the  bile 
naturally  in  the  duodenum  to  be  swept  out  instead  of  being 
absorbed.  The  answer  to  this  is  embraced  in  the  following 
facts :  mercurials  restore  the  color  of  the  passages  when  pale 
from  arrested  secretion,  often  without  producing  diarrhoea; 
other  even  more  active  purgatives  fail  to  induce  the  same 
bilious  passages.  When  diarrhoea  exists  with  clayey  stools,  the 
change  in  the  color  of  the  passages  caused  by  a  mercurial  may 
coincide  with  a  not  increased  or  even  a  lessened  amount  of 
liquidity;  diarrhoea  ordinarily  does  not  cause  bile  to  appear  in 
the  passages.” 

I  have,  therefore,  uniformly  commenced  the  treatment  oi 
yellow  fever  with  a  purgative  dose  of  calomel,  varied  in  amount 
according  to  the  age  of  the  patient,  with  the  design  of  cleaning 
out  all  fcecal  matter  from  the  alimentary  canal,  relieving  the 
portal  and  general  circulations,  influencing  the  liver,  the  organ 
most  uniformly  affected  in  yellow  fever,  increasing  the  flow 
of  bile,  and  indirectly  reducing  the  temperature.  Calomel  thus 
administered  in  the  very  onset  of  the  disease,  tends  to  render 
the  subsequent  course  of  the  disease  milder,  and  in  relieving 
the  congestion  of  the  gastro  intestinal  membrane,  liver  and 
portal  circulation,  to  prevent  black  vomit  and  urinary  suppres¬ 
sion. 

6.  In  many  cases  the  preceding  measures,  with  careful  atten¬ 
tion  to  good  ventilation,  accompanied  by  absolute  rest  in  bed, 
and  the  careful  and  continuous  attention  of  experienced  nurses 
will  be  all  that  is  required  to  secure  the  best  results.  It  is 
important  however  that  these  propositions  should  be  illustrated 
by  the  actual  detail  of  cases.  I  select  the  following  from  the 
records  which  I  preserved  in  my  private  practice  during  the 
epidemic  of  1878,  in  New  Orleans.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that 
the  first  five  cases  of  the  hundred  here  given  occurred  in  the 
beginning  of  the  epidemic  and  in  the  very  centre ,  the  original 
focus  of  the  pestilence. 

(Cases  omitted,  as  the  details  would  occupy  more  space  than 
is  at  present  available.) 

7.  OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  VALUE  OF  QUININE  IN  THE  TREAT¬ 
MENT  AND  PREVENTION  OF  YELLOW  FEVER,  WITH  OBSERVA¬ 
TIONS  UPON  OTHER  PROPHYLACTICS. 

Quinine  may  prove  beneficial  in  the  earliest  stages  of  the  dis¬ 
ease  by  its  effects  upon  the  nervous  system  and  by  its  power  of 
diminishing  the  temperature  and  equalizing  the  circulation ; 
but  this  drug  has  no  such  curative  effects  in  yellow  fever  as  it 
has  in  paroxysmal  malarial  fever.  Yellow  fever  will  run  a  defi¬ 
nite  course  and  pass  through  a  definite  series  of  changes 


1879J 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


37 


whether  quinine  be  administered  or  withheld.  The  great  fact 
has  been  forced  upon  my  attention,  not  merely  by  the  observa¬ 
tion  of  cases,  by  also  but  my  personal  experience  during  my 
recent  protracted,  painful  and  dangerous  (all  but  fatal)  illness, 
that  the  actions  of  the  yellow  fever  and  malarial  (marsh  palu¬ 
dal,  paroxysmal)  poisons,  are  often  closely  related,  the  one  pre¬ 
ceding,  the  other  superceding,  and  then  the  first  following. 
Thus  after  an  attack  of  malignant  fever,  attended  with  jaun¬ 
dice,  and  a  large  carbuncle  at  the  back  of  the  head,  strangury, 
and  rectal  fissure,  1  suffered  with  a  remittent  fever  of  (50  days’ 
duration,  which  necessitated  for  its  relief,  the  administration  of 
600  (six  hundred)  grains  of  quinine.  In  a  large  number  of  cases 
of  yellow  fever  during  the  epidemic  of  1878  m  New  Orleans,  1 
observed  the  association  of  the  two  diseases,  or  rather  the  prev¬ 
alence  of  malarial  paroxysmal  fever  before  and  after  the  yellow 
fever  had  performed  its  known  effects. 

In  the  year  1873,  I  called  the  attention  of  the  American 
Medical  profession  to  the  use  of  quinine  as  a  prophylactic  in 
yellow  fever;  having  accomplished  a  similar  work  in  I860,  with 
reference  to  the  use  of  the  same  agent  in  the  prevention  of 
malarial  or  paroxysmal  fevers. 

Writing  in  1873  (at  my  private  expense  I  printed  and  circu¬ 
lated  gratuitously,  to  the  profession  chiefly  in  the  Southern 
States,  a  large  edition  of  my  Observation*  on  Yellow  Fever),  I 
used  the  following  language : 

u  The  power  of  quinine  not  only  to  arrest,  but  also  to  ward 
off'  paroxysmal  malarial  fever  is  undoubted ;  and  it  has  been 
used  extensively,  not  only  in  the  treatment  of  yellow  fever  (as 
by  the  physicians  of  New  Orleans,  and  Daniel  Blair,  of  British 
Guiana,  from  1839  to  the  present  time)  but  more  recently  as  a 
prophylatic. 

uDr.  Newkirk,  who  was  at  Assuncion  during  the  recent 
severe  epidemic  of  yellow  fever,  assured  Dr.  Win.  Nathaniel 
Hiron,  of  Buenos  Ayres,  that  the  mortality  was  small,  and 
that  quinine  was  very  generally  and  extensively  used ;  and  he 
expressed  his  belief  that  quinine  was  prophylatic,  and  that  its 
continuous  use  in  a  healthy  person  during  an  epidemic  caused 
any  disease  that  showed  itself  to  be  mild  and  tractable. 

u  Dr.  Hiron,  in  his  account  of  the  recent  severe  epidemic  of 
yellow  fever  in  which  Buenos  Ay^es,  with  a  population  not 
larger  than  that  of  New  Orleans,  lost,  according  to  the  most 
accurate  estimates,  near  twenty  thousand  of  her  citizens,  re¬ 
cords  the  additional  fact,  illustrating  the  prophylactic  proper- 
erties  of  quinine,  that  of  eleven  praeticantes ,  (dressers)  of  the 
Hospital  de  Hoinbres,  eight  took  quinine  in  doses  of  three 
grains  daily.  All  of  these  had  fever  in  a  benign  form.  Three 
took  no  quinine ;  three  had  the  fever  very  severely,  and  one 
died. 

While  the  facts  relating  to  this  important  subject  are  too  few 
to  warrant  any  decided  conclusion  as  to  the  propriety  and  neces¬ 
sity  of  using  quinine  as  a  prophylactic  by  those  exposed  to  the 


38 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


yellow  fever  atmosphere,  at  the  same  time  there  art1,  facts  that 
indicate  that  quinine  acts  not  so  much  as  an  u  antidote  ”  to  the 
poison,  but  as  an  antidote  to  the  effects  of  the  poison  in  the  sys¬ 
tem  by  preserving  the  integrity  of  the  blood,  regulating  and 
promoting  excretion,  equalizing  the  circulation  and  fortifying 
the  nervous  system  against  the  action  of  the  poison.  According 
to  Binz,  quinine  has  the  power  of  arresting  putrefaction  and  fer¬ 
mentation,  and  is  an  acti  ve  poison  for  all  low  organisms,  animal 
and  vegetable,  and  Dr.  Grace  Calvert  hafi  confirmed  the  obser¬ 
vations  of  Binz,  and  announced  the  power  of  quinine  to  prevent 
the  development  of  fungi.* 


*  Sir  John  Pringle,  in  his  "Experiments  upon  Septic  and  Antiseptic  Substances,  with 
remarks  rela'ing  to  their  use  in  the  Theory  of  Medicine,"  read  before  the  Royal  Society 
in  1750,  after  detailing  various  experiments  illustrating  the  power  of  Peruvian  bark  to 
arrest  putrefaction,  makes  the  following  practical  application.  “Now,  since  the  bark 
parts  with  so  much  virtue  in  water,  is  it  not  reasonable  to  suppose  that  it  may  yield 
still  more  in  the  body,  when  opened  by  the  saliva  and  the  bile,  and  therefore  iii  some 
measure  it  operates  by  its  antiseptic  virtue?  From  this  principle  we  may  perhaps 
account  for  its  success  in  gangrene,  and  in  the  low  state  of  malignant  fevers  when 
the  humors  are  apparently  corrupted.  And  as  to  intermitting  fevers,  in  which  the  bark 
is  most  specific,  were  we  to  judge  of  their  nature  from  circumstances  attending  them,  in 
climates  and  in  seasons  most  liable  to  the  distemper,  we  would  assign  putrefaction  as  one 
of  the  principle  causes.  They  are  the  great  epidemic  of  marshy  countries,  and  prevail 
most  after  hot  summers,  with  a  close  and  moist  state  of  the  air.'  They  begin  about  the 
end  of  summer,  and  continue  throughout  autumn,  being  at  the  worst  when  the  atmos¬ 
phere  is  most  loaded  with  the  effluvia  of  stagnating  water,  rendered  more  putrid  by  vege¬ 
tables  and  animals  dying  and  rotting  in  it.  At  such  times  all  meats  are  quickly  tainted, 
and  dysenteries,  with  othpr  putrid  disorders,  coincide  with  these  fevers.  The  heat  dis¬ 
poses  the  blood  to  acrimony,  the  putrid  effluvia  as  a  ferment,  and  the  fogs  and  dews,  so 
common  in  such  situations,  stopping  perspiration,  shut  up  the  corrupted  humors  and 
bring  on  a  fever.’’ 

Dr.  Pringle  reproduced  his  views  with  reference  to  the  antiseptic  properties  of  cinchona 
bark  in  decoction  and  powder,  in  his  Observations  on  Diseases  of  the  Army,  London,  1765. 

Surgeon  David  McBride  published,  in  1765,  his  five  Experimental  Essays  on  the  Fer¬ 
mentation  of  the  Alimentary  Mixtures,  Fixed  Air,  Antiseptics,  Scurvy,  and  the  Dis¬ 
solvent  Power  of  Quicklime,  and  repeated  and  extended  the  experiments  of  Pringle,  and 
confirmed  his  conclusions  that  certain  combinations,  as  the  mineral  acids,  gums  and 
Peruvian  bark,  possess  powerful  antiseptic  virtues,  resisting  and  correcting  putrefaction. 

This  subject  has  been  more  recently  studied  by  other  observers,  as  Hallier,  Pavis6, 
Mayer,  Polli  Herbest.  and  more  especially  by  Dr.  C.  Binz,  Professor  of  Pharmacology  in 
the  University  of  Bonn.  The  experiments  of  these  authorities  have  demonstrated  that 
quinia  in  proportion  ot  one  part  to  three  hundred  will  preserve  for  a  long  time  flesh, 
meal,  milk,  butter,  albumen,  urine,  etc.,  and  will  check  very  markedly  the  alco¬ 
holic  fermentation  in  honey  or  in  syrup ;  that  the  salts  of  quinia  are  protoplasmic 
poisons,  arresting  amoeboid  and  the  allied  movements  of  the  white  corpuscles :  even 
weak  solutions  are  highly  poisonous  to  protozoa  and  infusoria,  more  so  even  than 
salts  of  strychnia  or  morphia.  Small  quantities  destroy  septic  germs,  and  arrest  putre¬ 
faction  more  thoroughly  than  most  antiseptics,  including  even  arsenic  and  creosote ; 
and  with  the  exception  of  strychnia,  quinia  moreover  hinders  alcoholic  and  butyric  fer 
mentations  more  than  other  bitters.  Professor  C.  Binz  has  demonstrated  that  this  anti¬ 
septic  action  is  due  to  a  poisonous  influence  exerted  by  the  quinia  upon  the  fungi  which 
are  the  immediate  cause  of  the  changes.  The  larger  infusoria,  as  Paramecia  and  Col- 
poda,  are  killed  by  a  solution  of  quinia  of  the  strength  of  one  in  eight  hundred  immedi¬ 
ately,  of  one  in  the  thousand  after  some  minutes,  of  one  in  twenty  thousand  after  some 
hours.  Upon  the  ordinary  mould  Penicillium,  upon  vibrios  and  bacteria,  as  well  as  upon 
the  higher  infusoria,  quinia  acts  with  a  similar  fatality.  In  the  case  of  the  vibrios  and 
bacteria,  a  decidedly  stronger  solution  than  the  one  mentioned  is  required  to  quiet  move¬ 
ments.  Solutions  of  albumen  are  converted  into  peptones,  if  shaken  up  in  an  atmosphere 
of  nascent  oxygen,  but  according  to  Bossbach,  this  change  is  prevented  if  quinia  is 
present.  Even  in  relatively  small  quantities  it  prevents  the  putrefaction  of  nitrogenous 
substances,  as  well  as  several  simpler  fermentation  processes.  Other  amorphous  ferments, 
such  as  ptyaliu  and  pepsin,  have  their  properties  very  slightly,  or  not  at  all,  arrested  by 
quinia,  and  there  are  small  protoplasmic  organisms  on  which  it  has  no  poisonous  effect 
whatever,  whereas  it  reacts  on  others  with  unexpected  vigor!  The  poisonous  action  of 
many  putrid  fluids  upon  warm-blooded  animals  may  be  neutralized  either  completely  or 
as  far  as  certain  symptoms  are  concerned,  by  the  simultaneous  administration  of  quinia. 
On  account  of  its  power  of  arresting  or  preventing  putrefactive  fermentation  by  killing 
the  microscopic  organisms  which  produce  such  putrefactive  changes,  Professor  Binz 
has  recommended  if  in  the  so-called  septic  diseases. 


39 


1879]  Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 

These  facts  have  been  applied  to  the  explanation  of  the  effects 
of  quinine  upon  the  process  of  inflammation.  Thus  according 
to  Conheim’s  views,  pus  being’  mainly  a  collection  of  white  blood- 
globules  which  have  passed  through  the  walls  of  the  blood-ves¬ 
sels,  the  alkaloid  arrests,  or  at  all  events  diminishes,  the  forma¬ 
tion  of  pus  during  the  course  of  inflammation.* 

The  well-established  effect  of  quinine  in  producing  a  decre¬ 
ment  of  temperature  in  fever\  has  been  referred  to  its  power  of 


*  According  to  Binz,  owing  to  the  energy  with  which  it  paralyses  certain  kinds  of 
protoplasm,  quinia  diminishes  the  absolute  number  of  white  blood-corpuscles  in  the  body. 
The  lymphatic  glands  become  small  and  are  found  on  section  to  be  abnormally  dry,  while 
splenic  enlargements,  due  to  hyperplasia  of  the  lymphatic  follicles,  and  to  the  increased 
tissue  change  within  the  organ  by  which  it  is  accompanied,  are  reduced  or  prevented. 
The  escape  of  white  bl  od-corpuscles  from  the  vessels,  aud  the  suppuration  which  ensues, 
can  be  distinctly  limited  in  animals  by  quinia.  Professor  Binz  announced  (Archiv.  fur 
Mikroscop.  Anatomie,  iii.,  1867)  the  fact  that  quinia  added  to  human  blood,  in  the  pro¬ 
portion  of  one  part  to  four  thousand,  immediately  checks  and  in  a  short  time  arrests  the 
amoeboid  movements  of  the  blood  cells.  This  observation  has  been  confirmed  by  Schar- 
renbwich,  Kerner,  >  nd  Geltowsky.  In  order  to  determine  whether  quinia  acts  in  the 
living  organism  as  on  the  stage  of  the  microscope,  Professor  Binz  experimented  according 
to  the  method  of  (Jonheim.  Thus  when  the  mesentery  of  curarized  frogs  to  which  quinia 
had  been  given  was  exposed  upon  the  stage  of  the  microscope,  no  accumulation  of  white 
cells  in  the  small  vessels,  or  passage  of  them  out  into  the  tissues  occurred  upon  irrita¬ 
tion  ;  or  if  after  a  time  these  phenomena  commenced,  they  were  at  once  checked  by  a 
small  hypodermic  injection  of  the  alkaloid.  When  the  inflammatory  process  had  already 
commenced  in  a  Conheim  frog  an  injection  of  quinia  would  cause  the  wandering  out  of  the 
corpuscles  to  cease,  and  would  bring  about  a  gradual  change  of  the  white  cells  from  the 
choked  up  vessels.  Professor  Binz  has  further  found  that  in  the  blood  of  unpoisoned 
animals,  the  white  cells  are  far  more  abundant  than  in  that  of  those  poisoned  by  quinia, 
and  concludes  that  quinia  acts  destructively  upon  the  white  blood-corpuscles,  in  the 
same  way  as  when  they  are  out  of  the  body.  Dr,  George  R.  Culter  has  experimentally 
confirmed  the  effects  of  quinia  in  preventing  the  extrusion  of  white  cells  in  the  frog's 
mesentery;  and  A.  Martin  has  not  only  done  this,  but  has  also  found  that  the  action  of 
the  drug  is  apparent  in  the  centre  of  parenchymatous  organs,  such  as  the  liver. 

The  limitation  by  quinia  of  the  escape  of  white  blood-corpuscles  from  the  vessels,  and 
the  suppuration  which  ensnes,  appears  in  the  main  to  be  independent  of  the  condition  of 
arterial  pressure,  and  is  most  probably  due  to  a  lowering  of  the  affinity  of  the  corpuscles 
for  the  oxygen  of  the  haemoglobin,  this  oxygen  being  the  stimulus  which  excites  the 
independent  movements  by  which  emigration  from  the  veins  and  capillaries  is  partly 
effected.  Presh  vegetable  juices  coniaining  protoplasm,  and  also  healthy  pus,  both  of 
which  ordinarily  give  the  reaction  of  nascent  oxygen  with  tincture  ofguiacum  or  indigo, 
lose  this  pioperty  when  mixed  with  relatively  weak  solutions  of  quinia.  The  reason  of 
this  is  that  the  quinia  prevents  the  protoplasm  from  absorbing  oxygen  from  the  atmos¬ 
phere,  and  so  from  undergoing  the  special  alteration  to  which  the  above  reaction  is  due. 
Phosphorescent  infusoria,  or  those  which  are  continually  undergoing  powerful  oxidation, 
completely  lose  their  phosphorescence  on  the  addition  ol  minute  quantities  of  quinia.— 
Binz. 

IThe  testimony  as  to  the  power  of  quinia  to  reduce  animal  temperature  Is  somewhat 
contradictory.  Thus  according  to  Binz  the  fall  of  temperature  which  quinia  so  fre¬ 
quently  produces  in  fever  (0.5°  to  4.0°  and  more,  Centigrade)  is  independent  of 
the  heart,  and  also  of  those  portions  of  the  nervous  system  which  take  origin  in  the 
brain,  and  pass  downward  through  the  spinal  cord,  for  it  still  takes  place  after  the  coni¬ 
cal  portion  of  the  latter  has  been  completely  divided.  Nor  according  to  Jurgensen  and 
Lewitzky,  does  it  appear  to  depend  on  an  increased  emission  of  heat  from  the  skin. 
Among  other  causes  it  is  probable  that  quinia  exerts  some  inhibitory  effect  over  the 
functional  activity  of  the  protoplasmatic  cells  of  the  heat  producing  organs.  Even  the 
normal  cells  become  slightly  depressed  by  its  action,  especially  when  they  are  producing 
an  unusual  amount  of  heat  under  the  stimulus  of  pyretic  substances,  and  their  infective 
poisons  (whether  they  be  organized  or  merely  in  solution)  which  are  capable  of  self¬ 
multiplication  in  the  body  after  a  more  or  less  regular  period  of  incubation,  and  of  act¬ 
ing  as  irritants  to  the  cells,  are  either  rendered  by  quinia  incapable  of  further  develop¬ 
ment.  as  in  malaria,  or  have  their  energy  paralyzed,  as  happens  to  some  extent  in 
typhoid  fever.— Binz.  On  the  contrary  Dr.  G.  Kerner  and  Dr.  Jurgensen,  have  noticed 
that  full  doses  of  quinia  appear  in  a  healthy  man  not  to  effect  sensibly  the  temperature, 
but  to  prevent  that  rise  which  normally  occurs  from  exercise.  The  numerous  experi¬ 
ments  of  Dr.  C.  Leibermeister,  have  shown  that  quinia  has  no  constant  action  on  the 
bodily  heat  in  health,  but  he  claims  for  it  a  decided  antipyretic  action  when  given  in 
continued  fevers,  or  even  in  phthisis  pulmonalis.  Dr.  Liebermeister  gives  as  a  rule,  1 4 
to  24  grammes  of  the  sulphate  or  muriate  of  quinine,  and  regards  it  as  essential  that 
the  whole  of  the  dose  be  given  in  the  course  of  half  an  hour,  or  at  the  outside,  in  the  course  of 
a  whole  hour.  If  the  dose  were  to  be  distributed  over  a  length  of  time  the  action  would 
be  perceptibly  less;  even  a  much  larger  dose,  but  given  in  the  course  of  half  a  day  or  a 
whole  day',  has  often  scarcely  any  marked  influence  on  the  temperature.  Accoiding  to 


40 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


destroying  the  ozonizing  power  of  certain  substances ;  and  as 
the  red  corpuscles  have  this  power,  quinine  in  the  blood  is  sup¬ 
posed  to  diminish  the  oxydation  of  tissue  and  thus  to  lessen  the 
production  of  heat. 

Thus  Ranke* *  and  Keener  found  that  the  tissue  changes  were 
diminished  under  the  action  of  large  doses  of  quinine.  Zuntz 
has  recorded  the  observation  that  quinine  in  ten  grain  doses 
lessens  the  daily  excretion  of  urea  by  one-third  or  more;  and 
Unruh  has  found  the  same  to  occur  when  quinine  was  adminis¬ 
tered  in  fevers.  Harley  added  quinine  to  blood,  and  found  that 
it  took  up  less  oxygen  and  gave  off  less  carbonic  acid  than  blood 
which  had  not  been  thus  treated.  Zuntz  and  Schute  have  em¬ 
ployed  the  changes  in  the  alkalinity  Of  the  blood  for  the  deter¬ 
mination  of  the  same  fact.  Thus,  if  fresh  blood  be  drawn,  a 
development  of  acid  begins  in  it,  and  continues  at  first  rapidly, 
then  more  slowly,  till  putrefaction  sets  in  ;  and  as  this  acidifica¬ 
tion  depends  on  oxydation,  the  diminished  alkalinity  of  the 
blood  thereby  produced  furnishes  a  test  of  the  rapidity  with 
which  the  oxydation  proceeds,  and  it  has  been  determined  by 
the  experiments  of  Zuntz,  Scliaraenbroich  and  Schute  that  qui¬ 
nine,  bebeerine,  cinchonine  and  picrate  of  sodium  lessen,  in  dif¬ 
ferent  degrees,  the  production  of  acid,  and  consequently  prevent 
the  oxydation  of  the  blood.t 


the  same  author,  In  one  hundred  and  seventy-eight  observations  in  typhoid  fever, 
twenty  grains  of  the  quinine  having  been  given  daring  the  night,  the  morning 
temperature  was  lower  than  that  of  the  previous  evening  in  the  average  1.63°  C.; 
on  one  hundred  and  seventy-six  different  occasions  a  scruple  of  quinine  was  given  during 
the  day  ;  sixty  nine  times  the  temperatnre  was  lower  in  the  evening  than  in  the  morning; 
ten  times  it  was  the  same  as  in  the  morning,  and  ninety-seven  times  it  was  higher  than 
in  the  morning.  Leibermeister  asserts  that  he  has  given  some  ten  thousand  doses  of 
quinine  as  an  antipyretic,  and  has  almost  unbounded  confidence  in  its  power  of  lessening 
fever  beat.  A  committee  appointed  by  the  London  Chemical  Society  in  1870,  after  experi¬ 
menting  with  the  drug  in  about  fifty  cases  of  various  diseases,  assert  that  the  antipyretic 
action  of  large  doses  was  very  decided,  appearing  within  from  one  to  two  hours  after  the 
exhibition  of  the  drug,  and  lasting  from  a  few  to  many  hours.  Dr.  Sydney  Ringer  con¬ 
cludes  from  the  experiments  performed  by  himself  and  Mr.  Gill,  that  quinia  will  reduce 
the  temperature  in  health,  but  to  effect  this  in  any  appreciable  degree,  large  doses,  to  the 
extent  of  20  grains,  must  be  given. 

*  Ranke  was  the  first  to  notice  that  quinia  produced  a  great  decrease  in  the  elimi¬ 
nation  of  uric  acid.  The  experiments  of  Dr.  G.  Kerner,  have  shown  that  when  about  nine 
grains  of  quinia  were  taken  in  decided  doses  during  the  day,  the  urea  was  decreased  not 
quite  one-eighth,  the  uric  acid  to  a  little  less  than  one-half,  the  kreatine  was  slightly 
increased,  and  the  nitrogenous  material  decreased  about  one-ninth.  When  a  very  large 
dose,  38  grains,  was  taken  in  the  morning,  the  urea  and  kreatine  were  each  decreased 
about  one-fourth,  and  also  the  collective  nitrogenous  material ;  the  phosphoric  acid  was 
lessened  about  one-fifth,  and  the  uric  acid  about  four-fifths.  Zuntz  found  that  forty- 
five  grains  of  quinine  reduced  his  elimination  of  urea  nearly  forty  per  cent. 

t  The  addition  of  quinia  to  blood  which  has  been  recently  drawn,  not  only  diminishes 
the  physiological  production  of  acid  which  occurs  immediately  after  its  removal  from 
the  body,  but  also  its  power  of  transferring  active  oxygen  to  oxidisable  bodies.  The 
latter  effect  also  takes  place  with  pure  hromoglobin,  without  its  being  possible  to  detect 
any  decomposition  of  the  latter  spectroscopically  during  the  presence  of  the  quinia. 
On  the  contrary,  when  blood  which  contains  quinia  is  heated,  the  lines  which  indicate 
oxygen  disappear  at.  a  higher  temperature  than  the  same  lines  in  pure  blood  used  for 
comparison— Rossbach. 

The  penidllium  fungus,  when  mixed  with  hemoglobin  outside  the  body,  withdraws 
oxygen  from  it,  and  this  process  is  arrested  by  quinia.— (Preyer.)  All  things  considered, 
and  taking  into  consideration  the  alterations  in  size  which  the  red  blood  corpuscles 
undergo  under  its  influence,  it  seems  probable  that  while  the  quinia  renders  certain 
cells  within  the  human  organism  still  less  fitted  than  before  for  the  absorption  of  oxygen,  it 
binds  that  element  more  firmly  to  the  haemoglobin. — (Binz). 


1879] 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


41 


The  experiments  of  Binz  are  especially  important,  in  their 
bearing  upon  the  question  of  the  direct  action  of  quinine  upon 
the  chemical  changes  of  the  blood,  or  of  its  indirect  action 
through  the  nervous  system,  which  show  that  when  putrefying 
liquids  are  injected  into  the  circulation,  the  temperature  of  the 
body  rises ;  but  if  the  fluids  be  previously  mixed  with  quinine, 
whereby  the  putrefactive  processes  are  arrested  or  destroyed, 
the  rise  of  temperature  is  either  entirely  arrested  or  considera¬ 
bly  diminished.  Such  experiments  not  only  throw  light  upon 
the  therapeutic  action  of  such  alkaloids  as  quinine,  but  they 
also  illustrate,  as  it  were,  the  very  nature  of  the  processes  of 
those  diseases,  the  effects  of  which  they  modify  or  counteract, 
by  the  peculiar  chain  of  chemical  actions  which  they  induce  in 
the  blood.  u  Observations  upon  the  treatment  of  yellow  fever, 
by  Joseph  Jones,  M.  I).,”  American  Practitioner,  September, 
1873. 

The  preceding  facts,  as  well  as  an  extended  clinical  expe¬ 
rience  in  civil,  military  and  hospital  practice,  which  established 
in  me  an  abiding  faith  in  the  powers  of  quinine  to  reduce  the 
frequency  of  the  pulse  and  to  diminish  and  arrest  the  heat  of 
fever,  have  inclined  me  favorably  to  the  use  of  the  alkaloid  as 
a  prophylactic  and  as  an  antipyretic  in  yellow  fever. 

To  what  extent  quinine  was  used  as  a  prophylactic  in  the 
Mississippi  Valley  during  the  epidemic  yellow  fever  of  1878,  1 
am  unable  to  say,  but  some  of  the  severest  and  most  fatal  cases 
of  yellow  fever  in  my  practice  occurred  in  those  who  were 
daily  in  the  habit  of  taking  small  doses  of  the  sulphate  of 
quinine  to  ward  off  the  yellow  fever.  In  my  own  household, 
there  were  eight  persons,  adults  and  children,  liable  to  take 
yellow  fever,  and  three  who  had  had  the  disease  in  former 
years ;  the  latter  escaped,  every  one  of  the  former  had  the  dis¬ 
ease  in  a  well  marked  and  in  some  cases  severe  and  dangerous 
form,  but  all  recovered.  Not  one  of  these  eight  cases,  myself 
included,  took  any  prophylatic  or  exercised  any  precautionary 
measures. 

My  colleague,  Professor  John  Barnwell  Elliott,  recommended 
the  internal  use  of  the  sulphite  of  sodium,  the  dose  being  about 
ten  grains  for  an  adult,  three  times  a  day.  According  to  some 
accounts  the  disease  was  rendered  milder  by  the  use  of  the  sul¬ 
phite  of  sodium,  but  1  have  no  reliable  facts  or  statistics  to 
sustain  this  proposition.  Dr.  Joseph  T.  Scott  has  informed  me 
that  he  used  with  considerable  success  as  a  prophylactic  meas¬ 
ure,  a  plan  of  treatment,  or  rather  preparatory  training,  which 
consisted  in  the  free  use  of  lemon  juice  (lemonade),  and  small 
doses  of  Fowler’s  solution  of  arsenite  of  sodium,  and  of  quinine 
and  chlorate  of  potassa  daily. 

These  measures  did  not  prevent  the  disease  as  cases  occurred 
in  my  practice  who  were  under  this  treatment.  It  was  claimed, 

6 


42 


Original  Communication x. 


[July 


however,  by  Dr.  Scott,  that  these  measures  prevented  the  dis¬ 
ease  in  many  cases,  and  in  others  when  it  appeared  modified, 
its  course  rendering  it  comparatively  mild.  It  is  to  be  hoped 
thatDrs.  Elliott  and  Scott,  and  all  others  who  have  experi 
merited  with  prophylatics,  will  communicate  the  results  to  the 
profession.  1  shall  be  pleased  to  be  the  medium  of  such  com¬ 
munications. 

However  quinine  may  appear  theoretically  to  be  demanded  in 
the  treatment  of  yellow  fever,  we  can  never  lose  sight  of  the 
fact  that  it  has  often  proved  of  no  perceptible  benefit  in  some 
cases.  It  is  also  worthy  of  note  that  we  are  often  absolutely 
prevented  from  administering  this  or  any  other  remedy  by  the 
mouth  on  account  of  the  irritable  condition  of  the  stomach.  In 
such  cases  we  art*  restricted  to  three  modes:  absorption  by  the 
surface,  subcutaneous  injection,  and  absorption  by  the  rectum 
and  large  intestines.  To  what  extent  and  with  what  results 
the  second  method  has  been  employed,  1  cannot  say,  but  with 
reference  to  the  first  and  third,  it  cau  be  said  that  they  were 
extensively  employed.  1  preferred  these  methods,  in  that  they 
allowed  the  stomach  to  remain  quiet.  1  employed  quinine  by 
liniment  externally,  using  it  in  this  manner  in  about  two  hun¬ 
dred  cases,  and  in  no  instance  did  I  see  any  injurious  effects. 
The  patients  also  expressed  great  relief  of  the  pain  in  the  back 
and  limbs  from  the  friction  with  the  quinine  liniment,  which 
was  generally  composed  of  from  one  to  two  drachms  of  the  sul¬ 
phate  of  quinia  dissolved  in  three  fluid  ounces  each  of  soap  lin¬ 
iment  and  olive  oil.  This  liniment  was  well  rubbed  into  the 
back  and  extremeties  every  three  or  four  hours,  and  aside  from 
the  direct  effects  of  the  quiniue,  I  found  that  the  olive  oil  had  a 
marked  effect  in  reducing  the  temperature  and  promoting  mois¬ 
ture  or  sweating  in  the  skin. 

Generally  I  employed  the  sulphate  of  quinia  internally 
and  externally,  but  in  some  cases  T  used  the  bromide  of  quinw 
with  satisfactory  results. 


8.  VERATRUM  AND  GELSEMIUM. 

We  possess,  for  the  the  treatment  of  fevers,  valuable  antipy¬ 
retics  and  arterial  sedatives,  in  the  American  hellebore  root 
(veratri  viridis  radix),  and  in  the  tincture  of  the  root  of  the  Caro¬ 
lina  jessamine  (gelsemium  sempervirens).  The  latter  agent  is 
popular  with  some  physicians,  on  account  of  its  power  to  control 
nervous  irritability  in  fever.  It  is  well  known  that  veratrum 
is  a  reliable  antipyretic  if  used  in  sufficient  doses,  and  that  it 
often  effects  a  complete  intermission  in  cases  where  it  had  not 
been  obtained  by  quinine. 

The  root  stock  of  veratrum  viride  contains  two  alkaloids, 
jervia  and  veratroidia ;  and  Mr.  Charles  Bullock,  who  in  1867, 
was  the  first  distinctly  to  separate  these  alkaloids,  believed 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


43 


1879] 


that  they  were  distinct  from  all  others ;  but  Mr.  Charles  T. 
Mitchell,  in  1874,  proved  that  the  viridia  of  Bullock  is  chemi¬ 
cally  identical  with  the  jervia  of  veratrum  album. 

Professor  H.  C.  Wood,  Jr.,  M.D.,  from  an  elaborate  series  of 
experiments  (Philadelphia  Medical  Times,  vol.  10 ;  also  Treatise 
on  Therapeutics,  1877,  pp.  150-156),  concludes  that  veratrum 
viride  is  a  powerful  spinal  and  arterial  depressant,  exerting 
little  or  no  direct  influence  upon  the  cerebral  centres.  In  full 
therapeutic  doses  it  lowers  the  pulse-rate  both  by  a  direct  action 
on  the  muscle  (jervia)  and  by  stimulating  the  inhibitory  nerves 
(veratroidia) ;  it  diminishes  the  force  of  the  heart  beat  by  a 
direct  influence  on  the  cardiac  muscle  (jervia),  and  produces  a 
general  vasomotor  paralysis  (jervia)  more  or  less  complete 
according  to  the  size  of  the  dose.  Under  its  action  the  func¬ 
tional  activity  of  the  skin  is  greatly  increased  ;  but  as  this  is  a 
necessary  result  of  the  profound  arterial  depression,  there  is  no 
reason  to  believe  that  the  drug  has  any  specific  influence  upon 
the  perspiratory  glands.  In  a  similar  manner  the  excretion  of 
bile,  is  often  indirectly  increased  by  veratrum  viride,  through 
the  severe  vomiting  which  it  induces. 

Veratrum  viride  undoubtedly  lowers  animal  temperature  very 
decidedly,  but  whether  directly  or  indirectly  has  not  been  deter¬ 
mined.  Professor  H.  C.  WTood  has  frequently  seen  it  reduce 
the  bodily  heat,  and  M.  Linou  states  that  it  does  so,  but  not  so 
certainly  as  it  lowers  the  pulse.  Oulmont  asserts,  as  the  results 
of  his  experiments,  that  in  animals  from  half  an  hour  to  two 
hours  after  the  administration  of  such  doses  as  would  produce 
violent  symptoms  without  killing,  the  temperature  fell  2°,  3°, 
or  even  5°  C.,  and  remained  at  this  point  for  twenty-four  hoiuvs. 

It  is  evident  from  the  peeceding  facts,  that  with  our  present 
knowledge  of  the  physiological  action  of  veratrum  viride,  there 
are  at  least  three  natural  indications  for  its  use,  namely,  to  re¬ 
duce  spinal  action,  to  reduce  cardiac  and  arterial  action,  and  to 
depress  the  temperature  in  fever. 

It  is  well  known  that  this  medicine  has  been  used  with  bene¬ 
ficial  results,  in  fevers,  pneumonia,  inflammations,  neuralgia 
and  cardiac  troubles.  In  the  inflammations  in  pneumonia,  in 
typhoid  fever,  and  in  the  early  stages  of  yellow  fever  attended 
with  cardiac  and  arterial  action  and  elevated  temperature,  the 
ability  of  veratrum  viride  to  diminish  temperature,  to  increase 
the  secretions,  to  reduce  the  arterial  tension,  and  slow  the  heart 
are  of  great  value.  When  employed  in  the  treatment  of  yellow 
fever,  its  use  should  be  limited  to  the  first  stage  of  active  car¬ 
diac  and  arterial  excitement  and  elevated  temperature.  It  is 
but  just  to  suppose  that  the  most  destructive  lesions  occur  in 
this  stage,  and  that  as  a  general  rule  these  destructive  and 
fatal  effects  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  activity  of  the  circula¬ 
tion,  the  spinal  excitation  and  the  elevation  of  temperature. 


44 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


Administered  at  the  outset  of  the  disease  during  the  first  24, 
48  or  72  hours,  according  to  the  symptoms  of  the  individual 
cases,  veratrum  viride  has  accomplished  good  in  my  hands. 
The  mode  of  administration  has  been  to  give  from  two  to  four 
drops  of  the  tinetura  veratri  viridis  IT.  S.  P.  (^viij.  to  Oj.),  or  of 
Norwood’s  tincture  (saturated  tincture),  to  an  adult,  in  orange- 
leaf  tea,  every  two  or  four  hours  according  to  the  urgency  of 
the  symptoms.  The  direction  was  invariably  given  to  stop  the 
veratrum  viride  if  any  decided  nausea  appeared. 

The  use  of  the  veratrum  viride  was  rigidly  confined  to  the  first 
period  (stage  of  active  febrile)  excitement  in  yellow  fever,  on 
account  of  the  known  tendency  of  the  poison  or  the  product  of 
its  chemical  action,  to  depress  the  action  of  the  heart  and  to 
reduce  the  number  of  beats  in  many  cases  below  the  normal 
standard,  even  when  the  temperature  remained  at  an  elevated 
point. 

With  reference  to  the  yellow  jessamine  (gelsemium  semper- 
virens),  Dr.  Cleveland,  of  Cincinnati,  states  that  its  value  in  the 
treatment  of  malarial  fever  was  accidentally  discovered  by  a 
planter  suffering  under  bilious  fever,  who  took  by  mistake  an 
infusion  of  the  root  of  this  plant,  and  was  cured,  although  for 
a  time  he  lost  all  muscular  power.  It  has  been  announced  more 
than  twenty  years  ago  as  a  speedy  cure  for  intermittent  fever, 
and  has  been  largely  used  in  this  disease  in  the  Western  and 
Southern  States. 

Dr.  Nash,  of  Norfolk,  who  has  employed  it  in  many  cases  of 
fever,  affirms  that  it  has  produced  the  most  desirable  effects, 
neither  age  nor  sex  interfering  with  its  exhibition ;  and  whilst 
he  does  not  rely  solely  upon  it,  in  all  cases,  especially  those  of 
a  high  grade,  lie  thinks  that  it  is  entitied  to  rank  as  a  co¬ 
efficient  with  quinine  in  fevers.  It  has  been  chiefly  used  in  the 
form  of  tincture,  an  excellent  preparation  being  made  by  Dr. 
St.  John,  an  experienced  druggist  of  Alexandria,  La.  Dr.  T. 
A.  Mayo,  who  has  published  a  valuable  paper  upon  the  gelse¬ 
mium  in  the  Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review  for  March, 
1857,  affirms  that  he  has  never  been  disappointed  in  a  single 
instance  in  obtaining  a  direct  sedative  action  from  the  use  of 
the  gelsemium ;  the  patient  being  speedily  quieted,  although  he 
may  have  been  excessively  agitated  previous  to  its  administra¬ 
tion.  Under  its  influence  restlessness  is  soon  succeeded  by 
calm  repose,  and  the  excited,  frequent  pulse  tempers  down  to 
tranquility.  These  favorable  impressions  must  be  secured, 
however,  by  a  frequent  repetition  of  the  dose,  as  its  effects  are 
not  very  durable,  wearing  off  in  two  or  three  hours. 

(To  be  continued.) 


1879]  Report  on  Intra-Mural  Sepulture  in  New  Orleans. 


45 


Report  on  Intra-Mural  Sepulture  in  the  City  of  New  Orleans. 


Adopted  by  the  Nevr  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association,  at  their  Meeting  Held 
on  Saturday,  May  31,  1879. 


To  the  President  and  Members  of  the 

New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association  ; 

Gentlemen — 

Your  committee,  appointed  tor  the  purpose  of  drafting  a 
memorial  on  the  subject  of  intra  mural  burials  in  the  city  of 
New  Orleans,  respectfully  report  as  follows  : 

The  present  corporate  limits  of  New  Orleans  extend  from  the 
upper  line  of  Carrollton  to  the  Slaughter  House,  include  Algiers 
on  the  right  bank  of  the  river,  and  reach  as  far  back  as  the 
Rigolets  Station  on  the  water  course  separating  Lake  Pont- 
chartrain  from  Lake  Borgne.  In  the  length  and  breadth  of 
this  vast  surface  their  exist  31  graveyards ,  distributed  as  fol¬ 
lows  in  the  order  of  municipal  districts.*  (It  should  be  stated 
here,  that  the  cemeteries  on  the  Metairie  Ridge  are  classed 
separately,  for  the  reason,  that  they  do  not  come  under  the 
category  of  graveyards  popularly  designated  as  “  intra-mural”.) 


First  District . 1  graveyard.  J 


Second  District _ 4  graveyards.  < 


“American,”  on  Basin  street, 
near  Girod. 

^  1.  “  St.  Louis,  No.  1,”  Basin, 
between  Conti  and  St. 
Louis  streets. 

2, 3, 4,  “St.  Louis,  Nos.  2, 3, 4,” 
Claiborne,  from  Custom¬ 
house  to  St.  Louis  streets. 


1 

Third  District . 4  graveyards.  < 


1.  “  New  St.  Louis,”  Espla¬ 
nade,  near  Bayou  St.  John. 

2.  “Hebrew,”  Gentilly  Road. 

3.  “  St.  Vincent  de  Paul,” 
Louisa  and  U  r  q  u  h  a  r  t 

4.  “Campo  Santo,”  Urquhart 
near  Girod  street. 


*  The  committee  are  indebted  to  the  courtesy  of  the  Board  of  Health,  for  the  data  con¬ 
tained  in  this  report  concerning  the  number  and  distribution  of  the  cemeteries. 


46 


Original  Communications. 


2. 


Fourth  District _ 4  graveyards.  < 


3. 


4. 

. 

Fifth  District . 2  graveyards.  j 

c  1. 

Sixth  District . 2  graveyards.  ^  2. 

Seventh  District.. 2  graveyards,  j  }/ 


[July 

“Lafayette  No.  l,’r  Wash¬ 
ington  and  Prytania 

“  Lafayette  No.  2,”  Wash¬ 
ington  and  St.  Patrick 

“St.  Joseph  No.  1,”  Wash¬ 
ington,  near  St.  Patrick 

“  St.  Joseph  No.  2,”  Sixth, 
near  St.  Patrick  street. 

“  St.  Bartholomew,”  Alg’s. 
“Hughes,”  Algiers. 

“Valence,”  V alence  street. 
“St.  Vincent’s,”  St.  Denis 
street. 

“  Catholic,”  Carrollton. 

“  City,”  Carrollton. 


Total . 19  graveyards. 

Beside  the  above,  there  are  also  12  cemeteries  on  the 
Metairie  Eidge,  as  follows  : 


NAMES.  DISTRICT. 

1.  “Holt” . 2d.. 


LOCATIONS. 
Metairie  Ridge 


“  Metairie” . 

1st . 

_  do. 

do. 

3. 

“  Odd-Fellows” . 

.2d . 

....  do. 

do. 

4. 

“  Masonic” . 

.2d . 

_  do. 

do. 

5. 

“  Ev.  Lutheran  St.  John  ” 

.2d . 

.  do. 

do. 

6. 

“Cypress  Grove  No.  1”. . 

.1st . 

do. 

7. 

“  Cypress  Grove  No.  2” . . 

.1st . 

.  do. 

do. 

8. 

“Greenwood” . 

-1st . 

.  do. 

do. 

9. 

“  Potter’s  Field  ” . 

do. 

10. 

“  Hebrew  No.  1  ” . 

.1st . 

.  do. 

do. 

11. 

“  St.  Patrick’s  No.  1”. . . . 

.  do. 

do. 

12. 

“St.  Patrick’s  No.  2” _ 

.2d . 

do. 

Total  12  graveyards  on  Metairie  Ridge ;  thus  making  a  grand 
total  of  31  cemeteries  spread  out  over  the  whole  of  the  im¬ 
mense  territory  included  within  the  corporate  limits  of  the  city 
of  New  Orleans.  Narrowing  the  subject,  however,  within  the 
boundaries  of  the  portions  of  that  area  whioh  are  regularly  in¬ 
habited^  we  find,  according  to  the  above  list,  that  of  this  grand 


1879J  Report  on  Tntra- Mural  Sepulture  in  New  Orleans.  47 

total  of  31  cemeteries ,  twelve  are  already  situated  on  the  Metairie 
Ridge,  at  some  distance  from  the  city  proper,  and  these  grave¬ 
yards  are  not  classed  in  the  same  category  with  the  others, 
which  are  termed  “  intra-mural.”  These  last  are  nineteen  in  num¬ 
ber  ;  in  size,  with  but  few  exceptions,  they  occupy  an  ordinary 
city  square  block,  and  these  19  cemeteries  are  scattered  over 
the  vast  surface  of  territory  extending  from  Carrollton  to  the 
United  States  Barracks,  and  comprising  Algiers.  Besides,  as 
the  list  of  cemeteries  shows,  the  Second,  Third  and  Fourth  Dis¬ 
tricts  are  the  only  ones  in  each  of  which  there  are  four  ceme¬ 
teries.  In  the  First  1  Mstrict  there  is  but  one,  and  the  Fifth, 
Sixth  and  Seventh  Districts  (which  are,  properly  speaking, 
rural  or  suburban),  only  contain  two  apiece. 

The  question  of  interments  and  cemeteries  is  governed  by  the 
following  sanitary  laws,  which  are  taken  from  Leovy’s  “  Laws 
and  Ordinances  of  New  Orleans.”  In  stating  these  laws  and 
ordinances,  your  Committee,  for  the  sake  of  brevity,  intend 
mentioning  only  such  articles  as  have  direct  reference  to  the 
subject  of  this  report,  and  therefore  pmposely  omit  others 
whose  bearing  is  of  a  character  affecting  the  matter  at  issue 
more  remotely.  Under  the  heading  “Cemeteries  and  inter¬ 
ments,”  the  following  articles  are  found: 

“  Art.  3.  All  tombs  must  be  built  of  the  best  kind  of  brick 
or  stones,  laid  in  mortar,  with  the  proper  proportions  of  the  best 
cement  and  sharp  sand,  and  covered  with  bitumen  on  the 
ground  floor  of  each  tomb,  with  walls  not  less  than  nine  inches 
in  thickness,  and  plastered.  All  the  tombs  must  be  kept  in 
good  order,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  sexton  to  notify  the 
owners  thereof  to  have  them  repaired;  otherwise  it  shall  be 
done  by  the  city,  at  the  expense  of  the  owners,  who  shall  be 
fined  hi  the  sum  not  exceeding  fifty  dollars.” 

“Art.  4.  The  Mayor  and  recorders  are  each  authorized  to 
grant  permits  for  the  opening  of  tombs  in  the  public  cemeteries, 
to  such  persons  as  may  make  such  application  to  deposit  a  dead 
body  therein.” 

(At  the  present  time  these  permits  are  granted  by  the  Board 
of  Health.) 

“Art.  5.  The  various  churches  and  associations  owning  cem¬ 
eteries  are  authorized  to  use  them  under  such  regulations  made 


Original  Communications. 


48 


[July 


by  them,  from  time  to  time,  as  may  not  conflict  with  city 
ordinances.” 

“Art.  7.  All  sextons  shall  inter,  within  the  shortest  possible 
delay,  all  deceased  persons  who  may  be  conveyed  to  their  re¬ 
spective  cemeteries,  in  graves  to  be  dug  not  less  than  four  feet 
in  depth,  and  to  be  at  a  distance  of  at  least  three  feet  from 
each  other,  according  to  such  limitations  as  shall  be  described 
by  the  city  surveyor,  and  in  pursuance  of  such  directions  as 
they  may  receive  from  the  Mayor  *  *  *  ” 

The  remainder  of  the  article  is  omitted,  as  it  relates  to  the 
duties  of  the  sextons,  in  connection  with  the  bestowing  of 
proper  care,  etc.,  upon  the  cemeteries  under  their  charge. 

“  Art.  10.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  surveyor  to  visit  the 
cemeteries  once  a  month  and  oftener,  if  he  deems  it  necessary, 
in  order  to  prescribe  the  limitations,  according  to  which  the 
graves  and  tombs  are  to  be  made,  care  being  taken  to  reserve 
all  around  and  along  the  fences,  such  places  as  may  be  neces¬ 
sary  to  build  tombs  for  account  of  the  city ;  and  it  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  street  commissioners  to  visit  the  cemeteries  once  a 
month,  and  see  that  the  ordinances  are  observed.” 

“  Art.  11.  No  burial  shall  be  permitted  in  any  churchyard 
in  this  city,  except  the  pastor  of  their  churches,  under  a  penalty 
of  live  hundred  dollars.” 

“  Art.  14.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  person,  at  whose 
domicile  any  person  shall  have  died,  to  cause  the  same  to  be 
buried  within  forty-eight  hours  after  his  death  ;  and  any  person 
offending  against  this  section  of  this  ordinance  shall  pay  a  fine 
not  exceeding  one  hundred  dollars  for  each  offence.” 

“  Art.  18.  Hereafter,  no  person  shall  be  buried  in  the  ground 
of  the  cemetery  on  the  square  comprised  within  Washington, 
Sixth,  Prytania  and  Plaquemine  streets,  of  the  Fourth  District, 
and  in  future,  no  interments  shall  be  made  therein,  except  by 
persons  owning  lots,  vaults,  or  tombs ;  and  further,  that  the 
St.  Joseph  Asylum,  of  the  Fourth  District,  may  use  square  No. 
271,  for  burial  purposes.” 

The  graveyard  question  is  one,  in  which  the  population  of 
every  locality  feels  the  deepest  interest.  In  this  city,  to  the 
best  of  the  knowledge  and  belief  of  your  Committee,  the 
influence  of  intra-mural  cemeteries  has  never  as  yet  been 


49 


1879]  Report  on  Intra-Mural  Sepulture  in  New  Orleans. 

studied  with  the  care,  the  subject  deserves.  In  moments  of 
panic,  the  cry  has  occasionally  been  raised,  that  the  graveyards 
were  the  cause  of  yellow  fever.  Men  of  science  have  avoided 
any  such  categorical  assertion,  for  they  are  well  aware  of  the 
gropings  of  the  profession  to  the  present  day,  with  reference  to 
the  cause  or  causes  of  yellow  fever;  but  among  their  number, 
some,  reasoning  upon  theoretical  grounds,  may  have  con¬ 
cluded,  that  because  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  graveyards 
have  proved  injurious  elsewhere,  therefore  they  must  have 
poisoned  the  health  of  New  Orleans.  ^Reflection  will,  however, 
speedily  show  the  unscientific  character  of  such  reasoning,  and 
therefore  your  committee  believe  that  if  the  intra  mural  grave¬ 
yards  are  to  be  condemned  at  all,  it  must  only  be  after  a  most 
minute  and  careful  investigation ;  one  that  shall  not  be  con¬ 
ducted  hastily,  for  the  subject  should  not  be  slighted,  if  the 
result  be  expected  to  meet  with  that  consideration  accorded  by 
thoughtful  minds  to  the  dicta  of  science. 

A  plan  of  investigation  of  the  influence  of  graveyards  upon 
the  surrounding  neighborhoods  w  as  suggested  some  months 
ago.  This  plan,  which  as  your  committee  learn  has  very  re¬ 
cently  received  some  attention  from  the  Board  of  Health,  con¬ 
sists  in  taking  a  given  graveyard  (or  more  than  one,  if  it  be 
deemed  advisable),  in  block  with  a  certain  number  of  squares  in 
its  neighborhood,  and  in  comparing  these  with  a  corresponding 
number  of  squares  situated  in  another  portion  of  the  city  where 
there  is  no  cemetery,  attention  being  given  to  the  fact  that 
these  two  groups  of  squares  should  be  comparable  in  point  of 
population.  Then,  the  comparative  mortality  of  these  two 
groups  of  squares  should  be  studied  during  a  number  of  years — 
the  greater  the  better.  The  records  of  the  Board  of  Health 
would  doubtless  afford  a  solution  of  this  interesting  question, 
but  precisely  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  labor  of  going  over  old 
archives  in  the  manner  proposed  is  one  of  great  tediousness, 
the  result  should  not  be  proclaimed  too  hastily. 

With  regard  to  the  deleterious  influence  of  cemeteries  upon 
human  beings,  two  principal  classes  of  effects  may  be  estab¬ 
lished.  1.  In  localities  where  ground  or  river  water  is  in 
general  use,  burials  in  the  earth  are  undoubtedly  dangerous, 
owing  to  the  saturation  of  the  soil  and  the  contamination  of 


4 


50 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


the  sources  of  water  supply,  eveu  at  great  distances.  This 
class  of  effects  may,  for  the  reasons  with  which  all  are  ac¬ 
quainted,  be  dismissed  from  consideration  as  far  as  New  Orleans 
is  concerned.  2.  Under  this  heading  are  grouped  the  putrefac¬ 
tive  changes  due  to  cadaveric  decomposition,  and  the  effects 
produced  by  the  gases  evolved  during  its  continuance.  It  is 
deemed  unnecessary,  for  the  purpose  of  this  report,  to  recite 
these  changes  arid  enumerate  these  gases.  It  will  be  sufficient 
to  state  that  there  is  no  warrant  for  asserting  that  the  intra¬ 
mural  graveyards  of  this  city  have  ever  been  proved  to  have 
occasioned  zymotic  or  other  diseases  in  the  neighborhoods  by 
which  they  are  surrounded,  and  therefore  their  influence  upon 
the  more  remote  portions  of  the  city  is,  to  say  the  least,  ex¬ 
tremely  problematical.  Indeed,  it  is  found  that  in  a  country 
like  France,  where  a  great  deal  of  legislation  has  been  brought 
to  bear  upon  cemeteries,  the  distance  at  which  a  graveyard 
may,  under  certain  circumstances,  be  looked  upon  as  danger¬ 
ous,  has  been  fixed  at  100  metres.  (The  metre  is  equivalent 
to  about  30  inches  English  measure.)  That  is  to  say,  that  the 
Freuch  law  considers  it  safe  for  human  beings  to  reside  not 
further  than  about  300  feet  from  a  cemetery. 

The  experience  of  last  summer  is  yet  so  fresh  in  the  minds  of 
all,  that  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  mention  that  the  epidemic 
of  1878,  in  New  Orleans,  broke  out  on  Constance  street,  near 
Terpsichore,  that  is  to  say,  at  a  point  fully  one  mile  distant 
from  the  nearest  graveyard,  and  in  the  First  District  of  the 
city,  which,  unlike  all  the  others ,  has  but  one  cemetery  within  its 
limits.  (The  cemeteries  on  the  Metairie  Ridge  being  always 
excepted,  for  the  reasons  given  above.)  And  it  also  remains  to 
be  proved,  that  even  in  the  height  of  the  late  epidemic,  there 
were  more  cases  of  yellow  fever,  or  more  deaths  from  that 
disease,  in  the  neighborhoods  surrounding  the  various  grave¬ 
yards,  than  in  other  parts  of  the  city. 

The  following  extract  from  an  article  published  some  time 
since,  in  the  u  New  Orleans  Journal  of  Medicine,”  by  Prof.  S. 
M.  Bemiss,  M.  1).,  is  introduced  here,  as  illustrative  of  the 
position  taken  in  this  report : 

u  Sanitary  laws,  unlike  civil  and  moral  laws,  are  not  universal 
in  their  application,  but  have  grown  out  of  the  necessities 


1879]  Report  on  Intra-Mural  Sepulture  in  New  Orleans.  51 

of  localities  differing  radically  as  to  tlie  circumstances  affecting 
the  health  of  their  respective  populations.  On  this  account 
very  little  of  what  has  been  legislated  or  written  in  regard  to 
intra-mural  sepulture  is  applicable  to  the  mode  of  burial  in  this 
city.  There  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  ill  health  to  the  occu¬ 
pants  of  such  houses  has  frequently  followed  their  erection 
upon  soil  that  had  nearly  or  quite  reached  the  point  of  satura¬ 
tion,  or  in  other  words,  soil  which  from  repletion  of  animal 
remains  no  longer  retained  its  powers  of  disinfection  and 
deodorization. '  But  no  such  facts  can  properly  apply  to  the 
mode  of  sepulture  practised  iu  this  city.  Here  the  bodies  of 
the  dead  undergo  such  rapid  disintegration  and  volatilization 
that  within  a  very  few  months,  only  the  ashes  remain.  Some 
very  few  exceptions  occur,  a  portion  of  which  are  attributable 
to  the  fact  that  the  burial ^cases  are  hermetically  sealed  and 
thus  the  process  of  decomposition  is  retarded,  in  another  por¬ 
tion  partial  dessicatiou  and  mummification  take  place.” 

The  quotation  from  the  article  written  by  Dr.  Bemiss  is 
interrupted  here,  for  the  purpose  of  stating  that,  on  another 
occasion,  a  member  of  this  committee*  called  attention  to  the 
danger  arising  from  the  use  of  so-called  hermetically  sealed 
metallic  burial  cases,  which,  while  they  in  no  maimer  prevent 
decomposition,  still  retard  the  dissemination  of  the  gasses 
resulting  therefrom. 

Dr.  Bemiss  continues :  u  But  these  latter  examples  are  so 
few,  that  the  question  is  mainly  in  reference  to  contaminations 
of  the  atmosphere  by  the  volatilized  elements  of  dead  bodies 
undergoing  extremely  rapid  decomposition,  but  enclosed  with 
carefully  constructed  walls  of  stoue  or  brick.  The  very  ele¬ 
vated  temperature,  to  which  the  air  of  these  vaults  must  be 
brought  by  the  almost  tropical  heat  of  the  sun,  is  not  favora¬ 
ble  to  the  life  of  the  germs  of  zymotic  diseases,  so  that  I  pre¬ 
sume  these  affections  are  seldom  or  never  communicated  by 
emanations  from  our  tombs.  Moreover,  the  process  of  destruc¬ 
tion  is  so  rapid  and  complete,  as  to  resemble  combustion 
more  than  ordinary  decay ;  the  period,  therefore,  must  be 
brief,  when  any  form  of  organic  effluvia  will  continue  to  escape. 


Dr.  D.  C.  Holliday. 


52 


Original  Communications. 


[July 


In  the  absence,  therefore,  of  all  proof  or  information  to  the 
contrary,  1  conclude  that  our  method  of  interment  is  not  pre¬ 
judicial  to  the  health  of  inhabitants,  even  living  in  the  imme¬ 
diate  vicinity  of  cemeteries,  in  any  other  manner,  than  in  adding 
to  the  amount  of  organic  matter  floating  in  the  atmosphere, 
and  thus  increasing  its  aggregate  impurities.” 

For  the  foregoing  reasons,  and  also  from  the  fact,  that  owing 
to  the  small  size  of  eacli  graveyard  considered  singly ,  as  well 
as  owing  to  the  manner  in  which  the  cemeteries  called  “  intra¬ 
mural  ”  are  scattered  over  an  immense  surface  of  territory,  as 
has  been  shown  in  this  report,  and  the  relatively  limited  num¬ 
ber  of  corpses  buried  in  each  of  these  graveyards  weekly  or 
monthly,  as  the  mortuary  reports  of  the  Board  of  Health  at¬ 
test,  your  committee  believe,  that  under  the  peculiar  circum¬ 
stances  in  which  the  population  of  this  city  is  at  present  placed, 
and  which  do  not  require  more  than  a  passing  allusion,  it 
would  be  a  positive  injustice  and  hardship  to  the  greater  num¬ 
ber  to  close  the  “intra-mural”  cemeteries,  when  there  is  no 
evidence  to  prove  that  the  squares  in  the  vicinity  of  cemeteries 
are  worse  off  in  the  matter  of  health,  than  others  more 
remotely  situated. 

The  graveyard  is  the  resting  place  of  many  loved  ones,  and 
precisely  because  in  connection  with  it,  sentiment  has  sent 
forth  its  roots  into  every  hearth,  science  should  avoid  being 
unnecessarily  dictatorial,  and  its  judgment  should  only  be  ren¬ 
dered,  when  the  proofs  of  conviction  are  indisputable. 

Your  committee  in  bringing  this  report  to  a  close,  tender, 
however,  the  suggestions  formulated  below,  with  reference  to 
the  system  of  burial  as  now  practiced  in  New  Orleans.  They 
believe  these  suggestions  will  cover  the  entire  ground  of  con  - 
troversy,  and  afford  every  reasonable  assurance  of  protection 
to  health  and  life.  . 

1st.  Prohibit  the  establishment  of  any  new  cemeteries ,  within 
certain  limits  of  the  city;  said  limits  to  be  defined  by  the 
proper  authorities. 

2d.  As  to  the  graveyards  now  in  existence,  your  Committee 
would  recommend  the  adoption  of  the  strictest  sanitary  measures 
in  their  administration.  The  foregoing  language  is  selected  as 
being  sufficiently  comprehensive  to  embrace  all  reforms  which 


1879] 


Correspondence. 


53 


may  be  deemed  needful.  For  instance  it  would  include  the  fol¬ 
lowing  points : 

(A.)  Do  away  with  the  present  system  of  building  ovens  and 
burying  in  the  same,  because,  as  now  constructed,  one  of  the 
walls  of  these  ovens  forms  the  enclosure  of  the  graveyard, 
thereby  offering  possible  sources  of  danger  and  offense,  from 
mosely  jointed  or  imperfectly  cemented  bricks. 

(B.)  If  any  new  ovens  be  constructed,  require  that  they  shall 
be  built  independently  of  the  wrall  of  enclosure,  and  that  they 
shall  be  removed  a  certain  distance  from  said  wall.  Thus, 
these  ovens,  in  the  future,  will  be  assimilable  to  ordinary  tombs, 
and  for  these,  as  well  as  for  those,  observe  all  possible  care  in 
their  construction,  with  regard  to  the  manner  in  which  they 
shall  be  cemented  when  in  course  of  erection,  inspected  at  stated 
intervals,  and  sealed  when  burial  takes  place. 

(C.)  Exact  from  all  keepers  of  graveyards  strict  compliance 
with  the  laws  or  ordinances  relative  to  the  length  of  time 
which  is  fixed,  before  vaults  may  be  opened  for  the  purpose  of 
allowing  fresh  interments. 

(1).)  Maintain  a  rigid  sanitary  police  surveillance  over  the 
general  arrangements  for  cleanliness  and  disposal  of  causes, 
which  may  seem  offensive  or  insalubrious  in  any  given  grave¬ 
yard  or  graveyards. 


(Signed,)  THOMAS  LAYTON,  M.  D. 
do.  DAN’L  C.  HOLLIDAY,  M. 

do.  L.  F.  SALOMON,  M.  I). 


,  Chairman, 

I). 


of  Commitiee. 


F 


ORRESPONDENCE. 


New  Orleans,  May  24th,  1879. 

Editors  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal : 

Gentlemen — Having  been  requested  by  the  Louisiana  State 
Medical  Society  to  further  pursue  my  investigations  into  the 
existence  of  Leprosy  in  Louisiana,  I  would  ask  you  to  be  kind 


54 


Obibuary. 


[July 


enough  to  insert  the  following  questions  in  your  Journal,  with 
the  request  that  physicians  in  this  State  having  any  knowledge 
of  the  existence  of  the  disease  be  good  enough  to  communicate 
with  me. 

Most  respectfully,  etc., 

L.  F.  Salomon,  M.D., 

515  Baron  ne  street. 


“  QUESTIONS : 

u  1st.  Are  there  at  present  any  cases  of  Leprosy  in  your 
parish  ?  If  so,  how  many  ?  What  is  the  race  or  color  of  said 
cases ! 

u  2d.  State  the  variety — whether  Tubercular  or  Anaesthetic. 

“  3d.  Give  the  history,  as  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  of  one 
or  more  cases. 

u  4th.  In  the  cases  within  your  knowledge  was  the  disease 
hereditary  or  acquired  ? 

“  5th.  If  possible,  give  approximate  date  of  the  appearance 
of  the  first  case  of  Leprosy  in  your  parish. 

'  4 

u  Otli.  Have  any  cases  been  treated  by  you  ?  If  so,  please 
state  treatment  and  result.’” 


OBITUARY. 


JOHN  MAYNARD  WOODWORTH. 

The  death  of  the  supervising  surgeon-general  of  the  marine 
hospital  service  will  take  the  country  by  surprise.  His  youth 
and  vigor,  and  the  prominence  in  which  he  has  been  placed 
during  the  past  year,  owing  to  his  active  labors  in  behalf  of 
State  medicine,  have  led  many  to  predict  for  him  a  long  and  hon¬ 
orable  career.  It  was  doubtless  the  great  mental  and  physical 
strain  thus  imposed  that  overpowered  him,  and  opened  the  way 
for  an  erysipelas,  which  was  followed  by  a  fatal  pneumonia. 
He  was  born  at  Big  Flats,  Chemung  County,  X.  Y.,  August  15, 
1837.  He  was  taken  to  Illinois  by  his  parents,  and  was  edu¬ 
cated  at  the  Univereity  of  Chicago.  He  first  studied  phar¬ 
macy,  and  attended  the  lectures  on  Medicine  and  Chemistry  at 
the  Rush  Medical  College.  He  afterward  entered  upon  the 
regular  study  of  medicine  in  that  institution.  The  winters  of 
1859,  181)0  and  1801  he  spent  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


55 


1879] 


working-  under  the  personal  supervision  of  Prof.  Spencer  F. 
Baird.  He  graduated  in  1862  ot  the  Chicago  Medical  College. 
He  immediately  entered  active  service  in  the  army  of  the  Union 
as  an  assistant  post  surgeon  at  Camp  1  )ougiass,  Illinois,  and 
shortly  after  was  appointed  assistant  surgeon  of  volunteers, 
and  joined  General  Sherman  in  the  field  near  Corinth,  remain¬ 
ing-  with  his  command  until  the  Union  armies  were  mustered 
out  in  1865.  In  1863  he  was  promoted  to  the  rank  of  surgeon, 
and  assigned  to  duty  as  medical  inspector  of  the  fifteenth  army 
corps,  and  afterward  medical  inspector  and  medical  director 
of  the  army  of  the  Tennessee.  During  Sherman’s  march  to  the 
sea  he  was  breveted  lieutenant-colonel.  In  1865  he  visited 
Europe,  and  in  1866  he  established  himself  in  Chicago.  In 
1871  he  was  appointed  supervising  surgeon-general  of  the 
marine  hospital  service  of  the  United  States,  a  position  wiiich 
he  held  up  to  the  present  time. 

Dr.  Woodworth’s  valuable  work  in  promoting  the  efficiency 
of  the  service  he  had  in  charge  has  been  frequently  commented 
upon  by  us,  and  is  well  known  to  our  readers.  The  valuable 
weekly  sanitary  reports  compiled  from  all  quarters  of  the 
globe  savor  of  an  enterprise  peculiarly  American,  and  were 
highly  creditable  to  himself  and  the  country.  He  has  been  in¬ 
defatigable  in  his  work  on  the  yel.ow  fever  commission,  and  in 
his  efforts  to  obtain  national  legislation  which  would  enable  us 
to  prevent  a  return  of  the  disease.  The  bill  which  finally 
passed  during  the  last  hours  of  Congress,  and  the  text  of  which 
we  give  elsewhere,  although  not  in  accord  with  his  views,  estab¬ 
lished  a  board  of  health  to  which  he,  among  others,  had 
already  been  appointed  when  death  snatched  him  in  the  very 
height  of  his  career.  His  loss  will  be  sincerely  mourned  by 
the  profession  throughout  the  country. — Bouton  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal. 


THE  UTERO-O  V ARI AN  AMPUTATION  AS  COMP.  EMENTARY  TO  THE 
CvESAREAN  OPERATION  ACCORDING  TO  THE  METHOD  OP  DR. 
PORRO,  OF  PAVIA. 


(From  the  Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner,  .March,  1879.) 


The  utero-ovarian  amputation  in  a  woman  subjected  to  Caesa¬ 
rean  section  was  first  practiced  at  Pavia,  May  21,  1875,  by  Pro¬ 
fessor  Porro.  In  this  case  it  was  an  operation  of  necessity,  being 
the  only  means  capable  of  arresting  a  haemorrhage  which  threat¬ 
ened  to  be  speedily  fatal.  The  circumstances  surrounding  the 
patient  were  as  unfavorable  as  possible  j  an  epidemic  of  puer. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


56 


[July 


peral  fever  raged  in  the  wards  of  the  maternity  at  Pavia ;  and 
yet  the  experiment  of  Porro  was  crowned  with  complete  success. 
At  the  end  of  six  weeks  his  patient  left  the  hospital,  and  was 
able  to  bear  the  fatigue  of  a  journey  of  several  hours.  *  *  * 

The  beginning  of  the  operation  resembles  that  of  ordinary 
Caesarean  section,  up  to  the  moment  when,  the  uterus  being 
widely  open,  the  surgeon  can  proceed  to  the  extraction  of  the 
child.  This  done,  instead  of  separating  the  placenta  imme¬ 
diately,  the  uterus  is  drawn  out  through  the  abdominal  wound, 
and  kept  there  by  strong  traction.  The  assistants  draw  the 
edges  of  the  abdominal  wound  together,  compressing  them 
about  the  uterine  neck.  The  after  birth  is  not  detached  and 
removed  until,  by  means  of  these  precautions,  the  penetration 
of  blood  into  the  peritoneal  cavity  is  prevented.  The  pedicle 
of  the  tumor  formed  by  the  uterus  and  its  appendages,  is 
clasped  by  the  loop  of  a  linear  ecraseur,  and  tightented  suf¬ 
ficiently  to  arrest  the  flow  of  blood.  All  the  parts  are  then 
removed  with  the  bistoury  to  within  two  centimeters  of  the 
chain  of  the  ecraseur,  then  the  stump  thus  obtained  is  traversed 
by  a  long  needle  through  its  base,  which  prevents  its  retrac¬ 
tion  within  the  abdominal  cavity.  The  lips  of  the  abdominal 
wound  are  united  to  each  other  or  with  the  base  of  the  stump 
by  sutures.  All  the  portion  of  the  stump  beyond  the  chain  of 
the  ecraseur  falls  at  the  end  of  several  days,  the  rest  becomes 
adherant  to  the  abdominal  walls,  and  the  cicatrization  is  com¬ 
plete  at  the  end  of  a  month  or  six  weeks. 

Since  the  21st  of  May,  1875,  the  ntero-ovarian  operation  has 
been  performed  fifteen  times.  An  Italian  journal  ( Annali  uni- 
versali  di  Medidna  e  Chirurgia ,  Nov.  1878),  gives  a  statistical 
table  of  these  fifteen  cases ;  we  reproduce  it,  as  it  is  better  calcu¬ 
lated  to  show  the  advantages  of  the  new  method  than  any  theo¬ 
retic  reasoning. 

In  1875,  utero-ovarian  amputation  was  performed  once  only, 
May  21,  at  Pavia,  by  Prof.  Porro ;  the  patient,  as  we  have  said, 
got  well  in  six  weeks. 

In  1876,  three  operations ;  two  at  Vienna  by  Prof.  Spaeth, 
giving  one  death  and  one  success ;  a  third,  also  at  Vienna,  by 
Prof.  Braun,  followed  by  death. 

In  1877,  four  operations,  all  followed  by  death  ;  one  at  Milan 
by  Prof.  Chiara ;  a  second  at  Fribourg  by  Prof.  Hegar ;  a  third 
at  Bergamo,  by  Dr.  Previtali ;  the  fourth  at  Berne,  by  Prof. 
Muller. 

In  1878,  seven  operations;  at  Milan,  by  Prof.  Chiara,  two 
cases,  one  death  and  one  cure;  at  Turin,  Prof.  Tibone,  one 
death;  at  Liege,  Prof.  Wasseige,  one  cure  and  one  death;  at 
Prague,  Prof.  Breisky,  one  death  ;  at  Brescia,  Dr.  Peroglio, 
one  cure. 

Seven  cures  and  eight  deaths ;  a  result  not  sufficient  to 
remove  the  dread  of  Caesarean  section,  but  when  compared  with 
the  old  plan  we  cannot  help  recognizing  that  the  process  of 


1879]  Current  Medical  Literature.  57 

Porro  constitutes  an  important  progress,  one  deserving  its 
adoption  in  the  practice  of  our  hospitals. 

Since  the  publication  of  the  above  article  in  the  Chicago 
Journal,  we  have  received  news  from  Italy  that  in  the  first 
quarter  of  this  year  three  more  operations  were  performed  in 
Turin,  by  Professors  Tibone,  S.  Giordano,  and  G.  Beiruti.  The 
first  case  died  of  shock ;  the  second  recovered,  perfectly  well. 
Though  we  did  not  hear  yet  of  the  final  result  of  the  third,  we 
are  able  to  state  that  the  patient  was  doing  well  a  few  days 
after  the  operation. 

For  all  these  cases  the  women  had  an  extremely  viciated 
pelvis,  so  as  to  render  natural  labor  impossible.  The  three 
fceti  came  out  alive,  and  healthy.  J.  1). 


A  CASE  OF  CAESAREAN  AND  UTERO-OVARIAN  AMPUTATION. 

[Translated  from  L' Indipendente  of  Turin,  May  95,  1879.J 

On  the  lhth  of  May  at  half-past  5  o’clock,  P.  M.,  Doctor  G. 
Berruti  performed  the  utero-ovarian  amputation,  assisted 
by  Professors  Giordano  and  Tibone. 

The  operation  was  completed  in  35  minutes.  The  woman 
went  under  the  influence  of  chloroform  very  easily,  so  that  she 
did  not  feel  a  single  pain  during  the  whole  time  of  the  opera¬ 
tion. 

The  method  was  about  the  same  as  that  recommended  by  its 
bold  inventor,  Professor  Porro  of  Pavia. 

An  incision  was  made  on  the  linea  alba  down  to  the  pubis, 
three  centimetres  over  it,  and  then  the  peritoneal  cavity  was 
opened.  The  womb,  which  had  been  firjnly  kept  fixed  to  the 
abdomen  by  Prof.  Tibone,  was  next  cut  to  the  extent  of  a 
few  centimetres.  The  lips  of  this  wound  were  seized  by  the 
strong  pincer  of  Tean,  and  drawn  out  as  externally  as  possible, 
and  the  placenta  was  opened. 

After  having  given  to  the  wound  of  the  womb,  both  above 
and  below,  a  larger  extension  of  10  or  12  centimetres  altogether, 
the  foetus  was  promptly  extracted.  The  placenta  was  detached ; 
the  pincer  of  Pean  approximated,  and  by  their  aid  the  womb  and 
both  ovaries  were  drawn  completely  out.  A  portion  of  intes¬ 
tine  that  had  threatened  several  times  to  protrude  through  the 
inferior  part  of  the  abdominal  wound,  was  kept  in  situ  until 
the  end  of  the  operation.  This  portion  of  intestine  was  ex¬ 
tremely  red,  and  injected,  a  fact  observed  in  other  cases.  The 
womb  was  then  kept  up  suspended,  and  the  operator  intro¬ 
duced  in  the  inferior  portion  corresponding  to  the  neck,  the  ex¬ 
tremely  curved  trocar  of  Prof.  Tibone.  Through  the  canula  of 
this  trocar  a  double  strong  silk  thread  was  passed,  in  order  to 
divide  the  peduncle  in  two,  and  have  it  tied  so  as  to  cause  its 

8 


58 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[July 


anaemia.  The  intention  of  the  operator  here  was  to 
substitute  for  the  metallic  ligature,  of  the  peduncle, 
and  constrictors  of  Gintral ,  a  simple  silk  ligature,  with 
its  ends  to  be  fixed  outside  of  the  abdominal  wound, 
it ut,  as,  after  the  excision  of  the  peduncle  with  the  semilunar 
knife,  tfie  uterine  arteries  gave  way  to  great  quantity  of  blood, 
it  was  thought  prudent  to  apply  around  the  peduncle  a  strong 
metallic  ligature,  and  to  have  it  crushed  by  the  excraseur  of 
Kb berle.  The  haemorrhage  stopped  immediately.  After  the 
dressing  of  the  peritoneal  cavity,  the  operator  proceeded  to  the 
sutures  of  the  abdominal  wound.  The  last  point  of  the  inferior 
suture  was  made  with  a  larger  needle  and  a  stronger  thread, 
in  order  to  pass  through  the  lips  of  the  wound  and  the  peduncle, 
which  was  touched  by  the  liquid  perchloride  of  iron. 

The  whole  operation  was  executed  under  the  carbolic  acid 
spray,  and  the  farther  dressings  of  the  wound  were  strictly 
made  according  to  the  antiseptic  system  of  Lister. 

The  patient  hail  a  very  severe  but  not  infectious  peritonitis. 
8 he  is  now  on  the  tenth  day  after  the  operation,  and  nearly 
approaching  convalescence.  The  temperature  never  reached 
40  degrees  (105°  F.).  Everything  is  in  favor  of  a  rapid  recov¬ 
ery.  The  tietus  of  the  size  of  -5750  grammes  is  in  excellent 
health. 

The  pelvis  of  this  woman  is  extremely  defective.  The  min¬ 
imum  diameter  is  4  centimetres.  The  stature  of  the  woman 
is  of  1.03  m.,  and  every  bone  of  her  skeleton  is  deformed. 

Of  the  final  result  of  this  operation  we  will  let  the  medical 
profession  know,  whatever  it  may  be.  J.  D. 


TURPENTINE  IN  WHOOPING-COUGH. 

(Wiener  Allegem.  Med.  Zeit.,  No.  12,  1878.) 

l)r.  Gerth  cured  a  case  of  laryngeal  catarrh  by  placing  twenty 
drops  of  turpentine  on  a  handkerchief,  held  before  the  face  and 
causing  about  forty  deep  inspirations  to  be  taken.  Repeating 
this  thrice  daily,  the  cure  was  quite  rapid.  In  the  same  family 
he  found  an  infant  fifteen  months  okl  iu  the  convulsive  stage  of 
whooping  cough,  quite  exhausted,  and  vomiting  all  ingesta. 
There  was  at  the  same  time  slight  bronchial  catarrh  with 
slight  evening  rise  of  temperature.  Gerth  decided  to  experi¬ 
ment  here  also  with  turpentine.  He  directed  the  mother  to 
hold  the  moistened  cloth  as  above,  before  it  when  awake,  and 
to  drop  the  oil  upon  its  pillow  when  asleep.  The  result  was 
most  happy.  Within  the  twenty-four  Lours  the  frequency  and 
severity  of  the  attacks  notably  diminished.  The  child’s  strength 
was  sustained  by  stimulants,  and  improvement  was  very  rapid. 
Within  a  year  pertussis  became  epidemic  in  his  vicinity,  and  he 
repeatedly  tested  the  drug  in  this  way.  He  gave  it  to  children 
of  all  ages,  and  in  any  stage  of  fever.  The  initial  catarrh,  the 
convulsive,  and  the  final  catarrhal  stages  were  all  decidedly 
benefitted,  the  spasmodic  attacks  being  in  many  cases  aborted. 
Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner, 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


59 


A  SANITARY  PROTECTIVE  ASSOCIATION. 

An  association  under  the  above  name  lias  been  formed  at 
Newport,  It.  I.,  for  the  purpose  of  securing,  at  a  moderate  cost, 
sanitary  advice  and  protection  to  its  members.  Such  associa¬ 
tions  have  been  in  successful  existence  in  Edinburgh,  but  this 
is  the  first  of  its  kind  in  this  country.  The  organization  includes 
an  inspecting  engineer  and  a  chemist.  The  members  pay  an 
annual  due  of  six  dollars,  and  for  this  are  entitled  to  have  their 
house  inspected  by  the  engineer  and  an  analysis  of  the  drinking 
water  made  by  the  chemist.  By  a  small  additional  fee  they 
can  obtain  similar  service  for  any  other  houses  which  they  may 
own.  They  can  also  have  a  report,  without  fee,  upon  the 
sanitary  condition  of  any  church,  school-house,  or  place  of 
public  resort  within  the  city  of  Newport,  and  can  have  occa¬ 
sional  supplementary  inspection  and  advice  concerning  the 
dwelling  or  property  in  respect  of  which  they  are  subscribers. 

The  Association  is  intended  to  supplement  and  not  conflict 
with  any  public  health  board.  Its  object  is  an  excellent  one, 
for  it  cheapens  the  cost  of  thorough  sanitary  inspection,  and 
will  therefore  tend  to  diffuse  a  wider  knowledge  and  encite 
greater  attention  concerning  matters  of  public  hygiene. — A.  Y. 
Med.  Rec.,  April  26. 


INEFFICIENCY  IN  EXPERT  TESTIMONY. 

In  a  report  upon  certain  medico-legal  cases  by  Dr.  Thad.  M. 
Stevens,  the  bad  state  of  affairs  that  still  exists  in  connection 
with  expert  testimony  is  very  clearly  shown.  Experts  who  are 
ignorant,  experts  who  lack  common  sense,  and  experts  who  are 
dishonest,  are  referred  to  in  the  illustrative  cases  cited.  We 
have  before  commented  on  this  and  shown,  as  is  done  by  l)r. 
Stevens,  that,  while  there  are  many  points  in  toxicology  not 
yet  satisfactorily  worked  out,  yet  the  present  trouble  does  not 
lie  in  the  incompleteness,  of  the  science,  but  in  the  present 
method  of  calling  experts,  some  being  retained  by  the  prosecu¬ 
tion  and  some  by  the  defence. 

The  first  case  given,  in  particular,  shows  what  an  ingenious 
expert  can  do  when  under  the  stimulus  of  a  tee  from  the 
defence,  A  woman  received  a  potion  from  her  husband  and 
a  few  hours  afterward  was  taken  with  convulsions  and  died. 
The  defendant’s  expert  admitted  at  first  that  the  symptoms 
covered  nearly  all  those  of  strychnine  poisoning.  In  addition 
he  had  received  privately  the  glass  from  which  the  potion  was 
given,  and  found  strychnine  still  in  it.  He  did  not  mention 
this  fact,  however,  but  testified  that,  though  the  symptoms  were 
much  like  those  from  strychnia  poisoning,  they  might  have 
been  due  to  morphine — a  drug  the  woman  had  been  in  the  habit 
of  using,  and  one  whose  effects  sometimes  resembled  those  of 
strychnine.  He  asserted  that  no  strychnine  wras  found  in  the 
stomach,  but  omitted  to  mention  that  morphine  might  obscure 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[July 


60 

the  test.  In  fact,  the  exhibition,  from  a  scientific  point  of 
view,  was  truly  a  grotesque  one ;  but  the  defendant  was  ac¬ 
quitted.  Other  cases  of  like  character  are  given,  but  such 
things  are  too  well  known  to  need  further  illustration  here. 

The  only  remedy,  and  it  is  a  simple  one,  is  to  have  a  commis¬ 
sion  of  experts  appointed  by  the  court ;  they  can  then  work 
without  bias,  and  can  produce  evidence  that  is  not  contradic¬ 
tory,  and  that  does  not  make  themselves  ridiculous  and  their 
science  inefficient.  The  existence  of  much  false  and  stupid  tes¬ 
timony  has  now  become  a  glaring  fact,  of  which  we  have  had 
some  very  interesting  instances  in  New  York,  and  the  present 
pamphlet  should  help  to  awaken  some  practical  efforts  for 
reform  in  the  matter. — N.  Y.  Med.  Ree .,  April  26. 


CEREBRO-SPINAL  MENINGITIS. 

Dr.  J.  H.  Straugher,  of  Lexington,  Mo.,  writes  that  Dr.  .Lee 
Alexander,  of  Marshall,  Mo.,  treated  cerebro-spinal  meningitis 
as  follows,  with  great  success:  Resolved  to  try  something,  as 
all  previous  plans  had  proved  unavailing ;  the  patient’s  body 
was  entirely  anointed  with  oil  of  turpentine,  and  then,  with  the 
exception  of  the  head,  to  which  ice  was  applied,  he  was  immersed 
in  a  barrel  of  water  as  hot  as  could  be  borne  by  the  hand.  The 
bath  was  continued  for  fifteen  minutes,  and  repeated  every  hour 
until  relief  came  to  the  patient,  which  was  usually  so  marked 
that  for  the  second  bath  it  became  necessary  to  arouse  him. 
The  tetanic  symptoms  were  usually  relieved  by  the  first  immer¬ 
sion,  and  subsequently  the  bath  was  called  for  by  the  patient. 
The  internal  treatment  consisted  of  turpentine  in  15-25  drop 
doses,  bromide  of  potassium  15-20  grain  doses,  gelsemium,  be¬ 
ginning  with  doses  of  8  to  10  drops,  and  increasing  until  double 
vision  occurred,  and  blister  to  the  nape  of  the  neck.  He  claims 
twenty-two  recoveries  out  of  twenty-three  cases.  The  only 
untoward  symptom  developed  during  treatment  was  epistaxis 
in  a  child  two  years  old,  which  subsided  as  soon  as  the  gelse¬ 
mium  was  discontinued,  it  having  resisted  all  the  usual  reme¬ 
dies. — Medical  Record ,  June  7. 


HOW  TO  MEASURE  A  SCULL. 

The  following  directions  are  given  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Flower,  F. 
R.  S.,  in  a  lecture  before  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  : 

The  length  of  the  skull  is  measured  from  the  middle  of  the 
forehead,  above  the  glabella — the  ophryon — to  the  most  promi¬ 
nent  part  of  the  occipital  region.  The  breadth  is  the  greatest 
lateral  breadth  in  the  parietal  region.  The  cranial  index,  which 
is  the  expression  of  the  relation  of  the  breadth  to  the  length,  is 
found  by  a  simple  calculation,  the  length  being  taken  at  100. 
When  the  index  is  over  80,  the  skull  is  called  brachycephalic  ; 
when  it  is  below  75,  it  is  said  to  be  dolichocephalic ;  those  be¬ 
tween  75  and  80  are  memeephalic.  The  height  is  the  distance 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


(»1 


between  tbe  basion  and  tbe  bregma.  The  orbital  index  is  the 
relation  of  height  to  the  width  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  orbit 
cavity.  The  average  in  Australian  skulls  is  82,  in  European 
88,  which  gives  a  fair  indication  of  the  difference  of.  form  in  this 
part  in  the  two  races.  The  nasal  index  is  the  relation  of  the 
height  of  the  bony  framework  of  the  nose  to  its  breadth.  The 
height  is  measured  from  the  nasion  to  the  lower  border  of 
the  aperture,  or  base  of  the  nasal  spine. ,  The  breadth  is  the 
greatest  breadth  of  the  aperture.  This  is  one  of  the  most  use¬ 
ful  of  all  the  cranial  indices  in  distinguising  races.  The  aver¬ 
age  nasal  index  of  all  the  races  is  about  50.  Races  or  indi¬ 
viduals  in  which  the  nasal  index  is  from  48  to  52  are  called 
mesorrhine  ;  those  in  which  the  index  is  below  48  are  leptorrhine , 
or  narrow  nosed  ;  those  in  which  the  index  is  above  52  are  pla- 
tyrrhine ,  or  broad  nosed.  To  this  latter  category  the  Austra¬ 
lians  belong,  the  average  index  of  their  nose  being  57.  The 
condition  of  the  frontal  suture  should  always  be  observed  in 
examining  a  skull.  In  its  early  stage,  the  frontal  bone  is  devel¬ 
oped  in  two  lateral  halves,  united  by  a  suture.  At  the  age  of 
two  years,  this  suture  is  generally  obliterated.  Sometimes, 
however,  it  remains  open ;  indeed,  if  it  be  not  obliterated  dur¬ 
ing  the  second  year,  it  generally  remains  open  throughout  life. 
When  this  suture  is  permanently  open,  the  skull  is  said  to  be 
metopic.  Among  English  skulls,  it  is  found  to  be  open  in  about 
one  in  ten,  but  in  one  hundred  Australian  skulls  here  and  in 
other  museums  in  this  country  there  is  not  one  instance  where 
it  is  closed.  In  this  respect  they  resemble  the  anthropoid  apes, 
among  which  metopism  is  rare,  though  among  many  still  lower 
forms  of  mammals,  as  the  Ungulata,  it  is  the  normal  condition. 
— Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter ,  May  24. 


A  DICEPHALUS  MONSTER. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  some  months  since  it  was  an¬ 
nounced  that  a  double  female  monster  of  the  dieephalus  type 
had  been  born  near  Montreal,  in  Canada.  This  remarkable 
monstrosity  has  been  recently  on  exhibition  in  New  York,  and 
excited  much  interest  among  the  profession.  It  is  known  as 
the  St.  Benoit  Twins.”  The  twins  are  called  Rosa  and  Mary, 
and  they  are  now  seven  months  old.  They  have  two  perfectly 
formed  and  natural  heads,  and  two  bodies  also,  as  far  as  the 
last  rib,  but  below  that  both  are  fused  into  one.  They  have 
four  arms,  only  two  legs,  and  each  child  has  the  control  of  but 
one  of  them.  As  far  as  the  natural  functions  of  life  are  con¬ 
cerned,  each  is  almost  separated  from  the  other,  and  one  may 
be  sleeping  while  the  other  is  laughing,  crying  or  nursing. 
They  hav  e  but  one  abdomen,  one  umbilicus,  one  vagina  and  one 
rectum;  although  the  stomachs,  and  some,  at  least,  of  the 
other  abdominal  viscera  seem  to  be  separate.  There  was  no 
physician,  and  not  even  a  professional  midwife  in  attendance  ; 
only  an  ordinary  female  friend,  assisted  by  the  mother,  were 


G2 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[July 


present  at  the  conlineinent.  One  of  the  heads  presented  first, 
and  after  that  was  delivered,  the  body  belonging  to  it  followed. 
Next  came  the  body  of  the  second  child,  with  two  legs  doubled 
up  alongside  of  it,  and  finally  the  head  of  the  second  child. 
They  are  now  really  fine-looking  children,  and  apparently  per¬ 
fectly  healthy,  although  one  of  them  seems  to  be  somewhat 
larger  and  better  developed  than  the  other. — Extract  from  let¬ 
ter  in  Boston  Journal. — tit.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 


A  REMARKABLE  HOMICIDE. 

There  is  now  confined  in  the  city  prison  of  the  District  of 
Columbia  a  negro  whose  head  would  have  done  splendid  service 
at  the  siege  of  ancient  Troy,  as  in  those  days  battering  rams 
were  called  into  service  in  lieu  of  our  modern  cannon. 

In  an  affray  with  another  colored  man,  incited  by  jealousy  of 
the  affections  of  a  dusky  Helen,  and  moved  by  the  machinations 
of  the  fabled  green-eyed  monster,  this  African  ram  seized  his 
opponent  in  such  a  manner  as  to  butt  his  head  against  his  own, 
breaking  in  the  skull  of  his  rival  in  as  many  small  pieces  as  a 
boiled  egg  subjected  to  repeated  strokes  with  a  spoon  prepara¬ 
tory  to  removing  the  shell.  The  fragments  of  the  mashed  skull 
are  so  fine  that  much  skill  has  to  be  exercised  in  the  process  of 
mounting  the  same,  which  is  now  being  done. 

The  specimen  will  be  placed  on  the  witness-stand,  and  cannot 
fail,  though  mute,  to  prove  a  most  impressive  and  persuasive 
witness  at  the  approaching  trial. — National  Medical  Review. 


BRUISES -CHLORINE  WATER. 

Dr.  S.  A.  Oren  writes  :  A  case  of  bruise  causing  discoloration 
of  the  skin  (black  eye)  came  under  my  care.  1  used  a  cloth 
saturated  with  chlorine  ivater  on  the  bruised  part  as  an  experi¬ 
ment,  depending  upon  its  power  as  a  bleaching  agent  to  bleach 
the  part.  1  kept  the  eye  closed  and  greased  the  edges  of  the 
lids  so  as  to  prevent  contact  and  irritation  of  the  eye.  The 
discoloration  was  all  gone  in  five  days.  I  had  seen  the  same 
party  with  the  same  trouble  on  several  prior  occasions,  and  the 
part  was  always  'discolored  not  less  than  two  weeks. — Med. 
Brief. 


URTICARIA— BISULPHITE  OF  SODA. 

Dr.  Carter,  Mt.  Jackson,  Ind.,  states  that  the  hypodermic 
injection  of  a  saturated  solution  of  bisulpliate  of  soda,  in  urti¬ 
caria,  is  the  most  prompt  remedy  in  relieving  this  troublesome 
affection  he  has  yet  tried.  It  appears  to  act  upon  the  periphery 
of  the  cutaneous  nerves  as  does  belladonna,  except  that  the 
latter  has  a  heating  and  the  former  a  cooling  effect. — Med.  Brief. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


63 


BREECHES. 

Malta,  O.,  January  21st,  1879. 

Editors  Recorder  : 

On  the  12th  inst.,  1  delivered  Mrs.  W.  B.,  of  her  ninth  child 
— a  male,  weighing  1 14  pounds.  This  makes  for  this  lady  live 
males  and  four  females  at  nine  consecutive  labors.  All  except 
the  second  were  breech  presentations,  and  all  viable. 

How  is  that  for  breeches  ?  Don’t  you  think  she  ought  to 
wear  the  breeches,  until  some  one  is  reported  to  beat  it  t — The 
Ohio  Medical  Recorder.  W.  W.  W. 


HOMOEOPATHIC  CONFECTIONERY. 

In  some  parts  of  Germany  physicians  are  not  permitted  to 
dispense  medicines,  when  there  is  an  apothecary  in  the  place  to 
do  it  for  them.  We  learn  from  the  Allg.  Horn.  Zeit.  that  three 
homoeopathic  physicians  were  practising  in  Regelsburg,  when 
an  apothecary  of  the  same  belief  came  among  them  and  notified 
them  to  send  their  prescriptions  to  him.  Two  of  them  refused 
and  were  brought  before  the  court  and  fined  about  five  dollars. 
The  case  was  carried  to  a  higher  court,  and  the  medicines  (pel¬ 
lets)  sent  to  the  University  of  Erlangen  for  chemical  analysis. 
The  chemists  of  the  university  failed  to  find  anything  in  them 
of  a  medicinal  or  poisonous  nature,  and  so  reported;  whereupon 
the  judge  reversed  the  decision  of  the  lower  court,  and  declared 
that  there  was  no  law  that  prevented  physicians  from  distrib¬ 
uting  sugar-plums  ( Zmkerwaaren )  as  freely  as  they  chose. — A. 
Y.  Med.  Rec .,  May  3,  1879. 


ACTION  OF  THE  BLATTA  ORIENTALS. 

The  blatta  orientalis,  or  common  cockroach,  is  a  popular 
remedy  in  Russia.  The  researches  of  Bogomolow  have  given 
the  following  results  from  its  employment:  The  quantity  of 
urine  is  increased;  the  quantity  of  albumen  diminished  ;  oedema 
and  ascites  disappear;  the  weight  of  the  body  diminishes  ;  the 
perspiration  is  generally  increased ;  digestion  is  not  impaired; 
the  kidneys  are  not  irritated.  The  dose  employed  was  four 
and  a  half  grains  of  the  powder  obtained  from  the  dried  insect. 
These  results  were  confirmed  by  TJnterberger,  who  employed  the 
drug  with  great  success  in  scarlatinal  albuminuria.  M.  Koehler 
has  also  employed  it  in  thirteen  cases  of  dropsy  of  various 
origin.  His  results  were  sufficiently  conclusive,  and  show  that 
the  blatta  orientalis  really  possesses  remarkable  diuretic  powers. 
Its  most  interesting  action  however,  is  its  power  to  cause  a 
rapid  disappearance  of  tne  albumen  from  the  urine.  Hence  it 
is  not  a  simple  diuretic,  and  its  true  field  of  action  should  be 
sought  in  Bright’s  disease.  It  seems  to  be  entirely  innocuous. — 
Jour,  de  Med.  de  Bourdeaux. — A.  Y.  Med.  Rec.,  March  15. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  July 


64 


PHYMOSIS 

M.  Huet,  of  Rouen,  operates  as  follows :  The  prepuce  on  its 
dorsal  aspect  and  opposite  the  base  of  the  glans  is  pierced  by 
a  needle  carrying  a  caoutchouc  thread :  the  portion  of  the 
prepuce  in  front  of  the  puncture  is  then  ligatured,  and  the 
operation  is  finished.  At  the  end  of  three  or  four  days  the 
section  is  completed.  The  patients  do  not  suffer,  and  may,  if 
necessary,  continue  their  ordinary  occupation.  M.  Huet  has 
seen  the  operation  succeed  in  eighty  cases,  including  both  old 
men  and  children. — Canadian  > Journal  of  Medical  Science.. 


DYSPEPSIA  -  CHLOROFORM. 

Dr.  S.  B.  Wills  writes  :  In  that  form  of  dyspepsia  attended 
with  rapid  fermentation  of  food  and  evolution  of  gas  soon  after 
a  meal  no  remedy  gives  such  relief  as  chloroform — 15  to  20 
drops  in  a  little  sweetened  water.  It  expels  the  gases  from 
the  stomach  in  a  few  minutes,  arrests  fermentation  promptly 
and  without  any  unpleasant  effects. — Med.  Brief. 


POISONING  FROM  AN  OVERDOSE  OF  SWEET  SPIRITS  OF  NITRE. 

Mr.  H.  Cripps  Laurence  in  the  London  Lancet  records  a  case. 
The  patient  had  been  taking  an  ounce  of  sweet  spirits  of  nitre 
in  water  at  intervals  during  almost  every  day  for  three  weeks. 
He  was  drowsy,  incoherent,  delirious,  when  roused  answered 
questions,  complained  of  headache,  and  said  he  had  found  it 
difficult  to  walk  straight  of  late.  He  could  see  clearly,  irides 
dilated,  acting  feebly  ;  constipation,  no  vomiting,  urine  scanty, 
bladder  empty.  He  recovered  under  diaphoretics  and  purga¬ 
tives  internally,  poultices  and  dry  cupping  over  kidneys. — 
Canadian  Journal  of  Medical  Science. 


A  SUBSTITUTE  FOR  THE  HORSE. 

A  number  of  country  practioners  in  England  are  employing 
bicycles  or  tricycles  as  a  means  of  locomotion,  and  the  use  of 
these  vehicles  is  increasing  considerably.  They  do  not  supply 
the  place  of  a  horse  entirely,  but  they  enable  the  physicians  to 
do  away  with  an  extra  one.  The  bicycles  are  made  of  iron  and 
steel,  the  rim  of  the  wheel  being  covered  with  rubber.  Upon 
them  one  can  travel  over  tolerably  rough  and  icy  roads  and  up 
quite  steep  grades.  On  good  ground  the  rate  of  speed  is  a 
mile  in  five  minutes ;  racing  speed  being,  however,  much  greater. 
The  ordinary  rate  of  travel  is  eight  or  ten  miles  an  hour.  Tri¬ 
cycles  are  also  made,  which  are  safer  than  the  bicycles  and 
nearly  as  fast.  In  these  the  rider  sits  between  two  wheels  which 
he  propels  by  a  treading  motion ;  a  third  and  guiding  wheel 
is  placed  in  front.  There  are  very  likely  many  places  in  this 
country  where  this  mode  of  locomotion  could  be  used  with 
advantage. — A.  Y.  Med.  Record ,  April  12,  1879. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


65 


SMALLPOX  AND  GREAT  POX. 

The  occasional  similarity  of  syphilis  to  variola,  which  has  led 
to  their  bearing  a  common  name,  is  well  illustrated  by  the 
following  cases,  given  by  Mr.  Jonathan  Hutchinson,  F.R.C.S., 
in  a  recent  lecture : — 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  examples  of  this  eruption  came 
under  my  notice  about  twelve  years  ago.  A  young  gentleman 
called  on  me  with  a  conspicuous  papular  eruption  on  his  face 
and  other  parts.  “  I  have  just  had  small-pox,”  he  said  ;  u  and 

Mr. - says  that  I  am  cured ;  but  the  spots  don’t  go  away.” 

He  added  that  Mr. - ,  a  gentleman  of  large  experience,  had 

kept  him  in  bed  a  fortnight^  and  had  since  sent  him  into  the 
country  for  a  fortnight,  and  now  said  that  he  might  return  to 
his  desk  at  a  bank ;  u  but,”  he  continued,  u  the  other  clerks 
won’t  sit  near  me,  and  declare  that  I  have  small  pox  still.”  He 
had  a  chancre,  and  the  eruption  was  syphilitic.  I  have  seen 
several  cases  which  had  been  treated  in  the  small  pox  hospital 
for  eruptions  which  were  undoubtedly  syphilitic.  Hut  I  must 
not  mention  the  mistakes  of  others,  unless  I  am  prepared  to  be 
candid  about  my  own.  I  had  many  a  time,  in  clinical  lecture, 
mentioned  the  preceding  facts,  and  enlarged  upon  the  import¬ 
ance  of  distinguishing  between  the  syphilitic  simular  of  small¬ 
pox  and  the  reality,  when  my  own  turn  came.  One  day  in  the 
summer  of  1877,  I  was  hastily  summoned  to  see  a  gentleman  at 
his  own  house,  who  had  just  been  landed  from  a  sea  voyage, 
during  the  whole  of  which  he  had  been  very  ill.  He  had  been 
carried  from  the  vessel  to  his  house,  and  put  to  bed  ;  and  I 
found  him  covered  from  head  to  foot  with  crusts  exactly  like 
those  of  variola  in  the  third  stage.  Some  had  fallen,  and  where 
this  had  happened,  deep  scars  were  left.  The  eruption  had 
begun  to  come  out  on  the  day  that  he  went  on  board,  and  he 
had  been  feeling  ill  a  few  days  before.  The  stages  had  been 
unusually  long,  but  still  had  not  exceeded  possible  limits.  I 
questioned  him  as  to  syphilis,  and  examined  his  penis  and  his 
throat,  but  without  finding  any  reason  to  doubt  his  denial.  In 
a  word,  after  a  careful  and  skeptical  investigation,  1  thought 
that  the  eruption  was  variola.  The  sequel  proved  that  it  was 
syphilis ;  the  scabs  took  months  to  fall ;  and  just  when  he  was 
recovering  from  the  eruption  he  had  iritis,  which  I  could  not 
doubt  was  specific.  At  this  stage,  three  or  four  months  after  1 
had  seen  him  at  home,  in  bed,  he  came  to  Moorfields  Hospital. 
His  face  was  pitted  all  over,  and  I  had  much  difficulty  in 
convincing  those  who  then  saw  him  that  he  had  not  really  had 
small-pox.  1  could  not  quote  an  instance  more  conclusive  in  sup¬ 
port  of  the  assertion  that  one  of  the  forms  of  syphilitic  eruption 
is  exactly  like  small-pox  in  all  its  stages,  and  in  its  resulting 
scars.  Slow  progress  is  the  one  difference  between  the  two 
exanthems.  The  similarity  is  produced,  110  doubt,  by  the  fact 
that  syphilis  in  these  cases  attacks  precisely  the  same  anatomi¬ 
cal  structures  as  those  in  which  the  variolous  pustule  is 

9 


06 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[July 


developed.  It  is  scarcely  needful  to  remark  that  this  form  of 
eruption  always  occurs  in  the  secondary  stage. — Med.  and  Surg. 
Hep.,  May  17. 


DIET  AND  LIQUOR  DRINKING. 

Mr.  Charles  Napier,  in  England,  has  been  testing  the  truth 
of  Liebeg’s  theory  that  liquor  drinking  is  compatible  with  ani¬ 
mal  food,  but  not  with  a  farinaceous  diet.  The  experiment  was 
tried  upon  twenty-seven  liquor  drinking  persons,  with  results 
substantiating  the  Liebig  theory*  Among  the  more  striking 
instances  of  reform  brought  about  by  a  change  of  diet  was  that 
of  a  gentleman  of  sixty,  who  had  been  addicted  to  intemperate 
habits  for  thirty-five  years,  his  outbursts  averaging  once  a 
week.  His  constitution  was  so  shattered  that  he  had  great 
difficulty  in  insuring  his  life.  After  an  attack  of  delirium  tre¬ 
mens,  which  nearly  ended  fatally,  he  was  persuaded  to  enter 
upon  a  farinaceous  diet,  which,  we  are  assured,  cured  him  com¬ 
pletely  in  seven  months.  He  seems  to  have  been  very  thin  at 
the  beginning  of  the  experiment,  but  at  the  close  of  the  period 
named  had  gained  twenty-eight  pounds,  being  then  of  about 
the  normal  weight  for  a  person  of  his  height.  Among  the 
articles  of  food  specified  by  Napier  as  preeminent  for  antago¬ 
nism  to  alcohol  are  macaroni,  haricot  beans,  dried  peas  and 
lentils,  all  of  which  should  be  well  boiled  and  flavored  with 
plenty  of  butter  or  olive  oil.  The  various  garden  vegetables 
are  said  to  be  helpful,  but  a  diet  mainly  composed  of  them 
would  not  resist  the  tendency  to  intemperance  so  effectually  as 
one  of  macaroni  and  farinaceous  food.  From  this  point  of  view, 
high  glutinous  bread  would  be  of  great  utility,  but  it  should 
not  be  sour,  such  acidity  being  calculated  to  foster  the  habit  of 
alcoholic  drinking.  A  like  remark  may  be  applied  to  the  use 
of  salted  food.  If  we  inquire  the  cause  of  a  vegetarian’s  alleged 
disinclination  to  alcoholic  liquors,  we  find  that  the  carbonaceous 
starch  contained  in  the  macaroni,  beans,  or  oleaginous  aliment 
appears  to  render  unnecessary,  and  therefore  repulsive,  carbon 
in  an  alcoholic  form. — Bouton  Journal  of  Chemistry ,  May,  1879. 


THE  PERMEABILITY  OF  A  STONE  WALL. 

We  have  before  referred  to  the  experiments  by  Pettenkofer 
and  others,  showing  the  readiness  with  which  gases  permeate 
walls  of  stone  or  brick.  A  Buffalo  paper  gives  the  following 
accouut  of  a  recent  illustration  of  the  same  fact:  “Yesterday 
Professor  Doremus,  of  the  Buffalo  Medical  College,  performed 
a  very  interesting  and  instructive  experiment  before  his  class. 
A  block  of  sandstone,  such  as  is  usually  employed  for  window- 
caps  and  sills,  and  about  twelve  inches  square  and  four  or  five 
inches  thick,  had  a  panel  one  half  an  inch  thick  sunk  in  each 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


67 


1879] 


side.  In  each  panel  was  fitted  a  block,  which  was  perforated 
by  apiece  of  common  gas-pipe,  and  this  was  cemented  about 
the  edges.  The  whole  was  then  coated  with  an  impervious  var¬ 
nish.  Air  now  entering  the  pipe  on  either  side  had  access  to 
the  clean  surface  of  the  stone  beneath  the  panel,  and  it  was 
found  that  if  the  mouth  be  applied  to  the  protruding  pipe  on 
one  side,  and  a  caudle  be  placed  in  front  of  the  opposite  one,  it 
could  very  readily  be  blown  out  by  the  air,  which,  with  very 
little  effort,  was  forced  through  the  stone.  When  a  rubber 
tube  was  connected  with  the  house  gas-pipe  on  one  side  of  the 
stone,  and  a  burner  was  attached  on  the  opposite  side,  the  sim¬ 
ple  pressure  from  the  gas  mains  was  sufficient  to  force  the  gas 
through  the  stone  till  it  was  lit  at  the  burner  on  the  opposite 
side.  WThen  by  any  means  the  pressure  was  increased,  a  very 
large  flame  was  thus  produced.  This  shows  the  permeability 
of  building  stone.  Brick  walls  and  the  plastering  of  rooms  are 
much  more  porous,  and  it  is  readily  seen  that  unglazed  tile,  or 
stone,  or  brick  sewers  afford  but  little  security  against  the  es¬ 
cape  of  sewer  gas. — Bouton  Journal  of  Chemistry ,  dime,  1879. 


THE  EXTERNAL  USE  OF  DIGITALIS  IN  SUPPRESSION  OF  URINE. 

Dr.  C.  P.  Russell  says  in  the  British  Medical  Journal :  A 
married  woman,  aged  35,  was  attacked  by  acute  albuminuria. 
The  disease  resisted  the  usual  remedies.  She  became  extremely 
cedematous,  with  congestion  or  oedema  of  both  lungs.  Respi¬ 
ration  was  rapid ;  the  pulse  weak  and  rapid.  She  became  seini- 
comatose,  and  there  was  suppression  of  the  urine  for  thirty-six 
hours.  The  case  appeared  hopeless ;  but  having  read  in  the 
British  medical  Journal  a  case  in  which  the  external  use  of 
digitalis  was  effectual  in  restoring  the  secretion  of  urine,  I 
determined  to  try  it.  I  ordered  half-an-ounce  of  the  tincture 
on  a  large  linseed-meal  poultice,  to  be  applied  to  the  abdomen. 
Next  day  I  was  agreeably  surprised  to  find  her  vastly  improved, 
quite  conscious  and  cheerful.  The  oedema  was  very  much 
diminished.  Respiration  was  easy,  and  the  pulse  nearly  natural. 
I  was  informed  that  in  one  hour  after  the  application  a  copious 
flow  of  urine  commenced  and  continued  all  night,  and,  what 
was  very  remarkable,  the  urine  which  the  day  before  contained 
a  large  quantity  of  albumen,  was  now  quite  free  from  it.  Con¬ 
valescence  was  rapid,  and  she  is  now  quite  well. — South  Med. 
Rec..  May,  1879. 


THE  DRY  SUTURE. 

Dr.  John  n.  Packard  recommends  this  in  closing  long  wounds. 
He  uses  strips  of  Seabury  &  Johnson’s  porous  plaster  two  and 
a  half  niches  wide  and  the  length  of  the  wound.  These  are 
applied  on  each  sibe  of  the  incision,  and  then  the  sides  laced 
together,  using  the  holes  in  the  porous  plaster. — Phil.  Med.  Times. 


68 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[July 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


Spermatorrhoea  :  Its  Causes ,  Symptoms ,  Results  and  Treatment. 
By  Roberts  Bartholow,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Theory 
and  Practice  of  Medicine  and  of  Clinic  Medicine,  Medical 
College  of  Ohio,  etc.  Fourth  edition,  revised.  8vo.,  pp. 
128.  New  York  :  Wm.  Wood  &  Co.,  1876. 

This  monograph  lias  grown  from  an  article  published  some 
years  ago  m  the  Cincinnati  Journal  of  Medicine ,  and  its  merits 
are  attested  by  demands  for  repeated  editions,  which  have  been 
enlarged  and  improved. 

It  is  rather  a  reproach  to  the  profession,  and  certainly  a  cal¬ 
amity  to  the  public,  that  this  subject  has  greatly  fallen  into 
the  hands  of  unscrupulous  charlatans ;  and  it  is  highly  com¬ 
mendable  in  the  author  to  lend  his  efforts  to  rescue  it  from  the 
obloquy  which- generally  attaches  to  the  complaint  and  to  its 
treatment. 

In  the  pathology  of  spermatorrhoea  he  recognizes  three  sep. 
arate  types:  (1)  the  genital,  in  which  u  there  are  excessive  sen¬ 
sibility  of  the  sexual  apparatus  and  greatly  increased  reflex 
excitability  of  the  cord  (2)  the  cerebral  form,  in  which,  with 
the  preceding  conditions,  we  find  mental  disorders,  such  as 
melancholia,  delusional  insanity  and  mania  [to  which  should  be 
added  dementia] ;  (3)  the  spinal  form,  manifested  by  functional 
derangements  or  organic  lesion. 

The  volume  closes  with  several  well-designed  formulae  of 
remedies.  S.  S.  H. 


Potts'1  Disease;  its  Pathology  and  Mechanical  Treatment ,  with 
Remarks  on  Rotary  Lateral  Curvature.  By  Newton  M. 
Schaffer,  M.D.,  Surgeon  in  Charge  of  the  N.  Y.  Orthopoedic 
Dispensary,  Orthopoedic  Surgeon  to  the  St.  Luke’s  Hos¬ 
pital,  N.  Y.  12mo.,  pp.  82.  New  York :  G.  P.  Putnam’s 
Sons,  1879. 

This  essay  was  originally  read  before  the  Medical  Society  of  the 
County  of  New  York,  and  afterwards  expanded  into  its  present 
shape  for  publication.  Its  objects  are  to  point  out  the  defects  of  the 
plaster-of-x>aris  jacket  in  the  treatment  of  spinal  caries,  and  to 
advocate  the  superiority  of  the  author’s  mechanical  contrivance, 


1879J  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  69 

which  he  terms  “  anteroposterior  support.”  The  peculiarity  of 
this  latter  consists  chiefly  in  two  steel  supports  extending 
parallel  on  either  side  of  the  spine  from  the  sacrum  to  the  neck, 
which  are  held  fast  below  by  a  girdle  around  the  pelvis,  mid¬ 
way  by  a  broad  zone  of  plaster  bandage,  and  attached  supe¬ 
riorly  to  straps  passing  under  the  axilla.  The  effect  is  to  pro¬ 
duce  extension  upward  by  the  shoulder  fastenings,  while  the 
counter-extension  is  effected  by  the  pelvic  band  ;  and  thus  the 
gravity  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  body  upon  the  carious  ver¬ 
tebrae  is  obviated.  Great  advantages  are  claimed  over  the 
plaster  jacket,  in  respect  of  convenience,  cleanliness  and  effi¬ 
ciency.  There  can  be  no  doubt  about  the  second  consideration, 
but  the  last  must  be  settled  by  experience,  as  in  the  familiar 
case  of  the  pudding.  The  essay  is  certainly  ingenious,  and 
worthy  the  attention  of  orthopaedists  and  surgeons  in  general. 

S.  S.  H. 

Lectures  on  Electricity  in  its  Relations  to  Medicine  and  Surgery. 
By  A.  D.  Rockwell,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Electro-therapeutist  to  the 
X.  Y.  State  Woman’s  Hospital ;  Member  Am.  Neurological 
Association,  etc.  8vo.,  pp.  99.  New  Y ork :  Wm,  Wood 
&  Co.  1879. 

Ur.  Rockwell  is  one  of  the  authors  of  a  larger  work  on  medi- 
ical  electricity,  in  which  he  was  associated  with  Dr.  Geo.  M. 
Beard,  and  his  little  volume  consists  of  a  series  of  lectures  orig¬ 
inally  published  in  the  Virginia  Medical  Monthly.  The  apology 
given  for  their  production  in  their  present  shape  is  the  fact 
that  they  present  some  points  not  included  in  the  other  work 
and  that  their  “methods  of  general  faradization  and  central  gal- 
nanization”  are  not  adequately  presented  in  other  small  volumes. 

The  book  is  divided  into  seven  chapters  on  the  following  sub¬ 
jects:  (1)  Electro-physics;  (2)  Electro-physiology;  (3)  Electro- 
diagnosis;  (4)  Methods  of  Application;  (5)  Apparatus  for 
Electrotherapeutics;  (6)  Treatment  of  Special  Diseases;  (7) 
Electro-surgery.  An  appendix  gives  the  clinical  history  of  a 
case  of  nervous  dysmenorrhcea  successfully  treated  by  local 
galvanization  followed  by  general  faradization. 

To  those  who  aim  to  keep  up  with  the  advance  of  this  branch 
of  therapeutics,  the  present  contribution  will  be  acceptable  and 
prove  instructive  and  profitable.  S.  S.  H. 


70 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[July 

On  Diseases  of  the  Abdomen ,  comprising  those  of  the  Stomach  and 
other  parts  of  the  Alimentary  Canal,  JEsophagns,  Caecum, 
Intestines  and  Peritoneum.  By  S.  ().  Habershon,  M.  D., 
London,  F.  E.  C.  I'.;  Senior  Physician  to  and  late  Lecturer 
on  the  Principles  and  practice  of  Medicine  at  Guy’s  Hospi¬ 
tal,  etc.  With  illustrations.  Second  American  from  the 
Third  Enlarged  and  Revised  English  Edition.  8vo.,  pp. 
554.  Philadelphia:  Henry  C.  Lea,  1870.  From  Armand 
Hawkins,  Bookseller,  196£  Canal  street. 

The  usual  division  into  subjects  according  to  the  anatomical 
structure  affected  is  adopted,  in  preference  to  following  the 
pathological  conditions,  and  strictly  surgical  affections  are  not 
included.  Cholera  and  Typhoid  Fever  are  also  excluded,  as 
being  diseases  which  impress  the  general  system. 

The  different  subjects  are  illustrated  by  102  clinical  records 
of  cases,  which  throw  light  on  both  the  history  and  morbid 
anatomy  of  fatal  cases. 

We  have  not  room  for  an  extended  notice  of  this  work,  which 
is  indeed  too  long  and  favorably  known  to  require  it;  but  we 
find  the  author’s  views  on  the  proper  treatment  of  intestinal 
obstruction  so  much  at  variance  with  general  practice,  and  yet 
withal  so  rational,  that  we  present  a  short  extract. 

u  Of  the  opiate  plan  of  treating  intestinal  obstruction  too 
much  cannot  be  said.  It  has  both  reason  and  experience  on 
its  side ;  and  yet  in  the  reports  daily  given  of  such  cases,  purga¬ 
tives  form  generally  the  early  part  of  the  treatment ;  and  they 
are  persevered  in  until  the  stomach  will  bear  them  no  longer, 
serving  only  to  exhaust  the  patient  and  to  increase  the  symp¬ 
toms.  This  case  also  shows  the  importance  of  abstaining  from 
food,  which  not  only  distends  the  bowel,  but  increases  the  peri¬ 
staltic  movement  and  augments  the  pain.” 

The  literature  of  our  profession  has  attained  such  rankness 
of  growth  that  it  is  out  of  question  to  compass  the  principles 
and  practice  of  physic  in  a  single  volume.  Monographs  are 
multiplied,  and  matter  is  drawn  out  to  the  extreme  of  attenua¬ 
tion.  In  this  volume  we  are  glad  to  observe  a  conservative 
tendency,  recognizing  the  inevitable  in  division  into  branches, 
but  preserving  enough  variety  in  subjects  to  admit  of  some 
display  of  system.  We  therefore  conclude  that  the  book  is 
legitimate  in  conception,  and  can  honestly  testify  to  the  good 
character  which  it  has  gained  as  being  well  deserved. 


71 


1879 J  Reviews  and  Bool:  Notices. 

A  full  index  and  a  table  of  coutents  render  its  consultation 
easy,  and  its  mechanical  execution  sustains  the  reputation  of 
its  publisher.  S.  S.  H. 


A  Manual  of  Examination  of  the  Eyes — A  Course  of  Lectures 
delivered  at  the  u  Ecole  Pratique^  By  Dr.  E.  Landolt,  L)i- 
rectem- Adjoint  of  the  Ophthalmological  Laboratory  at  the 
Sorbonne,  Paris.  Translated  by  Si  rail  M.  Burnett,  M.l)., 
Lecturer  on  Ophthalmology  and  Otology  in  the  Medical 
Department  of  the  University  of  Georgetown,  D.  C.,  etc. 
D.  G.  Brinton,  Philadelphia,  Publisher. 

These  lectures  deal  almost  exclusively  with  the  Diagnostic 
part  of  Ophthalmology ;  aud  in  them  the  student  is  gradually 
led  from  point  to  point  in  the  examination  of  the  eye  until  he 
is  at  last  brought  face  to  face  with  the  more  difficult  subjects  of 
Refraction  and  Accommodation,  Ophthalmoscopy,  lesions  of  the 
Retina,  etc.:  all  of  which  subjects  are  explained  clearly  and 
forcibly. 

Due  respect  is  paid  to  the  use  of  the  ophthalmoscope,  an 
instrument  which,  in  the  author’s  opinion,  must  at  no  distant 
day  stand  side  by  side  in  importance,  from  a  diagnostic  point 
of  view,  with  the  stethoscope  and  the  clinical  thermometer. 

The  earlier  chapters  are  occupied  by  a  practical  account  of 
all  the  various  modes  of  forming  a  diagnosis  from  external  ex¬ 
amination,  and  are  full  of  new  and  interesting  material ;  and 
although  the  explanations  are  necessarily  concise,  the  facts  are 
in  nowise  crowded  together j  the  language  is  plain,  the  illustra¬ 
tions  graphic,  and  the  clinical  examples  easily  understood. 

Of  these  first  chapters  one  of  the  most  interesting  is  that 
which  treats  of  the  substitution  of  the  new  metrical  system  for  the 
old  one  hi  the  matter  of  oculist’s  trial  glasses,  a  change  which 
was  decreed  by  the  last  International  Ophthalmic  Congress, 
which  assembled  at  Brussels  in  1875,  and  which  so  greatly  sim¬ 
plifies  this  hitherto  complicated  and  unsatisfactory  subject,  and 
renders  it  for  the  first  time  uniform  for  all  nations. 

The  last  half  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  a  variety  of  subjects, 
chief  among  which  are  Ojilithalmoseopy,  and  the  sensibility  of 
the  Retina  to  Colors — a  very  important  matter  in  various 
departments  of  business.  Much  that  refers  to  the  perception 
of  colors  is  new  and  original,  the  author  laying  great  stress 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


72 


[July 


upon  the  prognostic,  significance  of  the  appreciation  or  non¬ 
appreciation  of  the  various  colors  of  the  spectrum. 

Dr.  Landolt  concludes  from  his  observations  in  this  direc¬ 
tion,  observations  that  bear  the  stamp  of  originality,  and  do 
credit  to  his  industry  and  ingenuity,  that  the  sensitiveness  to 
colors  possessed  by  the  peripheral  portions  of  the  Retina  has  a 
very  great  prognostic  value  in  many,  if  not  in  all  diseases  of 
the  Optic  Nerve,  no  matter  what  their  causes  may  be.  Want 
of  space,  however,  forbids  our  entering  more  fully  into  this 
most  interesting  and  novel  subject  of  investigation.  H. 


A  Clinical  Treatise  on  Diseases  of  the  Liver.  By  Dr.  Fried  Thiod. 
Frerichs,  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine  in  the  University 
of  Berlin,  etc.  In  three  volumes.  Translated  by  Charles 
Murchison,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.  “Wood’s  Library  of  Standard 
American  Authors.”  Win.  Wood  &  Co.,  New  York.  Ar- 
mand  Hawkins,  196£  Canal  street. 

The  names  of  Frerichs  and  Murchison  have  been  so  long  and 
favorably  known  to  the  profession  in  connection  with  investi¬ 
gations  on  diseases  of  the  liver,  that  the  simple  announcement 
of  the  republication  of  the  work  under  consideration  will  be 
enough  to  insure  its  finding  a  place  in  the  library  of  the  physi¬ 
cian,  and  we  must  congratulate  the  publishers  on  their  choice 
in  presenting  such  a  work  to  the  medical  public  in  such  a  cheap 
and  convenient  form.  Wood’s  Library  of  Standard  Medical 
Authors  should  have  the  support  of  the  medical  profession, 
for,  judging  the  future  by  the  past,  we  feel  convinced  that  when 
the  twelve  volumes  are  complete,  no  purchaser  will  fail  to  con¬ 
gratulate  himself  on  the  judicious  expenditure  of  twelve  dollars. 


The  Diseases  of  Live  Stock  and  their  Most  Efficient  Remedies.  By 
Lloyd  V. Tellor,  M.D.  Philadelphia:  I).  G.  Briuton.  8vo., 
pp.  409.  Price  $2  50. 

A  plain  untechnical  treatise  on  the  diseases  of  horses,  cattle, 
sheep  and  swine — the  work  of  a  physician  brought  up  on  a 
farm.  It  is  thorough  enough  to  meet  the  wants  of  the  phy¬ 
sician,  yet  so  simple  that  the  farmer  will  find  it  comprehensive 
and  valuable. 


1879J 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


73 


A  Manual  of  Physical  Diagnosis.  By  Francis  Delafleld,  M.D., 
and  Cliarles  F.  Stellmau,  M.D.  New  York  :  Win,  Wood 
&  Co.  New  Orleans  :  Armand  Hawkins,  1964  Canal  street. 

Tlie  work  before  us  bears  evidence  of  a  desire  to  “  do  the 
handsome  ”  towards  students  and  physicians,  and  the  superb 
make-up  of  the  book  is  a  credit  to  artistic  skill.  The  plates, 
especially  the  one  with  super  imposed  colored  pieces  of  paper, 
certainly  exercised  the  ingenuity  of  their  author. 

Unfortunately  the  work  is  too  bulky  to  ever  become  a  hand¬ 
book  for  students,  like  the  little  work  of  Flint,  and  for  the  medi¬ 
cal  teacher  it  is  superfluous. 

In  definitions  of  certain  normal  sounds  over  the  thorax  and 
abdomen  we  think  laws  of  acoustics  shoidd  have  been  given 
and  the  physiological  explanation  carried  farther.  This  having- 
been  done,  and  synonyms  having  been  more  carefully  studied, 
we  would  not  have  had  the  fact  asserted  that  the  quality  of 
pulmonary  resonance  is  “  pulmonary,”  or  that  the  quality  of 
tympanitic  resonance  is  u  tympanitic.” 

The  work,  however,  does  abound  in  many  good  qualities,  and 
some  of  the  definitions  and  descriptions  are  all  that  can  be 
desired. 

The  publishers  have  done  very  creditable  work,  and  the  print¬ 
ing,  binding  and  paper  illustrate  to  what  degree  of  success 
Messrs.  Wood  &  Co.  have  carried  their  art. 


A  Treatise  on  Practical  Surgery ,  including  Surgical  Dressings , 
Bandaging ,  Ligations  and  Amputations.  By  Prof.  J.  Ewing 
Hears,  M.D.  Containing  two  hundred  and  twenty-seven 
illustrations.  Published  by  Lindsay  &  Blakiston,  of  Phila¬ 
delphia.  Armand  Hawkins,  No.  1964  Canal  street,  Agent. 

This  work  is  admirably  adapted  not  only  as  a  text-book  for 
students,  but  the  thorough  and  systematic  consideration  of  the 
subject  constitutes  it  a  valuable  aid  to  the  general  practitioner. 

A  minute  description  of  the  details  under  each  head  are 
appropriately  considered,  as  for  instance: 

(1)  Surgical  Dressings — the  materials  used. 

(2)  Bandages — the  variety  and  modes  of  application. 

10 


74  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  [July 

(3)  Ligations — methods  of  holding  instruments;  making  in¬ 
incisions  ;  relation  of  vessels ;  closing  wounds. 

(4)  Amputations — instruments;  method  of  controlling  haemor¬ 
rhage;  different  methods  of  amputations ;  general  rules  to  be 
observed ;  special  amputations. 

The  work  is  thoroughly  practical,  exceedingly  complete,  and 
will  be  found  of  great  service  to  the  profession.  J.  M.  W. 


Ophthalmic  Out-Patient  Practice.  By  Charles  Higgens,  F.R.O.S. 

2d  edition.  Philadelphia:  Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  1871). 

The  exact  object  of  this  little  work  it  would  be  difficult  to 
determine  from  a  scientific  point  of  view. 

That  it  is  not  a  treatise  for  ophthalmologists  is  most  obvious  ; 
that  it  does  not  fulfill  the  needs  and  demands  of  the  general 
practitioner  is  equally  obvious. 

If  written  for  the  general  reading  public,  it  fails  still  more  to 
meet  the  object.  The  most  reasonable  supposition  is  that  it 
has  been  written  for  the  general  practitioner,  as  there  is  too 
little  of  anatomy,  physiology  and  hygiene  to  be  profitable  to 
the  general  public.  In  these  respects  it  is  in  strong  contrast 
with  the  work  concerning  which  a  tew  words  succeed  this  crit¬ 
icism,  and  which  is  one  of  a  series  of  “  American  Health 
Primers.” 

Hearing  and  How  to  Keep  it.  By  Burnett. 

This  is  one  of  a  series  entitled  “  American  Health  Primers,” 
and  is  evidently  intended  to  instruct  the  general  reader  in  some 
degree  in  the  Anatomy,  Physiology  and  Hygeine  of  the  Ear. 

This  object  is  very  well  executed,  and  there  is  no  endeavor  to 
make  “every  man  his  own  aurist ;”  but  the  author  adheres 
strictly  to  his  proper  relation  to  the  general  public  as  a  teacher 
of  fundamental  facts,  a  general  knowledge  of  which  is  greatly 
important  to  all. 

For  obvious  purpose  it  is  in  strong  contrast  with  the  work 
above  noticed  on  the  Eye,  and,  while  some  may  object  to  it  as 
being  a  method  of  advertisement,  yet  it  is  so  entirely  different 
in  its  methods  from  those  of  “irregular  practitioners ”  in 
treating  of  disease,  that  we  can  dismiss  this  objection  without 
furth  er  com  m  en  t. 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


1879] 


Demonstrations  of  Anatomy  :  Being  a  Guide  to  the  Knowledge 
of  the  Human  Body  by  Bis  ection.  By  George  Yiner 
Ellis,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Anatomy  in  University  Col¬ 
lege,  London.  From  the  eighth  and  revised  English  edi¬ 
tion.  Illustrated  by  two  hundred  and  forty-nine  engravings 
on  wood.  Philadephia:  H.  C.  Lea.  New  Orleans :  Armand 
Hawkins,  196.1  Canal  street.  8  vo.,  pp.  716. 

This  work  on  topographical  anatomy  presents  to  the  student 
in  the  oidy  logical  manner  possible,  a  full  course  of  anatomical 
study,  arranged  in  a  most  natural  plan,  taking  up  structures 
as  they  are  met  with  under  the  knife ;  the  routine  system  of 
committing  to  memory  structur  es  which  belong  to  each  order 
is  replaced  by  the  study  of  each  tissue  as  it  is  met  with  in  the 
course  of  dissection,  and  the  relationship  of  nerves,  vessels, 
etc.,  is  described  with  special  view  to  the  surgical  bearings  of 
the  part. 

Regional  anatomy  is  therefore  fully  taught,  but  besides  all 
this,  at  the  conclusion  of  the  study  of  a  portion  of  the  body, 
as  head  and  neck,  upper  extremity,  etc.,  the  author  has  ar¬ 
ranged  a  table  showing  at  a  glance  the  origin,  branches  and 
distribution  of  the  arteries  and  nerves. 

We  cordially  recommend  the  work. 


Hints  in  Obstetric  Procedure.  By  William  B.  Atkinson,  A.M., 
M.D.,  Physician  to  the  Department  of  Obstetrics  and 
Diseases  of  Women,  Howard  Hospital,  Philadelphia,  etc. 
Pp.  121.  12mo.  Philadelphia:  D.  G.  Brinton.  New  Or¬ 
leans  :  Armand  Hawkins,  196 \  Canal  street. 

Dr.  Atkinson  deserves  and  must  have  the  thanks  of  the  pro¬ 
fession,  for  the  conscientious  manner  in  which  he  has  taken  hold 
hold  of  a  subject  till  now  almost  neglected.  Those  “  little 
things”  that  afford  the  lying-in  woman  comfort  have  never 
been  given  the  prominence  they  deserve,  and  the  minute  in¬ 
structions  in  regard  to  the  child  should  be  carefully  studied  by 
the  young  practitioner.  The  little  work  is  heartily  recommended. 
It  naturally  takes  its  place  by  the  work  of  Andrew  Combe  on 
“  The  Management  of  Infancy,”  and  the  physician’s  library  is 
incomplete  without  both. 


Boohs  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


[July 


7(5 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


Pottos  Disease  ;  Its  Pathology  and  Mechanical  Treatment ,  with 
remarks  on  Rotary  Lateral  Curvature.  By  Newton  M.  Shatter, 
M.D.,  Surgeon  in  charge  of  the  New  York  Orthopaedic  Dispen¬ 
sary,  Orthopaedic  Surgeon  to  St.  Luke’s  Hospital,  New  York  : 
G.  P.  Putnam’s  Sons,  Publishers,  182  Fifth  Avenue,  N.  Y. 

Pocket  Therapeutics  and  Dose  Book ,  with  classification  and 
explanation  of  the  action  of  Medicines  ;  Index  of  Diseases ,  with 
appropriate  Remedies  ;  Classification  of  Symptoms  ;  Poisons  and 
their  Antidotes  /  Useful  Hints  to  the  Prescriber.  By  Morse  Stew¬ 
art,  Jr.,  B.  A.,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Hinth  Annual  Report  of  the  Nero  York  Ophthalmic  and  Aural 
Institute ,  New  York,  for  the  year  ending  December  31,  1878. 

Yelloic  Fever ;  Its  Origin  and  Relation  to  other  Malarial 
Fevers.  By  J.  G.  Westmoreland,  M.  D.,  Atlanta,  Ga.  Re¬ 
print  from  Transactions  of  the  Medical  Association  of  Georgia. 

Chloral  Inebriety  ;  Read  before  the  Kings  County  Medical  So¬ 
ciety ,  April  15,  1879.  By  J.  B.  Mattison,  M.D.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Thirty-third  Annual  Announcement  of  Starling  Medical  College , 
Session  of  1879-’80. 

How  to  Elevate  the  Standard  of  Medical  Education  and  Medical 
Teaching.  By  A.  B.  Cook,  A.M.,  M.D. ;  Professor  of  the  Science 
and  the  Art  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery  in  the  Kentucky 
School  of  Medicine ;  Professor  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Sur¬ 
gery  and  Clinical  Surgery  in  the  Louisville  Medical  College. 
Reprint  from  the  American  Medical  Bi-Weekly,  April  2G,  1879. 

Circulars  of  Information  of  the  Bureau  of  Education  No.  1, 1879/ 
Training  Schools  for  Nurses.  Issued  by  the  Department  of  the 
Interior,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Transactions  of  the  Detroit  Medical  and  Library  Association , 
April,  1879. 

The  Therapeutical  Society  of  New  York.  Reprint  from  the 
New  York  Medical  Journal,  March,  1879. 


Editorial. 


77 


1879] 


On  the  Permanent  Removal  of  Hair  by  Electrolysis.  By  George 
Henry  Fox,  A.  M.,  M.D.,  New  York.  Read  before  the  Medical 
Society  of  the  State  of  New  York.  Reprint  from  the  Medical 
Record.  March  22,  1879. 

The  Difficulties  and  Dangers  of  Battey’s  Operation.  By  George 
J.  Engelmann,  M.D.,  Fellow  of  the  American  Gynecological 
Society,  Fellow  of  the  London  Obstetrical  Society,  Consulting 
Surgeon  to  the  St.  Louis  Female  Hospital,  etc.  Extracted  from 
the  Transactions  of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

Hoic  Shall  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  be  Conferred  f 
By  E.  Fletcher  Ingals,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Chest 
and  Physical  Diagnosis,  and  on  Laryngology  in  the  Post  Grad¬ 
uate  Course,  Rush  Medical  College,  etc.,  etc.  Reprint  from  the 
Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner,  April,  1879. 

Ophthalmia  Neonatorum.  By  Richard  H.  Lewis,  M.D.  Re-  ' 
print  from  the  North  Carolina  Medical  Journal,  March,  1879. 

Constitution  and  the  List  of  Members  of  the  American  Public 
Health  Association. 

An  Address  upon  the  Life  and  Character  of  Lunsford  Piths 
Yandell ,  M.D. ,  Late  President  of  the  State  Medical  Society..  De¬ 
livered  before  the  Kentucky  State  Medical  Society,  at  the  meet¬ 
ing  held  in  Frankfort,  April,  1878. 

University  of  the  City  of  Neic  York.  Medical  Department. 
Annual  Announcement  of  Lectures  and  Catalogue ,  Session  of 


1879-’80. 


The  Medicinal  Properties  of  the  Healing  Springs,  Bath  County, 
Virginia. 

Capon  Springs  and  Baths,  Hampshire  County,  Virginia. 


This  number  of  the  Journal  begins  the  seventh  volume 
of  the  new  series.  We  are  able  to  congratulate  its  friends 

t 

upon  its  largely  increased,  and  increasing  patronage  and 


78 


Editorial. 


[July 

prosperity.  During  the  past  year  we  met  with  an  obstruc¬ 
tion  to  the  circulation  of  the  Journal,  of  a  character  and 
to  a  degree  previously  unheard  of  in  the  Mississippi  Valley. 
We  refer  to  the  numerous  local  obstructions  of  the  mails  by  in¬ 
land  quarantines,  and  to  the  fact  that  two  of  our  Southern 
States  established  quarantines  of  such  severity,  that  the 
transportation  of  mails  was  interrupted.  On  this  account, 
the  editors  were  obliged  to  store  away  in  their  room,  a  large 
portion  of  three  consecutive  issues. 

It  is  extremely  unlikely  that  such  an  event  will  again  occur, 
certainly  not  for  a  long  period  of  time. 

In  the  first  place,  the  health  of  the  whole  country  for  the 
first  half  of  1879  has  been  unusually  good.  Some  very  local 
epidemics  of  scarlatina  have  occurred,  and  also  some  of  diph¬ 
theria;  but  the  aggregate  mortality  rate  of  the  country  will 
prove  to  be  as  low  as  that  of  any  preceding  half  year.  In  the 
second  place,  it  is  a  subject  affording  cause  of  congratulation 
to  the  inhabitants  of  our  Gulf  seaboard  that  yellow  fever  does 
not  at  present  show  much  tendency  to  spread  in  those  of  the 
West  India  islands  which  have  the  most  intercourse  with  this 
part  of  the  United  States.  Undoubtedly  it  is  true,  that  in¬ 
creased  prevalence  of  yellow  fever  in  countries  south  of  us  in¬ 
variably  intensifies  our  danger  to  epidemics,  and  in  truth 
almost  always  precedes  their  occurrence  here.  We  should 
therefore  watch  for  these  forebodings  of  coming  storms,  just 
as  the  residents  of  the  slopes  of  a  volcano  may  anxiously  watch 
those  signals  which  characterize  an  impending  eruption. 

The  danger  to  this  country  seems  now  to  center  in  Port  an 
Prince,  and  principally  to  threaten  New  York  city.  But  at  that 
port  great  vigilance  and  care  are  being  exercised  to  prevent  its 
finding  a  foothold  among  their  population.  The  norrors  of 
such  a  calamity  can  only  be  conceived  by  those  whose  sad 
experiences  have  rendered  them  familiar  with  the  tragic  events 
of  sweeping  and  fatal  epidemics.  The  Northern  people  are 
beginning  to  question  and  abjure  that  fallacious  teaching 
which  would  lull  them  to  unguarded  security  by  affirming  that 
they  “were  outside  the  yellow  fever  zone.”  Epidemics  of  a 
fatal  character  have  reached  localities  as  far  north  as  Boston, 
and  as  far  south  as  Buenos  Ayres.  We  should  thank  that 


1879 1 


Editorial. 


79 


great  politician  and  astute  reasoner,  Hon.  Mr.  Blaine,  for  rais¬ 
ing  his  voice  in  the  halls  of  Congress  in  opposition  to  ideas  of 
complete  security  in  any  part  of  the  United  States  against 
yellow  fever. 

We  have  in  the  third  place,  much  to  hope  for  in  the  future 
from  the  recent  labors  of  the  National  Board  of  Health  in 
constructing  a  series  of  rules  for  the  government  of  transpor¬ 
tation  in  places  attacked  by  yellow  fever  or  exposed  to  danger 
from  its  existence  in  contiguous  places.  We  sincerely  believe 
that  the  enforcement  of  these,  or  similar  rules,  will  so  lessen 
danger,  that  in  future  we  may  hope  to  escape  such  wide-spread 
visitations  as  that  of  last  year. 

The  convention  of  railroad  and  steamboat  managers  called 
for  July  2,  at  Memphis,  will  determine  whether  these  rules  will 
be  accepted  and  enforced  by  them  or  not. 


THE  BLANKS  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF 

CENSUS. 

We  hope  that  every  practitioner  of  medicine  who  has  not 
been  provided  with  the  blank  forms  for  returns  of  deaths  just 
issued  from  the  census  office,  will  send  his  address  to  Gen.  F. 
A.  Walker,  Washington  City.  If  every  practitioner  in  the 
United  States  should  obtain  and  carefully  till  and  return  these 
forms,  the  next  census  reports  would  contain  statistics  of  in¬ 
estimable  value. 

In  our  next  issue  we  will  return  to  this  subject  and  discuss  it 
more  freely. 

It  will,  no  doubt,  be  gratifying  to  the  readers  of  the 
Journal  to  observe  the  new  dress  in  which  it  enters  upon 
the  seventh  year  of  its  new  series.  It  is  an  evidence  that 
the  publisher  appreciates  the  good  conduct,  which  has  elicited 
such  a  u  reward  of  merit.” 


A  little  delay  in  the  appearance  of  this  issue  is  attributable 
to  the  extra  matter  comprised  by  the  Transactions  of  the 
State  Medical  Society.  Our  patrons  will  not  complain,  as  they 
are  receiving  considerably  more  than  we  agreed  with  them  to 
provide. 


80 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables: 


[July 


Meteorological  Table — May,  1879. 


Day. 

Mean 

Barometer 

Tempt-ratur 
Maximum  Minimum. 

e. _ 

Range. 

Mean 

Humidity. 

Rainfall. 

1 

29.98 

83 

64 

19 

67 

.00 

2 

30.05 

75 

59 

16 

82 

.82 

3 

29.98 

78 

58 

20 

79 

.00 

4 

29  93 

80 

64 

16 

73 

.00 

r> 

29.94 

82 

66 

16 

78 

.00 

6 

30.00 

79 

67 

12 

75 

1.78 

7 

30.04 

74 

66 

8 

73 

.00 

8 

30.09 

78 

64 

14 

71 

.00 

9 

30.18 

80 

66 

14 

68 

.00 

10 

30.15 

79 

68 

11 

55 

.00 

11 

30.01 

78 

64 

14 

53 

.00 

12 

29.94 

81 

63 

18 

65 

.00 

13 

29.83 

82 

70 

12 

63 

.00 

14 

29.87 

83 

69 

14 

65 

.00 

15 

29.82 

80 

69 

11 

54 

.00 

16 

29.85 

81 

67 

14 

59 

.00 

17 

29.96 

83 

68 

15 

58 

•00 

18 

29.98 

86 

70 

16 

62 

.07 

19 

29.95 

85 

68 

17 

64 

.00 

20 

29.88 

35 

69 

16 

71 

.00 

21 

29.80 

86 

77 

9 

67 

.00 

22 

29.89 

81 

72 

9 

67 

.00 

23 

30  06 

84 

71 

13 

69 

.00 

24 

30.18 

81 

73 

8 

68 

.00 

25 

30.13 

81 

67 

14 

61 

.00 

2() 

30.10 

81 

67 

14 

59 

.00 

27 

30.15 

83 

68 

15 

63 

.00 

28 

30.09 

85 

66 

19 

66 

.00 

29 

29.99 

85 

68 

17 

72 

.00 

30 

29.97 

82 

72 

10 

80 

1.05 

31 

30.00 

82 

74 

8 

77 

.91 

Mean.. 

29.989 

81.2 

67.8 

13.4 

67.5 

4.63 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  May 
22,  1879,  INCLUSIVE. 


25,  1879  to  June 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump 

tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

June 

1.. 

0 

2 

11 

0 

7 

104 

J  une 

8.. 

0 

0 

13 

0 

3 

88 

J  une 

15.. 

0 

4 

5 

0 

4 

105 

June 

22.. 

0 

6 

7 

0 

2 

89 

Totals.. . 

0 

12 

36 

0 

16 

386 

81 


1879]  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 

Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  Annual  Session  of  1879. 

Abstract  ok  Proceedings. — ( Continued.) 


NEW  PROVISIONS 

IN  THE  INTERESTS  OF  STATE  MEDICINE  PROPOSED  FOR  THE 
CONSTITUTION  OF  LOUISIANA. 


On  April  11,  1879,  a  committee  of  the  Orleans  Parish  Medi¬ 
cal  Society  presented  to  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society 
the  following  recommendations  for  adoption  by  the  Louisiana 
constitutional  convention  of  1879 — stating  that  these  recom¬ 
mendations  had  been  revised  by  and  had  received  the  hearty 
approval  of  every  lawyer  to  whom  they  had  been  submitted  ; 
among  these  lawyers  there  were  four  of  the  most  eminent  judges 
and  jurists  in  the  State.  That  the  only  discouraging  criticisms 
made  were : 

That  these  recommendations  could  be  provided  for  by  the 
Legislature,  and  that  they  were  at  least  fifty  years  in  advance 
of  public  opinion  in  Louisiana.  In  reply  to  these  objections  it 
was  urged  that  the  recent  constitutions  of  Texas,  North  Caro¬ 
lina,  etc.,  presented  precedents  justifying  the  adoption  of  these 
recommendations  by  Louisiana ;  and  that  if  embodied  in  our 
constitution  public  and  legislative  opinion  would  be  thereby 
solicited  to,  and  so  gradually  enlightened  upon  these  important 
interests  of  the  people.  After  due  consideration  these  recom¬ 
mendations  were  indorsed  unanimously  and  emphatically  by 
the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  which  further  resolved 
that  an  Auxiliary  Committee  be  added  to  the  Standing  Com¬ 
mittee  of  the  Society  on  State  Medicine,  for  the  purpose  of 
urging  these  recommendations  on  the  constitutional  convention. 

Dr.  S.  E.  Chaille,  of  New  Orleans,  was  appointed  chairman 
of  the  Standing  Committee,  Dr.  John  P.  Davidson,  of  New 
Orleans,  chairman  of  the  Auxiliary  Committee,  and  the  recom¬ 
mendations  are  as  follows : 

TITLE— STATE  MEDICINE. 

Art.  — .  The  Legislature  shall  provide  for  the  interests  of 
State  Medicine  in  all  its  departments;  for  public  hygiene  or 
preventive  medicine ;  for  medical  education ;  for  institutions 
for  the  sick  and  infirm,  and  for  medical  jurisprudence;  for  the 
establishment  and  maintenance  of  a  State  Board  of  Health 
and  Vital  Statistics  for  the  whole  State,  with  parish  or  munici¬ 
pal  boards  subordinate  thereto ;  for  the  protection  of  the  people 
from  all  contagious  and  infectious  diseases,  anti  from  all  pre- 

11 


82 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


rentable  causes  ot'  disease  and  death ;  for  the  protection  of 
the  people  from  unqualified  practitioners  of  medicine,  surgery, 
midwifery,  pharmacy  and  dentistry;  for  the  maintenance  of 
the  University  of  Louisiana,  and  its  three  departments  of  liter¬ 
ature,  medicine  and  law ;  for  the  care,  education  and  mainte¬ 
nance  of  the  destitute,  sick  and  afflicted,  of  the  blind,  of  mutes, 
of  idiots  and  feeble-minded  children,  of  the  insane  and  of  ine¬ 
briates,  in  hospitals  or  asylums,  constructed  with  proper  regard 
to  health  as  well  as  comfort  and  the  interests  of  morality,  such 
institutions  being  rendered  as  nearly  self-supporting  as  is  con¬ 
sistent  with  the  purposes  of  their  creation ;  for  the  protection 
of  confidential  communications  made  by  patients  to  physicians  ; 
for  preventing  the  advertisement  and  sale  of  all  foeticidal  drugs 
or  instruments,  and  of  all  drugs  detrimental  to  the  interests  of 
health  and  morality ;  for  tlie  adequate  compensation  of  scien¬ 
tific  experts  in  all  cases ;  for  the  separate  trial  of  criminals 
alleged  to  be  insane  on  each  issue — first  that  of  insanity — and 
that  adequate  time  and  opportunity  shall  be  given  to  medical 
experts  to  test  the  question  of  insanity.  No  persons  shall  be 
allowed  to  testify  as  expert  witnesses  to  matters  of  scientific 
opinion,  except  those  recognized  as  competent  experts  in  such 
matters  by  their  own  profession,  as  organized  under  the  laws 
of  this  State.  Only  qualified  practitioners  shall  be  expert 
witnesses  in  the  courts  to  medical  facts  ;  the  Igeal  duties  of 
coroners  shall  be  assigned  exclusively  to  experts  in  law,  and 
their  medical  duties  exclusively  to  experts  in  medicine. 

ADDITIONAL  INSTRUCTION  TO  THK  COMMITTEE. 

If  any  article  of  the  Constitution  of  1879  provides  that  priv¬ 
ileges,  to  have  effect  against  third  persons,  must  be  recorded, 
the  following  proviso  should  be  made : 

Provided ,  That  the  fees  due  physicians  and  surgeons,  the 
wages  of  nurses,  and  the  bills  of  druggists  and  apothecaries, 
for  professional  services  rendered,  and  medicines  furnished 
during  the  last  illness,  shall  enjoy  the  privilege  conferred  by 
law,  even  as  to  third  persons,  without  recordation. 


STATE  MEDICINE 


AND  MEDICAL  ORGANIZATION. 


ADDRESS  ON  APRIL  10,  1870,  BY  THE  “ANNUAL  ORATOR”  OF 
THE  LOUISIANA  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY, 

S  I  ANFORD  E.  CHAILLfi,  A.M.,  M.D., 

Prof.  Physiology  au«l  Pathological  Anatomy,  Medical  Dept.  University  of  La. 


u  When  lone  in  woods,  the  cringing  savage  crept,”  he  could 
prove  how  boundless  was  his  liberty,  by  hands  smeared  in  the 
blood  even  of  wife  or  child ;  but  men  and  beasts  as  savage 
and  as  strong,  soon  taught  the  primitive  man  civilization’s  first 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


83 


1879] 


great  lesson,  that  he  could  barter  part  of  his  liberty  in  exchange 
for  greater  security  to  property  and  life,  by  submitting  with 
his  brothers  to  the  rule  of  a  patriarch.  Like  causes  forced 
these  patriarchs,  combining  many  families  into  one  tribe,  to 
yield  submission  to  a  common  chief;  and,  progress  continuing, 
these  chiefs  were  forced,  combining  many  tribes  into  one  nation, 
to  give  allegiance  to  a  king.  Wherever  social  order  has  been 
secured  and  civilization  developed,  men  have  been  forced  in 
larger  and  larger  masses  to  unite,  have  overcome  obstacles  in 
proportion  to  the  strength  of  their  union,  and  this  strength  has 
been  proportionate  to  the  intelligence  and  self-denial  of  the 
units;  for,  although  self-interest  has  organized  every  nation, 
as  well  as  every  union,  yet,  if  these  triumph  permanently, 
the  self-interest  must  be  sufficiently  enlightened  to  compre¬ 
hend  that  the  individual’s  welfare  depends  on  the  general  wel¬ 
fare,  anil  sufficiently  ennobled  to  sacrifice  the  good  of  one — 
even  of  one’s  self — to  the  good  of  many. 

If  the  making  of  a  nation  thus  depends  on  the  union  of  larger 
and  larger  masses  of  men,  its  maintenance  and  progress  are  not 
less  dependent  on  the  redistribution  of  its  united  citizens  into 
new  co-operative  groups — groups  which  multiply  as  civilization 
increases  '  ae  interests  of  the  nation  and  the  occupations  of  its 
citizens.  Every  nation  is  forced  to  distribute  its  citizens  in 
many  different  groups;  some  must  wield  the  sword,  others 
carry  it  purse  and  others  balance  its  scales  of  justice ;  while 
even  those  citizens  left  by  government  undistributed,  find  their 
highest  welfare  in  organizing  voluntary  associations.  Every 
great  private  as  well  as  public  enterprise— whether  in  agricul¬ 
ture  or  commerce,  in  manufactures  or  mining,  in  politics  or  re¬ 
ligion,  in  literature  or  art,  in  education  or  science — depends  for 
success  on  co-operation,  and  on  the  strength  of  the  bonds  link¬ 
ing  each  unit  to  the  whole.  In  fine,  the  history  of  civilization 
proves  that  man  “can  only  make  progress  in  co-operative 
groups,”  and  that  enlightened  self-interest  is  their  organizer. 

This  effort  to  enforce  the  trite  and  briefer  lesson,  “  in  union 
there  is  strength,”  would  not  have  been  made,  except  for  the 
reasons  that,  while  physicians  have,  with  unanimity,  constantly 
complained  of  the  many  and  manifest  defects  in  our  laws, 
relative  to  medical  matters,  few  have  seemed  to  appreciate  that 
these  defects  necessitate,  for  their  correction,  an  efficient  organi¬ 
zation  of  the  medical  profession ;  and  still  fewer  have  been 
willing  to  make  the  sacrifices  necessary  to  secure  such  an 
organization.  If  to  complain  of  evils  without  an  effort  to 
correct  them  is  childish  ;  if  to  know  the  remedy  and  not  strive 
to  apply  it  is  folly,  then  the  medical  profession  is  lacking  either 
in  manly  enterprise  or  in  an  intelligent  appreciation  of  the 
importance  of  associated  action  and  of  the  means  to  effect  it. 
Therefore,  the  all-important  problem  to  be  solved  by  us, 
pioneers  in  organizing  in  one  societ  ill  reputable  members  of 
the  regular  medical  profession  in  Louisiana,  is,  what  can  we, 
only  a  small  part  of  the  whole,  do  to  ,.  ain  our  first  great  need, 


84  Abstract  of  Proceeding*  |  July 

which  is,  to  bind  in  one  co-operative  group  all  the  physicians  of 
this  State  '? 

Manifestly  we  should  appreciate  the  obstacles  to  success,  and 
should  ourselves  not  only  understand,  but  should  also  force 
our  professional  brethren  to  understand,  what  good  we  would 
and  could  accomplish  if  their  indispensable  aid  were  given  in 
securing  union  of  the  medical  profession.  To  some  of  the 
obstacles  to  be  encountered,  to  some  of  the  benefits  to  be  con¬ 
ferred,  your  attention  is  solicited. 

History  furnishes  an  instructive  warning.  The  first  “Louisi¬ 
ana  State  Medical  Society  ”  was  organized  in  1841),  under 
auspices  like  those  which  originated  its  successor,  this  society ; 
for  the  project  was  initiated  by  a  country  society,*  and  accom¬ 
plished  by  the  aid  of  the  physicians  of  New  Orleans.  From 
birth  its  life  was  feeble,  and,  remaining  in  spite  of  its  title  a 
mere  city  society,  it,  after  six  years,  died  of  u  absenteeism  due 
to  the  indifference  and  apathy  of  the  country  parishes.”  Effort 
must  be  made  to  understand  the  causes,  if  we  would  correct 
them,  of  that  professional  apathy,  indifference  and  absenteeism, 
not  only  of  the  country  but  also  of  the  city,  which  destroyed 
the  preceding,  and  threaten  the  success  of  the  present  State 
Medical  Society. 

The  history  of  the  thirty-seven  State  Medical  Societies  in  the 
present  thirty-eight  States  proves  that  the  relative  prosperity 
of  these  depend  largely  on  the  number  of  physicians,  the 
number  of  miles  of  railroad,  and  the  density  of  population 
(especially  near  to  the  railroad  lines)  in  the  State.  A  fair  com¬ 
parison  as  to  these  three  particulars  shows  that  Louisiana,  out¬ 
side  of  New  Orleans,  stands  at  greater  disadvantage  than  any 
other  States  except  Colorado,  Florida,  Nebraska,  Nevada  and 
Oregon.  The  tax  on  the  time  and  money  of  the  traveler,  from 
parts  of  this  State  to  New  Orleans,  is  as  great  as  from  this  city 
to  New  York,  and  yet  there  is  no  point  in  the  State  which 
presents  for  concentrating  an  assemblage,  traveling  facilities 
comparable  with  those  to  New  Orleans.  City  members  can  do 
nothing  to  diminish  the  tax  on  the  time,  but  ought  they  not  to 
do  all  they  can  to  diminish  the  tax  on  the  money  of  the  country 
members  ?  In  any  case,  the  progress  of  our  two  railroads  to 
Texas  justifies  strong  hopes  of  the  greater  success  of  this  Society 
on  their  completion. 

Comparison  further  proves  that,  with  few  if  any  exceptions, 
the  most  prosperous  State  Medical  Societies  have  owed  their 
permanent  success,  some  of  them  their  origin,  to  the  fostering 
aid  of  their  legislatures,  by  which  they  have  been  chartered, 
authorized  to  examine  and  license,  and  in  various  ot  her  ways 
assisted.  Experience  justifies  the  belief  that,  while  State 
Legislatures  heed  but  little  the  often  dissentient  voices  of 
physicians  representing  a  few  scattered  localities,  important 


*  In  lti49  by  the  *•  Attakapas  Menical  Society  ’’  and  lhe  ‘  New  Orleans*  Pliysico-Medi- 
cal  Society,”  iii  1878  by  the  ‘•Plaquejjwoea  Parish  Medical  Association, ”|and  tHe  '•  Shreve¬ 
port  Medical  Society.”  * 


1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


85 


privileges  ami  powers  would  be  granted  to  even  a  majority  of 
the  profession  if  united  in  a  State  Medical  Society.  Every 
increase  of  privilege  and  power  tends  inevitably  to  increase  the 
membership  and  influence  of  a  Society. 

Another  serious  obstacle  to  our  success  is  presented  by  the 
deplorable  facts  that  in  this  State  about  one-sixth  of  the  white 
and  seven-eighths  of  the  colored  voters — in  fact,  more  than  half 
of  all  the  voters — “  cannot  write  their  names.”  Ignorance 
spreads  a  pall  of  indifference  and  apathy  far  beyond  itself.  Men 
generally,  even  intelligent  and  ambitious  physicians,  strive 
rather  for  relative  than  for  absolute  superiority,  and  are  prone 
to  become  content  when  manifestly  superior  to  their  associates, 
even  if  these  “cannot  write  their  names.”  Hence  the  educa¬ 
tion  of  every  citizen,  black  as  well  as  white,  is  of  infinite  impor¬ 
tance  to  the  success  of  this  Society,  as  of  every  other  interest 
of  the  State. 

All  the  facts  now  enumerated  tend  to  produce  that  vital 
defect — paucity  of  members — from  which  ensue  too  little  pro¬ 
fessional  interest  in  the  Society’s  action  to  stimulate  the  mem¬ 
bers  to  such  labor  as  would  render  their  sessions  practically 
useful  and  attractive ;  too  little  power  to  enlist,  as  power 
always  does,  new  adherents;  and  too  little  money  to  discharge 
the  duty,  most  essential  to  the  success  of  every  scientific  society, 
the  publication  and  dissemination  of  useful  knowledge.  An 
annual  income  of  only  $1000,  expended  in  judicious  publica¬ 
tions,  would  rapidly  increase  both  our  membership  and  the 
value  of  our  publications.  It,  however,  must  not  be  forgotten, 
that  while  the  dissemination  of  knowledge  is  our  chief  road  to 
success,  revenue  and  publication  are  also  two  rocks  on  which 
many  medical  societies  have  been  wrecked,  and  require  for 
their  beneficent  disposal  the  utmost  caution  and  discretion. 

But  the  greatest  obstacle  to  our  success,  the  one  to  which  all 
others  are  subordinate,  is  the  inappreciation  by  physicians  of 
the  great  benefits  which  would  accrue  to  them,  and  at  the  same 
time  be  conferred  on  the  people,  by  union  of  the  medical  pro¬ 
fession.  To  illustrate  these  benefits,  and  also  to  prove  that  an 
efficiently  organized  medical  profession  could  secure  them,  are 
the  chief  objects  of  this  address. 

You  will  not  forget  that  this  society  has  publicly  declared 
that  “  the  inauguration  and  promotion  of  State  Medicine  is  a 
subject  of  unequaled  importance  to  the  material  welfare  and 
happiness  of  the  people,”  and  that  this  great  subject  was  the 
most  important  consideration  prompting  its  organization.  Then 
surely  we  ourselves  should  clearly  understand  and  enable  all 
others  to  understand  what  is  State  Medicine  in  general  and  in 
its  details. 

The  adjective-noun  being  used  generieally,  as  in  statecraft 
and  statesmanship,  State.  Medicine  is  the  application  by  the  State 
of  medical  knowledge  to  the  common  weal ,  and  embraces  every  sub¬ 
ject  for  the  comprehension  of  which  medical  knowledge ,  and 
for  the  execution  of  which  the  legislative  and  executive  authority 


86 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


of  the  government  are  indispensable.  Its  bounds  are  neces¬ 
sarily  as  limited  as  may  be  the  authority  of  the  government, 
so  that,  in  the  United  States,  State  Medicine  is  restricted,  as 
to  our  national  government,  within  very  narrow  bounds,  with¬ 
in  even  narrower  bounds  than  as  to  our  county  and  municipal 
governments,  while  our  State  governments  have  ample  and  un¬ 
disputed  authority  over  each  of  its  four  great  subdivisions, 
viz :  Public  Institutions  for  the  sick  and  the  infirm,  Medical 
Education,  Medical  Jurisprudence,  and  Preventive  Medicine 
or  Public  Hygiene. 

Are  these  vital  interests  of  the  people,  of  whom  we  are  an 
integral  part,  worthy  the  consideration  of  our  profession,  the 
only  class  of  the  people  now  able  to  appreciate  tlieir  importance  ? 
Or  does  it  happen  that  the  laws  of  Louisiana  are  on  these  sub¬ 
jects  so  enlightened  that  we  can  with  quiet  conscience  refrain 
from  efforts  for  reform  f  In  truth,  many  States  are  far  in  ad¬ 
vance  of  Louisiana,  and  it  is  those  farthest  to  the  front  which 
resound  the  loudest  with  the  incessant  cries  of  our  brothers  for 
additional  progress.  No  physician  whose  heart  vibrates  in 
response  to  human  suffering  and  whose  brain  is  sufficiently 
enlightened  to  appreciate  State  Medicine,  can  possibly  submit 
apathetically,  indifferently  and  without  effort  to  the  many 
remediable  evils  which  beset  us.  An  enumeration  of,  with 
comments  on,  the  various  subjects  which  belong  to  each  one  of 
the  four  great  branches  of  State  Medicine  will  suffice  to  remind 
you  what  are  some  of  these  evils  and  some  of  the  defects  of  our 
laws. 

PUBLIC  INST  TLTIONS  FOR  THE  SICK  VND  THE  INFIRM. 

No  State  >.„s  yet  perfected  its  laws  for  the  organization  and 
suppor*  (  i  its  hospitals,  dispensaries,  infirmaries  and  sanitaria  ; 
of  its  as^  at  ms,  which  should  he  educational  as  well  as  medical, 
for  idiots  and  feeble-minded  children;  of  its  asylums  for  the 
blind,  for  mutes,  for  the  insane  and  for  habitual  drunkards. 

When  will  Louisiana  have  such  a  General  Hospital  as  has 
Massachusetts,  so  excellent  that  even  the  wealthiest  and  the 
worthiest  of  the  State  seek  its  pay  wards  for  their  own  relief? 
When  will  Louisiana  have  an  asylum,  both  educational  and 
medicinal,  for  its  idiots  and  feeble-minded  children,  such  as  has 
New  York  'l*  When  will  Louisiana  make  such  provision  for  its 
insane  that  tender  hearts  will  cease  to  be  shocked  by  the 
woful  reports  of  grand  juries  and  boards  of  administrators  ? 
And  when  will  this  State  aid  in  rescuing  thousands  of  wives 
more  wretched  than  widows,  thousands  of  children  more 
wretched  than  orphans,  from  incurable  drunkards,  by  providing 
such  an  inebriate  asylum,  as  New  York  was  the  first  govern¬ 
ment  in  the  world  to  establish  in  1854  ?  In  fine,  who  in  this 
State  is  there  who  has  investigated  this  branch  of  State  Medi- 


*OonD0<!ticut.  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Pennsylvania  and  perhaps  other  States  are 
reported  to  have  schools  for  idiots  and  feeble-minded  childr  en,  hut  I  do  not  know  whether 
these  are  or  are  trot  State  institutions. 


1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


87 


cine  sufficiently  to  report  to  the  people  its  needs  and  its  defects, 
with  the  remedies  therefor ;  and  yet,  on  such  reports  depend 
the  difference  between  the  cruel  suffering  and  the  welfare  of 
thousands  of  the  most  unfortunate  of  all  our  fellow  creatures  ? 

MEDICAL  EDUCATION 

The  bliss  of  ignorance  is  proverbial,  but  what  man  can  be 
content  who  knows  how  inadequately  medical  education  is  pro¬ 
vided  for,  how  deplorably  the  practice  of  medicine,  or  pharmacy 
and  of  midwifery  is  regulated,  and  how  inefficiently  the  people 
are  protected  from  the  enormous  evils  to  health  and  life  inflicted 
by  adulterated  and  patent  drugs  and  by  mountebank  doctors  ? 
Louisiana  needs,  as  does  every  State,  better  laws,  to  regulate 
the  practice  of  medicine,  pharmacy,  midwifery  and  dentistry ; 
to  establish,  organize  and  govern  medical  colleges ;  to  encour¬ 
age  and  support  medical  libraries,  museums,  laboratories  and 
botanical  and  zoological  conservatories;  to  promote  original 
research ;  and  to  facilitate  anatomical  and  other  medical  studies 
to  the  utmost.  Except  in  the  last  particular  Louisiana  is  infe¬ 
rior  to  many  of  the  States,  none  of  which  can  be  compared  in 
these  particulars  with  France,  Germany  or  Great  Britian;  but 
there  is  no  good  reason  why  we  should  not  at  least  strive  to 
equal,  in  all  good  things,  any  nation  on  earth. 

Of  the  various  subjects  appertaining  to  medical  education, 
two  are  now  profiting  by  professional  attention,  viz :  the  regu¬ 
lation  of  the  practice  of  medicine,  in  order  to  suppress  quackery 
outside  of  the  profession ;  and  collegiate  education  with  final 
examination,  in  order  to  suppress  the  same  great  evil  inside  the 
profession.  Since  these  topics,  however  trite,  must  be  discussed 
until  disposed  of  by  satisfactory  action,  you  will  pardon  a  brief 
allusion  to  them. 

Although  medical  literature,  including  the  transactions  of 
State  Medical  Societies,  abounds  in  discussions,  I  have  searched 
in  vain  for  a  single  article  on  laws  to  regulate  the  practice  of 
medicine,  in  any  wise  exhaustive,  or  worthy  of  the  subject; 
which  serves  to  illustrate  what  little  attention  is  yet  given  to 
State  Medicine.  For  instance,  few  of  our  impatient  reformers 
seem  aware  that  until  about  1840,  every  State  then  in  the  Union, 
except  Pennsylvania,  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  had  had  the 
now  much  desired  Medical  Examining  Boards  appointed  in 
some  cases  by  the  Governor,  but  in  many  other  cases  by  the 
regular  medical  profession  itself,  through  State  or  county  medi¬ 
cal  societies  ;  and  that  these  boards  did  not  prove  satisfactory 
to  the  profession,  and  so  unsatisfactory  to  the  sovereign  people 
that  their  representatives,  in  nearly  if  not  quite  all  the  States, 
did,  from  about  1840  to  1852,  repeal  or  annul  all  the  laws  estab¬ 
lishing  such  boards.  Surely,  if  we  would  profit  by  the  experi¬ 
ence  of  our  fathers,  it  is  indespensable  for  us  to  know  all  the 
causes  of  their  fai.ure,  and  yet  not  one  of  those  advocating  re¬ 
form  adequately  supply  this  knowledge.  Still  farther,  North 
Carolina  since  1859,  and  a  few  other  States  have  on  this  subject 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


88 


[.July 


old  laws  still  unrepealed  ;  and  since  1873  at  least  seven  States* 
have  enacted  new  laws,  and  yet  1  have  searched  in  vain  tor  an 
instructive  report  as  to  the  comparative  merits  of  these  laws 
and  as  to  their  operation,  whether  satisfactory  to  both  profes¬ 
sion  and  people,  and  whether  likely  to  be  improved  by  amend¬ 
ments  or  to  be  repealed.  Surely  knowledge  of  this  kind  is  very 
requisite  to  guide  us  rightly,  and  to  guard  us  from  retarding 
instead  of  promoting,  the  very  progress  which  we  seek — an 
evil  which  often  ensues  from  inconsiderate  legislation. 

Some  study  of  the  legislative  history  of  this  subject  justifies 
the  following  conclusions  and  suggestions:  It  is  worse  than 
idle  to  seek  legislation  which  would  debar  from  practice  homoeo¬ 
paths,  eclectics  or  other  practitioners  of  any  special  or  exclusive 
system  of  therapeutics,  because  no  such  law  could  be  executed, 
if  enacted.  Our  fathers,  as  has  been  stated,  had  such  laws, 
which  were  all  repealed,  for  the  chief  reason  apparently  that  it 
was  attempted  to  enforce  them.  Regular  physicians  enjoy  un¬ 
molested  their  system  of  practice  and  their  code  of  ethics,  and 
experience  proves  that  the  public  intend  to  maintain  an  equal 
right  to  test  the  demerits  of  other  systems  and  codes,  and  to 
leave  error  free  in  its  combat  with  truth.  This  resolve  is  im¬ 
planted  so  deeply  in  the  hearts  of  our  voters  that  Texas  has 
enthroned  it  in  her  constitution,  which  solemnly  declares  that 
“  the  Legislature  may  pass  laws  prescribing  the  qualifications 
of  practitioners  of  medicine  in  this  State,  and  to  punish  persons 
for  malpractice  ;  but  no  preference  shall  be  given  by  law  to  any 
school  of  medicine.”  If  therapeutic  systems  were  disregarded, 
we  could  probably  induce  the  people  to  protect  themselves  from 
unscrupulous  medical  tramps  and  ignorant  adventurers  by 
laws  prescribing  that  no  person,  unless  found  qualified  by  educa¬ 
tion,  shall  practice  medicine ;  but  then  arise  these,  as  yet,  un¬ 
solved  questions :  By  wliat  method  shall  the  qualifications 
necessary  be  determined,  and  by  what  means  shall  the  penal¬ 
ties  for  the  violations  of  the  law  be  enforced  ?  Having  no 
confidence  in  the  discharge  of  laborious  official  duties  by  volun¬ 
tary  and  unpaid  officers,  I  find  no  answer  to  these  questions 
except  in  adequately  paid  officials,  whom  it  is  not  probable  any 
legislature  will  grant  for  many  a  day  to  come. 

The  ripest  civilization,  from  which  we,  with  like  language, 
laws  and  institutions,  can  gather  fruitful  lessons,  is  that  of 
Great  Britain,  and  1  believe  that  our  road  to  progress  in  this 
subject  of  State  Medicine,  as  in  many  others,  is  by  the  path 
“blazed”  by  the  British  Parliament.  The  British  Registration 
Law  of  1858  is  reported  to  have  operated  admirably.  It  is 
executed  bv  a  “  General  Council  of  Medical  Education  and 
Registration,”  composed  of  twenty-four  officers  designated  by 
law,  and  paid — paid,  as  1  infer,  by  the  British  Medical  As¬ 
sociation.  It  is  based  on  the  principle  u  that  it  is  expedient 


*  Alabama  in  1877,  California  1876  and  1878,  Indiana  1879,  New  Hampshire  1875, 
New  York  1874,  Texas  1873  and  1876,  Vermont  1876  and  1878. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


89 


that  persons  requiring  medical  aid  should  be  enabled  to  dis¬ 
tinguish  qualified  from  unqualified  practitioners.”  Those  whom 
we  designate  irregulars  are,  if  found  qualified  by  the  council, 
registered  equally  with  regulars.  Fraudulent  registration  is 
liable  to  severe  penalties.  No  physicians,  except  those  regis¬ 
tered  are  recognized  by  the  courts;  are  exempt  from  jury  and 
militia  duty ;  an  (F  enjoy  the  right  to  practice  and  collect  fees,  to 
sign  legal  certificates,  to  testify  in  courts  as  experts,  and  to 
serve  as  medical  officers  in  the  army,  navy,  and  civil  service. 
Such  is  the  pith  of  the  only  law  ever  yet  enacted  on  this  subject 
by  any  English-speaking  people,  which,  tested  by  experience, 
has  proved  worthy  of  our  imitation. 

Louisiana  has  had,  since  1861,  a  registration  law* — poorly 
devised,  inefficiently  executed — but  will  it  not  furnish  an  enter¬ 
ing  wedge  to  progress,  and  ought  we  not  to  direct  our  efforts 
to  amendments  of  this  law  ?  And  ought  we  not  also  to  seize 
some  one  of  the  many  opportunities  presented  to  test  on  medi¬ 
cal  impostors  the  value  of  that  act  of  1872  and  1879, t  which 
declares :  u  Any  physician,  or  pretending  physician,  who  shall 
falsely  pretend  to  have  been  a  professor  of  any  medical  college, 
or  to  hold  literary  or  professional  titles  to  which  he  is  not  en¬ 
titled  shall  be  forever  barred  from  the  right  to  practice  medi¬ 
cine  in  this  State,  and  on  failure  to  supply  evidence  to  sub¬ 
stantiate  any  claim  to  such  title  by  proper  diploma  or  other 
documentary  or  satisfactory  evidence,  shall,  on  conviction,  be 
imprisoned  in  the  State  Penitentiary  not  less  than  six  months 
or  more  than  five  years.”  The  fact  that  out  of  270  practition¬ 
ers  of  medicine  now  in  New  Orleans  ninety-three  of  them  are, 
as  is  reported,  irregulars  or  quacks,  should  stimulate  us  to 
efforts  for  reform. 

As  to  the  subject  of  collegiate  instruction  with  final  examina¬ 
tion,  it  is  unnecessary  to  detail  the  numerous  expedients  which 
have  been  adopted  or  are  now  under  discussion  to  promote  pro¬ 
gress  in  this  direction,  nor  will  it  be  denied  that  some  of  these 
are  calculated  to  palliate  present  evils ;  but  the  only  effectual 
remedy,  in  my  opinion,  is  the  total  divorce  of  medical  instruc¬ 
tion  from  the  right  to  confer  a  diploma,  which  of  itself  confers 
the  legal  right  to  practice  medicine.  The  professors  of  a  medi¬ 
cal  college  should  not  constitute  a  legalized  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners;  but  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  to  annul  this 
power  in  one  State  might  now  destroy  any  unendowed  medical 
institution  of  such  State,  so  that  action  seems  dangerous  until 
at  least  a  majority  of  those  States  which  have  prosperous 
medical  colleges  can  be  induced  to  cooperate. 

MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE.  OR  FORENSIC  MEDICINE. 

Neither  Louisiana  nor  any  other  State  can  challenge  intelli¬ 
gent  approval  of  their  laws  on  the  following  subjects  : 


*See  sections  2677,  2678,  2679  Revised  Statutes  of  Louisiana,  1870. 

tSee  the  ftaal  olause  of  the  seventeenth  paragraph  of  Act  No.  14,  page  51,  Acts  of  1872, 
rep3ated  on  pag>  41,  Acts  of  1879,  sixteenth  paragraph  of  section  1,  Act  No.  27, 

12 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


90 


[July 


Medical  Witnesses. — In  at  least  three  particulars  the  laws 
generally  are  defective;  for  they  fail  to  adequately  provide 
competent  physicians  to  act  as  ordinary  witnesses  to  medical 
facts,  such  as  are  derived  from  professional  examinations  ;  they 
fail  most  grossly  to  provide  that  expert  witnesses  to  medical 
opinions  shall  be  furnished  solely  by  veritable  medical  experts  ; 
and  they  fail  to  provide  adequate  compensation  for  medical 
experts.  Further,  the  laws  are  defective  as  to  the  insane,  to 
inebriates,  to  poisoning,  to  infanticide  and  criminal  abortion,* 
to  the  viability  of  the  new-born  infant,  to  protection  of  confi¬ 
dential  communications  by  a  patient  to  his  physician,  and  to 
malpractice.  A  brief  consideration  will  be  given  such  of  these 
subjects  as  are  now  exciting  medical  discussion. 

In  some  of  the  oldest  and  most  densely  inhabited  States, 
where  are  invariably  developed  evils  unknown  in  States  sparsely 
populated,  malicious  suits,  professedly  tor  malpractice,  but 
really  for  blackmail,  have  grown  to  such  an  evil,  that  in  1878 
the  Maine  Medical  Association  resolved  u  that,  with  the  exist¬ 
ing  laws  on  civil  malpractice,  it  is  unsafe  to  practice  surgery 
among  the  poor.”  Apparently,  out  of  <>00  physicians  in  the 
State,  125  have  been  prosecuted.  The  legal  remedy  sought  for 
is,  “  bonds  compelling  the  plaintiff,  in  case  of  defeat,  to  pay 
the  taxable  costs.”!  Other  societies  have  recommended  that 
all  suits  for  malpractice  should  be  tried  by  a  special  jury  of 
physicians. 

From  the  same  class  of  States  the  report  is  often  repeated 
that  criminal  abortion  is  constantly  and  alarmingly  increasing. 
A  member  reported  to  the  Maine  Medical  Association  that  the 
cases  annually  were  not  less  than  two  thousand,  while  a  mem¬ 
ber  of  the  Wisconsin  State  Medical  Society  reported  in  1870 
that  no  physician  would  dispute  that,  “  where  one  living  child 
was  born  into  the  world,  two  are  done  away  with  by  means  of 
criminal  abortion.”  Most  medical  societies  demand  better  laws, 
but  others  report  that  the  evil  in  their  States  is  due,  not  to  the 
laws,  but  to  their  inefficient  execution  ;  and,  in  confirmation  of 
this,  the  report  from  Maine  is  that  u  it  is  impossible  to  get  an 
attorney  to  prosecute,  or  a  jury  to  convict,  an  abortionist.” 

Defects  of  the  laws  as  to  the  insane  are  to  be  found  in  every 
State.  Though  numerous  and  grave,  allusion  will  be  limited 
to  two  of  these  defects.  In  some  of  the  States,  while  the 
alleged  insanity  of  a  criminal,  and  of  a  dead  man  who  has  left 
a  will,  must  be  decided  by  a  jury,  yet  one  or  more  of  such  doc¬ 
tors,  as  the  laws  so  loosely  recognize,  can  issue  a  certificate 
which  will  consign  an  innocent  living  man  to  an  insane  asylum, 
which  to  him  is  virtually  a  penitentiary.  It  is  believed  that  as 


*  The  laws  of  some  States  still  hear  the  impress  of  barbarous  origin,  in  regarding 
only  the  “quick  child,”  (Miss.,  Mo.,  and  no  doubt  others),  as  a  living  human  being; 
and  in  selecting  a  jury  of  old  women  to  determine  any  question  as  to  the  pregnancy 
of  a  criminal. 

t  Me.  Med.  Assn.  Trans.  1878  and  specially  the  excellent  article  of  Dr.  Sanger. 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


1879] 


91 


yet  Maine,  New  York  and  Wisconsin*  are  the  only  States  which 
have  provided  wisely  for  the  trial  of  criminals  alleged  to  be 
insane. 

The  question,  whether  a  court  can  force  a  medical  expert  to 
testify  without  securing  him  adequate  compensation,  has  in 
recent  years  excited  so  much  interest  that  medical  societies 
have  even  resolved  to  raise  the  issue  and  force  the  courts  to  a 
decision.  This  was  done  in  Indiana,  and  the  following  facts 
are  pertinent  to  this  question.  English  courts  have  decided 
that  a  scientific  expert  need  not  attend  a  subpoena,  that  his 
testimony  cannot  be  forced,  and  that  he  must  be  compensated. 
In  1877  the  Supreme  Court  of  Alabama  decided  to  the  contrary; 
but,  also  in  1877,  a  circuit  court  of  West  Virginia  concurred  in 
the  English  view;  in  1878,  Judge  Clark,  in  the  case  of  the 
“State  of  Texas  vs.  Jasper  Weathers,”  decided  that  he  “  knew 
of  no  law  to  force  a  physician  to  attend  court,  and  testify  as 
an  expert,  without  compensation;”  and,  also  in  1878,  the  Su¬ 
preme  Court  of  Indiana,  reversing  the  decision  of  a  lower  court, 
maintained  the  expert’s  right  to  compensation.!  The  Iowa 
Code  of  1873  (and  probably  the  laws  of  some  other  States) 
wisely  provides  that  “  witnesses  called  to  testily  only  to  an 
opinion,  founded  on  special  study  or  experience  in  any  branch 
of  science,  or  to  make  scientific  or  professional  examinations, 
and  to  state  the  results  thereof,  shall  receive  additional  com¬ 
pensation,  to  be  fixed  by  the  court,  with  reference  to  the  value 
of  the  time  employed,  and  the  degree  of  learning  or  skill 
required.”  This  law  grants  all  the  medical  profession  demands. 

Questions,  however,  referring  to  expert  medical  evidence,  far 
more  important  than  this  to  justice  and  to  the  interests  of  the 
people,  are — whom  should  the  law  recognize  as  experts,  how 
should  these  be  selected,  and  how  should  their  evidence  or 
decision  be  rendered?  In  this  matter  the  laws  which,  when 
first  enacted,  may  have  been  justifiable  or  excusable,  have  now, 
in  consequence  of  the  vast  progress  of  medical  science,  become 
a  mere  mockery  of  justice.  In  proof  of  this  I  will  repeat}  here 
that  which  1  intend  to  repeat  on  every  appropriate  occasion — 
that,  “as  a  general  rule,”  it  has  been  adjudged  by  the  State 
courts  of  this  country  that  any  practitioher  of  medicine  (that 
is,  any  man  who  dubs  himself  doctor)  has  sufficient  knowledge 
of  medical  science  to  furnish  justice  with  its  “  best  attainable 
evidence ;”  and  that,  as  results  of  our  laws,  “  the  power  of 
medical  science,  crippled  at  the  coroner’s  inquest,  is  prostituted 
by  the  partisan  opinion  of  incompetent  experts,  then  perverted 
by  advocates,  and  at  last,  wheu  emasculated  of  all  vigor,  is  sub¬ 
mitted  for  decision  to  those  unable  to  estimate  its  weight.” 


*  See  Chapter  191,  Revised  Statutes  of  Wisconsin,  1878. 

t  See  two  excellent  articles  on  “The  Medical  Witness,"  by  Dr.  W.  Hobbs,  Trans.  1877 
and  1878,  Indiana  State  Medical  Society. 

J  See  Author's  Address  on  Medical  Jurisprudence,  “Trans.  International  Medical 
Congress,”  Philadelphia.  1876. 


92 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


I  cannot  leave  this  subject  of  medical  witnesses,  without 
recording  the  greatest  triumph  yet  accomplished  by  American 
Medical  Jurisprudence,  a  triumph  which,  on  this  subject,  places 
Massachusetts  in  advance  of  every  English-speaking  people. 
For,  of  these,  all  others  still  maintain  that  insult  to  medical,  as 
it  is  to  legal  science,  the  medico-legal  office  of  coroner ;  who, 
common  sense  dictates,  should  be  both  a-  medical  and  legal  ex¬ 
pert,  but  whom  our  medieval  laws  encourage  to  be  neither. 
Louisiana,  makes  herself,  in  this  matter,  exceptionally  ridicu¬ 
lous  by  enacting  the  superfluous  negation,  “that  it  shall  not  be 
necessary  that  he  (the  coroner)  shall  have  had  a  medical  or 
surgical  education,  or  have  been  a  regular  practitioner  of  either 
branch  of  science.”*  ( )n  the  other  hand,  Louisiana  has  wisely 
required  from  every  coroner  an  annual  statistical  report  to  the 
General  Assembly,  but  though  such  a  consolidated  report  would 
prove  extremely  instructive,  and  tend,  as  it  has  done  in  Eng¬ 
land,  to  destroy  all  respect  for  the  coroner’s  office,  who  ever 
saw  such  a  consolidated  report,  or  ever  heard  of  the  execution 
of  this  law !  t  But,  returning  to  the  instructive  example  of  tri¬ 
umphant  progress,  permit  me  to  report,  that  on  October  4, 1870, 
at  a  stated  meeting  of  the  councillors  (delegates)  of  the  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Medical  Society,  it  was  “voted  that  a  committee  of 
five  be  appointed,  to  take  into  consideration  the  defects  of  the 
present  laws  relative  to  the  appointment  and  practices  of  coro¬ 
ners,  so  far  as  these  defects  involve  the  medical  profession,  and 
to  report  at  the  next  meeting  what  action,  if  any,  is  desirable.” 
At  the  next  meeting,  February  7,  1877,  this  action  was  strength¬ 
ened;  and  at  the  annual  meeting,  June  12,  1877,  the  committee 
reported  that  it  had  “met  with  speedy  and  remarkable  suc¬ 
cess.”  In  fact  on  May  9,  1877,  the  Governor  had  approved  “an 
act  to  abolish  the  office  of  coroner,  and  to  provide  for  medical 
examinations  and  inquests  in  cases  of  death  by  violence.”  The 
pith  of  this  law  is  as  follows:  While  coroners  have  been  re¬ 
quired  in  Massachusetts — as  they  now  are  elsewhere — to  dis¬ 
charge  the  incompatible  duties  of  medical  examiner  and 
judge — that  is,  of  an  expert  medical  witness  and  of  an  expert 
judge  of  law — Massachusetts  has  now  divorced  this  ill-assorted 
union  of  centuries ;  has  created  the  “Medical  Examiner”  for 
the  performance  of  one  duty,  and  has  transferred  the  other  to 
the  judges  of  the  courts,  and  has  specially  enacted  that 
“  whether  a  homicide  has  been  committed  or  not  is  a  medical 
question,  and  whether  that  homicide  be  the  result  of  accident, 
or  be  justifiable  homicide,  or  manslaughter,  or  murder,  is  a  le¬ 
gal  question. 

Thus,  laws  sanctified  by  centuries  of  hereditary  prejudice  and 
of  barbarous  precedent,  have  in  Massachusetts,  been  at  last 
beheaded  by  the  slaughtering  axe  of  common  sense,  which 
emphatically  claims  that  the  coroner’s  medical  duties  should 


*  Section  650,  Revised  Statutes  of  Louisiana,  1870. 
t  Section  67*2,  Revised  Statutes  of  Louisiana,  1*70 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


93 


1879J 


be  assigned  exclusively  to  a  competent  medical  expert,  and  his 
legal  duties  as  exclusively  to  a  competent  legal  expert.  Hail ! 
to  Massachusetts,  which  heads  the  cheerful  funeral  procession 
to  the  coroner’s  grave ;  the  tombstone  should  have  engraved 
on  one  face  “  Monstrum  horrendum  informe,  ingens,  cui  lumen 
ademptum” — and  on  the  other,  “  God  hath  numbered  thy  king¬ 
dom  and  finished  it;  thou  art  weighed  in  the  balance  and 
found  wanting;  thy  kingdom  is  divided  and  given  to”  the  doc¬ 
tors  and  the  judges.  The  results  of  this  novel  law,  not  yet 
perfected  by  experience  and  already  once  amended,  are  more 
harmonious,  successful  and  economical  than  the  results  of  the 
antiquated  laws  repealed,  and  an  active  Massachusetts  Medico- 
Legal  Society  has  been  stimulated  into  existence. 

As  no  science  is  more  progressive  than  medicine,  so  on  no 
men,  more  than  on  physicians,  is  it  oftener  and  more  incumbent 
to  “  honor  him  to  whom  honor  is  due.”  Theo.  II.  Tyndale,  Esq., 
of  Boston,  is,  I  am  assured,  the  enlightened  operator  who,  sub¬ 
jecting  his  patient,  the  Massachusetts  Legislature,  to  judicious 
preparatory  treatment,  met  with  “  speedy  and  remarkable  suc¬ 
cess  ”  in  the  unprecedented  operation  of  excising  this  foul  tu¬ 
mor  from  the  body  politic.  If  a  surgeon,  by  accident  or  skill, 
succeeds  in  a  hitherto  unsuccessful  operation,  the  plaudits  of 
the  profession  reward  him,  even  though  the  operation  be  not 
calculated  to  confer  a  fraction  of  the  benefit  which  will  ensue 
from  that  operation,  which  by  the  advice  and  aid  of  the  Massa¬ 
chusetts  Medical  Society,  was  performed  by  Mr.  Tyndale.  That 
both  operation  and  operator  are  so  little  known  to  and  honored 
by  the  profession,  proves  again  how  little  real  interest  is  taken 
in  State  Medicine.  That  both  may  be  better  appreciated,  it 
should  be  known  that  since  1875,  if  not  longer,  the  British 
Parliament,  prompted  by  the  British  Medical  Association,  has 
fully  recognized  the  disease  and  has  agreed  to  operate,  but  has 
not  yet  been  able  to  decide  upon  the  mode  of  operation.  Mr. 
Tvndale’s  method  is,  however,  as  eminent  for  its  simplicity  as 
for  its  success.  Yet  a  Louisiana  legislature  could  not  appar¬ 
ently  now  adopt  it,  since  Article  93  of  the  Constitution  of  1868 
requires  that  coroners  u  shall  be  elected,”  etc. 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  OR  PUBLIC  HYGIENE. 

No  one  of  tlie  four  branches  of  State  medicine  involves  the 
public  welfare  to  so  enormous  an  extent  as  preventive  medi¬ 
cine  ;  a  birth  of  this  century,  generated  by  the  conviction, 
forced  on  us  by  centuries  of  experience,  that  the  bounds  of 
curative  medicine  are  very  restricted,  and  that  the  faith  of  our 
fathers  in  the  discovery  of  an  elixir  vitae ,  or  of  a  panacea ,  was 
the  baseless  fabric  of  their  imaginations.  So  important  is  public 
hygiene  that  there  is  in  our  profession  a  strong  tendency, 
against  which  this  address  is  an  earnest  protest,  to  consider  it 
synonymous  with  State  medicine,  of  which  it  is  only  a  most  essen¬ 
tial  branch .  So  paramount  in  importance  is  public  hygiene  to  th  e 
public  good,  that  Dr.  Bowditch  estimates  this  country’s  annual 


94 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


deaths  by  preventable  diseases  to  be  not  less  than  one-fifth  of 
our  million  total  deaths;  while  many  authorities  will  concur 
with  me,  that  an  estimate  of  from  one-fourth  to  one-half  would 
more  nearly  approximate  the  frightful  truth.  Accepting  the 
lowest  estimate,  experience  seems  to  prove  that  there  are  many 
whose  imaginations  are  too  sluggish  to  respond  by  action  to 
the  dry  statistical  fact  that  200,000  people  (lie  annually  in  the 
United  States  by  avoidable  diseases.  It  may  aid  some  to 
realize  all  that  this  dry  fact  implies,  if  “the  mind’s  eye”  con¬ 
jures  up  a  vast  array,  the  more  horrible  because  avoidable, 
of  unnecessary  doctors,  nurses,  druggists,  undertakers,  anguished 
parents,  homeless  widows  and  destitute  orphans.  It  implies 
a  great  reduction  in  the  normal  duration  of  life,  and  thereby 
the  loss  of  inestimable  benefits  ;  such  benefits  as  a  community 
would  now  be  deprived  of  if  a  large  proportion  of  the  men,  at 
present  from  forty-five  to  sixty  years  of  age,  had  been  swept 
into  their  graves  prior  to  this  period  of  their  greatest  useful¬ 
ness.  It  implies  far  greater  public  injury  than  would  result  from 
the  diminution  of  immigration  to  the  extent  of  200,000  annual 
foreign  immigrants.  And,  if  the  average  value  of  a  freeman’s 
life  equals  $500,  or  the  value  of  a  slave’s,  and  if  the  time  of 
those  sick  and  attending  on  the  sick  has  an  average  value  to 
the  community  of  fifty  cents  a  day,  then  my  dry  statistical  fact 
no  longer  implies  but  proves  an  annual  national  loss  by  pre¬ 
ventable  disease  and  death  exceeding  $200,000,000 !  This  com¬ 
munity  painfully  realizes  its  loss  by  one  year’s  epidemic,  but 
like  other  communities,  it  suffers  every  year  as  great  a  loss, 
which  from  ignorance  and  habit  it  cannot  realize.  Were  our 
cotton  crop  destroyed,  exchange,  forum,  press  and  even  the 
pulpit  would  resound  with  lamentations  and  with  active  expe¬ 
dients  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  such  a  disaster,  and  yet 
preventable  disease  and  death  annually  inflict  a  damage,  which, 
though  unrealized,  is  very  real,  greatly  exceeding  in  money 
value  the  profits  on  the  whole  of  our  annual  cotton  crop.  Why, 
in  this  case,  is  there  neither  public  lamentation  nor  action  I 
Because,  public  teachers  have,  for  many  generations,  been  in 
the  habit  of  insulting  our  Creator  by  attributing  to  His  malev¬ 
olence  evils  really  due  to  our  own  ignorance  and  to  our  own 
filth.  Charity  cries :  “  Lord,  forgive  them ;  they  know  not 
what  they  do !” 

What  should  the  public  be  incessantly  taught  f  First,  the 
inalienable  right  of  every  human  being  to  be  supplied  with  un- 
contaminated  air,  water,  food,  soil  and  personal  surroundings; 
and  the  duty  of  tin?  State  to  allow  no  trespass  on  this  right 
from  negligence,  ignorance  or  greed  of  gain.  Secondly,  that 
the  causes  of  many  diseases  and  of  many  deaths  can  be  as  suc¬ 
cessfully  fenced  out  from  their  human  crop,  as  domestic  animals 
can  be  fenced  out  from  a  grain  crop ;  and  that,  as  powder  and 
other  explosives  are  by  law  stored  away  and  guarded,  so,  as 
one  instance  only,  a  small-pox  pustule,  potent  with  greater 
mischief  than  a  magazine  of  dynamite  should  be,  for  greater 


/ 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society . 


95 


reason,  stored  away  and  guarded.  And  last,  but  not  least,  that 
u  public  health  is  public  wealth  f  and  therefore,  the  public 
which  organizes  vigorously  and  spends  money  lavishly  to  van¬ 
quish  Indian  and  other  marauders,  should  make  as  efficient  war 
against  conquerable  morbific  foes,  which,  though  invisible,  are 
more  disastrous  to  both  life  and  property. 

After  many  years  of  special  study  each  additional  year  has 
increased  my  conviction  that  wherever  social  order  has  been 
firmly  secured  by  law,  there  the  supreme  subject  of  importance 
is  :  The  avoidable  causes  of  disease  and  death ,  their  extent ,  cost  and 
influence  on  morality  and  human  progress.  This  subject  is  so 
exhaustless,  so  varied  in  detail,  so  fruitful  to  study  and  dis¬ 
covery  and  so  little  understood  by  the  public  that  I  confess  my 
impatience  whenever  a  physician  discourses  to  a  public  audience 
on  any  other  subject ;  for  it  has  been  wisely  taught  that  u  the 
art  of  politics  (an  art  essential  to  the  progress  of  State  medi¬ 
cine)  is  to  try  to  get  ideas  stamped  as  deeply  as  possible 
into,  and  spread  as  widely  as  possible  among,  the  masses.” 
Germane  to  these  views  are  the  glad  tidings  that  on  March  31, 
1879,  the  Citizens’  Auxiliary  Sanitary  Association  of  New 
Orleans  was  organized — auxiliary  in  matters  of  public  health  to 
our  public  officials.  This  evidence  of  non-professional  interest 
in  public  hygiene  is  very  encouraging,  but  experience  warns  us 
not  to  be  too  sanguine,  and  that  it  will  require  at  least  one  year 
without  an  epidemic  of  yellow  fever,  to  test  the  earnestness  and 
the  enlightenment  of  this  association.  For,  ten  years  ago,  I 
ventured  to  warn  the  public  that  u  every  year  without  a  yellow 
fever  epidemic  was  a  year  nearer  to  it,”  and  added  that  u  em¬ 
press  seems  now  to  wait  with  inactive  silence  like  its  patron 
the  public,  for  another  overwhelming  pestilence,  such  as  the 
great  epidemic  of  1853,  which  galvanized  them  into  a  few 
spasmodic  efforts  resulting  in  some  ill-digested  and  worse  exe¬ 
cuted  laws,  a  quarantine  satisfactory  to  neither  contagionists 
nor  anti-contagionists,  and  an  impotent  board  of  health  utterly 
powerless  to  enforce  those  things  needful  for  the  public  health.” 
The  overwhelming  pestilence  of  1878  has  come  and  gone ;  it  has 
galvanized  the  public  into  efforts  which,  it  is  to  be  hoped,  even 
the  coming  year  may  serve  to  prove  are  not  merely  spasmodic , 
for  four  of  our  greatest  epidemic  years  (1839,  1847,  1858,  1807), 
during  the  past  forty  years  have  not  been  followed  by  an 
immediate  successor.  Persistence  in  sanitary  reform,  in  spite 
of  the  absence  of  epidemics,  is  the  only  test  of  the  enlighten¬ 
ment  of  the  reformer.  In  addition  to  the  organization  in  New 
Orleans  of  a  Citizens’  Sanitary  Association,  another  cause  for 
great  exultation  is  presented  in  a  fact  which  inspires  the  hope 
that  the  disastrous  epidemic  of  1878  may  yet  prove  to  be  an 
infinite  “  blessing  in  disguise.”  This  fact  is  the  recent  appro¬ 
priation  (on  March  4,  1879),  of  $50,000  by  Congress  to  establish 
at  last  a  “  National  Board  of  Health.”  But  1  have  wandered 
somewhat  from  my  theme,  which  strictly  is,  what  are  the 
various  subjects  which  belong  to  public  hygiene  and  require 


9G  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 

better  laws.  The  needs  of  this  State  and  of  others  will  now  be 
indicated. 

An  efficient  State  Board,  strengthened  by  auxiliary  local 
Boards  of  Health  and  the  Registration  of  Vital  Statistics, 
which  includes  the  registration  not  only  of  marriages,  births 
and  deaths,  but  also  of  prevailing  diseases,  are  fundamental 
necessities,  with  which  not  a  single  State  is  as  yet  adequately 
provided ;  and  yet  some  States*  have  laws  on  these  and  other 
subjects  to  be  mentioned,  much  superior  to  those  of  Louisiana. 

Health  is  preeminently  essential  to  happiness  and  usefulness, 
and  to  guard  it  some  special  knowledge  is  requisite;  yet  a 
knowledge  of  the  elements  of  hygiene — a  knowledge  much  more 
important  and  more  easily  acquired  than  geography — is  so  far 
from  being  taught  in  the  public  schools  of  the  State,  that  even 
the  teachers  know  nothing  about  it. 

Purity  of  air  is  man’s  prime  requisite,  and  purity  of  water 
is  only  second  in  importance ;  yet  not  a  State  has  laws  ade¬ 
quately  providing  these,  nor  to  repress  the  increasing  evils  of 
adulterated  foods.  Insanitary  occupations,  offensive  and  un¬ 
wholesome  disposal  of  the  dead,  and  many  other  sanitary  nui¬ 
sances  receive  little  attention  from  either  the  people  or  their 
lawmakers.  Every  large  city  has  tenement  or  other  crowded 
houses  for  the  poor,  so  constructed  that  it  is  not  possible  for 
the  occupants  to  be  either  healthy  or  chaste,  and  in  which 
children  from  their  birth  are  seized  in  the  remorseless  arms  of 
this  age’s  Three  Furies — tilth,  disease  and  crime— yet  so  far  are 
our  laws  from  regulating  the  healthy  construction  of  dwelling- 
houses  that  this  is  not  done  even  for  public  edifices;  no,  not 
even  for  the  public  schools  of  our  children,  thus  educating 
them  in  anti-hygiene. 

Hot  a  State  has  laws  encouraging,  for  sanitary  purposes, 
either  drainage  or  irrigation.  Massachusetts  in  1849  effected 
a  sanitary  topographical  survey,  which  proved  of  great  value, 
and  a  second  one  was  in  1875  instituted  by  New  York;  but 
other  States  have  neglected  this  important  matter;  and,  in¬ 
stead  of  guiding  the  immigrants,  whom  they  seek  to  entice 
with  trustworthy  health  maps ;  they  supply  him  with  the 
seductive  but  false  certificates  of  ignorant  residents,  who  base 
their  worthless  convictions  on  such  facts  as  that  they  are  not 
dead  yet,  and  that  several  of  them,  who,  however,  never  happen 
to  have  about  them  a  legal  record  of  the  date  of  their  birth, 
are  one  hundred  and  more  years  old  ! 

Some  States  have  laws  to  protect  property  and  life  from  ex¬ 
plosive  illuminating  oils,  but,  in  most  of  these  States  as  in  this, 
the  greed  of  gain  lias  so  emasculated  these  laws,  that  property 
is  still  endangered,  while  health  and  life  are  sacrificed. 


*  Some  cities  have  an  efficient  registration  of  vital  statistics,  except  of  prevailing  dis¬ 
eases  ;  of  the  States,  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island  have  the  best. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


97 


Bowditch*  reports  that  while  eleven  States  have  laws  which 
served  to  protect  one  species  of  four-footed  beasts  from  the 
u  Texas  cattle  disease,”  only  twelve  States  have  laws  to  protect 
the  human  species  of  biped  from  yellow  fever,  sixteen  from 
cholera,  and  twenty-one  from  small  pox.  All  know  how  defec¬ 
tive,  both  in  the  letter  and  in  execution,  these  laws  are  as  to 
the  preceding  and  all  other  contagious  and  infectious  dis¬ 
eases.  Thus  tar,  medieval  prejudice  lias  defeated  all  efforts  to 
stamp  out  syphilis.  This  dire  disease,  which  afflicts  the  inno¬ 
cent  and  the  unborn  as  well  as  the  guilty,  is  reported  to  have 
increased  to  such  extent  that  its  victims  are  computed  to  now 
number  as  many  as  one  in  every  twenty  of  the  population. 
What  can  be  done  ?  1  have  for  years  advocated  (in  my  profes¬ 
sorial  lectures)  one  measure  which  should  be,  and  I  doubt  not 
will  be  eventually  adopted — a  measure  which  received  in  1878 
the  advocacy  both  of  the  President!  and  of  an  able  essayist! 
of  the  Maine  Medical  Association.  The  measure  thus  advo¬ 
cated  is  the  castration,  or  spaying,  not  only  of  the  syphilitic, 
the  leper,  the  idiot,  and  the  habitual  criminal — when  found 
guilty  of  indulging  in  sexual  intercourse — but  also  of  all  other 
persons  who  would  with  certainty  transmit  to  their  progeny 
the  irreparable  curse  of  a  corrupted  organization.  There  is  no 
debt  to  posterity  more  obligatory  than  is  this.  The  laws  of 
our  pious  grandfathers  used  this  penalty  to  punish  evil-doers 
who  inflicted  on  society  far  less  evil  than  do  those  for  whom 
the  resuscitation  of  this  penalty  is  now  advocated. 

Such  is  a  brief  and  partial  record  of  the  various  subjects 
appertaining  to  Public  Hygiene,  subjects  illustrative  of  the 
needs  of  the  people,  and  therefore  demanding  the  advo¬ 
cacy  of  an  organized  medical  profession.  But  common 
sense,  discouraged  by  innumerable  evidences  of  popular 
ignorance,  rudely  awakens  us  from  dreams  of  a  sani¬ 
tary  Utopia,  and  commands  us  to  concentrate  our  strength  on  the 
reforms  most  practicable  and  necessary.  The  reform  now  most 
necessary  is  the  establishment  of  an  efficient  State  Board  of 
Health,  having  control  of  an  efficient  system  for  the  Registra¬ 
tion  of  Vital  Statistics.  On  these  two  topics  some  additional 
information  and  suggestions  will  now  be  submitted. 

The  value  of  vital  statistics  is  so  little  appreciated  that  the 
medical  profession  should  familiarize  itself  with  arguments  to 
convince  the  public  of  their  value,  not  only  in  reference  to  the 
rights  of  property  and  other  judicial  requirements,  but  also  in 
reference  to  their  infinitely  greater  value  for  sanitary  purposes. 
Public  Hygiene  derived  its  birth  from  and  depends  for  its 
future  progress  on  vital  statistics,  and  every  argument  which 
favors  the  establishment  of  boards  of  health  is  an  argument 
in  behalf  of  vital  statistics,  for,  while  a  board  of  health  without 


‘“Hygiene  in  America,  1877,’'  a  vade  mecuni  of  the  American  sanitarian, 
tDr.  Gerrish  and  Or.  G.  F.  French.  Trans.  1878.  Me.  Medl.  Assn. 


13 


98 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


them  is  as  helpless  as  is  a  man  without  eyes  to  guide  him,  so, 
without  vital  statistics  the  public  is  destitute  of  the  only  valid 
test  of  the  value  of  a  board  of  health.  If  a  human  being  is 
much  more  valuable  to  the  State  thau  is  a  bale  of  cotton,  then 
statistics  of  the  human  crop  would  prove  much  more  valuable 
than  statistics  of  the  cotton  crop,  and  yet  every  newspaper  can  and 
does  furnish  statistics  as  to  the  cotton  crop,  such  as  no  man  can 
now  anywhere  procure  as  to  our  human  crop.  Vital  Statistics 
furnish  unerring  lessons  as  to  the  health,  prosperity  and  morals 
of  the  people  ;  they  teach  the  influence  of  marriage  on  illegiti¬ 
macy  and  morality  ;  the  fecundity  of  the  whole  people  and  of 
the  races  thereof;  the  vital  force  of  the  children ;  the  duration 
of  life,  with  its  expectation  and  value,  for  all  ages  and  races  ; 
the  influence  of  meteorology,  occupation,  locality,  in  generating 
disease  and  improving  healtn,  and  thereby  the  removal  of  un¬ 
favorable  conditions,  always  found,  even  where  least  suspected' ; 
and  the  approach  of  morbific  storms,  by  ignorance  of  which 
negligent  cities  and  even  nations  have  been  destroyed.  The  only 
foundation  of  life  insurance,  vital  statistics  serve  alike  to 
guide  the  resident  and  the  immigrant,  the  capitalist  and  the 
laborer,  the  politician  and  the  statesman,  the  moralist  and  the 
scientist.  Ignored  or  disparaged  by  the  average  American 
State-legislator,  they  have  been  advocated  and  supported  by 
Napoleon  and  Thiers,  by  Bismarck  and  Cavour,  by  Gladstone 
and  Disraeli ;  and  their  establishment  has  become  a  test  of  the 
degree  of  civilization  reached  by  a  people  and  their  rulers. 

Louisiana  needs  the  warning  that  the  experience  of  other 
States,  has  abundantly  proved,  that  trustworthy  reports  of  vital 
statistics  cannot  be  obtained  from  the  voluntary  action  even  of 
medical  men;  that  an  adequate  penalty  must,  in  case  of  negli¬ 
gence,  be  enforced  on  all  from  whom  the  law  may  require  re¬ 
ports  ;  aud  that  a  competent,  paid,  medical  official,  to  receive 
and  compile  the  reports,  is  indispensable. 

In  regard  to  State  Boards  of  Health,  the  following  facts  de¬ 
serve  to  be  better  known :  after  thirty  years  of  effort  by  the 
medical  profession,  Massachusetts,  in  1809,  legislated  into  ex¬ 
istence  the  first  State  Board  of  Health  and  Vital  Statistics 
organized  in  the  United  States.  This  prolonged  effort  was  no 
doubt  used  in  conciliating  that  legal  maxim,  which  declares 
that  “  no  law  can  successfully  precede  its  public  sanction,”  and 
serves  to  explain,  at  least  in  part,  the  pre-eminent  success 
of  this  Board.  However,  the  Governor  did  exercise,  in  the 
choice  of  members  of  the  Board,  an  amount  of  discretion  very 
unusual  to  politicians,  when  acting  in  medical  matters;  and 
the  legislature,  beginning  with  an  experimental  appropriation 
of  $3000,  for  the  first  year,  has  rapidly  trebled  it.  The  acknowl¬ 
edged  superiority  of  this  Board  is  sufficiently  proved  by  this 
fact,  among  many  others,  that  it  did  at  once  recognize  that  the 
greatest  obstacle  to  sanitary  progress  was  popular  ignorance, 
and  therefore  that  its  primary  duty  was  to  teach  the  people. 
Hence,  it  at  once  organized  a  corps  of  reliable  correspondents 


1879]  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  99 

throughout  the  State ;  it  solicits  reports  from,  and  issues  circu¬ 
lars  of  information  to,  all  the  doctors,  preachers,  teachers, 
county  and  State  officials,  newspapers  and  journals  in  Massa¬ 
chusetts;  and,  in  addition,  it  issues  and  freely  distributes  more 
than  10,000  copies  of  the  most  valuable  Annual  Health  Report 
ever  published  in  this  country.  Thus  by  enlightening  the  pub¬ 
lic  it  has  gained  its  favor,  and  has  thereby  increased  its  own 
power,  and  the  bounty  of  the  legislature.  So  great  is  this 
power,  that  it  triumphed  over  a  financial  combination  of  fifty 
slaughterhouses,  and  converted  these  health  and  life  destroying 
nuisances  into  sanitary  blessings ;  it  made  war  in  Boston  on 
the  pestilence-breeding  “  houses  of  the  poor,”  and  thus  so 
alarmed  the  politicians,  who  loving  their  country  much,  love 
votes,  even  of  the  sick  pauper,  more,  that  the  Board  summoned 
to  its  support  a  mass  meeting  of  the  people  and  was  sustained. 

Some  few  of  the  other  eighteen  State  Boards  of  Health — 
notably  that  of  Michigan — increase  the  hopes  inspired  by  Mas¬ 
sachusetts’  example ;  but  it  is  a  sad  truth  that  a  majority  of 
these  boards  are,  through  legislative  or  gubernatorial  action, 
mere  burlesques  on  sanitary  science.  Louisiana  has  legislated 
on  paper  a  State  Board  of  Health  and  Vital  Statistics ;  but  in 
reality  we  have  no  State,  merely  a  city,  board  of  health,  organ¬ 
ized  under  laws  which  nobody  except  politicians  (and  a  design¬ 
ing  or  ignorant  class  of  these)  can  possibly  approve.  The  eftbrts 
of  the  ‘‘legislative  committee”  of  this  society  to  improve  these 
laws  deserve  careful  consideration,  and  probably  our  support. 
If  consolation  is  derivable  from  the  superior  folly  of  others,  then 
Louisiana  is  consolable ;  for  some  other  States  have  certainly 
surpassed  her.  Georgia,  Virginia  and,  alas!  my  native  State, 
Mississippi,  have  legislated  State  Boards  of  Health  into  exist 
ence,  have  imposed  on  the  officers  onerous  and  expensive  duties, 
and  then  have  appropriated  for  the  execution  of  these  laws,  and 
the  discharge  of  these  duties — not  one  cent !  But,  in  any  record 
of  legislative  quackery,  North  Carolina  cannot  be  omitted,  for 
her  legislature,  apparently  emulous  to  humiliate  Virginia  (1874), 
Georgia  (1875),  and  Mississippi  (1877),  passed  a  similar  law 
(1877),  requiring  the  discharge  of  equally  onerous  and  expen¬ 
sive  duties,  and  then  enacted  “section  5,”  which  deserves  a 
prominent  place  in  that  Sanitary  Museum  which  we  some  day 
will  have,  as  Great  Britain  now  has.  It  reads :  “  For  the  pur- 
pose  of  defraying  the  necessary  expenses  of  the  board  of  health 
of  the  State  of  North  Carolina  in  the  discharge  of  its  official 
duties,  there  shall  be  paid  annually  out  of  the  treasury  of  the 
State  to  the  treasury  of  the  said  board  of  health,  upon  the 
requisition  of  the  president  and  secretary  thereof,  the  sum 
of  ONE  hundred  DOLLARS  ! !  ”*  None  the  less,  another  legis¬ 
lature  has  surpassed  all  these  in  ludicrous  legislation.  For 
years  the  Maine  Medical  Association  has  been  in  vain  solicit- 


*  It  is  gladly  annonnced  that  on  March  14,  1879,  North  Carolina  enacted  a  much  im¬ 
proved  hoard  of  health  law,  which  is,  however,  still  defective,  specially  as  to  an  adequate 
appropriation. 


100 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


mg  a  board  of  health,  which,  however,  it  will  very  certainly 
soon  get,  because  it  is  using  all  such  means  as  public  lectures, 
newspapers  and  journals  to  teach  the  people.  About  1876,  the 
doctors  urged  on  the  legislature,  among  other  things,  the  argu¬ 
ment  that,  inasmuch  as  the  State  paid  annually  $4000  bounty 
on  wolves  and  bears  to  protect  its  sheep,  its  human  animals 
were  entitled  to  similar,  even  if  to  less  favor,  to  protect  them 
from  such  wolves  and  bears  as  variola  and  scarlatina.  The 
Solons  of  Maine,  by  scratching  their  perplexed  heads,  at  last 
appreciated  the  logical  bait  prepared  by  cunning  doctors  to 
ensnare  them,  and  having  concentrated  the  full  force  of  their 
juridical  minds  on  devising  a  consistent  method  of  escape  from 
the  trap,  they  triumphantly  enacted  an  immediate  rej)eal  of 
the  bounty  on  wolves  and  bears ;  thus  leaving  wolves,  bears, 
voters  and  sheep  unmolested  by  the  equal  hand  of  justice  in 
their  “  struggle  for  existence.”  The  four  parties  interested 
were  all  deprived  of  farther  right  to  complain  of  “class  legisla¬ 
tion,”  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  sheep  of  Maine  have 
concluded  that  “  too  much  legislation  is  dangerous.” 

Thus  far,  effort  has  been  made  to  illustrate  the  benefits  to 
the  profession,  and  to  the  people  which  this  society  should  seek 
to  confer ;  and  now  much  briefer  consideration  will  be  given  to 
the  last  portion  of  my  subject — to  proofs  that  these  benefits, 
which,  in  a  free  country,  have  never  been  attained  by  other 
means,  can  be  conferred  by  an  organized  medical  profession. 

What  has  been  effected  by  the  20,000  physicians  of  Great 
Britain  will  serve,  in  part,  to  prove  what  might  be  effected  by 
the  60,000  physicians  of  these  United  States ;  and  because  of 
like  language,  laws  and  institutions,  the  successive  steps  by 
which  Great  Britain  has  made  its  noted  progress  in  State 
Medicine  are  worthy  of  our  special  study,  since  through  like 
progressive  steps  must  we  advance.  In  1882,  310  physicians 
founded  the  British  Medical  Association,  which,  extending  now 
its  arms  by  thirty -one  Branch  Associations  into  every  part  of 
the  three  kingdoms,  numbers  more  than  7000  members;  and, 
though  these  pay  an  annual  fee  of  only  $5,  the  revenue  of  the 
Association  amounts  to  $50,000.*  What  power  has  it  gained 
over,  and  what  benefits  has  it  conferred  on  the  profession  and 
on  the  public '? 

It  has  promoted  friendly  intercourse,  and  thereby  strength¬ 
ened  the  links  binding  the  units  to  the  mass ;  it  has  gained 
immense  control  over  medical  ethics,  and  thereby  established  a 
high  standard  of  professional  conduct,  and  greatly  increased 
both  its  social  and  its  political  influence;  it  has  fostered  scien¬ 
tific  debate,  as  also  greater  accuracy  in  clinical  and  all  medical 
studies ;  in  addition  it  appropriates  some  $2000  yearly  for  pro¬ 
moting  original  researches,  which  exalting  the  profession  have 


*The  British  Medical  Association  was  incorporated  in  1874.  Its  affairs  are  managed  by 
a  “  General  Council, ”  composed  of  one  delegate  for  every  twenty  members,  and  the 
authority  of  this  council  is  in  large  degree  delegated  to  twenty  members,  who  compose 
the  “  Committee  of  Conneil,"  which  meets  not  less  than  four  times  a  year. 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


101 


1879] 


blessed  humanity,  and  thereby  it  has  vastly  stimulated  the  pro¬ 
gress  of  medical  science.  It  has  raised  by  voluntary  subscrip¬ 
tion  a  ‘‘benevolent  fund,”  which  yields  more  than  13000  annu¬ 
ally,  and  thereby  it  constantly  contributes  “  temporary  relief 
to  distressed  medical  men,  their  widows  and  orphans.”  It  did 
in  1853  establish,  and  in  I860  greatly  improve,  its  weekly  offi¬ 
cial  organ,  that  noted  first  class  periodical  the  British  Medical 
Journal ,  and  thereby  it  has  constantly  instructed  and  stimu¬ 
lated  its  members — furnishing  this  valuable  journal  without 
cost — has  increased  its  membership  since  18(56  at  the  rate  of 
500  annually,  and  has  added  a  large  surplus  to  tne  revenue 
derived  from  the  annual  fee  of  its  members.  But,  great  as  are 
these  benefits  to  the  profession,  they  are  insignificant  when 
compared  with  those  conferred  on  the  public. 

Pari  passu  with  the  progress  of  the  British  Medical  Associa¬ 
tion,  medical  and  sanitary  measures  have  been  forced  upon  the 
attention  of  Parliament,  and  are  now  receiving  lrom  this 
enlightened  body  more  consideration  and  wiser  action  than  given 
by  any  other  national  legislature.  Parliament,  influenced  by 
the  British  Medical  Association,  has,  by  law,  greatly  improved 
the  status  and  efficiency  of  the  medical  officers  of  the  army, 
navy  and  “  Poor  Law  Medical  Service  f  has,  by  the  Registra¬ 
tion  Act  of  1858,  greatly  repressed  charlatanism,  and  has  nota 
bly  stimulated  medical  education,  not  only  by  this  means,  but 
also  by  establishing  boards  independent  of  medical  teachers  to 
examine  and  grant  diplomas;*  and  has  by  the  four  different 
Acts  of  1853, ’(51,  ’(57  and  ’71  forced  “compulsory  vaccination” 
on  all  infants  over  three  months  old  ;  thus  obviating  the  popu¬ 
lar  Anglo-American  outcry  against  invasions  of  the  “personal 
liberty  of  the  subject.”  But,  surpassing  in  importance  all 
these  and  other  unmentioned  laws,  are  the  six  public  health 
Actst  enacted  from  1848  to  1875,  which  have  established  on  a 
solid  foundation  an  efficient  system  of  public  hygiene,  with 
15.000  sanitary  districts  and  the  requisite  number  of  sanitary 
officers.  These  Acts  have  rendered  Great-  Britain  pre-eminent 
in  preventive  medicine,  and  have  secured  to  this  great  nation 
the  preservation  of  its  power  and  a  constant  increase  to  its 
prosperity.  But,  as  science  is  ever  progressing,  so  the  British 
Medical  Association  is  constantly  finding  old  structures  to 
demolish,  new  edifices  to  erect.  Among  these  it  will  soon 
demolish  the  coroner,  build  up  inebriate  asylums  and  other 
means  to  control  habitual  drunkards;  establish  compulsory 
revaccination  at  puberty,  and  erect  for  our  envious  admiration 
a  few  stately  “  Conjoint  Medical  Examining  Boards,”  which 
will  secure  the  people  not  only  qualified  physicians  but  also 
competent  midwives,  pharmacists,  dentists,  and  even  profes¬ 
sional  nurses. 


*  See  address  on  “Higher  Med.  Hd.,"  etc.,  by  Dr.  Wm.  Pepper.  Philadelphia.  1877. 

1  The  Public  Health  Act  of  1848,  the  Nuisances  Removal  Act  of  1855,  the  Local  Gov¬ 
ernment.  Act  of  1858,  the  Satiitary  Act  of  1866,  the  Public  Health  Act  of  1872,  and  the 
Public  Health  Act  of  August  21,  1875. 


102 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


With  this  imperfect  statement  of  what  has  been,  and  will 
soon  be  accomplished  by  the  British  Medical  Association,  atten¬ 
tion  should  be  directed  to  the  important  advantages  it  enjoys 
over  our  American  Medical  Association.  First,  the  small 
extent  of  Great  Britain,  the  density  of  its  population,  the  cheap¬ 
ness  and  quickness  of  travel,  all  tend  greatly  to  facilitate  asso¬ 
ciated  action.  Secondly,  the  British  medical  profession  has 
the  inestimable  advantage  as  to  State  Medicine,  that  it  is 
able  to  concentrate  its  whole  influence  solely  on  one  supreme 
legislative  body — Parliament — while  our  form  of  government, 
since  it,  for  the  most  part,  reserves  to  the  States  those  powers 
on  which  State  Medicine  depends,  forces  the  American  medi¬ 
cal  profession  to  fritter  away  its  influence  on  forty-eight  State 
and  Territorial  Legislatures.  Hence,  this  important  lesson, 
that  the  American  Medical  Association  is  not  so  important  to 
the  American  medical  profession  as  the  British  Medical  Associa¬ 
tion  is  to  the  British  medical  profession ;  and  that  our  thirty- 
seven  State  Medical  Societies  are  of  infinitely  greater  import¬ 
ance  to  our  medical  profession  than  the  thirty-one  British 
Branch  Associations  are  to  their  medical  profession.  However, 
there  are  but  few  States  in  which  the  medical  profession  seems 
to  realize  these  important  facts,  and  even  few  State  Medical 
Societies  which  seem  to  appreciate  what  is  their  chief  function. 
For,  if  the  promotion  of  State  Medicine  be  not  the  paramount 
object  of  a  State  Medical  Society,  then  what  is  its  chief  object, 
and  to  whom  else  would  it  transfer  the  interests  of  State  Medi¬ 
cine  I  Although  some  State  Medical  Societies  seem  oblivious 
to  this  duty,  none  the  less  the  length  of  this  address  could  be 
readily  doubled  in  enumerating  all  that  has  been  and  is  being 
done  by  others  of  them.  While  the  necessities  of  this  occasion 
will  not  permit  this,  it  is  incumbent  on  me  to  prove  that  State 
Medicine  has  been  and  can  be  promoted  in  our  own  as  well  as 
in  a  foreign  land  by  an  organized  medical  profession. 

The  first  proof  will  be  derived  from  the  Massachusetts  Medi¬ 
cal  Society,  which  numbers  in  its  membership  much  more  than 
half  the  regular  medical  profession  in  the  State,  has  one  branch 
in  every  county,  and  more  than  one  branch  in  several,  has  prop¬ 
erty  valued  at  more  than  $30,000  and  an  annual  income  of 
about  $7000.  All  that  it  has  done  need  not  be  stated,  for  it  will 
answer  my  purpose  to  recall  to  you  that  it  is  in  Massachusetts 
that,  are  found  the  best  State  Board  of  Health,  and  the  best 
Registration  of  Vital  Statistics  in  any  State,  and  the  Medical 
Examiner  occupying  the  larger  part  of  the  coroner’s  chair.  If 
our  society,  even  after  many  years,  should  succeed  in  only  this 
much,  then  our  society  would  merit  the  gratitude  of  the  people, 
and  would  certainly  receive  the  blessings  of  posterity. 

But  since  foreign  and  distant  examples  often  cause  conviction 
to  abort,  my  last  proof  shall  be  derived  from  a  State  whose 
boundaries  kiss  our  own,  and  whose  people  are  as  like  to  us  in 
virtues  and  in  faults,  and  as  beloved  by  us  as  brothers — the 
State  of  Alabama.  That  a  lesson  by  comparison  may  be  profit- 


1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


103 


able  the  comparison  should  be  just.  Then  what  advantage  has 
Alabama  over  Louisiana!  The  former  enjoys,  1  believe,  none 
over  the  latter  except  the  following:  In  1870  the  one  had  1418 
practitioners  of  medicine,  the  other  939 ;  the  one  had  19§  inhabi¬ 
tants  to  the  square  mile,  the  other  17A  ;  the  one  neither  had  nor 
has  a  large  proportion  of  its  population  crowded  into  one  great 
city,  thus  diminishing  the  density  of  population  in  the  coun¬ 
try — the  other  had  and  has  New  Orleans;  the  one  had  521,000 
white  population,  the  other  had  362,000;  the  one  had,  in  1878, 
1802  miles  of  railroad,  the  other  had  only  539  ;  the  one  organ¬ 
ized  its  first  State  Medical  Society  in  1848  and  it  lived  until 
1861,  the  other  in  1849  and  it  lived  only  until  1856;  and,  finally, 
the  Alabama  Society  was  reorganized  in  1868,  and  the  Louisiana 
society  not  until  1878.  Of  these  advantages,  only  one  will  be 
considered  in  replies  to  the  question :  What  good  use  has 
been  made  by  Alabama  of  the  ten  years  (1868-1878)  lost  by 
Louisiana  ! 

The  Alabama  Medical  Association  deliberately  considered 
for  three  years  the  construction  of  a  new  constitution,  which, 
peculiar  in  several  important  particulars,  specially  provided 
for  the  advancement  of  State  Medicine ;  and  it  dates  its  success 
from  the  adoption  of  this  constitution  in  1873.  It,  at  the  same 
time,  adopted,  as  guiding  principles,  that  it  would  u  never, 
under  any  circumstances,  demand  legislative  action  for  the 
express  and  exclusive  advantage  of  the  medical  profession,” 
and  that  it  would  maintain  as  a  primary  object  the  purification 
of  the  regular  profession  itself,  and  as  a  secondary  object,  the 
suppression  of  irregulars ;  in  addition,  it  seems  to  have  appre¬ 
ciated  the  great  necessity  there  is  that  every  scientific  society 
should  use  the  greatest  caution  in  attempting  to  influence  legis¬ 
lation  on  political,  or  personal,  or  class  matters,  and  on  matters 
unsettled  in  science.  The  results  which  have  followed  are,  that 
the  Alabama  society  has  organized  thirty-two  county  societies, 
which  have  382  members,  and  all  of  these  are  members  of  the 
State  Society;  in  1875  it  secured  from  the  Legislature  an  Act, 
which  constitutes  the  State  Society  the  State  Board  of  Health 
and  of  Vital  Statistics,  and  its  affiliated  county  societies  county 
boards  of  health;  and  in  1877,  the  Legislature  empowered  this 
society  to  appoint  a  State  Board  and  county  boards  of  Medical 
Examiners,  and  granted  to  these  the  extraordinary  power  to 
regulate,  exclusively  and  regardless  of  all  diplomas ,  the  practice 
of  medicine  in  Alabama,  determining  the  qualifications  neces¬ 
sary  therefor,  subject  to  the  sole  restriction — that  those  pro¬ 
posing  “  to  practice  any  irregular  system  of  medicine”  should 
be  authorized  to  practice,  if  found  qualified  in  other  branches 
than  therapeutics.  Thus,  Alabama  has  formally  recognized  the 
supremacy  of  the  regular  medical  profession,  subjecting  irregulars 
to  its  supervision ;  and  in  fact  has,  by  the  Acts  of  1875  and  1877, 
constituted  its  State  Medical  Society  a  veritable  medical  legis¬ 
lature,  as  to  both  Medical  Education  and  Public  Hygiene,  in- 


104 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


vesting  this  imperium  in  imperio  with  “  great  and  unprecedented 
powers.”  It  is  grievous  to  add  that  the  legislators  who  labored 
thus  well  in  the  right  direction  failed  to  make  any  appropria¬ 
tion  to  pay  the  expenses  indispensable  to  the  execution  of  these 
laws ;  and  it  is  very  .joyful  to  add  to  this,  that  the  Legislature 
did  in  1879  appropriate  $8000.  Who  of  you  will  not  gain 
courage  from  Alabama’s  example  ?  Who  of  you  will  not  earn¬ 
estly  hope  for  the  success  of  this  grand  experiment  in  State 
Medicine ;  and  who  of  you  will  deny  that  I  have  now  fully 
proved  all  I  promised?  But,  if  we  are  to  pay  “honor  to  him 
to  whom  honor  is  due,”  then,  in  connection  with  the  Alabama 
State  Medical  Association,  must  be  mentioned  the  name  of  Dr. 
Jerome  Cochran,  of  Mobile,  to  whom  is  due  its  constitution, 
and  to  whom  is  largely  attributable  the  prosperity  of  the  asso¬ 
ciation  and  the  consequent  progress  of  State  Medicine  in  Ala¬ 
bama. 

In  conclusion,  permit  me,  fellow-members,  through  you  to 
call  the  attention  of  all  physicians  of  our  State  to  the  many 
recounted  evils  which  are  indicted  by  ignorance  and  negligence 
of  State  Medicine  and  to  the  following  considerations.  As 
this  society  is  not  composed  of  visionary  enthusiasts,  we  can¬ 
not  indulge  the  extravagant  hope  that  we  can  remove  all  these 
evils  in  a  day,  nor  even  in  a  generation.  But,  none  the  less, 
we  can,  in  all  soberness,  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident; 
that,  as  surely  as  this  State  keeps  step  with  the  march  of  civ¬ 
ilization,  so  surely  must  these  evils  be  eventually  corrected ; 
that  a  beginning  must  be  made;  that  this  beginning  must 
be  originated  by  the  medical  profession ;  and  that  an  organ¬ 
ized  profession  is  the  only  agent  competent  to  deal  with 
these  evils — which  are  relics  of  professional,  as  well  as  of  pub¬ 
lic  ignorance. 

The  only  remedy  for  this  ignorance  is  instruction  by  lecture 
and  by  publication  which  necessitate  an  expenditure  of  money, 
beyond  the  means  of  this  society  as  of  most  others.  But,  if 
the  medical  profession  were  organized  in  county  societies,  these 
condensed  into  State  Societies,  and  these  aggregated  into  the 
American  Medical  Association ;  and  if  every  physician  cheer¬ 
fully  paid,  as  many  now  do,  annual  fees  of  from  $10  to  $15  to 
support  all  three  of  these,  it  would  be  difficult  to  exaggerate 
the  magnitude  of  the  power  which  medical  knowledge  would 
acquire  to  combat  ignorance.  Consider  the  inliuence  on  the 
sanitary  progress  of  the  nation,  and  of  every  State,  the  Ameri¬ 
can  Medical  Association  could  exercise  with  a  revenue  of 
$200,000,  which  it  would  have,  if  every  reputable  physician 
were  a  member ;  and  consider  what  could  be  accomplished  by 
our  society  it  every  physician  in  the  State  who  desired  to  do  no 
more,  did  no  more,  than  support  the  society  by  its  annual  fee, 
for,  if  means  to  publish  and  to  teach  were  supplied,  able  volun- 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


105 


teers  would  gladly  do  the  labor  u  without  money  and  without 
price,”  until  that  early  day  when  publications,  more  valuable 
than,  the  fee,  would  be  gratuitously  distributed  to  every  mem¬ 
ber,  as  is  now  done  by  the  British  Medical  Association.  Hav¬ 
ing  digested  these  considerations,  still  farther  consider  what 
can  be  the  degree  of  enlightenment  of  the  many  physicians  of 
every  State  who  contribute  neither  money  nor  presence  to 
medical  organization ;  what  the  enlightenment  of  some  county 
societies,  which  were  so  dissatisfied  with  an  annual  fee  to  the 
State  Society  of  $1,  for  each  member  that  the  Texas  State  Med¬ 
ical  Association  was  forced,  in  1878,  to  reduce  this  fee  to  a 
homoeopathic  fifty  cents.  In  face  of  such  examples,  for  what 
reason  does  the  medical  profession  arrogate  to  itself  the  right 
to  denounce  the  ignorance  of  the  people  ?  By  what  right  does 
the  profession  arraign  the  x>eople’s  representatives  who,  for  the 
most  part,  are,  as  you  know,  superior  to  their  constituents  in 
little  except  in  the  art  to  secure  and  to  use  their  votes ;  and 
differ  from  them  in  little  except  m  the  psychological  peculiar¬ 
ity  that  their  judgment  will  not  approve  the  day  after  election 
the  very  measures,  which,  if  set  on  foot  the  day  before,  they 
would  have  cheerfully  pledged  themselves  to  support  ?  Before 
expecting  the  support  of  these  we  must  convert  to  the  u  gospel 
of  health”  the  preachers,  the  school  teachers,  the  editors,  and 
above  these  the  lawyers,  especially  those  of  them  who  honor 
the  fundamental  principles  of  the  law  more  than  its  precedents. 
But  our  first  and  greatest  need,  like  charity,  begins  at  home, 
for  most  of  all  we  need  to  convert  our  own  profession. 

Even  we,  who  are  now  present  and  ready  for  duty,  have 
sadly  lagged  behind  our  professional  brothers  in  other  States, 
and  have  incurred  reproach.  We  have  the  right  to  urge  that 
four  years  of  fatricidal  war,  followed  by  eleven  years  of  legal¬ 
ized  rapine  and  anarchy,  kept  Louisiana  as  she  was  left,  pov¬ 
erty-stricken  and  demoralized,  mourning,  in  ragged  garments, 
over  desolated  and  impoverished  homes,  and  over  the  graves  of 
the  best  and  bravest  of  her  sons ;  that  not  until  1877  did  we 
secure  civilization’s  first  great  need,  social  order,  for,  only  then 
was  the  protracted  experiment — whether  political  art  could  by 
legal  device  enable  ignorance  and  vice  to  permanently  rule  over 
intelligence  and  virtue — decided  in  favor  of  civilization’s  and  of 
nature’s  law — the  survival  of  the  fittest — a  law  which,  like  all 
of  inexorable  nature’s,  man,  aye,  even  senators  and  presidents, 
struggle  against  in  vain.  For  these  reasons,  Louisiana  was, 
in  the  nation’s  centennial  year,  the  only  one  of  the  thirty-eight 
States,  except  the  new-born  and  sparsely  inhabited  mining 
State  of  Nevada,  which  had  no  State  Medical  Society,  and  did 
not  initiate  until  1877  the  efforts  which  the  year  after  organized 
this  society. 

Bom  after  travail  so  arduous  and  protracted,  born  the 
14 


100 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


harbinger  of  social  order  and  prosperity,  shall  we  not  join 
hands  in  its  support  so  earnestly  and  unselfishly  that  we  shall 
preserve  it  from  the  fate  of  its  predecessor ;  make  it,  in  gener¬ 
ous  emulation,  the  equal  of  its  sister  organizations ;  and,  while 
rendering  it  a  blessing  to  our  profession,  render  it  a  still  greater 
blessing  to  our  people  f  If  this  effort  meets  with  failure  it  will 
be  due,  not  to  the  people  nor  to  their  representatives,  nor  to 
any  other  class  so  much  as  to  the  medical  profession  itself; 
and  the  public  will  be  justified  in  indorsing  this  our  proclama¬ 
tion  to  the  medical  profession  of  Louisiana — 

“The  fault,  dear  [doctors,]  is  uot  in  our  stars, 

But,  iu  ourselves,  that  we  are  underlings.” 


Comparative  Pathology  of  Malarial  and  Yellow  Fevers. 

BY  JOSEPH  JONES,  M.JL)., 

Professor  of  Chemistry  autl  CJinical  Medicine.  Medical  Department  University  of  Louis¬ 
iana;  Visiting  Physician  of  Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans. 


Gentlemen : 

The  title  of  the  paper  which  1  proposed  to  prepare  at  the 
close  of  the  last  session  of  the  Medical  Association  of  Louis¬ 
iana,  was  the  comparative  pathological  anatomy  of  malarial  and 
yellow  fevers ;  when  the  transactions  were  published,  I  found 
that  the  title  of  the  proposed  voluntary  communication,  em¬ 
braced  a  far  wider  field.  Pathology,  in  its  widest  acceptation, 
treats  of  the  origin,  history,  causes,  symptoms  and  effects, 
nature  and  differences  of  diseases.  A  discourse  on  the  doc¬ 
trine  of  diseases  should  even  embrace  the  theories  of  preven¬ 
tion,  prophylaxis  and  treatment.  I  am  therefore,  embarrassed 
by  the  magnitude  of  the  subject ;  and  my  chief  difficulty  lies 
in  the  selection  and  presentation  of  such  materials  as  Mill  in 
the  brief  space  of  time  at  my  command,  best  advance  the 
scientific  interests  of  this  honorable  and  learned  Association. 

The  investigation  of  any  specific  disease,  should  embrace, 
1st,  its  origin  m  time  and  space;  2d,  history  ;  3d,  relations  to 
climate,  soil  and  waters ;  4tli,  relations  to  race,  food  and  sani¬ 
tary  conditions,  habits  and  occupations  of  human  beings;  5th, 
accurate  records  of  the  symptoms  at  stated  periods  of  the  day 
and  night,  exhibiting  the  changes  of  temperature,  pulse  and 
respiration,  and  unfolding  accurately  the  manifestations  of  the 
nervous,  muscular,  cutaneous,  circulatory,  alimentary  and 
urinary  systems ;  Oth,  microscopical  examinations  of  the  blood, 
associated  also  .with  microscopical  .and  chemical  analysis  of  the 
air  and  waters ;  7th,  chemical  analysis  of  the  blood  ;  8th,  chem¬ 
ical  and  microscopical  analysis  of  the  urine,  sweat,  saliva,  gas- 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


107 


trie  and  intestinal  juices  and  excretions  and  morbid  products ; 
9th,  chemical  and  microscopical  examination  of  the  various 
organs  and  secretions  as  the  bile  ;  10th,  post-mortem  observa¬ 
tions  of  changes  of  temperature ;  11th,  post-mortem  examina¬ 
tions,  embracing  accurate  details  as  to  the  physical,  chemical 
and  microscopical  characters  of  the  solids  and  fluids ;  12th,  pre¬ 
vention  ;  13th,  prophylaxis ;  14th,  treatment ;  15th,  relations 
of  symptoms,  pathological  chemistry  and  physics,  and  patho¬ 
logical  anatomy,  to  analogous  conditions  and  changes,  in  related 
and  diverse  diseases. 

Even  if  the  investigations  as  to  the  nature,  causes  and  treat¬ 
ment  of  malarial  and  yellow  fevers,  were  so  far  advanced  as  to 
admit  of  the  widest  and  most  positive  generalizations,  time  on 
the  part  of  the  speaker,  and  patience  on  the  part  of  the  hearer 
would  be  wanting  upon  the  present  occasion ;  and  we  shall 
content  ourselves  chiefly  with  the  presentation  of  such  results 
of  our  investigations  as  bear  upon  the  following  points  : 

1st.  The  history  of  yellow  fever,  more  especially  in  Louisiana. 

2d.  Relations  of  the  yellow  fever  as  it  prevails  in  Louisiana 
to  climate.  * 

3d.  General  outline  of  the  symptoms  and  pathological  anat¬ 
omy  of  yellow  fever. 

We  shall  endeavor  to  illustrate  each  division  of  our  subject 
by  comparative  observations  on  malarial  fever,  and  by  actual 
demonstrations  with  pathological  specimens,  microscopical  ob¬ 
jects,  colored  drawings,  and  tabulated  statements.  We  do  not 
desire  to  burden  this  Association  with  the  charge  of  this  mass 
of  material  which  will  find  its  proper  place  in  the  2d  volume  of 
my  Medical  and  Surgical  Memoirs,  which  will  relate  chiefly  to 
the  fevers  and  diseases  of  our  Southern  States.  In  sanitary 
science  as  well  as  in  political  history,  we  can  form  a  correct 
estimate  of  the  future,  only  by  a  careful  study  of  the  experience 
of  the  past;  and  hence  all  that  relates  to  the  past  history  of  a 
terrible  scourge  which  has  upon  several  memorable  occasions, 
and  more  especially  during  the  past  year  carried  terror,  suffer¬ 
ing  and  death,  far  into  the  interior  of  the  North  American  Con¬ 
tinent,  should  command  the  attention  of  the  medical  profession 
as  the  natural  guardians  of  the  public  health.  The  early  his¬ 
tory  of  yellow  fever  in  New  Orleans,  is  of  special  interest,  not 
merely  to  this  State  and  country,  but  to  all  other  civilized  na¬ 
tions,  as  she  is  the  grand  emporium  of  all  the  vast  tracts  trav¬ 
ersed  by  the  Mississippi,  the  Missouri,  and  their  tributary 
streams,  and  enjoys  a  greater  command  of  internal  navigation 
than  any  other  city  of  either  the  old  or  new  world.  The 
Mississippi  drains  the  greater  part  of  the  territory  of  the 
United  States  lying  between  the  Alleghany  and  the  Rocky 
Mountains ;  its  basin  more  than  equal  in  area  to  the  whole 
Continent  of  Europe,  exclusive  of  Kusssia,  Norway  and  Swe¬ 
den,  is  greatly  diversified  in  soil,  in  climate  and  in  produc¬ 
tions,  and  opens  to  commerce  more  than  20,000  miles  of  nav¬ 
igable  rivers,  all  tributary  to  the  great  Mississippi. 


108 


A  bstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


No  city  in  the  world  lias  suffered  more  obloquy  than  New 
Orleans,  in  relation  to  health,  and  more  especially  in  regard  to 
its  oft’  recurring  epidemics  of  yellow  fever.  It  would  not  be 
beyond  the  bounds  of  truth  to  affirm,  that  but  for  this  American 
scourge,  New  Orleans,  even  at  this  day,  would  have  exceeded 
every  other  city  of  America,  as  well  in  the  magnitude  of  its 
imports  as  of  its  exports.  If  by  the  application  of  all  the  facts 
known  to  science,  the  sanitary  condition  of  New  Orleans  can  be 
so  far  improved  as  to  exclude  yellow  fever,  it  is  not  unreason¬ 
able  to  believe,  when  we  consider  the  boundless  extent  and 
extraordinary  fertility  of  the  basins  of  the  Mississippi  and 
Missouri,  that  New  Orleans  is  destined  to  become  the  great 
emporium,  not  of  America  only,  but  of  the  world.  Even  at  the 
present  day,  she  holds  commercial  relations  with  almost  every 
maritime  nation  and  large  city  of  the  globe ;  and  as  the  repre¬ 
sentative  and  port  of  this  mighty  valley,  her  health  and 
prosperity  is  not  merely  national  but  cosmopolitan. 

Yellow  fever  in  its  origin  and  spread  is  governed  by  fixed 
laws,  which  have  their  origin  in  the  constitution  of  the  physi¬ 
cal  universe,  and  the  great  question  of  quarantine  must  be 
discussed  and  its  value  determined  by  the  adaptation  of  its 
regulations  and  restrictions  to  the  natural  history  of  the 
disease. 


MALARIAL  FEVER.  HISTORY. 

It  is  probable  that  the  v  arious  forms  of  paroxysmal,  marsh 
(paludal),  or  miasmatic  fever,  were  coeval  in  their  origin  and 
prevalence  with  the  occupation  of  tropical,  sub  tropical  and 
temperate  regions  by  the  human  race.  The  cause  of  these 
fevers  appear  to  have  existed  from  the  time  of  the  advent  of 
the  human  race  on  this  globe.  Accurate  descriptions  of  inter¬ 
mittent,  remittent  and  pernicious  malignant  fevers,  are  found 
in  the  earliest  medical  writers,  from  the  days  of  Hippocrates. 
And  numerous  facts  recorded  in  every  age,  show  that  countries 
are  unhealthy  in  proportion  to  the  quantity  of  marsh  or  un¬ 
drained  alluvial  soil  which  they  contain.  It  has  been  observed 
for  ages  that  the  mortality  of  countries  is  seriously  influenced 
by  the  condition  of  the  soil,  the  elevation  and  the  temperature. 

In  former  times,  before  the  introduction  of  bark  and  quinine, 
the  mortality  was  in  low  marshy  situations,  as  high  as  1  in  15 
of  the  inhabitants,  whilst  in  more  healthy  and  elevated  coun¬ 
tries,  it  did  not  average  annually,  more  than  1  in  40.  The 
connection  of  intermittent  and  remittent  fevers  with  warm 
moist  climates  and  marshy,  swampy,  ill  drained  and  badly  cul¬ 
tivated  countries,  is  well  established  by  the  histories  of  Home, 
Italy,  France,  Germany,  Holland  and  England,  and  of  the 
United  States.  The  experience  of  these  countries  have  estab¬ 
lished  the  great  fact,  that  drainage  and  agriculture  sensibly 
reduce  the  number  of  cases  of  this  disease ;  whilst  the  neglect 
of  drainage  and  agriculture  sensibly  increases  the  number  and 
severity  of  the  cases. 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


109 


1879] 


In  the  Southern  States,  especially  in  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina  and  Georgia,  the  inhabitants  suffered  severely  from 
the  gravest  forms  of  malarial  fever,  during  the  clearing  of  the 
dense  virgin  forests.  With  improved  drainage,  and  the  exten¬ 
sion  of  agriculture,  these  forms  of  malarial  fever  have  to  a  great 
extent  disappeared,  and  been  replaced  by  typhoid  fever.  During 
the  recent  civil  war,  1801,  1805,  when  immense  bodies  of  Con¬ 
federate  troops  were  assembled  along  the  low  marshy  and 
swampy  borders  of  the  Southern  States,  malaria  produced 
destructive  and  disastrous  effects,  not  only  destroying  many 
lives,  but  also  permanently  impairing  the  constitutions  of 
the  soldiers.  At  the  same  time  it  is  well  known  that  yellow 
fever  was  absent  from  the  southern  armies,  limited  epidemics 
and  sporadic  cases  occurring  only  at  Charleston,  Wilmington 
and  Norfolk  and  New  Orleans. 

The  sudden  liberation  of  the  slaves,  and  the  subversion  of 
the  political  and  agricultural  system  of  the  South,  at  the  close 
of  the  war,  caused  the  abandonment  of  many  well  cultivated 
and  thoroughly  drained  estates,  and  to  this  cause  chiefly,  must 
be  attributed  the  prevalence  since  the  war  of  that  severe  and 
fatal  form  of  malarial  fever,  attended  with  severe  jaundice  and 
luemorraghes  known  as  Inemorraghic  and  hsematuric  malarial 
fever. 

Malarial  fever  is  an  endemic  of  all  warm  climates,  it  has 
its  base  within  the  tropics  and  extends  northwards  till  it  is  ar¬ 
rested  by  decreasing  temperature.  It  is  very  prevalent  in  the 
West  Indies,  East  Indies,  India,  China,  and  along  the  southern 
coast  of  North  America,  and  within  the  Mississippi  Valley,  whilst 
it  is  almost  unknown  in  Nova  Scotia  and  in  the  New  England 
States  on  the  Atlantic  sea  board.  In  Europe  ague  is  endemic 
on  the  coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia,  beyond  latitude  92°  north. 
In  the  interior  valley  of  North  America.,  intermittent  fever  is 
the  prevailing  malady.  From  its  occurring  constantly  within 
the  tropics,  but  ceasing  far  south  of  the  Polar  circle,  it  appears 
that  a  high  temperature  is  a  condition  necessary  to  its  produc¬ 
tion,  but  this  can  only  be  considered  as  an  exciting  cause.  It 
is  found  that  a  summer  temperature  of  00°  is  necessary  to  the 
production  of  the  fever,  and  that  it  will  not  prevail  as  an  epi¬ 
demic  when  the  temperature  is  below  95°.  It  therefore  occurs 
in  winter  at  places  where  the  season  has  a  mean  temperature 
of  G0°  or  upwards,  as  at  Vera  Cruz,  Tampico,  Havana,  and  in 
certain  winters  in  New  Orleans.  But  at  this  latter  place,  and 
generally  under  the  30th  parallel,  where  the  mean  winter  tem¬ 
perature  is  under  50°  F.,  the  fever  is  suspended.  At  New 
Orleans  the  necessary  heat  exists  for  9  months  of  the  year, 
March  to  November ;  at  St.  Louis  5  months,  May  to  Septem¬ 
ber  ;  at  Montreal  4  and  Quebec  3  months.  A  continuance  of 
a  heat  of  more  than  two  months,  a  heat  equal  to  60°,  is  neces¬ 
sary  to  its  development ;  here  it  prevails  more  in  October  than 
April,  though  their  mean  temperatures  are  nearly  the  same, 
and  the  greatest  prevalence  of  malarial  fever  in  every  latitude 
is  generally  some  weeks  after  hottest  months  of  the  year. 


10 


[July 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 

YELLOW  FEVER  HISTORY. 

Yellow  fever  with  syphilis  have  been  regarded  as  strictly 
American  diseases,  the  medical  history  of  which  do  not  ante¬ 
date  the  discoveries  of  Columbus.  With  reference  to  the  latter 
disease,  my  explorations  of  the  mounds  and  stone-graves  of  the 
Mississippi  Valley  have  established  the  important  fact  that 
undoubted  marks  of  syphilis  are  to  be  found  in  the  diseased 
bones  of  the  aborigines,  whose  remains  antedate  the  advent  of 
Europeans  on  the  North  American  continent. 

After  a  critical  examination  of  the  works  of  Herodotus, 
Strabo,  Justin,  Cornelius,  Nepos,  Eutropius,  Plutarch,  Titus 
Linus,  Thucidides,  Homer,  Sallust,  Virgil,  Flores,  Vallerius, 
Particulus,  Caesar,  Horace,  Cicero,  Xenophon,  and  Tacitus,  we 
have  failed  to  recognize  .the  disease  now  called  yellow  fever, 
in  any  descriptions  of  particular  plagues  or  allusions  to 
any  pestilence :  and  in  like  manner,  whilst  in  the  writings  of 
the  middle  ages  we  have  descriptions  of  wide-spread  and  mortal 
plagues,  amongst  which  may  be  recognized  the  oriental  glan¬ 
dular  plague,  small  pox,  measles,  typhus  and  typhoid  fevers, 
the  sweating  sickness,  elephantiasis  or  leprosy,  cholera,  dysen¬ 
tery,  and  cerebro-spinal  meningitis;  yellow  fever  finds  no 
place  in  these  annals  of  general  history,  or  of  medicine,  previous 
to  the  discovery  of  America  by  Columbus. 

WAS  YELLOW  FEVER  KNOWN  TO  THE  ABORIGINES  OF  AMERICA 
BEFORE  ITS  DISCOVERY  BY  COLUMBUS  1 

As  we  have  failed  to  find  any  history  or  record  of  yellow 
fever  before  the  voyage  of  Christopher  Columbus,  the  first 
question  of  importance  which  presents  itself  is,  whether  yellow 
fever  had  ever  prevailed  among  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of 
North  and  South  America  and  the  West  Indies  previous  to  the 
discovery  of  America  and  the  explorations  of  the  Spanish 
adventurers,  and  the  establishment  of  the  Spanish,  French, 
Portuguese,  Dutch  and  English  colonies  ? 

The  West  India  Islands  and  certain  portions  of  North  and 
South  America,  as  the  Valley  of  the  Mississippi,  Mexico,  Central 
America  and  Peru  appear  to  have  been,  at  the  time  of  their 
discovery  by  Europeans,  peopled  with  a  sufficiently  dense  popu¬ 
lation  for  the  existence  of  those  conditions  upon  which  the 
origin  and  spread  of  certain  diseases  depend.  The  wholesale 
destruction  of  the  native  population  by  cruel  wars,  and  by  still 
more  cruel  slavery,  and  by  the  introduction  of  certain  diseases, 
as  the  small  pox,  as  well  as  the  wanton  destruction  of  the  pic¬ 
torial  works  by  which  the  hieroglyphics  of  the  more  advanced 
nations  of  America  might  have  been  deciphered,  and  the  sudden 
and  utter  subversion  of  the  systems  of  religion  and  science 
peculiar  to  these  people,  and  the  rapid  disappearance  of  the 
royal  families  and  priests  who  were,  as  in  ancient  Egypt,  the 
custodians  of  the  national  science  and  art,  have  involved  in 


1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


Ill 


obscurity  many  subjects  of  great  and  lasting  interest  to  the 
medical  historian. 

The  medical  historian  has  only  imperfect  and  doubtful  data 
upon  which  to  found  any  opinion  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
epidemic  and  contagious  diseases  which  afflicted  the  aborigines 
previous  to  the  discovery  of  the  Western  hemisphere. 

That  the  more  populous  nations  of  America  were  not  exempt 
from  diseases  of  an  epidemic  and  pestilential  nature,  has  been 
well  established. 

ANALOGIES  BETWEEN  THE  MEXICAN  PESTILENCE  MATLAZA- 
HUATL  AND  YELLOW  FEVEK. 

The  pestilence  called  by  the  Mexicans  u  Matlazaliuatl  ”  deso¬ 
lated  the  cities  of  the  Toltecs  in  the  eleventh  century,  and 
forced  them  to  abandon  Mexico,  and  to  continue  their  migra¬ 
tions  southward,  and  to  the  west  and  northwest  ;  it  invaded  the 
populous  cities  of  Central  America,  and  a  similar  disease  com¬ 
mitted  great  ravages  amongst  the  Indian  tribes  which  occupied 
the  country  between  the  mountains  and  the  Atlantic  coast  a 
few  years  before  the  landing  of  the  Pilgrim  Fathers. 

The  Matlazaliuatl,  a  disease  closely  resembling  yellow  fever, 
but  which  is  said  to  be  peculiar  to  the  Indian  race  of  America, 
has  seldom  appeared  more  than  once  in  a  century ;  it  raged  in 
the  eleventh  century  amongst  the  Toltecs,  it  made  great  ravages 
amongst  the  Mexicans  in  1545,  1576,  1736,  1737,  1761  and  1763, 
and  amongst  the  Indians  of  the  Atlantic  coast  in  1618  and 
1619. 

According  to  Alexander  Humboldt,  the  Matlazaliuatl, 
although  pestilential  in  its  nature,  and  attended  with  haemor¬ 
rhage  from  the  nose  and  stomach,  was  distinct  from  the  Vomito 
Prieto,  and  was  peculiar  to  the  aborigines  of  America.  The 
Spanish  authors  call  this  disease  a  plague.  The  following  pas¬ 
sage  from  Humboldt’s  “  Political  Essay  on  New  Spain  ”  appears 
to  embody  all  that  is  known  with  reference  to  the  nature  of  the 
Matlazaliuatl  of  the  Mexicans  : 

“  The  Matlazaliuatl,  a  disease  peculiar  to  the  Indian  race, 
seldom  appears  more  than  once  in  a  century.  It  raged  in  a 
particular  manner  in  1545,  1576  and  1736.  It  is  called  a  plague 
by  the  Spanish  authors.  As  the  latest  epidemic  took  place  at 
a  time  when  medicine  was  not  considered  as  a  science,  even  in 
the  capital,  we  have  no  exact  data  as  to  the  Matlazaliuatl.  It 
bears  certainly  some  analogy  to  the  yellow  fever  or  black  vomit¬ 
ing;  but  it  never  attacks  white  people,  whether  Europeans  or 
descendants  from  the  natives.  The  individuals  of  the  race  of 
Caucasus  do  not  appear  subject  to  this  mortal  typhus,  while,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  yellow  fever  or  black  vomiting  very  seldom 
attacks  the  Mexican  Indians.  The  principal  site  of  the  Vomito 
Prieto  is  the  maritime  region,  of  which  the  climate  is  excessively 
warm  and  humid ;  but  the  Matlazahuatl  carries  terror  and  de¬ 
struction  into  the  very  interior  of  the  country,  to  the  central 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


112 


[July 


table  land,  and  the  coldest  and  the  most  arid  regions  of  the 
kingdom. 

u  Father  Forribio,  a  Franciscan,  better  known  by  his  Mexican 
name  of  Motolina,  asserts  that  the  small  pox  at  its  introduc¬ 
tion  in  1520,  by  a  negro  slave  of  Narvaez,  carried  off  half  the 
inhabitants  of  Mexico.  Toquemada  advances  the  hazardous 
opinion  that  in  the  two  Matlazabuatl  epidemics  of  1545  and 
1570,  800,000  Indians  died  in  the  former,  and  2,000,000  in  the 
latter.  But  when  we  reflect  on  the  difficulty  with  which  we 
can  at  this  day  estimate  in  the  eastern  parts  of  Europe  the 
number  of  those  who  fall  victims  to  the  plague,  we  shall  very 
reasonably  be  inclined  to  doubt  if  the  Viceroys  Mendoza  and 
Almanza,  governors  of  a  recently  conquered  country,  were 
able  to  procure  an  enumeration  of  the  Indians  cut  off  by  the 
Matlazahuatl.  1  do  not  accuse  the  two  monkish  historians  of 
want  of  veracity,  but  there  is  very  little  probability  that  their 
calculation  is  founded  on  exact  data. 

u  A  very  interesting  problem  remains  to  be  resolved.  Was 
the  pest  which  is  said  to  have  desolated  from  time  to  time  the 
Atlantic  regions  of  the  United  States  before  the  arrival  of  the 
Europeans,  and  which  the  celebrated  Kush  and  his  follow  ers 
look  upon  as  the  principle  of  the  yellow  fever,  identical  wi  h 
the  Matlazahuatl  of  the  Mexican  Indians  !  We  may  hope  that 
this  last  disease,  should  it  ever  reappear  in  New  Spain,  will  be 
hereafter  carefully  observed  by  the  physicians.” — u  Political 
Essay  on  the  Kingdom  of  New  Spain,”  vol.  i.,  pp.  117,  118. 

u  Long  before  the  arrival  of  Cortez  there  has  almost  periodi¬ 
cally  prevailed  in  New  Spain  an  epidemical  disease  called  by 
the  natives  Matlazahuatl,  which  several  authors  have  con¬ 
founded  with  the  Voinito  oryelhnv  fever.  This  plague  is  prob¬ 
ably  the  same  as  that  which  in  the  eleventh  century  forced  the 
Toltecs  to  continue  their  emigrations  southw  ards.  It  made 
great  ra  vages  amongst  the  Mexicans  in  1545,  1576,  1736,  1737, 
1761,  and  1763;  but  as  we  have  already  observed,  it  differs 
essentially  from  the  Vomito  of  Vera  Cruz.  It  attacked  few 
except  the  Indians  or  copper-colored  race,  and  raged  in  the  in¬ 
terior  of  the  country  on  the  central  table-land,  at  twelve  or 
thirten  hundred  toises  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  is  true, 
no  doubt,  that  the  Indians  of  the  valley  of  Mexico  who  per¬ 
ished  by  thousand  in  1761  of  the  Matlazahuatl,  vomited  blood 
at  the  nose  and  mouth  ;  but  these  haematemeses  frequently  oc¬ 
cur  under  the  tropics,  accompanying  bilious  ataxical  (ataaiques ) 
fevers ;  and  they  w  ere  also  observed  in  the  epidemical  disease 
which  in  1759  prevailed  OA  er  all  South  America,  from  Potosi 
and  Oraso  to  Quito  and  Popazan,  and  which,  from  the  incom¬ 
plete  description  of  Ulloa,  was  a  typhus  peculiar  to  th£  ele¬ 
vated  regions  of  the  Cordilleras.  The  physicians  of  the  United 
States  who  adopt  the  opinion  that  yellow  fever  originated  in 
the  country  itself,  think  they  discover  the  disease  in  the  pests 
which  prevaled  in  1535  and  1612  among  the  red  men  of  Canada 
and  New  England.  From  the  little  which  wre  know  of  the 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


113 


Matlazahuatl  of  the  Mexicans,  we  might  be  inclined  to  believe 
that  in  both  Americas,  from  the  remotest  periods,  the  copper- 
colored  race  has  been  subject  to  a  disease  which  in  its  compli¬ 
cations  resembles  in  several  respects  the  yellow  fever  of  Yera 
Cruz  and  Philadelphia,  but  which  differs  essentially  from  it  by 
the  facility  with  which  it  is  propagated  in  a  cold  zone,  where 
the  thermometer  during  the  day  remains  at  ten  or  twelve  Centi¬ 
grade  degrees  (50°  and  58°  Fahrenheit).” — u  Political  Essay  on 
the  Kingdom  of  New  Spain,”  vol.  iv.,  pp.  135-137. 

During  the  four  centuries  in  which  the  monarchy  of  the  Toltecs 
lasted,  they  multiplied  considerably,  extending  their  popula¬ 
tion  in  every  direction  and  founding  numerous  and  large 
cities,  and  building  those  great  pyramids  and  monuments  which 
required  the  united  efforts  of  multitudes  for  their  completion  ; 
but  the  calamities  which  happened  to  them  in  the  first  year  of 
the  reign  of  Topillzia — A.  D.  1131-52 — gave  a  fatal  shock  to 
their  prosperity  and  power.  For  several  years  their  country 
was  afflicted  with  such  a  severe  drought  that  their  fields  failed 
to  yield  them  their  necessary  fruits;  the  air,  infected  with 
mortal  contagion,  filled  their  graves  with  the  dead,  and  the 
minds  of  the  survivors  with  consternation ;  a  great  part  of  the 
nation  died  by  famine  and  sickness,  and  the  wretched  remains 
of  the  nation,  in  order  to  save  themselves  from  the  common 
calamity  and  from  utter  destruction,  deserted  Mexico,  and 
sought  relief  from  their  misfortunes  in  other  countries.  There 
was  therefore  in  this  desolating  plague  of  the  Toltecs  the  usual 
association  of  famine  and  pestilence  ;  and  it  is  probable,  that 
as  in  the  history  of  many  other  nations,  the  former  was  the 
cause  of  the  latter,  and  that  the  disease  probably  partook  of 
the  nature  of  the  typhus  and  typhoid  fevers  of  the  present  day. 
Humboldt,  however,  does  not  appear  to  be  fully  sustained  in 
resting  his  opinion  as  to  the  absolute  difference  between  the 
Matlazahuatl  of  the  Mexicans  and  yellow  fever  ( vomit o  prieto J, 
upon  the  fact  that  the  former  prevailed  at  high  latitudes  and 
elevations. 

The  stereotyped  expressions  of  systematic  writers  as  to  the 
limitation  of  yellow  fever  to  certain  elevations,  must  in  the 
light  of  certain  facts  be  abandoned.  It  has  been  supposed 
that  yellow  fever  was  confined  to  the  sea  shore,  either  because 
persons  who  bring  that  disease  disembark  there,  and  goods 
supposed  to  be  impregnated  with  deleterious  miasms  are  there 
accumulated,  or  because  on  the  seaside  gaseous  emanations  of 
a  peculiar  nature  are  formed.  It  is  certain,  however,  that 
yellow  fever  has  prevailed  in  the  elevated  table-land  of  Caracas, 
3000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  upon  more  than  one  occa¬ 
sion.  In  1696,  a  bishop  of  Venezuela,  Diego  de  Banos,  dedi¬ 
cated  a  church  to  Santa  Rosalia  of  Palermo,  for  having  deliv¬ 
ered  the  capital  from  the  scourge  of  the  black  vomit  (vomito 
nigro J,  w  hich  is  said  to  have  raged  for  the  space  of  sixteen 
months.  A  mass  celebrated  every  year  in  the  Cathedral,  in 

15 


114 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


the  beginning  of  September,  perpetuates  the  remembrance  of 
this  epidemic.  The  year  1696  was  very  remarkable  for  the  yel¬ 
low  fever  which  raged  with  violence  in  all  the  West  India 
Islands,  where  it  had  begun  to  gain  an  ascendency  in  1688. 
This  disease  also  carried  off  in  Caracas  a  great  number  of 
European  soldiers  in  1802. 

In  the  remarkable  epidemic  of  yellow  fever  which  prevailed 
in  Peru  in  1855  and  1856,  the  disease  passed  even  the  barrier 
of  the  Andes,  committing  fearful  ra  vages  in  Andine  and  Trans- 
andine  regions,  at  elvations  of  14,000  feet  above  the  level  of 
the  sea.  Even  the  ancient  capital  of  the  Peruvian  empire, 
Cuzco,  at  the  elevation  of  11,378  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea, 
was  not  exempt  from  the  ravages  of  yellow  fever.  No  authentic 
records  exist,  from  which  maybe  gathered  any  facts  illustrating 
the  nature  of  the  pestilence  which,  according  to  the  “  Gentle¬ 
man  of  Elvas,”  desolated  certain  Indian  nations  a  short  time 
before  the  invasion  of  I)e  Soto;  it  is  supposed,  however,  to 
have  been  similar  to  the  Matlazahuatl  of  the  Mexicans.* 

The  terrible  pestilence  which  wasted  the  American  Indians 
in  1618  and  1619,  a  short  time  before  the  Pilgrim  Fathers  landed 
in  Massachusetts,  has  been  supposed  by  Noah  Webster  and 
others  to  have  been  yellow  fever.  This  supposition  cannot  be 
maintained  because,  the  disease  prevailed  with  the  greatest 
severity  during  the  winter  and  in  extremely  cold  weather.  We 
are  not  justified  in  adopting  the  conclusion  of  Webster  simply 
because  there  was  a  general  yellowness  of  the  skin,  attended 
with  haemorrhages  from  the  nose. 

About  1750,  a  malignant  epidemic,  disease  prevailed  amongst 
the  Indians  of  the  Atlantic  coast,  but  did  not  afflict  the  whites, 
and  which,  in  like  manner,  Webster  considered  as  the  “  infec¬ 
tious  yellow  fever.”  The  patients  were  said  to  have  first  com¬ 
plained  of  a  severe  pain  in  the  head  and  back,  which  was  fol¬ 
lowed  by  fever ;  in  three  or  four  days  the  skin  turned  yellow 
as  gold,  a  vomiting  of  black  matter  took  place,  and  generally 
a  bleeding  at  the  nose  and  mouth,  which  continued  until  the 
patient  died.  These  symptoms  resemble  to  a  certain  extent 
those  of  the  disease  known  to  the  Mexicans  as  Matlazahuatl ; 
and  also  those  which  characterize  the  malarial  luematuria, 
which,  since  the  recent  war  for  the  establishment  of  the  inde¬ 
pendence  of  the  Southern  States,  has  prevailed  to  a  consider¬ 
able  extent,  and  has  been  attended  with  a  high  rate  of  mor¬ 
tality. 

The  American  Indians,  in  common  with  the  whites,  were  sub¬ 
ject  to  the  various  forms  of  malarial  fever  (intermittent,  remit 
tent,  and  congestive  or  pernicious,  and  malarial  haematuria), 


4  Hutchinson's  History  of  Massachusetts,  vol.  I,  pp.  34,  35. 

Belknap’s  Biography,  vol.  2,  p.  20f>. 

Grookin  s  Historical  Collections  of  the  Indians  in  New  England. 

Prince’s  Chronological  History  of  New  England,  p.  46. 

Purcha-i,  vol.  4,  1175. 

Wintlirop’s  Journal,  p.  52. 

History  of  Epidemic  and  Pestilential  Diseases,  etc.,  by  Noah  Webster,  vol.  1,  pp.  177. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


115 


and  it  is  well-known  that  in  the  first  settlements  of  both  North 
and  South  America,  the  Spanish,  French  and  English  colonists 
suffered  terribly  from  these  diseases.  Many  of  the  most  flour¬ 
ishing  and  populous  settlements  were  in  a  few  years  almost 
depopulated  by  these  fevers,  which  committed  the  greatest 
ravages  in  those  towns  and  colonies  which  were  located  near 
the  mouths  of  large  rivers  in  low  marshy  regions.  Entire 
armies  were  destroyed  by  these  fevers ;  and  the  pioneers  who 
cleared  the  forests  and  drained  the  low  lands,  were  either  sud¬ 
denly  cut  off  by  these  u  high  grades  ”  of  bilious  fever,  which 
were  often  attended  with  a  yellowness  of  the  skin  (jaundice), 
incessaut  vomiting  of  bilious  matter,  which  was  sometimes 
mixed  with  blood  (black  vomit),  or  were  slowly  poisoned  by  the 
malaria  of  the  swamps  and  marshes,  and  dragged  out  miser- 
erable  existences,  rendered  almost  intolerable  by  enlargements 
of  the  spleen  and  liver,  derangements  of  the  blood  and  nervous 
system,  neuralgias,  and  dropsies. 

Thus  it  appears  from  Purchas,  that  the  emigrants  to  Vir¬ 
ginia  in  1619,  1620,  1621,  amounted  to  3570  in  42  sail  of  ships. 
There  were  600  souls  in  that  colony  before  these  arrived,  making 
the  whole  number  4170.  Of  these,  349  perished  in  the  Indian 
massacre  of  1622,  which  would  leave  3821  survivors.  But  in 
1624  no  more  than  1800  were  living.  Scant  means  of  sub¬ 
sistence  might  have  contributed  to  this  mortality ;  but  most  of 
it  was  in  consequence  of  fevers,  that  were  probably  the  effects 
of  the  climate,  soil  and  atmosphere. 

In  that  form  of  paroxysmal  malarial  fever  characterized  by 
complete  jaundice,  intense  vomiting,  nausea,  and  haemorrhage 
from  the  kidneys,  which  has  received  different  names  at  dif¬ 
ferent  times  and  in  different  countries,  and  which  is  no  u  new 
disease,”  even  in  the  United  States  of  America,  the  haemor¬ 
rhage  from  the  kidneys  is  preceded  by  capillary  congestion  of 
these  organs,  and  is  attended  by  desquamation  of  the  excretory 
cells  and  tubuli  uriniferi. 

Malarial  haematuria  (hwmogastric  malarial  fever ),  as  a  general 
rule,  occurs  only  in  those  who  have  suffered  from  repeated 
attacks  of  intermittent  fever,  or  who  have  been  enfeebled  by 
a  prolonged  attack  of  remittent  fever,  or  whose  constitutions 
have  been  impaired  by  bad  diet,  excessive  labor,  and  frequent 
exposure  to  cold  and  wet  and  the  exhalations  of  swamps  and 
marshes.  And  whilst  some  of  the  symptoms — as  the  nausea, 
incessant  vomiting  (and  in  extreme  cases  black  vomit),  deep 
jaundice,  and  the  impeded  capillary  circulation — resemble  those 
of  yellow  fever,  yet  there  are  marked  differences  between  this 
disease  and  yellow  fever.  The  presence  of  albumen  in  the  urine 
of  this  so-called  malarial  hsematuria  is  attended  also  with  the 
presence  of  colored  blood-corpuscles,  excretory  cells  of  the 
kidney  and  of  the  tubuli  uriniferi.  The  excretory  tubes  of  the 
kidney  appearing  in  the  urine  are  often  impacted  with  colored 
blood-corpuscles,  and  deeply  stained  by  the  coloring  matters  of 
the  blood.  As  a  general  rule  in  yellow  fever,  the  tubuli 


110 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


uriniferi  are  loaded  with  yellow,  granular,  albuminoid  and 
fibroid  matter.  In  some  cases  immense  quantities  of  green 
biliary  fluid,  or  liquid  tinged  with  bile,  were  vomited,  and  the 
patients  died  in  a  state  of  collapse,  with  blue  mottled  and 
purplish  extremities,  and  sunken,  pinched  features.  As  a 
general  rule,  suppression  of  the  functions  of  the  kidneys  was 
a  fatal  sign,  and,  as  in  yellow  fever,  was  sometimes  attended 
with  convulsions,  coma  and  delirium.  Careful  examination 
of  the  blood  revealed  a  marked  decrease  in  the  fibrin  and 
colored  blood-corpuscles ;  in  fact,  this  change  in  the  blood  was 
characteristic  of  all  cases  of  this  disease  which  have  come 
under  my  observation.  The  pathological  changes  which  I  have 
observed  after  death  from  malarial  hsematuria  are  character¬ 
istic  of  paroxysmal  malarial  fever,  and  not  of  yellow  fever — 
viz.,  enlarged  slate-and-bronze-colored  liver,  loaded  with  dark 
pigment  granules,  deposited  in  greatest  numbers  in  the  portal 
capillary  network;  gall-bladder  distended  with  thick,  ropy 
bile,  presenting,  when  seen  en  masse ,  a  greenish-black  color, 
and  in  thin  layers  a  deep  yellow.  As  much  as  1000  grains  of 
bile  of  high  specific  gravity  has  been  obtained  from  the  gall¬ 
bladder,  whilst  in  yellow  fever  not  more  than  120  grains  of  bile 
are,  as  a  general  rule,  contained  in  the  gall-bladder. 

As  it  is  well  established  that  malarial  hsematuria,  and  the 
severe  and  most  fatal  forms  of  malarial  fever,  prevail  only  in 
certain  years,  and  appear  to  be  dependent  to  a  large  extent 
upon  the  degree  of  heat  and  moisture,  as  well  as  upon  the 
amount  of  organic  matter  in  the  soil,  and  as  these  epidemics 
in  the  tropical  and  temperate  regions  of  America  are  often  of 
the  widest  extent  and  severest  character,  and  as  the  Indians 
suffered  from  these  diseases  to  an  almost  equal  degree  with 
the  whites,  and  as  they  were  in  North  America  without  the 
most  important  remedies — bark  and  quinine — it  is  not  unrea¬ 
sonable  to  suppose  that  at  certain  seasons  large  numbers 
perished  by  these  diseases.  And  were  it  not  for  the  free  use 
of  quinine  in  the  treatment  of  paroxysmal  fevers,  many  of  the 
cities  of  the  Southern  States,  surrounded  with  swamps  and 
marshes,  would  have  been  depopulated ;  and  even  in  the  more 
elevated  regions  of  the  country,  as  in  the  rich  valleys  of  the 
Cumberland  and  Allegheny  mountains,  and  along  the  rivers 
flowing  into  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the  mortality 
from  paroxysmal  malarial  fever  would  in  certain  seasons  be 
very  great  but  for  the  free  use  and  powerful  antiperiodic  vir¬ 
tues  of  quinine. 

It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  the  origin  of  the  American 
plague  or  typhus  ( vomito  prieto ,  fievre  jaune ,  yellow  fever)  is 
involved  in  doubt,  on  account  of  the  prevalence  in  the  tropical 
and  sub-tropical  regions  and  temperate  zones,  both  amongst 
the  natives  and  foreigners,  of  some  forms  of  malarial  fever, 
often  attended  with  jaundice,  passive  haemorrhages,  and  black 
vomit.  If  it  could  be  determined  at  what  time  this  terrible 
disease  was  clearly  recognized  by  the  medical  profession  and 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


117 


1879J 


historical  writers  as  distinct  from  paroxysmal  malarial  fever, 
and  as  dependent  upon  a  specific  cause  or  upon  a  combination 
of  causes  peculiar  to  itself,  a  firm  ground  for  the  discussion 
of  its  origin  and  of  its  relations  to  the  native  population,  as 
well  as  to  the  foreign  elements,  would  be  established.  Rut  it 
is  well  known  that  many  of  the  descriptions  given  by  various 
authors  will  apply  as  well  to  the  severe  forms  of  paroxysmal 
malarial  fever  as  to  yellow  fever,  and  also  that  the  distinction 
of  the  one  from  the  other  has  been  the  result  of  comparatively 
recent  labors,  and  even  at  the  present  time  there  are  not  a 
few  physicians  who  hold  to  the  identity  of  both  diseases  in 
their  origin  and  essential  nature. 


THE  IMPOSSIBILITY  OF  DETERMINING  WITH  ACCURACY  THE 
DATE  AND  MODE  OF  ORIGIN  OF  YELLOW  FEVER,  ILLUS¬ 
TRATED  BY  AN  EXAMINATION  OF  THE  THEORIES  WHICH 
HAVE  BEEN  ADVANCED  AT  DIFFERENT  TIMES  BY  VARIOUS 
WRITERS  AS  TO  ITS  NATURE  AND  CAUSES. 

The  opinions  in  regard  to  the  causes  of  yellow  fever  have 
been  arranged  by  systematic  writers  under  three  heads — 
1.  That  it  is  a  disease  induced  solely  and  essentially  by  con¬ 
tagion.  2.  That  it  is  essentially  of  endemic  origin.  3.  That, 
being  of  endemic  origin,  it  afterwards  becomes  contagious.  The 
doctrine  that  not  only  intermittent,  remittent,  and  congestive 
or  pernicious  paroxysmal  malarial  fever,  but  also  yellow  fever, 
assume  more  or  less,  according  to  circumstances,  the  type  of 
one  another,  has  been  extensively  entertained  by  the  medical 
profession.  Believing  them  to  arise  from  essentially  the  same 
causes,  variously  modified,  which  assail  th<*  system  through 
the  same  avenues,  these  fevers  are  regarded  by  this  class  of 
reasoners  as  essentially  the  same,  modified  by  the  intensity  of 
the  cause  and  by  the  prevailing  constitution.  And  it  has 
strangely  been  sought  to  maintain  this  position  by  the  fact 
that  the  natives  of  southern  cities,  in  which  yellow  fever  is 
of  such  frequent  occurrence  as  to  be  pronounced  endemical, 
possess  in  a  great  measure  an  exemption  from  this  malady, 
and  suft'er  only  from  the  mild  intermittent  and  remittent, 
whilst  those  lately  arrived  from  northern  latitudes  so  often  fall 
victims  to  yellow  fever  that  it  has  in  some  cities  received  the 
name  of  strangers'  fever. 

To  sustain  the  opinion  that  yellow  fever  arises  from  mias¬ 
matic  effluvia,  the  following  facts  have  been  frequently  cited  : 
1.  Yellow  fever  always  appears  simultaneously  with  bilious 
remittent.  2.  A  high  range  of  atmospheric  temperature  is 
essential  to  the  generation  of  its  cause.  3.  Its  first  appearance 
is  almost  always  in  the  lowest  and  most  filthy  parts  of  towns, 
and  in  localities  favorable  to  the  production  of  miasmata. 
4.  The  supervention  of  storms,  heavy  rains,  or  cold  weather 
puts  an  immediate  check  to  its  progress. 

It  has  been  asserted  that  whilst  at  New  Orleans,  Charleston, 


118 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Savannah  and  Gibraltar  the  same  individual  is  seldom  twice 
attacked  by  yellow  fever,  in  the  West  Indies  and  on  the  coast 
of  Africa  it  is  said  to  secure  no  subsequent  immunity.  With 
some  writers  it  is  still  even  a  disputed  question  whether  certain 
fevers  which  have,  or  are  supposed  to  have,  their  source  in 
vegetable  miasms  or  in  effluvia  from  marshes,  or  from  infusoria 
or  fungi  developed  and  propagated  under  certain  combinations 
of  heat,  moisture,  and  putrefying  vegetable  and  animal  matters, 
are  subsequently  spread  by  contagion  ;  whilst  some  writers  con¬ 
tend  that  within  the  tropics  yellow  fever  may  at  any  time,  under 
certain  conditions  of  moisture  and  temperature,  arise  de  novo  in 
the  impure  atmosphere  of  the  crowded  and  filthy  ship  or  city. 
Others,  again,  as  strenuously  uphold  the  doctrine  that  it  is  a 
specific  contagious  pestilential  disease,  which,  like  small  pox 
or  measles,  may  be  transported  and  communicated  from  one 
ship  or  city  to  others,  thus  following  the  great  avenues  of 
commerce.  Whilst  a  third  class  adopt  and  advocate  a  doctrine 
which  embraces  the  main  features  of  both  propositions.  Some 
who  hold  that  yellow  fever  may  be  engendered  de  novo  in  the 
hold  or  atmosphere  of  ships  navigating  in  the  warm,  moist 
tropical  regions,  have  coupled  with  this  view  the  doctrine  that 
if  this  poisoned  atmosphere  be  allowed  to  escape  at  the  wharves 
of  cities  situated  beyond  the  yellow  fever  zone,  those  only  who 
come  within  the  sphere  of  its  influence  will  be  affected  ;  and  its 
subsequent  spread  will  depend  upon  conditions  of  filth  and 
crowding  of  such  localities,  the  disease  never  spreading  endemi- 
cally,  and  falling  harmless  among  the  inhabitants  of  a  salubri¬ 
ous  locality. 

According  to  this  view,  the  development  of  this  malignant 
fever  requires  the  conjoint  operation  of  both  local  and  general 
causes,  constituting  an  endemico-epidemic,  which  is  unsus¬ 
ceptible  of  propagation  by  specific,  contagion;  and  in  the  sum¬ 
mer  atmosphere  of  a  city  lying  beyond  the  yellow  fever  zone 
there  must  exist  some  peculiar  combination  of  circumstances, 
or  some  peculiar  agency  favorable  to  its  development.  In  these 
cases  it  is  affirmed  that  there  is  generally  found  an  infected 
district,  which  slowly  and  regularly  extends  its  boundaries, 
rendering  all  who  come  within  its  limits  subject  to  this  form  of 
fever.  It  has  been  said  that  the  experience  of  several  centuries 
teaches  us  that  the  cause  of  this  fever  is  perennially  present  in 
the  tropical  and  sub  tropical  cities  of  America ;  that  it  is  indis¬ 
solubly  connected  with  climate;  that  it  maintains  the  same 
relation  towards  the  human  system  as  the  other  malarious 
emanations  of  swamps  and  lowlands ;  and  that  it  is  liable  to 
be  developed  at  any  time  in  different  degrees  of  intensity  by 
the  combined  operation  of  heat  and  other  agents. 

Amongst  the  most  striking  circumstances  in  the  etiology  of 
yellow  fever  -are  the  marked  geographical  boundaries  within 
which  it  is  confined  and  the  circumscribed  location  in  which  it 
prevails,  the  disease  being  rarely  met  with  south  of  the  85th  or 
north  of  the  40th  degree  of  latitude,  and  even  between  these 


119 


1879]  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 

limits  being  more  frequent  in  the  Western  than  in  the  Eastern 
Hemisphere ;  its  almost  universal  limitation  to  commercial  sea¬ 
ports  elevated  but  a  few  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  although 
it  occasionally  spreads  to  towns  and  cities  in  the  neighborhood 
of  the  latter,  situated  in  the  interior  country  or  on  the  banks  of 
navigable  rivers ;  and  the  fact  that  it  is  very  frequently  cir¬ 
cumscribed  within  certain  limited  ami  well-defined  portions  of 
the  locality  or  city  in  which  it  prevails.  The  shores  of  the 
Western  Archipelago,  and  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the 
Caribbean  Sea,  constitute  the  prolific  liot-bed  in  which  has 
been  geuerated^and  propagated  toe  mysterious  poison  of  this 
disease,  which  has  desolated  cities,  armies,  and  fleets,  and 
destroyed  the  successive  swarms  of  adventurers  and  invaders 
from  Europe  and  the  colonies  of  North  America. 

GENERAL  OUTLINE  OF  THE  HISTORY  OF  YELLOW  FEVER, 
ILLUSTRATING  THE  DIFFERENT  VIEWS  WHICH  HAVE  BEEN 
HELD  AT  DIFFERENT  TIMES  AS  TO  THE  PLACE  AND  MODE 
OF  ITS  ORIGIN. 

If  it  were  possible  to  determine  with  accuracy  the  nature  of 
the  severe  and  fatal  forms  of  fever  which  afflicted  the  first  ex¬ 
plorers  and  colonists  of  the  tropical  and  sub  tropical  regions  of 
America,  and  even  the  very  companions  of  Columbus,  the  ques¬ 
tion  of  the  origin  of  yellow  fever  would  be  relieved  of  much 
uncertainty  and  doubt.  If  we  are  to  credit  the  accounts  of 
some  authors,  the  first  trace  of  yellow  fever  was  observed  at 
the  end  of  the  fifteenth  and  beginning  of  the  sixteenth  century 
at  San  Domingo  and  Porto  Rico,  in  the  Continent  of  South 
America,  and  in  the  Gulf  of  1  )arien,  at  which  latter  place  it  is 
said  to  have  prevented  the  Spaniards  from  settling.  In  Novem¬ 
ber,  1493,  Columbus  landed  at  San  Domingo  with  1500  Span¬ 
iards,  in  order  to  found  the  city  of  Isabella.  A  severe  and 
fatal  fever  carried  off  the  greater  part  of  them  within  a  year 
after  their  arrival,  and  the  disease  is  described  as  being  “  yel¬ 
low  as  saffron  or  gold.”  From  1544  to  1568  there  is  no  record 
of  the  disease  having  prevailed  as  an  epidemic  until  1635,  when 
it  appeared  in  Guadaloupe,  and  thenceforward  it  occurred  at 
regular  intervals.  In  the  seventeenth  century  it  spread  along 
the  Continent  of  South  America  to  latitude  8°  south,  and  in 
North  America  to  latitude  42°,  but  only  on  the  eastern  coast  of 
both.  The  first  appearance  of  the  disease  in  the  United 
States  was  at  Boston  in  1693,  and  in  Charleston  and 
Philadelphia  in  1699.  It  is  said  first  to  have  appeared 
in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  at  Biloxi  Bay  in  1702,  and  Mobile 
in  1705;  but  Humboldt  held  that  it  had  prevailed  from  the 
very  foundation  of  Vera  Cruz,  and  was  indigenous  to  this 
city.  It  prevailed  at  Pensacola  and  Mobile  in  1765. 

In  the  eighteenth  century  it  appeared  on  the  west  coast  of 
South  America  in  latitude  2°  south.  On  the  North  American 


120 


A  bstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


continent  it  spread  to  latitude  42°  north;  it  extended  even  to 
Europe,  and  reached  the  Pacific  and  Madagascar.  At  the 
beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  it  penetrated  deeper  into 
the  North  American  continent  than  formerly,  reaching  as  high 
as  latitude  47°  north,  and  in  Europe  it  extended  to  latitude  48°, 
and  prevailed  in  the  Canary  Islands  and  Leghorn. 

Ever  since  yellow  fever  attracted  attention  it  was  recognized 
as  a  distinct  disease  from  the  remittent  autumnal  fevers  of  the 
temperate  zone.  It  lias  prevailed  as  an  endemic  in  Havana, 
raging  epidemically  from  April  to  December,  and  occurring 
sporadically  during  the  rest  of  the  year.  From  time  immem¬ 
orial  it  has  been  endemic  at  Vera  Cruz,  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
where  its  chief  victims  are  strangers  who  come  from  cold  re¬ 
gions  during  the  hot  season,  as  well  as  Europeans  and  those 
natives  who  exchange  the  more  elevated  and  cool  regions  of 
Mexico  for  the  coast. 

At  the  time  when  Spain  possessed  by  far  the  best  and 
largest  portion  of  the  American  continent,  extending  from  the 
north  of  California  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan — a  space  of 
between  6000  and  7000  miles — a  system  of  commerce  was  estab¬ 
lished  which  appeared  to  be  eminently  favorable  to  the  origin 
and  spread  of  yellow  fever.  The  Spanish  galleons  were,  in 
fact,  very  large  men-of-war,  built  in  such  a  manner  as  to  afford 
ample  room  for  the  stowage  of  merchandise,  with  which  they 
were  commonly  so  encumbered  as  to  be  rendered  incapable  of 
defence.  The  fleet  of  galleons  consisted  of  eight  such  men-of- 
war,  and  generally  convoyed  fron  twelve  to  sixteen  merchant¬ 
men.  During  times  of  peace  the  galleons  sailed  once  a  year 
regularly,  though  at  no  set  time,  but  according  to  the  pleasure 
of  the  King  of  Spain  and  the  convenience  of  the  merchants. 

They  sailed  from  Cadiz  to  the  Canaries,  thence  for  the  An¬ 
tilles,  and  after  reaching  this  longitude  they  bore  away  for 
Cartnagena.  As  soon  as  they  came  in  sight  before  the  mouth 
of  Eio  de  la  Hacha,  after  having  doubled  Cape  de  la  Vela, 
advice  of  their  arrival  was  sent  to  nil  parts,  that  everything 
might  be  prepared  for  their  reception.  They  remained  a  month 
in  the  harbor  of  Carthegena,  and  landed  there  whatever  was 
designed  for  terra  firm  a.  They  then  sailed  to  Puerto  Velo, 
where  having  stayed  during  the  fair,  which  lasted  five  or  six 
weeks,  they  landed  the  merchandise  intended  for  Peru,  and 
received  the  treasures  and  commodities  sent  from  thence.  The 
galleons  then  sailed  back  to  Carthagena,  and  remained  there  till 
their  return  to  Spain,  which  usually  happened  within  the  space 
of  two  years.  When  orders  for  returning  home  arrived,  they 
sailed  first  to  the  Havana,  and  having  joined  the  flota,  and 
what  other  ships  were  bound  to  Europe,  they  steered  north¬ 
ward  as  far  as  Carolina,  and  then,  taking  the  westerly  winds, 
they  shaped  their  course  to  the  Azores,  when,  having  watered 
and  victualed  afresh  at  Terceira,  they  thence  continued  their 
voyage  to  Cadiz. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


121 


The  Spanish  flota  consisted,  like  the  galleons,  of  a  certain 
number  of  men-of-war  and  merchant  ships  ;  there  were  seldom 
more  than  three  of  the  former  and  sixteen  of  the  latter  in  this 
fleet.  They  sailed  from  the  coast  of  Spain  some  time  in  the 
month  of  August  in  order  to  obtain  the  winds  that  blow  in 
November  for  the  more  easy  pursuing  their  voyage  to  Vera 
Cruz.  They  called  at  Puerto  Rico  on  their  wray  to  refresh, 
passed  in  sight  of  Hispaniola,  Jamaica  and  Cuba,  and,  accord¬ 
ing  to  the  winds  and  season,  sailed  either  to  the  coast  of  Yu¬ 
catan,  or  higher  through  the  Gulf  to  Vera  Cruz.  The  Spanish 
flotilla  being  intended  to  furnish  not  only  Mexico,  but  the 
Philippine  Islauds  also,  with  the  goods  of  Europe,  was  obliged 
to  remain  in  VeraCruz  for  a  considerable  time,  and  sometimes 
found  it  necessary  to  winter  in  that  port.  This  fleet  usually 
sailed  from  Vera  Cruz  in  the  month  of  May,  but  was  sometimes 
detained  as  late  as  August;  it  then  made  for  Havana,  and 
returned  to  Spain  in  company  with  the  galleons. 

The  Spanish  towns  were  generally  built  in  low,  unhealthy 
localities,  surrounded  by  marshes  and  swamps,  with  narrow 
streets  and  high  w  alls  and  fortifications,  which  not  only  com¬ 
pressed  the  towns  within  certain  limits,  and  induced  crowding 
and  favoured  the  accumulation  of  filth,  but  also  prevented  to 
a  certain  extent  the  free  circulation  of  air. 

If  the  history  of  yellow  fever  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  be 
critically  examined,  it  will  be  found  that  the  accounts  and 
dates  of  its  origin  varied  with  the  extent  and  character  of  the 
information  of  the  writers  in  each  city,  locality,  or  island ;  and 
each  one  in  turn  was  tempted  to  assign  to  the  disease  a 
foreign  origin.  No  city  or  place  has  been  found  to  claim  the 
honour  of  the  origin  and  continuous  propagation  of  yellow 
fever.  Thus,  the  French  writers,  called  this  disease  mal  de 
Siam ,  and  held  the  tradition  that  the  disease  had  been  imported 
in  the  ship  Orijlame ,  which  sailed  with  French  colonists  from 
Siam  in  the  latter  part  of  the  year  1090.  Monsieur  Poupee 
Desportes,  who  practised  at  St.  Dominique  from  17.32  until 
1748,  says  that  this  fever  was  so  called  from  its  first  being- 
taken  notice  of  in  the  island  of  Martinique  at  a  time  when 
some  vessels  were  there  from  Siam. — (u  Hist,  des  Malad.  de  St. 
Dominique,”  vol.  i,  pp.  191,  192).  But  it  is  well  known  that 
the  Orijlame  touched  at  Brazil  wdiere  yellow  fever  had  been 
prevailing  for  several  years,  and  Father  Labat,  who  arrived 
at  Martinico  on  January  29,  1694,  tells  us  that  the  passengers 
of  this  ship  caught  the  disease  in  Brazil. 

Equally  incorrect  was  the  account  given  by  Dr.  Warren  of 
its  introduction  into  Barbadoes  between  the  years  1732  and 
1738.  Dr.  Warren  concluded  that  the  yellow  fever  which  he 
saw  at  Barbadoes  in  1732  and  the  following  years  was  a  con¬ 
tinuation  of  the  plague  which  in  1720  and  1721  had  been 
brought  from  Palestine  to  Marseilles,  and  which  he  imagined 
had  been  brought  from  the  latter  place  to  Martinico,  and 
thence  to  Barbadoes  in  1721  by  the  Lynn  ship  of  war. 

16 


122. 


A  bstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Dr.  Towne,  who  lived  and  practised  as  a  physician  at  Bar- 
badoes  at  the  time  of  the  alleged  introduction  of  the  plague 
from  Marseilles  (1721),  and  who  wrote  in  1724  (before  the 
arrival  of  Dr.  Warren)  on  yellow  fever  under  the  denomina¬ 
tion  of  febris  ardens  biliosa ,  made  no  allusion  to  any  such 
importation,  but  considered  it  as  an  endemic  disease  in  the 
West  Indies  to  which  Europeans  were  subject  upon  their  first 
arrival. 

Mr.  Hughes  says,  in  his  “  Natural  History  of  Barbadoes,”  that 
Dr.  Gamble  remembers  that  it  was  very  fatal  in  1691,  and  that 
it  was  then  called  the  “new  distemper,”  and  afterwards,  “  Ken¬ 
dal’s  fever,”  also  the  “  pestilential  fever,”  and  “  billious  lever.” 
This  statement  is  also  confirmed  by  Captain  Thomas  Phillips, 
who  was  at  Barbadoes  with  a  large  ship  in  1094,  and  says,  in 
the  account  of  his  voyage  to  Africa  and  Barbadoes,  that  it 
was  the  fate  of  that  island  to  be  then  “  violently  infected  with 
the  plague.” — (Churchill’s  Collect.,  vol.  i.,  p.  253.) 

It  appears,  however,  from  the  statement  of  Mr.  Richard 
Vines,  a  planter  and  practitioner  of  physic  in  Barbadoes,  that 
yellow  fever  prevailed  with  destructive  effect  as  “  an  absolute 
plague  ”  as  early  as  1647 ;  and  Dr.  Edward  Nathaniel  Bancroft, 
in  his  essay  on  yellow  fever,  suggests  that  it  was  called  “  a 
new  distemper  ”  in  1691-94,  because  all  who  had  had  any  accu¬ 
rate  knowledge  of  it  in  1647  were  probably  dead  or  removed. 

Mr.  Richard  Ligon  in  his  history  of  Barbadoes,  published  in 
1657,  says  that  when  he  arrived  there  in  1647,  in  the  early  part 
of  September,  the  inhabitants  of  the  island  and  shipping  too 
were  so  seriously  visited  by  the  plague  (or  as  deadly  a  disease) 
that  “  before  a  month  was  expired  after  our  arrival  the  living 
were  hardly  able  to  bury  the  dead.”  In  considering  the  causes 
of  this  disease — whether  it  was  brought  thither  in  shipping,  or 
was  occasioned  by  the  irregularities,  debaucheries,  and  ill  diet 
of  the  people,  and  the  unhealthy,  low,  marshy  situation,  subject 
to  overflow — lie  inclined  to  the  latter. 

A  similar  fever,  and  probably  from  the  same  causes,  prevailed 
at  the  same  time  at  St  Christopher,  Guadaloupe,  and  other 
islands,  and  there  died  at  St.  Kitts  and  Barbadoes  each  five  or 
six  thousand  inhabitants. 

P.  I  )u  Tertre  also  mentions  this  disease,  and  calls  it  the  plague. 
He  says  that  it  began  at  St.  Christopher,  and  in  eighteen 
months  carried  off  one-third  of  the  inhabitants,  and  that  it  was 
accompanied  with  violent  pain  in  the  head,  great  debility  of 
the  limbs,  and  a  constant  vomiting ;  and  that  in  three  days  it 
sent  the  patient  to  the  grave. 

Dr.  Hillary,  who  enjoyed  a  high  reputation  as  a  successful 
practitioner  and  learned  physician  in  Barbadoes,  affirms  that 
the  disease  was  indigenous  and  endemic  to  the  West  India 
1  slands. 

The  testimony  of  Alexander  Humboldt  is  similar  to  that  of 
Dr.  Hillary,  and  is  worthy  of  the  most  careful  consideration  in 
the  light  in  which  it  presents  the  history  of  yellow  fever.  In 


1879J  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  123 

his  u  Political  Essay  on  the  Kingdom  of  New  Spain,”  this  dis¬ 
tinguished  traveler,  naturalist,  and  philosopher  says: — 

u  The  typhus,  which  the  Spaniards  designate  by  the  name  of 
1  black  vomiting  ’  (vomito  prieto),  lias  long  prevailed  between 
the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Antigua  and  the  present  port  of  Vera 
Cruz.  The  Abbe  Clavigero(a)  and  some  other  writers  affirm 
that  this  disease  appeared  for  the  first  time  in  1725.  We  know 
not  on  what  this  assertion,  which  is  so  contrary  to  the  tradi¬ 
tions  preserved  among  the  inhabitants  of  Vera  Cruz,  is 
founded.  No  ancient  document  informs  us  of  the  first  appear¬ 
ance  of  this  scourge ;  for  throughout  all  the  warmer  parts  of 
equinoctial  America,  where  the  termites  and  other  destructive 
insects  abound,  it  is  infinitely  rare  to  find  papers  which  go  fifty 
or  sixty  years  back.  It  is  believed,  however,  at  Mexico,  as 
well  as  at  Vera  Cruz,  that  the  old  town,  now  merely  a  village, 
known  by  the  name  of  La  Antigua,  was  abandoned  towards 
the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century(b)  on  account  of  the  disease 
which  then  carried  off  the  Europeans. 

“  Long  before  the  arrival  of  Cortez  there  has  almost  periodi¬ 
cally  prevailed  in  New  Spain  an  epidemical  disease  called  by 
the  natives  4  Matlazahuatl,’  which  several  authors  (c)  have  con¬ 
founded  with  the  vomito  or  yellow  fever.  *  *  * 

u  Lt  is  certain  that  the  vomito ,  which  is  eudemical  at  Vera 
Cruz,  Carthagena,  and  Havana,  is  the  same  disease  with  the 
yellow  fever,  which,  since  the  year  1793  has  never  ceased  to 
afflict  the  people  of  the  United  States.  This  identity,  against 
which  a  very  small  number  of  physicians  in  Europe  have 
started  doubts,  (d)  is  generally  acknowledged  by  those  of  the 
Faculty  who  have  visited  the  Island  of  Cuba  and  Vera  Cruz, 
as  well  as  the  coast  of  the  United  States,  and  by  those  who 
have  carefully  studied  the  excellent  nosological  descriptions  of 
of  MM.  Makittrick,  Rush,  Valentin,  and  Luzuriaga.  We  shall 
not  decide  whether  the  yellow  fever  is  perceptible  in  the  causus 
of  Hippocrates,  which  is  followed,  like  several  remittent  bilious 
fevers,  by  a  vomiting  of  black  matter  ;  but  we  think  that  the 
yellow  fever  has  been  sporadical  in  the  two  continents  since 
men  born  under  a  cold  zone  have  exposed  themselves  in  the 
low  regions  of  the  torrid  zone  to  an  air  infected  with  miasmata. 
Wherever  the  exciting  causes  and  the  irritability  of  the  organs 
are  the  same,  the  disorders  which  originate  from  a  disorder  in 
the  vital  functions  ought  to  assume  the  same  appearances. 

u  It  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that  at  a  period  when  the  com¬ 
munications  between  the  Old  and  New  ( 'continents  were  far 
from  numerous,  and  when  the  number  of  Europeans  who  an¬ 
nually  frequented  the  West  India  Islands  were  still  small,  a 
disease  which  oidy  attacks  the  individuals  who  are  not  sea 


(a)  *•  Storia  di  Messioo,”  t.  i.,  p.  117. 

(b)  “  New  Spain,”  vol.  ii.,  p.  253. 

(c)  Letter  of  Alzate  in  the  “Voyage  de  Chappe.” 

(d)  “  Aretfnta  de  la  Fi&bre  Atnarillade  Cadiz,”  t.  i.,  p.  143. 


124  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 

soned  to  the  climate,  should  have  very  little  engaged  the  at¬ 
tention  of  the  physicians  of  Europe. 

u  In  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  century  the  mortality 
must  not  have  been  so  great. — 1st.  Because,  at  that  period  the 
equinoctial  regions  of  America  were  only  visited  by  Spaniards 
and  Portuguese — two  nations  of  the  south  of  Europe  less  ex¬ 
posed,  from  their  constitution,  to  feel  the  fatal  effects  of  an  ex¬ 
cessively  hot  climate  than  the  English,  Danes,  and  other  in¬ 
habitants  of  the  north  of  Europe  who  now  frequent  the  West 
India  Islands.  2dly.  Because,  in  the  islands  of  Cuba,  Jam¬ 
aica,  and  Hayti,  the  first  colonists  were  not  assembled  together 
in  such  populous  cities  as  were  afterwards  built.  3rdly.  Be¬ 
cause,  on  the  discovery  of  continental  America,  the  Span¬ 
iards  were  less  attracted  by  commerce  towards  the  shore,  which 
is  generally  warm  and  humid,  and  preferred  a  residence  in  the 
interior  of  the  country,  on  elevated  table-lands,  where  they 
found  a  temperature  analogous  to  that  of  their  native  country. 
In  fact,  at  the  commencement  of  the  conquest  the  ports  of 
Panama  and  Nombre  de  Dios  (e)  were  the  only  ones  where  there 
was  a  great  concourse  of  strangers ;  but  from  1535  the  resi¬ 
dence  at  Panama, (f)  was  as  much  dreaded  by  the  Europeans 
as  in  our  times  a  residence  at  Vera  Cruz,  Oma,  or  Porto  Cabello. 
It  cannot  be  denied  from  the  facts  related  by  Sydenham  and 
other  excellent  observers  that,  under  certain  circumstances, 
germs  of  new  diseases  may  be  developed  ;  (g)  but  there  is  no¬ 
thing  to  prove  that  the  yellow  fever  has  not  existed  for  several 
centuries  in  the  equinoctial  regions.  We  must  not  confound 
the  period  at  which  a  disease  has  been  first  described,  on  ac¬ 
count  of  its  ha  ving  committed  dreadful  ravages  in  a  short  space 
of  time,  with  the  period  of  its  first,  appearance. 

“  The  oldest  description  of  the  yellow  fever  is  that  of  the 
Portuguese  physician  Joam  Ferreyra  Da  Rosa,  (li)  who  ob¬ 
served  the  epidemic  which  prevailed  at  Olinda,  in  Brazil, 
between  1687  and  1694,  shortly  after  a  Portuguese  army  had 
made  the  conquest  of  Pernambuco.  We  know  in  the  same 
manner  witu  certainty  that  in  1691  the  yellow  fever  manifested 
itself  at  the  island  of  Barbadoes,  where  it  went  by  the  name  of 
4  Kendal’  fever,  without  the  smallest  proof  appearing  that  it 
was  brought  there  by  vessels  from  Pernambuco.  Ulloa  (i) 
speaking  of  the  chapetonadas,  or  fevers  to  which  Europeans  are 
exposed  on  their  arrival  in  the  West  Indies,  relates  that  accord¬ 
ing  to  the  opinion  of  the  people  of  the  country,  the  vomito 
prieto  was  unknown  at  Santa  Martha  and  Carthagena  before 
1729  and  1730,  and  at  Carthagena  previous  to  1740.  The  first 

(e)  Nombre  de  Dios,  situated  to  the  east  of  Porto  Bello,  was  abandoned  in  1584. 

(f)  Pedro  de  Cicca,  c.  ii.,  p  5. 

(g)  See  “  Respecting  an  Affection  of  the  Larynx  which  prevails  epidemically  at  Ota- 
heite  since  the  arrival  of  a  Spanish  vessel  Vancouver ,”  t.  i.,  p.  175. 

(h)  “  Trattado  da  Constituicam  Pestilencial  de  Pernambuco,”  par  Joam  Ferreyra  da 
Rosa,  era  Lisboa,  1694. 

(i)  “  Voyage,  ' t.  i.,  pp.  41  and  149. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


125 


epidemic  at  Santa  Martha  was  described  by  Juan  Josef  de 
Gastalbrude,  (k)  a  Spanish  physician.  Since  that  period  the 
yellow  fever  has  several  times  raged  out  of  the  West  India 
Islands  and  Spanish  America,  on  the  Senegal,  in  the  United 
States,  (1)  at  Malaga,  Cadiz,  (m)  Leghorn,  and  according  to  the 
excellent  work  of  Cleghorn,  even  in  the  island  of  Minorca  (n). 
We  have  thought  it  proper  to  relate  these  facts  (many  of  which 
are  not  generally  known)  because  they  throw  some  light  on  the 
nature  and  cause  of  this  cruel  disease.  The  opinion  that  the 
epidemics  which  since  1793  have  nearly  every  year  afflicted 
North  America  differ  essentially  from  those  which  for  centuries 
have  prevailed  at  Vera  Cruz,  and  that  the  yellow  fever  was 
imported  from  the  coast  of  Africa  into  Grenada,  and  from 
thence  into  Philadelphia,  is  equally  destitute  of  foundation 
with  the  hypothesis  formerly  very  generally  believed — that  a 
squadron  from  Siam  introduced  the  vomito  into  America  (o). 

“In  all  climates  men  appear  to  find  some  consolation  in  the 
idea  that  a  disease  considered  pestilential  is  of  foreign  origin. 
As  malignant  fevers  easily  originate  in  a  numerous  crew  cooped 
up  in  dirty  vessels,  the  beginning  of  au  epidemic  may  be  fre¬ 
quently  traced  to  the  period  of  the  arrival  of  a  squadron  :  and 
then,  instead  of  attributing  the  disease  to  the  vitiated  air  con¬ 
tained  in  vessels  deprived  of  ventilation,  or  to  the  effects  of  an 
ardent  and  unhealty  climate  on  sailors  newly  landed,  they  affirm 
that  it  was  imported  from  a  neighboring  port,  where  a  squad¬ 
ron  or  convoy  touched. at  during  its  navigation  from  Europe  to 
America.  Thus  we  frequently  hear  in  Mexico  that  the  ship-of- 
war  which  brought  such-or-such  a  viceroy  to  Vera  Cruz  has 
introduced  the  yellow  fever  which  for  several  years  had  not 
prevailed  there  ;  and  in  this  manner  during  the  season  of  great¬ 
est  heat  the  Havana,  Vera  Cruz,  and  the  ports  of  the  United 
States,  mutually  accuse  one  another  of  communicating  the 
germ  of  the  contagion.  It  is  with  the  yellow  fever  as  with  the 
mortal  typhus  known  by  the  name  of  ‘Oriental  pest,’  which  the 
inhabitants  of  Egypt  attribute  to  the  arrival  of  Greek  vessels, 
while  in  Greece  and  Constantinople  the  same  pest  is  considered 
as  coming  from  Rosetta  or  Alexandria.”  (p.) — “Political  Essay 
on  the  Kingdom  of  New  Spain,”  vol.  iv.,  pp.  135-143). 

The  preceding  facts  show  the  fallacy  of  attempting  to  decide 
the  date  of  the  origin  of  yellow  fever  from  the  statements  of 
the  writers  of  any  one  locality  ;  and  they  also  show  the  im¬ 
propriety  of  confounding  the  period  at  which  a  disease  has  been 
first  described,  on  account  of  its  having  committed  ravages  at 

(k)  ••Lnzmiaga  de  la  Calenttra  Biliosa,"  t.  i..  p.  7. 

(l)  In  1741,  1747,  1763. 

(tn)  At  Cadiz  in  1731,  1733  1734,  1774,  1746,  and  1764,  and  at  Malaga  in  1741. 

(n)  In  1744.  1749  (  •  Tommasini  Febbre  de  Livorno  del  1304,”  p  65.) 

(o) ,Lobat«  ‘Voyage  aux  Isles,  t.  i.,  p.  7.1.  Respecting  the  plague  of  Bouillam  in 
Africa,  see  Chisholm  “On  Pestilential  Fever,  ’  p.  61;  Miller,  “  Histoire  de  la  Fievre  de 
New  York,”  p.  61 ;  and  Volney,  “Tableau  de  Sol  de  A  merit)  tie,”  t.  ii. ,  p.  334. 

(p)  Pugnet,  Sur  les  Fieves  du  Levant  et  des  Antilles,”  pp.  97  and  331. 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


126 


[July 


some  particular  locality  or  time,  with  the  period  of  its  first 
appearance. 

From  the  preceding  facts  we  conclude : 

1st.  As  destructive  and  extensive  pestilences ,  resembling  yellow 
fever,  have  destroyed  the  aboriginal  inhabitants,  in  former  times, 
when  they  formed  a  numerous  and  comparatively  dense  population , 
we  are  justified  in  holding  that  the  A  merican  Continent  has  been 
in  past  ages  subjected  to  wide  spread  terrestial,  celestial  and  clim¬ 
atic  conditions  which  were  hostile  to  h  uman  life. 

2d.  The  experience  of  the  past  leads  to  the  belief  that  such 
destructive  combinations  or  conditions  may  occur  in  the  future  and 
cause  wide  spread  destruction  uncontrollable,  by  human  means. 

.‘id.  Yellow  fever  has,  since  the  advent  of  Europeans  in  the 
Antilles,  and  in  North  and  South  America,  prevailed  at  various 
periods,  separated  by  no  uniform  intervals,  with  great  violence  and 
during  such  periods  its  area ,  has  been  noddy  extended,  as  in  1878. 

4th.  However  perfect  the  sanitary  arrangements  and  complete 
the  quarantine  regulations  of  cities  situated  within  certain  parallels 
of  latitude,  it  is  probable  that  in  seasons  of  great  epidemic  in¬ 
fluence,  human  agency  may  fail  in  the  circum  vention  or  arrest  of 
the  American  plague. 

5th.  In  insular,  tropical  and  subtropical  America,  one  of  the 
most  essential  conditions  for  the  increase  of  yellow  fever,  is  the 
accession  and  crowding  of  unacclimated  persons ,  natives  of  the 
colder  regions  of  America  and  Europe,  in  cities  or  on  sh  ip-board. 
Armies  and  navies  are  the  great  fields  of  its  ravages. 


YELLOW  FEVER  COEVAL  WITH  THE  FIRST  SETTLEMENT  OF  THE 
GULF  COAST  OF  LOUISIANA  BY  THE  FRENCH.  HISTORY 
DURING  FRENCH  DOMINATION  1684—1763. 

Father  Christian  Le  Clerq  in  his  “  account  of  La  Salle's  at¬ 
tempt  to  reach  the  Mississippi  by  sea,  and  of  the  establishment  of 
a  French  colony  in  St.  Louis  Bay,"  states  that  in  September,  1(584, 
La  Salle  suffered  with  a  dangerous  malady  in  the  Island  of  St. 
Domingo,  which  brought  him  to  the  verge  of  the  grave,  and 
the  soldiers  and  most  of  the  crew,  bavins'  plunged  into  every 
kind  of  debauchery  and  intemperance,  so  common  in  these 
parts,  were  so  ruined,  and  contracted  such  dangerous  disorders 
that  some  died  on  the  Island  and  others  never  recovered.  The 
disease  appears  to  have  been  of  an  infectious  and  contagious 
character,  for  Father  Christian  Le  Clerq  states  farther,  that 
after  the  construction  of  the  forts  in  St.  Louis  Bay,  on  the 
coast  of  the  present  State  of  Texas,  u  the  maladies  which  the 
soldiers  had  contracted  were  visibly  carrying  them  off,  and  a 
hundred  died  in  a  few  days,  notwithstanding  all  the  relief 
afforded  by  broths,  preserves  and  wine,  which  were  given  them.” 
It  is  evident  therefore,  that  the  soldiers,  sailors  and  colonists  of 
the  fleet  of  the  celebrated  and  unfortunate  La  Salle,  which 
sailed  from  Rochelle,  France,  on  the  15th  of  August,  1684, 
suffered  severely  from  an  infectious  fever,  after  reaching  the 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


127 


island  of  St.  Domingo  on  the  14tli  of  September,  and  this 
fever,  which  came  near  destroying  the  commander,  was  trans¬ 
ferred  to  the  shores  of  Louisiana,  and  continued  its  ravages 
after  the  foundation  of  the  Fort  of  St.  Louis. 

It  is  probable,  therefore,  that  yellow  fever,  was  coeval  with 
the  settlement  of  the  French  on  the  coast  of  Louisiana. 

According  to  M.  Benard  de  La  Harpe,  M.  d’Iberville,  built 
the  fort  at  Biloxi  in  the  month  of  April  1099,  with  four  bastions, 
which  he  mounted  with  12  cannon,  and  gave  the  command  of 
it  to  his  brothers  Sauville  and  Bienville,  and  set  sail  for  France, 
on  the  4th  of  May,  1699.  On  the  22d  of  August,  1701,  M.  de 
Sauville  died  of  a  fever,  supposed  to  have  been  yellow  fever; 
and  by  the  same  disease,  the  garrison  lost  upwards  of  sixty 
men,  leaving  only  one  hundred  and  fifty  persons  in  the  colony. 
This  circumstance,  as  well  as  the  poverty  of  the  surrounding 
soil  at  Biloxi  led  Bienville  to  commence  on  the  16th  of  January, 
1702,  a  settlement  on  the  Mobile  river,  about  eighty  leagues 
from  the  sea. 

According  to  La  Harpe,  on  the  24tli  of  April,  1704,  M.  Du 
Coudray  Guimont,  arrived  at  Dauphine  Island  with  the  Pelican, 
of  fifty  guns,  from  France,  bearing  provisions  and  other  articles 
for  the  colony.  lie  also  brought  sixty-five  soldiers,  four 
priests,  two  grey  nuns,  twenty-three  poor  girls,  and  four  fam¬ 
ilies  of  artisans.  In  the  month  of  December  a  great  deal  of 
sickness  prevailed  in  the  colony.  M.  Du  Coudray  Guimont, 
lost  the  half  of  his  crew'  and  was  obliged  to  take  twenty  men 
from  the  garrison  to  sail  the  vessel  back  to  France.  MM.  de 
Tonti,  et  le  Vasseur,  Father  Donge,  a  Jesuit,  and  thirty  sol¬ 
diers  of  the  new  troops,  who  had  just  arrived  at  the  fort,  died 
during  the  month. 

On  the  19th  of  October,  1706,  M.  de  Chateau  gue  arrived 
at  Mobile  from  Havana,  and  reported  that  M.  de  Iberville  had 
fitted  up  a  fleet  to  seize  upon  Jamaica,  and  had  taken  on  board 
at  Martinique  about  2000  buccaneers,  but,  hearing  that  the 
English  had  been  informed  of  his  intentions,  he  sailed  for 
Havana,  and  took  on  board  one  thousand  Spaniards  to  invade 
Carolina.  The  fever  or  pest  (yellow  fever)  which  prevailed  at 
that  time,  broke  out  among  his  troops,  of  which  Iberville  died 
and  800  men. 

In  the  spring  of  1718,  Bienville  selected  a  site  for  a  town  on 
the  banks  of  the  Mississippi,  and  placed  fifty  men  to  clear  otf 
the  grounds,  as  the  location  of  the  future  capital  of  the  pro¬ 
vince.  The  ground  selected  was  that  which  is  now  covered  by 
the  lower  portion,  or  French  part,  of  the  present  city  of  New 
Orleans.  Next  spring  the  river  overflowed  its  banks,  the  new 
settlement  was  completely  inundated,  and  the  site  seemed  to 
present  an  uncertain  location  for  a  city,  which  remained  for 
several  years  little  more  than  a  military  post  remote  from  the 
settlements.  For  three  years  Bienville’s  headquarters  remained 
at  Mobile. 

The  historian,  M.  Le  Page  Du  Pratz,  who  came  over  with  a 


128 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


colony  of  eight  hundred  men  in  1718,  under  the  auspices  of  the 
West  India  Company,  states  that  six  weeks  before  the  arrival 
at  Cape  Frangois ,  St.  Domingo,  fifteen  hundred  persons  died  of 
an  epidemic  called  the  Siam  Distemper.  Du  Pratz  gives, 
however,  no  facts  to  show  that  any  of  the  body  of  emigrants 
some  of  whom  settled  at  New  Orleans,  and  others  at  Natchez, 
suffered  with  yellow  fever,  for  he  states  that  after  a  passage  of 
three  months,  including  the  six  weeks  spent  at  Cape  Francois, 
they  arrived  at  the  Island  of  Massacre ,  since  called  Isle  of 
Dauphin e ,  on  August  25th,  after  a  prosperous  voyage,  no  one 
having  died,  or  having  been  even  dangerously  ill.  Du  Pratz 
describes  the  location  of  the  future  capital  of  Louisiana  in  1718, 
as  being  marked  out  by  a  hut  covered  with  palmetto  leaves. 

As  early  as  the  year  1718,  in  which  New  Orleans  was  founded, 
a  company  ship  had  sailed  from  France  with  troops  and  one 
hundred  convicts,  destined  for  Louisiana,  but  had  never  been 
heard  ot.  Toward  the  close  of  1821,  there  arrived  in  Louisiana, 
a  French  officer  who  gave  some  account  of  this  ill-fated  vessel. 
It  was  now  discovered  that  like  the  fleet  of  La  Salle,  she  had 
missed  the  Mississippi,  and  had  been  driven  to  the  west.  .Her 
commander  had  mistaken  the  island  of  Cuba  for  that  of  St. 
Domingo,  and  had  been  compelled  to  pass  through  the  old 
channel  to  get  into  the  Gulf.  He  made  a  large  bay,  in  the  29th 
degree  of  latitude,  and  discovered  that  he  had  lost  his  way. 
His  misfortune  was  increased  by  a  contagious  disease  breaking 
out  among  the  convicts.  Five  of  the  officers  thought  it  less 
dangerous  to  land,  with  provisions  for  eight  days,  and  their 
arms,  than  to  continue  on  board.  The  first  importation  of 
African  slaves  numbering  500,  was  made  in  1719,  a  large  por¬ 
tion  of  which  was  sent  to  New  Orleans,  and  transferred  to  the 
west  bank  of  the  river  to  a  plantation  owned  by  a  company. 
The  remainder  were  sold  chiefly  to  the  agricultural  settlements 
of  the  lower  Mississippi.  We  have  no  accounts  of  any  importa¬ 
tion  of  yellow  fever  by  these  or  subsequent  cargoes  of  slaves 
under  the  French  reign. 

Bemud  de  la  Harpe  states  that  on  the  1st  of  July,  1720,  the 
king’s  ships,  Le  Comte  de  Toulouse,  sixty-four  guns,  com¬ 
manded  by  M.  de  Vatel,  after  the  death  of  M.  de  Caffiro,  on  the 
17th  of  June,  and  the  Saint  Henri,  seventy  guns,  commanded 
by  M.  Douce,  arrived  in  Louisiana.  They  brought  with  them 
from  the  island  of  St.  Domingo,  a  contagious  fever,  or  malady, 
which  carried  off  a  great  number  of  persons  every  day.  After 
opening  several  bodies,  it  was  discovered  that  the  disease  came 
from  a  corruption  which  engendered  a  quantity  of  worms  in  the 
stomach. 

Francois  Xavier  Martin  gives  a  wholly  different  account  of 
the  origin  and  nature  of  this  malady,  and  classes  it  with  the 
Oriental  Plague.  He  says :  u  Two  line-of-battle  ships  came  in 
the  latter' part  of  J  une,  1720,  from  Toulon.  They  were  in  great 
distress ;  Caffaro,  the  commodore,  and  most  of  their  crews  had 
fallen  victims  to  the  plague,  which  some  sailors  in  these  ships 


1879| 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


129 


who  had  come  from  Marseilles,  had  communicated  to  the 
others ;  that  city  being  ravaged  by  pestilence,  brought  there 
by  a  ship  from  Lyde,  in  the  Levant.  Father  Laval,  a  Jesuit, 
royal  professor  of  hydrography  iu  the  college  of  Toulon,  had  by 
the  king’s  order,  taken  passage  on  board  this  fleet,  with  direc¬ 
tions  to  make  astronomical  observations  in  Louisiana.  The 
chaplains  of  the  ship  having  died,  the  father,  considering 
science  an  object  of  minor  consideration  to  a  minister  of  the 
altar,  thought  it  his  duty  to  bestow  all  his  time  in  administer¬ 
ing  spiritual  relief  to  the  sick,  who  for  a  long  time  were  very 
numerous,  and  he  sailed  back  with  the  ships. 

Experiment  having  shown  that  Europeans  could  not  stand 
the  labors  of  the  field,  but  sickened  and  died  under  the  burning 
suns  of  Louisiana,  and  the  chilling  dews  and  fogs  of  night;  the 
Western  Company  was  therefore  compelled  to  introduce  African 
negroes  to  cultivate  the  plantations  scattered  on  the  bayous  and 
rivers  of  the  delta  of  the  Mississippi  and  for  several  years  it  fur¬ 
nished  the  agricultural  interests  of  the  colony  with  several  hun¬ 
dred  annually,  which  was  the  origin  of  African  slavery  in  Louisi¬ 
ana.  In  1824,  M.  de  Bienville  drew  up  a  code,  containing  all  the 
legislation  applicable  to  slaves  in  Louisiana,  which  remained  in 
force  until  1803.  It  appears  that  during  the  year  1781,  Louisi¬ 
ana  received  no  less  than  1367  negroes  from  the  coast  of  Africa. 
We  have  failed  to  discover  in  the  writings  of  La  Harpe,  Du 
Pratz,  Charlevois,  Martin,  Gayarre  and  others,  any  facts  sus¬ 
taining  the  view  advanced  by  some,  that  yellow  fever  was 
first  imported  into  Louisiana  by  the  slave  ships. 

Du  Pratz,  who  visited  New  Orleans  and  Biloxi  in  1722, 
states  that  at  the  latter  place  more  than  five  hundred  persons 
died  of  famine.  He  states  that  u  the  great  plenty  of  oysters 
found  upon  the  coast  saved  the  lives  of  some  of  them,  although 
obliged  to  wade  up  to  their  thighs  for  them  a  gunshot  from  the 
shore.  If  this  food  nourished  several  of  them,  it  threw  num¬ 
bers  into  sickness,  which  was  still  more  heightened  by  the  long 
time  they  were  obliged  to  be  in  the  water.” 

In  the  beginning  of  August,  1723,  Bienville  removed  his 
headquarters  to  New  Orleans.  A  most  destructive  hurricane 
desolated  the  province  on  the  11th  of  September,  1723.  The 
church,  hospital  and  thirty  houses  were  levelled  to  the  ground 
in  New  Orleans ;  three  vessels  that  lay  before  it  were  driven  on 
shore.  The  crops  above  and  below  were  totally  destroyed,  and 
many  houses  of  the  planters  blown  down.  Famine  threatened 
the  colonists  with  its  horrors,  but  they  were  in  some  degree 
relieved  by  the  appearance  of  an  unexpected  crop  of  rice.  Dis¬ 
ease  added  in  the  fall ,  its  horrors  to  those  of  impending  death. 

In  1724,  the  white  population  of  Louisiana,  says  La  Harpe, 
amounted  to  about  1700  souls,  and  the  black  population  to 
3300.  If  La  Harpe’s  statement  be  true,  it  shows  an  astonish¬ 
ing  diminution  of  the  white  population,  which  in  1721,  was 
computed  at  5400. 

17 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


130 

During  the  fall  of  1726,  Perrier,  a  lieutenant  of  the  King’s 
ships,  having  been  appointed  commandant  general  of  Louis¬ 
iana,  shortly  after,  Bienville  sailed  for  France :  one  of  the 
articles  of  instruction  to  Governor  Perrier  ran  thus:  “  Whereas 
it  is  maintained  that  the  diseases  which  prevail  in  New  Orleans 
during  the  summer  proceed  from  the  want  of  air  and  from  the  city 
being  smothered  by  the  neighboring  woods ,  which  press  so  close 
around  it ,  it  shall  be  the  care  of  M.  Perrier  to  have  them  cut  down , 
as  far  as  Lake  Pontchartrain .”  These  instructions  show :  That 
at  that  remote  time,  the  summer  was  the  sickly  season  at  New 
Orleans,  as  it  has  continued  ever  since  up  to  the  present  day; 
and  that  to  make  the  city  more  healthy,  the  government  as  far 
back  as  1726,  was  struck  with  the  necessity  of  an  improvement 
which  was  only  finally  executed  to  fulfill  the  necessities  of  the 
Federal  troops  during  their  hostile  occupation  in  1863, 1864  and 
1865. 

In  the  year  1727,  the  land  on  which  the  city  of  New  Orleans 
now  stands,  not  being  protected  by  an  adequate  levee,  was 
subject  to  annual  inundations,  and  was  a  perfect  quagmire, 
presenting  no  better  aspect  than  that  of  a  vast  sink  or  sewer. 
The  waters  of  the  Mississippi  and  those  of  Lake  Pontchar¬ 
train,  met  at  a  ridge  of  high  land,  which  by  their  common 
deposits  they  had  formed  between  Bayou  St.  John  and  New 
Orleans,  called  the  highland  of  the  lepers.  To  drain  the  city, 
a  wide  ditch  was  dug  on  Bourbon  street,  the  third  from  and 
parallel  to  the  river ;  each  lot  was  surrounded  by  a  small  ditch, 
which  in  the  course  of  time  filled  up,  except  the  part  fronting 
the  street,  so  that  every  square  instead  of  every  lot  was 
ditched  in.  The  wnole  city  was  surrounded  by  a  large  ditch, 
and  fenced  in  with  sharp  stakes  wedged  close  together.  In 
this  way  a  convenient  space  was  drained.  In  the  language  of 
Gayarre,  u  musquitoes  buzzed,  and  enormous  frogs  croaked  in¬ 
cessantly  in  concert  with  other  indescribable  sounds  ;  tall  reeds 
and  grasses  of  every  variety  grew  in  the  streets,  and  in  the 
yards,  so  as  to  intercept  all  communication,  and  ottered  a  safe 
retreat  and  places  of  concealment  to  venomous  reptiles,  wild 
beasts  and  malefactors,  who,  protected  by  these  impenetrable 
jungles,  committed  with  impunity,  all  sorts  of  evil  deeds.”  Is 
it  any  matter  of  surprise,  therefore,  that  the  hot  months  of 
summer  and  autumn  were  even  at  this  early  day,  dreaded  for 
their  destructive,  pestilential  fevers. 

Governor  Perrier  signalized  the  beginning  of  his  administra¬ 
tion,  by  the  completion  on  the  15th  of  November,  1727,  in 
front  of  New  Orleans,  a  levee  of  eighteen  hundred  yards  in 
length,  and  so  broad  that  its  summit  measured  eighteen  feet 
in  width.  This  same  levee,  although  considerably  reduced  in 
its  proportion,  he  caused  to  be  continued  eighteen  miles  on 
both  sides  of  the  city  above  and  below.  He  announced  to  the 
company  that  he  would  soon  undertake  to  cut  a  canal  from 
New  Orleans  to  Bayou  St.  John,  in  order  to  open  a  communi¬ 
cation  with  the  sea.,  through  the  lakes,  and  he  mentions  the 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


131 


arrangements  which  he  had  made  with  the  inhabitants  in  rela¬ 
tion  to  the  negroes  they  were  to  furnish  for  the  execution  of 
this  work,  which  was  actually  begun,  but  to  which  subsequent 
events  put  a  stop.  Thus  it  is  seen  that  the  plan  of  the  canal 
which  now  bears  the  name  of  Oarondelet,  did  not  originate 
with  the  Spanish  governor. 

From  a  dispatch  of  Diron  d’Artaguette,  dated  April  23,  1733, 
we  learu  that  the  small  pox  was  then  raging  in  Louisiana,  and 
that  from  this  cause  and  famine,  the  result  of  the  destruction 
of  the  crops  by  a  hurricane,  the  colony  was  on  the  eve  of  being 
depopulated. 

Bienville  and  Salmon,  in  a  joint  dispatch  pf  the  31st  of 
August,  1735,  say :  “The  mortality  of  cattle  is  frightful,  the 
drought  is  excessive  and  the  lieat  is  suffocating.  Such  hot 
weather  has  never  been  known  since  the  foundation  of  the  col¬ 
ony,  and  it  has  now  lasted  four  months  without  any  change.” 

While  the  planters  were  suffering  from  drought,  after  having- 
suffered  from  inundations,  the  inhabitants  of  New  Orleans 
were  laboring  under  a  strange  kind  of  infection.  They  could 
hardly  venture  out  of  their  houses  without  being  bit  by  mad 
dogs.  These  animals  had  increased  to  such  an  extent,  that 
they  had  become  an  intolerable  nuisance,  and  to  remedy  the 
evil,  the  royal  commissary,  Salmon,  ordered  them  to  be 
hunted  down,  on  certain  days,  from  live  o’clock  to  six  o’clock  in 
the  morning.  He  also  prohibited  negroes  and  Indians  from 
having  dogs,  under  the  penalty  for  the  offender  of  being  sen¬ 
tenced  to  wear  an  iron  collar. 

In  1734,  Bienville,  was  re-appointed  Governor  of  Louisiana. 

The  force  which  Bienville  assembled  in  1739,  for  the  subjec¬ 
tion  of  the  Chickasaw  Indians,  consisted  of  upwards  of  1200 
white,  and  double  that  number  of  Indian  and  black  troops. 
This  comparatively  large  army,  unaccountably  spent  six  months 
in  making  preparations  for  its  march.  In  the  meanwhile,  the 
troops  lately  arrived  from  France  became  unhealthy,  and  many 
died,  and  the  climate  had  an  almost  equally  deleterious  influ¬ 
ence  on  those  from  Canada.  Early  the  next  fall,  the  regulars 
and  militia  of  Canada  and  Louisiana,  who  had  escaped  the 
autumnal  disease,  were  prostrated  by  fatigue,  and  Bienville 
was  compelled  to  confine  his  call  for  service,  to  his  red  and 
black  men.  They  were  his  only  effective  force.  In  the  Chicka¬ 
saw  war  peace  was  purchased  at  the  price  of  many  valuable 
lives — estimated  at  500,  out  of  1200  white  troops,  not  slain  in 
battle,  but  destroyed  by  the  fevers  of  the  climate. 

On  the  third  of  November,  1703,  a  secret  treaty  was  signed 
at  Paris,  between  the  French  and  Spanish  Kings,  by  which  the 
former  ceded  to  the  latter,  the  part  of  the  province  of  Louisi¬ 
ana  which  lies  on  the  western  side  of  the  Mississippi,  with 
the  city  of  New  Orleans,  and  the  island  on  which  it  stands. 

1  have  drawn  the  following  conclusions,  from  data  which  I 
have  collected  from  every  available  source,  and  purchased  and 
preserved  in  my  library  ,  relating  chiefly  to  the  Medical  History 


132 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


of  Louisiana,  as  viewed  in  connection  with  its  commercial  and 
agricultural  development,  during  the  French  rule,  extending 
from  the  settlement  in  Matagorda  Bay,  by  La  Salle  in  1684  to 
‘the  treaty  of  Paris  in  1763,  when  France  ceded  to  Spain  and 
lb) gland  her  possessions  in  North  America. 

1st.  Under  the  French  government,  the  growth  of  the  popu¬ 
lation  of  Louisiana,  was  very  slow.  According  to  a  census 
of  the  inhabitants  of  the  province,  three  years  after 
the  treaty  of  Paris,  it  had  1893  men  fit  to  carry  arms, 
1044  marriageable  women,  1375  boys,  1244  girls,  in  all 
5556  white  individuals.  The  blacks  were  nearly  as  numer¬ 
ous.  The  erftire  population  at  the  end  of  near  80 
years,  did  not  exceed  12,000.  The  growth  of  the  Cap¬ 
itol,  New  Orleans,  had  been  very  slow,  and  in  51  years  after  its 
foundation,  the  population  amounted  to  only  3190  persons  of 
all  colors,  sexes  and  ages. 

2d.  The  commerce  of  New  Orleans,  and  of  the  province  gen 
erally,  was  exceedingly  limited  during  the  French  domination. 

3d.  It  is  probable  that  LaSalle  and  his  men  suffered  with 
yellow  fever,  in  the  West  Indies  as  early  as  1684,  and  they 
appear  to  have  brought  the  fever  with  them  to  the  shores  of 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  next  visitations  of  yellow  fever  were 
at  Biloxi,  in  1701  and  1704.  Iberville  and  800  of  his  men  died 
of  yellow  fever  in  the  West  Indies  in  1706.  The  historian  M. 
LePage  1  )u  Pratz  states  that  six  weeks  before  his  arrival  at 
Cape  Francois,  St.  Domingo,  in  1718,  fifteen  hundred  persons 
died  of  an  epidemic  distemper,  called  the  Siam  distemper, 
which  was  one  of  the  French  names  for  yellow  fever,  ft  is 
probable  that  yellow  fever  caused  the  great  mortality  amongst 
the  troops  and  convicts  in  1718,  on  board  the  French  ship, 
which  had  lost  its  reckoning,  and  missed  its  destination,  and 
passed  to  the  west  of  the  mouths  of  the  Mississippi. 

4th.  The  na  vigation  of  the  Mississippi,  from  the  Gulf  to  New 
New  Orleans,  was  very  tedious  before  the  introduction  of  steam, 
and  often  occupied  one  month.  The  commerce  of  the  city  was 
very  limited  during  the  French  domination. 

5th.  The  record  of  the  diseases  of  New  Orleans  during  the 
first  half  century  after  its  foundation,  are  very  imperfect,  and 
we  are  not  justified  in  affirming  that  during  this  period  yel¬ 
low  fever  was  unknown.  We  have  seen  that  as  early  as  1726, 
eight  years  after  its  foundation,  the  severe  fevers  of  the  summer 
and  autumn  attracted  the  attention  of  the  government. 

6th.  There  are  no  facts  to  show  that  during  this  period,  yel¬ 
low  fever  was  introduced  by  the  slave  ships.  The  mortality  on 
these  ships  was  often  frightful,  and  was  chiefly  occasioned  by 
bad  diet,  crowding,  foul  air,  scurvy,  diarrhoea  and  dysentery. 

7tli.  The  records  of  the  casualties  and  diseases  and  surgery 
of  the  various  armies  employed  by  the  French  at  different 
times  against  the  Indians,  English  and  Spaniards,  are  either 
entirely  wanting,  or  wholly  inaccessible  to  the  American  stu- 


1879J 


Louisiana  /State  Medical  Society. 


133 


dent ;  but  we  have  recorded  the  destruction  of  the  men  of  the 
army  of  Bienville,  by  fever,  during*  the  summer  and  autumn 
of  1739. 

HISTORY  OF  YELLOW  FEVER  IN  NEW  ORLEANS,  LOUISIANA, 
DURING  THE  SPANISH  RULE,  1763—1803. 

• 

In  the  archives  of  the  Department  of  Marine  in  France,  is  to 
be  found  a  memorial,  written  on  the  15th  of  August,  1763,  on 
the  situation  of  Louisiana,  by  one  Redon  de  Rassao,  who  seems 
to  have  occupied  an  official  position  in  the  colony.  Among  the 
causes  which  lie  gives  as  having  operated  as  obstacles  to  the 
prosperity  of  Louisiana,  are  the  following : 

“  1st.  Under  M.  De  Yaudreuil,  half  of  the  married  men  sent 
to  Louisiana  had  no  children,  and  were  between  forty  and  sixty. 

“2d.  A  good  many  families  are  located  below  the  English 
Turn,  in  marshy  and  unwholesome  ground  requiring  incessant 
labor  to  make  and  keep  up  embankments.  To  this  must  be 
added  the  deleterious  influence  of  poverty,  and  every  variety 
of  misery,  the  abjection  of  the  men  and  the  prostitution  of  the 
women. 

“3d.  The  officers,  addicted  to  trading,  and  converting  their 
soldiers  into  slaves  ;  a  shameful  system  of  plunder  authorized 
by  the  governors,  provided  they  had  their  share  in  it ;  the  dis¬ 
solute  morals  of  the  military,  drunkenness,  brawls  and  duels, 
by  which  half  of  the  population  was  destroyed.” 

Francis  Xavier  Martin  states  that  the  fall  of 1765  was  extremely 
sickly  ;  D.  Abadie  died,  and  tiie  supreme  command  of  the  pro¬ 
vince  devolved  on  Aubry,  the  senior  military  officer. 

We  have  no  record  of  the  diseases  of  New  Orleans  during 
the  year  1765,  but  yellow  fever  prevailed  in  other  portions  of 
the  province. 

Yellow  fever  prevailed  at  Mobile  in  1765.  The  most  authen¬ 
tic  and  detailed  account  of  the  epidemic  was  given  by  Captain 
Bernard  Romans,  in  his  concise  Natural  History  of  East  and 
West  Florida,  and  is  as  follows  :  “  This  fatal  disease  has  been 
followed  by  the  entire  ruin  of  Mobile,  and  had  nearly  spoiled 
the  reputation  of  Pensacola.  *  *  *  In  the  year  1765,  ar¬ 

rived  a  regiment  (1  think  the  twenty-first)  from  Jamaica;  with 
them  they  brought  a  contagious  distemper,  contracted  either  in 
the  island  or  on  their  passage;  these  men,  like  most  soldiers,  lived 
a  life  of  intemperance,  and  besides  drank  the  water  out  of 
stagnant  pools ;  this  and  other  inconveniences  of  a  soldier’s  life 
joined  to  their  arriving  in  a  bad  season,  swept  them  off  so  as 
scarce  to  leave  a  living  one  to  bury  the  dead.”  When  describ¬ 
ing  the  diseases  of  Florida,  Bernard  Romans  remarks,  “  1  am 
persuaded  that  wherever  the  yellow  fever  has  made  its  appear¬ 
ance  in  the  Floridas,  it  was  imported  from  Jamaica  or  Havana,  as 
was  the  case  in  1765,  which  (by  the  way)  was  almost  univer¬ 
sally  an  unhealthy  era,  as  well  in  Europe  as  elsewhere.”  Con¬ 
cise  Natural  History  of  East  and  West  Florida ,  p.12-13,  p.  232. 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


134 

I)r.  James  Lind,  in  his  Essay  on  Diseases  Incidental  to  Euro¬ 
peans  in  Hot  Climates ,  has  recorded  the  prevalence  of  yellow 
fever  in  1765,  at  Pensacola.  He  says:  “At  Pensacola,  where 
the  soil  is  sandy,  and  quite  barren,  the  English  have  suffered 
much  from  sickness.  Some  for  want  of  vegetables,  died  of 
the  scurvy ;  but  a  far  greater  part  of  fevers.  The  excessive 
heat  of  the  weather,  has  sometimes  produced  in  this  place  a 
mortal  sickness,  similar  to  that  which  in  the  West  Indies,  goes 
under  the  name  of  the  yellow  fever;  this  in  the  year  1765, 
proved  very  fatal  to  a  regiment  of  soldiers  sent  from  England, 
unseasoned  to  such  climates,  from  the  unfortunate  circumstance 
of  their  being  landed  there  in  the  height  of  the  sickly  season; 
it  raged  chiefly  in  the  fort,  where  the  air  in  the  soldier’s  bar¬ 
racks  being  sheltered  from  the  sea  breeze,  by  the  walls  of  the 
fort,  was  extremely  sultry  and  unhealthy. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark,  that  during  the  fatal  rage  of  this 
fever  at  Pensacola,  such  as  lived  on  board  the  ships  in  the 
harbor  escaped  it. 

Pensacola,  however,  is  of  late  esteemed  more  healthy  than 
Mobile,  where  intermitting  fevers  prevail  in  the  months  of 
duly,  August  and  September.”  “  Lately,  when  a  mortal  sick¬ 
ness,  in  the  year  1765,  prevailed  at  Pensacola,  by  which  a 
regiment  newly  arrived  there  lost  120  men,  and  eleven  out  of 
twelve  of  the  officers’  ladies,  who  were  landed  with  them,  were 
said  to  have  died  ;  the  companies  of  the  men-of-war,  lying  at  a 
mile’s  distance  from  the  shore,  enjoyed  the  most  perfect  health. 
These  ships  were  the  Tartar  and  Prince  Edward,  of  whose 
men,  three  only,  who  had  been  on  shore,  were  seized  with  this 
malignant  fever,  and  all  of  them  recovered  when  they  got  on 
board.  It  was  likewise  remarkable  that  such  gentlemen  as 
were  seized  with  this  fever  at  Pensacola,  and  carried  on  board 
ships,  quickly  recovered;  or  at  least,  by  this  change  of  air,  the 
fever,  being  divested  of  most  of  its  mortal  symptoms,  soon 
assumed  the  form  of  an  intermittent.” 

Dr.  James  Lind  also  records  the  fact,  that  “  in  the  year  1766, 
sixteen  French  Protestant  families,  consisting  of  sixty  persons, 
were  sent  at  the  expense  of  the  English  government  to  West 
Florida.  The  ground  allotted  for  their  residence  was  on  the 
side  of  a  hill,  surrounded  with  marshes,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river  Scambia.  These  new  planters  arrived  in  winter,  and 
continued  perfectly  healthy  until  the  sickly  months,  which  in 
that  country  are  those  of  July  and  August.  About  this  time, 
eight  gentlemen  (from  one  of  whom  1  received  this  account), 
went  to  this  new  settlement  to  solicit  votes  for  the  election  of 
a  representative  to  the  General  Assembly  of  that  province ; 
where,  by  remaining  but  one  night,  every  one  of  them  was 
seized  with  a  violent  intermitting  fever,  of  which  the  candi¬ 
date,  for  being  the  representative,  and  another  of  their  number 
died.  The  next  day  seven  gentlemen  came  upon  the  same  bu¬ 
siness,  to  this  unhealthy  spot  of  ground;  but  by  leaving  it  be¬ 
fore  night,  they  had  the  good  fortune  to  escape  this  sickness, 


X879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


135 


and  all  continued  in  perfect  health.  During  the  same  months, 
the  annual  fever  of  that  climate  proved  so  fatal  to  these 
French  settlers  on  that  unwholesome  spot,  that  of  sixty  per¬ 
sons,  fourteen  only  survived  it ;  and  even  those  who  remained 
alive,  in  the  September  and  October  following,  were  all  in  a 
very  ill  state  of  health,  but  one  of  them  having  escaped  the 
attack  of  the  fever,  and  most  of  them  dying  within  a  few 
months  afterwards,  from  the  injury  it  had  done  their  consti¬ 
tutions.” 

Some  writers  have  fixed  upon  1766,  as  the  tirst  visitation  of 
yellow  fever  in  New  Orleans. 

Martin  says :  “  This  year,  the  province  was  visited  by  a  dis¬ 
ease,  not  dissimilar  to  that  known  as  yellow  fever.  It  was 
severely  felt  in  West  Florida,  where  a  number  of  emigrants 
had  lately  arrived.  Sixteen  families  of  French  Protestants, 
transported  at  the  expense  of  the  British  government  on  the 
river  Escambia,  consisting  of  sixty-four  persons,  were  almost 
entirely  swept  away  by  the  deleterious  sickness.”  History  of 
Louisiana,  vol.  1,  p.  354. 

The  learned  and  accomplished  historian,  Charles  ( tayarre, 
says  that  in  1736,  Ulloa,  “ordered  a  census  to  be  made  of  the 
white  population  of  Louisiana  and  the  result  was  found  to  be 
1893  men  able  to  carry  arms,  1044  women,  married  or  unmar¬ 
ried,  1375  male  children,  and  1240  of  the  other  sex.  Total 
5562.  The  blacks  were  about  as  numerous.  But  the  popula¬ 
tion  was  somewhat  reduced  by  an  epidemic  which  prevailed  in 
that  year  (1766),  and  which,  it  is  said,  closely  resembled  the 
disease  now  so  well  known  here  under  the  name  of  yellow 
fever.”  Hist,  of  Louisiana  under  French  Domination,  vol.  ii, 
pp.  133,  134. 

The  17th  and  18th  of  January,  1768,  were  the  two  coldest 
days  that  had  ever  been  known  in  Louisiana.  All  the  orange 
trees  perished  a  second  time  throughout  the  colony  as  in  1748. 
In  front  of  New  Orleans,  the  river  was  frozen  on  both  sides  to 
thirty  or  forty  feet  from  its  banks. 

Normau,  in  his  “  New  Orleans  and  its  Environs,  1845,”  says 
that  “The  first  visitation  of  yellow  fever  was  in  1769.  Since 
that  time  it  has  continued  to  be  almost  an  annual  scourge.  It 
was  introduced  into  this  continent,  in  the  above  named  year, 
by  a  British  vessel ,  from  the  coast  of  Africa,  with  a  cargo  of 
slaves .” 

We  have  seen  that  no  allusion  to  the  introduction  of  yellow 
fever  or  any  infectious  disease  by  the  slave  ships  is  found  in  the 
preceding  colonial  records.  Norman  does  not  cite  authority  for 
his  statement,  which  would  place  the  tirst  epidemic  of  yellow 
fever  in  the  year  1769.  On  the  other  hand,  Dr.  Thomas  Axes 
the  first  invasion  of  the  fever  in  New  Orleans,  in  1796,  or  about 
twenty-seven  years  later.  Essai  sur  la  Fevre  Jaune  d’Amer- 
ique,  p.  70. 

Dr.  Daniel  Drake,  says,  “  This  however  is  a  mistake  as  we 
shall  presently  see.  Throughout  the  whole  period,  the  com- 


Abstract'  oj  Proceeding* 


139 


[July 


lnerce  of  the  city  was  exceedingly  limited  and  up  to  the  year 
1788,  seventy -eight  years  after  the  first  settlement,  the  popula¬ 
tion  amounted  to  only  5338,  including  negroes.  On  the  whole 
we  may  conclude  that  throughout  the  period  mentioned,  the 
town  suffered  but  little  or  at  all  from  that  malady.  Since  the 
year  1790,  it  has  become  gradually  more  frequent  and  formida¬ 
ble  ;  but  throughout  the  first  twenty-seven  years,  the  accounts 
of  its  invasion  are  meagre  and  unsatisfactory.”  Principal  Dis- 
seases  of  the  Valley  of  North  America,  1854,  pp.  201,  202. 

Louisiana  although  ceded  to  Spain  in  1703,  was  not  under 
the  entire  control  of  that  power  before  the  18th  of  August, 
1709,  when  O’Reilly  took  formal  possession  of  the  country. 

One  of  the  first  acts  of  O’Reilly,  was  an  order  for  a  census 
of  the  inhabitants  of  New  ( frleans.  If  was  executed  with  great 
accuracy.  It  appeared  that  the  aggregate  population  amounted 
to  3190  persons,  of  every  age,  sex  and  color.  The  number  of 
free  persons  were  1902;  31  of  whom  were  black,  and  08  of 
mixed  blood.  There  were  1225  slaves,  and  00  domesticated 
Indians.  The  number  of  houses  were  408;  the  greater  part  of 
them  were  in  the  third  and  fourth  streets  from  the  river,  and 
principally  in  the  latter. 

In  1778,  one  of  the  most  serious  afflictions  of  the  province  in 
this  year,  as  in  the  preceding  one,  Avas  the  small -pox,  which 
proved  very  fatal  in  NeAv  Orleans,  and  on  the  plantations  above 
and  below.  It  appears  to  have  been,  for  many  years,  in  Louisi¬ 
ana,  the  disease  most  prevalent  and  most  feared.  Hurricanes 
seem  also  to  have  been  one  of  its  chief  scourges. 

The  army  of  1400  men,  assembled  by  Galvez  for  an  expedi¬ 
tion  against  the  English,  suffered  considerable  loss,  towards 
the  end  of  the  summer  of  1779,  from  the  diseases  incident  to 
the  climate;  and  when  the  Spaniards  came  in  sight  of  Fort 
Manchac,  situated  at  a  distance  of  about  one  hundred  and 
fifteen  miles  from  New  Orleans,  disease  and  the  fatigues  of  the 
journey  had  caused  a  diminution  of  more  than  one-tliird  of 
their  number. 

The  winter  of  1784,  was  of  extraordinary  severity.  On  the 
13th  of  February,  the  whole  bed  of  the  river,  in  front  of  New 
Orleans,  was  tilled  up  Avith  fragments  of  ice,  the  size  of  most  of 
which  Avas  from  twelve  to  thirty  feet,  with  a  thickness  of  two 
or  three  feet. 

One  of  the  first  measures  of  Miro’s  administration,  which 
succeeded  that  of  Galvez,  in  1785,  was  of  a  most  remarkable 
character,  and  charitable  in  its  purpose,  namely,  the  founda¬ 
tion  of  a  Hospital  for  Lepers.  There  being  a  number  of  persons 
in  the  Province  of  Louisiana,  afflicted  with  leprosy ,  the  Cabildo 
erected  an  hospital  for  their  reception,  in  the  rear  of  the  city, 
on  a  ridge  of  high  land,  between  it  and  Bayou  St.  John. 

There  are  no  facts  to  show  the  precise  nature  of  the  lep¬ 
rosy  of  Louisiana,  of  those  days,  but  it  may  Avith  reason  be 
supposed,  that  several  affections  were  confounded  with  the  true 
leprosy  of  the  ancient  Egyptians,  Hebrews  and  Greeks,  as 


1879] 


Louisiana  IS  tale  Medical  Society. 


137  . 


constitutional  syphilis,  elephantiasis  and  the  yaws  of  the 
African  race.  1  have  upon  a  former  occasion,  presented  to 
the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association,  the  results 
of  my  investigations  into  the  History  of  Leprosy  in  the  South¬ 
ern  States,  and  the  paper  has  been  published  in  the  New  Or¬ 
leans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

According  to  the  census  taken  by  order  of  Galvez,  New  Or¬ 
leans  contained  in  1785,  4980  inhabitants. 

Much  light  would  be  thrown  upon  the  history  of  yellow 
fever  and  other  diseases,  in  New  Orleans,  were  it  possible  to 
recover  the  records  of  the  Royal  Hospital  of  New  Orleans,  for 
which  there  was  expended  in  178a,  the  following  sums:  a 
comptroller  $000 ;  commissary  $300  ;  steward  $480 ;  physician 
$000 ;  chaplain  $480 ;  first  surgeon  $000 ;  assistant  surgeon 
$300;  mate  $192;  two  minor  surgeons  $300  ;  apothecary  $480; 
apothecaries’  attendants  and  cook  $904 ;  provisions  and  medi¬ 
cines  $18,000.  The  total  expenses  of  the  government  of  Louis¬ 
iana,  were  $449,389.  Whilst  the  expenses  of  North  Carolina, 
with  a  population  of  377,721,  was  only  $50,930,  or  fifteen  cents 
per  head;  those  of  Louisiana,  with  her  27,584  inhabitants 
(14,217  whites,  1203  free  colored  and  10,594  slaves),  were  six¬ 
teen  dollars  and  fifty-five  cents. 

The  summer  of  1787  was  marked  by  fevers  which  frequently 
and  easily  assumed  a  malignant  type.  There  was  also  an  epi¬ 
demic  catarrh,  from  which  few  were  exempt,  and  by  which 
many  were  seriously  incommoded.  The  small-pox  infested  the 
whole  province,  and  those  whom  fear  prevented  from 
being  inoculated,  became  the  victims  of  their  prejudices.  All 
those  who  were  attacked  by  the  contagion,  either  died,  or  were 
dangerously  sick.  The  inoculation  was  fatal  only  to  very  few, 
but  this  wras  enough  to  confirm  in  their  systematic  opposition 
those  w  ho  declaimed  against  this  wise  and  humane  practice. 

After  the  massacre  by  the  negroes,  on  the  night  of  the  23d 
of  August,  1791,  of  the  French  of  the  Island  of  Hispaniola,  a 
portion  of  the  white  inhabitants  fled  to  Louisiana. 

Dr.  Daniel  Drake,  who  visited  New7  Orleans  and  instituted 
personal  inquiries,  states,  that  the  first  invasion  of  yellow7 
fever  in  New7  Orleans,  of  which  he  had  an  authentic  account,  was 
in  the  year  1791.  Dr.  Drake’s  informant,  Richard  Relf,  Esq., 
one  of  the  most  venerable  citizens  of  New  Orleans,  soon  after 
his  arrival  experienced  an  attack,  and  three  of  his  fellow 
lodgers,  fell  victims  to  the  fever.  After  his  recovery  lie  saw 
many  cases,  and  in  subsequent  years  became  so  familiar  with 
it  that  he  could  not  be  mistaken  as  to  the  character  of  the  dis¬ 
ease.  The  Principal  Diseases  of  the  Valley  of  North  America , 
2d  series,  1854,  p.  201. 

On  the  9th  of  May,  1794,  Don  Francisco  Louis  Hector,  Baron 
de  Carondelet,  gave  notice  of  his  intention  to  dig  a  canal,  which 
carrying  off  the  water  of  the  city  and  its  environs  into  one  of 
the  branches  of  the  Bayou  St.  John,  would  rid  New  Orleans  of 

18 


A  bstract  oj  Proceedings 


138 


[July 


the  stagnating  ponds  which  rendered  it  sickly,  and  the  multi¬ 
tude  of  musquitoes,  which  harrassed  the  inhabitants. 

Baron  Carondelet  designed  the  canal  to  run  from  the  ditches, 
that  ran  along  the  ramparts,  with  which  the  town  was  encircled, 
to  Bayou  St.  John,  and  thus  to  drain  the  putrid  waters,  stag¬ 
nating  around  the  city,  and  producing  those  epidemics  which 
were  so  fatal  to  its  prosperity. 

In  the  month  of  October,  1705,  Baron  Carondelet  by  a  publi¬ 
cation  in  Le  Moniteur  de  la  Louisiane  (the  only  periodical  paper 
published  in  the  province  during  its  subjection  to  Spain) 
brought  to  view  the  future  grandeur  of  New  Orleans,  and 
announced  that  in  five  days  more  the  Colonial  Government 
would  complete  the  canal ;  and  in  another  publication  on  the 
23d  of  November,  draws  attention  of  the  inhabitants  to  the 
commercial  facilities  afforded  by  the  canal,  and  to  the  marked 
diminution  of  Mortality  during  the  preceding  three  months. 

The  great  sanitary  problem  of  New  Orleans,  drainage,  en¬ 
gaged  the  attention  of  its  governors,  for  sixty -four  years,  before 
the  practical  and  valuable  experiment  of  Baron  Carondelet. 

In  1796,  the  canal  behind  the  city  was  completed,  and  a  num¬ 
ber  of  vessels  went  through  it  to  a  basin,  which  had  been  dug 
near  the  ramparts. 


THE  EPIDEMIC  YELLOW  FEVER  OF  NOT  THE  FIRST  VISITA¬ 
TION  OF  THIS  DISEASE  IN  NEW  ORLEANS. 

According  to  Charles  Gayarre,  ‘‘New  Orleans  was  visited, 
it  is  said  for  the  first  time,  with  the  yellow  fever  in  the  fall  of 
the  year  1796.  That  autumn  proved  besides  very  sickly  in  every 
other  way.  The  Intendant  Ventura  Morales,  in  a  despatch  of 
the  31st  of  October,  speaks  of  it  in  the  following  terms :  An 
epidemic  which  broke  out  in  the  latter  part  of  August  and 
which  is  prevalent  to  this  day,  has  terrified  and  still  keeps  in  a 
state  of  consternation  the  whole  population  of  this  town.  Some 
of  the  medical  faculty  call  it  a  malignant  fever ,  some  say  that 
it  is  the  disease  so  well  known  in  America  under  the  name  of 
Black  Vomit,  and  finally  others  affirm  that  it  is  the  yellow 
fever,  which  proved  so  fatal  in  Philadelphia  in  the  autumn  of 
1791.  Although  the  number  of  deaths  has  not  been  excessive, 
considering  that  according  to  the  parish  registry,  it  lias  not  yet 
reached  two  hundred  among  the  whites  since  the  breaking  out 
of  the  epidemic,  and  considering  that  many  died  from  other 
diseases,  still  it  must  be  admitted,  that  the  loss  of  lives  is  very 
great,  because  although  those  who  died  out  of  the  precincts  of 
the  town,  and  the  protestants  who  perished  (and  they  were 
numerous),  have  not  been  registered,  nevertheless  the  number 
of  deaths  exceeds  by  two-thirds  those  which  occurred  in  the 
same  lapse  of  time  in  ordinary  years.  A  peculiarity  to  be 
remarked  in  this  disease  is  that  it  attacks  foreigners  in  prefer¬ 
ence  to  the  natives,  and  what  is  singular,  it  seems  to  select  the 
Flemish,  the  English,  and  the  Americans,  who  rarely  recover, 


1870] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


139 


and  who  generally  die  the  second  or  third  day  after  the  inva¬ 
sion  of  the  disease.  Such  is  not  the  case  with  the  Spaniards  • 
and  the  colored  people,  with  whom  the  recipe  of  Dr.  Masdevall 
has  produced  marvellous  effects.”  History  of  Louisiana,  Span¬ 
ish  Domination,  p.  375. 

A  small  pamphlet  of  48  pages  was  published  in  New  ( hleans, 
in  1790,  with  the  following  title:  u  Medicamens  et  pree.es  de  la 
Methode  de  Mr.  Masdevall ,  Docteur  Medecin  du  Roi  WEspagne, 
Charles  IV,  pour  guein  toutes  les  Maladies  Epidemiques,  putrides 
et  Ma-lignes ,  Jievres  de  diff events  genres,  &e.,  et  pour  en  preserver 
divises  en  paragraphed,  et  en  numeros  eorrespondens  u  V -usage  des 
families  d  *'  pour  dues  de  Medecins.  Prix  4  escalins  broche ,  Chez 
Louis  Duel ot.  Imprimeur  a  la  Nile  Orleans,  1 790,  area  permis¬ 
sion  du  Gouvernment .” 

This  work  is  dedicated  to  Francis  Louis  Hector,  Baron  de 
Carondelet,  who  was  at  that  time  the  Governor  of  Louisiana. 

in  the  preface  allusions  are  made  to  the  efforts  of  Baron 
Carondelet  in  improving  the  health  and  extending  the  com¬ 
merce  of  the  city,  in  causing  the  construction  of  a  canal.  In  the 
first  paragraph  it  is  stated  that  Doctor  Joseph  Masdevall,  had  in 
the  year  1783,  observed  the  epidemics  of  putrid  and  malignant 
fevers,  which  had  desolated  Catalogue,  by  direction  of  Charles 
Ill.  This  account  was  published  in  Madrid  in  1780.  This  pam¬ 
phlet,  published  in  New  Orleans  in  1790,  and  which  has  been 
regarded  as  one  of  the  earliest,  if  not  the  earliest  medical  work 
issued  in  Louisiana,  appears  to  consist  chiefly  of  extracts  from 
the  work  of  Dr.  Masdevall,  published  ten  years  before  in 
Madrid.  After  careful  examination  of  this  small  medical  tract, 

I  have  discovered  no  facts  relating  to  the  origin,  nature  and 
spread  of  the  yellow  fever  of  1790  in  New  Orleans.  Tartar 
emetic  entered  largely  into  the  composition  of  the  various 
febrifuge  remedies  recommended  by  Dr.  Masdevall. 

Martin  makes  no  allusion  to  the  prevalence  of  yellow  fever 
in  the  summer  and  fall  of  1790,  but  says  :  “  the  fall  of  (1797) 
this  year  was  very  sickly  in  New  Orleans,  and  the  city  was  vis¬ 
ited  by  the  yellow  fever.”  History  of  Louisiana,  vol.  ii.,  p.  147. 

Of  the  origin  of  the  epidemic  of  1790,  Dr.  Thomas  (Essai  sur 
la  Fievre  Jaune,  p.  70),  gives  the  following  account : 

“  It  is  said  that  yellow  fever  had  never  been  observed  in 
New  Orleans,  before  1790.  Up  to  that  time  the  city  was  of  no 
great  extent,  and  was  surrounded  by  trees,  which,  by  their 
shade,  prevented  the  putrefaction  of  the  water  covering  the 
ground  at  their  roots,  and  which  absorbed  to  a  great  degree 
(a  quality  which  they  are  known  to  possess),  the  deleterious 
miasm.  The  Spanish  Baron  Carondelet,  then  governor  of 
Louisiana,  caused  a  number  of  works  to  be  executed  about  this 
time,  of  which  the  principal  were,  1st,  the  construction  of  a 
canal  two  miles  long,  which  still  bears  his  name,  and  termin¬ 
ates  in  New  Orleans  in  a  basin  (large  enough  to  contain  a  great 
number  of  small  vessels  from  25  to  100  tons  burden,  dug  ex¬ 
actly  in  the  place  where  the  old  cemeteries  were  situated),  and 


140 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


at  the  other  end  in  a  small  river  emptying  into  Lake  Pontchar- 
train  ;  2d,  fortifications  surrounded  by  ditches;  .‘id,  a  clearing 
away  for  a  considerable  distance  of  the  trees  which  surround 
the  city.  This  laid  bare  a  considerable  extent  of  marshy  land, 
which  dangerously  influenced  by  the  solar  heat,  soon  disen¬ 
gaged  effluvia  in  abundance. 

These  works,  and  particularly  the  canal,  were  finished  in 
1790,  as  is  shown  by  the  records  of  the  city,  from  which  I  have 
obtained  these  details ;  and  it  is  exactly,  at  the  time,  that  the 
first  epidemic  of  yellow  fever  occurred,  which  carried  off  at  its 
inception,  all  the  laborers  engaged  on  the  works,  as  eye-wit¬ 
nesses  testisy.  The  disastrous  results  of  disturbing  the  soil, 
have  been  demonstrated  anew,  in  the  epidemic  of  Natchez, 
1819.  Dr.  Prouens,  a  well-educated  physician,  who  practices 
medicine,  then  wrote  on  this  subject  to  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Orleans  (of  which  he  is  a  correspondent),  that  the  obvious 
cause  of  this  epidemic  was  not  an  importation  of  it  by  the 
river,  as  the  eontagionists  contend  ;  for  the  mortality  began  to 
show  itself  in  a  place  quite  remote  from  the  port,  and  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  some  very  considerable  excavations, 
which  had  been  made  a  short  time  before  for  the  purpose  of 
levelling  the  streets.  The  old  inhabitants  of  St.  Domingo  have 
assured  me  that  many  analogous  examples  were  known  to  have 
occurred  on  that  island,  from  the  same  cause,  ft  will  be  seen, 
in  reading  the  description  of  the  epidemic  of  1822,  that  excava¬ 
tion  of  the  earth  may  be  considered  as  one  of  the  causes  which 
fixed  its  limits.”  The  preceding  opinion  advanced  by  Thomas, 
that  the  yellow  fever  of  179(1,  was  of  local  origin,  appears  at 
that  time  to  have  been  contested,  for  the  late  Professor  Car¬ 
penter  (Sketches  from  the  History  of  Yellow  Fever,  p.  13), 
copying  from  the  Louisiana  Courier  for  November,  1820,  says 
u  it  was  traced  to  a  vessel  which  had  brought  it.” 

The  view  held  by  Thomas,  that  the  (so-called)  first  e))idemic 
of  yellow  fever  in  New  Orleans,  was  referable  in  its  origin  and 
causation  to  local  causes,  and  especially  to  an  extensive  dis¬ 
turbance  of  the  soil,  found  an  ardent  and  able  advocate  in  the 
late  Dr.  Edward  H.  Barton,  whose  views  were  fully  unfolded 
in  the  Report  of  the  Sanitary  Commission  of  New  Orleans ,  in  the 
Cpidemic  Yellow  Fever  of  1853.  Dr.  Barton  says,  “I  wish  to 
be  understood  distinctly  as  stating  that  since  1790-7,  to  the 
present  time ,  there  has  been  no  great  epidemic  yellow  fever  in  this 
city ,  without  an  extensive  breaking  up ,  disturbance  and  exposure  of 
the  original  soil  of  the  country  ;  and  that  the  extent  and  malignancy 
of  the  disease  has  been  pretty  much  in  proportion  to  the  extent  of 
these  exposures .” 

In  connection  with  the  preceding  speculations,  it  is  worthy 
of  note,  that  the  canal  Carondelet  was  commenced  in  the 
month  of  June,  1794;  that  in  the  autumn  of  1795  there  was  a 
navigable  canal  remote  from  the  city  by  way  of  the  lakes  to 
the  sea,  and  that  the  canal  and  basin  were  in  successful  opera¬ 
tion  in  1796. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


141 


Dr.  Bennet  Dowler,  wlio  appears  to  have  endorsed  to  a  cer¬ 
tain  extent  the  opinions  of  Thomas  and  Barton  as  to  the  local 
origin  of  the  epidemic  of  1790,  is  manifestly  in  error  when  he 
states  that  “  the  health  of  New  Orleans  anterior  to  the  appear¬ 
ance  of  yellow  fever  (in  1790),  was  unsurpassed  by  any  city  in 
America  for  without  recapitulating  the  facts  which  we  have 
recorded  to  show  that  pestilential  fevers  had  afflicted  the  city 
at  various  times,  as  well  as  small  pox  and  leprosy,  the  incor¬ 
rectness  of  his  statement  is  shown  by  the  following  facts: 

In  1787,  the  population  of  New  Orleans  was  5284,  with  a 
total  mortality  of  338 ;  one  death  in  15.04  inhabitants,  and  a 
ratio  per  thousand  of  population  (Millesimal  mortality)  of 
63.92. 

In  1796,  the  population  of  New  Orleans  was  8756,  with  a 
total  mortality  of  638  ;  one  death  in  13.57  of  inhabitants,  and  a 
ratio  per  1000  of  population  (Millesimal  mortality)  of  72.86. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  preceding  statistics,  that  in  1787, 
when  we  had  no  record  of  an  epidemic  in  New  Orleans,  the 
mortality  reached  the  fearful  proportion  of  one  in  fifteen  of  the 
inhabitants,  and  in  1796,  this  heavy  mortality  was  still  farther 
increased  by  the  yellow  fever  to  one  death  in  13.57  inhabitants. 

The  mortality  of  both  these  years  1787  and  1796,  was  in 
relation  to  the  actual  population,  far  heavier  than  that  of  the 
past  year  1878,  which  will  be  memorable  for  its  epidemic  of 
yellow  fever,  which  stands  as  third  in  the  list  of  great  epidemics 
in  New  Orleans,  from  its  foundation  in  1718  to  1879. 

Thus  the  total  mortality  for  the  year  1878,  was  10,318,  of 
which  8062  were  whites,  and  2256  colored,  making  of  all  colors 
one  death  m  about  20  inhabitants ;  or  50.17  per  1000  of  popu¬ 
lation;  or  55.32  per  1000  of  white  population,  and  39.13  per 
1000  of  colored  population. 

The  number  that  died  of  yellow  fever,  was  4046,  of  which 
3863  were  whites,  and  183  were  colored;  4056  deducted  from 
10,318  would  give  for  all  other  diseases  6272;  making  of  all 
colors  a  ratio  of  mortality  30.02  per  1000  of  population,  or  28.81 
per  1000  of  white  population,  and  35.95  per  1000  of  colored 
population.  The  ratio  of  mortality  per  1000  from  yellow  fever 
was  19.30  per  1000  population;  and  from  malarial  fevers  3.77 
per  1000  of  entire  population. 

In  the  light  of  such  facts  it  is  but  just  to  hold  the  view  that 
Neve  Orleans  has  been  subject  to  pestilential  fevers  at  various 
times  from  its  foundation,  and  that  the  opinions  as  to  its  won¬ 
derful  healthfulness  from  its  first  foundation  in  1718  to  1796, 
the  date  of  the  so-called  First !  Epidemic  of  yellow  fever,  are 
mere  opinions  without  foundation  in  fact.  And  we  attach  little 
or  no  weight  to  the  assertion  of  Bennet  Dowler  and  many 
other  writers  of  less  note,  that  whilst  New  Orleans  from  its 
foundation  had  been  closely  connected  by  geographical  position, 
commercial  intercourse,  language  and  governments,  with  both 
insular  and  continental  America,  where  yellow  fever  had  pre¬ 
vailed  for  centuries,  under  Spanish,  French  and  English  rule, 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


142 


[July 


it  had  yet  always  remained  exempt  from  yellow  fever  up  to  the 
year  1796. 

We  have  seen  that  Martin  states  that  yellow  fever  prevailed 
in  1797.  M.  Victor  Debouchel,  in  his  history  of  Louisiana, 
published  in  1  <S4 1 ,  says  that  the  yellow  fever  desolated  New  Or¬ 
leans  in  the  following  years,  namely  :  1767,  1797,  1802,  1810, 
1814,  1818,  1822,  1824,  1827,  1831,  1835,  1837. 

Dr.  Carpenter  states  that  in  1799,  “there  was  what  was 
considered  as  proof  of  its  importation.”  Sketches  from  the 
History  of  Yellow  Fever,  p.  14.  Dr.  Carpenter  refers  to  the  Lou¬ 
isiana  Courier  of  November  20th,  1820,  as  the  source  of  this 
surmise.  Dr.  Dow,  of  New  Orleans,  in  his  visit  to  Philadelphia 
in  1800,  informed  Dr.  Benjamin  Kush,  that  the  natives  and  old 
citizens  of  New  Orleans,  who  retired  into  the  country  during 
the  prevalence  of  yellow  fever  in  that  city  the  year  before  1799, 
were  often  affected  by  it,  whilst  all  such  persons  who  did  not 
change  their  residences  escaped  it  (Rush  Inquiry,  10,  126). 

In  a  dispatch  of  the  25th  of  July,  1799,  Morales  informed 
his  government  of  the  death  of  Gayoso,  in  the  following  terms: 
“  On  the  18th  inst.,  it  pleased  God  to  put  an  end  to  the  life  and 
government  of  Brigadier-General  Don  Manuel  Gayoso  de 
Lemes.  He  died  of  a  malignant  fever,  of  the  nature  of  those 
which  prevail  in  this  country  during  the  summer,  and  the  dan¬ 
gerous  character  of  which  was  known  only  a  few  hours  before 
it  terminated  fatally.  He  had  no  time  to  lose  in  fulfilling  the 
last  duties  of  the  Christian  and  in  making  his  testamentary 
dispositions.” 

In  a  remarkable  memoir  submitted  on  the  loth  of  September, 
1800,  to  the  First  Consul  of  the  French  Republic,  by  M.  Ponta- 
bla,  he  says  that,  “  Louisiana  cannot  dispense  with  the  slave 
trade.  The  excessive  heat  prevailing  during  the  five  months  in 
which  the  hardest  works  are  to  be  executed,  on  the  plantations, 
does  not  allow  of  the  use  of  free  and  white  labor,  and  renders 
the  blacks  indispensable.” 

In  March,  1801,  Baron  de  Carondelet,  in  an  official  document, 
set  forth  the  importance  of  improving  the  topography  of  the  city, 
so  as  to  drain  off  in  Canal  Carondelet,  the  stagnant  waters 
which  abounded  “  near  the  city,”  and  which  he  regarded  as 
“  the  cause  of  much  mortality ,”  a  measure  which  he  says  would 
put  an  end  to  pestilential  fevers  (Martin,  vol.  ii,  pp.  176,  177), 
in  which  category  he  doubtless  included  yellow  fever,  which 
a  few  months  later  occurred  as  an  epidemic. 

Dr.  Snead,  of  New  Orleans,  detailed  the  mode  of  treatment 
and  critised  it  as  inefficient. 

In  1802,  the  government  of  the  United  States  applied  to  the 
Spanish  government  for  permission  to  establish  a  Marine  Hos¬ 
pital  at  New  Orleans,  for  American  seamen,  many  Inning  died 
there  in  a  destitute  condition. 

Dr.  Rush  represents  1803,  as  a  year  exempt  from  epidemic 
yellow  fever  in  the  United  States,  Charleston  excepted,  it  pre¬ 
vailed  however  in  New  Orleans. 


1879J 


Louisiana  tState  Medical  Society. 


143 

One  of  the  first  acts  of  the  colonial  prefect,  Laussat,  who 
arrived  at  New  Orleans  on  the  26th  of  March,  1803,  was  to  ex¬ 
amine  the  fortifications,  which  eleven  years  before,  had  been 
erected  by  the  Baron  de  Oarondelet,  and  in  his  report  to  Minis¬ 
ter  Deeres,  he  says  :  “  It  has  lately  been  proposed  to  the  King 
of  Spain  to  razee  or  at  least  greatly  to  reduce  these  works,  as 
being  useless  or  even  mischievous,  because  the  fevers  which 
every  year,  carrying  off  the  most  valuable  portion  of  the  popula¬ 
tion  of  this  city,  date  from  the  time  when  there  were  dug  round 
it  those  ditches  which  are  always  full  of  stagnating  water.” 

In  a  work  entitled  “  Vue  de  la  Colonie  Espagnole  du  Missis¬ 
sippi  ou  des  Provinces  de  Louisiane  et  Florida  Occidental  en 
L’Ann6,  1802.  Par  un  Observateur  Resident  sur  Les  Lieux.  B. 
Duvallon,  Editeur,  Paris,  1803,  an  accurate  description  of  yel¬ 
low  fever  is  given,  and  the  statement  is  made  that  it  hail  pre¬ 
vailed  during  the  summer  and  autumn  in  New  Orleans,  during 
the  preceding  six  or  seven  years,  pp.  84-98.  According  to  this 
writer  yellow  fever  prevailed  in  1794,  1795,  1790,  1797,  1798, 
1799,  1801.  The  writer  of  this  work,  whilst  directing  attention 
to  the  peculiar  topography  of  lower  Louisiana,  with  its  Hat 
depressed  surface,  and  changeable  climate,  states  that  the 
country  was  comparatively  healthy  for  both  whites  and  blacks, 
whilst  on  the  other  hand,  New  Orleans,  was,  during  the  months 
of  July,  August,  September  and  October,  ravaged  by  the  yellow 
fever.  He  says :  “  The  city  of  New  Orleans  has  for  several 
years  during  the  months  of  July,  August,  September  and  part 
of  October,  been  afflicted  with  a  species  of  malignant  fever  of 
the  gravest  form.  The  symptoms  and  accidents  of  this  disease, 
varied  to  such  an  extent,  that  the  physicians  of  the  city,  con¬ 
sisting  of  eight  or  ten  surgeons,  with  a  few  exceptions  without 
letters,  were  entirely  ignorant  of  the  methods  of  cure  in  this 
destructive  plague.”  This  malady  has  during  the  past  six  or 
seven  years,  made  ravages  almost  every  summer  upon  New 
Orleans ;  but  has  not  affected  the  country  to  any  extent,  where 
it  is  known  only  by  or  through  communications  from  one  point 
to  another;  and  as  the  consequent  of  such  communications.” 
After  giving  an  accurate  description  of  the  disease,  the  author 
thus  discusses  its  origin:  “But  why  should  this  disease  be  en¬ 
demic  in  the  city  and  not  in  the  surrounding  country  ?  The  causes 
which  clearly  corrupt  the  air  breathed  in  New  Orleans,  and  dur¬ 
ing  the  heat  of  summer,  render  it  susceptible  of  being  impreg¬ 
nated  from  impure  and  fatal  miasms,  are  the  excessive  amount  of 
tilth  distributed  in  the  town,  along  the  levee,  in  the  streets,  in  the 
vacant  lots,  and  even  in  the  court  yards  of  many  houses,  where 
evidently  the  slops  are  thrown,  and  from  whence  they  are  not 
taken  away,  except  partially,  and  at  long  intervals  ;  the  accu¬ 
mulation  of  pools  of  stagnant  water  mixed  with  ordure  (excre¬ 
ments,  both  animal  and  human),  within  the  confines  of  the 
city :  the  accumulation  of  large  heaps  of  putrefying  infectious 
matters  in  the  middle  of  the  unpaved  streets,  and  in  many 
other  places. 


144 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


The  hit'll  brick  houses  that  have  been  erected  during  several 
years  past,  preserve  and  communicate  more  .dampness,  in  a 
locality  that  is  always  damp,  and  also  stop  and  prevent  the 
free  circulation  of  the  air.  The  air  is  thus  rendered  stagnant, 
and  the  poison  is  thus  accumulated  in  the  lower  atmosphere. 
The  ditches  surrounding  the  fortifications  erected  several  years 
ago,  are  tilled  with  stagnant  water,  which,  during  the  heated 
term,  exhale  foetid  vapors,  which  were  unknown  before  the  dig¬ 
ging  of  these  trenches  or  canals  around  the  town. 

To  these  causes  of  insalubrity,  from  which  all  persons  suffer, 
and  the  existence  of  which  no  one  upon  examination  will  deny, 
another  may  be  added,  to  which  the  oldest  people  of  the  city, 
attribute  great  influence,  and  even  the  origin  of  the  disease. 
As  in  a  matter  so  important  to  the  preservation  of  humanity, 
nothing  should  be  neglected,  we  will  therefore  cite  this  cause, 
or  explanation,  without  adopting  or  rejecting  it,  until  expe¬ 
rience  and  observation  shall  have  dissipated  all  uncertainty. 
It  is  held  by  some,  that  this  disease  has  only  been  known  in 
New  Orleans,  during  the  past  six  or  seven  years,  or  the  period 
at  which  dates  the  great  extension  of  American  commerce  to 
New  Orleans,  and  it  is  inferred  that  as  this  disease  was  already 
spread  in  the  North  of  America,  before  this  period,  as  is 
known  from  the  ravages  which  it  made  in  Philadelphia  and 
other  places  in  1 703,  that  it  has  been  brought  here  by  the 
Americans,  who  are  in  fact  its  principal  victims.  Without 
deciding  this  question  I  will  say,  that  it  is  notorious  and 
an  established  fact  that  this  fever  has  spread  during  the 
past  ten  years  in  the  different  cities  of  North  Amer¬ 
ica,  and  especially  in  Philadelphia  and  New  York,  where 
it  appears  to  have  originated,  and  even  where  it  received  the 
name  which  it  bears,  and  that  since  its  first  appearance  it  makes 
annual  ravages  during  July,  August,  September  and  part  of 
October,  so  as  to  render  these  cities  almost  desolated,  and  iso¬ 
lated  during  the  violence  of  the  malady.  In  these  towns  the 
disease  exerts  its  chief  violence  upon  Americans,  rather  than 
strangers,  who  are  found  there  in  large  numbers.  I  believe 
that  the  yellow  fever  is  endemic  in  the  United  States,  and  I  do 
not  hold  that  it  is  only  twelve  or  fifteen  years  since  the  disease 
was  known.” 

The  same  writer  states,  that  the  sick  in  the  country,  were 
most  generally  brought  into  New  Orleans  for  treatment,  and 
this  custom  converted  the  city  into  a  vast  hospital,  and  tended 
to  introduce  the  germs  of  disease. 

It  appears  that  at  this  time,  the  practice  of  medicine  in  New 
Orleans,  was  very  lucrative. 

C.  C.  Robin,  in  his  valuable  work,*  records  the  observa- 


*  Voyages  dans  l’interieur  de  la  Louisiane,  de  laFloride  Occidental©  et  dans  les  Isles  de 
la  Martinique  et  de  Saint  Domingue.  pendant  les  annees  1802,  1803,  1804,  1805  et  1806. 
Contenant,  de  Nouvelles  Observations  sur  1'Histoi  le  Naturelle  la  Geograpbie,  les  Mocurs, 
1‘ Agriculture,  le  Commerce,  l’lndustrioetlesMalades  de  ces  Contrees,  particuliement  sur 
la  Fievre  Jaune,  et  les  Moyens  de  les  prevenir,  etc.  Par  C.  C.  Kobin,  autre  de  plusieurs 
ouvrages  sur  la  Literature  et  les  Sciences.  3  vols.  A  Paris,  1807,  vol.  1,  pp.  145,  200. 


1879] 


Louisiana  /State  Medical  /Society . 


145 


tion,  that  the  pulse  gives  no  index  of  the  severity  of  the  attack 
of  yellow  fever.  He  describes  accurately  the  symptoms  of  the 
disease,  and  states,  “  There  is  generally  repeated  vomiting  of 
black  blood.  Very  often  again,  as  is  said  by  Father  Labat,  the 
people  who  suiter  but  little  from  pain  in  the  head  expire  sud¬ 
denly.  In  New  Orleans  during  the  summer  of  1805,  several 
English  and  Anglo  Americans  have  died  in  this  sudden  man¬ 
ner.  fine  among  them,  attacked  by  this  malady,  expired  at 
once  on  the  levee,  holding  in  his  hand  a  piece  of  melon  which 
he  was  eating.  His  skin  was  congested,  and  his  countenance 
animated.  A  physician  who  was  asked  by  a  citizen  to  pass  by 
his  house,  and  visit  his  wife,  who  was  dangerously  ill,  said  to 
this  party,  after  looking  at  him,  ‘  And  you,  sir,  how  do  you 
feel?’  ‘Very  well!’  ‘Very  well!’  replied  the  physician, 
‘  let  me  feel  your  pulse.  You  are  also  sick,  and  very  danger¬ 
ously  so  ;  go  without  loss  of  time  to  bed ;  I  will  follow  you  !  ’ 
A  few  days  after,  this  man  died.” 

Robin  states  that  the  yellow'  fever  prevailed  with  destructive 
effects  in  New  Orleans  in  1805.  He  also  records  the  fact  that 
at  this  early  date  calomel  in  large  doses  w  as  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  this  disease. 

Whilst  alluding  to  the  fact  that  yellow  fever  had  prevailed 
during  several  years  preceding  his  visit  to  New  Orleans,  and 
reaffirming  the  observation  that  strangers,  and  especially  the 
Americans,  from  their  habits  of  life,  and  use  of  strong  drinks, 
were  more  subject  to  the  disease  than  the  Spaniards  and  the 
natives  (Creoles),  French  and  negroes ;  on  the  other  hand  he 
does  not  give  any  specific  date  as  to  the  first  appearance  of  this 
disease  in  New'  Orleans.  Robin  affirms  that  yellow'  fever  was 
unknown  in  the  early  history  of  New  Orleans,  when  only  a  few 
small  cottages  neatly  white- washed,  occupied  the  commodious 
squares,  and  whilst  the  rising  town  w'as  surrounded  by  forest 
trees.  He  refers  the  origin  of  the  disease  to  several  causes,  as 
the  clearing  of  the  surrounding  forests,  the  exposure  of  the 
marshy  soil,  the  accumulation  of  filth  in  the  city,  ami  the 
building  of  lofty  houses,  which  obstructed  the  circulation  of 
the  air,  and  at  the  same  time  increased  the  heat  by  reflection 
of  the  rays  and  absorption.  Robin  quotes  Father  Labat  to 
prove  that  yellow  fever  had  been  long  known  in  the  West  India 
Islands. 

M.  Perrin  Du  Lac,  in  his  “  Voyage  dans  les  Deux  Louisianes , 
et  chez  les  Nations  Sauvages  du  Missouri  par  les  Etats  Unis , 
TOhio ,  et  les  Provinces  qui  le  bordent ,  en  1801,  1802,  et  1803:  A. 
Lyon,  An.  xiii,  1805 alludes  to  the  prevalence  of  yellow  fever 
in  the  American  cities  as  early  as  1745,  and  to  its  ravages  in  Phil¬ 
adelphia  and  New  York  in  1794.  With  reference  to  the  ques¬ 
tion  of  contagion  and  importation,  M.  Perrin  Du  Lac  appears 
to  incline  to  the  opinion  that  the  disease  originated  in  those 
cities,  chiefly  in  and  about  the  filthy  wharves  and  in  low  ill- 
ventilated  tenement  houses. 

19 


146 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


He  states  that  for  several  years  preceding  his  visit  to  New 
Orleans,  yellow  fever  had  prevailed,  and  he  attributes  its  ori¬ 
gin  to  the  filthy  condition  of  the  streets  and  houses,  and  the 
putrefying  filth  and  garbage  about  the  markets.  He  directs 
attention,  also  to  the  fact  that  the  negroes  in  New  York  and 
Philadelphia  were  comparatively  exempt  from  the  ravages  of 
the  disease,  and  also  that  the  Creoles,  French  and  Spaniards 
were  but  infrequently  attacked  by  the  disease  in  New  Orleans, 
which  proved  so  fatal  to  Europeans  and  Americans  (pp.  11-19, 
392-396). 

The  following  conclusions  may  be  drawn  from  the  preceding 
outline  of  the  H  istory  of  Yellow  Fever  in  Louisiana,  during  the 
Spanish  rule,  1764-1803: 

1st.  Whilst  New  Orleans  suffered  annually  with  malignant 
malarial  fevers,  similar  in  all  respects  to  those  known  at  the 
present  time  as  intermittent,  remittent,  congestive,  pernicious, 
paroxysmal,  paludal,  marsh,  swamp  and  malarial  fevers,  yellow 
fever  does  not  appear  to  have  attracted  much  attention  in  this 
city  before  the  year  1796,  and  consequently  we  find  but  few 
allusions  to  its  existence  in  the  works  of  the  earliest  travelers 
through  Louisiana. 

2d.  During  the  Spanish  rule,  as  also  during  the  preceding 
French  dominion,  New  Orleans  and  the  entire  region  named 
Louisiana,  was  without  medical  journals,  and  produced  no 
native  medical  works.  When  neither  medical  writers  nor  books 
existed,  it  would  be  absurd  to  affirm  that  the  mere  absence  of 
records,  demonstrated  the  absence  of  any  specific  disease  as 
yellow  fever. 

3d.  The  tall  of  1765,  was  very  sickly  in  New  Orleans,  as  well 
as  that  of  1766,  when  the  population  of  the  city  was  reduced, 
by  an  epidemic,  which  is  said  to  have  closely  resembled  the 
disease. 

4th.  A  careful  consideration  of  all  the  testimony  presented 
in  the  preceding  historical  sketch,  will  show  that  yellow  fever 
did  not  appear  for  the  first  time  in  New  Orleans  in  1796.  It 
was  certainly  present  in  1791,  1794  and  1795. 

5th.  Throughout  all  her  past  history,  up  to  the  present 
moment,  the  grand  sanitary  problems,  of  New  Orleans,  were 
effective  drainage,  efficient  police  of  private  premises  and  pub¬ 
lic  thoroughfares,  the  daily  and  rapid  removal  of  all  offal 
and  excrementitious  matter,  the  proper  elevation  of  and  con¬ 
struction  of  houses,  free  ventilation ;  abundant  water  supply ; 
the  proper  distribution  of  the  population,  so  as  to  avoid  over¬ 
crowding. 

6th.  Many  writers,  attributed  the  origin  of  yellow  fever,  to 
the  stagnant  and  foul  fermenting  putrid  waters  of  the  ditch, 
canal  or  bayous  surrounding  the  wall  of  the  city,  and  referred  its 
first  advent  to  the  extensive  operations  of  Baron  Carondelet. 

7th.  Whilst  we  might  regard  the  reference  of  the  origin  of 
yellow  fever,  to  the  extensive  disturbance  of  the  soil,  in  the 
construction  of  the  Canal  Carondelet,  and  the  excavation  of  the 


1870] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


147 


basin  on  the  borders  of  the  rampart,  as  an  example  of  special 
pleading;  on  the  other  hand  it  would  be  equally  unphilosophi- 
cal  in  the  absence  of  well  ascertained  facts,  and  carefully 
recorded  statistics,  to  attribute  the  repeated  prevalence  of  yel¬ 
low  fever  in  New  Orleans,  since  1764,  solely  to  the  increase  of 
population  and  commerce  during  the  Spanish  rule. 

That  the  commercial  relations  of  New  Orleans,  was  greatly 
extended  under  the  Spanish  rule,  is  evident  from  the  fact,  that 
in  1802,  two  hundred  and  fifty-eight  vessels  (170  American,  97 
Spanish  and  1  French)  with  a  tonnage  of  23,725  tons,  entered 
the  Mississippi;  and  in  the  same  year,  there  sailed  from  the 
Mississippi  205  vessels  (158  American,  104  Spanish,  3  French) 
with  a  tonnage  of  31,241  registered  tons. 

As  the  city  during  both  French  and  Spanish  dominion,  was 
without  quarantine  regulations,  and  without  any  organized 
board  of  health,  without  any  medical  or  scientific  associations, 
or  journal,  and  with  only  a  small  gazette,  it  is  impossible  either 
to  affirm  or  deny,  that  the  statement  quoted  by  Dr.  Carpenter, 
from  a  newspaper  article  published  in  1820,  to  the  effect,  that 
the  disease  was  brought  by  a  vessel,  may  not  have  contained  the 
entire  solution  of  the  mode  of  the  origin  of  the  epidemic  of 
1796.  Without  doubt,  the  workmen  engaged  upon  the  canal 
running  through  a  low  marsh  and  cypress  swamp,  were  sub¬ 
jected  to  the  destructive  effects  of  malaria;  and  the  inhabitants  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  suffered  from  diseases  of  this  class,  in 
increased  numbers  and  intensity  just  after  the  exposure  of  the 
newly  drained  marshes  to  the  action  of  the  sun ;  but  so  far 
from  breeding  sickness  in  the  city  itself,  the  construction  of  the 
canal,  was  the  first  great  sanitary  measure  projected  and  exe¬ 
cuted  for  the  improvement  of  the  health  of  New  Orleans,  by 
draining  the  stagnant  and  putrid  waters  of  the  moat,  surround¬ 
ing  the  city  and  also  the  neighboring  ponds. 

8th.  The  rapid  increase  of  the  population  of  New  Orleans, 
under  the  Spa  nish  rule,  and  the  great  influx  of  strangers  from  the 
United  States,  and  from  Spain,  Arcadia  and  the  Canary  Islands, 
formed  a  most  important  condition  for  the  spread  of  yellow 
fever  when  once  introduced.  In  1760,  the  total  population 
of  Louisiana  amounted  to  only  13,538;  and  that  of  New  Orleans 
to  3190  ;  whilst  in  1803,  total  population  40,473  ;  of  New  ( )rleaus, 
8,056.  That  is,  during  the  short  period  of  34  years,  the  popula¬ 
tion  had  increased  near  three  fold.  As  the  yellow  fever,  at¬ 
tacked  chiefly  Americans,  and  as  large  numbers  of  American 
ships  entered  this  port  annually  ;  and  as  yellow  fever  ravaged 
during  this  period,  Philadelphia  and  New  York,  the  contagion- 
ists  of  New  Orleans  had  plausible  grounds  for  accusing  the 
Americans  of  introducing  the  disease. 

9th.  A  plausible  and  apparently  philosophical  argument 
was  advanced  for  the  foreign  importation  of  yellow  fever,  dur¬ 
ing  the  Spanish  domination,  by  increased  commerce  and  in¬ 
creased  immigration;  but  the  older  and  best  substantiated 
theory  was  that  the  disease  was  due  to  climatic  and  terrestial 


148 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


causes,  and  more  especially  to  heat,  moisture,  and  putrefying 
animal  and  vegetable  matters,  and  stagnant  water  and  air. 
According  to  the  latter  view  commerce  and  immigration  merely 
furnished  new  material  for  the  fever,  which  was  the  result  of 
the  horribly  filthy  condition  of  the  streets  and  drains  and 
yards  and  privies  of  the  city. 

OUTLINE  OF  THE  HISTORY  OF  YELLOW  FEVER  IN  NEW  OR¬ 
LEANS,  DURING  THE  DOMINATION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

1803.  1878. 

On  the  20th  of  December,  1803,  the  United  States  commis¬ 
sioners  and  forces  entered  New  Orleans  and  took  possession  of 
Louisiana,  in  accordance  with  the  treaty  between  Napoleon 
Bonaparte  and  the  Government  of  the  United  States. 

In  1803,  New  Orleans  had  a  military  hospital  and  a  charity 
hospital,  with  a  few  houses,  yielding  to  it  a  revenue  of  about 
$1500  a  year. 

1804.  The  yellow  fever  had  in  the  autumn  of  this  year,  been 
very  fatal  in  New  Orleans,  and  in  connection  with  other 
remarks  on  this  subject,  Governor  Claiborne,  in  a  message 
to  the  Legislative  Council,  on  the  14th  of  December,  1804, 
called  attention  of  that  body,  to  a  plan  devised  by  Jefferson, 
to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  such  a  calamity.  Referring  to  the 
probable  growth  of  New  Orleans,  the  President  said  : 

“  The  position  of  New  Orleans,  certainly  destines  it  to  be  the 
greatest  city  the  world  has  ever  seen.  There  is  iio  spot  on  the 
globe,  to  which  the  produce  of  so  great  an  extent  of  fertile 
country  must  necessarily  come.  It  is  three  times  greater  than 
that  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Alleghanies,  which  is  to  be 
divided  among  all  the  seaport  towns  of  the  Atlantic  States. 
In  the  middle  and  northern  parts  of  Europe,  where  the  sun 
rarely  shines,  they  may  safely  build  cities  in  solid  blocks,  with¬ 
out  generating  disease  ;  but  under  the  cloudless  skies  of 
America,  where  there  is  so  constant  an  accumulation  of  heat, 
men  cannot  be  piled  one  on  another  with  impunity.  Accord¬ 
ingly  we  find  this  disease  confined  to  the  solid  built  parts  of 
our  towns,  and  the  parts  on  the  water  side,  where  there  is  the 
most  matter  for  putrefaction,  but  rarely  extending  into  the  thin 
built  parts  of  the  towns,  and  never  into  the  country.  In  these 
latter  places,  it  cannot  be  communicated.  In  order  to  catch  it, 
you  must  go  into  the  local  atmosphere,  where  it  prevails.  Is 
not  this  then  a  strong  indication,  that  we  ought  not  to  contend 
with  the  laws  of  nature,  but  should  decide  at  once  that  all  our 
cities  should  be  thinly  built  V 

After  these  introductory  observations,  the  President  ex¬ 
pressed  the  opinion  that  in  building  cities,  in  the  United  States, 
the  people  should  take  the  checker  board  for  their  plan,  leav¬ 
ing  the  white  squares  open  and  unbuilt  forever,  and  planted 
with  trees.  u  As  it  is  probable,”  he  observed  to  Claiborne, 
“  that  New  Orleans  must  soon  be  enlarged,  1  enclose  this  same 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


149 


plan  for  consideration.  1  have  great  confidence  that  however 
the  yellow  fever  may  prevail  in  the  old  part  of  the  town,  it 
would  not  be  communicated  to  that  part  which  should  be  built 
on  this  plan,  because  this  would  be  like  the  thin  built  parts  of 
our  towns,  where  experience  has  taught  that  a  person  may 
carry  it  after  catching  it  in  its  local  region,  but  can  never 
communicate  it  out  of  that.  Having  very  sincerely  at  heart 
that  the  prosperity  of  New  Orleans  should  be  uncheckered  and 
great  faith  founded,  1  think  on  experience,  in  the  effect  ot 
this  mode  of  building  against  a  disorder  which  is  such  a 
scourge  to  our  close  built  cities,  1  could  not  deny  myself  the 
communication  of  the  plan,  leaving  it  to  you  to  bring  it  into 
real  existence,  if  those  more  interested  should  think  as  favor¬ 
ably  of  it  as  1  do.  For  beauty,  pleasure  and  commerce,  it  would 
certainly  be  eminent.”* 

Unfortunately  this  plan  of  Jefferson  has  not  met  with  favor 
in  the  gradual  enlargement  of  New  Orleans. 

1805.  In  July,  1805,  after  James  Pitot  had  resigned  his  com¬ 
mission  as  mayor,  and  Watkins  had  been  appointed  in  his  place, 
the  new  city  council  went  actively  to  work  and  to  plan  improve¬ 
ments.  It  passed  resolutions  requesting  the  evacuation  of  the 
forts  around  the  city,  which  were  occupied  by  the  troops  of  the 
United  States,  their  speedy  destruction,  and  the  filling  up  of 
the  ditches,  which  surrounded  the  forts  of  New  Orleans.  Clai¬ 
borne  partially  complied  with  their  request.  In  a  communica¬ 
tion  of  the  2d  of  August,  lie  said  to  them,  “  I  am  so  strongly 
impressed  with  the  opinion  that  the  stagnant  water  which 
accumulates  in  the  old  fortifications  must  prove  injurious  to 
the  health  of  the  city,  that  1  cheerfully  consent  to  the  levelling 
of  all  of  them,  except  those  of  Forts  St.  Charles  and  St.  Louis. 
These  two  forts  are  garrisoned  by  troops  of  the  United  States, 
and  cannot  be  evacuated  but  in  pursuance  of  orders  emanating 
from  the  President.  Desirous,  however,  of  cooperating  with 
the  city  council  in  all  measures  which  may  conduce  to  the 
health  of  the  city,  I  have  no  objection  to  the  draining  of  the 
ditches  in  the  vicinity  of  St.  Charles  and  St.  Louis,  under  an 
impression  that  it  can  lx*  done  without  injury  to  the  works. 

1806.  The  population  of  Louisiana  was  52,998 ;  slaves  23,- 
574 ;  free  people  of  color  3355 ;  whites  26,069 ;  of  these,  at 
least  13,500  were  natives  of  Louisiana,  for  the  most  part 
descendants  of  the  French ;  about  3500  natives  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  residue  Europeans.  In  the  beginning  of  July, 
Claiborne  departed  from  New  Orleans,  partly  to  avoid  a  resi¬ 
dence  in  the  city  during  the  sickly  season. 

1808.  In  the  month  of  March,  the  City  Council  requested 
the  Governor  to  consent  to  the  demolishing  of  Fort  St.  Louis, 
and  the  filling  up  of  the  trenches  surrounding  it,  “in  as  much 
as  it  impeded  the  communication  between  the  town  and  the 


*  Executive  Journal  vol  I.  p.  r6  History  of  Louisiana,  The  American  Domination: 
Charles  Uayarre,  1866:  p.  36-37. 


150 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


suburb  St.  Mary,  and  the  trenches  were  receptacles  of  stagnant 
water  and  all  manner  of  filth  which  engender  disease.”  Clai¬ 
borne  consented  to  this  request.  Executive  Journal,  p.  181, 
vol.  3. 

1809.  On  the  2d  of  November,  1808,  the  Secretary  of  War 
directed  General  Wilkinson  to  take  measures,  without  delay, 
for  assembling  at  New  ( )rleans  and  its  vicinity,  as  large  a  por¬ 
tion  of  the  regular  troops  as  circumstances  would  allow.  Gen¬ 
eral  Wilkinson  reached  New  Orleans  on  the  19th  of  April,  1809. 
The  force  in  the  city  was  a  little  less  than  2000  men,  and  one- 
third  of  it  was  on  the  sick  list.  In  order  to  promote  the  health 
of  the  troops,  he  moved  them  out  of  the  city  to  Terre  aux 
Bumfs. 

The  troops  had  hardly  been  three  weeks  encamped  at  Terre 
anx  Bauds,  when  General  Wilkinson  was  peremptorily  ordered 
to  embark  his  whole  force,  and  proceed  to  the  high  grounds  in 
the  rear  of  Fort  Adams  and  Natchez.  A  difficulty  in  procuring 
boats,  and  other  circumstances,  did  not  allow  the  troops  to 
begin  ascending  the  river  before  the  fifteenth  of  September ; 
their  progress  lasted  forty-seven  days ;  during  which,  out  of 
nine  hundred  and  thirty-five  men,  who  embarked,  six  hundred 
and  thirty-eight  were  sick,  and  two  hundred  and  forty  died. 
Scarcely  one  hundred  men  remained  fit  for  duty,  upon  their  ar¬ 
rival  at  Fort  Adams  and  Natchez.  The  diseases  which  had  so 
terribly  thinned  their  ranks,  were  fevers  and  a  malignant  scurvy 
and  dysentery.  The  scurvy  was  a  most  loathsome  and  fatal 
form  of  disease,  which  rendered  its  victims  to  a  mass  of  living 
putrefaction.  Of  the  2000  troops,  704  died,  and  100  deserted, 
giving  a  total  loss  of  930.  In  the  month  of  August  500  had 
been  on  the  sick  list  at  one  time.*  The  only  authentic  account 
of  the  diseases  which  afflicted  the  American  troops  in  1809,  at 
Terre  aux  B cents,  and  during  their  subsequent  progress  up  the 
Mississippi  River,  with  which  we  are  acquainted,  is  contained 
in  the  u  Physical  Observations  and  Medical  Tracts  and  Researches 
on  the  Topography  and  Diseases  of  Louisiana,  by  Jabez  W.  Heustis, 
M.  I).,  late  surgeon  in  the  Army  of  the  United  States,  etc.,  etc. 
New  York,  1817,  pp.  89-104. 

The  committee  appointed  by  Congress  to  investigate  the 
causes  of  the  great  mortality  in  the  army  of  General  Wilkin¬ 
son,  ascribed  the  sufferings  of  the  troops  and  the  destruction 
of  the  army  to  the  following  causes  : 

I.  The  detachment  consisting  of  new  levees. 

II.  The  insalubrity  of  the  climate;  the  summer  and  autumn 
of  1809  being  unusually  sickly. 

HI.  To  the  nature  of  the  ground  on  which  the  detachment 
was  encamped  at  Terre  aux  Bceufs,  and  the  detention  of  it  at 
that  place  during  the  whole  of  the  summer. 

IV.  To  the  want  of  sound  and  wholesome  provisions  and 


*  History  of  the  Discovery  ami  Settlement  of  the  Valley  of  the  Mississippi,  etc.,  by 
John  W.  Monette,  M.  D.,  vol.  ii.  p.  485-486. 


1879]  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  151 

vegetables ;  the  want  of  an  hospital,  and  of  hospital  stores  and 
medicines. 

V.  The  excessive  fatigues  to  which  the  troops  were  subjected 
in  clearing,  ditching  and  draining  the  ground  on  which  they 
were  encamped. 

VI.  To  the  want  of  repose  during  the  night,  owing  to  the 
troops  not  being  provided  with  bars  or  nets  to  protect  them 
from  the  annoyance  of  mosquitoes. 

VII.  The  want  of  cleanliness  in  the  camp,  the  nature  of  the 
position  rendering  it  almost  impossible  to  preserve  it. 

VIII.  The  sick  and  well  being  confined  to  the  same  tents, 
which  neither  protected  them  sufficiently  from  the  heat  of  the 
sun,  nor  kept  them  dry  from  dews  and  rains. 

With  reference  to  yellow  fever,  Dr.  Heustis  states  that  “  there 
are  but  few  months  in  the  year,  in  which  the  inhabitants  of 
Louisiana  are  not  subject  to  bilious  diseases.  These,  however, 
are  principally  severe  in  the  summer  season,  at  which  time  the 
fever  frequently  assumes  the  symptoms  and  character  of  the 
bilious  yellow  fever  of  tropical  climates,”  p.  109. 

With  reference  to  the  causes  of  yellow  fever  in  Louisiana, 
Dr.  Heustis  observes :  u  A  constitution  unaccustomed  to  the 
climate  is  the  predisposing  cause;  marsh  miasmata,  the 
remote  cause,  and  a  tit  of  intoxication,  or  exposure,  the  exciting 
cause.  But  independently  of  any  peculiarity  of  predisposition 
or  constitutional  susceptibility,  and  without  the  aid  of  inter¬ 
ference,  the  miasmata  themselves  are  frequently  sufficient  to 
occasion  serious  attacks  of  fever.”  Dr.  Heustis,  with  respect 
to  the  nature  of  this  disease,  expressed  the  belief,  jbhat  it  is 
only  a  more  aggravated  degree  of  intermitting  and  remitting 
fever ;  and  that  the  plague  is  the  grand  climax  of  malignity, 
analogous  in  its  origin  and  nature,  and  standing  at  the  top  of 
the  same  scale.  He  says :  u  Briefly  my  opinion  is,  that  the  inter¬ 
mitting,  remitting,  yellow  fever,  and  plague,  are  only  grada¬ 
tions  and  modifications  of  the  same  diseases;  that  they  all 
arise  from  similar  causes,  differing  only  in  degree  of  force,  and 
concentration,  and  that  the  proximate  cause  of  each  is  the 
same.” 

That  yellow  fever  prevailed  in  New  Orleans,  in  1809,  is  evi¬ 
dent  not  only  from  the  work  of  Dr.  Heustis,  but  also  from 
the  following  facts  communicated  to  Professor  Hosack,  of  New 
York,  by  a  gentleman  of  New  Orleans: 

“  It  is  well  known  to  nearly  all  the  inhabitants  of  Lafourche, 
that  in  the  year  1809,  Captain  Edward  I).  Turner,  and  his  wife, 
who  resided  at  Point  Houmas  Plantation,  lost  their  lives  by 
opening  a  trunk  of  clothes,  which  had  been  sent  from  New 
Orleans,  during  the  prevalence  of  yellow  fever;  that  they  im¬ 
mediately  sickened  and  died  with  black  vomit,  as  did  also  the 
negro-nurse  who  attended  them.* 


'■  An  accouut  of  the  yellow  fever  as  it  prevailed  in  the  city  of  New  York  in  the  summer 
andautnmu  of  1822.  By  PeterS.  Townsend.  M.D.  New  York,  1823.  Appendix  p.  345. 


152 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


During  this  year  Louisiana  received  large  accessions  of 
French  from  the  Island  of  St.  Domingo,  and  on  the  18th  of 
July,  1809,  the  refugees  from  this  island  amounted  to  5754,  of 
whom,  1798  were  white  people,  1977  free  colored  and  blacks, 
and  1979  slaves. 

In  consequence  of  the  frequent  ravages  of  the  yellow  fever, 
particularly  in  the  autumn  of  1809,  Claiborne  recommended  to 
the  legislature,  the  policy  of  making  u  some  general  health 
laws,  which  should  enforce  cleanliness,  and  subject  the  ship¬ 
ping  entering  the  Mississippi  to  those  quarantine  regulations 
which  at  other  places  have  proved  salutary.”* 

1810.  The  population  of  the  Territory  of  Orleans,  had  been 
rapidly  augmented  by  emigration  from  the  United  States,  and 
in  seven  years  (1803-1810)  had  increased  from  49,473,  to  76,556  ; 
and  the  city  of  New  Orleans  from  8,056,  to  24,552. 

1812.  On  the  10th  of  January,  1812,  the  inhabitants  of  New 
Orleans,  witnessed  the  approach  of  the  first  vessel  propelled 
by  steam,  which  floated  on  the  Mississippi,  the  New  Orleans 
from  Pittsburg. 

The  captain  stated  he  had  been  but  two  hundred  and  fifty- 
nine  hours,  actually  on  the  way. — Martin’s  History  of  Louisiana, 
vol.  2,  p.  311.  This  speed  seemed  at  the  time  to  be  marvelous, 
and  the  whole  population  flocked  to  the  river  to  examine  this 
wonderful  creation  of  the  genius  of  man,  which  was  destined 
not  only  to  revolutionize  commerce,  but  also  to  influence  the 
transmission  and  spread  of  destructive  diseases. 

1815.  It  was  only  after  the  year  1815,  when  Louisiana  was 
relieved  jjom  the  danger  of  foreign  invasion,  and  began  to  reap 
the  advantages  of  steam  navigation  on  the  river  that  the  State 
and  New  Orleans  began  to  take  the  proud  rank  they  now  enjoy 
in  population,  commerce,  agriculture  and  arts.  The  entire 
population  of  Louisiana  in  1815,  did  not  exceed  90,000  souls,  of 
whom  one-half  were  black.  In  1830  the  State  had  increased  to 
215,740,  including  126,300  blacks.  The  census  of  1840,  gave  an 
aggregate  of  352,400  souls,  including  168,452  slaves. 

1817.  The  yellow  fever  committed  ravages  in  New  Orleans, 
during  the  summer  and  fall  of  1817,  confining  itself  chiefly  to 
Europeans  and  Americans.  The  epidemic  declared  itself  dur¬ 
ing  the  month  of  July,  but  in  the  preceding  month  of  June, 
symptoms  of  the  disease  had  been  manifested  in  various  por¬ 
tions  of  the  town,  but  chiefly  at  the  Civil  Hospital,  where  it 
showed  itself  before  the  arrival  of  the  schooner  from  Havana, 
which  had  lost  part  of  her  crew  by  the  vomito.  The  disease 
continued  its  ravages  during  July ;  assumed  a  greater  degree 
of  intensity  in  August,  on  account  of  the  great  number  of 
Europeans  who  lauded  and  Americans  who  came  down  the 
river.  The  epidemic  diminished  after  a  severe  storm,  which 
took  place  at  the  commencement  of  September.  The  weather 
was  changeable  until  the  20th  of  that  month,  then  the  south 


'Executive  Journal,  vol.  4,  p.  219. 


1879J 


Louisiana  Slate  Medical  Society. 


153 


wind  commenced  blowing  again  ;  the  heat  increased  accompa¬ 
nied  with  dampness,  and  the  disease  attacked  several  individuals 
newly  arrived  in  the  city.  At  length  it  disappeared  in  the 
month  of  October,  except  at  the  Civil  Hospital,  where  it 
reigned  for  some  time. 

M.  M.  Gros  and  Gerardin  in  their  “  Rapport,  Fait  a  la 
Societe  Medecale,  sur  la  Fid v re  Jaune,  qui  a  regne  d’une 
maniere  epidemique,  pendant  l’Ette  de  1817,”  held  that  “the 
disease  was  caused  by  the  peculiar  topography  of  New  Orleans ; 
abundant  rains  tilling  the  stagnant  marshes ;  excessive  heat  of 
the  summer  and  influx  of  strangers.  This  disease  of  endemic 
nature  has  become  epidemic  on  account  of  a  concurrence  of 
circumstances  favorable  to  its  progress  and  development.  It 
has  not  been  contagious,  but  it  is  supposed  that  under  certain 
circumstances,  it  may  become  contagious.” 

1819.  The  yellow  fever  of  1819,  appeared  on  the  7th  of  May, 
when  one  named  John  Gifford  was  attacked  and  died.  After 
this  it  manifested  itself  in  another  fatal  case,  continued  in  a 
sporadic  form,  augmenting  progressively,  until  the  commence¬ 
ment  of  August,  at  which  time  the  patients  multiplied  at  such 
a  rate  at  the  hospital  and  in  the  town,  that  from  that  time  it 
was  regarded  as  an  epidemic.  It  continued  with  great  intensity 
until  the  commencement  of  November,  when  the  number  of 
patients  diminished  in  a  sensible  manner,  until  the  middle  of 
December,  which  was  regarded  as  its  definite  termination.  The 
committee  of  physicians  appointed  by  the  “  Societe  Med 'vale  de 
la  Nouvelle- Orleans  ”  to  investigate  the  origin  and  nature  of  this 
epidemic,  state  that  the  yellow  fever  of  1819,  as  well  as  that  of 
1817,  manifested  itself  sporadically  from  the  month  of  May, 
but  it  became  at  an  earlier  date  an  epidemic  in  1817,  as  it  was 
regarded  as  such  in  the  month  of  July,  whereas  it  was  not  so 
pronounced  in  1819,  until  the  commencement  of  August;  which 
appears  to  indicate  that  the  cause  was  more  intense  in  1817; 
however  the  epidemic  of  1819,  lasted  a  longer  time,  terminating 
in  December,  whilst  that  of  1817,  was  considered  as  having  ter¬ 
minated  in  October.  The  greater  number  of  persons  affected  in 
both  epidemics  were  Europeans  or  Americans,  recently  arrived. 
The  Creoles  of  New  Orleans,  however,  were  not  entirely  exempt 
from  the  ravages  of  the  fever.  In  1817,  not  one  negro  is  said 
to  have  been  attacked  by  the  disease,  whereas  in  1819,  several 
died  with  yellow  fever.  Malarial  and  intercurrent  fevers  were 
more  common  in  1817.  In  1819,  yellow  fever  superseded  all 
other  diseases. 

The  committee  referred  the  yellow  fever  of  1819,  to  the  burn¬ 
ing  heats  of  July,  August  and  September,  frequent  rains,  and 
stagnant  water  in  the  marshes.  They  regarded  the  yellow 
fever  of  1819  as  constitutional,  non-contagious,  indigenous  (of 
spontaneous  origin),  and  non-imported.  Individuals  contract¬ 
ing  the  disease  in  the  city  did  not  communicate  it  to  their  fam¬ 
ilies  in  the  country.  Not  one  of  the  inhabitants  of  St.  Domingo 

20 


154 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


were  attacked  by  the  yellow  fever  of  1819.  In  tine  the  com¬ 
mittee*  regarded  the  yellow  fever  of  1819  as  due  to  heat, 
humidity,  and  local  causes. 

1820.  The  deaths  from  yellow  fever  for  the  year  numbered 
400.  Deaths  from  yellow  fever  in  the  hospital  82.  First  ad¬ 
mission  J uly  21  st,  the  last  December  21st. 

ESTABLISHMENT  OF  THE  FIRST  QUARANTINE  AND  BOARD  OF 
HEALTH  IN  NEW  ORLEANS . 

The  city  and  State  authorities  fully  alive  to  the  sanitary 
interests  of  New  Orleans,  enacted  health  laws  of  the  most 
stringent  and  extensive  character,  on  the  0th  of  March,  1816, 
and  18th  of  March,  1817.  Although  these  acts  appeared  to 
exhaust  the  subject  of  hygienic  legislation,  they  had  no  appar¬ 
ent  effect  on  the  march  of  yellow  fever. 

Dr.  Bennet  Dowler,  states  that  quarantine  laws  were  enacted 
in  the  winter  or  before  the  hot  season  (Tableau  of  the  Yellow 
Fever  of  1853,  p.  14),  but  Dr.  W.  M.  Carpenter  quotes  the  N. 
O.  Gazette  to  the  effect  that  u  In  consequence  of  the  positive 
proofs  of  the  importation  of  the  disease  in  the  dreadful  year  of 
1817,  the  legislature  of  that  winter  passed  a  quarantine  law; 
which  though  far  from  perfect  iu  its  structure,  might  have 
been  considered  as  a  pledge  of  more  efficient  precaution.’, 
Sketches  from  the  History  of  Yellow  Fever,  p.  17. 

The  mortality  for  August,  1817,  was  489  ;  September,  304 ; 
October,  172;  total  for  the  three  months,  905.  This  record 
was  taken  from  that  of  the  various  cemeteries.  Dr.  Bennet 
Dowler  gives  the  mortality  during  live  months,  as  white  male 
adults,  700;  white  female  adults  03;  a  ratio  of  more  than 
twelve  times  less  than  the  former ;  total  mortality  for  five 
months,  1142.  The  Pliysico-Medical  Society  on  the  contrary 
reported  the  deaths  in  August,  304 ;  in  September,  178  ;  in  Oc¬ 
tober,  91;  in  November,  91 ;  in  December,  74.  From  these  and 
various  other  data,  Dr.  Dowler  estimated  the  deaths  from  yel¬ 
low  fever,  this  year,  at  800. 

Governor  J.  Villere,  January  0,  1818,  in  his  annual  message 
says  :  “  That  during  the  course  of  the  last  summer,  the  yellow 
fever  had  extended  its  ravages  over  the  city,  chiefly  falling  on 
newcomers,  but  many  of  our  citizens  were  its  victims.”  He 
thinks  that  the  disease  was  imported,  and  regards  quarantine 
laws  favorably. 

The  yellow  fever  reappeared  in  New  Orleans  in  1818,  and 
according  to  the  estimate  of  some  authors,  the  mortality 
amounted  to  1151.  Dr.  Bennet  Dowler  gives  the  following 
statistics  for  1818;  deaths,  white  male  adults  324;  of  female 
adults,  81  ;  white  children,  87 ;  black  male  adults,  219;  black 


*  Rapport  Publie  au  nom  de  la  Societe  Medecalede  la  Nouvelle-Orleaus,  sur  la  Fievre 
.Janne  qni  y  a  r6gne6pidemiqneraent,  durant  l’Ete  et  l’Automme  de  1819,  Nouvelle-Or- 
leans.  The  members  of  the  committee  were  Trabuc,  “  President  de  laSociete  Medecale," 
Fortin,  President  da  Comite,  Marlin,  Conuani,  Milteuberger,  Lacroix,  and  Thomas,  “  Sec¬ 
retaire  Rapporteur." 


1879] 


Imdsiana  State  Medical  Society. 


1 55 


female  adults,  162;  black  children,  277.  The  mortality  aug¬ 
mented  in  eacli  month  until  September,  in  which  166  died. 
Total  whites,  492;  total  blacks,  658;  grand  total,  1151.  I)r. 
Barton  does  not  include  1818,  amongst  the  epidemic  years,  and 
the  statistics  given  by  Dr.  Dowler,  evidently  relate  to  all  dis¬ 
eases. 

An  Act  approved  March  6,  1819,  repeals  the  Act  establish¬ 
ing  a  Board  of  Health  in  New  Orleans,  the  health  officer  and 
all  laws  for  the  prevention  of  the  introduction  of  pestilential, 
malignant  and  infectious  diseases;  directs  the  sale  of  the 
lazaretto  and  all  its  property;  investing  the  Governor  with 
authority  to  establish  quarantine  by  proclamation  at  his  sole 
discretion. 

As  we  have  seen  yellow  fever  prevailed  as  a  destructive 
epidemic  in  1819.  The  city  proper  had  whites  18,604;  blacks 
13,592.  The  city  and  suburbs  contained  45,958  souls.  Mortal¬ 
ity  by  months,  beginning  with  .January  70;  February  102; 
March  97  ;  April  78;  May  120;.  June  130;  July  130;  August 
292;  September  594 ;  October  513;  November  134;  December 
109;  total  2369.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  total  mortality 
for  August,  September  and  October  was  1199,  during  the  prev¬ 
alence  of  the  yellow  fever,  or  over  one-lialf  the  entire  mortality 
for  the  twelve  montas.  These  figures  taken  from  the  reports 
of  the  medical  society  and  cemeteries  apply  probably  only  to 
the  city  proper. 

Mr.  Nuttal,  the  naturalist,  in  his  travels,  estimates  the  victims 
to  yellow  fever  for  this  year  in  the  city,  at  from  five  to  six 
thousand,  an  aggregate  greatly  exceeding  probability. 

In  the  official  report  of  the  Surgeon-General  U.  S.,  it  it  said  : 
“  At  New  Orleans  it  was  estimated  that  upwards  of  3600  died 
of  yellow  fever;  and  it  was  not  until  after  the  first  of  Decem¬ 
ber  that  it  was  deemed  prudent  to  return  either  to  this  city  or 
Natchez.  The  interior  of  the  country,  in  the  Southern  States, 
seemed  to  sutler  in  a  corresponding  ratio.  In  the  West  Indies 
the  fever  exhibited  a  still  greater  mortality.” 

The  grand  total  mortality,  according  to  the  report  of  the 
Medical  Society  (supposed  to  include  only  the  incorporated 
limits),  is  but  1‘337  ;  the  males  being  1,142;  the  females  195; 
blacks,  male  adults  182;  females  168.  Deaths  of  blacks  dis¬ 
tributed  almost  equally  among  the  month’s  of  the  year,  and 
little  if  any  increased  during  the  three  epidemic  months,  while 
the  deaths  of  white  adults  increased  from  64  in  .J  uly  to  485  in 
September.  Six  white  men  died  for  one  white  woman. 

According  to  Dr.  Bennet  Dowler,  the  first  two  cases  of 
yellow  fever  in  1849,  occurred  May  7th  and  12th  ;  the  last  death 
December  9th.  And  as  we  have  previously  shown  the  Coin- 
mitte  of  the  Medical  Society,  after  minute  inquiry,  failed  to 
trace  the  disease  to  local  causes. 

Dr.  Carpenter,  on  the  other  hand,  in  his  special  pleading  for 
importation  aud  contagion,  says  : 

“In  June,  several  vessels,  with  crews  sickly  with  yellow 


150 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[Julj 


fever,  entered  from  Havana,  and  about  the  first  of 
July,  cases  began  to  appear  among  the  shipping  in 
the  harbor.  The  Governor  now  proclaimed  quarantine, 
by  a  power  vested  in  his  hands,  by  the  Act  repeal¬ 
ing  the  quarantine  law.  The  disease,  however,  had  already 
made  some  progress,  and  the  thing  was  given  up,  and  the  ves¬ 
sels  continued  to  come  in,  and  some  from  Martinique,  which 
were  known  to  have  lost  some  of  their  men  on  the  voyage,  and 
even  on  their  way  up  the  river,  with  the  worst  type  of  the 
‘vomito  prieto,’  and  not  a  voice  was  heard  to  prevent  their 
mooring  at  the  levee.  The  disease  became  epidemic  before  the 
middle  of  August,  and  assumed  a  character  of  the  highest 
malignity  ;  medicine  lost  its  effects  ;  the  skill  of  the  physician 
was  baffled,  and  multitudes  were  carried  to  the  grave.”  (New 
Orleans  Gaz.,  January  7,  1820,  Sketches  from  the  History  of 
Yellow  Fever,  p.  18.) 

It  is  evident  that  the  disease  had  originated  in  the  city,  be¬ 
fore  its  introduction  in  the  way  mentioned  by  Dr.  Carpenter, 
who  appears  merely  to  quote  the  statements  of  a  newspaper 
article. 

On  the  other  hand  Dr.  Dupuy  de  Chamberry,  in  his  historical 
sketch  of  yellow  fever,  as  it  appeared  in  this  city  in  1819,  says : 
“  I  formerly  believed  the  yellow  fever  to  be  contagious,  but 
since  1  have  been  in  the  midst  of  it,  my  numerous  practical 
observations  have  never  been  able  to  furnish  me  with  one 
proof  of  this  much  dreaded  attribute.  Indeed,  the  result  has 
been  quite  the  reverse;  and,  I  am  now  convinced  that  the  dis¬ 
ease  is  permanently  fixed  to  the  spot,  and  within  the  limits  of 
the  place  which  has  created  it.  Not  one  case  occurred  beyond 
the  limits  of  the  city,  during  its  prevalence  in  the  years  1817 
and  1819,  that  could  be  traced  to  our  innumerable  patients, 
although  daily  intercourse  was  kept  up  with  the  people  of  the 
neighboring  estates  and  plantations.  A  great  number  of  our 
inhabitants  who  carried  the  seeds  of  the  disorder  abroad,  seek¬ 
ing  refuge  from  the  danger  at  a  distance,  suffered  an  attack  of 
the  fever  and  died,  but  in  no  instance  was  it  communicated  to 
their  friends.  Fifty  times  have  T  had  my  hands  and  besmeared 
with  the  putrid  blood,  black  vomit,  or  fietid  slimy  matter  of 
perspiration.  Fifty  times  have  I  been  immersed  in  the  effluvia 
issuing  from  a  dead. or  living  subject,  and  never  been  infected 
by  the  disease.  From  extensive  observations  I  infer  that  the 
yellow  fever  of  this  place  is  a  disease,  sui  generis ,  the  product 
of  local  causes,  and  neither  contagious  nor  exportable.  Flight 
from  the  infected  spot  is  the  only  preservation,  and  a  distance 
of  three  miles  appears  to  be  quite  sufficient  to  inspire  the  full¬ 
est  confidence.” 

The  repulsive,  mischevous,  demoralizing  and  inhuman  doc¬ 
trine  of  the  direct  contagiousness  of  yellow  fever,  has  been 
revived  in  our  day,  and  during  the  epidemic  of  1878,  led  to 
remorseless  quarantines  and  the  shameful  neglect  of  the  sick  iu 
many  cases. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


157 


New  Orleans  was  again  visited  by  an  epidemic  of  yellow 
fever  in  1820.  Deaths  from  yellow  fever  in  the  hospitals  82. 
First  admission  July  21st;  the  last,  December  21st.  The 
deaths  for  August  from  all  causes  were  289,  September  402, 
October  177,  total  868.  During  the  same  months,  in  1817,  the 
mortality  was  965,  and  in  1819,  1199.  Dr.  Carpenter  states 
that  u  About  the  20th  of  July,  it  became  known  that  several 
cases  of  yellow  fever  had  appeared  among  the  shipping,  and 
some  at  boarding  houses.  When  the  mayor  desired  Dr.  David¬ 
son  to  examine  all  the  vessels  which  had  lately  entered  the 
port  of  New  Orleans  from  the  West  Indies  where  the  yellow 
fever  was  then  prevailing,  who  made  diligent  inquiries 
into  and  having  investigated  the  grounds  for  the  rumors  which 
had  prevailed  in  the  city  for  some  days  past,  that  malignant 
fever  had  made  its  appearance,  respectfully  reports  that : 

‘  The  schooner  Gold  Huntress,  Martin,  rhaster,  from  Havana, 
entered  on  the  17th  of  June,  having  lost  two  men  on  her  pas¬ 
sage  with  yellow  fever;  also  that  the  brig  Charles  Fawcett, 
Lainon,  master,  from  Matanzas,  arrived  on  the  10th  of  July, 
having  lost  two  men  on  her  passage,  and  having  others  sick  with 
yellow  fever.’  ”  The  yellow  fever  became  epidemic  between  the 
first  and  middle  of  August.  (Letter  of  Dr.  G.  C.  Forsyth,  ex¬ 
tract  from  N.  O.  Gazette,  Nov.  15th,  1820.  Sketches  from  the 
History  of  Yellow  Fever,  p.  19.) 

Governor  Villere  declared  “  that  the  scourge  of  war  is  prefer¬ 
able  to  yellow  fever ;”  “  that  the  city  had  been  twice  ravaged 
in  three  years,”  (1817,  1819)  and  “that  it  is  contagious.”  He 
urged  the  legislature  to  pass  quarantine  laws,  in  which  lie  had 
the  greatest  confidence  as  a  preventative. 

Governor  Villere,  a  firm  advocate  for  contagion  and  quaran¬ 
tine,  in  his  message  of  November  22d  1820,  in  relation  to  the 
then  existing  epidemic  yellow  fever,  says : 

“  All  the  medical  faculty  appear  definitely  to  have  adopted 
the  opinion  that  the  yellow  fever,  which  during  the  last  year 
lias  plunged  us  once  more  into  mourning  and  desolation,  is  not 
contagious.”  But  he  argued :  u  During  the  months  of  August, 
September  and  October,  there  has  been  almost  constantly  in 
the  prison  of  this  city  a  great  number  of  prisoners,  and  not  a 
single  one  among  them  has  been  affected  with  the  disorder.” 
“  If  the  yellow  fever  were  natural  to  our  climate,  how  has  it 
happened  that  among  such  a  number  of  persons,  heaped  to¬ 
gether  in  so  small  a  space  as  the  prison  of  this  city,  not  a 
single  one  should  have  been  attacked  ” 

Dr.  Chabert,  a  physician  of  New  Orleans,  opposed  the  Gov¬ 
ernor’s  argument  as  to  the  prison,  and  maintained  that  the 
creoles  never  take  the  yellew  fever,  though  they  do  not  shut 
themselves  up  to  avoid  it. 

Governor  Villere  reviews  the  report  of  the  Medical  Society 
for  the  current  year,  dissents  from  its  deductions,  which  he 
regards  as  those  of  all  the  faculty,  and  denies  what  he  calls 


158  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 

u  The  constitutionality  of  the  Yellow  Fever.”  Tableau  of  the 
Yellow  Fever  of  1853,  etc.,  by  Bennet  Dowler,  M.D.,  p.  17. 

On  the  18th  of  December,  1820,  Governor  Robertson,  in  his 
inaugural  message,  urged  the  legislature  to  establish  quaran¬ 
tine  against  yellow  fever. 

The  quarantine  laws  passed  by  the  legislature,  in  February, 
1821,  creating  a  Board  of  Health,  with  plenary  powers,  legisla¬ 
tive,  judicial,  executive,  pecuniary  and  sanitary,  modeled  after 
codes  the  most  rigid,  and  enforced  by  the  heaviest  penalties, 
were  carried  into  effect  in  March  of  the  same  year. 

The  quarantine  ground,  established  at  the  English  Turn, 
including  incidental  expenses,  cost  over  twenty-two  thousand 
dollars. 

The  Board  of  Health  commenced  its  duties  on  the  0th  of 
March,  and  instituted  measures  for  cleansing  the  city,  im¬ 
proving  its  salubrity,  and  providing  against  the  introduction 
of  infectious  diseases.  The  quarantine  was  under  the  direc¬ 
tion  of  the  Board  of  Health,  and  vessels  arriving  in  port  were 
compelled  to  contribute  to  its  support.  The  Board  held  its 
meetings  every  Tuesday  afternoon  at  the  Customhouse,  until 
the  1st  of  June,  and  from  that  time  until  the  1st  of  November 
every  day  excepting  Sundays.  The  mayor,  Joseph  Roffignac, 
was  president,  ex-officio,  of  the  Board,  composed  of  twelve 
members,  who  received  no  pecuniary  compensation  for  their 
services. 

The  nature  of  the  ordinances  of  the  Board  of  Health,  may  be 
gathered  from  the  following  extracts  from  the  Code  of  Public 
Health  : 

u  All  keepers  of  inns,  taverns,  boarding-houses,  or  other 
places,  where  persons  are  lodged  for  hire,  shall  once  in  every 
week,  furnish  the  Mayor  of  the  city,  at  his  office,  a  list  of  the 
persons  lodging  or  boarding  at  their  houses  respectively,  ac¬ 
cording  to  the  printed  forms  which  the  Mayor  shall  furnish 
at  the  expense  of  the  corporation,  which  shall  contain  the 
names,  apparent  age,  occupation,  place  of  permanent  residence ; 
and  nativity  of  such  boarders  or  lodgers,  and  the  time  they 
have  respectively  lodged  or  boarded  in  such  house;  and  every 
person  offending  against  this  article,  shall  forfeit  one  hundred 
dollars;  or  if  knowingly  furnishing  a  false  return  or  list,  shall 
forfeit  a  sum  of  live  hundred  dollars. 

11  If  any  seafaring  man,  or  sojourner,  shall,  at  any  such  house 
as  is  described  in  the  foregoing  article,  fall  sick  at  any  time 
between  the  first  day  of  May  and  the  first  day  of  November  in 
any  year,  the  master  of  such  house  shall,  vvithiu  twelve  hours, 
report  the  name  of  such  sick  person  to  the  Board  of  Health, 
and  describe  the  place  at  which  lie  lies  sick,  unless  such  person 
is  attended  by  a  physician  duly  admitted  to  practice,  and  for 
every  neglect  to  make  such  report,  every  keeper  of  such  house 
shall  forfeit  twenty  dollars. 

“  The  sexton  or  keeper  of  every  cemetery  in  the  city  of  New 
Orleans,  shall  every  day  during  the  months  of  May,  June, 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


159 


July,  August,  September  and  October,  and  every  week  during 
the  rest  of  the  year,  make  a  return  to  the  Board  of  Health,  of 
the  persons  buried  in  such  cemeteries;  and  for  every  neglect, 
such  sexton  or  keeper,  shall  forfeit  ten  dollars. 

“  Every  person  practising  physic  in  the  city  of  New  Orleans, 
who  shall  have  a  patient  sick  of  the  yellow,  or  bilious  malignant  or 
pestilential  fever,  or  infectious  fever,  between  the  first  day  of 
May  and  the  first  of  November  in  every  year,  shall  within 
twenty-four  hours  make  a  report  in  writing  to  the  Board  of 
Health,  at  their  office,  and  for  neglecting  to  do  so  he  shall  for¬ 
feit  for  every  offence,  three  hundred  dollars.” 

The  year  1821  proved  salubrious — a  result  attributed  to  the 
strict  quarantine.  From  the  following  table  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  deaths  were  only  slightly  augmented  during  the 
months  of  July,  August,  September  and  October. 

Annual  Report  of  Interments  in  the  Cilj /  of  Atw  Orleans ,  commencing  o>  the 
i st  dag  of  January  and  ending  on  the  '.list  day  of  December  1821,  as  made 
to  the  Mayoralty  and  Board  of  Health. 


1821. 

Sh 

58 

n 

"5 

|  Febr’ary. 

March. 

April. 

l  May. 

Jure. 

July. 

August. 

Septem’r. 

October. 

c 

*g 

it 

> 

o 

Z 

a 

a, 

o 

<v 

Total. 

l  Men . 

24 

18 

24 

25 

24 

37 

54 

60 

75 

74 

49 

39 

505 

Whites. 

>  Women . 

3 

4 

3 

5 

6 

4 

8 

7 

0 

10 

10 

5 

65 

S  Children . 

2 

7 

4 

2 

8 

10 

19 

10 

14 

89 

15 

5 

105 

)  Men . 

13 

12 

9 

6 

16 

10 

18 

20 

17 

12 

14 

10 

157 

V  Women . 

15 

12 

12 

13 

14 

7 

13 

18 

10 

7 

16 

15 

152 

)  Children . 

14 

17 

15 

13 

15 

23 

16 

18 

6 

15 

14 

15 

181 

'1  ot  als. 

71 

70 

67 

65 

85 

91 

128 

133 

122 

126 

118 

89 

1165 

Governor  Robertson,  in  January,  1822,  congratulated  the 
Legislature  upon  the  good  fortune  of  New  Orleans  as  being 
u  the  healthiest  city  ”  in  the  Union ;  but  at  the  close  of  August, 
the  yellow  fever  appeared  ;  it  augmented  throughout  Septem¬ 
ber,  but  did  not  reach  its  culminating  point  until  October;  the 
month  of  greatest  mortality  having  amounted  to  005,  exceeding 
that  of  the  preceding  month  by  83.  The  following  was  the 
mortality  for  three  months:  August,  165;  September,  532 ; 
October,  605.  Total,  1302. 

Total  deaths  from  yellow  fever  in  1822,  808;  or  one  in  53.28 
of  the  population.  The  highest  number  of  deaths  any  one  day 
of  yellow  fever,  was  00;  and  of  all  causes  80.  During  1833, 
the  largest  mortality  any  one  day  of  yellow  fever  was  53  ;  1841, 
highest  number  from  yellow  fever  43,  and  greatest  mortality  00. 

Of  the  ten  epidemics  of  yellow  fever,  with  which  New  Or¬ 
leans  had  been  visited  since  the  cession  to  the  American  Gov¬ 
ernment  in  1803,  up  to  the  year  1842,  the  average  loss  has  been 
estimated  as  not  exceeding  800;  and  during  this  period  the 
most  fatal  epidemic  was  that  of  1822,  when  the  deaths  ntim- 


160 


Abstract  oj  Proceedings 


[July 


bered  808,  or  one  in  53.28  of  the  entire  population.  The  total 
mortality  from  yellow  fever  in  1841,  was  1(>41 ;  distributed  thus 
by  cemeteries :  Catholic  Cemetery,  42  ;  Cypress  Grove  Ceme¬ 
tery,  77  ;  Protestant  Cemetery,  63;  St.  Patrick’s  Cemetery,  78; 
Lafayette  Cemetery,  241 ;  Jewish  Cemetery,  (in  Lafayette)  10; 
Potter’s  Field,  1124.  Total,  1041. 

Natives  of  the  United  States,  288 ;  natives  of  foreign  coun¬ 
tries,  1055;  natives  of  countries  unknown,  208.  Total,  1641. 

The  population  of  New  Orleans  in  1820  was  41,350,  and  in 
1840,102,101.  In  1841,  the  population  of  New  Orleans,  prob¬ 
ably  exceeded  103,000 ;  ratio  of  deaths  from  yellow  fever  one 
in  02.7  of  population. 

The  value  of  the  labors  of  the  Board  of  Health  in  diminish¬ 
ing  the  rate  of  mortality,  and  by  the  prevention  of  yellow 
fever,  by  the  so-called  efficient  and  rigid  quarantine,  will  be  seen 
from  the  comparative  mortality,  from  all  diseases,  during  the 
three  months  of  August,  September  and  October  of  the  years 
specified. 


Ykars. 


Months. 

1817 

1819 

1820 

1822 

1833 

1837 

1839 

1841 

August . 

489 

292 

289 

165 

41n 

483 

619 

562 

September....  .... 

304 

594 

402 

532 

783 

1188 

648 

1115 

Octobt-r . 

172 

513 

177 

665 

565 

568 

297 

659 

Totals. . . 

965 

1199 

868 

1362 

2758 

2239 

1554 

2231 

Ratio  to  eurire  pop- 1 

1  in 

1  in 

l  m 

1  in 

1  iu 

1  in 

1  in 

1  in 

ulatiou  . 1 

37.62 

33,09 

47.63 

31.60 

37.27 

38.76 

61-73 

48.15 

The  message  of  Governor  Robertson,  after  the  epidemic  of 
1822,  breathed  sorrow  and  despair,  and  he  could  no  longer 
exult  upon  the  good  fortune  of  New  Orleans,  as  being  “  the 
healthiest  city  in  the  Union?  and  his  bitter  experience  might 
well  be  heeded,  when  so-called  sanitary  reformers,  attribute  the 
occasional  absence  of  yellow  fever  from  New  Orleans,  to  their 
pretentious  but  superficial  efforts  and  shallow  lucubrations. 

“  It  is.”  says  Governor  Robertson,  “  an  idle  waste  of  time  for 
me  to  inquire  into  the  causes,  origin  and  nature  of  this  dread¬ 
ful  malady.”  *  *  *  “  The  State  resorted  to  quarantine, 

under  the  expectation  that  it  would  add  to  the  chances  of 
escape  from  this  dreadful  visitation.  If  this  hope  be  fallacious, 
if  no  good  effect  has  been  produced,  if  even  a  procrastination 
of  its  appearance  has  not  resulted  from  the  measure,  then 
should  it  be  abandoned,  and  our  commerce  relieved  from  the 
expense  and  inconvenience  which  it  occasions.” 

In  1823,  the  Copimittee  of  the  House  of  Representatives  on 
Quarantine  Laws,  reported,  that  u  duriug  the  last  year  (1822) 
notwithstanding  the  strictest  compliance  with  these  laws ,  our  ex¬ 
pectations  were  frustrated  at  the  very  moment  when  we  thought 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


161 


1879J 


we  could  indulge  the  hope  of  the  most  complete  success.  The 
season  was  far  advanced,  and  in  the  month  of  September  this 
metropolis  enjoyed  the  most  perfect  health,  when  the  yellow 
fever  made  its  appearance.” 

u  Notwithstanding  the  signal  and  lamentable  failure  of  quar¬ 
antine  in  1822,  the  committee  of  the  House  of  Representatives, 
of  which  F.  Grima,  Esq.,  was  chairman,  recommended  its  con¬ 
tinuance  in  the  most  rigid  form,  because  it  had  not  been  tried  suffi¬ 
ciently  long,  and  because  other  States  had  similar  regulations .” 

The  Board  of  Health  upon  this  occasion,  as  well  as  upon 
many  others  were  not  slow  in  finding  an  unfortunate  vessel  and 
some  miserable  individuals  to  whom  they  attached  the  odium 
of  having  introduced  the  disease.  The  Board  of  Health  of 
1822,  set  a  worthy  example  to  succeeding  boards,  which  has  been 
frequently  exempli  lied  in  the  most  striking  manner,  in  expressing 
sublime  faith  in  its  own  powers,  and  in  the  efficacy  of  quaran¬ 
tine  to  exclude  yellow  fever  from  New  Orleans.  Thus  they 
held  the  following  language : 

“  The  Board  of  Health  believe  it  their  duty  to  do  away  with 
the  impression  made  by  interested  persons,  to  induce  a  belief 
in  the  inutility  of  the  powers  which  you  have  so  wisely  con¬ 
ferred  on  the  Board,  for  the  establishment  of  quarantine,  which 
these  persons  wish  to  see  destroyed.”  *  *  * 

u  This  opinion  is  diametrically  opposed  to  that  of  the  Board 
of  Health,  who  believe  that  the  yellow  fever  is  contagious,  and 
that  the  establishment  of  quarantines  is  necessary  to  prevent 
its  introduction.” 

The  citizens  however  were  not  convinced  by  the  arguments 
of  the  contagionists,  as  to  the  value  of  their  system  to  prevent 
yellow  fever,  and  determined  to  petition  the  legislature  to 
abolish  the  quarantine  laws. 

On  the  23d  of  January,  1823,  a  large  public  meeting  took 
place,  in  which  it  was  moved  and  carried,  “  that  the  late  epidemic 
had  tested  the  total  inefficiency  of  the  quarantine  laics  and  regula¬ 
tions  ;  we  consider  them  not  only  useless  but  in  the  highest 
degree  oppressive  and  injurious  to  the  commerce  of  this  city  ; 
and  that  application  ought  to  be  made  to  the  legislature  for  the 
purpose  of  having  them  annulled.”  A  memorial  was  addressed 
to  the  legislature  accordingly  for  that  purpose.  The  legisla¬ 
ture,  however,  took  no  decisive  action  upon  the  matter.  The 
quarantine  continued  in  force.  The  health  of  the  city  con¬ 
tinued  good  throughout  1823,  only  two  cases  of  yellow  fever 
having  been  recorded  in  the  books  of  the  Charity  Hospital. 

The  Governor,  in  his  message  of  January,  1824,  congratulated 
the  legislature  on  the  health  of  New  Orleans,  and  proclaimed 
the  city  free  from  u  all  contagious  diseases ,  ”  but  on  the  loth  of 
November  of  the  same  year,  the  Governor  in  his  message  says: 
u  New  Orleans  has  been  again  subjected  to  the  dreadful 
scourge,”  and  suggests  the  expediency  of  closing  the  business 

21 


162  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 

season  in  midsummer,  and  recommends  a  general  flight  to  the 
unacclimated. 

Mayor  J.  Rottignac  in  his  message  dated  September  11, 
1824,  gives  the  following  exposition  of  the  causes  of  yellow 
fever : 

“  The  opinion  of  professional  men  on  the  primary  cause  of  the 
insalubrity  of  New  Orleans,  tends  only  to  confirm  the  idea  which 
must  occur  to  the  mind  of  every  attentive  observer,  on  looking 
at  the  topographical  situation  of  our  city,  to- wit:  that  these 
causes  are  of  two  kinds ;  the  one  arising  within  and  the  other 
without  the  city  itself,  and  that  both  ought  to  be  counteracted. 

“  The  internal  causes  are,  1st  the  tilth  daily  created  in  a 
populous  city ;  2dly,  the  low  grounds  and  pools  where  stagnant 
water  lies,  the  wooden  gutters,  constantly  wet  and  fermenting 
under  the  rays  of  a  torrid  sun ;  .‘idly,  the  want  of  privies  in 
most  of  the  populous  districts,  which  renders  it  necessary  to 
recur  to  the  disgusting  and  dangerous  use  of  tubs. 

“  The  external  causes  are,  1st,  the  marshes  lying  north  and 
west  of  the  city,  uncovered  but  undrained,  and  deprived,  by 
the  cutting  down  of  trees,  of  the  shelter  formerly  afforded  to 
them  by  the  shade  of  a  luxuriant  vegetation  for  which  the  very 
miasms  that  now  spread  death  and  desolation  among  us,  were 
a  source  of  life  and  vigor ;  2dly,  to  the  south  and  east,  the 
Mississippi,  which  in  its  periodical  retreat,  at  the  hottest  sea¬ 
son  of  the  year,  leaves  on  its  banks  a  great  portion  of  the  tilth 
which  has  been  thrown  into  the  current,  but  is  brought  back  by 
eddies  ;  3dly,  the  winds,  which  at  the  moment  we  feel  most  se¬ 
cure,  may,  as  was  the  case  in  1822,  convey  to  us  the  deadly 
effluvia  of  the  dangerous  spots,  which  they  sweep  in  their 
course.” 

Mayor  J .  Rottignac  does  not  allude  to  contagion ,  nor  does  he 
allude  to  the  quarantine ,  which  had  afforded  no  protection,  and 
proved  a  delusion  against  disease,  and  a  serious  obstruction  to 
commerce. 

The  quarantine  had  been  tried  for  three  years,  and  yet  two 
epidemics  had  occurred ;  the  contagionist  began  to  waver  and, 
the  joint  committee  of  both  houses  of  the  legislature  disagree¬ 
ing  on  quarantine,  were  discharged  from  the  consideration  of 
the  same  on  the  last  day  of  November,  1824. 

Experience  cominced  the  public  that  quarantine  was  not 
only  useless  but  absolutely  injurious  to  a  city  so  exclusively 
commercial ;  that  a  free  untrammeled  trade,  with  freedom  of 
ingress,  egress  and  progress,  was  a  social  necessity  involving 
the  question  of  subsistence  or  starvation.  On  the  19th  of 
February,  1825,  the  legislature  repealed  the  quarantine  laws 
which  it  had  enacted  four  years  previously,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  quarantine  grounds  were  directed  to  be  sold.  During 
the  eight  years  which  followed,  yellow  fever  was  never  so  des¬ 
tructive  as  in  1822,  under  a  strict  quarantine,  when  according 
to  some  authorities,  as  the  Rev.  Timothy  Smith,  who  visited 
New  Orleans  in  1823,  2000  died  of  that  malady,  although  the, 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


l  63 


records  examined  by  Drs.  Barton,  Dowler  and  myself,  show 
only  808,  the  whole  mortality  for  the  three  months  ending  with 
October  being  1362.  The  maximum  mortality  upon  one  day 
rose  to  80,  of  yellow  fever  to  60.  The  ratio  of  mortality  in  the 
Charity  Hospital  was  enormous,  out  of  337  admissions,  239 
deaths  and  only  98  cures  took  place. 

An  ordinance  for  the  establishment  of  another  Board  of 
Health  in  New  Orleans,  was  again  passed  by  the  General 
Council  in  June,  1841.  The  Board  consisted  of  nine  members — 
three  aldermen,  three  physicians,  and  three  private  citizens. 
It  was  invested  with  ample  powers  to  adojd  and  enforce  such 
sanitary  regulations  as  were  thought  conducive  to  the  health 
of  the  city.  This  Board  performed  its  functions  during  the 
first  year  of  its  existence ;  but  we  have  seen  that  a  fearful  epi¬ 
demic  of  yellow  fever  desolated  New  Orleans  in  1841,  destroying 
1641  of  her  inhabitants,  the  mortality  for  the  months  of  August, 
September  and  October  reaching  2231. 

The  second  year  there  was  a  falling  off,  but  a  dissolution  did 
not  take  place  till  1843.  In  1844,  the  Board  of  Health  having- 
ceased  to  officiate,  the  General  Council  invited  the  Medico- 
Chirurgical  Society  to  take  charge  of  the  sanitary  interests  of 
New  Orleans.  This  proposition  was  accepted,  and  a  committee 
of  nine  members  appointed  with  full  powers  to  act  as  a  Board 
of  Health. 

Acts  were  passed  by  the  General  Council  15th  August,  1846, 
23d  June,  1847,  and  by  the  Legislature  of  Louisiana  March  6tli, 
1848,  May  loth,  1848,  and  June  13th,  1855,  relating  to  the 
Board  of  Health  and  Quarantine.  The  present  system  of  quar¬ 
antine  was  established  on  June  13th,  1855,  and  at  this  date 
Dr.  Samuel  Choppin,  President  of  the  Board  of  Health,  held 
the  position  of  Quarantine  Physician. 

The  years  1853,  1854  and  1855,  are  justly  regarded  as  the 
most  destructive  and  pestilential  period  in  the  history  of  New 
Orleans,  the  deaths  from  yellow  fever  alone  numbering  12,780, 
and  from  all  causes  37,076. 


YELLOW  FEVER  A  DISEASE  OF  SHIPS,  CITIES,  AND  TOWNS,  AND 
ITS  ORIGIN  AND  SPREAD  DEPENDENT  UPON  A  CERTAIN  DEN¬ 
SITY  OF  POPULATION. 

As  far  as  is  known,  yellow  fever  never  originated  sponta¬ 
neously  and  sporadically  among  the  sparse  population  of'  the 
country,  no  matter  how  malarious  the  region ;  malarial  fevers 
on  the  contrary,  are  rife  in  the  thinly  populated  countries, 
and  decrease  steadily  in  number  and  virulence  with  the  in¬ 
crease  of  population  and  the  improvement  of  agriculture. 

We  w  ill  illustrate  this  proposition,  and  at  the  same  time  pur¬ 
sue  the  general  spirit  of  the  investigation,  by  the  following 
statistics  of  the  city  and  Charity  Hospital : 


164 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Statistios  of  Yellow  Fever  in  the  Charity  Hospital  of  New  Orleans  during  a 
pei'iod  of  57  years. 


Year. 

xJ-  C 
a  ©  © 

$  xBu 

i * 

u 

£  © 

. 

S'* 

Date  of  First 

Date  of  Last 

'Z  $  . 
2*2 
—  3}  o 
~  ©  — 

O  . 

Q 

58  ®  © 

£  t*  'M 

Q 

©  w 

O  U 

*  2 
®  a 

Ph 

Case. 

Case. 

1822 

337 

98 

239 

70.92 

September  3. 

December  21. 

1823 

1 

1 

100.00 

September  11. 
August  4. 

1824 

167 

59 

108 

64.67 

November  13. 

1825 

99 

40 

59 

59.45 

June  23. 

December  19. 

1825 

24 

19 

5 

20.83 

May  18. 

November  18. 

Total  in 

628 

216 

412 

65.63 

5  years. 

1827 

372 

263 

109 

29.30 

July  17. 

December  5. 

1828 

290 

160 

130 

44.83 

June  19. 

December  10. 

1829 

435 

220 

215 

49.43 

May  23. 

November  29. 

18  i() 

256 

139 

117 

45.72 

July  24. 

November  29. 

1831 

3 

1 

2 

66  67 

June  9. 

October  7. 

Total  in 
5  years. 

1356 

783 

573 

42.23 

1832 

26 

8 

18 

69  23 

August  15. 

October  25. 

1833 

422 

212 

210 

49.77 

'July  17. 

November  17. 

1834 

150 

55 

95 

63.33 

August  28. 

November  22. 

1835 

505 

221 

284 

56.24 

August  24. 

November  27. 

1835 

6 

l 

5 

83.33 

August  24. 

October  25. 

Total  in 
5  years. 

1109 

497 

612 

55.18 

1837 

998 

556 

442 

44.29 

July  13. 

November  28. 

1838 

24 

5 

19 

77.25 

August  25. 

November  l. 

1839 

1086 

634 

452 

41.62 

July  23. 

November  17. 

1840 

3 

3 

100.00 

53.14 

July  9. 

August  2. 

November  17. 
December  8. 

1841 

1114 

520 

594 

Total  in 
5  years. 

3225 

1715 

1510 

43.72 

1842 

425 

214 

211 

49.65 

August  4. 

November  26. 

1843 

1096 

609 

487 

44.44 

July  10. 

December  31. 

1844 

169 

86 

83 

49.11 

September  4. 

November  25. 

1845 

1 

1 

August  10. 

August  10. 

1846 

146 

50 

96 

65.82 

August  29. 

December  1. 

Total  in 
5  years 

1837 

960 

877 

47.74 

1847 

2479 

1584 

895 

36.11 

June  29. 

December  11. 

1848 

1226 

806 

420 

34.26 

June  7. 

December  2. 

1849 

1055 

510 

545 

51.66 

July  28. 

December  4. 

1850 

10 

6 

4 

40.00 

August  23. 

November  16. 

1851 

7 

5 

2 

28.57 

August  1. 

October  9. 

1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


165 


Statistics  of  Yellow  Fever — Continued. 


Year. 

Admissions, 
cases  Yel¬ 
low  Fever. 

Discharges, 

Yellow 

Fever. 

aT  & 

-0  ®  * 
*  ®  £ 

|  Per  cent,  of 
mortality. 

Date  of  First 
Case. 

Date  of  Last 
Case. 

Total  in 

4777 

2911 

1866 

39.06 

5  years. 

1852 

496 

157 

339 

68.74 

August  20. 

November  29. 

1853 

3217 

1327 

1890 

58.71 

May  21. 

November  23. 

1854 

2743 

1510 

1233 

44.91 

July  2. 

December  1. 

1855 

2198 

1099 

1099 

50.00 

June  3. 

December  11. 

1856 

98 

47 

51 

52.04 

August  10. 

November  3. 

Total  in 

8752 

4140 

4612 

52.69 

5  years. 

1857 

235 

80 

155 

65.91 

September  17. 

December  18. 

1858 

2727 

1345 

1382 

50.67 

June  16. 

December  23. 

1859 

107 

23 

84 

78.50 

August  29. 

November  29. 

1860 

2 

2 

August  12. 

November  4. 

1861 

Total  in 

3071 

1450 

1621 

52.78 

5  years. 

1862 

1863 

1864 

2 

1 

1 

50.00 

1865 

. 

1866 

130 

95 

35 

26  92 

August  27. 

November  14 

Total  in 

132 

96 

36 

27.27 

5  years. 

1867 

1493 

821 

672 

45.01 

June  9. 

October  22. 

1868 

8 

3 

5 

■62.50 

October  5. 

October  22. 

1869 

3 

2 

i 

33.33 

1870 

518 

256 

262 

50.57 

1871 

29 

9 

20 

68.96 

Total  in 

2051 

1091 

960 

46.36 

5  years. 

1872 

11 

3 

8 

72.72 

1873 

118 

43 

75 

63.55 

1874 

9 

3 

6 

66.66 

1875 

16 

5 

11 

68.75 

1876 

3 

i 

2 

66.66 

Total  in 

157 

55 

102 

64.96 

5  years. 

166 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Statistics  of  Yellow  Fever — Continued. 


Year. 

Admissions, 
cases  Yel- 
Fever. 

Discharges, 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Deaths. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Per  cent,  of 

mortality. 

Date  ok  First 
Case. 

Date  ok  Last 
Case. 

1877 

1878 

’'817* 

406 

411 

50.44 

July  18. 

November. 

10  years, 
1822-’31 

1084 

999 

985 

49.64 

10  years, 
1832-’4 1 

4334 

2212 

2122 

48.75 

10  years, 
1842-\51 

6614 

3871 

2743 

41.47 

10  years, 
1852-’61 

11,823 

5590 

6233 

52.71 

10  years, 
1862-’71 

2183 

1187 

996 

45.57 

Total  in 
50  years. 

26,958 

13,859 

13,079 

48.55 

From  the  preceding  table  consolidated  from  the  yearly  reports 
of  the  Charity  Hospital,  it  will  be  seen  that  during  a  period  of 
50  years,  1822-1871,  26,958  cases  of  yellow  fever  were  treated 
in  the  Charity  Hospital,  with  a  mortality  of  48.55  per  cent., 
and  if  we  include  the  5  years,  extending  to  1876  inclusive, 
27,095  cases  of  yellow  fever  were  admitted,  13,181  of  which 
proved  fatal,  giving  a  mortality  of  48.65  per  cent,  for  the  entire 
period. 

During  the  entire  period  of  55  years,  extending  from  1822- 
1876  inclusive,  only  4  years  can  be  specified  in  which  no  cases 
of  yellow  fever  were  entered  upon  the  Hospital  Register, 
namely,  1861,  1862,  1863  and  1865.  In  1864,  only 

two  cases  were  entered.  It  is  important  to  note 
that  the  period  1861-1865,  embraces  the  American 
Civil  War,  when  the  relations  of  New  Orleans  to 
commerce  and  emigration  were  altered,  and  the  city  was,  to  a 
great  extent  subjected  to  a  strict  military  government  and  rigid 
quarantine. 

A  progressive  increase  in  the  number  of  cases  of  yellow 
fever,  admitted  into  the  Charity  Hospital,  is  observed  from 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


167 


1822  to  1858.  Thus,  if  periods  of  ten  years  be  compared,  the 
following  results  wrill  be  obtained : 

Admissions  during  10  years  1822-1831,  1984 ;  1832-1841, 
4334  ;  1842-1851,  6614 ;  1852-1861,  11,823. 

This  increase  should  be  referred  not  so  much  to  a  relative  in¬ 
crease  of  the  disease,  as  to  the  growth  of  New  Orleans,  and  the 
progressive  increase  of  emigration  from  European  countries 
and  Northern  and  Northwestern  States,  during  the  40  years, 
extending  from  1822-1861  inclusive. 

The  truth  of  this  proposition  can  be  shown  by  the  statistics 
of  the  Charity  Hospital  and  the  march  of  population. 


Total  Admissions  and  Deaths  in  Charity  Hospital  during  55  years — 1822-1877, 

inclusive. 


Year. 

2.2 
'O  at 
< 

X> 

.  © 
cc  bfi 

Cl  ce 

A 

O 

Deaths. 

a 

■a 

a  m 

®  a 
M"* 

Year. 

•2  8 
S.8 

'O  ® 

Dis¬ 

charges. 

Deaths. 

a 

2  si 

3  o 

©  -r-« 

« 

1822 

1689 

1116 

573 

82 

1850 

18,476 

15,989 

1884 

719 

1825 

1266 

983 

283 

78 

1851 

18,420 

16,777 

1871 

1824 

100 

1852 

18,035 

15,057 

2098 

.... 

1825 

1-267 

989 

218 

70 

1853 

13,759 

10,733 

3164 

1826 

1408 

1212 

196 

125 

1854 

13,192 

9976 

2702 

1827 

1853 

1549 

304 

90 

1855 

12,192 

9701 

2391 

545 

1828 

2390 

1989 

401 

94 

1856 

9432 

8389 

974 

...  - 

1829 

2548 

2065 

483 

138 

1857 

8897 

7913 

1017 

1830 

2790 

2366 

424 

148 

ia58 

11,337 

8923 

2290 

572 

1&31 

3558 

3149 

409 

116 

1859 

12,775 

11,257 

1321 

664 

1832 

2271 

1703 

568 

309 

1860 

14,060 

12,605 

1390 

730 

1833 

3731 

2617 

1114 

169 

1861 

8665 

7918 

798 

891 

1834 

5797 

4745 

1052 

262 

1862 

6016 

5532 

719 

1835 

6225 

4999 

1226 

265 

1863 

373 

1836 

4748 

4163 

585 

222 

1864 

4861 

3999 

812 

423 

1837 

6060 

4640 

1420 

228 

1865 

6466 

5880 

669 

423 

1838 

4573 

3890 

683 

271 

1866 

9329 

8108 

1122 

637 

1839 

4566 

3611 

955 

239 

1867 

8612 

7260 

1438 

640 

1840 

4989 

4370 

619 

267 

1868 

4981 

4365 

490 

660 

1841 

4249 

3093 

1156 

314 

1869 

6177 

5327 

784 

716 

1842 

4277 

3516 

761 

1870 

7837 

6764 

1118 

672 

1843 

4713 

3672 

1041 

1871 

6651 

5730 

891 

700 

1844 

5772 

5059 

713 

1872 

5541 

4846 

825 

570 

1845 

6009 

5446 

563 

283 

1873 

5090 

4124 

993 

543 

1846 

7929 

7074 

855 

401 

1874 

5231 

4360 

860 

554 

1847 

11,406 

9369 

2037 

427 

1875 

4845 

4121 

753 

525 

1848 

11,907 

10,010 

1897 

828 

1876 

5690 

4780 

742 

693 

1849 

14,878 

12.133 

2745 

609 

Abstract  of  Proceedings 


168 


[July 


Nationalities  of  Patients  admitted  to  the  Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans,  far  the 

periods  specified. 


Ykak. 

1 

|  Foreign¬ 
ers. 

1 

1 

|  Nalives 
|  U.  S. 

1 

Natives 
|  of  La. 

r  un-  “ 

|  known. 

Year. 

Foreign  - 

|  ers. 

Natives 

U.  S. 

1 

Natives 

j  of  La. 

Un¬ 

known. 

12  years, 

1858 

9568 

1391 

360 

18 

1830-1841 

37,543 

16,247 

512  ’  •  •  • 

1859 

10,753 

1634 

377 

11 

1842 

3277 

954 

341- •• 

1864 

2966 

1167 

623 

4 

1843 

3937 

1017 

59  -• 

1868 

3422 

1014 

524 

21 

1844 

4530 

1203 

113  282 

1869 

3480 

1841 

837 

19 

1845 

4704 

1231 

119  82 

1870 

4907 

2163 

723 

44 

1846 

6151 

1628 

145  121 

1871! 

4101 

1847 

671 

32 

1847 

10,171 

1507 

53  157 

1872 

3255 

1622 

631 

33 

1848 

10,280 

1468 

111  86 

1873 

3038 

1363 

672 

17 

1849 

13,634 

1645 

1471  142 

1874 

3013 

1437 

764 

17 

1850 

16,598 

1510 

264  104 

1875 

2634 

1332 

866 

13 

1851 

16,503 

1485 

241  191 

1876 

2991 

1669 

1015 

15 

1852 

16  144 

1561 

248:  181 

1853 

12,333 

1078 

228  120 

Total. 

238,753 

44,119 

11,760 

i  ■ 

1854 

1 1,606 

1250 

252  84 

1855 

10,861 

960 

328  38 

Total  admissions  of  Foreigners,  na- 

1856 

8045 

1020 

349  18 

tives  of  United  States  and  of 

Louis- 

1857 

7307 

1183 

394  .... 

iana.  1830-1876  inclusive.  317,286. 

A  comparison  of  the  preceding  tables,  will  illustrate  the  rela¬ 
tions  of  the  foreign  population  to  the  diseases  and  especially 
to  yellow  fever,  treated  in  the  Charity  Hospital  of  New  Orleans. 

During  the  period  of  40  years  1830-1876,  317,286  patients 
were  admitted  to  the  Charity  Hospital,  and  of  this  number 
238,753  were  foreigners  ;  44,119  natives  of  the  United  States, 
outside  of  Louisiana,  and  11,760  were  natives  of  Louisiana. 

During  a  period  of  30  years,  1830-1859,  total  admissions 
260,372;  foreigners  203,946;  natives  of  the  United  States 
29,664  ;  natives  of  Louisiana  4334. 

During  a  period  of  10  years  1864-1868  -1876,  total  admissions 
56,914 ;  foreigners  34,807  ;  United  States  14,455 ;  natives  of 
Louisiana  7426. 

It  is  clearly  shown  by  the  statistics  that  the  elfects  of  the 
American  Civil  War  and  the  subsequent  destructive  and 
hostile  legislation  during  the  following  ten  years,  was 
to  diminish  emigration  from  foreign  countries,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  impoverish  the  natives  of  Louisiana,  who 
in  30  years,  preceding  our  war,  furnished  only  4334 
patients  to  the  Charity  Hospital,  out  of  a  total  of  260,372,  and 
who,  in  the  10  years,  including  1864,  1868,  1869,  1870,  1871, 
1872,  1873,  1874,  1875  and  1876,  furnished  7426  patients,  out  of 
a  total  of  56,914  admissions. 

That  the  severest  epidemics  of  yellow  fever  were  intimately 
connected  with  the  increase  of  population,  and  chiefly  with  emi¬ 
gration,  is  shown  not  merely  from  the  preceding  statistics  of  the 
Charity  Hospital,  but  also  from  the  various  enumerations  of 
the  population  and  the  mortuary  records  of  the  city. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society, 


169 


Table  illustrating  the  Relations  of  the  Population  of  New  Orleans  to  Total  Mor¬ 
tality  Jr om  all  causes  and  from  Yellow  Fever,  during  a  period  of  92  years. 


Year. 

Population 
of  New 
Orleans. 

!  Deaths 
from  all 
'  causes. 

Deaths 
from  Yel¬ 
low  Fever 

Year. 

|  Population 

of  Noav 

Orleans. 

Deaths 

from  all 

causes. 

Deaths 
from  Yel- 
|  low  Fever 

1787 

5284 

338 

1854 

156,556 

11,347 

2425 

1796 

8756 

638 

1855 

158,980 

10,096 

2670 

1807 

17,001 

.... 

1856 

161,404 

5689 

74 

1808 

17,081 

773 

1857 

163,828 

5581 

199 

1810 

17,242 

963 

1858 

165,450 

11,720 

4855 

1811 

18,235 

1239 

1859 

166,500 

6849 

92 

1812 

19.229 

624 

1860 

168,670 

7341 

15 

1813 

20,212 

939 

1861 

169,907 

5772 

1814 

21,216 

926 

1862 

171,134 

6278 

2 

1815 

22,209 

1252 

1863 

172,361 

7172 

2 

1816 

23,303 

651 

1864 

173,588 

8498 

6 

1817 

24,196 

1772 

823 

1865 

174,815 

7016 

1 

1818 

25,190 

1106 

115 

1866 

178,042 

7754 

185 

1819 

26,183 

2138 

425 

1867 

181,269 

10,096 

3107 

1820 

27,176 

1766 

400 

1868 

184,496 

5343 

3 

1821 

29,441 

1165 

1869 

187,723 

6001 

3 

1822 

31,706 

2734 

808 

1870 

191,418 

7391 

587 

1823 

33,971 

1662 

1 

1871 

193,276 

6059 

54 

1824 

36,236 

1748 

108 

1872 

195,234 

6588 

39 

1825 

38,501 

2177 

49 

1873 

197,092 

7995 

226 

1826 

40,766 

1248 

5 

1874 

198,950 

7193 

11 

1827 

43,031 

1057 

109 

1875 

200,708 

6535 

61 

1828 

45,296 

1490 

130 

1876 

204,404 

6685 

42 

1829 

4  7,561 

2520 

900 

1877 

207,282 

7169 

1 

1830 

49,826 

2022 

117 

1878 

210,000 

10,717 

4056 

1831 

52,455 

1926 

2 

— 

1832 

55,084 

8099 

400 

10  years, 

17,506 

2734 

1833 

57,713 

4976 

1000 

1817-’26 

1834 

60,342 

3687 

95 

1835 

62,971 

3873 

284 

10  years, 

32,382 

3042 

1836 

65,600 

2734 

5 

1827- ’3# 

1837 

68,229 

4807 

1300 

1838 

70,858 

2606 

17 

10  years, 

37  821 

4453 

1839 

73,487 

3934 

800 

1837-’46 

1840 

76,116 

2977 

3 

1841 

78,745 

4549 

1325 

10  yea  s, 

92,018 

18,043 

1842 

81,374 

3375 

211 

1847-’56 

1843 

84,003 

4050 

487 

1844 

86,632 

4620 

148 

10  years. 

74,981 

1845 

89,261 

2783 

2 

Lb;)7-’66 

1846 

102,070 

4220 

160 

1847 

108,699 

9043 

2804 

10  years, 

69,886 

41331 

1848 

115,503 

7407 

872 

1867-’76 

122^11 

9862 

769 

1850 

129,747 

7819 

107 

2  years 

17,886 

4057 

1851 

138,599 

7275 

17 

1877-78 

1852 

147,441 

8693 

456  | 

1853 

154,132 

15,787 

7849 

years.. 

342,480 

41,629 

22 


170  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 

MARCH  OF  POPULATION  IN  NEW  ORLEANS  AND  ITS  RELATION 
TO  THE  PREVALENCE  OF  YELLOW  FEVER. 

The  preceding  table  lias  been  constructed  from  the  mortuary 
records  of  the  Board  of  Health  and  various  cemeteries,  and 
from  the  data  furnished  by  Barton,  Howler,  Fenner  and  others. 
The  population  relates  to  the  city  proper,  up  to  the  year  1846, 
when  that  of  the  town  of  Lafayette  is  included.  The  mortuary 
records  are  in  some  years  incomplete,  and  different  authorities 
assign  different  figures  to  the  number  of  deaths  by  yellow 
fever,  in  different  epidemics.  Some  of  the  figures  given  may 
be  the  subject  of  critical  discussion,  but  this  is  not  necessary 
to  the  general  results  which  so  far  from  being  exaggerated  are 
below  rather  than  above  the  absolute  numbers.  It  is  import¬ 
ant  that  the  data  with  reference  to  the  population  of  New  Or¬ 
leans,  should  be  clearly  stated. 


Population  of  Nf.w  Oh.eans. 


Year. 

1769  . 

Whites. 

Blacks  and  Colored.  Total 

.  3190 

1785  . .  .  .  . 

4980 

1788  . 

.  .  5331 

1797  . 

8056 

1810$  City . 

$  Parish  Orleans . 

. 11,281 

5961  17.242 

.  2447 

4863  7310 

27,176 

lew  $  Parish  Orleans . . 

.  14,175 

f  Parish  of  Orleans  on  the  Right  ) 
|  Bank  of  the  river,  and  on  the  Left  > 
|  Bank  all  below  Mandeville  street.  S 
1830  <;  Lower  suburbs  of  New  Orleans, 

I  Northern  suburbs  of  New  Orleans, 

|  Fort  Pike . 

j  Upper  suburbs  of  New  Orleans.. . 
(Old  Square,  City  of  New  Orleans. 

[  Municipality  No.  1 ....  # . 

|  Faubourg  Tr6me . 

j  McDonoughtown . 

Municipality  No.  2,  1st  ward . 

“  “  2d  ward . 

“  “  3d  ward . 

Municipality  No.  3 . 

Total  Parish  and  City  of  New 
Orleans . 


1847  $  City  Census,  March . 

/  (  State  Census,  August . 

1850  $  City  of  New  Orleans  including 

)  Lafayette .  89,459 

1860  . 144,596 

1870 . 140,923 

1878  (Estimated) . 155,000 


26,916 

27,074 

50,456 

55,000 


3744 

2926 

3976 

83 

9437 

29,694 

33,780 

14,351 

3871 

6092 

7207 

7724 

29,168 

102,193 

94,526 

79,503 


116,375 

168,670 

191,418 

210,000 


If  this  data  be  connected  with  the  preceding  table,  the  fol- 
lowing  results  are  worthy  of  note — 

During  ten  years,  1817-1826,  inclusive,  the  population  of  the 
city  proper  of  New  Orleans,  increased  from  24,196  to  40,766  ; 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


1.71 


actual  increase  16, 570,  or  64  per  cent.  The  deaths  from  all 
causes  numbered  17,506,  and  the  deaths  from  yellow  fever  2734, 
or  one  death  from  yellow  fever  in  6.7  deaths  from  all  causes. 

During  the  ten  years,  1827-1836,  the  population  increased 
from  40,766  to  65,600.  Actual  increase  24,834  or  69  per  cent. 
Deaths  from  all  causes  32,382  ;  deaths  from  yellow  fever  3042  ; 
one  death  from  yellow  fever  in  10.6  in  deaths  from  all  causes. 

During  the  ten  years,  1837-1846,  the  population  increased 
from  65,600  to  102,0.70;  actual  increase  36,470,  or  55.6  per  cent. 
Deaths  from  yellow  fever  4453  ;  one  death  from  yellow  fever 
in  8.4  deaths  from  all  causes. 

During  the  10  years,  1847-1856,  the  population  increased 
from  102,070  to  161,404,  actual  increase  59,334,  or  58  per  cent. ; 
deaths  from  all  causes  92,018 ;  deaths  from  yellow  fever  18,043 ; 
one  death  from  yellow  fever  to  5.1  deaths  from  all  causes. 

During  the  10  years,  1857-1866,  the  population  increased  from 
161,404  to  178,042,  actual  increase  16,638,  or  10.3  per  cent.; 
total  deaths  from  all  causes  74,981 ;  total  deaths  from  yellow 
fever  5,367,  or  one  death  from  yellow  fever  in  14.14  deaths 
from  all  causes. 

During  the  10  years,  1867-1876,  the  population  increased  from 
178,042  to  204,424,  actual  increase  26,382,  or  14.8  percent; 
deaths  from  all  causes  69,886 ;  deaths  from  yellow  fever  4133, 
or  one  death  from  yellow  fever  in  16.9  deaths  from  all  causes. 

During  the  entire  period  extending  from  1817  to  1878,  inclu¬ 
sive,  62  years,  the  population  of  New  Orleans  increased  from 
24,196  to  210,000,  actual  increase  in  62  years  175,804,  or  727. 
per  cent. 

The  total  deaths  during  this  period,  amount  to  342,480,  and 
the  total  deaths  from  yellow  fever  41,829,  or  one  death  from 
yellow  fever  in  8.2  deaths  from  all  causes. 

During  this  entire  period  of  62  years,  1817-1878,  inclusive, 
yellow  fever  was  not  merely  present,  but  caused  deaths  in 
New  Orleans  every  year,  with  the  exception  of  1821  and  1861. 

If  the  disease  was  imported,  it  was  annually  imported,  quar¬ 
antine  notwithstanding. 

If  the  disease  was  always  imported,  it  found  no  difficulty  at 
short  intervals  of  gaining  a  foothold,  so  that  in  the  space  of  62 
years  it  swept  off  41,829  victims  out  of  a  total  mortality  of 
342,480  from  all  causes. 

If  the  so-called  germ  of  yellow  fever  “ -hibernates, ”  it  has 
most  successfully  resisted  the  action  of  cold,  for  during  the 
entire  period  of  62  years,  as  we  shall  show  in  the  next  division 
of  our  subject,  there  has  annually  occured  a  freezing  temper¬ 
ature,  the  thermometer  even  in  secluded  places,  always  falling 
during  some  period  of  the  winter  or  spring  to  32°  and  below. 

In  view  of  the  powerful  u  hibernating  powers  of  the  yellow 
fever  germ  ”  in  New  Orleans,  it  would  be  well  to  consider  the 
probable  utility  of  refrigerating  ships  and  apparatus.  If  cold 
is  capable  of  being  so  applied  in  mid-summer  as  u  to  f  reeze  out 
and  destroy  ”  u  the  yellow  fever  germs  ”  under  the  blazing  heat  of 


172 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


the  tropics  and  along  the  low  muddy  banks  of  a  great  river, 
in  front  of  dreary  quarantine  buildings,  enlivened  by  the  song 
of  the  mosquito,  the  croak  of  the  frog  and  the  thunder  of  the 
alligator,  let  it  be  freely,  fully  and  effectually  applied  to  the 
cargo  at  least,  if  not  to  the  passengers  themselves. 

.Whatever  the  statistics  of  Mew  Orleans  may  prove  as  to  the 
valuelessness  of  cold  as  a  permanent  and  reliable  disinfectant 
capable  of  preventing  the  return  of  yellow  fever,  after  the  ice 
has  melted ,  the  experiment  is  worthy  of  a  trial,  however  feeble 
the  imitation  may  prove  of  the  grand  operations  of  the  physical 
universe. 

If  the  increase  of  the  population  of  New  Orleans  be  esti¬ 
mated  at  the  regular  intervals  of  the  United  States  census,  we 
obtain  the  following  figures  :  In  the  10  years  1820-1830,  New 
Orleans  gained  19,134  inhabitants,  or  70  per  cent. ;  in  10  years 
1830-1840,  increase  55,883,  or  120  per  cent. ;  in  10  years  1840- 
1850,  increase  14,192,  or  13  per  cent. ;  in  10  years  1850-1860, 
increase  52,295,  or  46  per  cent. ;  in  10  years  1860-1870,  increase 
22,748,  or  13  per  cent.  There  are  no  accurate  statistics  to  show 
the  actual  population  in  1878,  but  judging  from  the  disturbed 
state  of  politics  from  1870  to  1878,  and  the  contraction  of  busi¬ 
ness,  and  the  loss  of  commerce,  the  increase  of  taxes  and  pub¬ 
lic  debt,  the  estimate  of  210,000  as  the  population  of  New 
Orleans  in  1878,  is  above  rather  than  below  the  true  figures. 
It  is  worthy  of  note,  that  during  the  10  years,  1860-1870,  em¬ 
bracing  the  entire  period  of  the  Civil  War,  and  the  still  more 
disastrous  period  of  so-called  u  Reconstruction f  there  was  an 
actual  decrease  in  the  white  population  of  New  Orleans  from 
144,596  to  140,923,  whilst  there  was  an  increase  of  colored  pop¬ 
ulation  (negro  race)  from  27,074  to  50,456. 

Whilst,  therefore,  the  whites  actually  decreased  3,673,  the 
colored  population  increased  23,382,  or  85  per  cent. 

While  the  negro  population  of  New  Orleans  had  nearly 
doubled  itself  in  the  ten  years,  1860-1870,  inclusive,  on  the  con¬ 
trary,  during  the  ten  years,  1850-1860,  according  to  the  United 
States  Census,  the  white  population  had  increased  from  59,459 
to  144,596,  showing  a  gain  of  55,137 ;  and  the  negro  population 
from  26,916  to  27,074,  showing  a  gain  in  this  element  of  only 
L58.  A  complete  revolution  was  therefore  made  in  the  popula¬ 
tion  of  New  Orleans,  by  the  results  of  the  civil  war.  The  loss 
of  3,673  white  citizens  during  the  period  embracing  the  civil 
war,  1860-1870,  did  not  represent  the  actual  destruction  occa 
sioned  among  the  whites  by  the  casualties  of  the  war,  for  it 
will  be  admitted  on  all  hands  that  a  large  immigration  set  into 
New  Orleans  from  all  parts  of  the  Southern  States  after  the 
close  of  the  war,  and  this  city  probably  contained  a  larger 
white  population  in  1866  and  1867  than  at  any  previous  or  sub¬ 
sequent  time.  The  prevalence  of  yellow  fever  in  1867,  was 
mainly  due  to  two  causes  :  1st,  the  absence  of  yellow  fever  as 
an  epidemic  since  1858,  so  that  all  children  under  8  years  of 
age  were  liable  to  the  disease ;  and  2d,  the  influx  of  uuaccli- 
mated  strangers  into  the  city. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


173 


The  immunity  of  New  Orleans  from  yellow  fever  in  1888, 
1864  and  I860,  can  no  more  justly  be  referred  to  the  sanitary 
measures  of  the  United  States  Government  during  this  period, 
than  to  those  of  the  city  and  State,  and  Confederate  Govern¬ 
ments  in  1859,  1860, 1861  and  18(52,  when  New  Orleans  enjoyed  an 
almost  equal  immunity  from  yellow  fevei,  the  deaths  from  this 
disease  being  in  these  years  respectively,  1859,  92;  1860,  15; 
1861,  0;  18(52,  2.  We  have  no  data  to  show  the  actual  number 
of  deaths  amongst  the  Federal  troops  on  land  and  water  in  and 
around  New  Orleans,  1863-1865  ;  that  yellow  fever  was  present 
during  this  period  and  that  it  originated  de  novo  in  the  port  of 
New  Orleans  is  well  established. 

Dr.  Elisha  Harris,  in  his  article,  “  Yellow  Fever  on  the  Atlantic 
Coast  and  at  the  South  during  the  War”  established  that 
“  Yellow  fever  visited  twenty-five  vessels  in  the  fleet  anchored 
in  the  river  in  front  of  New  Orleans  during  the  summer  of  1864, 
and  that  the  disease  appeared  first,  namely,  as  early  as  Septem¬ 
ber  12th,  in  vessels  that  had  been  for  a  long  time  anchored 
there.  Filthiness,  crowding,  excessive  heat  and  moisture,  and 
utter  lack  of  ventilation  and  lighting,  together  with  the  stagna¬ 
tion  of  the  local  atmosphere  of  these  oven-like  boats,  incident 
to  anchorage  in  a  tideless  stream,  constitute  the  leading  facts 
relating  to  the  infected  vessels.” 

The  comparison  of  the  preceding  facts,  with  the  statistics  of 
yellow  fever  in  the  Charity  Hospital,  already  presented,  leads 
still  more  strongly  to  the  conclusion,  that  epidemics  of  yellow 
fever  occurred  most  frequently  and  prevailed  to  the  greatest 
extent  in  those  seasons  in  which  a  large  number  of  passengers 
from  foreign  countries  arrived  in  the  city. 

Thus  the  following  number  of  passengers  from  foreign  coun¬ 
tries  arrived  in  New  Orleans  and  paid  a  specific  tax  to  the 
Charity  Hospital :  1842,  30,832  ;  1843,  24,930 ;  1844,  19,788  ; 
1845, 29,979 ;  1846,  34,549;  1847,  41,052,  1848,  40,9(52;  1849, 
43,398 ;  1850,  38,423  ;  1851,  36,376 ;  1852,  45,335  ;  1853,  34,870. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  mortality  from  yellow  fever  in 
the  Charity  Hospital,  was,  as  a  general  rule,  inversely  propor¬ 
tional  to  the  number  of  cases  admitted.  When  a  comparatively 
small  number  of  cases  were  entered,  the  mortality  was  rela¬ 
tively  great,  reaching  in  1831,  (56  per  cent.,  1832,  69  per  cent.; 
1834,  63  per  cent.;  1836,  83  per  cent.;  1838,  77  per  cent.;  1840, 
100  per  cent.;  1841,  53  per  cent.;  1846,  (55  per  cent.;  1852,  68  per 
cent.;  1857,  65  per  cent.;  1859,  78  per  cent.;  1868,  62  per  cent.; 
1871,  68  per  cent.;  1872,  72  per  cent.;  1873,  63.55  j>er  cent.;  1874, 
(5(5  per  cent.;  1875,  68  per  cent.;  1876,  66  per  cent. 

It  would  appear,  therefore,  that  when  the  pestilence  appears 
in  a  sporadic  or  even  epidemic  form,  the  mortality  relative  to 
the  number  of  cases,  is  much  above  the  average  of  wide-spread 
epidemics.  Such  facts  sustain  the  view  that  the  disease  was 
strictly  sporadic  and  showed  no  marked  tendency  to  spread  in 
New  Orleans,  in  the  period  embracing  1871-1877,  and  that  its 
limitation  was  due  to  exterior  physical  causes,  and  not  to  the 


174 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


lavish  and  expensive  and  empirical  use  of  carbolic  acid  within 
and  around  the  premises  where  the  disease  appeared. 

The  mortality  from  yellow  fever  in  the  Charity  Hospital,  has 
been  fearfully  great,  13,079  deaths  occurring  in  26,938  admis¬ 
sions.  That  is  48.55  per  cent.,  or  nearly  one-half  of  all  the 
yellow  fever  patients  admitted  into  the  Charity  Hospital  during 
a  period  of  55  years  (1822-1878)  perished. 

In  1878,  the  number  of  cases  of  yellow  fever  admitted  to  the 
Charity  Hospital  were  less  relatively  to  the  number  of  victims 
to  this  disease,  than  in  former  epidemics,  owing  to  the  absence 
of  foreigners,  strangers  and  emigrants  from  the  city. 

The  whole  number  treated  was  817,  with  411  deaths,  or  about 
50  per  cent,  mortality.  During  the  entire  year  there  were  in 
the  Charity  Hospital,  1120  deaths  and  4615  discharges ;  remain¬ 
ing  from  1877,  600.  Total  cases,  6335.  Yellow  fever,  there¬ 
fore,  caused  in  the  Charity  Hospital,  less  than  one-half  the 
total  mortality  from  all  causes. 

If  the  effort  be  made  to  determine  the  ratio  of  cases  of  yel¬ 
low  fever,  in  the  different  epidemics  to  the  population  of  the 
city,  the  following  data  will  serve  for  purposes  of  comparison. 

The  first  authentic  account  of  a  yellow  fever  epidemic  in  New 
Orleans,  was  in  1796,  and  from  this  date  to  the  present  time 
1879,  embracing  a  period  of  92  years,  there  have  been  thirty- 
eight  epidemics,  namely,  in  1796, 1797, 1799, 1800, 1801, 1804, 1809, 
1811,  1812,  1817,  1818,  1819.  1820,  1822,  1824,  1825,  1*27,  1828, 
1829 ,  1830.  1833,  1834,  1835, 1837,  1839,  1841,  1842,  1843,  1847, 
1848,  1849,  1853, 1854, 1855,  1858, 1867, 1870,  1878.  Of  these  36 
epidemics,  34  occurred  between  1796  and  1755,  a  period  of  59 
years ;  a  period  of  rapid  movement  and  increase  of  the  popula¬ 
tion  of  the  city.  Whilst  during  the  past  22  years,  1856-1878, 
only  four  epidemics  have  occurred,  namely,  1858,  1867,  1870 
and  1878,  a  period  of  stagnation  and  of  actual  retrogression  of 
the  wThite  population,  in  which  the  disease  has  gathered  force 
in  proportion  to  the  unacclimated  population.  The  mortuary 
records  of  many  of  these  epidemics  are  either  wholly  wanting 
or  are  incomplete,  and  the  data  for  the  accurate  determination 
of  the  relations  of  the  mortality  to  the  number  of  cases,  are  in 
most  cases  wanting. 

We  have  shown  that  during  a  period  of  62  years,  1817-1878, 
the  deaths  from  yellow  fever  alone,  numbered  in  New7  Orleans 
41,829;  and  if  the  proportion  of  cases  to  deaths  be  estimated 
at  6  to  1  then  we  have  an  approximate  estimate  of  250,974  (two 
hundred  and  fifty  thousand,  nine  hundred  and  seventy-four) 
cases  of  yellow  fever  in  New  Orleans,  during  a  period  of  62 
years. 

In  1817,  deaths  from  yellow  fever  823,  or  about  one  in  30  of 
the  population  ;  1819,  425,  1  in  61.60  of  population ;  1820,  400, 
1  in  67.72  of  population,  1  in  6  of  adults,  white  cases,  and  1  in 
10  of  all  others ;  1822, 808  deaths,  1  in  39.24  of  population  ;  1829, 
900  deaths,  1  in  52.84  of  population ;  1832,  400  deaths,  1  in 
137.71  of  population ;  1833, 1000  deaths,  1  in  57.71  of  population ; 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


175 


1837,  1300  deaths,  1  in  52.48  of  population ;  1839,  800  deaths, 
1  in  91.85  of  population,  in  892  cases,  68  deaths  reported,  or  1 
in  13.1  cases;  1841,  1325,  1  death  in  59.43  of  population ;  in  this 
year  the  proportion  of  deaths  to  cases  was  estimated  by  Dr. 
Thomas  as  1  in  3 ;  1847,  2318  deaths,  1  death  in  46.85  of  popula- 
tion  ;  the  number  of  cases  in  1847,  has  been  estimated  as  high 
as  20,000,  Dr.  Thomas  places  them  at  15,000,  and  the  deaths  at 
2544,  or  1  in  about  40  of  the  population,  and  1  in  6  of  the  cases 
and  according  to  these  estimates,  the  mortality  in  1847,  ranged 
between  1  in  6  and  1  in  8.62  cases ;  1848,  872  deaths,  1  in  132.45 
of  population  ;  1849,  769  deaths,  1  in  159.72  of  population. 

In  the  great  epidemic  of  1853,  the  details  for  the  correct 
estimate  of  the  total  number  of  cases  of  yellow  fever,  although 
still  far  from  being  perfect,  were  more  precise  than  ever  before 
in  the  history  of  the  epidemics  of  New  Orleans. 

Dr.  E.  H.  Barton  estimates  the  entire  population  of  New 
Orleans  in  1853,  to  be  158,699,  of  which  number  60,000  were 
susceptible  to  yellow  fever  ;  about  36,283  persons  left  the  city 
during  the  epidemic,  and  the  population  during  the  summer 
amounted  to  at  least  125,000  ;  the  total  mortality  from  yellow 
fever  reached  8,101;  ratio  of  mortality  from  yellow  fever  to  the 
the  entire  permanent  city  population,  1  in  19.02,  or  5.25  per 
cent.;  to  remaining  population,  1  in  15.43,  or  6.48  per  cent.;  to 
unacclimated  or  susceptible  population,  1  in  7.40  or  13.49  per 
cent.;  total  mortality  of  the  year,  deducting  all  other  causes 
than  disease,  1  in  10.19,  or  9.8  per  cent.,  and  including  all 
causes  of  mortality,  1  in  9.76,  or  10.23  per  cent.;  total  number  of 
cases  of  yellow  fever  29,020,  deaths  8,101  or  27.91  per  cent.,  or 
1  death  in  3.58  cases.  In  1854,  the  deaths  from  yellow  fever  in 
New  Orleans  numbered  2425,  or  1  death  in  64.74  of  the  popula¬ 
tion;  in  1855,  2670  deaths,  or  1  death  in  61.7  of  the  entire 
population ;  1858,  4855  deaths  from  yellow  fever,  or  1  death  hi 
34.1  of  the  population.  The  mortality  from  yellow  fever  alone 
in  the  six  years,  1853-1858,  reached  18,325.  Total  deaths  from 
yellow  fever  in  1867,  3107,  or  1  death  in  59.2  of  inhabitants,  the 
number  of  cases  have  been  variously  estimated  between  25,000 
and  50,000.  In  1867  the  mortality  amongst  the  cases  treated 
has  been  variously  estimated  between  1  in  8  and  1  in  16 ;  in 
the  Charity  Hospital  however,  it  was  much  greater,  672  deaths 
occurring  in  1493  cases,  or  45.01  per  cent.,  one  death  in  2.2 
cases. 

In  1870,  the  total  deaths  from  yellow  fever  were  587,  and  the 
total  cases  have  been  estimated  at  about  1700,  or  1  death  in 
about  3  cases;  262  deaths  occurred  in  518  cases  treated  in  the 
Charity  Hospital,  or  50.57  per  cent.  In  1878  the  officially 
reported  and  recognized  deaths  by  the  Board  of  Health,  Num¬ 
bered  4056,  the  number  of  cases  was  estimated  variously 
between  25,000  and  30,000 ;  if  we  accept  the  first  figure,  the 
ratio  of  deaths  to  cases  was  1  in  6.16  cases.  The  total  mortality 
for  1878,  was  10,318  (exclusive  of  still-born,  599),  of  which  8062 
w  ere  whites,  and  2256  colored,  making  of  all  colors  the  ratio  of 


176 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


50.17  per  1000  of  population,  or  55.32  per  1000  white,  and  39.13 
per  1000  colored  population.  The  number  that  died  of  yellow 
fever  was  4046,  of  which  3863  were  whites,  and  183  were 
colored;  4046  deducted  from  10316,  would  give  for  all  other 
diseases  6272 ;  making  of  all  colors  a  ratio  of  mortality  30.62 
per  1000  of  population,  or  28.31  per  1000  white  population,  and 
33.95  of  colored  population.  The  ratio  of  mortality  per  1000 
from  yellow  fever  was  19.30,  and  from  malarial  fevers,  3.77  of 
entire  population. 

We  have  thus  established  a  close  relationship  between  the 
origin  and  spread  of  yellow  fever  in  New  Orleans  and  the  accu¬ 
mulation  of  un acclimated  persons.* 


*  In  confirmation  of  the  view  which  I  have  advocated  in  the  preceding  pages,  as  to  the 
prevalence  of  yellow  fever  in  New  Orleans,  at  remote  periods,  the  testimony  of  the  cele¬ 
brated  Andrew  Ellicott,  is  worthy  of  the  most  careful  consideration.  In  his  Journal, 
Andrew  Ellicott  states  that  on  the  15th  of  November,  1796,  he  “arrived  at  Gallipolis 
about  eleven  o’clock  in  the  forenoon.  This  village  is  situated  on  a  fine  high  bank  on  the 
west  side  of  the  river,  and  inhabited  by  a  number  of  miserable  French  families.  Many  of 
the  inhabitants  that  season  fell  victims  to  the  yellow  fever,  which  certainly  originated  in 
that  place,  and  was  produced  bv  the  filthiness  of  the  inhabitants,  and  an  unusual  quantity 
of  animal  and  vegetable  putrefaction  in  a  number  of  small  ponds  and  marshes  within  the 
village.  Of  all  the  places  I  have  yet  beheld,  this  was  the  most  miserable,”  p.  13.  With 
relerence  to  the  climate  of  Natchez,  he  s  ys :  “  The  climate  is  very  changeable  during  the 
winter,  but  the  summer  is  regularly  hot;  during  my  residence  at  h'atehez  the  greatest 
degree  of  cold  was  about  17°,  and  of  heat  96°,  by  Farenheit’s  scale.  The  permanent  degree 
of  heat  may  be  stated  at  about,  1 4°  beyond  that  of  Pennsylvania.  The  conclusion  is  drawn 
from  the  following  facts  :  In  Pennsylvania  the  mean  temperature  of  the  best  spring  and 
well  water  is  about  51°,  and  from  the  Mississippi  east  of  the  Atlantic,  in  the  parallel  of 
31°,  1  found  it  about  65°,  the  difference  is  14°, ”  p.  i35.  “  The  weather  during  the  summer 
season  at  New  Orleans  is  warm,  sultry  and  disagreeable ;  but,  during  the  cool  months  there 
are  few  places  more  desirable  ;  it  then  abounds  with  health.”  “  When  the  winds  have 
been  unfavorable,  vessels  have  been  known  to  be  upwards  of  six  weeks  in  going  up  to 
New  Orleans  from  the  Balize,  which  is  a  serious  drawback  upon  the  profits  of  a  voyage  ; 
add  to  this  the  danger  of  sickness  among  the  hands,  if  they  should  be  unfortunately  de¬ 
layed  in  that  low,  marshy  country  in  summer,  or  the  beginning  of  autumn.”  p.  192. 

Having  finished  his  account  of  his  labors  in  establishing  the  sonthern  boundary  of  the 
United  States,  Andrew  Ellicott  recorded  valuable  observations  on  the  prevailing  diseases 
of  Mississippi  and  Lonisiana,  that  made  their  appearance  whilst  he  was  in  these  southern 
countries,  during  the  years  1797.  1798  and  1799,  from  which  we  extract  the  following; 

“  The  prevailing  diseases  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Ohio,  on  the  Mississippi  and  through 
the  Floridas,  are  bilious  fevers,  they  varying  their  forms  according  to  the  state,  or  force 
of  their  remote  and  exciting  causes.  Some  seasons  they  are  little  more  than  the  common 
mtermittents  and  remittents,  which  prevail  in  the  Middle  States,  but  in  others  they  are 
highly  malignant,  and  approach  nearly  to,  if  not  become,  the  genuine  yellow  fever  of  the 
West  Indies.  Gen.  Sinclair,  who  had  the  advantage  of  a  medical  education,  and  is,  more¬ 
over,  a  gentleman  of  a  discriminating  mind  and  distinguished  talents,  has  assnred  me 
that  he  is  well  convinced  the  yellow  fever  is  an  endemic  complaint  in  a  large  portion  of  our 
south-western  country  where  he  resided  as  Governor  a  number  of  years,”  p.  288. 

“It  did  not  appear  to  me  during  my  residence  in  the  country  that  temperance  by  any 
means  prevented  the  attacks  of  the  fever  ;  on  the  contrary  the  free-livers  frequently  escape 
it  while  the  temperate  suffer  from  it  but  there  is  this  difference  to  be  observed,  the  tem¬ 
perate  with  good  management  generally  recover,  and  on  the  contrary  the  others  when 
attacked  commonly  'sink  funder  the  complaint  in  a  few  days.  The  natives,  though  not 
wholly  exempted  from  these  fevers,  are  much  less  subject  to  them  than  strangers.  I  his 
no  doubt  arises  from  a  very  natural  cause,  the  constitutions  of  the  natives  are  accommo¬ 
dated  to  the  climate  from  their  infancy,  while  the  constitutions  of  strangers  being 
moulded  to  a  different  one  yield  more  readily  to  those  diseases.  For  although  the  human 
species  can  exist  in  all  climates,  the  constitution  appears  to  be  naturally  adapted  to  that 
in  which  the  person  is  born  and  raised,  and  therefore  upon  changing  the  climate,  the  con 
stitution  is  generally  found  to  change  also,  and  this  change  which  is  called  the  seasoning, 
Is  commonly  effected  by  the  prevailing  endemic  of  the  country.  This  change  is  very 
sevem  in  the  firm  constitutions  of  our  Northern  citizens,  which,  like  strong  oaks  in  a 
tempdlt,  are  broken  off  or  torn  up  by  the  roots,  while  weak  constitutions,  like  flexible 
reeds,  yield  to  the  tempest,  and  rise  when  the  storm  is  over. 

At  Natchez,  in  the  month  of  June,  1797,  we  had  a  few  cases  of  the  fever  among  our 
people,  but  the  complaint  was  not  general  until  about  the  middle  of  July.  The  attacks 
were  then  severe,  and  one  of  my  assistants  and  several  of  our  people  were  then  carried 
off.  Some  of  those  who  survived,  were  for  several  months  extremely  debilitated  by 
frequent  relapses,  which  appear  to  be  almost  unavoidable  in  that  country.”  pp.  290,  291. 

A  ndrew  Ellicott  was  himself  attacked  with  a  severe  and  dangerous  fever  on  the  7t,b 
of  October,  which  left  him  greatly  debilitated, 


1879]  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  177 

RELATIONS  OF  MALARIAL  AND  YELLOW  FEVER  TO  CLIMATE. 

Malarial  fevers  prevail  chiefly  in  the  summer  and  autumn  iu 
New  Orleans,  but  they  are  never  absent  during  any  portion  of 
the  year.  Yellow  fever  on  the  other  hand  prevails  chiefly  dur¬ 
ing  the  months  of  June,  July,  August,  September  and  October, 
the  heaviest  mortality  occurring  as  a  general  rule  in  August 
and  September,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  following  tables  : 


With  reference  to  the  causes  of  those  fevers,  and  especially  of  yellow  fever,  Ellicott 
observes:  “It  has  been  doubted  by  some,  whether  the  climate  of  the  Middle  and  some 
of  the  Northern  States  is  capable  of  producing  the  malignant  fever  of  our  Southern 
States  and  the  West  India  Islands  ;  but  these  doubts  would,  in  my  opinion  be  removed 
from  the  mind  of  any  person  who  would  reside  for  a  few  years  in  the  latter,  unless  ho 
was  previously  wedded  to  a  preconceived  hypothesis  or  supposed  facts,  and  his  mind 
entrammelled  by  prejudice. 

A  reluctance  to  admit  truth,  is  little  less  in.j  urious  than  the  propagation  of  falsehood,  and 
the  longer  we  contend  that  the  climate  of  the  Middle  and  some  of  the  Northern  States  Is 
incapable  of  geneiating  the  malignant  fevers  of  the  Southern  States  and  West  Indies,  the 
longer  we  shall  be  in  danger  of  suffering  by  those  scourges ;  for  while  our  measures  are  only 
taken  to  oppose  a  foreign  enemy,  a  domestic  one  may  begin  its  ravages.  Experience  teaches 
us  that  there  are  generally  three  things  necessary  to  the  production  of  the  malignant 
Southern  fevers,  first,  heat ;  secondly ,  water,  swamps  or  marshes  ;  and  thirdly  a  collection 
of  persons.  And  whenever  we  have  a  long  continuation  of  heat,  aided  by  the  miasmata 
from  impure  water,  and  marshes  partially  dry,  coated  with  putrid  vegetables,  added  to 
a  large  collection  of  persons,  each  of  whom  by  respiration  is  constantly  rendering  one 
gallon  of  air  per  minute  unfit  for  the  functions  of  animal  life,  we  are  iu  danger  of  being 
attacked  by  a  malignant  fever. 

From  the  locality  of  those  fevers  in  the  United  States,  may  not  a  conclusion  be  fairly 
drawn,  that  the  cause,  or  causes,  is,  or  are,  in  some  degree  local  also,  for  if  this  were  not 
the  case,  these  fevers  would  not  be  confined  to  our  large  towns  on  the  water,  but- extend 
generally  over  the  face  of  the  country,  which  is  contradicted  by  experience.  And  again, 
if  the  fever  had  its  origin  from  importation,  why  is  it  confined  to  particular  places  ?  The 
answer  it  is  presumed,  would  be,  thatinthe.se  places  there  is  a  greater  predisposition 
from  some  exciting  cause,  whatever  it  may  be,  to  receive  the  infection.  Now  let  us  see 
to  what  point  this  answer  would  conduct  us.  If  in  these  places  there  is  a  greater  pre¬ 
disposition  to  receive  the  infection,  it  follows,  that  this  predisposition  in  some  degree  de¬ 
pends  upon  local  causes  which  produce  this  predisposition  to  receive  the  infection,  can 
from  concurring  circumstances  be  increased,  may  not  a  just  and  logical  conclusion  be 
drawn,  that  they  may  be  so  heightened,  as  to  produce  that  species  of  fever,  which  in  a 
milder  form  they  prepare  the  system  for. 

As  these  fevers  appear  evidently  to  depend  in  part  upon  local  causes,  the  means  of  pre  - 
vention  will  in  an  equal  degree  depend  upon  removing  or  correcting  those  causes. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  many  persons,  that  our  large  commercial  cities  would  be  materially 
injured,  if  they  were  thought  capable  of  producing  the  malignant  fevers  of  our  South¬ 
ern  country  and  the  West  Indies.  This  opinion  however  plausible,  certainly  rests  upon 
a  slender  foundation,  because  this  opinion  alone  cannot  prevent  the  recurrence  of  these 
fevers,  and  it  must  be  the  recurrence  whatever  may  be  the  origin,  that  will  eventually  be 
found  injurious. 

If  the  fevers  can  possibly  be  generated  in  our  larger  commercial  cities,  in  the  Middle 
and  Southern  States,  we  may,  as  has  already  been  observed,  be  attacked  by  a  domestic 
enemy,  while  our  measures  are  only  taken  to  avoid  a  foreign  one  ;  and  if  it  should  be 
discovered  that  these  fevers  are  not  of  domestic  origin,  it  must  be  granted  that  from 
some  cause  or  other,  there  is  a  greater  predisposition  to  receive  the  infection  in  our 
large  towns  and  villages,  situated  on  our  rivers,  than  in  other  places  ;  an  investigation  of 
this  cause  would  therefore  be  a  subject  of  the  highest  importance,  for  in  all  priba- 
bility,  the  removing  the  cause  would  secure  us  against  this  scourge,  so  injurious  to 
the  interests,  population  and  happiness  of  our  country,”  pp.  293,  294. 

“  The  Journal  of  Andrew  Ellicott ,  late  commissioner  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  dur¬ 
ing  part  of  the  1796,  the  years  1797,  1798,  1799  and  part  of  the  year  1800,  /or  determining  the 
boundary  between  the  United  States,  and  the  possessions  of  His  Catholic  Majestyin  Amer¬ 
ica,"  Philadelphia,  1814. 

The  just  and  philosophical  observations  of  Andrew  Ellicott.  expressed  eighty  years 
ago,  may  well  be  considered  at  the  present  day.  when  the  advocates  of  quarantine  attrib¬ 
ute  every  epidemic  of  yellow  fever  to  foreign  importation  and  clo»e  their  eves  blindly 
to  those  local  causes  << i  disease  which  the  experience  of  three  centuries  have  shown  to  be 
so  destructive  to  human  life,  in  tropical,  sub-tropical  and  Insular  America. 


23 


178  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 

Monthly  Deaths  by  Yellow  Fever  during  a  period  of  32  Years,  1847-1878. 


•£ 

GO 

f-S 

o 

p— 1 

s 

£ 

V 

— 

£ 

<V 

a 

£ 

V 

pO 

a 

*  & 

£  © 

C3  n  . 
O)  ®  f- 

Date  of  First  Case. 

z 

>> 

A, 

X* 

So 

o 

> 

V 

<v 

2 

<5 

CO 

6 

& 

Q 

H  ^ 

1847 

74 

965 

1100 

198 

33 

2359 

July  6th. 

1818 

4 

33 

206 

467 

226 

20 

759 

June  21st. 

1849 

1 

17 

214 

416 

112 

9 

769 

July  28th. 

185(i 

i 

4 

62 

33 

4 

107 

1  death  Jan.,  2  Mar.,  1  May 

1S51 

8 

6 

2 

1 

17 

1852 

2 

8 

91 

198 

105 

11 

415 

July. 

1853 

2 

31 

1521 

5133 

982 

147 

28 

4 

7849 

May  22d. 

1854 

2 

29 

532 

1234 

490 

131 

7 

2425 

1st  death  June  12th. 

1855 

5 

382 

1286 

874 

97 

19 

7 

2670 

Juue  19th. 

1856 

14 

40 

16 

4 

7 

74 

■June  28th. 

10 

y’rs 

3 

42 

2046 

8225 

5041 

1796 

453 

38 

17,444 

1857 

1 

1 

1 

8 

98 

82 

8 

200 

1  death  reported  in  Janu’y 

1858 

V 

132 

1140 

2204 

1137 

224 

5 

4845  1  death  reported  Jan.  10th 

1859 

1 

59 

28 

3 

91 

June. 

1860 

3 

7 

5 

15 

1861 

0 

1862 

1 

i 

2 

1863 

2 

2  About  100  eases  in  II.  S. 

river  lleet. 

1864 

4 

1 

1 

6 

deaths  U.  S.  gunboats 

1865 

1 

1 

1866 

5 

56 

89 

31 

4 

185 

1  death  10th  August. 

10 

y’rs. 

3 

137 

1154 

2277 

1387 

339 

21 

5347 

1867 

3 

11 

255 

1637 

1072 

103 

26 

3107 

1  case  died  Juue  10th. 

1868 

5 

5 

Oct.  5,  died  in  Charity  Hosp. 
July  17th. 

May  26th. 

1869 

1870 

1 

2 

3 

1 

3 

231 

242 

106 

5 

588 

187. 

2 

1 

19 

9 

22 

19 

2 

54 

July  30th. 

August  28th. 

July  9th. 

1872 

5 

24 

7 

2 

39 

1873 

3 

108 

79 

17 

226 

1874 

2 

6 

2 

1 

11 

August  19t.h. 

August  8tb. 

August  11th. 

1875 

5 

24 

20 

9 

3 

61 

1876 

1 

19 

17 

4 

1 

42 

10 

y’rs. 

-• 

4 

15 

288 

2037 

1484 

267 

39 

4136 

1877 

1 

1 

November. 

1878 

2 

50 

974 

1893 

1044 

90 

3 

4056 

May  22d. 

2 

2 

50 

974 

1893 

1044 

91 

3 

4057 

y’rs. 

32 

5 

49 

2248 

10,641 

11,158 

5711 

1150 

101 

30.984 

y’rs. 

1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Societi/. 


179 


From  the  preceding  table  it  is  evident  that  as  a  general 
rule  the  great  epidemics,  as  those  of  18  47,  1848,  1^49,  1>53, 
1854,  1855,  1858,  1867  and  1878,  commenced  early  in  the  hot 
months,  May,  time  and  July,  and  attained  their  maximum 
intensity  in  August  and  September.  Thus,  during  the  entire 
period  of  32  years,  the  deaths  from  yellow  fever  in  New 
Orleans  were  as  follows:  January  6,  February  0,  March  2, 
April  0,  May  5,  June  49,  July  2248,  August  10,641,  September 
LI, 158,  October  5711,  November  1150,  December  101. 

The  curve  of  yellow  fever,  therefore,  corresponds  to  a  certain 
extent  with  the  curve  of  temperature.  Thus,  from  the  records 
of  38  years,  which  I  have  consolidated  and  calculated  from  the 
most  reliable  data,  the  mean  temperature  of  New  Orleans  is  as 
follows :  January  56.28,  February  58.03,  March  64.27,  April 
69.41,  May  75.00,  June  81.35,  July  83.21,  August  83.14,  Septem¬ 
ber  79.64,  October  70.27,  November  62.30,  December  56.43, 
Spring  69.56,  Summer  82.53,  Autumn  70.75,  Winter  56.91,  year 
69.51  F. 

The  origin  and  spread  of  yellow  fever  therefore  depends 
absolutely  upon  an  elevated  temperature  ranging  from  70°  to 
85°,  and  its  decline  depends  upon  a  mean  temperature  ranging 
from  65°  to  56°  F.  These  figures  of  course  relate  to  the  mean 
or  a  verge  monthly  temperature,  the  extremes  being  much 
higher  and  lower,  ranging  during  the  year  in  New  Orleans,  as 
shown  by  meteorological  observations  extending  from  1817  to 
1878,  from  16°  to  100°  F. 

On  the  other  hand  the  various  forms  of  malarial  fever  are 
more  uniformly  distributed  throughout  the  months  of  the  year, 
although  this  class  of  diseases  as  well  as  yellow  fever,  show 
their  maximum  intensity  in  number  of  cases  and  fatality  in 
those  months  of  the  year,  in  which  the  temperature  is  most 
favorable  to  the  putrefaction  of  animal  and  vegetable  matters, 
and  the  development  of  the  lower  and  most  prolific  forms  of 
animal  and  vegetable  life,  and  especially  those  forms  which  are 
active  agents  in  putrefaction  and  fermentation.  Thus  the 
deaths  caused  by  the  various  forms  of  malarial  fever,  were  in 
1878,  as  follows:  January  6,  February  3,  March  9,  April  15, 
May  12,  June  13,  July  25,  August  136,  September  146,  October 
111,  November  41,  December  6. 

The  mortuary  records,  however,  give  but  an  imperfect  and 
delusive  view  of  the  relative  prevalence  of  the  various  forms  of 
paroxysmal  or  malarial  fever  in  New  Orleans,  from  the  well 
known  fact,  that  these  diseases  rarely  prove  fatal.  The  favor¬ 
able  results  obtained  in  the  treatment  of  intermittent,  remit¬ 
tent  and  congestive  malarial  fever,  are  at  the  present  day 
mainly  due  to  the  free  and  prompt  administration  of  quinine  by 
the  physicians  of  this  city  and  of  other  parts  of  the  Southern 
country. 

The  relationship  of  the  forms  of  malarial  fever,  to  the  climate 
and  seasons,  and  to  other  diseases  as  yellow  fever,  are  best  es¬ 
tablished  by  the  statistics  of  fever  hospitals  situated  in  malarial 


180  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 

districts,  where  also  yellow  fever  is  at  times  endemic  and 
epidemic. 

The  records  of  the  Charity  Hospital  of  New  Orleans  furnish 
the  best  field  for  such  inquiries,  as  it  has  been  justly  regarded 
as  one  of  the  great  fever  hospitals  of  the  world.  The  follow¬ 
ing  statistics  will  serve  as  illustrations  of  the  numerical  rela¬ 
tions  of  malarial  fevers  to  climate  and  yellow  fever. 

It  appears  from  the  records  of  the  Charity  Hospital,  that 
during  a  period  of  ten  (10)  years — 1st  January,  1841,  to  1st  of 
January,  1851,  there  were  admitted  into  this  hospital  91,892 
patients;  of  which  number  there  were  admitted  of  all  the  differ¬ 
ent  forms  of  fever  45,149;  and  among  these  last  for  intermittent 
fevers,  25,183. 

It  would  thus  appear  that  nearly  one-half  of  all  the  patients 
admitted  into  this  hospital  were  for  the  different  forms  or  types 
of  fever  and  that  more  than  half  of  these  were  intermittents.  It 
should  be  mentioned  that  this  vast  number  of  patients,  included 
a  lunatic  asylum,  having  from  sixty  to  ninety  inmates,  up  to 
June,  1848,  when  it  was  removed  to  Jackson.  This  large 
number  of  fever  patients  included  many  that  were  imported  by 
sea,  and  brought  from  neighboring  States  and  foreign  coun¬ 
tries,  and  furnished  also  by  the  army  of  Mexico,  which  twice 
passed,  during  this  period,  through  New  Orleans.  The  inter¬ 
mittent  and  paroxysmal  form  of  fevers,  mostly  originate  in 
the  Mississippi  Valley,  whilst  the  continued  fevers  are  mostly 
imported. 

The  following  statement  will  show  the  prevalence  of  inter¬ 
mittent  fevers  at  the  different  seasons  of  the  year,  for  the  time 
specified. 


Table  of  Admissions  of  Cases  of  Intermittent  Fever ,  in  Charity  Hospital  of  New 
Orleans,  in  the  diffierent  Seasons  of  the  Year.  1841-1849,  inclusive. 

Intermittent  Fever. 


Year. 

Spring. 

Summer. 

Autumn. 

Winter. 

All  Fevers. 

Yellow  Fever. 

1841 

112 

403 

177 

92 

1991 

1113 

1842 

114 

453 

394 

135 

1758 

410 

1848 

85 

208 

413 

137 

2222 

1053 

1844 

117 

469 

732 

231 

2207 

152 

1845 

180 

353 

664 

206 

1763 

1 

1846 

236 

569 

1045 

218 

2603 

148 

1847 

391 

508 

691 

602 

6901 

2811 

1848 

282 

(589 

874 

535 

8361 

1234 

1849 

420 

1701 

3738 

1275 

7575 

1060 

Total. 

2443 

5353 

7728 

2331 

33,381 

9782 

During  the  years  specified,  there  was  but  one  single  year 
(1845),  in  which  New  Orleans  was  exempt  from  yellow  fever. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


181 


It  is  evident,  from  this  table  that  intermittent  fever  prevails 
in  New  Orleans  the  year  round,  gradually  increasing  from  the 
winter  up  to  the  autumn,  when  it  begins  to  decline.  Whilst 
variations  appear  in  different  seasons  and  years,  and  whilst  the 
cases  were  most  numerous  when  there  was  less  yellow  fever ; 
still  intermittents  are  never  absent,  even  when  yellow  fever 
commits  its  greatest  ravages,  as  in  1841,  1847,  1848  and  1849. 

If  during  the  nine  years  specified,  the  months  be  selected  in 
which  yellow  fever  prevailed  to  the  greatest  extent,  the  follow¬ 
ing  relations  to  the  cases  of  this  disease  and  malarial  fever, 
will  be  established. 


Fever  Statistics,  Charity  Hospital,  Sew  Orleans,  La. —  Tables  showing  the  An¬ 
nual  and  Monthly  Admissions  of  the  Different  Fevers. 


Year. 

_  ®  • 
i'3  ; 

S'V  £ 
8  s  x 

4380 

Fevers. 

a 

a 

March. 

P« 

<J 

>> 

s 

<£> 

P 

P 

►“2 

CD 

P 

<5 

Sept. 

O 

O 

> 

0 

J5 

Dec. 

1 

Total 

Fevers. 

1841 

Intermittent... 
Typhoid . 

3 

1 

4 

3 

27 

45 

39 

28 

9 

65 

6 

187 

7 

31 

3 

151 

'3 

13 

3 

174 

18 

5 

642 

66 

*3 

1 

252 

93 

5 

1 

7 

37 

T43 

72 

6 

2 

2 

8 

0T 

794 

12 

24 

39 

6 

1113 

3 

1991 

Congestive  .... 

Remittent . 

Mal’g,  Intermt . 
Yellow . 

3 

2 

1 

2 

Bilious . 

Total....  1841 11 

32 

46 

41 

37“ 

7 r 

228 

362 

665 

322 

1842 

4404 

Intermittent  .. 

45 

29 

35 

39 

45 

121 

160 

169 

144 

140 

110 

61 

1092 

Remittent _ _ 

4 

1 

3 

4 

8 

1  i) 

o4 

41 

35 

11 

3 

155 

Typhoid . 

9 

2 

4 

2 

2 

2 

1 

22 

Bilious.. .. _ _ 

2 

3 

9 

3 

1 

2 

2 

1 

23 

Congestive.... 

i 

3 

3 

2 

10 

5 

4 

9 

2 

1 

40 

Gastric . 

1 

2 

6 

1 

1 

11 

Catarrhal . 

1 

1 

1 

3 

Yellow . 

47 

247 

93 

23 

410 

Nervous . 

1 

1 

Adynamic . 

1 

1 

Total . 1842:59 

31 

39 

47 

52 

142 

197 

259 

439 

284 

150 

79“ 

1758 

1843 

5013 

Intermittent.. . 

31 

30 

35 

31 

19 

40 

70 

98 

128 

136 

149 

76 

843 

Typhoid . . 

2 

2 

4 

Remittent.  ... 

1 

1 

9 

40 

75 

49 

12 

8 

io 

205 

Catarrhal . 

1 

1 

2 

Bilious . 

1 

1 

15 

3 

37 

5 

2 

2 

3 

2 

71 

Typhus . 

3 

6 

9 

Congestive  .... 

3 

17 

4 

24 

Gastric . 

l 

1 

1 

4 

7 

Continued  .... 

1 

1 

Yellow . 

32 

188 

365 

351 

111 

15 

1053 

Cephalic . 

3 

Total..  .1843 

36 

30 

35 

33 

34 

60 

194 

372 

544“ 

501 

273 

107 

2222 

182  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 


Fever  Statistics  of  Charity  Hospital — Continued. 


1844 

5846 

Intermittent  .. 

66 

49 

41 

32 

44 

75 

176 

258 

255 

261 

216 

116 

1589 

Remittent  .... 

2 

4 

2 

1 

4 

24 

30 

47 

67 

55 

5 

3 

244 

Yellow _ _  _ 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

68 

52 

25 

152 

Typhoid . 

6 

1 

3 

3 

10 

12 

1L 

8 

6 

20 

80 

Simple . 

3 

6 

3 

12 

Gastric . 

1 

2 

1 

5 

2 

11 

Typhus . 

4 

4 

2 

4 

2 

l 

3 

1 

13 

Inflammatory.. 

1 

2 

~2 

2 

2 

2 

11 

Congestive  .... 

1 

11 

17 

14 

13 

15 

3 

81 

Advnatnic . 

2 

2 

4 

Continned . 

2 

3 

5 

Eruptive . 

1 

Total.... 1844 

IT 

6iT 

50 

41 

59 

n? 

239 

333 

423 

40T 

254 

145 

2207 

1845 

6136 

Intermittent... 

7 

75 

57 

44 

79 

112 

145 

96 

279 

196  189 

124 

1403 

Tvphoid . 

7 

6 

5 

2 

io 

8 

11 

14 

18 

20 

15 

23 

139 

Remittent . 

2 

1 

1 

11 

17 

38 

34 

33 

17 

154 

Congestive.... 

3 

i 

1 

2 

1 

4 

5 

4 

I 

21 

Inflammatory.. 

2 

1 

1 

4 

Yellow . 

1 

1 

Continued . 

1 

2 

1 

1 

5 

Nervous . 

1 

1 

1 

3 

Bilious . 

1 

2 

6 

1 

1 

1 

2 

14 

Simple . 

1 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9 

Pernicious . 

2 

2 

4 

Other  fevers. . . 

2 

1 

2 

1 

6 

Total....  1845 

21 

84 

63 

52 

106 

151 

201 

151 

339 

‘241 

206 

148 

1763 

Year. 

t-i  * 

2  §  a 
©  .2 
8s* 

8044 

Fevers. 

a 

eS 

l-S 

2= 

J. 

5b 

13 

3 

o 

u 

IS 

75 

7 

5 

1 

p. 

_ 

76 

5 

ce 

s 

G 

G 

l-5 

214 

14 

2 

4 

August. 

Sept. 

© 

O 

376 

7 

36 

9 

83 

1 

1 

2 

6 

1 

> 

0 

Sb 

310 

23 

7 

2 

32 

1 

4 

l 

380 

6 

© 

Q 

Total 

Fevers. 

1846 

Intermit’nt 
Typhoid.  .. 
Remittent. 
Congestive. 
Yellow . 

79 

30 

3 

85 

10 

7 

l 

138 

12 

6 

2 

227 

17 

9 

2 

359 

5 

22 

5 

29 

2 

9 

2 

81 

52 

3 
5 

4 

1 

1 

147 

2078 

195 

103 

31 

148 

4 

11 

1 

3 

8 

2 

6 

11 

l 

1 

Bilious  .... 

1 

1 

*1 

1 

2 

2 

Pernicious. 
Catarrhal  . 
Nervous.,.. 
Scarlet  .... 
Malignant . 
Larvata _ 

2 

1 

2 

i 

'2 

Pern’c’s  iu’t 
Gas.  Hep’tc 
Ataxic . 

,  '  ’ 

246 

!  Total  1846 

117 

75 

90 

83 

104 

161 

255 

433 

522 

2603 

1847 

11,890 

Intermit’nt 

144  117 

98 

153 

140 

211 

223 

74 

53 

258 

380 

341 

2192 

Typhoid.... 

40 

21 

50 

73 

66 

20 

7 

2 

1 

6 

60 

111 

457 

Typhus..  . . 

.. 

2 

4 

107 

165 

369 

57 

1 

4 

100 

236 

1045 

Remittent . 

4 

1 

4 

9 

17 

38 

69 

64 

25 

12 

18 

8 

269 

Congestive. 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 

12 

10 

1 

1 

0 

2 

36 

Yellow . 

5 

148 

Kill 

777 

219 

49 

2 

2811 

Bilious...  . 

2 

2 

4 

7 

2 

1 

9 

7 

8 

42 

Pern.  Int’m 

1 

2 

1 

l 

5 

Other  fev’s. 

1 

3 

1 

1 

2 

6 

26 

40 

Total,  1847 

193!  142 

157 

346 

3961661 

521 

1756 

857 

512  622 

834 

6897 

1879]  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  183 


Fever  Statistics  of  Chanty  Hospital — Continued. 


1848 

11,945 

Intermit’nt 

187 

115 

101 

72 

no 

160 

219 

310 

299 

334 

271 

233 

2411 

Remittent 

5 

8 

17 

14 

25 

57 

101 

87 

64 

68 

39 

5 

490 

Typ’s,  typ’d 

520 

588 

267 

169 

117 

28 

23 

11 

9 

56 

64 

30 

1883 

2 

2 

31 

462 

597 

105 

34 

1 

1234 

Catarrhal . . 

10 

.  . 

1 

2 

13 

Bilious  .... 

22 

17 

11 

14 

4 

13 

32 

27 

19 

6 

5 

3 

173 

Ephemeral. 

10 

5 

8 

6 

4 

3 

5 

14 

9 

5 

.  _ 

4 

83 

Congestive. 

2 

2 

2 

3 

13 

8 

16 

2 

1 

4 

1 

54 

2 

1 

1 

1 

2 

7 

Dengue .... 

5 

1 

1 

7 

Puerperal. . 

1 

. 

1 

Continued. 

1 

1 

l 

1 

1 

•  • 

1 

6 

Total,  1848 

757 

734 

406 

280 

267 

280 

421 

929 

1004 

576 

*- 

*0 

c  1 

277 

6361 

1849 

15,558 

Intermit’nt 

109 

114 

138 

117 

69 

155 

368 

592 

763 

720 

360 

684 

4439 

Typhus. .. . 

127 

193 

140 

128 

65 

43 

44 

49 

21 

23 

58 

891 

Typhoid.  . . 

79 

79 

Remittent.. 

5 

10 

13 

14 

30 

49 

72 

166 

223 

116 

76 

50 

824 

Bilious  . . . . 

6 

6 

19 

9 

6 

10 

39 

20 

11 

3 

1 

130 

Yellow . 

.  . 

.  . 

2 

28 

374 

520130 

6 

1060 

Ephemeral 

4 

8 

is 

18 

6 

2 

7 

8 

7 

1 

2 

1 

82 

Congestive. 

1 

4 

2 

6 

8 

8 

4 

6 

39 

Puerperal. . 

1 

2 

.. 

1 

4 

Scarlet . 

i 

... 

1 

Cerebral  .  . 

1 

1 

1 

3 

Continued.. 

1 

- 

6 

6 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

20 

Total,  1849 

205 

265 

381 

298 

241 1293 

590 

869 

1418 

1392  806 

806 

7575 

1850 

18,676 

Intermit’nt 

7891 

Remittent  . 

2278 

B-.lious . 

80 

Congestive 

31 

Cong.  Inter 

103 

Typhous..  • 

1044 

Cong,  remit 

4 

Malig  in’mt 

34 

Contiinued. 

] 

77 

Ephemeral. 

83 

Malignant. . 

1 

Puerperal . . 

4 

Scarlet . 

3 

Ataxic . 

4 

Yellow . 

9 

Dengue.... 

1 

Mesenterica 

1 

Total,  1850 

11,768 

Tables  1841-1849,  embrace  those  consolidated  from  records  of  Charity 
Hospital  by  Dr.  Fenner. 

It  is  thus  made  evident  that  paroxysmal  fevers  prevail  every 
year  and  in  every  month  of  the  year  in  New  Orleans,  thus  pre¬ 
senting  a  marked  contrast  to  the  prevalence  of  yellow  fever, 
which  is  shut  up  to  much  narrower  limits. 

It  appears  that  the  cause  of  yellow  fever,  requires  for  its 
generation  and  propagation  a  higher  degree  of  heat,  and  that 
the  conditions  of  its  existence  are  more  narrowly  defined  than 
those  of  malarial  fever.  The  cause  of  the  latter  disease  not 
only  resists  successfully  a  much  lower  temperature  than  that 
of  yellow  fever,  but  when  once  engrafted  on  the  human  system, 


184  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [July 

it  is  far  more  persistent  and  indefinite  in  its  duration,  and  in 
fact  in  many  cases  produces  such  profound  alterations  in  the 
constitution  of  the  blood  and  in  certain  organs  as  the  spleen 
and  liver,  as  to  constitute  a  condition  of  the  system,  which 
may  underlie  and  modify  supervening  diseases.  In  this  respect 
therefore,  the  prolonged  action  of  the  malarial  poison,  resem¬ 
bles  that  of  syphilis,  in  that  it  produces  radical  changes  in  the 
blood  and  arteries. 

Yellow  fever,  on  the  contrary,  acts  as  a  specific  well  defined 
disease,  affecting  as  a  general  rule,  the  constitution  but  once, 
and  in  the  vast  majority  of  cases  leaving  no  recognizable  traces 
of  its  action. 

CLIMATE  OF  NEW  ORLEANS -ITS  RELATIONS  TO  MALARIAL  AND 
YELLOW  FEVERS,  MONTHLY  AND  ANNUAL  ELEVATIONS  AND 
DEPRESSIONS  AND  MEAN  OF  TEMPERATURES— SUMMARY  OF 
METEOROLOGICAL  OBSERVATIONS. 

T  have  consolidated  the  following  tables  from  the  most  relia¬ 
ble  sources,  and  they  constitute  valuable  records  for  present 
and  future  records  in  the  study  of  epidemics  in  New  Orleans 
and  the  Mississippi  Valley  : 

Monthly  Mean  Temperatures ;  Mean  Temperatures,  Spring,  Summer,  Autumn  and 
Winter  ;  Mean  Annual  Temperature  in  New  Orleans,  La.,  lat.29'  57',  long.  90°50'. 
alt.  10  ft.  Consolidated  by  Joseph  Jones,  M.D. 


*4 

<D 

X 

Janu'ry. 

Febru’y. 

March. 

|  April. 

CS 

tH 

June. 

j  July- 

j  August. 

u 

a 

-S 

p* 

<D 

m 

|  October. 

u 

"g 

© 

> 

o 

a 

8 

o 

© 

ft 

J  Spring. 

Summer. 

0 

a 

0 

d 

Winter. 

Year. 

1820 

79  00 

8f>  00 

82.00 

85  00 

81  00 

65  00 

57  00 

60.00 

84  AA 

67  66 

1822 

52.90 

51.60 

64.10 

70.80 

72.20 

•*4.30 

81  50 

82.80 

79.50 

71.40 

67.30 

57.70 

68.86 

82,86 

72.73 

54.06 

70.10 

1825 

53.26 

53.33 

67.80 

66.90 

81.82 

88.54 

82.95 

84.33 

30.17 

65  70 

62.60 

44.00 

72.17 

85.27 

69.49 

50.21 

68.90 

182(i 

53.20 

63.27 

70.71 

72.54 

77.61 

83.24 

84.16 

85.15 

86.64 

72.97 

65-55 

58.28 

78.62 

84.18 

73.05 

58.25 

72.27 

1827 

56.74 

66.85 

64.31 

73.03 

74.00 

82.65 

84.50 

82.40 

80.60 

67.57 

62.04 

62.00 

70.1! 

83.15 

71.91 

61.86 

72.30 

1828 

64.58 

66.01 

65.34 

1 832 

60.50 

74.25 

78.64 

82.75 

82.52 

77.65 

81.30 

1833 

55.37 

60.35 

60.71 

1 834 

70.74 

63.03 

59.10 

1835 

51.60 

49.60 

60.40 

68.00 

79.50 

81.80 

81.10 

83.00 

76.60 

69.90 

63.70 

63.90 

69.30 

81.63 

66.73 

51.70 

68.30 

1838 

56.61 

52  38 

64.10 

67.19 

68.65 

82.07 

82.47 

82.11 

77.85 

68.39 

57  07 

52.85 

66  65 

82.22 

67.60 

58.95 

67.61 

1839 

56.22 

54.48 

60.96 

70.98 

77.33 

83.03 

82.48 

82.25 

79.22 

75.35 

57.40 

48.09 

69.76 

82.59 

70.67 

52.93 

68.99 

i84C 

55.09 

61.77 

69.15 

70.38 

77.30 

79.97 

85.56 

84  96 

78.9! 

74.32 

65.66 

56,13 

73.61 

S3.50 

72.96 

57.66 

71.96 

ieu 

55.46 

55.61 

64.81 

71.62 

76.17 

84.35 

87.02 

83.86 

78.48 

69.17 

61.83 

55.40 

70.87 

85.08 

70.16 

55.49 

70.40 

1849 

56.96 

58.50 

71.35 

69.80 

74.96 

80.56 

-0.25 

79.58 

78.63 

69.03 

59  06 

33.29 

72.03 

80.13 

68.91 

55  25 

69.33 

1843 

55.43 

54.16 

62.03 

70.85 

75.79 

78.50 

81.40 

80.20 

80.60 

68.20 

68.13 

55.77 

62.22 

8o.08 

69.03 

56.12 

67.61 

1844 

58.54 

•r9.29 

68.55 

72.52 

78.46 

79-80 

84,30 

82.00 

79.10 

68  20 

65.02 

57.18 

71.51 

81.51 

70.75 

58.33 

70  52 

1845 

57.25 

59.91 

62. 1 1 

72.75 

73.20 

79.40 

69.85 

184b 

67.16 

75  28 

80. 1 4 

82.73 

68  82 

63.94 

62.14 

67.98 

1847154.85 

57.30 

61.90 

71.48 

76.56 

78.75 

81.82 

82.68 

77  85 

71.16 

69.37 

58.25 

69.98 

81.08 

71.13 

55.13 

69.33 

1848  58.18 

61,67 

64.38 

68.39 

76.47 

82.86  80.42 

81.25 

79.51  73.67 

59.58 

59.43169.73 

81.51 179.92 

59.76 

70.48 

1849  60.89 

56.08 

70.17 

71.00 

76  82 

81.08  81.10 

85.10 

81.0069.80 

66.00 

61.90 

72.63 

82.4272.23 

59.62 

71.70 

1850 

59.31 

55.32 

63.89 

68. 1 3 

72.26 

70.12  82.54 

36.10 

83.40  66.41 

60.58 

55.49 

68.09 

81.58  70.13 

56.71 

79.10 

1851 

54  43 

59.79 

61.64 

68  24 

75  80 

83.10  85.20 

84.00 

80.5069.67 

60.89 

55.  *1 

68.23 

84.10  70  35 

56.48 

71,50 

1852 

46.59 

62.10 

63.96 

67.27 

78.10 

80  80  84.00 

83.20 

80.90  74  25 

61.37 

61.98 

69.77 

82.66  72.17 

56.89 

70.40 

1853 

50.65 

56.51 

62.70 

70.42 

74.33 

80.23  82.60 

84.3(1 

80.10  65.80 

66.00 

51.10 

69.15 

82.37  70.93 

52  78 

67.79 

1854 

53  40 

56.50 

66  20 

64.60 

75.10 

80.60  80.10 

81.50 

78.1069-90 

57.10 

52.20 

68  63 

80.73  68.36 

54.03 

68.00 

1855 

54  80 

51.85 

59.80 

70.33 

79.16 

81.88  82.78 

84.80 

82.14  67.10 

66.68 

56.66 

69.76 

82.38*71 .97 

54.43 

67  90 

1856  55.27 

58.35 

64.15 

70.06 

75.62 

81.11  82.79 

82.87 

78  94  71.75 

62  44 

55.98 

69.94 

82  26  70  71 

56.53 

69.86 

185750.58 

64.98 

62.35 

64.96 

74.16 

80.09  81.80 

81.80 

80.15  69.77 

61.10 

58.13 

67.15 

81.23  70.34 

57.89 

69.15 

185859,96 

56.23 

64.41 

71.50 

77.05 

81.07183  57 

83.93 

79.9674.96 

54.73 

61.47 

70  99 

82.86  69.88 

59.22 

70.73 

1859  53  91 

63.40 

66.48 

70.43 

79.10 

82.11  83.35 

82.50 

80.43  70  74 

65.67 

53.65 

72  01 

82  97  72.28 

57.02 

71.07 

1860 

56.99 

59.51 

64.97 

76  04 

80.03 

86.46  88.66 

85.37 

82.99,72.13 

61.55 

35.31 

73.68 

86.83  72.22 

53.97 

72.50 

1873 

49-88 

60.12 

61.37 

67.95 

75.19 

81.66  a3.57 

82.28 

79.5668  21 

61.46 

56.92 

68.17 

-2  50 

69.74 

55  64 

69.14 

1874 

56.71 

59,59 

67.81 

66.22 

76.91 

82.62  86.33 

85.02 

80.41 

70,94 

64.10 

59.48 

70.37 

83.32 

71.65 

58.58 

70.99 

1875 

53.89 

55.23 

64.10 

65.82 

77.4280.89183.09 

80.14 

77.21 

68.15 

66.44 

62.62 

69.11 

81.34 

70.60 

57.24 

69.57 

1877 

53.08 

55.93  60.64 

67.50 

73.53 

78.13  81.71 

83.29 

78,44 

70  49 

58.41 

56.77 

07.24 

81  04 

69.11 

56.26 

68.16 

1878 

51.08 

55.50 

66.36 

71.41 

75.54 

81. 95(83.83 

83.59 

78.75 

71.42 

59.46 

50.85 

71.10 

83.12 

69.87 

52.49 

69.14 

Mean 

1820 

of  38 

to 

56.28 

58.03 

64  27 

69.41 

75.00,81.35 

83.21 

83.14 

79.64 

70.27 

62.30 

56.43 

69.56 

82.53 

70.75 

56.91 

69.51 

years 

1878 

1879| 


Louisiana,  State  Medical  Socict; /. 


185 


The  preceding  record  has  been  constructed  from  the  most 
reliable  data  extant,  with  reference  to  the  climatology  of  New 
Orleans  :  namely,  the  metrological  records  of  the  Military  Post 
of  New  Orleans,  extending  over  a  period  of  20  years,  1825, 
1853;  the  statistics  published  by  Dr.  Barton,  embracing  a 
period  of  19  years,  extending  from  1833  to  1853  and  the  manu¬ 
script  of  D.  T.  Lillie,  Esq.,  and  from  reports  of  the  Board  of 
Health. 

From  the  preceding  record  of  38  years,  extending  with  some 
interruptions  from  1820  to  1878,  inclusive,  the  mean  annual 
temperature  of  New  Orleans  is  69.51°.  According  to  the 
meteorological  records  of  the  Military  Post  of  New  Orleans,  ex¬ 
tending  over  a  period  of  25  years,  the  mean  annual  tempera¬ 
ture  is  given  a  fraction  higher ;  namely,  69.9° ;  whilst  accord¬ 
ing  to  Dr.  Barton,  it  is  much  less,  or  67.6°. 

The  statistics  which  I  have  presented  in  the  preceding  table 
must  be  regarded  as  the  fullest  and  most  accurate  expression  of 
the  temperature  of  New  Orleans,  and  we  must  accept  the  mean 
annual  temperature  as  69.51°,  with  a  range  during  the  period 
specified  of  72.50°  maximum  to  67.61°  minimum  annual  tem¬ 
perature.  The  mean  annual  temperature  of  New  Orleans  is 
lower  than  that  of  Havana,  Cuba,  75.9°;  of  Matanzas,  Cuba, 
78.3°;  Ubajay,  Cuba,  73.4°;  of  Nassau,  Bahamas,  78.7°; 
of  Rio  Janerio,  South  America,  73.7°;  of  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico, 
77  to  79.8°;  of  Kingston,  Jamaica,  78.7°.  The  isothermal 
line  of  mean  annual  temperature  of  New  Orleans  passes 
through  the  north  of  Africa,  through  Morocco  and  Barbary, 
skirting  the  northern  boundary  of  the  Great  Desert  of 
of  Sahara,  and  crossing  Egypt  in  a  line  with  the  Isthmus  of 
Suez,  and  in  the  latitude  of  Alexandria,  and  passes  on  through 
the  northern  portion  of  Arabia,  the  middle  of  Persia,  and 
Afghanistan,  the  north  of  India  and  the  south  of  China.  By 
its  climatic  relations,  and  especially  by  its  mean  annual  tem¬ 
perature,  New  Orleans  is  connected  with  those  portions  of 
Africa  and  Asia,  from  whence  have  sprung  in  past  ages  some 
of  the  greatest  plagues  which  have  desolated  the  human  race. 
The  isothermal  70°,  for  the  year,  which  is  very  nearly  that 
of  New  Orleans,  is  nearly  on  the  parallel  of  30° — rising  above 
it  at  the  Gulf  of  California,  and  falling  below  in  the  interior 
and  in  Texas,  it  follows  the  northern  coast  of  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  and  crosses  the  Atlantic  and  Africa  nearly  in  a 
straight  line.  It  bends  north  at  the  head  of  the  Red  Sea, 
and  across  the  desert  until  it  strikes  the  Himalayas,  from 
which  point  it  turns  southward  and  is  below  the  Tropic  of 
Cancer.  Off  the  west  coast  of  California  it  falls  nearly 
as  low' — its  general  course  being  in  a  right  line  along  the 
the  30th  parallel,  from  which  it  is  abruptly  turned  southward  in 
approaching  Canton  from  the  west,  and  in  leaving  the  Cali¬ 
fornia  coast.  The  last  curvature  is  due  to  the  now'  ■veil  known 


24 


186 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


fJnly 


mass  of  cold  water  off  that  coast,  and  at  the  east  of  Asia  it  is 
apparently  a  merely  continental  effect,  which  would  have  been 
felt  here  if  the  continent  had  occupied  the  place  of  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico. 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  average  position  of  this  line  is  farther 
north  in  the  new  than  in  the  old  world. 

The  average  temperature  of  the  spring  in  New  Orleans  is 
69.56°,  and  very  nearly  12  i°  below  that  of  the  winter,  56.91°. 
The  average  spring  and  winter  temperatures  of  those  places 
in  which  yellow  fever  is  said  by  the  contagionists  and  quaran- 
tinists  to  be  indigenous  are  as  follows  :  Havana,  Cuba,  spring 
75.7°,  winter  68.4°;  Kingston,  Jamaica,  spring  78.1°,  winter 
76.1°;  Matanzas,  Cuba,  spring  78.9°  winter  78.4°;  Nassau, 
spring  77.7°,  winter  70.7°;  Rio  Janeiro,  spring  74.7°,  winter 
79.1°;  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  spring  77.8°-78°,  winter  77°-79.8°. 
The  mean  summer  temperature  of  New  Orleans  is  82.53°  ;  of 
Havana  84.2°;  of  Vera  Cruz  81.5°.  The  mean  autumnal  tem¬ 
perature  of  New  Orleans  is  70.75°;  of  Havana  75.5°;  of  Vera 
Cruz  77.2°-78.7°. 

The  most  marked  difference  between  the  climate  of  New 
Orleans  and  that  of  Havana,  Cuba,  is  that  the  winter  is  colder 
by  11°,  F.,  and  the  spring  colder  by  6°,  F.,  in  the  former.  The 
average  temperature  of  the  summer  in  New  Orleans,  is  1° 
higher  than  that  of  Vera  Cruz,  and  1.7°  cooler  than  that  of 
Havana ;  the  average  autumnal  temperature  of  New  Orleans  is 
4.8°  lower  than  that  of  Havana,  and  between  7°  and  8°  lower 
than  that  of  Vera  Cruz.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  from  these 
results,  that  the  differences  of  climate  between  New  Orleans 
and  Havana  are  not  so  great  as  to  warrant  the  dogmatic 
and  oft  repeated  assertion,  that  yellow  fever  cannot  originate 
de  novo  in  New  Orleans ;  neither  do  they  sustain  the  idle  lucu¬ 
brations  about  the  so-called  hibernation  of  the  yellow  fever 
germ. 

If  the  curve  of  the  monthly  temperature  of  New  Orleans  be 
projected  upon  a  chart,  it  will  be  found  to  rise  in  January, 
from  a  mean  temperature  of  56.28°,  to  58.28°  in  February, 
64.27°  in  March,  69.41°  in  April,  75°  in  May,  81.35°  in  June, 
83.21°  in  July,  and  83.14°  in  August;  the  maximum  tempera¬ 
ture  of  June  and  July  then  descends  to  79.64°  in  September, 
70.27°  in  October,  62.30°  in  November,  and  56.43°  in  December. 
The  rise  and  progress  of  the  temperature  during  the  summer 
corresponds  to  the  rise  and  progress  of  yellow  fever  in  New 
Orleans. 


■UIJV 

id 

09 

D 

D 

05 

t— 4 

D 

CO 

>0 

09 

o 

<b 

to 

to 

09 

o 

05 

X 

o 

09 

-rf 

i.O 

09 

09 

X 

to 

to 

05 

iO 

09 

05 

Tp 

CO 

CO 

M 

<m 

09 

CM 

<M 

CO 

CM 

CO 

<M 

CO 

M 

CO 

09 

09 

CO 

CO 

09 

09 

M 

CO 

CO 

CO 

09 

09 

—* 

09 

09 

09 

09 

© 

>< 

•XBM 

tO 

D 

to 

D 

o 

o 

05 

.0 

lO 

M 

CO 

*o 

o 

Tt» 

Tf 

O 

o 

1(0 

to 

to 

iO 

X 

o 

4>. 

05 

-Tt4 

o 

\Om 

O) 

CO 

O) 

09 

CO 

X 

05 

iO 

2* 

lO 

iO 

05  go 

05 

05 

05 

05 

r*^ 

X 

05 

05 

05 

05 

05 

05 

05 

r— » 

05 

05 

05 

X 

05 

05 

05 

X 

cn 

05 

05 

05 

02 

05 

05 

05 

05 

05 

05 

05 

lO 

O 

•aiw 

4^ 

TP 

09 

05 

09 

to 

iO 

CO 

i(0 

O 

r-l 

o 

o 

Tt< 

to 

05 

Tf 

o 

iO 

CO 

09 

-O4 

Tf 

CO 

09 

r-H 

r-i 

to 

to 

05 

09 

09 

iO 

Tp 

TP 

CC 

■" 

co 

CO 

09 

m 

CO 

CO 

CO' 

CO 

CM 

CO 

CO 

CO 

09 

09 

'Tf 

09 

© 

Q 

•x«h 

o> 

D 

o 

05 

to 

>o 

r — H 

to 

to 

to 

O 

O 

rf 

09 

09 

to 

X 

50 

4>» 

-04 

X 

to 

-TP 

05 

o 

«s 

05 

09 

X 

iO 

X 

05 

o 

4> 

4^ 

4^ 

x 

to 

4^ 

X 

4^ 

4^ 

to 

D 

X 

X 

co 

4^ 

4^ 

N 

<  ~ 

iO 

iO 

iO 

. 

•aiw 

CO 

00 

Tp 

o 

09 

o 

CO 

ICO 

iO 

o 

09 

05 

o 

CO 

05 

1(0 

X 

lO 

05 

CO 

-O’ 

o 

CO 

09 

CO 

TP 

X 

J—i 

05 

4^ 

05 

to 

o 

TP 

iC 

> 

’ 

>0 

Tp 

CO 

C'b 

CO 

CO 

iD 

lO 

CO 

CO 

09 

CO 

CO 

Tf 

Tt4 

CO 

rf 

-O' 

-04 

TJ4 

CO 

09 

09 

CO 

CO 

-Tf 

Tf 

CO 

c 

1C 

lO 

.0 

•X-BH 

i> 

CO 

TP 

09 

O 

tp 

D 

09 

o 

CO 

i(0 

1(0 

IO 

CO 

o 

r-4 

09 

09 

o 

CO 

Ol 

05 

to 

o 

X 

CO 

05 

09 

05 

4>* 

CO 

CO 

CO 

X 

•M 

X 

X' 

X 

X 

CO 

4- 

X 

X 

X 

cxi 

CO 

CO 

X 

<o 

X 

(V 

X 

X 

t>. 

4^ 

t-» 

4^ 

o 

(- 

•aiw 

•A 

iD 

o 

09 

o 

D 

r— ( 

to 

09 

0^> 

09 

1(0 

CO 

r>. 

!M 

rt4 

O 

Tt4 

-rt4 

rp 

Cv> 

09 

o 

4^ 

05 

X 

i—4 

ID 

o 

CO 

TJ 

4^ 

tp 

CO 

Tf 

to 

tP 

Tp 

tp 

CO 

Tf 

*0 

rr 

»o 

IO 

rf 

rf 

o 

Tf 

to 

1 6 

iO 

to 

u* 

LO 

L(J 

CO 

Tt* 

— 

iO 

l.* 

O 

x«K 

S3 

o 

00 

i> 

JO 

o5 

O 

05 

to 

D 

09 

CO 

CO 

CO 

lO 

iO 

00 

05 

rf 

CO 

r>. 

CO 

CO 

CO 

O 

05 

05 

X) 

to 

05 

to 

QO 

D 

X 

05 

X 

09 

X 

to 

X 

co 

co 

to 

X 

09 

X 

CO 

X 

$ 

O) 

X 

09 

X 

o 

X 

CO 

X 

X 

X 

to 

X 

09 

X 

4>* 

4s* 

TP 

X 

iO 

lO 

•mpi 

09 

09 

to 

on 

to 

CO 

CO 

09 

09 

05 

<-> 

lO 

O 

09 

o 

o 

09 

iO 

09 

o 

o 

09 

IO 

to 

09 

uO 

to 

o 

to 

o 

i—* 

CO 

4' 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

i> 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

X 

4> 

to 

4^ 

l'.J 

to 

4^ 

K.) 

w 

© 

iO 

IO 

o 

IO 

iO 

1 p 

iO 

05 

•XBK 

85 

86 

o 

05 

05 

Tp 

05 

CO 

05 

o 

05 

05 

CO 

iD 

05 

05 

CO 

X 

o 

05 

05 

Tf 

05 

05 

!>• 

05 

09 

05 

o 

05 

09 

05 

05 

co 

05 

N 

00 

00 

QO 

05 

X 

CO 

05 

to 

X 

05 

X 

o 

05 

o 

05 

4^ 

X 

05 

X 

05 

X 

05 

X 

o 

05 

05 

o 

05 

TP 

05 

X 

X 

09 

05 

O 

o 

+2 

•aiw 

£ 

to 

4^ 

to 

4^ 

tP 

Tp 

to 

4^ 

09 

4^ 

to 

to 

05 

09 

r>. 

o 

H 

O 

i> 

o 

05 

to 

to 

09 

i> 

05 

X 

X 

X 

CO 

4^ 

lO 

4^ 

4^ 

4^ 

4^ 

09 

4"- 

to 

4^ 

05 

4^ 

o 

4^ 

o 

4^ 

CO 

4^ 

TP 

4>- 

4— 

CO 

4^ 

05 

to 

X 

4^ 

CO 

4^ 

Cl. 

tr 

•xbw 

94 

85 

Tf 

05 

3 

to 

05 

o 

o 

i— 4 

05  X 

TP 

05 

92.5 

09 

05 

89.5 

05 

09 

05 

09 

05 

O 

o 

uO 

05 

05 

05 

iO 

05 

CO 

05 

o 

05 

N 

X 

O 

05 

05 

iO 

05 

88.5 

^J4 

05 

09 

05 

lO 

09 

05 

09 

05 

CO 

05 

09 

05 

09 

05 

CO 

05 

92.5 

05 

05 

3 

05 

X 

iD 

to 

05 

T 

O 

>> 

•aiw 

n 

00 

4^ 

09 

r>. 

CO 

4^ 

o 

CO 

X 

CO 

r- 

09 

CO 

CO 

i- 

to 

>> 

o 

to 

05 

78 

to 

4^ 

CO 

X 

-Tt4 

to 

O 

4*» 

O 

4> 

to 

o 

4^ 

4'— 

X 

to 

09 

4^ 

o\ 

4> 

70.5 

09 

4^ 

TP 

4"* 

05 

4^ 

CO 

4> 

r- 

‘ 

».o 

lO 

IO 

^0 

XBW 

92 

88 

to 

05 

X 

05 

iD 

05 

CO 

05 

O 

88 

Tp 

05 

s 

CO 

05 

o 

05 

o 

05 

05 

09 

05 

05 

05 

o 

05 

93 

rt* 

05 

CO 

05 

o 

05 

X 

X 

o 

05 

O 

05 

4^ 

05 

05 

X 

05 

CO 

05 

CO 

05 

09 

05 

2» 

09 

05 

09 

05 

CO 

05 

X 

iO 

05 

ID 

05 

05 

to 

05 

i: 

© 

•aiw  * 

s 

75 

Tp 

to 

05 

to 

O 

4^ 

09 

4- 

09 

t-H 

4^ 

05 

to 

to 

CO 

to 

o 

o 

CO 

o 

o 

J> 

CO 

i> 

O 

X 

i> 

CO 

o 

09 

4^ 

CO 

4^ 

4- 

4^ 

05 

to 

iO 

to 

N 

to 

3 

O 

iO 

to 

c> 

to 

05 

to 

iH 

4^ 

iO 

oi 

4^ 

TP 

4^ 

4^ 

to 

05 

to 

4^ 

to 

s 

iD 

0) 

05 

XBW 

o. 

CO 

o> 

to 

05 

Tp 

05 

tp 

05 

So 

qo 

05 

CO 

05 

05 

CO 

'Tf 

05 

05 

(M 

05 

CO 

05 

05 

CO 

05 

09 

05 

to 

05 

09 

05 

05 

X 

§8 

to 

X 

O 

05 

-TP 

05 

X 

X 

CO 

05 

CO 

05 

05 

T. 

05 

09 

05 

05 

09 

05 

TP 

05 

tP 

05 

TP 

05 

•aiw 

£ 

09 

to 

09 

iD 

tp 

to 

to 

iD 

O 

to 

t> 

iD 

4> 

iD 

*>. 

to 

«>• 

iO 

to 

09 

to 

05 

iO 

i.O 

to 

CO 
r r 

Tt* 

IO 

to 

CO 

1C 

CO 

to 

i.O 

to 

X 

to 

X 

iO 

iO 

X 

to 

‘2 

09 

to 

-Tf 

to 

o 

LO 

CO 

uo 

uo 

IO 

09 

iO 

O') 

IO 

4^ 

iO 

4> 

iO 

4^ 

iO 

09 

to 

CO 

iD 

to 

iD 

-ij 

i  ce 

10 

iO 

iO 

09 

1  s 

•xbw 

Tp 

QO 

s 

05 

to 

05 

Tp 

05 

o 

05 

£ 

D 

05 

CO 

IO 

CO 

s 

CO 

09 

05 

o 

05 

§ 

»— 4 

05 

H 

05 

iO 

05 

05 

X 

LO 

X 

X 

05 

X 

05 

cc 

X 

X 

4^ 

X 

4^ 

X 

X 

X 

IO 

X 

09 

05 

to 

X 

05 

X 

J- 

X 

09 

05 

o 

S5 

05 

X 

09 

05 

c 

c 

iO 

iO 

d 

•aiw 

O 

-O 

09 

iD 

o 

iD 

o 

i0 

t* 

ID 

o 

S3 

rf 

iO 

09 

iO 

s 

09 

iO 

09 

vO 

09 

S8 

CO 

l» 

D 

05 

iO 

rr 

CO 

to 

rf 

to 

1.0 

-0* 

o 

to 

iO 

-Tf 

-TP 

o 

-Tf 

-Tp 

TP 

i> 

TP 

to 

Tp 

TP 

o 

iO 

iO 

lO 

Tf 

O 

Tf 

vD 

09 

i.O 

ID 

id 

& 

iO 

iO 

lO 

i.O 

<i 

•XBW 

<M 

00 

88 

i—8 

05 

X 

X 

o 

05 

05 

09 

CO 

X  X 

to 

CO 

X 

D 

X 

1C 

CO 

S 

o 

05 

o 

CO 

to 

D 

OD 

X 

o 

X 

55 

09 

do 

to 

X 

CO 

05 

05 

4> 

X 

X 

TP 

X 

Tf 

X 

o 

05 

X 

4- 

-Tp 

X 

TP 

Q0_ 

to 

00 

09 

X 

09 

X 

TP 

/ 

O 

X 

iO 

iD 

lD 

•a 

© 

•aiw 

id 

09 

\D 

o 

tt4 

09 

CO 

09 

iD 

O 

o 

o 

iC 

CO 

09 

09 

o 

1C 

-r 

CO 

"f 

y—l 

to 

CO 

CO 

05 

CO 

rf 

Tf 

05 

09 

CO 

’Tf 

09 

rr 

09 

iO 

iC 

X 

4- 

CO 

CO 

?0 

to 

CO 

*— 4 

CO 

09 

Tp 

to 

CO 

GO 

lO 

co 

TP 

CO 

05 

CO 

c 

- 

j-< 

ce 

a 

.XBW 

05 

4> 

09 

CD 

o 

a> 

05 

CO 

CO 

o 

CO 

8B 

to 

09 

CO 

o 

CO 

CO 

D 

05 

CO 

CO 

lO 

cc 

CO 

iO 

CO 

CO 

GO 

O 

X 

X 

X 

4^ 

i> 

X 

o 

X 

-tP 

X 

4^ 

4> 

CO 

4^ 

o 

X 

4^ 

X 

X 

X 

4^ 

-Tp 

4>- 

iO 

•X 

X 

X 

r— ! 

X 

4^ 

4^ 

* 

IO 

lC 

iD 

•aiw 

00 

Tf 

09 

tP 

to 

09 

l0 

to 

CO 

05 

M 

09 

CO 

CO 

09 

rf 

CO 

o 

to 

CO 

o 

CO 

to 

09 

Tf 

05 

X) 

£ 

o 

09 

09 

Tt4 

o 

'Tf 

^l4 

X 

CO 

Lg 

4^ 

09 

O) 

to 

o> 

CO 

Tp 

CO 

tP 

tP 

CO 

TP 

09 

Tp 

f 

© 

iO 

iO 

lO 

09 

4— 

.XBW 

TP 

t- 

tP 

00 

o 

D 

to 

o 

CO 

tP 

4> 

D 

Tf 

t> 

08  i 

05 

D 

to 

05 

■  77 

N 

r>* 

CO 

09 

CO 

o 

cc 

i> 

D 

CO 

o 

o 

X 

o 

4^ 

X 

4^ 

iO 

4> 

4^ 

r- 

179 

to 

4^ 

to 

(- 

IO 

4^ 

X 

4^ 

175 

X 

i> 

4^ 

o 

X 

o 

X 

C4 

t 

•uih 


,(MtM!M<M<MDO<MO’?ccc'S<MDOcoc'DrO'-Hto  wow  ^  o  w  > 


*XBW 


^<»iMoao(B!03»Hi"^ado)®Moo 

t>  N  N  t*»  QO  t**  t~»  N  CO  tO  CO  N  C 


w  _ ! _ 

(-  r.  i o  x  cr.  w  — 1  -»  r:  -r  >o  c  ('  x  c.  s  •;  •>>  ^  -r  >'.  co  i:  x  o. 

5ssiffi8sssssssssssfflss*ssssto 


o^fTQcc^irat^aso^HS^coTpiocoi''' 
CO  Sw®c  to  tC  CD  N  t'"  t"  N  S  N  t'*  H  i 
XXXXXXXXXXXXQCXXX' 


188 


Abstract ;  of  Proceedings 


[July 


The  maximum  temperature,  100°  F.,  for  the  entire  series  of 
years  1817-1878,  was  attained  in  1841  and  1850;  in  the  former 
year  about  1800  deaths  were  occasioned  by  yellow  fever,  and  in 
the  latter  the  victims  numbered  only  107.  The  next  highest 
temperatures  with  the  annual  mortality  by  yellow  fever,  were  as 
follows:  1874,  99°,  deaths  from  yellow  fever,  11;  1838,  98°,  no 
epidemic;  1840,  98°,  3  deaths;  1873,  98°,  220  deaths;  1800,  97°, 
15  deaths  ;  1877,  90.5°,  1  death  ;  1820,  96°,  5  deaths;  1839,96°, 
800  deaths ;  1852,  96°,  450  deaths;  1843,  95°,  1000  deaths; 
1855,  95°,  2015  deaths;-  1875,  95°,  01  deaths;  1878,  95°, 
4050  deaths;  1847,  94°,  2000  deaths;  1848,  94°,  872 

deaths;  1849,  94°,  709  deaths;  1853,  94°,  7849  deaths ;  1862. 
94°,  2  deaths;  1803,  93.5°,  2  deaths;  1804,  93.5°,  0  deaths. 
Such  facts  indicate  that  the  prevalence  of  yellow  fever  in  New 
Orleans  is  not  necessarily  associated  with  the  prevalence  dur¬ 
ing  the  hot  months  of  the  highest  degrees  of  heat. 

The  minimum  temperatures  were  reached  in  the  following 
years,  with  the  accompanying  mortality  from  yellow  fever: 
1870,  ]  6°,  F.,  587  deaths ;  1852,17°,  450  deaths;  1804,  18°,  0 
deaths;  1872,  19°,  39  deaths;  1877,  21°,  1  death  ;  1838,  22°,  F., 
no  epidemic ;  1878,  23°,  4050  deaths  ;  1870,  24°,  42  deaths ;  1820, 
25°,  5  deaths ;  1845,  20°,  2  deaths;  1850,  20°,  107  deaths.  Such 
facts  woidd  seem  to  sustain  the  proposition,  that  extremes  of 
cold  were  unfavorable  to  the  generation  of  yellow  fever.  But 
a  more  critical  examination  will  show,  that  this  proposition 
should  not  be  unconditionally  accepted :  for  the  effects  of  the 
extreme  cold  temperatures  of  each  year  should  be  considered 
in  the  months  of  January,  February  and  March,  and  of  the 
months  of  December,  November  and  October  of  the  year  imme¬ 
diately  preceding.  The  early  supervention  of  cold  weather 
and  of  frost  without  doubt,  exerts  a  marked  effect,  in  arresting 
the  progress  of  epidemics  of  yellow  fever,  and  it  would  also 
appear  that  an  excessive  degree  of  cold  in  the  winter  preceding, 
tended  to  remove  or  retard  the  operation  of  the  cause  or  causes 
inducing  yellow  fever.  It  is  worthy  of  note,  that  during  the 
entire  period  covered  by  the  preceding  table,  in  almost  every 
year,  the  temperature  fell  in  New  Orleans,  during  the  winter 
months,  to  that  point  which  insured  the  occurrence  of  frost, 
and  the  induction  of  that  low  point  of  temperature,  which  in¬ 
sured  the  arrest  of  the  epidemic  constitution  necessary  to  the 
generation  and  propagation  of  yellow  fever. 

The  connection  of  yellow  fever  with  the  rain  fall  is  worthy  of 
study  ;  and  as  a  scientific  basis  for  this  investigation  we  have 
consolidated  from  the  most  reliable  sources  the  following  table. 


L879J  I  At  wisiana  State  Medical  Society.  189 


Monthly  and  Annual  Bain-fall  in  New  Orleans,  La.,  for  a  series  of  years,  consolidated 
by  Joseph  Jones,  M.D.,  expressed  in  inches  and  fractions  of  an  inch. 


Year. 

*4  ® 

as  - 

hM  i— 

March. 

Inches. 

April. 

Inches. 

May. 

Inches. 

June. 

Inches. 

July. 

Inches 

CD  & 

Sept’r. 

Inches. 

Octo’r. 

Inches. 

Nov’r. 

Inches. 

.  OC 
¥ 

O  rT* 

2L  S 

W  >— < 

Year — 
Inches. 

Mean  6  ) 

years.  > 

57.85 

1633-18-38  S 

Mean  3  ^ 

years,  > 

4.66 

2  25 

2.59 

6.21 

2.95 

6.10 

6.38 

5.72 

560 

1.37 

3.18 

2.87 

1836-1838  ) 

18 19 

8.10 

3.40 

2.19 

2.10 

2.02 

3.11 

9.86 

4.80 

0.12 

2.40 

3.92 

4.40 

46.42 

1840 

0.11 

2.01 

1.09 

3.10 

4.80 

7.10 

5.60 

3-10 

1.80 

7.80 

5.55 

2.22 

44.28 

1841 

19.50 

5.10 

6  90 

5-10 

1.70 

3.10 

0.89 

3.41 

2.87 

2.41 

0.11 

9.44 

60.53 

1842 

4.21 

3.51 

2.71 

5.20 

1.12 

1.13 

4.52 

7.40 

4.80 

1.50 

3.25 

1.70 

41 .05 

1843 

4.00 

3.80 

5*31 

2.67 

0.45 

14  57 

6.33 

5.11 

5.51 

3.49 

1.93 

6.04 

1844 

4.41 

0.73 

3.90 

0.53 

3.16 

2.75 

9.80 

5.21 

1.08 

2.18 

7.78 

1.35 

38.97 

1845 

6  24 

1.19 

5.16 

1.99 

8.06 

3.20 

1.88 

4.53 

4.30 

6.26 

4.62 

6.20 

1846 

9.20 

6.66 

7.88 

10.70 

9.37 

7.98  8.86 

6.90 

6.32 

1.14 

1.56 

1.55 

1847 

7.71 

3.77 

3.40 

4.63 

4.80 

3.43  5.06 

6.81 

2.83 

0.75 

2.59 

7.73 

53.51 

1848 

5.42 

1  26 

1.97 

3.92 

4.75 

9.36  7.7P 

8.37 

0.80 

2.31 

8.83 

1.86 

56.66 

1849 

3.55 

2.45 

2.83 

2.43 

8.01 

3.7911.09 

4.85 

4.01 

6.88 

4.48 

2.52 

1850 

7.40 

4  53 

2.27 

4.10 

6  20 

8.92 

6.31 

10.95 

1.85 

0  96 

1.58 

3.46 

1851 

3.82 

3.18 

1.20 

3.49 

2.93 

2.21 

2  13 

10.46 

3.85 

3.70 

9.00 

2.69 

1852 

0.80 

1.45 

4.24 

5.25 

7.23 

1.64 

7.44 

1.75 

1.16 

2.83 

7.00 

5.30 

1853 

3.20 

4.20 

7.38 

1.88 

2.80 

1.86 

11.71 

7.01 

5.04 

5.17 

7.03 

4.57 

1854 

1.89 

9.84 

4.18 

3  81 

6.15 

4.03 

2.94 

3.48 

8.92 

4.84 

1.55 

1.16 

52.75 

1855 

0.86 

2.06 

0.82 

2.00 

1.77 

1.75 

7.24 

4.12 

4.36 

2.10 

5.59 

8.23 

1856 

8.90 

3.68 

3.73 

2.85 

2.53 

5.79 

8.63 

16.12 

3.20 

2.29 

4.65 

4.75 

67.12 

1857 

2.68 

1.97 

2.86 

1.73 

7.33 

2.90 

5  86 

4.64 

2.55 

5.01 

3.05 

5.10 

45.68 

1858 

3.71 

4.30 

4.71 

2.26 

3.45 

4.89 

7.72 

7.35 

3.67 

4.13 

3.20 

3.42 

52.81 

1859 

6.40 

3.77 

7.84 

3.99 

1.94 

7.12 

0.93 

6.17 

1.19 

2.17 

2.79 

5.09 

49.40 

1860 

0.64 

8.61 

0.76 

2.42 

1.26 

5.07 

1.50 

4.50 

1.80 

5.66 

4.28 

2.74 

39.24 

1861 

7.58 

0.01 

4.41 

3.62 

8.71 

6.14 

3.95 

0.25 

0.76 

1862 

3.79 

2.76 

2.83 

4.10 

0.65 

0.58 

4.54 

2.15 

4.68 

1.03 

0.36 

1.59 

1863 

2.11 

3.56 

3.73 

0.31 

3.02 

2.62 

3.3(i 

4  44 

1.74 

1.67 

0.26 

4.12 

1864 

3.42 

0.30 

3.05 

0.98 

0.68 

2.86 

1.91 

7.98 

2.15 

2.22 

0.77 

0.46 

1865 

3.97 

3.94 

5.30 

0.24 

1869 

13.90 

4  47 

1.10 

9.88 

4.64 

8.73 

8  19 

5.09 

5.21 

3.13 

1870 

9.46 

3.61 

2.85 

9.22 

4.41 

4  09 

6.08 

11.58 

1-64 

1.85 

5.15 

9.52 

1871 

13.52 

1.29 

6.11 

2.75 

572 

9.96 

6  43 

8.63 

6.88 

15,65 

9.04 

2.14 

1872 

5.22 

5.91 

9.73 

6  73 

3.97 

5.78 

7.03 

3.95 

2.36 

3.38 

9.06 

5.69 

1873 

5.61 

2.20 

5.49 

1.73 

28.50 

8.58 

6.75 

10.83 

4.46 

1.80 

7.35 

1.87 

1874 

2.30 

3.70 

7.31 

18.44 

0.04 

11.97 

17.37 

5.92 

5.08 

1.76 

3.57 

1875 

9.17 

16.22 13.73 

10.44 

3.19 

6.22 

8.19 

11.32 

8.54 

2.26 

6  86 

5.72 

1876 

5.47 

9.3311.65 

8.20 

8.54 

7.19 

5.19 

5.55 

0.39 

0.10 

2.97 

8.29 

1877 

8.20 

0.85 

5.31 

4.51 

1.14 

2.30 

7.07 

3.27 

16.29 

9.62 

6.20 

5.95 

1878 

5  36 

3.50 

4.63 

1.51 

6.14 

7.12 

5.26 

4.90 

2.67 

5.07 

7.78 

8.59 

The  animal  rain-fall  in  New  Orleans,  during  the  period  em¬ 
braced  in  the  table,  embracing  a  period  of  40  years,  may,  in 
round  numbers,  be  regarded  as  ranging  from  35  to  70  inches. 

The  general  mean  of  the  months  may  be  stated  thus :  January 
5.61,  February  2.90,  March  3.90.  April  3.29,  May  4.10,  June 
4.97,  July  6.66,  August  5.65,  September  2.20,  October  2.74, 
November  4.68,  December  4.20  inches.  If  an  average  of  a 
series  of  years  be  selected,  it  will  be  found  that  the  heaviest 


190 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


rain  fall  occurs  in  the  summer  and  the  least  in  the  autumn. 
Thus  if  we  select  the  statistics  of  the  U.  S.  Barracks  for  a 
period  of  15  years,  1839-1853,  inclusive,  the  rain  fall  in  inches 
was  as  follows:  spring  11.29,  summer  17.28,  autumn  9.62, 
winter  12.71  ;  year  50.90.  The  extreme  quantities  of  rain  in 
New  Orleans,  for  a  period  of  17  years,  according  to  the  U.  S. 
Military  Register  and  the  observations  of  Dr.  Barton,  were, 
January,  max.  19.5,  min.  0.11 ;  February,  max.  9.84,  min.  0.73 ; 
March,  max.  7.88,  min.  0.90 ;  April,  max.  10.70,  min.  0.53 ;  May. 
max.  8.06,  min.  0.45;  June,  max.  14.07,  min.  1.31;  July,  max. 
14.74,  min.  0.89;  August,  max.  8.39,  min.  1.37 ;  September,  max. 
8.92,  min.  0.63  ;  October,  max.  6.45,  min.  0.75  ;  November,  max. 
8.83,  min.  0.1  L ;  December,  max.  9.44,  min.  0.80 ;  maximum  for 
year  62.64  (1853) ;  minimum  39.96  inches  (1852).  The  rain  fall 
of  1841,  when  yellow  fever  destroyed  a  large  number  of  citizens 
was  large,  60.53 ;  it  was  also  much  above  the  average  amount 
in  1847  and  1848,  but  it  reached  67.12  inches  in  1856,  when 
yellow  fever  did  not  prevail  as  an  epidemic.  It  is  worthy  of 
note  that  during  the  entire  period  embraced  in  the  table,  there 
is  not  a  single  month  in  any  year  without  more  or  less  rain  fall. 

Owing  to  several  causes,  as  the  one  just  mentioned,  the 
absence  of  protracted  droughts,  the  abundant  rain-fall,  and  the 
presence  of  large  bodies  of  waters  in  the  city  and  lakes  sur¬ 
rounding  New  Orleans,  the  climate,  as  well  as  that  of  the  gulf 
coast,  comprising  a  large  area  in  the  Southern  States,  is  very 
humid,  containing  a  large  quantity  of  vapor,  though  not  in  the 
sensible  form  of  clouds  or  fogs.  This  condition  of  the  atmos¬ 
phere,  combined  with  the  tropical  heat  of  summer,  favors  the 
rapid  putrefaction  of  animal  and  vegetable  matter,  and  the  rapid 
development  of  low  forms  of  animal  and  vegetable  organisms. 

Dr.  Barton  has  accurately  observed  the  humidity  at  New 
Orleans  for  many  years,  and  the  following  results  for  1853, 
when  yellow  fever  prevailed  in  its  most  destructive  form,  will 
show  nearly  the  general  average  then. 


Month. 

New  Orleans. 

New  Orleans.  St. 

Louis. 

Greenwich. 

Humidity. 

Weight  of  va¬ 
por  per  cubic  Humidity, 
foot,  grains. 

Humidity. 

January . 

88 

3.85 

68 

85 

February . 

84 

4.58 

67 

85 

March . 

83 

5.38 

61 

80 

April . 

83 

6.80 

46 

80 

May . 

84 

7.60 

66 

75 

J  une . 

81 

9.14 

69 

73 

July . 

82 

8.80 

70 

77 

August . 

87 

9.74 

78 

77 

September . 

85 

8-57 

80 

74 

October . 

80 

6.05 

63 

83 

November . 

84 

6.06 

71 

86 

December . 

82 

4.01 

68 

84 

Year . 

86 

6.72 

67 

80 

Louisiana  State  Medical  Society, 


1.91 


1879] 


This  shows  a  high  measure  of  humidity,  for  the  whole  year, 
at  New  Orleans,  and  an  excess  of  vapor  in  the  air  in  the  warmer 
months,  proportional  to  the  excess  of  mortality  for  these 
months.  At  St.  Louis  the  humidity  is  greatest  in  summer,  the 
months  of  greatest  mortality,  whilst  at  London  the  percentage 
is  much  less  at  the  same  part  of  the  year. 

From  the  preceding  observations  upon  the  history  of  yellow 
fever,  during  the  present  century,  in  New  Orleans,  and  especi¬ 
ally  during  the  American  Domination,  during  which  time  there 
has  been  a  rapid  growth  of  population  and  increase  of  com¬ 
merce  and  the  accumulation  of  more  exact  data,  bearing  on 
the  mortality  and  climatology  of  the  city,  the  following  conclu¬ 
sions  may  be  drawn : 

1st.  The  increase  in  the  number  and  extent  of  the  epidemics 
of  yellow  fever  in  New  Orleans,  has  been  intimately  associated 
with  the  accumulation  of  unacclimated  human  beings  in  the 
city,  and  with  the  increase  of  commerce  and  the  consequent 
crowding,  and  the  accumulation  of  filth  and  crow  cl  poison  in 
ships  and  in  badly  constructed  and  badly  drained  and  policed 
habitations. 

2d.  By  its  geographical  position,  by  its  peculiar  topography, 
situated  upon  a  low  alluvial,  badly  drained,  swampy  plain,  sur¬ 
rounded  by  large  bodies  of  water  ;  by  the  exposure  of  an  ex¬ 
tended  river  bank,  putrid  stagnant  canals  and  marshes;  by 
defective  drainage,  sewage  and  police ;  and  by  its  hot  and  moist 
climate,  New  Orleans  has  been  peculiarly  exposed  to  the  rav¬ 
ages  of  yellow  fever. 

.‘hi.  No  such  marked  differences  exist  between  the  climate  of 
New  Orleans  and  that  of  Havana  and  Vera  Cruz,  as  would 
warrant  the  assertion  that  yellow  fever  is  always  endemic  in 
the  latter  two  cities,  and  that  at  the  same  time  it  cannot  origin¬ 
ate  de  novo  in  the  former.  Whilst  it  is  the  wish  of  every  true 
patriot  to  claim  all  excellencies  of  position  and  health  for  the 
land  of  his  choice  and  love,  at  the  same  time  the  future  ad¬ 
vancement  of  sanitary  science  and  the  highest  interest  of 
humanity  demand  that  all  causes  of  disease,  whether  existing 

in  the  soil  or  climate,  should  be  honestly  stated  and  fully 
weighed.  In  sanitary  science  as  well  as  in  disease  and  the 
science  of  medicine,  the  proper  remedies  and  preventatives  can 
only  be  fully  appreciated  by  a  comprehension  of  all  the  dan¬ 
gers  and  difficulties. 

4th.  Those  who  hold  to  the  view  that  yellow  fever  never 
originates  in  Now  Orleans,  but  is  always  imported ,  must  at  least 
be  forced  by  the  past  history  of  the  great  epidemics  of  this 
city,  to  admit  that  its  climate  and  situation  are  such  as  to 
admit  of  the  easy  lodgement  and  rapid  propagation  of  the 
seeds  of  this  disease. 

5th.  Every  system  wdiich  would  look  exclusively  to  the  defence 
of  New'  Orleans  from  pestilence  by  quarantine,  is  vicious,  and 
destructive  at  once  to  commerce  and  the  best  interest  of  the 
city,  in  that  it  leads  to  the  neglect  of  those  sanitary  measures 


Abutruvl  of  Proceedings 


iUJ 


[July 


which  will  best  promote  the  removal  and  eradication  of  the 
causes  of  disease,  and  the  removal  of  those  physical  conditions 
which  promote  the  rapid  spread  of  destructive  epidemics. 

6th.  It  may  be  possible  to  institute  at  once  a  just  and  enlight¬ 
ened  system  of  quarantine,  and  hygienic  rules  among  the 
agents,  and  in  the  vehicles  of  commerce,  and  an  enlarged  and 
progressive  system  of  sanitation,  embracing  thorough  drainage, 
abundant  water  supply,  rapid  and  efficient  removal  of  all  ex- 
crementitious  matter  and  the  proper  elevation  and  construction 
of  well  ventilated  and  thoroughly  policed  houses. 


GENERAL  OUTLINE  OF  THE  SYMPTOMS  AND  PATHOLOGICAL 
ANATOMY  OF  YELLOW  AND  MALARIAL  FEVERS. 


Yellow  Fever.  Malarial  Fever. 

YELLOW  FEVER  SYMPTOMS  AND  MALARIAL  FEVER  SYMPTOMS 
PATHOLOGY.  AND  PATHOLOGY. 


Definition — A  pestilential  fever  of 
continuous  and  specific  type,  origi¬ 
nally  developed  in  tropical  and 
insular  America ;  confined  to  defi¬ 
nite  geographical  limits  and  de¬ 
pendent  in  its  origin  and  spread 
upon  definite  degrees  of  temperature, 
and  capable  of  transportation  and 
propagation  in  ships  and  in  towns 
and  cities,  in  those  portions  of  North 
and  South  America, which  lie  between 
45°  N.  lat.  and  35°  S.  lat. ;  the  disease 
has  been  limited  chiefly  to  the  coast 
of  tropical  Africa,  rather  from  the 
number  aud  position  of  the  commer¬ 
cial  towns,  than  from  any  climatic 
causes  adverse  to  its  propagation 
elsewhere ;  it  has  been  imported 
from  the  Antilles  and  from  the 
shores  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and 
from  tropical  America,  far  in  the 
interior  of  the  Valley  of  the  Missis¬ 
sippi,  from  New  Orleans  to  St.  Louis 
and  along  the  Atlantic  coast,  from 
St.  Augustine  to  Portland,  Maine,  and 
even  across  the  Atlantic  oceau  to 
Cadiz,  Carthagena,  Barcelona,  Gib- 
ralta.  Lisbon,  St.  Nazarre  to  Ply¬ 
mouth  and  Southampton,  England. 
It  presents  two  well-defined  stages  : 
the  first  characterized  by  intense 
pain  in  the  head  and  back,  injected 
eyes,  rapid  circulation,  elevated 
temperature,  which  may  extend 
from  24  to  160  hours,  according  to 
the  severity  of  the  disease :  the 
second  characterized  by  depression 
of  the  nervous  and  muscular  forces, 
and  of  the  general  and  capillary 
circulation,  capillary  .congestion, 


The  general  division  of  malarial 
or  paroxysmal  fevers  into  three 
types,  namely  intermittent,  remit¬ 
tent  and  pernicious  or  congestive 
fever,  admits  of  several  subdivisions. 

Thus  the  forms  of  malignant  inter 
mittent  are  numerous  but  all  are 
attended  with  congestion  of  one  or 
more  vital  organs,  which  may  endan¬ 
ger  the  life  of  the  patient,  and  which 
may  pass  into  actual  inflammation 
attended  with  effusion  of  plastic 
lymph,  serum  or  blood.  In  many 
cases  in  which  no  structural  altera¬ 
tions  have  ensued  during  the  con¬ 
gestive  stage,  there  comes  on  at  the 
conclusion  of  the  paroxysm,  a  per¬ 
fect  intermission  of  all  the  violent 
symptoms.  The  sudden  disappear¬ 
ance  of  the  most  alarming  symptoms, 
may  lead  to  a  false  prognosis,  and 
prevent  the  institution  of  energetic 
measures.  It  is  well  known  that  in 
the  malarious  regions  of  the  Southern 
and  Western  States,  one  of  these 
violent  paroxysms,  whenever  occur- 
ing,  either  at  the  onset  of  the  disease, 
or  during  the  progress  of  an  ordinary 
mild  intermittent,  is  the  harbinger 
of  others  still  more  violent.  If  un¬ 
heeded  the  disease  may  prove  fatal, 
at  the  third,  fourth  or  fifth  paroxysm. 

The  nature  and  effect  of  the  malig¬ 
nant  paroxysm  will  depend  upon 
various  causes  as  the  state  of  the 
constitution  of  the  patients,  peculiar 
idiosyncracies,  pre-existing  diseases, 
the  effects  of  diet  and  occupation, 
the  composition  of  the  blood,  and 
the  organ  or  drgans  chiefly  involved. 


1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


193 


Yellow  Fever. 

slow  and  intermittent  pulse,  jaun¬ 
dice,  urinary  suppression,  passive 
hemorrhages  from  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  nares,  tongue,  gums,  uterus, 
vagina,  gall  bladder  and  anus,  and 
in  extreme  cases  from  the  eyes,  ears 
and  skin  ;  black  vomit;  convulsions, 
delirium  and  coma.  In  its  origin 
and  propagation,  it  is  not  dependent 
on  those  conditions  and  causes  which 
generate  malarial  paroxysmal  fever, 
from  which  it  differs  essentially  in 
symptoms  and  pathology.  One  of 
the  prominent  symptoms  of  the  first 
stage,  is  the  rapid  increase  of  the 
pulse  within  the  first  few  hours  of 
the  febrile  excitement,  and  the  pro¬ 
gressive  diminution  of  the  beats  of 
the  heart,  even  whilst  the  tempera¬ 
ture  progessively  rises :  and  in  like 
manner  the  slow  and  feeble  action 
of  the  heart  constitutes  a  promi¬ 
nent  and  striking  symptom  of  the 
second  stage.  Yellow  fever  in  com¬ 
mon,  with  such  contagious  diseases 
as  small-pox,  measles  and  scarlet 
fever,  occurs  as  a  general  rule  but 
once  during  life,  and  may  be  propa¬ 
gated  by  contagion  :  it  differs,  how¬ 
ever,  from  the  exanthematous  dis¬ 
ease,  in  that  it  has  never  been  known 
to  propagate  beyond  48°  North  lati¬ 
tude,  nor  below  a  temperature  of 
70°  F. 

I  will  now  briefly  present  the 
general  conclusions  as  to  the  nature 
of  yellow  fever  which  I  have  drawn 
from  my  original  investigations  dur¬ 
ing  the  past  twenty-three  years. 
During  this  period  I  have  at  various 
times,  and  in  different  journals,  pub¬ 
lished  cases  sustaining  the  various 
conclusions,  and  I  have  also  in  my 
possession,  in  manuscript,  the  de¬ 
tails  of  a  large  number  of  careful 
chemical  and  microscopical  investi¬ 
gations,  and  numerous  cases  illus¬ 
trating  the  symptoms  and  patholo¬ 
gical  anatomy  of  malarial  and  yel¬ 
low  fever.  I  hope  to  present  the 
most  important  of  these  researches 
and  cases,  as  well  as  a  minute  his¬ 
torical  account  of  yellow  fever  and 
other  fevers,  in  the  second  volume  of 
my  Medical  and  Surgical  Memoirs, 
in  that  division  of  the  work  which 
relates  more  especially  to  the  natural 
history  and  treatment  of  fevers. 


Malarial  Fever. 

If  the  cerebro-spinal  system  is  chiefly 
affected,  the  paroxysm  may  be  char¬ 
acterized  by  delirium,  coma,  convul¬ 
sion,  and  tetanic  spasms,  hence  some 
writers  have  distinguished  the  coma¬ 
tose,  the  delirious,  the  convulsive  and 
the  tetanic  varieties  of  the  malignant 
intermittent. 

In  many  cases,  in  which  the  whole 
force  of  the  disease  appears  to  fall 
upon  the  cerebro-spiual  system, 
these  symptoms  indicating  serious 
disturbances  of  the  functions  of 
animal  life,  as  disorder  of  the  mind, 
coma,  apoplexy  and  paralysis  cate- 
lepsy  and  various  involentary  spas¬ 
modic  movements,  may  disappear 
entirely  as  the  paroxysm  abates,  not 
even  a  trace  of  headache  being  left 
during  the  intermission :  in  some 
cases  however  effusion  may  take 
place  into  the  ventricles,  or  within 
and  around  the  cerobro-spinal  sys¬ 
tem,  and  lead  to  the  establishment 
of  permanent  coma,  with  dilatation 
of  the  pupils  general  paralysis  aud 
death.  In  some  cases  the  effusion 
consists  chiefly  of  serum;  and  iu 
others  of  blood  with  all  the  symp¬ 
toms  of  hsemaplegia,  paraplegia, 
apoplexy,  and  paralysis.  A  true 
inflammation  of  some  portion  of  the 
cerebro-spinal  substance  may  result 
from  the  congestion  induced  during 
the  malignant  paroxysm.  Recovery 
is  possible  Irom  such  states,  but 
convalescence  is  often  tedious,  and 
accompanied  with  paralysis  of  one 
or  more  sets  of  voluntary  muscles. 
In  many  cases  of  malarial  coma,  I 
have  observed  the  temperature  to  be 
elevated  to  a  degree  varying  from 
102°  to  106°  F.,  and  such  elevation 
may  be  attended  either  with  a  hot 
dry  skin,  or  with  a  surface  bathed 
in  a  hot  profuse  perspiration.  The 
action  of  the  malarial  poison,  is 
without  doubt  one  of  the  causes  of 
fatal  and  sudden  apoplexy.  It  is 
probable  that  tbe  result  during  the 
paroxysm  is  largely  determined  by 
preceding  alterations  of  the  arteries 
of  the  brain,  and  spinal  cord,  such 
as  fatty  and  calcareous  degenera¬ 
tion. 

If  the  lungs  or  the  pleura  be  pri¬ 
marily  and  chiefly  involved,  diffi¬ 
culty  of  breathing,  syncope,  capillary 


25 


194 


A  bstraet  of  Proceedings 


Yellow  Fkvkr. 

GENERAL  CONCLUSIONS  AS  TO 
THE  NATURE  OF  YELLOW 
FEVER;  AS  DRAWN  FROM 
ORIGINAL  INVESTIGATIONS. 

1.  Yellow  fever  is  a  continued 
pestilential  fever,  presenting  two 
well-detined  stages :  the  first  char¬ 
acterized  by  active  chemical  change 
in  the  blood  and  organs,  attended 
with  elevation  of  temperature  and 
aberration  of  nervous  action,  which 
may  constitute  the  entire  malady, 
and  prove  fatal  in  a  manner  similar 
to  the  infectious  form  of  small-pox  ; 
and  the  other,  a  stage  of  depression, 
induced  both  by  the  sedative  action 
of  the  febrile  poison,  and  by  pro¬ 
found  changes  excited  in  the  blood, 
and  in  certain  organs,  viz.,  the  heart, 
liver,  and  kidneys,  and  by  the  direct 
sedative  and  poisonous  action  of  the 
excrementitious  matter  retained  in 
the  blood,  in  consequence  of  the 
failure,  arrest,  or  perversion  of  the 
functions  of  the  liver  and  kidneys, 
and  by  the  arrest  or  perversion  of 
the  digestive  function,  in  conse¬ 
quence  of  the  action  of  the  yellow 
fever  poison,  in  causing  perverted 
nervous  action,  capillary  conges¬ 
tion,  and  active  desquamation  of  the 
secretory  cells  of  the  stomach,  and 
in  consequence  of  the  elimination  by 
the  gastric  mucous  membrane  of 
certain  constituents  of  blood  and 
urine,  viz.,  urea  and  carbonate  of 
ammonia. 

The  various  manifestations — as  the 
intense  capillary  congestion,  depres¬ 
sion  of  the  action  of  tbe  heart,  deli¬ 
rium,  coma,  convulsions,  vomiting, 
headache,  urinary  suppression,  urae¬ 
mic  poisoning,  jaundice,  and  biliary 
poisoning — may  all  be  referred  to 
the  action  of  the  poison  producing 
the  disease,  and  should  not  form  the 
bases  for  the  erection  of  distinct 
types  of  the  disease. 

The  action  of  the  yellow  fever 
poison  is  the  same  in  all  cases, 
whether  mild  or  severe ;  The  pro¬ 
gress  and  termination  of  the  case, 
as  well  as  the  manifestation  of  the 
various  symptoms,  depending  upon 
the  extent  of  the  action  of  the 
poison,  the  condition  of  the  system 
at  the  time  of  its  introduction,  the 
peculiarities  of  the  constitution,  and 
the  supervention  of  other  diseased 
states. 


[July 

Malarial  Fever. 

obstruction,  and  excruciating  pains 
in  the  pleura,  lungs  and  diaphragm 
may  characterize  the  paroxysm.  In 
like  manner  these  alarming  and  dis¬ 
tressing  symptoms  may  vanish, 
after  the  disappearance  of  the  parox¬ 
ysm,  or  structural  alterations  charac¬ 
terized  chiefly  by  serous  efiusion 
into  the  air  cells,  bronchial  tubes, 
and  pleural  cavities,  may  ensue,  and 
either  destroy  the  patient  suddenly, 
or  lead  to  painful  and  protracted 
pneumonitis  and  pleuritis.  In  some 
cases  the  effusion  into  the  air  cells, 
consists  chiefly  of  blood,  and  such 
pulmonic  haemorrhage  must  be  regar¬ 
ded  as  similar,  to  the  haemorrhages 
from  the  stomach,  small  intestines 
and  large  intestines,  which  charac¬ 
terize  certain  forms  of  malignant 
intermittent  fever. 

In  a  third  form,  the  heart  appears 
to  be  chiefly  affected,  either  directly 
or  through  the  cerebro  spinal  and 
sympathetic  system.  This,  the  so- 
called  cardialgic  variety,  is  marked 
by  excruciating  pain  at  the  epigas¬ 
trium,  either  continuous  or  intermit¬ 
tent,  intense  suffering,  great  anxiety 
of  countenance,  vomitiug  and  some¬ 
times  general  spasm  of  the  muscles. 

In  a  fourth  form,  the  abdominal 
viscera,  the  peritoneum,  the  stomach , 
the  small  intestines,  the  large  intes¬ 
tines,  the  liver  and  the  kidneys,  may 
one  and  all  be  involved,  giving  rise 
to  the  so-called,  peritonitic,  gastric, 
choleraic,  dysenteric,  hepatic  and 
nephritic  forms  of  malignant  inter¬ 
mittent.  The  tenderness  of  the 
peritoneum,  the  profuse  vomitings 
of  biliary  matters,  and  the  choleraic 
and  dysenteric  and  bilious  discharges, 
may  one  and  all  disappear  during 
the  intermission. 

In  a  fifth  form  known  as  algid 
fever,  the  cold  stage  is  unusually 
protracted,  there  is  great  oppression 
at  the  chest  and  abdomen,  restless¬ 
ness,  and  prostration  of  nervous  and 
mnscular  power.  The  attempt  at 
the  formation  of  the  hot  stage  proves 
abortive,  the  skin  becomes  cold, 
pale  and  shrunken  on  the  extremi¬ 
ties,  and  covered  with  a  cold  clammy 
prespiration,  while  on  the  contrary 
the  central  portion  of  the  body  and 
the  internal  organs  are  hot.  In  some 
cases  of  algid  fever,  I  have  observed 
the  temperature  of  the  extremities, 
to  be  80°,  whilst  that  of  the  trunk 


1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


195 


Yellow  Fevek. 

The  action  of  the  yellow  fever 
poison  is  definite,  and  the  disease  is 
characterized  by  definite  manifesta¬ 
tions.  Yellow  fever  is  a  self-limited 
disease. 

II.  The  changes  of  the  blood 
appear  to  be  continuons  from  the 
time  of  the  introduction  of  the  poi¬ 
son  to  the  fatal  termination ;  the 
intensity  of  the  changes  being  in¬ 
creased,  and  their  character  being 
modified,  as  the  disease  advances, 
not  only  by  the  direct  action,  upon 
the  constituents  of  the  blood,  of  the 
poison,  but  also  by  the  addition  of 
certain  noxious  substances,  as  bile, 
urea,  carbonate  of  ammonia,  sul¬ 
phates,  phosphates,  and  extractive 
matters,  in  consequence  of  the  pro¬ 
found  lesions  induced  in  the  liver 
and  kidneys. 

Certain  constituents  of  the  blood, 
as  the  albumen  and  fibrine,  are  not 
only  altered  physically  and  chemi¬ 
cally  in  the  early  stages  of  yellow 
fever,  but,  as  the  disease  advances, 
from  the  causes  just  specified,  certain 
excrementitious  matters,  which  in  a 
state  of  health  are  continuously 
eliminated,  accumulate  in  the  cir¬ 
culating  fluid,  and  by  their  direct 
action  upon  the  elements  of  the 
blood,  and  upon  the  nervous  system, 
and  by  their  disturbing  actions  upon 
the  processes  of  nutrition  and  diges¬ 
tion,  still  further  alter  the  physical 
and  chemical,  and  vital  properties 
of  this  fluid. 

III.  The  maximum  elevation  of 
temperature  is  rapidly  attained  upon 
the  first  and  second  days  of  the  dis¬ 
ease,  varying,  according  to  the  se¬ 
verity  of  the  attack,  from  102°  to 
110°  Fahr.,  in  the  axilla,  and,  as  a 
general  rule,  from  the  third  to  the 
fifth  day,  steadily  falling  and  sinking 
down  to  the  normal  standard,  and 
even  below  ;  in  some  fatal  cases  it 
rises  again  toward  the  end,  rarely, 
however,  reaching  or  exceeding  106° 
Fahr.,  and  only  in  certain  rare 
instances  attaining  the  high  degree 
of  temperature  characteristic  of  the 
stage  of  active  febrile  excitement. 

In  the  preceding  tables  (see 
History  of  Epidemic  of  1878  by 
author,  published  in  N.  O.  M. 
and  S.  J.)  we  have  recorded 
(case  94)  a  sudden  rise  upon  the 
5th  day  from  101.7°  to  111°  ; 
(case  96)  106.8°  on  4th  day  ;  (case 
97)  106.5°  on  6th  day ;  (case  105) 


Malarial  Fever. 

has  reached  104"  F.,  and  higher.  The 
patient  complains  of  intense  thirst, 
and  when  water  is  drank  it  is  fre¬ 
quently  rejected  by  vomiting,  the 
pulse  is  small,  frequent  and  almost 
imperceptible  at  the  wrist,  the  heart 
beats  in  a  tumultous  irregular 
manner,  giving  a  thumping  sound 
to  the  ear,  the  number  of  beats  to 
the  minute  sometimes  reaching  180  ; 
the  respiration  is  irregular,  often 
panting,  and  numbering  40  and  over 
to  the  minute  ;  there  is  great  rest¬ 
lessness,  jactitation,  impatience  of 
bed  covering,  with  continuous  com¬ 
plaints  of  oppressive  heat,  not  only 
at  the  chest  and  abdomen,  but  even 
on  the  cold  extremeties,  so  that  the 
patient  refuses  to  have  them  covered. 

The  intellect  is  generally  undistur¬ 
bed  and  the  expression  of  the  counte¬ 
nance  may  be  quiet,  even  when  the 
pulse  cannot  be  felt,  and  when  the 
disorder  of  the  circulation  and  tem¬ 
perature  becomes  so  extreme  that 
the  heat  of  the  trunk  is  reduced,  and 
even  the  tongue  and  mouth  become 
cold.  This  irregularity  continues 
through  the  whole  period  of  the 
paroxysm,  and  it  is  only  at  the  end 
of  it  in  favorable  cases  that,  the  tem¬ 
perature  and  circulation  are  partially 
restored. 

In  algid  fever,  we  have  conjestion 
of  the  internal  organs,  prostration  of 
the  nervous  and  muscular  forces  and 
marked  disturbances  of  the  circula¬ 
tion  and  calorification.  As  the  circu¬ 
lation  and  calorification  depend 
mostly  upon  the  cerebro-spinal  and 
sympathetic  nervous  systems,  as  well 
as  upon  the  physical  and  chemical 
changes  of  the  blood  and  organs,  the 
algid  state  must  be  referred  at  least 
to  lesions  of  certain  ganglionic  cells 
or  tracts  of  the  cerebro-spinal  and 
sympathetic  nervous  systems;  and 
whilst  similiar  phenomena,  but  less 
in  degree  and  duration,  are  manifes¬ 
ted  in  every  true  malarial  chill;  it 
is  not  entirely  correct  to  regard  the 
algid  state  as  simply  a  prolonged  thill , 
for  in  the  algid  state,  tL-e  chill  is 
followed  by  imperfect  reaction,  and 
the  elevated  temperature  of  true 
chill,  is  rarely  reached  in  the  central 
organs,  whilst  there  may  be  an  actual 
diminution  of  heat. 

When  from  any  cause,  as  bad  diet, 
excessive  exposure  to  cold  and  wet, 
the  continuous  use  of  salt  meat,  or 
the  prolonged  action  of  the  malarial 


A  bstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


19(1 


Yellow  Fever. 

105°  on  4th  day  ;  (case  122)  107.2°  on 
9th  day ;  (case  133)  107°  on  3rd  day  ; 
(case  146)  109°  on  6th  day;  (case 
154)  111.1°  on  9th  day  ;  (case  168) 
108.2°  on  9th  day.  The  superven¬ 
tion  of  an  inflammatory  disease,  or 
the  occurrence  of  an  abcess,  or  the 
access  of  paroxysmal  malarial  fever, 
may  in  like  manner  cause  a  progres¬ 
sive  elevation  of  temperature,  with 
slight  evening  exacerbations.  The 
pulse  at  the  commencement  of  the 
attack  is  often  rapid  and  full ;  the 
increase  in  the  frequency  of  the 
pulse  does  not,  however,  as  a  general 
rule,  continue  to  correspond  with 
the  elevations  and  oscillations  of 
temperature,  as  in  many  other  febrile 
diseases ;  and  in  many  cases  of  yellow 
fever  the  remarkable  phenomenon  is 
witnessed  of  the  pulse  progressively 
decreasing  in  frequency,  and  even 
descending  below  the  normal  stand¬ 
ard,  while  the  temperature  is  main¬ 
tained  at  an  elevated  degree ;  and, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  pulse  often 
increases  in  frequency,  but  di¬ 
minishes  in  force  near  the  fatal 
issue;  the  occurrence  of  copious 
hemorrhage  from  the  stomach  and 
bowels  may  be  attended  with  sudden 
depression  of  temperature,  and  in¬ 
crease  in  frequency,  but  diminution 
in  the  force  and  fullness  of  the  pulse. 

The  cause  of  the  rapid  rise  and 
declension  of  the  temperature  in 
yellow  fever  must  be  sought  chiefly 
in  the  changes  induced  in  the  blood 
and  in  the  organs  upon  which  the 
circulation  and  integrity  of  the 
blood  depend ;  neither  the  rapid  rise 
nor  the  sudden  declension  of  the 
temperature  can  be  referred  wholly 
to  the  effects  of  the  yellow-fever 
poison  upon  the  nervous  system. 

IV.  The  fever  of  the  first  stale  of 
yellow  fever,  like  fever  in  general , 
however  caused,  consists  essentially 
in  elevation  of  temperature,  arising 
from  increased  chemical  change  iu 
the  blood  and  tissues,  and  is  attend¬ 
ed  with  changes  iu  the  physical  and 
chemical  constituents  of  the  blood, 
and  aberrated  nervous  action. 

As  long  as  the  skin,  kidneys,  lungs, 
and  gastro-intestiual  canal,  perform, 
their  functions,  this  stage  is  charac¬ 
terized,  as  in  other  fevers,  by  an  in¬ 
crease  in  the  amount  of  solids  ex¬ 
creted.  But  this  increased  elimina¬ 
tion  of  the  products  of  chemical 
change  is  not,  in  yellow  fever,  a  con- 


Malarial  Fever. 

poison,  the  constitution  of  the  blood 
is  altered,  haemorrhages  take  place 
during  the  congestive  stage  of  ma¬ 
lignant  intermittent  fever,  we  may 
have  a  sixth  variety,  which  has 
been  indicated  as  haemorrhagic  mala¬ 
rial  fever. 

Without  doubt,  in  this  sixth  form 
of  malignant  intermittent,  haemor¬ 
rhages  from  various  organs  as  the 
stomach,  lungs,  kidneys  and  bowels, 
are  directly  due  to  the  prolonged 
and  potent  action  of  the  malarial 
poison  upon  the  fibrin  and  colored 
corpuscles  of  the  blood,  as  well  as 
to  the  various  alterations  in  the 
spleen  and  liver,  characteristic  of  all 
the  forms  of  malarial  fever. 

The  haemorrhagic  form  of  malarial 
fever,  may  be  attended  with  many  of 
the  prominent  symptoms  of  the  pre¬ 
ceding  varieties,  as  obstinate  vomit¬ 
ing  of  biliary  (grass  green)  acrid  mat¬ 
ters,  intense  thirst,  restlessness,  fee¬ 
ble  rapid  .pulse,  oscillations  of  tem¬ 
perature,  oppression  of  breathing, 
coma,  convulsions,  and  apoplexy. 

In  many  cases  of  malarial  haema- 
turia,  after  the  supervention  of  jaun¬ 
dice  the  pulse  becomes  slow  fall¬ 
ing  even  below  the  standard  ofhealth, 
even  when  the  temperature  of  the 
trunk  may  be  elevated  to  from  101° 
to  104°  F.  In  this  respect  as  well  as 
in  the  great  irritation  of  the  gastric 
mucous  membrane  accompanied  with 
incessant  vomiting,  the  haemorrhagic 
form  of  malarial  resembles  yellow 
fever.  The  latter  disease  however, 
differs  from  the  former  in  the  char¬ 
acter  of  the  vomited  matters.  Whilst 
in  the  tirst  stages  of  yellow  fever 
the  vomited  matters  may  consist  of 
mucous  and  bile,  in  the  latter  stages 
the  black  vomit  is  essentially  altered 
blood.  In  malarial  haematuria  the 
dark  and  in  some  cases  black  vomit 
consists  almost  always  of  dark  green¬ 
ish  black  biliary  matters,  and  rarely 
contains  blood.  The  urine  also  dif¬ 
fers  essentially  in  the  two  diseases  ; 
in  grave  cases  of  yellow  fever,  the 
urine  contains  albumen  and  yellow 
grauular  casts  and  detached  cells  of 
the  tubular  uriniferi.  In  well  marked 
cases  of  yellow  fever,  albumen  may 
appear  as  early  as  the  first  day  of  the 
disease,  but  most  generally  it  appears 
upon  the  second,  third  or  fourth  day. 
Blood  may  be  present  in  the  urine 
of  yellow  fever,  but  it  is  rarely  a 
constituent ;  and  even  when  present 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


197 


Yellow  Fever. 

stant  concomitant  of  the  increased 
temperature. 

Not  only  are  large  quantities  of 
the  products  of  oxidation  firmed 
during  the  hot  stages  of  yellow 
fever,  but,  as  we  have  shown,  by 
numerous  analyses  of  the  blood, 
black-vomit,  urine,  brain,  heart, 
liver,  spleen,  and  kidneys,  in  this 
disease,  they  are  altered  to  a  certain 
extent  from  their  characteristic  state 
of  health  ;  the  albumen  of  the  blood, 
under  the  action  of  the  poison,  be¬ 
ing  transformed  into  nitrogenous 
and  non-nitrogenous  compounds,  a 
portion  of  which,  as  the  fatty  mat¬ 
ter,  and  altered  fibriue,  being  arrest¬ 
ed  or  accumulated  in  certain  organs, 
as  the  heart,  liver,  and  kidneys. 

The  peculiar  phenomena  of  yellow 
fever,  like  those  of  acute  phosphor¬ 
ous-poisoning,  are  due  to  the  nature 
of  the  specific  poison,  and  the  char¬ 
acter  of  these  changes,  which  it  is 
capable  of  exciting  primarily  in  the 
blood,  and  secondarily  in  the  nervous 
and  vascular  systems,  and  in  the 
nutrition  of  the  various  organs. 

Neither  the  rapid  rise  nor  the  sud¬ 
den  declension  of  the  temperature 
in  yellow  fever  is  necessarily  refera¬ 
ble  solely  to  the  effects  of  the  poison 
upon  the  nervous  system  ;  because, 
in  the  first  place,  the  changes  of  the 
blood  are  among  the  first  manifesta¬ 
tions  of  diseased  action,  and  the 
progress  and  termination  of  each 
case  are  largely  dependent  upon  the 
extent  and  character  of  the  changes 
of  the  blood,  and  the  degree  of  the 
elevation  of  the  temperature  ;  and, 
in  the  second  place,  the  sudden  fall 
of  the  temperature  during  the  suc¬ 
ceeding  stage  of  calm  may  be  re¬ 
ferred  to  the  peculiarity  of  the 
self-limited  chemical  changes  excited 
by  the  poison,  and  to  the  structural 
alterations  induced  in  the  muscular 
tissue  of  the  heart,  and  in  the  liver 
and  kidneys,  and  the  sedative  action 
of  the  bile,  urea,  and  oilier  excre- 
mentitious  products  retained  in  the 
blood,  upon  the  nervous  system  ;  and 
finally,  in  the  third  place,  the 
changes  of  the  blood  and  of  tbe 
heart,  liver,  and  kidneys,  are  of 
a  definite  physical  and  chemical 
nature,  and  could  never  be  induced 
by  a  mere  exaltation  or  depression 
of  nervous  action,  and  must  be  re¬ 
ferred  to  the  introduction  and  action 
of  some  agent  or  material  related  in 


Malarial  Fever. 

the  granular  casts  of  the  tubuli 
uriniferi  present  a  yellow  color.  In 
malarial  hsematuria  the  urine  con¬ 
tains  albumen,  but  this  constituent 
of  the  blood  is  invariably  associated 
with  blood  corpuscles  and  hsematin. 
The  casts  of  the  tubuli  uriniferi  in 
the  urine  of  malarial  hsematuria, 
present  a  red  or  reddish  brown  color. 

Suppression  of  urine  in  yellow  fever 
appears  to  be  due  to  the  blocking  up 
of  the  tubuli  uriniferi  with  granular 
and  oleagenous  matter  and  detached 
cells,  the  symptoms  in  malarial 
hsematuria  appear  to  be  due  not 
merely  to  congestion  of  the  kidney, 
but  to  the  filling  of  the  urinary  tubes 
with  coagulated  blood. 

The  microscopial  examination  of 
the  blood  also  reveals  marked  dif¬ 
ferences  in  the  two  diseases ;  in  yellow 
fever  the  colored  blood  corpuscles 
frequently  assume  a  crenated  appear¬ 
ance,  and  in  uncomplicated  cases 
there  is  no  accumulation  of  pigment 
particles  and  pigment  cells,  and  the 
dark  cells  of  an  algse,  resembling 
enlarged  colorless  corpuscles  filled 
with  spores  of  a  dark  brownish  red 
color. 

In  malarial  hsematuria,  it  is  rarely 
the  case  that  the  colored  corpuscles 
present  any  other  than  the  normal 
form  of  biconcave  discs;  whilst  pig¬ 
ment  particles, dark  granular  masses, 
and  cells  of  a  dark  reddish  brown 
hue,  some  of  which  are  similar  in 
all  respects  to  certain  palmellse,  are 
often  present  in  considerable  num¬ 
bers. 

In  malarial  hsematuria,  after  death, 
the  intestines  give  the  reaction  of 
bile  throughout  their  entire  extent ; 
in  yellow  fever  we  thus  obtain  no 
evidence  of  the  presence  of  bile. 


CHANGES  OF  THE  BLOOD  IN 
MALARIAL  FEVER. 

!  he  malarial  poison  is  capable  of 
altering  the  constitution  of  toe  sol¬ 
ids  and  fluids  and  of  modifying  and 
altering  the  type,  and  progress  and 
effects  of  various  diseases,  even  when 
no  symptoms  of  aberrated,  physical, 
chemical,  and  nervous  actions  have 
been  manifested  sufficient  to  arrest 
the  attention  of  the  patient. 

The  colored  blood-corpuscles  are  di¬ 
minished  during  malarial  fever  ;  the 
extent  and  rapidity  of  the  diminu¬ 
tion  of  the  colored  corpuscles  corres- 


198 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Yellow  Fever.  Malarial  Fever. 


a  definite  manner,  in  its  constitu¬ 
tional  and  physical  properties,  to 
the  fluids  and  solids  in  which  it  in¬ 
duces  these  profound  physical  and 
chemical  changes. 

Without  doubt,  the  action  of  the 
yellow  fever  poison  upon  the  nervous 
system  may  he  of  the  most  direct 
and  important  character  ;  but  well 
established  facts  do  not  justify  us 
in  locating  the  origin  of  the  disease 
wholly  in  the  action  of  the  poison 
upon  the  nervous  system ;  aud,  in 
fact,  the  earliest  sensible  manifesta¬ 
tion  of  disordered  nervous  action, 
as  evidenced  by  uneasiness,  loss  of 
appetite,  and  chilly  sensations,  may 
he  entirely  secondary  to  the  changes 
in  the  blood,  by  which  all  parts  of 
the  nervous  system  are  surrounded 
and  supplied. 

V.  While  many  of  the  most  strik¬ 
ing  phenomena  of  yellow  fever,  as 
chills  and  fever,  and  collapse,  must 
necessarily  be  attended  with  dis¬ 
ordered  vascular  innervation,  at  the 
same  time  we  must  look  to  the  blood 
as  the  seat  of  the  operations  of  the 
fever  poison  ;  and,  as  the  nutrition 
of  every  organ  and  tissue  depends 
upon  the  proper  constitution  of  this 
fluid,  its  alterations  must  affect  the 
entire  organism,  and  the  true  com¬ 
mencement  of  yellow  fever  is  in  the 
alterations  of  the  relations  between 
the  blood  and  tissues. 

The  nervous  system,  both  cerebro¬ 
spinal  and  sympathetic,  suffers  at 
first  in  common  with  the  entire 
system ;  hut  as  the  most  important 
offices  are  performed  by  the  nervous 
system  which  relates  the  mind  to 
the  various  parts  of  the  body,  and 
to  the  exterior  world,  and  also 
regulates  the  actions  of  the  cir¬ 
culatory  and  respiratory  systems, 
and  coordinates  the  actions  of  the 
component  members  of  the  system, 
in  all  the  phenomena  which  succeed 
the  invasion  of  fever  the  Mood  and 
nervom  system  become  joint  factors. 

VI.  During  ihe  active  stages  of 
yellow  fever,  profound  changes  take 
place  in  the  organs  and  tissues, 
especially  in  the  Kidneys,  heart,  and 
liver ;  oil  and  granular  albuminoid 
or  fibroid  matter  transude  through 
the  capillaries  and  fill  up  the  cells 
and  excretory  ducts,  and  arrest  the 
function  of  certain  organs.  The 
liver  of  yrellow  fever  does  not  pre¬ 
sent  the  soft,  friable  condition  char- 


pond  to  the  severity  and  extent  of 
the  disease.  The  fixed  saline  con¬ 
stituents  of  the  colored  blood-corpus¬ 
cles  are  often  diminished  in  malarial 
fever. 

The  colored  blood-corpuscles  are 
destroyed  bol  h  in  the  li  ver  aud  spleen. 
The  colored  blood-corpus  les  are 
more  uniformly  and  rapidly  destroy¬ 
ed  in  severe  cases  of  malarial  fever, 
than  in  any  other  acute  disease, 
with  the  exception  perhaps  of  pyae¬ 
mia. 

In  the  severe  forms  of  malarial 
fever  the  serum  presents  a  golden 
yellow  color.  I  have  shown  by 
numerous  analyses  that  this  color  in 
the  various  forms  of  malarial  fever, 
aud  even  in  the  so-called  Malarial 
Hsematuria,  is  due  to  the  presence 
of  the  coloring  matter  of  the  bile, 
and  not  as  has  been  erroneously  stated 
upon  superficial  observations  to  the  escape 
of  the  hoematin  of  ihe  colored  Mood-cor¬ 
puscles. 

The  fibrin  is  diminished  greatly  in 
severe  cases  of  malarial  fever;  the 
diminution  of  this  element  of  the 
blood  is  characteristic,  not  only  of 
malarial  fever,  but  of  all  the  fevers  ; 
while  its  increase  on  the  other  hand 
is  characteristic  of  the  phlegmasise. 
As  a  general  role,  the  diminution  of 
the  fibrin  in  malarial  fever  as  in  the 
pyrexiaj  generally  corresponds  with 
the  severity  of  the  disease,  provided 
there  be  no  inflammatory  complica¬ 
tion.  The  diminution  and  alteration 
of  the  physical  properties  of  the 
fibrin  in  malarial  fever  to  any  great 
extent,  was  always  accompanied  by 
congestion  of  the  spleen,  liver  and 
brain,  and  serious  cerebral  disturb¬ 
ances.  The  fibrin  is  not  only  dimin¬ 
ished  in  malarial  fever,  but  it  is 
altered  in  its  properties,  and  in  its 
relation  to  the  other  elements  of  the 
blood,  and  to  the  blood-vessels,  and 
in  severe  cases,  heart  clots,  (fibrinous 
concretions)  are  frequently  formed  be¬ 
fore  death. 

The  albumen  is  diminished  during 
the  active  stages,  but  such  diminu¬ 
tion  is  not  due  to  any  loss  of  this 
constituent  of  the  blood  in  the  urine. 
As  a  general  rule,  albumen  is  absent 
from  the  uriue  in  malarial  fever,  and 
when  present,  as  in  malarial  hsema¬ 
turia,  it  is  accompanied  with  blood 
corpuscles,  and  with  casts  of  the 
tubuli  uriniferi  containing  colored 
blood  -corpu  scles. 


Louisiana  /State  Medical  Society. 


199 


1879] 

Yellow  Fever. 

acteristic  of  true  fatty  degeneration. 
The  jaundice  resulting  from  the 
suppression  or  alteration  of  the  ex¬ 
cretory  function  of  the  liver  would 
appear  to  be  due  to  the  same  causes 
which  induce  the  suppression  of  the 
urine,  viz.,  to  the  deposits  of  oil 
and  fibrinous  or  albuminous  matter 
in  the  excretory  structures  of  the 
kidney  and  liver. 

We  do  not  mean  to  say  that,  in 
the  case  of  the  liver,  its  secretion 
ceases,  or  is  even  in  many  cases 
diminished  ;  on  the  eontrary,  it  may 
even  be  increased,  especially  in  the 
stage  of  active  febrile  excitement ; 
but,  from  the  cause  indicated,  ob¬ 
struction  takes  place  in  the  biliary 
tubes,  and  there  is  a  rapid  absorp 
tion  of  the  bile  directly  into  the 
blood-vessel  system,  and  in  this 
manner  the  delivery  of  the  bile  into 
the  intestinal  canal  is  impaired  and 
sometimes  arrested. 

The  heart  in  yellow  fever  appears 
to  be  as  fully  permeated  with  oil  as 
the  liver :  in  the  latter  organ,  how¬ 
ever,  a  large  amount  of  the  oil  is 
inclosed  within  the  cells ;  in  the 
former,  in  addition  to  the  deposits  of 
oil,  there  is  also  granular  degenei’a- 
tion  of  the  muscular  structures. 

VII.  While  yellow  fever  is  char¬ 
acterized  in  common  with  several 
other  diseased  states  by  an  irritation 
of  the  gastric  mucous  membrane, 
the  peculiar  nature  of  the  vomited 
matters  does  not  rest  entirely  upon 
the  congestion  and  irritation  of  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach, 
but  is  influenced  to  a  greater  or  less 
extent  by  the  changes  of  the  blood, 
liver,  kidneys,  and  nervous  system. 

The  vomiting  in  yellow  fever,  may, 
to  a  eertain  extent,  be  regarded  as 
salutary,  and  as  an  effort  for  the 
elimination  of  certain  excrementi- 
tious  materials  from  the  blood.  In 
some  cases,  the  first  effect  of  the 
black-vomit  may  seem  to  be  salu¬ 
tary  ;  the  tongue  improves  in  ap¬ 
pearance,  the  febrile  heat  abates, 
and,  if  it  were  not  for  other  profound 
changes  in  the  blood,  liver,  and 
kidneys,  lying  back,  as  it  were,  of 
this  almost  universally  fatal  symp¬ 
tom,  beneficial  results  of  the  most 
important  character  might  flow  from 
the  relief  afforded  by  tbe  removal  of 
a  certain  amount  of  excrementitious 
matter,  as  urea,  and  ammonia,  and 
bile,  from  the  blood. 


Malarial  Fever. 

The  results  of  my  microscopical 
investigations  upon  the  blood  of 
malarial  fever,  pursued  during  the 
past  twenty-three  years,  may  be 
thus  formulated. 

1st.  The  malarial  poison  produces 
more  rapid  destruction  of  the  colored 
blood  corpuscles  than  any  other 
known  febrile  agent. 

2d.  The  destruction  of  the  colored 
corpuscles  takes  place  chiefly  in  the 
spleen  and  liver. 

3d.  The  black  pigment  resulting 
from  this  haematin  of  the  blood 
corpuscles,  is  frequently  observed  in 
the  blood  as  it  circulates  in  the 
vessels  and  capillaries  in  masses  of 
various  sizes,  and  in  the  form  of  cellu¬ 
lar  elements. 

4th.  In  the  malarial  blood  we 
observe  frequently  black  pigment  or 
melamemic  corpuscles,  varying  from 
the  one  ten-thousandth  to  the  one- 
thousandth  of  an  inch  and  even  less 
in  diameter  ;  conglomerations  of 
these  melansemic  particles,  in  masses 
of  various  sizes  ;  colorless  corpuscles 
or  leucocytes  which  contained 
granular  masses  of  black  pigment ; 
pigment  cells  containing  ovoid  bodies 
resembling  sporules,  and  in  all  re¬ 
spects  similar  to  the  brownish  red 
palmellse  obtained  by  passing  the 
air  of  malarial  regions  through  melt¬ 
ing  ice.  Many  of  the  particles  of 
the  melanremic  pigment  are  spheri¬ 
cal,  others  irregular  and  angular, 
some  entirely  free,  others  incased  in 
a  hyaline  mass,  others  incorporated 
with  cellular  elements  which  are 
more  or  less  related  to  the  white 
corpuscles  of  the  blood  and  to  cer¬ 
tain  forms  of  alga;. 

5th.  The  black  pigment  particles 
indicate  the  destruction  or  alteration 
of  the  blood  corpuscles,  and  the 
escape  of  the  haematin  of  the  red 
globules. 

6th.  The  black  pigment  is  de¬ 
posited  in  the  capillaries  of  various 
organs  and  tissues,  as  those  of  the 
liver,  medulla  of  the  bone,  brain  and 
subcutaneous  tissue. 

7th.  The  peculiar  sallow,  greenish- 
yellow  and  bronzed  hue,  which  char¬ 
acterizes  those  who  have  been  for 
a  length  of  time  subjected  to  the 
prolonged  action  of  the  malarial 
poison,  or  to  its  powerful  action  in 
pernicious  remittent  fever,  and  in 
malarial  hrmnaturia,  is  due  not 
merely  to  hepatic  and  splenic  deran  - 


A  bs tract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


200 


Yellow  Fever. 

Black  vomit,  is  to  a  certain  extent 
an  excrementitiow  product,  containing 
urea  and  carbonate  of  ammonia,  in 
addition  to  altered  blood-corpuscles, 
epithelial  cells,  broken  capillaries, 
mucus,  various  matters  received 
into  the  stomach,  as  food  and  medi¬ 
cine,  serous  exudations,  and  acetates, 
lactates,  phosphates,  and  chlorides. 

Black-vomit  in  yellow  fever  is  due 
to  several  causes,  as — 

1.  To  the  direct  irritation  and 
structural  alteration  of  the  gastric 
mucous  membrane  by  the  poison — 
the  active  agent  which  probably  is 
first  received  into  the  blood,  and 
acts  in  this  manner  or  through  this 
medium  upon  the  gastric  mucous 
membrane,  for  we  fiud  contempora¬ 
neous  changes  taking  place  in  the 
heart,  liver,  and  kidneys  ;  and  these 
changes  would  most  probably  succeed 
the  gastric  irritation,  if  the  poison 
was  received  in  food  or  drink  prima¬ 
rily  by  the  stomach. 

2.  To  the  structural  alterations 
of  the  blood,  and  esjiecially  to  the 
marked  dimunition  of  the  fibrinous 
element  which  appears  to  sink  to  a 
lower  figure  than  in  any  other  known 
disease. 

3.  To  suppression  of  the  action 
of  the  kidneys,  and  the  retention  in 
the  blood  of  urea  and  other  excre- 
mentitious  products,  and  the  elimin¬ 
ation  of  urea  as  carbonate  of  am¬ 
monia  by  the  gastro-intestinal  mu¬ 
cous  membrane. 

4.  To  the  direct  irritant  action  of 
the  ammonia  and  excrementitious 
materials,  eliminated  vicariously, 
upon  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
stomach  and  intestines. 

5.  To  the  irritant  and  nauseating 
effects  of  the  bile  in  the  blood.  The 
bile  retained  in  the  blood,  without 
doubt,  produces  its  characteristic 
effects  upon  the  nerves  supplying 
the  stomach,  inducing  nausea  and 
vomiting. 

(i.  To  the  degeneration  of  the  cells 
of  the  gastric  mucous  membrane, 
attended  with  or  characterized  by 
the  deposit  of  granular  fibroid  or 
albuminoid  matter  and  oil-globules 
in  the  secretory  cells,  and  iu  the 
walls  of  the  smaller  blood-vessels 
and  capillaries. 

7.  To  the  capillary  congestion  of 
the  gastro-intestinal  mucous  mem¬ 
brane,  similar  in  all  respects  to  the 
intense  capillary  congestion  which 


Malarial  Fever 

gement,  but  also  to  the  deposit  of 
pigment  particles  in  the  subcuta¬ 
neous  capillaries. 

8th.  During  the  epidemic  yellow 
fever  of  1878,  in  New  Orleans,  I 
endeavored  by  the  condensation  of 
the  organic  and  organized  and  inor¬ 
ganic  and  particulate  matters  of  the 
air  in  various  portions  of  the  city  to 
determine  whether  the  living  par¬ 
ticles  found  in  the  air,  differed  in 
accordance  with  the  locality  whether 
malarious  or  non-malarious.  After 
a  minute  examination  of  the  solid 
organic  organized,  living  inorganic 
and  inanimate  particles  of  the  air  in 
residences  in  which  yellow  fever 
was  prevailing,  it  was  observed : 

a.  In  the  well  paved  and  well 
drained  non-malarious  portions  of 
New  Orleans,  the  solid  matters  of 
the  air  examined  not  only  during 
the  prevalence  of  the  yellow  fever, 
but  also  at  various  intervals,  during 
a  period  of  six  to  eight  months,  I 
discovered  no  form  which  could  be 
referred  to  such  microscopical  plants, 
as  the  chloro-eoccum,  vulgare,  proto- 
coccus,  viridis,  palmella,  cruenta, 
coccochloris,  brebinonii  and  other 
confervoidm,  or  unicclular  algas  capa¬ 
ble  of  producing  chloropbyl.  Cer¬ 
tain  granular  cells  observed  in  the 
blood  of  malarial  fever,  resemble 
most  nearly  the  resting  spore  of 
bulbochsete  intermedia,  and  the  gran¬ 
ular  cells  of  palmella  cruenta;  but 
no  such  cells  were  observed  in  the 
atmosphere  of  the  houses  situated 
in  well  paved  and  well  drained  sec¬ 
tions  of  the  city. 

The  forms  of  the  non-malarial,  sick¬ 
rooms  (rooms  containing  yellow 
fever  patients)  were  referable  to 
those  most  nearly  connected  with 
putrefaction  and  fermentation,  as 
the  bacteria  and  torulte,  penicillus 
and  micrococci  and  cryptococae.  The 
abseuce  of  any  of  the  known  forms 
of  algai  in  the  air  of  yellow  fever, 
collected  iu  the  non-malarious,  well 
drained  and  well  paved  portions  of 
the  city  of  New  Orleans,  is  impor¬ 
tant,  in  that  this  class  of  plants  is 
thus  excluded  from  the  consideration 
of  the  question  relating  to  the  orgin 
and  causation  of  y  ellow  fever. 

b.  The  water  obtained  by  passing 
the  air  through  ice  and  melting  ice 
and  ice  cold  water,  was  preserved, 
and  portions  added  to  solutions  of 
sugar.  The  water  from  the  rooms 


1879] 


Louisiana  /State  Medical  /Society. 


201 


Yellow  Fever. 

characterizes  all  the  tissues  in  this 
disease,  in  consequence  of  the  phy¬ 
sical  and  chemical  alterations  of  the 
blood,  and  of  the  morbific  action  of 
the  poison  and  its  producrs  upon 
the  vaso-motor  system  of  nerves. 

Black-vomit,  therefore,  is  an  effect 
or  result  of  preceding  changes  or  ac¬ 
tions,  and  it  is  not  a  cause  ;  it  is  an 
error,' therefore,  to  search,  either  by 
chemical  reagents  or  by  the  micro¬ 
scope,  for  the  cause  of  the  disease  in 
one  of  its  products. 

VIII.  The  chief  causes  of  death  in 
yellow  fever  appear  to  be: 

1.  The  direct  action  of  the  febrile 
poison  upon  the  blood  and  nervous 
system,  depressing  and  deranging 
the  actions  of  the  one,  and  render¬ 
ing  the  other  unfit  for  the  proper 
nutrition  of  the  tissues. 

2.  The  suppression  or  alteration 
of  the  functions  of  certain  organs, 
as  the  kidneys  and  liver,  and  the 
retention  in  the  blood  of  the  excre- 
mentitions  matters  normally  elimi¬ 
nated  by  these  organs. 

3.  The  structural  alterations  of 
the  heart,  and  consequent  loss  of 
power  in  this  organ 

4.  Profuse  ha*moirhages  from  the 
stomach  and  bowels. 

IX.  Yellow  fever  differs  essential¬ 
ly  in  its  symptoms  and  pathology 
from  malarial  fever. 

In  the  latter,  the  c  nstituent  of 
the  blood,  which  appears  to  suffer 
to  the  greatest  and  most  essential 
degree,  is  the  colored  blood  corpus¬ 
cle  ;  in  the  former,  the  constituent 
of  the  blood  which  suffers  to  the 
greatest  extent  is  the  albumen. 

The  changes  of  temperature  in 
yellow  fever  follow  a  definite  course, 
and  are  never  repeated  in  uncompli¬ 
cated  cases ;  in  malarial  fever,  on 
the  other  hand,  they  recur  at  regular 
intervals,  and  m*y  be  indefinitely 
reproduced. 

As  a  general  rule,  yellow  fever 
attacks  but  once ;  malarial  fever 
produces  no  exemption,  but,  on  the 
contrary,  establishes  a  disposition 
to  frequent  recurrence 
Convalescence  from  yellow  fever 
is  comparatively  rapid,  and  the  con¬ 
stitution  of  the  blood  is  rapidly 
restored ;  in  malarial  fever,  the 
changes  of  the  blood  and  organs, 
and  especially  of  the  liver  and 
spleen,  may  be  profound  and  long 
continued. 

26 


Malarial  Fever. 

in  which  yellow  fever  patients  lay 
caused  the  developement  in  solution 
of  sugar,  of  a  delicate  fungus,  the 
spores  of  which  were  distributed  in 
regular  rows,  within  the  thallus. 
This  plant  as  well  as  that  developed 
in  the  yellow  fever  blood,  assumed 
a  distinct  yellow  color.  Both  p  mi- 
eillnm  and  torulae  were  observed  in 
these  solutions. 


CHANGES  OF  THE  CIRCULATION 
RESPIRATION  AND  TEMPER¬ 
ATURE. 

Intermittent  Fever.  During  the 
cold  stage,  (chill),  there  is  a  rapid,  fee¬ 
ble  pulse,  rapid  respiration,  and  hot 
trnnk  and  cold  extremeties — the  tem¬ 
perature  ofthe  extremities,  is  reduced 
far  below  that  ofthe  trunk,  and  even 
below  the  standard  of  health,  because 
the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  the 
peripheral  capillaries  is  to  a  great 
extent  arrested,  apparently  by  the 
contraction  of  the  unstriped  muscu¬ 
lar  tissue  of  the  walls  of  the  ultimate 
artierioles.  The  diminution  of  the 
capillary  circulation,  and  the  reduc¬ 
tion  of  the  temperature  of  the  ex¬ 
tremities  precede  the  aberated  ner¬ 
vous  and  muscular  phenomena  de¬ 
nominated  chill.  This  fact  corres¬ 
ponds  with  the  changes  in  the  con¬ 
stituents  of  the  blood,  and  indicates 
that  the  first  phenomena  of  the  cold 
stage  are  connected  with  derange¬ 
ments  of  the  vaso-moter  system  of 
nerves.  As  a  general  rule,  the  higher 
the  temperature  of  the  trunk  during 
the  cold  stage,  the  more  rapid  will 
be  the  equalization  of  the  circulation 
and  temperature.  The  severity  of 
the  fever  (animal  temperature), 
which  often  reaches  in  the  hot  stage 
107°  F.,  is  by  no  means  an  index  of 
the  character  and  severity  of  the 
subsequent  effects.  As  a  general 
rule,  the  higher  the  temperature 
(within  of  course,  certain  defined 
limits,  not  exceeding  102°  and 
107.5°  F.,)  the  more  readily  does 
the  attack  yield  to  treatment  The 
changes  of  the  temperature  in  inter¬ 
mittent  fever,  are  characterized  by 
abrupt  elevations  and  depressions, 
so  that  when  the  cases  are  projec¬ 
ted  upon  a  chart,  they  differ  in  the 
rapidity  ofthe  elevations  and  depres¬ 
sions  from  those  furnished  by  yellow 
fever,  typhus  and  typhoid  fever  and 


202 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Yellow  Fever.  Malarial  Fever. 


The  liver  in  yellow  fever  presents 
variousshndes  ofyellow,  andcontaips 
numerous  oil-globules ;  the  liver  of 
malarial  fever  is  of  a  dark  color, 
most  generally  slate  upon  the  ex¬ 
terior  and  bronze  within,  and  is 
loaded  with  dark  pigment-granules ; 
the  spleen  is  comparatively  unaf¬ 
fected  in  yellow  fever,  while  it  is 
enlarged  and  softened  iu  malarial 
fever;  the  heart  and  kidneys  are 
soften*  d  and  infiltrated  with  oil  and 
granular  albuminoid  matter  in  yellow 
lt-ver,  while  they  are  comparatively 
unaffected  iu  malarial  fever;  the 
urine  is  almost  always  albuminous, 
and  contains  casts  and  bile  in  yellow 
fever,  while  in  malarial  fever  albu¬ 
men  and  casts  are  almost  always 
absent,  and  the  uriue  presents 
morbid  periodic  changes,  correspond¬ 
ing  with  those  of  the  paroxysm. 

X.  Yellow  fever  is  a  self-limited 
disease,  occurring,  as  a  general  rule, 
but  once  in  a  lifetime.  The  constitu¬ 
tion  of  the  blood,  and  even  of  the 
textures  of  the  body,  is  altered  ;  the 
most  important  organs,  as  the  heart, 
kidneys,  and  liver,  as  well  as  the 
most  important  nutritive  fluids, 
are  profoundly  impressed.  These 
changes  of  the  blood,  heart,  kidneys, 
and  liver,  as  well  as  of  the  nervons 
system,  may  be  compared  to  the 
profound  changes  induced  in  the 
blood  and  organs,  and  especially  in 
the  integument,  by  small-pox.  If 
this  view  be  correct,  we  cannot  by 
drugs  arrest  or  cure  yellow'  fever  any 
more  than  we  can  arrest  or  cure 
small-pox,  measles  or  scarlet  fever. 
If  drugs  accomplish  the  effect  of 
promoting  the  free  and  regnlar  ac¬ 
tion  of  these  emunctories  through 
which  the  poison  and  the  product  of 
its  action  are  eliminated,  and  if, 
further,  they  tend  to  preserve  the 
integrity  of  the  blood,  and  to  sustain 
the  actions  of  the  circulatory  and 
nervous  system,  they  will,  without 
doubt,  achieve  much  good,  and 
perhaps  all  that  we  are  justified  in 
loo 'a  mg  for,  in  the  present  state  of 
our  knowledge.  By  judicious  treat¬ 
ment,  by  proper  ventilation,  diet, 
and  rest  we  place  the  patient  in 
that  condition  which  is  best  adapted 
to  the  successful  elimination  of  the 
poisou  and  its  products  ;  but  we  do 
not  arrest  or  cure  the  disease,  as 
we  certainly  may  do  in  paroxysmal 


other  diseases,  the  phlegmasia,  phthi¬ 
sis,  hospital  gangrene  and  pyaemia. 

Remittent  Fever. — The  phenom¬ 
ena  of  the  cold  stage  preceding  the 
hot  stage  of  remittent  fever,  are  simi¬ 
lar  to  those  of  intermittent  fever;  the 
difference  is  one  of  degree,  and  not 
of  kind  ;  the  phenomena  of  the  cold 
stage  of  remittent  fever  are  more 
protracted  than  those  of  intermit¬ 
tent  fever ;  the  sympathetic  system 
does  not  so  rapidly  regain  its  normal 
action,  and  the  circulation  in  the 
capillaries  of  the  extremities  is  not 
so  rapidly  restored  in  remittent  as 
in  intermittent  fever.  The  altera¬ 
tions  of  the  blood  are  more  profound 
in  remittent  than  in  intermittent 
fever,  and  therefore  it  results  that 
the  cold  stage  is  more  prolonged  in 
remittent  than  in  intermittent  fever. 
The  elevation  of  temperature  corres¬ 
ponds  more  accurately  with  the  in¬ 
creased  action  of  the  circulatory  and 
respiratory  system  in  intermit¬ 
tent  than  remittent  fever.  Remit¬ 
tent  fever  may  be  distinguished  from 
typhoid  fever  by  the  greater  and 
more  sudden  elevations  and  depres¬ 
sions  of  temperature. 

Congestive  or  Pernicious  Fever. 
— The  complete  prostration  of  the 
muscular  and  nervous  forces,  the  re¬ 
duction  of  animal  temperature,  both 
in  the  trunk  and  extremities,  the 
cold,  clammy  sweat,  the  rapid  febrile 
puls**,  the  rapid,  thumping  action  of 
the  heart,  and  the  sudden  interven¬ 
tion  of  the  most  alarming  cerebral 
symptoms,  may  occur  gradually  or 
suddenly,  in  either  intermittent  or 
remittent  fever,  and  may  be  induced 
by  several  distinct  causes,  acting 
singly  or  in  conjunction.  There  is  a 
want  of  coordination  between  the  cir¬ 
culation,  respiration  and  animal  tem¬ 
perature  in  congestive  fever.  The 
respirations  are  full,  accelerated,  and 
often  panting  and  heaving,  varying 
from  30  to  50  per  miDute,  the  pulse 
beats  from  120  to  160,  and  feels  like  a 
delicate  thread,  and  is  often  so  small 
that  it  cannot  be  counted  ;  the  heart 
thumps  irregularly  and  spasmodically 
and  rapidly,  against  the  walls  of  the 
chest  as  in  some  cases  of  narcotic 
poisoning;  the  circulation  in  the  capil¬ 
laries  is  feeble;  the  temperature  of 
the  trunk,  notwithstanding  the  full, 
rapid  respiration,  sinks  below  the 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


203 


Yellow  Fever.  Malarial  Fever. 


malarial  fever,  by  the  proper  admin¬ 
istration  of  quinine. 

XI.  Upon  a  careful  comparison 
of  the  main  features  of  malarial 
haematuria,  with  those  of  yellow 
fever,  the  following  points  may  be 
noted : 

(a)  In  the  last  stages,  after  the 
supervention  of  jaundice  and  urinary 
suppression,  many  cases  of  malarial 
haematuria  bear  a  striking  resem¬ 
blance  to  yellow  fever  in  the  period  of 
calm,  depression  of  circulation  and 
black  vomit.  The  vomited  matters, 
however,  in  malarial  haematuria  con¬ 
tain  bile,  and  tfye  dark  color  is  due  to 
bile,  rather  than  to  blood. 

(b)  Important  differences  are  re¬ 
vealed  by  the  microscope  between 
the  organic  and  organized  elements 
iu  the  urine  of  these  diseases :  in  yel¬ 
low  fever,  the  casts  of  the  tubuli 
uriniferi  are  filled  with  yellow  granu¬ 
lar  matter  and  oil  globules;  in 
malarial  hiematuria,  the  tubuli  urin¬ 
iferi  in  mauy  cases  present  a  dark 
biownish-red  color,  and  contain  dark 
pigmentary  matter,  and  altered  col¬ 
ored  corpuscles,  in  addition  to  the 
yellow  granular  matter. 

(c)  After  death  from  malarial 
haematuria,  the  fibres  of  the  heart 
present  under  the  microscope  a  nor¬ 
mal  appearance,  the  transverse  striae 
being  distinct,  and  the  oil  globules 
and  yellow  granular  matter  charac 
teristic  of  yellow  fever,  being  in 
most  cases  absent.  When  no  preced¬ 
ing  lesions  have  existed,  the  heart  of 
malarial  fever,  and  of  malarial  htema- 
turia,  presents  a  firm  structure, 
wholly  different  from  the  softened, 
altered  and  flabby  yellow  heart  of 
yellow  fever. 

(d)  There  is  less  congestion  of  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach, 
and  it  is  almost  uniformly  discolored 
by  bile  iu  malarial  haematuria.  Bile 
is  absent  from  the  contents  of  the 
stomach  in  yellow  fever.  Bile  is 
universally  present  in  the  stomach 
of  malarial  haematuria. 

( e )  The  heart,  liver  and  spleen  in 
malarial  haematuria  present  the  same 
structure,  and  the  same  microscopi¬ 
cal  and  chemical  characteristics,  as 
iu  the  various  forms  of  paroxysmal 
malarial  fever.  In  malarial  fever, 
the  spleen  and  liver  are  loaded  with 
dark  pigmentary  particles ;  iu  yellow 
fever  the  former  organ  is  without 
auy  special  increment  of  pigmentary 


normal  standard,  and  the  surface  is 
covered  with  cold,  clammy  sweat. 


CHANGES  OF  THE  URINE  IN 
MALARIAL  FEVER. 

Intermittent  Fever— The  amount 
of  uriue  excreted  during  the  active 
stages,  and  during  the  earliest 
stage  of  the  intermission,  is  less 
than  that  of  healih,  and  this  diminu¬ 
tion  relates  to  the  water  and  uot  to 
the  solid  constituents.  During  con¬ 
valescence,  aud  especially  under  the 
action  of  depurants,  the  amount  of 
urine  is  increased.  The  color  of  the 
urine  vAies  from  light  orange  to  deep 
red.  During  the  active  stages  tue 
free  acid  is  increased,  but  diminishes 
during  convalescence.  The  nrea  is 
increased  during  the  active  stages 
above  the  standard  of  health,  and  es¬ 
pecially  during  similar  conditions  of 
rest  aud  starvation.  The  uric  acid  is 
diminished  both  with  and  without 
the  action  of  the  sulphate  of  quinia, 
during  the  active  stages,  wheu  the 
pulse  is  full  and  rapid  and  the  respir¬ 
ation  full  aud  accelerated,  and  the 
temperature  elevated.  As  a  general 
rule  wheu  the  fever  declines  the  uric 
acid  increases  above  the  standard  of 
health,  both  with  and  wiihout  the 
actiou  of  the  sulphate  of  quinia.  In 
some  cases  the  uric  acid  i»  increaseu 
to  four  fold  the  normal  amount  dur¬ 
ing  convalescence.  The  uriue  of  ihe 
intermission  of  malarial  fe\  er  is  char¬ 
acterized  by  heavy  yellow  deposits  of 
urate  of  soda,  aud  tr  iple  phosphates, 
the  former,  in  the  form  of  granular 
aud  acicular  matses,  ami  the  latter  as 
beautiful  prismatic  crystals  Phos¬ 
phoric  acitl  is  greatly  diminished  and 
may  have  entirely  disappeared  dur¬ 
ing  the  chill  and  first  stage  of  the 
febrile  excitement.  The  phosphates 
are  more  abundant  in  the  stage  of 
couvalesceuce  than  during  the  active 
stage.  The  deposits  (so-called  criti¬ 
cal  discharges),  so  common  during 
convalescence,  consist  chiefly  of  The 
urates  of  soda,  ammonia,  and  the  phos 
phates,  most  generally  iu  the  form  of 
triple  phosphates. 

The  chloride  of  sodium  is  abun¬ 
dant  during  the  cold  and  hot  stages. 
The  sulphuric  as  well  as  the  phos¬ 
phoric  acid,  is  iucreased  during  the 
height  aud  decline  of  the  hot  stage. 
The  uriue  excreted  during  the  fever 
is  generally  deficient  in  uric  acid, 


204 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Yellow  Fever. 

particles,  and  the  latter  is  of  a  yellow 
color,  and  loaded  with  oil  globules 
and  yellow  granular  matter.  When 
yellow  lever  supervenes  in  malarial 
fever,  both  the  dark  pigment  par¬ 
ticles,  and  the  oil  globules  and  yel¬ 
low  granular  matter  are  found  in 
the  liver,  aud  this  organ  presents 
a  deeper  color  and  more  mottled 
appearance  than  in  uncomplicated 
yellow  fever.  The  gall  bladder  con¬ 
tains  much  more  bile  in  malarial  fever 
than  in  yellow  fever,  and  this  liquid 
is  absent  from  the  stomach  and  ali¬ 
mentary  canal  in  yellow  fever,  but  is 
universally  present  m  malarial  fever 
in  all  its  forms.  ^ 

(/)  When  in  malarial  haematuria 
the  congestion  of  the  kidneys  is  so 
great,  aud  the  structural  alterations 
so  profound  as  to  cause  urinary  sup¬ 
pression,  then  another  distinct  train 
of  phenomena  is  set  up,  which  has 
much  in  common  with  the  analagons 
condition  in  yellow  fever  when  the 
function  of  the  kidney  is  suspended. 


CHANGES  OF  THE  URINE  IN  YEL¬ 
LOW  FEVER. 

The  reaction  of  the  urine  in  yellow' 
fever  is  acid.  Even  in  the  gravest 
cases,  attended  with  suppression  of 
the  urinary  excretion,  jaundice  ax.d 
alkaline  hlack  vomit,  the  urine,  how7- 
ever  small  the  quantity  excreted, 
maintains  an  acid  reaction. 

As  a  general  rule,  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  urine  iu  jellow  fever 
uoes  not  vary  from  that  of  health, 
and  ranges  from  1009  to  1028.  In 
those  specimens  which  gave  the  high¬ 
est  specific  gravity,  the  increase  iu 
density  was  clearly  referable  to  the 
increase  of  albumen  ;  for  when  this 
constituent  w  as  coagulated  by  heat, 
and  removed  b.v  filtration,  the  urine 
was  of  low7  specific  gravity. 

Iu  some  of  the  gravest  cases,  the 
specific  gravity  of  the  urine  was  only 
1010,  and  presented  a  yellow  color 
aud  w'as  turbid  from  the  pi’esence  of 
cells  and  casts  of  the  excretory  tubes 
of  the  kiduey  and  gi  anular  and 
fibrinous  matters  and  colorless  cor¬ 
puscles. 

During  the  early  stages  of  the  dis¬ 
ease,  the  urine  is  normal  iu  color, 
clearness  and  quantity ;  as  the  dis¬ 
ease  proceeds,  the  urine  becomes  of 
a  deep  ^  ellow  color,  from  the  admix¬ 
ture  of  bile,  and  at  this  stage,  after 


Malarial  Fever. 

and  the  earthly  salts,  while  its  acid¬ 
ity  and  power  of  resisting  decompo¬ 
sition  is  greatly  increased,  and  it 
will  remain  for  a  great  time  w  ithout 
undergoing  decomposition.  On  the 
other  hand,  during  convalescence  the 
urine  rapidly  undergoes  change,  and 
deposits  of  the  urates  of  soda  and 
ammonia,  and  the  precipitation  of 
the  triple  phosphates,  by  the  ammo¬ 
nia  generated  during  the  decomposi¬ 
tion  of  the  uxea,  form  the  so-called 
critical  discharges  of  malarial  fever. 
Albumen  is  almost  uuiversally  ab¬ 
sent  from  the  urine  of  uncomplica¬ 
ted  malarial  fever;  it  is  present, 
however,  in  that  form  called  mala¬ 
rial  haematuria,  characterized  by  in¬ 
tense  jaundice,  and  congestion  of  the 
kidneys,  and  passive  haemorrhage.*.. 
In  such  cases  the  urine  contains 
blood  corpuscles  aud  casts  of  the 
tubuli  urinifVri  filled  w  ith  granular 
unit  er,  detached  uriniferous  tubes 
aud  colored  blood  corpuscles. 

The  changes  of  the  urine  in  remit¬ 
tent  fevrr,  are  the  san  e  in  kind,  bur, 
different  in  degieefrom  th  se  of  in¬ 
termittent  fever.  The  urine  is  higher 
colored,  more  concern  rated,  and  rich¬ 
er  in  urea,  phosphoric  acid  and  sul¬ 
phuric  acid.  If  the  case  be  protracted, 
the  chloride  of  sodium  diminishes  as 
in  typhoid  lever.  Whin  the  tempera¬ 
ture  falls  below7  tho  normal  standard 
iu  the  early  stage  of  convalesence, 
the  ux’ea,  as  in  tae  similar  stage  of 
intermittent  fever,  decreases  in 
amount.  During  the  period  of  remis¬ 
sion  and  couvalesence,  the  uric  acid, 
which  had  suffered  decrease  in  the 
active  stages,  increases  above  the 
normal  standard.  The  formation  of 
depoUts  of  the  urates  of  soda,  and  of 
ammonia,  and  of  the  tiiple  phos¬ 
phates  (critical  discharges,)  iu  the 
urine  of  remittent  fever,  is  similar  in 
all  respects,  takes  place  at  analogous 
periods,  and  is  duo  to  ihe  same  causes 
as  in  the  uriue  of  intermittent  fever. 


1879] 


20 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


Yellow  Fever.  Malarial  Fever. 

the  full  establishment  of  the  febrile 
excitement,  about  the  third,  fourth 
or  fifth  day,  becomes  turbid  from  the 
presence  of  the  excretory  cells,  tube 
casts  and  yellow  granular  albumin¬ 
oid  or  fibroid  matters. 

The  color  may  deepen  to  orange 
red  as  the  disease  progresses  ;  or  if 
the  case  terminates  iatally  from  dim¬ 
inution  and  suppression  of  the  urinary 
excretion,  it  maintains  a  j  ellow  color, 
sometimes  presenting  an  oily  appear¬ 
ance  and  motion,  and  consists  of  but 
little  else  than  albumen,  bile,  excre¬ 
tory  cells  aud  casts  of  the  tubuli 
uriniferi,  in  a  weak  solution  of  the 
urinary  constituents. 

In  some  cases  of  suppression,  al¬ 
though  the  urea  is  greatly  diminished 
in  the  small  amoun  i.  of  urine  excreted, 
it  is  rarely  it  ever  entirely  absent. 

If  the  case  ends  iu  couvalesence,  the 
urine  is  copious  and  the  color  pro¬ 
gressively  increases  in  depth,  aud 
may  even  appear  black  when  viewed 
eu  massv. 

As  far  as  my  investigations  extend 
albumen  is  au  invariable  constituent 
of  the  urine  in  grave  cases  of  yellow 
fever,  aud  may  appear  as  early  as 
the  first  day  of  the  disease,  but  most 
generally  it  appears  upon  the  second, 
third  or  fourth  day.  In  yellow 
fever  albumen  may  be  found  in  the 
uriue,  as  the  only  abnormal  element, 
with  or  without  other  blood  element, 
iu  company  of  abundant  deposit  of 
lithates,  with  or  without  deposits  of 
purpurine,  or  other  coloring  matters 
in  excess  :  in  connection  with  biliary 
coloring  matters,  in  connection  with 
apyrexial  states,  aud  in  connection 
with  apyrexial  states. 

The  constituents  of  bile  are  almost 
universally  present  iu  the  uriue, 
eveu  in  those  cases  which  progiess 
favorably  aud  end  in  convalescence. 

When  there  is  no  suppression  of 
the  urinary  excretion,  the  urea  is 
increased  above  the  standard  of 
health  during  the  active  stages  of 
the  disease  aud  during  the  period  of 
exhaustion  or  calm.  I  have  obtained 
upon  analysis  as  much  as  150(1  grains 
of  urea,  during  24  hours  in  a  case  of 
yellow  fever,  aud  that,  too,  when  no 
nourishment  was  taken.  Of  all 
known  diseases,  yellow  fever  is 
characterized  by  the  earliest  and 
most  uniform  appearance  of  albumen 
and  casts  in  the  urine,  aud  by  the 
most  marked  tendency  to  urinary 


206 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Yellow  Fever. 


Malarial  Fever. 


suppression ;  when,  therefore,  this 
occurs,  owing  to  the  chemical  changes 
excited  by  the  febrile  poison,  the 
blood  is  rapidly  charged  with  urea 
and  coma  and  uremic  convulsions 
are  the  lesult. 

In  yellow  fever  the  presence  of 
albumen  in  the  urine  is  attended  by 
desquamation,  fatty  degeneration  and 
disintegration  of  the  excretory  cells 
of  the  tubuli  uriniferi.  The  grauu- 
lar  casts  so  common  in  yellow  fbver, 
are  composed  of  excretory  cells,  oil 
globules,  and  granular  fatty  and  albu¬ 
minoid  graunlar  matter,  in  some  cases 
intimately  mixed  with  urate  of  am¬ 
monia. 

Those  who  have  failed  to  detect 
albumen  and  casts  at  some  period  of 
grave  cases  of  yellow  fever,  are  either 
ignorant  of  the  ordinary  chemical 
tests  and  microscopical  appearances, 
or  have  been  careless  and  superficial 
in  their  so-called  researches  aud  ob¬ 
servations. 

When  the  kidneys  are  not  seriously 
impaired  by  structural  alterations  the 
amount  of  urea  excreted  both  during 
the  stage  of  active  febrile  excitement 
and  that  of  calm  or  depression,  is  at 
least  five  times  more  abuudant  than 
the  amount  of  this  constituent  which 
would  be  excreted  by  a  patient  in 
health  or  even  in  Bright’s  disease 
similarly  situated,  lying  perfectly 
quiet  in  bed,  aud  taking  little  or  no 
nourishment.  This  fact  illustrates 
the  absurdity  of  comparing  the  eifects 
of  uriuary  suppression  in  yellow 
fever,  with  the  more  tardy  results  in 
chronic  Bright’s  disease. 

In  yellow  fever  urinary  suppres¬ 
sion  causes  the  retention  of  not  only 
the  greatly  increased  amount  of  urea, 
but  also  of  the  various  products  of 
the  action  of  the  poison,  as  sulphuric 
acid,  phosphoric  acid,  extractive, 
coloring  and  biliary  matters. 

The  fever  of  the  first  stage  of  yellow 
fever,  like  Jever  in  general,  however 
caused,  consists  essentially  in  eleva¬ 
tion  of  temperature,  arising  from 
chemical  changes  in  the  blood  and 
tissues,  an  is  attended  with  changes 
in  the  physical  and  chemical  constitu¬ 
ents  of  the  blood  and  aberrated  nerv¬ 
ous  action.  As  long  as  the  skin,  kid¬ 
neys  and  lungs  and  gastro-intestiual 
canal  perform  their  functions,  this 
stage  is  characterized  as  in  other 
fevers,  by  an  increase  in  the  amount 
of  the  solids  excreted.  But  this  in- 


1879] 


Louisiana  /State  Medical  Society. 


207 


Yellow  Fever.  Malarial  Fever. 

creased  elimination  of  the  products 
of  chemical  change  is  not,  in  yellow 
fever,  a  constant  concomitant  of  the 
increased  temperature,  because,  in 
virtue  of  the  lesions  of  certain  or¬ 
gans,  as  the  kidneys  and  skin,  the 
constituents  of  the  urine  and  bile  ac¬ 
cumulate  in  the  blood  and  become 
active  agents  in  the  production  of 
aberrated  nervous  and  muscular  ac¬ 
tions,  and  even  of  death  itself. 


TABULAR  VIEW  OF  THE  PATHOLOGICAL  ANATOMY  OF  YELLOW 
FEVER  AND  MALARIAL  FEVER. 


Exterior. — Generally  full  and  not 
reduced  in  flesh ;  features  may  even 
present  a  swollen,  bloated  aspect. 
Skin  of  face  and  upper  portions  of 
trunk  of  a  golden  yellow  color. 
Dependent  portions  of  body  of  a 
mottled  purplish  and  yellow  ecchy- 
mosed  appearance.  Black  vomit 
frequently  oozes  from  corners  of  the 
mouth,  and  trickles  down  the  face 
and  neck.  When  the  muscles  are 
cut  a  large  quantity  of  dark  blood 
escapes,  which  upon  exposure  to  the 
atmosphere  changes  to  a  bright 
scarlet  hue.  Putrefactive  changes 
take  place  rapidly  after  death.  lu 
some  cases  of  yellow  fever,  especially 
when  the  functions  of  the  kidueys 
have  been  arrested  for  some  time  be¬ 
fore  death,  the  putrefactive  changes 
take  place  with  great  rapidity  and 
energy,  and  sometimes  even  appear 
to  commence  before  death,  the  body 
exhaling  a  disagreeable  odor. 


Cerebro-Spinal  Nervous  System 
— Sympathetic  Nervous  System. — 
The  post-mortem  examinations  of 
the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and  sympa¬ 
thetic  system  have  thus  far  revealed 
no  characteristic  lesions  to  which 
the  aberrated  nervous  symptoms  of 
yellow  fever  can  be  referred.  Be 
yond  congestion  of  the  capillaries  of 
the  cerebro-spinal  and  sympathetic 
systems,  which  congestion  appeared 
to  be  referable  to  the  same  cause  as 
that  producing  capillary  congestion 
in  the  internal  organs,  I  have  ob¬ 
served  no  structural  lesion,  as  fibrin¬ 
ous  effusion,  hemorrhage,  or  soften- 


Exterior. — The  general  appear¬ 
ance  of  those  who  die  from  the  effects 
of  malarial  fever  will  depend  upon 
the  nature  and  length  of  time  and 
the  effects  of  the  disease.  When  stout 
healthy  men  are  suddenly  destroyed 
by  pernicious  malaria:  fever,  the 
body  may  present  the  fulness  of 
health;  and  in  such  cases  the  supe¬ 
rior  portions  of  the  body  may,  as  in 
yellow  fever,  present  a  golden  yellow 
color,  whilst  the  dependent  portions 
present  a  purplish  and  mottled  ap¬ 
pearance.  The  jaundice  aud  mottling 
of  the  skin,  however,  is,  as  a  general 
rule,  present  to  a  less  degree  than  in 
yellow  fever.  In  cases  of  protracted 
bilious  fever  the  body  is  frequently 
greatly  emaciated.  In  chronic  ma¬ 
larial  poisoning,  attended  wflth  en¬ 
largement  of  the  spleen  and  cirrho¬ 
sis  of  the  liver,  the  belly  and  body 
and  limbs  generally  are  distended 
with  dropsical  eff  usion.  The  cut  sur¬ 
face  of  the  muscles  presents  a  pur¬ 
plish  hue,  and  the  change  to  the 
arterial  hue,  upon  exposure  to  the 
atmosphere,  is  much  slower  and  less 
perfect  than  in  yellow  fever. 

Cerebro-spinal  Nervous  Sys¬ 
tem — Sympathetic  Nervous  Sys¬ 
tem. — As  far  as  my  observations 
have  extended  in  malarial  fever,  the 
dura  matter  was  always  normal;  the 
arachnoid  membrane  pearl-colored, 
opalescent  in  some  cases,  in  others 
perfectly  transparent  and  normal  in 
appearauce ;  i  lie  blood-vessels  of  the 
pia  mater  congested  with  blood,  but 
most  generally  without  marks  of  in¬ 
flammation.  Subarachnoid  fluid  in 
almost  all  cases  clear,  transparent, 
and  in  some  cases  of  a  golden  color; 
the  amount  varied  in  different  cases, 
sometimes  exceeding,  bat  most  gen- 


208 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


Yellow  Fever. 

ing  of  the  cerebro-spinal  and  sympa¬ 
thetic  nervous  structures.  Chemi¬ 
cal  analysis  revealed  the  presence  of 
urea,  bile,  and  leucine  in  the  brain, 
and  to  t  he  effects  of  these  substances, 
as  well  as  to  the  direct  action  of  the 
yellow  fever  poison,  must  be  referred 
the  aberration  of  intellect,  the  rest¬ 
lessness,  convulsions  and  coma. 

The  amount  of  the  congestion  of 
the  blood-vessels  of  the  brain  will  to 
a  certain  exteut  vary  with  the  stage 
and  with  the  conditions  under  which 
death  takes  place.  Thus,  when  the 
fuuctions  of  the  kidneys  are  greatly 
impaired  or  wholly  suppressed,  owing 
to  the  retention  of  the  watery  ele¬ 
ment  of  the  blood,  the  vessels 
throughout  the  entire  system  are 
filled  with  blood  to  repletion,  and  the 
brain  is  especially  from  its  soft  struc¬ 
ture  and  the  character  o-  its  circula¬ 
tion,  the  organ  most  affected.  In 
such  cases,  the  blood  is  seen  issuing 
from  numberless  vessels  when  sec¬ 
tions  of  the  brain  are  made.  Under 
the  microscope  the  thin  sections  of 
the  brain  reveal  a  state  of  great 
hyperseiuia,  the  minute  capillaries 
being  filled  with  colored  blood  cor¬ 
puscles. 

The  golden  hue  of  the  brain  sub¬ 
stance  and  membranes,  as  well  as 
that  of  the  tissues  generally,  is  due 
to  the  presence  of  the  coloring  mat¬ 
ter  of  the  bile,  and  not  to  the  escape 
of  haimatiu  from  the  blood-vessels. 
When  death  occurs  after  profuse 
hismorrhages  from  the  stomach, 
and  bowels,  the  cerebral  structures 
present  less  evidences  of  congestion 
than  when  these  symptoms  have 
been  absent  or  present  to  a  small 
degree. 

It  is  probable  that  the  cerebral 
ganglia  aud  commissures,  as  well  as 
those  of  the  spinal  cord  and  sympa¬ 
thetic  nervous  system  are  affected 
with  the  same  chain  of  chemical  re¬ 
actions  which  result  in  the  formation 
aud  accumulation  of  oil  in  the  blood 
aud  in  the  heart,  liver  and  kidneys. 
In  this  connection  the  recent  obser¬ 
vations  of  Dr.  H.  D.  Schmidt  dur¬ 
ing  the  yellow  fever  of  1878,  in  the 
Charity  Hospital  of  New  Orleans  are 
of  interest,  in  that  they  sustain  the 
view  that  the  accumulation  of  oil  is 
not  confined  exclusively  to  the  liver, 
heart  and  kidneys. 

Dr.  Schmidt  affirms  that  he  has  ob¬ 
served  fatty  degeneration  of  the 


Malarial  Fever. 

erally  falling  short  of  the  usual 
amount.  Blood-vessels  of  the  brain 
generally  filled  with  blood.  The  struc¬ 
tures  of  the  brain  appeared,  iu  acute 
cases,  as  a  general  rule,  to  be  unal¬ 
tered  either  in  structure  or  appear¬ 
ance  ;  in  chronic  cases  the  nervous 
structures  sometimes  presented  a 
deeper  and  more  grayish  color,  from 
the  presence  of  pigment  grauules. 

The  structures  of  the  brain  aud 
spinal  cord,  in  malarial  fever,  were 
therefore,  as  a  general  rule,  altered 
neither  in  consistence  nor  appear¬ 
ance,  aud  the  same  is  true  also  with 
reference  to  the  sympathetic  nervous 
system. 

The  rapidity  with  which  the  symp¬ 
toms  of  cerebral  disturbance,  such  as 
coma  and  delirium,  vauish  under  ap¬ 
propriate  treatment,  in  many  cases, 
render  it  evident  that  the  congestion 
of  the  cerebro-spinal  system  is  tem¬ 
porary  and  unattended  with  struc¬ 
tural  alterations.  When  death  occurs 
in  coma,  the  blood-vessels  of  the  brain 
even  to  their  minutest  ramifications, 
are  distended  with  blood,  such  con¬ 
gestion  being  not  merely  evident  to 
the  naked  eye  but  also  more  fully 
shown  under  the  microscope,  when 
thin  sections  are  made  of  the  brain 
structures.  The  ventricles  of  the 
brain  are  also  filled  with  serum, 
often  of  a  golden  color.  The  paralysis 
which  sometimes  results  from  a  par¬ 
oxysm  of  malarial  fever,  may  be  due 
to  several  causes,  as  the  actual  rup¬ 
ture  of  blood-vessels  and  the  effusion 
of  blood,  the  detachment  of  a  fibrin¬ 
ous  clot  and  the  obstruction  of  some 
one  of  the  arteries  of  the  brain,  and 
the  impaction  of  the  minute  capil¬ 
laries  by  pigment  granules.  Occa¬ 
sionally  in  cases  of  chronic  malarial 
poisoning  attended  with  a  watery 
condition  of  the  blood,  coma,  with 
dilated  pupils,  sometimes  supervenes 
suddenly,  and  in  such  cases  I  h  »ve 
fouud  the  ventricles  to  be  greatly 
distended  with  serous  tluid,  which  by 
its  pressure  had  caused  the  cerebral 
symptoms. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


209 


Yellow  Fever. 


Malarial  Fever. 


nuclei  in  the  walls  of  the  minnte  ves¬ 
sels  of  the  pia  mater  venules  as 
well  as  arterioles.  In  many  vessels 
the  nuclei  have  disappeared,  leav¬ 
ing  a  number  of  fat  globules  in  their 
places;  others  are  met  with  in  which 
an  increase  of  the  mere  trace  of  pro¬ 
toplasm,  surrounding  the  nucleus 
in  the  normal  condition  has  taken 
place,  causing  a  thickening  of  the 
wall  of  the  vessels.  “Witu  refer¬ 
ence  to  the  brain  the  most  prominent 
observation  thus  tar  made  is  the  ex¬ 
istence  of  fatty  degeneration  of  the 
blood  vessels  of  the  cortex-cerebri, 
similar  to  that  observed  in  the  ves¬ 
sels  of  the  pia-mater,  together  with 
degeneration  of  the  ganglionic  bodies 
of  the  cortex.” 

If  these  observations  should  be 
confirmed  by  farther  research  and 
especially  by  chemical  analysis,  de¬ 
termining  the  exact  proportion  of  oil 
m  the  brain  in  health  and  various 
diseased  states,  it  will  thus  be  shown 
that  the  nervous  system  both  cerebro¬ 
spinal  and  sympathetic  is  involved 
in  a  similar  series  of  changes  as  the 
other  organs.  The  universality  of 
these  changes,  poiut  to  the  blood  as 
the  great  medium  and  source  of  the 
chemical  actions,  and  we  have  a  con¬ 
firmation  of  this  view  in  the  fact 
which  I  have  determined  by  chemical 
analysis,  that  the  oleaginous  constitu¬ 
ents  are  greatly  increased  in  the 
blood  of  yellow  fever. 

That  the  mere  presence  of  oil  in 
increased  amounts  in  certain  organs, 
during  yellow  fever,  is  not  the  cause 
of  the  gravest  symptoms,  is  evident 
from  the  rapidity  of  the  conva¬ 
lescence  in  many  cases;  and  also 
from  the  well  known  fact  that  in 
many  cases  the  general  health  is 
greatly  improved  by  an  attack  of 
yellow  fever. 

The  grave  symptoms  of  this  disease 
must  be  sought  not  merely  in  the 
structural  alterations  of  certain  or¬ 
gans,  but  in  the  initial  chemical 
changes  induced  by  the  poison,  which 
precede  the  final  lesions  discover¬ 
able  after  death. 

Heart. — Pale  yellow  and  brown-  Heart. — Normal  in  color,  presents 
ish  yellowy  as  if  undergoing  fatty  the  deep  purplish  red  muscular  ap- 
degeneration  ;  structures  of  heart  pearance  of  the  healthy  heart.  Mus- 
flabby  and  somewhat  softened  ;  nu-  cular  fibres  of  the  heart  firm  and  of 
merous  oil  globules  deposited  within  normal  appearance  under  the  micro- 
aud  around  the  muscular  fibrillm  of  scope.  No  deposits  of  oil  in  the  mus- 
the  heart.  Cavities  of  the  heart,  in  cular  structures. 


27 


210 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Yellow  Fever. 

many  cases,  filled  with  dark  fluid 
blood ;  yellow  fibrinous  clots  some¬ 
times  present.  Blood  contains  ab 
normal  amounts  of  urea  and  ex¬ 
tractive  matters  and  ammonia.  Fi¬ 
brin  of  blood  greatly  diminished  in 
amount. 

I  have  determined,  both  by  chemi¬ 
cal  analysis  and  microscopical  exami¬ 
nation,  that  the  heart  undergoes 
acute  fatty  degeneration  in  yellow 
fever.  As  far  as  my  observations 
have  extended,  the  heart  undergoes 
more  rapid  and  extensive  degenera¬ 
tion  in  yellow  fever  than  in  any 
other  acute  disease.  The  acute  fatty 
degeneration  of  the  heart  in  yellow 
fever  should  not  be  confounded  with 
similar  changes  observed  in  spirit 
drinkers  and  in  certain  chronic  dis¬ 
eases,  but  is  most  probably  depend¬ 
ent  upon  the  same  or  similar  chemi¬ 
cal  actions,  as  those  leading  to  a 
similar  result  in  phosphorus  poison¬ 
ing  and  in  typhoid  and  typhus 
fevers. 

In  yellow  fever  the  fat  is  deposited 
within  and  around  the  muscular 
tibnlhe  of  the  heart,  in  the  form  of 
minute  globules  of  various  sizes. 
There  is  also  an  alteration  or  degene¬ 
ration  of  the  muscular  fibrill*  of  the 
heart,  leading  to  a  disappearance  of 
tne  striation.  The  removal  of  the 
particles  of  oil  from  the  muscular 
structures  of  the  heart  by  sulphuric 
eiher  does  not  restore  the  obliterated 
stri* ;  neither  does  this  agent  re¬ 
move  all  the  molecular  particles,  a 
portion  at  least  being  insoluble  in 
ether,  alcohol  and  chloroform,  and 
having  an  analagous  constitution  to 
albumen  and  fibrin. 

Fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart, 
therefore,  is  not  the  sole  state  of  this 
organ  in  yellow  fever;  a  molecular 
change  bas  taken  place  in  the  sub¬ 
stance  of  the  muscular  fibres,  and 
this  change  affects  tne  albuminoid 
or  nitrogenous  constituents,  and  most 
probably  represents  one  of  the  stages 
of  acute  fatty  degeneration. 

The  pericardium  in  yellow  fever 
presents  a  congested  appearance. 
Under  the  microscope  the  minute 
blood-vessels  appear  to  be  injected 
with  colored  blood  corpuscles.  Peri¬ 
cardial  fluid  of  deep  yellow  color. 


Malarial  Fever. 

Cavities  of  the  heart  frequently 
distended  with  dark  blood.  Firm 
laminated,  fibrinous  concretions  very 
common  :  and  in  some  cases  of  perni¬ 
cious  fever,  the  formation  of  these 
heart-clots  during  the  cold  stage 
without  doubt  causes  death,  and  ren¬ 
ders  unavailing  the  action  of  reme¬ 
dial  agents. 

The  fibrinous  concretions  are  not 
only  attached  to  the  carne*  column* 
and  chord*,  tendine*  and  aurieulo- 
ventricular  valves,  but  they  also 
frequently  send  forth  long  branches 
into  the  pulmonary  arteries.  The  for- 
matiou  of  these  concretions  is  rare  in 
yellow  fever,  and  when  formed  they 
are  much  smaller  and  softer  than  in 
malarial  fever.  The  blood  of  malarial 
fever  contains  more  fibrin,  fewer 
colored  corpuscles,  aud  changes  more 
slowly  to  the  arterial  hue,  upou  ex¬ 
posure  to  the  atmosphere,  than  the 
blood  of  yellow  fever. 

In  malarial  fever  the  heart  does 
not  as  in  yellow  fever,  undergo  fatty 
degeneration.  We  do  not  by  any 
means  wish  to  be  understood  as 
affirming  that  fatty  degeneration  of 
the  heart  is  characteristic  of  yellow 
fever  in  contradistinction  to  all  other 
diseases  ;  but  only  as  distinguishing 
this  disease  from  the  various  forms 
of  malarial,  paroxysmal  or  paludal 
fever. 

After  careful  microscopical  aud 
chemical  examination  of  the  heart, 
in  the  various  forms  of  inter¬ 
mittent,  remittent,  congestive  or  per¬ 
nicious  malarial  fever,  aud  malarial 
haematuria,  1  have  never  observed 
any  increase  in  the  normal  amount  of 
fat  or  any  condition  which  could  be 
designated  as  molecular  change,  or 
acute  fatty  degeneration.  If  the 
heart  be  compared  in  malarial  and 
yellow  fever,  it  will  be  possible  to 
distinguish  by  the  naked  eye,  the 
flabby,  softened,  yellowish  aud 
brownish-yellow  hue  of  the  latter, 
from  the  dense  firm,  dark  colored 
heart  of  the  former  disease.  All 
doubts  are  immediately  removed  by 
the  chemical  and  microscopical  ex¬ 
amination,  the  malarial  heart  pre¬ 
senting  no  accumulation  of  oil,  aud 
revealing  a  firm,  normal,  distinctly 
striated  structure  of  the  muscular 
fibrillae.  If  acute  fatty  degeneration 
ot  the  heart  was  characteristic  of 
malarial  fever,  from  the  almost  uni¬ 
versal  prevalence  of  this  disease  in 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


211 


Yellow  Fever. 


Lungs. — Dependent  portions  great¬ 
ly  congested  ;  otherwise  normal.  In 
some  cases  circumscribed  effusions  of 
blood  in  textures  of  lungs. 

I  have  in  a  few  instances  observed 
pneumonia  as  a  supervening  disease 
in  yellow  fever;  in  such  cases  the 
sputa  consisted  of  almost  pure  blood. 
The  supervention  of  pneumonia 
causes  a  continuation  of  the  febrile 
phenomena  beyond  the  usual  period 
of  the  uncomplicated  disease. 


StOxWach. — Mucous  membrane  of 
stomach  in  many  cases  intensely  con¬ 
gested,  softened,  and  eroded.  Stom¬ 
ach  often  contains  large  quantities 
of  black  vomit.  Reaction  of  black 
vomit  often  alkaline  from  the  presence 
of  ammonia,  resulting  from  the  de¬ 
composition  of  urea,  eliminated  by 
the  gastro-intestinal  mucous  mem¬ 
brane.  Ammonia  and  urea  present  in 
the  black  vomit  ejected  during  life 
and  also  when  examined  almost  im¬ 
mediately  after  death.  The  presence 
of  ammonia  in  the  stomach  and  black 
vomit  was  not  the  result  of  post¬ 
mortem  putrefactive  changes.  In 
many  cases  ammonia  was  present 
in  such  large  amount,  that  when  a 
rod,  dipped  in  hydrochloric  acid,  was 
held  over  the  mucous  membrane  of 
the  stomach,  or  over  the  black  vomit, 
dense  fumes  of  chloride  of  ammonium 
were  formed,  as  if  the  rod  had  been 
held  over  a  bottle  containing  liquor 
ammonia).  Chemical  analysis  re¬ 
vealed  the  presence  of  ammonia  and 
also  of  urea  in  the  black  vomit. 
Under  the  microscope  the  black 
vomit  was  seen  to  contain  colored 
blood  corpuscles,  and  cells  of  the 


Malarial  Fever. 

the  Misssssippi  Valley,  and  other 
portions  of  the  Southern  and  West¬ 
ern  States,  and  from  the  oft  recur¬ 
rence  of  the  disease  in  the  same  in¬ 
dividual,  fatty  degeneration  of  the 
heart  would  become  one  of  the  com¬ 
mon  diseases  in  malarial  regions. 
Pericardium  not  specially  congested. 
In  some  cases  pericardial  fluid  of 
clear  straw  color,  in  others,  especially 
when  jaundice  has  existed,  the  peri¬ 
cardial  fluid  is  of  a  golden  color. 

Lungs. — Dependent  portions  con¬ 
gested  with  blood ;  otherwise  healthy. 

Owing  to  the  effects  of  the  mala¬ 
rial  poison  in  decreasing  the  fibrinous 
element  of  the  blood  and  the  colored 
corpuscles,  pneumonia  engrafted  up¬ 
on  an  individual  suffering  with  ma¬ 
larial  fever  tends  to  spread  by  diffi- 
sive  inflammation,  and  in  the  case  of 
pleuritis  as  a  supervening  disease, 
the  effusion  into  the  pleural  cavity 
is  rapid  and  destructive  in  its  effects. 
If  pneumonia  be  complicated  with 
malarial  fever,  the  periods  of  conges¬ 
tion  of  the  lungs,  attended  with  op¬ 
pressed  breathing  and  increase  of 
pulmonic  inflammation  are  periodic 
and  may  be  to  a  certain  extent  con¬ 
trolled  by  quinine. 

Stomach. — Mucous  membrane  of¬ 
ten  presents  a  normal  appearance ; 
sometimes  ecchymosed;  rarely  in¬ 
flamed  or  softened;  sometimes  discol¬ 
ored  with  bile;  rarely  contains  black 
vomit  (altered  blood).  Reaction  of 
mucous  membrane  of  stomach  and 
intestines  acid.  The  pathological  al¬ 
terations  of  the  stomach,  observed 
after  death,  do  not  correspond,  as  a 
general  rule,  with  the  severity  of  the 
symptoms,  the  vomiting  and  pain  on 
pressure  daring  the  progress  of  the 
fever.  The  injection  of  the  blood¬ 
vessels,  and  the  mottled,  purplish- 
brownish  red  color,  after  death,  ap¬ 
pear  to  be  indie  ttive,  not  of  inflam¬ 
mation,  but  rather  of  stagnation  and 
accumulation  of  theblood  in  the  cap¬ 
illaries,  consequent  upon  the  dis 
turbauce  of  the  relations  of  the  blood 
to  the  capillaries.  The  distressing 
vomiting,  so  often  a  troublesome 
symptom  in  malarial  fever,  appears 
to  depend  upon  the  contact  of  the 
altered  bile  and  the  irritation  of  the 
nervous  centres  which  supply  the 
stomach  with  nervous  force,  by  the 
altered  blood  and  bv  the  malarial 
poison. 


212 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Yellow  Fever.  Malarial  Fever. 


mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach, 
and  broken  capillaries.  In  some 
cases  vihriones  and  fungi  were 
numerous  in  the  black  vomit;  in 
others  they  were  absent. 

That  the  stomach  suffers  and  suffers 
severely  in  yellow  fever  is  evident 
from  the  fact,  that  in  a  great  major¬ 
ity  of  cases  the  stomach  is  finely  in¬ 
jected  with  blood,  and  exhibits  even 
when  examined  immediately  after 
death,  abrasions  of  the  tissue  in  pit¬ 
like  holes  and  furrows.  In  some  cases 
the  whole  surface  of  the  stomach  is 
affected,  in  others  the  effusion  and 
injection  is  confined  to  the  cardiac 
or  pyloric  portion,  but  in  some  rare 
instances  the  stomach,  duodenum 
and  intestines  have  been  said  to 
present  an  almost  entire  absence 
of  appreciable  lesions.  I  have  not 
myself  in  post  mortem  examinations 
observed  the  absence  of  lesions  in 
the  gastro  intestinal  mucous  mem¬ 
brane.  The  congestion  of  the  stom¬ 
ach  is  to  a  certain  extent  due  to  the 
disturbance  of  the  circulation  in  the 
liver,  but  uot  wholly  to  this  cause ; 
we  must  f^om  careful  chemical  and 
microscopical  examinations  admit 
the  existence  of  irritation,  desqua¬ 
mation  and  haemorrhage. 


Intestines. — As  a  general  rule 
dark-colored  and  distended  with  gas. 
In  some  cases  the  reaction  of  the  in¬ 
testinal  contents  was  strongly  alka¬ 
line  from  the  presence  of  ammonia. 

Haemorrhage  from  *  the  intestinal 
mucous  membrane  has  been  observed 
during  life,  and  in  such  cases,  as 
well  as  in  .others  in  which  no  blood 
has  been  discharged  previous  to 
death,  the  intestines  have  been 
found  upon  post-mortem  examina¬ 
tion  distended  with  blood.  A  re¬ 
markable  feature  in  yellow  fever  is 
the  frequent  occurrence  of  intersus- 
ception  of  the  small  intestines.  The 
late  Professor  John  Harrison,  M.D., 
states  that  intersusceptions  of  the 
small  intestines  were  exceedingly 
common  in  autopsies  made  in  1839, 
in  New  Orleans.  The  quantity  of 
intestines  invaginated,  sometimes 
exceeded  a  yard.  The  large  in¬ 
testines  and  the  lower  portion  of 
the  small,  are  not  so  often  found 
congested,  as  the  stomach  and 
duodenum,  yet  such  a  condition  is 
by  no  means  rare.  The  congestion 


In  cases  where  there  has  been 
chronic  inflammation  of  the  stomach 
before  the  appearance  of  the  fever, 
and  in  cases  of  long  standing,  where 
the  solids  and  fluids  were  perma¬ 
nently  altered,  decided  lesions  of 
structure  were  found  in  the  stomach. 
It  may  be  asserted,  however,  that 
there  is  no  constant  or  character¬ 
istic  lesion  of  the  stomach  in  mala¬ 
rial  fever. 

The  vomited  matters  of  the  va¬ 
rious  forms  of  malarial  fever,  unlike 
those  of  yellow  fever,  contain  bile. 
Even  in  that  form  of  malarial  fever 
which  most  nearly  resembles  yellow 
fever,  namely:  in  malarial  hmma- 
turia,  the  dark,  almost  black  vomit, 
owes  its  color  chiefly  to  altered  bile. 
It  is  true  that  in  some  cases  of  ma¬ 
lignant  malarial  fever,  we  may  have 
the  vomiting  of  dark  blood  and 
bloody  matter,  resembling  the  vomito 
nigra  of  yellow  fever,  but  as  a  gen¬ 
eral  rule  bile  is  present,  eveu  in 
these  rare  instances,  whilst  it  is  al¬ 
most  always  absent  from  the  black 
vomit  of  yellow  fever.  The  presence 
of  blood  and  its  constituents,  occa¬ 
sionally,  in  the  vomit  of  malarial  fe¬ 
ver  is  due  to  the  same  causes,  name¬ 
ly  :  desquamation  rupture  of  capilla¬ 
ries,  and  the  transudation  of  the  lrse- 
moglobin  of  the  colored  corpuscles 

Intestines. — These  remarks  relat¬ 
ing  to  the  stomach,  apply  also  to  the 
small  intestines.  The  mucous  mem¬ 
brane  frequently  presented  a  pur¬ 
plish,  irregularly  injected,  mottled  ap 
pearance,  especially  after  the  admin¬ 
istration  of  purgatives,  and  it  was 
frequently  observed  that  the  injec¬ 
tion  of  the  blood-vessels  was  great¬ 
est  in  the  dependent  portions  of  the 
intestines.  In  several  cases  Brun¬ 
ner’s  glands  in  the  duodenum  were 
enlarged  and  distinct.  The  solitary 
glands  of  the  small  intestines  ap¬ 
peared  in  many  cases  enlarged  and 
distinct.  Peyer’s  glands  were  uni¬ 
formly  free  from  any  well-marked 
morbid  alteration.  In  some  cases 
they  were  distinct  and  well  defined 
in  their  outline,  and  presented  a 
honey-comb  surface,  dotted  with 
dark  points ;  but  they  were  always 
free  from  marks  of  inflammation  and 
even  of  irritation,  and  in  their  pale, 
white  color  contrasted  strongly  with 
the  surrouudiug  mucous  membrane, 
discolored  with  bile  and  often  irreg¬ 
ularly  injected  with  blood. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


213 


Yellow  Fever. 

of  the  veins,  venules,  and  mucous 
membranes  generally  of  the  intes¬ 
tines  in  yellow  fever,  have  been  re¬ 
ferred  to  the  anatomical  distribution 
of  the  veins,  which  like  those  of  the 
stomach,  are  tributaries  to  the  portal 
vein.  But  we  have  been  inclined  in 
many  cases  to  regard  t.he  congestion 
asactiveand  notpassive.  Dnringlife 
the  rectum  in  yellow  fever  presents 
an  intensely  red,  and  congested  ap¬ 
pearance,  and  some  cases  of  yellow 
fever  in  1878,  were  followed  by.  irrita¬ 
tion  and  fissure  of  the  rectum. 

Liver. — Yellow  color  and  blood¬ 
less,  resembling  this  organ  in  fatty 
degeneration,  but  firmer  and  denser 
in  structure.  Under  the  microscope, 
textures  of  the  liver  infiltrated  with 
oil;  secretory  cells  of  liver  contain 
much  oil.  The  liver  of  uncompli¬ 
cated  yellow  fever,  as  far  as  my  ob¬ 
servations  extend,  and  acco  ding  to 
the  observations  of  Louis  and  many 
others,  is  of  a  bright  yellow  color. 
It  is  probable  that  this  color,  as  in 
the  case  of  the  malarial  liver,  varies 
with  the  length  of  the  attack  and 
the  effects  of  previous  diseases.  Thus 
Dr.  Samuel  Jackson,  of  Philadelphia, 
found  the  livers  of  those  who  had 
died  in  the  early  stages  engorged 
with  blood.  The  decoction  of  the 
yellow  fever  liver  is  of  a  golden  yel¬ 
low  color,  whilst  that  of  the  malarial 
liver  is  of  a  brownish  yellow  color. 
The  golden  yellow  color  of  the  yel¬ 
low  fever  liver  can  be  extracted  both 
by  alcohol  and  water.  The  yellow 
fever  liver  is  firmer  and  harder  than 
that  of  malarial  fever,  contains  much 
less  blood,  and  is  much  less  readily  ac¬ 
ted  upon  by  liquor  potass*  and  acids. 
Liquor  potass*  readily  d  ssolves  the 
malarial  fever  li  ver,  the  decoction  pre¬ 
sents  the  appearance  of  veuous  blood, 
while  no  such  effect  is  produced  by 
the  action  of  this  alkaline  solution 
upon  the  yellow  fever  liver. 

Chemical  analysis  reveals  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  urea  and  fat  in  abnormal 
amounts;  animal  starch  and  grape 
sugar  are  also  present  in  the  yellow 
fever  liver.  As  a  general  rule  grape 
sugar  is  absent  from  the  malarial 
liver. 

In  some  cases  the  deposit  of  oil  is 
confined  to  certain  portions  of  the 
tubuli  and  may  even  differ  in  amount 
in  different  portions  of  the  liver,  but 


Malarial  Fever. 

As  a  general  rule,  bile  is  found  in 
the  intestinal  canal  of  malarial  fever, 
aud  in  some  cases  in  large  quanti¬ 
ties,  whilst  it  is  absent  from  the  en¬ 
tire  alimentary  tract  in  fatal  cases 
of  yellow  fever. 


Liver. — The  weight  of  the  liver  is 
increased  in  malarial  fever  above  the 
standard  of  health.  This  increase 
of  weight  is  due  in  part  to  the  stag¬ 
nation  and  accumulation  of  blood  in 
the  capillaries  and  blood-vessels,  and 
to  the  deposit  of  pigment  matter  in 
the  structures  of  the  liver.  This 
observation  applies  to  the  liver  in 
the  acute  stages. 

In  all  the  different  forms  of  mala¬ 
rial  fever,  intermitient,  remittent 
and  congestive,  which  had  continued 
longer  than  five  days,  and  in  which 
there  had  been  no  previous  altera¬ 
tions  of  the  structures,  as  in  cirrhosis 
and  fatty  degeneration,  I  found  the 
exterior  of  a  slate  color,  and  the  in¬ 
terior  of  a  bronze  color.  In  that 
form  of  cirrhosis  of  the  liver  which 
is  directly  induced  by  the  prolonged 
action  of  the  malarial  poison,  the 
liver  is  in  like  manner  of  a  slate 
color  upon  the  exterior,  and  olive 
green  within,  and  loaded  with  dark 
pigment  granules.  The  change  in 
the  color  appears  to  be  very  persist¬ 
ent,  and  in  several  cases  I  have  ob¬ 
served  the  liver  to  retain  shades  of 
light  slate  and  light  bronze  several 
weeks,  and  even  months,  after  the 
relief  of  the  attack  of  malarial  fever, 
the  patients  having  been  destroyed 
by  other  diseases  or  by  violence.  The 
liver,  especial ly  in  the  peripheral 
portions  of  the  lobules,  contains  pig¬ 
ment  granules,  resulting  from  the 
alteration  of  the  colored  blood-coi- 
puscles  and  the  hasmatin.  The  pig¬ 
ment  granules  are  frequently  dis¬ 
tributed  uniformly  through  both  the 
portal  and  hepatic  systems  of  capil¬ 
laries.  There  is  no  accumulation  of 
oil  globules,  as  in  the  yellow  fever 
liver.  If  malarial  fever  precedes  or 
succeeds  yellow  fever,  the  liver  may 


214 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


Yellow  Fever.  Malarial  Fever 


in  the  majority  of  cases  the  fatty 
infiltration,  and  fatty  degeneration 
of  the  protoplasm  of  the  hepatic  cells, 
extends  througout  the  whole  organ. 
The  oil  is  deposited  both  within  and 
around  the  hepatic  cells.  Careful 
investigation  of  the  relations  of  ma¬ 
laria  to  yellow  fever,  and  an  extend¬ 
ed  examination  of  the  statements  of 
various  observers,  have  convinced 
me  that,  the  apparent  contradictory 
statements  made  by  various  observ¬ 
ers,  as  to  the  presence  or  absence  of 
the  yellow  color  of  the  liver,  which 
Louis  regarded  truthfully  as  the 
characteristic  lesion  of  the  disease, 
lias  arisen  from  two  sources,  namely, 
errors  of  diagnosis,  and  failure  to  de¬ 
tect  the  preceding  and  concurrent, 
and  subsequent  action  of  malaria 
upon  this  organ.  In  uncomplicated 
yellow  fever*  the  pigment  particles 
so  uniformly  present  in  the  malarial 
liver  are  entirely  absent.  When  yel¬ 
low  fever  has  been  engrafted  on  ma¬ 
larial  fever,  the  preceding  changes 
wrought  by  the  paludal  poison  alter 
and  mask  those  developed  by  the 
yellow  fever.  And  hence  a  mingling 
of  the  yellow  color  of  acute  fatty 
degeneration  with  the  dark  bronze 
and  slate  of  the  malarial  liver,  may 
produce  a  color  very  closely  resem¬ 
bling  the  Spanish  brown  of  the 
healthy  liver.  Careful  sections  and 
examinations  of  the  organ  under  the 
microscope  will  reveal  both  the  oil 
globules  and  the  pigment  particles. 

Gall  Bladder.— The  gall  bladder 
in  yellow  fever  is,  as  a  geueral  rule, 
contracted,  flaccid,  small,  and  con¬ 
tains  little  or  no  bile.  The  amount 
of  bile  generally  does  not  exceed  100 
grains.  In  malarial  fever,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  gall  bladder  is,  as  a 
general  rule,  distended  with  dark, 
greenish,  black  bile.  In  yellow  fever 
the  vomiting  is  rarelv  bilious,  unless 
in  the  commencement  of  the  disease ; 
and  the  black  vomit  contains  little 
or  no  biliary  matter. 

The  small  intestines  are  rarely,  if 
ever  discolored  by  bile  in  yellow 
fever,  whilst  in  malarial  fever  it  is 
common  to  find  the  gastro-intestinal 
mucous  membrane  discolored  by 
bile. 

I  have  observed  cases  in  which  the 
gall  bladder  contained  only  a  serous 
liquid  coagulable  by  heat.  In  two 
cases,  a  decided  haemorrhage  bad 


contain  both  oil  globules  and  pig¬ 
ment  granules. 

The  peculiar  color  of  the  malarial 
liver  can  to  a  certain  extent  be  ex¬ 
tracted  by  boiling  w’ater,  and  the 
filtered  decoction  presents  a  brown¬ 
ish  mahogany  color,  from  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  the  dark  coloring  matters  of 
the  pigment  granules  ;  the  decoction 
of  the  yellow  fever  liver,  on  the  other 
and,  presents  a  golden  color.  The 
blood  issuing  from  the  cut  sur¬ 
face  of  the  malarial  liver  pre¬ 
sents  a  dark  purplish  hue,  and  does 
not  change  to  a  brilliant  scarlet,  as 
in  the  yellow  fever  liver.  Upon 
chemical  examination,  the  malarial 
liver  contains  animal  starch,  but  no 
grape-sugar  ;  the  yellow  fever  liver 
contains  both  substances. 

Whilst,  by  careful  analysis  (quan¬ 
titative),  I  have  shown  that  the  oil 
may  amount  to  over  40  per  cent,  of 
the  yellow  fever  liver  ;  I  have  also 
clearly  demonstrated  that  there  is 
no  increase  of  oil  in  the  malarial 
liver. 

I  speak  of  uncomplicated  malarial 
fever ;  of  course  when  this  disease, 
is  engrafted  upon  cirrhosis  or  fatty 
liver,  the  effects  of  the  malarial  pois¬ 
on  upon  this  organ  will  be  marked. 


Gall  Bladder.— In  most  cases  dis¬ 
tended  with  more  than  1000  grains 
of  thick,  greenish  black  bile,  having 
frequently  a  specific  gravity  ranging 
from  1.030  to  1.037.  The  bile  is  more 
abundant  in  malarial  fever  and  is  of 
a  deeper  color,  and  frequently  con¬ 
tains  concretions  of  epithelial  cells, 
from  the  coats  of  the  gall  bladder 
and  biliary  ducts,  and  casts  of  the 
biliary  tubes.  In  thin  layers,  and 
when  added  to  water,  it  presents  a 
deeper  shade  of  green.  The  yellow 
fever  bile  presents  a  golden  color  in 
thin  layers  and  when  added  to  water. 

Whilst  haemorrhage  occasionally 
occurs  in  the  gall  bladder  in  yellow 
fever,  I  have  never  witnessed  this 
remarkable  condition  in  malarial 
fever ;  neither  have  I  ever  observed 
the  entire  absence  of  bile  and  the 
replacement  of  this  secretion  by  an 
albuminous  fluid  in  malarial  fever. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


215 


Yellow  Fever.  .  Malarial  Fever. 


taken  place  into  the  gall  bladder, 
which  was  distended  with  black 
blood.  The  bile  in  yellow  fever  con¬ 
tains  numerous  cells  from  the  mu- 
cons  membrane  of  the  gall  bladder, 
and  casts  of  the  hepathic  ducts. 

Spleen.  —  As  a  general  rule  but 
slightly  enlarged.  In  many  cases 
normal  in  size  and  appearance.  In 
many  cases  of  yellow  fever  the  spleen 
is  neither  enlarged  nor  softened,  nor 
altered  in  appearance,  either  upon 
the  exterior  or  within.  There  ap¬ 
pears  to  be  no  special  alteration 
or  destruction  of  the  colored  cor¬ 
puscles  in  the  spleen  of  yellow  fever 
as  in  that  of  malarial  fever.  The 
enlargement  of  the  spleen  in  fevers 
does  not,  from  these  observations, 
depend  upon  the  diminution  of  the 
fibrin,  because  this  element  of  the 
blood  is  diminished  to  a  much  greater 
extent  in  yellow  fever  than  in  mala¬ 
rial  fever,  and  at  the  same  time  the 
spleen  is  enlarged  to  a  great  and 
marked  degree  in  the  latter.  An¬ 
other  fact  worthy  of  consideration 
in  this  connection  is,  that  in  yellow 
fever  the  colored  blood-corpuscles 
are  not  specially  diminished  in 
amount,  whilst  in  malarial  fever 
they  are  rapidly  destroyed,  and  this 
destruction  appears  to  be  greatest  in 
the  liver  and  spleen.  In  malarial 
fever  both  these  organs  are  loaded 
with  the  altered  blood-corpuscles 
and  with  the  pigment  granules 
resulting  from  the  alterations  of  the 
colored  corpuscles,  whilst  neither 
the  spleen  nor  the  liver  in  yellow 
fever  afford  any  evidence  of  altera¬ 
tions  of  the  colored  blood-corpuscles. 

Supra-Renal  Bodies.— These  bod¬ 
ies  appear  to  be  subjected  to  similar 
changes  with  the  liver  and  heart, 
and  oil  is  increased  in  amount  in  the 
cells  of  the  cortical  and  medullary 
substance. 


Kidneys. — These  organs,  as  a  gen¬ 
eral  rule,  present  a  brownish  yellow 
color,  much  lighter  than  that  of 
health.  They,  in  common  with  the 
heart  and  liver,  contain  much  free 
fat.  When  thin  sections  of  the  kid¬ 
neys  are  examined  under  the  micro¬ 
scope,  the  Malpighian  corpuscles  and 
tubuli  uriniferi  are  found  to  be  filled 
with  granular  albuminoid  and  fibroid 
matter,  excretory  cells  detached,  and 


Spleen. — Enlarged,  softened,  and 
loaded  with  altered  blood  corpuscles 
and  pigment  granules ;  of  a  dark 
slate  color  upon  the  exterior ;  the 
blood  of  the  spleen  does  not  change 
to  the  arterial  hue  upon  exposure  to 
the  atmosphere.  In  many  cases  the 
spleen  is  so  soft  that  it  ruptures 
when  the  attempt  is  made  to  remove 
it  from  the  cavity. 

When  the  splenic  mud  is  subjected 
to  microscopical  examination  it  is 
found  to  contain  nnmerous  pigment 
granules  of  various  sizes,  and  pig¬ 
ment  cells,  many  of  which  resemble 
the  colorless  corpuscles  in  size, 
whilst  others  are  much  larger  and 
contain  oval  nuclei  and  resemble  cer¬ 
tain  palmellae. 


Supra-Renal  Bodies. — Frequent¬ 
ly  discolored  of  a  dark  brownish  hue, 
from  the  deposits  of  melanotic  or  pig¬ 
ment  particles,  around  the  cortical 
and  medullary  cells  and  capillaries. 

No  accumulation  of  oil  has  been 
observed  in  these  bodies  in  malarial 
fever. 

Kidneys. — Normal  in  appearance 
and  structure,  except  in  malarial 
hsematnria,  when  the  textures  are 
congested,  and  dark  colored  in  some 
cases.  Occasionally  slate  colored 
spots  appear  upon  portions  of  the 
kidneys. 

I  have,  by  careful  clinical  studies, 
and  by  analysis  of  the  urine,  at  dif¬ 
ferent  stages  of  malarial  ha&maturia, 
established  the  fact  that  many  of 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[July 


21<) 


Yellow  Fever. 

oil  globules.  As  far  as  my  observa¬ 
tion  extends,  these  structural  altera¬ 
tions  of  the  kidney  have  escaped  the 
notice  of  preceding  observers.  The 
importance  of  these  changes  in  the 
kidneys  cannot  be  over-estimated, 
for  upon  them  apparently  depends 
the  suppression  of  the  urinary  excre¬ 
tion,  which  is  an  almost  universally 
fatal  symptom.  The  changes  in  the 
kidneys  may  depend  upon  several 
causes,  amongst  which  may  be  men¬ 
tioned  as  of  prime  importance  the 
alterations  induced  in  the  albumen 
and  fibrin  of  the  blood  by  the  febrile 
poison,  and  the  congestion  of  the 
capillaries  induced  by  derangement 
ot  the  vaso-motor  system  of  nerves 
and  by  the  altered  blood. 

This  condition  of  the  kidneys  is 
preceded  by  capillary  congestion,  as 
has  been  .shown  by  the  results  of 
post-mortem  examinations  at  differ¬ 
ent  periods  of  the  disease.  The  same 
observation  applies  to  the  liver. 
The  tatty  degeneration  and  struc¬ 
tural  lesions  are  preceded  by  hyper- 
i»mia ;  but  neither  in  the  kidneys 
nor  in  the  liver  and  other  organs, 
can  the  mere  stagnation  of  the  blood 
ia  the  capillaries  be  regarded  as  the 
prime  came  of  the  subsequent  degene¬ 
ration  and  disintegration  of  the  tex¬ 
tures,  and  more  especially  of  the 
secretoi’y  cells.  The  chief  cause  is 
the  action  of  the  yellow*  fever  poisou 
on  the  blood  and  textures.  The  yel¬ 
low  fever  poisou  excites  a  train  of 
chemical  changes,  the  final  result 
of  which  is  fatty  degeneration  and 
molecular  disintegration.  Thus  in 
the  case  of  the  muscular  fibres  of  the 
heart,  there  is  fatty  degeneration, 
although  from  the  structure  and 
action  of  this  organ,  there  could  be 
no  such  passive  congestions  as  we 
have  in  the  liver  and  kidneys.  It  is 
probable  that  this  fatty  degenera¬ 
tion  extends  to  all  the  unstriped 
muscular  fibres,  and  may  even  dis¬ 
able  the  muscles  of  locomotion  and 
animal  life.  The  granules  of  the 
cells  of  the  epithelium  of  the  urini 
ferous  tubes  set  free  by  the  disin¬ 
tegration  of  the  protoplasm,  oil  glo¬ 
bules,  detached  cells,  and  albumi¬ 
nous  matters  and  mucus,  form  opaque 
granular  masses  which  block  up  the 
tubuli  uriniferi. 

We  have  in  these  structural  alter¬ 
ations  of  the  kidney,  which  vary  in 
kind  and  degree  according  to  the 


.  Malarial  Fever. 

the  symptoms  of  the  disease  as  well 
as  the  fatal  termination  are  connect¬ 
ed  with  the  progressive  failure  of  the 
kidneys  to  eleminate  the  constituents 
of  the  urine  and  of  the  bile. 

When  sections  were  made  of  the 
kidneys  of  those  who  had  died  in  the 
acute  stages  of  malarial  haematuria, 
the  cortical  and  mendullary  portions 
presented  a  deep  purplish  red  and 
bloody  appearance.  The  color  wTas 
deeper  in  some  portions  than  others, 
resembling  circumscribed  effusions 
of  dark  blood.  In  many  cases  all  por- 
tons  of  the  kidneys  wrere  altered  in 
appearance,  and  the  tubuli  uriniferi 
especially  at  the  termination  of  the 
pyramids  could  be  seen  resembling 
dark  red  lines  of  coagulated  blood. 
Microscopical  examination  of  sections 
with  Valentine’s  knife,  revealed  the 
fact,  that  many  of  the  tubuli  urini¬ 
feri  throughout  their  entire  extent, 
were  filled  with  coagulated  blood* 
The  haemorrhage  appears  to  have 
taken  place  through  the  rnalpi- 
ghian  corpuscles  chiefly  ;  little  or  no 
blood  was  efi'used  around  the  tubuli 
uriniferi.  It  would  appear  that  dur¬ 
ing  the  prolonged  cold  stage,  the 
kidneys  become  in  this  form  of  mala¬ 
rial  fever,  congested,  in  a  manner  sim¬ 
ilar  to  what  occurs  in  the  spleen. 
During  this  congestion,  rupture  of 
the  blood-vessels  and  of  the  capsular 
membrane  of  the  malpighian  cor¬ 
puscles  occurs :  such  rupture  being 
mainly  due  to  their  anatomical  struc¬ 
ture,  and  the  greater  tension  of  the 
blood  in  tuis  portion  of  the  renal 
capillary  circulation.  When  from 
any  cause  the  blood  coagulates 
in  the  tubuli  uriniferi,  their 
function  as  excretory  tubes  is 
destroyed,  and  the  extent  of  the 
impairment  of  the  exeeretory  func¬ 
tion  of  the  kidneys,  will  depend  np- 
ou  the  number  of  exeeretory  tunes 
blocked  up  by  coagulated  blood. 
The  grand  cause  of  the  severe,  dan¬ 
gerous  and  often  fatal  character  of 
malarial  haematuria  will  be  found 
chiefly  in  these  structural  altera¬ 
tions  of  the  kidneys. 


1879J 


Louisiana  iState  Medical  Society. 


217 


Yellow  Fever. 


Malarial  Fever. 


stage  of  the  disease,  an  explanation 
of  tho  frequent  occurrence  of  albu¬ 
men  casts,  detached  cells  of  the  epi¬ 
thelium  of  the  uriniferous  tubes, 
and  oil  globules  and  granular  mat 
ter  in  the  urine  of  yellow  fever. 

Urinary  Bladder. — As  a  general  Urinary  Bladder — Often  distend- 

rule  the  bladder  contains  little  or  no  ed,  with  high-colored  urine,  free 
urine  in  yellow  fever.  The  urine  is  from  albumen  and  casts.  In  mala- 
of  a  light  yellow  color,  without  any  rial  hmmaturia  the  urine  contains 
crystalline  bodies,  and  loaded  with  casts  and  blood-corpuscles,  and  des- 
aJbumen,  granular  fibroid  matter,  quamated  cells  of  the  tubuli  urin- 
urate  of  ammonia,  casts  of  the  tu-  iferi.  Casts  high  colored,  and  often 
buli  uriniferi,  and  excretory  cells  of  contain  colored  corpuscles, 
the  kidney.  In  many  cases  the  urine 
is  entirely  suppressed  for  as  long  a 
period  as  48  hours  before  death.  So 
long  as  the  kidneys  perform  their 
functions  freely  and  regularly  the 
patient  may  recover,  even  though 
black  vomit  may  have  appeared, 
but  if  the  action  of  the  kidneys  has 
been  arrested  by  structural  changes, 
death  is  inevitable. 


( Abstract  of  Proceedings  Continued  in  Next  Number.) 


NEW  ORLEANS 

Medical  jlnd  Suhgicjll  Journal 


AUGUST,  1879. 


PAGINAL 


UNICATIONS, 


Extirpation  of  a  Floating  Kidney. 


By  A.  W.  SMYTH,  M.D.,  New  Orleans. 

Mrs.  Honora  Arnetto,  nee  Cunningham,  a  native  ot'  Ireland, 
thirty-five  years  of  age,  of  medium  stature,  delicate  build,  dark 
complexion,  fifteen  years  married,  no  children,  was  brought  to 
Dr.  Smyth  by  Dr.  Greensville  Dowell,  of  Galveston,  in  April, 
1879. 

She  gave  the  following  history  of  her  case : 

Eight  years  previously,  she  began  to  be  afflicted  with  a  pain 
in  her  right  side.  Shortly  after  the  commencement  of  this 
pain,  she  discovered  a  tumor  in  her  right  side,  to  which  she 
attributed  her  suffering.  She  tried  various  remedies  for  the  re¬ 
lief  of  her  pain,  without  any  benefit.  In  1873,  Drs.  Wilkinson 
and  Calloway,  of  Galveston,  where  she  and  her  husband  re¬ 
sided,  performed  on  her  the  usual  operation  for  ovarian  tumor? 
without  removing  the  cause  of  her  trouble.  The  year  follow¬ 
ing,  her  suffering  still  continuing,  Dr.  Greensville  Dowell,  be¬ 
lieving  that  the  pain  was  owing  to  the  mobility  of  the  tumor, 
passed  a  large  curved  needle  with  a  tape-seton  through  the 
walls  of  the  abdomen,  and  through  the  tumor,  with  the  pur¬ 
pose  of  causing  adhesion,  so  as  to  prevent  the  moving  of  the 


218  Original  Communicatiom.  [August 

tumor  in  the  abdomen.  Some  hfematuria  was  noticed  after 
this  operation.  The  seton  was  retained  for  three  months,  and 
gave  some  relief.  At  the  end  of  that  time  the  tape  broke  and 
came  away.  The  seton  caused  a  persistent  offensive  discharge 
from  the  wound. 

Six  months  afterwards,  Drs.  Calloway  and  Penny — Dr.  Dow¬ 
ell  being  absent  from  Galveston — attempted  twice  to  re-intro¬ 
duce  the  seton.  But,  on  both  occasions,  broke  their  needles, 
leaving  the  broken  ends  in  the  abdomen. 

Two  months  later,  Dr.  Dowell  introduced  the  seton  again, 
but  without  giving  as  great  relief  from  pain  as  in  the  first- 
instance. 

From  continual  suffering  after  this,  her  mind  gradually  be¬ 
came  impaired,  and  in  June,  1875,  she  was  taken  to  the  State 
Lunatic  Asylum,  in  Austin,  Texas,  where  she  remained  for  two 
years.  During  her  confinement  there,  the  second  seton  came 
away.  Her  husband,  in  the  meantime,  having  removed  to 
New  Orleans,  received  a  communication  from  Dr.  I).  R.  Wal¬ 
lace,  the  Superintendent  of  the  Asylum,  of  the  fact  that  his 
wife  had  recovered  sufficiently  to  return  home;  and  in  No  vein 
her,  1877,  she  came  alone  to  New  Orleans. 

On  her  arrival  there  she  applied  to  the  Charity  Hospital, 
when  Drs.  Pratt  and  Miles,  the  surgeons  in  charge  of  the  insti¬ 
tution,  told  her  that  the  tumor  was  a  floating  kidney. 

She  says  this  is  the  first  intimation  she  received  that  it  was 
her  kidney  that  was  the  cause  of  her  suffering.  The  medi¬ 
cal  officers  of  the  Charity  Hospital  did  not,  however,  suggest 
the  propriety  of  surgical  interference. 

At  the  time  of  the  meeting  of  the  State  Medical  Association 
in  New  Orleans,  in  the  month  of  April,  1879,  she  was  called  on 
by  Dr.  Dowell,  who  finding  her  anxious  for  a  surgical  opera¬ 
tion,  brought  her  to  Dr.  Smyth,  with  a  request  that  he  would 
attempt  the  removal  of  what  he  believed  at  this  time  to  be  the 
fans  et  origo  mali — the  floating  kidney. 

Dr.  Smyth  promised  that  if  she  persisted  in  desiring  it  to  be 
removed,  after  being  informed  of  the  risk,  that  he  would  at¬ 
tempt  the  operation. 

Finding  that  the  promise  was  received  with  so  much  courage 


1879]  Smyth — Extirpation  of  a  Floating  Kidney.  219 

and  hopefulness,  that  she  kept  continually  calling  for  its  fulfil¬ 
ment.  Dr.  Smyth,  after  once  or  twice  deferring  the  time  for 
operating,  engaged  that  on  the  3d  of  June,  at  the  Hotel  Dieu, 
*at  11  o’clock,  A.  M.,  he  would  perform  the  operation. 

At  this  appointed  time,  Dr.  Smyth,  in  company  with  Drs. 
Boyer,  Burns,  Lewis,  Devron,  White,  Jamison  and  Murphy, 
found  the  patient  at  the  Hotel  Dieu,  quite  courageous  and  as 
determined  as  ever  to  have  the  operation  performed. 

She  was  removed  to  the  room  in  which  it  was  to  be  attempted, 
and  with  the  same  courage  and  coolness  that  had  always 
characterized  her,  took  the  position  assigned  to  her  on  the  bed, 
and,  even  with  cheerfulness,  submitted  to  the  administration 
of  chloroform. 

The  operation  was  commenced  by  making  an  incision  in  the 
right  side  of  the  lumbar  region,  extending  externally  from  the 
crest  of  the  ilium  to  the  edge  of  the  eleventh  rib,  two  and  a 
half  inches  by  measurement  from  the  median  line  of  the  spine 
and  parallel  with  it.  internally  the  incision  extended  to  the 
edge  of  the  twelfth  rib.  The  muscles  and  the  transversalis 
fascia  having  been  divided,  search  was  made  for  the  kidney, 
which  was  found  in  the  umbilical  region.  The  kidney,  by 
pressure  upon  the  abdomen,  was  forced  into  its  place,  and 
while  held  there  by  an  assistant,  the  fascia  covering  the  kid¬ 
ney  was  ruptured  by  the  finger,  and  the  organ  was  extracted  with  - 
out  difficulty.  While  still  in  the  wound,  a  strong  ligature  was 
passed  round  the  renal  vessels  and  other  connexions,  at  a  dis¬ 
tance  of  less  than  an  inch — perhaps,  about  half  an  inch — from 
the  hilus  ;  and  the  organ  was  then  detached.  No  elongation 
of  the  connexions  of  the  kidney  were  observable. 

Nothing  worthy  of  special  note — much  less  anything  un¬ 
toward — occurred  during  the  operation.  At  its  conclusion, 
two  sutures  were  inserted,  to  bring  the  edges  of  the  integu¬ 
ments  together,  in  the  upper  part  of  the  wound,  the  ligature 
being  left  hanging  out  of  the  lower  part.  The  wound  was 
dressed  with  a  solution  of  carbolic  acid,  of  the  strength  of  one 
drachm  to  a  pint  of  water.  A  hypodermic  injection  of  half  a 
grain  of  sulphate  of  morphia  was  administered,  and  repeated 
at  bed  time. 


220  Original  Communications.  [August 

On  the  day  following  there  was  slight  febrile  disturbance, 
which  increased  on  the  third  day,  when  the  temperature 
reached  103°  F.,  and  the  pulse  100. 

On  the  fourth  day  the  temperature  was  102°  F.,  and  the 
pulse  80. 

On  the  fifth  day  the  temperature  was  normal,  and  the  pulse 
70.  Very  free  suppuration  occurred  from  this  time  to  the  tenth 
day,  when  the  ligature  came  away. 

On  the  eleventh  day,  the  patient  got  up  and  walked  about 
without  pain. 

She  complained  of  little  or  no  suffering  after  the  operation  ; 
and  objected  to  the  use  of  the  hypodermic  injection  on  account 
of  the  pain  it  gave  her,  after  the  fourth  day. 

No  medicine,  whatever,  of  any  kind — not  a  dose  of  anything 
— was  given  to  the  patient,  either  before  or  after  the  operation  ; 
the  only  treatment  used  being  four  hypodermic  injections,  of 
half  a  grain  each,  of  sulphate  of  morphia. 

The  kidney  removed  was  found  to  be  of  normal  size,  but  to  be 
scarred  with  a  deep  cicatrix,  extending,  from  the  inferior  and 
outer  edge,  obliquely  up,  and  out,  and  apparently  through  the 
pelvis.  The  length  of  the  cicatrix,  was  about  two  inches  and 
a  half.  It  was  evidently  the  result  of  the  seton  introduced, 
which  had  cut  its  way  completely  out  of  the  organ. 

The  operation  has  been  followed  by  complete  recovery  ;  and 
the  patient  no  longer  complains  of  the  trouble  afflicting  her, 
on  account  of  which  it  was  undertaken. 

Owing  to  the  limited  information  to  be  gathered  from  the 
ordinary  text-books  on  the  subject  of  this  operation,  it  is  not 
generally  known  that  there  had  been  more  than  one — that  of 
Prof.  Simon — successfully  performed.  We  find,  however,  in 
Bryant’s  Practice  of  Surgery,  that  at  least  as  many  as  twelve 
are  reported,  with  four  recoveries. 

It  may  be  worthy  of  special  note  that  in  this  case  of  Dr. 
Smyth’s,  the  operation  was  performed  through  the  lumbar 
region,  that  it  was  found  not  difficult  of  performance,  and  that 
it  was  not  followed  by  any  apparent  dangers  or  risks. 


1879] 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 

Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


221 


BY  JOSEPH  JONES,  M.  D. 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medicine,  Medical  Department  University  of  Louis¬ 
iana;  Visiting  Physician  of  Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans. 

{Extracts  from  Clinical  Lecture  delivered  in  the  Amphitheatre  of  the  Charity 
Hospital,  February  5th,  1879.  Reported  for  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal.) 

LECTURE  Y. 

TREATMENT  OF  YELLOW  FEVER,  ANL)  CLINICAL  LECTURES  ON 
THE  YELLOW  FEVER  EPIDEMIC  OF  1878,  Concluded. 

Gentlemen — 

1  endeavored  to  conclude  the  subject  of  yellow  fever  at  our 
last  lecture,  but  1  was  led  by  your  kind  and  earnest  attention 
to  enter  into  details  which  consumed  the  hour,  before  our  ob¬ 
servations  on  the  Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever  were  more  than 
half  finished. 

At  the  close  of  the  lecture  we  were  considering  the  febri¬ 
fuge  properties  of  the  Yellow  Jessamine  (Oelsemium  Semper- 
virens ),  but  before  reaching  u  the  thread  of  our  discourse,”  we 
desire  to  present  some  general  observations  relating  to  the 
present  and  future  advances  of  therapeutic  experiment  and 
research. 

GENERAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON  PRINCIPLES  OF  TREATMENT  OF 
YELLOW  FEVER  AND  OF  THERAPEUTIC  INQUIRY. 

If  it  were  possible  to  isolate  the  poison  of  yellow  fever,  it 
would  also  be  possible  to  experiment  with  it,  as  with  other  well 
known  poisons  ;  and  thus  not  only  might  its  physiological  tox¬ 
icological  and  lethal  effects  be  established ;  but  it  might  also 
be  possible  to  determine  its  antagonistic  remedies. 

Toxicologists  have  long  been  familiar  with  the  fact,  that  the 
well  known  laws  of  chemical  affinity  may  be  applied  to  the 
neutralization  of  the  effects  of  certain  poisons ;  thus  alkalies 
neutralize  acids,  equally  within  or  without  the  stomach  ;  tan¬ 
nin  forms  an  insoluble  compound  with  tartar  emetic,  albumen 
with  corrosive  sublimate,  sulphuric  acid  with  soluble  salts  of 
lead,  and  the  hydrated  sesquioxide  of  iron  with  arsenious  acid  ; 
these  actions,  however,  related  to  the  poison  remaining  in  the 
alimentary  canal,  and  did  not  extend  their  antagonism  to  that 
which  was  absorbed,  and  reached  all  the  organs  and  tissues 


222  Original  Communications.  [August 

through  the  medium  of  the  blood.  Since  the  year  1661,  when 
Horstius  gave  opium  to  relieve  the  consequence  of  a  large 
dose  of  belladona,  facts  have  slowly  accumulated  illustrating 
the  power  of  one  drug  to  modify  and  counteract  another ;  but 
it  is  only  within  the  present  generation,  and  1  might  almost 
say,  within  the  last  fifteen  years,  that  this,  the  most  potent 
and  withal  the  subject  capable  of  the  most  precise  demonstra¬ 
tion  connected  with  therapeutics,  has  been  elucidated  by  the 
experiments  of  Hois,  Camus,  Onsum,  Brown  Sequard,  Claude 
Bernard,  Prof.  Preyer,  of  Jena,  Bartholow,  of  Cincin¬ 
nati,  Schmiedeberg,  Koppe,  Kleiuwachter,  Bourneville,  Frazer, 
J.  Hughes  Bennett,  Oscar  Leibreich,  of  Berlin,  John  Harley, 
Weir  Mitchell,  Keen,  Morehouse,  Mackendrick,  Crichton 
Browne,  Sydney  Ringer,  Lander  Brunton,  W.  J.  S.  Ladell,  W. 
Outhwaite,  Francis  L.  Haynes,  Levinstein,  H.  C.  Wood,  J. 
Milner  Forthergill  and  others. 

A  few  brief  and  well  known  illustrations  will  serve  at  once 
to  illustrate  the  great  importance  of  a  knowledge  of  the  antag¬ 
onism  of  medicines,  and  at  the  same  time  will  indicate  the  im¬ 
mense  and  rapid  advance  which  will  be  made  in  the  precise 
therapeutic  knowledge  of  diseases,  when  their  specific  poisons 
are  discovered  and  their  physical  and  chemical,  and  physio¬ 
logical  and  toxic  properties,  relations  and  effects  are  precisely 
established. 

The  effects  of  belladona  upon  the  pupil  of  the  eye  are  so 
pronounced  that  they  have  tempted  observers  to  experiment 
with  these  drugs  which  contract  the  pupil ;  thus  a  large  and 
valuable  series  of  observations  illustrating  the  antagonism 
which  exists  between  calabar  bean  and  belladona  have  accu¬ 
mulated;  and  experiments  have  led  to  the  discovery,  that 
these  drugs  which  have  an  opposite  effect  upon  the  iris,  have 
also  an  antagonistic  action  in  other  directions  quite  as  marked. 
In  the  various  experiments  of  Prof.  Frazer,  the  influence  ex¬ 
erted  by  atropia  upon  the  action  of  physostigma  is  shown  to  be 
a  most  remarkable  and  conspicuous  one,  for  it  effectually  coun¬ 
teracts  the  lethal  activity  of  certain  doses  of  physostigma, 
whether  it  be  given  within  a  certain  time  before,  simultaneously 
with,  or  within  a  certain  time  after  that  substance.  The  ex¬ 
periments  of  Oscar  Liebreich,  of  Berlin,  and  of  Prof.  Hughes 


1879]  Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever.  323 

Bennet,  of  Edinburgh,  have  displayed  in  a  clear  light  the  an¬ 
tagonism  of  chloral  hydrate  and  strychnia.  Prof.  Bennet  has 
also  shown  by  experiments,  that  hydrate  of  chloral  modi¬ 
fies  to  a  great  extent  the  action  of  a  fatal  dose  of  extract  of 
calabar  beau,  mitigating  symptoms  and  prolonging  life,  and 
even  saving  life  in  some  instances  from  a  fatal  dose  of  extract 
of  calabar  bean.  The  antagonism  of  morphia  and  belladonna 
has  been  shown  by  numerous  observers,  and  it  has  been  shown 
that  the  toxic  effects  on  the  cerebral  organs,  of  these  two  agents 
were  mutually  antidotal. 

Whilst  it  must  be  admitted  that  we  cannot  at  this  moment 
formulate  in  such  precise  language,  the  mode  of  action  of  drugs, 
in  neutralizing,  mitigating  or  antagonizing  the  poison  of  yellow 
fever,  we  are  nevertheless  led  by  such  facts  as  we  shall  now 
briefly  consider,  to  the  belief  that  the  knowledge  arrived  at  by 
experimentation,  will  give  greater  precision  and  efficiency  to 
the  efforts  of  the  physician  in  combatting  this  much  dreaded 
pestilence,  and  will  .still  farther  enlarge  that  most  important 
and  useful  body  of  experience  which  has  been  accumulating 
with  the  medical  profession  in  the  city  of  New  Orleans  during 
the  past  century.  The  facts  which  inspire  the  physician  with 
renewed  confidence  even  when  leading  a  forlorn  hope  against 
one  of  the  most  destructive  pestilences  of  the  age,  may  thus  be 
rapidly  recalled. 

Seizing  upon  the  fact  that  calabar  beau  lowers  the  pulse 
rate  and  respiration,  and  depresses  the  action  of  the  spinal  mo¬ 
tor  centres,  Dr.  Crichton  Browne  administered  with  the  most 
benificial  results,  this  drug  in  controlling  the  violent  outbreaks 
of  excitement  to  which  sufferers  from  general  paralysis  are 
subject. 

From  the  actions  of  calabar  bean  and  chloral,  as  established 
by  experiments,  it  is  evident,  that  they  are  unsuited  to  cases 
where  both  the  respiration  and  the  circulation  are  implicated, 
as  tending  to  increase  the  probability  of  failure  in  these  sys¬ 
tems,  and  so  of  causing  death.  But  in  other  conditions  where 
there  is  vascular  excitement  and  corresponding  respiratory 
activity,  the  persistent  use  of  these  depressant  remedies  is 
admissible,  and  often  may  be  resorted  to  with  advantage. 

It  is  well  known  that  chloral  is  an  hypnotic  of  great  value, 


224  Original  Communication*.  [August 

especially  when  the  insomnia  is  not  due  to  pain  ;  and  when  the 
insomnia  is  associated  with  excitement,  and  especially  vascular 
excitement,  chloral  is  par  excellence  the  hypnotic ,  in  virtue  of  its 
double  effect  upon  the  brain  cells  and  upon  the  circulation.  It 
has  thus  been  considered  by  many  therapeutists  as  peculiarly 
adapted  to  conditions  of  pyretic  insomnia  with  vascular  excite¬ 
ment,  but  as  will  be  shown  more  fully  hereafter,  it  should  be 
used  with  caution  in  certain  stages  of  yellow  fever.  Chloral 
lowers  the  heart  action,  so  that  the  circulation  is  rendered  less 
active,  while  its  effects  upon  the  cutaneous  vessels  is  to  dilate 
them,  and  by  this  double  action  of  impaired  chemical  inter¬ 
changes  from  lowered  circulatory  aeitvity,  and  increased  mass 
of  blood  in  the  external  or  heat-losing  area  of  the  organism, 
the  bodily  temperature  is  much  reduced.  In  addition  to  its 
action  on  the  circulation,  chloral  powerfully  affects  the  respira¬ 
tion,  and  in  chloral  poisoning  the  immediate  cause  of  death  is 
generally  a  paralytic  arrest  of  respiration,  but  there  may  be 
also  a  simultaneous  arrest  of  the  cardiac  action  and  fatal  syn¬ 
cope.  Therefore  the  practical  conclusion  has  been  reached  that 
chloral  should  never  be  given,  or  if  so,  only  with  the  greatest 
caution,  in  cases  where  the  respiration  and  circulation  are 
both  involved,  as  in  chronic  bronchitis  with  dilatation  of  the 
right  heart,  and  emphysema,  and  in  cases  of  valvular  disease  of 
the  heart,  and  in  the  second  stage  of  yellow  fever  attended 
with  fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart,  feeble  general  and  capil¬ 
lary  circulation  and  embarrassed  respiration. 

It  is  well  known  that  in  the  majority  of  cases,  death  occurs 
from  opium  by  failure  of  the  respiration,  and  experiments  have 
shown  that  such  failure  is  due  to  the  direct  action  of  the  poison 
upon  the  respiratory  centres  in  the  medulla ;  thus,  whilst 
strychnine  obstructs  the  respiration  by  inducing  spasm  of  the 
respiratory  muscles,  morphia  on  the  other  hand,  kills  by  bring¬ 
ing  those  muscles  to  a  standstill  in  paralysis.  The  experiments 
of  Professor  Hughes,  Bennett  and  others,  have  established 
the  antagonism  betwixt  theme  and  caffeine  and  morphia,  and 
that  the  action  of  the  one  substance  modifies  that  of  the  other, 
and  may  even  save  life  from  a  fatal  dose  of  either  substance. 

In  bronchitis,  morphia  should  be  used  with  great  caution, 
for  it  not  only  arrests  secretion  and  thus  increases  the  difficulty 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


225 


1879] 


of  expectoration  and  respiration,  but  its  action  upon  the  respi¬ 
ratory  centres  is  such  as  to  paralyze  them  when  already  embar¬ 
rassed.  In  the  hacking  cough  of  phthisis,  when  cough  is 
excited  by  the  presence  of  diseased  masses  in  the  lungs,  and 
when  the  cough  is  distressing,  and  yet  useless,  in  that  it  is  in¬ 
capable  of  getting  rid  of  the  source  of  irritation,  morphia  is 
useful  in  effectually  stopping  the  retlex  mechanism  of  cough  ; 
but  at  the  same  time  it  destroys  the  appetite,  locks  up  the 
bowels,  lowers  the  respiration,  and  produces  exhaustion  by 
the  profuse  sweats  which  it  excites.  Morphia  acts  upon  the 
skin,  and  aggravates  the  night  sweats,  to  which  patients  suf¬ 
fering  with  phthisis  are  subject.  Dr.  J.  Milner  Forthergill  has 
combined  belladonna  with  morphia,  and  found  that  this  checks 
the  sweats,  while  the  morphia  allays  the  cough,  the  action  of 
morphia  upon  the  cough  not  being  interfered  with  by  the  co- 
administration  of  the  belladonna,  which  affects  the  terminal 
ends  of  the  vagi  in  a  manner  which  aids  the  action  of  mor¬ 
phia,  the  favorable  effect  being  not  confined  to  the  skin,  but 
to  the  respiration  also. 

I  might  multiply  these  well  known  examples,  by  detailing 
the  effects  of  strychnia,  digitalis,  belladonna,  aconite  and  other 
remedies,  which  are  capable  of  neutralizing,  antagonizing  and 
relieving  various  diseased  states,  but  we  conceive  that  those 
briefly  related  are  sufficient  to  illustrate  the  idea  that  there 
will  be  a  progressive  advance  in  the  application  of  therapeutic 
principles  and  agents,  even  to  such  a  dangerous  and  rapidly 
fatal  diseases  as  yellow  fever. 

The  impression  appears  to  be  wide  spread,  that  treatment 
accomplishes  but  little  in  diminishing  the  mortality  in  yellow 
fever;  but  the  old  adage  that  familiarity  breeds  contempt, 
might  even  be  applied  to  this  disease,  for  those  who  have  met 
it  most  frequently  in  its  native  haunts,  are,  as  a  general  rule, 
the  last  to  admit  the  truth  of  this  impression,  and  the  first  to 
acknowledge  that  important  principles  have  been  established, 
and  much  valuable  experience  accumulated,  relating  to  the 
therapeutics  of  this  disease.  Thus  it  has  been  estimated  that 
during  the  epidemic  of  1878,  between  25,000  and  30,000  cases 
of  yellow  fever  occurred  in  New  Orleans  (the  President  of  the 
Board  of  Health  in  his  report,  estimates  the  number  of  cases 
2 


Original  Communication*. 


226 


[August 


at  25,000;  Col.  Hardee,  of  the  Board  of  Health,  and  United 
States  Yellow  Fever  Commission,  in  his  canvass  of  the  city, 
places  the  number  over  27,000) ;  both  figures  should  be  regarded 
as  mere  approximations  to  the  entire  number  which  will  never 
be  precisely  determined,  and  of  this  number,  4046  proved 
fatal.  We  may  express  the  results  thus :  Of  the  entire  popu¬ 
lation  of  New  Orleans,  about  one  case  of  yellow  fever  occurred 
in  7.77  of  the  entire  population,  and  one  death  in  ol.9  of  the 
population,  and  one  death  in  <>.00  of  the  entire  number  of  cases. 
The  relative  mortality  was  greatest  in  the  Charity  Hospital, 
reaching  over  fifty  per  cent.,  it  was  far  less  in  private  practice, 
reaching,  in  my  own  limited  series  of  cases,  18  deaths  in  256 
cases,  or  one  death  in  14.0  cases,  or  7.0  per  cent,  mortality. 

Such  rates  of  mortality  are  not  greater  than  those  character¬ 
istic  of  other  severe  diseases,  as  pneumonia,  pleuritis,  peri¬ 
tonitis  and  typhoid  fever,  and  far  less  than  in  unmodified 
small  pox  and  Asiatic  cholera  and  the  true  plague. 

It  is  true  that  the  mortality  was  much  greater  in  those  places 
where  yellow  fever  was  comparatively  unknown,  and  the  differ¬ 
ent  rates  of  mortality  must  be  referred  to  several  causes,  as 
the  following : 

1st.  In  New  Orleans,  a  large  proportion  of  the  population 
were  exempt  in  virtue  of  previous  attacks  of  the  disease,  and 
were  therefore  in  a  condition  to  render  efficient  and  continuous 
aid  to  the  sick  and  afflicted. 

2d.  A  large  number  of  experienced  nurses,  familiar  with  the 
treatment,  nature  and  sudden  changes  of  the  disease,  were  at 
all  times  at  the  command  of  the  sick  in  New  Orleans. 

3d.  The  medical  profession  of  New  Orleans,  as  a  rule,  have 
had  extended  experience  in  the  treatment  of  the  disease,  and 
they  have  inherited  the  precepts  and  experience  of  near  an  en¬ 
tire  century,  in  a  city  which  has  suffered  more  frequently  and 
to  a  greater  extent  than  any  other  on  the  face  of  the  globe. 

4tli.  When  yellow  fever  formed  a  lodgment  in  interior  towns 
and  cities  to  which  it  had  previously  been  a  stranger,  it  found 
an  unprotected  population,  which  was  prostrated  almost  simul¬ 
taneously  by  the  pestilence  and  tortured  by  harrassing  fears. 
Whole  families  were  stricken  down.  The  husband  was  unable 
to  nurse  the  wife,  and  the  mother  and  father  could  render  no 


J ones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fewer. 


1870] 


9.9.1 


assistance  to  their  stricken  children;  the  servants  tied  panic- 
stricken,  and  the  faithful  physician  yielded  up  his  life  almost 
by  the  bedside  of  his  patients ;  and  even  the  dead  were  de¬ 
prived  the  last  rites  of  love  and  religion.  Under  such  cir¬ 
cumstances,  with  a  pestilence  sweeping  almost  with  the  rapid¬ 
ity  of  the  whirlwind  and  prostrating  all  before  it,  who  can 
wonder  that  many  perished  for  want  of  proper  nursing  and 
medical  attendance,  and  that  the  mortality  was  necessarily 
much  greater  than  in  cities  furnished  with  experienced  and 
seasoned  and  acclimated  physicians  and  nurses  ! 

It  is  evident  from  the  preceding  facts  that  the  profession  in 
all  places  where  yellow  fever  prevails,  should  form  a  corps  of 
well  instructed  and  trained  acclimated  nurses. 

We  will  now  resume  our  observations  on  the  treatment  of 
yellow  fever,  at  the  abrupt  point  at  which  we  terminated  on 
on  the  29th  of  January. 


YELLOW  JASSAMINE  ( Gelsemium  Sempervirens),  Continued. 

Dr.  W.  W.  Durham,  in  a  letter  addressed  to  the  Purveyor  of 
the  Confederate  Army,  dated  Decatur,  Georgia,  5th  of  October, 
1802,  says  that  gelsemium  is  without  doubt  the  most  potent 
febrifuge  known  to  the  profession.  This  potency  seems  to  de¬ 
pend  on  its  relaxing  and  antispasmotic  properties,  as  may  be 
inferred  from  its  efficacy  in  the  treatment  of  tetanus,  in  con¬ 
trolling  which,  according  to  Dr.  Durham,  no  other  known  agent 
is  comparable.  It  is  now  used  and  highly  extolled  by  many 
respectable  physicians  in  all  fevers  except  the  congestive  form. 
It  is  said  by  some  to  be  the  only  agent  yet  discovered  capable 
of  subduing  in  from  two  to  twenty  hours,  and  without  the 
least  x>ossible  injury  to  the  patient,  the  most  formidable  and 
most  complicated,  as  well  as  the  most  simple  fevers,  incident 
to  our  country  and  climate,  quieting  all  nervous  irritability  and 
excitement,  equalizing  the  circulation,  promoting  perspiration, 
and  rectifying  the  various,  secretions  without  causing  nausea, 
vomiting  or  purging,  and  is  also  adapted  to  any  stage  of  the 
disease.  It  may  follow  any  preceding  treatment  with  safety. 
Its  effects  are  clouded  vision,  double  sightedness,  or  even  com¬ 
plete  prostration  and  inability  to  open  the  eyes,  and  which  pass 
off  in  a  few  hours,  leaving  the  patient  refreshed  and  completely 


228  Original  Communications.  [August 

restored ;  and  as  soou  as  the  heaviness  or  partial  closing  of  the 
eyes  is  induced  no  more  of  the  remedy  is  necessary,  although 
these  effects  should  follow  the  first  dose.  If  carried  to  such  an 
extent  that  the  patient  cannot  open  his  eyes,  the  relaxation 
may  be  too  great  for  the  system  to  recover  from,  hence  its  use 
should  cease  as  soon  as  the  symptoms  above  named  are  pro¬ 
duced.  Drs.  Cleveland,  Branch,  Nash,  Douglass,  aud  others, 
have,  in  like  manner,  testified  to  its  narcotic,  antispasmodic 
and  sedative  effects. 

The  control  of  gelsemium  over  the  nervous  system  is  marked, 
and  hence  it  has  been  used  with  advantage  in  all  forms  of  neu¬ 
ralgia,  nervous  and  bilious  headache,  chorea,  haemorrhage, 
rheumatism,  gout,  and  various  diseases. 

It  is,  however,  in  pneumonia  pleuritis,  and  fevers,  that  its 
good  effects  have  been  most  observed  by  Southern  and  West¬ 
ern  physicians,  in  controlling  irregular  nervous  action,  promo¬ 
ting  perspiration,  reducing  febrile  heat,  and  thus  aiding  greatly 
the  powers  of  nature  in  fever,  and  also  the  action  of  other 
remedies. 

Dr.  It.  N.  Taylor,  of  Kentucky,  in  his  inaugural  thesis  (Rich¬ 
mond  and  Louisville  Medical  Journal,  June  1875,  p.  593-624) 
has  shown  by  experiments  and  vivisections  that  the  gelsemium 
sempervirens  has  a  direct  depressant  effect  upon  the  heart,  di¬ 
minishing  both  the  force  and  frequency  of  its  action,  and  that 
it  exerts  marked  effects  upon  the  temperature.  In  one  case 
the  temperature  of  a  healthy  subject  was  reduced,  in  seven 
hours,  by  a  hypodermic  injection  of  five  minims,  as  low  as 
96.6°  F.,  and  it  did  not  regain  its  normal  standard  until  the 
expiration  of  nearly  eighteen  horn  s.  In  the  experiments  upon 
animals  under  the  influence  of  poisonous  and  fatal  doses,  the 
temperature  was  very  much  diminished  and  in  one  case  it  fell 
from  100°  to  95.8°. 

Dr.  Taylor  also  details  cases  illustrating  the  power  of  gelse¬ 
mium  to  reduce  the  frequency  of  the  pulse  and  the  temperature 
in  remittent  fever,  pneumonia,  and  acute  articular  rheumatism. 
Dr.  Taylor  thus  explains  the  action  of  the  drug  in  reducing  the 
temperature : 

“  It  has  been  seen,  heretofore,  that  respiration  is  very  much 
diminished  in  frequency,  and  the  fall  in  temperature  is,  no 


1879] 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


229 


doubt,  dependent  in  part  upon  the  diminished  consumption  of 
oxygen  and  the  consequent  diminution  in  the  processes  of  com¬ 
bustion  going  on  in  the  body.  The  temperature  and  the  circu¬ 
lation  bear  a  direct  relation  to  each  other,  rising  and  falling 
together ;  the  temperature  always  being  in  direct  ratio  to  the 
arterial  pressure.  Gelsemium  lowers  the  frequency  of  the 
pulse,  and  by  dilating  the  capillaries,  produces  a  remarkable 
diminution  of  the  blood  pressure.  Upon  this,  no  doubt 
depends  principally  the  fall  in  temperature.  The  action  of  the 
drug  in  producing  a  reduction  of  fever  temperature,  admits  of 
an  easy  explanation.  According  to  the  very  accurate 
researches  and  studies  of  Traube,  every  fever  begins  with  an 
energetic  contraction  of  the  cutaneous  capillaries,  preventing 
the  going  off  of  heat  to  the  air,  and  thus  more  heat  is  collected 
in  the  body.  Gelsemium  dilates  the  capillaries,  even  in  medi¬ 
cinal  doses,  and  thus  the  accumulation  of  heat  in  the  body  is 
prevented.”  Dr.  Bartholow  has  also  recorded  the  fact  that 
gelsemium  causes  a  very  great  fall  of  temperature  in  animals. 
The  physiological  action  of  gelsemium  sempervirens  has  been 
more  recently  investigated  by  Drs.  Murrell  and  Sydney 
Ringer,  (Hand-book  of  Therapeutics,  1878,  p.  487,  and  London 
Lancet,  1870  and  1877),  Dr.  Roberts,  Dr.  Berger  and  by  Dr. 
Isaac  Ott  (Action  of  Medicines,  1878,  p.  124.) 

Prof.  T.  G.  Wormley,  in  1870  (American  Journal  of  Phar¬ 
macy),  first  showed  that  the  root  of  the  yellow  or  Carolina  Jes¬ 
samine,  contains  an  alkaloid,  gelsennia  in  combination  with  gel- 
seminic  acid. 

According  to  Dr.  Isaac  Ott,  on  the  lower  animals,  gelsemina , 
destroys  voluntary  movement  increases  and  decreases  spinal 
reflex  excitability,  produces  convulsions,  has  no  action  on  the* 
motor  nerves,  muscles  and  sensery  nerves,  reduces  the  heart¬ 
beat  by  an  action  on  the  excito-motor  ganglia,  and  disperses 
the  arterial  tension  by  diminished  tonus  of  the  vaso  motor 
centre  in  the  brain,  decreases  respiratory  frequency  by  an 
action  on  the  centres  of  respiration ;  the  temperature  of  the 
body  is  also  reduced. 

Gelseminic  acid  convulses  more  than  gelsemina,  and  causes 
a  brilliant  fluorescence  of  the  humors  of  the  eye ;  in  other 


U30  Original  Communications.  [August 

respects  it  acts  ou  the  nervous  system  like  gelsemina.  Artifi¬ 
cial  respiration  will  save  poisoned  animals. 

On  man,  gelsemina  produces  double  vision,  ptosis,  want  of 
co-ordination,  disagreeable  feeling  in  the  head,  great  muscular 
relaxation,  drooping  of  the  lower  jaw,  tongue  stiff,  sensation 
blunted,  pupils  dilated,  respiration  slow,  irregular,  pulse  slow, 
surface  cold,  and  congested,  unconsciousness,  and  death  by  as¬ 
phyxia.  Ringer  and  Murral  state  that  during  the  diplopia, 
the  images  in  the  upper  part  of  the  field  of  vision  appear  at 
different  heights,  although  actually  in  the  same  plane.  Locally 
the  drug  contracts  the  pupil,  whilst  internally  it  contracts  and 
dilates  it,  by  paralyzing  the  third  pair.  The  medicine  affects 
the  sixth  nerve  before  the  third,  as  the  external  rectus  is  the 
first  muscle  weakened.  Taylor  states  that  it  increases  the 
urine  and  reduces  the  pulse,  respiration  and  temperature. 
Tweedy  states  that  it  impairs  the  power  of  accommodation  of 
the  eye  for  near  objects. 

Its  value  in  neuralgia,  and  especially  in  trigeminal  affections, 
appears  to  depend  upon  its  power  of  diminishing  the  excita¬ 
bility  of  the  receiving  ganglia. 

In  fevers  of  a  sthenic  character,  the  diminution  of  pulse,  ar¬ 
terial  tension,  and  temperature  afford  an  explanation  of  its 
value. 

In  the  treatment  of  yellow  fever,  as  well  as  of  other  fevers, 
and  pneumonia  pleuritis  and  acute  rheumatism,  I  have  employed 
the  tincture  of  the  gelsemium  semper virens  with  benefit.  The 
same  precautions,  however,  should  govern  its  use  in  yellow 
fever  as  were  pointed  out  with  reference  to  veratrnm  viride : 
the  use  of  this  remedy  should  be  confined  chiefly,  if  not  en¬ 
tirely,  to  the  early  and  what  might  appropriately  be  termed 
the  sthenic  stage  of  yellow  fever  before  the  completion  of  the 
tissue  changes  peculiar  to  this  disease.  The  grand  objects  to 
be  accomplished  in  the  treatment  of  this  stage  are  diminution 
of  pulse,  arterial  tension  and  temperature,  and  the  promotion 
of  free  diuresis  and  diaphoresis,  and  the  prevention  and  control 
of  undue  ccrebro  spinal  excitement.  We  have  employed  other 
remedies  as  aconite  to  produce  similar  results,  but  have  relied 
chiefly  upon  the  veratrum  viride. 


231 


1879]  Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 

9.  MEASURES  FOR  THE  REDUCTION  OF  TEMPERATURE  IN 
YELLOW  FEVER. 

We*  have  shown  by  careful  observations  that  if  the  temper¬ 
ature  in  yellow  fever  rises  either  in  the  first  or  second  stage  of 
yellow  fever  above  105°  F.,  the  patient  is  in  imminent  danger; 
and  if  it  reaches  from  107.6°  F.  (42°  C.),  to  11 1.2°  F.  (44°  C),  death 
is  almost  inevitable  whatever  may  be  the  treatment  adopted 
In  this  fact  we  have  a  powerful  argument  for  the  constant  em¬ 
ployment  of  the  thermometer  in  the  investigation  of  the  phe¬ 
nomena  of  this  disease,  as  affording  sure  grounds  not  only  for 
prognosis  but  also  for  treatment. 

If  the  thermometric  changes  of  yellow  fever  be  projected 
upon  a  chart,  and  a  comparison  be  instituted  with  the  thermo- 
metric  changes  in  other  diseases,  it  will  be  observed  that  the 
former  more  nearly  resemble  the  rapid  rise  and  fall  of  tempera¬ 
ture  observed  in  varioloid,  without  secondary  fever,  mild  scar¬ 
latina,  and  simple,  uncomplicated  pneumonia,  which  runs  its 
course  without  fresh  accessions  of  inflammatory  action,  while 
on  the  other  hand  they  differ  materially  from  the  rapid  and  oft 
recurring  elevations  and  depressions  of  temperature  charac¬ 
teristic  of  the  various  forms  of  paroxysmal  malarial  fever. 
These  remarks  apply  to  those  cases  of  yellow  fe  er  in  which 
the  fever  is  confined  to  one  paroxysm;  but  as  we  have  pre¬ 
viously  shown,  there  is  another  class  of  cases  in  which,  and 
that  too  often  without  any  warning,  there  is  a  sudden  rise  of 
temperature  to  extraordinary  heights  with  rapid  fatal  issue. 

These  two  types  correspond  to  the  two  chief  modifications  of 
smallpox;  the  brief,  continuous  form,  resembling  the  modified 
or  moderated  disease  varioloid  ;  the  relapsing  type,  resembling 
variola  vcra,  in  which  there  is  a  marked  secondary  rise  of  fever 
in  the  suppurating  stage.  It  is  well  known  that  in  variola  vera, 
as  in  yellow  fever,  in  some  fatal  cases,  the  temperature  may 
rise  rather  quickly  from  moderate  heights  to  very  considerable 
degrees,  and  death  may  occur  at  107.6°  (42°  C.),  or  even  more, 
although  during  the  stage  of  secondary  (suppurating  fever), 
the  patient  may  sometimes  die  with  only  very  moderate  eleva 


*  Changes  ot  Temperature  and  Pulse  in  Yellow  Fever,  by  Joseph  Jones,  M.D.,  Ameri¬ 
can  Practitioner,  September,  1873  ;  Boston  .Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  August  28th, 
1873. 


Original  Com  muni  cation*. 


232 


[August 


fcion  of  temperature.  Simon  has  published  cases  of  smallpox, 
in  which  the  temperature  (which,  however,  was  measured  after 
death)  was  110.750  F.  (43.75°  C.)  and  112.1°  F.  (44.5°  O) 

With  reference  to  the  application  of  remedies  to  control  and 
prevent  the  great  rise  of  temperature  in  yellow  fever,  two 
views  may  be  held  as  to  the  relations  of  the  elevated  tempera¬ 
ture  to  the  fatal  issue. 

1st.  The  elevated  temperature  induce*  those  changes  of  the  tis¬ 
sues ,  and  more  especially  of  the  heart ,  liver ,  kidneys ,  and  of  the 
blood ,  which  precede  and  cause  death. 

2d.  The  elevated  temperature  is  only  an  evidence  of  active,  chem¬ 
ical  change ,  and  a  result ,  and  not  the  cause  of  the  tissue  changes . 

The  latter  view  appears  to  be  correct  because  as  we  have 
shown  by  numerous  elaborate  studies  of  cases  of  yellow  fever*, 
that  jaundice,  urinary  suppression,  and  black  vomit  are  often 
accompanied  by  a  slow  pulse  and  but  moderate  elevation  of 
temperature. 

The  cause  of  the  rapid  rise  and  fall  of  the  temperature  in 
yellow  fever  must  be  sought  chiefly  in  the  changes  in  the  blood, 
and  in  those  organs  upon  which  the  circulation  and  integrity 
of  the  blood  depend.  Neither  the  rapid  rise  nor  fall  of  the 
temperature  can  be  referred  wholly  to  the  effects  of  the  poison 
upon  the  nervous  system. 

While  it  must  be  admitted  that  the  experiments  of  Chossat, 
Brodie,  Nasse,  Claude  Bernard,  Brown-Sequard,  Budge,  l)e 
Ruyter,  Waller,  Schifif,  Naunyn,  and  Quincke,  and  the  experi¬ 
ments  of  Tscheseliichin,  in  which  division  of  the  medulla  ob¬ 
longata,  near  its  juncture  with  the  pons  caused  a  remarkable 
elevation  of  temperature  from  102.9°  to  108.68°,  and  finally 
convulsions  and  death,  and  a  large  number  of  pathological 
observations,  in  which  most  remarkable  variations  of  tempera¬ 
ture  accompany  profound  alterations  and  disturbances  of  the 
nervous  system,  without  corresponding  changes  in  respiration 
and  circulation,  sustain  the  theory  of  centres  of  control ,  which 


*  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  1873-1874;  New  York  Medical  Journal  , 
Boston  Medical  Journal;  Richmond  and  Louisville  Medical  Journal;  American  Prac¬ 
titioner. 


1S79]  Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever.  233 

have  their  seat  in  the  brain,  and  which  regulate  the  activity  of 
the  spinal  cord  (when  they  are  destroyed  the  activity  of 
the  spinal  cord  being  morbidly  increased,  as  manifested  by 
increased  reflex  action,  quickened  respiration,  acceleration  of 
the  cardiac  systole,  and  increased  animal  heat),  and  that  a 
great  part  of  the  pathological  phenomena  of  warmth,  may  be 
oidy  the  expression  of  the  action  of  the  vaso  motor  nerves; 
and  still  further,  that  the  integrity  of  the  central  parts  of  the 
central  nervous  apparatus  is  more  necessary  for  the  regulation 
of  animal  heat  than  that  of  any  other  parts  of  the  body.  On 
the  other  hand,  Breuer  and  Chropak,  after  an  investigation  of 
the  question  whether  the  nerves  of  a  part  supply  elevation  of 
temperature  in  an  inflamed  part,  by  means  of  experiments  on 
animals,  in  which  they  have  as  far  as  possible  divided  all  the 

4 

nerves  of  one  part  of  the  body,  think  themselves  justified  in 
concluding  that  the  force  of  the  traumatic  inflammation  is  inde¬ 
pendent  of  the  nervous  connections  of  the  inflamed  part  with 
the  nerve  centres';  and  by  an  extended  series  of  observations* 
I  have  established  the  fact  that  in  hospital  gangrene  and  py¬ 
aemia  the  elevations  of  temperature  are  independent  of  the 
local  lesions  of  the  structures,  and  are  coincident  with  the 
introduction  of  the  gangrenous  and  pyaemic  poisons  into  the 
blood,  are  intimately  associated  with  the  changes  of  the  blood 
and  urine,  and  are  invariably  accompanied  by  increased 
amounts  of  such  constituents  as  urea,  phosphoric  and  sulphuric 
acids ;  and  even  the  traumatic  fever  accompanying  gun-shot 
wounds  arises  from  the  introduction  of  inflammatory  products 
into  the  blood,  and  depends  not  so  much  upon  the  extent  and 
nature  of  the  wounds  as  upon  the  state  of  the  solids  and  fluids 
at  the  time  of  the  injury,  and  upon  the  character  of  the  inflam¬ 
matory  products  absorbed  into  the  circulation.  Even  in  such 
inflammatory  diseases  as  pneumonia,  attended  with  extensive 
tissue  change,  the  introduction  of  certain  inflammatory  products 
into  the  blood  must  more  or  less  influence  the  production  of 
high  temperatures. 

It  is  well  known  that  some  of  the  most  violent  poisons  during 


*  Investigations  upon  the  Nature,  Causes,  anil  Treatment  of  Hospital  Gangrene  as  it 
irevailed  in  the  Confederate  Armies  1861-5,  by  Joseph  Jones.  M.D. ,  Surgical  Memoirs 
Tnited  States  Sanitary  Commission,  vol.  ii,  pp.  1 46 -570. 

3 


234  Original  Communications.  [August 

their  direct  action  upon  the  nervous  system  are  unattended 
with  elevations  of  temperature,  while  on  the  other  hand  putrid 
matters,  pus,  and  certain  animal  secretions,  as  the  poison  of 
the  rattlesnake  and  copperhead,  induce  profound  alterations  in 
the  blood,  attended  with  the  most  marked  variations  of  temper¬ 
ature;  and  in  the  latter  class  of  poisons  the  phenomena  appear 
to  be  akin  to  the  changes  whica  may  be  induced  by  ferments, 
which  are  not  only  capable  of  increasing  the  amount  of  heat, 
but  may  be  limited  in  their  actions ,  or  in  the  amount  and  charac¬ 
ter  of  the  changes  which  they  induce,  in  virtue  of  their  chemi. 
cal  constitution  and  that  of  the  blood  or  medium  in  which  they 
are  active. 

Certain  substances,  as  woorara,  colfee,  musk,  and  camphor, 
and  putrid  fluids  have  a  direct  effect  in  raising  the  temperature 
after  their  entrance  into  the  circulation.  Voisin  and  Lionville, 
by  means  of  subcutaneous  injections  of  woorara,  induced  a 
complete  artificial  fever  in  human  beings,  with  rigors,  heats, 
and  sweatings,  the  temperature  rising  to  104.8°,  accompanied 
witli  all  the  signs  of  febrile  circulation  and  secretion  and  dis¬ 
turbance  of  the  nervous  system. 

When  certain  putrid  solutions  or  pus  are  injected  into  the 
blood  the  temperature  rises  considerably  within  two  hours,  and 
reaches  its  maximum  in  from  two  to  twenty-eight  hours. 
After  a  single  injection  rapid  defervescence  generally  sets  in 
shortly  after  the  acme  has  been  reached,  while  on  the  other 
hand,  after  repeated  injections,  death  constantly  occurs,  gen¬ 
erally  with  high  temperatures.  Fluids  from  inflamed  tissues, 
pyamiic  and  septica-mic  blood,  and  even  the  blood  drawn  in 
simple  inflammatory  or  other  kinds  of  fever,  produce  similar 
elevations  of  temperature. 

Fresse  has  determined  by  experiments  that  the  rise  of  tem¬ 
perature  induced  by  the  introduction  into  the  blood  of  the 
products  of  decomposition  and  of  inflammatory  tissue  destruc¬ 
tion  do  not  depend  upon  the  pus-corpuscles ,  nor  upon  the  so- 
called  germinal  matter ,  but  upon  the  serum  of  the  fluid.  Even 
boiling  and  subsequent  filtration  does  not  destroy  the  property  ; 
and  the  removal  of  the  fibrin,  and  even  the  filtration  of  the 
blood  of  animals  suffering  from  fever,  does  not  deprive  it  of  the 
pyrogenic  effects  when  injected  into  the  circulation. 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


235 


1879] 


The  unknown  cause  which  excites  the  specific  morbid  pro¬ 
cess  of  yellow  fever  would  appear  to  have  something’  in  com¬ 
mon  with  the  action  of  such  putrid  animal  substances,  and  the 
fact  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  property  possessed  by  such  mat¬ 
ters  of  exciting  chemical  changes  and  elevation  of  tempera¬ 
ture  was  not  destroyed  by  boiling  and  subsequent  filtration ; 
for  we  have  thus  a  clear  demonstration  that  the  animalcular, 
vegetable,  or  germinal  theories  as  to  the  origin  of  yellow  fever 
are  not  absolutely  necessary  to  the  explanation  of  the  febrile 
phenomena. 

Neither  the  rapid  rise  nor  the  sudden  declension  of  the  tem¬ 
perature  in  yellow  fever  therefore  are  necessarily  referable 
solely  to  the  effects  of  the  poison  upon  the  nervous  system ; 
because,  in  the  first  place,  the  changes  of  the  blood  are  among 
the  first  manifestations  of  diseased  action,  and  the  progress 
and  termination  of  each  case  is  largely  dependent  upon  the 
extent  and  character  of  the  changes  of  the  blood  and  the 
degree  of  temperature ;  in  the  second  place,  the  sudden  fall  of 
temperature  during  the  succeeding  stage  of  calm  may  be 
referred  to  the  peculiarity  of  the  self-limited  chemical  changes 
excited  by  the  poison,  and  to  the  structural  alterations  induced 
in  the  muscular  tissue  of  the  heart  and  in  the  liver  and  kid¬ 
neys,  and  the  sedative  action  of  the  bile,  urea,  and  other  ex- 
crementitious  products  retained  in  the  blood,  upon  the  nervous 
system ;  and  finally  the  changes  in  the  blood,  heart,  liver,  and 
kidneys  are  of  a  definite  physical  and  chemical  nature,  and 
could  never  be  induced  by  a  mere  exaltation  or  depression  of 
nervous  action,  and  must  be  referred  to  the  introduction  and 
action  of  some  agent  or  material  related  in  a  definite  manner, 
in  its  chemical  constitution  and  physical  properties,  to  the 
fluids  and  solids  in  which  it  induces  these  profound,  physical 
and  chemical  changes. 

Without  doubt  the  action  of  the  yellow  fever  poison  upon 
the  nervous  system  may  be  direct  and  most  important,  but  the 
facts  do  not  justify  us  in  locating  the  origin  of  the  disease 
wholly  in  the  action  of  the  poison  upon  the  nervous  system ; 
and  in  fact  the  earliest  manifestations  of  disordered  nervous 
actions,  as  uneasiness,  loss  of  appetite,  and  chilly  sensations, 
may  be  entirely  secondary  to  the  changes  in  the  blood,  by 


236  Original  Communications.  [August 

which  all  parts  of  the  nervous  system  are  surrounded  and 
supplied. 

It  is,  however,  impossible  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowl¬ 
edge  to  refer  the  changes  of  temperature  in  yellow  fever  with 
certainty  to  either  the  decrease  or  increase  of  any  one  constit¬ 
uent  of  the  blood ;  for  M.  Andral*  has  shown  that  when  the 
blood  contains  more  than  four  one-thousandths  of  fibrin  the  tem¬ 
perature  rises,  and  in  a  corresponding  ratio.  Thus  of  all  dis¬ 
eases  pneumonia  is  marked  with  the  greatest  increase  of  fibrin, 
and  is  the  highest  in  temperature  of  all  the  phleginaske.  Of 
eighty-five  cases,  in  only  thirteen  was  the  temperature  below 
102.2° ;  in  forty -four  it  was  between  102.2°  and  104° ;  in  twen¬ 
ty-six  between  104°  and  105.8°  ;  and  in  two  rose  to  106.16°.  In 
acute  pleurisy,  in  which  there  is  always  less  fibrin,  the  temper¬ 
ature  only  once  reached  105.8°,  and  usually  oscillated  between 
101.3°  and  103.1°.  M.  Andral,  however,  records  exceptions  to 
this  relationship  of  the  increase  of  fibrin  and  the  elevation  of 
temperature  in  inflammatory  diseases,  as  in  erysipelas,  where 
there  have  been  only  seven  one-thousandths  of  fibrin,  the  tem¬ 
perature  has  been  107.24°  ;  and  he  very  justly  does  not  consider 
the  increase  of  fibrin  and  the  rise  of  temperature  as  cause  and 
effect ;  for  in  the  pyrexue,  when  there  is  no  excess  of  fibrin, 
but  rather  a  diminution  of  this  constituent,  the  temperature  is 
as  high  or  higher  than  in  the  pldegmasue.  Indeed,  the  highest 
degrees  are  reached  in  diseases  where  there  is  the  least  fibrin 
in  the  blood.  Neither  does  the  number  of  red  globules  affect 
the  rise  of  temperature  to  an  appreciable  degree  in  inflamma¬ 
tions  and  fevers,  as  I  have  carefully  determined  by  a  compari¬ 
son  of  the  constitution  of  the  blood  witu  the  elevations  of 
temperature  in  various  diseases. 

It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  the  cause  of  the  rapid  rise  and 
sudden  decline  of  the  temperature  in  yellow  fever  must,  as  1 
have  said,  be  sought  chiefly  in  the  changes  induced  by  febrile 
poison  in  the  blood,  and  in  those  organs,  as  the  heart,  liver  and 
kidneys,  upon  which  the  circulation  and  integrity  of  the  blood 
depends. 

*  Medical  Times  and  Gazette,  London,  July  l,  1870. 

(To  be  continued.) 


1879] 


Richardson — Chancre  and  Chancroid. 


237 


Diagnostic  Differences  Between  Chancre  and  Chancroid. 

[In  a  recent  iiscassion  upon  chancroid  and  syphilis  before  the  Orleaus 
Parish  Medical  Society,  Prof.  T.  G.  Richardson,  M.  D..  presented  the  fol¬ 
lowing  summary  statement  of  his  views  upon  the  distinctive  differences 
between  the  primary  stage  of  acquired  syphilis  and  chancroid :] 

Such  is  the  conservatism  of  all  truly  philosophic  investiga¬ 
tors  in  medicine,  as  well  as  in  other  departments  of  scientific 
research,  that  notwithstanding  the  great  advance  made  within 
the  past  century  in  the  diagnosis,  pathology  and  treatment  of 
nearly  all  diseases,  the  influence  of  great  names  in  the  perpet¬ 
uation  of  error  is  still  strongly  felt  by  all  who  propose  a  new 
departure.  The  justly  renowned  John  Hunter,  the  acknowl¬ 
edged  English  authority,  not  only  in  surgery,  but  also  in  gen¬ 
eral  pathology  during  the  last  quarter  of  the  last,  and  nearly 
the  first  half  of  the  present  century,  pronounced  all  venereal 
diseases  to  be  dependent  upon  one  and  the  same  exciting  cause. 
He  proved  to  his  own  satisfaction  and  that  of  the  rest  of  the 
world,  that  gonorrluea,  soft  chancre  (or  as  we  now  call  it  chan¬ 
croid)  and  syphilis  were  essentially  identical,  and  the  appar¬ 
ent  differences  resulting  from  their  introduction  into  the  human 
system  were  due  to  the  mode  of  contagion,  the  tissues  involved, 
and  the  peculiar  state  of  the  constitution  of  the  patient. 
Strange  as  it  may  seem  to  us  of  the  present  day,  this  opinion 
prevailed  to  a  large  extent  throughout  England  and  this  coun¬ 
try  until  comparatively  modern  times,  and  resulted,  as  may  be 
readily  conceived,  in  plans  of  treatment  as  often  disastrous  to 
the  patient  as  to  the  disease. 

Scarcely  had  gonorrhoea  been  detached  from  this  alliance, 
and  proved  to  be  a  local  inflammation,  having  a  definite  his¬ 
tory  and  amenable  to  non-specific  remedies,  than  it  was  hinted  by 
the  French  pathologists,  that  by  pressing  the  wedge  of  investi¬ 
gation  still  farther  another  rupture  might  possibly  be  effected; 
that  what  was  termed  soft  or  simple  chancre,  might  be  sepa¬ 
rated  from  its  only  remaining  associate,  and  each  made  to 
stand  upon  its  own  individual  foundation.  I  need  scarcely  say 
that  what  was  only  a  suggestion  thirty  or  thirty-five  years  ago 
is  now  an  accomplished  fact. ;  that  chancroid  (soft  chancre)  and 
syphilis  are  now  recognized  by  the  great  majority  of  surgeons 
and  pathologists  as  totally  distinct  affections,  having  separate 


238  Original  Communications.  [August 

histories,  productive  of  entirely  different  effects  upon  the 
human  system,  and  demanding  for  their  relief  modes  of  treat¬ 
ment  al  most  diametrically  opposed  the  one  to  the  other.  1  do  not 
mean  to  imply  that  this  u  dual  doctrine,”  as  it  is  sometimes 
called,  though  based  upon  rigid  observation  and  experiment 
made  in  all  the  great  centres  of  medical  learning,  has  no  oppo¬ 
nents.  On  the  contrary,  the  influence  of  the  great  men  who 
are  now  passing  away,  and  who  have  not  abandoned  the  views 
which  formerly  prevailed,  is  still  felt  at  the  circumference  of 
the  profession,  and  will  continue  to  exert  itself  until  the  text¬ 
books  on  medicine  and  surgery  commonly  recommended  to 
medical  students  have  been  revised,  or  a  new  series  introduced. 
Indeed,  judging  from  what  I  almost  daily  hear  from  patients 
as  to  their  previous  treatment,  I  am  warranted  in  the  belief, 
that  comparatively  few  general  practitioners  have  had  their  at¬ 
tention  particularly  directed  to  the  diseases  in  question,  and 
are  not  therefore  fully  informed  as  to  the  true  position  which 
has  been  reached,  and  the  great  practical  importance  of  the 
points  which  have  been  established.  I  would  not  have  it 
thought  that  I  am  over-credulous  of  the  stories  which  many 
patients  indulge  in  with  reference  to  their  medical  advisers 
(whom  in  nine  cases  out  of  ten,  they  have  deserted  without 
settling  their  just  accounts),  but  when  I  ascertain  either  by 
examination  or  questioning  that  in  a  case  of  ulcer  upon  the 
genital  organs,  mercurial  remedies  have  been  employed  steadily 
for  a  longer  or  shorter  time  with  the  view  to  ptyalism,  I  can¬ 
not  be  mistaken  as  to  tl\e  pathological  ideas  held  by  the  pre- 
scriber,  and  am  therefore  entitled  to  draw  my  own  private  in¬ 
ference  as  to  his  acquirements  and  practical  sense.  As  the 
matter  now  stands,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  declare  that  the  phys¬ 
ician  who  undertakes  to  treat  these  diseases  without  a  clear 
understanding  of  their  radical  pathological  and  therapeutical 
differences  is  criminally  responsible  for  the  sad  mistakes  he  is 
sure  to  make. 

Asking  your  pardon  for  these  prefatory  remarks,  I  now  pro¬ 
ceed  to  the  consideration  of  the  special  question  selected  for 
discussion  this  evening,  which  1  understand  to  be  the  etiolo¬ 
gical,  clinical  and  pathological  resemblances  and  differences 
between  chancroid  and  the  initiatory  stage  of  syphilis  known  as 


Richardson — Chancre  and  Chancroid. 


239 


1879J 

chancre.  For  the  purpose  of  bringing  the  subject  clearly  and 
concisely  before  the  Society,  I  shall  present  it  in  the  form  of  a 
series  of  dogmatic  statements  with  the  hope  that  these  may  be 
freely  criticised  by  all  whose  observations  and  deductions  dif¬ 
fer  in  any  manner  from  my  own. 

I.  POINTS  OF  RESEMBLANCE  IN  CHANCROID  AND  ACQUIRED 

SYPHILIS. 

1.  Both  are  infectious  diseases,  the  result  of  local  contagion, 
and  present  themselves  primarily  as  sores  which  secrete  a  poi¬ 
son  similar  to  that  by  which  they  have  been  produced. 

2.  The  primary  sores  occur  only  at  such  points  where  the 
virus  lias  been  brought  into  contact  with  the  sub  cuticular  layer 
of  the  skin  or  mucous  membrane. 

3.  Both  are  most  commonly  propagated  by  sexual  intercourse, 
hence  the  greater  frequency  of  the  primary  sores  upon  the  gen¬ 
ital  organs.  Any  portion  of  the  cutaneous  or  mucous  surfaces 
may  however  become  the  seat  of  either  of  the  two  diseases 
when  the  conditions  mentioned  in  the  preceding  proposition 
exist,  as  is  sometimes  witnessed  in  the  case  of  dressers  and 
surgeons  who  become  accidentally  inoculated  in  the  perform¬ 
ance  of  their  duties  by  means  of  minute  sores,  abrasions  or 
wounds  upon  their  fingers. 

4.  In  both  affections  the  primary  ulcers  are  liable  to  assume 
different  phases  of  action,  such  as  the  phagadenic,  serpiginous 
and  gangrenous. 

In  these  four  particulars  the  two  diseases  often  present  a 
very  strong  likeness,  which  for  the  moment  may  occasionally 
lead  even  a  very  skilful  surgeon  to  reserve  his  diagnosis.  The 
distinctions  however,  a  brief  synopsis  of  which  1  will  now  pre¬ 
sent,  are  usually  sufficiently  well  marked  to  justify  an  early  if 
not  an  immediate  decision. 

II.  POINTS  OF  DISTINCTION  BETWEEN  CHANCROID  AND  AC¬ 

QUIRED  SYPHILIS. 

1.  a.  In  chancroid  there  is  scarcely  an  appreciable  period  of 
incubation.  When  the  virus  has  been  brought  into  contact 
with  a  cutaneous  or  mucous  surface  from  which  the  cuticle  has 
been  removed,  within  a  very  few  hours  thereafter  a  running 


240  Original  Communications.  [August 

sore  is  produced  whose  secretion  possesses  the  same  infectious 
quality  as  that  from  which  the  inoculated  poison  was  derived. 
The  rapidity  of  the  effect  is  somewhat  moderated  when  the 
virus  has  been  inserted  beneath  the  cuticle  by  means  of  a  lancet 
or  other  sharp  pointed  instrument,  or  lias  become  imprisoned  in 
like  manner  by  a  slight  rupture  of  the  cuticle  which  closed  im¬ 
mediately  as  often  occurs  in  coition.  In  such  cases  a  small  papule 
is  developed  within  twenty- four  or  forty-eight  hours  which  soon 
becomes  a  pustule  terminating  in  a  day  or  two  in  a  defined  sup¬ 
purating  sore. 

h.  Syphilitic,  like  vaccine  virus,  produces  no  apparent  effect 
for  several  days  after  contact,  and  the  primary  sore  (to  which 
the  name  chancre  should  be  strictly  limited)  does  not  ordinarily 
attain  its  full  development  in  less  than  three  and  sometimes  in 
less  than  four  weeks.  This  fact  has  been  conclusively  proven 
not  only  by  clinical  experience  but  by  experimental  inoculation. 

2.  a.  Chancroid,  in  its  formation  and  progress,  is  nearly 
always  accompanied  by  heat,  pain,  redness  and  swelling.  It 
thus  declares  its  jiresence  unmistakably  to  the  patient,  and 
compels  him  to  seek  relief. 

h.  Chancre  is  seldom  attended  by  any  inflammatory  symp¬ 
toms,  and  sometimes  reaches  its  maturity  without  having  at¬ 
tracted  the  attention  of  its  victim. 

3.  a.  Chancroid  is  very  commonly  multiple,  the  sores  num¬ 
bering  from  two  to  as  many  as  six  or  eight.  This  multiplicity 
may  result  from  as  many  consentaneous  inoculations,  but  more 
likely  from  rapid  propagation  from  one  or  two  original  sores. 
In  the  latter  case  the  abrasion  of  the  cuticle  necessary  to  effect 
the  result  is  usually  produced  by  the  inflammation  excited  in 
the  surrounding  parts  by  constant  contact  with  the  irritating 
purulent  secretion,  and  also  not  rarely  by  scratching  and  fric¬ 
tions  on  the  part  of  the  patient. 

h.  Chancre  is  nearly  always  single,  and  seldom  or  never  du¬ 
plicates  itself  by  subsequent  contamination  of  the  adjacent  sur¬ 
faces.  When  double,  as  has  been  occosionaljy  observed,  inoc¬ 
ulation  of  the  two  points  must  have  occurred  simultaneously 
or  within  two  or  three  days  of  each  other. 

I.  a.  The  virus  of  chancroid,  as  may  be  inferred  from  what 


1879 J  Ktchardson — Chancre  and  Chancroid,  241 

lias  been  just  stated,  is  anto-inoculable.  The  purulent  secre¬ 
tion  furnished  by  the  sore  during  its  active  stage  and  up  to 
within  a  very  short  time  of  its  complete  cicatrization  is  capa¬ 
ble,  either  by  accidental  or  experimental  inoculation,  of  pro¬ 
ducing  any  number  of  similar  sores  in  the  same  individual. 

h.  The  secretion  of  chancre  when  brought  into  contact  with 
an  abraded  surface  or  introduced  beneath  the  cuticle  of  the  in¬ 
dividual  in  whom  the  primary  sore  exists,  produces  either  no 
effect  or  else  a  very  greatly  modified  sore  possessing  no  power 
of  infection  so  far  as  has  been  ascertained. 

5.  a.  Chancroid  varies  in  size  from  a  line  to  an  inch  or  more 
in  diameter,  has  usually  clearly  defined  edges,  a  surrounding 
inflammatory  areola  and  a  slightly  depressed  angry -looking  sur¬ 
face.  Its  secretion  is  abundant  and  purulent,  varying  in  its 
consistency,  but  often  presenting  the  physical  qualities  of 
laudable  pus.  It  is  essentially  a  wet  sore,  and  the  adjacent 
surface  for  a  considerable  distance  is  kept  continually  bathed 
in  the  foul  discharge. 

b.  The  ulcerated  surface  of  chancre  is  not  often  larger  than 
v  three  or  four  lines  in  diameter,  but  is  frequently  smaller,  has 
sloping  edges,  no  inflammatory  areola,  and  except  when  irri¬ 
tated  by  injury  or  other  accidental  cause,  or  by  the  application 
of  stimulating  substances,  or  unless  pliagadenic  in  its  charac¬ 
ter,  furnishes  a  very  meagre  amount  of  sero-purulent  secretion. 
It  is,  comparatively,  a  dry  sore,  but  the  secretion  slight  as  it 
is,  is  capable  of  doing  an  amount  of  damage  that  is  truly 
appalling. 

(i.  a.  Chancroid  is  usually  superficial,  and  unaccompanied  by 
decided  thickening  or  hardening  of  the  surrounding  or  subja¬ 
cent  tissues.  Hence  it  was  formerly  and  is  still  called  by  some 
writers  mft  chancre.  This  characteristic  is,  however,  frequently 
lost  by  the  application  of  escharotics. 

b.  Chancre  is  generally  distinguished  by  a  remarkable  thick¬ 
ening  and  induration  of  the  tissues  beneath  and  around  the 
ulcerated  surface.  This  may  be  easily  determined  by  lightly 
grasping  the  parts  between  the  finger  and  the  thumb,  when 
the  sensation  imparted  will  be  like  that  of  a  disc  of  imlia  rub¬ 
ber  beneath  the  skin  or  mucous  membrane.  At  other  times, 
4 


242  Original  Communications.  [August 

however,  this  circumferential  hardening  is  not  well  marked, 
although  it  is  probably  never  altogether  absent.  This  differ- 
erence  in  degree  should  be  always  borne  in  nund  in  making  a 
diagnosis,  and  the  value  of  the  symptom  as  a  characteristic 
esti  mated  accordingly. 

7.  a.  Chancroid  nearly  always  shows  a  tendency  to  spread, 
and  sometimes  attains  to  a  very  large  size  in  a  few  days. 

I>.  Chancre  is  indolent  and  frequently  remains  unchanged  in 
dimension  or  otherwise  for  several  weeks. 

8.  a.  Chancroid  is  frequently  productive  of  bubo,  but  this  is 
not  a  necessary  result,  and  should  be  looked  upon  rather  in 
the  light  of  an  accident.  When  present,  it  is  ordinarily  limited  to 
the  lymphatic  ganglhe  nearest  the  sore,  but  the  imflammation 
may  spread  to  other  ganglia  upon  the  route  of  the  lymphatic 
vessels  leading  from  the  spot,  and  thus  give  rise  to  a  poly- 
ganglionic  swelling.  The  bubo  of  chancroid  is  commonly  ac¬ 
companied  by  acute  inflammation,  which  results  in  the  forma¬ 
tion  of  a  collection  of  pus  possessing  the  same  infectious  qual¬ 
ity  as  that  of  the  original  ulcer.  In  such  cases  the  virus  seems 
to  be  carried  from  the  chancroid  by  the  lymphatic  vessels  and 
lodged  in  the  rete  of  the  ganglion,  where  it  excites  suppurative 
action.  In  other  instances  where  suppuration  does  not  take 
place,  the  probability  is  that  the  swelling  is  due  to  a  simple  ex¬ 
tension  of  the  inflammation  along  the  lymphatic  vessels,  as  is 
often  observed  in  connection  with  non-specific  ulcerations. 

/>.  In  chancre  there  is  always  enlargement  of  a  number  of 
the  adjacent  lymphatic  ganglia,  unaccompanied  by  pain  or 
other  marked  symptoms  of  acute  inflammation,  and  possessing 
little  or  no  tendency  to  suppurate.  When  the  primary  sore 
is  seated  upon  the  genital  organs  all  the  ganglia  of  the  upper 
inguinal  group  upon  each  side  are  usually  affected.  Suppura¬ 
tion  occasionally  occurs  in  consequence  of  external  injury  or  of 
a  depraved  state  of  the  system,  but  this  is  rare. 

9.  a.  Chancroid  is  not  succeeded  by  discolorations  of  and 
eruptions  upon  the  skin  and  mucous  membranes,  ulcerations  of 
the  throat,  falling  of  the  hair,  specific  inflammations  of  the 
deeper  tissues  or  other  symptoms  of  constitutional  infection. 

b.  Chancre  when  left  to  itself  is  invariably  followed  by  cuta- 


1879]  DeRoaldes — Treatment  of  Bright^  Diseases.  243 

neous  and  mucous  eruptions,  ulcerations  in  different  parts  of 
the  body,  deep  seated  inflammation,  morbid  deposits  in  various 
tissues  and  organs,  and  numerous  other  effects  which  character¬ 
ize  it  as  one  of  the  most  penetrating  and  dreadful  constitutional 
diseases  to  which  the  human  body  is  liable.  Superadded  to 
the  power  of  producing  these  dreadful  consequences  in  its  orig¬ 
inal  victim,  it  possesses  the  quality  of  heredity  in  a  marked 
degree,  and  thus  the  sins  of  the  parent  are  visited  upon  the 
children  throughout  several  generations. 

10.  a.  As  chancroid  is  not  a  constitutional  disease  it  is  in  no 
degree  protective.  On  the  contrary  it  may  repeat  itself  an  in¬ 
definite  number  of  times  in  the  same  individual  when  the  latter 
is  exposed  to  the  exciting  cause. 

h.  Chancre  is  as  strictly  constitutional  as  the  vaccine  pustule, 
and  like  the  latter  so  modifies  the  system  that  no  new  infection 
possessing  the  true  characteristics  like  the  original  cau  be 
produced. 

11.  a.  Chancroid  is  not  arrested  or  moderated  but  often  pow¬ 
erfully  aided  in  its  destructive  action  by  mercurialization  or 
iodism. 

b.  Chancre  is  frequently  cured  and  its  secondary  results  pre¬ 
vented  by  the  judicious  administration  of  mercury.  When  the 
infection  has  reached  the  secondary  and  tertiary  stages  mer¬ 
cury  and  iodine  when  properly  employed  are  truly  antidotal. 


Contribution  to  the  Hydrological  Treatment  of  Bright’s 

Diseases. 

By  DR.  A.  W.  de  ROALDES,  Resident  Physician,  Waukesha  Springs, 

Wisconsin. 

Read  before  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association. 

In  bringing  the  discussion  to  bear  upon  Bright’s  diseases,  our 
confrere  and  friend  Dr.  Loeber  has  chosen,  with  great  pro¬ 
priety,  I  think,  to  limit  the  wide  field  of  albuminuria,  which  is 
too  vast  to  run  over  in  one  evening.  Limited  as  the  question 
may  be,  it  still  affords  room  for  different  views. 


244  Original  Communications.  [August 

No  one  will  dispute  that,  in  some  cases  of  albuminuria,  the 
disease  is  entirely  constituted  by  a  renal  lesion,  as,  for  exam¬ 
ple:  Albuminuria  resulting-  from  exposure  to  cold,  or  again 
cantharidian  nephritis.  But  what  constitutes  Bright’s  diseases  "l 
There  lies  the  question.  For  some  physicians  it  is  merely  and 
primarily  a  local  renal  lesion  ;  for  others,  and  this  seems  to  be 
a  more  philosophical  view,  Bright’s  diseases  are  in  their  very 
incipiency  general  affections,  constitutional  disorders,  dys- 
crasirn,  as  scrofula,  gour,  rheumatism,  syphilis,  of  which  albu¬ 
minuria,  at  the  start,  is  only  a  symptom.  The  excretion  of 
albumen  may  in  these  conditions  be  the  initial  phenomenon 
without  being  accompanied,  in  the  beginning  at  least,  by  any 
lesion  of  the  kidneys.  Albumen  may  be  excreted  by  these 
organs  as  sugar  is.  The  only  difference  between  diabetes  and 
incipient  albuminuria  of  Bright’s  diseases,  lies  in  the  excreted 
substances.  If  it  be  sugar,  a  hydro  carbon  possessed  of  dialy- 
sable  properties,  the  excretion  will  be  effected  without  produc¬ 
ing  any  local  disorder  in  the  parenchyma  or  stroma  of  the  kid¬ 
ney;  if,  on  the  contrary,  it  be  albumen,  a  colloid  substance, 
the  kidney  will  soon  become  affected.  This  transudation  of 
albumen  is  accompanied  by  renal  congestion ;  if  it  be  mod¬ 
erate,  the  disease  may  run  a  very  slow  course.  There  are  cases 
of  Brightic  albuminuria,  which  may  have  a  very  long  duration, 
ten,  fifteen,  twenty  and  more  years.  I  was  consulted,  two 
months  ago,  by  a  medical  gentleman,  who  has  been  passing 
albumen  ever  since  1874.  It  is  only  in  the  last  two  years  that 
the  examination  of  his  urine  has  revealed  the  presence  of 
casts,  and  it  is  only  since  this  comparatively  short  time  that 
his  general  health  has  become  affected.  Last  summer,  at  the 
springs,  I  had  under  my  charge  a  lawyer  from  Paris ;  his  phys¬ 
ician,  Dr.  Gr u bier,  stated  in  his  letter  to  me,  that  our  patient 
had  been  passing  albumen  ever  since  1853.  This  slow  progress 
of  the  disease  is  witnessed  only  in  such  constitutions,  as  are 
free  from  a  diathetic  influence.  Take,  for  instance,  a  scrofu¬ 
lous,  a  syphilitic,  a  rheumatic,  or  a  gouty  patient,  whose  con¬ 
stitution  shows  a  tendency  to  the  evolution  of  morbid  products 
of  a  retrogressive  character.  The  congestion,  in  such  cases,  will 
soon  lead  to  the  formation  of  neoplasms,  to  the  proliferation  of 


245 


1879]  DeRoaldes — Treatment  of  Bright's  Diseases. 

new  cellular  elements,  etc.  Simple  albuminuria  will  then  be  of 
very  short  duration  and  will  soon  result  in  Brightic  diseases. 

But  I  shall  not  stop  to  enquire  the  cause,  by  reason  of  which 
albumen  escapes  from  the  blood  to  mingle  with  the  urine.  Is 
it  the  kidney  which  just  becomes  diseased,  or  is  this  organ 
secondarily  affected  !  Must  we,  on  the  contrary,  look  for  the 
incipiency  of  the  malady  in  a  functional  disorder  of  the  liver 
and  stomach  ?  Or  is  it  the  blood  which  is  primarily  affected  ? 

1  particularly  desire  to-night  to  direct  your  attention  to  a 
few  special  points  of  therapeutics  of  Bright’s  diseases.  In  con¬ 
tending  with  these  affections,  you  must  with  me  have  observed 
the  striking  discrepancy  in  the  results  obtained  in  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  hospital  patients,  as  against  those  obtained  in  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  patients  of  a  better  class — the  former,  as  a  rule,  are 
extremely  discouraging,  whilst  the  latter  afford,  at  times,  a 
reasonable  degree  of  satisfaction.  1  am  aware  that  the  dis¬ 
crepancy  may,  in  a  measure,  be  due  to  the  fact  that,  in  the 
former  instance,  we  are  called  upon  to  see  our  patients  when 
the  disease  has  reached  an  advanced  stage.  But  are  they  not 
also  measurably  due  to  the  fact  that  we  are,  unfortunately, 
limited  almost  exclusively,  1  may  say,  to  the  use  of  pharmaco¬ 
dynamic  agents  ? 

♦Medical  hydrology,  climatology,  hy  giene  and  electricity  now 
seem  to  take  precedence  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  diseases. 
And  1  am  inclined  to  the  belief  that  in  Bright’s  diseases  you 
will  often  obtain  more  satisfactory  results  if,  with  due  regard 
to  the  indications  furnished  by  the  etiology  of  the  affection, 
you  give  a  greater  weight  when  possible  to  these  powerful  tnod- 
ificators.  1  have  had  occasion  during  the  past  few  years  to 
obtain  some  happy  results  by  the  use  of  medical  hydrology 
applied  to  Bright’s  diseases.  You  will,  therefore,  before  I  pro¬ 
ceed  further,  permit  me  to  condense  a  few  observations  which 
will  enable  me  to  draw  some  conclusions  in  regard  to  the  use 
of  this  therapeutical  method. 


*  Medical  hydrology  treats  of  the  internal  and  external  use  of  water  in  disease,  and 
comprises  mineral  spiings,  sea-bathing,  douches  of  all  sorts,  medicated  baths,  Turkish 
and  Russian  baths,  etc. 


346  Original  Communications.  [August 

OBSERVATION  I.— CASE  OF  CHRONIC  PARENCHYMATOUS  NE¬ 
PHRITIS. 

Mr.  C.,  a  gentleman  about  47  years  of  age,  was  directed  by 
bis  physician,  Dr.  L’h6ritier,  of  Paris,  to  follow  a  water  cure  at 
the  calcic  springs  of  Vittel.  Mr.  C.  had  an  attack  of  chol¬ 
era  in  1871,  and  of  rheumatism  in  1872.  With  these  exceptions 
his  health  has  been  good  up  to  1877,  when  he  began  to  lose 
flesh  and  strength  without  any  apparent  cause.  In  September, 
of  the  same  year,  he  suffered  from  intense  dyspeptic  troubles, 
with  marked  dysphagia  and  shortness  of  breath.  In  March,  1878, 
got  wet  in  a  very  heavy  rain  and  had  a  spell  of  acute  desqua¬ 
mative  nephritis  followed  by  two  relapses,  at  short  intervals. 
Fever,  general  pains  over  the  body,  with  marked  sensibility 
over  the  lumbar  region,  gastric  symptoms,  oedema  of  legs  and 
thighs,  urine  heavily  loaded  with  albumen,  were  among  the 
characteristic  symptoms.  Patient  arrived  at  the  springs  June 
5th.  His  urine  presents  an  acid  reaction,  it  is  frothy  and  clear, 
except  at  the  bottom  of  the  vessel,  where  a  white  yellowish 
sediment  is  observed.  His  urine  of  the  day  contains  5  grammes 
18  centigr.  (a  little  over  80  grains)  of  albumen ;  the  one  of  the 
night,  3.13  gr.  (about  49  grains) ;  urea,  15.30  gr.  (about  228 
grains).  Microscopical  examination  of  sediment  shows  numer¬ 
ous  large,  dark  colored  crystals  of  uric  acid,  broad  granular 
casts  in  large  number,  a  few  narrow,  pale,  slightly  curved 
casts  with  some  renal  opaque  epithelial  cells  adherent .  No 
fatty  globules  nor  any  waxy  cylinders.  Blood  corpuscles  nu¬ 
meration  gives  3,490,000.  Weight  of  the  body  152  pounds. 

Patient  was  advised  to  drink  from  8  to  12  glasses  of  mineral 
water,  to  take  one  bath  a  day  of  one  hour’s  duration  at  39° 
Centigr.,  followed  by  frictions  and  kneading,  and  a  hot  revul¬ 
sive  douche  at  42°  Centigr.  of  five  minutes  over  the  lumbar 
region. 

On  the  8th  day  the  quantity  of  albumen  is  reduced  to  1.90 
gr .  (about  30  grains)  in  the  day,  and  1.33  gr.  (about  20  grains) 
in  the  night’s  urine.  On  the  25th  day  the  urine  shows  but  a 
trace  of  albumen  and  contains  but  a  few  hyaline  casts.  Upon 
departure,  July  12th,  37th  day  of  the  water  cure,  the  urine  is 
entirely  free  from  albumen  and  casts.  The  numeration  of  blood 
corpuscles  gives  3,900,000.  Weight  of  the  body  161  pounds. 


1879]  DeRoaldes — Treatment  of  Bright’s  Diseases.  247 

The  microscopical  examination,  which  was  repeated  several 
times  during  treatment,  has  shown  a  disappearance  of  the  casts 
parallel  with  the  diminution  of  albumen,  until  at  last,  a  careful 
micro-chemical  test  revealed  the  absence  of  both.  The  quan¬ 
tity  of  urine,  which  during  treatment  was  increased  to  1700  C. 
C.,  has  fallen  back  to  1290  C.  C.  upon  departure ;  specific 
gravity =10 17  and  urea=19  grammes  (about  289  grains). 

OBSERVATION  II.— CASE  OF  INTERSTITIAL  NEPHRITIS. 

Mr.  R.,  a  merchant,  44  years  of  age,  was  prescribed  by  Dr. 
Gubler,  of  Paris,  a  water  course  at  the  Springs  of  Vittel, 
where  he  arrived  dune  20,  1876.  When  29  years  of  age,  patient 
had  an  attack  of  double  ure thro- orchitis,  which  has  left  as  a 
sequela  some  weakness  about  the  genital  organs.  His  father 
was  subject  to  gout,  and  died  in  epileptiform  tits.  Mr.  R., 
himself,  has  been  attacked  three  or  four  times  with  articular 
gout,  the  last  time  in  May,  1874.  During  past  4  or  5  years, 
patient  has  noticed  in  his  urine  a  frequent  deposit  of  a  yellow- 
pinkish  hue.  On  January  10,  1876,  was  laid  in  bed  for  a  fort¬ 
night  with  erratic  pains  of  the  whole  body,  fever,  epistaxis, 
bronchitis,  lumbar  pains  greater  on  the  right  side.  His  sputa 
were  streaked  with  blood.  Urine  was  diminished  in  quantity, 
highly  colored,  albuminous  and  containing  few  casts,  but 
wholly  deprived  of  its  deposit  of  mates  or  uric  acid.  This 
acute  spell  subsided  gradually,  and  patient  was  finally  relieved 
by  the  appearance  in  his  urine  of  a  copious,  brick-colored, 
sandy  deposit.  However,  he  never  since  enjoyed  his  ordinary 
health,  and  his  urine  has  kept  albuminous. 

Condition  upon  arrival  at  the  springs  :  The  skin  is  dry  and 
branny,  appetite  poor,  thirst  normal,  digestion  torpid  and 
sleep  impaired.  Patient  experiences  a  very  uncomfortable 
sensation  of  prickling  about  the  inferior  extremities.  Slight 
oedema  of  the  ankles  and  feet ;  frequent  micturition.  Passes 
1600  C.  C.  of  a  cloudy,  acid  urine,  containing  22  grammes  of 
urea,  1.75  gr.  of  phosphates,  7  gr.  of  chlorides,  2  gr.  of  albu¬ 
men.  Uric  acid  and  urates  are  diminished.  There  is  a  slight 
hypertrophy  of  the  heart,  but  no  valvular  lesion,  no  palpita¬ 
tions.  Respiratory  murmur  normal.  Blood  corpuscles=3,600,000. 
Microscopical  examination  shows  numerous  granulo-fatty  cyl- 


248  Original  Communications.  [August 

inders,  some  few  hyaline  casts,  some  others  dotted  over  with 
tine  dark  granulations.  Hare,  waxy-like  casts. 

Patient  was  directed  to  drink  12  to  14  glasses  of  mineral 
water  a  day,  1  glass  of  Pulna  water  every  fourth  day,  to  over¬ 
come  costiveness.  Tepid  bath  at  37°  C.,  followed  by  frictions 
and  kneading  of  the  whole  body.  Hot  revulsive  douche  at 
42°  C.,  over  the  lumbar  region. 

About  the  seventh  day,  albumen  began  to  diminish  ;  on  the 
twentieth  day,  the  quantity  was  reduced  to  0  gr.  SO  centigr ; 
on  the  thirty-seventh  day,  when  patient  left  the  springs,  a 
trace  of  albumen,  some  hyaline  cylinders  and  a  very  few  gran- 
ulo-fatty  casts  only  are  to  be  found  upon  close  research.  Dur¬ 
ing  the  first  week  of  treatment,  the  quantity  of  urine  passed 
daily  was  increased  from  1000  0.  C.  to  2300  C.  C.  and  was 
heavily  loaded  with  uric  acid.  General  neuropathkvsymptoms 
have  subsided  ;  the  sleep  is  improved  and  patient  no  longer 
experiences  his  troublesome  cerebral  lassitude.  Numeration  of 
blood  corpuscles  gives  4,200,000.  Patient  has  gained  o  pounds 
and  a  slight  exercise  will  promote  perspiration. 

OBSERVATION  III.— CASE  OF  CHRONIC  PARENCHYMATOUS 
NEPHRITIS. 

Mr.  H.,  aged  38  years,  a  banker,  arrived  at  La  Bourbon  I  c 
Arsenical  Thermal  Springs,  June  26,  1878,  sent  by  his  Paris 
physician,  Prof.  Chauffard.  Has  attended  him  during  4  years. 
In  his  letter,  after  rapidly  going  over  the  history  of  the  case, 
he  remarks  that  Mr.  H.  was  forced  to  abandon  Constantinople 
in  1874,  on  account  of  obstinate  intermittent  fevers,  accompa¬ 
nied  with  enlargement  of  the  spleen.  The  type  of  fever  was 
at  first  modified  by  the  change  of  climate,  and  patient,  after  13 
months,  was  entirely  free  of  malarial  attacks.  His  health, 
notwithstanding,  was  far  from  being  restored  to  its  normal 
standard.  Patient  remained  anemic,  although  iron,  quinine 
and  strychnia  were  administered.  Complained  of  general 
weakness,  of  palpitations  accompanied  with  repeated  attacks  of 
bronchitis,  characterized  by  intense  dyspnoea,  mostly  noctur¬ 
nal,  and  by  sputa  occasionally  tinged  with  blood.  Site])  dis¬ 
turbed  by  cough  and  frequent  desire  to  micturate.  Urine  clear 
and  frothy.  A  close  investigation  led  Dr.  Chauffard  to  diag- 


1879]  DeKoaldes — Treatment  of  Bright7 s  Diseases. 


249 

nose  the  ease  as  one  of  incipient  parenchymatous  nephritis 
from  malarial  poisoning.  During  two  years,  various  treatments 
were  uselessly  employed,  the  disease  following  a  progressive 
course. 

At  last  Dr.  C.  decided  upon  removing  his  patient  from  the 
confined  and  hot  summer  atmosphere  of  Paris,  and  he  was  or¬ 
dered  to  resort  to  a  water  cure,  with  the  hope  that  the  change 
of  climate  and  the  use  of  arsenical  springs  would  help  to  re¬ 
build  Ids  general  constitution  and  put  a  check  to  the  pulmonary 
and  renal  congestions.  Upon  arrival  at  the  springs  Mr.  H.  is 
in  the  following  condition  :  General  appearance  is  bad,  whether 
this  be  the  result  of  his  journey  or  not ;  mucous  membranes 
are  unusually  pale,  the  skin  is  dry  and  the  seat  of  a  marked 
epithelial  desquamation  (pityriasis),  marked  emaciation,  pa¬ 
tient  weighing  137  pounds,  waxy  appearance  of  the  teguments. 
Liver  and  lungs  are  normal,  spleen  slightly  enlarged.  The 
eyelids  are  somewhat  bloated.  Patient  is  troubled  with  fre¬ 
quent  micturation  at  night  (8  to  10  times).  Quantity  of  daily 
urine  1410  0.  C.  specific  gravity =1009.  Night  urine  contains  3 
gr.  69  centigr.,  and  day  urine  about  6  gr.  19  centigr.  of  albumen. 
Quantity  of  urea  exceedingly  small=l  1  gr.  70  centigr.  Phos¬ 
phates  and  chlorides  are  in  normal  proportions.  Microscopical 
examination  shows :  numerous  and  thick  crystals  of  uric  acid, 
granulo-fatty  casts  with  oil  globules,  numerous  narrow  cylin¬ 
ders  with  fine  granulations,  some  broad  waxy  casts  and  degen¬ 
erated  epithelial  cells  with  irregularly  defind  edges.  Mr. 
H.  is  advised  to  rest  a  week  before  beginning  treatment.  Ou 
the  third  day,  I  am  called  to  see  him.  Patient  is  laboring  un¬ 
der  an  attack  of  severe  bronchitis,  with  slight  pulmonary 
(edema.  Heart  is  normal,  but  rather  impulsive.  Feet  cedema- 
tous.  Next  day  the  oedema  has  reached  the  scrotum  ;  thighs 
and  legs  are  considerably  swollen.  Quantity  of  urine  dimin¬ 
ished  to  900  C.  C.  Sp.  gr.=1014. 

Patient  feels  pretty  well  on  the  tenth  day  of  this  attack,  with 
the  exception  of  the  anasarca  of  the  inferior  extremities.  The 
swelling  is  such  that  patient’s  weight  has  been  raised  from  137 
to  172  pounds.  Obtaining  no  result  from  purgative  plan,  ad¬ 
vised  him  to  begin  at  once  hydropathic  treatment,  consisting 
5 


250  Original  Communications.  [August 

in  liot  air  baths — Turkish  baths — which  were  administered,  for 
a  period  of  two  weeks  (one  bath  every  other  day).  Patient 
gradually  reached  a  temperature  of  170°  F.  As  much  as  1200 
grammes  of  water  (nearly  2^  pounds)  were  abstracted  from 
the  system  in  one  bath ;  urine  passed  in  24  hours,  averaging 
050  0.  C.  After  the  eighth  bath,  patient  was  nearly  relieved 
of  his  anasarca;  his  weight  fell  down  to  150  pounds,  or  1 
pound  less  than  he  weighed  upon  arrival. 

The  hydromineral  treatment  was  then  instituted,  and  patient 
advised  to  drink  from  2  to  4  glasses  of  mineral  water.  Baths 
at  39°  C.  were  also  ordered,  and  were  followed  by  a  hot  revul¬ 
sive  douche  applied  over  the  splenic  and  lumbar  regions. 

This  treatment,  kept  up  for  a  month,  brought  on  a  most 
remarkable  improvement.  The  condition  of  the  patient  upon 
departure,  August  18th,  that  is,  92  days  after  his  arrival,  was 
as  follows  :  Appetite  restored ;  sleep  interrupted  but  once  or 
twice  for  micturation ;  patient  has  made  frequent  excursions 
in  the  mountains  with  comparative  ease ;  the  functions  of  the 
skin  are  normal ;  no  oedema ;  complexion  darker,  but  still 
retaining  an  amende  taint ;  only  a  trace  of  albumen  in  the 
urine.  Casts  are  few  in  number,  broad  and  grauulo-fatty,  no 
waxy  cylinders  nor  any  oily  globules.  Some  renal  epithelial 
cells  with  natural  dull  tint.  The  quantity  of  urea  has  been 
raised  up  to  15  grammes,  aud  amount  of  urine  daily  excreted = 
1370  C.  C.  Has  gained  15  pounds.  Patient  left  the  springs 
after  being  advised  to  sojourn  in  the  south  of  France  or  Italy 
during  winter,  and  to  return  next  summer  to  the  springs. 

Had  occasion  to  hear  from  Mr.  H.,  through  his  physician. 
He  has  wintered  at  Cannes,  and  during  January  has  drank 
the  transported  waters.  Has  followed,  otherwise,  no  special 
treatment,  but  exercised  in  the  open  air.  Has  had  no  recur¬ 
rence  of  his  bronchitic  attacks ;  his  general  health,  which  is 
very  good,  has  allowed  him  to  enjoy  ordinary  life.  His  urine 
still  shows  a  trace  of  albumen,  detectable  only  with  Heller’s 
test.  The  microscope  shows  the  presence  of  a  fewr  broad  gran- 
ulo-fatty  casts,  with  degenerated  epithelial  cells. 

OBSERVATION  IV.— CASE  OF  CHRONIC  PARENCHYMATOUS 
NEPHRITIS. 

George  Brungard,  27  years  of  age,  entered  Charity  Hospital 
March  8,  1879.  A  year  ago,  patient  then  living  in  Arkansas 


251 


1879]  DeRoALDES — Treatment  of  Bright’s  Diseases. 

was  attacked  with  malarial  fever,  of  a  tertian  type.  In  Octo¬ 
ber,  after  exposure  to  rain  and  cold,  was  seized  with  rigors, 
followed  by  fever,  nausea,  and  pains  in  the  lumbar  region,  and 
swelling  of  the  inferior  extremities. 

Upon  admission,  patient  says  he  has  been  unable  to  leave  his 
bed  for  the  past  two  months  on  account  of  excessive  weakness. 
Mucous  membranes  and  teguments  show  a  waxy  nue,  face  is 
bloated,  appetite  impaired,  bowels  loose.  Inferior  extremities 
and  scrotum  are  the  seat  of  considerable  serous  effusion. 
Heart  normal,  but  spleen  is  enlarged.  Patient’s  sleep  is  often 
interrupted  by  cough,  due  to  slight  oedema  of  the  lungs. 

Patient  is  put  under  observation  for  a  few  days.  The  urine 
is  very  pale,  frothy  and  acid ;  average  about  2000  C.  C.  a  day, 
with  a  sp.  gr.  of  1007.  It  contains  a  large  quantity  of  albu¬ 
men  ;  7  gr.  90  cgr.  Urea=14  gr.  75  cgr.  At  the  bottom  of  the 
jar,  there  is  an  opaline  deposit  of  formed  elements,  which, 
under  the  microscope,  proves  to  be  composed  of  small  and  nar¬ 
row  hyaline  casts,  with  very  few  granular  cylinders,  and  some 
renal  epithelial  cells,  with  a  number  of  uric  acid  crystals. 
Patient  was  ordered  15  drops  of  dilute  phosphoric  acid  three 
times  a  day,  and  10  to  12  glasses  of  Waukesha  water  (Orescent 
Spring).  From  March  18th  to  April  28th,  microscopical  exam¬ 
ination  and  analysis  of  urine  were  made  daily ;  from  these  tab¬ 
ular  records,  1  condense  the  following :  Urine  rapidly  became 
neutral,  with  marked  tendency  to  ammoniacal  decomposi¬ 
tion  after  being  voided. 

March  21st,  Day  urine=1490  C.  C.,  with  sp.  gr.=1010. 

Night  urine=1090  C.  0.,  with  sp.  gr.— 1009. 

April  7th,  Day  urine— 000  O.  C.,  with  sp.  gr.=1018. 

Night  urine=1240  0.  C.,  with  sp.  gr.=1009. 

Albumen  passed  in  24  hours=4  gr.  22  centigr. 

Microscopical  examination  shows  a  few  hylaine  casts,  and 
renal  epithelial  cells,  with  amorphous  earthy  phosphates. 

April  13th,  Day  urine=400  C.  O.,  sp.  gr.=1022. 

Night  urine=879  C.  C.,  sp.  gr.=1011. 

No  casts,  and  but  a  few  renal  epithelial  cells  and  amorphous 
phosphates. 

April  20tli,  Day  urine=700  C.  C.,  sp.  gr.=1018. 

Night  urine=900  C.  C.,  sp.  gr.=1012. 

Quantity  of  albumen  in  24  hours=2  gr.  29  centigr. 


Original  Communications. 


252 


[August 


Microscopical  examination  shows  a  complete  absence  of  casts. 
Urea=18.10  gr.  During  the  time  (38  days)  patient  has  been 
under  treatment,  he  has  had  live  attacks  of  malarial  fever,  for 
which  quinine  was  administered.  The  fever  seemed  to  have 
no  other  effect  on  the  urine  except  in  diminishing  its  quantity 
and  deepening  its  color.  Notwithstanding  this,  general  con¬ 
dition  of  patient  steadily  improved,  appetite  increased.  Dowels 
have  become  regular  and  digestion  is  normal.  All  liquid  effu¬ 
sion  has  been  removed.  His  complexion  looks  healthier,  and 
auscultation  reveals  no  abnormal  sounds.  Patient  has  been 
able  during  the  last  two  weeks  to  assist  the  nurse  of  the  ward 
in  the  discharge  of  his  duties.  Was  last  seen  on  May  14th. 
Has  had  another  attack  of  fever,  but  his  general  condition  con¬ 
tinues  very  good.  Quantity  of  urine  about  normal,  so  are  its 
reaction  and  color.  No  casts,  but  still  contains  about  two 
grammes  of  albumen.  Urea=17.80  gr. 

I  Avill  now  be  permitted  to  draw  some  conclusions,  which 
seem  to  me  justified  by  the  study  of  these  observations. 

1st.  There  is  a  marked  diminution  of  the  albuminuria  as  a 
consequence  of  the  diuresis  produced  by  the  use  of  calcic  min¬ 
eral  waters.  The  renal  congestion,  instead  of  being  exaggerated , 
has  on  the  contrary  been  diminished  by  this  diuretic  influence. 
This  result  corroborates  the  statement  of  Cl.  Bernard,  based 
on  actual  experiment,  namely  :  the  disgorgement  of  glands  by 
increased  functional  activity.  In  observation  No.  3,  arsenical 
waters  having  no  marked  effect  on  diuresis,  we  have  to  look 
elsewhere  to  explain  their  efficacy.  The  explanation  lies,  I 
think,  in  the  undoubted  properties  of  arsenic  to  diminish  con¬ 
gestion  by  its  in uence  on  the  vaso  motor  nerves.  We  all 
know  the  good  results  attained  with  arsenic  in  the  treatment 
of  congestive  headache,  neuralgia,  pulmonary  congestion,  etc. 
Besides  this  explanation,  arsenic  seemed  to  have  filled  a  pre¬ 
cise  indication  furnished  by  the  fact  of  previous  malarial  intox¬ 
ication,  and  the  use  of  hot  air  baths  by  stimulating  the  func¬ 
tions  of  the  skin  to  their  utmost  capacity,  certainly  had  the 
effect  of  diminishing  the  tension  of  the  blood  in  the  renal  blood¬ 
vessels. 

2d.  In  all  four  observations  the  diminution  of  the  quantity 


253 


1879]  DeKoaldes — Treatment  of  Bright1  s  Diseases. 

of  albumen  has  been  progressive  and  very  nearly  parallel  with 
the  diminution  of  the  gravity  of  easts  and  epithelium  of  renal 
origin.  1  will  remark  also  that,  as  the  worst  form  of  cylinders 
disappeared  or  were  modiiied,  there  seemed  to  have  been  a 
species  of  substitution  of  hyaline  casts. 

3d.  The  general  health  ’and  strength  of  these  four  patients 
were  remarkably  improved  by  this  course  of  treatment.  The 
numeration  of  blood  corpuscles  was  resorted  to  in  two  in¬ 
stances,  and  showed  a  marked  increase.  Corresponding  to  this 
an  increase  in  weight,  ranging  from  live  to  fifteen  pounds  was 
also  obtained,  except  in  case  4,  where  this  observation  was 
neglected  for  want  of  scales. 

1  feel  consequently  justified  in  saying  that  the  treatment  has 
fulfilled  what  should  be  considered  the  principal  indications  in 
Bright’s  diseases,  viz  : 

1st.  To  uphold  the  constitution  and  rebuild  the  impoverished 
general  conditions. 

2d.  To  diminish,  if  not  to  suppress,  the  congestion  of  the 
kidneys. 

3d.  To  clear  and  if  possible  modify  the  tubuli  uriniferi. 

Before  closing,  allow  me  to  direct  your  attention  to  the  influ¬ 
ence  gout  holds  in  the  production  of  interstitial  nephritis.  It 
is  such  that  the  gouty  kidney  is,  with  English  writers,  synoni- 
mous  with  contracted  kidney.  This  etiological  influence  is  well 
exemplified  by  Case  No.  11.  it  is  in  those  cases  that  the  calcic 
waters  of  Vittel  in  France,  Wildungen  in  Germany,  Capon  and 
Poland  in  this  country,  will  prove  efficacious.  Those  of  Buffalo 
and  the  Waukesha  Crescent  Springs  containing,  in  addition, 
bi-carbonate  of  lithia,  are  specially  indicated.  Their  first  effect 
is  to  render  the  urine  alkaline,  and  then  to  favor  the  elimina¬ 
tion  of  uric  acid — accumulated  in  the  blood — under  the  form  of 
urate  of  lithia,  the  most  readily  soluble  combination  of  uric 
acid.  It  frequently  occurs,  when,  in  gout,  or  in  Bright’s  dis¬ 
eases,  the  urinary  secretion  is  scanty,  that  uric  acid,  and  even 
urate  of  soda,  will  be  deposited  in  the  tubuli  uriniferi,  in  the 
shape  of  what  Bayer  has  termed,  microscopic  gravel.  In  these 


254  Original  Communications.  [August 

cases,  these  diuretic  calcic  and  lithia  mineral  waters,  filtering 
rapidly  and  in  abundance  through  the  kidneys,  will  have  a  sort 
of  lixiviating  result,  and  thus  favor  the  solution  of  these  infarc¬ 
tions,  open  and  keep  free  the  tubuli  uriniferi.  It  is  useless  to 
insist  upon  this  beneficial  effect,  for  in  a  contracted  or  gouty 
kidney,  it  is  preparing  the  way  for  urtemic^poisoning,  not  to 
avail  ourselves  of  every  possible  means  to  prevent  those  tubuli, 
which  are  still  sound,  and  through  which  the  urea,  uric  acid, 
and  extractive  matters  are  excreted,  from  being  blocked  and 
clogged  by  this  microscopical^gravel. 

I  will  lastly  recall  the  influence  of  chronic  malarial  poison¬ 
ing  in  the  etiology  of  Bright’s  diseases.  Case  No.  Ill  and  No. 
IV  exemplifies  this  point,  and,  although  I  have  had  this  win¬ 
ter,  in  my  wards  of  the  Charity  Hospital,  three  cases  of  chronic 
parenchymatous  nephritis,  in  which  the  disease  was  clearly  at¬ 
tributable  to  malaria,  I  am  not  prepared  as  yet  to  assert  that, 
in  the  majority  of  such  cases,  we  will  be  more  apt  to  meet 
with  parenchymatous  than  with  interstitial  nephritis. 

In  those  cases  we  will  have  to  administer  quinine,  even  if 
the  patient  is  free  from  paroxysm.  But  when  it  has  led  to  un¬ 
doubted  disorder  of  the  kidney,  we  will,  1  think,  find  in 
arsenic,  hydropathy,  mineral  springs,  with  change  of  climate, 
modificators  which  will  act  in  a  more  direct  manner  upon  the 
lesion,  provided,  of  course,  it  be  not  too  far  advanced. 

If  Bright’s  diseases  present  themselves  in  a  decided  scrofu¬ 
lous  constitution,  we  may  with  advantage  advise  a  course  of 
treatment  by  the  saline  alkaline  and  iodo-bromine  waters,  as 
Kreutznaeh,  Hombourg,  Darklieim  in  Germany,  Solies,  Brides 
in  France,  Saxon  in  Switzerland,  and  St.  Catherine’s  Wells  and 
Caledonia  Springs  in  this  country.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  our 
patient  is  subject  to  rheumatism,  or  has  had  syphilis,  if  the 
kidneys  are  but  recently  involved,  and  we  believe  rheumatism 
or  syphilis  has  had  an  etiological  influence,  we  will  then 
find  in  thermal  waters,  of  the  indeterminate  class,  as  Hot 
Springs  of  Arkansas,  or  of  the  sulphur  class,  as  those  of  Vir¬ 
ginia.,  a  valuable  adjuvant. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


255 


1879J 


URRENT 


EDICAL 


ITERATURE. 


THE  CURE  OF  HAEMORRHOIDS  BY  THE  HYPODERMIC  SYRINGE. 

By  Edmund  Andrews,  A  ir.,  M.D.,  Prof,  of  Surgery  in  the  Chicago  Medical  College. 

Iii  a  former  number  of  this  journal,  I  published  the  secret 
method  of  certain  itinerant  “  File  Doctors,”  and  asked  for  in¬ 
formation  from  all  physicians  who  had  any  knowledge  of  the 
practical  results  of  the  treatment.  This  request,  supplemented 
by  other  inquiries,  has  brought  me  responses  from  about  300 
physicians,  and  given  me  more  or  less  knowledge  of  the  results 
of  over  3300  cases  treated  by  the  new  method.  From  the 
material  thus  collected  l  am  able  to  present  the  following 
history : 

In  the  year  1871,  there  lived  in  the  village  of  Clinton,  Ill.,  a 
physician  named  Mitchell.  His  practice  being  small,  he  em¬ 
ployed  his  superabundant  leisure  in  planning  a  new  treatment 
for  luemorrhoids.  He  was  a  good  thinker,  and  soon  conceived 
the  idea  of  charging  a  hypodermic  syringe  with  equal  parts  of 
carbolic  acid  and  olive  oil,  and  injecting  the  contents  into  the 
luemorrhoidal  tumors.  He  also  devised  another  and  totally  dif¬ 
ferent  plan,  which  was  to  take  two  large  needles  with  triangular 
points,  like  those  used  by  saddlers,  and  then  to  pick  the  piles 
to  pieces  little  by  little  with  the  needles.  Mitchell  himself  is 
said  to  prefer  the  needle  operation,  and  several  others  have 
adopted  it  from  him,  but  the  plan  of  injections  has  proved  by 
far  the  most  popular  with  others,  and  has  recruited,  in  a  quiet 
way,  a  surprising  number  of  operators.  The  secret  was  sold 
from  man  to  man,  and  the  price  and  enthusiasm  rose  simul¬ 
taneously.  u  State  and  county  rights  ”  to  practice  it,  were 
vended  at  high  rates,  reaching  in  one  instance  the  sum  of 
$3000.  Regular  physicians  abandoned  their  practice,  and  even 
mortgaged  their  property  for  money  with  which  to  buy  the 
secret,  and  set  themselves  up  as  itinerants,  while  ignorant  lay¬ 
men  joined  in  the  rush  until  they  tilled  the  whole  West  with 
their  clamor,  and  at  last  whitened  the  sands  of  the  Pacific 
shores  with  their  hand-bills. 

The  chief  managers  of  the  business  settle  in  the  larger  towns 
in  the  winter,  where  they  advertise  and  practice,  but  as  spring 
advances  to  the  time  when  the  wild  geese  begin  to  fly,  they 
feel  the  migratory  instinct,  and  go  from  place  to  place,  selling 
the  secret  to  all  who  will  buy  it,  and  operating  meanwhile  on 
the  people  of  the  farms  and  villages.  In  this  way  they  have 
treated  more  than  10,000  patients  in  the  States  west  of  the 
Alleghany  mountains.  A  secret  so  extensively  sold  always 
gets  out.  Three  years  ago  1  discovered  and  published  it,  thus 
putting  a  check  on  the  business  of  selling,  and  induced  large 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


256 


[August 


numbers  of  the  regular  profession  to  try  the  plan  among  their 
patients.  These  physicians  have  furnished  me  my  best  infor¬ 
mation,  but  I  also  opened  communication  with  the  principal 
itinerants  themselves,  and  induced  several  of  them  to  come  out 
frankly  and  tell  what  they  knew,  and  by  checking  one  state¬ 
ment  against  another,  was  able  to  sift  out  pretty  well  the  few 
attempts  at  deception. 

Mitchell’s  original  plans  have  excited  widely  extended  thought 
and  experimentation  among  his  followers,  so  that  his  two 
methods  have  branched  out  into  numerous  varieties.  The 
original  injection  seems  to  have  consisted  of  equal  parts  of 
crystalized  carbolic  acid  and  olive  oil.  The  operator  exposes 
the  piles  to  view,  and  smears  the  anus  with  an  ointment  to  pre¬ 
vent  smarting  in  case  the  fluid  should  chailee  to  drop  ;  he  then 
takes  a  sharp-pointed  hypodermic  syringe,  charged  with  the 
carbolized  liquid,  and  slowly  throws  a  few  drops  into  one  of  the 
piles.  The  pipe  is  left  in  the  puncture  a  few  moments  to  pre¬ 
vent  the  fluid  from  running  out,  and  to  allow  it  to  become 
fixed  in  the  tissue.  The  pile  turns  white,  and  in  the  most 
successful  cases  withers  away  without  pain,  suppuration  or 
sloughing.  Only  one  pile  is  treated  at  a  time,  and  about  a 
week  is  allowed  between  the  sessions,  until  all  are  cured.  The 
itinerants  often  advertise  their  method  as  “  painless,”  but  as  a 
matter  of  fact  only  about  one  patient  iu  four  gets  anything  like 
exemption  from  pain.  Most  of  them  suffer  a  sharp  temporary 
smarting,  and  a  few  have  a  terrible  and  prolonged  agony.  The 
majority  are  cured,  however,  without  interrupting  their  busi¬ 
ness. 

The  original  plan  has  sprouted  into  numerous  varieties.  In¬ 
stead  of  using  olive  oil  as  the  excipient,  many  use  glycerine. 
Then  every  operator  has  his  favorite  degree  of  strength.  Sev¬ 
eral  claim  that  the  stronger  the  fluid  the  better  it  is,  and  act¬ 
ually  inject  crystals  of  carbolic  acid  melted  by  heat,  while 
others  use  mixtures  varying  in  strength  all  the  way  down  the 
scale,  until  we  find  Dr.  Weir,  of  New  York,  experimenting 
with  one  part  of  acid  to  20  or  30  parts  of  the  solvent.  The 
dose  injected  varies  in  like  manner.  Some  advocate  great 
caution,  and  only  put  in  from  one  to  three  drops,  while  others 
cram  the  pile  with  a  syringe  full,  and  seek  to  make  it  sup¬ 
purate  or  slough.  I  find  two  mem  using  creosote  instead  of 
carbolic  acid,  and  several  add  anodynes,  such  as  morphine, 
chloral  or  iodoform.  Ergotine  is  also  a  favorite  injection,  and 
a  great  number  of  mixed  formulae  have  been  imparted  to  me, 
some  of  them  containing  five  or  six  ingredients.  Mr.  Oolles, 
of  Dublin,  injects  muriated  tincture  of  iron.  Dr.  Hill,  of 
Bloomington,  111.,  and  Dr.  Drake,  of  Hastings,  Mich.,  use  the 
iron  per- sulphate,  while  others  have  tried  tannin,  chromic  acid, 
tincture  of  iodine,  etc.  One  itinerant,  who  writes  in  a  straight¬ 
forward,  manly  tone,  says  that  he  has  experimented  on  almost 
every  coagulating  agent  in  the  vegetable  and  mineral  king¬ 
doms.  His  preference  is  for  the  strongest  carbolic  acid.  He 


1879 J  Current  Medical  Literature.  257 

adds  the  following  remarks :  “  The  difficulty  with  all  remedies 
except  carbolic  acid  is  the  suppuration  being  limited  to  a  small 
portion  of  the  tumor,  or,  like  the  preparations  of  iron,  causing 
it  to  swell  and  become  very  painful.  Carbolic  acid  is,  so  to 
speak,  used  up  in  cooking  the  blood  throughout  the  entire 
tumor.  The  appearance  of  the  pile  in  from  five  to  twenty  sec¬ 
onds  shows  such  to  be  the  fact.  Suppuration  takes  place  in 
three  or  four  days,  with  sloughing.  No  danger  of  haemorrhage.” 

The  results  of  these  various  methods  of  treatment  may  be 
summed  up  as  follows:  In  the  first  place  the  needle  operation 
has  never  become  a  favorite.  I  can  learn  of  only  five  persons 
who  make  much  use  of  it.  The  following  case  was  probably 
treated  in  that  way.  The  patient,  a  plethoric  man  of  45  years, 
went  to  a  quack  in  Chicago,  and  as  a  result,  a  varicose  lnemor- 
rhoidal  vein  was  widely  opened.  He  says  the  blood  gushed  out 
freely,  but  after  some  trouble  was  arrested  through  the  applica¬ 
tion  of  means  not  clearly  understood  by  him.  He  then  returned 
home  in  great  agony;  and  sent  for  his  family  physician,  who  in 
turn  called  me  in  council.  The  family  physician  took  off  sundry 
cloths  and  compresses,  and  found  a  large  opening  in  a  vein 
plugged  with  a  vial  cork.  The  quack,  1  presume,  tore  open  the 
thin  walls  of  a  dilated  vein,  and  being  driven  to  his  wits’  end 
by  the  gush  of  blood,  finally  concluded  to  cork  up  his  patient 
like  a  demijohn. 

My  informants  agree  that  the  in  jection  method  seldom  fails  to 
cure  the  disease,  but  they  report  some  serious  disasters.  The 
writers  know'  of  about  3304  cases  treated  in  their  vicinities  by 
these  methods,  and  though  they  cannot  always  give  exact  num¬ 
bers  and  details,  yet  the  circumstances  are  such  that  a  case  of 
rapid  death  from  the  treatment  could  not  be  concealed,  though 
minor  troubles,  such  as  pain,  sloughing,  etc.,  might  frequently 
escape  their  notice.  It  is  probable,  therefore,  that  the  list  of 
deaths  is  pretty  complete,  while  the  figures  giving  the  minor 
accidents  are  too  small. 


List  of  Accidents. 

Deaths . 9 

Embolism  of  the  liver  (suspected) .  8 

Very  dangerous  luemorrhage .  5 

Less  dangerous  luemorrhage .  5 

Carbolic  acid  poisoning  (recovered) .  1 

Sloughing  (generally,  but  not  always  confined  to 

the  piles) .  23 

Abcess  (of  the  liver) .  1 

Severe  inflammation .  10 

Violent  pain .  83 

Stricture  of  the  rectum .  2 

Permanent  impotence .  1 

Long  sickness  (2  w^eeks  to  0  months) .  6 

Relapsed .  7 

Failed  of  cure  of  piles .  11 

Sundry  other  accidents .  12 


6 


184 


258 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[Align  st 

Cases  of  sloughing  and  suppuration  of  the  piles,  are  innu¬ 
merable.  Some  itinerants  use  strong  injections  with  the  ex¬ 
press  purpose  of  producing  these  results,  deeming  that  the 
plan  of  causing  them  to  atrophy  without  suppuration  lacks 
certainty  and  permanence. 

The  list  shows  that,  while  the  deaths  are  so  few  that  the  risk 
is  no  greater  than  in  other  modes  of  treatment,  yet  the  minor 
accidents  are  very  numerous.  The  imperfection  of  the  reports 
renders  a  thorough  study  of  the  accidents  impossible,  but  the 
following  information  has  been  gleaned :  One  of  the  deaths 
was  caused  by  inflammation,  followed  by  immense  abscesses, 
erysipelas  and  pyaemia.  The  patient  died  on  the  fifth  day. 

Another  death  apparently  resulted  from  embolism  of  the 
liver.  That  viscus  nearly  ceased  its  function;  the  stools  were 
light  colored  and  scanty,  the  skin  yellow,  and  all  the  lymphatic 
glands  of  the  groin,  axilla?,  and  neck  became  enlarged.  A  full 
dose  of  calomel  always  brought  temporary  improvement,  but 
no  permanent  benefit.  The  patient  lingered  long,  and  died  un¬ 
relieved,  about  one  hundred  days  after  the  operation.  The 
next  fatal  case  was  that  of  a  man  84  .years  of  age.  The  person 
who  injected  the  pile,  said  it  was  u  very  large  and  very  deeply 
seated.”  It  was  suspected  that  he  mistook  the  enlarged  pros¬ 
tate  for  a  haemorrhoid.  Be  that  as  it  may,  the  patient  was 
attacked  with  violent  pain  and  retention  of  urine,  and  though 
relieved  by  the  catheter,  died  on  the  third  day.  There  is  no 
proof,  however,  that  the  prostate  was  injected,  nor  that  it 
would  be  fatal  if  it  were. 

The  fourth  death  was  also  attributed  to  injecting  the  pros¬ 
tate,  but  no  symptoms  are  given. 

The  five  remaining  deaths  are  so  vaguely  reported  that  1  am 
unable  to  give  any  particulars  about  them.  It  is  possible  that 
three  of  the  reports  refer  to  the  same  patient,  and  ought  to  be 
counted  as  one,  in  which  case  the  whole  number  of  deaths  is 
only  seven.  This  number  of  fatal  results  in  3300  cases,  treated 
often  in  the  most  reckless  and  ignorant  manner,  is  certainly 
not  large,  and  tends  to  show  that  the  injection  method  is  as 
safe  as  any  other,  so  far  as  life  is  concerned. 

The  same  relative  immunity  appears  respecting  haemorrhage. 
Five  dangerous  cases  of  it  are  reported,  but  in  most,  if  not  all 
of  them,  it  occurred  from  the  foolhardy  practice  of  allowing  the 
patient  to  take  long  rides  and  walks  when  he  should  have  been 
in  bed;  but  even  with  all  this  imprudence  the  haemorrhagic 
cases  are  fewer  than  occur  after  the  use  of  the  clamp  and  the 
ligature.  Allingham  reports  more  instances  of  haemorrhage 
after  his  favorite  operation,  the  ligature,  than  I  can  find  among 
all  these  cases  of  injection. 

The  chief  objection  of  the  profession  to  this  operation,  has 
been  the  fear  of  embolism.  The  two  lower  pairs  of  luemor- 
rhoidal  veins  send  their  blood  by  the  route  of  the  internal  iliacs 
to  the  heart,  but  they  are  small,  while  the  upper  pair  is  much 
larger,  and  carries  the  great  mass  of  the  blood  of  the  lnemor- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


259 


1879] 

rhoidai  plexus  to  the  liver,  hence  vve  should  expect  that  embol¬ 
ism,  if  it  occurred  at  all,  would  be  of  the  latter  organ.  The 
facts  agree  with  the  indications  of  the  anatomy,  for  not  a  single 
case  is  reported  of  a  sudden  death,  such  as  would  proceed  from 
clots  swept  to  the  heart  and  lungs,  but  there  are  eight  instances 
of  suspected  embolism  of  the  liver  ;  only  one  of  them  died,  and 
there  was  no  post-mortem  examination,  so  that  possible  proof 
is  wanting. 

The  first  is  the  fatal  case  of  liver  trouble  already  described. 
The  second  was  marked  by  an  abscess  of  the  liver,  but  the  pa¬ 
tient  recovered.  In  the  third  case  the  patient  was  attacked 
one  hour  after  the  injection  with  severe  pain  in  the  liver. 
After  some  time  the  pain  was  relieved,  and  no  furthej  trouble 
followed,  but  the  physician  feared  to  repeat  the  injection. 

In  the  remaining  cases  it  is  simply  reported  to  me  that  the 
patients,  after  operation,  were  attacked  with  disease  of  the 
liver,  but  did  not  die ;  no  particulars  were  given.  It  is  probable 
that  in  a  portion  of  the  cases  the  liver  disease  pre-existed,  and 
was  the  cause  of  the  piles  and  not  the  consequence  of  the  oper¬ 
ation.  On  the  whole,  there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  decided 
danger  of  embolism,  if  the  case  is  carefully  handled.  I  may 
mention  here,  that  Dr.  Whitmire,  of  Metamore,  111.,  practices 
tamponing  the  upper  part  of  the  rectum  for  24  hours,  to  pre¬ 
vent  any  emboli  from  moving  in  that  direction. 

Sloughing  and  suppuration  of  the  j>iles  generally  follows 
large  and  concentrated  injections,  but  not  the  small  and  dilute 
ones.  A  few  cases  only  of  extensive  abscesses  have  occurred. 

The  most  frequent  of  all  accidents  is  the  occurrence  of  severe 
pain.  The  verge  of  the  anus  is  extremely  sensitive,  and  injec¬ 
tions  put  in  near  that  circle  are  liable  to  produce  fearful  dis¬ 
tress,  but  above  the  verge,  the  sensibility  rapidly  diminishes, 
so  that  much  less  suffering  is  entailed  by  the  injection  of  in¬ 
ternal  piles.  In  about  one-fourth  of  the  patients,  the  pain  is 
very  slight.  Dr.  Weir,  of  New  York,  injected  two  series  of 
patients,  one  with  strong,  and  the  other  with  weak  carbolized 
solutions,  using  in  the  latter  only  one  part  of  carbolic  acid  to 
ten,  twenty  or  thirty  of  the  excipient.  He  found  that  the  pain 
and  the  abscesses  followed  the  use  of  the  strong  injections,  but 
were  escaped  when  weaker  ones  were  employed. 

The  remaining  accidents  in  the  list  are  not  peculiar  to  this 
operation,  nor  greater  in  number  than  occur  in  other  methods. 
The  operation  was  a  new  one,  and  its  conditions  of  safety  were 
unknown.  When  we  consider  that  many  of  the  operators 
were  ignorant  blockheads,  with  no  qualifications  for  the  busi¬ 
ness  except  a  bottle  of  carbolic  acid  and  a  hypodermic  syringe, 
and  with  no  idea  of  efficiency  but  to  distend  the  hsemorrhoidal 
plexus  with  all  the  liquid  caustic  they  could  get  into  it,  we 
shall  not  be  surprised  at  discovering  a  few  deaths  and  a  num¬ 
ber  of  minor  accidents.  Had  the  method  itself  not  been  an 
unusually  safe  one,  they  would  certainly  have  slaughtered  their 
scores  of  victims,  for  the  difference  is  world  wide  between  their 


2C0  Current  Medical  Literature.  [August 

ignorant  injecting,  and  cautious,  scientific  surgery.  If  the 
following  rules  be  observed,  I  believe  that  the  method  of  treat¬ 
ment  by  hypodermic  injection  will  be  less  painful  than  any 
other,  and  equally  safe  : 

1.  Inject  only  internal  piles. 

2.  Use  diluted  forms  of  the  remedy  at  first  and  stronger  ones 
only  when  these  fail. 

.‘3.  Treat  one  pile  at  a  time,  and  allow  from  four  to  ten  days 
between  the  operations. 

4.  Inject  from  one  to  six  drops,  having  smeared  the  mem¬ 
branes  with  cosmoline  to  guard  against  dripping.  Inject  very 
slowly  and  keep  the  pipe  in  place  a  few  moments  to  allow  the 
fluid  to  become  fixed  in  the  tissues. 

5.  Confine  the  patient  to  bed  the  first  day,  and  also  subse¬ 
quently  if  any  severe  symptoms  appear.  Prohibit  any  but 
very  moderate  exercise  during  the  treatment. 

Under  all  treatments,  as  well  as  when  left  without  treatment, 
piles  are  subject  to  possible  haemorrhage.  Allingham  gives 
the  following  method  of  applying  the  tampon,  where  the  bleed¬ 
ing  vessel  cannot  be  found  promptly,  and  controlled  by  other 
means :  He  takes  a  good-sized  sponge  and  fastens  a  strong 
double  string  through  its  centre.  (He  prefers  a  bell-shaped 
sponge  inserted  with  the  open  end  downward.)  Having  pushed 
the  sponge  up  the  rectum  some  inches  beyond  the  bleeding- 
point,  he  fills  the  parts  below  with  cotton  dusted  with  pow¬ 
dered  alum  or  persulphate  of  iron,  and  ties  a  stick  across  the 
finished  tampon  with  the  double  string.  By  turning  the  stick 
like  the  handle  of  a  gimblet,  he  twists  and  tightens  the  string, 
forcing  the  tampon  firmly  up  against  the  sponge  and  causing 
it  to  spread  laterally  and  compress  the  bleeding  vessels.  He 
advises  the  insertion  of  a  large  catheter  with  the  tampon,  to 
give  exit  to  the  flatus.  By  the  help  of  opiates  the  tampon  is 
often  tolerated  several  days. 

My  final  conclusion  is  that  the  wild  itinerants  of  the  prairies 
have  really  made  a  valuable  contribution  to  scientific,  knowl¬ 
edge,  and  that  the  cautious  injection  of  haemorrhoids  with  car- 
bolized  solutions  will  remain  as  one  of  the  permanent  opera¬ 
tions  of  surgery. — Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner. 


GASTROTOMY. 

The  operation  for  making  a  permanent  opening  into  the 
stomach,  called  gastrotomy,  done  to  prolong  life  and  relieve 
the  agony  of  patients  suffering  from  closure  of  the  (esophagus 
as  the  result  of  disease,  or  the  mere  opening  of  it  for  the 
removal  of  foreign  bodies,  is  recommended  as  a  proper  surgical 
procedure,  and  has  been  done  a  number  of  times — still,  to  Mr. 
Howse,  of  Guy’s  Hospital,  is  certainly  due  the  credit  of  demon¬ 
strating  its  absolute  feasibility,  comparative  safety  and  evident 
necessity. 

Mr.  Howse  considers  that  the  uniformly  successful  result 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


20 1 


1879 J 

following  liis  efforts  so  far  is  mainly  due  to  the  special  method 
of  procedure  which  he  has  followed  in  all  his  cases  ;  this  man¬ 
ner  of  operating  accomplishes  perfectly  the  very  desideratum 
which  Prof.  Freer  deemed  so  necessary  and  urgently  advised. 
The  first  part  of  the  operation  is  devoted  to  and  done  with  the 
intention  of  securing  a  firm,  wide  attachment  of  the  stomach 
to  the  abdominal  walls  This  consists  in  fastening  the  two 
together  by  ligatures  introduced  in  a  special  manner  and  leav¬ 
ing  them  so  attached  for  five  or  six  days,  which  is  long  enough, 
according  to  Mr.  Howse’s  experience,  to  develop  firm  union  ; 
after  which  the  stomach  itself  is  opened.  In  none  of  these 
cases  was  there  any  undue  inflammation  or  any  other  interfer¬ 
ence  with  the  progress  of  the  case  to  recovery.  The  fistula  is 
completed  by  opening  the  stomach  through  the  lips  of  the 
abdomiuo-gastric  junction — a  proper  gum  elastic  tube  is  intro¬ 
duced  into  the  cavity  of  the  viscus  and  retained  there  by  strap¬ 
ping,  and  through  tins  tube  the  patient  can  be  fed  without  dis¬ 
comfort  or  trouble. 

Mr.  Howse  naturally  expresses  the  hope,  encouraged  as  he 
is  by  his  successes,  following  the  operation,  that  this  procedure 
will  be  earlier  resorted  to  in  the  class  of  cases  for  which  it  is 
oftenest  done — epithelioma  of  the  (esophagus,  and  in  addition 
that  it  will  come  to  be  looked  upon  as  a  necessary  and  accepted 
course  of  treatment  in  cases  of  traumatic  occlusion  or  specific 
stricture.  Up  to  the  present  time  five  operations  have  been 
done  by  him,  four  for  closure  of  the  oesophagus  by  epithelioma 
and  one  for  traumatic  stricture. 

Of  those  done  for  epithelioma,  one  lived  seven  months  after 
the  operation  and  finally  died  from  extension  of  the  cancerous 
disease  to  surrounding  vital  organs.  During  this  long  period 
the  patient  was  entirely  free  from  the  agonizing  distress  inci¬ 
dental  to  slow  starvation — feeding  herself  comfortably  and 
easily  through  the  tube  or  external  (esophagus.  1  might  even 
justly  say  that  the  feeding  was  not  robbed  of  enjoyment,  for  the 
patient  masticated  her  food  and  then  introduced  it  into  the 
stomach  through  the  tube.  Two  others,  operated  upon  for  the 
same  disease,  lived  for  weeks  and  months  respectively,  and 
died  from  epithelioma  of  the  lungs,  each  deriving  benefit 
from  the  operation.  The  fourth  one  died  from  renal  coma  a 
few  days  subsequent  to  the  operation.  In  none  of  them  was 
there  the  least  discomfort  arising  from  the  operation,  and  the 
pathological  specimens  of  each  case,  now  preserved  in  the 
museum,  demonstrate  positively  that  in  neither  case  was  there 
any  peritonitis  developed  from  the  interference,  as  is  shown  by 
the  entire  absence  of  any  adhesions  other  than  those  sought 
for  and  obtained  between  the  stomach  and  abdominal  walls. 

Through  Mr.  Howse’s  courtesy  and  kindness  to  me,  1  witnessed 
the  operation  in  the  fifth-case,  and  have  seen  the  patient  several 
times  during  the  several  weeks  following  the  operation,  and  can 
bear  witness  to  the  comfortable  condition  of  the  patient,  the 
relief  afforded  her,  and  to  the  absolute  absence  of  any  local 


262  Current  Medical  Literature.  [August 

trouble  from  the  wound.  The  patient  had  swallowed  a  quantity 
of  muriatic  acid  with  suicidal  intentions  some  months  ago,  and 
as  a  consequence  of  this  act,  stricture  of  the  (esophagus  had 
gradually  developed,  defying  and  resenting  all  efforts  at  dilata¬ 
tion.  Any  such  like  attempts  at  relief  were  followed  by  severe 
bleeding  and  other  bad  signs,  sufficient  to  make  the  efforts 
dangerous.  Mr.  Howse  did  the  operation  partly  to  avoid  ex¬ 
pected  emaciation  from  inability  to  swallow,  but  mainly  to  put 
the  parts  above  absolutely  at  rest  for  months,  so  that  all  granu¬ 
lating  surfaces  might  become  healed  over  and  toleration  of 
dilating  instruments  follow.  If  this  result  came  about,  well  and 
good  ;  if  not,  then  the  patient  could  live  quite  comfortably  with 
the  new  mouth  to  her  stomach — digestion,  apparently,  being 
very  little  affected  by  the  new  way  of  taking  food.  Au  oblique  in¬ 
cision  was  made,  about  9  Cm.  long,  parallel  to  the  cartilaginous 
margin  of  the  chest  on  the  left  side,  in  the  epigastric  region,  far 
enough  away  from  the  cartilage  to  allow  of  room  for  the  appli¬ 
cation  of  the  outside  row  of  stitches  used  to  fasten  the  stomach 
to  the  abdominal  walls,  and  carried  down  to  the  rectus  abdominis 
muscle,  the  fibres  of  which  were  the  landmark  as  to  position. 
The  under  layer  of  its  sheath  is  the  indication  of  close  proximity 
to  the  peritoneum.  All  bleeding  vessels  were  controlled  with 
catgut  ligatures.  The  peritoneum  was  then  carefully  opened 
and  the  anterior  wall  of  the  stomach  sought  for.  Mr.  Howse 
gives  three  means  of  recognizing  this  organ.  The  mistake  of 
opening  the  transverse  colon  has  been  made,  but  according  to  him 
such  an  accident  should  never  happen.  1st,  the  walls  of  the 
stomach  are  much  thicker  than  those  of  any  intestine ;  2d,  the 
color  is  lighter,  and  there  are  uo  longitudinal  fibres  ;  3d,  the  two 
layers  of  the  omentum,  passiug  from  the  stomach  to  t  he  colon, 
can  be  easily  recognized.  Having  reached  the  stomach,  the  next 
step  is  to  stitch  it  to  the  abdominal  walls,  and  in  this  consists  the 
essential  part  of  the  operation,  and  this  part  must  be  carefully 
and  accurately  done.  He  employs  two  rows  of  sutures.  The 
first  introduced  at  intervals  of  1  Cm.  from  each  other  all 
around  the  margin  of  the  external  wound,  fully  3i  Cm.  from 
that  margin.  The  second  joins  the  stomach  to  the  edges  of  the 
incision,  leaving  about  1  Cm.  of  its  surface  exposed  in  the 
wound,  as  its  edges  are  subsequently  drawn  together.  In  passing- 
all  of  the  sutures  into  the  walls  of  the  stomach,  great  care  is 
taken  to  prevent  the  needle  entering  the  cavity  of  that  organ. 
Great  stress  is  laid  upon  this  matter,  for  if  they  do  enter,  fatal 
peritonitis  is  sure  to  follow  upon  the  escape  of  gas  or  other 
matters  through  even  these  slight  wounds.  With  the  greatest 
impunity  and  entire  absence  of  any  dread  of  doing  harm,  the 
stomach  walls  are  grasped  by  the  fingers  at  the  poiuts  chosen 
for  the  introduction  of  the  needle,  and  in  this  way  the  operator 
absolutely  assures  himself  that  only  the  peritoneal  covering 
and  a  portion  of  the  muscular  coat  is  pierced  by  the  ueedle  or 
included  in  the  ligature.  Perhaps  a  quarter  of  an  inch  of  tissue 
is  taken  up  in  the  grasp  of  each  suture.  Of  course  the  needle 


1870  j  Current  Medical  Literature.  263 

is  first  passed  through  the  entire  thickness  of  the  abdominal 
walls  at  the  proper  distance  from  the  edge  of  the  entrance 
wound,  then  through  the  stomach  with  the  care  specified,  then 
out  through  the  external  coverings  of  the  body  again,  and 
finally  the  two  ends  are  tied  over  a  piece  of  catheter ;  to  give 
breadth  of  contact  between  the  two  parts  and  to  prevent  puck¬ 
ering.  All  the  sutures  of  the  outer  row  were  thus  carefully 
introduced  until  the  entire  circuit  of  the  external  wound  was 
made ;  catgut  was  used  for  tljese  sutures.  The  edges  of  the 
external  wound  w  ere  then  united  to  the  stomach  in  the  same 
careful  manner,  and  finally  the  wound  itself  was  closed  almost 
entirely  by  sutures.  A  silver  ligature  was  introduced  into  the 
walls  of  the  stomach,  to  indicate  the  point  at  which  the  knife 
should  be  introduced  into  it,  to  complete  the  fistula  after  suffi¬ 
cient  time  had  elapsed,  to  be  sure  that  the  adhesions  desired 
were  sufficiently  firm.  In  all  the  five  cases  operated  upon,  this 
final  opening  was  safely  made;  the  post-mortem  examination 
in  those  who  died  showing  the  union  complete  and  perfect. 
The  feeding  tube  is  then  introduced,  and  all  is  well.  Mr.  Howse 
is  a  firm  believer  in  the  benefits  of  Mr.  Lister’s  antiseptic  dres¬ 
sing,  and  carries  out  that  method  of  treatment  in  all  operations, 
and  to  its  great  aid  gives  the  credit  of  the  safety  after  this 
rather  formidable  operation.  One  of  Mr.  Howse’s  colleagues 
at  Guy’s,  has  done  the  operation  twice ;  once  for  epithelioma, 
and  once  for  syphilitic  stricture.  The  first  of  these  died  in  a 
few  days  from  general  prostration,  the  operation  being  done 
after  the  old  plan,  such  as  is  followed  in  colotomy.  The  second 
was  done  with  all  the  care  so  earnestly  insisted  upon  and  fol¬ 
lowed  out  by  Mr.  Howse,  and  is  now  living  comfortably  with 
the  fistula  completely  established,  five  months  after  the  opera¬ 
tion.  So  a  great  deal  of  credit  must  be  accorded  to  the  method 
of  doing  the  operation. — Parkes,  Chicago  Medical  Journal  and 
Examiner. 


NOTES  ON  OBSTETRIC  PRACTICE  IN  SIAM. 

By  SAMUEL  R  HOUSE,  M.  D. 

The  Siamese  Twins,  on  one  of  their  tours  of  exhibition 
through  the  country  many  years  ago,  paid  a  visit  to  the  Hart¬ 
ford  Asylum  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb.  The  writer  not  long 
after,  visiting  the  institution,  was  introduced  to  the  pupils  as  a 
medical  missionary  about  returning  to  his  work  in  Siam.  While 
all  seemed  to  comprehend  where  he  was  going  and  on  what  er¬ 
rand,  one  bright  looking  lad  was  observed  to  talk  very  earnestly 
in  the  sign  language  to  his  instructor,  ending  all  by  putting  his 
two  thumbs  together  very  significantly.  The  only  response 
from  his  teacher,  himself  a  mute,  was  an  immoderate  fit  of 
laughter.  When  he  could  command  himself  sufficiently,  he 
wrote  on  the  slate  “the  boys  ask  whether  all  the  people  in 
Siam  are  born  twins  ?”  He  had  simply  made  too  broad  a  gen¬ 
eralization,  though  the  old  motto  reads,  ‘  ah  uno  disco  omnes.'1 


264  Current  Medical  Literature.  [August 

Still,  how  people  come  into  the  world  in  that  remote  land,  is  a 
subject  that  may  prove  not  without  interest  even  to  medical 
men. 

Obstetric  practice  in  Siam,  as  will  be  conjectured,  is  of  the 
rudest  kind.  Were  all  left  to  unassisted  nature,  mother  and 
child  might  fare  better,  but  not  a  little  “  meddlesome  mid¬ 
wifery  ”  is  resorted  to,  and  one  strange  custom  is  universally 
prevalent,  as  abhorrent  to  good  sense  as  it  is  to  humanity. 

Elderly  women  are  their  chief  dependence  on  these  occasions, 
and  they  are  as  officious  and  as  wise  in  their  own  conceit  as  “  ex¬ 
perienced  nurses”  in  more  civilized  communities  are  apt  to  be. 
Male  practitioners  are  summoned  only  in  exceptional  cases. 
Utterly  ignorant  as  these  are  of  anatomy  and  of  the  nature  of 
the  process  of  parturition,  and  holding  as  they  do  that  all  de¬ 
lays  and  obstructions  are  caused  by  demoniacal  interference, 
their  practice  consists  much  of  it  in  incantations  and  exorcisms 
and  in  rudest  methods  to  hasten  expulsion.  A  favorite 
way  to  expedite  matters  is  to  press  with  great  force  on  the  ab¬ 
domen  and  its  contents — shampooing  vigorously  with  thumbs 
and  fists.  They  even  stand  with  bare  feet  upon  the  poor 
woman’s  body,  crowding  the  heel  upon  the  front  or  sides  of 
the  distended  uterus,  and  all  without  the  slightest  reference  to, 
or  knowledge  of  the  condition  of  the  os  uteri.  The  writer  has 
seen  a  large  proas  abscess  produced  by  the  violence  used  on 
such  an  occasion. 

Is  the  patient  feverish  and  restless  ?  the  doctor  tills  her  mouth 
with  perfumed  water  over  which  a  charm  has  been  muttered, 
and  spirts  it  dexterously  in  a  tine  and  not  unrefreshing  spray, 
over  the  all  but  naked  body  of  the  sufferer — bidding  at 
the  same  time  the  evil  spirit  to  begone.  If  the  same  peremp¬ 
tory  order  were  given  to  the  many  sympathising  female  friends 
who  crowd  the  little  room  and  keep  up  a  loud  and  incessant 
chattering,  more  good  might  result. 

Does  the  labor  prove  still  tedious  ?  a  large  brass  bowl  is  pro¬ 
cured,  a  long  wax  taper  is  lighted  and  fastened  in  the  bottom  of 
it  by  a  few  drops  of  the  melted  wax,  silver  coins  to  the  amount 
of  ninety  cents  (which  are  to  revert  to  the  doctor  as  the  invari¬ 
able  fee  for  this  service)  are  stuck  on  the  sides  of  the  candle, 
and  the  bowl  is  filled  up  with  uncooked  rice,  on  which  some 
coarse  salt,  dried  peppers,  etc.,  are  thrown,  and  over  this, 
with  hands  laid  palm  to  palm  and  bowed  head,  an  incantation 
is  addressed  to  the  invisible  powers  which  have  control  over 
the  malicious  demons  that  are  hindering  the  birth  of  the  child. 

Meanwhile,  for  any  bad  symptoms  that  may  arise,  medicines 
are  administered  in  accordance  with  their  simple  theory  of 
pathology  and  therapeutics,  that  all  disturbances  of  the  system 
are  produced  by  undue  preponderance  of  one  of  the  four  ele¬ 
ments — fire,  wind,  earth  or  water.  As  a  specimen  of  their 
prescriptions,  the  following  may  answer.  It  was  made  by  the 
Court  physician  in  the  presence  of  the  writer,  for  a  lady  of 
high  rank,  at  the  time  of  her  confinement.  Rub  together  shav- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


265 


1879] 

mgs  of  sapan  wood,  rhinoceros’  blood,  tiger’s  milk  (a  white 
deposit  found  on  certain  leaves  in  the  forests),  and  the  cast-off 
skins  of  spiders. 

But  at  last  the  delivery  is  accomplished.  Then  a  scene  of 
confusion  begins ;  one  rushes  out  for  salt,  another  for  warm 
water  and  an  earthern  basin  to  wash  the  child,  a  third  with 
frantic  haste  brings  for  the  mother’s  comfort  an  earthen  tray 
full  of  firebrands,  snatched  up  from  the  kitchen-fire,  which 
soon  filled  the  room  with  a  blinding  smoke.  Meanwhile,  a 
piece  of  split  bamboo  is  looked  up,  from  which  a  rude  knife  is 
fashioned,  and  with  this  the  umbilical  cord  is  cut  or  rather 
sawed  through,  for  with  nothing  metallic  may  the  cord  be  sev¬ 
ered  under  any  circumstances.  Since  they  never  tie  the  cord, 
this  is  not  bad  practice,  as  by  it  liability  to  bleeding  is  pre¬ 
vented.  An  old  earthen  jar  is  now  found  to  receive  the  placenta, 
which  with  two  or  three  handfuls  of  coarse  salt  thrown  upon 
it  is  then  buried  somewhere  in  the  garden,  averting  thus  evil 
that  would  otherwise  befall  mother  and  child. 

Next  the  child  is  washed  and  laid  on  a  soft  pillow,  around 
which  to  protect  from  drafts  and  mosquitoes,  a  close  curtain  is 
extemporized  by  using  the  three  yard  piece  of  printed  muslin 
that  constitutes  a  Siamese  dress.  From  the  very  first  day, 
babes  in  Siam  are  fed  with  honey  and  rice  water,  and  have  the 
soft  pulp  of  bananas  crammed  into  their  little  mouths. 

And  now  with  the  mother  begins  a  month  of  penance,  expo¬ 
sure  to  true  purgatorial  fires.  It  is  inground  into  the  native 
female  mind  in  Siam,  that  the  most  direful  consequences  to 
both  mother  and  child  will  ensue,  unless  for  thirty  days  after 
the  birth  of  her  first  child  (a  period  diminished  five  days  at 
each  subsequent  birth)  she  exposes  her  naked  abdomen  and 
back  to  the  heat  of  a  blazing  fire,  not  two  feet  distant  from 
her,  kept  up  incessantly  day  and  night. 

From  this  curious  Siamese  custom  of  “  lying  by  the  fire,” 
this  cruel  addition  to  the  unavoidable  trials  of  woman  in  child¬ 
birth,  none  in  palace  or  bamboo  hut  dare  to  exempt  themselves. 
No  superstition  has  greater  hold  upon  them  or  more  terrifies 
them  with  fear  of  coming  evil  if  they  fail  to  comply  with  it. 

And  their  medical  science  bolsters  up  the  custom,  by  teach¬ 
ing  that  after  the  birth  of  the  child  there  is  always  a  diminu¬ 
tion  of  the  fire  element  in  the  system  tending  to  produce  stag¬ 
nation,  a  flabby  state  of  the  uterus,  bad  humors  in  the  blood, 
a  bad  quality  of  the  milk  and  other  unknown  and  terrible  dan¬ 
gers  to  parent  and  offspring,  from  which  this  free  external 
application  of  heat  alone  can  deliver  them.  They  think,  too, 
the  due  quantity,  quality  and  proper  duration  of  the  loeliial 
discharge  depends  on  this  exposure  to  the  fire.  Vain  is  it  to 
tell  them  of  the  mothers  in  other  countries  who  receive  no 
detriment  from  their  dispensing  with  such  a  usage.  They  are 
sure  Siamese  women  require  it,  and  they  confirm  their  faith  in 
this  practice  by  pointing  to  the  wives  of  European  residents, 
7 


266  Current  Medical  Literature.  [August 

who,  it  must  be  confessed,  owing,  of  course,  to  the  initiating 
heat  of  that  tropical  climate,  do  not  generally  rally  very  well 
after  cli  i  1  d- 1  >eari n  g. 

The  manner  of  conducting  this  slow  self-torture  is  as  follows  : 
A  lire-plnce  is  brought  in,  or  extemporized  on  the  floor  of  the 
lying-in  chamber  by  having  a  flat  box  or  a  simple  rectangu¬ 
lar  framework  of  planks  or  trunks  of  banana  trees,  some  three 
feet  by  four,  filled  in  with  earth  to  the  depth  of  six  inches.  On 
this  the  tire  is  built  with  sticks  of  wood  nearly  or  quite  as 
large  as  one’s  wrist.  By  the  side  of  this  oblong  frame  and 
in  contact  with  it,  raised  to  the  level  of  the  tire,  a  piece  of 
board  six  or  seven  feet  in  length  is  placed,  and  on  a  coarse  mat 
spread  upon  this,  or  on  the  bare  plank  itself,  the  unfortunate 
woman  lies,  with  bare  back  and  limbs,  quite  nude  indeed,  save 
a  narrow  strip  of  cloth  about  her  hips,  with  nothing  else  to 
screen  her  from  a  tire  hot  enough  to  roast  a  duck.  There,  act¬ 
ing  as  her  own  turnspit,  she  exposes  front  and  back  to  this 
excessive  heat ;  an  experience  not  to  be  coveted  in  any  land, 
but  in  that  burning  clime  of  perpetual  summer,  a  fiery  trial 
indeed. 

The  husband  or  nurse  is  ever  hard  by,  like  her  evil  genius, 
to  stir  up  and  replenish  the  lire  by  night  and  by  day.  True,  if 
it  blazes  up  too  fiercely  for  flesh  and  blood  to  endure,  tliere  is 
at  hand  a  basin  containing  water,  and  a  small  mop  with  which 
to  sprinkle  it  on  the  flames  and  keep  them  in  check.  For  the 
escape  of  the  smoke  no  provision  is  made,  for  chimneys  are  un¬ 
known  in  Siamese  kitchens  even.  It  ought  to  be  added  that 
hot  water  alone  is  allowed  to  quench  the  patient’s  thirst. 

Of  all  the  strange  customs  of  tnat  strange  people,  the  writer, 
during  his  thirty  years’  sojourn  among  them,  found  none  more 
barbarous — more  unreasonable.  He  wells  remembers  the  honest 
indignation  he  felt  when  first  he  witnessed  it,  and  learned  the 
obstinacy  of  their  senseless  prejudices  respecting  it.  He  had 
been  sent  for  to  treat  a  woman  suffering  with  inflammation  of 
the  breast,  and  found  the  poor  creature,  though  in  a  high  fever, 
lying  so  near  a  hot  tire,  made  with  half  a  dozen  blazing  fire¬ 
brands,  that  his  face  was  fairly  scorched  as  he  approached  her 
to  note  the  pulse,  while  the  smoke  that  tilled  the  close  apart¬ 
ment  blinded  his  eyes.  At  another  time,  visiting  a  native  lady 
of  lighter  complexion  than  usual,  who  had  been  for  some  days 
exposed  to  this  treatment,  he  was  startled  with  the  appearance 
of  the  surface  of  the  abdomen,  which  resembled  that  of  a 
porker  just  roasted,  and  done,  too,  to  a  crisp.  This  encrusta¬ 
tion  proved  to  be,  nowever,  an  eczematous  eruption,  produced 
of  course  by  the  extreme  heat.  On  another  occasion,  called  to 
see  a  woman  who  “  u  fai  mai  dai  ”  (could  not  endure  the  tire), 
she  was  found,  with  burning  skin  and  bounding  pulse,  so  near 
a  furious  fire  that  her  back  had  become  so  hot  that  the  hand 
could  hardly  bear  it.  All  remonstrances  with  her  three  female 
tormentors  proving  vain,  and  declining  to  treat  the  patient  un¬ 
less  the  tire  was  at  once  removed,  he  left.  The  next  morning, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1879 j  # 


207 


curious  to  watch  the  case,  he  called  again,  but  finding  all  cleared 
up,  no  vestige  of  fireplace  or  fire  or  patient  either,  he  thought 
at  first  he  had  mistaken  the  house.  On  inquiry  he  learned, 
what  was  not  very  strange,  that  the  subject  of  this  high  pres¬ 
sure  treatment  had  had  a  fit,  foamed  at  the  mouth,  and  died 
and  was  already  buried.  Buried ,  because  those  «whose  lack  of 
merit  causes  them  to  die  in  child-birth  are  buried ,  not  cremated, 
as  is  the  rule  with  nearly  all  others  who  die  in  Siam. 

When  and  with  whom  this  truly  heathenish  practice  orig¬ 
inated  is  unknown,  but  it  is  a  custom  universal  in  that  land, 
and  probably  throughout  the  entire  peninsular  of  Indo-Ohina, 
for  the  women  of  all  the  various  races  resident  at  Bangkok, 
not  only  the  Siamese,  but  the  Laos,  the  Burmese,  the  Peguaus, 
Malays,  Anamites  and  Cambodians,  practice  it.  The  women  of 
this  last  race,  indeed,  improve  upon  the  discomfort  experienced 
by  those  of  other  nationalities,  for  they  plant  their  couch  of 
repose,  the  bench  of  bamboo  slats  on  which  they  lie,  not  along¬ 
side  of,  but  actually  directly  over  the  fire,  so  that  the  smoke 
and  heat  ascending  can  do  their  full  work,  and  they  see  their 
thirty  days  and  nights  drag  slowly  along,  broiling  on  this 
Montezuma  bed  of  misery.  Cambodia,  once  the  leading  nation 
of  Farther  India,  as  its  recently  discovered  wonderful  ruins  of 
stone  palaces  and  temples  attest,  has  been  nearly  depopulated. 
Need  we  wonder  when  such  an  atrocious  attack  upon  the  life 
of  its  inhabitants  at  the  very  fountain  head  has  been  going  on 
so  long  ? 

His  late  Majesty,  Malia  Mongkut,  the  enlightened  father  of 
the  intelligent  young  king  now  on  the  throne,  admitted  the  su¬ 
periority  of  our  Western  obstetric  practice,  and  would  gladly 
have  abolished  this  absurd  and  injurious  custom  of  his  people. 
When  he  succeeded  to  the  throne  in  1851,  after  spending  twen¬ 
ty-seven  years  in  the  celibacy  required  of  the  Buddhist  priest¬ 
hood,  and  children  began  to  be  born  to  him  in  his  well-stocked 
harem,  he  made  some  attempts  in  this  direction.  Upon  the 
birth  of  the  first  of  the  eiglity-one  children  begotten  by  him 
during  his  seventeen  years’  reign,  the  writer  was  summoned, 
in  consultation  with  an  older  medical  missionary,  to  the  royal 
palace. 

As  that  was  the  first  occasion  when  a  foreign  physician  was 
ever  admitted  within  the  forbidden  precincts  of  the  royal  ha¬ 
rem,  a  detailed  account  of  it  may  prove  of  interest.  I)r. 
Bradley  had  been  sent  for  in  the  morning,  and  found  the  lady, 
who  had  given  birth  to  a  princess  five  days  before,  doing  the 
usual  penance  of  lying  before  a  hot  fire  on  a  hard  board,  with 
the  window  shutters  of  the  apartment  all  closed,  suffering  from 
fever  greatly  aggravated  by  the  heat  and  smoke.  Represent¬ 
ing  the  urgency  of  the  case  to  his  Majesty,  lie  obtained  prompt 
and  full  permission  to  treat  the  patient  as  he  thought  proper. 

The  fire  was  at  once  of  course  removed,  the  window-shutters 
thrown  open,  the  patient  transferred  to  a  comfortable  mattress 
and  cool  water  freely  used  with  some  simple  medicinal  treat- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


268 


[August 


% 

merit.  On  Dr.  B.’s  return  to  the  palace  in  the  evening,  the 
writer,  at  the  King’s  request,  accompanied  him.  Passing  the 
guard  at  the  outer  gate,  at  the  inner  a  parley  ensued,  the  gate 
was  then  unlocked  and  women  attendants  with  torches  took 
us  in  charge,  one  going  before,  another  to  prevent  straggling 
bringing  up  the  rear.  The  torch-glare  showed  us  we  were  now 
in  quite  a  well-built  town,  with  paved  streets,  grand  halls,  a 
bazaar,  a  temple  and  many  separate  tiled-roof  dwellings,  gar¬ 
dens  and  tanks. 

Turning  several  corners,  we  came  at  last  to  the  substantial 
brick  residence  of  the  lady  patient.  Admitted  to  her  apart¬ 
ments  we  found  a  white  canopy  suspended  from  the  centre  of 
the  ceiling,  under  which  the  young  princess  was  slumbering  on 
a  more  elevated  couch  than  the  mother,  in  whose  veins  flowed 
no  royal  blood.  All  around  the  room,  as  in  all  Siamese  houses 
at  such  times,  a  cotton  yarn  was  stretched  to  which  were  fas¬ 
tened  papers  bearing  cabalistic  figures,  one  for  each  of  the  four 
walls,  to  keep  off  evil  spirits  from  the  mother  and  child. 

The  patient  was  doing  well,  and  out  of  danger  evidently. 
At  eleven  o’clock  the  chief  of  the  Royal  Physicians  joined  us,  a 
prince,  half  brother  to  the  King.  After  another  visit  to  the 
patient’s  apartments  and  finding  everything  as  favorable  as  we 
could  wish,  about  midnight  we  proposed  going  home.  u  Oh  ! 
going  home  is  out  of  the  question,”  said  the  prince-doctor. 
“How  will  you  get  out  ?  the  gates  are  locked  and  sealed,  and 
the  keys  are  sent  in  to  the  King.  Happen  what  will,  you  can¬ 
not  get  out  now,”  and  so  we  made  the  best  of  it  till  morning, 
sleeping  some  and  talking  more.  But  it  was  a  strange  place 
for  foreign  physicians  to  pass  the  night,  and  know  that  3,000 
women,  and  women  only,  were  slumbering  around  them.  And 
it  was  an  unprecedented  event  too,  in  the  history  of  the 
kingdom. 

In  a  few  days  a  convalescence  was  established  and  a  messen¬ 
ger  came  to  Dr.  B.  from  the  King,  bearing  a  purse  of  silver  and 
an  autograph  note  in  the  King’s  pecular  English,  which  is 
worth  transcribing. 


My  Dear  Sir  : 


Royal  Hall. 


My  mind  is  indeed  full  of  much  gratitude  to  you  for  your  skill  and  some 
expense  of  medicine  in  most  valuable  favor  to  my  dear  lady,  the  mother 
of  my  little  infant  daughter,  by  saving  her  life  from  approaching  death. 

I  cannot  hesitate  louger  than  perceiving  that  she  was  undoubtedly 
saved. 

I  beg,  therefore,  your  kind  acceptance  of  200  ticals  for  Dr.  D.  B.  Bradley, 
who  was  the  carer  of  her,  and  40  ticals  for  Dr.  S.  R.  House,  who  has  some 
trouble  in  bis  assistance,  for  being  your  grateful  reward. 

1  trust  previously  the  manner  of  curing  in  the  obstetric  of  America  and 
Eur  pe,  but  am  sorry  to  say  I  could  not  get  the  same  lady  to  believe  be¬ 
fore  her  approaching  death  because  her  kindred  were  many  more  who  lead 
her  a. cording  to  their  custom.  Your  present  curing,  however,  was  just 
now  most  wonderful  in  this  palace. 

I  beg  to  remain  your  faithful  well  wisher, 

S.  P.  P.  M.  Mongkut, 

The  King  of  Siam. 


1879J  Current  Medical  Literature.  26!  I 

But  custom  is  omnipotent  in  the  East,  and  it  proved  too 
much  for  even  an  absolutely  despotic  king  to  overcome.  There 
is  no  reason  to  suppose  this  lady  in  her  subsequent  confine¬ 
ments  dispensed  with  the  broiling  process.  The  queen  herself, 
who,  the  ensuing  year  gave  birth  to  a  prince,  lay  by  the  fire 
from  choice,  though  suffering  at  the  time  with  a  grave  disease 
which  eventually  caused  her  death. 

In  some  instances  those  in  the  employ  of  the  missionaries 
and  living  on  their  premises,  have  been  prevailed  upon  to  dis¬ 
pense  with  this  baptism  of  fire,  but  these  same  mothers  in  sub¬ 
sequent  confinements  when  living  among  their  own  people 
yielded  to  the  force  of  universal  custom.  Indeed,  had  they  not 
conformed  to  it,  they  could  have  secured  no  native  attendance 
in  the  trying  hour. 

The  missionary  ladies  at  Petchaburi,  startled  by  the  sad  fact 
of  the  death  when  but  eight  or  nine  days  old,  of  three  out  of 
six  or  seven  born  in  their  immediate  neighborhood,  succeeded 
after  long  persuasion  in  inducing  a  married  Christian  woman 
to  try  their  way  when  her  next  child  was  to  be  born.  But  she 
undertook  it  from  a  sense  of  Christian  duty,  in  the  spirit  of  a 
martyr.  “It  is  a  dark  road  and  full  of  fear,”  she  said,  “but  I  will 
trust  in  God.  If  he  lets  me  die,  all  will  be  right,  many  women 
die  also  by  the  fire,  but  if  I  do  not  die  I  will  always  be  glad 
that  I  set  an  example  for  Siamese  women.”  All  went  on  favor¬ 
ably  in  her  case,  to  the  astonishment  of  many  in  that  region 
who  visited  her.  They  were  very  curious,  however,  to  learn 
what  medicine  she  took  to  avert  the  great  peril  she  incurred. 
Her  room  where  she  lay  cool  and  comfortable  on  a  mattress 
with  a  white  sheet  spread  over  her,  her  little  one  washed  and 
dressed  by  her  side,  presented  a  striking  contrast  to  the  scenes 
ordinarily  witnessed  when  children  are  born  in  Siamese  homes. 

It  may  be  observed  of  this  custom  of  “  lying  by  the  fire,” 
that  the  origin  of  it  can  hardly  be  religious,  for  the  Malays, 
who  are  Mohammedan,  are  as  observant  of  it  as  the  Siamese, 
who  are  all  Buddhists,  though,  as  Sir  John  Bowring  suggests, 
there  may  be  some  vague  idea  of  pacification  or  purification 
connected  with  it. 

Nor  is  the  custom  one  imposed  on  women  by  the  tyranny  of 
the  other  and  stronger  sex,  like  the  veiling  of  the  face  required 
in  Mohammedan  countries.  It  seems  to  be  a  self-imposed  addi¬ 
tion  to  what  one  would  think  was  already  a  sufficient  amount 
of  suffering  incident  to  motherhood,  and  only  furnishes  another 
proof  that  “  the  dark  places  of  the  earth  are  full  of  the  habita¬ 
tions  of  cruelty.” 

It  must  be  added,  there  is  one  compensation  to  offset  the 
mischievous  consequences  of  this  practice.  It  makes  the  women 
of  the  laud  escape  the  evils  (prolapsus,  etc.),  that  result  in 
other  countries  so  often  from  resuming  household  duties  too 
soon  after  the  birth  of  a  child.  The  Siamese  mother  is  guar¬ 
anteed  by  this  custom  for  one  month  at  least,  the  fullest  liberty 
to  rest  by  her  own  fireside,  undisturbed. — Archives  of  Medicine , 
June,  1879, 


270 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[August 


METALLOTHERAPY. 

The  marvels  of  metal lotherapy  will  never  cease.  Dr.  Dupuy 
relates,  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Gazette  Obstetricale ,  a  case  of 
retention  of  urine,  in  which  he  made  a  successful  application 
of  metallotherapy.  The  case  was  that  of  an  hysterical  woman, 
aged  40,  who  had  been  treated  for  several  years  for  permanent 
and  painful  spasm  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  accompanied  by 
a  little  metritis  and  accentuated  hyperaesthesia  of  the  left 
ovary.  For  the  last  year,  she  had  retention  of  urine,  which 
necessitated  a  live  months’  daily  catheterisation ;  she  at  last 
was  relieved  of  this  by  antispasmodie  treatment  and  by  the 
employment  of  suppositories  of  belladona.  The  cure  was  con¬ 
tinuous  till  the  month  of  last  November  ;  then  retention  reap¬ 
peared,  more  painful  and  more  persistent  than  before.  The  in¬ 
troduction  of  the  sound  provoked  a  spasm  of  the  muscles  of  the 
urethra,  and  immediately  awoke  in  the  patient  a  sensation  of 
heat  and  violent  pain,  frequently  provoking  an  attack  of  con¬ 
vulsion  with  lost  of  consciousness.  The  patient  had  arrived  at 
such  a  point  as  to  have  so  much  horror  of  the  catheterisation  as 
not  to  drink,  and  to  endure  the  torture  of  thirst  for  two  or 
three  days  at  a  time  in  order  to  put  off*  the  moment  when  the 
use  of  the  sound  would  become  indispensable.  Things  were 
at  this  pass  when,  after  having  exhausted  all  the  series  of  an- 
tispasmodics,  M.  Dupuy  had  the  idea  of  having  recourse  to 
metallotherapy  in  order  to  discover  the  metal  suitable  to  the 
patient,  who  was  at  this  time  suffering  from  convulsive  spasms 
of  the  limbs.  He  ascertained  that  gold,  when  applied  to  the 
skin,  increased  the  convulsions,  whilst  other  metals,  such  as 
copper,  steel  and  silver,  made  them  disappear  immediately. 
M.  Dupuy  then  applied  over  the  vesical  region  and  round  the 
upper  part  of  the  thighs  the  metallic  bracelets  of  Dr.  Burq ; 
and  an  hour  afterward  the  patient  passed  urine  abundantly 
and  without  pain.  From  that  moment,  the  catheter  was  no 
longer  called  for  ;  when  the  urine  did  not  pass,  the  armatures 
were  applied  and  micturition  occurred  naturally,  although 
sometimes  with  pain.  The  ovarian  hyperesthesia  had  also  dis¬ 
appeared,  and  the  patient  could  swallow  more  easily,  thanks 
always  to  the  metallic  bracelets. 

M.  Landouzy  relates  an  extremely  curious  example  of  metal  - 
loscopy  or  metallotherapy  observed  by  him  in  the  wards  of  Dr. 
Hardy.  A  woman  suffering  from  severe  hysteria,  convulsions, 
contractions,  etc.,  presented,  at  the  time  at  which  these  obser¬ 
vations  were  being  made,  attacks  of  meteorism  provoking  very 
severe  abdominal  pains.  With  the  view  of  calming  these  pains, 
M.  Landouzy,  after  having  previously  bandaged  the  eyes  of 
the  patient,  tried  upon  the  belly  the  application  of  a  magnet, 
which  at  first  only  gave  rise  to  a  sensation  of  disagreeable 
cold  ;  but  about  two  moments  later  there  occurred  in  the  right 
wrist  and  labial  commissure  some  slight  convulsive  movements; 
at  the  same  instant,  the  speech  of  the  patient,  who  up  to  that 
time  had  continued  to  answer  questions  which  were  being  put 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


271 


1879] 


to  tier,  became  slow  and  heavy,  like  the  conversation  of  a  per¬ 
son  who  is  tailing  asleep,  and  then  the  patient  became  silent; 
all  efforts  made  to  awake  her  by  all  sorts  of  means  were  in 
vain ;  she  remained  plunged  in  profound  sleep,  with  general 
ansethesia  and  muscular  resulution.  Seeing  that  this  state 
much  resembled  natural  sleep,  except  that  absolute  ansethesia 
continued,  the  magnet  was  withdrawn;  at  the  end  of  six 
seconds,  the  same  movements  occurred  in  the  face  and  the 
wrist  as  those  already  observed,  and  the  patient,  whose  eyelids 
had  been  unbandaged,  opened  her  eyes  and  seemed  to  come 
out  of  a  profound  sleep;  at  this  moment,  it  was  ascertained 
that  sensibility  had  returned  all  over  the  body.  A  new  obser¬ 
vation  was  then  made ;  the  eyes  of  the  patient  were  at  first 
simply  bandaged,  without  making  use  of  the  magnet,  and  for 
more  than  ten  minutes  nothing  particular  occurred.  At  the 
end  of  this  time,  a  portion  of  the  magnet  was  put  in  contact 
with  the  anterior  surface  of  the  left  forearm ;  about  a  minute 
afterwards  there  occurred  what  had  been  observed  when  the 
magnet  had  been  applied  on  the  first  occasion  ,  that  is  to  say, 
slight  spasmodic  movements  in  the  wrist  and  in  the  right  labial 
commissure.  Then  the  patient  became  insensible  to  all  means 
of  stimulation,  and  seemed  to  fall  profoundly  asleep,  respiration 
and  circulation  remaining  as  they  were  before  the  experiment.  It 
sufficed  to  remove  the  magnet  in  order  that  at  the  end  of  from 
six  to  eight  seconds  the  patient,  whose  eyes  this  time  had  been 
bandaged,  awoke,  when,  after  having  presented  the  same 
slight  clonic  movements  which  have  been  already  mentioned, 
she  asked  if  they  were  not  going  to  take  off'  her  bandage.  This 
being  taken  away,  the  magnet  was  replaced  in  contact  with 
the  abdominal  walls,  and  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  the  patient 
conversed  tranquilly  when  interrogated;  then,  while  still  con¬ 
versing,  M.  Ladouzy  closed  her  eyelids  with  his  fingers  and 
thus  kept  the  eyelids  closed ;  two  minutes  had  not  elapsed, 
when  the  patient  fell  again  into  a  state  of  complete  sleep  with 
general  anaesthesia.  This  time,  instead  of  withdrawing  the 
magnet,  it  was  left  in  position,  and  the  patient’s  eyes  were 
drawn  open.  !5he  immediately  came  to  herself,  said  that  she 
had  not  dreamed  at  all  and  experienced  nothing  during  her 
sleep,  but  felt  something  heavy  and  cold  on  t  he  stomach.  This 
experiment  was  repeated  a  great  number  of  times,  and  this  truly 
lethargic  sleep  was  always  produced  under  the  same  conditions, 
viz:  Application  of  the  magnet  on  a  given  point  of  the  body, 
the  patient  having  her  eyes  closed  and  covered  ;  the  patient 
always  returned  to  herself  and  recovered  sensibility  as  soon  as 
the  magnet  was  withdrawn  if  the  eyes  remained  closed,  or  as 
soon  as  the  eyes  were  opened  if  the  magnet  still  remained  in 
in  contact  with  the  skin.  We  publish  to-day  some  interesting 
contributions  to  the  knowledge  of  the  subject. — British  Medical 
Journal,  April  20. 


272 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[August 


PREPARATION  OF  IMITATION  KUMYS. 

Fill  into  a  strong  champagne  bottle,  good,  fresh,  unboiled 
cow’s  milk  to  such  a  height  that,  after  the  addition  of  thirty 
grammes  (1  oz.)  of  granulated  or  powdered  sugar,  and  after 
corking,  there  would  still  be  left  at  least  an  inch  of  empty 
space  below  the  cork.  Before  corking,  add  a  piece  of  fresh 
compressed  yeast,  a  teaspoonful  of  good  beer  yeast  may  be 
taken.  The  contents  of  the  bottle  are  well  shaken,  repeatedly, 
then  the  bottles  are  placed  in  the  cellar,  where  they  are  turned 
up  and  down  a  few  times  during  the  day.  From  alid  after  the 
fifth  day  the  mixture  is  ready,  and  may  be  drunk  to  about  the 
twentieth  day.  It  is  best  to  prepare  about  six  bottles  full  at  a 
time,  refilling  each  after  it  has  been  emptied  and  cleaned,  so 
that  the  treatment,  after  being  begun,  may  not  be  interrupted. 
On  opening  the  bottles,  the  contents  are  very  apt  to  foam  over, 
hence  the  bottle  should  be  opened  while  being  held  over  a 
plate.  It  should  never  be  opened  where  there  may  be  any 
furniture  or  dresses  about,  which  might  be  spoiled  by  sput¬ 
tering. 

A  good  mild  wine  or  kumys  should  have  a  homogeneous  ap¬ 
pearance,  of  theconsistance  of  thin  cream,  should  be  effervescent 
when  poured  out,  of  an  acidulous,  agreeably  vinous  odor  and 
taste,  and  should  not  be  full  of  lumps,  or  taste  like  buttermilk. 

On  first  using  kumys  it  produces  loose  bowels,  but  this  effect 
soon  passes  off. — Pharm.  Zeit. — New  Remedies. — N.  G.  Medical 
Journal. 


POISONING  WITH  SALICYLATE  OF  SODIUM. 

Dr.  Feltz  reports  the*poisoning  of  a  man  who  took  200  grams 
of  salicylate  of  sodium  in  one  month,  lie  took  4  grains  three 
times  daily  for  seven  days,  then  increased  the  dose  to  0  grams, 
and,  in  the  the  last  17  days  to  8  grams  three  times  daily.  The 
intoxication  symptoms  were  principally-  frequent  vomiting  and 
repeated  attacks  of  very  painful  headache,  preceded  by  redden¬ 
ing  of  the  neck,  lace  and  head,  llis  pupils  were  very  much 
contracted  and  the  symptoms  continued  for  17  days  after  the 
last  dose  of  medicine  had  been  taken,  while  the  acid  could  be 
detected  in  the  urine  for  10  days. — Ap.  Ztg.  Dec  14th,  1878. — 
Am.  Journal  of  Pharmacy. 


STAMMERING. 

Dr.  W.  B.  Hammond  ( The  Voice ,  No.  '6)  gives  his  method  of 
self- treatment  of  this  annoying  affection.  He  considers  it  a 
functional  disorder  of  that  part  of  the  brain  which  presides 
over  the  faculty  of  speech.  Having  himself  been  a  sufferer, 
he  is  able  to  speak  as  one  having  authority.  He  describes  his 
method  in  the  following  words : 

“If  the  attention  of  the  stammerer  can  be  diverted  from 
himself  and  his  articulation,  lie  will  often  speak  to  others  as 


f hi rrent  Medical  Literature. 


1879 1 


calmly  and  as  perfectly  as  he  does  to  himself  when  alone.  Now, 
there  are  various  ways  of  accomplishing  this  object,  but  the 
one  that  I  found  most  effectual  was  the  performance  of  some 
slight  muscular  action  synchronously  with  the  articulation  of 
the  difficult  syllables.  The  words  that  troubled  me  most  were 
those  that  began  with  the  explosive  consonants — those  that 
require  the  sudden  opening  of  the  lips  for  their  enunciation — 
b,  p,  and  t.  1  could  no  more  have  repeated  the  alliterative 
lines,  ‘  Peter  Piper  picked  a  peck  of  pickled  peppers,’  etc.,  to 
other  persons  without  stammering,  than  1  could  have  walked 
to  the  moon,  though  perfectly  able  to  say  the  whole  piece 
through  without  a  flaw  when  speaking  alone.  With  each 
troublesome  word,  especially  with  one  beginning  a  sentence, 
l  made  some  slight  motion  with  the  hand  or  foot,  or  even  with 
a  single  finger,  and  I  found  that  this  plan  enabled  me  to  get 
the  word  out  without  stammering.  With  the  enunciation  of 
‘  Peter,’  for  instance,  1  would  tap  the  side  of  my  body  with  the 
hand  just  as  I  opened  my  lips,  and  the  word  was  articulated 
without  the  least  halting.  In  the  procedure,  the  attention  is 
diverted  from  the  effort  to  speak  to  the  performance  of  the 
muscular  action  mentioned,  and  hence  the  speech  becomes  more 
automatic  than  it  is  with  stammering.  It  consists  in  efforts  to 
render  the  speech  automatic.  No  orator  thinks  of  his  articula¬ 
tion  wheu  lie  is  making  a  speech  ;  no  one  in  ordinary  conversa¬ 
tion  thinks  whether  or  not  he  will  be  able  to  pronounce  a  cer¬ 
tain  word,  or  to  acquit  himself  well  in  the  management  of  his 
tongue  and  lips.  His  mind  is  concerned  with  his  thoughts, 
with  what  he  is  going  to  say — not  with  the  manner  in  which 
he  will  articulate,  and  the  more  thoroughly  we  can  succeed  in 
bringing  stammerers  into  the  same  way  of  procedure,  the  more 
successful  will  we  be  in  our  efforts  to  cure  them.” 

He  followed  this  method  about  two  years  before  the  cure 
was  accomplished,  and  has  succeeded  in  curing  several  of 
his  young  friends  by  recommending  it  to  them.  Sometimes 
it  has  failed,  as  all  other  plans  sometimes  fail ;  in  some  cases, 
probably  from  want  of  perseverance  in  carrying  out  his  plans. 
— British  Medical  Journal ,  May  3. 


YELLOW  FEVER-EPIDEMIOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

J.  Nettkn  Radcliffe,  M.  R.  C.  S..  Vico- President  in  the  Chair,  May  5,  1879. 

A  paper  on  the  diagnosis  and  causes  of  yellow  fever  was 
read  by  Mr.  Lawson,  Inspector-General  of  Hospitals.  The 
author  pointed  out  the  distinctive  clinical  feature  of  yellow 
fever  was  the  occurrence,  usually  on  the  third  or  fourth  day, 
of  albumen  in  the  urine,  accompanied  by  desquamation  of  the 
bladder,  and,  on  the  following  day,  of  the  tubes  of  the  kidneys, 
with  great  reduction  or  disappearance  of  the  chloride,  and 
reduction  of  the  urea.  Fever,  with  these  and  the  other  char- 

8 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


274 


[August 


acters  of  yellow  fever  fully  developed,  was  met  with  both  in 
the  continued  and  periodic  forms.  Healthy  persons  going  into 
a  locality  where  its  cause  was  known  to  be  in  a  state  of  activity 
were  very  liable  to  be  attacked  ;  but  if  they,  or  others  infected 
in  such  a  locality,  returned  to  a  healthy  one,  they  went  through 
the  fever  there  without  communicating  it.  Healthy  localities 
were  often  in  close  proximity  to  those  where  the  disease  origi¬ 
nated,  as  at  the  military  station  at  Newcastle,  in  Jamaica, 
where,  in  1756,  in  a  cantonment  on  the  narrow  crest  of  a  moun¬ 
tain  spur,  there  were  three  such  sickly  zones,  alternating  with 
four  healthy  ones,  in  a  length  of  eight  hundred  yards.  Porous 
materials,  such  as  clothing,  etc.,  might  undoubtedly  imbibe  a 
quantity  of  the  emanation  if  exposed  in  places  where  it  was 
generated,  and  some  American  authors  believed  that  when  a 
box  of  such  articles  packed  in  a  yellow  fever  locality  had  been 
opened  at  a  distance,  that  disease  had  sometimes  been  excited 
among  tliose  present.  The  general  impression  in  yellow  fever 
localities,  however,  was  that  the  disease  produced  by  the  quan¬ 
tity  carried  in  the  ordinary  clothing  was  infinitesimally  small. 
There  was  no  evidence  to  show  that  persons  laboring  under  the 
yellow  fever,  or  the  bodies  of  those  who  had  died  of  it,  gave 
otf  a  poison  capable  of  exciting  the  disease.  Should  the  eman¬ 
ation  from  a  ship  with  a  source  of  yellow  fever  on  board,  or 
from  fomites,  meet  with  a  suitable  locality  on  shore,  could  it 
fructify  so  as  to  produce  a  fresh  focus  of  the  disease,  giving 
rise  to  a  similar  emanation  ?  Many  believed  it  could ;  but,  to 
establish  the  point,  it  was  necessary  to  exclude  the  possibility 
of  the  disease  having  arisen  at  such  points  under  the  actiou  of 
the  general  factor  mentioned  above,  which  at  present  there 
were  no  means  of  effecting. — In  the  discussion  which  followed, 
the  Chairman,  Sir  W.  U.  E.  Smart,  Sir  Joseph  Fayrer,  and  1  )r. 
Caddy  took  part. — British  Medical  Journal ,  May  3. 


ON  THE  USE  OF  SALICYLIC  ACID. 

There  are  two  independent  effects  of  salicylic  acid  :  the 
germicide  and  the  antipyretic ;  there  are  many  conditions  of 
disease  where  it  would  be  well  to  make  use  of  both  these 
actions,  and  some  where  the  antipyretic  is  distinctly  aided  by 
the  germicide  effects  of  the  acid,  so  that  fever  is  lowered  more 
certainly  and  quickly  by  its  use  than  when  the  more  easily 
administered,  soluble  salt  is  prescribed.  This  is  well  seen  in 
scarlatina  anginosa,  and  sometimes  in  diphtheria,  whether  the 
acid  be  conveyed  to  the  throat  directly,  or  be  suspended  in 
mucilage,  or  by  means  of  glycerine,  its  most  convenient  solvent. 
Half  an  ounce  of  glycerine,  when  hot,  will  dissolve  half  a 
drachm  of  salicylic  acid.  This  is  stronger  than  necessary,  and, 
when  cold,  will  either  deposit  some  of  the  acid  or  may  become 
solid ;  in  either  case,  it  will  redissolve  when  heated,  and  can 
be  mixed  in  a  warm  spoon  with  an  equal  quantity  of  hot  water, 
and  given  in  small  quantities  with  or  without  any  drink  after- 


1879J  Current  Medical  Literature.  275 

wards ;  or,  a  solution  of  five  grains  of  salicylic  acid  to  die 
drachm  of  glycerine  can  be  used,  either  alone  or  given  with  a 
little  cream.  In  this  way,  not  only  are  tlie  mouth  and  throat 
cleansed,  but  the  fever  is  soon  lessened ;  it  is  only  while  the 
fever  is  high  that  the  strong  doses  need  be  continued.  In  cases 
of  moderate  severity,  it  suffices  to  prescribe  this  weaker  gly¬ 
cerine  solution,  and  to  order  half  a  drachm  or  a  drachm  to  be 
mixed  with  an  ounce  of  water  at  the  time  of  administration. 
The  latter  is  quite  strong  enough  for  an  adult,  and  is  better 
followed  by  a  drink  of  water.  Or  half  an  ounce  of  the  gly¬ 
cerine  in  half  a  pint  of  water  forms  a  suitable  mixture ;  this 
sipped  frequently  or  given  as  a  drink  every  two  or  three  hours, 
diminishes  fever  and  improves  the  throat.  Such  a  solution  of 
two  grains  to  the  ounce  is  efficient  as  an  antiseptic,  and  can  be 
used  in  spray.  Where  a  general  antipyretic  effect  is  desired, 
salicylate  of  soda  may  be  given  at  the  same  time,  fifteen  grains 
being  equivalent  for  this  purpose  to  ten  grains  of  the  acid.  It 
is  contraindicated  where  there  is  renal  congestion  or  an  albu¬ 
minuria,  as  most  of  the  acid  is  secreted  by  the  kidneys.  This 
method  of  administration  is  more  suitable  to  scarlet  fever  than 
to  diphtheria,  where  the  necessity  for  giving  iron  restricts  the 
use  of  salicylic  acid  to  the  intervals  when  the  stronger  form 
can  be  applied  in  small  quantities  frequently.  In  erysipelas, 
no  form  of  salicylic  acid  is  advisable;  not  only  would  it  inter¬ 
fere  with  the  use  of  iron,  which  is  then  essential,  but  there  is 
no  febrile  condition  over  which  it  has  so  little  control  as  erysi¬ 
pelas.  In  typhoid  fever,  the  use  of  salicylic  scid  presents  some 
advantages  over  that  of  salicylate  of  soda.  The  glycerine 
solution  is  suitable  for  administration  in  diabetes,  salicylic  acid 
having  a  power  of  checking  the  formation  of  sugar  not  pos¬ 
sessed  by  salicylate  of  soda.  For  this  purpose  the  acid  is 
required  in  full  doses ;  it  might  take  the  place  of  carbolic  acid 
in  rendering  diabetes  more  tolerant  of  operations  and  less  lia¬ 
ble  to  suffer  from  boils  and  from  suppuration.  In  catharrhal 
sore-throat,  or  at  the  commencement  of  a  common  cold,  the 
weak  solution  of  salicylic  acid  is  beneficial.  For  checking  the 
febrile  reactions  in  phthisis  it  is  also  preferable.  It  also  acts 
as  a  sedative  to  the  pneumogastric,  and  the  weaker  glycerine 
solution  in  water  relieves  cough.  As  a  remedy  in  whooping 
cough,  this  solution  may  be  found  as  effective  and  more  conve¬ 
nient  than  the  laryngeal  insufflation  of  the  powder.  Hay-fever 
is  checked  by  dropping  a  grain  to  the  ounce  solution  into  the 
nares.  The  great  obstacle  to  the  freer  use  of  salicylic  acid  is 
its  sparing  solubility  in  water;  this  difficulty  lias  been  over¬ 
rated.  Solutions  of  one  or  two  grains  to  the  ounce  keep  clear 
or  deposit  a  few  flocculi  only,  when  theoretically  all  but  one- 
fifteenth  of  a  grain  should  separate. — Wm.  Squire,  M.D.,  F.  K. 
0.  P. — British  Medical  Journal ,  April  26. 


THE  HISTORIC  EVOLUTION  OF  THE  PERCEPTION  OF  COLORS. 

In  a  memoir  presented  to  the  Academy  of  Sciences  and  Lit 
erature  of  Lyons,  Dr.  Henry  II.  1  >or,  a  well-known  oculist, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


276 


[August 


contests  the  view  held  by  Mr.  Gladstone,  and  by  Geiger  and 
Magnus,  of  Boston,  that  our  ancestors  were  color-blind ;  a  view 
deduced  from  their  writings  and  from  the  different  names  which 
they  hate  given  to  colors.  Dr.  Dor  endeavors  to  demonstrate 
that  now,  as  in  the  time  of  Homer,  poets  insist  too  little  upon 
the  indications  of  the  colors,  but  much  more  upon  their  lumin¬ 
ous  intensity.  Moreover,  M.  Dor  says  that  persons  who  do  not 
possess  any  knowledge  of  physics  find  much  difficulty  in  dis¬ 
tinguishing  the  colors  of  the  rainbow,  and  only  see  it  in  three 
or  four  colors,  in  place  of  the  seven  classical  colors  of  its  com¬ 
position.  Further,  it  results  even  from  the  very  study  of  the 
Assyrian  and  Egyptian  monuments,  that  those  nations  had  not 
only  perceived,  but  imitated,  the  greater  part  of  the  colors  of 
which  we  are  at  present  cognizant. — British  Medical  .Journal, 
April  26. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  AGUE  BY  QUINETUM  SULPHATE. 

By  W.  AINSLIE  HOLLIS,  M.D*. 

1  have  recently  tried  the  administration  of  quinetum  sulphate 
in  about  a  dozen  cases  of  ague.  The  substance  recommended 
itself  first  to  my  notice  on  the  score  of  economy ;  it  is  scarcely 
half  the  price  of  quinine.  Quinetum  represents  the  whole  of  the  al¬ 
kaloids  of  the  Cinchona  xuccir  ultra  bark.  The  tree  itself  grows 
plentifully  in  East  India,  Ceylon,  and  Java.  The  sulphate 
contains,  according  to  Mr.  Whiffent,  of  Battlesea:  Quinine 
sulphate,  2.“)  to  30  per  cent. ;  cinchonine  sulphate,  20  to  25  per 
cent.  He  further  states  that  the  variations  of  tne  alkaloids 
rarely  range  to  the  extent  of  five  per  cent.,  as  above  mentioned. 
This  fact  is,  of  course,  of  some  importance  in  estimating  the 
therapeutic  value  of  the  drug. 

The  sulphate  of  quinetum  is  a  white  fiocculent  substance 
consisting  of  numerous  fine  aeicular  crystals,  bitter  in  flavor, 
and  possessing,  according  to  Dr.  De  Vrij,  a  molecular  rotation 
of  38  deg.  to  the  left.  It  readily  dissolves  in  acidulated  water. 
Drs.  Ohevers,  Ewart,  and  Bird  have  used  it  in  India  in  the 
treatment  of  intermittent  fevers  with  success.  Dr.  Vinklmysen 
narrates  same  cases  in  the  Practitioner  (February,  1878), 
wherein  quinetum  successfully  cured  ague  after  quinine  had 
failed  to  do  so.  He  found  it  to  be  especially  serviceable  in 
those  protean  forms  of  malaria  classed  usually  as  masked 
ague.  The  curative  value  of  the  red  cinchona  alkaloids,  as 
far  as  my  own  experience  avails,  far  exceeds  that  of  the 
comparatively  small  quantity  of  quinine  which  they  contain. 


*Kead  at  tho  Last  ami  West  Sussex  District  Meeting  of  the  South-Eastern  Branch. 

tStoeder  Weekbad  vanhet  Nederl.  I'ijdschrift  voor  Geneeskunde,  vol.  17,  p.  249),  in  com¬ 
paring  the  analyses  of  the  English  (so-called)  quinetum  with  that  from  the  Japanese 
cinchona  kuccirubra,  finds  that  the  former  contains  24  til*  per  cent,  of  cinehonidine,  5  4 
percent,  of  quinine  and  38.24  per  cent,  of  cinchonine;  the  latter  45  to  46  percent,  of 
I'iuohonidiue,  6  to  14  per  cent,  of  quinine,  and  ot.ly  26  to  27  per  cent,  of  cinchonine. 
In  the  English  drug  there  was  21  per  cent,  of  amorphous  alkaloid  against  4  to  5  per 
cent,  of  the  same  in  the  Dutch  sample. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


277 


I  am,  therefore,  led  to  believe,  with  Dr.  Dougall,  that  the  other 
alkaloids  are  valuable  antiperiodics.  MM.  Colletti  ( London 
Medical  Record,  1878,  p.  129)  and  liaffertie  f  Philadelphia  Medi¬ 
cal  and  Surgical  Report ,  vol.  20,  p.  383,)  both  ascribe  important 
antiperiodic  properties  to  cinchonidine.  If  we  refer  to  the 
analysis  of  quinetum  sulphate,  we  shall  find  that  about  half 
the  drag  is  composed  of  the  sulphate  of  this  alkaloid ;  it  ap¬ 
pears,  therefore,  probable  that  some  of  the  valuable  properties 
of  the  mixed  alkaloids  are  derivable  from  this  substance. 

A  dose  of  quinetum  sulphate  of  from  ten  to  fifteen  grains  is 
almost  invariably  sufficient  of  itself  to  stop  the  course  of  a  fe¬ 
brile  intermittent.  In  two  cases  wherein  it  failed  to  do  so,  1 
subsequently  tried  quinine  with  no  better  result.  A  man  with 
tertian  ague,  living  at  Selscombe,  came  under  my  care  on  the 
19th  of  February  last.  He  had  been  under  treatment  for  this 
disease  since  Christmas  without  relief.  One  dose  of  fifteen 
grains  of  the  quinetum  sulphate  entirely  checked  the  shivering 
fits,  and  the  subsequent  administration  of  three-grain  doses, 
three  times  daily  for  three  weeks,  cured  him.  In  another  case, 
a  youth  aged  16,  who  had  been  taking  six  grains  of  quinine 
daily  for  three  weeks  for  a  quotidian  fever,  and  under  this  treat¬ 
ment  had  greatly  improved,  was  completely  cured  of  the  dis¬ 
ease  by  nine  grains  of  quinetum  sulphate  in  twenty-four  hours. 
1  select  these  two  cases  as  illustrating  the  value  of  quinetum 
sulphate  when  other  remedies  were  of  less  avail. 

Finally  in  quinetum  sulphate  I  believe  we  have  a  valuable 
antiperiodic  remedy  second  only  to  quinine.  Its  comparative 
cheapness  recommends  it  specially  to  the  favorable  considera¬ 
tion  of  the  medical  staff  of  hospitals  and  other  charitable  insti¬ 
tutions  where  economy  is,  or  ought  to  be,  particularly  practised. 
— British  Medical  Journal,  May  10. 


A  GIANT  BIRTH— THE  CHILD  WEIGHING  TWENTY-THREE  AND 
THREE-QUARTERS  POUNDS. 

By  A.  P.  Beach,  M.D.,  Seville,  Ohio. 

At  the  request  of  many  readers  of  the  The  Medical  Record 
I  am  persuaded  to  report  a  case  of  labor  which  1  attended  a 
few  weeks  ago.  The  great  size  of  the  child  at  birth  was  the 
remarkably  feature  of  the  case,  it  being  probably  the  largest 
human  birth  on  record.  It  perhaps  would  be  well  to  state 
here,  that  when  we  take  into  consideration  the  immense 
proportions  of  the  parents,  the  size  of  the  child  need  not 
astonish  us.  The  mother,  Mrs.  Captain  M.  V.  Bates,  whose 
maiden  name  was  Annie  Swan,  of  Nova  Scotia,  stands  7  feet 
9  inches  in  height.  Captain  M.  V.  Bates,  formerly  of  Kentucky, 
is  7  feet  7  inches  in  height.  These  large  people  have,  un¬ 
doubtedly,  been  visited  by  many  of  the  readers  of  this  journal, 
as  they  have  given  public  receptions  in  nearly  all  of  the  large 
cities  and  towns  of  Europe  and  America. 


278 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  August 


At  12,  M.,  January  15,  1871),  1  was  called  upon  to  attend 
this  lady  in  confinement,  it  being  her  second  labor.  I  found  her 
surrounded  with  competent  attendants,  and  everything  in  order 
and  at  hand  that  would  in  any  way  add  to  her  comfort  and 
convenience.  Her  pains  were  quite  infrequent  and  light. 
After  a  convenient  time,  with  my  patient  in  the  usual  position, 
I  proceeded  to  make  an  examination,  but  was  unable  to  reach 
the  os  uteri,  it  being  so  far  up.  1  could  not  with  my  hand,  by 
any  ordinary  effort,  make  a  satisfactory  examination,  but  con¬ 
cluded  that  she  was  in  the  initial  stage  of  labor.  She  remained 
iu  much  the  same  condition  for  the  next  24  hours,  passing  the 
night  comfortably,  and  1  saw  no  necessity  for  any  interference 
with  the  order  of  things.  At  the  end  of  hours  the  pains 
became  more  frequent,  and  on  examination  I  found  the  os 
dilating  and  labor  progressing  favorably.  The  head  engaged; 
position,  second  occipito  anterior.  Notwithstanding  the  long 
interval  between  pains  the  head  made  good  speed  through  the 
depth  of  pelvis.  At  4,  P.  M.,  on  the  18th,  while  conducting 
an  examination  during  pain,  the  membranes  gave  way  spon¬ 
taneously  and  the  amniotic  fluid  came  pouring  out  so  profusely 
as  to  startle  every  one.  1  had  my  patient  very  close  to  the 
margin  of  the  bed,  as  was  necessary  in  order  to  facilitate  manip¬ 
ulation  on  account  of  her  great  size. 

The  bed  was  well  protected  with  rubber  blankets,  which 
carried  the  waters  over  the  side  of  the  bed  where  they  were 
caught  in  vessels  to  the  amount  of  live  gallons.  That  lost  by 
absorption  and  evacuated  with  succeeding  pains,  would  make 
the  total  of  water  not  less  than  six  gallons.  This  was,  un¬ 
doubtedly,  a  case  of  dropsy  of  the  amnion,  co-existent  with 
general  dropsy,  from  which  she  suffered  to  some  extent  during 
the  last  months  of  pregnancy. 

Soon  after  the  rupture  of  membranes  the  ffetal  head  was 
disengaged,  and  in  the  soft  parts.  The  mother  was  in  good 
condition,  the  f<»tus  seemed  strong  and  healthy,  and  everything 
indicated  a  speedy  and  successful  termination.  But  here  the 
trouble  began.  After  the  escape  of  the  waters  all  pain  ceased. 
The  great  abdominal  muscles  which  had  been  so  much  distended 
lay  lax  over  the  foetus  like  the  blanket  which  covered  the 
person  of  the  mother. 

Inertia  was  complete.  There  was  no  pain  except  as  the 
result  of  manipulation.  Ten  grains  of  quinine,  Squibb’s  ergot, 
and  brandy  were  administered.  The  forceps  were  resorted  to 
early,  but  all  to  no  purpose.  The  forceps  could  not  be  success¬ 
fully  applied  because  of  the  unusually  large  head  which  lay, 
with  the  neck,  in  a  vagina  that  would  measure  on  its  posterior 
aspect  12  inches  at  least,  and  from  7  to  9  in  its  anterior.  The 
safety  of  the  child  was  my  great  fear.  The  head  was  seem¬ 
ingly  almost  born,  but  the  shoulders  were  fast.  How  to 
disengage  them  was  the  question.  The  hand  could  not  be 
passed  to  reach  the  shoulder.  I  had  telegraphed  for  Dr.  ,T.  D. 
Robinson,  of  Wooster,  O.,  who  now  came  to  my  assistance. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


279 


lie  attempted  the  use  of  the  forceps  with  but  little  success. 
The  child  could  not  be  so  delivered.  After  further  consultation, 
as  it  was  our  great  desire  to  deliver  if  possible,  without  mutila¬ 
tion,  we  passed  a  strong  bandage  over  the  neck  of  the  child  and 
while  one  made  downward  and  lateral  traction,  the  other  after 
several  attempts,  succeeded  in  bringing  down  an  arm,  and 
finally  after  a  laborious  seige  we  succeeded  in  delivering  our  pa¬ 
tient  of  a  male  child,  it  weighed  23f  pounds;  its  height,  30 
inches;  breast  measure,  24  inches;  breech,  27  inches;  head, 
19  inches;  foot,  inches  in  length.  The  secundines,  which 
were  soon  removed,  weighed  10  pounds.  The  mother  was  con¬ 
siderably  exhausted,  but  is  making  a  good  recovery.  Mrs. 
Bates,  six  years  ago,  gave  birth  to  a  dead  child  in  London, 
weighing  18  pounds,  and  24  inches  in  height.  She  was  at¬ 
tended  at  the  time  by  one  of  the  celebrated  obstetricians  of 
that  city,  who  encountered  the  same  difficulties  in  delivery 
that  1  had. 

[We  believe  that  this  is  the  largest  infant  at  birth  of  which 
there  is  any  authenticated  record.  Cazeaux  refers  to  one  that 
weighed  19  pounds.  There  is  a  foetus  in  the  London  Hospital 
Museum  24  inches  long.  The  average  length  is  20  inches  ;  aver¬ 
age  circumference  of  head  134  inches.  The  placenta  usually 
weighs  one-sixth  as  much  as  the  foetus.  In  this  case  the  secun¬ 
dines  in  all  weighed  nearly  half  as  much  as  the  child.] — Medi¬ 
cal  Record. 


PHYSIOLOGICAL  ALBUMINURIA. 

In  connection  with  the  interesting  paper  by  Dr.  Saumlby, 
which  we  publish  in  another  column,  it  may  be  well  to  refer  to 
a  communication  made  to  the  Medical  Society  of  Florence  on 
May  12,  1878,  and  reported  lately  in  IJ  Imperziale  by  Dr.  Mar- 
cacci.  Dr.  Marcacci  observes  that  the  presence  of  albuminuria 
in  the  urine  is  considered  by  the  majority  of  physicians  as  the 
index  of  a  pathological  condition,  although  Bernard,  Vogel, 
Hoffman,  and  others,  have  pointed  out  that  albuminuria  may 
be  met  w  ith  in  men  whose  health  is  perfect,  and  under  certain 
conditions  of  alimentation.  The  excessive  consumption  of  eggs 
is  only  one  of  the  conditions  of  this  sort  of  physiological  albu¬ 
minuria.  It  is  somewhat  difficult  to  prove  that  the. presence  of 
albumen  is  not  related  either  to  a  morbid  state  or  to  a  special 
regime.  Moreover,  there  exists  a  certain  number  of  cases  of 
error.  In  these  researches,  it  is  only  with  small  quantities  of 
albumen  that  one  deals,  while  the  blood,  pus,  and  the  urethral 
mucus,  or  that  of  the  other  neighboring  organs  or  protatic 
fluid,  may  in  themselves  constitute  a  cause  of  error  when  they 
are  mixed  with  the  urine.  Nevertheless,  according  to  M.  Mar¬ 
cacci,  a  series  of  observations  made  upon  himself  has  proved 
to  him  that  albumen  may  be  found  in  a  physiological  urine. 


280 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  August 


Albumen,  lie  says,  is  constantly  absent  in  noctural  urine ;  on 
the  contrary,  it  is  very  rarely  absent  in  diurnal  urine;  it  is  pos¬ 
sible  to  make  albumen  appear  in  the  diurnal  urine  by  execut¬ 
ing  rotary  movements  of  the  arm  for  from  ten  to  fifteen  min¬ 
utes  in  such  fashion  as  the  pulse  is  raised  from  seventy-five  to 
one  hundred  and  fifteen  pulsations  a  minute.  These  results 
are  in  some  sort  confirmatory  of  the  researches  made  by  Leube  at 
Erlangen  in  1877,  which  are  worth  while  summarising.  Leube 
undertook  his  research  011  the  soldiers  of  the  garrison  at  Erlan¬ 
gen,  and  took  the  necessary  precautions  to  avoid  cases  of  blen- 
norrhagia.  The  following  was  his  method  of  research  :  Fresh 
urine  was  filtered,  and  a  certain  quantity  carried  to  the  boiling 
point ;  the  other  was  treated  by  nitric  acid,  both  being  com¬ 
pared  with  the  intact  urine  on  a  block  tablet.  In  the  urine 
which  showed  opacity,  a  small  quantity  of  acetic  acid  was 
added  to  precipitate  the  deposit. 

This  precipitate  was  washed  and  treated  by  Millon’s  fluid,  and 
another  test  was  made  with  the  liquor  potassse,  and  possibly 
with  the  sulphate  of  copper  and  heat,  when  the  purple  red  or 
violet  color  was  obtained  with  Millon’s  fluid,  or  the  violet  color 
with  the  potassa,  the  urine  was  considered  as  albuminous. 
Leube  examined  the  night  urine  of  119  soldiers.  The  number 
of  observations  was  154,  which  were  then  divided ;  90  soldiers 
were  examined  once,  23  were  examined  twice  on  two  different 
days,  and  0  were  examined  three  times  at  intervals  of  three, 
days.  Briefly,  out  of  154  examples  of  nocturnal  urine  only  a 
very  small  quantity  of  albumen  was  found  in  five  cases,  and 
in  only  one  case  a  notable  proportion.  Researches  performed 
on  the  urine  secreted  during  the  day  after  military  exercise, 
and  in  the  mouths  of  June,  July  and  August,  gave  very  differ¬ 
ent  results;  in  fact,  of  five  soldiers  who  had  shown  albumen  in 
the  night  urine,  a  much  larger  quantity  was  found  in  the  day, 
and  further,  albumen  was  found  in  18  soldiers  who  had  not 
presented  any  in  the  night.  Bringing  the  frequency  of  albu¬ 
men  in  these  observations  to  a  percentage,  it  was  found  that 
the  morning  urine  was  albuminous  in  5  soldiers  out  of  119,  that 
is  to  say,  in  4.2  per  cent. ;  that  of  the  middle  of  the  day  was 
albuminous  in  19  soldiers  out  of  the  119,  that  is  to  say,  in  10 
per  cent.  The  day  urine  was  only  albuminous  in  14  soldiers 
out  of  119,  that  is  to  say,  11.8  per  cent.  Finally  the  urine  of 
the  morning  and  that  of  the  middle  of  the  day  were  equally 
albuminous  in  5  soldiers  out  of  119,  that  is  to  say,  in  4.2  per 
cent.  It  may  be  added,  that  the  quantity  of  albumen  in  the 
urine  most  heavily  loaded  with  that  substance  was  from  37  to 
38  milligrammes  per  cent.  Such  are  the  facts  which  seem  to 
prove  the  possibility  of  albuminuria  in  the  physiological  state. 
— British  Medical  Journal ,  May  10. 


1879 1 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


281 


DERMATOPHONY. 

Prof.  Hueter,  of  (1  riots  wold,  lias  shown  that  we  can  hear  with 
the  microphone  the  rush  of  blood  through  the  capillaries  of  the 
skin  (dermatophonv),  the  sounds  of  muscular  contraction  (myo 
phony),  of  tendinous  extension  (tendophony),  and  of  the  vibra¬ 
tion  of  long  bones  when  percussed  (osteophony). 

As  the  microphone  is,  in  general,  not  easy  of  application  to 
the  skin  of  the  body,  Prof.  Hueter  has  invented  a  special  in¬ 
strument  or  dermatophone,  consisting  of  a  flexible  stethoscope 
with  a  thin  caoutchouc  membrane  stretched  over  the  end  ap 
plied  to  the  skin,  and  a  perforated  horn  plug  to  fit  and  close 
the  ear  perfectly.  With  this  instrument  he  has  clearly  proved 
that  the  capillary  murmur  is  most  clearly  heard  where  the  cir 
dilation  is  most  vigorous.  In  acute  inflammation  of  the  skin, 
with  marked  inflammatory  liyperannia,  the  manner  is  louder 
but  deeper  in  tone  than  in  the  normal  state. —  Times  and  Gazette , 
Feb.  15,  1879. — Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner. 


POSTURE  IN  THE  EXPULSION  OF  THE  PLACENTA. 

Dr.  A.  T.  A.  King,  in  an  article  in  the  National  Medical  Re 
dew,  is  inclined  to  believe  that  if  a  woman  sits  up  immediately 
after  the  delivery  of  the  child,  the  placenta  is  much  less  apt  to 
be  retained.  He  states  that  he  has  repeatedly  secured  the 
delivery  of  the  placenta  by  instructing  the  female  to  sit  after 
delivery,  the  child  having  been  previously  separated  in  the 
usual  way.  He  does  not,  however,  positively  recommend  this 
practice,  though  he  points  out  that  if  the  womb  were  not  well 
contracted,  its  contraction  would  be  promoted  in  the  manner 
stated,  and  what  is  more,  should  haemorrhage  occur  in  the  sit¬ 
ting  posture,  it  would  probably  be  less  profuse  and  less  fre¬ 
quently  fatal  than  when  the  woman  was  recumbent,  for  the 
reason  that  syncope  would  occur  sooner,  and  thus  the  force 
of  the  cardiac  ventricle  would  be  reduced  earlier  and  before 
time  had  been  allowed  for  it  to  pump  out  the  horrible  sluices  of 
blood  that  so  often  occur  during  post-partal  haemorrhage  in 
the  recumbent  posture. — Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter ,  June  28. 


PURULENT  OPHTHALMIA  OF  INFANTS. 

Dr.  Luton,  of  Rheirns,  states  that  the  tincture  of  iodine  in 
distdled  cherry-laurel  water  is  a  far  more  efficacious  and  innoc¬ 
uous  means  of  treatment  than  the  nitrate  of  silver.  One 
gramme  of  the  tincture  may  be  added  to  twenty  grammes  of 
the  water  of  medium  strength  (20°),  and  produces  a  collyrium 
the  color  of  pale  brandy.  Some  of  this  should  be  dropped  into 
the  eye  four  or  five  times  a  day,  external  lotions  being  also 
abundantly  employed.  It  has  proved  rapidly  successful  at  the 
Hotel-Dieu  of  Rheirns. — Revue  Med. — Obstetric  Gazette. 

9 


282 


Editorial. 


[August 


TREATMENT  OF  SICKNESS  DURING  PREGNANCY. 

I  am  happy  to  send  a  report  of  the  further  progress  of  the 
case  of  sickness  during  pregnancy  published  in  the  Journal  of 
May  17th.  “  The  patient  is  doing  very  well.”  She  was  about 

six  weeks  pregnant  (not  six  months,  as  stated  in  the  Journal). 
Since  my  former  communication,  a  gentleman  iu  Scotland  has 
forwarded  me  the  following  case: 

u  Mrs.  aged  23,  complained  of  great  sickness  when  six 
weeks  gone  in  her  third  pregnancy.  (The  sickness  during  the 
two  former  pregnancies  had  been  occasional  and  slight.)  For 
a  fortnight  before  I  saw  her,  she  had  vomited  everything  she 
took,  and  was  continually  sick.  Nothing  medicinal  gave  her 
the  slightest  relief.  1  proceeded  carefully  to  dilate  the  os,  and 
with  little  difficulty  introduced  the  end  of  my  finger  through 
the  os  internum.  The  operation  caused  very  little  discomfort, 
and  the  result  was  most  gratifying.  She  was  only  once  slightly 
sick,  and  that  immediately  after  the  operation.  She  has  not 
had  the  slightest  difficulty  since.  I  have  closely  followed  the 
reports  of  your  cases  and  of  others  cured  by  your  operation, 
and  I  have  great  pleasure  in  being  able  to  add  one  to  what  is 
already  an  extensive  list  of  successes.” — E.  Copeman,  M.  D., 
F.R.C.P.,  Physician  to  the  Norfolk  and  Norwich  Hospital. — 
British  Medical  Journal ,  June  21. 


j^DITOf\IAL. 


YELLOW  FEVER  OUTBREAK  OF  1879. 

The  assiduous  and  intelligent  student  of  the  habitudes  of 
yellow  fever  contagium  is  not  taken  by  surprise  at  the  recent 
outbreaks  in  Memphis  and  on  the  Gulf  coast.  They  are  events 
quite  in  harmony  with  the  natural  history  of  yellow  fever  poison. 

At  every  point  which  the  senior  editor  of  this  journal  vis¬ 
ited  in  1878,  he  endeavored  to  impress  upon  the  respective 
communities  a  knowledge  of  the  fact  that  the  contagium  might 
be  preserved  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time  under  couditious 
favorable  to  its  preservation.  For  the  purpose  of  presenting 
this  truth  in  a  forcible  manner  he  was  in  the  habit  of  using  a 
homely  form  of  illustration,  and  of  saying  that  “yellow  fever 
poison  was  something  which  could  be  put  away  and  kept 
through  the  winter  like  sweet  potatoes,  and  like  them  would 
grow  again  iu  the  warmth  of  the  succeeding  summer,  under 
circumstances  favoring  its  growth.” 


1879] 


Editorial. 


283 


We  are  not  able  to  formulate  in  a  precise  manner  the  condi¬ 
tions  under  which  the  vitality  of  the  yellow  fever  poison  is  best 
secured.  It  is,  however,  our  firm  conviction  that  exclusion  of 
air  is  a  sine  qua  non  to  this  end.  At  all  events  the  assertion 
can  safely  be  made  that  the  histories  of  long  preservation  of  the 
cause  of  yellow  fever  invariably  include  confinement  in  some 
closely  shut  receptacle.  The  Plymouth  cases  have,  in  the  opin¬ 
ion  of  many  observers,  thrown  considerable  doubt  upon  the 
doctrine  hitherto  nearly  universally  held,  that  low  temperature 
is  positively  destructive  of  yellow  fever  contagium.  In  our  own 
minds  no  change  of  opinion  has  taken  place  in  consequence  of 
the  Plymouth  outbreak.  The  same  conditions,  whatever  they 
were,  which  protected  the  hid  away  germs  from  the  air  proba¬ 
bly  protected  them  from  a  degree  of  cold  sufficient  for  their 
devitalization. 

To  those  but  little  conversant  with  the  natural  history  of  yellow 
fever  it  may  appear  strange  that  an  outbreak  from  hybernated 
germs  should  take,  place  in  Memphis  and  yet  nothing  of  the 
kind  should  occur  up  to  the  same  date  in  New  Orleans  or  any 
place  near  its  latitude  where  yellow  fever  prevailed  in  1878.  We 
suppose  this  fact  to  be  based  upon  the  truth  of  the  statement 
previously  made  that  herrnetical  enclosure  of  yellow  fever  germs 
is  more  apt  to  occur  in  houses  built  with  thick  walls  and  bat¬ 
tened  doors  to  exclude  cold  air,  than  in  houses  constructed  to 
keep  us  cool  and  secure  us  good  ventilation.  In  this  respect 
yellow  fever  poison  has  its  perfect  analogy  with  the  materies 
morbi  of  other  infectious  diseases.  We  do  not  believe  that  a 
flannel  cloth  worn  around  the  throat  of  a  scarlet  fever  patient 
would  retain  its  power  of  infection  for  twelve  months  in  this 
climate  and  in  our  houses,  as  Sir  Thomas  Watson  describes  to 
have  occurred  in  London.  Let  us  as  physicians  profit  by  these 
recent  events  and  direct  our  energies  to  their  prevention  in 
future. 


CREOLE  IMMUNITY  IN  YELLOW  FEVER. 

In  the  November  number  of  this  journal,  under  the  title  of 
“  Calling  Things  by  their  Right  Names,”  we  alluded  to  a 
theory  now  less  prevalent  than  formerly,  of  the  exemption  of 
natives  of  New  Orleans  from  yellow  fever ;  also  to  the  fact, 


284 


Editorial. 


[August 


that  our  mortuary  records  show  an  apparently  marked  increase 
in  the  prevalence  of  malarial  fevers  during  yellow  fever 
epidemics.  The  following  table,  compiled  from  the  annual 
mortuary  reports  of  the  Board  of  Health,  confirms  the  state¬ 
ment  : 


Mortality  from  . 

1867 

*1868  I86i> 

1870 

1871 

18721873 

1874 

1875 

1877 

1878 

Yellow  Fever . 

i  3 

587 

54 

39  226 

11 

61 

1 

4046 

Malarial  Fevers . 

751 

v36j  332 

406 

348 

291  439 

488 

383 

409 

777 

The  obvious  conclusion,  from  a  comparison  of  this  table  with 
the  theory  of  Creole  exemption,  must  be  that  there  is  a  logical 
connection  between  the  two,  in  the  abscence  of  any  special 
explanation  of  so  striikng  a  relation.  The  late  Dr.  Fenner  was 
the  most  able  and  prominent  advocate  of  the  identity  of  yellow 
fever  and  the  malarial  fevers,  but  we  are  not  aware  that  any 
of  our  Creole  confreres  invoke  his  authority,  and  the  adherents 
of  that  notion  must  be  very  few.  Now,  assuming  the  all  but 
universal  agreement  of  medical  men,  of  the  non-identity  of 
yellow  fever  and  the  malarial  fevers,  how  explain  this  remark¬ 
able  increase  of  malarial  fatality  during  the  epidemicity  of 
yellow  fever,  except  on  the  ground  that  large  numbers  of  cases 
of  yellow  fever  are  mistaken  for  paludal  fevers  ? 

But  it  is  the  general  observation  of  those  physicians  who 
do  not  hold  the  theory  of  Creole  exemption  from  yellow7  fever, 
that,  during  the  prevalence  of  that  disease,  paludal  fevers  are 
less  prevalent  than  usual,  so  that  this  magnifies  the  significancce 
of  the  apparent  increase  of  malarial  fatality. 

In  the  previous  article  we  urged  the  importance  of  calling 
things  by  their  right  names  simply  in  behalf  of  correctness  in 
recording  vital  statistics.  Now  we  observe  that  this  question 

concerns  the  living  at  least  as  much  as  the  dead.  No  intelli¬ 
gent  layman,  in  regions  visited  by  yellow7  fever,  no  physician 

with  the  smallest  understanding  of  his  business,  w7ould  apply 
the  same  treatment  to  yellow  fever  and  the  paludal  fevers. 
Intelligent  laymen  hereabouts  have  made  diligent  observations' 
and  have  arrived  at  some  such  conclusions  as  the  following,  in 
common  with  the  most  judicious  and  candid  physicians :  (1) 
that  medication  scarcely,  if  at  all,  controls  the  course  or  limits 


‘First  9  months. 


Obituary. 


285 


1879] 


the  duration  of  yellow  fever ;  (2)  that,  in  general,  those  prac¬ 
titioners  who  write  most  prescriptions  lose  most  patients  ;  (3) 
that  a  .  ignorant  or  careless  physician  is  more  dangerous  than 
the  disease  itself. 

Some  years  ago  we  indulged  in  a  little  philosophy  on  small 
pox  as  a  factor  in  civilization.  Since  the  introduction  of  vac¬ 
cination  no  wrell  regulated  community  allows  small  pox  to  get 
the  upper  hand.  The  intelligent  and  prudent  adopt  this  plain 
means  of  protection,  while  the  ignorant  and  careless  suffer. 
Thus  small-pox  operates  powerfully  in  selecting  the  least  val¬ 
uable  lives  for  its  tribute,  while  the  fittest  survive,  and 
the  standard  of  humanity  is  elevated.  At  the  risk  of  a 
candor  which  savors  more  of  utilitarianism  than  humanitarian- 
ism  (in  the  ordinary  and  limited  sense  of  the  word,)  we  will 
add  that  the  doctrine  of  Darwin  affords  us  the  only  visible  con¬ 
solation  in  the  working  of  that  theory  of  creole  exemption 
from  yellow  fever,  which,  we  are  forced  to  believe,  costs  many 
lives,  whenever  the  disease  widely  prevails  in  the  city. 


OBITUARY. 

Ash  wood,  La. 

The  late  Council  at  Atlanta  having  ordered  biographical 
notices  of  the  physicians  who  died  of  yellow  fever  to  be  pre¬ 
pared,  some  brief  account  of  one  of  those  brave  men  may  not 
be  unacceptable  to  your  well-known  journal. 

We  refer  to  the  late  Dr.  Wm.  A.  L.  Potts,  of  Ashwood,  La., 
one  of  the  gallant  volunteers  who  obeyed  the  memorable  tele¬ 
gram,  “  The  epidemic  is  the  battle-field  of  the  true  physician 
and  with  Norris  and  seven  noble  comrades  in  Vicksburg  alone, 
“died,  because  he  would  not  see  others  die  unaided.” 

The  subject  of  our  notice  was  the  youngest  son  of  Jane  Alex¬ 
ander,  of  Cumberland,  and  the  late  William  Potts,  of  Baltimore, 
and  grandson  of  Judge  Potts,  of  Frederick,  eminent  on  the  bench 
and  in  the  United  States  Senate.  Born  in  Maryland  about 
1834,  of  a  family  connected  with  her  earliest  history,  he  grad¬ 
uated  with  honor  in  Richmond,  and  after  practising  a  short 
time  there  and  in  New  York,  settled  in  Tensas,  La.,  where  he 


286  Obituary.  [August 

had  acquired  reputation  and  a  good  practice  when  the  war 
broke  out,  and  duty  called  him  to  another  post. 

Volunteering  in  the  ranks,  his  surgical  skill  shown  on  the 
battle-fields  of  Port  Gibson  and  Mansfield,  secured  promotion 
unsought;  and  he  was  said  to  have  passed  the  best  examina¬ 
tion  of  any  surgeon  in  the  Trans-Mississippi.  Serving  with 
Majors  at  Red  River  and  Pleasant  Hill,  and  with  Magruder 
till  the  last,  he  had  attained  the  grade  of  surgeon  of  division, 
when  the  surrender  closed  his  military  career.  Returning  to 
Tensas,  at  the  last  urgent  instance  of  friends,  he  endeared 
himself  to  all.  as  well  by  his  personal  merits,  as  skill  and 
enthusiasm  in  his  profession,  which  he  loved,  as  was  often 
said,  only  next  to  his  mother. 

As  a  surgeon,  the  cool,  steady  nerve,  firm  hand,  and  gentle 
touch  that  made  him  the  chosen  assistant  of  Dr.  Bell  Gibson 
when  a  student,  rendered  him  one  of  the  most  skilful  and  suc¬ 
cessful  operators  in  the  South.  As  a  physician,  to  thorough 
knowledge,  keen  perception  and  unfailing  energy,  he  added 
that  rare  faculty  of  inspiring  confidence  and  exerting  control 
which  is  often  more  valuable  than  medicine.  In  his  general 
practice,  as  among  the  sick  and  wounded  in  his  camp  and  hos¬ 
pital  work,  it  was  often  said  that,  however  despondent  friends 
or  patient  might  be,  his  presence  alone  seemed  to  assure  relief 
and  hope. 

Of  his  private  character,  moulded  by  the  early  intiuence  of 
parental  excellence,  and  matured  by  a  life  of  high-toned  exer¬ 
tion  and  self-reliance,  we  need  only  say  that  it  was  in  keeping 
with  the  noble  and  unselfish  close  of  that  life. 

Though  somewhat  recticent  and  reserved  in  general  inter¬ 
course  and  noted  for  quiet,  but  indexible  resolution,  his  temper 
had  a  calm  sweetness  and  equanimity  which  few  things  could 
disturb,  and  his  manner  and  bearing  showed  the  unmistakable 
stamp  of  innate  and  cultivated  refinement.  A  systematic  and 
earnest  student  and  fond  of  general  reading,  he  regarded 
neither  labor  nor  fatigue  in  his  beloved  profession,  in  which  he 
conscientiously  made  interest  subordinate  to  science  and  be¬ 
nevolence.  Those  who  knew  him  best,  loved  him  most ;  know¬ 
ing  him  of  unsullied  honor,  generous  to  a  fault,  kind  to  the 
poor,  constant  to  his  friends,  in  all  relations  of  life  a  gentle- 


1879  j  Obituary .  287 

man  without  reproach,  ami  to  his  family  the  best  ami  dearest 
of  sons  and  brother. 

When  the  epidemic  became  violent,  and  Vicksburg  in  panic 
and  distress  called  for  help  from  all  sides,  when  telegrams  an¬ 
nounced  that  hundreds  had  no  medical  care,  his  friends  tried 
in  vain  to  prevent  Dr.  Potts  from  volunteering.  Though  urgent 
that  his  mother  and  sisters  should  leave,  he  met  all  remon¬ 
strances  on  his  own  account  with  the  simple  words,  u  If  1  am 
a  physician,  1  must  do  the  duty  of  one  ;  if  help  is  called  for,  1 
must  give  what  help  I  can.  Don’t  you  see  what  Choppin 
says,”  for  to  him,  as  to  others,  that,  fatal  telegram  was  like  the 
call  for  volunteers  on  a  forlorn  hope;  the  bravest  one  first  to 
respond. 

The  last  half  of  August  proved  the  most  deadly  season,  and 
he  came  at  its  worst.  It  was  characteristic  of  his  steadfast 
temper  that  he  reported  for  service,  and  made  all  his  arrange¬ 
ments  before  letting  his  family  know  of  his  arrival.  With  the 
fear  of  his  coming  they  had  delayed  leaving  until  too  late ; 
and  now  insisted  upon  his  staying  with  them  instead  of  at  a 
hotel,  as  he  proposed,  lest  he  should  endanger  their  safety ; 
it  would  have  been  a  vain  precaution  for  some  of  the  most 
violent  cases  were  already  in  the  adjoining  houses. 

Having  brought  his  own  horse  and  buggy,  and  giving  his 
services  and  life  without  a  thought  of  recompense,  lie  began 
work  under  the  Howards  with  a  self-devotion  and  energy  that 
ensured  success  in  most  of  the  cases  under  his  care. 

The  volunteer  physicians  took  their  place  w  ith  the  foremost ; 
no  special  caution  was  used  in  assigning  their  locations  or 
hours  of  service,  even  could  such  care  have  availed;  and  their 
experience  was  among  scenes  of  want,  misery  and  contagion 
unknown  in  country  practice.  In  letters  written  to  friends  in 
Tensas  the  night  before  he  was  taken  ill,  Dr.  Potts  expressed 
his  deep  feeling  for  the  suffering  he  witnessed,  and  urged  them 
to  send  relief  to  the  Howards,  which  came  in  liberal  measure. 

Coming  to  the  infected  city  from  pure  country  air,  and  in 
the  full  prime  of  health  and  vigor,  he  may  have  been  the 
more  susceptible  of  these  depressing  influences ;  a  brief  season 
of  active  and  successful  practice  ended  on  the  2d  of  September 
in  an  attack  of  the  prevailing  fever.  Though  at  firet  pro- 


288 


Obituary. 


[  A  ugust 


uouneed  mild,  neither  nursing  nor  medical  science  could  arrest 
its  course,  proving  fatal  on  the  lltli,  almost  before  his  friends 
had  realized  the  danger. 

Within  the  same  week,  but  four  days  earlier,  the  youngest 
and  most  beloved  sister,  Miss  Susan  C.  Potts,  fell  a  victim  to 
to  the  same  terrible  disease,  having  been  taken  ill  almost  at  the 
same  hour,  and  medicine  and  care  proving  equally  ineffectual. 

None  but  those  who  shared  them  can  realize  those  days  of 
horror  and  desolation  when  death  was  in  every  house,  and  hu¬ 
man  aid  powerless ;  when  in  every  family  the  dearest  and  most 
excellent  seemed  chosen  for  special  victims.  Of  this  family  the 
brother  and  sister  taken,  had  both  some  years  previously  been 
exposed  to  the  fever  without  taking  it,  and  might  have  been 
considered  exempt;  the  others,  though  nursing  them  night  and 
day  did  not  take  it,  though  the  mother  was  prostrated  by  long 
and  severe  illness. 

We  cannot  better  close  this  notice,  after  saying  that  the  fam¬ 
ily,  including  a  brother  (now  a  civil  engineer  in  Chicago),  con¬ 
template  removing  both  to  their  family  burial  place  at  St. 
Paul’s,  Baltimore,  than  with  the  following  from  the  Louisiana 
’Journal  of  that  date  : 

u  Our  friend  left  Ashwood,  called  by  the  appeals  from  Vicks¬ 
burg,  against  the  wishes  of  his  friends  and  the  prayers  of  his 
family  ;  giving  up  a  healthy  location  and  lucrative  practice,  to 
do  his  work  as  a  true  physician.  Steadfast  as  a  rock  in  his 
sense  of  duty,  he  was  gentle  as  a  woman,  and  though  the 
acknowledged  head  of  his  profession  in  this  section,  be  was  as 
modest  as  one.  The  first  report  of  his  illness  had  spread  sym¬ 
pathy  and  anxiety  through  the  community,  and  when  the  fatal 
news  was  known  on  Sunday,  there  was  not  a  dry  eye  in  the 
little  church ;  the  colored  people  stopped  every  one  on  the 
roads  to  ask  if  it  could  be  true  ;  for  all  had  known  and  loved 
him  truly.” 

I  believe  he  left  none  but  friends  in  Tensas,  and  many  a  tear 
fell  for  our  beloved  physician  and  friend,  who  like  a  true  sol¬ 
dier  faced  the  enemy  where  the  battle  raged  fiercest,  and  in 
the  prime  of  manhood  and  honor  fell  bravely  in  that  cause  of 
humanity 

“  Wherein  no  act  is  vain 

And  death  bat  larger  makes  the  service  and  the  life.” 


1879  J 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


289 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


Naval  Hygiene.  Human  Health  and  the  Means  of  Preventing 
Disease.  By  Joseph  Wilson,  M.D.,  Medical  Director  U.  S. 
Navy.  Second  edition,  with  colored  lithographs,  etc. 
Philadelphia :  Lindsay  &  Blakiston ;  New  Orleans  :  Ar- 
raand  Hawkins,  196|  Canal  street.  8vo.,  pp.  274. 

Dr.  Wilson,  in  his  travels,  has  been  a  careful  student  of 
nature,  and  in  the  capacity  of  surgeon  in  the  United  States 
Navy,  has  had  rare  opportunities  of  investigating  the  best 
means  of  preserving  health  and  procuring  the  comfort  of  those 
u  who  go  down  in  ships.”  In  the  work  now  under  considera¬ 
tion,  he  has  been  rather  discursive,  but  in  the  main,  has  kept 
the  one  thought  in  view,  and  the  reader  will  obtain  valuable 
information  from  the  study  of  its  pages. 

The  introductory  chapter  contains  important  information  in 
regard  to  air  and  water  and  the  necessity  of  their  purity,  and 
abruptly  ends  with  observations  on  hydrophobia,  introduced 
principally,  we  think,  on  account  of  the  opportunity  afforded 
of  showing  the  extraordinary  nerve  of  the  author  on  an  occa¬ 
sion  when  he  was  bitten  by  a  dog  that  was  not  mad. 

Chapters  I  to  XI Y  are  full  of  varied  information.  We  are 
taken  through  the  ship ;  various  defects  in  naval  architecture 
are  pointed  out.  The  crew  is  mustered;  the  characteristics  of 
the  sea  described ;  sea-sickness,  home  sickness  and  the  other 
ailments  of  young  sailors  receive  notice ;  the  best  means  of 
preserving  food  and  water  on  shipboard  are  pointed  out ;  the 
subject  of  vinous  and  alcoholic  drinks  is  discussed,  and  a 
graphic  picture  of  alcoholic  intoxication  drawn. 

Chapters  XV  and  XYI  discuss  zoology  and  botany,  and 
proper  from  improper  food  pointed  out. 

It  is  not  until  the  chapter  on  syphilis  is  reached  that  we  can 
find  fault  with  the  author.  He  considers  that  the  Bible  con¬ 
tains  a  perfect  description  of  the  disease,  and  in  the  quotation 
from  Leviticus,  takes  undue  liberties  with  King  James’s  trans¬ 
lation. 

u  When  a  man  shall  have  in  the  skin  of  his  flesh  a  [rising] 
swelling ,  a  sore,  or  a  [bright]  raw  spot,  and  it  shall  be  in  the 
10 


290  Review s  and  Boole  Notices.  [August 

skin  of  his  flesh  like  the  [plague  of  leprosy]  ulcer  of  syphilis, 
then  he  shall  be  brought  unto  one  of  the  priests.  And  the 
priest  shall  look  on  the  [plaguej  sore  in  the  skin  of  the  flesh  ; 
and  when  the  [hair]*  raised  margin  in  the  sore  is  [turned  white] 
inverted  and  white ,  and  the  sore  [in  sight]  apparently  deeper 
than  the  skin  of  his  flesh  ;  it  is  a  [plague  of  leprosy]  syphilitic 
ulcer  (a  Hunterian  chancre)  ;  and  the  priest  shall  look  on  him 
and  pronounce  him  [unclean]  infectious,  if  the  rawr  spot  be 
white  in  the  skin  of  his  flesh,  and  apparently  not  deeper  than 
the  skin,  and  the  margin  thereof  be  not  inverted  or  white,  then 
the  priest  shall  shut  him  up  that  hath  the  sore  seven  days.” 

On  page  218  is  found  the  following :  “  About  the  end  of 
the  fifteenth  century  prodigious  havoc  was  created  by  a  battery 
of  lewd  women  in  the  Austrian  army,  at  that  time  engaged  in 
the  siege  of  Naples,  and  a  remnant  of  the  army  was  saved 
only  by  raising  the  siege.”  [“General  Butler,  at  New 
Orleans,  in  1862,  did  better.  The  police  regulation  was 
that  this  sort  of  artillery  should  be  kept  in  jail ;  but  this  being- 
found  insufficient,  he  ordered  that  pretended  ladies,  no  matter 
what  their  apparent  rank,  who  approached  his  men  with  insult¬ 
ing  (?)  language  or  gestures,  should  be  treated  in  the  same  way/’] 

Now  all  of  us  know  that  it  was  not  to  protect  the  morals  of 
his  soldiers  that  the  notorious  order  was  issued,  but  to  enforce 
tacit  respect  to  his  men  from  ladies  whose  husbands,  brothers, 
or  friends  were  in  the  Confederate  army,  and  we  have  no  doubt 
in  the  world  that  General  Butler  will  be  as  much  surprised  as 
we  are,  to  see  the  turn  given  to  his  manifesto. 

In  regard  to  prophylaxis,  he  says:  “Let  us  not  weaken  by 
crude  experiments  the  restraints  now  existing,  which  every 
middle-aged  man  must  understand  pretty  well,  from  recollec¬ 
tion:.  of  personal  experience.  Something  like  the  following  has 
been  proposed  :  have  handsome  gilt  signs  attached  to  the  fronts 
of  houses,  so  that  the  old  stager  may  suggest  to  go  in  and  take 
“  something,”  while  the  shy  boy  who  hesitates  is  to  be  laughed 
at  as  a  “chicken-hearted  baby.”  Boards  of  health  perhaps 
might  do  more  than  at  present :  they  have  charge  of  hospitals 
for  patients  suffering  under  “  contagious  diseases  ;”  a  reasona 


The  part  of  the  body  referred  to  is  naturally  without  hair. 


Review*  and  Book  Notices. 


291 


1879] 

ble  amount  of  confinement  in  the  hospital  might  do  the 
patients  good,  without  serious  harm  to  the  communtty.” 

The  publishers  have  spared  no  pains  to  present  the  work  in 
excellent  form. 


(1)  Posological  Table :  Including  all  the  officinal  and  the  most 
frequently  employed  unofficinal  prepartions.  By  Charles 
Rice,  Chemist,  Department  of  Public  Charities  and  Correc¬ 
tion,  N.  Y.,  etc.  18mo.,  pp.  96.  New  York:  Wm.  Wood 
&  Co.  1879. 

(2)  The  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  British  Hospital  for  Diseases  of 
the  Skin,  London.  Edited  by  Balmanno  Squire,  M.B.,  Lon¬ 
don,  Senior  Surgeon  to  the  Hospital.  18mo.,  pp.  80.  Lon¬ 
don  :  J.  &  A.  Churchill.  1879. 

These  little  volumes  have  the  advantage  of  containing  in 
small  compass,  convenient  for  reference,  certain  particulars 
w  hich  the  prescriber  could  indeed  find  in  large  volumes,  but  at 
a  loss  of  time.  Besides,  the  volumes  can  be  carried  in  the 
pocket,  whenever  desired. 

The  Pharmacopoeia  could  easily  have  been  rendered  of  much 
greater  value  by  the  addition  of  an  index  of  diseases,  in  addi¬ 
tion  to  that  of  remedies,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  omission 
will  be  supplied  in  a  future  edition. 


Long  Life ,  and  hoio  to  reach  it.  By  Joseph  G.  Richardson,  M. 
D.,  Prof.  Hygiene,  Univ.  Pa.,  etc.  16mo.,  pp.  160.  Phila¬ 
delphia:  Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  1879.  [Sold  by  Armand 
HaAvkins,  196£  Canal  street.] 

This  is  the  second  of  a  series  of  Anerican  Health  Primers, 
now  being  published  under  the  editorial  direction  of  Dr.  W.  W. 
Keen,  of  Philadelphia.  The  object  of  the  enterprise  seems  to 
be  to  popularize  preventive  medicine,  which  is  eminently  praise¬ 
worthy,  and  in  this  particular  volume  that  intention  is  admi¬ 
rably  fulfilled. 

Written  by  a  physician  of  high  reputation,  an  expert  in  hy¬ 
giene,  the  use  of  technical  words  has  been  entirely  avoided, 
so  that  it  is  fully  adapted  to  the  comprehension  of  an  ordinary 
reader.  At  the  same  time  the  selection  of  subjects  for  the  six¬ 
teen  chapters  of  the  volume  is  such  as  to  bring  into  prominence 
the  most  important  conditions  affecting  health  and  longevity. 


U92 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[August 


It  is  needless  to  add  that  the  book  is  intended ’for  lay  readers, 
rather  than  medical  men,  and,  though  its  manifest  effect  must 
be  the  prevention  of  disease,  no  true  physician  will  regard  it 
with  jealousy.  While  artisans  hold  an  invention  which  dis¬ 
penses  with  their  labor  as  an  intruder  and  an  enemy,  physi¬ 
cians  must  not  forget  that  medicine  rests  upon  science,  whose 
sphere  is  not  only  the  discovery  but  also  the  dissemination  of 
truth.  S.  S.  FI. 


The  Cell-Doctrine  :  its  History  and  Present  State.  For  the  use  of 
students  in  Medicine  and  Dentistry.  Also  a  copious  biblio¬ 
graphy  of  the  subject.  By  James  Tyson,  M.D.,  Prof.  Gen. 
Pathol,  and  Morbid  Anat.,  ITniv.  Pa.,  etc.  Second  edition, 
revised,  corrected  and  enlarged.  Illustrated.  12mo.,  pp. 
202.  Philadelphia :  Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  1878. 

This  work  exhibits  great  industry  and  research,  embodying 
in  moderate  compass  a  very  complete  history  of  the  growth  of 
the  subject,  from  Aristotle  to  the  living  workers  in  the  field  of 
histology.  It  is  therefore  an  immense  convenience  to  those  in¬ 
terested  in  its  study  ;  for,  if  not  satisfied  with  the  synopsis  of 
different  views  now  and  formerly  held,  the  bibliography  of  44 
pages  affords  complete  reference  to  all  that  has  been  written  on 
the  subject. 

The  views  of  the  author,  in  the  closing  section,  form  a  judi¬ 
cious  summing  up  of  the  present  state  of  knowledge  on  the, cell- 
doctrine. 

In  this  day  of  excessive  specialization  and  over  production  of 
monographs,  we  are  glad  to  commend  a  book  of  this  class,  at 
the  same  time  legitimate  in  conception  and  in  its  substance  so 
meritorious.  S.  S.  H. 


A  Tabular  Hand-Book  of  Auscultation  and  Percussion ,  for  Stu¬ 
dents  and  Physicians.  By  Herbert  C.  Clapp,  A.M.,  M.D., 
Instructor  in  Auscultation  and  Percussion  in  the  Boston 
University  School  of  Medicine,  etc.  With  4  plates.  8vo., 
pp.  97.  Boston :  Houghton,  Osgood  &  Co.  1879.  [Sold  by 
Eyricli,  130  Canal  street.] 

An  introduction  gives  some  general  directions  for  practicing 
auscultation  and  percussion ;  part  I  contains  nine  tables,  des¬ 
criptive  of  the  physical  signs,  both  normal  and  morbid ;  part 


1879] 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


298 

II,  containing  two  tables,  teaches  the  physical  diagnosis  of 
diseases  of  the  lungs  and  of  the  heart. 

This  arrangement  is  convenient  by  its  compactness  and  its 
systematic  classification  for  study  and  for  reference,  and  will 
be  found  useful  for  student  and  practitioner  alike.  The  work 
is  really  to  be  commended. 


Harvey  and  his  Discovery.  By  J.  M.  DaOosta,  M.D.,  Professor- 
Practice  Medicine,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 
Svo.,  pp.  57.  Philadelphia :  J .  B.  Lippincott.  1879.  [Sold 
by  Eyrich,  130  Canal  street.] 

This  volume  is  an  address  delivered  at  the  opening  of  the 
course  of  lectures  at  Jefferson  Medical  College  in  1878.  It  is  a 
sketch,  biographical  and  critical,  of  the  life  and  labors  of  the 
illustrious  discoverer  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood;  and  renders 
due  credit,  in  fitting  language,  to  his  genius  and  his  services  to 
science  and  mankind. 

-*  i  mm  i  ♦ 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


The  Hand  as  a  Curette  in  Post-Partum  Hemorrhage.  By  Henry 
C.  P.  Wilson,  M.D.,  Baltimore,  Md.  Reprint  from  Yol.  H I  Gyne¬ 
cological  Transactions,  1879. 

Conclusions  from  the  Study  of  One  Hundred  and  Twenty-jive 
Cases  of  Writer’s  Cramp  and  Allied  Affections.  By  George  M. 
Beard,  M.D.,  New  York  City.  Reprint  fron  the  Medical  Record, 
March  15,  1879. 

Other  Symptoms  of  Nervous  Exhaustion  ( Neurasthenia .)  By 
George  M.  Beard,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Member  of  the  New  York  Acad¬ 
emy  of  Medicine,  of  the  American  Academy  of  Medicine,  of 
the  American  Neurological  Association,  etc.  Reprint  from  the 
Journal  of  Nervous  and  Mental  Disease,  April,  1879. 

University  of  Maryland ,  Seventy -second  Annual  Circular  of  the 
School  of  Medicine ,  Session  of  1879- SO. 

Ninth  Annual  Announcement  of  the  Louisville  College  of  Phar¬ 
macy,  Session  of  1879-80. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


294 


August 


First  Annual  Report  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Kentucky  Phar¬ 
maceutical  Association ,  1878. 

Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  to  the  City 
Council  of  the  City  of  Dayton,  Ohio,  for  the  year  ending  February 
28,  1879. 

Thirtieth  Annual  Announcement  of  the  14" Oman’s  Medical  Col¬ 
lege  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  1879-80. 

Fifty -fifth  Annual  Announcement  of  the  Jefferson  Medical  Col¬ 
lege  of  Philadelphia,  Session  of  1879-80. 

Announcement  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania  for  the  One  Hundred  and  fourteenth  Session, 
1879-80. 

A  Case  of  Enterocele  Vaginalis,  Anterior.  By  G.  M.  B. 
Maughs,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women 
in  the  Missouri  Medical  College.  Read  before  the  St.  Louis 
Medical  Society.  Reprint  from  the  St.  Louis  Medical  and  Sur¬ 
gical  Journal,  May,  1879. 

A  n  Argument  made  before  the  American  Medical  Association  at 
Atlanta,  Oa.,  May  7,  1879.  By  Edward  S.  Duuster,  M.D. 

The  American  Medical  College  Association,  Third  Annual  Meet¬ 
ing,  held  at  A  tlanta,  Ga.,  May  3d  and  5th,  1879. 

A  Contribution  to  the  Hcematuric  Properties  of  Dialysed  Iron. 
Being  extracts  from  communications  read  before  the  Boston  Society 
of  the  Medical  Sciences  and  the  Boston  Society  for  Medical 
Observation.  By  Robert  Amory,  M.I).,  Longwood,  Mass.  Re¬ 
print  from  the  Boston  Medical  Journal,  April,  1879. 

Minutes  of  the  Meeting  of  Organization  and  Proceedings  of  the 
Sanitary  Council  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  May ,  1879. 

Pendulum  Leverage  of  the  Obstetric  Forceps.  By  Albert  H. 
Smith,  M.D.,  Philadelphia.  Reprint  from  Vol.  III.  Gyneco¬ 
logical  Transactions,  1879. 

Normal  Position  and  Movements  of  the  Unimpregnated  Uterus. 
By  Ely  Van  De  Warker,  M.D.,  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  Fellow  of  the 
American  Gynecological  Society.  Reprint  from  the  American 
Journal  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children, 
April  and  July,  1878. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


295 


1879 1 


Impotency  in  Women.  By  Ely  Van  De  Warker,  M.D.,  Syra¬ 
cuse,  N.  Y.  Reprint  from  the  American  Journal  of  Obstetrics 
and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children,  January,  1878. 

Therapeutischer  Almanack  for  January,  1879.  By  Dr.  G.  Beck. 

Dyphthonia  Paralytica.  By  Ethelbert  0.  Morgan,  A.B.,  M.D. 
Late  Assistant  to  Professor  Johannes  Scknitzler,  in  the  De¬ 
partment  of  Diseases  of  the  Throat  and  Lungs  in  the  Polik- 
linik,  Vienna,  Austria.  Reprint  from  the  National  Medical 
Review,  April,  1879. 

Annual  Catalogue  and  Announcement  of  the  Columbia  Veter¬ 
inary  College  and  School  of  Comparative  Medicine ,  New  York, 
Session  i>/1879. 

Pharmacopoeia  of  the  British  Hospital  for  Diseases  of  the  Skin. 
By  Belmanno  Squire,  M.B.,  London,  Senior  Surgeon  to  the 
Hospital. 

Posture  as  a  Means  of  Relief  in  Strangulated  and  Incarcerated 
Hernia ,  with  a  General  Consideration  of  the  Mechanism  of  Re¬ 
duction.  By  Frank  H.  Hamilton,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Surgeon  to 
Bellevue  Hospital,  etc.  Reprint  from  Hospital  Gazette,  June 
7th,  1879. 

On  Some  Points  in  Connection  with  the  Treatment  of  Sterility. 
By  A.  Reeves  Jackson,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Chicago,  Ill.  Reprint  from 
Volume  III  Gynecological  Transactions,  1879. 

Alternating  Anterior  and  Posterior  Version  of  the  Uterus.  By 
Samuel  C.  Bussy,  M.D.,  Washington,  D.  C.  Reprint  from 
Volume  III,  Gynecological  Transactions,  1879. 

On  Nitrogen  Iodide.  By  J.  W.  Mallett.  Reprint  from  Amer¬ 
ican  Chemical  Journal,  Vol.  I,  No.  1. 

Memorial  Address  on  the  Life ,  Character  and  Death  of  Dr. 
John  L.  Cook ,  of  Henderson ,  Ky.  By  J.  W.  Singleton,  M.D., 
Paducah,  Ky. 

Annual  Address  on  the  Relation  of  Neurasthenia  to  Diseases  of 
the  Womb.  By  William  Goodell,  M.A.,  M.D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Reprint  from  Volume  III,  Gynecological  Transactions. 

Illinois  State  Board  of  Health.  Halmeman  College  Case. 

The  American  Academy  of  Medicine. 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables. 


[August 


29(1 


Meteorological  Table — June,  1879. 


Day. 

Mean 

Barometer 

Temprrat.nr< 
Maximum  Minimum 

Range. 

Mean 

Humidity. 

Rainfall. 

1 

30.0t4 

80  ) 

73 

7 

83 

.72 

2 

30.047 

78  j 

72 

6 

76 

1.52 

3 

30.090 

75 

65 

10 

51 

.00 

4 

30.079 

76 

66 

li> 

52 

.00 

5 

30.094 

78  i 

69 

9 

67 

.01 

6 

30.002 

79 

70 

9 

75 

.03 

7 

29.964 

78  1 

72 

6 

83 

.26 

8 

29.953 

85 

73 

12 

75 

.14 

9 

29  915 

87 

74 

13 

70 

.00 

10 

29.908 

88 

75 

13 

72 

.00 

11 

29.940 

86 

75 

11 

75 

.00 

12 

29.945 

87 

74 

13 

76 

.00 

13 

29.890 

88 

74 

14 

75 

.10 

14 

29.882 

89 

75 

14 

68 

.00 

ir> 

29.872 

87 

75 

12 

73 

.18 

10 

29.945 

88 

76 

12 

69 

.00 

17 

29.992 

91 

76 

15 

68 

•00 

18 

29.998 

91 

76 

15 

61 

.00 

19 

29  990 

90 

75 

15 

o/ 

.00 

20 

30  065 

85 

76 

9 

60 

.00 

21 

30.120 

35 

71 

14 

55 

.00 

22 

30.122 

86 

70 

16 

61 

.00 

23 

30.040 

87 

72 

15 

67 

.00 

24 

30  002 

86 

72 

14 

67 

.00 

25 

30.010 

86 

73 

13 

65 

00 

20 

30  047 

«7 

73 

14 

7) 

.00 

27 

30.020 

86 

74 

12 

65 

.00 

28 

29  887 

88 

73 

15 

69 

.00 

29 

29.867 

89 

76 

13 

67 

.00 

30 

29.910 

87 

77 

10 

69 

.00 

Mean.. 

29.887 

85.10 

73.07 

12.03 

67.9 

2.96 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  June  23,  1879  to  July 
20,  1879,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump 

tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

June 

29.. 

0 

4 

11 

0 

3 

116 

July 

6.. 

0 

4 

21 

0 

4 

126 

July 

13.. 

0 

7 

20 

0 

2 

105 

July 

20.. 

0 

9 

15 

0 

2 

83 

Totals . . . 

0 

24 

67 

0 

11 

430 

1879] 


Louisiana  /State  Medical  Society. 


297 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  Annual  Session  of  1879. 


Abstract  of  Proceedings.—  (  Continued.) 


Comparative  Pathology  of  Malarial  and  Yellow 

Fevers. 


BY  JOSEPH  JONES,  M.  D. 


Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medioine,  Medical  Department  University  of  Louis¬ 
iana  ;  Visiting  Physician  of  Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans. 


Malarial  Fever. 


Yellow  Fever. 


stage  of  the  disease,  an  explanation 
of  the  frequent  occurrence  of  albu¬ 
men  casts,  detached  cells  of  the  epi¬ 
thelium  of  the  uriniferous  tubes, 
and  oil  globules  and  granular  mat¬ 
ter  in  the  urine  of  yellow  fever. 

Urinary  Bladder.— As  a  general  Urinary  Bladder — Often  disteud- 

rule  the  bladder  contains  little  or  no  ed,  with  high-colored  urine,  free 
urine  in  yellow  fever.  The  urine  is  from  albumen  and  casts.  In  mala- 
of  a  light  yellow  color,  without  any  rial  haunaturia  the  urioe  contains 
crystalline  bodies,  and  loaded  with  casts  and  blood-corpuscles,  and  des- 
albumen,  granular  fibroid  matter,  quamated  cells  of  the  tubuli  urin- 
urateof  ammonia,  casts  of  the  tu-  iferi.  Casts  high  colored,  and  often 
bull  nriuiferi,  and  excretory  cells  of  contain  colored  corpuscles, 
the  kidney.  In  many  cases  the  urine 
is  entirely  suppressed  for  as  long  a 
period  as  48  hours  before  death.  So 
long  as  the  kidneys  perform  their 
functions  freely  and  regularly  the 
patient  may  recover,  even  though 
black  vomit  may  have  appeared, 
but  if  the  action  of  the  kidneys  has 
been  arrested  by  structural  changes, 
death  is  inevitable. 


11 


A  bstraet  of  Proceedings 


[August 


29H 


The  Cure  of  Oblique  Fracture  of  the  Thigh  Bone  without 
Shortening  of  the  Limb. 

By  M.  SCHUPPERT,  M.D. 

hi  simple  subcutaneous  fractures  of  the  thigh,  comprising 
the  shaft  of  the  bone  in  its  middle,  upper,  or  lower  third  (ex¬ 
cepting  the  neck,  the  trochanteric  region  and  condyles),  the 
difficulty  of  recognizing  the  character  of  the  injury,  whether 
transverse  or  oblique,  is  so  generally  admitted,  that  it  is  said 
“  the  age  of  a  person  counts  more  in  establishing  a  diagnosis 
than  a  manipulation. v  That  this  difficulty  increases  in  fleshy 
persons,  moreover,  if  traumatic  swelling  has  set  in,  is  obvious. 
Yet  it  strikes  me,  aside  of  the  fact  that  in  the  adult,  fractures  of 
this  bone  are  more  frequently  oblique,  at  least  in  its  upper  and 
lower  third,  whilst  in  children  the  transverse  fractures  are  more 
common,  that  the  obliquity  of  a  fracture  of  the  femur  might  be 
easier  recognized  by  the  greater  shortening  of  the  limb,  as  well 
as  by  the  difficulty  of  keeping  the  replaced  ends  of  the  frac¬ 
tured  bone  in  position.  These  two  important  symptoms  ought 
to  render  the  correct  diagnosis  less  difficult.  But  whatever 
the  experience  of  surgeons  may  be  in  regard  to  this  question, 
there  certainly  exists  less  diversity  of  opinion,  that  in  oblique 
fractures  of  the  femur  in  middle-aged  persons,  the  healing  of 
the  fracture  will  rarely  if  ever  be  accomplished  under  less  than 
one  inch  of  shortening  ;  yea,  rather  more  than  less.  Such  has 
beeii  the  almost  universal  opinion,  from  Hippocrates  down  to 
our  days.  Most  all  the  prominent  writers  on  surgery  have 
acknowledged  this  fact.  It  is  true  a  few  surgeons,  inventors 
mostly  of  some  complicated  machineries  or  certain  contrivances, 

.  have  pretended  to  accomplish  the  cure  of  fractures  of  the  thigh 
bone  without  shortening,  yet  neither  was  the  character  of  such 
fractures  al  ways  distinctly  stated,  nor  was  a  shortening  inside 
of  a  certain  extent,  which  was  considered  natural,  or  which 
could  be  compensated  by  a  pelvic  inclination,  counted  as  a  real 
defect.  L11  the  treatment  of  fractures  of  the  femur,  the  inven¬ 
tive  human  genius  has  exhausted  its  capacities  in  the  con¬ 
struction  of  complicated  machines  and  bandages,  yet  without 
much  influencing  the  generally  adopted  opinion,  that  such 
fractures  could  not  be  cured  without  a  considerable  shortening. 

The  celebrated  Dessault,  who  asserted  that  he  could  heal  any 
such  fracture  without  a  shortening  of  the  limb,  experienced  the 
most  violent  assaults  of  his  contemporaneous  colleagues ;  he 
saw  his  veracity  impugned  and  suffered  the  loss  of  confidence 
in  his  teachings,  so  that  even  Malgaigne,  with  all  the  authority 
of  his  great  name,  did  not  succeed  in  restoring  it,  though  he 
stated,  what  he  had  witnessed  himself,  the  success  of  l)essault7s 
skillful  treatment.  Dessault  did  not  keep  his  method  a  secret; 
any  one  who  wanted  to  convince  himself  of  it  could  have  done 
so,  and  what  is  more  singular,  the  splint  he  made  use  of  is  at 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


299 


present  still  in  use,  after  having  experienced  some  slight  modi¬ 
fications,  under  the  name  of  Pliysick’s  or  Liston’s  splint.  For 
extension,  Dessault  made  use  of  the  corresponding  leg,  whilst 
for  counter-extension  he  availed  himself  of  the  os  ieliii.  The 
majority  of  American  surgeons  have  adopted  this  treatment, 
applying  Physiek’s  or  Liston’s  splint,  whilst  in  fractures  com 
prising  the  trochanteric  region  the  double  inclined  plane  of 
Amesbury  is  here  and  there  employed.  I)ugus,  of  Georgia,  is 
probably  one  of  the  few  surgeons  who  advocated  the  use  of 
weights  in  this  country,  which  in  Germany  is  the  prevailing 
method  of  causing  permanent  extension,  at  the  same  time 
employing  gypsum  bandages.  Such  in  Germany  is  almost  the 
exclusive  treatment,  foremost  in  compound  fractures,  and  in 
order  to  apply  at  the  same  time  Lister’s  antiseptic  treatment, 
openings  are  made  in  the  plaster  bandage. 

The  historical  proofs  of  Dessault’s  successful  treatment  of 
these  fractures  were  of  themselves  sufficient  inducements  for 
me  of  a  repeated  investigation.  Professional  jealousy  and 
blindness  could  not  forever  keep  the  field ;  yet  what  induced 
me  foremost  to  relinquish  the  method  generally  adopted  here, 
and  which  brought  me  to  pursue  another  course,  were  besides 
the  unsuccessful,  unsatisfactory  issues,  two  instances  of  simple 
fractures  of  the  thigh  bone,  where  at  least  in  one  case,  from  a 
careless  application  of  the  splint,  a  man  had  lost  his  limb, 
whilst  in  the  other,  from  an  injudicious,  stupid  action,  the  life 
of  the  patient  had  been  sacrificed.  Both  cases  bear  sufficient 
interest  in  more  than  one  respect,  and  most  so  to  the  younger 
members  of  the  profession,  which  induces  me  to  give  a  short 
account  of  them  here.  The  first  case  was  a  sailor,  who  by  fall¬ 
ing  into  the  hold  of  his  ship  fractured  the  thigh  in  its  lower 
third.  He  had  been  carried  to  the  pay  ward  of  the  Charity 
Hospital  under  the  immediate  charge  of  the  house  surgeon. 
(1  will  state  here,  in  older  to  avoid  an  unjust  suspicion,  that 
this  happened  during  1858,  and  that  the  house  surgeon  mentioned 
here  has  since  died.)  Liston’s  splint  had  been  applied,  but  the 
sailor’s  complaining  to  his  captain  over  an  unbearable  pain  in 
the  limb,  which  complaint  the  surgeon  did  not  consider  justifi¬ 
able,  was  the  cause  of  the  patient’s  removal  to  a  boarding 
house  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  my  residence,  and  of 
my  engagement  to  treat  him  there.  As  soon  as  I  had  removed 
the  splint,  I  found  that  from  the  pressure  of  the  rope-like  band 
with  which  counter-extension  had  been  made,  and  which  had 
shifted  from  its  original  position,  the  femoral  artery  had 
become  obliterated,  certainly  an  observation  of  importance, 
and  which  elsewhere  I  have  never  met  with  in  our  literature. 
The  circulation  of  blood  in  the  extremity  had  entirely  ceased. 
Gangrene  had  set  in,  and  as  soon  as  its  limit  had  been  ascer¬ 
tained,  the  limb  was  amputated  in  its  upper  third.  Of  further 
mterest  in  this  case  were  two  other  incidents  worth  mention 
ing.  On  the  second  night  after  the  amputation  had  been  per 
formed,  I  was  called  upon  by  the  night-watch  left  with  the 


300  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

man,  and  informed  that  the  patient  was  “  bleeding  to  death.” 
It  was  a  fearful  dark  night,  the  rain  falling  in  torrents,  the 
streets  overflown.  1  had  not  taken  time  to  dress :  grasping 
my  case  of  instruments  (which  I  always  keep  ready  for  an  emer- 
gency  after  an  operation,  and  more  so,  when  secondary  haemor¬ 
rhage  may  be  expected  to  take  place),  I  ran  over  the  street, 
through  the  water  knee-deep,  dressed  but  in  my  night-gown, 
resembling  one  of  Macbeth’s  witches ;  and  indeed  1  did  not 
arrive  a  minute  too  soon.  The  man  fortunately  had  fallen  into 
a  syncope  from  the  loss  of  blood:  still  1  was  in  a  singular 
plight.  The  night-watch  was  a  mere  boy  of  14  summers,  and 
all  the  illumination  I  could  command  consisted  of  a  diminutive 
oil  lamp.  When  1  lifted  up  the  man’s  stump  he  awoke,  but  lie 
was  out  of  his  mind,  and  bleeding  began  anew.  In  compress¬ 
ing  the  artery  1  observed  the  bleeding  to  stop.  It  would  have 
taken  too  much  time  to  cut  the  many  sutures,  wash  and  clean 
the  stump,  and  search  for  the  artery,  which  under  other  cir¬ 
cumstances  i  certainly  would  have  done.  I  resolved  therefore 
to  search  for  the  femoral  artery  in  its  contiguity  as  high  up  as 
possible.  The  cutting  down  upon  the  artery,  the  pulsation  of 
which  could  hardly  be  felt,  and  ligating  it,  was  nevertheless 
the  work  of  a  few  minutes;  it  was  an  operating  race  between 
life  and  death.  Happily  it  was  accomplished,  and  the  man’s 
life  thereby  saved.  1  afterwards  found  out  that  in  a  tit  of  deli¬ 
rium  the  man  had  pulled  on  the  stump,  and  unfortunately  had 
gotten  hold  of  the  arterial  ligature,  pulling  it  off.  A  pitcher 
tilled  with  water,  which  stood  on  a  table  by  his  side,  this  time 
saved  the  man’s  life.  In  his  delirium  he  got  hold  of  the  pitcher, 
and  smashing  it  against  the  wall  awoke  the  sleeping  boy,  as  it 
probably  would  have  done  with  one  in  a  death  slumber.  By 
this  accident  the  bleeding  was  detected,  anil  yet  in  time.  This 
man,  after  the  wound  had  healed,  suffered  for  several  months 
daily  attacks  of  clonic  spasms,  which  at  the  beginning  returned 
quite  frequently,  several  times  a  day,  and  resisted  all  medica¬ 
tion,  but  they  disappeared  gradually  after  having  lasted  over 
two  months.  When  such  a  spasm  came  on,  the  stump  took  a 
perpendicular  position,  and  great  force  had  to  be  applied 
to  keep  it  down.  During  such  an  attack  the  man  complained 
of  pain,  which  he  assigned  to  different  parts  of  his  amputated 
leg,  anti  nothing  would  give  him  rest  and  bring  the  stump 
down  to  its  normal  horizontal  position,  excepting  some  person 
would  sit  in  front  of  the  stump  on  his  imaginary  extremity.  1 
have  often  been  a  witness  to  this  singular  idiosyncrasy,  and 
can  therefore  vouch  for  the  truth  of  this  statement. 

The  other  case  of  fracture  which  ended  fatally,  happened  in 
the  Third  District  of  this  city.  A  healthy,  robust  man,  30 
years  of  age,  a  cooper  by  occupation,  met  with  the  accident 
by  falling  from  his  cart,  by  which  he  fractured  his  right  thigh 
bone  midway  of  the  shaft,  but  the  greater  misfortune  which 
befell  the  man  consisted  in  falling  in  the  hands  of  a  careless 
and  ignorant  physician.  Being  in  bed  tightly  bandaged,  the 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


301 


man  suffered  excrutiating  pain,  as  he  stated,  caused  by  a  part 
of  the  bandage,  still  the  Doctor  had  refused  to  remove  it. 
Another  physician  was  therefore  called  in,  who,  by  a  misapplied 
professional  etiquette  though  aware  of  the  real  condition  of 
things,  refused  to  touch  the  bandage,  except  a  surgeon  was 
called  in  consultation.  When  1  arrived,  several  hours  later, 
this  medical  Fabiug  had  just  returned  and  told  me  what  had 
happened.  Having  cut  the  rope  forthwith,  to  relieve  the  poor 
sufferer,  I  became  horror-stricken  by  wuat  1  saw.  With  one 
piece  of  rope  the  foot  had  been  tied  to  the  lower  part  of  the 
bedstead,  whilst  another  piece  of  rope,  which  served  for  coun¬ 
ter-extension,  was  carried  between  the  legs  and  fastened  to  the 
head-piece  of  the  bed.  The  force  which  had  been  made  use  of  to 
cause  extension,  might  best  be  learned  irom  the  fact  that  the 
upper  rope  had  cut  into  the  tissues  so  deep  that  I  could  nearly 
bury  my  list  in  the  hole  it  made.  If  the  rope  had  not  been 
hemmed  in  by  the  bone  it  might  probably  have  cut  the  man  in 
two.  The  abdominal  cavity  had  been  laid  open  by  it.  All 
care  taken  did  not  save  the  poor  sufferer’s  life;  he  died  on  his 
wound  becoming  gangrenous,  a  few  days  later.  An  intelligent 
jury  appointed  by  the  coroner,  a  practising  physician  of  this 
city,  gave  the  unanimous  verdict  that  the  man  had  died  from  a 
wound  caused  by  malpractice.  The  inconsolable  widow  w  as 
too  poor  to  afford  paying  the  expenses  of  a  criminal  prosecu¬ 
tion,  and  so  the  malefactor  escaped  a  deserved  punishment. 
Enough  !  I  hope  that  the  interest  involved  in  these  two  cases 
will  excuse  the  time  spent  in  their  narration,  they  certainly  con¬ 
tain  several  valuable  lessons  for  the  younger  members  of  our 
noble  but,  unfortunately,  often  maltreated  and  abused  pro¬ 
fession. 

I  will  iiowt  proceed  with  a  description  of  the  method  I  have 
adopted  in  the  treatment  of  fractures  of  the  femur,  and  small 
as  the  number  of  cases  so  treated  have  been  (elev  en  in  all),  yet 
the  invariable  unique  favorable  result  of  them,  even  in  the 
most  severe  form  of  a  compound  fracture,  will  bear  me  out  in 
demonstrating  that  these  fractures  may  be  cured  without  a 
material  shortening  of  the  respective  extremity.  I  will  first 
speak  of  the  treatment  of  the  uncomplicated,  subcutaneous,  sim¬ 
ple  fracture,  transverse  as  well  as  oblique.  The  patient  is 
placed  on  a  table  covered  by  a  mattrass.  The  latter  is  doubled, 
so  that  sufficient  free  space  is  obtained  for  the  application  of 
the  bandages  around  the  pelvis  and  the  lower  portion  of 
the  abdomen.  The  plate  of  the  table  must  have  a  prominent 
edge,  to  which  is  fastened  a  wooden  vise,  such  as  carpenters 
use,  or  an  instrument  invented  hy  the  ingenious  surgeon,  W. 
Koser,  Professor  of  Surgery  at  Marburg,  and  called  by  him 
Beckenstiitze  (meaning  a  support  for  the  pelvis).  This  latter 
instrument  is  made  of  iron,  it  consists  of  a  staff  which  is  fast¬ 
ened  to  the  edge  of  the  table  by  a  screw.  To  the  staff'  is 
attached  a  small  movable  triangular  plate,  which  can  be  fast¬ 
ened  also  by  a  screw,  as  it  glides  up  and  down  the  staff  and 


302 


A  hstraet  of  Proceedings 


[August 


can  be  adjusted  accordingly,  as  each  case  may  require.  This 
triangular  plate  has  to  support  the  lower  end  of  the  sacrum. 
Against  the  staff  of  the  Beckenstutze  (pelvic  support)  which 
staff  is  one  foot  in  length,  or  against  the  handle  of  the  wooden 
vise,  the  perimeum  of  the  patient  is  pulled  by  an  assistant, 
whilst  the  fractured  portion  of  the  injured  extremity  is  sup¬ 
ported  ;  the  other  extremity  is  held  by  another  assistant.  The 
staff’  serves  the  purpose  of  counter-extension  during  the  time 
the  bandages  are  applied.  The  patient  being  thoroughly  narco¬ 
tized  previous  to  beginning  the  operation,  has  to  be  retained 
under  the  influence  of  the  chloroform  and  in  this  position,  until 
the  gypsum  bandages  of  which  1  will  soon  speak,  are  all 
applied. 

After  the  patient  has  been  brought  completely  under  the  in¬ 
fluence  of  chloroform,  indicated  by  a  complete  relaxation  of  the 
muscles,  the  fractured  ends  of  the  bone  have  to  be  brought  ip 
proper  position,  wherein  they  have  to  be  retained  by  a  faithful 
assistant.  This  is  of  great  importance.  Whilst  the  perimeum 
rests  against  the  staff  of  the  pelvic  supporter,  the  fractured 
extremity  is  pulled  by  the  foot  to  an  equal  length  with  the 
other.  This  has  to  be  superintended  by  an  assistant,  who  pre¬ 
viously  has  drawn  a  straight  line  with  ink  from  one  anterior 
superior  spinous  process  of  the  illium  to  the  other,  and  a  per¬ 
pendicular  line  from  the  ensiform  appendix  of  the  sternum  to 
the  symphisis  ossis  pubis,  whereby  two  right  angles  have  to  be 
formed.  If  the  correct  equal  length  of  both  limbs  has  been  ob¬ 
tained,  then  by  measuring  from  each  anterior  superior  spinous 
process  of  the  illium  to  the  lower  end  of  each  internal  mal¬ 
leolus,  both  limbs  will  present  equal  lengths.  This  position 
obtained,  which  as  1  said  is  of  the  utmost  importance, 
the  bandaging  should  begin.  The  limb  is  first  surrounded 
with  flannel,  beginning  at  the  foot,  including  the  same  and 
going  upwards  to  the  pelvic  brim,  and  as  high  as  the  umbili¬ 
cus.  The  pelvis  and  abdomen  have  besides  to  be  well  cov¬ 
ered  with  batting,  which  ought  to  extend  as  far  down  as  the 
knee  joint,  including  the  latter.  The  tuber  ossis  ischii  corres¬ 
ponding  with  the  fractured  limb  ought  to  be  well  padded  with 
a  thick  pad  of  cotton  batting,  which  has  to  be  secured  in  its 
place  by  a  few  tours  of  a  roller  of  gauze,  since  here  the  greatest 
pressure  is  to  be  exercised,  as  the  point  for  the  counter- 
extension.  Against  this  pad  I  place  an  ordinary  wooden 
splint,  including  and  securing  it  by  the  gauze  roller,  by  which 
the  pad  is  maintained  in  place.  On  top  of  the  flannel,  at  the 
seat  of  the  fracture,  a  few  narrow  splints  of  tin ,  reaching  below 
the  knee,  are  placed  and  fastened  with  the  same  roller  of  gauze 
of  about  8  yards  in  length  and  4  inches  in  width,  which  has 
served  for  the  pad  and  wooden  splint.  Next  in  order  now  is 
the  encasing  of  these  parts  with  gauze  rollers  well  gypsed, 
beginning  again  with  the  foot.  Three  layers  of  these  bandages 
covering  each  other  are  sufficient.  It  is  advisable,  before  the 
fracture  is  encased  with  the  gypsed  rollers  of  gauze,  to  be  con. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


303 

vinced  that  the  proper  length  of  the  limb  has  been  retained, 
which  is  executed  by  the  assistant  who  had  taken  the  first 
measurement.  After  the  gypsed  rollers  have  been  applied,  the 
whole  thereby  covered  receives  a  thin  coat  of  gypse,  secured 
lastly  by  an  ordinary  roller  of  gauze  previously  dipped  in 
water.  After  having  given  the  surface  a  polishing,  by  going- 
over  the  whole  with  the  wet  palm  of  the  hand,  the  patient  is 
pulled  back  and  laid  on  the  mattrass,  but  without  moving  any 
part  out  of  the  horizontal  position  which  had  been  maintained 
during  the  application  of  the  dressing ;  care  should  also  be 
taken  that  the  gypsum  bandages  do  not  cut  into  the  skin  in  the 
inguinal  region,  which  very  frequently  happens,  and  can  be 
best  avoided  by  placing  there  some  additional  batting.  The 
gypsed  gauze  bandages  are  from  34  to  4  inches  in  width  and 
4  yards  long,  and  the  flannel  bandages  of  the  same  width  with 
a  length  of  (>  yards.  The  gypsed  rollers  are  prepared  by 
spreading  the  calcined  gypsum  over  the  gauze  equally.  Before 
being  used  these  rollers  are  placed  in  a  basin  of  water,  deep 
enough  to  completely  submerge  them ;  they  have  to  be 
thoroughly  saturated  before  being  used.  The  first  dressing- 
can  be  permitted  to  remain  on  for  two  or  three  weeks,  before 
being  exchanged  tor  another  of  the  same  kind.  At  its  first 
removal  a  careful  measurement  has  to  be  made  again  to  ascer¬ 
tain  the  proper  length  of  the  extremity,  in  order  to  remedy,  in 
case  there  should  have  happened  a  shortening,  which  can  at 
this  time  still  be  corrected,  the  fracture  not  having  become 
consolidated.  The  patient  has  to  be  narcotized  at  each  dres¬ 
sing  until  the  consolidation  of  the  fractured  bone  lias  been 
obtained.  1  seldom  have  had  need  of  more  than  three  dres¬ 
sings.  The  last  one  may  remain  on  four  weeks.  The  time  con¬ 
sumed,  from  the  first  application  to  the  last,  is  from  eight  to 
ten  weeks.  I  have  been  particular  in  describing  so  minutely 
the  application  of  this  dressing,  because  I  am  convinced  that 
mistakes,  thought  probably  to  be  trifling,  may  yet  alter  the 
final  result  materially. 

We  ought  to  wonder  why  a  treatment  so  simple,  which 
we  might  say  would  promise  these  admirable  results  by  a 
priori  reasoning,  has  not  been  tried  to  a  greater  extent 
or  become  the  standard  treatment  long  ago  ?  Yet  this  seems 
to  me  only  one  proof  more  of  a  common  observation,  that 
the  simplest  things  are  often  longest  kept  from  the  search¬ 
ing,  investigating  eye  of  even  the  highest  scientific  culture. 
How  has  not  the  inventing  mind  been  tortured  with  the  con¬ 
struction  of  complicated  machines,  in  the  treatment  of  club¬ 
foot  for  instance  !  Looking  in  one  or  the  other  of  those  pic¬ 
torial  surgical  atlasses  of  olden  times,  have  we  not  to  wonder 
at  the  complicated  machines,  large  magazines  could  be  filled  up 
with,  and  did  they  ever  accomplish  what  we  are  able  to  effectuate 
to-day,  and  with  the  simplest  means,  a  bandage  and  a  handful 
of  calcined  gypsum  1  It  is  only  a  few  years  since  that  1  saw, 
during  the  meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Association  in 


304  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

this  city,  a  surgeon  of  New  York,  who  occupies  a  promiueut 
position,  present  to  the  members  assembled  a  shoe  with  fixings 
which  he  considered  as  the  ne  plus  ultra  of  all  similar  contrivances 
to  correct  the  malformation  of  a  congenital  club-foot.  Heca¬ 
tombs  of  eulogies  were  offered  at  the  shrine  of  surgical  science 
a  few  decennies  since,  when  Stromeyer  introduced  into  surgical 
practice  as  an  invaluable  progress  in  the  cure  of  club-foot,  the 
subcutaneous  dissection  of  the  tendons ;  but  how  rarely  need 
we  to-day  have  recourse  to  that  operation,  provided  the 
children  so  affected  are  taken  care  of  soon  after  their  birth  1 
A  few  bandages  of  gypsed  gauze  is  all  1  am  using  for  years  to 
restore  to  their  proper  shape  the  worst  cases  of  congenital  club¬ 
foot;  seldom,  and  exclusively  in  elder  persons,  do  I  have 
recourse  to  the  knife. 

From  what  we  find  in  handbooks  and  journals  on  surgery  as 
documentary  *  evidence,  the  opinion  seems  to  be  generally 
adopted  in  this  country,  as  well  as  in  others,  that  fractures  of 
the  femur  could  not  be  cured  without  a  shortening  of  the 
limb.  Siuce  the  time  that  1  began  to  make  use  of  the  calcined 
gypsum  (or  as  it  is  commonly,  but  improperly  called,  plaster 
of  paris),  in  surgical  practice,  supplanting  therewith  all  machines 
and  other  mechanical  contrivances  in  the  treatment  of  fractures, 
dislocations  and  in  orthopaedics,  extending  over  a  time  of  nearly 
two  decennies,  I  have  treated  7  cases  of  simple  oblique  fractures 
of  the  thigh  and  5  cases  of  compound  fractures  of  the  same 
bone,  and  have,  with  the  method  described  above,  with  but  a 
single  exception,  obtained  a  complete  cure  without  any  shorten¬ 
ing  of  the  limb.  Never  did  I  observe  hi  the  extremity  so 
treated,  in  comparing  it  with  the  other,  a  difference  in  length. 
Even  that  exceptional  case  was  finally  cured  with  a  shortening 
of  only  one  half  an  inch.  A  too  early  and  careless  use  of  the 
limb  and  an  unlucky  fall  by  which  the  bone  fractured  again,  so 
that  a  propel  apposition  of  the  fractured  ends  had  become  im¬ 
possible,  resulted  in  this  shortening.  The  result  obtained  in 
those  five  cases  of  compound  fracture  entitles  me,  I  believe,  to 
recommend  a  mode  of  proceeding,  which  may  appear  to  some, 
who  are  even  apt  scholars  of  Lister,  a  little  hazardous,  yet  if  1 
at  first  hesitated  to  give  it  a  practical  application,  I  am  at  pres- 
sent  no  longer  doubtful.  In  compound  fractures  of  the  femur 
the  first  eight  or  ten  days  are  to  be  exclusively  bestowed  to  the 
treatment  of  the  wound.  Having  readjusted  the  fractured  ends 
of  the  bone  as  much  as  possible,  after  a  thorough  scrupulous 
cleaning  and  irrigation  of  the  wound  with  a  carbolic  or  salicylic 
acid  solution,  Lister’s  dressing  is  applied  and  covered  with  a 
thick  layer  of  cotton  batting.  The  whole  dressing  is  then  sur¬ 
rounded  with  gypsed  rollers  of  gauze,  and  upon  this  a  suffici¬ 
ently  thick  layer  of  the  calcined  gypsum  previously  made  into 
a  paste,  is  spread,  so  that  an  occlusive ,  absolute  air-tight  bandage 
is  thereby  obtained.  I  have  here  also,  like  in  other  wounds,  done 
away  witli  the  spray  and  the  drainage  tubes.  In  eight  or  ten 
days  after  the  traumatic  swelling  has  disappeared  the  proper 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


305 


1879] 


adjustment  of  the  fractured  ends  has  to  be  attended  to,  after 
which  another  occlusive  bandage  is  applied.  In  this  manner  I 
have  at  present  a  man  under  treatment  over  one  of  whose  legs 
the  wheel  of  a  cart  with  3000  pounds  had  passed.  The  bones 
were  crushed  to  pieces,  and  in  the  gaping  wound  large  enough 
to  admit  a  small  fist  the  muscles  and  tendons  were  observed 
denuded  and  lacerated.  The  man,  40  years  of  age,  and  much 
addicted  to  whisky,  had  lost  a  great  deal  of  blood.  After  a 
thorough  cleaning  of  the  extensive  wound  and  an  irrigation  last¬ 
ing  one-half  hour,  the  leg  was  dressed  in  the  manner  described, 
after  the  edges  of  the  skin  had  been  brought  together  as  near 
as  possible  by  the  application  of  nine  antiseptic  silk  sutures. 
It  is  eleven  weeks  since  the  accident  happened ;  on  the  fourth 
day  the  man  suffered  an  intense  ^attack  of  mania-a-potu,  which 
lasted  a  whole  day  and  requiring  three  men  to  hold  him  down, 
the  bones  became  displaced  again,  and  in  removing  the  dressing 
were  met  with  sticking  out  of  the  wound.  Notwithstanding 
that  all  this  happened,  the  patient  never  suffered  the  least 
fever,  the  pulse  and  temperature  remained  all  the  time  station¬ 
ary  normal.  The  extensive  wound  has  nearly  closed,  and  con 
solidation  of  the  crushed  bone  has  taken  place.  A  better  and 
more  convincing  example  of  what  we  may  dare  under  the  aegis 
of  the  occlusive  bandage,  can  hardly  be  found.  An  injury  of 
such  frightful  character,  which  under  any  other  circumstances 
would  call  for  an  immediate  amputation,  passing  away  without 
any  of  those  symptoms,  which  in  former  times  we  were  often  apt 
to  meet  with  in  wounds  of  even  a  more  trifling'  nature,  is  un¬ 
heard  of  in  surgical  practice.  The  question  arises  now,  have  I 
a  right  based  upon  such  a  comparative  small  number  of  cases 
as  I  have  treated,  to  claim  for  my  method  of  treatment 
that  superiority  in  practice,  which  would  entitle  it  for 
recommendation,  placing  myself  thereby  in  opposition  to 
the  judgment  rendered  by  so  great  a  number  of  intelligent 
and  experienced  surgeons  ?  I  am  under  the  impression  that  I 
have  acquired  the  right  to  answer  the  question  in  the  affirma¬ 
tive,  and  I  believe  to  be  supported  in  this  from  the  uniform 
result  1  have  obtained  in  the  treatment  of  oblique  as  well  as 
transverse  fractures,  to  which  also  the  compound  fractures  form 
no  small  contingent,  and  which  comprise  the  thigh  as  well  as 
the  leg  and  arm. 

APPENDIX. 

In  the  report  of  the  progress  of  Aantomy  and  Surgery  dur¬ 
ing  1877,  Dr.  M.  Murty,  of  Danville,  Ky.,  says :  u  The  state¬ 
ment  is  justified  that  with  the  most  approved  methods  of 
treating  fractures  of  the  femur,  shortening  is  the  rule  in 
practice.” 

In  the  Archives  of  Clinical  Surgery  of  February  1877,  Dr. 
Jarvis  S.  Wright  asserts  u  that  after  an  examination  of  many 
persons,  embracing  various  nationalities  and  occupations,  he 
lias  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  lower  limbs  of  the  same 
12 


306  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

person  are  uot  always  of  the  same  length.  The  difference  in 
length  being  to  V ;  ”  from  which  the  writer  concludes  u  that 
it  would  be  impossible  to  say  how  much  in  a  united  fracture  a 
leg  or  the  broken  femur  has  shortened,  if  the  uninjured  limb  of 
the  person  be  made  the  standard  of  comparison,  and  that  a 
correct  and  reliable  conclusion  would  only  be  reached  in  a  case 
in  which  the  injured  limb  had  been  measured  before  and  after 
the  injury.”  He  further  states  u  that  in  a  certain  number  of 
cases  of  fractures  of  the  femur  the  injured  limb  will  remain 
shorter  than  the  other,  no  matter  what  treatment  mag  have  been 
used .” 

Ln  the  session  of  1877  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
in  the  section  on  Surgery  and  Anatomy  of  which  Dr.  Hamilton 
of  New  York  was  chairman,  a  paper  was  read  by  Dr.  J.  F. 
Hodgen  of  Missouri  in  which  he,  in  the  treatment  of  fractures 
of  the  femur,  “  detailed  the  advantages  of  Smith’s  Anterior 
Suspensary  Splint,  modified  by  him,  as  superior  to  all  other 
appliances”  and  in  the  same  session  Dr.  Hingston  of  Canada 
offered  a  resolution,  which  was  modified  by  Dr.  Peck  of  Iowa 
and  which,  singular  to  say,  was  adopted  as  the  standard  opin¬ 
ion  of  the  American  Medical  Association  and  published  in  the 
form  of  a.  resolution  which  reads  as  follows: 

Resolved ,  u  That  it  is  the  opinion  of  this  section,  that  shortening 
in  cases  of  fracture  of  long  bones ,  is  the  rule  in  practice ,  regard 
less  of  any  of  the  plans  of  treatment  now  in  use.” 

The  report  of  the  Danville  doctor  1  have  cited,  but,  for  the 
purpose  of  proving  by  it  the  general  standard  of  opinion  in 
regard  to  the  ultimate  result  of  treatment  of  fractures  of  the 
thigh. 

Of  not  less  interest  is  the  statement  of  Dr.  Wright,  regard¬ 
ing  the  congenital  difference  in  length  of  the  lower  extremities 
of  man.  It  is  obvious,  that  if  the  statement,  which,  besides  I 
have  never  before  met  with  in  surgical  literature,  was  based 
upon  a  correct  observation,  it  would  be  of  great  importance  in 
more  than  one  respect.  From  the  time  that  I  first  saw  that 
remark,  1  have  not  missed  an  opportunity  of  measuring  the 
lower  extremities  of  persons,  of  different  nationalities,  race, 
sex  and  age,  and  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that,  if  a  disease 
had  not  previously  existed,  the  difference  in  length  which  Dr. 
Wright  asserted,  had  only  an  existence  in  the  imagination  of 
the  doctor,  being  the  result  of  a  faulty  measurement ;  indeed,  a 
difference  in  length  of  one  inch,  or  even  half  an  inch  would 
certainly  cause  limping,  and  if  not  compensated  by  a  pelvic 
inclination,  would  be  recognized  without  taking  a  comparative 
measurement.  It  is  only  in  a  proper  execution  of  the  methods 
above  described,  that  such  mistakes  can  be  avoided.  Unless 
the  person  stands  on  level  ground  and  upright,  and  a 
plumb  extended  from  the  ensiform  process  of  the  sternum  is 
applied,  no  correct  measurement  can  be  obtained,  and  errors 
will  occur.  By  a  pelvic  inclination  one  one  side,  an  artificial 
shortening  can  be  produced  on  the  other  to  the  extent  of  even 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


307 


two  and  a  half  inches.  With  the  defeat  of  this  assertion  of 
the  doctor,  his  other  remarks  based  upon  this  statement  are, 
as  a  matter  of  course,  worthless.  Though  in  the  matter  of 
shortening',  he  seems  to  be  more  liberal  than  his  confreres  of 
the  American  Medical  Association,  confining  his  remark  to 
only  a  certain  number  of  fractures  of  the  femur,  though  he 
also  commits  an  error  in  ealculo  in  taking  pars  prototo. 

A  more  difficult  task  I  will  have  in  dealing  with  the 
snap  judgment  (?)  contained  in  the  mentioned  resolution  of 
the  American  Medical  Association.  Yet  l  cannot  help  declar¬ 
ing  the  resolution  as  it  stands,  lacks  a  solid  foundation.  It 
grasps  far  too  much  at  once.  It  asserts,  what  can  easily  be 
disproven ;  it  protects  unskilfulness  and  even  excuses  mal 
practice.  All  this  and  more  may  be  anticipated  in  the  forego¬ 
ing  specification  of  what  1  have  stated  in  the  treatment  of 
fractures  of  the  thigh.  Nevertheless,  I  am  fully  aware  of  the 
difficult  position  1  occupy  in  a  matter  supported  but  by  a  sin 
gle  personal  experience,  where  neither  immutable  laws  can  be 
cited,  nor  logic  assist  an  assertion,  which  is  in  opposition  to 
the  majority  of  the  profession,  of  men  of  high  standing,  of  great 
scientific  attainments.  With  no  witnesses  or  corpora  delicti 
available,  and  with  the  fate  of  Dessault  on  record,  what  aus¬ 
pices  can  be  augured  under  such  a  constellation?  We  know  in 
the  treatment  of  certain  injuries  how  much  depends  often  upon 
personal  skill,  how  much  upon  a  proper  minute  execution  of 
things  apparently  of  small  matter. 

In  spite  of  the  most  minute  description,  errors  in  manipula¬ 
tion  may  happen.  Need  1  refer  to  the  various  results 
surgeons  have  obtained  with  Lister’s  antiseptic  treat¬ 
ment  ?  What  would  the  naked  assertion  help  me,  of  having 
cured  eleven  fractures  of  the  thigh  without  a  single  shortening 
of  the  respective  limb,  if  some  surgeons,  though  by  mistakes 
of  their  own,  would  meet  with  failures  ?  might  that,  not  jeopard 
ize  the  method  or,  upon  which  I  lay  more  stress,  impugn 
my  veracity  ?  In  this  emergency  I  see  but  one  way  to  get  out  of 
the  dilemma,  and  this  consists  in  placing  the  author  of  this 
method  on  trial ;  not  till  then,  if  he  has  signally  failed  in  pro¬ 
ducing  the  promised  result,  ought  he  to  pay  forfeit. 

This  is  in  equity  the  right  which  I  can  demand ;  all  else  is 
but  equivocation  and  not  worth  further  consideration. 


Topography  of  the  Parish  of  Plaquemine  and  its  Medical 

History. 

By  D.  K.  FOX.  M.  I). 

The  parish  of  Plaquemines  is  situated  in  the  lowest  portion 
of  the  State  of  Louisiana,  latitude  29°,  30'  north,  longitude 
14°,  55'  west  of  Washington. 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


3<>H 


[August 


It  consists  of  a  narrow  strip  of  land,  bordering  both  sides  of 
the  Mississippi  river,  and  extending  from  the  mouths  of  the 
river  to  within  twelve  miles  of  New  Orleans — a  distance  of 
about  eighty-five  miles.  The  arable  land  is  very  narrow  ;  in 
the  upper  portions  of  the  parish,  it  averages  about  ten  arpents 
in  depth,  without  artificial  drainage,  and  about  twenty  writh 
drainage. 

As  it  approaches  the  outlets  of  the  river,  this  gradually  nar¬ 
rows  to  a  strip  of  one  or  two  arpents  in  depth. 

These  lands  are  low  and  would  be  inundated  by  the  annual 
rise  of  the  river,  were  they  not  protected  by  artificial  embank 
ments  or  levees.  These  levees  vary  from  one  to  seven  feet  in 
height.  About  three  miles  from  the  river,  in  rear  of  the  plan¬ 
tations  there  are  bayous  or  natural  canals,  into  which  the  fields 
are  drained.  To  prevent  the  water  from  flowing  back  from  these 
during  high  tides,  the  plantations  are  protected  by  low  back 
levees. 

The  population  of  this  parish  is  about  thirteen  thousand, 
one-third  white,  the  remainder  colored. 

It  will  be  readily  inferred  from  the  low  and  marshy  situation 
of  this  that  the  malarial  fevers  predominate ;  the  most  com¬ 
mon  being  the  intermittents,  which  are  generally  quotidian  or 
tertian  in  type.  These  fevers  are  mostly  of  a  mild  character, 
though  a  few  cases  of  pernicious  fever  are  met  with  every  year. 
Until  the  last  two  or  three  years,  the  remittent  fevers  were 
also  of  a  mild  type,  the  average  duration  not  being  over  two  or 
three  days.  Within  the  past  few  years  the  cultivation  of  rice 
has  been  much  extended,  and  the  remitting  fevers  have  as¬ 
sumed  a  more  severe  grade,  the  febrile  stage  being  much  longer. 

As  far  as  my  experience  goes,  the  colored  population,  before 
the  war,  were  more  sickly  than  at  present,  being  more  subject 
to  fever,  which  I  attribute  to  the  different  system  of  labor. 
On  some  of  the  larger  plantations  I  have  frequently  met,  in  a 
single  day,  in  one  hospital,  from  fifteen  to  thirty  cases ;  while 
at  present,  not  one-fifth  that  number  are  sick  at  one  time. 

Typhoid  fever  is  seldom  met  with  here: — in  twenty-five 
years,  I  have  not  seen  more  than  ten  or  twelve  cases  of  genu¬ 
ine  typhoid. 

Until  the  summer  of  1878,  yellow  fever  was  almost  unknown 
in  this  locality.  In  1853  and  1854,  a  few  cases  occurred  in  one 
or  tw  o  families  in  the  Buras  settlement  and  its  vicinity,  but  it 
did  not  spread. 

In  my  own  practice,  extending  over  a  period  of  twenty-five 
years,  only  about  12  or  13  cases  have  occurred. 

During  the  great  epidemic  in  New  Orleans  in  1853,  I  had 
only  two  cases  here,  nothwithstanding  the  constant  intercourse 
with  the  city;  there  being  no  quarantine  whatever  at  that  time. 
In  1854  1  had  only  six  cases,  all  occurring  in  one  family  and  all 
of  whom  recovered  excepting  one,  who  died  with  black  vomit. 
This  family  wras  of  the  Creole  population.  In  1867,  a  young 
Creole  who  had  been  to  the  city  and  spent  several  days  during 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


309 


1879] 


the  epidemic,  returned  home  with  yellow  fever  and  died,  but  no 
other  member  of  the  family  had  it,  neither  was  there  any  other 
case  in  the  neighborhood.  In  1868,  a  northern  gentlem  an  is 
said  to  have  died  of  this  disease,  on  a  neighboring  plantation. 
As  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  ascertain,  no  other  cases  than 
those  above  mentioned  occurred  previous  to  1878.  During 
that  year,  the  upper  portions  of  the  parish  continued  remark¬ 
ably  free  from  fevers  of  every  kind,  until  the  latter  part  of 
August,  when  many  cases  of  bilious  remittent  fever  and  a  few 
cases  of  yellow  fever  occurred.  The  yellow  fever  was  confined 
chiefly  to  unacclimated  persons  who  were  recently  from  the 
.North. 

The  disease  also  made  its  appearance  at  the  jetties,  the  Buras 
settlement,  and  on  several  plantations  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
parish,  and  attacked  chiefly  foreigners,  and  proved  very  fatal. 

1  mention  these  facts  in  regard  to  yellow  fever  to  show  how 
peculiarly  exempt  this  parish  is  from  this  disease. 

Malarial  lnematuria  is  also  a  very  rare  disease  here;  as  far 
as  1  know,  only  a  few  cases,  and  those  within  the  past  few 
years. 

Exanthematous  diseases  are  rare  in  this  locality;  scarlei 
fever  has  never  prevailed  as  an  epidemic ;  I  have  met  with  a 
few  isolated  cases  of  very  mild  character.  Of  measles  there 
have  been  but  few  epidemics,  and  they  were  very  mild.  Small¬ 
pox ,  previous  to  the  war,  owing  to  the  strict  attention  paid  by 
planters  to  vaccination,  was  very  uncommon.  Since  1865,  owing 
to  the  great  influx  of  strangers,  both  white  and  colored,  the 
disease  has  been  more  frequent  and  fatal.  Large  numbers  of 
negroes  have  died  of  it  on  several  plantations.  Although  the 
number  of  children  is  very  large,  diphtheria  is  very  rare  here. 
In  my  own  long  practice,  1  have  only  met  with  about  six  cases. 

Dysentery  is  a  disease  of  frequent  occurrence,  and  prevails  on 
the  plantations,  sometimes  as  an  endemic,  brought  on  by  vari¬ 
ous  local  causes.  It  approaches  more  in  character  the  disease 
as  seen  in  the  tropics,  than  elsewhere,  and  is  often  complicated 
with  malaria. 

Diarrhoeas  also  prevail  during  some  seasons,  and  often  assume 
malarial  forms. 

Cholera  has  frequently  occurred,  prevailing  as  an  endemic 
among  the  colored  population.  In  1832,  it  proved  very  fatal 
to  both  races.  In  1853,  there  were  a  few  isolated  cases 
(colored)  on  the  Magnolia  plantation,  and  in  the  Ronquillo 
settlement.  In  1866,  there  was  a  severe  endemic  among  the 
colored  people  on  the  Scarsdale  plantation,  in  which  18  out  of 
40  died ;  also  a  few  cases  occurred  on  the  plantation  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  river. 

Char  bon,  or  malignant  pustule,  is  a  disease  peculiar  to  this 
portion  of  the  State.  In  1853  I  saw  six  cases  of  it,  all  on  one 
plantation,  supposed  to  have  been  produced  by  a  pile  of  hides, 
the  skins  of  animals  which  had  died  of  charbon  the  previous 
spring.  The  hostler  was  the  first  one  attacked ;  he  had  been 


310  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

cutting  ham  strings  from  the  hides.  Persons  living  in  the 
cabins  near  the  hides  were  next  attacked ;  no  other  cases  were 
observed  in  any  other  of  the  cabins  of  the  plantation. 

A  disease  has  frequently  occurred  here  among  the  domestic 
animals,  which  is  called  charbou,  which  appears  to  me  to  be 
rather  a  species  of  epidemic  phlebitis  or  erysipelas,  and  is  very 
malignant  and  fatal.  It  seems  to  be  brought  on  by  the  bites 
of  the  innumerable  insects  with  which  the  parish  is  infested — 
such  as  mosquitoes,  and  a  variety  of  small  black  fly  resembling 
the  house  tty  in  appearance,  and  which,  like  the  mosquito, 
sucks  the  blood  of  animals;  it  is  generated  in  immense  swarms 
in  decaying  rice  straw  and  bagasse. 

Syphilis,  before  the  war,  was  very  rare  among  the  colored 
race ;  which  was  owing  to  the  strict  surveillance  and  perfect 
control  of  the  slave.  Whenever  a  case  appeared  upon  a  plan¬ 
tation  every  precaution  was  taken  to  prevent  a  spread  of  the 
disease.  But  at  present  there  is  scarcely  a  plantation  or 
colored  village  in  which  it  does  not  exist. 

Before  closing  my  observations  on  the  diseases  of  the  parish, 
1  would  call  attention  to  a  fact  worthy  of  notice  and  which 
sustains  the  observations  of  others,  viz :  that  land  covered  by 
water  is  free  from  malarial  diseases. 

In  1858,  a  portion  of  the  parish  oii  the  right  bank  of  the 
river  was  inundated  about  fifty  miles  in  extent,  by  crevasses 
above  the  city,  which  continued  about  five  months.  It  was  the 
most  remarkable  inundation  ever  known  in  this  part  of  the 
State;  the  water  reached  the  base  of  the  levees  in  a  few  days 
after  its  appearance  in  the  rear  of  the  plantations  ;  it  gradually 
rose  until  it  was  from  two  to  four  feet  deep  at  the  levee,  grad¬ 
ually  increasing  to  a  depth  of  fourteen  feet  inside  the  back 
levees  of  the  fields,  a  distance  of  about  fourteen  acres  from  the 
front. 

About  the  middle  of  August,  the  water  began  to  subside ; 
during  the  time  it  covered  the  land  there  was  no  sickness  what¬ 
ever,  but,  after  the  water  had  disappeared,  in  late  September 
and  in  October,  there  were  many  cases  of  pernicious  fever,  and 
at  the  extremes  of  the  inundated  district  a  severe  endemic  ma¬ 
larial  pneumonia  occurred  on  two  plantations,  which  was  ex¬ 
tremely  fatal. 

1  must  not  close  the  medical  history  of  this  district  without 
mentioning  that,  in  1875,  a  parish  association  was  organized 
with  Drs.  J.  B.  Wilkinson  for  President;  1).  R.  Fox,  Vice- 
President;  and  Geo.  B.  Hayes,  Secretary,  to  whom  the  So¬ 
ciety  owes  much  for  his  untiring  efforts  for  its  existence. 

After  a,  few  meetings,  all  the  regular  physicians  of  the  parish 
had  joined  the  association ;  a  resolution  was  then  passed  that 
the  secretary  be  instructed  to  communicate  with  all  the  other 
Medical  Associations  of  the  State,  inviting  them  to  cooperate 
with  us  in  calling  a  convention  of  the  medical  profession  of  the 
State,  to  organize  a  State  Medical  Society.  To  this  invitation 
the  Shreveport  Association  promptly  responded,  and  through 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


311 


the  united  efforts  of  these  two  societies,  a  medical  convention 
was  called  to  meet  on  the  14th  of  January,  in  New  Orleans, 
which  resulted  in  the  establishment  of  the  State  Medical  Society 
of  Louisiana. 


Magnetism  as  an  Anaesthetic  in  Surgical  Operations. 

By  DR.  E.  L.  DAY,  Hempstead,  Texas. 

The  subject  of  this  article  was  suggested  to  me  from  a  case 
reported  by  Dr.  C.  L.  Legreud,  of  Hempstead,  in  this  State,  a 
case  in  which  he  amputated  the  great  toe  while  the  patient  was 
under  the  influence  of  magnetism,  and  of  which  1  send  you  a 
succinct  account,  begging  the  Journal  will  deliver  its  opinion 
of  this  interesting  case. 

Willis  Francis,  colored  man,  about  25  years  of  age,  had  great 
toe  badly  injured  by  having  heavy  iron  rollers  fall  upon  it. 
About  ten  days  after  injury  consulted  Dr.  Legreud,  who  decided 
to  amputate,  and  as  an  experiment,  called  upon  Mr.  James 
Armstrong,  of  this  place,  who  claims  the  power  of  magnetiza¬ 
tion,  to  exercise  this  influence  on  his  patient.  The  magnetizer 
commenced  by  passing  his  hands  slowly  and  steadily  in  front 
of  patient’s  face  for  a  period  of  five  minutes,  when  he  closed 
his  eyes  as  though  in  sleep.  The  doctor  then  performed  the 
operation,  the  patient  remaining  all  the  while  in  a  state  of  com¬ 
plete  anaesthesia.  By  simply  snapping  his  fingers  sharply  in 
the  patient’s  face,  the  influence  was  removed. 

[The  above  phenomenon  is  commonly  called  Mesmerism,  and 
is  fully  described  and  explained  by  Dr.  W.  B.  Carpenter,  in  his 
work  on  Human  Physiology,  being  entitled  by  him  Artificial 
Hypnotism. — Ed.] 


T  R EASUR E  R’S  R E 1  >ORT. 

New  Orleans,  La.,  July  2<S,  1879. 

Treasurer  in  account  with  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  So¬ 
ciety  from  April  14,  1879,  to  date  : 

DR. 

To  balance  brought  forward  from  last  year . 8152  45 

To  cash  received  from  51  members,  present  year.. .  255  00 


To  balance  due  by  delinquent  members 


$407  45 
$310  00 


312  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

OK. 

By  expenses  to  July  12,  1871) . $110  00 

By  expenses  for  printing  as  per  bill  rendered  by  L. 

Graham,  on  July  14,  1879 .  200  00 

$310  00 

Balance  on  hand  July  28,  1879 . $  90  85 

Balance  due  by  members .  310  00 

Geo.  K.  Pratt,  M.D.,  Treasurer. 


SEC  1  BBT  ART’S  REPORT. 

New  Orleans,  April  7th,  1879. 

It  having  been  made  the  duty  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary 
to  keep  a  record  of  all  the  local  medical  societies  in  the  State,  and 
also  a  list  of  the  practising  physicians,  classified  as  regular, 
irregular,  and  unknown  or  doubtful,  1  would  respectfully  sub¬ 
mit  the  following  report  in  compliance  therewith  : 

The  Bienville  Medical  Society  was  organized  by  a  meeting  of 
the  physicians  of  Bienville  parish  at  Sparta  on  May  2oth,  1878. 
Seven  medical  men  affected  the  organization  by  adopting  a 
constitution  and  electing  Dr.  F.  Courtney,  president;  I)r.  W. 
C.  Patterson,  vice-president;  and  Dr.  T.  J.  Fouts,  recording 
and  corresponding  secretary  and  treasurer.  The  meetings 
take  place  at  Sparta  on  the  second  Saturday  of  June,  Septem 
ber,  December  and  March. 

The  Shreveport  Medical  Association  was  formed  in  January, 
I860.  The  officers  for  the  present  year  are  Dr.  D.  M.  Clay, 
president;  Dr.  A.  A.  Lyon,  vice-president;  Dr.  D.  H.  Billieu, 
corresponding  secretary ;  and  Dr.  Walter  Hilliard,  recording 
secretary  and  treasurer. 

There  is  a  medical  society  at  Baton  Rouge,  of  which  1  have 
no  returns. 

A  medical  society  was  organized  in  Grant  parish  near  the 
close  of  1877,  but  1  am  not  informed  of  its  further  progress. 

The  Lafayette  Medical  Society  was  organized  in  June,  1877, 
and  holds  its  meetings  at  the  Court  House  in  Vermilion ville, 
on  the  last  Saturday  of  each  month.  The  officers,  at  present, 
are  as  follows :  Dr.  ,1.  1).  Trahan,  president ;  Dr.  H.  D.  Guidry, 
vice-president;  Dr.  W.  H.  Cunningham,  secretary;  Dr.  A. 
Gladne,  treasurer.  There  are  six  other  members. 

The  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  was  organized  in  April, 
1878,  and  has  at  present  about  45  actual  members.  Meetings 
occur  on  the  last  Monday  of  each  month.  The  lately  elected 
officers  are  as  follows :  Dr.  S.  S.  Herrick,  president ;  Dr.  Geo. 
tv.  Pratt,  first  vice-president  (for  First  and  Fifth  Districts) ; 
Dr.  E.  S.  Lewis,  second  vice-president,  (for  Second  and  Third 
Districts) ;  Dr.  J.  P.  Davidson,  third  -vice-president  (for  Fourth 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


313 


1879J 


Sixth  and  Seventh  Districts) ;  Dr.  D.  Jamison,  corresponding- 
secretary  ;  Dr.  A.  B.  Miles,  recording  secretary  and  treasurer. 

Another  organization,  known  as  the  New  Orleans  Medical 
and  Surgical  Association,  was  founded  in  December,  1873,  by 
the  junior  members  of  the  profession.  It  has  had  a  very  suc¬ 
cessful  career,  and  now  includes,  in  about  40  active  members, 
some  of  the  oldest  practitioners  in  the  city.  A  considerable 
number  of  its  members  belong  also  to  the  Orleans  Parish 
Society.  Its  meetings  occur  every  Saturday  evening,  except 
during  the  summer  months,  when  they  take  place  monthly. 
As  this  association  has  not  adopted  the  Code  of  Ethics  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  it  can  have  no  affiliation  with 
that  body  nor  with  the  State  organization. 

The  Plaquemine  Parish  Medical  and  Surgical  Association 
was  organized  November  15,  1875.  The  present  officers  are  Dr. 

J.  B.  Wilkinson,  president;  Dr.  1).  R.  Fox,  vice-president;  Dr. 
Geo.  A.  B.  Hays,  secretary  and  treasurer.  It  has  nine  members 
(all  the  regular  physicians  in  the  parish),  and  meets  at  Pointe 
a  la  Hache  at  irregular  intervals,  from  four  to  eight  times  a 
year. 

I  am  informed  that  a  medical  society  exist  in  Pointe  Coupee 
parish,  but  have  no  particulars  of  its  organization. 

The  Medical  Association  of  the  parish  of  St.  Landry  was 
organized  in  1861,  with  a  charter  from  the  Legislature.  Dr. 
Alexander  Donald  was  secretary  in  January,  1878.  No  report 
has  been  rendered  to  me. 

The  above  constitutes  all  that  I  have  learned  of  the  local 
medical  societies  in  Louisiana,  though  I  have  made  inquiries  of 
physicians  in  all  parishes  where  sncli  bodies  were  said  to  exist. 

Addendum. — April  8,  1879. — Since  the  above  was  written,  I 
have  been  informed  of  the  recent  organization  of  the  New 
Iberia  Medical  Association,  in  the  parish  of  Iberia.  The  offi¬ 
cers  elected  are :  Dr.  Alfred  Duperrier,  president ;  1  )r.  G.  J. 
Colgin,  vice-president;  Dr.  J.  G.  Mestayer,  treasurer;  Dr.  L. 

G.  Blanchet,  secretary. 

Also  of  the  Medical  Society  of  Ascension,  organized  in  March, 
1879,  with  Dr.  John  E.  Duffel  as  president,  Dr.  Vaudergriff  as  . 
vice-president,  and  Dr.  John  E.  Duffel,  Jr.,  as  secretary. 

The  Iberville  Medical  Society  was  organized  in  March,  1878. 
The  present  officers  are  J.  P.  R.  Stone,  president ;  A.  B.  Snell, 
secretary.  Members :  S.  D.  Schwing,  R.  Schlater,  P.  S.  Pos¬ 
ted,  M.  J.  Lehman. 

The  fellowing  classified  table  of  medical  practitioners  in 
Louisiana  has  been  compiled  from  the  best  sources  of  informa¬ 
tion  at  my  command,  and  at  best  is  only  an  approximation  to 
completeness  and  correctness.  The  arrangement  is  by  parishes. 


13 


314 


A  bstract  of  Proceedings 


[August 


PARI8H. 

Total  No. 

Regular. 

Irregular 

Unknown 

or 

Doubtful. 

Died  in 
1878. 

Remarks. 

Ascension . 

14 

10 

12 
v  16 

11 

12 

29 

6 

4 

3 

1 

2 

9 

6 

1 

1 

Assumption  .... 

14 

25 

Avoyelles . 

Bienville . 

17 

Bossier . 

12 

32 

8 

Caddo . 

Calcasieu . 

2 

1 

2 

6 

Caldwell . 

10 

Cameron _ 

Carroll . 

No  Report. 
No  Report  . 

Catahoula . 

18 

9 

17 

g 

1 

1 

Claiborne . 

1 

2 

2 

Concordia . 

6 

4 

De  Soto . . 

East  Baton  Rouge. 
East  Feliciana . . . . 
Franklin . 

14 

23 

26 

14 

14 

23 

26 

12 

5 

i 

Grant . 

10 

13 

11 

8 

Iberia . 

12 

It 

6 

16 

11 

13 

5 

12 

16 

18 

195 

i 

Iberville . 

Jackson . 

Jefferson . 

1 

..  |No  Report. 

Lafayette . 

19 

13 

17 

5 

13 

18 

19 

287 

2 

Lafourche . 

Lincoln . . . 

Livingston . 

Madison .  .  . 

2 

2 

i 

1 

2 

Natchitoches . . 

1 

Orleans _ 

Ouachita . 

No  Report. 
Removed  1. 

Plaquemines- . 

Pointe  Coupee . . . 
Rapides . 

13 

16 

16 

8 

9 

15 

16 

4 

1 

l 

1 

2 

Richland . 

Sabine . 

1 2 

7 

12 

5 

1 

St.  Bernard . 

i 

i 

9 

o 

l 

St  Charles  . 

St.  Helena.  . 

1 

8 

2 

-- 

1 

St.  James . 

St.  John  Baptist. 
St.-  Landry . 

No  Report. 

No  Report. 
No  Report. 

St.  Martin . 

15 

5 

n 

12 

22 

5 

8 

10 

10 

4 

15 

3 

8 

11 

13 

5 

4 

1 

3 

St.  Tammany . 

Tangipahoa.  . 

Tensas . . 

Terrebonne . 

Union  . 

2 

2 

1 

6 

1 

3 

1 

No  Report- 

Vernon . 

3 

Washington  . . 

Webster .  ... 

West  Baton  Rouge. 
West  Febciaua. ... 

"l 

10 

4 

1 

No  Report. 

No  Report. 

Grand  Total... 

862 

677 

98 

87 

23 

S.  S.  Herrick,  M.D., 
Corresponding  Secretary. 


1879J 


Louisiana  /State  Medical  Society. 


315 


Note. — Committee  on  Scientific  Essays. — Dr.  C.  J.  Biekham, 
chairman  of  the  above  committee,  announces  that,  in  addition 
to  the  papers  already  mentioned  in  the  Transactions,  as  having- 
been  promised  for  the  next  annual  meeting,  the  gentlemen 
whose  names  are  given  below  have  also  promised  contributions 
upon  the  following  subjects : 

Dr.  M.  Schuppert,  u  On  Morbus  Coxarius.” 

Dr.  A.  B.  Snell,  1st,  “  On  the  Conservative  Influence  of  Dis¬ 
ease  2d,  u  The  Medical  Profession  and  the  Public ;  Where 
the  Obligation  Rests.” 

Dr.  Thos.  Layton,  u  Contribution  to  the  Study  of  Glossitis.” 


Explanatory  Remarks  of  the  Committee  on  Permanent 

Organization. 

These  regulations  are  the  result  of  the  study  of  the  Consti¬ 
tution  and  By-Laws  of  more  than  twenty  (20)  State  Medina] 
Societies,  especially  of  those  which  are  the  oldest  and  most 
successful. 

The  great  length  of  these  regulations  is  deemed  objectiona¬ 
ble,  but  was  found  unavoidable  in  accomplishing  the  following- 
objects,  viz  :  to  embrace  in  these  regulations  all  points  which 
were  frequently  repeated  in  other  societies,  or  which  seemed  to 
be  manifestly  desirable.  Great  brevity  is  usually  followed  by 
frequent  repeals,  amendments  and  changes  leading  to  confu¬ 
sion.  Further,  great  explicitness  seemed  eminently  proper  in 
the  regulations  of  a  society  which  is  to  meet  only  once  a  year, 
and  to  be  composed  of  members  not  familiarized  by  frequent 
meetings  with  their  duties. 

Effort  has  been  made  (apparently  for  the  first  time)  to  estab¬ 
lish  an  easily  understood  connection  between  a  Constitution 
and  its  By-Laws,  and  to  subject  these  to  a  simple  system,  in 
such  manner  that  the  Constitution  should  express  the  funda¬ 
mental  requirements,  while  the  By-Laws  should  contain  the 
detailed  regulations  for  the  execution  of  these  requirements, 
and  also  all  such  regulations  as  expediency  may  require  should 
be  easily  altered.  Hence,  a  full  knowledge  of  each  subject 
requires  that  the  corresponding  Articles  in  the  Constitution  and 
in  the  By-Laws  should  both  be  read  one  after  the  other.  This 
arrangement  facilitates  reference  to  special  subjects,  and  pro¬ 
vides  a  proper  place  for  the  interpolation  of  all  future  changes. 

Among  other  points  worthy  of  note  are  the  following,  viz  : 
The  duties  of  officers  and  committees  are  detailed  at  unusual 
length,  so  as  to  guide  the  inexperienced  in  the  proper  discharge 
of  their  duties. 

The  objects  of  the  Society  are  specified  at  length,  and  stand¬ 
ing  committees  established  especially  to  promote  these  objects. 

Proper  prominence  is  for  the  first  time  given  to  the  para¬ 
mount  object  of  a  State  Society,  viz :  To  State  medicine,  which 
cannot  be  promoted  except  through  efficient  organization  of 


.‘310  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

the  entire  profession  of  the  State.  Henee  great  prominence  is 
given  to  the  organization  of  the  profession,  by  a  standing  com¬ 
mittee  on  this  subject,  and  by  regulations  for  organizing  affili¬ 
ated  societies,  and  for  the  recognition  of  their  members  by  the 
State  Society. 

A  State  Society  should  be  exclusively  representative ;  as  this 
is,  at  present,  unpracticable,  permanent  members  are  pro¬ 
vided  for,  but  only  for  such  time  as  delegates  may  become  suffi¬ 
ciently  numerous  to  sustain  the  society. 

An  attempt  is  made  to  render  each  newly  elected  president 
responsible  for  the  work  to  be  done  during  the  session  he  is  to 
preside  over. 

An  attempt  is  made  to  render  vice-presidents  responsible  and 
actively  useful  officers,  instead  of  being  idle  recipients  of 
honors. 

An  attempt  is  made  to  protect  the  funds  of  the  society  from 
waste,  and  the  transactions  from  discredit,  by  strictly  regula¬ 
ting  the  articles  to  be  published.  The  experience  of  all  other 
societies  proves  that  strict  regulations  of  some  kind  on  this 
subject  are  indispensable. 

To  the  regulations  of  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society 
are  appended  a  code  of  regulations  recommended  by  said 
society  for  adoption  by  parish  societies. 

The  committee  recommends  that  the  regulations  now  sub¬ 
mitted  be  adopted  temporarily,  and  be  published  for  the  care¬ 
ful  criticism  of  the  members,  but  not  be  finally  acted  upon  be¬ 
fore  the  next  annual  session.  In  the  mean  time  special  atten¬ 
tion  is  solicited  to  the  regulations  of  the  Medical  Association 
of  the  State  of  Alabama,  and  to  consideration  of  the  question 
whether  these  regulations  should  be  engrafted  upon  or  substi¬ 
tuted  for  those  now  presented  by  this  committee.  The  Ala¬ 
bama  society  is  the  most  prosperous  and  efficient  one  in  the 
Southern  States,  and  its  success  is  attributed  in  a  large  degree 
to  its  Constitution  of  1873.  The  peculiarities  of  this  Constitu¬ 
tion  are  as  follows : 

There  are  four  classes  of  members,  viz :  Counsellors,  dele¬ 
gates,  members,  and  corresponding  members.  The  last  are 
more  usually  designated  honorary  members,  and  present  no¬ 
thing  peculiar.  The  remaining  three  classes  of  members 
deserve  consideration. 

The  counsellors  constitute  the  greatest  peculiarity  and  are 
the  sustaining  strength  of  the  society.  They  possess  all  rights, 
except  that  they  can  never  serve  as  delegates ;  they  alone  can 
be  elected  to  office  ;  they  are  limited  to  one  hundred  in  number ; 
they  are  elected  for  life  by  the  counsellors,  and  the  delegates ; 
they  must  promptly  pay  $10  annually ,  and  attend  at  least  one 
annual  session  in  every  three  years ;  and  in  case  of  failure  or 
neglect  to  discharge  their  duties  to  the  society,  their  names 
are  at  once  stricken  from  the  rolls.  Thus,  this  society  must 
prosper  as  long  as  there  cau  be  found  in  Alabama  one  hundred 
physicians  with  sufficient  pride  in  their  profession  and  in  their 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


317 


18791 


State,  to  contribute  $10  each  per  annum,  and  to  otherwise  sus¬ 
tain  a  State  Medical  Society. 

Delegates. — Two  are  allowed  from  each  county  society; 
they  have  all  rights,  except  that  they  cannot  hold  office ; 
they  pay  a  fee  of  $5  each  ;  and  must  bring  from  the  society 
represented  a  fee  of  $1  for  each  member  thereof  foi  »the  treas¬ 
ury  of  the  State  Society. 

Members. — Every  member  of  a  county  society  is  a  member 
of  the  State  Society  ;  with  a  right  to  a  seat  and  to  discussion, 
but  he  can  neither  vote  nor  hold  office. 

A  board  of  ten  censors  constitute  a  committee  on  the  organ¬ 
ization  and  general  welfare  of  the  society  ;  it  is  a  court  of  im¬ 
peachment  for  all  offenses ;  it  examines  the  annual  official 
accounts,  and  makes  an  annual  report.  Under  the  State  laws 
it  is  a  State  Medical  Examining  Board,  and  a  State  Board  of 
Health.  Two  are  annually  elected  to  serve  for  five  years,  and 
the  one  elected  chairman  serves  as  such  throughout  his  term. 
The  number  present  at  an  annual  session  constitutes  a  quorum. 

All  officers  are  elected  annually,  except  the  censors,  secretary 
and  treasurer,  who  are  elected  for  live  years.  All  officers  are 
elected  by  ballot,  and  without  nomination. 

“The  president  shall  submit  to  the  Association  at  every  an¬ 
nual  session  an  annual  message  devoted  to  the  discussion  of  the 
interests,  objects,  and  business  of  the  Association.” 

“  He  shall,  every  year,  appoint  regular  reporters  on  the  dis¬ 
eases,  surgery,  topography  and  climatology  of  the  different  parts 
of  the  State ;  and  on  such  other  matters  of  professional  interest 
as  may,  in  his  judgment,  require  investigation.  The  same 
person  shall  not  be  eligible  for  the  presidency  for  two  successive 
terms.” 

The  secretary  is  ex-officio  chairman  of  the  Publishing  Com¬ 
mittee,  and  the  society  pays  the  necessary  expenses  of  both 
the  secretary  and  the  treasurer,  in  attending  the  annual 
sessions. 

County  societies  are  organized  under  the  general  control  of 
the  State  Association.  Each  county  society  must  contribute 
annually  $1  for  each  member ;  must  forward  an  annual  report ; 
inust^submit  any  specially  meritorious  essay  or  paper  reported  to 
it,  and  must  have  a  Board  of  three  Censors.  This  county 
Board  of  Censors  is  required  to  register  and  publish  the  names 
of  all  reputable  physicians  in  the  county,  and  members  are 
prohibited  from  consultation  with  any  others — to  examine  on 
their  preliminary  education  all  persons  who  propose  to  study 
medicine,  and  members  are  prohibited  from  accepting,  as  a 
medical  student,  any  person  who  has  not  been  thus  satisfac¬ 
torily  examined ;  and  also  to  examine  every  person  who  comes 
in  the  county  to  practice  medicine,  and  members  are  prohibited 
from  recognizing,  as  physicians,  any  persons  who  have  not 
passed  a  satisfactory  examination  before  either  the  County  or 
the  State  Board  of  Censors. 

The  State  Association  has  appellate  jurisdiction  in  all  trials 
before  county  societies. 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[August 


318 


REGULATIONS 


OF  THE 

LOUISIANA  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY. 


CONSTITUTION. 

PREAMBLE,  TITLE  AND  OBJECTS. 

The  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  reorganized  January 
15, 1878,  shall  have  for  its  objects  : 

(1)  The  union  in  this  Society  of  all  the  reputable  members 
of  the  regular  medical  profession  in  the  State,  and  cooperation 
with  the  medical  profession  throughout  the  United  States,  in 
sustaining  the  American  Medical  Association ; 

(2)  The  advancement  of  State  Medicine,  i.  e.,  of  Public 
Hygiene  (or  Preventive  Medicine),  of  Medical  Education,  of 
Medical  Jurisprudence,  and  of  Public  Institutions  for  the  sick, 
and  the  infirm ; 

(3)  The  cultivation  of  medical  knowledge,  and  particularly 
of  such  parts  thereof  as  may  be  of  special  importance  to  this 
State ; 

(4)  The  elevation  of  professional  character  and  attainments, 
and  the  promotion  of  the  welfare,  in  all  matters  relating  to 
medical  science,  of  the  profession,  and  of  the  public. 

ARTICLE  I. 

Mode  of  Government. 

Section  1.  This  society  shall  be  governed  by  such  regula¬ 
tions  as  shall  be  specified  in  its  Constitution,  By-Laws  and 
Ordinances  (or  Resolutions ;)  and,  as  to  matters  not  so  speci¬ 
fied,  it  adopts  the  Common  Parliamentary  Law  and  the  Code 
of  Ethics  of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

Sec.  2.  Any  suspension  or  alteration  of  the  Constitution 
shall  require  a  unanimous  vote,  unless  proposed  in  writing  at  a 
preceding  annual  session,  in  which  case  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of 
the  voting  members  present  shall  be  required;  provided  that  an 
amendment,  germane  to  the  subject,  shall  be  in  order,  and  may 
be  adopted,  though  not  submitted,  at  a  preceding  annual 
session. 

The  By-Laws  may  be  suspended  or  altered  by  a  vote  of  two- 
thirds,  and  the  ordinances  by  the  vote  of  a  majority  at  any  reg¬ 
ular  meeting. 

ARTICLE  II. 

Members. 

Section  1.  (Qualifications.)  Every  physician  to  be  a  mem¬ 
ber  of  this  Society,  must  be  (1)  a  graduate  of  a  reputable  med- 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


319 


ical  college,  (2)  socially  and  professionally  in  good  repute,  (3) 
obedient  to  the  Code  of  Ethics,  and  (4)  a  subscriber  to  the 
regulations  of  this  Society. 

Sec.  2.  Men  of  worth  and  culture,  occupied  in  pursuits  cal¬ 
culated  to  directly  promote  the  objects  of  this  Society,  may, 
though  not  graduates  in  medicine,  be  elected  members  of  this 
Society. 

Sec.  3.  There  may  be  five  classes  of  members,  viz :  (1)  Dele¬ 
gates,  (2)  Permanent  Members,  (3)  Associate  Members,  (4) 
Honorary  Members,  and  (5)  Members  by  Invitation  ;  provided 
that  whenever  more  than  one-half  of  the  parishes  of  this  State 
shall  each  have  an  Affiliated  Medical  Society,  and  shall  be  rep¬ 
resented  in  this  society  by  not  less  than  one  hundred  delegates 
present  at  the  annual  session.  A  majority  of  said  delegates  shall 
have  the  power  to  prohibit  the  election  of  any  additional  per¬ 
manent  members. 

Sec.  4.  All  members  shall  have  the  right  to  take  part  in  the 
proceedings,  but  only  delegates  and  permanent  members  shall 
have  the  right  to  vote. 

Honorary  members  and  members  by  invitation  shall  not  be 
assessed. 

Sec.  5.  (Delegates.)  Every  Affiliated  Medical  Society,  State 
Medical  College,  and  State  Medical  Institution — in  this  State 
and  in  good  standing — shall  have  the  privilege  of  appointing 
one  delegate,  and  one  additional  delegate  for  every  live  phy¬ 
sicians,  regular  members  of  said  society,  or  of  the  medical  staff 
of  said  public  institutions. 

No  delegate  shall  be  received  unless  the  dues,  of  his  society 
or  institution,  to  this  society  shall  have  been  paid;  and  the  sum 
total  to  be  paid  for  a  delegate  shall  be  equal  to  the  amount  an¬ 
nually  assessed  on  each  permanent  member. 

Sec.  <>.  (Permanent  members.)  (1)  Delegates  and  such  other 
persons  as  possess  fully  the  qualifications  for  membership  in 
this  society,  may  be  elected  permanent  members. 

(2)  Permanent  members,  resident  in  parishes  having  no  affil¬ 
iated  medical  society,  are  charged  with  the  paramount  duty  of 
aiding  to  organize  such  a  society  ;  and,  no  physician  shall  be  a 
permanent  member,  who  has  been  refused  membership  in  the 
affiliated  society  of  his  parish,  unless  there  be  satisfactory  evi¬ 
dence  that  such  refusal  has  not  been  due  to  his  disqualification 
t  o  be  a  member  of  this  Society. 

Sec.  7.  A  delegate,  who  may  be  a  permanent  member,  or 
vice  versa,  shall  cast  but  one  vote. 

Sec.  8.  (Associate  Members.)  Every  member  of  an  affiliated 
medical  society,  which  has  paid  its  dues  to  this  Society,  shall  * 
be  an  associate  member  thereof. 

Sec.  9.  (Honorary  Members.)  Honorary  Members  shall 
never  exceed  twenty  in  number,  and  shall  require  the  ballots 
of  three-fourths  of  the  voting  members  present  at  an  Annual 
Session. 


320  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

Sec.  10.  (Members  by  Invitation.)  Members  by  Invitation 
may  be  elected,  to  hold  connection  with  this  Society  only  dur¬ 
ing  the  session  at  which  they  were  elected,  on  the  recommend¬ 
ation  of  the  Committee  of  Arrangements. 

ARTICLE  III. 

Officers. 

Section  1.  The  officers  of  this  Society  shall  be,  one  presi¬ 
dent,  a  vice-president  for  each  Congressional  District  of  Louis¬ 
iana,  provided  that  each  of  such  districts  be  represented  by  a 
delegate,  or  a  permanent  member,  whom  this  Society  may  deem 
it  advisable  to  elect  to  the  office,  one  recording  secretary,  one 
corresponding  secretary,  and  one  treasurer,  who  shall  also  be 
librarian,  until  such  time  as  the  Society,  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds 
of  the  voting  members  present  at  an  annual  session,  may  deter¬ 
mine  to  elect  a  librarian,  as  well  as  a  treasurer. 

Sec.  2.  Only  physicians  who  are  delegates  or  permanent 
members  shall  be  elected  officers ;  and  the  president,  the  secre¬ 
taries,  and  the  treasurer  must  be  chosen  from  those  in  attend¬ 
ance  at  the  annual  session. 

Sec.  3.  The  president  and  the  vice-president  shall  serve  for 
the  term  of  one  year ;  the  secretaries,  and  the  treasurer  and 
the  librarian  shall  serve  for  the  term  of  three  years.  But  every 
officer  shall  continue  in  office  until  his  successor  is  duly  elected 
aud  installed. 

Sec.  4.  The  election  of  officers  shall  be  on  a  day  preceding 
the  last  day  of  each  annual  session,  but  their  term  of  office 
shall  not  begin  until  the  close  of  the  last  day,  except,  so  far  as 
the  cooperative  action  of  the  president  elect  may  be  required 
for  the  transaction  of  business  at  the  ensuing  annual  session, 
such  as  in  the  appointment  of  the  committees. 

ARTICLE  IV. 

Committees. 

Section  1.  Such  Standing  and  Special  Committees  may  be 
appointed  as  this  society  may  deem  necessary,  for  the  purpose 
of  preparing  and  arranging  business  for  the  annual  sessions, 
and  for  carrying  into  effect  the  orders  of  the  society  not  other¬ 
wise  assigned. 

Sec.  2.  The  following  Standing  Committees  shall  be  ap¬ 
pointed  at  each  annual  session,  viz : 

1.  Committee  of  Arrangements. 

2.  Committee  on  the  Organization  of  the  Medical  Profession. 

3.  Committee  on  Necrology. 

4.  Committee  on  State  Medicine  and  Legislation. 

5.  Committee  on  Scientific  Essays,  Reports,  Original  Papers. 

(i.  Committee  on  Publication. 

7.  Judiciary  Committee. 

Sec.  3.  Committees  shall  be  appointed  as  follows: 

The  chairman,  by  the  president,  with  the  approval  of  the 
president  elect  or  of  the  society ;  and  the  remaining  members 


1879J  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  321 

by  the  president,  the  president  elect,  and  the  chairman ;  except 
in  the  cases  following,  viz  : 

(1)  The  Committee  on  Organization  shall  consist  of  the  presi¬ 
dent  (as  chairman,)  the  vice-presidents  and  the  corresponding- 
secretary  ; 

(2)  The  recording  secretary,  the  corresponding  secretary  and 
the  treasurer  and  librarian,  shall  be  members  of  the  Committee 
on  Publication ; 

(3)  And  said  committee  shall  have  power  to  appoint  sub¬ 
committees  of  experts ; 

(4)  The  president  shall  have  power  to  appoint  members  on 
sub  committees  of  the  Judiciary  Committee,  and  to  till  all 
vacancies  on  committees. 

Sec.  4.  Members  of  a  committee  shall  be  responsible  for 
the  work  assigned  it  in  the  order  each  name  on  the  list  is  an¬ 
nounced  ;  and  inaction  of  the  chairman  shall  not  justify  the  in¬ 
action  of  other  members  of  the  committee. 

ARTICLE  V. 

Annual  Orator. 

Section  1.  The  society  shall  elect  annually  au  orator,  whose 
duty  it  shall  be  to  deliver  at  the  ensuing  annual  session  a  pub¬ 
lic  address  designed  to  interest  a  non-professional  audience  in 
the  objects  of  this  society. 


ARTICLE  VI. 

Delegates  from  this  Society. 

Section  1.  Delegates  to  the  American  Medical  Association, 
and  those  State  Medical  Societies  and  other  scientific  bodies  in 
which  this  society  may  deem  it  advisable  to  be  represented, 
shall  be  elected  annually ;  or  otherwise  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  president. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

Funds  and  Appropriations. 

Section  1.  Funds  shall  be  raised  by  the  society  for  meeting 
its  current  expenses  and  awards,  'these  funds  may  be  obtained 
by  an  equal  assessment  upon  each  of  the  permanent  members, 
and  by  the  assessment  of  a  like  sum  upon  every  affiliated  society 
and  medical  institution  for  each  delegate  to  which  said  society 
and  institution  is  entitled,  by  an  equal  assessment  on  all  the 
members  of  affiliated  societies;  by  fines;  by  the  sale  of  its 
publications;  and  by  voluntary  contributions. 

Sec.  2.  The  funds  may  be  appropriated  (1)  for  defraying  the 
expenses  of  the  meetings,  (2)  for  enabling  the  officers  and  the 
committees  to  fulfill  their  respective  duties,  conduct  their  cor¬ 
respondence,  and  procure  the  materials  necessary  for  their  cor- 

14 


322  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

respondence  and  reports ;  (3)  for  publishing  the  proceedings, 
memoirs  and  transactions  of  the  society ;  (4)  for  the  salaries  of 
officers ;  (5)  for  the  establishment  and  support  of  a  library ;  (6) 
lor  the  encouragement  of  scientific  investigations  by  prizes  and 
awards;  and  (7)  for  defraying  the  expenses  incidental  to  scien¬ 
tific  investigations  under  the  instruction  of  the  society,  where 
such  investigations  have  been  accompanied  with  an  order  on 
the  treasurer  to  supply  the  funds  necessary  for  carrying  them 
into  effect. 


ARTICLE  VIII. 

Affiliated  Societies. 

Section  1 .  While  it  is  deemed  advisable  that  there  should 
be  only  one  Parish  Medical  Society,  for  the  purpose  of  uniting 
in  a  single  organization,  all  reputable  physicians  resident  in 
each  parish ;  there  may,  none  the  less,  be  established  several 
societies  in  one  parish,  each  society  to  be  composed  of  members 
residing  in  a  political  subdivision  of  the  parish ;  and  there 
may  be  established  one  society  for  physicians  resident  in  sev¬ 
eral  adjacent  parishes  ( i .  e.,  district  societies),  or  in  subdivisions 
of  two  or  more  adjacent  parishes. 

Sec.  2.  (1)  No  physicians  shall  be  members  of  affiliated 
societies,  except  those  qualified  to  be  members  of  this  society. 

(2)  Any  physician  refused  admission  to,  suspended  or  ex¬ 
pelled  from  an  affiliated  society  of  his  parish,  shall  have  the 
right  to  appeal  to  the  State  Medical  Society,  but  he  shall 
neither  become  nor  continue  to  be  a  member  of  said  society, 
unless  the  facts  in  the  case  have  been  duly  investigated  by  the 
Judiciary  Committee  of  said  society,  and  favorably  decided  by 
said  society. 

Sec.  3.  An  affiliated  society  may  adopt  any  regulations 
which  contain  the  provisions  required  by  the  State  Medical 
Society,  and  do  not  contravene  any  of  its  regulations. 

Sec.  4.  Every  affiliated  society  and  institution  shall  pay  to 
the  State  Medical  Society  its  assessment,  which  shall  not  ex¬ 
ceed  for  each  delegate,  to  which  said  affiliated  society  or  insti¬ 
tution  is  entitled,  the  amount  assessed  on  each  permanent 
member  of  the  State  Medical  Society. 

ARTICLE  IX. 

Meetings. 

Section  1.  A  regular  annual  session  shall  be  held  at  such 
time  and  place  as  the  society  may  select,  and  the  president 
may  call  a  special  meeting  for  the  transaction  of  business  of 
paramount  importance. 

Sec.  2.  The  Society  shall  adopt  an  u  Order  of  Business”  and 
such  “  Rules  ”  as  may  be  necessary  to  conduct  the  proceed¬ 
ings  of  the  meetings. 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


323 


B  Y-L  A  W  S. 

ARTICLE  I. 

Mode  of  Government. 

Section  1.  (Quorum.) 

Fifteen  members  entitled  to  vote  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

Sec.  2.  (Mode  of  voting.) 

Permanent  members,  members  by  invitation  and  officers, 
shall  be  elected  by  the  ballots  of  a  majority  of  the  voting  mem¬ 
bers  present.  The  mode  of  voting  in  all  other  cases — except 
where  differently  specified  in  the  Constitution — shall  be  by  the 
viva  voice  vote  of  a  majority ;  provided  that  one-third  of  the 
voting  members  present,  shall  have  the  right  to  demand  the 
record  of  the  yeas  and  nays. 

ARTICLE  II. 

Members. 

Section  1.  Every  member,  in  attendance  at  the  annual  ses¬ 
sions,  shall,  prior  to  the  permanent  organization  of  the  session, 
or  before  taking  part  in  the  proceedings  after  the  session  has 
been  organized,  sign  the  regulations  of  the  society,  inscribing 
his  name  and  address  in  full,  the  title  of  the  medical  institution 
by  which  and  the  year  when  graduated  ;  and,  if  a  delegate,  the 
title  of  the  affiliated  society  or  institution  from  which  he  re¬ 
ceived  his  appointment,  and  shall  pay  all  sums  due  to  this 
society. 

Sec.  2.  Every  delegate  must  present  a  written  appointment 
from  the  affiliated  society  or  institution  which  he  represents. 

Sec.  3.  No  person  shall  be  elected  a  member  of  this  Society 
unless  recommended  by  two  members  as  possessing  fully  the 
qualifications  for  membership  ;  and,  at  the  request  of  two  mem¬ 
bers,  a  recommendation  to  membership  shall  be  submitted  to 
the  Judiciary  Committee  for  investigation  and  report,  before 
action  shall  be  taken  thereon  by  the  Society. 

Sec.  4.  Any  member  may  resign,  provided  that  lie  has  paid 
all  dues,  and  that  there  be  no  charges  against  him.  Any  mem¬ 
ber  neglecting  two  successive  years  official  notifications  to  pay 
his  dues  shall  forfeit  membership,  and  shall  not  be  re-elected 
until  said  dues  shall  have  been  paid. 

Sec.  5.  No  voting  member  present  shall  be  excused  from 
voting,  except  by  a  majority  of  those  present. 

Sec.  0.  No  member  shall  be  required  to  read  his  own  manu¬ 
script  ;  provided  that  a  member  k.,own  to  be  a  good  reader,  be 
ready  to  act  as  his  substitute. 

Sec.  7.  Medical  men,  or  men  learned  in  the  collateral 
branches  of  science,  on  a  visit  to  the  place  of  the  Annual  Ses¬ 
sion,  may  be  permitted  to  attend  meetings,  on  being  introduced 
by  a  member  of  this  Society. 


324 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[August 


Sec.  8.  Any  person  desiring  to  become  a  member,  during  the 
interval  between  the  Annual  Sessions,  shall  forward  his  appli¬ 
cation,  indorsed  with  the  recommendation  of  two  members,  and 
accompanied  with  the  annual  fee,  to  the  liecording  Secretary, 
who  shall  record  the  name  on  a  special  list  for  “temporary 
members.”  All  privileges  of  the  Society  shall  be  granted  to 
such  temporary  members  until  the  first  meeting  of  the  Society, 
when  tlie  Constitution  and  sections  1  and  3,  Article  II,  of  these 
By-Laws  sliall  be  enforced. 

ARTICLE  III— DUTIES  OF 
President. 

Section  1.  (1)  The  President  shall  a,  preside  (assisted  by  the 
Vice-Presidents)  at  all  meetings  ;  b ,  appoint  all  committees  as 
provided  in  sec.  3,  Art.  IV,  of  the  Constitution  ;  c,  suspend  un¬ 
til  the  next  meeting  any  officer  guilty  of  flagrant  malfeasance 
or  neglect  of  duty,  and  fill  ad  interim  any  such,  and  all  other, 
vacancies  tliat  may  occur;  d,  call  special  meetings;  e,  approve 
or  disapprove  all  requisitions  on  tlie  funds  of  the  treasury  ;  /, 
give  a  casting  vote  when  necessary ;  g,  act  as  chairman  on  the 
committee  for  the  efficient  organization  of  the  medical  pro¬ 
fession  cf  the  State  in  this  society  ;  /<,  direct  and  control,  dur¬ 
ing  the  intervals  between  the  Annual  Sessions,  the  general 
policy  and  business  of  this  society,  transmitting  to  officers  and 
members  such  information  and  documents  in  his  possession  as 
may  be  needful  for  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  each,  and 
requiring  reports  of  progress  from  nil  those  appointed  to  do 
any  special  work  for  the  ensuing  session,  to  the  end  that  he 
may  if  needful  take  such  action  that  the  Society  shall  not  be 
deprived  of  this  special  work  because  of  the  inaction  of  any 
member;  i ,  deliver  at  the  Annual  Session  an  address  designed 
to  promote  the  objects  of  this  society,  and  report  what  has 
been,  and  is  likely  to  be,  accomplished  during  his  presidency 
to  promote  these  objects  ;  and,  k,  perform  all  such  other  duties 
as  this  society,  custom  and  parliamentary  usage  may  require. 

(2;  The  President  shall  have  power  to  delegate  his  authority 
in  whole  or  in  part  to  one  of  the  Vice-Presidents. 

Vice-Presidents. 

Sec.  2.  (1)  Such  Vice-President,  as  the  President  or  the  so¬ 
ciety  may  select,  shall  in  the  absence  of  the  President  from  the 
meeting  or  from  the  chair,  discharge  his  duties ;  but,  in  the 
event  of  his  death,  resignation  or  disability,  the  Vice-Presi¬ 
dents  in  their  order  of  number  by  congressional  districts  shall 
discharge  all  the  duties  of  the  President.  In  the  event  of  the 
absence  of  the  President  and  of  the  Vice-Presidents,  the  society 
shall  elect  a  President  pro  tempore. 

(2)  Each  Vice-President  shall  be  a  member  of  the  committee 
on  the  efficient  organization  of  the  medical  profession  in  this 
State,  charged  with  the  special  duty  of  aiding  in  the  orgauiza- 


325 


1879]  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 

tion  and  in  promoting  the  efficiency  of  an  affiliated  medical 
society  in  every  parish  of  his  district ;  and  also  a  member  of 
the  Committee  on  Necrology. 

(3)  Each  Vice-President  shall  report  to  the  President  an¬ 
nually  in  the  month  of  February,  the  following  facts  as  they 
existed  on  the  last  day  of  December,  as  to  every  affiliated  society 
in  his  district,  viz :  the  title;  regulations;  place  of  meeting  ; 
names  of  officers  and  members,  alphabetically  arranged,  to¬ 
gether  with  the  postoffice  address  of  each,  the  title  of  the  med¬ 
ical  institution  in  which  and  the  year  when  graduated. 

(4)  Each  Vice-President  shall  also  report  to  the  President 
at  the  same  time  and  for  the  same  date,  a  register  of  all  the 
practitioners  of  medicine  in  his  district  ,  recording  in  said  reg¬ 
ister,  as  to  each  one  of  said  practitioners,  the  name  (alphabeti¬ 
cally  arranged) ;  the  postoffice ;  the  place  and  date  of  gradua¬ 
tion  (if  a  graduate) ;  and  shall  arrange  the  names  of  said 
practitioners  in  three  classes,  viz  :  1st,  practitioners  of  unques¬ 
tionable  good  standing;  2d,  practitioners  of  doubtful  or  ofun- 

,  know  n  repute,  stating  which ;  3d,  irregular  practitioners, 
specifying  whether  homoeopathic,  eclectic,  Thompsonian,  etc., 
and  to  this  register  shall  be  added  a  list  of  all  practitioners 
who,  during  the  year,  may  have  died,  removed  from  their  pre- 
vions  postoffice  addresses,  or  come  to  reside  in  the  congres¬ 
sional  district  reported  upon. 

(5)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Vice-President  of  the  Congres¬ 
sional  District  in  which  the  records,  archives,  etc.,  of  the  soci¬ 
ety  may  be  kept  by  the  Recording  Secretary,  the  Treasurer  and 
Librarian  to  inspect  said  records,  archives,  etc.,  and  to  report 
annually  any  inaccuracies  and  delinquencies  therein. 

Recording  Secretary. 

Sec.  3.  (1)  The  Recording  Secretary  shall  keep  not  less  than 
three  books  of  record  (A)  for  the  regulations  of  this  society  and 
any  future  changes  thereof  ajranged  for  ready  reference  thereto, 
together  with  the  inscription  of  the  names  of  members  to  said 
regulations  as  required  in  Section  1,  Article  II  of  the  By-Laws, 
and  with  a  register  of  the  members  of  this  society  alphabeti¬ 
cally  arranged,  (B)  for  the  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  this 
society,  and  (C)  for  the  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Com¬ 
mittee  on  Publication,  of  which  he  shall  be  a  member. 

(2)  For  two  days  prior  to  and  during  each  day  of  the  annual 
session  he  shall  have  notified  office  hours,  during  which  he,  or 
the  Corresponding  Secretary,  or  the  Treasurer,  acting  as  his  as¬ 
sistants,  shall  register  members  and  collect  for  the  Treasurer, 
the  assessment  on  each  member  as  registered. 

He  shall  refuse  to  register  any  person  whose  status  or  cre¬ 
dentials  are  unknown  or  questionable,  and  shall  refer  all  doubt¬ 
ful  questions  of  this  nature  to  the  Judiciary  Committee. 

(3)  He  shall,  when  necessary,  give  notice  of  meetings,  of  any 
special  duty  imposed  on  a  member,  and  of  the  election  to  mem  - 
bership  with  the  fee  due  by  such  member. 


320  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

(4)  He  shall  distribute  the  annual  volume  of  Transactions, 
(a)toall  members  who,  by  the  Treasurer’s  report,  have  paid  their 
fees,  (b)  to  such  State  Medical  and  other  societies  as  exchanges 
with  would  be  desirable,  and  (c)  to  Medical  Journals  and 
Libraries. 

Corresponding  Secretary. 

Sec.  4.  The  Corresponding  Secretary  shall  keep  not  less  than 
three  books  of  record,  viz :  (d)  for  the  copy  or  for  the  minutes 
of  all  the  correspondence  of  the  society ;  (e)  for  the  record  of 
the  regulations,  of  the  names,  etc.,  of  the  officers  and  members 
of  every  affiliated  society  and  institution  as  directed  in  (3)  See. 
2,  Art.  Ill,  of  the  By-Laws;  and  (f)  for  the  registration  of  all 
practitioners  of  medicine  in  this  State,  as  directed  in  (4)  of  Sec. 
2,  Art  III,  of  these  By-Laws.  The  facts  lor  the  two  last  books 
of  record,  (e)  and  (f)  should  be  furnished  by  affiliated  societies 
to  the  Vice-Presidents,  and  by  these  to  t  he  President,  who  should 
transmit  them  to  the  Corresponding  Secretary  ;  but  the  Corre¬ 
sponding  Secretary  is  required,  independently  of  these  societies 
and  of  these  officers,  to  render  these  records  as  complete  as  may 
be  in  his  power  ;  and  shall  recommend  to  the  Vice-Presidents  a 
blank  form  for  the  uniform  registration  in  each  district  of  prac¬ 
titioners  of  medicine. 

(2)  The  Corresponding  Secretary  shall  be  a  member  of  the 
Committees  on  Organization  and  on  Publication. 

(3)  He  shall  present  an  annual  report. 

Treasurer  and  Librarian. 

Sec.  5.  (1)  This  officer  shall  have  custody  of  all  moneys, 
books,  and  other  property  not  assigned  to  the  charge  of  any 
other  officer;  and  he  shall  keep  two  books  of  record;  one  (g) 
for  receipts,  expenses,  debts  and  credits,  and  one  (h)  for  the 
ca  alogue  of  all  books  and  other  prorerty  of  the  society. 

(2)  He  shall  collect  all  fees  and  other  sums  due  to  the  society, 
notify  delinquents,  within  thirty  days  after  each  annual  session, 
of  the  necessity  of  prompt  payment,  and  shall  report  the 
names  of  persistent  delinquents  to  the  society. 

(3)  He  shall  within  sixty  days  after  each  annual  session  fur¬ 
nish  the  Recording  Secretary  with  a  list  of  the  names  of  all 
members,  affiliated  societies,  and  institutions  which  have  paid 
their  dues,  as  a  guide  to  siad  officer  in  the  distribution  of  the 
Transactions. 

(4)  lie  shall  disburse  no  money  except  on  the  written  order 
of  a  member,  approved  either  by  the  President,  or  by  a  Vice- 
President  to  whom  the  President  has  delegated  this  authority. 

(5)  He  shall  lend  no  books  or  other  property  for  more  than 
one  month,  and  to  no  one  except  a  member  who  has  given  a 
written  Receipt  for  the  same  and  such  other  reasonable  secur¬ 
ity  as  may  be  required. 

(0)  He  shall  permanently  retain  in  the  library  not  less  than 
live, copies  of  the  Transactions  of  each  year,  ami  shall  take  pos¬ 
session  of  copies  for  exchange  and  for  sale. 


1879J 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


321 


(7)  He  shall  be  a  member  of  the  Committee  on  Publication. 

(8)  lie  shall  give  security  for  the  property  in  his  custody, 
and  for  the  faithful  discharge  of  his  duties,  whenever  the 
society  shall  judge  this  requiste. 

(9)  He  shall  at  each  annual  session  report  the  condition  of 
the  library,  and  of  the  finances  of  the  society,  stating  its 
receipts,  expenses  and  debts  due  to  and  by  it,  and  the  number 
of  deceased  and  delinquent  members  as  well  as  of  those  who 
have  paid  their  dues ;  and  he  shall  add  to  his  report  an  esti¬ 
mate  of  the  receipts  and  expenses  of  the  society  for  the  ensu¬ 
ing  year,  and  recommend  such  measures  as  he  may  deem  neces¬ 
sary  to  raise  the  funds  needed  to  meet  the  estimated  expenses. 

t 

ARTICLE  IV  —COMMITTEES. 

6'  o  m  in  it  tee  o f  A  r  r  a  n  y  e  in  ent  s . 

Section  1.  (1)  This  committee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than 
three  members,  who  shall,  if  no  sufficient  reasons  prevent,  be 
residents  in  the  place  where  the  annual  session  is  to  be  held 

(2)  It  shall  provide  suitable  accommodation,  and  make  all 
necessary  arrangements  for  the  annual  session.  It  shall  pro¬ 
vide  a  suitable  hall  for  the  delivery  of  the  President’s  address, 
and  of  the  annual  oration,  and  invite  thereto  the  public,  and 
especially  those  learned  and  interested  in  medical  science. 

it  shall  supervise  the  introduction  of  all  business,  and  pre¬ 
pare,  in  accord  with  the  order  of  business,  Sec.  2,  Art.  IX, 
By-Laws,  a  programme  of  the  proceedings.  For  this  purpose, 
it  shall  require  from  each  officer,  committee  and  member  having 
business  for  the  society’s  attention,  the  nature  of  said  business 
and  the  probable  time  required  for  its  transaction. 

(3)  it  shall,  at  the  opening  of  the  session,  report  its  action 
and  a  programme  of  the  proceedings  as  arranged  by  it,  subject 
to  the  pleasure  of  the  society.  It  shall  post,  in  the  hall,  when 
the  meetings  are  held,  a  notice  of  any  arrangements  important 
for  the  information  of  the  members. 

(4)  it  shall  have  the  privilege  of  inviting  any  distinguished 
medical  or  scientific  men  to  attend  the  session,  and  of  recom¬ 
mending  them  to  the  society  as  members  by  invitation. 

Committee  on  Organization. 

Sec.  2.  (1)  This  committee  shall  consist  of  the  President,  the 
Vice-Presidents  and  the  Corresponding  Secretary,  and  three 
members  shall  be  sufficient  to  constitute  a  quorum. 

(2)  It  shall  be  its  duty  to  use  all  practicable  means  to  organ¬ 
ize  the  medical  profession  in  local  societies  throughout  this 
State,  and  to  increase  the  efficiency  of  this  society;  and  it  shall 
be  guided  in  its  action  by  these  regulations  as  specified  in  Art. 
VIII,  of  the  Constitution,  and  in  (3),  (4)  Sec.  2,  Art.  ill;  (1) 
Sec.  4,  Art.  Ill,  By-Laws. 

(3)  it  shall  present  an  annual  report  of  what  has  been  done 
during  the  year,  and  recommend  such  measures  as  it  may  deem 


32<S  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

necessary,  to  promote  the  more  efficient  organization  of  the 
medical  profession  throughout  this  State. 

Committee  on  Necrology.  • 

Sec.  3.  This  committee  shall  consist  of  the  Vice-Presidents. 
It  shall  report  annually  brief  biographical  notices  of  deceased 
members  of  this  society.  Each  member  of  the  committee  shall 
report  to  the  chairman  at  least  thirty  days  prior  the  annual 
session. 

Committee  on  State  Medicine  and  Legislation. 

Sec.  4.  (1)  This  committee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  five 
members.  The  chairman  shall  assign  not  less  than  one  mem¬ 
ber  to  investigate,  and  report  to  him  upon  the  condition,  needs 
and  prospects  in  this  State  of  each  one  of  the  four  branches  of 
State  Medicine ;  and  the  chairman  shall  present  an  annual 
report  to  the  society  on  all  of  these  branches. 

(2)  It  shall  consider  propositions  to  repeal,  modify  or  enact 
any  law  relating  to  medical  interests,  provided  that  such  pro¬ 
positions  be  presented  in  proper  language  and  form  for  legisla¬ 
tive  action. 

(3)  It  shall  be  its  duty  to  recommend  to  this  society  its  influ¬ 
ence  in  behalf  of  the  enactment  of  such  laws  as  it  may  deem 
desirable,  and  shall  accompany  its  recommendations  with  the 
words  and  form  of  the  law  proposed  to  be  enacted  ;  for  this 
purpose,  this  committee  shall  have  authority,  with  the 
President’s  written  approval,  to  employ,  if  this  be  indispensa¬ 
ble,  a  competent  lawyer. 

Committee  on  Scientific  Essays ,  Reports ,  etc. 

Section  5.  (1)  This  committee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than 
five  members.  It  shall  be  its  duty  to  appoint  from  the  members 
of  the  society  a  list  of  essayists  and  reporters,  and  to  recom¬ 
mend  subjects  for  their  consideration. 

(2)  It  shall  particularly  encourage  scientific  essays,  reports, 
and  original  papers  upon  the  following  subjects,  and  if  practi¬ 
cable  limit  them  thereto,  viz : 

a.  Subjects  peculiar  to,  or  of  special  importance  to  this  State ; 

b.  Positively  new  facts,  modes  of  practice,  or  principles  of 
real  value ; 

c.  The  results  of  well  devised  original  experimental  researchss  ; 

d.  Reviews,  so  complete,  of  the  facts  on  any  particular  sub¬ 
ject,  as  to  enable  the  writer  to  deduce  therefrom  legitimate  con¬ 
clusions  of  importance. 

(3)  All  scientific  essays,  reports,  and  original  papers,  whether 
from  appointees  of  this  committee,  from  affiliated  societies,  or 
from  volunteers,  shall  be  presented  to  the  society  through  this 
committee,  which  shall  have  authority  to  require  that  all  such 
manuscripts  shall  be  submitted  to  it  at  a  definite  date  prior  to 
the  annual  session. 

i  £(4)  All  manuscripts  submitted  to  this  committee  shall  be  dis¬ 
posed  of  as  follows :  Those  which  the  committee  does  not  deem 


1879 J  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  329 

it  desirable  to  submit  to  the  consideration  of  the  society,  shall 
be  returned  to  the  author,  provided  the  attending  expense  be 
paid  by  him.  Those  deemed  suitable  for  the  consideration  of 
the  society,  shall  be  assigned  the  order  in  which  they  shall  be 
read;  provided  that  none  requiring  over  thirty  minutes  for 
the  reading,  shall  be  so  assigned,  unless  recommended  as  par¬ 
ticularly  meritorious,  or  unless  summaries  of,  or  abstracts  from, 
manuscripts  exceeding  thirty  minutes  for  the  reading  shall  be 
so  prepared  that  these  summaries  or  abstracts  can  be  read  in 
thirty  minutes.  All  manuscripts  deemed  suitable  for  the  con¬ 
sideration  of  the  society  shall,  whether  assigned  for  reading  or 
not,  be  finally  referred  in  full  to  the  Committee  on  Publication. 

(5)  This  committee,  as  also  the  Committee  on  Publication  is 
prohibited  from  giving  publicity  to  the  names  of  authors  of  re¬ 
jected  papers. 

Committee  on  Publication. 

Sec.  6.  (1)  This  committee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  three 
members,  and  the  Recording  Secretary,  the  Corresponding  Sec¬ 
retary,  and  the  Treasurer  and  Librarian,  shall  be  members 
thereof. 

(2)  It  shall  supervise  all  publications  of  this  society,  and 
shall  publish  an  annual  volume  of  Transactions,  which,  so 
far  as  the  funds  of  the  society  may  permit,  shall  consist  of  the 
following  contents,  viz : 

'  a  A  disclaimer  of  the  society’s  responsibility  for  the  opin¬ 
ions,  theories,  criticisms,  and  alleged  facts  contained  in  the 
published  papers  of  its  members. 

[u  The  society,  in  publishing  papers,  does  not  thereby  en¬ 
dorse  their  contents.”] 

b  A  table  of  contents,  and  an  alphabetical  index. 

c  Regulations  of  this  society,  and  the  Code  of  Ethics. 

d  A  list  of  the  officers  and  members  of  this  society  and  of  all 
affiliated  societies. 

e  A  register  or  list  of  all  practitioners  of  medicine  in  Louisi¬ 
ana  on  the  preceding  31st  of  December,  arranged  as  directed 
in  (4)  Sec.  2,  Art.  Ill,  of  the  By-Laws. 

/  The  minutes  of  the  daily  proceedings  of  the  annaal  session, 
or  a  summary  thereof. 

y  The  annual  official  reports,  or  summaries  thereof. 

h  All  such  scientific  essays,  reports,  and  original  papers  re¬ 
ferred  to  it  by  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Essays  and  Reports, 
as  a  Committee  of  Experts  may  decide  should  be  published. 

i  Advertisements  admitted  at  the  discretion  of  the  committee. 

k  The  permanent  address  of  the  society,  with  request  to  ex- 
chanye ,  to  occupy  a  prominent  place  in  the  cover. 

(3)  The  Committee  of  Publication  is  authorized,  at  its  discre¬ 
tion,  to  appoint  a  Committee  of  Experts  on  the  subject  matter 
of  any  scientific  address,  essay,  report  or  paper ;  and  of  these, 
it  shall  publish  only  such  as  a  Committee  of  Experts — whose 
names  shall  not  be  disclosed — shall  recommend  for  publication. 

15 


330  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

(4)  The  society  may  order  the  publication  of  any  such  papers, 
provided  that  a  two-third  vote  by  ballot  be  cast  in  its  favor. 

(5)  All  papers  which  are  not  placed  by  their  authors  complete 
in  the  hands  of  the  Committee  on  Publication  within  thirty 
days  after  the  close  of  the  annual  session,  may  be  excluded 
from  the  annual  volume  of  Transactions. 

(0)  No  paper  printed  by  the  society  shall  be  otherwise  pub¬ 
lished,  unless  the  author  obtains  the  consent  of  the  Committee 
on  Publication. 

(7)  This  committee  shall  report  annually,  through  the  Treas¬ 
urer  and  Librarian,  and  shall  present  an  estimate  of  expenses 
for  the  ensuing  year. 

Judiciary  Committee. 

Sec.  7.  (1)  This  com  mittee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  as  many 
members  as  there  may  be  Congressional  Districts  in  this  State. 
It  may  apportion  itself  in  sub-committees,  one  for  each  Con¬ 
gressional  District,  and  the  President  may,  at  any  time,  appoint 
additional  members  on  any  sub-committee  which  may  be  called 
upon  to  investigate  a  case  of  serious  importance. 

(2)  It  shall  take  cognizance  of  and  report  upon  all  questions 
of  an  ethical  or  judicial  character  that  may  arise  in  connection 
with  this  society;  it  shall,  when  desired  by  the  society,  investi¬ 
gate  the  status  of  any  member,  or  of  any  person  proposed  for 
membership,  and  it  shall  consider  all  questions  of  a  personal 
character,  including  complaints,  protests  and  questions  on  cre¬ 
dentials. 

(3)  A  charge  against  a  member  of  this  society  must  be  made 
in  writing  (and  may  be  made  and  investigated  while  the  society 
is  not  in  session),  to  the  President,  or  to  the  Yice-President  of 
the  Congressional  District  in  which  the  accused  member  resides. 
This  officer  shall  refer  the  charge  to  the  Corresponding  Secre¬ 
tary,  who  shall  forthwith  notify  thereof  the  accused  member,  and 
the  members  of  the  Judiciary  Committee.  This  committee,  or 
with  the  President’s  approval  a  sub-committee  thereof,  shall 
then  proceed,  after  due  no'tice  to  the  accused  member,  to  inves¬ 
tigate  the  charge ;  shall  keep  an  accurate  written  record  of  the 
facts  and  evidence  in  the  case ;  and  shall  prepare  a  written 
summary  of  the  chief  facts — agreed  to  by  both  parties — and  of 
those  in  dispute  with  the  evidence  pro  and  con  thereon,  adding 
thereto  the  recommendation  of  each  member  of  the  committee 
or  to  the  sub  committee,  which  recommendation  shall  be  to  dis¬ 
miss  the  charge  against,  to  exonerate,  to  fine,  to  censure,  to 
suspend,  or  to  expel  the  accused  member.  All  the  proceedings 
of  a  sub  committee  shall  be  referred  to  the  Judiciary  Commit¬ 
tee  for  its  action  thereon,  and  this  committee  shall  refer  all  the 
proceedings  to  this  society  for  final  action  at  the  annual  ses¬ 
sion.  A  vote  of  two-thirds  (by  ballot  or  by  yeas  and  nays)  of 
all  members  present  shall  be  required  to  expel  a  member ;  and 
the  vote  of  a  majority  by  recorded  yeas  and  nays  shall  effect 
the  decision,  if  expulsion  be  not  the  question  for  decision. 


1879 1 


331 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 

(4)  Three  members  of  this  committee,  or  of  a  sub  committee 
thereof,  shall  be  necessary  to  constitute  a  quorum. 

(5)  If,  after  due  notification,  an  accused  member  fail  to  ap¬ 
pear  at  the  time  and  place  of  trial,  he  shall,  unless  satisfactory 
excuse  be  rendered  at  the  time,  be  considered  as  admitting  the 
truth  of  the  charges  against  him,  and  shall  be  liable  to  sentence 
accordingly. 

(6)  Any  member  convicted  of  crime  by  a  court  of  law  may 
•  be  sentenced,  without  trial,  by  this  society. 

ARTICLE  V. 

Annual  Orator. 

Section  1.  The  Annual  Orator  may  be  chosen  from  any  one 
of  the  five  classes  of  members. 

ARTICLE  VI. 

Delegates  from  the  Society. 

Section  1.  Any  Delegate  from  this  society  shall,  if  unable 
to  discharge  the  duty,  give  the  President  prompt  notice  there¬ 
of,  and  otherwise  aid  the  President  to  appoint  a  substitute. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

Funds  and  Appropriations. 

Section  1.  The  annual  assessment  on  each  permanent  mem¬ 
ber,  shall  be,  until  otherwise  ordered  by  a  two-thirds  vote  at  an 
annual  session,  five  ($5) ;  dollars  ;  and  on  each  member  of  an 
affiliated  society  one  ($1)  dollar,  provided  that  the  sum  due 
for  each  delegate  to  which  an  affiliated  society  or  institution  is 
entitled  shall  not  be  less  than  five  ($5)  dollars.  See  section  4, 
Article  II,  By-Laws. 

Sec.  2.  Funds  may  be  disbursed  by  the  Treasurer,  upon  a 
requisition  signed  by  a  member  and  approved  by  the  President 
or  by  a  Vice-President  duly  authorized,  for  the  necessary  ex¬ 
penses  (1)  of  the  meetings ;  (2)  of  officers  and  committees  ;  (3) 
of  publication.  Funds  shall  not  be  disbursed  for  other  pur 
poses  unless  ordered  by  a  vote  of  the  society. 

ARTICLE  VIII. 

Affiliated  Societies. 

Section  1.  Three  physicians  shall  suffice  to  organize  an  affil¬ 
iated  society,  provided  that  all  qualified  physicians  (see  Art.  II, 
sec.  1,  Const.)  residents  of  the  same  parish,  or  of  the  same 
neighborhood,  shall  have  been  invited  to  unite  in  said  organ¬ 
ization. 

Sec.  2.  A  medical  society  seeking  affiliation  with  this  so¬ 
ciety  must  submit,  to  the  Vice-  President  of  the  congressional 
district  in  which  it  is  located  for  reference  to  the  President,  or 


332 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[August 


if  there  be  no  such  Vice-President  then  directly  to  the  Presi¬ 
dent  of  this  society,  two  copies  of  its  regulations  with  a  list  of 
its  officers  and  members  ;  and  when  one  of  these  copies  is 
returned  approved  by  the  President  and  Corresponding  Secre¬ 
tary  of  this  society,  thereupon  the  aforesaid  society  shall  be 
affiliated  to  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  and  entitled 
to  delegates,  to  the  Transactions,  and  all  other  privileges,  so 
long  as  said  affiliated  society  conforms  to  the  regulations  of  this 
society. 

Sec.  3.  An  affiliated  society,  failing  for  two  successive 
years  to  pay  the  fees  due  this  society,  shall  after  due  official 
notification  be  denied  all  the  privileges  of  this  society  until 
said  fees  have  been  paid. 

Sec.  4.  Every  affiliated  society  shall  meet  at  least  once 
annually,  and  whenever  notified  by  the  President  of  this  so¬ 
ciety,  or  by  the  Vice-President  of  its  congressional  district. 

Every  affiliated  society  is  recommended  to  hold  an  annual 
meeting  in  January  to  choose  delegates  to,  and  otherwise  aid 
this  society;  and  to  appoint  one  standing  committee  on  State 
Medicine  and  Legislation,  and  one  on  the  efficient  organization 
of  the  medical  profession. 

Sec.  5.  Every  affiliated  society  shall  report  annually  in 
January  to  the  Vice-President  of  its  district  (or  if  there  be  no 
such  officer  then  directly  to  the  President  of  this  society),  the 
following  tacts  as  they  existed  on  the  preceding  last  day  of 
December,  viz:  1st,  any  changes  in  its  regulations,  its  general 
condition,  the  names  alphabetically  arranged,  of  its  officers  and 
members,  their  postoffice  addresses,  institution,  where  and 
year  when  graduated,  and  cessation  and  refusal  of  mem¬ 
bership  during  the  year  with  the  causes  thereof ;  and  2d,  a 
register  of  all  practitioners  of  medicine  of  the  parish  or  of  the 
political  sub  division  in  which  said  affiliated  society  is  located, 
in  accordance  with  the  directions  in  (4)  sec.  2,  Art.  Ill,  of  these 
By-Laws.  These  reports  shall  be  forwarded  by  Vice-Presidents 
to  the  President,  and  by  him  to  the  Corresponding  Secretary. 

Sec.  0.  Every  affiliated  society  shall  forward  to  the  Record¬ 
ing  Secretary  (for  reference  to  the  Committee  on  Scientific 
Essays  and  Reports),  thirty  days  before  the  annual  session, 
any  such  original  papers  as  it  may  deem  worthy  of  the  consid¬ 
eration  of  this  society,  and  of  publication  in  its  annual  Trans¬ 
actions,  and  shall  also  forward  to  the  Recording  Secretary, 
prior  to  the  annual  session,  a  list  of  its  Delegates  to  this 
society. 

Sec.  7.  Affiliated  societies,  through  their  Delegates,  or 
otherwise,  shall  have  the  privilege  of  nominating  the  Vice- 
President  of  this  society  for  the  Congressional  District  in 
which  said  affiliated  societies  are  located. 

H.  B. — Recommend  Constitution  for  Parish  Societies,  and 
form  for  Annual  Reports. 


1879 j 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


333 


ARTICLE  IX. 

Meetings. 

Section  1.  The  annual  session  shall  begin  on  the 

,  and  shall  continue  from  day  to  day, 
until  all  of  its  business  be  transacted.  During  the  session 
there  shall  be  two  meetings  daily,  one  at  11  A.  M.,  and  one  at 
74  P.  M. 

Order  of  Business. 

Sec.  2.  The  Order  of  Business  shall  at  all  times  be  subject 
to  the  vote  of  two-thirds  of  all  the  voting  members  present ; 
and  until  permanently  altered,  except  when  for  a  time  sus¬ 
pended,  it  shall  be  as  follows  : 

(1)  Call  to  order. 

(2)  Announcement  of  the  members  in  attendance  by  the 
Recording  Secretary. 

(3)  Reading  and  correction  of  the  daily  minutes. 

(4)  Reading  the  notes  of  absentees,  provided  these  contain 
any  facts  of  importance. 

(5)  Election  and  registration  of  new  members. 

(6)  Report  of  the  Committee  of  Arrangements. 

(7)  Any  business,  requiring  early  attention,  may,  by  permis¬ 
sion,  be  introduced. 

(8)  Address  of  the  President,  and  the  annual  oration  at  the 
time  and  place  recommended  by  the  Committee  of  Arrange¬ 
ments. 

(9)  Reading  and  consideration  of,  with  action  on,  the  reports 
of  officers  ;  of  Standing  and  of  Special  Committees ;  of  Affiliated 
Societies,  and  of  delegates  from  this  society. 

(10)  Election  of  officers,  delegates,  etc.,  and  selection  of  the 
next  place  of  meeting. 

(11)  Appointment  of  the  Chairmen  of  committees. 

(12)  Reading  and  consideration  of  scientific  essays,  reports, 
and  original  papers. 

(13)  Unfinished  business. 

(14)  New  business. 

(15)  Announcement  of  committees. 

(16)  Reading  rough  minutes  of  the  session  about  to  dose. 

(17)  Adjournment. 

Rules. 

Sec.  3.  (D  The  reading  of  no  report,  original  paper,  etc., 
shall,  in  its  delivery,  exceed  thirty  minutes,  unless  by  special 
permission  of  the  society;  provided  that  summaries  of,  and  ab¬ 
stracts  from  such  manuscripts  as  would  exceed  thirty  minutes 
in  the  reading,  may  be  read,  and  that  such  manuscripts  shall 
be  referred  in  whole  to  the  Committee  on  Publication.  The 
opportunity  for  debate  shall  be  furnished  immediately  after  the 
reading  of  every  paper,  but  the  time  for  debate  shall  be  limited 
to  thirty  minutes,  unless  extended  by  vote  of  the  society. 


-534  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

(2)  No  member  shall  be  permitted  to  address  the  society  un¬ 
til  his  name  and  residence  have  been  distinctly  announced,  and 
any  such  member  may  be  required  to  speak  from  the  stand. 
No  speaker  in  the  debate  of  any  one  subject,  shall,  unless  by 
permission  of  the  society,  exceed  ten  minutes,  nor  speak  more 
than  once,  until  every  member  choosing  to  speak  shall  have 
spoken,  nor  shall  he  speak  more  than  twice  without  the  permis¬ 
sion  of  the  society. 

(3)  A  member  shall  not  interrupt  another  while  speaking, 
unless  to  call  him  to  order  or  to  correct  a  mistake  ;  and  such 
interruptions  shall  not  be  considered  as  speaking  in  debate,  to 
the  violation  of  the  above  rule  (2). 

(4)  A  vote  shall  not  be  reconsidered  at  the  same  meeting  by 
a  smaller  number  than  was  present  at  its  passing. 

(o)  When  a  question  is  before  the  society  no  other  motion 
shall  be  received;  except,  (a)  to  adjourn,  (b)  to  lay  on  the  table, 
(c)  to  postpone  indefinitely,  (d)  the  previous  question,  (e)  to 
postpone  to  a  definite  time,  (f)  to  commit,  (g)  to  amend,  or  (h) 
the  main  question  ;  which  several  motions  shall  have  prece¬ 
dence  in  the  order  they  are  arranged.  A  motion  to  adjourn,  to 
lay  on  the  table,  and  to  postpone  indefinitely  are  not  debatable. 

(fi)  When  the  previous  question  is  demanded,  it  shall  take 
five  members  to  second  it;  and  when  the  main  question  is  put, 
under  the  force  of  the  previous  question,  and  negatived,  the 
question  shall  remain  under  consideration  the  same  as  if  the 
previous  question  had  not  been  enforced. 

(7)  When  a  report  is  read,  it  is  thereby  received ;  and  when 
received. ,  it  may  at  any  time  be  considered,  and  in  whole  or  in 
part,  may  by  vote  of  the  society  be  accepted ,  and  it  is  thereby 
adopted. 


REGULATIONS 

OF  THE 

PARISH  MEDICAL,  SOCIETY. 


CONSTITUTION. 


PREAMBLE,  TITLE  AND  OBJECT. 

The .  . .  Parish  Medical  Society,  organized _ 

shall  have  for  its  objects : 

(1)  The  union  in  this  society  of  all  the  reputable  members  of 
the  regular  medical  profession,  residing  in  this  parish,  and  co¬ 
operation  with  the  medical  profession  throughout  the  State  in 
sustaining  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 

(2)  The  advancement  of  State  Medicine — i.  e.,  of  Public 
Hygiene  (or  Preventive  Medicine,)  of  Medical  Education,  of 


1879]  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  335 

Medical  Jurisprudence,  and  of  Public  Institutions  for  the  sick 
and  the  infirm ; 

(3)  The  cultivation  of  medical  knowledge,  and  particularly 
of  such  parts  thereof  as  may  be  of  special  importance  to  this 
parish  and  State ; 

(4)  The  elevation  of  professional  character  and  attainments, 
and  the  promotion  of  the  welfare  in  all  matters  relating  to  med¬ 
ical  science  of  the  profession  and  of  the  public. 

,  ARTICLE  I. 

Mode  of  Government. 

Section  1.  This  society  shall  be  governed  by  such  Regula- 
tions  as  may  be  specified  in  its  Constitution,  By-Laws  and  Or¬ 
dinances  (or  Resolutions;)  and,  as  to  matters  not  so  specified, 
it  adopts  the  Common  Parliamentary  Law  and  the  Code  of 
Ethics  of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

Sec.  2.  Any  suspension  or  alteration  of  the  Constitution 
shall  require  a  unanimous  vote  unless  proposed  in  writing  at  a 
preceding  regular  meeting,  iu  which  case  a  vote  of  two-thirds 
of  the  voting  members  present  shall  be  required ;  provided 
that  an  amendment  germain  to  the  subject  shall  be  iu  order, 
and  may  be  adopted,  though  not  submitted,  at  a  previous 
meeting.  The  By-Laws  may  be  suspended  or  altered  by  a  vote 
of  two-thirds,  and  the  Ordinances  by  a  majority  at  any  regular 
meeting. 

*  ARTICLE  II. 

Members. 

Section  1.  (Qualifications.)  Every  physician,  to  be  a  mem¬ 
ber  of  this  society,  must  be  (1)  a  graduate  of  a  reputable  medi¬ 
cal  college,  (2)  socially  and  professionally  in  good  repute,  (3) 
obedient  to  the  Code  of  Ethics,  and  (4)  a  subscriber  to  the 
Kegulations  of  this  society. 

Sec.  2.  Men  of  worth  and  culture,  occupied  in  pursuits  cal¬ 
culated  to  directly  promote  the  objects  of  this  society,  may, 
though  not  graduates  in  medicine,  be  elected  members. 

Sec.  3.  There  may  be  two  classes  of  members,  (1)  .Regular 
Members,  and  (2)  Honorary  Members.  Honorary  Members 
shall  not  be  assessed,  shall  not  have  the  right  to  vote,  and 
shall  require,  for  election,  the  ballots  of  three-fourths  of  the 
members  present  at  a  regular  meeting,  succeeding  a  regular 
meeting  at  which  they  have  been  proposed  for  Honorary 
Membership. 

ARTICLE  III. 

Officers. 

Section  1.  The  Officers  of  this  society  shall  be,  one  Presi¬ 
dent;  . Vice-Presidents;  one  Recording  Secretary  who 

shall  also  be  Treasurer,  and  one  Corresponding  Secretary  who 
shall  also  be  Librarian. 


330  A  bstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

Sec.  2.  Only  physicians,  who  are  regular  members,  shall  be 
elected  officers. 

Sec.  3.  The  President  and  Vice-Presidents  shall  serve  for 
the  terms  of  one  year,  and  the  Secretaries  for  three  years,  said 
terms  to  expire  at  the  annual  meeting ;  but  in  no  case  shall  an 
officer  vacate  his  place  until  his  successor  has  been  chosen. 

ARTICLE  IV. 

Committees.  % 

Section  1.  Standing  Committees  shall  be  appointed  on  (1) 
The  efficient  organization  of  this  society;  (2)  Judiciary;  (3) 
State  Medicine  and  Legislation ;  (4)  Scientific  Essays,  Reports 
and  Discussions ;  (5)  Publication. 

Sec.  2.  Special  Committees,  and  additional  Standing  Com¬ 
mittees  may  be  appointed  at  the  discretion  of  the  society. 

Sec.  3.  The  chairman  of  any  committee  shall-  be  appointed 
by  the  President,  and  the  remaining  members  by  the  Presi¬ 
dent,  with  the  consent  of  the  chairman,  or  of  the  society ;  ex¬ 
cept,  as  to  the  Committee  on  Efficient  Organization,  which 
shall  be  composed  of  the  President,  the  Vice-Presidents,  and 
the  Corresponding  Secretary ;  and  as  to  the  Judiciary  Com¬ 
mittee,  the  members  of  which  may  be  increased  at  the  discre¬ 
tion  of  the  society,  by  the  election  of  additional  members. 

ARTICLE  V. 

» 

Annual  Orator. 

Section  1.  The  society  shall  elect  annually  an  orator,  whose 
duty  it  shall  be  to  deliver  a  public  address  designed  to  interest, 
in  the  objects  of  this  society,  a  non-professional  audience. 

ARTICLE  VI. 

Delegates. 

Section  1.  Delegates  to  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Asso¬ 
ciation,  to  the  American  Medical  Association,  and  to  such 
other  scientific  bodies,  as  this  society  may  deem  advisable  that 
it  should  be  represented  in,  shall  be  elected  annually,  or  in 
default  thereof,  be  appointed  by  the  President. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

Funds  and  Appropriations. 

Section  1.  Funds  shall  be  raised  by  this  society  for  meeting 
its  current  expenses  and  awards,  by  an  equal  assessment  on 
each  of  its  regular  members. 

Sec.  2.  Funds  may  be  appropriated,  (1 )  for  defraying  the 
expenses  of  the  meetings,  (2)  for  enabling  the  officers  and  the 
committees  to  fulfill  their  respective  duties,  conduct  their  cor¬ 
respondence,  and  procure  the  materials  necessary  for  their 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


337 


1879] 


records  and  reports,  (3)  for  the  payment  of  such  equal  assess¬ 
ments  as  may  be  imposed  on  affiliated  societies  by  the  State 
Medieal  Association  for  its  support,  (4)  for  publishing  the  pro¬ 
ceedings  and  transactions  of  this  society,  (5)  for  establishing  a 
library,  and  (6)  for  the  encouragement  of  scientific  investiga¬ 
tions. 

ARTICLE  VIII. 

Meetings. 

Section  1.  There  shall  be  not  less  than  one  regular  meeting 

. ;  one  of  which  shall  be  the  annual  meeting,  for  the 

election  of  officers,  the  presentation  of  annual  reports,  the  an¬ 
nual  oration,  and  for  such  other  proceedings  as  may  be  directed. 

Sec.  2.  The  President  shall  call  a  special  meeting  whenever 
he  may  deem  proper. 

Sec.  3.  The  society  shall  adopt  an  “  Order  of  Business  ”  and 
such  other  “  Rules  ”  as  it  may  deem  necessary  to  conduct  pro¬ 
perly  the  proceedings  of  the  meetings. 


BY-LAWS. 

ARTICLE  I. 

Mode  of  Government. 

Section  1.  (Quorum.)  _ regular  members  shall  constitute 

a  quorum. 

Sec.  2.  (Mode  of  Voting.)  Regular  members  and  officers 
shall  be  elected  by  the  ballots  of  a  majority  of  the  regular 
members  present.  The  mode  of  voting  in  all  other  cases,  ex¬ 
cept  when  otherwise  specified  in  the  Constitution,  or  when 
otherwise  determined  by  the  society,  shall  be  by  viva  voce  vote 
of  a  majority  ;  provided ,  that  one-third  of  the  regular  members 
present  shall  have  the  right  to  demand  the  record  of  the  yeas 
and  nays. 

ARTICLE  II. 

Members. 

Section  1.  Every  member  must,  before  taking  part  in  the 
proceedings,  sign  the  regulations  of  this  society,  inscribing  his 
name  and  address  in  full,  and  the  title  of  the  institution  by 
which,  with  the  year  when,  graduated  ;  and  must  pay  all  sums 
due  by  him  to  the  society. 

Sec.  2.  No  person  shall  be  elected  a  member  of  this  society 
at  the  same  meeting  wheu  his  name  may  be  proposed,  nor  un¬ 
less  recommeuded  by  two  members  as  possessing  fully  the 
qualifications  for  membership.  In  any  case,  at  the  request  of 
two  members  present,  such  proposal  for  membership  shall  be 

16 


338  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

submitted  to  the  Judiciary  Committee  for  report  at  the  follow¬ 
ing  meeting. 

Sec.  3.  Any  member  may  resign,  provided  that  he  has  paid 
all  dues,  and  that  there  be  no  charges  against  him.  Any  mem¬ 
ber  neglecting  two  official  notifications  to  pay  his  dues,  shall 
forfeit  membership  and  shall  not  be  re-elected  until  said  dues 
shall  have  been  paid. 

Sec.  4.  No  member  present  shall  be  excused  from  voting, 
except  by  a  majority  of  those  present. 

Sec.  5.  No  member  shall  be  required  to  read  his  own  address, 
report,  essay,  or  other  paper ;  provided  that  a  member,  well 
known  to  be  a  good  reader,  be  ready  to  act  as  bis  substitute. 

Sec.  (>.  Medical  men  or  men  learned  iu  the  collateral 

branches  of  science,  on  a  visit  to . Parish,  may  be 

permitted  to  attend  meetings  on  being  introduced  by  a  member 
of  this  society. 

ARTICLE  III— OFFICERS,  DUTIES  OF— 

President. 

Section  1.  The  President  shall  (a)  preside,  with  the  assist¬ 
ance  of  the  Vice-Presidents,  at  all  meetings ;  (b)  appoint  all 
committees,  as  provided  in  Section  3,  Article  10,  of  the  Consti¬ 
tution  ;  (c)  fill  ad  interim  all  vacancies  that  may  occur ,  (d)  call 
special  meetings ;  (e)  inspect  the  records  and  archives  of  the 
society  and  report  any  inaccuracies  and  delinquencies  in  refer¬ 
ence  thereto ;  (f)  approve  or  disapprove  all  requisitions  on  the 
funds  of  the  treasury;  (g)  give  a  casting  vote  when  necessary; 
(h)  act  as  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  the  efficient  organiza¬ 
tion  of  this  society  ;  (i)  report,  at  the  close  of  his  term  of  office, 
what  has  been  accomplished  to  promote  the  objects  of  this 
society,  recommending  such  measures  as  he  may  deem  neces¬ 
sary  to  promote  these  objects  more  effectively :  (j)  and  perform 
all  such  other  duties  as  this  society,  custom  and  parliamentary 
usage  may  require. 


Vice-Presidents. 

Sec.  2.  (a)  Such  Vice-President  as  the  President  or  the  society 
may  select  shall,  in  the  absence  of  the  President  from  the  meet¬ 
ing  or  from  the  chair,  discharge  his  duties,  and  if  all  these 
officers  be  absent,  the  society  shall  elect  a  President  pro  tern ; 
(b)  each  Vice-President  is  charged  with  the  special  duty  of 
promoting  the  efficient  organization  of  the  society,  and  shall 
be  a  member  of  the  committee  for  this  purpose. 

Recording  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

Sec.  3.  (a)  This  officer  shall  keep  one  or  more  books  for  the 
record  of  (1)  the  regulations  of  this  society  (with  any  further 
changes  thereof  arranged  for  ready  reference),  the  names  of 
members  subscribed  thereto  (see  Section  1,  Article  II,  By- 


1879] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


339 


Laws),  and  a  list  of  officers  and  members  alphabetically  ar¬ 
ranged  ;  (2)  the  minutes  of  the  proceedings ;  (3)  the  receipts, 
expenses,  debts,  credits,  and  property  of  the  society,  (b)  He 
shall  give  notice,  when  necessary,  of  meetings,  of  any  special 
duty  imposed  on  a  member,  of  the  fees  due  by  each,  and  of 
election  to  membership  in  the  society,  (c)  He  shall  collect  all 
fees  and  other  sums  due,  notify  delinquents  of  the  necessity  for 
prompt  payment,  and  report  the  names  of  persistent  delin¬ 
quents  to  the  society,  (d)  He  shall  report  annually  the  finan¬ 
cial  condition  of  the  society,  recommending  such  measures  as 
he  may  deem  necessary. 

Corresponding  Secretary  and  Librarian. 

Sec.  4.  (a)  This  officer  shall  keep  one  or  more  books  for  the 
record  of  (1)  the  correspondence  of  the  society ;  (2)  the  cata¬ 
logue  of  its  books  and  scientific  property,  and  (3)  the  alpha¬ 
betical  registration  of  all  practitioners  of  medicine  in . 

Parish,  on  December  31st,  of  every  year.  This  alphabetical 
list  shall,  as  far  as  practicable,  record  the  names,  residence,  in¬ 
stitution  by  which,  and  year  when  graduated,  of  every  prac¬ 
titioner  in . Parish,  dividing  these  into  three  classes,  viz  : 

Practitioners  of  unquestionable  good  standing  ;  practitioners  of 
unknown  or  doubtful  repute,  designating  which ;  and  irregular 
practitioners,  designating  whether  homoeopaths,  eclecties, 
Thompsonians,  etc. 

(b)  He  shall  be  a  member  of  the  Committee  on  the  Efficient 
Organization  of  this  society. 

(c)  He  shall  present  an  annual  report,  which  shall  contain, 
among  other  things,  a  list  of  deaths,  removals,  and  arrivals  (for 

permanent  residence)  of  practitioners  in . Parish  during 

the  year,  closing  with  the  last  day  of  the  year. 

ARTICLE  IV. 

COMMITTEES  —DUTIES,  ETC. 

Standing  Committee  on  the  Efficient  Organization  of  this  Society. 

Section  1.  This  committee,  composed  of  the  President  (as 
chairman,)  of  the  Vice-Presidents,  and  of  the  Corresponding- 
Secretary,  shall  devise  and  recommend  measures  to  promote 
the  efficiency  of  this  society;  and  shall  report  annually  all 
measures  necessary  to  be  adopted,  in  order  to  support  the  State 
Medical  Association,  and  to  maintain  affiliation  therewith. 

Judiciary  Committee. 

Sec.  2.  (a)  This  committee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  five 
members. 

(b)  It  shall  take  cognizance  of,  and  report  upon,  questions  of 
an  ethical  or  judicial  character  that  may  arise  in  connection 
with  this  society ;  shall  investigate  the  status,  if  questionable, 
of  any  member,  or  of  any  person  proposed  for  membership,  and 


340  Abstract  of  Proceedings  [August 

shall  consider  all  questions  of  a  personal  character,  such  as 
complaints,  protests,  etc. 

(c.)  A  charge  against  a  member  of  this  society,  must  be  made 
in  writing  to  the  President,  who  shall  report  the  charge  to  the 
society,  as  also  to  the  accused  member,  and  refer  it  to  the  Ju¬ 
diciary  Committee — the  members  of  which  may  be  increased  at 
the  discretion  of  the  society.  The  Judiciary  Committee  shall, 
after  due  notice  to  the  accused  member,  investigate  the  charge ; 
shall  keep  an  accurate  written  record  of  the  facts  and  evidence 
in  the  case;  shall  prepare  a  summary  of  the  chief  facts  agreed 
to  by  both  parties,  and  of  those  in  dispute  with  the  evidence  pro 
and  con  thereon,  adding  thereto  the  recommendation  of  each 
member  of  the  committee ;  which  recommendation  shall  be  to 
dismiss  the  charge,  to  exonorate,  to  hue,  to  reprimand,  to  sus¬ 
pend,  or  to  expel  the  accused  member.  All  the  proceedings  of 
the  committee  shall  be  referred  to  the  society  for  final  action 
thereon,  at  a  meeting  to  which  all  the  members  have  been  sum¬ 
moned,  with  notice  of  the  special  business  to  be  disposed  of. 
A  vote  of  two-thirds  by  ballot,  of  all  members  present,  shall  be 
required  to  expel  a  member ;  a  majority,  by  recorded  yeas  and 
nays,  shall  effect  the  decision  of  any  issue  involved,  other  than 
expulsion. 

(d)  If,  after  due  notification,  an  accused  member  fail  to  ap¬ 
pear  at  the  time  and  place  of  trial,  he  shall,  unless  satisfactory 
excuse  be  rendered  at  the  time,  be  considered  as  admitting  the 
truth  of  the  charges  against  him,  and  shall  be  liable  to  sentence 
accordingly. 

Committee  on  State  Medicine  and  Legislation. 

Sec.  3.  (a)  This  committee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  .... 
members,  and  shall,  from  time  to  time,  report  to  the  society 

upon  the  condition,  needs  and  prospects  in .  parish  of 

each  one  of  the  four  branches  of  State  Medicine. 

(b)  It  shall  recommend  the  enactment,  repeal,  or  modifica¬ 
tion  of  such  State  laws  and  parish  ordinances,  relating  to 
medical  interests  as  it  may  deem  advisable,  presenting  these 
recommendations  in  the  form  and  words,  which  it  is  proposed 
shall  be  enacted. 

Committee  on  Scientific  Essays ,  Reports ,  Discussions. 

Sec.  4.  (a)  This  committee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than 

.  members,  (b)  It  shall  make  provision  for  and  have 

general  supervision  over  the  scientific  proceedings  of  the  meet¬ 
ings  ;  select  a  list  of  essayists,  aud  reporters,  and  of  subjects 
for  discussion,  to  the  end  that  each  meeting  of  the  society  may 
be  made  instructive  and  attractive  to  the  members,  (c)  It 
shall  particularly  encourage  the  consideration  of  all  medical 
subjects  of  special  importance  to  the  parish,  aud  to  this  State. 


1879J  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  341 

Committee  on  Publication. 

Sec.  5.  This  committee  shall  consist  of  not  less  than . 

members,  and  the  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Scientific 
Essays,  etc.,  the  Recording  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  and  the 
Corresponding  Secretary  and  Librarian  shall  be  members  of 
said  committee,  with  the  Recording  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  as 
chairman  thereof.  It  shall  discharge  the  duties  usually  as¬ 
signed  such  a  committee ;  and  in  the  discharge  of  these  duties 
it  shall  require  that  there  shall  be  attached  to  the  published 
reports  and  original  papers  belonging  to  this  society  the  follow¬ 
ing  :  “  The . Parish  Medical  Society,  although  publishing  or 

recommending  for  publication  the  reports  of  committees,  orig¬ 
inal  papers  of  its  members,  etc.,  holds  itself  irresponsible  for 
the  opinions,  theories,  and  criticisms  therein  contained,  except 
when  otherwise  decided  by  special  resolution.”  It  may  refer  to 
the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society  any  specially  meritorious 
report,  essay,  or  paper. 


ARTICLE  V. 

Annual  Orator. 

Section  1.  An  orator  shall  be  elected  at  a  regular  meeting 
to  deliver  an  address  at  the  succeeding  annual  meeting.  He 
need  not  be  a  member  of  this  society. 

ARTICLE  VI. 

Delegates. 

Section  1.  The  Committee  on  Organization  shall  recommend 
to  the  society  at  appropriate  times  members  for  election  or 
appointment  as  delegates  ;  notifying  the  society  of  the  num¬ 
ber,  which  this  society  is  entitled  to,  of  delegates  to  the  State 
Medical  Society,  and  to  the  American  Medical  Association. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

Funds  and  Appropriations. 

Section  1.  The  annual  fee  due  by  each  regular  member  shall 
be,  until  otherwise  ordered  by  the  society, . 

Sec.  2.  Funds  may  be  disbursed  by  the  Treasurer  for  the 
payment  of  (1)  the  necessary  expenses  of  the  meetings  ;  (2)  the 
necessary  expenses  of  officers  and  committees ;  and  (3)  the  as¬ 
sessment  of  the  State  Medical  Association — upon  a  requisition 
signed  by  a  member  and  approved  by  the  President.  Funds 
shall  not  be  disbursed  for  other  purposes  unless  approved  by 
vote  of  the  society. 

ARTICLE  VIII. 

Meetings. 

Section  1.  The  regular  meetings  shall  be  held,  until  other- 


342 


Abstract  of  Proceedings 


[August 


wise  ordered  by  a  majority  of  the  society,  in  the . 

. ,  on  the 

.  The  annual  meeting 

shall  be  the  regular  meeting  in  the  month  of . 

Order  of  Business. 

Sec.  2.  The  order  of  business  shall  at  all  times  be  subject  to 
the  vote  of  two-thirds  of  all  the  members  present  ;  and  until 
permanently  altered,  except  when  for  a  time  suspended,  it 
shall  be  as  follows  : 

(1)  Call  to  order;  (2)  reading  and  consideration  of  the  min¬ 
utes  ;  (3)  reading  of  communications ;  (4)  proposals  for  mem¬ 
bership  ;  (5)  report  of  officers  and  of  committees  and  action 
thereon  ;  (6)  election  of  members;  (7)  unfinished  business  ;  (8) 
new  business ;  (9)  reading  of  original  papers  and  discussion 
thereof;  (10)  debate  on  a  subject  selected  by  the  Committee  on 
Scientific  Essays,  etc.,  and  announced  at  a  previous  meeting, 
to  be  opened  by  a  member  appointed  by  the  President;  (11) 
relation  of  cases  and  of  medical  news  ;  (12)  arrangement  and 
announcement  of  scientific  work  for  the  following  meeting ; 
(13)  adjournment. 

Rules. 

Sec.  3.  (1)  The  reading  of  no  report,  essay,  or  original  paper 
shall  in  its  delivery  exceed  thirty  minutes,  unless  by  special 
permission  of  the  society,  and  no  speaker  shall,  in  debate  on 
any  one  subject,  exceed  ten  minutes,  nor  speak  more  than  once, 
until  every  member,  choosing  to  speak,  shall  have  spoken — nor 
shall  he  speak  more  than  twice  without  leave  of  the  society. 

(2)  A  member  shall  not  interrupt  another,  while  speaking, 
unless  to  call  him  to  order  or  to  correct  a  mistake,  and  inter¬ 
ruptions  for  these  purposes  shall  not  be  considered  as  speaking- 
in  debate. 

(3)  A  vote  shall  not  be  reconsidered  at  the  same  meeting  by 
a  smaller  number  than  was  present  at  its  passing. 

(4)  When  a  report  is  read  it  is  thereby  received  :  and  when 
it  may  at  any  time  be  considered,  and  in  whole  or  in  part  may, 
by  vote  of  the  society,  be  accepted,  and  thereby  is  adopted. 


NEW  ORLEANS 

Medical  js nd  Surgic/l  Journal. 


SEPTEMBER,  1879. 


PAGINAL 


UNICATIONS. 


Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 

BY  JOSEPH  JONES,  M.  D., 


Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medicine,  Medical  Department  University  of  Louis¬ 
iana;  Visiting  Physician  of  Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans. 


{Extracts  from,  Clinical  Lecture  delivered  in  the  Amphitheatre  of  the  Charity 
Hospital ,  February  oth,  1879.  Reported  for  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal.) 

LECTURE  Y. 


TREATMENT  OF  YELLOW  FEVER,  AND  CLINICAL  LECTURES  ON 
THE  YELLOW  FEVER  EPIDEMIC  OF  1878. 


Concluded  from  August  No. 

Of  late  years,  tlie  view  held  by  Hippocrates,  Aselepiades, 
Campanella,  Van  Helmont,  Sydenham,  Stahl,  Boerhaave,  So- 
bernheim,  and  many  others,  that  fever  was  salutary  in  that  it 
removes  from  the  system  the  existing  products  of  disease,  and 
was  a  conscious  and  voluntary  effort  on  the  part  of  Nature  to 
free  herself  from  the  detrimental  substances  which  had  forced 
themselves  into  the  system,  lias  receded  into  the  back  ground, 
and  the  conviction  has  been  steadily  gaining  ground  that,  quite 
apart  from  the  fundamental  disease,  fever  (increase  of  heat),  of 
itself ,  causes  great  danger  to  the  patient,  in  fact  that  in  many 
febrile  disorders  the  majority  of  the  patients  who  die,  die  not, 
of  the  disease  proper,  but  of  the  accompanying  fever.  In  typhus 


d44 


Original  Communications.  [September 

and  similar  diseases,  many  physicians  of  learning  and  experi¬ 
ence  regard  the  fever  as  the  essential  danger,  and  have  been 
naturally  led  to  find  in  the  fever  the  essential  object  of  treatment. 
The  experience  of  the  present  day  has  shown  that  under  the 
action  of  a  long  continued  high  fever-temperature,  the  cell 
elements  of  a  large  number  of  organs  degenerate,  and  are  at 
length  destroyed ;  in  the  liver  the  cells  are  abnormally  filled 
with  granules  and  fat-globules,  the  nuclei  become  invisible,  the 
sharp  contours  of  the  cells  disappear,  and  they  are  represented 
only  by  loose  conglomerations  of  granular  debris  ;  in  the  kid¬ 
neys  similar  alterations  are  found,  chiefly  in  the  epithelium  of 
the  cortical  substance ;  in  the  heart  the  transverse  strife  of  the 
primitive  fibres  are  indistinct  and  obliterated,  and  the  fibres 
filled  with  abundant  fat-globules,  the  color  of  the  heart  is  much 
paler,  of  a  greyish  and  brownish  yellow,  and  the  whole  muscle 
is  strikingly  soft  and  easily  torn;  in  the  voluntary  muscles 
there  is  the  same  indistinctness  of  the  primitive  fibres  caused 
by  granular  and  fatty  parenchymatous  degeneration ;  and  even 
in  the  blood  vessels  of  the  brain  similar  alterations  are  found. 
As  the  cause  of  the  febrile  rise  in  temperature  is  increased 
combustion,  and  as  the  appetite  and  digestion  are  generally  so 
affected  as  to  prevent  the  replacement  of  the  loss  of  the  corporeal 
substance  by  the  increased  combustion,  it  is  evident  that  every 
fever  is  attended  by  loss  of  substance,  and  wasting ;  and  it  is 
farther  evident  that  such  consumption  in  protracted  or  chronic 
febrile  complaints  may  be  the  final  cause  of  death.  Whilst 
on  the  other  hand,  in  such  an  acute  febrile  complaint  as  yellow 
fever,  there  is  without  doubt  during  the  active  stages,  a  rapid 
decrease  of  substance,  this  wasting  is  neither  the  greatest  nor 
the  most  important  symptom,  nor  can  it  be  considered  as  the 
cause  of  the  great  fatality  of  this  disease.  Countless  human 
beings  have  died  of  yellow  fever  before  any  appreciable  degree 
of  wasting  has  been  occasioned ;  and  we  must  refer  the  exceed¬ 
ingly  rapid  and  fatal  nature  of  the  disease  to  the  celerity  with 
which  its  poison  induces  profound  changes  in  the  blood,  heart, 
liver  and  kidneys  and  nervous  system,  and  to  the  conse¬ 
quent  high  temperature.  After  a  careful  examination  of  the 
symptoms  during  life,  and  the  lesions  after  death,  I  have- 
been  unable  to  establish  any  connection  between  the  tissue 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


345 


1879J 


changes  and  the  degree  of  heat  during  the  febrile  stage; 
but  that  such  relationship  exists  may  be  inferred  from 
the  facts  that  in  almost  all  cases  of  yellow  fever,  where 
the  temperature  does  not  exceed  102°  F.,  or  even  103°,  the 
symptoms  are  comparatively  mild,  and  the  tendency  is  to 
recovery. 

Whilst  we  cannot  fully  subscribe  to  the  dogma  that  the  essen¬ 
tial  danger  in  yellow  fever  consists  in  the  deleterious  influence  of 
a  high  temperature  on  the  tissues  ;  at  the  same  time  we  freely  ad¬ 
mit  that  the  material  changes  lead  to  functional  disturbances 
of  all  the  organs,  which  lead  to  disorganization  of  the  blood, 
uraemic  poisoning,  convulsions,  and  finally  to  cardiac  and  cere¬ 
bral  paralysis. 

If  it  be  held  that  in  yellow  fever  the  greatest  danger  is  to  be 
looked  for  in  the  height  of  the  temperature  of  the  body,  and 
that  the  raising  of  the  temperature  beyond  a  certain  point  is  in 
a  large  number  of  cases  the  direct  or  indirect  cause  of  death  ; 
then  the  essential  problem  in  the  treatment  is  to  lower  the  tem¬ 
perature,  to  cool  the  patient.  The  most  efficient  remedies  for 
this  purpose  are,  1st.  Active  purgation  and  large  doses  of 
quinine  in  the  first  twenty-four  hours  of  the  fever.  2d.  The 
employment  at  regular  intervals  from  the  inception  of  the  fever, 
of  such  measures  and  agents  as  promote  free  perspiration  and 
diuresis,  as  the  hot  mustard  foot  bath,  frictions  with  fresh 
olive  oil,  orange  leaf  tea,  sage  tea,  and  spirits  of  nitric  ether. 
3d.  The  employment  at  regular  intervals  from  the  inception  of 
the  fever,  of  those  agents  which  control  the  action  of  the  heart 
and  arteries,  quiet  the  nervous  system  and  reduce  animal  heat, 
as  aconite,  veratrum  viride,  and  gelsemium  semper virens ;  4th, 
local  and  general  blood-letting ;  5th,  the  free  employment  at 
regular  intervals  from  the  inception  of  the  fever,  of  the  so- 
called  antizymotic  remedies,  carbolic  acid,  sulpho  carbolate  of 
sodium,  sulphide  of  sodium,  and  black  sulphuret  of  mercury. 
6th.  Sponging  the  surface  with  water,  diluted  acetic  acid,  di¬ 
luted  alcohol,  sedative  water,  and  greatly  diluted  aqua  ammo¬ 
nia.  7th.  The  cold  or  tepid  water  bath,  and  cold  or  tepid  water 
sprinkling  in  cots  or  beds  specially  prepared  for  this  purpose. 
In  other  words  those  antipyretic  and  autithermal  remedies 
and  measures  should  be  instituted  which  reduce  the  action  of 


346  Original  Communications.  [September 

the  heart  and  arteries,  promote  free  perspiration,  control  exces¬ 
sive  chemical  action  in  the  blood,  by  their  antiseptic  and  anti- 
zymotic  properties,  and  directly  reduce  the  heat  of  the  surface. 

Nothing  apparently  could  be  simpler  than  the  fulfillment  of 
the  seventh  method  indicated  above,  namely,  the  plunging  of 
the  hot  yellow  fever  patient  into  cold  water ;  rubbing  his  sur¬ 
face  with  blocks  of  ice,  or  placing  him  upon  a  cot  properly  con¬ 
structed,  in  irrigating  his  body  with  either  warm  or  cold  water, 
thus  abstracting  the  heat  directly  and  by  evaporation  from  the 
surface.  From  the  time  of  Hippocrates  to  the  present  day, 
efforts  have  been  made  to  conquer  fever  heat  with  cold  water, 
but  the  English  physician,  Dr.  James  Currie,  who  more  than 
seventy  years  ago  frequently  employed  the  thermometer  in  the 
diagnosis  and  treatment  of  diseases,  and  who  strenuously  advo¬ 
cated  the  use  of  water  warm  and  cold  as  a  remedy  in  fevers  and 
other  diseases,  should  be  regarded  as  the  true  founder  of  modern 
Hydropathy,  notwithstanding  that  his  method  gradually  fell 
out  of  use  and  was  almost  forgotten,  in  the  treatment  of  fevers 
until  1861,  when  Ernest  Brand,  of  Stettin,  published  his  book 
about  the  hydropathic  treatment  of  typhus.  The  work  of  Ernest 
Brand  did  good  service  in  stimulating  other  physicians  to  make 
trial  of  this  method  and  probably  led  to  the  energetic  and  experi¬ 
mental  researches  of  the  Kiel  observers.  Bartels  and  Jurgensen, 
of  Kiel,  have  shown  that  in  the  majority  of  patients  thor¬ 
oughly  cold  baths  may  be  used  without  danger  as  often  as  may 
be  necessary,  that  is  as  often  as  the  temperature  in  the  interior 
of  the  body  may  again  have  risen  beyond  a  certain  limit.  The 
great  results  of  the  cold  water  treatment  date  from  the  publi¬ 
cation  of  these  experiences  in  1866.  It  was  throughout  shown 
that  such  results  could  only  be  attained  by  controlling  the 
temperature  of  the  patient  by  day  and  night,  and  using  the 
cold  bath  as  often  as  the  bodily  temperature  required  it.  It 
is  usually  necessary  to  give  from  six  or  eight  cold  baths  in  the 
twenty-four  hours.  In  severe  cases  it  happens  that  the  bath 
has  to  be  given  twelve  times  in  the  twenty-four  hours.  Profes¬ 
sor  C.  Liebermeister,  of  Tubingen,  who  has  recorded  his  exten¬ 
sive  and  valuale  experience  with  this  method  of  treatment, 
has  used  as  many  as  two  hundred  baths  in  the  treatment  of  an 
obstinate  case  of  typhus. 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


347 


1879J 


In  the  Kiel  Hospital,  from  1850-1861,  out  of  330  typhus  pa¬ 
tients,  51  died  under  ordinary  treatment,  that  is  15.4  per  cent. 
On  the  other  hand,  from  1863,  out  of  160  cases  which  were 
consistently  treated  with  cold  water,  only  5  died,  that  is  3.1  per¬ 
cent. 

In  the  hospital  at  Basle,  where  abdominal  typhus  is  ex¬ 
tremely  common  and  very  virulent,  until  the  year  1865,  the 
treatment  was  of  the  ordinary  symptomatic  and  expectant 
kind.  When,  in  1865,  Professor  C.  Liebermeister  undertook 
the  direction  of  the  department  of  Basle,  baths  were  given 
more  regularly,  but  still  generally  only  once  or  twice  a  day, 
rarely  twice.  At  the  same  time,  in  order  to  aid  the  antipy- 
resis,  quinine  or  digitalis  was  used,  but  not  in  so  energetic  a 
manner,  nor  according  to  such  established  indications  as  later. 
At  length,  however,  from  September,  1866,  after  Professor  0. 
Liebermeister  had  seen  the  convincing  communications  of  Jiir- 
gensen,  of  the  results  obtained  at  Kiel,  baths  were  employed  in 
gradually  increasing  frequency,  and  by  degrees  somewhat 
colder,  until  at  last,  near  the  commencement  of  the  year  1868, 
the  method  of  treatment  has  been  fairly  settled. 

Professor  C.  Liebermeister  has  given  the  following  valuable 
statistics  as  the  effects  of  different  modes  of  treatment  of  ab¬ 
dominal  typhus,  in  the  hospital  at  Basle. 

I.  With  ordinary  treatment ,  1843-1853,  cases  of  typhus  fever 
444 ;  deaths  135 ;  mortality  30.4  per  cent.  1854  to  1859,  cases 
643  ;  deaths  173  ;  mortality  20.7  per  cent.  1860  to  1864,  cases 
631 ;  deaths  162 ;  mortality  25.7  per  cent. 

II.  With  imperjeet  antipyretic  treatmen',  January,  1865,  to 
September,  1866,  cases  982 ;  deaths  159 ;  mortality  16.2  per 
cent. 

III.  With  consistent  antipyretic  treatment,  September,  1866- 
1870,  845  cases  ;  64  deaths;  mortality  7.6  per  cent. 

Favorable  reports  of  the  antipyretic  treatment  of  abdominal 
typhus  came  also  from  numerous  hospitals,  as  those  in  Munich, 
Erlangen,  Wurzburg,  Nuremberg,  Griefswald,  Jena,  and  Halle. 
According  to  Professor  C.  Liebermeister,  this  mode  of  treat¬ 
ment  is  not  alone  useful  in  abdominal  typhus,  but  generally  it 
is  of  value  in  every  other  disease  accompanied  by  fever,  in 
which  the  rise  of  temperature  of  the  body  brings  danger  by  its 


348  Original  Communications.  [September 

height  or  duration  ;  and  the  region  of  these  diseases  is  now 
proved  to  be  much  greater  than  had  formerly  been  anticipated  ; 
all  complaints  belonging  directly  to  it  which,  as  a  rule,  are  ac¬ 
companied  by  somewhat  severe  and  continued  fever.  According 
to  Professor  Liebermeister,  the  most  brilliant  results  are  natur¬ 
ally  to  be  expected  in  those  diseases  in  which  the  danger  chiefiy 
or  exclusively  depends  on  the  fever ;  but  only  slightly  on  the 
local  disturbances,  as,  for  instance,  in  abdominal  typhus,  exan- 
thematic  typhus,  scarlet  fever,  etc.  But  much  is  gained  even 
in  those  diseases  in  which  severe  and  dangerous  local  lesions 
exist,  if  we  can  succeed  in  allaying  the  danger  arising  from 
the  fever.  For  instance,  Professor  Liebermeister  affirms  that 
very  favorable  results  are  furnished  by  the  consistent  use  of 
the  cold  water  treatment  in  those  severe  forms  of  pneumonia 
which  are  usually  called  typhoid,  bilious  or  asthenic.  Professor 
Liebermeister  has  treated  more  than  200  eases  of  pneumonia  in 
this  manner,  and  has  employed  cold  baths  in  scarlatina,  measles, 
in  the  primary  fever  of  small  pox,  in  pleurisy,  in  puerperal  fever, 
and  in  meningitis  cerebro  spinal  epidemica. 

The  temperature  of  the  baths  employed  by  Professor  Lieber¬ 
meister  is  generally  20°  0.  (08°  F.),  and  only  in  hot  summer 
weather,  or  when  from  particular  circumstances,  a  lower  tem¬ 
perature  is  required,  it  may  be  restored  by  putting  in  pieces  of 
ice.  The  length  of  the  bath  amounts,  as  a  rule,  to  ten  minutes, 
a  much  longer  time  is  disagreeable  to  the  patients  and  possibly 
might  be  productive  of  injurious  consequences.  If  a  weak  per¬ 
son  be  so  affected  by  the  bath  that  he  continues  shivering  for  a 
long  time  afterward,  or  even  collapses,  it  is  advisable  to  limit 
the  duration  to  live  or  seven  minutes.  Such  a  short  cold  bath 
is  always  more  effective  than  a  far  longer  continued  bath. 
Directly  after  the  bath  the  patient  must  rest,  for  that  purpose, 
without  being  first  dried,  he  must  be  wrapped  up  in  a  dry  blan¬ 
ket,  laid  in  bed,  which  may  be  somewhat  warmed  at  its  foot 
end,  lightly  covered  up,  and,  under  certain  circumstances, 
should  have  a  glass  of  wine  given  him,  and  only  after  some¬ 
time  has  elapsed  should  his  night  dress  be  put  on.  Cold 
douches,  as  direct  calometric  examination  shows,  have  much 
less  effect  than  cold  baths  of  equal  temperature  and  duration, 
and  are  much  more  unpleasant  to  the  patient.  Cold  packings 


1870J 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


340 


are  generally  well  borne,  even  by  the  weakest  patient,  particu¬ 
larly  if  the  feet  and  legs  are  left  free.  A  series  of  three  or 
*0111'  consecutive  packings  of  from  ten  to  twenty  minutes  each, 
have  about  the  same  effect  in  cooling  the  body  as  a  cold  bath 
of  ten  minutes  duration.  Local  abstractions  of  heat  by  cold 
applications,  ice-bladders,  etc.,  appear  to  have  an  essential  in¬ 
fluence  on  the  temperature  of  distant  parts  of  the  body.  In  a 
healthy  man,  the  bodily  temperature  becomes  reduced  by  cold 
drinks,  swallowing  ice,  and  by  cold  enemata,  etc.,  and  about 
as  much  as  corresponds  to  the  quantity  of  warmth  required  for 
warming  the  introduced  material ;  a  regulated  increase  in 
the  production  of  heat  does  not  take  place,  as  in  the  cooling  of 
the  external  skin.  This  is  a  circumstance  of  essential  significa¬ 
tion  ;  and  if  the  general  effect  of  such  abstractions  be  not  very 
great,  there  is  this  advantage  that  there  is  no  opposition  to  be 
overcome,  and  no  great  demand  is  made  on  the  system.  If  it 
were  possible  to  abstract  large  quantities  of  heat  from  the  in¬ 
ternal  organs,  without  causing  much  irritation,  this  would  be 
theoretically  the  most  commendable  form  of  refrigeration.  The 
proposition  to  wash  out  the  intestinal  mucous  membrane  for  a 
length  of  time  with  a  constant  stream  of  cold  water,  by  means 
of  a  double-action  (esophageal  tube  carried  far  up  the  rectum, 
one  pipe  of  which  should  be  put  in  communication  with  the 
reservoir,  appears  worthy  of  trial. 

Professor  Liebermeister,  whilst  strenuously  advocating  the 
preceding  method  of  treating  fevers,  at  the  same  time  admits 
that  the  extreme  obstinacy  of  fever  in  many  cases,  which  is 
occasionally  not  to  be  overcome  by  the  most  persistent  use  of 
baths,  as  well  as  the  circumstance  that  many  patients  will  not 
bear  a  sufficiently  frequent  employment  of  them,  renders  it 
necessary  to  use  freely  such  remedies  as  quinine,  digitalis,  and 
veratrurn,  for  the  reduction  of  the  temperature  of  the  body. 

During  the  yellow  fever  epidemic  of  1.37.3,  the  effort  was  made 
by  several  physicians  to  reduce  the  fever  heat  by  cold  water 
baths,  cold  packings,  and  cold  water  sprinkling.  We  have  no 
reliable  statistics,  of  the  results  of  these  imitations  of  the  experi¬ 
ments  of  Currie  and  of  the  German  hydropathists ;  but  as  far 
as  my  knowledge  extends,  they  were  not  attended  with  favor- 


350 


Original  Communications. 


[September 


able  issues  in  comparison  with  other  modes  of  treatment,  and 
were  not  to  any  extent  adopted  by  the  most  experienced  and 
intelligent  physicians.  The  heralding  of  some  of  these  hydro¬ 
pathic  experiments  in  the  daily  newspapers,  as  well  as  the 
death  of  the  New  York  physician,  Ur.  Kibbee,  on  his  own  fever 
cot,  under  the  process  of  water  sprinkling ,  did  not  convince 
either  the  profession  or  the  public  as  to  the  value  of  such  mea¬ 
sures  in  the  treatment  of  yellow  fever. 

The  objections  to  the  employment  of  the  hydropathic  treat¬ 
ment  in  yellow  fever  are  briefly  these : 

1st.  The  yellow  fever  poison  induces  rapid  and  profound  alter¬ 
ations  in  the  ultimate  muscular  fibres  of  the  heart,  causing 
obliteration  of  the  transverse  striae,  and  granular  and  fatty 
degeneration. 

The  pulse  at  the  commencement  of  the  attack  is  rapid  and 
full.  The  frequency  of  the  pulse  does  not,  however,  as  a  gene¬ 
ral  rule,  continue  to  correspond  with  the  elevation  and  oscilla¬ 
tions  of  temperature,  as  in  many  other  febrile  diseases  ;  and  in 
many  cases  of  yellow  fever,  the  remarkable  phenomenon  is  wit¬ 
nessed  of  the  pulse  progressively  decreasing  in  frequency,  and 
even  descending  below  the  normal  standard,  while  the  tempera¬ 
ture  is  maintained  at  an  elevated  degree;  and  on  the  other 
hand,  the  pulse  frequently  increases  in  frequency,  but  diminishes 
in  force,  near  the  fatal  issue.  The  occurrence  of  copious  haemor¬ 
rhage  from  the  stomach  or  bowels  may  be  attended  with  sudden 
depression  of  temperature,  and  increase  in  frequency  but  dimin¬ 
ution  in  the  force  and  fullness  of  the  pulse.  I  have  observed 
cases  in  which,  even  in  young  persons,  the  pulse  upon  the  5th, 
6th  and  7th  days  of  severe  cases  of  yellow  fever,  has  not  ex¬ 
ceeded  36  beats  per  minute.  I  have  also  observed  many  cases 
in  which  the  pulse  was  intermittent,  both  during  the  active 
stages  and  during  the  period  of  depression. 

The  remarkable  progressive  decrease  in  the  beats  of  the 
pulse  after  the  first  stage  of  yellow  fever,  appears  to  be  due  to 
several  causes  ;  as  the  anatomical  changes  in  the  heart  (acute 
fatty  degeneration),  and  the  retention  in  the  blood  of  the  bile 
and  urinary  constituents. 


1879 J  Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever.  351 

It  is  well  known  that  absolute  rest  in  the  recumbent  position 
is  one  of  the  most  important  indications  in  the  treatment  of 
yellow  fever ;  it  is  also  known  to  the  experienced  physician, 
that  rapid  rises  in  temperature,  sudden  collapse,  fatal  syncope, 
and  profuse  haemorrhage  from  the  stomach  and  bowels  and 
wild  delirium,  coma  and  death,  may  be  caused  by  the  mere 
removal  of  the  patient  from  a  private  residence  to  the  hospital, 
or  by  the  injudicious  rising  of  the  patient  and  getting  out  of 
bed. 

It  appears,  therefore,  from  these  conditions  of  the  heart,  and 
circulatory  and  nervous  systems,  that  the  cold  water  or  hydro¬ 
pathic  treatment  is  inappropriate  and  dangerous  in  yellow  fever, 
in  that  it  necessitates  frequent  change  of  position  and  frequent 
exertion. 

2d.  The  kidneys  are  profoundly  altered  in  many  cases  of 
yellow  fever,  and  many  deaths  are  caused  by  the  structural 
alterations  of  these  organs  ;  and  in  every  case  of  yellow  fever 
there  is  a  greater  or  less  tendency  to  congestion  of  these  organs 
desquamation  of  the  excretory  cells,  and  the  exudation  of 
albuminoid  and  granular  matter. 

The  cold  water,  or  hydropathic  treatment,  therefore,  is  inap¬ 
propriate  and  dangerous  in  yellow  fever,  in  that  it  tends  to  in¬ 
duce  fatal  congestions  of  the  kidneys. 

I  have  seen  some  good  results  accomplished  both  in  my 
private  and  hospital  practice,  in  cases  of  urinary  suppression, 
by  the  injection  of  large  quantities  of  ice-cold  water  into  the 
rectum  ;  and  this  method,  as  well  as  swallowing  fragments  of 
ice  and  sponging  the  surface  of  the  body  with  cooling  evapo¬ 
rating  lotions,  appear  to  be  the  measures  best  adopted  to  cool 
the  fever  heat  in  yellow  fever. 

In  order  to  reduce  and  control  the  febrile  heat  in  yellow 
fever,  I  relied  chiefly  upon  early  and  free  purgation,  and  the  use 
of  quinine  internally  and  externally  (chiefly  by  the  latter 
method)  veratrum  viride,  aconite,  gelsemium  sempervirens, 
cold  water  and  fragments  of  ice  (ice-cold  carbonic  acid  water, 
Apollinaris  water),  frictions  with  olive  oil,  and  such  antizy- 
motic  agents  as  sulpho-carbolate  of  sodium. 

2 


352 


Original  Communications. 


[September 


10.  ANTIZYMOTIC  REMEDIES  (SULPHO-CARBOLATE  OF  SODIUM, 
ETC.)  IN  THE  TREATMENT  OF  YELLOW  FEVER. 

The  employment  of  such  antiseptic  remedies  as  sulphuret 
(black  sulphuret)  of  mercury,  salicylic  acid,  creasote,  carbolic 
acid  and  sulpho-carbolate  of  sodium,  should  engage  the  atten¬ 
tion  of  the  medical  profession  in  the  treatment  of  yellow  fever. 

1  shall  coniine  my  observations  to  the  last-named  remedy.  In 
1873,  I  treated  over  50  cases  of  yellow  fever,  and  have  the  de¬ 
tails  of  the  cases  in  which  I  employed  the  sulpho-carbolate  of 
sodium  with  apparent  benelit. 

From  direct  clinical  observation,  and  from  experiments  on 
animals,  I  was  led  to  believe  that  the  black  vomit  might,  by  its 
decomposition  in  the  stomach  and  re-absorption  into  the  blood, 
be  one  cause  of  death  by  septicaemia.  I  endeavored,  therefore, 
to  modify  and  prevent  these  changes  by  the  use  of  the  sulpho- 
carbolate  of  sodium  ;  and  at  that  time  (1873),  three  cases  of 
yellow  fever  attended  with  high  temperature  (105.5-107.5°) 
and  black  vomit  recovered  under  the  use  of  this  agent.  The 
sulpho-carbolate  of  sodium  was  employed  in  scruple  and  half 
drachm  doses  every  4  to  0  or  8  hours.  This  treatment  1  found 
to  be  especially  adapted  to  severe  cases,  when  the  first  stage 
has  been  attended  with  high  fever,  and  in  which  we  infer  from 
the  nausea  and  vomiting  that  black  vomit  will  be  an  inevitable 
result.  During  the  recent  epidemic  of  1878,  1  employed  the 
sulpho-carbolate  in  near  two  hundred  cases  of  yellow  fever  with 
satisfactory  results.  It  was  administered  in  from  10  to  20  grains 
in  orange  leaf  tea  every  4  hours,  during  the  active  febrile 
stage.  It  is  almost  wholly  tasteless,  and  in  uo  instance  did  I 
observe  it  to  produce  any  irritation  of  the  stomach.  The  objec¬ 
tions  to  carbolic  acid,  that  it  has  an  unpleasant  taste,  and  is 
often  irritating  to  the  gastric  mucous  membrane,  and  that  it 
can  be  administered  only  in  small  doses,  do  not  apply  to  the 
sulpho-carbolate  of  sodium. 

Dr.  Sansom,  by  a  series  of  well  devised  and  carefully  exe¬ 
cuted  experiments,  has  established  the  fact  that  large  doses  of 
the  sodium  sulpho-carbolate  may  be  administered  with  impu¬ 
nity  to  both  animals  and  man. 

Dr.  Sansom  found  that  20  grain  doses  of  sodium  sulpho- 
carbolate  could  be  readily  administered  to  adults.  So  free 


1879J 


Jokes — Treatment  of  Yellow  Ferer. 


353 


from  taste  was  the  solution,  that  many  said  that  it  seemed  only 
like  water  itself.  The  dose  was  increased  in  several  cases  to 
<>()  grains,  administered  every  4  hours.  The  only  direct  effect 
noted,  was  a  slight  tendency  to  vertigo  or  dizziness.  The  odor 
of  carbolic  acid  could  be  readily  detected  in  the  breath.  The 
urine  of  a  patient  who  had  taken  300  grains  of  sodium  sulpho- 
carbolate  in  twenty-four  hours,  was  collected  and  examined. 
It  presented  no  evidence  of  the  presence  of  carbolic  acid,  but 
contained  a  considerable  quantity  of  sodium-sulphate.  It 
showed  a  marked  tendency  to  resist  putrefaction. 

It  would  appear,  therefore,  that  sodium  sulpho-carbolate 
administered  to  a  living  animal  is  rapidly  absorbed  and  pro¬ 
jected  throughout  the  system.  In  the  blood,  or  the  tissues,  the 
double  salt  is  decomposed,  the  sodium  sulphate  being  set  free 
in  the  tissues,  and  ultimately  excreted  by  the  kidneys:  the 
carbolic  acid  also  liberated  in  the  textures,  eventually  for  the 
most  part  escaping  by  the  lungs.  It  is  probable,  also,  that 
some  portion  of  the  carbolic  acid  is  eliminated  by  the  urine.  It 
follows  that  the  administration  of  sodium  sulpho-carbolate  is  an 
indirect  means  of  administering  carbolic  acid;  and  inasmuch 
as  at  least  one-fourth  of  the  weight  of  the  sulpho-carbolate 
employed  consists  of  carbolic  acid,  we  find  that  an  amount 
equalling  from  15  to  90  grains  per  diem  can  be  administered  of 
the  latter.  It  is  obvious  that  the  direct  administration  of  this 
amount  of  carbolic  acid  would,  from  its  nauseous  character  and 
its  difficulty  of  manipulation,  be  not  readily  accomplished ;  and 
there  would  be  a  danger  of  the  toxic  action  of  the  latter  being 
manifest,  a  result  which  does  not  occur  when  the  sulpho-carbo¬ 
late  is  administered.  It  is  probable  that  in  this  latter  case, 
there  is  a  gradual  evolution  of  carbolic  acid,  which  at  no  time 
is  in  sufficient  amount  to  manifest  its  poisonous  action  It  is 
possible  that  the  sulpho-carbolate  of  sodium,  administered  in  5 
grain  doses  (dissolved  in  water)  three  times  a  day,  may  prove 
an  efficient  and  valuable  prophylactic  during  the  prevalence  of 
yellow  fever.  Sodium  sulpho-carbolate  has  been  also  adminis¬ 
tered  with  marked  benefit  in  the  treatment  of  ulcerative  tonsil¬ 
litis,  sloughing  ulceration  of  the  tonsils,  scarlatina,  erysipelas, 
enteric  fever  and  tuberculosis. 


.”>54  Original  Communications.  [September 

In  1857,  Professor  Polli,  of  Milan,  introduced  sulphurous 
acid,  and  the  sulphites  and  hyposulphites  of  the  alkalies,  and 
alkaline  earths,  with  the  avowed  object  of  withstanding  the 
internal  decomposition  occurring  in  zymotic  diseases.  These 
agencies  were  regarded  not  as  influencing  septic  agencies,  but 
as  opposing  the  catalytic  changes  supposed  to  occur  according 
to  Liebig’s  theory  of  fermentation  and  zymosis.  According  to 
Professor  Polli,  these  salts  do  not  act  as  poisons  towards  the 
several  morbific  ferments.  They  do  not  kill  the  catalytic  germs 
of  the  organic  poisons,  but  they  re-act  on  the  material  compo¬ 
nents  of  our  organism,  rendering  it  by  their  presence  incapable 
of  being  acted  on  by  these  catalytic  germs.  The  sulphite  of 
sodium  was  used  during  the  epidemic  yellow  fever  of  1878,  as 
a  prophylactic,  and  also  by  some  physicians  in  the  direct  treat¬ 
ment  of  the  disease,  but  we  have  no  data  to  show  the  relative 
value  of  these  measures. 

It  has  also  been  proposed  to  employ  in  the  treatment  of  yel¬ 
low  fever,  the  Ethiop’s  mineral  (black  sulphuret  of  mercury), 
holding  two  agents,  sulphur  and  mercury,  which,  since  the 
time  of  Valisneri,  have  always  been  regarded  as  the  most 
potent  of  parasiticides  and  germ  destroyers,  whether  used  in¬ 
ternally  or  applied  externally.  The  black  sulphuret  of  mer¬ 
cury  may  be  given  in  doses'  of  from  12  to  50  grains,  without 
causing  salivation,  and  as  a  prophylactic  against  cholera 
plague  and  other  contagious  diseases  the  Italian  physicians 
recommend  the  Ethiop’s  mineral  daily,  in  the  following  doses  : 
for  children  2  years,  1£  grains;  2  to  5  years,  2  grains  ;  5  to  12 
years,  3  grains ;  12  to  20  years,  3£  grains ;  20  years  and  up¬ 
wards,  4i  grains. 

11th.  While  local  blood-letting  may  be  beneficial  in  the  first 
stage,  when  practiced  chiefly  for  the  relief  of  local  congestions 
of  the  stomach  and  kidneys,  general  blood-letting  is  injurious 
on  account  of  its  depressing  effects  upon  the  heart  and  nervous 
system.  Cut  cups  should  be  employed  with  caution,  and  in  the 
majority  of  cases  they  are  unnecessary.  I  have,  however,  used 
them  with  signal  benefit  in  several  cases  after  the  supervention 
of  black  vomit.  In  three  cases  of  children  during  the  epi¬ 
demic  of  1878,  in  which  I  abstracted  blood  from  the  epigas¬ 
trium  by  cut  cups,  after  the  supervention  of  black  vomit, 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


355 


1879J 


recovery  took  place;  and  I  attributed  the  favorable  issue 
largely  to  the  local  abstraction  of  blood.  In  like  manner  the 
local  abstraction  of  blood  has  proved  beneficial  in  congestions 
of  the  kidneys  and  brain  ;  in  the  former  case  the  cut  cups  or 
leeches  are  applied  to  the  back  over  the  region  of  the  kidneys, 
and  in  the  latter  to  the  temples  and  back  of  the  neck.  During 
the  epidemic  I  always  carried  my  cupping  instruments  with 
me  and  applied  them  immediately  with  my  own  hands  when 
their  use  was  indicated.  The  delay  of  one  or  more  hours  in 
securing  the  services  of  a  “ professional  cupper  f  may  prove 
fatal.  In  most  cases  the  circulation  will  best  be  influenced  by 
dry  cups,  sinapisms,  and  hot  mustard  foot  baths. 

Blood-letting,  either  in  large  or  small  quantities  repeated  at 
intervals,  is  injurious,  because  it  permanently  reduces  the 
pulse,  prostrates  the  powers  of  life,  and  quickens  the  fatal 
termination. 

12th.  The  employment  of  the  mineral  acids  internally,  as  the 
nitro-muriatic,  from  its  supposed  beneficial  effects  upon  the 
jaundice,  as  well  as  of  the  tincture  of  the  sesquichloride  of  iron, 
from  its  supposed  power  of  arresting  or  preventing  black  vomit, 
is  of  very  doubtful  propriety.  If  the  view  be  correct  that  black 
vomit  is  intimately  associated  with  and  even  dependent  upon 
impairment,  if  not  complete  suppression  of  the  functions  of  the 
kidneys,  and  if,  to  a  certain  extent,  it  be  an  effort  of  nature  to 
relieve  the  blood  of  certain  poisonous  constituents,  such  agents 
can  have  little  or  no  remedial  power,  and  they  are  in  many 
cases  directly  injurious  by  their  irritant  action  upon  the  con¬ 
gested,  irritated  and  softened  gastric  mucous  membrane. 

13th.  Such  stimulating  diuretics  as  oil  of  turpentine,  whether 
used  internally  or  externally,  are  dangerous,  in  that  they  may 
cause  fatal  congestion  of  the  kidneys,  followed  by  uraemic 
poisoning.  On  the  other  hand  the  spirits  of  nitric  ether,  and 
the  mild  saline  diuretics  (we  have  already  pointed  out  the  value 
of  certain  mineral  waters),  will  prove  in  most  cases  beneficial. 
A  pleasant  effervescing  draught  may  be  extemporaneously  pre¬ 
pared  as  follows :  If — Potassi  bicarb.,  3iij.;  aquae  destillatae,  f  ^iij. 
b — Acidi  citrici,  3ij.;  aquae  destillatae,  f^iij.  One  tablespoonful 
of  each  mixture,  with  two  tablespoonfuls  of  ice  cold  water, 
mingled  together,  every  two,  three  or  four  hours. 


356  Original  Comnivnicaiions.  [September 

14th.  Cantharides  (blisters),  should  be  used  with  judgment, 
on  account  of  their  irritant  effects  (that  is  of  the  absorbed 
cantharidin)  upon  the  kidneys  and  urinary  apparatus.  In  some 
cases  of  black  vomit,  unaccompanied  by  urinary  suppression,  I 
have  derived  benefit  from  blisters  to  the  epigastrium;  and  also 
in  cases  of  great  cerebral  disturbance,  they  appeared  to  accom¬ 
plished  some  good  when  applied  to  the  back  of  the  neck. 

L5th.  The  sudden  fatal  termination  of  many  cases  of  yellow 
fever,  is  to  be  referred  chiefly  to  the  suddeu  arrest  of  the  func¬ 
tion  of  the  kidney;  complete  suppression  of  urine  in  yellow 
fever,  is  of  more  fatal  import,  even  than  black  vomit,  which  it 
accompanies  and  precedes.  In  cases  of  suppression  of  urine 
in  yellow  fever,  the  malpighian  corpuscles  and  tubuli  uriniferi 
are  filled  with  granular  albuminoid  matter,  oil  globules,  and 
detached  epithelial  cells.  If  the  cassation  of  the  excretion  of 
the  urine  was  due  simply  to  capillary  congestion  or  defective 
inervation,  it  might  be  met  by  appropriate  remedies  ;  but  the 
results  of  my  chemical  and  microscopical  examinations  have 
placed  in  a  clear  light  the  reason  of  the  impotency  of  all 
measures  heretofore  proposed  for  the  relief  of  this  fatal 
symptom. 

I  have  in  several  cases  of  temporary  suppression  of  urine  in 
yellow  fever,  restored  the  excretion  by  throwing  large  quan¬ 
tities  of  ice-cold  water  into  the  rectum.  Ergot,  either  in  the 
form  of  the  tincture  or  fluid  extract,  has  been  said  to  have 
restored  the  excretion  of  urine,  but  this  powerful  agent  has 
failed  in  my  hands.  The  subcutaneous  injection  of  ergot  and 
ergotine,  has  been  employed  by  several  physicians  for  the 
arrest  of  black  vomit,  and  cases  thus  treated  have  been  pub¬ 
lished  in  the  daily  newspapers  and  in  the  medical  journals,  and 
recovery  in  these  cases  was  referred  to  the  effects  of  ergot,  used 
by  subcutaneous  injection.  It  is  well  known  that  iu  this  epi¬ 
demic  as  in  preceding  epidemics,  numbers  of  cases  of  yellow 
fever,  with  black  vomit,  have  recovered  under  various  modes  of 
treatment.  Thus,  I  have  seen  the  black  vomit  arrested  in  some 
cases  by  cut  cups,  in  others  by  the  ice  bag  to  the  epigastrium  ; 
iu  others  again  by  the  following  prescriptions:  li.  Calcis  carb. 
precip.  3iij.;  pulv.  gum  aeaei;e3ij.;  aquae  destillatae  f^iij.  Mix.: 
tablespoonful  every  half  hour.  ft.  Calcis  carb.  precip.  3iij ; 


Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 


357 


1879] 


kreasote  Til xxx  j  emulsion  gum  acaciae  ffiv.  Mix.  Sig.  Table¬ 
spoonful  every  two  or  three  hours. 

We  frequently  observe  the  change  in  the  color  of  the  black 
vomit  from  the  dark  brown  and  black  to  the  florid  hue,  from 
the  neutralization  of  the  acid  of  the  gastric  juice  by  the  car¬ 
bonate  of  lime. 

16th.  The  maintenance  of  free  ventilation,  and  at  the  same 
time,  the  avoidance  by  proper  coverings  of  sudden  changes  of 
temperature. 

1  have  shown  by  numerous  careful  analysis  of  the  urine,  and 
by  microscopical  examinations  of  the  kidneys  after  death,  that 
in  fatal  cases,  the  lesion  of  these  organs  is  profound.  The 
results  of  these  investigations  afford  an  explanation  of  the 
fact  that  sudden  changes  or  depressions  of  temperature  often 
cause  sudden  and  fatal  changes  in  cases  of  yellow  fever. 
By  sudden  depressions  of  temperature,  the  function  of  the  skin 
is  diminished  or  arrested,  internal  congestions  promoted  and 
augmented  in  the  enfeebled  state  of  the  circulatory  and  ner¬ 
vous  systems  which  characterize  the  second  stage  of  calm  and 
depression,  and  the  already  crippled  kidneys  have  an  addi¬ 
tional  amount  of  work  thrown  upon  them,  while  at  the  same 
time  they  are  still  further  incapacitated  for  the  performance  of 
this  work  by  the  increased  congestion. 

17th.  While  opium  and  its  preparations  may  in  certain  cases 
attended  with  sleeplessness  and  great  restlessness  in  the  first 
stage,  produce  fa  vorable  results,  at  the  same  time  they  possess 
no  power  of  arresting  or  curing  the  disease,  and  should  be 
used  with  great  caution,  as  they  may  act  with  great  energy  and 
even  poisonous  effects  when  the  function  of  the  kidneys  is 
impaired  or  arrested.  This  observation  applies  equally  whether 
opiates  be  administered  by  the  mouth  or  by  subeutaneons  in¬ 
jection.  The  effect  of  yellow  fever  on  the  system  is  to  make  it 
sensitive  to  narcotics.  Even  when  yellow  fever  attacks  those 
who  are  suffering  with  delirium  tremens,  they  lose  their  toler¬ 
ance  for  narcotics.  Daniel  Blair  has  well  said  that  the  injury 
frequently  arising  from  the  use  of  morphia  is  chiefly  due  to  its 
action  on  the.  secretions  of  the  kidneys;  it  impairs  their  func¬ 
tion,  *ud  when  the  march  of  symptoms  is  already  verging  on 
that  of  uremic  suppression,  although  the  tranquilizing  effects 


358  Original  Communications.  [September 

of  the  drug  may  be  pleasant  for  the  time  and  well  marked,  it 
indirectly  induces  head  symptoms  and  adds  to  the  uremic  poi 
soiling,  'flie  rule  therefore  would  be  not  to  give  it  where  there 
is  suppression  or  tendency  to  suppression. 

As  a  general  rule,  suppression  of  the  urinary  secretion  is 
speedily  followed  by  restlessness,  delirium  and  coma,  and,  in 
some  cases,  convulsions.  It  is  folly  to  expect  any  good  results 
from  sedatives  and  the  various  preparations  of  opium  in  such 
cases.  Counter  irritants  to  the  surface,  cut  cups  and  the  pro¬ 
longed  use  of  warm  baths  are  the  measures  which  promise  the 
most  good. 

18th.  Transf  usion  of  blood  suggests  itself  as  a  measure  to  be 
considered  in  the  second  stage  of  yellow  fever  in  extreme  cases, 
where  the  issue  appears  to  depend  mainly  upon  the  prolonga¬ 
tion  of  the  struggle. 

When  we  consider  the  history  of  trausfusion  of  blood  and 
saline  solutions,  the  doubtful  nature  of  the  results,  and  the 
dangers  of  the  operation;  and  farther,  that  favorable  cases  of 
yellow  fever  recover  rapidly;  no  one  would  feel  justified  in  per¬ 
forming  transfusion,  except  in  extreme  cases. 

When  we  consider  still  farther  the  nature  of  the  lesions  in 
severe  cases,  the  dilated  and  enfeebled  capillaries,  the  weak 
circulation,  degenerated,  flabby,  feeble  acting  heart,  the  con¬ 
gested  gastric  mucous  membrane,  the  fatty  degeneration  of  the 
liver,  the  congested  and  altered  condition  of  the  kidneys,  the 
defibrinated  blood,  loaded  with  urea  and  bile,  and  the  passive 
haemorrhages  resulting  from  capillary  congestion  and  defibrin¬ 
ation  of  the  blood,  it  is  impossible  to  conceive  in  what  manner 
any  benefit  could  arise  from  the  injection  into  the  blood  vessel 
system  of  saline  solutions  or  of  fresh  blood. 

19th.  The  maintenance,  as  far  as  possible,  of  absolute  rest 
in  the  recumbent  posture.  This  precaution  appears  to  be  indi¬ 
cated  by  the  results  of  experience,  as  well  as  by  the  lesions  of 
the  heart,  which  L  have  shown  by  careful  post-mortem  exami¬ 
nations  to  be  characteristic  of  this  disease. 

The  central  organ  of  the  circulation  is  structurally  altered  and 
enfeebled  in  yellow  fever.  The  muscular  structures  of  the  heart 
present  alterations  similar  to  those  observed  in  the  liver  and 
kidneys. 


1879J  Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever.  359 

Oil  and  granular  albuminoid  matter  is  deposited  within  and 
around  the  muscular  fibril  lee.  and  the  organ  after  death  pre¬ 
sents  a  yellow,  flabby  appearance.  In  some  cases,  time  is  re¬ 
quired  for  the  restoration  of  its  free  and  vigorous  action,  and 
this  result  is  impossible  without  absolute  and  continuous  rest 
in  the  recumbent  position. 

Every  case  of  yellow  fever  should  be  regarded  as  serious ,  however 
slight  the  symptoms  may  appear  ;  and  on  account  of  the  profound 
structural  alterations  of  the  heart ,  liver  and  kidneys,  and  the  pro- 
found  alterations  of  the  blood ,  the  closest  medical  attendance  and 
the  most  caref  ul  nursing  are  demanded. 

20th.  After  the  subsidence  of  the  fever,  the  diet  and  drink 
should  still  be  restricted  to  articles  of  the  blandest  and  lightest 
description,  administered  at  regular  intervals  in  small  quan¬ 
tities.  A  careful  guard  should  be  kept  against  the  commission 
of  any  indiscretion  in  eating  or  drinking,  or  sitting  up  in  bed, 
on  the  part  of  the  patient,  and  against  the  officious  interference 
of  friends  in  such  matters.  The  food  should  consist  chiefly  of 
beef  tea,  chicken  tea,  arrow  root,  sago,  milk  and  barley  water, 
and  when  the  stomach  is  at  all  irritable  these  should  be  taken 
in  minute  quantities  at  a  time.  The  same  rule  applies  to  drinks 
of  all  kinds,  as  the  patients  are  generally  greedy  for  large- 
draughts  of  fluids.  By  sucking  liquids  through  a  glass  tube 
of  small  bore,  or  by  administering  them  by  tea  or  tablespoons- 
ful,  they  are  much  more  likely  to  be  retained. 

When  wines,  or  brandy  or  whisky  are  used,  the  greatest 
care  should  be  exercised  as  to  their  freedom  from  impurities. 
Moderate  quantities  of  the  best  hock,  champagne,  or  weak 
brandy  and  water,  well  cooled,  may  be  used  with  benefit  in 
some  cases. 

If  the  disease  ceases  with  this  stage,  the  same  carefulness 
must  be  extended  to  the  period  of  convalescence.  If  aperients 
are  required,  the  effervescing  powder,  the  carbonate  and  sul¬ 
phates  of  magnesia,  separately  or  in  combination,  may  be 
administered  internally,  or  the  bowels  may  be  kept  open  by 
saline  enema.  When  there  is  evidence  of  excess  of  acid 
in  the  stomach,  the  bicarbonate  of  soda  in  combination  with  ni¬ 
trate  of  potash,  may  be  used  in  from  five  to  ten  grains  at  a 
3 


360  Original  Communications.  [September 

dose,  and  the  practitioner  should  be  careful  not  to  introduce 
an  excess  of  alkali. 

When  the  mucous  surfaces,  as  indicated  by  the  tongue,  are 
denuded  of  epithelium,  the  use  of  gum-water  may  be  beneficial 
by  lubricating  and  soothing  the  raw  surfaces. 

Even  when  black  vomit  appears,  although  the  chances  of 
life  are  fearfully  diminished,  the  physician  must  not  abandon 
his  patient,  and  even  in  this  stage  the  disease  may  be  curable. 
This  has  been  accomplished  in  some  cases  by  vigilantly  watch¬ 
ing  the  symptoms  and  mitigating  them,  and  by  sustaining  and 
husbanding  the  general  powers  of  life.  I  have  seen  a  mitiga¬ 
tion  of  the  emesis  by  the  internal  use  of  the  sulpho-carbolate 
of  sodium,  creasote  and  carbonate  of  bine  in  mucilage.  Dry 
cups,  sinipisms,  and  the  ice-bag  have  proved  useful  for  the  re¬ 
lief  of  epigastric  tenderness  and  vomiting.  Blisters,  leeches, 
and  cut  cups  should  be  avoided  in  this  stage,  as  they  tend  to 
depress  the  already  exhausted  powers. 

21st.  If  intermittent  or  remittent  fever  supervenes,  as  it 
does  in  many  cases  of  yellow  fever  occurring  in  highly  malarious 
regions,  the  remedies  applicable  to  paroxysmal  fevers,  espe¬ 
cially  quinine,  bark,  iron  and  arsenic,  and  strychnia  should  be 
employed. 

If  swellings  and  abscesses  and  carbuncles  arise  after  the 
cessation  of  the  active  stages  of  the  disease,  and  thus  continue 
the  febrile  excitement ;  as  soon  as  the  stomach  regains  sufii- 
cient  power,  the  bitter  tonics  and  tincture  of  iron  and  quinine 
should  be  freely  used  internally,  and  iodine  and  carbolic  acid 
and  tannic  acid  applied  locally.  In  these  cases,  which  are  often 
protracted  for  weeks  and  months,  the  diet  should  be  of  the 
most  nutritious  character,  with  a  liberal  supply  of  porter  and 
ale.  The  contents  of  abscesses  should  be  discharged  at  the 
earliest  moment. 

The  following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  plan  of  treatment 
based  upon  the  preceding  principles,  which  I  carried  out  dur¬ 
ing  the  epidemic  yellow  fever  of  1878,  in  New  Orleans : 

The  total  number  of  cases  treated  in  my  private  practice  was 
256;  total  deaths  18.  One  death  in  14.2  cases.  Mortality  7.0 
per  cent.  Of  256  cases  238  recovered,  giving  a  per  cent,  of 
93.35  recoveries. 


1879]  Jones — Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever.  30i 

1st.  If  there  was  any  reason  to  suppose  that  the  stomach 
contained  undigested  food,  it  was  immediately  evacuated  by  an 
emetic.  Powdered  ipecacuanha  root,  mixed  with  warm  water, 
was  most  generally  employed. 

2d.  The  bowels  were  freely  evacuated  as  early  as  possible. 
To  accomplish  this  end,  and  also  at  the  same  time  to  induce  an 
impression  upon  the  system  by  quinine,  from  10  to  20  grains 
each  of  quinine  and  calomel  were  administered  to  adults,  and 
followed  with  a  full  dose  of  castor  oil  (oleum  ricini),  in  doses 
of  from  half  an  ounce  to  one  ounce  for  an  adult. 

3d.  The  action  of  the  skin  was  excited  by  the  use  of  the  hot 
mustard  foot  bath,  and  mild  diuretics  as  orange  leaf  tea  and 
by  frictions  of  fresh  olive  oil. 

4th.  The  function  of  the  kidneys  was  maintained  by  the 
regular  use  of  cold  water  and  Apollinaris  water ;  by  attention 
to  the  covering  of  the  patient  and  avoidance  of  cold  draughts. 

5th.  Absolute  rest,  in  a  well  ventilated  room,  with  absence 
of  noise  and  excitement,  and  with  careful  nursing  night  and 
day. 

6th.  The  patients  were  confined  to  barley  water  duringjjthe 
period  of  febrile  excitement. 

7th.  The  patients  were  not  allowed  to  rise  from  the  bed  upon 
any  pretext  whatever.  The  medicines  and  drinks  and  nourish¬ 
ment  were  administered  by  means  of  the  sick  cup.  Whether 
the  case  was  mild  or  severe,  the  patient  was  required  to  remain 
quietly  in  bed  from  eight  to  fourteen  days,  and  even  longer  in 
severe  cases. 

8th.  In  many  cases,  especially  in  adult  natives  of  New  Or¬ 
leans,  these  measures  rigidly  enforced  were  sufficient. 

9th.  When  the  initial  temperature  was  high  and  the  pulse 
rapid,  such  antipyretic  and  antizymotic  remedies  were  used  as 
tincture  veratrum  viride,  2  to  4  drops  In  orange  leaf  tea,  every 
two  or  four  hours;  frictions  with  quinine  liniment,  composed 
of  from  one  to  two  drachms  of  the  sulphate  of  quinia,  mixed 
with  three  fluid  ounces  each  of  soap  linament  and  olive  oil ; 
sulpho-carbolate  of  sodium,  10  grains  in  orange  leaf  tea  every 
4  hours. 

10th.  Cold  applications  to  the  head,  sedative  water,  vinegar 
and  water,  whisky  and  water,  and  cloths  saturated  in  cold 


362  Original  Communications.  [September 

water,  were  freely  used  when  there  was  heat  about  the  head 
and  nervous  irritability. 

11th.  Gastric  irritation  was  treated  by  sinapisms  to  the  epi¬ 
gastrium,  cold  applications,  and  in  some  cases  cut  cups,  and 
carbonate  of  lime  (precipitated)  administered  internally. 

12th.  As  a  general  rule,  the  use  of  opiates  and  chloral  was 
discarded.  In  some  cases,  however,  attended  with  great  nerv¬ 
ous  excitement,  and  unattended  by  urinary  suppression,  these 
agents  were  employed,  and  apparently  with  benefit. 

13th.  When  the  kidneys  were  involved  seriously,  and  the 
urine  diminished  in  amount,  cut  cups  were  applied  to  the  loins, 
followed  by  flaxseed  poultices.  Bromide  of  potassium  in  such 
cases  appeared  to  increase  the  flow  of  urine,  and  at  the  same 
time  to  quiet  the  nervous  system. 

14th.  After  the  subsidence  of  the  febrile  excitement,  iced 
champagne  and  beef  tea  were  administered  in  small  quantities 
at  regular  intervals. 

In  typhoid  cases  attended  with  tympanitic  bowels,  ice  cold 
enemas,  containing  small  quantities  of  tincture  of  assafcetida 
and  oil  of  turpentine,  were  found  to  be  beneficial.  It  was  also 
found  that  in  some  cases  large  enema  of  ice  cold  water  not 
merely  reduced  the  febrile  heat,  stimulated  the  bowels  to  expel 
the  gaseous  accumulations,  but  also  promoted  the  action  of  the 
kidneys. 

15th.  When  secondary  fever  ensued,  and  presented  an  inter¬ 
mittent  or  remittent  type,  the  sulphate  and  bromide  of  quinia 
were  freely  used,  and  when  the  stomach  would  tolerate  nourish¬ 
ment  and  stimulants,  beef  tea,  chicken  tea,  and  tender  beef 
steak,  and  good  port  wine  and  brandy,  and  whisky  were 
administered. 

16th.  When  carbuncles  and  abscesses  supervened,  and  pro¬ 
longed  convalescence  and  endangered  the  life  of  the  patient, 
the  tincture  of  iron,  quinine,  the  mineral  acids  and  bitter  tonics, 
with  alcoholic  stimulants,  were  freely  used,  together  with  nutri¬ 
tious  diet,  and  the  local  application  of  carbolic  acid,  tincture  of 
iodine,  tannic  acid  and  tincture  of  opium. 

17th.  Be  lapses  were  avoided  by  confining  the  patient  to  bed 
until  the  heart  had  regained  its  usual  vigor,  and  by  strict 
attention  to  diet  of  a  simple  but  nutritious  kind. 


363 


1879]  Friedrichs — Influence  of  Diseased  Teeth. 

18th.  Each  case  was  carefully  studied ;  accurate  records  of 
the  temperature  and  pulse,  aud  of  the  symptoms  and  treatment, 
were  preserved,  and  the  treatment  directed  accordingly.  It 
was  my  experience  that  the  careful  recording  of  the  symptoms, 
once,  twice,  and  even  three  times  daily,  not  merely  aided  the 
physician  in  the  most  effective  manner,  but  also  established  a 
quiet  and  most  valuable  confidence  on  the  part  of  the  patient 
and  his  attendants. 

In  concluding  these  Clinical  Lectures  on  the  Yellow  Fever 
Epidemic  of  1878,  whilst  expressing  my  appreciation  of  the 
diligent  attention  of  the  students  of  the  Medical  Department  of 
the  University  of  Louisiana,  1  desire  also  to  express  to  my  pu¬ 
pils,  my  thanks  to  my  kind  friends  and  skillful  physicians  and 
surgeons,  Dr.  A.  Foster  Axson,  Dr.  Joseph  T.  Scott,  and  Pro¬ 
fessor  Samuel  Logan,  M.D.,  of  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  and 
Professor  Henry  F.  Campbell,  M.D.,  Professor  L.  A.  Dugas, 
M.D.,  L.L.D.,  and  Professor  Lewis  I).  Foard,  M.D.,  L.L.I).,  of 
Augusta,  Georgia. 


The  Influence  of  Diseased  Teeth  Upon  the  General  System. 

By  A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.D. 

1  have  chosen  the  above  subject  because,  in  the  practice  of 
my  specialty,  I  have  frequently  come  across  cases  of  aggravated 
diseases,  arising  from  neglect  due  to  the  ignorance  of  medical 
advice ;  and  believe  that  the  time  has  now  arrived  when  prac¬ 
titioners  of  medicine  should  fully  comprehend  the  importance 
of  the  teeth,  and  appreciate  their  influence,  when  diseased, 
upon  the  adjacent  parts,  and  upon  the  general  system. 

Teeth  should  not  be  looked  upon  as  mere  pegs  or  nails  in¬ 
serted  into  living  structure,  but  as  organs  having  the  most  im¬ 
portant  relationship  to  the  whole  system;  there  hardly  being  a 
period  in  life  that  a  knowledge  concerning  their  growth  and 
development  would  not  be  of  some  service  to  us  in  our  practice, 
and  I  think  if  we,  professional  men,  would  devote  a  very  small 
portion  of  our  time  to  their  study,  we  would  thereby  be  render¬ 
ing  ourselves  a  future  benefit. 


304  Original  Communications.  [September 

Consider  with  me,  for  an  instant,  liow  they  are  supplied  with 
nerves,  their  attendant  ganglia  and  plexuses,  their  position  in 
the  maxillary  bones  (on  each  side  of  the  oral  cavity),  their  re¬ 
lationship  to  the  antrum  which  is  again  in  contiguity  to  the 
nasal  fossae.  The  posterior  lower  molars  are  but  little  removed 
from  the  tonsils,  Eustachian  tubes,  the  parotid  region  and  the 
external  and  internal  ear.  The  roots  of  the  upper  back  teeth 
are  near  to  the  orbit  and  its  important  contents  ;  more  poste¬ 
riorly  they  approach  the  spheno-m axillary  fossa  and  fissure,  all 
of  whicli  are  frequently  the  seats  of  dental  disease. 

The  gums  and  teeth,  very  often,  are  valuable  aids  as  a 
means  of  diagnosis  in  hereditary  sylphilis,  scrofula  and  the 
various  pathological  conditions  of  the  gastro-intestinal-mucous 
canal. 

During  dentition,  a  period  so  fraught  with  danger,  that  seven 
per  cent,  of  the  deaths  are  ascribed  to  teething.  We  can  fully 
appreciate  this,  when  we  consider  at  this  epoch,  how  much  the 
spinal  predominates  over  the  cerebral  system,  when  the  slight¬ 
est  irritation  could  produce  the  most  fatal  results ;  for,  that 
which  causes  a  shudder  in  man,  would  very  likely  throw  an 
infant  into  convulsions. 

The  symptoms  of  dental  irritation  may  then  be  and  fre¬ 
quently  are  confounded  with  congestion  or  inflamation  of  the 
brain ;  and  full  well  we  know  what  would  likely  be  the  result 
of  a  failure  in  a  correct  diagnosis. 

1  will  mention  a  few  of  the  maladies  which  are  dependent 
upon  or  synchronous  with  the  eruptive  period,  to-wit :  cholera 
infantum,  diarrhoea,  constipation,  increase  or  decraase  of  urine, 
convulsions,  transient  palsy  of  the  arms  and  legs,  insomnia, 
marasmus,  etc. 

The  foregoing  suggests  to  me  the  propriety  of  drawing  your 
attention  to  that  favorite  method  of  treatment  for  actual  or 
supposed  dental  irritation.  I  mean  that  of  gum  lancing.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  the  gums  have  been  frequently  lanced  during 
the  period  of  repose  which  characterizes  evolution  or  when  the 
osseous  structure  of  the  maxilla  still  remains  unabsorbed 
over  the  advancing  tooth.  A  great  many  physicians  perform 
this  operation  indiscriminately,  simply  because  they  happened 
to  stumble  over  a  case  where  the  relief  of  tension  in  the  con- 


1870]  Friedrichs — Influence  of  Diseased  Teeth.  365 

gested  tissue  sufficed  to  relieve  an  attack  of  convulsions.  The 
only  time  when  the  incision  of  the  parts  can  be  productive  of 
any  benefit  is  when  the  tooth  is  just  beneath  the  gum  and  there 
is  a  manifest  congestion  ;  otherwise  it  is  a  procedure  not  only 
useless,  but  barbaric. 

Retardation  in  the  development  of  teeth  is  also  a  means  of 
indicating  future  disease.  For  example,  when  their  eruption 
is  delayed  beyond  nine  months,  there  is  every  reason  to  sus¬ 
pect  that  the  child  is  suffering  from  rickets — a  valuable  means 
of  diagnosing  that  disease,  for  which  we  are  indebted  to  Sir 
William  Jenner. 

1  will  now  mention  some  of  those  diseases  connected  with  the 
teeth  which  occur  at  a  latter  period  of  life. 

There  is  no  affection  that  is  of  greater  importance  to  us  than 
neuralgia ;  certainly  none  more  annoying  to  our  patients. 

Suppose  we  call  to  mind  the  extensive  sympathetic  connec¬ 
tions  of  the  tri-geminal  nerve ;  it  will  not  be  strange  to  us  that 
any  portion  of  the  face,  neck,  throat,  or  any  of  the  associated 
parts  that  are  supplied  by  the  nerve  itself  or  any  of  its  related 
nerves,  should  be  the  seat  of  reflex  trouble  from  a  diseased 
tooth. 

But  recently  a  gentleman  came  to  my  office,  who  was  suffer¬ 
ing  from  a  most  agonizing  pain  shooting  from  the  orbit  of  one 
side,  across  the  forehead,  to  the  other. 

This  neuralgia  had  continued  for  two  months,  during  which 
time  lie  had  had  hardly  any  rest,  had  eaten  hardly  anything, 
and  when  T  saw  him,  was  quite  emaciated.  Tie  had  been  under 
the  treatment  of  physicians,  quacks,  homoeopaths  and  a  hydro- 
path,  but  with  no  relief.  Tie  never  complained  of  the  slightest 
pain  from  his  teeth;  but  however,  in  examining  his  mouth  for 
a  cause,  I  discovered  a  semi  decayed  dead  posterior  superior 
bicuspid,  with  no  connection  between  the  cavity  of  decay  and 
the  pulp  cavity.  With  a  spear-shaped  drill  I  established  a  con¬ 
nection  between  the  two  cavities,  and  relief  instantly  followed. 

The  cause  of  this  neuralgia  was  the  compression  of  the  gases 
evolved  from  the  decomposing  pulp  upon  the  dental  nerve. 

Dr.  Johnston  speaks  of  a  case  of  a  well  known  physician  who 
was  forced  to  relinquish  an  extensive  practice,  as  a  consequence 


366  Original  Communications.  [September 

of  a  tie,  douloureux  caused  by  an  osseous  excrescence  growing 
from  the  dental  wall. 

Dr.  Emmeuch  reports  a  case  wherein  a  man  consulted  him 
on  account  of  a  painful  affection  of  his  eye,  which  had  lasted 
fourteen  years  and  occasioned  great  suffering.  There  was  con¬ 
siderable  vascularity  of  the  conjunctiva  and  scloritica,  espe¬ 
cially  around  the  cornea,  which  structure  itself  was  somewhat 
opaque  and  spotted.  There  was  a  cbntinual  flow  of  tears  with 
pain  and  intolerance  to  light.  All  these  symptoms  were 
aggravated  by  any  indiscretion  in  diet,  or  by  the  use  of  the 
slightest  stimulant,  such  as  a  glass  of  wine.  All  kinds  of  reme¬ 
dies  had  been  tried  iu  vain  at  different  times,  and  the  affliction 
seemed  incurable. 

Dr.  E.  upon  examining  the  upper  jaw,  discovered  an  ex¬ 
tremely  sensitive  carious  tooth  in  the  side  corresponding  to  the 
afflicted  eye.  The  tooth  was  extracted,  and  immediately  after¬ 
wards  the  eye-symptoms  subsided. 

The  affection  of  the  eye  evidently  was  the  result  of  sympathy 
between  the  second  and  third  branches  of  the  fifth  pair  of 
nerves. 

Dr.  Trudeau,  of  Paris,  mentions  an  instance  where  insanity 
was  caused  by  a  diseased  tooth.  He  says  :  u  Mr.  Equirol  told 
me  he  had  cured  a  young  lady  who  was  insane,  of  her  mania,  by 
the  extraction  of  a  second  molar  tooth  which  was  preventing 
the  growth  of  a  wisdom  tooth.” 

Epilepsy  has  resulted  from  dental  irritation. 

u  Sometime  in  the  year  1801,”  says  Dr.  Rush,  u  1  was  consulted 
by  the  father  of  a  young  geutleman  in  Baltimore,  who  had 
been  affected  with  epilepsy.  I  inquired  into  the  state  of  his 
teeth,  and  was  informed  that  several  of  them  in  his  upper  jaw 
were  very  much  decayed. 

“  1  directed  them  to  be  extracted,  and’ad  vised  him,  after¬ 
wards,  to  lose  a  few  ounces  of  blood  at  any  time  when  he  felt 
the  premonitory  symptoms  of  a  recurrence  of  his  fits.  He  fol¬ 
lowed  my  advice,  and,  in  consequence  of  which,  I  had,  lately, 
the  pleasure  of  hearing  from  his  brother,  that  he  was  com¬ 
pletely  cured.” 

Likewise,  general  paralysis  has  been  brought  on  by  the  same 


Friedrichs — Influence  of  Diseased  Teeth. 


307 


1879 1 


cause.  I  will  cite  a  case  reported  in  the  London  Lancet ,  by  J. 
L.  Levison,  of  Brighton. 

A  young  lady  was  broughr  to  his  residence,  in  a  carriage,  to 
have  her  mouth  examined.  On  being  removed,  site  was  sup¬ 
ported  on  one  side  by  a  lady  ami  on  the  other  by  a  man-ser¬ 
vant.  Her  entire  muscular  system  seemed  paralyzed.  Her 
legs  trailed  on  the  ground  like  useless  appendages.  Her  arms, 
when  raised,  fell  powerless  immediately  when  unsupported. 
Even  the  muscles  of  her  tongue  were  paralyzed,  and  in  her 
effort  to  speak  this  important  organ  remained  in  a  quiescent 
state. 

On  examining  the  mouth  a  dens  sapientiie  of  the  lower  jaw, 
very  carious  and  deeply  imbedded  in  the  temporal  muscle  just 
below  eoronoid  process,  was  perceived,  and  in  which  locality 
there  was  an  extensive  inflammation. 

Extraction  was  suggested,  and  though  some  advantage  was 
anticipated,  the  actual  result  was  surprising. 

She  instantly  obtained  the  free  use  of  her  tongue  which  she 
immediately  used  to  communicate  the  important  fact  that  ever 
since  the  extracted  tooth  had  been  forcing  its  way  through  the 
gums  she  could  date  the  gradual  loss  of  power  over  her  limbs. 
One  month  after  the  complete  use  of  her  limbs  was  restored. 

About  two  months  ago,  a  case  similar  to  the  above  came 
under  my  observation  presenting  all  the  paralytic  symptoms 
except  that  of  the  tongue.  She  had  likewise  been  a  sufferer 
for  sevejal  years,  during  which  time,  being  a  lady  of  means, 
she  had  availed  herself  of  the  services  of  gentlemen  of  recog 
nized  ability,  both  of  this  city  and  elsewhere,  whose*  efforts, 
however,  failed  to  afford  any  relief  or  arrest  the  progress  of 
the  malady. 

Upon  an  examination  of  the  mouth,  the  teeth  were  diagnosed 
as  the  source  of  the  trouble.  All  of  those  organs  in  the  supe¬ 
rior  maxilla  were  found  in  a  very  carious  condition  and  the 
gums  surrounding  them  were  very  much  inflamed.  Puss  ex¬ 
uded  from  them,  upon  the  slightest  pressure. 

Extraction  was  recommended,  which  operation  performed, 
recovery,  both  rapid  and  complete  ensued. 

.  4  •...  ...  #  .  .  ,  .  . 


368  Original  Communication a.  [  September 

Sir  Asliley  Cooper  speaks  of  hemiplegia  being  cured  by  the 
extraction  of  a  tooth. 

Catalepsy  has  resulted  from  toothache.  A  ploughboy,  who 
had  complained  of  toothache  in  the  morning,  half  an  hour 
after  commencing  work,  was  found  lying  a  short  distance  from 
his  plough,  apparently  dead.  He  was  carried  home  and  a 
physician  sent  for,  who,  after  a  careful  examination,  concluded 
that  the  affection  must  have  been  produced  through  the  dental 
nerve.  The  tooth  was  extracted  and  the  boy  immediately  got 
up  and  expressed  himself  as  well  as  ever. 

Dental  abscesses  have  frequently  been  mistaken  for  scrofula. 
L  positively  kuow.of  a  case  of  this  kind  being  diagnosed  as  a 
cancer  by  a  prominent  surgeon  of  this  city.  This  gentleman 
referred  this  patient  to  live  other  surgeons,  so  positive  was  he 
in  this  belief.  All  but  one  confirmed  his  diagnosis.  The  dis¬ 
senting  one  advised  her  to  see  her  dentist  and  ask  his  advice. 
The  patient’s  mouth  was  examined.  An  impacted  root  was 
found,  which  was  extracted.  In  one  month,  all  vestiges  of  this 
supposed  cancer  had  entirely  disappeared. 

There  is  a  case  of  pyienna  caused  by  dental  abscess,  which  is 
very  interesting,  and  I  will  report  it  in  detail. 

“M.  C.  W.,aged  four  years  and  a  half,  was  admitted  to  Guy’s 
hospital,  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Howse,  on  September  30,  1874. 

“  The  family  history  was  good,  except  that  there  was  some 
account  of  a  tumor  in  the  grandmother.  The  child  had  been  a 
healthy  boy  till  six  weeks  before  his  admission,  when  he  came 
home  from  school  with  a  bad  attack  of  diarrhoea.  A  few  days 
subsequently,  he  was  much  frightened  by  a  fire,  and  it  was 
within  a  short  time  of  this  that  his  left  eye  was  noticed  to 
swell.  In  a  fortnight  the  other  eye  did  the  same,  but  no  notice 
was  taken  of  it.  He  gradually  grew  worse,  and  for  three 
weeks  prior  to  his  admission,  he  was  in  a  drowsy  state. 

u  On  admission,  he  was  delicate  and  vacant  looking.  The  left 
eye  was  much  more  prominent  than  the  right,  with  thickening 
along  the  upper  margin  of  the  orbit.  Beneath  the  edge,  under 
the  eyelid,  was  a  hard,  cartilaginous,  freely-movable  body, 
which  reached  backwards  apparently  into  the  orbital  cavity 
above  the  eyeball,  while  it  extended  downwards  into  the  eyelid. 
The  movements  of  the  eyeballs  were  perfect,  and  sight  was  uu- 


Fkiedrichs — Influence  of  Diseased  Teeth. 


309 


1879J 


affected.  The  temperature  was  104.5°  in  the  morning,  and 
102.7°  in  the  evening ;  pulse  100. 

“He  was  seen  by  Dr.  Fagge,  who  could  discover  no  cause  for 
the  elevation  of  temperature.  Dr.  Fagge  thought,  however, 
that  as  the  roof  of  each  orbit  was  evidently  affected,  and  the 
boy  tottered  as  he  walked,  and  was  peculiarly  torpid,  the  dis¬ 
ease,  whatever  it  was,  had  extended  from  the  orbital  fossae’  to 
the  cerebral  hemisphere.  The  ophthalmoscope  revealed  only 
large  and  tortuous  veins,  with  a  small  haemorrhage  on  the 
outer  margin  of  the  right  optic  disc.  The  temperature  re¬ 
mained  high,  and  he  rapidly  became  much  worse,  losing  con¬ 
trol  over  his  evacuations,  and  he  died  nine  days  after  admission. 

“The  autopsy  being  held,  the  eyeballs  were  hardly  prominent, 
but  the  left  upper  lid  was  full,  and  a  hard,  movable  mass  could 
be  felt  along  the  orbital  ridge.  The  scalp  was  normal,  and 
nothing  wrong  was  noticed  till,  on  the  removal  of  the  vault  of 
the  skull,  the  dura  mater  in  its  frontal  part,  and  the  longitudi¬ 
nal  sinus  for  half  its  length,  were  rough  and  of  an  olive  green 
color  from  purulent  infiltration  of  the  membrane.  The  corres¬ 
ponding  inner  surface  of  the  skull  was  of  the  same  greenish 
tint  and  rough  all  over,  partly  from  the  deposition  of  a  layer  of 
new  bone,  partly  from  an  irregularly  excavating  caries.  Con¬ 
fining  the  description  still  to  the  bones  of  the  skull,  nothing 
further  was  noticed  till  the  roof  of  each  orbit  had  been  removed, 
and  then  a  thick  layer  of  similar  green-colored  pus  was  exposed, 
lying,  of  course,  between  the  bone  and  the  orbital  periosteum. 
The  orbital  cavities  (muscles,  etc.)  were  quite  healthy.  On  the 
right  side  the  pus  extended  all  over  the  outer  side  forwards,  and 
appeared  externally  over  the  superciliary  ridge,  while  it  passed 
backward  through  the  optic  foramen  and  sphenoidal  fissure 
underneath  the  cavernous  sinus,  across  the  stella  sturcica  and 
grooves  for  the  optic  commissure,  through  the  right  optic  for¬ 
amen  and  right  sphenoidal  fissure,  all  this  benentli  the  dura 
mater  of  the  base  of  the  skull,  the  bone  itself  being  rough  and 
carious,  and  part  of  the  body  of  sphenoid  infiltrated  with  a 
gruinous,  chocolate  colored  pus.  Thus  it  appeared  the  right 
orbit  had  become  affected  after  the  left.  On  the  outer  side  of 
the  left  orbit  pus  was  traced  into  the  spheno-m axillary  fossa, 
and  thence  to  the  condyle  of  the  lower  jaw.  The  articulation 


370  Original  Communications.  [September 

was  free,  but  the  whole  of  the  condyle  and  much  of  the  ascend¬ 
ing  ramus  on  this  side  was  bared  of  its  periosteum,  and  pus 
lined  the  inferior  dental  canal  as  far  as  the  first  molar  tooth, 
which  was  decayed,  lying  loose  in  its  socket,  and  with  carious 
bone  about  it.  It  should  also  be  said  that,  though  the  pus  so 
closely  surrounded  the  cavernous  sinus  on  each  side,  yet  these 
sinuses  were  quite  unobstructed.  So  also  was  the  longitudinal 
sinus,  though  its  walls  were  very  much  thickened.  The  frontal 
sinuses  were  normal.  The  lump  felt  during  life  over  the  left 
superciliary  ridge  consisted  of  a  tough,  opaque,  yellow  mass, 
very  much  like  some  lymphomata  as  seen  in  the  neck,  or  like  a 
gummatous  mass.  It  certainly  had  all  the  microscopic  appear¬ 
ances  of  some  new  growth,  but,  after  further  examination,  it 
was  evidently  of  an  inflammatory  nature.  Its  precise  situtaion 
was  from  the  lachrymal  externally  to  the  inner  margin  of  the 
orbital  ring,  and  it  lay  half  protruding  from  and  half  within 
the  orbit,  and  adherent  to  the  bone,  which  on  its  removal  was 
bare  of  periosteum. 

The  brain  weighed  forty-eight  ounces,  and  lymph  was  found 
at  its  base,  and  a  dot  or  two  of  pus  was  found  beneath  the 
arachnoid  on  the  left  side,  about  an  inch  from  the  longitudinal 
fissure.  None  of  the  veins  contained  any  coagula.  The  brain  was 
exceedingly  soft,  and  the  number  of  small  cavities  formed  by 
softened  substance  scattered  throughout  it  was  remarkable. 
The  whole  brain,  cerebrum  and  cerebellum,  was  studded.  Most 
of  them  were  small — mere  pin-points— but  one  or  two  were 
larger;  and  they  had  this  peculiarity:  that  their  walls  were 
sufficiently  well  defined  and  hard  to  show  that  they  were  not 
formed  by  a  general  softening  of  the  brain,  more  advanced  at 
some  parts  than  others,  but  that  they  were  really  due  to  num¬ 
berless  local  spots  of  disease,  very  probably  embolic.  Ecchy- 
moses  were  found  in  the  aretinie,  on  the  plurse  and  in  the  sub¬ 
stance  of  the  lungs,  heart  and  kidneys  ;  but  no  emboli  could  be 
found  in  the  vessels.  The  lungs  contained  early  pyjemic  infarcts, 
and  there  were  early  abscesses  in  the  heart  and  kidneys.” 

u  There  can  be  no  doubt,  from  the  post-mortem  appearances, 
that  the  source  or  all  this  mischief  was  a  decayed  tooth.  It 
had  led  to  caries  of  the  bone,  to  suppuration  in  the  inferior 
dental  canal,  and  thence  the  pus  had  followed  the  course 


1S7DJ  Friedrichs — Influence  of  Diseased  Teeth.  37i 

which  has  been  described.  It  is  a  good  illustration  of  the  bad 
results  which  may  follow  a  slight  amount  of  mischief  in  an  un¬ 
healthy  subject,  and  is  remarkable  in  that  there  is  no  history 
of  toothache,  swelling  or  other  trouble  about  the  jaws.  Ex¬ 
cepting  a  bad  attack  of  diarrhoea,  the  first  symptoms  noticed 
was  swelling,  first  of  one  eye,  and  then  of  the  other.  Notwith¬ 
standing  that,  by  the  time  the  second  eye  was  effected,  as 
shown  by  the  inspection,  there  must  have  been  considerable 
suppuration  at  the  base  of  the  skull,  about  pituitary  fossa,  and 
very  probably  about  the  vault  also,  the  disease  at  its  onset 
must  have  been  peculiarly  insiduous,  and  the  pyannia  of  late 
accession,  within  a  few  days  of  his  admission. 

In  one  of  the  numbers  of  the  “  Bibliotheque  Germanica 
Schurgical,”  there  is  an  account  by  Dr.  Seibold  of  a  young 
woman  who  had  been  affected  for  several  months  with  great 
inflammation,  pain  and  ulcers  in  her  right  upper  and  lower  jaws 
at  the  usual  time  for  the  appearance  of  her  catemenia,  which 
were  always  deficient  in  quantity.  On  inspecting  the  seat  of 
trouble,  the  doctor  found  two  decayed  molar  teeth,  which  he 
directed  to  have  drawn,  in  consequence  of  which,  the  patient 
was  relieved  of  the  monthly  disease  of  the  mouth,  and  ever 
afterwards  had  a  regular  discharge  of  her  catemenia. 

Amaurosis  has  been  known  to  have  been  produced  by  the 
over-crowding  of  teeth  in  the  maxilla*. 

Even  sciatica  has  been  said  to  have  been  cured  by  the  ex¬ 
traction  of  a  tooth. 

A  great  many  of  the  tumors  of  the  maxillae,  from  a  simple 
absess  to  an  odontome,  have  their  origin  in  a  diseased  or  im¬ 
pacted  root  which,  if  only  recognized  in  their  incipiency,  how 
easily  could  the  remedy  be  applied  and  the  disease  cured  ! 

These  facts,  though  but  little  attended  to,  should  not  sur¬ 
prise  us  when  we  recollect  how  often  the  most  distressing  dis¬ 
eases  are  brought,  by  very  inconsiderable  inlets  of  morbid  ex¬ 
citement,  into  the  system.  A  small  tumor,  concealed  in  the 
fleshy  part  of  the  leg,  has  been  known  to  bring  on  epilepsy.  A 
trifling  wound  with  a  splinter  or  a  nail,  even  after  it  has 
healed,  has  often  induced  a  fatal  tetanus.  Stone  in  the  kidney 
has  excited  the  most  violent  commotions  in  every  part  of  the 
system.  Certain  mental  states  affect  certain  functions  in  cer- 


372  Original  Communications.  [September 

tain  definite  ways.  Sudden  anxiety  may  cause  increase  of 
peristaltic  action,  and  joy  diminish  the  gastric  secretions,  and 
cause  a  loss  of  appetite. 

Hundreds  of  facts  of  a  similar  nature  are  to  be  found  in  the 
medical  records. 

Is  it  surprising  then  that  the  teeth  should  often  be  the  un¬ 
suspected  cause  of  general  and  particularly  of  nervous  dis¬ 
eases  ?  Consider  how  often  the  teeth  are  exposed  to  irritation 
from  hot  and  cold  drinks  and  ailments  of  all  kinds.  What  mor¬ 
bid  effects  would  likely  arise  from  the  putrid  and  acrid  dis¬ 
charges  from  decayed  teeth  and  diseased  gums,  when  intro¬ 
duced  into  the  stomach.  I  may  also  add  what  influence  these 
organs  have  upon  perfect  mastication,  when  in  a  pathological 
condition ;  and,  again,  the  connection  of  mastication  with  good 
health ! 

Imperfect  digestion  must  follow,  and  you  rarely  find  a  person 
whose  teeth  are  in  a  diseased  condition  who  is  not  a  sufferer 
from  dyspepsia — a  disease  which  daily  baffles  the  efforts  of  the 
doctor  to  cure,  and  few  there  are  who  have  not  experienced  the 
sensations  so  graphically  described  by  Cowper : 

“I  awake  like  a  toad  out  of  Acheron, 

Covered  with  the  ooze  and  slime  of  melancholy.” 

It  is  not  strange  that  diseased  teeth  should  produce  dys¬ 
pepsia.  It  is  easily  accounted  for.  In  the  first  place,  the  food 
is  improperly  prepared  for  the  stomach ;  secondly,  the  fluids  of 
the  mouth,  constantly  trickling  into  the  stomach,  impair  its 
tone  and  vitiate  its  solvent  secretions ;  and  thirdly,  a  continual 
demand  made  upon  the  system  by  the  vain  efforts  which  nature 
makes  to  cure  the  diseases  of  the  teeth,  and  also  the  frequent 
and  severe  pain  diminish  the  nervous  influence  which  the 
stomach  receives,  and  impairs  its  powers. 

Now  I  have  no  doubt  that  our  success  in  the  treatment  of  a 
great  many,  if  not  all  chronic  diseases,  would  be  greatly  pro¬ 
moted  if  we  would  only  direct  our  inquiries  to  the  condition  of 
our  patient’s  teeth — advising  their  treatment  when  diseased. 
It  is  not  necessary  that  there  should  be  the  slightest  pain,  or 
even  one  symptom  that  would  attract  our  attention  to  the 
offending  organ.  Splinters  and  tumors  and  other  irritations 
have  caused  disease  and  death,  and  were  unsuspected  as  the 


373 


1879]  Friedrichs — Influence  of  Diseased  Teeth. 

cause.  Translation  of  sensation  and  motion  from  parts  affected 
to  parts  remote  seems  to  be  an  original  law  in  the  animal 
economy. 

All  this  is  not  an  issue  of  yesterday.  Tissot,  who  wrote 
nearly  a  century  ago,  was  fully  aware,  from  observation  and 
clinical  experience,  of  the  great  importance  of  diseased  teeth  to 
the  general  health.  He  described  toothache  as  resulting  from 
gout  and  rheumatism — as  producing  disorders  of  the  stomach 
and  noxious  matters,  which,  according  to  the  pathology  of  his 
time,  was  the  mode  of  expressing  what  we  mean  by  constitu¬ 
tional  disorders. 

It  also  must  not  be  forgotten  that  the  teeth  are  often  made 
the  fools  for  the  other  organs.  They  are  just  as  liable  to  be 
the  objects  of  sympathetic  irritation,  and  in  the  absence  of 
adequate  knowledge  as  to  the  cause  of  pain,  have  been  con¬ 
demned  for  the  faults  of  their  fellow-organs. 

Toothache  has  resulted  from  constipation  of  the  bowels. 

Grout  is  frequently  ushered  in  with  the  most  terrific  dental 
suffering.  Dr.  Cartwright  speaks  of  a  gentleman  suffering 
from  hemorrhoids,  wiio  always  had  au  acute  pain  in  his  upper 
molar  teeth,  but  which  invariably  ceased  when  a  hemorrhage 
relieved  the  engorged  vessels. 

The  foregoing  cases  are  but  a  few  of  the  great  number  that 
might  be  collected,  showing  the  importance  of  the  teeth,  in 
healthy  and  unhealthy  conditions,  to  the  welfare  of  the  whole 
system. 

They  will  certainly  be  sufficient  to  arouse  the  physician  to 
the  necessity  of  regarding  the  agency  of  these  organs  when 
diseased,  in  the  production  and  continuance  of  disease. 

It  is  nevertheless  strange  that  physicians  have  paid  so  little 
attention  to  so  important  a  subject,  when  such  men  as  Hunter, 
liusli,  Darwin,  Halford,  Chapman,  Grandson,  and  many  others 
have  taken  special  pains  to  call  the  attention  to  its  importance  ; 
but  more  than  that,  they  have  gone  unheeded. 

In  our  recent  text-books,  this  subject  is  barely  mentioned. 
I  can  see  no  other  reason  than  that  the  teeth  are  objects  that 
are  visible  to  the  naked  eye,  and  on  that  account  were  consid¬ 
ered  as  undeserving  of  notice.  Were  they  but  microscopical 


374  Original  Communications.  [September 

objects,  they  doubtlessly  would  have  received  their  due  con¬ 
sideration. 

Unfortunately  it  has  become  the  fashion  to  study  pathology 
more  in  the  dead-house  upon  the  cadaver,  than  in  the  sick 
room  at  the  bed-side. 

While  I  am  upon  this  subject,  1  cannot  refrain,  before  con¬ 
cluding,  from  mentioning  what  stupidity  some  medical  men 
display  when  asked  by  their  patients  to  select  for  them  a  dental 
operator.  They  must  consider  one  man  as  equally  as  capable 
as  another,  or  they  do  not  fully  comprehend  wliat  irreparable 
damage  may  be  done  by  an  ignoramus.  1  frequently  see,  at 
my  office,  patients  who  have  been  recommended  to  well-known 
quacks  who  had  put  the  former’s  teeth  in  the  most  deplorable 
condition,  and,  in  some  instance,  beyond  redemption. 

Certainly  cases  of  this  kind  reflect  most  increditably  upon  the 
intelligence  of  medical  men  who  should  hav  e  known  better. 

They  not  only  have  betrayed  the  trust  confided  to  their  judg¬ 
ment,  but  caused  unnecessary  pain  to  be  indicted ;  had  the 
system  put  in  a  condition  less  resistable  to  disease  and  aggra¬ 
vated  existing  maladies  conspired,  in  a  manner  to  rob  the  un¬ 
suspecting  one  both  of  time  and  money,  and  finally  lowered 
themselves  in  the  estimation  of  their  clients,  of  their  confreres, 
and  of  all  men  who  have  any  appreciation  of  decency  and  self- 
respect. 

Allow  me  to  ask,  would  any  respectable  physician  think — ay, 
ever  dream  of  sending  their  patients  to  any  but  a  competent 
and  reliable  oculist  or  surgeon  ?  Then,  with  due  defference  to 
suffering  humanity,  the  physician  should  consider  it  his 
bounded  duty  to  select  none  but  proficient,  trustworthy  and 
skillful  oral  surgeons. 

In  conclusion  I  fully  coincide  with  Dr.  Fitch,  who  rightly  and 
ably  remarks :  u  We  are  not  to  contemn  the  diseases  of  the 
teeth,  because  they  seem  insignificant.  Many  persons  are 
formed  of  a  fibre  so  fragile  as  to  be  broken  by  the  slightest 
shock;  of  a  stamina  so  delicate,  as  to  be  affected  by  the  slight¬ 
est  impression.  Disease  in  its  steps  at  first  is,  as  it  were,  soft  and 
hesitating,  weak  in  its  powers,  and  slow  in  it  progress.  But 
every  instance  of  indulgence,  and  each  succeeding  advantage 
gained,  confirms  its  step,  increases -powers  and  hastens  its 


1879]  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  375 

progress,  and  what  but  a  moment  ago  seemed  a  thing  too  insig¬ 
nificant  to  mention,  now  rises  a  monster  that  derides  human 
effort  and  whose  sting  is  the  arrow  of  death. 

“Almost  inappreciable  are  the  beginnings  of  many  fatal 
diseases ;  and  could  the  grave  reveal  its  secrets,  I  have  not  a 
doubt,  when  I  consider  the  number  of  diseases  produced  by 
diseased  teeth,  that  it  would  be  found  that  thousands  are  there 
in  whom  the  first  fatal  impulse  was  given  by  a  diseased  state 
of  these  organs  ;  and  could  I  raise  my  voice  so  as  to  be  heard 
by  every  medical  man  in  America,  I  would  say  to  them :  attend 
to  your  patient’s  teeeth,  and  if  they  are  diseased,  direct  such 
remedies  as  shall  restore  them  to  health ;  and  if  in  health,  such 
means  as  shall  keep  them  so.” 


The  Chain  of  Circumstances  connected  with  the  Appear¬ 
ance  of  Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  the 
Summer  of  1879. 

By  JOSEPH  HOLT,  M.D.,  New  Orleans,  La.,  August  2,  1879. 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  of  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and 
Surgical  Association : 

Impressed  with  the  peculiar  and  unfortunate  experience, 
almost  invariably  associated  with  the  history  of  the  many  out¬ 
breaks  of  yellow  fever  in  this  city,  the  uncertainty  concerning 
the  locality  of  the  first  cases  and  precise  date  of  their  occur¬ 
rence,  the  source  or  origin  of  the  disease,  whether  imported 
or  indigenous,  and  remembering  with  regret  the  diversity  of 
opinion  in  relation  to  these  particular  points  which  has  repeat¬ 
edly  given  rise  to  protracted  and  wearying  discussions,  some¬ 
times  unamiable,  even  rancorous,  and  seldom  profitable,  the 
whole  question  becoming  finally  involved  in  hopeless  entangle¬ 
ment  and  abiding  in  doubt,  this  Asssociation  has  deemed  it  of 
paramount  importance  to  mark  out  for  its  members  a 
plan  whereby  they  may  guide  themselves  in  an  earnest 
endeavor  to  elicit  the  truth,  while  avoiding  controversy 
as  at  all  times  useless.  Recognizing  as  principle  among 
5 


370 


Origin  a  I  Com  m  unications. 


[September 


the  obstructions  to  knowledge  concerning  the  origin  or 
apparent  beginning  of  the  infection,  certain  faults  on 
the  part  of  practitioners  themselves,  such  as  carelessness  in 
observation,  negligence  in  the  immediate  recording  of  partic¬ 
ulars,  a  strong  bias  in  favor  of  some  special  theory,  and,  in  a 
few  instances,  the  over-riding  method  of  maintaining  a  point 
by  positive  and  vehement  assertion,  when  not  assured  of  the  facts, 
the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association,  warning 
its  members,  has  charged  them,  while  observing  the  utmost 
prudence  in  speech  and  caution  in  pronouncing  an  opinion,  to 
take  instant  cognizance  of  all  facts  and  circumstances  asso¬ 
ciated  with  the  tirst  cases,  suspicious  or  assured,  immediately 
to  record  the  same  and  so  to  report  them,  to  the  end  that  this 
Association  may  furnish  itself  with  data,  from  which  to  draw 
conclusions  of  practical  value,  in  advancing  knowledge  con¬ 
cerning  the  origin  and  possible  prevention  of  yellow  fever. 

In  accordance  with  the  spirit  of  my  instructions,  T  present 
the  following  serie;.  of  cases,  giving  the  evidence  without  com¬ 
ment,  just  as  T  received  it,  and  above  all,  without  intruding  my 
personal  opinion  : 

AN  EPITOME  OE  THE  TESTIMONY  OF  ME.  AND  MRS.  STOUT. 

The  family  of  Mr.  John  S.  Stout,  consisting  of  himself,  wife, 
live  children  and  Louisa  Creel  (servant),  arrived  in  New  Or¬ 
leans,  from  their  summer  residence  on  the  lake  shore  near  Mis¬ 
sissippi  City,  December  2d,  1878.  They  occupied  as  their 
residence  the  house  No.  184  Third  street,  between  Constance 
and  Magazine  streets. 

They  had  never  spent  a  summer  in  New  Orleans,  and  were 
unacclimated. 

They  found  the  premises  very  cleau,  except  the  privy  vault, 
which  was  foul  and  had  not  been  cleaned  for  at  least  a  year 
previous.  With  the  advent  of  warm  weather  the  privy  became 
horribly  offensive,  and  was  cleaned  June  8th. 

Several  cases  of  yellow  fever,  with  a  death,  occurred  in  this 
house  during  the  epidemic  of  last  year. 

The  health  of  the  family  remained  perfectly  good  until — 

Case  1. — John  Stout,  white,  age  0  years,  native  of  New  Or¬ 
leans.  He  awoke  about  six  o’clock,  the  morning  of  June  16th, 


1879]  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  377 

complaining  of  feeling  ill,  of  headache,  pains  in  the  limbs,  and 
was  found  to  have  fever.  During  the  day  his  condition  con¬ 
tinuing  to  grow  worse,  Dr.  Souchon  was  sent  for.  The  fever 
continued,  with  slight  remissions,  for  four  days.  During  its 
continuance  his  eyes  were  red  and  face  flushed.  Repeated  haemor¬ 
rhages  from  the  nose,  to  which  he  was  subject,  occurring  day 
and  night  during  the  fever,  peculiarly  characterized  the  attack. 
Fever  subsided  on  the  20tli,  leaving  him  very  weak.  Conva¬ 
lescence  rapidly  established. 

Case  2. — Eleanor  Stout,  age  3  years,  native  of  New  Orleans. 
She  awoke  from  a  noonday  sleep  about  2,  P.  M.,  June  17th, 
with  fever,  which  lasted  four  days ;  at  no  time  very  high,  the 
paroxysm  characterized  by  marked  remissions.  Recovered. 

Case  3. — William  Stout,  age  5  years,  native  of  New  Orleans. 
Was  taken  ill  Sunday,  June  22d.  He  awoke  early  in  the  morn¬ 
ing  with  fever  and  other  symptoms,  as  iu  case  1.  Fever  of  one 
paroxysm  of  about  four  days.  Both  cases,  1  and  3,  had  irrit¬ 
able  stomachs,  with  frequent  gaging  and  occasional  vomiting 
of  water  taken.  Haemorrhage  from  the  nose,  as  in  case  1. 
Recovered. 

Case  4. — Jennie  Stout,  age  4  years,  native  of  New  Orleans. 
Awoke  about  3  o’clock,  P.  M.,  June  27th,  with  fever,  which 
lasted  in  one  paroxysm,  with  a  marked  daily  remission,  three 
days.  Haemorrhage  from  nose  slight  during  night  of  second 
day.  All  the  symptoms  mild.  Rapid  convalescence. 

Case  5. — Mr.  Joseph  Oswald — brother  of  Mrs.  Stout,  and  re¬ 
cently  staying  at  her  house — age  36  years,  native  of  Missis¬ 
sippi,  had  never  had  yellow  fever. 

Was  taken  Saturday,  July  12th,  about  3  P.  M.,  with  a  violent 
headache  and  nausea.  He  retired  early  in  the  evening,  and 
awoke  the  following  morning  with  these  symptoms  aggra¬ 
vated,  severe  pain  in  the  back  and  fever.  The  attack  con¬ 
tinued  as  a  fever  of  one  paroxysm  of  forty-eight  hours. 

Convalescence  slow  but  continuous. 

Case  6. — Lucy  Stout,  age  7  years,  native  of  New  Orleans. 

Was  taken  Monday,  July  14th,  awaking  at  an  early  hour 
with  fever.  She  dressed  herself  and  attempted  to  walk  about, 


378  Original  Communications.  [September 

but  complained  of  being  so  hot  and  feeling  so  badly  that  she 
again  laid  down,  and  slept  for  the  greater  part  of  the  day. 
During  the  night  the  fever  became  intense,  and  lasted  in  one 
paroxysm  nearly  five  days. 

Stomach  irritable  during  the  attack.  Nose  bled  one  night  in 
latter  stage  of  the  fever.  She  was  sicker  than  the  other  chil¬ 
dren  had  been,  and  convalesced  more  slowly. 

Case  7. — Mr.  John  S.  Stout,  age  40  years,  native  of  Ken¬ 
tucky.  Occupation  pilot  on  board  the  Thompson  Dean,  in  the 
Vicksburg  trade.  Was  taken  ill  Thursday,  July  17th,  at  11 
o’clock  P.  M.  with  pain  in  head,  back  and  limbs. 

He  was  then  on  board  of  the  boat  about  twenty  miles  this 
side  of  Vicksburg.  At  1  o’clock  in  the  morning  he  was  seized 
with  a  chill,  and  had  to  be  relieved  from  duty  at  the  wheel.  A 
high  fever  followed,  which  lasted  until  Sunday  morning —about 
fifty  hours.  During  its  continuance  he  suffered  intense  pains 
in  the  back  and  limbs.  The  fever  left  him  greatly  prostrated. 
Convalescence  slow  but  regular. 

Cases  1  and  3  having  quite  recovered,  left  the  city  July  Cth, 
on  a  visit  to  their  relatives  over  the  lake  in  company  with 
Louisa  Creel  who  was  going  into  the  same  neighborhood  to  see 
her  mother.  This  girl  had  been  perfectly  well  during  her  stay 
in  the  family  of  Mr.  Stout. 

Case  8. — Testimony  of  Dr.  J.  J.  Harry. 

Handsboro,  Miss.,  July  31,  1879. 

Dr.  Joseph  Holt. — Bear  Sir :  In  reply  to  your  communi¬ 
cation  of  the  29th  instant,  I  present  the  following  : 

Louisa  Creel,  white,  age  16  years,  native  of  Perry  county, 
Mississippi,  had  never  had  yellow  fever,  was  recently  employed 
in  the  family  of  Mr.  Stout,  New  Orleans.  Arrived  at  her 
home,  mid-day  July  6th.  About  3  o’clock,  P.  M.,  of  the  same 
day,  was  seized  with  a  chill,  pains  in  head  and  limbs,  nausea. 

I  was  called  to  see  her  at  4  o’clock,  A.  M.,  July  8th.  She  was 
delirious  and  continued  so  until  her  death.  Face  dark  brown 
or  bronze  color ;  eyes,  injected  red ;  tongue,  furred  in  centre 
and  red  at  edges  and  tip ;  gums,  spongy  and  red ;  excessive 
nausea;  suppression  of  urine.  Second  visit,  eveniug  of  the 
same  day,  symptoms  same,  except  symptoms  of  uremic  poison- 


1879 J  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  379 

ing  with  threatened  convulsions.  High  fever  continued  to 
within  a  few  hours  of  her  death. 

July  9th.  Patient  in  articulo  mortis;  eapillary  congestion 
and  stasis.  I  saw  no  haemorrhage  from  gums  or  nose,  but  was 
told  she  had  black  vomit  before  death.  Suppression  of  urine 
beginning  three  days  before  death.  Black  vomit  from  mouth. 
No  urine  could  be  obtained  to  test.  Hied  in  convulsions  on  the 
morning  of  the  10th  July.  She  was  not  seen  by  any  other 
physician. 

ADDITIONAL  EVIDENCE  OBTAINED  BY  DR.  KILPATRICK  OF  THE 
NATIONAL  BOARD  OF  HEALTH. 

u  She  threw  up  largely  of  black  vomit  and  purged  the  same 
matter  just  before  death.  She  died  in  the  fourth  day  of  her 
illness.” 

Dr.  Kilpatrick  continues : 

Case  9. — Thomas  Creel,  white,  male,  aged  21,  born  in  the 
vicinity,  brother  of  Louisa,  was  taken  sick  eight  days  after  her 
death,  or  on  Friday,  July  l>tli,  1879.  He  had  a  chill  and  an 
indescribable  sensation  of  pain  and  restlessness.  Dr.  Pelaez 
saw  him;  pulse  108;  temperature  103;  tongue  coated,  red  at 
tip  and  edges;  no  nausea  then;  not  much  thirst;  eyes  red, 
conjunctive  intensely  injected.  There  was  no  suppression  of 
urine,  but  it  was  highly  albuminous.  There  was  also  slight 
delirium ;  great  tenderness  of  the  epigastrium.  On  Monday, 
21st,  he  passed,  per  rectum,  considerable  quantities  of  dark  fluid 
usually  called  black  vomit,  and  on  Monday  night,  21st,  he  began 
to  throw  up  black  vomit,  which  he  continued  to  do  at  frequent 
periods  till  death.  About  72  hours  after  the  attack  came  on, 
the  fever  subsided.  Suppression  of  urine  came  on,  Tuesday, 
22d.  He  discharged  mine  at  4  o’clock  that  morning,  but  no 
more  afterward.  At  10  o’clock,  A.  M.,  Tuesday,  the  catheter 
was  introduced,  but  no  urine  could  be  procured  for  analysis  or 
testing.  I  saw  him  at  this  time,  and  noted  the  pulse  was  72  ; 
temperature  101° ;  tongue  furred,  edges  and  tip  red ;  gums  red 
and  spongy.  He  gradually  sank,  and  died  at  5  o’clock,  A.  M., 
Thursday,  July  25th. 

Autopsy. — Dr.  Pelaez  made  the  autopsy,  with  my  assistance. 
Five  hours  after  death  there  was  intense  rigor  mortis ;  cadaver 


380  Original  Communications.  [September 

was  extremely  yellow,  ami  the  ears,  ueek,  and  all  depending 
parts  highly  eccliymosed.  The  subcutaneous  adipose  tissue 
was  highly  tinged  yellow,  and  the  abdominal  viscera  were  all 
tinged  in  the  same  way,  as  was  the  tunica  adnata.  The  liver 
was  firm,  pale  straw  or  boxwood  color.  On  being  cut,  no  blood 
issued  from  it  at  first.  The  spleen  was  a  little  enlarged,  but  no 
abnormal  appearances.  The  kidneys  were  nearly  double  the 
normal  size,  and  highly  congested.  They  were  soft  and  flaccid, 
and  the  capsules  were  easily  detached.  The  stomach  was  dis¬ 
tended  with  gas,  and  on  being  opened  a  considerable  quantity 
of  black  vomit  was  seen.  The  coats  were  softened.  All  the 
colon  was  contracted  to  the  size  of  the  jejunum.  The  urinary 
bladder  was  found  empty.  The  serum  in  the  pericardium  was 
of  a  pale  straw  color.  The  heart  was  nearly  twice  the  normal 
size,  soft  and  flaccid,  and  when  one  auricle  was  opened  a  large 
quantity  of  dark-colored  fl  uid  blood  ran  out. 

Case  10. — Caroline,  aged  12,  sister  of  Louisa,  was  taken  sick 
on  Friday,  the  18th,  about  three  hours  after  her  brother  Thomas 
began  to  complain. 

Cases  11  and  12. — Arabella,  ;et.  6  years,  and  Samantha,  ait.  8 
years,  were  taken  sick  on  the  10th,  the  day  after  Thomas  and 
Caroline  came  down  with  the  fever.  Arabella  had  suppression 
of  urine  some  hours  on  the  22d,  and  was  delirious,  but  they 
both  recovered. 

Case  13. — Edward,  brother  of  Louisa,  aged  about  20  years, 
was  taken  sick  on  Sunday,  the  20th,  having  the  same  symp¬ 
toms  in  a  milder  form.  On  the  22d  his  pulse  was  00,  and  tem¬ 
perature  103  3|5  °,  at  L0  o’clock,  A.  M.  He  recovered.  Of  the 
six  cases,  two  died.  They  were  all  yellow,  had  furred  tongues 
with  red  edges  and  tips,  and  eyes  intensely  injected  and  yellow. 

Case  14. — Dr.  Joseph  Holt — Dear  /Sir  :  The  following  out¬ 
line  of  the  case  of  Mr.  W.  B.  Heyward’s  son,  aged  8  or  10  years, 
who  was  attacked  with  yellow  fever  near  the  Creel  house,  two 
and  a  half  miles  from  Mississippi  City,  were  given  to  me 
verbally  by  Dr.  Pelaez,  the  attending  physician. 

Shortly  after  the  death  of  Thomas  Creel  (which  took  place  on 
the  25th  of  July),  Mr.  Heyward’s  son  fell  ill  with  the  fever. 
His  attack  was  ushered  in  by  a  chdl  in  the  evening,  followed 


1879]  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  381 

by  high  fever  with  severe  cephalalgia,  pains  in  the  back  and 
limbs,  pulse  frequent  and  temperature  105°.  His  tongue  was 
furred  in  the  centre,  and  the  tip  and  edges  quite  red.  He 
evinced  uneasiness  of  the  epigastrium  on  pressure,  had  some 
nausea  and  great  thirst.  His  eyes  were  also  injected  and  adnata 
discolored. 

In  sixty  hours  from  the  beginning  of  the  fever,  he  threw 
up  black  vomit  freely,  and  passed  it  in  quantity  from  the 
bowels. 

His  urine  was  tested  and  found  to  be  loaded  with  albumen. 
Suppression  of  urinary  secretion  occurred,  lasting  sixteen 
hours,  the  catheter  having  been  passed  without  finding  any 
urine  in  the  bladder.  The  secretion  was  restored  and  the  vom¬ 
iting  controlled. 

The  case  went  on  improving  to  convalescence.  The  day  of 
my  interview  with  Dr.  Pelaez  was  the  fourteenth  of  the  little 
boy’s  illness.  He  was  then  quite  prostrate,  deeply  jaundiced, 
and  his  body  covered  with  furunculi. 

It  is  interesting  to  know  how  far  the  attack  of  this  case  may 
be  traced  to  the  focus  of  infection  at  the  Creel  house.  Mr. 
Heyward,  when  interrogated  by  me,  furnished  the  following- 
facts  :  u  My  son  was  in  almost  daily  association  with  the  eldest 
Creel  boy,  Thomas — who  afterwards  died  of  yellow  fever — and 
a  younger  one.  These  two  boys  came  every  day  to  my  house 
at  meal-time  to  obtain  food  for  Mrs.  Creel  and  family. 

My  sou  was  also  greatly  interested  in  the  building  of  a  boat 
on  the  beach  by  these  Creel  boys,  and  spent  some  time  every¬ 
day  with  them  while  engaged  in  this  work. 

“  During  the  sickness  of  Louisa  Creel,  he  was  in  the  habit  o* 
going  to  the  gap  in  the  fence,  opening  at  a  point  not  more  than 
eight  or  ten  yards  from  the  Creel  house,  lingering  there  and 
conversing  with  the  children.” 

Mr.  Heyward,  when  asked,  could  not  say  that  he  knew  of  his 
son’s  having  ever  passed  beyond  the  gap,  or  of  his  haviug 
entered  the  Creel  house  while  there  was  sickness  there. 

The  distance  between  Mr.  Heyward’s  premises  and  the  Creel 
house,  is  about  two  hundred  yards. 


3815  Original  Communications.  [September 

Regretting  that  I  cannot  give  you  a  more  satisfactory  detail 
of  the  above  case,  1  am,  yours, 

Very  respectfully, 

J.  P.  Davidson,  M.D. 

Case  15. — Viucenza  Spano,  aged  10  years,  native  of  Italy; 
in  Hew  Orleans  two  years.  Residence,  corner  Second  and  Con¬ 
stance  streets,  about  three  hundred  feet  from  the  family  of  Mr. 
John  Stout  Was  not  in  the  city  during  the  epidemic,  but 
encamped  near  it.  Had  never  had  yellow  fever.  Was  taken 
ill,  Wednesday,  July  23d,  about  8  o’clock,  P.  M.,  with  severe 
headache,  pains  in  back  and  limbs,  and  fever,  not  preceded  by 
a  perceptible  chill.  Dr.  Mainegra  was  called  at  9  o’clock  the 
next  morning.  Temperature  105£°.  Tongue  heavily  coated 
with  white  fur,  pointed,  edges  cherry  red,  gums  and  mucous 
membrane  of  mouth  red.  Eyes  much  injected,  face  flushed  a 
dusky  red.  Stomach  irritable  and  exquisitely  tender  on  pres¬ 
sure  ;  vomiting  frequently  of  fluids  taken. 

Her  condition  continued  the  same  with  slight  variations  of 
temperature  of  one-half  of  a  degree  morning  and  evening, 
until  Sunday  morning,  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  day,  when 
the  temperature  declined  to  103°,  and  pulse  to  89.  Her  state 
was  then  one  of  great  depression,  tongue  and  gums  angry  red. 
Capillary  stasis.  Yellow  suffusion  of  skin  strongly  pronounced. 
Eyes  yellow  and  somewhat  congested.  Stomach  irritable,  with 
a  frequent  desire  to  vomit.  Urine  scanty,  almost  completely 
suppressed  and  highly  albuminous.  Ho  delirium,  but  a  lethar¬ 
gic  calmness. 

Was  seen  during  the  evening  of  the  same  day,  Sunday,  27th, 
by  Dr.  R.  Bailey,  Sanitary  Inspector  of  the  Fourth  District, 
Drs.  Bemiss,  White,  A.  C.  and  Joseph  Holt.  These  gentlemen, 
with  one  accord,  pronounced  the  case  one  of  yellow  fever. 

During  the  night  she  became  wildly  delirious,  purged  blood 
from  the  bowels  and  threw  up  a  small  quantity  of  black  blood. 
She  died  at  5  o’clock  Monday  morning. 

The  corpse  presented  those  appearances  strongly  marked 
so  characteristic  to  an  experienced  eye. 

Case  10. — Caroline  Mainegra,  aged  2  years,  .native  of  Hew 
Orleans.  Unacclimated.  Residence,  corner  Washington  and 


1879J  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  383 

Magazine  streets,  two  squares  and  a  half  from  the  house  of 
Mr.  Stout. 

Was  taken  July  21st,  at  8  o’clock,  P.  M.,  with  fever,  which 
continued  with  slight  variations  of  temperature  72  hours,  and 
accompanied  by  great  stupor.  Tongue,  gums  and  mucous 
membrane  of  mouth  of  a  decided  red  color.  Fever  subsided 
on  the  fourth  day,  and  convalescence  rapidly  established.  Her 
father,  Dr.  Mainegra,  was  the  attending  physician. 

Case  17. — John  Knoph,  age  33  years,  native  of  Norway.  In 
the  United  States  nine  years,  in  New  Orleans  eight  months. 
Residence  123  Seventh  street,  between  Constance  and  Laurel 
streets.  Was  taken  ill  July  25th,  at  9  o’clock,  A.  M.,  with 
slight  chill,  followed  by  high  fever,  pains  in  head  and  limbs. 

Was  seen  on  the  morning  of  the  third  day  by  Dr.  Mainegra, 
the  attending  physician,  accompanied  by  Dr.  Joseph  Holt. 
High  fever ;  eyes  congested  and  yellow ;  skin  dusky  aed  with 
yellow  tinge;  tongue  furred  and  red  at  edges ;  gums  and  mucous 
membrane  of  mouth  red.  Stomach  irritable ;  patient  restless. 

On  the  following  day  seen  by  Dr.  M.  General  symptoms  the 
same.  Urine  highly  albuminous,  and  almost  suppressed.  This 
symptom  continued  the  same  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  days  and 
the  urine  very  bloody.  Great  irritability  of  the  stomach. 

Fever  lasted  in  one  paroxysm  of  120  hours.  Temperature 
sustained  at  104°  A.  M.,  and  105°  P.  M. 

Dr.  C.  B.  White  saw  him  with  Dr.  Mainegra,  and  concurred 
in  the  diagnosis — yellow  fever. 

Convalescing  slowly. 

Case  18. — Bernard  S.  Berkson,  white,  age  M  years,  native  of 
New  Orleans,  but  absent  heretofore  during  the  summer,  and 
unacclimated.  Residence  217  Third  street,  between  Magazine 
ami  Camp  streets,  within  350  feet  of  the  family  of  Mr.  Stout. 

Was  taken  Saturday,  July  26th,  at  10  o’clock,  A.  M.,  with  a 
fever  rapidly  ascending  to  105°.  Dr.  Bickham  was  called  im¬ 
mediately. 

The  high  grade  of  the  fever  was  sustained  until  the  morning 
of  the  third  day  wheu  it  declined  to  103°. 

Tongue  and  mucous  membrane  of  mouth  red ;  gums  red  and 
swollen.  In  the  latter  stage  of  the  attack  haemorrhage  occured 
6 


384 


Original  Communications.  [September 


from  two  small  boils,  one  on  the  neck,  the  other  on  the  back  of 
the  head.  The  blood  presented  that  peculiar  character  of  hav¬ 
ing  lost  its  plasticity.  Stomach  irritable.  Urine  from  the  third 
day  heavily  albuminous,  no  suppression.  Skin  quite  yellow. 

Died  at  4  o’clock,  P.  M.,  July  31st;  sick  126  hours.  Conges¬ 
tion  of  the  brain  characterized  the  case.  The  last  three  days 
of  its  illness  the  child  was  constantly  in  a  state  of  restless 
delirium.  Convulsions  threatened  during  the  last  two  days, 
and  occurred  a  few  hours  preceding  dissolution. 

Having  proceeded  thus  far  in  a  chain  of  evidence,  as  shown 
in  the  recital  of  the  particulars  in  relation  to  the  foregoing 
series  of  cases,  it  only  remains  for  me  to  state  that  in  doing  so, 
I  have  presented  all  the  testimony  that  seems  to  have  any  bear¬ 
ing  upon  the  subject  of  this  investigation  from  the  beginning 
to  the  present  moment. 

To  the  personal  friendship  and  professional  courtesy  of  Dr- 
Souchon,  but  above  all,  to  the  high  regard  which  that  gentle¬ 
man  entertains  for  this  Association,  am  I  largely  indebted  for 
information  concerning  the  first  apparent  links  in  this  chain. 

As  presented  to  him,  the  cases,  taken  by  themselves,  their 
comparative  mildness,  irregular  course,  and  uniform  recovery, 
were  so  equivocal  as  to  have  necessitated  his  pursuing  that 
prudential  course  so  strongly  enjoined  upon  the  members  of 
this  organization.  Subsequent  events — an  experience  common 
to  us  all — aroused  suspicions,  and  furnished  ground  for  an 
opinion  to  which  the  cases  in  the  family  of  Mr.  Stout,  by  them¬ 
selves,  would  not  have  given  rise. 


Resuscitation  of  Still-Born  Infants. — McDauiel’s 
Method.— A  Case. 


[Read  before  the  Bullock  County  Medical  Society  at  its  Monthly  Meeting,  June  2,  1879.] 


By  C.  H.  FRANKLIN,  M.D.,  Union  Springs,  Ala. 


Gentlemen  : 

Those  of  us  who  were  present  at  the  State  Medical  Associa¬ 
tion  in  Selma,  last  April,  will,  I  am  sure,  recollect  with  pleasure 
the  very  interesting  and  exhaustive  paper,  read  by  Dr.  E.  D. 


1879]  Franklin — Resuscitation  of  Still-Born  Infants.  385 

McDaniel,  of  Camden,  Ala.,  on  the  above  subject.  The 
doctor  claims  to  be  the  originator  of  the  method,  and  expresses 
some  surprise,  as  well  as  mortification,  that  some  European 
authorities  have  adopted  the  plan  without  giving  him  the 
honor  of  its  origination. 

It  may  be  in  place  to  mention  that  he  read  a  monograph  on 
the  same  subject,  in  which  most  of  the  points  of  interest  were 
embodied,  before  the  American  Medical  Association  at  its  ses¬ 
sion  in  New  Orleans,  in  1809,  and  that  through  the  transac¬ 
tions  of  that  body,  knowledge  of  it  may  have  been  obtained  in 
Europe. 

As,  however,  we  will  soon  have  an  opportunity  of  reading 
the  entire  plan  in  our  State  Medical  Transactions,  it  is  hardly 
necessary  to  say  more  of  the  method  than  that  it  consists  in 
subjecting  the  still-born  babe,  with  about  the  frequency  of  or¬ 
dinary  respiration,  to  the  alternate  prone  and  supine  position, 
that  is  the  thorax  is  to  be  inclined  to  the  abdomen  to  an  angle 
of  about  45°  and  back  again  to  the  line,  the  diaphragm  thus 
playing  the  part  of  a  piston,  and  the  thorax  a  cylinder  as  it 
were,  in  alternately  diminishing  and  increasing  the  chest  capac¬ 
ity.  The  relative  difference  between  this  and  the  method 
usually  employed,  was  shown  by  the  spirometer  to  be  consid¬ 
erably  in  favor  of  McDaniel’s  plan. 

My  case  was,  I  think,  a  most  happy  one  to  test  the  efficacy 
of  the  method.  The  woman  was  a  white  primipera,  with  shal¬ 
low  pelvis,  and  otherwise  fair  development.  I  visited  her 
April  21st.  She  had  been  in  labor,  she  said,  fourteen  hours. 
On  examination,  found  the  womb  tolerably  well  dilated,  vertex 
presentation  with  pains  feeble  and  long  intervals.  The  soft 
parts  were  satisfactorily  soft  and  dilatable.  The  labor  con¬ 
tinued  tedious  for  some  hours.  Hoping  to  increase  the 
efficiency  of  the  pains,  the  womb  now  being  appar¬ 
ently  fully  dilated,  with  pains  rather  more  of  an  ex¬ 
pulsive  character,  I  ruptured  the  membranes.  Only  a 
few  ounces  of  anmiotic  fluid  escaped,  and  with  it  a  pro¬ 
lapsus  of  the  cord  became  manifest.  Several  ineft'ecual  efforts 
were  made  to  replace  the  cord.  The  head  soon  engaged  fully 
in  the  strait,  notwithstanding  the  partial  uterine  inertia,  and 
thus  precluded  all  hope  of  its  reintroduction.  Fearing  the 


380  Original  Communications.  [September 

continued  pressure  upon  the  cord  would  destroy  the  child,  ergot 
was  given  to  hasten  the  delivery.  A  protracted  pain  gave 
birth  to  the  head,  but  the  interval  that  followed,  we  thought, 
was  of  full  seven  minutes  duration,  during  which  time  two 
small  doses  of  ergot  were  given,  the  patient  being  exhorted  to 
bear  down,  uuphilosophical  as  it  was,  it  being  manifestly  cer¬ 
tain  that  no  woman  can  bear  down  effectively  without  the 
co-operative  influence  of  a  uterine  contraction.  During  this 
unnatural  confinement  of  the  child,  we  did  what  we  could  to 
enable  it  to  breathe  by  forcing  fresh  air  under  the  cover,  and 
placing  and  sustaining  its  mouth  in  the  most  easy  and  exposed 
position.  There  was  no  pulsation  in  the  cord  and  when, 
finally,  a  pain  occurred,  and  by  aid  of  gentle  traction  the  sec¬ 
ond  stage  of  labor  was  complete,  there  supervened,  or  rather 
there  was  existing  that  relaxed  or  inelastic  feel  in  the  child 
that  an  educated  touch  would  readily  recognize  as  death.  I 
noticed,  also,  that  the  meconium  had  passed.  I  hastened  to 
lay  him  on  his  right  side,  with  his  shoulders  slightly  elevated, 
and  arranged  the  cord  immediately,  so  as  to  protect  it  from 
further  compression,  hoping  that  the  blood  might  resume  its 
course  through  the  foetal  circulation.  He  made  no  effort  to 
breathe,  there  was  no  gasp,  he  was  completely  relaxed — he  was 
apparently  dead. 

I  at  once  determined  to  test  Dr.  McDaniel’s  method  alone, 
believing  at  the  time  I  heard  him  read  his  paper  that  it  em¬ 
bodied  the  most  philosophical  plan  that  I  had  yet  read,  and 
accordingly  began,  the  little  fellow  being  still  inclined  on  his 
right  side.  After  subjecting  him  to  the  alternate  prone  and 
supine  positions  five  or  six  times,  in  frequency  about  equal  to 
the  natural  respirations  in  the  child,  I  noticed  that  bronchial 
rales  were  produced,  thus  proving  that  the  air  did  enter  at  least 
the  larger  tubes.  I  had  no  means  of  definitely  determining  the 
time,  though  1  thought  it  was  full  ten  minutes  that  this  rythmi¬ 
cal  movement  was  kept  up  before  manifestations  of  returning 
vitality  made  their  appearance — first  by  a  gasp,  two  or  three 
movements,  the  large  rales  continuing  and  deepening  appar¬ 
ently,  and  another  gasp.  Soon  the  lungs  showed  more 
marked  evidence  of  expansion  and  contraction,  and  by  and  by 
a  feeble  cry. 


Correspondence. 


387 


1879] 


The  recovery  was  slow,  the  child  continuing  quite  feeble  for 
more  than  an  hour,  not  crying,  but  for  the  most  part  of  the 
time  merely  whining,  but  it  was  breathing.  He  is  since  doing- 
well,  his  parents  and  friends  feeling  that  his  life  is  due  to  the 
persistent  efforts  at  resuscitation. 

I  do  not  recollect  whether  Dr.  McDaniel  referred  to  position 
in  his  method,  though  I  believe,  considering  the  anatomical 
peculiarities  of  the  fcetal  heart,  that  some  advantage  may  be 
obtained  by  placing  the  child  on  the  right  side,  as  the  force  of 
gravity  might  thus  have  some  influence  in  closing  the  foramen 
Botalli,  and  favoring  the  course  of  the  blood  along  the  pulmo¬ 
nary  veins  to  the  lungs.  I  believe  this  idea  was  original  with 
the  late  Professor  Meigs  as  far  back  as  1832,  and  though  it  has 
been  subjected  to  some  criticism,  I  nevertheless  think  it  will 
have  an  auxiliary  influence,  it  is,  moreover,  the  most  conve¬ 
nient  position  for  the  accoucheur  to  practice  this  particular 
method  of  resuscitation.  I  am  aware  that  Meigs  employed  it 
in  Morbus  Ceruleus,  but  I  think,  after  a  little  consideration  of 
the  foetal  peculiarities  of  the  circulation,  that  any  one  will  see 
that  it  is  quite  as  applicable  to  cases  of  suspended  animation  in 
still-born  infants. 


Montecello,  Ark.,  May  15,  1879. 


Editor  of  the  New  Orleans  Medical  Journal: 

Dear  Sir — I  have  read  with  much  interest  the  various  causes 
that  produce  yellow  fever  as  promulgated  by  the  many  writers 
on  this  very  grave  question,  and  it  seems  to  be  a  settled  fact  that 
the  fever  is  produced  by  aniinalcula  or  bacteria,  and  they 
produced  by  stagnated  pools  in  warm  climates  and  in  stagnated 
waters  in  the  hulls  of  ships.  But  it  seems  to  be  a  mooted 
point  yet,  as  to  whether  it  is  imported  into  this  country  from 
some  distant  seaport  or  island. 

The  last  and  most  grave  question  that  now  seems  to  be  occu¬ 
pying  the  mind  of  the  profession  is,  as  to  how  the  ravages  of 
this  fell-destroyer  can  be  checkmated. 


388  Correspondence.  [September 

Some  think  that  national,  state  and  municipal  quarantine 
will  put  a  stop  to  it;  others  seem  to  think  it  can  be  frozen  out 
in  ships  and  houses  where  it  has  prevailed ;  all  of  which  I 
think  is  an  mpossibility  and  an  absurdity. 

First.  History  has  established  the  fact  beyond  contradiction, 
that  quarantine  has  never  checked  its  ravages  in  any  country 
where  there  was  a  cause,  and  where  there  was  heat  enough  to 
develop  that  cause  and  disseminate  the  same  through  the  air, 
to  be  wafted  over  the  country  in  the  form  of  a  cyclone. 

Second.  Freezing  it  out  in  ships  or  houses  in  a  few  days  is  ab¬ 
surd,  from  the  tact  that  in  all  places  in-doors,  there  are  crevices 
or  places  where  these  insects  can  secret  themselves  and  the 
cold  (however  intense  it  maybe)  cannot  reach  them,  and  just 
so  soon  as  the  cold  is  withdrawn  and  heat  applied  the  insects 
come  forth  again,  as  they  can  only  breed  in  a  heated 
atmosphere.  Nothing  can  starve  them  out,  only  a  long 
continued  season  of  cold  weather.  Just  as  soon  as  the  heat 
is  commenced  to  be  withdrawn,  just  so  soon  does  the  ani¬ 
malcule  begin  to  cease  to  germinate  and  to  produce  its  ravages, 
and  so  long  as  the  cold  coutiuues  there  is  no  danger  of  yellow 
fever,  and  if  the  season  of  cold  is  long  enough  and  intense 
enough  there  is  a  hope  that  the  cause  has  died  out.  But  with 
a  short  time  of  cold,  however  intense  it  may  be,  it  will  still 
leave  the  seed  in  places  that  the  cold  has  failed  to  reach,  and 
so  soon  as  heat  is  applied,  just  so  soon  will  they  commence  to 
germinate,  and  the  same  results  will  follow  as  did  before  the 
cold  was  applied  or  when  the  cause  first  made  its  appearance. 

My  opinion  is  that  nothing  but  proper  drainage  and  cleanli¬ 
ness  of  cities,  houses  and  the  premises  about  the  same,  will  do 
any  good  in  stopping  the  ravages  of  yellow  fever,  and  if  the 
Government  and  States  would  spend  as  much  money  in  trying  to 
produce  cleanliness  among  ourselves  as  they  have  spent  in 
looking  abroad  for  the  cause  and  trying  to  fence  it  out,  they 
would  do  far  more  good  in  the  premises.  Here  is  a  thought 
for  the  wise  ones  to  think  about. 

J.  N.  Slemond,  M.D. 

[Dr.  S.  is  certainly  wrong  in  his  first  proposition.  There  is 
no  reason  to  suppose  that  Arkansas  and  Texas  owed  their 
escape,  from  the  ravages  of  yellow  fever  in  1878,  to  any  climatic 


1879J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


389 


or  sanitary  advantages  over  Mississippi  and  Tennessee,  or  to 
any  other  advantage  than  more  effectual  exclusion  of  the 
specific  infection.  If  this  infection  were  “  wafted  over  the 
country  in  the  form  of  a  cyclone  ”  through  the  atmosphere,  it 
would  have  extended  over  the  whole  country  within  a  month  ; 
whereas,  we  know  that  the  disease  is  neither  spread  nor  re¬ 
tarded  by  winds. 

As  to  local  sanitary  conditions,  observation  amply  proves 
that  yellow  fever  is  not  mitigated  by  good  nor  aggravated  by 
bad  sanitation.  The  three  conditions  needed  for  a  prevalence 
of  the  disease  are  subjects  susceptible  to  its  specific  cause,  the 
presence  of  this  cause,  and  a  temperature  high  enough  to  ren¬ 
der  it  active.  Eliminate  one,  and  the  other  two  fail. — S.  S.  H.] 


J- 


ED1CAL 


ITERATURE. 


H  J3  MATIN’ I  (J  PROPERTIES  OF  DIALYZED  IRON. 

13r.  Robert  Amory,  in  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal, 
contributes  a  very  interesting  series  of  observations  on  the 
hsematinic  properties  of  dialyzed  iron.  After  desciibing  the 
instrument  used  and  the  method  of  computing  the  richness  of 
the  blood  in  corpuscles,  he  takes  up  and  compares  the  dia¬ 
lyzed  with  other  preparations  of  iron,  and  reports  his  obser¬ 
vations  on  five  cases  of  ancemid,  and  shows  “  that,  under  the 
continued  use  of  ninety  drops  of  solution  of  dialyzed  iron  per 
diem  this  condition  of  impoverished  blood  was  replaced  by  an 
increase  in  the  number  of  corpuscles”  *  *  *  “and  the 

symptoms  of  ill-health  simultaneously  disappeared  with  this  im¬ 
provement.” 

“  Dialyzed  iron  may  increase  the  globular  richness  of  blood, 
but  it  may  have  no  effect  in  bringing  about  the  chemical  com¬ 
bination  of  oxy-luemoglobin.  If  the  supposition  be  true  that 
there  is  a  state  of  ill-health  in  which  the  corpuscles  may  be 
numerically  normal,  but  may  simultaneously  be  deficient  in 
coloring  matter,  we  may  conceive  of  an  anaemic  or  chlorotic 
patient  who  may  require  some  therapeutical  means  for  im- 


390  Current  Medical  Literature.  [September 

proving  this  deficiency  other  than  simple  iron.  I  may  have 
been  extremely  fortunate  in  selecting  just  those  cases  in  which 
a  simple  form  of  iron  was  indicated,  and  it  may  not  be  impossi¬ 
ble  that  another  form  would  have  benefited  my  eases  as  much 
as  the  dialyzed  iron ;  yet  the  latter  is  preferable  to  the  more 
astringent  iron  salts,  because  it  does  not  impair  the  digestion, 
nor  produce  constipation. 

“  Now,  one  final  word  about  the  various  solutions  of  dialyzed 
iron.  Many  of  these  solutions  are  valueless,  some  are  very 
dilute,  and  a  few  are  of  pretty  uniform  standard,  and  contain 
only  the  products  of  dialysis  from  a  salt  of  iron  and  distilled 
water.  If  physicians  use  a  worthless  preparation,  they  need  not 
expect  an  improvement  in  the  anaemia ;  if  they  use  a  dilute 
solution,  they  must  prescribe  a  larger  amount  of  the  solution. 
In  the  preparation  I  used  for  these  experiments  the  solution 
had  a  specific  gravity  of  1042,  and  had  no  free  acid.” 

[The  dialyzed  iron  used  in  making  the  experiments  was  from 
Messrs.  John  Wyeth  &  Bro.,  manufacturing  chemists,  Phila¬ 
delphia. — Eds.] 


A  CASE  OF  HYDROPHOBIA  CURED  BY  KURARA. 

\  [Translation.] 

Dr.  Offenberg,  of  Wickrath,  Germany,  has,  in  1874,  had  a 
case  of  this  disease  under  treatment  at  the  hospital  in  Munster, 
and  lately  published  a  very  detailed  description  of  it.  The  his¬ 
tory  of  the  case  is  too  voluminous  here  to  be  given  in  extenso, 
and  we  will  have  to  content  ourselves  with  giving  a  synopsis 
of  the  same. 

An  autopsy  of  the  dog  who  had  bit  the  patient  was  not 
made.  According  to  a  description  of  the  condition  of  the  dog, 
a  veterinary  surgeon  pronounced  it  suffering  from  hydrophobia, 
and  caused  it  to  be  killed  the  same  day  it  bit  the  girl.  It 
appears  to  us,  however,  that  many  points  in  connection  with 
the  late  disease  of  the  patient  justify  the  diagnosis,  and  that 
haidly  any  doubt  as  to  its  correctness  can  be  maintained,  in 
spite  "of  the  missing  autopsy.  The  dog  had  been  chained  for 
19  days  when  it  attacked  the  patient.  The  proprietor  of  the 
dog  states  that  it  was  not  usually  snappish,  and  knew  especi¬ 
ally  well  the  patient,  who  several  times  daily  passed  the  dog, 
and  favored  it  occasionally  with  food.  The  assault  was  entirely 
unfounded,  and  was  followed  immediately  after  by  a  striking- 
change  in  the  habits  of  the  animal,  which  became  very  turbu¬ 
lent.  There  had  previously  been  noticed  several  cases  of  hydro¬ 
phobia  in  that  part  of  the  country,  and  a  dog  on  a  neighboring 
farm  had  undoubtedly  been  attacked  by  this  disease  in  the 
latter  part  of  June;  it  had  bit  several  animals  and  persons — 
among  others  its  master,  who,  July  29tli,  was  suddenly 
attacked  by  hydrophobia  and  died  July  31st.  Some  days  later 
a  donkey  on  the  same  farm,  and  which  had  been  bit  by  the, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


391 


1879] 


dog,  became  strikingly  turbulent  and  snappish,  assaulted 
especially  calves,  and  had  to  be  killed.  It  is  highly  probable 
that  this  dog,  in  which  the  disease  in  the  beginning  manifested 
itself,  by  roaming  about  at  that  time  had  been  together  with 
the  dog  on  the  neighboring  farm,  where  the  patient  was  bit. 

The  patient,  a  girl,  24  years  of  age,  was  bit,  July  28th,  in  the 
heel,  and  July  30th  she  went  to  the  neighboring  farm  to  see 
the  physician  attending  the  gentleman  who  had  also  been  bit, 
as  above  mentioned.  They  prescribed  a  concentrated  solution 
of  potash,  and  advised  her  to  cauterize  the  wound  with  it ;  she 
did  so,  dipping  pieces  of  linen  in  the  liquid  and  applying  them, 
and  she  produced  by  this  method  an  extended  and  quite  dry 
cauterization  about  the  size  of  the  palm  of  the  hand  on  and 
about  the  wound.  She  was  persuaded  to  stay  and  nurse  the 
sick  man  and  witnessed  consequently  his  violent  attacks  of 
spasms,  raving  and  finally  his  death.  She  used  also  an  arca¬ 
num  consisting  principally  of  a  concentrated  solution  of  cook¬ 
ing  salt,  which  produced  pain  in  her  throat  when  she  drank ; 
she  therefore  refused  drinks,  which  was  supposed  to  be  symp¬ 
toms  of  hydrophobia.  The  physician  who  was  summoned  did 
not  examine  the  mouth  nor  the  throat,  and  was  not  told  the 
real  state  of  the  case,  but  prescribed  a  solution  of  morphia. 
She  was  perfectly  well  four  or  five  days  later,  and  returned  to 
her  parents.  The  wound  was  dressed  with  a  solution  of  car¬ 
bolic  acid,  later  with  basilic  ointment,  the  physician  wishing  to 
keep  it  suppurating  for  three  months  at  least. 

This  treatment,  however,  did  not  satisfy  the  parties,  and  the 
girl  was  sent  to  the  hospital  October  8th.  She  has  never  been 
seriously  ill  and  there  is  no  disposition  to  nervous  diseases  in  her 
iamily ;  she  is  plethoric,  of  a  very  healthy  appearance  and  of  a 
lively  character ;  she  states  that  she  is  continually  afraid  of  the 
breaking  out  of  hydrophobia,  and  that  during  night,  she  often 
awakens  in  fear;  upon  admission  she  seems,  however,  to  be  quiet. 
The  wound  was  red,  granulating,  and  considerably  decreased  in 
size  October  loth.  Menses  appeared  October  10th,  and  were 
about  ceasing  the  10th  (80  days  after  she  had  been  bit) ;  she 
was  on  that  day  as  usual  out  of  bed,  had  taken  supper  at 
0  o’clock,  and  nobody  had  noticed  anything  extraordinary  in 
her.  At  7  o’clock,  her  temper  was  irritable,  trying  to  calm  her 
made  her  cry,  as  she  stated  herself  later,  without  any  reason  ; 
at  8  o’clock  she  suddenly  had  an  attack  of  suffocation,  when 
drinking  water,  which  she  could  not  swallow,  but  had  to  spit 
out.  With  short  intervals  she  now  had  repeated  attacks  of 
convulsions,  which  roused  the  supposition  of  approaching 
hydrophobia. 

I)r.  O.  sawT  her  at  10:15  o’clock,  and  found  her  excited,  anxious, 
crying,  satisfied  that  she  was  suffering  from  hydrophobia  and 
that  she  was  going  to  die.  She  (cmplains  of  pains  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  chest  and  front  part  of  the  neck,  especially 
around  larnyx  and  os  byoideum ;  in  the  throat  she  also  feels 

7 


392  Current  Medical  Literature.  [September 

pain,  but  nothing  abnormal  is  to  be  seen;  the  secretion  of 
saliva  is  not  increased,  no  Marochetti  vesicles ;  the  tempera¬ 
ture  is  but  slightly  increased  ;  she  states  that  she  feels  pain  in 
the  wound  now  and  then,  extending  towards  the  knee;  the 
appearance  of  the  wound  is  unchanged.  The  muscles,  espe¬ 
cially  on  the  limbs,  show  slight  spasms  incessantly  on  the 
flexor-side  of  the  forearm,  so  much  so  that  the  pulse  cannot  be 
counted.  At  the  interval  of  1  to  2  minutes,  inspiratory  spasms 
appear,  accompanied  by  general  clonic  convulsions.  They 
commence  with  some  short,  sighing  sounds,  produced  by  the 
entering  of  air  thorough  the  narrow  glottis.  The  chest  rises 
and  expands,  the  inspiratory  muscles  are  very  prominent,  the 
whole  body  is  shaken  by  clonic  spasms,  she  beats  furiously,  or 
catches  hold  of  the  proffered  hand  ;  she  has  a  sensation  of 
suffocation  and  constriction  of  the  throat,  also  pain  in  the 
limbs.  Previous  to  the  attack,  she  feels  it  coming  by  in¬ 
creased  fear.  When  the  attack  is  over,  respiration  becomes 
superficial  and  frequent,  later  more  quiet. 

In  attempting  to  drink,  spasms  of  the  throat  appear,  and 
she  swollows  only  a  little  with  great  difficulty,  and  a  few  sec¬ 
onds  later  she  gets  inspiratory  spasms.  The  attacks  increased 
in  violence  and  frequency.  At  10:45  o’clock  an  attempt  to  drink 
failed  for  the  first  time  entirely  in  spite  of  her  thirst.  An  in¬ 
jection  of  morphia  (gr.  £)  had  no  effect,  while  inhalation  of 
chloroform  continued  until  narcotism  gave  great  relief;  the 
first  inspiration  produced,  however,  every  time  a  spasm ;  she 
presented  now  the  symptoms  of  hydrophobia  very  decidedly  ; 
she  was,  besides,  much  afraid  of  light,  greatly  alarmed,  nearly 
out  of  her  mind,  the  hearing  extraordinarily  sharp. 

As  there  could  no  more  be  any  doubt  about  the  diagnosis, 
Dr.  O.  decided  to  make  use  of  kurara.  There  was  a  solution  of 
this  drug  at  the  hospital,  50  ceutigr.  in  10  grammes  of  water 
(gr.  10  in  3iij  of  water),  the  effect  of  which  he  had  tried  in  frogs, 
and  a  year  previous  in  two  cases  of  tetanus ;  as  these  had  both 
turned  out  fatal,  Dr.  O.  felt  himself  justified  in  giving  quite 
large  doses.  At  10  o’clock,  about  three  hours  after  the  sudden 
breaking  out  of  the  disease,  he  injected  2  centigr.  (c.  gr.  J),  and 
repeated  the  dose  at  11  o’clock,  when  the  muscular  turbulence 
in  the  intervals  commenced  to  decrease ;  he  felt  thereby  encour¬ 
aged  to  continue  the  hypodermic  injections,  administering  3 
centigr.  at  the  time,  and  became  more  and  more  convinced  of 
the  utility  of  the  drug.  At  1  o’clock  the  intervals  were  of  3  to 
5  minutes’  duration ;  the  convulsions  were,  however,  yet  as  vio¬ 
lent  as  before.  Finally,  at  3:15  o’clock,  when  18  centigrammes 
(c.  3  grains)  of  kurara  had  been  given,  an  attack  of  much  less 
force  and  shorter  dura' ion  than  any  one  previous  was  noticed. 
A  little  later,  the  patient  stated  that  she  felt  paralyzed  in  all 
her  limbs,  and  a  very  considerable  paralysis  was  developed  in 
the  course  of  a  minute.  The  attacks  of  spasms  now  became 
scarce  and  weak,  and  at  4:30  o’clock  she  had  a  last,  very  weak, 
attack — a  spasmodic  inspiration.  After  the  last  attack  of 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


393 


spasms,  a  complete  suspension  of  the  respiration  hail  appeared, 
which,  however,  was  easily  brought  on  again  by  a  few  rythmi¬ 
cal  compressions  of  the  chest  and  abdomen.  As  the  spasms 
had  ceased,  the  nearly  complete  paralysis  continued,  and  im¬ 
paired  even  the  speech;  respiration  became  weaker,  though 
uninterrupted ;  the  patient  had  difficulty  in  opening  the  eyes ; 
to  be  touched  was  painful  to  her ;  she  felt  headache  and  weak¬ 
ness,  but  was  not  sleepy.  Towards  morning  the  skin  became 
moist,  and  she  was  brought  into  perspiration  through  the 
agency  of  bottles  filled  with  hot  water. 

October  17th,  at  7:30  o’clock,  A.  M,  the  paralysis  commenced 
to  disappear;  she  swallowed  a  glass  of  water  easily.  In  course 
of  day  the  paralysis  ceased  entirely;  the  headache  and  the 
hyperesthesia,  especially  in  the  arms,  continued  yet.  Towards 
evening,  some  slight  spasmodic  contractions  appeared  in  the 
arm  and  other  muscles,  and  having  taken  a  glass  of  water,  a 
spasmodic  inspiration  took  place  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
previous  night.  This  repeated  itself  several  times,  but  ceased 
without  treatment,  and  at  9  o’clock  she  fell  into  a  deep  and 
quiet  sleep.  She  awoke  at  1  o’clock  with  a  severe  chill,  which 
lasted  three-quarter  of  an  hour.  She  did  not  sleep  any  more, 
but  there  was  no  paralysis  nor  spasms  during  the  rest  of  the 
night. 

October  18th.  On  that  morning  a  few  spasmodic  contrac¬ 
tions  appeared  in  the  arm;  the  patient  had  headache  and  pho¬ 
tophobia  ;  at  11  o’clock  she  suddenly  became  totally  parayzed, 
could  not  move  a  finger,  hardly  speak,  but  recognized  visitors. 
In  an  hour  the  paralysis  commenced  to  vanish  and  disappeared 
entirely  in  the  course  of  the  evening.  Towards  night,  spasms 
appeared  again,  and,  in  attempting  to  drink,  an  inspiratory 
spasm ;  as  those  were  repeated  at  intervals  of  2  to  3  minutes, 
and  the  patient  besides  became  restless,  thirsty  and  shy  of 
light,  a  hypodermatic  injection  of  3  centigr.  of  kurara  was 
administered,  which  in  15  minutes  displayed  its  effect.  At 
midnight,  she  had  another  inspiratory  spasm,  followed  by  par¬ 
alysis  and  superficial  respiration  as  in  the  forenoon ;  towards 
morning  she  was  quiet  for  several  hours. 

October  19th.  Some  headache  and  photophobia ;  a  few 
spasmodic  contractions ;  a  few  times  slight  spasm  of  the  throat 
in  attempting  to  drink,  once  followed  by  considerable  paralysis. 

October  20th.  In  the  morning  still  some  slight  contractions. 
Since  October  16th,  she  had  taken  only  water  and  a  little  wine ; 
in  the  evening,  for  the  first  time,  she  took  some  milk  and  bread 
with  a  good  appetite. 

December  3d.  The  wound  in  the  foot  is  healed.  She  is  dis¬ 
missed  from  the  hospital. 

December  19th.  She  feels  pretty  well,  but  is  yet  very  weak. 
She  now  continued  improving  slowly ;  she  became  anaemic ; 
menstruation,  which  had  appeared  in  November,  now  ceased 
for  6  months,  and  the  inconsiderate  talk  of  some  of  the  patient’s 


394  Current  Medical  Literature.  [September 

.surroundings,  created  fears  that  reappearance  of  the  disease 
might  take  place. 

Ln  January,  1877,  she  informed  Dr.  O.  that  she  had  been  well 
for  many  months. 

This  case  hardly  leaves  any  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  the 
diagnosis :  lysa  hurnana,  as  well  as  the  curative  effect  of  kurara 
in  this  case.  The  remedy  is,  however,  looked  upon  with  a  cer¬ 
tain  distrust  on  account  of  the  danger  of  the  paralysis  it  pro¬ 
duces,  and  because  its  composition  and  effect  is  so  inconsistent 
that  it  is  not  easy  to  calculate  the  exact  dose  to  be  given,  with¬ 
out  exposing  the  life  of  the  patient;  the  dose  must,  therefore, 
be  established  by  experimenting.  Kurarin  would  have  a  great 
advantage  over  kurara,  but  is  at  present  very  expensive.  Used 
cautiously,  and  by  observing  the  patient  closely  also,  several 
days  after  its  use,  it  is,  howevar,  hardly  more  dangerous  than 
many  other  remedies,  e.  g.  atropia.  It  is  preferable  to  give  it 
early  in  the  disease,  and  the  author  concludes  with  the  follow¬ 
ing  propositions  : 

1st.  Besides  the  surgical  treatment  of  a  wound  inflicted  by 
an  animal  suffering  from  hydrophobia,  the  patient  must  be  kept 
under  observation  for  several  months.  As  soon  as  symptoms 
of  threatening  breaking  out  of  spasms  appear,  the  use  of  hypo¬ 
dermic  injections  of  kurara  is  immediately  resorted  to. 

2d.  The  physician  in  attendance  must  be  prepared  with  a 
solution  of  kurara  ( 50  centigr.  to  10  grammes  of  water  [  gr.  10 
to  3iij.] ),  which  should  be  tried  on  frogs,  and  1-10  milligrammes 
(1-600  gr.)  must  paralyse  these  rapidly  without  producing  any 
spasm. 

3d.  The  quantity  of  kurara  used  for  injection  should  corre¬ 
spond  with  the  violence  of  the  convulsions,  and  ought  to  be 
continued  until  positive  symptoms  of  paralysis  appear.  As 
kurara  may  kill  by  paralysing  the  respiration,  every  thing 
needed  for  artificial  respiration  should  be  ready. 

4tli.  When  the  spasms  have  apparently  ceased,  or  in  threat¬ 
ening  paralysis,  it  is  also  necessary  for  some  days  to  watch  the 
eventual  re  appearance  of  these  symptoms. — TJzeskrift  fur  Cieger. 


UTERO-OVARIAN  AMPUTATION8. 

[Translation.] 

In  one  of  the  last  numbers  of  the  Independente  of  Turin,  we 
l  ead  a  very  long  and  detailed  account  of  Dr.  Joseph  Berruti, 
of  the  case  of  utero-ovarian  amputation,  lately  performed  by 
him,  ot  which  we  have  already  spoken  in  the  July  Number  of 
our  Journal. 

The  woman  has  recovered.  On  the  25th  day  after  the  opera¬ 
tion,  she  was  able  to  leave  bed,  and  a  few  days  afterwards 
to  attend  to  her  household  duties. 

In  order  to  correct  some  erroneous  statements  incurred  in 
the  compilation  of  the  statistics  of  this  operation,  published 
in  several  medical  journals,  Prof.  Berruti  presents  the  follow 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


395 


1879] 

in#  table,  as  drawn  from  the  reliable  sources  of  the  operators 
themselves,  in  which  all  the  cases  of  this  operation  performed 
since  1870  to  the  present  date  (5th  July,  1879,)  are  resumed: 


1 . . 1870 . . 

.  Prof.  Torro, . 

.  Pavia, . . . 

. .  Recovery. . 

2..L877. . 

.  Prof.  Spaeth,  _ 

.Vienna,.. 

. .  Recovery. . 

. 

3  1877 . . 

.Prof.  Hegar, . 

.  Friburg,. 

.  Death. 

4.. 1877.. 

.Prof.  Braun  C.,  . . 

Vienna,.  . 

5.. 1877.. 

.Prof.  Spaeth,.  .. 

.  Vienna, . . 

.  Death. 

0. .  1877.. 

.  Prof.  Chiara,  . . . . 

.  Milauo, 

.  Death. 

7.. 1877 

Prof.  Tuzani, 

.  Parma,. 

.Death. 

8.. 1877. . 

.Prof.  Previtali,  .. 

.  Bergamo, 

•  •  ...... 

Death. 

9.. 1878  . 

.Prof.  Miiller, . 

.  Berne, . . . 

10.. 1878  . 

Prof.  Franzoliui,. . 

.  Udine,  . . 

.Death. 

11.. 1878. 

.  Prof.  W asseige,  . 

.  Liege, . . . 

.  .  Recovery. 

12.. 1878.. 

.  Prof.  Chiara, . 

.Milano,  . . 

Death. 

13.. 1878.. 

.  Prof.  Tibone,  _ 

Turin,  .  . 
.Vienna,  . 

.  Death. 

14.. 1878.. 

.  Prof.  Brauu  C., . . . 

.  .  Recovery. . 

15.. 1878.. 

.Prof.  Litzmaun,..  . 

.  Kiel, . 

16.. 1878.. 

.Prof.  Wasseige,. . . 

.  Liege, .  . 

L7..L878  . 

.  Prof.  Riedinger,.  . 

Briiuu,  . . 

.  .Recovery. . 

18.. 1878.. 

.Prof.  Breisky,  ... 

.  Prague,. . 

. .  Recovery. . 

19.. 1878... 

Prof.  Perolio,  .  . . . 

.  Brescia, . 

. . .  Recovery. . 

20. .1878.. 

.Prof.  Chiara . 

.Milano,  . 

. .  Recovery. . 

. 

21.. 1878.. 

.  Prof.  Fehling, . . . . 

.  Stockard, 

Death. 

22 . . 1879 . . 

.Prof.  Braun  G.,  .. 

.  Vienna,  . 

.Death. 

23 . . 1879 . . 

.  Prof.  Tibone, . 

.  Turin,  . . 
.  Cremona, 

.  .Recovery., 

24 . . 1879 . . 

.  Prof.  Coggi, . 

.  Death. 

25 . . 1879 . . 

.Prof.  Braun  C., . . . 

.  Vienna, . . 

. .  Recovery. . 

26  .1879.. 

.  Prof.  Tibone,  . . . . 

Turin, .  . . 

.  Death. 

27 . . 1879  . 

.  Lying-in-hospital, . 

..Turin,.  . 

.  Death. 

28. ..1879.. 

.  Prof.  Berruti, . 

.  Recovery. 

29 . . 1879 . . 

Prof.  Maugiagalli 

.  .Milano,  . 

. .  Recovery. . 

Result- 

— Recoveries  . 

.  .13 

Deaths . 

.  .  16 

Total . 

..29 

If  we  consider,  says  Dr.  Beiruti,  that  the  cases  of  Doctors 
Hegar,  Tuzani,  Previtali  and  Franzoliui,  J7os.  3,  7,  8  and  10, 
were  operated  ou  women  in  articulo  mortis ,  we  may  conclude, 
that  the  cures  surpass  50  per  cent. 


CHAULMOOGRA  OIL  IN  LEPROSY. 

By  WYNDHAM  COTTLE,  M.A  ,  M.B.  Oxon.,  F.R.C.S.  Eng.,  etc.  Senior  Assistant 
Surgeon  to  the  Hospital  for  Diseases  of  the  Skiu,  Blackfriars. 

The  following  cases  are,  I  think,  especially  interesting  on  two 
grounds  :  that  they  illustrate  the  use  of  a  comparatively  little 
known  remedy,  and  are  a  record  of  an  early  stage  of  elephanti¬ 
asis  Grsecorum  occurring  in  England. 


Current,  Medical  Literature. 


396 


[September 


Case  I. — T.  W.  is  now  eighteen  years  of  age.  His  father,  an 
Englishman  born  in  England,  went  to  India.  His  mother  was 
born  in  that  country  of  English  parents.  I  le  affirms  that  his 
parents  and  his  three  brothers,  with  whom  he  lives  in  London, 
are  free  from  disease ;  and  that  there  is  no  history  of  skin-affec¬ 
tion  in  his  family.  Born  in  Calcutta,  he  resided  and  traveled 
in  India  until  November,  1875,  when  with  his  family  he  moved 
to  London,  where  he  has  since  remained  in  comfortable  circum¬ 
stances.  In  England,  he  has  always  lived  well;  and  he  tells 
me  that  in  India  his  food  was  much  the  same,  with  no  excess 
of  fish. 

The  first  symptom  of  the  disease  showed  itself  in  June,  1877, 
as  a  spot  as  large  as  a  sixpence  over  the  angle  of  the  jaw  on 
the  left  side,  the  site  of  which  was  marked  by  a  dark  stain . 
Previously  to  this,  his  health  had  been  excellent.  The  devel¬ 
opment  of  this  spot  was  followed  by  pains  in  the  limbs  that 
lasted  about  two  months.  He  then  noticed  that  the  right  fore¬ 
arm  on  its  outer  aspect  had  become  marked  with  a  brown  dis¬ 
coloration.  From  August  to  October,  1877,  small  round  tuber¬ 
cles,  dark  colored,  about  the  size  of  split  peas,  with  somewhat 
depressed  centres,  appeared  on  the  backs  of  the  hands.  Simi¬ 
lar  tubercles  showed  themselves  over  the  face  ;  but  in  these  the 
central  depression  was  absent,  and  the  color  lighter.  Conjunc¬ 
tival  injection  took  place  from  the  first  attack.  These  symp¬ 
toms  persisted  and  increased.  Tubercles  of  like  character 
developed  on  the  feet;  and,  in  May,  1878,  patches  of  brown 
staining,  which  at  first  were  of  a  dull  red  color,  swollen  and 
hyperiemic,  were  visible  on  both  arm  and  legs.  The  back  of 
the  right  hand  and  portions  of  the  right  leg  were  also  distinctly 
anaesthetic. 

In  October,  1878,  his  condition  was  as  follows.  He  had  tuber¬ 
cles,  as  described,  on  the  face,  the  back  of  the  hands  and  feet, 
and  the  inner  surface  of  the  lower  lip,  with  one  on  the  left  con¬ 
junctiva.  The  limbs,  especially  on  their  outer  aspects,  were 
deeply  pigmented,  dry  and  scaly,  most  marked'  on  the  right 
side.  The  back  of  the  right  hand  and  outer  surface  of  the  right 
leg  were  anaesthetic.  The  finger  points  were  also  uniformly 
enlarged.  There  was  no  loss  of  hair,  and  the  ears  were  un¬ 
affected. 

At  the  end  of  March,  1879,  all  these  symptoms  had  passed 
away,  except  a  more  limited  and  less  pronounced  anaesthesia  in 
the  above  mentioned  parts,  and  somewhat  raised  dark  spots  on 
the  face  and  backs  of  the  hands,  corresponding  to  the  positions 
occupied  by  the  tubercles,  with  some  thickening  of  the  finger- 
joints. 

From  March  11th  till  September  18th,  1878,  all  the  ordinary 
remedies  were  employed,  but  the  disease  steadily  advanced ; 
when  I  administered  chaulmoogra  oil  in  five-minim  doses  twice 
daily.  The  patient  experiencing  no  inconvenience,  I  succes¬ 
sively  increased  the  dose  to  ten  and  twenty  minims  three  times 
daily,  then  to  forty  and  sixty  minims  thrice  a  day,  which  he  is 


1879  J  Current  Medical  Literature.  397 

now  taking.  The  disease  began  to  mend  from  the  time  the 
chanlmoogra  oil  was  given,  and  very  much  more  rapidly  with 
the  larger  doses,  the  improvement  being  noticeable  week  by 
week  during  tbe  last  six  weeks,  while  he  has  been  taking  the 
oil  in  drachm-doses.  1  also  directed  him  to  apply  daily  to  the 
affected  parts  an  ointment  of  twenty  grains  of  cliaulmoogra 
oil  to  an  ounce  of  lard. 

Case  II. — T.  M.  was  born  and  spent  his  youth  in  England. 
After  residing  twenty-seven  years  in  Jamaica,  he  returned  to 
London  in  November,  1877.  He  noticed  the  first  symptoms  of 
his  disease  in  May,  1878,  when  large  patches  of  discoloration 
appeared  on  his  legs,  followed  by  similar  spots  on  the  face  and 
arms.  A  tonie  treatment  was  first  employed ;  and  in  September, 
1878,  ehaulmoogra  oil  in  small  doses  was  given,  which  was  in¬ 
creased  to  twenty  minims  three  times  daily.  This  he  continued 
to  take  till  March  10th,  1879,  when  I  first  saw  him.  He  stated 
that  his  condition  improved  when  he  commenced  to  take  the  oil, 
but  the  complaint  recurred  in  a  more  marked  degree. 

On  March  10th,  1879,  he  presented  the  following  appearance. 
He  was  hale  and  well  nourished.  There  were  dusky  red  raised 
patches,  two  or  three  inches  in  diameter,  scattered  over  the 
face,  neck,  body,  and  limbs,  with  the  characteristic  leonine 
expression  of  countenance  and  thickening  of  the  ears  and  of 
the  tissues  in  the  positions  occupied  by  the  spots.  A  superfi¬ 
cial  ulcer  existed  on  the  outside  of  the  left  leg,  and  one  spot 
on  the  right  thigh  ;  and  the  insides  of  the  feet  from  the  great 
toes  to  the  heels  were  anaesthetic. 

I  directed  him  to  take  ehaulmoogra  oil  in  drachm-doses  thrice 
daily.  The  only  ineonveuience  he  experienced  was  slight  con¬ 
stipation,  which  an  occasional  mild  purgative  removed.  He 
has  continued  the  same  treatment.  The  ulcer  on  the  leg  rapidly 
healed.  When  I  saw  him  a  week  ago,  the  spots  had  faded  in 
color  and  lost  some  of  their  thickening,  while  some  had  disap¬ 
peared  ;  and  the  anaesthesia  was  less  marked,  and  his  general 
health  had  improved. 

1  cannot  but  rega  d  these  as  encouraging  results,  and  per¬ 
haps  an  indication  of  a  more  hopeful  means  of  combating  this 
intractable  malady. 

I  have  found  that  there  are  some  points  of  clinical  impor¬ 
tance  to  be  observed  in  the  administration  of  ehaulmoogra  oil. 
It  should  be  given  at  first  in  small  doses  of  three  or  four  mi¬ 
nims,  which,  as  the  stomach  becomes  more  tolerant  of  it,  may 
be  increased  to  a  drachm.  It  should  always  be  taken  after 
food.  It  is  apt  to  produce  constipation  and  sickness.  I  have 
found  this  is  best  combatted  by  administering  some  mild  purga¬ 
tive  to  ensure  the  regular  action  of  the  bowels,  when  the  ten¬ 
dency  to  nausea  generally  disappears.  In  leprosy,  at  least,  I 
am  led  to  think  that  a  much  larger  dose  than  that  ordinarily 
given  ig  required.  1  am  in  the  habit  of  prescribing  the  oil  as  a 
mixture  suspended  in  gum,  or  as  an  emulsion.  It  may  be 
more  elegantly  administered  in  perlers  or  capsules ;  and  I  have 


,'598  Current  Medical  Literature.  [September 

had  some  made  containing  fifteen  minims  each,  which  I  find 
useful  and  convenieut. 

Chaulmoogra  is  the  oil  expressed  from  the  seeds  of  the  Gyno- 
cardia  odorata.  Its  melting  point  being  high,  it  is  semi-solid 
at  the  ordinary  temperature.  Its  taste  and  odor  are  not  dis¬ 
agreeable,  and  it  comes  to  us  with  a  high  Indian  reputation 
as  a  remedy  for  scrofula,  skin-diseases,  and  leprosy.  I  am 
making  trial  of  chaulmoogra  oil  in  lupus  and  late  forms  of 
syphilis  and,  in  cases  where  cod-liver  oil  is  not  well  borne,  I 
have  found  patients  improve  materially  while  taking  it  .—British 
Medical  Journal ,  June  28. 


KLEBS  ON  THE  CONTAGIUM  OF  SYPHILIS.* 

This  is  an  experimental  study  of  the  inoculation  of  syphilis 
upon  some  of  the  lower  animals.  Certain  patients  were  sub¬ 
jected  to  removal  of  Hunterian  chancres  by  antiseptic  means, 
and  parts  of  each  chancre  were  preserved  in  hermetically  sealed 
tubes,  and  from  these  the  inoculations  were  made,  either 
directly  or  after  cultivation.  Under  certain  conditions  syph¬ 
ilitic  indurations  are  not  infective,  or,  more  probably,  they  have 
ceased  to  be  so  at  the  time  of  inoculation  ;  and,  inasmuch  as 
these  show  the  same  histological  elements  as  those  which  do 
infect,  it  is  concluded  that  the  cells  are  not  the  carriers  of  the 
virus,  these  being  present  in  both  cases.  Klebs  believes  that 
the  various  stages  of  development  of  a  fungus  correspond  with 
the  various  grades  of  iufectiveness,  and  this  is  corroborated 
by  another  observation  of  his,  that  the  extirpated  masses  were 
more  active  when  they  had  been  preserved  for  some  days  in 
glass  tubes  prior  to  their  insertion. 

The  parts  removed  were  all  examined,  both  in  the  first  state 
and  after  the  usual  hardening  processes  and  staining.  By  the 
latter,  appearances  were  observed  in  the  morbid  material  which 
were  suggestive  of  the  presence  of  micrococci,  but  they  were 
to  some  extent  equivocal,  isot  so  with  the  fresh  specimens,  in 
which  organisms  were  indubitably  recognizable  as  active  mo¬ 
bile  grains  and  short  rods. 

The  first  experiment  was  on  this  wise.  On  April  15,  1875,  a 
Hunterian  chancre  was  removed  antiseptically  and  transferred 
to  a  glass  tube  heated  to  a  red  heat  and  closed  by  cotton¬ 
wool.  During  three  days  its  surface  showed  no  trace  of  putre¬ 
faction.  The  tube  was  opened  on  April  18th  under  salicylic 
acid  spray,  and  pieces  of  the  mass  transferred  to  two  cultiva¬ 
tors.  Within  two  or  three  days  changes  were  observed  in  them, 
and,  at  the  end  of  twenty-two  days,  microscopical  investiga¬ 
tion  showed  micrococci  aud  rods.  From  this  material  a  small 
black  rabbit  was  inoculated  in  the  anterior  chamber  of  each 
eye.  The  inoculation  excited  considerable  inflammation  of  the 
eyes,  and  rapid  wasting,  and  death  took  place  in  nineteen  days. 


Archiv  fiir  Experiment  I’athologie  n.  Pharmakokigie,  Band  x. 


1879]  Current  Medical  Literature.  399 

The  inspection  did  not  show  very  much,  but  the  left  side  of 
the  liver  contained  a  small  circumscribed  yellowish- white 
deposit,  with  gristly  thickening'  of  the  neighboring  serosa. 
The  left  cornea,  also,  showed  morbid  changes. 

The  second  experiment  was  upon  an  ape.  Three  injections 
were  made — one  into  the  prepuce,  another  under  the  right 
nipple,  the  third  under  the  left;  all  on  July  8th.  Nothing  was 
noticed,  except  that  an  abscess  formed  at  the  seat  of  one  of  the 
punctures,  till  seven  weeks  after  inoculation.  By  that  time 
the  animal  was  very  ill,  and  a  granulation  tumor  had  formed 
in  the  gum  of  the  upper  jaw.  It  died  on  August  31st.  The 
lung  contained  extensive  tough  yellow  masses  with  cheesy 
centre,  the  peripheral  parts  of  which  were  rich  in  spindle  cell 
forms,  and,  therefore,  unlike  tubercle.  Moreover,  these 
changes  were  in  direct  communication  with  a  caseous  abscess 
under  the  left  breast ;  one  of  the  spots  at  which  an  injection 
had  been  made.  Extensive  changes  were  also  found  in  the 
skull,  in  the  shape  of  caseous  deposits  and  bare  bone.  The 
deposits  presented  the  same  microscopical  appearances  as  those 
in  the  lung  ;  they  were  very  vascular,  and  their  softer  parts  con¬ 
tained  rods  in  threads,  in  clusters,  and  groups  which  corres¬ 
ponded  with  those  found  in  the  cultivation  apparatus. 

The  next  series  was  not  carried  out  till  May,  1877.  The  mate¬ 
rial  was  afforded  by  a  hard  chancre  removed  by  Professor 
Weiss  half  an  hour  previously.  The  surface  of  the  ulcer 
showed  a  thick  layer  of  micrococci,  which  exhibited  lively 
movement  in  a  mixture  of  glycerine  water  and  common  salt. 
Three  rabbits  and  a  dog  were  inoculated  from  the  fresh  chancre 
in  the  submucous  tissue  ol  the  genitals.  No  noticeable  changes 
resulted ;  neither  induration  nor  ulceration.  Two  guinea  pigs 
were  inoculated  by  injection  into  the  peritoneal  cavity ;  and  in 
these,  as  in  former  experiments,  continuous  wasting  set  in,  and 
the  animals  died.  No  changes  were  found  in  the  viscera,  but 
actively  moving  bodies  were  found  in  the  urine,  pericardium, 
and  bile  of  one  animal. 

Pieces  of  the  same  chancre  were  transferred  to  a  cultivator, 
and,  after  twelve  days,  from  the  resulting  growth  of  rods, 
grains,  etc.,  a  guinea  pig  was  inoculated.  On  the  following 
day,  the  part  was  somewhat  swollen,  and,  within  three  days, 
the  animal  was  dead.  The  organs  were  healthy,  but  in  the 
blood  were  a  few  moving  rods  and  micrococci. 

Some  of  the  material  in  another  cultivator  was  left  for  a 
month,  and,  when  examined,  no  longer  contained  rods,  but  only 
micrococci.  With  this,  and  with  some  material  obtained  by 
cultivation  from  the  bile  of  the  recently  dead  guinea  pig,  two 
parallel  series  of  observations  were  made  with  guinea  pigs, 
rabbits,  dogs,  and  a  goat.  The  inoculations  were  made  on 
June  8th ;  on  the  12th,  the  goat  and  one  dog  showed  some 
swelling  at  the  seat  of  puncture,  and  the  dog  some  subsequent 
swelling  of  the  inguinal  glands,  the  inoculation  being  made  on 

8  .  . 


400  Current  Medical  Literature.  [September 

the  penis.  But  these  early  changes  disappeared,  and  the  ex¬ 
periments  appeared  to  have  failed.  On  July  5th,  however,  one 
of  the  rabbits  died  unexpectedly,  and  a  quantity  of  fluid  was 
found  in  the  peritoneum  containing  micrococci ;  their  being  no 
trace  of  peritoneal  inflammation.  No  other  disease  was  found. 
On  October  1st,  a  guinea  pig  died,  and  it  also  had  ascites ;  the 
peritoneum  being  free  from  inflammation.  This  case  is  thought 
by  Klebs  to  be  similar  possibly  to  a  case  recorded  by  Dr.  E. 
Schiitz  (Frag.  Med.  Woch .,  1878)  of  a  new-born  syphilitic  in¬ 
fant  with  ascites,  the  condition  being  associated  with  an  ex¬ 
tensive  narrowing  of  the  small  arteries,  but  the  arteries  were 
not  examined  in  these  animals. 

Of  the  two  dogs,  one  died  on  August  22d ;  it  had  lost 
weight  continuously.  Some  rather  equivocal  appearances  in 
the  cranial  bones  were  found.  The  other  being  quite  w  ell  some 
months  after,  it  was  devoted  to  other  purposes.  When  it  w  as 
examined,  the  spongy  substance  of  the  long  bones  in  the  w  hole 
extent  of  the  epiphysis  and  part  of  the  diaphysis  was  converted 
into  compact  tissue,  and  no  trace  of  the  epiphysial  line 
remained.  In  the  cranial  bones  eroded  and  carious  patches 
were  found. 

A  fourth  series  was  conducted  upon  a  pair  of  monkeys.  The 
male  was  inoculated  immediately  from  an  extirpated  chancre. 
The  latter  being  removed,  a  small  piece  w  as  deposited  under 
the  skin  of  the  scrotum.  The  small  wound  healed  at  once,  and 
no  ill  results  followed.  From  the  same  chancre  two  pieces 
were  taken  and  cultivated.  The  material  became  yellowish- 
grey  and  black,  very  offensive,  and,  on  the  sixth  day,  it  con¬ 
tained  a  sporulating  bacillus  with  active  movements.  The 
female  w  as  inoculated  by  subcutaneous  injection.  Suppuration 
occurred,  and  the  part  healed  without  any  further  ill  result. 
The  male  was  again  inoculated  from  a  fresh  chancre,  but  only 
with  a  like  result.  The  female  was  subsequently  inoculated 
from  another  extirpated  chancre.  For  six  w  eeks  it  appeared 
quite  well ;  then  it  began  to  shiver.  The  temperature  rose  to 
104°,  and  an  eruption  appeared  on  its  face.  It  died  on  May 
L7 th,  having  been  inoculated  on  December  29th.  Characteristic 
changes  were  found  in  various  parts,  particularly  in  the  lung, 
cranial  bones,  and  kidney.  In  the  lung  there  appears  to  have 
been  a  very  characteristic  gumma.  The  changes  were  distin¬ 
guished  from  tubercle  by  being  entirely  interstitial,  and  by 
being  composed  of  spindle-cells  and  other  elements  in  a  glassy¬ 
looking  protoplasm.  Similar  appearances  are  found  in  the 
indurations  of  a  fresh  chancre. 

By  cultivation  of  the  blood  of  this  animal,  masses  of  fungus 
were  procured,  consisting  of  spirally  twisted  masses  of  elon¬ 
gated  rods,  arranged  in  colonies  and  chains,  to  which  the  name 
Helicomonads  is  applied.  The  results  of  his  observations 
Klebs  sums  up  in  the  following  three  conclusions. 

J.  Syphilis  in  man  can  be  communicated  to  animals  by  inoc¬ 
ulating  them  with  peitions  el  the  sy j liilit ic  new  tom  ations 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


401 


1879] 

But  tlie  course  of  the  disease  is  uot  the  same  for  each  genus. 
With  apes,  the  disease  is  quite  the  same  as  in  man ;  rabbits 
have  given  other  results  which,  if  not  striking,  nevertheless 
will  not  allow  any  mistake  as  to  their  similarity  with  the  dis¬ 
ease  in  mau. 

2.  In  syphilitic  new  formations  in  man,  certain  low  fungoid 
organisms  are  found,  which  develop  into  peculiar  forms — Heli- 
comonads. 

3.  By  the  transference  of  these  to  selected  animals,  changes 
are  set  going  which  correspond  not  only  with  those  of  genuine 
syphilis  in  man,  but  also  with  those  of  the  inoculated  syphilis 
of  animals. — James  F.  Goodhart,  M.D. — London  Medical  Record , 
July  15. 


THE  PROPOSED  PHARMACY  LAW  AND  PROPRIETARY  MEDICINES. 

Fr.  Eberlein. 

The  Legislature  of  this  State  passed  a  law,  about  a  year  ago, 
for  the  suppression  of  charlatans  and  quack  doctors.  This  law 
has  been  followed  by  good  results,  and  if  the  Pharmacy  law  is 
passed,  it  will  do  about  as  much  good  in  remedying  the  existing 
evil  in  the  pliarmacal  branch  of  medicine. 

But  both  laws  are  inadequate,  in  their  present  shape,  to  pro¬ 
tect  the  public  and  the  professions  for  which  they  are  intended 
against  another  class  of  impostors.  It  is  the  case  in  all  civilized 
countries ;  for  as  long  as  a  charlatan  or  any  other  unscrupulous 
person  is  permitted  to  make  and  recommend  as  a  u  sure  cure”  for 
any  disease  known,  or  yet  to  be  discovered,  any  kind  of  mixture 
invented  by  and  known  only  to  himself,  which  is  legally  pro¬ 
tected  by  patents  and  trade  marks,  and  is  assiduously  aided 
by  a  docile  press,  so  long  will  neither  the  purse  nor  the  life  of 
men  be  out  of  danger. 

There  are  now  in  the  market  a  vast  number  of  so-called  patent 
medicines,  which,  by  analysis,  have  been  proven  to  contain 
poisonous  ingredients,  alike  detrimental  to  man  and  beast,  and 
which  are  bought  and  consumed  by  an  ignorant  public,  deluded 
by  mostly  false  statements,  made  in  news  and  other  papers. 

Is  it  not,  for  instance,  a  well  known  fact  that  all  the  so-called 
u  soothing  syrups,”  intended  for  sucklings  only,  contain  opium 
or  its  active  principle  ?  When  the  new-born  babe  makes 
use  of  its  first  and  only  sign  of  life  furnished  by  nature  to  make 
known  its  pleasures  and  pains  by  crying,  it  is  instantly  drugged 
with  a  dose  of  soothing  syrup ;  aud  who  can  tell  how  many 
poor  little  creatures  are  thus  annually  soothed  to  eternal  rest, 
who  otherwise  might  have  become  useful  and  happy  citizens  of 
this  great  u  free  ”  country  ? 

If  our  State  is  ever  blessed  with  a  Pharmacy  law,  who  shall 
examine  all  the  boys  and  girls  as  to  their  competency  to  dispense 
soothing  syrup,  etc.?  Whereby  is  any  man  forbidden  to  offer 
for  sale  under  any  high  sounding  title  a  mixture  containing  any 
quantity  of  strychnia,  croton  oil,  etc.,  assuring  the  public  that 


402  Current  Medical.  Literature.  [September 

they  would  feel  the  beneficial  effects  after  taking  the  first  dose. 

The  climax,  however,  in  this  kind  of  confidence  game,  is 

reached  by  a  certain  firm  in  B - ,  by  its  daring  announcement 

in  the  German  papers  a  few  weeks  ago.  The  readers  were  in¬ 
formed  that  they  would  certainly  curtail  their  doctors’  bills  by 
taking  their  u  unfailing  health  drops,”  and  that  their  liniment 
was  a  certain  cure  for  neuralgia  in  the  most  delicate  lady  or  the 
worst  case  of  colic  in  a  horse  or  bull.  “  The  Great  German 
Remedy  for  Man  and  Beast,”  as  is  printed  on  the  label,  is  a 
direct  gift  of  a  merciful  God  for  all  suffering  beings. 

In  order  to  show  the  reader  how  well  a  humbug  of  this  kind 
will  pay  its  proprietors — the  press  being  judiciously  managed — 
I  will  give  a  few  facts  concerning  this  liniment,  thinking  that 
the  same  will  prove  interesting  to  many  druggists  who  now  only 
know  the  preparation  by  name  or  by  sight.  St.  Jacob’s  oil  is 
the  name  by  which  it  is  known  and  extensively  advertised  in 
all  of  our  German  publications.  On  the  label  is  made  the  state¬ 
ment  that  this  substance  is  distilled  in  Germany,  from  the  leaves 
of  the  fir;  that  in  fact  it  is  fir  leaf  oil.  Few  druggists  know 
that  this  an  officinal  preparation.*  Mention  of  it,  however, 
may  be  found  in  the  TJ.  S.  D.,  under  the  heading  u  Fir  Wool 
Oil,”  and  in  the  N.  D.  (National  Dispensatory),  under  Fichten- 
nadelol ;  and  in  New  Remedies ,  January,  1878,  p.  9,  may  be  found 
the  following  note :  “The  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  Throat  Hos¬ 
pital,  London,  contains,  among  the  list  of  materia  medica,  oleum 
Piui  Sylvestris.  From  this  it  may  be  seen  that  the  oil  of  the 
Pinus  Sylvestrist  is  a  well  known  remedy  in  England  as  well 
as  Germany.”  Being  acquainted  with  the  article,  I  imported 
some  pro  bono  publico ,  and  of  course  in  the  interest  of  my  busi¬ 
ness,  the  first  consignment  reaching  me  about  eight  years  ago. 
Upon  its  arrival  1  advertised  the  fact  in  the  papers,  and  soon 
disposed  of  my  stock  to  people  who  had  employed  the  oil  while 
visiting  the  old  country.  Since  then  I  have  frequently  replen¬ 
ished  my  stock. 

Not  very  long  ago  I  noticed  that  a  firm  in  Baltimore  was 
advertising  the  same  article  under  the  name  of  “  St.  Jacob’s 
oil,”  (said  to  be  a  popular  name  in  some  parts  of  Germany,) 
but  was  not  a  little  surprised  upon  discovering  that  the  bottle 
they  sold  for  fifty  cents  contained  at  least  four  times  as  much 
as  I  could  possibly  sell  for  an  equal  sum.  Subsequently  1 
opened  one  of  these  bottles,  and  found  it  to  contain  a  brownish 
colored  liquid  possessing  the  odor  of  camphor,  oil  of  turpentine 
and  ether,  while  a  closer  examination  revealed  the  presence  of 
alcohol.  The  conviction  dawned  upon  my  mind  that  such  a 
concoction  might  b.*  readily  sold  at  $3  per  dozen,  and  still  yield 
a  handsome  profit  to  the  manufacturer ;  making  a  pint  of  the  mix¬ 
ture  of  the  ingredients  first  mentioned,  and  adding  this  to  one  gal¬ 
lon  of  the  oil  of  turpentine  at  thirty  cents,  would  make  for  eighty 


*  Oleum  Terebinthinte,— Editor. 


t  Scotch  Fir. — Editok. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


403 


1879] 

cents  sufficient  to  till  three  dozen  bottles — the  main  expense 
being  labels,  circulars,  wrappers,  bottles,  and  Uncle  Sam’s  two 
cents’  worth  of  interest  in  the  patent  humbug — altogether- 
making  a  cost  of  about  $2  or  $2  50  for  three  dozen,  say  75  cents 
a  dozen,  for  which  they  receive  about  $3  per  dozen  by  the 
gross,  aud  the  arcanum ,  almost  dirt  cheap,  is  ready.  But  to 
place  it  where  it  would  do  the  most  good  consumes  vast  sums 
of  money ;  but  for  money  the  press  will  willingly  open  its 
columns  to  the  greatest  charlatan,  even  when  convinced  that 
the  article  is  an  unmitigated  humbug.  Newspapers  are  insti¬ 
tutions  created  for  the  purpose  of  making  money ;  nevertheless 
they  obtain  a  certain  induence  over  their  readers,  and  as  it 
costs  more  to  run  a  newspaper  than  the  editor  gets  from  his 
subscribers,  they  use  their  influence  in  preying  upon  the  cre¬ 
dulity  of  the  readers.  They  offer  their  columns  to  speculative 
merchants,  charging  sometimes  as  high  as  a  dollar  a  line,  and 
then  without  inquiring  into  the  virtue  of  the  article  to  be  adver¬ 
tised.  This  point  is  being  well  appreciated  by  compounders  of 
patent  medicines,  who,  to  a  great  extent,  support  the  daily 
press. 

It  is  really  a  novel  species  of  confidence  game,  for,  through 
all  manner  of  promises  aud  representations,  the  people  are 
deluded  into  investing  a  certain  amount,  for  which  they  expect 
to  receive  an  equivalent  with  which  to  restore  their  lost  health, 
frequently,  however,  without  obtaining  that  which  has  been 
promised  by  the  announcements.  Probably  the  reader  is  ex¬ 
pected  to  consider  this  investment  as  part  payment  for  his 
newspaper,  which  he  received  too  cheap  in  the  first  place,  for 
stockholders  must  make  a  living. 

Ln  order  to  give  a  superficial  idea  how  plentiful  the  return  is 
from  the  seed  of  humbug  sown  on  the  acre  of  popular  ignor¬ 
ance,  I  will  state  some  of  the  results  of  my  investigations  with 
the  St.  .Jacob’s  oil  business :  Here  in  Cgicago  our  wholesale 
druggists  handle  from  15U0  to  2000  gross  per  annum,  for  which 
they  pay  the  manufacturers  from  $50,000  to  $60,000;  advertis¬ 
ing  in  the  German  papers  of  Chicago  and  vicinity  possiby 
amounts  to  $6000  to  $12,000  a  year;  the  cost  of  preparing  the 
stuff — $9  a  gross — is  equal  to  about  $13,000  to  $18,000.  All 
expeneses  combined  possibly  amount  to  $20,000  or  $30,000, 
against  $50,000  to  $60,000  receipts ;  from  which  it  will  be  seen 
that  Chicago  alone  affords  the  small,  but  honest  (?),  margin  of 
$30,000  a  year. 

The  moral  to  be  derived  seems  to  be  plainly  this :  Instead  of 
working  hard  as  a  physician  or  pharmacist  for  the  benefit  of 
mankind,  barely  eking  out  a  decent  livelihood,  it  would  be 
rather  more  practical  to  cure  the  people  by  means  of  St.  Jacob’s 
oil,  or  something  similar,  thereby  securing  one’s  self  an  inde¬ 
pendent  place  in  society,  as  is  the  case  with  the  Baltimore 
firm. 

Such  an  idea,  however,  is  repugnant  to  all  respectable  pro¬ 
fessional  men,  and,  as  a  consequence,  we  must  content  ourselves 


404  Current  Medical  Literature.  [September 

by  trying  to  promote  our  own  interests  and  those  of  the  public 
by  arresting  the  patent  medicine  humbug  now  raging  in  this 
country.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  Germany’s  laws  would  serve 
us  a  good  purpose.  There  they  have  no  secret  medicines,  be¬ 
cause  it  is  forbidden  to  make  any. 

One  of  the  members  of  the  Bancroft-Davis  embassy  told  me 
that  during  the  time  our  Government  was  inquiring  through 
them,  “  how  many  patent  medicines  exist  and  how  large  are 
the  sales  of  the  same  in  Germany?”  the  German  Government 
answered  in  a  very  polite  manner  that  Germany  was  a  civilized 
country,  where  no  such  preparations  were  allowed.  Now,  we, 
also  citizens  of  a  civilized  country,  should  unite  and  have  a 
similar  law  passed,  which  would  create  for  us  a  healthier  busi¬ 
ness  and  at  the  same  time  protect  the  people. — The  Pharma¬ 
cist  and  Chemist ,  June. 


NOTES  ON  INTRA  UTERINE  MEDICATION. 

By  G.  Granville  Bantock,  M.D.,  F.R.O.S.,  Edinburgh. 

Senior  Surgeon  to  the  Samaritan  Free  Hospital  for  Women  and  Children. 

The  discussion  which  has  been  going  on  in  the  Obstetrical 
Journal ,  on  this  subject,  is  one  of  very  great  importance,  and 
it  is  high  time  that  the  results  of,  at  least,  one  of  the  methods 
employed  should  see  the  light.  Ever  since  the  practice  of 
applying  fuming  nitric  acid  was  advocated  for  the  treatment 
of  chronic  uterine  catarrh,  I  have  looked  forward,  in  confident 
anticipation,  to  the  time  when  we  should  hear  of  the  dire 
consequences  of  such  heroic  treatment.  Now  my  expectations 
are  realized.  Holding  these  views,  it  will  not  be  expected  that 
I  can  afford  any  direct  evidence,  for  1  have  never  employed  the 
pure  acid,  and  it  will  be  readily  understood  with  what  horror 
and  amazement  1  have  listened  to  gentlemen  declaring  that 
they  had  used  it  in  hundreds  of  cases. 

Now  I,  for  one,  cannot  but  regret  that  a  method  of  treat¬ 
ment — viz.,  intra  uterine  medication — which  yields  such  satis¬ 
factory  results,  when  judiciously  employed,  should  be  thus 
brought  into  discredit ;  for  I  can  fully  confirm  the  statements 
of  Drs.  Playfair  and  Sloan  on  this  subject,  seeing  that  I  am 
almost  daily  witnessing  the  beneficial  results  of  this  treat¬ 
ment. 

When  I  first  began  the  study  of  the  diseases  of  women, 
about  fifteeu  years  ago,  1  was  in  the  habit  of  employing  the 
nitrate  of  silver,  according  to  the  method  then  practiced — viz., 
by  passing  the  solid  stick  as  far  up  the  cervix  as  possible;  but 
T  soon  found  that  this  was  a  clumsy  and  inefficient  method, 
and  often  produced  a  greater  local  effect  than  was  desirable, 
more  of  the  agent  being  used  than  was  necessary.  This  led 
me  to  employ  the  mild,  hard,  and  less  soluble  caustic  points 
used  by  oculists.  But  this  did  not  satisfy  me,  and  I  had  re¬ 
course  to  a  more  accurate  mode.  I  fused  the  solid  nitrate  in  a 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


405 


1879] 

platinum  crucible,*  and  then  dipped  into  it  a  platinum  probe, 
two  inches  and  a  half  long,  and  of  the  size  of  a  No.  1  catheter. 
By  repeated  dippings  1  got  as  much  as  l  thought  necessary, 
and  I  was  thus  able  to  apply  the  agent  to  the  whole  length  of 
the  cervical  canal,  and,  if  necessary,  to  the  uterine  cavity,  as 
high  as  the  fundus.  In  this  way  I  could  make  sure,  not  only 
of  the  amount  of  the  nitrate  used,  but  also  of  the  extent  to 
which  it  was  applied,  and  1  obtained  excellent  results. 

This  did  not,  however,  prevent  me  from  experimenting 
largely.  For  this  purpose  1  had  a  wide  field  in  the  out-patient 
department  of  the  Samaritan  Free  Hospital,  where  I  had  sev¬ 
eral  thousand  of  x>atients  pass  under  my  hands — in  one  year  as 
many  as  a  thousand.  1  experimented  with  other  agents,  such 
as  carbolic  acid,  iodine  liniment,  sulphate' of  zinc,  styptic  col¬ 
loid,  and  a  solution  of  sixty  grains  of  nitrate  of  silver  in  half 
an  ounce  each  ot  nitric  acid  and  distilled  water ;  but  I  could 
not  bring  myself  to  try  the  nitric  acid  alone.  I  found  the  zinc 
and  colloid  of  little  or  no  value,  and  the  solution  I  reserved  for 
special  cases,  which  came  “few  and  far  between.” 

The  result  of  this  experimentation  is  the  practice  1  now 
adopt,  which  is  as  follows  : 

When  the  secretion  of  mucus  or  muco-pus,  is  very  ex¬ 
cessive — and  in  some  cases  as  much  as  a  small  teaspoonful  can 
be  obtained  from  the  vagina  and  cervical  canal — and,  as  is 
usually  the  case,  the  cervical  canal  is  very  large,  the  calibre 
generally  corresponding  with  the  amount  of  discharge.  I  first 
apply  the  above  solution,  a  few  days  after  a  menstrual 
period.  At  the  end  of  a  week  the  visible  effects  have  passed 
off  and  the  discharge  is  thiner  and  less  abundant,  and  I  then 
apply  the  carbolic  acid  (nineteen  of  the  crystals  to  one  of 
water),  repeating  it  at  intervals  of  a  week,  except  when  inter¬ 
rupted  by  a  period,  and  taken  care  not  to  apply  it  within  a 
week  of  an  approaching  one,  until  a  cure  is  effected.  In  milder 
cases  I  employ  the  nitrate  of  silver  first,  and  if,  after  a  time, 
the  carbolic  acid  appears  insufficient,  and  in  the  convalescent 
stage  of  the  more  .severe  cases,  I  have  recourse  to  it  again,  but 
only  just  after  a  period.  In  the  earlier  years  of  my  practice  1 
observed  rather  more  contraction  of  the  os  and  cervical  canal 
than  L  considered  desirable,  after  using  the  solid  nitrate,  and 
in  one  very  severe,  long-standing  and  obstinate  case,  in  which 
I  applied  my  solution  three  or  four  times,  but  in  no  case  to  an 
inconvenient  extent.  In  a  few  cases  I  still  find  the  nitrate  of 
silver  alone  sufficient,  in  one  or  two  applications,  but  for  the 
most  part  I  use  the  carbolic  acid.  But  I  cannot  say  that  I 
have  obtained  the  wonderful  results  we  ought  to  expect  if  Dr. 
Playfair  be  correct  when  he  says,  “  practically  I  find  that  two 
applications,  at  an  interval  of  three  or  four  days  from  each 
other  ....  are  all  that  is  required.”  I  cannot  imagine 


*  The  platinum  crucible  and  aluminium  probe  can  be  i  btained  of  Messrs.  Krohne  and 
Seseman  n,  8,  Duke  Street,  Manchester  Square. 


40()  Current  Medical  Literature.  [September 

that  Dr.  Playfair  has  in  view  the  severe  cases  to  which  I  refer, 
nor  have  1  found  any  advantage  from  the  more  frequent  appli¬ 
cations — viz.,  at  intervals  of  three  or  four  days  instead  of  six 
or  seven. 

But  there  is  another  method  of  treatment  which  has  yielded 
still  better  results  in  my  hands.  This  consists  in  the  dilatation 
of  the  cervical  canal  by  means  of  a  sponge  tent,  as  the  first 
step.*  The  tent  must  be  left  in  for  twenty-four  hours.  By 
this  time,  what  with  the  compression  of  the  swollen  mucous 
membrane,  and  what  with  the  removal  of  exuberant  granula¬ 
tions  to  which  the  sponge  adapts  itself,  and  which  are  torn  off 
as  the  sponge  is  withdrawn,  a  clean  surface  is  obtained.  A 
strip  of  lint,  saturated  with  glycerine  containing  iodine  lini¬ 
ment,  in  proportions  varying  with  the  circumstances  of  the 
case,  is  substituted  for  the  sponge.  The  lint  is  to  be  renewed 
daily  for  ten  or  fourteen  days.  The  iodine,  however,  is  not  to 
be  used  every  day,  and  its  subsequent  applications,  which 
should  not  be  oftener  than  every  third  day,  should  be  in  more 
diluted  form.  At  the  end  of  the  period  above  named  the  case 
will  probably  be  well.  Anyhow  the  treatment  must  be  stopped 
two  or  three  days  before  and  during  the  next  menstrual  period, 
if  after  this  anything  more  should  be  required  the  carbolic 
acid  will  be  found  the  appropriate  agent,  and  probably  the 
“  two  applications”  of  which  Dr.  Playfair  speaks  will  be  all 
that  is  required.  In  this  way  cases  may  be  cured  in  one  or 
two  months,  instead  of  three  to  six  months,  or  even  more. 

The  cases  in  which  this  treatment  can  be  employed  are  few 
and  far  between,  as  it  requires  that  the  patient  should  be 
within  easy  reach.  Nor  is  it  always  easy  to  persuade  a  patient, 
who  perhaps  only  complains  of  “such  a  discharge”  with  a 
little  backache  or  bearing-down,  or  othar  indefinable  and  vary¬ 
ing  symptoms,  to  submit  to  enforced  rest  in  bed  for  a  fortnight. 

The  principle  of  the  treatment  is  the  very  obvious  and  com¬ 
mon-sense  one,  daily  acted  upon  by  surgeons  in  the  treatment 
of  indolent  granulating  wounds — viz.,  first  the  destruction  of 
exuberant  granulations,  and  then  daily  dressing.  A  surgeon 
would  not  dream  of  treating,  on  the  surface  of  the  body,  a  state 
of  things  such  as  the  mucous  membrane  of  a  uterus  affected 
with  chronic  catarrh,  presents  to  the  gynaecologist,  by  applying 
something  to  it  once  a  week,  or  even  at  a  shorter  interval  of 
three  or  four  days,  and  leaving  it  in  the  interval  to  take  its 
chance.  Why  should  not  the  gynaecologist  do  likewise  ? 
But  in  practice  it  is  more  difficult;  and  in  this  the  gynaecologist 
is  at  a  disadvantage. 

One  great  advantage  of  this  method  is  this — viz.,  that  we 
need  not  fear  subsequent  contraction  of  the  canal  ;  and  when 


*  Sponge  tenia  should  not  be  covered  with  greeae,  except  at  the  tip,  and  should  be  pre¬ 
pared  without  gum,  aa  they  have  been  for  some  time  made  by  Krohne  and  Seseman  ac¬ 
cording  to  my  instructions.  It  is  well  to  charge  the  tent  afresh  with  two  or  three  drops 
of  the  strong  liquid  carbolic  acid  or  iodine  liniment,  by  means  of  a  large  vaccine  tube, 
before  using. 


1870  J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


407 


the  condition  is  a  sequence  of  a  bad  “getting  about”  after  a 
confinement,  with  subinvolution  of  the  organ,  we  kill  two  birds 
with  one  stone — we  cure  the  unhealthy  condition  of  the  mucous 
membrane  and  the  subinvolution  at  the  same  time. 

A  word  or  two  about  the  mode  of  applying  liquids  to  the  in¬ 
terior  of  the  uterus.  When  a  probe  covered  with  cotton -wool 
is  dipped  into  a  liquid  it  is  apt  to  take  up  more  than  is  re¬ 
quired.  The  consequence  is,  that  as  the  probe  is  pushed  up 
into  the  uterus  the  excess  is  squeezed  out  and  runs  over  the 
cervix  into  the  vagina,  where  it  is  not  required.  The  ordinary 
(so-called)  medicated  wool  is  very  inconvenient,  because  its 
capillary  properties  are  interfered  with  by  the  presence  of  oily 
matter  used  in  its  preparation.  Von  Bran’s  preparation, 
which  is  free  from  oil,  is  much  to  be  preferred,  and  the  quantity 
of  liquid  can  be  better  regulated. 

Dr.  Playfair  recommends  a  probe  with  a  bulbous  point- 
This  is  a  mistake ;  or,  at  least,  an  inconvenience.  Long 
before  the  publication  of  his  lecture  on  this  subject  I 
had  been  in  the  habit  of  using  a  pointed  (not  too  sharp)  instru¬ 
ment.  This  form  is  much  more  convenient.  I  have  never- 
known  the  cotton  wool  come  off.  The  probe — aluminium  is 
undoubtedly  the  most  convenient  metal — must  be  wrapped 
with  the  wool  for  two-thirds  of  its  length,  or  more,  and  it 
should  not  be  straight,  but  very  slightly  curved.  Nor  is  it  at 
all  necessary  to  roughen  it,  as  Dr.  Sloan  recommends.  1 
always  remove  the  wool  with  the  ordinary  gynaecological  for¬ 
ceps,  and  my  difficulty  is  to  prevent  the  metal  getting  too 
rough  from  contact  with  the  toothed  surfaces  of  the  forceps. 
The  trouble  of  getting  the  wool  off'  a  bulbous-pointed  probe  is 
very  irritating.  It  is  all  very  well  in  the  wards  of  a  hospital 
where  you  have  a  nurse  to  do  this  for  you,  but  it  is  an  intoler¬ 
able  nuisance  in  private  practice. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  these  notes  to  enter  upon  a  dis¬ 
cussion  of  the  other  conditions  requiring  intra  uterine  medica¬ 
tion.  I  have  limited  myself  to  the  question  of  the  treatment 
of  chronic  catarrh  as  the  most  frequent,  and,  in  the  experience 
of  some,  one  of  the  most  obstinate  affections  coming  under  the 
notice  of  the  gynaecologist,  and  1  trust  the  result  of  this  dis¬ 
cussion  will  be  that  we  shall  hear  less  of  the  hundreds  of  cases 
in  which  the  heroic  treatment  by  fuming  nitric  acid  is  employ¬ 
ed,  and  that  intra  uterine  medication  will  be  established  on  a 
safe  and  scientific  basis. — Obstetrical  Journal ,  Mai/,  1879. 


COMPARATIVE  DANGER  OF  FIRST  LABORS. 

I)r.  J.  G.  Swayne  has  recently  read  before  a  branch  of  the 
British  Medical  Association  a  valuable  paper*,  in  which  heen- 


*Obatetrical  Journal  of  Oroat  Britain,  May, 


9 


408  Current  Medical  Literature.  [September 

deavors  to  answer  the  question  whether  first  labors  are  more 
dangerous  than  others.  His  opinions  are  based  upon  a  careful 
examination  of  ten  hundred  and  twenty-two  cases  which  have 
occurred  in  his  own  private  practice.  Of  these  two  hundred 
and  thirty-one  were  primiparse,  and  seven  hundred  and  ninety- 
one  multipart.  Ho  mother  died  among  the  former,  while  five 
of  the  multipart  were  lost.  The  causes  of  death  were  as  fol¬ 
lows  :  In  one  it  was  heart  disease,  which  existed  previous  to  the 
labor,  which  became  worse  after  delivery,  and  terminated  fa¬ 
tally  on  the  twenty-seventh  day ;  in  another  it  was  puerperal 
scarlatina,  proving  fatal  on  the  fifth  day  ;  in  another  ruptured 
uterus ;  in  another  pneumonia,  commencing  two  days  before 
labor,  and  ending  in  death  six  days  afterwards ;  and  in  the 
fifth  convulsions,  which  proved  fatal  a  few  hours  after  delivery. 
Thus  the  proportion  of  maternal  deaths  in  the  multiparse  was 
about  one  in  one  hundred  and  fifty-eight,  whilst  in  the  primi¬ 
parse  there  was  no  death  in  two  hundred  and  thirty-one  cases, 
a  difference  greatly  to  the  advantage  of  first  labors. 

As  regards  the  children,  however,  the  difference  was  slightly 
the  other  way  :  in  the  two  hundred  and  thirty-one  first  labors 
the  deaths  of  eighteen  infants  are  recorded,  or  about  7.8  per 
cent.,  whilst  in  the  seven  hundred  and  ninety -one  multipart 
forty-seven  infants  died,  or  about  5.1)  per  cent. 

A  careful  examination  of  the  cases  in  detail  show  some  inter¬ 
esting  facts  which  characterize  first  from  other  labors.  In 
primiparse,  owing  to  a  prolonged  first  stage,  the  uterus  is  more 
exhausted,  and  forceps  are  more  frequently  demanded.  Thus  in 
two  hundred  and  thirty-one  primiparse  Dr.  Swayne  used  forceps 
fifty-two  times,  or  nearly  one  in  four,  whilst  iu  the  seven  hun¬ 
dred  and  ninety-one  multiparse  they  were  employed  only  twen¬ 
ty-five  times,  or  nearly  one  in  thirty-one.  Hence  come  a  larger 
number  of  deaths  of  infants  from  the  pressure  during  prolonged 
labor.  In  first  labors  the  rigidity  of  the  soft  parts  of  the 
mother  gives  rise  to  an  increased  danger  iu  cases  of  presenta¬ 
tions  of  the  inferior  extremities.  In  the  two  hundred  and 
thirty-one  primiparse  there  were  six  breech  presentations,  in 
four  of  which  the  child  was  still-born,  whereas  in  the  seven 
hundred  and  ninety-one  multiparse  there  Avere  fourteen  such 
cases,  and  only  two  children  lost.  Among  the  multiparse  the 
greatest  cause  of  infant  mortality  was  premature  birth,  from 
which  cause  there  Avere  eighteen  deaths  ;  among  the  primiparse 
there  were  only  three.  Post  partum  haemorrhage  occurred 
about  equally  in  both  classes,  but  the  amount  of  blood  lost 
was  far  greater  iu  the  multiparse.  There  were  eleven  cases  of 
twins  among  the  multiparse,  and  only  one  among  the  primiparse. 
There  is  unquestionably  much  greater  suffering  among  primi¬ 
parse  than  among  multiparse ;  on  the  other  hand,  the  former 
are,  as  a  rule,  younger  and  in  better  health  and  stronger.  Rup¬ 
ture  of  the  uterus  occurs  much  more  frequently  among  the  mul¬ 
tiparae.  Dr.  Swayne  closes  hi  paper  Avith  the  conclusion  that 


Current  Medical  Literature, 


1S79] 


409 


first  labors  are  less  dangerous  than  others  to  the  mother,  but 
slightly  more  so  to  the  infant. — Boston  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal,  July  3. 


IODIDE  AND  BROMIDE  OF  POTASSIUM  IN  ALBUMINURIA. 

By  J.  W.  Compton,  M.D.,  of  Evansville,  Ind. 

Many  good  remedies  may  have  a  much  wider  range  of  thera¬ 
peutic  usefulness  than  is  usually  accorded  them.  The  iodide  of 
potassium  has,  for  the  past  ten  years,  in  my  hands,  exhibited 
well-marked  good  effects  in  the  treatment  of  albuminous 
nephritis. 

I  n  1809,  E.  S.,  age  thirty-five,  presented  himself  to  me  for  treat¬ 
ment  for  a  chronic  renal  trouble.  At  this  time  he  exhibited  well- 
marked  cederna ;  much  swelling  from  effusion  in  the  cellular  tis¬ 
sues,  particularly  of  the  lower  limbs  and  face.  Obtaining  some  of 
his  urine,  and  submitting  it  to  the  usual  tests  of  heat  and  nitric 
acid,  it  became  almost  solid  albumen,  and  having  but  slight 
hope  of  anything  more  than  mere  temporary  relief  from  the 
ordinary  course  of  diuretics  recommended  in  such  cases,  and 
having  my  attention  about  this  time  called  to  the  successful 
treatment  of  Bright’s  disease  by  iodide  of  potassium,  I  deter¬ 
mined  to  try  this  old  remedy  in  a  new  role. 

The  patient  was  directed  to  take,  in  solution,  ten  grains 
iodide  of  potassium  four  times  per  day,  and  to  increase  this  dose 
daily,  up  to  the  largest  amount  tolerated  by  the  stomach  and 
mucous  membranes.  The  patient  proved  to  be  a  good  subject  for 
the  free  admistration  of  the  remedy.  The  quantity  taken  per  day 
was  gradually  increased,  until  it  reached  the  unusual  amount 
of  three  drachms  daily,  and  before  he  ceased  taking  the  remedy 
he  informs  me  that  the  renewals  of  the  prescription  had  cost 
him  over  one  hundred  dollars.  These  large  doses  brought  out, 
to  almost  a  troublesome  extent,  the  characteristic  red  eruption 
on  the  skin,  particularly  on  the  lower  extremities.  At  this 
stage  1  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  the  dropsical  effusion  dis¬ 
appear,  and  the  patient  restored  to  perfect  health.  He  is  an 
active  business  man  to-day,  and  his  recovery  can,  with  much 
certainty,  be  traced  to  the  remedy  in  question,  as  lie  took  no 
other  medicine  during  the  time.  For  the  first  year  or  two  he 
had  occasional  returns  of  swellings  of  the  extremities,  which 
were  in  a  short  time  relieved  by  resorting  again  to  the  remedy. 

More  recently  there  appeared  under  my  observation  similar 
good  results  from  the  administration  of  bromide  of  potassium 
in  albuminous  urine.  Bromide  of  potassium  possesses  altera¬ 
tive  and  resolvent  properties  similar  to  those  of  the  iodide,  and 
in  many  forms  of  disease  complicated  with  albuminuria  will  be 
found  preferable  to  its  congener.  In  addition  to  its  acknowl¬ 
edged  strong  eliminative  powers,  it  possesses  physiological 
properties  similar  to  those  of  other  potassium  salts ;  yet  its 


410 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[September 


action  on  the  nervous  system  and  upon  the  circulation  are  so 
far  diverse  as  to  give  to  it  some  entirely  different  therapeutic 
properties.  Its  quieting  control  over  cerebral  excitement,  and 
under  certain  forms  of  nervous  excitement  constituting  unrest 
and  other  forms  of  nervous  derangement,  often  render  it  a  valu¬ 
able  substitute  for  the  iodide.  These  various  forms  of  nervous 
conditions  are  familiar  to  the  profession,  need  not  be  repeated 
here,  and  not  wishing  to  occupy  space  unnecessarily,  I  deem  it 
quite  sufficient  to  call  the  attention  of  practitioners  of  medi¬ 
cine  to  the  therapeutic  indications  of  two  valuable  agents  in 
the  treatment  of  a  disease  in  which  I  am  led  to  believe  these 
remedies  are  not  generally  administered,  and  which  so  fre¬ 
quently  battles  our  best  efforts  as  to  make  it  desirable  for  us  to 
have  access  to  all  therapeutic  agents  that  promise  permanent 
benefit. — Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter,  July  “6. 


TREATMENT  OF  OBSTINATE  VOMITING  BY  SMALL  DOSES  OF 
IODIDE  OF  POTASSIUM. 

By  GEORGE  HUNTINGTON,  M.D. 

Having  noticed  in  the  Record  of  March  15th,  under  the  above 
heading,  an  article  taken  irorn  a  statement  made  by  Dr.  For¬ 
mica  Corsi  in  the  “Gazette  Obstetricale,”  and  having  a  patient 
suffering  from  obstinate  and  intractable  vomiting  arising  from 
spinal  inflammation,  and  having  exhausted  all  the  remediesordi- 
narily  employed  as  anti-emetics,  without  the  least  amelioration  in 
the  symptoms,  I  determined  to  try  the  iodide  in  the  minute  doses 
recommended  by  Dr.  Corsi.  The  vomiting  had  occurred  imme¬ 
diately  after  taking  food  of  any  description,  quantity  and  qual¬ 
ity  making  no  apparent  difference.  Vomiting  occurred  with 
very  little  effort,  nausea  persisting  for  only  a  short  time  after 
the  contents  of  the  stomach  had  been  entirely  rejected. 

This  state  of  things  had  existed  for  at  least  two  months,  in 
which  time  she  had  retained  only  an  occasional  mouthful  of  food. 

After  the  use  of  injections  of  beef-tea  and  egg  for  several 
days,  during  which  time  nothing  but  a  little  drink  was  allowed 
by  the  stomach,  one  or  two  meals  were  retained,  but  the  vomit¬ 
ing  commenced  again,  and  continued  up  to  the  time  of  the 
administration  of  the  iodide.  I  gave  it  in  solution,  in  doses  of 
1-30  grain,  repeated  every  hour  and  a  half;  and  since  then — 
now  fourteen  days — she  has  retained  everything  she  has  taken, 
excepting  one  or  two  meals,  when  she  had  omitted  the  drug  for 
a  few  doses,  at  my  request,  as  a  test.  —  The  Medical  Record. 


1879 1 


Editorial. 


41 1 


DITOI\IAL. 


When  “old  Salt  Kiver”  Snyder  came  to  die,  he  admonished 
his  sons  never  to  become  “too  intimate”  with  the  bottle. 
However  erroneous  the  rhetoric,  the  moral  designed  to  be  con¬ 
veyed  is  not  a  subject  for  just  criticism.  Perhaps  a  paraphrase 
of  the  advice,  making  it  applicable  to  the  medical  profession, 
may  be  pardonable,  even  if  the  bad  language  is  literally  quoted. 
The  un-dictionary,  but  yet  phonetic  spelling  of  Josh  Billings 
gives  point  and  endurance  to  his  quaint  witticisms. 

Suppose,  now,  we  make  the  venerable  Snyder’s  dying  charge 
apply  with  especial  pertinency  to  the  medical  profession,  by 
substituting  for  “  bottle  ” — newspaper  reporters. 

No  one  can  deny  that  intimacy  with  that  craft  is  a  growing 
evil  in  the  profession  in  our  section  of  the  Union. 

A  surgeon  has  an  operation  to  perform :  the  editors  of  his 
pet  Daily  hear  of  it,  and  one  of  its  reporters  is  sent  to  wntuess 
it,  even  though  it  may  be  upon  a  respectable  female  and  for 
ovarian  tumor,  or  lacerated  perineum — decency  is  outraged  and 
feminine  delicacy  overridden,  in  order  that  the  reporter  may 
give  a  “  good  notice,”  that  is  a  sensational  notice,  which  is  to 
benefit  the  operator. 

In  all  this  the  newspaper  people  consider  themselves  the 
benefactors,  and  naturally  enough,  because  the  newspaper  ac¬ 
counts  of  the  operations  are  generally  Haring  putt's  of  the 
operators.  It  is,  therefore,  natural  again,  that  the  papers  con¬ 
ferring  these  supposed  benefits  should  demand  something  in 
the  shape  of  a  return.  It  then  occurs  that  as  often  as  a  medi¬ 
cal  question  puzzles  the  editorial  corps,  a  reporter  is  dispatched 
and  their  pet  Medicus  is  solicited  to  furnish  a  solution.  This 
he  generally  holds  himself  competent  to  do.  Is  he  not  a  man 
who  possesses  enough  of  the  fat  of  wisdom  to  lard  all  the  lean 
hills  of  science  in  his  community  ?  If  he  is  not,  his  pet  news¬ 
paper  has  lied,  for  it  has  put  him  forth  as  precisely  such  a  phe¬ 
nomenon.  He  can  give  certificates  which  clearly  define  the 


412  Editorial.  [September 

diseases  people  have  died  of,  into  whose  sick  rooms  he  was 
never  permitted  to  enter.  He  knows  ali  the  unraveled  mys 
teries  of  those  destroyers  of  mankind  which  devastate  nations 
in  the  darkness  of  night  or  in  the  broad  glare  of  noontide. 

The  saddest  result  from  this  state  of  things  in  New  Orleans  is 
that  one  of  the  daily  papers  contains  from  day  to  day  bulletins 
of  cases  of  sickness  in  private  families,  citing  the  names  and 
residences  of  the  sick,  and  embellished  by  such  gossip  as  the 
reporter  may  choose  to  add.  The  family  circle  has  no  privacy 
and  grief  no  sacred  retreat  which  these  unfeeling  and  indelicate 
wretches  do  not  seek  to  lay  bare  to  the  public  in  the  columns 
of  a  political  newspaper,  sometimes  with  their  pet  doctors  to 
aid  them. 

If  the  delicate  and  altogether  sacred  relations  which  shoidd 
subsist  between  physician  and  patient  are  worthy  of  being  pre¬ 
served,  then  must  the  whole  honorable  mass  of  the  profession 
as  one  man,  move  breast  to  breast  in  breaking  down  these  des¬ 
picable  alliances  between  certain  practitioners  of  medicine  and 
newspaper  reporters,  and  in  expressing  in  unmistakable,  terms 
their  condemnation  of  all  newspapers  so  ignoble  and  insensible 
to  right  as  to  attempt  such  practices. 


“  Absorbing  Cotton”  prepared  by  Messrs.  I  lance  Brothers 
&  White,  Philadelphia. 

While  it  is  very  difficult  to  make  ordinary  cotton  absorb  any 
not-alcoliolic  liquid,  on  accou  t  of  the  oil,  which  cotton  in  its 
natural  condition  contains,  this  u  absorbing  cotton  ”  is  readily 
saturated  with  any  fluid,  almost  as  easy  as  a  sponge.  It  is 
excellent  for  dressing  purposes,  whether  it  be  from  the  surface 
of  the  body  or  from  any  of  the  natural  cavities — vagina,  ear, 
etc. — that  secretion  has  to  be  removed.  On  account  of  its 
absorbing  quality,  it  is  equally  available  in  the  application  of 
external  remedies,  for  instance,  perchloride  of  iron  in  lnernor- 
rhages. 


1879] 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


413 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


The  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery ,  being  a  Treatise  on  Sur¬ 
gical  Diseases  and  Injuries.  By  D.  Hayes  Agnew, 
L.L.D.,  Professor  of  Surgery  in  the  Medical  Department 
of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Profusely  illustrated. 
Vol.  I,  imp.  8  vo.,  pp.  1062.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippen- 
cott  &  Co.;  New  Orleans :  Eyrich’s  Book  Store,  131  Canal 
street. 

The  surgical  magnates  of  America  are  rivals  of  their  English 
confreres,  and  the  work  before  us  will  undoubtedly  take  its 
place  high  in  the  estimation  of  the  profession. 

The  handsome  volume  under  consideration,  from  the  begin¬ 
ning  to  the  close,  bears  evidence  of  great  experience  and  care¬ 
ful  study.  The  introductory  chapter  is  one  of  the  most  elabor¬ 
ate  treatises  on  methods  of  examination  we  have  ever  read. 

Chapter  I  takes  up  the  study  of  inflammation,  and  the 
investigation  of  the  nature,  cause,  history,  and  results  of  this 
process  is  essentially  modern,  and  the  treatment  of  the  subject 
complete. 

Chapter  II  is  devoted  to  wounds,  their  nature  and  variety, 
including  those  caused  by  specific  infection,  and  their  treat¬ 
ment  is  carefully  considered.  We  wonder  that  when  the  author 
dwells  on  the  subject  of  hemorrhage  the  apparatus  of  Esmarch 
found  no  place  in  the  catalogue  of  tourniquettes. 

Chapters  III,  IV  and  V  are  exceedingly  interesting  and  treat 
of  injuries  of  the  head,  chest  and  extremities. 

Chapter  VI  relates  to  diseases  of  the  abdomen. 

Chapter  VII  treats  of  diseases  and  injuries  of  the  blood¬ 
vessels. 

Chapter  VIII  is  a  practical  treatise  on  the  ligation  of 
arteries. 

Chapter  IX  is  an  explanation  of  the  various  surgical  dress¬ 
ings. 

Chapter  X  is  highly  satisfactory,  and  is  devoted  to  the  study 
of  iq juries  and  diseases  of  the  osseous  system.  The  statistical 


414 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices.  [September 


information  contained  in  it  is  valuable  but  too  extensive  to  in¬ 
terest  the  general  practitioner. 

We  look  forward  to  tlie  second  volume  with  much  pleasure. 


Epitome  of  Skin  Diseases,  with  formula),  for  Students  and  Prac¬ 
titioners.  By  Tilbury  Fox,  M.I).,  F.R.C.P.,  Physician  to 
the  Department  for  Skin  Diseases  in  University  College 
Hospital,  etc.,  and  T.  C.  Fox,  B.A.  (Cantab),  Physician  to 
St.  George’s  and  St.  James’s  Dispensary.  Second  Ameri¬ 
can  Edition,  enlarged  and  revised  by  the  authors.  Phila¬ 
delphia:  Henry  C.  Lea.  New  Orleans:  Arinaud  Hawkins, 
196^  Canal  street,  pp.  210. 

The  name  of  the  lamented  Tilbury  Fox  will  long  live  in  the 
medical  profession  as  one  of  the  most  devoted  workers  in  his 
specialty,  and  his  systematic  studies  in  skin  diseases  have  won 
for  him  golden  opinions  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic. 

The  work  now  under  consideration  is  the  combined  labor  of 
himself  and  Doctor  T.  C.  Fox,  and,  as  expressed  by  its  title, 
gives  within  its  pages  those  essential  details  requisite  to  the 
study  of  the  subject. 

The  work  is  divided  into  three  parts. 

Part  I  treats  of  general  observations  on  skin  diseases. 

Part  II  the  description  and  treatment  ot  skin  diseases,  and 
Part  111  contains  the  cutaneous  pharmacopoeia. 

Part  II  of  the  work  is  especially  planned  so  as  to  be  easy  for 
reference.  The  diseases  are  taken  up  alphabetically,  and  the 
formulae  and  observations  on  diet  in  the  third  part  of  the  work 
are  practical  and  thorough. 

The  work  is  printed  on  good  paper  with  clear  type,  and  is  cor¬ 
dially  recommended. 


An  Atlas  of  Human  A  natomy ,  Illustrating  most  of  the  ordinary 


Dissections  and  many  not  usually  practiced  by  the  Stu¬ 
dent,  accompanied  by  an  Explanatory  Text.  By  Rickman 
John  Godlee,  M.S.F.R.,  C.S.,  Fellow  of  University  Col¬ 
lege — Part  I.  Philadelphia :  Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  New 
Orleans;  Armaud  Hawkins,  1904  Canal  street.  Price, 
$2  50. 

The  purpose  of  this  excellent  atlas  is  fully  explained  by  its 


1879] 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


415 


title.  The  first  part  contains  four  artistically  executed  plates, 
illustrating  the  superficial  and  deep  dissections  of  the  neck. 
Muscles,  arteries,  veins  and  nerves  are  displayed  with  re 
markable  distinctness.  Other  parts  of  this  atlas  will  soon 
appear,  and  afford  the  student  an  opportunity  of  learning- 
anatomy  practically  and  agreeably. 


Diseases  of  the  Intestines  and  Peritoneum.  By  John  Syer  Bris- 
towe,  M.D.,  J.  R.  Wardell,  M.D.,  S.  O.  Habershon,  M.D., 
J.  W.  Begbee,  M.D.,  T.  B.  Curling,  F.R.S.,  and  W.  H.  Ran¬ 
som,  M.D.  u  Woods’  Library  of  Standard  Medical  Au¬ 
thors.”  Wru.  Wood  &  Co.,  New  York.  New  Orleans  ; 
Arman d  Hawkins. 

The  enterprising  publishers  are  determined  to  let  merit  be 
the  claim  to  positions  in  this  valuable  i{  Library,”  and  in  the 
present  volume  have  won  new  laurels.  The  work  before  us  is 
the  combined  effort  of  five  distinguished  authors,  and  while  of 
necessity,  compressed  in  small  compass,  contains  an  admirable 
study  of  the  following  diseases : 

Enteralgia,  Enteritis,  Obstruction  of  the  Bowels,  Ulceration 
of  the  Bowels,  Cancerous  and  other  Growths  of  the  Intestines. 
Diseases  of  the  Caecum,  Colic  Colitis,  Diarrhoea  Dysentery. 
Disease  of  the  Duodenum.  Diseases  of  Rectum  and  Anus.  In¬ 
testinal  Worms,  Peritonitis,  Tubercle  of  the  Peritoneum,  Car¬ 
cinoma  of  the  Peritoneum,  Affections  of  the  Abdominal  Lym¬ 
phatic  Glands,  Ascites  and  Abdominal  Tumors.  Surely  a 
goodly  array  of  most  interesting  subjects.  The  work  cannot 
fad  to  find  its  way  to  the  medical  library,  and,  as  a  work  of 
reference,  is  practical  and  convenient. 


The  Pathological  Anatomy  of  the  Bar.  By  Herman  Schwartze, 
M.D.,  Professor  in  the  University  of  Halle.  Translated  by 
.1.  Orne  Green,  A.M.,  M.D.  Boston :  Houghton,  Osgood  & 
Co.,  The  Riverside  Press,  Cambridge,  187b'. 

This  is  a  work  the  want  of  which  has  been  much  felt,  since  it 
brings  together  for  the  student  of  otology  in  a  small  space  ma¬ 
terial  which  otherwise  had  to  be  sought  for  scattered,  and 
uuarranged  throughout  the  literature  of  the  subject. 


10 


41(5 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


[September 


The  name  of  the  author  is  a  sufficient  guarantee  that  the 
work  has  been  carefully  performed,  and  that  it  will  take  a 
prominent  place  in  the  literature  of  the  diseases  of  the  ear. 

The  careful  citation  of  authorities  is  one  of  the  best  features 
of  the  work  with  reference  to  its  practical  usefulness. 

While  it  abounds  in  facts  for  which  we  must  in  part,  at  least, 
give  credit  to  the  author ;  yet  the  nature  of  the  work  renders  it 
impossible  that  it  should  be  other  than  largely  a  compilation, 
for  no  part  of  the  human  body  demands  for  its  study  more 
labor  and  time  than  does  the  ear,  on  account  of  its  anatomical 
position  and  surgical  relations. 

This  work  shows  what  wonderful  progress  has  been  made  in 
the  science  of  otology  in  the  last  fifteen  or  twenty  years,  and 
the  number  of  distinguished  workers  in  this  specialty. 

Before  Toynbee’s  great  works  appeared,  it  could  be  truly 
said  that  there  was  no  true  science  of  otology.  To-day,  how¬ 
ever,  there  are  numerous  professorships  devoted  to  this 
specialty  throughout  the  civilized  world. 

To  Toynbee  we  in  a  great  measure  owe  this  revolution  which 
took  this  important  department  out  of  the  hands  of  charlatans 
and  placed  it  upon  an  anatomical  basis,  thus  laying  the  foun¬ 
dation  of  modern  otology. 

Since  that  time  the  German  school  (and  in  this  probably 
that  of  Vienna)  has  done  the  most  to  advance  the  science  so  well 
founded  by  the  illustrious  Englishman. 

Otherwise  the  translation  published  in  Boston  does  great 
credit  to  the  translators  and  the  publishers,  and  shows  the 
great  progress  made  in  this  species  of  work  in  America  within 
a  comparatively  short  period.  B.  A.  P. 


The  Laws  of  Therapeutics  or  the  /Science  and  Art  of  Medicine.  By 
Joseph  Kidd,  M.D.;  Published  by  Lindsay  &  Blakiston,  of 
Philadelphia.  Kew  Orleans :  Armand  Hawkins,  1964  Canal 
street. 

In  this  little  volume  of  196  pages,  the  author  presents  a  his¬ 
tory  of  medicine  from  the  fourteenth  century  (B.  C.)  noting  the 
origin  and  development  of  the  various  theories  and  schools 
which  existed  for  a  time,  and,  in  turn,  give  place  to  new 
systems. 


Reviews  and  Bool'  Notices. 


417 


1879] 


in  Egypt,  about  the  eleventh  century  13.  C.,  there  was  a  col¬ 
lege  of  physicians  who  belonged  to  the  sacerdotal  class,  and 
women  as  well  as  men  practiced  medicine.  In  fact  medicine 
had  attained  so  high  a  degree  of  perfection  in  Egypt  that  there 
were  specialists  in  the  different  branches  of  the  art. 

The  Babylonians  and  Assyrians  alone  among  the  great  na¬ 
tions  of  antiquity  had  no  physicians. 

Hippocrates,  born  400  years  B.  C.,  was  for  23  centuries  with¬ 
out  a  rival.  The  first  well-marked  schism  in  medicine  occurred 
about  250  years  B.  C.,  and  arose,  according  to  the  author, 
from  the  mistake  made  by  Hippocrates  in  leaving  the  region 
of  pure  observation  for  that  of  speculation — hence  the  origin  of 
the  sect  known  as  Empirics.  These  were  followed  by  the 
Dogmatists,  and  these  latter  by  the  Eclectics,  who  professed 
to  select  the  good,  and  avoided  the  evil  of  all  the  other  systems. 
According  to  the  author,  of  all  the  sects  those  known  as  Eclec¬ 
tics  were  the  worst.  “  Eclecticism  in  medicine,  like  the  mule 
in  creation,  is  essentially  barren.” 

For  six  centuries — that  is,  from  the  time  of  Hippocrates  to 
the  time  of  Galen,  all  is  vague  and  contradictory  in  Therapeu¬ 
tics.  Galen  was  born  in  Pegamas,  in  A.  D.  131.  While  Hip¬ 
pocrates  founded  his  treatment  on  his  own  opinion  of  the  na¬ 
ture  of  disease,  Galen  founded  his  system  on  his]  idea  of  the 
nature  of  medicine.  Haller,  in  the  eighteenth  century,  was 
the  first  to  teach  that  the  true  guide  to  the  treatment  of  dis¬ 
ease  must  be  sought  for  in  the  accurate  knowledge  of  the 
action  of  medicinal  agents  in  the  human  body.  From  this  the 
system  of  Homocepathy  became  gradually  evolved,  and  so  on 
are  we  able  to  trace  the  origin  of  the  various  theories  and 
schools  to  the  present. 

The  work  is  exceedingly  interesting  and  instructive  as  well 
as  valuable,  on  account  of  the  thorough  investigation  into  the 
merits  of  the  different  theories — the  study  of  the  natural  his¬ 
tory  of  disease,  the  art  of  medicine,  and  a  well-written  article 
on  “  the  obstacles  to  the  action  of  medicines.”  The  sugges¬ 
tions  and  views  of  the  author  as  expressed  are  plausible,  prac¬ 
tical  and  calculated  to  lead  to  a  more  correct  comprehension 
of  the  laws  on  which  the  science  of  Therapeutics  is  based. 

«T.  M.  W. 


418  Hooka  and  Pamphlet s  Received.  [September 

Manual  of  the  Principle s  and  Practice  of  Operative  Surgery.  By 
Stephen  Smith,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Surgeon  to  Bellevue  and  St. 
Vincent  Hospitals,  New  York.  12mo.,  pp.  089.  Boston  : 
Houghton,  Osgood  &  Co.,  1879. 

This  work  is  an  enlargement  of  a  hand-book  of  Su  gical 
Operations,  prepared  by  the  same  author  in  1802,  with  special 
reference  to  military  practice,  and  includes  the  general  opera¬ 
tions  in  surgery,  with  the  exception  of  those  pertaining  to  the 
special  senses.  The  book  consists  of  sixty  chapters,  classified 
under  eleven  general  heads,  as  follows:  I,  The  Principles;  II, 
The  Oseous  System;  Ill,  The  Muscular  System;  IV,  The  Cir¬ 
culatory  System  ;  V,  The  Nervous  System ;  VI,  The  Tegumen- 
tary  System  ;  VII,  The  Digestive  Organs ;  VIII,  The  Respira¬ 
tory  Organs;  IX,  The  Urinary  Organs;  X,  The  Generative 
Organs;  XI,  The  Extremities. 

The  scope  of  this  manual  is  immense,  and  it  is  rather  to  be 
regretted  that  Dr.  Smith  should  have  attempted  to  include  so 
much  matter  in  so  little  space.  What  he  says  is  almost  inva¬ 
riably  correct  and  excellently  expressed ;  but  on  many  impor¬ 
tant  subjects  and  operations  his  extreme  brevity  is  unsatisfac¬ 
tory,  his  terseness  of  expression  leaving  matters  sometimes 
obscure.  It  is  certainly  to  be  hoped  that  another  edition  will 
be  prepared,  of  octavo  size  and  not  less  than  1000  pages. 
This  will  give  room  for  some  amplitude  of  explanation  and 
greater  variety  in  methods  of  operation. 

The  book  is  abundantly  illustrated  with  wood  cuts,  is  sup¬ 
plied  with  an  index,  and  its  mechanical  execution  is  altogether 
excellent.  ’  S.  S.  H. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


Announcement  Memphis  Hospital ,  Medical  College  and  Medical 
Department  of  Southwestern  University ,  Session  of  1879-80. 

The  Radical  Cure  of  Hernia  By  the  Antiseptic  Use  of  the  Car- 
holized  Catgut  Ligature.  By  Henry  O.  Marcy,  A.M.,  M.D., 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  Member  of  the  Massachusetts  Medical  So- 


1879]  Books  and  Pamphlets  Received.  419 

ciety,  American  Medical  Association,  etc.,  etc.  Reprint  from 
Transactions  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  1878. 

An  Account  of  the  Perineosinuexereeinator — A  New  Instrument 
for  the  Exploration  of  Sinuses.  Especially  Adopted  to  Gynecolog¬ 
ical  Practice.  By  Jacques  Robinson,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Surgeon  to 
the  Hospital  for  Ruptured  Vesicles,  Member  of  the  Antever- 
sion  Society  and  the  Round  Ligament  Club,  etc.,  etc.  Reprint 
from  Louisville  Medical  News,  May  13  and  June  7,  1879. 

The  Pith  of  the  Pried  Cornstalk  as  a  Uterine  Tent ,  and  General 
Remarks  Upon  the  use  of  Uterine  Tents  in  Gynecological  Practice 
with  Cases.  By  W.  T.  Goldsmith,  M.D.,  Atlanta.  Reprint 
from  the  Transactions  of  the  Medical  Association  of  Georgia. 

A  Conspectus  of  the  Different  Forms  of  Phthisis ,  Intended  as 
an  Aid  to  Differential  Diagnosis.  By  Roswell  Park,  A.M.,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  Woman’s  Medical  College,  Surgeon 
to  the  South-Side  Dispensary.  Reprint  from  Chicago  Medical 
Journal  and  Examiner,  September,  1878. 

McGill  University ,  Montreal ,  Canada ,  Forty-seventh  Annual 
Announcement  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine- ,  Session  of  1879-80. 

A  Series  of  A  merican  Clinical  Lectures.  Edited  by  E.  C.  Seguin 
M.D.,  Yol.  Ill ,  No.  IX.  Operation  for  Closure  of  Cleft  of  the  Hard 
and  Soft  Palate.  By  A.  Vanderveer,  M.D.,  Professor  of  the 
Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery,  Albany  Medical  College ; 
Attending  Surgeon  at  the  Albany  Hospital  and  St.  Peters 
Hospital. 

University  of  the  City  of  New  York,  Medical  Department.  A  n- 
nual  Anouncement  of  Lectures  and  Catalogue,  Session  1879-80. 

The  Casual  Lesions  of  Puerperal  Convulsions.  A  Paper  Read 
Before  the  Pathological  Society  of  Philadelphia,  April  28,  1878. 
By  James  Tyson,  M.D.,  Professor  of  General  Pathology  and 
Morbid  Anatomy  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania;  One  of 
the  Physicians  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital,  etc. 

Case  of  Sarcoma  of  the  Kidneys  in  a  Negro  Child.  By  W.  H. 
Geddings,  M.D.,  Aiken,  S.  C.  Reprint  from  Vol.  IT,  Gynaeco¬ 
logical  Transactions,  1878. 

Memorial  Exercises  State  Medical  Association  at  the  Twelfth 
Annual  Session. 


420 


Books  and  Pamphlet*  Received.  [September 

The  Future  Influence  of  the  John  Hoplcins  Hospital  on  the  Medi 
cal  Profession  of  Baltimore.  I»y  Jolm  Van  Bibber,  M.l). 

Manual  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Operative  Burger)/. 
By  Stephen  Smith,  A.M.,  M.l).,  Surgeon  to  Bellevue  Hos¬ 
pital  and  St.  Vincent’s  Hospital,  New  York  Oity.  Houghton, 
Osgood  &  Co.,  Boston,  Publishers. 

Transactions  of  the  Pathological  Society  of  Philadelphia ,  Vol. 
VIII.  Edited  by  J.  Henry  C.  Simes,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on  His¬ 
tology  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Recorder  of  the 
Society. 

Formula  Booh  of  Gelatine-Coated  Pills  and  Granules ,  Fluid 
Extracts ,  etc.,  etc.  By  McKesson  &  Bobbins,  New  York. 

Pocket  Therapeutics  and  Dose  Book  with  Glassification  and  Ex¬ 
planation  of  the  Actions  of  Medicines.  By  Morse  Stewart,  Jr., 
B.A.  and  M.A.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

First  Annual  Announcement  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the 
Arkansas  Industrial  University ,  Session  of  1879-80. 

Medical  Heroism  of  1878.  By  J.  W.  Singleton,  M.D.,  of  Pa¬ 
ducah,  Ky.  Reprint  from  the  St.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal,  1879. 

A  Description  of  the  Medical  Books  and  Periodicals ,  published 
by  D.  G.  Briuton,  M.D.,  Philadelphia. 

Valedictory  Address  to  the  Graduating  Class  of  Jefferson  Medi¬ 
cal  College  at  the  oAth  Annual  Commencement,  March  12,  1879.  By 
J.  Aitken  Meigs,  M.l).,  Professor  of  the  Institutes  of  Medicine 
and  Medical  Jurisprudence,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Ringworm  in  Public  Institutions.  Extracted  from  the  Trans¬ 
actions  of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

Rosacea.  Extracted  from  the  Transactions  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania.  By  John  V.  Shoemaker, 
A.M.,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on  Dermatology  at  the  Philadelphia 
School  of  Anatomy,  Surgeon  to  the  Pennsylvania  Free  Dispen. 
sary  for  Skin  Diseases,  Lecturer  on  Practical  Anatomy  in  the 
Jefferson  Medical  Association,  etc.,  etc. 

Forty-third  Annual  Announcement  of  the  Medical  Department  of 
the  University  of  Louisville,  Session  of  1879-80. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


421 


1879 1 


Tenth  Annual  Announcement  of  the  Woman's  Medical  College  of 
Chicago ,  Session  of  1879-80. 

Pocket  Therapeutics  and  Dose  Book.  By  Morse  Stewart,  Jr., 
BA.,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Transactions  of  the  Pathological  Society  of  Philadelphia ,  Volume 
VII.  Edited  by  J.  Henry  C.  Simes,  M.D.,  Lecturer  of  Histology 
in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  Demand  for  a  Woman's  Medical  College,  in  the  West.  An 
address  delivered  at  the  Commencement  of  the  Seventh  An¬ 
nual  Course  of  Lectures  and  Dedication  of  the  Woman’s  Medi¬ 
cal  College,  Chicago,  Ill.  By  C has.  Warrington  Earle,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Diseases  of  Children. 

American  Nervousness :  Its  Philosophy  and  Treatment.  By 
George  M.  Beard,  M.D.,  New  York.  An  address  delivered  be¬ 
fore  the  Baltimore  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Society,  February, 
1879.  Reprint  from  Virginia  Medical  Monthly,  July,  1879. 

Announcement  of  the  Dental  Department  of  Vanderbilt  Uni¬ 
versity ,  Nashville ,  Tenn. 

Medical  Department  of  University  of  Nashville  and  of  Vander¬ 
bilt  University.  Announcement  of  Lectures  for  Session  of  1879-8°. 

Laryngeal  Tumors  and  Tuberculous  Laryngitis.  By  E.  Fletcher 
Ingalls,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on  diseases  of  the  chest  and 
Physical  Diagnosis,  and  on  Laryngology  in  the  Post  Graduate 
Course,  Rush  Medical  College.  Reprint  from  the  Chicago 
Medical  Journal  and  Examiner  for  July,  1879. 

Sixteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  New  York  Society  for  the  Relief 
of  the  Ruptured  and  Crippled,  for  May,  1879. 

The  Death  Rate  of  St  Louis.  An  inquiry  into  the  causes  of 
its  being  less  than  that  of  any  other  large  city  of  the  United 
States.  By  Charles  A.  Todd,  M. I).,  Professor  of  Physiology, 
etc.,  Missouri  Medical  College,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Atlas  of  Skin  Diseases.  By  Louis  A.  Duhring,  M.D.,  Pro¬ 
fessor  of  Skin  Diseases  in  the  Hospital  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  etc.  Part  IV. 

The  Detroit  Medical  College,  Detroit,  Mich.,  Twelfth  Annual 
Commencement  and  Catalogue  Session  of  1879-80. 


422 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables.  [September 


Meteorological  Table— July,  1879. 


Day. 

Mean 

Barometer 

• 

Temperature. 

Maximum  Minimum.  Range. 

Mean 

Humidity. 

Rainfall. 

1 

30.005 

88 

76 

12 

75 

.08 

2 

30.090 

87 

76 

11 

74 

.66 

3 

30.107 

8(5 

75 

11 

31 

1.37 

4 

30.153 

8(5 

73 

13 

64 

.00 

5 

30.152 

87 

73 

14 

(51 

.00 

f> 

30.080 

89 

76 

13 

64 

.00 

7 

30.100 

87 

74 

13 

64 

*  .00 

8 

30.150 

88 

74 

14 

66 

.00 

9 

30  120 

89 

75 

14 

59 

.00 

10 

30.055 

90 

75 

15 

65 

.00 

11 

29.970 

91 

76 

15 

(57 

.00 

12 

29.935 

90 

77 

13 

(54 

.oo 

13 

29.957 

91 

76 

15 

64 

.00 

14 

29.995 

91 

76 

15 

66 

.00 

15 

30.020 

91 

78 

13 

67 

.00 

1(5 

30.035 

87 

78 

9 

71 

.00 

17 

30.010 

87 

76 

11 

75 

.19 

18 

29.980 

89 

74 

15 

71 

.17 

19 

29  988 

89 

76 

13 

71 

.37 

20 

29.997 

89 

74 

15 

73 

1.38 

21 

30.002 

8(5 

75 

11 

73 

.00 

22 

29.910 

87 

77 

10 

74 

.13 

23 

29.863 

85 

77 

8 

79 

1.01 

24 

29  940 

35 

76 

11 

74 

.07 

25 

29.985 

87 

76 

11 

76 

.00 

2(5 

29  987 

87 

76 

11 

75 

.08 

27 

29.992 

87 

77 

10 

72 

.00 

28 

30  000 

88 

77 

11 

73 

.00 

29 

30.005 

89 

77 

12 

67 

.07 

30 

30.002 

87 

75 

12 

73 

.06 

31 

30.008 

85 

75 

10 

73 

1.39 

Mean.. 

30.018 

87.9 

75.6 

12.3 

70.1 

8.95 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  July  20, 1879  to  August 
24,  1879,  INCLUSIVE. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Con  sump 
tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu- 
u  onia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

July 

27.. 

0 

9 

1(5 

0 

3 

103 

August 

4__ 

3 

3 

24 

0 

1 

96 

August 

11.. 

0 

8 

7 

0 

1 

84 

August 

18.. 

0 

4 

8 

0 

1 

68 

August 

24.. 

1 

7 

14 

0 

l 

87 

Totals .. . 

4 

31 

.  69- 

0 

■  7 

.  438 

NEW  ORLEANS 

Medical  jlnd  Su^gic>l  Jourhal 


OCTOBER,  1879. 


PAGINAL  pOJAJ&XJ 


NIC  ATIONS. 


Gunshot  Wound  of  Uterus ;  Bullet  traversing  six  months’ 
Foetus ;  Recovery  of  Patient  in  four  weeks. 

By  GEO.  A.  B.  HAYS,  M.D. 

The  late  Professor  Paul  F.  Eve,  in  his  work  entitled  u  Re¬ 
markable  Cases  in  Surgery,”  on  page  581,  under  the  heading 
“  Remarkable  Wounds  and  Injuries,”  quotes  from  the  Boston 
Medical  arid  Surgical  Journal ,  1853,  a  case  reported  by  Dr. 
Palmer,  of  the  East  India  Company’s  service,  in  which  a  Bur¬ 
mese  woman  received  a  u  bullet  wound  of  the  bladder  and 
womb,”  and  “  recovered  in  three  weeks.”  As  Dr.  Palmer’s 
patient  received  the  wound  in  an  unimpregnated  uterus,  and 
the  case  was  cited  as  an  instance  of  great  recuperative  power 
and  recovery  from  wounds  ordinarily  fatal,  1  would  like  to 
place  upon  record  a  very  similar  case  which  recently  came 
under  my  observation,  in  which  the  complications  were  far 
more  grave,  and  which  also  resulted  in  a  complete  recovery. 

June  20th,  1879.  Was  summoned  hurriedly  to  Magnolia 
Plantation,  six  miles  distant,  to  see  Mary  Washington,  colored, 
aged  18,  married,  six  months  pregnant,  primipara,  who  was 
reported  as  suffering  from  a  gunshot  wound  of  abdomen 
received  that  morning.  Reached  the  place  at  9,  A.  M.,  and 
learned  that  about  three  hours  previous  the  assistant  overseer 
had  fired  a  pistol  shot  at  some  hogs  in  the  cane  field  ;  the  ball 
had  ricochetted  from  the  hard,  dry  field  road,  and  wounded  the 


424  Original  Communications.  [October 

woman,  who  was  standing  concealed  behind  a  clump  of  tall 
alder  bushes  sixty  yards  distant  from  where  the  shot  was  fired. 
Upon  examination  1  found  the  patient  beginning  to  react  from 
the  shock,  and  complaining  of  severe  pains  in  the  abdomen. 
The  ball  (oiie  from  the  same  cartridge  box  weighed  130  grains) 
had  penetrated  the  abdominal  cavity  at  the  left  side,  about  two 
inches  diagonally  in  front  and  above  the  anterior  superior  spin¬ 
ous  process  of  the  ileum,  ranging  upwards — confirming  the 
statement  that  it  had  first  struck  the  ground,  the  shot  having 
been  fired  from  on  horseback — and  had  lodged  within  the 
abdominal  cavity. 

There  had  been  but  very  little  haemorrhage  externally  at  the 
first,  and  1  found  a  portion  of  omentum  an  inch  in  length  pro¬ 
truding  from  the  wound;  completely  plugging  it.  The  woman 
had  not  menstruated  since  December,  and  stated  she  was  six 
months  advanced  in  pregnancy.  It  was  evident  the  abdominal 
wall  was  cut  through,  and  furthermore,  if  the  projectile  had 
sufficient  velocity  at  the  moment  of  impact,  the  uterus  and  con¬ 
tents  would  be  involved  in  the  injury,  but  the  distance  from 
which  the  shot  was  fired,  and  the  fact  of  the  ball  first  striking 
the  ground,  prevented  a  positive  diagnosis  at  the  moment, 
probing  of  course  being  inadmissible.  1  reduced  the  protruded 
omentum  and  turned  the  woman  upon  her  left  side,  in  order  to 
allow  drainage  in  the  event  of  internal  haemorrhage  or  effused 
liquor  amnii  in  the  abdominal  cavity.  Prescribed  full  doses  of 
sulph.  morphia,  and  ordered  large,  warm  linseed  poultices, 
abundantly  saturated  with  laudanum,  to  be  constantly  applied 
to  the  abdomen. 

June  21st.  Visited  patient  at  10,  A.  M.  She  had  well 
marked  labor  pains  which  had  begun  to  come  on  about  sun¬ 
rise,  as  stated  by  the  nurse.  She  had  rested  badly  all  night, 
scarcely  slept  at  all.  Entire  abdomen  extremely  tender  and 
distended.  Could  not  bear  light  percussion.  During  a  pain 
would  by  an  effort  of  will  control  and  arrest  the  contrac¬ 
tion  of  the  abdominal  muscles,  thereby  throwing  all  the  work 
upon  the  uterus.  Shortly  after  11,  A.  M.,  the  contractions 
being  stimulated  by  fluid  extract  ergot,  the  foetus,  placenta  and 
membranes  were  expelled  simultaneously  with  very  slight  gush 
of  waters  when  the  membranes  were  ruptured.  Some  coagula 


1879J  Hays — Gunshot  Wound  of  Uterus  425 

escaped  with  the  foetus.  After  delivery  the  uterus  contracted 
beautifully,  not  more  than  two  ounces  of  blood  being  lost. 
Administered  alcoholic  stimulants  and  beef-tea,  the  patient 
being  very  much  exhausted.  Continued  the  poultices  and  fas¬ 
tened  the  bandage  over  them.  Examined  the  foetus  for  the 
pistol  ball  and  found  it  had  penetrated  beneath  the  left 
scapula,  ranged  diagonally  through  the  trunk  a  distance  of 
about  three  inches,  and  made  its  exit  in  the  right  hip.  Careful 
search  could  not  find  the  ball  either  in  the  placenta  or  among 
the  coagula,  and  I  was  forced  to  the  conclusion  that  it  had  en¬ 
tirely  traversed  the  uterus,  and  as  it  could  not  be  felt  exter¬ 
nally  on  the  right  side  that  its  course  had  been  arrested  just 
as  it  attained  the  inner  surface  of  the  abdominal  parietes  on 
that  side.  The  child  was  a  female,  ten  inches  in  length,  well 
developed,  nails  formed,  eyelids  adherent.  Evidently  a  six  or 
six  and  a  half  months  foetus. 

Puerperal  fever  set  in,  accompanied  by  peritonitis.  Opium, 
quinine  and  calomel  were  the  remedial  agents  principally  re¬ 
lied  upon,  and  the  poultices  before  mentioned  were  continued 
until  recovery.  Laxative  enemas  were  sometimes  resorted  to. 
For  the  first  few  days  of  her  illness  I  had  no  expectation  of 
her  recovery,  and  in  fact  more  than  once  carried  with  me  on 
my  visit  the  necessary  instruments  to  make  an  autopsy,  expect¬ 
ing  to  find  her  moribund.  In  my  treatment  I  was  actuated 
greatly  by  the  motto  Dum  anima  est,  spes  est ,  and  placed  a  deal 
of  reliance  upon  the  vis  medicatrix  natural. 

From  the  27th  of  June,  her  general  condition  underwent  a 
change  for  the  better  and  she  steadily  continued  to  improve. 
The  opium,  quinine  and  calomel  were  persisted  in  until  her 
gums  became  touched,  when  the  latter  was  discontinued,  and 
a  solution  of  chlorate  of  potash  used  as  a  mouth- wash.  A 
strong  camphor  ointment  relieved  the  inflamed  breasts.  She 
had  very  little  lochial  discharge,  it  lasting  only  two  or  three 
days.  There  was  no  drainage  from  the  external  wound  at  all, 
and  it  was  closed  with  a  strip  of  plaster  and  subsequently, 
when  it  suppurated  a  little,  dressed  with  oxide  of  zinc  ointment. 

July  17th,  she  began  menstruating  with  but  little  pain  or 
discomfort;  she  ceased  on  the  19th,  and  the  following  day, 
July  20th,  just  one  month  from  the  date  of  the  injury,  she  was 


426  Original  Communications.  [October 

dismissed,  well.  It  is  proper  to  state  here  that  the  manager 
of  the  plantation  kept  an  experienced  nurse  at  the  bedside  day 
and  night,  and  kept  the  patient  supplied  with  everything 
necessary  for  her  welfare,  which  undoubtedly  contributed  very 
greatly  towards  her  recovery.  She  is  now,  August  9th,  walk¬ 
ing  about,  feels  well,  sleeps  well,  has  the  appetite  of  a  tramp 
and  suffers  no  inconvenience  from  the  presence  of  the  ball  in 
her  internal  economy. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  know  exactly  by  what  physiolog¬ 
ical  process  the  liquor  amnii  that  escaped  into  the  cavity  of  the 
abdomen  became  so  readily  absorbed,  while  the  entire  cavity 
was  in  such  an  altered  and  abnormal  condition. 

Plaquemines  Parish,  La. 


Remarks  on  Skull  Fracture. 

WITH  REPORT  OF  TWO  CASES,  ONE  SUCCESSFULLY  TREPHINED. 

By  WILEY  K.  FORT,  M.D.,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. 

Before  proceeding  to  a  report  of  the  following  cases  of  skull 
fracture,  I  should  premisingly  state,  that  I  have  intentionally 
delayed  this  report,  that  I  might  the  more  correctly  be  able  to 
give  a  fair  and  correct  statement  of  the  results  attending  the 
case  in  which  the  trephine  was  used. 

Four  years  ago,  the  27  th  of  this  past  June,  I  was  called  to 
see  Mr.  Gideon  Folger,  aged  thirty-two  years,  who  had  half 
hour  prior  to  my  seeing  him,  received  a  severe  scalp  wound 
complicated  by — comminuted  fracture  of  the  skull,  with 
depression.  The  injury  inflicted  was  caused  by  the  breaking 
of  a  large  cast-iron  wheel,  which  was  situated  on  the  fifth  floor 
of  a  hardware  store,  and  was  part  of  a  patent  elevator.  Mr. 
Folger  was  at  the  time  s  anding  in  the  car  of  the  elevator, 
which  had  only  ascended  a  few  feet  from  the  first  floor,  when 
the  crash  of  iron  came  down.  Several  pieces  of  the  broken 
wheel  fell  perpendicularly  to  the  car  of  the  elevator,  which  was 
about  fifty  feet.  The  weight  of  the  pieces  varied  from  two  to 
eight  pounds.  I  could  not  with  accuracy  decide  which  piece 
struck  him. 


1879]  Fort — Remarks  on  Skull  Fracture.  427 

I  found  the  gentleman  quietly,  sitting  in  a  chair,  and  appar¬ 
ently  in  a  more  composed  condition  than  1  subsequently  found 
to  be  natural  with  him.  Upon  examination,  I  found  a  horse¬ 
shoe  shaped  incision,  with  one  of  the  parallel  lines  much 
shorter  than  the  other.  The  point  of  the  shoe-shaped  wound, 
pointing  towards  os  frontis,  the  heel  or  base  toward  the  occiput. 
Just  beneath  the  scalp  wound,  was  a  comminuted  depressed 
fracture,  of  the  anterior  superior  angle  of  the  right  parietal 
bone,  just  above  the  parietal  ridge.  The  scalp  wound  was 
divided  quite  down  to  the  calvaria,  about  two  and  a  half  inches 
in  length.  The  skull  was  gradually  depressed  from  both  sides 
of  the  fracture  to  the  centre,  camerated,  imparting  to  the 
sense  of  touch,  a  sharply  defined  groove  in  the  centre  of  the 
depression,  of  about  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  in  a  parallel 
line  with  the  scalp  wound  and  parietal  ridge.  Although  the 
finger  met  with  considerable  resistance,  yet  I  could  feel,  upon 
decided  pressure,  such  questionable  resistance  as  to  decide  my 
diagnosis  to  be  fracture  of  both  tables  of  the  skull,  with  com¬ 
pression  of  the  cerebrum,  and  great  probability  of  extravasa¬ 
tion  of  blood  from  rupture  of  its  superficies.  I  informed  his 
family  of  his  perilous  condition  and  of  my  decision  to  trephine. 

Requesting  consultation,  Drs.  Chastant  and  J.  T.  Scott 
agreed  with  me  upon  the  line  of  action  I  proposed.  Both  of 
these  physicians  kindly  offered  their  valued  assistance  in  the 
operation.  These  gentlemen  having  thoroughly  put  the  patient 
under  the  influence  of  a  mixture  of  two  parts  of  pure  sulphuric 
ether  to  one  of  chloroform,  which  I  always  prefer  when  the 
operation  requires  a  prolonged  amesthesia,  I  proceeded  to  widen 
and  extend  back  toward  the  occiput,  the  flap  which  had  first 
been  carefully  raised  by  dissection  from  the  cranium,  with  as 
much  of  the  pericranium  as  possible.  Having  fairly  turned 
back  such  a  flap  as  to  give  ample  room  for  unembarrassed 
manipulation,  \  felt  my  way  through  the  skull  bone  with  the 
trephine  cautiously,  just  outside  the  line  of  fracture ;  first,  with 
a  trephine  one  inch  across  the  circle,  then  nearly  diagonally 
across  the  fractured  depression  with  a  three-quarter  inch  tre¬ 
phine.  This  enabled  me  to  lift  the  major  portion  of  the 
depressed  bone  with  greater  ease  with  the  elevator,  and  with 
far  less  disturbance  and  injury  to  the  subjacent  tissues  and 


428  Original  Communications.  [October 

brain,  than  simply  with  one  trephine  perforation.  The  bone 
came  away  in  irregular-shaped  pieces,  varying  in  size  from  a 
.grain  of  Indian  corn  to  that  of  a  silver  coin  quarter  of  a  dollar, 
together  with  a  eoagula,  formed  by  the  bleeding,  lacerated 
superfices.  Carefully  detaching  and  removing  all  the  frag¬ 
ments,  1  applied  my  huger  to  the  dura  mater  and  found,  about 
the  centre  of  the  skull  opening,  a  perforation  of  the  dura  mater, 
pia  mater  and  arachnoid.  Pressing  my  finger  down  upon  the 
perforation,  I  distinctly  felt  a  detached  spicula  of  bone,  which 
had  been  driven  down  into  the  cerebral  pulp  and  fairly  beneath 
the  investing  tissues  of  the  brain.  This  spicula  of  bone  I 
extracted  with  a  small  forceps,  and  which  proved  to  be  lance- 
lated  in  shape  and  a  portion  of  the  internal  table  of  about  half 
inch  in  length.  I  took  more  than  a  dozen  pieces  of  bone  away 
of  the  comminuted  mass.  Sponging  the  blood  from  the  wound, 

1  returned  the  flap  to  its  proper  position,  which  was  then  cov¬ 
ered  with  a  piece  of  old  soft  linen  saturated  with  sweet  oil, 
and  over  this  a  cloth  which  was  kept  constantly  renewed  with 
ice  water.  The  patient  rallied  remarkably  well  from  a  pro¬ 
longed  anaesthesia,  having  been  under  the  operation  over  an 
hour.  Brandy  and  ice  water  was  given ;  an  hour  or  two  later, 
I  gave  him  half  grain  morphia  hypodermically.  The  wound  was 
given  a  free  drainage.  In  fact,  all  encouragement  was  given  to 
facilitate  drainage ;  no  pressure  or  weight  was  allowed  on  the 
wound  ;  light  dressings  only.  The  wound  was  kept  constantly 
cleansed,  and  a  continuation  of  the  above  described  dressing 
continued,  except  substituting  simple  cerate  for  the  sweet  oil, 
and  adding  a  sufficient  amount  of  carbolized  oil  for  disinfecting 
and  antiseptic  purposes.  The  patient  suffered  but  little  pain 
from  the  time  of  operation,  and  had  but  little  fever.  The 
wound  cicatrized  kindly,  and  the  patient  began  to  get  about  in 
two  months  after  the  operation.  Four  years  have  elapsed,  and 
Folger  is  in  good  health.  I  would  furthermore  state,  that  the 
space  from  which  the  skull  was  taken  is  protected  by  an  exceed¬ 
ingly  hard  and  strong  covering,  and  which  I  am  disposed  to 
attribute  much  to  the  preservation  of  the  pericranium  when 
the  flap  was  dissected  up  from  the  calvaria. 

Case  2d. — On  the  night  of  the  9th  December,  1876,  George 
Fiegel,  age  20  years,  was  decoyed  by  false  statements  from  his 


1879]  Fort — Remarks  on  Slmll  Fracture.  429 

place  of  residence  corner  of  Louisiana  Avenue  and  St.  Charles 
street,  into  Delachaise  green,  and  was  there  struck  several 
times  about  the  front  and  top  of  the  head  with  some  blunt  or 
spherically  shaped  weapon,  which  at  the  time  was  thought  to 
be  a  slung-shot.  A  passing  cartman  was  attracted  by  the 
moans  of  the  wounded  man,  whom  he  found  in  an  insensible 
condition,  but  he  soon  became  sufficiently  conscious  to  direct 
the  cartman’s  way  to  his  residence.  I  was  probably  by  the 
wounded  man’s  bedside  in  two  hours  after  the  injury  was  sus¬ 
tained.  I  found  that  he  had  lost  a  considerable  amount  of 
blood.  Reaction  had  commenced.  Stimulants  had  been  given. 
Pulse  was  sixty-five  and  compressible.  Five  scalp  wounds  ex¬ 
isted,  which  were  more  than  half  circular  in  form  and  about  an 
inch  in  diameter.  Two  of  the  wounds  were  on  the  os  frontis, 
just  within  the  line  of  hair ;  two  to  the  left  and  one  just  to  the 
right  and  near  to  the  occipital  protuberance.  The  scalp  was 
divided  completely  to  the  bone,  which  was  abruptly  depressed 
about  the  third  of  an  inch.  The  circular  margins  of  the  skull 
depressions  were  about  the  same  size  as  those  of  the  scalp  and 
quite  sharply  defined.  That  which  1  desire  to  express  compre¬ 
hensively  is,  that  the  skull  depression  did  not  begin  with  a 
gentle  or  gradual  declivity,  but  abruptly,  which  I  shall  again 
have  occasion  to  refer  to,  as  it  is  in  my  opinion  a  valuable  indi¬ 
cator  to  a  correct  diagnosis.  I  removed  the  hair  and  attempted 
no  operative  interference,  simply  applying  the  sweet  oil  dres¬ 
sing  anti  cold  water  application.  Gave  him  three  compound 
cathartic  pills  and  a  solution  of  twenty  gr.  of  chloral,  and 
instructions  to  give  Rochelle  salts  if  the  pills  had  not  the 
desired  effect  by  morning.  The  patient  had  a  temperature 
of  103.4  degrees  Farenheit  for  nearly  three  days,  when  the 
fever  began  to  decline.  1  shall  not  tediously  describe 
this  case  from  day  to  day,  but  briefly  state,  that  the 
cold  water  application,  free  drainage  and  carefully  cleans¬ 
ing  the  wounds  were  the  chief  points  in  treatment.  My 
diagnosis  in  this  case  was  scalp  wounds,  concussion  with 
depressed  fractures  of  the  external  table.  I  should  state,  that 
the  scalp  wounds  continued  opeu  with  a  slow  fistulous-like  dis¬ 
charge  for  some  weeks,  when  the  depressed  button-like  parts 
of  the  external  table  came  away  like  exfoliated  sequestra.  This 


430  Original  Communications.  [October 

case  had  a  good  recovery  and  has  had  no  trouble  from  the  in¬ 
jury  ;  his  health  is  good  at  this  time. 

To  form  something  like  a  correct  estimate  of  the  importance 
with  which  the  operation  of  trephining  has  and  is  still  invested 
in  the  minds  of  surgeons,  it  is  only  necessary  to  take  a  retro¬ 
spective  view  oi  the  operation  within  the  last  two  centuries. 
In  the  existing  and  warmly  contested  views  which  have  been 
taken  from  time  to  time,  both  for  and  against  it,  are  to  be 
found  the  names  of  many  of  the  great  and  most  illustrious 
masters  in  surgery.  Among  the  former  list,  I  may  mention 
those  of  Prescott,  Hewitt,  Percival,  Pott,  and  his  world- 
renowned  pupil,  John  Hunter,  who  went  so  far  as  to  declare, 
that  u  there  was  no  harm  in  the  trephine.”  To  the  above  names 
we  may  add  the  immortal  Guthrie,  Brodie  and  Velpeau.  Stand¬ 
ing  in  the  line  of  those  wrlio  discouraged  the  operation  are  to 
be  found  names  equally  as  distinguished — such  as  Dessault, 
Rose,  Henen,  John  Bell,  Abernathy,  Lawrence,  Robert  Liston, 
Samuel  and  Sir  Astly  Cooper,  MacCormac  and  Neadrofer. 
The  few  recoveries  and  the  high  authority  who  have  discour¬ 
aged  this  operation  lias  undoubtedly  deterred  too  often  the  use 
of  the  trephine.  Leon  le  Fort  lias  carefully  examined 
trephine  operations,  both  in  France  and  England,  from  1855 
to  1800.  He  found  157  in  England  and  only  4  cases  in 
France.  The  French  surgeons  are  little  in  favor  of  tre¬ 
phining  and  the  German  less.  Neadrofer’s  conclusions  after 
the  Franco-German  war  was  against  the  trephine.  Our  late 
war  of  the  States  offered  a  large  field  for  observation.  No 
less  than  12,980  cases  of  injuries  to  the  head  from  all  causes, 
are  reported  alone  on  the  Northern  side,  in  “  The  Medical  and 
Surgical  History  of  the  War,  from  1861  to  1865.”  Besides  the 
large  number  which  should  have  been  collated  from  the  Con¬ 
federate  Records,  which  have  been  shamefully  entombed  in 
Washington  City  for  the  last  fourteen  years,  although  gentle¬ 
men  from  the  South,  with  commendable  spirit,  lifting  them, 
selves  nobly  above  pride  and  prejudice  for  the  cause  of  science, 
history  and  truth,  and  have  unavailingly  made  laudable  efforts 
to  have  the  Confederate  Records  exhumed  from  their  long 
sepulchral  rest.  Since  writing  this,  1  am  informed,  the  Con- 


431 


1879 j  Fort — Remarks  on  Shull  Fracture. 

federate  Records  will  be  exhumed.  Scientific  data  and  records 
and  truth,  are  like  the  highly  valued  and  brilliant  diamond, 
they  glow  and  they  sparkle  like  the  true  gem,  whenever  light 
is  given  them,  whatever  surroundings  may  befall  them.  But 
to  return  from  digression  to  the  subject  under  consideration. 
I  will  copy  from  the  valuable  “  Medical  and  Surgical  History” 
above  referred  to,  table  viii.  Although  the  eutire  report  of 
head  injuries,  is  replete  with  interest,  yet  1  can  only  in  the 
brevity  of  this  paper  give  this  table  and  a  few  remarks : 


“TABLE  VIII. 

“  Results  of  Nine  Hundred  Cases  of  Injuries  of  the  Skull  in  ichieh  Operations 

were  Performed. 


Operations. 

OQ 

© 

d 

o 

Recovered. 

Deaths. 

u 

V  © 
©  3 

^  *3 

d  a 
'p 

Ratio  of 
Mortality. 

Remarks. 

Extraction  of  Missiles _ .. _ 

175 

33 

89  83 

3 

48.3 

The  missiles  ex- 

Ligation . . . . . ..... 

21  12 

36.3 

tracted  from  be- 

Removal  of  bone  splinters  or  ? 

elevation  of  depressed  bone.  $ 
Formal  Trepanning _ _ _ _ 

456 

220 

275  176 

95  124 

3 

1 

39.0 

56.6 

neath  the  skull  or 
soft  parts  are  not 
recorded  in  this 

Operation  for  Hernia  Cerebri.. . 

29 

71  22 

75.8 

table. 

'This  report  continues : 

u  Abstracting  from  the  twenty-nine  hundred  and  eleven  cases 
of  fracture  without  known  depression  the  eighteen  hundred  and 
twenty-six  fatal  cases,  there  remains  one  thousand  and  eighty- 
five  cases,  of  which  two  hundred  and  sixty-two  were  subjected 
to  some  form  of  operative  interference,  and  eight  hundred  and 
twenty-three  were  treated  without  a  resort  to  such  measures. 
Of  these  eight  hundred  and  twenty-three  cases,  two  hundred 
and  sixty-nine  returned  to  duty,  fifty-seven  went  to  modified 
duty  in  the  Veteran  Reserve  Corps,  two  hundred  and  seven 
were  discharged,  one  hundred  and  thirty-five  either  exchanged, 
paroled,  retired,  furloughed  or  released,  thirty  deserted,  and  in 
one  hundred  and  twenty-five  instances  the  ultimate  result  could 
not  be  ascertained.  Of  two  hundred  and  sixty-nine  cases  of 
patients  returned  to  duty,  the  names  of  two  hundred  and  thirty- 
2 


432  Original  Communications.  [October 

four  do  not  appear  on  tlie  pension  rolls.”  If  the  latter  number 
were  living,  I  think  a  fair  inference  is  that  they  would  have 
applied  for  pension. 

A  century  ago  trephining  and  elevating  was  the  rule  in  all  skull 
fractures  with  depression,  and  1  may  say,  at  the  present  time,  the 
preponderance  is  still  held  in  its  favor  in  this  country  where 
the  scalp  injury  is  considerable  and  involved  with  great  depres¬ 
sion  and  complicated,  threatening  brain  perverted  functions. 
The  progress  of  opinion,  however,  in  Europe,  is  committed  to 
non-interference  till  the  brain  irregularities  are  unquestionably 
established. 

So  universally  does  this  opinion  sway  the  line  of  action 
usually  pursued  (which  is  expectant),  that  it  is  in  my  opinion 
one  of  the  chief  factors,  giving  cause  for  the  popular  odium 
which  rests  upon  the  operation.  The  golden  moment  of  action 
if  deferred,  is  lost.  When  the  only  chance  for  the  patient’s 
salvation  is  gone,  and  after  active  inflammatory  excitement  is 
thoroughly  set  in,  and  uot  till  these  very  grave  conditions  exist, 
does  that  capricious  arbiter — popular  sanction — accept  the  situa¬ 
tion  as  justifying  the  trephine  and  elevator.  When  the  unfor¬ 
tunate  patient  is  most  usually  doomed,  the  trephine  then  is 
only  accepted  as  a  dernier  or  forlorn  hope.  To  decide  the 
merits  of  the  operation  based  upon  the  results  of  such  cases  is, 
beyond  doubt,  uufair.  The  question  of  propriety  or  impro¬ 
priety  of  the  trephine  resolves  itself  as  does  all  other  questions 
in  surgery,  viz :  upon  a  correct  and  sound  diagnosis.  When 
the  scalp  is  divided  and  separated  from  the  skull,  which  is 
broken  and  unmistakably  driven  down  upon  and  pressing  the 
brain,  the  surgeon  is  undoubtedly  left  without,  as  yet,  any 
known  method  of  relieving  the  subjacent  part  of  braiu  from  that 
pressure  if  he  discard  the  trephine  and  elevator.  Moreover,  if 
the  concave  or  internal  brittle  surface  be  spiculated  by  the 
fracture  and  some  of  the  spiculae  be  driven  into  and  absolutely 
invade  the  brain  substance,  as  was  the  condition  in  my  tre¬ 
phine  case,  death  almost  inevitably  would  be  the  result.  Suck 
a  complication,  beyond  peradventure,  if  not  rectified  would 
vastly  enhance  the  danger  of  life,  if  not  immediately,  by  wound¬ 
ing  the  blood  carriers  or  by  puncturing  the  brain  ventricles,  it 


1879]  Fort — Bern  arks  on  Skull  Fracture.  433 

would  by  the  inflammatory  excitement  which  all  foreign  bodies 
of  organic  substances  would  set  up  by  its  disintengrating 
process  when  thus  embeded  in  the  brain  substance.  It 
is  true  we  are  creditably  informed,  that  metalic  sub¬ 
stances  have  remained  for  an  iudefinie  time  in  the  brain. 
But  it  is  not  possible,  that  a  detached  organic  substance 
can  ever  become  incysted  in  its  normal  state  in  any  living 
human  tissue.  I  would  then  ask,  how  the  surgeon  is  to  possi¬ 
bly  be  able  to  determine  whether  this  very  grave  and  perilous 
condition  exists  and  will  prove  his  patient’s  destruction  if  he 
neglect  or  procrastinate  the  use  of  the  trephine  ?  It  is  true, 
Henen  gives  his  Waterloo  case,  where  the  skull  was  driven  for 
an  inch  and  a  quarter  into  the  brain  from  the  surface  of  the 
bone.  No  operation,  we  are  instructed,  was  performed,  and 
yet  the  man  was  discharged,  cured  in  a  few  weeks.  Henen 
certainly  intended  to  be  understood  thus,  that  the  calvaria  was 
pressed  down  from  its  spherical  position  one  and  a  quarter 
inches  and  not  that  a  detached  piece  of  bone  was  driven  into 
the  brain.  For  if  he  intended  to  express  the  latter,  how  else 
could  he  determine  such  a  result  without  having  recourse 
to  at  least  the  operation  of  elevation.  I  hold,  there  is  great 
difference  in  life  risk,  in  a  mere  depression  of  the  skull  bone 
and  a  spicula  of  detached,  sharp  and  rugged  bone,  which 
is  driven  through  the  investing  membranes  and  into  the  brain 
pulp,  added  to  depression  with  blood  clots. 

Certainly,  no  symptoms  are  so  infallibly  described,  or  in  fact 
do  exist,  by  which  the  surgeon  can  unerringly  determine,  that 
bone  has  been  detached  and  driven  into  the  brain,  or  that  the 
amount  of  depression,  compression,  or  blood  clot  exist,  which 
is  sufficient  to  destroy  the  patient.  For  many  days  may  elapse 
before  its  effects  (inflammation),  may  be  set  up.  Nevertheless, 
I  apprehend  that  such  guiding  circumstances  often  may  be 
ascertained  when  judiciously  and  soundly  considered  which  would 
throw  such  guiding  and  valuable  light  upon  the  nature  of  this 
fracture  as  to  enable  the  surgeon,  to  wisely  determine  his  line 
of  action,  as  to  whether  he  will  operate  or  persue  a  non-inter¬ 
fering  course.  For  instance,  the  application  of  the  laws  of 
physics  are  to  be  practically  taken  in  consideration  in  this  con- 


434 


Original  Communications. 


[October 


nection.  To  properly  apprehend  the  effect  of  a  force  applied 
to  a  substance,  the  form,  both  of  the  body  :  trikingand  struck, 
must  be  philosophically  considered  as  well  as  their  density  and 
thickness. 

Anatomically  viewed,  the  differences  which  exist  between 
the  young  and  old  man’s  skull,  is  decided  and  marked,  as  well 
as  that  between  the  juvenile  and  adult,  and  plays  an  im¬ 
portant  part  surgically  considered.  The  diploe  in  the  adult 
skull,  between  the  ages  of  twenty  and  thirty,  is  considerable, 
making  a  wide  and  marked  separation  between  the  external 
and  internal  tables.  These  anatomical  variations  being  taken 
in  account,  in  producing  the  differences  in  the  character  and 
results  of  such  fractures,  it  is  quite  unnecessary  and  would  be 
superfluous  to  tediously  dwell  upon  their  importance,  con- 
siderered  surgically. 

Contrastingly  compared,  the  material  and  physical  injury 
received  by  the  brain  of  the  aged  man  who  presents  no  more 
evidence  of  injury  sustained,  judged  by  external  appearances, 
than  the  young  man  presents,  would  lead  the  unwary  surgeon 
in  grave  error.  For  this  most  obvious  reason,  that  the  aged 
man’s  skull  bone  is  not  only  decidedly  thinner  but  denser,  con¬ 
sequently  much  more  fragile.  The  abrupt  and  decided  depres¬ 
sion  in  the  vault  of  the  aged  person’s  skull  could  not  exist,  if  in 
normal  condition,  without  displacement  and  with  an  entire  solu¬ 
tion  of  continuity  through  the  diameter  of  the  cranium.  While 
this  is  true  in  the  aged,  we  find  widely  different  conditions  in  the 
young  adult,  whose  cranial  tables  are  considerably  separated 
by  canecli  or  an  ethmoid-like  organization  which  exists  and 
materially  assists  in  preventing  fracture  of  the  internal  table, 
as  well  as  concussion  of  the  brain.  Again,  another  important 
diagnostic  clue  to  the  injury  done  the  internal  table,  in  my  opin¬ 
ion,  is  to  be  looked  for  in  the  physical  characteristics  of  the 
osseous  wound.  The  deep  camerated  wound  in  the  middle 
aged  and  older  persons  if  connected  with  an  elastic  resistance 
to  pressure  suddenly  made  upon  the  depressed  bone,  would 
very  strongly  influence  my  diagnosis  to  one  of  grave  injury  of 
the  subjacent  meninges  and  brain  substance  from  the  shattered 
internal  table,  though  no  very  marked  brain  symptoms  be 


1879J  Fort — Remarks  on  Skull  Fracture.  435 

present.  But  it' 1  find  the  convexity  of  the  external  table  in 
the  young  adult,  even  though  considerably  driven  down,  pre¬ 
senting  sharply  defined  edges  such  as  described  in  1113*  second 
case  I  should  require  the  further  evidence  of  a  yielding  to  pres¬ 
sure  made  on  the  depressed  part  before  deciding  that  T  had  a  case 
to  deal  with  which  demanded  the  consideration  of  instrumental 
interference.  My  conviction  clearly  and  frankly  expressed  is, 
that  in  all  cases  of  skull  fracture  of  both  old  and  young  is,  that 
when  the  scalp  is  separated  or  divided  to  the  bone  and  complicated 
unm  istakably  with  commin  uted  depressed  fracture,  that  the  eleva¬ 
tion  of  the  depressed  bone  is  imperatively  and  immediately  demanded. 
The  earlier  the  trephine  is  used  after  reaction  (if  concussion  exist) 
the  better  will  be  the  chance  for  recovery.  Where  the  surgeon  can 
satisfy  himself  that  such  conditions  as  I  have  just  described  do 
exist,  I  unhesitatingly  accept  John  Hunter’s  dictum  “  that 
when  the  operation  of  trepanning  is  artistically  performed  no 
harm  is  done.”  1  can  not  refrain  saying  in  this  connection  that 
1  think  very  much  is  due  in  successful  operations  to  applying 
the  trephine  more  upon  the  outside  of  the  fractured  line  than 
upon  the  portion  of  the  skull  involved  in  the  fracture.  For 
this  reason,  that  the  to  and  fro  motion  of  the  same  is  commu¬ 
nicated  to  the  injured  parts  beneath  the  fracture  and  which 
are  aggravated  by  further  disturbing  the  molicular  arrange¬ 
ment  of  nerve  cells.  I  prefer  that  two-tliirds  of  the  circumfer-. 
ence  of  the  circular  trephine  saw  should  rest  on  the  firm  bone 
contiguous  to  the  broken  mass  which  is  to  be  lifted,  carefully 
observing  in  doing  so  that  the  duromater  be  gently  detached 
by  carefully  applied  strokes  of  the  knife  closely  made  to  the 
bone.  Too  much  care  can  not  be  taken  to  perform  the  opera¬ 
tion  carefully,  quietly,  gently,  so  as  to  do  no  violence  to  the 
brain  and  its  snperfices. 

The  brain  and  investing  membranes  should  by  all  means  be 
left  free  and  unembarrassed  by  stitches,  sutures,  bandages,  or 
pressure  from  any  source,  under  the  mistaken  idea  of  prevent¬ 
ing  hernia  cerebri,  which  disorder  is  the  legitimate  offspring  of 
inflammation.  The  brain  and  its  superfices  do  not  become  too 
large  for  their  natural  encasement,  unless  it  be  the  result  of 


436  Original  Communications.  [October 

haemorrhage,  or  inflammation,  in  which  case  sound  pathology 
would  acquiesce. 

My  views  of  the  inflammatory  conditions  of  the  brain  and  its 
effects  on  the  meninges  were  given  in  a  paper  on  Cerebro-Spinal 
Meningitis,  published  in  the  New  Or  team  Medical  and  Surgical  Re¬ 
porter,  vol.  iv.,  1877.  Embolism,  thrombosis  and,  in  fact,  lesions 
of  the  cerebro- vascular  system,  play  the  most  important  part  in 
the  pathology  of  skull  injury,  to  duly  dwell  upon  which  would 
extend  this  paper  to  too  great  a  length. 

With  regard  to  sudden  death,  which  occurs  nearly  and 
remotely  after  skull  fractures,  and  also  the  cause  of  liver 
abscess,  very  much  may  be  said.  For  instance,  encephelo- 
spinal  fluid  tightly  confined  in  the  ventricles  or  blood  clot 
pressed  upon  the  floor  of  the  fourth  ventricle,  would  produce 
functional  influences  corresponding  to  the  length  of  time  sus¬ 
tained,  in  consequence  of  haemorrhage  in  the  pathways  of  trans¬ 
mission  of  motor  and  sensory  impulses  thereby  disturbing  secon¬ 
darily  circulation,  resulting  in  cardiac,  pulmonary,  hepatic  and 
renal  disorders.  It  is  claimed  by  high  English  authority,  that 
a  clot  of  blood  extending  from  the  anterior  commissure  of  the 
cerebrum  in  the  third  ventricle,  through  the  chambers  and 
passing  through  the  entire  narrow  prolongation  of  the 
iter  a  tertio  ad  quartern  ventriculum ,  through  the  cerebro¬ 
spinal  opening,  caused  instant  death,  by  clot  pressure  upon 
the  origin  of  the  pneumogastric  nerve  originating  from  the 
floor  of  the  fourth  ventricle,  causing  paralysis  of  the  nerves 
of  respiration.  This  fact  would  justify  the  conclusion,  that  clo¬ 
sure  of  the  passway  of  the  cerebro  spinal  fluid  upon  the  corpus 
collosum  or  striata,  by  pressure  or  from  whatsoever  cause, 
would  be  sufficient  to  cause  fatal  termination.  Not  only  as 
occurred  in  the  English  surgeon’s  case,  instantly,  by  paralyzing 
the  pavagum  nerve  and  stopping  respiration,  but  also  by  inter¬ 
fering  with  functional  action  ;  setting  up  a  hyperemic  condition 
of  the  cerebrum,  cerebellum  and  their  meninges,  eventuating  in  an 
inflammatory  action  of  either  acute,  passive  or  chronic  character, 
or  possibly  by  resulting  in  a  hernia  cerebri.  It  is  most  likely 
that  in  this  manner,  that  functional  perverted  influence  is  brought 
about  resulting  in  abscess  of  the  liver,  as  was  long  since 


1879]  Fort — Remarks  on  Skull  Fracture.  437 

observed  as  a  sequel  of  head  injuries  by  Bertrandi,  Andonilli 
Klein,  and  others.  Another  perilous  complication  which  is 
quite  probable  in  depressed  fracture,  is  that  which  1  have 
already  described  in  the  case  of  Folger,  in  which  a  lancelated 
spicula  of  bone  from  the  internal  table  was  extracted,  which 
piece  of  bone  was  directly  beneath  the  depressed  mass  and 
deeply  imbedded  in  the  cerebral  texture.  Had  this  spicula  of 
bone  penetrated  the  ventricle,  thus  giving  exit  to  the  cerebro¬ 
spinal  fluid,  I  think  I  am  justified  upon  sound  pathological 
ground  in  concluding,  that  a  sufficient  cause  in  such  event  is 
established  to  set  up  a  dangerous  excitement  and  turgescence 
of  the  veins ;  such  a  condition  as  is  induced  by  suddenly  letting 
out  the  cerebro  spinal  fluid  by  puncturing  the  saculated  accu¬ 
mulation  about  the  region  of  the  sacrum. 

Most  surgeons  agree  that  a  large  number  of  chronic  disorders 
are  the  result  of  local  injury  of  the  brain.  Sudden  death  often 
occurs  a  long  time  after  concussion.  The  removal  of  the  local 
disturbing  cause  is  the  only  rational  method  of  avoiding  such 
results.  The  very  complex  and  delicate  structure  of  the  brain 
requires  longer  time  for  reparation  of  injury  sustained  than 
other  tissues  and  structures.  Unlike  the  cerebrum,  cerebellum 
or  nerve  tissue,  the  scalp  reparative  ability  is  something  won¬ 
derful  when  compared  with  any  other  part  of  the  body.  This 
is  forcibly  illustrated  in  the  plastic  operation  for  artificial  nose. 
Although  it  may  be  a  considerable  portion  of  the  scalp  which 
is  dissected  up  and  twisted  over  from  the  forehead  and  fulfills 
a  good  end,  yet  little  or  no  cicatrix  is  left.  In  the  month  of 
May,  in  the  year  1854,  I  saw  a  girl  fourteen  years  of  age,  who 
was  taken  to  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital  in  Philadelphia,  and 
who,  in  attempting  to  caress  a  large  Bengal  tiger,  was  seized 
suddenly  back  of  her  head  with  both  paws  thrust  through  the  iron 
bars  of  his  cage,  clawing  the  girl  so  forcibly  to  the  cage  that 
her  scalp  was  literally  torn  from  the  occipital  bone,  entirely 
across  the  head  to  the  superciliary  ridge  of  the  os  froutis.  The 
scalp  was  lifted  like  a  mask  from  her  face  and  adjusted.  Yet 
this  girl  made  a  good  recovery,  with  no  horrible  and  unsightly 
scar  as  might  be  supposed. 

I  apprehend  that  very  much  of  the  odium  which  exists  in 


438 


Original  Communications. 


[October 


the  mind  of  the  profession  concerning  the  trephine  and  eleva¬ 
tor,  should  more  properly  belong  to  the  sutures,  stitches,  ban¬ 
dages  and  such  contrivances,  as  different  ones  may  have  had 
predilections  in  favor  of,  for  the  purpose  of  coaptatiug  and 
firmly  holding  the  lips  of  the  scalp  wounds  in  situ.  I  have 
seen  the  heads  of  patients,  with  scalp  and  head  injuries  very 
artistically,  but  exceedingly  unscientifically  bandaged  so 
tightly  as  to  cause  great  pain  for  (the  not  only  useless,  but 
unwise  purpose  of)  restraining  and  holding  the  lips  of  the 
wounds  together,  as  well  as  for  the  double  purpose  in  skull  dis¬ 
placement  with  a  durameter  rent,  to  repress  and  prevent  hernia 
cerebri.  All  such  contrivances  are  not  only  useless,  but  they 
are  exceedingly  prejudicial  and  positively  injurious  by  the 
pressure,  by  the  heating,  by  the  irritation,  and  by  painfully 
arresting  free  discharge  of  offending  and  often  unhealthy 
detrita.  Scalp  wouuds  are  almost  always  attended  with  some 
discharge,  which  finds  a  nidus  or  lodgement  in  some  hidden 
recess  or  pocket,  underneath  the  wounded  integuments.  Should 
vent  to  such  accumulated  plathoras  be  unfortunately  closed  up 
or  retarded  in  exit,  thereby  arresting  natural  drainage,  the 
consequences  are  sometimes  dire  and  calamitous. 

Even  the  transuding,  coagulated  and  disorganizing  blood 
thus  confined  by  the  irritating  sutures,  is  sufficient  to  often  set 
up  an  evil  train  of  complicated  conditions,  resulting  frequently 
in  traumatic  or  erysipelatous  fatalities.  These  are  but  a  part 
of  the  unfortunate  concomitants  which  have  so  long,  so  unfor¬ 
tunately  and  so  unjustly  contributed  fruitful  cause  for  throw¬ 
ing  odium  upon  one  of  the  most  meritorious  operations  in 
surgery. 


Remarks  on  the  After-Treatment  of  Bronchotomy. 

(Read  before  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association,  August  2,  1879.) 
By  ALBERT  B.  MILES,  M.D. 

Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  Medical  Department,  University  of  Louisiana. 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  : — Since  our  last  meeting,  when 
I  was  appointed  to  prepare  a  paper,  I  have  gathered  some  facts 
upon  a  subject  which  should  be  of  equal  interest  to  us  all ;  for 


1879]  Miles — After-Treatment  of  Bronchotomy.  439 

physicians,  as  often  as  surgeons,  are  called  to  perform  the  oper¬ 
ations  on  the  windpipe  and  conduct  the  after-treatment. 
The  points  presented  for  discussion  may  seem  at  first  glance  to 
be  minor  matters  in  surgery.  However,  the  object  of  this  paper 
is  to  emphasize  their  clinical  importance,  for  in  no  class  of 
cases  does  success  depend  more  upon  a  careful  attention  to  the 
minutiae  of  surgical  therapeutics.  We  will  discuss  in  order: 

I.  Suggestions  in  the  selection  of  suitable  tracheal  tubes. 

II.  The  simple  indications  in  the  after-treatment,  and  the 
importance  of  their  careful  observance. 

III.  An  account  of  some  of  the  accidents  and  diseases  which 
complicate  the  after-treatment ;  and  how  their  frequency  may 
be  lessened  and  the  fatality  of  operations  on  the  windpipe 
reduced. 

The  first  question  to  be  settled  is :  Why  not  use  the  simple 
retractors  to  hold  open  the  incision  in  the  windpipe  rather  than 
insert  any  canula  ?  Some  operators,  renowned  as  authorities,  dis¬ 
card  altogether  the  use  of  the  canula,  in  the  belief  that  the 
presence  of  an  instrument  inserted  immediately  after  opening 
the  windpipe,  irritates,  excites  inflammation  and  ulceration, 
and  favors  the  development  of  pulmonary  diseases.  They  pre¬ 
fer  the  retractors.  I  have  had  no  experience  in  this  practice. 
The  procedure  seems  primitive,  but  certainly  better  than  the 
use  of  imperfect  tubes,  the  bad  results  of  which  no  doubt 
originally  suggested  the  plan  of  treatment.  In  view  of  the 
constant  tendency  of  the  opening  to  contract,  1  would  hardly 
expect  the  retractors  to  answer  the  purpose,  unless  the  neck 
bands  were  made  uncomfortably  tight.  Most  of  the  advocates 
of  this  plan  find  it  necessary  to  cut  an  elliptical  piece  from  the 
windpipe,  that  the  retractors  may  the  better  serve  their  purpose ; 
and,  strange  to  say,  they  have  never  observed  narrowing  of 
the  passage  as  the  result.  Anyhow,  we  have  learned  a  lesson, 
which  we  may  utilize  in  an  emergency,  or  even  practice  in  cer¬ 
tain  cases  where  the  retractors  are  to  serve  for  only  a  short 
time.  But  I  must  think  that  the  instances  are  exceedingly 
rare,  when  a  suitable  canula  would  not  be  preferable,  especially 
if  the  artificial  opening  is  to  be  maintained  for  any  length  of 
time. 

3 


440  Original  Communications.  [October 

I.  SUGGESTIONS  IN  THE  SELECTION  OF  SUITABLE  TUBES. 

As  we  have  seen,  a  very  simple  device  may  serve  for  awhile 
to  keep  the  incision  in  the  windpipe  open.  Some  years  ago,  a 
resident  student  in  the  Charity  Hospital  saved  his  patient  by 
incising  the  larynx  and  inserting  his  toothpick.  Only  a  few 
years  since,  a  man  from  one  of  the  country  parishes  came  into 
the  Hospital  breathing  through  a  section  of  reed-cane  inserted 
into  the  trachea  several  weeks  previously.  Now,  I  do  not  pro¬ 
pose  to  write  up  ail  the  instruments  which  the  genius  of  inven¬ 
tion  has  given  to  the  profession ;  will  only  examine  those  in 
common  use  which  our  markets  now  supply.  Nearly  all  tubes 
are  now  made,  as  they  should  be,  with  a  double  canula,  and 
with  the  neck-plate  movable  upon  the  tubular  portion ;  but  it  is 
not  too  much  to  say  that  most  of  them  are  faulty  in  several  im¬ 
portant  particulars. 

1.  Relative  length  of  the  inner  and  outer  canula.  Some  tubes, 
even  to  this  day,  have  the  outer  canula  longer,  around  which  a 
ring  of  gummy  mucus  may  form  in  the  trachea.  The  inner 
canula  should  also  project  in  front,  that  it  may  be  easily  closed 
when  the  patient  speaks.  Some  silver  tubes  have  the  staples 
for  fastening  the  neck  bands  so  projecting  in  front  of  the  open¬ 
ing  as  to  allow  its  closure  with  difficulty.  (See  the  pattern.) 

2.  The  curve  of  the  canula.  Some  of  the  tubes  now  made  are 
too  straight,  so  that,  when  inserted,  the  end  presses  unduly 
against  the  posterior  wall  of  the  trachea  and  oesophagus. 
Others  are  curved  too  much,  so  that  in  an  ordinary  case  the 
convexity  would  bear  against  the  posterior  wall  of  the  trachea, 
while  the  end  would  press  the  anterior.  Some  of  these  short 
curved  tubes  are  made  too  long,  and  the  greater  is  the  danger 
in  their  use.  Now,  even  after  making  due  allowance  for  swel¬ 
ling  and  thickening  of  the  tissues,  see  the  greater  risk  attend¬ 
ing  the  use  of  such  tubes  in  persons  of  slim  necks.  The  articu¬ 
lated  canula,  which  adapts  itself  to  tit  the  windpipe,  was 
introduced  into  the  Children’s  Hospital  ot  Paris,  to  obviate 
the  difficulty  just  mentioned;  and  afterward,  erosion  of  the 
mucous  membrane  and  ulceration  of  the  trachea  were  much 
less  frequently  observed.  But  the  joiuted  canula  is  hard  to 
clean,  easily  gets  out  of  fix,  and  may  break  and  drop  into  the 


1879]  Miles — After-Treatment  of  Bronehotomy.  441 

trachea.  If  the  catmla  be  single,  the  grea  ter  is  the  objection 
to  its  use.  The  ordinary  double  canula,  of  gutta  percha  or 
silver,  is  best,  if  simply  altered.  The  inner  part  of  the  canula, 
from  its  point  of  entrance  into  the  trachea,  should  be  made 
straight,  while  the  outer  portion  should  bear  the  proper 
curve. 

3.  The  breathing  calibre  of  the  canula.  This,  of  course,  should 
be  selected  in  each  case  f  o  accord  as  nearly  as  possible  with  the 
size  of  the  windpipe.  Trousseau  was  the  first  to  urge  the  use  of 
large  canulse — as  large  as  possible  to  be  introduced  with  ease 
and  fit  comfortably.  Most  of  the  tubes  for  adults  have  a 
calibre  too  small ;  some  are  only  3-16ths  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
scarcely  one  half  as  large  as  the  rima  glottidis,  while  the  size 
of  a  few  offered  for  sale  is  inadequate  to  the  maintenance 
of  life. 

Let  us  take  a  hurried  glance  at  the  anatomy  of  the  windpipe 
in  the  male  adult.  The  narrowest  part  of  the  air  passage  is  in 
the  laryngeal  cavity,  at  tne  rima  glottidis.  Here  is  a  chink, 
contracting  in  expiration  by  the  recoil  of  its  elastic  tissue, 
dilating  iu  inspiration,  like  the  chest,  by  the  action  of  its 
muscles.  In  expiration  it  is  triangular  in  shape,  with  sides 
measuring  about  one  inch  in  length ;  base,  one-third  of  an  inch. 
In  females  this  measurement  is  a  little  less.  In  inspiration  this 
triangle  is  widened  into  a  pear-shaped  aperture,  varying  in 
width,  at  its  widest  part,  from  one-third  to  half  an  inch  Just 
below  is  the  cricoid  cartilage,  which  is  larger  than  the  rima, 
even  in  inspiration.  The  trachea  is  still  larger  than  the  cricoid, 
and  varies  in  diameter  from  five  to  seven  lines  (5-12tlis  to 
7-12ths  of  an  inch).  Any  narrowing  of  this  natural  channel 
proportionally  impairs  respiration.  Then,  the  breathing  calibre 
of  tubes  for  adults  should  range  from  four  to  five  lines  in  dia¬ 
meter  ;  ordinary  size  3-8ths  of  an  inch. 

Operations  on  the  windpipe  are  required  far  more  frequently 
in  children  than  adults,  and  their  after-treatment  imposes  a 
much  greater  tax  upon  our  care.  A  few  words,  then,  in  regard 
to  the  anatomy  of  their  windpipe  and  the  measurements  which 
have  been  made.  In  the  first  place,  it  is  next  to  impossible  to 
get  correct  measurements  of  the  rima  glottidis  iu  an  infant  by 


442  Original  Communications.  [October 

any  examination  (luring  life.  Most  of  the  measurements  are 
made  after  death,  when,  by  the  recoil  of  the  elastic  structure  of 
the  larynx,  the  aperture  is  at  its  very  smallest  size.  We  see  at 
once  the  dangerous  fallacy  of  some  of  the  measurements,  that 
of  Mr.  Holmes,  for  instance,  who  gives  the  long  diameter  of 
the  elliptical  opening  of  the  rima,  at  the  age  of  two  years  and 
eight  months,  at  l-6th  of  an  inch.  Furthermore,  in  taking  the 
dimensions  of  the  rima,  in  view  of  the  selection  of  suitable 
tubes,  it  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  that  the  opening  is  not  station¬ 
ary,  like  a  canula,  but  dilates  in  inspiration,  and  may 
also  yield  in  expiration.  The  trachea  varies  in  diame¬ 
ter,  between  the  ages  of  one  and  twelve  years,  from 
one  quarter  (below  one  year  it  is  but  little  less)  to 
half  an  inch.  Then,  between  the  ages  of  one  and  twelve  years, 
the  breathing  calibre  of  the  canula  should  range  from  two  and 
a  half  to  four  lines  in  diameter. 

The  anatomy  of  the  neck  of  a  child  is  on  a  very  small  scale; 
the  crico  thyroid  space  is  small ;  the  thyroid  body  situated 
high  up,  extending  in  many  cases  right  up  to  the  cricoid  car¬ 
tilage;  the  front  of  the  trachea  is  covered  by  the  plexus  of 
vessels  and  the  thymus  gland,  which  often  reaches  the  thyroid  ; 
but  a  place  can  always  be  made  for  inserting  a  tube  of  suffi¬ 
cient  size.  The  tubes  made  nowadays  are  large  enough,  as  a 
rule,  in  their  outer  circumference ;  but  most  of  them  are  made 
of  gutta-percha,  and  the  material  is  such  that  the  walls  of  the 
double  canula  have  to  be  made  thick.  This  is  done  at  the 
expense  of  the  breathing  calibre,  which,  in  some  tubes,  is  too 
small  to  sustain  life  long.  In  this  connection  one  fact  more  is 
worth  mentioning.  The  windpipe  begins  to  grow  very  rapidly 
from  the  age  of  twelve  years,  as  evidenced  by  the  change  of 
voice  in  youths.  The  size  of  the  air  passage  soon  attains 
nearly  that  of  adults,  and  such  cases  will,  then,  require  canulse 
ranging  from  one-third  of  an  inch  to  the  size  for  adults. 

To  recapitulate,  we  may  say  for  practical  purposes,  between 
the  ages  of  one  and  twelve  years,  the  calibre  of  the  canula 
should  range  from  2|„  to  £  of  an  inch  in  diameter ;  in  youths 
from  £  to  f  of  an  inch  ;  in  adults  from  £  to  4  an  inch  ;  ordinary 
size  |  of  an  inch,  the  maximum  to  be  used  in  persons  of  great 
stature. 


1879]  Milks-*- After- Treatment  of  Bronchotomy.  443 

II.  THE  SIMPLE  INDICATIONS  IN  THE  AFTER-TREATMENT,  AND 
THE  IMPORTANCE  OF  THEIR  CAREFUL  OBSERVANCE. 

The  general  management  of  cases  should,  of  course,  be  con¬ 
ducted  upon  the  general  principles  of  practice.  We  pass  over 
the  special  treatment  of  particular  cases  to  speak  only  of  such 
directious  as  are  applicable  in  all  cases. 

1.  Procure  for  the  patient  breathing  air  (a)  of  the  same  tem¬ 
perature,  and  (b)  the  same  degree  of  moisture  as  that  inspired 
through  the  natural  channel. 

(a)  The  air  of  the  patient’s  chamber  should  be  fresh,  and 
maintained  at  a  temperature  of  about  80°  Fah.  Patients  have 
complained  to  me  of  a  sense  of  cold  and  constriction  in  the 
chest  upon  exposure  in  an  air  draft. 

(b)  The  benefit  of  breathing  a  saturated  atmosphere,  such  as 
some  patients  are  made  to  live  in,  is  not  apparent.  The  benefit 
of  air  moderately  moist  is  evident.  It  prevents  the  formation 
of  dry  crusts  of  mucus  on  the  walls  of  the  canula,  which,  be¬ 
coming  detached,  are  apt  to  be  sucked  into  the  windpipe ;  it 
also  prevents  the  formation  of  these  crusts  in  the  bronchial 
tubes,  which  irritate  and  inflame  the  mucous  surface,  and  in¬ 
crease  the  risk  of  pulmonary  diseases.  Statistics  show  that  a 
close  observance  of  the  points  just  mentioned  has  very  materi¬ 
ally  lessened  the  frequency  of  catarrhal  or  broncho  pneumonia. 
All  sorts  of  contrivances  are  devised  to  warm  and  moisten  the 
air  around  the  patient.  Here  is  room  for  the  exercise  of  inge¬ 
nuity.  The  simplest,  and  perhaps  the  most  efficient  expedi¬ 
ent,  is  to  wrap  the  neck  in  a  gauze  or  woolen  material.  Trous¬ 
seau’s  “knitted  comforter”  answers  the  purpose  well.  Into 
this  the  patient  breathes,  and  through  this  he  inspires  air 
filteied  of  many  of  its  floating  particles,  and  made  warm  and 
moist  by  the  vapor  exhaled  from  his  own  lungs.  This  expedi¬ 
ent,  although  efficient,  should  be  adopted  and  practiced  with 
the  utmost  caution.  Every  one  knows  the  sensation  of  suffo¬ 
cation  in  lying  in  bed  with  the  head  covered.  The  effect  is  the 
same  in  confining  the  canula  too  closely.  Especially  do  I  im¬ 
press  the  caution  in  the  management  of  little  children,  who, 
unable  to  tell  their  complaints,  may  be  smothered  with  the 
greatest  ease. 


444  Original  Communications.  [October 

2.  The  inner  canula  should  be  removed  and  cleansed  as  often 
as  necessary.  In  some  cases  a  viscid  mucus  is  secreted  from 
the  bronchial  tubes,  and  the  cough  to  force  it  out  is  harrassing 
and  painful.  In  most  canulrn  there  is  no  breathing  room  to 
waste,  and  this  tenacious  mucus,  choking  the  canal,  is  the  occa¬ 
sion  of  great  distress.  Inhalation  of  the  spray  of  lime-water  is 
often  useful  in  facilitating  its  expectoration.  At  the  risk  of 
taxing  you  with  details,  I  must  tell  how  tubes  are  often 
cleaned — by  being  threaded  on  a  tape,  and  slipped  back  and 
forward  from  one  end  to  the  other.  By  this  means,  some 
mucus  always  remains  in  the  convexity  of  the  canula.  I  once 
knew  of  a  case  in  which,  after  the  death  of  the  child,  the  canula 
was  returned  choked  with  gummy  mucus.  The  tube  can  be 
best  cleaned  with  hot  water,  or  a  weak  solution  of  potash,  by 
pushing  wads  of  lint  through  on  the  point  of  a  probe. 

Such  are  the  simple  indications  in  the  after-treatment — 
modify  the  air  which  the  patient  breathes  to  make  it  like  that 
inspired  in  health,  and  keep  the  canula  clean.  In  carrying  out 
these  directions,  constant  vigilance  on  the  part  of  the  attendant 
is  the  price  of  the  patient’s  life.  I  would  simply  add,  let  us  be 
sure  to  remove  the  canula  as  soon  as  the  patient  can  go  with 
safety  without  it. 

III.  AN  ACCOUNT  OF  SOME  OF  THE  ACCIDENTS  AND  DISEASES 
WHICH  COMPLICATE  THE  AFTER-TREATMENT. 

A  tube  to  be  worn  for  a  long  time,  should  be  removed  from 
time  to  time,  to  guard  against  wear  and  corosion  of  the  mate¬ 
rial.  Cases  are  recorded  in  which  the  tubular  part  became 
detached  from  the  neck-plate  and  dropped  into  the  trachea. 
For  long  use,  the  vulcanite  tube  is  preferable.  Even  a  silver 
canula  is  liable  to  wear  and  break.  About  two  years  ago,  at 
the  Saturday  Surgical  Clinic,  I  assisted  Prof.  Samuel  Logan  in 
a  cricotomy  for  a  gunshot  wound  of  the  larynx.  A  silver 
canula  was  temporarily  inserted.  Later,  it  was  proposed  to 
introduce  a  gutta  perclia  tube.  Lest  he  should  be  the  loser  in 
the  swap,  the  patient  deserted  the  Hospital.  After  a  time  he 
lost  the  inner  canula,  but  continued  to  wear  the  other  until 
misfortune  overtook  him.  One  morning,  about  eighteen  months 
after  the  operation,  he  returned,  a  penitent,  and  came  to  me, 


1879J  Miles — After-Treatment  of  Bronchotomy.  445 

with  one  half  of  the  canula  in  his  hand,  the  other  in  his  trachea, 
doing  bnt  little  harm.  While  preparing  for  its  removal,  a 
paroxysm  of  coughing  came  on,  and  the  broken  tube  was  ex¬ 
pelled  through  the  mouth.  The  deserter  had,  of  course,  worn 
the  canula  longer  than  was  necessary;  and  besides,  suffered  of 
an  accident  which  never  would  have  happened  under  the  oper- 
tor’s  care. 

I  would  call  special  attention  to  the  accidents  and  diseases 
which  follow  the  use  of  imperfect  tubes. 

In  the  first  place,  of  wearing  tubes  too  straight  or  too  much 
curved,  pain  in  swallowing  and  coughing,  erosions  of  the  mu¬ 
cous  membrane,  occasional  hemorrhages  into  the  trachea,  with 
expectoration  of  blood  through  the  tube,  and  ulceration,  are 
the  usual  minor  consequences.  The  last  has  been  commonly 
observed,  more  frequently  of  the  anterior  tracheal  wall,  a  fact 
evidently  due  to  the  pressure  of  the  end  of  the  canula.  The 
ulceration  may  be  attended  with  necrosis  of  the  tracheal  car¬ 
tilages.  Cases  are  recorded  where  the  ulceration  has  even  ex¬ 
tended  through  the  anterior  wall  of  the  trachea,  two  of  which, 
in  Guy’s  Hospital,  resulted  in  an  opening  of  the  innominate 
artery. 

Bronchitis  may  be  the  direct  result  of  the  extension  of  inflam¬ 
mation  from  an  ulcerated  patch,  or  from  a  spot  irritated  by  the 
pressure  of  the  canula.  This  disease  may  lead  to  catarrhal  or 
broncho  pneumonia,  a  complication  of  rather  frequent  occur¬ 
rence  in  past  years.  Abscess,  the  formation  of  pus  sinuses, 
which,  in  some  instances,  have  been  known  to  burrow  even 
into  the  anterior  mediastnum,  and  pyaemia,  with  its  train  of 
symptoms,  may  also  occur. 

Secondly,  I  wish  to  draw  particular  attention  to  the  diseases 
which  may  arise  from  the  use  of  eauulae  too  small  in  calibre. 

Pneumonia  is  one  of  the  most  frequent,  as  it  is  one  of  the 
most  fatal,  of  the  diseases  which  complicate  the  after-treat¬ 
ment.  When,  on  any  account,  the  air  passage  is  obstructed, 
this  disease  may  result.  The  lungs  are  not  fully  inflated,  and 
parts  of  the  organs  must  remain  inactive,  collapsed.  The  cap¬ 
illaries  in  the  walls  of  the  unexpanded  air  cells  offer  resistance 
to  the  circulation,  a  compensatory  liypenemia  is  the  result, 
and  this  state  of  congestion  is  the  potent  predisposing  cause  of 

*  ■ 


446 


Original  Communications. 


[October 


pneumonia.  The  disease  may,  as  it  not  unfrequently  does, 
occur  before  the  windpipe  is  opened  for  the  relief  of  the  obstruc¬ 
tion.  If,  after  bronehotoray,  a  canula  too  small  be  inserted, 
the  respiration  remains  imperfect,  the  congestion  of  the  organs 
is  prolonged,  and  the  chances  for  the  occurrence  of  pneumonia 
are  the  most  favorable  that  can  be  procured.  If  what  has  gone 
before  be  true,  its  occurrence,  in  many  instances,  no  doubt,  may 
be  averted  by  the  use  of  canula;  of  sufficient  breathing  calibre. 

Pulmonary  consumption  may  follow  respiration  permanently 
impaired  on  any  account.  Long  continued  mechanical  hyper*  - 
mia  of  the  lungs,  from  imperfect  expansion,  impairs  their  func¬ 
tion,  lowers  their  vitality  and  prepares  a  place  for  tubercular 
deposit.  If,  now,  a  patient  should  escape  pneumonia,  we  see  the 
remote  danger  of  wearing  a  canula  too  small.  I  have  seen  two 
cases  contract  pulmonary  consumption,  while  wearing  gutta¬ 
percha  tracheal  tubes  of  the  ordinary  size  now  made,  and  die 
within  six  months  after  the  operation. 

It  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  mention  here  the  symptoms, 
which  sooner  or  later  ensue,  if  by  mistake,  or  in  any  emergency, 
a  canula  too  small  in  calibre  be  inserted.  In  the  first  place, 
the  respiratory  acts  are  prolonged,  one  following  another  with 
scarcely  an  interval.  Secondly,  the  whistling  sound  through  a 
cauida  too  small  is  ominous.  Natural  respiration,  at  a  short 
distance,  is  nearly  noiseless ;  so  is  respiration  through  a  tube 
large  enough.  Thirdly,  the  patient  feels  fatigued.  He  has  to 
call  into  service  the  auxiliary  muscles  of  respiration  to  over¬ 
come  the  difficulty,  and  breathing  becomes  a  tiresome  task. 
Sleep  comes  to  the  relief  of  the  wearied  muscles,  and  the 
patient,  when  not  asleep,  is  nearly  always  drowsy.  Fourthly, 
the  patient  may  feel  oppressed  for  want  of  breath,  and  the 
slightest  exertion  increases  the  difficulty.  Such  symptoms  can 
scarcely  be  mistaken  in  adults,  nor  in  children,  if  they  be  at¬ 
tended  with  proper  care. 

Nearly  two  years  ago,  I  performed  laryngotomy  on  a  woman 
now  in  ward  38,  Charity  Hospital.  She  is  the  subject  of  lep¬ 
rosy.  The  invasion  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth 
and  larynx  demanded  the  relief.  I  inserted  a  gutta-percha 
canula,  with  a  calibre  of  one-third  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  A 
short  time  since,  I  replaced  this  tube  with  -a  smaller  one, 


1879 J  Richardson — Recurrent  Calculus  of  the  Bladder.  447 

3-ltJths  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  the  largest  gutta-percha  tube 
at  the  time  in  the  New  Orleans  market.  At  the  end  of  six 
hours,  she  informed  me  that  “she  had  to  breathe  with  such  an 
effort  that  she  felt  tired  and  oppressed.”  The  old  canula  was 
repaired  and  reinserted  and  again  she  was  comfortable. 

We  have  now  shown  the  imperfections  in  many  of  the 
tracheal  tubes  now  made,  and  pointed  the  risks  attending  their 
use ;  we  have  offered  some  suggestions  in  the  selection  of  suit¬ 
able  tubes,  and  urged  the  necessity  of  carrying  out,  with  the 
utmost  care,  the  simple  indications  in  the  after-treatment. 
The  more  judicious  management  of  latter  years  has  already 
reduced  the  death  rate.  The  object  of  this  paper  looks  to  a 
continued  improvement  in  the  after-treatment,  by  which  many 
more  of  the  accidents  may  be  averted,  and  the  pulmonary  dis¬ 
eases  occur  still  less  frequently.  The  clinical  importance  of 
the  facts  we  have  gathered,  deserves  a  second  thought.  The 
art  of  medicine  is  made  up  of  little  things,  attention  to  which 
makes  the  physician  perfect  in  his  profession. 


Singular  Case  of  Recurrent  Calculus  of  the  Bladder. 

By  PROFESSOR  T.  G.  RICHARDSON.  M.D. 

[Reported  to  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  July  28,  1879.1 

In  the  year  1865,  1  cut  a  gentleman  for  stone  in  the  bladder, 
resulting  from  gunshot  wound.  The  case  was  one  of  peculiar 
interest,  and  was  published  in  detail  in  the  New  Orleans  Med¬ 
ical  and  Surgical  Journal  for  September,  1866.  An 
abstract  of  the  history  there  recorded  is  necessary  for  the 
proper  understanding  of  the  sequel : 

“  D.  J.  B.,  of  Missisippi,  set.  27,  admitted  to  private  infir¬ 
mary  November  24, 1865  ;  was  wounded  three  years  previously 
at  the  battle  of  Sharpsburg,  by  a  minnie  ball,  which  entered 
the  pelvis  in  front,  about  an  inch  to  the  left  of  the  pubic  sym¬ 
physis,  shattered  the  pubic  bone,  traversed  the  bladder  and 
rectum  and  escaped  at  the  right  sacro-sciatic  notch.  Urine 
escaped  through  the  wound  in  front  and  the  rectum  for  several 
months.  The  wounds  finally  healed,  but  patient  had  no  con¬ 
trol  over  his  bladder.  Several  fragments  of  bone  passed 
4 


448 


Original  Communications. 


[October 


the  urethra,  but  without  affording  relief.  Later  on,  the  com¬ 
munication  with  the  rectum  reopened,  and  at  the  time  of  his 
admission  into  the  infirmary,  all  the  urine  had  been  passing  by 
that  route  for  several  months.  Patient  was  reduced  to  a  mere 
skeleton  and  never  free  from  suffering. 

Upon  attempting  to  pass  a  bougie  the  prostatic  urethra  was 
found  to  be  blocked  up  by  calculi  or  fragments  of  bone,  and 
with  the  finger  in  the  rectum  a  mass  of  similar  material  was 
felt  projecting  through  the  fistula.  As  it  was  necessary  that 
the  patient  should  be  relieved  as  soon  as  possible,  the  follow¬ 
ing  day  a  grooved  metallic  bougie  was  passed  into  the  urethra 
and  forced  alongside  of  the  obstructions  into  the  bladder,  and 
the  usual  lateral  operation  of  lithotomy  performed.  Two  cal¬ 
culi,  each  weighing  If  ounces  were  removed  from  the  bladder 
and  two  of  smaller  size  from  the  prostatic  urethra,  all  of  a 
phosphatie  nature.  Contrary  to  my  expectation,  they  did  not 
contain  fragments  of  bone  or  other  foreign  substance  as  nuclei, 
but  the  central  portion  of  each  of  the  larger  ones  was  soft, 
resembling  freshly  mixed  mortar.  The  incision  was  kept  open 
for  four  weeks  by  means  of  a  canula,  to  enable  the  vesico  rectal 
fistula  to  close,  which  having  been  accomplished,  the  instru¬ 
ment  was  withdrawn  and  the  wound  healed  up  rapidly.  Slight 
incontinence  followed,  but  this  soon  subsided  and  the  patient 
rapidly  regained  a  lair  state  of  health.” 

Nothing  more  was  heard  of  the  case  until  June  1st,  1879 — 
nearly  fourteen  years  after  the  first  operation — when  the  patient 
presented  himself  again  with  symptoms  of  stone,  which  he  said 
came  on  about  four  months  previously.  Upon  introducing  a 
sound,  a  small  calculus  was  readily  detected,  and  two  days  sub¬ 
sequently  I  performed  lithotomy.  The  stone  was  phosphatie, 
and  among  the  fragments  discharged  I  discovered  a  coarse 
woollen  thread,  about  two  inches  long,  doubled  upon  itself  and 
encrusted  with  calculous  deposit.  The  thread  had  evidently 
been  the  nucleus  of  the  stone,  and  must  have  been  carried  in 
by  the  ball  at  the  time  the  wound  was  received.  The  only  way 
to  account  for  its  long  retention,  is  to  suppose  that  it  became 
entangled  in  the  cicatrix,  and  only  recently  made  its  way  into 
the  cavity  of  the  bladder.  This  explanation  is  partly  confirmed 
by  the  fact  that  the  patient  has  never  been  entirely  free  from 
slight  vesicular  irritation  since  the  first  operation. 

Upon  sounding  the  bladder  carefully  a  few  days  afterwards, 
no  remains  of  the  calculus  could  be  discovered,  a  single  crash¬ 
ing  having  sufficed  for  its  entire  discharge. 


1879  J 


Malarial  Hematuria. 

Bv  J.  D.  HAMMONDS,  M.D.,  Lind  Grov.-,  La 


I  f  AMMONDS — Malarial  Kama  l  a  via. 


419 


In  presenting  this  subject,  I  will  not  enter  into  the  discus¬ 
sion  whether  an  haemorrhagic  tendency  can  exist,  caused  by 
malarial  poison,  without  the  presence  of  haematuria,  but  I  will 
treat  of  haematuria  as  found  in  our  part  of  the  country  and 
the  way  it  came  under  my  observation. 

Malarial  haematuria  is,  as  its  name  implies,  a  haemorrhage  in 
the  urine,  but  we  mean  to  convey  the  idea  of  a  haemorrhage 
from  the  kidneys,  when  we  speak  of  malarial  haematuria,  and 
the  same  caused  by  malarial  poison.  I  will  not  enter  into  a 
long  and  uninteresting  search  after  the  origin  of  this  disease, 
but  will  confine  myself  to  stating,  that  it  was  only  about  thirty 
years  ago  that  it  was  discovered  to  be  a  separate  and  distinct 
disease  from  contagious  epidemic  yellow  fever,  while  I  am  sat¬ 
isfied  that  this  disease  existed  in  the  strongly  malarial  dis¬ 
tricts  of  the  Southern  States  prior  to  the  time  I  mentioned. 
For,  if  we  concede  that  it  is  caused  by  malaria,  we  must  admit 
that  there  was  just  as  much  malaria  in  the  Southern  States 
one  hundred  years  ago,  as  there  is  to-day,  and  there  is  nothing 
to  prove  that  its  power  to  prostrate  the  human  system  is  any 
greater  to-day  than  it  was  then ;  but,  the  disease  prevailing 
during  the  latter  part  of  the  summer  and  the  autumnal 
months,  at  the  very  time  when  yellow  fever  usually  makes  its 
appearance  in  our  climate,  it  is  easy  to  understand  how  the 
practitioner  would  readily  pronounce  it  a  case  of  epidemic 
yellow  fever,  or  erroneously  call  it  by  the  name  of  malignant  bil¬ 
ious  fever ;  and  so  in  my  opinion  it  has  thus  existed  and  been 
treated  ever  since  the  settlement  of  this  country. 

Malarial  haematuria  is  met  with  in  three  distinct  forms,  viz., 
intermittent,  remittent,  and  continued  or  inflammatory,  which 
for  practical  purposes  I  will  treat  separately,  but  will  try  to 
give  the  general  symptoms  first,  and  afterwards  notice  each 
type  and  its  special  symptoms  separately. 

The  most  important  symptoms  which  are  met  with  in  every 
form  of  the  disease  are  three :  1st,  Bloody  Urine ;  2d,  Nausea 
and  Vomiting;  3d,  Discoloration. 

1st,  Bloody  Urine.  When  the  mine  is  first  voided  in  this 


450  Original  Communications.  [October 

disease,  it  is  of  a  red  color,  and  to  the  eye  of  the  observer 
resembles  blood  in  every  respect,  except  that  it  will  not  coagu¬ 
late,  and  is  too  dark  for  arterial  and  too  light  for  venous  blood. 

2d,  Nausea  and  Vomiting.  There  is  usually  considerable 
nausea  and  vomiting,  sometimes  of  a  dark  green  matter,  at 
other  times  it  may  resemble  bile,  or  again  it  may  consist  of 
nothing  else  than  the  secretions  of  the  stomach  and  its  con¬ 
tents,  during  the  whole  course  of  the  disease;  and  in  rare 
cases,  as  the  disease  advances,  the  ejecta  will  be  the  contents 
of  the  stomach  mixed  with  what  is  usually  called  coffee  grounds 
or  black  vomit.  There  is  a  general  feeling  of  prostration 
accompanying  the  nausea  and  vomiting,  which  is  increased 
upon  the  least  exertion,  and  the  patient  is  tossing  from  one 
side  of  the  bed  to  the  other,  whilst  he  complains  of  being 
extremely  faint. 

3d,  Discoloration .  The  skin  and  conjunctiva,  after  the  dura¬ 
tion  of  from  4  to  12  hours  of  the  luematuria,  assume  what  1 
would  call  a  dark  lemon  color,  whilst  the  perspiration  and  the 
serum  exuding  from  blistered  surfaces  appear  to  be  charged 
with  the  same  coloring  matter. 

The  luematurie  condition  is  ordinarily  preceded  by  a  rigor, 
which  resembles  more  the  shock  to  the  nervous  system  mani¬ 
fested  by  one  who  receives  a  sudden  and  severe  injury  than  a 
common  ague. 

Having  given  an  outline  of  the  disease  in  general,  I  will  pro¬ 
ceed  to  the  special  types,  their  special  symptoms,  and  the  treat¬ 
ment  1  am  usually  pursuing. 


THE  INTERMITTENT  TYPE  OF  MALARIAL  ILEMATURIA. 

This  form  of  the  disease  sets  in  by  a  severe  rigor,  as  men¬ 
tioned  heretofore,  followed  by  a  fever,  haematuria,  nausea  and 
vomiting,  prostration  and  discoloration,  all  of  which  symptoms 
disappear  simultaneously  with  the  subsidence  of  the  exacerba¬ 
tion  of  fever,  leaving  the  patient  somewhat  prostrated  with  a  very 
slight  discoloration,  but  in  a  comparatively  easy  condition  until 
the  next  paroxysm,  which  like  a  simple  intermittent  may  be  of 
the  quotidian,  tertian,  or  double- tertian  type.  The  pulse  iu 


1879]  Hammonds — Malarial  Hcematuria.  451 

this  form  of  the  disease  does  not  differ  from  what  we  find  the 
same  to  be  in  simple  intermittent,  being  excited  during  the  hot 
stage,  reaching  frequently  as  high  as  130  or  140  per  minute, 
and  falling  gradually  as  the  fever  is  leaving  and  the  sweating- 
stage  is  progressing,  becoming  entirely  normal  during  the  in¬ 
termissions.  The  tongue  is  slightly  coated  with  a  white  film 
during  the  feverish  excitement,  as  in  any  other  intermittent; 
and  frequently  the  case,  like  any  other  interim itent,  if  not  checked 
by  proper  treatment,  will  sooner  or  later  assume  one  or  the 
other  of  the  more  severe  types  of  the  disease. 

The  treatment  that  I  usually  pursue  in  this  form  of  the  dis¬ 
ease  is  as  follows :  To  allay  the  excitement  by  diuretics,  dia¬ 
phoretics,  etc.,  and  mercurials  in  purgative  doses  to  arouse  the 
secretions  and  relieve  the  engorgement  that  may  exist  in  the 
portal  circulation,  followed  during  the  intermission  with  de¬ 
cided  doses  of  antipei  iodics,  the  sulphate  of  quinine  of  course 
having  the  preference,  if  attainable. 

THE  REMITTENT  TYPE  OF  MALARIAL  HCEMATURIA. 

In  this  form  of  the  disease  the  patient  is  usually  attacked 
with  what  would  seem  to  be  a  simple  remittent  fever.  After 
a  few  remissions  have  taken  place,  the  characteristic  rigor  with 
all  the  symptoms  uccompauying  haematuria  set  in,  and  in  a  far 
more  aggravated  form  than  in  the  intermittent  type,  though 
cases  are  met  with  wherein  the  lmnnaturia  and  other  symptoms 
have  presented  themselves  from  the  onset  of  the  disease,  pre¬ 
ceded  by  that  characteristic  rigor  above  mentioned.  After  the 
haematuria  hns  once  set  in,  it  never  disappears  altogether.  It 
may  assume  a  lighter  color,  but  it  still  retains  a  sanguineous 
appearance,  though  during  the  remission  it  frequently  happens 
that  the  urine,  after  having  been  voided  for  some  time,  becomes 
apparently  clear  with  a  dark  sediment  settling  to  the  bottom 
of  the  urinal.  The  quantity  of  urine  voided  in  this  type  is 
usually  larger  than  in  the  preceding  type,  and  the  prostration 
seems  to  keep  pace  with  the  amount  voided,  which  during  the 
remission  becomes  somewhat  less  frequent  and  less  copious. 
Should  the  disease  terminate  favorably,  we  notice  a  diminu¬ 
tion  in  the  quantity  voided,  the  urine  getting  clearer  from 


452  Original  Communications.  [October 

time  to  time,  which  is  a  favorable  symptom  as  regards  prog¬ 
nosis.  Upon  the  other  hand,  should  the  quantity  continue  to 
increase  it  augurs  ill,  as  the  patient  may  die  from  actual  pros¬ 
tration  consequent  upon  loss  of  the  vital  fluid,  whilst  we  flatter 
ourselves  with  having  stopped  the  paroxysm  and  expect  a  re¬ 
covery.  Again,  should  the  quantity  diminish  but  become 
darker  every  time  it  is  voided,  though  the  paroxysm  fail  to 
recur,  as  long  as  nausea  and  vomiting  still  continue,  we  may 
expect  suppression  to  set  in,  and  uremia,  coma  and  death  to 
follow  as  a  result. 

THE  CONTINUED  TYPE  OF  MALARIAL  HvEMATURIA. 

From  what  we  have  seen  during  the  progress  of  the  two 
types  of  the  disease  heretofore  mentioned,  there  is  quite  a 
resemblance  between  this  disease  and  common  malarial  fever, 
and  in  fact  the  cause  is  the  same.  There  are  localities  where 
a  certain  poison  is  by  some  means  or  other  generated,  which, 
acting  upon  and  enfeebling  the  nervous  system  of  man,  causes, 
secondarily  the  weakening  of  the  vis  a  tergo  of  the  heart’s 
action,  thereby  allowing  congestions  to  take  place  generally  in 
some  one  of  the  organs  connected  with  the  portal  circulation, 
and  giving  rise  to  the  different  types  of  malarial  rigors,  fevers, 
reactions,  etc. 

This  poison,  whether  palpable  or  not,  we  call  by  the  name 
of  malaria.  It  is  vague  indeed,  yet  it  expresses  an  idea,  and 
leads  us,  if  not  into  the  nature  of  that  particular  poison,  at 
least  into  the  mode  of  its  manifestation.  Now,  in  all  malarial 
fevers  the  congestion  thus  produced  may  remain  in  the 
passive  stage,  but  may  also  increase  and  enter  an  in¬ 
flammatory  stage,  in  which  case  we  have  to  treat  a  remit¬ 
tent  connected  with  inflammation  of  some  organ,  or  a  continued 
fever  connected  with  some  inflammation.  That  the  same  may 
be  the  case  in  malarial  lnematuria  is  quite  obvious  to  my  mind, 
as  I  do  pathologically  distinguish  this  disease  from  simple  mala¬ 
rial  fever,  by  its  having  a  congestion  or  inflammation  of  the 
kidney  connected  with  it.  Whether  it  is  the  idiosyncracy  of 
the  individual  which  makes  him  more  liable  ,  to  suffer  from  a 
congestion  of  an  organ  connected  with  the  systeunie  circula- 


18791  Hammonds — Malarial  Hcematuria.  453 

tion.  than  anybody  else,  or  the  same  is  caused  by  certain  cli¬ 
matic  influences,  it  would  not  make  any  material  difference  in 
the  treatment.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  1  believe  the  intermittent 
and  remittent  types  of  hamiaturia  to  be  a  congestion  of  the 
kidueys,  whilst  1  take  the  continued  form  to  be  an  active  in¬ 
flammation  of  the  organ. 

With  this  preface  1  am  ready  to  give  an  outline  of  the  dis¬ 
ease,  and  the  treatment  1  always  follow,  which  will  prove  my 
assertion  regarding  its  pathology. 

In  the  disease  now  under  consideration,  the  peculiar  rigor 
heretofore  mentioned  generally  precedes  the  haematuric  con¬ 
dition,  but  sometimes  the  hamiaturia  manifests  itself  before  the 
rigor,  which,  however,  immediately  follows  the  haematuric 
appearance.  The  rigor  lasts  for  a  longer  or  shorter  period,  and 
is  followed  by  a  reactionary  fever,  which  does  not  range  so 
high  as  in  the  other  types  of  the  disease,  the  pulse,  according 
to  my  observation,  rarely  exceeding  110  to  the  minute — in  fact, 
showing  very  little  of  the  severe  disturbance  which  the  economy 
is  undergoing.  Frequently  during  the  progress  of  the  fever 
there  is  a  recurrence  of  rigors,  which  have  no  influence  what¬ 
ever  upon  the  pulse,  and  seem  to  be  more  a  manifestation  of 
shock  that  the  nervous  system  has  received  than  common 
rigors,  having  no  special  period  and  no  influence  upon  the  tem¬ 
perature  as  far  as  I  could  observe.  The  haematuria  may  remain 
the  same  in  appearance,  but  becomes  usually  more  and  more 
copious  during  the  first  24  hours.  As  the  disease  advances, 
the  urine  diminishes  in  quantity,  but  at  the  same  time  turns 
more  grumous  and  darker.  If  it  keeps  on  in  that  way,  sooner 
or  later  complete  suppression  takes  place,  and  the  patient  di»*s 
comatose;  on  the  other  hand,  the  urine  may  continue  to  be 
voided  in  larger  quantities,  until  the  patient  dies  in  an  exhausted 
condition,  remaining  conscious  to  the  very  last.  Now  and  then, 
however,  the  urine  becomes  less  in  quantity,  losing  the  san¬ 
guineous  hue,  clearing  up  more  and  more  from  time  to  time,  and 
the  patient  escapes  with  his  life,  but  remains  with  a  weak  kid¬ 
ney  for  some  time,  which  may  now  and  then  take  on  Bright’s 
disease  or  diabetes,  and  terminate  in  death  with  hamiaturia  as 
its  primary  cause. 

The  nausea  and  vomiting  are  very  excessive  in  this  type,  very 


454 


Original  Communications. 


[  October 


distressing  to  the  patient  and  perplexing  to  the  physician,  on 
account  of  being  often  at  a  loss  how  to  proceed  in  administer¬ 
ing  medicines  when  the  stomach  is  not  in  a  condition  to  retain 
anything  whatever. 

The  discoloration  of  the  skin,  conjunctiva,  etc.,  sets  in  shortly 
after  the  luematuric  condition  is  established,  and  retains  or 
deepens  its  hue,  often  even  assuming  a  bronze  color,  especially 
when  tending  to  a  fatal  termination. 

Complications,  such  as  congestions  or  inflammations  of  other 
internal  organs,  are  frequently  observed,  and  the  whole  surface 
will  sometimes  be  bathed  with  a  perspiration  during  the  entire 
course  of  the  disease. 

The  diagnosis  of  this  form  of  the  disease  is  very  simple,  yet 
must  be  attended  with  great  care,  as  it  is  essential  not  to  con¬ 
found  it  with  the  other  two  types,  for  the  treatment  of  the 
latter  forms  would  not  only  be  unavailing,  but  would  even 
increase  the  danger. 


TREATMENT. 

Whilst  describing  the  remittent  type,  1  omitted  the  treat¬ 
ment  with  the  purpose  of  showing  the  difference  to  be  observed 
between  the  remittent  and  continued  types,  and  when  it  be¬ 
comes  advisable  to  treat  the  former  the  same  way  as  the  latter. 
From  the  pathological  view  I  have  taken  in  describing  these 
two  types,  it  is  obvious  to  every  one  that,  whilst  quinine  during 
an  intermission  or  remission  would  be  sound  and  logical  treat¬ 
ment,  it  would  not  only  be  useless,  but  even  contra-indicated, 
in  the  treatment  of  an  active  inflammation  of  the  kidney. 
Quinine  is  to  a  certain  exteut  an  irritant  to  the  kidney,  and 
would,  therefore,  not  be  admissable.  The  object  to  attain  in 
this  type  of  the  disease  is  to  allay  the  inflammation  and  pro¬ 
mote  absorption,  and  with  this  view  I  usually  prescribe  mer¬ 
cury  in  alterative  doses,  not  minding  a  slight  ptyalism  ;  also 
saline  diuretics,  unless  the  discharge  from  the  kidney  is  too 
free,  in  which  case  1  substitute  a  general  stimulant  to  support 
the  system.  1  also  use  counter-irritants,  in  the  form  of  sina¬ 
pisms,  to  be  followed  by  a  blister  in  case  of  the  least  suspicion 
that  suppression  may  set  in.  If  I  succeed  in  bringing  tne  in- 


1879] 


Hammonds — Malarial  Hcematuria. 


455 


dam  matiou  to  a  favorable  result,  my  patient  is  saved,  as  far  as 
immediate  danger  is  concerned. 

1  find  it  necessary  to  keep  the  bowels  open  by  gentle  purga¬ 
tives,  and  also  prescribe  fluid  extract  of  gelsiminum,  which 
may  be  combined  with  sweet  spirits  of  nitre,  in  the  proportion 
of  four  parts  of  the  latter  to  one  part  of  the  former,  with  the 
aim  of  equalizing  the  nervous  system  and  acting  gently  upon 
the  kidney.  In  cases  where  debility  has  set  in,  1  use  spirits  of 
turpentine  and  discontinue  the  nitre,  but  watch  its  effect  upon 
the  kidney. 

In  the  remittent  type  quinine  may  be  administered  during 
the  remissions,  but  as  soon  as  the  paroxysms  cease,  whilst  the 
urine  becomes  diminished  and  darker  from  time  to  time,  there 
is  danger  of  suppression.  The  quinine  treatment  must  be 
stopped  at  once  and  substituted  by  the  active  antiphlogistic 
treatment  above  mentioned. 

Such  is  the  substance  of  my  treatment  of  the  disease,  and  it 
is  my  opinion  that  the  failure  to  make  the  proper  distinction 
between  the  different  types  has  been,  and  is,  the  great  cause  of 
the  diversity  of  opinion  among  eminent  members  of  the  profes¬ 
sion  with  regard  to  the  use  of  quinine  and  mercury  in  its 
treatment. 

Whilst  some  exalt  quinine  and  undervalue  mercury,  there 
are  others,  equally  able,  who  consider  mercury  as  a  sine  qua 
non,  and  charge  quinine  as  being  a  poison  in  the  treatment  of 
hiematuria.  The  trulh  is,  the  difference  of  type  makes  the  dif¬ 
ference  of  the  treatment  best  adapted  to  meet  the  indications. 

Lack  of  time  has  prevented  me  from  treating  the  subject  as 
fully  ami  extensively  as  it  deserves,  but  1  hope  that  my  feeble 
efforts  will  serve  to  direct  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  a 
closer  observation  of  this  disease,  and  if  not  correct,  1  may 
thereby  be  instrumental  in  causing  someone  more  learned  than 
myself  in  the  healing  art  to  give  to  the  profession  a  true  and 
exhaustive  treatise  on  this  much  dreaded  destroyer  of  human 
life.  In  any  case,  1  promise  to  continue  my  observation  in  the 
future  as  1  have  in  the  past. 


5 


( Original  Communications. 


J  October 


45<! 

Twenty  Caesarean  Operations  with  Fifteen  Women  Saved  in 

Louisiana. 

By  ROBERT  P.  HARRIS,  M.D.,  713  Locust  street,  Philadelphia. 

1  have  received  the  twentieth  case  of  gastro-liysterotomy  tor 
Louisiana’s  record — the  operation  was  performed  upon  a  black 
dwarf,  with  success,  in  1873,  in  the  Parish  of  Assumption,  near 
Napoleouville,  by  Drs.  Charles  and  Gaston  Bordis.  The  child 
was  lost.  The  woman  made  a  good  recovery,  but  died  undeliv¬ 
ered  a  year  later,  having  refused  assistance  until  beyond  hope. 
1  am  indebted  for  the  case  to  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Pugh,  of  Bertie. 


Number  of  operations  in  the  State .  20 

Published  by  operators  or  others . 9 

Communicated  by  letters  to  me  . 11 

Operations  twice  on  3  women,  all  saved . 0 

Children  delivered  alive . 12 

Children  died  soon  afterward .  2 

Women  saved .  15 


Chronic  Inversion  of  the  Uterus  of  Five  Months  Duration 
Reduced  by  Emmett’s  Method. 

(Case  reported  to  Medical  and  Surgical  Association ,) 

By  E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.D.,  Prof.  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Worneu,  Univ.  La. 

Annie  McM.,  a  native  of  New  Orleans,  aged  twenty-two 
years,  entered  ward  35,  in  the  Charity  Hospital,  on  March  0th, 
1879.  She  was  pale  and  wasted,  and  gave  a  history  of  frequent 
uterine  haemorrhages  since  the  fitli  December,  1878,  when  her 
tirst  child  was  born.  The  labor  was  conducted  by  a  midwife 
and  lasted  five  hours,  proving  moderately  severe.  The  pla¬ 
centa  was  expelled  naturally,  but  was  followed  by  so  profuse 
a  flooding  as  to  cause  syncope.  A  physician  was  sent  for,  but 
finding  the  flow  arrested  on  his  arrival,  merely  left  a  prescrip¬ 
tion  and  withdrew,  without  making  an  examination.  Vaginal 
exploration  revealed  a  pediculated  pyriform  tumor,  resting  on 
the  perineum.  Traced  upwards,  it  appeared  to  spring  from  the 
roof  of  the  vagina.  The  os  could  not  be  detected,  nor  any 


I 


1879J  Lewis — Chronic  Inversion  of  the  Uterus.  457 

structure  which  could  be  identified  with  the  infra  vaginal  por¬ 
tion  of  the  cervix.  Compression  of  the  tumor  occasioned  pain, 
and  when  exposed  by  a  Simms  speculum,  was  of  a  dark  red 
color,  smeared  with  mucous  and  blood. 

By  abdominal  palpation  the  uterus  could  uot  be  detected, 
but  when  the  tumor  was  pushed  upwards  and  forwards,  a  hard 
rounded  body  was  felt,  somewhat  flattened  on  its  upper  sur¬ 
face,  and  with  a  slight  central  depression.  The  tumor  was 
then  drawn  out  of  the  vagina,  and  two  fingers  of  the  right 
hand  introduced  in  the  rectum  were  pressed  toward  the  blad¬ 
der,  meeting  with  no  resistance,  but  on  crooking  the  fingers, 
and  pressing  them  forwards  in  the  axis  of  the  vagina  towards 
the  ostium,  there  was  no  difficulty  in  recognizing  the  body  dis¬ 
covered  by  abdominal  palpation.  The  case  was  clearly  one  of 
chronic  inversion,  dating  from  the  expulsion  of  the  placenta. 
It  was  judged  advisable,  to  attempt  reposition  by  sustained 
elastic  pressure.  A  rubber  bag  was  inserted  in  the  vagina 
and  distended  with  water.  It  served  also  as  a  tampon  in  ar¬ 
resting  the  flow  which  was  quite  free  during  and  immediately 
following  the  examination.  This  was  well  borne  by  the  patient 
and  worn  until  the  12th,  six  days,  being  only  removed  every 
second  day  to  cleanse  the  vagina  with  carbolized  water,  and 
replaced.  The  12th  March,  chloroform  was  administered,  and 
an  attempt  at  reduction  was  made  by  Courtey’s  method.  After 
drawing  the  tumor  to  the  vaginal  outlet,  two  fingers  of 
the  left  hand  were  introduced  iu  the  rectum,  hooked  and 
separated,  so  as  to  press  on  each  side  of  the  inverted 
cervix.  The  uterus  was  then  restored  to  the  vagina  the 
fundus  pushed  in  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum,  and  the  body 
seized  and  pressed  obliquely  upwards  towards  the  bladder,  but 
whenever  the  necessary  force  was  exerted,  the  cervix  would 
slide  past  the  two  fingers,  steadying  it  through  the  rectum  so 
that  it  was  impossible  to  fix  it.  Noeggerath’s  method  was  next 
tried,  but  the  uterus  proved  too  unyielding  to  allow  any  inden¬ 
tation  of  its  structure.  Elastic  pressure  with  the  bag  was 
again  continued  until  the  18th,  when  Courty’s  method  was  a 
second  time  tried  under  chloroform,  with  no  better  results. 
The  inverted  cervix  remained  firmly  contracted,  and  through 


458 


Orif/ina  l  Com  munications. 


[October 


the  rectum  the  index  finger  could  not  be  wedged  in 
the  external  os  t* »  facilitate  its  expansion.  A  larger  rub¬ 
ber  bag  was  now  introduced,  but  proved  so  painful,  its 
removal  became  necessary  in  a  few  hours.  As  no  bleeding  fol¬ 
lowed,  it  was  thought  best  to  let  the  patient  rest,  as  too  con¬ 
tinued  pressure  might  produce  inflammation.  Her  condition 
remained  unchanged  till  April  9th,  when  she  was  found  much 
prostrated  from  a  severe  haemorrhage  which  had  occurred  in 
the  night.  She  was  anaesthetized  with  ether,  and  the  repos- 
itor  of  Prof.  White,  of  Buffalo,  employed  to  restore  the  uterus. 
Over  an  hour  was  spent  with  this  instrument  without  making 
the  slightest  impression  on  the  uterus.  To  arrest  the  haemor¬ 
rhage  the  first  rubber  bag  used  was  again  introduced  with 
directions  to  remove  it  occasionally,  for  the  purpose  of  cleans¬ 
ing  the  vagina.  Producing  no  irritation,  its  use  was  continued 
till  the  27tli,  a  period  of  ten  days.  The  arrest  of  haemorrhage 
had  led  to  marked  general  improvement.  The  pulse  was 
stronger  and  the  appetite  better.  On  the  28th,  she  was  anaes¬ 
thetized  for  the  fourth  time,  and  Kmmett’s  method  practised. 
The  right  hand  introduced  in  the  vagina  grasped  the  uterus 
about  the  cervix  and  body,  the  fundus  resting  in  the  palm.  It 
was  then  directed  forwards  and  upwards  a  little  ab  >ve  the 
symphysis  and  steadied  by  counterpressure  with  the  left  hand. 
The  fingers  of  the  right  hand  were  then  slid  along  the  uterus 
to  the  vaginal  junction  and  separated,  and  the  fundus  pushed 
up  with  the  palm.  The  abdominal  walls  were  at  the  same  time 
made  to  slide  over  the  inverted  cervix,  alternating  with  efforts 
to  dilate  the  os  and  roll  out  the  cervix  by  wedgeng  the  thumb 
and  forefinger  in  the  depression.  This  manoeuvre  was  kept  up 
for  an  hour  and  a  half,  alternating  with  the  left  hand  in  the 
vagina  to  rest  the  right,  when  the  cervix  yielded,  and  a  partial 
reduction  took  place,  to  about  the  internal  os. 

It  was  decided  to  postpone  any  further  efforts  tor  the  pres¬ 
ent.  An  elastic  bag  was  introduced  in  the  vagina  to  maintain 
the  advantage  obtained.  Leaving  for  Atlanta  two  days  after, 
1  did  not  again  see  my  patient  until  the  11th  of  May.  She 
was  much  improved  and  had  regained  strength.  Sustained 
pressure  had  been  kept  up  in  my  absence  and  had  produced 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


459 


but  little  irritation.  On  the  13th  of  May  she  was  chloroformed 
for  the  last  time.  On  removing  the  bag,  no  change  had 
occurred  beyond  a  greater  softness  of  the  uterus.  After  fully 
two  hours  of  hard  work  by  Emmett’s  method,  the  uterus  was 
reduced,  excepting  a  part  of  the  fundus  which  formed  a  pro¬ 
jection  in  the  cavity  opposite  the  left  cornea.  This  was  finally 
reduced  by  a  cup-shaped  stem  pessary  introduced  iu  the  uterus 
and  fastened  by  elastic  tubing  to  an  abdominal  belt.  It  was 
removed  the  next  day  and  the  uterus  measured,  showed  a 
length  of  three  inches.  From  that  moment  all  haemorrhage 
ceased,  the  strength  of  my  patient  rapidly  returned  and  she 
left  the  hospital  on  the  31st  May,  and  has  been  well  ever  since. 


INTERMITTENT  FEVER  IN  FINLAND. 


By  Otto  Hjkt.t,  Professor  University  of  Helsingfors. 
[Translated  by  Dr.  ,J.  P.  LEHDE,  N-w  Orleans,  La.] 


In  consideration  of  the  marked  favor  with  which  at  present 
the  general  laws  for  the  appearance  of  diseases  are  viewed,  the 
restless  energy  now  shown  in  the  investigation  of  their  causes 
and  origin,  the  active  interest  exhibited  in  all  that  surrounds 
epidemiology,  together  with  many  zealous  efforts  science  now 
evolves  in  the  search  for  correct  knowledge  concerning  the 
natures  and  relations  all  diseases  may  assume,  even  in  the 
remotest  regions,  permit  the  hope  to  lend  a  degree  of  interest 
in  rendering  a  description  of  a  peculiar  process  of  disease  pre¬ 
valent  in  that  distant  and  but  little  known  country — our  Fin¬ 
land.  This  country,  situated  between  lat.  59°  48'  and  75.5° 
and  long.  37°  20'  and  50°  30',  on  account  of  its  isolation, 
sparceness  of  population,  scattered  over  a  relatively  extensive 
surface  area,  its  little  towns  and  systematic  political  adminis¬ 
tration,  may  offer  not  a  few  important  items  which  might  lend 
definite  information  towards  a  knowledge  concerning  the  ex¬ 
tension  of  its  epidemics,  their  peculiarities  and  relations  they 
hold  with  those  prevailing  upon  the  adjacent  continent. 

Finland,  environed  by  the  waters  of  the  Baltic  Sea,  Gulfs  of 
Finland  and  Bothnia,  maintains  its  southern  and  eastern  con 
nection  with  Russia,  by  means  of  a  narrow  tract  of  land,  situ¬ 
ated  between  the  Gulf  of  Finland  and  Ladoga  Lake.  It  is 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[October 


460 

over  this  slender  neck  of  land  that  the  diseases  of  the  conti¬ 
nent  have  effected  entrance  into  our  sequestered  country.  This 
has  beefi  the  route  selected  by  cholera,  relapsing  fever,  small¬ 
pox  and  epizootic,.  In  contrast  with  this,  malarial  fever  in  its 
advance  northward,  has  pursued  another  and  possibly  the  more 
direct  route  across  the  Baltic  Sea.  Not  only  has  the  southern 
coast  of  this  country,  together  with  Aland,  long  been  known 
to  have  proved  fruitful  fields  for  the  devastations  of  malarial 
fever,  but  likewise  have  always  been  particularly  the  sections 
which  have  suffered  the  attacks  of  this  fever,  in  preference, 
and  indeed  primarily  by  every  outbreaking  epidemic,  yet  in  the 
southeastern  portion  bordering  Russia,  sporadic  cases  only  of 
intermittent  fever  have  been  known,  and  even  during  the  exist¬ 
ence  of  general  epidemics  of  this  disorder,  it  never  there 
acquires  that  universality  of  extension  peculiar  to  the  remain¬ 
ing  parts  of  the  country.  Hence,  we  are  justified  in  accepting 
the  conclusion  that  the  course  of  ingress  of  malarial  miasmata 
toward  the  interior  of  our  country,  proceeds  either  from  the 
south  or  west,  i.  e.,  it  proceeds  from  Germany  or  Sweden. 
It  cannot  be  affirmed  that  malarial  fever  is  strictly  endemic 
in  Finland,  since  a  series  of  years  may  elapse  without  the 
occurrence  of  a  single  case,  even  in  such  localities  seem¬ 
ingly  most  exposed  to  its  influences.  Yet  the  fever,  in  its  in¬ 
tercurrent  manifestations,  at  all  times  assumes  an  epidemic 
character  of  less  or  greater  extension.  Upon  nearer  investi¬ 
gation  of  malarial  epidemic  phenomena  in  our  country,  we  find, 
moreover,  that  Germany,  and  to  a  certain  extent  Sweden,  had 
in  every  instance  previously  endured  the  visitations  of  this  same 
scourge. 

It  can  readily  be  premised  that  Finland  (“  the  land  of  a  thou¬ 
sand  lakes”),  whose  surface  area  is  subdivided  by  numerous 
water  courses,  and  which  contains  countless  numbers  of  larger 
and  smaller  inland  lakes,  would  be  well  adapted  for  the  develop¬ 
ment,  or  at  least  fully  well  qualified,  for  the  reception  of  malarial 
fever.  Upon  careful  reflection,  such  would  seem  in  reality  the 
case.  The  explanation  of  the  so  common  appearance  of  this 
fever  in  our  country  is  assumingly  sought  for  in  the  numerous 
shallow-sea  lagoons  which  permeate  and  deeply  indent  the 
shores,  in  the  many  swampy  meadows  and  loamy  marshes 
which  intricately  intersect  the  surface.  As  well,  is  it  likewise 
looked  for  in  the  more  recently  projected  and  effected  drainage 
of  lakes  ;  and,  too.  in  dry  summers  following  the  abundant  pre¬ 
cipitations  of  a  preceding  year,  occasioning  a  resultant  con¬ 
dition  of  low  tides  in  numerous  large  and  small  inland  lakes; 
while,  in  contrast,  rainy  summers  and  consequent  high  tides 
here  superinduce  re-inundations  of  the  marshy  and  shallow 
shores,  to  the  total  extinction  of  intermittent  fevers. 

At  what  period  malarial  fever  made  its  first  advent  into  our 
country  is  unknown,  but  the  southern  and  southwestern  (the 
latter  having  been  the  first  under  cultivation)  have  for  more 


1879 1 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


461 


than  a  century  been  known  to  have  evinced  themselves  peri¬ 
odically  the  seat  of  intermittent  fever.  Yet  we  can  trace  its 
course  of  extension  step  by  step  towards  the  interior,  and  as  a 
matter  of  interest  we  hud  besides,  during  different  epidemics, 
that  this  fever  steadily  advanced  to  higher  and  again  higher 
northern  regions.  This  method  of  fever  progression  was  first 
noticed  during  the  last  decade. 

Experience  has  in  our  own  country  established  the  fact,  that 
when  once  malarial  fever  has  here  found  foot-hold,  it  invariably 
sojourns  several  successive  years,  after  which  it  disappears 
quite  abruptly.  Not  seldom  we  here  find  isolated  sporadic 
cases  of  intermittent  during  a  preceding  year,  as  it  were,  in 
advance,  until  usually  winter  begins,  when  it  breaks  out  with 
considerable  violence,  regardless  of  the  mildness  or  severity  of 
the  season.  During  the  mouths  of  February  and  March,  and 
even  at  times  as  early  as  January,  it  attacks  a  multitude  of 
subjects  simultaneously,  acquiring  its  maximum  keigkth  dur¬ 
ing  the  succeeding  months  of  April,  May  and  June,  to  cease 
with  the  true  commencement  of  summer,  when,  as  a  rule,  a 
renewal  takes  place  in  autumn  in  the  mouths  of  October  and 
November.  In  this  manner  the  disease  repeats  itself  in  any 
given  locality  within  a  period  of  time  extending  from  two  to 
eight  years,  then  leaving  an  interval,  in  the  course  of  which 
scarcely  a  case  is  seen. 

The  first  intermittent  fever  epidemic  of  dimensions  here, 
known  to  us,  prevailed  during  the  years  1751  to  1758,  was  con¬ 
fined  to  the  Aland  Islands  and  the  southwestern  portion  of  the 
country.  This  epidemic  was  made  noteworthy  by  the  remittent 
type  it  assumed,  and  by  the  fact  of  it  then  being  for  the  first 

time  described  by - physicians  (about  which  more  will 

be  said  anon).  The  subsequent  epidemics  prevailed  during 
the  years  from  1774  to  1777,  1812  to  1816,  1819  to  1821, 
1826  to  1832,  1846  to  1843,  and  the  last,  1852  to  1862. 
Prior  to  these  epidemics  which  prevailed  in  northern  regions  of 
Finland,  which  have  been  six  in  one  century,  malarial  epidemics 
had  already  existed  several  years  upon  the  European  con¬ 
tinent.  All  of  these  enumerated  above  as  having  occurred 
in  Finland,  were  antedated  by  general  epidemics  of  intermit¬ 
tent  fever  in  Germany  and  to  a  partial  extent  in  Swe¬ 
den  during  the  years  1747  to  1748,  1770  to  1772,  1807 
to  1812,  1824  to  1827,  1845  to  1848,  and  1858.  From 
the  nature  of  these  data  we  are  involuntarily  fenced  to 
accept  this  evidence  iu  sustaining  the  conclusion  that  there 
must  exist  some  definite  force  of  correlation  which  appar¬ 
ently  controls  this  order  of  alternate  rotatory  or  simultaneous¬ 
ness  iu  the  different  countries.  We  are  thus  able  to  recognize 
the  importance  and  v  alue  of  the  consideration  of  all  circums¬ 
tances  which  bear  influential  relations,  together  with  whatever 
else  of  significance  might  present  itself  for  accurate  and 
sedulous  study ;  possibly  by  such  a  method  we  might  derive 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[October 


401' 


more  correct  information  concerning  a  knowledge  of  the  laws 
controlling  epidemics  in  general.  What  is  especially  notable 
of  the  malarial  epidemics  of  Finland  occurring  during  the  last 
century  is,  that  they  seemed  altogether  confined  to  the  south¬ 
ern  portion  of  this  country  and  Aland  Island.  It  has  been  pre¬ 
viously  remarked  that  the  first  epidemic  evinced  no  particular 
tendency  to  follow  a  northward  direction.  It  was  only  that 
great  and  widespread  epidemic  which  began  in  the  year  1812, 
after  moderating  its  intensity  during  the  year  from  1817  to  1818, 
and  continued  until  1821,  is  described  as  having  appeared 
about  Wassa  (lat.  08°  5(1),  and  Nyslott  (lat.  02°  52').  Then 
followed  the  next  epidemic  from  1826  to  1882,  which  again 
showed  no  decided  northward  extension.  It  was  still  at  that 
time  customary  to  send  subjects  of  intermittent  fever  to  the 
interior  for  recovery  and  release  from  the  fever.  Toward  the 
close  of  1840,  we  first  learn  to  know  the  fever  in  the  interior  of 
our  country,  for  instance,  about  Tammerfors,  Kangasala,  Hol- 
lola,  Heinola,  St.  Michel  and  other  localities. 

When  malarial  fever  reappeared  in  the  year  from  1847  to 
1848,  it  prevailed  not  only  along  the  waters  of  lakes  Saima  and 
Ladoga,  but  urged  its  direction  upward  toward  the  church  dis¬ 
tricts  of  Laukas  and  Sacryarwi  (about  lat.  62°  48'),  and  from 
thence  proceeded  to  the  shores  of  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia,  while 
up  to  that  period  the  northeastern  sections  of  Finland  re¬ 
mained  exempt. 

It  was  not  until  the  great  and  widespread  epidemic  of  mala¬ 
rial  fever  of  the  years  i852  to  1862  had  appeared,  that  inter¬ 
mittent  fever  had  first  taken  firm  footholds  in  certain  sections 
of  the  country,  where,  hitherto,  it  had  been  hardly  before 
known  or  seen.  As  a  result  of  this  epidemic,  the  entire 
south  coast  became  affected ;  from  thence  it  extended  to  the 
regions  of  the  large  inland  lakes  Paijane  and  Saima,  again  from 
thence  upward  as  high  as  Koupio  (lat.  62°  54'),  appearing  be¬ 
sides  over  all  the  medical  districts  of  the  interior,  assuming  at 
times,  a  degree  of  violence,  that  the  stricken,  in  several  locali¬ 
ties,  have  been  estimated  in  numbers  to  have  been  fully  one- 
third  of  the  entire  population  of  these.  While  this  epidemic, 
during  its  first  years,  acquired  extraordinary  severity  over  the 
entire  southwestern  and  southern  portions,  with  the  same  grade 
of  severity,  it  afterward  extended  its  course  to  middle,  interior 
and  northeast,  touching  then,  though  in  a  milder  degree,  like¬ 
wise,  the  shores  of  the  Gulf  of  Bothuia,  at  length,  reaching  in 
1861  Brahstad  (lat.  64°  41'),  then  in  1862  it  proceeded  to 
the  eastward,  and  interiorly  situated  localities  of  Sotkamo  and 
Kajana  (lat.  64°  12' ).  These  last  named  places  are  situated  in 
the  highest  known  regions  in  Europe,  wherein  malarial  fever 
has  never  before  appeared.  Hence,  the  intermittent  fever 
zone  extends  higher  north  than  has  liigherto  been  accepted. 
According  to  Hirsh,  we  find  the  statement  that  malarial  fever 
never  reaches  higher  north  than  the  62°  of  latitude. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


4G3 


Withal,  it  remains  remarkable,  that  the  disease  during  these 
epidemics,  confined  itself  preferably  to  the  southeastern  sec¬ 
tions  of  the  country,  and  that  it  was  at  all  times  less  exten¬ 
sively  manifest  and  widespread,  and  in  general  of  much 
milder  behavior  than  in  other  sections,  where  it,  at  the  same 
time  prevailed.  Noth  withstanding  all  these  in  points  of  clima¬ 
tological  and  geological  conditions  seemed  in  the  aggregate 
fully  identical.  The  positive  observation  has  here  been  made 
that  malarial  fever  has  become  far  more  general  and  wide¬ 
spread  in  the  regions  bordering  the  large  inland  lakes  of  Saiina 
and  Ladoga  since  the  Werokosas,  which  form  the  chain  of 
water  connection  between  these,  have  been  dredged  and  drained. 
It  is,  besides,  even  affirmed,  that  intermittent  fever  has,  in 
localities  situated  near  the  shores  of  the  last  named  become 
strictly  endemic,  as  in  Heinijoka,  Jackimvaara  and  Mohla. 
In  like  manner  it  also  conducted  itself  in  the  immediate  neigh¬ 
borhood  of  Hallola  and  Heinola,  as  also  along  the  shores  and 
margins  of  Lake  Paiane  and  its  tributaries — not,  however, 
until  these  had  been  lowered  by  the  dredging  and  drainage  of 
the  cataract  of  Kalkis,  which  brought  about  augmentation  of 
exposed  soil  surface.  Concerning  other  localities  which  under 
ordinary  circumstances  seem  to  remain,  several  years  after  its 
advent  in  186  i,  subject  to  intermittent  fever,  the  church  dis¬ 
tricts  of  Maxmo  near  Wasa,  as  well  as  the  town  called  Brahstal, 
may  be  mentioned. 

These  epidemics  have  each  evinced  entirely  differential  char¬ 
acteristics.  It  would  seem  during  every  epidemic,  a  temporary 
cessation  or  a  visible  abatement  must  needs  so  modify  the 
fever,  in  order  at  a  later  period  to  acquire  a  greater  degree  of 
violence,  until  such  time  when,  as  a  rule,  it  vanishes  abruptly. 
The  stage  of  incubation  of  intermittent  fever  seems  capable  of 
long  protraction.  The  established  experience  of  old  is  here 
still  valid,  that  individuals  who  sojourn  in  intermittent  fever 
regions  during  fall  are  usually  not  subject  to  the  attacks  of 
the  disease  until  their  return  home  in  the  following  winter  or 
spring.  The  author  was  acquainted  with  the  family  of  a  physician, 
the  members  of  which  who,  after  a  stay  of  two  spring  seasons 
on  the  south  coast  of  the  country,  became  victims  of  intermit¬ 
tent  upon  their  return  home  to  Tornea;  and  with  two  other 
sporadic  cases,  these  were  indeed  the  only  intermittent  cases 
which  had  there  appeared  during  the  last  five  years.  Berg- 
mann,  in  an  interesting  pamphlet,  relates  several  interesting 
examples  of  the  stage  of  malarial  incubation  in  Schweeden. 

It  may  be  said  concerning  the  various  types  of  intermittent 
fever  in  our  country,  that  the  diurnal  and  ternary  forms  predomi¬ 
nate  during  winter  and  spring,  whereas  in  the  fall  the  fever  begins 
as  a  tertian  or  quartan,  or  sometimes  beginning  as  a  tertian, 
merges  latterly  into  quotidian,  and  even  at  times  into  tertian  dup- 
licata.  During  such  summers  as  are  characterized  by  excessive 
heat,  the  elevation  of  temperature  seems  so  influential  in  changing 

6 


464 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[October 


the  intermittent  form  in  a  manner,  that  it  becomes  remittent. 
This  modification  sets  in,  tor  the  most  part,  in  the  month  of 
August  (now  and  then,  also  July),  and  continues  until  September 
iias  quite  begun.  This  peculiarity  is  only  observed  during  cer¬ 
tain  years,  and  is  in  the  main  limited  to  southern  and  south¬ 
western  portions  of  the  country.  Only  exceptionally  has  this 
form  of  the  disorder  manifested  itself  in  the  interior  of  Finland 
beneath  the  61st  parallel  of  latitude.  With  the  incoming  of 
lower  temperature,  this  remittent  form  of  malaria  (which  not 
seldom  attacks  entire  familes,  and  is  known  to  us  by  the  name 
of  August  fever),  changes  into  an  intermittent  of  regular  quo¬ 
tidian  or  tertain  type.  The  mortality  from  intermittent  and 
remitteut  fever  in  Finland  is  not  extraordinarily  great,  but  dis¬ 
eased  conditions  which  follow  these  as  sequl.e,  in  our  coun¬ 
try  so  common  ;  are  in  reality  those  which  are  death  producing 
in  a  multitude  of  cases,  and  besides  these  are  the  causes  which 
stamp  the  healths  of  the  more  heavily  scourged  localities  with 
peculiar  characteristics  in  common.  Hence,  following  upon 
intermittent  fever  we  often  here  meet  amemia,  albuminous  drop¬ 
sies,  parenchymatous  nephritis,  and  excessive  enlargements  of 
the  spleen.  These  consequent  diseases  as  such  do  not,  how¬ 
ever,  appear  incident  to  every  epidemic,  nor  are  their  results 
entirely  general,  nor  the  same  in  all  localities  of  Finland.  The 
author  maintains  the  opinion  that  the  origin  and  cause  of  the 
amyloid  degeneration  of  the  different  organs  found  so  com¬ 
monly  in  Finland  at  post  mortem  examinations,  are  to  be 
sought  for  in  the  influence  of  malarial  poison  upon  the  human 
organism,  and  is  attributable  altogether  to  this.  Also  does  he 
deem  the  frequent  presence  of  anaemia  and  chlorosis  in  certain 
regions  of  Finland  affecting  an  otherwise  so  robust  and  hardy 
people  ascribable  to  the  lamentably  injurious  operations  of  the 
intermittent  fever  poison. 

The  epidemic  behavior  of  malarial  fever,  the  theme  of  this 
brief  sketch,  contains  for  the  interest  of  sanitary  relations  of 
our  northern  Fatherland  data  of  great  and  important  consid¬ 
eration. 


CASES  OF  OVARIOTOMY. 

Service  of  Dr.  Nathan  Bozeman. 

Since  May  last,  Dr.  Bozeman  has  performed  five  ovarioto¬ 
mies,  all  resulting  in  recovery.  In  three  of  the  cases  both 
ovaries  were  removed.  Dr.  B.  attributes  his  success  (100  per 
cent,  recoveries)  to  the  following  points  :  1st.  If  the  operation 
can  be  safely  delayed  for  a  week  or  more,  after  coming  under 
treatment,  lie  prepares  the  patient  by  administering  to  her 
tonics  and  food  as  much  as  she  can  bear.  Iron  he  considers  a 
most  valuable  agent  in  the  preparatory  stage  of  the  treatment. 
2d.  The  antiseptic  method  (Lister’s)  he  invariably  uses  in  this, 
as  in  all  major  operations.  He  thinks  his  successes  are  greatly 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


465 


1879  j 

due  to  the  means  thus  adopted  of  preventing  peritonitis  and 
septicaemia.  3d.  The  treatment  of  the  pedicle ;  whether  long 
or  short,  he  returns  it  into  the  peritoneal  cavity.  The  doctor 
transfixes  and  ties  it,  right  and  left,  several  times  with  wax, 
carbolized,  strong  silk  ligatures,  and  claims  that  there  is  no 
necessity  of  using  clamps  or  Kceberle’s  serre-naeud.  4th.  He 
includes  the  peritoneum  into  his  sutures  when  closing  the 
abdominal  incision ,  which  he  never  makes  larger  than  is  neces¬ 
sary  in  the  median  line.  Carbolized  silk  sutures  are  also  used 
for  closing  the  wound,  as  for  tying  the  pedicle.  Beef-tea,  milk 
and  eggs  constitute  the  food  given  as  soon  as  the  patient  has 
fully  recovered  from  the  anaesthetic  (ether  being  used  for  the 
purpose).  If  there  is  a  tendency  to  vomiting,  the  food  is  admin¬ 
istered  per  rectum.  Quinine  and  opium  the  doctor  considers  of 
the  highest  importance  in  the  after-treatment,  given  in  full 
doses,  as  being  antiperiodic,  and  a  preventive  of  peritonitis. 
Should  there  be  any  undue  elevation  of  temperature,  not  con¬ 
trolled  by  the  medication  enumerated,  Kibbes’  cot  comes  into 
requisition.  The  first  incision  he  never  makes  larger  than  is 
necessary  for  the  introduction  into  the  peritoneal  cavity  of  his 
abdominal  spatula,  as  the  doctor  terms  it  (a  flexible  metallic 
rod,  10  to  12  inches  long,  well  rounded  off,  with  a  triangular- 
shaped  termination  at  either  end,  like  Lott’s  vaginal  depressor), 
about  one  inch  long,  also  well  rounded  off.  The  size  of  the 
tumor,  its  adhesions,  if  there  be  any,  are  thus  explored  with 
the  aid  of  this  spatula.  The  incision  is  then  enlarged  to  4 — 6, 
for  the  purpose  of  introducing  the  hand  and  separating  the 
adhesions,  if  their  presence  has  been  made  out,  in  the  mode 
above  described.  The  next  step  consists  in  tapping  the  cyst  or 
cysts  with  Spencer  Wells’  trocar.  In  multilocular  cysts  he  taps 
one  cyst  after  the  other  through  the  opening  made  in  the  first, 
and  so  on,  the  patient  being  turned  on  her  side.  The  cysts  are 
thus  emptied  to  a  size  sufficient  to  pass  his  right  hand  through 
the  abdominal  opening  into  the  peritoneal  cavity  while  draw¬ 
ing  out  the  cyst  or  cysts  with  his  left.  The  simultaneous  use 
of  both  hands  Dr.  B.  considers  of  the  most  importance  while 
drawing  out  the  cyst.  The  right  hand  introduced  inside  the 
cavity  completes  the  separation  of  adhesions  that  may  have 
remained  after  the  use  of  his  spatula,  and  also  guards  against 
any  undue  stretching  or  possible  rupture  of  the  intestines,  gall- 
bladder,  etc.,  with  which  there  may  be  adhesions.  The  omission 
of  this  precautionary  measure  doubtless  had  caused  many  fatal 
results  that  may  have  terminated  favorably  had  this  precaution 
been  practised.  6 — 8  grs.  of  quinite  sulphate  and  twenty-five 
drops  of  liquor  opii  comp,  administered  per  rectum,  are  the 
doses  of  these  remedies  used  from  the  first  lor  the  purposes 
mentioned.  The  use  of  hypodermic  injections  are  being  avoided 
by  I)r.  B.  After  ovariotomy,  he  is  of  the  opinion  that  on  ac¬ 
count  of  the  pain  thereby  produced,  the  patients  abhor  them, 
and  thus  cause  undue  nervous  excitement.  Dr.  Bozeman  never 


466  Current  Medical  Literature.  [October 

uses  drainage  tubes  through  Douglas’  cul-de-sac,  but  prefers  to 
draw  off  effusions  by  means  of  tubes  introduced  through  the 
abdominal  opening,  reaching  down  to  Douglas’  cul-de-sac. 

Dr.  Bozeman  performed  his  first  case  of  ovariotomy  in  1865, 
also  successfully,  making  in  all  six  cases,  wherein  nine  ovaries 
were  removed.  The  first  operation  he  published  September 
1st,  1866,  in  the  Medical  Record ,  under  the  title,  “  Remarks  on 
the  History  of  Ovariotomy,”  and  the  report  of  a  case  in  which 
the  intra-peritoneal  treatment  of  the  pedicle  with  the  silver 
ligature  was  adopted  with  success.  As  stated  above,  Dr. 
Bozeman  now  uses  only  waxed  carbolized  silk,  both  for  tying 
the  pedicle  and  the  abdominal  wound. —  The  Medical  Record — 
The  Obstetric  Gazette. 


AN  ABSTRACT  OF  A  PAPER  ON  THE  EXTERNAL  TREATMENT  OF 
SKIN  DISEASES. 

By  John  V.  Shoemaker,  A.M  ,  M.D.,  of  Philadelphia. 

[Read  before  the  Pennsylvania  Medical  Society. 1 

After  setting  forth  the  object  of  the  external  treatment  in 
skin  diseases,  the  speaker  added  that  either  a  cure  or  a  tempo¬ 
rary  relief  could  be  accomplished  by  either  hygienic,  medicinal 
or  mechanical  remedies,  or  a  proper  combination  of  them.  The 
hygienic  measures  considered  were  the  condition  of  the  air,  the 
necessity  of  ablution  and  bathing,  the  suitable  kind  of  cloth¬ 
ing,  and  the  proper  exercise  and  rest.  These  topics  were  dis¬ 
cus:  ed  at  some  length,  and  were  followed  by  the  means  of 
reaching  disease  by  local  medication.  Under  this  class  of 
medicinal  agents  were  included  soaps,  poultices,  lotions,  oint¬ 
ments,  dusting  powders,  oils,  caustics  and  the  oleates.  All 
these  medicinal  agents  were  carefully  considered  in  their  turn, 
and  very  many  points  as  to  their  therapeutic  application  in 
cutaneous  diseases  were  derived  from  the  observation  and 
experience  of  the  lecturer.  The  oleates,  preparations  that  were 
recently  introduced  into  practice,  were  said  to  possess  in  cer¬ 
tain  diseases  many  advantages  over  ointments.  In  illustration 
of  this  it  was  claimed  that  oleic  acid  possessed  solvent  powers 
that  were  more  active  than  most  bases  of  ointments,  and  con¬ 
sequently,  the  chemical  combination  so  formed  would  be  more 
potent  when  applied  to  the  skin.  Further,  that  the  oleates 
would  not  decompose  like  ointments,  and  wo  aid  on  this  account 
be  more  effective,  and  not  act  as  irritants  to  the  skin.  That  the 
oleates  prepared  either  as  a  five  or  ten  per  cent,  solutio  .  are 
all,  with  the  exception  of  the  oleate  of  zinc,  in  the  liquid  state,, 
and  would,  therefore,  have  a  greater  absorbent  power.  They- 
would  also  penetrate  deeper  and  more  rapidly  into  the  tissues 
than  ointments.  And  lastly,  as  they  are  of  a  liquid  condition, 
with  one  exception,  they  would  be  better  suited  for  application 
over  the  scalp,  the  beard,  axillary  and  pubic  regions*  or  any 


Current  Medical  Literature . 


467 


1879] 

hairy  parts  of  the  body,  in  preference  to  ointments,  which  fre¬ 
quently  mat  together  the  hairs. 

The  doctor,  in  concluding  this  valuable  and  practical  sub¬ 
ject,  adds :  “  I  have  frequently  had  occasion  to  apply  the 
oleates  as  external  remedies  in  the  treatment  of  skin  affections, 
with  the  most  happy  results.  1  may  first  mention  that  the 
oleate  of  atropia  (one  grain  of  the  atropia  to  the  ounce  of 
oleic  acid)  exerts  a  marked  influence  in  arresting  the  abundant 
secretion  of  seborrhcea,  and  in  subduing  high  inflammatory 
action  in  severe  cases  of  erysipelas.  Secondly,  1  have  observed 
that  a  40  per  cent,  solution  of  the  oleate  of  mercury,  with  the 
addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  olive  oil,  and  scented  with  some 
essential  oil,  is  an  invaluable  application  for  general  thinning 
and  loss  of  hair.  When  brushed  lightly  over  the  scalp  in  the 
above  condition,  it  produces  both  a  tonic  and  alterative  effect 
upon  the  part.  I  have  also  employed  as  an  application,  with 
great  success,  a  two-ounce  solution  of  the  oleate  of  mercury,  of 
10  per  cent,  strength,  mixed  with  an  equal  quantity  of  olive 
oil,  in  psoriasis  and  pityriasis,  after  all  the  scales  and  redness 
have  disappeared.  The  use  of  this  preparation  in  these  affec¬ 
tions  protects  and  soothes  the  hypersemic  skin,  and  prevents  a 
return  of  the  diseased  condition. 

Mr.  L.  Wolf,  pharmaceutist  and  chemist,  of  Philadelphia, 
has  lately  made  for  me,  after  many  tedious  experiments,  two 
additional  preparations  of  the  oleates,  namely,  the  oleate  of 
lead  and  the  oleate  of  bismuth,  and  I  believe  I  have  been  the 
first  to  use  these  remedies  as  topical  applications  in  cutaneous 
affections.  The  former  of  these  agents,  the  oleate  of  lead,  is 
manufactured  by  adding  liquor  potass®  to  a  diluted  prepara¬ 
tion  of  liquor  plumbi  subacetatis,  and  the  precipitate  collected 
on  a  filter  and  dried.  The  dry  oxide  of  lead  should  then  be 
dissolved  in  oleic  acid,  by  means  of  the  water  bath.  The 
strength  of  the  solution  should  be  5  per  cent,  of  lead  oxide  to 
the  oleic  acid,  and  as  free  as  possible  from  steric  and  margaric 
acids,  in  order  to  have  it  in  the  liquid  form.  Should  either  the 
per  cent,  of  lead  be  increased  or  the  solution  contaminated  by 
steric  or  margaric  acid,  the  oleate  will  be  semi-solid,  and  will 
not  have  the  same  efficient  action. 

The  oleate  of  lead,  if  prepared  with  care,  in  the  manner  I 
have  indicated,  is  an  opaque,  oily  liquid.  It  is  a  mild  astrin¬ 
gent,  more  readily  absorbed  than  either  Goulard’s  cerate  or 
Hebra’s  litharge  ointment,  while  it  possesses  the  advantage  of 
neither  decomposing  or  turning  rancid.  I  have  obtained 
remarkably  good  results  from  its  use  in  eczema,  in  rosacea, 
after  depletion  of  the  parts,  in  burns  and  in  erythema.  If 
arrests  morbid  discharges,  protects  the  surface,  and  by  its 
astringent  and  sedative  action  allays  irritation. 

The  oleate  of  bismuth,  an  oily,  brown  liquid,  the  second  one 
of  these  new  preparations  of  the  oleates,  is  not  so  difficult  to 
manufacture  as  the  last  named,  and  I  will,  therefore,  omit  the 


468  Current  Medical  Literature.  [October 

manner  of  making  it.  It,  however,  possesses  valuable  medi¬ 
cinal  effect  when  applied  in  pustular  eruptions,  especially  in 
sycosis  and  hepatic  affections.  It  is  also  a  most  useful  remedy 
in  soothing  and  relieving  cutaneous  irritation  when  mixed 
with  an  equal  quantity  of  olive  oil,  and  applied  in  acute  specific 
eruptions,  especially  in  scarlet  fever. 

The  paper  also  included  under  this  head  an  account  of  the 
oleates  of  iron  and  antimony,  a  full  description  of  all  the  other 
medicinal  substances  that  were  previously  enumerated,  and 
finally,  a  concise  and  valuable  allusion  to  friction,  compression 
and  blood  letting,  the  mechanical  remedies  for  alleviating  and 
curing  cutaneous  affections. — Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter , 
June  21st. 


ERYSIPELAS  CAUSED  BY  SEWER-GAS. 

Years  ago,  the  idea  that  facial  erysipelas,  or  indeed  that  any 
variety  of  this  dire  disease,  could  be  originated  by  the  entrance 
of  sewer-gas  into  houses,  hospitals,  or  institutions,  would  have 
been  condemned  as  too  absurd  for  credence.  Bitter  experience, 
extending  over  a  number  of  years,  backed  by  the  researches 
of  Mr.  Pridgin  Teale  and  others,  has,  however,  finally  settled 
the  question  in  dispute.  There  is  now  no  more  doubt  that 
erysipelas  is  originated  by  sewer-gas  than  that  typhoid  fever  is 
due  more  often  than  not  to  impure  water.  For  instance,  at  the 
Old  Infirmary  Lincoln,  which  was  situated  on  a  hill  above 
the  city,  erysipelas  and  sewer-gas  were  constantly  present  in 
the  wards.  We  remember  seeing  twelve  or  fifteen  cases  there 
some  twelve  years  ago.  At  that  time  the  hospital  drains  com¬ 
municated  with  the  town  sewers ;  and  as  neither  were  ventil¬ 
ated  or  disconnected,  the  hospital  had  the  benefit  of  the  full 
pressure  of  the  sewer-gas  of  Lincoln,  because  the  hospital  lavato¬ 
ries  and  closets  occupied  the  highest  points  to  which  any  of 
the  sewer  connections  extended.  At  Manchester,  as  we  showed 
some  months  ago,  sewer-gas  had  demoralised  the  health  of  the 
staff,  and  had  so  increased  the  amount  of  erysipelas  and  pyae¬ 
mia  that  the  surgeons  were  afraid  to  perform  even  the  smallest 
operation.  Recently  the  authorities  of  a  large  London  hospi¬ 
tal  proceeded  to  ventilate  the  whole  of  the  drains  and  sewers  in 
connection  with  their  institution.  Up  to  the  time  these  altera¬ 
tions  were  made,  pyaemia  and  erysipelas  had  almost  driven  the 
medical  staff'  to  despair.  When  the  whole  of  the  ventilation 
was  completed,  and  so  soon  as  the  pressure  was  removed  from 
the  traps  of  the  closets  and  lavatories,  no  fresh  cases  were 
found  to  occur.  For  months  the  hospital  wards  were  free  from 
erysipelas  and  pyaemia.  Suddenly  there  was  a  fresh  outbreak 
of  these  diseases,  but  it  was  noticed  that  the  epidemic  was  con¬ 
fined  to  one  of  the  surgical  wards,  built  apart  from  the  main 
building  on  the  pavilion  plan,  and  having  only  one  story. 
Close  investigation  proved  that  the  ventilation  pipe  in  this 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


469 


wing  had  been  stopped  up  by  a  careless  workman.  When  this 
was  remedied,  all  trace  of  the  epidemic  disappeared,  and  for 
four  years  this  hospital  has  been  almost  free  from  these  dis¬ 
eases.  Space  will  not  allow  us  to  quote  further  evidence  on 
this  occasion,  but  any  one  who  is  interested  in  the  subject  will 
obtain  much  useful  information  from  Mr.  T.  P.  Teale,  of  Leeds, 
who  has  made  this  subject  almost  a  special  study.  We  have 
been  led  to  make  the  above  remarks  because,  during  the  past 
week,  an  investigation  of  great  interest  has  been  conducted  by 
the  Somersetshire  Coroner  into  the  causes  of  a  fatal  outbreak 
of  erysipelas  at  the  County  Lunatic  Asylum.  It  appears  that 
from  December  1878,  to  May  1879,  23  cases  of  erysipelas  oc¬ 
curred  in  the  female  infirmary  ward,  of  which  2  were  fatal.  Bad 
smells  had  been  constantly  present  in  this  ward,  and  in  other 
parts  of  the  building  for  many  months  past.  Several  of  the 
inmates  had  suffered  from  severe  diarrhoea,  of  which  one  died  ; 
sore-throat,  loss  of  appetite,  headache,  and  nausea  attacked 
most  of  the  patients.  On  the  male  side  9  cases  of  erysipelas 
occurred,  2  of  which  were  fatal.  Here,  then,  we  find  32  cases 
of  erysipelas  occurring  in  a  lunatic  asylum  in  five  months,  of 
which  4  proved  fatal.  When  we  remember  the  nausea,  head¬ 
ache,  sore-throat,  and  general  malaise  experienced  by  the  other 
inmates,  coupled  with  the  epidemic  of  diarrhoea  and  bad  smells, 
it  is  not  difficult  to  divine  that  sewer-gas  was  almost  every¬ 
where  present  throughout  the  institution.  This  was  suspected 
by  the  superintendent,  Dr.  Medlicott,  and  so  with  the  aid  of 
the  assistant  medical  officers,  Messrs.  J.  F.  Wood  and  T.  S. 
Sheldon,  a  searching  investigation  was  made  into  the  drainage 
arrangements.  It  was  then  discovered  that  none  of  the  soil-pipes 
were  ventilated  ;  most  of  them  were  of  lead,  and  several  were 
rat-eaten  and  riddled  with  holes.  On  taking  out  the  pan  and 
syphon  of  the  infirmary  closet  a  very  bad  smell  was  present, 
which  was  touud  to  be  caused  by  a  hole  in  the  soil-pipe,  3  by 
1£  inches.  This  particular  soil-pipe  had  a  direct  communica¬ 
tion  with  the  main  sewer.  The  main  drain  outside  the  infirmary 
ward — where  most  of  the  erysipelas  cases  occurred — had  been 
choked  more  than  once  during  the  year,  and  on  one  occasion  it 
was  blocked  entirely  to  the  extent  of  three  or  four  yards.  In 
other  parts  of  the  building  the  fall  was  insufficient,  and  in  con¬ 
sequence  the  main  drain  had  been  stopped  several  times. 

In  brief,  almost  every  sanitary  evil  was  found  to  be  present 
in  this  ill-fated  institution ;  fermenting  sewage  was  a  constant 
factor,  and  sewer-gas,  conveyed  from  the  sewers  to  the  wards 
by  the  rat-eaten  soil-pipes,  had  committed  its  fatal  ravages 
unchecked  and  unsuspected  for  at  any  rate  months,  and  we 
suspect  even  for  years. 

The  moral  is  plain  to  read,  but  difficult  to  get  people  to  realize. 
Modern  building,  whether  large  or  small,  especially  where 
they  are  situated  in  or  near  towns,  must  pour  their  sewage  into 
the  main  sewers.  As  a  consequence  drain-pipes  must,  to  a  greater 


470  Current  Medical  F/iterature.  [October 

or  less  extent,  pass  inside  the  houses,  and  so  a  risk  of  sewer-gas 
is  incurred.  What  is  the  remedy  ?  Simply  to  put  an  open 
manhole,  with  pipe-drains  passing  through  it  between  the  sewer 
and  the  house,  to  put  a  syphon  with  ventilator  between  the 
manhole  and  the  sewer,  and  in  every  case  to  carry  the  soil-pipe 
above  the  top  of  the  buildings,  and  to  leave  it  perfectly  open 
at  the  top.  In  this  way  sewer-gas  is  effectually  excluded 
from  houses,  a  constant  draft  of  fresh  air  passes  down  the  open 
manhole,  and  through  every  inch  of  the  household  drains,  and 
defective  traps  and  rat-eaten  soil-pipes  may  practically  be  de¬ 
fied.  Unless  the  connection  with  the  sewer  is  cut  outside  an 
inhabited  building,  and  unless  every  inch  of  soil-pipe  is  thor¬ 
oughly  ventilated  in  the  simple  way  we  have  described,  danger 
of  blood-poisoning  exists.  With  these  precautions,  simple  and 
comparatively  inexpensive  as  they  are,  even  the  oldest  build¬ 
ings  may  be  made  not  only  sweet  but  perfectly  healthy. — Sani¬ 
tary  Record ,  June  6. 


EPIDEMICS  FROM  A  CHEMICAL  STANDPOINT.* 

By  R.  OGDEN  DOREMUS,  M.D.,  LL.D., 

Profossor  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology  in  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College  ;  Professor 
of  Chemistry  and  Physics  in  the  College  of  the  City  of  New  York  ; 

Chemist  of  the  Medico-Legal  Society. 

Dr.  0.  R.  Agnew,  formerly  attached  to  the  New  York  Hos¬ 
pital,  informs  me  that  iu  consequence  of  the  reception  of 
patients  suffering  from  “ship  fever,”  the  north  wing  of  the  old 
building  near  Duane  street  became  so  saturated  with  disease¬ 
breeding  agents  that  it  had  to  be  abandoned.  This  was  about 
twenty -five  years  ago.  The  patients  were  removed  from  this 
wing ;  the  windows  were  kept  open  for  many  weeks  to  accom¬ 
plish  thorough  ventilation  ;  the  walls  and  ceilings  of  the  wards 
were  scraped  and  whitewashed,  but  in  vain !  Even  the  work¬ 
men  engaged  in  this  cleansing  process  were  taken  sick,  and 
one  or  more  died. 

So  many  hospitals,  or  parts  of  hospitals,  iu  Europe  and  in 
this  country  have  become  magazines  of  disease,  puerperal 
fevers,  pyaemia,  etc.,  that  many  savaus  urge  that  the  buildings 
shall  be  constructed  of  wood,  and  be  burned  up  every  second 
or  third  year. 

When  Pandora,  the  all-gifted,  opened  the  fabled  box  and 
released  its  pernicious  contents,  which  brought  immeasurable 
suffering  upon  mankind,  “  the  terrified  female  at  length  gained 
sufficient  presence  of  mind  to  close  the  lid ;  and  Hope  there¬ 
upon  was  alone  secured.” 

Prometheus,  who  formed  the  first  man  out  of  claj~,  kindled 
his  torch  from  the  chariot  of  Phoebus,  with  whicli  he  blew  eternal 


From  Bulletin  of  the  Medico-Legal  Society  of  New  York,  January,  1879. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


471 


flames  into  the  breasts  of  his  creatures.  Notwithstanding  the 
ire  of  Jupiter,  he  ascended  a  second  time  and  brought  fire  from 
the  sun. 

The  chemist  was  anciently  designated  the  “philosopher  by 
fire.’’  Perhaps  we  are  justified  in  saying  that  to  him  we  should 
look  to  antidote,  at  least,  certain  of  the  evils  set  free  by  her 
whom  Vulcan  made,  and  intended  to  be  the  consort  of  the  son 
of  Iapetus. 

By  the  potency  of  modern  science,  Hope  has  been  released 
from  Pandora’s  box. 

We  propose  to  show  that  spirit  can  be  set  at  war  with  spirit, 
the  combat  resulting  favorably  to  humanity. 

There  are  no  firmer  believers  in  spirits  than  chemists ;  for 
they  can  make  them  of  every  hue  of  the  rainbow,  or  colorless 
and  invisible,  or  even  black ;  of  varying  weights  and  odors ; 
some  grateful  to  our  senses,  others  nauseating  and  disgusting  ; 
markedly  differing  in  chemical  qualifications — one  the  spirit  of 
life,  the  vital  air;  while  a  host  “  whose  name  is  legion”  exist, 
and  can  at  will  be  produced,  which  are  destructive  to  life. 

With  but  few  exceptions,  all  poisonous  emanations  from 
humanity,  in  health  or  in  disease,  are  compounds  of  the  most 
gaseous  of  all  gases,  hydrogen. 

This  lightest  of  all  known  elements,  when  just  released  from 
combination  with  others,  or  in  its  “nascent”  state,  possesses 
marvellous  powers  of  affinity.  Thus,  one  pound  of  hydrogen 
can  unite  with  sixteen  pounds  of  sulphur,  and  can  confer  on 
this  solid  body  its  own  condition  of  gaseity.  With  carbon  it 
yields  forms  of  illuminating  gas ;  with  many  metals,  as  iron, 
zinc,  arsenic,  antimony,  etc.,  it  produces  spirit-like  bodies,  some 
of  which  are  most  poisonous.  Such  substances  as  pus,  vaccine 
virus,  etc.,  are  compounds  of  hydrogen;  and  future  chemists 
will  doubtless  discover  that  all  disease-propagating  gases  or 
germs  consist  in  part  of  this  particular  ghost. 

If,  therefore,  we  can  dehydrogenate  them,  or  rob  them  of  this 
spirit,  we  cau  destroy  their  power  for  evil. 

To  employ  a  political  figure,  chlorine  gas  is  the  great  “  ring 
breaker.”  It  seizes  upon  the  chief  of  the  ring,  Hydrogen ,  im¬ 
prisons  it,  and  breaks  up  the  evil  combination. 

I  have  here  a  tall  glass  jar,  the  upper  part  of  which  contains 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas,  the  lower  part  water.  On  bubbling 
up  through  the  water,  this  greenish-yellow  gas,  chlorine,  as  it 
reaches  the  ill-odored  gas  above,  instantly  deprives  it  of  its 
hydrogen  (forming  with  it  hydrochloric  acid) ;  and  you  observe 
the  yellow  deposit  of  sulphur  on  the  water,  and  upon  the  sides 
of  the  jar. 

I  now  present  a  compound  of  carbon  and  hydrogen  to  this 
chlorine — black  carbon  is  at  once  deposited,  the  hydrogen,  by 
preference,  combining  with  the  chlorine. 

Should  I  introduce  the  most  poisonous  form  of  arsenic,  viz., 
arseniuretted  hydrogen,  to  chlorine,  the  superior  affinity  of 
7 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


472 


[October 


hydrogen  for  chlorine  would  be  immediately  pronounced  ;  the 
hydrogen  and  chlorine  would  unite  as  before.,  and  should  there 
be  an  excess  of  chlorine,  a  chloride  of  arsenic  would  be  formed. 

Should  chlorine  be  exhibited  to  a  mixture  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  and  arseniuretted  hydrogen  gases,  it  would  deprive 
them  both  of  their  hydrogen ;  the  sulphur  and  the  arsenic, 
being  in  a  “nascent”  state,  would  unite,  and  form  a  sulphide 
of  arsenic,  yellow  orpiment. 

If  a  glass  rod  be  dipped  in  anhydrous  hydrocyanic  (prussic) 
acid,  which  has  been  liquified  by  cold,  on  approaching  the  rod 
with  its  adherent  drop  to  a  rabbit,  the  animal  falls  dead  before 
the  poisonous  liquid  touches  him— due  to  the  inhalation  of  the 
vaporous  or  gaseous  acid.  If  chlorine  be  presented  to  this 
most  rapidly  fatal  of  all  the  spirits,  it  instantly  disarms  it  of 
its  virulence  by  robbing  it  of  its  hydrogen. 

If  equal  volumes  of  hydrogen  and  chlorine  be  placed  in  a 
glass  flask  in  a  dark  room,  on  exposing  them  to  the  sunbeam 
they  combine  with  explosive  violence. 

Hence  we  feel  warranted  in  the  assertion  that  if  chlorine  gas 
can  be  generated  in  great  volume,  and  especially  with  the  aid 
of  moisture,  which  facilitates  its  action,  it  can  dehydrogenate 
any  of  the  virulent  spirits  which  result  from  vegetable  and 
animal  decomposition. 

In  1841)  1  was  consulted  by  one  of  our  largest  transatlantic 
steamship  companies  as  to  the  best  method  of  disinfecting  one 
of  the  state-rooms,  which  had  been  occupied  by  a  passenger  in 
whom  small-pox  developed  a  few  days  after  leaving  Liverpool. 

The  liberal  generation  of  chlorine  gas  in  said  compartment 
accomplished  the  desired  result. 

In  the  summer  of  1805  1  had  the  pleasure  of  meeting  on 
Broadway  Prof.  Lewis  A.  Sayre,  M.D.,  then  Health  Physician 
to  our  city.  He  announced  that  the  steamship  Atalanta  had 
arrived  at  Quarantine  from  Liverpool  with  a  large  number  of 
steerage  passengers  ;  that  sixty  of  them  had  died  of  cholera ! 
He  requested  me  to  accompany  him  to  the  Mayor’s  office  to 
discuss  what  should  be  done. 

I  expressed  to  Prof.  Sayre  and  Mayor  Gunther  that  chemical 
agents,  if  liberally  employed ,  could  decompose  and  destroy  all 
these  disease-spreading  agents ;  that  ships  could  be  disinfected 
in  twenty-tour  or  forty-eight  hours  better  than  by  a  detention 
of  forty  days  for  ventilation ;  that  modern  chemistry  would 
enable  us  to  almost  abolish  quarantine  by  shortening  the  cus¬ 
tomary  delay  which  its  name  involves. 

Carte  blanche  was  given  by  the  Mayor. 

Accompanied  by  my  assistant,  Dr.  A.  W.  Wilkinson,  a  visit 
was  paid  to  Dr.  Swinburne,  then  Health  Officer  at  Quarantine, 
who  gave  his  cordial  co-operation. 

Among  the  most  efficient  agents  with  which  wTe  successfully 
disinfected  the  ship  referred  to  as  freighted  with  disease,  and 
many  other  vesseis  w  hich  subsequently  arrived  from  dangerous 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


473 


ports,  was  chlorine  gas.  Bolls  of  sheet  lead  were  taken  on 
board  the  vessels,  with  hundreds  of  pounds  of  common  salt  and 
peroxide  of  manganese;  also  carboys  of  sulphuric  acid.  The 
lead  was  unrolled,  turned  up  at  the  edges,  so  as  to  make  recep¬ 
tacles  eight  or  ten  feet  in  length  and  four  feet  in  breadth.  Into 
these  troughs  the  salt  and  the  manganese  were  mingled  with 
water,  forming  a  black  mud,  and  when  all  were  ready  to  leave 
the  hold  or  part  of  the  vessel  where  the  troughs  had  been 
placed,  a  carboy  or  more  of  sulphuric  acid  was  poured  into  the 
aforesaid  mixture. 

Huge  volumes  of  chlorine  were  immediately  given  off;  hun¬ 
dreds  of  pounds  of  this  greenish-colored  gas  arose  and  diffused 
in  every  direction.  The  hatches  were  “  battened  down,”  and 
this  potent  element  was  left  to  accomplish  our  purpose,  viz.,  to 
dehydrogenate,  and  thus  decompose,  the  death-breeding  gases 
and  germs. 

That  this  mode  of  treatment  was  eminently  successful,  was 
demonstrated  by  the  fact  that  not  a  single  case  of  cholera 
appeared  in  this  city,  or  the  cities  connected  Avitli  this  port,  or 
the  section  of  our  country  to  which  the  emigrants  passed.  So 
complete  was  the  disinfection  that  not  only  were  the  ships 
purified,  but  also  the  articles  of  merchandise  from  infected 
ports,  as  well  as  the  baggage  of  cabin  passengers  and  emi¬ 
grants.  In  previous  years  cholera  was  known  to  have  been 
developed  in  the  interior  of  this  State  from  boxes  and  trunks 
containing  household  articles  which  had  been  brought  from 
parts  of  Europe  where  the  disease  existed. 

Who  can  estimafe  the  loss  of  life  and  property  had  cholera 
been  introduced  into  New  York,  and  thus  probably  have  been 
disseminated  through  the  country '? 

I  am  happy  to  learn  that  this  process  has  been  continued  by 
my  quondam  college-mate,  Dr.  S.  Oakley  Vanderpoel,  the 
present  Health  Officer  at  Quarantine,  to  whom  our  city  and 
the  country  is  indebted  for  his  faithful  and  efficient  services. 

Three  years  ago  I  was  asked  by  the  present  Commissioners 
of  Charities  and  Correction  to  undertake  the  purification  and 
disinfection  of  the  surgical  wards  of  Bellevue  Hospital.  In 
certain  wards  pyaemia  had  proved  \Tery  fatal.  The  heroic  chlo¬ 
rine  treatment  (if  I  may  use  this  expression)  was  adopted  for 
the  wards,  and  ozone  for  the  water  closets. 

Strips  of  paper  were  pasted  over  the  crevices  around  the 
windows  and  doors.  Troughs  of  lead,  as  before  described, 
were  brought  into  the  ward ;  a.  sack  of  salt  Avas  emptied  into 
them,  and  about  an  equal  weight  of  black  oxide  of  manganese. 
These  Avere  intimately  mixed,  by  stirring  them  with  water,  by 
means  of  wooden  shovels.  A  carboy  of  sulphuric  acid  avus 
emptied  into  pitchers,  basins,  and  other  vessels,  and  placed  by 
the  sides  of  the  troughs.  The  floors  were  then  wetted  with 
water,  and  steam  was  alloAved  to  escape  from  the  heaters  until 
the  condensed  moisture  had  dampeued  the  ceilings  and  was 
trickling  down  the  walls. 


474 


Curren  t  Medical  Literature. 


[October 


Half  a  dozen  assistants  groped  their  way  with  me  through 
the  mist  to  the  sides  of  the  most  remote  trough  ;  each  of  us 
simultaneously  poured  out  the  contents  of  the  vessels  tilled 
with  sulphuric  acid  upon  the  salt  and  manganese,  repeating 
this  operation  at  the  second  trough.  We  then  hastily  made 
our  exit,  and  nailed  up  the  door,  lest  any  one  should  accident¬ 
ally  enter;  for  the  amount  of  chlorine  thus  liberated  would 
have  proved  fatal  to  any  one  who  might  have  ventured  into  its 
presence. 

The  next  day  the  windows  were  opened  from  the  outside, 
and  after  an  hour  or  more  of  ventilation,  we  entered,  and  hav¬ 
ing  first  filled  the  earthen  vessels  with  sulphuric  acid,  we 
stirred  up  the  mass  resulting  from  the  previous  day’s  reaction, 
then  added  this  second  dose  of  acid,  and  again  rapidly  retreated 
and  secured  the  door. 

In  the  first  ward,  where  pyaemia  had  proved  most  fatal,  the 
contents  of  the  troughs,  chiefly  sulphate  of  soda  and  sulphate 
of  manganese,  were  removed,  and  a  second  sack  of  salt,  with 
its  equivalent  of  peroxide  of  manganese,  were  mixed  in  them 
with  water,  and  the  full  complement  of  sulphuric  acid  poured 
into  the  mixture,  after  filling  the  compartment  with  steam  as 
before. 

The  walls  and  floors  were  then  washed  and  scrubbed,  alter  a 
third  liberal  treatment  with  chlorine  was  completed,  twenty* 
four  hours  having  been  allotted  for  each  dose  of  chlorine  to 
fulfill  its  fell  purpose,  viz.,  to  permeate  the  plaster  walls,  and 
the  very  stones  of  the  hospital  in  search  of  its  prey,  the  foul, 
death-dealing  gases  and  germs  that  lurked  in  these  hiding- 
places  defying  all  ordinary  methods  of  removal. 

After  a  day’s  ventilation  and  drying,  the  disinfection  was 
considered  complete.  It  was  a  pleasure  to  pass  from  the  adjoin¬ 
ing  wards  into  the  purified  one;  the  mawkish  flavor,  so  common 
to  even  ihe  most  cleanly  hospitals,  had  entirely  disappeared. 

To  test  the  efficiency  of  the  chlorine  gas,  the  cotton  sheets 
were  left  on  some  of  the  beds  when  the  first  charge  was  em¬ 
ployed.  The  next  day  these  sheets  were  so  tender  that  the 
least  touch  sufficed  to  crumble  them  to  pieces.  The  woolen 
blankets  were  disinfected,  but  uninjured. 

All  the  other  surgical  wards  in  the  north  wing  of  Bellevue 
Hospital  were  treated  twice  with  a  most  liberal  charge  of 
chlorine.  Estimating  from  the  quantities  of  the  chemicals  em¬ 
ployed,  between  two  and  three  tons  of  chlorine  gas  must  have 
been  produced  by  the  reaction  ! 

The  method  described  for  generating  chlorine  is  preferable 
to  the  employment  of  hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid  and  the  bi- 
noxide  of  manganese,  because  of  the  more  copious  yield  of  gas, 
as  may  be  shown  by  the  following  formulae: 

2(80,  HO)  +  Mn02  +  Na  Cl  = 

SO;)MnO  +  S03Na0  +  2(110)  +  01. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


475 


187!) J 

Here  all  the  chlorine  is  liberated  from  the  common  salt 
(chloride  sodium),  the  sulphate  of  manganese  and  the  sulphate 
of  soda  remaining;  whereas,  by  the  use  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
only  one-half  of  the  chlorine  is  discharged  as  a  gas :  thus, 

2(H  Cl)  +  Mn02  =  Mn  Cl  +  2  (HO)  +  Cl. 

the  other  portion  combining  with  the  manganese  to  form  the 
chloride  of  this  metal. 

The  first  process  generates  beat  by  the  action  of  the  sul¬ 
phuric  acid  and  the  water.  This  facilitates  the  diffusion  of 
the  heavy  gas. 

In  consequence  of  the  very  pronounced  odor  of  chlorine  gas 
many  persons,  including  physicians,  and  even  those  who  have 
written  on  the  subject  of  its  applicability  as  a  disinfectant,  err 
in  regard  to  the  quantity  that  should  be  relied  on.  One  distin¬ 
guished  physician  narrated  to  me  that  he  signally  failed.  He 
placed  some  manganese  in  a  saucer  and  poured  hydrochloric 
acid  upon  it !  Need  we  wonder  at  the  result  t 

Ln  a  recent  medical  journal  sent  to  me  a  description  of  modes 
of  disinfection  is  given  ;  under  the  head  of  chlorine  the  writer 
says,  “  Place  four  ounces  of  manganese  on  a  plate  and  add 
hydrochloric  acid  to  it !” 

There  are  incidental  advantages  in  resorting  to  sheets  of 
lead  as  a  suitable  receptacle  for  the  chemicals.  Troughs  of 
any  length  can  be  easily  and  quickly  made;  and  after  the  resi¬ 
dues  of  the  reactions  have  been  removed  they  can  be  rolled  up 
into  a  compact  form.  By  unrolling  them  and  turning  up  tlie 
edges  they  can  be  used  again,  and  as  often  as  desired.  The 
sulphuric  acid  forms  an  insoluble  sulphate  of  lead  on  the  inner 
surface,  so  that  the  metal  is  not  perforated  or  destroyed. 

The  water-closets  connected  with  the  surgical  wards  of 
Bellevue  Hospital  were  deodorized  and  disinfected  by  sprink¬ 
ling  in  the  urinals,  for  a  number  of  consecutive  nights  a  mix¬ 
ture  of  the  manganate  of  soda  and  the  sulphate  of  magnesia. 

In  contact  with  water  these  salts  produce  the  permanganate 
of  soda,  and  at  little  cost.  The  reaction  is  thus  expressed  bj' 
symbols : 

3(Mn  i)a  NaO  )  +  2(SO:,  MgO)= 

(Mn,  Or  NaO)  +  Mn(j,  +  2(SO:!  NaO)  +  2(MgO). 
Permanganate  Soda  +  Bmox:  Manganese  -l-  2(Sulpliate  Soda) 

+2(Magnesia.) 

In  contact  with  the  impurities  of  the  urinals  the  perman¬ 
ganate  ot  soda  decomposes,  yielding  a  most  active  form  of 
oxygen,  nascent  oxygen,  or  ozone,  which  at  once  deodorizes 
and  disinfects. 

This  mixture  has  no  unpleasant  flavor  such  as  characterizes 
carbolic  acid,  cresylic  acid,  chloride  of  lime,  hypochlorite  of 
soda  (Labarraque’s  solution),  and  many  other  disinfectants. 
It  may  be  constantly  applied  without  annoying  the  patients  of 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


47(J 


[October 


the  sick  room  or  hospital.  It  should  be  kept  by  the  side  of  the 
urinal,  and  the  mixed  powders  should  be  thrown  into  the  vase 
or  urinal  each  time  it  is  used. 

The  liberal  generation  of  chlorine  gas  has  been  repeated  at 
Bellevue  every  few  months,  and  with  the  happiest  results. 
The  most  sanguine  anticipations  could  not  surpass  the  state¬ 
ment  made  by  Dr.  James  R.  Wood,  the  oldest  surgeon  of  the 
hospital,  that  “  since  this  thorough  purification  no  case  of 
pyaemia  has  originated  in  the  surgical  wards!” 

A  few  years  ago  the  Commissioners  of  Charities  and  Correc¬ 
tion  had  under  discussion  the  advisability  of  stripping  the 
walls  of  Bellevue  end  relining  the  edifice  with  wood  and  plas¬ 
ter.  I  doubt  if  even  this  expensive  procedure  would  have 
accomplished  a  much  better  result  than  was  obtained  by  scrap¬ 
ing  the  walls  of  the  old  New  York  Hospital,  for  the  very 
stones  were  doubtless  impregnated  with  poison. 

If  we  ignore  chemistry,  the  ancient  Hebraic  process  is  the 
only  efficient  one — to  “  break  down  the  house,  the  stones  of  it, 
and  the  timber  thereof,  and  all  the  mortar  of  the  house,  and 
carry  them  forth  out  of  the  city  into  an  unclean  place unless 
we  construct  our  hospitals  of  wood,  and  burn  them  as  occasion 
demands. 

The  latter  method  would  effectually  carry  out  the  significa¬ 
tion  of  the  word  purify — the  treatment  by  fire. 

But  in  a  large  city  we  need  hospitals  distributed  within  its 
precincts.  The  application  of  the  torch  might  accomplish  more 
destruction  than  anticipated,  unless  hospitals  were  in  the  out¬ 
skirts  of  our  cities.  There  are  seventeen  hospitals  in  different 
parts  of  Paris. 

To  transport  patients  several  miles  diminishes  their  chances 
of  recovery,  especially  “  accident  cases.” 

The  explosion  of  the  Staten  Island  ferry-boat  Westfield  at 
the  South  Ferry,  shortly  after  the  demolition  of  the  old  New 
York  Hospital,  demonstrated  the  necessity  of  a  commodious 
hospital  in  the  lower  part  of  the  city.  Many  of  the  scalded 
and  mutilated  victims  of  this  horrible  accident  had  to  be  con¬ 
veyed  a  distance  of  three  miles  to  Bellevue ! 

From  10.  A.  M.,  until  3  o’clock  in  the  afternoon,  the  major 
part  of  the  active  brains  of  New  York  is  in  the  lower  extremity 
of  our  city.  Accidents  may  occur  to  the  rich  man  as  well  as  to 
his  hired  laborer.  Some  of  our  wealthiest  men  have  died  in 
their  down-town  offices.  Four  years  ago  one  of  the  mayors  of 
New  York  died  in  the  City  Hall.  Medical  men  of  distinction 
were  miles  away.  Had  there  been  a  hospital  down  town,  phy¬ 
sicians  of  exper  ience  could  have  been  commanded  instantly. 

Some  may  reply,  We  have  provided  a  few  beds  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  city  where  the  sick  and  injured  may  be  temporarily 
cared  for.  But  those  in  attendance  are  mostly  young  men,  and 
although  of  undoubted  ability,  have  not  enjoyed  the  years  of 
practical  knowledge  which  might  be  preferred. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


477 


If  a  large  hospital  was  established,  say  on  the  Battery,  the 
most  eminent  surgeons  and  physicians  of  our  city  would  be 
competitors  for  the  important  positions,  and  thus  at  all  times, 
assuredly  of  the  day,  their  services  might  be  commanded.  The 
attention  of  our  citizens,  and  of  the  Commissioners  of  Charities 
and  Corrections,  should  be  called  to  consider  the  advisability 
of  some  such  provision. 

One  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  New 
York  Hospital,  distinguished  for  his  deep  interest  in  caring  for 
the  sick,  and  whose  liberality  has  recently  been  expressed  in 
the  erection  of  a  surgical  pavilion  at  Bellevue,  favored  me,  at 
my  office,  shortly  after  the  completion  of  the  elegant  new  hos¬ 
pital  in  Fifteenth  street,  between  Fifth  and  Sixth  Avenues. 
The  purpose  of  the  visit  was  to  solicit  the  details  of  the  chem¬ 
ical  treatment  in  the  purification  of  Bellevue  Hospital. 

He  stated  that  attacks  had  been  made  in  the  public  journals 
upon  the  folly  and  extravagance  of  the  Board  in  constructing 
the  elaborate  and  expensive  building,  which  at  any  time,  and 
even  within  a  few  months,  might  become  in  part  impregnated 
with  disease,  so  as  to  be  unfitted  for  the  reception  and  treat¬ 
ment  of  patients  ;  and  like  the  north  wing  of  the  old  New  vork 
Hospital  in  Broadway  (just  above  the  City  Hall  Bark),  would 
have  to  be  abandoned,  and  this  in  the  face  of  the  views  of  many 
European  and  American  physicians,  that  hospitals  should  be  of 
wood,  and  burned  every  second  and  third  year. 

We  feel  justified  in  claiming,  as  the  result  of  personal  expe¬ 
rience,  that  the  ancient  destructive  methods  may  be  abolished ; 
that  by  resorting  to  the  active  and  diffusive  chemical  agents, 
in  sufficient  quantities ,  not  only  may  clothing  and  goods  be 
thoroughly  disinfected,  but  that  ships,  and  even  houses  and 
hospitals  of  solid  masonry,  may  be  speedily  and  completely 
purified. 

Chemistry,  heroically  employed,  may  save  nations  from  the 
miscalled  “  visitations  of  Providence,”  which  are  really  resul¬ 
tants  of  improvidence,  ignorance  und  neglect.  Thousands  of 
lives  may  be  spared  $  innumerable  sufferings  avoided ;  the  re¬ 
tardation  of  commerce,  by  the  forty  days’  delay  at  our  ports, 
prevented,  which  involves  millions  of  money ;  our  dwellings 
and  commodious  hospitals  kept  in  a  fitting  condition  for  those 
enjoying  the  blessings  of  health  or  suffering  from  accident  or 
disease. — Sanitarian ,  July,  1879. 


RECENT  PROGRESS  IN  THE  TREATMENT  OF  CHILDREN’S 
DISEASES . 


By  O.  H.  Harden,  M.D. 

On  the  Use  of  Benzoate  of  Soda  in  Diphtheria. — Dr.  Ludwig 
Letzerieh.*  The  author’s  studies  of  the  above  remedy  in 


Berliner  klinische  Wochenschrift,  February  17,  1879. 


478  Current  Medical  Literature.  [October 

diphtheria  were  instigated  by  the  experiments  carried  out  by 
Graham  in  the  laboratory  of  Professor  Klebs,  in  Prague.  The 
cases  subjected  to  treatment,  in  addition  to  numerous  sporadic 
ones,  embraced  twenty-seven,  which  came  under  his  care  dur¬ 
ing  an  epidemic  of  the  disease  in  Berlin.  Of  these,  three  were 
adults,  and  the  remaining  twenty-four  children ;  and  eight 
were  severe  cases,  with  extensive  local  affections  and  danger¬ 
ous  general  symptoms.  None  had  been  subjected  to  any  other 
treatment,  whether  local  or  internal.  There  was  a  fatal  result 
in  only  one  case,  a  child,  who  had  been  much  run  down  in 
health  before  the  attack,  who  was  badly  nourished,  and  who 
had  a  disposition  to  trouble  of  the  respiratory  organs.  Of  the 
eight  severe  cases  three  were  boys  and  live  girls,  and  their 
ages  were  between  five  and  eight  and  a  half  years.  In  all 
these  cases  there  were  high  fever,  delirium,  retention  of  urine 
and  of  fteces,  existing  often  befo.e  the  extensive  local  affection 
had  made  its  appearance.  In  the  blood  there  were  found 
numerous  bacteria  and  plasma  corpuscles  ( Plasmakugeln ),  from 
which,  by  cultivation  in  veal  broth,  very  large  colonies  of 
micrococci  became  developed.*  This  development,  in  the  cham¬ 
bers  for  cultivating  the  micrococci  ( Kulturlcanwiern ),  at  a 
temperature  of  86  degrees  to  95  degrees  Fahrenheit,  was  com¬ 
pleted  in  a  few  of  the  cases  before  the  extensive  exudations 
upon  the  tonsils  and  pharynx  had  made  their  appear¬ 
ance — a  proof  that  the  general  infection  often  takes  place  a 
long  time  before  the  localization  of  the  disease  makes  its 
appearance.  This  is  well  illustrated  in  typhoid  fever. 

What  is  the  action  of  benzoate  upon  soda  in  diphtheria1?  It 
has  been  shown,  the  author  alleges,  by  the  experiments  of 
Graham,  that  certain  quantities  of  this  remedy,  when  intro¬ 
duced  into  the  system  of  an  animal  infected,  will  in  a  certain 
time  put  a  stop  to  the  “  vegetation  of  the  dephtheric  poison,” 
the  amount  necessary  for  this  purpose  being  deter  mined  by  the 
weight  of  the  body.  In  this  manner,  accordingly,  the  dose  for 
children  and  adults  is  regulated,  and  it  is  claimed  by  him  that, 
up  to  the  present  time,  there  is  no  other  remedy  that  exercises 
so  rapid,  continuous  and  therapeutic  an  effect  upon  the  devel¬ 
opment  and  course  of  the  diptheritic  process  as  benzoate  of 
soda,  llis  formula  for  infants  under  one  year  old,  is : 

R.  Sodae  beuzoat.  pur.  -  -  5.0  or  Sodae  beuzoat  pur.  -  -  3i. 

Aquae  destillat.,  Aquae  destillat., 

Aquae  mouth,  ppb.  -  -  aa  40  0  Aquae  meoth.  ppt.  —  aa  ?i. 

Symp.  cort.  aurantii  -  10.  Syrnp.  cort.  aurantii  --  3ij.  M. 

S.  One  half  tablespoonful  every  Lour. 

The  dose  for  children  between  one  year  and  three  years  of 
age  is  given  as  seven  to  eight  grammes  (two  drachms)  dis¬ 
solved  in  three  and  one  half  ounces  of  the  vehicle,  the  whole 
amount  being  given  in  the  course  of  the  day  in  half  to  one 


*Vide  Arehiv  fiir  experimentale  Pathologie  and  Pharmakoiogie,  von  Klebs,  Schmiede- 
berg,  and  Naunyn,  Band  ix.,  Heft  3  und  4. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


479 


tablespoonful  doses.  For  children  between  three  and  seven 
years  of  age  eight  to  ten  grammes  (two  to  two  and  one  half 
drachms)  are  given  in  the  same  way.  Those  over  seven  years 
years  old  take  ten  to  fifteen  grammes  (two  and  one  half  to  four 
drachms),  and  for  adults  the  dose  is  fifteen  to  twenty-five 
grammes  (two  and  one  half  to  six  drachms)  daily  in  four  and 
one  half  ounces  of  the  vehicle. 

An  unpleasant  after-effect  of  the  medicine  has  never  been 
observed,  not  even  in  young  infants. 

The  diphtheric  membrane  was  treated  with  benzoate  of  soda 
in  powder,  being  sprinkled  on  or  applied  through  a  glass  tube 
or  quill.  There  is  n  3  slough  formed,  and  thereby  the  danger 
is  averted  of  its  acting  as  a  firm  covering  under  which  an  ener¬ 
getic  development  and  growth  of  the  organisms  can  take  place. 

The  insufflation  was  made  every  three  hours  in  severe  cases ; 
in  the  milder  forms  two  or  three  times  daily.  With  older  chil¬ 
dren  a  simple  solution  of  the  salt  (ten  to  two  hundred)  was 
used  as  a  gargle. 

The  author  cites  the  following  case  as  a  typical  illustration 
of  the  way  the  medicine  acts  upon  the  general  infection,  the 
effects  being  quite  uniformly  noticed  after  twenty-four  to  thirty - 
six  hours : 

W.  L.,  eight  years  old.  Treatment  began  on  June  19,  1878, 
the  second  day  of  the  disease : 


June  19th, 

evening, 

106.3°  Fahr. 

pulse  136 

“  20th, 

evening, 

102.2°  “ 

“  124 

“  21st, 

morning, 

101.6°  “ 

“  114 

U  U 

evening, 

100-4°  “ 

“  112 

“  22d, 

morning, . 

99.5°  “ 

“  104 

U  <  6 

evening, 

98.6°  “ 

“  104 

“  23d, 

normal, 

normal. 

In  the  above  case  the  membrane  on  tonsils  was  very  exten¬ 
sive,  and  was  powdered.  On  the  second  day  of  the  disease  it 
became  circumscribed,  thinner,  and  somewhat  more  transpa¬ 
rent,  and  on  the  5th  had  nearly  disappeared.  The  medicine 
was  continued  a  few  days  after  this  date,  but  at  longer  inter¬ 
vals,  and  the  small  exudation  spots  were  powdered  twice  daily, 
until  the  last  remaining  portion  had  completely  disappeared 
on  the  eighth  day  ot  the  disease. 

The  records  of  many  other  children,  equally  severely  affected, 
and  of  different  ages,  gave  nearly  the  same  results  as  the  above, 
and  the  effects  of  the  medicine  were  always  the  same.  The 
author  recommends  this  remedy  highly  in  gastric  and  intestinal 
catarrh,  particularly  of  infants,  and  states  that  at  times  the 
results  are  surprising  in  these  latter  cases.  He  recommends  it 
likewise  in  ( Mycotischen )  catarrh  of  the  bladder,  and  firmly 
believes  in  the  statement  of  Klebs  (to  whom  we  are  indebted 
for  the  employment  of  benzoate  of  soda),  that  it  is  to  be  recom¬ 
mended  in  all  diseases  which  originate  by  infection. — Boston 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

8 


480 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[October 


NEW  REVELATIONS  IN  SANITARY  SCIENCE. 

It  is  highly  gratifying  to  the  philosophic  mind  to  be  relieved 
from  groundless  fears ;  and  after  the  hullabaloo  that  has  been 
raised  by  heedless  sanitarians  about  noxious  effluvia,  foul 
drinking  water,  offensive  sewer  gas,  and  the  exhalations  of 
decaying  animal  and  vegetable  matter,  it  would  surely  be  a 
relief  to  all  to  discover  that  this  alarming  talk  has  little  found¬ 
ation  in  fact,  and  that  we  can  sleep  in  a  room  impregnated 
with  the  air  from  a  sewer,  and  drink  the  fluid  from  that  same 
channel,  without  risk  to  our  health.  Here  were  certainly  a 
matter  for  congratulation. 

Several  recent  writers  strive  to  carry  us  to  this  conclusion. 

From  one  of  them  we  have  already  quoted  in  this  journal — 
Dr.  George  Hamilton,  of  this  city.  In  the  last  volume  of  the 
Transactions  of  the  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia,  he 
has  a  paper  on  the  relation  of  sewer  gas  to  typhoid  fever,  an 
abstract  of  which  we  gave  at  the  time  it  was  read  (see  Reporter , 
vol.  xl.,  page  384).  He  endeavors  to  disprove  the  assertion 
that  sewer  gas  is  the  most  potent  and  common  cause  of  typhoid 
fever,  in  this  or  any  city ;  indeed,  he  considers  any  such  view 
“  utterly  untenable,”  “in  direct  antagonism  with  facts;”  and, 
in  fact,  argues  that  sewer  gas  has  nothing  to  do  with  typhoid. 
Nor  is  he  willing  to  credit  the  opinion  that  the  effluvia  arising 
from  decaying  vegetable  matters  is  a  source  of  the  disease. 

When  it  is  considered  that  the  typhoid  condition  is  closely 
akin  to  typhoid  fever,  that  it  often  can  hardly  be  distinguished 
from  it,  and  must  have  the  same  or  a  closely  allied  cause,  the 
exclusion  of  sewer  gas  and  decaying  organic  matter  from  its 
etiology  assumes  a  wide  and  most  important  interest  for  the 
surgeon  as  well  as  the  physician. 

Diphtheria  and  scarlet  fever  have  been  also  attributed  to 
these  same  agencies ;  but  several  writers  have  recently  decried 
this  with  great  vehemence.  They  point  to  the  intense  severity 
of  these  maladies  in  secluded  farm  houses,  in  well-drained 
mountain  hamlets,  in  windy  and  dry  upland  villages.  It  is 
claimed  that  diphtheria  is  often  more  fatal  in  such  localities 
than  in  the  most  densely  populated  blocks  of  down  town,  New 
York;  hence,  that  this  malignancy  has  nothing  to  do  either 
with  foul  air  or  impure  gases. 

Much  stress  has  been  laid  on  the  importance  of  pure  drinking 
water,  especially  that  it  should  be  free  from  organic,  particularly 
decaying  matter.  But  here  comes  Dr.  Rudolf  Emmerich,  one 
of  those  redoubtable  Germans  who  are  always  found  ready  to 
sacrifice  themselves  on  the  altar  of  science.  He  determined  to 
put  the  matter  to  the  test,  and  as  he  was,  like  Ctesar,  not 
afraid  to 

“  Drink  from  the  gilded  pool 
That  beasts  Avould  cough  at,” 

he  selected  two  of  the  dirtiest  open  ditches  in  Munich,  and 
made  their  undiluted  contents  his  daily  beverage,  to  the  amount 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


481 


of  a  quart  or  more.  He  first  examined  the  water  chemically 
and  microscopically.  It  was  to  the  eye  dirty,  and  to  the  nose 
foul  smelling,  and  that  to  such  a  degree  that  it  was  difficult  at 
first  to  avoid  involuntary  vomiting  after  taking  it.  It  contained 
fragments  of  garbage,  dirty  rags,  hairs  of  men  and  beasts,  par¬ 
ticles  of  feces,  etc.,  as  the  trench  was  the  general  receptacle  of 
privies,  dirt  carts,  dead  cats,  and  the  like. 

For  the  first  day  or  two  after  beginning  the  use  of  this  water, 
Dr.  Emmerich  suffered  from  headache,  loss  of  appetite,  catarrh 
of  the  bowels,  coated  tongue,  and  other  symptoms  of  a  light 
gastritis.  In  three  days’  time  all  these  symptoms  disappeared, 
and  for  a  month,  during  which  he  continued  to  drink  the  water, 
he  was  as  well  as  ever.  Next,  he  persuaded  two  couvalescents 
in  the  hospital  to  try  it.  One  had  been  suffering  from  consti¬ 
pation,  headache,  loss  of  appetite  and  muscular  pains;  after  a 
few  days’  use  of  the  ditch  water,  he  decidedly  improved.  The 
second  had  been  long  a  victim  to  dilatation  of  the  stomach  and 
dyspepsia.  He  was  not  the  least  injured  by  the  free  consump¬ 
tion  of  the  putrid  fluid.  Finally,  about  a  month  after  the 
doctor  had  ceased  his  experiments,  he  happened  to  be  attacked 
with  a  sharp  gastro  enteritis.  He  rejoiced  at  such  an  oppor¬ 
tunity  of  testing  his  ditch  water,  and  therefore,  without  using 
any  remedies,  he  began  to  drink  it  freely.  In  a  few  days  he 
was  weil ! 

From  these  experiences  (which  will  be  found  in  the  Wien- 
Med.  Blatter ,  No.  (>,  1879)  Dr.  Emmerich  concludes  that  u  the 
use  of  the  most  foul  and  putrid  drinking  water  produces  no 
injurious  result  on  the  system  in  health ;  and  even  existing 
affections  of  the  intestinal  canal  are  not  in  the  least  aggravated 
by  it.” 

What  have  the  sanitarians  to  say  to  these  facts  and  argu¬ 
ments  ?  Is  our  dread  of  uncleanliness,  after  all,  a  mere  figment 
of  the  imagination  ?  Shall  we  give  up  sewer  traps,  and  close 
drains,  and  water  filters,  as  useless  expenses  ? 

For  ourselves,  we  confess  we  are  far  from  satisfied  that  they 
are  needless ;  and  we  still  lean  to  the  opinion  that  pure  air 
and  water,  a  clean  skin  and  a  calm  conscience,  are  all  efficient 
measures  in  preserving  health  and  prolonging  life. — Medical 
and  Surgical  Reporter ,  September  0. 


OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  DIGESTION  OF  MILK. 

By  E.  F.  Brush.  M.D.,  Monnt  Vernon,  N.  Y. 

Mdk  may  be  divided  into  two  distinct  varieties,  according  as 
it  is  the  product  of  cud-chewing  or  non-cud-chewing  animals. 
This  is  a  distinction  to  which  I  think  sufficient  attention  has 
not  been  previously  drawn.  The  former  class — that  of  the 
cud-chewers,  to  which  of  course  the  milk  of  the  cow  belongs — 
contains  a  variety  of  caseine  which  coagulates  into  a  hard  mass 
under  the  action  of  the  digestive  ferment,  or  during  the  lactic 


482  Current  Medical  Literature.  [October 

ferment.  This  coagulation  takes  place  in  the  natural  process  of 
digestion  with  the  calf. 

During  the  summer  I  had  a  calf  which  l  tied  in  a  stable  out 
of  reach  of  any  food,  and  gave  it  nothing  but  fresh  milk  from 
its  mother ;  half  an  hour  after  the  ingesta  of  milk  I  always 
found  it  chewing  the  cud.  After  diligent  inquiry  I  have  been 
informed  that  the  same  takes  place  with  the  sheep  and  the  goat, 
the  other  domestic  ruminant  animals.  We  may  from  these 
facts  explain  the  difficulty  experienced  by  the  human  stomach 
in  digesting  the  milk  of  ruminating  animals. 

The  other  variety  of  milk — that  given  by  the  non-cud-chew¬ 
ing  animals,  to  which  the  human,  equine  and  canine  races  be¬ 
long — does  not,  under  the  action  of  rennet  or  acids,  coagulate 
into  the  hard  mass  we  find  in  the  cow’s  milk,  but  coagulates 
into  small  granular  or  floeculent  masses,  easily  diffusible. 

This  fact  explains  very  simply  the  advantages  of  kumyss  pre¬ 
pared  from  cow’s  milk  over  the  milk  itself,  in  the  artificial 
feeding  of  chlidren.  In  kumyss  the  caseine  is — if  we  may  be 
allowed  so  to  express  it — practically  regurgitated  and  chewed  ; 
i.  e.,  having  been  coagulated  it  is  resubdivided,  and  incapable  of 
being  coagulated  under  any  acid  or  ferment. 

There  are  other  differences  in  the  various  kinds  of  milk 
which  tender  modify  the  conditions  under  which  it  digests. 
For  example,  it  is  a  well  authenticated  fact  that  the  amount  of 
caseine  in  milk  is  always  in  inverse  proportion  to  the  amount 
of  sugar  contained  in  it ;  the  milk  of*  the  cud-chewers  contains 
the  smallest  amount  of  sugar  and  the  largest  amount  of  case¬ 
ine,  while  the  milk  of  the  non-cud-chewers  contains,  on  the  con¬ 
trary,  the  largest  amount  of  sugar  and  the  smallest  amount  of 
caseine.  Even  in  the  case  of  cow’s  milk,  in  varying  conditions 
of  the  animal’s  health,  as  the  proportion  of  caseine  diminishes, 
that  of  sugar  increases. 

Another  fact,  too,  deserves  notice.  The  less  sugar  a  given 
variety  of  milk  contains,  the  more  rapidly  does  lactic  fermen¬ 
tation  take  place  and  consequent  putrefaction  follow.  Now,  a 
milk  containing  a  large  amount  of  sugar  will  set  up  alcoholic 
fermentation  under  conditions  the  most  favorable  for  lactic  fer¬ 
mentation  in  a  milk  containing  a  small  amount  of  sugar.  The 
bearing  of  this  observation  is  that  putrefaction  follows  lactic 
fermentation,  whereas  alcoholic  fermentation  precludes  to  a 
certain  extent  any  form  of  putrefaetion. 

Here  we  have  another  reason  for  the  beneficial  effect  of 
kumyss  in  the  artificial  feeding  of  children,  for  in  kumyss  the 
sugar  is  all  changed  into  alcohol  and  its  associates.  There  is 
no  doubt  at  this  time  that  alcohol,  when  properly  presented,  is 
a  liydro-carbonaceous  food. 

I  will  now  relate  in  this  conuectiou  an  experiment  I  performed 
on  myself,  and  which  proved  that  the  alcohol  contained  in 
kumyss — say  3  per  cent. — is  all  destroyed  in  the  system. 

I  subsisted  for  a  number  of  days  on  kumyss  exclusively,  tak- 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


483 


ing  eight  bottles  a  day.  During  the  time  1  was  thus  subsisting, 
I  saved  all  the  urine,  which  I  distilled  and  redistilled,  and 
tested  for  alcohol.  But,  although  I  used  the  best  known  and 
most  delicate  tests,  1  failed  to  discover  the  slightest  trace  of 
alcohol. 

After  this  I  took  eight  bottles  of  kumyss  and  distilled  a  few 
ounces,  and  drank  the  distillate;  in  four  hours  I  discovered 
alcohol  in  the  urine.  This  simple  experiment  shows,  as  we 
have  said,  that  alcohol  as  contained  in  kumyss  is  destroyed  in 
the  system,  but  the  same  alcohol,  when  it  has  undergone  the 
process  of  distillation,  is  eliminated  as  alcohol. 

In  speaking  of  the  difficulty  presented  in  the  digestion  of 
cow’s  milk,  I  have  mentioned  kumyss  as  being  the  only  perfect 
substitute  for  milk,  as  it  contains  all  that  is  valuable  in  milk 
without  the  indigestible  coagulum.  1  have  under  consideration 
other  means  ot  preparing  cow’s  milk  to  render  it  suitable  for 
children’s  food,  so  that  it  may  be  prepared  by  those  who  live 
in  places  where  kumyss  can  not  be  procured,  and  1  may  here¬ 
after  communicate  to  the  profession  the  results  of  these  inves¬ 
tigations  and  experiments. — A.  Y.  Medical  Journal ,  Sept.  ’79. 


CHRONIC  RHEUMATIC  CARDITIS. 

By  N.  S.  Davis,  M.D. 

In  purely  chronic  cases  1  have,  for  many  years,  used  differ¬ 
ent  preparations  of  the  cimicituga,  the  phytolacca,  and  the 
stramonium,  either  singly  or  combined  in  various  proportions, 
and  with  considerable  benefit.  Nearly  two  years  since,  my  at¬ 
tention  was  called  to  the  use  of  the  senecio  aureus  as  a  remedy 
of  value  in  relieving  chronic  rheumatic  irritation  in  any  of  the 
fibrous  structures  of  the  body,  and  especially  for  removing 
that  state  of  morbid  sensitiveness  we  call  the  rheumatic  dia¬ 
thesis.  I  had  under  treatment  at  the  time  a  delicate  girl,  nine 
years  of  age,  who  had  been  attacked  four  years  previously 
with  severe  acute  rheumatism,  that  involved  in  its  progress 
nearly  all  the  articulations  and  the  left  side  of  the  heart.  After 
a  protracted  period  of  suffering,  she  recovered,  leaving  a  well 
marked  rough  bellows  murmur  over  the  left  cardiac  region, 
with  the  usual  embarrassment  on  taking  active  exercise-  She 
had  continued  extremely  sensitive  to  atmospheric  changes,  and 
had  renewed  attacks  of  rheumatic  fever,  with  swelling  and 
pain  in  some  of  the  articulations,  and  increased  cardiac  distur¬ 
bance,  two  or  three  times  a  year,  in  spite  of  the  most  vigilant 
precautions.  She  spent  one  of  the  winters  in  Florida,  but  had 
a  renewal  of  the  rheumatism  in  a  few  weeks  after  her  return. 
It  was  at  this  time  that  a  friend  of  the  child’s  father  told  him, 
if  he  would  get  some  senecio  aureus  root,  put  it  into  whisky, 
and  give  the  girl  some  three  times  a  day,  it  would  cure  her. 
The  positive  assurances  of  the  friend  evidently  made  an  im¬ 
pression  on  the  father’s  mind,  and  induced  him  to  call  my  at- 


ij  84  Current  Medical  Literature.  [October 

tentioii  to  the  matter.  On  referring-  to  such  books  as  were  at 
hand,  I  found  the  article  named  in  the  list  of  secondary  articles 
of  the  Materia  Medica,  with  no  other  account  of  its  virtues 
than  the  statement  that  it  was  reputed  to  possess  moderate 
diaphoretic  and  diuretic  properties.  Thinking  that  it  would 
do  no  harm  to  gratify  the  father’s  desire  to  try  the  remedy, 
and  finding  no  preparation  of  it  in  the  drug  stores  except  a 
small  quantity  of  fluid  extract,  the  little  patient  was  put  upon 
the  use  of  this,  commencing  with  0.3  C.  O.  three  times  a  day. 
Subsequently  some  tresh  root  was  procured,  and  a  perfectly 
reliable  fluid  extract  prepared  for  her  use.  This  dose  was 
gradually  increased  to  0.0  C.  C.,  and  its  use  was  continued 
faithfully  seven  or  eight  months.  No  other  remedies  were 
used,  and  no  changes  were  made,  either  in  hygienic  manage¬ 
ment  or  residence  ;  but  from  the  time  she  commenced  to  take 
the  remedy,  until  the  present  time — nearly  two  years — she 
has  not  had  the  slightest  return  of  rheumatic  irritation,  and 
has  slowly  increased  in  flesh  and  strength,  and  is  now  able  to 
exercise  quite  freely  with  her  playmates.  There  is  still  an 
audible  murmur  over  the  left  side  of  the  heart,  but  much  less 
rough  and  harsh  than  two  years  ago.  At  no  time  during  the 
use  of  the  remedy  has  there  been  observable  any  active  dis¬ 
turbance  of  the  functions  of  the  system.  From  the  first,  her 
appetite  began  to  improve,  and  the  functions  of  the  skin,  kid¬ 
neys  and  bowels  have  been  performed  with  entire  regularity. 
Only  once  has  there  been  need  of  medical  interference,  and 
that  only  for  two  or  three  days,  on  account  of  slight  sore 
throat. 

Of  course  the  result  in  this  case,  standing  alone,  would 
prove  nothing.  The  use  of  the  remedy  and  the  subsequent 
change  in  diathesis  might  be  a  mere  coincidence.  But  during 
the  past  year  or  eighteen  months  I  have  prescribed  the  remedy 
in  the  form  of  fluid  extract  in  a  large  number  of  cases,  and 
with  sufficiently  favorable  results  to  justify  you  and  the  pro¬ 
fession  generally,  in  making  a  thorough  investigation  concern¬ 
ing  its  value  and  remedial  properties. 

While  on  this  subject,  there  is  one  important  error  concern¬ 
ing  which  I  wish  to  caution  you,  and  that  is,  the  tendency, 
when  treating  chronic  diseases,  and  especially  when  endeavor¬ 
ing  to  correct  morbid  diathesis  or  constitutional  conditions,  to 
change  remedies  too  often.  We  are  apt  to  forget  that  most  of 
these  conditions  are  the  result  of  slowly  acting  causes,  and  in¬ 
volve  alterations  in  the  adherent  properties  of  the  tissues  that 
can  be  changed  back  in  the  direction  of  health  only  by  slow 
and  persistent  influences,  both  of  a  hygienic  and  medicinal 
character. 

The  senecio  aureus  is  a  plant  that  grows  in  sufficient  quan¬ 
tities  throughout  the  northern  belt  of  the  United  States,  and 
is  familiar  to  medical  botanists. — Chicago  Medical  Journal  and 
Examiner ,  September,  L879. 


187!)  j 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


485 


BEEF  AND  ICE  CREAM. 

The  following  is  an  article  of  dietary  importance.  I  believe 
it  originated  with  me.  Lt  is  simple,  novel  and  speaks  for  itself 
so  far  as  its  efficaciousness  is  concerned.  I  combine  ice  cream 
and  beef  so  as  to  make  a  homogeneous  mass.  These  are  about 
the  properties :  120  grams  cream,  30  grams  sugar,  8  grams  ext. 
vanilla,  8  grams  beef  juice,  (“  Johnston’s  ”  1  have  generally 
used,  but  the  juice  squeezed  from  beef  steak  is  just  as  good). 
Any  confectioner  can  make  it  extemporaneously  (or  within  an 
hour)  or  it  can  be  made  at  home  at  short  notice.  It  has  done 
me  excellent  service. — James  I.  Tucker,  M.D. — Chicago  Medical 
Journal  and  Examiner ,  July,  1879. 


CUPRUM  AMMONIATUM  IN  NEURA.LGIA  OF  THE  FIFTH. 

( Bulletin  de  V Academie  de  Medicine.)  (Seance  of  1st  April, 
1879.  By  Dr.  Fereol.)  Dr.  Fereol  has  obtained  marked  and 
sometimes  instantaneous  relief  from  the  exhibition  of  cuprum 
ammoniatum,  in  obstinate  cases  of  neuralgia  of  the  fifth  pair  of 
nerves.  He  does  not  claim  to  have  found  an  infallible  remedy, 
but  modestly  asks  for  it  a  trial  iu  this  troublesome  affection. 
In  one  or  two  cases  the  patients  who  were  relieved  had,  pre¬ 
vious  to  its  administration,  been  deprived  of  sleep  for  weeks. 
The  commencing  dose  should  vary  from  gr.  0.10  to  0.15  a  day, 
gradually  increased  to  gr.  0.30  or  even  0.50,  carefully  watching 
the  susceptibility  of  each  individual.  It  is  best  administered 
in  pills  or  capsules,  and  the  daily  amount  above  indicated 
should  be  divided  into  eight  or  ten  parts,  to  be  taken  at  inter¬ 
vals,  preferably  with  food.  It  is  important  to  continue  the 
treatment  for  twelve  or  fifteen  days  after  the  cessation  of  pain. 
—  Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner,  July,  1870. 


VENTILATION  OF  HOSPITALS. 

1  was  recently  called  professionally  to  attend  the  veteran 
ventilating  engineer,  Prof.  J.  Wilkinson,  of  Baltimore,  Md., 
who  has  spent  the  past  three  years  in  the  Northwest  in  supply¬ 
ing,  for  a  variety  of  purposes,  the  system  known  as  sub-earth 
ventilation,  which  has  ol  late  been  introduced  in  Prussia  and 
other  countries  of  Europe.  The  system  has  been  in  use  in  this 
and  adjoining  Stales  more  than  two  years,  and  is  said  to  have 
proved  par  excellence.  1  have  Irequently  heard  of  the  remark¬ 
able  results  attained  by  its  use,  but  had  not  familiarized  myself 
with  the  detail  of  construction  necessary,  or  the  scientific  prin¬ 
ciples  involved  in  the  system,  until  I  formed  the  acquaintance 
of  Prof.  W.,  the  inventor  of  it. 

It  has  been  mainly  used,  hitherto,  in  structures  for  the  manu¬ 
facture  of  dairy  products,  for  which  it  has  proved  to  be  admi¬ 
rably  adapted. 

Confidently  believing,  as  1  do,  that  the  system  is  superior 


486  Current  Medical  Literature.  [October 

to  any  other  for  hospital  buildings,  I  wish  to  present  it  to  the 
attention  of  the  medical  profession,  for  which  I  desire  to  avail 
myself  of  the  columns  of  the  Record ,  believing  that  to  be  the 
most  useful  and  efficient  medium  of  laying  it  before  the  largest 
number  of  the  most  intelligent  medical  practitioners. 

I  will  describe  the  appliances  used,  and  the  results  attained, 
which  latter,  I  think  it  will  be  conceded,  are  just  what  consti¬ 
tute  essential  characteristics  of  all  structures  for  human  occu¬ 
pancy,  and  more  especially  of  those  that  are  to  be  the  houses 
of  the  sick  and  demented. 

Buildings  are  supplied  with  air  by  means  of  a  subterranean 
air-duct  placed  in  a  stratum  of  earth  in  which  the  temperature 
is  uniform  perpetually.  Both  entrances  of  the  duct  are  open  : 
one  to  receive  atmospheric  air  from  the  most  salubrious  point 
available,  through  a  well  or  shaft  with  the  bottom  of  which  the 
duct  connects;  the  other  to  discharge  and  distribute  said  air 
to  all  the  apartments  to  be  tempered  and  ventilated. 

The  supply  of  air  is  regulated  by  adjustable  valves,  and  any 
required  volume  of  it  may  be  supplied  to  a  building  at  the  same 
temperature  as  that  of  the  earth  in  which  the  duct  is  placed. 

This  uniform  temperature  in  the  air  supplied  is  unaffected  by 
the  extremes  of  temperature  in  the  external  air,  and  is  perpetu¬ 
ally  about  50°  F. 

The  walls  of  the  duct  being  of  a  lower  temperature  than  that 
of  the  outer  air  in  warm  weather,  when  air  is  liable  to  contain 
an  excess  of  humidity,  it  is  condensed  on  the  walls,  and  is 
absorbed  by  the  clay  bottom  with  which  the  ducts  are  con¬ 
structed,  and  the  air  is  delivered  to  the  building  in  an  anhy- 
drated  condition. 

In  case  it  is  desirable  to  retain  any  of  the  humidity  with 
which  the  air  is  charged,  this  is  secured  by  the  use  of  a  plu¬ 
rality  of  ingress  shafts  properly  distributed  along  the  line  of 
the  supply-duct,  by  the  adjustment  of  valves  in  which  air 
properly  tempered  and  with  variable  degrees  of  humidity  may 
be  obtained.  Additional  devices  for  deodorizing  and  disinfect¬ 
ing  to  a  still  greater  degree  than  that  secured  by  the  clay 
surfaced  bottom  of  tin*  duct  have  recently  been  invented  and 
tested  by  Prof.  W.,  and  found  to  possess  superlative  potency, 
and  their  hygienic  value  is  believed  to  be  so  great  that  an 
application  for  a  patent  for  them  will  soon  be  made. 

The  walls  of  the  duct  being  moistened  by  the  condensation 
of  vapor  on  them,  they  effectually  arrest  all  dust,  pollen,  and 
motes  floating  in  air,  transmitted  by  the  duct  as  it  is  now  used. 
The  duct  has  invariably  proved  to  possess  the  power  of  remov¬ 
ing  ozone  from  the  air. 

Dairy  scientists  contend  that  ozone  annually  occasions  a  loss 
to  the  dairymen  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  of  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  dollars.  The  effect  of  it  on  milk  set  for  butter¬ 
making  is,  1  am  reliably  informed,  so  disastrous  that  it  has  the 
effect,  every  summer,  and  several  times  during  the  same  season, 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


487 


to  reduce  the  amount  of  cream  obtained  from  a  given  quantity 
of  milk  from  35  to  00  per  cent.  I  believe  that  a  substance  in 
air,  capable  of  precipitating  acidification  and  the  action  of  fer¬ 
ments  to  such  a  degree  as  does  ozone,  must  materially  augment 
the  insalubrity  of  said  air,  and  that  means  for  its  removal  from 
air  will  add  an  invaluable  factor  in  methods  for  securing  the 
greatest  salubrity  in  the  atmosphere  of  human  habitations. 

This  system  of  ventilation  is  in  use  in  central  Mississippi, 
and  is  said  to  be  very  satisfactory. 

It  has  occurred  to  me  that  it  might  prove  well  adapted  to 
ventilating  quarantine  and  yellow  fever  hospitals,  for  which  T 
hope  it  will  be  tested  ere  that  unwelcome  visitor  again  appears 
in  its  favorite  localities.  C.  M.  Johnson,  M.D. 

— N.  Y.  Medical  Record ,  May  10,  ?79. 


SUDDEN  DEATHS  IN  DIPHTHERIA. 

By  A.  W.  Perrt,  M.D. 

One  of  the  most  terrible  and  uncertain  features  of  diphtheria 
especially,  and  to  a  less  extent  also  of  other  cachectic  diseases 
of  children,  is  the  frequent  occurrence  of  collapse  and  death 
after  the  most  serious  symptoms  have  disappeared  and  the 
patient  has  apparently  entered  into  convalescence.  It  has  been 
discovered  by  MM.  Mothien  and  Urbani,  in  1874,  that  when 
the  blood  contains  70  per  cent,  or  upwards  by  volume  of  car¬ 
bonic  acid  it  coagulates  spontaneously  in  the  blood  vessels.  The 
normal  volume  percentage  is  from  20  to  30  per  cent.  This  was 
ascertained  by  an  analysis  of  blood  drawn  from  a  man  who 
was  affected  with  a  spontaneous  thrombus.  In  diphtheria  a 
high  percentage  of  carbonic  acid  exists  in  the  blood,  and  deter¬ 
mines  the  formation  of  blood  clots  in  the  heart,  pulmonary 
artery,  or  any  of  the  systemic  veins.  The  excess  of  carbonic 
acid  in  the  blood  is  due  either  to  a  deficient  supply  of  oxygen 
to  the  lungs  by  respiration,  or  to  a  want  of  power  of  the  blood 
corpuscles  to  fix  oxygen,  and  this  last  is  due  to  some  obscure 
defect  of  assimilation.  In  these  patients,  who  appear  to  be 
convalescing,  we  find  no  real  appetite,  although,  if  urged,  they 
will  often  eat  a  sufficient  quantity  of  food.  They  slowly  get 
paler  and  more  emaciated  until  a  thrombus  occurs,  which  gives 
different  symptoms,  according  to  its  location.  M.  Bouchut, 
the  eminent  pediatricar  of  Paris,  has  formularized  this  as 
follows : 

u  In  all  the  cachexim  and  in  chronic  diseases,  thromboses 
may  develop  in  any  of  the  veins  from  the  head  to  the  feet,  and 
which  produce  a  group  of  symptoms  having  a  direct  relation 
with  the  function  of  the  organ  in  which  the  thrombus  is 
situated.” 

Sometimes,  a  week  or  more  after  the  throat  has  cleaned  off 
in  diphtheria  and  any  breaches  of  tissue  have  cicatrized,  a 
slight  excess  in  eating  is  followed  by  vomiting,  purging,  col- 

9 


488  Current  Medical  Literature.  [October 

lapse,  and  death  in  a  few  hours.  These  symptoms  are  due  to 
thromboses  in  the  gastric,  intestinal  or  cerebral  veins,  and  have 
no  relation  with  the  excess  in  eating,  except  coincidence. 
Heart-clot  is  a  more  common  cause  of  death,  which  has  also 
been  attributed  to  the  fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart  which 
occurs  in  diphtheria.  In  very  young  children,  under  three 
years,  the  thrombus  is  more  likely  to  occur  in  the  sinuses  of 
the  dura-mater,  giving  rise  to  edema  of  the  pia-mater,  convul¬ 
sions  and  coma.  After  a  thrombus  has  occurred,  the  case  is 
about  hopeless  ;  but  much  may  be  done  to  prevent  their  forma¬ 
tion  by  properly  nourishing  the  patient.  We  should  give  those 
remedies  which  directly  assist  in  the  digestion  of  the  food,  as 
pepsin,  lacto-peptin,  muriatic  acid,  or,  still  better,  where  they 
can  be  procured,  foods  already  digested,  viz.,  peptones,  or 
solutions  of  meat,  and  egg  in  artificial  gastric  juice,  and  extract 
of  malt. — San  Francisco  Western  Lancet ,  July,  1879. 


CASE  OF  EARLY  WOMANHOOD. 

Annie  D.,  aged  4  years,  was  brought  to  me  as  an  out-patient 
at  the  Children’s  Hospital  here,  by  her  mother,  who  stated 
that,  since  the  child  was  two  weeks  old,  she  had  sutfered  from 
a  discharge  from  the  genitals,  lasting  from  two  to  three  days, 
and  returning  as  near  as  possible  every  mouth ;  the  character 
of  the  discharge  beiug,  to  use  the  the  words  of  the  mother, 
u  exactly  the  same  as  from  herself,  when  she  was  unwell.”  The 
child  was  a  fat  plethoric  little  creature,  with  well  developed 
breasts,  as  large  as  are  usually  found  in  young  women  at  the 
age  of  16  or  17,  after  menstration  has  become  established ;  at 
times,  according  to  the  mother,  they  became  quite  hard  and 
prominent ;  the  nipples  were  dark,  and  rather  large,  over  a 
centimetre  long,  and  standing  prominently  out  in  the  centre  of 
dark  areolae,  two  centimetres  in  diameter. 

The  external  genital  organs  were  well  developed,  the  labia 
minora  being  especially  prominent.  With  the  greatest  ease,  I 
passed  my  index-finger  two  inches  and  a  half  up  the  vagina, 
without  causing  the  child  the  slightest  pain.  The  cervix  uteri 
was  large ;  and  indeed,  the  whole  organ  seemed  fully  as  big  as 
the  average  virgin  uterus  at  puberty.  The  front  of  the  abdo¬ 
men  and  the  back  were  covered  with  patches  of  ephelis.  The 
child  was  evidently  rickety,  genu  valgum  being  marked. 

The  case  seemed  to  me  an  interesting  one,  and  worth  record¬ 
ing  ;  for,  excepting  the  absence  of  pubic  hair,  the  child  was  a 
perfect  little  woman.  Strange  enough,  her  precocity  was  con¬ 
fined  alone  in  a  sexual  direction  ;  for  whilst  of  her  own  accord 
her  mother  had  seen  her  frequently  u  offer  her  breast  to  the 
baby,”  yet  mentally  she  did  not  exceed  the  capacity  of  her  age. 
The  presence  of  the  ephelis,  or  taches  liepatiques ,  is  undoubtedly 
rare  in  infants ;  and  in  this  case,  being  most  likely  connected 
with  the  advanced  stage  of  sexual  development  of  the  child, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


489 


1879] 


they  enhance  the  interest  of  the  case.— David  Drummond, 
Physician  to  the  Children’s  Hospital,  and  to  the  Infirmary, 
Newcastle-on-Tyne. — British  Medical  * Journal ,  July,  1879. 


INTRA  UTERINE  THERAPEUTICS. 

Dr.  Cnopf,  of  Nuremburg  ( Memorahilien ,  part  5,  1879),  has 
lately  tried  the  experiment  of  treating  rachitis  during  intra¬ 
uterine  life.  The  patient  was  a  woman  who  had  given  birth  to 
several  rickety  children.  Both  parents  were  seemingly  healthy, 
but  showed  traces  of  rickets.  Dr.  Cnopf,  treated  the  woman 
with  phosphates  for  several  months  previously  to  her  delivery. 
A  very  well  formed  healthy  male  child  was  born,  which  did  not 
present  the  slightest  symptoms  of  rickets. — British  Medical  Jour¬ 
nal, ,  July  19. 


THE  BEDOUIN  ARABS. 

In  Lady  Anne  Blount’s  recent  work  on  the  Bedouin  tribes  of 
the  Euphrates,  there  are  some  notes  as  to  the  physical  condi¬ 
tion  of  the  Arabs  that  are  medically  interesting  from  more  than 
one  point  of  view.  It  seems  that,  in  spite  of  their  absolute 
temperance  and  constant  open-air  life,  they  decay  prematurely. 
Well  made  and  handsome  in  youth,  at  40  their  beards  are  grey  ; 
at  50,  they  are  old ;  and  the  age  of  00  is  reached  by  few.  From 
childhood  up,  they  are  in  hard  training,  eating  but  once  a  day, 
and  then  sparingly  $  and  sleeping  on  the  ground.  This  ensures 
them  high  health  and  a  full  enjoyment  of  all  their  faculties,  at 
the  time ,  but  uses  the  body  rapidly ;  and  a  certain  “  staleness  ” 
follows,  which  the  Bedouins  acknowledge  by  withdrawing  early 
from  all  unnecessary  exertion.  The  reaction  is  quickly  felt  5 
men  of  forty  complain  of  indigestion,  rheaumatism,  etc.,  and  of 
the  first  positive  disease  they  die.  In  youth,  ill  health  or  defec¬ 
tive  powers  are  unknown ;  but  a  man  who  falls  seriously  ill 
has  as  little  chance  of  recovery,  as  the  wild  animal.  Doctors 
do  not  exist,  nor  is  there  any  knowledge  of  herbs.  The  sick  is 
jobliged  to  move  with  the  tribe.  He  is  set  on  a  camel,  and  clings 
to  it  as  best  he  can.  In  the  tent,  he  lies  surrounded  by  his 
friends,  who — very  Job’s  comforters — talk  to  him  till  he  dies, 
wounds  too  are  often  fatal,  from  want  of  knowledge  or  of  qniet. 
The  Bedouins  have  no  great  appearance  of  muscular  strength, 
but  they  are  singularly  active  and  enduring.  They  are  patient 
and  humane,  and  seldom  allow  their  passions  to  "pass  beyond 
control ;  one  main  reason  being  their  sobriety.  No  drink  stronger 
than  ulebben,”  or  sour  milk,  is  known  among  them  ;  and  they 
look  upon  the  use  of  all  fermented  liquors  as  disgraceful.  Brutal 
crimes  have  no  place  in  the  catalogue  of  Bedouin  sins.  The 
ivomen  are  in  person  proportionately  taller  than  the  men  ;  the 
alder  of  them  often  become  fat  and  unwieldy ;  the  younger  do 
all  the  labor  of  the  camp,  fetching  wood  and  water,  setting  and 
removing  tents,  milking,  and  cooking.  They  live  apart  from 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


400 


[October 


the  men,  except  their  nearest  relatives,  but  have  plenty  of 
society  amongst  themselves.  They  seem  to  have  good  health 
and  good  spirits ;  but  in  mental  qualities  the  women  of  the 
desert  are  usually  far  below  the  men,  their  range  of  ideas  being 
extremely  limited. — British  Medical  Journal,  July  19. 


REGENERATION  OF  THE  EYE. 

According  to  a  French  journal,  some  curious  facts  have  come 
to  light  about  the  regeneration  of  the  eye  during  experiments 
made  by  M.  Philipeaux.  He  has  aimed  to  ascertain  whether, 
on  completely  emptying  the  eyes  of  young  rabbits  and  guinea- 
pigs,  the  vitreous  humor  would  be  reorganized,  and  whether 
even  the  crystalline  lens  would  be  reproduced.  He  has  been 
careful  not  to  destroy  the  crystalline  capsule,  for  experience 
has  shown  that  in  order  that  an  organ  should  be  regenerated  a 
portion  of  it  must  be  left  in  its  place.  A  month  alter  the  muti¬ 
lation  was  effected,  the  eyes  which  had  been  emptied  were  tilled 
afresh,  and  the  crystalline  lens  was  restored.  He  operated  on 
twenty-four  animals,  and  in  each  case  the  mutilated  eye  revived. 
This  would  seem  to  show  that  the  optic  organ  has  the  same 
capabilities  as  the  bones  5  the  organic  process  repairs  an  in  jury, 
and  reconstructs,  more  or  less  completely,  that  portion  which 
has  been  lost. — Boston  Journal  of  Chemistry ,  July. 


A  NOVEL  IDEA. 

M.  Monclar,  a  noted  agriculturist  in  France,  has  suggested  a 
singular  plan  for  varying  the  flavor  of  meat.  He  imagines  that 
by  feeding  cattle,  sheep,  pigs,  and  poultry  in  a  particular  way, 
or  rather  by  flavoring  their  food  in  various  ways,  their  flesh 
may  be  rendered  much  more  agreeable  to  the  palate  than  it 
often  is ;  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  he  is  substantially 
right.  Thus,  for  instance,  one  can  assert,  as  the  result  of  per¬ 
sonal  experience,  that  poultry  which  have  been  fattened  upon 
food  containing  a  slight  admixture  of  chopped  truffles  are  far- 
better  eating  than  those  chickens  which  have  been  stuft'ed  or 
larded  with  truffles  after  they  are  killed.  It  is  only  natural 
that  such  should  be  the  case,  for  the  flavor  of  the  truffle  that 
is  consumed  by  the  chicken  permeates  the  whole  system,  which 
it  cannot  do  when  simply  placed  in  the  carcass.  M.  Monclar 
instances  cases  in  which  hares  killed  in  a  wormwood  field,  larks 
shot  in  a  cabbage  field,  and  eggs  laid  by  hens  which  had  eaten 
diseased  silkworms  had  such  a  nauseous  taste  that  no  one  could 
touch  them;  while,  upon  the  other  hand,  some  ducks  and  field¬ 
fares  which  had  fed  upon  sprigs  of  juniper  had  a  delicious 
flavor.  He  has  made  several  experiments— among  others  three 
upon  tame  rabbits,  which  he  fed  with  the  waste  of  anise-seed,, 
with  barley  and  bran  containing  a  slight  flavoring  of  juniper,, 
and  with  barley  and  bran  containing  a  little  essence  of  thyme. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


491 


In  each  case  he  found  that  the  flesh  of  these  animals  was  far 
better  eating  than  that  of  rabbits  fattened  in  the  ordinary  way, 
and  yet  that  there  was  no  trace  of  anise-seed  or  juniper  in  the 
taste.  His  conclusion  is  that  cattle,  sheep,  and  pigs  might  be 
fed  in  the  same  way,  and  that  by  varying  the  flavoring  matter 
beef,  mutton,  and  pork  might  be  made  to  have  several  different 
tastes. — Boston  Journal  of  Chemistry. 


DRUG  SMOKING. 

Our  readers  are  aware  that  medicated  cigarettes,  for  use  in 
asthma,  catarrh,  and  kindred  diseases,  have  become  popular  of 
late,  and  it  is  an  interesting  question  whether  this  mode  of 
administering  drugs  has  any  special  therapeutical  value.  I)r. 
B.  E.  Thompson  has  been  led  to  investigate  the  subject,  and 
gives  the  results  of  his  experiments  in  a  paper  in  the  London 
Practitioner.  He  says  that  the  simplest  and  surest  method  of 
combining  medicinal  agents  so  that  the  smoke  may  be  inhaled 
and  brought  into  contact  with  the  blood-vessels  of  the  lungs  is 
by  using  paper  soaked  in  a  weak  solution  of  nitre,  dipped 
afterwards  into  the  tinctures  or  solutions  of  the  drugs  to  be 
administered,  and  rolled  into  cigarettes  of  uniform  size.  The 
paper  most  suitable  for  the  purpose  was  found  to  be  Swedish 
filtering  paper,  which  burnt  freely  and  gave  out  but  little  odor. 
The  scent  of  the  smoke  was,  however,  so  disagreeable  that  it 
was  necessary  to  disguise  it,  and  the  following  formula  repre¬ 
sents  the  basis  of  each  cigar :  Swedish  filtering  paper,  size  4  by 

inches ;  nitre,  \  gr.;  tinctua  tabaci  ( l  in  8),  10  minims ;  ol. 
anisi,  J  minim.  A  solution  of  the  drug  to  be  experimented  on 
is  then  prepared,  the  paper  floated  on  the  solution,  dried,  and 
cut  to  any  required  size.  An  eighth  of  a  grain  of  opium  produced 
effects  which  were  too  intense,  and  1-64  of  a  grain  of  extract  of 
opium  was  found  to  be  sufficient  for  the  initial  dose.  Cigarettes 
with  this  amount  of  opium  were  smoked  by  four  healthy  men, 
and  in  a  few  minutes  a  decided  effect  of  dizziness  was  produced. 
Not  more  than  half  the  quantity  of  the  drug  can  have  been 
retained  in  the  lungs.  Short  accounts  are  given  of  nine  cases 
in  which  this  preparation  proved  useful.  In  the  first,  eleven 
hours’  sleep  were  obtained  by  smoking  half  a  cigarette. 

Dr.  Thompson  theu  sums  up  his  conclusions  as  to  the  admin¬ 
istration  of  opium  in  this  manner: 

The  smoking  of  opium  is  especially  adapted  to  cases  of  haras¬ 
sing  cough  ;  the  topical  effect  of  the  drug  is  immediately  ob¬ 
tained  without  any  part  of  the  dose  being  wasted  on  other 
tissues;  moreover,  this  mode  avoids  those  objectionable  effects 
which  are  a  bar  to  the  use  of  the  drug  when  it  has  to  be  given 
by  the  mouth  into  the  stomach.  Opium-smoking  is  peculiarly 
useful  in  those  cases  of  laryngeal  ulceration  in  which  all 
attempts  at  deglutition  are  accompanied  with  extreme  pain, 
and  the  topical  effect  of  the  anodyne  is  chiefly  sought. — Boston 
Journal  of  Chemistry ,  July. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[October 


492 


THE  DIPHTHERITIC  POISON. 

A  singular  instance  of  tbe  vitality  of  the  poison  of  diph¬ 
theria  is  reported  in  the  Vratschebnijia  Vedomosti.  A  gentle¬ 
man  in  the  south  of  Russia  had,  four  years  ago,  lost  a  boy 
from  diphtheria.  A  family  vault  having  recently  been  con¬ 
structed,  the  coffin  of  the  boy  was  transferred  thither.  Before 
it  was  lowered  down  into  the  vault,  the  father  wished  to  look 
at  the  body,  having  entertained  a  suspicion  that  the  child  had 
been  buried  alive.  An  opening  was  accordingly  made  in  the 
lid  of  the  coffin,  the  whole  family,  including  the  five  children, 
looking  on.  The  next  day  all  the  children  were  ill  with  diph¬ 
theria,  and  one  of  them  has  since  died. —  The  Hospital  Gazette. 


SACCHARINE  DIABETES. 

The  experiments  of  Dr.  Fiirbinger,  in  Berlin,  seem  to  show 
that  the  two  most  active  agents  in  reducing  the  excretion  of 
sugar  in  this  disease  are  salicylate  of  soda  and  carbolic  acid. — 
Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter ,  July  19,  1879. 


TAE  NECESSITY  OF  PROVIDING  CHILDREN?  WITH  WATER  TO 

DRINK. 

Dr.  Murdoch,  of  Pittsburgh,  has  writtan  a  very  sensible 
health-paper  on  the  Causes  and  Prevention  of  Cholera  Infantum. 
The  majority  of  cases  is  to  be  traced  to  the  food,  and  the  num¬ 
ber  is  greatest  among  bottle-fed  infants — on  sour  milk.  This 
cause  is  well  known,  of  course,  to  physicians,  but  we  doubt  if 
even  the  profession  is  at  all  times  wholly  alive  to  the  sanitary 
necessity  of  providing  water  for  children  to  drink.  Dr.  Mur¬ 
doch  says : 

“  Another  cause  of  the  great  mortality  among  children  is  the 
neglect  to  provide  them  with  cold  water  to  drink.  This,  especi¬ 
ally  during  the  hot  weather  of  summer,  is  the  source  of  more 
deaths  of  young  infants  than  all  other  causes  combined.  The  ex¬ 
planation  is  simple.  The  little  ones  during  the  hot  weather  per¬ 
spire  freely.  This  would  not  be  the  case  were  they  entirely 
naked,  but,  as  is  too  often  the  case,  they  are  kept  sweltering 
under  clothing  or  blankets.  The  water  which  they  lose  by  per¬ 
spiration  causes  them  to  be  very  thirsty  ;  they  require  water. 
If  no  water  is  offered,  they  will  drink  freely  of  any  fluid  that  is 
offered  to  them.  The  fluid  which  is  offered  is  usually  milk, 
often  milk  which  lias  become  sour  by  the  extreme  heat.  The 
child  is  thirsty,  but  not  hungry;  but  not  getting  the  water, 
which  it  does  want,  it  drinks  the  milk,  which  it  does  not  want. 
The  consequence  is,  the  child’s  stomach  becomes  overloaded 
with  food  which  it  has  not  the  power  to  digest.  This  food,  in¬ 
stead  of  nourishing,  is  a  source  of  irritation  to  the  child’s  stom¬ 
ach  and  bowels,  and  causes  vomiting,  purging,  cholera  infantum 
and  death. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


493 


u  Children  to  whom  no  water  is  offered  in  hot  weather  are 
like  men  cast  away  at  sea  with  no  fresh  water  to  drink  to  cool 
their  parched  tongues  and  quench  their  tormenting  thirst. 
These  men  will  drink  of  the  salt  sea- water,  and  it  is  said  that 
they  go  mad  with  the  distressing  thirst  which  they  have  there¬ 
by  increased.  The  salt  water  which  these  poor  shipwrecked 
men  are  tempted  to  drink  is  hardly  more  fatal  to  them  than  is 
the  sour  milk  which  is  often  the  only  fluid  offered  to  the  thirsty 
child. 

“  Water  is  the  sine  qua  non  in  the  management  of  children 
during  the  hot  weather  of  summer.  Even  children  at  the 
mother’s  breast  should  often  be  offered  water.  But  to  chil¬ 
dren  reared  upon  the  bottle  it  is  indispensable.  It  is  their  life. 
It  quenches  thirst,  supplies  the  place  of  water  lost  by  perspira¬ 
tion,  keeps  up  the  perspiration  which  is  necessary  for  main¬ 
taining  the  proper  temperature  of  the  body,  and  makes  the  little 
one  comparatively  comfortable.  It  will  do  all  this,  and  it  will  do 
more ;  for  if  the  child’s  thirst  was  always  appeased,  it  would 
refuse  food  when  not  hungry,  and  would  never  drink  milk 
when  the  milk  was  sour.  The  consequence  would  be  that  it 
would  only  take  milk  when  the  milk  was  sweet,  and  in  quan¬ 
tities  which  it,  would  be  able  to  digest.” — Louisville  Medical 
News,  July  19. 


BROMINE  IN  LARYNGEAL  CROUP. 

Dr.  W.  Bedenbacher  ( British  Medical  Journal ,  1879,  p.  234 ; 
from  Aerztliches  Intelligenz-Blatt ),  called  to  the  case  of  two  lit¬ 
tle  girls,  aged  respectively  5  and  7,  suffering  with  severe  croup 
of  the  larynx  and  air-tubes,  ordered  a  tablespoonful  of  the  fol¬ 
lowing  mixture  to  be  taken  every  hour  : 

If  Decocti  althese,  f  fiv  ; 

Potassi  bromidi,  3i ; 

Bromi,  gr.  ivss. ; 

Syrupi  simplicis,  f?i. 

On  again  visiting  the  patients,  whom  he  did  not  expect  to 
find  alive,  he  was  most  agreeably  surprised.  The  difficult 
breathing,  dry  hard  cough,  etc.,  had  all  disappeared $  the 
breathing  was  free,  and  the  cough  loose ;  several  portions  of 
croupal  membrane  had  been  coughed  up.  Recovery  followed, 
without  toxic  symptoms.  For  children  under  one  year,  the 
quantity  of  bromine  in  the  mixture  should  be  reduced  to  one 
grain  and  a  half,  and  for  those  from  one  to  four  years  old,  to 
three  grains. — Medical  Times. 


SURE  NIPPLES. 

It  is  observed  that  sore  nipples  are  often  due  to  the  habit 
which  many  young  mothers  have  of  applying  mallow  lotions 
to  them,  which  only  renders  the  mucous  membrane  unnatur¬ 
ally  tender.  They  also  frequently  induce  sore  nipples  by  the 


494 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[October 


practice  of  applying  the  child  to  the  breast  every  few  minutes. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  same  effect  is  produced  by  following 
the  advice  of  many  nurses  to  defer  commencing  suckling  to  the 
second  or  third  day. 

The  breast  has  become  hard  and  swollen,  and  the  infant  can¬ 
not  draw  milk  by  sucking.  However,  from  whatever  cause 
sore  nipples  may  arise,  advise  abstinence  from  employment  of 
any  of  the  numerous  remedies  (especially  those  of  a  greasy 
character)  which  are  being  constantly  recommended  as  infalli¬ 
ble,  and  as  constantly  falling  into  disuse.  Instead  of  these, 
however  deep  and  extended  the  chaps  may  be  :  Wash  the  nip¬ 
ple  in  pure  water,  and  carefully  dry  it,  and  then  powder  it  and 
the  sores  with  suberine,  i.  e.,  the  impalpable  powder  of  cork. 
This,  too,  is  much  to  be  preferred  in  the  hygiene  of  infancy  to 
the  inert  powder  lycopodium,  for  it  is  cheaper  and  contains 
some  tannin.  Over  the  suberine  is  to  be  placed  a  portion  of 
gold  beater’s  skin  cut  star  fashion,  in  the  centre  of  which  some 
apertures  have  been  made  by  means  of  a  very  fine  needle. 
Whenever  the  infant  is  about  to  suckle,  the  suberine  is  to  be 
washed  off,  and  the  gold  beater’s  skin  reapplied,  by  means  of 
which  the  child  will  suck  without  causing  any  pain.  When  it 
has  finished,  the  suberine  and  the  gold  beater’s  skin  are  to  be 
replaced  and  so  on  every  time.  This  simple  treatment  always 
succeeds. — American  Medical  Bi-  Weekly. 


CARBOLIC  ACID  IN  SHINGLES. 

Dr.  Lamberti  reports,  in  the  Revista  Clinica  di  Bologna ,  a 
case  of  herpes  zoster,  or  “  shingles,”  which  he  cured  in  a  single 
day  by  means  of  carbolic  acid.  He  painted  carefully  the  vesi¬ 
cles  with  the  liquid  acid,  using  a  camel-hair  brush,  and  then 
covered  the  whole  part  with  a  thick  layer  of  cotton  wool.  It 
caused  severe  burning  pain  for  two  hours,  after  which  ease  was 
obtained,  and  the  patient,  having  received  a  dose  of  chloral 
hydrate,  fell  asleep,  and  awoke  the  next  day  feeling  quite  well. 
Nothing  more  was  done,  but  the  cotton  wool  was  left  on  for 
three  days.  On  its  removal  then  the  vesicles  were  all  dried 
up,  the  crust  adhering  to  the  cotton-wool,  and  the  spots  that 
remained  were  not  in  the  least  tender.  A  saline  purgative  and 
a  drink  containing  bicarbonate  of  soda  were  the  only  medicines 
taken.  No  return  has  occurred  after  two  years,  and  Dr.  Lam¬ 
berti  thinks  this  method  of  treatment  may  frequently  prove  of 
great  value. — Boston  Journal  of  Chemistry. 


DEODORIZED  IODOFORM. 

The  very  unpleasant  pungent  odor  of  iodoform  can  be  com¬ 
pletely  masked  by  oil  of  peppermint.  For  instance,  iodoform 
2.0,  vaseline  30.0,  rubbed  up  with  six  drops  of  oil  of  pepper¬ 
mint  make  an  ointment  with  a  pleasant  aromatic  scent. — Hos¬ 
pital  Gazette. 


1879] 


Editorial. 


495 


j^DITOF\IAL. 


FIGHTING  YELLOW  FEVER. 

Autumn  has  returned,  soon  to  bring  the  period  of  respite  from 
outbreaks  of  yellow  fever.  For  after  all  the  vigorous  efforts 
hitherto  made  to  arrest  the  spread  of  this  disease,  the  eagerness 
with  which  we  hail  the  approach  of  frost  shows  that  our  trust  in 
natural  causes  to  effect  this  end  is  altogether  better  confirmed 
than  in  human  agencies.  But  a  concession  such  as  this  need 
not  invalidate  an  affirmation  that  great  good  has  followed  efforts 
to  arrest  the  spread  of  yellow  fever  in  1879,  nor  even  further, 
that  measures  instituted  to  stamp  out  the  disease  after  its  ap¬ 
pearance,  had  been  followed  by  successful  results,  however 
brought  about. 

In  proof  of  the  first  of  these  averments,  we  may  cite  our 
readers  to  the  great  numbers  of  cases  and  outbreaks  in  differ¬ 
ent  localities  from  which  no  spread  has  occured.  The  meas¬ 
ures  practiced  in  all  these  instances  have  been  isolation  and 
disinfection. 

Unquestionably  isolation  is  the  most  important  of  all  meas¬ 
ures  to  prevent  spread  of  yellow  fever.  The  plain  old  farmer 
who  last  year  told  the  writer  that  he  did  not  believe  u  yellow 
fever  could  go  anywhere  unless  you  tote  it,”  expressed  in  coarse 
but  strong  terms,  his  faith  in  an  attribute  which  no  one  denies 
that  yellow  fever  posseses — that  is — portability. 

Disinfection  must  still  be  reckoned  a  means  of  stopping  yel¬ 
low  fever  invasions  lacking  precise  formulation.  There  is  how¬ 
ever  a  very  strong  tendency  among  sanitarians  to  trust  more 
in  detersive  measures,  and  less  to  chemicals  than  formerly. 
This  we  especially  commend. 

New  Orleans  has  this  year  escaped  an  epidemic— in  truth, 
not  over  forty  cases  have  occurred  during  the  whole  year  In 
the  meantime  the  Citizens’  Auxiliary  Sanitary  Association  and 
the  State  Board  of  Health  have  worked  with  great  energy  and 
success,  to  make  the  city  as  clean  as  possible.  Yellow  fever  is 
not  a  u  dirt  disease,”  like  cholera  and  typhus  fever ;  but  no  one 
can  affirm  the  character  or  amount  of  inliuence  favorable  to  its 
10 


49(i  Reviews  and  Booh  Notices.  [October 

spread  from  tlie  presence  of  filth.  All  admit  that  it  has  a 
special  cause.  Most  observers  consider  this  cause  a  contagium 
vivurn,  and  if  so,  some  organic  material  must  probably  constitute 
its  pabulum,  for  even  vegetable  organisms  require  organized 
substance  as  fertilizers  if  not  actually  for  food.  This  pabu¬ 
lum  may  be  often,  or  even  generally,  associated  with  filth. 
But  apart  from  any  arguments  of  this  kind,  all  old  ob¬ 
servers  of  yellow  fever  have  associated  with  its  tendency  to 
infect  localities  and  adhere  to  them  with  a  fixed  tenacity,  some 
quality  which  the  contagium  appears  to  possess,  of  planting 
upon,  or  attaching  itself  to  solid  surfaces.  Therefore  scalding, 
scrubbing,  scouring,  scraping  and  cleansing  all  surfaces  in 
proximity  to  yellow  fever  cases  should  be  a  rational  aud  valu. 
able  mode  of  disinfection.  It  must  of  course,  be  understood 
that  clothing,  bedding  and  all  textile  fabrics  be  included  in  the 
term  surfaces. 

To  conclude,  the  work  of  the  present  year  has  much  to 
encourage  us,  aud  our  profession  should  feel  hopeful  that  the 
day  is  near  at  hand  when  we  will  be  able  to  effectually  banish 
this  great  arch  euemy  to  our  public  health,  commerce  and 
prosperity. 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


Complimentary  Dinner  given  to  Professor  IS.  D.  Gross,  by  Ids 
;  jljft Medical  Friends,  in  Commemoration  of  his  Fifty-first  year  in 
the  Profession ,  April  10, 1879.  8vo.,  pp.  42.  Philadelphia : 
Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  1879.  [From  Arrnand  Hawkins, 
196£  Canal  street.] 

This  little  volume  gives  a  brief  account  of  that  interesting 
occasion,  together  with  the  principle  after-dinner  speeches,  let¬ 
ters  from  absent  invited  guests,  list  of  subscribers  to  the  enter¬ 
tainment,  of  the  invited  guests,  both  present  and  absent,  etc. 
The  most  appreciable  feature  of  the  book  is  the  frontispiece, 
a  well-executed  steel  plate  engraving  ot  Dr.  Gross.  The  face 
exhibits  all  the  benevolence  and  more  than  the  intelligence  of 
the  professional  philanthropist.  The  picture  might  properly 
represent  the  Genius  of  Medicine,  or  benevolence  and  knowl¬ 
edge  combined.  S.  S.  II. 


Reviews  and  Bool'  Notices. 


497 


1879] 

The  Advantages  and  Accidents  of  Artificial  Ancesthesia ;  a 
Manual  of  Anaesthetic  Agents ,  and  their  Employment  in  the 
Treatment  of  Diseases.  By  Laurence  Turnbull,  M.D.,  Ph. 
G.,  Aural ’Surgeon  to  Jefferson  Medical  College  Hospital, 
etc.  Second  edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  With  27  illus¬ 
trations.  12mo.,  pp.  322.  Philadelphia :  Lindsay  &  Blak- 
iston.  1879.  [From  Armand  Hawkins,  bookseller,  1964 
Canal  street.] 

This  edition  contains  as  new  matter,  the  results  of  some  late 
experiments  with  anaesthetics,  particularly  hydrobromic  ether, 
and  the  combinations  of  ether,  alcohol  and  chloroform  for  the 
purpose_of  determining  their  proper  proportions  and  advan¬ 
tages.  A  new  table  of  deaths  from  chloroform  is  introduced, 
running  from  1869  to  1879,  numbering  110  cases.  It  was 
thought  necessary  to  omit  the  bibliography  and  the  historical 
sketch  of  the  discovery  of  anaesthesia  from  this  edition,  to 
keep  the  book  within  limits  of  moderation. 

In  most  other  respects  the  original  purpose  of  the  work  has 
been  adhered  to,  viz.,  to  give  a  description  of  the  most  approved 
agents  used  as  anesthetics ;  to  state  their  composition,  phys¬ 
ical  aud'medical  properties  and  chemical  tests ;  to  describe  the 
best  modes  of  administering  them  as  well  as  the  precautions  to 
bo  observed  and  the  proper  methods  of  resuscitation,  in  case 
of  accidents  ;  to  compare  the  various  anaesthetics  and  inhalers 
in  use,  from  the  experience  of  the  author,  his  assistants  and 
his  friends ;  to  show  the  relative  safety  and  danger  of  various 
agents. 

Chloroform,  of  course,  occupies  a  prominent  part  of  the 
author’s  attention,  and  it  is  proper  for  our  Southern  readers, 
with  whom  this  agent  is  the  favorite,  to  know  that  he  regards 
it  as  highly  dangerous,  and  under  most  circumstances  improper 
for  use.  While  admitting  the  force  of  testimony,  that  accidents 
from  the  use  of  chloroform  are  relatively  less  frequent  at  the 
South  than  at  the  North,  he  suggests — “There  may  be  some¬ 
thing  in  the  difference  in  the  boiling  point  of  chloroform  in  the 
South,  and  in  the  fact  of  the  air  being  more  heating  and  stimu¬ 
lating.”  It  is  to  be  hoped  other  readers  may  comprehend  the 
above  reasoning  better  than  we  can  claim  to  do. 

The  nitrite  of  amyl  is  recommended  not  only  as  an  anaesthetic 
by  itself,  particularly  in  angina  pectoris,  but  as  an  adjunct  to 


498 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[October 


chloroform,  in  a  small  proportion,  to  counteract  the  depressing 
influence  of  the  latter.  Ether  may  be  used  for  the  same  pur¬ 
pose,  either  in  a  mixture,  or  as  a  substitute  after  insensibility 
has  been  once  produced.  The  mixture  of  chloroform  and  amyl 
nitrite  is  named  chloramyl,  and  consists  of  10  drops  of  the  latter 
to  one  ounce  of  the  former. 

An  instructive  chapter  is  devoted  to  the  legal  responsibility 
of  physicians  in  the  administration  of  anmstlietics,  the  medico¬ 
legal  relations  of  anesthetics,  and  other  kindred  topics.  As  to 
the  practicability  of  the  criminal  administration  of  chloroform 
to  persons  in  natural  sleep,  about  which  the  laity  are  so  credu¬ 
lous  and  the  profession  so  skeptical,  he  admits  the  possibility 
in  certain  cases,  in  common  with  some  other  experts,  particu¬ 
larly  Prof.  H  C.  Wood.  A  heavy  sleeper  aud  an  easy  subject 
for  chloroform  in  the  usual  way  might,  we  should  suppose,  be 
thus  exploited. 

In  choosing  the  proper  anaesthetic,  the  author  prefers,  for 
minor  operations,  where  cost  is  not  to  be  consulted  and  odor  to 
be  avoided,  the  hydrobromic  ether;  for  ordinary  dental  opera¬ 
tions,  the  nitrous  oxyd  gas,  with  reference  to  safety ;  for  grave 
and  protracted  operations,  pure  ether. 

Throughout  the  work  the  author  quotes  freely  from  the  best 
authorites,  and  it  therefore  reflects  the  opinions  of  a  large 
number  of  expert  witnesses.  In  this  course  we  feel  bound  to 
commend  his  avoidance  of  dogmatism,  and  recognize  the  supe¬ 
rior  claim  of  his  work  to  the  appreciation  of  candid  readers. 

On  the  whole,  we  regard  this  little  volume  as  a  useful  contri¬ 
bution  to  medical  literature,  and  one  likely  to  prove  a  business 
success.  S.  S.  H. 

The  Heart  and  its  Diseases,  with  their  Treatment ;  including  the 
Gouty  Heart.  By  J.  Milner  Fothergill,  M.D.,  Asst.  Phys. 
to  West  London  Hosp.,  and  to  city  of  London  Hospital  for 
Diseases  of  the  Chest,  etc.  Second  edition  (entirely  re¬ 
written)  .  with  illustrations.  8vo.,  pp.  476.  Philadelphia : 
Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  1879.  [Sold  by  Armand  Hawkins, 
1904  Canal  street,  New  Orleans.] 

The  medical  literature  of  this  important  organ  has  hitherto 
not  been  a  neglected  field.  Indeed  it  has  been  cultivaed  by  so 
many  industrious  workers,  that  we  might  suppose  there  would 


1879]  Reviews  and  Book  Novices.  499 

be  no  place  for  a  new  author.  Dr.  Fothergill  has  demonstrated, 
however,  well  founded  claims  to  recognition  by  producing  the 
best  work  on  the  heart  which  has  met  our  notice.  A  new  and 
prominent  feature  is  the  discussion  at  length  of  the  relations 
between  structural  lesions  of  the  kidney  and  the  heart,  iu  a 
chapter  entitled  The  G-outy  Heart.  Though  the  author’s  opin¬ 
ions  are  not  fully  matured,  he  inclines  to  the  belief  that  renal 
decay  precedes  the  cardiac  changes  and  stand  iu  the  place  of 
cause  to  the  latter.  Strong  confirmatory  evidence  of  this  view 
is  adduced  in  the  development  of  the  correlated  affections  in 
the  second  and  third  generations  of  families  which  have  gained 
and  preserved  wealth,  with  its  accompaniments  of  luxury  and 
superabundant  nutrition. 

It  is  greatly  to  the  credit  of  modern  medicine  and  medical 
men,  that  lesions  of  vital  organs,  such  as  the  brain,  the  heart, 
the  lungs,  the  liver,  the  kidneys,  have  latterly  been  so  accu¬ 
rately  observed,  both  in  the  living  and  dead  subject,  that  no 
practitioner  need  be  at  a  serious  loss  to  diagnose  the  most  com¬ 
mon  of  them.  When,  therefore,  we  observe  burial  certificates 
bearing  as  death-causes  vague  and  indefinite  disorders  of  these 
organs,  among  which  “  Heart  Disease  ”  is  conspicuous  by  its 
frequency,  we  are  painfully  struck  by  the  conviction  that 
nothing  out  neglect  of  abundant  opportunities  can  account  for 
such  culpable  ignorance.  It  is  hoped  that  no  reader  of  these  lines 
uses  the  term  “heart  disease”  iu  its  naked  simplicity,  but 
most  would  find  this  work  instructive  in  its  matter  and  agree¬ 
able  in  its  style,  for  Dr.  Fothergill,  unlike  many  authors  both 
medical  and  non-medical,  writes  correct  English. 

The  anatomy  of  the  heart,  both  healthy  and  morbid,  is  illus¬ 
trated  by  suitable  wood  cuts  and  lithographs,  and  numerous 
tracings  of  the  sphygmograph  exhibit  its  normal  and  disordered 
action.  S.  S.  H. 

Physiology  and  Histology  of  the  Cerebral  Convolutions.  Also 
Poisons  of  the  Intellect.  By  Ohas.  Kicliet,  A.M.,  M.D., 
Ph.  D.  Translated  by  Edward  P.  Fowler,  M.I).  8vo.,  pp. 
170.  New  York  :  Win.  Wood  &  Oo.  1879. 

The  main  portion  of  the  volume  is  divided  into  two  parts, 
the  first  of  which  treats  of  the  minute  structure  of  the  convo¬ 
lutions  of  the  brain,  and  the  second  of  their  physiological  prop- 


500  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  [October 

erties  and  functions.  Tlie  first  46  pages,  devoted  to  the  anat¬ 
omy  of  the  brain,  both  human  and  comparative,  may  be  con¬ 
sidered  precise  and  accurate ;  but  the  secoud  part  is  concerned 
with  investigations,  largely  experimental  upon  the  lower  ani¬ 
mals,  in  which  conclusions  are  rather  presumptive  than  demon¬ 
strable.  For  example,  it  is  assumed  that  the  faculty  of  speech 
resides  at  the  foot  of  the  third  left  frontal  convolution,  though 
it  is  admitted  that  aphasia  may  occur  without  lesion  of  this 
particular  convolution,  and  that  the  lesion  may  occur  without 
aphasia.  Yet  greater  precision  is  claimed  for  such  localization 
of  intellectual  faculties  than  for  any  other. 

Some  attempts  at  further  localization  of  mental  faculties 
have  been  made  by  different  experimenters,  with  varying  inex¬ 
actitude.  Ferrier  concludes  that  a  relation  has  been  established 
between  the  gyrus  augularis  and  vision ;  between  the  first 
temporal  convolution  and  hearing ;  between  the  gyrus  hippo¬ 
campi  and  touch ;  between  the  cornu  ammonis  and  the  senses 
of  smell  and  taste ;  between  the  occipital  lobes  and  hunger ; 
between  the  region  of  the  hippocampus  and  thirst  together 
with  the  sexual  appetite;  while  Louget  and  Vulpian  regard 
the  pons  varolii  as  the  seat  of  pain  and  the  sensorium  com¬ 
mune.  This  all  is  far  short  of  the  achievements  claimed  by 
Gall  and  Spurzheiin  and  their  sanguine  followers  in  our  own 
day,  yet  physiologists  are  not  ready  to  consider  the  question 
settled,  and  the  author  claims  for  the  more  special  intellectual 
faculties  only  a  definite  relation  to  mass  of  the  cerebrum  and 
complexity  of  the  convolutions,  a  conclusion  long  ago  reached 
by  comparative  anatomists. 

The  volume  closes  with  an  essay  on  Poisons  of  the  Intelli¬ 
gence,  among  which  are  included  alcohol,  chloroform,  coffee, 
hashish  and  opium.  Their  action  on  voluntary  motion  and 
the  functions  of  organic  life  are  not  considered,  but  their  effects 
upon  the  circulation  and  upon  the  functions  of  the  cerebral 
lobes  are  particularly  delineated. 

The  book  is  illustrated  by  23  wood-cuts,  after  drawings  by 
late  investigators  in  this  particular  field,  and  by  no  means 
remarkable  as  works  of  art.  On  the  whole  the  work  indicates 
progress  in  this  obscure  branch  of  physiology,  though  it  may 
not  always  be  iu  the  right  direction ;  but  without  deviation 
there  can  be  no  advance  in  knowledge,  and  we  should  be 
thankful  for  any  attempt  in  a  difficult  field.  S.  S.  H. 


1879] 


Boohs  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


501 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


Lessons  in  Gynecology.  By  William  Goodell,  A.M.,  M.D., 
Physician  in  charge  of  the  Preston  Retreat ;  Professor  of  Clini¬ 
cal  Gynecology  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Fellow  of 
the  American  Gynecological  Society ;  Member  of  the  Philo¬ 
sophical  Society,  etc.,  etc. 

Twenty-first  Annual  Announcement  of  the  Chicago  Medical 
College ,  Medical  Department  of  the  Northwestern  University.  /Ses¬ 
sion  of  1879-80. 

The  Treatment  of  Epithelioma  of  the  Cervix  Uteri.  By  J. 
Marion  Sims,  M.D.,  Founder  of  the  Woman’s  Hospital  of  the 
State  of  New  York,  and  formerly  Surgeon  to  the  same;  Knight 
of  the  Legion  of  Honor,  etc.,  etc.  Reprint  from  the  American 
Journal  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children, 
Vol.  XII,  No.  iii,  July,  1879. 

Reports  to  the  St.  Louis  Medical  Society  on  Yellow  Fever.  By 
W.  Huston  Ford,  A.M.,  M.D.,  formerly  Professor  of  Physiology 
in  the  New  Orleans  School  of  Medicine,  etc.;  Member  of  the 
St.  Louis  Medical  Society,  etc. 

Transactions  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  the 
State  of  Maryland — Eighty -first  Annual  Session ,  1879. 

Prospectus  of  the  Loquet  Leroy  Day  and  Boarding  School  for 
Young  Ladies ,  New  Orleans  Female  Collegiate  Institute ,  280  Camp 
Street.  Session  1879-80. 

Nashville  Medical  College ,  now  the  Medical  Department  of  the 
University  of  Tennessee — 5th  regular  Announcement ,  Session  of 
1879-80. 

Annual  Announcement  of  the  Louisville  Medical  College ,  Louis¬ 
ville i,  Ky. — Session  1879-80. 

Retroversion  in  relation  to  Lacerations  of  the  Cervix  Uteri ,  etc. 
By  Nathan  Bozeman,  M.D.,  New  York.  Reprint  from  Vol.  Til, 
Gynecological  Transactions,  1879. 


502 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables.  [October 


Meteorological  Summary — August,  1879.  Station — 
New  Orleans. 


Date. 

!  Daily  Mean 
j  Barometer 

a  • 

Ct  <b 
-  t* 

S  5 

~  s 

OH 

Daily  Mean 
Humidity.  | 

Prevailing 

Direction 

of  Wind. 

Daily 

Rain-fall. 

1 

General  Items. 

1 

30.06 

83.0 

74.0 

East. 

.54 

Highest  Barometer,  30.135,  on  2d. 

2 

30.11 

82.5 

77.7 

East. 

.05 

Lowest  Barometer,  29.586,  on  2*2d. 

3 

30.08 

84.0 

74.3 

South 

.18 

Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  .549  in. 
Highest  Temperature,  89°. 

4 

30.04 

84.0 

70.7 

West. 

03 

5 

30.04 

80.5 

75.3 

West. 

1.48 

Lowest  Temperature,  69°. 

Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  20°. 

6 

30.03 

81  5 

77.3 

S.  W. 

.04 

7 

30.00 

82.5 

76.3 

South 

.36 

Greatest  Daily  Range  of  Temperature, 

8 

30.01 

81 .5 

83.0 

S.  W. 

.32 

15°  on  9th. 

9 

30.03 

80.0 

77  0 

N.  W. 

1.11 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  7°  on  22d 

10 

30.04 

79.7 

63.7 

North 

00 

Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures,  85° 

11 

30.06 

77.7 

63.0 

N.  E. 

.02 

Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  73.6° 

12 

30.04 

78.2 

70.7 

North 

.45 

Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  11.4°. 

13 

30.00 

77.5 

88.0 

East. 

2  52 

Prevailing  Direction  of  Wind,  East. 

14 

29.91 

79.7  78.0 

N.  W. 

.06 

Total  Movement  of  Wind,  5,708  miles. 

15 

29.90 

81.0  78.3 

West. 

.00 

Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc- 

16 

29.90 

80.0  66.0 

N.  W. 

.00 

tiou,  36  miles,  East,  on  22d. 

17 

29.91 

79.5 

56.3 

North 

.00 

Number  of  Foggy  Days,  0. 

18 

29  98 

79.2 

57.3 

North 

00 

Number  of  Clear  Days,  9. 

19 

30.02 

79.2 

51.7 

North 

.00 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  15. 

20 

29.98 

81.5 

63.3 

East. 

00 

Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 

21 

29.88 

81.2 

74.7 

East. 

.37 

Rain  fell,  0. 

22 

29.64 

80.5 

83.7 

East. 

2.11 

Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 

23 

29  66 

82.7 

76.0 

South 

.21 

Rain  fell,  7. 

24 

25 

29.81 

29.92 

83.7 

84.2 

75.7 

72.0 

S.  W. 
West. 

.00 

COMPARATIVE 

TEMPERATURE. 

26 

29.90 

84.0 

63.7 

North 

.00 

1871 . 

1876 . 82.2° 

27 

29.86 

81.2 

52.3 

North 

.00 

1 1872 . 

1877 . 83.1° 

28 

29-88 

80.7 

66.3 

East. 

.00 

1873  . 81.2°  1 

1878 . 83.5C 

29 

29.94 

80.2 

65.0 

East. 

00 

1874 . 83.9°  j 

1879 . 81.0° 

30 

29.88 

80.7 

67.7 

East. 

.00 

1875  .  79.3°  | 

1880 . 

31 

29.77 

79.7 

81.0 

East. 

.57 

COMPARATIVE 

PRECIPITATION. 

Sums 

Means 

29.945 

81.0 

70.9 

East. 

10.44 

1871  . inches. 

1872  .  “ 

1876..  4.44  inches 

1  1877  .  2.54  “ 

1873.  ..8.30  “ 

1874.. . 4.82  “ 

1875.. . 8.61  “ 

i  1878..  5.31  “ 

I  1879..  10.44  “ 

|  1880 .  “ 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  August  24,  1879,  to 
September  21,  1879,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Con  sump 
tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

August  31 . 

3 

10 

17 

o 

6 

81 

September  7 

4 

7 

17 

0 

2 

96 

September  14. 

0 

‘J 

13 

0 

70 

September  21 . 

1 

4 

13 

0 

0 

2 

69 

Total .... 

8 

23 

60 

0 

12 

316 

NEW  ORLEANS 

Medical  >nd  Surgical  Jodrnal 


NOVEMBER,  1879. 


PAGINAL  pOJKJA 


UNICATIONS, 


Viiccination  as  a  Protection  Against  Sin  all -pox  Before  the 
Tribunal  of  Common  Sense. 

By  M.  SCHUPPExlT,  M.D. 

In  the  New  York  Medical  Record  and  republished  in  the 
American  Medical  Bi-  Weekly  of  June  the  26th,  I  met  with  a 
request  of  C.  J.  Fisher,  M.D.,  of  Boston,  Mass.,  to  discuss  the 
question  :  “Does  Successful  Vaccination  prove  that  Small-pox 
has  not  been  recently  experienced  V’  I  intended  at  that  time 
to  assist  the  doctor  with  my  experience  and  views  (in  regard  to 
the  matter  involved),  but  sickness  and  different  other  obsta¬ 
cles  prevented  me  from  giving  a  timely  assistance,  and  thus 
the  matter  rested,  until  of  late,  I  again  met  in  one  of  the 
medical  journals  of  Germany,  with  another  and  similar  case  in 
which  a  colleague  had  become  involved,  and  who  was  con¬ 
demned  by  the  Criminal  Court  of  his  district  to  pay  a  heavy 
penalty  for  having  performed  vaccination  in  an  “  irregular  and 
lax  manner.” 

This  reminded  me  of  my  former  intention,  if  not  obligation. 
Still  I  do  not  intend  to  limit  the  present  contribution  by  merely 
referring  to  the  question  here  involved,  but  to  give  it  a 
wider  scope,  and  if  I  here  for  the  first  time  report  experiments 
worthy  of  some  consideration,  which,  though  already  made  in 
the  year  1865,  were  never  published  before,  I  was  wanting 


504  Original  Communications.  [November 

those  inducements  which  have  since  presented  themselves  to 
me.  Not  that  I  ever  thought  less  of  the  results  obtained  by 
the  experiments  referred  to,  but  at  the  same  time  I  thought 
more  of  the  opposition  and  the  obstinate  prejudice  having 
taken  possession  of  the  minds  of  so  many  otherwise  clear¬ 
sighted  and  intelligent  men  in  relation  to  vaccination  as  a  pro¬ 
tection  against  small  pox. 

Being  conscious  of  the  utter  inefficiency  of  vaccination  as  a 
preventative  against  small  pox,  and  aware  of  the  manifold 
mischief  committed  by  it,  yea,  even  the  deaths  it  has  caused, 

I  do  not  know  but  1  was  wrong  in  remaining  silent.  But  now 
my  position  has  been  strengthened  by  collected  material,  by 
numerous  evidences  ot  the  evil,  of  the  damages  and  injuries  it 
has  caused,  that  I  cannot  keep  that  reserve  any  longer  without 
reproaching  myself  of  becoming  particeps  criminis. 

Before  1  enter  the  main  subject  of  this  contribution  1  will 
state  here  in  a  brief  manner,  first,  the  case  of  Doctor  Fisher. 
The  doctor  was  accused  of  having  committed  a  great  diagnos¬ 
tical  error:  A  man  suffering  an  attack  of  smallpox,  had  been 
confined  by  the  doctor  (being  quarantine  officer),  in  order  to 
prevent  a  spread  of  the  disease.  From  some  cause  or  other, 
this  man  considered  himself  wrongly  deprived  of  his  liberty, 
and  not  believing,  besides,  that  he  had  suffered  small  pox  at 
the  time  he  was  confined,  hunted  up  some  assistance  to  have 
his  opinion  corroborated  and  in  attempting  this,  fell  into  the 
hands  of  the  Philistines  ;  one  of  those  fellows  whom  the  doc¬ 
tor  calls  a  “  Quack,”  belonging  to  a  class  of  leeches  who  are 
ever  ready  to  squeeze  a  dollar  or  two  out  of  a  fool,  took  the 
matter  in  hand,  and  asserting  boldly  that  the  doctor  had 
wronged  his  client. 

Fortunately  for  his  purpose  the  u  Quack  ”  met  with  a  too 
willing  ear,  and  the  fool  submitted  to  a  proposed  vaccination 
which  it  was  promised  would  corroborate  the  statement  made, 
furnishing  besides  the  unquestionable  proof  that  he  had  not 
suffered  the  small  pox.  As  is  often  the  case,  the  “  Quack” 
had  even  more  luck  than  he  deserved,  since  he  was  spared  to 
invent  auother  lie,  by  the  vaccination  turning  out  successfully 
which  might  as  well  have  failed.  The  u  Quack”  had  herewith 


Schuppert —  Vaccination — Small-pox. 


505 


1879] 


made  good  his  prediction  ;  and  this  made  his  cause  bomb¬ 
proof.  Unfortunately  the  doctor’s  position  became  more 
endangered,  at  least  in  the  eyes  of  the  ignorant  public,  by  the 
access  of  some  of  his  u  colleagues,”  which  he  designated  as 
“  regulars,”  and  whom  that  man  had  won  to  strengthen  his  case. 

The  doctor  should  not  have  forgotten  that  in  such  a  game 
the  number  of  u  savants”  count  for  a  great  deal ;  besides  there 
was  a  member  of  the  Medical  Association  of  Boston  in  that 
congregation  who  ought  to  be  relegated  cum  infamia ,  to  say  the 
least,  if  the  Code  of  Ethics  is  to  be  sustained.  In  regard  to 
the  vaccination  result  and  the  unanimity  of  the  u  regulars”  in 
their  condemnation  of  the  doctor  we  cannot  wonder,  if  we  take 
into  consideration  how  deeply  that  doctrine  has  gone  into  flesh 
and  blood  to  obstruct  and  bereave  the  judgment,  and  that  it  is 
one  of  the  cardinal  points  of  the  teachings  of  Jenner  that  vac¬ 
cine  will  destroy  the  power  of  conception  of  small  pox  virus. 
Most  assuredly  the  regulars”  had  sufficient  reason  to  doubt 
that  a  person  having  just  suffered  an  attack  of  that  disease 
could  not  at  that  time  (so  shortly  afterwards)  present  a  condi¬ 
tion  in  which  vaccination  should  have  a  successful  issue.  Too 
indolent  for  searching  the  pages  of  history  after  failures  of  that 
protective  power,  and  too  stupid  to  undertake  some  controlling 
experiments  themselves,  and  if  it  had  been  merely  for  their  own 
scientific  advancement,  they  preferred  ruminating  what  was 
known  to  them  as  wholesome  fodder.  Men  of  that  stamp  remind 
me  of  those  natural  philosophers  who  out  of  mere  love  of  what 
the  Bible  teaches,  insist  upon  the  offspring  of  the  human  races 
from  one  pair,  maintaining  that  our  cousins — the  American 
redskins  came  from  the  Mongolians,  because  they  had  found 
some  slight  resemblance  in  the  formation  of  their  respective 
skulls,  which  is  at  present  the  hobby  of  the  anthropologists. 
It  is  useless  to  tell  them  that  the  Bible  cannot  be  considered 
scientific  authority,  or  to  prove  to  them  the  impossibility  of  the 
change  of  races,  and  that  the  islands  of  the  South  Sea  are  in¬ 
habited  by  quite  a  different  race,  and  that  the  Mongolians, 
therefore,  before  they  could  have  turned  into  redskins  must  first 
have  turned  into  Polynesians.  It  is  of  no  use  to  try  logic  on 
them.  If  they  are  forced  to  relinquish  one  point  as  inadmissible 


500 


Original  Communications. 


[November 


up  they  come  with  another.  In  order  to  save  their  once  as¬ 
serted  Mongolian  abstraction  theory,  they  made  use  of  the 
terra  firma,  and  tried  again  by  the  Tscliaktchen  in  the  north 
between  Siberia  and  North  America,  but  these  people  had  do¬ 
mesticated  animals,  dogs,  the  reindeer,  and  they  were  cog¬ 
nizant  of  the  use  of  milk ;  all  things  the  American  Indians 
were  ignorant  of  at  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  this  continent. 
Nothing  was  now  left  them  but  an  immigration  from  the  east¬ 
ern  coast  of  Asia  to  the  western  coast  of  America.  Yet  they 
attempted  it,  notwithstanding  the  existence  of  a  still  greater 
impossibility  since  all  such  who  would  have  dared  it  iu  their 
miserable  small  canoes  would  have  died,  long  before  they  could 
have  reached  their  destination — the  American  shore.  Besides 
there  is  another  hook  in  the  many  different  languages.  In¬ 
deed,  but  a  fool  could  suppose  that  the  Chinese  or  Japanese 
would  have  exchanged  their  language  for  a  hundred  different 
others.  Exactly  as  we  have  proven  here,  it  is  with  Jenuer’s 
hare-brained  theory  of  vaccination.  After  the  “  infallible,” 
absolute  protection  theory  of  a  single  vaccination  had  been 
demolished ;  after  a  readmission  of  the  faculty  of  becoming 
affected  by  s mall-pox  at  certain  intervals  had  been  demon¬ 
strated,  revaccination  was  called  into  requisition,  first,  once 
during  a  life  time,  then  every  14  years,  and  from  14  the  num¬ 
ber  was  reduced  by  and  by  to  5  and  3  years,  till  now,  as  in 
Wiirtenberg,  in  Germany,  the  whole  kingdom,  kith  and  kin,  is 
revaccinated  every  second  year,  par  ordre  du  mufti.  If  we 
inquire  after  the  result,  singular  as  it  may  appear,  yet  it  can¬ 
not  be  denied  that,  whilst  the  countries  surrounding  Wiirten- 
berg  are  comparatively  free  from  small-pox,  there  it  never  dies 
out,  but  is  flourishing  in  spite  of  vaccination.  After  revacci¬ 
nation  had  made  in  this,  as  well  as  in  other  countries,  such 
fiasco,  and  since  the  protection  theory  could  not  longer  be 
sustained,  it  was  asserted  that  small-pox  appeared,  at  least,  iu 
a  more  milder  form,  that  a  smaller  number  became  affected, 
and  that  the  mortality  also  had  evidently  decreased.  But 
these  subterfuges  could  not  stand  the  test  of  truth.  u  The 
great  boon  of  the  century,”  cost  its  admirers  a  great  deal  of 
anxiety  in  order  to  save  it  from  impending  destruction  or 


1879]  Sciiuppert — Vaccination — Smallpox.  507 

total  annihilation.  So  they  hit  upon  the  ingenious  idea  to 
explain  its  deficiencies  by  the  deterioration  of  the  vaccine  in 
the  course  of  time,  and  in  order  to  render  it  again  effective,  it 
would  be  necessarry,  they  said,  to  go  back  to  the  original  cow- 
pox  lymph  and  to  humanize  the  latter.  A  happy  idea,  indeed, 
for  the  moment,  and  it  was  taken  hold  of  and  proclaimed  as 
the  new  sheet  anchor  all  over  the  civilized  world. 

Thus  we  had  here  in  our  midst,  in  one  of  the  most  frequented 
streets — the  Boulevard  Canal — a  stall,  with  cows  kept  in  it, 
and  next  to  the  office  of  the  doctor.  A  great  many  people 
went  to  see  vaccination  performed  direct  from  the  cow.  The 
spectacle  lasted  as  long  as  it  was  new,  but  unfortunately,  for  the 
doctor’s  speculation  it  did  not  last  long  enough ;  the  nuisance 
disappeared  again  soon  after  it  had  been  established.  What  the 
real  cause  of  failure  was,  whether  there  were  not  quite  enough 
fools  to  make  the  thing  pay,  or  if  the  stench  drove  out  the 
doctor,  or  because  the  new  method  was  declared  a  dead  failure 
in  Paris,  France,  before  the  end  of  the  same  year  in  which  it 
had  been  hailed  as  the  New  Messias,  we  are  unable  to  say. 
The  latter  explanation,  in  addition  to  the  stench  it  had  caused, 
may  be  the  more  probable  one. 

It  may  not  be  improper  to  add  some  statements  here  which 
I  believe  are  not  as  generally  known  as  they  deserve.  Of  all 
our  domestic  animals  the  sheep  only  is  liable  like  man  to  suf¬ 
fer  epidemic  small- pox.  The  losses  from  the  disease  have  been 
estimated  to  be  from  25  to  30  per  cent,  on  the  average. 

In  the  lymph  from  the  sheep  called  ovine ,  like  in  that  of  va¬ 
riola  of  man,  microparasites  have  been  found  in  the  shape  of 
smallest  spheroid  corpuscles  by  Cohn,  Haller,  Keber,  and 
others.  Though  homologous  diseases  they  stand  in  no  direct 
category  to  each  other;  never  was  small  pox  observed  to  en¬ 
gender  the  pox  in  sheep  and  vice  versa. 

But  the  lymph  of  variola  inoculated  on  cows  or  cattle  has  the 
same  effect  as  from  vaccine,  and  the  lymph  so  obtained,  a  vari¬ 
ola-vaccine  lymph,  re-inoculated  on  man,  produces  like  pure 
vaccine,  a  local  vaccine  pustule  without  a  general  exanthema, 
and  is  of  course  considered  a  safeguard,  protecting  man  against 
infection  from  small-pox. 


508  Original  Communications.  [November 

The  opinion  formerly  adopted  of  the  self  development  of  ovine , 
counts  at  present  hardly  a  single  supporter.  It  is  considered 
a  poison,  sui  generis ,  and  is  derived  like  small  pox  from  subjects 
infected  with  the  same  disease.  The  ovination  or  inoculation 
of  the  lymph  from  the  ovine,  the  pox  of  sheep,  was  formerly 
much  in  vogue  as  a  protection  against  the  much  feared  pox 
epidemics  amongst  sheep,  but  the  losses  experienced  hereby 
have  caused  an  abandoning  of  this  pernicious  prophylaxis. 
Amongst  other  animals,  the  pox  of  horses  have  only  received  a 
certain  consideration,  because  Jenner  believed  to  find  in  them 
the  origin  of  cow-pox.  But  there  is  hardly  a  doubt  that  the 
horse-pox  is  derived  from  men. 

Equally  so  is  the  origin  of  the  veritable  cow-pox  to  be  de¬ 
rived  from  the  vaccine  or  variola  of  man.  Though  the  poison 
of  variola  is  volatile  and  not  like  the  poison  of  the  vaccine  of  a 
fixed  nature,  the  small  pox  (variola  humana  veraj  inoculated 
in  the  cow  produces  nevertheless  the  true  cow-pox,  which  re¬ 
vaccinated  in  man  begets  the  common  vaccine  pustule  (Gasser, 
Sunderland,  Thiele,  Ceely,  Badcock,  Sentft,  etc.). 

The  variola- vaccine  thus  engendered  resembles  the  true  cow- 
pox  or  vaccine ,  it  is  said  to  be  merely  a  little  more  intense. 
The  opinion  that  the  cow-pox  be  derived  from  the  variola  or 
vaccine  of  man  is  supported  further  by  the  following : 

1.  Cow-pox  has  been  observed  only  on  milk  cows. 

2.  The  pustules  are  seated  exclusively  on  the  udder  of  milk 
cows. 

3.  The  appearance  of  the  pustules  takes  place  foremost  in 
those  months  in  which  vaccination  is  mainly  exercised. 

4.  The  development  of  the  pustules  on  the  udder  happens  at 
intervals  and  in  batches. 

5.  The  cow-pox  appears  most  frequently  where  vaccination 
has  been  made  compulsory,  or  in  small  pox  epidemics. 

The  conclusion  hereby  arrived  at  is,  that  the  so-called  original 
cow-pox  does  not  exist,  but  is  always  engendered  from  external 
causes,  commonly  from  the  infected  hands  of  persons  who 
had  been  milking. 

What  sense  can  there  be,  then,  in  the  defense  of  vaccination, 
to  talk  of  a  degenerated  vaccine,  or  to  insist  upon  a  fresh  col¬ 
lection  of  it  directly  from  the  cow  ? 


1879]  Schuppert — Vaccination — Small-pox.  509 

Are  the  disciples  of  vaccination,  then,  not  forced  to  the  con¬ 
clusion  that  such  a  cow-lymph  has  to  be  of  less  energy  in 
having  previously  gone  through  the  system  of  the  animal  ? 

Since  variola  lymph,  if  inoculated  in  the  cow-udder,  merely 
engenders  cow-pox,  which  has  no  more  of  the  former  character 
of  the  variola,  the  conclusion  will  most  certainly  be  justified 
that  the  cow-pox  lymph  can  have  no  superior  qualities  than 
human  vaccine.  As  protectives  against  the  infection  of  small¬ 
pox,  both  are,  as  a  matter  of  course,  equally  ineffective. 

Bollinger,  the  author  of  an  Essay  on  Vaccination,  from  whom 
I  have  taken  some  of  the  foregoing  statements,  inquires:  which 
might  have  appeared  first,  the  sheep-pox  or  the  small  pox  ?  I 
believe  this  question  may  be  answered  with  :  Since  sheep  have 
been  created  previous  to  man,  sheep-pox  ought  to  rank  the 
smallpox. 

Bollinger  also  mentions  injapa-uterine  vaccination,  whereby 
the  foetus  was  to  be  protected  against  small  pox.  He  calls  this 
proposition  absurd.  I  cannot  see  it  in  that  light.  There  is 
certainly  no  more  absurdity  in  vaccinating  the  unborn,  par 
distance,  than  in  the  vaccination  process  after  birth  as  prophy¬ 
lactic  means  against  infection  with  small  pox. 

Besides,  our  author  believes  to  have  discovered  a  proof  of 
intra  uterine  small  pox  (variola  sine  exanthemata)  of  a  foetus  in 
the  case  of  a  pregnant  woman,  22  years  of  age,  who,  whilst  suffer¬ 
ing  from  an  attack  of  confluent  small-pox,  and  being  delivered 
during  the  period  of  exsication  of  a  child  which,  though  it  had 
no  signs  or  indication  of  having  suffered  small-pox  in  utero, 
was  still  thus  considered  protected  on  account  of  vaccination, 
three  times  performed  on  it,  remaining  without  any  reaction,  and 
though  living  in  a  room  amongst  other  small-pox  cases  without 
becoming  infected. 

If  he  admits  this  as  a  fact  proving  the  theory,  he  has  also  to 
admit  the  consequences.  To  what  singular  conclusions  such 
observations  may  lead  we  find,  for  instance,  with  Underhill, 
who  having  vaccinated  successfully  a  woman  eight  months 
pregnant,  remarks :  “  Her  child  being  four  months  of  age,  was 
vaccinated  but  without  reaction,  therefore  in  vaccinating  a 
pregnant  woman  the  foetus  will  become  immune  to  vaccination.” 


510  Original  Communications.  [November 

The  immunity  in  general  against  variola  or  vaccine  is  also  here 
explained  by  considering  such  persons  to  have  suffered  either 
variola  or  vaccination  during  their  fcetal  or  intra  uterine  life ! 

Can  any  mental  condition  but  dementia  beat  that  ? 

Alike  there  is  only  one  step  from  the  Roman  capitol  to  the 
Tarpejian  Rock,  so  is  the  serious  often  not  far  from  the  ridicu¬ 
lous.  What  would  become  of  an  administrative  supervision 
in  case  this  intra  uterine  vaccination  or  even  the  theory  of  a 
u  Variola  sine  exanthemate”  would  be  admitted  ?  Can  a  pupil 
in  future  be  refused  admittance  into  a  public  school,  because 
that  pupil  does  not  present  the  cicatrices  on  the  arm !  Can  the 
pupil  still  be  tabooed  if  the  certificate  of  the  medical  practi¬ 
tioner  states:  Vaccinated  and  re  vaccinated  during  foetal  life 
per  intra  uterine  operation  ?  Parents  who  are  adverse  to  the 
compulsory  tomfoolery  of  vaccinating  ordinances  might  profit 
by  this. 

I  will  now  produce  from  official  sources  and  from  dif¬ 
ferent  documents,  the  proofs  of  the  utter  worthlessness 
of  revaccination,  establishing  sufficient  evidence  for  the  over¬ 
throw  of  all  the  assertions  made  at  one  or  the  other  time  in 
defense  of  the  following  views  : 

That  epidemics  of  small  pox,  after  the  institution  of  vacciua- 
tion  had  become  diminished  in  number,  magnitude  and  sever¬ 
ity  ;  that  the  mortality  from  small  pox  had  much  decreased  ; 
that  small-pox  attacking  a  person  once  vacciuated  would  not 
only  change  its  severe  character,  but  would  protect  the  patient 
against  smallpox  for  a  life  time;  that  vaccinated  persons 
would  not  be  attacked  as  easily  as  persons  not  vaccinated; 
that  small-pox  epidemics  could  by  vaccination  be  almost  in¬ 
stantaneously  arrested  (as  asserted  by  Sacco,  Pessin  and 
Snow) ;  that  the  security  against  infection  of  small  pox  in¬ 
creased  with  the  number  of  vaccine  pustules  or  marks,  at 
least  for  a  number  of  years  and  that  such  marks  ought  to  be 
at  least  five  in  number ;  and  finally  that  a  person  having  once 
suffered  small-po  ■  could  not  he  affected  any  more  by  vaccination. 
I  do  not  intend  merely  to  disprove  all  and  every  assertion  here 
mentioned,  but  will  give  such  undeniable  and  satisfactory 
proofs,  that  in  a  person  vaccination  can  be  repeated  almost 


1879]  Schuppert — Vaccination — Smallpox.  511 

every  three  weeks,  and  thus  ad  infinitum  with  equal  success  if 
only  the  proper  vaccine  has  been  used,  no  matter  if  the  person 
has  had  small  pox  or  not  ;  that  therefore,  the  method  of 
vaccination  or  revacciuation,  be  it  with  cow-pox  lymph 
or  so-called  humanized  vaccine,  if  used  as  a  protection  against 
small  pox,  is,  to  say  the  least,  a  blunder  ;  that  finally  this 
method  may  under  circumstances  become  dangerous  if  not  an 
irreparable  injury,  and  that  therefore  under  all  circumstances 
it  ought  to  be  relinquished  “  poco  di  mattov  as  a  great  mental 
delusion. 

Notwithstanding  the  large  area  over  which  vaccination 
had  extended  in  a  few  decades ;  that  vaccination  had  become 
popularized  and  even  being  made  compulsory  in  Germany, 
Sweden,  Norway,  Denmark,  parts  of  England  and  of  this  coun¬ 
try,  epidemics  of  small  pox  did  not  cease  to  exist..  Nearly  all 
over  Europe  epidemics  were  experienced  quite  as  severe  as  in 
times  when  vaccination  was  still  unknown,  yea,  the  epidemics 
were  even  more  severe  in  some  of  those  jiarts  than  in  regions 
where  vaccination  was  unknown  and  had  never  been  exercised . 

Though  we  do  not  know  the  contagion  of  small  pox  past 
dispute,  nor  the  reason  why  at  times  the  disease  may  spread, 
still  full  evidence  has  been  procured  that  sm all-pox  epidemics 
depend  upon  eertain  physical  influences  even  if  we  have  not  suc¬ 
ceeded  in  defining  them  more  precisely.  Starting  from  this 
incontroveritble  truth,  it  must  be  obvious  that  vaccine  or  vac¬ 
cination  can  have  no  influence  upon  the  appearance  of  small¬ 
pox.  The  fact  that  the  proletarian  classes  present  the  majority 
of  cases  of  small  pox,  has  been  explained  by  the  want  of  vaccin¬ 
ation.  But  if  we  grant  that  unvaccinated  persons  as  a  rule  be¬ 
long  to  the  pauper  classes,  we  ought  not  to  forget  the  impor¬ 
tant  factor  that  these  classes  are  besides  characterized  by  a 
want  of  that  resisting  physical  power  so  necessary  in  the  battle 
for  life,  as  a  protection  against  disease  in  general,  and  most  so 
at  a  tender  age  ;  we  ought  therefore  not  to  be  astonished  at  all 
and  at  a  loss  to  explain  the  greater  mortality  amongst  the  un 
vaccinnated  paupers. 

In  regard  to  the  much  talked  of  diminished  number  and  se¬ 
curity  of  small  pox  after  vaccination,  I  will  give  here  a  trust- 
2 


Original  Communications. 


512 


[November 


worthy  and  correct  report  from  the  St.  Louis  Hospital  for 
Small  pox  of  the  year  1870  (from  November  1869,  to  May  1.S70)  : 

Admitted  there  were  in  toto  326  cases: 


Vaccinated. 

Not  vaccinated. 

Continent  malignant  cases. 

.  9 

u 

it 

17 

Confluent . 

<; 

u 

54 

Distinct . 

.  90 

u 

u 

40 

V  arioloid . 

.  55 

u 

u 

6 

209 

117 

What  does  this  prove,  but  that  with  the  exception  of  a  few 
more  malignant  cases  among  the  non-vaccinated,  which  in 
relation  to  the  vaccinated  were  not  more  than  3  to  5 ;  the  un¬ 
vaccinated  presented  only  a  little  over  half  the  number  of  the 
vaccinated  inmates,  and  were  even  of  a  milder  type,  having  of 
varioloid  only  6,  while  the  vaccinated  presented  the  high  num¬ 
ber  of  55  of  such,  which  is  the  reverse  of  wliat  has  been  as¬ 
serted  in  favor  of  vaccination.  It  is  a  result  which  cannot  speak 
more  loudly  in  favor  of  non-vaccination. 

In  Sweden,  with  compulsory  vaccination,  we  find  officially  that 
in  the  year  1801  (prior  to  vaccination),  600  persons  per  million 
died  from  small-pox.  The  mortality  has  since  gradually  increased 
so,  that  in  1*74,  the  population  being  a  little  over  4,000,000, 
4063  persons  died  from  small  pox,  an  increase  of  more  than 
400  per  million  inhabitants  (Spinzig.) 

According  to  other  authorities,  we  find  the  calculation  of 
mortality  extending  over  a  greater  number  of  years,  does  not 
vary  much  when  compared  with  the  time  prior  to  vaccination. 

In  Wurtenberg,  the  eldorado  of  vaccination,  where  it  is  said 
that  not  1  in  600  will  escape  revaccination,  we  find  recorded 
from  1854  to  the  year  1868,  12,901  cases  of  small  pox,  with  952 
deaths,  or  a  mortality  of  7.3  per  cent.  If  we  compare  this 
number  with  that  of  the  period  prior  to  the  introduction  of 
vaccination  in  Stnttgard,  the  capital  of  that  kingdom,  from 
the  year  1786  to  1796,  we  find  nearly  the  same  death  rate, 
1003  (being  greater  by  51).  The  celebrated  Dr.  Heim  gives  us 
the  number  of  cases  of  variola  and  varioloid  after  vaccination 


1879 1  Schuppert —  Vaccination — Small-pox.  513 


in  Wiirtenberg,  from  1831  to  the  year  1836,  of  subjects  rang¬ 
ing  from  1  to  35  years  of  age,  as  follows  : 


Variola,  186  cases;  varioloid,  869;  total  in  5  years:  1025. 
And  such  is  the  result  after  every  two  years  of  re  vaccination  (!) 

In  the  Royal  Infirmary  of  Edinburg,  during  the  epidemic  of 
small  pox  in  1863,  we  have  the  following : 


Age.  Cases. 

From  10  to  15 ... .  34 
“  15  to  20. . . .  66 

“  20  to  25.... 106 


Vaccinated. 

Not  vaccinated. 

18 

15 

42 

17 

68 

29 

Etc.,  Etc. 

At  the  General  Hospital  of  Vienna,  Austria,  during  the 
epidemic  of  1863,  we  have  the  following  record  of  cases  of 
small  pox  admitted : 


Age.  Cases. 

From  11  to  20  ...  2,634 
“  21  to  30  ...2,671 

“  31  to  40 ... .  406 


Vaccinated. 

2,228 

2,329 

354 


Etc.,  Etc. 


Not  vaccinated. 
406 
304 
52  (!) 


Do  we  want  better  proofs,  that  vaccination,  as  a  preventa¬ 
tive  against  small  pox,  is  a  lie  ? 

Though  the  mortality  is  not  given  here,  will  anyone  surmise, 
judging  from  the  great  decrease  in  the  number  of  small-pox  in 
the  unvaccinated,  that  the  mortality  is  also  in  a  minimum. 

In  Paris,  France,  where  as  we  have  seeu,  the  vaccine  had 
been  taken  directly  from  the  heifer,  after  the  old  vaccine  had 
ceased  to  give  the  expected  protection  and  was  therefore  con¬ 
sidered  degenerated — what  was  the  result  l  The  number  of 
deaths  exceeded  twenty  times  that  experienced  in  previous  years 
and  the  consequence  was,  that  the  heifer  experiment  was  abol¬ 
ished  in  the  same  year  it  had  been  introduced  with  so  much 
enthusiasm  the  Frenchman  is  known  for. 

In  London,  England,  since  the  enactment  of  the  vaccination 
laws,  since  vaccination  has  been  provided  for  gratuitously  and 
made  obligatory,  wefiud  iu  the  Register  General’s  reports  the 
annual  average  death  rate  diminished,  but  the  calculation  is 
based  only  upon  a  comparison  of  3  years  previously  to  the 


514 


Original  Communications. 


[November 


the  compulsory  ordinance,  while  of  the  latter  period,  where  13 
years  where  counted,  we  find  this  quite  different.  In  looking 
somewhat  closer  into  this  disreputable  cheat’s  own  reports,  we 
find  the  number  of  deaths  after  the  compulsory  ordinance  far 
in  excess  in  comparison  with  an  equal  number  of  former  years. 
Such  is  falsifying  history  and  deserves  our  utter  contempt. 

In  this  country  there  is  hardly  a  city  wherein  vaccination 
has  not  more  strictly  been  observed  than  the  city  of  the  Quaker. 
In  Philadelphia,  since  1860,  almost  every  year  about  9000  suc¬ 
cessful  vaccinations  were  performed,  with  an  average  number 
of  deaths  from  small  pox  of  519  per  annum. 

During  1870  and  1871  re-vaccination  was  carried  on  by  com¬ 
pulsion  to  an  extent  almost  unparalleled.  In  1870  over 
30,000,  and  in  the  next  over  18,000,  persons  were  vaccinated,  and 
with  the  increase  of  vaccination  it  seems  the  number  of  deaths  from 
small  pox  did  equally  increase ;  thus  in  1870  there  were  1879 
deaths;  in  1871  the  mortality  increased  to  2585!  These  num¬ 
bers  are  given  by  the  Board  of  Health,  therefore  reliable.  If 
we  compare  them  with  the  519,  the  average  number  of  the  non¬ 
vaccination  period,  we  might,  on  being  informed  that  the  city 
ordinance  making  vaccination  obligatory  be  still  in  force,  fall 
into  a  state  so  vividly  described  by  Virgil  with  “  obstupui 
steteruntque  comae ,  vox  vancibus  haesit.v 

This  report  of  the  Board  of  Health  is  interesting  still  in  an¬ 
other  respect ;  it  says  that  “  most  of  the  deaths  came  from 
those  wards  of  the  city  of  overcrowded,  badly  ventilated  hab¬ 
itations  of  the  pauper  classes,  classes  of  people  depraved  mor¬ 
ally  and  physically,”  and  the  number  of  deaths  were  3  times 
larger  than  of  the  better  classes,  notwithstanding  the  mncli 
praised  re- vaccinations ;  corroborating  therefore  what  I  have 
already  mentioned  above,  that  something  else  is  icanting  but  vac¬ 
cination  to  resist  the  inroads  of  small-pox. 

The  same  condition  we  find  everywhere.  Thus  in  London, 
during  the  epidemic  of  1871,  the  number  of  deaths  from 
small  pox  registered,  amounted  to  7876  (!)  notwithstanding  the 
strict  u  compulsory  vaccination  ordinance.” 

Thus  has  vaccination  been  accepted  as  the  pathological  sub¬ 
stitute  for  small  pox,  whilst  both  have  nothing  in  common,  are 


1879 j  SCHUPPERT —  Vaccination — Small-pox.  51.5 

separate  and  eutirely  different  diseases ;  one  being  a  local,  the 
other  a  constitutional  affection,  and  one  has  as  much  influence 
upon  the  other  as  the  man  in  the  moon  has  upon  flow  and  tide 
on  our  globe. 

I  now  have  still  a  small  chapter  for  those  dyspeptic  croakers 
who  deny  the  fact  that  vaccination  can  be  made  effective  and 
will  run  its  course  whether  small  pox  has  preceded  it  or  not ; 
which  chapter  will  probably  interest  Doctor  Fisher  more  than 
the  balance  of  this  paper.  In  the  army  of  W iirtemburg  out  of 
13,681  soldiers,  we  find  the  degree  of  success  of  vaccination  iu 
an  official  table  as  follows:  In  7845  cases  with  normal  cicatrices, 
the  result  was  perfect  iu  31.04  per  cent,  modified  in  28.05  per 
cent.,  none  in  40.92  per  cent.  Of  2025  cases  vaccinated  but 
with  no  cicatrices  from  vaccination  or  small  pox,  perfect  33.73 
per  cent.,  modified  19.13  per  cent,  none  47.10  per  cent. 

Bearing  marlcs  of  previous  small  pox  there  icere  200  cases,  and 
among  these  the  result  of  re-vaccination  was  perfect  in  31.95  per 
cent.,  modified  in  24.81  per  cent.,  none  in  43.23  per  cent. 

The  number  of  cases  of  re- vaccination  with  previous  small¬ 
pox  resulted  successfully,  and  was  even  larger  than  those  with¬ 
out  a  success,  or  even  of  normal  and  defective  cicatrices  (!) 
Here  then  we  have  on  a  large  scale,  the  proof,  that  vaccination  does 
not  interfere  with  small-pox, — what,  moreover,  could  have  been 
expected  a  priori,  since  the  two  processes  have  nothing  in  com¬ 
mon.  And  yet  vaccination  and  re-vaccination  continue  to  be 
compulsory  in  otherwise  enlightened  countries,  and  are  defended 
by  men  claiming  superiority  of  judgment!  Should  we  not 
despair  of  human  progress !  And  with  such  facts  before  them 
as  the  above,  published  in  Simon’s  reports,  not  one  of  our 
scientific  heroes  thought  it  worth  while  to  continue  and  extend 
those  experiments  of  re- vaccination,  in  order  to  find  out  if  there 
existed  a  limit  or  not.  Of  all  the  fallacies  L  undertook  to  over¬ 
throw,  there  remains  but  one :  the  influence  of  the  number  of 
cicatrices.  If  this  was  really  of  any  consideration,  the  report  of 
1836  on  vaccination  of  the  recruits  of  the  Army  of  Wiirtem- 
burg  will  decide  it.  Of  cases  with  2  cicatrices,  the  percentage 
of  success  of  a  complete  re- vaccination  was  26.5  per  cent.;  with 
3  cicatrices,  26.4  per  cent.;  with  4  cicatrices,  28.8  per  cent.; 


Original  Oonunnnieatiom. 


[November 


r»i« 

with  5  cicatrices,  27.7  per  cent.;  with  6  cicatrices,  26.9  per 
cent.:  in  the  modified  it  was  nearly  the  same,  or  61.4  per  cent, 
on  a  general  average,  while  the  failures  amounted  only  to  38.6 
per  cent.;  and  of  3  persons  with  7  cicatrices,  although  not  very 
distinct,  there  were  no  failures,  but  66.6  percent,  of  a  complete, 
33.3  per  cent,  of  a  modified  success  (!) 

The  tables  extant  of  Mason  and  Simon,  by  which  they  try  to 
prove  that  the  fatality  of  small  pox  diminished  with  the  num 
ber  of  cicatrices,  so  that  with  4  or  more  cicatrices  the  mortality 
would  be  less  than  4  per  cent.,  do  not  deserve  the  least  consid¬ 
eration  ;  they  are  nothing  but  a  lot  of  illogical  rubbish.  Of 
a  similar  character  are  the  observations  of  Deutchbein  and 
Loettler,  published  in  the  Berlin  Clin-  Wochen-Schrift. 

I  will  now  present  my  own  experiments,  which  I  instituted 
with  a  view  of  ascertaining  the  limits  of  re- vaccination,  the 
influence  of  the  numbers  of  pustules,  of  cicatrices  from  vaccin¬ 
ation,  and  the  substance  of  the  relation  between  small  pox  and 
vaccine.  In  January,  1865,  occupying  temporarily  the  ottice  of 
City  Physician,  and  having  in  charge  the  Boys’  House  of  Re¬ 
fuge,  1  selected  30  healthy  boys,  between  the  age  of  8  and  14, 
to  experiment  on.  The  majority  of  them  had  never  been  vac¬ 
cinated  ;  at  least  no  marks  were  recognized ;  only  4  had  dis¬ 
tinct  cicatrices,  3  on  each  arm,  and  4  had  marks  from  small¬ 
pox  ;  there  was  also  one  of  the  boys  who  asserted  that  he  had 
had  u  the  pox,”  but  no  marks  were  visible.  1  had  procured 
some  scabs  from  healthy  children,  not  being  able  to  obtain 
fresh  lymph.  These  were  triturated  with  some  glycerine  in  an 
agate  mortar,  and  made  use  of  instead  of  the  fresh  lymph. 
Every  one  of  the  boys  received  two  incisions  on  each  upper 
arm,  below  the  insertion  of  the  deltoid  muscle.  In  7  of  the 
boys  the  vaccination  was  perfect.  Amongst  that  number  were 
3  who  presented  the  marks  from  small  pox,  from  which  they 
had  suffered  one  and  two  years  previously.  This  number  con¬ 
tained  also  the  boy  who  pretended  that  he  had  suffered  from 
pox  three  years  before,  though  no  signs  were  visible.  The 
vaccination  in  all  7  boys  was  free  from  disturbance.  Between 
the  8th  and  9th  day  1  re- vaccinated  the  balance  of  the  boys,  to 
the  number  of  23,  taking  the  vaccine  virus  from  such  boys, 


SCHUPPERT —  \ ' accination — Small -par. 


517 


1879] 


previously  vaccinated,  who  presented  the  best  filled  vesicles. 
Again  in  9  of  this  number,  vaccination  had  a  proper  effect. 
Thus  14  remained,  on  whom  the  process  had  again  to  be  tried, 
as  soon  as  fresh  vaccine  could  be  procured  from  those  lastly 
vaccinated.  In  5  boys  vaccination  succeeded  in  the  third 
attempt,  leaving  9  boys  for  another  trial.  Meanwhile  the  7 
boys  in  whom  vaccination  had  been  successful  at  the  first  trial, 
after  the  scabs  had  fallen  off,  were  re-vaccinated,  and  with  per¬ 
fect  success  in  all  7.  Success  in  vaccination  depends  a  great 
deal  on  the  place  in  the  skin  selected  and  the  manner  of  incis¬ 
ing,  or  puncturing.  If  the  lymphatics  should  be  wanting,  or 
the  incisions  made  too  deep,  so  that  they  bleed,  vaccination 
may  fail — be  abortive.  Of  the  9  boys  left  from  the  third  re- 
vaccination,  another  effort  sacceeded  again  in  3,  so  that  6  were 
left  who  had  resisted  now  4  different  vaccinations  with  different 
vaccine  matter.  Meanwhile  the  second  lot  of  boys  had  been 
re- vaccinated,  of  which  number  6  boys  had  presented  themselves 
again  fit  subjects  for  successful  vaccination. 

The  3  left  here,  came  later  again  under  the  lancet,  and  after 
two  unsuccessful  trials  with  one  of  them,  were  finally  placed 
on  the  list  as  perfectly  revaccinated. 

Of  the  (>  boys  who  had  so  far  resisted  all  attempts  made,  the 
fifth  trial  took  out  4  at  once,  and  with  as  perfect  a  success 
as  could  be  desired,  so  that  only  two  of  the  original  30 
remained  for  further  experimentation.  During  the  interval  I 
had  not  only  the  third  lot  revaccinated  successfully  with  one 
exception,  but  the  first  lot  of  the  original  7  already  twice  vac¬ 
cinated,  had  a  third  time  been  operated  upon  and  with  a  fail¬ 
ure  of  only  in  one  case,  a  boy,  who,  at  that  time  suffered  from 
an  attack  of  dysentery.  This  I  found  out  but  the  next  day 
after  the  vaccination  had  been  performed.  He  recovered, 
though  he  did  not  come  under  the  knife  again.  I  might  have 
finally  succeeded  in  vaccinating  the  last  two  boys,  though  they 
had  put  at  defiance  so  far  five  different  vaccination  trials,  had 
my  official  career  as  city  physician  not  come  to  an  abrupt  end.  I 
was  appointed  to  vaccinate  the  young  ladies  in  the  Upper  District 
High  School.  On  my  going  there  I  met  a  boy  of  a  friend  of 
mine,  who  had  been  previously  vaccinated  and  suffered  an 


518  Original  Communications.  [November 

erysipelas,  which  comprised  nearly  the  whole  extremity.  I 
took  him  with  me  and  finding  the  young  ladies  all  prepared 
for  the  frivolous  fray,  presented  the  boy’s  arm,  when  down 
went  the  sleeves,  and  not  one  of  the  young  ladies  wanted  to  be 
vaccinated  any  more.  I  complimented  them  for  their  good  sense, 
but  that  compliment  cost  me  my  position  as  city  physician. 
Some  of  them  who  since  married  arid  are  now  mothers,  will,  I 
hope,  never  forget  that  arm,  and  so  at  least  my  martyrdom 
may  have  done  some  good. 

Wlieu  I  had  to  discontinue  my  experiments,  T  had  then  in  the 
short  time  of  not  quite  three  months,  vaccinnted  7  boys,  three 
times  with  perfect  success,  while  21  boys  more  were  vaccinated 
and  once  revaccinated  with  perfect  success,  and  of  30  boys, 
with  the  exception  of  two,  all  were  vaccinated  once,  though 
repeated  trials  and  different,  kinds  of  vaccine  had  been  neces¬ 
sary  to  accomplish  that  object.  The  unavoidable  conclusions 
1  have  arrived  at  are,  that  a  successful  vaccination  is  but  the 
result  of  local  inflammation,  caused  by  the  introduction  of 
decayed  animal  matter  into  the  skin,  resp.  the  lymphatic  ves¬ 
sels ;  “  Ubi  irritatio  ibi  affuxus that  according  to  th<>  na¬ 
ture  of  the  vaccine  and  the  singular  disposition  of  the  person 
in  the  majority  of  instances  a  local,  septical,  small  abscess  is 
caused,  to  be  cast  off  again  in  time,  without  in  the  majority  of 
cases,  leaving  any  bad  traces  behind  ;  and  that  vaccination 
can  be  undertaken  repeatedly  and  successfully  at  short  inter¬ 
vals.  with  one  or  the  other  vaccine  virus,  no  matter  whether 
the  person  has  suffered  previously  from  the  infection  of  small¬ 
pox  or  not,  with  which  latter  process,  being  a  septical  poison- 
oning  of  the  blood,  associated  with  a  general  disturbance  of 
the  whole  nervous  system — marked  by  a  high  fever,  pain  in  the 
head  and  back,  and  an  eruption  of  the  skin  extending  over  a 
greater  or  lesser  part  of  the  whole  body,  but  particularly  over 
those  parts  mostly  exposed  to  light,  as  the  face  and  hands — it 
has  nothing  in  common. 

In  those  boys,  well  pitted  from  previous  attacks  of  small¬ 
pox,  revaccination  met  each  time  with  perfect  success  ;  this 
experiment  being  repeated  and  following  each  other  in  quick 
succession. 


Schuppert — Vaccination — Small-pox. 


519 


1879J 


Notwithstanding-  the  extensive,  careful  and  minute  examina- 
inations  of  Keber,  Coze  and  Felty,  who  have  come  to  the  con¬ 
clusion,  that  vaccine  lymph  and  variola  lymph  do  not  differ 
much  from  each  other,  we  know  from  their  distinct  effects  that 
nothing  is  gained  by  these  analyses.  It  is  uot  so  rare  that  two 
substances  may  resemble  each  other  physically,  yet  differ 
greatly  in  their  effect,  just  as  two  bodies,  apparently  very  dis¬ 
similar,  may  be  of  the  same  elementary  constitution. 

The  destruction  wrought  by  small-pox  during  the  centuries 
of  our  era  is  judged  to  amount  to  the  enormous  number  of  45 
millions  of  human  beings. 

When  Jenner  appeared  with  his  inoculation  proposition,  this 
came  very  opportune.  Under  the  total  helplessness  of  the  times 
against  that  scourge  small  pox  it  was  so  eagerly  taken  hold  of, 
that  in  scarcely  two  years  it  had  almost  gone  the  rounds  of  civ¬ 
ilized  Europe,  and  it  may  be  considered  somewhat  strange  that 
the  favor  with  which  it  was  received  has  nowhere  been  gener¬ 
ally  withdrawn.  If  we  inquire  into  the  cause  of  this  singular 
spectacle :  so  general  an  acceptance  of  the  propliylatic  power 
of  vaccination  ;  the  cause  upon  which  that  popular  belief  in  its 
virtue  was  and  still  is  based,  the  universal  practice  rests,  and 
the  conviction  of  its  value  is  derived  from ;  if  we  cannot  help 
but  acknowledge  at  the  same  time  the  facts  that  there  is  no 
conviction,  because  a  conviction  implies  a  previous  mental  ex¬ 
ertion  which  we  cannot  expect  from  the  mass  of  the  people ; 
we  arrive  at  the  conclusion,  that  we  have  to  deal  here  with  the 
following  factors  :  prejudice,  custom,  an  inherited  belief,  alarm, 
fear  from  an  impending  epidemic,  “  the  possibility  it  might  do 
good,  because  other  people  do  it,  the  government  orders  it,  con¬ 
sequently  it  must  be  wholesome ;  besides,  it  can  be  had  gra¬ 
tuitously.”  Such  and  similar  answers  have  to  serve  in  explan¬ 
ation  and  take  the  place  of  reason  and  judgment.  Let  us  look 
now*  at  what  is  said  of  the  opponents  of  that  “  popular  practice.” 
“  The  opposition  is  with  them  traditionally,  an  hereditary  nega¬ 
tion,  the  animus  oppouendi,”  “such  persons”  a  celebrated  vac¬ 
cination  author  says  “  think  for  themselves,  but,  nevertheless, 
somehow  or  other  the  conclusion  they  arrive  at  is  not  the  same 
3 


520  Original  Communications.  [November 

as  that  of  other  people.”  (!)  He  calls  them  “  eccentric,”  and  to 
argue  with  them  “  labor  thrown  away.”  Another  class  of  oppo¬ 
nents,  he  characterizes  as  “dishonest,  suppressing  some  truths, 
exaggerating  and  misstating  others ;  from  them  the  cry  of  dan¬ 
ger  proceeds”;  another  and  more  important  class  of  objectors, 
is  composed  of  “  thinking  men,  but  their  reasoning  is  illogical, 
having  heard  only  one  side  of  the  question  ;  they  are  unaccus¬ 
tomed  to  value  evidence :  judge  on  insufficient  grounds ;  draw- 
hig  inferences  from  too  limited  data,  otherwise  they  are  honest.” 
And  we  too  are  not  forgotten  as  a  professional  class.  “  Where  to 
plaee  that  fortunately  small  class  of  medical  men  who  doubt, 5 
he  does  not  know,  but  he  accuses  them  nevertheless  of  “  illog¬ 
ical  reasoning.”  It  is  a  common  trick  of  thieves,  in  trying  to 
escape,  to  raise  the  hue  and  cry  of  “stop  thief!”  “Illogical 
reasoning?”  It  is  at  least  reasoning;  but  where  do  we  find 
that  amongst  our  men  of  faith  ?  With  that  nice  anthology 
with  which  our  author  has  dignified  our  opposition  we  can  be 
satisfied.  I,  for  my  part,  would  not  like  to  sit  with  him  on  the 
same  bench.  The  main  author  to  whom  I  refer  here  is  Ballard, 
of  England,  who,  in  1868,  has  written  an  essay  on  the  subject 
— a  prize  essay  besides — which  has  been  crowned,  “  as  the  best 
which  has  appeared  in  that  line.”  I  may  therefore  be  excused 
in  presenting  to  the  reader  a  few  more  extracts  from 
that  perspicuous,  contemplative  and  philosophical  author 
of  immaculate  vaccine  conception,  who,  penetrating  with 
a  firm,  resolute,  infallible  mind,  the  inexhaustible,  inscru¬ 
table  and  mysterious  depths  of  the  vital  power  of  the 
human  organism,  concentrated  in  an  epidermoidal  cell, 
and  who  in  unfurling  the  banner  of  an  inscrutable,  myste¬ 
rious  logic  and  veracity,  maintains  “  that  mortality  from  small¬ 
pox  has  decreased  through  vaccination ;  that  small  pox  epi¬ 
demics  have  become  comparatively  of  a  mild  character,  and 
that  epidemics  of  small  pox  have  even  been  arrested  by  vaccin¬ 
ation  and  re-vaccination,  if  rapidly  undertaken.”  It  would  be 
impossible  for  the  limited  space  of  this  article  to  scrutinize  this 
ill-fated  prize  essay  more  closely,  and  give  it  the  attention 
adequate  to  its  deserts,  but  a  few  passages  more  quoted  will 
score  sufficient  to  exult  in,  without  exhausting  the  patience  of 


Schuppert — Vaccination — Small-pox. 


521 


1879] 


the  reader.  u  The  areola  around  the  vesicle,  be  it  in  small  pox 
or  vaccinia,  is  ” — with  our  author — “  au  incontestible  proof  of 
a  constitutional  operation  of  the  virus”]!)  Is  this  not  rather 
an  incontestible  proof  of  ignorance  of  the  most  elementary 
knowledge  of  pathological  anatomy?  He  further  explains: 
u  because  if  it  was  caused  by  the  irritation  or  determination  of 
the  blood  it  occasions,  the  introduction  of  other  irritants  into 
the  tissue  of  the  skin  would  occasion  a  similar  phenomenon.” 
(He  seems  never  to  have  observed  a  pustule  produced  by  tartar 
emetic,  or  even  from  an  inoculation  of  syphilitic  virus !)  And 
he  is  the  more  induced  to  see  here  the  consanguinity  of  small¬ 
pox  and  vaccinia,  because  the  areola  besides  commenced  and 
developed  at  precisely  the  same  period  iu  both  (!) ;  and  singular 
to  say,  the  effect  of  the  mentioned  substances  (tartar  emetic 
and  syphilitic  virus)  show  the  same  interval  also.  Speaking 
of  the  “  modus  operandi  ”  of  the  virus,  he  unfortunately  hits 
upon  a  comparison  with  the  yeast  plant,  which  in  its  growth 
and  multiplication  does  away  with  the  sugar  in  the  infusion  of 
malt.  Yet  as  we  have  seen  that  vaccination  can  be  repeated 
successfully  ad  infinitum ,  the  comparison  limps  fearfully,  and 
more  so  in  comparing  it  with  small  pox  where,  after  the  pro¬ 
cess  is  ended,  it  cannot  be  repeated.  In  his  exertion  to  explain 
the  a  modus  operandi  ”  of  small  pox  after  inoculation,  he  finds 
it  singular  that  the  virus  first  appears  in  selected  spots,  before 
the  general  eruption  breaks  out,  and  is  deferred  until  the  7th 
to  8th  day,  to  explain  which,  he  suggests  an  analogy  in  natural 
history  of  “  living  particles  of  germinal  matter,  the  eutozoa, 


wherein  comparative  anatomy  has  shown  from  the  ovum 
set  free,  several  stages  of  development  before  the  complete 


animal  is  developed,  i.  e.,  capable  of  reproduction  of  its 


species  ;  that  as  long  as  the  condition  iu  which  the  being  Jives 
remains  unaltered,  so  long  the  stage  of  its  development  remains 
in  statu  quo  ;  but  when  the  conditions  are  changed,  the  stage 
of  development  is  advanced.  Between  the  two  stages,  the 
the  ovum  and  complete  animal,  the  forms  of  the  intermediate 
stages  may  be  so  unlike  that  nobody  would  recognize  their 
relationship.”  I  need  hardly  explain  that  our  author  here  has 
reference  to  the  cyst  worms,  to  animals  and  their  complete 


522 


Original  Communications. 


[November 


metamorphosis,  the  tape  worm  in  man,  or  the  fluke  of  inol- 
luscas,  the  larvae  of  the  dystonia  in  the  liver  of  higher  animals, 
of  the  sheep  or  ox,  for  instance,  u  where  it  finds  the  last  resting 
place.”  u  So  ”  he  holds,  “  it  may  be  with  the  inoculated  small - 
jiox  virus,  at  the  spot  where  the  virus  becomes  arrested, 
it  attains  its  complete  development,  and  there  it  generates  until 
all  the  transformed  material  in  the  blood  has  been  removed  or 
is  eliminated  and  the  nervous  phenomena  which  its  presence 
in  the  blood  occasioned,  cease  and  the  fever  subsides.”  So  our 
contemplative  author  believes  the  inoculated  virus  of  small -pox 
operates  locally  and  constitutionally  (!)  and  may  it  “  find  there 
its  last  resting  place,”  till,  to  use  his  own  words,  u  some  sheep 
or  ox  will  swallow  it ;”  it  may  even  for  such  animals  be  hard  to 
digest.  The  u  vaccine  virus”  the  speculative  author  thinks, 
“  operates  locally  precisely  in  the  same  manner  as  the  small  pox 
virus,  and  to  a  certain  extent,  constitutionally  also.”  With 
regard  to  the  so-called  secondary  eruptions,  which  have  been 
observed  occasionally,  it  is  doubtful  if  they  have  not  been 
eruptions  caused  by  small -pox  virus  in  the  form  of  varicella, 
which  would  be  nothing  extraordinary,  since  the  two  processes, 
as  I  have  shown,  have  nothing  in  common  and  may  exist,  yea, 
have  been  observed  to  exist,  together.  He  defines,  besides 
u  vaccinia,  a  disease  not  natural  to  man,  which  did  not  thrive 
in  the  soil  of  his  body,  that  soil  being  foreign  to  it.”  It  seems  our 
author  has  to  utter  some  nonsense  wherever  there  is  room  for  it. 
The  pabulum,  he  says,  “  is  the  same  as  exists  for  small  pox 
virus,  but  the  climate  is  unfavorable,  it  refuses  to  feed  upon  it 
to  the  same  extent.  The  virus  does  not  thrive  in  the  blood, 
although  it  thrives  at  the  place  of  puncture.”  He  thinks  if 
large  quantities  of  vaccine  were  injected  into  the  system,  into 
the  blood-vessels,  or  lymphatics,  then  a  secondary  eruption 
might  follow,  as  in  the  horse,  where  the  experiment  was  tried 
with  the  horse-pox.  Who  will  doubt  that  with  such  a  horse 
dose,  an  extended  lymphaugietis  with  a  vesicular  eruption 
might  be  produced  ?  “  The  virus — according  to  our  prized 

author — will  exhaust  the  system  of  the  pabulum  or  material 
for  transformation,  so  that  the  subsequent  introduction  of  a 
second  dose  of  virus  produces  and  can  produce  no  effect.” 


1879]  Schuppert —  Vaccination — Small-pox.  523 

I  have  shown  by  my  experiments  how  much  this  assertion  is 
worth.  His  confusion  in  considering  both  processes  alike,  in¬ 
duces  him  to  explain  “  the  system  is  no  longer  susceptible  of 
its  influence;  thus,  in  a  patient  who  has  undergone  an  at¬ 
tack  of  small  pox,  an  attempt  of  inoculation  of  small-pox  mat¬ 
ter  is  fruitless  ;  he  is  protected.  If  we  produce  in  any  person 
the  vaccine  disease,  he  is  protected  against  vaccine  virus. 
We  inoculate  small  pox  fruitlessly.”  A  wrong  conception  from 
A  to  Z,  repugnant  to  common  sense,  and  in  conflict  with 
reality.  Protection  against  small  pox  is  obtained  by  a  conta¬ 
gion  having  affected  a  part  of  the  blood  which  undergoes  a 
decomposition  or  alteration,  and  of  which  nothing  remains  to 
sustain  the  process,  consequently  no  reaction  can  follow  a 
renewed  introduction  of  the  contagion  of  the  same  virus ; 
whilst  in  vaccinia  a  local,  not  a  constitutional  affection,  the 
process  might  repeatedly  and  successfully  be  tried  as  often  as 
the  regressive,  decayed  animal  matter,  forming  a  septical,  gan¬ 
grenous,  small  local  abscess,  is  introduced  on  the  locus  minoris 
resistentiae,  where,  according  to  the  old  maxim,  Ubi  irritatio 
ibi  affluxus,  its  presence  will  be  established. 

Vaccination,  as  a  protective  measure  against  small  pox,  has 
forfeited  its  claim  to  the  confidence  of  every  clear-sighted  man. 
Whether  it  would  be  therefore  in  the  general  interest  of  man¬ 
kind  to  abandon  its  practice  totally,  altogether,  cannot  longer 
be  doubted.  The  protecting  qualities  of  vaccine  are  based  on 
error,  which  under  circumstances  may  become  even  fatal.  That 
syphilis  has  been  transmitted  in  this  manner,  there  are  numer¬ 
ous  historical  proofs ;  whether  other  diseases  as  tuberculosis, 
scrophulosis,  etc.,  have  also  been  conveyed  from  one  into  an¬ 
other  organism,  is  yet  an  open  question.  What  shall  we,  after 
after  all  this,  say  of  a  government  which  makes  vaccination 
still  compulsory  ?  and  is  it  not  the  worst  kind  of  absurdity  to 
punish  persons  for  performing  vaccination  u  carelessly ”  with  a 
fine  of  $120  or  three  months  imprisonment,  as  in  some  parts  of 
Germany,  whilst  every  person,  parents,  guardians,  who  do 
not  bring  their  children  to  the  vaccinator,  are  fined 
eight  dollars  and  three  days  imprisonment?  Such  ridic¬ 
ulous,  stupid,  penal  statutes  are  an  outrage  on  com¬ 
mon  sense,  and  most  so  in  a  country  which  boasts  of 


524 


Original  Communications. 


[November 


its  civilization,  and  glories  in  the  name  of  “the  land 
of  the  thinkers,”  a  land  where  hardly  one  in  a  hundred 
escapes  vaccination  and  re- vaccination  and  then  has  still  to  re¬ 
cord  epidemics  of  small  pox  of  a  more  or  less  violent  character.* 
The  amount  of  money  paid  in  England  for  re-vaccination  is 
said  to  amount  to  1,500,000  dollars.  When  we  consider  the 
number  of  people  killed,  or  crippled  for  life,  or  made  unhappy, 
we  are  at  a  loss  to  express  what  we  feel  for  governments  like 
those  of  England,  Germany,  Sweden,  Norway,  and  Denmark, 
where  vaccination  is  still  compulsory,  when  it  rather  should  be 
considered  a  criminal  offense  to  practice  it.  May  it  never  be 
said  of  our  great  republic,  at  least  of  its  general  government, 
that  it  has  passed  laws  to  make  vaccination  obligatory,  though 
I  am  sorry  to  say  the  attempt  has  been  made  in  some  State  or 
other.  Witches  are  burned  and  drowned  no  more,  the  fagots, 
“  faith’s  solitary  pyres”  of  the  Inquisition,  are  nowhere  to  be 
seen,  how  long  will  it  be  before  the  vaccination  evil  will  be¬ 
come  extinct  and  passed  out  of  sight  ?  I  believe  it  useless  to 
say  one  word  more.  Still  it  is  distressing  to  find  medical  men 
yet  so  ignorant  of  the  history  of  a  practice  they  so  often  come 
in  contact  with,  and  it  is  even  more  deplorable  to  see  them  try¬ 
ing  to  make  capital  out  of  that  ignorance. 

I  will  close  these  pages  with  the  hope  that  they  may  do 
some  good,  and  in  taking  leave  of  my  medical  brethren  in  Bos¬ 
ton,  remind  them  of  an  epitaph  proposed  by  a  witty  disciple  of 
the  medical  art,  to  Jeiiuer,  the  great  apostle  of  vaccination : 

“  Homo  vanus  et  levis, 

Cerebro  vacuus  et  temerarius, 

Monte  etjudicio  carens, 

Scientiam  profanisti, 

Terrain  perdidisti, 

Populum  occidi8ti.” 


APPENDIX. 

A  LAWSUIT  FOR  CARELESS  VACCINATION. 

The  Berlin  Klin-  Woschenschrift,  Nro.  27,  for  this  year,  brings 
the  authentic  report  of  a  lawsuit  against  Dr.  D.,  Sanitary  Coun¬ 
cillor  of  Lyck,  Prussia,  for  careless  vaccination,  in  consequence 
of  which  fifteen  children  are  said  to  have  died. 

*  The  appendix  will  contain  the  case  of  the  German  physician  I  had  reference  to  in 
the  beginning  of  this  artiole. 


1879]  Schuppert — Vaccination — Small-pox.  525 

The  Attorney  General  on  the  side  of  the  prosecution  peti¬ 
tioned  the  Court  for  a  judgment  of  5000  marks  (1250  dollars) 
and  6  months  imprisonment.  The  Court  decided  on  a  payment 
of  1000  marks  without  a  further  corporeal  penalty. 

We  will  give  here  an  extract  of  the  case  :  Dr.  D.,  a  practic¬ 
ing  physician  of  Lyck,  and  one  of  the  signers  of  a  petition  to 
the  government  for  the  repeal  of  compulsory  vaccination,  was 
authorized  by  his  superiors  to  perform  general  vaccination 
in  his  district.  After  obtaining  the  vaccine  from  the  govern¬ 
ment  of  Koenigsberg,  he  proceeded  to  vaccinate  some  children, 
and  having  collected  a  sufficient  quantity  of  lymph,  began  gen¬ 
eral  vaccination  in  the  village  of  Grabnits.  He  commenced 
on  the  19th  of  June  last,  to  vaccinate  90  young  children,  and 
60  elder  ones,  ready  to  go  to  school.  At  the  same  time  cases 
of  scarlatina  had  appeared  in  the  village. 

A  few  days  already  after  he  had  commenced  to  vaccinate, 
there  appeared  amongst  some  of  the  youngest  children  an  ery¬ 
sipelatous  inflammation  on  the  vaccinnated  spots,  the  glands 
in  the  armpits  began  to  swell,  ulceration,  abscesses  began  to 
form,  associated  with  an  eruption  resembling  measles  or  scar¬ 
latina  over  their  bodies. 

In  all,  53  of  these  children  took  sick,  of  which  15  died  during 
a  period  of  time  from  6  to  8  weeks.  A  post-mortem  had  been 
made  on  5  of  the  children  and  two  of  them  were  pronounced 
to  have  died  from  a  resorption  of  pus ;  in  the  3  others  scar¬ 
latina  was  assigned  as  the  cause  of  death.  These  post-mortem 
examinations  had  been  made  by  an  expert  of  the  government. 
Of  the  elder  children  not  a  single  one  had  become  sick. 

Amongs  the  witnesses,  a  number  of  the  mothers  of  the  dead, 
had  testified  that  the  vaccination  incisions  had  bled  a  great 
deal ;  others  stated  that  the  doctor  had  taken  vaccine  from  a 
child  with  a  scab  on  its  forehead  and  an  eruption  on  the  skin, 
and  the  vaccine  taken  from  this  child  he  had  mixed  with  his 
other :  though  on  the  day  of  inspection  some  of  the  children 
had  already  presented  ulcerations  and  eruptions,  the  doctor 
nevertheless  gave  a  certificate  setting  forth  that  the  children 
were  “  properly  vaccinated.” 

The  doctor  himself  stated,  that  he  had  made  use  of  this  same 


526  Original  Communications.  (November 

vaccine  at  a  later  date  and  liad  never  observed  similar  results. 
A  portion  of  the  vaccine  was  sent  to  Berlin  for  examination 
and  there  declared  to  be  in  a  state  of  decomposition,  containing 
living  organisms  and  therefore  considered  improper  for  use. 
The  Sanitary  Physician  declared  that  the  death  of  two  children 
had  been  caused  by  using  vaccine  iu  a  state  of  decomposition, 
which  besides  had  been  taken  from  a  scrofulous  child  (!)  where¬ 
by  the  extensive,  large  cuts  had  also  to  be  taken  into  consider¬ 
ation.  Dr.  D.  believed  that  bleeding  in  such  cases  was  very 
common  and  often  unavoidable;  he  had  never  seen  any  harm 
done  by  it.  The  doctor  denied  the  decomposition  of  his  lymph 
at  the  time  he  had  made  use  of  it.  A  part  of  the  sickness  he 
attributed  rather  to  the  customary  action  of  the  mothers  to  suck 
out  such  wounds  to  prevent  the  action  of  the  vaccine  from 
taking  place,  also  wiping  the  vaccinated  spots  with  their  dirty 
fingers.  The  dirt  of  the  arms  of  those  children,  in  one  or  the 
other,  might  also  have  caused  infection  of  the  wounds ;  besides, 
he  thought  that  the  scarlet  fever  might  be  sufficient  to  have 
caused  the  death  of  these  children,  without  any  blame  resting 
upon  the  physician. 

He  had  a  witness  in  the  person  of  the  school  teacher,  who 
had  accompanied  him  on  these  visits  and  who  stated  that 
“  the  doctor  had  always  used  a  small  brush,  which  he  dipped 
in  the  vessel  containing  the  vaccine,  to  arm  his  lancet  with.” 

An  expert  of  the  Government,  Dr.  Pincus,  “  Gelieimer  Sani- 
tats  Rath”  (“Secret  Sanitary  Counsellor”),  gave  it  as  his 
opinion  that  much  bleeding  was  against  the  rule  and  ought  to 
be  reprobated  as  a  technical  incapacity,  indicating  too  great  a 
haste  in  performing  the  operation.  It  besides  caused  unneces¬ 
sary  pain  to  the  children,  and  would  often  flood  away  the  vac¬ 
cine.”  (It  would  have  been  better  for  the  doctor  if  the 
vaccination  had  not  had  an  effective  result.)  “Dr.  Pincus 
considered  the  taking  of  lymph  from  a  scrofulous  child 
and  mixing  it  with  the  balance  of  his  other  lymph  imprudent 
and  unpardonable.  He  could  not  comprehend  that  the 
doctor  had  not  vaccinated  from  arm  to  arm,  and  not  oftener 
renewed  his  lymph,  instead  of  taking  the  old  one,  which 
certainly  would  in  time  decompose  and  putrefy  from  the 


1879J  Schuppert — Vaccination — Smallpox.  527 

heat  and  exhalations  of  the  localities ;  though  such  a  lymph 
might  retain  some  of  its  efficiency,  still  it  might  have  caused 
the  erysipelatous  inflammations  and  poisoning  of  the  blood. 
With  regard  to  the  death  of  these  children  he  could  not  con¬ 
scientiously  decide  upon.  Yet  he  thought  that  as  the  only 
cause  of  the  sickness  and  death  could  be  considered  the  vaccin¬ 
ation  with  a  lymph  in  the  state  of  decomposition.  The  scarlet 
fever  as  a  cause  of  death  he  had  to  deny,  since  no  bad  influence 
from  it  on  vaccination  had  been  observed  in  other  localities 
where  that  fever  was  prevalent;  But  in  regard  to  the  decom¬ 
posed  lymph  every  objective  proof  was  absent,  since  the  doctor 
had  used  the  same  lymph  afterwards  without  it  having  pro¬ 
duced  similar  symptoms.  The  examination  of  the  lymph  m 
Berlin,  several  weeks  later,  could  not  be  considered  as  conclu¬ 
sive  evidence,  since  decomposition  might  have  taken  place 
during  that  space  of  time,  etc.” 

Another  expert,  Prof.  Miiller,  on  the  contrary,  thinks 
that  the  prevailing  scarlet  fever  might  have  been  an  im¬ 
portant  factor  in  causing  this  erysipelatous  inflammations 
and  the  death  of  these  children.  Just  like  in  cholera  epi¬ 
demics,  where  diarrhoea  would  frequently  be  observed,  so 
might  even  slight  wounds  of  the  skin  produce  such  an  ery¬ 
sipelatous  inflammation. 

Finally,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  for  none  of  these  children 
who  died  was  a  physician  employed,  and  the  first,  knowledge 
that  the  Government  received  was  through  the  report  of  the 
Mayor  of  the  village. 

Nevertheless  the  Attorney  General  of  the  State  charged  the 
accused  with  a  gross  and  careless  killing,  respectively  a  serious 
bodily  lesion,  and  prayed  for  an  imprisonment  of  the  doctor 
for  six  months  and  a  penalty  of  5000  marks.  The  court 
of  justice  reduced  the  amount  of  fine  to  1000  marks  only,  on 
account  of  a  careless  performance  of  vaccination.  Both  par¬ 
ties  have  taken  an  appeal. 

A  further  comment  on  this  “cause  celebre”  is  superfluous, 
but  the  sooner  such  tyrannical  laws  of  compulsory  vaccination 
are  repealed  the  better  will  it  be,  and  the  more  in  accord  with 
the  spirit  of  the  enlightened  19th  century. 

4 


528 


Original  Communication •&. 


[November 


A  Case  of  Fibroid  Polypus  of  the  Uterus. 

By  THOS.  J.  ALLEN,  M.D..  Shreveport,  La. 

On  the  loth  of  November,  1877, 1  was  called  to  see  Eliza  M.,  a 
mulatto,  set.  about  22  years,  of  healthy  appearance,  and  rather 
below  medium  stature.  She  was  reared  to  do  house  work,  and 
possessed  more  than  the  ordinary  amount  of  intelligence  for 
one  of  her  race.  From  her  I  obtained  the  following  history  : 
“  1  began  to  menstruate  about  the  age  of  fifteen,  and  was  always 
regular,  but  when  near  eighteen  I  became  pregnant,  and  had 
an  abortion  at  about  the  fourth  month.  My  health  remained 
good  then  for  nearly  three  years.  For  the  past  year  I  have 
suffered  greatly  when  my  menstrual  period  was  coming  on, 
especially  with  headache.  I  am  regular,  but  I  think  my  courses 
stay  on  me  too  long.  T  have  always  been  of  a  very  constipated 
habit.”  Upon  examination  by  the  biuanual  method,  the  uterus 
seemed  about  four  times  the  size  of  a  non-gravid  one.  As  there 
intervened  but  little  adipose  tissue,  I  was  impressed  with  the 
hard  and  unyielding  feel  conveyed  to  the  touch,  both  vaginal 
and  rectal,  much  greater  than  usually  obtains  in  ordinary  hyper¬ 
trophy  of  this  organ. 

Upon  the  introduction  of  the  speculum  (Nott’s)  into  the 
vagina,  the  os  tinea*  was  found  ulcerated,  and  the  neck  of  the 
uterus  enlarged  and  indurated.  1  experienced  some  difficulty 
in  introducing  the  sound,  and,  as  the  uterus  bled  rather  freely, 
1  could  not  make  a  satisfactory  exploration.  With  the  hope  of 
obtaining  a  clearer  insight  into  the  cause  of  the  enlargement,  L 
introduced  a  sponge-tent  and  let  it  remain  twenty -four  hours  ; 
upon  its  removal  considerable  haemorrhage  ensued;  the  dilata¬ 
tion  was  unsatisfactory,  and  as  the  uterus  had  grown  quite  sen¬ 
sitive  under  the  use  of  the  tent,  I  did  not  think  it  prudent  to 
push  the  examination  further.  I  cauterized  the  os  and  neck, 
as  far  up  as  practicable,  with  nitrate  of  silver;  applied  the  usual 
pledget  of  cotton  wool  wetted  in  glycerine  to  the  os,  gave  the 
patient  an  opiate,  and  left  her.  On  visiting  her  the  following 
day,  I  found  considerable  constitutional  disturbance — high  fever 
and  tenderness  over  the  abdomen  —the  beginning  of  an  attack 
of  metro  peritonitis  which  followed.  This  I  treated  by  rest, 


Allen — Fibroid  Polypus  of  the  Uterus. 


529 


1879] 


opiates,  fomentations  and  mild  purgation.  The  attack  soon 
yielded,  but  left  the  patient  quite  afraid  of  sponge-tents.  She 
was  put  upon  the  following  11 :  Potass,  iodide,  grs.  5,  liyd.  bi- 
chlor.,  grs.  in  half  an  ounce  of  syr.  sarsap.  co.,  three  times 
daily,  and  ordered  to  apply  a  blister  over  the  womb  when  there 
existed  much  tenderness. 

I  visited  this  case  twice  afterwards,  and  applied  the  argent 
nit.  at  intervals  of  about  a  week,  and  ordered  her  to  continue 
the  treatment  for  several  months  if  it  appeared  to  improve  her. 
She  did  so,  and  reported  herself  much  improved.  1  was  satis¬ 
fied  there  was  considerable  reduction  in  the  size  of  the  uterus, 
or  tumor  if  one  existed  at  this  time. 

Her  general  health  remained  quite  good  until  the  summer 
of  1878,  when  1  was  called  to  visit  her  and  requested  to 
bring  my  uterine  case  as  she  feared  a  return  of  her  old  trouble. 
On  July  30th  1  called  and  learned  that  for  several  months  she 
had  suffered  greatly  at  each  monthly  period  with  headache  and 
pains  in  the  abdomen.  Her  courses  would  last  teu  or  twelve 
days  and  then  assume  a  muco  purulent  character.  The  bowels 
had  been  most  generally  very  constipated. 

Upon  examination  1  found  a  tumor  occupying  very  nearly  a 
central  position  in  the  pelvis  and  extending  considerably  above 
the  symphisis;  the  right  ovary  was  enlarged  and  quite  tender. 
This  growth  in  the  pelvis  had  been  so  gradual  that  she  did  not 
remember  when  it  began.  She  had  lost  considerably  in  tiesh 
and  had  but  little  appetite.  After  a  somewhat  careful  exami¬ 
nation,  per  vaginam  et  rectum ,  1  was  almost  satisfied  of  the 
existence  of  a  tumor  in  the  uterus  and  thought  it  most  likely 
a  submucous  or  intra-mural  fibroid ;  it  was  quite  hard,  there 
was  but  little  intervening  adipose  tissue  and  1  thought  I  de¬ 
tected  a  slight  lobulated  feeling  to  it.  Upon  introducing  the 
speculum  there  was  sonsiderable  muco-sanguinolent  discharge, 
the  result  of  uterine  catarrh,  the  os  presented  a  very  unhealthy 
appearance  and  was  covered  with  granular  erosions  aud  was 
much  indurated  ;  a  flexible  bougie  readily  passed  to  the  depth 
of  four  inches,  but  Simpson’s  sound  had  to  be  greatly  curved  to 
be  introduced. 


530 


Original  Communications. 


[November 


The  nature  of  her  condition  being  made  known  to  her,  I  had 
little  difficulty  in  obtaining  her  consent  to  use  the  tents,  and 
this  visit  l  introduced  a  moderate  size  carbolized  sponge  tent, 
but,  remembering  the  trouble  attendant  upon  a  former  occa¬ 
sion,  I  let  it  remain  only  eighteen  hours;  its  removal  was  at¬ 
tended  with  some  difficulty,  so  indurated  were  the  os  and  neck 
that  the  meshes  of  the  sponge  became  imbedded  in  the  tissues 
and  considerable  haemorrhage  followed  its  removal.  When  the 
bleeding  ceased  1  applied  nitric  acid,  pure,  to  the  diseased 
parts  and  introduced  the  pledget  of  cotton  wetted  in  glycerine. 
No  untoward  symptoms  followed  the  use  of  the  tent  except  a 
slight  ovaritis  of  the  right  side,  which  was  relieved  by  the  ap¬ 
plication  of  a  blister.  I  repeated  the  introduction  of  the  tents 
at  varying  intervals  until  six  had  been  used,  when  their  full 
capacity  had  been  reached,  I  could  then  both  feel  and  see  the 
tumor.  It  was  very  hard  to  the  touch  and  appeared  quite  vas. 
cular.  I  could  pass  the  finger  around  it,  but  such  was  its  size 
that  I  could  not  reach  high  enough  to  touch  the  pedicle,  nor 
could  I,  after  the  most  patient  use  of  the  sound,  determine  the 
size  of  its  uterine  attachment. 

The  weather  being  very  warm,  and  the  patient  much  exhausted 
from  confinement  consequent  upon  the  introduction  of  the  tents 
and  the  ovaritis,  which  invariably  followed,  I  thought  it  pru¬ 
dent  to  desist  from  any  further  surgical  interference.  I  put 
.  her  upon  ten  grain  doses  of  muriate  of  ammonia  three  times  a 
day,  ordered  the  glycerine  to  be  applied  to  the  os  tincae  every 
night,  and  a  large  quantity  of  warm  water  to  be  injected  per 
vaginam  twice  daily.  Tnis  treatment  was  to  be  kept  up  for 
several  months. 

On  the  6th  of  March  last  I  called  to  see  Eliza,  and  found  her 
laboring  under  severe  uterine  pains  resembling  those  of  labor. 
She  had  just  passed  a  catameuial  period  of  about  ten  days  in 
duration.  There  was  still  present  a  muco-sanguinolent  dis¬ 
charge  from  the  uterine  catarrh.  The  os  uteri  was  dilated  to 
the  size  of  a  quarter  dollar,  and  nature  was  endeavoring  to 
deliver  the  tumor.  These  symptoms  continued  for  several 
days,  and  her  condition  was  rendered  tolerable  only  when 
under  the  influence  of  an  opiate.  Hitherto  I  had  been  alone 


1879]  Aljlen — Fibroid  Polypus  of  the  Uterus.  531 

in  my  examinations,  and  had  only  employed  a  modification  of 
Nott’s  speculum,  devised  by  myself,  aud  wishing  to  advise  with 
some  one  as  to  the  best  method  of  opera  ting,  I  took  my  friend, 
Dr.  K.  A.  Gray,  to  see  the  case  with  me,  and  we  used  Sim’s 
speculum.  The  following  plau  of  operating  was  agreed  upon : 
to  forcibly  dilate  the  os  to  its  utmost  extent,  then  to  seize  the 
tumor  with  a  strong  vol sella  forceps  and  forcibly  to  extrude  it, 
so  that  its  attachment  or  pedicle  might  be  readied  and  ligated. 
In  order  to  effect  the  dilatation,  the  patient  was  placed  upon  a 
table  in  the  dorsal  position,  the  Xott’s  speculum  was  inserted, 
aud  through  this  a  long  tri-valved  rectal  speculum  for  forcible 
dilatation  was  introduced  into  the  os,  and  it  put  upon  the 
stretch.  This  was  done  quite  slowly,  and  did  not  require  the 
use  of  an  anaesthetic.  When  we  had  consumed  perhaps  half  an 
hour  testing  the  dilatability  of  the  os,  we  found  that,  owing  to 
its  previously  diseased  condition,  one  and  a  half  inches  was 
the  utmost  limit  it  would  bear  without  a  rupture,  while  two 
and  a  half  inches  was  the  supposed  diameter  of  the  tumor,  and 
its  hardness  precluded  the  idea  of  compressing  it.  Upon  seiz¬ 
ing  the  tumor  with  the  volsella,  it  gave  the  impression  of  a 
short  and  very  firm  attachment  to  the  fundus  uteri.  As  stated 
above,  this  examination  was  made  without  the  use  of  an  anes¬ 
thetic. 

On  April  2d,  Drs.  Ford,  Gray  and  myself  visited  the  case, 
placed  her  upon  a  suitable  table  and  administered  chloroform. 
After  a  careful  examination,  we  resolved  to  try  the  removal  of 
the  tumor  with  the  ecraseur  and  wire.  u  After  (I  will  here  use 
the  expression  of  those  who  have  tried  it)  great  difficulty,  we 
succeeded  in  adjusting  the  wire  around  the  pedicle  aud  began 
the  process  of  tightening,  and  were  succeeding  finely  when  the 
wire  gave  way ;  we  mended  it  again  and  again  with  a  like 
result.” 

Thinking  a  large  catgut  string  might  be  stronger,  but  having 
none  at  hand,  we  gave  the  patient  a  hypodermic  injection  of 
morphine  and  left  her. 

On  the  following  day  we  returned,  placed  the  patient  upon 
the  table  and  gave  her  chloroform,  and  proceeded  to  pass  the 
catgut  ligature,  but  in  this  we  signally  failed,  for  as  soon  as  it 


532  Original  Communications.  [November 

became  moist,  it  seemed  impossible  to  carry  it  to  the  fundus  of 
the  uterus. 

1  felt  fully  convinced  that  it  would  not  do  to  longer  delay  the 
removal  of  the  tumor  and  resolved  to  try,  if  possible,  to  twist 
it  from  its  attachment.  Having  provided  several  pledgets  of 
cotton,  wetted  in  equal  parts  of  Monsel’s  solution  and  water  to 
be  used  in  case  of  hemorrhage,  I  seized  the  tumor  with  a 
large  sized  volsella  and  endeavored  to  twist  it.  1  thought  1 
was  succeeding  well  until  I  discovered  a  large  piece  of  the 
tumor  removed ;  there  being  but  little  hemorrhage,  passing  in 
again  the  volsella  until  I  grasped,  perhaps,  a  third  of  the 
tumor,  I  embedded  them  firmly,  then  with  another  volsella  at 
an  opposite  point,  I  firmly  fixed  these  and  began  slowly,  but 
forcibly  to  twist  the  tumor  upon  its  pedicle.  Then  to  my 
great  gratification  I  felt  it  turn  in  the  uterus  and  very  soon 
afterwards  severed  it  from  its  attachment.  There  was  no 
hemorrhage,  the  application  of  the  erasuer  and  wire  the  day 
previous  had  doubtless  prevented  it.  The  removal  of  the 
tumor  was  then  effected  by  dividing  it  up  in  sections  with  a 
strong  pair  of  curvedscissors.  When  removed  it  weighed  about 
five  ounces,  was  slightly  lobulated,  almost  the  shape  of  an  orange 
and  had  a  very  short  pedicle  of  about  an  inch  in  diameter.  I 
present  it  to  you  to-night  and  regard  it  as  a  beautiful  speci¬ 
men  of  a  uterine  fibroid  polypus. 

The  treatment  adopted  was  rest  in  bed,  a  light  but  generous 
diet,  turpentine  stupes  over  the  abdomen  with  linseed  meal 
poultices.  The  bowels  being  obstinately  constipated  at  the 
time,  in  consequence  of  the  continued  use  of  opiates  for  sev¬ 
eral  days  prior  to  the  operation,  castor  oil  was  first  used  as  a 
cathartic  in  two  drachm  doses  every  three  hours  until  the 
desired  effect  was  obtained.  A  slight  ovaritis  of  the  right 
side,  which  yielded  without  any  special  treatment,  was  the 
only  untoward  symptom  following  the  operation.  The  uterus 
was  syringed  out  twice  a  day  with  one  drachm  of  carbolic  acid 
to  one  pint  of  warm  water.  It  has  now  been  over  two  mouths 
since  the  operation.  The  patient  is  up  attending  to  her  ordi¬ 
nary  duties.  She  says  that  she  has  menstruated  twice  since, 
the  last  time  without  any  pain  whatever. 


1879]  Shively — Foreign  Body  in  the  Windpipe. 


533 


Case  of  Foreign  Body  in  the  Windpipe. 

By  C.  SHIVELY,  M.D.,  Liberty  Hill,  La. 

On  the  evening  of  Thursday,  October  31st,  1878,  I  was  called 
to  see  Anna,  daughter  of  W.  T.  B.,  aged  15  mouths.  Ou 
arriving  1  found  the  little  patient  laboring  with  considerable 
difficulty  of  breathing,  accompanied  with  paroxysms  of  cough 
of  a  croupal  sound.  On  inquiry  the  mother  informed  me  that 
her  baby  was  choked  with  a  grain  of  corn ;  that  some  half  hour 
ago  she  was  giving  it  some  milk  with  a  spoon,  at  the  same  time 
it  was  playing  with  some  shelled  corn,  and  as  she  gave  it  a 
spoonful  of  milk  it  got  strangled,  and  she  supposed  it  had  got 
a  grain  of  corn  down  into  the  air  passage.  After  examining  its 
throat  as  well  as  I  could,  and  not  finding  or  detecting  anything, 
1  gave  it  an  emetic  of  ipecacuanha,  which  soon  produced  co¬ 
pious  vomiting ;  during  the  action  ot  the  emetic  she  threw  up 
some  fifteen  or  eighteen  grains  of  corn,  which  gave  no  relief  to 
the  dy spnce,  but  satisfied  me  to  a  certain  extent  that  the  for¬ 
eign  body  was  a  grain  of  corn  in  the  windpipe.  I  visited  the 
child  every  few  hours  during  the  night  and  following  day,  and 
after  trying  all  the  usual  means  at  hand  to  assist  the  natural 
efforts  of  the  little  patieut  to  expel  the  foreign  substance  with¬ 
out  any  avail,  and  seeing  the  child  was  gradually  growing- 
worse  in  consequence  of  the  irritation  and  infiltration  produced 
by  the  presence  of  the  foreign  body  in  the  air  passage, 
on  Saturday  morning  I  informed  the  parents  that  I  could 
suggest  nothing  towards  the  relief  of  their  baby  save  an 
operation,  open  the  windpipe  and  through  the  artificial  open¬ 
ing  endeavor  to  extract  the  foreign  substance.  To  this  they 
very  readily  consented,  saying  they  were  willing  for  anything 
to  be  done  to  save  their  child.  1  consequently  sent  for  Dr.  K. 
A.  Crawford,  who  arrived  iu  a  short  while.  After  consulta¬ 
tion  we  concluded  to  operate  as  soon  as  possible,  but  after  exam¬ 
ining  our  armamentarium  in  search  of  some  little  instruments 
that  we  might  need  during  or  after  the  operotion,  we  found  to 
our  great  displeasure  that  we  had  none,  such  as  canulars,  little 
curved  forceps,  or  nothing  of  the  kind  for  extracting  foreign 
bodies  from  the  air  passages  in  case  we  should  have  to  search  for 


534  Original  Communications.  [November 

it.  Consequently  we  dispatched  a  messenger  to  Mt.  Lebanon 
in  haste,  to  obtain  some  little  instruments  if  possible,  and  con¬ 
cluded  to  defer  the  operation  until  4  o’clock  in  the  evening,  un¬ 
less  it  should  become  necessary  to  operate  sooner. 

We  watched  the  case  closely,  and  about  3  o’clock  in  the  after¬ 
noon  we  found  the  condition  of  the  patient  gradually  growing 
worse ;  pulse  145 ;  the  breathing  exceedingly  laborious,  appa¬ 
rently  in  consequence  of  a  muco  purulent  infiltration  in  the  tra¬ 
chea;  the  prolabia  and  fingers  showed  commencing  cyanosis;  in 
fact,  a  glance  at  the  little  patient,  even  by  no  very  experienced 
eye,  showed  that  death  by  suffocation  was  imminent — that  a  few 
hours  would  likely  put  an  end  to  the  distressing  scene  without 
some  intervention  of  relief.  We  fully  explained  to  the  parents 
the  danger  of  death  to  the  patient  during  the  performance  of 
the  operation,  and  the  doubt  as  to  ultimate  recovery,  even 
should  the  ojreration  terminate  successfully.  They  readily  con¬ 
sented  and  were  anxious  for  the  operation  to  he  performed, 
saying  that  it  was  very  plain  to  their  common  sense  that,  as  it 
was,  their  little  babe  had  but  a  short  time  to  live,  and  that  they 
were  were  willing  to  risk  anything  whatever  promising  the 
slightest  hope ;  that  if  it  should  die  upon  the  table,  it  would 
abridge  its  life  but  a  short  while,  and  its  sufferings,  to  which 
death  would  be  preferable.  1  now  placed  the  child  upon  the 
table  and  chloroformed  it,  and  with  the  assistance  of  Dr.  E.  A. 
Crawford,  I  proceeded  to  perform  the  operation  of  tracheotomy. 
Having  the  head  held  steady  and  inclined  backward  by  an 
assistant,  I  made  an  incision  on  the  median  line  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  neck,  about  an  inch  or  a  little  more  in  length,  the 
upper  portion  terminating  a  little  above  the  cricoid  cartilage. 
After  dividing  the  skin,  fat,  and  fascia,  the  commissure  of  the 
sterno  hyoid  muscles  was  exposed,  which  1  carefully  separated 
with  the  handle  of  the  knife.  The  tracheal  rings  being  laid 
bare,  I  detached  the  areolar  investment  with  the  handle  and 
point  of  the  knife ;  the  haemorrhage  was  slight,  some  veins 
being  cut  or  ruptured,  which  were  soon  stopped  with  a  pencil 
of  lunar  caustic.  I  now  opened  the  trachea,  by  introducing  the 
point  of  the  knife  in  the  lower  part  of  the  wound  and  cutting 
upwards,  the  isthmus  of  the  thyroid  gland  being  kept  out  of 


1879 1  Rohe — Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology,  535 

harm’s  way.  After  completion  of  the  opening  through  tin-* 
windpipe,  by  the  first  expiration  there  was  thrown  out  through 
the  wound  a  considerable  quantity  of  muco-puruleut  matter, 
and  the  second  expiration  expelled  the  grain  of  corn.  The  child 
now  ceased  to  breathe,  apparently  from  the  exhaustion  pro¬ 
duced  by  the  effects  of  the  operation  and  etherization.  We 
quickly  opened  the  wound  with  some  little  hooks  we  prepared 
for  the  purpose,  and  turning  the  child  upon  its  side,  respiration 
was  again  established,  and  after  the  trachea  became  clear  of 
the  infiltration  breathing  became  easy,  and  after  the  patient 
had  somewhat  returned  to  consciousness  we  removed  the  hooks 
and  let  the  wound  close.  Approximating  the  lips  of  the  wound 
with  strips  of  adhesive  plaster,  and  applying  a  weak  solution 
of  carbolic  acid  two  or  three  times  a  day,  keeping  the  room  it 
occupied  of  an  equitable  temperature  as  near  as  possible,  also 
keeping  its  bowels  well  opened,  constituted  the  principal  after- 
treatment.  Notwithstanding  some  little  trouble  and  difficulty 
in  keeping  the  lips  of  the  wound  together,  the  little  patient 
continued  to  improve,  and  is  to-day,  November  28th  (twenty- 
six  days  after  the  operation),  perfectly  sound  and  well.  No 
subsequent  difficulty  ensued;  no  sign  whatever  of  paralysis 
has  shown  itself,  and  its  voice  is  as  clear  and  good  as  before  the 
operation 


Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology. 

By  GEORGE  H.  ROHE,  M.D.,  New  Orleans. 

I.— ACUTE  EXFOLIATIVE  DERMATITIS  OF  INFANTS. 

[Prof.  Von  Ritter  :  Central  Zeitung  fuer  Kinderheilluiude,  October.  1878.  Cesar 
Boeck :  Viertcljahresai  hr.  f.  Dermatologic  u.  Svpli.  t,  1878.  Behrend:  Ibid.,  2  and  3, 
1679.J 

In  most  text-books  ou  skin  diseases  may  be  found  an 
account  of  a  fatal  affection  which  is  described  under  the  name 
of  “  Acute  Pemphigus.”  The  affection  attacks  young  children 
only,  runs  a  rapid  course,  and  is  in  the  majority  of  cases  ter¬ 
minated  by  death.  Prof.  Hebra,  of  Vienna,  and  most  derma¬ 
tologists  of  his  school,  emphatically  deny  the  occurrence  of 


o 


530  Original  Communications.  [November 

pemphigus  iu  an  acute  or  epidemic  form.  Supporting  the 
views  of  Hebra,  Prof.  Von  Ritter  in  an  elaborate  article, 
describes  the  affection  as  it  occurred  under  his  observation  in 
the  Foundling  Asylum  of  the  city  ot  Prague,  and  gives  it  the 
name  at  the  head  of  this  article. 

The  disease  first  appeared  in  the  Prague  Foundling  Asylum, 
in  1808,  since  which  date  it  has  been  almost  a  constant,  though 
decidedly  unwelcome  guest  iu  that  institution ;  -97  children 
were  attacked  iu  the  ten  years;  of  these  150  recovered,  145 
died,  and  the  remaining  two  were  still  under  treatment.  Boys 
are  oftener  attacked  than  girls.  The  children  attacked  were 
nearly  all  between  two  and  five  weeks  old.  There  is  usually  a 
prodromal  stage  manifested  by  abnormal  dryness  of  the  integ¬ 
ument  with  desquamation  of  the  epidermis,  in  the  form  of  fine 
branny  scales.  The  skin  of  the  lower  part  of  the  face,  espe¬ 
cially  about  the  angles  of  the  mouth,  becomes  red  and  slightly 
tumid.  The  margin  of  the  redness,  which  rapidly  spreads,  is 
indistinct,  not  being  sharply  defined  against  the  healthy  skin. 
At  the  same  time  the  skin  at  the  angles  of  the  mouth  becomes 
fissured  and  covered  with  scabs.  The  mucous  membrane  lining 
the  pharynx  and  buccal  cavity  is  reddened  and  the  palatal 
arch  is  the  seat  of  superficial  erosions,  covered  by  a  grayish- 
white  exudation. 

The  appetite  and  digestion  of  the  infant  remain  unimpaired, 
and  there  is  no  increase  of  temperature.  The  redness  and 
thickening  of  the  skin  extends  over  the  entire  body.  The  face 
becomes  covered  by  yellowish  translucent  scabs  upon  a  red¬ 
dened  base,  intersected  in  various  directions  by  fissures.  The 
skin  becomes  wrinkled  and  the  upper  layer  separates  from  the 
cutis.  The  epidermis  may  be  detached  in  large  flakes,  or  is 
cast  off  spontaneously.  This  process  continuing  until  the  en¬ 
tire  surface  is  denuded  of  epidermis,  presents  an  appearance 
similar  to  that  following  an  exte  isive  scalding.  In  favorable 
cases  the  dark  raw-flesh- •  olor  of  the  cutis  soon  gives  way  to  a 
lighter  red,  and  in  some  cases  the  normal  color  of  the  skin  is 
restored  in  24  to  30  hours.  In  unfavorable  cases,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  color  is  a  dirty  brownish  red,  and  the  cutis  becomes 
dry  and  parchment-like.  Iu  those  cases  which  terminate  in 


1879J  Rohe — Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology.  537 

recovery,  the  normal  condition  is  entirely  re-established  in  a 
week  or  ten  days,  the  skin  for  a  few  days  being  covered  by  a 
tine  branny  desquamation. 

As  sequelce  of  the  disease,  eczemas  of  considerable  extent, 
or  pea  sized  and  larger,  superficial  boils  and  abscesses, 
sometimes  in  large  numbers  occur,  and  delay  complete  recov¬ 
ery.  At  other  times  extensive  phlegmonous  infiltrations  occupy 
considerable  tracts  of  skin,  and  may  result  in  grangrenous 
destruction  of  tissue  and  death.  In  the  latter  conditions  pneu¬ 
monia  and  colliquative  diarrhoea  not  rarely  precede  the  fatal 
termination. 

Relapses  are  infrequent.  When  they  occur  the  disease  is  of 
a  milder  type  than  originally. 

Ritter  considers  the  disease  to  be  a  manifestation  of  py®mic 
infection,  localized  upon  the  external  integument,  and  some¬ 
times  extending  to  contiguous  mucous  surfaces,  as  the  coujunc- 
tiva,  the  mucous  lining  of  the  mouth,  ete. 

The  diagnosis  is  easy,  no  other  disease  being  liable  to  be 
mistaken  for  it.  In  erysipelas,  which  sometimes  affects  infants 
in  a  similar  manner,  there  is  always  considerable  elevation  of 
temperature;  this  symptom  is  absent  in  exfoliative  dermatitis. 
In  pemphigus  the  bull®  are  surrounded  by  a  reddish  border, 
separated  from  adjoining  blebs  by  healthy  integument.  In 
exfoliative  dermatitis  the  redness  and  thickening  are  progres¬ 
sive  and  occupy  finally  the  entire  surface.  The  bull®  of  pem¬ 
phigus  appear  in  successive  crops,  while  relapses  are  rare  in 
exfoliative  dermatitis. 

The  post-mortem  appearances  present  nothing  characteristic. 
The  etiology  is  unknown.  The  disease  is  not  contagious.  There 
is  no  known  means  of  prevention. 

The  treatment  is  purely  symptomatic.  Sufficient  nourish¬ 
ment  of  the  infant  at  the  breast  is  of  the  first  importance. 
Pure  air,  the  room  not  kept  too  warm.  Locally,  cool  baths, 
drying  the  skin  with  fine  soft  cloths  and  carefully  avoiding 
friction  w  ill  meet  the  indications  in  most  cases.  Ragged  and 
loose  patches  of  epidermis  should  be  clipped  off  with  the  scis¬ 
sors,  and  all  denuded  and  fissuied  surfaces  dusted  with  finely 


538 


Original  Com  municatiom. 


[November 


powdered  calomel.  The  crusts  which  accumulate  at  the  angles 
of  the  mouth  and  render  uursiug  difficult  and  painful,  are  best 
gotten  rid  of  by  soaking  them  with  oil  of  sweet  almonds  and 
carefully  removing  the  loose  ones  by  means  of  a  dressing  for¬ 
ceps.  Baths  of  oak  bark  (80-100  grammes  to  one  litre  of  water) 
one-half  of  this  decoction  to  be  added  to  each  bath,  are  some¬ 
times  useful.  In  uncomplicated  cases  no  internal  medication 
is  necessary.  All  complications  will  of  course  receive  appro¬ 
priate  treatment. 

Behrend  gives  brief  notes  of  a  circumscribed  epidemic  of  the 
same  disease  occurring  in  a  country  district  in  Prussia.  He 
criticizes  the  views  of  Yon  Ritter,  and  groups  the  cases  as 
acute  pemphigus.  In  view  of  the  differences  in  the  clinical 
history  of  the  two  diseases,  the  name  given  to  the  affection  by 
Prof.  Von  Ritter  and  which  heads  this  abstract,  is  believed  to 
be  most  appropriate,  being  in  entire  accordance  with  the  en¬ 
deavors  now  being  made,  and  nowhere  with  more  energy  than 
in  this  country,  to  give  to  dermatology  a  sound  and  rational 
pathological  basis. 

II.— TRICHORREXIS  NODOSA. 

[Schwimmer :  Vierteljahresscbr,  f.  Dermatol,  u.  Syph.  4,  1878,  Cheadle  and  Morris:  Lan¬ 
cet,  No.fi.  1879.  Sherwell:  Archives  of  Dermatology,  July,  1879.  Desenne:  Bull.  Gen.  de 
Therap.  July  15,  1878.1 

In  1855,  the  late  Dr.  Hermann  Beigel,  in  a  memoir  read  be¬ 
fore  the  Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Vienna,  described, 
for  the  first  time,  a  disease  of  the  hair  characterized  by  the 
appearance  of  little  fusiform  swellings  upon  the  hair-shaft. 
The  hair,  at  the  points  where  these  swellings  appear,  becomes 
brittle  and  breaks  easily,  the  broken  ends  having  a  brush-like 
appearance.  In  most  cases  the  hair  of  the  beard  only  is  af¬ 
fected.  In  1872,  Devergie  and  Billi  described  several  cases  of 
the  same  disease,  to  which  the  former  applied  the  name  “  Tri- 
coptilcse,”  suggested  by  the  eminent  philologist  Littre.  The 
name  generally  adopted  by  dermatologists  at  present  is  that 
given  to  the  affection  by  Kaposi,  and  which  heads  this  para¬ 
graph. 

The  disease,  according  to  Schwimmer,  who  appears  to  have 
made  a  thorough  investigation,  consists  in  a  disturbance  of 


1879] 


Dell’  Orto — The  Mature  of  Contagion. 


539 


nutrition  of  the  hair,  manifesting  itself  in  constriction  of  the 
bulbar  portion,  partial  destruction  of  the  medullary  substance, 
and  the  splitting  up  of  the  cortical  layer  into  bristly  fibres. 
The  disease  is  not  parasitic.  A  number  of  cases  have  recently 
been  published  in  French  and  English  journals  under  the  de¬ 
signation  :  “  I'icdras,  a  new  parasi  ic  disease  of  the  hairy  The 
weight  of  the  evidence  is  against  its  being  parasitic. 

No  treatment  hitherto  used  has  been  found  uniformly  suc¬ 
cessful.  Repeated  shaving  gives  the  most  promise  of  cure. 


The  Nature  of  Contagion. 

( Read  before  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association,  Sept.  20th,  187P.) 

By  JOHN  DELL’  ORTO,  M.D. 

The  subject  that  our  confrere,  Dr.  Jamison,  has  clioseu  for 
his  paper  is  one  of  the  greatest  importance — important  to  the 
physician,  the  hygienist,  and  the  philanthropist. 

To  know  the  nature  of  contagion  means  to  know  how  to 
attack  and  destroy  the  causes  of  the  most  terrible  diseases  that 
afflict  the  human  race.  The  field  of  discussion  is  vast,  and  I 
must  confess,  too  difficult  for  me.  My  ignorance  in  this  matter 
is  so  much  greater  thau  my  knowledge,  that  1  should  have  pre¬ 
ferred  to  be  here  to-niglit  as  a  listener  than  as  a  speaker.  In 
fact,  if  you  ask  me  for  a  scientific  definition  of  contagion,  I 
have  to  answer  that  I  do  not  know.  How,  then,  can  I  intelli¬ 
gently  discuss  a  subject  when  the  meaning  of  the  word  by 
which  it  is  expressed  is  so  differently  understood  by  phy¬ 
sicians?  How  can  I  profitably  discuss  the  nature  of  diseases 
and  of  poisons  that  are  invisible,  and  which  have  hitherto 
eluded  all  scientific  investigations,  and  which  can  only  be 
detected  by  their  effects  on  the  human  body  ?  Nevertheless, 
I  will  say  something,  giving  views  drawn  only  from  practical 
facts  and  by  way  of  induction. 

I. 

From  the  Latin  tangere,  to  touch,  I  call  such  diseases  conta¬ 
gious  as  may  be  transmitted  from  man  to  man,  from  certain 


540 


Original  Communications. 


[November 


animals  to  man,  and  from  a  sick  person  to  a  healthy  one  com¬ 
ing  in  contact  with  him.  This  kind  of  disease  comprises  many 
varieties,  and  as  the  nature  of  contagion  in  each  is  essentially 
different,  I  divide  them  into  two  grand  classes. 

1st.  Those  that  are  infectious  and  create  epidemics,  such  as 
small  pox,  scarlet  fever,  milliary  fever,  and  measles. 

2d.  Those  that  never  become  epidemic,  such  as  syphilis,  sca¬ 
bies,  cow-pox,  rabies,  and  malignant  pustule. 

Now,  leaving  aside  this  second  class  of  diseases,  and  which 
really  have  nothing  to  do  with  my  subject,  I  will  only  speak 
of  the  first  class  and  especially  of  small  pox. 

The  cause  that  originates  these  diseases  is  an  unknown 
morbific  principle  that  has  the  property  of  reproducing  itself 
in  the  human  system,  as  a  seed  does  in  the  ground,  poisons  the 
blood  and  communicates  the  disease  to  persons  who  have  never 
had  it  before,  following  a  certain  constant  rule,  almost  as  if  it 
was  performing  a  physiological  function.  This  communication 
from  man  to  man  is  made  either  by  direct  contact,  infection  or 
inoculation  from  the  blood  or  products  of  the  same  constitu¬ 
tional  poison  as,  for  instance,  the  pus  from  the  small  pox 
pustule. 

The  emanations  from  the  respiratory  organs,  and  from  the 
cutaneous  surface  of  the  patients,  contaminate  the  surrounding 
air,  which  becomes  impregnated  with  the  poison,  and  an  epi¬ 
demic  follows. 

The  infection  in  these  diseases  always  comes  from  the  patients 
themselves,  and  is  independent  of  telluric  or  meteorological 
circumstances.  You  take  a  case  of  small  pox  and  bring  it  to 
any  place  in  the  world,  in  any  climate,  at  any  season  in  the 
year,  where  the  inhabitants  have  never  had  the  disease,  or  who 
have  not  been  vaccinated,  and  you  will  certainly  cause  an  epi¬ 
demic;  it  does  not  matter  whether  the  patient  resides  in  the 
most  elegant  and  clean  mansion  of  the  rich,  or  in  the  most 
humble  and  modest  cottage  of  the  poor. 

The  epidemic  once  established  runs  a  more  or  less  regular 
course,  as  if  it  was  dependent  upon  a  peculiar  law;  it  describes 
its  parabola  and  finally  disappears.  Where  does  the  poison 
go  If  After  a  lapse  of  time  the  disease  re-appears.  Where  does 


1S79|  Dell,’  Out  ) — The  Nature  of  Contagion.  541 

the  poison  (or  gar: a  if  yon  prefer  the  tin  no)  co  ne  from  ?  Hts 
it  been  latent  (or  hi  icrnating  if  you  please)  for  years  ?  Is  it  a 
de  novo  production  ?  We  do  not  know.  So  it  goes,  gentlemen, 
these  germs  are  traveling  away  from  the  piercing  eyes  of  the 
microscopist  and  defying  the  most  rigid  laws  of  quarantine. 

This  is  the  history  of  every  epidemic  of  these  diseases.  It  is 
very  easy  after  the  appearance  of  several  cases  in  a  community 
to  trace  the  course  of  the  epidemic.  But  who  can  tell  the  ori¬ 
gin  of  the  first  case,  the  causa  causarum  ?  Here  is  the  problem. 

Meantime  in  the  actual  state  of  our  ignorance,  some  propliy- 
latic  measures  must  be  taken  in  order  to  prevent  these  epi¬ 
demics,  as  far  as  human  power  combined  with  the  interests  of 
commercial  intercourse  can  do  it.  These  means  constitute  what 
we  call  a  rational  system  of  disinfection  and  quarantine.  Hap¬ 
pily  the  coutagious  diseases  of  which  I  am  speaking  are,  with 
the  exception  of  small  pox,  not  very  severe  in  the  majority  of 
cases.  Under  proper  treatment,  and  taken  in  time,  they  are 
easily  curable  and  thus  a  light  disinfection  and  quarantine  may 
be  sufficient  to  keep  them  confined  to  limited  places. 

With  regard  to  small  pox,  I  would  advocate  the  most  rigid 
quarantine,  if  we  had  not  in  our  hands,  in  vaccination ,  its  only 
sure  and  certain  preventive.  The  more  I  think  of  this  matter, 
gentlemen,  the  more  respect  and  admiration  I  feel  for  that 
great  English  philanthropist,  Jenner,  the  discoverer  of  vaccin¬ 
ation,  as  one  of  the  greatest  benefactors  to  humanity,  and  I 
consider  as  an  enemy  to  our  race  the  physician  who  is  against 
it.  That  there  have  been  abuses,  and  that  very  serious  mis¬ 
chiefs  may  have  been  the  consequences  of  such  abuses,  I  freely 
admit,  but  this  argument  must  not  attack  the  system,  which  is 
good.  Let  us  fight  the  abuses ;  let  us  impress  upon  the  minds 
of  our  legislators  the  necessity  of  passing  laws  of  compulsory 
vaccination  -laws  providing  means  for  the  propagation  and 
preservation  of  pure  vaccine  matter  under  the  sole  control  of 
responsible  boards  of  health.  There  are  dealers  in  vaccine  vi¬ 
rus,  as  there  are  dealers  in  pork,  in  artificial  milk,  etc.,  on  these 
the  government  should  keep  a  constant  vigilant  eye.  This  is  a 
question  we  would  like  to  see  resolved  by  the  National  Board 
of  Health.  If  we  do  not  mind  it  may  not  be  long  before  we 


542  Original  Communications.  [November 

are  witnesses  of  the  most  fearful  epidemics  of  small  pox,  tri¬ 
chinosis  and  cholera  infantum.  A  great  deal  worse  than  yel¬ 
low  fever. 

II. 

There  are  other  diseases,  the  origin  of  which  may  be  readily 
traced  to  filthy  conditions  of  certain  localities  and  to  putrid  ex¬ 
halations  caused  by  vegetable  and  animal  matters  in  a  state  of 
decomposition,  or  other  bad  sanitary  circumstances.  A  person 
living  in  such  a  locality  may  contract  these  diseases  without 
coming  in  contact  with  a  sick  person.  We  find,  moreover,  in 
the  fcecal  evacuations  of  these  patients  certain  poisonous  prin¬ 
ciples  that  may  communicate  the  disease  to  other  persons.  I 
call  these  diseases  infecto- contagious.  Infectious  on  account 
of  the  origin  of  the  poison  outside  of  the  human  body ;  con¬ 
tagious  by  their  secretions.  These  diseases  are  typhus  fever, 
typhoid  fever,  and  cholera.  I  do  not  speak  of  the  pest,  because 
I  know  nothing  of  it. 

Thus  epidemics  of  these  diseases  may  occur  both  by  con¬ 
tagion  and  infection,  and  may  exist  in  every  climate  and  in 
every  country ;  on  the  top  of  the  healthiest  mountains  in  the 
world,  as  well  as  on  the  plains  of  the  tropics. 

For  their  prophylaxis,  we  should  rely  more  on  good  sauitary 
laws  and  disinfection  than  on  quarantine.  Quarantine,  more¬ 
over,  should  be  more  strict  against  cholera,  because  it  seems 
to  be  more  contagious  than  typhoid  fever.  These  suggestions 
in  regard  to  prophylaxis  constitute  what  we  call  a  rational 
system  of  disinfection  and  quarantine. 

III. 

Again,  we  have  a  third  kind  of  diseases,  caused  by  miasmata 
or  effluvia  from  swamps,  marshes,  ponds,  stagnant  waters,  irri¬ 
gated  lands  used  for  the  cultivation  of  rice,  etc.,  that  contain 
in  their  slimes  the  remains  of  animals  and  plants,  that  become 
putrefied  by  the  action  of  the  sun  a  id  of  a  high  temperature. 

I  call  these  diseases  infectious,  because  they  are  the  result  of 
conditions  exterior  to  man  :  the  air  is  contaminated;  the  air  is 
bad;  hence  the  name  malaria.  Here  is  the  cause  of  the 
disease ;  here  is  the  disease  itself.  A  person  must  live  there  in 


1879]  Dell’  Orto — The  Nature  of  Contagion.  543 

order  to  contract  the  disease.  A  person  sick  with  the  same 
cannot  originate  these  miasmata  or  poisons,  and  for  this  reason 
they  are  not  contagious. 

To  this  class  of  diseases  belong  intermittent  or  malarial  fever 
with  its  multiform  and  numberless  varieties,  and  yellow  fever. 

Is  the  nature  of  the  poison  that  causes  malarial  fevers  iden¬ 
tical  with  that  of  yellow  fever  f 

I  believe  not.  Dr.  T.  Selsis,  of  Havana,  whom  I  consider  a 
high  authority  in  the  matter,  says  that  these  fevers  are  two 
distinct  varieties  of  miasmatic  poisoning. 

The  miasma,  or  paludisums  of  malarial  fevers  is  more,  it  is 
formed  everywhere  there  are  swamp  lauds,  or  plains.  The 
number  of  swamp  lands  situated  on  the  surface  of  our  globe  is 
countless.  In  Asia,  in  Africa,  in  America,  on  the  borders  and 
plains  of  the  great  rivers,  in  Europe,  in  England,  in  Hollaud, 
in  Sardinia,  in  the  Eastern  and  Western  Indies,  etc.,  we  find 
many  marshes,  where,  dur  ing  the  summer  season  all  types  of 
malarial  fevers  prevail ;  milder  in  the  cold  and  temperate  cli¬ 
mates,  more  severe  and  pernicious  in  the  warmer  and  tropical 
latitudes. 

The  miasma  of  intermittent  fevers  remains  limited  to  the 
places,  where  it  originates  ;  though  it  may  be  transportable,  it 
never  goes  to  great  distances ;  it  seems,  that  when  the  malaria 
is  brought  in  contact  with  a  purer  air,  it  loses  its  poisonous 
principles;  we  never  hear  of  imported  epidemics  of  tertian 
ague,  pernicious  fever,  neuralgia,  etc. 

In  the  miasma  that  causes  yellow  fever,  the  localization  is 
still  more  limited  to  a  few  particular  places  than  the  other. 
“  The  work  of  decomposition,”  says  Dr.  Selsis,  (1)  u  of  the  vege- 
u  table  and  animal  matter  is  more  active,  and  requires  the  eom- 
11  bi nation  of  a  higher  and  constant  temperature  with  certain 
u  unknown  meteorological  and  electrical  circumstances.” 

Like  the  miasma  of  intermittent  fever,  the  miasma  of  yellow 
fever  prevails  more  in  the  hottest  days  of  the  summer,  than  in 


(1)  Cronica  Medico— Quirurgia  of  Havana — March,  1878. 

6 


544 


Original  Communications. 


[November 


winter.  It  is  not  contagious.  I  continue  the  quotation  from 
Dr.  Selsis,  “  but  it  may  be  transported  to  greater  distances  by 
“  the  atmosphere,  containing  the  miasmata,  capable  of  causing 
“  symptoms  of  yellow  fever  in  persons  who  breathe  the  infected 
“  air,  and  a  person  sick  with  yellow  fever  cannot  create  these 
“  miasmata  around  himself.” 

From  the  West  India  Islands,  the  place,  as  they  say  of  its 
birth,  this  disease  had  been  carried  at  different  tunes  into 
other  countries,  and  became  epidemic.  In  the  conclusions  of 
the  Board  of  Experts,  authorized  by  Congress,  to  investigate 
the  yellow  fever  epidemic  of  1878, 1  read — Conclusion  L8 :  u  In 
“  some  of  the  countries  outside  of  the  West  Indies,  which  have 
“  been  visited  by  yellow  fever,  it  seems  to  have  established  it- 
“  self  permanently,  and  to  have  become  endemic,  as  for  exam- 
“  pie,  in  the  Brazils.”  These  gentlemen  have  forgotten  Vera 
Cruz,  and  I  will  add  New  Orleans. 

Whether  yellow  fever  be  indigenous  or  imported  in  the 
United  States,  in  order  that  it  may  become  an  epidemic,  it  is 
necessary  that  the  above  named  elements  of  infection  be  com¬ 
bined,  almost  as  they  are  in  the  localities  of  its  origin  ;  it  can. 
not  be  propagated  by  means  of  contagion.  The  facts  that 
we  have  observed  last  year,  and  those  that  we  are  observing 
now  of  fugitives  from  infected  places  going  to  the  cities  of 
Louisville,  Cincinnati,  St.  Louis,  Chicago,  New  York,  etc.,  car¬ 
rying  with  them  the  morbific  cause  of  the  disease,  dying  of 
the  fever  in  hospitals,  in  hotels,  in  tenement  houses,  without 
causing  an  epidemic,  are  splendid  proofs  in  favor  of  this  asser¬ 
tion. 

Such  also  is  the  opinion  of  the  physicians  of  Havana  and 
Yera  Cruz.  The  populations  living  in  the  interior  of  the  island 
of  Cuba  and  of  the  republic  of  Mexico,  do  not  quarantine  as 
far  as  I  know  agaiust  those  ports ;  they  only  have  the  good 
sense  not  to  go  there  during  the  unhealthy  season.  Yet  epi¬ 
demics  in  the  interior  of  those  countries  do  not  occur  more  fre¬ 
quently  than  here. 

The  assumption  however  by  the  gentlemen  in  favor  of  conta¬ 
gion  is  borne  out  by  the  following  facts  of  some  value,  to  which 
I  want  to  call  your  attention : 


1879]  Dell*  Orto — The  Nature  of  Contagion.  545 

1st.  Among  the  symptoms  of  yellow  fever,  there  are  two 
pathognomonic  of  contagion,  a  sui  generis  smell  and  a  peculiar 
eruption. 

A  smell,  a  bad  smell  may  be  the  cause  of  infection,  more 
than  of  contagion.  A  strong  smell  besides  is  observed  in 
many  diseases  that  are  not  considered  contagious,  as  for  in¬ 
stance  in  the  sweats  of  the  patients  of  malarial  fevers,  in 
dengue,  etc. 

We  acknowledge  the  appearance  in  some  cases  of  yellow 
fever,  especially  in  children,  of  a  measles-looking-like  exan- 
tema,  but  it  is  not  a  constant  symptom.  Many  text  books  do 
not  speak  of  it.  Dr.  Selsis  never  saw  it  in  a  long  practice  of 
22  years.  So  far  then  we  may  consider  this  eruption  mostly  as 
an  accident  proper  to  certain  epidemics  or  localities,  than  as  a 
characteristic  symptom. 

2d.  In  Montevideo,  during  the  epidemic  of  1857(1>  a  young 
and  noble  physician,  Dr.  Villardebo,  an  enthusiastic  anti-con- 
tagionist,  drank  the  black  vomit  of  one  of  his  patients.  A  few 
days  afterwards  he  died  with  black  vomit. 

Here  is,  they  say,  the  conclusive  proof  of  contagion.  Wait 
a  moment,  gentlemen ;  Dr.  Chevria  in  Paris,  and  Fifth,  I  sup¬ 
pose  in  England,  made  the  same  experiment  with  negative 
results. 

What  may  be  the  reason  of  these  different  results  ?  The  gen¬ 
tleman  who  died  had  been  living  for  months  in  an  infected 
city  in  the  full  exercise  of  his  profession,  and  it  seems  to  me 
that  the  cause  of  his  disease  ought  to  be  attributed  more  to  in¬ 
fection  than  contagion. 

You  know  already,  gentlemen,  my  opinion  on  the  prophy¬ 
laxis  for  yellow  fever.  I  still  persist  in  the  same.  I  said  last 
winter  before  this  Association,  that,  rather  than  be  every  year 
oppressed  by  the  tyrannies  of  boards  of  health,  some  of  whom 
seem  to  make  of  the  matter  more  a  question  of  business,  than 
of  principles,  an  absolute  non-intercourse  between  the  West 
Indies  and  all  the  ports  of  the  United  States,  would  have  been 


<l)Dr.  <T.  A.  Lede*m».  Reviata.  Medioo-Qnirnrgioa  de  Bueno*  Ayree,  Angnut,  1878. 


54<>  Original  Communications.  [November 

preferable.  Now,  after  the  experiment  of  this  year,  I  must  say 
that  even  such  a  measure  would  not  save  us  againet  the  fool¬ 
ishness  and  nonsense  of  inland  quarantines.  This  looks  sad 
and  gloomy  for  the  future  of  New  Orleans  and  for  our  own 
selves.  If  the  hanging  theory  against  sea-captains  that  has 
been  lately  suggested  by  a  medical  member  of  our  board  of 
health  be  adopted,  what  measures  will  they  take  against  us — 
physicians — who  are  continually  in  contact  with  so  many  foci 
of  infection  ? 

IV. 

A  few7  words  on  another  kind  of  diseases,  the  nature  of  which 
is  x)er  se  neither  contagious  nor  infectious,  yet  they  become  both 
under  peculiar  circumstances — bronchitis,  tonsillitis,  dysentery, 
cerebro  spinal  meningitis,  erysipelas,  gangrena,  metro-perito¬ 
nitis.  Nothing  more  common,  more  individual,  more  simple, 
more  non-contagious  than  these  diseases.  Let  the  atmosphere 
be  vitiated,  and  you  will  see  the  bronchitis  become  influenza, 
grippe,  whooping-cough  (which  are  nothing  but  epidemic  bron- 
chitises) ;  you  will  see  the  angina  tonsillaris  become  pseudo¬ 
membranous  croup  (the  contagious  diphtheria).  Let  the  air  of 
our  hospitals  be  contaminated  by  unknown  morbific  principles, 
and  soon  the  slightest  operations  will  be  followed  by  contagious 
erysipelas;  the  gangrena  will  become  nosocomialis ;  the  metro¬ 
peritonitis,  puerperal  fever.  How  is  that  ?  What  has  been  the 
cause  ot  such  a  change  in  the  nature  of  these  diseases — of  such 
a  change  in  the  medical  constitution,  in  the  clinical  field  of  a 
whole  population  ?  We  do  not  know  anything.  But  wre  feel, 
that  of  all  influences  that  we  receive  from  the  exterior  world, 
none  must  have  more  powerful  action  on  our  health  than 
the  air. 

Whatever  the  nature  of  diseases  may  be  in  their  origin,  it  is 
only  as  united  to  the  atmosphere  that  we  can  conceive  their 
breaking  into  epidemics,  and  spreading  from  place  to  place; 
and  this  propagation  must  be  regulated  by  those  laws  which 
govern  the  motions  and  direction  of  the  winds,  the  moisture  of 
the  air,  and  many  meteorological  and  electrical  phenomena  that 
we  do  not  know. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature . 


547 


It  is  in  the  study  of  these  laws,  we  may  finally  discover  the 
true  cause  of  disease  and  epidemics.  To  obtain  such  a  result 
it  requires  time  and  labor,  it  takes  men  of  great  learning  in 
microscopy,  in  chemistry,  in  pathological  anatomy,  in  meteor¬ 
ology,  in  astronomy.  Perhaps,  the  eminent  scientists  that  the 
government  of  the  United  States  has  sent  to  the  Island  of 
Cuba,  will  soon  be  able  to  throw  some  light  in  the  darkness  by 
which  we  are  surrounded  about  the  origin  of  yellow  fever !  Let 
us  hope  that  their  efforts  will  be  succestful.  Why  should  we 
doubt.  An  accident,  an  apple  fallen  from  a  tree  on  the  head 
of  a  man  of  genius  caused  him  to  think,  and  the  great  law  of 
attraction,  which  rules  the  worlds,  has  been  discovered.  Per¬ 
haps,  a  modern  Xewton  is  among  the  gentlemen. 

In  the  interest  of  science,  in  the  interest  of  humanity,  let  us 
hope  and  wait. 


EDICAL 


ITERATURE. 


THE  PRESENT  STATE  OF  THERAPEUTICS. 

Au  Address  delivered  at  the  opening  of  the  fifty-sixth  course  of  Lectures 
in  Jefferson  Medical  School. 

By  Roberts  Bartholow,  M.D.,  L.L.D., 

Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  General  Therapeutics. 

(Reported  for  the  Medical  Record.) 

I  heard,  but  a  few  years  ago,  a  very  able  teacher,  himself  a 
Professor  of  Practice,  declare  that  if  the  four  great  chairs  of 
Anatomy,  Surgery,  Practice  of  Medicine,  and  Obstetrics  were 
well  filled  in  a  medical  school,  it  was  of  little  consequence  who 
occupied  the  others ;  and  as  for  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeu¬ 
tics,  any  old  woman  could  teach  that  His  was  the  traditional 
old  woman  who  knew  how  to  prepare  catnip,  tansy,  and  simi¬ 
lar  teas,  and  on  special  occasions  could  administer  castor  oil — 
an  amount  of  therapeutical  knowledge  sufficient  now  for  the 
leaders  of  French  medical  practice,  if  we  may  credit  some 
recent  reports  from  Paris. 

Scientific  physicians  have  usually  held  therapeutics  in  small 
esteem,  doubtless,  because  it  had  small  deservings.  In  Bichats 
time  it  was  a  feeling  of  contempt,  which  found  expression  in 
his  famous  declaration  :  “  Materia  Medica  is  a  shapeless  mass 
of  inexact  ideas,  of  observations  often  puerile,  of  imaginary 


548  Current  Medical  Literature.  [November 

remedies,  strangely  conceived  and  fantastically  arranged.”  No 
one  possessed  of  any  knowledge  of  the  subject,  could  now,  on 
examination  of  the  therapeutics  of  that  day,  deuy  the  justice 
of  Bichat’s  denunciation.  It  was  an  incongruous  mixture  of 
empirical  notions,  based  on  the  crude  theories  of  various  medi¬ 
cal  philosophies — partly  humoralist,  partly  solidist,  partly  of 
the  Italian  contra-stimulant  school.  It  embraced  the  mechani¬ 
cal  and  chemical  theories  of  the  great  Boerhaave,  the  vitalistic 
mysticism  and  the  expectant  practice  of  Stahl,  and  the  solidist 
theories  of  Hoffmann.  The  whole  mass  wTas  hardly  in  advance 
of  that  condition  of  therapeutics  against  which  were  levelled 
the  shafts  of  Montaigne,  the  jests  of  Moliere,  and  the  morbid 
fancies  of  Rousseau.  In  fact,  it  was  not  until  the  birth  of 
modern  physiology  that  scientific  therapeutics  became  possible, 
and  that  epoch  was  at  a  period  within  the  memory  of  men  now 
living.  It  may  seem  almost  incredible,  but  it  is  true,  that  any 
considerable  body  of  scientific  facts  in  therapeutics  has  been 
the  product  of  the  last  twenty  years— for  scientific  therapeu¬ 
tics  must  always  follow  the  course  of  discovery  in  physiology. 
Even  now,  there  must  necessarily  be  two  methods  pursued  in 
advancing  the  knowledge  of  therapeutics :  the  empirical  or 
rational,  and  the  physiological  or  scientific.  The  empirical 
method  is  based  on  the  principal,  as  ancient  as  our  art,  that  a 
remedy  which  has  cured  a  case  of  disease  must  also  cure  analo¬ 
gous  cases.  The  scientific  method  is  the  application  of  phys¬ 
iological  research  to  ascertain  the  actions  of  medicines,  and  on 
this  sure  basis  is  predicated  the  use  of  remedies  in  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  disease. 

The  inherent  difficulties  of  the  subject,  it  must  be  admitted, 
are  in  large  part  responsible  for  its  tardy  development.  In 
part  its  slow  progress  is  due  to  an  unreasoning  conservatism, 
which  admits  of  but  one  road  to  the  acquisition  of  truth. 
Even  now  there  are  many  so-called  practical  men  who  are  dis¬ 
posed  to  sneer  at  physiological  therapeutics,  and  to  make 
themselves  unhappy  over  achievements  which  experience  can 
utilize,  but  has  had  no  agency  in  accomplishing.  They  should 
reconcile  themselves  to  the  inevitable  by  the  philosophy  of  the 
old  Spanish  proverb :  Let  the  miracle  he  done,  though  Mahomet 
do  it.  They  should  be  satisfied  with  the  progress  of  truth, 
though  they  may  not  approve  of  the  means  by  which  that  pro¬ 
gress  has  been  achieved. 

But  the  most  vehement  reactionists  are  yielding  to  the 
force  of  therapeutical  discovery  accomplished  by  physiological 
methods. 

Thus,  one  of  the  most  eminent  therapeutical  authorities  of 
our  day  has  declared  in  a  preface  written  so  recently  as  Octo¬ 
ber,  1874:  “In  the  first  edition  of  this  work  the  author  con¬ 
tended  against  the  mischievous  error  of  seeking  to  deduce  the 
therpeutical  uses  of  medicines  from  their  physiological  action. 
Continued  study,  observation,  and  reflection  have  tended  to 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


549 


strengthen  his  convictions  upon  this  subject,  and  to  confirm 
him  in  the  faith  that  clinical  experience  is  the  only  true  and 
safe  test  of  the  virtues  of  medicines.”  The  same  author,  in 
another  work  on  the  same  subject,  after  another  five  years  of 
study,  observation  and  reflection,  says,  in  a  preface  dated  1879  : 
“  Whenever  it  seemed  possible,  an  attempt  to  apply  the  results 
of  physiological  experiment  to  therapeutical  uses  has  been 
marie;  for  although  the  two  fields  of  inquiry  may  not  be  so 
organically  connected  as  to  render  the  former  a  guide  to  the 
latter,  it  is,  nevertheless,  true  that  a  scientific  explanation  of 
the  curative  powers  of  medicines  must  be  sought  in  the  results 
of  their  experimental  operation  upon  the  animal  functions.” 

Xo  revolution  of  opinion  could  be  more  complete;  no  renun¬ 
ciation  of  heresy  more  absolute.  In  1874  empiricism  is  the  true 
guide,  in  1879  physiological  experiment.  This,  though  some¬ 
what  sudden,  is  significant  of  a  change  which  is  taking  place 
in  the  last  strongholds  of  empiricism.  Such  a  quotation  must 
satisfy  the  doubts  of  all — and  they  are  legion— who  respect 
authority  and  are  governed  by  its  utterances. 

I  hope  I  shall  not  be  misunderstood.  Far  be  it  from  me  to 
abate  one  iota  of  the  just  fame  of  the  author  whose  works  I 
have  quoted,  or  to  impute  inconsistency  in  his  opinions,  or  to 
cast  doubts  on  the  accuracy  of  his  judgments.  1  quote  his 
words  to  demonstrate  the  revolution  which  has  taken  place  by 
the  application  of  the  modern,  scientific  methods,  with  results 
so  convincing,  that  the  deepest  convictions  from  wide  learning 
and  extended  experince  are  made  to  yield.  Honor  and  praise 
rather  to  the  honesty  of  him  who  can  surrender  his  own  cher¬ 
ished  convictions  rather  than  do  violence  to  truth. 

Kevolutions  do  not  go  backward,  and  they  are  apt  to  be 
radical  in  medicine.  Furthermore,  it  is  surprising  to  what 
extent  fashion  rules  current  medical  opinion  and  modes  of  prac¬ 
tice  Do  the  leaders  in  medical  thought  take  a  certain  direction, 
their  followers  pursue  pell-mell.  This  is  observable  now  in  the 
revolution  which  has  taken  place  with  respect  to  empiricism  in 
therapeutics,  and  in  certain  quarters  there  exists  a  disposition 
to  ignore  all  that  has  been  accomplished  by  it,  and  to  rely 
exclusively  on  the  physiological  method.  This  extreme  tend¬ 
ency  ought  to  be  resisted  in  so  far  as  there  is  danger  of  putting 
aside  some  of  our  most  valuable  acquisitions.  Jr  is  far  wiser 
to  possess  us  of  every  aid  which  either  method  can  otter — to 
accept  the  scientific  facts  which  an  exact  physiological  research 
can  contribute,  and  to  retain  and  extend  that  knowledge,  the 
truth  of  which  has  been  confirmed  by  the  experience  of  genera¬ 
tions  of  accurate  observers.  In  fact,  when  we  come  to  investi¬ 
gate  the  subject,  we  find  that  the  physiological  method  is  not 
free  from  sources  of  fallacy,  from  contradictory  observations, 
from  conclusions  that  subsequent  investigations  show  to  be 
erroneous.  I  freely  admit  that  it  is  less  hampered  and  over¬ 
grown  by  errors  and  contradictions  than  is  the  empirical 


550  Current  Medical  Literature.  [November 

method,  but  there  are  uncertainties  and  confusion  which  ought, 
if  possible  to  be  eliminated.  The  first  step  necessary  is  to  have 
a  clear  conception  of  the  sources  of  error,  and  I  lhink  we  may 
spend  a  part  of  this  hour  very  profitably  in  an  attempt  to 
measure  them.  The  important  question  is  :  What  are  the  diffi¬ 
culties  in  the  way  of  right  conclusions  respecting  the  actions 
and  uses  of  our  remedies,  especially  their  value  in  the  treatment 
of  disease  ? 

We  may  certainly  place  foremost  the  imperfections  of  man — 
the  limitation  of  our  faculties.  Then  comes  the  absence  of  the 
necessary  training,  or  its  insufficiency,  and  the  utter  lack  of 
power  of  logical  analysis  in  many  of  those  who  occupy  the 
position  of  authorities.  The  mental  defects  and  raults  of  train¬ 
ing  can  never  be  overcome.  “  In  the  conduct  of  life,”  says  Mr. 
Mill,  “  wrong  inferences  and  incorrect  interpretations  of  experi¬ 
ence,  unless  after  much  culture  of  the  thinking  faculty,  are  ab¬ 
solutely  inevitable ;  and  with  most  people,  after  the  highest 
degree  of  culture  they  ever  attain,  such  erroneous  inferences  cor¬ 
rect  interpretations  of  experience.”  Such  being  the  case,  it  is 
not  surprising  that  in  a  matter  so  beset  with  fallacies  as  the 
estimation  of  the  curative  power  of  a  remedy,  that  there  must 
be  few  qualified  by  natural  powers,  and  by  training  for  the 
task.  The  best  equipped  and  most  carefully  trained  intellect 
may  not  possess  the  power  of  observation  ;  it  may  be  unerring 
in  the  conclusions  formed  from  the  facts  submitted,  but  the 
faculty  of  discernment,  of  seeing  things  as  they  exist  may  be 
deficient  or  inaccurate.  That  which  Mr.  Hill  calls  “  mal  obser¬ 
vation,”  consists  in  “  something  that  is  not  simply  unseen,  but 
seen  wrong.”  With  the  best  intentions,  the  purest  conscien¬ 
tiousness,  men  making  observations — tiaiued  observers — differ 
surprisingly  in  their  accounts  of  events  occurring  on  a  partic¬ 
ular  occasion.  A  capital  illustration  of  this  fact  has  been 
afforded  by  the  discrepant  accounts  from  the  observers  of  the 
corona  ami  solar  protuberances  Observed  witli  the  same  in¬ 
struments  under  the  same  conditions,  the  various  operators 
have  differed  widely,  with  the  usual  result  of  heated  contro¬ 
versy.  An  ingenious  theonzer  has  shown  that  the  difference 
lay  in  the  eyes  of  the  observers :  some  were  astigmatic,  myopic, 
etc.  As  in  Turner’s  pictures,  the  artist’s  oddities  appeared 
when  he  had  lost  somewhat  his  appreciation  of  the  harmony  of 
colors.  Not  long  since  Klein  saw,  in  investigating  the  changes 
in  typhoid,  a  minute  organism  which  seemed  to  have  an  im¬ 
portant  relation  to  the  genesis  of  this  disease,  and  there  was 
much  enthusiasm  expended  over  the  discovery,  but  in  a  few 
months  a  terrible  iconoclast  disposed  of  the  discovery  at  one 
blow,  by  showing  that  the  supposed  organism  was  nothing 
more  than  a  bit  of  albumen,  altered  by  the  reagents  used  in 
making  tfie  preparation.  Hew  much  easier  to  form  accurate 
conceptions,  and  give  correct  descriptions  of  things  submitted 
to  the  evidence  of  our  senses,  than  the  phenomena  arising  from 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


551 


occult  processes  in  the  body.  Unfortunately,  many  of  those 
occupying  the  position  of  authorities,  always  discern  that  which 
their  preconceived  opi  1 1  ions  led  them  to  search  for ;  other  observers 
look  at  facts  with  vision  tinted  by  what  Mr.  Spencer  calls  the 
“professional  bias;”  in  a  variety  of  ways,  the  thing  is  not 
simply  unseen,  but  seen  wrong.  The  salutary  lesson  which  we 
learn  from  this  is:  we  cannot  be  sure  that  the  things  which  we 
suppose  we  see  are  actually  before  us,  and  the  other  and  higher 
lesson  of  patient  waiting  and  study  of  our  supposed  facts,  and 
comparison  of  them  with  the  facts  of  other  observers. 

If  we  observe  correctly  as  to  the  range  of  utility  of  a  medi¬ 
cine,  we  may  fall  into  error  in  its  use  by  ignorance  of  the  nat¬ 
ural  behavior  of  the  disease  in  which  it  is  exhibited.  Before 
any  exact  knowledge  was  possessed  of  the  natural  history  of 
diseases,  it.  was  simply  impossible  to  be  accurate  in  respect  to 
the  intlueuce  of  medicines  over  them.  Before  it  was  known 
that  a  crisis  occurs  in  pneumonia  somewhere  from  the  fifth  to 
the  eleventh  day,  endless  were  the  controversies  as  to  the  influ¬ 
ence  of  remedies  in  bringing  this  crisis  about.  How  valueless 
became  all  those  discussions,  carried  on  with  such  earnestness 
and  heat,  when  the  natural  history  of  pneumonia  was  made 
out,  and  it  was  discovered  that  medicines  had  never  produced 
the  crisis,  which  is  an  entirely  natural  process.  Most  important 
additions  have  been  made  to  the  natural  history  of  diseases 
within  a  few  years  past,  and  we  have  now  a  sure  point  of  depar¬ 
ture  for  the  investigation  of  the  future.  I  affirm  this,  notwith¬ 
standing  the  pessimistic  declaration  of  Dr.  Andrew  Clark, 
made  before  the  medical  section  of  the  British  Medical  Associ¬ 
ation  at  their  last  meeting  at  Cork.  He  declares  that  “  of  the 
natural  history  of  most  chronic  diseases — of  their  course  from 
first  to  last;  of  the  modes  in  which  the  organism,  uninfluenced 
by  drugs,  and  favored  only  by  the  conditions  of  health,  deals 
with  these  maladies  in  their  origin,  in  tlieir  modes  of  progres¬ 
sion,  in  their  influence  upon  other  parts,  and  in  their  issues 
either  in  recovery  or  in  death — we  know  almost  nothing,  and 
certainly  not  enough  for  the  commonest  purposes  of  therapeutic 
art.”  The  wholesale  icouoclasm  of  this  address  is  everywhere 
remarkable,  but  in  nothing  has  his  zeal  so  outrun  his  discretion 
as  in  these  statements.  1  need  mention  but  two  classes  of 
chronic  diseases  to  demonstrate  the  error  of  his  statements  — 
the  chrouic  cardiac  and  renal  affections — in  regard  to  which  we 
know  their  course  from  first  to  last,  and  how  the  organism,  un¬ 
influenced  by  drugs  and  favored  only  by  the  conditions  of 
health,  deals  with  these  maladies  in  their  origin,  in  their  modes 
of  progression,  in  their  influence  upon  other  parts,  and  in  their 
issue  either  in  recovery  or  in  death. 

It  may  seem  a  comparatively  easy  task  to  determine  how  far 
the  mind  influences  the  bodily  functions  in  modifying  the  phe¬ 
nomena  of  disease,  but  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  measure  the 
7 


552 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[November 


operations  of  a  force  whose  nature  and  source  are  unknown, 
and  whose  powers  are  exercised  capriciously,  and  without  tbe 
reign  of  law.  A  curious  and  most  interesting  book,  compiled 
by  Dr.  Take,  has  lately  been  published,  in  which  are  brought 
together  more  thoroughly  than  ever  before  the  facts  scattered 
through  medical  literature,  illustrating  the  influence  of  mental 
states  on  bodily  functions.  No  one  can  peruse  this  book  with¬ 
out  being  strongly  impressed  with  the  uncertainty  which  must 
attend  our  estimate  of  the  influence  of  remedies  in  all  of  those 
conditions  of  disease  over  which  a  peculiar  mental  force  may 
exert  a  far  greater  curative  power.  Everybody  has  been  more 
or  less  familiar  with  the  well-attested  facts  which  have  existed 
on  this  point,  but  when  they  are  brought  together,  ana¬ 
lyzed,  and  their  lesson  comprehended,  we  are  simply  amazed  to 
find  that  many  morbid  states,  which  medicines  have  failed  even 
to  modify,  are  removed  or  cured  by  a  force  emanating  from  the 
mind.  If  this  mysterious  force  moves,  how  impossible  to  form 
a  correct  judgment  of  the  share  which  a  medicine  or  a  plan  of 
treatment  had  in  the  result. 

When  Sir  Humphry  Davy,  then  a  young  man  unknown  to 
fame,  was  employed  by  Dr.  Beddoes  to  make  observations  with 
nitrous  oxide,  among  the  patients  who  presented  themselves 
for  treatment  was  a  paralytic.  Before  commencing  the  inhala¬ 
tion  of  the  gas,  Davy  inserted  a  thermometer  under  the  patient’s 
tongue  to  ascertain  the  influence  of  the  gas  on  the  temperature 
of  the  body.  The  patient  was  greatly  impressed  with  the  mys¬ 
terious  little  instrument,  and  declared,  with  much  enthusiasm, 
that  he  felt  the  influence  pervading  his  entire  frame,  and  was 
already  much  relieved.  Davy,  observing  the  remarkable  influ¬ 
ence  of  hope  and  expectancy,  did  nothing  more  than  gravely 
insert  the  thermometer  day  by  day  with  surprising  results,  for 
in  a  short  time  a  complete  cure  was  affected.  If  Davy  had 
administered  the  nitrous  oxide,  the  case  would  have  appeared 
in  medical  annals  as  a  cure  of  paralysis  by  the  gas. 

When  a  religcuse ,  in  Cincinnati,  with  prayer  and  fasting,  and 
after  a  solemn  service  in  which  all  of  her  sisterhood  partici¬ 
pated,  threw  herself  at  the  foot  of  the  altar  and  would  not  rise 
until  healed — behold  !  an  ulcer  of  the  leg.  resisting  all  other 
means  of  treatment — was  cured  by  some  drops  of  water  coming 
from  the  far-off,  mysterious  and  sacred  spring  of  Our  Lady  of 
Lourdes.  In  the  one  case  it  was  a  mere  impression  on  the  mind 
without  the  element  of  religious  faith — a  mere  dependence  on 
the  efficacy  of  dumb  glass;  in  the  other  a  profound  religious 
sentiment,  than  which  nothing  more  powerful  can  sway  the 
human  heart — and  yet  the  result  is  the  same. 

When  we  come  to  analyze  the  examples  of  diseases  cured 
by  powerful  impressions,  emotions,  faith,  hope,  expectant  at¬ 
tention — whatever  the  nature  of  the  mysterious  force — we  find 
that  the  cases  can  be  referred  to  one  of  two  classes :  to  func¬ 
tional  morbid  states  of  the  nervous  system,  or  to  alterations  of 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


553 


1879] 

structures — organic  changes  they  are  called —brought  about 
through  the  agency  of  the  trophic  nervous  system.  Everybody 
is  familiar  with  the  plentiful  examples  of  the  first  group,  and 
the  second  needs  no  explanation  to  Philadelphia  physicians — 
for  in  this  city  work  has  been  done  that  has  materially  ad¬ 
vanced  the  knowledge  of  this  subject.  In  these  two  large  and 
important  groups  of  diseases,  so  much  does  the  cure  depend 
on  merely  physical  impressions,  that  it  is  difficult — often  quite 
impossible — to  determine  how  far  the  mental  state,  how  far 
the  remedies  employed,  contributed  to  the  result.  The  practi- 
titiouers  of  that  medical  jugglery  who  cures  diseases  by  prayer 
and  the  imposition  of  hands,  or  by  the  gifts  of  the  natural 
healer,  understand  full  well  the  form  of  malady  suitable  for 
their  powers.  There  is  now  in  the  State  of  Massachusetts,  a 
preacher-doctor  who  cures  by  prayer  and  the  imposition  of 
hands — the  apostolic  method — and  therefore  denies  to  his 
grateful  patients  the  privilege  of  recompensing  him  except  by 
voluntary  gifts.  The  pecuniary  outcome  of  his  benevolence  is 
something  remarkable,  for  he  has  now  built  up  around  him  on 
his  domain  of  several  hundred  acres,  a  number  of  stately  dwel¬ 
lings  for  the  reception  and  care  of  the  thousands  going  to  him 
from  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  A  patient  of  mine— a  gen¬ 
uine  Christian  and  a  woman  of  the  highest  excellence,  though 
somewhat  credulous  and  a  little  superstitious — having  heard 
of  the  wonderful  cures  wrought  by  this  Massachusetts  apostle, 
resorted  to  him.  I  had  from  her  own  lips  the  story  of  her  ex¬ 
perience.  She  told  the  great  man  that  she  was  a  firm  believer 
in  the  efficacy  of  prayer,  having  met  with  many  examples,  and 
that  she  had  come  all  the  way  from  Ohio  to  be  cured  of  an  or¬ 
ganic  affection  of  the  heart.  When  the  doctor- preacher  heard 
the  nature  of  the  malady  he  made  a  reply,  in  which,  astonish¬ 
ing  as  it  may  seem,  she  saw  no  incongruity.  He  said :  “  My 
experience  is,  that  the  Lord  rarely,  if  ever,  interferes  to  cure 
organic  disease  of  the  heart.”  Nevertheless,  he  expressed  a 
willingness  to  try,  as  she  had  come  so  far,  and,  with  hands  on 
hers,  he  did  pray  fervently,  in  which  she  joined  as  fervently, 
for  half  an  hour  at  a  time  on  three  days ;  but  my  patient  ex¬ 
perienced  no  relief,  and  came  home  the  worse  for  the  moral  strug¬ 
gle  which  she  had  undergone.  My  client,  as  did  all  who  came,  it  is 
probable,  left  a  considerable  fee  in  the  form  of  a  gift,  and  was 
not  cured  of  her  delusion,  for  she  heard  of  numerous  miracles 
that  had  been  wrought  there,  and  she  witnessed  on  all  sides 
the  evidences  of  worldly  prosperity;  and  she  may  have  in¬ 
spected,  for  aught  I  know,  the  arsenal  of  crutches,  canes,  and 
ear  trumpets  which  these  artists  exhibit  in  proof  and  confirm¬ 
ation  of  their  powers. 

When  anaesthesia  by  the  inhalation  of  ether  was  demonstrat¬ 
ing  in  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  Dr.  Eliottson,  of 
London,  was  engaged  in  a  far  more  wonderful  work,  teaching 
the  great  lesson,  that  in  a  mesmeric  sleep  surgical  operations 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[November 


554 

can  be  performed  without  consciousness  of  pain.  So  zealously 
and  completely,  although  in  the  face  of  much  obloquy,  had 
Eliottsou  succeeded  iu  convincing  sceptical  and  conservative 
London  of  the  genuineness  of  his  work,  that  the  discovery  of 
the  production  of  anaesthesia  by  the  inhalation  of  ether  was 
announced  in  the  Medical  Gazette  under  the  heading,  “  Animal 
Magnetism  Superseded.”  Up  to  this  time  the  capital  opera¬ 
tions  in  surgery  were  almost  daily  performed  in  London  whilst 
the  patients  were  unconscious  iu  the  so-called  mesmeric  sleep. 
Although  Eliottsou  misinterpreted  the  phenomena  which  he 
observed,  and  became  involved  hopelessly  in  the  absurdities 
and  mysticisms  of  Mesmer,  he  was  nevertheless  engaged  in  the 
demonstration  of  important  truths.  If  time  would  allow,  I 
might  enter  more  fully  into  that  remarkable  state  in  which 
there  is  a  suspension  of  the  methods  of  consciousness,  and 
show,  indeed,  that  the  recent  observations  of  Ozermak  and 
others  on  animals,  is  an  experimental  induction  of  the  same 
state.  It  seems,  indeed,  that  the  condition  of  the  brain  in 
which  a  peculiar  curative  influence  is  exerted  over  morbid  pro¬ 
cesses,  is  the  opposite  of  that  state  in  which  the  activity  of  the 
perceptive  and  volitional  centres  is  in  absolute  suspension. 

Closely  allied  to  this  subject  are  the  remarkable  phenomena 
of  JBurqism,  or  inethallotherapy,  which  at  first  excited  the  ridi¬ 
cule  of  the  scientific,  but  which  seem  now  likely  to  contribute 
to  our  knowledge  of  this  outlying  department  of  mental  and 
nervous  processes.  The  results  obtained  by  Burq,  and  espe¬ 
cially  by  Charcot,  are  such  as  to  merit  the  close  attention  of 
therapeutical  investigators,  and  must,  if  confirmed,  enter  into 
the  question  of  the  curative  power  possessed  by  certain  rem¬ 
edies. 

We  constantly  hear  physicians  complaining  that  the  pub¬ 
lished  results  of  others,  in  respect  to  the  utility  of  a  particular 
plan  of  treatment,  cannot  be  realized  in  their  own  experiences  ; 
that,  although  Davy  cured  paralysis  by  the  inhalation  of 
nitrous  oxide,  they  cannot  succeed,  although  they  have  care¬ 
fully  observed  all  the  conditions  of  the  experiment.  They 
entirely  overlook  the  fundamental  fact  that  one  physician  sum¬ 
mons  to  his  aid  the  mysterious  mental  force  in  hope,  faith,  ex¬ 
pectant  attention  ;  and  another  represses  it,  not  consciously  to 
himself,  by  a  lack  of  personal  enthusiasm,  aud  still  more  by  a 
lack  of  confidence  in  his  own  powers  and  in  the  power  of  his 
remedies — fatal  defects  in  the  character  of  the  physician  which 
will  not  escape  the  keen  scrutiny  of  the  anxious  patient.  1 
will  not  use  the  vulgar  term  “  personal  magnetism,”  for  it  has 
no  meaning,  and  the  power  is  not  a  magnetic  quality  or  power 
— not  a  mysterious  gift  possessed  by  the  chosen  few.  That 
which  inspires  a  supreme,  unquestioning,  all  pervading  belief 
in  the  efficacy  of  the  means  proposed,  is  a  reflex  of  the  confi¬ 
dence  of  the  physician — not  a  boastful,  self-asserting  egotism, 
not  the  blind  faith  of  ignorant  credulity,  but  the  well-founded 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


555 


1870  J 

convictions  ot‘  the  enlightened  therapeutist,  confident  in  his 
resources  from  long  experience  of  their  capabilities.  u  The 
Lord  is  on  the  side  of  the  heaviest  battalions,”  was  a  favorite 
sayiug  of  the  great  Napoleon.  I  hope  I  shall  not  be  under¬ 
stood  to  speak  in  an  irreverent  spirit.  My  purpose  is  to  illus¬ 
trate  the  lesson,  that  u  God  operates,  not  by  partial,  bat  by 
general  laws that  He  gives  us  the  faculties  to  acquire  and  to 
apply  knowledge  in  the  treatment  of  disease ;  that  He  does  not 
suspend  the  laws  of  nature  for  our  benefit ;  and  that  those 
cures  which  seem  miracles  are  entirely  human  and  easily  ex¬ 
plicable. 

We  derive  from  the  whole  subject  the  important  lesson  that 
we  have  in  a  peculiar  mental  state  or  condition  of  the  great 
nerve-ceutres  an  extraordinary  curative  power  in  a  large  group 
of  diseases,  and  that  in  this  fact  lies  one  of  the  greatest  sources 
of  fallacy  in  estimating  the  value  of  remedies.  Furthermore, 
it  must  be  obvious  that  the  physiological  as  well  as  the  empir¬ 
ical  method — that  both  methods  are  embarrassed  by  wrong  in¬ 
ferences  and  incorrect  interpretations  of  experience. 

The  progress  of  applied  therapeutics  is  equally  hindered  by 
the  sources  of  error  which  I  have  pointed  out.  The  end  to 
which  all  our  studies  are  directed  as  practical  physicians  is  the 
application  of  remedial  agents  to  the  cure  of  diseases.  An 
unprejudiced  thinker  to  whom  the  subject  was  mentioned 
would  assert  with  confidence  that  gentlemen  engaged  in  a  pur¬ 
suit  requiring  the  use  of  certain  agents  to  accomplish  the 
desired  results,  would  be  most  solicitous  to  inform  themselves 
fully  in  respect  to  those  agents.  He  would  regard  it  as  incred¬ 
ible  that  a  considerable  part  of  our  profession  are  either  indif¬ 
ferent  or  satisfied  with  vague  notions,  and  that  a  still  larger 
part  fall  into  routine  methods  with  a  few  agents  which  have 
to  do  duty  for  all  possible  conditions.  This  wide  spread  inap¬ 
preciation,  indifference,  or  ignorance  of  the  actions  a  id  uses  of 
drugs  is  due  partly  to  fashion,  partly  to  the  unpromising  nature 
of  the  subject.  Within  a  few  years  past  a  therapeutical  nihil¬ 
ism  has  been  the  position  occupied  by  many  of  the  most  influ¬ 
ential  leaders  in  modern  medical  thought.  This  movement  is  a 
result,  in  part,  of  the  overshadowing  importance  of  physiolo¬ 
gical  and  pathological  studies.  The  founding  of  great  labora¬ 
tories  and  the  brilliancy  of  discovery  in  these  departments 
have  attracted  universal  attention  to  those  studies  which  have 
become  the  fashion.  We  see  on  every  side  the  efforts  put 
forth  to  give  this  direction  to  medical  study  and  teaching.  The 
desire  of  the  time  seems  to  be  lo  make  students,  histologists, 
pathologists,  microscopists,  rather  than  sound  practitioners, 
full  of  the  humble  but  necessary  knowledge  of  the  practical 
departments  of  our  art  and  science.  I  hold  this  to  be  a  perver¬ 
sion  of  the  duty  of  a  medical  school.  Its  first  and  highest 
duty  is  to  instruct  students,  not  to  pursue  minute  researches, 
but  to  become  thoroughly  accomplished  physicians  and  sur- 


556  Current  Medical  Literature.  [November 

geons.  No  fact  is  more  evident  than  that  the  highest  order  of 
physicians  and  surgeons  are  not  men  remarkable  for  their 
knowledge  of  microscopy,  of  experimental  physiology,  and  the 
other  branches  of  theoretical  medical  science,  and,  conversely, 
that  the  microscopists  and  pure  physiologists  are  not  remarka¬ 
ble  as  physicians,  and,  indeed,  cannot  be.  The  attempt  to  per¬ 
vert  the  proper  purpose  of  medical  schools,  and  to  give  a 
merely  science  aspect  to  medical  teaching  is  a  fashion  of  the 
time,  which,  if  it  gain  more  adherents,  is  likely  to  do  serious 
mischief  to  the  cause  of  medical  education.  For  young  men, 
allured  to  by  thi  glitter  of  scientific  work,  will  neglect  the  im¬ 
portant  and  really  more  difficult  attainments  of  true  profess- 
sional  studies. 

It  is  a  mere  pseudo-science  which  is  misleading  so  many  that 
it  has  become  commonplace  to  know  something  about  drugs 
and  to  prescribe  them ;  the  new  school  of  pathologists  and 
physiologists  look  upon  the  whole  business  of  medicine  giving 
as  unscientific,  and  therefore  unworthy  the  attention  of  the 
higher  order  of  medical  thinkers.  It  is  a  very  fascinating  doc¬ 
trine,  that  to  be  ignorant  of  drugs  is  to  be  regarded  as  superior 
to  the  commonplace — as  being  in  the  higher  walks  of  medical 
life — and  hence  many  make  haste  to  adopt  it,  relying  for  the 
hereafter  on  mint-water  in  the  treatment  of  rheumatism,  and 
similar  nihilistic  absurdities.  The  great  question  of  the  time 
is,  does  it  pay  ?  Applying  this  utilitarian  method  to  the  sub¬ 
ject,  T  answer,  it  does  not  pay  to  be  ignorant  of  therapeutics, 
and  l  prove  my  position  by  some  illustrative  examples  selected 
from  those  recently  deceased,  so  as  not  to  be  accused  of  mak¬ 
ing  invidious  comparison.  The  most  successful  physicians 
Paris,  Vienna,  Berlin,  London,  Edinburgh  have  had  for  a  gen¬ 
eration,  were  Trousseau,  Oppolzer,  Traube,  Todd,  Begbie — all 
of  whom  were  most  careful  students  of  therapeutics,  have  con¬ 
tributed  to  our  knowledge  of  the  subject,  and  were  diligent 
prescribers  of  remedies.  These  great  men  were  not  only  suc¬ 
cessful  teachers  and  clinicians,  but  had  great  local  renown  as 
practitioners,  and  each  had  a  large  clientele.  I  beg  you  will 
not,  therefore,  be  misled  by  the  depreciation  of  therapeutics  by 
presumed  medical  scientists,  who  are  not  sufficiently  scientific 
to  feel  their  position  assured,  but  must  manifest  their  superi¬ 
ority  by  speaking  contemptuously  of  the  so-called  practical 
branches.  Sum  is  sometimes  taken  for  habeo ,  is  an  eccentric 
rule  of  Latin  grammar  which  is  very  applicable  to  the  affairs  of 
modern  life,  and  may  have  been  and  doubtless  was,  strongly 
felt  by  the  old  Romans.  To  have  is  to  be.  Applying  this  rule 
to  the  utilitarian  side  of  the  question,  you  may  be  well  assured 
that  io  have  a  competent  knowledge  of  therapeutics  is  to  be  a 
successful  practitioner. 

Many  who  have  started  out  on  a  medical  career  with  a  com¬ 
petent  knowledge  of  therapeutics  have  been  disheartened  by  a 
failure  to  obtain  the  expected  results.  Failures  of  this  kind 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


557 


1879] 


arise  from  two  causes :  first,  from  an  incorrect  appreciation  of 
what  nature  and  art  respectively  accomplish ;  and  second,  from 
an  inability  to  make  a  correct  therapeutical  diagnosis.  The 
rage  in  our  time  is  to  make  an  accurate  diagnosis  of  disease, 
and  it  is  an  enthusiasm  to  be  encouraged,  but  there  ought  to 
be  a  corresponding  desire  to  make  an  accurate  therapeutical 
diagnosis — that  is,  to  ascertain  the  remedy  adapted  to  the  form 
and  character  of  the  disease  and  the  condition  of  the  patient. 
Into  this  problem  many  complex  questions  enter,  and  he  only 
can  solve  it  correctly  who  has  an  intimate  acquaintance  with 
the  phenomena  of  disease,  and  with  the  whole  range  of  rational 
and  scientific  therapeutics. 

What  art,  what  nature  can  accomplish,  is  a  wide  subject 
which  I  must  merely  mention.  It  is  a  singular  fact  that  but 
few  young  physicians,  comparatively,  recognize  the  limits  of 
remedial  power.  The  result  is  that  they  may  begin  with  a 
blind,  unquestioning  faith,  but  they  end  with  an  unreasoning 
scepticism. 

Having  now  dwelt  on  the  method  and  spirit  in  which  thera¬ 
peutics  should  be  studied,  as  much  as  my  time  will  allow,  I 
must  next  say  something  of  the  manner  in  which  it  should  be 
taught. 

Confronted  at  the  outset  of  his  career  with  the  subjects  of 
materia  medica,  a  student  may  well  stand  appalled.  A  subject 
which  embraces  the  mineralogy,  the  chemistry,  the  botany,  the 
pharmacology  of  several  hundred  articles  belonging  to  the  three 
great  kingdoms  of  nature,  would  seem  to  require  the  undivided 
attention  of  a  life  given  to  the  task.  The  student  of  medicine 
canuot  become  sufficiently  well  informed  in  these  sciences  to 
utilize  them  in  the  study  of  the  materia  medica,  and  at  the  same 
time  devote  sufficient  attention  to  his  strictly  medical  studies. 
The  result  is,  he  abandons  an  undertaking  which  seems  to  him 
hopeless,  cuts  the  subject  of  materia  medica,  and  contents  him¬ 
self  with  the  fewest  possible  facts  in  therapeutics.  He  enters 
into  practice  with  crude  notions,  and  is  given  to  a  boundless 
credulity  respecting  the  curative  powers  of  drugs,  or  he  culti¬ 
vates  a  sceptical  dillettanteism,  or  becomes  a  sceptic,  affecting 
a  patronizing  forbearance  for  the  weakness  of  those  who  have 
faith  in  remedies.  The  condition  to  which  practitioners  are 
now  reduced  in  Paris  is  gravely  stated  in  a  letter  which  appears 
in  a  recent  issue  of  the  Lancet — so  gravely  that  it  can  hardly 
be  regarded  as  satirical :  u  No  wonder  therapeutic  scepticism 
is  now  the  rule  with  prescribers.  Thanks  to  the  enterprise  of 
wholesale  druggists,  a  host  of  elegant  preparations  are  always 
at  hand,  which  relieve  the  scientific  clinicien  from  the  ridiculous 
absurdity  of  writing  a  useless  formula.  Now  that  diseases  are 
allowed  to  run  their  normal  course  under  the  watchful  eye  of 
the  medical  naturalist,  the  exhibition  of  an  inert,  but  elegant 
granule,  must  be  considered  a  vast  improvement  upon  the 
active  interference  of  oui-  physicking  forefathers.’' 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


558 


[November 


No  wonder  that,  at  a  recent  meeting-  (last  month)  of  the  Paris 
Academy  of  Medicine,  there  were  loud  demands  for  reform.  No 
wonder  that  Dr.  Andrew  Clark,  in  that  recent  iconoclastic 
address  from  which  I  have  just  quoted,  cries  out  that  therapeu¬ 
tics,  “  the  highest  department  of  our  art,  and  one  of  its  chief 
ends,  is  in  a  backward  and  unsatisfactory  condition.”  He 
attributes  this  unhappy  state  of  things  to  several  causes;  but 
the  first  is,  that  materia  medica,  not  therapeutics,  is  taught  in 
the  schools,  and  that  there  is  “  no  physician  of  experience  and 
authority  who  teaches  the  subject  of  therapeutics.” 

Where  must  the  reformation  begin  ?  Obviously  the  reforma¬ 
tion  is  demanded  in  the  direction  which  I  have  indicated,  and 
which  Dr.  Clark  so  vehemently  emphasizes. 

We  must  begin  by  stripping  the  materia  medica  of  its  use¬ 
less  knowledge.  We  must  relegate  to  the  botanist,  to  the 
chemist,  to  the  pharmacist,  the  subject  matters  belonging  to 
them,  and  retain  those  things  having  connection  with  the 
study  and  work  of  the  physician.  I  can  best  illustrate  this  by 
an  example  selected  from  the  vegetable  kingdom  :  let  it  be  nux 
vomica.  We  have  first  the  names — botanical  and  chemical. 
Then  follows  the  source  and  botanical  description,  which  is 
Sanscrit  to  the  average  student,  and  knowledge  without  any 
use  to  the  practitioner  as  such.  Next  comes  the  pharmaceu¬ 
tical  preparations,  and  a  description  of  the  mode  of  preparing 
the  tincture  and  extracts,  and  an  elaborate  account  of  the  sep¬ 
aration  of  the  alkaloids — a  complexus  of  chemical  and  pharma¬ 
ceutical  knowledge  of  great  utility,  indispensable,  indeed  to 
the  pharmaceutist,  but  useless  to  the  physician,  who  is  not  en¬ 
gaged  in  the  business  of  a  manufacturing  chemist,  and  who 
cannot  acquire  this  knowledge  unless  at  the  expense  of  his 
proper  professional  education.  The  best  students  who  make 
the  attempt  to  master  the  details  of  materia  medica,  acquire 
but  a  vague  notion  of  it,  and  drop  the  study  as  soon  as  possi¬ 
ble,  except  the  few  who  expect  to  combine  the  business  of 
pharmacy  with  the  practice  of  medicine — a  union  which  al¬ 
ways  results  unhappily,  and  is  not  to  be  approved. 

Dr.  Clark  complains  in  his  energetic  way  that  our  works  in 
this  department  consist  of  materia  medica  teaching  largely, 
whereas  they  ought  to  be  devoted  to  therapeutics  only.  This 
is  an  extreme  view  to  which  1  must  decidedly  express  my  dis¬ 
sent.  There  is  certain  knowledge  of  pharmacy  and  chemistry 
which  is  necessary  to  accurate  prescribing,  and  which  must  be 
taught,  if  we  would  use  our  therapeutical  knowledge  intelli¬ 
gently.  We  must  know  the  names  of  the  drug,  the  forms  and 
preparation  in  which  they  are  compounded,  the  active  constitu¬ 
ents,  the  doses,  the  antidotes  chemical  and  physiological,  but 
especially  must  we  have  full  and  accurate  information  in  re¬ 
gard  of  the  effects  of  the  remedies  and  their  uses  in  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  diseases.  All  of  this  knowledge  is  immediately  appli¬ 
cable  to  the  requirements  of  the  physician,  and  no  part  of  it 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


559 


1879J 

can  be  omitted  without  injury.  I  hold  that  the  actions  and 
uses  of  remedies  is  the  point  on  which  the  greatest  stress 
should  be  laid,  and  no  information,  empirical  or  physiological, 
should  be  neglected.  Let  the  student  have  the  minutest  in¬ 
formation  from  all  possible  sources  of  the  physiological  powers 
and  capabilities  of  a  drug,  its  behavior  as  influenced  by  idio¬ 
syncrasy  and  dose,  its  applications  in  the  treatment  of  disease, 
the  fallacies  which  affect  a  proper  estimate  of  its  powers,  the 
special  conditions  in  which  it  is  useful,  why  it  should  be  pre¬ 
ferred  to  another  remedy  of  the  same  class,  and  in  fact  any  in¬ 
formation  in  regard  to  it  which  may  facilitate  the  physician’s 
use  of  his  armamentarium.  The  artisan  is  taught  the  name  of 
the  tool,  the  range  of  its  uses,  the  mode  of  handling  it  under 
special  circumstances ;  but  he  is  not  expected  to  acquire  the 
mineralogy  of  iron  and  the  chemistry  of  steel — subjects  con¬ 
cerned  with  its  original  construction. 

The  information  which  a  teacher  must  convey  to  a  class  is 
derived  from  two  sources;  from  a  study  of  the  authorities  who 
have  contributed  to  the  subject ;  from  his  personal  experiences 
and  reflections.  The  literature  from  which  he  gleans  is  a  wide 
field  and  contains  a  multitude  of  workers,  who  differ  in  ca¬ 
pacity,  in  acquirements,  in  honesty.  The  instructor  may  pur¬ 
sue  two  methods  in  imparting  his  information  :  he  may  present 
in  order,  chronologically  or  by  subjects,  a  synopsis  of  the  con¬ 
tribution  of  each  individual  worker  ;  he  may  subject  the  whole 
to  a  careful  analysis,  weigh  the  merits  and  truthfulness  of  in¬ 
dividuals,  and  present  the  results  in  the  plainest  language. 
The  former  plan  confuses  the  student  with  a  multitude  of 
names  and  opinions  that  vary  and  are  often  contradictory  ;  the 
latter  gives  nim  some  salient  points  on  which  he  may  lay  hold. 

I  maintain  that  the  latter  plan  is  the  true  one — that  it  is  the  duty 
of  the  instructor  to  analyze  the  complexus  of  facts  and  opin¬ 
ions — to  guide  the  intelligence  of  the  student  through  a  maze 
to  right  conclusions.  Those  who  wish  to  engage  in  investiga¬ 
tions  on  their  account  are  either  advanced  students  or  gradu¬ 
ates,  who  possess  the  knowledge  necessary  to  find  their  way 
through  the  labyrinth. 

I  hold,  further,  that  the  instruction  should  be,  as  far  as  pos¬ 
sible,  objective  or  demonstrative.  The  lecturer  may  content 
himself  with  stating  that  drugs  will  produce  certain  results — 
that  stiychnia  will  cause  tetanic  spasms,  and  that  conia  will 
paralyze — and  he  may  illustrate  the  action  of  strychnia  by  an 
exposition  of  some  famous  medico-legal  case,  as  the  poisoning 
of  Cook  by  Palmer,  and  the  action  of  conia  by  recounting  from 
the  Phaedro  of  Plato  the  death  of  Socrates;  or  he  may  at  the 
moment  demonstrate  the  effects  of  the  drug  by  an  experiment 
which  makes  the  fact  memorable  in  the  student’s  mental  expe¬ 
riences.  The  chemist  who  merely  tells  his  students  that  water 
is  composed  of  oxygen  and  hydrogen,  and  does  not  demon- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


5(K) 


[November 


strate  it  by  experiment,  will  hardly  have  done  his  duty.  The 
experiment  vivifies  the  bald  fact,  and  the  impression  is  made 
permanent.  But  how  demonstrate  your  therapeutical  facts? 
This  brings  me  face  to  face  with  the  great  vivisection  question. 
Though  an  advocate  for  rightly  conducted  vivisections,  I  pro¬ 
test  against  cruelty  to  animals,  who  are  God’s  creatures.  I 
protest  against  those  barbaric  sports  in  which  more  animals 
suffer  yearly — hunted  to  death — than  have  in  all  time  been  un¬ 
der  the  knife  of  the  vivisector.  More  than  all,  I  protest  against 
that  inhumanity  to  man — the  outcome  of  an  unreflecting  senti¬ 
mentality-- which  prevents  those  scientific  investigations  hav¬ 
ing  for  their  end  incalculable  benefits  to  man.  Some  of  our 
most  important  remedies  and  physiological  knowledge  of  the 
highest  importance  have  been,  and  only  could  have  been,  ob¬ 
tained  by  experiments  on  animals.  If  animals  are  sacrificed 
for  the  support  of  men’s  bodies,  why  should  they  not  contri¬ 
bute  to  the  improvement  of  men’s  minds  ?  Your  sentimental 
philosopher  does  not  reflect  on  the  humanity  of  the  butcher, 
except  for  the  toughness  of  his  matutinal  steak.  Not  to  oc¬ 
cupy  further  time  with  well-known  arguments  in  favor  of  vivi¬ 
section,  1  hold  that  the  actions  of  drugs  should  be  illustrated 
as  far  as  practicable  by  experiments  on  animals,  but  the  exper¬ 
iments  must  be  decorous,  not  revolting,  not  cruel,  and  made 
strictly  to  advance  or  impart  knowledge  for  the  benefit  of  our 
fellow  men.  In  these  experiments  animals  have  small  occasion 
to  suffer,  for  the  medicament  or  the  anaesthetic  so  far  obtund 
the  sensibilities  of  the  centres  of  conscious  impressions  that 
pain  is  not  felt. 

Why  torture  dumb  brutes  by  experiments,  which  after  all 
cannot  be  utilized  in  the  treatment  of  men’s  diseases;  for  has 
it  not  been  shown  that  the  actions  on  men  and  animals  differ — 
that  rabbits  eat  belladonna  with  impunity,  and  pigeons  cannot 
be  affected  by  opium  l  1  might  explain  to  you  how  idiosyn¬ 
crasies  exist  in  men  and  animals  alike,  and  are  usually  more 
apparent  than  real ;  but  let  me  answer  your  objections  by  a 
quotation  from  the  most  competent  authority  of  modern  times 
— Claude  Bernard,  lie  declares  in  that  remarkable  work — 
“  Introduction  to  Experimental  Medicine”  (p.  218) — that  “ex¬ 
periments  on  animals  with  deleterious  and  noxious  substances 
are  very  useful,  and  perfectly  conclusive  for  the  hygiene  and 
toxicology  of  man.  The  researches  on  medicaments  or  poi¬ 
sons  are  equally  appliceble  to  man  from  the  therapeutical 
point  of  view,  for  the  effects  of  these  substances  are  the  same 
in  animals  as  in  man,  except  the  difference  in  degree.”  This 
opinion,  based  on  the  largest  experience,  and  after  a  career  of 
brilliant  discovery,  might  be  illustrated  and  enforced,  if  I  had 
the  time,  by  the  examples  of  benefits  to  the  race  obtained  in 
this  way. 

The  crusade  against  vivisection  in  England,  which  has  at¬ 
tained  extraordinary  volume  and  force  within  a  few  years  past, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


561 


1879J 

is  an  outgrowtli  of  dog-worsliip,  which  has  now  become  a  form 
of  religion  in  the  upper  classes  of  society.  With  hair  perfumed, 
powdered,  and  curled,  his  canine  worship  sits  at  table  with  his 
mistress,  rides  in  the  park  in  the  afternoon,  sleeps  on  downy 
pillows  at  night;  he  has  his  maid  to  anticipate  his  wants,  be¬ 
sides  the  undivided  attention  of  his  mistress,  and  when  ill  he 
is  waited  upon  by  a  celebrated  physician.  He  makes  no  return 
to  society  for  the  protection  and  benefits  he  receives;  he  pays 
no  taxes;  he  merely  barks  and  growls  in  return  for  the  love  of 
his  mistress,  and  is  altogether  an  ungrateful  dog ;  blithe  has 
driven  physiological  research  out  of  England,  and  the  gentle¬ 
men  who  were  engaged  in  an  important  series  of  investigations 
on  the  biliary  secretion  were  compelled  by  him  to  go  over  to 
France.  An  epidemic  of  hydrophobia  and  the  loss  of  several 
titled  ladies  will  be  necessary  to  prevent  the  apotheosis  of  the 
dog,  and  to  put  vivisection  in  its  proper  position — for  a  cure  for 
hydrophobia  can  only  be  arrived  at  by  experiments  on  this  at 
present  distinguished  member  of  society. —  The  Medical  Record. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  POST  PARTUM  HEMORRHAGE. 

This  brings  me  to  the  discussion  of  the  agent  to  which  I  wish 
to  call  the  attention  of  the  Fellows  of  this  Society  as  the  remedy 
for  post  partum  haemorrhage,  occurring  under  the  conditions  I 
have  laid  down,  and  in  cases  when  the  ordinary  remedies  of 
friction,  pressure,  ergot,  cold,  etc.,  etc.,  have  failed.  This 
remedy  is  common  vinegar.  I  claim  uo  originality  in  suggest¬ 
ing  it.  I  will  merely  state  that  I  have  used  it,  alone,  as  my 
last  resort,  both  in  hospital  and  private  practice,  in  many 
(apparently  desperate)  cases  of  post  partum  hemorrhage,  and 
invariably  with  successful  results.  I  have  taught  the  use  of 
vinegar  to  my  classes  since  1854,  and  though  1  am  in  constant 
receipt  of  reports  of  cases  from  my  former  pupils  in  which  they 
have  relied  on  vinegar — often,  in  seemingly  hopeless  condi¬ 
tions — in  all  these  years  I  have  received  the  report  of  but  one 
case  where  the  remedy  failed  to  check  the  hemorrhage.  In 
this  instance,  my  friend  happened  to  have  access  to  a  galvanic 
battery,  and  the  electrical  current  at  last  proved  the  needed 
stimulant  to  secure  uterine  contraction. 

Vinegar  I  have  found  not  only  a  certain  remedy  for  post 
partum  hemorrhage,  but  a  remedy  as  safe  as  it  is  certain  to 
cure.  In  the  many  very  bad  cases  where  I  have  used  it  the 
hemorrhage  was  always  arrested,  and  in  but  one  instance  did 
the  woman  subsequently  die,  and  in  this  case  neither  T  nor  the 
immediate  attendant  (my  friend  Prof.  John  Neill)  had  any 
reason  to  attribute  the  woman’s  death  (neither  did  we)  to  the 
vinegar  I  had  used  to  check  a  most  appalling  case  of  flooding. 
In  the  many  reports  which  I  have  received  from  my  former 
pupils  on  this  subject,  I  have  yet  received  none  where  any 
unfortunate  results  have  followed  the  application  of  vinegar. 


562  Current  Medical  Literature.  [November 

Vinegar  presents  trie  following  advantages  as  an  invaluable 
remedy  in  the  treatment  of  obstinate  eases  of  post  partum 
hemorrhage,  where  the  difficulty  to  be  overeome  is  a  want  of 
shrinkage  in  the  uterine  muscle.  In  the  first  place,  it  can 
always  be  obtained — every  household,  even  the  humblest,  hav¬ 
ing  a  vinegar  cruet.  In  the  second  place,  it  can  be  applied 
instantly,  and  without  any  apparatus.  In  the  third  place,  it 
always  cures  the  hemorrhage,  or  rather,  I  should  say,  it  has 
never  failed  to  do  so  in  my  practice.  It  is  sufficiently  irritat¬ 
ing  to  excite  the  most  benumbed  and  sluggish  uterus  to  con¬ 
tract,  while,  at  the  same  time,  it  is  not  so  irritating  that  its 
subsequent  effects  are  injurious.  Fourthly,  it  is  an  admirable 
antiseptic.  Prof.  Zweifel,  of  Erlangen,  in  his  recent  paper  on 
the  prevention  of  puerperal  fever,  considers  vinegar  an  excel¬ 
lent  substitute  for  carbolic  or  salicylic  acids. (l)  Fifthly,  it  acts 
on  the  lining  membrane  of  the  uterus,  and  on  the  gaping  orifices 
of  the  torn  utero  placental  vessels  as  a  valuable  astringent. 
Vinegar  I  suggest,  then,  to  the  Fellows  of  this  Society,  as  a 
most  valuable  remedy  in  post  partum  hemorrhage  depending 
on  inertia,  possessing  the  advantage  of  the  solutions  of  the 
persalts  of  iron,  of  the  tincture  of  iodine,  and,  may  I  not  add, 
even  also  all  the  advantages  of  the  actual  cautery ;  while  its 
use  is  attended  by  none  of  the  difficulties,  and  followed  by  none 
of  the  dangers  that  attach  to  these  remedies. 

I  have  just  stated  that  vinegar  may  be  applied  instantly  and 
without  apparatus — perhaps  I  should  mention  precisely  my 
method  of  using  it.  I  pour  a  few  tablespoonfuls  into  a  vessel, 
dip  into  it  some  clean  rag  or  a  clean  pocket  handkercliiei.  I 
then  carry  the  saturated  rag  with  my  hand  into  the  cavity  of 
the  uterus  and  squeeze  it ;  the  effect  of  the  vinegar  flowing 
over  the  sides  of  the  cavity  of  the  uterus  and  through  the 
vagina  is  magical.  The  relaxed  and  flabby  uterine  muscle 
instantly  responds.  The  organ  at  once  assumes,  what  J  will 
term,  its  gizzard -like  feel,  shrinking  down  upon  and  compress¬ 
ing  the  operating  hand,  and  in  the  vast  majority  of  cases  all 
hemorrhage  ceases  instantly  ;  should  one  application  of  vinegar 
fail  to  secure  sufficient  contraction,  the  hand  can  be  withdrawn, 
and  a  second  or  even  a  third  application  can  be  made,  until  the 
uterus  shall  contract  sufficiently  to  stop  the  flow  of  blood. 

Had  I  time,  it  would  have  been  desirable  to  discuss  this 
interesting  subject  at  greater  length  and  more  completely. 
Thus  it  may  be  asked,  suppose  you  should  meet  with  a  case  of 
hemorrhage  where  vinegar  failed  to  excite  sufficient  uterine 
irritation,  and,  consequently  failed  to  arrest  the  flooding — what 
should  be  done  H  My  reply  is,  that,  while  such  a  case  is  sup  - 
posable,  it  is  extremely  improbable.  I  have  never  met  with 
one,  and  but  one  has  been  reported  to  me.  My  treatment, 
however,  in  a  case  where  vinegar  failed,  would  be  at  once  to 


(1)  Monthly  A  bstract  of  Medical  Science,  June,  1878. 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


563 


resort  to  the  application  of  the  solution  of  the  persalts  of  iron. 
I  should  do  so,  too,  with  confidence  that  the  remedy  would  stop 
the  hemorrhage,  but,  at  the  same  time,  1  should  consider  my 
patient  placed  in  great  additional  danger  by  the  use  of  my 
cure,  and  I  would  employ  it  only  on  the  ground  that  desperate 
diseases  justify  the  employment  of  heroic  measures.  If  this 
view  be  accepted,  we  are  to  consider  the  persalts  of  iron  as  the 
last  and  extreme  remedy  to  be  resorted  to  in  case  of  flooding; 
never  to  be  used  save  in  those  cases  of  uterine  inertia  where 
the  simpler  and  safer  remedy  of  vinegar  has  failed ;  and,  inas¬ 
much  as  vinegar  seldom  or  never  fails  to  cure  uterine  inertia, 
the  persalts  of  iron  are  seldom  or  never  to  be  employed  in  its 
treatment. — [Dr.  R.  A.  F.  Penrose,  Gynecological  Transactions , 
Volume  3. 


QUININE  FOR  HYPODERMIC  USE. 


The  following  is  the  preparation  preferred  in  the  Hamburg 
General  Hospital : 


R.  Quiniae  rnuriatis. 


20  parts 
12  “ 

3  “ 


Acidi  muriatici, 
Urae, 


The  salt  thus  formed  is  soluble  in  equal  parts  of  water,  and 
hence  large  doses  can  be  given  by  the  hypodermic  syringe. 

The  quantity  of  this  50  per  cent,  solution  injected  varied 
from  a  half  to  three  syringefuls.  The  local  irritation  conse¬ 
quent  on  the  injection  was  in  most  cases  very  slight,  and  at 
most  consisted  in  a  circumscribed  burning  pain  (which  was  soon 
relieved  by  cold  Goulard  water),  without  redness  or  swelling. 
Doses  of  a  gram  produced  in  men  scarcely  any  subjective  sen¬ 
sations,  and  the  noises  in  the  ear  complained  of  by  women  and 
children  soon  disappeared.  The  anti-febrile  effects  were  evi¬ 
dent  and  certain,  iutermittents  disappearing  after  the  second 
or  third  injection.  This  form  of  administration  seems  especially 
indicated  (1)  in  those  sensitive  persons  who  have  an  invincible 
objection  to  taking  quinine  by  the  mouth ;  (2)  when  gastric  af¬ 
fections  coexist;  (3)  in  children;  and  (4)  in  hospital  and  pau¬ 
per  practice,  as  a  much  smaller  quantity  of  quinine  is  required 
than  when  it  is  administered  internally. — Medical  and  Surgical 
Reporter ,  September  20. 


HOT  APPLICATIONS  TO  THE  HEAD  IN  UTERINE  HAEMORRHAGES. 

The  anaemia  of  the  brain  is  one  of  the  most  dangerous  symp¬ 
toms  in  acute  haemorrhage  ;  hence  Schroeder  recommends  to 
put  the  head  of  the  patient  low.  Others  recommend  transfu¬ 
sion,  some  Esmarch’s  apparatus  on  the  extremeties  (Moeller), 
and  nitrate  of  amyl  has  also  been  highly  spoken  of,  in  order  to 
force  more  blood  in  the  anaemic  brain. 


564  Current  Medical  Literature.  [November 

Koehler  used  for  the  last  seven  years  hot  applications  to  the 
head,  in  order  to  remove  anaemia  from  the  brain,  especially  as 
the  brain  is  considered  the  chief  factor  of  life.  At  the  same 
time  hot  applications  may  be  put  over  the  cardiac  region.  As 
sand  is  nearly  always  handy,  he  prefers  hot  sandbags.  The 
patient  bears  well  sand  of  such  high  temperature  that  the  hand 
can  hardly  hold  it.  The  sandbags  are  hardly  applied  when 
consciousness  returns,  the  pulse  returns  and  becomes  stronger, 
the  patient  acknowledges  to  feel  better,  the  dimness  before  the 
eyes  and  the  surging  in  the  ears  disappear,  and  as  the  heat  in 
the  bag  declines  she  requests  another  hot  one.  Even  in  most 
desperate  cases  Dr.  Koehler  saved  thus  the  life  of  his  patient. 
There  is  no  time  lost,  inasmuch  as  any  person  can  attend  to  it. 
In  acute  anaemia,  in  consequence  of  epistaxis,  the  same  treatment 
succeeds.  Let  us  discard  the  ancient  horrible  icebag  in  anaemia 
from  acute  haemorrhages.  The  patient  wants  heat,  it  feels 
agreeable  to  her,  let  us  respond  to  this  call  of  nature. — AUg. 
Med.  Cent.  Zeitung ,  2,  1879.  —Maryland  Medical  Journal. — Nash¬ 
ville  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  September,  1879. 


THE  POISON  OF  THE  TOAD. 

The  common  garden  toad  is  well  known  to  secrete  an  acrid 
and  irritating  fluid  in  the  large  warts  on  its  back;  but  that  this 
ever  produces  fatal  results  has  not  been  believed.  Neverthe¬ 
less,  the  London  Medical  Record  reports  the  case  of  a  child,  of 
six  years  old,  following  a  large  toad  on  a  hot  summer’s  day, 
throwing  stones  at  it.  Suddenly  he  felt  that  the  animal  had. 
spurted  some  moisture  into  his  eye.  There  then  set  in  a  slight 
pain  and  spasmodic  twitching  of  the  slightly  injected  eye,  and 
two  hours  after  coma,  wavering  sight,  desire  to  bite,  a  dread  of 
food  and  drink,  constipation,  abundant  urine,  great  agitation, 
manifested  themselves,  followed  on  the  sixth  day  by  sickness, 
apathy,  and  a  kind  of  stupor,  but  with  regular  pulse.  Some 
days  later,  having  become  comparatively  quiet,  the  boy  left  his 
bed ;  his  eyes  injected,  the  skin  dry,  the  pulse  free  from  fever. 
He  howled  and  behaved  himself  like  a  madman,  sank  into  im¬ 
becility  aud  speechlessness  from  which  condition  he  never 
rallied. — Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter ,  September  20. 


CURARE  IN  HYDROPHOBIA. 

Dr.  Offenburg,  of  Munster,  has  lately  treated  with  curare,  a 
woman  who  had  been  bitten  by  a  mad  dog.  He  did  not  confine 
himself  to  the  usual  small  doses,  but  injected  about  two  deci¬ 
grams  of  curare  under  her  skin  in  the  course  of  five  hours.  The 
patient  was  in  a  terrible  state,  and  seemed  on  the  point  of  being 
suffocated  when  the  injections  were  made.  After  the  first  in¬ 
jection  the  convulsion  ceased  suddenly.  This  was  owing  to  the 
power  which  curare  has  of  paralyzing  motion.  After  a  short 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


565 


1879] 

pause,  however,  the  convulsions  began  again,  and  sevaral  ad¬ 
ditional  injections  had  to  be  made.  At  last  the  effects  of  the 
curare  became  so  powerful  that  the  patient  was  in  danger  of 
dying  of  paralysis  of  the  heart  and  the  respiratory  muscles,  and 
could  only  be  saved  by  artificial  respiration.  She  then  fell  in¬ 
to  a  state  of  exhaustion  and  weakness,  from  which  she  recov¬ 
ered  alter  a  time,  and  became  quite  well. — Medical  and  Surgical 
Reporter ,  September  20. 


THE  PRINCIPAL  CONDITIONS  FOR  THE  IMMEDIATE  UNION  OF 

WOUNDS. 

[From  the  Progress  Medical.] 

The  powerful  conditions  which  favor  immediate  union  of  the 
soft  tissues  in  wounds  are  : 

1st.  Exact  apposition  of  similar  part,  which  should  be  main¬ 
tained  solidly  in  contact  during  the  time  requisite  for  union. 
2d.  Production  of  plastic  lymph.  3d.  Preservation  from  con¬ 
tact  of  air.  4th.  Easy  exit  of  the  secretions.  In  this  respect 
M.  Azam  observes  that  if  in  the  operation  the  elastic  bandage 
of  Esmarch  has  been  used,  the  quantity  of  blood  which  oozes 
from  the  capillaries,  after  the  ligature  of  the  blood-vessels,  is 
such  that  he  has  given  up  this  method  of  hemostasis.  The 
india  rubber  tube  has  still  graver  consequences  if  left  on  long. 
He  recently  saw  in  the  service  of  M.  Broca  a  patient  who  had 
the  leg  amputated  below  the  knee  for  an  injury  near  the  ankle. 
The  elastic  tube  of  Esmarch  was  applied  to  the  lower  part  of 
the  thigh  for  two  hours.  An  intractable  capillary  hemorrhage 
followed  ;  then  gangrene  of  the  Haps,  which  necessitated  ampu¬ 
tation  above  the  knee.  The  hemorrhage  returned,  gangrene 
also,  and  the  patient  died.  5th.  Primitive  union  requires  the 
absence  of  foreign  bodies  from  between  the  lips  of  the  wound. 
Catgut  ligatures  are  a  great  improvement  in  this  respect.  6th. 
Protection  of  the  wound  against  exterior  influences,  which  is 
accomplished  by  the  dressing  of  A.  Guerin.  7th.  The  proper 
alimentation  of  patients.  8th.  A  good  hygienic,  both  physical 
and  moral.  A  cetain  number  of  the  conditions  necessary  or 
useful  for  primitive  union  are  realized  by  the  dressing  of  Lister 
or  of  Alphonse  Guerin;  but  the  method  of  Bordeaux,  which 
partakes  of  both,  is  preferable. 

It  is  applied  as  follows: 

Perfect  hemostasis  is  indispensable.  The  wound  is  then 
cleaned,  so  as  not  to  leave  the  least  clot.  Below  or  behind  the 
osseous  section,  if  any,  a  large  drainage  tube  is  placed,  which 
iests  at  eacli  end  on  the  limb,  and  is  firmly  fixed  in  place  by 
collodion.  The  flaps  are  brought  together  in  the  most  exact 
manner  possible  by  the  twisted  suture,  placed  deep.  Then 
superficial  sutures  should  be  put  in,  also  twisted,  with  the  same 
care  as  in  plastic  operations  on  the  face.  This  suture  is  then 
covered  with  a  layer  of  collodion,  and  only  the  two  openings 


506  Current  Medical  Literature.  [November 

remain  through  which  the  drainage  tube  passes.  After  wash¬ 
ing  with  carbolic  acid  solution,  a  mass  of  charpie  is  placed 
around  the  drainage  tubes,  and  the  whole  enveloped  in  cotton. 
A  resume  of  262  operations  with  this  mode  of  dressing  shows 
only  16  deaths;  of  the  262  operations  42  were  amputations  of 
the  thigh,  amputations  of  the  leg,  and  111  were  removals  of 
tumors. —  Western  Lancet ,  Sept.,  1879. 


THE  STATUE  OF  DR.  CRAWFORD  VV.  LONG— THE  DISCOVERER  OF 

ANAESTHESIA. 

We  are  happy  to  inform  our  readers  that  this  statute  will 
form  one  of  the  National  Gallery  in  Washington.  It  seems 
that  Congress  has  invited  each  State  in  the  Union  to  forward 
the  statues  of  two  of  its  benefactors,  to  be  placed  in  the  Art 
Gallery  at  Washington.  At  the  recent  special  session  of  the 
Legislature  of  Georgia,  James  Oglethorpe — the  founder  of 
Georgia — and  Dr.  Crawford  W.  Long — the  discoverer  of  surgi¬ 
cal  anaesthesia — were  selected  as  the  two  most  distinguished 
of  the  sous  of  Georgia,  whose  statues  should  stand  in  the  Capitol 
at  Washington. —  Virginia  Medical  Monthly ,  Sept.  18,  1879. 

A  PHYSIOLOGICAL  QUESTION. 

William  J.  Scott,  M.D.,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Seven  years  ago  I  had  a  patient,  who,  in  a  drunken  row,  re¬ 
ceived  a  severe  cut  in  the  right  malar  region  by  a  glass  thrown 
by  some  one  of  the  party.  The  wound  was  dressed  by  I)r. 
Williams,  who  was  then  with  me,  and  for  four  days  the  condi¬ 
tions  seemed  favorable.  Then  lie  began  to  complain  of  stiff¬ 
ness  of  the  jaws,,  and  the  next  day  he  had  tetanus.  Then  I 
supposed  that  he  would  have,  in  all  probability,  delirium  tre¬ 
mens.  Such  symptoms  were  not  manifested  during  the  illness. 
One  night  when  1  saw  the  man  (who  was  colored),  I  remarked 
to  a  friend  of  his,  who  was  well  soaked  with  whisky  at  the  time, 
that  1  feared  that  the  former  habits  of  the  patient  might  affect 
him  badly  now.  He  answered  :  “What  do  you  fear  ?  Snakes  ? 
We  neber  get  snakes.”  That  remark  of  a  d*  unken  colored  man 
directed  my  attention  to  the  subject.  From  that  time  to  the 
present  I  have  not  seen  a  case  of  delirium  tremens  among  col¬ 
ored  people.  I  have  known  frequently  colored  men  and  wo¬ 
men  addicted  to  the  same  habits,  which  in  other  nationalities 
lead  to  this  condition.  I  have  often  met  in  the  hospital,  as 
well  as  in  private  practice,  mania  a  potu  in  persons  who  had 
drank  less  than  I  believe  some  oi  the  other  class  who  escaped 
the  disease. — Toledo  Medical  Journal. 

[  We  would  be  pleased  to  hear  from  some  medical  practi¬ 
tioners  in  the  South  on  this  subject. — Ed.] 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


567 


THE  OPERATION  OF  SPAYING  FOR  SOME  OF  THE  DISORDERS  OF 
MEN  TRUAL  LIFE. 

In  a  paper  read  before  the  Pennsylvania  Medical  Society,  Dr. 
Goo  dell  relates  four  cases  in  which  lie  has  performed  the  oper¬ 
ation  of  spaying-.  The  first  was  for  the  (Hire  of  menstrual  dis¬ 
turbances  dependent  upon  a  fibroid  tumor.  The  patient  was  a 
maiden  lady,  aged  thirty-three,  who  had  a  subperitoneal  fibroid 
tumor,  dipping  down  to  the  bottom  of  Douglas’s  pouch,  aud 
reaching  up  to  a  point  two  finger-breadths  above  the  umbilicus 
aud  to  the  left.  The  uterus  was  antefiexed,  and  the  sound 
gave  a  measurement  of  only  three  inches.  Menstruation  was 
profuse,  sometimes  alarmingly  so,  lasting  fully  a  week.  She 
was  never  wholly  free  from  pain,  but  one  week  before  each 
period  this  pain  began  to  increase,  aud  steadily  grew  worse 
until  it  became  unbearable,  continuing  without  abatement 
through  the  period.  Thus  three  weeks  out  of  every  four  were 
virtually  spent  by  her  in  bed.  Treatment  being  unavailing, 
extirpation  of  the  uterus  was  contemplated,  but  the  author 
was  led  by  the  success  of  Dr.  Tren holme’s  case  to  try  first  the 
effect  of  spaying.  On  October  4,  1877,  both  ovaries  were 
removed  by  vaginal  section.  The  hemorrhage  was  very  trifling; 
no  vessel  needed  tying,  and  not  a  suture  was  put  into  the  vag¬ 
inal  wound.  The  right  o  ary  looked  healthy,  but  the  left  con- 
taiued  a  small  cyst.  From  that  day  the  patient  lost  all  her 
pains  and  aches,  and  they  have  never  returned.  The  large 
fibroid  tumor  also  rapidly  lessened  in  size,  until,  six  months 
later,  it  was  no  larger  than  a  horse-chestnut. 

In  commencing  on  this  case,  the  author  refers  to  eleven 
others,  making  twelve  in  all,  in  which  spaying  has  been  per¬ 
formed  for  fibroid  tumors.  Of  these  three  proved  fatal ;  but, 
in  each,  the  ovaries  were  removed  by  the  more  hazardous 
abdominal  section.  In  one  of  Hegar’s  cases  a  hemorrhage 
occurred  after  five  mouths,  and  the  patient  was  afterwards  lost 
sight  of.  In  the  remaining  eight,  convalescence  was  uninter¬ 
rupted,  the  menopause  was  established,  the  tumor  became 
smaller,  aud  the  women  were  virtually  cured. 

The  second  case  was  that  of  a  young  lady,  aged  twenty-seven, 
who  had  great  hemorrhage  at  her  menstrual  periods,  and  ex¬ 
quisite  suffering,  not  only  at  these  times,  but  a  week  before 
and  after.  The  uterus  showed  no  lesion,  and  the  pains  radiated 
from  each  ovarian  region.  The  ovaries  were  removed  by  the 
vagina.  The  pedicle  was  tied  by  silk,  the  others  with  gut; 
this  latter  broke,  and  the  pedicle  was  then  crushed  off  with  the 
ecraseur.  Her  recovery  was  a  slow  one,  being  retarded  by  a 
small  pelvic  abscess,  which  burst  through  the  incision,  and  dis¬ 
charged  the  knot  of  the  silk  ligature.  Menstruation  did  not 
return,  and  her  health  became  wonderfully  better,  so  that  she 
deemed  herself  perfectly  well. 

The  third  case  was  that  of  a  married  lady,  aged  thirty-seven, 
the  mother  of  three  children,  the  youngest  ten  years  old.  Her 
9 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


568 


[November 


illness  dated  from  the  birth  of  this  last  child.  Agonizing  pel¬ 
vic  pains  at  first  entered  in  the  monthly  periods,  then  kept  up 
for  some  time  afterwards,  and  finally  never  left  her.  She  now 
became  bedridden,  and  an  opium-eater.  The  uterus  presented 
no  other  lesion  than  a  slight  enlargement.  The  ovaries  were 
removed  by  vaginal  incision  on  May  26,  1878.  The  hemor¬ 
rhage  was  freer  than  usual ;  both  ovaries  seemed  congested, 
and  one  showed  a  beautiful  corpus  luteuin.  Peritonitus  set  in 
oft  the  second  day,  and,  although  it  was  limited  to  the  pelvic 
regions,  she  died  on  the  fourth  day. 

In  the  fourth  case  the  operation  was  performed  on  account 
of  insanity,  the  paroxysms  of  which  appeared  to  be  connected 
with  menstruation.  The  patient  was  a  married  lady,  aged 
thirty-eight,  whose  brain  had  given  way  from  over-anxiety  and 
from  over-nursing  a  sick  child  during  the  summer  of  1875. 
When  seen  by  the  author  in  1878,  she  was  subject  to  hallucina¬ 
tions,  which  came  on  several  days  before  the  appearances  of 
her  menses,  and  led  her  to  become  so  violent  as  to  need  locking 
up.  The  attacks  lasted  during  the  continuance  of  the  menses, 
and  for  a  week  afterwards.  Two  distinguished  alienists  held 
out  hopes  to  her  husband  that  with  the  change  of  life  reason 
would  return.  The  author  found  a  congested  and  hypertro¬ 
phied  uterus,  measuring  3.5  inches,  and  the  left  ovarian  region 
exquisitely  tender  ;  the  ovaries  however,  could  not  be  outlined. 
The  ovaries  were  removed  by  vaginal  incisions  on  November 
13,  1878.  The  patient  recovered  without  a  single  bad  symp¬ 
tom,  although  she  twice  jumped  out  of  bed  within  the  first 
week,  and  had  to  be  forcibly  put  back,  and  held  down.  Men¬ 
struation  did  not  return,  but  her  mental  condition  has  not  im¬ 
proved.  Notwithstanding  this  failure  in  the  cure,  the  author  is 
intending  to  remove  the  ovaries  from  an  epileptic  young  lady, 
whose  first  fit  began  at  her  first  menstruation,  and  whose  pres¬ 
ent  fits  pivot  around  the  monthly  flux  as  a  centre. 

The  chief  point  in  which  the  author  differs  from  several  re¬ 
cent  authorities  is  his  strong  preference  for  the  performance  of 
tin-  operation  of  spaying  by  vaginal,  rather  than  by  abdominal 
section.  This  is  based  upon  the  ground  of  its  greater  safety, 
eleven  deaths  having  occurred  in  thirty-one  cases  of  operations 
by  abdominal  section,  and  only  four  deaths  out  of  twenty  oper¬ 
ations  by  vaginal  section.  In  the  vaginal  operation  he  has  not 
yet  tried  the  carbolic  spray,  but  proposes  to  do  so.  Should  it 
be  found  impossible  to  remove  the  ovaries  by  the  vaginal  in¬ 
cision  he  considers  that  the  abdomen  can  afterwards  be  opened 
and  the  abandoned  vaginal  incision  be  utilized,  if  needful,  as  a 
drainage  opening. 

In  the  vaginal  operation,  the  author  places  the  patient  on 
her  back,  not  on  her  side,  that  air  may  be  less  likely  to  enter 
the  peritoneal  cavity.  A  duckbill  speculum  is  introduced,  and 
the  perineum  pulled  downwards.  The  post-cervical  mucous 
membrane  is  next  caught  up  by  a  uterine  tenaculum,  aud  it 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


569 


1879] 

and  the  underlying-  peritoneum  are  snipped  open  for  about  an 
inch  with  a  pair  of  scissors,  of  which  he  has  found  Kerchen- 
meister’s  to  be  the  best.  The  index-finger  of  the  left  hand  is 
then  passed  in,  the  uterus  pushed  down  from  above  by  the 
right  hand,  and  each  ovary  brought  down  to  the  incision  by  the 
finger  hooked  into  the  sling  made  by  the  oviduct.  The  ovary 
is  now  seized  by  fenestrated  forceps,  and  brought  into  the  va¬ 
gina.  The  pedicle  is  transfixed  by  passing  a  needle,  armed 
with  a  double  gut  thread,  between  the  ovarian  ligament  and 
the  oviduct,  and  each  half  securely  tied.  The  ovary  is  then  re¬ 
moved,  the  ligatures  cut  short,  and  the  pedicles  returned.  In 
three  of  the  four  cases  the  author  closed  the  vaginal  opening 
with  the  suture,  but,  in  the  case  with  the  incision  left  unclosed, 
no  protrusion  of  intestine  took  place. 

From  a  collection  of  published  cases  of  double  ovariotomy 
during  menstrual  lite,  the  author  finds  that  out  of  132  cases 
there  were  fifteen  in  which  regular  monthly  fluxes  continued, 
and  nine  in  which  such  fluxes  were  either  irregular  or  lessened 
in  amount.  The  cause  of  this  unexpected  continuance  of  the 
menses,  he  attributes  rather  to  the  presence  of  a  third  or  acces¬ 
sory  ovary  than  to  a  portion  of  ovarium  stroma  having  been 
unwittingly  left  behind.  Thus  Beigel,  in  350  autopsies,  found 
eight  women  with  accessory  ovaries.  The  author  concludes  by 
expressing  his  belief  that  the  operation  of  spaying,  in  carefully 
selected  cases,  will  prove  the  sole  means  for  curing  many  men¬ 
tal  and  physical  disorders  of  menstrual  life,  which  have  hitherto 
baffled  our  science,  and  are  a  standing  opprobrium  to  our  pro¬ 
fession. — Boston  Medical  and  Bury  leal  Journal,  June  19,  1879. 

Dr.  Ta utter,  of  Buda-Pesth,  relates  a  successful  operation  of 
spaying  in  a  case  of  congenital  malformation.  The  patient  was  a 
woman  twenty-five  years  old,  who  had  never  menstruated.  From 
the  age  of  fifteen,  and  more  particularly  from  that  of  twenty, 
menstrual  moliminahad  manifested  themselves  in  the  shape  of 
severe  pain  in  the  pelvis  and  back.  These  attacks  gradually 
increased,  and  at  length  became  so  s*  vere  that  the  patient  re¬ 
mained  in  an  unconscious  state  for  hours  together.  Two  years 
beforeslie  had  married,  and  after  the  marriage,  her  atrophic 
vagina  had  been  made  ac«  essible  by  operation.  After  this  .the 
menstrual  molimen  only  became  all  the  stronger.  Above  the 
blind  extremity  of  the  vagina  could  be  felt  a  hard  body,  as  large 
as  a  nut  (uterus).  A  band  ran  obliquely  from  this  through  the 
pelvis,  on  the  right  and  left  of  which  could  be  felt  movable 
bodies,  as  large  as  nuts,  and  painful  on  pressure,  which  were 
concluded  to  be  ovaries. 

The  operation  was  performed  by  an  abdominal  incision  to  the 
middle  line.  The  ovaries  were  drawn  into  the  wound,  the  ped¬ 
icles  tied  with  silk  in  two  halves,  ai.d  dropped.  The  convales¬ 
cence  was  almost  free  from  any  symptom  of  fever.  At  the  date 
of  the  report  the  period  of  menstruation  had  passed  over  three 
times  without  any  inconvenience.—  Cenralblatt  fur  Qymkologie, 
June  21,  1879. — Obstetrical  Journal*  August,  1879. 


570 


Editorial. 


[November 

THE  ADVANTAGES  OF  ALCOHOLIC  SURGICAL  DRESSINGS. 

In  the  Western  Lancet ,  July,  Dr.  A.  E.  Regensberger  brings 
forward  some  evidence  to  show  that  alcoholic  dressings  are  a 
prophylactic  against  erysipelas,  He  adds: 

Alcohol  possesses  three  advantages  over  many  other  dress¬ 
ings,  which  may  be  briefly  formulated.  1st,  simplicity;  2d, 
cleanliness ;  3d,  absence  of  all  odor.  Unquestionably,  some¬ 
thing  that  cannot  be  said  of  many  of  the  complicated  dressings 
in  use  at  the  present  day.  To  convince  one’s  self  of  the  cor¬ 
rectness  of  the  above  assertion,  having  used  or  having  seen  it 
properly  employed  for  a  short  space  of  time,  is  all  that  is  requi¬ 
site.  In  applying  this  dressing  all  that  is  necessary  is  some 
alcohol  and  some  charpie — no  spray  producers  or  other  elabo¬ 
rate  or  costly  paraphernalia.  The  piece  of  charpie  is  moistened 
with  alcohol,  and  the  wound,  after  being  otherwise  properly 
arranged  on  general  surgical  principles,  is  covered  with  it. 
The  dressing  is  changed  two  or  three  times  in  twenty-four 
hours,  care  being  taken  to  keep  the  charpie  continually  satu¬ 
rated  with  alcohol.  In  France  a  great  many  use  tau  de  vie 
camphree  instead  of  alcohol  alone.  Whether  the  camphor  adds 
anything  to  the  efficacy  of  the  alcohol  I  am  not  prepared  to 
say,  but  l  am  rather  inclined  to  think  that  it  does  not.  Con¬ 
trary  to  what  one  might  suppose,  tiie  pain  occasioned  by  the 
application  of  alcohol  to  a  wound  is  not  severe.  The  first  two 
or  three  applications  cause  a  slight  smarting  sensation,  after 
which  it  is  nil.  Possessing  all  these  advantages,  and  very  few 
drawbacks,  we  trust  that  this  method  may  receive  a  trial  by 
the  profession  on  this  coast,  and  if  it  responds  to  the  hopes 
entertained  of  it,  that  it  may  be  used  universally. — Medical  and 
Surgical  Reporter. 


DITOE\IAL. 


THE  DOCTOR  vs.  THE  APOTHECARY. 

The  mutual  dependence  of  the  physician  and  apothecary 
is  of  such  a  nature  that  not  only  should  their  intercourse  be 
cordial,  but  respect  shown  each  for  the  other.  The  legitimate 
province  of  the  former  is  to  prescribe,  the  latter  to  see  that 
the  prescription  is  properly  dispensed,  and  physicians  should 
support  those  whose  competency  and  honesty  is  assured. 

A  diploma  from  a  recognized  medical  or  pharmaceutical  col¬ 
lege  should  be  the  guarantee  of  this  competency,  but  long  study 


1879]  Editorial.  571 

and  familiar  acquaintance  with  the  duties  of  the  pharmacist 
might  stand  in  its  stead.  Should  this  requisite  be  required, 
we  feel  assured  that  the  number  of  stores  would  be  limited, 
and  the  physicians  have  less  to  complain  of  incompetency. 

If  there  is  a  single  matter  in  the  province  of  physicians, 
it  is,  that  they  have  a  right  to  have  their  prescriptions 
filled  by  apothecaries  of  their  own  selection.  Time  and  again 
has  the  doctor  failed  to  afford  the  relief  expected,  and  often 
this  has  been  the  result  of  base  substitutes  or  improperly  com¬ 
pounded  prescriptions.  Not  long  since  we  had  occasion  to  pre¬ 
scribe  some  calcined  magnesia  for  an  infant,  judge  our  horror 
when  we  found  that  the  sulphate  of  magnesia  had  been  substi¬ 
tuted.  Example  after  example  can  be  cited  to  at  once  estab¬ 
lish  the  fact  that  there  should  be  a  demand  for  educated  phar¬ 
macists. 

It  is  time  that  the  physicians  of  New  Orleans  were  taking 
action  to  protect  themselves  from  the  impositions  of  druggists 
and  apothecaries.  The  knights  of  the  mortar  and  pestle,  in¬ 
stead  of  attending  to  their  legitimate  duties,  compounding 
the  prescriptions  of  physicians  and  in  good  faith  repeating 
these  only  when  especially  ordered,  derive  quite  a  revenue 
from  the  sale  of  repetitions ;  thus  injustice  is  done  the  doctors, 
and  the  way  is  paved  for  weak-minded  men  and  women  to  be¬ 
come  the  victims  of  opium,  chloral  or  alcoholic  drunkenness. 

Is  it  dealing  fair  with  the  physician  for  the  druggist  to  fill 
on  demand  an  old  prescription  ordered  for  some  particular  case, 
but  now  lauded  around  and  handed  about  by  neighbors  who 
administer  the  remedy  in  cases  of  sickness  when  the  diagnosis 
is  the  result  of  no  greater  skill  than  that  possessed  by  an  old 
woman  ? 

There  is  still  another  matter  connected  with  this  subject  that 
demands  careful  consideration  ;  we  allude  to  the  habit  that  wre 
fear  is  universally  common  with  apothecaries,  and  it  is  their 
habit  of  “  counter  prescribing.”  We  speak  knowingly  when 
we  say  that  there  is  a  growth  of  this  habit.  Druggists  pre¬ 
scribe  daily  for  men,  women  and  children  whose  faces  they 
have  never  seen,  and  whose  diseases  are  represented  to  be  colic, 
costiveness,  or  fits,  by  that  inevitable  old  woman  in  every 
neighborhood.  The  harm  done  by  this  complacency  on  the 


572  Editorial.  [November 

part  of  druggists  toward  their  neighbors  is  not  to  be  estimated, 
as  the  facts  are  concealed  from  the  physician  or  only  accident¬ 
ally  exposed.  This  act  on  their  part  is  only  to  be  compared 
with  the  illegitimate  sale  of  poisons,  and  both  should  be  dis¬ 
countenanced  by  law  and  the  medical  profession. 

To  remedy  the  evils  set  forth,  the  druggists  must  come  to  the 
rescue.  Let  them  form  an  association,  admitting  none  others 
than  those  holding  diplomas  or  strong  evidence  of  their  pro¬ 
ficiency,  appoint  a  committee  to  confer  with  the  local  medical 
societies,  adopt  rules  that  will  thoroughly  establish  their  status, 
and  we  will  guarantee  the  hearty  co-operation  of  the  medical 
profession.  Let  it  be  known  that  extortion,  counter  prescrib. 
ing,  and  repetition  of  prescriptions,  unless  expressly  ordered, 
shall  be  discontinued,  and  we  feel  certain  that  their  position 
will  be  appreciated  and  sustained  by  the  profession. 

HYPODERMIC  INJECTION  OF  MORPHIA. 

Dr.  H.  Kane,  No.  3(50  Bleeker  street,  New  York  city,  is 
engaged  collecting  statistics  in  regard  to  the  hypodermic  injec¬ 
tion  of  morphia,  and  wishes  the  experience  of  the  profession 
throughout  the  country. 

All  communications  strictly  confidential  unless  permission  is 
given  by  the  writer  to  use  his  name. 

The  medical  profession  in  New  Orleans  can  undoubtedly  add 
much  valuable  information  on  this  subject  and  we  hope  they 
will  respond  fully  to  the  inquiries  made.  He  asks  the  follow¬ 
ing  questions : 

1st.  What  is  your  usual  dose  ? 

2d.  Do  you  use  it  alone  or  with  atropine  ! 

3rd.  What  is  the  largest  amount  you  have  ever  adminis¬ 
tered  ? 

4th.  Have  you  had  inflammation  or  abscess  at  the  point  of 
puncture  ? 

5th.  Have  you  had  any  deaths  or  accidents  caused  by  this 
instrument  ? 

6th.  Do  you  know  of  any  cases  of  opium  habit  thus  con¬ 
tracted  ? 

When  there  has  been  an  autopsy,  (5)  please  state  the  fact 
and  results. 


1879] 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


573 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics ;  Vegetable  Kingdom.  'By 
Charles  D.  F.  Phillips,  M.D.,  F.  R.  C.  S.  E.,  Lecturer 
on  Materia  Medica,  Westminster  Hospital,  London. 
Edited  and  adapted  to  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia. 
By  Henry  G.  Piifard,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Derma¬ 
tology,  University  of  the  City  of  New  York,  etc.  New 
York:  William  Wood  &  Co.  New  Orleans:  Arinand 
Hawkins,  19G|  Canal  street. 

Another  volume  of  u  Woods’  Library  of  Standard  Medical 
Authors,”  adds  to  the  success  of  the  enterprise,  a  work  of  un¬ 
questionable  merit.  The  arrangement  of  the  drugs  is  accord¬ 
ing  to  botanical  characteristics,  and  each  is  presented  under 
the  following  heads :  Active  ingredients,  physiological  action, 
therapeutic  action,  illustrated  by  the  effect  in  special  diseases, 
and  preparation  and  dose.  A  few  unimportant  articles  of  the 
materia  medica  are  omitted  by  the  editor  and  a  number  of  iu- 
diginous  and  some  of  foreign  origin  are  introduced. 

We  are  informed  that  a  second  volume  of  this  work,  devoted 
to  inorganic  materia  medica,  is  nearly  ready  for  the  press. 

A  Clinical  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System.  By 
M.  Rosenthal,  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  Sys¬ 
tem  at  Vienna.  With  a  preface  by  Professor  Charcot. 
Translated  from  the  authors,  revised  and  enlarged  edition 
by  L.  Putzel,  M.D.,  Physician  to  the  Class  for  Nervous 
Diseases,  Bellevue  Hospital,  Out-Door  Department,  etc. 
New  York  :  William  Wood  &  Co.  New  Orleans  :  Arinand 
Hawkins,  19G£  Canal  street. 

The  two  volumes  from  the  great  German  neuralogist  will 
undoubtedly  increase  the  popularity  of  “  Woods’  Standard 
Medical  Authors.”  Professor  Rosenthal  has  for  years  been  a 
recognized  authority  among  the  German  medical  faculty,  and 
his  reception  by  the  American  medical  profession  will  be 
cordial. 

The  work  is  systematic,  and  great  care  and  thoroughness  is 
exhibited  in  the  diagnosis,  prognosis  and  treatment  of  nervous 
diseases.  Hydro-therapy  and  electricity  receive  especial  prom¬ 
inence,  and  the  former  is  taught  with  a  degree  of  precision 
that  will  render  this,  almost  unknown  to  us,  system  of  practi¬ 
cal  avail. 


574  Reviews  and  Booh  Notices.  [November 

DeBow1  s  Revieiv.  New  Series.  Volume  1,  No.  1.  October,  1879. 

This  monthly  publication  was  established  in  181G  and  for 
many  years  was  conducted  by  its  founder,  whose  name  it  bears. 
Devoted  to  the  agricultural,  commercial  and  industrial 
resources  and  progress  of  the  country,  particularly  of  the 
South,  it  achieved  great  success  under  the  management  of 
Mr.  DeBow,  being  particularly  valuable  in  the  matter  of 
agricultural  and  commercial  statistics,  in  which  its  editor  was 
most  pains-taking  and  judicious.  Like  most  publications  in 
the  South,  the  Review  shared  the  general  ruin,  attendant  on 
the  late  war,  and  a  subsequent  attempt  to  re-establish  it  under 
the  management  of  its  founder,  Mr.  DeBow,  proved  ineffectual, 
owing  to  the  continued  depression  of  the  material  interests  of 
New  Orleans  and  the  Southwest. 

The  present  is,  however,  a  more  favorable  occasion,  since 
there  is  evidence  of  a  new  era  of  prosperity  ahead.  At  the 
same  time  the  experience  of  Judge  Burwell,  acquired  by  many 
years  of  service  in  the  commercial  department  of  our  daily 
journals,  and  that  of  the  publisher,  Mr.  L.  Graham,  well 
known  as  the  publisher  of  this  journal ,  and  a  veteran  in  the 
typographical  art,  afford  assurance  that  the  management  and 
execution  of  the  Revieiv  will  be  ably  performed. 

The  table  of  contents  of  this  number  includes  the  following 
subjects  of  carefully  prepared  articles :  The  Isthmus  Canal ; 
America  Reacts  on  Europe  ;  The  Social  Standard  of  the  South  ; 
On  to  Sonora;  The  Western  Iron  Trade;  Auxiliary'  Quaran¬ 
tine;  Modern  Egypt;  together  with  editorial  resumes ,  commer¬ 
cial,  agricultural  and  financial. 

We  regard  this  publication  as  one  deserving  the  encourage¬ 
ment  and  support  of  all  who  are  interested  in  the  prosperity  of 
our  country,  particularly  of  the  Great  Valley,  and  if  the  intro¬ 
ductory  number  of  the  new  series  be  duly  appreciated  by  the 
public,  its  success  will  rival  that  of  bygone  years.  S.  S.  H. 

Analysis  of  the  Urine ,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Diseases  of 
the  Geni to- Urinary  Organs.  By  K.  B.  Hoffman,  Professor 
in  Univ.  Gratz,  and  R.  CJltzmann,  Docent  in  Univ.  Vienna. 
Translated  by  T.  Barton  Bruns,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Resident 
Physician  Md.  Univ.  Hosp.,  and  H.  Holbrook  Curtis,  Ph.B. 
8vo.,  pp.  2G9.  New  York :  D.  Appleton  &  Co.  1879. 

This  work,  of  course,  was  not  intended  as  a  complete  trea- 


18791 


Reviews  and  Book  Novices. 


575 


tise  on  diseases  of  the  kidney,  but  merely  as  a  guide  to  diag¬ 
nosis  and  prognosis.  The  first  of  the  eight  chapters  into  which 
it  is  divided  treats  of  the  Histology  of  the  Urinary  Organs  ; 
the  second  of  the  Excretion  of  Urine  ;  the  third  of  the  Urine, 
as  regards  (A)  its  General  Description,  (B)  its  Physical  Charac¬ 
teristics,  (0)  its  Chemical  Composition,  (D)  the  Sediment,  fol¬ 
lowed  by  a  recapitulation  on  the  analysis  of  urinary  concre¬ 
tions  ;  the  fourth  chapter  describes  the  reagents  and  apparatus 
proper  for  approximate  determination  of  urinary  constituents  ; 
the  fifth  exhibits  a  quantitive  determination  of  a  few  of  the 
constituents  of  the  urine;  the  sixth  gives  a  key  to  the  approx¬ 
imative  analysis  of  the  urine ;  the  seventh  treats  of  general 
diagnosis;  and  the  last  of  special  diagnosis  of  diseases  of  the 
urinary  apparatus. 

An  examination  of  the  book  satisfies  us  that  it  has  been 
carefully  prepared  and  can  be  relied  on  for  correctness.  The 
new  chemical  notation  is  used,  and  also  the  metrical  system  of 
weights  and  measures.  As  an  appendix  to  the  text  eight  col¬ 
ored  plates  illustrate  the  solid  constituents  of  the  urine. 

On  the  whole  we  regard  the  book  as  well  adapted  to  its  pur¬ 
pose  and  a  decided  convenience  to  the  practitioner  who  aims  at 
something  beyond  guess-work  in  diagnosis  and  prognosis  of 
urinary  disorders.  S.  S.  H. 

The  Grounds  of  a  Romwopalffs  Faith  :  Three  Lectures  delivered 
at  the  request  of  the  Matriculates  of  the  Department  of  Medi¬ 
cine  and  Surgery  f  Old  School)  of  the  University  of  Michigan. 
By  Samuel  A.  Jones,  M.D.,  Prof.  Mat.  Med.,  Thera,  and 
Experimental  Pathogenesy  in  the  Homoeopathic  Med.  Col., 
Uuiv.  Mich.,  etc.  12ino.,  pp.  92.  Boericke  &  Tafel,  N.  Y. 
and  Phila.  1880. 

The  Lectures  are  upon  the  following  subjects  : 

I.  The  law  of  Similars.  Its  claim  to  be  a  Science  in  that  it 
enables  Prevision. 

II.  The  Single  Remedy  a  Necessity  of  Science. 

III.  The  Minimum  Dose  an  Inevitable  Sequence. 

The  above  title  is  eminently  appropriate,  inasmuch  as  homoe¬ 
opathy  is  based  wholly  on  faith,  and  is  in  reality  a  religion 
rather  than  a  science.  The  prevision  claimed  as  one  of  its 
achievements  is  another  word  for  prophecy,  which  is  par  excel¬ 
lence  a  sacred  gift,  not  claimed  by  any  scientist.  The  distiuc- 
10 


57  b  Reviews  a/nd  Book  Notices.  [November 

tive  attribute  of  the  homoeopath  is  declared  to  be  “  Not  the  law 
of  cure,  uot  the  infinitesimal  dose,  not  the  Halmemanniau  hy¬ 
pothesis  of  Chronic  Diseases;  none  of  these,  but  simply  this — 
his  fixed  faith  in  the  efficiency  of  drugs.”  Another  evidence  of 
the  religious  character  of  homoeopathy  is  the  reverence  felt  for 
the  author  of  the  system  by  his  followers,  amounting  to  a  belief 
in  his  infallibility  and  perfection  quite  akin  to  the  homage  paid 
to  Moses,  Mohammed  and  Joseph  Smith.  The  great  lights  in 
medicine  are  more  or  less  honored  in  their  day ;  but  their  au_ 
thority  can  not  stay  the  o..ward  march  of  science,  and  they  are 
left  as  monuments  of  the  past. 

This  is  a  land  and  an  age  of  religious  toleration,  and  no  one 
should  forbid  the  name  of  Hahnemann  to  be  glorified,  or  scoff 
at  the  faith  of  his  followers  in  the  mysterious  potency  of  the 
thirtieth  dilution  of  gun-flint  or  common  salt.  To  many  minds 
such  faith  is  not  only  a  comfort,  but  a  necessity.  Distrustful 
of  their  own  knowledge  and  understanding,  they  seek  refuge  in 
the  mysterious  and  incomprehensible,  rather  than  trust  science 
in  its  acknowledged  imperfections.  Yet,  with  all  its  absurdities, 
homoeopathy  is  not  the  worst  form  of  idolatry.  True,  lives  are 
sacrificed  in  its  blind  following ;  but  the  fittest  survive  in  this 
mode  of  selection,  and  the  race  becomes  improved,  as  it  cer¬ 
tainly  must  by  the  ravages  of  small  pox  and  other  diseases 
made  avoidable  by  enlightenment  and  prudence. 

In  the  second  lecture  the  single  remedy  is  set  up  as  the  per¬ 
fection  of  therapeutics,  while  noting  the  gradual  progress  from 
polypharmacy  to  simplicity  in  the  history  of  medicine.  One 
point,  however,  needs  explanation  for  our  unregenerate  compre¬ 
hension,  and  that  is  the  invariable  resort  to  alternate  doses  from 
two  different  remedies.  Perhaps  this  is  another  mystery  of  the 
system,  incomprehensible  and  therefore  sacred ;  perhaps  it  was 
suggested  by  antiphonal  modes  of  worship,  as  practised  in 
other  religious  rites. 

The  last  lecture  traces  a  gradual  diminution  in  dosage  among 
medical  men,  but  fails  in  establishing  a  connection  with  the 
infinitesimals  of  homoeopaths.  The  potency  developed  by  pro¬ 
gressive  dilution  is  probably  one  of  the  most  sacred  mysteries 
of  the  w  hole  system,  and  undoubtedly  the  most  awful  in  sub¬ 
limity.  Being  incompatible  with  the  established  and  under- 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


577 


1879] 

stood  properties  of  matter,  this  astonishing  capacity  of  multi¬ 
plying  force  by  divisiou  of  substance  becomes  a  veritable 
miracle,  and  ranks  with  the  doctrine  of  transubstantiation. 

The  grammar  and  rhetoric  of  Dr.  Jones  are  unimpeachable  ; 
the  mechanical  work  of  the  little  volume  is  excellent.  In  flexible 
binding,  with  Faith  as  its  title-word,  and  its  three  chapters 
joined  in  one  volume,  it  is  peculiarly  adapted  for  a  manual  to 
aid  in  propagating  the  gospel  of  Hahnemann.  S.  S.  H. 

American  Health  Primers.  The  Summer  and  its  Diseases.  By 
James  Wilson,  M.D.  Philadelphia :  Lindsay  &  Blakiston. 
New  Orleans :  Armand  Hawkins,  Medical  Bookseller,  196£ 
Canal  street.  12mo.,  pp.  100. 

This  valuable  little  work  tells  in  an  admirable  manner  of  the 
cause,  prevention  and  treatment  of  summer  diseases.  The 
subjects  taken  up  are:  the  Summer,  Sunstroke,  Summer  Diar. 
rhcea,  Cholera  Infantum,  Summer  and  Autumnal  Fevers,  Sum¬ 
mer  Colds  and  Hay  Asthma,  and  the  Skin  in  Summer  and  its 
Diseases. 

The  wholesome  advice  contained  within  its  pages  should  be 
known  to  every  family,  and  we  trust  the  little  book  will  be 
appreciated. 

Real-Encyclopddie  der  gesammten  Heilkunde.  Medicinisch-chirur- 
gisches  Hxndworterbuch fur  praktische  Aerzte.  Editor:  Dr. 
Albert  Eulenburg,  Professor  at  the  University  of  Greifs- 
wald.  Publishers:  Messrs.  Urban  &  Schwarzenberg, 
Vienna. 

From  Messrs.  Urban  &  Schwarzenberg,  in  Vienna,  we  have 
received  the  first  number  of  “  Real-Encyclopaedia  of  the  entire 
Medic. d  Science,  a  Medical  and  Surgical  Dictionary  for  Medical 
Practitioners.” 

Besides  a  catalogue  of  the  articles  to  appear  under  the  head¬ 
ing  A,  it  contains  a  list  of  the  coadjutors,  numbering  ninety, 
belonging  mostly  to  academical  institutions  of  Germany  and 
Austria,  and  possessing  already  wide  spread  reputation  through 
former  original  productions.  It  contains,  furthermore,  an  in¬ 
troduction  by  the  editor,  Prof.  Eulenburg,  in  Greifswald,  stat¬ 
ing  the  object  and  design  of  the  whole  undertaking,  and  finally 
the  text  of  the  articles  reaching  from  u Aachen”  to  u Accom¬ 
modation”  in  alphabetical  order. 


578 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received.  [November 

In  the  iutroductiou,  the  editor  gives  a  historical  synopsis  of 
the  undertakings  of  a  similar  character  in  the  beginning  of  this 
century,  and  mentions  the  causes  which,  at  that  time,  made  their 
appearance  desirable,  and  which  at  present  are  still  more  pre¬ 
dominant.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  work,  of  which  we  now 
have  the  beginning  before  us,  fills  up  an  important  gap  in  medi¬ 
cal  literature,  and  rentiers  it  possible  for  the  general  prac¬ 
titioner  to  keep  pace  with  the  progress  of  his  science  without 
having  to  gather  the  information  he  may  desire  from  many 
different  books ;  it  presents  the  theories  of  modern  science  in 
a  condensed  form,  and  un trammeled  by  party  opinions.  The 
French  literature  possesses  two  modern  works  of  a  similar  kind 
and  tendency  (Jaccoud,  Deckambre),  enjoying  great  popularity 
in  France,  having,  through  numerous  articles  of  a  monographic 
character,  considerable  scientific  importance.  The  editor  thinks 
that  he  may  claim  the  same  for  this  new  German  Encyclopaedia; 
not  only  the  names  of  his  coadjutors  and  his  own  reputation, 
but  especially  the  contents  of  the  articles  published  in  this 
number  we  have  before  us,  warrants  that  he  is  not  deceived  by 
illusions  in  this  respect. 

The  first  number  of  the  work  (it  covers  80  pages,  and  is 
furnished  with  numerous  illustrations)  contains,  besides  other 
articles,  elaborate  ones  about  Aachen  (Lersch),  Abdominal- 
typhus  (Zuelzer),  Abfuhrmittel  (L.  Lewin),  Abortus  (gynae¬ 
cological,  Klein wach ter,  and  medico-forensic,  Hofrnan),  Ab¬ 
scess  (Lamlois),  as  well  as  the  beginning  of  the  article  “Ac¬ 
commodation  ”  (Schmidt — Bimpler).  We  shall  look  for  the 
continuance  of  this  work  with  great  interest.  The  first  volume 
will  be  published  during  the  present  year,  and  the  whole  work 
is  expected  to  be  completed  in  course  of  3-4  years. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 

Laceration  of  the  Cervix  Uteri.  By  A.  Beeves  Jackson,  A.M., 
M.D.,  Formerly  Surgeonin-Chief  of  the  Woman’s  Hospital  of 
the  State  of  Illinois,  etc.,  etc.  Beprint  ftom  the  Chicago  Med¬ 
ical  and  Surgical  Journal  and  Examiner  for  August,  1879. 


579 


1879]  Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 

Eyesight  and  How  to  Care  for  It.  (American  Health  Primers.) 
By  George  C.  Harlan,  M.D.,  Surgeon  to  the  Will’s  Eye  Hospi¬ 
tal,  etc. 

Student's  Pocket  Medical  Lexicon.  By  Elias  Lougley,  Phila¬ 
delphia,  Pa. 

Reference  and  Dose  Book.  By  C.  Henry  Leonard,  M,A.,  M.D. 

Sexual  Neuroses.  By  J.  T.  Kent,  A.M.,  M.D. 

Annual  Catalogue  of  the  Sayre  Female  Institute ,  Lexington ,  Ky. 
25th  Session ,  1878-9. 

Report  of  the  Special  Committee  on  Medical  Education ,  before 
the  Illinois  State  Medical  Society.  Twenty-ninth  Anniversary. 

Presidential  Address  before  the  American  Medical  Association 
at  its  Thirtieth  Annual  Session  held  at  Atlanta ,  Ga.,  May  6, 1879. 

Physiological  Antagonism  the  Therapeutic  Laic  of  Cure.  By 
Electus  B.  Ward,  M.D.,  Assistant  to  the  Chair  of  Practice  of 
Medicine  in  the  Long  Island  College  Hospital,  Brooklyn,  K.  Y. 

Buildings  for  Insane  Criminals.  By  Walter  Channing,  M.D., 
Boston,  Mass.  A  paper  read  at  the  Conference  of  Charities  in 
Chicago,  June  11,  1879. 

Sanitary  Problems  of  Chicago ,  Past  and  Present.  By  J.  H. 
Rauche,  M.D.,  Chicago. 

Proceedings  of  Alumni  Association  of  Rush  Medical  College , 
Chicago ,  1879. 

On  the  Connection  of  the  Hepatic  Functions  with  Uterine 
Hypercemias ,  Fluxions ,  Congestions ,  and  lnfammaiionn ,  with  Ap¬ 
pendix.  By  L.  F.  Warner,  M.D.,  Boston,  Mass.,  Vice-President 
of  the  Gynaecological  Society  of  Boston  and  Physician  to  St. 
Elizabeth’s  Hospital  for  Women,  etc.,  etc.  Reprint  from  the 
Transactions  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  1878. 

Franco- American  Commerce.  Statements  and  Arguments  in 
Behalf  of  American  Industries  against  the  Proposed  Franco- Amer¬ 
ican  Commercial  Treaty. 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons ,  New  York  Medical  Depart¬ 
ment  of  Columbia  College ,  Seventy-second  Annual  Catalogue ,  Ses¬ 
sion  of  1879-80. 

North  Carolina  Board  of  Health — Method  for  performing  Post- 
Mortem  Examinations. 


580 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received.  [November 


Statement  of  the  Board  of  Health  o)  Galveston  of  the  Reasons 
for  the  Establishment ,  of  Quarantine  against  New  Orleans ,  on 
July  21,  1879. 

Reflex  Cerebral  Hypercemia.  By  C.  H.  Hughes,  M.D.,  St. 
Louis,  Mo.  Reprint  from  the  St.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal ,  June,  1879. 

History  of  the  Discovery  of  Anaesthesia.  By  J.  Marion  Sims, 
M.D.,  M.A.,  L.L.D.,  New  York,  author  of  “  Silver  Sutures  in 
Surgery,”  etc.  etc.,  Member  of  the  Historical  Society  of  the 
City  of  New  York.  Honorary  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Academy 
of  Medicine  of  Brussels,  etc.,  etc.,  etc.  Reprint  from  Virginia 
Medical  Monthly,  May,  1879.  > 

The  Student’s  Guide  to  the  Diseases  of  Women.  By  Alfred 
Lewis  Galabin,  M.A.,  M.D.,  F.R.G.P.,  Assistant  Obstetric 
Physician  and  Joint  Lecturer  on  Obstetric  Medicine  to  Guy’s 
Hospital,  etc.,  etc. 

Emotional  Prodigality.  By  C.  Fayette  Taylor.  M.D.  Read 
before  the  New  York  Odontological  Society,  March  18,  1879. 
Reprint  from  the  u  Dental  Cosmos,”  July,  1879. 

On  the  Priority  of  the  Discovery  and  Use  of  Intentional 
Anaesthesia.  By  J.  M.  Taylor,  M.D.,  of  Corinth,  Miss.  Reprint 
from  the  twelfth  volume  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Mississippi 
State  Medical  Society,  1879. 

Observations  on  the  Mechanical  Treatment  of  Disease  of  the  Hip- 
Joint.  By  Charles  Fayette  Taylor,  M.D.  Reprint  from  the 
Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  March  6,  1879. 

Vegetarianism ,  the  Radical  Cure  for  Intemperance.  By  Har¬ 
riet  P.  Fowler. 

On  Ghlor-Stannic  Acid.  By  J.  W.  Mallett,  F.R.S.  Reprint 
from  the  Journal  of  the  Chemical  Society,  August,  1879. 

Annual  Announcement  Savannah  Medical  College ,  Session 
of  1879-80. 

The  Thermantidote.  An  instrument  for  preventing  the  evil 
effects  of  heat  from  Poquelin’s  Thermo-Cautery  when  operating  in 
deep  cavities.  By  H.  C.  P.  Wilson,  M.D.,  Baltimore,  Md.  Sur¬ 
geon  in  charge  of  the  Women’s  Department  of  the  Union 


1879] 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


581 


Protestant  Infirmary,  etc.,  etc.  Reprint  from  Transactions  of 
the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland. 

Remarks  on  Ovariotomy  with  Relation  of  Cases  and  peculiari¬ 
ties  in  Treatment.  By  Nathan  Bozeman,  M.D.,  New  York,  Sur¬ 
geon  to  the  Women’s  Hospital  of  the  State  of  New  York,  etc. 
Reprint  from  the  Medical  Record,  July  and  August,  1879. 

The  Use  and  Abuse  of  the  Obstetrical  Forceps.  By  Thomas 
Kennard,  M.D.  Read  before  the  St.  Louis  Medical  Society. 
Reprinted  from  the  St.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal , 
July,  1879. 

A  New  Operation  for  Entropion  and  Trichiasis.  By  F.  0. 
Holz,  M.D.,  Ophthalmic  Surgeon  to  Illinois  Charitable  Eye  and 
Ear  Infirmary,  and  to  the  Alexian  Brothers’  Hospital,  Chicago. 
Published  in  the  Archives  of  Ophthalmology ,  Vol.  viii,  No.  2. 

The  Yellow  Fever  Germ  on  Coast  and  Inland.  A  discussion  of 
ship  and  railroad  quarantine  before  the  Medical  Association  of 
Georgia,  Rome,  April  18,  1879.  By  Henry  Fraser  Campbell, 
M.D.,  Augusta,  Ga.  Reprint  from  Transactions. 

Notes  of  Hospital  and  Private  Practice.  By  Henry  Gib¬ 
bons,  Sr.,  M.D. 

A  few  well-established  Facts  in  connection  with  Squint.  By 
Julian  J.  Chisolm,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Eye  and  Ear  Surgery  in 
the  University  of  Maryland;  Surgeon-in-charge  of  Baltimore 
Eye  and  Ear  Institute,  etc.,  etc.  Reprint  from  Transactions  of 
Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland. 

A  Reply  to  Dr.  John  Van  Bibber  on  the  Future  Influence  of  the 
John  Hopkins  Hospital  on  the  Medical  Profession  of  Baltimore. 
By  John  S.  Lynch,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Principles  and  Practice 
of  Medicine  in  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  etc., 
etc.  Reprint  from  Southern  Clinic. 

Microscopical  Studies  on  Abscess  of  the  Liver.  By  J.  C.  Davis, 
M.D.,  Denver,  Colorado.  Reprint  from  Archives  of  Medicine , 
August,  1879. 

Dermatitis  Venenata ,  or  Rhus  Toxicodendron  and  its  Action. 
By  Roswell  Park,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Assistant  to  Chair  of  Anatomy, 
Chicago  Medical  College;  Surgeon  to  South  Side  Dispen¬ 
sary,  etc. 


582 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables.  [November 

Meteorological  Summary— September,  1879. 
Station— New  Orleans. 


Date. 

!  Daily  Mean 
j  Barometer 

Daily  M<  an 
Temp’ture. 

Daily  Mean 
Humidity. 

Prevailing 

Direction 

of  Wind. 

Daily 

Rain-fall. 

General  Items. 

1 

29  48 

79.2 

79.3 

S.  E. 

.34 

Highest  Barometer,  30.183,  on  27th. 

2 

29.81 

80  2 

70  3 

West. 

.... 

Lowest  Barometer,  29.361,  on  1st. 

3 

29.97 

80.7 

68.3 

West. 

.00 

Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  .822  in. 

4 

30.01 

82.0 

62.3 

East. 

.00 

Highest  Temperature,  90°  on  9th. 

5 

30.08 

80.0 

67.0 

N.  E. 

.00 

Lowest  Temperature,  65°  ou  15th. 

6 

30.06 

80.7 

62.7 

East. 

.00 

Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  25°. 

7 

30.05 

83  2 

75.3 

S.  E. 

.... 

Greatest  Daily  Range  of  Temperature. 

8 

30.05 

83.2 

66.7 

West. 

17°  on  15th  and  18  h. 

9 

30.06 

84.0 

71.3 

East. 

00 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  5°  ou  1st. 

10 

30. 1 1 

78.7 

76.3 

N.  e. 

.09 

Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures,  83.3° 

11 

30.13 

79.5 

76.7 

East. 

.06 

Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  71.0° 

12 

30.05 

79.0 

79.3 

East. 

.77 

Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  12.3°. 

13 

30.02 

73.5 

82.7 

North 

.19 

Prevailing  Direction  of  Wind,  East. 

14 

30.04 

76.0 

59  7 

North 

.00 

Total  Movement  of  Wind,  6,021  miles. 

15 

30.04 

76.0 

55.7 

N.  E. 

.00 

Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc- 

16 

30.05 

77  5 

59.3 

N  W. 

.00 

tion,  40  miles,  Southeast,  on  1st. 

17 

30.07 

77.7 

60.7 

East. 

.00 

Number  of  Foggy  Days,  0. 

18 

30.02 

80.0 

59.3 

East. 

.00 

Number  of  Clear  Days,  14. 

19 

29.96 

79.5 

65.7 

East. 

.00 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  7. 

20 

29  93 

80.0 

66.0 

N.  E. 

.... 

Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 

21 

29.92 

78.0 

70  0 

North 

.00 

Rain  fell.  2. 

22 

29.98 

74.2 

72.3 

N*  E. 

.... 

Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 

23 

30.06 

75.0 

87.3 

East. 

25 

Rain  fell,  12. 

24 

30  12 

77.2 

86.3 

East. 

.48 

25 

30.11 

78.5 

78.0 

North 

.00 

COMPARATIVE 

TEMPERATURE. 

26 

30.13 

77.2 

630 

East. 

.00 

1871 .  | 

1876  . 79.1° 

27 

30.14 

75.5 

66  3 

East. 

.00 

1872 .  , 

1877 . 78.4° 

28 

30.10 

75.7 

73.3 

East. 

.00 

1873  . 78.8°  | 

1878  .  78.7C 

29 

30.07 

76.5 

70  7 

East. 

.00 

1874 . 78.9°  | 

1879 . 78.5° 

30 

30.11 

76.0 

86.3 

East. 

.97 

1875 . 76.6°  | 

1880 . 

COMPARATIVE 

PRECIPITATION. 

Sums 

1871 . inches. 

1876..  0.26  inches 

Meaus 

30.025  78.5 

70.6 

East. 

3.15 

1872 .  “ 

1877  .13.21 

1873... 3.19  “ 

1878..  2.64  “ 

1874... 4.21  “ 

1  1879..  3.15  “ 

1875... 7.89  “ 

|  1880 .  “ 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  September  21,  1879,  to 
October  19,  1879,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump 

tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

September  28. 

2 

6 

9 

0 

0 

86 

October  5. 

0 

6 

13 

0 

6 

85 

October  12. 

0 

7 

21 

0 

3 

87 

October  19. 

1 

7 

22 

0 

0 

1 

88 

Total.. . . 

3 

26 

65 

0 

10 

346 

NEW  ORLEANS 


Medical  >nd  Sue[gic>l  Journal 


DECEMBER,  1879. 


PAGINAL  poyViyVIUNICATIONS 


Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis. 


The  word  rheumatism  has  of  late  years  been  subjected  to 
severe  criticisms  by  cotemporary  authorities,  both  in  our  coun¬ 
try  and  in  Europe. 

This  name  being  regarded,  especially  in  Germany,  as  a  mis¬ 
nomer,  particularly  by  such  authorities  as  Senator,  Heule  and 
Hueter,  and  have  in  consequence  adopted  the  adjective  rheu¬ 
matic,  and  have  applied  it  to  each  and  every  part  effected, 
thinking  it  to  be  more  appropriate  to  the  progress  of  morbid 
anatomy  and  of  etiology,  and  keeping  within  the  limits  of  our 
present  knowledge,  and  that  rheumatism,  whilst  not  aspiring 
to  anything  beyond  a  merely  symptomatic  conception  of  the 
majority  of  diseases,  includes  diseases  radically  heterogeneous. 

These  authorities  argue  that  in  discarding  the  name  and 
group  rheumatism,  and  adopting  the  epithet  rheumatic,  they 
simply  obey  the  usual  custom  in  pathological  nomenclature,  in 
distinguishing  those  diseases  whose  morbid  anatomy  has  been 
thoroughly  investigated  (the  articular  class),  arthritis,  artho- 
meningitis,  or  poly  arthritis,  according  to  the  parts  chiefly  or 
exclusively  involved;  while  the  muscular  affection,  about 
whose  anatomy  less  is  known,  broadly  as  myopathies ;  or  since 
pain  is  the  leading  feature  in  most  of  them  as  myalgias,  both  the 
articular  and  the  muscular  class  of  these  affections  being 
termed  rheumatic,  in  order  to  distinguish  them  from  symptoms 


584  Original  Communications.  [December 

and  structural  alterations  of  a  similar  kind  arising  from  other 
causes. 

Acute  rheumatic  arthritis  is  a  peculiar  specific  kind  of  in¬ 
flammation  and  exudation  into  the  joints,  and  has  at  first  the 
characteristic  development  and  appear, mec  of  all  inflamma¬ 
tion,  that  is,  swelling,  heat,  pain  and  redness.  It  is 
essentially  a  febrile  constitutional  disease,  often  ushered 
in  by  one  or  more  chills.  It  is  often  due  to  a  sud¬ 
den  suppression  of  some  of  the  important  functions  of 
the  economy — mostly  those  of  the  surface  of  the 
body.  It  is  often  one  of  the  most  potent  causes  of  organic 
diseases  of  the  heart.  Though  a  very  common  disease,  and 
but  rarely  fatal,  is  always  liable  to  cause  permanent  deformity, 
and  is  often  followed  by  serious  destructive  oomplicatious. 
Cold,  dampness,  poor  food,  and  improper  clothing,  are  impor¬ 
tant  causal  factors.  It  is  thought  to  be  a  blood  poison,  due  to 
presence  of  acids,  probably  lactic  acid  in  the  blood.  The  prin¬ 
cipal  tissues  of  the  body  affected  are,  the  white  tissues,  such  as 
sheaths  of  muscles,  capsular  ligaments,  periosteum,  and  sero¬ 
fibrous  tissues  of  the  heart. 

It  is  advanced  by  Professor  Stille,  that  it  is  not,  in  the 
proper  sense  of  the  term,  a  true  inflammation,  and  he  basis 
his  view  on  the  fact,  that  though  in  all  instances  accompanied 
by  fever,  there  is  but  slight,  if  any  tendency  to  suppuration, 
and  that  he  has  never  met  with  such  a  result,  and  that  rheu¬ 
matic  arthritis  seldom  leaves  behind  it  the  results  of  inflam¬ 
mation  in  the  joints  themselves,  however  severe  has  been  the 
attack.  When  lesions  have  been  found  after  death,  and  such 
cases  are  of  exceeding  rarity,  they  have  undoubtedly  been  the 
result  of  an  arthritis  due  to  other  causes,  such  as  pyaemia,  and 
that  by  a  pyaemia  he  means  a  general  blood-poison,  accom- 
panied4by  a  tendency  t  >  suppuration  all  over  the  joints  as  well 
as  elsewhere. 

Before  proceeding  further,  it  might  prove  of  interest  to 
record  the  progress  of  the  study  of  this  disease.  Even  in  the 
fourth  century  we  find  that  Hypocrates  was  familiar  with  a  form 
of  arthritis,  attended  with  fever,  during  which  now  one,  now 
another  joint  became  painful,  occurring  by  preference  in  the 


1879]  (  Wiendahl — Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis.  585 

young,  and  seldom  proving  fatal.  Sydenham  drew  a  line  of 
distinction  between  gout  and  rheumatism,  calling  the  former 
podagra.  Cullen  first  drew  attention  to  the  inflammatory  char¬ 
acter  of  the  joint  affection,  and  separated  it  not  only  from 
gout,  but  also  from  chronic  rheumatic  arthritis,  and  from  rheu¬ 
matic  affections  of  the  muscles.  Even  in  the  present  century 
Chomel,  Pidoux  and  Alexander  grouped  the  two  affections 
as  divers  manifestations  of  one  and  the  same  humoral  vice — 
a  rheumatic  or  gouty  dyserasia.  It  is  only  of  late  years 
that  this  view  has  been  altogether  abandoned. 

To  Wells  is  attributed  the  first  demonstration  of  the  special 
frequency  of  cardiac  mischief  in  the  forms  of  pericarditis,  en¬ 
docarditis  and  myocarditis  occurring  from  rheumatism,  aud  des¬ 
ignating  them  as  rheumatism  of  the  heart.  Chomel,  Andral 
and  Bouillaud  more  particularly  drew  general  attention  to  the 
cardiac  complications  of  accute  rheumatism. 

Hervey,  the  Chegoin,  in  1845,  called  special  attention  to  the 
occurence  of  severe  cerebral  symptoms  in  certain  unfavorable 
cases  of  this  disease. 

A  rapid  rise  of  temperature  has,  within  a  decade  of  years, 
been  observed  to  precede  the  fatal  issue  in  acute  rheum-arthri¬ 
tis — or  the  so-called  metastatic  rheumatism.  Finally,  Griesiu- 
ger  was  the  first  to  notice  the  relation  of  certain  forms  of  insan¬ 
ity  to  a  previous  attack  of  rheumatic-polyarthritis.  He  believed 
them  to  be  especially  connected  with  the  rheumatic  process. 

ETIOLOGY  AND  PATHOGENY. 

Climate  and  season  favor  the  development  of  rheumatic 
fever  According  to  Hirsh  it  is  preeminently  a  disease  of  tem¬ 
perate  latitudes.  It  is  rarely  met  in  the  polar  regions.  In  tem¬ 
perate  latitudes,  especially  in  Northern  and  Central  Europe,  the 
distribution  is  highly  irregular.  In  many  parts,  such  as  in 
Cornwall,  Guernsey,  and  the  Isle  of  Wight,  in  the  Belgian  Can¬ 
ton  of  Beauraiug  in  Jekateriuoslaw,  the  disease  appears  to  be 
unknown  or  excessively  rare.  In  temperate  climates  the  maxi¬ 
mum  prevalence  is  from  October  to  May,  while  there  is  a  falling 
off  during  the  summer  months.  Athmospherical  influences 
have  at  times,  produced  epidemics  of  rheumatism,  Lange, 
Pringle,  Lancisi,  Stoll,  Merteus  and  Stoerek. 


580  Original  Communications.  [December 

Lebert  says  that  the  year  1857,  at  Zurich,  was  noted  for  the 
prevalence  of  the  disease. 

The  special  predisposing  causes  of  rheum-arthritis,  are  occu. 
pation  and  mode  of  life,  and  exposure  to  extreme  changes  of 
temperature,  and  insufficient  protection  during  active  bodily 
exertion,  and  also  the  habitation  of  damp  houses ;  but  this 
seems  less  prone  to  cause  the  acute,  than  the  chronic  form  of 
articular  inflammations  and  myopathies.  Age  is  an  important 
factor;  youth  and  manhood  are  especially  liable;  the  favorite 
period  being  between  purberty  and  the  age  of  thirty ;  from  30 
to  50  years  coming  next  in  order.  After  50,  first  attacks  are 
extremely  rare  ;  subsequent  ones  are  less  uncommon.  Children 
are  seldom  affected  before  the  fourth  year,  becoming  more  com¬ 
mon  after  the  fifth  year,  obviously,  on  acconnt  of  the  develop¬ 
ment  of  muscular  activity,  when  out  door  pursuits  and  school 
going  furnish  more  opportunities  of  exposure.”  (Stille.) 

The  instances  of  the  record  of  children  prior  to  the  age  of  4, 
or  at  the  breast,  are  so  rare  as  to  lead  to  the  inference  that  they 
are  due  to  errors  of  diagnosis.  Beyond  CO  years,  it  is  reported 
to  be  impossible  to  find  a  record  of  a  first  attack.  Sex  does  not 
seem  to  predispose,  excepting  where  the  calling  exposes  the  one 
or  the  other  to  injurious  influences.  A  first  attack  predisposes 
to  others,  and  this  is  increased  by  subsequent  ones.  Intervals 
between  successive  illnesses  becoming  progressively  nearer, 
while  the  subsequent  ones  become  more  lasting,  and  the  local 
disturbances  becoming  of  a  more  severe  nature,  ultimately 
lapse  into  a  chronic  state.  Intervals  of  three  to  five  years 
usually,  sometimes  even  ten  years,  intervene  between  second 
attacks.  Comparatively,  but  few  persons  have  more  than  one 
or  two  attacks.  The  disease  occurring  in  early  life  is  prone  to 
be  complicated  with  cardiac  mischief,  to  which  the  patient  soon 
suecumbs. 

Certain  diseases  predispose  to  the  affection,  especially  scarlet 
fever,  typhoid,  dysentery,  and  the  puerperal  state.  In  scarlet 
fever  the  period  of  desquamation  is  the  period  of  danger,  while 
in  dysentery  and  typhoid  only  after  recovery  and  during  con¬ 
valescence.  Among  the  existing  or  accidental  causes  of  the 
disease,  chilling  of  the  surface  takes  a  prominent  place,  especi- 


1879J  Wiendahl — Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis  587 

ally  sudden  cooling  of  the  body  when  heated  by  exertion  and 
exhausted  and  perspiring.  Opportunities  of  catching  cold  are 
more  abundant  during  the  frequent  and  sudden  changes  of 
temperature,  particularly  in  the  spring  aud  in  autumn,  attribut¬ 
able  to  their  cold  and  dampness.  Many  cases  occur  in  which 
neither  a  chill  nor  any  exciting  cause  can  be  discovered.  Senator 
mentions  that  he  met  with  some  in  which  the  disease  followed 
closely  upon  severe  emotional  disturbances,  fright,  for  instance, 
the  patients  having  been  overheated  at  the  moment,  but  denying 
having  been  exposed  to  any  source  of  cold.  He  instances  a  case 
due  to  fright,  from  an  outbreak  of  tire  whilst  dancing  in  a  ball 
room.  Cold  is  thought  to  produce  it  by  carrying  away  caloric, 
while  dampness  not  only  deprives  the  body  of  caloric  and  of 
electricity,  but  also  exerts  a  depressing  influence  upon  all  the 
functions  of  life.  Not  only  do  the  cold  and  dampness  carry 
these  vital  stimulants,  but  they  prevent  exhalation,  and  so 
cause  the  retention  of  eifete  material  within  the  body.  (Stills.) 

The  joints,  according  to  Hr.  Stille,  suffer  more  than  other 
parts  of  the  body  from  the  influence  of  cold  and  dampness,  or 
affect  them  sooner  because  they  are  not  protected  by  muscles 
aud  fat,  aud  have  less  blood  and  therefore  less  heat  in  them  ; 
and  again,  cold  is  prone  to  produce  temporary  suspension  of 
habitual  discharges,  menses,  the  flow  of  milk  and  the  secretion 
of  pus.  Whatever  produces  a  suspension  of  discharges,  may 
of  course  bring  on  rheum-arthritis,  but  cold  and  dampness, 
when  they  check  such  discharges,  always  produce  such. 

ACUTE  RHEUMATIC  ARTHRITIS  A  BLOOD  POISON. 

Not  attempting  to  enumerate  the  many  and  various  theories 
which  are  advanced  to  explain  the  real  and  direct  cause  of  the 
disease,  there  is  one  of  quite  recent  date  which  is  preeminent 
among  all  the  rest,  as  clearing  of  very  many  dark  points,  and 
is,  that  the  phenomena  of  acute  rheumatic  arthritis  are  all 
caused  by  the  accumulation  and  retention  of  lactic  acid  and  of 
other  acid  products  in  the  blood.  Through  the  beneficial 
effects  and  the  marked  reduction  in  the  quantity  of  sugar  in 
the  urine  of  the  diabetic  by  the  administration  of  lactic  acid, 
Dr.  Foster,  of  England,  during  the  treatment  of  a  diabetic 
patient,  perceived  that  at  each  three  distinct  administrations 


588  Original  Communications.  [December 

of  lactic  acid  during  the  same  attack  of  diabetes,  he  produced 
each  time  a  well  marked  attack  of  acute  rheumatic  arthritis — 
this  patient  never  haviug  had  a  previous  attack  of  rheumatic 
arthritis.  Each  time  the  drug  was  suspended,  the  rheumatic 
phenomenon  disappeared  without  any  other  treatment.  Whether, 
says  Dr.  Stille,  the  remarkable  and  consistent  effects  of  lactic 
acid  in  the  case  of  Dr.  Foster’s  show  any  real  and  palpable  con¬ 
nection  between  the  assumed  cause  of  the  disease  and  its  real 
cause,  whatever  that  may  be,  I  do  not  know;  but  of  one  thing 
I  can  be  absolutely  certain,  and  that  is,  that  the  lactic  acid  in 
this  case  at  least,  if  not  in  ordinary  cases  of  acute  rheumatic 
arthritis,  directly  produced  the  actual  symptoms  peculiar  to 
acute  rheumatic  arthritis. 

The  acidity  of  the  blood  in  this  disease  has  been  conclusively 
proven  to  be  greater  than  in  any  other  affection,  while  the  salu¬ 
tary  and  immediate  effect  of  the  administration  of  alkalies  in 
its  treatment  gives  additionally  strong  support  to  the  idea  that 
all  the  trouble  is  caused  by  the  over  abundance  of  some  acid  in 
the  circulation,  whether  that  acid  be  lactic  acid  or  not.  That 
acute  rlieum-arthritis  is  due  to  blood  poisoning  there  is  no 
doubt.  Rheumatism,  says  again  Dr.  Stille,  means  a  defluxion 
of  some  humor  upon  the  joints.  This  old  definition  is  confirmed 
by  the  most  recent  researches.  It  is  a  general  systemic  disease 
which  assumes  a  local  form. 

PATHOLOGY. 

The  inception  of  acute  rheum-arthritis  is  manifested  by  the 
violence  or  mildness  of  the  attack  ;  in  the  one  ushered  in  with 
severe  shivering,  high  temperature,  and  great  pain  in  the  joint 
or  joints  affected;  in  the  other  with  scarce  an  initial  chill,  with 
a  corresponding  amount  of  local  manifestation.  The  elevation 
of  temperature  is  usually  moderate,  seldom  exceeding  102°  and 
104°  F.  The  skin  is  not  very  hot  to  the  touch,  and  is  usually 
bedewed  with  perspiration,  which  has  a  sour  odor.  The  urine 
is  scanty,  concentrated  and  of  high  specific  gravity,  is  strongly 
acid,  and  deposits  brick -red  urates,  and  free  uric  acid  crystals 
and  urates  of  soda.  Tongue  moist  and  coated  with  a  whitish 
fur;  bowels  usually  confined ;  joints,  one  or  more  are  simulta¬ 
neously  or  successively  affected.  The  inflammation  has  a  great 


1879]  Wiendahl — Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis.  589 

tendency  to  leave  its  seat  and  migrate  to  another  joint,  or  to 
all  the  other  joints  at  once,  or  to  one  of  the  internal  organs. 
Here,  again,  Dr.  Stille  says,  lies  auother  proof  that  we  have  no 
local  disease  to  deal  with.  The  severity  of  the  attack  depends 
often  in  the  number  of  joints  implicated,  and  by  many  it  is 
thought  that  heart  complications  are  due  to  a  multiplicity  of 
joints  atfected,  or  at  least  to  .several  or  more  joints.  The  dis¬ 
ease  is  usually  bilateral.  The  inflammation  may  return  anew 
to  the  same  joint  or  joints  of  origin.  Affected  joints  are  swol¬ 
len,  red.  hot,  and  painful  to  the  touch.  The  pain  may  amount 
to  only  a  simple  feeling  of  tension,  or  it  may  be  lancinating,  or 
throbbing,  or  boring,  and  often  of  an  intolerable  degree.  The 
disease  may  affect  also  the  fibrous  tissues  of  the  hands,  instep, 
nucha  and  back,  the  sclerotic  coat  of  the  eye,  and  Dr.  Thomas 
Buckler,  of  Baltimore,  says,  the  joints  of  the  ossicles  of  the  ear. 
The  intensity  of  the  fever  is  proportionate  to  the  number  of 
joints  affected  and  intensity  of  local  sysmptoms.  The  fever  often 
shows  notable  remissions,  with  a  corresponding  diminution  in 
the  arthritic  symptoms.  Exacerbations  frequently  occur  about 
evening  ;  sleep  is  interrupted  by  the  severity  of  local  symptoms. 
The  decubitus  is  painful,  motionless — a  breath  of  air,  a  touch 
of  the  coverings  produces  the  most  violent  exacerbation  of 
pain. 

The  mind  is  generally  unclouded,  except  in  rare  exceptions, 
or  unless  there  is  cerebral  complication.  The  disease  is  self- 
liinited,  and  may  go  on  for  weeks  or  even  months — generally 
from  six  to  eight  weeks.  It  may  be  much  prolonged  by  com¬ 
plications.  It  becomes  chronic  in  a  small  minority  of  cases. 

Sub-acute  rheumatic  arthritis  is  distinguished  by  the  mild¬ 
ness  of  all  corresponding  symptoms  and  disturbances.  Death 
is  often  due  to  a  sudden,  rapid  rise  of  temperature.  A  notable 
hyperpyrexia  distinguishes  some  cases,  the  thermometer  show¬ 
ing  a  rise  from  107  to  112°.  The  disease  may  pr  ove  fatal  under 
these  circumstances,  without  any  grave  local  complication, 
death  being  attributable  to  the  high  temperature.  These 
cases  are  characterized  as  malignant.  Delirium,  convulsions 
and  coma  are  sometimes  associated  with  the  high  temperature. 
Convalescence  from  a  severe  attack  is  generally  very  slow. 


590  Original  Communications.  [December 

MORBID  ANATOMY. 

Acute  poly-arthritis,  per . se,  being  rarely  fatal — opportunities 
of  studying  structural  alterations  do  not  often  occur.  Even 
the  special  changes  found  are  so  trifling  as  to  have  added  little 
knowledge  concerning  the  essential  nature  of  the  disease,  and 
in  such  instances  have  only  confirmed  the  observations  during 
life  ;  acute  inflammatory  process  are  often  very  indistinct  after 
death.  The  amount  of  effusion  after  death,  does  not  corres¬ 
pond  always  to  the  amount  recognized  during  lile.  The  pres¬ 
ence  of  fluid  differs  from  ordinary  synorria  by  its  greater  fluid¬ 
ity.  True,  pus  is  exceptionally  found  in  rheum-arthritis.  In 
former  times  when  vivisection  was  employed,  the  blood  drawn 
was  found  to  be  very  florid  in  appearance,  and  threw  up  upon 
allowing  to  stand,  a  thick  huffy  coat.  In  some  cases  the  pro¬ 
portion  of  the  fibrin  in  the  blood,  was  found  to  have  risen  from 
two  and  a  half  parts  in  one  thousand  (parts  of  blood)  to  five 
and  even  eight  parts  in  the  same  amount.  This  great  excess 
of  fibrin  in  the  blood  is  a  very  interesting  pathological  fact. 
In  no  other  disease  is  the  fibriu  so  greatly  in  excess — according 
to  Dr.  Stille  there  is  but  one  plausible  explanation  of  this 
phenomenon.  That  it  may  be  due  to  an  arrested  development 
of  the  white  corpuscles  whose  destruction  would  render  intel¬ 
ligible  the  extreme  pallor  and  debility  of  patients  suffering 
from  this  disease ;  it  being  at  present  a  seemingly  well  estab¬ 
lished  fact  that  the  red  corpuscles  are  formed  directly  from  the 
white  (corpuscles).  The  loss  of  strength  is  due  to  the  enor¬ 
mous  waste  of  tissue  brought  about  by  the  excessive  discharge 
of  solids  in  the  urine. 

Becquerel  and  llodier  found  the  serum  to  contain  less  than 
its  due  proportion  of  solids.  The  blood  is  usually  firmly  coag¬ 
ulated  after  death  ;  it  is  dark  and  fluid  only  in  such  cases  as 
prove  rapidly  fatal  with  a  sudden  rise  of  temperature.  The 
abnormal  development  of  lactic  acid  according  to  Todd,  Fuller, 
Bouchardat  and  alias,  iu  the  blood  during  life,  has  often  been 
assumed  but  never  proved  to  occur. 

Complications,  especially  with  the  thoracic  viscera  are  usual. 
In  cases  which  run  their  course  with  a  high  temperature  and 
severe  cerebral  symptoms,  parenchymatous  degeneration  of 


1879]  Wiendahl — Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis.  591 

particular  organs,  or  swollen  condition  of  tlie  liepatliic  cells 
and  renal  epitlielia,  are  said  to  have  been  found,  the  brain  it¬ 
self  being  free  from  morbid  change,  or  else,  markedly  con¬ 
gested  with  minute  extravasation  of  variable  amount  of 
oedema  in  the  pia  mater  and  arachnoid.  (Senator.) 

There  is  frequently  some  'kind  of  eruptions'  accompanying 
attacks  of  rheum-arthritis.  Sudamina  are  very  common.  Ery¬ 
thema,  both  simple  and  nodose,  occasionally  appear  and  also 
at  times  urticaria. 

Small  quantities  of  albumen  may  be  found  during  one  or 
more  days,  without  the  presence  of  any  other  signs  of  renal 
mischief.  The  phenomenon  is  propably  due  to  an  increase  in 
the  intensity  of  the  pyrexia. 

NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 

Most  cases  of  rheum-arthritis  are  in  general  free  from  cere¬ 
bral  symptoms — in  certain  unfavorable  cases,  however,  the 
nervous  centres  may  be  variously  involved.  Such  as  acute 
cerebral  or  spinal  meningitis,  mental  alienation  or  severe  brain 
symptoms  without  any  more  demonstrable  lesions  of  the 
structure  than  are  met  in  enteric  and  other  infective  maladies. 
Drunkards  ohbroken  down  constitutions  are  most  liable  to 
severe  cerebral  disturbances  and  in  these,  the  disease  though 
not  at  first  of  a  very  severeTtype ;  soon  assumes  an  irregular 
march,  marked  by  early  delirium,  the  temperature  undergoes 
a  great  and  sudden  rise ;  the  skin  becomes  hot,  the  abundant 
sweating  often  subsides,  the  pulse  becomes  hurried  and  com¬ 
pressible,  the  sensorium  much  oppressed,  the  face  cyanotic  and 
pale  and  after  an  interval  of  a  few  hours  or  a  few  days  ends  in 
death.  With  regard  to  this  abrupt  rise  of  temperature,  Sen¬ 
ator  ventures  the  following  :  That  it  may  be  that  the  pyrogenic 
and  phlogogenetic  matters  which  are  undoubtedly  present  in  the 
blood  undergo  a  great  and  sudden  increase,  and  paralyze  the 
heart  regulating  centres,  or  stimulate  centres  presiding  over 
heat  production  ;  or  we  may  suppose  that  the  primary  effect  of 
those  substances  is  to  paralyze  or  at  any  rate  to  weaken  the 
heart  contractions  and  thereby  to  reduce  the  arnonut  of  heat 
given  off. 

2 


592  Original  Communication*.  [  December 

FEBRILE  PHENOMENA. 

The  fever  is  proportionate  to  the  number  of  joints  interested 
and  to  the  intensity  of  the  inflammation  and  runs  no  typical 
course.  Initial  signs  occur  barely  in  half  of  the  entire  num¬ 
ber  and  is  not  usually  severe,  generally  speaking  several  slight 
fits  of  shivering  take  place,  and  are  followed  by  a  sense  of 
warmth  on  the  first  day.  In  all,  except  the  mildest  eases,  the 
temperature  ruus  up  to  102°  F.,  or  a  little  higher.  Evening 
exacerbations  occurring  on  subsequent  days  may  bring  it  to 
104°.  In  its  further  progress  the  temperature  obeys  no  defi¬ 
nite  rule.  Periods  of  remission  or  even  complete  intermission 
lasting  for  twelve  or  even  twenty -four  hours  are  very  common, 
and  they  are  always  followed  by  moderate  febrile  reaction  and 
an  exacerbation  of  the  disorder,  a  rapid  subsidence  is  rare,  the 
fall  being  gradual,  extending  over  several  days.  A  rise  of 
temperature  is  the  first  symptom  recognized  in  the  onset  of 
complications.  A  correspondence  between  the  temperature  and 
the  pulse  rate  is  not  always  maintained.  A  quickening  of  the 
pulse  occurring  without  the  rise  of  temperature  is  often  due  to 
the  severity  of  the  pain  and  the  consequent  mental  excitement. 

In  severe  cerebral  symptoms  the  temperature  reaches  the 
highest  limits,  except  in  sunstroke  (I  believe)  ever  noticed  in 
the  human  subject,  some  reaching  as  high  as  111  and  112°  F. 
before  death. 

COMPLICATIONS. 

Fewer  diseases  present  such  a  great  variety  of  complications 
as  poly  arthritis.  They  occur  in  both  the  mild  and  severe  form, 
though,  perhaps,  more  often  in  the  latter.  They  may  take 
place  at  an  early  stage  or  at  the  height  of  the  disease ;  per¬ 
haps  less  often  when  declining.  They  are  sometimes  found 
setting  in  simultaneously  with  the  joint  affection,  or  even  pro¬ 
ceeding  the  latter  by  a  short  interval,  so  as  to  make  it  doubtful 
which  of  the  two  is  the  primary  disease.  The  most  frequent 
of  the  complications  are  pericarditis  and  endocarditis ;  of  the 
two,  endocarditis  occurs  the  most  frequently,  but  pericarditis 
is  attended  with  far  greater  danger  to  life.  Rheum-arthritis 
seems  to  be  associated  with  a  tendency  to  disease,  especially 
to  inflammation  of  internal  organs.  Recovery  from  pericarditis 


1879]  Wiendahl — Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis.  593 

may  be  expected  in  the  majority  of  cases.  Endocarditis  offers 
no  immediate  danger,  but  is  of  great  importance  as  being  often 
the  starting  point  of  slowly  progressing  changes  which  result 
in  serious  lesions,  after  the  lapse  of  many  years.  Generally 
pericarditis  accompanies  endocarditis.  This  coni] dication 
occurs  shortly  in  severe  forms  of  acute  rheum-arthritis,  though 
it  may  happen  in  cases  of  the  sub-acute  form.  These  heart 
complications  are  much  more  common  in  the  young  than  in 
older  patients ;  nay  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  law,  that  the 
younger  the  patient  the  greater  the  risk  of  his  heart  becoming 
affected.  The  risk  is  greater  before  puberty.  It  is  generally 
accepted  that  the  heart  is  implicated  in  fully  one-third  of  all 
cases  occurring  during  this  period.  This  danger  continues 
great  until  about  the  twenty-fifth  year  of  life — after  that 
period  endocardial  complications  are  the  exception — save  when 
organic  mischief  has  left  a  predisposition  to  renewed  inflam¬ 
matory  changes. 

Inorganic  or  functional  m  urmurs,  very  common  in  polyarthritis 
are  a  fertile  source  of  error,  and  the  semblauce  of  cardiac  in¬ 
flammation  is  further  increased  by  pain  in  the  pectoral  and  in¬ 
tercostal  muscles,  or  in  the  diaphraghm  with  the  feeling  of  oppres¬ 
sion,  the  dyspnoea,  and  the  acceleration  of  the  pulse,  with  which 
they  are  associated.  Pleurisy  and  pneumonia  occur  often 
also,  in  rheumatic  arthritis.  Bilateral  pleurisy  has  been  often 
observed. 

Inflammation  of  various  mucous  surfaces  is  not  unusual, 
specially  bronchitis,  also  pharingitis  and  cystitis.  Among  cere¬ 
bral  complications,  meningitis  and  spinal  meningitis  occasion¬ 
ally  occur.  Insanity  of  a  true  type  not  abscribed  to  the 
rapid  rise  of  the  temperature,  but  promoted  by  the  pain  and 
want  of  sleep,  pointed  out  by  Tuengel,  and  exhibiting  every 
variety  of  excitement  and  depression  from  well  marked  mania 
to  melancholia.  Sometimes  of  short  duration,  at  others  pro¬ 
tracted  into  the  period  of  convalescence,  persisting  after  com¬ 
plete  recovery  and  constituting  the  protracted  form  of  rheu¬ 
matic  brain  disease.  It  may  also  determine  an  outbreak  of 
delirium  tremeus  in  drunkards.  When  endocarditis  exists, 
symptoms  of  cerebral  disturbance  may  be  caused  by  embolism 
of  the  arteries  of  the  brain. 


594  Original  Communication x.  {December 

DIAGNOSIS.  / 

Rheumatic  polyarthritis,  though  offering  no  difficulty  of 
diagnosis  by  its  characteristic  symptoms  of  joint  affection  and 
fever,  may  yet  be  easily  overlooked  by  not  carefully 
differentiating  certain  symptoms  which  are  associated  in 
other  diseases  with  inflammations  and  neuralgic  pains 
in  the  joints.  Foremost  among  these  is  pyaemia.  Where  such 
doubts  exist,  we  should  look  for  some  local  suppuration  ante¬ 
cedent  in  point  of  time  to  the  articular  malady.  In  default  of 
this  sign,  the  rigors  and  the  temperature  variations,  the  occur¬ 
rence  of  metastatic  deposits  in  other  organs,  especially  in  the 
lungs,  the  profound  constitutional  disturbance,  the  disorders 
of  the  sensorium,  the  icterus — all  of  them  phenomena  which 
scarcely  ever  occur  in  rheum-arthritis.  Many  diseases  of  a 
pyajinic  nature,  certain  varieties  of  puerperal  fever,  for  instance, 
in  which  the  characteristic  febrile  symptoms  and  the  phe¬ 
nomena  localized  in  the  generative  organs  are  not  well  marked, 
may  puzzle  a  good  deal  at  first,  but  are  usually  set  at  rest  by  a 
future  course  of  development.  What  is  true  of  pyaemia  is  also 
of  glanders.  But  the  patient’s  history,  employment,  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  abscesses  in  the  muscles,  pustules  and  ulcers  on  the 
skin  and  the  nasal  mucous  membrane — finally  the  onset  of 
delirium  and  utter  break-up  of  the  system,  must  assist  as  dis¬ 
tinguishing  marks.  Gout  is  not  easily  mistaken  for  the  dis¬ 
ease,  on  account  of  the  advent  during  the  night,  and  after  pro¬ 
longed  gastric  disturbances,  and  further,  that  it  manifests  itself 
in  the  beginning  in  a  single  joint,  and  that  a  toe-joint.  Again, 
the  advanced  time  of  life  of  the  first  attack,  contrary  to  rheum- 
arthritis. 

Traumatic  arthritis  is  very  unlikely  by  its  association  to 
injury  ;  scrofulous  arthritis  by  its  chronic  course,  its  tendency 
to  pus  formation,  and  other  signs  of  scrofula. 

The  articular  or  hysteric  neufoses  described  by  Brodie,  Stro- 
meyer,  and  especially  by  Esmarch,  are  absolutely  apy retie,  but 
may  nevertheless  suggest  the  possibility  of  mild  poly-arthritis. 
Absence  of  fever  and  any  palpable  alteration  in  the  painful 
joint,  its  limited  character,  its  freedom  of  pain  during  sleep, 
when  any  position  may  be  imposed  to  the  affect-eel  limb,  t-lie 


1879]  Wiendahl — Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis.  595 

constitution,  and  above  all  the  mental  state  of  the  patient, 
who  is  usually  of  the  female  sex,  and  finally  the  prolonged 
duration  of  the  symptoms.  From  certain  pains  in  the  ansemic, 
in  the  subjects  of  scurvy,  puerpura  luemorrhagica  and  haemo¬ 
philia  are  often  purely  neuralgic,  unattended  by  any  change  or 
swelling  of  the  joints,  and  never  pass  into  the  graver  forms, 
nor  followed  by  complications  and  by  sweating,  which  is  so 
constant  a  feature  in  rheum-arthritis. 

In  infancy,  various  forms  of  multiple  inflammation  about  the 
joiuts  are  met  with  which  may  simulate  the  disease,  such  as 
acute  rickets,  syphilitic  ostreochondritis,  and  separation  of 
epiphysis,  due  to  many  other  causes.  The  early  period  of  life 
in  which  they  occur  is  sufficient  to  distinguish  them. 

ISSUES  AND  SEQUELAE.  PROGNOSIS. 

Death  is  usually  rare,  being  due  more  to  complications  or 
unfavorable  conditions  of  patients  than  to  joint  affection,  even 
when  this  is  severe.  In  most  of  the  fatal  cases  death  is  usually 
due  to  sudden  rise  of  temperature,  and  in  persons  of  intem¬ 
perate  habits.  In  a  small  proportion  of  cases,  death  is  due  to 
complications  during  the  poly  arthritis,  and  most  frequently  by 
peri-  or  endocarditis,  more  rarely  by  meningitis. 

The  ultimate  issue  in  non-fatal  cases  depends  on  the  presence 
and  nature  of  complications.  The  prognosis  is  favorable  in  the 
very  mildest,  which  have  followed  a  sub-febrile  temperature. 
As  long  as  there  is  fever  the  prognosis  must  be  left  doubtful, 
excepting  after  the  third  week,  w  hen  complications  rarely  arise. 
Youth  being  most  prone  to  heart  complications,  the  chances  of 
complete  recovery  are  less  promising  in  these  than  in  adults, 
owing  to  the  risk  of  permanent  disease  in  that  organ. 

Chorea  is  a  frequent  accompaniment  of  mitral  valve  affec¬ 
tion.  At  25  years  the  disease  usually  terminates  in  complete 
recovery,  with  the  exception  of  a  remaining  tendency  to  renewed 
attacks  at  variable  intervals  of  time.  Permanent  alterations 
in  one  or  more  joints  are  left,  only  in  a  relatively  small  number 
of  cases  who  have  undergone  a  very  intense  or  protracted 
attack ;  that  is,  chronic  inflammatory  conditions  liable  to  ex¬ 
acerbation  from  trivial  causes — thickening,  ankilosis,  and  even 
ulcerations.  Such  consequences  are  more  common  after  re- 


596  Original  Communication 8.  [December 

peated  attacks,  and  especially  after  the  sub-acute  forms  of 
rheum-arthritis,  or  such  as  drag  on  for  a  length  of  time. 

Mental  disease,  in  the  form  of  melancholia,  is  more  common 
as  a  sequelae  in  adults  than  in  children.  Orchitis  is  mentioned 
by  Duffy  as  a  sequelae  of  the  disease  in  Malta,  and  that  it 
usually  ends  favorably. 

The  prognosis  is  upon  the  whole  a  favorable  one. 

TREATMENT. 

The  disease  tends  to  recovery  after  a  self-limited  duration, 
varying  from  a  week  to  two  months.  The  treatment  of  acute 
rheumatic  arthritis,  apart  from  complications,  nearly  always 
gets  well,  and  may  be  abandoned  to  palliatives  and  nature,  and 
to  rest  and  good  nursing.  But  it  would  hardly  be  expected 
that  we  should  refrain  from  treatment  in  the  face  of  the  mani¬ 
fold  disturbances  and  dangerous  complications  prone  to  or 
urgently  calling  for  interference.  Lebert,  from  experience,  was 
impressed  with  the  belief  that  it  is  more  protracted  and  at¬ 
tended  with  graver  complications,  when  left  to  itself  than  when 
subjected  to  treatment. 

Bleeding,  refrigerent  salines,  mercurial  and  antimonial  prep¬ 
arations  belong  to  the  past ;  the  medication  having  varied  with 
the  present  theories  concerning  its  pathology.  No  medicine  or 
medication  can,  or  has  ever  stopped  an  attack  of  the  disease. 
To  arrest  or  abridge  the  duration  of  the  attack  and  to  prevent 
the  cardiac  complications  are  the  important  objects  of  medica¬ 
tion.  Lemon  juice  originally  recommended  by  Dalrymple  and 
Owen  Rees,  of  London,  and  methodically  tried  by  Lebert,  was 
administered  in  the  beginning,  with  4  ounces  per  day ;  increas¬ 
ing  the  daily  allowance  by  one  ounce  each  day,  during  the  first 
few  days  until  6  ounces  had  been  reached.  This  being  given  a 
tablespoonful  every  two  hours  in  half  a  glass  of  sugared  water 
was  found  to  mitigate  the  fever  and  shorten  its  average  du¬ 
ration,  but  did  not  lessen  the  complications.  It  does  good  in 
mild  cases  but  cannot  be  relied  upon  in  severe  attacks. 

For  the  past  twenty  years  the  alkaline  treatment  has  been 
used  in  this  country  and  England  upon  theoritical  grounds,  in 
order  to  antagonize  the  abnormal  production  of  acid  supposed 
to  go  on  during  rheum-arthritis.  If  promptly  and  efficiently 


1879]  Wlendahl — Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis.  597 

employed,  it  shortens  the  duration  and  very  considerably  lessens 
the  liability  to  pericarditis  and  endocarditis.  To  be  effective  the 
alkaline  remedy  should  be  given  in  full  doses,  at  short  intervals, 
until  alkalinity  of  the  urine  is  produced.  On  the  subsidence  of 
the  active  symptoms,  two  grains  of  quinine  may  be  added  with 
advantage  to  each  dose.  The  alkaline  must  be  gradually  dis¬ 
continued,  but  thequinia  continued. 

One  or  two  drachms  of  the  bi-carbonate  of  soda  or  potassa, 
repeated  every  four  hours,  will  render  the  urine  alkaline  in  from 
twelve  to  twenty-four  hours.  These  doses  are  generally  well 
tolerated  by  the  stomach,  if  given  during  efferversceuce,  with 
citric  acid  or  lemon  juice.  After  alkalinity  of  the  urine  is  pro. 
duced,  the  doses  may  be  much  diminished,  but  they  should  be 
sufficient  to  keep  the  urine  alkaline.  The  good  results  of  the 
alkaline  treatment  are  not  obtained  unless  it  be  pursued  in  this 
efficient  way.  Small  or  moderate  doses  are  of  no  use.  The 
prevention  of  heart  complications  no  doubt  depends  on  the 
arrest  of  the  disease  by  medication  which  shortens  the  attack. 
(Prof.  A  Flint.) 

Senator  says  that  since  alkalies  must  be  given  in  large  doses, 
we  should  choose  sodic  salts  in  preference  to  the  corresponding 
potassium  or  ammonium  compounds. 

The  former  base  is,  in  itself,  indifferent ;  and  the  latter  may 
do  harm  to  the  heart  and  nerve  centres. 

In  giving  the  bi-carbonate  of  soda  we  may  induce  purgation 
or  diarrhoea,  but  this,  if  necessary,  may  be  controlled  by  lessen¬ 
ing  the  dose,  and  may  be  always  prevented  by  adding  a  few 
drops  of  laudanum  to  it.  The  remedial  effect  might  be  attained 
more  speedily  by  employing  Gerrhardt’s  inhalations  of  carbo¬ 
nate  of  soda,  which  has  been  employed  with  excellent  effect  in 
recent  endocarditis. 

In  connection  with  alkalies,  might  be  mentioned  blisters, 
which  are  advocated  by  Legroux,  Dechilly,  and  above  all,  by 
Davies,  and  which  have  the  power  of  shortening  the  course  of 
rheumatic-arthriis,  by  eliminating  the  materies  morbi,  and  alter¬ 
ing  the  condition  of  the  blood  from  acid  to  alkaline.  To  produce 
this  effect  they  must  be  applied  over  all  the  affected  joints. 


598  Original  Comm  unications.  [December 

Experience,  if  not  science,  lias  decided  conclusively  in  their 
favor.  (Stille.) 

Salicin  has  been  recommended  by  Dr.  Maclagan  in  1870.  Given 
in  doses  from  fifteen  to  thirty  grains,  repeated  every  two  or 
three  hours,  it  sometimes  proves  an  abortive  remedy,  and  in  the 
majority  of  cases,  in  twenty -four  or  forty -eight  hours,  the  gen¬ 
eral  symptoms  are  notably  diminished  if  not  arrested.  After 
cessation  of  pain  and  fever  it  should  be  continued  in  small  doses 
for  a  week.  A  renewal  of  the  symptoms  should  be  met  by  full 
doses  of  the  same  remedy. 

Salicylic  acid  or  the  salicilate  of  soda  have  proved  as  success¬ 
ful  as  the  salicin.  They  are  more  apt  to  cause  gastric  disturb¬ 
ance,  and  to  occasion  considerable  diaphoresis.  Professor  Stille 
and  others,  however,  accuse  it  of  producing  disorders  and  even 
grave  accidents,  in  almost  all  the  functions  of  the  economy  and 
in  some  cases  producing  ringing  in  the  ears,  or  deafness,  or  a 
rapid  pulse,  or  an  excessively  high  temperature,  panting  res¬ 
piration,  albuminuria,  delirium  and  imminent  collapse,  and  that 
in  one  published  case  this  anti  pyretic  did  not  lower,  but  on  the 
contrary,  seemed  acutually  to  raise  the  temperature  so  high, 
that  immediately  after  death  it  stood  at  111°  F.  However  true 
the  above,  yet  it  does  not  entirely  comport  with  my  experience 
in  more  than  twenty-five  cases.  “  It  may  be  given  in  simple 
doses,  repeated  every  two,  three  or  four  hours,  according  to  the 
intensity  of  the  disease  and  local  symptoms,  and  should  be  con¬ 
tinued  until  arrest  or  notable  improvement  has  taken  place. 
(Prof.  Flint.) 

Quinia  in  full  doses  is  a  useful  remedy  in  this  disease. 

Opiates  are  invaluable  as  palliatives— try methylamine  or  its 
isomer ;  propylamine  has  also  its  advocates.  Recently,  Coze, 
of  Strasburg,  and  especially  Dujardin  Beaumetz,  have  found  it, 
after  extensive  series  of  observations,  as  capable  of  quickly 
controlling  the  pain  and  fever,  and  subsequently  removing  the 
articular  swelling  also,  and  found  the  secretion  of  urea  lessened 
during  its  administration. 

Colchicum,  whilst  being  laid  aside  by  some,  is  regarded  by 
others  as  the  specific  and  infallible  anti-rheumatic,  and  even 
employ  it  as  means  of  determining  whether  a  particular  disease 


1879]  Wiendahl, — Acute  Rheumatic  Arthritis.  599 

be  rheumatic  or  not.  It  is  not  decided  whether  it  be  curative 
in  purgative  doses,  or  whether  its  irritant  effects  on  the  bowels 
should  not  be  avoided  either  in  acute  or  chronic  cases. 

Colchicine.  Skoda  holds  the  highest  opinion  of  its  beneficial 
influence  upon  the  inflammatory  changes  in  the  joiuts.  He  pre¬ 
scribes  one  grain  of  colchicine  in  from  two  to  three  drachms  of 
water,  with  a  few  drops  of  rectified  spirits  to  assist  in  dissolv¬ 
ing  it,  giving  five  drops  of  this  solution  once  to  twice  or  three 
times  a  day,  until  (usually  in  two  or  three  days)  active  purging 
sets  in  and  the  pains  abate. 

Local  measures  of  treatment  are  indicated  to  relieve  pain  and 
tenderness  referred  to  the  affected  joints ;  alkaline  lotions  with 
laudanum,  the  chloroform  liniment,  or  lead  and  opium  wash, 
and  the  tincture  of  aconite — each  affords  more  or  less  relief. 
It  is  usual  to  surround  the  joints  with  cotton  batting,  to 
protect  them  from  friction  of  the  bed  clothes  and  jarring 
movements.  Extension  of  the  limbs  by  pulleys  and  weights 
relieve  by  separating  the  articular  surfaces.  Rendering  the 
limbs  immovable  by  splints  or  by  bandages  and  plaster  of  Paris, 
may  sometimes  be  resorted  to.  German  writers,  Stromeyer, 
Esmarch,  Senator,  recommend  cold  applications  by  means  of 
wet  compresses,  and  even  of  ice.  With  the  ideas  of  Metas¬ 
tasis,  says  Prof.  Flint,  which  formerly  pervaded  pathology, 
refrigerant  applications  would  have  been  deemed  hazardous, 
but  experience  shows  that  no  harm  follows  this  method  of 
palliation.  The  wet  pack  applied  to  the  affected  joints  may  be 
tried  as  a  means  of  relieving  pain,  a  hypodermic  injection  with 
a  filled  Pravas  syringe,  of  one  per  cent,  watery  solution,  are  at 
once  safe  and  convenient.  Senator  says  that  he  was  struck 
with  the  rapid  way  in  which  it  relieved  pain ;  the  limb 
should  be  well  covered,  afterwards.  A  temperature  of  105° 
and  over,  calls  for  an  antipyretic  treatment.  If  not  diminished 
by  salicins  and  salicylic  acid,  quinia  should  be  given  and  the 
»  temperature  reduced  by  cold  sponging  or  the  wet  sheet,  the 
latter  measure  repeated  as  often  as  the  temperature  rises. 
When  in  connection  with  liyperexia,  the  symptoms  referable 
to  the  circulation  denote  asthenia  or  collapse,  alcoholic  stimu¬ 
lants  should  be  given  freely.  (Flint.) 

3 


600  Original  Communications.  [December 

The  sweating  may  be  controlled  by  small  doses  of  atropine, 
from  one  sixtieth  to  one  thirtieth  of  a  grain.  (Stilh*.) 

During  the  febrile  stage  of  acute  rheum-arthritis,  the  diet 
should  consist  mainly  of  farinaceous  and  mucilaginous  prepara¬ 
tions,  with  lemonade  and  carbonic  acid  water  as  a  drink. 
Otherwise,  the  diet  should  consist  of  beef  tea,  or  broth  with 
bread  and  milk,  and  no  solid  food  should  be  allowed. 

J.  H.  Wien dahl. 


History  of  the  Yellow  Fever  Epidemic  of  1878  in  Canton, 

Mississippi. 

By  A.  T.  SEMMES,  M.D. 

On  the  railroad,  two  hundred  miles  north  of  New  Orleans,  is 
situated  the  busy  little  town  of  Canton,  counting  with  its 
suburbs  about  thirty-five  hundred  inhabitants. 

Situated  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  above  the  sea  level, 
and  built  upon  a  fiat  table  land  ridge  between  the  Pearl  and 
Big  Black  rivers,  in  central  Mississippi,  it  suffers  every  summer 
and  autumn  with  the  various  malarial  diseases  of  the  Missis¬ 
sippi  Valley. 

On  the  south  and  west,  distant  from  the  centre  of  the  town 
about  one  mile  and  a  half,  a  muddy  bayou  struggles  sluggishly 
through  its  many  windings,  overflowing  extensively  with  every 
heavy  rain  fall,  and  drying  up  in  stagnant  pools  during  the 
summer  drought. 

Through  the  bottom  portion  of  the  town  a  smaller  ravine 
runs,  spreading  out  over  its  flat  vale  with  each  heavy  shower, 
and,  upon  receding,  leaving  many  small  lagoons  to  slowly 
evaporate  by  the  summer  heat. 

Only  once  before,  in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  fifty- 
five,  was  Canton  affected  with  an  epidemic  of  yellow  fever, 
though  several  times  in  the  interval  persons  sick  with  the  fever 
have  come  from  infected  places,  and  died  here  without  spread¬ 
ing  the  disease. 


1879]  Semmes — Yellow  Fever  Epidemic.  601 

As  early  as  June  of  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy-eight,  the 
unusual  heat  had  begun  to  produce,  much  sooner  than  com¬ 
mon,  serious  spells  of  remittent  fever,  and  as  the  month  of  J  uly 
came,  filling  each  successive  day  with  a  heavier  roll  call  for  aid, 
the  physicians  in  the  surrounding  country,  suspicions  of  yellow 
fever,  began  to  excite  the  fears  of  all  who  had  any  recollection 
of  1855. 

Noticing  closely  day  by  day,  the  features  of  our  bilious  fever 
patients,  showing  a  constantly  increasing  shading  off  into 
many  symptoms  of  yellow  fever  cases ;  I  expressed  my  hon¬ 
est  belief  that,  without  some  marked  improvement  in  our 
climatic  conditions,  we  would  certainly  drift  into  a  visitation  of 
the  dreaded  scourge.  Still,  as  many  others  besides  myself 
were  fully  satisfied  of  the  perfect  insufficiency  of  such  quaran¬ 
tines  as  we  could  enforce,  no  measures  for  quarantining  were 
started  till  the  1st  or  second  of  August,  when  already  the 
deadly  enemy  was  among  us. 

On  the  20th  of  July  I  attended  a  young  man,  who  had  no 
communication  with  any  person  or  goods  of  any  sort  by  which 
he  could  be  infected;  still  his  case  had  every  feature  and 
symptom  of  the  cases  of  yellow  fever  which  I  had  nursed  in 
the  epidemics  of  1853  in  Louisiana  and  in  1855  in  this  place. 
With  regard  to  this  case,  though  I  feel  satisfied  myself  of  its 
real  character,  I  wish  to  state  that  he  left  Canton  on  the  20th 
of  August  and  remained  in  the  country  eight  days.  In  the 
first  week  of  November,  he  returned  to  Canton,  to  a  house  in 
which  there  had  been  thirteen  severe  cases  of  fever,  and  there 
aided  for  fourteen  days  in  nursing  two  of  the  severest  cases  of 
the  whole  epidemic.  At  the  end  of  the  fourteen  days  he  was 
attacked  with  the  fever,  being  quite  sick  for  three  days,  but 
not  nearly  as  sick  or  weakened  as  in  his  original  attack. 

1  mention  these  facts  so  minutely  for  the  reason  that  many 
will  contend  that  his  having  the  fever  in  November,  proves 
that  he  did  not  have  it  in  July.  I  have  known  some  such 
second  attacks,  and  so  do  all  writers  mention  similar  cases. 

In  the  last  week  of  July,  a  telegraph  operator,  who  had  but 
recently  left  New  Orleans,  had  the  fever  in  a  private  residence 
in  the  extreme  northwest  portion  of  the  town,  infecting  no 


602  Original  Communications.  [December 

one,  as  at  least  seven  or  eight  weeks  elapsed  before  the  dis¬ 
ease  reached  that  part  of  city.  On  the  2d  of  August,  a  rail¬ 
road  engineer,  who  occasionally  passed  an  hour  or  two  in  the 
office  of  the  above  mentioned  operator,  had  the  fever  in  a  rail¬ 
road  boarding  house ;  but  no  infection  seemed  to  affect  anyone 
else  among  the  boarders,  as  it  was  at  least  six  weeks  or  more 
before  the  disease  reached  this  locality. 

On  the  1st  or  2d  of  August  there  came  to  Canton,  from  New 
Orleans,  a  school  teacher  with  the  yellow  fever  on  him,  and 
was  nursed  by  a  family  next  neighbors  to  the  above  mentioned 
engineer,  but  none  of  the  family  were  infected. 

On  the  1st  and  2d  of  August,  a  family  reached  Canton  from 
New  Orleans,  being  received  into  the  house  of  quite  a  large 
family.  In  a  few  days  the  children  of  the  New  Orleans  family 
were  slightly  sick  and  excited  the  suspicions  of  one  of  our 
physicians,  who  visited  them.  In  the  next  few  days,  following 
four  more  of  this  combined  New  Orleans  and  Canton  family 
were  very  slightly  sick,  but  were  treated  without  a  physician, 
by  the  host,  with  calomel  and  quinine,  and  were  up  and  attend¬ 
ing  to  their  duties  in  thirty  six  to  forty  hours.  The  other  four 
or  five  members  of  the  family  were  not  sick  at  all. 

On  the  8th  of  August  (in  the  yard  of  what  is  known,  in  the 
Canton  History  of  the  Epidemic  of  1878,  as  the  Henry  House), 
an  old  negro  woman  was  taken  very  ill  with  what  afterwards 
proved  to  be  of  the  same  nature  as  all  of  the  succeeding  malig¬ 
nant  fever  cases  of  this  portion  of  the  town. 

This  Henry  House  is  on  the  same  street  with  the  residence  of 
the  above  mentioned  combined  New  Orleans  and  Canton  family, 
with  a  space  of  about  two  hundred  feet  between  them. 

The  old  negress  had  not  been  out  of  her  own  premises,  nor 
held  any  communication  with  the  neighbors. 

On  the  10th  or  11th  August,  a  little  white  child  in  this  Henry 
House  was  taken  violently  ill,  and  in  one  or  two  days  her  father, 
Dr.  McKiu,  was  prostrated,  then  in  rapid  succession  one  after 
another  of  this  Henry  House  family  sickened,  with  the  excep¬ 
tion  of  two  white  members  who  went  through  the  entire  epi¬ 
demic  without  being  infected. 

In  the  rear  of  this  Henry  House  had  been  festering,  all  the 


Semites — Yellow  Fever  Epidemic. 


r,03 


1879] 


summer,  a  very  filthy  lagoon,  filling  the  neighborhood  every 
evening  with  a  horrid  stench.  Also  under  this  house  was  an 
old  disused  cellar  filled  with  stagnant  water.  From*  about  the 
14th  or  15th  August,  all  the  families  of  this  portion  of  Canton 
to  the  windward  of  this  lagoon  were,  in  quick  succession,  stricken 
down  with  the  yellow  plague,  while  all  the  families  in  the  oppo¬ 
site  direction  from  this  pool  were  more  slowly  and  much  more 
mildly  taken. 

1  have  been  thus  explicit  in  stating  facts  and  points  in  re¬ 
gard  to  the  Henry  House,  as  some  physicians,  who  are  certain¬ 
ly  as  competent  as  myself  to  judge,  but  who  were  neither  here 
during  the  epidemic,  and  who  were  not  here  after  its  subsidence, 
long  enough  to  work  out  all  facts  and  previous  cases,  have  posi 
t.ively  decided  that  our  epidemic  of  1878  was  due  entirely  to  the 
importation  from  New  Orleans  of  the  fever,  by  the  New  Orleans 
family  whom  I  have  mentioned  above,  as  refugees,, in  the  resi¬ 
dence  adjoining  this  Henrv’House. 

In  opposition  to  this  opinion,  I  shall  now  return  to  the  first 
week  of  August.  On  the  2d  of  August  and  the  4th  and  5th,  up 
to  the  7th  of  August,  I  treated  a  family  in  a  part  of  the  town, 
remote  from  this  Henry  House,  one  after  the  other  of  its  mem¬ 
bers  becoming  very  sick  with  what  I  regarded  ,at  first  as  very 
refractory  malarial  fever,  till  the  fourth  case  (a  young  man, 
Worlmer)  gave  me  satisfactory  evidences  of  yellow  fever.  After 
his  case  the  remaining  members  of  the  family,  in  the  course  of 
twelve  or  fourteen  days,  though  they  had  removed  from  the 
town,  had  yellow  fever  mildly. 

Unaided  by  any  microscopic  observations  of  the  blood  or  se¬ 
cretions  of  my  patients,  and  over- worked  both  day  and  night  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  prevent  me  making  regular  periodic  notes 
upon  the  pulse  and  temperature,  I  hesitate  somewhat  to  give  a 
positive  diagnosis  of  a  good  many  cases  which  could  not  be 
traced  to  an  imported  origin.  However,  in  truth  I  shall  state 
that  if  hundreds  of  other  cases  were  yellow  fever,  as  so  pro¬ 
nounced  by  experts,  then  these  cases  of  mine  were  yellow  fever 
of  local  origin,  or  else  all  the  past  history  of  yellow  fever  is 
rendered  more  than  doubtful. 

If  nothing  short  of  inspection,  by  post  mortem  examination 


594  Original  Communications.  [December 

and  demonstration  with  the  microscope,  afford  the  only  infallible 
means  of  diagnosiug  pernicious  malarial  fever  from  yellow  fever, 
then  the  overtasked  practitioner  of  medicine,  in  a  sweeping,  de¬ 
vouring  plague,  as  we  had  here  in  1878,  is  not  competent  to 
decide  disputed  points  of  the  nature  and  features  of  yellow 
fever,  which  for  fifty  years  have  puzzled  the  minds  of  hundreds 
of  able  and  experienced  experimentists.  Guided  by  the  teach¬ 
ings  of  a  Stone,  a  Dowler,  a  Cartwright  and  a  score  of  New  Or- 
eans  ablest  physicians  I  had  for  twenty -five  years,  considered 
yellow  fever  as  needing  no  importation  to  give  it  a  starting 
point. 

Neither  could  I  believe,  from  my  teaching  and  my  experience 
in  1853  and  1855,  that  contagiousness  was  one  of  its  properties. 

The  facts  that  have  presented  themselves  to  me  in  the  epi¬ 
demic  of  1878  at  Canton,  as  well  as  some  cases  I  have  treated 
here  during  other  years  (notably  1871)  forces  me  to  express  my 
opinion  of  yellow  fever  being  indigenous  to  all  the  lower  Missis¬ 
sippi  Yalley  when  we  have  the  climatic  conditions  of  1878. 

With  regard  to  contagion,  our  epidemic  of  1878  has  com¬ 
pletely  confounded  my  former  opinion. 

The  disease  was  unmistakably  contagious  here,  and  from 
the  accounts  I  have  read  of  other  afflicted  places,  contagion 
seemed  one  of  the  most  promineut  features.  In  fact  so  plainly 
shown  in  many  instances  was  this  sure  and  rapid  communica¬ 
tion  of  the  disease  by  any  one  from  the  infected  town  visiting, 
even  for  a  few  hours,  a  family  in  the  country,  that  we  must  ad¬ 
mit  either  the  theory  of  contagion,  or  that  many  isolated  farm 
houses  throughout  the  State  were  infected  without  direct  im¬ 
portation. 

In  1855  this  contagious  feature  was  certainly  disproved  by 
scores  of  sick  cases  being  removed  from  the  town  out  to  crowded 
residences  in  the  country,  and  there  dying  with  black  vomit, 
without  a  single  instance  of  communicating  the  disease.  One 
other  marked  difference  in  the  epidemic  of  1878  from  that  of 
1855,  was  the  apparent  malarial  type  of  the  fever  last  year  which 
was  not  known  in  that  of  1855.  1  am  aware  that  some  able  ob¬ 

servers  deny  the  possibility  of  the  coalescing  of  yellow  fever 
with  malarial  fever,  but  until  future  development  of  post  mor- 


1879]  Semmes — Yellow  Fever  Epidemic.  605 

tem  examinations  and  microscopic  ivestigatiou  prove  the  opin¬ 
ion  totally  untenable  I  shall  be  compelled  to  adhere  to  the  idea 
that  the  pernicious  malarial  fever  or  haemorrhagic  malarial 
fever,  and  haematuric  fever,  are  really  and  truly  an  indigenous 
form  or  type  of  yellow  fever. 

One  fact  I  can  certainly  state  with  regard  to  our  Canton  epi¬ 
demic  of  1878,  namely  :  that  the  free  use  of  calomel,  podophyllin 
and  quinine,  in  almost  every  single  case  which  came  under 
my  notice,  produced  a  decided  amelioration  in  eighteen  hours 
of  all  the  symptoms  ;  with  an  undoubted  remission  in  more 
than  a  majority  ot  those  cases  even  that  proved  themselves  to 
be  of  the  yellow  fever  nature  by  the  albuminous  urine,  by  dis¬ 
tinct  black  vomit  and  by  the  odor  andjaundiced  color. 

Also  must  I  state  that  the  above  treatment  gave  to  the  physi¬ 
cians,  w  ho  adopted  it,  the  satisfaction  of  footing  up  an  honor¬ 
able  and  laudable  balance  sheet  of  cases  and  deaths ;  while 
those  who  did  not  use  this  medication  were  very  unsuccessful 
in  the  management  of  the  disease. 

This  brings  me  to  the  point  of  prophylactics  upon  which  I 
can  say  very  little  as  the  idea  of  w  arding  off  an  attack  by 
previous  medication,  wras  generally  discountenanced. 

Two  individuals  under  my  constant  notice  labored  day  and 
night  in  the  most  infected  houses,  and  over  the  beds  of  the 
worst  cases  for  six  or  seven  weeks  before  taking  the  fever,  and 
even  then  very  mildly.  These  two  persons  used  daily  eighteen 
or  twenty  grains  of  quinine. 

Neither  age  nor  sex,  in  white  or  black,  seemed  to  make  a 
different  degree  of  susceptibility  to  the  disease,  but  those  of  any 
age  or  color  w  ho  had  been  subjects  of  remittent  fever  were  more 
quickly  infected,  though  not  more  violently  affected  than  others 
in  good  health. 

The  occupation  of  the  person,  as  far  as  my  limited  observa¬ 
tions  went,  made  no  difference  in  liability  to  take  the  fever, 
nor  did  the  condition  of  life  as  regards  poverty  or  affluence. 

A  sudden  fall  in  the  thermometer  about  the  fifteenth  day  of 
September  made  a  considerable  increase  in  numbers  of  new 
cases  and  number  of  deaths. 

Taking  a  radius  of  one  mile  to  cover  the  area  of  the  entire 


606 


Original  Co  m  m  unications. 


[December 


town  of  Canton  with  its  suburbs,  we  include  a  population,  be¬ 
fore  the  epidemic,  of  about  thirty-live  hundred.  About  twelve 
hundred  of  these  remained  during  the  prevalence  of  the  fever  ; 
giving  a  total  of  yellow  fever  cases  of  nine  hundred  and  fifty, 
and  of  deaths  from  yellow  fever  of  one  hundred  and  fifty. 

The  epidemic  visited  every  portion  of  the  above  area,  dimin¬ 
ishing  gradually  in  violence,  and  giving  us  only  five  or  six 
cases  during  the  week,  between  the  7th  and  15th  of  November, 
after  which  time  there  was  only  one  case,  of  a  refugee,  who, 
in  six  or  seven  days  after  returning  to  Canton,  took  the  fever 
on  the  6th  day  of  December. 

Up  to  August  1st,  when  already  the  disease  was  in  our 
midst,  no  sanitary  measures  of  any  sort  were  adopted,  looking 
towards  prevention  ;  but  a  good  deal  of  street  work  (such  as 
trenching  along  the  sidewalks,  cutting  down  weeds,  etc.),  had 
been  going  on  for  several  weeks,  notwithstanding  protests  had 
been  made  against  it. 

After  August  1st,  a  very  free  use  of  crude  carbolic  acid  and 
of  lime  was  had  recourse  to  as  disinfectants,  both  having  been 
sprinkled  over  the  public  streets  and  private  yards,  and  liber¬ 
ally  used  in  most  of  the  houses. 

Their  use  did  not  seem  to  place  the  least  check  upon  the  pro¬ 
gress  of  the  fever,  but  I  am  not  aware  of  any  injury  it  caused 
the  sick. 


Report  of  the  Committee 

APPOINTED  BY  THE  NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL  ASSO¬ 
CIATION,  OCT.  25th,  1879,  ON  THE  FOLLOWING  SUBJECTS,  SUB¬ 
MITTED  BY  THE  EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE  OF  THE  AMERICAN 
PUBLIC  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION,  TO  BE  READ  AND  DISCUSSED 
AT  THEIR  MEETING  AT  NASHVILLE,  TENN.,  NOV.  18th,  1879. 


Propositions. 

1.  How  ty)  deal  with  a  city  in  the  yellow-fever  zone  in  order 
to  prevent  the  appearance  of  a  first  case. 

2.  How  to  prevent  the  importation  of  a  first  case. 


2879]  Report  of  Committee — Public  Health  Association.  607 

3.  How  to  deal  with  a  first  case  and  early  cases  generally 
when,  in  spite  of  precautions  under  first  and  second  headings, 
it  has  made  its  appearance. 

4.  The  duty  of  local  boards  of  health,  or  other  health  authori¬ 
ties,  to  report  such  cases  promptly,  even  though  there  may  be 
some  doubt  as  to  the  diagnosis.  Whether  the  knowledge  that 
such  reports  would  be  faithfully  made  would  not  have  a  tend¬ 
ency  to  allay  apprehensions  and  give  confidence  to  other  com¬ 
munities  while  warning  them  of  the  importance  of  making 
preparations  for  contingencies. 

5.  Under  what  circumstances  may  it  become  necessary  or 
expedient  to  remove  the  unacclimated  portion  of  the  population 
from  an  infected  place?  How  may  this  be  effected  for  the 
poorer  classes  of  the  population,  and  how  should  the  people 
thus  removed  be  cared  for  and  supported  ? 

6.  Measures  for  isolating  a  dangerously  infected  place. 

7.  Organizations  for  the  relief  and  treatment  of  the  sick  in 
an  infected  city. 

8.  Measures  for  preventing  the  spread  of  the  disease  from  an 
infected  place  by  railroads,  including  the  management  of  trans¬ 
fer  stations. 

9.  Inspection  of  steamboats  at  an  infected  place  and  at  inter¬ 
mediate  stations  between  the  port  of  departure  and  their  final 
destination.  Should  stations  of  observation  be  established  by 
the  National  Board  of  Health  ?  If  so,  what  should  be  their 
relations  to  the  health  authorities  of  the  States  within  whose 
territorial  limits  they  may  be  established. 

10.  Results  of  the  co-operation  and  aid  given  by  the  National 
Board  of  Health  to  State  and  municipal  boards  under  the  pro¬ 
visions  of  the  act  approved  June  2,  1879.  What  suggestions 
may  be  made  to  render  this  system  more  efficient  ? 

1.  How  to  deal  with  a  city  in  the  yellow-fever  zone  in  order 
to  prevent  the  appearance  of  a  first  case. 

Answer. — Put  such  city  in  the  best  possible  hygienic  con¬ 
ditions. 

a. — Drainage.  Proper  elevation  and  grading  of  the  surface 
of  the  soil.  All  surface- gutters  to  be  provided  with  sides  and 
bottoms  of  masonry  or  chemically  prepared  wood,  to  facilitate 
flushing.  All  yards  to  be  graded  so  as  to  drain  into  the  gut¬ 
ters.  All  streets  to  be  properly  graded  and  paved.  Banquettes 
carefully  constructed.  All  privy  vaults,  where  existing,  should 
be  required  to  be  so  remodelled  as  to  avoid  all  possibility  ol 
siepage.  lu  the  construction  of  neic  privies ,  every  care  should 
be  taken  to  remedy  the  detects  of  the  present  system. 

4 


608  Original  Communications.  [December 

b.  We  would  suggest,  as  applicable  to  most  houses  already 
built,  such  practical  alterations  as  would  improve  their  general 
sanitary  condition ;  i.  e.,  elevation  of  the  lots  upon  which  they 
stand  to  avoid  all  stagnant  water,  and  such  alterations  as  are 
deemed  necessary  to  improve  their  ventilation. 

In  building  new  houses ,  there  should  be  an  ordinance  enacted 
and  rigidly  enforced  by  the  proper  authorities,  requiring  a 
specific  elevation  of  the  whole  lot  to  be  built  upon,  above  the 
level  of  the  street — such  ordinance  to  be  complied  with  before 
the  foundations  are  allowed  to  be  commenced. 

We  would  suggest  thirty  inches  as  the  minimum  elevation  for 
the  floor  above  the  surface  of  the  lot. 

No  tenement  houses  to  be  allowed,  as  in  our  opinion  they  are 
always  calculated  to  favor  accumulations  of  filth,  and  thereby 
the  production  of  disease. 

Sufficient  light  and  proper  ventilation  are  essentials  to  health, 
also  an  abundant  supply  of  pure  water-. 

Where  cisterns  are  used,  the  greatest  care  in  their  construc¬ 
tion  and  management  is  necessary. 

All  accumulations  of  garbage  or  tilth  to  be  specially  pre¬ 
vented. 

Extensive  excavations  or  disturbances  of  soil  to  be  forbidden 
from  May  to  November. 

The  thorough  police  of  the  city  by  trustworthy  and  compe¬ 
tent  sanitary  inspectors. 

2.  How  to  prevent  the  importation  of  a  first  ease. 

Answer. — By  a  rational  quarantine  under  the  direction  and 
management  of  physicians  of  undoubted  capacity  and  recog¬ 
nized  integrity. 

Require  all  vessels,  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  to  be  subjected 
to  careful  inspection  by  the  quarantine  physician  and  to  be  sub¬ 
jected  to  such  detention  as  he  may  deem  necessary  for  efficient 
cleansing  or  disinfection.  Establish  a  quarantine  hospital  for 
the  treatment,  of  infectious  or  contagious  diseases  arriving  at 
quarantine — and  we  would  advise  that  suitable  facilities  be 
provided  for  the  unloading  of  cargoes  and  their  proper  disin¬ 
fection  when  judged  necessary. 


1879]  Report  oj  Committee — Public  Health  Association.  H09 

3.  How  to  deal  with  a  first  case  and  early  cases  generally 
when,  in  spite  of  precautions  under  first  and  second  headings, 
it  has  made  its  appearance. 

Answer. — Every  means  should  he  adopted  to  insure  the 
earliest  information  to  the  health  authorities  regarding  such 
case  or  cases. 

Isolate,  as  far  as  practicable,  the  locality  where  such  cases 
have  occurred,  and  delegate  to  the  proper  authorities  sufficient 
power  for  a  thorough  and  repeated  disinfection  of  such  local¬ 
ity.  All  clothing  and  bedding  of  patients  should  be  thor¬ 
oughly  disinfected  by  heat,  or  destroyed.  In  case  of  death, 
immediate  private  burial  to  be  insisted  upon. 

4.  The  duty  of  local  boards  of  health,  or  other  health  author¬ 
ities  to  report  such  cases  promptly,  even  though  there  may  be 
some  doubt  as  to  the  diagnosis.  Whether  the  knowledge  that 
such  reports  would  be  faithfully  made,  would  not  have  the 
tendency  to  allay  apprehensions  and  give  confidence  to  other 
communities,  while  warning  them  of  the  importance  of  making 
preparations  for  contingencies. 

Answer. — All  suspicious  cases  should  be  at  once  reported  to 
the  proper  health  authorities,  whose  duty  it  should  be  to  investi¬ 
gate  such  cases  and  report  them  without  delay  to  all  other  in¬ 
terested  communities.  We  believe  this  to  be  the  only  course 
to  pursue  to  gain  confidence  and  allay  useless  apprehension. 

5.  Under  what  circumstances  may  it  become  necessary  or  ex¬ 
pedient  to  remove  the  unacclimated  portion  of  the  population, 
from  an  infected  place  ?  How  may  this  be  effected  by  the 
poorer  classes  of  the  population,  and  how  should  the  people 
thus  removed  be  cared  for  and  supported  ? 

Answer. — We  do  not  believe  that  yellow  fever  is  contagious, 
communicated  from  body  to  body — but  that  the  cause,  what¬ 
ever  it  may  be,  spreads  through  the  atmosphere,  and  that  a 
certain  amount  of  the  poison  in  this  medium  is  necessary  for 
its  manifestation.  That  its  spread  is  not  by  diffusion,  other¬ 
wise  it  would  grow  less  and  less  in  intensity ;  but,  that  it  is 
capable  of  multiplying  in  some  way,  as  yet  unknown  to  us, 
thereby  increasing  the  intensity  of  its  infection.  That  this 


010  Original  Communications.  [December 

atmospheric  infection-tendency  while  greatly  due  to,  is  not 
wholly  dependent  upon  heat  and  moisture,  but  that  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  decomposing  organic  material  and  the  gases  arising 
therefrom  enter  largely  as  a  factor,  if  not  in  its  production,  at 
least  in  its  spread;  and  that  cleardiness  of  person  and  sur¬ 
roundings  will  go  far  towards  preventing  its  spread,  if  not 
securing  its  entire  eradication. 

The  removal  of  the  unacclimated  from  the  place  of  infection 
is  a  measure  of  wisdom,  and  would  save  many  lives.  The 
presence  of  the  disease  and  its  disposition  to  spread,  as  man¬ 
ifested  in  the  successive  attacks  of  several  members  of  the 
same  household  or  adjoining  households,  should  be  the  signal 
for  a  general  removal  of  the  unacclimated ;  for  the  rapidity  of 
its  spread,  is  evidence  of  its  intensity. 

The  details  of  measures  for  the  removal  of  the  poor  will  be 
suggested  and  controlled  by  the  circumstances  of  location  and 
surroundings.  The  governments,  national,  State,  or  municipal, 
or  all  three,  aided  by  private  contributions,  should  furnish 
means  for  their  care. 

6.  Measures  for  isolating  a  dangerously  infected  place. 

Answer. — When  the  disease  has  progressed  to  such  an  extent 
as  to  render  a  place  dangerously  infected ,  within  the  meaning 
of  the  term  as  employed  by  the  National  Board  of  Health,  we 
would  recommend  the  removal  of  all  persons  liable  to  infection 
and  regulate  intercourse  so  as  by  all  possible  means  to  prevent 
the  ingress  of  unacclimated  persons. 

7.  Organizations  for  the  relief  and  treatment  of  the  sick  in 
an  infected  city. 

Answer. — Each  infected  district  should  have  its  own  hospital 
centrally  located,  of  sufficient  capacity  to  meet  all  wants,  and 
presided  over  by  a  staff  of  medical  men  of  standing  and  repu¬ 
tation  in  their  profession  and  community.  Each  hospital 
should  have  its  ambulances  easy  and  comfortable,  and  every 
patient  dependent  on  charity  for  its  support  and  medical  treat¬ 
ment,  if  discovered  within  the  first  twelve  hours  after  the  inva¬ 
sion,  should  be  removed  to  said  district  hospital.  The  hospital 
staff  should  have  entire  control  of  the  district,  and  such 
patients  as  have  been  sick  for  twelve  or  more  hours  should  be 


1879]  Report  of  Committee — Public  Health  Association.  611 

treated  at  their  place  of  residence  by  this  staff,  and  their  neces¬ 
sities  should  be  relieved  from  the  hospital  upon  the  order  of  the 
attending  physician. 

8.  Measures  for  preventing  the  spread  of  the  disease 
from  an  infected  place  by  railroads,  including  the  management 
of  transfer  stations. 

Answer. — We  recommend  the  adoption  of  such  measures  by 
the  National  Board  of  Health  as  shall  secure,  during  the  preva¬ 
lence  of  an  epidemic,  the  abolition  on  railroad  cars  of  all  up¬ 
holstered  articles  of  furniture,  rugs,  carpets  and  such  other 
material  uot  washable,  as  well  as  all  other  material  capable  of 
conveying  infection,  and  the  substitution  therefor  of  mattresses, 
chairs,  seats,  etc.,  made  of  wire,  cane,  wood  or  other  open 
material.  That  the  cars,  especially  sleeping  cars  if  used,  be 
open  to  free  ventilation,  as  there  can  be  no  better  purifier  than 
the  current  of  air  which  passes  through  cars  when  in  rapid 
motion.  Also,  that  all  articles  of  bedding  be  thoroughly 
washed  in  boiling  water  after  leaving  point  of  departure. 

Transfer  stations  should  be  under  the  supervision  of  compe¬ 
tent  medical  officers,  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations 
of  the  National  Board  of  Health. 

9.  Inspection  of  steamboats  at  an  infected  place  and 
at  intermediate  stations  between  their  port  of  departure  and 
their  final  destination.  Should  stations  of  observation  be  estab¬ 
lished  by  the  National  Board  of  Health  1  If  so,  what  should 
be  their  relations  to  the  health  authorities  of  the  States  within 
whose  territorial  limits  they  may  be  established  ? 

Answer. — As  relates  to  inspection  of  steamboats,  we  recom¬ 
mend  the  same  regulations  in  regard  to  furniture  as  already  men¬ 
tioned  for  railroad  cars,  and  the  faithful  execution  of  the  follow¬ 
ing  rules  as  already  adopted  by  the  National  Board,  and  put 
into  use  last  summer  at  New  Orleans,  to- wit : 

“  Any  decayed  wood  in  the  deck  or  floors  should  be  looked 
for  and  required  to  be  replaced  by  sound  wood  forthwith,  or  be 
left  without  covering  of  any  kind  and  be  required  to  be  satur¬ 
ated  daily  with  a  boiling  hot  solution  of  copperas — one  quart  of 
copperas  to  the  pailful  of  boiling  water.  All  kitchen,  pantry 


612  Original  Communications.  [December 

or  other  decks  or  floors  subject  to  frequent  wettings  and  damp¬ 
ness,  should  receive  a  last  washing  daily  from  hot  copperas 
water.  All  storerooms  or  closets  should  be  looked  into  and 
the  stowing  away  of  damp  or  soiled  clothing  therein  prohibited. 
Water  closets  and  urinals  should  be  scrupulously  clean  and 
odorless. 

“  The  hold  and  keelson  of  all  steamboats  and  other  vessels 
should  be  examined  with  special  care,  and  whenever  any  bilge 
water  or  offensive  odor  is  present,  cleansing  should  be  required 
by  pouring  in  and  pumping  out  water,  by  use  of  the  syphon 
pipes  for  carrying  steam  at  as  high  a  heat  as  possible,  under 
the  dunnage,  and  by  the  use  of  copperas  until  all  foul  odor  is 
removed.  Merely  damp  holds  and  keelsons  should  be  sprinkled 
with  copperas  to  prevent  mustiness.” 

Stations  of  observation  should  be  established  by  the  Na¬ 
tional  Board  of  Health,  at  certain  intervals  along  routes  to  be 
provided  for  by  the  regulation  of  the  Board,  and  should  be 
provided  with  ample  and  comfortable  accommodations  for  tak¬ 
ing  care  of  such  sick  as  it  may  be  deemed  necessary  to  remove 
from  cars  or  steamboats.  Said  statious  should  be  governed  by 
the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  National  Board  of  Health. 

In  connection  with  the  management  of  railroads,  we  would 
call  attention  to  the  fact  that  a  convention  of  railroad  mana¬ 
gers  has  been  called  to  meet  at  Nashville,  Tenn.,  on  November 
19th.  We  heartily  endorse  this  movement  and  are  convinced 
that  it  will  be  productive  of  much  good. 

u  The  object  of  this  meeting,”  to  quote  from  their  circular, 
u  is  to  secure  uniform  rules  and  regulations  that  will  give  the 
greatest  protection  by  affording  reliable  means  to  arrest  the 
spread  of  infectious  or  contagious  diseases,  while  at  the  same 
time  providing  for  the  movements  of  freights  and  passengers 
with  the  least  inconvenience  compatible  with  safety  to  the 
public  health.” 

10.  Result  of  the  co-operation  and  aid  given  by  the  National 
Board  of  Health  to  State  and  municipal  boards  under  the  pro¬ 
visions  of  the  Act  approved  June  2,  1879.  What  suggestions 
may  be  made  to  render  this  system  more  efficient  ? 


1879]  Report  of  Committee — Public  Health  Association.  613 

Answer. — In  the  consideration  of  this  subject,  your  com¬ 
mittee  do  not  esteem  it  incumbent  upon  it  to  speak  for  distant 
communities,  and  therefore  will  restrict  its  observations  to  the 
State  of  Louisiana  and  mainly  to  the  city  of  New  Orleans. 
The  subject  is  naturally  divisible  into  two  sections,  and  the 
results  of  the  co-operation  and  aid  furnished  by  the  National 
Board  of  Health  will  first  receive  attention. 

Its  co-operation  has  been  carried  out  chiefly  through  its 
medical  inspectors  and  sanitary  officers.  In  localities  where 
yellow  fever  has  been  an  unfamiliar  visitor,  they  have  aided  in 
distinguishing  real  from  supposed  cases,  have  greatly  con¬ 
tributed  by  their  advice  to  prevent  panic,  and  in  case 
of  actual  presence  of  the  disease,  have  directed  suita¬ 
ble  means  for  its  repression.  Having  been  selected  with 
reference  to  their  fitness  tor  the  service  these  officers 
have  also  acted  as  inspectors  on  railroad  trains  and 
steamboats,  and  have  superintended  the  movement  of  mer¬ 
chandise,  and  of  travellers  and  their  baggage,  and  there  is 
reason  to  hope  that  the  failure  of  yellow  fever  to  spread  from 
New  Orleans  and  Memphis  in  1879  may  be  due  to  their  well 
directed  efforts.  This  view  is  fortified  by  the  fact  of  its  some¬ 
what  extended  spread  from  the  Morgan  city  focus,  where  the 
above  system  of  co-operation  was  long  delayed  by  the  late  dis¬ 
covery  of  the  outbreak.  It  may  safely  be  affirmed,  that  Missis¬ 
sippi  city  is  the  only  place  which  has  received  yellow  fever 
infection  from  New  Orleans  in  1879,  and  in  this  locality  the 
rules  of  the  National  Board  of  Health  were  not  enforced,  owing 
to  the  doubts  in  the  first  cases. 

Another  important  result,  which  is  perhaps  attributable  to 
the  co-operation  of  the  National  Board  of  Health,  lias  been  the 
establishment  of  confidence  among  threatened  communities  in 
the  measures  adopted  for  their  protection  by  that  Board,  and 
by  State  and  local  Boards  of  Health,  the  general  compliance 
with  the  rules  of  the  National  Board  of  Health  by  local  health 
authorities,  and  the  moderation  of  inland  qurrantine  restric¬ 
tions  to  such  an  extent  that  its  inconveniences  have  not  amounted 
to  serious  hardships,  such  as  occurred  last  year.  Besides  this, 
the  thorough  system  of  inspection  and  disinfection  of  vessels 


614  Original  Communications.  [December 

by  the  National  Board  of  Health,  meeting  as  it  did  the  hearty 
approval  of  those  interested  in  steamboats  and  shipping  inter¬ 
ests,  materially  assisted  commerce  by  sooner  opening  ports 
closed  against  us.  Another  result  has  been  the  continuance  of 
the  work  inaugurated  by  the  Marine  Hospital  Service,  of  gath¬ 
ering  and  disseminating  intelligence  of  the  appearance  and 
progress  of  infectious  diseases,  in  addition  to  which  circulars 
have  been  issued,  giving  instructions  in  detail  for  perform¬ 
ing  works  of  a  sanitary  character,  and  forms  for  carrying 
out  the  inspection  of  persons,  merchandise,  and  their  car¬ 
riers  on  routes  of  travel.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that 
the  bulletin  and  circulars  issued  by  the  National  Board  of 
Health  have  greatly  contributed  to  a  general  awakening  to 
the  importance  of  the  subject  of  public  hygiene,  and  that 
trustworthy  intelligence  has  tended  to  remove  apprehension, 
and  obviate  interruption  of  intercourse.  It  is  desirable  that 
the  Board  should  largely  extend  its  system  of  health  reports 
from  foreign  ports,  so  that  our  maritime  quarantine  restric¬ 
tions  may  hereafter  be  removed  or  relaxed  against  localities  of 
whose  health  we  are  still  mainly  in  ignorance.  The  pecuniary 
aid  from  the  National  Board  to  State  and  Municipal  Boards 
ha«  ten  employed  in  works  of  local  sanitation  where  means 
were  wanting  to  the  local  authorities,  and  this  has  amounted  in 
New  Orleans  to  a  little  more  than  $3,800,  and  elsewhere  in 
Louisiana  to  about  $2,000  more.  It  would  be  difficult  to  esti¬ 
mate  the  immediate  results  of  this  sanitary  work,  for  the  effect 
of  disinfecting  agents  upon  the  progress  of  yellow  fever  is  still 
an  open  question.  The  work  of  cleansing  however,  has  had  a 
good  moral  effect  both  by  inspiring  confidence  and  by  the  force 
of  a  good  example.  With  reference  to  the  second  head 
of  the  subject,  your  committee  find  so  good  ground  for 
satisfaction  in  the  working  of  the  National  Board  of  Health — 
in  other  words,  they  find  its  success  so  much  greater  than  they 
had  reason  to  hope,  that  they  would  not  undertake  to  suggest 
any  changes  of  magnitude  in  its  functions  or  powers.  It  was 
supposed  by  many  that  the  usefulness  of  the  National  Board 
of  Health  would  be  proportional  to  its  powers,  but  the  result 
seems  not  to  have  justified  that  opinion.  The  character  and 


1879J  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  615 

reputation  of  the  men  selected  for  this  responsible  position, 
together  with  the  acknowledged  wisdom  of  the  plans  and  regu¬ 
lations  framed  by  them,  speedily  won  the  public  confidence, 
especially  iu  the  regions  visited  by  the  epidemic  of  1878.  Their 
regulations  have  been  generally  adopted  throughout  the  States 
east  of  Texas,  and  the  moral  influence  of  the  National  Board, 
there  is  good  reason  to  believe,  has  beeu  more  effectual  than 
any  authority  which  could  have  beeu  conferred  by  the  Federal 
government.  Having  confidence  that  the  Board  will  hereafter 
rectify  whatever  defects  of  administration  the  operations  of  the 
first  year  have  brought  to  their  attention,  we  deem  it  unneces¬ 
sary  to  make  any  specific  suggestions. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

D.  C.  Holliday,  M.D. 

J.  P.  Davidson,  M.D. 

S.  S.  Herrick,  M.D. 

Wm.  P.  Brewer,  M.D. 

L.  F.  Salomon,  M.D. 

Representing  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association. 


Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  During  the  Year  1879. 

By  JOSEPH  HOLT,  M.D.,  New  Orleans,  La.,  November  22,  1879. 

[Concluded  from  September  Number. J 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  of  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and 
Surgical  Association  : 

At  a  meeting  held  August  2d,  of  the  current  year,  I  presented 
to  you  a  paper  entitled  “The  Chain  of  Circumstances  Con¬ 
nected  with  the  Appearance  of  Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans 
during  the  year  1879.” 

This  was  done  with  the  special  object  of  putting  on  record 
at  the  earliest  possible  moment,  every  fact  and  detail  connected 
with  the  first  cases,  suspicious  or  assured.  For  it  is  undoubt¬ 
edly  a  fact  that  neglect  in  regard  to  the  proper  recording  at 
the  moment  of  occurrence  of  these  first  cases,  has  given  rise 
to  the  discrepancies  of  opinion,  to  the  fruitless  arguments  and 
5 


616  Original  Communications .  [December 

fierce  contentions  which  have  singularly  characterized  the  in¬ 
vestigation  of  the  origin  of  yellow  fever,  as  to  whether  indi¬ 
genous  or  imported,  and  as  to  the  probable  causes  of  its 
appearance. 

Weeks  and  sometimes  months  elapse  between  the  time  of 
the  occurrence  of  these  cases  and  the  first  effort  iu  the  taking 
of  evidence. 

It  is  safe  to  declare  that  no  physician  can  accurately  remem¬ 
ber  at  the  end  of  a  season,  particularly  of  an  epidemic,  those 
tacts  appertaining  to  each  case,  which  are  absolutely  essential 
in  a  scientific  recording  of  the  outbreak  of  yellow  fever ;  and 
yet  this  is  by  far  the  most  important  information  connected 
with  an  investigation  of  the  disease. 

When  men  draw  upon  their  memories  for  their  statement  of 
facts,  such  evidence  ceases  to  be  of  the  slightest  value  in 
science. 

There  could  hardly  be  instanced  a  more  forcible  illustration 
of  the  truth  of  this  assertion  than  that  afforded  in  the  memor¬ 
able  labors  of  the  Congressional  Yellow  Fever  Investigating 
Committee,  visiting  this  city  last  winter. 

Haviug  presented  to  you  a  detailed  account  of  eighteen 
cases  associated  with  the  inception  of  yellow  fever,  by  request, 
I  will  now  complete  the  record  of  all  the  cases  which  have 
appeared  in  this  city  during  the  year  1879. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  of  the  eighteen,  the  first  seven 
occurred  in  the  family  of  Mr.  Stout,  No.  184  Third  street,  be¬ 
tween  Constance  and  Magazine  streets,  Fourth  Municipal  Dis¬ 
trict,  and  of  these  cases,  one  was  taken  ill  June  16th. 

The  eighth  was  the  case  of  their  servant,  Louisa  Creel,  who 
having  nursed  the  sick  in  this  family,  was  herself  seized  on  the 
day  of  her  arrival  at  her  mother’s  house,  near  Mississippi  City, 
and  died  on  the  fourth  day  of  her  illness,  July  10th. 

Cases  9, 10, 11,  12  and  13  followed  in  quick  succession — all  in 
the  Creel  family.  Case  14  was  that  of  the  boy  Heyward,  a  near 
neighbor  of  the  Creels.  The  few  remaining  cases  occurred  in 
this  city  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  Stout  family, 
and  were  clearly  recognized  as  yellow  fever  and  were  so  record¬ 
ed  as  cases  2,  3,  5  and  6,  in  the  office  of  the  Board  of  Health. 


1879J  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  6L7 

Case  1,  as  recorded  by  the  Board,  was  that  of  Jacob  Iken, 
coxswain  of  the  steamship  Baltimore,  aged  29  years,  native  of 
Hanover  ;  was  taken  ill  March  26,  during  the  evening. 

The  steamship  Baltimore  arrived  at  Quarantine  Station,  Mis¬ 
sissippi  River,  on  the  25th  day  of  March,  from  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

The  quarantine  physician  caused  the  port  holes  to  be  opened 
and  the  steamer  to  be  disinfected  and  fumigated.  The  steamer 
remained  at  the  quarantine  station  until  the  morning  of  the 
27th,  when  she  left  the  station  for  New  Orleans. 

On  the  evening  of  the  26th,  after  returning,  the  patient  was 
seized  with  a  chill,  severe  back  and  head  ache,  but  got  up  on 
the  morning  of  the  27th  and  attempted  to  work.  He  was  com¬ 
pelled  to  retire  at  9  A.  jVJ. 

The  steamer  arrived  at  the  head  of  Gaiennie  street  where  she 
was  laid  to  wharf  on  the  afternoon  of  March  27th.  The  patient 
was  taken  to  the  Touro  Infirmary  at  4,  P.  M.,  when  he  was  at¬ 
tended  by  Dr.  F.  Loeber.  Recovered. 

Case  4,  Louis  Aufret,  age  5  years,  white,  native  of  France, 
residence  105  Bourbon  street,  second  district :  was  brought  ill 
from  Morgan  City,  where  he  fell  sick  July  25th.  He  was  at¬ 
tended  by  Dr.  E.  Murphy;  case  clearly  marked  as  one  of  yellow 
fever.  Died  August  1st. 

Case  7,  Frank  Ticknor,  age  22  years,  native  of  New  Orleans, 
white,  residence  470  Poydras  street,  rear  of  the  first  district ; 
was  taken  ill  July  25th,  about  9  P.  M.,  with  chill,  intense  head¬ 
ache  and  pain  in  all  his  limbs.  He  was  attended  by  Dr.  J.  D. 
Hunter,  and  was  seen  by  Drs.  Bemiss  and  Joseph  Holt. 

The  case  was  one  of  peculiar  severity  and  protracted.  Ex¬ 
cepting  black  vomit  he  presented  every  symptom  peculiar  to 
the  severest  case  of  yellow  fever.  Recovered. 

It  is  interesting  to  state  that  not  only  was  he  a  native,  but 
had  been  repeatedly  exposed  to  epidemics  of  yellow  fever  with¬ 
out  being  affected. 

According  to  his  own  statement  he  drove  his  float  along 
Magazine  street  about  the  time  of  the  occurrence  of  the  recog¬ 
nized  case,  and  some  two  weeks  before  his  own  illness  The 
probabilities  seem  to  be  that  his  was  an  independent  and  origi¬ 
nal  case  of  the  disease. 


618  Original  Communications.  [December 

Case  8,  M.  Mahoney,  age  9  years,  white,  native  of  New  Or¬ 
leans,  residence  590  Annunciation  street,  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
Stout  cases  ;  was  taken  ill  July  29th  and  attended  by  Dr.  R.  J. 
Mainegra.  Recovered. 

Case  9,  Mrs.  J.  R.  Howell,  age  35  years,  white,  native  of 
Massachusetts,  residence  No.  119  Washington  street,  in  the  in¬ 
fected  locality $  attended  by  Dr.  C.  B.  White.  Taken  ill  July 
30th.  Recovered. 

Case  10,  Charles  Howell,  age  4  years,  native  of  New  Or¬ 
leans,  son  of  case  9  ;  was  taken  ill  July  30th,  Dr.  White  attend¬ 
ing.  Recovered.  He  and  his  mother  absent  from  the  city  in 
1878. 

Case  11,  Rufus  Hireman,  age  27  years,  white,  native  of  Ohio, 
residence  233  Dumaine  street,  second  district ;  has  spent  4  years 
in  this  city  but  absent  during  the  year  of  1878.  Was  taken  ill 
August  12th,  attended  by  Dr.  C.  B.  White.  Recovered. 

Case  12,  Marie  Dupuy,  age  14  months,  white,  native  of  New 
Orleans,  residence  No.  477  Constance  street — infected  centre 
fourth  district ;  was  taken  ill  August  16th,  Dr.  R.  A.  Bayley 
attending.  Died  August  21st,  having  had  black  vomit  and 
convulsions. 

Case  13,  Mrs.  Anna  M.  Hood,  the  wife  of  General  Hood,  age 
42  years,  native  of  New  Orleans,  residence  220  Third  street, 
about  two  squares  from  the  family  of  Mrs.  Stout ;  was  taken  ill 
August  22d,  attended  by  Drs.  Bickham  and  Logan.  Died 
August  24th. 

Case  14,  Keefe,  age  7  years,  white,  native  of  New  Orleans, 
residence  602  Fulton  street,  infected  locality ;  was  taken  ill 
August  24th,  Dr.  R.  A.  Bayley  attending.  Recovered. 

Case  15,  Ida  Rodjiskey,  age  18  years,  white,  native  of  New 
Orleans,  residence  207  Third  street,  infected  centre,  Dr.  Joseph 
Schmittle  attending  5  was  taken  ill  August  25th.  Recovered. 

Case  16,  Lydia  Hood,  daughter  of  General  Hood,  age  10 
years,  native  of  New  Orleans,  but  heretofore  absent  with  her 
parents  during  the  summer ;  residence  same  as  case  13,  Drs. 
S.  M.  Bemiss  and  J.  P.  Davidson  attending ;  was  taken  ill 
August  26th.  Died  August  30th. 


1879]  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  619 

Case  17,  General  J.  B.  Hood,  age  48  years,  native  of  Vir¬ 
ginia,  residence  same  as  case  13  ;  was  taken  sick  August  27th, 
Drs.  S.  M.  Beiniss  and  J.  P.  Davidson  attending.  Died  August 
30th. 

Case  18,  George  T.  Cotton,  age  4  years,  white,  native  of  New 
Orleans,  residence  38  Fourth  street,  infected  centre;  was  taken 
ill  August  27th,  Dr.  R.  J.  Mainegra  attending.  Died  Septem¬ 
ber  1st. 

Case  19,  Alice  Williamson,  age  5  years,  nativity  not  stated, 
white,  residence  No.  78  Washington  street,  infected  district ; 
was  taken  ill  August  28th,  Dr.  R.  J.  Mainegra  attending.  Died 
August  31st. 

Case  20,  Ethel  Hood,  daughter  of  General  Hood,  age  9 
years,  native  of  New  Orleans,  but  away  during  the  summer, 
residence  same  as  case  13 ;  was  taken  ill  August  29th,  Drs.  S. 
M.  Beiniss  and  J.  P.  Davidson  attending.  Recovered. 

It  is  important  to  state  that  during  the  illness  of  General 
Hood,  his  wife  and  two  children,  it  was  discovered  upon  a 
careful  investigation  made  by  his  physicians  and  Dr.  Wm.  G. 
Austin,  of  the  Board  ot'  Health,  the  mansion,  although  appar¬ 
ently  complete  and  elegant  in  all  of  its  appointments,  was  really 
in  an  unsanitary  condition  of  the  worst  character,  due  to  the 
existence  of  a  closed  and  unventilated  privy  vault  in  the  base¬ 
ment,  under  that  part  of  the  house  occupied  by  the  sick.  There 
was  also  another  vault  under  the  same  general  roof,  in  a  partic¬ 
ularly  foul  condition. 

Case  21,  Fred  Weicks,  age  34  years,  white,  native  of  New 
Orleans,  residence  891  Tchoupitoulas  street,  mauy  squares  re¬ 
moved  from  the  infected  locality  ;  was  taken  ill  August  29th, 
Dr.  Mainegra  attending.  Recovered. 

Case  22,  Harry  Shelton,  aged  6  years,  white,  native  of  New 
Orleans,  residence  746  Magazine  street,  infected  centre  ;  taken 
ill  August  30th,  Dr.  Mainegra  attending.  Recovered. 

Case  23,  Eloise  G.  Walker,  age  24  years,  white,  native  of 
Mississippi,  12  years  in  New  Orleans,  residence  750  Magazine 
street,  infected  centre;  taken  ill  September  1st,  Dr.  S.  S.  Wood 
attending.  Recovered. 


620 


Original  Communioations. 


[December 


Case  24,  Thomas  Witter,  age  10  years,  white,  native  of  New 
Orleans,  residence  177  Laurel  street,  infected  centre  ;  taken  ill 
August  26th,  Dr.  J.  P.  Lehde  attending.  Recovered. 

Case  25,  J.  C.  Matthews,  age  45  years,  nativity  unknown, 
residence  192  Laurel  street,  near  case  24 ;  taken  ill  September 
2d,  Dr.  R.  A.  Bay  ley  attending.  Died  September  7  th. 

Case  26,  Henry  Waag,  age  26  years,  white,  native  of  France, 
residence  100  Bourbon  street,  nearly  opposite  case  4;  was  taken 
ill  September  3d.  Died  at  the  Charity  Hospital  September 
6th  ;  he  came  to  New  Orleans,  from  Houston,  Texas,  three 
months  before  his  illness ,  was  taken  sick  on  the  morning  of 
Wednesday,  September  3d,  and  removed  to  the  hospital  the  fol¬ 
lowing  day. 

Case  27,  Louis  Goldsmith,  age  20  years,  white,  native  of 
Germany ;  he  arrived  ■  eighteen  months  ago  from  Europe, 
resided  in  Point  Coupee  parish  of  this  State,  one  year,  and  in 
Morgan  City  during  the  past  six  months.  He  came  to  New 
Orleans  from  the  latter  place  on  the  evening  of  September 
11th.  Was  taken  ill  the  following  evening,  and  was  admitted 
on  the  13th,  at  3  P.  M.,  into  the  Touro  Infirmary,  Dr.  F. 
Loeber,  attending.  Recovered.  His  case  was  one  of  peculiar 
severity. 

Case  28,  George  Smith,  age  6  years,  white,  native  of  New 
Orleans,  residence  Pacific  Avenue,  Fifth  District ;  was  taken 
ill  September  13th,  Dr.  W.  H.  Riley,  attending.  Recovered.  Next 
door,  same  tenement  house,  a  man  from  Morgan  City,  died  a  short 
time  before,  from  so-called  haemorrhagic  malarial  fever,  hav¬ 
ing  thrown  up  blood  before  death. 

Case  29,  Mrs.  Walker,  age  38  years,  nativity  unknown, 
white,  residence  Bartholomew  street,  Fifth  District,  arrived 
from  Morgan  City  on  the  evening  of  September  10th.  Was 
taken  ill  September  13th,  Dr.  W.  H.  Riley,  attending.  Died 
September  17tli. 

Case  30,  Mrs.  Ann  Sorkhahn,  age  31  years,  native  of  Ger¬ 
many  ;  was  residing  as  a  servant  in  the  family  of  Mr.  George 
Auer,  the  brewer,  No.  540  Tchoupitoulas  street,  between  Mar¬ 
ket  and  St.  James,  First  District.  She  Ml  sick  September 


1879]  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  621 

15th,  and  went  immediately  to  the  house  of  a  relative,  No. 
1172  Magazine  street,  attended  by  Dr.  S.  Chandler.  Died, 
having  ejected  black  vomit  September  21st. 

Some  light  has  been  shed  concerning  the  origin  of  this  case 
and  of  case  36,  which  occurred  subsequently  on  the  adjoining 
rear  premises,  by  the  discovery  that  an  unacclimated  girl,  Miss 
Mary  Goodrich,  aged  18  years,  living  in  the  same  house  as 
case  36,  was  seized  late  in  the  evening  of  September  8th,  with 
fever,  accompanied  by  intense  pains  in  the  limbs,  back  and 
head.  She  was  confined  to  her  bed  ten  days,  and  treated  by 
her  mother,  who  managed  her  case  after  the  simple  method  of 
hot  mustard  foot  baths,  castor  oil  and  rigid  dieting. 

According  to  the  testimony  of  herself  and  mother,  this  young 
lady  had  not  been  off  the  premises  for  many  weeks  prior  to 
her  attack. 

Case  31,  Mary  Croker,  adult,  age  unknown,  white,  residence 
187  Delord  street,  came  from  Morgan  City  on  Wednesday, 
September  17th.  Was  taken  ill  September  20th,  Dr.  Thomas 
Layton,  attending.  Recovered. 

Case  32,  Miss  Paulina  Menge,  age  15  years,  white,  nativity 
not  stated,  residence  300  Jackson  street.  Had  never  had  yellow 
fever.  Generally  absent  from  New  Orleans  during  the  sum¬ 
mer.  Was  taken  ill  September  22d,  Dr.  C.  J.  Bickham,  attend¬ 
ing.  Died  September  25th. 

Case  33,  Mrs.  Muse,  age  about  30  years,  white,  nativity  not 
stated,  residence  No.  163  Third  street,  between  Constance  and 
Laurel  streets,  infected  centre.  W as  taken  ill  October  3d,  Dr. 
C.  J.  Bickham,  attending.  Recovered. 

Case  34,  Lizzie  Mazzoletti,  age  6  years,  native  of  New 
Orleans,  white,  residence  corner  of  Franklin  and  St.  Andrew 
streets  ;  was  taken  ill  October  13th,  Drs.  Folwell  and  Watkins 
attending.  Died  October  18th. 

Case  35,  Capt.  J.  H.  Menge,  age  40  years,  white,  native  of 
Mississippi,  residence  same  as  case  32 ;  was  taken  ill  October 
15th,  Dr.  C.  J.  Bickham,  attending.  Recovered. 

Case  36,  Mrs.  Marie  Murray,  age  35  years,  native  of  France, 


Original  Communications. 


[Decemtjer 


622 

residence  16  Market  street,  near  New  Levee;  was  taken  ill 
October  16th,  Dr.  A.  Petit,  attending.  Died  October  20th. 

This  patient  lived  on  same  square  as  case  30.  Had  lived  in 
New  Orleans  five  years.  Said  to  have  had  yellow  fever  in 
1878.  On  investigation,  Dr.  Ryan,  who  attended  her,  declares 
that  he  did  not  consider  her  case  as  really  one  of  yellow  fever. 

Case  37,  Rev.  George  Ernest  Friedrichs,  age  27  years,  white, 
native  of  New  York,  residence  No.  447 £  Chippewa  street 
infected  locality;  was  taken  ill  October  17th,  Dr.  Joseph 
Schmittle  attending.  Died  October  23d.  He  had  been  in 
New  Orleans  six  months. 

Case  38,  George  Stumpf,  age  19  years,  white,  native  of 
Louisiana,  residence  Zempel  street,  Carrollton ;  was  taken  ill 
October  19th,  Dr.  Thomas  Campbell  attending.  Died  October 
26th. 

Case  39,  John  Cotton  Haber,  age  14  months,  white,  native 
of  New  Orleans,  residence  573  Dryades  street  near  Philip  street ; 
was  taken  ill  October  20th,  Dr.  C.  H.  Tebault  attending.  Died 
October  23d. 

Case  40,  Caliate  Yiller6,  age  21  years,  white,  native  of 
Louisiana,  residence  94  Polymnia  street,  First  District;  was 
taken  ill  October  20th,  Dr.  C.  H.  Tebault  attending.  Recovered. 

Case  41,  Charles  Dogherty,  age  5  years,  white,  native  of 
Washington,  D.  C.,  residence  725  Dauphine  street,  Third  Dis¬ 
trict  ;  was  taken  ill  October  21st,  Dr.  C.  H.  Tebault  attending. 
Recovered.  Family  removed  from  390  Magazine  street  one 
week  before  the  boy  sickened.  Had  lived  in  New  Orleans 
nearly  five  years. 

This  completes  the  record  of  cases  as  accounted  for  in  the 
office  of  the  Board  of  Health,  and,  no  doubt,  comprises  all 
that  have  occurred. 

The  physicians  of  this  city  hare  been  singularly  mindful  of 
their  duty  to  the  public,  and  have  uniformly  reported  promptly 
their  cases,  suspicious  or  assured. 

The  analysis  of  this  record  may  be  rendered  in  the  following 
summary : 


1879]  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879. 

Total  number  of  cases,  diagnosis  (  wv  t  ui  ) 

ern<! . |  nL  (  « 

Male,  22.  ♦  . . 

Female,  19.  J  * 

Total  deaths . {  Female,  10  J 19 

Cases  of  children  ten  years  of  age  i  Male,  11.  ) 
and  under . )  Female,  6.  )  1 

Deaths  of  children  ten  years  of  age  (  Male,  4.  i  ^ 
and  under . )  Female,  4.  1 

Cases  of  persons  over  ten  years  of  i  Male,  12.  \  9d 
age  . \  Female,  12.  j  ^ 

Deaths  of  persons  over  ten  years  of  i  Male,  5.  i  . . 
age . (  Female,  6.  1  1 

Natives  of  New  Orleans . 19. 1 

Natives  of  State  at  large .  2.  >  41 

Persons  from  abroad . 20.  ) 


623 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  DISEASE. 

The  infected  locality  comprised  an  area  of  forty-five  squares, 
bounded  by  First  and  Seventh,  Tchoupitoulas  and  Chestnut 
(not  including  six  squares  of  the  south-west  corner  of  this 
area),  Fourth  Municipal  District. 

The  disease  made  its  appearance  about  the  centre  of  this 
area,  showing  itself  unmistakably  first  in  the  case  of  Louisa 
Creel,  who  had  been  nursing  the  sick  in  the  Stout  family,  and 
who  sickened  the  same  day  of  her  leaving  them.  Her  case 
gave  rise  to  the  series  of  cases  near  Mississippi  City,  as  men¬ 
tioned.  The  first  recognized  cases  in  this  city,  occurred  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  the  Stout  family.  Within  the  infected 
area  there  were  twenty-four  cases. 

There  is  not  the  slightest  evidence  upon  which  could  be 
founded  a  suspicion  that  the  infection  was  brought  into  this 
area  by  importation  of  any  kind;  but  on  the  contrary,  the 
whole  weight  of  testimony  is  in  favor  of  the  opinion  that  it 
was  engendered  spontaneously  from  local  causes. 

To  say  that  it  was  the  offspring  of  germs  surviving  from  the 
epidemic  of  last  year  is  mere  quibbling,  a  figment  of  the  imagi¬ 
nation.  It  is  a  safe  assumption,  inasmuch  as  no  one  can 
demonstrate  the  contrary,  any  more  than  can  one  exhibit  a  germ. 

6 


*>24  Original  Communications.  [December 

Tt  is  pertinent,  however,  to  ask  where  the  germs  came  from 
which  gave  rise  to  the  considerable  epidemic  of  yellow  fever 
which  prevailed  over  the  same  area  during  the  autumn  of  1876  ? 
Theie  had  been  no  case  in  that  locality  for  three  or  four  years 
previous,  and  yet  it  appeared  then  among  the  children  just  as 
it  has  done  this  season,  without  importation. 

Outside  the  infected  area  seventeen  cases  occurred,  one  im¬ 
ported  by  ship,  and  four  from  Morgan  City,  an  infected  place. 

There  is  no  authenticated  instance  of  the  disease  having  been 
communicated  to  any  one  by  an  imported  case. 

Besides  the  spontaneous  occurrence  of  the  infection  in  the 
area  mentioned,  it  appeared  in  five  separate  and  distinct  parts 
of  the  city,  widely  remote  from  each  other,  as  in  cases  7,  470 
Poydras  street,  in  the  rear  of  the  First  District;  30,  540 
Tch ou pi toulas  street;  36,  on  same  square,  front  of  First  Dis¬ 
trict  ;  34,  corner  Franklin  and  St.  Andrew  streets,  rear  of  Fourth 
District ;  40,  94  Polymnia  street,  First  District ;  41,  725  Dau- 
phine  street,  Third  District. 

The  evidence  in  each  of  these  cases  justifies  the  belief  that 
they  were  each  original  manifestations  of  the  disease. 

It  may  reasonably  be  asked :  if  the  infection  without  impor¬ 
tation  can  manifest  itself  at  one  point  or  in  one  locality ;  why 
not  in  five  or  any  number  of  places  ? 

Experience,  however,  has  taught  that  our  great  epidemics 
have  invaded  the  city  from  one  or  two  areas  of  original  infec¬ 
tion,  and  have  not  sprung  into  existence  from  a  multitude  of 
primal  foci. 

According  to  our  experience,  the  meteorological  conditions 
were  not  suitable  to  the  appearance  aud  spread  of  yellow  fever. 
The  spring  and  summer  were  unusually  cool.  There  was  at  no 
time  a  protracted  spell  of  weather  uncomfortably  warm,  but 
during  each  of  the  summer  months  there  occurred  many  days 
of  unseasonably  low  temperature.  And  fiually.  there  never  has 
been  in  the  history  of  New  Orleans  such  an  awakening  of  the 
whole  people  to  a  sense  of  their  danger  and  to  an  appreciation 
of  the  vital  issues  at  stake,  as  was  shown  during  the  entire 
spring,  summer  and  autumn,  in  the  energetic  and  persevering 
effort  to  clean  this  city. 


1879 J  Holt — Yellow  Fever  in  New  Orleans  during  1879.  625 

Not  only  those  having  public  charge  of  health  affairs,  but 
the  citizens  in  their  homes  displayed  a  most  commendable  zeal 
in  their  determination  to  effect  domestic  sanitation,  and  in  their 
compliance  with  orders  from  the  health  officers. 

The  city  authorities,  the  State  Board  of  Health  assisted  by 
the  National  Board,  and  the  Auxiliary  Sanitary  Association, 
concentrated  their  utmost  efforts  in  the  sanitation  of  the  in¬ 
fected  area,  and  indeed,  accomplished  the  actual  and  complete 
cleansing  of  this  part  of  the  city. 

The  pestilence  subsided  coincideutly  with  the  thorough 
cleaning  of  this  locality,  but  to  what  extent  was  it  simply 
coincident  or  directly  consequent,  we  are  forbidden  by  the 
requirements  of  scientific  enquiry  to  declare. 

Of  three  things  we  are  certainly  assured  :  we  know  that  per¬ 
fect  sanitation  is  the  one  great  experiment  yet  to  be  tried  in 
the  solution  of  the  yellow  fever  problem  ;  that  the  disease  has 
ceased  to  occur  epidemically  in  certain  cities,  heretofore 
scourged,  coincideutly  with  an  improved  municipal  sani¬ 
tation,  and,  finally,  that  every  city,  town,  or  ship,  in 
which  the  disease  breaks  out  and  spreads,  is  a  city, 
town,  or  ship,  in  a  foul  and  most  unsanitary  condition.  And 
moreover,  with  all  deference  and  becoming  modesty,  we  chal¬ 
lenge  any  man  to  cite,  with  corroborative  evidence,  oue  single 
instance  to  the  contrary :  that  is,  of  yellow  fever  occurring 
de  novo ,  and  spreading  in  a  community  where  there  did  not 
exist  bad  hygienic  conditions  due  to  the  massing  of  human 
excrement  and  other  filth  in  close  proximity  to  habitations. 

Their  streets  and  premises  or  decks  might  look  severely  clean, 
but  to  the  scrutinizing  eye  of  a  sanitarian,  the  place  would  be 
seen  disgustingly  filthy. 

If  ever  we  discover  the  talisman,  whose  charm  shall  save  us 
from  yellow  fever,  we  will  also  discover  upon  it  a  few  cabal¬ 
istic  characters,  the  spring  of  its  magical  potency.  These,  w  hen 
arranged,  will  spell  one  word,  “Cleanliness.” 


626 


Original  Communications. 


[December 


Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology. 

By  GEORGE  H.  ROHE,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

DERMATOLOGY  IN  AMERICA. 

At  the  recent  meeting  of  the  American  Dermatological  Asso¬ 
ciation,  the  president,  Dr.  Duhring,  in  his  annual  address,  gave 
an  interesting  account  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  dermatology 
in  this  country.  The  first  work  published  in  America  on  a  der¬ 
matological  subject  was  “  A  Brief  Guide  in  the  Smallpox  and 
Measles,”  by  Thomas  Thatcher,  1677.  This  was  probably  the 
first  medical  work  that  appeared  in  this  country.  The  first 
course  of  lectures  on  skin  diseases  was  gi  ven  by  the  late  Dr.  EL 
D.  Bulkley,  at  the  Broome  Street  (N.  Y.)  Infirmary  for  diseases 
of  the  skin.  Dr.  J.  0.  White,  of  Boston,  delivered  the  first 
course  of  lectures  on  dermatology  in  Harvard  University.  Pro¬ 
fessorships  of  dermatology  (didactic  or  clinical)  now  exist  in  the 
medical  schools  of  most  of  the  large  cities  of  the  United  States, 
and  are  generally  filled  by  competent  men.  In  some  instances, 
however,  the  occupants  of  these  chairs  leave  much  to  be  de¬ 
sired  in  the  way  of  special  qualification. 

In  1870  Dr.  M.  H.  Henry,  of  Hew  York,  began  the  publication 
of  the  American  Journal  of  Syphilography  aud  Dermatology,” 
which  died,  for  lack  of  support,  in  1874,  with  the  close  of  the 
fifth  volume.  The  publication  of  this  journal  exerted  no  little 
influence  on  the  progress  of  this  special  study  and  with  its  es¬ 
tablishment  dates  a  new  era  in  the  study  of  dermatology.  The 
Vienna  school,  represented  in  this  country  by  White,  Duhring, 
Wigglesworth,  Bulkley  aud  a  number  of  others,  began  to  exer¬ 
cise  a  healthy  influence,  and  has  at  present  almost  succeeded 
in  sweeping  out  of  view  the  antiquated  pathology  and  absurd 
etiological  notions  of  the  older  English  and  French  schools. 

The  suspension  of  the  American  Journal  of  Syphilography 
and  Dermatology  was  speedily  followed  by  the  publication  of 
the  Archives  of  Dermatology,  under  the  editorship  of  Dr.  L.  D. 
Bulkley.  This  valuable  journal  still  appears  regularly  and  gives 
promise  of  a  long  and  prosperous  existence.  In  its  pages  have 
appeared  some  of  the  most  interesting  clinical,  as  well  as  ex¬ 
ceedingly  valuable  scientific  papers  upon  the  subjects  within 


1879]  Rohe — Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology.  627 

the  limits  of  this  specialty.  It  is  now  the  only  journal  of  its 
class  published  in  the  English  language. 

In  1876,  Dr.  Duhring,  above  alluded  to,  began  publishing  an 
atlas  of  skin  diseases,  consisting  of  cases  painted  from  life  and 
reproduced  by  chromo-lithography,  each  case  being  accompanied 
by  about  two  quarto  pages  of  descriptive  letter -press,  contain¬ 
ing  a  brief  but  comprehensive  clinical  history  of  the  case  il¬ 
lustrated.  The  sixth  part  of  this  atlas  has  been  recently  issued. 
The  work  is  universally  acknowledged  to  have  no  equal  except 
the  magnificent  plates  of  Hebra,  published  in  Vienna.  In  1877, 
Dr.  Duhring  published  “  A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Diseases 
of  the  Skin,”  which  is  unquestionably  the  best  English  work 
on  the  subject  of  which  it  treats.  Dr.  H.  G.  Piffard,  of  New 
York,  also  published  an  elementary  work  on  Dermatology  in 
1876.  During  the  present  year  Dr.  George  Henry  Fox  has 
commenced  to  issue  a  series  of  photographic  illustrations  of  skin 
diseases,  which  exhibits  the  various  affections  with  marvelous 
fidelity  to  the  originals.  This  record  is  an  evidence  of  the 
earnestness  and  activity  of  American  Dermatologists. 

In  1869,  was  organized  the  New  Yrork  Dermatological  Society, 
and,  in  the  Centennial  year,  the  American  Dermatological 
Association  was  formed  at  Philadelphia. 

At  the  three  annual  meetings  of  this  Association,  a  large 
number  of  interesting  clinical  papers  were  read,  but  it  is 
desired  here  to  call  especial  attention  to  the  valuable  scientific 
work  performed  by  various  members  of  the  association.  At  the 
meeting  in  1878,  Dr.  I.  E.  Atkinson  of  Baltimore,  read  a  very 
elaborate  paper  on  “  the  botanical  relations  of  the  trichophyton 
tonsurans”  (the  fungus  found  in  ringworm).  The  paper  was 
illustrated  by  drawings  of  microscopic  preparations,  showing 
the  fungus  in  various  stages  of  its  growth  and  development. 
The  conclusions  to  be  drawn  from  Dr.  Atkinson’s  researches 
point  to  the  very  close  relationship  of  the  various  so-called 
species  of  fungi,  as  claimed  by  Hallier,  and  more  recently  by 
Grawitz,  of  Berlin.  Inasmuch,  however,  as  clinical  facts  seem 
to  justify  different  conclusions  from  those  pointed  out  by  Dr. 
Atkinson’s  careful  researches,  it  will  be  well  to  await  the 
results  of  further  experiments.  At  the  last  meeting  of  the 


628  Original  Communications.  [December 

Association,  Dr.  0.  Heitzmann,  of  New  York,  gave  an  account 
of  the  results  of  his  “  microscopic  studies  on  inflammation  of 
the  skin.”  The  first  part  of  the  paper  might  just  as  well  have 
been  omitted,  as  it  was  merely  an  abstract  of  the  historical 
summary  of  the  doctrines  of  inflammation  contained  in  Strieker’s 
Lectures  on  General  Pathology,  with  which  most  of  the 
members  of  the  Association  might  have  been  supposed  to  be 
familiar.  The  original  part  of  Dr.  Heitzman’s  paper  however, 
was  of  great  value,  and  the  conclusions  arrived  at,  so  important 
as  to  justify  their  insertion  here. 

1.  In  epithelium  the  first  step  of  the  inflammatory  process 
consists  in  an  increase  of  the  living  matter,  both  in  the  proto¬ 
plasmic  bodies  and  between  them;  the  former  produces  the 
coarse  granulation  of  the  epithelia,  the  latter  the  thickening 
of  the  so-called  ‘  thorns  ’  in  the  cement-substance.  Any  parti¬ 
cle  of  living  matter,  both  in  the  epithelia  and  between  them, 
through  continuous  growth,  may  lead  to  a  new  formation  of 
epithelial  elements,  with  the  termination  in  hyperplasia  of 
epithelium  (psoriasis,  squamous  eczema,  horny  formations,  etc.). 

2.  In  connective  tissue  the  first  manifestation  of  the  inflam¬ 
matory  process  is  the  dissolution  of  the  basis  substance  and 
reappearance  of  the  protoplasmic  condition.  By  this  process 
and  the  new  formation  of  medullary  elements,  which  may 
start  from  any  particle  of  living  matter,  the  inflammatory  in¬ 
filtration  is  established.  The  sum  total  of  the  inflammatory 
elements,  which  remain  united  with  one  another  by  means  *>f 
delicate  off  shoots,  represent  an  embryonal  or  medullary 
tissue.  If  the  new  formation  of  medullary  elements  be  scanty, 
the  resolution  is  accomplished  by  reformation  of  basis-sub¬ 
stance  (erythema,  erysipelas,  etc.).  If,  on  the  contrary,  the 
production  of  medullary  elements  be  profuse,  a  new  formation 
of  connective  tissue  will  result,  hyperplasia  (scleroderma, 
elephantiasis). 

3.  The  plastic  (formative)  inflammation  may  be  accompanied 
by  the  accumulation  of  a  larger  amount  of  a  serous  or  albu¬ 
minous  exudation  in  the  epithelial  layer  (miliaria,  sudamina, 
herpes),  or  in  the  connective  tissue  of  the  derma  (urticaria). 
In  both  cases  complete  resolution  will  ensue. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


629 


1879] 

4.  Suppuration  in  the  epithelial  layer  of  the  rete  nmcosuin  is 
produced  by  an  accumulation  of  an  albuminous  or  fibrinous 
exudation,  by  which  a  number  of  epithelia  are  destroyed,  and 
by  new  formation  of  blood  corpuscles  from  the  living  matter 
of  the  epithelial  elements  themselves.  Epithelial  suppuration 
heals  without  the  formation  of  a  cicatrice  (eczema  madidans 
and  pustulosum,  impetigo,  pemphigus,  variola). 

5.  Suppuration  of  the  connective  tissue  of  the  derma  results 
from  the  breaking  apart  of  the  newly-formed  medullary 
elements,  which,  being  suspended  in  an  albuminous  or  fibrinous 
exudation,  now'  represent  pus-corpuscles.  Pus  is  a  product  of 
the  inflamed  connective  tissue  itself,  and  always  a  result  ot 
destruction  of  this  tissue.  Suppuration  of  the  derma  invaria¬ 
bly  heals  by  cicatrization  (abscess,  furuncle,  acne,  ecthyma, 
variola). 


F 


URRENT 


EDICAL 


ITERATURE. 


Translations  From  French  Journals. 

By  J.  H.  Wiendahl,  N.  O.,  La. 

ERYSIPELAS  OF  THE  FACE,  COMPLICATED  WITH  ENDO-PERICAR- 

DITIS. 

Reported  by  l)r.  NaS8R,  Chef  de  Clinique,  Hospital  St.  Andre  de  Bordeaux. 

Gazette  dee  Hospitaux,  Sept.  6th,  1879. 

It  has  long  been  known,  that  inflammation  of  tissues  of  the 
heart,  may  occur  during  an  attack  of  erysipelas.  When  ancient 
authors  met  with  inflammations  of  the  mouth,  pharynx,  the 
bronchi®  or  the  serous  tissues  of  the  heart  accompanying  an 
erysipelas,  they  looked  upon  these  manifestations  as  a  true  in¬ 
ternal  erysipelas.  Of  late  years  Professor  Jacond  has  particu¬ 
larly  insisted  upon  the  frequency  of  these  cardiac  complications 
during  the  evolution  of  an  erysipelas ;  and  he  strenuously  en¬ 
deavors  to  establish  a  relation  between  these  analogous  compli¬ 
cations,  with  those  which  arise  during  scarlatina  and  variola, 
in  order  to  connect  erysipelas  with  these  eruptive  fevers ;  and 
with  some  show  of  plausibility  to  establish  a  similarity  of  dis¬ 
ease.  He  has  shown  that  endocarditis,  pericarditis  and  myo¬ 
carditis  are  met  with  in  the  same  order  of  frequency,  and  he  in- 


630  Current  Medical  Literature.  [December 

gists  upon  the  necessity  of  making  daily  examinations  of  the 
heart  in  attacks  of  erysipelas. 

These  ideas  were  confirmed  by  a  certain  number  of  published 
observations  made  by  M.  Sevestre  in  1874. 

These  diseases  are  of  two  kinds ;  those  interesting  the  myo- 
cardia,  are  more  or  less  similar  to  those  which  are  met  with  in 
fevers  of  a  severe  type,  and  in  cases  where  the  temperature 
attains  a  high  degree.  The  others  attack  principally  the  serous 
tissues  of  the  heart,  such  as  the  endocardium  and  pericardium. 

We  will  re  produce  in  point  a  case  observed  in  the  clinic  of 
Professor  Picot. 

Faucis  L.,  aged  29  years ;  entered  the  hospital  May  16th,  1879 ; 
of  robust  habit;  passably  fat ;  had  measles  at  10 ;  variola  at  20 ; 
syphilis  at  24,  for  which  he  was  treated  during  fourteen  months ; 
two  years  ago  was  attacked  with  bronchitis,  which  lasted  two 
mouths. 

He  presents  to-day  an  erysipelas  of  the  face,  which  embraces 
the  whole  of  that  portion  of  the  face  constituting  the  nose  and 
cheeks.  It  began  three  days  ago  by  the  nose ;  he  does  not  re¬ 
member  of  having  recently  had  any  lesions  whatever  about  the 
face,  and  attributes  the  disease  to  insolation. 

The  glands  of  the  neck  are  somewhat  tumefied,  particularly 
those  of  the  left  side. 

Attention  is  drawn  to  the  heart  by  a  marked  expansion  over 
that  region.  The  apex  beat  is  in  the  fifth  intercostal  space, 
about  a  centimetre  anteriority  of  the  nipple;  at  auscultation, 
heart  sounds,  are  very  distaut,  but  not  abnormal  in  sound ;  ex¬ 
cepting  at  the  base  of  the  orgau  a  kind  of  indistinct  friction 
sound.  Pulse  irregular  and  intermittent ;  temperature  39.4° 

Prescription. — A  blister  over  the  precordial  region,  and  a 
potion  of  75  centigrammes  of  a  digitalis  infusion. 

May  17th. — Morning,  pulse  96 ;  temperature  39.4° ;  sounds  of 
heart  are  clearer  than  on  the  preceding  day,  but  a  bruit  de 
souffle  at  the  apex.  Prescription — continue  the  infusion  of 
digitalis,  with  the  addition  of  5  grammes  of  the  extract  of  cin¬ 
chona. 

Evening. — Pulse,  small,  irregular,  intermittent,  104  per  min¬ 
ute;  temperature  39.2°;  erysipelas  progresses,  occupies  the 
whole  of  the  face  and  forehead,  and  invades  upon  the  scalp,  and 
extends  to  the  ears  aud  to  the  superior  part  of  the  neck. 

18th. — Morning,  temperature  39.2° ;  pulse  better,  fuller  with¬ 
out  intermission  and  irregularities  ;  92  pulsations.  Auscultation 
reveals  the  same  signs  as  before;  mitral  souffle  and  friction 
sound  on  a  limit  with  the  base  of  the  heart  persisting. 

Evening. — Temperature  reaches  its  maximum;  pulse  still  at 
92. 

19th. — Morning,  we  have  a  brisk  deffervescence  of  the  disease ; 
temperature  falls  from  39.5°  to  38°,  pulse  is  very  slow  aud  ir¬ 
regular  ^  tongue  good,  medication  is  stopped. 

Evenmg. — Temperature  declines  to  37°;  erysipelas  not 


1879]  Current  Medical  Literature.  *531 

having  progressed  above  mentioned  limits,  begins  to  fade. 
Auscultation,  we  find  a  double  impulse  of  second  heart-sound 
at  the  apex. 

20th. — Is  improving ;  temperature  decreases  continuously,  and 
falls  below  the  normal,  36,5° ;  the  face  desquamates  ;  bruit  de 
souffle  at  the  apex.  Ordered  wine  of  bark. 

21st. — Temperature  still  declines,  36.2° ;  bruit  tie  souffle  per¬ 
sists  ;  paint  the  precordia  with  iodine,  and  sufficient  alimenta¬ 
tion. 

22d. — Temperature  remains  below  normal ;  the  patient  expe¬ 
riences  no  pain,  but  complains  of  weakness.  Potion  of  Todd. 

23d. — Pulse  44 ;  temperature  36.1° ;  same  state,  same  medi¬ 
cation.  This  state  persists  ;  the  strength  returns  slowly.  On 
the  following  days  no  heart  blowing  is  found. 

28th. — Convalesence  is  still  very  alow ;  pulse  48,  intermittent ; 
these  intermittences  seem  to  return  at  regular  intervals,  two 
pulsations,  then  an  absence,  and  so  on.  Prescribed  4  pills  of  5 
centigrammes  of  caffein. 

30th.— Under  this  treatment  the  iutermittence  has  disap¬ 
peared  ;  pulse  still  small  but  regular ;  no  souffle  with  first,  sound 
at  apex,  but  still  is  a  little  prolonged.  It  seems  without  doubt 
that  in  this  observation,  we  have  had  an  affection  implicating 
the  serous  tissues  of  the  heart.  The  arching  of  the  precordia 
and  the  distant  sounds  observed  at  the  onset,  were  due  to  a  peri¬ 
carditis  which  yielded  rapidly  to  the  influence  of  revulsives,  and 
to  the  evolution  of  the  primative  disease.  Moreover,  the  bruit 
de  souffle  observed  at  various  times,  at  the  apex  of  the  heart, 
and  with  the  first  sound  and  which  modified  itself  gradually,  to 
completely  disappear,  was  due  to  an  inflmmation  of  the  eudocar 
dium  at  the  level  of  the  mitral  valve. 

NOTE  OF  A  REMARKABLE  CASE  OF  SCROFULA  AND  CONSECU¬ 
TIVE  TUBERCULOUS. 

Dr.  Jules  Kkynard,  Gazette  flea  Hospitaux.  May, 

In  the  beginning  of  October,  1873,  I  was  called  to  see  a  child 
of  six  years,  which  the  mother  said  was  affected  with  tabes 
mesenterica,  and  for  which  it  was  under  treatment  for  a  year. 

This  child,  quite  emaciated,  had  upon  its  neck  several 
characteristic  cicatrix,  and  still  two  suppurative  ganglions. 
The  abdomen  was  enormous,  and  had  increased  much  since 
two  months.  It  had  at  the  time  fever  each  night ;  there  was 
absence  of  appetite  and  extreme  weakness ;  there  was  an 
evident  ascites ;  but  there  existed  besides,  and  as  first  cause* 
a  simple  engorgement  or  a  tuberculous  degeneration  of  the 
meseuteric  glands.  It  was  difficult  to  determine,  though  the 
last  hypothesis  seemed  probable.  At  all  events,  there  was 
pressing  need  to  relieve  the  abdomen  by  drawing  oft’  the  water. 

The  operation  was  done  by  means  of  the  aspirator,  and  I 
drew  off  about  1500  grammes. 

7 


fi 32  Current  Medical  Literature.  [December 

We  had  next  to  seek  to  improve  its  general  condition,  and 
to  act  with  energy  against  the  diathesis.  But  this  child  had 
already  taken  cod  liver  oil  in  large  doses,  iodide  of  potash, 
and  posphate  of  lime  in  powder.  It  had  taken  baths  of 
sulphur,  paintings  of  iodine,  without  having  produced  the 
slightest  benefit;  its  parents  had  but  little  faith  in  these 
means,  and  I  was  obliged  to  seek  a  new  treatment,  with  the 
doubt  of  having  my  prescriptions  well  followed.  I  then  thought 
of  the  solution  of  the  ehlorhydro  phosphate  de  chaux,  (of  lime), 
a  preparation  which  was  beginning  to  be  in  vogue,  and  1 
ordered  a  table-spoonful  at  each  meal,  without  any  other 
adjuvant  save  a  strict  hygiene. 

I  must  admit,  to  my  great  astonishment,  the  condition  of 
this  little  patient  improved  in  a  very  rapid  and  truly  wonderful 
manner,  so  much  so,  that  after  six  months,  without  any  other 
means,  the  child  looked  invigorated  and  strong,  having  a 
normal  abdomen,  no  suppurating  glands,  in  a  word,  perfectly 
cured. 

For  three  years  I  had  no  report  of  the  child,  when  in  1877, 
it  was  brought  to  me  in  almost  as  great  a  cachectic  condition  as 
at  my  first  visit ;  but  this  time  it  was  the  lungs  that  were 
affected. 

For  several  months  already  the  child  coughed  without  its 
parents  paying  attention  to  it,  but  it  is  only  its  decline, 
weakness  and  extreme  emaciation  which  alarmed  them. 

There  was  manifest  crepitations  at  the  apex  of  the  right 
lung,  and  cavernous  respiration  at  the  left — with  this,  some 
expectoration,  but  a  febrile  state  each  night.  I  began  anew 
with  only  the  chlorhydro-x>bosphate  of  lime ;  1  ordered  besides 
the  best  of  regimen,  out  door  exercise  or  promenade,  sunlight, 
and  a  few  months  afterward,  with  the  exception  of  the 
physical  signs  which  still  persisted,  but  to  a  less  degree,  he 
had  again  made  such  progress  that  one  could  scarce  from  his 
improvement  believe  that  he  was  the  broken  down  and 
emaciated  child  which  had  been  seen  only  a  few  months 
previous. 

Since  I  have  not  lost  sight  of  him,  T  hav  e  again  at  4  or  5  inter¬ 
vals,  prescribed  the  above  solution  of  lime,  and  he  has  preserved 
since  as  satisfactory  a  condition  as  possible.  This  winter,  es¬ 
pecially,  though  we  experienced  great  atmospherical  variations 
and  a  very  unfavorable  humidity,  I  did  not  observe  a  symptom 
which  could  have  awakened  the  least  fear.  The  physical  signs 
have  kept  apace  with  his  general  improved  condition,  and  it  is 
with  difficulty  that  we  can  detect  a  weakness  of  the  vesicular 
murmur.  This  observation  appears  to  me  to  be  interesting  on 
account  of  its  series  of  tuberculous  manifestations  and  the 
rapidity  with  which  it  was  arrested  and  improved  by  this  one 
medicine  to  the  exclusion  of  all  others. 

I  have  already  published  a  few  notes  upon  this  subject  in  this 
journal,  but  I  have  never  observed  as  pure  and  as  conclusive 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


C*33 


a  case.  I  do  not  pretend  to  conclude  that  other  medications  are 
null  or  of  little  value.  Phthisis  is  not  one  we  all  know.  But 
there  is  a  fact  which  overides  all,  especially  at  its  onset ;  it  is  the 
general  breaking  down  of  the  economy ;  at  tirst  it  is  the  effect  of 
the  disease  and  later  it  favors  its  development.  It  is  against 
this  peculiar  state  or  condition  that  the  chlorhydro-phosphate 
of  lime  has  such  marvelous  action. 

Better  than  all  others,  in  fact,  this  mediciue  awakens  and 
stimulates  the  long  lost  appetite.  It  facilitates  digestion  and 
assimilation,  it  acts  besides  directly  upon  the  general  and  it 
may  be  the  local  condition. 

But  with  this  potent  fact,  there  are  diverse  symptoms  which 
require  a  special  treatment.  It  is  thus  that  in  most  cases  that 
wood  creosote  is  needed  to  moderate  expectoration  and  seems 
to  have  a  kind  of  topical  action.  The  sulphate  of  atropia  will 
equally  produce  good  results  against  nocturnal  sweating.  In 
certain  cases  we  should  have  recourse  to  arsenic,  etc.,  etc. 

Even  cod  oil  which  is  used  so  often  without  discretion  and  is 
such  a  common  placed  remedy,  may  be  very  useful  if  given  at 
intervals  only,  even  if  given  alternately  with  the  solution  of 
the  chlorhy (Bo-phosphate  of  lime,  or  simultaneously,  which 
would  render  its  digestion  easier. 

Nothing  should  be  neglected ;  but  even  if  prevailing  symp¬ 
toms  demand  a  different  medication,  the  chlorhydro-phosphate 
of  lime  can  be  given  in  all  cases  of  phthisis.  This  is  what  is 
demonstrated  among  many  other  observations,  and  the  one 
which  I  here  relate,  since  with  it  no  other  medication  was 
employed. 

DOES  SYPHILIS  CONSTITUTE  AN  ABSOLUTE  OBSTACLE  TO 
MARRIAGE? 

By  Dr.  M.  Fourhikk,  Gazette  des  Hospitaux. 

It  is  often  remarked,  that  we  should  not  marry,  when  we 
have  had  syphilis,  this,  Dr.  Fournier  considers  an  exaggerated 
expression  of  faith  and  sentiment,  but  says,  we  should  first 
get  cured,  then  marry. 

That  it  is  an  insurmountable  obstacle,  and  an  absolute  inter¬ 
diction  to  marriage,  he  says :  each  day’s  observation  shows  in¬ 
contestable  examples,  and  that  we  daily  meet  with  men  whom 
we  have  treated  for  syphilis,  and  who  have  married,  and  have 
absolutely  not  transmitted  the  disease  to  their  wives,  and  have 
had  children  as  hale  and  hearty  as  could  be  desired.  The 
proofs  to  this  truth  abounds  in  the  recollection  of  all  practi¬ 
tioners.  As  for  myself,  he  continues,  I  have  fifty-one  complete 
records.  These  fifty-one  syphilitic  husbands  have  had  ninety- 
two  children.  I  remember  particularly  one  of  these  lias  four 
and  the  other  five  children ;  physician  of  their  families  and 
under  daily  surveillance,  I  have  never  observed  the  slightest 
trace  of  syphilis,  either  in  their  wives  nor  in  their  children. 


634 


Onrrent  Medical  Literature. 


[December 


He  concludes,  yes,  a  hundred  times,  yes,  one  can  marry  after 
having  had  syphilis.  But  one  should  marry  only  under  certain 
conditions,  which  it  is  necessary  to  determine. 

The  danger  that  one  incurs  by  marrying  without  having  the 
affection  cured,  is  dangerous  both  as  a  father  and  husband. 

He  is  dangerous  as  a  husband  by  the  lesions  to  which  he 
exposes  his  wife,  and  in  two  ways : 

1st.  By  simple,  common  and  vulgar  contagion  by  which  he 
may  transmit  syphilitic  lesions  in  the  thousand  intimate  rela 
tions  of  conjugal  life. 

To  cite  an  example,  a  young  gentleman  who  had  married 
contrary  to  my  advice,  having  syphilitic  sores  at  the  mouth, 
which  were  taken  for  ulcerations,  due  to  the  abuse  of  cigar¬ 
ettes  ;  three  months  after  his  marriage,  his  wife  had  an  indu¬ 
rated  chancre  of  the  lip,  due  to  a  syphilis  which  was  not  yet 
cured ;  examples  of  the  kind  are  frequent  in  the  newly  mar¬ 
ried  ;  is  easily  understood,  first  on  account  of  the  extreme  con¬ 
tagiosity  of  secondary  accidents,  and  again  on  account  of  the 
very  multiple  relations  and  the  familiarities  of  domestic  life, 
lr  would  indeed  be  a  rare  exception  to  see  a  young  wife  live 
beyond  a  few  months  with  a  sypliilised  husband  without  con¬ 
tracting  the  disease — as  remarked  by  a  wit,  syphilis  is  divided 
between  man  and  wife  as  the  daily  bread. 

2d.  By  placental  contagion  or  by  contagion,  a  young  girl 
espousing  a  man  with  a  syphilis  in  its  vigor,  you  are  after  a  few 
months  summoned  to  her  for  various  forms  of  accidents  of  the 
skin  of  a  sypliilictic  nature,  such  as  mucous  patches  at  the 
mouth,  adenopathies  and  alopecia,  etc.,  etc.  If  you  enquire 
into  the  origin  of  the  accidents,  you  find  no  trace  of  initial 
chancre,  nor  bubo,  the  faithful  companion  of  chancre ;  you 
find  but  secondary  manifestations,  without  any  traco  of  primi¬ 
tive  signs;  on  the  other  hand,  if  examining  the  husband  aside, 
and  interrogating  him  whether  he  has  observed  some  slight 
erosions,  he  protests  energetically,  and  affirms  that  he  has 
nothing  of  the  kind,  aud  that  he  has  taken  special  care  to 
examine  himself  after  each  congress,  etc. 

With  truth  indeed  the  wife  may  be  sypliilised  by  the  mere 
contact  of  this  exteriorly  healthy  man :  this  fact,  apparently 
paradoxal,  has  been  too  frequently  met  with  to  be  able  to 
entertain  a  doubt ;  it  produces  itself  with  a  significative 
insistence,  and  it  commands  in  reality.  This  mysterious  con¬ 
tagion  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  woman  is.  pregnant  — 
always  in  these  cases,  you  will  find  that  the  woman  has  been 
either  pregnant  or  aborted  some  few  days  before,  and,  in  fact, 
the  mother  has  taken  the  syphilis  of  its  child,  and  not  from 
her  husband.  The  contagion  was  produced  by  a  placentary 
exchange  :  this  is  to-day  an  absolutely  authentic  fact. 

In  resume,  a  spliilitic  husband  can  become  a  source  of  danger 
to  his  wife :  firstly ,  directly  by  the  transmission  of  syphilitic 
accidents  ;  secondly ,  indirectly  by  his  fecundating  power,  in  pro- 


1879]  Current  Medical  Literature.  635 

creating  a  syphilitic  child  which  communicates  syphilis  to  its 
mother. 

B.  A  man  carrying  a  non-extinguished  syphilis  is  dangerous 
as  a  father  to  his  children.  Until  of  late  the  heredity  of  syphi¬ 
lis  was  considered  as  fatal,  but  the  question  has  changed ;  not¬ 
ably  in  Germany,  an  effort  has  been  made  to  arrest  this  paternal 
heredity.  The  syphilis  of  the  father,  for  some  authors,  is  rarely 
hereditary  j  for  others,  it  is  never.  It  has  been  written  that 
the  paternal  influence  at  this  aspect  is  null,  and  that  the  off¬ 
spring  of  a  syphilitic  man  is  healthy. 

This  doctrine  is  tainted  with  great  errors  and  exaggerations, 
that  it  imports,  even  in  a  social  view,  that  we  should  combat 
with  energy.  1  maintain,  as  a  constant  fact,  that  a  syphilitic 
father  is  a  source  of  mischief  to  liis  offspring.  But  I  admit 
that  a  syphilitic  heredity  coming  alone  from  the  father,  the 
mother  remaining  free,  is  much  less  rigorous  than  has  been 
upheld.  The  father  being  syphilitic,  the  mother  healthy,  the 
child  has  all  chances,  when  born,  not  to  be  syphilitic. 

This  concession  made  to  the  partisans  of  the  doctrine  which 
1  oppose,  1  proclaim  the  results  of  observation,  and  I  maintain 
that  it  is  not  true  that  the  paternal  influence  is  never  repro¬ 
duced  upon  his  offspring.  If  the  paternal  heredity  occurs  sel¬ 
dom  and  rarely,  it  happens  at  times.  The  father  a  syphilitic, 
the  mother  being  healthy,  have  produced  syphilitic  children. 
Rieord,  Trousseau,  Diday,  Liegois,  etc.,  etc.,  all  have  published 
reports  of  such  occurrences.  This  is,  however,  but  a  small  item 
of  the  question.  It  becomes  more  grave  by  the  following  con¬ 
siderations  :  The  death  of  the  foetus  in  utero  is  a  very  common 
occurrence  in  the  oases  in  question.  The  child  of  a  syphilitic 
father  dies  in  the  womb  of  its  mother,  and  is  expulsed  by  an 
abortion  or  by  a  premature  labor. 

A  young  wife,  becoming  pregnant,  aborts  once,  twice,  three 
times,  successively,  without  our  becoming  able  to  discover 
absolutely  any  other  cause  than  the  syphilis  of  the  father,  and 
what  is  still  more  convincing  is  the  means  of  proof ;  the  father 
being  treated,  each  successive  pregnancies  attain  their  end, 
and  the  children  are  born  living  and  in  good  health.  1 
have  observ  ed  these  facts  a  great  number  of  times.  Another 
example  among  many  others :  I  one  day  met  one  of  my  school¬ 
mates  whom  I  had  not  seen  in  many  years ;  he  relates  his  life 
and  misfortunes;  his  wife,  though  well  constituted  and  very 
robust,  has  had  four  successive  abortions.  I  recollected  that 
he  had  formerly  had  an  attack  of  syphilis,  which  had  been 
made  light  of  and  left  untreated.  I  advised  him  to  undergo  a 
serious  course  of  medication.  This  advice  was  followed,  and 
fifteen  months  later  I  had  the  pleasure  of  hearing  that  he  was 
the  happy  father  of  a  healthy  born  child.  Two  subsequent 
pregnancies  were  followed  by  alike  happy  results,  his  oldest 
child  being  ten  years  to-day,  aud  very  robust  and  healthy. 

In  resume,  each  time  that  we  meet  with  a  series  of  successive 


636  Current  Medical  Literature.  [December 

abortions,  happening  in  a  well  formed  and  healthy  woman,  we 
should  often  remember  that  they  are  attributed  to  no  other 
cause  than  to  the  syphilis  of  the  father,  which  kills  the  chil¬ 
dren  in  utero. 

Another  capital  point  is,  that  a  syphilitic  is  a  source  of  dan 
ger  to  his  children  in  quality  of  spouse  to  their  mother.  He 
can,  in  fact,  transmit  the  disease  to  his  wife,  and  from  them, 
both  parents  being  syphilitic,  what  will  be  the  lot  of  the  chil¬ 
dren  f  For  a  child  born  of  a  syphilitic  father  and  mother  there 
are  but  three  aliernatives :  firstly,  either  it  will  die  before  birth, 
and  assuredly  it  is  what  would  be  the  best  for  it ;  secondly,  or 
it  will  be  born  at  term,  but  bearing  the  taint  of  syphilis ; 
thirdly,  or  it  will  survive  with  a  compromised  health,  and 
exposed  to  all  the  alternatives  of  disease. 

a.  For  the  first  case,  death  in  utero,  the  experience  is  known. 
A  thousand  facts  testify  to  this  truth.  All  other  observations 
concur  in  a  manner  to  appear  to  having  been  stereotyped  on 
the  same  type.  This  baneful  influence  shows  itself  even  upon 
ulterior  pregnancies ;  we  meet  with  a  series  of  4,  6,  7,  all  ter¬ 
minating  in  the  same  manner.  1  saw  at  Lourcine  a  woman 
who  married  at  19,  a  vigorous  and  superb  woman,  who  had 
three  happy  deliveries.  Her  husband,  in  an  extra  conjugal 
adventure,  caught  syphilis  and  communicated  it  to  his  wife, 
who  became  pregnant  and  aborted  at  the  5th  month ;  a  second 
pregnancy  terminated  by  the  premature  birth  of  a  dead  child; 
a  3d,  4th  and  5tli  with  the  same  fatal  results ;  a  6th  by  an 
abortion  at  the  3d  month ;  a  7th  by  a  miscarriage  at  six  weeks. 
This  fact  is  extremely  convincing ;  seven  abortions  succeeding 
to  three  healthy  deliveries,  and  occurring  after  the  transmission 
of  syphilis. 

b — The  syphilitic  born  and  living  child  is  exposed  to  all  the 
consequences  of  infantile  syphilis ;  by  means  of  all  care  and 
devotion  we  scarce  save  a  few  victims,  but  the  greater  majority 
of  children  die.  It  may  be  possible  that  the  child  escapes 
death  and  syphilis,  but  the  hereditary  influence  will  present 
itself  in  another  form  :  by  the  native  debility  which  charac¬ 
terizes  the  most  of  the  children,  puny,  oldish,  wrinkled  and  so 
poorly  constituted;  nothing  attests  syphilis,  but  they  are  so 
weekly  that  they  cannot  live,  and  shortly  succumb,  flickering 
out  without  disease,  without  apparent  cause,  even  at  the  au¬ 
topsy,  or  they  are  subject  to  certain  morbid  predispositions : 

1st.  They  are  often  born,  or  become  hydrocephalic;  2d.  They 
are  frequently  predisposed  to  nervous  troubles,  to  epilepsy  of 
childhood,  later  to  convulsions;  often  to  simple  convulsions. 
Finally,  they  have  a  manifest  tendency  to  lymphatism,  and  offer 
a  feeble  vital  resistance  to  scrofula.  I  do  not  mean  that  scrofula 
is  for  that  a  metamorphosis  of  syphilis,  as  has  been  wrongly 
pretended.  It  is  a  morbid  entity  which  has  its  character  as 
well  as  syphilis,  but  it  is  incontestable  that  syphilis  constitutes 
a  predisposition  to  scrofula,  in  so  far  as  the  debilitating, 


1879] 


Current  Medical  Literature . 


637 


asthenic  diseases  impoverishes  the  organism  in  the  same  man¬ 
ner  as  the  physiological  misery  of  confined  air  and  over-crowd¬ 
ing,  etc.,  etc. 

c — A  man  marrying  with  a  non -extinguished  syphilis  is  a 
source  of  danger  to  himself,  on  account  of  the  personal  dangers 
to  w  hich  he  is  exposed.  He  is  exposed  to  a  series  of  acci¬ 
dents,  infinitely  serious  and  even  mortal.  What,  save  some 
fewr  exceptions,  these  accidents  come  only  at  a  distant  period, 
iu  a  tertiary  state,  contracted  usually  in  youth  and  early  man¬ 
hood,  syphilis  becomes  only  at  a  mature  time  of  life,  when  he 
has  become  the  father  of  a  family.  What  a  sad  situation, 
medically  speaking,  is  that  of  a  man  who  has  all  the  chances 
of  being  exposed  to  the  assaults  of  a  syphilitic  diathesis.  He 
is  sick  for  the  future ;  he  is  injured  physically,  indebted  to 
syphilis  ;  sooner  or  later  he  will  have  to  acquit  himself.  Is  it 
honest,  is  it  moral  that  this  man  should  think  of  marrying  and 
becoming  a  father  ?  This  is  assuredly  immoral  and  inadmis¬ 
sible. 

After  having  exposed  how  a  syphilitic  man  is  dangerous  in 
marriage,  we  will  pass  now  from  the  theory  to  practice  and 
endeavor  to  establish  at  what  conditions  one  having  had 
syphilis  should  be  to  be  pronounced  admissible  to  marriage. 

The  solution  of  this  question  is  assuredly  very  perplexing ; 
it  brings  us  upon  a  field  yet  unexplored,  when  we  have  not  the 
experience  of  our  predecessors  to  guide  us  on,  at  least  of  those 
whom  a  true  and  just  respect  have  pronounced  the  masters  of 
art.  There  is  no  programme  traced  in  advance;  it  is  after 
what  I  have  read  and  observed  that  I  will  detail  to  you  the 
couditions  to  wrhich,  in  my  opinion,  we  should  advise  one  in 
that  category  to  marry. 

This  man  must  fill  five  indispensable  conditions: 

1st.  Absence  of  actual  manifestations.  This  is  a  consider¬ 
ation  absolutely  elementary  for  all ;  the  mere  presence  of  the 
slightest  accident  should  be  a  cause  of  not  marrying ;  it  would 
be  a  startling  testimony  of  his  disease,  and  the  subsequent 
dangers  to  which  his  wife  and  children  would  be  subjected. 
This  as  a  cause  of  exclusion  of  marriage  is  evidently  too  formal 
not  to  seem  superfluous  to  insist  further.  Yet,  we  should  not 
be  misled,  for  many  another  instance  of  this  incredible  au¬ 
dacity  has  been  observed ;  1  have  myself  met  more  than  twelve 
examples  of  men  affected  with  actual  symptoms  of  syphilis  on 
their  marriage  day,  such  as  psoriasis  palmaris,  affections  of  the 
scalp,  of  the  mouth,  mucous  patches,  syphilitic  sarcocele,  and 
even  indurated  chancre.  What  can  be  their  motives  ?  It  may 
be  either  ignorance  or  interest. 

2d.  Advanced  age  of  the  disease.  We  may  formulate  this 
axiom:  The  more  recent  the  syphilis  of  the  husband,  the 
more  numerous  and  grave  are  the  dangers  which  hea*carries 
into  the  married  state ;  and  reciprocally,  the  more  old  the 
syphilis,  the  more  favorable  are  the  chances  for  him.  It.  is,  in 


638  Current  Medical  Literature.  [December 

fact,  the  recent  syphilis  which  is  liable  to  greater  contagion ;  it 
is  in  the  fifth,  sixth  and  tenth  months  that  the  manifestations 
of  syphilis  are  more  disseminated,  the  more  dangerous  aud 
predisposed  to  returns.  Nothing  is  more  apt  to  recur  again  or 
repeat  itself  than  mucous  patches  ;  in  smokers  the  erosions  of 
the  mouth  are  reproduced  as  often  as  ten  to  twenty  times  in  a 
short  time.  The  recent  accidents  of  syphilis  are  formidable, 
inasmuch  that  they  have  a  predilection  for  the  mouth  aud 
genital  organs,  two  localities  essentially  dangerous  relatively 
to  the  contagion  in  marriage. 

It  is  in  the  secondary  period  also  that  the  phenomena  are 
mild  and  insignificant  in  appearance;  they  are  the  more  dan¬ 
gerous,  precisely  on  account  of  their  apparent  mildness,  for  we 
know  that  they  are  then  eminently  contagious. 

On  the  contrary,  at  a  more  advanced  or  older  period,  those 
dangers  no  longer  exist,  or  are  more  restricted,  for  opposite 
reasonings;  the  manifestations  of  tertiary  syphilis  are  in  fact 
more  discreet,  consists  of  deeper  lesions,  wide  and  important, 
of  which  we  are  not  unacquainted  with  the  danger. 

The  danger  of  heredity  is  not  less  than  that  of  the  con¬ 
tagion  to  the  wife;  the  distant  period  of  the  disease  would 
still  be  a  favorable  oondition  to  avoid  this  danger.  A  woman 
has  first  one  or  two  miscarriages ;  then,  by  the  influence  of 
times,  a  premature  labor,  then  she  gives  birth  at  term,  but  of 
a  still-born  child  or  to  one  predisposed  to  soon  die;  finally  she 
brings  forth  a  living  child.  Time  theu  improves  the  paternal 
influence. 

The  conclusion  is  then  that  an  old  syphilis  is  an  essential 
condition  to  bring  into  wedlock ;  a  syphilitic  has  no  right  theu 
to  aspire  to  marriage  only  if  a  certain  period  of  time  elapsed 
since  his  syphilitic  inoculation.  But  what  is  this  period  of  time  ? 
This  is  a  delicate  point ;  to  give  an  arithmetical  measure  is  a 
serious  difficulty.  On  the  one  side,  the  age  of  the  syphilis  is 
not  the  only  thing  to  be  considered ;  but  to  formulate  a  precise 
period,  I  do  not  believe  that  a  syphilitic  should  think  of  marry¬ 
ing  before  a  minimum  of  from  three  to  four  years  of  time,  has 
elapsed,  and  a  greater  time  would  be  best.  The  longer  he 
will  put  it  off,  the  more  the  chances  will  be  in  his  favor.  Within 
this  period,  observations  show  but  few  catastrophies ;  beyond, 
the  accidents  are  attenuated  to  a  considerable  extent. 

3d.  A  certain  period  of  immunity  should  elapse  since  the  last 
manifestation.  The  patient  should  have  remained  completely 
exempt  from  all  specific  manifestations  during  a  certain  time — 
is  a  security  which  seems  necessary  under  various  considera¬ 
tions.  This  time  having  elapsed,  enables  one  to  judge  of  the 
degree  of  abatement  of  the  diathesis ;  it  is  an  evidence  of  the 
actual  non-activity  of  that  diathesis,  of  which  it  announces  the 
wearing  off  and  consequently  the  decrease  of  the  dangers  of 
contagion  and  heredity. 

4th.  Non-threatening  character  of  the  syphilitic  diathesis. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


639 


1879} 

Assuredly  there  exists  cases  of  syphilis  of  a  light  and  grave 
form.  The  former  terminates  with  a  small  number  of  super-  - 
ficial  accidents,  while  the  grave  form,  even  when  treated,  pro-, 
duces  serious  lesions.  The  quality  of  the  syphilis  is  then  not 
without  serious  importance.  If  the  type  be  light,  with  mild 
and  superficial  lesions,  if  it  speedily  yielded  to  treatment,  we  - 
have  excellent  givings  for  the  client.  All  this  total  of  benignity 
tranquilizes  the  physician,  renders  him  more  tolerant,  and 
favorably  predisposes  his  verdict.  But  inversely,  if  he  has  to 
deal  with  a  bad  syphilis,  the  conditions  change.  We  will  cite, 
a  few  principal  types  of  this  kind.  ,  .  . 

a.  Bad  syphilis  are  those  which  are  remarkable  for  the  inces-  /  , 

sant  reproduction  of  the  same  accidents,  especially  at  the  mouth ,  • 
and  at  the  penis,  even  when  they  are  quite  superficial.  Thus  I  , 
saw  a  young  man  who  had  nothing  but  a  roseola,  palmar  pspri-  a 
asis  and  lingual  syphilides,  which  were  frequently  reproduced, 
in  spite  of  an  energetic  treatment  carried  to  15  and  20  .centi¬ 
grammes  of  the  proto-oxide.  The  affection  renewed  itself  until 
this  day.  After  each  treatment  the  ulceration  disappeared, 
and  renewed  itself  later,  is  cured  by  the  treatment,  and  so  on. 
What  would  have  happened  had  I  permitted  marriage  after  a 
first  cure  !  The  question  is  answered;  he  has  a  mistress*  and 
he  has  communicated  the  disease.  ; 

b.  Are  bad  syphilis  those  which  are  of  a  grave  character  at 
diverse  titles,  by  the  intensity,  by  the  multiplicity,  and  by  the 
nature  of  the  accidents  ;  those  which  soon  assume  the  tertiary 
form,  become  visceral  and  remain  refractory  to  all  treatment. 

c.  Those  which  invade  an  important  organ  essential  to  life, 
such  as  the  brain.  Cerebral  syphilis  is  particularly  dangerous 
on  account  of  the  organ  affected  and  the  reproductions  to  which 
it  exposes,  for  they  are  almost  always  constant.  Thus,  a  young 
man  who  had,  in  1868,  accidents  for  which  he  was  imperfectly 
treated,  married  in  1875,  in  spite  of  my  counsel,  and  was  taken 
with  cerebral  symptoms,  haemiplegia,  amnesia,  hebetude.  He 
was  cured  of  his  haemiplegia,  but  he  remained  in  a  state  border¬ 
ing  upon  dementia.  Another  one  perceives  that  whilst  hunting 
he  cannot  carry  lifs  gun  with  the  left  arm;  he  is  taken  in  the 
following  year  in  the  movements  of  the  tongue,  speaks  confus¬ 
edly,  stutters ;  treated  and  cured.  He  marries,  contrary  to  my 
advice ;  ten  days  afterwards  be  is  taken  with  grave  cerebral 
symptoms,  followed  by  hmmiplegia  and  amnesia,  and  six 
months  later  he  is  taken  with  dementia. 

5.  Specific  treatment  sufficiently  prolonged,  is,  parexcellence,.: 
the  capital  condition.  It  is  this  treatment  which  lessens-  and 
conjures  the  dangers  of  syphilis,  and  which  constitutes  the  best 
safeguard  at  first  against  the  personal  risks  to  which  the 
patient  is  exposed. 

We  can  in  fact  affirm  to-day  that  a  syphilis  energetically 
treated  at  its  onset  and  during  a  certain  length  of  time,  has  no 
tertiary  period,  whilst  a  n on-treated  syphilis  or  unsufficiently 
8 


640  Current  Medical  Literature.  [December 

so,  runs  to  this  tertiary  period,  save  in  rare  and  inexplicable  ex¬ 
ceptions. 

It  is  yet  the  treatment  which  diminishes  and  suppresses  the 
causes  of  the  contagion  ;  it  is  still  it,  which  diminishes  and  sup¬ 
presses  the  chances  of  heridity.  What  relates  to  the  father,  a 
wife  undergoes  a  series  of  abortions  which  have  no  other  cause 
than  the  syphilis  of  the  father,  let  this  one  be  treated  and  the 
pregnancies  terminate  favorably.  Likewise  for  the  mother  ;  she 
receives  a  syphilis  from  her  first  husband  and  becomes  a  widow ; 
she  marries  again  to  a  healthy  man  of  which  she  conceives 
children,  which  are  syphilitic  ;  she  is  treated  and  gives  birth  to 
healthy  children.  Finally  it  operates  the  same  for  the  com¬ 
bined  influence  of  father  and  mother ;  syphilitic  couples  have 
syphilitic  children.  They  are  treated  and  produce  children  ex¬ 
empt  from  syphilis.  There  is  none;  a  new  and  extraordinary 
fact  has  been  observed.  It  has  proven  sufficient,  for  a  child  to 
be  healthy,  that  its  syphilitic  parents  be  under  the  provisory 
mercurial  treatment.  A  syphilitic  woman  has  seven  pregnan¬ 
cies,  followed  by  seven  children,  which  all  die ;  she  is  treated, 
has  an  eighth  pregnancy  which  terminates  by  the  birth  of  a 
healthy  child,  the  same  for  a  ninth  ;  for  a  tenth  she  is  not  treated, 
she  has  a  syphilitic  child  which  dies  at  the  sixth  mouth  ;  she  is 
newly  treated  and  an  eleventh  birth  is  produced  by  a  healthy 
child. 

In  resume,  all  these  considerations  prove  the  corrective  influ¬ 
ence  w  hich  is  exercised  by  the  syphilitic  treatment.  The  capi¬ 
tal  condition  for  a  syphilitic  man  who  marries,  is  that  he  should 
be  sufficiently  treated,  that  he  should  be  subjected  to  a  long 
treatment,  regulated  and  methodized.  Combined  with  time,  the 
specific  treatment,  by  successive  medications  co-ordinated  during 
several  years,  is  the  best  security  to  hope  for  a  cure,  and  conse¬ 
quently  to  authorize  marriage.  Time  on  one  part,  treatment  on 
the  other,  these  are  the  two  major  conditions  which  one  should 
furnish  who  wishes  to  enter  into  wedlock. 

1  do  not  wish  to  terminate  without  a  passing  remark  with  re¬ 
gard  to  sulphurous  waters,  which  are  commonly  considered  by 
the  common  class  as  possessing  the  propriety  of  bring  out  the 
traces  of  a  latent  diathesis,  “  of  bringing  out  syphilis.”  Each 
year  a  great  number  of  syphilitics  religiously  go  to  the  springs 
to  undergo  the  21  days  traditional  cure,  in  the  hope,  u  if  there 
remains  anything  in  their  blood,”  that  the  sulphurous  waters 
will  bring  it  out ;  if  nothing  comes  out,  they  consider  themselves 
cured  and  in  a  fit  condition  to  marry. 

This  revealing  action  of  the  sulphurous  waters  is  far  from 
being  real.  These  waters  are  no  doubt  useful  to  the  syphilitic 
upon  other  reasons  and  especially  as  tonic  and  as  adjuvants  to 
the  mercurial  treatment;  but  they  are  not  by  any  means  a 
discharging  reactif  of  syphilis  as  an  acid  acting  upon  a  salt ; 
this  is  absolutely  false. 

The  truth  is  that,  without  doubt,  in  reason  of  the  stimula- 


American  Public  Health  Association. 


641 


1879] 

tiou  of  which  I  speak,  we  often  perceive  that  the  ferrruginous 
waters  produce  eruptions  upon  syphilitic  subjects ;  the  syphil- 
ictic  exanthemata  are  common  with  these  patients  ;  but,  many 
and  many  times  the  treatment  in  these  stations  does  not  pro¬ 
duce  any  eruptions  whatever  in  the  patients  who  have  remained 
syphilitic ;  one,  two,  five,  even  six  seasons  have  not  produced 
any  revealing  effect.  We  should  then  abandon  the  legend  of 
the  revealing  action  of  sulphurous  waters ;  let  us  take  ad¬ 
vantage  of  their  action,  if  there  be  auy ;  this  is  better  than 
nothing;  but,  for  once  that  they  will  make  the  diagnostic, 
twenty  times  they  will  fail ;  let  us  not  abuse  this  absolutely 
false  criterion. 

Conclusion— To  all  who  have  not  filled  the  five  indis¬ 
pensable  conditions  which  we  have  formulated,  we  should 
refuse  marriage. 

We  will  declare  admissible  to  wedlock  whoever  shall  present 
these  all  united.  J.  H.  W. 


Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Public  Health 

Association. 


The  American  Public  Health  Asssociation  met  in  the  hall  of 
the  House  of  Representatives,  Nashville,  Tenn.,  on  Tuesday, 
November  18th,  at  12  M„  President  J.  L.  Cabel  in  the  chair, 
and  about  two  hundred  members  present. 

After  some  preliminary  business,  and  the  reading  of  several 
invitations  to  the  Association  to  visit  places  of  interest,  Col. 
Geo.  E.  Waring,  of  Newport,  Rhode  Island,  read  the  following 
paper : 

THE  DRAINAGE  AND  SEWERAGE  OF  CITIES. 

The  President  has  asked  me  to  prepare  a  paper  concerning 
the  most  perfect  methods  of  city  sewerage,  one  which  may 
serve  as  a  standard  of  comparison  in  considering  the  character 
of  existing  work.  It  would  savor  of  presumption  to  describe 
or  to  prescribe  methods  radically  different  and  better  than 
those  now  in  use.  It  is  impossible  to  foretell  the  improvements 
which  are  to  grow  out  of  the  present  rapidly  increasing  interest 
among  intelligent  and  ingenious  men  in  all  that  relates  to  sani¬ 
tary  practice.  If  I  were  to  attempt  now  to  set  forth  the  details 
of  a  perfect  system  of  sewerage,  I  fear  that  my  recommenda- 


642  Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  [December 

tions,  like  Dr.  Richardson’s  Hygeia,  would  surpass  what  prac¬ 
tical  men  and  investors  of  capital  would  accept. 

The  most  that  it  is  prudent  to  do  is  to  consider  the  question 
in  its  purely  sanitary  bearings,  and  to  indicate  in  what  way 
the  best  requirements  of  public  health  may  be  met,  in  the  light 
of  our  present  knowledge. 

So  far  as  we  can  judge  of  the  future  from  the  indications  of 
the  present,  it  would  seem  that  in  one  respect  we  are  to  wit¬ 
ness  a  very  marked  change  in  the  practice  of  sanitary  engineer¬ 
ing.  There  is  much  reason  for  believing  that  there  will  be  a 
distinct  separation  between  the  application  of  sewerage  to  the 
removal  of  domestic  and  manufacturing  wastes  and  soil  water, 
and  the  construction  of  conduits  for  the  protection  of  public 
and  private  property  against  the  action  of  storm  water.  This 
latter,  like  the  construction  of  roadways  and  bridges,  will  be 
treated  as  a  purely  civil  engineering  question,  having,  at  best, 
only  an  indirect  sanitary  relation.  The  interests  of  public 
health,  so  far  as  sewerage  is  concerned,  will,  in  my  opinion,  be 
best  served  by  a  close  adherence  to  the  collection  and  removal 
of  foul  waters,  and  to  their  proper  final  disposal. 

This  suggestion  is  not  new.  The  discussion  between  the  ad¬ 
vocates  of  the  combined  and  the  separate  systems  of  sewerage, 
especially  in  England,  has  long  been  active.  The  issue  between 
them  seemed  doubtful  until  the  matter  of  agriculture  or  chem¬ 
ical  purification  of  the  effluent  became  prominent. 

The  arguments  in  favor  of  the  exclusion  of  storm  water  from 
the  sewer  proper,  seem  to  me  so  conclusive,  that  I  no  longer 
hesitate  to  accept  such  separation  as  essential  to  the  best  sani¬ 
tary  sewerage.  .  -  ■ " 

Sewers  large  enough  to  remove  storm  water,  according  to  the 
usual  formulas,  are  open  to  several  serious  objections. 

The  question  of  cost  is  so  often  the  controlling  question,  even 
in  improvements  of  the  most  vital  importance,  that  the  expense 
entailed  by  the  construction  of  storm-water  sewers  constitutes 
an  insuperable  obstacle  in  the  case  of  many  a  small  towu  where 
sewers  are  most  necessary.  Even  in  the  larger  cities,  the  ex¬ 
penditure  in  this  direction  might  sometimes,  if  not  always,  be 
economized  for  the  benefit  of  other  necessary  work. 

The  larger  the  sewer  the  more  difficult  becomes  the  matter  of 
ventilation.  - 

Cases  are  extremely  rare  where  sewers  of  the  storm-water 
size  are  not,  at  least  during  the  dry  and  hot  season,  sewers  of 
deposit,  to  such  an  extent  as  to  have  their  air  made  most  foul 
by  the  decomposition  of  their  sediment. 

Where  the  question  of  final  disposal  has  become  important, 
the  admixture  of  storm-water  with  the  sewerage  leads  to  the 
constant  embarrassment  of  the  system,  whether  the  process  be 
chemical  or  agriculture.  , 

There  seems  to  be  no  controlling  reason  why  storm-water 
should  be  admitted  to  the  sewers  at  all  for  very  long  reaches 


1879J  American  Public  Health  Association.  643 

of  the  street ;  and  not  seldom,  throughout  the  whole  of  the 
smaller  towns,  the  whole  rain  fall  may  be  discharged  over  the 
surface  without  causing  inconvenience. 

Until  about  1854  the  cities  of  Albany  and  Troy,  both  large 
towns,  and  both  having  very  steep  grades,  terminating  on  level 
ground,  had  no  storm-water  sewers.  The  inconvenience  caused 
during  heavy  storms  was  inconsiderable,  and  there  was  practi¬ 
cally  no  material  injury  to  public  or  private  property.  I  am 
informed  by  the  engineer  of  both  cities  that  neither  inconven¬ 
ience  from  the  overflowing  of  the  streets  nor  injury  from  wash 
constituted  an  essential  argument  in  favor  of  sewerage.  The 
sewers  were  built  to  the  storm-water  rise  only  in  conformity 
with  the  general  custom. 

The  carrying  of  surface  water  to  a  depth  of  10  or  15  feet  be¬ 
low  the  surface  seems  to  be  at  least  unnecessary.  Street  wash 
can  be  safely  admitted  to  sewers  only  after  passing  through 
settling  basins,  which  are  sure  to  accumulate  an  offensive  and 
dangerous  amount  of  decomposing  filth. 

I  believe  that  one  of  the  most  important  improvements  that 
we  are  destined  to  see  is  the  removal  of  storm  water,  as  far  as 
possible,  by  surface  gutters — carrying  away  the  greater  accu¬ 
mulations  through  very  shallow  conduits,  largely,  perhaps, 
through  covered  gutters,  easily  accessible  for  cleaning  and 
flushing.  .  . 

This  part  of  the  engineering  problem  being  satisfactorily  pro¬ 
vided  for,  the  sanitary  drainage  of  a  town — the  removal  of  the 
wastes  of  its  population — becomes  a  simple  problem.  It  im¬ 
plies,  however,  one  condition,  which,  although  almost  unknown 
in  America,  has  been  shown  by  foreign  practice  to  be  an  at¬ 
tainable  one — that  is,  it  requires  that  the  streets  be  kept  clean 
by  some  other  means  than  occasional  drenching  by  storms. 
There  is  no  more  inefficient,  costly  and  dangerous  scavenger 
than  the  rain  which  falls  upon  the  surface  of  our  roadways  and 
washes  their  horse-droppings  into  the  catch-basins  at  the  street 
corners! 

In  my  judgment  a  perfect  system  of  sanitary  sewerage,  for  a 
small  town  or  a  large  one,  would  be  somewhat  like  the  follow¬ 
ing  : 

No  sewer  should  be  used  of  a  smaller  diameter  than  six  inches, 
because  (a)  it  will  not  be  safe  to  adopt  a  smaller  size  than  4-inch 
for  house  drains,  and  the  sewer  must  be  large  enough  surely  to 
remove  whatever  may  be  delivered  by  these;  (b)  because  a 
smaller  pipe  than  6-inch  would  be  less  readily  ventilated  than 
is  desirable ;  (c)  and  because  it  is  not  necessary  to  adopt  a 
smaller  radius  than  three  inches  to  secure  a  cleansing  of  the 
channel  by  reasonably  copious  flushing. 

No  sewer  should  be  more  than  six  inches  in  diameter  until  it 
and  its  branches  shall  have  accumulated  a  sufficient  flow  at  the 
hour  of  greatest  use  to  fill  this  size  half  full,  because  the  use  of 
a  larger  size  would  be  wasteful,  and  because,  when  a  sufficient 


644 


Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  [December 

ventilating  capacity  is  secured,  as  it  is  in  the  use  of  a  six-inch 
pipe,  the  ventilation  becomes  less  complete  as  the  size  increases, 
leaving  a  larger  volume  of  contained  air  to  be  moved  by  the 
friction  of  the  current  or  by  extraneous  influences,  or  to  be  acted 
upon  by  changes  of  temperature  and  of  volume  of  flow  within 
the  sewer. 

The  size  should  be  increased  gradually  and  only  so  rapidly  as 
is  made  necessary  by  the  filling  of  the  sewer  half  full  at  the 
hour  of  greatest  flow. 

Every  point  of  the  sewer  should,  by  the  use  of  gaskets  or 
otherwise,  be  protected  against  the  least  intrusion  of  cement, 
which,  in  spite  of  the  greatest  care,  creates  a  roughness  which 
is  liable  to  accumulate  obstructions. 

The  upper  end  of  each  branch  sewer  should  be  provided  with 
a  Field’s  flush  tank  of  sufficient  capacity  to  secure  the  thorough 
daily  cleaning  of  so  much  of  the  conduit  as  from  its  limited  flow 
is  liable  to  deposit  solid  matter  by  the  way. 

There  should  be  sufficient  manholes,  covered  by  open  grating, 
to  admit  air  for  ventilation.  If  the  directins  already  given  are 
adhered  to,  manholes  will  not  be  necessary  for  cleansing.  The 
use  of  the  flush  tank  will  be  a  safeguard  agaiust  deposit.  With 
the  system  of  ventilation  about  to  be  described,  it  will  suffice  to 
place  manholes  at  intervals  of  not  less  than  1000  feet. 

For  the  complete  ventilation  of  the  sewers  it  should  be  made 
compulsory  for  every  householder  to  make  his  connection  with¬ 
out  a  trap,  and  to  coutinue  his  soil  pipe  to  a  point  above  the 
roof  of  his  house.  That  is,  every  house  connection  should  fur¬ 
nish  an  uninterrupted  ventilating  channel,  four  inches  in  diam¬ 
eter,  throughout  its  entire  length.  This  is  directly  the  reverse 
of  the  system  of  connection  that  should  be  adopted  in  the  case 
of  storm-water  and  street  wash  sewers.  These  are  foul,  and  the 
volume  of  their  contained  air  is  too  great  to  be  thoroughly  ven¬ 
tilated  by  such  appliances.  Their  atmosphere  contains  too  much 
of  the  impure  gases  to  make  it  prudent  to  discharge  it  through 
house  drains  and  soil  pipes.  With  the  system  of  small  pipes 
now  described,  the  flushing  would  be  so  constant  and  so  com¬ 
plete,  and  the  amount  of  ventilation  furnished,  as  compared 
with  the  volume  of  air  to  be  charged,  would  be  so  great  that 
what  is  popularly  known  as  sewer  gas  would  never  exist  in  any 
part  of  the  public  drains.  Even  the  gases  produced  in  the  traps 
and  pipes  of  the  house  itself  would  be  amply  rectified,  diluted 
and  removed  by  the  constant  movement  of  air  through  the 
latter. 

All  house  connections  with  the  sewers  should  be  through  in-v 
lets  pointing  in  the  direction  of  the  flow,  and  these  inlets  should 
be  funnel  shaped  so  that  their  flow  may  be  delivered  at  the  bot¬ 
tom  of  the  sewer,  and  so  that  they  may  withdraw  the  air  from 
its  crown ;  that  is,  the  vertical  diameter  of  the  inlet  at  its  poiut 
of  junction  should  be  the  same  as  the  diameter  of  the  sewer. 


1879]  American  Public  Health  Association.  645 

All  changes  of  direction  should  be  on  gradual  curves,  and,  as 
a  matter  of  course,  the  fall  from  the  head  of  each  branch  to  the 
outlet  should  be  continuous.  Changes  of  grade  within  this 
limit,  if  considerable,  should  always  be  gradual. 

So  far  as  circumstances  will  allow,  the  drains  should  be 
brought  together,  and  they  should  finally  discharge  through 
one  or  two  main  outlets. 

The  outlet,  if  water-locked,  should  have  ample  means  for  the 
admission  of  fresh  air.  If  open,  its  mouth  should  be  protected 
against  the  direct  action  of  the  wind. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  system  of  sewerage  here  described  is 
radically  different  from  the  usual  practice.  I  believe  that  it  is, 
in  all  essential  particulars,  much  better  adapted  to  the  plan  of 
sanitary  drainage.  It  is  cleaner,  much  more  completely  venti¬ 
lated,  and  is  exactly  adapted  to  the  work  to  be  performed.  It 
obviates  the  filthy  accumulation  of  street  manure  in  catch  basins 
and  sewers,  and  it  discharges  all  that  is  delivered  to  it  at  the 
point  of  ultimate  outlet  outside  the  town  before  decomposition 
can  even  begin.  If  the  discharge  is  of  domestic  sewage  oidy, 
its  solid  matter  will  be  consumed  by  fishes  if  it  is  delivered  into 
a  water-course,  and  its  dissolved  material  will  be  taken  up  by 
aquatic  vegetation. 

The  limited  quantity  and  the  uniform  volume  of  the  sewage, 
together  with  the  absence  of  dilution  by  rain-fall,  will  make  its 
disposal  by  agricultural  or  chemical  processes  easy  and  reli¬ 
able. 

The  cost  of  construction,  as  compared  with  that  of  the  most 
restricted  storm-water  sewers,  will  be  so  small  as  to  bring  the 
improvement  within  the  reach  of  the  smallest  communities. 

In  other  words,  while  the  system  is,  in  my  judgment,  the  best 
for  large  cities,  it  is  the  only  one  that  can  be  afforded  in  the 
case  of  small  towns. 

Circumstances  are  occasionally  such,  as  in  St.  Louis,  as  to 
require  extensive  engineering  works  for  the  removal  of  storm¬ 
water  through  very  deep  channels.  Ordinarily,  as  I  have 
before  said,  the  removal  of  storm- water  is  a  very  simple  matter, 
if  we  will  accept  the  fact  that  it  is  best  removed,  so  far  as  pos¬ 
sible,  by  surface  gutters,  or,  in  certain  cases,  by  special  con¬ 
duits  placed  near  the  surface. 

It  is  often  necessary,  in  addition  to  the  removal  of  house  waste, 
to  provide  for  the  drainage  of  the  subsoil.  This  should  not  be 
effected  by  open  joints  in  the  sewers,  because  the  same  opening 
that  admits  soil  water  may,  in  dry  seasons,  and  in  porous  soils, 
permit  the  escape  of  sewerage  matters  into  the  ground,  which 
is  always  objectionable.  Soil  water  drains  may  be  laid  in  the 
same  trench  with  the  sewers,  but  preferably  on  a  shelf  at  a 
higher  level,  and  they  should  always  deliver  into  the  upper 
part  of  the  sewer  or  into  a  man-hole  at  a  point  above  the  flow 
line  of  the  sewerage. 


646'  Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  |  December 

There  is  one  point  connected  with  the  drainage  of  towns 
which  is'iiot  sufficiently  appreciated,  especially  in  this  country, 
that  is,  that  it  is  easy  and  cheap  to  secure  a  deep  outlet  in  low¬ 
land  and  to  deliver  sewerage  at  a  considerable  elevation  for 
agricultural  treatment  by  artificial  pumping. 

The  average  cost  of  pumping  for  water- works  is  about  9  cents 
per  foot  of  elevation  for  each  million  gallons  raised. 

On  this  basis  the  cost  of  raising  the  sewage  of  a  town  of 
10,000  inhabitants,  supposing  every  three  persons  of  the  popu¬ 
lation  to  contribute  100  gallons  perjday  to  the  flow,  would  be 
about  3  cents  per  day  for  each  foot  of  elevation. 

Even  Supposing  that  20 inches  or  about  one-half  of  the  annual 
rain  fall  finds  its  way  into  the  subsoil,  the  cost  of  lifting  this 
10  feet  to  a  surface  outlet  would,  on  the  same  basis,  cost  only 
about  $160  per  annum  for  each  one  hundred  acres  of  the  town 
area. 

Both  of  these  estimates  are  practically  somewhat  too  low, 
because  a  small  amount  of  water  cannot  be  lifted  relatively  so 
cheaply  as  a  large  amount.  I  give  these  figures  only  to  show 
that,  with  a  community  of  any  considerable  size,  it  is  really  a 
matter  Of  minor  consequence  whether  the  natural  outfall  is 
high  or  low. 

The  experience  of  Holland,  in  the  practice  of  drainage,  indi¬ 
cates  a  complete  relief  for  the  natural  disadvantages  even  of 
the  city  of  New  Orleans,  of  which  the  cost  would  be  quite  insig¬ 
nificant  as  compared  with  its  benefits. 

Many  of  our  riparian  towns,  dependent  upon  high  lying  water 
as  the  outlet  for  their  drainage,  or,  like  Chicago  and  Milwaukee, 
delivering  their  foul  drainage  into  streams  whose  contamina¬ 
tion  means  the  contamination  of  the  town  itself,  may  find  their 
only  practical  relief  by  means  of  au  artificial  outlet.  The  city 
of  Boston  is  now  establishing  a  conspicuous  example  of  the 
application  of  mechanical  power  to  deep  drainage  and  distant 
removal,  even  applying  this  costly  means  for  the  discharge  of 
the  rain  fall  of  an  enormous  area. 

Aside  from  its  benefit  in  securing  deep  drainage,  discharge 
by  pumping  makes  us  quite  independent  of  natural  topography 
in  adopting  means  for  agricultural  disposal.  Pumping,  and  the 
separate  removal  of  foul  waters,  puts  it  in  our  power,  under 
all  circumstances,  to  adopt  this  means  for  purifying  our  out¬ 
flow.  Along  our  gieatest  rivers,  from  a  sanitary  standpoint, 
the  disposal  question  counts  for  nothing.  The  Mississippi  river 
will  annihilate  the  sewage  of  St.  Louis  to  whatever  size  she 
may  grow ;  but  there  is  au  enormous  proportion  of  our  towns 
which  must,  for  purely  sanitary  reasons,  adopt  some  other 
means  of  outlet  than  delivery  into  rivers  and  harbors. 

1  There  is  an  agricultural  consideration,  and  an  important  oue, 
which  looks  to  the  utilization  of  all  our  sewage,  but  in  the 
present  condition  of  our  agriculture  this  must  remain  a  second¬ 
ary  argument.  Wherever  we  resort  to  irrigation  as  a  means  of 


1879J  American  Public  Health  Association.  647 

purification,  the  manural  value  of  the  sewage  will  serve  to 
lessen  the  cost  of  our  work.  Probably  it  will  nowhere  repay 
the  whole  cost. 

The  methods  of  irrigation  disposal  are  various  and  all  are 
not  equally  well  adapted  to  all  conditions.  The  outflow  of  a 
large  town  can  be  purified  satisfactorily,  either  by  simple  irri¬ 
gation  over  large  areas  or  by  intermittent  downward  filtration 
over  much  smaller  areas  of  land  properly  graded  and  deeply 
underdrained.  Under  this  system  the  discharge  is  intermittent;, 
and  during  the  intervals  the  soil  filter  is  purified  by  atmos¬ 
pheric  action. 

The  outflow  of  smaller  towns,  of  public  institutions  and  of 
suburbs  and  country  houses,  may  be  much  the  most  satisfac¬ 
torily  treated  by  the  absorption-drain  or  sub-surface  irrigation 
system,  working  in  conjunction  with  Fields’  flush  tank.  By 
this  system  a  small  area  of  land,  naturally  or  artificially  well 
drained,  is  underlaid  at  a  depth  of  ten  inches  from  the  surface, 
by  a  series  of  open-jointed,  agricultural  drain  tiles.  At  each 
discharge  of  the  flush  tank,  the  accumulated  sewage  is  sent 
rapidly  into  the  tiles,  whence  it  escapes  through  the  open  joints 
into  the  soil.  During  the  interval  between  the  discharges  the 
water,  purified  by  filtration,  settles  away  to  the  subsoil,  and 
fresh  air  enters  to  supplement,  by  oxidation,  the  purifying 
action  of  the  roots  of  the  grass  or  other  crop  growing  on  the 
land. 

This  latter  system  has  now  been  so  thoroughly  tested  under 
various  conditions  as  to  climate  and  quality  of  soil  as  to  have 
proved  itself  of  almost  universal  applicability.  It  has  the  very 
great  advantage  that,  as  the  sewage  never  appears  at  the  sur¬ 
face  of  the  ground,  it  may  be  carried  on  in  immediate  prox¬ 
imity  to  the  dwelling.  It  would  be  equally  effective,  under 
proper  arrangement,  in  dealing  with  the  sewage  of  cities  ;  but 
for  such  use  it  would  be  much  more  costly  than  would  the 
removal  of  the  sewage  to  a  distant  field,  where  surface  irriga¬ 
tion  would  be  unobjectionable. 

I  trust  that,  as  I  am  neither  a  Southerner  nor  a  physician,  I 
may  be  excused  for  attaching  more  importance  than  many  of 
you  probably  do  to  the  proper  drainage  and  cleansing  of  a  city, 
and  to  the  proper  disposal  of  its  outflow,  than  to  any  system 
of  quarantine.  My  knowledge  of  the  history  of  the  yellow 
fever  epidemics  iu  this  valley  is  infinitely  less  than  yours;  but 
I  feel  warranted,  and  I  take  my  warrant  from  the  history  of  the 
plagues  which  devasted  the  filthy  mediteval  cities  of  Europe, 
and  from  my  own  knowledge  of  the  want  of  cleanliness  and 
want  of  drainage  in  the  city  of  Memphis,  in  venturing  the 
suggestion  that  even  that  fever-smitten  town  may  be  made  an 
impossible  field  for  the  invasion  of  yellow  fever  in  an  epidemic 
form.  While  yellow  fever  is  for  the  moment  uppermost  in  all 
our  minds,  and  while  its  sudden  and  more  fatal  outbreak  strike 

9  ' 


648 


Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  [December 

the  public  imagination  with  peculiar  force,  we  should,  as  sani¬ 
tarians,  never  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  it  is  one  of  our  minor 
diseases  ;  that,  indeed,  along  the  banks  of  the  Mississippi  river 
far  greater  mortality  and  infinitely  greater  disability  results 
from  the  constant  operation  of  diseases  which  should  come 
equally  within  our  purview,  and  which  are  equally  preventable 
by  measures  of  sanitary  improvement. 

NIGHT  SESSION. 

The  attendance  was  unusually  large,  many  ladies  being 
present. 

Addresses  of  welcome  were  delivered  by  his  Excellency  Gov. 
A.  S.  Marks,  Dr.  E.  M.  Wight,  President  of  the  Tennessee 
State  Medical  Society,  and  His  Honor,  Thomas  Kercheval, 
Mayor  of  Nashville. 

The  President,  Dr.  J.  S.  Cabell,  delivered  his  Annual  Address 
which  was  an  elaborate  and  exhaustive  treatise  upon  the  or¬ 
ganization  and  work  of  the  National  Board  of  Health. 

SECOND  DAY— WEDNESDAY,  NOV.  19. 

The  Association  met  at  10  A.  M.  In  the  absence  of  Elliot 
C.  Clark,  C.  E.,  of  Boston,  Dr.  Chas.  F.  Folsom,  of  Boston,  read 
that  gentleman’s  paper  upon  “  The  City  Scaveugering  of  Bos¬ 
ton,”  in  which  the  removal  of  garbages,  ashes,  etc.,  was  fully 
described. 

Bev.  Hugh  Miller  Thompson,  of  New  Orleans,  read  an  ex¬ 
haustive  paper  on  the  “  Disposal  of  the  Garbage  at  New  Or¬ 
leans,”  in  which  he  described  the  present  method  as  contrasted 
with  that  in  vogue  before  the  epidemic  of  1878. 

A  lengthy  paper  on  “  Municipal  Sanitation,”  by  Dr.  E.  J. 
Janeway,  was  read. 

AFTERNOON  SESSION. 

Dr.  A.  L.  Gihon  read  an  interesting  and  ably  prepared  paper 
on  “The  Protection  of  the  Innocent  and  Helpless  Members 
of  the  Community  from  Venereal  Diseases  and  their  Con¬ 
sequences.” 

On  the  conclusion  of  the  paper  a  motion  was  made  and  unani¬ 
mously  carried  that  the  president  appoint  a  committee  of  five 
who  should  consider  the  suggestions,  or  substance  of  the  ad¬ 
dress,  and  report  at  the  next  meeting  resolutions  looking  to 


1879J  American  Public  Health  Association.  649 

the  establishment  of  a  plan  for  protection  from  veueral  diseases, 
and  Dr.  Gihon  be  made  chairman  of  the  committee. 

EVENING  SESSION. 

A  paper  by  Dr.  Alfred  E.  Woodhull,  U.  S.  Army,  was  read, 
entitled  “  May  Not  Yellow  Fever  Originate  in  the  United 
States  F  the  paper  being  an  u  Etiological  Study  of  the  Epidemic 
in  Savannah  in  1876.” 

Dr.  Woodhull  claimed  that  the  epidemic  of  1876  did  unques* 
tionably  originate  in  Savannah,  aud  adduced  argument  to  sup¬ 
port  his  theory. 

THIRD  DAY— MORNING  SESSION. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  9:30  A.  M. ;  election  of 
officers  being  in  order,  the  following  were  elected  : 

Dr.  J.  S.  Billings — President, 

Dr.  Sami.  Ohoppin — First  Vice-President, 

Dr.  R.  0.  Kedsil — Second  Vice-President, 

Dr.  J.  B.  Lindsley — Treasurer. 

New  Orleans  was  selected  as  the  place  of  meeting  of  the  next 
Annual  Session. 

The  President  appointed  as  a  committee,  upon  the  suggestions 
embodied  in  Dr.  Gihon’s  paper,  the  following  gentlemen :  Dr. 
A.  L.  Gihon,  W.  E.  Griffith,  J.  M.  Keller,  Sternberg  and  Bail- 
hache. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Brewer,  of  New  Haven,  Conn.,  read  a  paper  on 
the  u  Interesting  phenomena  Developed  by  the  Prolonged  Im¬ 
mersion  in  Water  of  the  different  Woods.” 

Dr.  J.  D.  Plunkett,  of  Nashville,  Tenn.,  read  a  paper  on 
u  Cotton  as  a  Fomite,”  in  which  he  said  that  “  the  recognition 
of  cotton  as  one  of  the  class  of  extra-hazardous  fomites,  and  its 
capacity  to  transmit  or  communicate  yellow  fever  or  other  in¬ 
fectious  diseases,  has  up  to  this  time  scarcely  been  questioned. 
In  1859,  a  select  committee  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of 
New  York,  reporting  upon  quarantine  laws,  were  so  impressed 
with  the  dangers  attaching  to  cotton  that  they  singled  it  out 
especially,  and  formulated  a  distinct  interrogatory  regarding 
it.  A  diversity  of  opinions  were  given,  all,  however,  leading 
to  the  assumption  that  cotton  was  particularly  dangerous.  I, 


650 


Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  [December 

myself,  however,  having  exhausted  all  sources  of  information 
at  my  command  bearing  upon  this  subject,  the  following 
strange  and  remarkable  fact  is  elicited,  that  not  a  single  case 
of  yellow  fever  is  recorded  as  having  originated  from  contact 
with  cotton  carried  from  an  infected  place.  Whether  this 
negative  testimony  be  due  to  omission,  or  establishes  a  scien¬ 
tific  truth,  is  a  matter  to  be  corroborated  or  disproved  by 
further  experience  and  more  careful  and  extended  obser¬ 
vation.” 

Dr.  G.  B.  Thornton,  President  of  the  .Memphis  Board  of 
Health,  then  read  a  paper,  giving  the  history  of  the  epidemic 
of  yellow  fever  of  1879.  Not  being  satisfied  as  to  whether  the 
epidemic  was  imported,  or  of  local  origin,  being  unable  to 
satisfy  himself  whence  it  could  have  been  imported,  he  rather 
advocates  its  local  origin. 

NIGHT  SESSION. 

Dr.  H.  F.  Campbell,  of  Augusta,  Ga ,  read  a  paper  on  u  The 
Yellow  Fever  Quarantine  of  the  Future,”  of  which  the  follow¬ 
ing  is  a  synopsis : 

What  shall  be  our  quarantine  ?  The  present  quarantine  sys¬ 
tem  is  impracticable ;  too  cruel  for  humanity  to  tolerate.  It 
stupefies  the  honest  convictions  of  a  majority  of  the  profession. 
Yellow  fever  is  not  contagious ;  i.  e.,  not  communicable  from 
individual  to  individual ;  and  though  the  theory  of  personal 
contagions  is  not  generally  believed  in  by  the  profession,  yet 
the  same  old  laws  remain  on  the  statute  books. 

A  quarantine  of  vessels,  and  also  of  railroad  trains,  should 
be  strictly  enforced  during  the  prevalence  of  yellow  fever. 
Never  let  a  single  car,  that  is  freighted  from  or  takes  passen¬ 
gers  in  an  infected  port,  come  to  a  healthy  town.  Let  them  be 
met  at  least  twenty  miles  from  the  city  by  fresh  cars,  both  for 
the  passengers  and  the  freight.  Keep  out  all  baggage,  trunks, 
and  clothing,  but  let  the  individual  come  in,  even  if  the  Jever  is 
on  him.  Do  not  say  to  the  refugee,  fleeing  from  the  dread  pes¬ 
tilence,  Go  back,  with  your  wife  and  children,  to  the  infected 
region,  and  breathe  again  the  foul  air  laden  with  the  seeds  of 
death.  Let  the  individual  be  thoroughly  disinfected ;  change 
his  clothing  at  quarantine  ground ;  even  wash  his  head  with 
carbolic  acid,  if  thought  necessary,  but  let  him  find  refuge  in  a 
place  of  safety.  The  germs  in  the  body  of  the  man  himself  are 
incapable  of  propagation. 

The  yellow  fever  subject  is  laboring  under  the  dire  effects  of 
a  poison,  but  centuries  of  experience  have  demonstrated  that 


1879]  American  Public  Health  Association.  651 

he  can  no  more  communicate  his  disease  by  emanations  from 
his  own  body  or  secretions,  than  can  the  subject  poisoned  with 
strychnine  communicate  his  frightful  tetanus  to  his  friend  or 
his  nurse ;  as  the  strychnine  itself  is  required  to  produce  an¬ 
other  case,  so  in  yellow  fever,  a  fresh  supply  of  atmospheric 
disease  germs  is  required  to  produce  the  phenomena. 

Dr.  Campbell  said  that  though  at  first  he  disliked  the  idea  of 
a  national  or  “  central  ”  quarantine,  yet  in  the  present  state  of 
things  it  seemed  to  be  imperatively  demanded.  Some  of  the 
State  Legislatures  are  controlled  by  men  who  actually  snarl  at 
the  idea  of  appropriating  a  mere  pittance  to  the  work  of  sanita¬ 
tion.  They  refuse  to  give  over  $1500  to  meet  the  expenses  of 
the  board  and  to  publish  its  reports,  though  they  are  at  the 
same  time  lamenting  the  national  quarantine  and  decrying  it 
as  a  political  measure.  This  alone  would  make  it  necessary 
that  Congress  should  take  charge  of  the  matter. 

The  earliest  epidemics  of  yellow  fever  occurred  at  the  North¬ 
ern  ports,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Boston,  etc.;  afterward  in 
Savannah,  Charleston,  etc.,  and  again,  after  railroad  communi¬ 
cation  became  general,  in  interior  towns.  At  present  the  fever 
does  not  ravage  the  Northern  cities,  though  it  continues  its 
deadly  work  in  those  of  the  South,  Why  ?  Because  at  the 
South  there  has  not  been  the  knowledge  and  foresight  to  keep 
it  out  by  appropriate  legislation  and  the  enforcement  of  a 
proper  quarantine. 

In  reference  to  the  preservation  of  the  disease  germs  in 
closed  rooms,  etc.,  Ur.  C.  gave  it  as  his  belief  that  such  germs 
do  “lie  over,”  but  do  not  retain  all  of  their  potency.  Yellow 
fever  is  an  exotic.  It  finds  a  soil  here  where  it  can  produce  a 
fine  crop.  But  the  germs  then  “  go  to  seed,”  and  if  not  killed 
by  intense  cold,  but  preserved  in  closed  rooms,  closets, 
trunks,  etc.,  may  again  give  rise  to  a  second,  but  milder,  epi¬ 
demic.  In  the  third  year  the  seed  run  out ;  they  are  virtually 
killed,  having  neither  potency  to  again  produce  disease,  nor 
any  reproduction  power. 

FOURTH  DAY— MORNING  SESSION. 

Dr.  R.  G.  Jennings,  of  Little  Rock,  Ark.,  read  a  paper  on 
“Quarantine  and  its  results  in  the  State  of  Arkansas  in  1879.” 

Dr.  D.  C.  Holliday  read  the  report  of  the  Committee  of  the 
New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association,  answering  in 
regular  order  the  ten  propositions  as  propounded  in  the  circular 
of  the  American  Public  Health  Association.  Said  report  is 
published  in  full  elsewhere  in  the  Journal. 

After  the  reading  of  the  above  report,  Dr.  Sternberg,  U.  S. 
army,  offered  a  resolution  to  the  following  effect :  “  That  the 
report  as  read  be  adopted  as  the  unanimous  expression  of  the 


C52 


Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  [December 

opinion  of  this  Association,  and  as  such  be  commuuicated  to 
the  National  Board  of  Health.”  Said  resolution  being  in¬ 
formal,  inasmuch  as  according  to  rule  it  had  not  been  pre¬ 
sented  through  the  advisory  committee,  was  not  voted  upon, 
but  the  final  resolution^  coming  from  said  committee  and 
adopted  by  a  unanimous  vote  really  embodied  all  the  im¬ 
portant  suggestions  of  the  above  report,  couched  in  many 
instances  in  almost  the  identical  language. 

Col.  John  F.  Cameron,  of  Memphis,  read  a  paper  on  “  Camps 
and  Depopulation  at  Memphis  in  the  Epidemics  of  1878  and 
1879.” 

Dr.  Clias.  F.  Folsom  said  he  had  been  directed  by  the  Advi¬ 
sory  Committee  to  offer  the  following  resolutions,  which  were 
unanimously  adopted: 

Whereas,  the  National  Board  of  Health  has,  in  accordance 
with  the  law  which  created  it,  requested  the  advice  of  the 
American  Public  Health  Association  regarding  the  form  of  a 
permanent  national  health  organization  of  the  United  States, 
including  its  relations  to  quarantine,  both  maritime  and  inland, 
and, 

Whereas,  the  opinions  of  the  Advisory  Council  of  the  Asso¬ 
ciation,  upon  the  subject  of  health  legislation,  collected  and 
presented  to  this  body  through  Dr.  J.  M.  Toner,  Chairman  of 
the  Council,  have  been  duly  considered  ;  therefore, 

Resolved,  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  American  Public  Health 
Association,  the  present  National  Board  of  Health  has  been  of 
such  vast  service  to  the  country  that  it  is  not  expedient  to  make 
any  essential  change  in  its  organization,  and  that  auy  minor 
improvement  in  details  should  be  left  to  the  Board  itself. 

2.  That  the  investigations  which  have  been  commenced  by 
the  Board  are  approved  and  should  be  continued,  and  that  simi¬ 
lar  investigations  should  be  undertaken  by  it  into  the  consider¬ 
ation  and  prevention  of  other  diseases  as  well  as  yellow  fever. 

3.  That  Congress  should  appropriate  sufficient  funds  to  en¬ 
able  the  Board  to  employ  the  best  talent  and  apparatus  in  such 
scientific  and  practical  inquiries. 

4.  That  the  operation  of  the  existing  quarantine  law,  and  of 
the  rules  and  regulations  prepared  by  the  National  Board  of 
Health  on  that  subject,  have  accomplished  great  good,  and  that 
no  change  in  the  law  should  be  made  without  the  most  careful 
and  serious  consideration. 

5.  That  in  the  opinion  of  the  Association,  the  national  quar¬ 
antine  should  be  under  the  direction  of  the  National  Board  of 
Health  and  of  an  executive  committee,  to  be  selected  by  that 
body. 


1879]  American  Public  Health  Association.  653 

6.  That  this  Association  has  no  suggestions  to  make  with 
reference  to  any  amendments  to  existing  legislation  in  regard  to 
quarantine,  preferring  that  they  should  come  from  the  National 
Board  of  Health,  as  the  most  competent  body  to  advise  what¬ 
ever  may  be  best. 

7.  That  it  is  expedient  for  the  National  Board  of  Health  to 
call  an  international  congress  for  the  discussion  of  the  very  im¬ 
portant  subjects  of  international  sanitary  quarantine,  etc. 

8.  That  is  the  duty  of  the  General  Government  to  build,  equip 
and  conduct,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  river,  a  quarantine 
station  at  such  a  place  as  may  be  designated  by  the  National 
Board  of  Health. 

9.  That  the  Secretary  of  this  Association  be  instructed  to 
forward  to  the  National  Board  of  Health  a  certified  copy  of 
these  resolutions,  together  with  the  reports  and  documents  of 
the  Advisory  Council,  and  that  the  executive  committee  be  in¬ 
structed  to  such  action,  during  the  next  session  of  Congress,  as 
may  seem  best  suited  to  promote  legislation  in  accordance  with 
these  resolutions. 

Dr.  Folsom  also  read  the  following  resolutions,  but  said  that, 
as  the  points  contained  in  them  were  included  in  those  of  the 
Advisory  Committee,  they  were  not  recommeded  for  adoption : 

By  Judge  J.  W.  Clapp,  of  Memphis :  Whereas,  the  appear¬ 
ance  of  yellow  fever  as  an  epidemic  in  Memphis,  Tenn.,  during 
the  last  two  summers  has  created  an  apprehension  that  the  ill- 
fated  city  may  continue  to  be  visited  by  this  scourge,  the  effects 
of  which  extend  far  beyond  the  infected  locality  and  assume 
national  importance,  not  ouly  as  regards  the  public  health  and 
safety,  but  as  effecting  our  inter  state  commercial  relations ; 
therefore, 

Resolved ,  that  this  Association  recognizes  the  fact  that  the 
sweeping  epidemics  which  have  occurred  in  Memphis  during 
the  past  two  summers  have  been  of  such  a  character  that  they 
are  no  longer  local  in  their  bearings,  but  national;  therefore,  it  is 
respectfully  urged  upon  Congress  the  early  consideration  of 
measures  looking  to  the  prevention  of  similar  epidemics  at  that 
point. 

By  Dr.  Gibbs,  U.  S.  Navy  :  Be  it  resolved  by  the  American 
Public  Health  Association,  that  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
National  Board  of  Health  to  designate,  for  the  information  of 
the  President  of  the  United  States,  such  foreign  ports  as  shall, 
by  said  Board,  be  deemed  infected,  in  the  sense  that  all  vessels, 
arriving  from  the  same  into  the  seaports  of  the  United  States, 
shall  be  subject  to  quarantine  laws.  The  previous  sanitary  his¬ 
tory  of  said  foreign  ports,  based  upon  consular  and  other  infor¬ 
mation,  shall  be  considered  by  the  National  Board  of  Health  in 
designating  such  infected  ports  or  localities. 

Be  it  further  resolved ,  that  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Presi¬ 
dent  of  the  United  States,  upon  being  so  advised  by  the  National 
Board  of  Health,  to  cause  a  general  proclamation  to  issue  in 


654 


Seventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the  [December 


which  a  list  of  such  ports  and  localities  shall  be  declared  infec¬ 
ted  in  their  commercial  relations  with  the  seaports  of  the  United 
States  for  a  period  of  six  months,  viz  :  from  the  first  day  of  May 
until  the  first  day  of  November. 

THE  ADVISORY  COMMITTEE. 

The  President  announced  the  appointment  of  the  following 
Advisory  Committee : 

Alabama — R.  D.  Webb. 

California — Dr.  Henry  Gibbons. 

Florida — Hon.  S.  C.  Cobb,  Pensacola. 

Georgia — Dr.  H.  F.  Campbell. 

Illinois — Dr.  J.  H.  Rauch. 

Indiana — Dr.  J.  F.  Hibberd. 

Mississippi — Dr.  Wirt  Johnston. 

Louisiana — Dr.  D.  C.  Holliday. 

Maryland — Dr.  James  A.  Stewart. 

Massachusetts — Dr.  Azel  Ames. 

Pennsylvania — Dr.  Henry  Hartshorne. 

Ohio — Dr.  T.  C.  Minor. 

Missouri — Dr.  Homan,  of  St.  Louis. 

Rhode  Island — Dr.  E.  M.  Snow. 

Tennessee— Judge  J.  W.  Clapp. 

Virginia — Dr.  L.  S.  Joynes. 

Michigan — Dr.  H.  B.  Baker. 

West  Virginia— Dr.  James  E.  Reeves. 

District  of  Columbia— Dr.  Toner. 

New  York — Dr.  Elisha  Harris. 

North  Carolina — Dr,  J.  F.  Wood. 

South  Carolina — Dr.  C.  W.  Chamberlain. 

New  Hampshire — Dr.  L.  F.  Conn. 

Vermont — Dr.  H.  I).  Holtar, 

Texas — Dr.  Rutherford. 

Wisconsin — Dr.  E.  L.  Griffin. 

Minnesota — Dr.  C.  N.  Hewitt. 

New  Jersey — Hon.  L.  Lilly. 

Arkansas — Dr.  A.  L.  Breysacker. 

Kentucky — Dr.  Pinckney  Thompson. 

Delaware — Dr.  Bush. 

United  States  Army — Dr.  McParlee. 

United  States  Navy — Dr.  B.  F.  Gibbs. 

National  Board — Dr.  Stephen  Smith. 

Commissioner  of  Education— Gen.  Eaton. 

Dr.  S.  S.  Herrick  gave  a  statement  of  the  cases  of  fever 
which  occurred  in  New  Orleans  in  the  sammer  of  1879.  The 
cases  were  only  4L  in  all,  to  which  number  should  probably  be 
added  seven  cases  which  occurred  earlier,  beginning  June  16, 


American  Public  Health  Association. 


655 


1879J 


and  between  that  time  and  July  3,  so  mild  in  type  as  not  to  be 
recognized  as  yellow  fever  until  they  were  found  to  be  con¬ 
nected  with  cases  occurring  later. 

AFTERNOON  SESSION. 

The  time  was  taken  up  in  discussions  upon  yellow  fever  and 
quarantine. 

NIGHT  SESSION. 

During  the  discussion  of  the  papers  read  at  the  morning 
session.  Dr.  Choppin  introduced  the  following  resolution : 

Resolved,  That  a  committee  on  quarantine  be  appointed  by 
the  American  Public  Health  Association,  whose  duty  it  shall 
be  to  formulate  a  system  of  quarantine  with  such  rigor  and 
precision  as  to  prevent  the  importation  of  the  specific  cause  of 
yellow  fever. 

Dr.  Ohoppin  said  that  by  a  non -intercourse  quarantine,  he 
meant  the  detention  of  vessels  at  quarantine  station,  disinfec¬ 
tion,  separation  of  the  sick  from  the  well.  The  value  of  com¬ 
merce  with  the  ports  from  which  fever  was  imported  was  much 
less  than  supposed — probably  $500,000  to  New  Orleans — yet 
the  loss  by  the  results  of  the  importation  of  two  cases  in  1878 
were  not  less  than  $12,000,000,  and  for  the  country  over  $175,- 
000,000.  There  was  great  hope  for  utterly  stamping  out  the 
disease  in  Memphis  and  New  Orleans  by  rigid  quarantine  and 
the  prevention  of  any  further  introduction  of  the  poison. 

Dr.  J.  P.  Dake,  of  Nashville,  opposed  the  resolution,  because 
the  National  Board  of  Health  had  this  question  under  consid¬ 
eration,  and  the  resolution  was  unnecessary. 

Dr.  Elliott,  of  Savannah,  declared  himself  to  be  an  advo¬ 
cate  of  a  strict  quarantine,  but  was  not  in  favor  of  stopping 
commercial  intercourse  with  the  West  Indies  for  six  months  in 
the  year.  He  believed  such  a  course  to  be  unnecessary.  Will 
it  not  answer  every  purpose  to  stop  the  ship  at  quarantine, 
discharge  the  cargo,  and  thoroughly  disinfect  the  vessel  itself? 
Let  this  method  have  a  fair  trial  before  proceeding  to  declare 
non-intercourse.  If  the  plan  is  thought  to  be  unsafe,  the  vessel 
might  be  unloaded  at  quarantine,  discharging  cargo  into 
lighters,  then  loaded  in  the  same  manner  and  sent  away  with¬ 
out  coming  up  to  the  city  at  all.  At  least  let  this  plan  be 
thoroughly  tried  before  proceeding  to  such  extreme  measures 
as  interrupting  commerce  and  declaring  absolute  non  inter¬ 
course  during  the  six  months  of  the  year  when  fevers  prevail. 

Dr.  Lloyd  Howard  thought  there  ought  to  be  a  difference 
between  quarantine  rules  for  different  ports.  He  did  not  be¬ 
lieve  in  an  absolute  non-intercourse  quarantine. 

Dr.  Choppin  advocated  the  resolution  as  necessary. 

The  reading  of  the  resolution  was  called  for. 

10 


656  Seventh  Annual  Meeting.  [December 

Dr.  A.  N.  Bell,  of  New  York,  opposed  the  resolution  because 
shutting  off  ships  would  perpetuate  disease,  as  the  ships  would 
still  retain  the  infection  for  years,  unless  cleansed.  We  should 
not  be  afraid  to  take  hold  of  the  ships  and  cause  the  infection 
to  disappear. 

Dr.  S.  C.  Cobb,  of  Pennsylvania,  endorsed  Dr.  Bell’s  views. 

Dr.  C.  F.  Folsom,  of  Massachusetts,  called  for  the  question, 
and  the  resolution  was  rejected. 

The  following  resolutions  were  adopted : 

Resolved,  That  the  replies  to  schedules  under  circular  2,  of  the 
National  Board  of  Health,  be  referred  to  that  Board. 

Resolved ,  That  this  Association,  in  adopting  the  recommenda¬ 
tion  of  the  President,  that  the  clerical  and  traveling  expenses 
of  the  Secretary,  necessary  to  the  performance  of  his  duties  as 
Secretary,  be  paid  by  the  Association,  recommend  also  that  he 
be  paid  the  sum  of  $100  for  the  past  year’s  services. 

Dr.  Early’s  resolutions,  presented  at  the  afternoon  session, 
were  tabled,  in  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  the 
Executive  Committee,  as  were  also  resolutions  by  Dr.  T.  M. 
Stevens,  of  Indianapolis,  favoring  the  establishment  in  each 
State  of  hospitals  for  the  treatment  of  contagious  and  infectious 
diseases. 

The  following  were  also  tabled,  in  accordance  with  a  similar 
recommendation : 

By  Hon.  E.  A.  James,  of  Chattanooga: 

Resolved ,  That  it  is  the  opinion  of  this  Association  that  yel¬ 
low  fever  can  originate  in  the  United  States. 

By  Dr.  A.  N.  Bell,  of  New  York : 

Resolved ,  As  the  sense  of  the  A.  P.  H.  Association,  we  hail 
with  eminent  satisfaction  the  determination  of  the  people  of 
Memphis  to  institute  forthwith  such  means  of  practical  sanitation 
as  may  be  deemed  to  be  essential  for  the  redemption  of  that  city 

from  yellow  fever ;  and  that  we  will,  individually  and  collec¬ 
tively,  exert  ourselves  in  the  promotion  of  the  work. 

Votes  of  thanks  were  then  passed  to  the  institutions  of  learn¬ 
ing  and  others  from  whom  invitations  had  been  received. 

To  the  Local  Committee  and  the  citizens  of  Nashville  for 
their  cordial  hospitality  and  attention  to  the  wants  of  the 
members,  which  has  done  so  much  to  make  this  a  harmonious 
and  en  toy  able  meeting. 

To  Dr.  J.  Berrien  Lindsley,  Secretary  of  the  Local  Com¬ 
mittee,  whose  laborious  services  and  tireless  energy  has  effected 
the  most  successful  meeting  in  the  annals  of  this  Association ; 
and  to  his  assistant,  Judge  Pitkin  C.  Wright,  for  his  courtesy 
and  attention. 

Dr.  A.  L.  Gribon  offered  the  following  resolution,  which  was 
adopted  by  a  rising  vote  with  hearty  applause: 

Resolved ,  that  the  American  Public  Health  Association,  re- 


Editorial. 


657 


1879J 

cognizing  the  ability  and  dignity  with  which  its  retiring  Presi¬ 
dent,  Prof.  Jas.  L.  Cabell,  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  has 
performed  the  onerous  duties  of  his  office,  gratefully  tender  him 
its  thanks  for  the  invaluable  service  he  has  rendered  it,  and  the 
great  cause  in  which  it  is  enlisted,  and  assures  him  that  he 
carries  with  him  the  respect  and  affectionate  regard  of  everyone 
of  its  individual  members. 

Dr.  Hewitt,  of  Minnesota,  offered  the  following  resolution, 
which  was  adopted : 

Resolved,  that  the  thanks  of  the  Association  be  presented  to 
Dr.  H.  B.  Baker,  the  retiring  Treasurer,  and  that  the  Secretary 
be  instructed  to  communicate  to  him  the  genuine  condolence  in 
his  recent  bereavement. 

President  Cabell  said  that  he  did  not  think  the  preservation 
of  good  order  was  at  all  due  to  him,  but  to  the  uniform  good 
conduct  of  the  members.  He  thanked  them  kindly,  and  then 
declared  the  Association  adjourned.  L.  F.  S. 


NEW  ORLEANS  IN  1879. 

The  summer  of  1879  will  long  be  remembered  in  New  Orleans 
as  one  of  unparalleled  healthfulness,  and  the  weeping  Jere¬ 
miahs  of  the  country  now  find  that  they  have  been  mistaken 
in  asserting  that  to  be  unhealthy  is  the  normal  condition  of 
this  city. 

The  death  rate  for  several  consecutive  weeks  was  remark¬ 
ably  low,  and  on  one  occasion  the  total  deaths  for  a  week 
amounted  to  but  68.  This  low  rate  of  mortality  was  attained 
but  once  before  in  eleven  years. 

The  summer  months  have  been  remarkably  pleasant  and  in 
delightful  contrast  with  some  of  the  health  resorts  to  which 
the  residents  of  this  city  flocked.  The  mean  temperature  has 
been  comparatively  low  during  the  months  of  June,  July, 
August  and  September,  being  respectively  88,  87,  81,  78°. 
Nights  rendered  oppressive  by  heat  were  rare.  Reference  to 
the  records  kept  by  the  United  States  Signal  Service  proves 
that  the  velocity  of  the  wind  was  greater  than  for  the  corres¬ 
ponding  months  of  the  preceding  year.  These  favorable  con- 


658  Editorial.  [December 

ditions  of  our  climate  seem  to  us  to  play  an  important  part 
in  accounting  for  the  healthfulness  of  our  city. 

Another  factor  tending  to  increase  the  healthy  condition  of 
the  city  has  been  the  wide-spread  and  earnest  endeavors  of  the 
Board  of  Health,  the  New  Orleans  Auxiliary  Sanitary  Asso¬ 
ciation,  timely  assistance  from  the  National  Board  of  Health, 
and  notable  efforts  on  the  part  of  citizens  generally  to  keep 
the  city  as  clean  as  possible.  The  old  plan  of  dumping  gar¬ 
bage  from  the  streets  and  gutters  into  vacant  squares  in  the 
rear  of  the  city  has  been  abandoned,  and  a  system  of  removal 
of  this  foul  and  offensive  matter  into  barges  and  deposited  into 
the  Mississippi  river  below  the  city  inaugurated.  The  streets 
and  gutters  have  as  far  as  practicable  been  flushed  with  river 
water,  and  thorough  and  repeated  cleansing  of  yards,  drains 
and  privy  vaults  has  been  insisted  on. 

The  question  for  solution  is  the  cause  of  this  comparative 
immunity  from  disease,  and  we  are  forced  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  combination  of  factors  referred  to  above  must  have 
contributed  largely  to  the  general  health.  Recognizing  the 
necessity  of  a  rational  quarantine;  insisting  as  strongly  as 
we  can  that  infectious  and  contagious  diseases  shall  not  be 
brought  to  the  city  we  must  pass  in  review  several  facts 
in  regard  to  the  small  outbreak  of  yellow  fever  which  occurred, 
and  ask  whether  quarantine  and  consequent  non-introduction 
of  the  fever  prevented  the  appearance  of  the  disease.  Yellow 
fever  was  repeatedly  brought  to  the  city;  once  from  Rio 
Janeiro,  and  several  times  from  Morgan  City.  These  cases 
were  never  perfectly  isolated,  and,  whether  they  recovered  or 
died,  not  a  single  case  has  been  traced  to  them.  Other  cases 
appeared  in  New  Orleans,  and  one  portion  of  the  city  was 
declared  infected  ;  here  case  after  case  developed,  but  nothing 

of  an  epidemic  tendency  prevailed.  To  solve  its  appearance  in 

-■ 

the  Fourth  District,  the  most  importunate  introductionist  failed 
to  discover  that  it  had  been  imported,  and  physicians  favoring 
the  theory  of  spontaneous  development,  or  in  favor  of  the  hiber¬ 
nating  characteristic  of  the  germs,  found  a  vast  field  for  specu¬ 
lation. 

The  readers  of  the  Journal  have  been  favored  with  an 

. 


1879 J  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  659 

analysis  of  the  cases  of  yellow  fever  occurring  during  the  year, 
by  that  untiring  and  pains-taking  sanitarian,  Dr.  Joseph  Holt, 
and  the  concluding  remarks  of  his  article  not  only  will  bear 
repetition,  but  should  be  carefully  weighed : 

“  Of  three  things  we  are  certainly  assured ;  we  know  that 
perfect  sanitation  is  the  one  great  experiment  yet  to  be  tried 
in  the  solution  of  the  yellow  fever  problem ;  that  the  disease 
has  ceased  to  occur  epidemically  in  certain  cities,  heretofore 
scourged,  coincidently  with  an  improved  municipal  sanitation, 
and,  finally,  that  every  city,  town,  or  ship,  in  which  the  disease 
breaks  out  and  spreads,  is  a  city,  town,  or  ship,  in  a  foul  and 
most  unsanitary  condition.  And  moreover,  with  all  deference 
and  becoming  modesty,  we  challenge  any  man  to  cite,  with  cor¬ 
roborative  evidence,  one  single  instance  to  the  contrary :  that 
is,  of  yellow  fever  occurring  de  novo ,  and  spreading  in  a  com¬ 
munity  where  there  did  not  exist  bad  hygienic  conditions  due 
to  the  massing  of  human  excrement  and  other  filth  in  close 
proximity  to  habitations. 

“  Their  streets  and  premises  or  decks  might  look  severely 
clean,  but  to  the  scrutinizing  eye  of  a  sanitarian,  the  place 
would  be  seen  disgustingly  filthy. 

“If  ever  we  discover  the  talisman  whose  charm  shall  save 
us  from  yellow  fever,  we  will  also  discover  upon  it  a  few  caba¬ 
listic  characters,  the  spring  of  its  magical  potency.  These, 
when  arranged,  will  spell  one  word,  ‘  Cleanliness.’  ” 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


Clinical  Medicine. — A  Systematic  Treatise  on  the  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment  of  Diseases.  Designed  for  the  use  of  Students  and 
Practitioners  of  Medicine.  By  Austin  Flint,  M.  D.,  Profes¬ 
sor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  and  of  Clini¬ 
cal  Medicine  in  the  Bellevue  Hospital,  Medical  College,  Etc. 
Philadelphia.  Henry  C.  Lea;  New  Orleans,  Armand  Haw¬ 
kins,  Medical  Book  Store,  196£  Canal  street.  8vo.,  pp.  795. 
Price  $4  50. 

The  fact  that  another  work  from  the  pen  of  this  eminent 
clinical  teacher  is  announced  is  a  guarantee  of  cordial  reception 
by  the  profession. 

The  work  before  us  is  a  wonder  of  condensation,  but  the 
author  has  sacrificed  thoroughness  to  brevity.  A  short  terse 


060  Reviews  and  Booh  Notices.  [December 

sentence,  expressing  to  the  writer’s  mind  what  would  require  a 
page  to  render  plain  to  the  student,  requires  too  much  study, 
and,  unless  this  work  is  read  in  connection  with  more  thorough¬ 
ly  pathological  treatises,  it  will  scarcely  be  appreciated. 

The  introductory  chapter  is  well  calculated  to  furnish  the 
student  with  full  information  as  to  the  methods  of  examining 
patieuts  and  recording  cases,  and  the  value  of  such  preliminary 
teaching  cannot  be  too  highly  estimated. 

But  to  our  minds  the  most  valuable  portion  of  the  work  is 
contained  in  the  preliminary  observations  connected  with  the 
study  of  diseases  corresponding  with  the  different  physiological 
systems.  The  value  of  each  symptom  is  carefully  analysed. 

That  portion  of  the  work  referring  to  the  treatment  of  dis¬ 
eases  is,  as  will  be  expected,  essentially  modern  and  complete, 
though  given  too  much  after  the  style  of  aphorisms. 

The  index  is  elaborate,  and  the  volume  is  published  in  good 
style. 

Reports  to  the  St.  Louis  Medical  Society  on  Yellow  Fever  ;  consist¬ 
ing  of  the  Report  of  the  Committee  appointed  to  Inquire  into 
the  Relations  of  the  Epidemic  of  1878  to  the  City  of  St.  Louis , 
and  a  Report  on  the  Meteorological  Conditions  and  Etiology 
of  Yellow  Fever ,  and  of  certain  other  diseases  associated  with 
a  high  temperature ,  and  on  the  Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever. 
By  W.  Hutson  Ford,  A.M.,  M.D.,  formerly  Professor  of 
Physiology,  New  Orleans  School  of  Medicine,  etc.  8vo., 
pp.  327.  St.  Louis :  Geo.  O.  Rumbold  &  Co.,  1879. 

The  first  of  these  reports  was  prepared  by  a  committee  con¬ 
sisting  of  Drs.  W.  Hutson  Ford,  Walter  Wyman,  and  F.  J. 
Lutz.  The  points  which  they  took  under  consideration  were  as 
follows : 

I.  Cases  of  yellow  fever  developed  in  St.  Louis  in  persons 
coming  to  this  city  from  Southern  cities,  where  the  disease  was 
prevailing,. 

II.  Cases  of  yellow  fever  treated  at  the  Quarantine  Hospital. 

III.  Cases  of  yellow  fever  arisiug  in  St.  Louis,  its  suburbs, 
at  Quarantine,  and  on  board  the  Quarantine  transport  steamer, 
Edwardsville,  by  contagion  from  cases  developed  in  persons 
from  points  at  the  South,  where  yellow  fever  was  epidemic. 

IY.  Cases  either  of  yellow  fever,  or  closely  simulating  that 
disease,  arisiug  in  St.  Louis  and  its  suburbs  without  known 
contact  with  other  cases,  or  where  no  such  contact  existed. 


Reviews  and  Booh  Notices. 


661 


1879] 

Y.  Classification  and  summary  of  all  cases  of  yellow  fever 
occurring  in  St.  Louis  and  its  vicinity  in  1878. 

Tlie  following  are  the  conclusions  arrived  at  by  the  com¬ 
mittee,  respecting  yellow  fever  in  general  and  the  diseases  as 
affected  by  the  local  conditions  of  St.  Louis. 

1st.  Yellow  fever  may  be  acquired  in  St.  Louis,  by  contact 
with  persons  sick  with  that  disease,  and  with  the  apparel  of 
persons  who  have  been  in  contact  with  the  sick ;  by  entrance 
into  the  holds  or  apartments  of  steamers,  or  by  communication 
with  their  cargoes. 

2d.  Yellow  fever,  or  at  least  an  equally  fatal  disease  in  no 
way  distinguishable  from  yellow  fever,  and  like  it,  contagious, 
(Miss  Enwright  from  the  person  of  her  mother,)  may  be  gen¬ 
erated  in  loco  by  bad  sanitary  conditions  in  this  city  and  its 
suburbs. 

3d.  The  population  of  St.  Louis  does  not  acquire  the  capacity 
of  receiving  yellow  fever,  until  late  in  the  season,  viz.,  the  end 
of  September  and  month  of  October,  in  the  great  majority 
of  cases. 

4th.  Individuals  weakened  by  disease,  and  especially  the 
subjects  of  malarial  fever,  evince  the  greatest  readiness  to 
acquire  yellow  fever  by  contagion. 

5th.  A  sort  of  hybrid  fever,  characterized  by  intense  and 
often  repeated  rigors,  analogous  to  break-bone  fever  (Dengue), 
may  be  acquired  in  St.  Louis  by  contact  with  places  or  things 
which  have  been  in  relation  with  persons  sick  of  yellow  fever. 

6th.  For  the  prevention  of  yellow  fever  in  St.  Louis,  the  most 
rigid  quarantine  possible  should  be  established,  with  reference 
to  cities  in  which  yellow  fever  may  appear,  to  be  maintained 
until  the  month  of  November,  or  a  permanent  decline  of  the 
weekly  mean  temperature  to  40°. 

7th.  Subjects  of  yellow  fever  at  quarantine,  should  be  segre¬ 
gated  there,  and  served  by  a  special  corps  of  attendants,  who 
should  not  come  in  contact  with  any  other  patients. 

8th.  No  disturbance  of  the  soil,  or  rectification  of  drainage, 
should  ever  be  practiced  in  the  presence  of  yellow  fever. 

9th.  The  subjects  of  yellow  fever  should,  if  practicable,  be 
promptly  removed  from  the  city  and  taken  to  quarantine. 

10th.  All  sanitary  measures  i elating  to  the  abatement  of 
nuisances  capable  of  causing  disease,  should  be  instituted  and 
completed  before  the  month  of  July. 

11th.  The  cardinal  property  of  yellow  fever,  so  far  as  St. 
Louis  is  capable  of  being  invaded  by  the  disease,  which  has 
now  been  unfortunately  proved,  though  on  a  very  limited  scale, 
is  its  indisputable  contagiousness;  but  inasmuch  as  an  accept¬ 
ance  of  this  contagion  implies  a  certain  receptivity  previously 
wrought  by  meteorological  influences  in  conjunction  with  the 
effluvia  of  putrefaction,  still  greater  attention  than  ever  should 


662 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[December 


be  paid  to  matters  of  drainage  and  general  sanitation.  Such 
action  will  constitute  a  safeguard  to  the  public  health,  we  are 
assured,  more  reliable  than  even  a  rigid  quarantine,  while  in 
numberless  other  ways,  it  will  conduce  to  the  welfare  of  our 
city.  All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

As  regards  the  above  propositions,  we  would  remark  upon 
the  second,  that  the  description  of  the  cases  of  Mrs.  Enwright 
and  her  daughter  is  not  conclusive  to  our  mind  that  they  died 
of  yellow  fever;  besides,  the  daughter  died  forty  days  after  the 
mother  in  a  house  a  square  and  a  half  distant.  The  third  find¬ 
ing  is  based  on  observation  of  a  single  year,  and  is  not  worth 
mentioning  as  a  scientific  conclusion. 

As  to  the  fifth  conclusion,  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  com¬ 
mittee  fail  of  elucidating  the  peculiarities  of  the  people  or  of 
the  climate  of  St.  Louis,  which  could  account  for  so  remarkable 
a  hybrid  production.  All  the  conclusions,  particularly  those 
just  referred  to,  and  the  11th,  afford  a  striking  example  of 
drawing  dogmatic  inferences  from  slender  data,  inasmuch  as 
the  total  number  of  cases  of  yellow  fever  at  St.  Louis  in  1878 
was  151,  and  confirm  an  observation  of  the  late  Warren  Stone 
— that  doctors  who  have  gone  through  a  single  epidemic  think 
they  know  all  about  yellow  fever,  but  lose  their  conceit,  the 
more  they  see  of  the  disease. 

The  second  part  of  the  volume  is  contributed  solely  by  Dr. 
Ford,  of  which  130  pages  are  devoted  to  the  etiology  of  the  dis¬ 
ease.  The  following  quotation  affords  a  fair  illustration  of  his 
views,  which,  however,  lack  the  merit  of  originality  : 

Yellow  fever  is  caused  in  the  first  instance,  whenever  it 
appears,  by  the  emanations  from  putrefying  animal  matters, 
more  especially  the  urine  and  faeces  of  man  and  animals,  and 
is  propagated  by  its  own  materies  contagiosa. 

*  The  cities  of  warm  regions  near  the  sea  level  are  especially 
liable  to  yellow  fever,  nnd  as  they  are  in  continual  communica¬ 
tion  with  each  other  by  land  or  water,  all  such  cities  must  be 
regarded  as  a  single  compound  centre  of  civilization,  with 
necessary  relations  to  each  other,  and  constant  transference  of 
inhabitants. 

******* 

Nevertheless  the  fundamental  origin  of  yellow  fever,  in  the 
submission  of  the  human  body  at  abnormally  high  and  long 


Why,  then,  has  yellow  fever  never  appeared  on  the  shores  of  the  Indian  ocean  ? 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


G63 


1879J 

continued  degrees  of  lieat  and  atmospheric  humidity,  to  the 
influences  of  the  effluvia  of  putrefaction,  is  to  be  uncondition¬ 
ally  accepted,  and  no  paradox  whatever  is  implied  in  the 
assertion  that  a  given  case  or  outbreak  may  have  been  due, 
either  to  sceptic  effluvia,  or  to  the  materies  contagiosa. 

It  has  never  been  asserted  by  the  advocates  of  the  above 
notions  that  tropical  America,  particularly  along  its  Atlantic 
and  Gulf  coasts,  possesses  any  monopoly  of  the  special  insani¬ 
tary  conditions  named ;  nor  has  it  been  explained  by  these 
philosophers  why  yellow  fever  never  appears  along  the  eastern 
shores  of  Africa,  the  southern  and  eastern  shores  of  Asia,  nor 
the  islands  of  the  Indian  and  Pacific  oceans. 

The  book  closes  with  about  40  pages  devoted  to  the  Theory 
and  Practice  of  the  Administration  of  Veratrnm  Viride  in  Yel¬ 
low  Fever.  The  result  of  the  use  of  this  remedy  he  declares  to 
be  “A  reduction  of  the  mortality  to  one-third,  or  even  less 
than  this,  of  what  is  usual  in  other  modes  of  practice.”  The 
volume  closes  with  these  words:  “In  my  opinion,  the  intelli¬ 
gent  employment  of  veratrum  viiide  is  the  only  method  of 
medication  which  in  appropriate  cases  is  entitled  to  rank  as 
the  rational  treatment  of  fever.”  The  reader  is  requested  to 
make  his  own  comments.  S.  S.  IT. 

Student’s  Pocket  Medical  Lexicon  ;  (jiving  the  correct  pronuncia¬ 
tion  end  definition  of  all  words  and  terms  in  general  use  in 
medicine  and  the  collateral  sciences ,  the  pronunciation  being 
plainly  represented  in  the  American  phonetic  alphabet.  With 
an  appendix ,  containing  a  list  <>J  poisons  and  their  antidotes , 
abbreviations  used  in  prescriptions ,  and  a  metric  scale  of 
doses.  By  Elias  Longley,  author  of  a  “Pronouncing  Vo¬ 
cabulary  of  Geographical  and  Personal  Names,”  etc. 
18mo.,  pj».  303.  Philadelphia:  Lindsay  &  Blakiston,  1879. 
[From  Arm  and  Hawkins,  196£  Canal  street.] 

The  peculiarity  of  this  lexicon  is  the  phonetic  alphabet, 
which  is  used  to  represent  the  pronunciation  of  all  words  but 
those  of  which  there  can  be  no  doubt.  Twenty  new  cliarac 
ters  are  used,  while  c,  q  and  x  are  omitted  from  this  alphabet, 
as  being  redundant,  and  thus  the  forty-three  elementary 
sounds  of  our  language  are  represented,  each  by  its  own  char¬ 
acter.  The  system  is  easily  mastered  by  a  little  study,  and  is 
then  more  convenient  than  any  other.  There  can  be  no  doubt 
10* 


664  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  [December 

that  the  general  use  of  this  alphabet,  the  additional  letters  of 
which  bear  a  close  resemblance  to  our  Roman  clia  acters  of 
kindred  significance,  would  greatly  facilitate  children  in  learn¬ 
ing  to  read  and  spell  our  difficult  language,  and  would  at  the 
same  time  contribute  much  to  rendering  its  orthography  and 
pronunciation  fixed  and  uniform.  The  principal  disadvantage 
would  be  a  partial  concealment  of  the  derivation  of  words,  by 
deviation  from  their  original  orthography,  but  this  would  be 
of  no  consequence  to  those  ignorant  of  the  original  languages, 
while  those  familiar  with  them  would  easily  overcome  such 
difficulties. 

Words  derived  from  the  Greek  and  Latin  are  pronounced 
according  to  the  general  rules  of  the  English  language,  in 
preference  to  the  Continental  style,  following  the  custom  which 
prevails  at  Oxford  and  Harvard. 

The  definitions  are  necessarily  extremely  concise,  and  no 
attempt  is  made  to  show  the  derivation  of  words. 

Some  important  words  are  omitted :  for  instance  Hyper¬ 
trophy  and  Phthisis ;  a  few  are  pronounced  not  in  accordance 
with  the  best  authorities.  But  these  imperfections  do  not 
destroy  the  general  usefulness  of  the  work  and  can  easily  be 
corrected  in  another  edition. 

On  the  whole  we  regard  the  little  volume  as  highly  conve¬ 
nient  and  meritorious.  S.  S.  H. 


Winter  and  its  Dangers.  By  Hamilton  Osgood,  M.  D.,  of  edito 
rial  staff  of  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  16 
mo.,  pp.  160.  Philadelphia:  Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  1S71). 
(Sold  byArmand  Hawkins,  1961  Canal  street,  New  Orleans.) 

This  is  No.  VI,  of  the  series  of  American  Health  Primers, 
edited  by  W.  W.  Keen,  M.  D.,  intended  for  general  readers  and 
sold  at  50  cents  a  volume.  The  ten  chapters  at  e  devoted  to  the 
following  subjects : 

I,  General  Considerations ;  II,  Dangers  Arising  from  Errors 
in  Dress;  III,  Carelessness  and  Ignorance  in  Bathing;  IV,  In¬ 
attention  to  Pulmonary  Food  fin  other  words  to  ventilation]; 
V,  Danger  from  Overheated  Air ;  VI,  Indifference  to  Sunshine; 
VH,  Sedentary  Life  and  Neglect  of  Exercise;  VIII,  The 


1879]  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  005 

Dangers  of  School-life  in  Winter ;  IX,  Winter  Amusements; 
X,  Closing  Observations. 

The  book  is  full  of  judicious  observations  and  advice,  written 
in  plain  language,  free  of  technicalities.  Though  its  warnings 
are  more  suited  to  cold  climates  than  to  our  own,  with  its  short 
and  mild  winter,  much  of  its  instruction  is  Applicable  to  South¬ 
ern  readers.  It  ought  to  be  in  every  liousohold.  S.  S.  H. 

Atlas  of  Skin  Diseases.  By  Louis  A.  Dull  ring,  M.D.,  Professo 
of  Skin  Diseases  in  University  of  Pennsylvania ;  Physician 
to  the  Dispensary  for  Skin  Diseases,  Philadelphia ;  Derma¬ 
tologist  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital,  etc.  Parts  III  and 
IY.  4to.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co. 

We  have  received  parts  3  and  4  of  the  above  work,  which 
certainly  to  our  thinking  contain  the  most  magnificent  colored 
illustrations  ever  published  in  this  country.  Part  3  contains 
plates  of  squamous  eczema,  erythematous  and  papula  pustular 
syphiloderm,  and  purpura.  The  illustrations  are  drawn  from 
life,  and  colored  by  the  celebrated  artist,  Hermann  Faber,  and 
chromo-lithographed  by  Moras,  of  Philadelphia.  Part  4  con¬ 
tains  illustrations  of  vitiligo,  alopecia  areata,  favus  and  eczema 
rubrum.  A  concise  history  of  the  case,  giving  the  symptoms, 
diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  results  of  treatment,  accompanies 
each  portrait.  The  work  is  to  be  completed  in  8-10  parts,  at 
$2  50  per  part. 

For  some  reason  parts  1  and  2  have  not  yet  been  received 
by  us. 

First  Step  in  Chemical  Principles.  An  Introduction  to  Modern 
Chemistry ,  Intended  Especially  for  Beginners.  By  Henry 
Leffraann,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on  Toxicology,  Summer  School, 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  etc.  10mo.,  pp.  52.  Philadel¬ 
phia  :  Edward  Stern  &  Co.,  1879. 

This  little  volume  contains  the  substance  of  the  author’s 

*- 

lectures  delivered  for  several  years  past  to  the  quiz-classes  at 
Jefferson  Medical  College.  Medical  students  generally  have 
more  difficulty  with  chemistry  than  with  any  other  branch 
taught  by  lectures,  owing  to  tlicir  previous  ignorance  of  the 
principles  of  the  science.  A  careful  study  of  this  volume  pre¬ 
vious  to  the  lecture  course  would  mainly  supply  the  defect, 
and  such  we  conceive  to  be  its  proper  use.  S.  S.  H. 


COG  Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables.  [December 

Meteorological  Summary — October,  1871). 
Station— New  Orleans. 


5  j- 

o>  o 

c z  & 

e  . 

c  >. 

.5 .2  ~ 

r-Z 

Date. 

i?§ 

'S  °  K- 
?  0.  ? 
> 

General  Items. 

«  5S 

aa 

an 

C3  £ 

Pi  — < 

£5  o 

« 

1 

30.13 

79.2  83.3 

East. 

.00 

Highest  Barometer,  30.343,  on  24th. 

2 

30.11 

79.  5 

81.7 

East. 

.02 

Lowest  Baromete 

29.732,  on  16th. 

3 

30.09 

80.0  73.7 

East. 

.00 

Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  0.611  in. 

4 

30.02 

80.5 

09.0 

East. 

.00 

Highest  Temperature,  86°  on  2d. 

5 

29.91 

78.0  75.7 

N.  E. 

.13 

Lowest  Temperature,  50°  on  25th. 
Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  36°. 

o 

29  81 

74.7  78.0 

North. 

.05 

7 

29.94 

76.2  85.0 

N  W. 

.05 

Greatest  Daily  Range  of  Temperature, 

8 

30  05 

78.0  80.7 

East. 

.11 

10°  on  29tli  and  30  h. 

9 

30.08 

79.2  81.7 

East. 

00 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp. ,7°  on  26th 

10 

30.07 

79.2  70.3 

East. 

.00 

Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures,  77.6° 

11 

30.01 

79.0  73.3 

N.  E. 

02 

Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  05.4° 
Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  12.2°. 

12 

30.04 

79.0  75.0 

N.  E. 

.00 

13 

30.05 

77.2  75.0 

N.  E. 

.00 

Prevailing  Direction  of  Wind,  North. 

14 

30.00 

77.2  72.7 

N.  E. 

.00 

Total  Movement  of  Wind,  0,762  miles. 

15 

29.85 

74.2  83.0 

N.  E. 

.17 

Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc- 

16 

29.82 

70  7 

77.7 

N.  W. 

.01 

tion,  29  miles,  East,  oi»20th. 

17 

30.01 

77.5 

00.3 

North 

.01 

Number  of  Foggy  Days,  0. 

18 

30.08 

71.0 

51.3 

North 

.00 

Number  of  Clear  Days,  9. 

19 

30.07 

07.7 

48.7 

North 

.00 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  10 

Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 

20 

30.01 

C5.0 

75.0 

Nor  th 

.00 

21 

30.00 

70.2 

83.0 

N  ortli 

.00 

Rain  fell,  6. 

22 

30.00 

71.5 

81.0 

N.  E. 

.00 

Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 

23 

30.22 

70.2 

64.0 

North 

00 

Raiu  fell,  11. 

24 

30  31 

35.3 

Nor  tli 

.00 

25 

30.29 

01.0 

63  7 

East. 

.00 

COMPARATIVE 

TEMPERATURE. 

2() 

30.20 

00.0 

77.0 

.25 

1871 . 

1876  . 67.0° 

2/ 

30.11 

02  0 

o7.0 

Nort  li 

.54 

1872 . . 

1877 . 70.2° 

28 

30.07 

05.0 

02  0 

N.  W. 

.00 

1873  . 08.2° 

1878 . 70. 6C 

29 

30.02 

00.5 

53.7 

N.  W. 

.00 

1874 . 70.4° 

1879 . 72.1° 

30 

30.07 

07.7 

70.0 

South 

.00 

1875 .  673.° 

1880 . 

31 

30.22 

64.5 

70.0 

N.  W. 

.... 

COMPARATIVE 

PRECIPITATION. 

Sums 

Means 

187 1 . inches. 

1  1876..  0.24  inches 

30.059  72.4 

72.1 

North 

1.36 

1872 .  “ 

1873...  1.89  “ 

1  1877  .  9.15  “ 
j  1878..  5.07  “ 

1874 _  “ 

|  1879..  1.36  “ 

1875..  2  09  “ 

|  1880 .  “ 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  October  lOtli,  1879,  to 
November  23d,  1879,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump¬ 

tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

October  26 

3 

6 

10 

0 

1 

96 

November  2 

0 

0 

21 

0 

4 

113 

November  9. 

0 

8 

15 

0 

5 

113 

November  10 

0 

7 

14 

0 

11 

111 

November  23 

0 

3 

14 

0 

4 

89 

Total .. . . 

3 

30 

80 

0 

25 

522 

NEW  ORLEANS 


Medical  jind  Surgical  Journal 


JANUARY,  1880. 


Pr1 


IGINAL  J^OjVyVlUNICATIONS. 


Prevention  of  Disease— Prophylaxis  in  Person. 

By  JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 

Professor  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutic*  and  Clinical  Medicine,  Medical  Department, 
University  of  Louisiana. 


k 


To  touch  upon  this  subject  at  the  present  time  needs  no 
apology.  The  question  of  our  ability  to  prevent  epidemic  dis¬ 
ease  has  grown  to  be  in  the  last  two  years  one  of  national  im¬ 
portance,  and  has  become  a  matter  of  vital  interest  to  the  great 
commercial  centres  of  the  Mississippi  valley  and  the  Atlantic 
coast.  When  we  realize  that  during  the  past  summer  at  least 
one-third  of  the  commonwealths  of  the  Union  were  more  or  less 
apprehensive  of  an  epidemic  invasion  of  yellow  fever,  and  that, 
thereby,  their  commercial  highways  were  obstructed  and  their 
populations  held  ready  for  flight,  we  may  form  some  feeble 
estimate  of  the  terrible  cost  of  such  apprehensions,  and  by  it 
may  measure  with  approximate  accuracy  the  responsibility  that 
rests  upou  the  shoulders  of  the  medical  profession  touching  the 
prevention  of  disease.  The  appointment  of  State  boards  of 
health  tells  that  the  people  demand  some  help  at  the  hands  of 
the  profession,  while  the  higher  creation  by  Congress  of  a 
National  Board  of  Health,  with  powers  so  broad  as  to  cause 
alarm  through  its  invasion  of  political  precedent,  gives  evidence 
that  the  representatives  of  the  people  feel  and  sympathize  with 
the  demand,  »  /. 


668  Original  Communications.  [January 

On  the  other  hand,  the  work  that  has  been  done  during  the 
past  year  by  the  various  uiedieal  bodies  shows  that  the  respon¬ 
sibility  has  been  fully  realized  by  them,  and  teaches  that  where 
means  and  power  are  given  to  the  guardians  of  health  they  will 
be  used  With  honest  intent  and  good  results. 

To  discuss  wliat  has  been  done  is  not,  however,  the  purpose 
of  this  paper.  The  question  that  presses  now  is,  what  may  we 
do  for  the  future  ?  The  general  methods  in  vogue  for  the  pre¬ 
vention  of  epidemic  disease  are  the  offspring  of  common  sense 
rather  than  of  professional  knowledge,  and  it  would  seem  that 
the  public  have  a  right  to  expect  more  than  this  at  our  hands. 
More  than  this  every  conscientious  worker  in  medicine  must 
hope  to  bestow,  or  else  must  lose  that  iaitli  in  the  future  pro¬ 
gress  of  his  science  which  will  sap  the  foundations  of  his  energy 
and  arrest  endeavor. 

To  sum  up  briefly  the  available  methods  of  prevention,  we 
may  class  them  as  follows : 

\  External  f  Quarantine- 
Prophylaxis  )  (  Prophylaxis  in  Place. 

(  Internal  {  Prophylaxis  in  Person. 

Upon  the  first  the  medical  profession  is  at  variance :  it  has 
at  times  signally  succeeded;  at  others  it  has  signally 
failed.  The  laity,  according  to  their  relation  to  the 
centre  of  infection,  are  divided.  The  populace  of  au 
infected  district  are  apt  to  think  that  the  quarantine  which 
closes  their  channels  of  commerce  is  a  useless  imposition,  while 
those  communities  in  commercial  neighborhood  with  the  dis¬ 
eased  centre  regard  quarantine  as  the  only  hope  left  them  for 
escape.  Granting,  however,  the  theoretical  efficacy  of  quaran¬ 
tine,  disease  will  at  times  penetrate  its  lines,  and  the  commu¬ 
nity  so  reached  becomes  its  prey  with  no  other  means  of  pro¬ 
tection  than  local  sanitary  measures,  or  prophylaxis  in  place. 
As  this  measure  is  most  often  resorted  to  after  disease  has 
made  its  appearance— is  used  to  arrest  rather  than  to  prevent — 
its  utility  is  in  great  measure  lost.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  how¬ 
ever,  the  two  methods  mentioned  are  civil  rather  than  medical 
methods.  Common  sense  dictates  them,  and  the  civil  arm  is 
quite  competent  to  inaugurate  and  perfect  them.  The  ouly 


1380J  t^LLiOTT—  Prevention  of  Disease. 

purely  medical  method  is  prophylaxis  in  person*  or  the  use  of 
agents  that  will  destroy  the  poison  of  the  disease  in  the  blood 
before  the  poison  destroys  the  person.  Patients  attacked  by 
disease  are  sick  long  before  they  take  to  bed  or  see  a  physician* 
and  the  period  preceding  the  technical  sickness  has  long  been 
recognized  as  the  period  of  “  incubation  So  clearly  is  it 
accepted  as  a  fact  that  disease  poisons  enter  the  system  and 
then  require  time  for  the  accomplishment  of  their  effects,  that 
most  diseases  have  their  definite  periods  of  incubation  assigned 
them,  and  all  quarantine  laws  tacitly  express  this  conviction 
by  prescribing  a  time  of  probation  for  persons  from  infected 
districts.  To  combat  and  destroy  disease  in  the  person  during 
this  preliminary  stage,  or  rather,  to  prevent  the  formation  of 
this  stage,  is  a  problem  left  for  the  medical  profession,  aud 
offers  the  only  true  medical  method  of  preventing  disease^ 
Setting  aside,  at  present,  the  nature  of  disease  poisons,  a 
perfect  prophylatic  against  a  given  disease,  is  an  agent  that  is 
harmless  to  the  individual  taking  it,  while  destructive  of  the 
poison  in  the  blood. 

No  argument  is  necessary  to  prove  that  certain  chemical 
compounds  are  believed  to  be  destructive  to  the  poisons  of 
epidemic  diseases.  The  annual  use  of  this  class  of  compounds 
has  enlarged  to  such  an  extent  as  to  have  generated  a  new 
branch  of  commerce.  Vast  amounts  of  money  are  annually 
expended  in  attempts  to  destroy  the  disease  poisons  in  the 
streets  of  our  cities,  and  the  public  mind  has  become  so  familiar 
with  the  fact  of  disinfection,  as  to  regard  its  omission  as  a 
civic  delinquency.  The  general  recognition,  therefore,  both  by 
the  professional  mind  and  by  the  mind  of  the  laity,  of  true 
material  poisons,  as  the  causes  of  epidemic  disease — which 
poisons  can  be  met  and  destroyed  externally  to  the  body — 
leaves  no  ground  for  argument  against  attempts  to  meet  and 
destroy  those  same  poisons  after  they  have  entered  into  the 
body  of  the  individual.  Furthermore,  it  is  but  rational  to 
conclude  that  it  is  a  much  more  hopeful  task  to  prevent  the 
breaking  down  of  a  system  by  killing  a  poison  before  its  work 
is  accomplished,  than  to  remedy  at  last  the  physiological  damage 
which  is  manifested  in  the  complete  collapse  of  the  incipient 


670  Original  Communications.  [January 

chill  and  the  subsequent  reaction  of  the  febrile  state.  Too 
often  the  period  for  medical  aid  has  passed  before  the  physician 
is  sent  for,  and  the  blame  of  the  fatal  issue  has  to  be  borne  by 
the  practitioner  who  has  no  room  for  his  skill.  In  such  an 
issue  the  blame  does  not  belong  to  the  individual  practitioner 
so  much  as  it  does  to  the  profession  at  large,  who  have  failed 
so  far  to  furnish  sufficient  methods  of  prophylaxis  in  person. 

To  this  branch  of  medical  inquiry  the  present  paper  is  a 
contribution,  the  following  experiments  and  results  bfing 
offered  with  the  hope  that  they  may  stimulate  research  and 
lead  to  some  results  in  this  direction : 

In  1867  and  1868,  the  attention  of  the  writer  was  fixed  by  the 
experiments  of  Polli  (from  1855  to  1861)  upon  the  Sulphites 
and  hyposulphites  of  the  alkalies  aud  the  alkaline  earths. 

•  To  state  briefly,  from  memory,  in  these  experiments  it  was 
claimed  that  the  sulphites  administered  to  dogs  could  be 
detected  in  the  tissues  of  the  dead  animal  (still  in  the  form  of 
sulphite)  twenty-four  hours  or  more  after  the  administration  of 
the  salt.  From  the  known  effect  of  sulphurous  acid  as  an 
antiseptic  and  antizymotic,  it  followed  naturally,  from  these 
experiments,  that  the  use  of  the  sulphites  should  be  essayed  with 
hope  in  that  class  of  diseases  recognized  as  zymotic ;  and  Polli 
claimed  to  have  achieved  success  in  the  treatment  of  the  major 
exanthemata  with  the  sulphites  and  hyposulphites  of  sodium 
and  magnesium.  It  would  naturally  suggest  itself,  from  these 
reputed  successes,  that  if  the  sulphites  are  potent  to  arrest 
this  class  of  diseases  after  the  patient  has  become  technically 
“  sick,”' they  would  be  still  more  potent  to  prevent  them, 
provided  the  salts  could  t>e  taken  without  harm  to  the 
individual. 

As  the  results  of  Polli’s  experiments  upon  dogs  have  been 
controverted  by  subsequent  experimenters,  and  as  the  success 
claimed  by  him  in  the  treatment  of  zymotic  diseases  has  not 
been  experienced  by  later  therapeutists,  the  administration  of 
the  sulphites  has  fallen  into  disuse,  and  they  are  now  regarded 
as  a  class  of  remedies  possessing  valuable  powers,  but  as 
inferior  in  any  given  direction  to  other  agents  at  our  disposal. 

An  opportunity  was  afforded  the  writer  for  testing  the 


Elliott — Prevention  of  Disease. 


671 


1880] 


powers  of  the  sulphite  of  sodium,  as  a  prophylactic,  in  1876, 
in  an  epidemic  of  scarlet  fever.  In  this  test,  the  sulphite, 
having  achieved  all  that  could  be  expected  of  it  by  the  most 
earnest  advocate  of  its  power,  subsequent  experiments  upon 
men  and  animals  were  undertaken  to  explain  the  mode  of  its 
action,  and  account  for  the  results.  In  order  to  present  the 
subject  in  logical  sequence,  the  chronological  order  of  the 
therapeutical  and  physiological  experiments  will  be  reversed  in 
stating  them. 

In  seeking  to  learn  the  mode  of  action  of  sodium  sulphite,  the 
first  question  that  presents  itself  for  solution  is:  Does  the 
sulphite  of  sodium  remain  in  the  blood  as  sulphite  for  any 
length  of  time  after  its  absorption  into  the  circulation? 

This  was  claimed  by  Polli,  while  it  was  denied  by  Rabuteau ; 
Polli,  as  has  been  stated,  claiming  that  the  sulphite  could  bo 
found  still  as  sulphite  in  the  tissues  of  animals  who  had  taken 
the  salt.  Rabuteau  did  not  accept  the  results  of  Polli,  as  he 
could  find  no  sulphite  in  the  urine  ot  patients  taking  sulphite 
(in  therapeutic  doses);  his  inference  from  this  failure  being 
that  the  sulphite  was  rapidly  transformed  into  sulphate  as  soon 
os  it  entered  the  circulation. 

To  answer  this  first  query,  the  following  experiments  were 
tried : 

The  first  experiment  was  made  upon  a  healthy  dog  whose 
estimated  weight  was  40  pounds.  The  salt  used  was  the 
normal  sodium  sulphite,  Na,  SO;,,  701T3.  The  reaction 
relied  upon  for  the  detection  of  the  sulphite  was  its  decomposi¬ 
tion  by  nascent  hydrogen  liberated  from  hydrochloric  acid 
(HC1.)  by  chemically  pure  zinc.  The  reaction  may  be  stated 
os  follows : 

1st.  3Zn  +  6HOI=3Zn  01, 4-  Hfl ; 
and,  2nd,  Ha*  SO,  +  Ht;=SlI,  +  OH*  +  2  Ha.OH. 

lu  other  words,  the  nascent  hydrogen  liberates  sulphide  of 
hydrogen,  and  the  presence  of  the  latter  is  then  easily 
demonstrated  by  bringing  it  into  contact  with  lead  acetate  in 
solution,  when  lead  sulphide  is  deposited.  By  this  reaction, 
one  grain  of  sodium  sulphite  can  l>e  readily  detected  in  thirty 
thousand  grains  of  water. 


672 


Original  Communication*. 


[January 


Before  administering  the  sodium  sulphite  to  the  dog  au 
ounce  of  blood  was  drawn  from  its  hind  leg  and  submitted  to 
the  identical  chemical  process  intended  for  the  blood  after  the 
administration  of  the  salt.  This  was  done  to  be  assured  that 
there  was  no  compound  in  the  blood  that  could  produce  the 
hydrogen  sulphide  expected  from  the  decomposition  of  the 
sulphite. 

To  simplify  the  experiment  and  avoid  all  possible  change  in 
the  blood  from  manipulation  or  contact  with  the  gir,  the  blood 
was  drawn  from  the  leg  into  the  vessel,  (a  large  sized  glass 
beaker),  in  which  the  test  was  to  be  made,  and  a  little  water 
was  added  to  dilute  the  blood.  A  piece  of  chemically  pure 
zinc  was  then  dropped  into  the  blood,  enough  hydrochloric 
acid  was  poured  in  upon  it  to  cause  brisk  evolution  of  hydro¬ 
gen,  and  the  mouth  of  the  beaker  closed  with  a  piece  of  filter¬ 
ing  paper  wetted  with  a  solution  of  lead  acetate. 

This  simplification  of  the  experiment  was  arrived  at  after 
one  or  two  failures  in  the  effort  to  perform  the  experiment  in  a 
closed  vessel  and  to  force  the  gas  (SIT.)  through  a  solution  of 
lead  acetate  by  bubbling. 

The  failures  arose  from  the  fact  that  the  heat  of  the  chemi¬ 
cal  reaction,  together  with  the  direct  effect  of  the  acid  caused 
a  coagulation  of  the  albuminoid  constituents' of  the  blood  and 
a  consequent  swelling  up  of  the  contents  of  the  vessel  into  a 
frothy  mass  which  prevented  the  escape  of  the  gas.  The 
frothy  mass  would  pass  over  through  the  delivery  tube  into  the 
solution  of  lead  acetate  and  seriously  complicate  the  results. 
In  the  simplified  form  the  same  frothy  mass  resulted,  but  be¬ 
fore  filling  the  large  beaker  the  distended  bubbles  would  burst 
and  set  the  SH,  free  directly  in  the  presence  of  the  lead 
acetate  in  solution  on  the  filtering  paper  closing  the  mouth  of 
the  beaker.  In  the  preliminary  experiment  upon  the  blood  of 
the  dog,  before  the  sodium  sulphite  was  administered,  no  SH* 
was  generated.  No  trace  of  lead  sulphide  could  be  seen  upon 
the  filtering  paper. 

Pre-assurance  against  this  fallacy  being  had,  thirty  grains  of 
sodium  sulphite  was  given  to  the  dog  between  two  slices  of 
fresh  meat.  In  an  half  hour  afterwards  au  ounce  of  blood 


1880]  Elliott — Prevention  of  Disease.  673 

was  drawn  from  the  hind  leg  and  immediately  submitted  to 
the  same  test  as  the  first  specimen. 

In  this  case  the  surface  of  the  filtering  paper  became  com¬ 
pletely  covered  with  a  heavy  deposit  of  lead  sulphide.  After 
this  experiment  the  dog  was  kept  confined,  and  six  hours  sub¬ 
sequent  to  the  administration  of  the  sulphite  another  ounce  of 
blood  was  drawn  and  again  tested  with  like  results.  The  pre¬ 
cipitate  of  lead  sulphide  was,  in  the  second  case,  not  so  heavy 
as  in  the  first,  but  was  sufficiently  heavy  to  be  prominently 
visible.  These  results  support  the  conclusions  of  Polli,  and 
warrant  the  conclusion  that  the  sulphite  of  sodium  remained 
still  as  sulphite  in  the  blood  of  the  dog  six  hours  after  its 
administration. 

The  second  experiment  was  tried  upon  a  robust  and  healthy 
mau,  who  submitted  himself  for  the  trial,  A.  J.  Short,  27  years 
of  age ;  weight,  166  pounds ;  height,  5  feet,  7  inches.  As  in 
the  former  experiment,  a  half  ounce  of  blood  was  drawn  by 
means  of  cups  from  the  left  shoulder,  and  submitted  to  the 
test  of  Hcl.  and  Zu.  before  the  administration  of  the  sulphite, 
and  with  the  same  negative  result.  Upon  the  prepared  filtering 
paper  there  was  no  trace  of  lead  sulphide.  Twenty  grains  of 
sodium  sulphite  was  then  administered  in  aqueous  solution. 
Estimating  that  the  body  of  the  patient  contained  12  pounds 
of  blood,  the  quantity  of  sulphite  administered  would  give  a 
solution  in  the  blood  of  1-4200.  An  half  hour  after  the  sulphite 
was  administered,  a  second  half  ouuce  of  blood  was  drawn  . 
from  the  same  shoulder  and  immediately  submitted  to  the  same 
test.  A  plentiful  precipitate  of  lead  sulphide  was  formed  upon 
the  filtering  paper.  Four  hours  after  the  administration  of  the 
sulphite,  a  third  half  ounce  of  blood  was  drawn  from  the  same 
shoulder  and  tested,  when  a  clearly  perceptible  precipitate  of 
lead  sulphide  was  formed. 

As  a  fallacy  might  underlie  the  above  experiment  in  the  fact 
that  hydrochloric  acid  will  liberate  hydrogen  sulphide  from  a 
sulphide ;  an  experiment  was  tried  to  cover  this  point.  A 
patient  suffering  from  chronic  bronchitis  was  given  20  grains 
of  sodium  sulphite  and  in  fifteen  minutes  a  half  ounce  of  blood 
was  drawn  and  tested  with  hydrochloric  without  the  addition 


674  Original  Communications.  [January 

of  zinc,  no  sulphide  was  formed.  The  same  blood  was  then 
tested  with  the  zinc  and  hydrochloric  acid  and  a  copious  precip¬ 
itate  of  sulphide  formed. 

A  second  experiment  was  performed  (in  this  case)  six  hours 
after  the  administration  of  the  sulphite  when  no  sulphite  could 
be  found. 

This  series  of  experiments  serves  to  show  that  sodium  sul¬ 
phite  remains  as  sulphite  in  the  blood  of  man  somewhat  longer 
than  four  hours,  but  not  so  long  as  six  hours,  after  the  admin¬ 
istration  of  a  20  grain  dose. 

An  experiment  was  also  tried  after  the  method  of  Rabuteau 
in  order  to  test  the  action  of  the  sulphite  of  sodium  upon  the 
processes  of  combustion  in  the  body,  and  also  to  note  the  effect 
upon  the  quantity  of  sulphate  in  the  urine.  A  young  physi¬ 
cian  kindly  ottered  himself  for  this  experiment.  The  direct 
object  of  the  experiment,  was  to  determine,  1st,  the  effect  upon 
the  quantity  of  urine  excreted ;  2d,  the  effect  upon  the  urea 
excreted  ;  3d,  the  effect  upon  the  sulphates  in  the  urine. 

In  order  to  arrive  at  a  normal  mean  of  these  excreta  the 
patient  was  placed  upon  a  regulated  diet,  containing  but  little 
nitrogenous  food,  and  the  urine  for  each  twenty-four  hours  was 
carefully  collected  and  measured  for  four  days  before  the 
administration  of  the  sulphite  was  begun.  The  results  of  this 
preliminary  test  were  as  follows  : 


X>ays.  Urine  in  grains.  Urea  in  grains. 

1st  day .  16103  293.76 

2d  day .  14492  273.81 

3d  day .  13669  285.01 

4th  day .  23691  361.60 


Mean . 17061.5  304.3 


The  experiment  was  performed  in  May.  The  weather  from 
the  beginning  of  the  experiment  continued  increasing  in 
warmth  until  the  third  day,  as  is  well  indicated  by  the  dimin¬ 
ishing  quantity  of  urine.  On  the  third  day  there  was  a  sud¬ 
den  change  to  very  cool  weather.  Means  were  not  avail¬ 
able  for  the  careful  measurement  of  the  sulphates  by  proper 
drying  and  weighing.  They  could  only  be  approximately  esti- 


1880] 


Elliott — Prevention  of  Disease. 


675 


mated  by  precipitation  with  barium  chloride,  filtering,  wash¬ 
ing  and  air  drying.  As  this  could  give  only  approximate 
results,  the  record  is  not  entered,  as  the  temperature  of  the 
day  and  the  aqueous  vapor  present  made  the  results  vary. 

On  the  fifth  day  the  patient  began  taking  20  grains  of  sodium 
sulphite  in  aqueous  solution  three  times  a  day.  The  urine 
was  collected  and  tested  as  upon  the  previous  days ;  the  diet 
being  the  same  as  during  the  first  four  days: 


Days.  Urine  in  grains.  Urea  in  grains. 

5th  day  . 14581.  293.83 

6th  day .  8201.  232.70 

7th  day .  . 10024.  268.53 

8tli  day . 11391.  255.53 

9th  day . 16759.  295.29 


Mean . 12191.  269.1# 


The  sulphites  were  estimated  as  in  the  first  period  and  were 
largely  increased — apparently  doubled.  On  the  fifth  day  there 
was  a  warm  change  in  the  weather,  and  on  the  sixth  day  the 
weather  was  very  warm,  as  the  urine  and  urea  indicate.  The 
urine  was  collected  on  the  two  days  following  the  9th,  the 
diet  being  continued,  but  the  sulphite  stopped. 


Bays.  Urine  in  grains.-  Urea  in  grains. 

LOth  day .  8657  202.00 

11th  day .  7746  187.34 


The  eleventh  day  was  noted  as  weather  hot,  temperature 
F.  87°. 

A  comparison  of  the  two  periods  gives  the  following : 


Urine.  Urea. 

1st  period . 17064.5  304.30 

2d  period .  . 12101.6  269.17 


The  comparison  of  the  means  for  the  two  periods  shows 
diminution  of  urine  and  urea  for  the  period  of  medication.  A 
careful  comparison  of  the  tables,  with  the  notes  of  temperature 
of  the  dates,  will  show,  however,  that  the  weather  seems  to 
have  had  a  greater  effect  than  the  sulphite.  The  excess  of 


676  Original  Communications.  [January 

urine  in  the  first  period  is  due  to  the  cool  change  on  the  fourth 
day,  while  during  the  period  of  medication  the  quantity  of 
urine  and  urea  increased  from  the  sixth  day  to  the  ninth.  The 
results  are  rather  negative  iu  regard  to  the  excretion  of  urine 
and  urea,  while  the  sulphates  were,  as  above  stated,  apparently 
nearly  doubled. 

During  the  period  of  medication,  the  urine  was  tested  for 
sodium  sulphite,  but  none  could  be  detected.  This  accords 
with  the  experience  of  M.  Rabuteau  when  therapeutic  doses 
were  administered. 

The  inferences  to  be  drawn  from  the  above  series  of 
experiments  are  the  following: 

1st,  Experiments  on  man.  The  sulphite  of  sodium  can  be 
detected  in  the  blood  as  sulphite  four  hours  after  the  adminis¬ 
tration  of  a  twenty  grain  dose. 

2d^  Upon  its  entrance  into  the  circulation,  it  begins  to 
undergo  oxidation  to  sulphate,  which  process  is  apparently 
completed  before  the  lapse  of  six  hours  after  the  administration 
of  a  twenty  grain  dose. 

3d.  The  sulphites  in  the  urine,  are  largely  increased  during 
the  administration  of  sodium  sulphite. 

4th.  The  effect  of  the  salt  upon  the  excretion  of  urine  and 
urea  cannot  be  pronounced  from  the  single  experiment  tried. 

From  the  fact  that  it  is  an  alkaline  salt  it  may  be  judged 
that  it  would  slightly  diminish  combustion  upon  long  con¬ 
tinued  use.  From  practical  experience,  to  be  submitted  imme¬ 
diately,  I  feel  sate  in  the  assertion  that  its  continued  use 
in  therapeutic  doses  does  no  harm  to  the  individual. 

The  thei apeutical  experiment  was  tried  in  the  fall  and  winter 
of  1876,  and  was  undertaken  from  a  conviction  of  the  sound¬ 
ness  of  Polli’s  views  in  regard  to  the  sulphites.  The  following 
is  a  brief  outline  of  the  experience: 

The  epidemic  which  afforded  the  opportunity  occurred  at 
Sewanee,  Tenn.,  the  site  of  the  University  of  the  South. 
Sewauee  is  a  town  that  has  grown  up  around  the  University, 
and  has  a  population  of  about  eight  hundred  souls.  Added  to 
this  population  of  residents  are  the  University  students,  about 


1880J  Elliott — Prevention  of  Disease.  677 

two  hundred  in  number.  A  portion  of  these  students  are 
young  boys  from  ten  to  twelve  years  of  age,  attending  the 
grammar:  school  attached  to  the  University.  Sewanee  is  situ¬ 
ated  upon  the  Cumberland  table  land  in  middle  Tennessee,  at 
an  elevation  of  2000  feet  above  the  sea. 

In  August,  1876,  a  case  of  measles  appeared  in  the  person 
of  a  servant  girl  attached  as  a  nurse  to  one  of  the  resident 
families.  This  girl  had  come  from  a  neighboring  town  where 
measles  prevailed,  and  developed  the  disease  one  week  after 
she  had  reached  the  mountains:  The  case  was  fully  developed 
when  first  seen,  and  her  condition  was  considered  too  critical 
to  warrant  removal.  In  a  few  days  all  of  the  children  she  had 
been  attending,  four  in  number,  developed  the  disease.  They 
were  all  placed  upon  sodium  sulphite,  7.5  grains  three  times  a 
day,  and  little  other  treatment  adopted.  The  same  dose 
of  the  sulphite  was  given  to  each  child,  (aged  from 

two  to  eight  years),  irrespective  of  age,  and  the  cases 

were  milder  as  the  age  of  the  patient  was  less,  or  as 

the  ratio  of  the  dose  to  the  age  increased.  The  house 

was  quarantined  and  no  further  spread  occurred.  Being- 
in  constant  contact  with  my  own  children,  (four  in  number, 
from  infancy  to  six  years  of  age),  and  my  residence  being  just 
opposite  to  the  infected  house,  my  own  children  were  put  upon 
the  sulphite  in  the  same  doses.  This  was  the  first  essay  at 
prophylaxis  in  person. 

About  two  weeks  after  this  1  was  summoned  to  a  family  in 
the  centre  of  the  community  to  see  two  children  who  had  been 
suffering  for  some  diys  from  the  enlargement  of  all  the  glands 
about  the  throat,  accompanied  with  persistent  stiffness  of  the 
muscles  of  the  neck.  Neither  of  these  children  had  been  sick 
enough  to  go  to. bed  or  even  to  be  much  noticed  by  those  about 
them.  No  suspicion  of  serious  disease  was  entertained.  In  a 
few  days,  however,  a  summons  came  to  see  a  case  in  a  neigh¬ 
boring  family,  and  another  case  in  the  family  of  the  children 
with  enlarged  glands. 

Both  patients  (children)  had  high  fever,  and  from  the  fact 
that  measles  had  already  appeared  in  the  community  it  was 
expected  that  these  cases  would  develop  as  such.  The  appear- 


678  Original  Communications.  [January 

auce  of  the  eruption,  however,  accompanied  with  severe 
angiuose  affections  showed  that  a  formidable  type  of  scarlet 
fever  had  to  be  dealt  with.  fSTo  history  of  the  infection  could 
be  traced. 

As  soon  as  fully  satisfied  of  the  nature  of  the  disease,  an 
attempt  at  arrest  by  prophylaxis  in  person  was  determined 
upon.  The  conviction  was  forced  that  isolation  of  the  houses 
alone  could  not  prevent  the  spread  of  the  disease,  as  there 
were  ten  children  in  the  two  families  who  had  never  had  scarlet 
fever  and  had  already  been  exposed  to  infection.  There  were 
besides  many  young  people  in  the  neighboring  houses  who  had 
never  had  scarlet  fever.  The  children  in  both  of  these  houses, 
and  also  all  the  young  persons  and  children  in  the  neighbor¬ 
hood  were  put  upon  the  sulphite  in  doses  from  seven  to  ten  grains 
three  times  a  day.  The  two  sick  children  were  treated  with 
the  same  salt  in  double  doses,  and  the  following  was  also 
used : 


Potass.  Chlorat, 

3ii 

Acid.  Hydrochlor, 

gtt.  XX 

Glycerine, 

?ii 

Aqum, 

3xii 

tit  S.  Dessertspoonful  every  4  hours.* 

Both  of  the  cases  made  good  recoveries,  and  although  the 
children  of  the  respective  families  were  not  altogether  excluded 
from  the  rooms  of  the  patients,  no  other  cases  occurred  in  either 
family  or  in  the  neighborhood. 

After  this  outbreak  the  disease  disappeared  for  some  weeks, 
and  the  hope  was  entertained  that  the  epidemic  had  been 
stamped  out,  when  a  summons  came  for  me  to  see  a  sick  child 
in  a  family  one  mile  distant  from  the  houses  where  the  last  cases 
had  occurred.  A  child  was  found  sick  with  a  violent  case  of 
scarlet  fever,  the  eruption  being  well  out  and  the  case  fully  de¬ 
veloped. 

*[' This  proscription  was  essayed  from  the  great  benefit  derived  from  its  use  by  Dr.  Baruch, 
of  South  Carolina,  in  an  epidemic  of  diphtheria.  It  is  a  modification  of  the  formula  of 
Watson.  When  the  chlorate  of  potassium  is  rubbed  up  in  a  mortar  and  the  hydrochloric 
acid  added,  decomposition  takes  place  with  the  solution  of  the  euchlorine  of  Davy,  now 
known  to  bo  free  chlorine  and  per-oxide  of  chlorine  (CIO2).  The  glycerine  and  water 
are  added  quickly  while  rubbing.  The  above  formula  and  mode  of  preparation  were  found 
very  efficacious.  A  more  complete  decomposition  would  take  place  by  using  one  drachm 
of  the  chlorate  to  one  half  drachm  of  hydrochloric  acid,  but  a  smaller  dose  should  then  be 
given.  | 


1880]  ELLIOTT — Prevention  of  Disease.  079 

No  connection  could  be  traced  between  this  and  the  former 
cases. 

The  sick  child  was  put  upon  the  sulphite  and  the  per  oxide 
of  chlorine  mixture.  The  only  other  child  in  the  family  was  put 
upon  the  sulphite  of  sodium.  Two  days  elapsed  before  any 
effect  of  the  medication  could  be  noticed  in  the  sick  child,  then 
it  began  to  improve,  and  afterwards  rapidly  recovered.  The 
other  child,  although  always  iu  the  sick  room,  escaped  infection, 
while  a  child  from  a  neighboring  family,  not  taking  sulphite, 
and  who  had  been  in  the  sick  room,  contracted  the  disease. 
The  children  in  the  family  of  this  second  case,  (three  in  number), 
were  put  upon  the  sulphite  and  all  escaped. 

The  next  case  appeared  in  the  body  of  the  town  among  chil¬ 
dren  who  were  not  taking  the  sulphite.  Later  iu  the  epidemic 
a  case  occurred  iu  a  house  near  my  own,  in  the  person  of  a 
young  girl  who  had  taken  no  sulphite.  Iu  the  same  house  were 
five  children  who  had  never  taken  the  disease;  they  were  all 
put  upon  the  sulphite  and  all  escaped.  In  my  own  house  a  case 
occurred  in  a  young  lady  who  was  not  taking  sulphite  ;  the  case 
was  severe ;  all  of  my  own  children  who  were  taking  the  sul¬ 
phite  escaped,  although  some  of  them  had  access  to  the  sick 
room.  The  above  enumerated  cases  are  the  only  ones  around 
whom  the  opportunity  for  a  trial  of  prophylaxis  was  afforded. 
In  reviewing  the  many  cases  attended  through  the  epidemic,  no 
one  is  on  record  in  which  the  disease  was  contracted  while  the 
sulphite  was  being  taken.  The  fact  that  iu  six  different  fami¬ 
lies,  aggregating,  exclusive  of  the  patients,  twenty-three 
children,  the  disease  was  checked  with  the  first  case,  and  that 
outside  of  these  families  none  others  who  were  taking  the  sul¬ 
phite  contracted  the  disease,  seems  to  point  strongly  to  one 
conclusion.  Whether  these  results  we  mere  coincidences,  or 
true  effects  of  an  efficient  cause,  remains  to  be  proved  by  still 
further  trial.  The  experience  was  sufficiently  invariable  to  im¬ 
press  upon  the  mind  of  the  writer  the  conviction  of  the  relation 
of  cause  and  effect  between  the  sulphite  and  exemption  from 
disease.  In  addition  to  the  recovery  of  the  cases  treated  through 
the  epidemic,  some  of  which  were  of  the  severest  form,  in  no 


680  Original  Communications.  [January 

case  was  there  a  single  after  effect  of  disease  noticed.  The  re¬ 
coveries  were  rapid  and  convalescence  was  complete. 

It  is  well  to  add  that  in  severe  cases  where  the  patieuts  were 
not  seen  before  the  third  or  fourth  day,  it  was  some  time  be¬ 
fore  any  beneficial  effects  from  the  sulphites  could  be  noticed, 
and  the  certainty  was  felt  that  if  the  experience  afforded  by 
these  cases  had  been  relied  upon  for  a  judgment  of  the  efficacy 
of  the  sulphite,  great  doubts  would  have  been  entertained  as 
to  its  usefulness.  This  experience  during  the  disease  has  prob¬ 
ably  caused  the  discredit  that  has  fallen  upon  the  sulphites. 
The  value  of  the  remedy  lies  in  its  power  to  prevent.  Just  as 
it  will  under  ordinary  atmospheric  conditions  arrest  the  process 
of  fermentation  by  checking  the  propagation  of  the  organisms 
which  produce  that  transformation,  so  in  the  blood  of  the 
animal  body,  where  it  still  remains  as  sulphite,  the  conviction 
is  entertained  that  it  can  with  equal  certainty  arrest  the  propa¬ 
gation  of  some  disease  poisous. 

When  we  pass  from  the  particular  diseases  considered  to 
speculate  upon  the  further  usefulness  of  the  sulphites  in  other 
forms  of  epidemic  diseases,  we  pass  into  a  field  of  conjecture 
where  nothing  can  be  determined  save  by  experiment. 

Believing  that  epidemic  diseases  are  caused  by  the  propaga¬ 
tion  in  the  blood  of  living  organisms,  it  is  still  a  natural 
conclusion  that  as  these  organisms  undoubtedly  differ, 
so  must  they  stand  in  different  relations  to  a  given 
antizymotic.  Because  a  given  remedy  will  arrest  the 
development  of  one  species  of  germ,  we  have  no  valid 
ground  for  asserting  a  priori  that  it  will  arrest  the 
development  of  all  others.  These  details  must  ever 
remain  a  matter  to  be  determined  by  experience.  Some  inter¬ 
esting  notes  have  been  received  of  experiments  with  the  sul¬ 
phite  during  the  past  two  years  in  yellow  fever,  but  the  collec¬ 
tion  of  written  data  is  not  yet  sufficient  to  warrant  the  publi¬ 
cation  of  the  favorable  notes  so  far  received, 

As  to  the  quantity  of  the  sulphite  to  be  taken  in  experi¬ 
mental  prophylaxis,  the  following  considerations  will  serve  as  a 
guide.  In  the  practical  experiments  in  prophylaxis  essayed  in 
the  epidemic  cited  above,  seven  and  a  half  grains  of  the  sul- 


681 


1880]  Dugas — Treatment  of  Fractures. 

phite  of  sodium  was  given  three  times  a  day  to  children  under 
ten  years  of  age.  This,  in  the  blood  of  a  child  of  fifty  pounds 
weight  would  give  a  solution  of  about  1-3500,  with  a  steadily 
diminishing  strength  of  the  solution  through  four  hours.  This 
amount  was  given  to  my  own  children  for  two  months  consecu¬ 
tively  and  with  a  short  interval  continued  through  another 
month  with  no  bad  effect  and  with  some  supposed  ben¬ 
efit  to  their  general  health.  For  adults  the  correspond¬ 
ing  dose  would  be  about  twenty  grains  or  more.  From 
such  experimental  data  as  are  recorded  of  the  effects 
of  sulphurous  acid  upon  low  forms  of  life,  it  would 
seem  that  one  large  dose  would  be  more  efficacious  than 
repeated  small  ones.  One  large  dose  once  a  day  would  render 
the  blood,  at  least  once  in  the  twenty-four  hours,  less  fitted  for 
the  development  of  low  orders  of  organisms.  Twenty  grains 
morning  and  night  could  be  safely  essayed  by  an  adult  uuder 
the  eye  of  a  physician,  and  would  be  a  legitimate  test  of  the 
sodium  sulphite  as  a  prophylactic  in  any  given  epidemic.  Any 
evil  effects  of  the  remedy  would  be  slow,  and  would  probably 
be  evidenced  by  some  loss  of  the  red  globules  of  the  blood. 
This  could  be  easily  remedied  by  some  ferruginous  preparation. 


On  the  Treatment  of  Fractures  of  the  Clavicle  and  of 
Acute  Orchitis. 

By  L.  A.  DUGAS,  M.D.,  L.L.D., 

Professor  of  Surgery  in  the  Medical  College  of  Georgia. 

FRACTURES  OF  THE  CLAVICLE  TREATED  WITH  A  SLING  BAND¬ 
AGE  AND  WITHOUT  AXILLARY  PAD. 

There  is  no  fracture  for  the  treatment  of  which  so  many 
plans  have  been  devised  as  that  of  the  clavicle,  and  yet  it  is  of 
all  fractures  that  which  is  most  easily,  and  I  may  say,  success¬ 
fully  managed.  The  complicated  system  of  bandaging  with 
axillary  pad,  proposed  by  Desault,  was  in  vogue  for  a  long 
time,  and  has  been  gradually  superseded  by  simpler  means  of 
various  degrees  of  merit.  The  writer  was  among  tbe  first  who 
took  a  stand  against  the  axillary  pad  as  not  only  absurd,  but 


682  Original  Communications.  [January 

positively  injurious.  Its  pressure  upon  the  nerves  and  blood 
vessels  of  the  arm,  whenever  applied  so  firmly  as  to  accom¬ 
plish  the  purpose  in  view,  must  always  render  it  intolerable 
and  consequently  impracticable.  The  patient  will  not  rest 
until  he  has  relieved  himself  from  the  pressure  of  the  axillary 
pad,  and  therefore  made  the  whole  apparatus  worthless.  Hence 
it  is  that  any  plan  of  treatment  which  includes  the  axillary 
pad  must  fail  to  accomplish  the  desired  result.  One  trial  of 
Desault’s  apparatus  by  the  writer  in  the  early  days  of  his  pro¬ 
fessional  career  satisfied  him  of  its  defects,  and  led  him  to 
devise  a  plan  by  which  the  shoulder  might  be  forced  upwards, 
backwards  and  outwards,  and  maintained  in  that  position 
without  serious  inconvenience  to  the  patient.  Without  dwell, 
ing  upon  the  sling  bandages  suggested  by  others,  I  will  pro¬ 
ceed  to  describe  the  one  1  have  long  been  in  the  habit  of  using. 

After  carefully  reducing  the  displacement  of  the  fragments, 
by  bringing  the  elbow  of  the  injured  side  against  the  thorax 
and  forcing  it  up  so  as  to  carry  the  shoulder  upwards,  back¬ 
wards  and  outwards,  and  also  acting  if  necessary  upon  the 
fragments  directly,  the  next  step  will  be  to  secure  the  limb  in 
this  position.  For  this  purpose  procure  a  square  yard  of 
unbleached  shirting  (this  being  softer  than  bleached  fabrics), 
and  eut  it  diagonally  in  two  so  as  to  obtain  a  triangular  bit,  to 
the  acute  angles  of  which  should  be  sewed  strips  of  the  same 
material  three  inches  wide  and  from  two  to  four  yards  long, 
according  to  the  size  of  the  patient.  Apply  the  middle  of  the 
base,  or  long  side  of  the  triangle,  beneath  the  elbow  as  it  rests 
against  the  chest,  having  a  margin  of  about  four  inches  be¬ 
hind,  and  carry  the  obtuse  angle  towards  the  fingers.  One 
of  the  acute  angles,  with  its  strip,  will  now  be  carried  between 
the  arm  and  chest,  up  to  the  fractured  clavicle,  around  the 
back  of  the  neck,  over  the  sound  shoulder  in  front,  and  be¬ 
neath  the  axilla,  and  finally  around  the  chest,  including  the 
arm  just  above  the  elbow.  The  other  end  of  the  strip  should 
be  then  carried  in  front  of  the  forearm,  up  to  the  sound 
shoulder,  behind  and  beneath  the  axilla,  and  around  the  chest 
and  arm,  so  as  to  meet  its  fellow'  and  be  tied  to  it.  Finally,  the 
margin  left  projecting  behind  the  elbow,,  should  then  be  eleva- 


1880]  Dugas — Treatment  of  Fractures.  683 

ted,  doubled  and  so  secured  with  stitches,  as  to  prevent  the 
elbow  from  sliding-  out  of  the  sling  in  that  direction.  The 
portion  of  the  triangle  situated  along  the  forearm  should  be 
also  folded  around  it,  and  thus  secured.  Lastly,  the  strips 
encircling  the  chest  and  arm  should  be  stitched  to  prevent 
their  upwards  or  downwards  displacement.  If  it  be  necessary 
to  press  down  one  of  the  fragments,  this  can  be  effectually 
done  by  interposing  a  small  pad  or  compass  between  the  bone 
and  the  bandage  which  passes  over  it.  It  is  scarcely  neces¬ 
sary  to  add  that  the  precise  order  in  which  the  roller  bandage 
is  applied  may  be  varied  to  suit  the  views  of  the  surgeon. 

The  advantages  of  this  bandage  are  to  be  found  in  its  per¬ 
fect  adaptation  to  the  necessities  of  the  case,  in  its  great  sim¬ 
plicity,  in  the  facility  with  which  it  may  be  made  secure,  and 
in  the  very  slight  inconvenience  to  which  it  subjects  the 
patient.  Children  as  well  as  adults  bear  it  without  a  murmur, 
and  if  it  becomes  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  cleanliness,  to 
remove  it,  any  intelligent  mother  or  nurse  may  re-apply  it  if 
the  physician  be  not  accessible.  While  it  cannot  be  denied 
that  under  any  plan  of  treatment,  there  may  occasionally 
remain  some  unevenness  or  deformity  at  the  seat  of  fracture,  I 
must  say  that  I  have  rarely  seen  anything  of  the  kind  in  cases 
treated  on  this  plan,  notwithstanding  the  tact  that  1  have,  not 
unfrequently,  after  applying  the  bandage  over  in  presence  of 
the  mother,  left  the  subsequent  management  entirely  to  her¬ 
self.  (See  Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  for  July, 
1852,  page  75.) 

.1 

ACUTE  ORCHITIS  TREATED  WITH  THE  ROLLER  BANDAGE. 

Gonorrhoeal  orchitis  is  so  common  an  affection  and  one 
attended  with  so  much  pain  that  any  treatment  that  allays  the 
pain  should  be  considered  a  boon  by  the  profession.  It  is  well 
known  that  when  treated  with  fomentations  and  poultices,  hot 
or  cold,  leeching,  etc.,  the  subsidence  of  the  tumefaction  is 
very  slow  and  the  suffering  of  the  patient  correspondingly 
great.  The  pain  is  evidenty  occasioned  by  the  destention  to 
which  the  tissues  are  subjected,  and  can  therefore  be  relieved 
3 


684  Original  Communications.  [January 

only  by  lessening  or  overcoming  this  tension  more  or  less  com- 
pletely.  The  object  of  this  paper  is  not  to  pass  in  review  the 
various  plans  of  treatment  proposed,  and  more  or  less  gener¬ 
ally  practiced,  but  simply  to  direct  attention  to  what  I  con¬ 
ceive  to  be  the  best  plan.  Compression  in  some  way  or  other 
in  the  treatment  of  orchitis  is  not  new,  but  is  more  or  less 
effectual  according  to  the  way  in  which  it  is  done.  If  at¬ 
tempted  by  means  of  adhesive  plaster  the  inconvenience  of  its 
use  more  than  counterbalances  its  advantages.  The  scrotum 
must  be  shaved  (no  easy  matter),  and  the  plaster  taken  off  and 
replaced  at  least  once  a  day.  This  is  quite  painful  in  conse¬ 
quence  of#the  chafing  aud  pulling  of  the  skin.  The  roller  band¬ 
age  is  not  amenable  to  any  of  these  objections.  The  writer  pro¬ 
vides  a  bandage  of  bleached  shirting  an  inch  wide  and  four  (4) 
yards  long,  which  is  to  be  imbued  with  starch  just  before  being 
applied.  The  patient  lying  upon  his  back,  with  his  knees 
separated,  the  surgeon  should  seize  the  affected  gland  with  the 
left  hand  in  such  a  way  that  the  neck  of  the  tumor  will  be 
firmly  encircled  by  the  thumb  and  iudex  finger.  This  puts  the 
skin  of  the  scrotum  ou  the  stretch  and  allows  the  roller  band¬ 
age  to  be  passed  around  the  neck  of  the  tumor  three  or  four 
times  and  then  over  the  tumor  itself  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
affect  its  uniform  compression.  This  procedure  must  neces¬ 
sarily  be  left  to  the  skill  of  the  surgeon.  As  soon  as  the  band¬ 
aging  has  been  completed  the  patient  will  express  himself  as 
completely  relieved  from  pain.  The  patient  should  be  kept  in 
bed,  and  if  possible,  have  the  bandage  re-applied  morning  and 
night,  as  it  will  usually  be  then  very  loose  in  consequence  of 
the  subsidence  of  the  tumefaction.  No  other  treatment  is 
needed,  and  in  a  few  days  the  swelling  will  be  entirely  removed, 
but  the  bandage  should  be  continued  a  little  longer  in  order  to 
prevent  a  relapse. 

The  simplicity  and  efficacy  of  this  plan  of  treatment  should 
recommend  it  to  the  general  practitioner. 

Augusta,  Gra.,  November,  1879. 


1880J  New  Orleans  Medical  and  /Surgical  Association, 


685 


Proceedings  of  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical 
Association. 

ANNUAL  ORATION,  DECEMBER  1,  1879. 

By  WM.  P.  BREWER,  M.D. 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  : 

On  this,  the  sixth  anniversary  of  our  association,  I  know  of 
no  subject  which  could  prove  more  interesting  or  entertaining 
than  a  short  review  of  its  history  during  the  past  few  years. 
Six  years  ago  a  small  number  of  the  younger  physicians  of  the 
city  of  New  Orleans,  feeling  the  necessity  of  concert  of  action  on 
the  part  of  the  working  members  of  the  profession,  for  our  mutua^ 
interest  and  advancement,  proposed  the  formation  of  an  asso¬ 
ciation  where  we  could  regularly  meet  for  the  purpose  of  dis¬ 
cussing  all  subjects  pertaining  to  medicine  and  surgery.  With 
this  purpose  in  view,  we  met  in  the  office  of  one  of  our  number, 
with  Dr.  Loeber  in  the  chair.  Soon  an  increasing  roll  of  mem¬ 
bership  forced  us  to  seek  a  more  spacious  room,  and  in  conse¬ 
quence  thereof,  we  met  in  the  reception  rooms  of  the  Touro 
Infirmary,  an  out  of  the  way  place,  ’tis  true,  for  the  members 
to  reach  ;  but,  with  the  determination  worthy  of  the  great 
cause  in  which  we  had  embarked,  we  overcame  all  obstacles, 
intent,  only  on  the  prosecution  of  our,  to  us,  great  work,  until 
by  the  courtesy  of  the  Faculty  of  the  University  of  Louisiana, 
our  present  comfortable  and  central  hall  was  tendered  to,  and 
accepted  by  us.  And  now,  at  the  end  of  six  years,  we  find 
an  increasing  roll  forces  us  to  look  for  a  yet  larger  and  more 
spacious  hall. 

At  first  we  labored  under  many  disadvantages.  Many 
wished  us  success,  but  predicted  an  early  failure,  because,  for¬ 
sooth,  other  similar  organizations  in  this  city  had  been  unable 
to  sustain  themselves  for  any  length  of  time.  We  had  seen 
our  predecessors  break  up,  because  of  want  of  energy,  of  bick¬ 
erings,  and  of  extravagance.  With  such  experience  before  us, 
we,  in  framing  our  Constitution  and  By-Laws,  in  the  first 
place,  avoided  embodying  any  Code  of  Ethics  for  our  guidance, 
as  we  well  knew  that  those  who  would  be  governed  by  such 
Code ,  needed  none ;  and  those  who  would  not  do  what  is  right 


686  Proceedings  of  the  [January 

and  proper  at  all  times  and  under  all  circumstances,  would 
never  be  governed  by  any  Code.  In  the  second  place,  our 
article  on  membership,  which  is  strictly  enforced,  dissolves  all 
title  to  membership  after  an  absence,  without  sufficient  excuse 
from  three  consecutive  meetings ;  and  further,  any  member 
whose  turn  it  is  to  read  a  paper  is  dropped,  unless  he  is  present 
and  reads  at  the  appointed  time. 

Our  rules  being  imperative,  force  one  who  wishes  to  remain 
a  member,  to  perform  his  duty  to  the  organization.  We  have 
our  rules,  and  they  must  be  obeyed.  The  consequence  is,  we 
have  no  ornamental  membership  to  increase  numbers.  With 
“  Labor  emus  v  as  our  motto,  we  insist,  and  imperatively  demand 
labor  of  one  and  all.  Each  feels  that  his  voice  on  our  floor  is 
entitled  to  a  hearing,  and  also  feels  that  there  is  no  single 
member  so  important  to  our  organization  that  his  place  cannot 
be  supplied;  but,  on  the  contrary,  that  he  cannot  well  do  with¬ 
out  the  association.  We  have  avoided  all  extravagance,  mak¬ 
ing  our  dues  small,  and  drawing  on  our  treasury  only  for  the 
purpose  of  advancing  the  work  of  our  body. 

In  the  beginning  our  papers  and  discussions  were  not  pre¬ 
sented  with  that  decision  which  at  present  marks  our  work ; 
but,  as  we  progress  and  become  more  interested,  each  and  every 
member  strives  to  do  his  utmost  to  sustain  the  organization. 
And,  to-night,  in  taking  a  retrospective  glance  over  the  past, 
we  find  what,  six  years  ago,  was  but  a  puny  nursling,  devel¬ 
oped  into  a  healthy  and  vigorous  child,  giving  fair  promise  to 
become  in  the  near  future  a  strong  and  robust  adult.  The 
Journal  teems  with  the  many  able  productions  of  the  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  association,  and  our  minutes  would  prove  a  rich 
field  in  which  to  roam  for  medical  facts  and  experience. 

Within  the  past  year  our  committees  on  various  sanitary 
subjects,  have  labored  assiduously  to  perform  their  duties  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  be  of  benefit  to  the  whole  community; 
and  so  highly  were  their  reports  appreciated,  that  the  Auxil¬ 
iary  Sanitary  Association,  deeming  them  of  special  service  in 
their  great  work,  have  had  them  published  at  their  own 
expense,  and  scattered  broad-cast  throughout  the  land.  In¬ 
deed,  so  well  have  our  efforts  in  favor  of  public  health  been 


687 


1880]  Neic  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association. 

appreciated,  that  we  have  received  attention  from  distinguished 
sanitarians,  and  in  our  hall  have  listened  to  the  views  of  engi¬ 
neers  regarding  that,  to  us,  grave  matter,  the  best  means  of 
improving  the  sanitary  condition  of  this,  our  beautiful  city. 
Within  the  past  month  we  have  been  represented,  and  heard 
on  the  floor  of  the  11  American  Public  Health  Association ,” 
through  our  committee.  We  presented  a  report  in  answer  to 
various  questions  propounded  by  that  body,  and,  as  one  of  the 
committee,  I  must  say  that  the  report  was  most  flatteringly 
received.  It  was  the  most  thorough  and  complete  report 
offered,  and  on  all  sides  could  be  heard  complimentary 
comments. 

But  while  we  have  great  cause  for  congratulation  on  the  pro¬ 
gress  and  standing  of  our  association,  still  there  is  much  to  be 
done.  We  must  strive  to  do  our  utmost  to  render  it  one  of 
the  foremost  bodies  of  its  kind,  and  that  can  only  be  done  by 
the  most  untiring  energy  and  perseverance  on  the  part  of  each 
member.  We  must  at  all  times  bear  in  mind  our  simple  motto 
“  Laboremus ,”  anli  keep  up  to  it.  Allow  no  work  of  this  asso¬ 
ciation  to  be  published,  until,  after  the  most  rigid  scrutiny  of 
the  Publishing  Committee,  it  is  deemed  worthy  of  the  body  from 
which  it  emanates. 

And  now,  gentlemen,  while  uttering  congratulations  on 
account  of  the  success  already  attained  by  this  association, 
permit  me  to  digress  for  a  moment,  in  order  to  call  your 
attention  to  a  matter  of  the  utmost  importance  to  us,  and  that 
is  the  establishment  of  a  “Training  school  for  nurses.”  There 
is  no  single  member  of  our  profession  who  is  not  at  times  in 
need  of  an  intelligent  and  thoroughly  trained  nurse,  in  whose 
care  a  patient  can  be  placed.  We  all  recognize  the  fact  that 
oftentimes,  through  ignorant  nurses,  we  lose  patients,  who,  had 
they  been  carefully  and  intelligently  attended,  might  have  been 
saved.  Now,  knowing  this,  and  feeling  the  necessity  for  a 
remedy,  it  behoves  us  to  unite  as  one  man,  and  use  our  utmost 
endeavors  to  carry  out.  such  plan  as  may  have  the  desired 
effect.  With  grand  institutions  like  the  Charity  Hospital, 
Hotel  Dieu  and  Touro  Infirmary,  there  can  be  no  excuse  for 
this  negligence.  Urge  the  formation  of  classes  in  these  insti- 


688  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association.  [January 

tutions,  and  we  shall  have  a  host  of  applicants  for  positions. 
Let  a  record  be  kept  of  each  nurse,  and  his  or  her  fitness,  with 
residence,  etc.,  to  which  the  physician  may  at  any  time  refer, 
and  from  which  he  may  select.  In  times  of  epidemics  urge 
benevolent  associations  of  various  kinds  to  demand  of  appli¬ 
cants  for  service  under  them,  a  certificate  from  the  institution 
in  which  the  nurse  was  trained,  and  then  can  we  hope  to  see 
a  lessening  of  the  death-rate  from  epidemic  disease.  Should  we 
do  this  many  a  life  will  be  saved,  and  wherever  there  is  dis¬ 
ease  and  suffering,  heartfelt  thanks  and  prayers  will  ascend 
for  those  through  whom  snch  an  institution  was  thought  of 
and  perfected. 

This  is  no  visionary  scheme.  The  necessity  has  been  met  in 
New  York,  and  we  hear  of  the  success  following  the  introduc¬ 
tion  of  such  school,  is  there  one  within  hearing  of  my  voice, 
who,  in  epidemics  lias  not  felt  how  inadequate  his  science  and 
skill  have  been,  when  the  nursing  has  been  left  to  the  igno¬ 
rant,  and  alas !  too  frequently  the  brutal  and  drunken  class, 
who,  under  the  name  of  nurses,  present  themselves  at  such 
times  to  the  various  benevolent  associations  that  require 
nurses  for  the  objects  of  their  relief. 

In  addition  to  what  has  already  been  suggested,  I  would 
advise  that  our  efforts  be  directed  to  the  publication  of  our 
proceedings  in  an  annual  volume.  Not  only  will  such  volume 
be  a  work  of  reference  to  each  member  of  this  association,  but 
with  it  we  shall  be  able  to  make  exchanges  with  similar  organ¬ 
izations  throughout  the  country,  and  in  a  short  time  shall  have 
acquired  a  library  of  immense  value.  This  can  be  done  by 
subscription,  and  I  have  no  doubt  that  each  one  of  us  will 
take  pride  in  the  work. 

As  we  feel  satisfied  with  our  progress  up  to  date,  still  if  we 
pursue  the  above  course,  we  may  hope  that  our  organization 
will  continue  to  grow  in  future  years  according  to  the  develop¬ 
ment  it  has  alieady  made,  and  that  it  will  attain  to  that  distin¬ 
guished  eminence  and  usefulness  which  our  labor  and  our 
aspirations  entitle  us  to  believe  it  will  do,  until  finally  it  will 
rank  with  the  highest  institutions  of  its  kind  in  the  land, 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


689 


URRENT 


ED1CAL 


ITERATURE, 


ON  ARTIFICIAL  FORMATION  OF  PERITONEAL  ADHESIONS. 

(  Translation.) 

Dr.  Studsgaard  recommends  to  adopt  a  method — at  first  tried 
by  Volkmann — to  open  cy stoic  tumors  located  in  the  abdomen, 
but  not  adherent  to  its  wall.  When  an  abdominal  tumor  is  of 
such  a  character  that  it  cannot  be  extirpated,  the  treatment 
will  consist  in  tapping  the  sack,  evacuating  its  contents  aad 
trying  to  get  the  sack  obliterated ;  the  method  may  find  appli¬ 
cation  in  abscess  of  the  liver,  echinococci,  hydronephrosis,  ova¬ 
rian  cysts,  etc.  The  methods  used  hitherto  to  obtain  this  result 
are  not  satisfactory,  being  either  dangerous  or  allowing  the 
tapped  cyst  to  refill. 

In  simply  tapping,  the  sack  is  in  most  cases  soon  again  filled 
with  fluid ;  injecting  iodine  after  tapping  is  often  followed  by 
suppuration  and  peritonitis.  Leaving  the  canula  in  the  sack 
after  tapping  it,  suppuration  sets  in  in  course  of  two  to  three 
days,  but  the  pus  cannot  escape,  stagnates  and  exposes  the 
patient  to  all  the  dangers  of  septicaemia.  To  perform  laparot¬ 
omy,  make  incision  into  the  sack,  and  suturate  the  walls  of  the 
sack  to  the  abdomial  wall,  is  one  of  the  most  dangerous  meth¬ 
ods,  as  it  is  hardly  possible  to  avoid  the  contents  of  the  sack  to 
escape  into  the  peritoneal  cavity  before  saturating.  Compara¬ 
tively  safe  is  Recamier’s  method  of  cauterizing  previous  to 
opening  the  sack ;  this  method  is,  however,  inconvenient,  in  so 
far,  that  it  takes  a  long  time  (from  two  weeks  to  six  months)  to 
form  adhesions,  and  these  adhesions  are  not  always  strong 
and  reliable. 

In  a  case  of  echinococcus,  which  Volkmann  (1876)  ope¬ 
rated  on  according  to  Simon’s  method, — he  left  several  canula 
in  the  sack,  and  found  only  very  weak  adhesions  around  the 
canula,  when  he  made  his  incisions  through  the  abdominal 
wall  on  the  ninth  day  after  the  application  of  the  canula.  In 
the  bottom  of  the  wound,  which  had  opened  the  abdominal 
cavity,  the  surface  of  the  liver  presented  itself,  moving  at 
every  respiration ;  he  then  filled  the  wound  with  carbolized 
gauze,  so  that  the  lips  of  the  wound  were  kept  apart,  dressed 
it  antiseptically,  and  on  the  seventh  day  found  the  entire  sur¬ 
face  of  the  liver  attached  to  the  wound ;  he  cut  through  a  thin 
layer  of  hepatic  tissue  and  opened  the  sack.  The  patient  re¬ 
covered.  This  accidental  experience,  which  seemed  to  show, 
that  an  antiseptic  incision  opening  peritoneum  could  be  done 
without  incurring  any  danger  and  produce  just  enough  irrita¬ 
tion  for  the  formation  of  solid  adhesions,  induced  Volkmann  to 
use  the  same  method  on  another  patient,  also  suffering  from 
an  echinococcus  in  the  liver,  and  this  patient  also  recovered. 


690  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

This  way  of  making  the  incision  has  now  been  tried 
many  times  and  seems  to  be  the  best  of  all  other  methods, 
excluding  all  possibility  of  an  escape  of  the  contents 
of  the  cyst  into  the  peritouial  cavity ;  for  safety’s  sake 
some  sutures  may  be  passed  through  the  abdominal  wall  and 
the  wall  of  the  sack,  immediately  before  opening  the  latter,  in 
order  to  prevent  the  adhesions  eventually  to  give  way  by 
the  traction  exerted  upon  them,  as  the  cyst  is  getting  emptied. 
In  such  gastrotomies  and  enterotomies,  where  the  operation 
can  be  postponed  for  some  days,  the  formation  of  adhesions 
may  be  used  with  advantage,  suturating  the  stomach  or  the 
intestinum  to  the  abdominal  wall  some  days  previous  to  mak¬ 
ing  the  incision;  an  escape  of  the  contents  into  peritoneum 
would  be  prevented  with  so  much  greater  certainty. 

Dr.  S.  describes  two  cases,  in  which  he  employed  this  method 
with  satisfactory  results,  as  to  the  formation  of  strong  adhe¬ 
sions.  In  the  first  case,  where  the  patient  was  suffering  from  a 
large  echinococcus  hepatis,  a  longitudinal  incision  7  centim.  long 
was  made  July  13th,  at  the  outer  margin  of  muse,  rectus 
through  the  abdominal  wall  and  peritoneum ;  the  liver  pre¬ 
sented  itself  in  the  opening,  and  the  wound  was  filled  with 
carbolized  gauze ;  nine  days  later  when  the  entire  wound  was 
found  granulating  a  troiscart  was  plunged  into  the  liver  5  to 
6  centims.  deep,  however,  without  reaching  the  cyst.  The 
wound  was  dressed  and  healing  in  a  few  days.  Juty  30th,  an¬ 
other  incision  was  made  in  the  same  manner  on  the  left  muse: 
rectus,  but  neither  here  nor  close  under  the  right  costal  curva¬ 
ture,  where  a  third  incision  was  made  November  5th,  the  cyst 
was  reached.  The  wounds  healed  easily.  A  slight  rising  of 
temperature  (101.3°  F.)  followed  the  incisions.  The  patient  lost 
her  strength  gradually,  the  urine  became  albuminous,  ascites 
increased  and  she  died  December  8,  1878.  The  autopsy  showed 
that  an  enormous  cyst  containing  echinococci  had  compressed 
the  right  kidney.  Between  the  wall  of  the  abdomen  and  the 
surface  of  the  liver  were  found  solid,  tough  adhesions.  On 
the  upper  surface  of  the  liver  the  hepatic  tissue  had  disap¬ 
peared  and  the  very  thick  capsule  of  the  cyst  presented  itself 
here. 

The  repeated  attempts  to  reach  the  cyst  are  instructive  as  to 
the  innocuousness  of  the  incisions  and  as  to  the  character  of 
the  adhesions  resulting  therefrom. 

In  the  second  case  the  patient  (a  man,  38  years  of  age),  was 
suffering  from  a  cystic  degeneration  of  the  gall-bladder.  On 
February  25th,  an  incision  5  centim.  long  was  made  through 
the  wall  of  the  abdomen,  and  peritoneum  and  the  tumor  pre¬ 
sented  itself  in  the  wound.  The  temperature  did  not  rise  at 
all.  March  5th,  an  incision  into  the  cyst  was  made  and  a  large 
quantity  of  clear  fluid  escaped.  The  patient  died  April  9th 
of  general  emaciation,  and  the  autopsy  showed  cancerous 
degeneration  of  several  organs  in  the  abdomen.  ( Hospitals 
Tidende ,  June  18,  1879.) 


1880]  Current  Medical  Literature.  691 

THE  RELATION  OF  THE  STATE  TO  THE  INDIVIDUAL,  IN  MATTERS 
PERTAINING  TO  SANITARY  ADMINISTRATION. 

By  Oscar  C.  DeWolf,  A  M.,  M.D.,  Commissioner  ol  Health,  Chicago. 

[Read  before  the  Chicago  Medical  Society,  October  6,  1879.  J 

In  a  country  like  ours,  where  government  interference  with 
supposed  personal  rights  is  always  sure  to  be  sharply  ques¬ 
tioned,  and  where,  happily,  the  enforcement  of  such  interfer¬ 
ence  is  impossible,  unless  the  public  opinion  of  its  usefulness 
has  approached  to  conviction,  it  becomes  necessary  for  the  offi¬ 
cial  to  appear  before  that  public  to  justify  and  defend  his  judg¬ 
ment  and  his  acts.  It  generally  happens  in  our  neighborhood 
that  the  officer  especially  charged  with  the  function  of  sanitary 
administration  has  received  a  medical  education,  and  unless  he 
commands  the  large  confidence  of  his  professional  brethren, 
with  whose  labors  his  own  come  in  constant  contact, 
he  will  most  certainly  fail.  The  medical  profession,  therefore, 
is  my  public ;  for  to  it,  as  a  body  of  specially  educated  men, 
should  be  committed  the  hual  adjustment  of  all  questions 
touching  the  necessity  or  propriety  of  sanitary  measures. 
Sanitary  work,  at  best,  is  beset  with  antagonisms  and  obsta¬ 
cles  of  a  peculiar  nature,  and  perhaps  nowhere  more  so  than 
in  our  own  city  of  Chicago.  One  generation  of  men  have  not 
yet  passed  away  since  our  site  was  only  known  as  a  trading- 
post  on  the  Indian  frontier,  and  on  this  quagmire  500,000 
people  now  find  prosperous  and  salubrious  homes.  A  few 
years  since  the  burden  of  sanitary  administration  here  was 
resting  upon  the  shoulders  of  a  board  of  health,  composed  of 
five  members ;  in  later  years  the  responsibilities  of  the  office 
have  been  transferred  to  a  single  individual.  The  commis¬ 
sioner  of  health  should,  and  does,  invite  the  assistance  and 
criticism  of  every  medical  gentleman  in  the  city  ;  but  is  it  too 
much  to  ask  that  this  criticism  should  be  something  else  than 
misrepresentation  ?* 


*As  a  sample  of  critical  .statement  the  following  facts  may  be  of  interest.  The  Fifth 
Annnai  Session  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association  was  held  in  Chicago,  Septem¬ 
ber  25-28,  1877.  That  distinguished  sanitarian,  Dr.  Elisha  Hauls,  of  New  York, — Presi¬ 
dent  of  the  Association, — in  a  report  of  the  meeting,  published  in  the  Sanitarian,  Novem¬ 
ber,  1877,  says,  speaking  of  a  visit  to  the  stock-yards  :  *•  The  stock-yaid*  and  flesh-lood 
packing  of  that  largest  food  depot  in  the  world,  have  so  accumulated  the  offensive  and 
insalubrious  accessories  of  such  business,  that  sanitary  and  economical  problems  of  enor¬ 
mous  magnitude  must  be  treated  with  masterly  skill ;  and  to  this  subject  the  health  offi¬ 
cers  in  attendance  at  the  meeting  gave  special  attention.  Dr.  Folsom,  the  keen-sighted 
Secretary  of  the  Massachusetts  State  Board,  expressed  the  conviction  of  all  of  us  who 
have  studied  these  matters,  when,  in  concluding  the  inspection  of  them,  he  said  :  ‘  Chi¬ 

cago  must  expect  frequent  and  fatal  visitations  of  preventable  epidemics,  especially  de¬ 
structive  to  young  children,  so  long  as  the  present  degree  and  kind  of  defilement  of  the 
atmosphere  of  the  city  continues.’  ” 

During  the  year  18771  devoted  myself  to  procuring  evidence  against  the  parties  who 
were  thus  defiling  our  atmosphere,  I  secured  indictmeuts  against  twenty-seven  of  the  prin 
cipal offenders,  and  in  June,  1878,  they  were  brought  to  trial  before  the  Criminal  Court  of 
this  county.  Under  instructions  of  the  court  the  prosecution  was  confined  entirely  to 
the  question :  Are  these  noxious  emanations  from  the  stock-yards  prejudicial  to  the 
health  of  our  citizens  ?  Seven  representative  medical  gentlemen  of  Chicago,  among  them 
the  senior  editor  of  the  journal  publishing  this  review,  Dr.  W.  H.  Byford,  testified  in  the 
most  emphatic  manner,  and  from  personal  observation  and  experience,  that  they  were. 

4 


692 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[January 


Filth,  Disease,  Crime,  are  well  called  the  three  furies  of  our 
age  and  of  our  civilization  ;  and  sanitary  science,  dealing  with 
the  individual  man  more  than  with  the  destiny  of  the  race,  seeks 
to  relieve  him  from  the  immediate  influence  of  the  one,  and  thus 
to  hinder  the  tendency  toward  the  other.  How  shall  it  be  best 
accomplished?  An  eminent  school  of  philosophers  talks  of 
the  “  survival  of  the  fittest  ”  as  the  key  to  all  progress  that 
man  attains.  Says  Mr.  Gregg,  M.P.,  in  discussing  the  public 
Health  &ets  of  1875  :  “  Sanitary  science  is  mitigating  suffering 
and  achieving  success  in  its  warfare  against  disease ;  but,  at 
the  same  time,  it  enables  the  diseased  to  live.  It  reduces  the 
aggregate  mortality  by  sanitary  improvements  and  precau¬ 
tions,  but  those  whom  it  saves  from  dying  prematurely  it  pre¬ 
serves  to  propagate  useless  aud  imperfect  lives.”  Mr.  Herbert 
Spencer,  in  one  of  the  most  suggestive  books  of  our  day, 
says  :  “  This  conflict  —the  development  of  the  individual — 
ensures  the  final  attainment  of  the  highest  form  of  this  (his) 
maintenance,  a  form  in  which  the  amount  of  life  shall  be  the 
greatest  possible,  and  deaths  the  fewest  possible.”  By  this 
rule  the  natural  process  of  advancement  is  founded  on  limit¬ 
less  waste  ;  u  the  growth  of  life  is  in  the  soil  of  boundless 
death.”  The  man  who  makes  his  home  in  the  tenement  house, 
so  constructed  as  to  serve  as  a  bell-jar  over  the  sewer,  who 
thereby  sees  the  wife  “  cut  down  like  the  lily  at  noon-day,  and 
the  violet  childreu  hidden  away  in  the  valley,”  bas  learned  a 
lesson  which  he  may  transmit  to  his  kind  as  a  protecting  influ¬ 
ence  in  the  final  development  of  the  race.  By  this  rule  “  the 
intelligent  aud  energetic  members  of  society,  who  prefer  and 
are  able  to  provide  for  themselves  in  all  the  ordinary  exigen¬ 
cies  of  life,”  may  survive ;  but,  to  the  ignorant,  the  poor,  the 
unfortunate,  who  are  always  with  us,  it  says,  work  out  your 
own  sanitary  salvation ;  perish  or  survive,  as  the  result  may  be ; 
you  are  worthless  of  yourselves,  and  if  allowed  to  multiply 
you  perpetuate  helplessness  and  increase  misery. 

To  secure  for  you,  by  legal  enactments  and  by  sanitary 
administration,  healthful  homes ;  to  protect  you,  so  far  as  is 
possible,  from  devastating  epidemics;  to  insist  with  energy, 
aud  by  legal  processes,  if  necessary,  that  you  shall  not,  bv 
sottish  personal  habits  begotten  of  your  ignorance,  nor  by 
greed  of  gain,  imperil  your  own  lives  aud  those  of  your  neigh¬ 
bors,  all  this  is  declared  to  be  “  interfering  with  the  operation 
of  the  wholesome  monitory  laws  of  nature.”  Let  us  admit,  in 


On  this  testimony  conviction  was  secured  in  every  case.  Now,  in  the  face  of  this  opinion 
of  the  distinguished  experts  cited  by  Dr.  Harris,  and  the  sworn  testimony  of  our  local 
physicians,  a  reviewer  in  the  September  number  of  the  Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Ex¬ 
aminer  deliberately  puts  in  print  aud  writes  his  initials  alter  such  a  statement  as  this  : 
“  It  is,  however,  to  he  regretted  that  from  this  gallant  conflict  the  officials  did  not  emerge 

with  hands  thoroughly  clean  ; . there  is  not  the  slightest  shadow  of  evidence  that  it 

(Brideport  odor)  was  dangerous  to  the  health  of  the  city.  We  have  no  doubt  that  many 
delicate  persons  have  experienced  an  increase  of  suffering,  in  consequence  of  reading  and 
hearing  so  much  about  the  dangerous  character  of  the  slaughter-house  gasses.  Nor  this 
the  slaughter-houses  are  not  so  much  to  blame  as  the  ignorance  or  the  zeal  which  propa¬ 
gated  such  errors.” 


1880]  Current  Medical  Literature.  693 

the  first  instance,  that  man  in  his  structural  development  is 
the  result  of  this  law,  and  let  ns  admit  again  that  in  his  sani¬ 
tary  evolutions  in  course  of  ages — ages  so  long  that  the  eye  of 
science,  watching  for  centuries,  could  discover  but  little  move¬ 
ment — he  might  finally  come  to  a  proper  recognition  and 
observance  of  sanitary  laws ;  yet  we  must  observe  that  the 
ordinary  and  practical  forces,  which  we  find  at  work  in  the 
elevation  of  the  moral  and  physical  nature  of  man,  are  at 
war  with  this  law.  The  moral  law,  all  legal  codes,  the  instinct 
and  affection  of  the  family,  and  the  organization  of 
society  in  civilized  lite,  all  proclaim  the  opposite  principle. 
This  principle,  protecting  the  weak  and  succoring  the  needy, 
is  not  a  pernicious  force,  tending  to  the  degeneration  of  the 
race,  but  is  the  introduction  into  social  order  of  another  and 
a  more  potent  element  of  human  progress,  and  an  ever-present 
protestation  against  the  conditions  of  the  law  of  natural  selec¬ 
tion  as  a  protecting  or  educating  force  in  human  experience. 
But  I  only  design  to  refer  to  the  legal  aspects  of  the  question. 

Experience  and  common  sense  alike  declare  that  it  is  as  much 
the  province  of  government  to  protect  its  citizens,  in  so  far  as 
possible,  from  disease  and  death,  as  it  is  to  guard  them  against 
the  depredation  of  the  lawless  and  criminal  clasa.  The  funda¬ 
mental  object  of  all  government,  indeed,  is  to  protect  life  and 
property  ;  and  it  is  just  as  essential  that  the  citizens  of  large 
cities  be  protected  by  government  against  the  manifold  and 
mortal  dangers  of  illy-ventilated  tenement-house  vaults,  as 
that  they  should  be  protected  against  incendiaries,  thieves  or 
robbers.  The  poor  have  no  houses  to  be  protected  by  the  fire 
department,  and  no  property  to  be  protected  by  a  police  de¬ 
partment.  The  only  property  possessed  by  the  great  mass  of 
the  poor,  who  occupy  tenement  houses,  is  their  health  and 
ability  to  work,  and,  by  their  daily  toil,  to  earn  their  bread.  Is 
it  not  the  duty  of  their  government  (for  it  is  the  people’s  gov¬ 
ernment  after  all)  to  protect,  in  every  proper  way,  that  health 
and  capacity  to  labor  ?  Nor  should  it  be  forgotten  that  such 
protection  operates  as  the  protection  of  the  rich  as  well,  for  the 
pestilence  that  begins  in  the  hut  does  not  stop  at  the  threshold 
of  wealth.  Laws  for  the  enforcement  of  sanitary  measures  are 
traceable  for  authority  to  what  is  known  as  the  police  power. 
What  is  the  police  power  ?  “  The  acknowledged  police  power 
of  a  State,”  said  Chief  Justice  Marshall,  “  extends  often  to  the 
destruction  of  property.  A.  nuisance  may  be  abated  ;  every¬ 
thing  prejudicial  to  the  health  or  morals  of  a  city  may  be  re¬ 
moved . It  is  a  power  essential  to  self-preservation,  and 

exists  necessarily  in  every  organized  community.”  Gibbous 
vs.  Ogden,  9  Wheaton,  589. 

“  The  police  power  of  the  State,”  says  Judge  Bed  field,  “  ex¬ 
tends  to  the  protection  of  the  lives,  limbs,  health,  comfort  and 
quiet  of  all  persons.”  Thrope  vs.  B.  &  B.  B.  B.  Co.,  27  Yt.  149. 

u  By  this  general  police  power  of  the  State,  persons  and  pro- 


694  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

perty  are  subjected  to  all  kinds  of  restraints  and  burdens  in 
order  to  secure  the  general  comfort,  health  and  prosperity  of 
the  State.  Of  the  perfect  right  in  the  Legislature  to  do  which 
no  question  ever  was,  or,  upon  acknowledged  principle,  can  be, 
made.”  Cooley’s  Constitutional  Limitations,  327. 

Judge  Dillon,  of  the  U.  S.  Circuit  Court,  in  his  last  edition 
of  the  “  Law  of  Municipal  Corporations,”  says  (p.  210) :  “  Laws 
and  ordinances  relating  to  the  comfort,  health,  convenience, 
good  order,  and  general  welfare  of  the  inhabitants,  are  compre¬ 
hensively  styled  ‘  Police  Laws  or  Regulations,’  and  it  is  well 
settled  that  laws  and  regulations  of  this  character,  though  they 
may  disturb  the  enjoyment  of  individual  rights,  are  not  uncon¬ 
stitutional,  though  no  provision  is  made  for  compensation  for  such 
disturbance.  If  the  i  nd i  vid  ual  suffers  inj  ury ,  i  t  i  s  eith  er  damnum 
absque  injuria ,  or,  in  the  theory  of  the  law,  he  is  compensated 
for  it  by  sharing  in  the  general  benefits  which  the  regulations 
are  intended  and  calculated  to  secure.  The  citizen  owns  his 

property  absolutely,  it  is  true ; . still  he  owns  it  subject  to 

this  restriction,  namely :  that  it  must  be  so  used  as  not  to  in¬ 
jure  others,  and  that  the  sovereign  authority  may,  by  police 
regulations,  so  direct  the  use  of  it  that  it  shall  not  prove  per¬ 
nicious  to  his  neighbors,  or  the  citizens  generally.” 

It  would  be  easy  to  multiply  these  quotations.  I  give  you 
the  final  resume  of  Judge  Brainard,  in  an  address  delivered 
before  the  New  York  Medico-Legal  Society,  December  5,  1877  : 
“The  limitations  which  some  believe  were  set  upon  legislation, 
and  which  hedged  about  supposed  private  rights,  are  yielding 
to  the  needs  of  the  times.  This  change  in  judicial  view  has 
now  become  a  settled  principle  of  judicial  action.  The  dispo¬ 
sition  of  the  Court  of  Appeals  appears  in  the  highest  court  of 
the  nation,  and  they  show  that  the  current  of  judicial  ruling  in 
this  country  (in  administration  of  health  laws)  is  contrary  to 
the  technical  spirit,— the  over-squeamish  regard  for  supposed 
private  rights.”  Now  let  us  bring  these  laws  to  the  test  of  ap¬ 
plication.  And  here,  what  encouragement  and  what  beauty 
appears.  How  invigorating,  mentally  and  morally,  such  dis¬ 
cussion  and  studies  are  when  conducted  with  the  proper  spirit. 
Do  I  misrepresent  the  sentiment  of  this  society,  when  1  say 
personalities  have  no  place  here  ?  Science  is  knowledge — 
knowledge  can  only  be  perception,  discovery,  comprehension 
of  truth.  “  All  truth  is  akin,  related  in  some  way  to  every 
other  truth  or  fact  in  the  universe,  and  every  fact  casts  its  light 
upon,  or  has  its  relation  with,  some  other  fact  or  class  of  facts. 
The  test  of  truth,  the  touchstone  of  scientific  reasoning,  is  the 
harmony  of  these  relations.”  Are  these  opinions  of  the  masters 
of  jurisprudence  in  accord  with  the  needs,  more,  the  necessities 
of  civilized  life  ?  Taking  men  as  we  find  them  in  our  large 
cities — not  as  one  would  like  them  to  be — where  education  and 
intelligence  would  be  substituted  for  vice  and  misery,  and  their 
concomitants,  disease  and  death — but,  as  they  practically  and 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


695 


1880] 

truly  exist,  the  upright  and  conscientious  close  neighboring  the 
vicious  and  lawless  ;  are  not  these  legal  prohibitions  to  which 
I  have  referred,  salutary  and  protective  to  the  public  good  ? 
And,  when  I  avow  my  entire  belief  in  them,  and  my  acceptance 
of  them,  as  the  proper  guide  to  official  duty,  am  I  to  be  charged 
with  “  the  adoption  of  the  entire  communist  programme  V’ 
Is  it  an  attempt  on  my  part  u  to  justify  the  importation 
of  rude,  despotic  methods  into  the  quiet  repose  of  civil  life  V’ 
I  must  deny  the  imputation,  while  I  make  haste  to  declare 
that  an  intelligent  appreciation  of  the  ways  in  which  filth  is 
produced,  and  becomes  destructive  in  our  populous  centers, 
must  take  cognizance  of  the  culpable  wickedness  of  some 
people,  and  of  the  responsibility  of  the  sanitary  official  to  meet 
this  wickedness  with  all  the  legal  machinery  at  his  command. 
Without  such  appreciation  sanitary  acts  are  waste  paper,  and 
sanitary  administration  an  illusion.  Great  Britain  stands 
preeminent  in  her  attention  to  preventive  medicine,  and  the 
eminent  names  of  Chadwick,  Farr,  Simon,  were  and  are,  the 
heralds  who  summon  the  world  to  answer  for  its  profligacy  of 
life.  Her  public  Health  Acts  of  1848,  the  Nuisance  Removal 
Act  of  1855,  the  Local  Government  Act  of  1858,  the  Sanitary 
Act  of  1866,  the  Public  Health  Act  of  1872,  and  the  Public 
Health  Act  of  August  11,  1875,  surpass  in  importance  any  and 
all  sanitary  legislation  ever  before  contemplated;  and  have 
completed  and  established  on  a  solid  foundation  an  efficient 
system  of  public  hygiene,  with  15,000  sanitary  districts  and 
the  requisite  number  of  sanitary  officers.  In  twenty-four 
English  cities,  excluding  London,  with  populations  varying 
from  160,000  to  4,000,  and  whose  average  number  of  inhabi¬ 
tants  is  18,000,  there  was  an  average  of  24.7  deaths  per 
thousand  before  the  introduction  of  the  sanitary  service  above 
contemplated.  Good  sewers,  good  water,  improved  water 
closets,  with  an  efficient  supervision  of  tenement  houses,  has 
reduced  this  death  rate  to  21.9,  or  in  round  numbers,  three 
per  thousand — an  annual  saving  of  1300  human  lives  in  a 
population  of  430,000.  The  commentary  by  Mr.  Simon  on 
these  results  was  that  “  they  may  serve  to  fulfill  very  important 
provisional  use,  not  only  to  confute  persons  who  have  despaired 
or  affected  to  despair  of  any  great  preventability  of  disease ; 
but  still  more,  to  justify  in  the  public  eye,  and  to  encourage  in 
some  of  the  noblest  human  labors,  those  who  for  many  years 
have  been  spending  their  powers  in  this  endeavor,  and  to 
whom  it  will  be  the  best  of  rewards  to  see  -the  demonstration 
of  the  good  they  have  wrought.”  in  eighteen  years  the  death 
rate  in  London  has  been  reduced  from  25.0  to  21.5  per  thousand. 
In  Glascow,  in  a  well-to-do  section  of  the  city,  a  death  rate  of 
23  in  1000  in  1871,  has  been  reduced  in  1876  to  17  in  1000; 
in  another  district  the  death  rate  has  been  reduced  from  29  to 
26 ;  in  a  third  from  35  to  26,  and  in  the  worst  district  from  44 


696  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

to  33,  tlie  mean  reduction  in  that  city  being  from  33  to  25  in 
five  years.  An  annual  saving  of  3745  human  beings.  In  a 
remarkable  paper  read  by  Mr.  Edwin  Chadwick,  president  of 
the  Health  Section,  at  the  twenty -first  annual  congress  of  the 
British  Social  Science  Association,  Aberdeen,  September  13, 
1877,  in  which  he  reviews  the  result  of  English  sanitary 
legislation,  and  what  it  may  accomplish  in  the  future,  submits 
the  following  summary  of  the  chief  results  obtained  of  the 
progress  of  the  power  of  sanitation : 

1.  u  That  we  have  gained  the  power  of  reducing  the  sickness 
and  death  rates  in  most  old  cities  by  at  least  one-third. 

2.  11  That  in  new  districts  or  sites,  apart  from  old  urban 
sites,  we  may  with  a  complete  system  of  water  supply  and  sur¬ 
face  cleansing — including  measures  for  the  prevention  of  over¬ 
crowding — ensure  reduction  of  death  rates  to  less  than  one- 
lialf,  or  to  a  mean  rate  of  ten  in  one  thousand,  and  the  sickness 
in  like  proportion. 

3.  “  That  in  well-provided  and  well-regulated  institutions  for 
children  from  three  to  fifteen  years  of  age,  we  may  secure  them 
an  immunity  from  the  common  children  epidemic  and  reduce 
the  death  rate  to  a  mean  rate  of  about  three  in  a 
thousand,  or  to  less  by  two-thirds  of  the  death  rates  prevalent 
among  children  of  those  ages  in  the  general  population.”  From 
this  norma  of  sanitation  for  the  infantile  stages  of  life,  may  be 
established  conditions  that  go  to  the  prevention  of  50,000 
deaths  in  the  school  stages  of  life  in  England  and  Wales. 

6.  “  That  among  the  general  population  a  reduction  by  full 
one-half  of  the  diseases  of  the  respiratory  organs,  may  be  ef¬ 
fected  by  general  public  sanitation.” 

The  entire  address  of  Mr.  Chadwick  may  be  found  in  the  early 
numbers  of  the  Sanitarian  of  1878,  and  will  well  repay  a  careful 
perusal.  It  is  popularly  supposed  that  the  excessive  mortality 
in  some  great  cities  is  an  inevitable  evil  resulting  from  den¬ 
sity  of  population.  This  is  an  error,  for  the  concentration  of 
preventive  resources  is  amply  able  to  overcome  such  causes  of 
insalubrity.  This  is  a  fact  fully  demonstrated  in  London,  where 
the  death  rate  has  steadily  diminished,  and  the  chances  of  hu¬ 
man  life  steadily  increased  for  the  past  twenty  years.  And 
this  has  been  wholly  the  result  of  systematic  sanitary  improve¬ 
ments  in  domiciles,  in  water  supply,  in  drainage,  and  in  the 
sanitary  police  of  that  metropolis.  That  death  rate  and  sick¬ 
ness  rate  are  increased  by  density  of  population  will  hold  true, 
except  where  special  and  systematic  sanitary  care  increases, 
and  keeps  pace  with  the  population  growth ;  and  if  this  be 
true,  can  there  be  any  doubt  of  the  duty  of  the  State  to 
organize  by  statute  laws  those  agencies  and  methods  which 
symbolize  a  proper  concern  for  the  life  and  social  welfare  of  the 
citizen,  and  can  there  be  any  doubt  of  the  duty  imposed  by 
good  citizenship  to  acquiesce  in  and  submit  to  such  legal  re- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


697 


1880] 

straints  of  personal  freedom  in  business  enterprise,  or  surround¬ 
ings  of  domicile,  as  shall  best  conserve  the  public  comfort  and 
well-being !  Society  does  not  submit  its  destinies,  in  any  of 
the  great  affairs  and  events  of  human  existence,  to  the  doc¬ 
trines  of  chance,  nor  to  the  philosophy  or  theories  of  evolu¬ 
tionists,  nor  to  the  ecstatic  dreams  of  humanitarians  and  phil¬ 
anthropists, — useful  though  they  may  all  be.  In  all  the  trans¬ 
actions  of  business  life,  the  civil  government  justly  demands 
obedience  to  formalities  which  restrain,  and,  if  necessary 
coerce.  Shall  this  function  of  government  be  limited  to  the 
protection  of  life,  property  and  order,  as  suggested  by  Mr. 
Spencer,  leaving  all  other  social  ends  to  be  achieved  by  indi¬ 
vidual  activities  ?  This  is  not  the  tendency  of  recent 
practical  legislation.  Society  demands,  as  of  old,  protection 
to  life,  property  and  social  order ;  but  she  is  emphasizing 
louder  and  louder  every  day  another  demand,  namely,  u  the  in¬ 
alienable  right  of  every  human  being  to  be  supplied  with  un¬ 
contaminated  air,  water,  food,  soil,  and  personal  surroundings, 
and  the  duty  of  the  State  to  allow  no  trespass  on  this  right 
from  negligence,  ignorance,  or  greed  of  gain.”  And  society  re¬ 
cognizes  also  the  progress  of  medicine,  which  to-day  declares 
“  that  the  causes  of  many  diseases,  and  of  many  deaths,  can 
be  as  successfully  fenced  out  from  their  human  crop,  as  domes¬ 
tic  animals  can  be  fenced  out  from  a  grain  crop;”  and  it  de¬ 
mands  that  law  shall  recognize  this  progress  also,  and  pro¬ 
vide  for  it;  and  that  as  “  powder  and  other  explosives  are  by 
legal  statutes  stored  away  and  guarded,  so  a  small-pox 
pistule,  potent  with  greater  mischief  than  a  magazine  of 
dynamite,  shall  be  for  greater  reasons  stored  away  and 
guarded.  The  officer  charged  with  the  sanitary  interests 
of  a  great  city,  under  the  ordinary  conditions  of  civilized  life, 
who  permits  small  pox  to  become  epidemic  in  his  neighbor¬ 
hood,  has  supplied  the  best  reason  in  the  world  for  his  im¬ 
mediate  displacement.  If  the  local  law  does  not  afford  an 
adequate  basis  for  his  personal  protection,  and  aid  in  his  work, 
and  public  sentiment  will  not  sustain  him  in  taking  possession  of 
the  person  and  effects  of  those  infected  with  small  pox,  he  should 
resign  his  office,  placing  the  responsibility  where  it  belongs  ; 
for  no  city  can  be  protected  from  this  loathsome  pestilence, 
if  officers  of  health  must  rest  under  the  fatal  disadvantage 
where  any  man  claims  the  right  to  have  small  pox  in  his  own 
domicile  and  at  his  neighbor’s  door,  or  to  refuse  to  receive  for 
himself  or  his  family  the  protecting  influence  of  vaccination. 

L  pass  for  a  moment  to  consider  a  persistent  and  obstinate 
foe,  more  to  be  dreaded  than  small  pox  or  Asiatic  cholera — 
scarlet  fever.  It  would  be  truly  fortunate  if  definite  and  posi¬ 
tive  prophylactic  means  were  understood,  and  could  be  applied 
to  extinguish  or  control  it ;  but  because  the  attempt  to  master 
all  the  laws  and  causes  that  govern  the  epidemic  prevalence  of 


698  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

this  subtle  infection  have  reached  only  partial  results,  or  until 
that  much-wished-for  day  shall  come  when  an  antidote  is  found 
equally  effectual  as  that  which  Jenner  has  given  the  world  to 
prevent  small-pox,  there  can  be  no  plainer  duty  than  that  sani¬ 
tary  authorities,  physicians  and  families,  should  accept  and  en¬ 
force  those  measures  which  an  enlightened  professional  judg¬ 
ment  has  declared  to  be  useful  in  limiting  the  prevalence  and 
mitigating  the  fatality  of  this  pest  of  childhood.  The  result  of 
our  best  means  may  seem  to  some  doubtful,  but  the  object  ac¬ 
tually  aimed  at  is  neither  uncertain  nor  unworthy  the  labor  it 
costs.  Stimulated  to  action  by  the  professional  opinion  of  the 
leading  members  of  all  schools  of  medicine,  that  the  measure 
was  wise  and  judicious,  this  municipal  govercinent,  following 
the  State  law,  ordained  that  warning  cards  should  be  placed 
on  every  house  infected  with  scarlet  fever.  The  mem¬ 
bers  of  this  society  gave  emphatic  approval  to  the  law, 
and  on  a  memorable  occasion — memorable  because  it  was 
the  early  assertion  by  the  profession  of  this  city  that 
they  claimed  a  hearing  in  sanitary  affairs — you  de¬ 
manded  that  the  law  should  be  executed.  In  obedience 
to  this  demand,  and  profoundly  convinced  of  its  pro 
priety,  I  have  assumed  the  responsibility  which  my  office 
imposes,  and  have  placed  the  cards.  Let  us  examine  for  a 
moment  the  facts  upon  which  this  action  of  the  state  is  based. 
The  one  fact  which  we  do  generally  acknowledge  in  the  history 
of  scarlet  fever  is  the  fact  of  personal  intercourse,  and  all  that 
it  implies,  as  an  important  factor  in  its  propagation  and  diffu¬ 
sion.  This  has  been  denied,  and  will  be  again,  still  I  think  it 
an  opinion  very  generally  entertained  by  the  profession.  Now 
the  warning  card  is  placed,  and  should  be  regarded,  as  the  sig¬ 
nal  of  danger.  It  announces  to  the  passer-by  that  he  should 
avoid  that  domicile ;  it  tells  the  mother  to  flee,  herself  and  her 
children,  from  its  presence ;  it  declares  to  school  authorities 
that  not  a  child  from  that  house  should  cross  the  threshold  of 
the  school -room  5  and  above  all,  it  educates  the  public  to  the 
proper  appreciation — which  is  the  professional  appreciation — 
of  the  dangers  of  intercourse  with  the  infected.  I  judge, 
therefore,  that  the  state  does  well  to  insist  upon  the  placing  of 
the  card,  and  my  judgment  is  worth  just  what  my  facts  and 
reasons  are  worth.  Finally,  the  more  closely  unsanitary  con¬ 
ditions  are  examined,  the  more  extensive  do  their  ramifications 
appear,  and  the  more  evident  it  will  become  that  the  local  and 
public  causes  of  many  destructive  diseases  are  daily  endanger¬ 
ing  the  loss  of  lives,  which  the  state  should  protect  and  save 
by  the  practical  application  of  sanitary  knowledge ;  and  it  will 
also  appear  that  the  state  alone  has  the  adequate  power  by 
just  and  wise  legislative  acts  to  remove  or  control  these  causes. 
— Chicago  Medical  Gazette ,  January  5,  1880. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


699 


1880J 

INEBRIETY  AND  ALLIED  NERVOUS  DISEASES  IN  AMERICA. 

By  George  M.  Beard.  M.  D.,  (New  York.) 

Dr.  Beard  stated  that  his  interest  in  the  subject  was  purely 
scientific ;  that  he  had  been  led  to  study  the  subject  simply  be¬ 
cause  it  belonged  to  neurology — a  department  of  science  to 
which  his  life  was  devoted.  Inebriety  he  defined  as  a  functional 
disease  of  the  nervous  system  ;  the  chief,  though  not  the  only, 
feature  of  which  is  an  irresistible  desire  for  stimulants  and  nar¬ 
cotics,  such  as  alcoholic  liquors,  opium,  chloral,  etc.  Other  ac¬ 
companying  and  preceding  symptoms  are  mental  depression, 
mental  irritability,  insomnia,  tremors,  hallucinations,  delusions, 
severe  neurasthenia  (nervous  exhaustion),  and,  in  some  cases, 
alcoholic  trance.  The  disease  inebriety  is  distinguished  from 
the  vice  of  drunkenness  in  four  ways ;  first,  by  its  irresisti¬ 
bleness  ;  secondly,  by  its  periodicity  or  intermittent  character ; 
thirdly,  by  its  transmissiveness ;  and,  fourthly,  by  the  above 
nervous  symptoms  associated  with  it.  The  vice  of  drunkenness 
is  objective ;  the  disease  inebriety  is  subjective.  The  disease 
inebriety  has  much  the  same  relation  to  the  habit  of  drunken¬ 
ness  that  some  forms  of  insanity  have  to  eccentricity.  The  chief 
predisposing  cause  of  inebriety  is  civilization.  Savages,  semi¬ 
savages,  and  barbarians  drink  far  more  than  enlightened 
nations ;  and  the  disease  inebriety  is  always  less  frequent  where 
the  habit  of  drinking  is  most  common.  The  chief  exciting 
causes  of  inebriety  are  alcoholic  liquors,  opium,  chloral,  etc. 
Another  exciting  cause  is  neurasthenia,  or  nervous  exhaustion, 
particularly  the  form  cerebrasthenia,  or  exhaustion  of  the  brain. 
Brain-exhaustion,  which  follows  loss  of  property,  bereavement, 
or  sunstroke,  may  excite  inebriety  in  one  who  is  predisposed  to 
that  disease.  In  America,  sunstroke  is  quite  a  frequent  exci¬ 
ting  cause.  Injuries  to  the  brain,  as  railway  accidents  and  the 
like,  may  excite  the  disease ;  so  also  may  salt  air  ;  some  inebri¬ 
ates  cannot  go  to  sea,  nor  near  the  sea  coast,  without  suffering 
an  attack  with  accompanying  symptoms,  such  as  headache,  neu¬ 
ralgia,  nervousness,  etc.  Inebriety  is  more  common  in  America 
than  in  any  other  country,  mainly  from  climatic  reasons  ;  dry¬ 
ness  of  the  air,  and  extremes  of  heat  and  cold.  For  the  same 
reason,  other  functional  nervous  diseases  of  the  family  to  which 
inebriety  belongs,  such  as  neurasthenia,  general  neuralgia,  and 
hay -fever,  are  more  common  in  the  northern  and  eastern  parts 
of  America  than  in  the  southern.  Like  every  nervous  disease 
of  the  family  to  which  it  belongs,  it  pretty  steadily  diminishes 
as  we  go  south — go  to  the  Gulf  States  ;  yet  there  is  more  total 
abstinence  in  the  north  than  in  the  south.  There  is  no  country  in 
the  world  where  there  is  so  much  total  abstinence  from  drinking, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  so  much  inebriety,  as  among  the  people 
of  the  northern  and  eastern  parts  of  the  United  States.  The 
habit  of  drinking  has  been  diminishing  for  the  last  half  quarter 
of  a  century  among  the  better  classes,  but  the  disease  inebriety 

5 


700  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

lias  been  increasing  at  the  same  time  among  the  same  classes. 
Inebriety  is,  to-day,  treated  on  the  same  principle  as  other  ner¬ 
vous  diseases  of  the  same  family  to  which  it  belongs  ;  that  is, 
first,  by  keeping  the  patient  away  from  the  exciting  causes, 
and,  secondly,  by  fortifying  the  system  with  sedatives  and 
tonics.  For  very  many  cases,  asylums  are  indispensable,  and 
legislation  is  needed,  and,  in  America,  is  exercised  to  give 
power  of  holding  such  cases.  The  best  law,  on  the  whole,  is  the 
law  of  the  State  of  Connecticut,  which  is  very  similar  to  the 
u  Habitual  Drunkards’  Act,”  which  has  just  been  passed  by  the 
English  Parliament.  The  best  remedies  for  fortifying  the  sys¬ 
tem,  and  breaking  up  the  habit  of  drinking,  are  bromides  in 
very  large  doses  (3i  to  3ii),  especially  bromide  of  sodium  ;  elec¬ 
tricity  in  general,  and  central  applications  (general  faradisation 
and  central  galvanisation),  strychnine,  quinine  and  cinchona, 
iron,  cod-liver  oil  in  emulsion,  the  preparations  of  zinc  (oxide* 
bromide,  valerianate)  with  warm  baths.  This  system  of  treat¬ 
ment  for  opium  inebriety,  combined  with  the  gradual  withdraw¬ 
ing  of  the  drug,  has  been  wonderfully  successful  in  America. 
The  American  Association  for  the  Cure  of  Inebriates  was  or¬ 
ganized  in  1870.  There  are,  in  the  United  States,  twenty-six 
asylums  in  practical  operation,  and  charters  for  fourteen  more 
that  are  yet  to  be  built.  The  movement  has  been  carried  on 
against  the  opposition  of  all  forms  of  ignorance  and  nou-ex- 
pertness,  but  is  every  year  making  progress.  The  Quarterly 
Journal  has  been  in  existence  three  years.  Of  those  who  are 
committed  to  asylums,  about  one-third  are  cured ;  and  probably 
in  the  next  century,  when  there  shall  have  been  greater  pro¬ 
gress  made  in  the  treatment,  and  patients  shall  come  to  the 
asylums  earlier  in  the  disease,  and  there  shall  be  greater  know¬ 
ledge  and  experience  in  the  managemenet  of  asylums,  the  re¬ 
sults  will  be  better.  In  regard  to  the  criticisms  of  Dr.  Buckmill, 
it  would  seem  that  some  of  his  strictures  are  just;  but  they  are 
only  one  side  of  a  complex  story.  Asylums  are  not  all  alike, 
and  all  are  imperfect ;  but  every  year  they  must  be  making 
progress  in  their  management  and  in  their  theory  and  treatment 
of  the  disease.  It  was  clear  that  Dr.  Buckmill  did  not  have  any 
just  notion  of  what  inebriety  was,  nor  of  the  distinctions  between 
that  disease  and  the  habit  of  drunkenness.  His  ideas,  also,  of 
what  asylums  ought  to  accomplish  were  too  high.  Inebriate 
asylums  are  not  specifics  for  inebriety,  any  more  than  insane 
asylums  are  specifics  for  insanity ;  but  when  they  are  empow¬ 
ered  with  legal  authority,  and  wisely  managed,  they  are  the 
best  means  known  for  the  treatment  of  this  terrible  and  in¬ 
creasing  disease.  Both  in  asylums  and  out  of  asylums,  more 
attention  should  be  given  to  the  sedative  and  tonic  treatment 
above  described  than  it  has  yet  received.  Too  exclusive  depend¬ 
ence  is  placed  in  America  and  Europe  on  the  mere  removal 
from  the  one  exciting  cause  by  confinement.  In  this  respect, 
there  is  room  for  progress,  and  for  careful  experiments,  which 
will  soon  be  made. — British  Medical  Journal ,  Aug.  23. 


1880 1  Current  Medical  Literature.  701 

DELAUNAY  ON  FECUNDITY  AND  SEXUALITY. 

M.  Gaetan  Delaunay,  in  a  recent  communication,  states  that 
fertility,  which  is  unlimited  in  the  lowest  classes,  decreases  as 
the  human  race  is  approached.  The  inferior  races  are  more 
fruitful  than  the  superior ;  the  black,  yellow,  and  other  races 
being  more  fertile  than  the  white.  Amongst  Europeans,  the 
Russians,  Spaniards  and  Italians,  i.  e .,  the  nations  which  are 
the  least  advanced  in  civilization,  are  the  most  fertile;  whilst 
the  least  fertile  are  those  furthest  advanced  in  the  scale  of 
evolution,  viz.,  the  French  and  Swiss.  It  has  been  stated  that 
the  relative  sterility  of  France  was  voluntary,  but  M.  Delaunay 
refutes  this  accusation.  Fertility  diminishes  in  a  nation  as  it 
becomes  more  highly  civilized.  Intellectual  persons,  and  those 
who  live  in  towns,  have  a  smaller  number  of  children  than  the 
ignorant  and  laboring  classes.  The  young  and  the  old  are 
more  fertile  than  adults,  and  the  same  is  true  of  the  weak  as 
opposed  to  the  vigorous.  Athletes  and  persons  who  perform 
much  brain  work  have  but  few  children,  as  has  been  shown  by 
Dr.  Drysdale.  The  lower  tissues  reproduce  themselves  more 
readily  than  the  higher  ones.  A  plant  or  animal  which  receives 
too  great  a  supply  of  food  becomes  infertile.  Thus,  dogs  be¬ 
longing  to  the  poor  produce  more  offspring  than  others  of  the 
same  race  which  belong  to  the  richer  class.  The  wretched  and 
badly  fed  are  more  fruitful  than  the  wealthier,  and,  therefore, 
fertility  has  no  relation  to  the  means  of  livelihood.  Summer 
and  warm  climates  increase  the  fertility.  In  short,  therefore, 
fertility  being  at  its  maximum  in  those  least  advanced  upon 
the  path  of  evolution,  and  at  its  minimum  in  those  furthest 
advanced  in  the  same  scale,  it  may  be  regarded  as  being  in  an 
inverse  ratio  to  the  evolution.  Sexuality. — The  lower  races 
produce  more  females  and  the  higher  nations  more  males. 
Young  and  old  animals  bear  more  females  than  males.  From 
the  age  of  thirty-five  onward  a  man  begets  more  girls  than 
boys.  The  vigorous  produce  boys,  and  the  weakly  girls.  Un¬ 
der  the  first  empire,  when  all  adult  males  were  serving  in  the 
wars,  a  very  large  majority  of  girls  were  born.  Years  of 
dearth  favor  the  procreation  of  girls,  and  years  of  abundance 
of  boys.  Idleness  tends  to  cause  the  birth  of  females.  Per¬ 
sons  who  perform  much  mental  labor  are  more  liable  to  pro¬ 
duce  girls  than  boys.  A  majority  of  girls  are  born  in  summer 
and  in  warm  years,  and  of  boys  in  winter  and  cold  years.  In 
short,  therefore,  an  individual  of  a  less  high  degree  of  evolu¬ 
tion  produces  girls,  of  a  higher  degree  boys,  whilst,  at  a  still 
higher  degree  he  again  begets  girls.  In  the  same  way,  one 
who  is  fed  too  little  or  too  much  produces  girls,  boys  being 
born  when  he  is  simply  well  fed.  Upon  this  communication  M. 
Galippe  remarked  that  the  biological  law  laid  down  by  M. 
Delaunay  was  wroug,  inasmuch  as  it  was  unsupported  by  con¬ 
clusive  facts.  It  was,  moreover,  entirely  incorrect  in  regard 
to  England,  the  English  being  certainly  far  advanced  in  the 


702  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

scale  of  evolution,  whilst  they  produce  a  large  number  of 
children. — London  Medical  Record ,  August  15. 


FLINT  ON  THE  SOURCE  OF  MUSCULAR  POWER. 

Dr.  Flint  discusses  the  question  as  to  whether  the  muscular 
power  manifested  by  man  and  animals  is  the  direct  product  of 
the  metamorphosis  of  the  food  ingested,  or  is  generated  by 
changes  in  the  muscular  tissue  itself.  In  the  latter  case,  the 
muscular  substance  as  such  is  destroyed,  and  is  discharged 
from  the  body  in  the  form  of  excrementitious  matter,  whilst 
the  waste  is  repaired  by  food.  In  the  case  of  a  steam  engine, 
the  latent  energy  of  the  fuel  is  developed  into  heat  by  com¬ 
bustion,  and  the  engine  itself  serves  merely  as  a  convenient 
mechanism  for  translating  the  heat  into  actual  working  force. 
In  like  manner,  according  to  some  physiologists,  the  muscles 
and  active  organs  of  the  body  are  merely  a  convenient  mechan¬ 
ism  for  translating  into  force  the  latent  energy  of  the  food 
which  is  developed  during  the  metamorphosis  of  digestion  and 
assimilation.  In  opposition  to  this  theory,  Dr.  Flint  analyses 
some  observations  made  by  Dr.  Pavy  upon  Weston  and  other 
pedestrians,  and  shows  that  the  estimated  force  value  of  food 
was  sufficient  to  account  for  only  a  small  fraction  of  the  muscu¬ 
lar  work  actually  performed  By  a  further  analysis  of  some 
observations  of  his  own,  Dr.  Flint  concludes  that  the  true 
origin  of  musclar  power  must  be  sought  in  the  muscles  them¬ 
selves,  and  that  the  exercise  of  these  muscles  produces  a  waste 
which  is  measured  by  the  nitrogen  excreted.  Indirectly  the 
nitrogenised  food  is  a  source  of  power  by  repairing  waste  and 
developing  capacity  for  work ;  but  food  is  not  directly  con¬ 
verted  into  force  in  the  living  body,  nor  is  it  a  source  of  mus¬ 
cular  power,  except  that  it  maintains  the  muscular  system  in  a 
condition  for  work. — London  Medical  Record ,  August  L5. 


METRORRHAGIA  AND  ITS  TREATMENT  BY  PLUGGING  THE 
CERVICAL  CANAL. 

By  Henry  Bknnet,  M.D.,  The  Ferns,  Weybridge. 

In  the  Journal  for  July  19th,  the  Paris  correspondent,  in  re¬ 
porting  a  discussion  on  the  treatment  of  menorrhagia,  which 
took  place  at  the  Clinical  Society  of  Paris,  presents  ns  a  novelty 
the  proposal  of  M.  Panas  to  meet  severe  metrorrhagia  by  plug¬ 
ging  the  cervical  canal  itself,  instead  of  the  vagina.  As  I  have 
been  in  the  habit  of  resorting  to  this  treatment  for  above  a 
quarter  of  a  century,  and  believe  that  I  was  the  first  to  suggest 
and  describe  it  in  the  fourth  edition  of  my  work  on  Uterine  In¬ 
flammation ,  published  in  1861, 1  send  a  brief  extract  (page  422), 
not  so  much  from  a  desire  to  claim  the  priority  of  what  really 
is  a  most  valuable  addition  to  therapeutics,  but  because  I  wish 
to  draw  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  its  thoroughly  prac¬ 
tical  character. 


1880J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


703 


u  In  those  cases  in  which,  as  we  have  seen,  the  haemorrhage 
persists  after  the  entire  removal  of  local  disease,  owing  to 
enlargement  of  the  uterus,  to  the  presence  of  a  small  unrecog¬ 
nized  polypus  or  uterine  tumor  in  the  cavity  of  the  uterus  and 
its  neck,  or  to  the  mere  haemorrhagic  habit,  I  have  for  many 
years  resorted,  with  encouraging  success,  to  plugging  the  os 
uteri  itself j  instead  of  the  vagina.  It  occurred  to  me  that  the 
usual  plan  of  filling  up  and  distending  the  vagina  by  pieces  of 
sponge  or  a  handkerchief  was  a  clumsy,  painful,  and  inefficient 
mode  of  opposing  mechanical  resistance  to  the  exit  of  blood 
from  the  undeveloped  uterus,  when  its  orifice  could  so  easily 
be  brought  into  sight.  Acting  on  this  idea,  I  have  in  many 
instances  brought  the  cervix  uteri  into  view,  and  x>assed  inside 
the  os  two  or  three  small  pieces  of  cotton,  tied  to  a  piece  of 
thread,  which  I  wedge  in  firmly,  covering  the  whole  cervix  with 
two  or  three  larger  pieces  left  in  close  contact  with  it  on  the 
withdrawal  of  the  instrument.  In  nearly  all  the  cases  in  which 
1  have  resorted  to  this  plan,  I  have  easily  arrested  the  haemor¬ 
rhage.  Indeed,  this  modification  of  the  usual  plan  appears  to 
me  so  simple  and  so  consonant  with  common  sense,  that  I  can¬ 
not  but  think  that  it  will  be  often  adopted  in  severe  cases.  In 
the  ordinary  operation  of  plugging  the  vagina,  that  canal  has 
to  be  distended  by  a  large  mass  of  sponge  or  linen,  soaked  with 
clotted  blood,  which  often  interferes  with  the  functions  of  the 
bladder  and  rectum,  is  invariably  a  source  of  great  discomfort 
to  the  patient,  and  is  not  always  efficient.  By  the  plan  I  de¬ 
scribe,  the  end  proposed  is  much  more  effectually  compassed, 
with  scarcely  any  annoyance  to  the  patient  beyond  that  which 
the  use  of  the  speculum  occasions. 

“  Owing  to  the  natural  contractility  of  the  cervical  canal,  and 
the  pressure  of  fluids  behind,  if  the  cotton  be  not  well  pushed 
in  it  is  soon  forced  out.  The  plug  may  be  left  without  renewal 
twenty -four  or  even  thirty-six  hours ;  but,  in  the  latter  case,  it 
is  generally  expelled  spontaneously.  A  small  piece  of  sponge 
may  be  used,  and  is  more  likely  to  remain  in  situ  owing  to  its 
expansion  ;  but  as  it  must  necessarily  be  very  small,  it  is  more 
likely  to  be  permeated  by  blood.  If  sponge  be  used,  great  care 
should  be  taken  to  extract  the  piece  passed  into  the  os,  to  which 
a  small  piece  of  thread  should  always  be  tied,  as  the  os  uteri 
might  not  be  able  to  expel  it  alone,  owing  to  its  mode  of 
expansion. 

“  Plugging  the  os  uteri  in  the  way  prescribed  is  by  far  the 
most  effectual  way  of  arresting  tire  hemorrhage  which  pre¬ 
cedes  and  accompanies  abortions,  when,  as  sometimes  occurs, 
it  resists  the  usual  treatment,  and  becomes  alarming.  The 
following  case  will  illustrate  this  mode  of  treatment  and  its 
marvellous  efficacy.  A  healthy  lady,  thirty-two  years  of  age, 
came  up  from  the  country  to  consult  me.  She  had  been  mar¬ 
ried  twelve  years,  had  had  five  living  children,  and  subse¬ 
quently  four  miscarriages.  Each  miscarriage  had  been  at- 


704  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

tended  with  gradually  increasing  haemorrhage.  On  the  last 
occasion,  she  nearly  lost  her  life,  and  was  greatly  alarmed  at 
the  idea  of  again  becoming  pregnant.  She  presented  uterine 
symptoms  which  led  me  to  discover  the  existence  of  extensive 
ulcerative  diseases  of  the  cervix  uteri ;  no  doubt  connected 
with  one  of  her  pregnancies,  and  the  cause  of  the  miscar¬ 
riages.  I  cured  the  disease,  and  sent  her  home.  A  few  months 
afterwards,  she  became  pregnant ;  and,  in  her  alarm,  again 
came  up  to  town  to  be  near  me,  although  I  rather  dissuaded 
her  from  the  step,  which  I  did  not  consider  necessary.  At 
about  the  termination  of  the  third  month  of  pregnancy, 
I  was  sent  for  one  night  with  the  intimation  that  flood¬ 
ing  had  set  in.  I  went  immediately ;  and,  on  my  arrival, 
found  the  patient  pale,  all  but  pulseless*  and  lying  in  a 
large  pool  of  blood.  The  haemorrhage  had  commenced  at 
half-past  twelve  ;  it  was  only  two,  and  yet  her  state  was 
alarming ;  the  haemorrhage  was  continuing  profusely,  and  the 
loss  had  already  been  very  considerable.  I  at  once  placed  the 
patient  on  her  back,  to  facilitate  manipulation  (with  half  a 
dozen  candles  on  a  table  at  the  bottom  of  the  bed),  introduced 
a  large  conical  speculum  into  the  vagina,  and,  with  the  specu¬ 
lum-forceps  and  large  pieces  of  spone,  rapidly  cleared  the  spec¬ 
ulum,  which  was  full  of  clots  and  fluid  blood  up  to  the  brim. 
This  accomplished,  I  got  the  os  uteri  into  view  ;  found  it  rather 
open  ;  from  its  orifice,  a  stream  of  blood  was  flowing  as  rapidly 
as  from  an  open  vein.  I  at  once  pushed  in  several  pieces  of 
cotton  tied  to  threads,  holding  one  down  by  the  sound,  whilst 
the  next  was  being  introduced,  to  prevent  it  from  being  washed 
away,  and  then  packed  firmly  the  upper  third  of  the  speculum 
with  cotton  around  and  over  the  cervix.  Lastly,  I  slowly  re¬ 
moved  the  speculum,  forcibly  supporting  the  cotton  packing 
inside  with  the  forceps  to  prevent  its  being  displaced.  I  had 
the  mass  of  blood  in  which  she  was  lying  removed.  In  the 
course  of  about  twenty  minutes,  the  color  began  to  return  to 
the  face,  and  the  pulse  began  to  be  more  perceptible,  and,  .in  a 
few  hours,  she  was  nearly  herself  again,  although  very  weak. 
There  was  not  subsequently  the  slightest  haemorrhage;  it  was 
permanently  checked.  Twenty-four  hours  after,  1  removed  the 
plugging,  and  did  not  reapply  it.  No  fresh  loss  of  blood  was 
experienced ;  and  the  next  day,  after  a  few  uterine  pains,  a  dis¬ 
eased  ovum  was  expelled.  This  lady  afterwards  rallied  in  a 
few  days.  After  the  last  previous  abortion,  she  was  ill  for 
months.” 

The  above  extract  from  my  work  (1861)  gives  so  full  and  com¬ 
plete  an  account  of  this  mode  of  treatment,  and  of  the  manner  in 
which  I  usually  carry  it  out,  that  there  is  very  little  to  add.  I 
would  remark,  however,  that  I  use  dry  cotton  only,  and  uo  styptic 
or  caustic  solution  whatever.  The  perchloride  of  iron  is  totally 
uncalled  for,  unnecessary ;  for  the  plugging  is  in  the  cervical 
canal,  and  the  haemorrhage  all  but  always  proceeds  from  the 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


705 


1880] 

uterine  cavity.  The  treatment  is  as  simple  as  corking  a  bottle. 
If  the  cork  be  well  pushed  in,  no  water  (blood)  can  come  out ; 
the  haemorrhage  is  arrested  in  a  few  minutes,  and  the  patient 
rallies  all  but  immediately.  I  have  had  many  similar  cases 
since  this  was  written,  and  no  longer  fear  haemorrhage  in  the 
undeveloped  or  slightly  developed  uterus.  The  process  also 
appears  to  be  entirely  devoid  of  risk  or  danger.  I  have  never 
had  a  bad  symptom.  The  same  cannot  be  said  of  uterine  injec¬ 
tions.  The  wife  of  one  of  my  colleagues  at  Mentone  died  of 
tetanus  after  the  injection  of  perchloride  of  iron  into  the  uterus, 
to  arrest  haemorrhage  in  early  pregnancy.  She  would  probably 
have  lived,  had  plugging  of  the  cervical  canal  been  resorted  to 
as  above. — British  Medical  Journal ,  July  26, 1879. 


FLINT  ON  EXPERIMENTS  UPON  ANIMAL  HEAT. 

Dr.  Flint  has  recently  made  some  experiments  upon  himself 
as  to  the  mechanism  of  the  production  of  heat.  In  normal 
nutrition  by  food,  the  heat  of  the  body  must  be  maintained  by 
changes  which  take  place,  either  directly  in  the  blood  or  iudi- 
directly  in  the  tissues,  in  the  alimentary  materials ;  and  these 
changes  involve  oxidation  to  a  very  considerable  extent.  Under 
the  ordinary  conditions  of  nutrition,  it  is  assumed  that  the 
food  furnishes  all  the  material  for  maintaining  the  heat  of  the 
body  and  for  the  development  of  force  in  work,  such  as  the 
muscular  work  of  respiration,  circulation,  and  general  mus¬ 
cular  effort.  If  no  food  be  taken  for  a  certain  time,  the  heat 
of  the  body  must  be  maintained,  and  the  work  must  be  accom¬ 
plished  at  the  expense  of  the  substance  of  the  body  itself,  and 
the  individual  loses  weight.  To  furnish  a  positive  scientific 
basis  for  the  views  above  expressed,  physiologists  have  burned 
various  articles  of  food  in  oxygen,  and  have  then  calculated  their 
heat  value.  The  results  hitherto  obtained  from  experiments 
based  upon  this  method  have  been  somewhat  unsatisfactory, 
and  the  conclusions  arrived  at  by  Dr.  Flint  in  regard  to  this 
question  are  as  follows:  It  is  probable  that  nearly  all  the 
animal  heat  is  produced  by  the  oxidation  in  the  body  of  certain 
elements,  which  are  chiefly  nitrogen,  carbon  and  hydrogen.  It 
is  probable  that  this  oxidation  does  not  take  place  entirely  in 
the  blood,  but  that  its  seat  is  in  the  snbstance  of  the  various 
tissues,  and  that  it  is  connected  with  the  general  processes  of 
nutrition  and  disassimilation.  Heat  is  thus  evolved,  and  the 
final  products  of  the  chemical  actions  involved  are  mainly 
urea,  carbonic  acid,  and  water.  It  must  be  remembered,  how¬ 
ever,  that  the  oxidation  is  not  necessarily  a  process  identical 
with  combustion  out  of  the  body,  but  that  it  is  probably  con¬ 
nected  with  a  series  of  intricate  molecular  changes  which  cease 
with  the  life  of  the  tissues,  and  of  which  we  are  able  to  recog¬ 
nize  only  the  final  results,  viz.,  calorification  and  certain  chemi¬ 
cal  products.  Recognizing  the  products  urea,  carbonic  acid, 
and  water,  as  representing  probably  the  evolution  of  a  certain 


706  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

amount  of  heat,  the  heat  actually  produced  in  the  body  by  the 
amount  represented  by  the  urea  and  carbonic  acid  discharged  is 
not  accounted  for.  If  it  be  admitted  that  hydrogen  is  oxidised 
in  the  body,  resulting  in  the  evolution  of  heat  and  the  produc¬ 
tion  of  water,  all  the  heat  actually  manifested  as  heat  will  be 
accounted  for,  whilst  an  excess  will  be  left  which  may  be  con¬ 
verted  into  force.  Dr.  Flint’s  experiment  show  pretty  clearly 
that,  when  no  food  is  taken,  and  when  food  being  taken  muscu¬ 
lar  work  is  performed,  so  that  there  is  loss  of  body  weight, 
water  is  actually  produced  in  the  body.  This,  and  this  only, 
accounts  for  all  the  heat  evolved  under  these  conditions.  There 
is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the  processes  involved  in  the  pro¬ 
duction  of  heat  are  radically  changed  in  their  character  when 
enough  food  and  water  are  taken  to  maintain  a  uniform  body 
weight.  Animal  heat  is  produced  mainly  by  the  oxidation  of 
the  nitrogen,  carbon,  and  hydrogen  of  the  tissues,  the  waste  of 
these  elements  being  supplied  by  the  food.  Probably  the  oxi¬ 
dation  of  carbon  and  hydrogen  is  a  more  important  factor  in 
calorification  than  oxidation  of  nitrogen  ;  at  least,  it  is  certain 
that  the  heat  value  of  the  oxidation  of  carbon  and  hydrogen  is 
greater  than  that  of  the  oxidation  of  nitrogen,  and  the  quantity 
of  heat  thus  produced  is  very  much  greater.  Of  the  two  ele¬ 
ments,  carbon  and  hydrogen,  the  oxidation  of  which  produces 
animal  heat,  the  lieat-value  of  the  hydrogen  is  by  far  the 
greater.  It  is  probable  that  there  is  always  a  certain  amount 
of  oxidation  of  hydrogen  in  the  body,  and  that  this  is  necessary 
to  maintain  the  animal  temperature ;  and  it  is  almost  certain 
that  this  occurs  during  prolonged  abstinence  from  food,  and 
when  the  production  of  heat  is  much  increased  by  violent  and 
protracted  muscular  exertion.  It  may  be,  also,  that  there  is  an 
active  and  unusal  oxidation  of  hydrogen  as  well  as  of  carbon  in 
fevers. — London  Medical  Record ,  August  15. 

A  REBELLIOUS  CASE  OF  VOMITING.  IN  GESTATION,  TREATED 
WITH  IODINE  APPLIED  TO  THE  CERVIX  UTERI. 

By  D.  M.  Wick,  M.D.  (New  Hartford,  Iowa.) 

On  the  23d  of  last  May,  I  was  called  to  see  Mrs.  H - , 

suffering  with  excessive  vomiting  in  her  first  pregnancy, 
throwing  up  a  black  grumous  liquid  every  twenty  or  thirty 
minutes.  She  bad  been  troubled  thus,  some  six  weeks — four  of 
which,  she  was  not  able  to  leave  her  bed — vomiting  quite  all  the 
nourishment  taken,  and  consequently  was  very  much  emaciated 
and  weak.  Believing  that  her  previous  physician  (who  is  a  very 
intelligent  and  successful  practitioner)  had  exhausted  the  whole 
list  of  remedies  per  orem ,  I  concluded  to  try  iodine  to  the  os, 
using  the  speculum  and  a  camel  hair  brush,  I  painted  the  os 
with  tinct.  of  iodine. 

In  ten  or  fifteen  minutes,  slight  contractions  of  womb  came 
on  and  continued,  at  intervals,  four  or  five  hours.  Ordering  for 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


707 


1880] 

nourishment,  beef  tea  and  brandy  administered  by  the  rectum, 
and  to  slake  the  thirst,  small  pieces  of  ice  swallowed  entire,  I 
took  my  leave. 

Next  day  I  found  to  my  great  surprise  and  pleasure,  that  my 
patient  had  vomited  but  once  or  twice  since  the  application. 
She  rested  well  during  the  night  and  in  a  few  days  was  able  to 
retain,  in  stomach,  such  nourishment  as  was  given  her.  She 
made  a  rapid  recovery  and  had  no  more  nausea  and  vomiting. 

As  to  just  how  this  local  treatment  arrested  the  trouble,  I 
am  not  fully  satisfied ;  but  nausea  and  vomiting  in  the  earlier 
months  of  pregnancy,  is,  I  believe,  physiological ;  due  to  a  re¬ 
flex  action  of  the  spinal  cord  from  the  uterus  to  the  stomach. 

Now,  does  not  the  irritation,  set  up  at  mouth  of  womb  by 
the  application,  check  this  reflex  movement  !  Sometimes,  sim¬ 
ply  dilating  the  os  with  the  finger  will  allay  the  nausea  in  these 
cases. 

I  do  not  know  how  extensively  local  treatment  to  the  os 
uteri,  in  these  cases,  has  been  tried  :  never  saw  but  one  article 
on  the  subject  and  that  was  in  a  foreign  medical  journal.  Bre- 
tonneau  and  Cazeaux  recommend  ext.  belladonna  in  ointment. 

It  does  seem  that  we  should  hope  for  some  form  of  treatment 
that  will  prevent,  in  extreme  cases,  a  resort  to  abortions  or  the 
demise  of  our  patients  from  exhaustion. — Cincinnati  Lancet  and 
Clinic,  Aug.  30. 

SELECT  FORMULAE.— IMITATION  KOUMISS. 

The  following  is  said  to  produce  an  article  equal  to  the  gen¬ 
uine  preparation  from  mare’s  milk :  Fill  a  strong  champagne 
bottle  with  good,  fresh,  unboiled  cow’s  milk  to  such  a  height 
that  after  the  addition  of  thirty  grammes  (one  ounce)  of  gran¬ 
ulated  or  powdered  sugar  there  would  still  be  left  at  least  an 
inch  of  empty  space  below  the  cork.  Before  corking,  add  a 
piece  of  fresh  compressed  yeast ;  a  teaspoonful  of  good  beer 
yeast  may  be  taken.  The  contents  of  the  bottle  are  well 
shaken,  repeatedly;  then  the  bottle  is  placed  in  the  cellar, 
where  it  is  turned  up  and  down  a  few  times  during  the  day. 
From  and  after  the  fifth  day  the  mixture  is  ready,  and  may  be 
drunk  to  about  the  twentieth  day.  It  is  best  to  prepare  about 
six  bottles  at  a  time,  refilling  each  after  it  has  been  emptied 
and  cleaned,  so  that  treatment,  after  being  begun,  may  not  be 
interrupted.  On  opening  the  bottles  the  contents  are  very  apt 
to  foam  over ;  hence  the  bottle  should  be  opened  while  held 
over  a  plate.  A  good  milk  wine  (kurnys  or  koumiss)  have  a 
homogeneous  appearance,  of  the  consistence  of  thin  cocoa ; 
should  be  effervescent  when  poured  out,  of  an  acidulous,  agree¬ 
ably  vinous  odor  and  taste ;  and  should  not  be  full  of  lumps  or 
taste  like  buttermilk.  On  first  using  koumiss  it  produces 
looseness  of  the  bowels,  but  this  effect  soon  passes  off,— Boston 
Journal  of  Chemistry ,  October. 

6 


708  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

< 

SEA-WEED  AS  AN  “  ANTI-FAT.” 

The  use  of  the  variety  of  sea  weed  botanically  known  as 
Fucus  vesiculosus  for  reducing  obesity  lias  obtained  recognition 
in  professional  circles  abroad.  Dr.  Fairbank  writes  to  the 
British  Medical  Journal  as  follows :  “  More  than  fifteen  years 
ago,  I  gave  some  of  the  extract  in  pill  (four  grains  three  times 
a  day)  to  a  very  corpulent  lady,  who  in  three  months  lost  three 
stones  in  weight  without  any  change  of  diet.  Since  then  I  have 
frequently  given  it  tor  reducing  weight  depending  on  the  accu¬ 
mulation  of  adipose  tissue,  and  have  never  found  it  fail.  The 
solid  extract  can  be  easily  made  into  four-grain  pills,  which 
must,  however,  be  kept  in  a  stoppered  bottle,  as  they  readily 
absorb  moisture  from  the  air.  I  may  say  that  a  patient  who 
has  been  lately  taking  it  as  an  anti-fat,  and  who  has  always 
suffered  very  much  from  rheumatic  pains  about  the  body, 
has  been  entirely  free  from  such  trouble  while  she  has  been 
taking  the  extract,  a  fact  which  she  quite  independently 
noted.” — Boston  Journal  of  Chemistry ,  October. 

THE  CORN  DOCTOR’S  PROGRESS. 

Dr.  Edmund  Andrews,  of  Chicago,  who  has  been  dealing- 
quackery  some  telling  blows  of  late  in  exposing  some  of  the 
tricks  by  which  it  fleeces  the  unwary,  has  turned  his  attention 
to  the  corn  doctor.  He  does  not,  however,  regard  the  “  chiro¬ 
podist”  as  an  unmixed  evil,  but,  on  the  contrary,  thinks  he  is 
cultivating  an  important  field  which  educated  physiaus  have, 
by  default,  given  over  to  his  exclusive  care.  Certainly  corns, 
bunions,  and  the  ailments  to  which  the  human  foot  is  liable  are 
entitled  to  more  intelligent  consideration  than  is  usually  accord¬ 
ed  them  by  the  average  doctor.  There  is,  moreover,  scarcely 
another  section  of  the  human  anatomy  on  the  ailments  of  which 
so  little  has  been  written  as  the  foot,  and,  as  Dr.  Andrews  re¬ 
marks,  most  of  that  which  has  been  written  is  of  “  a  wretchedly 
poor  quality,  and  of  such  a  contradictory  character,  that  the 
less  it  is  read  the  less  it  will  confuse  the  student.  The  absurd 
and  contradictory  remarks  let  slip  by  some  of  the  most  eminent 
authors  are  discreditable  to  our  profession.” 

We  have  in  our  city  a  chiropodist  who  has  occasioned  some 
chagrin  to  regular  physicians,  and  to  some,  too,  who  have  a 
penchant  for  surgery,  by  removing  corns  and  reducing  bunions, 
and  receiving  fat  fees  after  they  have  failed. 

Dr.  Andrews  says  of  the  Chicago  corn  doctors,  that 

“  They  seem  for  the  most  part  to  be  pursuing  their  business 
in  an  honest  and  reputable  manner,  aud  some  of  them  have  the 
very  best  families  of  the  city  and  the  country  among  their 
patrons.  They  are  rising  by  degrees  towards  the  rank  of  a 
legitimate  and  honorable  specialty,  though  at  present  they  are 
decidedly  lacking  in  the  amount  of  education  which  they  ought 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


709 


1880] 


to  possess.  Their  work  is  upon  corns,  bunions  and  ingrowing' 
nails.  For  extracting  corns  the  price  is  from  half  a  dollar  to  a 
dollar  each,  and  they  take  care  of  patients  by  the  year  for  $10 
to  $20.  They  have  the  same  obscure  and  contradictory  ideas 
about  the  structure  of  corns,  which  exist  among  authors, 
especially  on  the  question  whether  there  are  originally  any 
living  papillae  running  up  through  the  central  spike  or  “  ratine” 
of  the  corn.  I  have  not  learned  of  any  investigations  among 
them  to  settle  the  point,  other  than  to  note  the  little  blood  clots 
occasionally  enclosed  in  the  u  racine.” 

Their  instruments  are  simple.  One  family  of  chiropodists, 
which  has  branches  in  New  York,  Boston.  St.  Louis  and  Chicago, 
use  mostly  thin  chisels,  with  the  edges  running  obliquely  across 
the  blade.  This  is  handled  with  a  lateral  movement,  while  a 
much  narrower  kind  is  used  to  work  around  and  lift  out  the 
central  root.  Some  instruments  have  round  ends  for  working 
between  the  toes.  After  extraction  the  operator  cuts  a  hole  in 
a  small  piece  of  thick  buck  skin,  and  applies  it  over  the  spot  by 
the  help  of  adhesive  plaster,  and  they  thus  relieve  the  patient 
for  two  or  three  months. 

They  all  agree,  of  course,  that  faulty  shoes  are  the  cause  of 
the  corns,  and  their  uniform  direction  for  correct  ones  is  to  make 
the  heels  low,  so  that  the  foot  shall  not  slide  down  upon  the 
toes  ;  to  have  it  snug  on  the  instep  to  hold  the  foot  back,  and 
to  make  the  toes  wide  and  long.  One  of  them  has  a  shop  at¬ 
tached  to  his  office,  where  he  superintends  the  construction  of 
proper  shoes  for  his  patrons. 

A  chiropodist  named  Willard  has  an  operation  for  ingrowing 
nail,  which  may  be  original ;  at  any  rate  I  have  not  yet  found 
it  in  any  book.  He  asserts,  what  is  pretty  nearly  true,  that  the 
term  ingrowing  nail  is  a  misnomer,  the  nail  itself  being  un¬ 
changed  in  form.  It  is  simply  an  overgrowing  of  the  flesh,  with 
inflammation.  He  neither  extracts  the  nail  nor  slices  off  the 
overlapping  flesh,  but  cuts  out  a  narrow  ellipse  of  tissue  near 
the  nail  and  parallel  to  its  border,  claiming  that  the  border 
itself,  where  it  rests  against  the  edge  of  the  nail,  has  its  special 
structure  adapted  to  its  location,  and  ought  not  to  be  sacrificed. 
The  removal  of  the  strip  of  flesh  being  accomplished,  he  brings 
the  edges  of  the  wound  together  with  line  sutures,  thus  drawing 
the  border  away  from  the  nail,  and  effecting  a  cure.  1  have  not 
yet  tried  the  plan,  but  it  seems  worthy  of  being  tested. 

When  the  chiropodists  have  made  a  further  advance  in  edu¬ 
cation,  they  will  probably  add  the  treatment  of  talipes  to  their 
work,  but  at  present  they  are  neither  competent  for  it  nor 
attempt  it,  except  iu  a  few  instances. 

They  are  now  in  a  transition  state,  but  we  may  hope  in  time 
to  seem  them  become  a  well  educated  class  of  men, — Michigan 
Medical  News ,  August  25. 


710 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[January 


THE  MUTUAL  AUTOPSY  SOCIETY  OF  PARIS. 

By  Henry  M.  Lyman,  M.D.,  of  Chicago. 

Considerable  amusement  was  excited,  a  few  years  ago,  by  the 
announcement  that  a  society  for  mutual  autopsy  had  been 
formed  among  the  savants  of  Paris,  with  a  view  to  advancing 
knowledge  of  the  structure  and  physiology  of  the  brain  by  a 
correlation  of  intellectual  characteristics  with  post  mortem  ap¬ 
pearances.  The  whole  thing  was  generally  regarded  as  a  sci¬ 
entific  joke  of  more  than  ordinary  magnitude.  But  the  society 
appears  to  have  been  a  genuine  fact,  and  one  of  its  members, 
M.  Asseline,  having  recently  deceased,  his  brain  was  carefully 
examined  by  his  surviving  associates,  who  made  a  full  report 
of  the  result  to  the  Anthropological  Society  of  Paris.  The 
following  account  of  the  matter  is  found  in  Nature ,  Aug.  14, 
1879,  p.  377 : 

“  M.  Asseline  died  in  1878,  at  the  age  of  49.  He  was  a  re¬ 
publican  and  a  materialist ;  was  possessed  of  enormous  capacity 
for  work,  great  faculty  of  mental  assimilation,  and  an  extraor¬ 
dinarily  retentive  memory ;  and  had  a  gentle,  benevolent  dis¬ 
position,  keen  susceptibilities,  refined  taste  and  subtle  wit.  As 
a  writer  he  had  always  displayed  great  learning,  unusual  force 
of  style  and  elegance  of  diction,  and  in  his  intercourse  with 
others  he  had  been  unassuming,  sensitive  and  even  timid.  Yet 
the  autopsy  showed  such  coarseness  and  thickness  of  the  con¬ 
volutions  that  M.  Broca  pronounced  them  to  be  characteristic 
of  an  inferior  brain.  The  fossa  or  depressions,  regarded  by 
Gratiolet  as  a  simian  character,  and  as  a  sign  of  cerebral  infe¬ 
riority,  which  are  often  found  in  women,  and  in  some  men  of 
undoubted  intellectual  inferiority,  were  very  much  marked, 
especially  on  the  left  parietooccipital.  But  the  cranial  bones 
were  at  some  points  so  thin  as  to  be  translucent ;  the  cerebral 
depressions  were  deeply  marked,  the  frontal  suture  was  not 
wholly  ossified,  a  decided  degree  of  asymmetry  was  mani¬ 
fested  in  the  greater  prominence  of  the  right  frontal,  while, 
moreover,  the  brain  weighed  1,468  grams,  i.e.,  about  60  grains 
above  the  average  given  by  M.  Broca  for  M.  Asseline’s  age. 
The  apparent  contradictions  between  the  weight  of  the  brain 
and  the  marked  character  of  the  parieto  occipital  depressions, 
attracted  much  attention,  and  the  members  of  the  Soci6t6 
d’Anthropologie  have  been  earnestly  invited  by  M.  Hovelacque, 
in  furtherance  of  science,  to  join  the  Societe  d’Autopsie,  to 
which  anthropology  is  already  indebted  for  many  highly  im¬ 
portant  observations.  This  society  is  forming  a  collection  of 
photographs  of  its  members,  which  are  taken  in  accordance 
with  certain  fixed  rules.” — Chicago  Med.  Jour,  and  Ex.,  Oct. 


TREATMENT  OF  THE  UMBILICAL  CORD  AFTER  BIRTH. 

At  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Medico-Chirurgical  Society  of 
Louisville,  Dr.  Ed.  Yon  Donhoff  stated  that  he  had  been  pres- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


711 


1880] 

ent  at  the  birth  of  three  children  recently  upon  each  of  which 
he  had  adopted  with  success,  the  method  of  Stokes,  of  Gray- 
ville,  Ill.,  in  the  treatment  of  the  cord.  As  soon  as  the  circu¬ 
lation  began  to  grow  feeble  the  doctor  compressed  the  cord  be¬ 
tween  the  finger  and  thumb  at  the  usual  distance  from  the 
child’s  abdomen,  and  then  severed  it  with  scissors.  No  liga¬ 
ture  was  applied  on  either  side  of  the  cut.  No  scathing-band 
was  applied,  nor  any  dressing  to  the  cord,  it  being  left  to 
shrivel  and  dry.  No  bandages  were  applied  to  the  mothers  of 
the  children.  Since  this  report,  l)r.  Mayfield,  of  this  city, 
reports  to  the  writer  that  he  has  recently  adopted  the  Stokes 
method  in  one  case  with  entire  success.  Dr.  J.  G.  Stokes,  of 
Illinois,  in  a  lengthy  essily  on  this  subject,  read  before  the 
Medico-Chirurgical  Society  by  request,  stated  that  he  had  for 
eight  years  discarded  altogether  the  application  of  the  sicath- 
ing-band  and  that  he  had  frequently  omitted  to  litigate  -the 
umbilical  cord  before  severing  it.  In  a  very  extensive  obstet¬ 
rical  practice  the  doctor  had  not  seen  a  single  case  of  umbilical 
hernia,  nor  an  abraded  or  ulcerated  navel.  This  should  lead  to 
the  general  adoption  of  the  practice,  so  successful  in  the  hands 
of  every  one  who  has  tried  it.  *  — The  Medical  Herald. 


THE  PROBABLE  VALUE  OF  CHLORIDE  OF  BARIUM  IN  INTERNAL 

ANEURISM. 

I  wish  to  draw  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  the  action 
of  the  soluble  salts  of  baryta  on  the  heart  and  blood-vessels, 
and  to  their  probable  efficacy  in  the  treatment  of  some  varie¬ 
ties  of  internal  aneurism. 

In  the  middle  of  February,  1878,  it  fell  to  my  lot  to  deal  with 
an  abdominal  aneurism. 

The  patient  was  an  elderly  married  lady,  aged  65 ;  she  was 
not  robust,  on  the  contrary,  fragile,  but  of  such  active  habits 
in  social  and  pliilantropic  work,  that  she  perpetually  over¬ 
taxed  her  strength ;  with  the  exception,  however,  of  an  attack 
of  pleurisy,  and  an  occasionally  very  troublesome  cough,  she 
had  enjoyed  very  fair  health  ;  she  was  the  mother  of 
three  children,  and  had  had  several  miscarriages ;  she 
had  been  always  temperate  in  every  sense  of  the  word, 
and  during  the  greater  number  of  her  years  had  been 
a  total  abstainer  from  every  kind  of  alcoholic  drink ;  she 
manifested  symptoms  of  inherited  gout,  and  a  near  relation 
gives  indications  of  having  divided  the  inheritance  with  her. 

She  confessed  that  she  had  often  felt  throbbing  in  the  body, 
and  pain  there,  and  also  in  the  back  on  the  left  side,  but  she 
had  made  no  complaint  about  the  matter  to  her  medical  at¬ 
tendant,  and  fulfilled  her  usual  social  and  domestic  duties  until 
she  was,  one  day  in  February,  1878,  attacked  with  severe  shiv¬ 
ering,  and  a  sense  of  severe  malaise.  On  the  following  morn¬ 
ing  I  found  her  temperature  102°.4,  and  on  searching  for  the 


712  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

cause  of  the  pyrexia  I  discovered  a  pulsating  tumor,  painful, 
situated  behind,  above,  and  to  the  left  side  of  the  umbilicus ; 
there  was  a  loud  systolic  bruit  heard  over  the  tumor,  and  in 
the  course  of  the  common  iliacs ;  the  bruit  was  heard  with  the 
stethoscope  in  common  use,  and  also  very  distinctly  with 
Spencer’s  differential  stethoscope,  which  can  be  used  without 
any  pressure ;  there  was  also  a  bruit  heard  close  to  the  verte¬ 
bral  column  on  the  left  side  ;  pressure  on  both  external  iliacs 
greatly  increased  the  pulsation,  and  so  distressed  the  patieut, 
that  I  received  a  decided  impression  that  it  would  not  be  advis¬ 
able  to  repeat  the  experiment ;  the  throbbing  was  also  greatly 
increased  by  any  exertion,  and  by  any  excitement  or  emotion  ; 
the  transverse  colon  could  be  felt  crossing  the  tumor,  and  when 
distended  with  flatus  it  gave  rise  to  very  distressing  increase 
of  throbbing.  The  pulse  varied  from  72  to  100,  usually  about 
84 ;  at  the  wrist  it  was  full,  compressible,  but  with  a  consider¬ 
able  degree  of  tension,  and  it  had  the  same  character  in  the 
carotids  and  iliacs.  There  was  a  moderate  degree  of  anaemia, 
and  a  worn,  distressed  appearance  of  the  countenance.  No 
vomiting,  appetite  very  small,  digestion  weak,  bowels  relieved 
by  enemata ;  sleep  very  much  disturbed  and  scanty. 

The  case  was  seen  by  several  professional  gentlemen,  and  in¬ 
dependently  by  Mr.  J.  W.  Teale,  of  this  town  ;  they  all  agreed 
that  the  case  was  one  of  abdominal  aneurism. 

The  patient  was  put  upon  Tufnell’s  diet,  and  kept  perfectly 
at  rest  in  the  horizontal  position.  During  this  treatment  and 
at  the  commencement  of  it,  the  urine  was  examined  several 
times ;  specific  gravity  usually  about  1026 — at  first  no  albumen, 
in  about  one  month  just  a  trace  of  albumen,  and  after  that  no 
albumen  at  any  examination  ;  at  the  end  of  two  or  three  months 
of  Tufnell’s  treatment  the  daily  average  of  urine  was  about  one 
pint  three  ounces.  The  temperature  soon  fell  to  normal,  and 
there  was  no  other  cause  discoverable  to  account  for  its  rise ; 
during  the  progress  of  the  case  the  temperature  only  very  occa¬ 
sionally  rose  to  101°,  as  from  any  emotional  excitement,  and 
also  during  a  distressing  toothache  from  a  necrosed  tooth. 

At  the  end  of  five  months  of  this  treatment,  which  was  car¬ 
ried  out  by  the  patient  and  attendant  most  conscientiously  and 
rigidly,  there  was  no  improvement  in  any  way  5  the  tension  of 
the  pulse  remained  the  same,  and  the  throbbing  of  the  tumor 
had  rather  increased,  so  that  under  any  excitement,  as  for  in¬ 
stance,  during  a  thunder-storm,  it  quite  shook  the  bed ;  the 
sensations  of  the  patient  and  my  own  observations  began  to 
prepare  me  to  expect  the  worst. 

There  were  reasons  for  abstaining  from  the  use  of  large  doses 
of  iodide  of  potassum,  so  I  did  not  try  it.  After  careful  con¬ 
sideration  1  selected  chloride  of  barium  as  a  probably  useful 
remedy,  and  began  to  give  it  in  doses  of  oue-fiftli  of  a  grain 
three  times  a  day ;  after  three  or  four  weeks  1  increased  the 
dose  to  two-fifths  of  a  grain,  and  with  the  exception  of  a  very 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


713 


short  trial  with  three-quarters  of  a  grain,  I  kept  to  two-fifths  of 
a  grain  during  the  remainder  ot  its  administration.  Within  a 
fortnight  of  the  use  of  the  chloride  there  was  a  very  marked 
diminution  of  throbbing  both  to  the  sensation  of  the  patient, 
and  by  my  own  observation  ;  after  five  weeks  use  of  it  the  pa¬ 
tient  was  able  to  bear  the  removal  of  a  necrosed  molar  tooth 
(which  had  for  a  few  days  given  rise  to  neuralgia  in  the  head 
and  to  distressing  face-ache)  without  an  anaesthetic ;  the  tooth 
was,  of  course,  not  firmly  fixed,  but  I  should  not  have  dared  to 
allow  its  extraction  previous  to  the  administration  of  the  chlor¬ 
ide  ;  and  after  nearly  five  months’  continued  use  of  the  same 
remedy  the  tumor  was  so  reduced  that  it  could  scarcely  be  felt, 
and  only  a  faint  systolic  murmur  could  be  heard.  At  tne  pres¬ 
ent  time,  four  or  five  mouths  since  the  discontinuance  of  the 
chloride  of  barium,  there  is  still  a  slight  systolic  murmur,  but 
no  throbbing ;  the  pulse  is  about  72,  and  has  entirely  lost  its 
unnatural  tension. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Teale  has  recently  seen  the  case  again,  and  he  ex¬ 
pressed  himself  highly  gratified  with  the  change  in  the  patient’s 
state.  So  that  testimony  can  be  borne  by  an  independent 
trustworthy  practitioner  to  the  accuracy  of  the  diagnosis  in  the 
first  place,  and  to  the  reliability  of  the  improvement. 

It  will  now  be  interesting  to  examine  into  the  modus  operandi 
of  the  drug.  According  to  the  experiments  of  Boehm  (Ziemssen 
vol.  xvii.  p.  377)  it  would  appear  that  the  salts  of  baryta  in 
overwhelming  doses  paralyze  the  heart  and  blood  vessels ;  but 
that  in  more  moderate  doses  they  stimulate  or  irritate  the  heart 
and  blood  vessels,  so  that  the  pulse  is  made  more  rapid,  and 
the  blood-pressure  very  greatly  increased.  What  are  the  doses 
which  will  produce  the  opposite  results  is  not  very  certain.  A 
poisonous  dose  of  the  chloride  is  half  a  grain ;  Ringer  puts  the 
dose  at  from  half  a  grain  to  a  quarter  ot  a  grain,  but  in  the 
edition  1  have  he  does  not  state  for  what  purpose.  Hammond 
gives  doses  of  three-quarters  of  a  grain  three  times  a  day  in 
multiple  spinal  sclerosis — as  a  nervine  stimulant  1  suppose.  I 
have  myself  taken  about  one  grain  three  times  a  day  for  several 
weeks  with  a  very  marked  stimulant  effect.  So  that  I  should 
expect  the  stimulant  dose  to  be  somewhere  near  one  grain,  and 
the  paralyzing  dose  nearer  two  drachms.  The  dose  I  selected 
was  under  that  which  I  suppose  could  produce  a  decided  stim¬ 
ulating  effect ;  and  as  a  most  essential  improvement  occurred 
at  the  beginning  of  the  use  of  the  salt,  when  I  was  giving  one- 
fifth  of  a  grain,  1  should  not  be  surprised  to  learn  that  1  should 
have  done  as  well,  if  not  better,  by  keeping  to  that  quantity. 
There  was  no  marked  decrease  in  the  rapidity  of  the  pulse,  and 
no  sudden  diminution  of  the  impulse  ;  the  throbbing  gradually 
subsided,  and  the  general  improvement  went  on  pari  passu  with 
it.  There  was  not  any  sign  of  a  paralyzing  influence  of  the 
drug  on  the  heart.  I  regret  that  I  had  not  in  my  possession  a 


714  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

sphygmograph,  and  that  I  cannot,  therefore,  give  any  sphyg- 
mographic  tracings. 

The  drug  appears  to  have  a  decided  affinity  to  the  muscular 
coat  of  the  arterial  system  ;  and  I  imagine  that  it  restored  tone 
to  the  diseased  portion  of  the  arterial  coat,  and  thus  gave  rise 
to  consolidation  of  the  weakened  arterial  wall.  In  my  case  the 
aneurism  appeared  to  be  fusiform  rather  than  sacculated,  and 
therefore  deposition  of  fibrin  could  not  very  readily  take  place. 

It  may  be  said  that  since  the  chloride  of  bairum  causes  an 
increase  in  the  blood-pressure,  it  is  not  reasonable  to  expect 
that  it  should  do  anything  but  harm  in  a  case  of  aneurism;  no 
one,  however,  who  has  witnessed  the  beneficial  effects  of  ipeca¬ 
cuanha  in  dyspeptic  vomiting,  or  of  arsenic  in  gastro-enteritis, 
or  of  cantharides  in  some  cases  of  nephritis  (vide  Ringer’s  The¬ 
rapeutics),  will  be  deterred  by  the  fact  mentioned  above  from 
giving  the  chloride  of  bairum  in  aneurism  in  an  appropriate 
dose.  Of  course  it  may  be  asserted  that  the  improvements  in 
my  case  arose  from  the  prolonged  rest  and  rigid  diet,  and  was 
only  coincident  with  the  administration  of  the  chloride  ;  this  is 
quite  possible,  but  the  progress  of  the  case  did  not  make  it  ap¬ 
pear  to  me  at  all  probable. 

The  question  of  the  value  of  the  drug  in  aneurism  can  only 
be  decided  by  repeated  trial ;  and  I  report  my  case  as  fully  as 
1  have  done,  that  it  may  be  tried  by  others  in  suitable  cases. 

In  my  opinion  preference  should  be  given  to  the  chloride  of 
bairum  in  fusiform  aneurisms  which  have  hitherto  not  been 
very  amenable  to  treatment ;  also  in  the  aneurisms  of  advanced 
age ;  and  it  might  also  be  tried  in  any  case  in  which  iodide  of 
potassium  is  admissible,  or  does  not  promise  to  be  useful. 

Of  course  perfect  rest  is  essential  to  any  medical  treatment ; 
and  it  would  be  well  to  try  Tufnell’s  diet  alone  at  first,  and  to 
adhere  to  it  as  far  as  possible  during  the  use  of  the  drug.  By 
F.  Flint,  M.D. — The  Practitioner. — Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Clinic , 
Aug.  23. 


THERE  IS  DANGER  IN  A  KISS. 

By  R.  L.  Payne,  M\D„  Lexington,  N.  C. 

Very  many  of  the  diseases  to  which  we  poor  mortals  are 
liable,  can  be  prevented,  provided  proper  efforts  are  put  forth 
to  meet  that  most  desirable  end. 

This  truth  no  one  will  gainsay,  still,  the  subject  has  not  yet 
•attracted  the  attention  its  importance  demands,  and  it  appears 
now  to  be  the  especial  duty  and  province  of  those  of  our  pro¬ 
fession  who  live  in  this  day  of  preventive  medicine  to  erect 
finger  boards  along  the  highways  of  life,  which  shall  point  out 
clearly  and  plainly  the  known  causes  of  disease,  and  also  the 
usual  means  of  propagating  and  preventing  the  same,  so  that 
all  persons  may  be  able  to  see  and  profit  thereby. 

There  is  offtentimes  danger  in  a  kiss ,  notwithstanding  Lord 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


715 


1880] 

Byron,  that  prince  of  poets,  in  the  days  gone  by,  expressed  the 
wish 

“  That  womankind  had  but  one  rosy  mouth, 

To  kiss  them  all  at  once  from  North  to  South.” 

Ah  !  it  was  a  bad  wish  even  for  so  bad  a  man,  and  so  faith¬ 
less  a  lover  as  he,  yet  it  does  seem  that  he  was  not  peculiar 
in  this  respect,  since  in  this  glorious  age  of  enlightened  progress, 
such  sickly  sentimentality  is  no  less  popular,  and  has  no  fewer 
votaries,  than  in  the  days  of  old,  because  kissing,  kissing, 
kissing-  is  still  the  order  of  the  day. 

The  ladies  kiss  each  other  upon  every  offered  opportunity  ; 
every  flimsy  pretext;  the  poor  little  children,  and  even  the 
babies  are  made  to  do  likewise  in  compliance  with  the  require¬ 
ments  of  genteel  society,  and  the  men  too,  would  do  the  absurd 
thing  at  every  meeting,  were  it  not  for  the  lamentable  truth, 
that  they  are  obdurate  and  have  not  yet  been  educated  up  to 
the  sound,  civilized  and  philanthropic  principle  of  “  dog  eat 
dog.” 

They  say  they  would  not  enjoy  such  a  proceeding  even  under 
the  most  auspicious  circumstances,  and  I  fully  endorse  the 
sentiment. 

However,  I  am  not  going  to  make  war  upon  kissing  under  all 
circumstances,  because  husbands  and  wives,  and  parents  and 
children,  aud  lovers,  etc.,  etc.,  will  sometimes  resort  to  the  di¬ 
version,  and  I  am  free  to  admit  that  under  favorable  circum¬ 
stances  the  practice  may  be  allowed,  although  it  be  unnecessary, 
yet  they  all  should  know  of  the  poison  that  often  lurks  in  a 
kiss. 

But  it  is  about  kissing  in  general  I  want  to  speak — the  fool¬ 
ish  fashion,  the  idle  fancy, — the  consummate  folly  of  this  age ! 

There  is  no  doubt  of  the  fact,  that,  the  practice  of  promis¬ 
cuous  kissing,  which  is  prevalent  in  many  localities,  is  the 
source  of  untold  evil  to  the  human  family ;  nor  can  there  be  a 
doubt  either;  that  upon  this  frivolous  altar  of  fashion,  is  sacra- 
ficed  annually  a  hecatomb  of  innocent  victims. 

Every  physician  of  experience  knows  this  to  be  true,  and  yet 
as  a  body  we  have  been  strangely  and  culpably  reticent  upon 
the  subject. 

For  the  sake  of  illustration  allow  me  to  imagine  a  case  which, 
although  imaginary  in  this  particular  instance,  is  alas,  of  fre¬ 
quent  occurrence  in  every  day  life.  Two  ladies  meet  upon  the 
street,  or  elsewhere,  by  accident,  or  by  design.  The  one  is  wan, 
delicate,  sickly,  with  slight  sores  upon  her  lips,  or  within  her 
mouth;  the  other  is  vigorous,  the  very  picture  of  a  robust, 
healthy  woman.  Perhaps,  both  of  them  are  good,  innocent  and 
virtuous  women,  but  the  first  mentioned,  by  no  sin  of  her  own, 
is  a  victim  of  that  fell  destroyer,  syphilis. 

The  fashion  of  the  day,  the  mawkish  custom  of  polite  society 
demands  that  they  shall  kiss  each  other. 

7 


7 16  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

They  may  he  scarcely  more  than  acquainted,  not  even  friends 
in  the  true  acceptation  of  the  term,  but  all-potent  custom  re¬ 
quires  it,  and  the  kiss  is  given. 

They  part  mutually  well  pleased,  and  the  kiss  of  empty  form 
is  at  once  forgotten,  but  its  stealthy  sting  remains  to  do  its 
silent  work  of  ruin. 

Soon  that  lively,  healthy,  splendid  woman  loses  her  bloom, 
wilts,  withers,  and  decays,  because  she  too,  has  been  touched 
by  a  poison  which  if  not  more  instantly  fatal,  is,  at  least,  far 
more  subtle,  and  more  lasting  in  its  effects,  than  is  the  scor¬ 
pion’s  sting,  or  the  sirocos  smothering  breath.  The  kiss  was 
lightly  given,  and  lightly  received,  only  a  passing  courtesy,  but 
God  only  knows  where  its  effects  shall  end ! 

If  the  woman,  per  chance,  bears  children  alter  inoculation  its 
results  may  descend  a  blighting,  withering  curse  to  generations 
yet  unborn. 

This  picture  is  not  overdrawn,  and  has  been  repeatedly  ex¬ 
emplified  in  the  experience  of  many  of  our  profession,  and 
here  is  another,  which  many  have  seen  and  will  recognize  as 
faithful. 

A  happy  loving  husband  and  wife  become  strangely  diseased ; 
the  husband  consults  his  physician,  and  is  horrified  to  learn  that 
he  is  suffering  from  syphilis.  He  knows  that  he  has  ever  been 
faithful  to  his  wife,  and  she  knows  that  she  has  always  been  true 
to  him,  but  the  green-eyed  fiend  distrust  enters  their  bosom,  each 
suspects  the  other  of  a  breach  of  trust ;  and  the  monster  sus¬ 
picion  is,  perhaps,  forever  enshrined  upon  the  altar  where  once 
burned  only  the  fires  of  confidence  and  love. 

Such  cases  are  by  no  means  uncommon,  and  may  sometimes 
follow  as  the  consequence  of  a  fashionable  kiss. 

Kicord,  speaking  of  the  means  of  propagating  syphilis, 
asserts  that,  u  the  organs  of  the  mouth  are  often  the  propaga¬ 
tors  of  the  contagion  by  a  lascivious  kiss,  by  the  application  of 
the  lips,  or  tongue  to  some  part  of  the  mucous  membrane,  by 
suction  of  the  breasts,  and  especially  in  suckling.” 

S.  D.  Gross,  so  often  called  the  nestor  of  American  surgeons, 
(than  whom  I  recognize  no  higher  authority)  says  :  “  A  chancre 
may  sometimes  form  upon  the  lip  ;  more  frequently  the  lower 
than  the  upper,  as  the  result  either  of  the  contact  of  chaucrous 
matter,  or  of  inoculation  with  the  secretion  of  a  mucous  tubercle, 
as  in  act  of  kissing,  smoking,  drinking,  or  glass-blowing,”  and 
again,  “  chancre  may  be  communicated  by  a  sore,  or  mucous 
tubercle  upon  the  lip,  or  tongue  of  the  child  in  the  act  of  suck¬ 
ing.” 

Many  of  the  members  of  the  North  Carolina  Medical  Society 
will  remember  an  interesting  case  in  point,  reported  when  we 
last  met  in  Wilmington,*  by  our  distinguished  confrere,  Dr.  E. 
Burke  Haywood,  of  Raleigh,  in  which  a  lady  contracted  a 


Transactions  for  1870, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


717 


1880] 

buccal  chancre  from  a  secondary  mucous  tnbercle  on  the  lip  of 
her  lover.  The  doctor  speaks  of  this  case  as  u  a  warning-  to 
lovers  would  to  God  that  such  warnings  might  be  written 
everywhere  in  characters  so  plain  that  “even  the  wayfaring- 
man  though  a  fool  need  not  err  therein.” 

The  following  cases  came  under  my  own  treatment  last  sum¬ 
mer. 

A  young  man  came  to  me  with  a  neglected  case  of  pox.  He 
was  already  in  the  secondary  stage  of  the  disease,  and  among 
other  symptoms  which  presented,  had  several  mucous  patches 
upon  his  lip,  and  within  his  mouth. 

He  had  a  little  cousin,  a  girl  child  of  sixteen  months  of  age, 
who  was  still  at  its  mother’s  breast.  They  were  very  fond  of 
each  other  and  he  was  frequently  in  the  habit  of  fondling,  and 
kissing  the  child. 

Of  course  I  knew  nothing  of  this  intimacy,  or  I  should  have 
warned  him  of  the  danger.  Some  weeks  after  this  I  was  called 
to  visit  the  child  and  its  mother.  I  found  the  little  one  with  en¬ 
larged  cervical  glands,  sore  mouth,  sore  eyes,  etc.,  and  its 
mother  said  to  me,  after  I  had  prescribed  for  the  child.  “  Doc¬ 
tor,  please  look  at  my  nipple,  I  believe  I  going  to  have  cancer 
of  the  breast.”  Her  nipple  was  sore  indeed,  and  her  axillary 
lymphatic  glands  were  enlarged  and  indurated,  not  from  cancer, 
however,  but  from  a  characteristic  chancre. 

I  treated  them  all  for  syphilis,  and  the  good  results  of  the 
treatment  verified  my  diagnosis.  I  have  seen  many  similar 
cases  during  the  last  twenty-five  years,  and  many  more  might 
be  cited  from  the  authorities  upon  this  loathsome  disease,  but 
the  above  are  sufficient  for  my  purpose. 

Now  let  us  look  at  another  picture !  A  number  of  ladies  are 
gathered  together  in  a  social  party  with  their  younger  children, 
and  infants.  As  a  matter,  of  course,  they  all  kiss  each  other, 
and  each  other’s  children,  and  the  children  are  made  to  do  so 
too,  in  accordance  with  the  customs  of  this  Christian  land. 

All  are  merry,  happy,  jubilant  even,  except  one  poor  child 
who  sits  apart  from  the  others,  with  quickened  pulse,  flushed, 
or  ashen  face,  slightly  swollen  throat,  and  feverish  brow. 

His  eyes  are  dull  and  heavy,  and  he  complains  of  pain  in 
his  back,  limbs  and  head,  and  slight  soreness  of  his  throat.  The 
poor  boy  has  diptheria,  yet  all  of  that  jovial  company  have  kissed 
him,  and  have  run  the  risk  of  that  dread  contagion  ! 

I  know  that  the  authorities  are  divided  with  regard  to  the 
contagiousness  of  this  disease,  and  that  the  question  is  still 
considered  by  many  as  subjudice  ;  but  be  that  as  it  may,  I  have 
seen  enough  with  my  own  eyes,  in  my  own  practice,  and  alas ! 
even  around  my  own  hearth-stone  to  convince  me  beyond  a 
doubt  of  its  contagiousness,  and  that  it  can  be  communicated 
by  kissing,  and  although  the  whole  world  of  physicians  should 
declare  that  it  is  not,  I  am,  from  my  own  experience,  stubborn 
enough  to  believe  that  it  is,  and  such  will  be  my  honest  con¬ 
viction  until  I  have  more,  and  better  proofs  to  the  contrary. 


718  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

Very  many  other  diseases  may  be  conveyed  by  the  act  of 
kissing,  and  I  might  go  on  at  length  enumerating  them,  and 
adducing  “ confirmations  as  strong  as  proofs  of  Holy  Writ;” 
but  my  object  is  simply  to  call  attention  to  the  truth  which  lies 
in  this  direction,  and  to  testify  most  solemnly  against  a  practice 
so  fraught  with  danger,  so  pregnant  with  death ! 

The  act  of  kissing  is  never  under  any  circumstances  in¬ 
dispensable,  and  the  indiscriminate  practice  is  not  only  un¬ 
necessary,  but  is  also  foolish,  dangerous,  and  very  often 
insincere. 

Ah,  yes ;  many  an  insidious  kiss  has  been  given  since  the 
days  of  Judas !  Then,  why  longer  indulge  in  a  custom  so  empty, 
so  meaningless,  but  yet  so  potent  for  evil '? 

The  people  at  large  are  ignorant  upon  this  subject,  but  medi¬ 
cal  men  are  not.  Let  us  then  as  a  profession  speak  for  the  truth, 
although  many  may  say  that  our  words  are  wasted,  and  that 
we  are  but  “  carrying  our  coal  to  Newcastle.”  Let  us  do  what 
we  know  to  be  right,  though  the  heavens  fall,  being  assured 
that  duty  performed  brings  its  own  reward. 

“  Who  does  the  best  his  circumstance  allows, 

Dees  well,  acts  nobly,-— angels  could  no  more.” 

North  Carolina  Medical  Journal ,  Aug. 


ARIGO  AND  FIORANI — A  FEMALE  MAN. 

By  Joseph  Workman,  M.D.,  Toronto,  Canada.  [Translated  from  Ann.  TJniv.  di  Med., 

March,  1879.] 

The  authors  describe  the  case  of  a  woman  presenting  virile 
appearances,  and  who  died  at  the  hospital  of  Lodi,  aged  08 
years.  The  head  was  of  masculine  form,  the  nose  aquiline,  the 
face  oblong,  a  beard  thick  and  gray;  nipples  athropied ;  no  ap¬ 
pearance  of  female  breasts. 

The  mons  veneris  fully  developed,  and  covered  with  copious 
gray  hairs ;  underneath  this  was  a  penis  as  thick  as  an  ordi¬ 
nary  thumb,  and  eight  centimetres  (three  and  three-twentieths 
ins.)  long,  furnished  at  its  extremity  with  a  reguiar  glans,  want¬ 
ing,  however,  the  uretlial  aperture ;  along  the  posterior  face  of 
the  penis  and  precisely  in  the  line  of  the  male  uretha,  between 
the  corpora  cavernosa ,  there  was  observed  a  sulcus,  not  covered 
by  skin,  but  with  a  mucous  coat  rendered  more  consistent  by 
its  exposed  situation  :  this  sulcus  continued  to  the  root  of  the 
penis,  and  terminated  at  an  orifice  large  enough  to  admit  the 
passage  of  a  goose  quill.  Proceeding  from  the  sides  of  this 
orifice  and  descending  to  the  perineum  were  two  symmetrical 
prominences  formed  in  like  manner  as  the  labia  majora  of  the 
vulva,  and  covered  externally  by  a  few  hairs,  the  interior  sur¬ 
face  being  covered  by  a  membrane  more  delicate  than  the  skin, 
so  that  it  might  be  taken  for  a  mucous  coating.  These  prom¬ 
inences,  descending  to  the  perineum*  if  superficially  regarded, 
might  have  been  mistaken  for  a  scrotum  sulcated  by  a  large 
raphe  and  containing  atrophied  testicles ;  but  when  examined 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


719 


with  care,  they  were  found  to  correspond  to  the  labia  majora  ; 
these  were  quite  impervious,  being  closed  by  the  membraue 
above  mentioned,  which  cut  off  communication  with  the  inter¬ 
nal  parts. 

In  the  abdomen  was  found  a  uterus  of  virgin  figure  and  vol¬ 
ume,  and  of  normal  conformation,  both  in  its  body  and  in  its 
neck ;  broad  ligaments ;  Fallopian  tubes  and  ovaries  in  the  or 
dinary  virgin  state.  The  bladder  being  opened,  a  gum  catheter 
passed  through  its  neck  found  exit  through  the  orifice  at  the 
root  of  the  penis.  The  vagina  being  laid  open  posteriorly,  so 
as  to  display  the  cervix  uteri,  this  part  was  seen  of  small,  sylin- 
drical,  unusual  size ;  and  a  second  gum  catheter  being  intro¬ 
duced  into  the  vaginal  canal  (which  was  long,  consistent  and 
normally  capacious),  this  found  exit  through  the  same  orifice 
as  the  other,  impinging  first  against  the  division  between  the 
two  prominences  formed  by  the  labia  majora,  and  in  its  departure 
from  the  orifice  it  showed  a  small  opening. 

We  have  here  treated  of  a  true  woman,  with  perfect  internal 
organs  of  generation,  a  clitoris  over-large,  a  hymen  constituted 
of  the  skin  which  closed  up  the  part  comprised  between  the 
labia  majora,  and  also  a  vagina  and  urethral  canal,  which  in¬ 
stead  of  opening  regularly  to  the  exterior,  formed  a  sort  of 
clouca ,  with  their  outlets  at  the  orifice  at  the  base  of  the  clitoris. 

So  far  as  regards  the  physical  state  of  this  interesting  subject, 
the  authors  were  able  to  ascertain  but  few  particulars.  She 
kept  apart  from  young  men  of  the  same  age,  preferring  to  their 
amusements  prayers  and  religious  observances.  She  was  of  a 
mild  disposition,  rather  economical,  and  quite  sober.  She  did 
not  attend  the  call  for  military  duty,  as  she  was  an  only  son  (so 
reported).  There  appeared  to  have  been  some  question  as  to 
her  sex  at  the  time  of  baptism.  She  was,  however,  baptized 
and  registered  as  a  male,  and  as  such  conducted  herself  to  the 
end  of  life,  laboring  in  the  rather  heavy  work  of  cheese-making. 
— St.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal ,  Aug. 


INTRA-UTERINE  MEDICATION. 

By  Clement  Godson,  M.D..  Assistant  Physician  Accoucheur  to  St.  Bartholomew’s  Hospi¬ 
tal  .  Honorary  Secretary  of  the  Obstretical  Society  of  London, 

It  is  with  a  feeliug  of  auxiet.y  that  I  see  iu  the  British  Medi¬ 
cal  Journal  of  August  30th,  a  series  of  abstracts  of  papers 
which  were  read  at  the  annual  meeting  in  Cork,  advocating  the 
treatment  of  certain  uterine  complaints  by  means  of  medica¬ 
ments  applied  to  the  cavity  of  the  body  of  the  womb.  This 
Journal  has  such  an  enormous  circulation  among  all  classes  of 
the  profession,  that  the  mere  heading  will  attract  the  notice  of 
many  who  have  but  little  time  to  do  more  than  glance  at  the 
contents  of  the  papers ;  and  I  fear  that,  having  ascertained 
that  carbolic  acid,  iodine,  etc.,  are  useful  agents  in  the  treatment 
of  uteriue  discharges,  many  will  fly  to  put  their  efficacy  to  the 
test,  without  having  learnt  to  discriminate  the  class  of  cases 


720  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

applicable  to  them,  or  having  attained  the  skill  necessary  to 
employ  them.  There  is  much  in  fashion.  A  century  ago  every 
one  was  bled ;  now,  venesection  is  hardly  ever  practiced.  We 
have  passed  from  one  extreme  to  the  other.  A  few  years  since, 
in  gynaicological  practice,  division  of  the  cervix  by  the  rnetro- 
lome  was  constantly  performed  by  some  physician  ;  now,  this 
operation  is  but  rarely  undertaken  ;  indeed,  we  hear,  at  least 
in  one  quarter,  that  sewing  up  the  gaping  os  uteri  is  all  the 
rage.  Lately,  there  has  been  a  discussion  on  the  use  of  the 
forceps  and  its  alternatives  in  lingering  labor,  before  the  Ob- 
stretical  Society  of  London.  Many  eloquent  discourses  have 
been  contributed,  and  the  subject  has  been  ably  discussed  by 
several  of  our  eminent  leaders  in  the  school  of  mid  wifery. 
But,  to  sum  up  the  whole,  at  what  have  we  arrived  ?  The 
general  impression  gained,  is  that  the  forceps  is  used  far  less 
frequently  than  it  might  be  with  advantage  to  both  patient  and 
practitioner.  The  result  of  this  will  be,  unless  I  am  much  mis¬ 
taken,  that  an  authority  has  been  granted  for  the  frequent  use 
of  the  instrument,  and  that  we  shall  find  the  evil  effects  of  this 
from  its  indiscriminate  and  unskilful  employment.  In  the  out¬ 
patient  female  department  of  St.  Bartholomew’s  Hospital, 
where  1  see  from  fifty  to  seventy  new  patients  per  week,  I 
have  unusual  opportunities  of  observation.  After  having 
made  an  examination,  I  am  frequently  led  to  inquire :  Were 
you  delivered  with  instruments  in  your  confinement?  And,  in 
nine  cases  out  of  ten,  the  answer  is  in  the  affirmative.  The 
reason  why  I  put  the  question  was  that  I  found  the  cervix 
deeply  fissured  up  to  its  junction  with  the  vaginal  wall,  along 
which  extended  a  cicatrix.  This  is  a  clinical  fact,  which  testi¬ 
fies  to  the  truth  of  the  remark  made  by  Dr.  Henry  Bennett  in 
his  speech,  and  objected  to  by  Dr.  Barnes  in  his  reply,  at  the 
Obstretical  Society’s  discussion. 

But,  with  respect  to  uterine  medication,  the  results  are  likely 
to  be  much  more  serious  ;  and  I  have  already  met  with  instances. 
If  an  application  to  the  cavity  of  the  body  of  the  womb  be  re¬ 
quired,  there  should  be  an  amount  of  endometritis  calling  for  it; 
but,  in  how  many  cases  of  discharges  from  the  os  uteri  does  the 
exudation  come  from  above  the  canal  of  the  cervix — the  so- 
called  internal  os  1  I  venture  to  say,  in  very  few.  The  probe, 
covered  with  cotton-wool  saturatod  with  carbolic  acid,  is  passed 
along  the  cervical  canal  up  to  the  fundis  uteri,  and  in  many 
cases  good  results  are  obtained — not  because  the  fundis  uteri 
has  been  reached,  but  because  the  application  has  been  made  to  the 
canal  of  the  cervix  ;  and,  had  a  zinc-alum  point  been  placed  in 
this  situation,  and  the  uterine  cavity  had  not  been  reached,  the 
result  would  have  been  equally  satisfactory,  without  the  risk  of 
danger  possible  to  occur  from  probing  the  cavity  of  the  womb. 
This  brings  me  to  the  nature  of  the  evil  consequences. 

One  which  I  have  met  with  is  abortion.  The  possibility  of 
existing  pregnancy  has  not  been  thought  of.  The  patient  may 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


721 


1880] 

have  gone  but  a  few  days  over  her  time  for  menstruation,  and, 
not  having  been  very  regular  previously,  little  heed  is  paid  to 
this.  Nevertheless,  she  may  have  conceived  immediately  after 
her  last  period,  and,  if  even  she  have  not  quite  reaehed  her  next 
menstrual  epoch,  she  may  yet  be  pregnant  when  the  applica¬ 
tion  is  made.  Another  danger  is  that  of  inflammatory  mis¬ 
chief  in  and  around  the  uterus.  It  is  well  known  how  the  sim¬ 
ple  passage  of  the  ordinary  uterine  sound  is  liable  to  give  rise 
to  this.  Surely,  then,  a  probe  saturated  with  carbolic  acid  or 
other  agent  is  equally  if  not  more  likely  to  prodnce  such  results. 

The  points,  therefore,  that  I  would  urge  upon  my  profes¬ 
sional  brethren  are  these.  Before  deciding  to  make  applica¬ 
tion  to  the  cavity  of  the  body  of  the  womb,  be  satisfied  that 
this  part  is  affected  by  disease,  and  that  it  is  not  the  cervical 
canal  only  that  is  involved.  Without  having  determined  this, 
it  would  be  just  as  irrational  to  pass  a  medicated  bougie  into  a 
man’s  bladder  for  every  purulent  discharge  escaping  from  the 
meatus  urinarius. 

The  papers  to  which  I  have  referred,  as  published  in  the  Jour¬ 
nal,  fail  to  my  mind  to  show  sufficiently  clearly,  the  symptoms 
which  give  proof  of  the  existence  of  endometritis.  Then,  the 
application  should  never  be  made  to  a  sensitive  uterus  in  which 
inflammation  is  likely  to  ensue,  or  pelvic  inflammation  or 
abscess  may  result ;  and  a  probe  should  never  be  passed  into  the 
uterus  of  a  child-bearing  woman  about  the  time  of  an  impend¬ 
ing  menstrual  period ;  indeed,  it  would  be  well  to  make  a  rule 
not  to  probe  the  cavity  within  a  week  of  the  catamenia,  but  to 
limit  the  time  for  intra-uterine  medication  to  the  fortnight  sub¬ 
sequent  to  the  cessation  of  the  flow. — British  Medical  Journal , 
Nov.  8. 


NERVOUS  MALADIES  OF  UNCULTIVATED  PEOPLE. 

In  curious  confirmation  of  the  strictures  we  made  on  the 
theory  advocated  by  Dr.  G.  M.  Beard  and  others,  that  increas¬ 
ing  culture  entails  increase  in  nervous  maladies,  is  a  paper 
published  in  La  Presse  Med.  Beige ,  August  31st,  from  the  pen 
of  Dr.  Wilmart,  on  the  character  of  the  peasantry  of  Central 
Russia.  They  are,  he  says,  of  the  middle  height  and  below 
this.  They  are  of  very  nervous  temperament,  of  slight  endur¬ 
ance,  passing  rapidly  from  enthusiam  to  discouragement.  They 
will  not  submit  to  the  slightest  operation  without  chloroform  ; 
they  can  bear  only  small  doses  of  medicine,  and  even  slight 
inflammatory  affections  are  soon  complicated  by  delirium,  con¬ 
vulsions,  etc.  Steeped  in  ignorance,  and  possessed  of  little 
power  of  moral  resistance,  they  readily  abandon  themselves  to 
the  deepest  melancholy,  easily  yielding  to  the  impulse  to  sui¬ 
cide,  especially  by  drowning. 

Among  the  diseases  of  the  peasantry,  those  of  the  nervous 
system  hold  the  first  rank,  hysteriform  neuroses  prevailing 


722 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[January 


equally  among  men  and  women.  Pain  is  a  j)rominent  symp¬ 
tom,  and  large  quantities  of  opium  are  taken  for  its  relief. 
Anaemia  is  very  prevalent,  especially  among  females. — Medical 
and  Surgical  Reporter ,  November  1st. 


RESULTS  OF  TREATMENT  IN  VIENNA. 

There  is  strong  reason  to  believe  that  the  modern  treatment 
of  disease  in  Germany  has  greatly  deteriorated  since  the  days 
of  Niemeyer.  Theorizing,  histology  and  diagnostic  refinements 
have  taken  the  place  of  the  effort  to  cure  disease  by  rational 
empiricism.  Witness  the  next  to  worthless  therapeutics  in 
Ziemssen’s  Cyclopaedia.  A  Vienna  correspondent  in  the  Can¬ 
ada  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  gives  some  striking  statistics. 
In  Bamberger’s  clinic,  of  27  cases  of  pneumonia,  17  died ;  24 
per  cent,  of  all  cases  of  typhoid  fever  die ;  facial  erysipelas  is 
“  frequently  fatal,”  etc.  We  do  not  believe  that  the  case  book 
of  the  average  American  physician  shows  anything  like  this 
mortality  ;  and  our  city  hospitals  certaiidy  do  not.  It  looks  as 
if  medical  science  in  Germany  was  running  to  seed. — Medical 
and  Surgical  Reporter ,  August  23d. 


BROWN-SEQUARD’S  THEORIES  OF  THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 

This  emiuent  teacher  continues  to  announce  that  his  experi¬ 
ments  and  researches  prove  that  the  doctrines  of  cerebral  local¬ 
ization  are  erroneous  and  based  on  false  assumptions.  His 
demonstrations  are  striking.  Thus,  in  an  animal  in  which  the 
right  motor  half  of  the  pons  varolii  was  incompletely  divided, 
the  left  half  of  the  bulb  was  afterward  cut  through,  there 
remained  no  other  way  of  communication  between  the  two 
halves  of  the  encephalon  than  by  a  small  portion  of  the  ante¬ 
rior  longitudinal  mass  of  fibres  on  the  right  side  of  the  protu¬ 
berance.  Now,  in  this  case,  the  galvanization  of  the  motor  cen¬ 
tres  at  the  right  and  at  the  left  caused  exactly  the  same  move¬ 
ments  in  the  limbs  of  the  side  opposite  to  the  centres.  The 
experiment  was  repeated  a  number  of  times,  always  giving  the 
same  results. 

It  is  observed  by  M.  Grasset  that  the  whole  doctrine  of  Prof. 
Brown-Sequard  is  governed  by  two  entirely  new  principles,  viz : 

1.  All  the  phenomena  which  one  ascertains  after  limited 
experimental  or  clinical  lesions  of  a  part  of  the  cerebrum  are 
produced  by  action  at  a  distance. 

2.  There  are  no  agglomerated  and  circumscribed  centres  in 
the  cerebrum  for  any  function.  There  are  certainly  special 
cells,  distinct  elements,  but  these  cells  are  distributed  through 
the  whole  mass  of  the  cerebrum.  In  other  terms,  there  are  no 
circumscribed,  but  diffuse  centres.  —  Medical  and  Surgical 
Reporter ,  November  1st. 


1880 J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


723 


PERCENTAGES  FROM  DRUGGISTS. 

Our  comments,  some  months  back,  on  the  impropriety  of 
physicians  taking  percentages  on  the  prescriptions  they  send 
to  druggists,  has  met  the  approbation  of  many  honorable  men 
and  journals.  Tne  Chicago  Pharmacist  speaks  of  the  preva¬ 
lence  of  the  swindle  in  that  city.  It  says  : 

“Many  physicians  in  this  city  demand  as  high  as  forty  per 
cent  on  the  gross  price  of  their  prescriptions  to  patients, "while 
others  are  content  with  twenty-five  per  cent.,  and  yet  others 
only  ask  their  office  rent,  while  a  goodly  number  only  expect 
cigars  and  liquors  free.  Some  degree  of  collusion  between 
druggists  and  physicians  exists  almost  everywhere,  and  proba¬ 
bly  always  will,  but  the  practice  of  giving  any  very  substantial 
inducements  to  the  physician  for  his  influence  is  commercially 
and  morally  wrong.” 

How  long  shall  this  discreditable  state  of  things  last  ?  Will 
not  the  medical  societies  take  some  action  ? — Medical  and  Surgi¬ 
cal  Reporter ,  November  1st. 


SIMPLE  PERFECTED  TEST  FOR  SUGAR. 

By  L.  S.  Oppenhkimeb,  M.D. 

Demonstrator  of  Histology  in  the  University  of  Louisville. 

Heretofore  in  this  country  the  favorite  qualitative  test  for 
grape  sugar  in  the  urine  has  been  the  Trommer  test ;  after  this, 
as  qualitative  and  quantitative,  Fell  ling’s  test  and  the  fermen¬ 
tation  test.  Besides  these  there  are  a  number  of  others  equally 
as  good,  but  not  so  universally  applied.  These  are  Heller’s 
More’s,  Bottger’s,  Frohn’s,  Piffard’s  and  Haynes’s.  It  is  to  this 
latter  that  I  owe  the  suggestion  that  led  me  to  perfect  the 
sugar-test  as  here  offered.  The  objections  to  Haynes’s  test  are 
that  it  is  not  a  quantitative  test,  and  that  the  copper  is  precipi- 
ted  after  standing  a  short  time.  Of  all  the  tests  Trommer’s  is 
the  least  reliable,  Fehling’s  the  most.  The  only  objection  to  the 
latter  is  its  liability  to  alteration.  Professor  Flint,  Jr.,  keeps 
the  various  constituents  of  Fehling’s  solution  in  separate 
bottles ;  but  this,  he  says,  does  not  prevent  the  serious  decom¬ 
position  of  the  solution  of  neutral  tartrate  of  potash.  Besides 
this  the  copper  solution  is  apt  to  undergo  change  and  precipi¬ 
tate  some  oxide.  Another  disadvantage  of  all  of  the  above 
tests,  except  Frohn’s,  is  the  impossibility  of  finding  sugar  if  al¬ 
bumen  be  present  or  if  the  urine  be  ammoniacal.  None  of  these 
are  obstacles  to  the  qualitative  application  of  my  test,  which  is 
simply  a  solution  of  copper  sulphate  in  pure  glycerine  in  this 
proportion : 

Pure  aulpliate-of-copper  crystals . grs.  50; 

Pure  glycerine . . . oz.  1. 

This  equals  six  and  a  quarter  graius  copper  to  one  dram  of 
glycerine,  and  this  will  reduce  one  grain  of  grape  sugar  in  the 

8 


724 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[  January 


presence  of  a  caustic  alkali.  The  glycerine  protects  the  copper 
from  the  action  of  the  caustic  alkali,  and  as  well  from  the 
various  constituents  of  the  urine.  The  copper  crystals  must  be 
thoroughly  triturated  with  the  glycerine  in  a  mortar,  and  kept 
in  a  clean  glass-stoppered  bottle. 

Qualitative  Test. — Two  or  three  drops  are  dropped  into  a  small 
test-tube,  and  about  a  half  dram  of  officinal  liquor  potassa 
added,  and  the  whole  shaken  till  the  resulting  precipitate  is 
dissolved.  The  solution  will  then  be  of  a  dark-blue  color.  It  is 
then  boiled  and  a  few  drops  of  urine  dropped  into  the  tube,  and 
again  boiled  for  a  minute  or  two.  If  sugar  be  present  in  con¬ 
siderable  quantity,  the  fluid  will  suddenly  become  opaque,  and 
prolonged  boiling  will  turn  it  by  rapid  degrees  to  a  canary  or 
brownish  yellow  ;  and  upon  cooling  the  yellow  or  brown  cuprous 
oxide  w  ill  be  found  in  the  bottom  of  the  tube.  During  the  test, 
however,  the  attention  must  be  kept  on  the  fluid  itself,  not  on 
the  precipitate.  Ammoniacal  or  albuminous  urine  wrill  not  in¬ 
terfere  with  this  reaction,  if  a  drop  or  two  of  a  wreak  solution  of 
bichromate  of  potash  be  added  before  testing.  If  only  small 
quantities  of  sugar  be  present,  more  urine  must  be  added.  If 
no  copper  oxide  be  precipitated,  or  if  the  mixture  does  not  turn 
to  a  definite  yellow,  not  a  dirty-green  color,  after  adding  an 
equal  volume  of  urine  with  the  test-liquid  and  boiling,  no 
sugar  is  present. 

Precautions. — The  precipitate  of  cuprous  oxide  is  granular, 
not  flaky ;  and  the  precipitation  of  the  whitish,  grayish  or  brown¬ 
ish  flocculi  of  phosphates,  which  always  occurs  in  alkalized 
urine,  should  never  be  mistaken  for  the  dense,  opaque,  yellow¬ 
ish  urine  containing  cuprous  oxide,  or  the  bright,  heavy, 
granular  yellowish  or  brownish  precipitate  of  the  same. 

Qualitative  Test. — One  dram  of  the  test-fluid  (=  six  and  a 
fourth  grains  cupr.  sulph.)  is  measured  into  a  flask,  and  about 
two  drains  of  liq.  potas.  and  an  equal  amount  of  water  added. 
This  is  either  put  upon  the  stove  or  over  the  lamp,  the  flask 
resting  on  wire  gauze  or  a  tin  plate.  If  the  urine  contain  much 
sugar  (as  indicated  by  the  qualitative  test),  it  should  be  diluted 
with  a  measured  quantity  of  water,  as  in  Feh  ling’s  test ;  if  only 
a  small  quantity  is  present,  no  dilution  is  required.  The 
measured  urine — let  us  say  one-half  ounce — and  the  diluting 
agent — say  one  and  half  ounces,  making  two  ounces  in  all — are 
dropped  from  a  graduated  tube  or  glass  into  the  test-fluid  and 
brought  to  the  boiling  point,  a  few  drops  being  added  at  a  time, 
and  after  boiling  a  few  moments  allowed  to  settle  for  a  few 
seconds.  This  is  continued  till  the  opaque  brownish  mixture 
becomes  yellow.  The  urine  is  then  more  carefully  dropped,  aud 
the  fluid  allowed  to  cool  a  little  after  each  boiling,  till  a  ring  of 
clear  fluid  shows  itself  at  the  surface,  showing  that  the  whole 
of  the  copper  has  been  oxidized  and  is  rapidly  precipitating  as 
yellowish  or  reddish  brown  cuprous  oxide.  This  precipitate  is 
thrown  down  in  the  first  part  of  the  examination,  and  increases 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


725 


1880] 

as  the  reaction  is  continued.  This  decolorization  terminates  the 
process.  One  grain  of  sugar  has  been  neutralized.  Then  read 
off  the  graduate  how  much  fluid  has  been  used.  Let  us  suppose 
six  drams  were  used.  One  fourth  of  this  (one  and  a  half  drams) 
was  urine.  We  therefore  have  one  grain  of  sugar  in  one  and  a 
half  drams  of  the  urine. 

If  the  examiner  have  no  flask  a  small  morphine,  or  quinine 
bottle  will  answer  perfectly,  only  half  the  quantity  (half  a 
dram)  of  the  test-liquid  being  used  if  a  small  bottle  be  taken  ; 
this  neutralizes,  of  course,  only  a  half  grain  of  sugar.  Albumen 
interferes  with  this  test,  and  must  therefore  be  removed  by 
coagulating  with  acetic  acid  and  filtering;  the  mine  is  then 
neutralized  with  liq.  potass,  and  used  as  above. — Louisville 
Medical  News ,  Nov.  8. 


LOSS  OF  PERSONAL  IDENTITY. 

St.  Clarisville,  O.,  October  20,  1879. 
Dr.  E.  J.  Birmingham , 

Editor  Hospital  Gazette ,  New  York  : 

Sir — I  herewith  send  you  a  note  of  an  interesting  case 
under  my  care  in  County  Infirmary.  If  of  sufficient  interest 
please  give  it  a  place  in  the  Gazette. 

Respectfully, 

A.  H.  Heweter. 


I  have  had  under  my  care  as  physician  for  our  County 
Infirmary  a  very  interesting  case.  There  is  no  discoverable 
bodily  disease,  but  a  very  peculiar  mental  state.  The  patient 
has  lost  all  knowledge  of  his  personal  identity ;  does  not  know 
who  he  is,  where  he  came  from,  or  whither  he  was  going.  He 
became  an  inmate  of  our  infirmary  about  nine  months  since. 
The  following  is  his  history  since  takeu  in  charge  by  our 
county  officials.  All  previous  to  that  is  a  blank  to  himself  and 
entirely  unknown  to  us  : 

About  the  time  referred  to,  nine  months  since,  he  found  him¬ 
self  standing  upon  the  depot  in  Bellaire  city  with  a  little  money 
in  his  pocket,  and  a  small  travelling  bag  in  his  hand.  This 
bag  contained  a  change  of  linen,  pair  of  scissors,  and  some 
blank  paper  like  that  used  by  editors.  His  clothes  were  quite 
genteel  and  the  underwear  in  his  valise  was  neat  and  clean. 
His  entire  appearance  was  that  of  a  well-cared  for  gentleman 
ready  for  business 

There  was  no  name  on  any  property  about  him  indicating 
who  he  was ;  entirely  nameless,  except  that  on  some  part  of 
his  effects  was  the  name  Ralph.  This  is  what  he  is  called  in 
the  infirmary. 

After  thinking  and  thinking  while  at  the  depot  he  at  last 
went  to  the  nearest  hotel  and  gave  the  landlord  a  candid  state¬ 
ment  of  his  very  strange  condition.  He  asked  for  a  bed,  said 


726  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

he  had  a  little  money,  that  he  would  be  no  trouble,  and  that 
he  felt  sure  this  strange  mental  sickness  would  soon  pass  off. 
The  landlord  became  interested  in  his  case. 

The  same  day  a  gentleman  came  to  Bellaire  to  lecture  on 
temperance.  Stopping  at  the  same  hotel  he  soon  made  the 
acquaintance  of  Ralph  and  invited  him  to  attend  the  lecture. 
While  attentively  listening  some  impulse  came  over  him  which 
he  could  not  resist,  and  he  found  himself  out  in  the  street 
smashing  the  saloon  windows  with  a  big  club.  The  roughs 
ran  out,  beat  and  abused  him  badly,  breaking  the  neck  of  the 
humerus  and  beating  one  side  all  black  and  blue.  This  brought 
him  into  the  hands  of  the  police.  But  the  lecturer,  the  doctor, 
the  landlord  and  mayor,  all  became  interested  in  finding  out 
who  he  was.  They  made  every  effort,  but  utterly  failed. 

He  certainly  is  a  man  of  more  than  the  average  ability  ;  lias 
had  quite  an  extensive  knowledge  of  business,  and  is  very 
expert  with  the  pen.  Some  think  that  he  must  have  been  con¬ 
nected  with  the  press.  Others,  a  clerk  in  some  calling  in  which 
the  use  of  the  pen  and  figuring  was  the  daily  habit.  In  this 
way  alone  can  they  explain  his  great  expertness. 

His  knowledge  is  entirely  correct  upon  all  matters  discon¬ 
nected  with  the  question  of  identity.  He  has  the  use  of  his 
mental  powers  in  all  other  directions.  , 

I  made  him,  after  having  the  best  evidence  of  his  fitness,  my 
assistant.  He  has  put  up  all  the  medicine,  etc.  I  procured 
him  Parish’s  Pharmacy,  and  in  a  remarkably  short  time  he  was 
able  to  fill  any  prescription  I  required,  and  in  many  other  ways 
to  assist  me. 

So  great  is  his  general  knowledge,  and  so  correct  all  his 
recollections  of  general  events,  and  all  special  duties  imposed 
upon  him,  that  many  were  skeptical  and  believed  him  to  be 
feigning.  But,  after  nine  months  close  observation,  we  are  all 
forced  to  believe  that  he  is  what  he  says  he  is — a  man  with  no 
knowledge  of  his  personal  identity. 

He  is  about  fifty  (50)  years  of  age ;  rather  spare  ;  has  dark 
hair,  well  sprinkled  with  gray,  and  is  quite  a  gentleman  in 
appearance.  He  has  made  himself  so  useful,  agreeable,  and 
so  anxious  to  return  all  he  can  for  the  benefits  he  has  received, 
that  he  was  presented  with  a  new  suit  of  clothes  and  directed 
to  eat  at  the  superintendent’s  table. 

I  report  the  case  both  on  account  of  its  psychological  inter¬ 
est,  and  that  possibiy  it  may  lead  to  his  identity. 

He  has  been  published  in  our  newspapers  pretty  thoroughly, 
but  these  have  a  much  more  limited  circulation  than  a  medical 
journal  like  yours. — Hospital  Gazette ,  November  15th. 

OOPHORECTOMY  PERFORMED  SUCCESSFULLY  FOR  MENSTRUAL 

EPILEPSY. 

By  Lawson  Tait,  F.R.C.S.  Ed.,  Surgeon  to  the  Birmingham  Hospital  for  Women. 

The  case  of  E.  E.  has  already  been  published  in  the  Obstetri¬ 
cal  Journal  for  May,  1873,  and  in  my  book  on  Diseases  of  Wo- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


727 


1880] 

men,  as  a  typical  case  of  ovarian  atrophy  arising  from  exauthe- 
niatic  oophoritis:  a  disease  to  which  I  was  the  first  to  call  at¬ 
tention  many  years  ago,  as  occurring  very  frequently  as  a 
sequel  of  scarlet  fever  and  small  pox. 

Her  history  after  May,  1873,  is  that  the  efforts  to  induce  the 
return  of  the  menstrual  flow  by  means  of  galvanic  pessaries 
were  persevered  in,  after  several  relapses,  till  at  last  everybody 
concerned  was  wearied  of  them.  The  patient  ceased  her  attend¬ 
ance  at  the  hospital,  and  I  heard  of  her  only  occasionally  to  the 
effect  that  her  epilepsy  was  becoming  worse  and  worse.  Oue 
of  my  critics,  in  alluding  to  this  case,  broadly  stated  that  I  had 
mistaken  a  bad  case  of  hysteria  for  one  of  epilepsy.  I  wish 
he  had  seen  the  poor  woman  as  I  saw  her  on  February  5th, 
1877,  in  an  attack  of  epileptic  mania,  covered  with  bruises  of 
all  kiuds.  I  urged  her  friends  to  commit  her  to  an  asylum  ; 
but  to  this  I  could  not  persuade  them,  as  for  at  least  one  week 
in  every  month  she  was  quite  rational  and  comparatively  free 
from  fits.  During  the  other  three  she  had  fits  almost  every 
day  ;  and  during  the  menstrual  week,  when  a  faint  show  gen-> 
erally  appeared  for  one  or  two  days,  her  fits  were  incessant  and 
her  delirium  uninterrupted. 

This  state  of  umtters  lasted  till  August  of  this  year,  when  her 
friends,  completely  worn  out  by  her,  seemed  at  last  to  agree 
that  she  should  be  placed  in  an  asylum.  Before  doing  that, 
however,  I  urged  them  to  let  me  cut  out  the  ovaries,  in  the 
hope  that  this  might  arrest  the  disease  by  removing  what  I  be¬ 
lieved  to  be  the  cause.  To  this  they  readily  consented,  and  I 
performed  the  operation  on  August  11th.  There  was  no  par¬ 
ticular  difficulty  about  the  operation,  save  that  the  patient  was 
very  fat.  The  ovaries  when  removed  presented  all  the  charac¬ 
ters  of  the  atrophy  peculiar  to  inflammatory  change  of  their 
true  gland-structure.  (Diseases  of  Women ,  p.  215.)  Mr.  Alban 
Doran  has  favored  me  with  a  report  upon  the  ovaries  removed, 
which  completely  confirms  the  views  of  the  pathology  of  this 
case  which  I  have  expressed  in  my  former  publication  of  it. 
“  The  elongated  cells  of  the  stroma  are  larger  than  in  normal 
ovaries:  and  there  are  few  vessels,  the  hypertrophy  of  the  walls 
of  those  that  remain,  and  the  bundles  of  fibrous  tissue,  point  to 
a  cir  rhotic  change  following  the  exanthematic  oophoritis.”  One 
of  the  ovaries  is  now  in  the  museum  of  the  College  of  Surgeons. 

The  result  of  the  case  so  far  is  very  satisfactory,  for  the  fits 
have  entirely  ceased.  Three  days  after  the  operation,  there 
came  on  the  pseudo-menstruati  m  which  frequently  follows  ova¬ 
rian  operations,  and  this  lasted  for  three  days. 

On  September  18th,  she  lelt  the  hospital  quite  well;  and  the 
house-surgeon’s  note  is :  “  Patient  bright  and  cheerful ;  memory 
quite  returned ;  and  she  is  able  to  reply  intelligently  to  ques¬ 
tions  put  to  her.” 

I  saw  her  on  October  13th,  when  she  told  me  that  she  was 
quite  well,  and  was  going  toiler  home  in  Peterborough  in  a  few 
(lays. — British  Medical  Journal ,  Nov.  8. 


728  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

A  CASE  OF  PERSISTENT  OVARIAN  MENORRHAGIA  :  OOPHOREC¬ 
TOMY :  RECOVERY.* 

By  John  Meredith,  M.D..  Edin.,  President-Elect,  West  Somerset  Branch  oi  the  British 
,  Medical  Association. 

In  May,  1877,  I  had  to  attend  a  young  woman  aged  20,  on 
account  of  excessive  menstrual  discharge,  which  had  been  going 
on  for  some  weeks. 

The  previous  history  of  the  case  was  briefly  this.  The  pa¬ 
tient,  as  a  girl,  had  alwas  been  considered  delicate  up  to  the 
menstrual  period  (which,  with  her,  began  when  she  was  fifteen), 
although  she  was  well-formed  and  tall.  Once  the  courses  be¬ 
came  established,  she  began  to  gain  strength  and  fatten.  The 
catemenia  were  regular,  but  scanty,  only  about  three  diapers  at 
a  period ;  still  she  felt  well,  and  gave  this  no  particular  thought. 
Her  parents  are  healthy,  and  so  are  lier  brothers  and  sisters. 
One  day  in  March  of  the  year  mentioned  (1877),  while  menstru¬ 
ating,  she  assisted  to  lift  a  book  case.  She  felt  the  effort  affect¬ 
ing  her;  and  the  discharge,  instead  of  terminating  at  the  ex¬ 
pected  time,  went  on  day  after  day. 

When  I  saw  her,  she  was  in  an  exhausted  condition  from  the 
loss,  and  suffering  pain,  etc.,  in  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen, 
indicating  the  presence  of  a  certain  amount  of  local  inflamma¬ 
tory  action.  After  the  administration  of  opiates,  this  condition 
of  irritability  subsided ;  and  after  a  while  I  obtained  permission 
to  make  a  digital  examination  of  the  vagina  and  cervix  u  teri. 

The  information  I  got  from  this  was,  that  there  was  no  appre¬ 
ciable  difficulty  in  introducing  the  finger;  the  os  uteri  was 
patulus,  with  a  blood-clot  in  it,  and  the  cervix  elongated.  There 
was  nothing  special  to  note  in  regard  to  the  condition  of  the 
uterus — no  marked  version  or  flexion.  Now,  a  very  natural 
question  suggested  itself,  and  I  have  no  doubt  it  arises  at  once 
in  your  minds :  namely,  Was  not  the  case  one  of  miscarriage  ? 
A  question  which  I  put  to  the  patient  sometime  afterwards, 
bearing  on  this,  was  met  by  a  negative  answer — -just  what  I 
might  have  expected.  But  my  duty  was  to  arrest  the  haemor¬ 
rhage  and  bring  about  recovery,  if  1  could.  To  this  end  I  ad¬ 
ministered  ergot,  acids,  bromide  of  potassium, chlorate  of  pot¬ 
ash,  digitalis,  and  cannabis  Indica.  The  last-named  three,  in 
combination,  seemed  to  answer  well  for  a  while ;  then  there 
would  be  a  relapse.  Cloths  dipped  in  vinegar  and  water  were 
applied  over  the  vulva  and  lower  part  ot  the  abdomen ;  cold 
water,  vinegar  and  water,  and  carbolic  acid  solution  were  at 
intervals  injected  into  the  vagina  ;  and,  of  course,  absolute  rest 
in  bed  was  enjoined,  with  everything  cold  in  the  way  of  food 
and  drink. 

In  spite  of  everything,  the  discharge  continued  more  or  less 
until  July.  At  times,  there  would  be  nothing  but  a  pink  san¬ 
guineous  staining  on  the  clotn.  The  patient  soon  learnt  to  dis- 


*Kead  before  the  West  Somerset  Branch. 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


729 


like  this  appearance,  as  she  had  always  a  good  deal  of  back¬ 
ache  with  it,  from  which  she  was  only  relieved  after  the  expul¬ 
sion  of  blood-clots.  The  explanation  of  this,  I  take  it,  was  that 
the  clot  formed  in  the  os  uteri,  and,  owing  to  the  flow  not  be¬ 
ing  enough  at  times  to  carry  itself  off  as  a  whole,  the  fibrin 
separated  at  the  uterine  outlet  and  in  the  uterus  as  well,  stay¬ 
ing  there  gathering  in  volume  ;  while  the  liquor  sanguinis  es¬ 
caped,  and  produced  the  stains  mentioned.  The  fibrinous  part 
in  thickening  rested  upon  the  walls  of  the  os,  distending  it,  and, 
as  iu  labor  or  any  other  form  of  tension  at  the  os  uteri,  the  dis¬ 
comfort  was  referred  to  the  sacral  region — the  region  of  back¬ 
ache  with  many  women.  After  going  on  in  this  way  for  a  time, 
1  decided  to  apply  pure  carbolic  acid  to  the  interior  of  the 
uterus.  I  did  this  in  the  usual  way,  by  means  of  a  piece  of  cot¬ 
ton-wool  wrapped  round  an  ordinary  uterine  sound.  The  result 
was  satisfactory  for  the  time ;  the  discharge  stopped  for  five 
months,  the  patient  recovered  strength,  and  was  able  again  to 
go  about  and  enjoy  herself. 

In  the  beginning  of  1878,  the  menses  reappeared,  but  nothing 
much  to  complain  of  at  first ;  then  the  loss  assumed  a  more  per¬ 
sistent  character.  Drugs  seemed  to  have  very  little  influence 
now  ;  nor  had  the  intra- uterine  application  of  carbolic  acid  the 
same  arresting  influence  as  at  first ;  still  it  exercised  a  certain 
amount  of  staying  power.  Thus,  matters  went  on  unsatisfactorily 
to  all  concerned.  Towards  the  end  of  1878,  the  loss  was  not 
very  great ;  still  it  recurred  at  short  intervals ;  but,  on  Christ¬ 
mas -eve,  she  got  excited  with  some  of  her  friends,  and  then  it 
came  on  profusely.  There  was  always  tenderness  over  the 
ovaries,  at  times  more  over  one  than  the  other,  and,  of  course, 
the  usual  sympathetic  tenderness  along  the  spine. 

Finding  that  I  was  unable  to  afford  the  relief  I  wished,  I 
urged  the  patient  to  go  to  the  Women’s  Hospital  at  Birming¬ 
ham,  to  be  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Lawson  Tait,  with  whom  I 
had  had  some  correspondence  regarding  the  case.  Accordingly, 
on  January  15th,  she  went  thither.  She  was  thin,  weak,  and 
anaemic  at  the  time.  A  few  days  afterwards,  1  had  a  note  from 
Mr.  Tait,  saying  that  he  could  find  nothing  amiss  with  the 
uterus,  only  that  the  fundus  was  a  little  enlarged,  nothing 
more. 

A  few  days  after  admission,  nitrate  of  silver  was  applied  to 
the  cavity  of  the  womb,  and  repeated  three  times  between  that 
and  February  15th.  On  the  19th,  the  loss  ceased,  and  no  further 
application  was  made.  The  patient  had  mixtures  given  her, 
consisting  of  ergot,  bromide  of  potassium  or  chlorate  of  potash, 
and,  after  the  cessation  of  the  discharge,  dialysed  iron. 

She  left  the  hospital,  apparently  recovered,  on  March  1st,  and 
went  to  a  convalescent  home,  where  she  stayed  for  a  good 
while,  and  was  much  improved.  In  due  course,  she  returned 
home  to  Wellington.  On  the  night  of  her  return,  the  discharge 
began  again. 


730  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

I  knew  nothing  of  her  retm  n,  or  of  the  recurrence  of  the  dis¬ 
charge,  until  she  had  been  at  borne  for  some  weeks.  During 
the  interval,  she  tried  the  effects  of  medicine  which  some  neigh¬ 
bors  procured  for  her — getting  into  a  sort  of  desperation -state, 
which  we  can  all  pardon  under  the  circumstances,  i  now  tried 
the  effects  of  cold  water  hip-baths,  and  with  some  apparent  good 
results.  Mustard  poultices  over  the  ovaries  were  followed  by 
no  marked  benefit.  Swabbing  the  interior  of  the  uterus  pro¬ 
duced  some  relief.  After  a  time,  I  introduced  a  piece  of  nitrate 
of  silver  into  the  cavity  of  the  uterus,  and  left  it  there.  This 
altered  the  character  of  the  discharge ;  but,  in  spite  of  all,  the 
loss  persisted.  I  frequently  left  her  alone,  deeiring  her  to  keep 
still  and  take  no  medicines  at  all ;  the  result  was  the  same,  al¬ 
ways  losing. 

On  July  9th  last,  I  gave  her  a  hypodermic  injection  of  ergot- 
ine,  which  was  followed  by  a  stoppage  of  the  discharge  for  about 
three  weeks.  On  August  5th,  I  again  sent  her  to  the  Woman’s 
Hospital  at  Birmingham,  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Tait.  At  the 
time,  the  patient  was  anaemic,  thin  and  weak,  and  hardly  able 
to  stand. 

I  shall  give  the  history  of  the  case,  after  the  patient  reached 
the  hospital,  from  Mr.  Tait’s  own  report,  who  has  kindly  sent  it 
to  me  to  lay  the  result  before  the  members  of  the  branch. 

The  patient  was  admitted  into  the  hospital  on  the  5th  of 
August  last.  On  the  8th,  oophorectomy  was  performed  by  Mr. 
Tait,  in  the  presence  of  several  medical  practitioners.  Both 
ovaries  were  removed,  and  the  pedicle  of  each  tied  by  a  special 
knot — “Tait’s  knot.”  The  ovaries  were  found  enlarged  and 
flabby,  with  traces  of  lymph  in  their  neighborhood.  The  patient 
made  a  good  recovery.  The  temperature  did  not  once  rise 
above  101°,  although  the  pulse  was  134  on  the  third  day.  The 
patient  returned  to  her  home  a  few  weeks  ago,  able  to  walk  a 
mile  or  more  with  ease;  and  is  in  every  way  improving,  gaining 
strength  and  feeling  well.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that 
there  has  been  no  menstrual  appearance  since. — British  Medical 
Journal ,  Nov.  3. 


A  DANGEROUS  VICTORY. 

In  Germany  physicians  are  not  permitted  to  dispense  medi¬ 
cines  when  there  is  an  apothecary  to  do  it  for  them.  In 
Begensbuig  three  liomceopathic  physicians  were  practising, 
when  an  apothecary  came  among  them  und  notified  them  to 
send  him  tlieir  prescriptions.  Two  of  them  refused  to  obey,  and 
v  were  brought  before  the  court  and  fined  twenty  marks.  The 
case  was  carried  to  a  higher  court,  and  the  medicines  (pilules) 
were  sent  to  the  University  of  Erlangen  for  chemical  analysis. 
The  chemists  reported  that  the  pilules  were  made  of  pure  sugar 
and  did  not  contain  any  medicine ;  whereupon  the  judge 
reversed  the  decision  of  the  lower  court,  and  declared  there 
was  no  law  against  physicians  distributing  sugar-plums  as 
freely  as  they  chose. — Boston  Journal  Chemistry ,  November. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


731 


1880 1 


THE  PREVENTION  OF  INFANTILE  OPHTHALMIA. 

A  writer  in  the  British  Medical  Journal  advises  as  follows, 
in  order  to  prevent  ophthalmia  of  new  born  children : 

The  instant  the  head  is  born,  and  before  the  child  has  time  to 
open  its  eyes,  T  wipe  away  from  its  eyes  every  trace  of  mois¬ 
ture.  In  this  way  the  entrance  upon  the  conjunctiva  of  all 
acrid  discharge  from  the  vagina  is  prevented.  I  have  attended 
to  this  point  in  hundreds  of  cases,  and  have  never  known  it  to 
fail ;  while,  in  the  same  period,  ophthalmia  has  repeatedly 
occurred  in  those  cases  where  the  child  has  been  born  before 
my  arrival.  Carefully  to  wipe  the  eyes  of  the  child  at  the 
earliest  possible  moment  has  now  become  with  me  so  much  a 
point  of  routine  that  I  never  omit  it,  even  in  forceps  cases,  or 
in  the  uncommon  presentations,  and  the  result  is  the  absence 
of  the  disease  alluded  to. — Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter,  Aug. 


TRICHINAE  DETECTED  BY  THE  NAKED  EYE. 

Dr,  Francis  Vacher,  of  Birkenhead,  Eng.,  says  in  a  para¬ 
graph  in  the  London  Lancet  (dated  February  26th),  that 
“  trichinae  in  pork  can  usually  be  seen  without  the  aid  of  a 
magnifier,  the  flesh  being  distinctly  speckled.  The  whiter 
specks  come  out  clearly  if  a  thin  section  of  muscle  be  treated 
for  a  short  time  with  liquor  potass*  and  water  (1  to  8),  as 
recommended  by  Dr.  Parkes.  When  the  capsule  is  dense,  the 
same  author  suggests  the  addition  of  a  drop  of  weak  hydro¬ 
chloride  acid.  To  see  the  coiled  up  worm  itself  all  that  is 
necessary  is  a  good  pocket  lens.” — North  Carolina  Medical  Jour¬ 
nal,  August,  1879. 


A  Russian  physician,  M.  Malacvsky,  struck  by  the  preva¬ 
lence  of  short-sightedness  among  literary  men,  proposes  that 
books  should  be  printed  in  white  ink  on  black  paper,  and  he 
has  made  experiments  with  fifty  persons  which  tend  to  confirm 
his  view. —  Weekly  London  Times. 


NOTE  ON  SULPHUR  PRAXTP1TATUM  (MILK  OF  SULPHUR)  AS  A 
TOPICAL  APPLICATION  IN  DIPHTHERIA. 

By  John  A.  Kkskinf,  Stuart,  L.R.C.S.E.,  Duuse,  N.  B. 

Since  writing  the  former  paper  on  this  subject,  I  have  treated 
several  cases  in  the  same  manner,  and  with  like  excellent  re¬ 
sults.  I  now  find  that  to  rub  the  sulphur  up  with  a  little  water 
and  apply  it  on  a  swab  to  the  throat,  is  the  easiest  and  safest 
method  of  application,  for  in  blowing  the  dry  substance  on  the 
throat  it  was  sometimes  not  so  easy  to  get  it  on  to  the  desired 
spot,  and  besides,  the  patient,  especially  if  a  child,  was  very  apt 
to  cough  up  sputa  in  your  face,  a  most  dangerous  proceeding. 
In  addition  to  this,  I  am  of  opinion  that  the  moistened  sulphur 

9 


732 


Current,  Medical  Literature. 


[January 


sticks  better  to  the  throat  than  the  dry  substance,  and  this  is, 
I  think,  the  advantage  which  a  solid  antiseptic  has  over  a  fluid, 
viz.,  that  it  exerts  its  action  for  a  longer  time,  and  this,  I  think, 
is  also  in  favor  of  the  method  of  treatment,  where  powdered 
benzoate  of  soda  is  blown  on  to  the  throat. 

In  using  Sulphur  Praecipitatum  we  get  a  substance  which, 
being  free  from  grittiness,  is  more  agreeable  to  the  patient.  To 
show  the  rapidity  with  which  the  disease  disappeared,  when 
treated  in  this  way,  I  find  that  of  six  cases  under  this  method 
successfully  treated,  the  average  number  of  visits  required  from 
me  was  2.5,  an  extraordinary  statement,  but  one  which  is  per¬ 
fectly  correct. 

My  fqrmer  paper  has  been  criticised  by  both  the  Medical 
Record  and  Braithwaite’s  Retrospect.  The  writers  there  both 
seem  to  think  that  friction  is  an  important  factor  in  the  cure ; 
but  no  friction  has  been  used  by  me. 

My  belief  in  this  method  of  treatment  is  strong,  f  rom  the  fact 
that  I  have  seen  some  most  sudden  deaths  from  the  disease, 
where  muriate  of  iron  and  chlorate  of  potash  were  pushed  to  a 
great  extent,  as  also  where  sulphurous  acid  was  used ;  and  in 
these  no  benefit  seemed  to  result  from  their  use,  whereas  every 
case  1  have  treated  with  sulphur  has  made  a  rapid  recovery  as 
soon  as  it  was  tried. — Practitioner ,  Oct.  r79. 


SIR  WILLIAM  GULL'S  COUGH  MIXTURE. 

This  preparation,  said  to  be  efficacious  in  whooping-cough  r 
is  composed  of  equal  parts  of  cod-liver  oil,  honey,  and  lemon 
Jhice.  Dose :  a  teaspoonful  or  two,  according  to  age,  three 
times  a  day. — Boston  Journal  of  Chemistry,  November. 


HIGHLAND  MALARIAL  OR  MUSHROOM  FEVER. 

By  J.  G.  W KSl'MO RKLA-N it ,  M.D.,  Atlauta,  Ga. 

During  the  past  suunnef  and  up  to  this  time,  a  fever  of  pecu¬ 
liar  type  and  in  some  neighborhoods  of  malignant  character, 
has  prevailed  in  this  and  several  surrounding  counties.  In 
some  portions  of  Paulding,  Polk,  Cobb  and  Cherokee  counties 
tlte  mortality  has  amounted  to  fifty  per  cent,  of  the  cases.  It 
is  remarkable  that  quite  a  number  of  cases  occurred  in  Fulton 
county,  but  very  few,  if  any,  within  the  city  limits  of  Atlauta. 
It  seems,  therefore,  that  in  this  instance,  at  any  rate,  the 
densely  populated  city  has  proved  more  healthy  than  the  sur¬ 
rounding  sparsely  settled  country,  where  no  cesspools  nor 
stinking  sewers  are  known.  Strange,  doubtless,  this  will 
appear  to  those  finding  fever  in  every  sewer  and  diphtheria  in 
every  gutter  around  town. 

To  those  accustomed  to  marsh  malarial  fever  the  disease 
referred  to  comes  with  surprise.  On  the  highest,  dry,  and 
ordinarily  salubrious  sections,  this  fever  prevails  with  severity, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


733 


1880] 

equal  to  that  of  low,  damp  localities.  The  great  question  with 
the  people  and  with  doctors  are,  what  is  it,  and  from  what 
cause  does  it  come  ?  It  does  not  assume  the  usual  character¬ 
istics  of  typhoid  fever  in  every  respect,  nor  is  it  controlled  by 
quinine  so  perfectly  as  intermittent  or  remittent  fever.  While 
the  nervous  disturbance  somewhat  resembles  that  of  typhoid, 
yet  the  usual  duration  being  only  two  weeks,  makes  it  differ 
essentially  from  this  disease. 

In  1847  the  same  fever,  exactly,  prevailed  in  some  counties 
of  Middle  Georgia,  and  again  in  1866,  the  identical  peculiar¬ 
ities  were  observed  in  a  form  of  fever  which  prevailed  to  some 
extent  in  the  neighborhood  of  Atlanta. 

During  the  months  of  July  and  August,  1847,  and  in  the 
same  months  of  the  present  year,  the  greatest  number  of  mush¬ 
rooms  were  seen  all  over  the  uncultivated  land  of  the  forest. 
So  abundant  were  they  in  both  of  the  years  referred  to  that 
casual  observers  wondered  at  the  immense  number  of  u  frog- 
stools 77  seen  in  the  woods.  The  experience  of  1847  gave  the 
writer  good  reason  for  predicting  troublesome  fever  to  follow 
the  appearance  of  the  large  crop  of  cryptograms  in  1879,  and 
it  has  been  signally  verified. 

It  is,  therefore,  reasonable  to  suppose  the  fever  in  question 
has  had  its  cause  in  the  get-ms  or  sporules  of  the  numerous 
cryptogams  mentioned.  It  is  known  that  the  mushrooms  is 
the  growth  of  a  night  and  has  the  duration  of  a  day.  Falling- 
down,  the  innumerable  spores  rise  and  are  wafted  by  the  breeze 
so  as  to  infect  the  atmosphere  in  the  neighborhood  around. 
The  fever  coming  on  at  a  suitable  time  after  the  breaking 
down  and  drying  of  mushrooms,  and  assuming  features  differ¬ 
ent  from  typhoid  and  marsh-malarial  fevers,  the  conclusion 
seems  just  that  there  is  something  more  than  coincidence  in 
these  things.  The  opinion  of  cause  and  effect  is  greatly 
strengthened  by  some  co-existing  circumstances  in  1847  as 
well  as  1879. 

The  Salisbury  theory  of  marsh-malarial  fever,  which  has 
been  ridiculed  almost  into  oblivion,  perhaps  unjustly,  was 
founded  on  its  cryptogamous  origin.  If  true,  the  fungus  is,  of 
course,  belonging  to  a  different  variety  than  that  found  on  the 
hills  producing  the  two- weeks  fever,  the  name  of  which  heads 
this  article;  or  undergoes  modification  by  being  drifted  by 
washings  of  fields  and  current  of  streams  to  the  marsh,  from 
which  its  spores  are  wafted  through  the  atmosphere.  This 
difference  or  modification  is  seen  in  the  difference  of  character 
in  the  disease  produced  by  them.  While  marsh-malarial  fever 
is  intermittent  or  remittent,  and  cut  short  by  quinine,  the  high¬ 
land  malarial  or  mushroom  fever  runs  its  usual  course  despite 
large  quantities  of  quinine,  and  does  not  usually  observe  diur¬ 
nal  intermissions  or  remissions.  No  abortive  treatment  has 
yet  been  discovered  for  the  highland  two-weeks  fever.  The 
course  found  most  satisfactory  is  that  of  mercurials  to  a  limited 


734  Current  Medical  Literature.  [January 

extent,  blisters  to  nape  of  the  neck,  veratrum,  and  unloading 
the  bowels  by  enemata. 

The  various  varieties  of  “  the  fever  ”  certainly  are  the  result 
of  a  poisoned  or  in  some  way  deranged  condition  of  the  nerv¬ 
ous  centres  at  some  point,  as  poisons  as  well  as  mild  remedies 
affect  some  particular  portion  of  the  body  by  an  elective  tendency 
to  that  organ.  Not  only  is  their  action  confined  to  a  particular 
organ,  but  even  to  a  particular  part  of  a  system.  Thus  strych¬ 
nine  affects  the  spinal  centre  of  the  nervous  system,  while 
opium,  hyocyamus  and  chloroform  affect  the  cranial  contre. 
Now,  it  may  be  that  the  different  poisons  or  their  modification, 
affect  particular  portions  of  the  nervous  system  or  even  a  differ¬ 
ent  part  of  the  same  centre.  While  marsh -malarial  deranges 
the  spinal  cord,  the  cause  of  typhoid  fever  evidently  impresses 
some  of  the  cranial  centres.  One  being  intermittent  of  one 
week’s  duration,  and  cured  by  spinal  tonics,  the  other  con¬ 
tinued  and  runs  a  period  of  three  weeks.  May  not  the  high¬ 
land  cryptogams  affect  an  intermediate  point,  and  hence  in¬ 
termediate  in  duration,  etc  t — Atlanta  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal ,  Nov-ember. 


THE  DECAY  OF  THE  EMOTIONS. 

In  reading  history,  one  cannot  but  be  struck  with  the  decay 
of  the  emotions  which  has  taken  place  in  the  last  few  centuries, 
say  since  the  rise  of  national  literatures.  Men  do  not  love  or 
fear,  hate  or  enjoy,  with  the  violence  they  ouce  did.  The 
whole  tone  of  modern  life  is  against  such  emotional  excess. 
We  see  in  this  age  the  charge  of  the  Light  Brigade  through  a 
valley  raked  by  cannon  shot;  but  the  individual  soldier  is 
seized  by  no  such  fury  as  the  Berserker tcuth  of  the  Northmen. 
Men  pursue  their  purposes  with  no  less  tenacity,  and  with  un- 
dimiuished  unscrupulousness,  but  the  passion  of  revenge, 
which  played  such  a  prominent  part  in  the  days  of  yore,  is 
now  next  to  obsolete.  In  the  autobiography  of  Benvenuto 
Gellini,  that  great  artist  informs  us  that  after  an  insult  he  was 
seized  with  a  sort  of  fever  or  delirium,  which  could  not  be  ap¬ 
peased  until  he  had  wreaked  his  resentment. 

Many  instances  are  on  record  of  persons  dying  outright  from 
grief,  or  joy,  or  disappointment,  while  now  a  days  such  occur¬ 
rences  are  extremely  rare.  Several  such  are  recorded  in  the 
Memoires  of  the  Marechal  de  Vielleville,  a  leading  French  Gen¬ 
eral  of  the  Sixteenth  century  On  one  occasion  lie  had  sur¬ 
prised  and  captured  a  young  Spaniard  who  had  charge  of  an 
outlying  post.  It  was  under  circumstances  of  a  nature  to 
entail  severe  censure  on  the  captive,  for  carelessness.  Although 
unhurt  and  in  good  health,  he  died,  of  mere  grief,  the  first  night 
of  his  captivity.  Examples  are  not  rare  where  a  courtier  for¬ 
bidden  the  royal  presence  presently  died  of  mortification. 
They  seemed  less  able  to  hold  out  against  moral  reverses 
than  now. 


1880 1 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


735 


It  is  evident  that  to-day  men  are  less  apt  to  act  on  impulse 
than  formerly.  They  weigh  and  ponder  more.  This  power¬ 
fully  affects  their  viability,  and  is  unquestionably  an  import¬ 
ant  factor  in  the  longer  lives  that  modern  generations  have. 
With  this  comes  a  much  greater  tolerance  of  disease  and  of 
unhealthy  surroundings.  Less  easily '  depressed,  with  more 
hope  and  better  grounds  for  it,  they  do  not  yield  to  the  de¬ 
pressing  and  often  fatal  effects  of  fear  and  despair. 

Evidently,  therefore,  the  decay  of  the  emotions  is  a  hygienic 
advantage.  It  means  the  increased  power  of  the  intellectual 
elements  of  mind.  It  is  a  sign  of  progress,  and  as  closely 
associated  with  greater  tenacity  of  life,  is  one  which  the  physi¬ 
cian  should  foster.  In  marked  neurotic  temperaments  the  con¬ 
trol  of  the  emotion  is  the  most  difficult  lesson  to  learn,  but  is 
essential  to  safety.  Self-government  is  not  attained  until  the 
actions  are  guided  by  thought  rather  than  impulse ;  and  the 
improvement  of  the  individual  or  the  race  is  conditioned  on 
personal  self  government. — Med.  and  Surg.  Reporter ,  Nov.  29. 


AN  ARGUMENT  FOR  THE  GERM  THEORY. 

It  is  curious  to  note  how  often  very  unwholesome  conditions 
are  found  to  be  coexistent  in  a  district  with  a  low  death-rate 
and  an  immunity  from  fatal  infectious  disease.  One  such  in¬ 
stance,  at  Lyinington,  we  alluded  to  not  very  long  ago,  and  two 
other  cases  of  the  same  kind  have  been  recently  reported  to  the 
Local  Government  Board  by  Dr.  Blaxall  and  Mr.  T.  C.  Langdon, 
as  existing  at  Okehampton  and  in  the  Wells  Rural  Sanitary 
District  respectively.  At  Okehampton  the  water-supply  is  ex¬ 
posed  to  pollution  from  the  direct  communication  which  exists 
between  the  mains  of  the  closets,  and  the  sewerage  is  most  de¬ 
fective  and  imperfect.  The  sewers  are  unventilated,  and  the 
arrangements  for  flushing  are  for  the  most  part  unsatisfactory. 
The  privies,  which  are  used  where  sewers  do  not  exist,  are  of 
the  most  objectionable  description,  differing  only  in  degree  of 
unwholesomeness.  The  contents  are  allowed  to  accumulate  for 
an  indefinite  period,  while  the  privv-structures  generally  present 
every  stage  of  delapidation.  Pigs  are  very  commonly  kept,  often 
in  unwholesome  relation  to  dwellings,  and  usually  in  a  very 
filthy  and  neglected  condition.  The  floors  of  many  of  the 
dwellings  are  damp,  which  probably  accounts  for  the  excep¬ 
tional  prevalence  of  rheumatism  in  the  town.  Certain  of  the 
houses  are  very  delapidated,  and  most  of  them  are  surrounded 
by  conditions  greatly  prejudicial  to  the  health.  Yet  the  death- 
rate  for  the  two  years  1879  and  1878  was  17  per  1,000,  and  that 
for  the  intermediate  year  only  12.5  per  1,000,  zymotic  diseases 
being  conspicuous  by  their  absence.  As  Dr.  Blaxall  points  out, 
however,  this*  favorable  result  must  not  be  allowed  to  lull  the 
authority  into  a  sense  of  false  security,  seeing  that  the  conditions 
revealed  as  every  where  present  in  their  midst  are  the  very  con 


736 


Editorial. 


[January 

ditiom  which  are  recognized  as  favorable  to  the  development  and 
spread  of  infectious  disease ,  especially  cholera  and  enteric 
fevers ;  and  these  diseases  introduced  into  the  town  would  be 
liable  at  any  time,  with  the  existing  state  of  things,  to  become 
widespread  and  fatal. 

In  his  report  on  the  Wells  Rural  District,  Mr.  Langdon  shows 
that,  notwithstanding  the  low  death-rate  of  the  district  (14  per 
1,000),  many  unwholesome  conditions  exist  that  may  foster  the 
recurrence  of  preventable  diseases.  The  water-supply  of  some 
parts  of  the  districts  is  much  contaminated,  and  in  others  so 
circumstanced  that  it  is  liable  to  pollution  by  means  of  excre- 
mental  and  surface  soakage.  Although  there  is  in  many  places 
an  abundance  of  water,  yet  it  is  often  not  available  for  the  pur¬ 
poses  of  the  population,  and  where  springs  are  used  they  are 
not  sufficiently  protected.  Very  generally  the  means  of  sewer¬ 
age  and  drainage  are  defective.  The  privies  are  faulty  in  con¬ 
struction.  and  occasion  much  nuisance ;  and  indeed  the  action 
of  the  sanitary  authority  seems  to  have  been  generally  very  im¬ 
perfect. 

[The  heading  of  this  extract  from  the  British  Medical  Journal 
sounds  like  a  sarcasm.  The  facts  cited  are  curious,  but  not 
corroborative  of  the  prevalent  belief  in  the  necessity  of  drain¬ 
age  and  pure  drinking-water  to  secure  health.] — Louisville 
Medical  News,  Nov.  8. 


f 


DITORIAL. 


We  offer  our  subscribers  the  customary  New  Year’s  compli¬ 
ments  and  good  wishes  for  themselves  and  “  theirs;”  employ¬ 
ing  the  last  word  in  its  most  inclusive  sense.  If  1880  should 
only  perpetuate  through  its  course,  the  peaceful  prosperity  of 
its  predecessor,  our  profession  may  go  on  advancing  in  useful¬ 
ness  and  knowledge  without  any  distraction  or  impediment. 
Indeed  the  opportunity  is  offered  in  1880  to  gather  the  greatest 
amount,  and  most  valuable  of  medical  statistics  ever  obtained 
in  this  country.  As  our  readers  are  aware  it  is  the  decade 
upon  which  our  national  census  is  to  be  taken.  The  excellent 
superintendent  includes  in  the  statistics  required  an  amount, 
and  character  of  information  upon  medical  subjects,  never  be¬ 
fore  sought  to  be  obtained.  The  success  or  failure  of  his  efforts 
depends  so  much  upon  the  co-operation  of  our  profession  that 


Editorial. 


737 


1880] 

the  responsibility  of  the  result  may  be  chargeable  to  us.  Let 
us  endeavor  to  secure  the  best  attainable  results. 

Those  of  our  readers  who  have  not  been  supplied  with  the 
census  circular  to  physicians,  can  obtain  them  by  addressing 
Gen.  Walker,  Superintendent  of  Census  Bureau,  Washington, 
D.  C. 


DOUBLE  PNEUMONIA  AND  ABORTION. 

On  the  1 1th  of  March  1  was  called  to  see,  with  another  phys¬ 
ician,  a  white  woman,  aged  33  years  ;  skin  very  hot,  both 
cheeks  flushed,  eyes  suffused,  respiration  about  23,  pulse  120. 
Complained  of  severe  pain  in  both  sides  of  the  chest.  Cough 
constantly.  Both  sides  dull  on  percussion,  right,  side  more  in¬ 
volved.  Respiratory  murmur  at  upper  part  of  both  lungs  very 
loud,  accompanied  by  some  tine  crepitation.  Tongue  very 
broad  and  flat,  deeply  furrowed  in  centre,  base  covered  with  a 
dense,  dirty,  brownish  fur,  lips  red,  breath  very  offensive. 
Diagnosed  double  pneumonia.  Ordered  a  large  mush  poultice, 
to  cover  both  sides  of  the  thorax,  to  be  as  hot  as  the  patient 
could  endure  it.  Acetate  of  ammonia,  in  one  drachm  doses, 
to  be  given  every  three  hours.  Five  grains  of  dextro-quiuine 
every  six  hours.  Eleven  A.  M.  next  day  pulse  was  120. 
Right  lung  more  involved,  pain  more  acute,  respiration  more 
rapid,  mouth  dry,  tongue  more  brown,  fissure  deeper,  heat  of 
skin  103J.  Ordered  poultice  to  be  continued,  and  increased 
my  dose  of  dextro-quiuine  to  twelve  grains,  to  be  given  at  once, 
and  repeated  in  four  hours.  At  nine  P.  M.  saw  the  patient ; 
complained  of  diarrhoea.  Three  doses  of  dextro-quinine  were 
taken,  and  the  symptoms  were  much  improved.  For  the 
diarrhoea  a  few  drops  of  MonselPs  solution  of  iron  were 
ordered  every  hour.  Nourishment  principally  consisting  of 
milk.  Dextro-quinine  was  given  only  twice  during  the  night. 
On  the  morning  of  the  12th  symptoms  much  improved, 
though  the  dullness  was  as  great,  but  heat  and  restlessness 
abated  somewhat;  diarrhoea  under  control.  During  the  next 
two  days  the  acetate  of  ammonia  was  continued  in  one-drachm 
doses,  every  four  hours,  five  grains  of  dextro-quinine  to  be 
given  three  times  a  day. 


738  Editorial.  [January 

On  the  loth  I  was.  called  in  haste  to  her.  Found  pulse  135, 
respiration  very  rapid,  skin  very  hot ;  two  slight  convulsions 
came  on  while  I  was  with  her.  Ordered  beef  tea  and  milk  to 
be  given  frequently,  in  small  quantities.  Tincture  of  vera- 
trum  was  given  in  small  doses  every  hour.  Four  o’clock  I  saw 
her  again ;  was  told  that  labor  pains  were  on  her.  She  was 
four  months  advanced.  Made  a  vaginal  examination,  and 
found  the  os  dilated,  perineum  soft  and  yielding,  but  little 
hemorrhage,  and  before  I  feft  the  house  the  foetus  was  expelled 
minus  the  placenta.  The  shock  this  abortion  inflicted  on  the 
system  was  fearful ;  she  became  semi-comatose,  pulse  went  up 
to  150,  small  and  thready,  breathing  diaphragmatic.  Several 
convulsions  then  came  on.  Hard  ones  were  on  her  in  twenty 
minutes  or  more.  Face  was  pale,  skin  of  body  intensely  hot, 
while  the  extremities  were  cold.  Something  had  to  be  done 
forewith,  and  as  I  put  about  as  much  faith  in  dextro-quinine 
as  most  men  do  in  a  good  brake  on  an  express  train,  1  poured 
out  what  I  thought  to  be  a  good  twenty-grain  dose  of  that 
drug,  which  was  dissolved  in  a  solution  of  tartaric  acid,  and 
poured  it  down  her  throat.  This  was  repeated  in  an  hour.  It 
was  certainly  marvelous  to  witness  the  effects  produced.  In 
two  hours  the  pulse  was  reduced  forty  beats,  and  the  skin 
much  cooler.  Though  the  convulsions  did  not  entirely  sub¬ 
side  in  that  time,  they  were  very  much  lessened.  In  three 
hours  mQre  I  gave  her  ten  grains  again  ;  by  night  she  recov¬ 
ered  her  senses.  Next  day  I  found,  to  my  surprise,  that  there 
was  very  much  less  solidness  of  lung  than  at  any  other  time  since 
I  first  saw  her.  I  removed  the  placenta  with  a  hook  this  day  ; 
but  very  little  hemorrhage  occurred  at  any  time.  The  dextro- 
quinine  was  now  combined  with  Squibb’s  tincture  of  iron,  five 
grains  to  thirty  drops  every  three  hours.  From  this  time  on 
the  convalescence  went  on  uninterruptedly.  I  make  no  com¬ 
ments  on  this  case,  but  would  ask  the  attention  of  the  profes¬ 
sion  to  the  line  of  treatment  followed,  which  I  believe  will,  be 
found  a  successful  one  in  cases,  both  of  double  pneumonia, 
pleuropneumonia,  intermittent  fever,  and  allied  diseases. — 
Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter ,  December,  1879. 

L.  A.  Rutherford,  M.D. 


1880J 


Obituary. 

OBITUARY. 


739 


Thomas  Kennard,  M.  D. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  St.  Louis  Medical  Society,  the  following 
was  pased  as  an  expression  of  respect  to  the  memory  of  Dr 
Thomas  Kennard : 

With  a  deep  sense  of  the  sad  and  irreparable  loss  we  have 
sustained  in  the  death  of  Thomas  Kennard,  Ex-President  and 
honored  member  of  this  Society,  we  give  expression  to  grief 
and  record 

IN  MEMORIAM 

this  tribute  to  his  manly  virtues  and  excellencies,  and  to  his 
professional  capacity,  attainments  and  standing. 

Nature  cast  him  in  no  diminutive  mould  ;  lavish  of  her  gifts, 
he  was  not  denied  ability  to  acquire  knowledge  from  books,  but 
added  thereto  the  capacity  to  create  it  by  observations  and  ex- 
pierence.  Thorough  literary  training  and  extensive  reading 
formed  an  appropriate  basis  for  his  professional  education.  As¬ 
siduously  he  kept  pace  with  the  rapid  progress  of  scieucific 
medicine ;  patiently  and  energetically  he  practiced  the  art  with 
enviable  success. 

Cosmopolitan  in  all  of  his  views,  the  elevation  of  the  standard 
of  medicine  was  near  to  his  heart,  and  while  he  inculcated  need¬ 
ful  professional  reform,  he  demanded  for  medicine  a  more  just 
recognition  of  its  relations  to  government,  society  and  the  other 
noble  professions,  an  enlightened  secular  and  religious  press, 
and  an  intelligent  public.  And  for  the  welfare  of  profession 
and  people  he  desired  the  safeguards  and  protection  of  wise 
legislation. 

Eminently  characteristic  of  our  lamented  brother  was  the 
bold  and  fearless  advocacy  of  his  views.  He  wielded  a  free 
lance,  neither  giving  nor  asking  quarter.  Concise,  condensed 
and  incisive,  he  grasped  the  gist  and  marrow  of  a  subject,  and 
whether  in  its  presentation  or  defence  wielded  with  grace  and 
precision  the  weapons  of  debate.  As  he  spoke  so  did  he  write, 
and  his  frequent  contributions  to  our  Journals  and  the  various 
monographs  emanating  from  his  pen  have  elicited  merited 
praise  and  remain  an  enduring  monument  to  the  enlarged  views 
and  ability  of  the  writer. 

For  the  administration  of  affairs  he  was  singularly  well 
adapted,  and  whether  as  President  of  the  Society  or  Chairman 
of  its  important  committee,  he  exhibited  an  acquaintance  with 
parliamentary  law  and  the  routine  of  business  which  harmon¬ 
ized  action  and  attained  results. 

Honest  and  honorable  in  all  of  his  dealings,  he  strictly 
obeyed  the  spirit  and  letter  of  our  ethics,  and  in  professional 
intercourse  he  was  marked  by  exceeding  fairness  and  respect 
for  others. 


7 40  Proceedings  of  A  ttakapas  Medical  Association.  [  J anuary 

Capable,  truthful  and  sceintific  himself,  he  despised  quackery 
in  all  its  forms,  and  his  deep  censure,  mingled  with  contempt, 
fell  heavily  upon  hypocrisy  and  pretension. 

A  man  of  strong  character,  it  was  not  astonishing  that  he  had 
devoted  friends  and  decided  enemies.  The  former  testify  to  his 
kindly  and  affectionate  nature,  while  the  latter  find  more  to  ad¬ 
mire  than  to  condemn. 

Only  close  association  elicited  a  full  knowledge  of  the  gentle, 
kindly  disposition  which  underlaid  the  sometimes  harsh  and 
severe  exterior  presented  by  our  deceased  brother. 

He  was,  without  ostentation,  charitable,  not  only  in  speech, 
but  in  acts. 

A  strong  man  has  fallen  !  A  counsellor,  friend  and  leader  is 
lost  to  us  forever!  We  sorrow  with  the  family  of  our  deceased 
brother,  and  offering  this  tribute  to  his  memory,  tender  our  con¬ 
dolences  and  express  a  hope  that  on  u  the  other  shore”  he  “  rests 
from  his  labors  ”  and  reaps  the  reward  of  the  just. 


Proceedings  of  the  Attakapas  Medical  Association. 

New  Iberia,  Nov.  27,  1879. 

SECOND  MEETING. 

The  Attakapas  Medical  Association  was  called  to  order  at  1 
o’clock  P.  M.,  President  Dr.  A.  Duperier  in  the  chair,  and  a 
quorum  present.  The  minutes  of  the  last  meeting  were  read 
and  approved. 

The  Secretary  reported  that  pursuant  to  orders  received  at 
the  last  meeting,  he  had  addressed  a  circular  letter  to  the 
several  physicians  of  the  Attakapas  parishes,  inviting  them 
to  attend  the  next  meeting  of  the  association  at  New  Iberia, 
on  the  27th  of  November. 

The  Secretary  again  reported  that  several  physicians  from 
the  parishes  of  St.  Martin  and  St.  Mary  were  present,  and 
were  ready  to  participate  in  the  organization. 

The  Secretary  also  reported  that  quite  a  number  of  letters 
had  been  received  in  answer  to  his  circular  address ;  all  ap¬ 
proving  of  the  move  of  the  society,  and  promising  support 
and  co-operation.  These  letters  were  read  and  ordered  to  be 
recorded. 

The  society  then  proceeded  to  complete  its  permanent  or¬ 
ganization. 

On  motion,  duly  made  and  seconded,  it  was 

Resolved ,  That  a  committee  on  credentials  be  appointed. 
Motion  adopted. 

The  Chair  appointed  Dr.  Colgin  and  Dr.  Woolf,  of  New 
Iberia,  on  said  committee. 


1880]  Proceedings  of  Attakapas  Medical  Association.  741 

After  the  verification  of  the  diplomas  by  the  committee  on 
credentials,  the  members  came  forward  and  signed  the  Consti¬ 
tution  and  By-Laws. 

The  meeting  then  proceeded  to  regular  order  of  business. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Woolf,  duly  made  and  seconded,  the  Sec¬ 
retary  was  requested  to  inform  the  Louisiana  State  Medical 
Association,  and  the  Kew  Orleans  Medical  Society  of  the  or¬ 
ganization  of  this  association.  Motion  adopted. 

On  motion,  duly  made  and  seconded,  Dr.  J.  G.  Mestayer 
offered  the  following : 

Resolved ,  That  the  second  article  of  the  Constitution  be  read. 
Motion  adopted. 

The  article  was  read  as  follows  : 

The  objects  of  this  association  shall  be  the  pursuit  aud  cul¬ 
tivation  of  the  practice  of  medicine,  aud  the  sciences  on  which 
the  same  is  based,  together  with  the  defence  of  rights  aud  the 
elevation  of  the  dignity  of  the  medical  profession ;  also,  the 
protection  of  the  professional  interests  of  its  members,  and  the 
cultivation  of  harmony  and  fraternal  feeling  among  the  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  profession  within  its  boundaries. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  M.  W.  Richardson,  duly  made  and  sec¬ 
onded,  it  was 

Resolved ,  That  a  committee  be  appointed,  whose  duty  it  shall 
be  to  examine  the  statutes  of  the  State,  and  if  found  necessary, 
to  draw  up  a  petition  to  the  Legislature,  at  its  next  meeting, 
requesting  that  a  law  be  passed  for  the  protection  of  the  qual¬ 
ified  and  regular  practice  of  medicine,  against  quackery,  and 
the  unqualified  practice  of  medicine,  midwifery  and  surgery 
within  the  State. 

Resolved ,  also ,  That  the  President  of  this  Society  be  the 
chairman  of  that  committee.  Motion  adopted. 

The  Chair  appointed  on  this  committee  Drs.  Richardson  and 
Colgin,  of  Iberia ;  Dr.  Maguire,  of  St.  Mary,  and  Dr.  Thomas, 
of  St.  Martin. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Blanchet,  duly  made  and  seconded,  it  was 

Resolved,  That  a  committee  of  three  be  appointed  to  draw  up 
a  schedule  of  regular  prizes  for  the  practice  of  medicine  in  the 
Attakapas  parishes.  Motion  adopted. 

The  Chair  appointed  on  the  committee  Drs.  Blanchet,  A.  Ma¬ 
guire  and  F.  Thomas. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Thomas,  duly  made  and  seconded,  the  Sec¬ 
retary  was  requested  to  have  the  minutes  of  this  meeting  pub¬ 
lished  iu  the  local  papers,  and  to  have  a  copy  of  the  same  sent 
to  the  several  physicians  of  Attakapas.  Motion  adopted. 

Dr.  Mestayer  offered  for  examination  a  case  of  exstrophy  of 
the  bladder. 

Dr.  Maguire  made  a  verbal  report  of  the  cases  of  yellow 
fever  in  Cypremort,  and  was  invited  to  make  a  written  report 
of  those  interesting  cases  to  the  ^National  Board  of  Health, 
and  was  also  requested  to  present  the  same  at  the  next  meet¬ 
ing  of  this  Association. 


742  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  [January 

On  a  vote  of  the  majority,  the  society  decided  to  hold  the 
next  meeting  in  New  Iberia. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Thomas,  duly  made  and  seconded,  the 
meeting  then  adjourned  until  March  4th,  1880. 

Dr.  G.  Blanchet, 

Secretary. 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


Diseases  of  Women.  By  Lawson  Tait,  F.  R.  C.  S.,  Surgeon  to 
Birmingham  Hospital  for  Women  ;  member  of  the  Obstet¬ 
rical  Societies  of  Londou,  Dublin,  and  Edinburg;  author 
of  the  Hastings  Essay  for  1873,  etc.  Second  edition, 
thoroughly  revised  and  enlarged.  Specially  prepared  for 
‘‘Woods  Library.”  8vo.  pp.  192.  New  York :  William 
Wood  &  Co.  New  Orleans:  Armand  Hawkins,  Medical 
Book-seller,  196£  Canal  street. 

What  high-heeled  boots  are  to  short  men  thick  paper  is  to 
short  books.  The  volume  before  us  is  of  the  set  known  gener¬ 
ally  to  the  profession  as  Woods  Library  of  Standard  Medical 
Authors,  and  corresponds  in  size  and  binding  to  Hilton  on 
“  Rest  and  Pain,”  which  contains  299  pages,  We  are  not  find¬ 
ing  fault  with  the  work — for  it  is  a  much  larger  book  than  it 
appears  to  be.  It  contains  large  and  important  facts,  and 
systematic  and  conscientious  teachings. 

The  arrangement  of  the  work  is  peculiar  in  some  respects. 
The  various  subjects  are  taken  up  in  the  natural  following 
order:  I,  Mons  Veneris;  II,  Vulva;  III,  Vagina;  IV,  Uterus; 
V,  Broad  Ligaments ;  VI,  Fallopiau  Tubes ;  VII,  Ovaries;  VIII, 
Pelvic  Bones;  IX,  Dilatation  of  the  Cervix  Uteri  by  contin¬ 
uous  elastic  pressure. 

Under  these  headings  the  diseases  of  each  locality  and  organ 
are  taken  up  and  practically  treated.  Time  and  again  does  the 
author  give  valuable  information  by  citing  cases  occurring  in 
his  own  practice  where  his  mistakes  proved  valuable  lessons. 
Tait’s  teachings  are  sound  and  the  ease  and  simplicity  of  his 
writings  will  render  his  work  a  valuable  addition  to  medical 
libraries. 


1880] 


Re  v  iew 8  and  Boole  Notices. 


743 


A  Manual  of  Midwifery  for  Midwives  and  Medical  Students. 
By  Fancourt  Barnes,  M.D.,  F.  R.  0.  P.  12mo.  j>p.  201. 
Philadelphia :  H.  C.  Lea.  New  Orleans :  Armand  Haw¬ 
kins,  Medical  Book  Store,  196^  Canal  street. 

This  little  work  from  the  practical  character  of  its  teachings 
will  meet  with  favor  from  those  for  whom  it  was  written  and  also 
from  graduates  of  medicine.  But  we  believe  authors  make  mis¬ 
takes  in  bringing  such  works  to  the  attention  of  students  for  the 
reason  that  brevity  and  not  thoroughness  seems  to  be  the  object 
aimed  at,  and  careful  attention  only  to  elaborate  treatises  on 
medical  subjects  will  fit  the  student  for  complete  appreciation 
of  the  facts  brought  flippantly  to  their  notice  by  pocket  editions 
of  special  subjects.  The  work  is  well  and  clearly  written  and, 
as  far  as  it  goes,  had  much  to  recommend  it. 


Photographic  Illustration  of  Skin  Diseases.  By  George  Henry 
Fox,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Clin.  Prof.  Dermatology,  Starling  Med. 
Col.,  Columbus.  O.,  Surgeon  to  N.  Y.  Dispensary,  Depart¬ 
ment  of  Skin  and  Venereal  Diseases,  etc.  4to.  New  York: 
E.  B.  Treat.  1879.  [Sold  by  N.  D.  McDonald  &  Co.,  116 
Carondelet  street,  N.  O.,  and  45  Broad  street,  Charleston, 
S.  C.] 

The  illustrations  of  this  work  are  executed  from  negatives 
taken  of  actual  cases,  and  colored  by  Dr.  J.  Gaertner,  formerly 
a  student  and  physician  under  Hebra  at  Vienna.  These  have 
been  selected  from  a  collection  of  several  thousand  taken  by 
by  Mr.  O.  C.  Mason,  Photographic  Artist  to  the  Bellevue  Hospi¬ 
tal,  during  the  last  ten  years,  and  from  other  sources  at  the 
command  of  the  author. 

The  work  consists  of  twelve  monthly  parts,  each  consisting  of 
four  plates,  with  two  pages  of  printed  matter  accompanying 
each  plate,  descriptive  of  the  diseases  and  suggesting  appro¬ 
priate  treatment.  The  four  parts  already  issued  treat  of  the 
following  affections  :  I.  Comedo,  Acne  Vulgaris,  Lepra  Tube- 
rosa,  Elephantiasis  ;  II.  Keloid,  Rosacea,  Psoriasis,  Ichthyosis ; 
III.  Fibroma  Pendulum.  Varicella,  Zoster  Pectoralis  and  Lum- 
balis,  Eczema  Universale ;  IV.  Leucoderma,  Chromophytosis, 
Favuo,  Capitis  and  F.  Corporis,  Eczema  Cruris. 

The  prominent  feature  of  the  work  is  the  illustrations,  which 


744  Books  and  Pamphlets  Received.  [January 

are  far  superior  to  any  others  that  have  come  under  our  notice. 
By  the  use  of  card- board,  10x12  inches,  there  is  ample  room 
for  a  large  picture,  and  the  skillful  coloring  of  the  artist  su- 
peradded  to  the  fidelity  of^the  photographic  process  renders 
the  illustration  the  best  substitute  possible  for  the  living  subject. 

8.  S.  H. 

Annual  Address  oj  the  President  of  the  Kentucky  Medical  Society, 
delivered  at  Louisville,  Ky .,  May  10,  1879.  By  Dr.  C.  H. 
Todd,  of  Owensboro,  By.,  8  vo.,  pp.  8. 

The  subject  of  the  address  is  State  Medicine,  particularly 
those  branches  relating  to  Public  Hygiene  and  Medical  Educa^ 
tion.  It  appears  that  there  is  in  Kentucky  a  State  Board  of 
Health  appointed  by  the  Governor,  and  Local  Boards  appointed 
by  the  County  Judges ;  but  these  boards  are  not  clothed  with 
power  to  enforce  sanitary  measures.  Dr.  Todd  would  vest  the 
appointment  of  the  State  Board  in  the  State  Medical  Society, 
and  thai  of  the  Local  Boards  in  the  physicians  of  the  several 
counties.  The  members  of  these  several  boards  should  all  be 
physicians,  and  the  civil  authorities  should  be  required  to  carry 
out  the  instructions  of  their  medical  advisers,  the  Board  of 
Health. 

In  the  second  branch  of  his  subject  Dr.  Todd  makes  a  plea 
for  a  higher  education  in  our  profession,  commencing  with  the 
preliminary  course. 

We  like  to  see  this  subject  of  State  Medicine  agitated  in  our 
profession.  Physicians  all  acknowledge  its  importance,  but  it 
is  only  by  incessant  reiteration  of  arguments  by  a  few  indefati¬ 
gable  workers,  that  the  great  mass  are  ever  moved  to  earnest 
effort  resulting  iu  appreciable  progress. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


Annual  Address  before  the  American  Academy  of  Medicine  at 
New  York,  September  1 6th,  1879.  By  Lewis  H.  Steiner,  A.  M. 
M.  D.,  of  Frederick,  Md.,  President  of  the  Academy,  Perma- 


1880] 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


745 


nent  Member  American  Medical  Association,  Fellow  American 
Association  for  Advancement  of  Science,  etc.,  etc. 

Infant  Feeding  and  its  Influence  on  Life  or  the  Causes  and  Pre. 
vention  of  Inf  ant  Mortality.  By  C.  H.  F.  Routh,  M.  D.,  M.  R.  C- 
P.  L.,  Fellow  of  University  College,  London,  of  the  Medical, 
Medico-Chirurgical,  and  Obstetrical  Societies,  etc.,  etc. 

Transactions  oj  the  Twenty-ninth  Anniversary  Meeting  of  the 
Illinois  State  Medical  Society ,  Session  1879. 

Transactions  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania 
at  its  Thirtieth  Annual  Session.  May ,  1879. 

Transactions  of  the  Mississippi  State  Medical  Association ,  XII. 
Annual  Session ,  April  1st,  2d  and  3d,  1879. 

Biographical  Dictionary  of  American  Physicians  and  Surgeons. 
By  William  B.  Atkinson,  M.  D.,  Permanent  Secretary  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  and  of  the  Medical  Society  of 
the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  etc.,  etc. 

Report  of  the  Results  in  Thirty-one  Cases  of  Phthisis,  treated  at 
Aiken ,  S.  C,,  during  the  Season,  1878,  79.  By  W.  H.  Geddings, 
M.  D.,  Aiken,  S.  C.  Reprint  from  the  Medical  Record,  Novem¬ 
ber  15th,  1879. 

Ninety- Seventh  Annual  Catalogue  of  the  Medical  School  ( Bos¬ 
ton )  of  Harvard  University ,  1879-80. 

A  Clinical  Inquiry  into  the  Diagnostic  Significance  of  Absent 
Patellar  Tendon  Reflex.  By  C.  H.  Hughes,  M.  D.  Reprint  from 
the  Alienist  and  Neurologist,  January,  1880. 

Valedictory  Address  to  the  Graduating  Class  of  the  Medical  De¬ 
partment  of  the  University  of  California .  By  W.  F.  McNutt,  M. 
D.,  L.  R.  C.  P.  Ed.,  etc.,  etc.,  Professor  of  Principles  and  Prac¬ 
tice  of  Medicine,  Medical  Department,  University  of  California. 
Reprint  from  the  Western  Lancet,  December,  1879. 

A  Case  of  Complete  Inversion  of  the  Uterus ,  with  Remarks  upon 

the  Modern  Treatment  of  Chronic  Inversion.  By  Clifton  E.  Wing, 

\ 

M.  D.,  Boston. 


74<> 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables.  [January 

Meteorological  Summary — November,  1879. 
Station— New  Orleans. 


a  . 
cs  is 

h-H  -t-> 

3  6 

tf 

c8  fcl 

ss 

.2 .2  ns 

— i  43  d 

Date. 

ss  5 
fl« 

Pi 

~  a 

CZ 

Q  E-i 

~  a 

CG  P 

QS 

■s  O.p 

*r  C 

'V 
<5  a 

Q  'c8 

Ph 

1 

30.30 

60.0 

59.0 

North. 

.03 

2 

30.25 

63  0 

63.0 

N.  E. 

.18 

3 

30.27 

60.7 

53.3 

N.  E. 

4 

30.30 

57.2 

54.3 

East. 

5 

30.22 

63.5 

74.3 

East. 

.48 

6 

30.13 

67.0 

83.0 

S.  W. 

1.33 

7 

30.06 

67.2 

78.0 

S.  E. 

8 

30.02 

72.0 

79.7 

S.  E. 

9 

30.15 

73.2 

86.7 

S.  E. 

10 

30.14 

73.0 

91.7 

S.  E. 

.38 

11 

30.06 

74.5 

84.7 

S.  E. 

.... 

12 

30.06 

76.0 

79.7 

S.  E. 

13 

30.08 

76.0 

77.0 

S.  E. 

14 

29.95 

75.2 

82.3 

South 

.03 

15 

29.94 

77.2 

79.7 

S.  W. 

16 

30.04 

76.279.7 

s-  E. 

17 

30.03 

76.0 

76.7 

S.  E. 

18 

30.23 

55.5 

62.3 

North 

.33 

19 

30.28 

53.7 

47.3 

N.  W. 

20 

30.35 

52.2 

38.7 

North 

21 

30.32 

51.5 

51.0 

N.  E. 

22 

30.27 

54.7 

56.0 

East. 

23 

30.31 

59.2 

61.7 

S.  E. 

24 

30.30 

61.0 

66.7 

East. 

25 

30.28 

63.5 

67.3 

S.  E. 

26 

30.20 

66.2 

74.7 

S.  E. 

.... 

27 

30.06 

70.5 

87.0 

South 

.... 

28 

30.07 

68.5 

76  0 

South 

103 

29 

30.34 

53.0 

41.7 

North 

30 

31 

30.35 

50.5 

54.0 

N.  E. 

Sums 

Means 

g 

I  o 

1  CO  . 

64.9 

68.9 

1  S.  E. 

3.79 

General  Items. 


Mean  Barometer,  30.179. 

Highest  Barometer,  30.410,  on  21st. 
Lowest  Barometer,  29.897,  on  14th  in. 
Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  0.513 
Highest  Temperature, 82°on  13th,  15th. 
Lowest  Temperature,  38°  on  21st. 
Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  44°. 
Greatest  Daily  Range  of  Temperature, 
23°  on  18th. 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp. ,9°  on  10th 
Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures,  71.1° 
Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  57.3° 
Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  13.8°. 
Prevailing  Direction  of  Wind,  S.  E. 
Total  Movement  of  Wind,  5,983  miles. 
Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc¬ 
tion,  25  miles,  North  on  18th. 
Number  of  Clear  Days,  9. 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  10 
Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 
Rain  fell,  4. 

Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 
Rain  fell,  7.  Total  number  of  days 
on  which  rain  fell,  11. 


COMPARATIVE  TEMPERATURE. 


1871 . 

. 1 

1876  .. 

.59.2° 

1872 . 

1877... 

.58.3° 

1873  . 

.61.2° 

1878. . . 

.60.8C 

1874 . 

.66.3° 

1879... 

.64.9° 

1875 . 

65.6° 

1880. . . 

COMPARATIVE 

PRECIPITATION. 

1871 . .inches. 

1  1876. . 

4.35  inches 

1872 . 

U 

1  1877  . 

6.58 

u 

1873... 5.95 

a 

j  1878.. 

7.78 

u 

1874. .1.12 

u 

1  1879.. 

3.79 

u 

1875.. 6  79 

u 

|  1880.. 

u 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  November  23d,  1879,  to 
December  21st,  1879,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump 

tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

November  30. 

0 

1 

10 

0 

3 

81 

December  7 

0 

2 

15 

0 

12 

100 

December  14. 

0 

l 

9 

0 

6 

70 

December  21. 

0 

2 

9 

0 

8 

111 

Total .... 

0 

6 

43 

0 

29 

362 

NEW  ORLEANS 


Medical  jlnd  Surgical  Journal. 


FEBRUARY,  1880. 


PAGINAL  pOyMyVIUNICATIONS. 


Pernicious  Fever  —  Its  Varieties  and  Treatment. 

By  J.  P.  DAVIDSON,  M.D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

(  Bead  before  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association .) 


The  term  pernicious  is  used  by  continental  writers  to  desig¬ 
nate  a  form  of  malarial  fever  which,  in  the  Western  and  South¬ 
ern  parts  of  the  United  States,  receives  the  appellation  of 
congestive  fever,  and  malignant  intermittent  fever.  Both  of 
these  latter  names  are  objectionable,  as  calculated  to  lead  to 
erroneous  views  of  the  disease — in  the  one  case  implying  that 
the  essential  pathological  condition  is  congestion,  from  which 
all  the  other  symptoms  are  derived,  and  from  which  all  the 
danger  is  to  be  apprehended  ;  in  the  other,  that  blood-poison¬ 
ing  and  serious  alterations  of  the  fluids  of  the  body,  such  as 
occur  in  typhus  and  other  malignant  diseases,  would  account 
for  the  severity  of  the  disease  and  its  fatality. 

The  term  pernicious,  while  indicating  the  gravity  of  the 
disease,  does  not  express  any  specific  morbid  condition,  and  is 
therefore  free  from  such  objection. 

In  all  malarial  regions  of  both  hemisphers,  under  certain 
local  conditions,  and  in  seasons  marked  by  a  general  preva¬ 
lence  of  malarial  fevers ;  when  the  simple  and  ordinary  variety 
of  intermittent  fever  abounds,  cases  of  pernicious  fever  occur, 


748 


Original  Communications. 


[February 


and  at  certain  epochs  the  proportion  of  cases  is  more  or  less 
large  and  the  fatality  of  the  disease  is  great,  making  it  one  of 
the  most  dangerous  diseases  which  the  physican  has  to  combat. 

The  disease  has  always  been  rife  in  the  valley  of  the  Missis¬ 
sippi  river  and  its  tributaries,  and  along  the  southern  shores 
of  the  Northern  lakes. 

During  the  period  of  the  transformation  of  the  forests  into 
cultivated  fields  in  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Arkansas,  Alabama, 
Tennessee,  and  other  States,  pernicious  fevers  abounded  epidem¬ 
ically,  and  though  the  disease  is  not  now  so  general  as  formerly, 
they  still  occur  frequently  enough  to  render  it  a  formidable  va¬ 
riety  of  the  endemic  miasmatic  fevers  of  our  country. 

While  the  simple  and  ordinary  intermittent  fever  is  compar¬ 
atively  void  of  danger,  the  disease  from  the  mild  type  in  the 
second  or  third  paroxysm,  often  passes  into  that  of  pernicious 
fever.  The  physican  should  therefore  always  be  on  his  guard 
and  resort  to  such  measures  as  will  promptly  break  up  the  re¬ 
currence  of  the  paroxysms. 

Fortunately,  in  no  disease  involving  as  much  danger  as  per¬ 
nicious  fever  is  efficient  and  timely  treatment  more  successful. 

The  danger  involved  in  the  disease,  however  mild  the 
incipiency  of  the  intermittent  paroxysms,  must  never  be  lost 
sight  of. 

Attacks  of  pernicious  fever  may  take  place  at  any  season  of 
the  year ;  they  occur,  however,  most  frequently  in  the  autum¬ 
nal  months,  and  in  seasons  when  malarial  fevers  have  abound¬ 
ed  during  the  spring  and  summer. 

The  term  pernicious  has  been  limited  commonly  in  our  coun¬ 
try  to  those  forms  of  miasmatic  fevers  characterized  by  very 
sudden  and  great  prostration,  in  which  the  innervation  is  ex¬ 
tremely  and  dangerously  disturbed,  but  continental  writers 
have  divided  pernicious  fever  into  many  varieties,  dependent 
upon  the  predominant  features  of  organic  disturbance  in  any 
case  of  malarial  disease.  Alibert  and  Contancean  swell  the 
list  to  as  many  as  twenty  varieties,  embracing  in  it,  intermit¬ 
tent  fevers,  the  benignity  of  which  is  evident,  such  as  “exan- 
themic,  rheumatic,  dysenteric,  icteric,”  etc.,  etc.,  distinctions 


1880J 


Davidson — Pernicious  Fever. 


749 


not  recognized  in  our  country,  and  to  which  the  term  pernicious 
is  of  doubtful  application. 

In  this  city  the  term  pernicious  is  also  applied  by  some  of 
our  physicians  of  large  experience  and  great  reputation,  to 
yellow  fever,  occuring  among  Creole  children  during  an  epi¬ 
demical  prevalence  of  the  disease,  and  to  which  they  assign 
the  name  of  a  recognized  variety  of  pernicious  miasmatic  fever, 
the  haemorrhagic,  contending  that  children  born  in  the  city 
are  not  amenable  to  yellow  fever. 

The  more  commonly  recognized  divisions  of  this  form  of 
miasmatic  fever  ;  designating  symptomatic  features  of  the 
disease  in  different  cases,  may  be  thus  classed :  The  algid  in¬ 
termittent,  the  remittent,  the  comatose  and  the  haemorrhagic. 
To  these  a  fifth  has  been  added,  the  continued,  or  typho-mala- 
rial,  but  it  is  only  after  the  fever  has  lasted  several  days  that 
it  can  be  said  with  any  propriety  to  be  continued,  for,  if  the 
patient  survive  this  period  of  the  disease,  it  will  almost  cer¬ 
tainly  put  on  a  paroxysmal  type. 

Most  frequently  the  fever  is  either  intermittent  or  remittent, 
and  though  often  quotidian,  its  more  common  type  is  tertian. 

All  observers  agree,  that  in  the  largest  proportion  of  cases* 
pernicious  fever  begins  as  a  mild  and  common  type  of  inter¬ 
mittent  fever,  without  the  occurrence  of  any  symptoms  denot¬ 
ing  special  gravity,  the  cold  stage,  or  chill,  not  commonly 
severe,  or  marked,  and  the  hot  stage  being  slight,  or  imper¬ 
fectly  developed.  The  period  of  intermission  characterized  by 
customary  health,  and  a  return  to  usual  avocations.  The 
mildness  of  the  paroxysm  preceding  the  invasion  of  a  pernicious 
one,  tending  to  mislead  both  the  physician  and  patient  of  any 
attendant  danger  in  the  disease.  Hence,  the  great  importance 
at  all  times,  but  more  particularly  whenever  cases  of  perni¬ 
cious  fever  are  known  to  prevail,  of  prompt  measures  to  arrest 
the  paroxysms.  A  second  paroxysm  may  occur  and  if  not 
arrested,  the  next  one  presents  all  the  pernicious  symptoms 
and  may  be  rapidly  fatal. 

According  to  my  own  observation  the  third  paroxysm  is  the 
one  in  which  most  commonly,  the  pernicious  phenomena  pre¬ 
sent  themselves  ;  though  instances  occur  of  the  algid  form  in 


750  Original  Communications.  [February 

which  no  reaction  takes  place  from  the  first  chill,  the  patient 
dying  in  that  paroxysm. 

The  first  symptoms  of  the  disease  are  usually  chilliness, 
cephalalgia,  pains  in  the  small  of  the  back  and  limbs,  intense 
thirst,  flushes  of  heat,  alternating  with  perspiration,  frequent 
and  irregular  pulse,  nausea,  and  often  vomiting,  with  great 
jactation.  These  may  be  suddenly  followed  by  more  alarm¬ 
ing  symptoms  denoting  great  danger. 

The  face,  hands,  and  feet  present  a  livid  appearance,  the 
eyes  sunken,  extremities  icy  cold,  respiration  hnrried  and 
irregular.  The  body  covered  with  a  profuse,  cold,  clammy 
sweat ;  the  hands  and  fingers  wrinkled  as  if  long  immersed 
in  water,  the  skin  about  the  ears,  back  of  the  neck,  and  the 
extremities  purplish,  from  capillary  stasis.  The  mind  is  com¬ 
monly  clear  and  undisturbed  by  delirium,  but  the  patient  is 
anxious  and  restless.  Vomiting  is  frequent;  every  thing 
taken  on  the  stomach  being  rejected ;  the  matter  ejected  is 
rarely  bilious,  chiefly  mucus,  and  sometimes  consisting  of  blood, 
and  a  sense  of  burning  heat  or  heartburn  is  complained  of. 

The  sense  of  internal  heat  is  extreme,  and  the  chest  and 
abdomen  will  be  found  to  be  warm,  while  the  rest  of  the  body 
is  of  icy  coldness.  The  tongue  is  commonly  pale,  broad  and 
flat,  the  edges  indented  by  the  teeth,  and  coated  with  a  thick 
and  whitish  fur. 

In  this  condition,  the  stomach  will  not  usually  tolerate  stim¬ 
ulants,  though  from  the  feeble  and  oppressed  action  of  the 
heart  they  are  indicated ;  their  administration,  in  many  instan¬ 
ces,  giving  rise  to  increased  heart  burn  and  provoking  vomit¬ 
ing.  Owing  to  the  perverted  nervous  condition,  heat  applied 
to  the  extremities,  even  the  warmth  of  the  hand,  is  unpleasant 
to  the  patient.  The  bowels,  though  sometimes  confined,  are 
almost  always  frequently  moved,  the  dejections  being  copious, 
exhausting,  watery,  pinkish,  and  resembling  in  odor  and  color 
the  washings  of  putrid  meat. 

This  condition  of  collapse  in  pernicious  fever  closely  resem¬ 
bles  that  of  cholera,  and  both  are  probably  due  to  a  similar 
pathological  condition — a  lesion  of  innervation  affectiug  the 
cerebro-spinal  axis. 


1880] 


Davidson — Pernicious  Fever. 


751 


If  no  effort  at  reaction  succeeds  and  remedies  fail  to  bring  it 
about,  the  respiration  becomes  slower  and  sighing,  the  cerebral 
functions  give  way,  the  countenance  becomes  hippocratic,  hic¬ 
cough  takes  place,  and  the  patient  gradually  sinks  into  death. 

It  more  frequently  happens,  however,  that  the  symptoms  of 
collapse,  after  enduring  in  a  more  modified  degree  than  as 
above  described,  for  several  hours,  are  followed  by  symptoms 
of  reaction,  the  heat  of  the  body  becomes  gradually  restored, 
the  pulse  acquires  strength  and  volume,  the  vomiting  and 
purging,  if  previously  existing,  abate  or  entirely  disappear ;  a 
moderately  warm  perspiration  is  set  up  and  the  patient  falls 
into  a  more  or  less  calm  sleep.  A  somewhat  marked  exacerba¬ 
tion  takes  place,  but  not  always  proportionate  to  the  preceding 
depression  of  the  vital  powers. 

This  intermission,  though  it  may  retain  no  traces  of  the 
former  state,  in  feelings  of  languor  and  nervous  prostration,  is 
only  illusive,  the  disease  temporarily  receding,  as  it  were,  to 
return  in  the  next  paroxysm  with  redoubled  force  and  with  a 
fatal  termination  probably. 

It  not  unfrequently  happens,  both  in  the  intermittent  and 
remittent  forms  of  pernicious  fever,  that  a  paroxysm  will  run 
its  course  as  in  a  mild  type  of  malarial  fever,  but  in  the  last 
stage  the  perspiration  becomes  very  profuse  and  exhausting, 
the  fever  passing  from  a  mild  and  ordinary  form  into  a  perni¬ 
cious  one. 

The  anatomical  characters  presenting  themselves  in  this  dis¬ 
ease  are  quoted  from  the  work  of  Dr.  F.  C.  Maillot  on  intermit¬ 
tent  fevers  as  observed  by  him  in  France,  Corsica  and  Africa 
in  1836. 

He  found  the  arachnoid  opaque  aud  injected,  the  blood  ves¬ 
sels  of  the  brain  iujected,  the  substance  of  the  brain  increased 
in  density  and  the  cortical  substance  of  a  deep  red  color,  the 
ventricals  containing  a  bloody  effusion  of  serum.  The  pia 
mater  of  both  brain  and  spinal  marrow  and  the  substance  of 
the  spinal  marrow  generally  injected,  less  firm  than  in  the  nat¬ 
ural  state,  reddish  softening  to  the  extent  of  8  or  10  lines  from 
the  edge  of  the  last  dorsal  vertebra. 

The  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  softeued  over  its 


752  Original  Communications.  [February 

whole  extent,  with  thickening,  and  bright  red  or  blackish,  and 
in  some  instances  the  membrane  pale.  A  similar  condition  of 
the  mucous  membrane  of  the  duodenum  and  jegunutn  was 
found,  the  follicles  enlarged  without  redness  either  recent  or  of 
long  standing ;  sometimes  patches  of  redness  were  observed. 

The  liver  was  variously  affected,  beiug  either  deep  red  and 
the  tissue  softened  like  that  of  the  spleen,  or  enlarged,  yellow¬ 
ish,  dry  and  readily  broken,  or  of  enormous  size  and  engorged 
with  dark  blood,  or  softened  to  the  consistenee  of  a  paste. 
The  spleen  was  always  enlarged,  either  firm  or  reduced  to  a 
pulp  (en  uue  bouillie)  the  aspect  of  which  resembled  chocolate 
paste  made  with  water,  and  in  some  instances  the  spleen  was 
ruptured.  The  thoracic  viscera  were  generally  perfectly 
healthy. 

The  essential  cause  of  pernicious  fever,  all  writers  upon  it 
agree,  is  unquestionably  the  same  as  in  all  other  forms  of 
miasmatic  fever,  and  its  peculiar  character  has  not  been  deter¬ 
mined,  but  is  supposed  to  “  arise  from  a  more  intense  action  of 
the  miasmatic  poison.” 

The  symptomatic  phenomena  in  pernicious  fever  are  ascribed 
“  to  the  peculiar  state  of  inuervation,  disturbing  the  due  per¬ 
formance  of  the  organic  functions,  and  to  which  the  conges¬ 
tion  of  the  interior  organs  is  also  due,  and  not  to  any  inflam¬ 
matory  condition,  which  is  incompatible  with  the  periodic 
alterations  from  disease  to  comparative  health,  so  notable  iu 
this  as  in  other  forms  of  malarial  fever.” 

Maillot  states  that  xM.  Guerin  de  Mamers  also  regards  inter¬ 
mittent  as  a  neurosity  of  the  cerebro-spinal  centres,  “  says  he, 
to  a  lesion  of  which  belongs  (se  rattachent)  the  development 
and  the  reproduction  of  paroxysms,  is  not  a  phlegmasia,  not 
even  an  irritation  in  the  proper  sense  of  this  term,  but  only  an 
abnormal  excitation  (in  other  words  an  unestablished  and  unde¬ 
cided  irritation)  of  those  parts  of  them  (nerve  centres)  which 
control  nervous  influx.”  He  continues  :  “  The  analysis  of  the 
symptoms  conducts  to  the  same  point  of  view  as  the  pathol¬ 
ogical  anatomy,  and  we  are  thus  brought  to  regard,  with  M. 
M.  Royer,  Guerin  de  Mamers,  and  others,  intermittent  fevers 
as  an  affection  of  the  cerebro- spinal  axis.  But  our  opinion 


Davidson — Pernicious  Fever. 


753 


1880J 

differs  from  the  learned  observers,  in  that  we  think  that  this 
affection  is  something  else  thau  a  neurosity.  Relying  on  the 
pathological  anatomy,  we  believe  that  it  is  an  irritation  which 
has  the  anatomical  character  of  a  hyperemia  of  the  nervous 
substance  and  its  envelopes.” 

He  adds  further,  in  treating  of  the  lesions  in  the  algid  form 
of  pernicious  fever:  u  Very  certainly,  after  all  the  facts  that  I 
have  collected,  the  lesions  in  the  spinal  marrow  are  more 
marked  (prononc4es)  in  the  algid  thau  in  the  other  varieties  of 
pernicious  fever  ” — summing  up  his  reflections  with  this  state¬ 
ment — u  The  active  hyperemic  irritation  of  the  cerebro  spinal 
axis,  is  therefore  what  constitutes  the  nature,  the  essence  of 
intermittent  fevers,  whether  we  study  the  mild  types,  or  those 
which  become  pernicious  by  the  direct  lesion  of  the  nervous 
system,  or  indeed  those  complicated  with  thoracic  and  abdom¬ 
inal  irritations.’7 

Diagnosis. — When  we  consider  the  great  danger  involved  in 
this  fever,  over  the  simple  and  ordinary  form  of  intermittent 
fever,  a  correct  diagnosis  is  of  the  very  utmost  importance  to 
the  life  of  the  patient  5  for,  there  is,  perhaps,  no  disease  in¬ 
volving  equal  danger  to  life  in  which  successful  treatment  is 
more  marked  than  in  this. 

When  the  disease  is  fully  developed  it  can  scarcely  be  mis¬ 
taken,  if  the  physician  is  on  his  guard,  and  realizes  the  fact 
that  in  all  intermittent  fevers,  or  bilious  remittent  fevers,  per¬ 
nicious  symptoms  may  take  place,  and  yield  to  treatment,  or 
terminate  with  the  paroxysm,  only  to  return  in  the  next  with 
increased  intensity,  and  when  not  apprehended,  and  guarded 
against  promptly,  proves  fatal. 

Mallot  propounds  this  question :  “  Can  we  determine  before¬ 
hand,  and  from  the  first  paroxysm,  whether  an  intermittent  will 
become  pernicious  ?”  “  I  think  not ;  frequently  the  invasion  of  a 

pernicious  paroxysm  gives  no  indication  that  it  will  prove  of 
that  character.  Undoubtedly,  one  should  apprehend  a  dan¬ 
gerous  course,  whenever  the  visceral  irritations  are  intense, 
etc.  For  myself,  I  have  often  seen  in  the  lapse  of  a  day,  with¬ 
out  intermediate  indications,  pernicious  paroxysms  succeed  the 
most  benign.” 


754  Original  Communications.  [February 

We  should  be  very  wrong  in  supposing  that  pernicious 
fevers  are  ordinarily  only  fatal  until  the  third  or  fourth  parox¬ 
ysms.  Nevertheless  it  does  occur,  that  certain  indications  of 
a  threatened  pernicious  character  of  the  disease  frequently  reveal 
themselves  in  the  first  paroxism,  and  should  not  be  misinter¬ 
preted  or  disregarded.  “  Such  as  the  absence  of  any  sense 
of  chilliness,  or  of  rigors,  with  prolonged  coolness  of  the 
extremities,  unequal  distribution  of  heat,  nausea  or  vomiting, 
with  frequent,  large  and  liquid  stools,  great  restlessness,  a 
small,  frequent  and  irregular  pulse,  with  either  wakefulness 
and  slight  delirium  or  undue  somnolency.”  During  the  apyr- 
exia,  the  continuance  of  any  of  the  above  symptoms  should 
awaken  the  solicitude  and  apprehension  of  the  physician,  and 
induce  him  to  interpose  promptly  such  measures  as  will  avert 
the  danger  of  a  recurring  paroxysm. 

Treaiment — Galled  to  see  a  patient  in  the  first  paroxysm ; 
the  endeavor  should  be  to  bring  about  reaction  as  speedily  as 
possible,  and  to  endeavor  to  counteract  the  extreme  nervous 
depression.  Formerly,  under  the  pathological  view  of  conges¬ 
tion,  and  under  the  theory  of  fevers  as  inculcated  by  Brussais, 
referring  them  all  to  a  primary  gastric  irritation,  the  abstrac¬ 
tion  of  blood  was  practiced  both  from  the  arm  and  by  leeches 
to  the  epigastrium  and  the  temples.  Bleeding  was  also  resorted 
to  during  the  cold  stage  with  a  view  to  a  relief  of  the  congested 
vessels.  This  practice,  under  later  pathological  views  aud  the 
want  of  success,  has  been  wholly  abandoned,  except  in  cerebral 
cases,  marked  by  coma  with  a  full  and  corded  pulse,  iu  which 
cases  the  abstraction  of  blood,  both  generally  and  topically,  may 
be  resorted  to  beneficially,  and  bladders  of  ice  should  be 
applied  to  the  head. 

Emetics  have  been  recommended  to  arouse  the  system  and 
bring  on  reaction ;  but  these  are  of  doubtful  benefit  and  may 
do  harm,  if  much  gastric  irritation  and  tenderness  of  the  epi¬ 
gastrium  exist. 

Under  the  depressed  state  of  the  nervous  system,  with  the 
frequent  vomiting  aud  purging  so  commonly  present,  cathar¬ 
tics  and  all  other  treatment  of  a  debilitating  character  are  con¬ 
tra-indicated.  Dry  heat  applied  to  the  extremities  with  fric- 


Davidson — Pernicious  Fever. 


755 


1880J 

tions  of  dry  mustard,  or  mustard  and  red  pepper,  will  be  appro¬ 
priate  ;  and,  if  the  stomach  will  bear  it,  stimulants  may  be 
administered  at  short  intervals  until  evidence  of  reaction  is 
perceived,  when  they  should  be  discontinued  or  be  given  at 
longer  intervals.  My  own  experience  has  been  that  stimulants 
as  a  general  rule  are  not  well  borne  by  the  stomach,  increase 
vomitting  and  are  apt  to  prove  injurious  when  reaction  takes 
place. 

If  the  purging  is  frequent,  and  the  stools  large  and  loose, 
resort  should  be  had  at  once  to  opium  in  combination  with 
quinine.  Two  grains  of  quinine  and  half  a  grain  of  opium  in 
pill  may  be  given  every  hour  until  the  purging  is  controlled,  and 
if  the  stomach  will  not  tolerate  the  pill  an  enema  of  40  or  60 
drops  of  laudanum  with  10  or  15  grains  of  tannin,  mixed  in  three 
or  four  ounces  of  thin  starch  water,  may  be  given  ;  dry  cups 
be  applied  to  the  epigastrium  and  a  sinapism  be  applied  over 
the  whole  abdomen.  Frictions  may  be  made  at  the  same  time 
with  turpentine  along  the  course  of  the  spine. 

Paramount  to  all  other  remedies,  without  waiting  for  the 
evidences  of  reaction,  the  sulphate  of  quinia  should  be  at  once 
administered,  and  the  amount  given  at  a  dose  should  be  appor¬ 
tioned  to  the  gravity  of  the  symptoms  j  always  bearing  in  mind 
that  under  the  perverted  nervous  condition  of  the  organism, 
absorption  is  slow  and  much  tolerance  of  the  mediciue  may  be 
relied  on  as  a  general  rule.  Twenty  grains  in  pill  form,  alone 
or  combined  with  capsicum,  may  be  given  every  two  or  three 
hours  until  its  effects  on  the  nervous  system  are  fully  estab¬ 
lished,  as  indicated  by  deafness  and  tinitus  aurium.  Should  the 
quinine  not  be  borne  by  the  stomach,  it  should  be  given  hypo¬ 
dermically  in  doses  of  sufficient  size,  not  less  than  five  grains, 
repeated  hourly  until  cinchonism  is  fully  induced. 

The  hypodermic  administration  in  my  own  hands  has  met 
with  the  objection  of  almost  invariably  giving  rise  to  swelling 
and  abcess,  notwithstanding  every  care  to  effect  a  perfect  solu¬ 
tion  of  the  crystals,  and  adopting  the  formula  of  Dr.  Seguin, 
of  New  York,  and  of  others  of  large  experience  in  the  hypo¬ 
dermic  use  of  quinia. 

2 


750  Original  Communications.  [February 

Eeliance  may  be  placed  on  the  administration  of  the  sulphate 
of  quiuia  by  enema  when  the  stomach  rejects  it.  The  dose 
should  be  as  large  as  the  bowel  will  be  likely  to  tolerate.  Sixty 
grains,  with  the  addition  of  20  or  40  drops  of  laudanum  and 
an  ounce  of  brandy  may  be  mixed  in  four  ounces  of  thin  starch 
water  or  other  mucilage,  and  given  by  enema  at  once.  It  is 
best  to  dissolve  the  quiuia  by  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of 
acid  to  faciliate  its  absorption.  The  laudanum,  in  combination 
with  the  quiuia,  is  appropriate  when  the  tendency  to  purgiug 
exists  and  favors  the  retention  of  the  enema. 

The  contra-indication  of  the  administration  of  opium  to  con¬ 
trol  the  purgiug,  would  be  any  decided  cerebral  symptoms,  in 
which  case  resort  may  be  had  to  any  of  the  vegetable  astrin¬ 
gents,  combined  with  chalk  or  bismuth,  and  either  tannin  or 
the  acetate  of  lead  may  be  combined  with  the  quiuia  given  by 
enema. 

Should  reaction  be  established  by  these  measures,  and 
the  paroxysm  pass  off,  as  is  often  the  case  in  the  first  paro¬ 
xysms  of  the  disease,  care  must  be  taken,  during  the  a  pyrexia, 
to  continue  the  quiuia  in  sufficient  amount,  from  10  to  20 
grains,  at  intervals  of  three  or  four  hours,  so  as  to  keep  up 
cinchonism  and  ward  off  another  paroxysm.  The  extremities 
should  be  kept  warm  by  the  application  of  heat,  and  warm 
drinks  be  given,  aud  thus  endeavor  to  keep  off  chill. 

Under  treatment  of  this  kind  the  paroxysms  of  a  pernicious 
tendency  may  be  interrupted  ;  promptness  and  boldness  in  the 
administration  of  quiuia  being  of  the  very  utmost  importance, 
but  without  pushing  its  exhibition  to  the  herculean  doses  com¬ 
mended  by  some  physicians,  from  which  it  should  be  borne  in 
mind  permanent kleafness  has  ensued. 

In  cases  of  the  algid  form  of  the  disease,  in  which  the  symp¬ 
toms  of  collapse  manifest  themselves  early,  I  know  of 
no  plan  of  treatment  calculated  to  meet  the  exigencies  of  the 
case,  equal  to  the  use  of  the  cold  douche.  Its  use  has  been 
strongly  urged  by  many  writers,  and  was  practiced  at  an 
early  period  of  the  history  of  the  disease  iu  the  Southern 
States. 

No  time  is  to  be  lost  in  relieving  the  patient  of  the  lesion  of 


Davidson — Pernicious  Fever. 


757 


1880J 

innervation  and  bringing  about  reaction.  Delay  in  experi¬ 
menting  with  stimulants,  sinapisms,  frictions,  etc.,  is  time 
thrown  away,  and  will  commonly  disappoint  the  expectations 
of  the  physician.  While  the  depressed  condition  of  the  heart’s 
action  continues,  with  the  serum  of  the  blood  exuding  through 
the  paralyzed  capillaries  of  the  whole  mucous  lining  of  the 
bowels,  and  the  copious  transudation  through  the  skin,  ex. 
hausting  the  patient,  and  deepening  the  collapse,  calorification  is 
difficult  to  restore ;  all  means,  therefore,  of  arousing  the  ener. 
gies  of  the  nervous  system  short  of  the  shock  produced  by 
the  cold  douche,  properly  administered,  will  avail  but  little. 

As  the  best  way  of  illustrating  the  procedure  practiced  by 
me  in  such  cases,  I  cite  the  following  case  : 

Mr.  J.  N.,  a  planter,  of  middle  age,  robust  in  form,  and  of 
general  good  health,  was  attacked  in  the  month  of  October, 
with  a  tertian  intermittent  fever,  and  was  attended  by  Dr.  L., 
a  physician  of  standing  and  long  experience  in  the  profession. 

The  paroxysms  were  marked  by  no  special  indications  of  any 
tendency  to  a  pernicious  form,  beyond  the  continuance,  during 
the  periods  of  intermission,  of  some  degree  of  restlessness 
and  nausea. 

His  physician  had  applied  wet  cups  to  the  epigastrium  ; 
gave  the  patient  calomel  and  administered  quinia  in  full  doses 
during  the  apyrexia. 

In  the  third  paroxysm,  which  took  place  early  in  the  fore¬ 
noon,  the  patient  passed  suddenly  into  a  collapsed  state,  and 
about  3  o’clock,  P.  M.,  I  was  called  to  see  the  patient  in  con¬ 
sultation. 

I  found  him  in  a  calm  frame  of  mind,  suffering  no  acute 
pain,  but  complaining  of  a  sense  of  oppression  and  stricture 
about  the  chest ;  the  respiration  was  frequent  with  a  double 
effort  at  inspiration.  He  complained  of  nausea  and  heartburn, 
attended  with  a  feeling  of  great  internal  heat,  accompanied 
with  intense  thirst.  The  pulse  thread-like,  rapid  and  hardly 
percex>tible  at  the  wrist;  eyes  sunken,  voice  puerile,  skin  be¬ 
dewed  with  a  cold,  clammy  sweat ;  the  extremities  very  cold, 
the  skin  about  the  ears,  back  of  the  neck  atid  the  extremities 
of  a  purplish,  livid  hue,  and  the  integuments  of  the  hands  and 


758  Original  Communications.  [February 

fingers  wrinkled,  as  if  they  had  been  immersed  in  water.  The 
jactatation  was  very  great,  and  the  bowels  running  off,  the 
stools  being  copious  and  liquid  ;  the  tongue  was  coated  with  a 
thick  white  fur,  pale  and  broad.  The  surface  of  the  chest 
and  the  abdomen  was  warm.  Under  the  perverted  nervous 
condition  characteristic  of  this  collapsed  state,  all  warmth 
applied  to  the  cold  surface  was  unpleasant,  and  the  patient 
complained  even  of  the  heat  of  the  hand  when  applied  to  the 
pulse. 

Informed  by  his  physician  of  the  almost  hopelessness  of  his 
case,  he  had  summoned  his  pastor,  a  Presbyterian  minister, 
who  was  at  his  bed  side  when  I  entered  the  room. 

I  determined  to  use  the  cold  douche  to  which  Dr.  L.  con¬ 
sented,  the  patient  being  left  in  my  charge  while  the  doctor 
visited  his  family.  It  was  practiced  in  this  way  : 

The  patient,  perfectly  nude,  was  laid  supine  on  a  blanket 
stretched  upon  the  floor.  A  large  tub  of  very  cold  water,  pro¬ 
cured  from  an  abundant  and  shaded  spring  was  provided,  and 
standing  at  his  head,  I  threw  a  large  bucketful  of  water  with 
considerable  force  from  his  chest  downwards.  The  shock  was 
severe,  but  not  unpleasant,  as  he  afterwards  informed  me. 
Four  bucketfuls  in  rapid  succession  were  thus  applied,  and  the 
patient  replaced  in  bed  upon  a  sheet,  and  thoroughly  rubbed 
dry,  after  which  the  sheet  was  removed  and  blankets  placed 
over  him.  An  enema,  containing  60  grains  of  quinine,  40  drops 
of  laudanum,  an  ounce  of  brandy,  in  4  ounces  of  thin  starch 
water,  was  thrown  up  the  bowels  and  a  compress  held  to  the 
person  to  assist  in  its  retention.  Bottles  of  hot  water  were 
applied  to  the  feet,  and  the  whole  surface  of  the  body  and  ex¬ 
tremities  rubbed  briskly  with  dry  mustard.  Brandy  toddy 
was  administered  in  small  draughts,  but  discontinued,  as  it 
gave  rise  to  burning  sensation  in  the  stomach  and  brought  on 
nausea. 

The  immediate  effect  'of  the  douche  was  evinced  in  dimin¬ 
ishing  the  frequency  and  irregularity  of  the  respiration,  allay¬ 
ing  the  thirst  and  jactatation  and  temporarily  raising  the  pulse, 
which  could  be  felt  somewhat  more  distinctly  at  the  wrist. 

The  enema  was  passed  in  about  forty  minutes  with  a  con- 


1880] 


Davidson — Pernicious  Fever. 


759 


siderable  thin  dejection.  Shortly  afterwards  all  the  restless¬ 
ness  and  disquiet  returned  with  the  previous  interrupted  and 
hurried  respiration. 

The  douche  was  again  resorted  to,  the  patient  himself  anx¬ 
iously  calling  for  it,  and  desiring  that  he  should  receive  it  in  a 
prone  position.  Four  more  bucketfuls  of  water  were  dashed  upon 
him,  and,  when  replaced  in  bed,  the  enema,  with  60  grains  of 
quinia,  60  drops  of  laudanum  and  one  ounce  of  brandy,  was  at 
once  given  and  the  dry  heat  to  the  extremities  aud  frictions 
repeated  as  before. 

The  reaction  was  somewhat  more  marked  after  this  douche, 
the  patient  expressing  decided  relief  from  the  sense  of  internal 
heat,  the  respiration  becoming  slower  and  more  regular,  and 
the  pulse  could  be  felt  distinctly  enough  to  be  counted,  with 
some  feeling  of  returning  power.  Though  .some  retching  occa¬ 
sionally  took  place  no  vomiting  occured,  but  the  patient  spat 
off  quite  frequently  an  white  frothy  mucus. 

At  the  expiration  of  two  hours,  notwithstanding  the  persist¬ 
ent  use  of  the  frictions,  to  the  extremities,  and  with  turpentine 
along  the  course  of  the  spine,  and  a  cautious  repetition  of 
the  brandy  toddy,  what  was  gained  by  the  last  douche  seemed 
to  be  disappearing.  It  was  again  repeated  and  carried  to  the 
same  extent  and  in  the  same  posture.  The  enema  having  been 
retained,  it  was  deemed  best  to  repeat  the  quinia  in  the  same 
dose  and  with  the  adjuvants  before  named,  care  being  taken  to 
have  it  retained.  Heat  was  applied  to  the  extremities  and  the 
frictions  were  continued.  Not  long  afterwards  the  patient  fell 
into  a  calm  sleep  which  lasted  a  short  time.  Reaction  steadily 
progressed,  the  pulse  developing  and  the  heat  of  the  trunk 
gradually  extending  to  the  extremities.  From  this  time  forth 
all  the  untoward  symptoms,  little  by  little,  passed  away,  and 
the  escape  of  the  patient,  from  the  peril  in  which  he  had  been 
so  suddenly  plunged,  was  assured. 

The  reaction  became  full  and  complete,  and  the  patient, 
throughout  the  next  day,  was  able  to  take  appropriate  nourish¬ 
ment  and  to  retain  several  doses  of  quinine,  10  grains  being- 
given  at  intervals  of  three  and  four  hours  to  keep  up  cinchonism 
and  prevent  another  paroxysm.  No  further  medication  was 


760  Original  Communications.  [February 

needed  in  the  case  beyond  a  dose  of  oil  to  move  the  bowels 
some  days  afterwards. 

The  cold  douche  could  not  be  indiscriminately  practiced,  and 
should  be  restricted  to  persons  of  sufficiently  robust  constitu¬ 
tion  to  bear  the  shock,  and  whose  vital  powers  had  not  been 
exhausted  by  long  continuance  of  malarial  or  other  disease. 
In  a  modified  form,  however,  it  could  be  beneficially  used 
in  many  cases  with  whom  the  douche  would  be  deemed 
hazardous, — as  by  the  wet  sheet  or  by  cold  sponging  the  whole 
surface  of  the  body,  rapidly  practiced,  and  followed  imme¬ 
diately  by  frictions,  the  administration  of  stimulants  and  the 
other  measures  advised. 

Following  the  divisions  of  pernicious  fever  before  announced, 
though  “  these  diversities  are  to  be  regarded  as  symptomatic 
features  of  the  same  malarial  disease  occuring  in  pernicious 
paroxysms” — the  comatose  form  of  pernicious  fever  will  be 
considered. 

Comatose  Form — In  this  form  of  pernicious  fever  the  parox¬ 
ysm  is  ushered  in  with  drowsiness,  severe  pain  in  the  head, 
coldness  of  the  extremities,  a  somewhat  full  and  resisting  pulse, 
either  preternaturally  slow  or  quickened  and  often  decided 
delirium. 

As  the  fever  deveJopes,  the  cerebral  disturbance  deepens  into 
profound  coma.  The  respiration  is  labored,  loud  and  sterte- 
rous,  like  that  of  apoplexy,  and  the  pupils  are  dilated.  These 
symptoms,  as  in  the  algid  form  of  the  disease,  usually  present 
themselves  in  he  first  paroxysm  and  may  prove  fatal. 

If  the  paroxysm  pursues  its  course,  as  soon  as  the  sweating 
stage  begins,  the  cerebral  phenomena  gradually  decline,  the 
brain  is  relieved  of  congestion,  the  patient  returns  to  conscious¬ 
ness  and  a  more  or  less  distinct  remission  or  intermission  takes 
place ;  the  dullness  of  mind  and  soporose  feelings  pass  away. 
More  commonly,  however,  there  remain  with  the  patient  traces 
of  the  cerebral  oppression  from  which  he  has  emerged. 

Though  the  comatose  symptoms  for  the  most  part,  manifest 
themselves  with  the  invasion  of  the  cold  stage  of  the  first  parox¬ 
ysm,  I  have  known  them  to  be  delayed  until  the  third  parox- 


Davidson — Perniciotis  Fever. 


761 


1880J 

ysm,  following  those  of  a  benign  character  and  ushered  in 
with  convulsions. 

Maillot  cites  instances  of  epileptic  convulsions  in  the  parox¬ 
ysms  of  this  form  of  pernicious  fever. 

If  the  return  of  a  paroxysm  is  not  prevented,  the  recurrence 
is  sure  to  be  violent  and  is  generally  fatal. 

The  pathology  of  this  form  of  pernicious  fever,  as  far  as  our 
knowledge  extends,  does  not  differ  from  that  of  other  forms  of 
the  disease. 

The  treatment  is  essentially  the  same  as  in  pernicious  inter¬ 
mittent  fever.  Blood,  however,  may  be  taken,  either  generally 
or  topically,  as  the  full  and  forcible  condition  of  the  pulse  may 
warrant.  The  douche  or  the  wet  sheet  will  prove  beneficial, 
and  bladders  of  crushed  ice  should  be  kept  to  the  head  while 
the  blood  is  invited  to  the  lower  extremeties  by  warm  applica¬ 
tions,  synapisms,  etc. 

As  soon  as  a  remission  or  intermission  begins,  no  time  should 
be  lost  in  the  administration  of  quinia  in  the  same  way  as  was 
recommended  in  the  algid  form  of  intermittent  fever. 

PERNICIOUS  REMITTENT  FEVER. 

Pernicious  remittent  fever  is  to  be  regarded  as  differing  from 
simple  remittent  fever,  or  bilious  fever,  not  attended  by  any 
symptoms  of  a  grave  character,  bringing  it  under  the  designa¬ 
tion  of  pernicious.  The  fever  presents  the  same  diversities 
as  characterise  pernicious  intermittent  fever.  The  remittent 
course  of  the  fever,  usually  distinctly  marked,  but  often  only 
denoted  by  the  diminished  frequency  of  the  pulse  and  decline 
of  malaise  and  suffering,  constitutes  the  essential  difference 
between  the  two  diseases,  as  their  causation  and  pathology 
are  alike,  and  in  their  treatment  call  for  the  same  remedial 
measures. 

Pernicious  remittent  fever  is,  however,  attended  with  more 
danger  than  pernicious  intermittent  fever,  and  is  of  a  very 
fatal  character. 

In  the  limits  of  this  paper  it  would  be  impossible  to  discuss 
the  varieties  of  remittent  fever  of  a  pernicious  type,  as  they  are 
described  by  authors,  under  names  derived  from  geographical 


762  Original  Communications.  [February 

relations  and  conditions,  such  as  the  “  Bengal  fever,”  the 
“  African  fever,”  “  Walcheren  fever,”  etc. 

The  severe  forms  of  remittent  fever  may  be  preceded  by 
premonitory  symptoms,  such  as  languor,  chilliness,  restless¬ 
ness,  pain  in  the  head,  back  and  loins,  pains  in  the 
epigastrium,  nausea,  and  slow,  small  and  irregular  pulse. 
These  symptoms  are  soon  followed  by  a  short  cold 
stage.  In  other  cases  the  disease  is  usually  ushered  in 
with  a  decided  chill ;  the  pulse  is  small  and  frequent,  nausea 
and  vomiting  occur,  the  thirst  is  considerable  and  great 
malaise  is  complained  of.  The  duration  of  the  chilly  seusa. 
tions  is  very  variable,  often  only  for  a  half  hour  or  so,  and 
frequently  prolonged  for  one  or  more  hours.  The  chill,  how¬ 
ever,  bears  no  relation  to  that  usually  introducing  a  paroxysm 
of  intermittent  fever.  When  the  febrile  stage  is  fully  devel¬ 
oped,  the  heat  of  the  skin  is  pungent,  the  face  is  flushed,  the 
eyes  suffused,  the  head  is  hot,  respiration  hurried,  and  the 
pulse  increase  in  fullness  and  force.  The  duration  of  a  parox¬ 
ysm  of  remittent  fever  varies  very  much  and  is  influenced 
by  the  severity  of  the  attack.  When  the  disease  is  mild,  it 
may  last  no  longer  than  six  or  seven  hours,  but  if  it  be  severe 
the  paroxysm  may  last  12,  24,  36,  or  even  as  long  as  48  hours. 
When  the  above  symptoms  begin  to  decline,  the  skin  becomes 
moist,  increasing  gradually  uutil  a  free  and  full  perspiration  is 
established. 

This  indicates  the  period  of  remission  in  the  fever.  The 
duration  of  this  stage  is  variable,  depending  a  good  deal  on 
the  type  of  the  fever,  whether  it  be  quotidian  or  tertian.  In 
most  cases  of  severe  remittent  fever,  the  subsidence  of  a  par¬ 
oxysm  may  only  be  indicated  by  a  reduction  of  the  tempera¬ 
ture,  the  difference  in  the  frequency  of  the  pulse  and  the  suf¬ 
fering  of  the  patient,  these  being  less  in  the  morning  than 
evening. 

The  above  detail  of  symptoms  applies  to  the  milder  forms  of 
remittent  fever. 

In  the  more  violent  attacks  of  pernicious  remittent  fever,  the 
symptoms,  as  in  the  algid  form  of  pernicious  intermittent 


1880J  Davidson — Pernicious  Fever.  763 

fever,  may  in  the  initiatory  stage  assume  a  decidedly  malig¬ 
nant  form  and  terminate  rapidly  in  dissolution. 

In  such  cases,  to  use  the  language  of  Dr.  Dickson,  “  the 
system  seems  to  sink  at  once  prostrate  before  the  invasion  or 
exacerbation,  which  can  scarcely  be  called  febrile.  Beaction, 
to  use  our  technical  phrase,  does  not  take  place,  or  very  feebly, 
if  at  all.  The  skin  is  cold  and  covered  with  clammy  sweat,  as 
in  the  collapse  of  cholera, ;  the  pulse  is  weak  and  fluttering ; 
the  stomach  is  very  irritable,  with  frequent  and  painful,  but 
usually  ineffectual  efforts  to  vomit ;  the  countenance  is  shrunken, 
pale  and  livid ;  there  is  often  low,  muttering  delirium,  with 
shivering  and  fainting.  In  some  cases  no  complaint  is  made, 
a  lethargic  insensibility  seeming  to  oppress  the  patient;  in 
others  the  most  extreme  anguish  is  endured  by  the  miserable 
sufferer,  who,  in  his  agony  utters  groans  or  loud  cries.  The 
vital  powers  are  speedily  and  irrevocably  exhausted  by  the 
recurrence  of  a  few  exacerbations,  although  the  remissions  in 
this  class  of  cases  are  usually  well  defined,  and  full  of  tran¬ 
sient  relief  and  hope.  The  third,  fourth  or  fifth  return  of  the 
train  of  symptoms  delineated,  for  the  most  part,  puts  an  end 
to  the  distressing  scene.” 

The  phenomena  of  pernicious  remittent  fever  are  in  the 
opinion  of  all  writers  that  I  have  read,  “  the  result  of  defective 
innervation,  depressing  the  action  of  the  heart,  lungs  and 
capillaries,  the  blood  accumulating  in  the  internal  organs, 
imperfectly  decarbonized,  impairing  the  full  and  regular  per¬ 
formance  of  their  functions.” 

The  morbific  impression  in  this  variety  of  the  disease,  as  in 
pernicious  intermittent  fever,  is  made  most  probably  primarily 
upon  the  nervous  centre,  and  by  diminishing  its  energy,  entail¬ 
ing  all  the  phenomena  of  so  grave  a  description  which  charac¬ 
terize  this  particular  type  of  fever. 

In  the  progress  of  the  disease,  it  often  happens  that  when 
the  nervous  system  is  aroused  from  its  depressed  state,  reac¬ 
tion  is  restored  and  the  symptoms  of  congestion  are  removed, 
all  the  characteristics  of  bilious  remittent  fever  manifest  them¬ 
selves  and  run  their  usual  course ;  or  the  disease  may  assume 

3 


764  Original  Communications.  [February 

the  intermittent  type,  which  is  always  to  be  hailed  as  a  favor¬ 
able  indication  in  the  disease. 

Limiting  the  term  pernicious  strictly  to  those  forms  of  mias¬ 
matic  fever,  whether  intermittent  or  remittent  in  type,  which 
present  “  a  sudden  prostration  and  depravation  of  the  nervous 
power ;  in  which  innervation  is  extremely  and  dangerously 
defective  or  deranged  ” — would  exclude  from  discussion,  forms 
of  remittent  fever  by  no  means  unfrequently  observed,  in  the 
progress  of  which,  and  after  several  days  duration,  typhoid 
symptoms  present  themselves,  attended  by  very  profuse  per¬ 
spiration  and  great  prostration,  to  which  the  term  “  continued 
pernicious  fever  ”  has  been  commonly  applied  by  continental 
writers ;  and  of  late  years,  in  this  country,  to  the  same  variety 
of  cases  the  term  typho-malarial  fever  has  been  given.  This 
seems  now  to  be  generally  accepted  as  an  appropriate  one. 

The  pathology  of  pernicious  remittent  fevers  being  consid¬ 
ered  as  essentially  the  same  as  that  of  pernicious  intermittent 
fevers,  they  call  for  the  same  general  principles  in  their  treat¬ 
ment,  and  it  will  not  therefore  be  necessary  to  go  over  the 
same  ground. 


“  HEMORRHAGIC  MALARIAL  FEVER.” 

This  is  defined  by  Dr.  Michel,  of  Alabama,  to  be  u  a  malig¬ 
nant  malarial  fever,  following  repeated  attacks  of  intermittent, 
characterized  by  intense  nausea  and  vomiting,  very  rapid  and 
complete  jaundiced  condition  of  the  surface,  as  well  as  most  of 
the  internal  organs  of  the  body,  an  impacted  gall  bladder  and 
haemorrhage  from  the  kidneys.”  “  These  phenomena  present 
themselves  in  an  almost  uninterrupted  link,  attended  by  remis¬ 
sions  and  exacerbations.”  It  is  a  fever  peculiar  to  the  south, 
ern  part  of  the  United  States. 

It  is  treated  of  by  Dr.  McDaniel  under  the  term  u  Icterode 
pernicious  fever,”  by  Dr.  Osborn  under  that  of  malignant 
congestive  fever.”  Dr.  Michel  could  find  no  record  of  the  dis¬ 
ease  up  to  1867,  though  he  says,  “  we  are  told  that  this  disease 
has  been  observed  occasionally  in  past  years  occurring  acci¬ 
dentally  among  other  malarial  fevers.”  There  can  be  no  doubt 


1880]  Davidson — Pernicious  Fever.  765 

that  cases  of  this  disease  have  been  met  with  in  all  malarial 
regions,  occurring  in  persons  whose  health  was  broken  down 
by  long  standing  malarial  fever ;  but  it  is  only  recently  that 
the  disease  has  prevailed  epidemically  in  Alabama,  and  some 
other  Southern  States. 

Dr.  J.  C.  Faget,  of  this  city,  in  his  published  “  Mdmoires  et 
Lettres  sur  la  Fievre  Jaune,  et  la  Fievre  Paludeenne,”  devotes  a 
considerable  portion  of  the  work  to  a  description  of  haemor¬ 
rhagic  malarial  fever  (fievre  paludeenne  hemorrhagique),  as 
observed  by  him  in  New  Orleans.  He  uses  this  language, 
after  describing  the  well  recognized  u  engorgement  and  con¬ 
gestion  ”  of  the  spleen  which  takes  place  always  in  miasmatic 
fevers.  “  The  American  physicians  have  very  well  seized  upon 
this  congestive  character  of  malarial  poisoning.  They  call 
pernicious  fevers  commonly  (d’uue  maniere  generate)  conges¬ 
tive  fever,  and  the  severe  (graves)  bilious  remittents,  so  com¬ 
mon  during  summer  in  the  United  States,  they  designate  as 
congestive  bilious  fevers.  Moreover,  in  latitudes  not  only 
warm  but  humid,  it  is  not  exclusively  upon  the  spleen  and 
liver  that  malarial  engorgements  and  congestions  take  place, 
after  an  afflux  of  blood  to  the  vessels  of  the  mucous  mem¬ 
branes,  but  it  also  occurs  in  a  very  particular  manner  in  the 
general  glandular  structure,  or  rather  follicular  structure  of 
the  mucous  membranes,  and  particularly  of  the  gastrointes¬ 
tinal.” 

u  Hence  has  arisen,”  he  continues,  u  an  interesting  species 
of  a  malarial  order  (genre)  to  add  to  those  of  a  bilious  class — 
those  of  a  mucous  fever  (fievres  muqueuses),  which  in  hot  and 
moist  regions  are  accompanied  very  often,  like  bilious  fevers, 
by  ksemorrhages  of  all  kinds,  with  a  tendency  to  a  continued 
febrile  form,  which  has  rendered  their  being  confounded  with 
yellow  fever  as  prone  as  that  of  billious  malarial  fever  with  the 
same  yellow  fever.” 

Ought  we  to  regard  these  two  definitions  as  belonging  to 
the  same  type  of  malarial  fever  ? — 

I  do  not  myself  regard  them  either  in  their  symptomatology 
or  their  pathology  as  the  same  disease.  Dr.  Faget  asserts  that 
in  the  u  Fievre  paludieenne  hemorrhagique,”  described  by  him, 


766 


Original  Communications. 


[February 


black  vomit  frequently  occurs,  and  be  regards  tbe  fever  attack¬ 
ing  Creole  children  in  New  Orleans,  during  seasons  of  epidemic 
yellow  fever  as  a  haemorrhagic  malarial  fever;  Creole  children, 
in  his  opinion,  enjoying  an  immunity  from  the  disease.  Drs. 
Michel,  Barnes,  Osborn  and  Weatherby  describe  haemorrhagic 
malarial  fever  as  having  haematuria,  the  prominent  morbid 
phenomenon,  with  a  characteristic  “yellow  color,”  and  no 
haemorrhage  from  the  stomach  taking  place.  On  this  head  their 
language  is  very  precise  and  emphatic.  “  The  matters  ejected 
from  the  stomach  have  been  carefully  examined,  not  only 
chemically  but  by  aid  of  the  microscope,  and  no  matter  what 
shade  of  color  they  present,  whether  they  be  as  Dr.  Barnes 
has  described,  of  a  black  tarry  character,  or  as  Dr.  Ghent  has 
recorded  of  a  red,  sometimes  green,  and  in  one  case  blue  color ; 
or  as  Dr.  Osborn  has  mentioned,  one  of  his  patients  vomiting 
a  greenish  fluid  and  having  greenish  expectoration,  it  is  no¬ 
thing  more  than  bile  with  the  muriatic  acid  of  the  stomach .” 
Dr.  Barnes  continues : 

“  Here  we  see  no  dark  granular  substance  with  coffee  grounds 
sediment,  no  terrible  acid  accumulations  trning  litmus  paper 
promptly  red,  although  some  traces  of  muriatic  acid  are  pres¬ 
ent.  No  amorphous  granules  swimming  through  the  liquid, 
no  dense  opaque  mass  tinged  darkly  with  hematin,  no  shreds 
or  beds  of  mucus  containing  epithelial  scales,  granules  and 
broken  blood  disks  ;  no  inspissated,  viscid  form  of  mucus,  char¬ 
acterizing  what  Dr.  Middleton  Michel  has  so  forcibly  por¬ 
trayed  as  the  marked  feature  of  the  “  black  vomit  ”  of  yellow 
fever.  No ;  we  find  biliverdiu,  cholesterin,  and  all  tbe  elements 
of  bile,  and  by  the  addition  of  an  acid  we  may  readily  convert 
these  ejecta  into  almost  every  color  of  the  rainbow,  green,  red 
violet  or  brown.  No  ;  we  have  no  blood  here,  no  trace  of  a 
haemorrhage  from  the  stomach  ;  and  I  would  like  to  disabuse 
the  public  mind  from  any  supposition  which  would  create  the 
belief  that  the  vomit  in  this  disease  resembles  the  black  vomit 
of  yellow  fever  in  the  remotest  possible  manner.  The  patient 
vomits  dark ,  grumous  bile.” 

In  a  recent  work  by  Dr.  Berenger-Ferand — “  de  la  Fievre 
Bileuse  Melanurique,” — as  observed  by  him  in  Senegambia  and 


Davidson — Pernicious  Fever. 


767 


1880J 

Chochin  China,  he  describes  a  variety  of  miasmatic  fever  very 
closely  resembling,  if  it  is  not  identical  with  the  haemorrhagic 
malarial  fever  of  Dr.  Michel,  and  the  work  is  here  briefly 
referred  to,  as  he  very  distinctly  and  positively  opposes  any 
confounding  of  the  two  diseases  “  melanuric  bilious  fever  ” 
and  yellow  fever. 

The  names  under  which  the  affection  described  by  Berenger- 
Ferand,  has  been  variously  designated  are,  “  Fievre  bilieuse 
grave;  Fievre  bilieuse  liematurique ;”  “Fievre  Ictero-hemor- 
rhagique  ;”  “  Fievre  pernicieuse  Icterique  ;”  “  Acces  jaune ;” 
“  Fievre  remittente  bilieuse ;”  “  Fievre  jaune  des  Creoles  et 
des  acclimates.” 

All  writers  on  haemorrhagic  fever  regard  malaria  as  the 
exclusive  cause  of  the  affection.  Dr.  Barnes  describes  it  as 
“  an  assemblage  of  symptoms, — apparently  the  result  of  an 
impression  on  the  nerve  centres,  and  that  impression  a  pecu¬ 
liar  form  of  what  occurs  in  a  paroxysm  of  intermittent.  It 
is  always  preceded  by  common  chills,  or  paroxysm  of  inter¬ 
mittent,  but  finally  the  patient  is  seized  with  one  during  which 
the  chilly  sensation  experienced  is  much  more  protracted. 

From  the  moment  the  chill  is  ushered  in,  a  bloody  urine  is 
discharged  from  the  bladder,  and  if  a  blister  is  applied,  bloody 
serum  collects  under  the  raised  cuticle.  A  very  small  blood 
letting  causes  syncope,  and  the  blood  appears  broken  down 
and  dissolved.  The  patient  becomes  rapidly  jaundiced;  he 
vomits  and  purges  a  great  quantity  of  black,  tarry -looking 
substance,  which  when  smeared  on  a  sheet  leaves  a  green 
stain.  If  he  live  long  enough,  the  blistered  surface  instead  of 
discharging  bloody  serum,  will  discharge  green  matter,  which 
colors  a  poultice  like  green  paint.  The  sufferings  of  the  patient 
are  terrible  as  long  as  he  retains  his  reason,  and  finally  deli¬ 
rium,  coma  and  convulsions  close  the  scene.” 

“  The  most  prominent  symptoms  are  the  “  yellow  color  ”  and 
the  hsematuria.  The  nausea  and  vomiting  is  remarkably  severe 
and  persistent.  It  begins  with  the  chill  and  ends  when  the 
patient  has  succumbed  to  the  fell  destroyer,  or  has  passed  into 
convalescence. 


768  Original  Communications.  [February 

The  haemorrhage  tendency  is  demonstrated  occasionally  from 
other  surfaces  besides  the  urinary  organs.  The  tongue  is 
spoken  of  by  Dr.  Osborn  as  bluish,  thick,  coated  over  the 
middle  with  a  dirty  fur,  leaving  clean  margins  and  deeply 
crimped  edges.  The  condition  of  the  brain  in  this  disease  is 
variable.  As  a  general  rule,  the  mind  is  quiet  and  clear  up  to 
the  period  of  death.  Most  frequently  the  bowels  are  torpid. 
The  temperature  as  a  general  rule  does  not  vary  much.  Dr.  Sholl 
says,  “We  have  a  temperature  varying  from  98°  to  105°,  the 
last  the  highest  I  have  ever  found  it,  falling  rapidly  4°  to  5°. 
The  skin  sometimes  cool.” 

“  We  find  all  forms  of  intermittent  fever,  quotidian,  tertian 
and  quartan,  as  well  as  remittent  fever,  terminating  in  this  dis¬ 
ease  ;  and  according  to  Dr.  Ghent  one  attack  predisposes  to 
another.” 

“  The  disease  is  epidemic  in  certain  localities,  particularly  in 
the  prairie  country  of  Alabama,  occurring  in  the  fall  or  early 
winter,  though  we  hear  of  cases  in  almost  every  month  of  the 
year.”  Duration  of  the  disease  is  variable,  from  4  to  12  days. 
Dr.  Ghent  reports  a  case  which  terminated  fatally  within  12 
hours. 

Diagnosis. — “Diagnosticated  readily  from  bilious ,  remittent 
and  intermittent  fever  by  bleeding  from  the  kidneys  and  the 
uncontrollable  and  unceasing  nausea  and  vomiting.” 

From  Yellow  Fever. — “  By  not  being  continued  in  type.  By 
not  attacking  those  who  are  subject  to  that  disease ;  and  by 
appearing  in  localities  almost  unknown  to  that  milder  affection. 
By  the  urine  being  not  only  bloody  but  full  of  bile,  and  by  the 
yellow  color  of  the  skin,  being  produced  by  the  deposition  of 
bile  instead  of  blood  under  the  skin ;  and  lastly,  by  the 
absence  of  microscopical  black  vomit,  and  many  other  features 
easily  recognizable  as  characteristic  of  yellow  fever.” 

From  Hepatliic  Affections  and  Especially  Jaundice. — By  the 
initial  chill  and  the  sudden  change  of  color  in  the  skin,  which 
is  bronzed  instead  of  saffron  yellow,  and  by  its  fatality,  which 
is  unknown  in  jaundice,  as  well  as  the  liaematuric  feature,  which 
is  conspicuous  and  intermittent. 


1880J 


Davidson — Pernicious  Fever. 


769 


Prognosis. — The  prognosis  is  very  unfavorable.  I  regard 
haemorrhagic  malarial  fever  as  the  most  fatal  of  all  the  dis¬ 
eases  which  have  come  under  my  notice. 

I  have  lost  one-half  of  my  cases.  The  testimony  of  Dr.  Os¬ 
born  and  others  are  to  the  same  effect. 

Modes  of  Death. — The  most  common  mode  of  death  in  haem¬ 
orrhagic  malarial  fever,  is  by  a  gradual  exhaustion  of  the  pow¬ 
ers  of  life.  Sometimes  by  uraemic  poisoning,  and  in  these 
cases  the  mode  of  death  is  either  by  profound  stupor  or  uraemic 
intoxication  with  delirium,  coma  and  convulsions. 

Pathology. — On  opening  the  calvarium,  the  dura  mater  was 
yellow ;  brain  perfectly  natural,  but  firmer  than  generally  met 
with  j  very  little  vascularity ;  veins  almost  empty. 

Chest. — Yellow  color  pervading  all  the  tissues,  even  the  peri¬ 
cardium  and  the  fatty  zone  around  the  base  of  the  heart,  which 
was  healthy.  The  usual  quantity  of  serum  in  the  pericardium 
was  of  a  deep  bronzed  color.  Lungs  perfectly  healthy. 

Abdominal  Cavity. — Omentum  normal  but  of  the  yellow 
color.  Stomach  filled  with  grumous  bile.  Mucous  membrane 
thickened  and  vascular.  The  intestines  normal ;  pancreas  of 
its  usual  length  and  bright  yellow. 

The  spleen  was  almost  three  times  its  normal  size  and  instead 
of  being  friable,  it  was  firm  and  of  a  solid  consistency,  occu¬ 
pying  not  only  its  usual  resting  place,  but  encroaching  upon 
the  lumbar  region  aud  taking  up  about  half  that  space. 
Weight  19£  ounces,  instead  of  7  ounces  its  usual  weight. 

The  kidneys  were  much  enlarged,  the  normal  weight  of  the 
kidneys  being  4£  to  6  ounces,  while  this  kidney  weighed  10£ 
ounces.  The  kidneys  presented  a  most  peculiar  appearance. 
The  dense  fibro-areolar  tissue  could  be  easily  peeled  off,  leaving 
the  organ  smooth  and  of  a  pale  reddish  color,  demonstrating 
the  fact  that  the  organ  had  passed  through  no  severe  inflamma¬ 
tory  action.  A  transverse  section  revealed  the  cortical  aud  me¬ 
dullary  substance  of  a  dark  green  color.  The  supra  renal 
capsules  were  perfectly  normal. 

The  blood  in  the  vessels,  and  the  blood  in  the  urine  have  not, 
under  the  microscope,  the  remotest  resemblance  to  that  fluid, 
as  presented  in  a  yellow  fever  patient. 


770  Original  Communications.  [February 

Treatment. — All  writers  on  this  disease  agree,  however  much 
their  opinions  may  differ  in  other  respects,  that  for  success  they 
must  rely  upon  the  administration  of  calomel  and  quinine. 

The  administration  of  quinine  should  be  governed  by  the 
same  therapeutical  indications  as  in  pernicious  fever. 

For  the  relief  of  the  bloody  discharges  from  the  bladder, 
astringents,  Tannin,  Gallic  acid,  acetate  of  lead  and  opium, 
Krameria,  and  the  mineral  acids  are  recommended. 

Dr.  Osborn  abandoned  the  use  of  astringents  as  tending  to 
induce  suppression  of  urine  after  the  haemorrhage  was  stopped, 
and  substituted  spirits  of  nitre  in  half-ounce  doses,  every  three 
hours,  nitrate  of  potassa,  three  grains  in  a  gill  of  melon-seed 
tea,  or  infusion  of  buchu,  three  or  four  times  a  day ;  also  the 
acetate  of  potassa. 

Dr.  F.  0.  Falls,  of  Selma,  Ala.,  regards  hyposulphite  of  soda, 
as  the  sheet  anchor  in  this  disease. 

The  use  of  blisters  to  control  the  nausea  and  vomitting  is 
condemned  as  never  availing  to  that  end,  and  are  hurtful  as 
producing  strangury. 

Some  physicians  advocate  the  use  of  opiates,  u  even  large 
doses  of  morphine.”  Osborne  and  Sholl  condemn  them  as 
11  positively  hurtful.”  The  latter  says :  “  Avoid  all  opiates 
unless  there  is  diarrhoea.” 

The  tincture  of  iron,  mineral  acids,  elixir  of  vitriol,  decoction 
of  bark,  comp,  tinct.  Gentian,  are  recommended  as  preferable 
tonics  during  convalescence. 

Dr.  Michel  concludes  his  treatise  in  the  following  words :  “  It 
will  be  observed  from  what  we  have  said  of  Haemorrhagic  Mala¬ 
rial  fever,  that  little  has  been  seen  as  yet  that  could  be  con¬ 
sidered  of  benefit  in  the  treatment  of  this  disease.  What  then 
is  left  us  to  do  ?  Reason  points  to  its  prevention ;  and  thank 
God  who  giveth  us  the  victory,  something  can  be  done  in  that 
direction.  Cure,  by  the  administration  of  proper  doses  of  quinine 
your  intermittent  fevers ,  and  you  stop,  and  stop  forever ,  this  horri¬ 
ble  disease. 


1880] 


Miles — The  Negro  Thomas. 


771 


The  Negro  Thomas— His  Control  Over  Muscular  Move' 
ments — The  Tricks  he  Performs. 

BY  A.  B.  MILES,  M.D.. 

Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  University  of  Louisiana. 

Messrs.  Editors  :  By  your  request,  I  write  an  account  of 
my  examination  of  Thomas,  the  phenomenal  negro,  who  has 
recently  visited  this  city.  He  is  a  negro,  nearly  black,  below 
medium  height,  weighing  103  pounds,  rather  unattractive  in 
appearance,  a  limber  limbed  fellow,  with  a  dwadling  gait, 
but  of  fine  muscular  development,  and  certainly  without  a 
rival  in  his  art.  He  has  traveled  as  a  showman  in  this  country 
and  abroad  and  exhibited  himself  to  the  people  and  to  the 
profession  as  an  object  of  curious  interest.  Prof.  Michel,  of 
Charleston,  iu  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  Octo¬ 
ber,  1878,  lias  contributed  an  interesting  article  to  enhance 
this  negro’s  reputation. 

He  certainly  has  the  power  of  controlling  to  a  remarkable 
extent  the  movements  of  the  respiratory  and  abdominal  mus¬ 
cles  ;  besides,  he  can  restrain  the  action  of  his  heart  in  a  new 
way.  These  acknowledged  accomplishments  he  aitfully 
turns  to  profitable  account  iu  the  practice  of  his  deceptions. 

I. — CONTROL  OYER  MUSCULAR  MOVEMENTS. 

When  observed  unaware,  his  respiration  is  about  twenty- 
four  per  minute,  pulse  eighty-six,  the  respiratory  movements 
normal.  During  his  performance,  he  restrains  costal  respira¬ 
tion  and  breathes  with  the  abdominal  muscles.  The  tape 
measure  shows  no  expansion  of  the  chest  walls,  and  evidently 
the  intercostals  are  controlled  in  their  action.  The  end  of  the 
finger  iu  the  intercostal  spaces  feels  the  muscles  relaxed,  then, 
at  will,  made  rigid  in  contraction. 

The  intercostals  and  abdominal  muscles,  like  many  other 
voluntary  muscles  in  the  body,  receiving  their  nervous  im¬ 
pulses  at  the  same  instant,  habitually  contract  together  in  a 
common  purpose.  Exercise  may  overcome  the  co-ordinate 
movements  of  various  other  groups  of  muscles.  For  example, 
4 


772 


Original  Communications. 


[February 


the  sui>erficial  and  deep  flexors  of  the  fingers  habitually  act 
together;  but  many  persons  have  learned  to  contract  one 
without  the  other.  So  this  negro,  by  constant  practice,  has 
simply  acquired  the  power  of  restraining  one  set  of  respiratory 
muscles  while  he  contracts  the  other. 

He  has  even  greater  control  over  the  muscles  of  his  abdomen. 
It  was  discovered  that  he  could  restrain  those  of  the  abdominal 
walls,  so  that  their  movements  were  scarcely  perceptible  by 
measurement,  while  he  carried  on  thoracic  respiration.  Fur¬ 
thermore,  he  has  the  power  of  contracting  some  of  the  abdomi¬ 
nal  muscles,  while  he  relaxes  the  rest;  of  contracting  one  part 
of  the  same  muscle — the  rectus — while  the  other  portion  is 
relaxed. 

He  can  throw  the  abdominal  muscles  in  a  wave-like  motion, 
the  contraction  wave  traveling  for  awhile  from  above  down¬ 
wards,  then  reversed,  and  made  to  roll  from  below  upward. 
This  movement  is  accomplished,  for  the  most  part,  by  the 
action  of  the  recti  muscles,  the  several  sections  of  which  are 
separately  and  successively  thrown  into  rigid  contraction. 
What  may  we  not  expect  from  such  educated  muscles  ?  His 
most  extraordinary  feat  consists  in  formiug  his  muscles  over 
the  inguinal  region  in  the  shape  of  a  tumor,  and  by  rythmical 
muscular  contraction,  imparting  to  it  a  pulsatile  movement, 
which  makes  the  tumor  resemble  the  action  of  the  heart.  This 
movement  is  accomplished,  for  the  most  part,  by  the  external 
oblique  muscle,  the  fleshy  part  of  which  is  distinctly  seen  in 
rythmical  action.  All  this  is  done  under  muscular  tension, 
which  lasts  scarcely  a  quarter  of  a  minute. 

The  musician’s  skill  in  controlling  the  muscles  of  the  forearm 
and  hand  is  more  marvelous ;  so  also  is  the  power  of  the  bal¬ 
let-dancer  to  keep  time  with  the  music.  We  only  wonder  at 
the  training  of  the  negro’s  muscles,  because  of  the  oddity  of  the 
art  in  which  he  employs  them.  The  comedian  plays  on  the 
muscles  of  his  face  for  the  amusement  of  his  audience ;  the 
negro  plays  on  the  muscles  of  his  abdomen. 

This  negro  also  has  the  power  of  restraining  his  heart’s  action, 
so  that  the  sounds  are  scarcely  audible.  He  does  this  in  forci¬ 
ble,  prolonged  expiration,  for  he  takes  a  full  breath  immediately 


1880J 


Miles — The  Negro  Thomas. 


773 


after.  Thus,  the  pulmonary  circulation  is  clogged,  and  the 
right  heart  is  distended  on  one  side,  while,  on  the  other,  the 
left  has  lost  its  usual  stimulus.  Then,  the  heart  sounds  are 
feeble  at  best.  Furthermore,  the  act  is  accomplished  under 
great  muscular  effort,  by  which  the  anterior  wall  of  the  chest 
is  markedly  depressed.  By  the  elevation  of  the  diaphragm  and 
the  depression  of  the  chest,  the  heart  recedes  in  the  cavity  of 
the  thorax.  So,  the  heart  sounds  are  heard  at  a  dis¬ 
tance.  The  sounds,  then,  feeble  at  best,  and  heard  at 
a  distance,  are  the  more  indistinct,  as  they  are  con¬ 
fused  with  the  sounds  of  muscular  contraction.  The  heart  is 
greatly  restrained,  but  in  such  a  short  time,  not  entirely 
arrested  in  its  action.  While  the  heart  is  only  partially  re¬ 
strained,  he  is  in  the  habit,  at  the  same  time,  of  completely 
checking  his  radial  pulse.  This  is,  of  course,  easily  done  by 
such  a  muscular  man.  He  holds  his  forearms  prone,  contracts 
his  muscles  strougly  and  draws  the  bicipital  fascia  tightly 
across  the  brachial  artery. 

Many  persons  have  learned  to  control  the  heart’s  action  by 
forcible  and  prolonged  inspiration.  In  Vol.  XVI,  1859,  of  the 
Xew  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  I  find 
reported  by  Prof.  Chailff),  tbe  case  of  M.  Groux,  who  visited 
this  city  about  twenty  years  ago,  aud  exhibited  this  power  of 
controlling  the  heart  under  great  exertion,  and  after  a  full, 
forcible  inspiration.  Prof.  Chaille  himself,  has  the  same 
power  over  his  heart,  which  time  and  again,  in  my  day,  I  saw 
him  illustrate  before  the  medical  class  of  the  University,  and  ex¬ 
plain  as  the  simple  result  of  mechanical  pressure  of  the  heart  by 
the  forcibly  expanded  lungs.  From  the  position  of  the  heart, 
as  it  rests  on  the  central  tendon  of  the  diaphragm,  embraced  be¬ 
tween  the  concave  surfaces  of  the  lungs  and  overlapped  by 
their  anterior  borders,  it  is  well  known  how  inspiration  modi- 
ifies  and  expiration  facilitates  its  action.  With  a  little  prac¬ 
tice,  I  am  sure,  most  persons  could  acquire  a  certain  control 
over  the  heart’s  action. 

Again,  some  persons  can  suspend  the  heart’s  action  under  a 
prolonged  cessation  of  respiration,  without  any  undue  muscu¬ 
lar  effort.  Physiology  explains  how  unaerated  blood  is- 


774 


Original  Communications. 


[February 


retarded  in  its  flow  through  the  systemic  capillaries.  The 
arteries  are  in  consequence  unduly  distended,  the  blood  is 
dammed  back  and  fills  the  left  heart  to  its  utmost  capacity. 
The  muscular  fibres  of  the  heart  are  for  the  time  paralyzed 
from  over  distension,  and  the  organ  lies  powerless,  as  in 
asphyxia.  This  process  of  arresting  the  heart  requires  some 
minutes  for  its  completion,  and,  of  course,  is  attended  with 
great  danger.  We  are  told  that  the  great  Hunter  could  volun¬ 
tarily  suspend  respiration,  and,  in  this  way,  control  his  heart 
until  its  action  almost  ceased.  Colonel  Townshend,  whose  case 
is  familiar  to  your  readers,  recorded  in  our  text-books  aud 
accepted  by  many  physiologists,  on  one  occasion,  in  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  three  medical  gentlemen,  suspended  respiration  and 
the  action  of  his  heart,  and  held  these  functions  in  abeyance 
for  half  an  hour. 

Mr.  Braid,  in  his  Observations  on  Trance,  or  Human  Hiber¬ 
nation,  gives  an  account  of  those  startling  statements  of  British 
officers  in  regard  to  the  performances  of  the  Indian  Fakeers. 
Some  of  them,  it  is  said,  can  voluntarily  suspend  respiration 
and  the  heart’s  action,  bring  themselves  into  a  condition  resem¬ 
bling  profound  collapse,  and  remain  in  this  state  for  ten  days 
and  even  six  weeks  !  It  is  furthermore  said  that  some  of  those 
people  have  been  buried  in  underground  cells  lined  with  ma¬ 
sonry  and  covered  with  slabs  of  stone,  remained  interred  for 
three  days,  ten  days  and  longer,  aud  then  been  restored  to  per¬ 
fect  health ! !  These  incredible  accounts  are  most  likely  based 
upon  the  fact  that  it  is  a  common  accomplishment  among  those 
people  to  be  able  to  suspend  for  awhile  respiration  and  the  ac¬ 
tion  of  the  heart. 

So,  there  are  three  ways  of  controlling  the  heart’s  action, 
and  for  an  illustration  of  one  of  these  we  are  indebted  to 
Thomas,  the  hero  of  our  story. 

The  power  he  has  over  the  movements  of  the  intercostal  and 
abdominal  muscles  and  the  action  of  his  heart  he  employs  in 
the  practice  of  some  very  ingenious  deceptions. 

II.— THE  TRICKS  THE  NEGRO  PERFORMS. 

He  claims  to  have  no  pericardium — no  diaphragm,  and  all 
his  tricks  are  performed  to  verify  this  assumption. 


1880J 


Miles — The  Negro  Thomas. 


775 


Act  1st. — He  exposes  the  front  of  the  abdomen  and 
chest,  restrains  thoracic  respiration,  and  makes  the  abdom¬ 
inal  muscles  rise  and  fall  in  a  forced  respiration  to  convey  the 
idea  (in  one  sense  correct),  that  upon  these  he  depends  for  his 
living.  This  performance  itself  would  demonstrate  the  action 
of  a  perfect  diaphragm.  If  it  were  wanting,  or  even  imperfect, 
the  more  imperative  would  be  the  necessity  of  costal  respiration. 

Act  2d. — He  claims  to  have  a  li  false  sternum”  within, 
which,  for  convenience  sake,  he  carries  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
common  cavity,  just  behind  the  true  sternum.  This  is  brought 
down  by  the  rolling  motion  of  the  abdomen  and  shown  below 
in  the  rigidly  contracted  recti  muscles.  Only  a  stupid  audience 
would  fail  to  appreciate  the  farce  in  the  second  act. 

Act  3d. — This  is  the  specialty  which  has  brought  him  re¬ 
nown.  By  the  same  rolling  motion  of  the  front  of  the  abdomen 
he  pretends  to  throw  his  heart  first  in  one  inguinal  region,  then 
in  the  other,  and  make  it  pulsate  there  perceptibly  and  audibly. 

As  before  described,  a  tumor  is  formed  in  the  inguinal  region 
by  the  transversalis,  internal  and  external  oblique,  and  by  the  ♦ 
rythmical  contraction  of  these  muscles,  mainly  the  external 
oblique,  a  pulsatile  movement  is  imparted  to  it. 

A  sound  is,  iudeed,  heard  over  the  region  of  this  tumor ;  but 
it  does  not  resemble  in  character  the  heart  sound.  It  is  simply 
the  result  of  muscular  contraction,  and  is  diffused  over  the 
front  of  the  abdomen. 

At  first,  while  the  heart  is  supposed  to  be  pulsating  below, 
the  radial  pulse  is  good,  only  a  little  hurried.  Now,  every 
energy  is  concentrated  in  his  master  feat.  To  carry  out  the 
pretence  of  having  his  heart  in  the  lower  abdomen,  he  sup¬ 
presses  the  normal  sounds,  as  above  described,  so  that  an  ex¬ 
amination,  if  made  too  hurriedly,  fails  to  detect  them.  As  be¬ 
fore  mentioned,  whenever  he  restrains  his  heart,  he  is  in  the 
habit  of  completely  checking  his  pulse ;  and  here  he  commits 
the  indiscretion  of  checking  his  radial  pulse,  while  the  heart  is 
strongly  beating  in  the  iliac  region.  However,  with  the  excep¬ 
tion  of  a  few  blunders*  it  must  be  acknowledged,  that,  with  all 
his  other  accomplishments,  the  fellow  is  a  very  clever  trickster. 
At  the  conclusion  of  bis  performance,  he  appears  in  citizen’s 


776 


Original  Communications. 


[February 


dress  aud  carrying  a  walking  cane,  which  is  made  of  a  three- 
quarter  inch  bar  of  iron.  This  is  first  bent  by  striking  violent 
blows  over  the  muscles  of  the  forearm,  then  straightened  in  the 
same  way. 

Failing  in  Thomas,  it  will,  perhaps,  be  of  interest  to  your 
readers  to  recall  from  the  old  records  of  anatomy  some  of  those 
singular  cases  of  congenital  malformation  of  the  diaphragm. 
Reptiles  and  fishes  have  no  diaphragm ;  and  in  the  very  young 
foetus,  before  the  development  of  this  muscle,  the  thorax  and 
abdomen  form  a  common  cavity.  If  its  development  be  arrested 
at  this  age,  the  diaphragm  may  be  entirely  wanting.  A  case 
of  the  kind  is  recorded,  in  which  the  subject  reached  the  age  of 
seven  years,  aud  with  the  exception  of  a  cough,  is  said  to  have 
suffered  no  inconvenience  from  the  deformity.  The  dissection 
was  made  by  Diemorbroeck,  and  the  case  is  accepted  upon  his 
authority. 

The  diaphragm  develops  from  the  circumference  to  the  center. 
An  arrest  in  its  development  may  result  in  a  deficiency  at  or 
near  its  center.  Such  malformations  are  not  uncommon ;  and 
I  find  three  cases  of  the  kind  recorded,  in  which,  post  mortem, 
the  heart  lay  in  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen.  Mr.  Wilson  (Phil. 
Trans.,  1798)  has  reported  a  case,  in  which  the  heart  rested  in 
a  tissue  on  the  convex  surface  of  the  liver — the  child  lived  seven 
days.  Ramel  (Journal  de  Medicine,  Chir.  et  Pharm.,  vol. 
XLTX)  found  the  heart  in  a  little  girl,  ten  years  of  age,  situ¬ 
ated  in  the  epigastric  region.  She  suffered  of  frequent  palpi¬ 
tations.  Iu  the  remarkable  case,  dissected  and  recorded  by 
Deschamps  (Journal  General  de  Medicine,  vol.  XXVI),  the 
heart  occupied  the  place  of  the  left  kidney,  which  was  wanting. 
The  subject  was  an  old  soldier,  who  had  seen  service  and  en¬ 
joyed  good  health,  with  the  exception  of  some  suffering  of 
nephritic  pains.  The  vessels  connected  with  the  heart  passed 
through  the  opeuing  in  the  diaphragm  into  the  chest. 

Observe  in  the  cases  reported  the  symptoms  referable  to  the 
misplaced  heart.  The  little  girl,  with  her  heart  in  the  epigas¬ 
trium,  had  frequent  palpitations  ;  the  old  soldier,  whose  heart 
rested  iu  the  region  of  the  kidney,  suffered  of  severe  nephritic 
pains.  Again,  observe  that  in  one  of  the  cases,  the  upper  sur- 


Miles — The  Negro  Thomas. 


777 


1880J 


face  of  the  liver  was  fissured,  in  another  the  left  kidney  was 
wanting,  all  giving  evidence  that  the  heart  habitually  remained 
with  the  abdominal  organs. 

Now,  the  negro’s  heart,  is  a  little  enlarged  and  hurried  in  its 
action  ;  but  this  condition  is  not  uncommon  among  those  who 
live  on  their  muscle.  Again,  he  carries  his  heart  in  the  right 
place,  only  dislodging  it,  as  he  says,  upon  occasions. 

Cases  of  cleft  diaphragm  are  always  attended  with  a  protru¬ 
sion  of  some  of  the  abdominal  viscera  into  the  thorax.  It  is 
commonly  observed  in  wounds  of  this  muscle,  how  often  a  dia¬ 
phragmatic  hernia  follows,  even  though  the  opening  be  small. 
In  rupture  of  the  diaphragm,  during  violent  muscular  exertion, 
sudden  death  has  usually  followed,  caused  no  doubt  by  the 
entrance  of  the  abdominal  organs,  arresting  almost  immedi¬ 
ately  the  action  of  the  lungs  and  heart. 

The  negro  can  not  even  have  a  u  hare-lip  diaphragm,”  for  there 
is  no  evidence  of  the  viscera  of  the  abdomen  ever  invading  the 
thorax.  If  only  the  heart  crosses  the  border  line,  exactly  how, 
is  as  yet  unexplained.  Since  it  rests  behind  the  chest  wall,  no 
rolling  motion  of  the  abdominal  wall  could  roll  it  down,  even 
if  the  diaphragm  were  wanting ;  and  a  gubernaculum  cordis, 
of  such  elasticity,  is  not  known  in  our  anatomy, 

It  has  been  suggested  by  many  that  the  diaphragm  in  this 
case  is  developed  proportionately  with  the  other  muscles,  and 
is,  therefore,  capable  of  descending  deeply  in  a  forced  inspira¬ 
tion  5  that  the  heart  is  pulled  after  it,  and,  in  this  way,  made  to 
pulsate  in  the  lower  abdomen.  Haller  says  he  once  saw  a  case, 
in  which  the  diaphragm,  in  forcible  inspiration,  presented  a 
convex  surface  to  the  abdomen.  The  statement  is  scarcely 
credible.  If  the  diaphragm  in  the  negro  were  capable  of 
such  an  action,  imagine  the  enormous  extent  to  which 
the  blood  vessels,  especially  the  superior  cava  and  pulmonary 
vessels,  would  be  stretched.  Blood  vessels  may  yield  consid¬ 
erably  if  the  stretching  be  gradual.  I  once  found  the  left 
kidney  resting  in  the  pelvic  cavity,  to  the  left  of  the  rectum, 
and  supported  by  the  levator  ani  muscle,  the  renal  artery 
arising  and  the  vein  emptying  at  the  usual  points.  The  organ 
was  small  and  deformed  in  shape.  If  vessels  so  far  from  the 


778 


Original  Communications. 


[February 


heart  can  undergo  such  an  amount  of  stretching,  it  is  not  im¬ 
possible  that  those  near  the  heart,  where  there  is  so  much 
elastic  tissue  in  their  coats,  should  yield  more.  Deschamp’s 
case  verifies  this  possibility  of  a  gradual  stretching.  It  is  too 
much  to  ask  us  to  believe  that  the  negro’s  vessels  are  suddenly 
stretched  to  such  an  extent,  and  as  suddenly  restored  to  a 
normal  condition.  It  may  be  imagined  that  the  vessels  near 
the  heart  are  relaxed  and  redundant  to  admit  of  the  sudden 
dislocation  of  the  organ.  If  this  were  so,  the  heart,  which  is 
naturally  suspended  by  its  vessels,  would  easily  topple  out  of 
place,  and  disturbance  in  the  circulation  would  be  inevitable. 

But  the  negro’s  heart  remains  in  position,  although  a  little 
enlarged,  and  the  circulation  goes  on  well. 

The  upper  organs  of  the  abdomen  are  attached  to  the 
diaphragm  and  by  it  mainly  held  in  position.  If  this  muscle 
in  the  negro  were  capable  of  such  latitude  of  motion,  these 
organs,  especially  the  liver,  so  frequently  dislodged,  would  be 
unstable  in  their  position.  The  negro’s  organs  remain  in 
proper  place. 

Even  the  left  inguinal  region  is  low  down  for  a  reversed 
diaphragm  to  admit  the  heart ;  but  when  the  darkey  pretends 
to  put  his  heart  in  the  right !  iliac  region,  as  well  as  the  left, 
he  explodes  the  reversed  diaphragm  theory.  If  there  were  no 
other  obstacle,  the  liver  would  occupy  the  place  where  he 
claims  to  put  his  heart. 

At  last,  after  giving  him  the  benefit  of  every  possibility  in 
anatomy,  his  tricks  are  reduced  to  absurdities.  He  is  only 
indebted  to  nature  for  a  complete  set  of  organs  like  others 
have ;  the  rest  he  has  done  himself,  and,  by  constant  practice, 
acquired  an  art  all  his  own. 


Menorrhagia  Treated  by  Plugging  the  Uterus. 

By  W.  P.  BREWER,  M.D. 

Read  before  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association  in  1874. 

I  mention  this  case  to  show  the  advantage  of  local  applica¬ 
tions  to  internal  surface  of  the  uterus  when  general  treatment 
fails  to  arrest  the  haemorrhage. 


1880J  Bickham — A  Case  of  Puerperal  Mania. 


779 


A.  T.,  female,  aged  about  38  years;  habit  scrofulous;  has 
had  four  living  children  and  several  miscarriages.  The  uterus 
was  large,  heavy  aud  indurated.  Internal  mucous  membrane 
granular  and  bleeding  easily.  At  time  of  periods  the  loss  of 
blood  was  great.  In  the  interum  there  was  some  loss,  but  not 
constant,  or  in  as  great  abundance  as  at  the  period.  This  loss 
of  blood  which  had  been  going  on  for  a  length  of  time  had 
seriously  impaired  her  general  health,  aud  esp  daily  did  the 
nervous  system  suffer.  After  trying  the  tampon  tents,  and  all 
the  astringents  I  could  think,  read  or  hear  of,  and  failing  to 
relieve  my  patient,  but  finding  her  about  to  giv  up  the  ghost, 
concluded  to  try  plugging  the  uterus  as  a  dernier  resort.  I 
made  several  pledgits  of  cotton  dipped  in  a  solution  of  ferri 
sesquichl  and  attached  to  silk  thread  for  purpose  of  with¬ 
drawal.  Using  speculum  and  sound,  I  carefully  introduced  my 
pledgits  into  uterus  and  allowed  them  to  remain  24  hours, 
withdrew  and  repeated  until  haemorrhage  ceased.  The  iron 
prevented  unpleasant  consequences  from  decomposition.  I 
was  compelled  to  pursue  this  treatment  for  a  fortnight,  at  the 
same  time  sustaining  my  patient’s  strength  by  food  and  tonics. 
At  the  next  return  of  the  menstrual  period,  the  discharge  was 
nearly  normal,  and  at  the  one  following  it  was  normal  with 
general  health  much  improved.  I  think  this  treatment  origin¬ 
ated  with  Dr.  Benuet. 


A  Case  of  Puerperal  Mania. 

By  C.  J.  BICKHAM,  M.  I).,  New  Orleans,  La. 


( Read  befoi'e  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Associative  :n  December,  1879.) 

Mrs.  N.  was  confined  on  November  8th,  1879,  giving  birth  to 
a  fine  healthy  female  child,  which  was  her  third.  Her  previous 
health  had  been  only  moderately  good,  not  so  good,  as  during 
the  carrying  of  her  two  previous  children.  She  was  more  anae¬ 
mic  than  usual  and  thinner  in  flesh.  There  was  no  difficulty 
in  this  confinement.  The  child  was  born  quickly,  the  placenta 
and  membranes  came  promptly  and  cleanly,  and  all  did  well. 


4 


780  Original  Communications.  [February 

For  two  (lays  the  locliial  discharge  was  free,  and  everything 
went  well,  until  on  the  third  morning,  just  forty-eight  hours 
after  delivery,  when  she  had  a  chill  followed  by  high  fever, 
apparently  without  any  reason  whatever.  She  had  taken  no 
cold,  nor  had  anything  occurred  to  produce  such  a  state  as  far 
as  could  be  seen. 

The  fever  was  high,  the  temperature  ranging  from  103i°  to 
104£°  for  nearly  six  days,  with  a  pulse  from  90  to  120  a  minute, 
and  with  almost  all  the  time  a  freely  perspirable  skin.  The 
lochial  discharge,  as  such,  ceased  almost  entirely  as  soon  as 
the  chill  occurred,  and  what  little  there  was  was  almost  color¬ 
less  and  slightly  offensive.  There  was  no  enlargement  of  the 
womb,  no  meteorism,  no  tenderness,  no  pressure,  or  very  little, 
and  no  sign  of  inflammation  anywhere,  nor  delirium. 

For  this  fever,  viewed  as  the  effect  of  septicaemia,  appro¬ 
priate  febrifuge  means  were  used,  the  patient  was  sustained, 
and  carefully  applied  local  detergents,  and  disinfectants  w ere 
instituted.  About  the  fifth  day  of  the  fever,  the  lochial  dis¬ 
charge  proper,  that  is,  a  bloody  discharge,  returned  freely,  and 
the  fever  subsided  by  the  end  of  the  sixth  day,  when  she 
seemed  much  improved,  and  began  to  nourish  well.  From  this 
time  the  patient  in  every  way  appeared  to  be  doing  well. 

She  nourished  well,  the  excretions  were  regular  and  good, 
and  she  seemed  fairly  convalescing,  until,  on  the  fourth  day 
after  the  fever  subsided,  the  thirteenth  from  her  confinement, 
it  was  observed  she  appeared  to  be  unusually  talkative  and 
happy.  She  was  in  a  good  humor  with  herself  and  all  around 
her;  was  very  communicative,  her  former  marked  reserve  was 
in  a  manner  laid  aside  ;  at  night  she  did  not  sleep  quite  so 
well,  and  observed  in  the  morning  that  her  mind  had  been  very 
active,  running  on  .  many  things,  as,  for  example,  how  she 
would  make  the  clothes  for  her  children,  etc.,  and  was  worried 
by  many  things.  It  was  curious  and  interesting  to  observe 
and  hear  her  in  this  peculiar  exalted  ecstatic  mental  state. 
She  was  highly  educated  and  accomplished,  and  possessing 
naturally  an  active  and  sprightly  mind,  it  was  very  entertaining 
often  to  sit  and  listen  to  her  talk.  She  was  perfectly  coherent, 
expressed  herself  fluently  and  well,  but  would  talk  incessantly 


1880]  Bickham — A  Case  of  Puerperal  Mania.  781 

and  pass  rapidly  from  one  subject  to  another.  This  increased, 
until,  by  the  expiration  of  the  second  week  of  the  confinement, 
and  the  fifth  day  of  the  observation  of  her  unusual  loquacity, 
she  imagined  she  had  died,  and  her  death  and  funeral  were 
announced  in  the  papers,  but  they  would  not  let  her  read  it. 
Later  at  times,  she  imagined  many  strange  and  unreal  things, 
as,  that  she  was  half  horse  and  half  woman,  or,  that  she  was  a 
pig  or  some  other  animal,  and  that  they  were  continually  stuff¬ 
ing  her  with  food. 

She  was  withal  quite  hysterical  at  times,  and  would  sob  and 
cry,  especially  if  her  whim,  whatever  it  might  be,  was  not 
gratified  at  once,  then  she  would  talk  rapidly  for  a  few  mo¬ 
ments,  and  becoming  exhausted  soon,  she  would  recognize  and 
remark  it  herself,  and  stop  a  moment  to  rest,  and  then  proceed 
again.  I  viewed  it  that  the  chill  and  fever  were  the  result  of 
septiciemia  from  the  womb,  and  that  this  loquacious,  nervous 
state,  was  the  effect  of  anaemia,  combined  probably  with  more 
or  less  taexornia  still  remaining,  and  that  time,  good  nourish¬ 
ment,  stimulants,  quiet  and  good  sleep,  would  avail  in  reliev¬ 
ing  her,  and  so  expressed  myself,  but  the  case  being  tedious 
and  observing  the  family  were  anxious,  1  suggested  counsel, 
and  Dr.  D.  C.  Holliday  was  called,  who  viewed  it  as  entirely  a 
no n-intla minatory  condition  of  the  brain  and  its  membranes, 
and  that  she  was  in  this  state  from  not  only  impoverished 
blood,  but  iu  all  probability  septicmmic  blood  as  well ;  this 
abnormally  exalted  state  of  the  brain  and  general  nervous  sys¬ 
tem  being  another  phase  of,  and  the  result,  in  part  at  least,  of 
the  primary  cause  of  the  fever. 

He  urged  good  nourishment  and  plenty  of  it,  iron,  and 
soothing  agents  to  produce  quiet  and  sleep,  and  after  a  few 
days  he  suggested  phosphorus  combined  with  the  iron. 

Fortunately  she  ate  freely,  relished  and  digested  it,  and  be¬ 
sides  generous  food  of  beefsteak,  eggs,  milk,  soup,  etc ,  she 
took  during  the  twenty-four  hours  some  eight  or  ten  ounces  of 
good  brandy  in  the  form  of  milk  punch.  This  had  a  soothing 
rather  than  an  exciting  effect.  To  procure  reasonable  quiet 
during  the  day,  solution  of  valerionate  of  ammonia  and  assa- 
fcetidai  were  given,  and  to  insure  sufficient  sleep  at  night  thirty 


782  Original  Communications.  [February 

grains  of  bromide  of  potassium  combined  with  twenty  grains 
of  hydrate  of  chloral  were  given,  and  repeated  if  necessary. 
This  acted  very  happily. 

Opiates  were  avoided  on  account  of  idiosyncrasy,  obstruct¬ 
ing  the  excretions,  and  as  being  calculated  to  impair  appetite 
and  digestion,  t  he  sheet-anchors  in  this  case. 

On  this  course  she  steadily  improved,  and  now,  five  weeks 
after  the  birth  of  the  child,  she  is  almost  perfectly  well ;  the 
secretion  of  milk,  which  had  been  almost  stopped,  having  re¬ 
turned,  and  all  the  functions  of  the  body  having  resumed  their 
wonted  action. 

I  would  also  observe  that  she  never  at  any  time  during  this 
state  of  mental  aberration  and  exaltation  had  any  undue  heat 
of  head  or  body,  but  her  pulse  at  the  most  excited  time  was 
132  to  138  per  minute,  accelerated  of  course,  by  mental  or  physi¬ 
cal  exertion.  There  was  no  defined  cause  in  this  case  from  in¬ 
heritance.  The  cause  must  have  been  a  poisoned  and  anminic 
state  of  the  blood. 

\ 

A  possible  factor  in  the  production  of  this  state  ot  the  func¬ 
tion  of  the  brain  and  nervous  system  in  this  case,  suggested  by 
Dr.  Holliday,  might  have  been  a  slight  fissure  detected  in  the 
external  uterine  os,  thereby  inducing  reflex  irritability. 
Authors  do  attribute  puerperal  mania  to  such  causes.  -But, 
what  is  the  explanation  in  this  case? 

Inherited  influence,  shock,  anaemia,  uterine  irritation  and 
inflammation,  are  the  chief  causes  assigned  by  authors  and 
observers,  but  we  see  many  cases  much  more  anaemic  escape 
it.  It  is  not  common  following  puerperal  fever,  and  we  have 
thousands  of  cases  of  great  shock,  and  various  forms  of 
uterine  disturbance  without  it.  In  my  own  practice,  now 
extending  over  a  space  of  25  years,  or  nearly  so,  I  have  never 
met  with  a  case  before,  and  this  would  naturally  lead  one  to 
cast  about,  and  ask  not  only  for  its  exact  causes,  but  its 
frequency  in  different  localities.  What  are  the  statistics  in 
various  States  and  countries  on  the  subject  ?  What  influence 
has  climate  m  its  production?  What  influence  has  edu¬ 
cation,  or  kinds  of  education,  or  no  education  at  all  in 
its  production  ?  What  influence  has  peculiarity  of  nervous  con- 


Correspondence. 


783 


1880] 


stitution  ?  Does  a  callous  uneducated  person  often  have  it,  as 
compared  to  those  of  high  and  tine  nervous  organization  well 
educated!  Is  it  not  more  frequent  in  persons  of  active, 
refined  and  sensitive  natures  ?  whose  thoughts  and  imagina¬ 
tions  are  active  ? 

I  am  much  inclined  to  thinks  so.  These  and  other  kindred 
questions  are  pertinent,  and  very  naturally  occur  to  one. 


CORRESPONDENCE. 

Plantersville,  Morehouse  Parish,  La.,  \ 
August  3,  1879.  J 

S.  M.  Bemiss,  M.  D. 

Dear  Sir — I  thought  the  following  report  of  a  curious  case 
would  interest  you : 

July  20th  called  to  see  a  child  18  months  old  ;  quadroon ;  had 
been  sprightly  all  the  morning,  but  at  about  11  o’clock,  A.  M., 
was  taken  with  fever  and  in  about  half  an  hour  had  a  spasm, 
which  lasted  fifteen  minutes ;  saw  it  at  2  P.  M.,  had  had  four 
convulsions.  Fever  high,  pulse  quick,  but  small  and  thready, 
skin  hot,  insensible,  but  pawing  the  air  with  both  feet  aud 
hands  (kicking  out  its  legs  and  striking  alternately  with  its 
hands),  pupil  of  eye  small,  and  occasionally  licking  out  the 
tongue,  abdomen  swollen  and  tense,  tympanitic,  had  one  action 
in  the  morning  that  was  reported  not  unnatural.  I  gave  it  a 
dose  of  chloral,  1  gr.,  and  repeated  it  in  an  hour,  also  alter¬ 
nately  calomel  and  quinine,  every  half  hour.  It  became  more 
quiet  and  at  8  P.  M.  had  a  full  calomel  stool,  fever  cooler ; 
passed  a  quiet  night  until  about  12  o’clock,  when  the  fever 
again  rose  and  the  same  symptoms  all  again  appeared  as  de. 
scribed  above,  and  in  addition  the  head  was  extremely  hot. 
I  tried  inhalation  of  chloroform  \Vith  only  temporary  effect  and 
fell  back  again  on  the  chloral  and  morphine  with  quinine,  cold 
cloths  to  head  (warm  poultices,  or  flannel  cloths  soaked  in  oil 
and  turpentine  on  the  abdomen  seemed  to  increase  the  rest¬ 
lessness  and  convulsiveness  of  movement).  The  fever  and 
other  symptoms  seemed  to  be  augmented  about  11  o’clock,  A. 
M.,  24th,  and  at  about  2  P.  M.  the  mucous  rattling  in  the 


784  Correspondence.  [February 

throat,  short  difficult  respiration,  palid  face  and  sunken  eyes, 
seemed  to  tell  me  that  death  was  there.  So  hot  was  the  whole 
surface  and  head  that  it  seemed  almost  to  scorch  the  hand.  I 
was  satisfied  that  it  could  not  live  above  an  hour  as  all  power  of 
motion  was  gone  and  the  tongue  quivered  when  the  mouth  was 
opened. 

As  a  last  resort  I  caused  a  tub  of  cold  water  to  be  brought 
into  the  room  and  immersed  the  child  in  it  except  the  head, 
and  on  it  I  poured  cold  water  in  a  full  douche  from  a  quart  cup. 
For  the  first  minute  it  was  as  if  dead,  but  in  two  minutes  more 
it  kicked  manfully  and  cried  out.  It  was  then  placed  upon  the 
bed  aud  in  a  few  seconds  fell  into  a  perfectly  natural  sleep, 
skin  cool,  pulse  (which  was  before  almost  like  a  hair  and  too 
quick  to  count)  became  soft,  full  and  natural.  In  about  fifteen 
minutes  a  gentle  perspiration  cqme  out  on  the  skin,  and  in  an 
hour  it  woke  up  and  prattled  to  its  father  and  seemed  conscious 
of  its  surroundings,  drank  freely  and  took  some  broth  or  soup. 
Afterwards,  becoming  restless,  I  had  its  head  and  body 
covered  with  a  single  cloth,  wet  in  a  weak  mixture  of 
whisky  and  water  and  fanned  continually.  It  passed  a  good 
night,  but  the  fever  in  spite  of  quinine,  returned  at  8  o’clock 
next  morning  slightly,  and  the  spasmodic  motion  of  feet  and 
hands,  tumid  abdomen,  etc.  Santonine  and  calomel  given, 
brought  away  one  small  lumbricordia  about  14  inches  long . 
quinine  was  kept  up,  fever  did  not  return,  and  the  child  seemed 
to  be  doing  well,  except  that  when  last  seen,  yesterday,  August 
2d,  it  seemed  not  to  have  good  use  of  itself,  as  if  it  were 
slightly  paralyzed,  otherwise,  its  bodily  functions  are  all 
properly  performed.  I  have  reported  this  case  simply  because 
from  the  symptoms,  I  was  unable  to  make  my  mind  clearly 
the  cause  of  its  sickness  and  why  the  resulting  paralysis. 
It  could  not  have  been  worms,  nor  inflammation  of  the  bowels, 
as  there  were  no  watery  discharges  (though  the  last  action 
from  calomel  and  santonine  brought  away  a  full,  dark,  rather 
foetid  stool).  Could  it  have  been  a  sudden  attack  of  conjes- 
tion  of  the  brain,  with  exudation  ?  Quinine  seemed  not  to 
control  until  the  third  fever,  and  at  the  last  abated  it.  I  have 
seen  many  cases  of  conjestion  of  the  braiu,  but  it  followed  the 


Correspondence. 


785 


1880 1 


secoud  or  third  fever  and  not  the  first  attack,  and  in  so  very 
short  a  period,  half  an  hour.  Could  this  have  been  a  case  of 
infantile  apoplexy  (so-called)  ?  I  had  never  seen  before  nor 
heard  of  any  cases  where  the  immersion  in  cold  bath  was 
practiced,  and  in  this  case  I  should  not  have  done  it  had  I  not 
been  so  sure,  that  in  case  of  failure,  I  should  only  be  shorten¬ 
ing  its  life  a  few  minutes.  But  the  change  which  took  place 
seemed  to  me  almost  magical,  and  so  far  beyond  my  expecta¬ 
tion  that  I  could  not  realize  that  the  child  was  so  much  better 
in  so  short  a  time. 

I  would  like  to  ask  you  what  mode  of  treatment  would 
be  likely  to  be  successful  in  a  disease  of  the  month,  of  which 
there  are  several  in  my  section.  The  part  disordered  is  the 
gums,  which  are  of  a  dark  red,  have  a  tendency  to  bleed 
easily,  cleaves  from  the  teeth,  making  them  look  unnaturally 
long,  the  breath  is  disagreeable  and  the  patient  does  not  seem 
to  suffer  much  inconvenience  from  it  except  at  times  when  the 
disease  seems  to  be  particularly  increased  ?  I  notice  that  they 
drink,  smoke,  chew  tobacco,  etc.,  and  eat  as  others  do.  There 
is  no  unusual  salivation,  but  when  they  bleed  it  seems  to  be 
from  a  surface,  not  from  any  crack  or  fissure.  The  parties  are 
not  of  syplialitic  character.  It  goes  under  the  name  of 
“scurvy,”  and  is  very  difficult  to  cure.  I  have  never  cured  a 
case  yet  and  I  tried  acids,  neutral  salts  astringents,  locally 
together  with  iodide  of  potash  internally.  Is  it  a  constitu¬ 
tional  disease  ?  is  it  hereditary  ?  In  one  family  the  father,  GO 
years  of  age,  has  had  it  30  years  off  and  on,  and  two  sons,  one 
18  years,  the  other  14  years  of  age,  have  it.  The  girls  are  not 
troubled.  In  another  family,  one  son  only,  though  the  girls, 
all  grown,  have  unsound  teeth.  In  another  family,  an  only 
daughter,  whose  father  and  mother,  neither  of  them  have  it. 
There  is  no  scrofulous  taint  in  any  of  these  families,  nor  do 
the  children  of  the  third  generation  appear  to  have  it. 

Have  I  made  myself  sufficiently  plain  in  my  description  f 

Trusting  that  your  city  may  escape  the  threatened  disease 
this  year, 

I  am  truly  yours, 

Ben.  H.  Brodnax. 


786 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[February 


P 


URRENT 


EDICAL 


ITERATURE. 


BRIGHT’S  DISEASE. 

[Principal  conclusions  of  the  interesting  paper  read  before  the  Interna¬ 
tional  Medical  Congress  of  Amsterdam,  September,  1879,  by  Prof.  Semmola, 
of  Naples.] 

Translated  from  Oxornale  Internationale— della  Scxenze  Mediche  di  Napoli. 

By  Dr.  John  Dell’Orto. 

1st.  My  first  researches  on  Bright’s  disease  date  as  early  as 
1850.  I  believe  that  nobody  before  me  has  ever  tried  to  prove 
the  special  influence  of  alimentation  aud  diet  on  the  quantity 
of  albumen  excreted  by  the  kidneys  in  this  disease. 

2d.  This  influence  of  a  nitrogenous  or  non-uitrogeneous  diet 
upon  a  relative  proportion  of  albumen  in  the  urine,  or  upon  its 
absence  therefrom,  was  the  starting  point  of  all  my  investiga¬ 
tions,  and  has  led  me  to  the  conclusion,  that  our  attention 
should  not  be  limited  only  to  the  study  of  renal  lesions,  but 
also  to  the  general  derangement  of  nutrition,  that  prevents  the 
destructive  metamorphosis  of  the  albuminoid  principles. 

3d.  This  idea  of  mine  on  the  pathogeny  of  Bright’s  disease 
has  been  confirmed  by  another  classical  fact,  wholly  unknown 
up  to  the  present  date,  l  mean  the  notable  and  progressive 
decrease  in  the  quantity  of  urea  in  the  very  beginning  of  the 
sickness. 

4th.  I  consider  this  fact  as  of  the  most  vital  importance  to 
the  physiology  and  pathology  of  the  disease.  During  many 
years  1  have  insisted  upon  this  point  in  my  frequent  communica¬ 
tions  to  the  Academies  of  Medicine  of  Paris  and  Naples.  I  spoke 
of  it  at  the  Medical  Congresses  of  Paris  (1801-67)  and  of  Brux¬ 
elles  (1875) ;  and  now  1  am  convinced  more  than  ever  by  a 
large  experience  of  three  hundred  observations,  that  this 
decrease  of  urea  at  the  commencement  of  Bright’s  disease  is 
owing  to  deficiency  of  assimilations,  and  defect  of  oxidation  of 
the  albuminous  matter. 

It  is  a  note  worthy  fact,  that  the  defect  of  formation  of 
urea  is  the  result  of  the  diminution  or  total  suppression  of 
the  functions  of  the  skin.  Inconsequence  of  which  two  chem¬ 
ical  changes,  essentially  linked  together  in  a  biological  point 
of  view,  appear,  that  is,  alteration  and  non-assimilation  of  the 
albuminoids,  and  absence  of  their  combustion.  These  two 
changes  are  immediately  followed  by  diminution  in  the  forma¬ 
tion  of  urea — a  fact,  that  can  be  experimentally  reproduced  by 
varnishing  the  skin  of  a  dog. 

Leaving  to  physiologists  the  explanation  of  these  phenomena, 
I  only  indicate  them  as  a  proof,  that  the  true  chronic  Bright’s 
Disease  is  a  general  disease,  it  is  a  deeply  seated  defect  of  nu¬ 
trition,  in  which  the  anatomical  alterations  of  the  kidneys  (from 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


787 


1880  J 

hypercemia  clown  to  cirrhosis  and  atrophy),  do  not  nor  cannot 
constitute  the  primitive  pathogenic  cause  of  the  principal 
symptoms  of  the  disease.  In  fact  it  would  be  impossible  to 
demonstrate  with  the  assistance  of  physiology  how  a  morbific 
process  limited  to  the  kidneys  in  its  origin — that  is  at  a  mo¬ 
ment  when  their  function  as  depuratory  organs  is  not  altered — 
could  exercise  such  an  influence  in  the  formation  of  urea  as  to 
react  on  the  work  of  nutrition  of  the  whole  organism. 

I  call  the  special  attention  of  my  colleagues  to  this  point, 
which  has  been  neglected  on  account  of  being  only  observed  in 
the  first  stage  of  the  illness,  and  in  the  patients  of  the  Hospitals. 

5th.  In  the  other  kinds  of  albuminuria,  this  diminution  in 
the  production  of  urea  is  not  fuind  at  the  commencement  of 
albuminous  filtration.  It  is  consequently  necessary  to  separate 
these  different  albuminurias,  in  order  to  avoid  an  error  which 
still  exists,  and  which  would  lead  to  much  danger,  if  introduced 
in  teaching  and  practice. 

6th.  The  diminution  of  urea  in  other  albuminurias  has  no 
relation  of  causation  with  regard  to  albuminous  filtration.  It 
may  exist  sometimes,  but  modified,  according  to  the  peculiar 
disease  that  has  caused  the  albuminuria,  and  at  the  same  time 
has  altered  the  general  nutrition,  as  for  instaucethe  diseases  of 
the  heart ;  but  the  diminution  of  urea  in  these  cases  has  noth¬ 
ing  to  do  with  the  appearance  of  the  albuminuria — the  album¬ 
inuria  runs  quite  a  different  course,  and  it  is  only  at  the  last 
stage  of  the  disease,  when  the  kidney  is  deeply  altered 
(cardiacns  kidney,  amylaceous  kidney),  that  a  considerable 
diminution  of  urea  is  noticed  in  the  urine  through  functional 
defect.  Such  diminution  is  then  a  mechanical  fact,  that  imme¬ 
diately  causes  the  accumulation  of  urea  in  the  blood,  with  all 
its  fatal  consequences. 

7th.  In  Bright’s  disease,  properly  so-called,  the  diminution 
of  urea  is  the  result  of  two  causes.  In  the  first  stage  it  is  due 
to  defective  combustion  on  account  of  a  deteriorated  general 
nutrition  from  suppressed  cutaneous  functions.  Subsequently 
during  the  progress  of  renal  disease,  we  meet  again  decrease 
of  urea,  which  is  brought  about  by  deficiency  in  excretion. 

8th.  The  exaggeration  of  the  pathological  modification,  of 
the  kidneys  has  so  preoccupied  the  minds  of  practitioner  s  as  to 
neglect  the  general  and  chemical  nature  of  the  disease,  and  a 
conclusion  quite  paradoxical  for  scientific  pathology  has  been 
the  result,  that  is  a  clinical  unity  with  multiform  anatomical 
changes  (large  white  kidneys,  amylaceous  kidneys,  etc.). 

We  cannot  indeed  understand  how  a  general  constitutional 
disease,  produced  by  the  same  causes,  presenting  the  same 
symptoms  may  finally  terminate  with  so  different  pathological 
results.  This  final  difference  in  the  lesions  of  the  kidneys 
should  lead  us  to  acknowledge  a  difference  also  in  the  nature 
of  the  preceding  morbific  processss.  It  is  only  by  carefully  com¬ 
paring  the  evolution  of  all  the  symptoms,  the  mechanism  of  the 


o 


788  Current  Medical  Literature.  [February 


clinical  form  in  relation  to  the  peculiar  causes,  that  we  will  be 
able  to  distinguish  the  albuminuria  of  Bright’s  disease  from 
other  albuminurias,  so  as  to  make  it  a  characteristic  patholog¬ 
ical  entity. 

9th.  The  presence  of  albumen  in  the  urine  can  be  accounted 
for  by  the  three  physiological  factors  which  preside  over  the 
renal  function : 

a — Chemical  conditions  of  the  blood, 
b — Degree  of  pressure. 

c — Conditions  of  the  histological  elements  of  the  kidneys. 

10th.  There  are  in  consequence  three  kinds  of  albuminurias, 
a — Discrasic  albuminuria,  by  excess  or  alteration  of  the 
albuminoids  of  the  blood, 
b — Mechanical  albuminuria. 

c — Irritative  albuminuria  caused  by  local  irritation  of  the 
elements  that  reach  the  kidneys,  either  coming  from 
outside  or  formed  in  the  organism. 

These  three  species  of  albuminuria  are  in  perfect  accord  with 
the  anatomical  condition  of  the  kidney,  that  is,  if  each  of  them 
has  only  been  a  temporary  symptom,  the  structural  state  of  the 
kidney  may  either  remain  normal,  and  quite  foreign  to  the  albu¬ 
minous  filtration  (as  in  class  a),  or  undergo  a  little  provisory 
modification,  but  soon  return  to  its  normal  state: — if  on  the 
contrary,  the  pathological  condition  that  causes  albuminaria 
has  been  constant,  then  the  kidneys  become  gradually  altered, 
until  a  precise  and  special  lesion  proper  to  each  cause  results, 
but  the  lesion  is  always  in  relation  with  each  of  the  three 
factors,  that  have  so  modified  the  renal  functions,  as  to  bring 
about  the  filtration  of  albumen. 


We  have  thus  the  following  table: 


table : 

cod’n  of  kidneys. 

UREA. 

Kidney  normal. 

Maximum  of 
nrea,  of  sulphates 
aud  phosphates  in 
the  urine. 

Irritative  hyper- 
ssmia  more  or  less 
intensive  accord- 

Progressive  di¬ 
minution  of  urea 
in  urine  with  ac- 

Causes. 


Chemical  con¬ 
ditions  of  the 
blood. 

Discrasic  al¬ 
buminuria. 


f  Presence  in  the 
|  blood  of  an  excess 
of  albu  m  in  o  i  d  8 
coming  from  ali¬ 
mentation. 

Excess  of  albu¬ 
minoids  in  the 
blood,  due  to  de¬ 
fect  in  their  c  m- 
bustion. 


Alteration  in  the 
chemical  constitu¬ 
tion  of  the  circu¬ 
lating  albuminoids 


ing  to  the  organ,  cumulation  in  the 


the  function  of 
which  has  been 
distu:  bed,  as  the 
skin,  the  lungs,  e*c. 


blood  :  defect 
production. 


of 


Fatty  degenera¬ 
tion. 

so  that  they  can-,  Amylaceous  de- 
not  be  assimilated  generation, 
^(cachexias). 


Diminution  o  f 
urea  according  to 
Igra  v  i  t  y  of  the 
!  cause  of  cachexia. 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


789 


Degree  of 
pressure  of  the 
current  of  the 
blood. 

Mecha  n  i  c  a  1 
albuminuria. 


f  Several  neuroses 
due  to  some  influ 
ences  on  the  vaso¬ 
motor-system. 

Pregnancy  and 
generally  all  the 
causes  pressing  on 
{  the  inferior  vena 


cava  and  on 
renal  veins. 


the 


The  disease  of 


Renal  congestion 
of  a  short  duration 


Renal  congestion 
of  a  long  duration. 


the  heart  arrived]  Permanent  con- 


at  the  stage  of  in¬ 
sufficiency,  that  is 
of  the  inversion  of 
|  the  arterial  and 
t venous  tensions. 


gestion 

Cyanotic  kidney. 
Cardiacus  k  i  d- 
ney. 


Histologi  cal 
changes  of  the 
kidneys. 


f  Nephritis  a  n  d  I 
|  all  the  irritative 
|  causes  of  the  kid- 
1  neysin  their  difler- 
|  ent  degrees. 

The  albuminous 
I  filtration  is  iu  pro- 
I  portion  with  the 


Irritative  al-<(  function  and  with 


buminuria. 


the  influence  that 
the  inflamed  ele¬ 
ment  have  on  the 
mechanic  ism  of 
urinary  secretion. 


All  the  anatomi¬ 
cal  consequences 
o  f  inflammation 
from  the  simple 
congestion  and  de¬ 
generation  of  epi¬ 
theliums  down  to 
sclerosis  and  atro¬ 
phy  of  the  kidney. 


Urea  almost  nor¬ 
mal. 


Urea  in  relation 
with  causes  o  f 
compression. 


Diminution  o  f 
urea  in  relation 
with  the  disease. 


Urea  normal,  or 
a  little  increased 
in  proportion  to 
fever  (acute  state). 

Diminution  o  f 
urea  without  caus¬ 
ing  accumulation 
in  the  blood — in 
relation  with  the 
general  defect  of 
combustion. 

I  Diminution  o  f 
urea  on  account  of 
defective  fi  1 1  r  a  - 
tion ;  consequently 
accumulation  of  it 
in  the  blood. 


If  we  compare  the  clinical  history  of  Bright’s  disease  with  the 
above  related  causes  and  considerations,  we  have  to  conclude 
that  it  does  not  exclusively  belong  to  any  of  these  three  albu¬ 
minurias  ;  on  the  contrary,  it  comprises  all  of  them ;  it  is  a 
mixed  albuminuria. 

Studied  from  this  point  of  view,  Bright’s  disease  represents 
a  constant  evolution,  and  a  perfect  harmony  exists  between  the 
nature  of  the  causes,  the  symptons  and  the  clinical  form,  which 
is  characterized  by  the  following  facts,  succeeding  one  another: 

a — Exposure  to  cold  and  wet.  . 

b — Failure  in  the  functions  of  the  skin  ;  that  is  immediately 
followed  by 

1  Cutaneous  ischaemia, 

2  Accumulation  in  the  blood  of  the  exremen titious  cutaneous 

substances. 

3  Alteration  of  the  albuminoids — and  non-assimilation  of  the 

new  albuminoids  proceeding  from  the  peptones. 

4  Decrease  of  combustion  of  the  albuminoids  ;  consequently 

diminution  in  the  production  of  urea. 


790  Current  Medical  Literature.  [February 

During  this  first  phase  the  kidneys  remain  completely 
strangers  to  the  disease.  At  a  later  stage  they  become  altered 
and  present  the  following  anatomical  and  chemical  changes: 

1st.  Hypersemia. 

2d.  Irritative  effect  of  this  hypersemia  (inflammatory  results). 

3d.  Elimination  of  albumen. 

4th.  Progressive  diminution  of  urea,  as  the  consequence  of  the 
primitive  defect  of  production. 

Thus  we  have  two  classes  of  phenomena,  that  appear  with 
insensible  gradations,  and  are  intimately  connected  with  each 
other. 

In  the  first  class  we  have  the  symptoms  of  a  general  altera¬ 
tion  of  nutrition. 

In  the  second  we  observe  the  signs  of  the  anatomical  changes 
of  the  kidneys,  commencing  with  a  very  slow  inflammatory  pro¬ 
cess,  and  terminating  with  the  gravest  pathological  modifica¬ 
tions,  which  are  constantly  found  in  both  kidneys. 

This  bilateral  renal  alteration  is  characteristic  of  Bright’s  Dis¬ 
ease,  and  ought  to  be  called  Bright’s  Kidneys. 

Bright’s  Disease  then  cannot  be  confused  with  the  other 
albuminurias,  whatever  the  causes  that  produce  them,  may  be. 
I  believe,  in  consequence,  that  the  opinion  of  certain  authors 
in  admitting  some  forms  of  Bright’s  Disease  caused  by  alcohol, 
gout,  syphilis,  etc.,  is  ’not  exact.  Alcohol,  gout,  etc.,  may  pro¬ 
duce  albuminura ;  but  these  albuminurias  are  the  result  of  a 
general  derangement  peculiar  to  each  cause,  and  can  not  be 
considered  as  Bright’s  Disease. 


DIABETES  MELLITUS. 

By  M.  Hardy,  Gazette  dee  Hospitaux,  November  18. 

Gentlemen — The  patient  before  you  is  that  of  a  man  aged 
48  years.  He  is  an  old  soldier  who  has  been  on  duty  up  to  his 
entrance  in  the  hospital.  Vigorous  and  well-built,  he  perceived 
since  two  years,  that  his  strength  was  failing  and  that  he  was 
losing  flesh.  He  had  more  thirst  than  usual  and  was  forced 
to  drink  from  four  to  five  quarts  of  liquid  per  day ;  however 
he  is  not  a  tipler,  and  drank  only  to  allay  his  exaggerated 
thirst,  at  times  of  pure  water,  at  others  of  vinous  water  and  of 
coco.  He  soon  perceived  that  his  appetite  became  as  insatiable 
as  his  thirst;  he  eat  more  than  two  pounds  of  bread  per  day, 
with  much  meat  and  potatoes  to  satisfy  his  craving  appetite. 
He  urinated  much  and  had  constant  desire  to  urinate,  and  was 
compelled  to  evacuate  his  bladder  several  times  each  night, 
and  rendered  about  four  to  five  quarts  of  urine  per  twenty-four 
hours. 

Nevertheless  his  strength  still  diminished,  and  he  grew 
weaker  each  day;  he  consulted  a  physician,  who  from  the  ex¬ 
amination  of  his  urine  recognized  a  diabetic  affection.  He  was 


1880 1 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


791 


put  upon  appropriate  treatment,  prescribed  a  special  regimen, 
eliminating  bread,  potatoes  and  sugar,  and  was  advised  to  eat 
nothing  else  but  meat  and  green  vegetables.  Under  this  happy 
influence,  he  improved  somewhat,  but  did  not  recover  complete 
health ;  he,  however,  resumed  his  painful  duties. 

Still  some  few  months  ago,  he  began  to  decline  again  in 
strength,  and  found  his  thirst  and  appetite  increasing ;  being 
unable  to  persevere  with  his  duties,  he  entered  the  hospital. 
You  may  perceive  that  he  is  still,  apparently  a  vigorous  man  ; 
but  he  has  lost  flesh,  his  skin  is  loose  and  flabby,  not  stretched 
upon  the  muscular  tissues,  which  indicates  a  considerable  dif¬ 
ference  between  his  present  and  former  state,  a  comparison 
which  no  physician  should  neglect  to  establish,  if  he  wishes  to 
strictly  satisfy  himself  between  the  progress  of  a  disease  and 
its  effects. 

With  the  diabetic  the  skin  is  usualjy  dry ;  with  our  patient 
we  have  a  slight  difference ;  he  perspires  a  great  deal  at  night. 
His  thirst  is  always  acute,  but  he  now  drinks  about  two  to  two 
and  a  half  quarts  of  liquid  in  the  twenty-four  hours,  nis  ap¬ 
petite  is  at  present  less  voracious,  he  is  able  to  appease  it.  His 
venereal  appetites  are  not  as  acute  as  formerly.  The  troubles 
of  vision  which  we  observe  in  him  are  more  complex,  because 
he  is  affected  with  serious  disorders  of  refraction. 

Finally,  I  point  out  a  phenomenon  which  is  scarce  ever  want¬ 
ing  with  the  diabetic,  though  it  is  almost  negative  in  our  pa¬ 
tient  :  the  diabetic  has  usually  an  acid  mouth  ;  the  saliva  has 
an  acid  reaction,  which  we  are  able  to  detect  by  means  of  blue 
litmus  paper.  The  saliva  in  its  normal  state  gives  a  neutral 
reaction ;  you  may  perceive  that  moistened  in  the  mouth  of 
my  interne,  the  litmus  paper  scarcely  reddens,  whilst  that 
which  I  place  in  the  mouth  of  our  patient  is  sufficiently  red¬ 
dened.  His  teeth  are  quite  good  and  his  gums  not  softened. 
But  he  presents  a  phenomonon,  to  which  I  especially  call  your 
attention,  it  is  the  redness  and  the  hitcliiness  of  his  genital 
organs  ;  the  gland  presents  in  a  high  degree  the  characteristics 
of  preputial  herpes  (which  is  not  herpes,  but  eczema);  the  hitch¬ 
ing  is  acute  and  the  secretions  are  profuse. 

I  here  present  you  a  second  case  of  diabetes  from  the  wards 
of  Prof.  Vulpiau.  He  is  a  man  aged  28  years,  and  has  been  a 
porter.  He  is  quite  strong  and  very  vigorous.  He  is  ill  since 
only  four  months.  Within  the  two  past  months  only,  has  he 
perceived  his  strength  failing  and  is  losing  flesh.  He  has  lost 
more  than  twenty  pounds  in  weight  within  the  few  past  weeks. 
You  may  perceive  that  his  muscular  system  is  already  affected, 
and  that  his  skin  is  too  loose  and  may  be  easily  folded;  this  is 
a  proof  of  a  loss  of  flesh.  His  mouth  is  dry  and  sweet;  he  is 
continually  hungry  and  thirsty.  His  thirst  is  so  great  that  he 
is  obliged  to  drink  from  seven  to  eight  quarts  of  water  per  day  ; 
his  thirst  is  so  acute,  he  says  u  that  were  it  uriue  I  would  drink 
it.”  He  passed  eleven  quarts  of  urine  in  the  twenty-four  hours. 


792 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[February 


His  tongue  presents  no  characteristic  symptoms  ;  the  reaction 
of  the  saliva  is  acid.  Erotic  desires  are  completely  wanting 
since  he  entered  the  hospital.  The  symptoms  have  caused  us 
to  look  for  glycosuria.  The  urine  is  clear,  limpid,  abundant 
(five  quarts)  in  twenty-four  hours,  with  great  density,  1.034  ; 
this  would  suffice  to  make  the  diagnosis.  In  fact,  in  intersti- 
tal  nephritis,  we  find  also  a  pale  urine,  uncolored,  but  its  den¬ 
sity  does  not  range  beyond  1.005  or  1.010.  The  examination  of 
the  urine  with  the  liquor  of  Fehlinghas  given  the  characteristic 
reaction  of  the  presence  of  sugar. 

The  weight  by  the  process  of  Bouchardat  has  given  290 
grammes  of  sugar ;  the  more  exact  one,  by  means  of  the  sac- 
cliarometer,  has  given  342  grammes  of  sugar  eliminated  in  the 
twenty-four  hours.  On  certain  days,  the  amount  attains  400  or 
500  grammes. 

We  have  here  an  acutp  case  of  diabetes,  which  in  a  few 
mouths,  will  bring  our  patient  to  the  most  profound  cachexia, 
if  we  do  not  succeed  in  arresting  the  progress  of  the  disease. 

Here  we  have  two  diabetic  patients  who  have  attained  two 
different  periods  of  the  disease,  and  I  deem  it  useful  to  take 
advantage  of  this  opportunity  to  make  a  study  with  you  of  this 
to-day  very  common  disease.  As  the  examination  of  the  urine 
and  the  dosage  (weight)  of  the  sugar  in  diabetes  mellitus,  are 
such  important  operations,  that  all  physicians  should  be  able 
to  make,  at  least  quite  approximatively ;  I  will  now  enter  into 
the  study  of  this  question,  before  touching  upon  its  clinical 
relations. 

If  the  examination  of  the  urine  is  a  rule  in  all  diseases,  the 
greater  the  reason  why  it  should  in  diabetes.  The  quantity  of 
the  urine  is  already  an  important  sign:  it  is  sometimes  in¬ 
creased  to  considerable  proportions  in  diabetes.  Our  patient 
renders  actually  three  quarts  of  urine,  whilst  that  of  M.  Vul- 
pian  renders  scarcely  less  than  from  six  to  eight  quarts  in  the 
twenty -four  hours. 

The  density  is  also  greatly  increased  ;  taking  by  means  of  the 
areometer  ot  Bouchardat,  it  is  in  minimum  with  these  two  pa¬ 
tients,  1.040.  The  color  of  the  urine  is  in  general,  passibly  pale ; 
with  our  patients  it  is  relatively,  still  sufficiently  colored. 

The  main  point  in  the  examination  of  the  urine  of  diabetes, 
is  the  search  for  the  presence  of  sugar.  Numerous  processes 
have  been  imagined  for  this  purpose.  All  are  more  or  less  de¬ 
fective  ;  we  will  here  only  occupy  ourselves  with  those  wThich 
are  accessible  to  the  clinician. 

A.  The  oldest  is  that  of  Moohr.  We  introduce  some  urine 
into  a  tube,  and  add  two  or  three  pastiles  of  caustic  potash  to 
it.  We  heat  slightly  the  lower  portion  of  the  tube ;  the  potash 
melts,  then  the  inferior  portion  becomes  of  a  brown  color.  This 
coloration  becomes  gradually  of  a  sufficiently  thick  brown-red, 
and  invades  the  total  extent  of  the  liquid.  After  a  few  mo¬ 
ments  of  cooling,  it  becomes  more  brown,  resembling  much  in 
color  to  old  Malaga  wine. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


793 


1880] 

This  process  is  still  one  of  the  best  for  the  practitioner.  With 
a  coloration  as  brown  as  this  which  we  find  in  the  particular 
case,  we  may  rest  assured  that  the  urine  contains  at  least  40 
grammes  of  sugar  per  quart ;  if  the  red  tints  were  clearer,  in 
examining  the  urine  by  means  of  transparency,  we  could  still 
count  about  30  grmnmes  per  quart.  If  the  coloration  be  black 
as  coffee,  we  can  accept  it  as  being  more  than  50  grammes  per 
quart. 

B.  Let  us  examine  the  process  of  Luton,  of  Reims,  without 
recommending  it,  but  only  to  point  out  its  defects,  It  consists 
in  adding  bichromate  of  potash  and  sulphuric  acid  to  the 
urine,  the  urine  becomes  of  a  magnificent  emerald-green  colora¬ 
tion,  when  it  contains  sugar.  But  all  ternary  substances  can 
produce  this  reaction.  It  only  suffices  that  an  individual  should 
have  made  an  excess  of  drink,  for  his  urine  thus  treated  to  pro¬ 
duce  such  an  intensity  of  coloration.  You  perceive  that  with 
pure  water,  to  which  I  added  a  trace  of  alcohol,  I  obtain  this 
reaction,  which  is  not  at  all  characteristic  of  sugar. 

C.  Here  is  another  process,  which  possesses  a  certain 
amount  of  value  ;  we  introduce  some  sub-nitrate  of  bismuth  in 
a  tube,  two  pastiles  of  potassa,  then  the  urine.  We  heat  the 
lower  portion  of  the  tube;  the  liquid  passes  from  a  white  to  a 
black  color,  to  a  real  tint  of  the  powder  of  charcoal,  due  to  the 
metallic  reduction  of  bismuth  in  presence  of  sugar. 

With  nitrate  of  silver,  we  obtain  the  same  effect.  But  there 
are  two  causes  of  error:  1st.  The  presence  of  albumen,  which 
reduces  the  metallic  salts  in'presence  of  potash.  We  should 
separate  the  albumen  by  coagulating  it  by  heat;  and,  in  filter¬ 
ing  it  before  seeking  for  glyeose.  2d.  Should  the  urine  contain 
much  uric  acid,  we  obtain  the  same  reduction.  For  uric  acid  is 
sufficiently  difficult  to  separate  from  urine. 

D.  I  come  to  the  procedure  of  Barreswill,  which  rests  upon 
the  reduction  of  the  cupro-potassie  liquor.  The  liquor  of  Fehl- 
ing  (sulpha! e  of  copper,  sel  de  saignette,  lye  of  soda)  is  shown 
in  such  a  manner  that  10  cubic  centimeters  of  this  liqdor  cor¬ 
responds  to  5  centigrammes  of  glyeose.  To  seek  for  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  sugar,  we  pour  the  blue  liquid  in  and  we  heat.  This 
liquid,  in  fict,  being  very  liable  to  decompose,  we  should  ascer¬ 
tain  by  ebullition  that  it  is  not  self  reduced.  If  it  remains 
limpid  we  introduce  the  urine  in  the  tube  (half  less  of  urine 
than  of  the  blue  liquid),  and  we  heat  the  superior  portion  of  the 
tube.  You  immediately  perceive  a  red  coloration,  yellow, 
greenish,  intense,  then  the  whole  liquid  takes  or  manifests  an 
orange  like  coloration,  characteristic  of  the  presence  of  sugar. 

The  errors  of  this  process  pertains,  1st.  To  the  presence  of 
albumen,  which  may  mark  its  reaction  in  reducing  the  liquid  to 
a  violet  magma,  we  should  then  firstly  eliminate  the  albumen 
by  heat  and  filtration  ;  2d.  in  presence  of  substances  which 
thus  reduces  the  oxyde  of  copper,  such  as  chloroform  which 
passes  in  nature  in  urine,  or  creatinine  in  excess  (but  there 


794 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[February 


should  be  an  immense  quantity,  at  least  10  grammes  per  quart 
to  produce  so  considerable  a  reduction,  and  it  is  quite  seldom 
that  we  meet  with  2  grammes  per  quart) ;  3d.  in  the  presence 
of  uric  acid  in  excess,  but  the  reduction  is  not  the  same.  We 
meet  here  a  pulverulent  mass  that  light  does  not  traverse,  pos¬ 
sessing  a  pure  yellow  orange  tint,  while  uric  acid  produces  a 
flocky  reduction  of  large  flakes  leaving  free  intervals  of  space 
which  light  can  traverse,  and  the  reduction  has  more  of  a 
blackish-brown  tint ;  the  flakes  are  quite  light  and  require 
from  one  to  two  hours  to  deposit,  whilst  that  in  glycosuria,  the 
precipitate  is  abundant  and  falls  rapidly  to  the  bottom  of  the 
tube. 

It  may  be  interesting  in  a  clinic  to  show  the  sugar  in  nature, 
to  extract  the  glycose  from  the  urine  and  to  show  it  in  its  amor¬ 
phous  state.  Here  is  a  simple  process,  but  which  its  lack  of 
strict  accuracy  renders  only  satisfactory  for  the  clinic.  Take 
200  cubic  centimeters  of  urine,  evaporate  to  dryness  in  a  water 
bath  in  a  porcelain  capsule.  The  residue  is  washed  with  50'cu- 
bic  centimeters  of  alcohol,  which  carries  off  and  dissolves  the 
urea,  the  extractive  materials,  the  salts  and  the  chloride  of 
sodium.  This  washing  is  repeated  two  'or  three  times.  Then 
treat  the  residue  with  ether,  which  carries  off  the  fatty  matters. 
There  remains  the  glycose  mixed  to  a  very  small  quantity  of 
insoluble  mineral  salts.  Take  up  the  residue  by  water  raised 
progressively  to  the  temperature  of  40°  or  50°.  Filter  and 
evaporate  to  a  syropy  consistency.  By  cooling  the  sugar  de¬ 
posits  on  the  bottom  of  the  capsules  and  finally  we  obtain  in 
nature  the  chrystallized  sugar  which  was  contained  in  the  200 
cubic  centimeters  of  urine. 

The  dosage  of  the  sugar  contained  in  the  urine  may  be  ob¬ 
tained  by  four  processes  of  quite  different  value  : 

1st.  It  can  be  made  by  means  of  the  polarimeter.  We  in¬ 
troduce  100  cubic  centimeters  of  urine  in  a  balloon,  and  we  add 
10  cubic  centimeters  of  a  solution  of  the  acetate  of  lead  to  deo¬ 
dorize  the  urine,  which  soon  produces  an  enormous  precipitate, 
which  carries  down  the  coloring  matters  and  we  filter.  The 
filtered  liquor  is  introduced  in  the  tube  of  the  polarimeter  (tube 
let  us  say,  of  “  22  centimeters  ”  on  account  of  its  length),  then 
we  close  the  tube  with  the  index  of  glass  slipt  laterally  and 
obliquely,  in  order  to  prevent  the  introduction  of  bubbles  of 
air,  and  we  screw  the  metallic  index. 

This  tube  filled  with  distilled  water  is  first  put  in  place  in 
front  of  the  lamp  ;  we  look  in  the  eye-glass,  and  we  see  a  circle 
divided  into  two  unequal  parts  by  a  black  line,  these  two  parts 
having  different  colors.  We  turn  the  screw  situated  beneath 
the  eye-glass  (from  left  to  right),  until  that  the  two  discs  have 
an  equal  coloration.  It  is  the  zero  of  the  gradation  of  the  index. 
There  is  no  sugar  in  the  liquid  of  this  tube  (distilled  water),  we 
replace  then  this  tube,  by  the  tube  filled  with  urine,  and  when 
we  look  iu  the  eye-glass,  we  perceive  that  the  two  discs  have 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


795 


1880 1 

changed  coloration  and  are  not  equal.  We  turn  the  screw  in 
an  inverse  manner  until  the  coloration  be  equal,  pale  rose,  from 
both  rides.  We  read  the  corresponding  division  on  the  index ; 
in  the  particular  case,  we  read  the  number  25.  For  each  de¬ 
gree  of  the  saccharometer  corresponds  to  2  gr.,  256  of  sugar  per 
quart;  then  25x2  gr.  256=56  gr.,  400  of  sugar  per  quart;  and, 
as  the  patient  renders  2500  grammes  of  urine  in  the  twenty -four 
hours,  we  will  have  56  gr.,  400x2500=141  grammes  of  glycose. 

This  patient  rendered  141  grammes  of  sugar  in  twenty-four 
hours.  Before  his  treatment  he  rendered  225  grammees. 

The  dosage  by  the  saccharometer  is,  of  all  processes  the  most 
certain  and  exact.  J.  H.  W. 

I  TO  BE  CONTINUED  NEXT  MONTH.] 


THERAPEUTIC  ACTION  OF  THE  FOUR  ALKALIES  OF  THE  GRAN¬ 
ATUM  (or  Pomegranate),  DESIGNATED  UNDER  THE  NAME 
OF  PELLETltfRINE  AS  A  TAENIFUGE. 

By  Dr.  BekengeE  Febaud,  Phyaieian-in-Chief  of  the  French  Marine. 

From  the  Bulletin  Genorale  de  Therapeutiyue  Medicale  et  Chirurgicale,  October  30th, 
1879, ^and  November  15th,  1879.) 

Tue  Doctor,  after  having  experimented  upon  138  subjects,  ' 
and  with  acquired  experience  of  various  doses  and  combina¬ 
tions,  seems  to  have  arrived  at  a  very  promising  and  satisfac¬ 
tory  result.  He  considers  that  a  solution  of  50  centigrammes 
of  the  sulphate  of  pellethirine,  to  which  is  added  a  solutiou  of 
1  gr.  60  of  tannin,  is  much  more  effective  than  the  pelletidrine 
when  given  by  itself;  that  is,  in  putting  the  two  bodies  in  suit¬ 
able  conditions  to  produce  a  real  tannate  of  pelletierine,  we 
obtain  a  solution  which  is  not  repugnant  to  the  taste  joined  to 
a  greatly  enhanced  efficiency. 

Mr.  Tanret  in  his  researches  upon  the  granatum  has  called 
pelletierine  the  active  principle  of  the  bark.  He  has  discovered 
since  that  the  granatum  contained  not  only  one  alkaloid,  but 
in  reality,  four,  which  he  has  isolated,  and  characterized  by 
their  action  upon  polarized  light.  Whilst  awaiting  the  com¬ 
pletion  of  the  study  which  he  is  actively  pursuing,  we  will  after 
his  method,  call  pelletierines  a  and  6,  the  two  alkalies  of  which 
the  sulphates  are  not  decomposable  by  the  bicarbonate  of  soda. 
These  two  alkalies  are  liquid  and  volatile  ;  the  first,  a,  is  with¬ 
out  action  on  polarized  light,  and  the  other,  5,  is  laevigore 
(that  is,  deviates  to  the  left  the  plan  of  polarization).  The  two 
other  alkaloids,  of  which  the  sulphates  are  decomposable  by 
the  bicarbonate  of  soda,  will  be  the  pelletierines  g  and  d;  the 
first,  g ,  is  volatile,  crystallized  and  without  action  on  polarized 
light;  the  second,  d ,  is  liquid,  volatile  and  dextrogyre.  It 
seems,  then,  natural  that  we  should  question  whether  each  of 
these  bodies  possess  alike  taenifuge  action,  and  the  matter  is 
not  a  simple  scientifical  curiosity ;  here  may  rest  an  important 
practical  question,  as  we  shall  soon  see.  In  fact,  should  one 
6 


790  Current  Medical  Literature.  [February 

or  two  of  the  diverse  elements  of  the  pelletierine  not  possess  a 
taenifuge  action,  depending  upon  this  or  that  condition  of 
vegetation,  or,  according  as  this  or  that  vegetable  part  is  ex¬ 
amined,  the  respective  proportions  of  a,  6,  g  and  d ,  differing, 
it  might  happen  that  for  the  same  dose  of  the  drug  derived 
from  such  or  such  source,  there  might  happen  a  different 
result.  He,  in  consequence,  experimented  with  the  various 
precipitated  alkalies,  and  we  here  append  the  result  of  ac¬ 
quired  facts : 

1.  That  the  tannate  of  the  alkali  a,  produced  17  undoubted 
successes  out  of  22  cases. 

2.  That  the  sulphate  b ,  succeeded  only  in  one  case  out 
of  five,  which  corroborates  my  opinion  that  the  sulphate,  when 
not  mixed  with  tannin,  is  a  bad  taenifuge  preparation. 

3.  That  the  tannate  b  (sulphate  to  which  taunin  is  added  in 
the  proportion  of  4  to  5,  or  of  1  gr.  60  of  tannin — one  gramme 
and  sixty  centigrammes  of  tannin  to  fifty  centigrammes  of  pel¬ 
letierine)  has  produced  7  good  results  to  9  trials.  It  is,  then, 
I  believe,  a  sufficiently  good  preparation,  though  less  effective 
than  the  tannate  a. 

4.  That  the  tannate  a,  b,  has  furnished  24  undoubted  suc¬ 
cesses,  2  probable  favorable  terminations,  and  4  failures; 
but  these  last  four  may  be  attributed  in  greater  part  to  the 
patients  more  than  to  the  passive  action  of  the  medicine. 

5.  That  the  sulphate  g  and  the  sulphate  d,  or  yet  again  the 
sulphate  g  and  d  united,  have  failed  each  time,  so  that  we  are 
disposed  to  consider  these  alkaloids  as  having  no  taenifuge 
property  whatever. 

6.  That  the  tannate  g  and  the  tannate  d,  or  even  again  the 
tannate  g  and  d  united,  are  absolutely  in  the  same  condition. 

From  which  we  conclude  that: 

A.  The  pure  sulphate,  ‘pares  cum  paribus,’  is  not  affective  in 
the  expulsion  of  the  taenia. 

B.  The  sulphate,  to  which  tauniu  is  superadded  in  the  pro¬ 
portions  above  cited,  and  in  particular  50  centigrammes  of 
pelletierine  for  1  gr.  60  of  tannin,  is  on  the  contrary  quite  pre¬ 
ferable. 

C.  The  alkalies  a  and  &,  or  a,  b  united,  are  good  taenifuge ; 
a  seems  to  me  superior  to  b  in  its  effects. 

D.  The  alkalies  g  and  d.  or  g  d  united,  do  not  possess 
this  taenifuge  action. 

This  result  being  obtained,  i.  e .,  finding  that  the  alkalies  a 
and  5,  under  the  form  of  a  tannate,  have  a  very  happy  expul¬ 
sive  effect  under  certain  precautions  to  be  taken.  To  obtain 
this  result  I  have  given  the  pelletierine  a.  in  the  quantity  of  30 
centigrammes  (sulphate  30  centigrammes  :  tannin  1  gr.  20)  six 
times,  I  produced  the  head  five  times. 

In  another  series  of  experiments,  I  gave  the  pelletierine  a.  b. 
in  the  dose  of  30  centigrammes,  eight  times,  and  I  obtained  the 
head  seven  times. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


797 


1880] 

From  various  results,  I  consider  that  the  dose  of  pelletierine, 
a,  is  able  to  expel  the  taenia  in  the  majority  of  cases,  in  the 
dose  of  25  to  30  centigrammes;  that  the  one  of  a  and  b 
united  is  30  to  40  centigrammes. 

In  the  dose  of  30  centigrammes  the  sulphate  of  pelletierine, 
additioned  with  1  g.  20  of  tannier,  produces  such  light  phe¬ 
nomena  of  intoxication,  that  I  think  that  we  might  venture  to 
give  the  drug  to  children  above  the  age  of  ten  years.  I  have 
no  experience,  however,  my  field  being  limited  to  observations 
of  adult  males. 

In  the  various  experiments,  rendered  above,  I  necessarily  en¬ 
deavored  to  find  out  which  were  the  best  conditions,  to  be  suc¬ 
cessful,  and  I  successively  endeavored  to  solve: 

1.  The  precautions  to  be  taken  on  the  day  preceding  its  ad¬ 
ministration. 

2.  The  variety  of  pelletierine  which  would  most  likely  suc¬ 
ceed. 

3.  The  combination  which  should  be  given. 

4.  The  dose  of  the  pelletierine. 

5.  The  manner  of  giving  it. 

6.  The  purgative  to  be  employed. 

7.  What  should  be  done  during  the  action. 

8.  When  should  we  renew  the  dose  after  an  unsuccessful 
administration. 

I  enter  into  these  details,  for  I  consider  that  there  exists  an 
infinity  of  small  precautions,  upon  which  the  success  depends 
much  more  than  upon  the  massivity  of  the  taenifuge  which  we 
are  administering. 

1.  Precautions  to  be  taken  on  the  day  preceeding  the  one  in 
which  the  pelletierine  is  administered.  Usually  on  the  day  pre¬ 
ceding  the  ingestion  of  the  pelletierine,  I  only  allow  for  all 
aliment  one  or  two  quarts  of  milk  and  a  small  amount  of  bread. 
At  the  debut,  I  attached  great  importance  to  this  and  as  in 
some  few  cases  it  happened  that  I  had  nevertheless  succeeded 
in  the  expulsion  of  the  taenia.  It  was  mooted  by  me,  whether 
it  was  not  preferable  to  set  aside  this  little  precaution,  for 
though  not  difficult  of  execution,  it  complicated  the  treatment 
somewhat,  and  might  at  times  retard  an  urgent  medication  to 
a  succeeding  day.  I  am  convinced  to  say  that  it  is  very  im¬ 
portant  that  we  should  put  the  patient  upon  an  exclusive  milk 
diet  on  the  day  preceding  the  giving  of  the  pelletierine.  I 
would  even  say  that  I  would  scarce  advise  the  allowance  of 
even  a  small  portion  of  bread  to  the  milk. 

To  test  the  question  upon  this  little  point.  I  gave  an  identi¬ 
cal  preparation  of  pelletierine  to  a  certain  number  of  patients, 
and  this  was  the  tannate  a ,  />,  (in  the  dose  of  40  centigrammes 
of  the  sulphate  to  lg,  00  of  tannin),  which  1  selected.  These 
doses  were  from  the  same  chemists,  were  given  in  the  same 
manner ;  in  a  word,  1  endeavored  to  place  things  in  a  strictly 
alike  condition.  Well !  1  administered  the  drug  eight  times 


798  Current  Medical  Literature.  [February 

without  a  preceding  milk  regimen,  and  I  obtained  six  incom¬ 
plete  expulsions ; — again,  eight  times  I  gave  the  preceding 
milk  regimen,  and  in  seven  I  obtained  the  taenia  with  the  head. 
The  eighth,  which  I  relate  as  unsuccessful,  is  even  doubtful,  and 
pleads  even  to  a  strict  milk  regimen,  for  though  the  patient 
had  taken  milk,  it  is  true ;  but  being  an  enaemic,  returning 
from  Cochin  China  with  a  phagedenic  ulcer,  I  allowed  him  a 
free  regimen,  he  took  also  some  meat-broth  and  ate  a  cluster  of 
grapes.  Such  results  convinces  me  that  one  of  the  important 
factors,  in  the  taenifuge  medication  by  pelletierine,  is  a  strict 
milk  diet  on  the  day  preceding  its  expulsion.  A  want  of  strict 
attention  to  this  rule,  might  expose  to  a  reasonable  failure. 

Why  is  it  that  success  depends  upon  this  procedure  ?  is  difficult 
to  answer ;  yet  I  am  disposed  to  think  that  in  placing  pure 
milk  in  contact  with  the  animal,  we  place  it  in  osmotic  condi¬ 
tions  favorable  to  its  more  complete  intoxication.  Besides, 
what  may  be  the  explanation,  let  it  suffice  to  say  that  expe¬ 
rience  has  demonstrated  a  comparative  result  to  react  upon 
practice.  Therefore,  I  recommend  that  milk  as  a  strict  aliment 
should  be  given  on  the  day  preceding,  or  at  least  for  the  even¬ 
ing  meal  preceding  the  injestion  of  the  pelletierine. 

"1.  Of  the  variety  of  the  pelletierine  which  ice  should  preferably 
use. — It  is  likely,  if  1  rely  upon  my  judgment,  that  the  various 
results  observed  in  the  taenifuge  action  of  the  pelletierine  de¬ 
pends  upon  variable  proportions  of  the  diverse  alkalies  a ,  ft,  g, 
d  of  which  we  have  just  spoken.  M.  Tauret  has  observed 
that  the  alkalies  are  found  in  quantities  relatively  different,  ac¬ 
cording  as  we  operate  with  such  or  such  vegetable  part  of  the 
vegetable,  in  such  or  such  season,  with  older  or  younger  vege¬ 
tables,  and  with  more  or  less  vigorous  ones.  Then,  it  is  evi¬ 
dent,  since  g  and  d  have  no  marked  taenifuge  action,  that  if,  by 
accident,  they  are  found  more  abundant  in  a  sample  than  in 
another,  we  might  be  liable  to  obtain  different  results  in  believ¬ 
ing  that  we  are  acting  in  identical  conditions. 

The  alkalies  a  and  ft,  on  the  contrary,  possessing  an  effect¬ 
ive  action,  towards  the  expulsion  of  the  taenia,  I  believe  that 
we  should  preferably  employ  them  instead  of  the  whole  pelle¬ 
tierine,  and  using  the  terms  of  M.  Tauret,  I  will  say  that  it  is 
desirable  that  we  should  only  make  use  of  the  alkalies  of  the 
granatum  “  which  are  not  displaced  by  the  bicarbonate  of 
soda.”  The  alkaloid  a  has  seemed  to  me  sensibly  more  effect¬ 
ive  than  the  ft,  so  that  I  am  predisposed  in  its  favor  and  will¬ 
ing  to  class  it  as  first.  But  yet,  I  would  add,  that  the  pellet- 
idrines  a  and  ft  united  have  produced  such  good  results,  that 
I  think,  that  I  am  able  to  accept  their  combinations  as  the 
preparation  to  be  made  use  of  in  ordinary  times,  should  the 
exclusion  of  the  ft  be  the  cause  of  greatly  raising  the  price  of 
the  dose  of  the  drug, 

3.  The  form  in  which  we  should  give  the  Pelletierine. — The  re¬ 
sults  forementioned  indicate  that  the  pure  sulphate  is  much 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


799 


1880] 

less  active  than  when  tannin  is  added  to  it.  What,  by  abbre¬ 
viation,  I  have  in  the  preceding  article  called,  somewhat  im¬ 
properly,  tannate  (when  I  referred  to  the  proportions  of  50 
centigrammes  of  pelletierine  for  40  centigrammes  of  tannin), 
is  infinitely  preferable.  I  know  that,  theoretically,  a  tannate 
would  require  three  times  more  of  tannin,  be  it  said,  50  centi¬ 
grammes  of  pelletierine  and  1  gr.  GO  of  tannin,  and  we  have  an 
excellent,  active  taenifuge.  I  feared,  at  the  starting  point, 
that  such  a  preparation  would  be  too  disagreeable  to  take,  and 
it  is  why  I  added  so  small  a  proportion  of  tannin  to  the  sul¬ 
phate.  The  proportion  of  tannin  which  I  made  use  of  then, 
was  of  excellent  effect,  truly  effective,  and  of  easy  ingestion ; 
but  I  have  siuce  learned  that  in  increasing  the  tannin,  the 
liquor  could  still  be  taken  without  too  great  repugnance. 

4.  The  dose  of  pelletierine  to  he  given. — As  I  just  remarked,  I 
tried  to  give  20  centigrammes  of  the  sulphate  united  to  Go  cent¬ 
igrammes  of  tannin,  and  I  have  come  to  the  conclusion,  by 
established  facts,  that  the  minimum  dose  for  an  adult  should 
be  40  to  50  centigrammes  of  the  sulphate  of  pelletierine  a 
and  b,  united  to  35  or  40  centigrammes  of  pelletierine  a  added 
to  lg  40  to  lg  50  of  tannin. 

5.  The  manner  of  administering  the  pelletierine. — I  have  given 
it  in  various  ways:  in  fractional  doses  at  a  quarter,  a  half  and 
an  hour’s  distance.  I  have  finally  adopted  the  plan  of  giving 
the  whole  dose  at  one  time,  and  at  the  same  moment  to  give 
the  purgative.  I  have  often  given  it  in  this  wise :  1st.  In  a  glass 
the  sulphate  of  pelletierine  and  the  tannin  to  which  is  added 
some  pure  water.  2d.  Immediately  the  purgative:  3rd.  A 
glass  of  pure  water  immediately,  to  remove  the  bad  taste. 
In  this  manner  the  ingestion  is  sooner  finished,  and  with  less 
chance  of  being  rejected. 

6.  The  hind  of  purgative  to  he  given. — I  have  tried  several  pur¬ 
gatives  :  Sulphate  of  soda,  citrate  of  magnesia,  castor  oil,  tinc¬ 
ture  of  jalap,  (eau  de  vie  allemande,  Leroy’s  purgatif,  etc.,  etc.,) 
infusion  of  the  follicles  or  leaves  of  senna,  and  I  adopted  the 
latter  for  many  reasons:  1st.  In  infusing  10  or  20  grammes  of 
senna  in  100  grammes  of  water,  we  obtain  a  brown  liquid,  bear¬ 
ing  much  resemblance  to  black  coffee,  to  which  30  grammes  of 
orange  peel  are  added  and  at  need  a  few  drops  of  the  tincture 
of  pepermint,  is  infinitely  less  disagreeable  to  take  than  other 
purgatives.  2d.  Because  the  elective  action  of  senna  upon  the 
intestinal  muscular  fibre  seems  to  recommend  this  drug  in 
preference  to  many  other  purgatives,  on  account  of  the  peculiar 
paresia  which  the  pellieteriue  pronduces  upon  these  fibres. 

7.  What  should  he  done  during  the  action  of  the  medicine. — 
When  I  employed  the  salts  of  soda,  castor  oil  and  even  dastric 
tinctures,  I  sought  by  every  means  to  promote  the  above  evac¬ 
uations,  and  I  must  confess,  that  I  was  not  always  successful 
even  with  the  assistance  of  croton  oil,  purgative  injections  and 
even  8  to  10  emollient  enemas.  Since  I  have  adopted  the 


800 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[February 


senna,  I  obtain  evacuations  with  greater  facility,  so  that  pur¬ 
gatives  and  emollient  injections  have  become  less  needful. 
Nevertheless  I  have  recource  to  enemas  three  hours  after  the 
ingestion  of  the  tanifuge  if  there  is  no  teudeney  to  purgation, 
for  I  hold  that  the  chances  of  expulsion  are  in  great  manner 
dependant  upon  the  rapidity  of  the  abvine  motions. 

8.  W hen  should,  we  attempt  aneic  the  medication  after  an  un¬ 
successful  attempt?  In  my  experience  I  have  often  given  doses 
and  varieties  of  the  pelleti^rine,  which  were  either  too  weak 
or  powerless  to  expel  the  worm,  and  it  was  natural  that  I  should 
endeavor  to  find  out  how  long  we  should  wait  before  making  a 
new  trial.  I  have  found  out,  that  when  we  have  succeeded  in 
the  expulsion  of  a  greater  or  lesser  portion  of  the  taenia,  by 
means  of  an  alkali  of  the  granatum,  or  when  we  have  fruit¬ 
lessly  administered  the  <7,  or  the  />,  we  should  wait  a  fortnight 
at  least,  even  a  month,  before  renewing.  It  is  thus,  for  in¬ 
stance,  that  I  have  seen  absolutely  identical  doses  of  the  pelle- 
thirine  a.  h.  prove  unsuccessful,  when  they  were  administered, 
two,  four,  eight  days  after  an  unsuccessful  attempt ;  on  the  con¬ 
trary,  when  tried  fifteen  days  or  three  weeks  later  they  were 
sure  to  succeed.  It  is  customary,  to  think  that  when  unsuc¬ 
cessful  with  a  taenifuge,  that  we  should  wait  until  the  worm 
had  obtained  a  sufficient  amount  of  new'  development  before 
attempting  anew  the  treatment.  Whether  the  failure  be  due 
to  a  paresial  effect  upon  the  intestine  by  the  pelleti^rine,  or 
whether  it  depends  upon  a  special  state  of  the  worm,  which  af¬ 
fords  it  a  certain  amount  of  immunity  to  the  intoxication. 

Maturer  experience  of  the  effects  of  the  drug  upon  the  tae¬ 
nia,  has  led  me  to  believe  that  it  produces  a  rapid  action  upon 
the  w  orm,  producing  a  toxic  effect,  which  prevents  it  from  hold¬ 
ing  good  by  its  cups  during  the  space  of  a  few7  hours.  Should 
a  proper  purgative  be  administered  at  this  moment,  the  pe¬ 
ristaltic  action  of  the  intestines  would  carry  it  away,  before  it 
had  regained  sufficient  vital  energy  to  enable  it  to  attach  itself  a- 
new  upon  the  walls  of  the  intestines.  Should  this  purgative  action 
be  otherwise  too  long  delayed,  or  imperfectly  carried  on  ;  this 
toxic  state  being  dissipated,  the  head  attaches  itself  de  novo, 
and  should  the  peristaltic  action  then  take  place  with  force, 
or  the  taenicide  action  prolonged,  or  be  it,  by  the  fact  of  the 
combination  of  these  two  phenomena,  and  the  worm  be  broken 
towards  its  middle  portion  or  at  its  slender  or  tapering  portion, 
or  at  the  beginning  of  its  narrowing,  and  then,  in  spite  of  the 
expulsion  of  a  greater  or  lesser  length  of  the  animal,  we  may 
comprehend  that  the  parasite  remains  in  the  body,  and  will  af¬ 
ter  a  few  months  have  acquired  a  length  sufficiently  great  for 
the  situation  to  be  relatively  in  like  conditions  as  it  was  prior 
to  the  use  of  the  taenifuge.  Therefore,  the  problem  consists 
for  me,  to  combine  the  twro  actions  taenecide  and  purgative  in 
order  to  obtain  success ;  and  it  is  for  this  that  1  prefer  the  tan- 
nate  to  the  sulphate  of  pelletierine,  for  the  reason  that  it  is 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


801 


1880 1 

easier  to  produce  a  purgative  action  with  the  tannate  than  with 
the  sulphate. 

Action  of  the  pelletierine  upon  the  intestines. — It  seems  to  exer¬ 
cise  a  special  paresic  action  upon  the  intestines,  a  true  paresia 
or  momentary  and  partial  paralysis  of  the  intestines,  having 
for  effect  to  arrest  the  course  of  matters  contained  within  its 
cavity.  The  sulphate  enjoys  this  property  more  so  than  the 
tannate ;  though  the  tannate  possesses  it  also  but  in  a  less  de¬ 
gree  ;  so  that  with  certain  individuals  predisposed  to  sluggish¬ 
ness  of  the  bowels,  the  intestines  remained  unmoved,  which 
somehow  predisposes  to  a  failure. 

Why  is  the  tannate  more  successjul  than  the  sulphate. — M.  Tan- 
ret  thinks  that  it  is  less  rapidly  absorbed  by  the  stomach,  so 
that  a  greater  amount  of  the  medicine  reaches  the  intestines, 
and  he  believes  also  that  being  carried  into  the  channels  of  the 
circulation,  it  is  not  as  apt  to  provoke  paralysis  of  the  bowels, 
which  is  evidently  one  of  the  unfortunate  conditions  prevent¬ 
ing  the  expulsion  of  the  helminthe.  On  my  part,  I  am  quite 
disposed  to  adopt  this  view,  iuasinuch  as  it  explains  the  good 
effects  of  the  senna  purgative,  and  as  in  toto,  the  results  accord 
with  the  theory.  Be  the  hypothesis  correct  or  not,  still  it  ac¬ 
cords  with  our  purpose  in  the  great  end,  that  is,  that  it  brings 
forth  the  taenia  (head  and  tail.)  J.  H.  W. 


THE  PHYSICAL  CAUSE  OF  INTERMITTENT  FEVER. 

The  July  number  of  the  Zeitschrift ,  editedby  Professor  Klebs, 
contains  some  particulars  of  an  investigation  into  the  physi¬ 
cal  cause  or  poison  to  which  marsh  or  intermittent  fever  is  due. 

The  inquiry  was  conducted  by  Prof.  Klebs,  of  Prague,  in 
conjunction  with  Signor  Tommassi,  professor  of  Pathological 
Anatomy  at  Rome.  The  two  investigators  spent  several  weeks 
during  the  spring  season  in  the  Agro  Romano,  which  is  no¬ 
torious  for  the  prevalence  of  this  particular  kind  of  fever.  They 
examined  minutely'  uhe  lower  strata  of  the  atmosphere  of  the 
district  in  question,  as  well  as  its  soil  and  stagnaut  waters,  and 
in  the  two  former  they  discovered  a  microscopic  fungus,  con¬ 
sisting  of  numerous  movable  shining  spores  of  a  longish  oval 
shape.  This  fungus  was  found  to  be  artificially  generated  in 
various  kinds  of  soil.  The  fluid  matter  obtained  was  filtrated 
and  repeatedly  washed,  and  the  residuum  left  after  filtration 
was  introduced  under  the  skin  of  healthy  dogs.  The  auimals 
experimented  on  all  had  the  fever  with  the  regular  typical 
course. 

After  explaining  minutely  the  results  of  their  various  inves¬ 
tigations  and  experiments,  these  gentlemen  are  of  the  opinion 
that  they  have  discovered  the  real  cause  of  the  disease  in  ques¬ 
tion.  As  the  fungus  grows  into  the  shape  of  small  rods,  Tom¬ 
massi  and  Klebs  have  given  it  the  name  of  Bacillus  Malaria. — 
Medical  Times  and  Gazette,  Oct.  18,  1879. 


802  Current  Medical  Literature.  [February 

THE  CONDITION  OF  THE  CERVIX  UTERI  IN  CASES  OF  PLACENTA 

PREVIA. 

Dr.  George  Roper,  Physician  to  the  Royal  Maternity,  Lou- 
don,  calis  attention  ( Lancet ,  Oct.  25th,  1879)  to  a  hitherto  unre¬ 
corded  fact,  which  consists  in  a  peculiar  induration  of  the  os 
or  cervix  uteri,  at  the  site  of  the  placental  attachment,  de¬ 
pendant  on  an  alteration  of  the  uterine  texture  of  that  part  on 
which  the  placenta  is  implanted.  From  clinical  observation  it 
may  be  said,  that  wherever  the  placenta  grows,  whether  on  the 
fundus  or  elsewhere  on  the  inner  uterine  surface,  the  area  of 
attachment  is  marked  by  induration  and  thickening  of  the 
uterine  tissue,  and  in  Dr.  Roper’s  experience  the  induration  has 
constituted  one  of  the  greatest  difficulties  in  the  way  of  safely 
effecting  forced  delivery. 

If  we  have  to  deal  with  a  case  of  placenta  prcevia  in  which 
the  placenta  is  centrally  placed,  then  there  is  induration  of  the 
entire  circumference  of  the  inner  os ;  if  with  one  of  a  partial 
kind,  then  we  have  a  demonstrative  proof,  in  that  we  are  able 
to  compare  that  part  of  the  os  internum  to  which  the  placenta 
is  attached,  with  that  portion  to  which  it  is  not  attached ;  the 
former  will  be  found  indurated  and  unyielding,  the  latter  soft 
and  elastic. 

Dr.  Roper  does  not  wish  to  be  understood  as  overlooking  the 
undeveloped  state  of  the  lower  part  of  the  uterus  in  these 
cases,  occuring  as  they  mostly  do  before  full  term  :  and  in 
speaking  of  the  os  or  cervix  uteri,  he  means  the  os  or  margin 
of  the  orifice  of  the  uterus  proper.  A  great  distinction  is  to 
be  drawn — the  os  internum,  which  is  firm  and  thick,  and  the 
thin  flabby  cervix  with  its  soft  outer  os. 

The  limits  of  Dr.  Roper’s  paper  did  not  permit  him  to  dwell 
on  the  importance  of  this  condition  in  reference  both  to  the 
treatment  of  placenta  prsevia  and  its  prognosis  after  forced  de¬ 
livery. 


THE  THERAPEUTIC  VALUE  OF  CROTON  CHLORAL, 

In  a  very  interesting  paper  read  before  the  Ulster  Medical 
Society,  Dr.  Riddell  ( Dublin  Medical  Jaurnal  April,  1879), 
reports  his  experiences  of  the  great  therapeutical  value  of 
croton  (batyl)  chloral. 

He  mentions  a  case  of  severe  paroxysmal  headache  ineffect¬ 
ually  treated  for  many  years  by  all  the  usual  remedies  of  the 
Pharmacopeia,  but  cured  by  5  grains  of  batyl  chloral  twice 
daily  and  10  grains  taken  at  night,  dissolved  in  spirits  of  wine 
and  glycerine,  with  a  little  acid  and  syrup  of  orauge  to  cover 
the  flavor.  The  patient  continues  the  5  grain  doses  at  night, 
and  now  enjoys  better  health  than  she  has  done  for  years. 
Since  that  case,  Dr.  Riddle  says  he  has  used  it  largely — some¬ 
times  failing — sometimes  relieving — till,  by  keeping  an  account 
of  all  his  cases,  it  began  to  be  clear  which  were  most  benefited 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


803 


by  the  drug.  Since  then  the  number  of  cases  relieved  (some  per¬ 
manently)  has  increased.  These  cases  are :  Headache  iu 
females  from  mental  distress ;  those  case  of  headache  frequent 
at  the  menopause — in  fact,  all  those  called  neuralgia,  except  a 
few  arising  from  internal  mischief  are  benefited,  and  in  mauy 
instances  cured.  In  that  distressing  species  of  neuralgia  called 
tic-douleureux,  he  has  found  it  in  many  instances  acting  like  a 
charm.  Of  course  he  does  not  include  any  arising  from  cranial  or 
intracranial  causes.  He  has  tried  it  iu  neuralgia  of  the  ovaries 
but  no  good  resulted. 

In  insomnia,  it  is  not  so  reliable  as  the  hydrate :  but  in 
some  cases,  where  the  loss  of,  or  inability  to,  sleep  is  accom¬ 
panied  by  a  week  or  fatty  heart,  it  is  to  be  preferred,  as  it  has 
no  weakening  effect  on  the  central  organ  of  the  circulation. 
In  one  case  of  delirium  tremens,  where  the  circulation  was 
very  feeble,  the  combination  of  croton  chloral  with  digitalis 
had  a  wonderful  effect,  and  it  seemed  as  if  the  drugs  could  be 
given  together  in  much  smaller  doses  to  produce  the  same 
results  than  singly.  In  this  case  he  pushed  it  from  teu  to 
thirty  grains  every  three  hours,  with  drachm  and  two  drachm 
doses  of  the  infusion  of  digitalis.  In  pain  arising  from  caries 
of  teeth,  he  has  found  it  useless  in  most  cases,  and  iu  all  to 
Richardson’s  “  tiuctura  G-elsemini,”  but  in  one  case,  of  a  nerv¬ 
ous  young  lady,  by  giving  her  two  teu  grain  doses,  he  was  able 
to  extract  a  tooth  next  to  painlessly,  to  her  great  satisfaction. 

It  is  in  affections  of  those  parts  supplied  by  the  fifth  pair  of 
nerves  that  it  is  of  most  use ;  but  to  be  of  service,  the  drug 
must  be  given  in  far  larger  doses  than  prescribed  in  the  phar¬ 
macopoeia  for  adults,  five  grains  three  or  four  times  daily,  grad¬ 
ually  increasing  if  required;  if  stimulants  be  wanted,  dis¬ 
solve  it  in  rectified  spirits;  if  not  iu  glycerine.  Iu  all  cases 
complicated  with  hemorrhoids,  give  in  glycerine,  If  ancemia 
exists,  combine  it  with  iron,  or,  what  he  believes  better,  ar¬ 
senic  ;  then  gradually  lessen  the  chloral.  Iu  all  cases  he  has 
found  it  better  to  give  it  in  solution  than  iu  powder  or  pill. 
Dr.  Riddell  mentions  also  severe  pain  with  photophobia 
and  blepharospasm  after  injury,  in  which  atropia  failed,  but 
ten  grains  of  butyl-chloral  repeated  in  an  hour  gave  complete 
relief;  and  a  case  of  acute  painful  facial  carbuncle,  iu  which 
the  effect  of  teu  grains  doses  every  3  hours  was  “  simply 
marvellous,”  the  disease  going  through  its  frequent  stages  al¬ 
most  without  the  patient  knowing  anything  of  the  matter  from 
the  sense  of  feeling. — British  Med.  Journal,  May,  1879. 


DEFRIBINATED  BLOOD  FOR  RECTAL  ALIMENTATION. 

At  a  late  meeting  of  the  Therapeutical  Society  of  New 
York,  Dr.  Agnew  H.  Smith,  Chairm  in  of  the.  Committee  on 
Restoratives,  presented  a  report  (New  York  Med.  Journal, 
April,  1879)  on  this  subject.  From  the  facts  before  them  the 
7 


804  Current  Medical  Literature.  [February 

Committee  felt  warranted  in  drawing  the  following  con¬ 
clusions  : — 

1.  That  defibrinated  blood  is  admirably  adapted  for  use  for 
rectal  alimentation ; 

2.  That  in  doses  of  two  to  six  ounces  it  is  usually  retained 
without  any  inconvenience,  and  is  frequently  so  completely  ab¬ 
sorbed  that  very  little  trace  of  it  can  be  discovered  in  the  de¬ 
jections; 

3.  That  administered  in  this  way  once  or  twice  a  day,  it 
produces,  in  about  one-third  of  the  cases,  for  the  first  few  days, 
more  or  less  constipation  of  the  bowels. 

4.  That  in  a  small  proportion  of  cases  the  constipation  per¬ 
sists,  and  even  becomes  more  decided  the  longer  the  euemata 
are  continued. 

5.  That  in  a  small  percentage  of  cases  irritability  of  the 
bowels  attends  its  protracted  use. 

6.  That  it  is  a  valuable  aid  to  the  stomach  whenever  the 
latter  is  inadequate  to  a  complete  nutrition  of  the  system. 

7.  That  its  use  is  indicated  in  all  cases  not  involving  the 
large  intestine,  and  requiring  a  tonic  influence  which  cannot 
readily  be  obtained  by  remedies  employed  in  the  usual  way. 

8.  That  in  favorable  cases  it  is  capable  of  giving  an  im¬ 
pulse  to  nutrition,  which  is  rarely  if  ever  obtained  from  the 
employment  of  other  remedies. 

9.  That  its  use  is  wholly  unattended  by  danger. 


ON  THE  USE  OF  ETHER  WITH  COD  LIVER  OIL. 

The  same  committee  (ibid.)  from  an  investigation  of  the  evi¬ 
dence  before  them  felt  warranted  in  drawing  the  following 
conclusions  : 

1.  That  the  addition  of  ether  to  cod  liver  oil  in  about  the 
proportion  of  15  minims  to  each  half  ounce  (or  an  equivalent 
amount  of  the  comp,  spirit  of  ether)  will  succeed  in  the  vast 
majority  of  cases  in  enabling  the  patient  to  take  the  oil,  even 
though  it  previously  disagreed. 

2.  That  in  some  cases  in  which  the  oil  still  disagreed  after 
the  addition  of  the  ether,  the  difficulty  may  be  overcome  by 
giving  the  ether  separately  from  fifteen  minutes  to  half  an 
hour  after  the  oil  is  taken. 

No  facts  have  been  laid  before  the  committee  having  a  bear¬ 
ing  upon  the  question  as  to  whether  the  etherized  oil  is  supe¬ 
rior  to  the  plain  oil  in  its  ultimate  effect  upon  nutrition,  sup¬ 
posing  them  equally  well  tolerated  by  the  stomach. 


EFFECTS  OF  CHLOROFORM,  ETHIDENE  AND  ETHER  IN  BLOOD 

PRESSURE. 

Drs.  Joseph  Goats,  William  Kamsay  and  John  G.  McKen- 
drick,  of  the  Committee  on  Anaesthetics  of  the  British  Medical 
Association,  report  (Jour,  of  Anat.  and  Phy .,  April,  1879),  that 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


805 


1880 1 

the  facts  obtained  from  their  researches  seem  to  them  to  war¬ 
rant  the  following  conclusions  : 

1.  Both  chloroform  and  ethedine  administered  to  animals 
have  a  decided  effect  in  reducing  the  blood  pressure,  while 
ether  has  no  appreciable  effect  of  this  kind. 

2.  Chloroform  reduces  the  pressure  much  more  rapidly  and 
to  a  greater  extent  than  ethedine. 

3.  Chloroform  has  sometimes  an  unexpected  and  apparently 
capricious  effect  on  the  heart’s  action,  the  pressure  being  re¬ 
duced  with  great  rapidity  almost  to  nil ,  while  the  pulsations 
are  greatly  retarded,  or  even  stopped.  The  occurrence  of 
these  sudden  and  unlooked  for  effects  on  the  heart’s  action 
seems  to  be  a  source  of  serious  danger  to  life,  all  the  more 
that  in  two  instances  they  occurred  more  than  a  minute  after 
chloroform  had  ceased  to  be  administered,  and  after  the  re¬ 
covery  of  the  blood  pressure. 

4.  Ethidene  reduces  the  blood  pressure  by  regular  grad  a- 
tions,  and  not,  so  far  as  observed,  by  these  sudden  and  unex¬ 
pected  depressions. 

5.  Chloroform  may  cause  death  in  dogs  either  by  primarily 
paralyzing  the  heart  or  the  respiration.  The  variations  in 
this  respect  seem  to  depend  to  some  extent  on  individual  pe¬ 
culiarities  of  the  auimals ;  in  some  the  cardiac  centres  are 
more  readily  effected,  in  others  the  respiratory.  But  pecu¬ 
liarities  in  the  condition  of  the  same  animal  very  probably  have 
some  effect  in  determining  the  vulnerability  ot  these  two  cen¬ 
tres  respectively,  and  they  may  both  fail  simultaneously. 

6.  In  most  cases  respiration  stops  before  the  heart’s  action; 
but  there  was  one  instance  in  which  respiration  continued 
while  the  heart  had  stopped,  and  only  failed  a  considerable 
number  of  seconds  after  the  heart  had  resumed. 

7.  The  use  of  artificial  respiration  was  very  effective  in 
restoring  animals  in  danger  of  dying  from  the  influence  ot 
chloroform.  In  one  instance  its  prolonged  use  produced  re¬ 
covery  e*en  when  the  heart  had  ceased  beating  tor  a  consid¬ 
erable  time. 

8.  Under  the  use  of  ethidene  there  was  on  no  single  oc¬ 
casion  an  absolute  cessation  of  the  heart’s  action,  or  of  respi¬ 
ration,  although  they  were  sometimes  very  much  reduced.  It 
can  therefore  be  said  that,  though  not  free  from  danger  on  the 
side  of  the  heart  and  respiration,  this  agent  is  in  a  very  high 
degree  safer  than  chloroform. 

9.  The  results  confirm  and  amplify  those  stated  in  a  pre¬ 
vious  report,  to  the  effect  that  ethidene  does  not  compromise 
the  heart,  as  does  chloroform.  By  the  methods  of  experimen¬ 
tation  theu  employed,  the  effect  on  the  blood-pressure  could 
not  be  determined,  and  altogether  the  results  here  obtained 
are  more  exact  and  unequivocal. 

It  may  be  added  that,  since  last  report,  ethidene  has  been 
given  to  a  number  of  patients  of  all  ages,  with  results  which 
may  be  described  as  satisfactory. 


806  Current  Medical  Literature.  [February 

Given  freely  at  first,  it  produced  anaesthesia  as  rapidly  as 
chloroform,  and  the  effect  could  readily  be  kept  up  by  compara¬ 
tively  small  subsequent  doses.  The  only  drawback  is  that  in 
some  cases  it  produced  vomiting  ;  but  it  is  not  determined  that 
it  does  so  more  frequently  than  chloroform,  over  which  it  has 
the  further  advantage  of  producing  less  excitement,  and  being 
more  agreeable  to  the  patients. 

Iso  butyl  chloride  was  given  to  three  patients,  but  it  pro¬ 
duced  considerable  excitement,  and  proved  an  imperfect  an¬ 
aesthetic.  It  has  therefore  beeu  abandoned. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  POST-PARTUM  HEMORRHAGE. 

This  brings  me  to  the  discussion  of  the  agent  to  which  I  wish 
to  call  the  attention  of  the  Fellows  of  this  Society  as  the 
remedy  for  post  partum  hemorrhage,  occuring  under  the  con¬ 
ditions  I  have  laid  down,  and  in  cases  when  the  ordinary  reme¬ 
dies  of  friction,  pressure,  ergot,  cold,  etc.,  etc.,  have  failed. 
This  remedy  is  common  vinegar.  I  claim  no  originality  in  sug¬ 
gesting  it.  I  will  merely  state  that  I  have  used  it,  alone,  as  my 
last  resort,  both  in  hospital  and  private  practice,  in  many  (ap¬ 
parently  desperate)  cases  of  post  partum  hemorrhage,  and  in¬ 
variably  with  successful  results.  I  have  taught  the  use  of  vine¬ 
gar  to  my  classes  since  1854,  and  though  I  am  in  constant  re¬ 
ceipt  of  reports  of  cases  from  my  former  pupils  in  which  they 
have  relied  on  vinegar — often  in  seemingly  hopeless  condi¬ 
tions — in  all  these  years  I  have  received  the  report  of  but  one 
case  where  the  remedy  failed  to  check  the  hemorrhage.  Iu 
this  instance,  my  friend  happened  to  have  access  to  a  galvanic 
battery,  and  the  electrical  current  at  last  proved  the  needed 
stimulant  to  secure  uterine  contraction. 

Vinegar  I  have  found  not  only  a  certain  remedy  for  post-par- 
tum  hemorrhage,  but  a  remedy  as  safe  as  it  is  certain  to  cure. 
In  the  many  very  bad  cases  where  I  have,  used  it  the  hemorr¬ 
hage  was  always  arrested,  and  in  but  one  instance  did  the 
woman  subsequently  die,  and  in  this  case  neither  I  nor  the  im¬ 
mediate  attendant  (my  friend  Prof.  John  Neill)  had  any  reason 
to  attribute  the  woman’s  death  (neither  did  we)  to  the  vinegar 
I  had  used  to  check  a  most  appalling  case  of  flooding.  In  the 
many  reports  which  I  have  received  from  my  former  pupils  on 
this  subject,  I  have  yet  received  none  where  any  unfortunate 
results  have  followed  the  application  of  vinegar. 

Vinegar  presents  the  following  advantages  as  an  invaluable 
remedy  in  the  treatment  of  obstinate  cases  of  post-partum 
hemorrhage,  where  the  difficulty  to  be  overcome  is  a  want  of 
shrinkage  in  the  uterine  muscle.  In  the  first  place,  it  can  al¬ 
ways  be  easily  obtained — every  household,  even  the  humblest, 
having  a  vinegar  cruet.  In  the  second  place,  it  can  be  applied 
instantly,  and  without  any  apparatus.  Iu  the  third  place,  it 
always  cures  the  hemorrhage,  or  rather,  I  should  say,  it  lias 
never  failed  to  do  so  in  my  practice.  It  is  sufficiently  irritating 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


807 


1880] 

to  excite  the  most  benumbed  and  sluggish  uterus  to  contract, 
while,  at  the  same  time,  it  is  not  so  irritating  that  its  subse¬ 
quent  effects  are  injurious.  Fourthly,  it  is  an  admirable  anti¬ 
septic.  Professor  Zweifel,  of  Erlangen,  in  his  recent  paper  on 
the  prevention  of  puerperal  fever,  considers  vinegar  an  excel¬ 
lent  substitute  for  carbolic  or  salicylic  acids.1  Fifthly,  it  acts 
on  the  lining  membrane  of  the  uterus,  and  on  the  gaping  ori¬ 
fices  of  the  torn  utero  placental  vessels  ‘  as  a  valuable  astrin¬ 
gent.  Vinegar  I  suggest,  then,  to  the  Fellows  of  this  Society, 
as  a  most  valuable  remedy  in  post-partum  hemorrhage  depend¬ 
ing  on  inertia,  possessing  the  advantage  of  the  solutions  of  the 
persalts  of  iron,  of  the  tincture  of  iodine,  and,  may  I  not  add, 
even  also  all  the  advantages  of  the  actual  cautery  ;  while  its  use 
is  attended  by  none  of  the  difficulties,  and  followed  by  none  of 
the  dangers  that  attach  to  these  remedies. 

I  have  just  stated  that  vinegar  may  be  applied  instantly  and 
without  apparatus— perhaps  I  should  mention  precisely  my 
method  of  using  it.  I  pour  a  few  tablespoonfuls  into  a  vessel, 
dip  into  it  some  clean  rag  or  a  clean  pocket  handerchief.  I 
then  carry  the  saturated  rag  with  my  hand  into  the  cavity  of 
the  uterus  and  squeeze  it;  the  effect  of  the  vinegar  flowing 
over  the  sides  of  the  cavity  of  the  uterus  and  through  the 
vagina  is  magical.  The  relaxed  and  flabby  uterine  muscle  in¬ 
stantly  responds.  The  organ  at  once  assumes,  what  I  will 
term,  its  gizzard-like  feel,  shrinking  down  upon  and  compress¬ 
ing  the  operating  hand,  and  in  the  vast  majority  of  cases  all 
hemorrhage  ceases  instantly;  should  one  application  of  vinegar 
fail  to  secure  sufficient  contraction,  the  hand  can  be  withdrawn, 
and  a  second  or  even  a  third  application  can  be  made,  until  the 
uterus  shall  contract  sufficiently  to  stop  the  flow  of  blood. 

Had  I  time,  it  would  have  been  desirable  to  discuss  this  in¬ 
teresting  subject  at  greater  length  and  more  completely.  Thus 
it  may  be  asked,  suppose  you  should  meet  with  a  case  of  hem¬ 
orrhage  where  vinegar  failed  to  excite  sufficient  uterine  irrita¬ 
tion,  and,  consequently  failed  to  arrest  the  flooding — what 
should  be  done  ?  My  reply  is,  that,  while  such  a  case  is  sup- 
posable,  it  is  extremely  improbable.  I  ha ve  never  met  with  one, 
and  but  one  has  been  reported  to  me.  My  treatment,  however, 
in  a  case  where  vinegar  failed,  would  be  at  once  to  resort  to  the 
application  of  the  solution  of  the  persalts  of  iron.  I  should  do 
so  too  with  confidence  that  the  remedy  would  stop  the  hemorr¬ 
hage,  but,  at  the  same  time,  I  should  consider  my  patient 
placed  in  great  additional  danger  by  the  use  of  my  cure,  and  i 
would  employ  it  only  on  the  ground  that  desperate  diseases 
justify  the  employment  of  heroic  measures.  If  this  view  be 
accepted,  we  are  to  consider  the  persalts  of  iron  as  the  last  and 
extreme  remedy  to  be  resorted  to  in  case  of  flooding ;  never  to 
be  used  save  in  those  cases  of  uterine  inertia  where  the  simpler 


(t).  Monthly  Abstract  of  Medical  Science,  .Tune,  1878. 


808 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  February 


and  safer  remedy  of  vinegar  has  failed ;  and,  inasmuch  as  vine¬ 
gar  seldom  or  never  fails  to  cure  uterine  inertia,  the  persalts  of 
iron  are  seldom  or  never  to  be  employed  in  its  treatment. — Dr. 
It.  A.  Penrose,  Gynecological  Transactions,  Yol.  3. 


LEGISLATION  FOR  INEBRRIATES. 

There  is  in  England  a  “  Society  for  Promoting  Legislation 
for  the  Control  and  Cure  of  Habitual  Drunkards.”  Its  objects 
are  to  secure  the  enactment  of  statutes  under  which  confirmed 
and  habitual  drunkards  can  be  sent,  by  municipal  and  other 
local  authorities,  to  “  retreats,  ”  or  institutions  especially  de¬ 
signed  for  this  class,  where  they  will  receive  regular  and  ap¬ 
propriate  treatment. 

The  objections  which  have  been  urged  to  these  aspirations 
are  that  such  enactments  encroach  on  individual  liberty,  which 
is  so  dear  to  all  English  speaking  people ;  that  they  would  be 
liable  to  abuse,  for  the  sake  of  gain  ;  that  they  involve  the 
maintenance  of  large  and  costly  institutions ;  that  confirmed 
inebriates  are  almost  never  really  li  cured  ”  by  treatment  in 
such  institutions ;  that  owing  to  domestic  inconveniences  such 
laws  would  be  but  partially  taken  advantage  of;  that  drunk¬ 
enness  is  a  moral  perversity,  and  ought  to  be  met  by  moral  and 
religious  teaching  rather  than  physical  restraint  ;  that  the 
diagnosis  of  “  habitual  drunkenness  ”  is  vague  and  uncertain; 
and  the  like. 

It  is  not  worth  while  to  do  more  than  mention  these  various 
objections.  Their  consideration  is  occupying  the  attention  of 
specialists  of  this  branch  in  most  civilized  countries.  The  im¬ 
portance  of  taking  some  active  steps  to  foil  “  the  demon  in¬ 
temperance  ”  is  very  generally  recognized. 

There  are  not  wanting  enlightened  and  thoughtful  men  in 
this  country  who  have  espoused  the  cause  with  enthusiasm ; 
and  were  the  powerful  temperauce  organizations  which  flour¬ 
ish  among  us  enlisted  in  the  struggle,  we  should  not  wait  long 
to  see  such  enactments  spread  on  the  statute  books.  The  edit¬ 
or  of  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  Inebriety  says,  in  his  last 
issue — 

“  The  time  has  come  for  an  intelligent  recognition  of  all  the 
means  of  relief.  Every  town  and  city  is  menaced  by  an  army 
of  inebriates,  who  are  rushing  down  to  ruin,  breaking  up  all 
order,  morals  and  industry,  and  leaving  entailments  of  disease 
and  degradation  that  centuries  cannot  eradicate. 

“The  great  principle  of  self-protection  must  be  recognized 
practically  in  this  statement,  that  whenever  a  person  habitu¬ 
ally  fails  to  exercise  self-control  in  the  use  of  alcohol  and  other 
narcotics,  he  is  either  a  dangerous  person  or  a  public  nuisauce. 
It  is  the  duty  of  the  authorities  to  take  care  of  such  men,  to 
protect  them  and  society  from  the  consequences  of  their  ex¬ 
cesses.  They  should  be  isolated  in  asylums,  the  same  as  in 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


809 


1880 1 

cases  of  infectious  diseases,  and  if  to  this  can  be  added  means 
of  self-support,  it  is  demanded,  as  a  measure  of  the  highest 
wisdom  and  economy  to  all. 

“Inebriety  must  be  regarded  as  a  physical  disease,  if  we 
would  understand  the  hidden  forces  which  govern  its  march 
along  the  lines  of  civilization.” 

This  last  sentence  is  not  quite  clearly  expressed.  In  physi¬ 
cal  diseases  we  do  not  forcibly  shut  up  patients  ;  rather  let  us 
say  that  the  inebriate  suffers  from  a  mental  disease,  that  he  is 
of  alienated  mind,  in  the  eye  of  the  law,  non  compos  mentis. 
True  enough,  that  advanced  alienists  claim  mental  disease  as 
merely  a  sign  of  cerebral  pathology ;  but  we  now  use  terms  in 
their  ordinary  and  legal  senses. 

As  a  dangerous  person,  the  confirmed  drunkard  should  be 
isolated,  less  for  his  own  benefit  than  for  the  safety  of  those 
around  him,  less  as  a  means  of  promoting  temperance  than  for 
the  protection  of  the  social  state.  The  excuse  for  every  violent 
encroachment  by  government  on  individual  liberty,  it  must  al¬ 
ways  be  borne  in  mind,  is  not  “  to  make  an  example,”  nor  to 
reform,  but  solely  to  protect  the  well  doing  in  their  legitimate 
pursuits.  As  the  occasional  inebriate,  when  “drunken  and 
disorderly,”  is  forthwith  shut  up  in  the  station  house  until  he 
grows  sober,  so  the  constant  inebriate,  w  ho  is  drunk  and  more 
or  less  dangerous  substantially  all  the  time,  should,  with  like 
legality,  be  put  behind  the  bars  for  a  much  longer  time.  Take 
the  instance  of  a  woman,  a  girl,  or  a  wife  and  mother  who  is 
an  habitual  sot ;  what  disgrace  and  destruction  to  herself  and 
her  family  she  may  work !  Yet  no  one  has  the  strict  legal 
power  to  remove  her  from  the  temptation  she  cannot  resist.  If 
she  is  of  good  family,  a  point  will  be  stretched,  and  she  will  be 
sent  to  a  private  asylum,  on  a  certificate  of  insanity ;  but  if 
poor,  she  will  drag  down  with  her  all  her  family.  What  phy¬ 
sician  of  extended  practice  cannot  recall  various  examples  of 
this  kind  ?  They  call  loudly  for  action  by  the  properly  consti¬ 
tuted  authorities. — Philadelphia  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter , 
December  6. 


WATSON  ON  THE  EXTERNAL  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION  IN  ANI¬ 
MALS  AND  IN  HERMAPHRODITES.* 

Whilst  the  comparative  anatomy  of  the  internal  genital 
organs  has  thrown  much  light  on  the  nature  of  foetal  relics  in 
those  structures  in  our  own  species,  the  study  of  the  external 
genitalia  in  the  lower  animals  is  of  particular  interest  in  the 
explanation  of  complicated  forms  of  herinaplirodism.  Their 
structure  and  variations,  however,  explain  rather  than  prove ; 
for,  as  Professor  Watson  remarks,  the  only  true  reliable  sexual 
characteristic  is  the  nature  of  the  genital  gland.  If  that  body 


*T1ig  Homology  of  the  Sexual  Organs  illustrated  by  Comparative  Anatomy  and 
Pathology.  (Journal  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  vol.  xiv,  p.  55).  See  also  London  Med* 
ical  Record,  Nov.  1879,  p,  429. 


810 


Current  Medical  TAterature. 


[February 


display  the  characters  of  a  testicle,  the  subject  is  a  male;  but, 
on  the  other  hand,  if  it  be  histologically  an  ovary,  the  so-called 
hermaphrodite  is  strictly  female. 

Early  in  foetal  life,  in  our  species,  the  cloaca  becomes  divided 
into  two  parts  by  a  partition.  The  posterior  division,  repre¬ 
senting  the  portion  of  the  sac  of  the  allantois  which  communi¬ 
cates  with  the  alimentary  canal,  now  becomes  the  outlet  of  that 
canal,  an  invagination  and  subsequent  opening  of  the  integu¬ 
ment  forming  the  anus.  Every  surgeon  knows  that  any  degree 
of  arrest  of  this  process  of  development,  from  absence  of  the  rec¬ 
tum  to  simple  atresia  ani,  may  exist  without  auy  malformation 
of  the  genitals.  The  anterior  division  of  the  cloaca  is  the  geni¬ 
tal  fissure.  A  projection  buds  from  its  front  part ;  this  is  the 
penis  or  clitoris.  The  margins  of  the  genital  fissure  in  the 
male  coalesce,  receive  the  testicles,  and  become  the  scrotum  ; 
in  the  female,  they  do  not  unite,  but  remain  apart  as  the  labia 
externa.  The  projection,  too,  in  the  male,  closes  inferiorly,  a 
part  of  the  urethra  running  between  the  first  formed  or  bud¬ 
ding,  and  the  inferior  or  coalescent  portions.  Hence  the  spongy 
portion  of  the  urethra  and  the  corpus  spongiosum  are  added  on 
to  the  primitive  organ.  In  the  human  female,  this  organ 
remains  undeveloped.  Its  lower  surface  is  grooved,  and  the 
margins,  not  coalescing,  become  the  labia  minora.  Hence,  in 
women  there  is  no  spongy  portion  of  the  urethra.  Close  to  the 
base  of  the  genital  member  a  gland  is  developed  on  each  side. 
The  pair  are  Cowper’s  glands  in  the  male,  Bartholini’s  in  the 
female.  Professor  Watson  considers  them  to  be  important 
landmarks  in  determing  homologies. 

The  female  urethra,  which  has  the  vagina  behind  it,  repre¬ 
sents  the  upper  portion  of  the  prostatic  part  of  the  male  urethra, 
which  bears  the  verumontanum  on  its  floor.  Oil  this  eminence 
lies  the  vesicula  prostatica,  the  liomologue  of  both  uterus  and 
vagina.  Between  the  female  meatus  urinarius  and  the  orfices 
of  Bartholini’s  glands  is  the  vestibule,  representing  that  part 
of  the  male  urethra  which  lies  between  the  vesicula  and  the 
openings  of  Cowper’s  glands  ;  in  short,  the  vestibule  is  homolo¬ 
gous  with  the  lower  part  of  the  prostatic,  the  whole  of  the  mem¬ 
branous,  and  a  short  segment  of  the  spongy  part  of  the  urethra. 
The  extreme  shortness  of  the  vestibule  in  woman,  compared  to 
the  length  of  its  liomologue  iu  man,  is  remarkable;  but  in 
many  animals  it  is  very  long,  and  its  homology  is  therefore 
much  plainer. 

The  homologies  of  the  external  male  organs  are  elucidated 
by  comparative  anatomy  and  by  teratology.  In  the  penis  of  the 
opossum  we  see,  among  mammals,  the  closest  approach  to  the 
female  homologues  of  its  constituent  parts,  for  not  only  does 
the  glans  remain  bifid,  but  the  corpus  spongiosum  is  double 
throughout  life,  closely  resembling  the  vaginal  bulbs.  Non- 
coalescence  of  the  margins  of  the  genital  fissu  re  in  men  exists 
as  the  deformity  termed  hypospadias  ;  but  here  the  floor  of  the 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


811 


1880] 


urethra  is  deficient,  which  is  not  the  case  in  the  opossum.  In 
the  most  extreme  forms  of  hypospadias,  the  whole  of  the 
spongy  part  of  the  urethra  is  practically  absent,  its  upper  wall 
alone  remaining  as  a  groove  along  the  lower  border  of  the 
penis.  This  member  is  in  such  instances  very  small  and  ill- 
developed,  resembling  a  clitoris  ;  the  bulb  is  absent,  and  repre¬ 
sented  by  two  folds  like  the  female  labia  minora ;  the  testes  are 
undescended ;  and  the  scrotum  is  undeveloped,  two  external 
labia  existing  in  its  stead.  Yet  the  internal  organs  retain  the 
male  type.  Between  the  labia  minora  a  cul-de-sac  may  be 
sometimes  found,  an  involution  of  integument  made  to  meet  a 
vagina  which  does  not  exist.  A  little  reflection  on  this  extreme 
form  of  hypospadias  shows,  as  Professor  Watson  remarks, 
u  that  the  narrow  elongated  uro  genital  canal  of  the  male  may 
be  occasionally  transformed  into  the  characteristic  vestibule  of 
the  female.”  The  deformity  constitutes  transverse  hermaphro- 
dism,  the  inner  parts  being  male,  the  outer  female. 

The  homologies  of  the  vestibule  in  the  human  female  are 
thus  made  more  clear  when  the  elements  of  the  male  organ  are 
imperfectly  developed.  It  is  the  shallowness  of  the  vestibule 
that  makes  comparison  so  difficult,  since  it  is  but  one  inch 
deep,  the  vagina  measuring  about  six  inches.  But  science 
again  clears  the  difficulty,  as  it  does  in  the  case  of  males.  In 
many  animals  the  vestibule  is  very  long.  Owen  has  shown  that 
in  the  American  monkeys  it  equals  in  length  the  vagina.  It  Is 
in  these  animals,  too,  that  the  clitoris  is  of  great  length ;  in  the 
spider-monkeys  it  is  pendent,  and  closely  resembles  a  penis, 
but  it  remains  simply  grooved  underneath,  as  in  some  cases  of 
hypospadias  in  man.  In  some  of  the  lemurs,  the  grove  of  the 
clitoris  closes  in  below  ;  this  is  also  the  case  in  the  mole,  and  in 
some  rodents.  Thus  that  organ  serves  for  micturition  like  a 
penis.  In  the  hyaena,  the  urethra  traverses  the  clitoris  also, 
and  its  floor  is  not  formed  by  a  mere  coalescence  of  the  mar¬ 
gins  of  the  groove  in  the  upper  part,  but  actually  of  what  in  other 
,  female  animals  would  be  the  nymph*.  The  whole  organ  is 
elongated  and  pendulous,  and  provided  with  a  prepuce,  closely 
resembling  the  penis  of  a  male  hyena.  But  the  erectile  tissue 
of  the  vaginal  bulbs  remains  bilateral  in  the  female 

Again,  in  human  female  monstrosities,  the  clitoris  is  some¬ 
times  found  to  be  abnormally  grooved  beneath  and  largely 
developed.  By  the  pure  light  of  science  a  large  clitoris  is 
merely  a  sign  of  inferior  type,  just  as  certain,  ape  like  charac¬ 
teristics  are  sometimes  seen  in  man,  even  among  civilized  races 
and  refined  individuals.  A  careful  study  of  Professor  Watson’s 
paper  ought  to  correct  certain  mischievous  and  repulsive  ideas 
still  prevalent  in  the  medical  profession,  and  more  than  once 
the  cause  of  discreditable  practices  among  its  members.  It 
seems  to  us  as  illogical  and  unfair  to  attribute  enlargement  of  the 
clitoris  to  bad  habits,  as  it  is  to  explain  the  traditionally  violent 
sexual  instincts  of  the  male  goat  to  the  fact  that  his  vesicula 

8 


812  Current  Medical  Literature.  ■  [February 

prostatica  is  much  more  like  a  female  uterus  and  vagina  than 
that  of  any  other  male  animal.  None  of  the  variations  in  the 
organs  of  normal  animals,  as  described  above,  bear  any  relation 
to  the  variations  in  their  sexual  appetites. 

Professor  Watson  concludes  his  highly  instructive  mono¬ 
graph  with  remarks  on  the  more  complicated  varieties,  her¬ 
maphrodites,  basing  the  determination  of  sex,  as  we  have 
already  observed,  entirely  on  the  presence  of  ovaries  or  of  tes¬ 
ticles.  '  ALBAN  DORAN. 

London  Medical  Record ,  Dec.  15. 


RETENTION  OF  URINE  IN  ELDERLY  MEN. 

Dr.  S.  W.  Grouley  {New  Yorlc  Medical  Record ,  vol.  xvi.,  No.  8, 
1879),  in  a  clinical  lecture  ou  this  subject,  speaks  as  follows : 

A  safe  rule  for  your  guidance  in  the  management  of  cases  of 
acute  retention  of  urine  of  forty-eight  hours’  duration,  is  never 
to  draw  off  more  than  one-third  of  the  contents  of  the  bladder 
and  to  do  this  very  slowly,  by  half  closing  the  distal  end  of  the 
catheter,  so  that  the  urine  will  flow  in  a  very  small  stream. 
Having  collected  half  a  pint,  close  the  catheter  for  a  quarter  of 
an  hour,  then  let  another  half-pint  flow,  and  so  on  until  the  re¬ 
quired  quantity  has  been  obtained.  In  two  hours  repeat  the 
catheterism  if  the  first  has  been  easy, — otherwise  the  catheter 
should  be  closed,  and  left  in  for  twenty-four  hours, —  and  re¬ 
move  again  the  same  quantity  very  gradual^,  and  at  the  ex¬ 
piration  of  another  period  of  two  hours  you  may  completely 
empty  the  bladder,  always  slowly ;  and  in  this  way  you  will 
have  taken  the  necessary  precautions  to  avoid  both  cystor- 
rhagia  and  polyuria.  Every  three  hours  after  the  last  catheter- 
ism  the  urine  should  be  drawn  off*  until  the  patient  can  pass  it 
spontaneously ;  if  he  cannot  do  so,  of  course  the  catheter  will 
have  to  be  resorted  to  at  such  intervals  as  mey  be  found  neces¬ 
sary.  You  will  aiso  have  to  treat  the  existing  vesical  inflam¬ 
mation  and  atony.  For  general  medication  I  would  recommend 
the  tincture  of  chloride  of  iron  in  five-  minim  doses  three  times 
daily,  and  also  diluent  drinks,  such  as  thirty  grains  of  citrate 
of  soda  or  potash  in  half  a  glass  of  water  three  times  daily, 
and  in  a  few  days,  for  a  change,  dog-grass  tea,  etc.  Topi¬ 
cally,  lumps  of  ice  the  size  of  the  last  joint  of  the  thumb 
should  be  introduced  into  the  rectum  in  rapid  succession  as  fast 
as  they  melt,  for  an  hour,  night  and  morning.  A  bag  of  ice 
may  be  afterwards  applied  alternately  to  the  perineum  and  hy- 
pogastrium  for  an  hour  or  more.  Each  time  the  bladder  is 
emptied  by  the  catheter,  a  couple  of  ounces  of  cold  borax  solu¬ 
tion,  from  five  to  ten  grains  to  the  ounce,  should  be  thrown  in 
and  allowed  to  run  out  slowly,  then  two  more,  and  two  more 
ounces  which  should  be  left  in  and  the  catheter  withdrawn ; 
this  can  be  accomplished  in  five  minutes.  No  preparation  gives 
me  more  satisfaction  than  the  borax  solution  for  cleansing 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


813 


1880] 

bladders  which  contain  offensive  purulent  urine.  It  is  as  well 
to  have  in  readiness  a  strong  solution  of  borax  in  glycerin ;  one 
ounce  of  the  biborate  of  soda  will  be  readily  dissolved  by  six 
ounces  of  glycerin,  each  drachm  of  such  a  solution  being  equal 
to  ten  grains  of  biborate.  In  a  week  or  thereabouts,  if  the 
case  should  progress  well,  the  irrigations  may  be  diminished  in 
number  until  only  one  is  used  each  day.  In  some  cases  a  mild 
faradic  current  is  serviceable. 

Besides  hemorrhage,  polyuria,  as  I  have  already  said,  is  very 
apt  to  follow  the  sudden  evacuation  of  an  overdistended  blad¬ 
der,  and  you  will  generally  prevent  its  occurrence  by  observing 
the  caution  that  has  just  been  given.  I  know  of  a  case  of  poly¬ 
uria  which  followed  the  withdrawal  of  three  pints  of  urine  in 
the  course  of  one  hour,  one  pint  at  a  time,  the  third  pint  com¬ 
pletely  emptying  the  bladder.  The  catheter  was  left  in,  and 
every  hour  for  twenty-seven  consecutive  hours  one  pint  of  urine 
was  drawn.  After  this  the  amount  of  urine  gradually  dimin¬ 
ished,  until  only  six  pints  were  removed  each  twenty-four 
hours.  At  the  end  of  three  months  it  was  reduced  to  four 
pints  daily. 

The  case  just  cited  is  exceptional,  for  ordinarily  it  is  safe  to 
empty  the  bladder— slowly,  of  course — at  one  catheterism, 
when  the  patient  is  seen  during  the  first  twenty-four  hours  of 
an  attack  of  acute  retention. — Philadelphia  Medical  Times. 


THE  BELLEVUE  TRAINING  SCHOOL  FOR  NURSES. 

The  annual  meeting  of  this  excellent  institution  was  held  on 
the  11th  of  December  at  the  Nurses’  Home,  adjoining  Bellevue 
Hospital,  New  York.  Mr.  William  E.  Dodge,  Jr.,  presided,  and 
a  considerable  portion  of  the  visiting  and  house  staff'  of  the  hos¬ 
pital  were  present  in  the  large  audience.  Mr.  Dodge  read  the 
annual  report,  in  which  it  was  stated  that  the  hope  entertained 
at  the  commencement  of  the  work  in  1872,  that  the  school  might 
become  a  college  for  the  training  of  nurses  and  one  of  the  recog¬ 
nized  institutions  of  the  country,  had  been  realized.  The  pupils 
on  entering  were  required  to  pass  a  preliminary  examination  in 
reading,  writing,  arithmetic,  and  English  dictation.  At  the  end 
of  the  first  year  they  passed  a  second  examination  on  the  prac¬ 
tical  and  theoretical  duties  of  a  nurse,  and  at  the  completion  of 
the  two  years’  course  a  final  examination,  of  similar  character, 
before  a  board  composed  of  distinguished  physicians  and  sur¬ 
geons.  Since  the  regular  establishment  of  the  school  in  May, 
1873,  ninety  nurses  have  been  graduated  from  it.  Of  this  num¬ 
ber  two  are  in  responsible  positions  as  heads  of  training  schools 
or  matrons  of  hospitals,  two  are  nurses  among  the  poor,  two 
have  entered  sisterhoods,  and  fifty-nine  are  still  professional 
nurses.  From  this  record,  the  report  continues,  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  school  has  given  an  honorable,  self-supporting  occupa¬ 
tion  to  a  class  of  women  whose  intelligence  and  disposition 


814 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[February 


have  proved  them  to  be  fitted  for  it,  while  the  eontinued  and 
increasing  demand  for  their  services  in  hospitals  and  private 
families  speaks  favorably  for  the  quality  of  the  service  they 
render. 

All  the  female  wards  of  Bellevue  Hospital,  two  male  wards, 
the  Sturgis  Pavilion,  and  the  lying-in  department  are  now 
nursed  by  the  pupils  of  the  school.  In  the  Lying-In  Hospital 
there  have  been  one  hundred  and  thirty-three  births,  and  only 
one  death  from  puerperal  fever  has  occurred  during  the  year. 
In  the  words  of  one  of  the  visiting  physicians,  “  The  patients 
confined  within  its  walls  have  enjoyed  as  great  an  immunity 
from  infectious  puerperal  diseases  as  in  the  best  private  practice. 
The  accomplishment  of  such  results  has  beeu  rendered  possible 
only  by  the  faithful,  conscientious,  and  intelligent  care  render¬ 
ed  by  your  nurses,  to  whom  I  am  glad  to  present  my  grateful 
thanks.”  The  building  appropriated  to  this  hospital,  having 
originally  been  an  engine  house,  was  in  many  respects  unsuit¬ 
able  for  its  present  uses,  but  in  consequence  of  the  liberality  of 
Mrs.  Wm.  n.  Osborn,  such  additions  and  alterations  were  made 
that  it  is  now  as  comfortable  and  convenient  as  could  be  de¬ 
sired.  To  the  same  benevolent  source  Bellevue  owes  the  erec¬ 
tion  of  the  Sturgis  Pavilion,  for  the  treatment  of  acute  surgical 
cases.  A  record  is  kept  by  the  superintendent  of  the  conduct 
and  efficiency  of  each  nurse  during  her  two  years’  training,  and 
after  she  leaves  the  school,  if  she  wishes  to  continue  her  con¬ 
nection  with  the  society,  and  obtain  employment  through  its 
means,  she  is  required  to  report  at  stated  periods,  in  order  that 
her  diploma  may  be  renewed. 

In  the  original  plan  of  the  school  was  included  the  work  of 
nursing  among  the  poor,  and  it  has  never  been  lost  sight  of, 
though  the  managers  have  not  yet  been  able  to  carry  it  to  the 
extent  they  desire.  They  report,  however,  that  the  work  has 
been  successfully  begun  by  the  female  branch  ot  the  New  York 
City  Mission,  and  by  the  Society  of  Ethical  Culture,  presided 
over  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Felix  Adler.  There  is  appended  to  their 
report  a  letter  from  Dr.  Adler  on  the  beneficial  results  of  trained 
nursing  among  the  poor,  aqd  this  contains  the  following  ex¬ 
tract  from  the  report  of  one  of  the  district  physicians  of  the 
Demilt  Dispensary  in  regard  to  the  services  of  the  nurse  work¬ 
ing  under  his  direction  :  “  She  has  a  quick  perception  of  what 
is  needed,  and  she  readily  and  cheerfully  does  it,  no  matter  how 
repulsive  the  task  may  be.  She  visits  patients  intrusted  to  her 
care  at  unexpected  times,  that  she  may  see  them  as  they  are 
from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  their  sickness.  One  must  take 
time  to  win  the  confidence  of  these  people,  and  find  out  the 
secrets  of  their  poverty  and  distress,  and  so  know  how  not  only 
to  alleviate  but  often  to  prevent  misery.  This  work  the  nurse 
is  doing  steadily  and  faithfully,  and  the  information  she  brings 
me  is  invaluable.  The  only  wonder  to  me  now  is  how  I  got  on 
with  these  cases  without  a  woman’s  help.  She  visits  from  morn- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


815 


1880 1 

ing  to  night,  seeing  that  my  medicines  are  given  as  directed, 
inaugurating  and  enforcing  much  needed  sanitary  measures, 
often  making  with  her  own  hands  articles  of  clothing  for  the 
sick,  while  she  distributes  with  judgment  the  articles  so  gener¬ 
ously  supplied  by  your  society.  Surely  the  blessings  of  many 
ready  .to  perish  will  be  hers,  for  not  one  of  them  speaks  of  her 
but  with  the  kindest  expressions  of  gratitude  and  regard.” 

The  good  health  that  the  pupils  of  the  school  have  enjoyed 
proves  that  their  occupation,  when  properly  conducted,  is  not 
injurious.  Only  two  deaths  have  taken  place  in  seven  years, 
and  dining  the  past  summer  there  was  not  a  case  of  illness  in 
the  school.  Care  is  taken  that  the  nurses  shall  not  be  over¬ 
worked,  and  that  the  diet  shall  be  generous  and  good,  while  the 
bright  and  comfortable  home  in  which  they  live  when  not  en¬ 
gaged  in  the  hospital  no  doubt  contributes  largely  to  the  main¬ 
tenance  of  their  health. 

In  concluding  their  report  the  managers  offer  their  thanks  to 
the  head  nurses  and  to  the  graduates :  to  the  former  for  their 
loyal  devotion  to  their  work,  not  only  in  instructing  their 
pupils,  but  in  the  example  they  set  of  a  faithful  and  tender 
performance  of  painful  and  at  times  repugnant  duties;  and  to 
the  latter  for  the  good  work  that  they  have  done  wherever  their 
lot  has  been  cast,  among  the  rich  or  poor,  in  hospitals  or 
asylums,  thus  reflecting  credit  upon  the  school,  to  which  they 
always  gratefully  acknowledge  their  obligations. 

On  this  occasion  diplomas  were  awarded  to  twenty-three 
graduates,  twelve  of  whom  were  from  New  York,  two  from 
New  Jersey,  one  from  Massachusetts,  one  from  Maryland,  one 
from  North  Carolina,  one  from  Tennessee,  one  from  Ohio,  one 
from  Michigan,  one  from  Connecticut,  one  from  Canada,  and 
one  from  Holland.  Each  graduate  was  also  presented  with  a 
pocket-case  of  instruments.  The  annual  address  was  delivered 
by  Dr.  William  M.  Polk,  professor  of  obstetrics  in  the  University 
Medical  College,  and  in  the  course  of  it  he  contrasted  the  present 
condition  of  hospital  nursing  and  the  advantages  for  obtaining 
good  nurses  with  the  state  of  affairs  that  existed  when  he 
entered  the  medical  profession,  ouly  a  few  years  ago. 

It  is  expected  that  during  the  next  year  there  will  be  one 
hundred  and  fifty  pupils  in  the*  school,  applications  for  admis¬ 
sion  having  been  received  from  all  parts  of  the  country. — 
Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal ,  Jan.  1. 


KAVA-KAVA  AND  ITS  BLENNOSTATIC  PROPERTIES. 

In  a  recent  thesis  on  this  subject,  Dr.  Dupuy  states  that  the 
Kava  plant  contains  a  resin,  which  seems  to  constitute  its  es¬ 
sential  therapeutic  principle.  The  following  are  his  conclu¬ 
sions  concerning  its  medicinal  properties : 

1.  Kava-Kava  is  a  sialagogue. 

2.  Its  action  on  the  stomach  is  that  of  a  bitter  tonic;  it  im- 


816 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[February 


proves  the  appetite  without  producing  either  diarrhoea  or  con¬ 
stipation,  and  perhaps  acts  as  a  prophylactic  to  catarrhal  affec¬ 
tions  of  the  upper  part  of  the  digestive  canal.  Its  taste  is 
agreeable. 

3.  It  exerts  a  special  stimulating  effect  on  the  central  ner¬ 
vous  system  ;  this  stimulation  differs  essentially  from  alcoholic 
iutoxication,  and  is  called  by  Dr.  Dupuy,  kavaic  stimulation. 

4.  It  is  not  a  sudorific. 

5.  It  increases  very  markedly  the  excretion  of  water  in  the 
urine,  and  may  be  classed  among  the  most  efficacious  of  diu¬ 
retics. 

6.  It  does  not  produce  priapism,  as  has  been  stated,  but,  on 
the  contrary,  it  prevents  it. 

7.  It  is  endowed  with  remarkable  blennostatic  properties, 
which  manifest  themselves  very  promptly.  A  chronic  urethral 
discharge  is  first  rendered  more  profuse,  and  is  then  promptly 
cured. 

8.  It  is  very  efficacious  in  cases  of  acute  urethritis  or  vagi¬ 
nitis,  calming  the  inflammatory  condition,  controlling  the  pain 
during  micturition,  and  suppressing  the  muco  purulent  dis¬ 
charge  from  the  urethro- vesical  mucous  membrane. 

These  results  are  probably  due  to  the  combined  diuretic  and 
blennostatic  actions  of  the  drug. 

The  anti-catarrhal  action  seems  to  be  due  to  the  resin,  and 
the  diuretic  effects  to  a  neutral,  crystallizable  principle  called 
kavaine,  and  perhaps  also  to  an  alkaloid  not  yet  discovered, 
whose  presence  would  explain  more  satifactorily  the  phenomena 
excited  in  the  central  nervous  system,  as  well  as  the  alterations 
in  the  circulation  and  secretions  of  the  uro  genital  apparatus. 
It  possesses  over  other  blennostatic  agents,  according  to  Dr. 
Dupuy,  marked  advantages,  inasmuch  as  it  produces  neither 
diarrhoea  nor  constipation,  is  taken  with  pleasure,  increases  the 
appetite,  relieves  or  controls  entirely  the  pain  during  micturi¬ 
tion,  changes  completely  the  nature  of  the  discharge,  and  pro¬ 
duces  a  cure  in  a  very  short  space  of  time — ten  days. — La. 
Tribune  Medicate ,  April  13th. — Medical  Record ,  April  13. 

CHOLERA— A  TRUE  NEUROSIS. 

By  Hknky  Kaymond  Rogers,  M.  D. 

In  the  study  of  this  mysterious  disease,  physicians  in  all  the 
ages  have  been  but  too  apt  to  allow'  themselves  to  be  guided 
by  the  literal  evidences  of  !  heir  senses,  and  the  superficial  ap¬ 
pearance  of  things. 

The  prominent  symptoms  disclosed  by  the  primee  vice  have 
caused  those  parts  to  be  regarded  as  the  primary  location  of 
the  disease.  Nothing  can  be  more  erroneous  in  fact  or  more 
misleading  in  practice.  It  is,  therefore,  not  surprising  that 
every  form  of  treatment  employed,  until  a  recent  period,  has  re¬ 
sulted  in  failure.  Success  iu  its  future  management  must, 


Currenx  Medical  Literature. 


817 


1880] 

therefore,  depend  upon  abetter  appreciation  of  its  intimate  na¬ 
ture,  and  a  truer  conception  of  the  inode  of  its  operation  upon 
the  human  system. 

The  fact  that  this  disease  is  capable  of  making;  its  invasion 
and  proceeding  to  a  fatal  termination  in  the  space  of  twenty  or 
thirty  minutes,  is  conclusive  evidence  against  the  theory  of 
germs,  decompositions,  or  specific  poisons.  We  are  thus  led  to 
regard  it  as  a  true  neurosis. 

A  careful  review  of  its  prominent  symptoms  abundantly  sus¬ 
tains  this  conclusion. 

The  distinguishing  characteristic  in  this  disease  is  the  re¬ 
versal  of  the  action  of  the  mucous  surfaces  of  the  stomach  and  intes¬ 
tines.  The  normal  action  of  those  surfaces  is  to  take  up  the 
fluid  contents  of  those  organs,  and  to  convey  the  same  on  then- 
way  to  the  systemic  circulating  current  in  the  blood-vessels. 
In  this  disease  this  normal  process  (termed  endosmosis)  gives 
place  to  a  reverse  current  in  which  the  watery  element  of  the 
blood  passes  with  greater  or  less  rapidity  into  those  cavities. 
This  element  constitutes  the  so-called  rice-water  evacuations. 

These  transudations  into  the  stomach  and  intestinal  canal  in 
their  profuseness,  and  painlessness,  can  by  no  possibility  oc¬ 
cur,  except  that  the  nerves,  whose  office  it  is  to  preside  over  the 
parts  implicated,  fail  to  perform  their  functions  in  a  normal 
manner.  Xo  fluid,  however  attenuated,  can  make  its  way 
through  the  walls  of  the  blood-vessels  while  the  latter  preserve 
their  integrity.  Thus  the  unlocking  of  the  exhalent  orifices  of 
the  blood-vessels,  permitting  the  rapid  filtration  into  the  stom¬ 
ach  and  intestiual  canal  of  the  finer  elements  of  the  blood,  and 
sometimes  of  the  blood  itself,  is  a  positive  evidence  of  perturba¬ 
tion  in  the  action  of  the  nerves  which  supply  the  vessels  and  mem¬ 
branes  through  which  the  infiltration  takes  place. 

The  cramps  arise  from  purely  nervous  causes ;  the  vomiting 
is  simply  regurgitative ;  collapse  may  occur  from  the  initial 
force  of  the  disease,  although  most  frequently  due  to  the  di¬ 
minished  volume  of  the  vital  current.  In  rapidly  fatal  cases 
the  disease  expends  itself  wholly  upon  the  brain  and  nervous 
system,  and  death  occurs  before  other  organic  changes  can  have 
taken  place.  After  death  no  constant  and  uniform  changes 
are  found  in  the  fluids  or  tissues  of  the  body  which  can  be  re¬ 
garded  as  the  cause,  or  the  products  of  the  disease. 

We  may,  therefore,  consistently  ignore  all  previous  theories, 
and  discard  all  forms  of  treatment  which  have  been  so  fruitless 
in  results,  and  seek  some  other  philosophy  which  shall  better 
account  for  the  conditions  observed,  and  some  other  treatment 
which  may  prove  more  successful. 

In  viewing  this  disease  from  a  neurological  stand  point,  the 
treatment  emerges  from  the  pure  empiricism  which  has  ever 
characterized  it  and  becomes  thoroughly  scientific.  It  also  be¬ 
comes  the  perfection  of  simplicity. 

In  the  treatment  of  this  disease  there  are  two  great  and  lead 


818  Current  Medical  Literature.  (February 

ing  indications  to  be  observed.  First,  to  change  the  perturbed 
condition  of  the  nervous  system,  and  thus  shut  down  the  flood¬ 
gates  through  which  the  life  ebbs  away  ;  and  second,  to  ward  off 
the  effects  of  the  exhaustive  drain  upon  the  vital  current.  The 
first  may  be  accomplished  by  the  hypodermic  injections  of 
morphia,  and  the  second  by  position. 

It  cannot  be  too  firmly  impressed  upon  the  professional  mind 
that  the  rapid  diminution  of  the  volume  of  the  blood,  through 
exudation,  is  attended  by  the  same  results  which  follow  a  true, 
active  hemorrhage.  From  the  commencement  of  this  disease 
this  exudation  is  in  progress  in  a  manifest,  or  a  concealed  form, 
and  with  greater  or  less  rapidity,  and  demands  the  precautions 
and  treatment  due  to  active  hemorrhage. 

In  the  hypodermic  form  of  medication  there  is  certainty  of 
retention  of  the  remedies  employed  and  promptness  and 
efficiency  in  their  action— a  very  marked  contrast  with  all  other 
forms  of  treatment  which  have  ever  been  employed.  The  com¬ 
mendation  of  this  method  by  those  who  have  employed  it  is  ex¬ 
pressed  in  the  strongest  terms.  The  reports  of  cases  thus 
treated  in  Asia,  Europe,  Australia  and  in  various  portions  of 
our  own  country  show  almost  uniformly  favorable  results. 

The  following  treatment  was  employed  with  successful  re¬ 
sults  in  my  latest  cases — twelve  in  number — the  most  of  which 
were  grave  and  typical : 

(1.)  The  hypodermic  use  of  morphia,  administered  accord¬ 
ing  to  the  age  and  condition  of  the  patient,  usually  in  quantity 
of  ene-eiglith  to  one-quarter  of  a  grain,  and  not  frequently  re¬ 
peated. 

(2.)  The  horizontal  position,  or  with  the  head  lower  than 
the  body. 

(3.)  For  the  mouth ,  nothing  hut  ice ,  and  that  ad  libitum.  When 
this  cannot  be  obtained,  the  coldest  water  may  be  given,  and 
frequently  repeated,  in  small  quantities, 

(4.)  External  heat,  frictions,  etc. 

The  following  case,  as  illustrating  the  above  treatment,  may 
be  deemed  apropos:  Mr.  T.  was  seized  at  midnight,  and  at  early 
morning  was  found  to  be  on  the  verge  of  collapse.  In  his  con¬ 
dition  of  almost  complete  exhaustion,  with  pulse  almost  imper 
ceptible,  the  use  of  morphia  was  contra-indicated.  The  first 
duty,  therefore,  was  to  stimulate  the  brain  and  heart  to  action 
by  sending  to  those  organs  a  current  of  blood  by  gravitation. 
The  head  was  quickly  placed  many  inches  lower  than  the  body 
and  extremities,  and  the  other  measures  resorted  to.  At  the 
end  of  one  hour  the  pulse  had  perceptibly  improved,  and  a 
quarter  of  a  grain  of  morphia  was  hypodermically  administered. 
The  inclined  position  was  continued  several  hours.  The  result 
was  favorable. 

The  same  treatment  applied  to  cholera- morbus  is  also  prompt 
and  favorable  in  its  results. 

A  more  full  explanation  of  the  views  of  the  writer  regarding 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


819 


1880] 

the  origin,  dissemination,  pathology  and  treatment  of  this  dis¬ 
ease  may  be  found  in  the  “Transactions  of  the  American  Medi¬ 
cal  Association,  1876.” — Hospital  Gazette ,  Aug.  9. 


HYPODERMIC  INJECTIONS  OF  ETHER  IN  SCIATICA. 

Having  seen  and  read  in  the  Lancet  and  Clinic  Professor 
Comegys’  experience  with  hypodermic  injections  of  ether  in 
sciatica,  and  also  that  of  a  physician  of  Ottawa,  Illinois,  with 
the  drug  upon  himself,  we  were  struck  with  the  seeming  happy 
etfect  and  resolved  to  put  the  remedy  to  the  test  on  the  first  oc¬ 
casion.  Soon  after  a  case  of  sciatica,  which  had  resisted  the  or¬ 
dinary  treatment  for  that  disease,  such  as  quinia,  hypodermic 
injections  of  morphia,  iron,  iodide  of  potassium,  arsenic,  bella¬ 
donna,  wine  of  colchicum,  electricity  and  counter-irritation,  gave 
us  the  desired  opportunity. 

J.  McG-.,  married,  30  years  of  age,  farmer,  nervous  tempera¬ 
ment.  Present  condition  emaciated,  loss  of  appetite,  loss  of 
sleep,  intense  pain  along  the  whole  tract  of  the  left  sciatic  nerve, 
and  radiating  upward  from  the  exit  of  the  nerve  under  the 
pyriformis  muscle  to  the  sacral  and  lumbar  regions.  Muscles 
of  the  leg  and  hip  considerably  atrophied ;  temperature  much 
reduced,  so  much  so  that  the  patient  complains  of  coldness  and 
numbness.  The  system  under  the  influence  of  morphia,  which 
has  been  kept  up  about  a  month. 

The  morphia  was  immediately  withdrawn  and  injections 
of  ether  commenced.  First  injection  of  fifteen  minims 
immediately  produced  warmth  and  reduced  the  pain,  and 
patient  slept  soundly  that  night  for  the  first  in  two  weeks. 
Afterwards  used  five  injections  on  the  five  days  succeeding,  one 
each  day,  averaging  twenty-five  minims  each.  Improvement 
continued  steadily.  Patient  put  on  comp,  plios.  pil.  and  iron. 
Appetite  immediately  returned,  sleep  returned ;  use  of  leg 
gradually  returned,  muscular  atrophy  disappearing  and  he  is 
now  well.  No  abscess  formed,  only  slight  callous  forming 
around  the  puncture. 

Drs.  Whittaker  &  Maris. 
West  Mansfield,  O.,  Nov.  15, 1879. — Cincinnati  Laneet  and  Clinic , 
Nov.  29. 


BLOOD  AS  A  STIMULANT  AND  FOOD. 

By  M.  Czartoryski,  M.  D. 

Having  read  in  No.  20  of  your  valuable  periodcal  the  admi¬ 
rable  paper  of  Ilr.  C.  G.  Polk  on  consumption,  I  would  respect¬ 
fully  call  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  a  most  valuable  diet 
— therapeutic  article — in  all  cases  where  progressive  consump¬ 
tion  of  bodily  tissue,  antemia  and  nervous  prostration  are  prom¬ 
inent  symptoms,  or  whenever,  from  any  cause,  the  circulating 
medium  is  deficient  in  quantity  or  in  its  constituents.  The 
9 


820  Current  Medical  Literature.  [February 

article  to  which  I  refer  is  the  first  drawn  blood  of  healthy 
chickens,  pigeons  or  other  poultry,  drawn  from  the  wound 
direct  and  well  mixed  with  warm  wine  or  milk  punch,  or  with 
warm  lemonade,  milk  or  coffee,  and  flavored  to  taste,  and  taken 
immediately  by  patient  before  it  becomes  cold  or  coagulated. 
It  is  a  well  known  fact  that  the  blood  of  the  fowl  is  rich  in  red 
corpuscles,  and  consequently  in  the  phosphates.  It  acts  with 
the  most  surprising  promptitude,  relieving  symptoms  of  ex¬ 
treme  prostration  :  for  instance,  in  cases  of  extreme  floodings, 
during  and  after  the  parturient  act,  when  the  patient  is  com¬ 
pletely  exhausted,  and  when  every  hope  is  abandoned,  I  have 
seen  it  quickly  restore  warmth  and  circulation,  and,  at  the 
same  time,  allay  nervous  and  gastric  irritation.  The  patient  in 
this  condition  generally,  about  8  to  20  minutes  after  taking  the 
dose,  falls  into  a  sound,  healthy  sleep.  On  awaking,  of  course, 
the  dose  is  repeated — taking  the  blood  of  one  to  three  healthy 
chickens  in  the  tweuty-four  hours,  always  in  warm  drinks,  until 
the  patient  is  restored  to  health.  It  is  an  article  easily  obtained 
anywhere,  one  that  can  never  do  any  harm,  and  that  acts  bet¬ 
ter  and  more  promptly  than  the  transfusion  of  blood  from  vein 
to  vein.  I  have  given  it  with  the  most  gratifying  results  to 
small,  puny  or  scrofulous  babies,  who  were  considered  almost 
unfit  to  live  and  only  a  few  days  old,  as  well  as  to  the  aged,  down 
with  the  prostration  of  old  age.  It  always  acts  most  promptly 
if  taken  on  an  empty  stomach. 

Anyone  may  satisfy  himself  of  its  prompt  effect  if  tired  and 
worn  out  by  fatigue.  Within  three  minutes  after  taking  a  dose 
a  pleasant  warmth  and  pleasurable  sensation  is  felt,  extending 
from  the  stomach  over  to  the  solar  plexus,  gradually  pervading 
the  whole  system  to  end  of  toes  and  tips  of  fingers ;  at  the 
same  time  the  pulse  quickens  and  bodily  and  mental  fatigue 
disappear.  It  has  always  done  good  service  in  my  hands,  and 
other  physicians  ought  to  give  it  a  trial  for  humanity’s  sake. 
The  dose  of  blood  of  poultry  is  perfectly  in  the  hands  of  the 
attending  physician.  Good  healthy  poultry  is  easily  recognized 
and  always  attainable.  The  taste  resembles  milk  and  may  be 
flavored  to  suit.  The  most  delicate  woman  may  take  it  without 
leaving  her  parlor  and  without  repugnance.  She  needs  to  see 
nothing  of  the  killing  or  of  the  death  struggle  of  the  bird.  The 
killing  should  always  be  done  in  a  warm  place — best  near  a 
warm  stove — where  no  draft  of  air  can  strike  the  streaming 
blood,  which  is  to  be  well  stirred  direct  into  the  warm  punch  or 
other  liquid  ordered  by  the  medical  attendant.  If  the  patient 
can  overcome  the  repugnance,  the  blood  may  be  sucked 
directly  from  the  wound.  It  should  be  drunk  by  patient  as 
soon  as  the  blood  ceases  to  flow  and  before  the  bird  is  properly 
dead. 

The  blood  of  poultry  is  in  every  respect  preferable  to  that  of 
cattle,  sheep,  etc.,  as  it  is  much  richer  in  red  corpuscles  and 
phosphates ;  it  is  more  easily  obtained,  and  the  certainty  of  its 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


821 


1880] 

coming  from  a  healthy  bird  is  greater:  besides  the  patient 
avoids  seeing  the  disgusting  and  terrible  sight  so  often  seen  in 
slaughter-houses,  or  smelling  their  offensive  odor,  or  running 
the  dangers  consequent  to  the  killing  of  large,  maddened  and 
frightened  animals — sights,  smells  and  dangers  that  many 
patients  would  rather  die  than  encounter. 

Well  do  I  recollect  as  a  student  in  the  medical  department  of 
the  University  of  Breslau,  Germany,  reading  in  the  old  reading 
hall  of  the  University,  the  following  passage  from  an  old  Latin 
manuscript  of  the  medical  works  of  the  celebrated  Avicenna, 
one  of  the  most  celebrated  physicians  of  olden  times,  which  I 
give  in  a  free  translation  from  memory  : 

“  If  thou  hast  an  patient  that  from  wound  or  disease  has  lost 
his  or  her  good  blood,  as  even  an  woman  that  from  childbirth 
or  other  cause  has  flooded  almost  to  death,  or  an  man  or  woman 
whose  blood,  by  long-standing  disease,  has  dried  up,  and  thou 
desirest  to  give  both  health  and  life  to  thy  patient,  then  call  to 
thine  help  a  pure,  strong  virgin — an  pure  maid  is  an  well-be¬ 
loved,  true  priestess  to  the  Almighty  God  and  to  his  angels  of 
execution.  Let  her  well  sharpen  an  bright,  keen  cutting  knife, 
and  with  this  cut  the  neck  through  the  big  veins  on  each  side 
of  an  healthy  chicken — an  rooster  for  a  man,  and  pullet  or  heu 
for  a  woman  or  girl — in  the  name  of  the  Almighty  God  as  an 
sacrifice  to  him.  Do  not  cut  windpipe  or  gullet,  as  this  might 
cause  vomiting.  Let  her  cut  it  that  it  will  bleed  very  well,  and 
take  and  stir  with  the  knife  the  blood  in  an  glass  half  filled 
with  good  warmed  wine,  as  hot  that  it  just  may  be  drunk.  Do 
not  press  the  windpipe  of  the  chicken,  but  let  it  breathe  while 
it  bleeds  that  the  blood  may  squirt  well  and  more  red.  Let  the 
virgin  do  this  in  an  warm  place,  free  of  draught,  as  near  to  thy 
patient  as  possible  that  he  may  drink  it  warm  from  her  hand. 
Let  him  drink  it  as  soon  as  the  chicken  ceases  bleeding,  in 
the  name  and  with  an  prayer  to  the  great  Almighty  God  that 
gives  life  and  health,  and  thou  startest  o’er  with  wonder  how 
quick,  if  thou  givest  it  often  enough  and  as  thine  patient  needs, 
he  will  be  restored  to  new  health  and  life.  For  only  in  the  blood 
is  the  life,  and  good,  healthy,  young  blood  gives  to  men  healthy 
blood  if  taken  in  proper  manner.  As  the  virgin — and  only 
such  should  do  it — draws  the  blood  from  the  chicken,  she 
brings  an  welcome  sacrifice  of  the  life  to  Almighty  God  and  his 
holy  angels  and  spirits.  She  alone  is  fit  to  kill  for  sacrifice,  and 
every  woman  that  knows  how  to  kill  well  is  his  true,  well- 
beloved  priestess,  and  his  holy  blessing  will  rest  on  her  and 
her  work  forever.  As  she  does  her  holy  work  the  angel  of 
death  leaves  your  patient  and  Almighty  God  grants  him  a  nsw 
term  of  life.  Try  it  and  do  as  I  have  often  and  often  done,  and 
thou  shalt  see  and  do  such  wonders  that  all  mankind  will  be 
surprised  at  thine  cures  and  praise  the  Almighty  for  his  great¬ 
ness,  and  give  thee  great  name  over  all  countries.” 

I  hope  you  will  find  this  worthy  of  a  corner  in  your  valuable 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


822 


[February 


journal.  I  can  only  repeat  with  old  Avicenna,  “  try  it”— it  can 
do  no  harm  and  may  save  valuable  life.  I  shall  always  be 
ready  to  give  any  information  on  the  subject  that  may  be 
desired  by  anybody. — [Michigan  News,  Dec.  10. 

Stockton,  San  Joaquin  County,  California. 


THE  SALISBURY  PLAN  IN  CONSUMPTION. 

By  Ephkaim  Cutter,  M.D. 

Prelude. — The  position  of  the  writer  is  that  of  witness. 
As  such  he  feels  compelled  to  state  the  truth.  If  his  testi¬ 
mony  proves  a  testimonial,  it  is  still  testimony.  All 
that  is  asked  is  a  fair  hearing  and  a  suspension  of 
judgment  until  the  evidence  is  all  in.  Moreover,  as  the 
subject  is  one  of  the  most  momentous  that  can  engage  the 
mind  of  a  medical  man,  it  demands  that  it  should  be  treated 
according  to  the  rules  of  good  breediug  and  high  professional 
morals. 

In  1867  I  became  acquainted  with  Dr.  Salisbury.  I  learned 
that  he  had  a  work  ready  for  the  press  on  the  Causes  and 
Treatment  of  Consumption.  He  told  me  of  its  scope.  It 
seemed  like  an  idle  tale.  The  great  fact  that  influenced  me 
in  its  favor  was  that  he  was  the  only  person  I  knew  of  who 
had  showed  the  synthesis  of  the  disease  by  feeding  hogs, 
killing  them  by  the  food  and  verifying  the  disease  by  autop¬ 
sies.  I  have  read  the  records  of  110  post-mortem  examina¬ 
tions  of  such  hogs.  Dr.  Salisbury  studied  the  complaint  on  a 
much  larger  number  of  animals,  some  2000.  The  following 
points  are  prominent  in  the  Salisbury  plan : 

1.  Consumption  is  a  constitutional  blood  disease. 

2.  It  is  a  condition  caused  by  a  yeast  plant  developing  first 
in  the  digestive  apparatus,  then  in  the  blood  glands,  and 
finally  in  the  white  blood  corpuscles  and  in  the  serum. 

3.  The  spores  of  this  vegetation  constitute  the  hereditary 
taint, — the  primary  cause. 

4.  They  may  remain  latent  for  a  long  time. 

5.  Tubercles  are  a  more  secondary  product,  having  their 
origin  and  development  in  aggregations,  groups  and  masses  of 
yeast  spores,  with  colorless  corpuscles  of  blood  and  fibrin  fila¬ 
ments,  when  they  start  and  develope  inside  the  capillary 
vessels ;  of  yeast  spores  and  mucus  cells  and  filaments,  when 
they  start  and  develope  in  the  epithelial  follicles  and  air  cells ; 
and  of  yeast  spores  and  connective  tissue  cells  and  filaments, 
when  they  originate  and  develope  in  connective  tissue,  outside 
of  the  blood  vessels. 

6.  The  morphology  of  the  blood  in  consumption  embraces 
the  following : 

1.  Red  corpuscles,  pale,  thin,  softened,  sticky,  aggregated, 
not  arranged  in  rouleaux. 

2.  Enlarged  white  corpuscles,  more  or  less  softened  and  dis- 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


823 


tended  with  entophytal  growths.  Sometimes  they  burst  and 
scatter  the  spores,  forming. 

3.  Spore  collects. 

4.  Spores,  white  in  color. 

5.  Fibrin  filaments,  shortened,  increased  in  diameter  and 
more  or  less  soft  and  rotten — so  to  speak, — these  states  vary¬ 
ing  with  the  progress  of  the  disease. 

6.  Massal  white  corpuscles. 

7.  This  collection  of  morphological  elements  is  not  found  in 
healthy  blood. 

8.  He  has  taken  men  and  hired  them  to  eat  the  peculiar 
food — has  produced  the  morphology  in  their  blood — and  as 
has  been  stated,  pushing  the  diet  in  hogs  has  verified  the  full 
culmination  of  the  disease  by  post-mortems. 

9.  Dr.  Salisbury,  by  pursuing  a  plan  opposite  to  the  synthe¬ 
sis,  has  produced  the  cure.  This  he  has  done,  and  I  have  seen 
some  of  the  cases  alive  and  well. 

10.  For  ten  years  past  I  have  carefully  followed  the  Salis¬ 
bury  plan,  and  my  experience  is  embodied  in  three  corrobora¬ 
tive  Fasciculi : 

I.  A  new  physical  sign  of  the  pretubercular  state. 

II  The  morphology  of  consumptive  blood. 

III.  The  treatment  on  the  Salisbury  plan ;  19  cases  not 
arrested,  26  cases  temporary  arrests,  28  cases  arrested  so  that 
if  it  was  any  other  disease  they  would  be  called  cures. 

These  fasciculi  would  have  been  published  but  for  a  promise 
that  I  wait  till  Dr.  S.  had  published  his.  Now  that  article  I, 
September  (1879),  Virginia  Medical  Monthly ,  has  been  pub¬ 
lished,  my  73  cases  are  in  the  hands  of  the  editor  of  the 
American  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences  for  promulgation.  Both 
Dr.  Salisbury’s  work  and  mine  will  be  given,  to  the  world  as 
soon  as  he  sees  fit  to  permit. 

As  a  witness,  I  say  that  I  have  used  every  means  within  my 
power  to  make  known  the  plan  privately.  Among  those  who 
have  perused  one  or  all  fasculi  are  Drs.  N.  S.  Davis,  A. 
Fisher,  J.  N.  Hyde,  F.  H.  Davis  et  al.,  of  Chicago ;  Prof. 
Yandeveer  and  Dr.  W.  H.  Bailey,  Albany,  N.  Y. ;  Dr.  L.  B. 
Edwards,  Dr.  M.  L.  James,  Richmond ;  Judge  Dobbin,  Balti¬ 
more;  Dr.  H.  I.  Bowditch,  Boston;  Dr.  John  Clough,  Wo¬ 
burn  ;  Rev.  Joseph  Cook,  Boston ;  Prof.  Paulus  F.  Reinsch, 
Erlangeu  ;  Dr.  George  B.  Harriman,  Boston ;  Prof.  L.  Whit¬ 
ing  Mason,  Boston ;  Mr.  W.  E.  Baker,  Boston ;  Benjamin 
Cutter,  Stuttgart,  Germany ;  Dr.  R.  U.  Piper,  Chicago ;  Dr. 
M.  G.  Wheeler,  Chelsea. 

Besides,  I  have  photographed  the  morphology  of  consump¬ 
tive  blood  and  explained  it  briefly  in  over  sixty  lectures,  illus¬ 
trated  by  the  sciopticon  with  microphotographs,  taken  with 
powers  ranging  from  one-fifth  to  one  seventy -fifth.  This  was 
done  to  show  what  I  believe  to  be  the  truth  and  valuable  to 
mankind.  Among  the  societies  are  the  following :  Maryland 


824  Current  Medical  Literature .  [February 

and  Baltimore  Dental  Association ;  Baltimore  Medical  and 
Surgical  Society ;  American  Medical  Association,  Buffalo ; 
Hampden  County  Medical  Society,  Massachusetts ;  Middlesex 
Eastern  District  Medical  Society,  Massachusetts ;  New  York 
Academy  of  Sciences ;  Chicago  Medical  Society ;  Chicago 
Western  Medical  Association ;  Academy  of  Medicine,  Rich¬ 
mond,  Ya. ;  Gynecological  Society,  Boston.  Individuals  :  Dr. 
James  R.  Nichols,  Haverhill,  Mass. ;  Prof.  Lewis  A.  Sayre, 
New  York ;  George  M.  Beard,  New  York ;  Dr.  E.  Engals, 
Chicago;  Judge  Dobbin,  Baltimore;  Prof.  O.  W.  Holmes, 
Prof.  R.  H.  Fitz,  Boston ;  Prof.  Moses  C.  White,  New  Haven  ; 
Rev.  Daniel  March,  D.D.,  Woburn  ;  Dr.  L.  Elsburg,  New 
York  ;  Dr.  S.  Lawton,  Springfield,  Mass,  etc. 

Note. — These  societies  and  individuals  simply  saw  what  I 
showed  and  heard  what  I  had  to  say.  I  thus  know  of  what  I 
am  affirming.  I  regard  my  work  as  that  of  seed  sowing.  I  have 
never  asked  to  be  endorsed.  I  am  willing  to  wait  for  the  seed 
to  take  root. 

I  further  testify  that  1  have  for  the  past  ten  years  implored 
Dr.  Salisbury  to  publish  this  work,  but,  as  he  says,  he  has 
been  deterred  “by  a  fear  of  not  pursuing  a  course  that  in¬ 
cludes  the  most  right  and  the  least  wrong.”  Now  that  he  has 
at  least  yielded,  and  published  his  treatment,  I  intend  to  use 
every  legitimate  and  honorable  means  to  promulgate  his 
views,  because 

(а)  I  believe  therm  to  be  true  from  my  own  experience. 

(б)  Because,  “  if  the  experience  of  Dr.  Salisbury  and  myself 
should  be  realized  by  all  physicians  in  the  United  States,  at 
least  13,000  lives  annually  could  be  saved  by  detecting  the 
pretubercular  state  alone.” 

(c)  I  believe  that  Dr.  Salisbury  has  waited  long  enough. 
Twenty  years  of  a  life  is,  in  this  age,  a  Century  under  the  old 
time  usages. 

(d)  Because  Dr.  Salisbury  and  myself  (as  an  humble  disciple) 
are  both  ready  and  willing  to  let  this  be  tested  by  any  who 
may  be  willing  to  come  and  see. 

(e)  Finally,  I  do  as  I  have  done,  that  it  cannot  be  said  in 
future  time  that  I  have  not  done  all  I  could  to  put  this,  in  my 
opinion,  grandest  contribution  to  the  medical  knowledge  of 
this  age,  in  the  hands  of  the  profession.  If  I  don’t  succeed 
in  so  doing,  I  shall  have  the  consciousness  of  having  acted  up 
to  my  intense  convictions  of  duty. 

N.  B. — See  my  paper  iu  Southern  Clinic ,  1879,  on  the  Mor¬ 
phology  of  Diseased  Blood,  for  more  facts  about  Dr.  Salisbury. 
His  published  works  number  over  70. — Michigan  Medical  News , 
November  25.  E.  0. 

94  Tremont  street,  Boston,  November,  1879. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


825 


1880] 

TREATMENT  OF  VESICAL  ATONY  BY  ERGOTINE  INJECTIONS. 

In  three  cases  of  vesical  atony  observed  in  old  patients,  Pro¬ 
fessor  Langenbeck  has  obtained  the  best  results  from  hy- 
podemic  injections  of  ergotine.  Immediately  after  the  injection 
the  contractile  power  of  the  bladder  was  augmented  and  the 
patients  micturated  more  abundantly.  At  the  end  of  some 
days  the  bladder  emptied  itself  almost  entirely.  In  an  old  man, 
sixty-two  years  of  age,  who  three  or  four  times  per  day  expelled 
about  thirty  grammes  of  urine  when  his  bladder  contained  more 
than  half  a  litre,  the  very  same  day  on  which  a  hypodermic  of 
twelve  centigrammes  of  Bonjean’s  ergotine  was  employed,  mic¬ 
turition  was  accomplished  most  satisfactorily.  The  prostate 
soon  diminished  in  volume  and  after  four  injections  the  cure  was 
complete. — LP  Union  Medicale. — Canadian  Journal  Medical  Science. 


WEIGHT  OF  CALIFORNIAN  AND  AUSTRALIAN  BABIES. 

Is  it  a  general  fact  that  children  are  larger  at  birth  in  newly 
settled  countries  than  in  older  countries?  We  have  no  doubt 
of  it  in  regard  to  California.  It  was  long  ago  observed  that  the 
new  States  in  the  Mississippi  valley  produced  a  larger  race  of 
men  than  the  old  Atlantic  States.  New  populations  emigrating 
from  crowded  localities,  acquire,  under  favorable  physical  con¬ 
ditions,  a  stimulus  to  development,  which  shows  itself  both  in 
an  enlarged  ratio  of  increase,  and  in  an  invigoration  of  the 
stock.  Twenty  and  thirty  years  ago  the  average  weight  of  Cali¬ 
fornia  babies  was  over  eight  pounds,  and  we  are  not  certain  that 
it  has  diminished.  Infants  weighing  ten  and  eleven  pounds  have 
fallen  into  the  hands  of  every  accoucheur  of  moderate  practice. 
Twelve  and  thirteen  pounds  is  not  a  very  uncommon  weight, 
and  a  case  of  eighteen  pounds  is  on  record,  well  authenticated. 
It  would  seem  that  Australia  is  not  behind  in  this  respect.  The 
Australian  Medical  Journal  for  September,  1879,  contains  a  list 
of  182  births  which  occurred  in  the  Melbourne  Hospital  in  the 
first  four  months  of  the  year,  the  maximum  weight  being  12£ 
pounds,  and  the  average  about  8  pounds.  As  the  births  were  in 
a  hospital,  and  one-half  were  illegitimate,  it  may  be  presumed 
that  the  circumstances  were  not  the  most  favorable  to  physical 
development.  There  were  5  couplets,  2  breech  presentations, 
one  of  the  foot,  one  of  the  arm  and  two  of  the  face — Pacific 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal ,  Nov.,  1879. 


PILOCARPINE  IN  THE  PRURITUS  OF  PREGNANCY.  . 

“  A  country  doctor’7  writes  to  the  British  Medical  Journal  that 
a  single  dose  of  one-third  of  a  grain  of  nitrate  of  pilocarpine,  by 
the  mouth, served  to  bring  on  profuse  sweating  and  salivation  with 
complete  relief  of  intolerable  and  persistent  itching,  which  had 
lasted  throughout  pregnancy  and  recurred  after  delivery. 
— Medical  Times. 


1880] 


Editorial. 


826 


DITOPvIAL. 


THE  LOUISIANA  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY. 

The  annual  meeting  of  this  body,  which  will  take  place  on 
the  last  Wednesday  in  March,  is  so  near  at  hand,  that  a  few 
remarks  apropos  of  the  occasion  may  not  be  inappropriate. 
Nearly  all  the  States  of  the  Union,  including  the  most  recently 
settled,  have  similar  organizations,  and  their  utility  is  no 
longer  a  matter  of  question,  outside  our  own  borders.  In 
Louisiana,  however,  as  regards  the  great  majority  of  the  med¬ 
ical  profession,  the  matter  seems  either  to  be  decided  in  the 
negative  or  to  be  still  unsettled,  from  the  evidence  afforded. 
The  number  of  local  medical  societies  is  so  small,  that  it  was 
found  impracticable  to  organize  the  State  Society  as  a  repre¬ 
sentative  body  5  while  its  individual  membership  throughout 
the  State  is  only  106  altogether,  out  of  876  practitioners  whose 
names  have  been  reported. 

Again,  of  this  number  several  disclaim  membership,  when 
asked  for  their  annual  dues,  while  no  less  than  40  have  failed  to 
make  any  response.  The  consequence  of  the  delinquency  is, 
that  the  society  still  owes  more  than  $180  for  printing  the  last 
volume  of  its  Transactions  and  has  only  about  $30  in  the 
treasury. 

When  this  volume  was  printed,  a  circular  was  sent  to  all  the 
regular  practitioners  in  the  State,  so  far  as  known,  inviting 
and  urging  them  to  join  and  sustain  the  organization,  but  not 
more  than  half-a-dozen  additional  medical  men  have  responded. 
These  plain  facts  are  now  stated,  so  that  our  readers  may  be 
warned  in  season  of  the  danger  of  dissolution  which  seriously 
threatens  our  State  Medical  Society. 

Let  it  not  be  forgotten  that  one  of  the  principal  objects  of 
the  Society  is  the  advancement  of  State  Medicine.  Although 
its  interests  concern  the  public  at  large,  and  our  profession 
only  as  members  of  the  general  public,  still  medical  men  must 
take  the  lead  and  most  of  the  labor  in  advocating  its  claims, 
and  on  them  rests  the  responsibility.  It  is  our  business 


Editorial. 


827 


1880] 


then,  to  look  after  the  improvement  of  medical  educa¬ 
tion  and  of  public  hygiene;  but  how  can  this  be  done  to  any 
good  effect  without  organization  ? 

Again,  the  protection  of  the  public  from  the  dangers  of 
quackery  is  properly  regarded  as  a  matter  of  particular  inter¬ 
est  to  physicians.  We  consider  it  a  great  mistake  to  suppose 
that  this  evil  is  to  be  met  with  by  prohibitory  laws.  Quack¬ 
ery  may  be  outlawed,  like  gambling  and  prostitution ;  and, 
while  the  two  latter  may  be  driven  into  secret  places  and  ren¬ 
dered  disreputable,  the  first  will  flourish  openly,  for  respect¬ 
able  people  will  continue  to  patronize  it.  For  its  exposure  and 
discouragement  the  British  plan  is  the  most  effectual,  and  the 
only  proper  one  for  English-speaking  people.  It  consists  in  sep¬ 
arating  properly  qualified  medical  men  into  a  distinct  class,  so 
that  the  public  may  be  able  to  distinguish  between  them  and 
pretenders ;  then  the  public  are  left  free  to  choose  between 
them.  This  plan  is  carried  out  by  the  organization  of  local 
branches  of  one  grand  body,  styled  the  British  Medical  Asso¬ 
ciation,  and  the  publication  of  a  register,  which  contains  the 
names  of  all  qualified  practitioners,  with  a  description  of  their 
credentials,  and  open  to  public  inspection. 

This,  we  maintain,  is  the  proper  course  to  pursue  in  Louis¬ 
iana,  and  is  substantially  what  is  contemplated  in  the  regula¬ 
tions  of  our  State  Medical  Society.  It  is  neither  necessarv 
nor  proper  for  us  to  apply  to  the  Legislature  for  any  class 
legislation  ;  and  there  is  no  likelihood  that  it  would  be  granted, 
if  asked.  The  plain  truth  is,  if  the  medical  profession  cannot 
protect  its  interests  and  command  the  respect  of  the  public 
without  special  legislation,  it  would  fail  with  all  the  aid  it 
might  ask  ;  and,  in  any  event,  it  will  deserve  just  what  it  may 
experience  at  the  hands  of  the  public.  It  is  no  part  of  free 
government  either  to  foster  or  oppress  religion  and  science. 
Friendly,  antagonistic,  or  indifferent  to  each  other,  the  State 
should  keep  its  hands  off,  and  let  them  work  out  their  own 
progress,  so  long  as  they  do  not  disturb  the  public  peace. 

These  remarks  are  not  intended  either  as  an  appeal  or  a 
reproach.  They  are  an  expression  of  our  opinion,  and  a  dis- 
10 


828  Reviews  and  Boole  Notices.  [February 

charge  of  what  we  regard  a  duty  as  medical  journalists.  If 
State  Medicine  should  languish  and  medical  men  continue  to 
be  insignificant  members  of  society  in  Louisiana,  we  wish  it 
undei stood  that  we  have  not  been  derelict  by  failure  to  point 
out  the  responsibility  and  the  remedy. 


MERITED  PROMOTION. 

The  medical  officers  of  the  United  States  Army  have  cause 
to  congratulate  themselves  that  merit  is  appreciated  and  hero¬ 
ism  acknowledged.  Passed-assistant-surgeon  John  W.  Ross  has 
been  promoted  eight  numbers  in  his  present  grade  for  extra¬ 
ordinary  heroism,  as  provided  for  in  section  1506  of  the 
Revised  Statutes. 

This  promotion  is  for  services  rendered  by  I)r.  Ross  at  the 
imminent  risk  of  his  life  at  Holly  Springs  and  Memphis  in 
1878,  during  the  epidemic  of  yellow  fever. 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


A  Treatise  on  the  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  By  John 
Syer  Bristowe,  M.D.,  London,  Fellow  and  formerly  Censor, 
Roy.  Col.  Phys. ;  Sen.  Phys.  to  and  joint  Lecturer  on 
Medicine,  St.  Thomas  Hospital ;  Lecturer  on  General 
Pathology  and  on  Phys.,  St.  Thomas  Hospital,  etc.  Sec¬ 
ond  American  edition  revised  by  the  author.  With  notes 
and  additions  by  James  H.  Hutchinson,  M.D.,  etc.  8vo., 
pp.  1081.  Philadelphia:  Henry  C.  Lea.  1879.  [Sold  by 
Armand  Hawkins,  Medical  Bookseller,  196£  Canal  street, 
ISTew  Orleans j. 

This  work  is  already  so  well  and  so  favorably  known,  that 
no  extended  notice  of  its  contents  or  criticism  of  its  merits  is 
necessary.  The  author  having  determined  to  limit  his  book  to 
a  single  volume,  and  to  include  in  its  scope  several  subjects 
usually  relegated  to  treatises  on  surgery  or  on  special  branches 
of  medicine,  is  under  the  necessity  of  refraining  entirely  from 
allusion  to  clinical  cases  and  of  confining  himself  to  a  very 
concise  didactic  view  of  each  subject. 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


829 


1880J 

Having  devoted  rather  more  than  90  pages  to  general  pathol¬ 
ogy,  the  author  proceeds  in  part  II  to  consider  special  diseases 
in  classified  groups,  as  follows :  (1)  specific  febrile  diseases ; 
(2)  diseases  of  the  skin  ;  (3)  diseases  of  the  respiratory  organs ; 
(4)  diseases  of  the  vascular  organs;  (5)  diseases  of  the  diges¬ 
tive  organs ;  (6)  diseases  of  the  genito-urinary  organs ;  (7)  dis¬ 
eases  of  the  organs  of  locomotion;  (8)  diseases  of  the  nervous 
system. 

Those  not  already  familiar  with  Dr.  Bristowe’s  views  on  cer¬ 
tain  points  where  medical  opinion  is  divided,  may  be  interested 
to  learn  that  he  does  not  adopt  the  late  German  notions  on  the 
nature  of  tubercle  and  its  connection  with  pulmonary  con¬ 
sumption.  The  caseous  product  he  regards  as  an  advanced 
stage  of  tubercle,  commencing  with  the  miliary  form,  which  is 
universally  admitted  as  tuberculous  in  nature.  Some  of  his 
reasons  for  rejecting  the  identity  of  the  cheesy  infiltration  with 
the  epithelial  deposits  of  catarrhal  or  lobular  pneumonia  are 
very  forcible ;  as  for  instance,  that  these  caseous  masses  of 
phthisis  do  not  affect  specially  the  favorite  seats  of  either 
lobar  or  lobular  pneumonia,  but  rather  the  summit  of  the  lungs, 
where  miliary  tubercles  are  wont  to  appear ;  also  that  caseous 
deposits  are  constantly  associated  with  tuberculous  formations 
in  other  regions,  particularly  of  the  miliary  form. 

A  s  might  be  supposed,  he  recognizes  no  essential  patholo¬ 
gical  distinction  between  the  two  forms  of  pneumonia,  distin¬ 
guished  in  the  German  classification  as  croupous  and  catarrhal, 
but  which  he  prefers  to  call  lobar  and  lobular,  or  diffused  and 
patchy.  The  former  indeed  he  regards  as  idiopatic  in  origin, 
and  the  latter  secondary  to  affections  of  the  air-passages ;  but 
he  avers  that  each  may  pass  into  the  other. 

On  the  subject  of  dengue  he  is  much  at  variance,  on  several 
important  points,  with  the  late  Prof.  Dickson.  Dr.  Bristowe 
traces  its  first  appearance  to  the  East  Indies  in  1824,  while 
Dr.  Dickson  finds  an  identity  between  dengue  and  a  disease 
which  prevailed  at  Philadelphia  in  1780,  called  break-bone  fever 
by  Dr.  Bush.  Our  author  also  states  that  this  disease  does 
not  appear  to  have  extended  to  temperate  regions ;  which  is 
certainly  incorrect,  as  it  has  appeared  in  many  parts  of  this 


830  Reviews  and  Boole  Notices.  [February 

country  at  different  times  during  the  memory  of  people  still 
living. 

Syphilis,  usually  omitted  from  works  on  medicine  proper,  is 
briefly  treated  as  a  specific  affection,  in  some  respects  resem¬ 
bling  the  exanthemata.  The  theory  of  its  American  origin  is 
rejected,  and  he  believes  that  it  has  prevailed  from  remote  an¬ 
tiquity  in  the  Old  World.  Local  venereal  sores,  not  affecting 
the  general  system,  are  not  mentioned  in  this  work,  and  conse¬ 
quently  are  not  regarded  by  the  author  as  syphilitic  in 
nature. 

The  plan  and  scope  of  this  work  adapt  it  specially  to  the 
needs  of  students  rather  than  practitioners  of  medicine,  and 
-such  a  purpose  it  well  fulfills.  The  views  of  the  author  are  ex¬ 
pressed  with  precision  and  sufficient  positiveness  to  impress 
the  student  with  the  weight  of  his  authority  5  and,  should  the 
medical  professor  differ  on  any  subject  from  his  doctrines,  he 
will  need  to  find  strong  arguments  to  carry  his  class  to  the  op¬ 
posite  conclusion.  S.  S.  H. 

A  Text  Boole  of  Physiology.  By  M.  Foster,  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  F.  R. 
S.,  Praelector  in  Physiology  and  Fellow  of  Trinity  Col¬ 
lege,  Cambridge.  With  illustrations.  Third  edition,  re¬ 
vised,  8vo.,  pp.  720.  London  :  Macmillan  &  Co.  1879. 

This  edition,  following  the  second  at  an  interval  of  less  than 
two  years,  which  in  turn  rapidly  succeeded  the  first,  indicates 
the  popularity  of  the  work  among  the  British  medical  public, 
without  allowing  much  room  for  improvement  in  successive 
issues. 

Although  Dr.  Foster  is  a  medical  teacher,  he  displays  in  his 
book  none  of  the  dogmatism  which  necessarily  attaches  to  the 
professor’s  chair,  and  is  quite  apt  to  appear  in  the  professor’s 
written  efforts.  References  to  authorities  are  found  at  the  foot 
ot  most  pages,  and  the  author  is  quite  cautious  throughout  in 
the  expression  of  opinions  not  established  by  general  consent. 
As  110  claims  to  original  research  are  set  up,  the  book  can  on¬ 
ly  be  regarded  as  an  exponent  of  what  is  commonly  known ; 
and  in  this  respect  it  is  just  to  concede  that  the  work  is  well 
done. 

In  an  examination  of  certain  subjects  as  treated  in  this  book, 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


831 


1880] 

we  have  found  some  passages  which  we  regard  suitable  for 
special  remark.  For  instance,  respecting  the  first  sound  of 
the  heart,  he  characteristically  avoids  expressing  an  opinion  of 
its  causation,  while  finding  objections  to  both  muscular  action 
and  the  influence  of  the  valves  on  the  blood-current.  Any 
one  who  will  compare  the  sound  given  forth  through  the  steth¬ 
oscope  by  the  rythmical  contraction  of  the  biceps  or  the  bun  - 
die  of  flexors  in  the  forearm  with  the  first  sound  of  the  heart, 
cannot  fail,  we  think,  to  observe  the  substantial  identity  in 
mode  of  production.  An  argument  is  made  in  favor  of  valv¬ 
ular  agency  in  the  normal  first  sound,  because  the  diseased 
valves  so  obscure  and  change  the  sound.  In  case  of  aneurism 
we  find  very  decided  murmurs  produced  by  interference  with 
the  blood-flow,  while  no  sound  whatever  can  be  found  over  the 
healthy  arteries,  and  there  is  equal  reason  for  supposing  that 
healthy  valves  present  no  resistance  to  forward  movement 
which  would  give  rise  to  any  sound. 

In  regard  to  the  sugar-producing  function  of  the  liver,  Dr. 
Foster  leans  to  the  view  of  Pavy  in  preference  to  that  of  Ber¬ 
nard  ;  but  supposes  that  the  glycogen  elaborated  by  that  organ 
is  retained  there  as  a  reserve,  which  is  transformed  to  hepatic 
sugar  as  the  needs  of  the  system  make  requisition  for  this 
substance  in  the  intervals  between  ingestion  of  amylaceous  or 
saccharine  food.  He  does  not  attempt  to  account  for  the  path¬ 
ology  of  diabetes  mellitus,  being  content  with  remarking  that 
“  Sugar  in  the  urine  means  an  excess  of  sugar  in  the  blood.’? 
The  view  of  Tscherinoff,  quoted  by  Memeyer,  is  quite  in  har¬ 
mony  with  the  glycogen-function  of  the  liver,  as  proposed  by 
Dr.  Foster.  Tscherinoff ’s  supposition  is,  that  the  liver  trans¬ 
forms  the  sugar  which  arrives  in  its  circulating  blood  into  gly¬ 
cogen  ;  but  that,  when  this  function  fails,  the  sugar  passes 
through  the  liver  unchanged,  to  be  filtered  out  through  the 
kidneys. 

With  regard  to  urea,  he  supposes  that  it  is  contained  in  the 
blood  before  it  reaches  the  kidneys,  its  antecedents  being 

partly  the  kreatin  formed  in  muscle  and  elsewhere,  partly  the 
leucin  and  other  like  bodies  formed  in  the  alimentary  canal  as 
well  as  in  various  tissues.”  The  transformation  of  these  sub- 


832  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  [February 

stances  into  urea  he  conjectures  may  take  place  in  the  liver, 
and  possibly  in  the  spleen,  but  of  this  he  is  not  positive. 

Considerable  space  is  devoted  to  the  discussion  of  localiza¬ 
tion  of  the  functions  of  the  cerebral  convolutions,  with  copious 
references  to  late  experiments,  particularly  the  recent  ones  of 
Ferrier  by  means  of  the  galvanic  current  j  but  the  author  is 
not  sanguine  of  the  discovery  of  positive  results  thus  far. 

An  appendix  contains  about  40  pages  on  the  Chemical  Basis 
of  the  Animal  Body.  The  chemistry  of  the  various  proximate 
principles  is  briefly  described  and  is  convenient  for  reference  by 
the  reader. 

The  illustrations  consist  of  72  wood-cuts,  a  large  portion  of 
which  represent  various  instruments  of  precision  contrived  for 
the  study  of  the  functions  of  different  organs.  A  table  of  con¬ 
tents  and  an  index  facilitate  reference  to  particular  subjects, 
but  the  latter  has  several  inaccuracies  not  noted  in  the  list  of 
errata. 

This  edition  is  furnished  at  the  moderate  price  of  $3.50  in 
muslin,  or  $4.50  in  sheep  binding.  The  publishers  announce 
the  early  appearance  of  a  cheap  “  Students’  edition,”  which 
will  be  aeceptable  as  a  companion  to  the  lectures  of  the  class¬ 
room.  S.  S.  H. 


Pocket  Therapeutics  and  Dose  Book :  with  Glassification  and 
Explanation  of  the  Actions  of  Medicines  ;  Min.  and  Max. 
Doses  in  Troy  Weights ,  with  their  equivalents  in  the  Metric 
Weights  ;  Index  and  Definition  of  Diseases ,  with  Appropri¬ 
ate  Remedies  ;  Genitive  Endings  of  all  Medicines  and  Pre¬ 
parations  given  in  italics ;  Index  of  Common  and  Pharma¬ 
ceutical  Names  ;  Classification  of  Symptoms  ;  Poisons  and 
their  Antidotes  ;  Useful  Hints  to  the  Prescriber.  By  Morse 
Stewart,  Jr.,  B.  A.,  M.  D.,  32rno.,  pp.  263.  Second  edition,- 
revised  and  enlarged.  Detroit,  Mich.:  Geo.  D.  Stewart. 
1878. 

It  might  be  supposed  that  the  above  title  indicates  all  the 
subjects  treated  in  this  little  book,  by  one  who  has  not  exam¬ 
ined  it;  but  he  would  still  find  other  valuable  information  very 
conveniently  arranged.  The  book  was  intended  by  the  author 
as  a  reminder  in  case  of  emergencies.  For  students  of  medi¬ 
cine  it  is  altogether  unsuitable,  and  practitioners  should  al¬ 
ways  refer  to  larger  works  when  they  have  time  and  opportu- 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


833 


1880J 

nity.  But  occasions  will  arise  wlien  such  a  little  friend  will 
prove  extremely  welcome,  and  this  is  really  the  best  of  its 
kind  that  we  have  met.  S.  S.  H. 

Outlines  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine ,  with  special  reference  to  the 
Prognosis  and  Treatment  of  Disease.  With  Appropriate 
Formulae  and  I llustrations.  By  Samuel  Fenwick,  M.  I)., 
Lecturer  on  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  at  London 
Hospital,  etc.  12mo.,  pp.  387.  Philadelphia  :  Lindsay  & 
Blakiston.  1880.  [Sold  by  Armand  Hawkins,  196 £  Canal 
street,  New  Orleans.] 

This  little  book  is  based  ou  the  notes  of  a  few  closing  lec¬ 
tures  to  his  medical  class  by  the  author,  and  designed  as  a 
practical  review  of  the  course  with  special  reference  to  treat¬ 
ment  ot  diseases,  preparatory  to  the  approaching  examination. 
This  fact  suggests  its  appropriate  use  by  students,  as  an  ad¬ 
juvant  to  the  process  of  “  cramming  v  for  examiuatiou.  It  is 
quite  general  for  teachers  to  condemn  “  cramming  n  for  exam¬ 
inations,  as  well  as  the  use  of  translations  by  students  of  the 
Latin  and  Greek  classics,  but  it  is  always  in  vain  contending 
with  human  nature  and  the  law  of  demand  and  supply. 

It  is  safe  to  predict  that  “  ponies  ”  will  not  disappear  from 
our  colleges,  nor  books  like  this  from  our  medical  schools, 
during  our  time  at  least.  S.  S.  H. 

Infant  Feeding  and  its  Influence  on  Life ;  or,  the  Causes  and 
Prevention  of  Infant  Mortality.  By  C.  H.  Routh,  M.D., 
M.R.C.P.L.,  Fellow  of  University  College,  London,  Seuior 
Physician  to  the  Samaritan  Hospital  for  Women  and 
Children,  etc.,  etc.  Third  edition.  William  Wood  &  Co., 
New  York.  Armand  Hawkins,  medical  book  store,  196J 
Canal  street,  New  Orleans,  La. 

This  work  embraces  within  its  pages  one  of  the  most  inter¬ 
esting  and  attractive  studies  in  the  range  of  medicine.  The 
preservation  of  infant  life  must  be  the  constant  care  of  the 
physician  and  philanthropist  who  recognize  the  fact  that  the 
large  ratio  of  deaths  come  under  the  classification  preventable. 
The  preface  to  the  third  edition  of  this  work  contains  the 
following:  “In  England  alone,  since  the  year  1847,  over 
341,000  babies  have  died  from  developmental  diseases  of 
children,  and  nearly  2500  from  want  of  breast  milk.  Ever 


834  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  [February 

since  my  last  edition  in  1863,  nearly  146,000  children  have 
died  from  the  former  diseases  and  12,000  from  the  latter  cause, 
and  unfortunately  these  numbers  are  on  the  increase.” 

The  work  before  us  is  conveniently  arranged  into  four  parts. 
The  first  part  is  a  consideration  of  the  general  and  special 
causes  of  infantile  mortality.  Part  II  relates  especially  to 
lactation,  nature  of  milk  and  selection  of  wet  nurses.  Part 
III  general  deductions  in  reference  to  alimentation  made  from 
the  composition  of  milk  and  its  substitutes.  Part  IV  is  a  con¬ 
sideration  of  diseases  of  the  digestive  system  and  their  pre¬ 
vention  and  treatment.  Appendix  E  containing  general  and 
special  rules  for  the  nourishment  of  children  is  one  of  the  best 
we  have  seen  and  is  highly  recommended. 

The  work  is  one  of  the  series  known  as  u  Woods’  Library  of 
Standard  Medical  Authors,”  and  is  highly  creditable  to  -  the 
energetic  publishers. 


Transactions  of  the  American  Medical  Association.  Instituted  1847, 
Yol.  XXX,  8  vo.,  pp.  1028.  Philadelphia.  1879. 

The  present,  being  one  of  the  largest  volumes  issued  by  the 
Association,  contains  much  matter  of  the  highest  interest  and 
value,  and  indicates  that  its  vitality  is  not  entering  on  a  decline 
with  advancing  age. 

The  address  of  the  President,  Dr.  Theophilus  Parvin,  is  upon 
Teleology ,  in  which  he  takes  the  ground  that  the  old  doctrine  of 
creative  design  in  the  universe  is  not  superseded  by  the  modern 
doctrine  of  evolution,  but  may  be  made  to  harmonize  with  it. 
Abundant  quotations  from  philosophers  and  men  of  science 
are  adduced  to  support  his  position,  and  his  paper  is  interest¬ 
ing  and  valuable,  though  probably  not  convincing  to  pro¬ 
nounced  evolutionists. 

The  address  in  Practice  of  Medicine ,  Ma  teria  Medica  and  Phys¬ 
iology  was  pronounced  by  Dr.  Thos.  F.  Rochester,  of  Buffalo. 
Allusion  is  made  to  the  great  yellow  fever  epidemic  of  1878,  in 
connection  with  which  he  takes  occasion  to  recommend  the 
foundation  of  a  National  Health  Bureau.  The  propagation  of 
typhoid  fever,  he  believes,  has  an  intimate  connection  with 
water  supply — a  view  now  generally  adopted  by  pathologists 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


835 


1880] 

and  sanitarians.  Speaking  of  sanitaria  for  consumptive  in¬ 
valids,  he  quotes  from  certain  writers,  to  the  effect  tliat  such 
resorts  lose  their  reputation  by  the  influx  of  excessive  num¬ 
bers,  which  tends  to  over-crowding  and  neglect  of  out  door 
exercise.  The  communicability  of  tuberculosis  from  one  indi¬ 
vidual  to  another  is  supported  on  the  authority  of  Dr.  Bancroft, 
of  Colorado,  who  asserts  that  the  natives  of  certain  resorts  have 
become  consumptive  since  their  localities  have  become  the  resi¬ 
dence  of  persons  thus  affected. 

In  a  Report  on  the  Prevention  of  Bowel  Affections ,  Dr.  N.  S. 
Davis  takes  the  ground,  that  one  of  the  chief  features  in  the 
production  of  bowel  derangements,  especially  in  young  chil¬ 
dren,  is  a  continuous  high  temperature.  The  evidence  is  the 
greater  prevalence  of  such  complaints  on  the  Atlantic  coast 
and  in  the  North-western  States  than  along  the  Pacific  and 
Gulf  coasts.  In  this  view  we  concur,  with  the  reservation, 
that  daily  range  of  temperature,  between  day  and  night,  is  also 
an  important  consideration. 

Dr.  Charles  Denison,  of  Denver,  Col.,  contributes  a  very 
candid  article  on  Experience  of  Consumptives  in  Colorado ,  and 
some  of  the  Aero-hygienics  of  Elevation  above  the  Sea ;  with 
Conclusions. 

The  address  in  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Chil¬ 
dren  was  made  by  Dr.  E.  S.  Lewis,  of  New  Orleans,  ai  d  gives 
the  progress  made  in  this  branch  during  the  current  year. 

Dr.  Ephraim  Cutter,  of  Boston,  makes  a  Report  on  Electrolysis 
of  Uterine  Fibroids ,  favorable  to  the  claims  of  the  operation. 
The  same  writer  contributes  a  paper  in  support  of  his  intra¬ 
uterine  stem  pessary,  illustrated  by  clinical  cases. 

The  Address  in  State  Medicine  and  Hygiene  was  made  by  Dr. 
John  S.  Billings,  U.  S.  A.  He  strongly  advocates  the  utility 
of  the  registration  not  only  of  deaths  but  of  diseases,  as  fur¬ 
nishing  a  more  accurate  index  of  the  state  of  the  public 
health  than  simple  mortuary  statistics.  In  this  he  is  undoubt¬ 
edly  right,  but  we  fear  that  his  scheme  will  never  become  prac¬ 
ticable  in  our  day. 

11 


830  Reviews  and  Boole  Notices.  [February 

Dr.  H.  O.  Johnson,  of  Chicago,  gives  a  favorable  account  of 
The  Regulation  of  Medical  Practice  by  State  Boards  of  Health ,  as 
exemplified  by  the  Execution  of  the  Law  in  Illinois. 

A  very  instructive  paper  follows,  on  State  Medicine  and  State 
Medical  Societies ,  by  Dr.  Stanford  E.  Cliaill6,  of  New  Orleans. 

Dr.  Horatio  It.  Storer,  of  Newport,  R.  I.,  furnishes  a  paper 
on  Protective  Sanitation ,  exemplified  by  the  voluntary  associa¬ 
tion  lately  formed  for  this  purpose  at  Newport.  This  differs 
from  the  sanitary  associations  inaugurated  at  Memphis  and 
New  Orleans  in  1879,  in  respect  of  being  devoted  to  domestic 
rather  than  public  sanitation. 

On  the  subject  of  operations  for  cataract  there  are  three 
articles,  contributed  severally  by  Drs.  B.  A.  Pope,  of  New 
Orleans,  A.  W.  Calhoun,  of  Atlanta,  and  H.  Knapp,  of  New 
York  ;  the  last  of  them  also  makes  the  Report  on  the  Progress  of 
Ophthalmology  and  Otology. 

In  the  Address  fin  Surgery  and  Anatomy ,  Dr.  Moses  Gunn,  of 
Chicago,  treats  chiefly  of  pus,  and  endeavors  to  relieve  it  par¬ 
tially  of  the  weight  of  obloquy  heaped  on  it  by  most  surgeons 
of  our  day. 

Dr.  J.  R.  Weist,  of  Richmond,  Ind.,  discusses  Treatment  of 
Hemorrhoids  by  Injection  of  Carbolic  Acid ,  for  which  he  makes  a 
rather  favorable  showing. 

Dr.  Henry  O.  Marcy,  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  gives  his  own  and 
other  testimony  in  favor  of  Aspiration  of  the  Knee  Joint. 

Dr.  H.  F.  Campbell,  of  Augusta,  Ga.,  contributes  a  long  and 
elaborate  paper  on  Urinary  Calculus.  In  part  I.  he  gives  a 
synopsis  of  a  large  number  of  cases  operated  on  by  the  bi: 
lateral  method,  his  favorite  plan.  The  general  indictment 
against  this  method,  on  the  ground  of  its  destroying  the  virility 
of  the  subject,  he  disposes  of  by  instances  of  the  retention  of 
this  power  after  the  operation.  In  part  II.  he  discusses  its 
etiology  and  pathology,  and  his  conclusions  we  regard  of  suffi¬ 
cient  interest  to  quote  at  large : 

u  Having  thus  carefully  presented  the  anatomical  and  physio¬ 
logical  relations  of  t  his  portion  of  our  subject,  we  may  summarize 
a  few  facts,  some  of  which  appear  to  exclude  the  hard  water 
1  heory  of  lithogenesis,  while  they  strongly  corroborate  that  of 
the  neuro-dynamic  origin  of  calculus. 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


837 


1880J 

First.  The  largest  proportion  of  subjects  being  infants  at 
nursery  periods  of  life,  the  calcareous  solutions  are  not  taken  by 
them  to  furnish  the  lime  for  calculous  concretions,  while  the 
adult,  who  rarely  originates  stone,  drinks  freely  of  them. 

Secondly.  As  heretofore  shown,  uric  acid  forming  the  nucleus 
of  nearly  all  calculi,  so  far  from  being  favored  by  solutions  of 
lime,  would  rather  be  dissolved  by  them. 

Thirdly.  The  food  of  the  nursing  infant  being  largely  albu¬ 
minous — as  in  the  case  of  the  sucking  lierbivora,  uric  acid  is 
found  to  predominate  in  the  blood  and  urine.  This  uric  acid, 
which  in  the  adult  exists  in  less  proportion  and  is  probably  dis¬ 
solved  in  liard-water  districts,  in  the  infant  forms  a  nucleus 
without  the  chance  of  solution  in  the  absence  of  alkaline  drinks. 

Fourthly.  The  albuminous  food  of  infancy  furnishing  abund¬ 
ant  material  out  of  which  uric  acid  may  be  produced,  the  one 
overshadowing  influence  instrumental  in  its  production  and  in 
the  formation  of  idiogenic  nuclei  is  the  functional  disturbance 
of  the  liver — hepatic  paresis — which  during  this  period  is  pro¬ 
duced  by  reflected  dental  irritation  as  heretofore  demonstrated. 
As  glycogenesis  is  artificially  produced  in  the  experimental  de¬ 
monstration  of  Claude  Bernard  by  irritating  the  floor  of  the 
fourth  ventricle,  so  lithogenesis  in  the  nursing  infant  is  morbidly 
produced  by  reflected  dental  irritation  of  the  fifth  pair  implanted 
in  the  same  nerve-centre.  Imperfect  disintegration  and  imper¬ 
fect  oxidation  of  albuminous  material  in  the  liver  is  the  result 
of  the  hepatic  paresis  thus  superinduced.  Hence,  idiogenic  nu¬ 
clei  and,  consequently,  calculi,  are  abundant  at  this  period. 

Fifthly.  After  nuclear  agglomeration  has  taken  place ,  another 
excitor  of  reflex  irritation,  and  new  avenues  of  transmission,  are 
established.  The  idiogenic  nucleus  and  the  xenegenic,  from  this 
time,  have  a  common  history ;  both  excite,  in  a  like  degree  and 
in  the  same  manner,  the  elimination  from  the  blood  and  pre¬ 
cipitation  of  the  calcareous  elements  in  the  further  development 
and  growth  of  the  stone.  Calcareous  solutions,  as  drinking 
water,  probably,  now  add  considerably  to  the  rapidity  of  ac¬ 
cretion. 

Sixthly.  Although  we  regard  dental  irritation,  as  heretofore 
described,  to  be  the  chief  originator  of  the  uric  acid  nucleus  and 
therefore  of  the  vast  majority  of  autogenic  calculi,  we  cannot  ex¬ 
clude  the  recognition  of  other  influences  as  giving  rise  to  calculi 
both  in  the  infant  and  adult;  as  all  xenogenic  nuclei  are  known 
to  originate  calculi  and  to  become  covered  with  calcareous — not 
often  uric  acid — strata,  by  a  process  of  reflex  irritation,  begin¬ 
ning  in  the  bladder.  Irritation  of  the  uretha,  of  the  prostate 
gland,  of  the  prepuce,  all,  as  we  have  shown,  originate  nuclei 
and  promote  precipitation  ;  under  the  influence  of  spinal  injury 
we  have  seen  immense  productions  of  calcareous  deposits  con¬ 
tinued  in  one  case — O’Bannon’s — for  over  thirty-nine  years. 

Seventhly.  The  influence  of  living  in  malarial  districts  may 
well  and  rationally  be  accepted  as  acting  most  potently  in  the 


838 


Hooka  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


[February 


neuro-dynamic  origination  of  calculus.  Whether  in  hard- water 
districts  or  free  stone  regions  it  is  known  that  the  nervous 
system  sustains  serious  impairment  of  its  controlling  functions 
over  the  secretory  organs  through  malarial  blood-intoxication. 
No  organ  suffers  greater  functional  derangement  than  the  liver, 
and  on  rational  grounds  we  may  predicate  the  abundant  pro¬ 
duction  of  uric  acid  and  the  nuclear  agglomeration  of  idiogeuic 
nuclei.  The  “  critical  discharge”  of  every  paroxysm  is  but  the 
throwing  down  of  earthy  phosphates,  the  ashes  of  the  burnt  up 
tissues  of  the  body.  Thus,  under  nervous  aberration  in  mala¬ 
rial  fever  too,  we  have  the  production  of  the  uric  acid  nucleus 
and  also  the  limy  phosphates  for  super-stratification.” 

More  than  130  pages  are  occupied  by  Dr.  L.  A.  Sayre,  of  New 
York,  in  support  of  his  treatment  of  Pott’s  disease  of  the 
spine  by  suspension  from  the  head  and  the  application  of  the 
phi ster-of-paris  jacket.  Notes  are  given  of  10.9  cases,  many  of 
which  are  illustrated  by  wood-cuts  of  the  individuals,  to  illus¬ 
trate  the  degree  of  the  deformity.  Dr.  Sayre  may  fairly  claim 
that  his  plan  of  treatment  is  established  on  a  firm  basis. 

Dr.  J.  M.  Toner  furnishes  the  Report  on  American  Medical 
Necrology ,  which  is  especially  valuable  in  containing  probably 
the  most  complete  list  extant  of  the  medical  men  who  fell  dur¬ 
ing  the  great  epidemic  of  1878,  including  many  brief  biograph¬ 
ical  sketches. 

The  volume  closes  with  a  prize  essay  extending  through  80 
pages,  entitled  A  Consideration  of  Certain  Forms  of  Primary 
and  ( Local  J  Secondarg  Degeneration  of  the  Lateral  Columns  of 
the  Spinal  Cord ,  with  especial  reference  to  an  infantile  rare 
form  :  By  Allan  McLane  Hamilton,  M.  D.  If  the  author  had 
brought  his  essay  within  the  compass  of  twenty  pages,  using 
more  system  in  the  arrangement  of  his  matter  and  more 
perspicuity  of  expression,  it  would  be  much  easier  and  more 
profitable  reading  than  we  find  it.  S.  S.  H. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Science  and  Practice  of  Midwifery.  By  W. 
S.  Playfair,  M.D.,  F.E.C.P.,  Physician- Accoucheur  to  H.  I.  and 
R.  H.,  the  Duchess  ot  Edinburgh.  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  etc. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


839 


1880J 


The  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  By  Frederick  T.  Rob¬ 
erts,  M.D.,  B.Sc.,  F.R.O.P.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics  at  University  College,  etc.,  etc. 

A  Manual  of  the  Practice  of  Surgery.  By  W.  Fairlie  Clarke, 
M.A.  and  M.B.  (Oxon),  F.R.C.S.,  Assistant-Surgeon  to  Char¬ 
ing  Cross  Hospital. 

Lectures  on  Practical  Surgery.  By  H.  H.  Tolaml,  M.D.,  Pro¬ 
fessor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery  and  Clinical 
Surgery  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Cali¬ 
fornia. 


Pocket  Therapeutics  and  Dose-Book.  By  Morse  Stewart,  Jr., 
B.A.,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Twenty  fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  State 
Lunatic  Hospital  at  Northampton  for  the  year  ending  September 
30,  1879. 

Vick’s  Floral  Guide.  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Notes  of  Work  by  Students  of  Practical  Chemistry  in  the 
Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Virginia.  Communicated  by  J. 
W.  Mallet,  M.D.,  Professor  of  General  and  Applied  Chemistry 
in  the  University. 

Cholera  of  1873.  By  W.  R.  Sevier,  M.D.,  Jonesboro,  Ten¬ 
nessee. 

The  Second  Annual  Report  of  the  Presbyterian  Eye  and  Ear 
Charity  Hospital,  Baltimore ,  Md. 

The  Sanitation  of  Small  Cities. — Soil,  Drainage ,  Sewerage  and 
the  Disposal  of  Sewage.  By  David  Prince,  M.D.  Reprint  from 
the  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Medical  Society  for  1879. 

Transactions  of  the  Medical  Association  of  the  State  of 
Missouri ,  1879. 

The  Treatment  of  Fracture  of  the  Lower  End  of  the  Radius . 
By  R.  J.  Levis,  M.D.,  Surgeon  to  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital 
and  to  the  Jefferson  College  Hospital.  Reprint  from  the 


840  Books  and  Pamphlets  Received.  [February 

Transactions  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania. 

Tobacco  Poisoning  and  its  Effects  Upon  the  Eye  Sight.  By  A. 
W.  Calhoun,  M.D.,  Atlanta,  Ga.,  Professor  of  Eye  and  Ear 
and  Throat  Diseases  in  the  Atlanta  Medical  College.  Re¬ 
print  from  Transactions  Medical  Association  of  Georgia. 

The  Extirpation  of  the  Ovaries  for  some  of  the  Disorders  of 
Menstrual  Life.  By  William  Goodell,  A.M.,  M.D.  Extracted 
from  the  Transactions  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of 
Pennsylvania. 

-  Annual  Address  of  the  President  of  the  Kentucky  Medical 
Society ,  delivered  at  Danville ,  Ky.,  May  13,  1879.  By  Dr.  C.  H. 
Todd,  of  Owensboro,  Ky. 

Physiological  Antagonism. — The  Therapeutic  Laic  of  Cure. 
By  Electus  B.  Ward,  M.D.,  Assistant  to  the  Chair  of  Practice 
of  Medicine  in  the  Long  Island  College  Hospital,  Brooklyn, 
New  York. 

Detroit  Medical  College,  Catalogue  of  Changes  in  its  Method  of 
Teaching ,  etc.,  etc. 

The  Therapeutic  Society  of  New  York.  Reprint  from  the  New 
York  Medical  Journal,  June  and  July,  1879. 

Analysis  of  Air.  By  Wm.  Van  Slooten,  C.E.  Reprint  from 
the  Journal  of  the  Americau  Chemical  Society,  Yol.  1. 

Buffalo  Lithia  Water  of  Mecklenburg  County ,  Va. 

An  Examination  of  the  Usual  Signs  of  Dislocation  of  the  Rip. 
Also  an  Inquiry  into  the  Proper  Mode  of  Procedure  When  Dislo¬ 
cation  of  the  Hip  is  Accompanied  with’  Fracture  of  the  Femur. 
By  Oscar  H.  Allis,  M.D.,  Surgeon  to  the  Presbyterian  Hospital. 

Transactions  of  the  Massachusetts  Medico-Legal  Society ,  Vol.  1, 
Number  2,  1879.  - 


1880] 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables. 


841 


Meteorological  Summary — December,  1879. 
Station— New  Orleans. 


Date. 

Daily  Mean 
Barometer 

Daily  Me  an 
Temp’ture. 

Daily  Mean 
Humidity. 

Prevailing 

Direction 

ofWind. 

Daily 

Rain-fall. 

1 

30.26 

54.7 

73.0 

East. 

2 

30.12 

61  2  90.3 

East. 

3 

30.10 

64.2  83.3 

S.  W. 

4 

30.07 

64.0 

88.7 

S.  E. 

5 

29.84 

65.0 

82.0 

South 

.61 

6 

29.94 

59.0 

62.7 

N.  W. 

7 

29.98 

62.2 

63.7 

South 

8 

30.08 

66.7 

84.3 

S.  E. 

.23 

9 

30.04 

68.0 

92.7 

South 

.27 

10 

29.94 

71.7 

84.7 

South 

.04 

11 

30.10 

51.0 

66.7 

North 

11 

12 

30.23 

47.5 

37.3 

N.  e. 

13 

30.11 

48.0 

78.7 

N.  E. 

i  .32 

14 

30.02 

54.2 

88.7 

West 

.21 

15 

30.25 

51.2 

69.7 

North 

16 

30.22 

55.2  63.0 

S.  E. 

17 

30.23 

59.0 

69.7 

S.  E. 

18 

30.27 

61.2 

71.0 

S.  E. 

19 

30.25 

61.5 

76.7 

East. 

20 

30.20 

65.7 

80.7 

South 

21 

30.12 

68.5 

86.7 

South 

.... 

22 

30.08 

70.5 

85.3 

South 

.02 

23 

30.10 

71.2 

82.7 

S.  E. 

24 

30  17 

74.0 

83.0 

South 

25 

30.37 

48.2 

71.0 

N,  W. 
North 

.09 

26 

30.44 

39 -C 

42.7 

27 

30.30 

46.7 

63  3 

N.  E. 

28 

30.20 

55-5 

78  7 

S.  E. 

.... 

29 

30.21 

61.0 

80.0 

S‘  E. 

30 

30.24 

62.7 

92.7 

>S.  E. 

31 

30.33 

64.2 

90.7 

East. 

.... 

Sums 

Means 

30.156 

59.8 

76. !: 

S.  E. 

2.90 

General  Items. 


Mean  Barometer,  30.156. 

Highest  Barometer,  30.530,  on  26th. 
Lowest  Barometer,  29.790,  on  5th. 
Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  .740 
Highest  Temperature,  78°  on  24th. 
Lowest  Temperature,  32°  on  26th. 
Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  46°. 
Greatest  Daily  Range  of  Temperature, 
34°  on  25th. 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  7°  on  9th 
Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures,  66.7° 
Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  52.5° 
Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  14.2°. 
Prevailing  Direction  of  Wind,  S.  E. 
Total  Movement  of  Wind,  5,386  miles. 
Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc¬ 
tion,  22  miles,  North  on  25th. 
Number  of  Clear  Days,  6. 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  9 
Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 
Rain  fell,  6. 

!  Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 
Rain  fell,  8.  Total  number  of  days 
on  which  rain  fell,  10. 


COMPARATIVE  TEMPERATURE. 


1871 . 

1  1876  . . 

..48.1° 

1872 . 

j  1877... 

..55.5° 

1873  . 

1  1878. . . 

. .  51. 2C 

1874 . . 

..58.8° 

|  1879... 

..59.8° 

1875 . . 

.  61.5° 

|  1880.  . 

COMPARATIVE 

PRECIPITATION 

1871 . inches. 

1  1876.. 

9.57 

inc  lies 

1872 . 

“ 

1  1877  . 

4.96 

1873...  1.79 

U 

j  1878.. 

8.69 

U 

1874.. 3.27 

u 

1  1879.. 

2.90 

a 

1875.. 5  15 

u 

|  1880.. 

a 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  December  21st,  1879,  to 
January  18th,  1879,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Con  sump 
tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu- 

mouia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

December  28 

0 

3 

10 

0 

9 

82 

January  4 

0 

2 

17 

0 

7 

110 

January  11 

0 

4 

17 

0 

11 

90 

January  18 

0 

1 

10 

0 

9 

97 

Total.. . . 

0 

10 

54 

0 

36 

379 

NEW  ORLEANS 


Medical  Sougicjil  Journal 


MARCH,  1880. 


Ppv] 


IGINAL  j3oy\iyVl  UNI  CATIONS. 


1/ 


Toxemic  Diseases  and  Their  Treatment. 


By  W.  R.  SEVIER,  M.  D.,  Jonesboro’,  Tenn. 

I  deferentially  submit  to  my  professional  brethren,  the  fol¬ 
lowing  affirmative  propositions : 

In  doing  so  I  beg  to  express  my  entire  confidence  in  their 
truth ;  and  the  hope,  better  defined  perhaps  as  an  assured 
belief,  that,  when  practically  recognized,  we  shall  occupy  a  more 
advantageous  stand  point — shall  witness  more  uniform  and 
satisfactory  results  from  the  treatment  of  that  class  of  diseases 
to  which  they  refer — shall  enjoy  a  more  general  and  abundant 
success  in  our  efforts  to  relieve  human  suffering. 

1st.  Except  in  the  suppressed  condition  of  certain  functions, 
there  exists  no  resemblance  between  the  symptoms  of  cholera 
and  those  of  yellow  fever  5  yet  the  latter  is  not  less  distinctly 
a  form  of  toxemia,  or  blood  poisoning,  than  is  the  former. 

2d.  If  these  diseases,  so  dissimilar  in  many  leading  features, 
are  to  be  so  considered,  we  are  forced  to  regard  in  the  same 
light  all  those  forms  of  fever  which  owe  their  existence  to  ma¬ 
larial  or  miasmatic  causes ;  the  creative  influences  having,  in 
each  instance,  a  like  form  of  existence,  are  alike  inappreciable 
by  the  senses  or  by  any  known  method  of  chemical  analysis,  en¬ 
ter  the  system  through  the  same  medium,  aud,  presumably  at 


844  Original  Communications.  [March 

least,  operate  in  the  same  manner — by  contaminating  the 
blood.  I  have  so  regarded  and,  when  practicable,  have  so 
treated  the  various  forms  of  fever  so  produced,  since  the  cholera 
period  of  1873.  The  results  have  been  eminently  satisfactory. 

3d.  The  effective  agent  employed  in  both  the  preventive  and 
the  remedial  treatment  of  cholera  was  chlorine in  the  form  of 
the  tr.  sesq.  chlor.  ferri  to  subserve  the  former,  and  a  hyper- 
chlorinated  form  of  the  same  agent  the  latter  purpose.  Each, 
the  prophylactic  and  the  remedy,  appeared  perfect  in  its 
sphere.  Hydrochloric  acid  alone,  in  a  sufficiency  of  water,  or 
the  formula  employed  in  cholera,  omitting  in  some  instances 
the  tr.  opii,  has  been  employed,  as  the  different  features  of  in¬ 
dividual  cases  have  suggested,  in  the  treatment  of  the  fevers 
mentioned,  since  the  period  referred  to. 

4th.  That  certain  organs  do  alienate  from  the  system  poisons, 
which,  if  retained,  would  not  only  prove  hurtful  to  health,  but 
often  destructive  of  life,  is  admitted  as  a  physiological  and 
pathological  truth.  But  when  it  is  maintained  that  it  is  only 
through  such  media  that  relief  from  such  influences  can  be  ob¬ 
tained,  support  is  given  to  a  dogma  at  once  untenable,  absurd 
and  of  most  mischievous  tendency ;  inasmuch  as  the  phys¬ 
ician,  operating  under  implicit  belief  in  the  generally  asserted 
and  accepted  truth  of  the  proposition,  wastes  the  precious  mo¬ 
ments  of  his  patient’s  life — the  golden  season  of  opportunity — 
in  the  effort,  generally  fruitless,  to  arouse  such  organs  to  ac¬ 
tion.  But  their  functions  are  suppressed  by  reason  of  the 
poisoned  condition  of  the  blood,  and  we  cannot,  very  reason¬ 
ably,  hope  for  their  restoration*  until  the  offending  cause  is  re¬ 
moved.  Special  excitants,  such  as  calomel,  dover’s  powder, 
digitalis,  &c.,  &c.,  addressed  to  the  liver,  skin  and  kidneys, 
may  suffice  in  cases- of  merely  impaired  function,  but  will  gen¬ 
erally  be  found  unavailing  and  unreliable  in  complete  suppres¬ 
sion,  such  as  is  found  in  well  developed  cases  of  both  cholera 
and  yellow  fever.  Hence  the  pernicious  effect  of  the  dogma  ; 
and  hence,  too,  the  unsatisfactory  results  which  have  attended 
the  various  plans  adopted  in  the  treatment  of  these  diseases, 
respectively.  There  is,  I  conceive,  no  error  of  the  present  pe- 


845 


1880J  Sevier — Toxemic  Diseases  and  their  Treatment. 

riod  which  more  gravely  affects  the  public  welfare,  or  which  so 
seriously  impairs  the  success  of  the  physician. 

5th.  The  doctrine  of  “  personal  disinfection,”  as  it  has  been 
termed,  asserts  that  if  poisons  of  the  character  mentioned  may 
enter  the  circulation,  so  also  may  the  agent  designed  for  their  cor¬ 
rection  ;  that  these  toxical  agents  are,  respectively,  chemical 
entities  of  some  sort,  and,  as  such,  are  amenable  to  chemical  laws 
and  influences  ;  that  these  poisons  may  be  neutralized  and  des¬ 
troyed  prior  to  and  independenly  of  the  action  of  eliminative 
organs.  The  theory  is  in  strict  harmony  with  the  beauty,  wis¬ 
dom  and  general  perfection  of  the  Creator’s  works ;  with  the 
facts  long  since  ascertained  by  Fodera,  Mayer,  Mitchell  and 
others  ;  with  the  well-known  fact  that  medicines  administered 

per  orem  ”  or  u  per  anum,  ”  by  inunction  or  inhalation,  are 
often  found  present  in  the  secretions  and  excretions  of  the 
body.  It  is  abundantly  sustained  by  the  phenomena  observed 
in  cholera,  as  well  as  in  the  various  forms  of  fever  which  have 
been  treated  on  the  disinfectant  plan.  The  different  salts 
found  present  in  the  blood  give,  moreover,  additional  indication 
of  the  truth  of  the  theory. 

6th.  Poisons  of  the  character  mentioned,  whether  material 
or  gaseous,  are  the  products  of  animal  or  vegetable  decomposi¬ 
tion. 

7th.  The  premises  conceded,  it  follows  that  we  should 
select  as  remedies,  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  produced  by 
causes  of  this  character,  agents  of  general  and  strongly  pro¬ 
nounced  disinfectant  and  antiseptic  qualities.* 

8th.  Chlorine  is  destructive  of  all  animal  and  vegetable 
odors  and  exhalations ;  and,  by  reason  of  this  property,  as  well 
as  the  multiplied  forms  in  which  it  may  be  used,  it  is  perhaps 
better  adapted  to  the  purpose  than  is  any  other-  agent  we 
possess.  But,  as  this  element,  in  its  gaseous  state,  is  not  avail- 

*  Dunglison  (Med.  Dictionary),  with  questionable  propriety,  I  think,  uses  these  terms 
synonymously.  For  instance  :  The  nitrate  of  potassa  (KO.  N05)  is  an  agent  of  strongly 
marked  artisiptic  virtues,  as  shown  by  its  effects  when  employed  for  the  preservation  of 
meats.  When  used  medicinally  it  increases  the  flow  of  urine,  and  is  thus  ‘pro  tanto” 
depurative  But  it  is  certainly  possessed  of  no  disinfectant  quality,  whatever,  in  the 
proper  sense  of  the  term.  The  chlorate  of  potassa,  ("KO,  CLOo)  on’  the  other  hand,  is 
both  anteseptic  and  disinfectant.  The  latter  quality  is  prehaps  less  distinctly  observable 
than  in  compounds  abounding  more  largely  in  chlorine  ;  but  is  nevertheless  a  manifest 
and  an  admitted  property. 


846  Original  Communications.  [March 

able  for  the  disinfection  of  the  blood,  we  should  select  that 
combination  in  which  it  most  largely  abounds,  and  which  can 
most  readily  and  safely  be  employed.  Hydrochloric  acid 
(H  Cl )  is  best  adapted  to  the  purpose,  because  of  the  abun¬ 
dance  of  the  element  in  comparatively  small  compass,  the  ease 
with  which  it  may  be  administered;  and  is  preferable  to  the 
salts  of  chlorine  for  the  reason  that,  afier  its  appropriation  to 
the  wants  of  the  system,  there  is  no  residual  base,  as  in  the 
latter,  which  might  hypothetically  serve  to  increase  the  alka¬ 
linity  of  the  stomach  observed  to  exist  during  the  initial  stage 
of  both  cholera  and  yellow  fever.  The  effects  of  the  tr.  sesq. 
chlor.  ferri.  as  a  prophylactic  during  cholera  were  perfect. 
Of  the  many  hundreds  exposed,  in  this  and  in  other  infected 
localities,  embracing  physicians,  nurses,  members  of  the  same 
household,  servants,  grave-diggers,  and  others  brought  in 
constant  contact  with  the  disease,  no  one  was  attacked 
who  had  conformed  to  the  suggestion,  made  through  the 
public  press,  touching  the  use  of  the  tincture  as  a  pro¬ 
phylactic.  The  enfeebling  effects  of  the  cholera  poison 
are  generally  experienced,  to  a  considerable  degree,  prior 
to  the  stage  of  actual  development  of  the  disease.  This 
agent  happily  subserved  the  purpose  of  both  a  tonic  and  a 
disinfectant.  The  demand  for  agencies  possessing  the  same 
qualities  existed  only  in  more  marked  and  urgent  degree 
during  the  attack  ;  and  hence  a  hyperchlorinated  form  of  the 
same  agent  was  employed  as  the  remedy.*  This  proved  not 
less  efficient  and  satifactory  than  did  the  former ;  whilst  the 
results  obtained  were  altogether  too  prompt,  uniform,  gentle 
and  thorough  to  be  justly,  or  even  plausibly  referred  to  other 
agency  or  influence  than  the  disinfectant  quality  and  action  of 
the  means  employed.  A  series  of  experiments  made  by  me, 
and  elsewhere  more  particularly'  mentioned  (“  Cholera  of 
1873  ”),  touching  the  qualities  of  hydrochloric  acid,  appeared 
fully  to  sustain  the  conclusion  that  the  office  of  this  agent,  as 
it  exists  in  the  stomach,  is  not,  as  has  heretofore  been  rnain- 

*Tlie  formula  employed  was  as  follows: 

fy.  Tr.  sesq.  clilor.  ferri  3vi. 

Hydrochloric  acid  3i- 

Tr.  opii  3i.  M. 

S.  15  to  30  drops  every  half  hop  r  to  hour,  etc. 


847 


1880 J  Sevier — Toxemic  Diseases  and  their  Treatment. 

tained  by  physiologists,  to  assist  in  the  process  of  digestion 
by  acting  as  a  solvent  of  our  food,  but,  by  virtue  of  its  anti¬ 
septic  power,  to  prevent  its  decomposition  before  it  is  appro¬ 
priated  by  the  assimilative  organs ;  and,  as  previously  demon¬ 
strated,  by  its  use  as  a  prophylactic  during  cholera,  to  neutral¬ 
ize  and  destroy  poisons  which  are  continually  entering  the 
circulation  through  the  medium  of  the  lungs.  The  fact  is  fully 
attested  by  such  experiments  and  such  use  of  this  agent,  in 
the  form  designated,  that  ozone  and  chlorine  bear  an  interest¬ 
ing  and  important  relation  to  each  other — the  former  operating 
to  repress  and  correct  poisons  in  the  atmosphere  and  the  latter 
to  correct  and  repress  poisons  in  the  stomach  and  blood.  Thus 
related  in  property  and  office,  it  follows  that  the  absence  of 
either  necessitates,  for  the  purposes  of  health,  the  constant 
and  full  presence  of  the  other.  That  the  mur.  tr.  ferri  would 
prove  as  distinctly  and  thoroughly  efficient  as  a  prophylactic 
in  yellow  fever  as  it  did  in  cholera,  I  have  no  doubt  whatever ; 
but  whether  there  exists  a  demand,  or  even  a  justification  for 
the  use  of  iron,  in  this  or  other  form,  as  a  remedy,  I  do  not 
know,  and  therefore  defer  to  the  judgment  of  those  who  have 
enjoyed  opportunities  for  practical  observation.*  But  that 
there  does  exist  an  absolute  and  imperious  demand  for  hydro¬ 
chloric  acid  appears  evident,  not  only  in  view  of  the  wonderful 
disinfectant  power  of  chlorine,  but  of  facts  presently  to  be 
related. 

9th.  There  arises  on  occasion  of  the  epidemic  prevalence  of 
either  cholera  or  yellow  fever  a  co-operative  influence,  a  the  to 
human  health  of  formidable  strength  and  proportions — am¬ 
monia.  The  absence,  or  the  diminished  aud  insufficient  pres¬ 
ence  of  ozone  does  not  imply,  at  such  times,  more  distinctly  or 
surely  the  existence  of  the  pievailiug  poison  than  it  does  that 
of  this  compound.  Were  ozone  present,  in  sufficiency,  in  the 
atmosphere,  neither  could  exist  ;  but  its  abseuce  is  the  signal 
for  the  prevalence  of  either  or  both.  This  is  especially  true  of 
ammonia  in  cities,  towns  and  crowded  communities.  Its  chief 

*  I  was  gratified  to  learu  from  Dr.  Sternberg,  of  the  U.  S.  Army,  since  this  article  was 
written,  that  he  had  been  informed  during  his  recent  oliicial  visit  to  Havana,  by  the 
surgeon  in  charge  of  the  hospi  tal  in  that  city,  that  better  success  had  attended  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  yellow  fever  in  that  institution  during  the  past  year  than  ever  before  a  fact 
which  he  attributed  to  the  liberal  use  of  the  mur.  tinct.  of  iron. 


848 


Original  Communications. 


[March 


and  abundant  sources  of  supply  are  found  in  animal  putre¬ 
scence,  and  also,  in  more  limited  amount,  in  vegetable  decom¬ 
position.  Fresh  meats,  at  such  times,  are  observed  to  decom¬ 
pose  earlier  and  more  rapidly  than  during  seasons  of  health. 
The  same  is  true  of  every  sort  of  animal  filth.  From  the 
market  house,  the  meat-house  and  kitchen  ;  from  sewers,  sinks, 
privies,  stables,  &c.,  &c.,  arises  a  constant  volume  of  this  most 
hurtful  agent.  Between  no  two  substances  in  the  whole  chemi¬ 
cal  world  does  there  exist  a  more  intense  or  powerful  affinity 
than  that  which  governs  the  relations  of  chlorine  and  ammonia 
to  each  other.  A  familiar  method  of  illustrating  this  fact  con¬ 
sists  in  placing  two  unstopped  bottles,  one  containing  hydro- 
cloric  acid  and  the  other  ammonia,  at  an  interval  of  several  feet 
apart.  The  fumes  are  observed  to  arise  and  meet  in  the  form  of 
a  dense,  white  vapor.  Were  an  unstopped  bottle  of  the  acid, 
alone,  placed  on  the  table  in  a  city  when  either  cholera  or  yel¬ 
low  fever  is  prevailing,  we  should  witness  the  same  phe¬ 
nomena — the  ammonia  being  abundantly  supplied  from  the 
sources  mentioned*.  Being  of  highly  diffusible  nature,  it  is 
everywhere  present.  It  pervades  the  mansions  of  the  wealthy 
and  the  cottages  of  the  poor,  is  in  the  air  respired  and  in  the 
water  drank,  is  both  breathed  and  swallowed,  until,  by  the 
constant  and  irrepressible  play  of  affinities  alluded  to,  the 
system  is  robbed  of  the  presence  and  protection  of  the  hydro¬ 
chloric  acid,  naturally  existing  in  the  stomach,  and  the  party 
exposed  falls  as  easy  prey  to  the  prevailing  poison.  Watson 
(Practice  of  Physic,  4th  Am.  Ed.,  Art.  Yellow  Fever)  quotes 
Blair  as  saying  in  regard  to  the  disease,  as  it  prevailed  in 
British  Guiana,  that  the  patient’s  breath  and  the  “black  vomit” 
both  exhaled  the  smell  of  ammonia — that  in  the  latter  “  its 
presence  is  universal” — “may  always  be  found  when  looked 
for,”  and  “  may  be  considered  one  of  the  tests  ”  of  that  dis¬ 
charge.  These  facts,  I  conceive,  are  of  importance  j  indicating, 
as  they  do,  the  presence  and  effect  of  an  agent  not  generally 
computed  among  causative  influences,  and  revealing  clearly  the 
plea  of  treatment  necessary  to  be  pursued. 

Unless  contra-indicated  by  evidences  of  organic  lesion,  hy¬ 
drochloric  acid  should  be  constantly,  conspicuously  and 


1880]  Sevier — Toxemic  Diseases  and  their  Treatment.  849 

predominantly  present  in  all  yellow  fever  prescriptions ;  nor 
should  the  administration  of  this  agent  be  governed  by  the 
doses  ordinarily  prescribed  or  required,  inasmuch  as  the  de¬ 
mand  is  both  urgent  and  inordinate.* 

Both  the  acid  and  its  compound,  the  muriated  tincture  of 
iron,  have  been  occasionally  employed  as  remedies  ;  but  neither, 
so  far  as  I  am  aware,  has  ever  been  suggested  as  a  prophylac¬ 
tic.  The  author  just  quoted  from  speaks  of  the  tincture  as 
“  coming  to  us  with  such  strong  testimony  in  its  favor  as  a 
remedy  adapted  to  even  the  earlier  stages  of  yellow  fever,  that 
it  demands  further  trial.  Yet  I  have  seen  no  statement  of  the 
method  in  which  either  has  been  employed — no  explanation  of 
the  circumstances  which  require  their  use — no  detail  of  results — 
no  rationale  of  treatment.  The  “  Qui  fit”  has  not  been  an¬ 
swered  ;  and  without  a  correct  appreciation  of  the  character 
and  force  of  influences  which  render  the  use  of  the  agencies 
designated  not  only  appropriate  but  necessary,  there  appears 
good  reason  to  apprehend  that  they  have  been  employed  irre¬ 
gularly  and  in  doses  totally  insufficient. 

If  I  am  correct  in  the  views  expressed  touching  the  practica¬ 
bility  of  disinfecting  the  blood,  it  will  readily  occur  to  the  in¬ 
telligent  reader  that,  in  the  properly  regulated  use  of  the  muri¬ 
ated  tincture  of  iron,  with  or  without  a  super-addition  of  hy¬ 
drochloric  acid  as  may  be  found  best,  will  be  found  a  plan  of 
protection  from  both  cholera  and  yellow  fever  far  more  efficient 
and  reliable  than  that  afforded  by  quarantine  and  one,  too, 
which  will  not  in  any  measure  disturb  the  peace  of  society  nor 
the  interests  of  commerce.  I  beg  that  I  may  not  be  esteemed 
sanguine,  without  reason,  when  I  express  a  confident  hope  that 
this  fact  will  be  established. 


*With  the  view  not  of  encouraging  the  needless  and  indiscriminate  use  of  the  means 
indicated,  but  of  showing  how  urgent  is  the  demand  for  them  on  such  occasions,  I  beg 
leave  to  reproduce  from  my  paper  on  cholera  the  following  : 

“  The  dose  suggested  may,  I  am  satisfied,  in  cases  requiring  it,  be  safely  doubled, 
tripled,  or  even  quadrupled.  A  negro  woman,  suffering  from  an  attack  of  cholera,  took  a 
tablespoonfnl  of  the  mixture  undiluted.  No  ill  effect  nor  even  inconvenience  was  sus¬ 
tained,  beyoad  copious  and  loud  eructations  of  gas  from  the  stomach.  A  gentleman  gave 
to  his  child,  nine  years  old,  a  tea-spoonful.  The  cholera  was,  in  each  case,  promptly  ar¬ 
rested,  a  second  dose  not  having  been  required  by  either.  The  security  from  ill  effects, 
in  such  cases,  is  doubtless  due  to  the  alkalinity  referred  to.” 


850 


A  Case  of  Periodic  Worm  Fever , 

By  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Original  Communications. 


[March 


% 


The  Philadelphia  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter  of  Nov.  1st, 
1879,  contains  the  account  of  a  case  of  supposed  congestive 
chills  caused  by  lumbrici,  from  Dr.  J.  A.  Hutchinson,  of  Sala- 
monia,  Ind. 

The  subject  was  a  married  woman,  19  years  old,  who  had 
lately  become  a  mother.  Between  Sept.  19th  and  27th,  she 
had  daily  attacks  of  great  severity,  somewhat  unlike  malarial 
paroxysms,  but  which  were  supposed  to  be  of  that  nature  by 
several  physicians.  Quinine  to  the  amount  of  was  given 
between  paroxysms  without  the  slightest  effect,  until  a  lum- 
bricoid  made  its  appearance  in  the  throat.  Sautonine  and 
calomel  were  then  resorted  to,  followed  by  castor  oil  and  tur¬ 
pentine.  The  result  was  the  expulsion  of  nearly  a  gallon  of 
lumbrici  and  the  immediate  cessation  of  the  paroxysms. 

The  publication  of  the  above  case  determines  me  to  report 
a  similar  one,  which  came  under  my  observation  during  the 
summer  of  1879,  the  subject  being  a  girl  eleven  years  old,  pre¬ 
viously  in  fair  health . 

She  was  first  observed  to  have  fever  in  the  evening  of  May 
24,  not  having  felt  quite  well  for  several  days  previously, 
though  she  did  not  stay  away  from  school.  The  first  remedy 
tried  was  sulphate  of  cinchonidia,  but  this  disappointed  me, 
though  it  had  given  satisfaction  in  previous  cases.  Quinine 
was  then  tried,  the  fever  in  the  course  of  a  week  having 
assumed  a  remittent  or  almost  continued  type. 

On  June  5th  the  fever,  having  abated  the  previous  night,  was 
followed  by  a  very  severe  paroxysm,  and,  as  it  declined  towards 
night,  eighteen  grains  of  salicine  were  given  before  bed-time, 
followed  by  nearly  forty  more  in  the  morning.  The  paroxysm 
returned  one  hour  later  and  somewhat  lighter.  The  salicine 
was  continued  in  increased  quantity,  but  without  success. 

On  the  following  morning,  June  8,  she  took  twenty  grains  of 
quinine  and  escaped  the  fever.  On  the  9th  she  took  fifteen 
grains,  and  again  escaped.  The  medicine  was  then  suspended, 
and  June  11th  fever  returned  in  the  evening.  The  quinine 
was  resumed,  but  the  fever  returned  nevertheless.  June  14th 
she  had  a  paroxysm  while  fully  cinchonized. 


1880]  Herrick — A  Case  of  Periodic  Worm  Fever.  852 

It  was  then  determined  to  try  the  effect  of  change  of  air  and 
scene.  June  15th,  she  was  sent  to  Bay  St.  Louis,  the  use  of 
quiniue  being  continued.  Her  mother  accompanied  her,  and 
gave  favorable  accounts  of  her  case  during  their  two  week’s 
stay.  At  the  expiration  of  this  time  I  saw  her  there,  and  be¬ 
came  satisfied  that  the  daily  paroxysms  had  only  diminished  in 
severity.  As  it  was  inconvenient  for  her  mother  to  remain 
there  longer,  she  was  brought  back  to  the  city  June  29th.  It 
is  to  be  remarked  that  during  the  last  week  she  had  been  tnk- 
ing  a  combination  of  arsenic,  iron,  cinchona  and  strychnine. 

After  returning  she  again  took  quinine  daily,  in  addition  to 
the  above  mixture,  but  the  paroxysms  returned  punctually. 
July  3rd,  20  grains  of  the  dextro  quinine  were  given,  but  were 
followed  by  a  high  fever.  The  next  day  she  was  sent  to  the 
upper  part  of  the  city,  to  the  house  of  a  relative,  and  had  an 
evening  paroxysm  after  taking  twenty  grains  of  quinine. 
No  improvement  having  followed  this  change,  she  was  brought 
home  July  7th. 

The  next  day  another  plan  was  tried.  An  ipecac  emetic  was 
administered  before  breakfast.  At  9  and  11,  A.  M.,  she  took 
seven-and-a-half  grains  of  quinine  together  with  one  drop  of 
carbolic  acid.  From  10,  A.  M.  to  4,  P.  M.,  she  crossed  the  river 
back  aud  forth  on  the  Canal  street  ferry  boat.  The  fever  re¬ 
turned  at  6,  P.  M.,  and  ran  up  to  104.5°.  That  night  she  took 
a  large  dose  of  calomel.  The  following  morning  the  calomel 
operated  aud  the  emetic  was  repeated.  Twenty-four  grains  of 
quinoidine  were  given  during  the  day,  and  the  paroxysm  de¬ 
layed  its  visit  until  after  she  was  asleep  that  night. 

July  11th,  an  ostrum  called  tliennaline  was  resorted  to,  sup¬ 
posed  to  consist  chiefly  of  quinoidine,  and  the  trips  on  the  ferry¬ 
boat  were  continued.  The  daily  paroxysms  seemed  to  diminish 
in  severity,  and  to  interfere  very  little  from  this  time  with  her 
appetite,  though  she  was  very  weak  and  thin  in  flesh. 

July  13th,  she  was  again  taken  to  Bay  St.  Louis,  where  she 
remained  two  weeks,  taking  the  thermaline  most  of  the  time. 
Though  not  under  my  observation,  I  have  no  doubt  that  she  had 
more  or  less  fever  every  day.  After  her  return  she  passed 
several  hours  daily  on  the  ferry-boat,  and  “  Wilhoft’s  tonic” 


852  Original  Communication s.  [March 

was  given  a  trial,  with  about  the  same  effect  as  in  case  of  the 
other  antiperiodics.  The  paroxysms  returned  almost  daily, 
though  not  invariably  so,  but  with  less  severity  than  pre¬ 
viously,  and  no  regularity  as  to  the  hour  of  the  day.  None  was 
observed  August  6th,  but  there  were  paroxysms  on  the  two 
following  days. 

At  last  it  struck  me  that  intestinal  worms  might  be  the  cause 
of  the  trouble,  knowing  that  she  had  previously  been  annoyed 
by  seat-worms  and  witnessing  the  failure  of  all  remedies  of 
an  antimnlarial  character.  Accordingly,  on  the  night  of  August 
8th,  she  took  some  pills  containing  4  grains  of  santonine,  the 
same  of  aloes,  together  with  5  grains  of  calomel.  The  following 
morning  she  voided  a  small  quantity  of  white  worms  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  long.  From  that  time  the  paroxysms  ceased, 
and  she  has  never  had  one  since.  These  worms  differ  from  the 
ordinary  ascarides  in  size,  being  rather  longer  and  larger  in 
diameter,  while  they  have  the  odd  property  of  doubling  up  and 
hopping  to  a  consideiable  distance,  like  maggots. 

It  is  an  interesting  question  how  far  this  case  was  affected 
by  malarial  intiuences,  if  at  all.  The  child  had  not  been  sub¬ 
ject.  to  periodic  fevers  previously,  more  than  other  members  of 
the  household  ;  while  other  children  in  the  same  family  have 
at  times  been  troubled  with  ascarides.  We  are  all  aware  of 
the  liability  of  malaria,  in  this  climate,  to  complicite  most  of 
the  diseases  which  we  are  called  upon  to  treat,  and  the  neces¬ 
sity  tor  resort  to  the  usual  antiperiodics.  In  the  present  in¬ 
stance  they  failed  to  arrest,  though  they  appeared  to  mitigate 
the  paroxysms. 

A  lemarkable  feature  of  the  case  was,  that  these  paroxysms, 
recurring  almost  daily  for  two  and  a  half  months,  during  the 
greater  part  of  the  time  scarcely  diminished  her  appetite,  and 
she  was  able,  generally,  to  walk  about.  Anothei  fact  is  notable, 
that  she  has  since  been  annoyed  by  the  irritation  of  these  little 
pests,  without  any  febrile  manifestation  whatever.  If  we  ac¬ 
cept  the  most  obvious  explanation  of  the  case,  on  the  ground 
of  reflex  action  of  the  vaso  motor  nerve-centres  caused  by  pe¬ 
ripheral  irritation,  and  rendered  periodic  by  malarious  in¬ 
fluence,  it  would  be  difficult  to  discover  why,  under  apparently 
the  same  circumstances,  the  periodic  fevers  uever  appeared 
before  May  20th.  nor  subsequent  to  August  8th,  1879. 


1880J  Lanng — Remarks  on  Common  Eye-troubles. 

Some  Remarks  on  Common  Eye-troubles, 

By  O.  R.  LANNG,  M.  D. 

(Read  before  the  New  Orleans  Med.  and  Surg.  Association,  Feb.  21,  1880.) 

Gentlemen — Imitating  a  confrere  in  New  York,  who  some 
time  ago  read  a  paper  on  diseases  of  the  eye  before  a  medical 
society  iu  that  city,  I  shall  take  the  liberty  to-night,  to  oiler  to 
the  Association  some  general  remarks  on  these  diseases,  and 
try  to  do  it  in  such  a  way,  that  they  may  be  acceptable  to  the 
general  practitioner,  not  touching  upon  such  subjects  as  belong 
exclusively  to  the  province  of  the  specialist. 

I  believe  I  am  right  in  supposing  the  existence  of  specialties 
to  be  justified  by  the  results  obtained  by  them;  it  stands  to 
reason  that  a  man,  who  devotes  all  his  attention  and  all  his 
energy  to  a  small  field  must  acquire  more  experience  and 
routine,  and  consequently  more  success  in  his  specialty,  than 
one  who  has  his  mind  occupied  with  very  many  different 
things.  In  modern  industry  this  practice  is  called  division  of 
labor,  and  the  results  obtained  by  it  have  proved  satisfactory. 
Nevertheless  it  will  often  devolve  upon  the  general  practitioner 
to  give  his  advice  and  undertake  the  treatment  of  cases,  to 
which  specialists  devote  themselves,  and  the  public  will  rely 
upon  the  family -physician  ( o  point  out  the  beginnings  of  dis¬ 
ease  of  whatever  kind.  I  beg  the  Association  to  accept  my 
observations  merely  as  hints,  which  may  facilitate  the  under¬ 
standing  of  important  defects  of  sight,  and  help  in  curing- 
diseases  of  the  eye ;  and  which  may  induce  to  recognize  the 
necessity  of  making  use  of  particular  knowledge. 

All  ages  are  subject  to  defective  sight,  but,  while  an  adult 
will  easily  detect  an  acquired  deficiency  and  seek  proper 
advice,  it  will  devolve  upon  the  parents  to  notice  whether  their 
child  has  a  good  sight  or  not ;  it  is  easy  enough  to  know  when 
a  child,  even  a  quite  young  one,  is  totally  blind,  from  its  com¬ 
plete  lack  of  interest  in  its  surrounding,  but  it  is  of  importance, 
that  other  deficiencies  in  its  sight  should  be  recognized  at  an 
early  period.  The  child  itself  has  of  course  no  judgment ;  it 
supposes  the  sight  it  has  and  to  which  it  is  accustomed  since 
iU  birth  to  be  as  good  as  that  of  other  people ;  this  early  atten- 


854 


Original  Communications. 


[March 


tion  to  the  sight  of  children  is  of  great  importance,  as  other¬ 
wise  the  continued  existence  of  a  deficiency  may  prevent  the 
natural  moral  development  of  the  child  and  mar  its  general 
character. 

In  numerous  cases  the  defective  sight  is  caused  by  errors  in 
refraction;  some  of  them  as  liypermetropia  and  astigmatism 
are  usually  congenital ;  another  error  viz :  myopia  or  short¬ 
sightedness  is  usually  acquired  later,  even  if  there  be  a  heredi¬ 
tary  disposition  to  this  anomaly;  but  there  is  no  doubt  that 
much  can  be  done  in  order  to  prevent  and  check  the  develop¬ 
ment  of  myopia  by  observing  some  simple  principles.  I  shall 
only  mention  that  in  reading,  the  proper  position  to  occupy, 
is  to  turn  the  back  to  the  light  and  to  allow  the  light  to  fall 
upon  the  book  or  whatever  the  object  be  ;  all  reading  in  twi¬ 
light  or  at  insufficient  artificial  illumination  should  be  avoided. 
In  schools  it  ought  to  be  enforced  that  the  desks  and  seats  be 
so  constructed  that  the  pupils  are  kept  at  a  proper  distance 
and  not  forced  to  stoop ;  if  these  conditions  be  not  observed, 
the  accommodative  power  is  taxed  unnecessarily,  producing 
congestion  to  the  eye  and  myopia  of  higher  or  lower  degree. 
As  an  evidence  of  this  statement  we  find  that  short-sighted¬ 
ness  is  much  more  common  in  city  populations  than  among 
country  people,  and  that  in  cities  myopia  is  to  be  found  most 
frequently  amoug  such  persons  whose  vocation  it  is  to  read 
much. 

Although  liypermetropia,  in  contrast  to  myopia,  does  not  in¬ 
crease  in  degree  by  a  faulty  opthalmic  hygiene,  its  effects  be¬ 
come  more  uupleasant  the  more  the  eyes  are  strained ;  in  the 
beginning  it  will  show  itself  only  by  some  fatigue,  but  soon  the 
w  riting  will  present  a  blurred  appearance  and  an  effort  to  over¬ 
come  the  trouble  will  cause  a  neuralgic  pain  around  the  eyes ; 
one  step  more  and  we  see  strabismus  brought  on  by  this  visual 
error ;  especially  does  this  often  happen  by  an  accidentally  oc¬ 
curring  illness.  Every  practitioner  has  heard  his  patients  com¬ 
plain  during  their  convalescence  that  their  eyes  have  been  weak, 
by  w  hich  they  mean  that  they  cannot  see  the  letters  as  distinctly 
as  they  could  before  their  illness  ;  this  circumstance  is  caused  by 
the  weakening  effect  of  the  illness  on  the  muscles  in  general 


1880]  Lanng — Remarks  on  Common  Eye-troubles.  855 

and  in  easu  on  the  ciliary  muscle,  which  controls  the  accom¬ 
modation  ;  this  condition  might  be  termed  temporary  presby- 
opy  or  far-sightedness.  As  the  body  improves  in  health  and 
vigor,  the  ciliary  muscle,  too,  will  recuperate  its  former  strength 
and  the  accommodative  power  will  be  restored.  Illness  is  of¬ 
ten  the  accidental  cause  of  the  development  of  squinting,  and 
this  is  the  reason  why  we  so  often  hear  parents  state  that  their 
child  became  cross-eyed  from  having  had  tbe  measles,  or  bron¬ 
chitis,  or  diarrhcea,  or  from  teething,  and  so  forth.  The  fact  is, 
that  the  child  was  hypermetropic,  was  born  so,  and  being  in 
good  health  had  sufficient  accommodative  power  to  overcome 
the  error  of  refraction ;  the  accidentally  occurring  disease 
deteriorates  the  child’s  accommodation  as  well  as  its  geueral 
strength  ;  during  the  colvalescence  it  makes  efforts  to  see  dis¬ 
tinctly,  and  in  order  to  do  so,  it  strains  the  accommodation  un¬ 
naturally,  which,  through  reflex-action,  brings  the  ocular  mus¬ 
cles  into  function,  and  the  child  squints — in  the  beginning  per¬ 
iodically  when  it  looks  at  close  objects — later  continually  and 
at  all  distances. 

A  judicious  use  of  glasses  will  do  away  with  the  annoying 
symptoms,  which  furthermore  may  manifest  themselves  in  hy- 
permmia  of  the  conjunctiva,  redness  of  the  eye  lids,  blephari¬ 
tis,  sties,  etc.  We  cannot  cure  the  existing  visual  error,  but 
we  can  compensate  the  faulty  refraction  by  glasses,  in  the  same 
manner  as  a  person  with  one  leg  shorter  than  the  other,  enjoys 
more  comfort  by  applying  a  thick-soled  shoe.  It  is  a  pop¬ 
ular  opinion,  that  it  is  injurious  to  the  eye  to  make  use  of  glass¬ 
es  ;  this  opinion  is  erroneous.  I  have  already  mentioned  that 
very  poor  sight  in  children  has  a  bearing  upon  their  character, 
which  may  remain  for  life;  in  improving  their  sight  by  suitable 
glasses,  if  the  dim  sight  depends  upon  faulty  refraction,  things 
immediately  appear  to  them  in  a  quite  different  light,  and  a 
child,  who  before  appeared  to  be  dull,  silly  and  awkward,  may 
now,  under  the  influence  of  the  new  impressions  it  receives 
from  the  outside,  brighten  and  develop  itself  in  a  more  favor¬ 
able  manner.  But  even  if  the  faulty  refraction  be  of  a  lower 
degree,  not  to  make  use  of  glasses  is  only  to  inflict  upon  the 
children  unnecessary  discomfort ;  in  many  cases  the  use  of 


856 


Original  Communications. 


[March 


glasses  can  be  eluded  only  at  the  sacrifice  of  not  using  the 
eyes  for  many  occupations,  as  reading,  sewing  and  so  forth. 
These  same  remarks  may  be  applied  to  presbyopia  or  far-sight¬ 
edness,  the  condition  which  appears  with  the  arrival  of  middle 
life.  The  first  symptoms  of  this  decline  of  accommodative 
power,  are  well-known  ;  small  objects  (small  print,  fine  needle 
work,  etc.),  cannot  be  seen  with  such  ease  or  at  so  short  a  dis¬ 
tance  as  before,  but  in  order  to  see  minute  objects  more  dis¬ 
tinctly,  the  patient  is  obliged  to  remove  them  further  from  the 
eye  or  even  to  seek  a  brighter  light.  But  as  the  retinal  images  of 
these  fine  objects  are  very  small,  on  accouut  of  the  distance  at 
which  they  are  held,  he  will  soon  experience  a  difficulty  in 
clearly  distinguishing  them  ;  print,  for  instance,  will  get  indis¬ 
tinct  and  confused,  and  the  eyes  become  fatigued  and  painful. 
Far-sighted  persons  will  inflict  unnecessary  discomfort  upon 
themselves  by  postponing  the  application  of  slight  convex 
glasses,  and  only  at  the  sacrifice  of  many  occupations. 

In  reference  to  strabismus  as  caused  by  hypermetropia — and 
that  is  in  a  vast  majority  the  case — I  have  yet  a  few  words  to 
say.  When  monolateral  strabismus  has  existed  for  some  time, 
we  see  that  the  squinting  eye  gradually  loses  its  vision  from 
not  being  used,  in  the  same  way  as  an  arm  would  iose  a  con¬ 
siderable  part  of  its  vigor  from  lack  of  exercise,  if  put  out  of 
function  for  some  length  of  time.  An  operation  performed  in 
such  a  case  may  be  considered  a  kosmetic  success,  but  not  as 
to  sight,  which  will  not  be  restored  by  it.  A  timely  use  of 
glasses  would  have  prevented  the  subsequent  squinting,  or  if 
cross-eyedness  had  already  been  established,  glasses  applied 
at  an  early  period  would  have  rendered  it  possible  to  obtain 
binocular  vision  by  an  operation,  which  might  be  performed 
later.  Usually,  all  that  is  obtained  by  an  operation  for  mono¬ 
lateral  strabismus  is  that  the  eyes  look  as  if  they  were  working 
together,  while  in  reality  one  eye  only  is  in  function,  and  the 
other  is  following  it  in  its  excursions. 

Out  of  the  conjunctival  affections,  I  shall  only  mention  the 
form  which  occurs  in  new-born  infants,  not  because  I  have  any 
new  suggestions  to  make  in  the  treatment  of  this  malady,  but 
as  the  practitioner  necessarily  often  must  come  in  contact 


1880]  Lanng — Remarks  on  Common  Eye-tronbles.  857 

with  it,  I  think  a  few  words  may  be  of  interest,  so  much  the 
more  as  it  may  depend  entirely  upon  his  skill  whether  his  little 
patient  shall  come  out  of  his  hands  seeing,  or  blind  for  life¬ 
time.  The  first  indication  is  prevention.  The  eyes  should 
be  washed  with  warm  water  directly  after  birth,  and  most 
carefully,  and  this  should  be  repeated  frequently.  In  the 
simple  catarrhal  form,  cleanliness  and  the  application  of  a 
weak  astringent,  as  borax  or  alum,  is  usually  sufficient.  But 
if  the  discharge  be  thick,  creamy  and  abundant  in  quantity,  a 
more  energetic  treatment  is  of  course  demanded.  The  lids 
must  be  thoroughly  everted,  a  manipulation  which  is  not  always 
an  easy  thing  to  do  on  a  new-born  baby,  and  to  the  red  and 
swollen  membrane  a  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver,  5  to  10  grains 
to  the  ounce,  must  be  well  applied;  this  should  be  done  to  both 
lids  and  repeated  as  the  discharge  again  becomes  thick  and 
abundant.  Besides  this  continuous  wiping  away  of  the  dis¬ 
charge,  steady  application  of  cold  water  and  washing  with  a 
solution  of  alum  should  be  practised.  In  still  more  severe 
cases  it  is  preferable  to  use  the  mitigated  stick.  In  ophthal¬ 
mia  neonatum  I  have  so  far  never  seen  a  case  that  did  not  yield 
to  this  treatment,  which  invariably  has  checked  all  threatening 
symptoms;  on  the  other  hand  I  have  quite  often  seen  sad  con¬ 
sequences  of  the  disease  being  allowed  to  run  its  own  course, 
under  the  plea  that  it  was  only  a  cold,  which  invariably  is 
treated  by  the  sovereign  remedy  of  squirting  a  little  of  the 
mother’s  milk  into  the  baby’s  eyes. 

The  diseases  of  the  cornea  forma  rather  unsatisfactory  chap¬ 
ter  in  ophthalmology  as  to  the  classification  as  well  as  the 
treatment.  It  is  difficult  to  find  well  marked  distinctions  be¬ 
tween  the  many  different  forms  of  keratitis,  and  as  to  the 
treament,  what  until  quite  lately  has  been  looked  upon  as  fun¬ 
damental,  seems  to  be  on  the  point  of  being  entirely  upset. 
For  years  atropine  has  been  considered  indispensable  in  the 
treatment  of  keratitis  of  whatever  kind  ;  during  the  acute 
stage  nobody  would  think  of  using  anything  else,  and  it  is  true, 
that  quite  a  number  of  cases  of  keratitis  yield  to  this  treat¬ 
ment,  but  thc*[same  result  might  in  many  cases  have  been  ob¬ 
tained  by  a  merely  expectative  treatment,  or  none  at  all.  But 


858 


Original  Communications. 


[March 


a  good  many  other  cases  of  keratitis,  especially  in  such  where 
the  cornea  is  deeply  or  extensively  infiltrated  with  pus,  atropine 
seems  not  to  have  the  slightest  effect;  in  such  conditions  it  is 
lately  recommended  to  apply  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  eserine, 
a  new  agent,  which  possesses  the  opposite  effect  of  atropine  on 
the  iris;  while  atropine  dilates  the  pupil  and  paralyses  the  ac¬ 
commodation  in  acting  upon  the  ciliary  muscle,  eserine  con¬ 
tracts  the  pupil  and  produces  spasmodic  action  of  the  ciliary 
muscle.  I  have  in  a  few  cases  lately  used  this  remedy  appar¬ 
ently  with  good  result.  En  passant,  I  shall  only  mention  that 
in  a  bad  ulcer  of  the  cornea  with  extensive  destruction  of  the 
tissue,  complicated  with  accumulation  of  lymph  and  thick  pus 
in  the  anterior  chamber,  nothing  can  compare  in  efficacy  with 
the  free  division  of  the  structure,  horizontally  across  the 
cornea  with  a  fine  Graefe’s  cataract  knife.  We  owe  this  method 
to  Prof.  Saemisli  in  Bonn. 

In  another  sense  a  reform  is  taking  place  in  the  hitherto 
established  theory  about  different  ailments  of  the  cornea. 
General  surgery  has  undergone  a  revolution  by  the  introduc¬ 
tion  of  antiseptic  dressing  of  wounds,  and  it  is  therefore  na¬ 
tural  that  ophthalmology  should  also  have  its  share  of  the 
advantages.  So,  several  forms  of  affliction  of  the  cornea, 
especially  ulcers,  with  a  free  secretion  of  matter,  are  looked 
upon  as  being  infected  and  in  conformity  with  this  theory  such 
ulcers  are  cauterized,  with  the  object  to  destroy  the  infection 
and  by  the  eschara  to  protect  it  temporarily  from  a  fresh  in¬ 
vasion.  The  cauterization  is  done  by  touching  the  spot  with  a 
strong  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver,  or  the  stick  or  even  with  the 
cauteriura  actuale;  this  last  agent  I  have,  however,  not  used 
myself. 

Butthe  reformers  do  not  stop  here;  the  whole  grand,  antiseptic 
apparatus  has  been  introduced  into  ophthalmic  practice;  es¬ 
pecially  in  cataract  extractions,  where  a  severe  injury  is  done 
to  the  cornea,  and  where  it  is  of  great  importance  that  healing 
should  take  place  without  accompanying  inflammation  the  whole 
antiseptic  apparatus  with  carbolic  spray  before  and  during  the 
operation,  air-tight,  antiseptic  bandaging,  etc.,  is  proposed  and 
adopted  by  some  practitioners.  But,  it  seems  to  me,  that  how- 


85ff 


1880]  Lanng — Remarks  on  Common  Eye-troubles. 

ev  er  well  the  field  of  operation  may  be  disinfected,  and  how¬ 
ever  well  air-tight  bandaging  may  protect  it  from  a  fresh  in¬ 
vasion,  some  sly  bacteria  might  travel  through  the  lacrymal 
canal,  pass  the  lacrymal  sac  and  through  the  lacrymal  points 
slip  inside  the  disinfected  fortress,  and  the  antiseptic  appara¬ 
tus  would  then  be  attacked  from  behind,  so  to  speak.  The 
friends  of  the  treatment  claim  that  such  foul  dealing  on  the 
part  of  the  bacteria  cannot  take  place  ;  they  do,  however,  not 
argue  the  point,  but  I  suppose  they  must  be  right  or  they 
would  not  say  so. 

Still,  based  upon  the  theory  that  different  inflammatory  pro¬ 
cesses  of  the  eye,  and  especially  such  as  occurring  after  cataract 
extractions,  are  promoted  by  an  infection,  it  has  been  pro¬ 
posed,  quite  lately,  to  make  extensive  use  of  ice.  Immediately 
after  the  operation,  whenever  inflammation  is  anticipated,  the 
lids  should  be  covered  with  a  piece  of  linen  dipped  in  a  weak 
solution  of  carbolic  acid,  and  ice-cold  compresses  be  applied  to 
the  eye,  and  changed  frequently  and  gently  without  removing 
the  piece  of  liuen  directly  covering  the  lids.  This  proceeding- 
should  be  kept  up  for  1  or  2  hours,  and  repeated  whenever  cir¬ 
cumstances  should  necessitate  it.  Accepting  it  as  true  that  some 
kind  of  fermentation  is  the  cause  of  such  inflammation,  and 
recognizing  the  faculty  of  low  temperature  to  check  the  de¬ 
velopment  of  mikrokosmi,  there  may  reasonably  be  expected  a 
beneficial  effect  from  the  use  of  ice,  as  the  locality  can  easily 
be  put  under  its  influence,  and  as  the  layers,  which  ought  to  be 
acted  upon,  are  quite  superficial.  The  treatment  needs,  however, 
to  be  tested  more  extensively  before  any  positive  opinion  can 
be  formed  about  its  efficacy. 

Before  I  close,  I  have  yet  one  form  of  keratitis  to  present : 
I  allude  to  the  so  called  nail  keratitis  ;  the  name  does,  how¬ 
ever,  not  involve  that  the  injury  shall  always  be  done 
with  a  finger  nail ;  any  superficial  abrasion  may  have  the  same 
effect ;  I  have  seen  it  produced  by  a  fan,  or  a  thin  card,  or  a 
piece  of  straw ;  the  name  is  derived  from  the  circumstance, 
that  it  often  is  a  child,  who,  playing  with  its  mother, 
with  its  nail  produces  a  superficial  abrasion  of  the 
3 


800  Original  Communications.  [March 

epithelium  of  the  cornea.  It  is  characteristic  with  this  lesion, 
that,  in  spite  of  being  apparently  very  trilling,  it  often  gives 
rise  to  very  much  pain  and  when  apparently  cured  may  reap¬ 
pear  periodically  for  months  and  even  for  years. 

Many  more  opthalmic  subjects  might  deserve  to  be  treated 
and  much  more  might  be  said  about  the  subjects  I  have  touch¬ 
ed,  but  anticipating  that  the  association  has  had  enough  of 
ophthalmology  for  to-night,  I  shall  not  tax  its  patience  any 
further. 

Chronic  Inversion  of  the  Uterus  of  Fifteen  Months’  Stand¬ 
ing  Reduced  by  Manipulation  and  Sustained 
Elastic  Pressure. 

(Case  reported  to  X.  O.  Medical  and  Snrgical  Association.) 

By  E.  S  LEWIS,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women,  University  of  Louisiana. 

In  the  October  number  of  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Sur¬ 
gical  Journal  I  reported  the  successful  reduction,  by  Emmett’s 
method,  of  a  chronic  inversion  of  the  uterus  of  five  months’ 
standing.  A  second  case  of  fifteen  months’  duration  has  been 
in  my  charge  and  was  successfully  treated  by  manipulation 
and  sustained  elastic  pressure.  The  history  is  as  follows : 
Mrs.  B.,  from  Lafourche  parish,  La.,  naturally  healthy  and 
strong,  married  at  18  years.  She  gave  birth  to  a  large  male 
child  ten  months  after.  The  labor  was  tedious,  lasting  three 
days,  and  was  conducted  by  a  black  midwife.  During  the 
close  of  the  second  stage  she  was  directed  to  sit  on  two  chairs, 
and  in  that  posture  was  delivered.  She  then  walked  to  her 
bed  aud  immediately  the  placenta  was  removed  by  traction  on 
the  cord.  Its  removal  was  attended  by  a  frightful  hemorrhage 
which  caused  syncope.  A  physician,  Dr.  D.,  was  sent  for  who 
arrested  the  flow  by  tamponing  the  vagina  with  rags  saturated 
with  vinegar.  A  slight  flow  continued  which  was  regarded  as 
not  exceeding  the  ordinary  lochial  discharge.  Her  convales¬ 
cence  was  tedious.  In  attempting  to  rise  on  the  fifteenth  day 
she  fainted.  When  she  could  stand  and  walk,  she  observed  a 
red  tumor  projecting  beyond  the  vulva,  which  bled.  Another 
physician,  Dr.  S.,  was  consulted  who  diagnosed  a  complete  in- 


Lewis — Chronic  Inversion  of  the  Uterus. 


861 


1880] 


version.  He  made  no  attempt  at  reduction.  Four  mouths 
later,  in  company  with  Dr.  S.,  she  came  to  New  Orleans  and  ap¬ 
plied  to  a  competent  practitioner  for  relief.  This  gentleman 
attempted  reduction  by  manipulation  under  chloroform  March 
5th,  1879,  but  without  success. 

He  then  introduced  a  Hodge  pessary  to  retain  the  uterus  in 
the  vagina,  which  was  worn  until  Jan.  22d,  1880,  when  she 
sought  my  advice.  Her  condition  was  good,  not  anaemic,  and 
her  weight  1511T>,  although  she  gave  a  history  of  frequent  hem¬ 
orrhages,  profuse  at  the  menstrual  epochs,  which  she  passed 
in  bed.  Notwithstanding  the  pessary,  the  uterus  protruded 
from  the  vulva  in  stooping  or  straining.  Vaginal  examination, 
Jan.  22d,  1880,  confirmed  the  diagnosis  of  complete  inversion, 
and  showed  the  uterus  of  ordinary  size. 

Jan.  23d  a  rubber  bag  was  introduced  into  the  vagina  and 
distended  with  water,  after  Tyler  Smith’s  method.  Her  men¬ 
strual  period  being  due,  and  having  the  usual  symptoms,  it 
was  removed  the  following  day.  The  menses  appeared  and 
lasted  live  days. 

Jan.  31st  the  bag  was  replaced.  Feb.  1st,  in  company  with 
Prof.  Elliot  and  Mr.  Bourgeois,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  the 
notes  in  the  case,  she  was  injected  with  a  fourth  of  a  grain  of 
morphia  and  chloroformed.  The  bag  wras  then  removed  and  it 
was  found  that  the  uterus  had  been  j>ressed  between  it  and  the 
vaginal  wall,  from  its  flattened  appearance.  We  then  attempted 
reposition  by  Emmett’s  method ;  but,  after  an  hour  and  a  half’s 
wrork,  found  that  though  the  uterus  was  smaller  from  the  effects 
of  pressure  with  the  fingers  only,  a  part  of  the  cervix  was  reduced. 
The  bag  was  again  replaced,  being  removed  every  second  day 
to  cleanse  the  vagina,  and  continued  until  the  following  Sun¬ 
day,  Feb.  8th,  when  a  second  attempt,  under  chloroform,  was 
made  at  restoration,  with  but  little  gain.  VTitli  the  right  hand 
still  in  the  vagina,  pressing  the  uterus  up  as  far  as  it  could  pru¬ 
dently  be  pushed,  the  bag  w  as  then  introduced,  pressing  it  with 
the  left  hand  along  the  palmar  surface  of  the  right  until 
it  reached  the  fundus. 

It  was  then  injected  with  wTater,  and  as  it  began  to  disteud, 
the  right  hand  was  carefully  removed  from  the  vagina,  whilst 


862 


Origin  a  l  Communicati  o  ns. 


[March 


two  fingers  of  the  left  hand  pressed  the  inferior  extremity 
of  the  bag  up  to  prevent  displacement.  The  bag  was  then 
filled  until  it  became  fixed,  and  did  not  yield  to  traction  on 
the  rubber  tube  attached. 

February  10th,  it  was  removed,  the  vagina  was  out,  and  the 
bag  returned  in  the  same  manner. 

February  12th,  an  examination  was  made,  and  the  uterus 
found  more  than  half  reduced,  the  body  and  fundus  within  the 
cervix.  The  bag  was  replaced. 

February  15th,  Sunday,  1  removed  the  bag  to  make  a  third 
attempt  under  chloroform,  but  found  the  uterus  completely  re¬ 
duced.  With  two  fingers  of  my  right  hand,  I  explored  the  ca¬ 
vity  of  the  body,  and  found  it  perfectly  normal. 

February  17th,  I  made  a  speculum  examination,  found  the 
uterus  measuring  2f  inches  in  length,  and  the  cervical  canal 
patulous.  To  stimulate  the  uterus  to  contraction,  and  modify 
the  condition  of  the  mucous  membrane,  I  scrubbed  l  he  cavity 
with  Churchill’s  tincture  of  iodine. 

The  two  cases  I  have  seen  and  reduced,  have  satisfied  me 
that  sustained  elastic  pressure,  whether  with  the  bag  after 
Tyler  Smith,  or  with  the  cup  and  stem  attached  by  elastic 
bands  to  an  abdominal  belt  as  practiced  by  Lawson  Tait,  is 
safer,  more  frequently  successful  and  an  economy  of  labor. 
In  introducing  the  bag,  the  uterus  should  be  well  pushed  up 
first,  otherwise  the  pressure  is  but  slight  upon  the  fundus,  and 
the  bag,  at  the  moment  of  distension,  may  rise  between  the 
vagina  and  uterus  compressing  it  laterally. 


Re-Union  of  an  Amputated  Finger. 

By  R.  A.  GREER, 

Student  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Louisiana. 


Charlie  Nilson,  an  adult  male  and  employee  at  a  steam 
shingle-factory,  applied  at  my  office  (Hawkins,  Texas)  April 
— ,  1875,  with  the  third  finger  of  the  right  hand  entirely 
severed,  half-way  the  second  phalanx.  The  fragment  was  pre¬ 
sented  me  lying  in  the  palm  of  the  same  hand,  enveloped  in  a 
coagulum  of  blood,  which  had  formed  while  he  was  walking  to 
my  office,  a  distance  of  three-fourths  of  a  mile. 


Go  rrespondence. 


863 


1880] 


Observing  no  possible  means  of  obtaining  a  Hap  sufficient  to 
cover  the  end  of  the  bone  without  subjecting  him  to  an  opera¬ 
tion,  the  thought  of  attempting  to  save  the  finger  next  occurred. 

This  I  proceeded  to  carry  out  by  first  gently  sponging  the 
I>arts,  to  remove  any  foreign  substances  present.  The  parts 
were  then  carefully  adjusted,  two  sutures  of  ordinary  flax  were 
placed  on  each  side,  to  the  depth  of  the  skin,  and  the  finger 
was  carefully  confined  by  means  of  a  bandage  to  a  splint  on 
its  palmar  surface.  The  time  which  elapsed,  from  the  accident 
to  the  adjustment  of  the  amputated  extremity,  was  about  one 
hour.  I  had  some  hope  of  success,  and  requested  the  patient 
to  keep  the  arm  in  a  sling,  in  order  to  ensure  perfect  rest  to  the 
parts,  and  to  report  in  four  days.  The  patient  reported  on  the 
fourth  day,  as  requested,  and,  to  my  very  great  satisfaction,  I 
found  that  perfect  union  had  taken  place,  and  byr  the  tenth  day' 
nothing  remained  to  mark  the  site  of  injury,  save  a  slight 
cicatrix  around  the  line  of  separation.  Thus  the  fact  is  again 
demonstrated,  that  the  first  effort  of  the  surgeon  should  be  to 
save  a  member,  even  when  success  is  least  promising. 


CORRESPONDENCE. 


Messrs.  Editors — Iu  two  cases  of  child  birth  of  very  receut 
date,  I  practiced  Stokes’  method  iu  the  treatment  of  the  cord  : 
as  soon  as  the  circulation  began  to  grow  feeble,  I  compressed 
the  cord  between  index  finger  and  thumb,  two  inches  from  the 
child’s  abdomen,  and  then  severed  it  with  scissors.  No  liga¬ 
ture  was  applied  on  either  side  of  the  cut;  no  swathing  band 
was  applied  nor  any  dressing  to  the  cord,  it  being  left  to  shrivel 
and  dry.  Both  cases  are  doing  as  well  as  any  I  ever  practiced 
tying  on.  Will  practice  Stokes’  method  further,  and  will  report 
same  to  your  Journal.  Truly  yours,  etc.,  E.  E.  P. 


From  Our  Boston  Correspondent. 

Messrs.  Editors — Iu  any  move  whereby  the  well-being  of  the 
people  may  be  improved,  Massachusetts  is  habitually  to  the 
fore.  But  there  is  a  most  annoying  and  unfortunate  exception  : 


86^  Original  Communications.  [March 

we  are  quack-ridden  to  an  extent  which  is  positively  incredi¬ 
ble.  There  is  no  redress  against  the  inroads  of  the  ignorant, 
cold-blooded  creatures  who  dare  to  put  out  a  physician’s  sign 
unsupported  by  the  smallest  knowledge  of  medicine.  These 
bare-faced  humbugs  intrude  themselves  upon  us  at  every  turn. 
All  unchecked,  they  have  drained  the  purses  of  those  simple 
beings  who  prefer  bombast  and  claptrap  to  knowledge  and 
science.  The  belief  of  the  laity  in  some  forms  of  quackery  is 
as  amazing  as  it  is  deplorable.  Current  is  the  story  that  the 
wife  of  a  Cambridge  professor  paid  a  thieving  quack  iu  Boston 
s event)! -Ji re  dollars  for  one  bottle  of  his  wonderful  medicine^ 
Somewhat  triumphantly  she  submitted  it  to  her  family  physi¬ 
cian,  a  man  of  such  ability  and  experience,  that  his  name  is 
known  throughout  the  country.  He  had  the  stuff  analyzed  and 
regretfully  informed  the  lady  that,  far  from  being  composed 
of  miraculous  and  heretofore  unknown  remedies,  the  elements 
of  her  medicine  were  known  to  everybody,  its  value,  about  six 
cents.  If  this  were  the  end  of  the  story,  it  would  serve  as  a 
useful  comment  upon  the  dishonesty  of  quacks.  But  it  has  a 
sequel :  The  lady  finished  her  bottle  of  quackery  and — at  once 
paid  $75  for  another  ! 

Two  years  ago  a  gentleman  of  education  fell  in  love  with  a 
man  who  calls  himself  a  physician  and  who  has  a  goodly  number 
of  intelligent  patients.  The  primary  difficulty  in  this  gentleman’s 
case  probably  was  spasm  of  the  oesophagus.  The  q;iack  pro¬ 
nounced  it  diphtheria,  then  changed  his  mind  to  pneumonia, 
then  to  “liver  complaint,”  and  finally  settling  upon  cancer  of 
the  stomach,  he  “  went  for  ”  his  patient.  Treatment  consisted 
of  violent  emetics  every  day  or  every  other  day  for  three 
months  ;  baths  in  hot  saleratus  water  in  which  the  patient  was 
kept  until  he  began  to  faint;  massage  of  prolonged  and  violent 
character ;  hot  water  as  a  steady  diet,  to  the  exclusion  of  good 
food,  especially  milk.  Other  directions,  the  most  arrant  and 
impudent  nonsense,  were  given,  but  the  principal  features  of 
the  treatment  were  those  I  have  already  mentioned.  The  gen¬ 
tleman  lost  fifty  pounds  in  weight  within  ten  weeks.  Then 
went  abroad  looking  like  a  ghost  and  returned  not  much  im¬ 
proved  in  appearance,  and  at  once  recommenced  emetics,  etc. 

Summer  came  again,  and  found  him  at  his  country  house,  in 


1880J  Correspondence.  865 

a  very  exhausted  condition.  One  day  he  took  cold,  and  was 
seized  with  violent  pain  in  the  region  of  the  bladder.  Saugrado 
was  called  from  Boston.  His  first  means  of  relief  was  an 
emetic.  His  second,  violent  massage,  especially  over  the  blad¬ 
der.  He  remained  with  the  unfortunate  patient  for  two  days 
and  nights,  then  returned  to  Boston.  The  next  day  a  regular 
physician  almost  accidently  saw  the  case ;  within  ten  minutes 
he  introduced  a  catheter,  and  drew  from  the  poor  fellow’s 
bladder  three  pints  of  urine,  so  rotten,  so  foul,  that  it  was  next 
to  impossible  to  stand  near  it.  It  ruined  the  gum  catheter,  and 
wherever  a  drop  touched  the  patient’s  skin,  a  pustule  followed. 
The  sick  man  was  already  in  the  first  stage  of  coma,  but  rallied 
a  little,  yet,  in  spite  of  everything  science  could  do,  died  of 
blood  poisoning.  His  year  of  preparation  for  his  last  illness, 
and  his  final  treatment  at  the  hands  of  this  rascal,  render  the 
patient’s  case  one  of  the  most  pitiful  and  enraging  of  all  simi¬ 
lar  instances  that  have  ever  come  to  my  knowledge.  This 
quack,  however,  is  still  engaged  in  the  work  of  destroying  the 
health  of  valuable  people.  In  a  case  of  rapid  consumption,  he 
stopped  all  food,  and  kept  the  patient  on  hot  water  until  dis¬ 
charged  by  the  indignant  parents.  Amazing  as  it  may  seem, 
those  of  his  patieuts  who  are  not  dead  have  the  utmost  faith  in 
this  brute  and  think  his  power  miraculous.  I  cite  him  at 
length,  because  he  works  among  an  intelligent  class  of  people 
and  also  as  a  proof  that  the  laity  need  to  be  protected  against 
their  own  foolishness. 

Unfortunately,  however,  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  public 
opinion  of  physicians  in  this  country,  in  too  many  instances, 
has  been  strongly  prejudiced  by  the  blunders  of  half-educated 
men,  who  are  still  turned  out  of  our  second  and  third  class 
schools,  nearly  by  the  hundred. 

Be  that  as  it  may,  thoughtful  minds  in  this  state  have  con¬ 
cluded  that  charlatanism  has  held  sway  in  Massachusetts  long 
enough.  I  am  heartily  glad  to  say  that  active  measures  are 
being  taken  to  uproot  and  deliver  the  state  of  medical  quacks 
and  quackesses.  To  this  end  the  health  department  of  the 
Social  Science  Association  has  resolved  to  request  a  member 
of  the  General  Court,  at  its  next  session,  to  move  that  the 


866  Correspondence.  [March 

Health  Committee  be  instructed  to  consider  and  report  “  an 
act  to  regulate  the  practice  of  medicine,  for  the  protection  of 
the  community.”  Yon  know  wliat  the  severe  medical  act  in 
Illinois  has  accomplished,  in  ridding  that  state  of  quacks.  Of 
course,  when  driven  from  one  state,  these  creatures  will  em¬ 
igrate  to  states  unprotected  by  quackery  laws.  This  is  what  the 
Social  Science  Association  seeks  to  prevent,  so  far  as  Massa¬ 
chusetts  is  concerned.  The  Association  not  only  urges  the 
matter  upon  physicians  and  the  public,  but  has  laid  the  draft 
of  a  proposed  law  before  many  leading  physicians  of  the  state, 
who  have  authorized  the  Association  committee  to  state,  that 
its  general  purpose  and  principal  features  meet  with  their 
approval.  Eminent  counsel  and  physicians  were  consulted  in 
the  preparation  of  the  law. 

It  provides  for  the  creation  of  a  board  of  registration,  to  be 
composed  of  eight  physicians  of  education,  and  one  practitioner 
of  dentistry  in  good  standing.  The  board  shall  meet  twice 
yearly.  Applicants  for  licenses  must  be  21  years  of  age,  and  show 
their  knowledge  of  medicine  and  ability  to  practice.  Any  per¬ 
son  who  is  a  graduate  of  an  accepted  school,  at  the  date  of 
passage  of  the  law,  shall  be  licensed.  A  license  to  practice  mid¬ 
wifery  may  be  granted  to  any  person  not  less  than  21  years  of 
age,  who  has  a  good  reputation,  if  found  qualified.  The  same 
in  case  for  a  dentist’s  license,  etc.  The  general  purport  of  the 
law  is  to  rid  the  state  of  frauds  and  ignorant  pretenders,  and 
secure  properly  qualified  practitioners.  It  is  to  be  regretted 
that  Massachusetts  has  waited  so  long  before  taking  this  step, 
but — better  late  than  never.  In  England,  Germany  or  France 
the  quack,  concerning  whom  I  have  given  you  details,  would 
be  imprisoned.  We  have  no  remedy  here.  He  distributes 
cards,  one  inch  square,  which  informs  the  public  that  his  spe¬ 
cialty  is  the  cure  of  cancer  and  bears  the  invitation  “come and 
C  me”  (Sic).  Is  ic  not  almost  beyond  belief  that  such  a  ninny 
can  find  employment  among  intelligent  people  ! 

You  are  probably  aware  that,  at  their  October  meeting  in ’79, 
the  Councilors  of  the  Massachusetts  Medical  Society,  by  a 
small  majority,  voted  in  favor  of  the  admission  of  women  to 
examination  for  entrance  to  the  Society.  This  result  naturally 


1880 J  Correspondence.  867 

created  jubilation  among, the  friends  of  tlie  movement,  but  its 
opponents  believe  that  the  question  was  not  yet  settled.  Many 
felt  that  it  had  not  been  fully  or  fairly  discussed,  and  the  Cen¬ 
sors  of  the  Suffolk  District,  branch  of  the  parent  Society,  at 
once  found  their  position  one  of  grave  doubt ;  for  they  saw 
in  the  vote  either  “an  alteration  of  the  by-laws  of  the  Society,” 
or  “  a  new  interpretation  of  the  same.”  If  it  be  an  alter¬ 
ation  of  the  by-laws,  its  ratification  requires  the  concurrence  of 
the  whole  Society.  If  it  be  a  new  interpretation,  it  is  not  bind¬ 
ing  on  the  Censors  unless  ratified  in  general  meeting.  This  last 
position  is  made  good  by  a  comparatively  recent  by-law,  viz  : 
“  No  authority  exists  for  interference  in  the  duties  and  decisions 
which,  by  law,  are  vested  exclusively  in  the  censors.”  The 
censors,  therefore,  found  themselves  obliged  to  interpret  the 
laws  concerning  admission  into  the  society.  If  they  unreason¬ 
ably  exercise  this  right,  a  heavy  penalty  falls  upon  them.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  they  unreasonably  refuse  to  examine  a  duly 
qualified  candidate,  they  subject  themselves  to  a  fine  of  $400. 
Their  embarrassment  and  their  inability  to  conform  to  the  re¬ 
cent  vote  of  the  council  led  them  to  present  their  case  before 
the  February  meeting  of  the  councilors,  holden  last  week,  iu 
the  form  of  a  respectful  protest,  which  asked  for  instructions 
and  gave  their  reasons  for  preserving  a  strict  neutrality 
until  their  doubtful  position  is  made  clear.  The  council¬ 
ors  quickly  saw  the  legal  point,  and  the  result  was  a  vote 
in  favor  of  reconsideration  of  the  October  decision.  The 
matter,  therefore,  stands  precisely  as  it  did  before  the  original 
discussion.  Since  the  general  Society,  sooner  or  later,  will  be 
drawn  into  the  controversy,  we  may  expect  some  sharp  spar¬ 
ring.  At  the  councilors’  meeting  last  week  it  was  moved  that 
the  matter  be  referred  to  the  Society  at  its  anuual  meeting  in 
June,  but  this  precipitation  was  overruled  by  a  councilor  who 
pleaded  for  more  discussion  and  examination  of  the  subject  in 
council.  Tins  led  to  the  vote  of  reconsideration  of  the  October 
vote. 

At  the  same  meeting  was  brought  up,  for  the  third  time,  the 
<;ode  of  ethics,  which  for  nearly  three  years  has  been  in  course 
4 


Correspondence. 


8b8 


[  March 


of  preparation.  It  is  a  code  intended  for  the  Society,  albeit 
the  need  of  such  a  guide  seems  not  to  have  been  greatly  felt 
during  the  one  hundred  years  of  the  society’s  life.  The  orig¬ 
inal  committee  of  three  presented  the  primary  draft  of  the  code 
to  the  council  in  1878.  it  was  criticised  without  mercy  and  re¬ 
committed  to  the  Committee,  which  was  reinforced  by  two  ad¬ 
ditional  members.  Again,  when  the  matter  came  up,  the  com¬ 
mittee  asked  for  more  time,  and  the  result  was  the  presentation 
of  two  codes,  one  signed  by  four,  the  other  by  one  of 
the  committee.  A  warm  discussion  followed,  as  you  may 
see  by  the  Journal  of  Febiuary  12th.  Many  councilors  fav¬ 
ored  the  majority  code  with  its  profusion  of  detail,  because 
they  felt  that  it  should  provide  for  all  sorts  of  medical  sole¬ 
cisms  and  all  sorts  of  queer  cases,  and  endless  varieties  of 
queer  men.  They  felt  that  young  physicians,  who  are  unformed 
in  the  simple  courtesies,  which  are  really  the  foundation  of 
medical  ethics,  would  gain  nothing  from  a  code  of  ethics,  un¬ 
less  it  included  the  ABC  of  instruction.  Their  opponents 
argued  that  such  a  mass  of  detail,  such  suggestions  of  dishon¬ 
orable,  petty  and  mean  and  underhanded  trickiness  as  were 
contained  in  the  majority  code,  were  unworthy  of  a  liberal  pro¬ 
fession  like  medicine.  They  favored  the  code  drawn  up  Dr.  H. 
J.  Bigelow,  and  couched  in  terse,  concise  terms,  but  which,  it 
argued,  cover  every  necessary  point,  by  keeping  in  mind  the 
high  principle  which  should  govern  every  physician  in  his  in¬ 
tercourse  with  his  patients  and  colleagues. 

The  minority  code  carried  the  day. 

Much  sympahy  was  felt  for  Dr.  Colting,  the  chairman  of  the 
committee  and  actual  author  of  the  majority  code.  He  lias 
labored  indel'atigably  for  many  months.  Has  corresponded 
with  a  great  number  of  societies,  and  read  everything  in  the 
shape  of  a  code  upon  which  he  could  lay  his  hands.  From  the 
immense  quantity  of  matter  thus  gathered,  he  selected  such 
“live  details,”  and  such  only,  as  he  deemed  would  have  a  bear¬ 
ing  upon  the  medical  practice  of  to-day,  and  meet  every  possi¬ 
ble  need  of  physiciaus  in  their  intercourse  with,  and  treatment 
of,  their  patients  and  each  other.  Dr.  Bigelow  took  this  code, 
and  rejecting  from  it  everything  which  seemed  unnecessary, 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1880] 


and  forming  the  remainder  under  separate  heads,  presented  it, 
and  it  was  accepted.  This  seemed  a  defeat  which  it  must  be 
hard  for  Dr.  Colting  to  bear.  But  he  is  sufficiently  philo¬ 
sophic  to  see  that  his  code  was  the  basis  of  the  one  chosen. 
If  one  had  been  absent,  the  other  might  not  have  been  born. 
Moreover,  he  loves  the  old  Massachusetts  Medical  Society  so 
earnestly,  that  if  she  thinks  the  minority  code  what  is  needed, 
he  will  only  be  glad  she  has  found  it.  H.  O. 

Boston,  February  13th,  188l>. 


LECTURES  UPON  THE  MODERN  TREATMENT  OP  SYPHILIS. 


By  Dr.  Carl  Sigmund,  Knight  of  Ilanor,  &c. 


When  a  veteran  like  Sigmund  speaks,  he  may  well  command 
the  most  respectful  hearing,  and  when,  after  an  observation  of 
syphilis  larger  than  had  fallen  to  the  lot  of  any  other  man,  he 
gives  his  deliberate  judgment,  in  language  which  evidences  the 
conscientious  thoroughness  with  which  he  has  studied  so  im¬ 
portant  a  disease,  every  student  is  put  in  possession  of  a  prize 
whose  worth  is  beyond  computation. 

And  this  is  what  we  find  in  these  lectures.  Their  subject 
matter  is  a  perfect  mine  of  mature  thought,  and  in  their  man¬ 
ner  there  is  a  transparent  fairness  which  cannot  fail  to  charm, 
even  should  there  be  a  few  unconvinced  by  what  has  so  little 
of  an  argument.  At  the  outset  the  importance  of  avoiding  the 
error  of  regarding  syphilis  as  a  “specialty”  is  dwelt  upon, 
and  the  necessity  for  the  broadest  and  most  thorough  education 
in  considering  a  disease  so  wide-spread,  so  grave  and  so  in¬ 
timately  related  to  others.  After  this  there  is  a  brief  statement 
of  the  separate  and  distinct  natures  of  gonorrhoea,  the  simple 
venereal  ulcer  (chancroid)  and  syphilis,  of  which  the  primary 
lesion  is  the  chancre.  Each  he  believes  to  be  due  to  a  special 
germ,  never  yet  isolated.  The  repeated  occurrence  in  the  same 
individual  of  the  former  two  is  contrasted  with  the  exceptional 
second  attack  of  the  latter,  with  which  is  coupled  this  remark : 
“  The  extremely  few  instances  of  a  repeated  attack  of  syphilis 
(re-infection)  which  I  have  myself  observed,  have  left  me  much 
in  doubt  as  to  the  entire  correctness  of  the  previous  or  of  the 
present  diagnosis.  Further  I  should  add,  that  I  know  no  case 
in  my  own  circle  of  observation,  in  which,  after  an  established 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[March 


870 

attack  of  syphilis,  a  later,  new  and  second  infection  followed. 

1  know,  of  course,  cases  so  designated,  a  more  careful  observa¬ 
tion  of  which,  however,  controverted  the  diagnosis  of  a  second 
infection.” 

In  regard  to  diagnosis,  attention  is  called  to  the  unreliability 
of  the  patient’s  statements,  and  the  indispensability  of  a  thor¬ 
ough  examination  by  the  doctor.  As  far  as  possible  this  should 
include  every  part  of  his  skin,  as  well  as  the  various  inlets  and 
outlets  of  the  body.  In  menstruating  and  lying-in  women 
there  should  be  no  excepting  of  the  sexual  organs,  notwith¬ 
standing  the  established  prejudice  against  such  examinations. 

Indeed,  they  are  then  of  special  importance.  With  the  exami¬ 
nation  for  syphilis  proper  there  should  be  a  most  thorough  in¬ 
vestigation  for  open  or  latent  diseases  of  other  sorts,  lest  their 
appearance  during  treatment  be  misconstrued  by  the  physician, 
w  hieh  would  be  unfortunate  for  science,  or  by  the  patient, 
which  would  be  injurious  to  the  doctor.  In  conducting  the 
examination,  Sigmund  recommends  the  use  of  all  available  in¬ 
struments  of  precision,  including  that  to  which  Sir  Henry 
Thompson  has  so  recently  given  the  cold  shoulder — namely  the 
endoscope. 

Of  the  symptoms  he  gives  the  well-known  details,  and  for 
convenience  divides  them  into  primary,  secondary  and  tertiary, 
with  the  well-known  qualification,  however,  that  nature  often 
disregards  this  artificial  arrangement. 

In  regard  to  treatment,  he  advocates  the  early  destruction  of 
the  initial  lesion.  This  may  be  by  the  knife,  even  to  the  ex¬ 
tent  of  circumcision  when  the  prepuce  is  its  seat,  or  amputa¬ 
tion  of  the  labia  minora  or  portio  vaginalis  of  the  uterus,  if 
1 1n*  lesion  be  t  here.  Aside  from  the  advantage  of  removing  the 
beares  of  the  germ  and  infecting  material,  these  operative  pro¬ 
cedures  facilitate  the  cleansing  which  is  so  essential  in  treating 
syphilis,  and  substitute  healthy  union  tor  those  tough  cicatrices 
which  result  from  the  action  of  the. disease. 

This  is  the  opening  word  for  an  earnest  advocacy  of  local 
treatment  in  the  earliest  stages.  Not  only  the  chancre,  but  the 
first  cutaneous  and  mucous  disorders,  he  would  have  treated 
by  direct  application  of  suitable  remedies.  For  the  initial 
lesion,  when  the  knife,  the  actual  cautery,  or  strong  acids  can¬ 
not  be  used,  carbolic  acid  of  strength  suited  to  the  case  may 
be  used,  or  iodoiorm,  which  limits  suppuration  very  efficient¬ 
ly.  cases  where  there  is  but  slight  scaling  off  of  the  epider¬ 
mis,  or  shallow  erosions,  the  chancre  may  be  treated  with  mer¬ 
curial  ointment,  or  painted  with  a  solution  of  conosive  subli¬ 
mate  in  alcohol  or  ether.  Afterward  dry  cotton  dressings,, 
small  and  neat,  such  as  we  have  often  seen  used  with  brilliant 
results  in  Sigmund’s  wards  are  recommended. 

On  page  GO,  the  author  states  that  no  means  are  sufficient  to 
pi  event  the  disease,  once  inocculated,  Irom  becoming  univer¬ 
sal,  excepting  complete  exterpation  of  the  initial  lesion. 


Currenr  Medical  Literature. 


871 


1 880 j 

.lust  here  we  may  avail  ourselves  of  the  right  of  individ¬ 
ual  judgment  which  he  concedes  to  all,  to  suggest  the  possi¬ 
bility  that,  where  this  extirpation  has  seemed  to  head  off  con¬ 
stitutional  manifestations,  there  may  have  been  a  mistake  as  to 
the  character  of  the  lesion.  It  would  be  hard  to  prove  the  con¬ 
trary,  for  these  manifestations  are  the  only  absolutely  infallible 
evidence  of  syphilis. 

In  regard  to  constitutional  treatment ,  the  greatest  stress  is  laid 
upon  cleanliness,  hygiene  and  general  building  up.  With  these 
and  suitable  local  treatment,  4  per  cent,  of  syphilitic  patients 
have  only  very  light  secondary  manifestations ;  10  per  cent, 
more  have  but  transitory  and  inconsequential  affections  of  the 
skin  and  fauces,  which  recover  with  suitable  local  treatment; 
and  the  proportion  of  grave  secondary  forms  is  no  greater 
than  in  patients  treated  constitutionally,  no  matter  how.  Oth¬ 
er  cases  owe  their  severity  chiefly  to  conditions  inherent  in  the 
patient,  and  it  is  to  them  the  physician  must  direct  his  atten¬ 
tion,  combating  them,  not  as  parts  of,  but  as  co-operating  with 
the  syphilis  in  ravaging  the  system.  When  not  thus  compli¬ 
cated,  the  most  varied  forms  of  syphilis  frequently  recede  spon¬ 
taneously.  In  fact  in  Sigmund’s  wards  it  is  taught  that  syphi¬ 
lis  is  not  only  a  curable  disease,  but  one  tending  under  favor¬ 
able  circumstances  to  a  spontaneous  cure. 

This  is  an  idea  now  familiar  to  all  who  have  paid  special  at¬ 
tention  to  the  disease  ;  but  it  is  directly  opposed  to  the  views 
held  and  taught  by  some  most  distinguished  physicians. 

The  be*t  time,  then,  for  instituting  constitutional  and  specially 
anti-syphilitic  treatment  is  in  the  second  period  of  the  disease, 
and  this  is  only  “  when  several  systems  and  organs  are  affected, 
or  one  very  gravely,  or  when  the  nutrition  or  functional  activ¬ 
ity  of  the  organism  is  palpably  prejudiced  by  syphilis  alone. 
In  every  period,  however,  and  for  every  attack  of  syphilis, 
the  most  scrupulous  hygienic  and  dietetic  care,  and  the  simul¬ 
taneous  attention  to  anti  appropriate  treatment  of  other 
complicating  constitutional  affections,  are  indispensable.” 

This  is  the  key  note  of  Sigmund’s  teaching,  to  which  he  re¬ 
curs  agiiin  and  again.  Relying  upon  it,  he  says  the  thoroughly 
investigating  and  accurately  observant  physician  will  not  em¬ 
ploy,  out  of  regard  for  the  anxiety  of  the  patient,  or  his  own 
reputation,  the  so-called  humane  and  unquestionably  shrewd 
administration  of  small  doses  of  anti-syphilitic  remedies,  in  the 
earliest  periods  of  the  disease. 

When,  however,  such  treatment  is  to  be  emploved,  Sigmund 
recommends  for  the  lighter  forms,  erythema  and  papula,  with 
general  enlargement  of  the  lymphatics,  the  preparations,  of 
iodine,  iodide  of  soda,  of  potassa,  and  iodoform,  as  well  as  the 
proto-iodide  of  mercury,  and,  when  these  cannot  be  used, 
inunction  of  mercurial  ointment,  or  subcutaneous  injection  of 
corrosive  sublimate  or  the  bi-cyanuret  of  mercury,  or  small 
doses  of  calomel.  Of  these,  unless  contra-indicated,  he  pre- 


872 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[March 

fers  the  iodine  salts.  For  graver  forms,  with  defective  nutri¬ 
tion  and  strength,  palpably  due  to  syphilis  alone,  or  wide¬ 
spread,  pustular,  papular,  or  squamous  eruptions,  preparations 
of  mercury  must  be  used.  The  French  teaching  that  mercury 
is  best  suited  to  secondary,  and  the  iodides  to  tertiary  syphilis, 
he  thinks  is  unsupported  by  chemical  experience.  For  the 
gravest  tertiary  forms,  gummy  new  formations  in  the  skin,  bones, 
cartilages,  and  nervous  system,  mercury  must  be  used  anil 
alternated  with  iodides. 

Finally,  the  author  deprecates  pushing  mercury  to  the  point 
of  salivation.  This  he  holds  to  be  absolutely  injurious  to  the 
patient,  and  a  relic  of  medical  barbarism. 

A  very  interesting  part  of  one  of  the  lectures  is  devoted  to 
the  matter  of  prophylaxis,  personal  and  general.  In  regard  to 
the  former,  Sigmund  recommends  attention  to  details  of  clean¬ 
liness,  with  the  use  of  disinfecting  washes  for  suspicious  cav¬ 
ities,  and  anointing  the  examining  finger  with  carbolic  acid 
ointment.  In  regard  to  public  prophylaxis,  he  expresses  a 
strong  convictiou  in  favor  of  daily  examination  of  prostitutes, 
“  for  which,  he  says,  are  fitted  only  physicians  who  have, 
united  with  a  thorough  knowledge  of  syphilis,  a  trustworthy 
character.”  The  effect  of  such  police  regulation,  he  believes 
to  be  salutary,  protecting  the  community  from  disease  and 
prostitutes  from  bad  treatment. 

In  support  he  cites  the  examples  of  Italy  and  Belgium. 
American  Journal  Med.  Sciences,  for  January,  1880. 


CONTINUATION  OF  THE  ARTICLE  OF  M.  HARDY  ON  THE  EX¬ 
AMINATION  OF  URINE  IN  DIAB1TES  MELLITUS. 

2.  M.  Bouchardat  recommends  a  simple  numeric  and 
prompt  method.  It  consists  in  taking  the  density  of  the 
urine,  say  1.040,  and  multiplying  the  two  last  numbers  by  2, 
say  40x2=  80.  The  number  80  is  multiplied  by  the  quantity 
of  urine  in  24  hours — 80x2.500  —  200  grammes.  The  number 
Obtained  represents  the  quantity  of  “solid  materials”  elimin¬ 
ated  by  the  urine.  To  obtain  the  quantity  of  sugar,  it  suffices 
to  subtract  from  the  number  200  the  number  50,  which,  after 
M.  Bouchardat,  represents  the  normal  number,  almost  invari¬ 
able,  of  other  solid  materials  eliminated  from  the  urine,  besides 
the  sugar.  Then,  200 — 50  —  150  grammes  of  sugar. 

The  preceding  method  gave  141  grammes;  the  difference 
between  the  two  results  is  not  very  great.  This  approxima¬ 
tion  would  suffice  in  a  clinical  measure,  if  it  was  always  as 
correct;  unhappily  the  differences  may  vary  greatly.  Thus, 
we  have  with  the  polarimeter  obtained  128  grammes,  and  112 
grammes  by  the  procedure  of  Bouchardat;  another  day  225 
and  150  grammes ;  in  another  patient,  the  one  from  the  wards 
of  M.  Vulpian,  the  succharometer  indicated  300  grammes,  and 
the  method  of  Bouchardat,  345  grammes. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


873 


1880] 

3.  The  dosage  by  the  process  of  Fehling,  or  of  Barreswill, 
is  made  by  the  so-called  liquor  of  Fehling;  10  cubic  centimeters 
of  this  liquor  corresponds  to  5  centimeters  of  glycose. 

In  a  glass  measure  we  place  10  centigrammes  of  liquor,  and 
we  pour  it  in  a  balloon,  where  we  add  2  or  3  centigrammes  of  a 
concentrated  solution  of  caustic  soda;  we  add  distilled  water 
until  we  have  tilled  the  balloon  to  two-thirds,  we  agitate  and 
then  heat. 

On  the  other  hand  we  measure  10  cubic  centimeters  of  urine 
in  a  graduated  glass  gauge,  we  dilute  with  distilled  water  until 
it  reaches  the  mark  100,  in  order  to  obtain  a  dilution  of  a  10th — 
we  agitate  and  introduce  the  liquid  in  a  burette  of  Gay-Lussac, 
which  we  till  to  t  he  zero  of  the  large  branch.  When  the  liquid 
of  the  balloon  has  reached  ebullition,  we  add  drop  by  drop 
tin*  liquid  of  the  burette  of  Gay-Lussac  in  the  balloon,  until  dis¬ 
coloration  of  the  blue  liquid  of  the  balloon  ;  we  stop  when  there 
exists  no  more  blue  tinge  in  this  liquid,  and  the  red  tinges 
appear.  For  instance,  I  read  on  the  burette  which  1  have 
poured  off  700.8  or  10  cubic  centimeters  of  the  liquor  of  Fehl- 
ing=5  centigrammes  of  glycose.  We  have  then  04 

grammes  of  sugar  per  quart. 

This  is  an  excellent  method ;  when  we  are  familiar  with  it,  it 
never  gives  an  error  beyond  2  per  cent  of  the  total  result. 

4.  Fermentation  furnishes  also  a  means  of  dosing  the  amount 
of  sugar;  but  this  entails  expenses  of  installation  beyond  even 
that  of  the  cost  of  a  saccharometer,  and  it  is  not  in  the  reach  of 
the  general  practitioner. 

It  is  sufficiently  interesting  to  occupy  ourselves  with  other  ma¬ 
ter  ials  which  exist  in  the  urine  of  the  diabetic,  and  particularly 
with  the  urea.  Your  patient  eliminates  40  or  45  grammes  of 
urea  in  the  24  hours  ;  the  one  of  M.  Vulpian  renders  51  and 
even  <50  grammes.  These  numbers  exceed  greatly  the  nor¬ 
mal  of  25  grammes  of  those  in  the  state  of  health.  Then  this 
increase  of  the  eliminated  urea  is  the  rule  iu  all  cases  of  diabetes; 
the  number  decreases  only  at  the  end  of  the  second  period, 
when  the  consumption  is  great.  But  we  should  distinguish 
the  increase  of  urea  in  the  hrst  period  of  diabetes,  from  that  of 
the  last  period.  In  the  first  case,  when  the  patient  is  still 
fleshy  and  robust,  the  increase  is  due  to  much  eating;  the 
amount  of  urea  is  in  correlation  with  the  quantity  of  materials 
ingested  in  tbe  24  hours.  On  the  contrary  in  the  second  period, 
that  of  wasting,  of  alteration  of  the  functions,  the  patient  eats 
much  less,  and  yet  he  eliminates  always  much  urea.  This  urea 
does  not  come  from  the  aliments,  but  of  the  materials  of  the 
organism  itself.  He  does  not  confection  sugar  with  his  ali¬ 
ments  as  at  flrst,  but  he  elaborates  it  at  the  expense  of  his  or¬ 
ganism  ;  he  makes  it  with  his  tissues,  of  which  the  albuminoid 
materials  subdivide  themselves  into  sugar  and  urea. 

Thus,  at  all  times,  when  you  will  perceive  a  patient  becom¬ 
ing  thinner,  whilst  he  renders  much  urea,  you  may  conclude 


874 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[March 

that  he  is  passing  from  the  first  to  the  second  period,  and  that  he 
is  verging  towards  consumption,  until  being  no  longer  able  to 
make  sugar,  neither  with  his  aliments  nor  with  his  tissue-!,  he 
ceases  to  eliminate  urea  and  sugar  iu  appreciable  quantities. 

A  given  amount  of  urea  existing,  how  are,  we  to  determine 
whether  it  b  *,  due  to  the  aliments  or  tissues  ?  When  patients 
produce  sugar  from  their  aliments,  the  amount  of  urea  is 
always  less  than  in  the  last  period,  when  the  sugar  is  derived 
from  the  exp  -use  of  tissues.  Thus,  one  patient  reuderi  ig  40 
or  45  grammes  of  urea,  he  is  still  in  the  first  period ;  whilst 
that  from  the  wards  of  M.  Vulpian  has  reached  rhe  period  of 
wasting  and  eliminates  from  50  to  (10  grammes  of  urea  in  the 
twenty-four  hours. 

We.  can,  in  urology,  detennin  ■  what  shoul  l  be  attributed  to 
the  aliments  by  the  amount  of  chlorides.  We  render  chlorides 
only  in  proportion  to  what  we  eat.  The  amount  of  chloride 
gives,  in  a  manner,  the  gauge  of  alimentation. 

Our  patient,  with  40  grain m  *s  of  urea,  eliminates  0  gr.  .8 
Na  Cl.  (the  normal  amount  being  8  or  L0  grammes).  After  his 
admittance  in  the  hospital  and  his  alimentation  by  an  appro¬ 
priate  and  special  azotized  regimeu,  he  eliminated  12  gr.  .75  of 
Na  01.,  an  amount  agreeing  with  the  richness  of  his  food. 

The  second  patient,  with  50  or  (10  grammes  of  urea,  renders 
but  8  grammes,  or  7  gr.  .5  of  Na  Cl. — a  greater  part  of  his  urea 
is  derived  already  from  the  destruction  of  his  tissues. 

As  to  other  elements,  the  clinical  study  of  the  urine  has  not 
as  yet  discovered  the  bearings  which  one  might  draw  from 
their  daily  variations. 


PART  IV. 

The  symptoms  which  our  two  patients  presented,  permitted 
a  presumptive  diagnosis  of  diabetes;  the  examination  of  the 
urine,  revealing  glycosuria,  confirmed  this  hypothesis.  Glyco¬ 
suria  is,  iu  fact,  a  necessary  symptom  of  diabetes.  But  we 
may  have  sugar  in  out  urine  and  not  be  diabetic.  Diabetes  is 
characterized  by  other  symptoms  than  glycosuria. 

To  affirm  diabetes,  we  should  first  establish  a  permanent  gly- 
closnria,  for  sugar  exists  probably  in  a  normal  state  in  the 
urine,  and  it  may  appear  momentarily  from  an  alimentation 
composed  of  an  excess  of  sweetened  materials  ;  sugar  is  found 
in  the  urine  of  pregnant  women,  but  this  is  only  a  momentary 
glycosuria,  which  lias  no  relation  to  diabetes. 

In  order  to  be  able  to  positively  affirm  a  case  of  diabetes, 
the  sugar  should  exist  in  sufficient  great  quantity  in  the 
urine.  Normal  urine  contains  about  0  grains,  .50  of  sugar. 
For  diabetes  there  should  exist  at  least  about  0,  8,  10  grammes 
per  day.  Should  we  find  a  lesser  quantity,  a  id  that  existing 
almost  permanently,  we  should  wait  before  coming  to  a  positive 
conclusion.  With  2  or  3  grammes  of  sugar  per  quart  of  urine, 
we  may  be  at  the  onset,  of  an  attack  of  diabetes,  but  we  must 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


875 


1880 1 

not  be  too  positive,  for  it  is  in  reality  not  yet  a  diabetes.  It  is 
not  easy  to  make  the  diagnosis  of  diabetes,  for  we  do  not 
examine  the  urine  of  whom  we  wish.  We  come  to  it  by  some 
particular  symptom  and  by  other  precursory  phenomena.  It 
is  seldom  that  we  make  our  diagnosis  accidentally  and  by  the 
night  vase  of  our  patient ;  in  general  practice,  we  do  not 
examine  the  urine  of  our  patient  because  we  are  his  physician. 
Let  us  study  the  diverse  phenomena,  which  will  enable*  us  to 
make  our  diagnosis. 

At  first  the  characteristics  of  the  urine  will  be  of  great  use ; 
the  urine  is  slightly  syrupy,  if  there  is  a  strong  glycosuria;  it 
stiffens  the  clothing ;  sometimes  you  find  traces  of  it  on  the 
clothing,  especially  on  black  or  woollen  cloths.  You  find  white 
spots  on  the  pantaloons.  I  found  such  upon  the  clothing  of  a 
magistrate,  who  thought  that  he  had  a  venereal  affection,  be¬ 
cause  he  perceived  white  spots  upon  his  robe,  which  drew  my 
attention  and  was  the  cause  of  my  finding  out  a  diabetic  affec¬ 
tion. 

The  urine  is  usually  frothy.  In  the  country  you  will  often 
meet  a  vulgar  sign,  though  still  a  revealing  one ;  the  Hies  are 
drawn  to  the  urine  of  a  diabetic,  and  flies  and  ants  are  found 
in  the  night  vase. 

Let  us  note  a  sign  which  formerly  was  almost  the  only  one : 
dip  your  finger  in  the  urine  and  taste  it — once  is  not  a  habit ; 
do  not  neglect  this  means,  and  your  diagnosis  will  be  made  at 
once,  and  without  the  aid  of  any  other  reagent  or  analysis. 

The  quantity  of  urine  is  greatly  increased ;  we  find  2,  4 
and  6  quarts  of  urine.  When  you  meet  an  individual  who 
urinates  much,  who  cannot  remain  long  without  passing  urine, 
and  he  has  no  disease  of  the  bladder,  no  stricture  of  the 
urethra,  think  of  diabetes.  Some  years  ago,  traveling  in 
company  with  one  of  my  friends,  I  noticed  that  at  each  station 
he  was  impatient  to  get  out.  I  asked  him  if  he  was  not  diabetic; 
he  had  his  urine  examined  and  found  that  he  was  diabetic. 

Polydipsia  is  a  natural  consequence  of  this  state,  in  order  to 
return  to  the  economy  the  amount  of  water  which  one  loses  by 
repeated  micturitions.  Diabetics  drink  at  every  instant ;  they 
drink  all  that  they  find,  water,  wine,  etc.;  all  drinks  are  good 
to  them  ;  they  lose  no  occasion  of  drinking;  at’ night  they 
drink  several  glasses  of  water  before  retiring,  and  they  always 
place  water  near  their  bed  ;  they  drink  much  alcoholic  liquors 
without  coming  notably  under  its  influence ;  they  drink  with  im¬ 
punity  large  quantities  of  .wine  and  brandy;  it  seems  that  the 
alcohol  merely  passes  through  their  digestive  tubes  and  urinary 
channels  without  leaving  traces  of  it  in  the  organism. 

Appetite  is  also  increased  ;  diabetics  are  great  eaters  ;  they 
eat  much  and  often,  and  are  never  satisfied  ;  they  digest  well. 
Vulgarly  they  are  said  to  have  the  tape-worm;  it  would  be 
more  in  point  to  say  that  the  greedy  are  diabetic. 

The  mouth  gives  forth  a  foul  breath  ;  the  saliva  an  acid  re- 


o 


876 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[March 


action,  calling  to  mind  that  of  vinegar  or  sugar.  Some  patients 
accuse  a  sweet  mouth  and  that  the  tongue  is  stuck  to  the  pal¬ 
ate;  that  the  mouth  is  dry,  and  that  they  have  an  insatiable 
thirst.  Some,  more  seldom,  complain  of  an  acrid,  bitty  and 
bitter  sensation.  When  diabetes  has  existed  for  some  time, 
the  teeth  decay  and  fall  early;  they  seem  longer;  the  gums 
are  tumid,  fungous  and  bleed  easily  ;  the  tongue  is  red,  smooth 
and  without  elevation  of  the  papillae  ;  at  times  muguet  exists, 
developing  with  concretions  of  which  the  spores  are  easily 
recognized  by  the  microscope. 

1  have  at  times  been  able  to  make  out  a  diagnosis  of  diabetes 
by  a  different  series  of  symptoms.  The  absence  of  venereal  de¬ 
sire,  especially  in  men,  is  a  good  sign  of  diabetes.  Impotence 
is  soon  manifested,  and  when  a  young  patient  will  confide  to 
you  that  he  has  lost  his  erotic  appetite,  seek  for  diabetes. 
Women  will  often  complain  to  you  of  loss  of  venereal  appetite 
in  their  husbands,  and  will  accuse  them  of  having  a  mist i ess, 
etc.;  then  look  for  diabetes.  I  will  relate  to  you,  in  this  series  of 
ideas,  the  history  of  au  ancient  professor  at  the  College  of 

France,  L - ,  who  was  not  married,  and  whom  his  friends 

never  heard  speak  of  women  (to  such  a  degree  that  he  was  sus¬ 
pected  of  having  secret  or  vicious  habits).  Later  all  was  ex¬ 
plained:  he  had  spontaneous  gangrene  of  the  legs,  of  which  the 
diabetic  nature  was  demoustiated  by  the  examination  of  his 
urine.  Diabetes  causes  the  eruption  often  of  an  interminable 
seiies  of  furuncles  and  anthrax.  Still,  we  should  be  on  our 
guard,  for  often  glycosuria  accompanies  anthrax,  but  it  only 
lasts  with  the  anthrax  and  disappears  with  it. 

To  admit  diabetes,  the  proportion  of  augar  should  be  suffi¬ 
ciently  great,  and  the  observation  should  be  made  during  a 
certain  length  of  time,  for,  most  often,  glycosuria  exists  only 
momentarily.  There  are  other  exceptions,  also,  which  give  a 
great  clue  to  diabetes;  especially  in  men,  particularly  in  those 
who  have  a  long  prepuce,  is  the  appearance  of  herpes  prepu- 
tialis.  The  more  abundant  secretion  than  customary  suffices  to 
bring  on  this  eruption  of  an  eczematous  nature,  constituted  by 
vesicles  and  ulcerations,  then  a  kind  of  whitish  pseudo-mem¬ 
branous  scale  upon  the  gland.  The  itching  becomes  then 
sufficiently  active  upon  the  prepuce,  and  the  pruritus  extends 
sometimes  to  the  anus.  This  last  symptom  was  really  intoler¬ 
able,  tor  two  years,  in  a  patient  who  died  of  diabetes,  and 
during  the  whole  of  this  time  he  was  annoyed  also  by  the  most 
unbearable  anal  pruritus. 

In  women,  we  observe  vulvar  erythema,  as  well  as  in  the 
inguinal  and  inferior  portions  of  the  abdomen.  It  is  common 
to  observe  a  pruritus  of  the  vulva  with  au  acute  redness,  and 
even  at  times  an  oozing.  This  is  not  eczema,  but  erythematous 
intertrigo,  of  which  the  special  selection  is  particularly  in  the 
external  portion  of  the  labia  majora  and  the  folds  of  the  groin, 
and  in  fieshy  women  the  inferior  plaits  of  the  abdomen.  The 


1880 J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


877 


pruritus  is  sufficiently  acute  to  prevent  sleep.  These  accidents 
have  been  attributed  to  the  contact  of  the  urine,  but  they  occur 
even  when  the  skin  has  been  protected  from  all  contamination. 
Though  unable  to  make  out  the  cause,  ye  we  must  attach  a 
certain  amount  of  interest.  More  than  twenty  times  I  have 
established  a  diagnosis  of  diabetes,  by  the  presence  of  vulvar 
erythema,  which  remained  refractory  to  all  medication  habitu¬ 
ally  used  in  such  cases. 

Wasting  of  tlesh  and  muscular  weakness,  occurring  in  an  in¬ 
dividual  free  from  ad  pulmonary  troubles,  or  other  disease 
capable  of  explaining  these  symptoms,  would  be  a  sufficient  in¬ 
dex  to  examine  the  urine  and  look  for  glycosuria.  The  diabetic 
are  subject  to  neuralgias  (facial  and  sciatic),  of  a  rebellious  and 
tenacious  nature,  which  do  not  yield  to  ordinary  means,  and  are 
very  lasting. 

Wounds  do  not  heal,  ulcers  originate  from  the  slightest 
cause,  and  do  not  heal  after  many  months  of  treatment.  Frac¬ 
tures  do  not  consolidate.  Finally  diabetes  also  predisposes  to 
gangrene  of  the  extremities.  (Landouzy,  Sr.) 

Here  are  a  great  number  of  symptoms  which  may  assist  the 
physician  in  making  his  diagnosis  ;  these  details  are  not  super¬ 
fluous,  for  diabetes  is  not  a  disease  which  strikes  you  at  the 
first  look.  It  is  revealed  by  phenomena  of  a  light  nature,  cir¬ 
cumstances  often  trifling,  which  the  physician  should  always 
bear  in  mind. 


Y. 


ITS  MARCH,  DURATION  AND  TERMINATION. 

At  the  outset  diabetes  is  a  latent  and  insidious  disease.  We 
are  never  aware  when  diabetes  has  begun  ;  weeks,  months  and 
even  years,  may  elapse  before  we  are  attracted  by  a  marked 
symptom.  Patients  can,  with  difficulty,  establish  the  precise 
time,  generally  not  within  several  months,  when  occurred  the 
polydipsia  or  polyuria. 

When  developed,  it  makes  itself  evident  by  the  thirst,  and 
by  the  necessity  of  ingesting  large  quantities  of  liquids  and 
solids.  The  urine  becomes  abundant,  the  wasting  and  weak¬ 
ness  characterized,  but  not  always  in  a  marked  manner  :  we 
perceive,  especially  among  the  wealthy,  that  they  remain  fat, 
and  maintain  the  look  of  flourishing  health,  preserving  a 
florid  tint  and  well  developed  muscular  strength.  Among  them 
we  more  often  discover  the  anaphrodisiac  state. 

Some  physicians  have  endeavored  to  distinguish  the  diabetes 
of  the  rich  from  that  of  the  poor,  in  order  to  establish  the  differ¬ 
ence  which  exists  in  favor  of  the  first ;  who  is  able  to  lose  much 
because  he  repairs  much,  while  the  poor  workman  is  doomed 
to  not  restore  to  his  organism  the  exaggerated  expense  caused 
by  the  disease. 

But  a  particular  phenomenon  which  is  never  wanting,  is 


878  Current  Medical  Literature.  |  March 

genital  im potency :  next  in  order  the  furuncles,  erythemas, 
troubles  of  vision,  the  soft,  cataracts  of  diabetes,  &c. 

The  diabetic  state  existing,  other  phenomena  will  be  ob¬ 
served  ;  the  mouth  and  gums  are  covered  with  muguet,  fungo- 
sities,  stomatitis ;  the  fetidity  of  the  breast  assumes  a  peculiar 
sourish  character,  or  recalling  the  sweetened  savor  of  fruits 
undergoing  decomposition,  rotten  apples,  etc.  The  respiration 
is  disturbed  in  its  chemical  phenomena  by  diabetes  (Petten- 
koflfer) ;  the  particular  slowness  of  the  respiratory  functions 
has  been  observed  with  its  necessary  consequences,  the  dimi¬ 
nution  of  the  absorption  of  oxygen,  the  exhalation  of  carbonic 
acid  and  the  vapor  of  water.  While  a  healtliy  man  absorbs 
750  to  850  grammes  of  oxygen  in  24  hours,  the  diabetic  absorbs 
only  from  250  to  350  grammes.  The  combustions  are  conse¬ 
quently  decreased,  and  the  temperature  diminished.  The  tem¬ 
perature  during  the  activity  of  diabetes  falls  from  37.3  to  37.5, 
the  normal  amount,  to  the  number  36,  35  or  even  31.  It  is 
quite  important  that  this  should  be  remembered  with  regard  to 
the  record  of  the  temperature. 

The  actuality  of  diabetes  lasts  a  greater  or  lesser  length  of 
time.  The  last  period  is  that  of  cachexia.  The  patient  until 
now,  strong  and  fat,  loses  both  strength  and  roundness;  all 
the  functions  are  prostrated ;  his  appetite  is  disturbed  ;  he  eats 
less,  though  his  losses  are  in  the  increase.  His  wasting  or 
thinness  becomes  more  marked,  and  marasmus  sets  in  fatally. 
The  quantity  of  the  sugar  diminishes  then,  as  the  sources  of 
production  are  exhausted.  In  extreme  cases  there  exists  no 
sugar  in  the ’urine.  But  the  urea  does  not  diminish  at  the  same 
time;  it  continues  to  secrete  by  the  autophagia  of  the  patient. 
The  consumption  attains  its  maximum,  the  body  is  reduced  to 
a  diaphanic  skeleton,  the  patient  can  scarcely  raise  his  limbs. 

The  duration  of  diabetes  is  undetermined.  The  acute  form 
can  bring  on  marasmus  in  a  few  months,  especially  in  the  poor 
who  are  not  able  to  repair  the  exaggerated  losses  of  their  or¬ 
ganism  by  an  appropriate  alimentation.  But  these  cases  are 
rare.  Instead  of  terminating  in  a  few  months,  sometimes  in 
less  than  six  months,  it  usually  takes  a  chronic  form  and  an 
undetermined  duration,  which  may  at  times  last  15,  20  and 
even  30  years.  It  is  thus  that,  in  my  private  practice,  I  have  a 
number  of  clients  who  attend  to  their  avocations,  and  who  en¬ 
joy  comparatively  good  health,  apart  from  their  glycosuria. 
Diabetes  does  not  kill  in  itself,  but  it  breaks  down,  and  renders 
liable  to  various  accidents  which  will  kill. 

It  has  been  said  that  there  is  an  “intermittent  diabetes” 
existing  for  some  months,  than  disappearing  suddenly.  More 
appropriately  it  is  a  chronic  diabetes,  of  which  the  conse¬ 
quences  are  mitigated  by  an  appropr  iate  alimentation  and  medi¬ 
cation.  It  appears  anew  as  soon  as  those  conditions  are 
neglected,  and  from  the  influence  of  some  excess  or  other. 

As  to  its  rnauner  of  terminating,  the  diabetic  may  be  cured , 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


879 


1880J 


however  often  the  contrary  may  have  been  asserted.  I  can,  on 
my  part,  cite  five  or  six  cases  who  have  had  diabetes,  aud  in 
whom  the  diabetes  has  disappeared  since  five,  six  and  ten 
years.  This  length  of  time  is  sufficient  to  embolden  me  to 
pronounce  the  word  cure.  1  insist  upon  this  affirmation  ;  may 
this  consoling  idea  be  propagated,  and  may  it  sustain  the  pa¬ 
tient  in  his  treatment,  and  the  physician  in  the  exercise  of  his 
mission. 

Unhappily,  this  is  still  the  exception ;  usually  diabetes  ter¬ 
minates  in  death.  Death  may  happen  by  the  mere  fact  of 
diabetes,  by  the  influence  of  progressive  marasmus,  by  troubles 
of  the  respiratory  tunctions,  by  the  breaking  down  and  general 
debility.  It  may  be  sudden  in  the  course  of  the  third  period 
of  diabetes.  The  patient  swoons  away  suddenly,  without  our 
being  able  to  establish  the  lesion  that  produced  death.  It 
may  be  explained  by  a  syncope  happening  doubtless  on 
account  of  the  granular  fatty  degeneration  of  the  muscular 
fibres  of  the  heart.  Then  we  should  interdict  all  fatiguing 
labor,  all  night  watching  or  sitting  up,  all  effort  and  emotions 
to  the  diabetic.  This  termination,  nevertheless,  is  sufficiently 
rare;  oftener  he  succumbs  to  an  accidental  iutercurrent  dis¬ 
ease,  which  has  a  relation  to  the  disease,  or  which  even  is  at 
times  independent.  With  the  diabetic,  whose  vital  resistance 
is  so  greatly  diminished,  the  slightest  disease  is  a  sentence  of 
death.  Still,  there  is  a  certain  number  ot  affections  which 
carry  off  the  diabetic.  Let  us  cite,  in  first  order,  fibrinous  or 
catarrhal  pneumonia,  which  kills  the  diabetic  long  before  he 
has  reached  the  cachectic  period.  The  same  may  be  said  of 
pulmonary  phthisis,  for  which  diabetes  is  a  predisposing  cause. 
By  its  debilitating  character,  it  predisposes  those  who  were 
not  subject  10  phthisis  by  heredity  nor  by  special  anterior 
causes,  to  finally  become  tuberculous  because  they  are  diabetic. 
It  has  been  advanced  that  young  subjects  were  more  liable  to 
this  eventuality  than  the  more  aged;  it  is  but  simply  the  com¬ 
mon  law  of  tuberculosis.  It  has  been  thought  that  the  poor 
were  more  liable  than  the  rich ;  it  is  again  for  the  same  general 
reason,  and  also  because  the  laborer  can  less  easily  supply  the 
wants  of  a  diabetic  organism.  I  have  met  with  a  goodly  num¬ 
ber  of  rich  patients  with  diabetes,  who,  nevertheless,  suc¬ 
cumbed  to  an  iutercurrent  phthisis.  Does  diabetes  impress  a 
special  course  to  phthisis,  a  special  form,  more  grave  and 
rapid  ?  I  do  not  believe  that  it  does.  What  has  given  cause  to 
this  error?  Is  it  that  phthisis,  setting  in  upon  an  economy 
already  broken  down  by  diabetes,  makes  greater  progress  than 
it  would,  had  it  attacked  an  as  yet  uncompromised  constitu¬ 
tion?  It  is  not  diabetes  that  produces  the  effect,  but  it  is  the 
state  of  the  economy  which  predisposes. 

It  has  also  been  advanced  with  some  good  grounds,  that  a 
diabetic  phthisis  develops  tubercules  only  in  the  lungs,  and  not 
a  general  tuberculosis  ;  still  we  should  not  forget  that  this  is 


880  Current  Medical  Literature.  |  March 

also  a  law  of  tuberculosis  which  generalizes  itself  scarcely  but 
in  children  and  young  subjects. 

Gangrene  of  the  lungs  is  sufficiently  common  with  the  dia¬ 
betic;  it  is  a  gangrene  of  the  extremeties  of  the  small  bron¬ 
chia,  with  fetid  sputa,  general  weakening  and  adymemic  de¬ 
bilitation.  These  lesions  have  been  confused  with  those  of 
tuberculosis ;  it  is  not  tuberculosis,  it  is  but  simple  ulcerations 
of  the  small  bronchia  with  evacuation  of  several  alveolae,  and 
of  the  elastic  fibres  of  the  bronchia.  It  is  not  a  gangrene 
which  attacks  a  portion  of  the  lung  at  the  same  time,  as  we 
observe  it  on  other  occasions.  The  microscope  will  demon¬ 
strate  the  characteristic  fibres  and  will  lead  to  the  differen¬ 
tial  diagnosis  of  tuberculosis  and  bronchial  gangrene. 

Albuminuria  with  all  its  consequences  attacks,  also,  the  dia¬ 
betic;  itis  especially  the  parenchimatous  nephritis,  though  the  in¬ 
terstitial  is  not  uncommon.  We  may  well  understand,  under 
so  great  an  activity  impressed  on  the  kidneys  by  the  glycosuric 
elimination,  that  the  inflammation  has  a  greater  chance  upon 
this  depressed  organ. 

These  allmminuriae  are  of  a  grave  character,  but  they  are  not 
always  mortal.  I  met  with  a  case  of  grave  albuminuria  with 
considerable  anasarca,  which  lasted  for  several  mouths,  and 
terminated  favorably.  The  patient  lived  yet  four  years  with¬ 
out  albuminuria. 

Anthrax  and  furuncles  .are  common  in  diabetes;  they  often 
open  the  way  to  diagnosis;  they  are  at  times  of  a  grave  character. 
I  have  met  with  a  certain  number  of  deaths  by  purulent  infection. 
The  diffuse  phlegmon  occurs  also  from  the  slightest  abrasion; 
its  cure  is  slow  and  difficult.  Spontaneous  gangrene,  especially 
that  of  the  inferior  members,  is  an  endowment  of  diabetes. 
Apart  from  arterial  interruptions,  we  may  say  that  gangreue 
of  the  inferior  members  is  generally  the  effect  of  diabetes. 
(Marchal  de  Calri  and  Landouzy.) 

At  the  moment  that  certain  diseases  complicate  diabetes,  we 
perceive  the  diabetes  disappearing,  so  that  some  physicians 
pretend,  for  instance,  that  albuminuria  destroys  diabetes.  Let 
us  rather  think  with  Hippocrates  :  Ex  duobus  laboribus  gravior 
obscurat  alterum. 


VI. 

ETIOLOLY.  AND  TREATMENT  OF  DIABETES  MELLITUS. 

We  know  that  diabetes  is  not  more  common  to-day  than  for¬ 
merly  ;  it  is  true  that  we  meet  with  cases  more  frequently  thau 
before,  but  this  is  simply  because  physicians  are  better  able 
to  recognize  it  to-day  than  30  years  ago.  It  was  in  old  times  a 
very  rare  disease  to  physicians,  but  not  a  rarity  to  nature. 
The  symptoms  are  better  known  to-day ;  formerly  diabetes 
was  classed  under  the  rubric  of  phthisis,  wasting  disease,  etc. 

Diabetes  is  a  disease  of  all  times,  but  it  is  rare  in  the  first 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


881 


1880] 

years  ot  childhood.  At  the  ages  of  five  and  six  it  is  un¬ 
frequent.  It  is  more  common  at  the  ages  of  thirty  to  fifty 
years.  It  has  been  wrongly  asserted  that  it  does  not  occur  after 
fifty.  It  is  met  with  in  patients  at  sixty  and  seventy  years,  in 
whom  no  prior  traces  of  glycosuria  had  previously  existed.  It 
is  also  an  affection  of  both  sexes,  but  with  a  predominance  for 
the  male  sex.  Griesmger  has  found  in  23.1  cases  172  for  the 
male  and  53  for  the  female  sex.  Temperament  does  not  pre¬ 
dispose;  diabetes  affects  the  most  robust  as  well  as  the  most 
delicate.  Heredity  has  a  certain  influence ;  we  are  diabetic 
from  father  to  son,  and  from  mother  to  daughter.  I  have  re¬ 
peatedly  met  several  cases  of  diabetes  in  the  same  family. 
Thus  I  think  that  we  should  always  be  on  our  guard,  when  we 
fiud  a  member  of  a  family  diabetic  or  we  know  one  of  the 
family  to  be  so  affected. 

Diabetes  seems  to  be  more  common  in  cold  and  humid 
climates;  in  tropical  countries  negroes  seem  to  be  exempt. 
This  may  be  true  for  those  who  remain  in  their  country,  but  is 
not  so  in  Paris,  for  several  years  ago  I  treated  a  diabetic 
negro. 

THE  PREDISPOSING  CAUSES  OF  DIABETES. 

Sedentary  and  studious  habits  predispose;  whilst  in  those 
who  carry  on  manual  pursuits  which  exercise  their  muscular 
system,  the  disease  is  unfrequent.  It  is  rare  in  our  hospitals, 
whilst  physicians  who  pursue  their  profession  in  the  city,  may 
easily  number  ten  or  fifteen  in  their  practice.  We  may  also 
attribute  to  moral  influences,  profound  and  lasting  grief, 
fright  and  violent  emotions,  a  goodly  share  in  the  predisposi¬ 
tion  to  the  disease. 

Alimentation. — The  disease  has  been  attributed  to  a  nourish¬ 
ment  too  rich  in  sweetened  and  starchy  materials,  to  the  abuse 
of  sweetened  drinks,  of  syrups,  sweetmeats,  bread,  etc. 
To  admit  this,  we  should  confound  diabetes  with  glycosuria, 
which  is  totally  different.  Glycosuria  disappears  as  soon  as 
we  leave  off  this  regimen.  I  have  met  with  several  examples. 
This  is  not  diabetes. 

Some  diseases  have  been  accused  of  producing  diabetes. 
Thus  phthisis  pulmunaris  and  syphilis.  It  is  an  error;  syphilis 
does  not  prevent  diabetes,  and  reciprocally  ;  likewise  we  may 
become  phthisical,  being  affected  with  diabetes. 

It  is  by  a  simple  theoretical  reasoning  that  it  has  been  said 
that  diabetes  might  be  a  consequence  of  disease  of  the  liver, 
bearing  in  view  the  glycogenic  function  of  this  organ.  But, 
with  better  judgment,  it  has  been  allied  to  gout.  It  is  in  fact 
,one  of  the  occurrences  w  hich  gouty  subjects  are  most  threat¬ 
ened  with.  Still  diabetes  is  less  serious  and  yields  better  to 
treatment.  It  is  in  these  cases  that  it  has  occurred  that  instances 
of  so-called  intermittent  diabetes  have  been  seen  to  alternate 
with  a  good  and  bad  regimen.  Finally,  diseases  of  the  nervous 


882 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[March 


system  can  induce  diabetes.  We  are  acquainted  with  the 
experiment  of  Claude  Bernard,  who  provoked  experimental 
diabetes  in  animals,  iu  pricking  the  regions  neighboring  the 
table  of  the  fourth  ventricle.  Certain  cerebral  diseases  (tumors, 
sclerosis,  exostosis),  encroaching  upon  these  same  regions,  may 
be  capable  of  producing  a  true  diabetes,  with  paralysis  and 
glycosuria.  Agitating  palsy,  hysteria,  mental  alienation  and 
epilepsy  have  been  accused  of  producing  diabetes.  This  is  an 
error.  There  is  evidently  no  opposition  between  these  diseases 
and  diabetes,  but  there  exists  only  a  coincidence  when  they  occur 
in  the  same  individual. 

Among  the  most  productive  causes,  and  upon  which  I  more 
particularly  insist  in  terminating  this  subject,  I  recall  to  your 
memory  heredity,  sedentary  habits,  moral  influences  and 
gout 

Treatment. — It  may  be  cured,  especially  if  it  be  not  of  long 
existence.  Here  is  a  point  which  we  should  remember,  so  that, 
after  having  employed  all  means,  we  do  not  become  discouraged 
in  our  undertaking. 

Let  us  place  first  in  order  hygienic  prescriptions.  You  will 
regulate  the  alimentation  of  the  diabetic,  in  forbidding  the  use 
of  all  aliments  containing  sugar,  or  susceptible  of  being  trans¬ 
formed  into  sugar.  No  sugar,  no  fecula,  no  sugar  in  his 
aliments  or  iu  his  drinks,  no  syrups,  sweet  meats,  no  cider, 
no  sweet  fruits,  and  notably  raisins,  figs,  pine-apples, 
melons.  You  will  on  th<>  contrary  allow  peaches,  cherries,  cur¬ 
rants,  slightly  acid  fruits. 

You  will  deprive  the  diabetic  of  fecula ;  no  bread  or  the 
least  possible.  A  peculiar  kind  has  been  recommended,  bread 
of  gluten.  This  is  a  bad  practice,  iu  which  we  should  place  no 
trust.  In  fact,  either  the  bread  is  really  a  bread  of  gluten, 
and  is  very  disagreable  and  unsupportable,  or  the  baker  has 
added  much  dour  to  render  it  palatable.  You  will  forbid  also 
all  pastry,  and  all  paste  in  the  soups,  rice,  maccaroni,  tapi¬ 
oca,  all  starchy  substances,  as  well  as  all  farinacious  vege¬ 
tables,  such  as  potatoes,  carrots,  leutds,  beans,  etc. 

But,  say  .you-,  what  will  remain  to  the  diabetic?  There  re¬ 
mains  yet  a  bne  series  of  aliments,  and  you  will  have  a  good 
idea,  when  you  have  read  the  bill  of  fare  formulated  by  M. 
Bouchardat.  To  cite  some,  let  us  see,  for  the  soup  (  without 
which  iu  France  there  is  no  good  dinner)  there  remains  the 
bouillon,  with  an  egg  in  the  soup,  the  cabbage  soup,  the  potage 
a  la  bisque,  &c.  Among  the  meats,  we  have  the  choice  of  all 
white  or  black  meats,  game,  fish,  shell-fisb.  As  to  vegetables, 
we  have  green  vegetables,  chiccory,  spinage,  asparagus,  &c. 

No  sweetened  aliments,  particularly  no  sugar  in  the  tea,  nor. 
in  the  coffee;  it  has  at  times  been  substiluted  by  glycerine. 
The  coffee  or  tea  is  sweetened  with  glyceriue  ;  a  manufacturer, 
probably  a  diabetic,  had  the  good  idea  to  fabricate  all  kinds  of 
liquors  with  glycerine,  which  is  substituted  for  sugar.  We 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


883 


1880] 

have  rum,  cura<;oa,  anisette,  &c.,  made  with  glycerine.  I  tasted 
some  at  one  of  my  clients ;  it  is  not  too  disagreeable.  Wine  is 
useful  for  the  diabetic ;  to  supply  the  wear  aiid  tear  of  the  or¬ 
ganism,  you  will  order  wines  of  Bordeaux,  Burgundy,  espec¬ 
ially  red  wines,  but  not  white  wines,  which  are  diuretic.  You 
will  forbid  sweet  wines  and  the  various  white  wines.  They 
will  drink  of  mineral  alkaline  waters,  which  assist  diges¬ 
tion. 

You  will  be  rigid  about  the  regimen,  and  not  permit  a  re¬ 
turn  to  usual  aliments  but  when  the  glycosuria  has  completely 
disappeared  and  for  several  months. 

You  will  add  to  this  regimen  other  hygienic  means,  such  as 
exercise,  gymnastics,  fatiguing  walks,  the  producing  of  per¬ 
spiration,  equitation,  manual  labor;  you  will  induce  the  patient 
to  till  his  own  garden,  etc.  Also,  hydrotherapia,  cold  lotions, 
to  favor  cutaneous  perspiration.  In  internal  medication, 
let  us  mention,  as  first  in  order,  the  treatment  which  has  pro¬ 
duced  the  most  benefit — the  treatment  by  alkalies,  the  bicar¬ 
bonate  of  soda,  of  lithia,  of  lime,  either  in  the  state  of  salt,  or 
under  the  form  of  mineral  waters.  This  treatment  answers  to 
the  idea  of  Mialhe,  who  said  that  the  blood  was  less  alkaline 
in  diabetes ;  it  has  even  been  said  that  the  blood  became  acid, 
but  the  blood  is  never  acid.  Be  it  as  it  may,  alkalies  are  of 
great  utility  in  the  treatment  of  diabetes,  especially  in  the 
goaty,  where  they  answer  a  two-fold  purpose. 

Some  physicians  have  prescribed  alterative  medicines,  iodine, 
iron,  arsenic.  I  have  not  much  faith  in  the  last.  The  patient 
of  M.  Yulpian  was  placed  under  the  arsenical  medication  for  a 
certain  length  of  time,  but  his  condition  has  not  improved.  It  is 
rather  to  a  restorative  medication  that  we  should  tend: 
Peruvian  bark,  bitters,  after  meals,  coco,  columbo,  wines  of 
Bordeaux  and  of  Burgundy.  Tonics  are  the  best  assistants  in 
the  treatment  of  diabetes. 

The  disorders  of  the  respiratory  functions  characterized  by 
a  lesser  consumption  of  oxygen  at  times  furnish  particular  in¬ 
dications.  The  respiration  of  pure  oxygen  is  a  rational  theoreti¬ 
cal  idea  which  has  sometimes  been  applied  in  practice.  This 
method  has  succeeded  several  times,  as  has  been  observed  in 
cases  of  cardiac  degeneration.  Five  or  six  quarts  of  oxygen 
are  respired  each  day.  To  the  same  end  baths  of  com¬ 
pressed  air,  which  introduce  a  little  more  oxygen  in  the 
lungs,  have  been  recommended.  All  these  means  give,  so  to 
say,  a  greater  amount  of  pabulum  to  the  lungs  ;  though  more 
theoretical  than  practical,  some  good  has  resulted  at  times  from 
this  resource. 

The  mineral  alkaline  waters  (of  Vichy,  Yals,  Carlsbaden,  etc.) 
are  indicated  in  diabetes ;  but  not  in  the  third  period,  when  the 
patient  is  already  too  far  debilitated.  They  are  especially  use¬ 
ful  at  the  onset  of  the  disease,  when  it  is  already  modified  by 

6 


884  Current  Medical  Literature.  [  March 

the  regimen.  Sea-baths,  the  sojourning  on  the  sea-shore  for 
one  or  two  summer  months,  and  during  the  winter  in  the  sta¬ 
tions  of  Algeria  in  the  South,  in  Egypt,  in  the  islands  of  Ma¬ 
deira,  etc.,  are  of  very  great  advantage  to  diabetes. 

In  combining  all  these  measures,  you  may  expect  a  cure  in 
some  cases,  and  more  often  at  least  a  notable  amelioration.  You 
may  prolong  at  times  for  ten,  even  for  twenty  years,  the  exist¬ 
ence  of  patients  who,  abandoned  to  diabetes,  would  inevitably 
have  succumbed  in  two  or  three  years. 

J.  H.  WIENDAHL, 

219  Canal  street. 


CURATIVE  INFLUENCE  OF  MAGNETS  IN  SOME  FORMS  OF 
HEMIPLEGIA,  AND  GASTRALGIC  ATTACKS  WITH 
ILEMATEMESIS  IN  ATAXIC  DISEASE. 

Reported  by  P.  Lucas-Champoniere,  Aneien  Interne  des  Hopitaux. 

(Journal  de  Mededne  et  Ohirurgie .) 

M.  Debove  has  reported  to  the  Medical  Society  of  Hospital 
the  wonderful  results  which  he  has  obtained  in  a  series  of  cases. 
Until  now  the  application  of  metals  or  of  magnets  in  anaesthe¬ 
sia  of  cerebral  lesion,  or  from  other  sources,  seemed  to  be  ef¬ 
fective  only  upon  nerves  of  sensation;  but  M.  Debove  has 
demonstrated  that  under  certain  conditions,  and  in  acting 
upon  certain  forms  of  paralysis  of  motion,  motal  activity  could 
be  re-established.  We  here  cite  a  few  examples : 

A  man  aged  35  years,  having  had  an  attack  of  apoplexy  to 
which  no  definite  cause  could  be  established,  was  brought  to 
the  hospital,  and  recovered  his  mind  only  on  the  following  day, 
but  remained  with  an  incomplete  hemiplegia  and  unable  to 
stand  ui)  or  walk ;  at  the  same  time  iusensible  to  pain  upon 
the  whole  left  side;  had  anaesthesia  of  the  conjunctiva  and  of 
the  retina  ;  was  unable  to  perceive  certain  colors.  A  magnet 
was  applied  to  the  left  arm ;  twenty  minutes  after  cutaneous 
sensitiveness  began  to  return,  perception  of  colors  returned 
little  by  little,  and  the  strength  increased  rapidly  iii  the  left 
side ;  about  an  hour  afterwards  the  patient  could  walk  without 
support,  with  ease,  but,  however,  limping.  On  the  following 
day,  finding  that  he  was  cured,  he  left  the  hospital,  and  no 
news  was  received  of  him. 

A  woman  aged  62  years,  after  an  attack  of  apoplexy,  re¬ 
mained  with  complete  anaesthesia  of  the  right  half  of  the  body, 
implicating  the  organs  of  sense  and  a  contraction  of  the  infe¬ 
rior  and  superior  members  of  this  side,  accompanied  with 
choreic  disorder  of  motility ;  this  is  the  affection  that  M.  Char¬ 
cot  has  described  under  the  name  of  hemichorea  post-hemi- 
plegic.  Strength  was  much  diminished  also  upon  that  side. 
The  application  of  a  magnet  upon  the  right  arm  completely 
removed  in  an  hour  the  anaesthesia,  the  contraction,  the  chorea 


1880J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


885 


and  the  paralysis  of  motion.  A  relapse  occurred  after  a  few 
days,  but  a  new  application  of  the  magnet  was  as  successful  as 
the  first,  which  this  time  seemed  to  be  lasting. 

Another  patient,  afflicted  probably  with  a  cerebral  tumor  of 
syphilitic  origin,  presented  an  anaesthesia  of  the  whole  left 
side  with  hemiplegia.  The  result  obtained  was  more  slowly 
produced  than  in  the  preceding  cases  ;  moreover  it  was,  so  to 
say,  only  produced  by  fractions,  and  necessitated  frequent  ap¬ 
plications  of  the  magnet,  and  upon  various  points  of  the  body, 
to  produce  a  complete  result.  The  anaethesia  and  hemiplegia 
were  completely  removed.  Finally,  in  a  last  trial,  the  patient 
upon  whom  the  trial  was  made  was  affected  with  saturnine 
hemiplegia  with  hemianaesthesia.  With  this  patient  the  appli¬ 
cation  produced  at  first  but  a  temporary  cure,  and  did  not 
maintain  itself  beyond  a  few  hours.  M.  Debove  made  then  an 
application  of  24  hours  duration,  and  renewed  the  application 
an  hour  each  morning.  From  this  moment  the  cure  persisted, 
and  all  symptoms  led  to  the  supposition  that  it  will  be  main¬ 
tained.  The  procedure  in  these  two  last  cases  differs  greatly 
from  what  was  made  in  the  first  trials  ;  in  fact  it  happens  often 
that,  if  we  do  not  succeed  at  the  first  attempt  of  an  hour’s  trial, 
the  experiment  is  put  aside.  M.  Debove,  on  the  contrary,  in¬ 
sists  much  upon  the  fact  that,  in  many  cases,  it  is  necessary  to 
prolong  the  action  of  the  magnet  for  several  hours,  if  not  for 
several  days. 

We  should  be  warned  that,  in  most  cases,  a  sufficiently 
serious  phenomenon  is  produced,  at  times  even  excessively 
painful  to  the  patient ;  this  is  an  extremely  painful  cephalalgia, 
which  has  even  persisted  a  long  time  after  a  definitive  cure  of 
the  paralysis.  An  other  important  observation  i$,  that  in  no 
case  did  the  phenomenon  of  transfer  produce  itself ;  for  we 
know  that,  whilst  the  production  of  this  phenomenon  is  the  rule 
in  hysteria,  it  is  entirely  exceptional,  on  the  contrary,  in  cases  of 
hemi-anmsthesia  of  cerebral  origin. 

It  is  important  here  to  explain  the  modus  operandi,  that  we 
should  make  use  of  to  obtain  this  result.  According  to  M. 
Debove,  all  means  susceptible  of  reestablishing  sensitiveness, 
such  as  metallotherapia,  faradic  currents  or  all  other  processes 
which  might  be  called  esthesiogene,  could  be  utilized.  But  of 
all  means,  the  magnet  being  the  most  handy  and  the  most  sure, 
it  is  to  it  that  we  should  give  the  preference.  M.  Debove  takes 
a  large  magnet  of  25  to  30  kilogrammes,  and  places  the  arm  of 
the  patient  at  a  few  millimeters  distance  from  the  poles.  The  ap¬ 
plication  may  last  a  greater  or  a  lesser  length  of  time,  be  re¬ 
peated  more  or  less  often,  as  has  been  mentioned  above;  it 
may  be  necessary  that  it  should  be  applied  successively  to  the 
various  auaesthetized  portions  of  the  body :  these  are  condi¬ 
tions  which  vary,  so  to  speak,  with  each  patient. 

We  perceive  by  this  succinct  report,  that  we  speak  of  a  the¬ 
rapeutic  means  absolutely  new  and  extremely  important.  From 


886  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

these  facts,  and  from  a  series  of  others  which  have  been  ob¬ 
served  by  M.  Debove,  the  use  of  the  magnet  produces  a  certain 
result,  not  only  for  the  restoring  of  lost  motility  of  a  few  days, 
but  even  in  cases  where  the  paralysis  has  existed  for  a 
few  years.  But  one  condition  is  necessary  for  the  production 
of  this  action :  it  is  that  the  paralysis  be  accompanied  by  loss 
of  sensation  ;  the  trials  upon  paralyses  purely  of  motion  have 
always  been  unsuccessful.  For  Mr.  Debove,  in  fact,  there  ex¬ 
ists  a  certain  number  of  paralyses  of  motion,  which  are  allied 
to  the  paralysis  of  sensation.  These  cases  are,  it  is  true,  rela¬ 
tively  speaking,  not  common  ;  but  are  still  sufficiently  frequent 
to  excite  a  considerable  amount  of  interest  to  be  able  to  cure 
them  with  as  great  a  certainty. 

We  know  that,  in  a  certain  number  of  cases,  locomotive 
ataxy  is  long  manifested  by  various  disorders  before  ataxic  phe¬ 
nomena  of  a  pure  type  are  produced.  M.  Debove  reported 
recently  to  the  Medical  Society  of  Hospital  the  history  of  a 
woman  in  whom  there  never  occurred  disorders  of  locomotion, 
and  who  still  was  really  ataxic,  as  was  demonstrated  by  the 
microscope.  The  only  phenomena  which  were  manifested  in 
her  case,  were  flying  pains  of  the  inferior  members,  which  ex¬ 
isted  since  five  years,  and  a  sense  of  constriction  of  a  quite 
painful  nature  at  the  base  of  the  thorax,  and  a  drooping  of  the 
eyelids  ;  every  other  sign  of  ataxic  disease  was  wanting.  But 
these  signs  in  themselves  were  sufficiently  characteristic  of  the 
disease  to  enable  one  to  make  out  the  diagnosis  of  ataxia ;  and 
she  having  died  of  an  intercurrent  affection,  special  lesions  of  the 
spinal  marrow  indicated  ataxic  disease.  Yet  these  lesions 
were  perceptible  only  by  means  of  the  microscope,  and  with¬ 
out  the  aid  of  this  instrument  one  would  have  doubted  the 
presence  of  any  lesions.  M.  Debove  has  actually  in  his  wards  a 
patient  whose  history  is  as  interesting  as  the  above.  This 
man  commenced  more  than  four  years  ago  to  suffer  with 
very  painful  gastralgic  attacks,  which  were  renewed  about 
every  fifteen  days.  These  phenomena  occurred  in  the  midst 
of  excellent  health,  without  any  other  stimulus;  but  yet 
already,  a  short  while  before,  he  had  suddenly  lost  the 
sight  of  the  right  eye ;  the  first  attacks  were  not  usually  ac¬ 
companied  by  vomitings,  but  since  2£  months  the  vomitings 
had  returned,  and  had  aggravated  the  symptoms  and  were  re¬ 
peated  oftener.  Finally,  four  months  ago,  this  man,  until  then 
a  great  walker,  discovered  some  disorder  in  his  locomotion, 
which  soon  assumed  perfectly  marked  symptoms  of  ataxic  dis¬ 
ease;  at  this  time  violent  pains  also  set  in  in  his  inferior  ex¬ 
tremities;  at  last,  in  the  beginning  of  last  September,  the  vo¬ 
mitings,  which  were  not  until  now  of  any  peculiar  character, 
contained  a  great  deal  of  blood  ;  and  the  patient  reports  that 
he  then  rendered  from  four  to  six  pints.  From  this  period 
the  haematemesis,  though  less  in  amount,  was  renewed  several 
times,  and  since  his  entrance  into  the  hospital.  The  course  of 


1880 1 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


887 


his  disease  led  to  many  errors ;  it  caused  the  physicians  who 
saw  him  to  vary  their  diagnosis.  We  perceive  from  the 
start  that,  for  nearly  five  years,  phenomena  common  to  ataxic 
disease,  such  as  the  loss  of  tlm  sight  of  an  eye,  and  gastralgic 
attacks,  were  produced  without  the  least  .disorder  of  motility. 
There  was  here  also  a  phenomenon  which,  if  before  recognized, 
has  at  least  been  so  quite  seldom ;  we  refer  to  haematemesis. 
In  fact  authors,  in  their  description  of  gastralgic  attacks  in 
ataxic  disease,  speak  of  bilous  or  mucous  vomitings,  contain¬ 
ing  at  times  sanginolent  materials,  but  true  hmmatemesis  is 
quite  unfrequent.  Thus  in  this  case  ulcer  of  the  stomach  had 
several  times  been  suspected.  YetM.  Debove  did  not  hesitate, 
after  interrogating  the  patient,  to  diagnose  it  as  one  of  ataxia, 
and  this  only  by  hearing  the  cries  of  pain  from  this  man, 
cries  which  have  something  of  a  characteristic  nature  ;  for  the 
pain  of  gastralgic  attacks  of  ataxic  disease  are  more  severe 
than  those  which  we  meet  in  all  other  forms  of  gastralgia, 
more  intense  also  than  those  which  exist  in  the  most  painful 
forms  of  ulcer  of  the  stomach.  Here,  however,  the  diagnosis 
had  become  comparatively  easy  since  the  disorders  of  locomo¬ 
tion  had  set  in,  but  even  if,  during  the  first  attacks,  these  two 
facts  had  been  connected,  the  reproduction  more  and  more 
frequent  of  attacks  with  intense  acuteness  of  pain  and 
sudden  loss  of  sight  on  ono  side,  the  diagnosis  of  ataxic  disease 
at  its  onset  conld  have  been  made  with  some  certainty. 

J.  H,  W.,  219  Canal  street. 


MAMMARY  TUMORS— THEIR  DIFFERENTIAL  DIAGNOSIS. 

Dr.  D.  S.  Adams,  of  Manchester,  N.  H.,  read  before  the  New 
Hampshire  Medical  Society,  June  17,  1879,  a  most  excellent 
paper  on  this  subject,  of  which  we  make  a  full  abstract : — 
Va.  Med.  Monthly. 

The  mammary  gland  is  surrounded  by  a  thick  layer  of  adi¬ 
pose  tissue,  held  in  position  by  reticulated  connective  tissue, 
which  penetrates  into  the  interior,  subdividing  it  into  lobes  ; 
but  in  the  ultimate  gland  structure,  and  in  the  nipple  and 
areola,  there  is  no  fatty  substance.  In  this  tissue,  deep 
seated,  at  the  inner  and  outer  border,  are  lymphatic  glands — 
the  inner  opening  into  the  anterior  mediastinal  glands,  the 
outer  communicating  with  the  axillary  glands.  These  struc¬ 
tures  are  derived  from  the  middle  germinal  layer.  The  ulti¬ 
mate  gland  structure  consists  of  small  vesicles,  which  are 
united  to  form  lobules,  which  are  grouped  to  form  lobes,  each 
of  which  has  a  duct  leading  to  the  nipple.  These  glands  are 
formed  by  the  vesicnlar  endings  of  branched  ducts,  and  they, 
together  with  the  ducts,  are  formed  of  connective  tissues  lined 
with  a  single  layer  of  epithelium,  which  is  greatly  increased 
during  lactation,  thrown  off  into  the  gland  and,  undergoing 
fatty  degeneration,  forms  a  part  of  the  milk.  They  are  de- 


888  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

rived  from  the  external  germinal  layer.  Surrounding  the 
terminal  ducts,  is  a  spindle-celled  tissue,  which  separates  the 
limiting  membrane  from  the  stroma.  This,  I  believe,  is  a 
mongrel  tissue  formed  between  the  two  germinal  layers,  and 
from  this,  I  think,  the  spindle-celled  sarcomata  originate. 

The  nipple  is  composed  of  the  ducts,  united  by  connective 
tissue  with  blood-vessels,  lymphatics  and  nerves.  Upon  the 
surface  and  beneath  the  cuticle,  is  a  layer  of  pigment  cells. 
The  connective  tissue  contains  a  large  quantity  of  contractile 
fibre,  which,  when  excited  to  contract,  produces  a  rigidity  of 
the  whole  organ.  Within  the  areola  are  situated  hair  folli¬ 
cles  and  sebaceous  glands ;  hence,  sebaceous  tumors  are  oc¬ 
casionally  developed  in  this  region. 

The  2d,  3d,  4th  and  5th  intercostal  branches  of  the  inter¬ 
nal  mammary  artery  usually  convey  blood  to  the  internal 
segment  of  the  breast ;  a  branch  from  the  axillary  usually 
supplies  the  upper  and  outer  portion,  and  the  inferior  and 
lateral  regions  receive  a  few  branches  from  the  intercostal, 
which  pass  with  the  veins  through  the  middle  intercostal 
foramina.  The  lobules  have  a  distinct  system  of  capillaries 
of  their  own,  forming  a  network  around  the  alveoli,  which 
are  comparatively  inactive  during  the  resting  period  of  the 
breast.  The  veins  usually  accompany  the  arteries  and  ter¬ 
minate  in  the  internal  mammary  and  axillary  trunks.  A  pe¬ 
culiar  arrangement  of  the  areolar  veins  has  received  the  n  ame 
cir cuius  venosus  areolce. 

The  breast,  and  skin  covering  the  breast,  are  supplied  by 
filaments  from  the  anterior  branches  of  the  4th  and  5th  cer¬ 
vical  nerves.  Filaments  from  the  posterior  branches  of  the 
same  nerves  join  with  others  from  the  superior  dorsal  nerves. 
Filaments  from  the  middle  and  anterior  intercostal  branches 
of  the  anterior  division  of  the  2d,  3d,  4th  and  5th  nerves  of 
the  dorsal  plexus  supply  the  breast,  and  skin  over  it,  chiefly. 
A  minute  examination  demonstrates  the  association  between 
the  2d  intercostal  and  filaments  supplying  the  skin  of  the  in¬ 
side  of  the  arm  and  axilla  ;  also,  the  same  parts  and  the  skin 
about  the  shoulders  from  the  3d,  and  the  skin  about  the  scap¬ 
ula  from  the  4th  and  5th.  (Holmes.)  These  nerve  com¬ 
munications  explain  the  extensive  pain  in  liypermsthesia  of  the 
breast. 

I  shall  be  obliged  to  deal  with  three  conditions  of  the  breast 
that  are  not,  strictly  speaking,  tumors,  on  account  of  their 
symptoms  so  closely  resembling  those  of  tumors. 

By  Galactocele ,  I  understand  an  obstruction  of  the  duct, 
whereby  there  is  an  accumulation  of  milk  and  dilatation,  or 
rupture  of  the  gland  or  duct,  which  forms  an  encysted  milky 
tumor,  in  one  of  the  lobes  of  the  breast. 

Congestion  with  milk  is  caused  by  the  absence  of  the  more 
fluid  portion  of  the  milk,  on  account  of  which  the  solid  portion 
accumulates  in  the  ducts  and  glands,  producing  a  lobulated 
tumor  of  stony  hardness. 


Curreni  Medical  Literature. 


889 


1880] 


Chronic  Encysted  Abscess  is  the  result  of  a  low  chronic  inflam¬ 
mation,  which  results  in  the  formation  of  pus,  which  is  sur¬ 
rounded  by  a  thick,  dense,  fibrous  wall.  This  frequently 
reaches  a  certain  size,  and  then  remains  stationary  for  months. 

Adenoma  is  always  in  connection  with  secreting  glands,  and 
is  the  result  of  increased  growth  of  the  epithelium  lining  them, 
the  layer  of  which  is  crowded  inward  by  a  new  layer  forming 
under  it ;  and  failing  to  undergo  the  fatty  metamorphosis,  fills 
up  and  dilates  the  gland,  by  which  it  may  form  new  gland 
structure  in  some  cases.  The  epithelial  growth  is  always  con¬ 
fined  to  the  iuuer  potion  of  the  gland,  and  does  not  infect  the 
surrounding  tissue. 

Adenoid  Cyst  is  the  result  of  the  same  process  as  above,  oc¬ 
curring  in  one  terminal  glaud,  or  as  the  result  of  the  breaking 
down  of  the  intervening  tissue  between  several  glands — the 
tissue  softening  to  form  a  mucous  mass. 

Soft  Carcinoma  is  the  result  of  an  increased  growth  of  the 
epithelium  ;  but  instead  of  being  thrown  off  into  the  gland, 
it  infects  the  leucocytes  as  they  approach  the  epithelium 
through  the  lymphatic  lacunae,  causing  them  to  develop  into 
epithelium,  thus  blocking  up  the  immigration  of  the  leucocytes, 
and  filling  the  surrounding  tissue  with  epithelial  growth. 

Hard  Carcinoma  in  the  result  of  the  same  process,  with  an 
increased  growth  of  fibrous  tissue.  The  cells  of  both  these, 
therefore,  lie  in  the  lymphatic  lacunae ;  and  an  abundance  of 
cells  occurs  in  the  soft,  whereas  there  is  a  limited  number  in 
the  hard. 

Sarcoma. — The  spindle-celled,  in  my  opinion,  originates  in 
connection  with  the  spindle-celled  tissue  which  separates  the 
limiting  membrane  of  the  glands  from  the  stroma.  The  round- 
celled  has  its  origin  in  connection  with  the  lymphatic  spaces  in 
the  connective  tissue,  by  an  increased  growth  of  the  endo¬ 
thelium  lining  them,  together  with  an  increased  growth  of  the 
connective  tissue. 

Cysto-sarcoma  is  the  same  process — only  the  endothelial 
growth  takes  place  in  one  of  the  lymphatic  spaces  dilating  it, 
or  in  several,  breaking  down  the  intervening  tissue  between 
them — the  endothelium  softening  in  the  former  into  a  serous 
fluid;  iu  the  latter,  into  a  cloudy  serous  fluid.  And  if  a  gland 
be  implicated,  in  the  latter,  into  a  muco-serous  fluid,  in  which 
case  the  tumor  may  possess  both  round  and  spindle-celled 
tissue.  The  first  of  these  is  the  simple  sero-cyst  of  some  au¬ 
thors. 

Fibroma  is  a  simple  increase  of  the  connective  tissue,  without 
the  infiltrating  cells,  confined  to  a  limited  portion  of  the  breast, 
and  is  exceedingly  rare. 

Lipoma  is  an  encysted  fatty  tumor,  arising  in  connection  with 
the  adipose  tissue  of  the"  breast. 

Neuroma  arises  in  connection  with  the  nerve  tissue,  pro¬ 
ducing  a  bulbous  enlargement  of  the  nerve,  and  is  composed 
of  newly-formed  nerve-fibre  and  ganglionic  cells. 


890  Current,  Medical  Literature.  [March 

Encliondroma  and  Osteoma  probably  take  their  origin  in  con¬ 
nection  with  the  connective  tissue,  or  as  a  degeneration  of 
some  of  the  other  tumors.  But  little  is  known  in  reference  to 
their  origin  in  this  situation,  on  account  of  their  rarity. 

Hydatid  Cyst  explains  itself,  and  presents  tbe  ordinary  char¬ 
acters  of  deep-seated  cyst. 

Can  one  form  of  a  tumor  begin  in  the  breast,  and  after  a 
time  change,  or  take  on  another  form  ?  I  think  this  some¬ 
times  occurs ;  for  instance,  an  adenoma  may  be  confined  for 
months  to  the  inner  portion  of  tbe  gland,  when,  from  some 
renewed  action,  it  blocks  up  the  immigrating  leucocytes,  and 
infects  the  surrounding  tissue,  and  results  in  a  soft  carcinoma. 
Also  the  sarcoma  may  form  independently  of  the  gland,  and 
later  involve  the  gland  so  as  to  produce  a  mixed  tumor;  or 
most  any  of  the  hard  tumors  may  undergo  mucous  or  serous 
degeneration,  forming  a  cyst ;  or  a  cartilaginous  or  an  osseous 
growth  may  become  an  encliondroma  or  osteoma. 

These  tumors  are  auto-inoculable  just  in  proportion  as 
their  epithelium  is  taken  up  by  the  lymphatics ;  consequently 
the  soft  carcinoma  is  the  most  dangerous,  the  hard  next,  and 
the  spindle-celled  sarcoma  next,  provided  they  all  remain  in 
the  system  the  same  length  of  time.  Broken  down  epithe¬ 
lium  is  more  poisonous  when  taken  into  the  blood  than  any 
other  tissue  in  the  system.  I  do  not  consider  the  round- 
celled  sarcoma,  or  any  of  the  other  tumors  above  enumerated, 
as  auto-inoculable,  unless  the  glands  and  epithelial  tissue  be 
come  involved  in  them. 

The  adipose  tissue  is  a  great  hindrance  to  our  physical  ex¬ 
amination,  for  the  most  important  tumors  are  usually  deep- 
seated,  and  the  thick  layer  of  fat  so  masks  them  in  some 
places  that  it  is  utterly  impossible  to  tell  whether  they  are 
smooth  and  hard,  nodulated,  elastic,  single  or  multiple. 
Then  the  more  characteristic  symptoms  do  not  appear  till  late 
in  the  disease,  and  the  surgeon  that  waits  for  infection  of  the 
surrounding  glands,  for  the  retracted  nipple  with  the  impli¬ 
cation  of  the  skin  over  the  breast,  or  for  the  adhesion  of  the 
mass  to  the  subjacent  tissues,  is  only  allowing  his  patient  to 
slip  beyond  his  reach  into  the  stage  of  general  infection,  for 
which  there  is  no  help.  But  there  are  some  points  that  aid  us 
very  much  in  our  diagnosis,  especially  in  distinguishing  be¬ 
tween  carcinomata  and  other  tumors. 

First  among  these,  probably,  is  age,  for  about  95  per  cent, 
of  all  carcinomata  of  the  breast  begin  after  the  age  of  thirty  ; 
so  if  the  patient  be  under  that  age,  the  chances  are  largely 
against  carcinoma.  The  majority  of  the  cases  of  sarcoma, 
and  nearly  all  the  fibromata,  begin  after  the  age  of  thirty, 
while  about  sixty-two  per  cent,  of  the  cases  of  adenoma  be¬ 
gin  under  the  age  of  thirty.  But  in  connection  with  this  we 
must  bear  in  mind  that  years  and  days  do  not  truly  represent 
the  age  of  the  patient,  as  it  should  be  considered  here ;  for 


Currenz  Medical  Literature. 


891 


1880] 


one  woman  may  be  older  at  twenty-five  than  another  at 
thirty-five,  aud  is,  therefore,  more  liable  to  have  carcinoma; 
consequently,  the  question  should  be  asked,  “  Is  this  woman 
prematurely  old,  or  postmaturely  young  ?” 

Next :  Was  this  bunch  developed  during  the  passive  state  of 
the  breast,  or  during  its  functional  activity  ?  If  developed 
during  its  functional  activity,  it  is  probably  either  galactocele, 
congestion  with  milk,  or  chronic  abscess,  although  the  latter 
may  not  occur  for  months  after  a  delivery.  It  is  only  in  cases  of 
abortion  where  the  woman  tries  to  conceal  the  fact  are  we  apt 
to  be  misled  on  these  diseases ;  but  general  activity  of  local 
circulation,  fulness  of  the  breast,  enlargement  of  its  veins 
and  darkening  of  the  areola,  with  more  or  less  activity  of 
the  other  breast,  will  usually  enable  us  to  decide. 

If  developed  during  the  passive  state  of  the  breast,  did  it 
follow  active  inflammation,  or  has  the  breast  apparently  been 
free  from  inflammation  ?  If  the  result  of  the  former,  it  is 
probably  an  abscess  or  benign  tumor,  for  the  more  active 
forms  of  iuflammatiou  rarely  result  in  the  malignant 
tumor. 

Again:  Is  it  a  solid  tumor  or  a  cyst?  In  some  cases,  we 
are  able  to  decide  this  by  the  elastic  feel  of  the  tumor,  but 
more  commonly  when  the  tumor  is  deep  seated  we  are  una¬ 
ble  to  detect  any  elastic  feel ;  but,  fortunately,  puncture  never 
fails  to  decide,  and  when  punctured  with  the  harpoon,  if  it 
proves  solid,  you  can  remove  a  piece  for  the  microscope.  This 
instrument  ought  to  be  used  where  there  is  any  doubt. 

In  the  physical  examination  of  the  breast,  we  are  often 
aided  very  much  by  placing  the  patient  in  a  recumbent  posi¬ 
tion,  with  the  breast  free  to  tip  one  way  or  the  other,  or  to 
settle  back  on  to  the  chest ;  for  frequently  it  will  divide,  as  it 
were,  over  the  tumor,  leaving  that  more  prominent  and 
nearer  the  surface  than  while  standing.  Is  the  tumor  single 
or  multiple?  When  multiple  we  can  sometimes  roll  one  tu¬ 
mor  on  the  other.  If  multiple,  the  worst  it  can  be  is  sarco¬ 
ma.  for  carcinoma  is  never  double.  Is  the  nipple  attached 
to  the  tumor  or  free?  By  pressing  the  breast  forward  over 
the  tumor,  and  with  the  fingers  of  one  hand  pressing  the  tu¬ 
mor  back  against  the  chest,  while  we  pull  upon  the  nipple 
with  the  other  hand,  we  are  frequently  able  to  decide  by  the 
fixed  condition  of  the  nipple.  If  it  be  attached  to  the  tu¬ 
mor,  the  tumor  is  in  connection  with  the  glands  or  ducts  ;  if 
free,  it  cannot  be  in  connection  with  them  on  account  of  their 
close  anatomical  connection  with  the  nipple.  Is  there  any 
discharge  from  the  nipple,  or  can  any  be  pressed  out  ?  It 
there  can  be,  we  know  it  contains  fluid  within  the  glands  or 
ducts.  Is  it  painful,  or  not?  We  should  let  the  patient  de¬ 
scribe  the  pain  in  her  own  language.  If  the  pain  be  lanci- 


7 


TABLE  OF  THE  DIFFERENTIAL 


Galactockle. 

CONGESTION  V.  ITH 

Milk. 

Chronic  Encysted 
Abscess. 

Adenoma. 

1.  During  the  chid 

1.  Duiiug  the  child- 

1.  During  the  child- 

1.  Majority  of  cases 

bearing  period  and  the 
result  of  pregnancy. 

bearing  period  and  the 
result  of  pregnancy. 

bearing  period  usually 
and  generally  the  re¬ 
sult  of  pregnancy. 

under  the  age  of  thirty. 

2.  No  pain. 

2.  Some  dull  pain 
sometimes,  but  not 
common.  . 

2.  No  pain. 

2.  If  painful,  pain 
dull  and  most  severe 
at  catamenial  period. 

3.  System  not  dis- 

3.  System  consider- 

3.  System  not  dis- 

3.  System  not  much 

turbed. 

ably  disturbed. 

turbed. 

disturbed. 

4.  Breast  consider 

4.  Breast  very  much 

4.  Breast  not  much 

4.  Bi  east  slightly  en- 

ably  enlarged. 

enlarged. 

enlarged. 

lai  ged. 

5.  Local  circulation 

5.  Local  circulation 

5.  Local  circulation 

5.  Local  circulation 

active  in  both  breasts. 

active  in  both  breasts. 

some  increased  in  both 
breasts. 

some  increased  in  the 
breast  affected. 

G.  Tumor  quite  a 

6.  Tumor  large  and 

6.  Usually  small 

G.  Tumors  small 

size,  bur  if  it  has  been 
in  the  breast  long  it  is 
not  as  large  as  it  wa>, 
on  account  of  the  more 
fluid  portion  being  ab¬ 
sorbed,  but  harder. 

lobulated. 

and  irregular  in  s'} ape. 

and  nodulated. 

7.  May  give  an  elas¬ 
tic  fbel  or  fluctuation, 
or  be  hard. 

7.  Stony  hard. 

7.  May  give  an  elas¬ 
tic  feel, ot  herwise  hard. 

7.  Moderately  hard. 

8.  Single. 

8.  Single. 

8.  Single. 

8.  May  be  single  oi 
double. 

9.  Nipple  may  or 

9.  Nipple  always 

9.  Nipple  may  o  r 

9.  Nipple  always 

may  not  be  connected 
•with  the  tumor.  If  a 
simple  dilatation  has 
taken  place  it  is  con¬ 
nected.  If  a  rupture 
it  may  not  be. 

connected  with  tumor. 

may  not  be  connected 
with  the  tumor  ;  usu¬ 
ally  is. 

connected  with  turnon* 

10.  Freely  movable. 

10.  Not  freely  mov¬ 
able. 

10.  Not  freely  mov¬ 
able. 

10.  Freely  movable 

11.  Skin  distended 

11.  Skin  distended 

11.  More  or  less  ce- 

11.  Skin  normal 

over  it. 

over  it. 

dema  of  the  areola. 

unless  tumor  ha 
reached  considerabl 
size. 

12.  Growth  rapid ; 
Tumor  fills  every  time 
the  child  nurses,  then 
gradually  subsides. 

12.  Growth  rapid  to 
a  certain  size  then  sta¬ 
tionary. 

12.  Growth  slow. 

12.  Growth  slow  un 
der  the  age  of  thirtj 
after  that  rapid. 

DIAGNOSIS  OF  MAMMARY  TUMORS. 


Soft  Carcinoma. 


1.  Very  rare  under 
the  age  of  thirty. 


2.  May  or  may  not 
be  painful,  not  usually 
painful  till  skin  is  im- 
olicated,  then  pain 
severe  and  cutting, 
running  to  shoulder 
»nd  down  the  arms. 

3.  System  consider- 
ibly  disturbed. 

4  Breast  some  en¬ 
larged  and  enlarges 
rapidly. 

5.  Local  circulation 
some  increased,  in 
oreast  affected. 

6.  Tumor  quite  size, 
irregular,  and  not  well 
defined. 


7.  Usually  soft  with 
i  doughy  feel. 


8.  Single',  but  lobn- 
iated  feel  may  give  the 
feel  of  a  multiple  tu¬ 
mor,  but  you  cannot 
roll  one  tumor  on  the 
jjther. 

9.  Nipple  always 
jonnected  with  tumor. 


10.  Freely  movable 
it  first,  but  soon  be¬ 
comes  adherent. 

11.  Skin  normal  at 
5rst  but  implicated 
Jarly. 

12.  Growth  rapid. 


Hard  Carcinoma. 


1.  Very  rare  under 
the  age  of  thirty. 


2.  Usually  »ot  pain¬ 
ful,  till  skin  is  impli¬ 
cated, then  pain  severe, 
cutting  or  stabbing, 
running  to  shoulder 
and  down  the  arm. 

3.  System  not  much 
disturbed. 

4.  Breast  normal  at 
first. 

5.  Local  circulation 
apparently  normal. 

6.  Tumor  small  and 
smooth  or  nodulated. 


7.  Tumor  hard. 


8.  Single. 


9‘  Nipple  always 
connected  with  tumor. 


10.  Freelyj  movable 
at  first. 

11.  Skin  normal  ’til 
late  in  disease. 


12.  Growth  slow. 


Sarcoma. 


1.  Majority  in  pa¬ 
tients  over  thirty. 


2.  May  or  may  not 
be  paiuful. 


3.  System  usually 
some  disturbed. 

4.  Breast  slightly 
enlarged. 

5.  Local  circulation 
slightly  increased  in 
breast  affected. 

6.  Tumor  quite  size 
and  irregular. 


7.  Tumor  a  little  soft 


8.  Usually  single. 


9.  Nipple  may  or 
may  not  be  connected 
with  tumor. 


10. 

Not  freely  mov- 

able. 

11. 

Skin  normal. 

12. 

Growth  usually 

rapid. 

Primary  Cyst. 


1.  At  any  age  above 
puberty.  Majority  un¬ 
der  thirty. 

2*  Not  painful  usual¬ 
ly- 


3.  System  not  dis¬ 
turbed. 

4.  Breast  a  p.p  ears 
normal. 

5.  Local  circulation 
normal. 

6.  Tnmor  small  and 
may  be  nodulated. 


7.  May  give  an  elas¬ 
tic  feel, otherwise  hard, 
and  may  be  finely  nod¬ 
ulated. 

8.  Frequently  mul¬ 
tiple,  and  when  so,  can 
readily  roll  one  tumor 
on  the  other. 


9.  Nipples  may  or 
may  not  be  connected 
with  tumor. 


10.  But  little  mova¬ 
ble  when  deep  seated. 

11.  Skin  normal. 


12.  Growth  slowand 
may  remain  small  for 
years,  then  grow  very 
rapidly.  May  have  a 
vegetation  spring 
from  its  wall,  forming 
the  compound  cyst. 


TABLE  OF  THE  DIFFERENTIAL 


Galactocelk. 

Congested  with 
Milk. 

Chronic  Encysted 
Aijcess. 

Adenoma. 

13.  Nijiple  never  re¬ 
tracted. 

14.  Surrounding 
glands  never  implicat¬ 
ed. 

15.  Superficial  veins 
enlarged  in  both 
breasts. 

lfi.  Puncture ;  chee¬ 
sy  mass  or  cream. 

17.  Microscope, 
milk  or  fat  globules, 
with  more  or  less  epi¬ 
thelial  cells  undergo- 
ingfatty  degeneration. 

13.  Nipple  usually 
retracted  or  embeded 
in  the  breast. 

14.  Surrounding 
glands  never  implicat¬ 
ed,  but  may  be  some 
swollen. 

15.  Superficial  veins 
enlarged  in  b  o  t  li 
breasts. 

16.  Puncture,  chee¬ 
sy  mass  or  cream. 

17.  Microscope  the 
same  as  preceding. 

13.  Nipple  usually 
flattened  or  retracted 

14.  Surrounding 
glands  may  be  some 
swollen. 

15.  Superficial  veins 
may  or  may  not  be  en¬ 
larged. 

16.  Puncture,  pus. 

17.  Microscope,  pus 
corpuscles. 

• 

13.  Nipple  projects. 

14.  Surrounding 
glands  never  implicat¬ 
ed. 

15.  Superficial  veins 
usually  enlarged. 

16.  Punctnre ;  solid, 

17.  Microscope,  epi¬ 
thelial  cells  if  taken 
from  the  interior  of  the 
acini,  otherwise  may 
get  connective  tissue. 

nating,  darting  or  stabbing,  extending  up  to  the  shoulder  and 
down  the  arm,  it  points  strongly  to  hard  carcinoma;  but  if  it 
be  free  from  pain,  it  is  no  guarantee  against  carcinoma,  for 
carcinoma  may  exist  without  pain.  Learn  if  the  patient  has 
been  reading  about  cancer,  for  frequently  after  reading  the 
symptoms  she  will  imagine  the  disease,  and  give  the  doctor 
the  full  list  of  symptoms. 

In  the  following  table  I  have  classed  all  the  symptoms  as 
one,  as  there  is  nothing  to  distinguish  one  from  another  except 
the  microscopical  characters  of  the  walls,  and  its  position  in 
reference  to  the  gland ;  thus,  if  entirely  free  from  the  gland,  it 
must  be  a  sarcomatous  cyst.  Also,  I  have  omitted  fibroma, 
lipoma,  neuroma,  enchondroma  and  osteoma,  as  they  are  all 
exceedingly  rare,  and  the  last  two  are  frequently  the  result  of 
change  in  some  other  tumor. 

Fibroma ,  in  its  earlier  stages,  has  all  the  external  character¬ 
istics  of  hard  carcinoma,  and  can  only  be  distinguished  by  the 
microscope  ;  even  this  is  very  difficult  in  some  cases. 

Lipoma  is  entirely  free  from  the  gland,  and  presents  the  mi¬ 
croscopical  characteristics  of  adipose  tissue. 

Neuroma  is  usually  very  small,  and  may  be  very  painful, 
while  the  surgeon  is  unable  to  find  any  tumor  whatever.  The 
tenderness  of  the  nerve  affected,  when  pressed  upon,  will  be 
of  some  diagnostic  value. 


DIAGNOSIS  OF  MAMMARY  TUMORS. 


Soft  Carcinoma. 


Hard  Carcinoma. 


Sarcoma. 


13.  Nipple  projects 
it  first,  but  soon  be- 
jomes  retracted. 

14.  Surrounding 
rlaoids  soon  implicated 
is  the  growth  is  rapid. 

15.  Superficial  veins 
enlarged  early. 

16.  Puncture  ;  tumor 
loft,  but  no  discharge. 

17.  Epithelial  cells 
krranged  in  alveoli 
with  no  connective  t.is- 
mes  separating  alveoli 
separated  by  well 
marked  connective  tis¬ 
sue  bundles. 


13.  Nipple  normal 
at  first,  may  or  may 
not  be  retracted  later. 

14.  Surrounding 
glands  not  implicated 
till  late  in  disease 

15.  Superficial  veins 
not  enlarged  till  late 
in  disease. 

16.  Puncture;  solid. 

17.  Same  as  soft,  ex¬ 
cept  more  connective 
tissue  ajid  less  cells. 
Arrangement  of  cells 
the  same. 


13.  Nipple  may  or 
may  not  be  retracted 

14.  Surrounding 
glands  never  implicat¬ 
ed. 

15.  Superficial  veins 
may  or  may  not  be  en¬ 
larged. 

16.  Puncture;  solid. 

17.  Spindle-shaped 
cells  characteristic.  If 
it  be  round-celled,  the 
cells  resemble  epithe¬ 
lial  cells. 


Primary  Cyst. 


13.  Nipple  may  or 
may  not  be  retracted  ; 
is  not  usually. 

14.  Surrounding 
glands  never  implicat¬ 
ed. 

15.  Superficial  veins 
may  or  may  not  be  en¬ 
larged. 

16.  Puncture;  fluid. 

17.  If  prijuary,  the 
walls  are  simple  con¬ 
nective  or  gland  tissue. 
If  secondary,  same 
character  as  tumor 
from  which  it  was 
formed. 


From  the  table,  we  learn  that  retraction  of  the  nipple  is 
common  to  all  tumors  which  implicate  the  glands  or  ducts, 
and  is  the  result  of  inflammation  and  contraction  of  the  con¬ 
nective  tissue  surrounding  the  ducts.  This  does  not  always 
take  place;  retraction  is  more  or  less  accidental. 

Hardness  is  common  to  all  tumors  of  the  breast,  except  soft 
carcinoma  and  sarcoma,  and  it  may  occur  in  connection  with 
sarcoma.  All  the  tumors  may  be  irregular  in  shape,  giving  a 
nodulated  feel.  Later  in  the  disease,  if  it  be  carcinoma,  the 
severer  symptoms  become  intensified;  hence,  it  is  not  difficult 
to  determine  that  our  patient  is  beyond  help ;  so  our  knowledge 
is  of  no  benefit.  But,  fortunately,  the  harpoon  and  microscope 
enable  us  to  determine  the  character  of  these  tumors  in  their 
earlier  stages,  and  always  ought  to  be  used,  and  the  sooner  they 
are  used  the  better;  but  my  observation  would  tell  me  that 
they  are  not  in  general  use.  The  use  of  the  harpoon  cannot 
possibly  do  any  harm  in  connection  with  these  tumors ;  for,  if 
it  prove  a  benign  tumor,  or  cyst,  the  inflammation  following 
its  use  will  frequently  cure  it.  When  the  surgeon  has  no  har¬ 
poon,  a  narrow  bladed  knife  and  small  pair  of  forceps  will 
answer  the  same  purpose ;  and  if  local  anaesthesia  be  used,  the 
operation  is  painless. 


896  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

fLEMORRIIAGE  FROM  THE  GENTIAL  ORGANS  DURING  PREGNANCY 
AND  PARTURITION. 

A  discussion  on  this  subject  was  opened  with  the  following- 
paper  : 

Haemorrhage  from  the  Organs  of  Generation  during  Pregnancy 
and  Parturition.  By  A.  V.  Macau,  M.  B.  (Dublin). — The  points 
which  the  author  proposed  for  discussion  were :  1.  Menstru¬ 

ation  during  pregnancy;  2.  The  symptoms  or  conditions 
that  justify,  in  a  case  of  threatened  abortion,  the  giving  up  of 
all  further  attempts  at  saving  the  ovum  ;  3.  Imperfect  abor¬ 

tion,  and  its  treatment ;  4.  The  treatment  of  placenta  prseva; 
5.  The  prevention  and  treatment  of  post  partum  haemorrhage, 
including  that  described  by  Gooch  as  “  a  peculiar  form  of  haemor¬ 
rhage.”  After  giving  briefly  the  views  generally  held  about  men¬ 
struation  during  pregnancy,  the  author  noticed  at  some  length 
the  opinion  held  by  Professor  Spiegelberg  of  Breslau,  that  all  so- 
called  menstrual  discharges  were  nothing  but  haemorrhage 
from  pathological  causes,  which,  as  was  often  noticed  also  in 
the  unimpregnated  condition,  had  taken  an  aperiodical  type. 
There  was  no  evidence  to  show  that  ovulation  went  on  during 
pregnancy;  and,  therefore,  as  he  believed  in  BiscliofPs  theory 
of  the  dependence  of  menstruation  on  ovulatiou,  he  held  that 
menstruation  did  not  occur  during  pregnancy.  Indeed,  the 
changes  in  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  uterus  that  accompa¬ 
nied  menstruation  were  quite  incompatible,  as  he  thought,  with 
the  continuance  of  pregnancy.  The  second  question  involved 
the  determination  of  the  life  or  death  of  the  ovum;  or  whether 
the  mother’s  life  were  in  actual  danger  from  the  continuance 
of  the  pregnancy  (haemorrhage,  excessive  vomiting,  etc.);  or 
her  condition  such  as  to  render  the  continuance  of  the  preg¬ 
nancy  very  doubtful  (cholera  aud  the  acute  axanthemata) ;  or, 
finally,  whether  uterine  action  had  gone  on  so  far  that  it  could  not 
be  stopped,  or  had  already  led  to  rupture  of  the  membranes, 
or  to  such  extensive  detachments  as  to  render  it  probable  that 
the  ovum  would  soon  perish,  even  if  it  were  not  at  once  ex¬ 
pelled.  He  considered  that  the  determination  of  these  facts, 
in  individual  cases,  was  one  of  the  most  difficult  questions  the 
midwifery  practitioner  was  called  on  to  decide  ;  and  quoted  a 
case,  given  by  Scanzoni,  to  illustrate  how  the  ovum  might  some¬ 
times  survive  the  most  numerous  and  varied  perils.  Some 
authorities  held  that  the  discharge  of  altered  (decolorised) 
blood -cots  was  evidence  of  the  death  of  the  foetus;  but 
he  (Dr.  Macau)  had  lately,  through  the  kindness  of  the 
President,  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  a  case  in  which 
this  symptom  was  present,  aud,  notwithstanding,  the  fcBtal 
heart  was  heard  a  fortnight  subsequently.  The  term  “  im¬ 
perfect  abortion  ”  was  applied  to  those  cases  where  all  the 
ovum  was  not  expelled  at  the  same  time,  but  when  part  (pla. 
centa  or  membrane)  remained  in  the  uterus.  He  drew  atten. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


897 


1880J 

tion  to  the  great  improvements  that  had  lately  been  introduced 
in  the  treatment  of  such  cases  by  the  use  of  Thomas’s  blunt 
wire  curette,  or  the  scooys  that  Simon  of  Heidelberg  intro¬ 
duced  tor  the  removal  of  cancer.  By  this  method,  the  painful 
and  tedious  operation  of  dilating  the  cervix  might  be  often 
avoided.  The  question  of  the  treatment  of  placenta  prsevia 
was  one  which,  above  all  others,  wrould,  he  hoped,  be  benefited 
by  discussion.  There  would  never  be  anything  like  unanimity 
on  the  subject  till  the  knowledge  of  the  true  changes  that 
took  place  in  the  cervix  during  pregnancy  and  parturi¬ 
tion  become  more  widely  spread ;  not  only  ike  fact  that  the 
cervix  was  not  taken  up  gradually  into  the  body  of  the  uterus 
during  the  latter  months  of  pregnancy,  but  more  especially  that 
the  manner  in  w  hich  the  cervix  became  obliterated  was  very 
different,  according  as  the  patient  was  a  primipara  or  a  pluri- 
para.  He  thought  the  term  “  cervical  zone,”  as  used  by  Dr. 
Barnes,  w  as  very  likely  to  lead  to  its  being  confused  with  the 
cervix  itself;  and  quoted  passages  from  Dr.  Barnes  to  show 
that  even  he  was  guilty  of  thus  confounding  them.  The  pla¬ 
centa  was  never  found  attached  to  the  cervix,  except  in  some 
rare  cases,  when  this  condition  led  to  early  abortion;  and, 
therefore,  it  was  not  correct  to  speak  of  the  placenta  being  de¬ 
tached  from  the  cervix  as  the  latter  became  retracted.  More¬ 
over,  instead  of  the  interior  of  the  cervix  becoming  smaller 
during  the  dilation  of  the  os,  the  fact  was  that  it  became  im¬ 
mensely  distended  in  every  direction.  In  primiparte,  the 
length  of  the  cervix  was,  on  an  average,  doubled  during  labor, 
as  might  be  seen  by  the  oeautiful  plate  of  Braun’s  which  Dr. 
Playfair  reproduced  as  the  fioutispiece  to  his  second  volume; 
and  its  diameter  was  increased  from  that  of  the  finger,  or  even 
less,  to  that  of  the  head  of  the  fcetus  at  full  time.  The  placen¬ 
ta,  wTlien  partially  praevia,  was  iuseited  into  the  lower  zone  of  the 
body  of  the  uterus,  to  one  or  other  side  of  the  inner  os.  There 
could  be  no  doubt  that  the  insertion  of  the  placenta  into  any 
part  of  the  circumference  of  the  inner  os  caused  that  portion 
of  the  uterus  to  which  it  was  attached  to  be  less  ready  to  dilate 
than  the  rest  of  the  circumference,  w'hich  was  not  in  the  same 
way  tied  down.  It  seemed,  therefore,  plain  that,  at  all  events 
in  a  case  of  partial  placenta  prsevia,  the  site  of  the  placenta 
would  not  be  so  distended  as  the  rest  of  the  circumference  of 
the  inner  os.  In  fact,  the  same  thing  took  place,  though  in  a 
much  less  degree,  as  in  a  case  when  carcinoma  involved  a  por- 
toiu  of  the  circumference  of  the  cervix ;  viz.,  the  dilatation  took 
place  at  the  expense  of  the  sound  portion.  If  this  were  true, 
Dr.  Barne’s  method  of  separating  the  placenta  from  its  attach¬ 
ments,  as  far  as  the  fingers  could  reach,  could  hardly  be  the 
right  one.  Again  :  the  mechanism  of  the  separation  of  the 
placenta  from  around  the  margin  of  the  inner  os  during  labor 
was  almost  universally  misunderstood.  For,  till  the  mem¬ 
branes  were  ruptured,  the  effect  of  an  uterine  contraction  was 


898  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

to  detach  the  whole  lower  segment  of  the  ovum  from  the 
uterus  and  force  it  into  the  cervix,  the  margin  of  the  inner  os 
being  at  the  same  time  drawn  upwauds  by  the  contraction  of 
the  fundus.  Of  course,  when  the  placenta  formed  a  portion  of 
the  lower  segment  of  the  ovum,  it  must  slide  downwards  more 
or  less  over  its  seat  ot  attachment  to  the  uterus.  Once,  how¬ 
ever,  the  membranes  were  ruptured  and  separated  to  a  con¬ 
siderable  extent  from  the  lower  margin  of  the  placenta,  the 
ovum  was  no  longer  forced  downward  en  manse,  and  the 
placenta  was  free  to  move,  upwards  and  outwards,  along 
with  the  lower  segment  of  the  body,  ot  the  uterus.  This  at 
once  explained  how  rupture  of  the  membranes  in  placenta  pne- 
via  was  often  followed  by  a  cessation  of  the  haemorrhage. 
Again  :  it  was  known  that,  at  the  occurrence  of  each  pain,  the 
circulation  was  almost  entirely  arrested  in  the  site  of  the  pla¬ 
centa,  and  the  uterine  souffle  disappeared.  Ergot  caused  such 
a  tonic  contraction  that  the  circulation  was  permanently  inter- 
ferred  with,  and  the  child  died,  if  not  suitably  delivered,  from 
asphyxia.  Hence,  if  ergot  acted  properly,  it  ought  almost  to 
stop  all  circulation  in  the  placental  site,  and  thus  prevent  it  in 
cases  of  placenta  praevia  or  accidental  haemorrhage.  If  presen¬ 
tation  were  complete,  one  had  only  to  detach  the  placenta  from 
one  or  other  side  of  the  inner  os,  to  tear  the  membranes  freely 
away  from  its  edge,  and  the  case,  for  all  practical  purposes, 
became  one  of  partial  placenta  praevia.  Tins  was  the  great 
treatment  of  placeuta  praevia  :  but,  if  onee  rupture  of  the  mem¬ 
branes,  or  separation  of  one  portion  of  the  placeuta,  in  a  case 
of  complete  presentation,  weie  impracticable,  then  we  must 
plug  till  one  or  both  became  possible.  It  was  not  requisite  to 
dwell  at  any  length  on  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  post 
partum  haemorrhage;  but  the  author  would  draw  attention  to 
that  form  which  was  due  to  rupture  of  the  soft  parts,  more 
especially  one  or  other  crus  of  the  elitoris,  and  to  the  peculiar 
form  of  haemorrhage  described  by  Gooch,  which  was  simply  due 
to  alternate  contraction  and  relaxation  of  the  uterus.  The  new¬ 
est  points  in  treatment  were  the  use  of  ergot  subcutaneously, 
the  injection  of  hot  water  at  110°  to  120°  Fahr.  (not  warm  water) 
into  the  uterus  to  arouse  it  to  contract,  and  use  of  the  various 
diffusible  stimuli  subcutaneously — such  as  ether,  camphor, 
musk,  or  brandy — the  first  of  which  was  introduced  into  this 
country  by  the  author. 

On  the  prevention  and  Treatment  of  Post  Partum  Haemorrhage. 
By  Thomas  More  Madden,  M.  D.,  M.  It.  I.  A.  (Dublin).  In  a 
long  and  tolerably  extensive  obstetric  experience  in  hospital 
and  private  practice,  Dr.  More  Madden  had  seen  but  two  fatal 
instances  of  post  partum  haemorrhage.  With  the  advancement 
of  our  art,  such  cases  had  gradually  become  less  frequent;  and 
would  probably  be  altogether  unknown  in  the  more  perfect 
obstretric  practice  of  the  future.  The  author  discussed  seriatim 
the  causes  of  post  partum  haemorrhage,  and  the  treatment 


Current  Medical  Literature . 


890 


1880] 

required  by  each  of  these.  Having  dwelt  on  the  constitutional 
conditions  predisposing  to  flooding,  and  the  preventative  mea¬ 
sures  by  which  this  might  be  warded  off,  even  in  those  who  had 
been  habitually  subject  to  this  accident  on  former  occasions,  he 
considered  the  causes  of  flooding  and  the  management  of  labour, 
so  as  to  prevent  subsequent  inertia  or  irregular  contraction  of 
the  uterus.  The  ill  effect,  in  this  respect,  of  the  premature 
application  of  the  forceps  before  the  full  dilation  off  the  os  uteri, 
and  also  the  production  of  haemorrhage  as  the  result  of  undue 
delay  in  the  second  stage,  were  next  referred  to.  During 
labour,  when  there  was  any  reason  to  anticipate  flooding,  the 
preventive  measures  recommended  by  the  author  were :  the 
rupture  of  the  membranes  in  the  first  stage  ;  the  use  of  stimu¬ 
lating  enemata  of  a  strong  infusion  of  ergot,  or  the  hypodermic 
injection  ofergotine.  in  the  second  stage;  and  a  firm  unremit¬ 
ting  manual  pressure  over  the  fundus  ut-ri,  from  the  time  tne 
child’s  head  escaped  from  the  vulva  until  the  completion  of  the 
third  stage,  which  should  never  be  hastened  by  traction  on  the 
cord,  and  the  permanent  contraction  of  the  uterus  was  secured. 
In  nineteen  cases  of  flooding,  the  solution  of  perchloride  of  iron 
was  resorted  to ;  in  eighteen  of  these,  the  haemorrhage  was  thus 
arrested,  and  in  one  instance  it  failed.  Dr.  Madden,  however, 
considered  that  the  ordinary  mode  of  using  this  styptic — viz., 
by  a  syringe  passed  up  to  the  fundis  uteri — was  a  very  hazard¬ 
ous  proceeding,  and  exposed  the  patient  to  great  and  needless 
twofold  danger  of  death  from  embolism  or  from  peritonitis. 
He,  therefore,  recommended  instead  the  direct  application  of  the 
strong  liquor  ferri  perehloridi  to  the  bleeding  vessels  by  a 
sponge  soked  in  this  fluid,  and  carried  up  by  the  hand  into  the 
uterus,  and  retained  there  until  a  firm  contraction  was  produced. 
Some  cases  was  referred  to  in  which  haemorrhage,  that  had 
resisted  all  other  treatment,  was  thus  arrested  ;  and  Dr.  Mad¬ 
den,  therefore,  regarded  this  as  the  most  effectual  method  of 
treating  flooding.  At  the  same  time,  he  admitted  that  it  was 
not  free  from  danger,  or  even  to  be  adopted  without  grave 
necessity.  Some  of  the  other  remedies  employed  in  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  post  partum  haemorrhage,  including  the  hypodermic  use 
of  ergotine,  galvanism,  and  cold  and  hot  injections,  were 
referred  to.  The  treatment  of  collapse  from  flooding  by  brandy, 
opium,  stimulating  enemata,  hypodermic  injection  of  sulphuric 
ether,  and  transfusion,  was  considered.  Dr.  Madden  related  a 
case  in  which  a  patient,  apparently  at  the  last  extremity,  was 
rescued  from  death  by  the  subcutaneous  injection  of  ether, 
which  he  regarded  as  beinj>  in  many  instances  a  substitute  for 
transfusion.  The  latter  operation  was,  he  considered,  destined 
to  fill  an  important  place  in  the  future  practice  of  midwifery. 
But,  as  yet,  no  method  of  transfusion  had  been  suggested 
which  met  the  requirements  of  what,  to  be  useful,  should  be  a 
generally  feasible  as  well  as  an  effectual  operation.  Transfu- 
8 


000  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

aion  was  required  for  a  most  serious  emergency  that  might  sud¬ 
denly  occur  in  practice  :  namely,  in  cases  of  collapse  from  flood¬ 
ing.  Therefore,  its  success  should  not  be  altogether  depend¬ 
ent  on  the  possession  of  exceptional  surgical  skill,  as  some  of 
its  modern  advocates  insisted.  On  the  contrary,  it  should  be 
within  the  reach  of  every  proper  ly  educated  midwifery  prac¬ 
titioner,  who  might,  at  any  moment,  and  perhaps  in  a  remote 
district,  under  unfavorable  circumstances,  meet  with  a  case  in 
which  this  operation  was  required.  In  these  respects,  trans¬ 
fusion  was  as  yet  far  from  that  perfection  at  which  it  must 
one  day  arrive ;  and,  however  theoretically  improved  in  a 
physiological  point  by  modern  authorities,  practically  speaking 
its  success  was  yet  hardly  greater  than  was  the  case  under  the 
ruder  methods  employed  by  Dr.  Blundell  and  others,  for  the 
same  purpose,  half  a  century  ago. 

The  Treatment  of  Post  Partum  Haemorrhage  by  the  Intra  uter¬ 
ine  Injection  of  Hot  Water.  By  William  Walter,  M.  A.,  M.  I). 
(Manchester). — Since  the  method  of  treating  post  partum  hae¬ 
morrhage  by  the  injection  of  hot  water  was  brought  uuder  notice 
by  Dr.  Attliill  early  in  1878,  Dr.  Walter  had  treated  in  this  way 
eleven  cases  in  the  Manchester  and  Salford  Lying-in  Hospital. 
The  temperature  of  the  water  used  ranged  from  110°  to  120° 
Fahr.;  and  the  utmost  care  was  taken  that  the  tube  (llaye’s) 
reached  well  up  to  the  fundus ;  and  that  there  was  afterwards 
no  impediment  to  the  escape  of  the  water  from  the  uterus. 
The  results  in  the  eleven  cases — particulars  of  which  were  giv¬ 
en — led  Dr.  Walter  to  the  conclusion  that,  the  hot  water  treat¬ 
ment  offered  some  advantages,  in  being  generally  accessible 
and  not  disagreable  to  the  patient ;  but  that,  as  a  means  of  con¬ 
tracting  the  uterus,  it  was,  in  his  experience,  not  to  be  relied 
on.  Nevertheless,  he  hoped  to  continue  the  method;  and  he 
advised  that  the  temperature  of  the  water  should  be  ascer¬ 
tained  by  the  thermometer  in  every  case.  The  recent  researches 
of  Dr.  Max  Range  tended  to  show  that,  if  success  was  to  fol¬ 
low  the  hot  water  treatment  of  post  partum  haemorrhage,  the 
temperature  of  the  water  must  not  be  so  high  as  it  was  m  Dr. 
Walter’s  cases.  In  all  the  cases  but  one,  the  injection  was  fol¬ 
lowed  by  relaxation  and  dilation  of  the  entire  uterus;  if  con¬ 
traction  occurred,  it  was  but  temporary  ;  but,  when  the  tem¬ 
perature  of  the  water  did  not  exceed  104°  F.,  the  uterus  con¬ 
tracted  without  being  afterwards  paralysed.  No  appreciable 
effect  was  produced  on  the  pulse  and  general  condition  of  the 
system.  After  the  failure  of  the  injection,  the  application 
of  the  iuduced  current  was  successful  in  several  of  the 
cases. 

Hot  Water  Injection  in  Post  Partum  Haemorrhage.  By  Nor¬ 
man  Kerr,  M.  D.,  F.  L.  18.  (London). —The  author  was  called  on 
January  5th,  1874,  by  a  midwife,  to  Mrs.  T.,  aged  25,  a  primi- 
para.  The  child  had  been  delivered  an  hour  and  a  half,  and 
the  placenta  expelled  half  an  hour,  before  he  was  sent  for.  He 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


901 


1880J 

was  told  that  the  patien t  was  dying,  everything  that  could  be 
done  having  been  done  by  the  midwife.  The  patient 
was  deathly  pale,  cold,  unconscious,  and  with  no  per¬ 
ceptible  pulse.  The  vagina  was  packed  with  clots.  He  hastily 
removed  most  of  these  and  threw  up  into  the  vagina  (there  be¬ 
ing  some  difficulty  in  finding  the  os  uteri)  about  a  quart  of  hot 
water  about  110°  Fahr.,  a,n<l  had  hardly  withdrawn  the  syringe 
when  a  faint  tinge  of  red  began  to  appear  on  the  face,  accom¬ 
panied  by  a  slight  warmth  of  the  skin  and  a  faint  pulse.  In 
three  minutes  more,  Dr.  Kerr  had  cleared  out  the  remaining 
clots,  and  thrown  a  pint  and  a  half  of  water  at  105°  Fahr.  right 
up  to  the  fundus  uteri.  Ergot,  milk,  Liebig’s  extract,  and  co¬ 
coa  were  administered.  Dr.  Kerr  narrated  a  second  case  of 
primipara  who  had  serious  post  partum  haemorrhage  with  col¬ 
lapse,  and  in  whom  repeated  hot  water  injections  arrested  the 
loss  and  restored  ,the  strength.  From  these  and  other  cases, 
Dr.  Kerr  was  driven  to  the  conviction  that  hot  water  injection 
was  a  most  valuable  general  stimulant;  it  acted  like  a  charm  in 
mauy  cases  where  the  use  of  cold  was  contraindicated.  Alco¬ 
hol  was  a  promj)t  and  efficient  stimulant ;  but  its  use  was 
fraught  with  great  risk  of  renewed  flooding  from  the  relaxation 
of  the  circulation.  The  injection  of  hot  water  was  even  more 
speedy  in  operation,  and  quite  devoid  of  danger,  no  serious  se¬ 
quelae  following  its  employment.  He  was  convinced  that,  in 
all  the  haemorrhages  of  pregnancy  and  parturition  accompa¬ 
nied  by  collapse,  the  injection  of  hot  water  would  be  found  a  sim¬ 
ple,  ready,  and  reliable  remedy. 

Dr.  Barnes  (London)  complained  of  the  misconstruction  of 
his  views  on  placenta  praevia.  He  said  there  were  cases  in 
which  the  uterus  had  lost  all  reflex  contractility,  In  these 
cases,  the  application  of  cold,jthe  injection  of  ice  or  of  warm 
water,  was  of  no  avail.  The  immediate  application  of  some 
styptic  to  the  gaping  veins,  such  as  the  perchloride  of  iron, 
would  alone  arrest  the  haemorrhage.  He  had  lately  attended 
a  lady  in  her  eighth  confinement,  in  whom  the  uterus  had  be¬ 
come  relaxed  from  successive  pregnancies,  and  had  lost  the 
power  of  contracting.  Knowing  this  beforehand,  he  had 
adopted  every  precaution.  The  hand  had  never  left  the  uterus 
from  the  moment  the  child  was  born,  until  long  after  the  ex¬ 
pulsion  of  the  placenta.  In  spite  of  all  precautions,  such  as 
the  subcutaneous  injection  of  ergot  and  continued  pressure  on 
the  uterus,  haemorrhage  set  in.  The  subcutaneous  injection 
of  brandy,  the  injection  of  warm  water  into  the  uterus,  the 
injection  of  a  solution  of  iodine  in  the  uterus  were  tried  in 
succession,  but  failed  to  arrest  the  haemorrhage.  The  patient 
was  now  blind,  deaf,  pulseless  at  the  wrist,  and  almost  in  ex¬ 
tremis.  The  perchloride  of  iron  was  injected,  and  the  hiemor- 
rhage  at  once  arrested.  In  half  an  hour  afterwards,  the  patient 
had  rallied  ;  and  she  made  a  good  recovery.  This  was  a  typical 
case  for  the  use  of  of  the  perchloride ;  and  it  was  in  such  cases 


902  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

as  this  that  he  advocated  its  use.  But  for  the  iron,  the  patient 
must  have  died. 

Dr.  Dill  (Belfast)  considered  the  pouring  of  cold  water  from 
a  height  on  the  abdomen  hs  most  valuable. 

Dr.  J.  Thompson  (Leamington)  was  extremely  pleased  with 
the  lucid  explanation  given  him  by  Dr.  Barnes.  He  believed 
with  him  that  it  was  important  to  attend  well  to  the  ordinary 
means  for  stopping  haemorrhage,  so  that  cases  requiring  the 
employment  of  injections  into  the  uterus  should  not  often 
occur.  In  every  instance,  he  would  first  apply  presure,  and 
this  was  most  effective  if  directed  to  the  base  rather  than  to¬ 
wards  tin*  neck  of  the  womb.  A  dash  of  cold  water  was  doubt¬ 
less  a  very  powerful  means  of  producing  contraction ;  and 
some  practitioners  would  throw  two  or  three  pints,  or  more, 
suddenly  over  the  abdomen  when  profuse  flooding  occurred, 
but  tin*  patient  was  thus  placed  in  a  most  uncomfortable  con¬ 
dition,  though  the  haemorrhage  was  stopped;  and  should  this 
recur,  we  could  not  go  on  throwing  such  quantities  of  cold 
water.  He  had  been  in  the  habit  of  dipping  the  end  of  a  nap¬ 
kin  in  cold  water,  and,  striking  this  first  against  the  side  of  a 
wash-basin,  so  as  to  disengage  superfluous  water,  used  it  to 
flap  the  naked  abdomen,  so  that  each  stroke  should  produce  a 
little  shiver.  In  this  way  he  had  kept  a  controlling  influence 
over  the  uterus  for  several  hours  at  a  time  till  the  disposition 
to  flooding  had  ceased;  without  subjecting  the  patient  to  un¬ 
necessary  discomfort.  He  had  attended  a  case  where  the  pla¬ 
centa  was  expelled  in  a  mass  before  the  head  of  the  child  came 
down,  and  the  labor  was  completed  without  further  loss  of 
blood. 

Dr,  Cordes  (Geneva)  recommended  the  subcutaneous  injec¬ 
tion  of  ether  in  post  partum  haemorrhage.  He  also  regarded 
the  subcutaneous  injection  of  ergotine  as  valuable.  The  syn¬ 
cope  could  be  avoided  by  the  positional  treatment,  and  by  the 
application  of  Esmarch’s  bandages  to  the  arms  and  legs. 

Dr.  Atthill  (Dublin)  would  confine  his  remarks  to  the  use  of 
the  lour  principal  agents  used  for  the  arrest  of  post  partum 
haemorrhage ;  namely,  ergot,  cold  water,  warm  water,  and  the 
perch  loride  of  iron.  Ergot  was  most  unreliable  ;  it  took  time 
to  act,  and,  though  valuable  if  administered  to  anticipate 
haemorrhage,  was  nearly  useless  at  the  time,  even  if  injected 
under  the  skin.  Cold  was  perhaps  the  most  efficient  of  all 
agents,  if  used  in  the  proper  cases  and  at  the  right  time;  that 
is,  while  the  patient  was  warm,  and  reaction  consequently  fol¬ 
lowed.  If  its  use  were  prolonged,  or  the  patient  were  cold  and 
exhausted,  it  was  worse  than  useless.  It  was  at  this  stage 
that  hot  water  came  in  with  advantage,  not  to  supersede  the 
use  of  cold.  Dr.  Walter  recorded  cases  in  which  it  failed,  or 
hid  actual  harm;  but  he  used  it  too  hot,  namely,  at  120°,  in¬ 
stead  of  100°;  and  the  experiments  referred  to  at  the  conclu¬ 
sion  of  his  paper  showed  that  not  water  was  efficient  in  caus- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


903 


1880] 

in"  contraction  of  the  uterine  muscular  tissue.  If  used  at  the 
proper  temperature,  hot  water  was  far  from  being  an  absolutely 
efficient  agent,  but  it  was  valuable ;  it  would  not  replace  the 
use  of  perchloride  of  iron,  but  it  must  sometimes  render  it  un¬ 
necessary.  Perchloride  of  iron  was  in  some  cases  absolutely 
demanded,  and  was  the  most  certain  means  of  checking  post 
partum  haemorrhage.  It  had,  in  Dr.  Atthill’s  hands,  saved 
several  lives;  but,  like  all  other  remedies,  it  was  not  absolutely 
safe.  He  knew  of  one  case  it  which  it  seemed  to  cause  instan¬ 
taneous  death;  but  he  had  known  death  to  follow  in  a  few  mo¬ 
ments  from  the  simple  act  of  syringing  the  vagina;  air  entered 
the  uterus  and  caused  death.  Might  this  not  have  also  been 
the  cause  of  death  when  the  perchloride  was  used  1 

Dr.  Malins  (Birmingham)  said  there  were  two  conditions 
under  which  post  partum  haemorrhage  appeared  to  be  benefit¬ 
ed,  one.  was  sickness,  the  other  fainting.  The  former  had 
been  recognized  by  Mr.  Higginbottom,  whose  practice  it  was 
to  give  ipecacuanha  until  this  was  produced;  but  it  was  a  rude 
and  unsatisfactory  mode  of  treatment,  and  could  not  be  looked 
upon  as  reliable.  As  regarded  fainting,  be  had  never  known 
a  patient  die  in  this  form  of  haemorrhage  who  fainted.  It  was 
generally  alarming  to  bystanders ;  but  it  was  a  wise  provision 
of  nature  to  arrest  the  bleeding  by  lessening  the  force  of  the 
circulation,  and  promoting  the  formation  of  clots  in  the  open 
sinuses.  His  own  plan  in  so-called  flooders,”  was  always  to 
insist  upon  some  preliminary  treatment  of  general  health  ;  at 
the  time  of  delivery,  never  to  take  the  hand  off  the  uterus ;  to 
give  a  dose  of  ergot  as  soon  as  the  head  pressed  on  the  peri- 
meum ;  afterwards,  to  inject  ergotine  subcutaneously  by  a  long- 
needle  into  the  buttock.  If  these  means  were  unable  to  effect 
the  proper  control,  he  saturated  a  sponge  with  solution  of  per¬ 
chloride  of  iron — of  Dr.  Barnes’s  strength — and  introduced 
it,  protected  by  the  hand,  into  the  uterus,  the  opposite  hand 
exerting  pressure  externally.  He  did  not  inject  the  solution, 
as,  from  his  own  experience,  future  evils  after  this  plan  were 
more  likely  to  be  avoided. 

Dr.  More  Madden  (Dublin)  thought  the  members  were 
largely  indebted  to  Dr.  Macan,  for  having  ably  initiated  a 
discussion  which  had  brought  forward  the  views  of  mauy  ex¬ 
perienced  practitioners,  who  had  given  their  opinions  on  the 
causation,  prevention  and  treatment  of  the  most  serious  com¬ 
plication  of  labor.  With  regard  to  the  prevention  and  treat¬ 
ment  of  flooding,  he  entirely  agreed  with  Dr.  Macan,  that  the 
reason  they  had  comparatively  so  few  cases  of  serious  haemor¬ 
rhage  in  Dublin  was,  that  there  almost  every  practitioner  was 
accustomed  to  follow  the  uterus  down  with  his  hand  above  the 
fundus,  from  the  moment  the  child’s  head  began  to  pass  the 
vulva  until  I  he  third  stage  was  completed,  and  Arm  contrac¬ 
tion  of  the  uterus  secured.  No  attempt  should  ever  be  made 
to  hasten  the  expulsion  of  the  placenta  by  any  traction  on  the 


904 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[March 


cord.  Next  in  importance,  as  a  prophylactic  of  haemorrhage, 
Dr.  More  Madden  regarded  the  administration  of  an  enema  of 
warm  infusion  of  ergot,  or  the  hypodermic  injection  of  a  couple 
of  grains  of  ergotine,  towards  the  conclusion  of  the  second 
stage.  In  the  treatment  of  severe  flooding,  Dr.  More  Madden 
had  great  faith  in  the  introduction  of  a  sponge,  saturated  with 
solution  of  perchloride  of  iron,  by  the  hand  into  the  uterine 
cavity  until  hand  and  sponge  were  expelled  by  the  contractile 
action  thus  excited.  There  were  many  other  points  which  the 
time  at  their  disposal  prevented  them  from  fully  discussing — 
such,  for  instance,  as  the  use  of  opium  under  certain  circum  • 
stances,  and  the  value  of  cold  affusion  ;  or  the  old  Dublin  prac¬ 
tice  of  slapping  the  woman’s  buttocks  with  a  wet  cloth ;  and 
the  use  of  injections  ot  iced  water,  vinegar  and  water,  etc.  He 
thought  the  cases  reported  by  Dr.  Walter  were  a  very  strong 
argument  against  the  use  of  hot  water  injections  ;  and,  in  his 
own  practice,  he  would  not  feel  justified  in  wasting  any  time, 
in  a  case  of  serious  post  partum  haemorrhage,  in  again  injecting 
hot  water,  which  Dr.  Walter  had  clearly  shown  to  be  capable 
of  producing  relaxation  of  the  uterus,  and  thus  of  increasing 
instead  of  restraining  haemorrhage.  In  the  treatment  of  col¬ 
lapse  he  had  derived  very  great  benefit  from  the  hypodermic 
injection  of  sulphuric  ether;  and  he  believed  that,  if  this  were 
generally  adopted  in  the  first  instance,  in  the  treatment  of  col¬ 
lapse,  they  would  have  little  necessity  for  falling  back  on  their 
last  resource — namely,  transfusion.  For  his  own  part,  Dr. 
More  Madden  firmly  believed  that  in  most  instances  they  might 
prevent  flooding,  if  consulted  in  time,  by  the  prophylactic 
treatment  he  had  described  in  his  paper ;  and  that,  in  the  im- 
proved  midwifery  practice  of  the  future,  and,  he  hoped,  not 
distant  time,  the  lamentable  spectacle  of  a  woman  dying  from 
haemorrhage  after  labor  would  be  never  witnessed. 

Dr.  Edis  thought  that  the  preventive  aspect  of  the  question 
had  not  been  sufficiently  dwelt  upon.  Where  labor  had  been 
conscientiously  and  intelligently  supervised,  the  cases  of  post 
partum  haemorrhage  would  be  few  and  far  between.  Before  a 
patient  was  allowed  to  incur  the  pains  and  perils  of  childbirth, 
she  should  be  put  into  training,  the  same  as  an  athlete  who 
was  about  to  perform  any  severe  task  calculated  to  test  his 
powers  of  speed,  endurance  or  physical  strength.  The  general 
health  should  be  looked  after,  care  being  taken  that  the  bodily 
functions  were  kept  in  as  natural  a  condition  as  possible,  so 
that,  when  the  time  came,  the  patient  should  be  strong  to  labor. 
During  parturitiou,  every  means  should  be  resorted  to  calcu¬ 
lated  to  prevent  unnecessary  delay  or  suffering.  Chloroform, 
if  administered  at  all,  should  only  be  given  during  the  latter 
part  of  the  second  stage,  and  not  during  the  preliminary  stage, 
unless  under  special  circumstances,  as  in  rigidity  of  the  os 
uteri,  immoderate  pains,  etc.  On  the  first  evidence  of  any  flag¬ 
ging  power  or  arrest  of  the  presenting  part,  timely  assistance 


Cu  r  rent  M eel  i  ca  l  Li  ter  attire. 


905 


1S80J 

should  be  rendered,  and  the  patient  not  allowed  to  exhaust  her 
powers  uselessly.  In  a  very  large  percentage  of  cases,  post 
partum  haemorrhage  might  be  altogether  avoided  by  the  judi¬ 
cious  application  of  the  forceps  where  the  natural  powers  had 
been  fairly  tried  and  proved  to  be  inadequate  to  effect  delivery 
cito,  tuto,  etjucunde.  The  misfortune  was  that,  when  any  spe¬ 
cial  remedy  was  brought  prominently  forward  as  valuable 
in  certain  contingencies,  many  pracitioners  seemed  to  think  it 
was  the  only  or  the  best  thing  to  do,  and  lulled  themselves 
into  a  false  security  by  the  thought  that  they  had  the  remedy 
at  hand  in  case  it  should  be  needed;  attention  being  thus  di¬ 
verted  from  what  should  have  been  the  chief  consideration — 
the  prevention  of  exhaustion — to  which  alone  the  haemorrhage 
was  due.  In  those  trying  cases  where  post  partum  hemorrha  ge 
occurred  in  spite  of  all  efforts  to  the  contrary,  too  much  praise 
could  not  be  accorded  to  Dr.  Barnes  for  having  introduced  to 
notice  a  remedy  so  valuable  and  so  reliable,  and  which  enabled 
the  obstetrician,  as  it  were,  to  snatch  his  patient  from  the  very 
jaws  of  death,  when  otherwise  all  his  efforts  would  have  been 
futile. 

The  President  (Dr.  Kidd)  said  that,  before  calling  on 
Dr.  Macau  to  close  the  debate,  he  would  sum  up  some 
of  the  more  important  points  that  had  been  touched  upon, 
with  a  lew  brief  comments.  Dr.  Macau  opened  his  paper 
with  remarks  on  the  haemorrhages  of  the  early  months,  and  the 
so-called  menstruation  of  pregnancy,  which  ho  had'  very  con¬ 
clusively  shown  was  not^meustruation  at  all,  but  haemorr¬ 
hage  arising  from  varying  causes ;  and  Dr.  Henry  Ben- 
net  had  drawn  attention  to  the  frequency  of  inflammation  of 
the  cervix  as  one  of  these  causes.  This  was  quite  in  accordance 
with  his  (Dr.  Kidd’s)  own  experience;  and,  guided  by  what  Dr. 
Bennet  had  said  in  his  work  on  Inflammation  of  the  Uterus ,  he 
had  from  an  early  period  made  it  a  rule,  in  treating  cases  of 
frequently  recurring  small  haemorrhages,  or  long  continued 
draining  of  blood  in  early  pregnancy,  to  examine  the  cervix, 
wheu  he  generally  found  the  condition  described  by  Dr  Beu- 
uet ;  and  ou  curing  this  the  haemorrhage  ceased,  anil  the  p  lt.ent 
went  to  her  full  time.  Dr.  Alac.m  said  he  n  ul  directed  attention 
to  the  recent  use  of  the  thermometer  as  a  means  of  ascertain¬ 
ing  whether  the  embryo  was  still  alive  or  had  perished.  If 
the  thermometer  could  afford  positive  information  on  this  point, 
it  would  render  the  obstetrician  even  greater  service  than  it  had 
conferred  on  the  physician  in  the  treatment  of  typhoid  fever; 
but  we  must  still  rely  ou  the  old  rules  of  practice,  and  endeavor, 
when  the  os  was  not  open  and  no  portion  of  the  ovum  protruded, 
to  prevent  abortion ;  and  when  it  was  open  and  a  portion 
beginning  to  protrude,  use  all  the  means  in  our  power  to  has¬ 
ten  its  expulsion.  Plugging  the  vagina  was  a  most  valuable 
method  of  controlling  the  haemorrhage;  but,  so  long  as  there 
was  any  hope  of  preventing  the  abortion,  no  attempt  should  be 


906  Current  Medical  JAterature.  [March 

marlo  to  adopt  Dr.  Bennet’s  suggestion  of  plugging  the  os.  It 
was  even  doubtful  whether  the  vagina  should  be  plugged  under 
such  circumstances,  unless  the  haemorrhage  were  excessive. 
When  the  embryo  had  come  away  and  the  membranes  remain¬ 
ed,  plugging  was  a  most  valuable  means  of  treatment  in  the 
early  months.  This  was  a  most  perplexing  condition  ;  so  long 
as  the  membranes  were  retained,  the  patient  was  liable  to  ex¬ 
cessive  or  even  fatal  haemorrhage  at  any  moment,  and  they 
might  be  retained  for  days ;  but  if  the  vagina  were  efficiently 
plugged,  more  especially  if  Dr.  Benuet’s  form  of  plugging  the 
os,  “  bottling  up  the  uterus,”  as  he  called  it,  were  adopted,  the 
attendant  might  leave  his  patient  for  some  hours,  satisfied  that 
no  haemorrhage  of  consequence  could  take  place;  and  when  lie 
removed  the  plug  at  the  end  often  or  twelve  hours,  he  would 
probably  find  the  membranes  in  the  vagina  and  nil  risk  of 
haemorrhage  over.  Another  plan  that  had  been  often  adopted, 
especially  when  the  membranes  had  not  come  away  with  the 
first  plug  and  the  os  was  open,  was  to  pass  a  catheter  into  the 
uterus,  and  with  a  syringe  throw  up  a  stream  of  cold  water. 
This  generally  caused  their  expulsion  in  a  few  minutes,  and  he 
had  never  seen  any  unpleasant  consequence  arise  from  the  in¬ 
jection.  Placenta  praevia  was  the  next  subject  referred  to.  He 
would  only  allude  to  the  very  interesting  points  as  to  the  pa¬ 
thology  of  this  condition,  discussed  by  Dr.  Macau  and  Dr. 
Barnes,  and  would  pass  on  to  some  of  fhe  plans  of  treatment 
spoken  of  by  others.  Dr.  Wallace  spoke  of  plugging  the, 
vagina  as  being  in  common  use  in  Liverpool,  and  expressed 
fear  of  the  practice,  lest  the  haemorrhage  should  goon  in  a  con¬ 
cealed  manner,  blood  accumulating  in  the  uterus.  Plugging- 
had  long  been  the  practice  adopted  in  Dublin,  but  it  did  nor, 
originate  there.  It  was  a  German  practice,  introduced  in  the 
last  century;  and  when  the  membranes  were  unruptured,  or  the 
case  was  one  of  complete  placenta  praevia,  it  was  a  most  re¬ 
markable  method  of  controlling  haemorrhage  till  the  os  was 
sufficiently  dilated  to  allow  the  completion  of  labour.  If  the 
placenta  were  attached  all  round  the  os  internum,  or  the  mem¬ 
branes  were  unbroken,  the  blood  could  not  accumulate  in  the 
uterus.  But  plugging  was  not  so  much  in  use  in  Dublin  now 
as  formerly.  Twelve  or  fourteen  years  ago,  there  was  a  great 
debate  in  the  Loudon  Obstretrical  Society  on  the  treatment  of 
placenta  praevia;  and  since  then  the  induction  of  labour  as  soon 
as  possible  after  the  discovery  of  the  nature  of  the  case,  espec¬ 
ially  if  the  child  were  viable,  had  been  more  and  more  adopted 
as  t  he  rule  of  practice.  H<‘  had  himself  been  frequently  called 
to  see  patients  who  had  been  safely  conducted  through  oim  or 
two  early  and  slight  haemorrhages,  and  then  reduced  to  a  state 
of  so  great  prostration  by  a  suddeu  rush  of  blood  that  they 
died  in  the  act  of  delivery,  or  even  before  it  was  attempted; 
and  therefore  he  lost  no  opportunity  of  urging  the  induction  of 
labour  as  soon  as  it  was  clearly  ascertained  that  the  case  was 


1880J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


907 


one  of  placenta  praevia.  For  this  purpose,  the  plugging  of  the 
os  after  T)r.  Bonnet’s  plan,  with  prepared  sponge,  as  suggested 
by  Dr.  Playfair,  was  the  best  means  of  commencing  the  induc¬ 
tion  of  labour,  as  not  only  checking  the  bleeding,  but  at  the 
same  time  dilating  the  os.  Regarding  the,  treatment  of  post 
partum  haemorrhage,  DrEdis  had  drawn  attention  to  the  pre¬ 
ventive  treatment,  and  to  the  advantage  of  attending  to  the 
general  health  of  the  patient  before  labour  came  on.  He 
had  happily  compared  this  to  the  training  and  athlete  under¬ 
went  before  undertaking  a  race  or  other  great  physical  ex¬ 
ertion,  and  had  very  wisely  urged  that  women  should 
be  put  in  training  by  attention  to  their  general  health 
for  the  exertion  they  were  about  to  undergo.  Dr.  Malins, 
Dr.  Dill,  Dr.  Edis,  and  others,  had  further  spoken  of  the  im¬ 
portance  of  preventing  the  woman’s  powers  from  being  worn 
out  and  exhausted  bv  prolonged  efforts  in  labour,  and  advised 
that  she  should  be  assisted  by  the  use  of  ergot  or  by  the  forceps. 
That  the  undue  prolongation  of  labour  was  one  of  the  most  fre¬ 
quent  causes  of  post  partum  haemorrhage  could  uot  be  ques¬ 
tioned,  and  all  must  agree  with  Dr.  Edis  in  recommending  the 
prompt  use  of  the  forceps  when  delay  threatening  to  exhaust 
the  patient  occurred  in  the  second  stage.  There  was  another 
means  of  preventing  haemorrhage  which  had  not  been  spoken 
of,  that  was  of  not  less  value  :  the  placing  of  the  hand  on  the 
fundus  as  soon  as  the  child’s  head  was  expelled,  and  following 
the  uterus  down,  keeping  it  contracted  till  not  only  the  placenta 
was  expelled,  but  for  some  time  afterwards,  to  afford  time  for 
the  closing  of  the  vessels  by  Nature’s  own  processes.  This 
following  down  of  the  uterus  was  called  by  Dr.  Collins  “a  duty 
of  paramount  importance,”  and  was  very  different  from  the 
method  of  Crede,  which  had  been  mentioned.  He  tried  to  expel 
the  placenta  at  once  by  pressure  on  the  uterus.  Collins’  or  the 
Dublin  method  was  to  wait  till  the  uterus  expelled  the  placenta 
by  its  own  efforts,  securing  a  good  contraction  all  the  time  ;  and 
with  the  same  reason  one  did  not  extract  the  child  but  allowed 
it  to  be  expelled,  even  the  feet  by  the  contraction  of  the  uterus  and 
vagina.  The  introduction  of  the  hand  into  the  uterus  for  the 
removal  of  clots,  and  causing  contraction,  as  a  means  of  check¬ 
ing  haemorrhage,  had  not  been  spoken  of.  It  was  certainly  a 
most  efficient  mode  of  treatment,  and  should  always  precede 
the  use  of  injection  of  any  kind.  Though  an  operation  that 
seemed  specially  liable  to  be  followed  by  inflammatory  and 
septicaemic  symptoms,  it  was  certainly  not  so  dangerous  as  the 
use  of  styptic,  or  perhaps  even  simple  injections,  and  in  the 
majority  of  cases  completely  checked  the  bleeding.  Dr.  Ma¬ 
lins  spoke  of  the  effect  of  vomiting  in  checking  the  bleed¬ 
ing  and  reminded  the  meeting  of  Higginbottom’s  recommenda¬ 
tion  to  administer  ipecacuanha  in  cases  of  post  partum  haemorr¬ 
hage.  Of  this  treatment,  the  President  had  no  experience  j  he 

9 


908  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

had  not  tried  it  because,  in  the  first  place,  ipecucuana  took  a  con- 
siderable  time  to  produce  its  effects,  and  he  feared  the  nausea 
that  preceded  the  vomiting  would  be  injurious  ;  but  he  was 
always  glad  to  see  vomiting  in  cases  of  haemorrhage,  and  more 
than  suspected  that  the  greatest  benefit  derived  from  the  use 
of  ergot  b\r  the  mouth  was  caused  by  the  vomiting  it  often  in¬ 
duced.  He  had  very  seldom  seen  haemorrhage  recur  after  vom¬ 
iting  had  taken  place.  Dr.  Walter’s  cases  proved  that  the 
conditions  were  not  yet  known,  under  which  injection  of  hot 
water  might  be  relied  on  for  inducing  contraction  and  check¬ 
ing  bleeding.  That  it  was  often  useful,  and  stimulated  very 
promptly  the  vital  powers  when  the  patient  was  cold  and  pros¬ 
trate,  the  President  was  well  aware  from  his  own  experience. 
The  injection  of  a  solution  of  her  chloride  of  iron  acted  in  a  differ¬ 
ent  way.  The  iron  both  coagulated  the  blood  and  corrugated 
the  uterus,  as  Dr.  Barnes  had  remarked.  Unfortunatelj7,  the 
coagulation  sometimes  extended  along  the  vessels,  even  reach¬ 
ing  the  heart,  and  so  killing  the  patient.  In  the  Coombe  Lying- 
in -Hospital,  they  had  often  tried  the  introduction  of  a  small 
piece  of  the  solid  perchloride  into  the  uterus,  either  leaving  it 
there  or  removing  it  in  a  few  seconds ;  and  the  practice  was 
probably  a  safer  one  than  the  injection  of  a  solution.  Pro¬ 
fessor  Dill  and  Dr.  Cordes  had  spoken  of  the  advantage  of 
lowering  the  patient’s  head  so  as  to  favor  the  flow  to  the  brain 
of  any  blood  that  might  still  be  in  the  vessels;  bandaging  the 
abdomen,  by  compressing  the  vena  cava  and  other  large  veins, 
contributed  to  the  same  effect.  Not  only  should  the  pillow  and 
bolster  be  removed,  but  the  foot  of  the  bed  should  be  elevated 
so  as  to  give  a  decided  inclination  to  the  blood  to  gravitate  to¬ 
wards  the  head.  Some  years  ago,  Dr.  Wyse,  of  Kostellan,  in 
the  county  Cork,  wrote  a  paper  recommending  that  the  arms 
and  legs  should  be  elevated  almost  to  a  right  angle  with  the 
body  for  the  same  purpose  ;  and  more  recently  German  writers 
suggested  bandaging  the  limbs  tightly  with  the  same  view,  and 
dignified  the  process  with  the  name  of  “  autotransfusiou.”  The 
last  resource  was  transfusion.  Dr.  More  Madden  spoke  of  this 
as  a  difficult  operation ;  but,  after  some  experience  of  it,  the 
President  could  state  that  with  due  care,  and  following  the 
method  and  directions  of  Dr.  Robert  McDonnell,  it  was  not 
very  difficult.  He  believed  it  was  one  almost  entirely  devoid 
of  danger  or  bad  after-consequences,  and  one  that  ought  to 
be  had  recourse  to  at  a  much  earlier  stage  than  had  hitherto 
been  doue. 

Dr.  Macau,  in  reply,  said  that  he  had  purposely  left  out  acci¬ 
dental  haemorrhage  from  his  paper,  as  he  considered  there 
were  already  quite  enough  subjects  for  discussion.  In  what  he 
had  said  with  regard  to  the  confusion  that  has  occurred  be¬ 
tween  “  the  cervix  ”  and  u  the  cervical  zone,”  he  had  not  intend¬ 
ed  to  convey  the  impression  that  Dr.  Barnes  asserted  that  the 
placenta  was  inserted  into  the  cervix.  On  the  contrary,  he 


1880J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


909 


knew  that  Ur.  Barnes  held  the  same  idea  on  this  point  as  he 
(Dr.  Macan)  did,  but  had  been  led  by  the  similarity  of  the  two 
expressions  to  use  them  as  if  they  were  convertible  terms.  This 
confusion  happened  more  than  once  in  Dr.  Barnes’  work.  First, 
when  speaking  of  the  cause  of  the  haemorrhage  during  the  lat¬ 
ter  months  of  pregnancy,  he  said :  “  The  first  detachment  of 
placeuta,  then,  arises  from  an  excess  in  rate  of  growth  of  the 
placenta  over  that  of  the  cervix,  a  structure  which  was  not  de¬ 
signed  for  placental  attachments,  and  which  is  not  fitted  to 
keep  pace  with  the  placenta.”  And  again,  when  speaking  of 
post  partum  haemorrhage,  he  said  that  paralysis  of  the  eervix 
was  doubly  dangerous  in  cases  of  placenta  praevia,  because  “  the 
cervix  is  the  placental  site.”  He  did  not  agree  with  Dr. 
Barnes,  that  one  could  tell  exactly  what  amount  of  detachment 
of  the  placenta  must  take  place  in  each  case  ;  for  there  could 
be  no  doubt  that  the  implantation  of  the  placenta  over  any 
part  of  the  uterus  caused  that  portion  of  the  uterus  to  resist 
any  dilating  force  more  than  the  surrounding  uterine  tissue  in¬ 
to  which  the  placeuta  was  not  attached.  If,  now,  the  presen 
tatiou  were  marginal,  then  the  expansion  of  the  inner  os  would 
take  place  chietiy  at  ihe  expense  of  that  portion  of  the  uterine 
tissue  into  which  the  placenta  was  not  attached.  It  therefore  at 
once  followed  that  the  placental  site  had  not  to  dilate  as  much  as 
Dr.  Barnes’  theory  demauded  that  it  should  dilate,  and  there¬ 
fore  one  could  not  tell  the  exact  amount  of  detachment  that 
must  take  place,  and  should  therefore  abstain  from  any  attempt 
at  artitical  separation.  The  analogy  that  Dr.  Barnes  gave  of 
the  placenta  growing  too  fast  for  the  site  of  its  insertion  in 
cases  ot  tubal  gestation  held  good  only  if  the  placenta  were 
supposed  to  be  attached  to  the  inside  of  the  cervix,  which  idea 
Dr.  Barnes  repudiated.  There  was  no  analogy  between  the 
lower  segment  of  the  body  of  the  uterus  and  the  Fallopian 
tube  ;  and  to  say  that  the  lower  segment  of  the  uterus  was  not 
suited  for  the  attachment  of  the  placenta,  and  therefore  did  not 
grow  fast  enough  for  it,  was  a  simple  petitio  p>incipii;  the 
whole  question  in  dispute  being  whether  this  portion  of  the 
uterus  were  suited  for  placental  attachment  or  not  .  —  British 
Medical  Journal. 


TWO  CASES  OF  PECULIAR  DELUSIONS. 

By  Wm.  Dewitt,  M.  I).,  Professor  of  Anatomy,  Medical  Department,  University  of 

California. 

Case  1.  I  was  sent  for  in  great  haste  to  visit  Mr.  J.  W.,  aged 
50  years,  who  was  suffering  excruciating  pains,  owing  to  the 
presence  of  a  pin  in  the  rectum.  The  patient  supposed  t  hat  at 
one  time  in  his  life  he  had  swallowed  a  pin,  and  was  positive 
he  could  feel  it  in  his  rectum. 

I  carefully  explored  the  rectum,  but  was  unable  to  detect 
the  presence  of  any  foreign  body  there,  and  concluded  that  the 


910  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

pain  was  entirely  imaginary.  I  endeavored  to  convince  him 
that  lie  was  mistaken,  but  it  was  of  no  avail ;  he  insisted  that 
the  pin  was  there  and  he  could  touch  it  with  his  linger,  and 
was  causing  him  great  suffering.  I  again  examined  the  rec¬ 
tum,  and  suddenly  withdrawing  my  finger,  informed  him  that 
I  had  discovered  it.  Turning  from  the  bed  to  the  table,  1  took 
a  pin  from  my  coat,  bent  it  upon  itself,  and  guarded  the  point 
by  securing  it  in  the  blade  of  my  forceps.  Introducing  my 
finger,  I  inserted  the  forceps  with  the  pin  into  the  rectum ; 
then  making  a  few  manipulations,  withdrew  the  forceps  with 
the  pin,  at  the  same  time  exclaiming,  “I  have  got  it!”  and 
holding  it  up  so  that  he  could  see  it.  He  immediately  sprang 
from  the  bed,  throwing  his  arms  up  wit  h  exclamations  of  joy, 
grasped  me  around  the  neck,  saying  he  was  entirely  relieved 
of  his  pain.  He  never  suffered  further  inconvenience  from 
pain  in  the  rectum. 

Case  2.  Mrs.  H.,  aged  about  55,  presented  herself  at  the 
Medical  College,  University  of  Michigan,  complaining  of  severe 
pain  in  the  right  tibia,  and  showing  a  spicula  (which  she  said 
was  bone),  about  an  mch  and  a  half  long  and  one-eighth  wide, 
and  about  a  line  in  thickness,  stating  that  she  removed  it  from 
her  shin  a  few  days  before.  On  examination  there  was  found 
to  be  no  trouble  whatever  affecting  the  tibia. 

The  spicula  proved  on  microscopic  examination  to  be  a  part 
of  a  sclerosed  tendon  from  the  leg  of  some  fowl.  She  was  in¬ 
formed  there  was  nothing  the  matter  with  her,  and  dismissed. 
Some  months  afterwards  she  began  calling  at  my  office,  still 
complaining  of  the  same  pain,  and  insisting  that  there  was 
more  bone  to  come  away,  and  wishing  me  to  make  an  opera¬ 
tion.  After  refusing  repeatedly,  1  finally  consented  to  operate 
on  the  bone. 

The  operation  consisted  in  making  an  incision  about  three 
inches  long  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  tibia,  and,  with  a 
bone-gouge,  cutting  a  groove  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch  wide 
and  about  one-eighth  of  an  inch  deep  in  the  tibia,  and  filling 
the  wound  with  lint  and  allowing  it  to  heal  by  granulation, 
which  it  soon  did  ;  and  her  pain  all  disappeared,  and  she  had 
no  more  trouble  with  her  leg. 

I  have  cited  these  two  cases  to  show  that  we  often  have  to 
minister  to  minds  diseased,  and  sometimes  have  to  be  cruel 
to  be  kind,  to  relieve  such  imaginary  conditions  of  our  patients, 
which  cases  require  more  judgment  ana  tact  than  some  of  those 
with  organic  lesions.  They  are  often  the  most  troublesome 
cases  the  physician  is  called  upon  to  treat  and  to  satisfy. 


THE  LISTER  METHOD. 

For  his  antiseptic  method,  Lister  has  in  no  country  been  so 
severly  and  unjustly  criticised  as  by  some  of  his  English  col¬ 
leagues.  The  Lancet  referring  to  the  surgical  address  deliv- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


911 


1880] 

ered  at  the  meeting  of  the  British  Medical  Association,  last 
summer,  by  Mr.  Savory,  attempts  to  prove  that  after  an  “im¬ 
partial  trial”  of  the  antiseptic  method,  the  statistics  resulting 
are  in  no  way  superior  to  those  obtained  from  the  older  and 
more  simple  methods  of  dressing  aud  operating,  but  in  some 
respects  are  even  inferior.  This  attack  is  founded  upon  statis¬ 
tics  of  operations  at  St.  Bartholomew’s  Hospital,  at  London, 
during  the  years  1876,  ’77  and  ’78.  The  death  rate  from  second¬ 
ary  wound  diseases  being,  for  1876,  from  (pysemia  0.49  per 
cent.)  pyaemia  and  erysipelas,  1.24  per  cent.;  for  1877  from 
(pyaemia  0.95  per  cent)  pyaemia  and  erysipelas,  1.43  per  cent. ; 
for  1878,  from  (pyaemia  0.96  per  cent)  pyaemia  and  erysipelas, 
1.68  per  cent.  The  Lancet  therefore  concludes  that  “  if  the 
Listerians  can  show  better  results  than  these,  they  are  unjust 
to  themselves  and  unfaithful  to  the  doctrine  they  profess  if 
they  any  longer  withhold  the  statistical  results  of  their  prac¬ 
tice.”  (The  Lancet,  August  16,  1879,  p.  247.)  It  is  true  that 
the  abov e  stated  results  are  praiseworthy,  and  that  a  new 
method,  asserting  superiority  over  the  old  must  submit  to  trial 
and  to  criticism,  but  the  Lancet’s  criticism  of  Lister’s  method  is 
based  upon  no  essential  trial,  and  is  therefore  illogical.  Atrial 
should  consist  of  a  double  series  of  an  equal  number  of  similar 
treated  by  each  method  simultaneously,  and  in  the  same  wards 
of  the  same  hospital,  after  which  the  results  should  be  com¬ 
pared.  This  was  not  done  at  St.  Bartholomew’s.  But  a  num¬ 
ber  of  leading  surgeons  on  the  continent,  neither  “  young 
enthusiasts  of  the  antiseptic  system,”  nor  yet  “  germ  theorists,” 
but  eminent  and  able  men,  have  tried  the  methods,  compared 
the  statistics,  aud  have  published  the  results.  It  is  these  sta¬ 
tistics,  and  not  any  enthusiasm  for  the  germ  theory,  that  has 
spoken  the  deciding  woid  in  favor  of  Lister’s  method. 

Possibly  the  hygienic  conditions  of  St.  Bartholomew’s  Hos¬ 
pital  are  almost  as  good  as  in  private  houses,  aud  therefore  the 
antiseptic  method  is  not  so  much  needed.  The  great  majority 
of  hospitals,  however,  are  not  so  sale  against  septic  infection, 
and  for  these  the  superiority  of  antiseptic  surgery  cannot  longer 
be  disputed.  The  records  from  the  last  Busso-Turkish  war 
speak  volumes  for  the  method.  That  anti  septic  surgery  has 
reached  its  highest  perfection  has  never  been  claimed,  either 
by  Lister  himself  or  by  others.  It  wrould,  however,  be  a  dan¬ 
gerous  retrograde  movement  to  return  to  what  Mr.  Savory  calls 
“simple  means  of  diessiug.” — Chicago  Medical  Gazette ,  January 
20th. 


A  MODIFICATION  OF  THE  OPERATION  FOR  FISTULA  IN  ANO. 

By  J.  J.  Knott,  M.  I).,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

The  following  procedure  will  be  found  to  do  away  with  some 
of  the  inconveniences,  and  the  most  of  the  pain  attending  the 
operation  for  fistula  in  auo.  I  have  tried  it  in  two  cases  with 
perfect  satisfaction.  Introduce  the  aual  speculum,  with  the 


912  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

fenestra  on  a  line  with  the  fistulous  track,  pass  the  director 
through  the  fistula,  allowing  the  speculum  to  remain  in  situ. 
With  your  curved,  sharp-pointed  bistoury,  divide  the  tissues, 
and  withdraw  the  speculum,  director,  and  knife  altogether. 
You  get  the  following  advantages  by  this  method:  avoidance 
of  pain  to  a  great  extent;  a  full  view  of  all  the  parts;  and,  so 
far  in  my  hands,  the  avoidance  of  tenesmus  of  the  rectum, 
which  is  likely  to  bring  on  strangury  and  retention  of  urine. 
The  two  cases  in  which  this  method  was  adopted  were  of  a 
nervous  temperament — cases  which  would  call  for  :wi  anaesthe¬ 
tic  to  allay  pain  consequent  on  the  operation  by  other  methods. 
— New  York  Medical  Record !,  Jan.  10. 


A  PERTINENT  ENQUIRY  ABOUT  DOCTORS  AND  CLERGYMEN. 

A  writer  in  an  Eastern  journal  is  perplexing  himself  to  ascer¬ 
tain  why,  when  doctors  attend  gratuitously  to  clergymen  and 
their  families,  without  discrimination  as  to  their  circumstances, 
they  should  not  have  the  services  of  clergymen  who  can  afford  it 
in  return.  That  is  to  say,  when  a  minister  is  called  to  officiate 
at  the  marriage  of  a  doctor  or  a  member  of  his  family  why  should 
the  doctor,  no  matter  how  poor,  be  expected  to  pay  a  fee  to  the 
minister,  no  matter  how  ricli  the  latter?  And  when  a  doctor 
attends  the  minister’s  child  for  a  week  or  a  month,  the  child 
getting  well,  for  which  he  neither  receives  nor  expects  pay,  the 
doctor,  when  his  own  child  dies,  would  be  expected  to  pay  the 
minister  for  his  services  at  the  burial  ?  And  further,  when  the 
minister’s  salary  is  to  be  raised,  why  should  the  doctor  who 
serves  him  gratuitously  be  expected  to  pay  his  full  quota  and 
perhaps  more?  And  why  should  the  doctor  be  expected  to  pay 
a  first  class  pew  l  ent,  when  he  not  only  attends  the  minister  and 
his  family  but  all  the  poor  of  the  parish  without  compensation  ? 
We  have  known,  in  the  course  of  a  long  practice,  a  few  clergy¬ 
men  who  declined  accepting  our  services  gratuitously,  and  com¬ 
pelled  us  to  take  a  fee,  nolens  volens ;  but  tney  were  not  the  rich¬ 
est  of  our  clerical  patrons. — Pacific  Medical  and  Surgical  Jour¬ 
nal ,  January,  1880. 


LACERATED  CERVIX  UTERI  A  PROBABLE  CAUSE  OF  RECURRING 

ABORTIONS. 

By  S.  V.  Clevenger,  M.  D. 

Mrs.  X,  married  in  1865,  is  the  mother  of  four  children :  the 
last  child  was  burn  April  22,  1872.  She  had  experienced  no 
unusual  difficulty  previous  to,  during  or  after  each  labor. 
August  31,  1873,  without  any  apperent  cause,  she  aborted  a 
three  months  foetus;  made  a  good  recovery  speedily,  and  upon 
the  same  date  the  following  year,  after  a  long  walk,  miscarried 
again  a  four  and  one-half  months  foetus.  Six  weeks  previous  to 
this,  at  the  third  mouth  of  pregnancy,  began  the  daily  recur¬ 
rence  of  vaginal  discharges  of  an  ounce  or  two  ounces  of  blood, 
lasting  one.  or  two  hours  each  time.  On  the  11th  of  February, 


1S80J  Current  Medical  Literature.  013 

1876,  after  moderate  exercise,  another  abortion  of  a  three 
months  fcetns  occurred  with  such  violent  haemorrhage  as  to  en¬ 
danger  her  life,  and  cause  her  confinement  in  bed  two  months. 

Neurasthenia  followed,  from  which  she  has  never  fully  recov¬ 
ered,  subinvolution,  infiammation  and  ulceration  of  the  uterus 
being  the  alleged  causes  of  her  nervous  derangement ;  cauter¬ 
ization  of  the  cervix  was  advised  by  skillful  gynecologists,  but 
fortunately  was  not  permitted.  This  condition,  unrelieved,  ex¬ 
isted  till  December,  1878,  when  I  advised  the  use  of  hot  water 
vaginal  injections,  and  the  application  of  glyceriue  plugs.  Im¬ 
mediate  benefit  to  the  patient  resulted,  from  thus  relieving  the 
congestion  of  the  parts,  and  she  has  since  this  time  en  joyed 
better,  though  without  fully  recovering,  health. 

In  common  with  many  other  practitioners,  I  knew  nothing  of 
Emmet’s  demonstration  of  the  pathological  importance  of  cer¬ 
vical  laceration,  receiving  my  first  information  on  the  subject 
from  Dr.  E.  C.  Dudley,  in  July  of  last  year.  An  examination 
revealed  laceration  of  the  cervix,  through  both  ora.  Assuming 
that  this  tear  occured  at  the  last  full  term  labor  in  1872,  it 
seems  probable  that  the  following  miscarriages  were  due  to  the 
want  of  cervical  integrity.  The  everted  edges  of  the  cervix, 
with  consequent  “rolling  out”  of  the  intrauterine  tissue, 
would  afford  poor  support  for  the  contents  of  a  gravid  uterus. 
The  recurrence  of  the  abortion  at  the  third  month  in  the  two 
cases,  and  its  commencement  in  one  case,  would  iudicate  that 
at  this  period  the  contents  of  the  sack  had  acquired  sufficient 
weight  and  size  to  press  aside  the  feebly  resisting  false  cervical 
walls,  thus  permitting  the  gravitation  and  expulsion  of  the 
fcetns  and  its  appendages.  That  placenta  praevia  did  not  exist 
in  the  first  instance  at  least  is  known,  nor  was  there  any  cause 
to  suspect  death  of  either  foetus  previous  to  expulsion. 

That  the  laceration  was  the  cause,  it  is  now  impossible  to 
assert  positively.  The  lesion  may  have  taken  place  at  any  one 
of  the  preceding  four  labors. 

[The  history  of  the  lesion  as  given  in  the  case-books  of  the 
Woman’s  Hospital  in  the  State  of  New  York,  and  in  the  private 
records  of  Dr.  Emmet,  and  in  our  own  records,  proves  the  cor¬ 
rectness  of  the  views  above  expressed,  although,  so  far  as  we 
are  aware,  these  views  have  not  hitherto  been  specially  pub¬ 
lished. — Ed.J — Chicago  Medical  Gazette ,  Jan.  20. 


PFLEGER  ON  THE  CEREBRAL  PATHOLOGY  OF  EPILEPSY. 

Dr.  Ludwig  Pfleger*  reports  that,  out  of  forty-three  cases 
(seventeen  males  and  twenty-six  females)  of  epilepsy  in  which 
lie  has  made  post  mortem  examinations,  he  found  the  hippocam¬ 
pus  major  shrivelled  and  sclerosed  in  twenty-five  instances 
(males  7,  females  18),  while  in  two  others  atrophy,  without 
sclerosis,  was  observed.  In  the  course  of  about  three  hun- 


*  Beobachtungen  liber  Schrnnipfnng  nnd  Sclerose  des  Amtnonshornes  bei  Epilepsie.” 
Von.  Dr.  Ludwig  Pfleger.  Allg.  Zeitschr.fur  Psychiatrie,  Bd.  xxxvi,  Heft  9 — 3. 


914  Current  Medical  Literature.  [March 

dred  other  necropsies,  chiefly  of  insane  patients,  he  has  also 
noted  the  following :  Atrophy  and  sclerosis  of  both  hippocam¬ 
pi  in  a  woman,  aged  49,  who  had  died  of  paralytic  dementia ; 
atrophy  of  both  hippocampi  in  a  hysterical  woman,  aged 
78,  who  had  long  been  subject  to  convulsions,  apparently 
not  attended  by  loss  of  consciousness:  adhesion  of  the  an¬ 
terior  portion  of  the  cornu  ammonis  to  the  ventricular  wall  above 
it,  usually  upon  both  sides,  in  the  following  eleven  cases  :  a 
man,  aged  38,  who  had  one  or  two  epileptoid  attacks  annually, 
and  was  said  to  have  previously  suffered  from  true  epilepsy  ; 
two  male  general  paralytics,  aged  31  and  40,  of  which  the 
younger  was  reported  to  have  once  been  epileptic ;  a  man  who 
had  first  become  epileptic  at  22  years  of  age,  whose  fits  were 
very  frequent,  though  generally  unaccompanied  by  loss  of  con¬ 
sciousness  ;  seven  cases  of  death  from  marasmus  senilis,  in  two 
of  which  attacks  of  great  excitement  had  been  frequent. 

Hemkes  pointed  out  (see  London  Medical  Record ,  March,  1878) 
that  the  lesion  of  the  hippocampus  was  only  observed  by  him 
in  patients  who  had  been  epileptic  before  the  twelfth  year  of 
life.  Ptleger  believes  this  to  be  so  in  the  great  majority  of  in¬ 
stances,  but  draws  attention  to  three  of  his  own  cases  in  which 
epilepsy  had  only  commenced  at  or  after  twenty  years  of 
age. 

Dividing  his  cases  into  two  groups,  the  first  consisting  of 
those  in  which  the  fits  were  frequent  and  severe ;  the  second, 
of  those  in  which  they  were  comparatively  infrequent  and 
slight ;  the  author  finds  that  the  great  majority  of  instances  of 
lesion  of  the  hippocampus  occurs  in  the  first  group.  Thus,  among 
eight  males  with  strong  and  frequent  fits,  six  had  sclerosis; 
while  among  niue  in  whom  the  disease  was  milder,  only  one 
showed  slight  atrophy  and  sclerosis  of  the  hippocampus, 
though  marked  atrophy  of  one  half  of  the  brain  was  present  in 
three  cases.  Of  fifteen  women  who  suffered  from  the  severe 
form  of  the  disease,  eleven  were  found  to  have  sclerosis ;  and 
of  eleven  belonging  to  the  second  group,  four  had  sclerosis,  and 
two  atrophy  without  sclerosis. 

Adding  together  the  cases  of  Hemkes  and  Pfieger,  it  would 
appear  that  a  lesion  of  one  or  both  hippocampi  may  be  ob¬ 
served  in  about  one-half  of  the  necropsies  on  insane  epileptics. 
It  appears  from  anatomical  and  experimental  research,  that  the 
cornu  ammonis  has  no  connection  with  the  motor  functions ;  it 
cannot,  therefore,  be  maintained  that  the  morbid  change  in  it 
is  either  the  cause,  seat,  or  result  of  the  epilepsy.  The  author 
attributes  the  lesion  to  a  disturbance  of  nutrition  dependent 
upon  a  change  in  the  mode  of  circulation  of  the  blood  during 
and  after  the  epileptic  attack,  owing  to  the  peculiar  distribu¬ 
tion  of  the  blood-vessels  of  the  hippocampus.  It  will  be  seen 
that  this  is  quite  a  different  view  from  that  adopted  by  Hem¬ 
kes,  who  regards  the  appearances  as  due  to  “  partial  ence¬ 
phalitic  processes  with  resulting  atrophy.” — Chas.  S.  W.  Cob  - 
bold,  M.D. — London  Medical  Record ,  November  15th. 


1880J  Current  Medical  Literature,  915 

PROBABLE  CAUSE  OF  LEPROSY. 

A  probable  cause  of  leprosy,  a  disease,  both  the  cause  and 
remedy  of  which  have  hitherto  eluded  discovery,  has  been 
pointed  out  by  Mr.  Manson  in  a  communication  to  the  Lin- 
mean  Society.  Microscopists  have  discovered  in  human  blood 
and  in  the  blood  of  dogs,  swarms  of  small  thread-like  worms — 
Filaria  sanguinis  hominis.  If  they  could  grow  and  breed  in  the 
body  in  which  they  first  appear,  that  body  would  soon  die.  “  If 
the  brood  of  embryo  file  rice,  at  any  one  time  free  in  the  blood 
of  a  dog  moderately  well  charged  with  them,  were  to  begin 
growing,  before  they  had  each  attained  a  hundredth  part  of 
the  size  of  the  mature  filaria ,  their  aggregate  volume  would 
occupy  a  bulk  manv  times  greater  than  the  dog  itself.  I  have 
calculated,”  says  Mr.  Manson,  author  of  the  paper  in  question, 
u  that  in  the  blood  of  certain  dogs  and  men  there  exists  at  any 
given  moment  more  than  two  millions  of  embryos.”  This 
minute  creature  is  a  very  formidable  parasite.  Were  it  not 
that  large  numbers  disintegrate  and  perish,  or  are  voided  with 
the  secretions,  having  even  been  found  in  the  tears,  the  natural 
functions  of  the  blood  would  be  impossible.  Nature  requires 
that  for  further  development  the  filaria  as  well  as  other  para¬ 
sites  should  enter  some  other  body.  Knowing  that  mosquitoes 
suck  human  blood,  Mr.  Manson  made  arrangements  by  which 
he  captured  a  number  of  the  insects  which  had  gorged  them¬ 
selves  on  the  blood  of  a  filarious  Chinaman  who  had  been  “  per¬ 
suaded”  to  sleep  in  a  mosquito  chamber.  On  examining  the 
insects  by  aid  of  the  microscope,  the  subsequent  development 
of  the  filaira  could  be  well  made  out ;  it  passes  through  three 
stages,  iu  the  last  of  which  “  it  becomes  endowed  with  mar¬ 
velous  power  and  activity.  It  rushes  about  the  field  (of  the 
microscope),  forcing  obstacles  aside,  moving  indifferently  at 
either  end,  and  appears  quite  at  home.”  Referring  to  the  pa- 
pilae  which,  appearing  at  one  extremity  of  the  creature  are 
supposed  to  be  the-boring  apparatus,  Mr.  Manson  says  :  “  This 
formidable  looking  animal  is  undoubtedly  the  Filaria  sanguinis 
hominis  equipped  for  independent  life,  and  ready  to  leave  its 
nurse, Jthe  mosquito.”  The  filaria  u  escaping  into  the  water  in 
which  the  mosquito  died  is,  through  the  medium  of  this  fluid, 
brought  into  contact  with  the  tissues  of  man,  and  either  pierc¬ 
ing  the  integuments,  or  what  is  more  probable,  being  swal¬ 
lowed,  it  works  its  way  through  the  alimentary  canal  to  its 
final  resting-place.  Arrived  there  its  development  is  perfected, 
fecundation  is  effected,  and  finally  the  embryo  filarice  we  meet 
with  in  the  blood  are  discharged  in  successive  swarms  and  in 
countless  numbers.  In  warm  climates  the  presence  of  these  micro¬ 
scopic  worms  is  most  to  be  feared ;  and  it  has  been  but  too 
clearly  made  out,  and  that  its  presence  is  associated  with  pain¬ 
ful  and  disgusting  diseases,  and  u  not  improbably  with  leprosy 
itself.” — tSceintifie  News. 

10 


910 


Editorial. 


[March 


j^DITOF^IAL. 


“  A  green  Christmas  makes  a  fat  church  yard.”  This  has 
been  an  English  proverb  for  generations ; — how  many  we  are 
unable  to  state.  The  questions  which  principally  concern  us, 
are,  first,  if  the  theorem  be  true  as  it  respects  England,  is  it 
equally  applicable  to  this  country?  Next,  what  are  the  dis¬ 
eases  which  are  most  likely  to  be  protected  and  fostered  by 
a  green  Christmas  ?  Third,  what  steps  shall  the  medical  pro¬ 
fession  take,  to  secure  exemption  from  the  penalties  entailed 
by  a  warm  winter  ?  In  reply  to  the  first  query,  it  may  be  safe¬ 
ly  affirmed,  that  the  two  most  mischievous  morbid  pests  of  this 
country  are  held  in  abeyance,  at  least,  by  low  markings  of 
temperature.  It  would  therefore  appear  that  if  the  pos¬ 
tulation  was  true  of  England,  it  was  yet  the  more  so  of  this 
country.  The  evolution  of  swamp  poison  is  checked  by  frost, 
but  the  poison  is  not  permanently  destroyed,  for  the  warmth  of 
the  ensuing  Spring  renews  the  toxic  energy  of  the  germs  in  the 
very  locality  where  they  were  caught  by  the  frosts  of  winter. 

There  seems  to  be  a  marked  difference  in  the  influence  which 
cold  exerts  upon  the  essential  cause  of  the  other  of  the  mor¬ 
bid  pests  alluded  to.  Yellow  fever  poison  not  only  ceases  to  be 
evolved  under  the  influence  of  frost,  but  seems  subsequently 
to  be  incapable  of  survival  in  such  form  at  least  as  would  be 
productive  of  disease.  After  an  epidemic  of  yellow  fever, 
chance  and  a  careless  disregard  of  sanitary  precautions,  fre¬ 
quently  permit  the  germs  to  be  placed  in  situations  where  they 
are  protected  from  a  sufficient  degree  of  cold  to  destroy  them, 
and  this  even  during  cold  winters.  It  is  quite  rational  to  con¬ 
clude  that  the  protection  afforded  by  frost  would  be  more  or 
less  general  and  complete  in  pretty  direct  ratio  to  the  degree  and 
persistence  of  the  cold.  The  past  winter  has  been  too  mild  to 
justify  confidence  in  the  belief  that  yellow  fever  germs  have 
been  everywhere  destroyed  by  low  temperature.  The  attention 
of  physicians,  in  localities  of  its  prevalence  last  year,  should 
be  earnestly  directed  to  these  facts.  Through  cleansing  of  all 


1880] 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


917 


rooms  or  quarters  which  have  been  infected  should  be  prac¬ 
tised  before  the  warm  weather  sets  In.  Fomites  should 
be  in  some  manner  destroyed  ;  lastly,  and  probably  more  im¬ 
portant  than  all,  the  first  cases  should  be  isolated  so  rigidly 
that  epidemics  maybe  prevented,  by  keeping  unprotected  per¬ 
sons  out  of  the  range  of  the  poison  as  we  extinguish  a  fire  by 
witholding  materials  for  combustion.  We  think  it  hardly  rash 
to  assert  that  the  experiences  of  1879  justify  a  declaration  that 
yellow  fever  can  be  stamped  if  well  directed  efforts  are  re¬ 
sorted  to  at  the  beginning  of  its  outbreaks. 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


A  Treatise  on  the  Science  and  Practice  of  Midwifery.  By  W.  S. 
Playfair,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  Physician  Accoucheur  to  H.  I. 
and  R.  H.,  the  Duchess  of  Edinburgh,  Professor  of  Obstet¬ 
ric  Medicine  in  Kings  College,  etc.,  etc.  Third  American 
Edition,  revised  and  corrected  by  the  author,  with  notes 
and  additions  by  Robt.  P.  Harris,  M.  D.  With  two  plates 
and  one  hundred  and  eighty-three  illustrations.  Philadel¬ 
phia  :  Henry  C.  Lea.  Kew  Orleans :  Armaud  Hawkins, 
medical  bookseller,  196|  Canal  street. 

The  medical  profession  has  now  the  opportunity  of  adding 
to  their  stock  of  standard  medical  works  one  of  the  best  vol¬ 
umes  on  midwifery  ever  published.  The  subject  is  taken  up 
with  a  master  hand.  The  essentials  to  correct  knowledge,  the 
anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  getier  itive  organs,  afford  the 
student  an  apportunity  to  familiarize  himself  thoroughly  with 
the  groundwork  of  obstetrics,  and  step  by  step  he  is  carried 
into  the  subject  of  the  physiology  of  pregnancy  and  parturi¬ 
tion.  The  mechanism  of  labor  is  made  so  interesting  that  this 
much  neglected,  but  so  important  subject  need  not  be  looked 
upon  as  au  abstruse  theorem  in  geometry.  The  part  devoted 
to  labor  in  all  the  various  presentations,  the  management  and 
results,  is  admirably  arranged,  and  the  views  entertained  will 
be  found  essentially  modern,  and  the  opinions  expreseed  trust¬ 
worthy. 

Part  IV.  is  devoted  to  obstetrical  operations,  and  is  valuable 
as  containing  the  method  of  operating  and  the  reasous  there- 


918  Reviews  and  Boole  Notices.  [March 

for.  The  addition,  by  Dr.  Harris,  of  a  review  of  the  use  of 
forceps  in  America,  adds  much  to  the  completeness  of  the 
subject. 

The  work  closes  with  a  section  devoted  to  the  study  of 
diseases  of  the  puerperal  state,  and  is  sufficiently  in  detail  to 
meet  all  requirements. 

The  work  abounds  with  plates  illustrating  various  obstetrical 
positions ;  they  are  admirably  wrought  and  afford  great  assist¬ 
ance  to  the  student.  The  publishers  have  spared  nothing  in 
placing  the  work  before  the  profession  in  first  class  style. 

A  System  of  Midwifery ,  including  the  Disease  of  Pregnancy  and 
the  Puepural  state.  By  William  Leishman  M.  D.  Begius 
Professor  of  Midwifery  in  the  University  of  Glasgow  ; 
Physician  for  Diseases  of  Women,  and  Consulting  Physician 
to  the  Obstetrical  Department  iu  the  Glasgow  Western 
Infirmary,  etc.  Third  American  edition,  revised  by  the 
author.  With  additions,  by  John  S.  Parry,  M.  D.  With 
two  hundred  and  five  illustrations.  Philadelphia  :  Henry 
0.  Lea,  New  Orleans,  Armand  Hawkins,  medical  booksel¬ 
ler,  197£  Canal  street.  8  vo.  pp.  732. 

To  the  American  student  the  work  before  us  must  prove 
admirably  adapted.  Complete  in  all  its  parts,  essentially 
modern  in  its  teachings,  and  with  demonstrations  noted  for 
clearness  and  precision  it  will  gain  in  favor  and  be  recognized 
as  a  work  of  standard  merit. 

The  arrangement  of  the  werk  is  natural.  The  introductory 
chapter  is  chiefly  historical,  but  contains,  besides,  observations 
on  comparative  anatomy  illustrating  pelvic  changes  occuring 
during  the  gestation  of  lower  animals.  The  study  of  the  pelvis 
and  female  organs  of  generation  is  taken  up  methodically,  and 
the  subject  of  development  of  ovum,  embryo  and  foetus  is 
excellently  demonstrated. 

The  chapter  on  the  mechanism  of  labor  are  rendered  highly 
comprehensive  by  the  introduction  of  engravings  showing  the 
various  stages  of  labor,  so  arranged  that  flexion,  progression, 
rotation  and  extention  are  shown  on  the  same  plate. 

The  complications  of  pregnancy  and  parturition  are  fully 
given  and  the  chapters  on  the  obstetrical  operations  and  puer- 
pural  disease  are  judiciously  arranged  and  the  subjects  admi¬ 
rably  treat  sd. 


919 


1880]  Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 

The  work  caunot  fail  to  be  popular  and  is  cordially  recom¬ 
mended. 

The  publisher’s  task  has  been  admirably  performed  as  is  tes¬ 
tified  by  the  durable  binding  and  clear  printing, 


Sexual  Neuroses.  By  J.  T.  Kent,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

12  mo.,  pp.  144.  From  the  author.  Price,  $1  50. 

When  works  devoted  to  the  genito-urinary  organs  have  a 
large  and  important  part  of  their  pages  filled  with  the  study 
of  those  affections  of  the  nervous  system  arising  from  or  de¬ 
pendent  upon  some  vice,  local  or  constitutional,  connected  with 
these  organs,  we  think  that  special  works  devoted  to  sexual 
neuroses  are  not  only  out  of  place  when  they  advance  nothing 
new  in  therapeutics,  but  could  be  as  well  left  unwritten.  In 
our  examination  of  this  work  we  find  some  cliuical  records  that 
are  given  in  racy  style ;  pen  pictures,  word  paintings,  in  fact. 
These  cases  present  typical  views  of  the  diseases  under  con¬ 
sideration,  but  are  interesting  chiefly  as  clinical  curiosities. 
The  outlines  of  treatment  are  laid  down.  The  there peutic 
agents  are  few.  and  are  those  usually  emyloyed. 

The  work  is  well  arranged  and  creditably  printed. 


Diseases  of  the  Stomach ,  the  varieties  of  Dyspepsia,  their  diag¬ 
nosis  and  treatment.  By  S.  O.  Habershon,  M.  D.,  Lon¬ 
don,  Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians,  etc. 
Third  edition.  Philadelphia:  Lindsay  &  Blakiston. 
New  Orleans  :  Armand  Hawkins,  medical  bookseller,  196£ 
Canal  street.  Price,  $1  75. 

This  work  embraces  within  its  pages  a  careful  study  of  the 
diseases  of  one  of  the  most  important  of  organs,  and  the  reader 
is  presented  with  the  reseach  of  many  years  of  experience  in 
hospital  and  private  practice. 

The  volume  contains  twenty  chapters,  devoted  to  the  study 
of  the  various  forms  of  dyspepsia,  atomic,  inflammatory,  he- 
jiatic,  rheumatic,  renal,  sympathetic,  etc.,  cancerous  diseases 
and  spasm  of  the  stomach.  The  symptoms  are  clearly  given, 
and  approved  methods  of  treatment  recommended. 

We  feel  sure  that  the  stomach  is  more  imposed  upon  by 
routine  practice  than  any  other  organ,  and  cheerfully  recom- 


920  Reviews  and  Boole  Notices.  [March 

mend  this  work  as  systematic,  and  entitled  to  careful  exami¬ 
nation  and  close  study. 

The  Throat  and  the  Voice.  By  J.  Solis  Cohen,  M.  D.,  Lecturer 
on  Diseases  of  the  Throat  and  Chest  in  Jefferson  Medical 
college,  etc.  Philadelphia :  Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  New 
Orleans:  Armand  Hawkins,  medical  bookseller,  19Gi 
Canal  street. 

The  popular  series  known  as  American  Health  Primers,  con¬ 
tinue  to  merit  the  approbation  of  the  profession.  The  time  has 
come  when  hygiene  and  preventive  medicine  bid  fair  to  occupy 
their  proper  place,  and  these  primers  will  assist  in  the  educa¬ 
tion  of  the  laiety  in  matters  connected  with  the  laws  of  health. 
Among  the  educated,  the  charlatan  finds  a  limited  field  for  the 
prosecution  of  his  schemes  of  spoliation. 

The  little  work  before  us  will  be  popular.  It  is  written  with 
a  view  of  directing  the  general  reader  to  some  scientific  facts, 
concerning  the  throat  and  the  voice.  Subjects,  ordinarily  dry 
and  uninteresting,  will  afford  pleasure  and  profit  to  the  general 
reader,  and  the  hints  on  proper  care  and  cultivation  of  the 
vocal  organs  will  be  appreciated  by  teachers  and  public  speak¬ 
ers  especially. 

A  Guide  to  Surgical  Diagnosis.  By  Christopher  Heath,  F.  R.  C. 
S.,  Holme  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery  in  University  Col¬ 
lege,  London,  and  Surgeon  to  University  College  Hospital, 
etc.  Philadelphia:  Lindsay  &'  Blakiston.  New  Orleans 
Armand  Hawkins,  1964  Canal  street.  12  mo.  pp.  214. 

The  author,  recognizing  the  difficulty  even  a  well  read  stu¬ 
dent  finds  iu  bringing  his  knowledge  to  bear  upon  the  patient 
before  him,  has  arranged  in  this  little  volume  certain  landmarks 
for  his  guidance  and  presents  them  grouped  anatomically  so  as 
readily  to  fix  the  attention.  The  introductory  chapter  gives 
an  excellent  plan  for  proper  recording  cases. 

The  various  parts  of  the  body  are  taken  up  in  natural  order 
and  the  affections  of  each  are  pointed  out. 

The  tables  illustrating  the  differential  diagnosis  of  surgical 
affections  afford  a  great  deal  of  information  in  concise  form  and 
are  especially  valuable. 

'  The  index  affords  ample  opportunity  for  ready  reference. 


1880] 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


921 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 

On  the  Internal  Use  of  Water  for  the  Sick ,  and  on  Thirst.  A 
Clinical  Lecture  at  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  October  25, 
1879.  By  J.  Forsythe  Meigs,  M.  A.,  one  of  the  Attending  Phy¬ 
sicians  to  the  Hospital. 

The  Answer  of  the  New  York  Neurological  Society  to  the  Docu¬ 
ment  known  as  the  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Public  Health  Rel¬ 
ative  to  Lunatic  Asylums. 

A  Protest  Against  Meddlesome  Midwifery.  By  H.  Gibbons, 
Sr.,  M.  D.  Bead  before  the  San  Frauciseo  County  Medical 
Society. 

State  Medicine  and  State  Medical  Societies.  By  Stanford  E. 
Ohaille,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Extracted  from  the  Transactions  of  the 
American  Medical  Association. 

I 

Transactions  of  the  Tenth  Annual  Session  Medical  Society  of 
Virginia ,  1879. 

Malignant  Degeneration  of  a  Fibroid  Tumor  of  the  Uterus. 
Large  False  Aneurism  in  the  substance  of  the  Growth.  By  Drs. 
Albert  N.  Blodgett  and  Clifton  E.  Wing.  Boston. 

Laudable  Ambition;  An  Address  delivered  before  the  Philoma- 
thian  Literary  Society  of  Cooper  Institute ,  Lauderdale  County , 
June  20 th,  1877.  By  A.  C.  Love,  M.  D. 

Circular  of  the  Legislative  Committee  of  the  Louisiana  State 
Medical  Association  and  of  the  Board  of  Health  to  Physicians 
throughout  the  State. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Administrators  of  the  Insane 
Asylum ,  State  of  Louisiana,  to  the  Governor.  1879. 

Poquelin? s  Thermo -Cautery  with  Wilson’s  Antithermic  Shield  in 
Epithelioma  of  the  Cervix  Uteri.  By  H.  P.  C.  Wilson,  M.  D., 
Baltimore,  Gynecologist  to  St.  Vincent’s  Hospital  and  the 
Union  Protestant  Infirmary,  Vice  President  of  the  Baltimore 
Academy  of  Medicine,  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty 
of  Maryland,  and  ex-Vice  President  of  the  American  Gyneco¬ 
logical  Society,  etc.,  etc. 

Annals  of  the  Anatomical  and  Surgical  Society ,  Brooklyn ,  N.  Y. 

Color-Blindness  arid  Defective  Sight  among  Railroad  Employes. 


922  Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables.  [March 

Meteorological  Summary— January,  1880. 
Station — New  Orleans. 


Date. 

Daily  Mean 
Barometer. 

Daily  Mean 
Temp’ture. 

Daily  Mean 
Humidity. 

Prevailing 

Direction 

ofWind. 

Daily 

Rain-fall. 

1 

30.30 

65.0 

82.7 

East. 

2 

30.25 

65  7 

87.3 

East. 

.13 

3 

30.25 

67.7 

83.7 

East. 

4 

30.27 

69.0 

81.7 

S.  E. 

5 

30.24 

69.5 

72.3 

S.  E. 

6 

30.24 

69.7 

81.0 

South 

7 

30.24 

68.0 

84.0 

S.  E. 

8 

30.09 

68.0 

82.0 

West 

03 

9 

30.06 

68.2 

78.7 

South 

.... 

10 

30.10 

67.7 

78.0 

S.  E. 

11 

30.14 

68.5 

76.7 

S.  E. 

.... 

12 

30.23 

67.5 

84.3 

S.  E. 

.44 

13 

30.32 

54.5 

58.0 

North 

14 

30.19 

59.7 

74  0 

East. 

15 

30.18 

62.7 

83.3 

North 

16 

30.14 

63.0 

80.0 

East. 

17 

30.11 

65.7 

77.7 

East. 

18 

30.20 

62.0 

59.0 

North 

19 

30.14 

64.2 

68.7 

S.  E. 

20 

30.04 

65-5 

76.0 

S.  W- 

21 

29.82 

66-2 

84.0 

South 

.25 

22 

29.87 

60-5 

62-0 

North 

.17 

23 

30.04 

53-2 

48.7 

N.  E. 

24 

30  08 

51-5 

43.7 

N.  E. 

25 

29.97 

49-5 

47.0 

N.  E. 

26 

29.83 

55-2 

54.3 

N.  W. 

27 

29.97 

58-5 

52  0 

West 

28 

30.12 

60-2 

67.7 

S.  W. 

29 

30.11 

63-0 

65.3 

S.  E. 

30 

30.14 

66-2 

83.0 

s-  E. 

31 

30.17 

64-5 

83.3 

North 

Sums 

Means 

30.126 

63.2 

72.6 

S.  E. 

1.02 

General  Items. 


Highest  Barometer,  30.40:1,  on  13th. 

Lowest  Barometer,  29.774,  on  22d. 

Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  0.629 

Highest  Temperature,  76°  on  5,  6,  11. 

Lowest  Temperature,  42°  on  24th. 

Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  33°. 

Greatest  Daily  Rauge  of  Temperature, 
18°  on  29  th. 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  6°  on  12, 
21,  26th. 

Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures,  69.1° 

Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  57.0° 

Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  12.1°. 

Prevailing  Direction  of  Wind,  S.  E. 

Total  Movement  of  Wind,  4,954  miles. 

Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc¬ 
tion,  21  miles,  S.  E.  on  3d. 

Number  of  Clear  Days,  10. 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  14. 

Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 
Rain  fell,  4. 

Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 
Rain  fell,  2.  Total  number  of  days 
on  which  rain  fell,  5. 

Dates  of  Luna  Halos,  21,  23,  26,  27th. 


COMPARATIVE  TEMPERATURE. 


1871 . 

1876  . 

.60.3° 

1872 . 

1877... 

.53.7° 

1873  . 49.5° 

1878. . 

1874  . 56.00 

1879.. 

.53.1° 

1875  .  54.2° 

1880  - . 

.63.2° 

COMPARATIVE 

PRECIPITATION 

1871 . inches. 

1  1876.' 

4.43  inches 

1872 .  “  . 

1  1877 : 

5.30 

tt 

1873... 5  06  “ 

j  1878; 

5.36 

it 

1874. .1.68  “ 

1879; 

2.34 

tt 

1875..  8.44  “ 

|  1880: 

1.02 

tt 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  January*  18th,  1880,  to 
February  loth,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump¬ 

tion. 

Small¬ 

pox. 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

January 

25 

0 

0 

5 

0 

4 

76 

Febiuary 

1 

0 

2 

14 

0 

6 

93 

February 

8 

0 

1 

23 

0 

10 

122 

February 

15 

0 

3 

19 

0 

7 

102 

Total . 

... 

0 

6 

61 

0 

27 

413 

NEW  ORLEANS 


Medical  jind  SupcjiL  Journal 


APRIL,  1  880. 


PAGINAL  poyViyVIUNICATIONS, 


A  Few  Cases  of  Leprosy, 


By  J.  H.  BEMISS,  M.  D., 

(Lahaina,  Maui,  H.  I.) 

“  Leprosy  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  ”  has  been  the  title  of 
several  papers  published  from  time  to  time  in  the  United 
States.  That  of  my  friend  and  associate  in  practice,  Dr.  F.  H. 
Enders,  deals  with  the  most  interesting  questions,  and  will  be 
of  value  to  those  who  may  be  able  to  read  it  in  the  Trans¬ 
actions  of  the  International  Medical  Congress  of  187G.  My 
purpose  is  to  present  a  few  cases  whose  histories  were  either 
taken  by  myself,  or  obtained  from  Dr.  Enders,  or  elsewhere, 
calling  attention  to  some  points  w hich  may  serve  to  add  inter¬ 
est  to  this  paper. 

Statistics  as  to  the  time  and  manner  of  introduction  of  lep¬ 
rosy  into  these  Islands,  are  wanting.  The  period  between 
1825  and  1830  is  supposed  to  approximate  to  the  correct  time 
of  importation,  though  the  evidence  to  that  effect  is  very 
indefinite.  Eev.  W.  P.  Alexander  who  came  here  in  1833, 
says,  the  first  case  he  met  with  personally  was  that  of  a  native 
Hawaiian  in  about  1838,  living  in  a  very  isolated  locality  on 
this  island  (Maui),  but  he  had  heard  several  years  before  that 
a  chiefess  in  Lahaina — also  on  Maui — was  affected  with  the 


924  Original  Communications.  [April 

disease.  The  first  case  on  the  islands  was  said  to  have  been 
that  of  a  chinaman  on  Oahu,  the  island  upon  which  Honolulu 
is  situated. 

Of  course  the  manner  of  introduction  is  just  as  uncertain  as 
the  time.  The  means  for  importing  it,  however,  have  been 
unlimited.  During  the  height  of  the  whale  hunting  business, 
that  is,  during  the  first  half  of  the  present  century,  these 
islands  were  the  great  resort  for  the  whaling  fleets  of  the 
Pacific,  as  many  as  a  hundred  sail  often  being  in  the  harbors 
of  Honolulu,  Oahu;  or  Laliaina,  Maui;  at  one  time.  These  ves¬ 
sels  in  addition  to  bringing  sailors  from  all  parts  of  the  world, 
frequently  shipped  native  crews,  who  in  their  cruises  were 
brought  into  contact  with  all  nations  aloug  the  Pacific,  and 
afterwards  returned  here  to  spread  such  diseases  as  they  might 
have  contracted.  But  before  whalers  ever  touched  at  these 
islands,  the  natives  are  said  to  have  occasionally  gone  from 
island  to  island  in  the  Pacific  exchanging  their  diseases,  as 
well  as  their  commodities,  which  latter,  however,  were  proba¬ 
bly  very  limited.  It  may  be  then  that  the  disease  was  present 
here  in  a  dormant  state  long  before  it  became  generally  known 
— at  least  to  foreigners.  The  old  disease,  u  mai  alii — chief’s  dis¬ 
ease  ” — is  generally  supposed  to  have  been  Elephantiasis  Ara- 
bum,  or  else  the  result  of  the  high  living,  in  which  the  chiefs 
indulged.  Some,  however,  have  thought  it  not  too  much  to 
suppose  some  of  the  cases  to  have  been  leprosy. 

The  natives  call  leprosy  ‘‘mai  pake,”  “Chinese  disease,”  the 
tradition  among  them  being  that  the  “  heathen  Chinee”  brought 
it  with  them.  But  the  first  lot  of  Chinamen  did  not  come  here 
until  quite  a  number  of  years  after  leprosy  became  known,  and 
this  charge  seems  the  more  unwarrantable  wheu  we  consider 
that  of  the  whole  population  at  the  leper  asylum  there  are 
not  over  six  Chinamen. 

After  its  introduction  it  seems  to  have  spread  quite  slowly 
until  the  latter  part  of  the  ten  years,  1850-1860.  It  then 
became  so  plentiful  that  the  government  took  alarm  and  began 
to  institute  measures  looking  toward  the  prevention  of  its 
spread  ;  one  of  its  acts  being  the  establishment  of  the  Leper 
Asylum  on  Molokai,  and  the  forcible  transfer  of  prououuced 


1880]  Bemiss — A  Few  Gases  of  Leprosy.  925 

cases  to  that  place.  The  census  of  1878  (December  21st), 
showed  the  number  of  lepers  at  the  Asylum  Kalawao,  at  that 
date  to  have  been  806 ;  since  then  quite  a  number  have  been 
added,  though  there  are  still  many  at  large.  There  have  been 
admitted  to  Kalawao  certainly  not  less  than  2000  persons  from 
1866  to  date;  of  which  number  upwards  of  750  are  still  alive. 
The  total  native  population,  excluding  all  foreigners  and  those 
born  of  foreign  parents,  is  44,088  (census  of  1878),  quite  a 
small  number  to  furnish  so  much  leprosy.  The  large  majority 
of  these  are  full  blood  natives  or  half  breeds,  there  being 
two  whites, — one  American,  the  other  English,  and  less 
than  a  half  dozen  Chinamen. 

There  are  present  here,  the  two  forms,  tubercular  and 
anaesthetic.  This  division  is  based  upon  the  predominance  of 
one  or  the  other  of  the  two  most  important  symptoms.  In 
actual  observation  the  disease  does  not  always  admit  of  such 
strict  classification,  but  generally  shows  the  two  forms  combined 
in  greater  or  less  pathologic  preponderance.  It  may  start  as 
purely  tubercular  or  purely  anaesthetic,  but  does  not  often 
preserve  a  single  type  throughout  its  course ;  in  the  one  case 
anaesthesia,  in  the  other  tubercles  making  their  appearance  in 
due  time.  As  to  a  third  variety,  macular,  my  observation  does 
not  warrant  my  stating  any  such  class.  True,  maculae  of  one 
sort  or  another  are  common  enough,  but  these  cases  already 
present  one  or  the  other  of  the  two  forms  generally  recognized. 
I  have  seen  but  one  case  in  which  I  was  not  easily  able  to 
observe  tubercles  or  anaesthesia  well  marked. 

This  man  had  several  large,  light  and  slightly  raised 
maculae  upon  his  body,  as  the  only  main  symptom  of  the  disease, 
but  these  were  anaesthetic,  and  there  was  a  slight  enlargement 
of  the  alae  nasi  due  to  infiltration,  one  of  the  phenomena  of 
incipient  tubercular  leprosy.* 

The  tubercular  variety  is  characterized  by  infiltration  and 

*  After  having  prepared  this  for  the  mail,  I  was  upon  Molokai  on  professional  business, 
and  there  saw  a  ease  more  purely  macular  than  the  above.  The  child,  a  girl  ten  years 
old,  presented  upon  her  face  especially,  but  also  elsewhere  upon  her  body,  large  black 
maculae,  slightly  raised  above  the  surface  and  producing  a  very  disastrous  effect  upon  her 
appearance.  She  was  so  yonng,  that  it  may  he  she  did  not  understand  my  questions  ;  at  all 
events,  neither  by  questions  nor  close  examination  could  I  obtain  any  evidence  of 
anaesthesia.  Scattered  from  her  left  eye  brow  to  her  hand  were  not  less  than  six  small 
tubercles,  on  her  right  hand  there  were  about  half  as  many. 


926 


Original  Communications. 


[April 


subsequent  hypertrophy  of  the  skin,  especially  where  there  is 
much  loose  tissue,  such  as  the  lobes  of  the  ears,  alse  nasi  and 
face  generally.  Later  on  there  is  deposited  in  the  skin  of  the 
face,  hands,  arms,  &c.,  cheesy  masses  of  the  size  of  a  pea  or  a 
little  larger.  These  tubercles  are  prone  to  break  down  and 
leave  deep  indolent  sores,  which  heal,  however,  after  a  time, 
but  with  strongly  marked  cicatrices.  Mucous  membranes,  just 
as  the  external  skin,  are  liable  to  the  above  morbid  changes. 
They  may  become  infiltrated  and  hypertrophied,  or  tubercles 
may  appear  in  their  substance  and  undergo  ulceration.  When 
such  changes  occur  in  the  larynx  an  alteration  of  the  voice  is 
the  result.  In  breaking  down,  they  produce  a  most  offensive 
fetor  of  the  breath.  The  same  changes  occurring  in  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  intestines  are  in  a  certain  proportion 
of  cases  the  cause  of  the  diarrhoea  which  is  so  common,  and  so 
often  fatal.  But  in  many  instances  diarrhoea  is  only  one  of  the 
many  intercurrent  affections  due  to  a  vitiated  state  of  the 
system.  In  cases  primarily  anaesthetic,  I  have  on  several 
occasions  first  observed  tubercles  upon  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  posterior  part  of  the  tongue  and  pharynx,  as  the  only 
localities  where  they  may  be  seen  at  that  stage. 

The  anaesthetic  form  is  marked  by  all  those  phenomena 
which  are  the  result  of  degenerative  cnauges  in  the  uerves. 
These  are  anaesthesia,  paralysis,  contractions  and  distortion, 
especially  extreme  flexion  or  extension  of  the  fiugers  and 
toes,  also  ectropion,  loss  of  smell  and  taste,  wasting  of  muscles, 
vesicles,  sloughing  of  fingers  and  toes,  &c.  The  ulnar  and 
facial  nerves  are  especially  frequently  affected,  but  all  are 
liable. 

It  is  with  difficulty  that  any  history  of  a  prodromic  stage  can 
be  obtained  from  a  native.  They  are  by  no  means  observant 
of  such  matters,  but  occasionally  one  may  be  found  who  will 
complain  of  a  general  indisposition  extending  over  a  period  of 
several  months  or  even  longer. 

When  anaesthesia  plays  an  important  part  from  the  first,  the 
patients  very  frequently  speak  of  formications,  over  the  entire 
body  sometimes,  but  especially  over  the  nerves  which  after¬ 
wards  become  anaesthetic. 


1880J 


Bemiss — A  Few  Cases  of  Leprosy. 


927 


The  following  case  was  among  the  first  that  came  to  the 
office  after  my  arrival.  It  is  quite  a  typical  case  and  as  will  be 
noticed  combines  the  two  forms  : 

Case  I.  Lahela,  female,  aged  30,  pure-blooded  native ; 
residence,  Waihee,  Maui.  Laliela  admits  no  history  of  any 
syphilitic  cachexia.  Can  say  nothing  as  to  the  health  of  her 
parents  or  what  caused  their  deaths.  She  has  a  child  6  years 
old  now  affected  with  leprosy.  (It  was  examined  by  us.)  The 
child  was  quite  sickly  when  a  baby,  but  seems  to  be  healthy, 
generally ,  now.  L.  first  uoticed  the  disease  in  herself  two  years 
ago,  when  she  suffered  much  from  chills  and  fever  and  general 
ill  health  ;  “  she  enjoys  better  health  now.” 

Skin  of  face  and  lobes  of  her  ears  infiltrated  and  more 
or  less  hypertrophied :  that  of  hands,  arms  and  feet  tubercu- 
lated  and  shows  scars  in  abundance.  Skin  of  left  forearm  and 
left  hand  anaesthetic,  also  little  and  ring  fingers  of  the  right 
hand,  and  uluar  side  of  right  hand  and  forearm.  The  fingers 
of  left  hand  are  considerably  distorted,  the  two  terminal  pha¬ 
langes  fixe  1,  which  first  are  slightly  extended.  Those  of  the 
right  hand  are  also  affected  slightly  in  same  way.  Voice 
coarse,  tubercles  on  posterior  part  of  tongue  and  pharynx. 
Smell  affected.  She  was  vaccinated  when  young  by  a  foreigner. 

She  was  put  upon  one-tenth  of  a  grain  (gr.  1-10)  of  nitrate 
of  silver  three  times  daily,  salt  being  interdicted.  An  addi¬ 
tional  note  taken  one  month  after  first  apfiearance  reads: 
Anaesthesia  apparently  less,  but  pruritus  of  skin  where  eruption 
existed  much  greater  than  before — eruption  desquamating; 
says  she  is  “  oluolu  loa  ”  much'  better ;  appetite  improved  and 
says  she  longs  for  salt  food,  which  I  am  inclined  to  think  she 
uses  freely  though  positively  prohibited. 

Salt  was  positively  prohibited,  because  in  additiou  to  the 
danger  of  neutralizing  the  effects  of  the  nitrate  of  silver,  it  is 
thought  to  have  a  deleterious  effect  in  itself  upon  the  disease. 
The  food  of  the  native  consists  principally  of  “  poi”  (a  thick 
paste  made  from  the  baked  or  powdered  root  of  the  tarum 
esculentum)  and  fish,  either  salt  or  fresh,  and  much  salt  meat. 
Some  foreigners,  not  physicians  I  am  careful  to  add,  have  a 


928  Original  Communications.  [April 

prejudice  against  fish  and  much  salt  food,  on  the  gronnd  that 
leprosy  is  caused  by  such  articles. 

We  were  firmly  convinced  that  great  improvement  had  re¬ 
sulted  from  the  treatment  adopted  iu  L.’s  case.  Unfortuna'ely 
we  lost  sight  of  her,  she  being  afraid  we  would  inform  the  au¬ 
thorities  and  have  her  arrested  and  removed  to  Molokai.  I 
heard  afterwards  she  had  been  removed. 

Case  II.  Poupouka,  female,  aged  14,  full-blooded  native, 
residence,  Waihee,  Maui,  came  to  the  office  August  27th,  1878. 
She  gives  no  history  of  any  syphilitic  taint.  Her  mother  has 
been  affected  as  P.  for  the  last  three  years.  The  man  who 
brought  P.  is  the  father  by  P.’s  mother  of  a  now  healthy  boy 
two  years  old  ;  the  man  himself  gives  no  indication  of  the 
disease, 

P.  is  rather  deficient  in  intellect  and  can  give  no  history  of 
her  case.  Examination  shows  the  skin  of  hands,  arms,  legs 
and  feet  tuberculated  and  infiltrated.  Skin  of  face  hyper¬ 
trophied  aud  shows  two  immense  irregular  black  macula}  on 
each  cheek ;  right  hand  and  entire  right  forearm  anaesthetic ; 
little  and  index  fingers  and  thumb  of  left  hand  anaesthetic : 
also  back  ulnar  side  of  left  forearm.  She  had  been  vaccinated 
six  years  ago. 

The  treatment  instituted  was  similar  to  that  in  L.’s  case, 
with  the  addition  that  she  was  to  wash  the  diseased  surfaces 
daily  with  carbolic  tar  soap  and  anoint  the  same  with  solution 
of  iodide  of  sulphur  in  glyceriue. 

The  points  of  note  in  this  case  are,  1st.  The  combination  of 
the  two  forms;  2d.  the  partial  or  irregular  affection  of  the 
nerves;  3d.  P.’s  mother,  though  a  leper,  was  not  sterile,  leprosy 
according  to  some,  causing  sterility  ;  this,  however,  is  further 
contradicted  by  the  fact  that  children  have  been  born  to  lep¬ 
rous  pareuts  at  the  asylum  itself;  4th.  the  macula}  are  also  of 
interest,  but  they  occur  associated  with  the  disease  otherwise 
well  marked. 

We  were  unable  to  take  any  notes  upon  the  result  of  the 
treatment,  for  both  Poupouka  and  Laliela  were  removed  to 


1880J  Bemlss — A  Feic  Cases  of  Leprosy.  929 

Molokai,  about  the  middle  of  September.  I  might  also  add 
that  P.  and  L.  lived  in  the  same  house  at  Wailiee. 

Case  III.  Kealii,  male,  aged  40 ;  residence,  Wailuku, 
Maui.  He  gives  a  history  of  buboes  on  two  occasions,  or  as  he 
expressed  it  “  syphilis  twice.”  Can’t  speak  as  to  venereal  or 
other  diseases  in  his  parents.  Brother  died  with  u  sores  on  his 
body  and  lumps  iu  his  skiu  similar  to  patieut’s.”  Says  he  has 
been  unwell  about  four  years,  but  he  first  noticed  these  tubercles 
about  half  a  year  ago.  His  general  appearance  is  that  of  a 
strong,  healthy  man.  The  skin  of  his  face  and  lobes  of  his 
ears  greatly  infiltrated  and  hypertrophied.  That  of  bauds, 
forearms  and  legs  hypertrophied,  and  excessively  tuberculated, 
the  same  are  covered  with  numerous  scars — the  seats  of  former 
tubercles  that  have  ulcerated.  Mucous  membrane  of  mouth 
and  pharynx  thickened  and  tuberculated ;  voice  coarse.  Was 
vaccinated  six  years  ago  by  a  physician. 

We  note  here  the  absence  of  anaesthesia ;  he  gave  no  indica. 
tion  or  evidence  whatsoever  of  it.  He  remembers  having  had 
chancroids,  but  as  is  often  the  case  everywhere,  can’t  recall 
anything  like  chaucre. 

Case  IY.  Kalepua,  male,  age  30,  full-blooded  native,  came 
to  the  office  with  the  left  side  of  face  swollen,  painful  and  pre¬ 
senting  all  the  characteristics  of  phlegmonous  erysipelas,  for 
which  he  was  treated.  It  proved  very  obstinate,  gradually 
becoming  chronic  with  diminution  of  pain  but  not  of  the 
swollen  condition.  It  finally  improved  somewhat  under  iodide 
of  mercury  internally  and  external  applications  of  opium  and 
acetate  of  lead;  but  he  had  been  taking  at  different  times 
tincture  of  the  chloride  of  iron,  iodide  of  potassium,  etc.,  for 
upwards  of  a  month.  So  unusual  was  the  case  that  leprosy 
was  not  suspected.  Prolonged  observation  however  led  to.  a 
belief  that  it  existed,  and  subsequent  phenomena  one  by  one 
confirmed  the  diagnosis. 

When  a  child  he  had  an  eruption  upon  his  body  which  was 
probably  secondary  syphilis  ;  since  grown  has  had  buboes ;  his 
mother  died  in  child-birth  ;  father  still  living  but  complains  of 
“  heaviness  and  weight  ”  in  his  legs  and  feet. 


930  Original  Communications.  .  [April 

The  skin  of  the  left  side  of  the  face  and  forehead  was  anesthe¬ 
tic  and  expressionless,  still  thickened,  evidently  hypertrophied, 
there  being  no  pain,  heat,  or  redness.  Muscles  of  left  side  of 
face  paralysed,  causing  drawing  of  corners  of  mouth  and  face 
generally  to  right  side,  exactly  as  in  hemiplegia.  Paralysis 
of  left  orbicularis  muscle  causing  dropping  of  lower  eyelid 
(ectropion)  and  inability  to  move  but  slightly  the  upper  lid. 
Tubercles  upon  pharynx  and  posterior  part  of  tongue.  Slight 
anaesthesia  of  two  fingers  (little  and  ring)  of  right  hand.  Was 
vaccinated  9  years  ago  by  a  foreigner,  not  a  physician. 

After  leprosy  was  suspected  he  was  put  upon  nitrate  of  silver, 
resulting  in  marked  improvement  in  all  his  symptoms,  especially 
the  anaesthesia,  that  of  his  hand  disappearing  entirely. 

This  case  was  unique  in  its  commencement,  looking  so  like 
erysipelas  and  resisting  every  variety  of  treatment  for  over  a 
month,  then  gradually  settling  into  a  chronic  form,  finally 
leprosy  suspected.  The  diagnosis  was  gradually  confirmed  and 
improvement  occurred  under  nitrate  of  silver. 

The  preceding  four  cases  are  from  those  collected  by  Dr. 
Enders  and  myself  and  probably  illustrated  the  most  perma¬ 
nent  symptoms.  They  are,  however,  the  histories  of  patients 
rather  in  the  incipient  stages,  and  the  photographs  which  we 
had  taken  of  the  two  first,  would  probably  not  show  sufficient 
of  the  disease  to  warrant  their  publication. 

Those  which  follow  are  the  histories  of  lepers  already  at  the 
asylum,  and  whose  photographs  were  taken  under  the  direc¬ 
tion  of  the  Legislative  Sanitary  Committee  appointed  by  the 
last  legislature  to  go  to  Kalawao  and  examine  into  the  needs  of 
the  lepers. 

The  statements  accompauying  the  photographs  were  not 
taken  by  us,  but  at  Dr.  Ender’s  request  by  Father  Damien, 
resident  catholic  priest  at  Kalawao.  Though  not  possessed  of 
medical  authority  they  will  aid  materially  in  explaining  the 
photographs. 

The  following  letter  from  the  father  is  especially  interesting : 

Kalawao,  Sept.  2,  1879. 

Dr.  F.  H.  Enders  : 

Dear  Sir. — Your  honorable  note  of  the  25th  July  has  been 
lately  received.  I  have  taken  the  statements  desired  concern- 


Case  V. 


(Photograph  1.) 


1880] 


Bemiss — A  Few  Gases  of  Leprosy. 


931 


mg  the  lepers  who  were  photographed  in  1878.  Two  of  them 
are  gone,  eight  still  live ;  each  one’s  history  shown  iu  the 
blanks  the  best  I  could.  A  very  few  children  arejborn  here  of 
leprous  parents  and  most  of  those  have  died ;  there  are  a  few 
now  from  four  to  six  years  old, and  nearly  the  half  of  them  already 
have  signs  of  leprosy.  May  last,  I  received  from  Hong  Kong, 
China,  a  new  medicine  for  the  amelioration  of  leprosy — u  Hoang 
Kan Those  who  take  it  and  can  abstain  themselves  from  fish 
and  pork  feel  a  general  amelioration.  It  is  a  beautiful  tonic 
and  shouldbe  introduced  in  this  archipelago  to  keep  down  the 
spread  of  this  disease. 

My  own  health  continues  to  be  the  same  as  before ;  perhaps 
I  have  the  germs  of  leprosy  in  my  system,  I  am  not  sure. 

Very  respectfully  yours, 

J.  DAMIEN, 
Catholic  Priest. 

Case  V.  (Photograph  1.)  Opu,  female,  age  38  years,  native 
of  Kauai.  Parents  dead,  not  certain  of  what  disease.  Opu, 
before  she  was  married  was  paralyzed.  In  1870  disease  made  its 
first  appearance,  was  afterwards  put  in  hospital  in  Honolulu,  and 
from  there  sent  to  Kalawao.  Her  appetite  is  good  but  she  is 
unable  to  move  around  much.  Her  face,  hands  and  feet,  covered 
with  scars.  Skin  covered  with  dark  dry  cracking  spots.  Was 
vaccinated  by  a  physician  on  Kauai,  result  a  good  scar ;  two 
years  afterwards  taken  with  a  paralytic  stroke  in  the  legs. 
Since  she  was  photographed  the  disease  has  made  fearful 
progress. 

The  report  of  the  Legislative  Committee  says : 

Opu,  woman,  49  years  of  age,  and  three  years  at  the  settle¬ 
ments,  did  not  show  much  indication  of  leprosy  on  first  arrival, 
but  the  symptoms  of  the  disease  developed  very  rapidly  after 
her  arrival  at  Kalawao.  Neither  of  her  parents  nor  any  of  her 
relatives  had  contracted  the  disease. 

The  photograph  illustrates  very  finely  the  hypertrophied  and 
infiltrated  condition  of  the  skin  of  face  and  lobes  of  ears.  It 
is  well  to  note  also  the  absence  of  disease  in  her  family,  and 
2 


932  Original  Communications.  [April 

tbe  fact  that  she  became  affected  at  least  with  a  nervous 
disorder  of  an  uncertain  character,  subsequent  to  having  been 
vaccinated. 

Case  VI.  (Photograph  2.)  Pilaui,  female,  age  41,  na¬ 
tive  of  Kauai.  Father  still  alive,  mother  died  in  child-bed  . 
both  very  healthy.  Married  in  1851 ;  had  three  children.  She 
says  she  caught  the  leprosy  from  another  native  in  1872  by  living 
in  same  house.  In  1874  had  first  appearance  of  leprosy  with  red 
spots  upon  the  body.  In  the  same  year  was  sent  to  Molokai 
Does  not  remember  having  had  syphilis.  Legs  affected  as 
hands  and  face.  Skin  of  body  dry  and  cracking.  Eats  well 
and  is  able  to  be  about.  Was  vaccinated  by  two  foreigners,  oue 
a  physician,  both  times  with  good  result. 

Extract  from  legislative  report. 

Pilani,  a  woman,  33  years  of  age,  and  three  and -a  half  .\ears 
at  the  settlement,  says  that  her  person  showed  very  slight 
indications  of  leprosy  when  she  came  here,  but  since  her  stay, 
the  disease  has  developed  rapidly.  She  has  a  child,  a  boy,  five 
years  of  age,  now  living'at  Waimea,  Kauai,  not  a  leper  and  in 
the  enjoyment  of  good  health. 

The  photograph  shows  the  tubercles  scattered  in  the  hyper¬ 
trophied  skin  of  the  .face.  The  ugly  looking  ulcers  on  her 
hands  are  well  shown. 

Case  VII.  (Photograph  3.)  Kahuna,  male,  45  years  old, 
of  Honolulu,  four  years  at  Molokai ;  being  deaf,  can  not  find 
out  his  history  $  he  had  syphilis  when  young  5  is  deaf,  has  sore 
eyes,  and  asthma. 

The  committee  report  says  : 

Kahuna,  40  years  of  age,  two  and-a-balf  years  at  Kalawao 
His  body  indicating  peculiar  leprous  blotches  and  marks,  and 
notable  swellings  in  the  groins  was  photographed  as  No.  3,  but 
owing  to  a  defect  in  the  focus  the  blotches  do  not  appear. 

Case  VIII.  (Photograph  4.)  Kaluhi,  age  15,  male,  of 
South  Koua,  Hawaii. 

His  mother  is  an  old  leper  ;  never  saw  his  father.  Was 


Case  VI.  (Photograph  2.) 


. 


i 


■I 


Case  VII. 


(Photograph  3 ) 


/ 


Case  VIII.  (Photograph  4.) 


Case  IX.  (Photograph  5.) 


I 


1 

/ 


\ 


Case  X.  (Photograph  7.) 


1880J  Bemiss — A  Few  Gases  of  Leprosy.  938 

brought  up  by  a  guardian.  Leprosy  appeared  in  him  at  the 
age  of  5  or  6  years — he  is  now  four  years  at  the  settlements. 
Is  strong  and  has  good  appetite.  General  appearance  same  as 
in  photograph.  Bespiration  as  an  asthmatic.  Vaccinated 
twice  when  very  young.  Apparently  a  case  of  inherited 
leprosy,  and  in  this  connection,  I  copy  from  the  legislative 
report  the  following : 

It  is  stated  by  Dr.  Hoffman,  who  for  some  time  had  charge 
of  the  leper  patients  in  Honolulu,  that  in  no  instance  had 
he  seen  any  symptoms  of  leprosy  manifested  earlier  than 
five  years  of  age.  Thus  it  may  be  that  leprosy,  like  syphilis 
requires  a  certain  degree  of  growth  before  it  begins  to  make 
manifest  its  ravages  upon  the  system.  It  makes  it  thus  a  sad 
reflection,  that  perhaps  the  twenty-eight  healthy  looking 
children  of  the  leper  settlement  at  Kalawao  are,  after  all,  only 
doomed  lepers. 

Case  IX.  (Photograph  5  and  6.)  Kalamau,  female,  60 
years  old.  Mother  died  of  leprosy — father  died  of  nervous 
shakes.  Kalamau  enjoyed  good  health  after  marriage.  She 
had  two  children.  She  was  infected  with  syphilis  in  1845,  by 
her  husband.  She  used  native  medicine  which  dried  up  the 
sores.  In  1852  leprosy  broke  out  in  red  spots  all  over  her  body. 
In  1856  commenced  to  lose  fingers  and  toes.  Still  able  to  get 
about.  Now  both  feet  half  gone,  hands  have  no  fingers,  almost 
blind,  mouth  on  one  side,  eyes  always  open,  flesh  wasted  away, 
skin  dry.  Was  vaccinated  after  contracting  leprosy. 

The  report  says : 

Kalamau,  a  woman,  50  years  of  age,  from  Honolulu,  and  at 
Kalawao  five  years  j  a  poor,  helpless  creature,  whose  palsied 
and  fingerless  hands  had  to  be  held  to  enable  the  photographer 
to  take  an  impression— No.  6.  The  feet  of  this  case  without 
toes — all  destroyed  by  the  erosions  of  leprosy. 

Case  X.  (Photograph  7.)  No  history  by  Father  Damien, 
Nuluaai  being  dead.  Committee  report  says  :  Nuluaai,  male, 
66  years  old  ;  at  Kalawao  five  years. 


934  Original  Communications.  [April 

Case  XI.  (Photographs  8  and  9.)  David  Ostrom,  a  white 
man,  age  60  years.  Father  and  mother  Americans,  both 
healthy.  He  contracted  this  disease  on  the  Island  of  Maui ; 
had  had  syphilis  in  1850  in  New  York.  In  1871,  first  felt 
tenderness  in  bottom  of  feet.  In  1872  first  noticed  yellow  spots 
on  breast ;  made  their  appearance  after  the  use  of  cold  water. 
Body  covered  with  salmon-covered  spots;  hands  and  feet 
insensible  to  feeling ;  skin  dry  and  shrivelled.  Good  appetite 
and  able  to  be  about.  Vaccinated  without  effect  in  the  States. 

Committee  report  says : 

Tom  Ostrom,  a  native  of  the  State  of  New  York,  American, 
55  years  of  age,  3  years  and  six  months  at  the  settle¬ 
ment.  No  symptoms  of  the  disease  until  about  six  months 
before  coming  here.  Went  himself  to  be  examined  by 
Dr.  Enders  and,  when  satisfied  he  had  the  disease,  volun¬ 
tarily  came  to  the  settlement.  He  feels  satisfied  his  case 
is  incurable.  Would  be  willing  to  surrender  his  body  to 
be  vivisected,  if  necessary  for  the  benefit  of  medical  science. 
Wauts  to  die.  His  feelings  are  terrible.  Voluntarily  offered 
his  person  to  be  photographed.  His  case  is  a  marked  illustra¬ 
tion  of  leprosy.  Large  swellings  in  groins,  which  often 
suppurate.  According  to  outside  information,  he  was  an 
assistant  for  some  years  in  the  hospital  at  Lahaina.  He  took 
some  leper  patients  to  live  with  him,  in  order  to  treat  them  for 
cure,  and  the  disease  appeared  after  this  association.  Photo¬ 
graph  8  represents  a  front  view  of  Ostrom ;  photograph  9,  a 
back  view. 

Case  XII.  (Photograph  10.)  No  history  by  Father 
Damien,  Kaapu  being  dead.] 

Committee  report  says : 

Kaapu,  a  man  from  Waimaualo,  the  witness  who  testified 
to  the  digging  of  the  graves.  That  testimony  is — Kaapu,  32 
years  of  age,  and  nine  years  at  the  settlement,  says  that  he 
has  been  obliged  to  dig  graves  ever  since  he  has  come  here. 
His  hands  are  in  a  very  bad  condition.  Has  lost  several 
joints  of  his  fingers,  and  all  are  in  an  excoriated  and  suppura- 


Case  XT.  (Photograph  8.) 


Case  XI.  (Photograph  9.) 


Case  XII.  (Photograph  10.) 


Case  XIV.  (Photograph  12.) 


' 


Case  XIII, 


(Photograph  1L) 


1880]  Bemiss — A  Few  Gases  of  Leprosy.  935 

ting  condition.  He  is  one  of  seven  children  and  neither  of  his 
parents,  nor  any  of  his  brothers  or  sisters  have  contracted  the 
disease. 

Case  XIII.  (Photograph  11.)  Eph.  Kanoe,  male,  aged 
30,  native  of  Hawaii.  His  father  is  now  seventy  years  old,  and 
strong  ;  his  mother,  46  years  of  age;  she  is  supposed  to  have 
had  syphilis;  she  had  nine  children,  Eph.  being  the  oldest. 
When  young  he  had  sores  upon  his  body.  At  1C  or  18  he  had 
syphilis  (buboes  are  meant  probably).  In  1871  he  had  for 
several  months  discharge  of  bloody  excrement — (dysentery), 
and  had  a  red  spot  on  his  right  arm  which  was  anaesthetic. 
In  1873  all  the  arm  was  red.  In  1874  this  was  cold  and  hot  by 
turns.  Soon  covered  with  bad  sores.  Iu  1876  redness 
appeared  on  his  face ;  at  the  end  of  same  year  all  his  body  was 
black  colored,  and  in  1877  he  was  sent  to  Kalawao.  His  present 
condition  is  the  same  as  when  photographed,  a  little  weaker, 
but  he  continues  to  .move  about.  Whole  skin  leper-colored, 
but  clean.  Vaccinated  in  1853  by  a  physician. 

Committee  report  contains  following  : 

“  Kanoe  Eparaima,  a  man,  30  years  of  age,  and  about  two 
years  at  Kalawao.  A  case  to  illustrate  the  loss  of  the  eyebrows 
as  one  of  the  effects  of  leprosy.  ” 

Case  XIV.  (Photograph  12).  Wm.  Crouningberg,  aged 
46,  male,  nativity  Lahaina ;  mother  Hawaiian,  father  Ameri¬ 
can,  both  were  healthy.  C.  healthy  from  youth  up.  In  1869 
had  an  anaesthetic  spot  on  right  foot.  In  1873  one  appeared 
upon  face.  Went  to  Honolulu  for  examination.  In  1874  sent  to 
Kalawao.  He  is  covered  with  salmon-colored  spots.  Hands 
affected,  fingers  off’  one  hand.  Skin  dry,  shrivelled,  crack¬ 
ing.  Vaccinated  a  very  long  time  before  leprosy  appeared. 
During  4  months  used  Hoang  Nan  pills  with  wonderful  effect 
for  amelioration.  Looks  somewhat  different  from  his  appearance 
when  his  photograph  was  taken ;  now  covered  with  scales, 
longest  finger  of  right  hand  gone,  both  hands  sore. 

The  above  cases  I  hope  will  prove  of  interest  to  such  of  the  pro¬ 
fession  as  are  giving  some  attention  to  this  rapidly  increasing 


936  Original  Communications.  [April 

disease.  They  are  necessarily  more  meagre  than  I  could  wish 
to  have  them,  but  even  those  whose  histories  were  taken  by  a 
non -professional  gentleman,  illustrate  many  of  the  most  interest 
ing  symptoms  of  leprosy,  and  every  little  helps  to  swell 
the  total  amount  of  knowledge  possessed  of  a  disease. 

It  will  be  noted  that  syphilis  or  any  syphilitic  cachexiae 
were  in  every  case  diligently  sought  for,  for  there  are  some  on 
these  islands,  as  well  as  in  India  and  elsewhere,  who  hold  to 
an  intimate  connection  between  syphilis  and  leprosy.  If  there 
is  any  such  relation  as  they  claim,  then  is  it  unnecessary  to 
speculate  as  to  the  manner  of  introduction  of  leprosy  into  this 
kingdom,  for  though  my  experience  in  foreign  lands  is  confined 
to  these  Islands,  I  am  not  prepared  to  read  of  a  country  where 
syphilis  is  so  prevalent,  so  grounded  into  the  whole  native 
population  as  here.  The  problem,  then,  would  be,  how  long  the 
disease — syphilis — left  to  itself,  would  require  to  become  elab¬ 
orated  into  leprosy.  But  I  am  not  willing  yet  to  adopt  such 
an  hypothesis,  for  then  should  leprosy  be  more  general  in  the 
families  of  those  affected,  as  well  as  more  common  in  other 
countries,  where  there  is  a  certain  proportion  of  families 
thoroughly  imbued  with  syphilis,  and  from  which  they  have 
not  been  exempt  for  several  generations.  Again,  anti-syphilitic 
treatment  should  give  some  good  results,  which  is  not  the  case, 
save  when  syphilis  is  added  to  the  disease.  Moreover,  the 
symptoms  of  the  two  diseases  do  not  coincide  in  a  way  to 
warrant  such  an  opinion. 

Vaccination  was  also  inquired  into.  Alarmed  by  an  invasion 
of  small-pox  in  1853,  a  general  vaccination  of  the  whole  popu¬ 
lation  was  ordered,  and  physicians  being  at  that  time  very  few 
on  the  islands,  non-professionals  aided  in  the  work.  It  is 
charged  by  some  that,  as  a  natural  result  of  the  labors  of  the 
heterogeneous  force  so  appointed,  uot  only  syphilis  but  also 
leprosy  was  greatly  increased.  In  my  last  circuit  trip  in  my 
district,  I  found  very  few  adults  who  had  never  been  vac¬ 
cinated. 

This  involves  the  question  of  inoculability,  in  my  opinion 
the  main,  if  not  the  only  means  of  propagation,  other  than  in¬ 
heritance.  That  is,  like  syphilis  it  depends  for  its  propagation 


937 


1880]  Bemiss — A  Few  Gases  of  Leprosy. 

upon  the  direct  introduction  of  its  virus  into  the  blood.  The 
general  immunity  of  those  coming  in  constant  contact  with 
lepers  points  to  the  absence  of  any  direct  contagions  quality. 
These  statements  are  illustrated  in  the  cases  given  above,  and 
it  is  not  necessary  to  lengthen  this  paper  by  explaining  them. 
I  will  only  quote  the  following  from  the  committee  report,  as 
one  of  many  instances  of  similar  nature  coming  under  my 
knowledge : 

“  The  committee  observed  in  a  hut  a  leprous  woman,  named 
Makahiki,  who  presented  all  the  appearances  of  a  badly  dis. 
eased  incurable  case,  and  yet  had  her  fine,  healthy  child,  living 
with  her,  a  bright  looking  little  boy,  about  2  years  of  age.  Her 
husband,  Kioni  Kahiapo,  a  healthy,  intelligent  looking  man, 
with  no  appearance  of  any  taint  of  leprosy  about  his  person.” 
“  Had  been  with  her  in  settlement  about  five  years,  and  would 
remain  with  her  as  long  as  she  had  breath.” 

The  duration  of  life  is  on  an  average  within  a  decade  of  the 
undoubted  establishment  of  the  disease.  With  more  strict 
hygienic  measures  than  seem  possible  at  Kalawao,  this  might 
be  increased  materially.  The  disease  in  itself  would  probably 
be  long  in  producing  death,  but  it  causes  a  vitiated  condition 
of  the  system  favorable  to  pulmonary,  hepatic  and  intestiual 
troubles  which  prove  rapidly  fatal. 

Treatment  has  been  directed  to  only  two  points :  1,  preven¬ 
tion  of  spread,  and  2,  palliative  treatment,  including  the  relief 
of  intercurrent  troubles.  In  fulfillment  of  the  first  indication, 
the  government  lias  set  apart  a  very  favored  quarter  on 
Molokai.  It  is  open  to  the  trade  winds  on  one  side,  and  on  the 
others  is  shut  off' from  the  rest  of  the  island  by  almost  impreg¬ 
nable  mountains.  To  this  place  the  lepers  are  carried  and  sup¬ 
ported  by  legislative  appropriations  ;  and  here  also  is  a  hospi¬ 
tal  where  the  helpless  are  provided  for.  Under  the  second  in¬ 
dication,  such  as  was  possible  has  been  done  at  the  settlement 
itself. 

As  directed  against  the  disease  itself,  I  hope  nitrate  of  silver 
will  be  more  thoroughly  tried.  It  certainly  gave  some  good 
results  in  several  cases  under  Dr.  Enders’  supervision,  so  far 
as  the  affection  of  the  nerves  was  concerned— a  result  intelligi- 


938 


Original  Communications. 


[April 


ble  in  the  light  of  its  alterative  affects  upon  the  nerves.  Un¬ 
fortunately  it  is  impossible  to  keep  a  patient  under  observation 
sufficiently  long  to  carry  out  a  line  of  treatment  thoroughly. 

Charelmoogra  oil  has  been  used  in  India  with  good  results,  so 
it  is  claimed.  We  lately  received  from  a  prominent  druggist 
in  New  York  a  sample,  but  have  not  yet  been  able  to  report 
any  cases  under  its  use. 

Lahaina,  Maui,  Hawaian  Islands, 

December  15,  1879. 


The  Caesarean  Record  of  Louisiana — A  Correction. 

By  ROBERT  P.  HARRIS, 

Of  Philadelphia. 

In  no  State  of  the  Union  has  the  operation  of  gastro- 
hysterotomy  been  so  often  performed,  and  with  such  good 
proportionate  results  as  in  Louisiana ;  and  in  no  state  have  so 
many  claims  been  made  in  addition,  which  after  a  long  and 
tiresome  investigation  have  proved  worthless.  After  my 
statment  of  “  twenty  operations ,”  I  discovered  that  one  of 
them  was  in  doubt,  and  wrote  to  postpone  the  publica¬ 
tion;  but  the  article  was  issued,  and  I  must  now  correct  a 
portion  of  it,  and  thereby  reduce  the  number  to  nineteen. 

In  looking  back  over  my  ten  years’  research,  I  find  that  the 
caesarean  claims  have  in  all  amounted  to  27 ;  and  that  eight  of 
these  have  been  rejected.  The  remaining  nineteen  I  have 
every  reason  to  record  with  full  credit,  having  been  received 
in  a  way  to  establish  their  genuineness.  Two  cases  required 
me  to  seek  information  in  France  before  their  final  rejection, 
and  one  operation  had  three  claimants,  as  will  presently  appear 
The  following  is  a  tabular  record  of  the  cases : 


1880]  Harris — The  Ccesarean  Record  of  Louisiana. 


939 


RESULT 

RESULT 

REFERENCE 

NO. 

DATE. 

OPERATOR. 

LOCALITY. 

TO 

TO 

OR 

WOMAN. 

CHILD. 

AUTHORITY. 

1 

Not  known. 

Francois  Prevost. 

Donaldsonville. 

Recov’d 

Saved. 

Dr.  Tho’s Cottman, N.V. 

2 

Not  known. 

Francois  Prevost. 

Donaldsonville. 

Recov  d 

Saved. 

Dr.  Tho’s  Cottman, N.Y. 

3 

About  1825. 

Francois  Prevost. 

Donaldsonville. 

Died. 

Saved. 

Dr.  Tho’sCottman.N.Y. 

4 

In  1831. 

Francois  Prevost. 

Donaldsonville. 

Recov’d 

Saved. 

Dr.  Tho’s  Cottman.N.Y. 

5 

In  1831. 

Cbas.  A.  Luzenberg 

New  Orleans. 

Died. 

Dead. 

Drs.  J.  P.  Davidson,  and 
Ernest  S.  Lewis,  1879. 

6 

In  1832. 

Thomas  Cottman. 

Ascension  Parish. 

Recov’d 

Dead. 

The  Operator,  in  1878. 

7 

In  1838. 

ADrnnken  Midwife 

North  of  N.  O. 

Recov’d 

Saved. 

N.  O.  Med.  and  Snrg. 
Joirr.  Yol.  XI,  p.  13. 

8 

In  1846. 

J.  A.  Sondday. 

Thibodeaux  Parish. 

Recov’d 

Alive. 

N.  0.  M.  and  S.  j.  1850-51 
Yol.  YI.  p.  355. 

9 

May  17,  1849. 

J.  A.  Scudday. 

Thibodeaux  Parish. 

Recov’d 

Saved. 

N.  0.  M.  andS  J.  1850-51 
Vol.  VI,  p.  355. 

10 

July,  1849. 

Thomas  Cottman. 

St.  James  Parish. 

Recov’d 

Dead. 

N.  0.  M.  and  S.  J.  1851. 
Vol.  VII,  p,  337. 

11 

Jan.  30,  1850. 

Vincent  Boaqui. 

Near  Opelousas. 

Recov’d 

Dead. 

The  Operator,  April  15, 
1871. 

12 

May  10,  1851. 

Daniel  B.  Gorham. 

Bayou  Sara. 

Recov’d 

Saved. 

N.  0.  M.  and  S.  J.  Yol. 
VII,  p.  194. 

13 

1857. 

A.  T.  C.  Langen- 

]New  Orleans. 

Died. 

Saved. 

N.  0.  M.  News  &  Hosp. 

becker. 

Gaz.  1857,  p.  555. 

14 

Ang.  25,  1860. 

J.  C.  Egan. 

Bienville  Parish. 

Recov’d 

Dead. 

N.  O.  M.  &  S.  J.  July, 
1877,  p.  35. 

15 

Jan.  1860. 

Beauville  Claverie. 

Donaldsonville. 

Died, 

Dead. 

Dr.  John  JEv  Duffel, 

^ldsonville. 

16 

July,  1866. 

Moody. 

Athens,  Claiborne 
Parish. 

Recov’d 

Dead. 

N.  ai.  and  S.  J.  July, 
187,. 

17 

Dec.  21,  1867. 

H.  C.  D’Aquin  and 
D.  Warren  Brickell 

New  Orleans. 

Recov'd 

Dead. 

N.  0.  M.  and  S.  J.,  1868. 
Vol.  XXI,  p.  454. 

18 

1873. 

Trndeau  and  Felix 
Formento. 

New  Orleans. 

Died. 

Dead. 

Dr.  Ernest  S.  Lewis, 
March  5th,  1879. 

19 

Aug.,  1873. 

Chas.  and  Gaston 

Near  N  apoleonviile, 

Recov’d 

Dead. 

Drs.  Thos.  B.  Pugh,  Ber- 

Bordis. 

Assumption  Parish, 

tie,  La.,  Ang.  21,  1879. 

It  will  be  seen  that  nine  cases  were  published,  and  ten  not. 
The  twentieth  operation,  which  I  have  rejected,  was  claimed 
with  every  appearance  of  truth,  as  a  caesarean  case,  by  one  of 
the  parties  present  at  operation  11,  which  he  also  asserted  in 
numerous  letters  to  have  been  his  own.  So  strong,  in  fact,  was 
the  testimony  brought  by  Dr.  Pilate  to  establish  his  claim  to 
case  11,  and  so  weak  the  opposition,  that  he  was  at  one  time 
credited  with  having  performed  two  caesarian  sections,  as  he 
insisted  he  had  done,  on  the  same  woman.  The  late  Dr.  Fred¬ 
erick  Acher,  also  present,  wrote  out  two  accounts  of  opera¬ 
tions  performed  by  him  on  this  same  woman,  the  first  caesarian 
and  the  second  a  laparotomy,  for  the  removal  of  a  utero-ab- 
dominal  pregnancy  of  a  very  unique  character,  the  placenta 
being  in  the  uterus ;  the  cyst  and  its  contents  in  the  abdom¬ 
inal  cavity,  with  the  cord  and  membranes  passing  through  the 
ununited  incision  made  in  the  uterus  by  the  knife  in  the  cae¬ 
sarian  section.  Dr.  Acher  sent  this  record  of  his  to  his  native 
city  Lyons,  and,  it  appeared  in  the  Gazette  Medicate  de  Lyon , 
after  having  been  presented  before  a  medical  society  by  Prof. 

3 


040 


Original  Communications. 


[April 


Bouchacourt,  in  1860.  I  have  had  the  original  of  this  commu¬ 
nication  sent  to  me  to  read,  by  Dr.  Bouchacourt,  and  have  now 
a  copy  of  it. 

Dr.  Boaqui  was  unfortunately  a  poor  witness  for  himself 
against  these  two  claimants,  but  finally  obtained  justice,  by  the 
fortunate  discovery  of  two  leaves  of  an  old  ledger  among  some 
waste  papers,  in  which  were  the  entries  made  at  the  time  of 
his  two  operations  in  1850  aud  1851.  The  second  operation 
was  a  laparotomy  after  rupture  of  the  uterus,  and  performed 
on  July  30,  1851,  and  from  this  the  woman  also  recovered.  On 
May  4,  1853,  she  ruptured  her  uterus  a  second  time,  and  Dr. 
Boaqui  operated  upon  her  post  mortem,  as  she  was  dead  when 
he  arrived.  He  attributed  her  death  to  hcemorrhage,  and 
thought  that  the  placenta  was  seated  in  the  line  of  rupture. 

1  was  thirteen  months  in  getting  at  the  truth  of  this  case. 
There  were  four  physicians  present  at  operation  11,  and  only 
one  made  no  claim  to  it.  Thinking  to  find  an  impartial  and 
truthful  witness  in  him,  I  sent  a  letter  to  him  at  the  south  of 
France,  in  which  I  gave  the  three  claims  as  seut  to  me  from 
Louisiana,  Ohio  and  Lyons,  aud  asked  him  to  send  me  the 
“exact  truth,”  which  in  his  answer  he  claimed  to  have  done, 
making  both  cases  caesarian,  and  giving  the  first  to  Acher,  aud 
the  second  to  Pilate.  This  writer,  Dr.  Dabrin,  also  confirmed 
all  that  Dr.  Pilate  had  written  to  me  about  the  second  opera¬ 
tion.  I  was  satisfied,  from  the  habits  of  Acher,  that  he  had  not 
operated,  aud  the  finding  of  the  old  leaves  settled  the  claim 
against  Dr.  Pilate,  who  ceased  his  communications  after  I  seut 
the  papers  to  show  him  by  a  medical  friend.  He  expressed  no 
desire  to  see  the  evidence  against  him.  The  combined,  cun¬ 
ningly  claimed  indifference,  and  yet  pertinacious  adherence 
of  this  man  of  seventy-five,  with  the  wouderful  evidence  he 
presented  from  the  vicinity  of  the  operation,  were  calculated 
to  deceive  any  one,  as  they  did  deceive  Dr.  Reeve  of  Daytou, 
several  of  my  medical  associates  and  myself.  I  am,  therefore, 
all  the  more  ready  to  do  justice  to  Dr.  Boaqui,  in  re-establish¬ 
ing  for  him  the  claim  that  I  gave  him  in  the  American  Jour¬ 
nal  of  Medical  Sciences  in  1878.  I  hope  there  are  not  many 
Pilates,  Achers  aud  Dabrius  in  the  medical  fraternity  of  Louisi- 


1880J  Love — Hypodermic  Administration  of  Ergot.  941 

ana  at  the  present  day.  They  give  a  statistical  worker,  who 
desires  to  write  correctly,  a  world  of  trouble. 

General  Summary. — Operations,  19 5  recovered,  14;  died,  5. 
Children  alive  at  delivery,  9;  dead,  10;  soon  died,  1.  Women 
operated  upon  twice,  2 — all  four  children  alive;  one  died  in  a 
few  minutes.  Parishes  of  Ascension  and  St.  James,  7  opera¬ 
tions  ;  New  Orleans  and  vicinity,  5.  Unpublished  cases  with¬ 
held  respectively,  53,  48,  46,  21  years,  etc. 

713  LocustIStreet,  Phila., 

February  13th,  1880. 


The  Hypodermic  Administration  of  Ergot. 

By  A.  C.  LOVE,  M.  D.,  Donaldsonville,  La. 

It  is  probable  that  no  single  drug  mentioned  in  the  materia 
medica  presents  such  a  checkered  history  as  ergot.  Employed 
for  its  parturifacient  property,  it  was  long  known  as  the 
mutterkorn  of  the  German  midwife,  and  in  the  latter  part  of 
the  seventeenth  century,  Carmerarius  and  Bantzmanni  lauded 
its  virtues.  In  France,  in  1774,  because  of  its  reputed  violent 
action,  its  administration  was  prohibited  by  legislative  enact¬ 
ment.  In  1807,  Dr.  Stearns,  of  New  York,  recalled  the  atten¬ 
tion  of  the  profession  to  it,  but  for  years,  among  the  best 
authorities,  there  existed  great  difference  of  opinion  concerning 
its  efficacy  as  a  parturifacient.  Many  declared  it  wholly  in¬ 
efficacious,  while  Mde.  La  Chappelle  dealt  it  the  ironical 
thrust :  “  Its  innocence  is  its  great  virtue.” 

But  by  reason  of  that  property  which  ergot  possesses,  of 
exciting  contraction  of  involuntary  or  unstriped  muscular 
fibre,  which  has  been  satisfactorily  demonstrated  by  uumerous 
experiments,,  it  has  become  one  among  the  most  effective 
remedial  agents  of  modern  therapeutics.  Though,  until  late 
years,  the  favorite  field  for  its  operations  was  the  gravid 
uterus,  yet,  acting  as  it  is  supposed  to  do,  through  the  nervous 
centres  and  exciting  the  contractility  of  the  middle  coat  of  the 


942 


Original  Communications. 


[April 


arteries  and  tlie  elastic  membrane  of  the  capillaries,  it  exerts 
an  influence  over  the  whole  circulatory  system.  Besides,  the 
field  of  its  action  embraces  the  trachea  and  the  bronchial 
tubes,  the  ducts  of  various  glands  and  the  iris,  part  of  the  oesoph¬ 
agus  and  the  stomach,  the  intestinal  canal  and  the  bladder, 
and  last,  but  not  least,  that  great  and  involuntary  muscle,  the 
heart. 

Though  ergotiue,  or  Boujean’s  purified  extract,  has  been  re¬ 
commended  as  the  preferable  preparation  for  subcutaneous 
injection,  and  marked  benefit  has  resulted  from  its  use  in  cases 
of  haemoptysis  (Dr.  Bitchie,  Ed.  Med.  Jour.,  February,  1872), 
lneinatemesis  (Ed.  Med.  Jour.,  Dec.  1871),  varicose  veins  ( New 
Rem.,  Oct.,  1872),  and  aneurism  (Langenbeck,  Am.  Jour.  Med. 
Sci .,  July,  1869) ;  yet  the  administration  of  Squibb’s  fluid  ex¬ 
tract  hypodermically  in  a  case  of  black  vomit  is  reported  as 
having  proved  happily  efficacious  (Dr.  S.  S.  Herrick,  N.  0. 
Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  Oct.  1878). 

It  is,  however,  the  object  of  this  paper  only  to  notice  recorded 
cases  of  its  hypodermic  use  in  the  lying-in  chamber,  and  to 
make  brief  mention  of  two  such  cases  in  the  writer’s  practice. 

In  cases  of  labor,  where  there  was  much  irritability  of  the 
stomach,  Yilleueuve  preferred  an  infusion  of  ergot  given  by 
enema  (  Waring’s  Ther .,  p.253).  In  a  case  of  post-partum  haem¬ 
orrhage,  Dr.  Fred.  D.  Lente  injected  twenty-five  drops  of 
Squibb’s  fluid  extract  under  the  skin  of  the  thigh ;  and,  though 
various  other  measures  had  signally  failed,  this  readily  checked 
the  flow  of  blood  (Med.  Rec.,  Bov.  15,  1869). 

Case  I. 

February  6th,  1879 — M.  R.,aged  16  years,  and  arrived  at  the 
full  term  of  pregnancy,  fell  from  a  doorway  the  distance  of  five 
feet,  her  forehead  striking  ou  a  brick  pavement.  She  was 
found  in  an  insensible  condition  and  carried  to  her  bed  ;  appli¬ 
cations  of  cold  water  were  made  to  her  head,  and  during  the 
night  labor  pains  set  in,  accompanied  by  convulsions.  At  11 
o’clock  the  followingmorning  she  was  seen  by  me.  Over  the  site 
of  the  right  frontal  prominence  there  was  an  cedematous  enlarge¬ 
ment  ;  but,  so  far  as  could  be  ascertained  from  careful  manipu- 


1880J  Love  — Hypodermic  Administration  of  Ergot.  943 

latiou,  no  fracture  of  auy  one  of  the  cranial  bones.  The  os 
uteri  was  iu  a  flaccid  condition,  periodical  contractions  imper¬ 
ceptible,  the  pulse  full  and  rapid,  and  convulsions  recurring  at 
intervals  of  fifteen  minutes.  An  attempt  was  made  to  admiu- 
ter  hydrate  of  chloral  per  orem ,  but  signally  failed  on  account 
of  the  unconscious  condition  of  thepacient.  Resort  was  made  to 
the  lancet,  several  ounces  of  blood,  were  taken  from  the  left  arm 
and  the  convulsions  ceased.  There  still  being  no  evidence  of 
returning  uterine  contractions,  fifteen  drops  of  the  fluid  extract 
of  ergot  (U,  S.  P.),  diluted  with  warm  water,  were  injected 
subcutaneously  over  the  deltoid  muscle  of  the  left  arm.  Within 
ten  minutes  uterine  contractions  were  excited,  and  their  regu  • 
larity  and  increasing  vigor  gave  encouragement  for  a  repetition 
of  the  dose  after  the  lapse  of  twenty  minntes,  and  the  labor 
was  conducted  to  a  successful  termination. 

Case  II. 

May  22d,  1879 — Was  called  to  see  C.  G-.,  aged  32  years,  the 
mother  of  two  children  and  now  in  the  sixth  month  of  gestation, 
threatened  with  miscarriage.  For  months  she  had  been  in  deli¬ 
cate  health  and  troubled  for  several  days  with  a  sanguineous 
discharge  from  the  vagina.  On  the  day  previous  to  my  visit, 
she  had  experienced  labor  pains  which  attained  their  maximum 
iu  a  few  hours,  and  gradually  subsided  without  relieving  the 
uterus  of  its  contents.  The  os  uteri  was  found  in  a  relaxed 
condition  that  admitted  the  introduction  of  two  fingers,  the 
membranes  already  ruptured  and  the  amniotic  fluid  escaped. 
A  partially  detached  placenta  afforded  a  constant  flow  of  blood 
from  the  os  uteri,  and  the  offensive  odor  emitted  justified  the 
surmise,  soon  verified,  that  the  foetus  was  undergoing  decompo¬ 
sition.  Fifteen  drops  of  the  fluid  extract  of  ergot  were  given 
hypodermically,  the  uterus  aroused  from  its  dormant  state  and 
periodical  contractions  excited.  As  the  loss  of  blood  continued, 
the  forceps  were  applied  to  the  head  of  the  foetus  as  soon  as  it 
cleared  the  os  uteri,  and  by  gradual  traction  during  the  periods 
of  contractions,  the  delivery  was  hastened.  The  injection  of 
ergot  was  repeated,  the  partially  detached  placenta  peeled 
from  the  wall  of  the  uterus  with  the  finger,  the  uterine  nozzle 


944 


Original  Communications. 


[April 


of  a  Davidson’s  syringe  introduced  and  the  cavity  of  the  womb 
cleansed  with  a  copious  injection  of  warm  water.  The  uterus 
contracted  firmly  and  the  patient  recovered  without  experien¬ 
cing  any  septicaemic  troubles. 

In  cases  of  confinement,  where  from  any  cause  speedy  deliv¬ 
ery  is  desirable,  or  where  life  is  endangered  by  post  partum 
haemorrhage,  so  far  as  my  limited  experience  justifies  me  in 
urging  it,  the  subcutaneous  administration  of  ergot  should  be 
regarded  as  the  preferable  measure  for  adoption. 


Reflex  Sciatica  and  Lumbago  Cured  by  Removal  of  Cause, 
Stricture  of  Urethra. 

By  T.  S.  DABNEY,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

On  February  16th,  Mr.  C.,  aet.  fifty,  of  powerful  frame  and 
vigorous  constitution  naturally,  came  from  the  country  to  put 
himself  under  the  treatment  of  Dr.  Sara’l  Logan  and  myself. 
Twenty  years  ago  Mr.  C.  had  a  severe  attack  of  gonorrhoea, 
which  persisted  for  many  months,  in  spite  of  due  treatment. 
He  suffered  no  ill  effects  from  this  persistent  gonorrhoea,  until 
five  (5)  years  ago,  when  he  was  compelled  to  quit  work  on 
account  of  a  severe  attack  of  lumbago  and  an  incessant  desire 
to  micturate. 

At  times  micturition  was  extremely  painful  and  could 
only  be  accomplished  whilst  taking  a  hot  hip  bath.  Attacks 
of  sciatica,  lumbago  and  other  neuralgic  affections  of  more  or 
less  gravity,  have  occasioned  him  much  trouble  since  his 
first  attack,  five  years  ago.  He  spent  several  months  at  Hot 
Springs;  he  has  been  under  the  treatment  of  physicians  in 
Nashville  and  New  Orleans — not  to  mention  several  most  ex¬ 
cellent  country  physicians,  and  yet  not  one  of  his  medical 
attendants  ever  suspected  the  cause  of  his  neuralgias,  and 
consequently  they  all  adopted  the  palliative  plan  of  treatment. 

About  three  months  ago  his  sciatica  and  lumbago  forced 
him  to  keep  his  bed,  where  he  was  kept  under  the  influence 


1880J  Dabney — Reflex  Sciatica  and  Lumbago.  945 

of  morphine  most  of  the  time.  His  sufferings  are  represented 
as  having  been  extremely  great.  As  soon  as  he  could  hobble 
around  on  crutches,  with  much  pain  and  difficulty,  he  took  the 
cars  and  came  to  my  office.  At  one  o’clock,  on  the  16th  ult., 
I  took  him  to  Dr.  Logan’s  office.  We  first  carefully  examined 
the  urine  with  chemical  reagents  and  under  the  microscope; 
but  failed  to  get  any  clue  to  his  disease.  We  next  carefully 
explored  his  bladder  for  stone,  but  found  none.  Then  with  an 
olive  pointed  bougie  we  examined  his  urethra  for  stricture. 
We  found  two — one  just  behind  the  meatus,  the  other  in  front 
of  the  bulbous  portion  of  the  urethra. 

The  patient  was  at  once  put  on  full  doses  of  quinine  and 
opium  and  was  sent  to  his  room  to  rest  until  next  day.  The 
passage  of  instruments  in  our  examination  entirely  relieved  all 
neuralgic  symptoms  for  several  hours.  Next  day,  17th,  we 
found  it  necessary  to  cut  with  a  bistoury  the  first  stricture ; 
the  other,  we  determined  to  dilate.  From  the  moment  the 
front  stricture  was  cut,  all  pain  vanished  to  return  no 
more.  In  ten  days  we  were  able  to  pass  a  Ho.  14  steel  bougie 
through  the  bladder.  On  the  fourth  day  we  put  our  patient 
ou  the  following  prescription,  as  he  needed  a  tonic  badly. 

IJ;  Quiniae  Sulpliat. 

Ferri  Redacti,  ^  3j; 

Ext.  Belladonnse,  gr.  v; 

Ext.  Rhei,  3j.  M. 

Make  into  pills  xxx  S.  One  three  times  daily. 

We  passed  a  bougie  every  second  or  third  day.  In  three 
days  from  the  time  of  his  arrival  he  was  ab'e  to  walk  without 
pain  or  stick.  His  general  health  rapidly  improved.  On  the 
16th  he  came  to  Hew  Orleans  on  crutches;  on  the  22d  he 
walked  three  miles  for  recreation.  We  taught  him  how  to  use 
the  bougie,  and  having  advised  him  to  continue  taking  the 
prescription  we  gave  him,  discharged  him  ou  the  27th  of  Feb¬ 
ruary — cured. 

He  was  in  town  to-day,  17th  March,  and  said  he  was  as  well 
as  ever  he  was  in  his  life.  He  commenced  work  again  on  the 
first  day  of  March,  and  has  been  working  hard  ever  since. 


946 


Correspondence. 


[Apri 


ORRESPONDENCE. 


Clinton,  La.,  Feb.  1st,  1880. 
Editors  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal : 

Gentlemen — It  may  be  presumption  on  my  part,  being  only 
a  country  doctor,  to  differ  in  opinion  with  “  A  Fellow  of  the 
Academy  of  Sciences  of  New  Orleans,”  nevertheless,  I  make 
bold  to  do  so,  and  feel  it  a  duty  to  make  public  my  opinion, 
when  I  can  give,  as  I  think,  good  reasons  for  the  same 
What  I  refer  to,  is  the  lecture  of  U.  K.  Milner,  M.  D.,  before 
the  Academy,  November  16  and  December  18,  1879. 

Gen’l  G.  W.  Munday,  one  of  our  representatives  in  the 
Legislature,  sent  me  a  copy  of  the  lecture.  It  is  very  interest¬ 
ing  and  very  instructive,  and  I  shall  only  take  issue  with  him 
on  one  position.  He  says  yellow  fever  is  not  contagious.  I 
say  yellow  fever  is  contagious.  I  shall  not  undertake  to  dissect 
his  lecture,  or  dispute  any  of  his  statements,  or  give  any 
opinion  in  reference  to  the  character  of  the  disease,  except  as 
to  the  contagiousness  of  the  same. 

A.  T.  Semmes,  M.  D.,  of  Canton,  Miss.,  in  a  very  edifying 
article  published  in  the  December  number,  1879,  of  your 
journal,  on  page  594,  makes  the  following  remark  : 

“  With  regard  to  contagion,  our  epidemic  of  1878  has 
completely  confounded  my  opinion.”  I  take  the  privilege  of 
reiterating  the  same,  with  the  exception  of  one  word.  Instead 
of  confounded ,  I  would  say  changed.  I  did  not  believe,  previous 
to  1878,  that  the  fever  was  contagious,  although  the  epidemics 
of  1853  and  1867,  and  also  sporadic  cases  in  1854  and  1855  in  this 
parish  presented  many  points  that  were  stumbling  blocks  in 
the  way  of  believing  in  the  wow-contagious  character  of  the 
fever. 

I  give,  as  the  reason  of  my  belief,  stubborn  facts  that  can 
be  proven.  Of  what  I  write  now,  I  made  a  report  in  November, 
1878,  to  the  Yellow-fever  Commission,  through  Prof.  Bemiss. 
The  report  was  very  imperfect,  as  likewise  is  this  communica- 


1880 1 


Correspondence. 


947 


tion,  owing  to  tlie  difficulty,  situated  as  I  was,  of  taking  notes 
of  the  cases  under  my  care. 

In  1878  our  parish  was  visited  by  the  scourge,  and  9G  cases 
came  under  my  observation.  The  cases  were  all  in  the  country, 
and,  in  order  to  give  them  proper  attention  and  not  neglect 
other  duties,  I  was  compelled  to  ride  from  30  to  40  miles  every 
24  hours. 

They  were  confined  to  four  plantations,  and  95  of  the  cases 
could  be  traced  to  actual  contact  with  individuals  sick  with 
the  fever.  By  contact,  I  mean  in  the  room  with  a  yellow-fever 
patient  long  enough,  had  it  been  small  small-pox,  to  have 
contracted  the  disease,  had  the  individual  been  liable  to  it. 

Of  those  directly  exposed,  and  liable  to  be  taken  if  in  a  yelloic 
fever  atmosphere ,  only  one  escaped,  and  he  was  a  nurse,  in  good 
health  and  very  particular  to  keep  himself  so.  I  speak  here¬ 
after  of  three  children  iu  one  family  not  getting  sick,  but  they 
were  not  directly  exposed. 

Previous  to  the  first  case,  September  7,  Clinton  and  the 
country  around  for  ten  miles  were  unusually  healthy.  During 
the  prevalence  of  yellow  fever  there  was  but  little  sickness  out' 
side  of  those  four  plantations.  What  there  was,  was  of  a  char¬ 
acter  likely  to  occur  at  any  season  of  the  year,  as  bowel  com¬ 
plaint,  mild  intermittents,  etc.  The  first  case  was  the  landlord 
of  a  plantation  five  miles  from  Clinton,  who  at  the  time  was  not 
known  to  have  been  out  of  the  parish  for  some  time.  This  of 
course  surprised  us  all.  The  thought  of  yellow  fever  did  not 
at  first  enter  any  mind.  As  his  case  progressed,  I  felt  that,  if  it 
were  possible  for  the  yellow  fever  to  break  out  suddenly  in  a 
healthy  section  of  country,  this  man  must  have  it.  He 
died,  and  even  then  I  could  not  feel  convinced  that  it  was 
really  yellow  fever,  until  others  took  it  who  had  nursed  him. 
It  was  thought  that  he  might  have  caught  it  from  opening 
blank  books  for  registration  that  he  had  received  from  New 
Orleans,  he  being  clerk  of  the  registration  board.  It  was  as¬ 
certained,  however,  some  time  after  the  fever  was  over,  I  be¬ 
lieve  in  December,  that  he  had  visited  Baton  Rouge  and 
New  Orleans.  From  that  place  it  spread,  not  in  an  epidemic 
4 


Correspondence. 


948 


[April 


over  the  country,  but  only  from  those  visiting  as  friends  and 
nurses.  The  people  here  were,  as  all  over  our  land  that  year, 
panic  stricken,  fear  preventing  the  usual  visiting;  and  it  was, 
therefore,  confined  to  the  before-named  four  plantations.  One 
exposed  to  it,  and  not  resident  of  the  house  where  it  was, 
would,  on  feeling  sick,  go  to  his  or  her  home  ;  then  the  whole 
family  did,  one  after  another,  and  sometimes  more  rapidly 
take  it.  Whites  and  blacks  on  other  plantations  would  not  visit 
the  sick,  and  therefore  did  not  get  sick.  So  far  as  cleanliness 
was  concerned,  the  houses  of  the  sick  were  as  clean  before  the 
fever  as  the  houses  of  the  well. 

Not  an  individual  had  an  attack  who  was  not  exposed  to  it. 

One  gentleman  who  lived  two  miles  west  of  Clinton,  and 
seven  miles  northwest  of  the  house  where  the  first  case  oc¬ 
curred,  after  assisting  in  nursing  and  burying  an  old  friend 
about  five  miles  further  off,  went  home,  and  in  a  few  days  was 
taken  down.  His  family  was  composed  of  himself,  wife  and 
four  children.  He  sent  for  me  immediately.  1  found  him  up¬ 
stairs,  his  wife  and  oldest  child,  a  daughter,  about  12  years 
old,  in  the  room  ;  the  three  younger  children  out  in  the  yard 
playing.  Having  by  that  time  been  converted  to  the  contagion 
theory,  I  insisted  on  those  children  not  going  up  stairs,  and  not 
even  being  with  their  mother  or  sister,  except  after  they  had 
been  out  in  the  air  or  otherwise  freed  from  the  fever  germ. 
These  three  children  escaped ;  the  other  child  (12  years  old) 
had  a  severe  attack;  the  mother,  a  healthy  lady  and  very 
prudent,  took  small  doses  of  quinine  every  day  and  escaped 
with  a  light  attack. 

Now  if  the  disease  is  not  contagious,  why  was  it  so  limited  ? 

Why  did  nearly  all  who  never  had  an  attack  catch  it  after 
being  exposed  to  it "? 

Why  did  not  people  living  less  than  one-eighth  of  a  mile  from 
where  it  was,  who  did  not  come  in  contact  with  individuals 
sick  with  it,  escape  ? 

There  was  scarcely  an  individual  iu  that  section  of  the 
country  who  had  ever  had  it. 

That  it  was  yellow  fever,  I  know.  My  first  experience  was 
iu  1853.  1  was  one  of  the  many  cases  in  Clinton  that  year.  It 


1880J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


949 


was  the  first  year  of  my  practice  in  this  place.  I  saw  then  at 
least  300  cases.  After  that,  previous  to  the  war,  I  saw  a  num¬ 
ber  of  cases.  In  1867  we  suffered  from  as  severe  an  epidemic 
as  in  1853,  and  during  nearly  all  the  time  the  whole  burden  of 
medical  attention  fell  upon  me.  I  agree  with  Dr.  Milner,  in  the 
necessity  of  local  sanitary  measures,  not  solely  to  prevent  yel¬ 
low  fever,  but  as  far  as  possible  to  prevent  all  sickness,  and 
reach  as  near  as  possible  that  condition  so  beautifully  described 
by  Dr.  Richardson,  of  London,  Eng.,  as  “  Salutland.”  I  have 
written  this  from  strong  convictions  of  duty,  u pro  bono publico  ” 

Yours  truly, 

O.  P.  Langworthy,  M.  D. 


URRENT  /VlEDICAL 


TRANSFUSION  OF  BLOOD  THROUGH  THE  PERITONEUM. 

From  the  Indipendente  of  Turin,  February  25th,  1880. 

(Translated  by  Dr:  JNO.  DEL’ORTO.) 

We  have  to  register  another  triumph  of  modern  experimental 
investigation.  Professor  Ponfick  of  Breslau  performed  last 
year  the  operation  of  transfusion  of  blood  through  the  peri¬ 
toneum  in  three  patients,  with  very  satisfactory  results. 

The  experiments,  that  he  had  previously  made  on  dogs,  had 
convinced  him  that  all  the  blood  injected  in  the  abdominal 
cavity  is  immediately  absorbed,  and  brought  into  the  current 
of  circulation,  as  no  trace  of  blood  was  found  in  this  cavity  in 
the  autopsy,  nor  any  haemoglobinuria  appeared  in  the  excretions 
of  the  animals. 

Later  the  same  experiments  were  pursued  on  rabbits  by 
Professors  Bizzozero  and  Golgi  of  Italy,  who  obtained  the 
same  results,  that  is,  twenty  minutes  after  the  injection,  a 
remarkable  increase  in  the  quantity  of  the  circulating  blood 
corpuscles  is  noted  by  the  chromocitometer  (an  instrument 
invented  by  Bizzozero,  through  which  the  quantity  of  hcvmo- 
globine  existing  in  the  blood  is  measured  with  a  perfect 
exactitude).  On  the  29th  of  January  of  this  year  Doctor 
Golgi  had  occasion  to  try  the  experiment  on  a  sick  man. 

It  was  in  the  insane  asylum  of  Pavia — a  gentleman  affected 
with  lipomania ,  reduced  to  a  state  of  extreme  anaemia.  The 


950 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  April 


therapeutic  agents  administered  having  proved  useless,  the 
doctor  thought  of  the  transfusion  of  blood  through  the  peri¬ 
toneum.  The  relief  was  immediately  felt  by  the  patient. 

The  instrument  for  the  injection,  as  well  as  the  mechanism 
of  the  operation,  is  very  simple  and  easy:  a  metallic  canula 
with  a  spout  communicating  with  a  gum  elastic  tube,  at  the 
end  of  which  a  glass  funnel  is  applied.  After  having  closed 
the  spout,  defibrinated  blood  is  thrown  through  the  funnel  in 
this  apparatus;  the  canula  is  pushed  into  the  abdomen  at 
about  2  inches  under  the  navel  in  the  linea  alba,  the  spout  is 
then  opened,  and  the  blood  goes  spontaneously  and  smoothly 
into  the  peritoneum.  The  spout  is  closed  again,  the  canula 
withdrawn,  and  the  wound  dressed  with  simple  sticking  plaster, 
lu  this  case  the' quantity  of  blood  injected  was  300  cc — the 
operation  lasted  12  minutes. 

The  pain  and  the  consecutive  fever  were  very  slight. 

The  following  are  the  measures  of  the  haemoglobine  as  takeu 
by  the  chromocitometer. 


Before  the  operation — hmmoglobine  — 

18  hours  after  the  operation — hamioglobine. 


30 

it 

it 

it 

40 

u 

it 

it 

2  days 

it 

it 

3 

it 

it 

it 

4 

it 

it 

ti 

5 

tt 

it 

it 

0 

It 

it 

it 

9 

u 

it 

it 

11 

it 

it 

ii 

14 

it 

it 

it 

ti 

ti 

ii 

ii 

it 

ii 

ii 

it 

it 

it 

ii 

ii 

it 

ii 

ii 

ii 

ti 

ii 

ii 

ii 

35.8. 

41.1. 
48.0. 

51.1. 

52.3. 

53.9. 

54.4. 

50.1. 
52.3. 

55.5. 
55.0. 

57.9. 


It  is  evident,  that  the  increase  of  the  hamioglobine  in  the 
last  days  is  directly  due  to  the  improvement  in  the  geueral 
constitution.  The  patient  had  now  a  good  appetite. 

It  would  be  rather  premature  now  to  speak  of  the  advantages 
that  may  be  obtained  from  this  method  of  transfusing  blood 
into  the  human  system.  It  seems,  however,  certain  that  in 
many  respects  it  ought  to  be  preferable  to  the  other  method 
through  the  veins — 1st,  for  its  simplicity ;  2d,  for  the  greater 
amount  of  blood  that  may  be  injected  through  the  peri¬ 
toneum,  and  finally,  for  the  less  risk  in  causing  shock  or 
embolism,  that  always  makes  direct  transfusion  a  very 
dangerous  operation. 


RELATION  OF  EPILEPSY  TO  INSANITY. 

By  J.  L.  Cleveland,  M.  D.,  Cincinnati. 

There  are  some  points  in  reference  to  the  influence  of  epilepsy 
upon  the  mind  that  are  generally  conceded.  That,  as  a  rule, 
repeated  attacks  of  epilepsy  have  a  tendency  to  weaken  the 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


951 


1880] 


mind  of  the  individual,  and  may  eventually  produce  dementia, 
or  even  positive  insanity.  Trousseau,  in  the  following  para¬ 
graph,  graphically  pictures  the  epileptic  constitution  :  “  The 
functions  of  organic  life  are  impaired  and  become  languishing. 
Epileptics  are  subject  to  cardialgia,  flatulence  and  spontaneous 
lassitude  and  trembling  ;  they  have  a  tendency  to  venery  and 
onanism ;  they  do  not,  as  a  rule,  live  to  an  advanced  age. 
The  cerebral  function,  the  intellectual  faculties  become  more 
and  more  degraded.” 

Exceptions  to  these  well  known  conditions  are  recorded  and 
some  of  them  are  historical,  where  the  intellectual  faculties 
were  not  impaired  in  the  least,  but  on  the  contrary,  the  neuro¬ 
sis  seemed  to  have  heightened  the  intellectual  power  (Caesar, 
Mahomet,  Napoleon  and  Swedenborg  are  said  to  have  been 
epileptics).  But  we  are  all  witnesses  to  the  general  truth  of  the 
proposition,  that  repeated  attacks  of  epilepsy  have  a  deterior¬ 
ating  effect  both  upon  the  .mind  and  body,  that  it  degrades  the 
body,  the  mind  and  the  moral  nature.  The  above  is  generally 
admitted.  It  is  the  medico-legal  aspect  of  the  question  that  we 
wish  especially  to  dwell  upon  ;  as  to  the  criminality  of  possible 
deeds  of  violence  committed  by  epileptics,  and  as  to  the  influ¬ 
ence  of  epilepsy  in  predisposing  to  crime. 

Is  there  Anything  in  the  epileptic  neurosis  that  predisposes 
to  crime  ?  Ir  may  be  remarked  here  that  the  condition  usually 
expressed  by  epilepsy  does  not  cover  the  ground  fully  that 
properly  belongs  to  this  question.  By  epilepsy  we  mean  that 
peculiar  state  in  which  there  is  a  sudden  and  complete  loss  of 
consciousness,  associated  with  convulsions.  In  addition  to  this, 
we  should  include  those  kindred  conditions,  masked  epilepsy, 
epileptic  vertigo,  absence,  ecstacy,  catalepsy,  and  possibly  som¬ 
nambulism  and  hysteria.  These  may  all  be  classed  together  as 
the  epileptic  neuroses.  This  classification  will  be  granted, 
when  it  is  considered  bow  nearly  related  all  of  the  above  men¬ 
tioned  conditions  are  to  epilepsy  and  how  frequently  they  pre¬ 
cede  it,  pointing  to  its  approach  or  even  occuring  in  conjunction 
with  it.  It  is  estimated  in  Reynold’s  System  of  Medicine 
that  in  epileptics  (properly  so-called)  ^  of  the  cases  have  per¬ 
fect  average  mentality,  that  is,  their  minds  are  not  perceptibly 
atfected  by  the  attack.  This  would  leave  §  of  the  class  whose 
miuds  are  more  or  less  affected  by  the  disease.  The  same 
author  informs  us  that  of  epileptics  about  .10  are  insane. 

This  much  can  be  stated  as  positive,  that  some  epileptics 
may  pass  through  life,  attend  to  business  and  not  be  visibly 
affected  mentally  or  physically  by  the  infirmity,  but  in  most 
cases  the  mind  suffers  in  memory  or  reason,  or  both,  producing 
in  some  cases  harmless  dementia ;  while  in  another  class 
mania  is  developed  either  preceding,  coincident  with  or  follow¬ 
ing  the  attack. 

The  medico-legal  aspect  of  this  subject  is  most  important, 
whether  considered  in  reference  to  the  testamentary  capacity 


952  Current  Medical  Literature.  [April 

of  the  epileptic  or  to  his  responsibility  in  case  of  crime.  We 
wish  to  consider  only  the  latter  at  present. 

In  order  to  introduce  the  subject,  let  us  suppose  that  a  mur¬ 
der  has  been  committed,  and  it  turns  out  that  the  murderer  is 
an  epileptic,  what  bearing  should  this  fact  have  before  a  court 
of  justice?  Does  the  fact  that  he  is  an  epileptic  free  him  from 
the  consequences  of  his  crime  ?  It  does  not,  for  some  epilep¬ 
tics  are  as  responsible  by  virtue  of  their  mental  and  moral  in¬ 
tegrity  as  any  other  class  of  men.  But  it  does  raise  a  very  im¬ 
portant  doubt  in  favor  of  the  murderer.  The  disease  may  have 
rendered  the  criminal  weak-minded,  so  that  his  will-power  was 
insufficient  to  govern  his  passions  under  provocation,  or  maybe 
his  epilepsy  may  have  been  attended  with  insanity,  and  the 
man  was  insane  when  he  committed  the  crime.  If  it  can  be 
proved  that  the  crime  was  objectless,  entirely  without  motive, 
this  would  settle  the  question  of  responsibility.  But  perhaps 
this  epileptic  has  always  been  considered  of  sound  mind  and 
good  average  capacity.  But  he  is  an  epileptic,  and  may  not  the 
influence  of  passionate  anger  developed  in  him  a  condition  of 
epileptic  insanity  ?  Ho  one  can  doubt  but  that  such  a  thing 
would  be  possible,  but  it  would  be  impossible  to  affirm  posi¬ 
tively  that  such  was  the  case.  Suppose  the  criminal  should 
affirm  that  he  was  unconscious  at  the  time,  and  did  not  know 
that  he  had  committed  the  deed  until  he  was  informed  of  it 
afterwards.  If  this  could  be  proved,  it  would  only  be  iu  ac¬ 
cordance  with  the  epileptic  neurosis.  But  it  turns  out  there  is 
method  and  evident  deliberation  in  the  murder.  Is  there  any¬ 
thing  per  se  in  the  epileptic  constitution  that  would  cause  the 
individual  to  nourish  rensentmeut  and  plan  revenge  ?  In  that 
respect  he  would  stand  on  the  same  ground  as  other  people. 
He  loves,  he  hates,  he  cherishes  revenge.  But  there  is  this  dif¬ 
ference,  his  infirmity  has  made  its  impress  on  him.  The  epi¬ 
leptic  is  an  unknown  and  uncertain  quantity,  because  his 
attacks  are  possible  at  any  time.  Frequently  before  and  after 
the  attack  his  disposition  changes  ;  he  is  moody,  suspicious, 
melancholic,  apprehensive;  often  quarrelsome;  easily  of¬ 
fended  ;  and  clinical  history  tells  us  he  may  even  plan  and 
execute  revenge,  though  fortunately  he  is  usually  kind  and 
inoffensive.  Sometimes  he  is  subject  to  ungovernable  out¬ 
breaks  of  passion.  His  will-power  is  deteriorated  and  shat¬ 
tered,  and  for  the  time  he  may  be  like  the  savage  entirely 
under  the  influence  of  his  passions. 

Maudsley  and  Trousseau  dwell  upon  the  furious  character  of 
epileptic  mania.  The  disposition  to  destroy  something  animate 
or  inanimate  seems  to  be  irresistable.  Of  course,  if  it  can  be 
proved  that  the  epileptic  was  insane  at  the  time  lie  committed 
the  murder,  the  question  of  responsibility  is  decided. 

The  murderer  may  have  what  is  called  masked  epilepsy, 
that  is,  there  may  be  no  convulsions. 

11  Instead  of  the  morbid  action  affecting  the  motor  centres, 


1880J  Current  Medical  Literature.  953 

the  mind  centres  are  seized  upon,  resulting  in  a  paroxysm  of 
mania,  producing  what  Maudsley  speaks  of  as  an  epilepsy  of 
mind.  These  are  described  as  coming  on  suddenly,  the  same 
as  epileptic  attacks,  and  disappearing  rapidly  in  a  similar 
manner,  and  during  th  eattack  the  sufferer  is  said  to  be  un¬ 
conscious  of  his  actions. 

Epileptic  insanity  manifesting  itself  chiefly  by  irritability, 
suspicion,  moroseness  and  perversion  of  character,  with 
periodical  exacerbations  of  excitement,  in  which  visions  and 
criminal  acts  are  committed,  showing  itself  in  fact  in  a  profound 
moral  and  affective  derangement,  may  occur  periodically  from 
time  to  time,  for  months  or  even  years  before  distinct  epileptic 
fits  declare  themselves,  these  at  last  making  their  appearance 
and  supplying  the  interpretation  of  the  previously  obscure 
attacks  of  recurrent  mental  derangement.  Morel  has  poiuted 
out  that  some  cases  of  suicidal  and  homicidal  mania  are  really 
cases  of  this  kind,  in  which  an  epileptiform  neurosis  has 
existed  for  a  long  time  in  an  undeveloped  or  marked  form.” 

A  case  is  mentioned  where  a  man  had  had  epilepsy  in  his 
youth,  none  having  been  noticed  for  forty  years.  There  was 
nothing  especially  noticeable  in  him  except  an  inclination  for 
good  living  and  a  condition  of  exaltation  in  the  spring.  One 
day  he  suddenly  stabbed  his  aged  mother  in  the  throat  several 
times,  and  when  she  fell  down  sat  upon  the  body  and  stabbed 
her  repeatedly.  When  he  was  seized,  he  exclaimed,  “  She  is 
a  villain  who  has  done  me  all  the  injury  possible;  I  ought  to 
have  killed  her  long  ago.”  There  was  no  discoverable  motive 
for  the  crime,  but  it  was  discovered  that  for  several  years,  during 
the  periods  of  exaltation  in  the  spring,  he  had  reviled  his 
mother  and  threatened  to  kill  her,  and  the  date  of  the  murder 
corresponded  to  the  period  of  exaltation.  Another  interesting 
case  is  narrated  where  an  epileptic  had  ceased  to  have  convul¬ 
sions,  but  in  place  of  these  was  developed  an  irresistable 
impulse  to  commit  murder.  The  sufferer  was  conscious  of  his 
terrible  condition.  When  the  impulse  seized  him,  he  said  he 
felt  as  though  he  must  kill  something,  if  it  were  only  a  babe. 
To  his  mother  and  father,  whom  he  loved  dearly,  he  would  cry 
in  a’  loud  voice,  “  Save  yourselves,  or  I  must  strangle  you.” 
When  it  was  over,  he  cried,  “Unloose  tne,  alas!  I  have  suffered 
greatly,  but  I  am  well  out  of  it,  since  I  have  killed  no  one.” 

I  quote  further  from  the  same  author  illustrating  the  epileptic 
neurosis:  “The  form  of  mental  disorder  which  corresponds 
to  the  petit  mat ,  or  epileptic  vertigo,  may  be  described  as  a 
great  confusion  of  ideas,  accompanied  often  by  instantaneous 
impulses  to  violence.  Those  afflicted  by  it  become  sad  and 
morose  without  any  cause  in  external  circumstances,  are 
profoundly  distressed,  and  exhibit  much  irritation  against 
those  who  are  about  them,  suffer  from  loss  of  memory  and 
dullness  of  intelligence,  so  they  cannot  collect  and  fix  their 
thoughts,  feel  sadly  that  they  are  no  longer  themselves,  that 
they  are  impelled  to  strange  or  violent  acts  by  a  power  they 


954 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 


cannot  resist ;  oppressed  by  a  strange  anxiety  or  dread,  they 
leave  their  homes  and  wander  about  the  street  or  country ;  all 
the  painful  ideas  which  they  have  conceived  of  at  different 
periods  of  their  lives  come  back  and  fasten  upon  their  minds ; 
they  are  overwhelmed  with  a  vague  anxiety  and  terror.  In 
this  state  of  confusion  and  distress  they  accuse  their  friends  of 
hostility  and  imagine  persecutions  which  have  no  existence  out 
of  their  morbid  fancies,  and  they  do  unlawful  deeds,  such  as 
theft,  incendiarism,  suicide  or  homicide;  some  relieving  them¬ 
selves  by  destroying  inanimate  objects,  others  killing  them¬ 
selves  in  order  to  get  rid  of  their  anxieties  and  fears,  and 
others  attacking  in  a  blind  and  desperate  manner  persons 
whom  they  chance  to  meet  when  their  terror  and  distress 
render  their  impulses  uncontrollable. 

The  deed  of  violence  done,  either  there  is  immediate  relief, 
the  indefinable  anxiety  and  confusion  of  ideas  disappearing, 
and  they  recognize  what  they  have  done,  or  they  continue  in  a 
state  of  excitement,  unconscious  or  very  imperfectly  conscious 
of  the  gravity  of  their  acts.  When  they  come  to  themselves, 
their  memory  is  uncertain  and  confused,  like  that  of  a  person 
awaking  from  a  terrible  nightmare ;  they  may  remember  the 
acts  in  a  fragmentary  way  when  they  are  recalled  to  their 
minds  or  may  deny  them  altogether.  Let  him  who  would 
realize,  so  far  as  it  can  be  done  by  a  sane  mind,  the  mental 
state  of  those  afflicted  beings,  try  to  recollect  the  most  painful 
dream  he  ever  had ;  let  him  reflect  upon  its  grotesque  incon¬ 
sistencies,  the  blest  relief  which  he  experienced  when  he  awoke 
and  found  it  was  a  dream ;  the  fragmentary  remembrance 
which  he  retained  of  it  and  the  little  desire  which  he  had  to 
live  it  over  again  in  memory ;  let  him  then  suppose  it  to  be  no 
dream,  but  conceive  himself  to  be  overwhelmed  by  the  horrible 
nightmare  day  by  day,  and  to  be  as  he  surely  would  be, 
incapable  even  of  the  hope  of  relief;  what  cry  would  then 
suffice  to  express  his  agony  and  despair,  save  the  cry  of 
supreme  agony,  u  My  God  !  My  God  !  Why  hast  thou  for¬ 
saken  mef?  What  act,  save  an  act  of  suicide.  We  should  not 
apologize  for  crime,  but  we  should  have  as  clear  an  under¬ 
standing  as  possible  of  the  organic  weakness  of  the  human 
body.  Nearly  related  to  epilepsy  are  somnambulism,  catalepsy 
and  hysteria,  these  conditions  constituing  a  well  defined 
neurosis ;  and  in  case  of  the  commission  of  crime,  the  fact  that 
this  neurosis  exists,  will  very  properly  open  up  the  question  of 
possible  alienation  at  the  time  of  the  commission  of  the  crime. 
Cases  are  on  record  where  somnambulists  have  committed 
murder.  The  fact  that  vicious  criminals  may  and  do  similate 
these  conditions  should  only  stimulate  us  to  investigate  this 
subject,  further  and  see  if  it  be  true  that  epilepsy  and  kindred 
neuroses,  when  they  are  found  to  exist  in  a  criminal,  are 
a  sufficient  reason  to  question  his  responsibility.  That  it  opens 
the  question  of  responsibility  there  can  be  no  doubt,  and  that 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


955 


1880] 

this  plea  has  more  than  once  cheated  the  gallows  of  its  own  is 
beyond  perad venture,  nor  can  there  be  any  reasonable  doubt 
but  that,  from  ignorance  of  this  subject,  mauy  a  luckless 
unfortunate  has  been  hung  while  innocent  of  the  crime  imputed 
to  him. — Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Clinic ,  Jan.  17. 


THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY  AND  HIGHER  EDUCATION, 
WITH  A  GLANCE  AT  THE  HOSPITAL  BUILDINGS. 

By  George  Halsted  Botland,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 

Hippocrates  complained  of  affairs,  educational  and  profes¬ 
sional,  at  Athens.  A  few  centuries  later,  in  the  Augustan  era, 
distinguished  alike  for  its  science,  art,  and  literature,  it  was 
the  custom  to  praise  the  past  at  the  expense  of  the  present. 
In  the  nineteenth  century  civilization  and  culture  have  attained 
such  a  high  standard  that  the  reverse  is  the  case,  and  the 
present  is  praised  at  the  expense  of  the  past;  at  least,  it  is  so 
with  the  authors  of  certain  pamphlets  and  articles  that  within 
the  past  year  or  two  have  made  their  appearance  in  our  cur¬ 
rent  literature. *  These  productions,  whilst  deploring  the  low 
status  of  the  medical  profession  iu  particular,  and  the  misman¬ 
agement  of  American  universities,  medical  colleges,  and  insti¬ 
tutions  of  learning  in  general,  impress  strenuously  upon  the 
public  mind  the  glaring  necessity  for  a  more  elevated  esprit  de 
corps ,  with  greater  scientific  attainments  among  practicing 
physicians  and  professors,  together  with  the  urgent  need  of  a 
higher  standard  of  education  in  every  department.  These 
depredators  hold,  in  some  instances,  diplomas  of  the  very  insti¬ 
tutions  they  cry  down,  and  are  among  the  first,  when  perplexed, 
to  call  in  consultation  the  more  aged  and  experienced  members 
of  a  profession  whose  status  at  other  times  only  merits  their 
contumely..  The  strifes  and  jealousies  of  rival  schools  are 
brought  to  light  and  dwelt  upon. 

And  now,  amidst  all  this  educational  anarchy,  appears  the 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  with  its  brilliant  array  of  talented 
professors  and  tutors  (embracing  some  foreigners),  to  rescue 
our  institutions,  both  general  and  special,  from  the  total 
wreck  that  threatens  their  systems.  Just  as  the  Renaissance 


*  In  the  following  article  the  author  has  made  free  use  of  the  programmes  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University  and  of  the  Fourth  Annual  Report,  edited  by  President  Gilman,  in[order 
to  show  from  them  directly  the  relation  ofthenew  university  to  other  institution  sof  learn¬ 
ing,  especially  to  the  medical  schools  and  the  medical  profession  of  Baltimore.  The  dis. 
cus8ion  on  this  point  is  just  now  going  on  with  considerable  vigor.  The  most  striking 
article  that  has  yet  appeared  is  a  pamphlet  by  John  S.  Lynch,  M.  D.  This  gentleman,  for 
years  a  practitioner  and  professor  of  medicine  in  one  of  our  leading  colleges,  ably  handles  his 
subject,  and  depicts  the  true  condition  of  educational  and  professional  affairs  in  our  city. 
He  has  '•  seen  none  of  the  evils  "  denounced  and  deplored,  but  has  noted  many  improve¬ 
ments  and  advances ;  among  them  are  the  establishment  of  seveial  hospitals  for  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  special  diseases,  the  establishment  of  an  out-door  clinic  at  which  more  than 
thirty  thousand  patients  are  treated  annually,  courses  with  the  use  of  the  laryngoscope 
and  microscope,  etc.  The  increased  number  of  professors  in  our  medical  schools,  the  high 
standard  of  the  profession  and  their  many  and  valuable  contributions  to  literature,  as  well 
as  their  thriving  societies,  will  give  the  gist  of  Dr.  Lynch’s  article,  which  is  heartily  in¬ 
dorsed  by  all  with  whom  the  writer  has  spoken. 

5 


1)56  Current  Medical  Literature.  |  April 

of  arts  and  letters  was  commenced  by  the  savants  aud  artists 
of  Byzantium,  who,  alter  the  capture  of  Constantinople  by 
Mahomet  II,  emigrated  to  France  and  Italy,  and  really  did  for 
them  then  what  was  later  ascribed  to  the  munificence  of  the 
De  Medicis  aud  Francois  Premier.  Such  is  the  picture  drawn 
of  affairs,  professional  and  educational,  in  their  relation  to  the 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  a  production  varying  in  ability 
according  to  the  talent  of  the  artist,  but  not  true  to  nature,  as 
will  presently  be  demonstrated.  Ten  years  ago  the  standard 
of  educational  requirements  had  made  great  advances  as  com¬ 
pared  with  the  preceding  decade,  and  from  then  up  to  the  time 
of  founding  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  it  had  been  raised 
higher  and  higher,  until  the  utmost  was  required  of  students, 
until  examinations  became  more  frequeut  and  more  stringent, 
and  until  admission  examinations  were  instituted  in  our  medi¬ 
cal  schools.  In  a  word,  during  the  last  twenty  years  the  rise 
and  progress  in  medical,  scientific,  aud  academical  education 
has  been  so  gradual,  yet  so  steady  and  so  sure,  that  our  present 
fault-finders,  not  perceiving  it,  have  alone  remained  behind, 
ignoring  the  fact  that  we  had,  when  the  Johns  Hopkins  Univer¬ 
sity  was  founded,  a  system  of  trainiugiu  our  universities,  schools, 
colleges,  and  academies  comparing  iavorably  with  those  in  any 
part  of  the  world.  This  university  of  the  future  begins,  then, 
where  the  others  end,  aud  comes  to  us  as  the  natural  outgrowth 
of  advanced  civilization  and  education,  as  the  child  of  the  elder 
ones,  not  inventing  any  new  or  patent  method  of  intellectual 
schooling,  but  taking  what  is  best  from  this  oue  and  that  one, 
and  what  is  deemed  best  adapted  to  the  requirements  of  higher 
education. 

The  medical  department,  though  not  yet  fully  organized, 
will,  it  is  understood,  be  represented  to  some  extent  by  physi¬ 
cians  aud  surgeons  Irom  our  own  city,  and  Baltimore  can  pride 
herself  on  having  the  varied  talent,  the  many  distinguished 
men,  as  well  as  the  learned  and  ethical  general  profession  be¬ 
longing  to  a  great  medical  centre,  iu  which  original  research 
is  encouraged,  and  the  science  and  art  of  medicine  are  im¬ 
proved. 

It  was  ascertained  that  much  of  the  regular  four  year’s  col¬ 
lege  course  could  be  omitted,  especially  by  those  intending  to 
follow  scientific  or  medical  pursuits;  consequently  seven  very 
concise  courses  of  three  years  each  are  open  to  students  as 
regular  collegiate  courses,  which  thus  allow  them  to  enter  upon 
the  university  course,  whether  it  he  law,  medicine,  or  theology, 
oue  year  soouer.  These  seven  courses  are  varied  to  meet  the 
wants  of  all ,  a  nd  such  branches  are  taught  in  them  as  bear  directly 
upon  the  student’s  course  in  the  future.  Much  stress  is  laid 
upon  modern  languages  throughout,  also  upon  philosophy  and 
chemistry  during  these  three  years,  whilst  the  introduction  of 
biology  into  the  preparatory  medical  course  is  an  entirely  new 
feature.  It  is  well  known  that  this  is  almost  the  last  branch 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


957 


taught  in  foreign  universities,  but  a  study  that  requires  such 
particularization  may  be  useful  as  a  disciplinary  agent  at  first, 
not  forgeting  that  au  acquaintance  with  morphology  should 
form  an  important  part  of  a  course  preparatory  to  the  final 
study  of  medicine ;  moreover,  the  mind  of  the  student  will  have 
been  sufficiently  trained  by  his  schooling  in  chemistry  and 
physics  during  the  first  year  to  grapple  with  a  subject  that 
hitherto  has  erroneously  been  thought  worthy  of  introduction 
only  near  the  end  of  a  five  or  seven  years’  university  course. 
At  the  close  of  the  third  and  last  year  of  this  preparatory 
course,  which  includes  also  German,  English  literature,  history, 
and  psychology,  it  is  proposed  to  confer  upon  the  successful 
candidate  the  degree  of  M.  B.,  aud  thus  give  to  this  diploma 
a  value  in  America.  Although  the  recipient  will  not  rank  as 
does  the  English  “  medical  man  ”  who  may  practice  upon  it, 
yet  it  will  be  an  advance  in  our  educational  gradations,  and 
the  American  interpretation  of  the  initials  M.  B.  will  probably 
be  the  more  correct  of  the  two.  The  biological  course,  which 
eaunot  be  overestimated,  will  be  one  of  wide  scope,  embracing 
the  laws  of  life  in  general,  whether  exhibited  in  animals  or 
plants ;  it  is  designed  at  the  same  time  to  give  students  at 
least  a  didactic  knowledge  of  human  anatomy  and  physiology; 
comparative  anatomy  and  botany  will  not  be  required,  as  their 
general  principles  and  more  important  facts  are  taught  in  the 
course  of  general  biology.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  student 
after  such  a  course  will  be  well  advanced  in  his  professional 
studies,  and  that  the  science  of  medicine  proper  will  present  to 
him  fewer  difficulties.  It  is  of  course  understood  that  work  in 
the  physical  and  chemical  laboratories  forms  a  prominent  fea¬ 
ture  in  the  schedule. 

With  respect  to  medical  instruction  in  connection  with  the 
Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  the  plan  has  not  yet  been  definitely 
agreed  upon  by  the  trustees,  but  we  may  be  sure  that  whatever 
system  is  determined  upon  will  not  be  in  imitation  of  any  one 
routine,  but  will  comprise  what  is  best  from  the  best.  That 
this  has  been  a  ruling  principle  in  the  university  organization 
throughout,  the  following  lines  from  the  Fourth  Annual  Report 
of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University,  by  the  president,  will  attest. 
After  referring  to  the  extension  of  its  influence  beyond  provin¬ 
cial  limits,  he  says :  u  Having  these  aims,  the  next  question  to 
be  considered  was  the  interior  organization  of  the  university : 
should  it  follow  an  American,  an  English,  a  French,  or  a  Ger¬ 
man  model ;  or  should  it  gather  from  many  sources  educational 
methods  to  be  adapted  to  the  wants  of  this  country,  aud 
brought  into  harmony  with  our  conditions,  political,  ecclesias¬ 
tical,  and  social!  There  was  no  hesitation  on  this  poiut.  The 
new  foundation  was  to  base  its  operations  upon  the  experience 
of  many  and  diverse  institutions,  ascertained  by  inquiries  at 
home  and  abroad,  among  the  most  enlightened  teachers  aud 
administrators.” 


958 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 

Little  lias  been  said  of  scientific  apparatus  in  this  connec¬ 
tion,  but  when  we  state  that  $27,761  have  been  expended  in 
that  direction,  it  will  be  readily  understood  that  such  appli¬ 
ances  have  been  purchased  of  the  best  European  and  American 
makers,  with  especial  reference  to  researches  in  regard  to  elec¬ 
tricity,  magnetism,  and  heat. 

Another  advance  in  higher  education  is  the  system  of  fellow¬ 
ships  for  the  purpose  of  affording  to  young  men  of  talent,  from 
any  place,  an  opportunity  to  continue  their  studies  in  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  while  looking  forward  to  positions  as  pro¬ 
fessors,  teachers,  and  investigators,  or  to  other  literary  and  sci¬ 
entific  vocations.  These  Fellows  are  appointed  by  the  trustees, 
and  submit  to  examination ;  a  small  stipend  is  granted  to 
them. 

The  new  university  has  been  favorably  received  by  the  medi¬ 
cal  profession  of  Baltimore,  many  of  whom  countenance  the 
lectures  and  patronize  the  scientific  courses. 

Almost  any  day  practitioners  may  be  seen  in  the  laboratories, 
and  the  library  has  become  a  sort  of  Pierian  Spring  (new  books 
are  kept  on  a  stand  and  sold  at  a  reduced  price  after  three 
months),  but  no  more  so  than  the  rest  of  the  university,  from 
which  those  who  do  not  intend  to  “  drink  deep  ”  are  expected  to 
withdraw.  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  recognizing  the  great 
benefit  to  be  derived  from  a  literature  such  as  exists  in  other 
institutions  of  the  kind,  has  given  out  the  first  volume  of  the 
American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  four  numbers  being  promised 
annually;  also  the  American  Journal  of  Chemistry ,  six  numbers 
annually.  The  writings  from  the  biological  department  have 
been  communicated  to  the  Journal  of  Physiology ,  published  in 
London  and  Cambridge.  The  influence  of  the  university  will 
doubtless  be  extended  to  a  certain  degree  by  the  Fellows,  some 
of  whom  have  been  and  others  of  whom  will  be  called  to  differ¬ 
ent  posts  in  this  country,  and  by  the  scientific  publications 
sent  abroad.  Nevertheless,  it  is  more  than  likely  that  its  use¬ 
fulness  and  reputation  will  be  principally  local.  Significant  is 
the  note  that,  of  the  ninety-one  collegiate  students  enrolled 
during  the  past  three  years,  almost  all  come  from  Baltimore 
and  vicinity.  All  legitimate  means  will  be  employed  to  gain 
renown. 

But  fellowships  are  not  altogether  new ;  neither  are  univer¬ 
sity  organs.  This  fact  is  mentioned  in  sustaining  our  claim 
that  the  higher  standard  attained  is  one  that  has  been  raised 
by  the  older  universities,  colleges,  academies,  and  institutions 
of  learning  in  general,  not  forgetting  the  much-abused  medical 
schools,  which  certainly  have  contributed  their  full  share  in  the 
onward  march.  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  then,  so  far 
from  being  a  deliverer  from  educational  ruin,  merely  borrows 
what  is  best  from  all  our  institutions,  merely  comes  under  the 
standard  already  unfurled  by  them. 

Before  closing,  let  us  leave  the  university  proper,  and  take  a 


1880J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


959 


casual  survey  of  the  hospital  buildings,  situated  on  an  ele¬ 
vated  piece  of  land  something  more  than  a  mile  distant.  Seen 
from  a  distance,  this  collection  of  buildings  forms  an  imposing 
memorial  pile,  more  to  the  purpose  than  a  sarcophagus  of  por¬ 
phyry.  For  a  description  of  the  plan  of  these  buildings  the 
reader  is  referred  to  an  article  on  this  subject  by  the  writer, 
and  published  in  the  Journal ,  November  7,  1878.  It  is  his  in¬ 
tention  at  present  so  make  a  brief  survey  of  the  buildings 
themselves  as  they  are  now.  The  lot  on  which  they  are  being- 
built  is  fourteen  and  a  half  acres  square,  and  when  completed 
they  will  be  twenty-five  in  number  and  in  the  form  of  a  paral¬ 
lelogram.  The  main  building,  being  the  front,  is  on  Broadway, 
but  only  the  foundation,  which  is  of  brown  stone,  is  laid.  The 
height  will  be  two  hundred  feet  from  the  marble  flooring  to  the 
lantern.  On  the  right  and  left,  and  distant  some  sixty  feet 
from  it,  are  the  male  and  female  paying  wards,  each  forming  a 
separate  building.  These  wards  are  arranged  in  such  a  man¬ 
ner  that  all  the  rooms  open  on  corridors  leading  to  the  centre 
of  the  building,  where  is  a  skylight  considerably  over  one  hun¬ 
dred  feet  high.  There  are  several  floors  of  rooms.  The  next 
building  in  order,  going  to  the  left,  is  the  kitchen,  the  first 
floor  being  divided  into  butcher’s-rooms,  store-rooms,  pastry- 
rooms,  etc.;  but  the  kitchen  proper  is  on  the  second  floor,  and 
is  thirty  feet  by  seventy.  From  this  building  all  the  meals 
will  be  furnished  by  means  of  a  car,  with  hot-water  chamber 
and  on  india-rubber  wheels,  pushed  from  building  to  building 
in  the  long  and  lofty  connecting  corridor.  This  corridor  will 
be  of  artistic  design,  and  will  have  a  walk  on  top.  Next  in 
order  comes  the  octagon  building,  so  called  from  its  shape.  In 
the  middle  of  this  ward  is  the  octagonal  shaft  to  conduct  off 
foul  air.  The  beds  will  be  arranged  around  this,  feet  to  the 
shaft,  the  walls  of  which  will  be  neatly  finished  and  orna¬ 
mented  with  works  of  art.  It  is  thought  that  this  will  rest  the 
weary  eye  of  the  patient,  as  well  as  break  the  view  in  such  a 
manner  that  the  sufferings  of  other  patients  will  be  in  a  great 
measure  hidden,  and  their  cries  and  groans  during  bedside 
operations  more  or  less  deadened.  This  ward  is  to  be  some¬ 
thing  of  an  experiment,  and  the  idea  has  already  been  carried 
out  in  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  the  only  difference 
being  that  the  square  is  used  there  instead  of  the  octagon.  At 
the  other  end  of  this  ward  are  small  rooms  for  various  purposes, 
such  as  sitting-rooms  and  the  like.  Then  come,  at  a  distance 
of  sixty  feet,  and  at  the  same  distance  from  each  other,  three 
charity  wards ;  the  only  difference  between  them  and  the  octa¬ 
gon  ward  is  that  they  are  parallelograms  iu  form.  Crossing 
the  lot,  the  nurses’  home  is  reached,  a  large,  square  building — 
from  the  basement  to  the  top  seven  stories  high.  The  lower 
floors  are  devoted  to  dining-rooms,  parlors,  library,  lecture- 
room,  etc.,  and  the  upper  ones  to  bed-rooms.  There  are,  then, 
eleven  buildings  in  process  of  construction — eight  actually 


960 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 


under  roof.  It  goes  almost  without  saying  that  they  are  built 
iu  the  best  and  strongest  manner,  with  modern  improvements, 
double  ventilators,  etc.  Inside,  the  staircases  are  supported 
by  iron  pillars,  and  all  the  beams  and  girders  are  of  the  same 
material.  The  flooring  and  partitions  are  of  lime,  an  imported 
French  product,  to  which  sand  and  cinders  are  added  here.  It 
is  put  up  in  large  blocks,  and  the  partitions  in  their  present  un¬ 
finished  state  resemble  stone  walls.  The  tiles,  of  the  same  ma¬ 
terial,  for  the  ceiling  and  flooring  are  made  so  as  to  fit  together 
between  the  iron  beams  and  form  an  arch  iu  themselves,  leav¬ 
ing  the  ceiling  and  floor  perfectly  level.  The  buildings  are  all 
of  brick,  with  black  pointings,  slate  roofs,  pinnacles,  cupolas, 
and  towers.  The  style  selected  is  the  so-called  Queen  Anne 
style,  and  the  plan  chosen  seems  to  be  a  mixture  of  those  of  the 
Imperial  Hospital  of  Leipzig,  and  St.  Thomas’  Hospital  of 
London.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  draw  attention  to  the  fact 
that,  for  the  exterior  arrangements  also,  the  Johns  Hopkins 
University  is  indebted  to  architectural  designs  already  ex¬ 
isting,  both  at  home  and  abroad. 

The  surgical  wards,  waiting-rooms,  and  clinic  will  form  a 
separate  department,  and  it  is  suggested  to  form  eventually  a 
school  of  surgery.  The  graduates  would  then  receive  some 
such  degree  as  Bachelor  of  Surgery,  Master  of  Surgery,  or 
Licentiate.  If  such  a  diploma  should  not  confer  the  right  to 
practice,  that  right  could  easily  be  obtained  from  the  Medical 
and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland.  The  domain  of  gynae¬ 
cology  will  probably  be  included  in  that  of  medicine. 

As  to  the  length  of  the  medical  and  surgical  courses,  the 
American  system  of  three  years  is  for  our  country  and  our 
needs  decidedly  the  best,  and  is  the  one  most  likely  to  be 
adopted  by  the  Johns  Hopkins  University.  That  graduates 
who  have  studied  but  three  years  have  a  less  variety  of  scien¬ 
tific  knowledge  than  those  who  have  studied  five  years  at  a 
Herman  university,  or  seven  at  a  French  one,  other  things  be¬ 
ing  equal,  is  self-evident.  But  after  graduation,  in  either  case, 
a  decade  will,  as  a  rule,  elapse  before  the  graduate  gets  into 
regular  practice.  During  this  period,  by  occasional  cases,  by 
reading,  and  by  hospital  study,  the  American  will  learn  much. 
And  it  is  fair  to  assume  that  the  Frenchman  or  German,  with 
his  brain  more  or  less  overloaded,  as  he  comes  fresh  from  his 
laureate,  will  in  these  ten  years  have  forgotten  much  in  the 
way  of  botany,  mineralogy,  comparative  anatomy,  zoology, 
and  even  physics  (which  branches,  except  the  last  named, 
Huxley  says  ought  to  be  rigorously  excluded) ;  so  that  time, 
the  great  leveler,  will  put  them  all  on  even  footing  when  the 
hour  arrives  to  enter  into  the  active  duties  of  brisk  practice. 

Without  doubt,  the  critic  will  say,  there  is  a  certain  similar¬ 
ity  between  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  and  other  existing 
institutions,  just  as  in  writing  we  sometimes  speak  uncon¬ 
sciously  the  thoughts  of  others.  How  could  it  be  otherwise  1 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


961 


1880] 

True,  but  enough  has  been  adduced  to  prove  conclusively  the 
conditions  under  which  the  new  university  comes  into  being. 
That  it  may  be  grand  and  great  cannot  perhaps  be  denied ; 
that  it  is  original  cannot  be  pretended;  that  it  will  be  a  suc¬ 
cess  as  a  flourishing  university,  with  crowded  lecture-rooms, 
the  future  alone  will  show.  In  its  struggles  for  existence  it 
will  be  armed  with  wealth  and  intellect  sufficient  to  place  it 
on  a  par  with,  but  not  above,  other  American  universities  aud 
medical  schools.  The  Johns  Hopkins  University  will  owe  its 
existence  and  status  directly  to  an  immense  fortune  that  has 
been  in  possession  of  the  trustees  since  the  testator’s  death. 
But  from  the  realm  of  departed  spirits  come  back  to-day  the 
weird  strains  of  the  lyre.  Listen  :  the  immortal  bard  no  longer 
sings  alone  his  “Exegi  monumentum  aere  perennius.”  It  will* 
owe  its  intellectual  standard  to  those  very  American  universi¬ 
ties,  colleges,  medical  schools,  aud  institutions  of  learning  gen¬ 
erally  which  from  personal  aud  selfish  motives,  too  apparent 
to  need  further  mention,  have  been  ridiculed,  as  well  as  to  the 
scientific  attainments  of  the  learned  professions,  especially 
that  of  medicine,  which  has  been  most  unjustly  sneered  at  by 
a  minority  so  small  as  to  be  barely  of  sufficient  consequence  to 
remind  that  they  owe  everything  to  the  very  men  they  have 
sought  to  undervalue.  Let  the  older  institutions  of  education, 
then,  welcome  the  Johns  Hopkins  University ;  let  them  take 
by  the  hand  the  child  of  their  adoption,  and  invite  her  to  march 
with  them  in  the  way  of  civilization  and  culture,  to  walk  with 
them  in  the  paths  of  knowledge,  and  to  unite  with  them  in  the 
search  for  truth. 

“  That  which  hath  been  is  now ;  and  that  which  is  to  be  hath 
already  been,  and  God  requireth  that  which  is  past.” — Boston 
Med.  and  Burg.  Journal ,  Jan.  29. 


INSANITY  IN  ITS  RELATION  TO  THE  GENERAL  PRACTITIONER 

OF  MEDICINE. 

Read  at  the  meeting  of  the  Licking  County  Medical  Society,  December  2,  1879, 

By  W.  C.  DAVIES,  M.  D.,  Granville,  O. 

In  the  following  paper  a  general  discussion  of  insanity,  in 
any  of  its  manifold  respects,  is  not  proposed.  Auy  one  of  these 
respects  presents  too  broad  a  field  for  a  single  essay,  and  most, 

*The  future  tense  is  used,  because  it  will  be  three  or  four  years  yet  before  the  hospital 
can  be  utilized  lor  the  reception  of  patients,  and  then  a  beginning  wiil  be  made  witn 
only  fifteen  buildings.  It  is  designed  to  receive  four  hundred  patients.  The  space  in 
the  middle  of  the  lot  will  be  devoted  to  grass-pb'ts,  flower-beds,  walks,  benches  for  conva¬ 
lescents,  etc.,  after  the  manner  of  many  of  our  hospitals.  We  have  already  several  large 
and  well-appointed  ones  here,  and  with  the  new  one  the  supply  might  perhaps  exceed  the 
demand.  The  floral  display  is  evidently  .ntended  to  be  very  fine,  as  in  addition  to  the 
plots  already  mentioned,  there  will  be  a  green-house  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  long  on 
the  hospital  grounds.  What  the  precise  object  of  this  is  I  am  unable  at  the  present  time 
to  state  ;  being  left  in  the  dark  as  to  whether  the  flowers  will  adorn  the  beds  of  sickness 
exclusively,  or  whether  anything  in  the  way  of  renown  or  pecuniary  gain  is  also  ox- 
pected  from  a  source  which,  though  it  may  be  aesthetic,  can  hardly  be  considered  very 
lucrative. 


962 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 

if  not  all  of  them  are  fully  considered  in  medical  literature 
accesssible  to  every  physician.  Not  even  will  a  definition  of 
insanity  be  attempted,  though  one  perfectly  satisfactory  would 
bring  lasting  honor  to  its  framer,  and  peace  of  mind  to  every 
one  who  has  stood  the  fire  of  cross-examination  as  an  expert 
in  cases  involving  the  question  of  sanity.  Without  wasting 
any  words  on  the  question  whether  a  man  really  knows  anything 
which  he  cannot  formulate  in  words,  it  will  suffice  to  say  that 
the  term  insanity  conveys  to  each  one  of  us  a  tolerably  clear 
idea,  though  cases  might  be  presented  concerning  whose  mental 
condition  we  could  not  agree.  Keeping  clear  of  the  “  border 
land”  which  separates  sanity  from  insanity,  it  is  my  sole 
purpose  to  offer  a  few  suggestions  in  regard  to  our  duty  in  such 
cases  of  undoubted  insanity  as  present  themselves  to  us  in  the 
routine  of  practice.  The  rapid  advancement  m  recent  times 
in  all  departments  of  human  knowledge  has  introduced  into 
all  the  professions,  not  even  excepting  theology,  the  principle 
of  the  “  division  of  labor,”  and  has  developed  “  specialists.” 
In  fact  every  man  who  aims  at  the  highest  success  is  compelled 
to  become,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  a  specialist.  This  tendency 
undoubtedly  works  harm  in  many  ways,  and  too  often  secures 
only  an  uusymmetrical  development.  Sometimes,  even,  the 
thoroughness  of  the  specialists  degenerates  into  the  narrowest 
and  most  intolerant  bigotry.  Still  the  tendency  is  irresistible 
and  year  by  year  becomes  more  fixed.  Physicians  in  the 
country  and  in  small  towns  lend  their  influence  to  the  perpet¬ 
uation  of  this  state  of  affairs,  for,  whenever  a  case  Having 
novel  and  difficult  features  presents  itself,  it  is  a  great  deal 
easier  to  send  it  to  some  noted  specialist  than  to  perform  the 
study  necessary  to  a  thorough  understanding  and  treatment  of 
it.  This  teaching  of  the  profession  is  not  lost  upon  the  laity, 
who,  in  this  respect,  at  least,  are  “  very  apt  pupils.”  Unless 
we  who  live  in  the  country  qualify  ourselves  to  meet  the 
exigencies  of  our  profession,  we  have  no  right  to  complain  if 
those  who  should  be  our  patients  run  off'  to  the  nearest  city  for 
the  treatment  of  little  ailments  and  the  performance  of  little 
operations  that  really  require  no  more  skill  than  is  possessed 
by  any  bright  boy,  and  little  more  knowledge. 

In  no  department  of  medicine  has  there  been  a  more  general 
disposition  to  rely  wholly  on  specialists  than  in  the  one  now 
under  consideration.  In  so  doing,  it  seems  to  us  that  physicians 
have  surrendered  their  rights  aud,  not  to  speak  too  harshly  of 
one’s  professional  brethren,  shirked  the  responsibility  legiti¬ 
mately  attaching  to  them. 

In  the  Arcadian  days  of  the  world’s  youth  and  innocence, 
the  insane  were  supposed  to  be  under  the  special  protection 
and  inspiration  of  the  gods.  The  nations  of  antiquity  not 
being  weighted  with  the  cares  aud  vices  of  modern  civilization, 
insanity  was  not  so  common  among  them  as  among  us,  and 
the  supposed  possession  of  prophetic  powers  insured  to  the 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


963 


1880J 

insane  great  regard  and  the  kindest  treatment.  The  proverb 
ially  narrow  line  which  separates  genius  from  insanity  should 
teach  us  to  exhibit  the  kindness  if  we  cannot  feel  the  reverence 
of  the  ancients.  In  all  the  civilized  nations  of  the  ancient 
world,  insanity  seems  to  have  been  reasonably  well  understood, 
and  its  treatment  was  mainly  conducted  on  correct  principles. 
The  medical  literature  of  ancient  Greece  has  certainly  not 
been  surpassed,  so  far  as  it  pertains  to  this  subject,  till  very 
recent  times.  The  inhuman  treatment  of  the.  insane  which 
was  in  vogue  less  than  a  ceutury  ago  had  its  birth  in  the 
ignorance  and  brutality  of  the  “  Dark  Ages.”  Chained  down 
in  cells  and  dungeons,  and  wallowing  in  dirt  and  filth,  a  collec¬ 
tion  of  the  insane  was  looked  upon  much  as  an  assemblage  of 
wild  beasts,  and  subjected  to  more  barbarous  treatment.  Out 
of  all  this  grew  a  horror  of  insanity  and  a  repugnance  to  those 
who  unfortunately  are  afflicted  with  it,  that  continues  in  the 
popular  mind  even  now.  They  are  regarded  as  a  peculiar 
class,  destitute  of  human  qualities  and  feelings,  not  appre¬ 
ciating  injustice  and  cruelty  and  not  susceptible  to  kindness. 
Even  physicians  are  too  prone  to  be  influenced  by  popular 
opinion,  and  forget  that  these  uufortunates  are  meu  of  the  same 
feelings  and  passions,  influenced  by  the  same  desires  and 
motives  as  others,  though  not  always  in  the  same  degree. 
As  soon  as  a  case  of  insanity  comes  under  the  care  of  the 
ordinary  physician,  influenced  by  this  feeling,  he  gives  “  neither 
sleep  to  his  eyes  nor  slumber  to  his  eyelids”  till  his  patient  is 
safely  housed  in  some  public  asylum.  We  are  led  to  ask  why 
this  haste  ?  Is  i  he  lunatic  possessed  of  a  devil,  and  is  the 
asylum  the  only  place  where  it  can  be  cast  out?  Plainly 
stated,  the  only  plan  of  treatment  which  receives  general 
recognition  from  the  profession,  is  to  send  the  insane  to  insane 
asylums.  If  this  statement  is  doubted,  proof  of  it  is  to  be 
found  in  the  statistics  of  insanity.  In  this  country  nearly  one- 
half  of  all  cases  of  insanity  reported  are  in  asylums,  in  Great 
Britain  two-thirds  and  in  France  more  than  three-fifths.  Now 
if  we  remember  that  most  of  the  asylums  in  this  country 
retain  only  acute  cases,  while  incurables  are  returned  to  their 
friends  or  sent  to  special  asylums  or  county  infirmaries,  and 
also  remember  that  many  insane  persous  are  so  quiet  that  they 
receive  no  medical  attendance,  we  can  not  well  doubt  that  the 
only  medical  treatment  of  insanity  that  deserves  mention  is 
carried  on  in  asylums. 

This  tacit  refusal  on  the  part  of  general  practitioners  to  treatin- 
sanity  is  the  legitimate  result  not  only  ofpublic  opinion,  but  also 
of  medical  education.  Many  young  men  receive  their  license 
to  practice  the  healing  art,  who  have  never  read  a  page,  heartj.  a 
lecture  or  been  asked  a  question  in  regard  to  the  causes, 
symptoms  or  treatment  of  insanity. 

The  general  neglect  of  this  branch  of  medicine  being 

6  -  .  -  • 


964 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 

admitted,  we  are  brought  to  the  consideration  of  whether  it 
ought  to  be  so  neglected,  whether  the  asylum  plan  of  treat¬ 
ment  is  the  best  that  can  be  devised  in  the  present  state  of 
medical  knowledge;  in  fine,  whether  we  do  our  duty  in  turning 
over  to  specialists  every  patient  bereft  of  reason. 

To  consider  this  question  intelligently,  we  must  go  back 
a  little  and  refresh  our  memories  as  to  the  nature  of  insanity. 
This  term  is  one  of  many  we  received  as  a  heritage  from  the 
ignorance  of  the  past.  The  word  means  simply  unsoundness, 
and  on  no  principle  of  nosology  can  its  present  restricted  use 
be  justified.  It  could  with  equal  propriety  be  applied  to  any 
other  lesion  of  the  body.  If  we  base  our  nomenclature  of 
disease  on  etiology,  we  find  the  causes  of  insanity  to  be  almost 
numberless  ;  it  we  base  it  on  semeiolog.v,  types  of  the  malady 
almost  as  numerous  as  the  frogs  that  covered  the  tair  valley 
of  the  Nile,  in  obedience  to  the  magic  wand  of  Aaron,  present 
themselves  ;  and  finally,  if  we  take  pathological  lesions  as  our 
guide  in  the  matter,  we  cannot  properly  apply  any  single  term 
to  the  lesions  which  cause  a  departure  from  the  normal  standard 
of  mental  manifestation.  When  an  expert  is  called  into  court 
in  a  case  involving  testamentary  capacity  or  criminal  responsi¬ 
bility,  it  is  notoriously  the  custom  to  enter  upon  the  work  of 
confusing  the  witness  and  impairing  the  force  of  his  testimony 
by  innocently  asking  for  a  definition  of  insanity.  If,  bearing 
in  mind  the  features  of  the  case  in  question,  he  gives  a  definition 
appropriate  to  that  particular  case,  he  finds  that  he  lias 
excluded  many  cases  of  undoubted  -insanity;  if,  on  the  other 
hand,  he  is  unwise  enough  to  attempt  a  definition  sufficiently 
comprehensive  to  include  all  possible  cases,  he  finds  to  his 
horror,  that  he  has  numbered  among  lunatics  half  the  jury, 
the  opposing  lawyer,  possibly  the  judge  on  the  bench  aud 
almost  certainly  himself. 

The  confusion  of  ideas  in  the  popular  mind  as  to  what 
constitutes  insanity  is  but  the  reflection  of  the  want  of  agree¬ 
ment  among  medical  writers  on  the  same  subject.  The  truth 
is,  the  term  cannot  be  defined,  because  it  stands  for  no  disease. 
Insanity  is  only  a  symptom,  and  a  symptom  of  many  different 
diseases  which  primarily  or  secondarily  affect  the  nervous 
system,  and  thereby  cause  either  organic  change  or  functional 
derangement  in  some  part  of  it.  It  is  doubtful  whether,  in  the 
present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  physiology  and  pathology 
of  the  nervous  system,  it  is  possible  or  desirable  to  discard  the 
term.  Very  few  of  the  lesions  whose  prominent  symptom  is 
insanity  are  sufficiently  well  understood  to  receive  appropriate 
names,  and  until  we  can  replace  old  terms  with  new  ones  about 
which  there  can  be  no  ambiguity,  it  is  better  to  retain  them. 
Still,  physicians  should  remember  that  to  pronounce  a  man 
insane  is  not  to  diagnose  his  condition,  and  remembering  that, 
they,  at  least,  would  use  the  term  intelligently.  Little  enough 
is  really  known  of  the  diseases  grouped  together  under  the 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


965 


1880] 

term  insanity,  but  even  that  little  is  chiefly  confined  to 
the  few  who  have  made  this  subject  a  special  study.  The 
ordinary  history  of  a  case  of  insanity  is,  that  the  person 
affected  is  for  some  time  indisposed,  nervous  and  irritable, 
displaying  eccentricities  of  conduct  that  attract  the  atten¬ 
tion  of  his  family  and  friends.  The  doctor  is  consulted 
and  ascribes  the  change  of  manner  to  excessive  devotion  to 
business,  or  more  often  to  “biliousness,”  assures  the  patient 
aud  his  family  that  nothing  serious  is  the  matter  and  dismisses 
the  case  from  his  mind.  The  disease  runs  its  course  unchecked, 
until  by  its  gradual  progress  or  in  consequence  of  some  shock, 
such  a  change  is  produced  in  the  patient’s  conduct  that  no 
medical  skill  is  necessary  to  detect  his  insanity.  The  next 
step  is  the  removal  to  an  asylum,  and,  as  he  is  almost  sure  to 
object  to  the  removal,  deception  must  be  used  or  compulsion 
resorted  to.  After  treatment  for  a  variable  length  of  time  the 
patient  is  dismissed  cured,  improved,  or  incurable,  with  the 
chances  at  least  that  he  will  be  in  the  last  class. 

Now,  I  have  no  desire  to  decry  insane  asylums,  nor  is  it  any 
part  of  my  purpose  to  criticize  their  management.  They  are 
at  once  the  evidence  and  fruit  of  a  noble  and  humane  civiliza¬ 
tion.  The  efforts  made  to  alleviate  the  sorrows  aud  improve 
the  condition  of  those  who  are  doomed  to  eternal  night,  or 
everlasting  silence,  or  who,  worse  than  either,  are  deprived  of 
reason,  the  crown  and  strength  of  manhood,  are  worthy  of  all 
praise.  A  single  hospital  or  asylum  is  better  proof  of  true 
national  greatness  than  were  all  the  monuments  of  Egypt  or 
even  the  magnificent  temple  of  Jehovah,  which  was  the 
embodiment  of  a  nation’s  offerings. 

Indeed  posterity,  looking  at  our  immense  benevolent  institu¬ 
tions,  will  have  more  reason  to  question  our  wisdom  than  our 
generosity.  The  treatment  which  the  inmates  of  our  insane 
asylums  receive  is  doubtless,  in  the  main,  commendable  in  the 
highest  degree.  As  a  rule,  it  is  in  accordance  with  the  teach¬ 
ings  of  the  highest  medical  learning,  so  far  as  circumstances 
allow  it  to  be  so.  But  admitting  all  that  can  be  said  in  favor 
of  our  public  asylums,  the  question  yet  remains  whether  that 
plan  of  treatment  is  best,  whether  many  a  patient  may  not 
be  kept  out  of  them  by  a  little  preventive  treatment  from  his 
regular  medical  attendant,  whether  some  are  not  made  incurably 
insane  who  otherwise  might  recover,  whether  in  all  or  even  a 
majority  of  cases  of  fully  developed  cases  of  insanity  the  asylum 
offers  most  hope.  Charged,  as  we  physicians  are,  with  the 
duty  not  only  of  caring  for  our  individual  patients,  but  also  of 
looking  after  the  best  interests  of  society,  we  cannot  wholly 
disregard  these  questions.  To  consider  them  in  all  their  bear¬ 
ing  would  require  a  volume.  A  few  points  only  can  be  men¬ 
tioned  in  a  short  essay. 

Insanity  is  a  condition  which,  with  few  exceptions,  develops 
slowly,  and  in  the  vast  majority  of  cases  long  before  the  mal- 


966  Current  Medical  Literature.  [April 

ady  is  generally  recognized,  it  gives  evidence  of  its  presence 
capable  of  appreciation  by  any  one  who  has  given  the  subject 
careful  study.  All  authorities  agree  in  stating,  and  the  truth 
of  the  statement  is  almost  self-evident,  that  the  earlier  a  case 
of  insanity  is  placed  under  treatment,  the  greater  the  prospect 
of  complete  recovery.  In  fact,  the  length  of  time  a  case  has 
lasted  is  a  more  important  element  in  prognosis  than  the  extent 
of  the  deviation  from  the  normal  standard  of  mental  manifesta¬ 
tion.  In  a  recent  report  of  one  of  the  best  and  most  successful 
asylums  in  this  country,  the  small  proportion  of  recoveries  is 
attributed  by  the  superintendent  to  the  fact  that  very  many 
are  not  brought  under  treatment  till  the  curable  stage  of  their 
diseases  is  passed.  What  was  at  first  merely  a  functional 
derangement  in  time  becomes  an  organic  change.  At  first  the 
evil  spirit  can  easily  be  exorcised,  but  at  last  he  defies  all  the 
arts  of  the  charmer,  u  charm  he  never  so  wisely.”  This  one 
tact  alone  ought  to  lead  every  practitioner  of  medicine,  espe¬ 
cially  if  he  lives  remote  from  a  city  where  the  services  of  experts 
can  be  obtained,  to  fully  qualify  himself  to  detect  the  first 
symptoms  of  insanity  and  to  adopt  appropriate  measures  for 
its  recovery. 

The  next  point  for  consideration  is  whether  the  asylum  is 
the  best  place  for  the  treatment  of  fully  developed  insanity  ? 
In  cases  marked  by  a  suicidal  or  homicidal  mania,  unless  the 
patient  is  possessed  of  sufficient  wealth  to  procure  constant 
attendance,  thereby  insuring  the  safety  of  himself  and  those 
around  him,  the  physician  has  no  choice,  but  must  send  him  to 
a  place  of  absolute  safety.  In  many  cases,  apparenty  quiet 
and  perfectly  harmless,  the  possibility  of  the  patient  being  sud¬ 
denly  seized  with  an  impulse  of  this  kind  exists  and  must  be 
guarded  against  most  carefully.  But  aside  from  these  cases 
the  physiciau,  before  sending  an  insane  patient  to  an  asylum, 
may  well  ask  himself  whether  it  is  not  in  his  power  to  manage 
the  case  with  better  prospects  of  recovery.  It  is  now  pretty 
generally  believed  by  alienists  that  all  insanity  has  a  patholo¬ 
gical  basis,  though  the  change  in  nerve  tissue  eludes  the  scal¬ 
pel  and  microscope.  II  insanity  is  simply  a  symptom  of  lesion 
of  the  brain,  it  follows  that  the  treatment  ought  to  be  directed 
to  that  lesion  ;  but  our  materia  medica  contains  few  remedies 
that  directly  affect  nerve  tissue,  and  the  list  of  drugs  that  can 
advantageously  be  used  in  insanity  is  a  short  one.  Without 
stopping  to  argue  whether  mind  has  an  existence  separate  from 
brain,  or  whether  insanity  is  even  caused  solely  by  mental 
shocks,  we  all  know  how  much  mental  states  influence  bodily 
conditions,  and  how  powerful  “  moral  measures  ”  are  in  the 
treatment  of  insanity.  This  is  admitted  in  practice  by  the  most 
avowed  materialists  and  has  a  wide  application  in  asylums  in 
controlling  their  iu  mates.  As  every  sick  person  is  greatly 
influenced  by  his  surroundings,  and  the  insane  especially,  it 
seems  almost  self-evident  that,  to  collect  large  numbers  of  such 


1880]  Current  Medical  Literature.  967  , 

patients  in  one  building,  is  open  to  serious  objection  and  must 
result  in  great  injury  to  many  patients.  The  first  requisite  in 
the  psychological  treatment  of  the  iusane  is  that  they  be  sur¬ 
rounded  only  by  those  who  are  perfectly  sound  in  intellect  and 
emotion.  In  an  asylum  the  only  sane  persons  the  inmate  can 
have  any  association  with  are  the  medical  and  other  attend¬ 
ants.  True,  visitors  daily  walk  through  the  corridors  of  the 
building,  inspecting  the  unfortunates  there  in  much  the  same 
spirit  as  they  inspect  the  animals  in  a  zoological  garden.  The 
association  with  the  physicians  and  attendants  is  necessarily 
very  limited,  and  the  constant  association  is  with  the  other 
inmates.  I  know  common  opinion  puts  all  crazy  people  in  the 
same  class  and  imagines  them  to  be  all  alike,  and  all  alike 
incapable  of  appreciating  their  surrouudiugs ;  no  greater  mis¬ 
take  could  be  made.  True  a  few  are  so  wrapped  up  in  their 
own  delusions  and  hallucinations  that  they  are  oblivious  of  all 
else.  These  and  cases  of  dementia  might  be  exhibited  without 
suffering  harm,  but  then  the  exhibition  would  lack  interest  and 
the  show  receive  little  patronage.  The  types  of  mental  alien¬ 
ation  are  exceedingly  numerous,  and  the  ordinary  lunatic  is  as 
keen  to  detect  the  mental  failings  of  his  associates  as  any  sane 
man  can  be.  Poor  fellows!  they  recoguize  all  delusions  but 
their  own.  One  will  ridicule  another  for  claiming  to  have  dis¬ 
covered  perpetual  motiou,  and  in  the  next  breath  will  claim  to 
be  Julius  Ctesar,  Napoleon  Bonaparte  or  Jesus  Christ,  or  all 
three  at  once. 

It  is  a  commou  remark  that  residence  in  an  asylum  as  an  in¬ 
mate  would,  in  a  short  time,  render  a  sane  man  fit  to  be  one, 
and  the  remark  certainly  has  a  strong  basis  of  truth.  If  the 
.effect  of  such  a  residence  would  be  so  great  on  one  in  full  pos¬ 
session  of  all  his  mental  powers,  what  must  it  be  in  the 
case  of  those  whose  faculties  are  already  weakened  by  disease? 
The  repugnance  most  insane  persons  exhibit  to  a  residence  in 
an  asylum  and  tne  impossibility  of  keeping  a  large  number  oc¬ 
cupied,  which  is  important,  as  a  remedial  measure,  are,  perhaps, 
minor  considerations,  but  they  are  too  important  to  be  omitted. 

These  points,  which  I  have  briefly  and  imperfectly  presented, 
should  lead  physiciaus  to  examine  carefully  the  circumstances 
of  every  case  of  insanity  which  they  are  called  to  manage,  and, 
if  the  patient  is  sent  to  a  public  asylum,  it  ought  to  be  for  some 
good,  assignable  reason,  not  as  a  matter  of  blind  and  reckless 
routine.  Already  in  Europe  are  large  asylums  closing,  and  the 
insane  are  placed  in  families  whose  cares  and  labors,  recrea¬ 
tions  and  duties  they  share,  and  the  result  of  the  experiment 
proves  its  wisdom.  Many  of  the  leaders  of  medical  thought  in 
this  country  are  proclaiming  our  asylums  as  the  last  resort  in 
insanity,  denominating  them  necessary  evils,  but  none  the  less 
evil  because  necessary.  The  cruelties  which  are  publicly  charg¬ 
ed  upon  the  managers  of  asylums  in  a  sister  state,  and  the 
scandals  that  are  connected  with  those  nearer  home,  in  the 


968 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 


public  prints,  only  show  the  abuse  which  is  a  possible  result 
of  arbitrary  power.  These  undoubtedly  are  the  only  blots  on 
the  fair  record  of  our  asylums,  but  the  possibility  of  such  dis¬ 
grace  should  be  borne  in  mind. 

It  may  be  objected  to  this  that,  so  few  cases  of  insanity  pre¬ 
sent  themselves  to  the  ordinary  physician,  that  it  will  not  pay 
him  to  prepare  himself  to  treat  them.  If  dollars  and  cents  are 
the  only  things  of  value  in  the  practice  of  medicine,  the  objec¬ 
tion  is  a  valid  one.  If  only  remunerative  knowledge  is  desir¬ 
able,  the  success  of  ignorant  charlatans  proves  that  a  very  little 
knowledge  can  be  made  to  go  a  great  way.  Ho  true  physician 
measures  his  responsibilities  by  the  golden  yard  stick. 

Insanity  is  a  subject  worthy  of  the  gravest  consideration  and 
profoundest  study,  and  its  importance  is  increasing  every  day. 
Statistics  show  that,  as  a  nation  increases  iu  civilization,  wealth 
and  refinement,  insanity  increases.  Fortunately  families  with 
the  taint  of  insanity  have  a  tendency  towards  extinction,  na¬ 
ture  in  this,  as  other  things,  being  conservative.  Insanity 
very  probably  is  hereditary  in  a  greater  number  of  cases  than 
tables  indicate,  the  predisposition  to  it  often  beiug  inherited 
from  ancestors  in  whom  it  never  fully  developed.  By  wise  and 
careful  management  it  may  be  kept  iu  check,  and  it  is  the  duty 
of  the  medical  profession  to  study  this  subject  in  all  its  mani¬ 
fold  aspects,  and  by  their  knowledge  to  instruct  the  communi¬ 
ties  in  which  they  live.  One  of  the  leading  objects  of  medical 
science  should  be  to  develop  a  sturdy  race  possessing  sound 
minds  in  sound  bodies. — Cin.  Lancet  &  Clinic ,  June  17. 


FOOT-BINDING  IN  CHINA. 

A  very  interesting  paper  upon  this  subject,  read  by  Dr* 
Bobert  P.  Harris  at  a  recent  meeting  of  the  College  of  Physi¬ 
cians  of  this  city,  affords  an  opportunity  of  drawing  attention 
to  the  peculiar  deformity  of  the  feet  brought  about  by  the  pro¬ 
cess  of  foot-binding  practiced  in  China,  and  the  manner  iu 
which  the  tender  structures  of  the  infantiue  foot  are  carefully 
mis-trained  and  distorted  into  grotesque  uselessness. 

It  appears,  according  to  Dr.  Harris’s  statement,  that,  among 
the  wealthy  and  those  who  can  afford  to  have  it  done,  the  first 
binding  takes  place  at  the  age  of  from  five  to  seven.  Earlier  than 
this  it  cannot  be  done,  contrary  to  the  statements  of  some 
travellers,  because  the  child  must  first  learn  to  walk  and  do 
certain  acts  or  kiuds  of  work  in  which  walking  is  essential,  or 
it  will  not  be  able  to  learn.  Circumstances  sometimes  cause 
the  postponement  of  the  dwarfing  process  until  the  age  of 
twelve,  fourteen,  or  even  twenty  ;  but  the  suffering  then  caused 
is  extreme,  and  the  result  less  satisfactory. 

The  first  step  iu  the  process  is  the  bending  of  the  four  small¬ 
er  toes  under  the  sole  of  the  foot,  and  the  narrowing  of  the 
parts  supported  by  the  metatarsal  bones.  The  second  step 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


969 


1880] 

consists  in  a  forcing  together  of  the  plantar  portions  of  these 
bones,  whereby  they  are  subjected  to  a  continuous  pressure, 
and  in  an  opening,  or  an  attempt  at  opening,  of  the  articular 
crevices  of  the  instep,  keeping  their  ligaments  constantly  tense 
at  the  same  time.  The  third  step  is  the  last  to  be  accomplished, 
and  can  be  completed  only  in  the  young  subject.  The  os  cal- 
cis,  with  the  astragalus,  is  forced  downward  until  the  heel  is 
vertical,  and  its  bone  on  a  line  with  the  bones  of  the  leg.  The 
calcis  is  rounded  in  form,  losing  its  processes,  which  are  so 
marked  in  the  normal  bone ;  and  its  anterior  articulating  face 
is  brought  up  near  to  the  high,  instep-like  arch  just  in  front  of 
the  ankle-joint,  while  at  the  same  time  the  point  of  attachment 
of  the  tendo  Achillis  is  made  the  base  upon  which  the  girl 
stands  when  erect  and  steps  in  walking. 

The  operation  is  begun  by  placing  the  end  of  a  long,  narrow 
bandage  on  the  inside  of  the  instep,  carrying  it  around  over 
the  four  smaller  toes  and  taking  them  under  the  foot.  After 
several  turns  with  this  object,  the  bandage  is  turned  so  as  to 
compress  the  foot  longitudinally.  The  bandaging  completed, 
the  child  is  left  to  eudure  the  torture  for  a  month.  At  the  end 
of  this  time  the  foot  is  opened,  when  the  skin  is  often  found 
ulcerated,  or  gangrenous  from  pressure,  and  one  or  more  toes 
are  not  infrequently  lost. 

The  shaping  of  the  foot  by  the  bandage  requires  two  or  three 
years,  during  which  period  there  is  more  or  less  pain.  This  is 
most  severe  in  the  first  year,  and  gradually  diminishes  after 
the  bending  of  all  the  joints  and  articulations  is  completed. 
During  this  perioil,  and  in  fact  throughout  life,  the  feet  are  un¬ 
bound  but  once  a  month. 

The  suffering  at  first  is  very  severe,  and  is  located  chiefly  in 
the  toes,  joints,  ankle-bones,  and  instep:  it  is  compared  by 
those  who  have  endured  it  to  that  produced  by  the  thrusting  of 
sharp  needles  into  the  flesh.  At  night  the  girl  lies  across  her 
bed,  putting  her  legs  over  the  edge  of  the  bedstead,  so  as  to 
make  a  pressure  under  the  knees,  and  thus  benumb  the  parts 
below  them.  In  this  position  on  her  back,  swinging  her  legs 
backward  and  forward,  she  passes  many  a  weary  nigbt.  Fe¬ 
brile  disturbance  is  said  to  be  an  accoinpanimeut  of  this  tor¬ 
turing  process. 

If  the  feet  are  firmly  bound,  and  the  girl  ^oung,  they  will 
cease  to  ache  generally  in  about  two  years,  the  parts  being  then 
denominated  “  dead”  By  this  time  the  calf  of  the  leg,  for 
want  of  use,  has  disappeared,  the  skin  is  shrivelled,  and  the 
whole  extremity  below  the  knee  presents  an  atrophied  and 
shrunken  appearance,  being. little  more  than  skin  and  bone. 
The  bom  s  eventually  become  attenuated,  and  the  ankle  meas¬ 
urement  of  a  dwarf-footed  woman  is  about  the  same  as  that  of 
her  wrist.  In  adult  life  the  leg  frequently  becomes  rounded 
and  enlarged  by  adipose  deposit,  and  the  muscles  regain  their 
form  in  a  measure ;  but  the  ankle  always  remains  small. 


970 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 


The  binding  process  is  said  to  exercise  a  markedly  depress 
ing  influence  upon  the  emotional  character  of  its  subjects, 
which  lasts  throughout  life  and  is  very  characteristic.  Dr% 
Harris  calls  attention  to  a  practical  point  in  orthopaedics  in 
connection  with  this  procedute  of  foot-binding.  He  suggests 
that,  in  splay-foot  and  similar  deformities,  the  converse  of 
the  Chinese  deformity,  a  similar  sort  of  binding,  thoroughly 
carried  out,  would  prove  highly  advantageous. — Philadelphia 
Medical  Times ,  June  31. 

TAMPONING  THE  VAGINA  FOR  CYSTITIS. 

By  WILLIS  P.  KING,  M.  D.,  Sedalia,  Mo, 

In  the  May  number  of  the  Courier — current  year — I  read  an 
article  from  the  pen  of  E.  C.  Gehrung,  M.  D.,  of  St.  Louis,  on 
“  A  new  Method,  of  Treatment  of  Acute  Cystitis  in  Women”  etc., 
which  method  consists  in  tamponing  the  vagina  with  cotton, 
so  as  to  support  the  posterior  wall  of  the  bladder,  give  rest  to 
that  organ  and  prevent  an  accumulation  of  urine  in  the  sagging 
wall.  Dr.  G.  deserves  the  thanks  of  the  profession  for  his  most 
excellent  paper ;  and  the  article  was  most  satisfactory  to  me. 
because  it  explained  upon  scientific  grounds  some  things  that 
I  had  not  understood. 

I  have  been  in  the  habit  for  years,  of  tamponing  the  vagina 
in  cystitis,  because,  I  reasoned,,  in  most  cases  (and  especially  in 
married  and  child-bearing  women),  the  bladder  must  be  inter¬ 
fered  with  by  a  displacement  of  the  uterus — anteverted  or  ante- 
flexed — pressing  upon  the  fundus  of  the  bladder;  or  by  a 
prolapsus  dragging  upon  and  displacing  the  bladder  and  thereby 
disturbing  its  functions.  I  therefore  tamponed  the  vagina  to 
elevate  the  uterus  and  prevent  its  disturbing  the  bladder.  But 
I  did  not  in  all  cases  make  out  either  a  flexion,  version  or  pro¬ 
lapsus,  and  yet  the  relief  afforded  by  tamponing  was  so  uni¬ 
formly  satisfactory  (always  giving  almost  instantaneous  relief) 
that  I  practiced  it  without  being  entirely  satisfied  in  my  own 
mind  as  to  the  whys  and  wherefores.  So  marked  was  the  relief 
in  all  cases  in  fact,  that  1  fell  into  the  liabir,  when  called  to  see 
a  woman  suffering  with  frequent  micturition,  burning  and  scald¬ 
ing  pains  at  the  neck  of  the  bladder— of  at  once  setting  about 
the  preparation  of  a  tampon. 

I  could  give  many  cases  illustrative  of  the  benefit  to  be  de¬ 
rived  from  this  practice,  but  will  give  but  one ;  and  since  Dr. 
Gehrung  regretted  that  this  method  of  treatment  excluded  vir¬ 
gins,  I  will  give  a  case  occurring  in  an  unmarried  womau — a 
virgin. 

I  was  called  on  the  6th  day  of  July  to  see  an  unmarried 
woman,  twenty-two  years  old,  who  had  stood  on  her  feet  during 
almost  the  entire  day  of  the  4th,  and  had  walked  to  the  Fair 
Grounds  (where  the  celebration  was  held),  and  back  home — 
a  distance  of  more  thau  one  mile — three  times.  On  the  5th  she 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature . 


971 


had  a  feeling  of  weight  and  uneasiness  about  the  bladder,  with 
frequent  micturition,  which  grew  gradually  worse  and  culmi¬ 
nated  in  a  chill,  with  increase  of  the  bladder  trouble,  on  the 
night  of  the  oth.  I  found  her  suffering  with  intense  vesical 
teuesmus,  some  fever,  rapid  pulse,  and  a  constant  desire  to 
micturate.  Gave  potass,  acetas  and  extr.  belladonnse,  with  flax¬ 
seed  tea,  and  applied  hot  fomentations  over  the  region  of  the 
bladder.  Was  called  on  the  morning  of  the  7th,  and  found  her 
no  better.  I  then  determined  to  tampon  the  vagina.  Turning 
her  across  the  bed  with  hips  near  the  edge,  I  introduced  the 
index  finger  of  the  left  hand,  palm  upwards,  into  the  vagina. 
Then  having  the  mother  prepare  bits  of  cotton— one-third  the 
size  of  the  rhumb — into  firm  wads,  I  introduced  them  one  by  one 
with  uterine  dressing  forceps,  making  the  greatest  pressure 
uijoii  the  palmar  surface  of  the  finger  in  the  vagina,  and  with 
that  finger  packed  the  wads  of  cotton  around  the  cervix  until 
I  filled  the  vagina.  She  was  asleep  in  less  than  twenty  minutes. 
1  did  this  once  a  day  for  three  days,  and  afterwards  had  no 
trouble  in  controlling  the  difficulty. 

The  objection  to  using  this  method  in  the  treatment  of  vir¬ 
gins,  is  the  fear  of  rupturing  that  insignificant  little  membrane 
that  everybody  seems  so  sensitive  about— the  hymen.  I  did 
not  rupture  the  hymen  in  this  case  ;  but,  suppose  that  it  had 
been  necessary  i  Must  a  woman’s  future  health  and  happiness 
be  sacrificed  to  save  a  thin  delicate  membrane  that  no  one,  needs 
and  nobodv  uses  ? — St.  Louis  Courier  of  Medicine ,  December, 
1879. 


CZERNY’S  OPERATION  FOR  THE  RADICAL  CURE  OF  HERNIA. 

At  the  last  meeting  of  the  West  Chicago  Medical  Society, 
Monday,  January  12,  a  paper  was  read  by  Dr.  B.  W.  Lee  on 
Radical  Operation  for  Hernia, — neither  strangulated  nor  in¬ 
flamed, — by  Czerny’s  new  method.  The  paper  was  illustrated 
by  a  successful  case.  This  is  the  first  operation  by  the  new 
method  performed  and  published  iu  the  United  States.  In  a 
later  number  we  shall  give  a  detailed  description  of  the  opera¬ 
tion,  but  shall  now  only  point  out  the  main  differences  between 
this  and  the  older  operations.  It  was  the  antiseptic  method 
that  gave  Czerny  the  courage  to  attempt  the  radical  operation 
in  a  more  effectual  manner  than  was  possible  by  previous  op¬ 
erations.  An  incision  is  made  along  the  entire  length  of  the 
hernia.  The  contents  of  the  sac,  if  intestinal  and  reducible, 
are  reduced,  if  intestinal  and  irreducible,  are  dissected  loose 
and  reduced;  and  the  sac  is  ligatured  at  the  neck  and  cut  off. 
If  the  contents  he  omental,  they  are  included  in  the  ligature 
with  the  sac.  The  fibrous  columns  of  external  ring  are  drawn 
together  by  an  uninterrupted  suture  of  strong  carbolized  cat¬ 
gut,  ami  thus  the  internal  ring  is  closed,  save  at  the  point  of 
exit  of  the  spermatic  cord.  A  drainage  tube  is  inserted,  the 

7 


972 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 


wound  closed  with  sutures  and  dressed  antiseptieally.  This 
method,  as  compared  with  the  older  ones,  is  a  very  remarkable 
advance  toward  perfection.  The  most  recent  of  the  older 
metho  ;s, — that  of  Wood,  of  London, — could  only  be  applied  to 
reducible  hernia,  and  the  results  of  his  operation  are  always 
uncertain,  because  the  fibrous  columns  are  drawn  together  by 
sutures  applied  more  or  less  subcutaneously,  lest  suppuration 
should  supervene.  Thus  the  columns  or  pillars  are  not  laid 
bare,  and  the  exact  application  of  sutures  and  narrowing  of 
the  ring  are  rendered  impossible.  Czerny’s  operation  has 
been  performed  in  nine  cases  of  inguinal  hernia,  and  in  no 
case  did  peritonitis  follow.  The  patient  presented  was  oper¬ 
ated  upon  in  July  last  for  an  irreducible  omental  hernia,  that 
rendered  impossible  the  continuation  of  his  daily  occupation, 
since  he  could  not  wear  a  truss.  In  the  discussion  which  fol¬ 
lowed  aliusion  was  made  to  a  case  of  reducible  scrotal  hernia 
in  a  child.  The  surgeon,  having  heard  something  of  Czerny’s 
operation  from  one  of  the  gentlemen  present,  undertook  to  op¬ 
erate  similarly.  The  child  did  well  and  the  operation  was  suc¬ 
cessful.  The  surgeon,  who  expressly  stated  that  he  had  not 
availed  himself  ot  the  spray,  carbolized  sutures,  drainage  and 
antiseptic  diessing,  was  singularly  fortunate  in  not  losing  his 
patient  from  peritonitis  (vide  history  of  the  older  methods  of 
radical  operation  for  hernia  in  any  of  the  larger  text  books  on 
operative  surgery).  We  must  prououme  the  omission  of  the 
antiseptic  system  in  Czerny’s  operation  as  unwarrantable  rash¬ 
ness  bordering  on  the  very  confines  of  crime.  Any  surgeon 
who  undertakes  to  operate  for  hernia, — not  strangulated  by 
this  or  by  any  other  similar  method, — should  be  informed  in  ad¬ 
vance,  from  the  original  literature  or  tiom  minute  reliable  re- 
couls,  of  the  details  and  history  of  the  operation,  especially  of 
an  operation  which  only  the  most  scrupulous  antiseptic  pre¬ 
cautions  (Czerny  and  Socin)  render  permissible. — Chicago  Med. 
Gazette,  Jan.  20. 


THE  RAPID  TREATMENT  OF  CLUB-FOOT. 

Mr.  H.  A.  Reeves,  Surgeon  to  the  East  London  Hospital  for 
Children,  describes  (Med.  Times  and  Gaz.,  Oct.  25,  1879)  his 
method  of  treating  club-foot,  which  is  applicable  to  th  *  large 
majority  of  congenital  or  acquired  deformities  of  the  feet ;  but 
the  iniider  cases — those  in  which  slight  pressure  will  bring  t he 
foot  into  the  normal  position,  and  in  which  the  rebound  on  re¬ 
laxing  the  grasp  is  very  slight — can,  with  patience,  be  cured 
without  operation. 

The  pati<  nt  being  held  by  a  nurse  or  assistant,  and  the  foot 
being  in  the  right  position,  the  tendons  of  the  tibialis  posticus 
and  fiexor’longus  digitorufm  are  first  divided,  and  a  pad  and 
strip  of  adhesive  plaster  applied.  Then  the  tendon  of  the 
tibialis  anticus  is  divided  and  a  pad  put  on.  Immediately  after 
the  tenotomies,  the  foot  is  forcibly  but  steadily  brought  into 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


973 


1880] 

its  right  position,  and  kept  there  by  au  assistant  while  a  flannel 
bandage  is  put  on.  Over  this  is  put  a  ] )1  as ter-of- Paris  bandage, 
then  a  thin  layer  of  plaster  paste,  and  finally  another  bandage 
and  more  paste.  Sometimes  a  third  plaster  bandage  is  necessary, 
but  in  infants  and  children  it  may  be  dispensed  with.  Of  coarse, 
the  bandages  must  not  be  too  tightly  applied,  and  it  is  well  to 
protect  the  bony  prominences  with  a  little  cotton  wool.  The 
foot  is  held  in  position  until  the  plaster  has  set ;  and  instruc¬ 
tions  are  given  to  the  parents  to  bring  the  child  at  once  to  be 
seen,  or  they  are  told  how  to  loosen  or  remove  the  bandage, 
shoul  1  the  toes  become  cold  and  purple. 

If  the  inner  part  of  the  plasetar  fascia  be  tense  and  interfere 
with  the  straightening  of  the  foot,  Mr.  Reeves  divides  it  first, 
forcibly  stretches  it,  and  at  once  thereafter  divide  the  tibialis 
and  flexor  longus  digitorum.  He  adopts  this  plan,  which 
differs  from  that  usually  recommended,  so  that  the  uncut  ten¬ 
dons  may  resist  him,  and  thus  enable  the  anterior  part  of  the 
foot  to  be  more  successfully  abducted.  In  most  instances  he 
leaves  the  foot  in  the  plaster  case  for  a  week;  but  iu  the  more 
severe  cases  ten  days  to  a  fortnight  are  necessary.  At  the  ex¬ 
piration  of  this  time  the  bandage  is  removed,  and  the  foot  will 
be  seen  to  have  assumed  its  proper  position.  It  is  then  well 
worked  (i.  e.  abducted),  afterwards  the  tendo  Achillis  is 
divided,  and  the  heel  gently  but  firmly  brought  down.  The 
pad  and  bandages  are  put  on  while  the  foot  is  held  in  the  cor¬ 
rected  position,  the  toes  being  left  free,  but  the  heel  covered. 
Another  week  or  ten  days  usually  suffices  by  this  method  to 
bring  the  deformed  foot  into  its  normal  position,  and  then  the 
bandage  is  removed  by  cutting  it  in  the  mid-line  along  the  an¬ 
terior-  aspect  of  the  foot  and  leg.  The  foot  is  then  well  worked 
in  the  desired  directions  and  the  leg-muscles  shampooed.  The 
mother  sees  how  this  is  done,  so  that  she  or  her  husband  may 
occasionally  do  it  at  home,  and  the  child  is  brought  once  a 
week  to  be  seen  by  the  surgeon. 

If  the  child  be  old  enough  to  walk,  it  is  measured  for  a 
proper  boot  and  support  at  the  commencement  of  the  treat¬ 
ment,  and  in  most  cases  in  three  weeks  after  the  first  operation 
it  is  allowed  to  walk.  The  foot  is  well  worked  night  and  morn¬ 
ing,  and  the  second  plaster  bandage  is  put  on  at  bedtime  and 
retained  in  position  by  an  ordinary  roller.  This  is  ordered  to 
be  continued  for  several  weeks,  in  order  to  prevent  a  relapse. 
Except  in  very  severe  cases  an  anaesthetic  is  unnecessary,  but 
in  private  practice,  should  it  be  desired  to  prevent  the  child 
crying,  it  may  be  given. 

Mr.  Reeves  has  now  had  considerable  experience  iu  this,  as 
well  as  in  the  ordinary  modes  of  treating  club-feet,  and  so  far 
has  never  had  a  relapse,  if  the  instructions  have  been  properly 
carried ‘out.  He  can  therefore  confidently  recommeud  it  to  sur¬ 
geons  interested  in  such  matters. 

The  advantages  of  the  method  proposed  are  briefly  the  follow- 


974 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 


ing: — 1.  The  results  are  rapid  and  satisfactory.  2.  Expensive 
apparatus  is  unnecessary.  3.  The  muscles,  joints,  etc.,  are 
worked  and  exercised,  and  not  allowed  to  atrophy  or  become 
temporarily  fixed,  as  in  the  German  method  ;  and,  4.  The  pa¬ 
tient  in  ordinary  cases  may  be  allowed  to  use  the  foot  or  to 
walk  in  three  weeks  after  the  first  tenotomy. — Med.  News  and 
Abstr .,  January. 


THE  HOT  SPRINGS— 

Famous  for  the  hot  water  into  which  the  patients  get  soon 
after  their  arrival  in  that  city,  are  well  known  to  the  profes¬ 
sion,  but  the  hot  water  into  which  they  get  before  reaching  the 
city  limits  has  not  received  due  attention.  The  following  from 
a  late  number  of  the  Hospital  Gazette  appears  to  be  a  fair  rep¬ 
resentation  of  the  way  in  which  the  doctors  of  that  city  con¬ 
duct  their  business.  Unfortunately  such  practices  are  not 
confined  to  the  Hot  Springs:  “  The  Hot  Springs  attract  the 
wealthy  who  are  suffering  from  certain  diseases,  the  suffering 
wealthy  have  attracted  the  doctor,  the  doctors  look  after  the 
wealthy  and  their  wealth,  the  merchants  look  after  the  doctor’s 
wealth,  and  so  on  ad  infinitum,  eventually  developing  a  circle 
full  of  business,  of  healing  and  a  striving  for  wealth.  The  great 
business  of  the  place  is  doctoring,  and  everybody  in  business 
is  dependent  upon  the  doctors’  success  in  secur  ing  custom  aud 
consequent  pay.  Doctoring  being  the  chief  business,  and 
everybody  being  dependent  upon  its  rewards,  everybody  at¬ 
tends  to  busiuess  according  to  business  laws.  Solicitors  solicit, 
agents  represent,  and  attendants  assist  the  doctors ;  the  boats 
and  cars  leading  to  the  city,  bringing  sufferers  who  hope  to  be 
relieved,  are  met  by  doctors’  representatives,  who  extol  their 
respective  principals  and  denounce  rivals.  Business  begins 
before  the  victim  gets  within  the  city  limits,  and  continues  un¬ 
ceasingly  until  he  dies,  generally,  or  by  some  chance  is  restored 
to  health,  occasionally.” — Chicago  Med.  Gazette ,  Jan.  20. 


TREATMENT  OF  CHRONIC  ULCER  OF  THE  LEG  BY  MARTIN’S  RUB¬ 
BER  BANDAGE. 

By  A.  W.  Perky,  M.  D. 

Chronic  ulcer  of  the  leg  is  one  of  the  most  aunoyiug  affec¬ 
tions  that  the  physician  or  surgeon  is  called  upon  to  treat. 
Found,  as  it  generally  is,  among  the  laboring  classes,  it  is, 
owing  to  their  circumstances,  very  difficult  to  cure  and  exceed¬ 
ingly  liable  to  return.  Many  plans  of  treatment  have  been 
proposed,  and  they  all  succeed  when  conjoined  with  rest  iu 
the  horizontal  posture.  When  the  ulcerations  are  small  or  just 
beginning,  a  timely  rest  would  cure  them  up  ;  but  in  this  con¬ 
dition  they  are  considered  too  slight  to  justify  the  admission 
of  the  subjects  to  a  hospital,  and  usually  they  cannot  afford  to 
remain  long  enough  at  home  to  ensure  a  cure,  so  they  work 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


975 


1880] 

until  the  ulcer  becomes  so  large  and  inflamed  that  they  are 
admitted  to  the  hospital,  where  they  are  cured  by  rest;  leave 
the  hospital  and  repeat  the  same  history  in  a  year  or  two.  How 
familiar  is  this  picture  to  every  physician.  The  cause  of 
chronic  ulcer  of  the  leg  being  deficient  venous  circulation,  the 
most  successful  methods  of  treatment  have  been  rest  or  obliter¬ 
ation  of  the  varicose  veins  invariably  present.  It  has  always, 
of  course,  beeu  considered  a  desideratum  to  afford  support  to 
the  leg  by  means  of  bandages,  but  they  all  have  some  objections 
for  continual  wear.  The  cotton  roller  easily  slips  off  in  per¬ 
sons  who  exercise;  the  elastic  stocking  is  troublesome  to  put 
on,  and  in  a  short  time  stretches  so  much  as  to  be  useless,  and 
is  quite  expensive;  the  laced  stocking  is  troublesome  to  apply 
and  does  not  lie  smoothly.  The  .Martin  bandage  (a  roller  ban¬ 
dage)  cut  from  thin  rubber  cloth  of  nearly  pure  gum,  has  very 
few  of  the  disadvantages  above  mentioned,  and  its  use  will 
open  a  new  future  to  these  cases  of  chronic  ulcers.  They  need 
no  longer  encumber  the  surgical  wards  of  hospitals  or  lose  their 
time  at  home.  This  bandage  will  cure,  as  Dr.  Martin-  says, 
chronic  ulcers  of  the  leg  without  the  necessity  of  an  hour’s  rest 
or  change  of  posture.  Dr.  Martin  treated  over  six  hundred 
cases  of  this  kind,  curing  all  without  exception.  We  can  bear 
the  strongest  testimony  to  the  efficacy  of  this  treatment  with¬ 
out  rest,  and  will  give  the  history  of  the  latest  case  treated  by 
us  in  this  way. 

J.  M.,  about  35  years  old,  common  laborer,  was  sent  to  me, 
October  11th,  1879,  with  a  chronic  ulcer  at  the  lower  part  of 
the  leg,  with  hard  bluish  edges,  a  yellow  bottom,  and  discharg¬ 
ing  a  thin  sanious  pus.  This  was  beginning  to  inflame,  and  he 
had  left  off  work  for  about  a  week.  He  had  already  been  sev¬ 
eral  times  in  a  hospital  for  previous  outbreaks  of  this  ulcer. 
I  applied  a  rubber  batidage,  five  inches  wide  and  three  yards 
long,  costing  $2  00,  to  the  leg  from  the  instep  to  just  below 
the  knee,  using  no  reverses  in  applying  the  bandage.  He  then 
went  to  work  as  usual ;  no  application  was  made  to  the  ulcer. 
October  14th  the  ulcer  was  well,  and  he  has  worked  all  the 
time. 

The  bandage  should  be  taken  off  at  night,  washed,  and  hung 
to  dry,  and  should  be  applied  in  the  morning  before  the  patient 
gets  out  of  bed.  It  never  slips  off,  aud  if  applied  a  little  too 
tight  or  too  loose  it  adjusts  itself  to  the  proper  tension.  We  do 
not  know  of  a  greater  benefit  to  the  large  class  of  sufferers  from 
chronic  ulcers  of  the  legs  than  this  invention  of  Dr.  Martin. 
— San  Francisco  Western  Lancet,  IS ov.,  1879. 


GARSON  ON  INEQUALITY  IN  LENGTH  OF  THE  LOWER  LIMBS. 

The  asymmetry  of  the  lower  limbs  in  living  persons  has  been 
very  fully  aud  satisfactorily  proven  by  Dr.  Wight,  of  Brooklyn, 
and  his  results  have  beeu  con  firmed  by  Dr.  Cox,  of  New  York, 


976  Current  Medical  Literature ,  |  April 

who  curiously  enough  investigated  the  subject  independently 
and  almost  simultaneously ;  but  whose  paper  appeared  after 
that  of  Dr.  Wight.  It  had  not,  however,  been  shown  whether 
the  asymmetry  was  due  to  unequal  development  of  the  bones 
or  of  the  soft  parts.  To  ascertain  this  point,  Dr.  Gar  son  made 
an  extensive  series  of  measurements  of  the  bones  of  the  lower 
extremities  of  skeletons  in  the  museum  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Surgeons  of  England.  The  results  of  his  measurements  show 
that  the  combined  lengths  of  the  feunv  and  tibia  on  one  side 
of  the  body  are  seldom  the  same  as  the  combined  lengths  of 
those  bones  ou  the  other  side.  He  found  that  in  10  per  cent, 
only  are  the  right  and  left  limbs  equal.  This  corresponds  very 
nearly  with  the  results  obtained  by  Dr.  Wight  from  his  meas¬ 
urements  of  the  limbs  of  living  persons.  In  the  majority  of  the 
cases  where  the  limbs  were  equal  they  were  so  by  compensation, 
that  is,  by  the  tibia  being  shorter  when  the  femur  was  longer, 
aud  vice  versa.  In  35.8  per  cent.,  the  right  limb  was  found  to 
be  longer  than  the  left,  the  average  preponderance  of  the 
former  over  the  latter  being  3.3  millimetres.  In  54  per  cent, 
the  left  limb  was  longer  than  the  right,  and  its  average  pre¬ 
ponderance  over  the  right  was  4.8  millimetres.  The  left  leg, 
therefore,  is  not  only  more  frequently  longer  than  the  right, 
but  the  difference  between  the  lengths  of  the  limbs  is  greater, 
generally,  when  the  left  is  the  louger.  Regarding  the  lengths 
of  the  individual  bones,  the  author  finds  that  the  left  femur  is 
in  58.5  per  cent,  longer  than  the  right,  it average  preponder¬ 
ance  being  3.3  millimetres;  in  28.8  per  cent,  the  right  is  longer 
than  the  left,  its  average  preponderance  beiug  2.9  millimetres ; 
and  in  12.9  per  cent,  the  bones  are  equal.  Again  in  34.2  per 
cent,  the  left  tibia  is  longer  than  the  i  ight,  the  average  prepon¬ 
derance  being  3.  millimetres  ;  in  41.4  per  ceut.  the  right  is 
longer  than  the  left,  the  average  preponderance  being  2.6  mil¬ 
limetres  ;  in  24.2  per  cent,  the  bones  are  equal.  While  the  left 
femur  is,  therefore,  the  longer,  the  left  tibia  is  usually  the 
shorter.  In  this  way  there  is,  in  some  cases,  a  certain  amount 
of  compensation,  although  it  is  often  found  that  where  the 
femur  of  one  side  is  longer  than  that  of  the  other,  the  tibia  of 
the  side  on  which  the  femur  is  the  longer  is  often  also  the 
longer.  The  inequalities  of  the  limbs  do  not  seem  to  be  con¬ 
fined  to  any  particular  age,  sex,  or  race.  Altogether  the  re¬ 
sults  obtained  by  the  American  surgeons  are  entirely  confirmed 
by  Dr.  Garson’s  observations  on  the  bones. — London  Med.  Bee., 
Hov.  15. 


TETANUS. 

Dr.  Krucht,  of  Walheim,  Saxony,  has  collected  389  cases  ol 
tetanus,  which  he  reports  in  the  June  number  of  Schmidt’s 
Med.  Jahrbucher.  The  following  resume  will  show  the  compara¬ 
tive  success  of  the  various  modes  of  treatment  which  were  had 
recourse  to  in  those  389  cases  : 


1880J  Current  Medical  Literature.  977 


No.  Cases 

2  reatment 

Recovered. 

Died. 

Mortality. 

58 

Surgical, 

30 

28 

48  per  cent- 

51 

Curare, 

26 

25 

49  per  cent- 

60 

Calabar, 

33 

27 

45  per  cent. 

134 

Chloral, 

79 

55 

41  per  cent. 

63 

Various, 

32 

31 

49  per  cent. 

To  the  134  cases  treated  with  chloral  may  yet  be  added  twenty- 
three  other  cases  in  which  this  remedy  was  used  in  conjunction 
with  other  agents.  Of  these  twenty-three  cases,  nineteen 
recovered  and  four  died — the  mortality  of  the  entire  number 
treated  with  chloral  being  thus  lowered  to  thirty-seven  per 
Cent. 

The  surgical  treatment  instituted  in  the  fifty-eight  cases  con¬ 
sisted  in  amputations,  stretching  of  nerves,  etc.  The  editor 
closes  the  article  with  the  remark,  “that  this  collection  of  cases 
again  verifies  his  opinion,  that  chloral  affords  better  results  in 
the  treatment  of  tetanus  than  any- other  agent  known.” 

F.  W.  Koehler. 


TETANUS. 

The  results  at  which  Prof.  D.  W.  Yandell  arrives, 
from  a  careful  analysis  of  three  hundred  and  eighty  five 
cases  published  and  thirty  unpublished  cases  of  tetanus,  are 
as  follows : 

1.  Traumatic  tetanus  is  most  fatal  during  the  first  decade 
of  life. 

2.  It  usually  supervenes  between  four  and  nine  days  after 
the  injury. 

3.  The  largest  number  of  recoveries  are  found  in  cases 
in  which  the  disease  occurred  after  the  lapse  of  nine  days  from 
the  injury. 

4.  When  tetanus  continues  fourteen  days,  recovery  is  the 
rule,  death  the  exception,  apparently  independent  of  the  treat¬ 
ment. 

5.  Tetanus  arising  during  the  puerperal  state  is  the  most 
fatal  form  of  the  disease. 

G.  Chloroform  has,  up  to  this  time,  yielded  the  largest  per¬ 
centage  of  cures  iu  acute  tetanus. 

7.  The  true  test  of  a  remedy  for  tetanus  is  its  influence  on 
the  history  of  the  disease :  (a)  Dot-s  it  cure  cases  in  which  the 
disease  occurred  prior  to  the  ninth  day  alter  the  injury1?  (b) 
Does  it  fi.il  in  cases  whose  duration  exceeds  fourteen  days? 

8.  Tried  by  these  tests,  no  agent  has  yet  established  its 
claims  as  a  true  remedy  for  tetanus. — Birmingham  Review,  J uly , 
1879. 


CREMATION  IN  ITS  MEDICO-LEGAL  ASPECTS. 

This  subject  has  received  the  attention  of  the  Societe  de 
Medecine  legale  de  France,  a  full  and  interesting  discussion 


978 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[April 

having  ensued  on  the  presentation  of  an  essay  on  the  topic  by 
M.  Ladreit  de  Lacharriere.*  The  sanitary  relations  of  the 
theme  received  ample  consideration  also,  but  with  these  we 
are  not  now  concerned. 

M.  Lacharriere  took  the  ground  that,  from  a  medico-legal 
point  of  view,  cremation  is  open  to  the  gravest  objections. 
Before  any  dead  body  is  submitted  to  incineration,  there 
should  be,  he  says,  certainty  upon  two  points:  the  fact  of  the 
death  itself  and  the  cause  of  the  death.  Verification  of  the 
death  is  not  difficult,  especially  in  cities  which  can  adopt  the 
Parisian  system.  But  accuracy  as  to  the  cause  of  the  death 
is  not  an  easy  matter  to  manage;  medical  certificates  do  not 
solve  the  question,  nor  is  the  ordinary  autopsy,  performed,  as 
it  is,  without  any  presumption  or  suspicion  such  as  forms  the 
basis  of  a  medico-legal  examination,  a  sufficient  safeguard 
against  crime.  Therefore  it  would  be  unsafe  to  proceed,  upon 
such  inadequate  means  of  detecting  in  the  body  the  true  cause 
of  death,  to  destroy  the  body  by  cremation,  and  thus  throw 
away  the  opportunity  for  reinvestigation.  Finally,  M.  Lachar¬ 
riere  supposes  two  instances,  either  one  of  which  is  likely  to 
occur:  A  person  dies,  presumably  of  heart  disease,  but  really 
by  a  poisonous  dose  of  digitalis  administered  with  criminal 
intent.  The  autopsy  establishes  the  presence  of  heart  disease, 
and  the  crematory  furnace  is  allowed  to  do  its  work,  whereby 
the  real  evidence  of  the  crime  is  destroyed,  and  the  criminal 
escapes.  Or,  in  the  second  case  supposed,  no  crime  has  been 
committed,  but  popular  gossip  accuses  unjustly  one  of  the 
relatives  of  the  deceased.  What  proof  will  the  accused  be  able 
to  furnish,  after  cremation  of  the  body,  that  he  is  really  in¬ 
nocent  ? 

Thus,  by  enabling  the  traces  of  a  crime  to  disappear,  crema¬ 
tion  leaves  society  defenseless  ;  it  can  likewise  make  it  impos¬ 
sible  for  an  innocent  man  to  answer  baseless  calumny. 

In  the  discussion  which  followed  the  reading  of  this  paper, 
M.  Napias  expressed  the  opinion  ihat  cremation  offei<  d  no  real 
obstacle  to  the  detection  of  crime  in  cases  of  death  by  violence, 
and  that  burial  had  no  special  advantages  in  this  regard.  If 
a  death  has  been  the  result  of  mechanical  violence,  the  case 
presents  no  difficulty,  since  the  injuries  could  hardly  escape 
observation.  In  cases  of  poisoning,  however,  there  would  be 
more  difficuliy.  In  this  connection,  M.  Napias  would  divide 
poisons  into  two  classes :  those  which  could  not.  be  recovered 
from  the  ashes  of  a  cremated  body,  such  as  organic  substances, 
mercury  (because  of  its  volatility)  and  phosphorus  (normally 
present  in  the  body) ;  and,  secondly,  those  which  can  be  traced 
after  incineration,  such  as  arsenic,  antimony,  and  copper. 
Poisons  of  the  first  class  disappear  in  case  of  burial  as  well  as 
in  that  of  ciemation;  poisons  of  the  second  class  are  found 


'Annalos  d’Hygieue  publique  et  de  Medeoine  legale,  June  and  July,  1879. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


979 


1880] 


just  as  readily  in  ashes  as  in  the  remains  of  buried  bodies. 
Moreover,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  majority  of  exhumations  are 
made  to  determine  the  nature  of  mechanical  injuries,  not  of 
toxic  agents. 

In  cases  of  death  occurring  without  an  attending  physician, 
M.  Napias  would  not  permit  cremation,  except  after  a  complete 
autopsy ;  and  if  the  slightest  suspicion  were  entertained  as  to 
the  manner  of  the  death,  an  inquest  also  should  precede  the 
final  disposition  of  the  body. 

M.  Gallard  argued  that  the  autopsy  was  an  ample  safe-guard 
against  any  medico-legal  misadventures  of  cremation.  This 
will  almost  always  reveal  the  cause  of  death,  and  should  in¬ 
variably  be  applied.  In  the  exceptional  cases  where  the  cause 
of  death  is  not  thus  determined,  there  should  be  in  addition  a 
chemical  analysis,  and  possibly  an  inquest  also.  M.  Gallard 
stated  that  he  would  subject  to  cremation  all  dead  bodies  not 
claimed  by  friends,  such  as  those  of  executed  criminals,  of 
persons  dying  in  hospitals  or  prisons,  and  those  carried  to  the 
mogue  and  not  identified. 

M.  Riant  believed  that  cremation  would  expose  society  to 
the  most  serious  dangers  from  a  medico -legal  point  of  view, 
because  a  crime  frequently  escapes  suspicion  till  long  after 
the  death  of  the  victim,  and  cremation  renders  impossible  the 
demonstration  of  the  crime  and  the  punishment  of  the  criminal. 
He  did  not  think  that  the  ordinary  medical  certificate  of  the 
cause  of  death,  liable  as  it  is  to  many  errors,  afforded  much 
protection  against  the  dark  deeds  of  criminals.  Cremation, 
after  such  a  certificate,  will  have  rendered  a  mistake  irremedi¬ 
able  and  a  crime  unpunishable ;  burial,  on  the  contrary,  pre¬ 
serves  for  us  the  corpus  delicti ,  and  permits  the  condemnation 
of  the  guilty. 

He  pointed  out  the  impracticability  of  M.  Gallard’s  proposal 
to  have  an  autopsy  in  every  case  before  cremation ;  in  Paris 
alone  nine  hundred  autopsies  would  be  required  each  week. 
The  difficulties  in  the  way  of  chemical  analysis  as  a  prerequi¬ 
site  of  cremation  would  be  even  greater.  In  cases  of  poisoning, 
in  which  chemistry  lends  its  aid  under  present  methods,  the 
chemist  has  clews  and  presumptions,  if  not  proofs,  which  lie 
simply  verifies ;  and  even  with  these  advantages  much  time 
and  great  care  and  delicacy  are  needed  in  the  processes  em¬ 
ployed.  The  chemical  search  which  M.  Gallard  would  impose 
would  be  simply  a  search  in  the  dark,  without  guide  or  hint  as 
to  the  result;  such  an  investigation  could  not  be  seriously 
undertaken. 

To  the  suggestion  of  M.  Napias  that  the  organic  and  volatile 
poisons  are  the  only  ones  liable  to  loss  through  cremation,  M. 
Riant  replied  that  these  were  in  fact  the  poisons  most  com 
mouly  used  by  criminals,  and  for  obvious  reasons.  Moreover, 
granting  that  the  ashes  resulting  from  cremation  may  be  found 
to  retain  mineral  poisons,  it  is  easy  to  see  how  readily  these 
ashes  might  be  scattered  or  destroyed  by  the  criminal,  or  other 

8 


980 


Editorial. 


April 


ashes,  innocent  of  poison,  substituted.  M.  Riant  also  re¬ 
minded  M.  Napias  that,  while  gross  mechanical  lesions  would 
undoubtedly  be  seen  and  investigated,  there  were  means  and 
agents  not  unknown  to  criminals  that  would  leave  slight  traces 
of  their  fatal  work  ;  there  are  wicked  mothers  who  know  that 
a  needle  or  a  pin  is  useful  in  infanticide,  and  that  it  leaves  but 
a  scanty  evidence  of  its  use. 

An  inquest  before  cremation  M.  Riant  deemed  of  little  prac¬ 
tical  value,  since  the  interval  of  thirty-six  or  forty  eight  hours 
available  in  such  a  case,  betweeu  the  death  and  the  furnace,  is 
generally  much  too  short  for  the  manifestation  of  suspicious 
or  pointed  rumors,  upon  which  alone  an  inquest  would  be  well 
founded  or  the  machinery  for  the  detection  of  the  criminal  set 
in  motion. 

M.  Riant  would  reserve  cremation  for  use  in  seasons  of  fatal 
epidemics  and  for  the  disposal  of  the  bodies  of  soldiers  after 
great  battles. — Boston  Med.  and  Burg.  Jour .,  Jan.  29. 


PARISH  MEDICAL  SOCIETIES. 


Elsewhere  will  be  found  the  proceedings  of  two  parish  asso¬ 
ciations;  the  Attakapas  Medical  Society  and  the  Iberville 
Medical  Society.  There  is  throughout  the  State  a  number  of 
parish  organizations,  but  our  information  in  regard  to  their  loca¬ 
tion  and  membership  is  very  meagre.  What  they  are  doing  we 
have  not  heard  for  some  time,  but  trust  that  good  work  is  being 
accomplished  and  that  the  secretaries  of  each  will  favor  us 
with  a  synopsis  of  proceedings  and  forward  for  publication  the 
interesting  papers  read  by  the  members.  The  obliging  secre¬ 
tary  of  the  Attakapas  Medical  Society  has  forwarded  manu¬ 
scripts  of  a  valuable  article  read  at  the  meeting  held  March 
4th.  We  regret  that  its  late  arrival  will  compel  us  to  defer 
publication  until  the  next  issue. 

Nothing  has  a  greater  tendency  to  unite  the  profession  than 
these  parish  organizations.  The  fact  of  membership  at  once 
establishes  the  status  of  the  practitioner.  Ostracized  by  his 
profession,  the  physician  of  any  place  feels  alone  and  in  the 
country  especially  it  is  so  gratifying  to  find  practitioners  resid¬ 
ing  a  few  miles  apart  meeting  at  stated  intervals  to  confer  with 
each  other  on  current  events  in  the  medical  world  and  special 
diseases  of  their  community.  Sociability  and  the  cultivation  of 
kindly  feeling  are  in  themselves  sufficient  incentives. 


Editorial. 


981 


1880] 


When  the  State  Association  formed  it  was  hoped  that  dele¬ 
gates  from  parish  medical  societies,  with  proper  credentials, 
would  compose  that  body ;  lack  of  organization  throughout 
the  State  has  precluded  this  possibility,  and  the  very  existence 
of  the  State  organization  is  really  dependent  upon  physicians 
who  do  not  belong  to  parish  societies.  Fortunately  for  the 
State  Medical  Association,  a  large  number  of  physicians,  even 
though  they  failed  to  interest  their  colleagues  in  forming  local 
societies,  willingly  spend  three  days  in  the  year  in  pushing  the 
interests  of  the  profession  at  the  sessions  of  the  State  society. 
Still,  what  we  wish,  is  to  have  the  whole  State  represented  by 
special  delegates  from  every  district.  These  reporting  on 
special  features  of  disease  in  their  respective  districts  and 
topography  of  each  parish,  will  afford  valuable  matter  for  the 
future  statistician,  for  the  time  will  come,  and  we  hope  is  not 
far  off,  when  each  ward  of  every  parish  wiil  have  its  vital 
statistics  registered  by  proper  officers.  Then  again,  there  will 
be  this  gratification  to  the  profession  of  the  State,  that  the 
cause  of  medical  education  and  practical  studies  of  hygiene 
and  preventive  medicine  will,  through  the  thorough  organiza¬ 
tion  of  the  rank  and  file,  lead  to  such  victories  as  those  attained 
by  our  sister  States,  Alabama  and  Mississippi. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  LOUISIANA— M  EDIC  A  L  DE¬ 
PARTMENT. 

The  Commencement  Exercises  of  the  Forty  sixth  Annual 
Session  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Louis¬ 
iana,  were  held  at  the  Grand  Opera  House,  New  Orleans,  March 
19th,  beginning  at  12,  M. 

The  pleasant  weather,  combined  with  the  attractions  on  this 
occasion,  filled  the  house  with  an  appreciative  audience,  and 
the  exercises  throughout  exceeded  in  interest  and  taste,  any' 
similar  one  witnessed  by  us. 

The  exercises  were  opened  with  a  pleasing  musical  introduc¬ 
tory  by  the  Thirteenth  Infantry  Band. 

Dr.  B.  M.  Palmer  offered  a  prayer. 

The  degeees  were  conferred  by  Hon.  Randall  Hunt,  Presi¬ 
dent  of  the  University,  who  made  a  few  appropriate  remarks. 

The  Annual  Address  was  delivered  by  Hon.  James  B.  Eustis, 
on  the  timely  topic :  The  Commercial  Intercourse  between 
Communities  and  States  during  Epidemics. 


982 


Editorial. 


[April 


Frequent  applause  demonstrated  that  the  views  of  the  orator 
were  in  harmony  with  his  audieuce. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  exercises  Dr.  T.  G.  Eichardson,  the 
Dean  of  the  Faculty,  introduced  Dr.  Samuel  D.  Gross,  of 
Philadelphia,  who  addressed  the  graduates  with  words  of  en¬ 
couragement  and  advice,  and  paid  a  high  tribute  to  the  late 
Prof.  Warren  Stone,  M.  D. 

The  names  of  the  graduates  are  as  follows : 


DEGREE  OF  DOCTOR  OF  MEDICINE. 


Ash,  John  W . Alabama 

Barham,  J.  H.,  M.  D., . Texas 

Barrow,  David . Louisiana 

Berry,  James  R . Mississippi 

Bolton,  William  S . Texas 

Bourgeois,  Clement  A. .  .  .Louisiana 

Brickell,  Frank  H . Louisiana 

Bridges,  Robert  R . Mississippi 

Buckner,  W.  E .  Mississippi 

Campbell,  Wilfred  W..  ..Louisiana 

Cook,  Thomas  L.  H . Mississippi 

Cooke,  William  O . Georgia 

Courdgd,  Simon.. .  Louisiana 

Donald,  Robert  B . Mississippi 

Dugas,  Elphcge  T . Louisiana 

Dumas,  Wm.  P.,  M.  D . Texas 

Ellis,  George  E . Mississippi 

Fairbanks,  Charles  M. . .  .Tennessee 

Fleetwood,  John  N . Louisiana 

Flowers,  William  M.... Mississippi 

Ford,  Francis  C.,  M.  D . Texas 

Freeliug,  John  W . Tennessee 

Greer,  Rufus  A . Texas 

Hanson,  John  D . Louisiana 

Hdbert,  Thomas . Louisiana 


Helm,  William  B . Louisiana 

Hirnel,  Numa . Louisiana 

Hiriart,  Emil . Louisiana 

Jones,  John  T . Louisiana 

Keitz,  Gustav . Louisiana 

Kennedy,  Sterling  D . Louisiana 

Lewenthal,  Abraham ....  Louisiana 

Lynch,  John  P . Louisiana 

Matas,  Rodolfo . Mexico 

McGehee,  William  A . Texas 

Mizell,  George  D  . Mississippi 

Moody,  Thomas . Texas 

Nixon,  James  W . Texas 

Owen,  W.  Glendower  .  ..  Louisiana 

Ridley,  Francis  M . Georgia 

Silvestre,  Felix  A . Louisiana 

Smith,  Ernest  H .  Louisiana 

Snow,  William  H . Texas 

Sturdevant,  James  K  ..  Louisiana 

Tarleton,  Leo  C . Louisiana 

Vandergrift,  Wash.  F . Alabama 

Washington,  Chas.  D . Texas 

Whatley,  John  S . Texas 

Young,  James  A . Mississippi 


DEGREE  OF  MASTER  OF  PHARMACY. 


Albers,  David  P . Louisiana 

Berger,  Otto . Louisiana 

Bradburu,  Wm.  P . Louisiana 

Caillier,  Joseph  A . Louisiana 

Despovte,  Charles  . Louisiana 

Duffel,  Lewis  E . Louisiana 

Fairbanks,  Chas,  M . Tennessee 

Gessner,  Heury  C . Louisiana 


May,  Eugene . Louisiana 

Metreaud,  Frank  M . Louisiana 

Pariuelee,  James  M . Louisiana 

Puech,  Nevil  A . Louisiana 

Sayus,  Lewis  A.  de . Louisiana 

Schuman,  Philip . Louisiana 

Tilford,  Robert  H . Louisiana 

Wunderlich,  William - Louisiana 


PROF.  SAM’L  D.  GROSS,  M.D.,  D.C.L.,  OXON. 

The  arrival  of  Prof.  Sara’l  D.  Gross  in  New  Orleans  on  the 
18th  of  March  was  an  incident  that  compares  with  but  one  other 
event  in  its  medical  history.  We  allude  to  the  visit  of  the 
celebrated  Marshall  Hall.  The  reception  of  this  venerable 
father  has  been  so  general  and  profound  that  we  feel  sure  his 
stay  in  the  Crescent  City  will  add  another  to  the  many  delightful 
memories  which  cling  to  the  heart  of  this  good  old  man.  He 
was  present  at  the  Commencement  Exercises  of  the  Medical 


Editorial. 


983 


1880] 

Department  of  the  University  of  Louisiana,  and  the  few  words  of 
welcome  and  advice  to  the  graduates  were  impressive  and 
highly  appreciated. 

He-  was  the  guest  of  Prof.  T.  G.  Richardson,  his  former 
pupil,  and  the  reception  given  him  by  that  gentleman  at  his 
beautiful  residence  on  the  20th  inst.,  was  an  enjoyable  affair. 

The  host  proved  himself  a  master  in  the  art  of  entertainment, 
and  fully  one  hundred  and  fifty  physicians  availed  themselves 
of  the  invitation  to  be  introduced  to  one,  who  although 
personally  a  stranger  was  yet  well-known  to  all. 

On  the  24th  inst.,  a  complimentary  reception  was  tendered 
Prof.  Gross  by  the  members  of  the  medical  profession  in  New 
Orleans. 

The  reception  was  given  at  Spanish  Fort,  Lake  Ponchartrain. 
The  day  was  delightful  and  at  1  o’clock  a  special  train  con¬ 
veyed  the  party  to  its  destination.  A  joint  committee, 
composed  of  six  members  each  from  the  Orleans  Parish 
Medical  Society  and  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Asso¬ 
ciation  had  charge  of  all  arrangements. 

The  party,  numbering  about  one  hundred,  atter  walking 
over  the  grounds  and  viewing  the  many  objects  of  interest,  at 
half-past  two,  P.  M.,  seated  themselves  at  the  table.  The 
chairman  of  the  joint  committee,  Dr.  J.  P.  Davidson,  introduced 
the  guest  as  follows  : 

Gentlemen — As  the  chairman  of  the  joint  committee  of  the 
Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  and  the  New  Orleans 
Medical  and  Surgical  Association,  I  have  the  honor  of  intro¬ 
ducing  to  you  our  distinguished  guest,  Prof.  Sam’l  D.  Gross^ 
of  Philadelphia,  whose  fame  both  as  a  teacher  aud  author  is 
co-extensive  with  the  civilized  world. 

To  most  of  those  present  he  may  be  personally  uuknown — 
but  he  comes  not  to  us  of  the  medical  profession  as  a  stranger 
— rather  indeed  as  an  old  and  familiar  acquaintance;  for  it 
may  be  said  that  we  have  all  sat  at  his  feet  as  another  Gamaliel. 

Therefore,  in  greeting  him  to-day  with  the  esteem  aud 
respect  due  to  his  exalted  virtues  as  a  man,  and  his  extended 
and  eminent  services  in  the  noble  science  of  medicine  aud 
surgery,  we  do  honor  to  the  profession  aud  to  ourselves. 

In  the  name  of  the  physicians  of  New  Orleans,  honored  sir, 


984  Editorial.  [April 

I  bid  you  welcome  to  our  city,  and  hope  that  your  sojourn  in 
our  midst  may  be  in  all  respects  a  pleasant  one  to  you. 

The  menu  was  all  that  could  be  desired,  and  amid  the  rivalry 
of  such  occasions  toasts  were  drank  to  “  our  guest  ”  the 
United  States,  the  Medical  Profession,  the  Press,  etc. 

An  autograph  album,  containing  the  names  of  those  present 
was  presented  to  Prof.  Gross  who  made  a  feeling  response. 

Addresses  were  made  by  Prof.  S.  E.  Chaill6,  Rev.  W.  H. 
Watkins,  Drs.  Hale,  Sternberg,  Turpin,  Salomon,  Crawcour, 
Loeber,  Schuppert,  Milner  and  Joseph  Holt,  after  which  the 
professor  and  party  returned  to  the  city. 


PHOTOGRAPH  OF  PROF.  S.  D.  GROSS. 

We  have  received  from  the  courteous  and  artistic  photo¬ 
grapher,  W.  W.  Washburn,  109  Canal  street,  a  striking  likeness 
of  Prof.  S.  D.  Gross.  We  feel  sure  that  members  of  the 
profession  in  New  Orleans  will  be  glad  to  avail  themselves  of 
the  opportunity  to  obtain  a  copy  as  a  memento  of  this  illus¬ 
trious  surgeon. 


IBERVILLE  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

The  second  annual  meeting  of  the  Iberville  Medical  Associa¬ 
tion  took  place  on  February  25,  at  the  residence  of  its  president, 
Dr.  J.  P.  R.  Stone. 

Dr.  Edward  Duffell,  of  Ascension,  was  present  by  invitation. 
The  present  officers  were  re-elected  for  the  ensuing  year. 

J.  P.  R.  Stone,  M.  D.,  President. 
A.  B.  Snell,  M.  D.,  Secretary. 

Bayou  Goula,  La.,  March  21st. 


NECROLOGY. 

Died— At  Washington,  St.  Landry  Parish,  March  13th,  1880,  Dr.  Thomas 
A.  Cooke,  aged  70  years,  a  native  of  Glaucester  County,  Va.,  and  a  resident 
of  this  State  for  forty  years. 

Died — On  Wednesday,  March  31st,  1880,  Dr.  Samuel  W.  Rawlins,  aged 
22  years  and  11  months,  a  native  of  New  Orleans,  La. 


1880] 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 

Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


985 


A  Biographical  Dictionary  of  Contemporary  American  Physicians. 
Edited  by  Wm.  B.  Atkinson,  M.D.,  Permanent  Secretary 
of  the  American  Medical  Association  and  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  etc.  Second  edition, 
enlarged  and  revised.  Philadelphia:  D.  G.  Brinton. 
New  Orleans  :  J.  C.  Eyrich. 

The  sad  thought  that  we  must  all  die  is  greatly  mollified  by 
the  recollection  that  we  have  been  our  own  biographers,  and 
have  left  nothing  to  laborious  Dr.  Toner  or  medical  journals, 
but  to  complete  our  records  by  winding  up  with  the  date  of 
death. 

We  have  seen  books  entitled  “  Every  Man  His  Own  Lawyer,” 
“  Every  Man  His  Own  Book-keeper,”  but  this  work  should  be 
called  “  Every  Doctor  his  Own  Boswell.” 

The  first  edition  of  this  work,  embellished  by  portraits  of 
the  handsomest,  if  not  the  most  prominent  members  of  the 
medical  fraternity,  created  quite  a  buz  in  professional  circles, 
and  complimentary  notices  went  the  round  of  the  medical 
journals.  Pardonable  vanity  was  excused,  and  the  industry 
and  skill  of  the  editor  deserved  warmest  praise.  The  work 
paid  no  doubt,  and  all  except  those  left  out  were  happy. 

The  second  edition  is  not  entitled  to  the  praise  bestowed 
before.  The  lack  of  care  evident  in  getting  it  up  will  warrant 
some  candid  remarks.  It  is,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  pages 
added  at  the  back  part  of  the  work,  a  mere  reprint  of  the 
former  edition.  The  same  electrotype  plates  were  used,  and  it 
is  minus  the  portraits.  The  same  typographical  errors  are  at 
hand.  The  dead  are  along  with  the  living,  and  if  these  have 
been  left  in  from  motives  of  economy  an  appendix  should  have 
been  added,  especially  since  such  men  as  Woodworth,  Peaslee 
and  Atlee  have  passed  away. 

When  the  first  edition  of  this  work  appeared  we  were 
gratified,  indeed  amazed  to  find  that  we  were  living  iu  the 
land  where  so  much  genius  abounded.  We  did  not  expect 
to  see  another  edition  appear,  but  confidently  thought  that 
some  self- sacrificing  doctor  would  collect  for  the  benefit  of  the 
rising  generation,  the  various  articles  emanating  from  these 


986 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[April 


distinguished  men  and  publish  them  in  book  form,  thus  doing 
away  with  the  old  style  text  books ;  afford  a  field  where  the 
student  could  gambol  and  collect  and  store  away  for  future 
brain  nourishment  the  “  serials.”  We  know  the  labor  will  be 
arduous.  But  oh  !  you  medical  philanthropist,  look  to  it  that 
this  is  done  before  the  anchor  death  has  twanged  the  bow¬ 
string  and  let  fly  the  fatal  shaft.  Think  of  the  important 
knowledge  lost  to  medical  science  should  “  The  Nature  and 
Cure  of  Heterologous  Tumors,”  “  Marriages  of  Cousanguinity,” 
“  The  Function  of  the  Ciliary  Processes  of  the  choroid  Coat 
of  the  Eye,”  “  The  Yis  Medicatrix  as  a  “  Blood  Letter,” 
Haematemesic  Paludal  Fever,”  “Tetanoid  Fever,”  “Elkoplastry,” 
“  Inflammation  of  the  Umbilicus,”  “  Sickness  Tax,”  “  Hallux 
Valgus,”  “  Grace  Culture,”  “  Albinism  in  Negro  Race,” 
“Essay  on  Quinine,”  etc.,  etc,,  be  consigned  to  medical 
journals  or  “  Transactions  ”  of  Associations. 

I  ' _ 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  Nervous  Exhaustion  (Neurasthenia), 
its  Symptoms,  Nature,  Sequences ,  Treatment.  By  George 
M.  Beard,  A.M.,  M.D.,  etc.  8  vo.  pp.  XX  and  198.  New 
York:  Wm.  Wood  &  Co.  1880,  [For  sale  by  Armand 
Hawkins,  medical  bookseller,  1961  Canal  street,  New 
Orleans.] 

The  above-named  disease  is  stated  by  the  author  to  be  the 
most  common  of  the  nervous  disorders  prevailing  in  this 
country,  and  to  be  specially  common  in  the  Northern  and 
Eastern  sections,  while  comparatively  rare  in  the  South, 
especially  along  the  gulf  coast.  He  adds  that  this  complaint 
belongs  particularly  to  the  present  century,  that  its  true  nature 
has  only  recently  been  recognized  fully,  having  been  classed 
by  physicians  and  the  laity  as  “ general  debility,”  “nervous 
prostration,”  “  nervous  debility,”  “  spinal  weakness,”  “  spinal 
irritation,”  “nervous  dyspepsia,”  “oxaluria,”  cerebral  and 
spinal  ana&mia  and  hyperaemia.  As  a  consequence  very  con¬ 
fused  ideas  of  its  nature  have  been  entertained,  and  it  has 
been  greatly  neglected. 

Though  more  common  in  the  North-eastern  portion  of  the 
United  States  than  elsewhere,  it  is  known  in  Europe,  where  it 
has  its  favorite  territory,  comprising  England,  Northern  France 
and  Germany.  It  is  evidently  an  outgrowth  of  modern  civili¬ 
zation,  and  dependent  on  the  excessive  strain  and  friction  of 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


987 


1880 1 

the  present  artificial  and  highly  specialized  occupations  and 
modes  of  life. 

The  book  is  divided  into  five  chapters,  of  which  the  first  is 
brief  and  introductory.  The  second,  occupying  74  pages, 
treats  minutely  of  the  numerous  symptoms  of  nervous  exhaus¬ 
tion,  of  which  more  than  70  are  enumerated  and  explained. 
Among  these  are  classed  a  variety  of  morbid  fears,  for  which 
the  author  uses  new  terms,  some  of  his  own  invention.  Thus 

) 

we  find  astrophobia,  or  fear  of  lightning ;  agoraphobia ,  or  fear 
of  open  places ;  claustrophobia ,  or  fear  of  close  places ;  anthro- 
pophobia ,  or  fear  of  society  ?  monophobia ,  or  fear  of  solitude ; 
phobophobia,  or  fear  of  fears ;  mysophobia ,  or  fear  of  contami¬ 
nation  ;  pantaphobia ,  or  fear  of  everything. 

lu  the  third  chapter  he  treats  of  the  nature  and  diagnosis  of 
nervous  exhaustiou.  Among  the  most  important  distinctions 
to  be  observed  are  diagnosis  between  this  malady  and  hypo¬ 
chondriasis,  anaemia  and  hysteria.  In  this  chapter  he  gives 
the  differential  diagnosis  between  cerebrasthenia  (brain  exhaus¬ 
tion),  and  myelasthenia  (spinal  exhaustion),  both  of  which  are 
included  in  the  scope  of  his  work. 

Chapter  fourth  treats  of  the  Prognosis  and*  Sequences  of 
Nervous  Exhaustion,  and  the  fifth  of  Treatment  and  Hygiene 
of  the  disease.  Among  the  recognized  remedies  he  includes 
metalloscopy  and  metal  therapeutics.  While  admitting  that 
magnets  and  the  like  operate  powerfully  through  the  imagina¬ 
tion  and  the  faculty  of  expectancy,  he  still  holds  that  they 
have  an  essential  property,  as  tested  upon  persons  kept  in 
ignorance  of  the  real  nature  of  the  substances  applied.  Dr. 
Beard  is  a  careful  observer,  and  his  reputation  as  an  expert  is 
such  that  his  statements  and  opinions  are  entitled  to  serious 
consideration.  We  must  not,  therefore,  reject  his  conclusions, 
though  we  may  still  require  further  evidence  for  full  admission. 

On  the  whole,  we  regard  this  little  work  as  a  valuable 
contribution  to  a  rather  obscure  brauch  of  medical  practice. 
It  is  sure  to  interest  the  medical  reader,  and  is  well  worthy 
the  attentive  perusal  of  the  general  practitioner,  as  well  as 
those  specially  devoted  to  nervous  maladies. 

S.  S.  H. 


9 


988 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[April 

The  Therapeutics  of  Gynecology  and  Obstetrics ,  comprising  the 
medical ,  dietetic  and  hygienic  treatment  of  Diseases  of  Women, 
as  set  forth  by  distinguished  contemporary  specialists.  Edited 
by  Wm.  B.  Atkinson,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Author  of  “  Hints  in 
Obstetric  Practice,”  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  Children  at 
the  Jefferson  Medical  College,  etc.  8  vo.  pp.  365.  Phila¬ 
delphia  :  D.  G.  Briuton.  1880. 

This  work  is  a  companion  to  two  similar  ones  brought  out 
by  the  late  Dr.  Geo.  H.  Naplieys,  entitled  “  Modern  Medical 
Therapeutics”  and  “Modern  Surgical  Therapeutics.”  Its 
preparation  had  been  commenced  by  Dr.  N.,  and  was  completed 
on  the  original  plan  by  Dr.  Atkinson. 

The  former  volumes  of  the  series  have  already  passed  through 
several  editions,  and  the  seventh  and  sixth  issues  respectively 
lately  received  favorable  notice  at  our  hands.  The  medical 
public  are  satisfied  with  these  compilations,  inasmuch  as  they 
reflect  the  actual  state  of  medical  and  surgical  knowledge,  as 
exhibited  by  their  leadiug  representatives,  and  we  believe  that 
the  same  approval  awaits  this  volume. 

Brain  Work  and  Overwork.  By  Dr.  H.  C.  Wood,  Clin.  Prof. 
Nervous  Diseases,  Univ.  Pa.,  etc.  24  mo.,  pp.  126.  Phila¬ 
delphia  :  Presley  Blakistou.  1880. 

This  is  the  tenth  number  of  the  series  of  American  Health 
Primers,  edited  by  Dr.  W.  W.  Keen.  The  seven  chapters  are 
devoted  to  the  following  subjects  :  I.  Are  Nervous  Diseases 
Increasing?  II.  General  Causes  of  Nervous  Trouble.  III.  Work. 
IY.  Rest  in  L  ibor.  Y.  Rest  in  Recreation.  YI.  Rest  in 
Sleep.  YII.  Conclusion. 

The  subjects  are  of  practical  interest  to  the  laity;  the 
language  is  free  of  technicalities,  adapted  to  the  understanding 
of  general  readers;  the  views  of  the  writer  are  sound  and 
appropriate.  While  we  find  much  to  commend  in  the  design 
and  execution  of  the  work,  we  canuot  forbear  noticing  some 
faults  in  language,  which  ought  to  have  been  avoided  by  a 
writer  as  practiced  in  authorship  as  is  Dr.  Wood.  Examples 
of  false  syntax  occur  at  the  bottom  of  p.  114  and  top  of  p.  115, 
and  in  the  fourth  line  of  p.  121.  Provincialisms  here  and  there 
betray  the  associations  of  his  childhood.  The  native  Southern 
reader  would  be  puzzled  by  the  word  “  skimp,”  and  Webster 
and  Worcester  would  afford  him  no  hint  of  its  meaning.  We 


1880] 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


980 


suggest  that  he  might  fittingly  have  closed  with  the  exculpatory 
petition  of  the  letter  writer,  u  Excuse  haste  and  a  bar!  pen.” 


The  Student’s  Guide  to  Diseases  of  the  Bye.  By  Edward 
Nettleship,  F.R.C.S.  Ophthalmic  Surgeon  to  St.  Thomas’ 
Hospital.  With  89  illustrations.  12  mo.  pp.  3G9.  Philadel¬ 
phia:  Henry  C.  Lea.  1880.  [Sold  by  Armand  Hawkins, 
1964  Canal  street,  New  Orleans.] 

The  twenty-two  chapters  of  this  book  are  grouped  into  three 
parts,  or  general  heads,  devoted  to,  I.  Means  of  Diagnosis 
(three  chapters) ;  II.  Clinical  Division  (eighteen  chapters) ; 
III.  Diseases  of  the  Eye  in  relation  to  Geueral  Diseases 
(one  chapter).  The  work  was  prepared  for  the  use  of  students 
of  medicine  during  their  hospital  course,  and  will  be  found  well 
adapted  to  the  needs  of  the  general  practitioner.  It  contains 
much  more  matter  than  will  be  found  in  systematic  treatises 
on  medicine  and  surgery  upon  this  special  class  of  complaints, 
and  is  more  convenient  for  reference,  being  a  small  and  handy 
volume. 

The  Practitioner  :  An  Independent  Monthly  Journal  devoted  to 
Medical ,•  Surgical ,  Obstetrical  and  Dental  Science.  Edited 
by  Harvey  L.  Byrd,  A.M.,  M.D  ,  and  Basil  M.  Wilkerson, 
D.D.  S.,  M.D.  Volume  I,  No.  I,  January,  1880.  Baltimore, 
Md.  Subscription,  $2  00  per  annum. 


The  Indiana  Medical  Reporter  :  A  Monthly  Journal  of  Medicine 
and  Surgery.  Editors  and  proprietors,  A.  M.  Owen,  M.D., 
J.  E.  Harper,  M.D.,  Benj.  F.  McCoy,  M.D.  Volume  I, 
No.  I,  January,  1880.  Evansville,  lad.  Subscription, 
$2  00  per  annum. 


Galveston  Medical  Journal.  Greensville  Dowell,  M.D.,  Editor 
and  proprietor.  J.  F.  S.  Paine,  M.D.,  and  T.  J.  Heard, 
M.D.,  associate  editors.  Volume  I,  No.  I.  January,  1880. 
Terms,  $3  00  x>er  annum. 

The  first  two  above-named  publications  are  entirely  new 
candidates  for  the  favor  of  the  medical  public,  containing 
respectively  52  and  48  pages  of  reading  matter.  The  first  is 
about  equally  divided  between  medicine  and  dentistry,  and 
contains  several  articles  of  iuterest  and  value.  The  second, 
among  other  articles,  contains  one  on  Syphilis  from  a  Sanitary 


990 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[April 


Point  of  View,  by  Prof.  G.  B.  Walker,  M.D.,  of  Evansville. 
The  author  takes  the  ground  that  prostitution  can  not  be 
suppressed  by  outlawry  nor  by  moral  suasion.  Therefore, 
recognizing  the  social  evil  as  inevitable,  he  prefers  to  regard 
it  as  a  sanitary  problem,  to  be  put  under  wholesome  regula¬ 
tions.  In  this  we  quite  agree  with  him.  The  clergy  and  the 
moralists  have  had  trial  for  many  centuries,  resulting  in 
conspicuous  failure.  Neglecting  totally  the  sanitary  side  of 
the  question,  they  have  battled  solely  against  the  vice ;  mean¬ 
while  venereal  diseases  have  constantly  violated  the  sanctity 
of  domestic  life.  It  is  certainly  time  for  change  of  base  in  the 
warfare.  Protect  society  from  these  maladies  by  supervision 
of  those  most  liable  to  disseminate  them,  and  by  putting  those 
infected  under  restraint.  If  judicious  sanitation  can  meas¬ 
urably  prevent  venereal  diseases,  we  need  not  beat  the  air 
in  vain  attempts  to  suppress  the  social  evil ;  and  the  senti¬ 
mental  nonsence  of  encouraging  vice  will  subside  like  the 
pious  opposition  to  the  use  of  chloroform  in  midwifery  as  a 
wicked  interference  with  the  curse  of  maternity. 

The  Galveston  Medical  Journal  re- appears,  after  a  sus¬ 
pension  of  eight  years,  under  the  management  of  the  same 
senior  editor.  Having  now  the  assistance  of  two  able  coadjutors, 
we  trust  that  the  new  era  of  material  prosperity  will  give 
better  auspices  to  the  enterprise  and  place  it  upon  a  permanent 
footing.  S.  S.  H. 


Transactions  of  the  Twenty-ninth  Anniversary  Meeting  of  the 
Illinois  State  Medical  Society ,  held  at  Lincoln ,  May  20  and  21, 
1879.  8  vo.  pp.  302. 

As  is  usual,  the  president’s  address  occupies  a  prominent 
part.  It  was  pronounced  by  Dr.  E.  P.  Cook,  of  Mendota,  and 
touches  upon  a  variety  of  topics  of  interest.  The  work  of  the 
State  Board  of  Health  is  mentioned  with  commendation  and 
congratulation,  particularly  in  its  energetic  enforcement  of  the 
Medical  Act,  which  has  created  an  exodus  of  more  than  a 
thousand  unqualified  practitioners  of  medicine  from  the  State. 
Dr.  Cook  also  takes  a  prospective  view  of  this  work,  as 
expressed  in  his  own  words  : 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


991 


1880] 

“  Seriously  we  regard  the  work  thus  far  done  by  the  State 
Board  of  Health,  as  having  accomplished  more  in  the  direction 
of  medical  education  in  our  State  than  could  have  been  done 
by  any  other  means  in  the  same  or  much  longer  time.”  But  he 
is  not  willing  to  let  the  reform  in  medicine  rest  here.  The 
pharmacists,  he  thinks,  should  also  be  subjected  to  similar 
conditions,  and  he  is  undoubtedly  right,  provided  the  law  can 
be  enforced.  We  should  like  very  much  to  see  how  that  Board 
of  Health  will  succeed  in  its  grand  reforms,  and,  if  it  continues 
as  it  has  begun,  we  may  indulge  the  hope  that,  in  the  future 
(more  or  less  remote),  the  people  of  Louisiana  may  enjoy  sound 
medical  advice  and  safe  physic. 

We  are  gratified  to  find  the  trite  subject  of  medical  educa¬ 
tion  come  in  for  a  share  of  attention,  because  its  agitation  is 
sure  to  bring  results.  Dr.  Cook  advises  an  extension  of  the 
course  from  three  to  five  years,  devoting  the  first  to  preliminary 
studies  and  the  last  year  to  clinical  application.  That  is  a 
consummation  devoutly  to  be  wished ;  but  we  suspect  I  hat  the 
public  of  Illinois  get  already  about  as  good  medical  advice  as 
they  pay  for,  and  that  they  would  not  agree  to  pay  for  much 
better,  at  present.  (As  regards  the  Louisiana  public,  it  is  not 
a  suspicion  but  a  conviction). 

The  same  question  of  medical  education  was  made  a  subject 
of  report  by  a  committee  of  three,  and  the  following  table  is 
presented  to  show  the  relative  number  of  medical  men  in  this 
and  the  other  principal  civilized  countries  : 


Number  of  Annual  Graduates.  Ratio  to  Population. 


United  States  . 

. 3,000  . 

. 1 

to  600 

Great  Britain . 

. 1 

to  1,700 

France . . 

.  750 . 

. 1 

to  1,800 

German  Empire .  . 

.  000 . 

. 1 

to  3,000 

Austrian  Empire . . 

.  600 . 

. 1 

to  2,500 

Italy . 

.  200 . 

. 1 

to  2,500 

The  complaint  is  made  that  our  excessive  number  of  physi¬ 
cians  reduces  the  individual  incomes  in  like  ratio,  but  this  is 
clearly  an  error.  In  this  country  wealth  is  more  evenly 
distributed  than  in  Europe,  and  our  common  people  are  able  to 


992 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


[April 


pay  larger  medical  fees.  Besides,  our  40,000,000  sovereigns  will 
not  submit  to  such  control  in  the  practice  of  medicine  as  the 
subjects  of  paternal  governments  are  obliged  to.  They  claim 
and  exercise  the  privilege  of  risking  their  lives  in  a  variety  of 
ways,  apart  from  the  perils  of  the  healing  art. 

We  have  space  to  notice  here  only  one  other  paper — that  of 
Dr.  E.  Boyer  on  Compensation  of  Medical  Witnesses.  After 
relating  a  number  of  instances,  illustrating  the  defects  of 
American  laws  touching  the  recognition  of  the  claims  of 
experts  to  some  compensation  beyond  that  allowed  to  ordinary 
witnesses  in  matters  of  fact,  he  makes  the  following  conclusion, 
which  is  certainly  equitable  and  we  hope  may  be  sustained 
generally  by  courts : 

“  That  we  have  a  legal  right  to  demand  compensation,  when 
called  upon  by  coroners  to  make  post-mortem  examinations, 
and  without  an  agreement  to  compensate,  to  refuse  to  make 
such  post  mortem ;  also  that  we  have  a  legal  right  to  refuse  to 
sit  and  hear  testimony  in  courts  of  justice,  for  the  purpose  of 
giving  medical-expert  testimony,  without  compensation.” 

This  is  a  bound  volume,  and  presents  a  creditable  appearance, 
both  externally  and  internally.  S.  S  H. 


Transactions  of  the  Tenth  Annual  Session  of  the  Medical  Society 
of  Virginia ,  held  at  Alexandria,  Ocohter  21,  22  and  23,  1879. 
8  vo.,  pp.  152. 

The  address  of  the  President,  Dr.  L.  S.  Joynes,  treats  of 
several  points  of  interest.  The  discrimination  between  the 
legal  and  medical  professions  made  by  the  law  is  justly  com¬ 
plained  of:  “  For  evidence  of  qualification  and  character  is 
required  for  admission  to  the  bar,  and  the  lawyer  cannot  be 
compelled  to  divulge  the  confidential  communications  of  his 
client.”  Probably  if  the  medical  profession  were  as  largely 
represented  in  our  legislatures  as  is  the  legal,  such  partiality 
would  not  prevail.  He  also  enters  a  plea  in  favor  of  the  too 
much  depreciated  country  practitioner  by  making  honorable 
commemoration  of  Edward  Jenner ;  of  Ephraim  McDowell,  the 
author  of  ovariotomy  ;  of  Crawford  W.  Long,  of  Georgia,  lately 
proved  to  have  first  used  ether  as  an  anaesthetic  in  surgery ;  of 


1880] 


Reviews  and  Booh  Notices. 


993 


Dr.  Stearns,  of  Saratoga  County,  N.  Y.,  who  re-establishedergot 
as  a  therapeutic  agent ;  of  John  Tennent,  Thos.  J.  Gordon,  Wm. 
Baynham  and  John  P.  Mettauer,  all  country  practitioners  in 
Virginia. 

With  reference  to  the  uncertainties  of  medicine  and  the 
ditferences  of  doctors,  he  makes  a  comparison  with  the  profes¬ 
sions  of  theology  and  law.  It  is  unnecessary  here  to  allude  to 
the  antagonistic  doctriues,  all  derived  from  the  same  book, 
which  have  resulted  in  the  bloodiest  deeds  that  staiu  the  pages 
of  history,  for  nobody  expects  the  clergy  to  agree.  But  Dr 
Joynes  has  applied  the  numerical  method  to  the  examination 
of  law  decisions,  with  very  interesting  results.  Thus,  taking 
five  volumes  of  reports  of  the  Appellate  Court  of  Virginia, 
embracing  215  decisions,  he  found  the  judgment  of  the  lower 
court  affirmed  90  times  and  reversed  102  times.  Moreover,  in 
34  of  these  cases  the  Appellate  Court  itself  was  divided. 
English  court  practice  gives  about  the  same  results,  for  out  of 
41  appealed  cases  decided  by  Lord  Justice  Gifford  in  the  first 
half  of  1870,  the  previous  judgment  was  affirmed  17  times, 
reversed  19  times  and  varied  five  times.  In  a  remarkable  case 
touching  the  validity  of  marriage  (whether  the  usual  forms 
and  ceremonies  are  indispensable,  or  the  mere  consent  of  the 
main  parties  are  sufficient),  the  court  of  first  resort  declared 
the  marriage  valid  without  the  usual  ceremonies,  the  higher 
court  (four  judges)  was  equally  divided,  and  the  chief  justice 
then  joined  the  two  who  were  of  an  opposite  opinion  to  his  own, 
in  order  to  take  an  appeal  to  the  House  of  Lords ;  there  the 
six  law-peers  rendered  separate  opinions  at  length,  and  they 
were  equally  divided.  The  famous  decision  of  our  Electoral 
Commission,  three  years  ago,  familiarly  known  as  the  “Eight 
to  Seven,”  is  fully  an  offset  to  any  difference  of  doctors  extant. 

A  Report  of  Advances  in  Hygiene  and  Public  Health  was 
made  by  Dr.  Samuel  K.  Jackson,  of  Norfolk.  The  germ  theory 
of  disease  is  accepted  and  pursued  to  its  utmost  limit  by  Dr. 
Jackson,  and  he  declares  his  belief  that  “  All  zymotic  diseases 
will,  ere  long,  be  classed  according  to  the  biological  relations 
of  the  organisms  producing  them.”  The  following  resume  of 
this  able  paper  will  give  an  idea  of  his  views  : 


994  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  [April 

“We  have  urged  that  the  ultimate  causes  of  fever  lie,  for  the 
most  part,  outside  of  the  body,  and  that  all  sanitary  questions 
hinge  upon  discovering  them ;  that  a  materies  morbi,  a  pyro¬ 
genic  virus,  is  introduced  into  the  system  and  produces  in  the 
blood  or  other  fluids  of  the  body  processes  similar  to,  or  iden¬ 
tical  with,  those  of  fermentation  and  putrefaction  ;  that  agents 
capable  of  arresting  these  processes  outside  of  the  body,  are 
capable  of  preventing  them  in  the  system,  and  might  be  so 
used  if  they  are  not  poisonous  or  incompatible  with  the  health  of 
the  body;  that  these  virulent  particles,  either  themselves  or 
the  secondary  particles  developed  as  another  stage  or  phase  of 
life,  enter  the  vascular  system,  find  in  the  blood  a  pabulum  or 
plasma  favorable  to  their  growth  and  development,  and  by  this 
development  setting  up  the  processes  of  decomposition  alluded 
to,  and  thus  become  a  pyrogenic  cause — that  is,  cause  an  elevation 
of  temperature  and  all  the  disturbances  which  occur  in  the 
state  we  call  fever.  That  these  pyrogens  existing  outside  of 
the  body  can  be  destroyed  before  they  enter  the  body ;  that 
while  we  have  at  our  command  many  means  calculated  to 
destroy  them,  among  the  most  efficient  are  the  cheapest  and 
most  accessible,  viz :  sulphur,  sulphate  of  iron,  sulphate  of 
zinc,  common  salt,  carbolic  acid  and  refrigeration.” 

A  very  interesting  clinical  paper  is  contributed  by  Dr.  J.  Marion 
Sims,  of  New  York,  on  Diagnosis  of  Abscess  of  the  Liver  by 
Symptoms  of  Cerebral  Hyperaemia ;  with  some  remarks  on  Treat¬ 
ment  of  Hepatic  Abscess  by  Aspiration.  The  cases  used  by  way 
of  illustration  occurred  in  the  practice  of  Dr.  W.  A.  Hammond, 
of  New  York,  who  has  learned  “to  associate  abscess  of  the 
liver  with  byperamiia  of  the'  brain,  depression  of  spirits, 
hypochondria,  insomnia,  and  unpleasant  dreams,  with  occa¬ 
sional  gastric  derangement.”  The  most  remarkable  case  le- 
lated,  both  in  its  clinical  and  its  personal  aspect,  was  that  of 
Dr.  E.  S.  Gfaillard,  formerly  of  Richmond,  and  lately  of  Louis¬ 
ville. 

The  following  propositions  have  been  formulated  by  Dr. 
Hammond,  in  an  article  published  in  the  June  number  of  the 
St.  Louis  Clinical  Record,  for  1878: 

“  1st.  That  hepatic  abscesses  are  probably  much  more  com¬ 
mon  with  us  than  is  generally  supposed. 

2d.  That  they  may  exist  without  any  local  symptoms,  or 
such  general  disturbance  of  the  system  as  is  commonly  regard¬ 
ed  as  indicating  their  presence. 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


995 


1880] 


3d.  That  they  may  be  associated  with  hypochondria  and 
other  evidences  of  cerebral  disturbance. 

4th.  That  they  should  be  opened  at  the  earliest  possible 
moment,  and  without  waiting  for  adhesions  to  form  between 
the  liver  and  the  abdominal  wall. 

5th.  That  the  proper  place  for  performing  the  operation  of 
aspiration  is  in  one  of  the  incercostal  spaces.  This  point  is 
strongly  insisted  upou  by  Dr.  Davis  in  his  memoir. 

(5th.  That  the  operation  by  aspiration  is  free  from  danger. 
Dr.  Davis  never  saw  any  ill  consequences  from  it,  and  Dr. 
Jimiuey,  of  Mexico,  states,  that  of  the  hundreds  of  times  he  has 
punctured  the  liver  through  the  intercostal  spaces  for  abscess, 
he  has  never  once  seen  the  operation  followed  by  peritonitis. 
In  a  very  admirable  paper,  Dr.  Lanszky,  of  New  York,  ex¬ 
presses  like  opinion. 

7th.  That  in  all  cases  of  hypochondria  or  melancholia,  the 
region  of  the  liver  should  be  carefully  explored  ;  and  that  even 
if  no  fluctuation  be  detected,  or  any  other  sign  of  abscesses 
be  discovered,  aspiratiou — being  a  harmless  operation — should 
be  performed. 

8th.  That  if  the  pus  be  evacuated,  the  operation  may  be  ex¬ 
pected  to  be  followed  by  a  cure  of  the  mental  disorder  as  well 
as  by  the  preservation  of  the  life  of  the  patient  from  the  prob¬ 
ably  fatal  consequences  of  hepatic  abscess. 

9th.  That  if  no  abscess  be  found,  the  patient  will,  at  least, 
be  no  worse  off  than  he  was  before.” 

Several  other  papers,  of  less  interest,  occur  in  this  volume, 
which  we  have  not  space  to  notice  here.  S.  S.  H. 


Transactions  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania , 
at  its  Thirtieth  Annual  Session ,  held  at  Chester ,  May ,  1879. 
Yol.  XII.  Part  II.,  8  vo.  Pp.  490.  Published  by  the 
Society. 

In  so  bulky  a  volume,  containing  such  a  number  of  articles 
on  various  subjects,  it  is  obviously  impracticable  to  give  a  crit¬ 
ical  notice  of  the  whole  contents.  Attention  will,  therefore,  be 
restricted  to  a  few  of  the  most  important  papers. 

The  address  of  the  President,  Dr.  Jas.  L.  Stewart,  consists  of 
a  brief  biographical  memoir  of  several  of  the  most  distin¬ 
guished  medical  men  of  Pennsylvania,  such  as  Samuel  Jack- 
son,  Wilmer  Worthington,  William  M.  Wallace  aud  Washing¬ 
ton  L.  Atlee. 

Dr.  Chas.  T.  Hunter  made  the  “  Address  in  Surgery,”  on 
the  Treatment  of  Wounds.  The  subject  of  ligatures  is  promi- 
10 


996 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


[April 

nently  presented,  and  decided  preference  given  to  the  carbolized 
catgut.  He  also  takes  occasion  to  commend  the  treatment  of 
divided  nerves  and  tendons  by  suture  of  the  pared  euds.  The 
immobilization  of  injured  parts  is  particularly  insisted  on,  as 
an  essential  to  rapid  union.  Free  ventilation  and  perfect  clean¬ 
liness  are  regarded  of  more  importance  than  the  “  antiseptic 
method”  of  Lister. 

Dr.  Win,  Goodell  contributes  an  interesting  paper  on  the 
Extirpation  of  the  Ovaries  for  some  of  the  Disorders  of  Men¬ 
strual  Life.  He  is  strongly  disposed  to  regard  the  operation 
as  legitimate,  though  he  would  first  give  trial  to  less  heroic 
proceedings.  He  adds  his  testimony  to  that  of  Battey,  Wells, 
Atlee  and  Peaslee,  that  the  removal  of  these  sexual  organs  is 
not  usually  followed  by  loss  of  feminine  traits  of  character — 
not  even  loss  of  sexual  desire — though  ovulation  necessarily 
ceases,  and  with  it  commonly  menstruation.  It  amounts,  in 
fact,  only  to  a  premature  supervention  of  the  menopause. 

In  an  instructive  paper  on  Juvenile  Insanity,  Dr.  Isaac  £T. 
Kerlin  shows  that  its  occurrence  is  more  common  than  has 
been  generally  supposed.  It  is  highly  probable  that  many 
cases  regarded  as  incorrigible  viciousness  in  young  children 
are  in  reality  the  outcropping  of  hereditary  mental  disease. 
Dr.  Kerlin’s  experience  shows  that  most  of  these  cases  are 
amenable  to  treatment  by  the  usual  methods  pursued  with 
older  subjects — that  is  to  say,  removal  from  home  and  manage¬ 
ment  in  a  suitable  asylum  ;  but  the  permanent  cure  of  such 
subjects  must  not  be  expected  in  the  great  majority  of  cases. 

The  Address  in  Medicine,  by  Dr.  Andrew  Fleming,  was 
upon  the  subject  of  Emotional  Fever.  This  term  he  uses  to 
include  those  cases  rather  vaguely  called  nervous  fever  by  many 
writers,  and  also  the  affection  known  as  nostalgia.  Emotional 
fever  has  no  discoverable  organic  lesion  and  no  definite  dura¬ 
tion,  though  it  sometimes  terminates  abruptly  by  a  crisis.  He 
does  not  attribute  it  to  any  miasmatic  influence,  though,  when 
induced  by  a  sudden  shock,  it  is  frequently  introduced  by  a 
rigor.  The  seat  of  the  malady  is  referred  to  the  ganglionic 
system  of  nerves,  and,  in  the  absence  of  any  anatomical 
changes  yet  discovered,  must  be  regarded  as  functional.  The 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


997 


1880] 

writer  claims  no  originality  of  thought  in  this  paper.  His  ob¬ 
ject  seems  to  be,  to  give  the  malady  some  distinctive  character 
by  which  it  may  be  recognized,  with  the  view  of  judicious  man¬ 
agement  by  suitable  hygiene  and  nutrition  rather  than  active 
treatment  of  therapeutic  agents. 

Dr.  Benjamin  Lee  offers  some  remarks  on  Horizontal  Exten¬ 
sion  for  the  purpose  of  applviug  the  Porous  Felt  Jacket  for 
Curvatures  of  the  Spine.  His  paper  is  illustrated  by  wood- 
cuts,  to  show  the  mode  of  applying  the  extension  and  also  the 
effects  gained  by  wearing  the  jackets. 

A  distinctive  feature  of  the  Pennsylvania  Medical  Society 
Reports  is  the  incorporation  of  synopses  of  reports  of  county 
societies.  In  some  instances  these  are  clinical  records ;  in 
others,  biographical  sketches  of  worthy  deceased  members. 
For  these  we  have  no  space.  S.  S.  H. 

The  Hypodermic  Injection  of  Morphia.  Its  Advantages  and 
Dangers.  By.  H.  H.  Kane,  M.  D.  New  York :  Chas.  L. 
Bermingham  &  Co.,  Medical  Publishers. 

Few  works  have  issued  from  the  press  of  more  absorbing  in¬ 
terest  thau  this  of  Dr.  Kane.  There  is  probably  no  physician 
who  at  some  time  has  not  resorted  to  the  use  of  the  hypoder¬ 
mic  syringe,  and  though  fortunately,  the  large  majority  have 
never  met  with  any  untoward  symptoms,  still  it  is  an  advan¬ 
tage  to  be  reminded  in  a  work  like  the  present,  that  disagree¬ 
able  results  are  possible.  We  agree  with  Dr.  Kane  in  his 
preference  for  glass  syringes,  for  however  perfect  the  metal 
ones  may  be,  still  the  packing  will  sometimes  dry  aud  it  is  of 
the  utmost  consequence  to  be  able  to  see  that  our  syringes  con¬ 
tain  the  full  quantity  necessary  to  be  injected.  Except  by 
some  few  makers,  too  little  attention  is  paid  to  the  manufac¬ 
ture  of  the  hypodermic  needle.  Nearly  all  are  too  large,  and 
all  of  European  make  are  simply  execrable.  It  should  not  be 
forgotten  that  freedom  from  pain  and  abscess  depends  much 
on  the  fineness  and  temper  of  the  needle.  Those  made  by 
Messrs.  Tiemann,  of  New  York,  and  called  by  them  Green’s 
Needles,  are  unexceptionable,  and  are  by  far  the  best  we  have 
seen. 

We  would  like  to  make  some  observations  on  the  graduation 


998 


Reviews  and  Boole  Notices. 


[April 


of  tlie  syringe.  Unfortunately  wirh  some  few  exceptions  this 
is  rarely  correct.  Possessing  a  large  number  of  hypodermic 
syringes,  we  one  day  tested  the  graduation  and  with  the  fol¬ 
lowing  results :  In  the  small  instrument  made  by  Gemrig,  of 
Philadelphia,  we  found  the  10  divisions  correspond  to  20 
minims,  In  his  large  ones,  the  line  making  25  minims,  only 
equalled  20.  In  four  of  Tieman’s,  which  we  will  call  A,  B,  C 
and  D,  in  A  the  10  line  equalled  10  minims,  but  the  20  line  only 
equalled  15  minims.  In  B,  the  25  line  only  contained  20  min¬ 
ims.  In  0,  the  ten  line  only  equalled  9  minims,  the  20  line 
only  17  minims,  the  15  line  was  correct.  In  D,  which  is  the 
instrument  called  Green’s  syringe,  all  the  graduations  were 
correct. 

In  three  syringes  made  by  Hawksley,  of  London,  and  in  two 
by  Arnold,  of  London,  all  the  graduations  were  correct.  We 
would  draw  special  attention  to  the  syringe  of  Leitner,  sold  by 
Otto  &  Sons,  of  New  York.  Unless  specially  informed  this 
may  lead  to  grave  errors  as  the  divisions  are  those  of  the 
gramme,  each  mark,  being  equal  to  nearly  two  minims.  We  be. 
lieve  we  know  of  one  death  resulting  from  the  belief,  that  each 
mark  represented  one  minim.  It  would  be  as  well  for  every 
practitioner  to  verify  his  own  syringe  before  using  it. 

With  regard  to  the  solution  for  injection,  we  would  draw  at¬ 
tention  to  the  formula  of  Dr.  Kane,  at  page  17,  in  which 
decomposition  is  prevented  by  using  a  solution  of  salicylic  acid, 
although  we  have  found  that  two  drops  of  chloroform  to  the 
ounce  will  keep  solutions  indefinitely.  We  have  solutious  of 
atropia  two  years  old,  still  perfectly  bright  and  free  from  fungi. 
We  do  not  agree  with  the  author  that  death  results  from  inter¬ 
ference  with  the  renal  secretion,  and  must  regard  his  experi¬ 
ments  on  the  lower  animals  as  not  conclusive.  In  cases  of 
recovery  from  extreme  narcotism  where  antidotes  have  been 
used,  recovery  occurs  long  before  the  renal  excretion  has  been 
established  We  think  too  much  stress  has  been  laid  upon 
puncturing  a  vein,  such  cases  must  be  very  rare.  We  have  used 
the  syringe  at  least  10,000  times,  and  have  never  met  with  such 
an  accident,  still  it  is  well  to  be  aware  such  may  occur,  and  to 
take  every  precaution. 


1880J 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


999 


With  regard  to  the  ligature,  the  use  of  which  is  strongly 
recommended  by  the  author,  it  is  only  in  cases  where  the  injec¬ 
tion  is  made  into  the  extremities  that  it  can  be  of  use $  when 
the  syringe  is  used  ou  the  trunk,  face  or  neck,  it  of  course, 
would  be  inadmissable. 

The  author  relates  several  cases  of  death  after  the  use  of  the 
hypodermic  syringe,  in  which  postmortem  examinations 
revealed  the  fact  that  the  fatal  event  was  due  to  an  entirely 
different  cause,  and  our  own  opinion  is  that  very  few  deaths 
are  absolutely  the  result  of  injections  of  morphine. 

We  agree  with  the  author  that  the  subcutaneous  application 
of  morphine  should  always  be  by  the  physician,  and  never  by 
the  patient  or  nurse.  By  taking  this  precaution  the  self-abuse 
of  the  instrument  will  be  prevented,  and  there  will  never  be 
any  difficulty  in  stopping  the  employment  of  the  morphia 
whenever  desired. 

We  cannot  too  highly  recommend  this  work  of  Dr.  Kane, 
and  think  it  supplies  a  much  needed  want  of  the  profession. 
Every  physician  who  uses  the  hypodermic  syringe  (and  who 
does  not  ?)  should  procure  it  and  read  it  carefully.  It  is  clearly 
and  handsomely  printed,  is  well  bound,  and  will  be  an  or¬ 
nament  to  any  library.  J.  L.  0. 


SMn  Diseases ,  including  their  Definition ,  Symptoms,  Diagnosis , 
Prognosis ,  Morbid  Anatomy  and  Treatment.  A  Manual  for 
Students  and  Practitioners.  By  Malcolm  Morris,  Lecturer 
on  Dermatology  at  St.  Mary’s  Medical  School,  etc.  Illus¬ 
trated.  Philadelphia  :  Henry  C.  Lea.  1880.  Kew  Or¬ 
leans  ;  Armand  Hawkins,  196 £  Canal  street.  Price,  $1  75. 

Mr.  Malcolm  Morris  is  one  of  the  English  representatives  of 
the  Vienna  school  of  Dermatologists,  which  couuts  among  its 
adherents  in  Great  Britain  such  men  as  McCall  Anderson, 
Hilton  Fagge  and  Warren  Tay,  the  two  latter  the  translators 
of  Hebra’s  classical  work  for  the  Sydenham  society. 

It  is  rarely  that  the  task  of  the  reviewer  is  so  pleasant  as  in 
the  case  of  the  work  whose  title  heads  this  notice.  The 
author’s  task  has  been  well  done  and  he  has  produced  a  book 
which  will  be  warmly  welcomed  by  students  of  medicine  as 
one  of  the  best  recent  works  upon  the  difficult  subject  of  which 


1000 


Boolcs  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


[April 


it  treats.  It  is  not  intended  to  convey  the  impression  that  it 
is  at  all  competent  to  take  the  place  of  the  thorough  treatises 
of  Duhring  and  Neumann.  These  will  still  be  necessities  to 
those  who  desire  to  study  more  fully  these  affections.  For 
students,  however,  there  is  no  work  published  which  gives  a 
better  view  of  the  elementary  facts  and  principles  of  dermatology. 

The  arrangement  of  the  matter  is  simple,  the  definitions  and 
descriptions  clear  and  accurate,  and  the  treatment  suggested 
judicious.  The  differential  diagnosis  between  affections  likely 
to  be  confounded  with  each  other  is  very  clearly  presented. 

The  classification  is  with  slight  modifications — that  of  Hebra, 
and  is  the  one  generally  followed  by  modern  dermatologists. 

With  the  exception  of  a  few  important  typographical  errors, 
the  publisher’s  work  is  well  done.  Ro. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


The  Hypodermic  Injection  of  Morphia.  Its  History ,  Advantages 
and  Dangers.  By  H.  H.  Kane,  M.  D.  New  York. 

The  Therapeutics  of  Gynecology  and  Obstetrics ,  comprising  the 
Medical  Dietetic  and  Hygienic  Treatment  of  Diseases  of  Women. 
By  William  B.  Atkinson,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 

Sanitary  Organization  of  Rations.  By  Henry  I.  Bowditch, 
M.  D.  Reprint  from  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

Posture  in  the  Treatment  of  Intestinal  Colic  and  Ilius  ;  with  a 
consideration  of  the  Pathology  of  “  Spasmodic  Colic.”  By  Frank 
H.  Hamilton,  M.  D. 

Boraic  Acid.  A  New  Remedy  in  Eye  Diseases.  By  Samuel 
Theobald,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  to  the  Baltimore  Charity  Eye  and 
Ear  Dispensary,  etc.  Reprint  from  the  Medical  Record,  Feb. 
7,  1880. 

Norris  on  the  Discovery  of  an  invisible  or  Third  Corpuscular 
Element  in  the  Blood.  By  Mrs.  Ernest  Hart.  From  the  London 
Medical  Record. 


1001 


1880J  Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 

Partial  Foncard  Dislocation  of  the  Head  of  the  Humerus  or 
Backward  Displacement  of  the  Tendon  of  the  Long  Head  of  the 
Biceps  Flexor  Cubiti — Replaced  After  the  Lapse  of  One  Month. 
By  David  Prince,  M.  D.,  of  Jacksonville,  Ills.  Reprint  from 
St.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

The  Fallacies  of  Popular  Clinical  Medicine.  By  Jarvis  S. 
Wright,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Surgery.  An  introductory  lecture 
delivered  at  the  Long  Island  College  Hospital,  Brooklyn,  N. 
Y.,  February  5,  1880. 

Second  Annual  Report  of  the  Health  Commissioner  of  Mil¬ 
waukee ,  January,  1880.  « 

Richmond  as  a  Manufacturing  and  Trading  Centre  ;  including 
a  Historical  Sketch  of  the  City.  By  R.  A.  Brock,  Esq.,  Corre¬ 
sponding  Secretary  Virginia  Historical  Society. 

A  System  of  Medicine.  By  J.  Russell  Reynolds,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S., 
Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians  of  London,  etc.,  etc. 
With  numerous  additions  and  illustrations.  By  Henry  Harts- 
horne,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Fellow  of  the  College  of  Physicians  of 
Philadelphia,  etc.,  etc. 

Clinical  Lectures  on  the  Diseases  of  Women ,  delivered  in  St. 
Bartholomew ’s  Hospital.  By  J.  Matthews  Duncan,  M.  D., 
LL.  D.,  F.  R.  S.  E. 

A  Manual  of  Pathological  Histology.  By  V.  Conil,  Assistant 
Professor  in  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  of  Paris  aud  L.  Ranvier, 
Professor  in  the  College  of  France.  Translated  with  Notes  and 
Additions.  By  E.  O.  Shakespear,  A.  M.,  M,  D.,  Lecturer  on 
Refraction  aud  Operative  Opthalmic  Surgery  in  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  etc.,  etc.,  aud  I.  Henry  C.  Simes,  M.  D.,  De¬ 
monstrator  of  Pathological  Histology  aud  Lecturer  on  Histol¬ 
ogy  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

A  Plea  for  Cold  Climates,  in  the  Treatment  of  Pulmonary 
Consumption.  Minnesota  as  a  Health  Resort.  By  Talbot  Jones, 
M.  D.,  of  St.  Paul,  Minn.  Reprint  from  the  New  York  Medi 
cal  Journal,  1879. 

Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  New  York  Orthopaedic  Dispensary 
and  Hospital. 


1002 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables , 


|  April 


Meteorological  Summary — February,  1880. 
Station— New  Orleans. 


Date. 

Daily  Mean 
Barometer 

Daily  Mean 
Temp’ture. 

Daily  Mean 
Humidity. 

Prevailing 

Direction 

ofWind. 

Daily 

Rain-fall. 

1 

30.09 

51.2 

73.0 

N.  E. 

.62 

2 

29.79 

50  5 

62.7 

West 

1.69 

3 

30.13 

50.7 

46.0 

N.  W. 

4 

30.26 

52.7 

50.7 

North 

5 

30.35 

48.7 

68.3 

N.  E. 

.43 

6 

3U.44 

50.5 

57  0 

N.  E. 

.02 

7 

30.47 

50.2 

48.7 

N.  E. 

8 

30.35 

56.2 

60.3 

East. 

.... 

9 

30.28 

58.2 

80.0 

N.  E. 

10 

30.26 

61.7 

79.0 

East. 

11 

30.11 

66.0 

84.0 

S.  E. 

03 

12 

29.87 

69.2 

86.7 

South 

.... 

13 

29.91 

60.2 

57.0 

S.  W. 

.16 

14 

30.11 

58. 5;  48. 7 

N.  W. 

15 

30.33 

56.7152.7 

North 

16 

30.33 

59.5'59.7 

East. 

17 

30.26 

65.0 

68.0 

S.  E. 

.... 

18 

30.21 

66.5 

84.7 

S.  E. 

1.15 

19 

30.38 

57.5 

71.3 

North 

.31 

20 

30.29 

56.7 

62.7 

East 

.03 

21 

30.10 

61.7 

80.7 

N.  E. 

.08 

22 

30.09 

60.5 

82.7 

North 

.... 

23 

30.11 

66.5 

77.3 

"West 

... 

24 

30.08 

65.7 

77.0 

S.  E. 

.... 

25 

30.01 

63.5 

78  3 

South 

26 

39.02 

70.7 

81.0 

S.  W. 

.6i 

27 

30.07 

70.5 

72.2 

South 

28 

30.06 

72.2 

73.7 

S.  W. 

29 

30.09 

68.0 

78.0 

N.  W. 

.09 

Suui8 

Means 

30.168 

60.4 

69.1 

N.  E. 

4.62 

General  Items. 


Highest  Barometer,  30.547,  on  7th. 

Lowest  Barometer,  29.600,  on  2d. 

Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  .947 

Highest  Temperature,  77°  on  27,  28. 

Lowest  Temperature,  43°  on  2,  3,  4,  6. 

Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  34°. 

Greatest  Daily  Range  of  Temperature, 
19°  on  10th. 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  8°  on  12, 
19. 

Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures  ,65.9° 

Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  53.7° 

Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  12.2°. 

Prevailing  Direction  of  Wind,  N.  E. 

Total  Movement  of  Wind,  5,499  miles. 

Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc¬ 
tion,  32  miles,  West  on  2d. 

Number  of  Clear  Days,  3. 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  11. 

Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 
Rain  fell,  8. 

Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 
Rain  fell,  7.  Total  number  of  days 
on  which  rain  fell,  12. 

Dates  of  Luna  Halos,  19,  23,  27th. 

COMPARATIVE  TEMPERATURE. 


1871 .  i 

1876 . . . 

58.9C 

1872 .  | 

1877... 

55.9° 

1873  . 60.5° 

1  1878... 

55.5° 

1874 . 59.1°  1 

|  1879... 

55.8° 

1875  .  55.9°  | 

1880... 

60.4° 

comparative 

PRECIPITATION 

1871 . inches. 

1 1876: 

8.20 

inches 

1872 .  “ 

1  1877: 

0.98 

1873..  193  “ 

j  1878; 

3.50 

it 

1874..  3.68  “ 

1  1879; 

2.13 

it 

1875.13.85  “  |  18801  4.62 _ 

GEORGE  H.  ROHfi, 

Sergeant,  Signal  Corps,  U.  S.  A. 


Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  February  loth,  1880,  to 
March  21st,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump¬ 

tion* 

Small¬ 

pox 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

February 

22 

0 

6 

16 

0 

9 

88 

February 

29 

0 

4 

14 

0 

12 

li  9 

March 

7 

0 

1 

14 

0 

8 

82 

March 

14 

0 

2 

8 

0 

9 

78 

March 

21 

0 

19 

10 

85 

Total. 

... 

0 

13 

70 

0 

48 

442 

NEW  ORLEANS 


Medical  jlnd 


SopcjiL  Journal. 


MAY,  1  88  0. 


PAGINAL  poyViyVIUNICATIONS, 


Interpretations  of  the  Structure  and  Function  of  the 

Kidney. 

By  ANDREW  W.  SMYTH,  M.  D. 

The  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  mammal  kidney  bare 
remained,  to  this  day,  as  much  matters  of  inference  as  of 
observation.  There  are  some  points  on  which  our  knowledge 
is  complete,  but  the  undoubtedly  erroneous  theories  of  the 
structure  and  uses  of  the  malpighian  bodies,  have  obstructed 
human  thought  and  progress  by  false  notions  of  the  mechanism 
of  secretion. 

To  authors  and  students  of  surgery  the  name  of  Dr.  Andrew 
W.  Smyth  has  for  some  years  been  familiar,  especially  for  his 
great  case  of  ligature  of  the  innominate,  carotid  and  vertebral 
arteries.  His  lucid  remarks  on  the  collateral  circulation  in 
aneurism,  published  in  1876,  proved  him  to  be  as  earnest  a 
physiologist,  as  he  was  skilful  a  surgeon. 

For  many  years  past  he  has  persistently  objected  to  the 
description  by  Bowman,  of  the  relation  between  the  malpig¬ 
hian  bodies  and  the  tubuli  uriniferi.  With  special  mechaircal 
aptitude,  Dr.  Smyth  has  devoted  much  attention  to  the  micro¬ 
scope,  and  he  has  been  subjected  even  to  supercilious  criticism 


1004 


Original  Com  mtmicatiom. 


[May 


for  having  had  one  constructed  of  silver,  oroid,  aluminium,  and 
in  part  even  of  gold,  that  he  might  possess  a  perfect,  smoothly 
working  instrument  in  the  New  Orleans  atmosphere  which  so 
promptly  tarnishes  other  metals. 

Having  failed,  at  all  times,  to  trace  a  connection  between 
the  capsule  of  the  malpighian  body  and  the  interior  of  a  urini- 
ferous  tube  ;  having  likewise  observed  that  the  hyaline  mem¬ 
brane,  enclosing  each  glomerule,  was  unprovided  with  epithe¬ 
lium,  essential  to  every  secreting  structure,  Dr.  Smyth  per¬ 
ceived  that  so  delicate  a  sack  would  rupture,  and  the  plexus 
be  destroyed,  if  subjected  to  hydrostatic  pressure,  either  during 
secretion  or  from  accidental  regurgitation. 

The  only  conditions  under  which  the  transudation  of  water, 
and  its  collection  for  onward  flow  as  universally  admitted, 
could  have  existed,  would  have  been  some  mechanism  for 
filtration  from  the  vessels  a  contractile  reservoir,  and  a  valvular 
opening  into  the  uriniferous  tube.  The  soundness  of  this  view 
will  appear  as  we  proceed. 

The  kidneys,  lodged  in  the  lumbar  region,  receive  a  direct 
and  abuudant  flow  of  blood  from  the  aorta,  and  are  more  than 
any  other  glands  under  the  direct  influence  of  cardiac  energy. 

They  have  smoothly  rounded  contours,  and,  when  their 
inelastic  capsules  are  pierced,  the  parenchyma  is  found  granu¬ 
lar,  compact  and  solid,  normally  incapable  of  expansion  and 
contraction,  except  as  a  whole. 

At  the  hilum  of  the  kidney  we  trace  the  ureter  into  the  pel¬ 
vis,  into  which  project  the  conical  ends  of  the  pyramids  of 
Malpighi.  From  the  infundibula,  in  the  conical  apices,  the 
straight  uriniferous  tubes  radiate  outward  ;  they  subdivide,  so 
that  their  area,  with  their  epithelial  contents,  iucrease  and 
expand,  into  the  pyramidal  base  of  the  convoluted  tubes, 
towards  the  outer  surface  of  the  kidney.  The  tubes  are 
individually  larger  at  their  orifices  than  at  the  pyramidal 
basis. 

The  form  and  structure  of  each  malpighian  pyramid  indicate 
a  necessary  and  independent  purpose  in  the  mechanism  of 
secretion.  For  it  is  evident  that  a  moderate  constriction, 
throughout  the  substance  of  the  broad  base,  will  cause  a  rapid 


1880]  Smyth — Structure  and  Function  of  the  Kidney.  1005 

and  certain  flow  through  the  straight  tubes  and  their  outlets 
in  the  infundibula. 

*  The  ample,  short  and  stout,  renal  arteries,  subdivide  into 
straight  and  important  branches,  which  go  directly  towards 
the  cortical  portion  of  each  pyramid,  and  here  give  off  terminal 
branches,  right  and  left,  which  constitute  the  afferent  vessels 
of  each  malpighian  body  or  glomerule. 

The  artery  of  each  glomerule  splits  up  into  coiled  loops  and 
branches,  which  are  traced  inward  towards  the  center  and  join 
together  to  form  an  efferent  vessel.  This,  on  emerging  from 
the  hilum  of  each  malpighian  body,  subdivides  into  the  abun¬ 
dant  vascular  net-work  supplying  the  convoluted  uriniferous 
tubes. 

Having  carefully  examined  the  relations  of  these  vessels  to 
surrounding  structures,  Dr.  Smyth  perceived  that  the  capsule, 
wrongly  supposed  to  be  the  origin  of  each  uriniferous  tube,  had 
no  intimate  structural  relation  with  the  ample  vessels  of  the 
glomerule.  It  simply  sheathed  them.  It  was  in  fact  a  peri- 
plexus,  and  by  this  name  Dr.  Smyth  proposes  it  shall  be 
known.  Around  this  periplexus,  are  the  convoluted  tubes, 
with  that  abundant  spheroidal  and  polyhedral  epithelium  sup¬ 
plied  by  blood  from  the  capillary  net- work  into  which  the 
efferent  malpighian  vessels  are  divided. 

A  feature  brought  out  by  many  injected  specimens  is  the 
apparently  constricted  aspect  of  the  efferent  vessel,  compressed 
by  the  more  readily  injected  afferent  vessel  and  its  external 
coils.  This  is  important,  according  to  Dr.  Smyth,  in  explain¬ 
ing  how  the  forces  which  come  into  play  govern  the  action  of 
the  gland  as  hereafter  to  be  explained. 

In  fresh  sections  of  the  cortical  structure,  it  frequently  hap¬ 
pens  that  a  glomerule  drops  out  of  its  periplexus,  and  this  is 
seen  of  extreme  tenuity,  constituting  the  boundary  of  a  per¬ 
fectly  empty  sac.  There  is  no  epithelial  lining,  and  the  glome¬ 
rule  when  visible  fills  the  cavity  entirely,  or  partially,  accord¬ 
ing  to  its  state  of  distention.  This  distention  is  kept  within 
bounds  by  the  manner  in  which  the  individual  loops  sustain 
each  other,  and  are,  en  masse ,  when  unduly  filled,  supported  by 
the  periplexus. 


1006 


Original  Communications. 


[May 


On  the  3d  of  June,  1879,  Dr.  Smyth  had  occasion  to  extir¬ 
pate  a  floating  kidney  from  a  woman.  For  eight  years  a  pain 
in  the  right  side  had  rendered  life  unendurable,  and  had 
actually  impaired  the  mind.  Dr.  Greensville  Dowell,  of  Gal¬ 
veston,  Texas,  brought  her  to  Dr.  Smyth  in  the  preceding 
month  of  April,  with  request  that  he  should  attempt  the  re¬ 
moval  of  what  Dr.  Dowell  believed,  at  the  time,  was  the  fans 
et  origo  inali  —the  floating  kidney.  An  incision  in  the  right 
side  of  the  lumbar  region,  and  forcing  the  organ  into  its  place 
by  pressure  upon  the  abdomen,  enabled  Dr.  Smyth  to  grasp  it. 
He  had  anticipated  the  impression  which  its  strong  pulsation 
produced  on  his  mind,  and  he  asked  Dr.  0.  B.  White,  one  of 
the  attending  physicians,  to  notice  this  pulsation.  Dr.  Smyth 
observed  that  as  the  organ  filled,  under  the  direct  action  of  the 
heart,  confined  as  it  was  in  an  inextensile  capsule,  a  pressure 
inward  in  all  directions,  from  the  base  to  the  apex  of  every 
malpighiau  pyramid — from  the  outer  surface  of  the  cortical 
structure,  to  the  center  of  the  renal  pelvis — was  inevitable. 

This  general  behavior  of  the  kidney  had  been  his  interpreta¬ 
tion  of  the  purpose  of  each  malpighiau  body.  This,  under  the 
direct  pulsating  influence  of  the  heart,  distends  in  all  directions. 
The  cortical  structure  is  studded  in  regular  and  nearly  equi¬ 
distant  parallel  rows  with  these  spherical  objects,  capable  of 
equal  distension  in  all  directions.  Every  heart-beat  is  attended 
by  turgesceuce  of  the  glomerule.  The  loops  from  their  posi¬ 
tion  and  form  must  swell  outward  and  inward  in  all  directions, 
and,  constricting  the  efferent  vessel,  momentarily  impede  the 
blood’s  exit.  At  each  cardiac  diastole,  the  arterial  column 
sustaining  the  blood  in  its  channel,  the  malpighian  loops  recoil 
and  fill  the  current  in  the  secreting  vascular  rete.  And  this  is 
Dr.  Smyth’s  view  of  the  special  function  of  the  malpighian 
bodies.  Their  alternate  turgesceuce  constituting  a  “  rhythmic 
vascular  impulse,”  a  uniform,  safe  and  sufficient  expelling  pres¬ 
sure  is  maintained  on  the  coiled  tubes,  and  indeed  on  the  whole 
excreting  structure  of  the  kidney. 

Those  acquainted  with  the  laws  which  govern  the  flow  of 
liquids,  can  readily  understand,  that  the  power  required  to 
maintain  a  circulation,  beyond  the  coils  of  the  glomerule,  would 


1880]  Smyth — Structure  and  Function  of  the  Kidney .  1007 

be  destroyed,  if  a  mere  physical  transudation  could  occur 
through  the  loops,  so  well-disposed  to  briug  the  very  active 
pulsation  to  bear  on  the  maintenance  of  a  circulation.  A  flow 
outward  from  the  vessel  would  constitute  a  leak  in  the  tube. 
If  filtration,  as  it  is  termed,  had  to  take  place,  the  blood  ves¬ 
sels  would  have  been  so  disposed,  as,  when  filled,  not  to  press 
on  one  another,  or  against  a  periplexus— vessel  to  vessel,  and 
vessels  to  capsule — in  a  manner  which  can  only  serve  to  keep 
the  fluid  in  its  regular  current.  The  incompressibility  of  water 
is  often  forgotten,  and  it  is  evident,  that  if  at  each  pulsation  a 
flow  had  to  occur,  there  would  be  provision  for  a  relief  of  pres¬ 
sure  and  not  for  its  increase  at  the  moment  of  outlet.  That  in¬ 
crease  inevitably  occurs  j  and  if  space  and  structure  had  been 
provided  for  the  free  and  abundant  aqueous  filtration,  is  it  not 
evident  that  the  uriniferous  tubes,  having — for  argument’s 
sake — an  opening  iuto  each  periplexus,  would  be  subjected  to  a 
strong  and  intermitting  spurt  of  water,  driving  before  it  the 
epithelium  and  tending  to  expose  the  delicate  tube  to  the  de¬ 
structive  action  of  the  urine  f 

When  the  general  expansion  of  the  malpighian  bodies  has 
driven  on  the  urine,  the  efferent  vessel  being  then  relieved  of 
uudue  pressure,  the  blood  vessels  of  the  secreting  rete,  which 
have  also  been  subjected  to  systolic  pressure,  are  left  free  to 
carry  on  the  blood  flow. 

The  unmistakable  constriction  of  the  efferent  vessel,  on  the 
filling  of  each  glomerule,  causes  an  alternation  between  clear¬ 
ance  of  the  tubuli  and  the  flow  of  blood  in  the  secretiug  vascular 
rete. 

The  glomerules  are  filled  during  the  heart’s  systole ;  the  se¬ 
creting  rete  is  turgid  during  the  heart’s  diastole. 

A  physiological  poiut  to  which  Dr.  Smyth  directs  attention, 
is  that  the  commonly  received  opinion  of  a  portal  circulation 
in  the  human  kiduey  is  not  justified  by  the  facts.  There  is  an 
identity,  in  so  far  as  a  branching  of  a  vein  is  concerned,  if  the 
efferent  vessel  can  be  regarded  as  a  vein ;  but,  in  truth,  no 
change,  or  only  that  due  to  the  slight  nutrition  of  the  plexus 
itself,  occurs  in  the  blood  as  it  passes  through  the  glomerule. 

It  is  evident  that  in  a  solid  glandular  organ,  confined  within 


1008  Original  Communications .  [May 

a  non-extensile  covering,  a  fancied  filtration  into  the  secret¬ 
ing  tubes,  and  their  consequent  distention  by  systolic  pressure, 
would  oppose  and  obstruct  the  circulation  iu  the  adjacent  blood 
vessels  There  cannot  be  filtration  by  pressure.*  On  the  con¬ 
trary  the  compression  and  emptying  of  the  tubuli  with  the 
systole  of  the  heart,  must  proportionally  increase  the  circula¬ 
tion  of  blood  through  the  organ.  This  is  precisely  the  effect 
produced  by  the  action  of  the  malpighian  bodies.  The  secret¬ 
ing  and  vascular  structures  are  not  distended  simultaneously, 
but  alternately.  The  expansion  of  the  tubuli,  during  the 
heart’s  diastole,  assists  the  draining  into  the  tubuli  from  the 
secreting  vascular  rete. 

We  have  reason  to  believe  that  a  low  tension  of  blood  in 
glandular  organs  facilitates  secretion.  The  largest  secreting 
glandular  organ  in  the  body  is  situated  at  the  point  of  low¬ 
est  blood  tension  in  the  circulation.  Pressure  must  antago¬ 
nize  cell  accretion  so  that  relief  from  pressure  during  secre¬ 
tion  is  important.!  It  can  readily  be  perceived  how  ad¬ 
mirably  these  conditions  are  fulfilled  in  the  circulation  of  the 
kidney.  The  distention  of  the  glomerule  with  constriction  of 
the  efferent  arteries  causes  an  onward  movement  to  the  hilum 
of  the  contents  of  the  whole  secreting  structure.  These  glorn- 
erules  are  practically  reservoirs  in  a  state  of  fullness  ready  to 
supply  instantly  a  large  volume  of  blood  at  minimum  tension 
to  the  secreting  rete.  The  quick,  sharp  expulsion,  and  the 
longer  intervals  of  quiescence,  with  the  incident  variations  of 

*  Filtration  from  the  glomerule  into  the  malpighian  capsule  would 
be,  mechanically  identical  with  filtration  from  the  heart  into  its  pericar¬ 
dium,  utterly  impossible, — whether  the  capsule  does  or  does  not  com¬ 
municate  with  the  tubuli. 

fin  cases  of  obstructed  uterer  from  impacted  calculus,  pressure, 
arresting  the  flow  of  excreted  urine,  arrests  secretion  itself.  This  pres¬ 
sure  in  the  excreting  tubuli,  neeessarily  equal  to  the  force  exerted  to 
expel  the  calculus  to  the  bladder,  would  if  the  tubuli  communicated 
with  the  malpighian  capsules,  so  distended  them  as  to  destroy  the  struc¬ 
tural  integrity  of  the  organ.  The  laws  of  hydrostatics  demonstrate  this 
to  be  inevitable.  The  expelling  force  is  the  systolic  action  of  the  heart,  in¬ 
creased  by  the  special  action  of  the  malpighian  bodies.  This  is  shown 
by  the  continuation  of  the  circulation  of  blood  through  the  organ  during 
the  time  of  this  critical  pressure,  which,  in  many  instances,  continues 
several  days. 


1009 


1880]  Smyth — Structure  and  Function  of  the  Kidney. 

tension,  constitute  the  best  conditions  for  functional  renal 
activity. 

In  accordance  with  the  views  herein  expressed  and  in  proof 
of  the  use  and  function  of  the  malpighiau  bodies,  a  highly  satis¬ 
factory  explanation  cau  be  given  of  the  way  in  which  the 
functional  activity  of  the  gland  is  adjusted  to  the  varying 
necessities  and  exigencies  of  the  general  system. 

When,  synchronously  with  the  systole  of  the  heart,  the  cur¬ 
rent  of  blood  commences  to  flow,  it  goes  directly  forward 
through  the  gland.  The  condition  of  the  gland  at  this  instant 
is  favorable  to  such  a  flow.  As  soon  as  the  current  has  ac¬ 
quired  a  certain  degree  of  velocity,  a  rhythmical  constriction, 
more  or  less  complete  of  the  efferent  artery  takes  place.  The 
sudden  interruption  of  the  onward  current  by  this  constriction, 
forcibly  distends  the  glomerule — increasing  the  glandular 
action.*  None  who  are  familiar  with  hydraulics  will  have  any 
difficulty  in  understanding  the  mechanical  effect  produced  in 
this  way. 

The  rhythmical  constriction  of  the  efferent  artery,  following 
the  systole  of  the  heart,  it  will  be  seen  governs  the  action  of 
the  gland  in  the  most  varied  and  effectual  manner.  It  regu¬ 
lates  the  circulation  for  the  double  purpose  of  secretion  and 

*  The  functional  activity  of  the  kidney  increases  with  the  circulation 
of  the  blood,  and  with  the  diminution  of  tension  during  the  diastolic 
period.  This  result  is  aided  by  the  hydraulic-ram  action  of  the  mal- 
pighian  bodies,  which  more  forcibly  compresses  the  structures  contained 
within  a  non-extensile  covering.  It  is  impossible  to  conceive  of  an 
increased  circulation  of  blood  without  a  corresponding  increase  of  systolic 
pressure  ;  so  that  the  functional  action  varies  with  the  alternations  of  ten¬ 
sion  in  the  gland  during  systolic  and  diastolic  periods.  The  systolic  ten¬ 
sion  caused  by  distending  arteries,  increased  as  it  is  by  the  consequent 
sudden  interruption  of  the  circulation,  and  so  arranged  as  to  compress 
and  force  onwards  the  blood  in  capillaries  and  veins  as  well  as  the  con¬ 
tents  of  the  secreting  tubes,  is  the  most  effectual  action  possible  for  sub¬ 
sequent  diminution  of  tension  during  the  diastolic  period.  The  tension 
during  the  diastolic  period  must  diminish  with  increase  of  the  systolic 
tension. 

We  find  in  organs  of  quickly  varying  functional  activity,  such  as  the 
brain  and  the  kidney,  constricting  arterial  plexuses  which,  operating  in 
conjunction  with  the  heart’s  systole,  instantly  increase  the  circulation 
of  the  blood,  and  consequently  the  functional  action  by  intensifying  the 
systolic  pressure. 


1010  Original  Communications.  [May 

expulsion :  the  obstructed  blood  is  furnished  to  the  secreting 
rete,  at  a  low  tension,  and  its  mechanical  energy  is  utilized  in 
facilitating  secretion,  and  expelling  the  excrement  from  the 
gland. 

Thus  we  have  an  admirable  combination  of  forces  and 
influences,  operating  to  ensure  the  adjusted  and  continued 
action  of  the  glaml.  Energy  is  applied  in  the  most  effective 
manner,  to  forcibly  and  quickly  expel  the  secreted  fluid.  Its 
retention  would  arrest  the  glandular  action.  Secretion  could 
not  go  on  without  expulsion. 

So  manifest  and  effective  a  function  is  incompatible  with  the 
still  credited  discharge  of  the  greater  part,  namely,  the  abun¬ 
dant  water  of  the  urine,  by  the  glomerule. 

In  considering  the  agencies  effecting  the  blood’s  circulation, 
we  must  recognize  the  existence  of  rhythmical  variations  of 
tension  in  many  favorably  located,  free  and  independent,  yet 
synchronously  acting  plexiform,.  vascular  loops  ;  and  as  a 
result  of  this,  the  alternating  compression  and  relaxation  of 
confined  organs  incapable  of  expansion  beyond  the  limits  of 
inextensile  coverings.  That  the  distension  of  the  arterial  system 
acts  as  an  essential  auxiliary  in  carrying  on  the  circulation 
of  blood  is  evident.*  It  rhythmically  compresses  capillaries, 
veins  and  in  fact  all  adjacent  structures  within  their  res¬ 
pective  enclosures— sacs,  sheaths,  or  similar  membranes. 
And  this  pressure,  regulated  by  constriction,  must  neces¬ 
sarily  be  followed  everywhere  bj7  correlative  relaxatiou.t 

*It  is  the  pressure  from  this  distension  that  causes  absorption  of 
solidified  aneurisms  and  inactive  arterial  trunks,  after  ligation. 

tA  continuous,  uniform  pressure  of  blood  cannot  exist  in  the  arter¬ 
ial  system  ;  for  no  organized  animal  structure  is  capable  of  withstanding 
for  any  length  of  time,  without  remissions,  the  mean  arterial  blood  pres¬ 
sure.  Aneurisms  of  considerable  size  represent  nearly  the  mean  tension 
of  blood  in  the  arterial  system,  which  ol  course  is  considerably  less  than 
the  systolic  pressure,  and  we  know  that  all  structures,  including  cartilage 
and  bone,  disappear, — are  absorbed  or  destroyed — even  by  this  tension 
continuously  applied.  Neither  nutrition  nor  secretion  can  go  on  against 
such  a  pressure.  We  are  therefore  warranted  in  believing  that  all 
organs  having  a  direct  arterial  communication,  and  enclosed  within  an 
inextensile  fibrous  sac,  must  have  their  functional  action  arrested  by 
pressure  during  the  period  of  the  heart’s  systole.  A  knowledge  of  phy- 


1880]  Smyth — Structure  and  Function  of  the  Kidney.  1011 

Dr.  Smyth  many  years  since  directed  attention  to  the  fact 
that  the  structural  circulation  of  the  heart  occurred  during  this 
organ’s  diastole.* *  The  cardiac  arteries  fill  when  the  contrac¬ 
tions  cease,  and  the  analogy  in  the  circulation  of  the  renal 
secreting  rete  beyond  the  glomerule  is  obvious.  The  impor¬ 
tance  of  this  in  the  circulation  is  evident,  when  we  consider 
that  the  heart’s  diastole  occupies  more  time  than  the  systole, 
in  the  proportion,  according  to  Valentin,  of  three-fifths  to 
two-fifths.  It  was  found  by  Donders  in  a  large  number  of 
observations,  that  whilst  the  duration  of  a  complete  cardiac 
revolution  varied  between  0.640  and  0.806,  the  duration  of  a 
ventricular  systole  fluctuated  within  very  narrow  limits, 
namely,  between  0.301  and  0.327.1 

The  special  exercise  of  energy  in  the  propulsion  of  blood,  by 
the  blood  vessels  themselves,  has  long  since  been  regarded  as 
non-existent.  The  heart  is  the  engine  ;  and  the  modifying  or 
regulating  influences  at  a  distance  from  the  heart,  have  been 
defined  without  reference  to  any  such  special  action,  as  Dr. 
Smyth  has  so  happily  discovered.  Mr.  Bowman  was  literally 
correct];  when  he  described  tho  circulation  in  the  malpighian 
body  itself.  He  said  :  “  A  large  artery  breaks  up  in  a  very 
direct  manner,  into  a  number  of  minute  branches,  each  of  which 
suddenly  opens  into  an  assemblage  of  vessels,  of  far  greater 
aggregate  capacity  than  itself,  and  from  which  there  is  but  one 
narrow  exit.  Hence  must  arise  a  very  abrupt  retardation  in 
the  velocity  of  the  current  of  the  blood.  The  vessels,  in  which 
this  delay  occurs,  are  uncovered  by  any  structure ;  they  lie 
bare  in  a  cell.” 

sics  enables  us  to  readily  understand  that  an  interrupted  or  intermittent 
action  of  the  brain  may,  practically,  be  of  continuous  effect.  The 
periods  of  diastolic  laxity  are  periods  of  functional  action.  In  fact,-  it 
may  be  said  that  the  sum  of  these  periods  constitutes  the  actual  time  of 
animal  existence. 

*Southern  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences,  New  Orleans,  La.,  Febru¬ 
ary,  1867. 

tHermann’s  Physiology,  translated  and  edited  by  Dr.  Arthur 
Gamgee,  F.  R.  S.,  London,  1878. 

JPhil.  Transactions,  1842. 


1012 


Original  Communications. 


[Maj 


Bowman  simply  erred  in  his  interpretation  of  the  use  of  this 
arrangement;  for  he  thought  u  it  would  indeed  be  difficult  to 
conceive  a  disposition  of  parts  more  calculated  to  favor  the 
escape  of  water  from  the  blood  than  that  of  the  malpighian 
body.”  Dr.  Smyth  has  shown,  that  which  is  self-evident  when 
perceived,  namely,  that  a  simply  retarded  flow  in  a  tightly 
packed  structure,  canhot  favor  transudation,  but  does  favor  ex¬ 
pulsion  and  the  blood’s  vis-a-tergo.  The  fact  that  the  malpighian 
bodies  of  the  parrot  and  the  boa  are  so  minute,  and  that  in 
these  animals  the  urine  is  almost  solid,  was  regarded  by  Bow¬ 
man  as  proof  of  the  v  atery  filtration  from  the  glomerule.  But 
on  the  other  hand  in  these  animals  the  urine  is  scanty,  the 
uriuiferous  tubes  are  small,  and  the  mechanical  work  of  dis¬ 
charge  lessened. 

In  those  animals  in  which  the  malpighian  bodies  open  into 
the  uriuiferous  tubes,  the  expulsive  functioli  of  the  plexuses 
still  comes  into  play  ;  but  nature  provides  a  ciliated  epithelium 
and  the  structure  of  the  kidney  is  open  and  even  loose.  In 
the  mammalian  kidney  a  ciliated  epithelium  could  not  work, 
and  the  tubes  are  filled  with  au  abundant  spheroidal  secreting 
lining.  .No  ciliated  epithelium  crammed  in  the  contorted 
passages,  could  effect  expulsion  like  the  “  pulsating  propellers  ” 
acting  by  lateral  expansion  in  all  directions,  all  working  iu 
strict  harmony,  and  with  admirably  distributed  force. 

The  facts  that  in  the  evolution  of  the  kidney  in  the  inverte- 
brata,  the  malpighian  capsule  is  not  necessarily  a  terminal 
dilation  of  the  uriuiferous  tubes,  and  that  in  some  the  blind 
end  containing  the  glomerule,  as  iu  bdellostoma,  is  actually 
constricted  off,  lend  great  support  to  Dr.  Smyth’s  observations. 
That  the  plexus  may  operate  in  the  renal  circulation  in  the 
same  way,  whether  the  periplexus  be  perforate  or  imperforate, 
is  quite  clear,  and  it  is  also  certain  that  secreting  vessels  iu  all 
glands  are  disposed  in  the  stroma  and  secretiug  membranous 
walls  and  not  in  the  form  of  plexuses  of  the  nature  of  a 
glomerule. 

Whatever  accident  may  have  led  to  an  apparent  connection 
between  the  delicate  fibrous  sheath  enclosing  the  coiled  vessels, 
and  the  secreting  structure  with  its  manifest  and  indispensable 


1880]  Smyth — Structure  and  Function  of  the  Kidney .  1018 

epithelium,  it  is  evident  from  Dr.  Smyth’s  prolonged  investiga¬ 
tions,  that  the  condition  could  not  be  normal.  Messrs.  Todd 
and  Bowman  thought  they  proved  the  continuity  in  several  ways 
and  especiallv  by  specimens  which  had  been  carefully  injected 
from  the  artery.  In  these,  not  un frequently,  the  colored  mate¬ 
rial  escapes  and  extra  vasatbs  from  the  vessels  of  the  tuft  into 
the  cavity  of  the  capsule  and  thence  into  the  tube.  But  such 
post-mortem  infiltration  is  unverified  or  not  paralleled  by  the 
most  extensive  research  in  examining  normal  structures.  As 
Dr.  Lionel  S.  Beale  with  his  usual  caution  and  clearness  has 
said,  “  In  the  commou  newt  or  eft  (triton  or  lisso-triton)  we 
have,  so  to  say,  a  natural  dissection  of  the*  elements  of  the 
gland  structure,  and  we  may  demonstrate  an  arrangement,  the 
existence  of  which  we  can  only  infer ,  by  an  examination  of 
thin  sections  of  the  compact  kidney  of  mammalia.” 

Not  only  does  the  presence  of  the  malpighian  bodies  in 
animals  secreting  solid  urine,  refute  the  idea  of  a  watery  filtra¬ 
tion  by  them,  but  so  also  do  Dr.  Smyth’s  observations  on  the 
absence  of  that  essential  element  in  a  secreting  structure, 
epithelium,  as  first  shown  by  Mr.  Bowman.  Dr.  Beale  also  has 
said,  u  The  appearance  of  epithelium  upon  the  surface  of  the 
vessel  is  caused  by  the  loops  of  capillaries  being  shrunken  and 
collapsed.  When  distended  with  transparent  injection,  no 
such  appearance  is  observable  ;  but  here  and  there  a  few  small 
granular  cells  are  observed.  Masses  of  germinal  matter  or 
nuclei  are  connected  with  the  walls  of  these  vessels,  as  well  as 
those  in  other  tissues.” 

The  secretion  of  urine  is  constant  and  incessant.  Its  expul¬ 
sion  must  be  equally  continuous.  Stagnation  of  this  excretion 
would  imply  disintegration  of  tissue ;  and  for  this  reason,  each 
malpighian  body,  and  the  entire  kidney,  act  alike  in  forcing 
on  whatever  has  to  flow.  The  velocity  of  the  discharge  in¬ 
creases  from  the  time  the  urine  begins  to  accumulate  in  the 
convoluted  tube,  to  its  passage  to  the  straight  tubes,  which, 
enlarging  in  individual  diameter  actually  contract  and  activate 
the  flow,  by  a  reduction  of  area  in  their  coalescence.  Tardy  at 
first,  the  ejection  into  the  calices  must  be  rapid  and  forcible  at 
every  heart  beat.  Arrest  is  impossible  in  so  peculiar  a  gland. 


1014  Original  Communications.  [May 

The  flow  is  as  incessant  and  involuntary  as  the  cardiac  action 
until  muscular  passages  and  a  muscular  bladder  are  reached. 

The  wide  bearing  of  the  law  now  promulgated  that  the  me¬ 
chanism  of  secretion  is  intimately  related  to  and  partly  de¬ 
pendent  on  the  direct  percussing  energy  of  the  heart,  is  another 
happy  illustration  of  the  complex  phenomena  resulting  from 
simple  mechanical  arrangements.  Once  this  aid  or  stimulus  to 
secretion  in  the  kidney  suggested  itself,  the  analogy  with' the 
mechanical  excitants  of  the  salivary  and  mammary  glands  be¬ 
came  obvious. 

Briefly,  the  facts  tending  to  disprove  the  correctness  of  the 
theory  generally  entertained  of  renal  secretion  in  the  mamma¬ 
lian  kidney,  may  be  stated  as  follows  : — 

1.  It  is  founded  on  the  assumed  existence  of  a  permanently 
open  communication  between  the  renal  tubes  and  the  capsule 
of  the  malpigkian  bodies.  This  communic  ition  is  not  stated  to 
have  ever  been  seen  by  Beale,  while  its  existence  has  been 
positively  denied  by  Huschke,  Reichert,  Gerlach,  Bidder,  and 
others.  If  it  existed,  there  is  no  reason  why  it  should  not  as 
readily  be  demonstrable,  and  as  often  have  been  seen,  as  the 
vascular  communications. 

2.  It  is  based  on  the  belief  that  water  can  be  separated  from 
the  blood  by  filtration  through  blood-vessels  without  the  action 
of  glands  and  without  even  the  presence  of  glandular  struc¬ 
ture  5  and  that  the  filtration  takes  place  against  an  external 
pressure  at  least  equal  to  if  not  greater  than  that  within  the  blood¬ 
vessel  ;  thus  suggesting  an  exception  to  the  rule  of  secretion 
into  tubes  in  the  direction  of  least  resistance. 

3.  It  requires  the  capsule  of  the  malpighian  body,  an  unpro¬ 
tected  hyaline  membrane,  to  act  as  a  reservoir  connected  with 
tubes  excreting  a  fluid  capable  of  rapidly  destroying  its  struc¬ 
ture,  as  well  as  that  of  the  glomerule  contained  within  it. 

4.  In  works  on  the  subject  the  open  communication  between 
the  tubes  and  the  capsules  is  shown,  in  stereotyped  diagrams, 
to  be  many  times  larger  than  the  vascular  communications  of 
the  glomerule. 

Every  diagram  or  illustration  is  on  its  face  a  positive  demon- 


1015 


1880 1  Smyth — Structure  and  Function  of  the  Kidney. 

stration  that  certain  destruction  by  hydrostatic  pressure  of 
both  capsule  and  glomerule  must  attend  an  obstructed  outlet — 
a  condition  known  to  occasionally  occur. 

5.  The  theory  is  contrary  to  well-known  physical  laws  as  well 
as  to  recognized  physiological  facts. 

0.  It  does  not  show  any  mechanism  for  varying  the  functional 
activity  in  a  gland  having  great  variation  of  functional  action. 

7.  Even  if  it  were  demonstrable  that  there  is  an  actual  com¬ 
munication  between  the  tubuli  and  the  capsule,  the  facts  and 
arguments  here  adduced  would  still  invalidate  the  generally 
accepted  theory  of  renal  secretion. 

Viewed  with  clearness  and  precision  the  mechanism  of  renal 
secretion  explains  many  pathological  conditions  which  have 
hitherto  received  very  unsatisfactory  elucidation. 

The  pallid,  sallow,  bloated,  and  enfeebled  aspect  of  a  man 
with  heart  disease,  is  but  the  counterpart  of  the  sufferer  from 
chronic  inaction  of  the  kidney.  Impairment  of  the  first  arrests 
the  functions  of  the  second. 

The  relation  of  certain  forms  of  haeinaturia  to  scanty  urine  ; 
the  resulting  ausemia,  hectic,  and  even  active  blood  poisoning, 
due  to  a  chronic  nephritic  condition,  relieved  by  astringents, 
stimulants  and  generous  support,  are  readily  explained. 

Dr.  Todd  long  since  stated  in  his  clinical  lectures,  that  in 
contracted  kidney,  the  “  coats  of  the  minute  arteries,  particu¬ 
larly  their  longitudinal  fibres,  are  often  more  or  less  hypertro¬ 
phied  and  these  vessels  themselves  frequently  very  tortuous 
(the  canal  ot  a  minute  efferent  artery  being  blocked  up  with 
oil,  while  the  malpighiau  body  to  which  it  leads  is  wasted  and 
shrunk  up) ;  and  the  malpighian  capillaries  are  generally 
thickened  and  opaque.  In  some  kidneys  of  this  kind,  you  will 
find  distinct  streaks  of  a  whitish  material,  following  the  direc¬ 
tion  of  the  tubes  of  the  cones ;  these  you  may  pick  out  with  the 
point  of  a  knife  or  a  needle,  and  upon  examination  you  will 
find  them  to  consist  of  lithate  of  soda,  which  has  remained  in 
the  tubes.  When  this  deposit  is  met  with  in  the  kidney,  the 
same  salt  will  be  found  deposited,  in  greater  or  less  quantities 
in  other  parts  of  the  body.” 


1016  Original  Communications.  [May 

No  case  can  better  illustrate  the  evils  of  a  defective  clearance 
of  the  kidney’s  structure  by  impaired  mechanism. 

Dr.  Todd  has  likewise  shown  how  obstructions  to  the  circu¬ 
lation,  due  to  chronic  bronchitis  and  emphysematous  disease  of 
the  lungs,  with  extreme  impediment  to  breathing,  may  indi¬ 
rectly  produce  congestion  of  the  kidneys  and  rupture  of  the 
malpighian  capillaries.  The  imperfect  aeration  and  secretion 
over  the  respiratory  mucous  surface,  nndulv  force  on  the  renal 
secretion.  The  heart  laboring  to  overcome  the  thoracic  impedi¬ 
ments  impels  with  extra  force  the  systemic  and  hence  the  renal 
flow  to  the  actual  rupture  of  the  terminal  arteries  of  the  kid¬ 
neys  and  formation  of  blood  clots. 

“Let  me  caution  you,”  said  Dr.  Todd,  addressing  his  students, 
“  to  keep  in  view  the  complications  which  are  apt  to  accompany 
these  r  renal  diseases.”  *  *  *  “Of  these  complications 

diseased  or  weakened  heart  is  one  of  the  most  frequent,  as  well 
as  one  of  the  most  serious.” 

A  highly  instructive  and  common  pathological  condition  of 
the  kidney,  is  that  attendant  on  scarlet  fever,  especially  in  cold 
weather.  The  malphigian  bodies  are  highly  congested;  their 
impulse  being  exaggerated,  liquor  sanguinis  actually  flows,  not 
into  the  periplexus,  but  into  the  uriniferous  tubes.  The  urine 
becomes  albuminous  and  often  bloody.  The  most  dangerous 
and  deadly,  because  permanently  most  obstructive  to  urinary 
secretion,  is  the  so-called  glomerulo  nephritis  or  inflammation 
directly  invading  and  destructive  of  the  malphigian  body. 

It  is  not  improbable  that  these  new  views  relating  to  the 
urinary  secretion  may  shed  much  light  on  the  nature  of  yellow 
fever  symptoms  and  complications.  A  rapidly  reduced  heart 
action  and  typically  slow  pulse — notwithstanding  a  continued 
high  tempertaure, — may  explain  a  mere  physical  arrest  of  the 
kidney’s  function.  Suppression  of  urine  is  perhaps  the  most 
dreaded  of  all  symptoms;  and  well  may  it  be,  when  the  restora¬ 
tive  influence  of  a  vigorous  heart  action  is  impossible  with 
blood  changes,  extravasations  and  black  vomit. 

The  presence  of  tube  casts  so  frequent  in  the  urine  is  explicable 
on  the  theory,  that  the  convoluted  tubuli  are  loops  within 
which  the  secreted  fluid  must  flow  iu  opposite  directions  from 


1880]  Sternberg — Havana  Yellow  Fever  Commission.  101 7 

sites  of  actual  stasis.  At  these  sites  tube  casts,  and,  under 
certain  conditions,  other  urinary  deposits  are  allowed  to  form.* 
Brief  and  scanty  as  these  pathological  references  are,  they 
are  cited  as  suggestive  ol  many  more.  A  just  interpretation 
of  function  is  essential  to  a  correct  interpretation  of  disease. 
It  is  the  faculty  for  making  this  iuterpretation,  which  I  have 
found  conspicuous  in  Dr.  Smyth,  that  has  induced  me  to 
commit  to  writing  views  which  he  has  developed  in  repeated 
conversations.  The  important  parts  of  this  paper  he  has  either 
written  or  dictated,  and  all  have  received  his  sanction  and 
caieful  revision. 

J  *  *  *  £  *  #  #  *  # 

New  Orleans,  La.,  April  8r  1880. 


The  Microscopical  Investigations  of  the  Havana  Yellow 
Fever  Commission. 

Address  before  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 

By  GEORGE  M.  STERNBERG,  Surgeon.  U.  S.  A. 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  : — 1  shall  endeavor  to  give  you 
this  evening,  some  idea  of  the  nature  of  the  investigations 
which  engaged  my  attention  last  summer,  while  in  Havana, 
as  a  member  of  the  Yellow  Fever  Commission,  and  of  the  sup¬ 
plementary  studies  which  the  liberal  policy  of  the  National 
Board  of  Health  has  enabled  me  to  make  since,  and  in  the 
prosecution  of  which  1  am  now  a  temporary  resident  of  your 
city. 

The  invitation  to  address  you  not  having  been  received  until 
Tuesday  morning,  I  have  had  very  brief  time  for  preparation, 
and  this,  I  trust,  will  be  accepted  as  some  excuse  for  the  ram¬ 
bling  and  disconnected  form  of  the  impromptu  remarks  which 
I  expect  to  make  in  explaining  to  you  the  points  of  interest 
concerning  the  photo  micrographs  taken  in  Havana  and  in  this 


*That  the  convoluted  tubuli  are  nothing  but  loops  is  made  clear  by 
the  invariable  disruption  on  attempts  being  made  to  inject  them,  as  may 
be  seen  in  prepared  specimens. 


Origin al  Commtnica tion s . 


1018 


[May 


city,  which  will  be  projected  upon  the  wall  for  your  inspec¬ 
tion. 

The  Havana  Commission  received  the  following  instructions 
from  the  National  Board: 


‘'First,  To  ascertain  the  actual  sanitary  condition  of  the 
principal  ports  of  Cuba  from  which  shipments  are  made  to  the 
United  States.”  *  *  * 


“  Second.  To  increase  existing  knowledge  as  to  the  pathology 
of  yellow  fever.”  *  *  * 


11  Third.  To  obtain  as  much  inforrpation  as  possible  with 
regard  to  the  so-called  endemnity  of  yellow  fever  in  Cuba,  and 
the  conditions  which  may  be  supposed  to  determine  this  en¬ 
demnity.”  *  *  * 


“  The  three  points  above  referred  to  are  believed  to  be  those 
which  will  most  certainly  yeild  results  to  scientific  investi¬ 
gation  ;  and  which,  therefore,  should  receive  the  special  atten¬ 
tion  of  the  Commission.” 

In  the  division  of  labor  made  by  the  members  of  the  com¬ 
mission,  the  duty  of  conducting  the  investigations  under  the 
first  and  third  of  the  above  headings  was  assigned  to  the  chair 
man  of  the  Commission,  Dr.  S.  E.  Chaille;  and  that  of  conduc¬ 
ting  the  investigations  under  the  second  heading  to  Dr.  J. 
Guiteras;  while  my  attention  was  chiefly  given  to  investiga¬ 
tions  contemplated  in  the  following  additional  intructious: 

“But,  in  addition  to  these,  the  National  Board  desires  that 
the  commission  shall  consider  certain  problems  relating  to  this 
disease;  problems  which  may  be  entirely  insoluble,  but  which 
nevertheless  are  of  such  importance  that  an  effort  should  be 
made  to  decide  whether  the  National  Board  of  Health  will  be 
justified  in  undertaking  the  labor  and  expense  which  will  prob 
ably  be  required  to  obtain  anything  like  a  complete  solution  of 
them,  if  .such  solution  is  at  all  possible.  These  problems  relate 
to  the  nature  and  natural  history  of  the  cause  of  yellow  fererP 
#  *  * 


This  then,  gentlemen,  was  the  task  set  before  me.  To  deter¬ 
mine  the  nature  of  the  yellow  fever  poison  ;  to  answer  the 
question  which  is  uppermost  in  our  minds  whenever  this  disease 


1880]  Sternberg — Havana  Yellow  Fever  Commission.  1019 

is  mentioned,  and  which  has  heretofore  baffled  all  research.  Is 
it  an  emanation  from  the  human  body  ?  Is  it  a  gas  generated 
external  to  the  body  ?  Is  it  a  bioplast  ?  Is  it  a  germ  ? 

I  might  well  have  hesitated  before  undertaking  this  unprom¬ 
ising  investigation,  if  the  language  of  our  instructions  had 
implied  that  the  National  Board  considered  this  an  easy  task, 
and  one  which  they  expected  would  be  accomplished  during 
our  brief  stay  in  Havana.  But  you  will  observe  that  no  such 
result  was  anticipated,  that  the  difficulty  of  the  undertaking 
was  fully  appreciated ;  and  that  the  work  of  the  Havana 
Commission  in  this  direction  was  looked  upon  as  pioneer  work, 
“  to  decide  whether  the  National  Board  will  bo  justified  in 
undertaking  the  labor  and  expense  which  will  probably  be 
required  to  obtain  anything  like  a  complete  solution  of  them, 
if  such  solution  is  at  all  possible.  ” 

Now,  I  have  great  faith  that  science  will  eventually  solve  these 
problems,  but  had  little  expectation  that  my  feeble  effoits  for 
three  months,  in  Havana,  would  do  more  than  to  clear  away 
some  of  the  difficulties  and  make  the  solution  easier  for  future 
investigators.  I  therefore  had  no  hesitation  in  undertaking  to 
do  my  best  to  fulfil  the  expectations  of  tffe  National  Board, 
without  troubling  myself  as  to  whether  a  failure  to  find 
the  germ  would  be  considered  a  serious  neglect  of  duty  by  the 
expectant  public,  or  would  be  seized  upon  as  a  proof  that  there 
is  no  germ,  by  the  wise  men  who  haviug,  without  any  investiga¬ 
tion  at  all,  pronounced  positively  against  its  existence,  are 
naturally  anxious  to  have  a  chance  to  say,  u  I  told  you  so.’? 
The  truth  is  that  we  are  yet  a  long  way  from  settling  this  ques¬ 
tion.  But  1  think  I  may  safely  say  as  the  result  of  my  investi¬ 
gations  in  Havana,  that  there  is  no  gross  and  conspicuous  germ 
or  organism ,  (such  as  I  saw  in  the  Mardi  Gras  procession  for 
instance,)  either  in  the  blood  of  yellow  fever  patients  or  in  the  air  of 
infected  localities ,  which  by  its  peculiar  appear  auce  or  abundant 
presence  might  arrest  the  attention  of  a  microscopist  and 
cause  suspicion  that  it  is  the  veritable  germ  of  yellow  fever. 
By  gross  and  conspicuous  germ  I  mean  an  organism,  the 
morphological  peculiarities  of  which  are  readily  made  out  with 
a  first  class  modern  objective,  such  as  the  Zeiss  1-18,  which  I 
3 


1020 


Original  Communications. 


[May 


used  in  Havana.  The  Bacillus  anthracis  of  splenic  fever ;  the 
Spirillum  Obermeieri  of  relapsing  fever  ;  and  the  bacillus  of  pig 
typhoid,  or  infectious  pneumo-enteritis,  all  come  under  this 
head.  Yellow  fever,  so  far  as  the  germ  theory  is  concerned, 
may  therefore  be  classed  with  cholera,  typhoid  fever  and  the 
malarial  fevers,  which,  by  a  process  of  reasoning  similar  to 
that  commonly  used  for  yellow  fever,  are  very  generally 
believed  to  be  germ  diseases. 

It  is  true  that  the  recent  investigations  of  Klebs  and  Thoma¬ 
son  in  the  vicinity  of  Rome,  have  resulted  in  the  discovery  of 
what  they  believe  to  be  the  veritable  germ  of  malarial  fever ; 
but  these  observations  require  verification,  and  I  may  say  here 
that  lam  instructed  by  the  National  Board  of  Health  to  repeat 
their  experiments,  and  to  seek  their  Bacillus  malarice  in  the 
swampy  grounds  in  this  vicinity. 

But  little  attention  has  been  given  in  this  country  to  such 
investigations  as  I  am  engaged  in,  but  in  Europe  numerous 
microscopists  and  men  of  science  have  devoted  more  or  less 
time  to  them. 

Ehrenberg  first  studied  “dust”  in  1830,  and  sought  for  the 
cholera  germ  in  f848.  In  1849,  Swayne,  Britton  and  Budd 
claimed  that  numerous  annular  cells  found  in  the  dejections  of 
cholera  patients  and  in  the  dust  of  wards  where  cholera  patients 
were  treated  bore  a  causal  relation  to  the  disease.  This  was 
disproved  by  Robin,  by  Dundas  Thompson,  and  others.  The 
experiments  and  the  lectures  of  Professor  Tyndal  upon  dust 
and  atmospheric  germs  are  classical ;  Pasteur’s  demonstration 
of  the  role  played  by  the  minute  organisms  known  under  the 
general  name  of  bacteria,  in  processes  of  fermentation  and 
putrefaction  are  familiar  to  all  of  you ;  and  his  rec  nt  important 
announcement  in  regard  to  the  cause  and  prevention  of  chicken 
cholera  shows  that  he  is  still  actively  engaged  in  these  import¬ 
ant  investigations,  which  Lave  giveu  him  world  wide  fame. 

You  are  probably  not  so  familiar  with  the  work  of  Cunning¬ 
ham,  in  India,  and  of  Miquel,  in  Paris.  # 

The  first  named  gentleman,  a  surgeon  in  H.  M.  Indian  Medi¬ 
cal  Service,  was  detailed  to  study  the  organisms  found  in  the 
atmosphere  in  the  vicinity  of  Calcutta,  in  1872,  with  reference 


1880]  Sternberg — Havana  Yellotc  Fever  Commission.  1021 

to  their  relation,  if  any,  to  the  prevalence  of  cholera,  diarrhoea, 
dysentery,  etc.  The  following  are  his  conclusions : 

“Distinct  infusorial  animalculae  and  their  germs  or  ova,  are 
almost  entirely  absent  from  atmospheric  dust.” 

“  Distinct  bacteria  can  hardly  ever  be  detected  among  the 
constituents  of  atmospheric  dust,  but  fine  molecules  of  uncer¬ 
tain  nature  are  almost  always  present  in  abundance.  They 
frequently  appear  in  specimens  of  rain  water  collected  with  all 
precautions  to  secure  purity,  and  appear  in  many  cases  to  arise 
from  mycelium  developed  from  atmospheric  spores.” 

u  Distinct  bacteria  are  frequently  found  amongst  the  part|. 
cles  deposited  from  the  moist  air  of  sewers.” 

“  The  addition  of  dry  dust,  which  has  been  exposed  to  tropi¬ 
cal  heat,  to  putrescible  fluids,  is  followed  by  a  rapid  develop¬ 
ment  of  fungi  and  bacteria,  although  recognizable  specimens 
of  the  latter  are  very  rarely  to  be  found  in  it  while  dry.” 

“  Spores  and  other  vegetable  cells  are  constantly  present  in 
atmospheric  dust  and  usually  occur  in  considerable  numbers.” 

“  No  connection  can  be  traced  between  the  numbers  of  bac¬ 
teria,  spores,  etc..,  present  in  the  atmosphere,  and  the  occurrence 
of  diarrhoea,  dysentery,  cholera,  ague  or  dengue  5  nor  between 
the  presence  or  abundance  of  any  special  form  or  forms  of  cells 
and  the  prevalence  of  any  of  these  diseases.” 

u  Although  these  observations  may  not  appear  to  encourage 
the  hope  of  success  in  discovering  the  presence  of  atmospheric 
particles  connected  with  the  origin  of  disease,  it  must  be  re¬ 
membered  that  they  refer  only  to  bodies  distinguishable  from 
one  another  whilst  in  the  air ,  the  possibility  remaining  that 
many  of  the  finer  molecules  present  in  it  are  really  of  different 
natures,  and  yet  may  be  distinguished  from  one  another  by 
their  actions  or  developments.” 

“  Many  interesting  questions  are  suggested  in  connection 
with  the  fact  of  the  presence  of  such  considerable  numbers  of 
living  cells  in  the  air.  What  becomes  of  them  when  they  are 
drawn  into  the  respiratory  cavities  of  animals  ?  Is  their 
vitality  destroyed,  and  if  so,  how  are  they  got  rid  of?  Are 
they  ever  capable  of  undergoing  any  development  within  the 
organism,  and  do  they  exert  any  prejudicial  influence  on  the 


1022 


Original  Communications. 


recipient?  These  and  similar  questions  can  only  be  answered 
by  means  of  patient  and  extended  experiment,  but  even  such 
imperfect  and  superficial  observations  as  the  present  will,  I 
trust,  serve  a  useful  purpose  in  clearing  away  a  few  of  the 
preliminary  obstacles  from  the  path  of  investigation.  ” 

These  conclusions  of  Cunningham’s  correspond  in  the  main 
with  my  own,  drawn  from  observations  made  in  Havana  and 
in  this  city;  and  his  final  remarks  are  entirely  in  conformity 
with  my  views. 

Miquel,  the  chief  of  the  micrographic  service  in  the  observa¬ 
tory  of  Montsouri,  Paris,  has  recently  published  a  full  account 
of  his  investigations  in  this  direction,  which  are  still  being  ac¬ 
tively  prosecuted. 

He  says :  “  So  long  as  it  is  not  possible  to  cultivate  in  a 

state  of  purity,  and  to  inoculate  living  beings  with  these  pro¬ 
ductions  so  diverse,  designated  under  the  general  terms  bacteria 
and  vibrios ,  the  questions  of  public  hygiene  attached  to  the 
knowledge  of  the.^e  lowest  beings  will  not  have  made  a  decisive 
step.  It  is  here  that  the  processes  of  M.  Pasteur  find  their 
most  rational  application.  *  *  Our  regular  researches  upon 

the  air  ot  the  south  of  Paris  in  the  interior  of  the  park  of 
Montsouris  are  only  preliminary  to  a  more  extended  labor  con¬ 
cerning  the  hygiene  of  Paris.  It  is  certain  that  those  who 
without  previous  researches  have  ventured  to  study  germs 
held  in  suspension  in  special  atmospheres,  have  failed  in  the 
indispensable  elements  to  a  healthy  criticism  of  the  localities 
submitted  to  their  investigations.  They  have  exposed  them¬ 
selves,  as  has  already  happened,  to  sec  in  some  inoffensive 
cells,  some  morbid  ferments,  while  these  same  cells  abounded 
in  healthy  localities  and  were  found  in  the  nasal  and  pharyn- 
gial  mucous  of  persons  in  the  best  of  health.  Then,  before 
seeking  in  confiue'l  air  the  cause  of  epidemic  maladies  it  is 
necessary  to  know  first,  perfectly,  the  microbes  which  free  air 
contains  in  the  normal  state,  and  to  know  in  what  proportion 
these  are  found  in  infected  localities.  Then  only  will  it  be 
possible  to  approach  these  grave  questions  with  some  chance 
of  success.” 

This,  gentlemen,  is  the  main  object  of  my  present  visit  to 


1880]  Sternberg — Havana  Yellow  Fever  Commission.  1023 

New  Orleans.  Deeply  impressed  by  my  investigations  in 
Havana,  with  the  importance  of  special  training  and  familiar¬ 
ity  with  the  common  organisms  found  every  where  suspended 
in  the  atmosphere,  as  a  necessary  preparation  for  the  study  of 
an  infected  atmosphere,  I  am  here  for  the  purpose  of  studying, 
during  the  absence  of  any  epidemic  disease,  the  organisms 
present  in  the  atmosphere  of  this  city. 

Listen,  if  you  please,  to  a  brief  synopsis  of  the  microbes 
found  by  Miquel  in  the  air  of  Paris :  “  Fibrous  and  cellular 

debris,  epidermic  pellicles,  spiracles  of  trachem,  hairs  of  plants, 
pollen,  grains  of  starch,  spores  of  moulds,  spores  of  lichens  and 
of  mosses,  and  of  all  the  cryptograms  which  give  l >y  dehiscence 
microscopic  fructifications,  the  green  spored  algse  of  the  genera 
chloroeoceum,  protococcus,  palmella.  Vibrios  are  always  found 
in  the  air  in  the  state  of  germs,  visible  by  powerful  lenses,  when 
colored  by  iodine.  *  *  *  But  besides  these  constant  ele¬ 

ments  there  are  others  which  are  either  more  variable  or  more 
difficult  to  seize,  of  which  the  nature  and  the  properties  are  un¬ 
known  to  us.  Some  mouths  of  observation  are  insufficient  to 
their  general  study.  *  *  *  If  has  always  seemed  to  us 

that  this  examination  ought  to  proceed  and  accompany  the 
delicate  researches  upon  the  microbes  infinitely  smaller,  of 
which  the  redoubtable  role  ought  principally  to  attract  our 
attention.  *  *  If  the  monographs  of  these  inferior  b  mgs 

had  been  made,  if  their  physiological  functions  had  been 
established,  perhaps  it  might  be  possible  to  discover,  mixed 
with  the  bacteria,  des  vibrions  nocifs.  *  *  The  study  of  the 
vibrioniens  has  scarcely  commenced ;  it  is  of  importance  to 
science  and  to  hygiene  that  it  be  continued  and  pushed  with 
activity.” 

The  sentence  last  quoted  will,  I  doubt  not,  meet  your 
approval,  and  that  these  researches,  so  important  to  science 
and  hygiene,  should  be  pushed  with  activity  by  Americans  as 
well  as  by  Englishmen  and  Frenchmen,  is  a  proposition  which 
you  will  also  readily  agree  to.  1  therefore  anticipate  your  pro¬ 
fessional  and  patriotic  interest  in  the  work  in  which  I  am 
engaged  under  the  auspices  of  the  National  Board  of  Health, 


1024 


Original  Communications. 


[May 


and  if  necessary,  your  active  support  of  this  central  Health 
Board,  which,  controlled  by  advanced  and  liberal  ideas, 
promises  to  do  so  much  for  medical,  and  especially  for  sanitary 
science. 


Nitrate  of  Silver  in  Erosion  of  the  Teeth. 

By  GEO.  J.  FRIEDRICHS,  D.  D.  8. 

NEW  OREEANS. 

Every  physician  ought  to  be  congnizanant  of  the  fact,  that 


the  timely  application  of  this  agent  in  the  iucipiency  of  this 
disease,  will  not  only  save  pain  and  annoyance  to  their  patients, 
but  in  the  end  be  the  means  of  preserving  these  organs,  for  in 
many  instances,  when  the  teeth  are  breaking  down  in  Common 
with  the  general  system,  and  this  remedy  is  not  applied — before 
the  patient  is  perhaps  able  to  call  in  the  services  of  a  dental 
surgeon — the  disease  may  have  progressed  to  such  an  exteut 
that  they  are  beyond  redemption.  This  lesion  is  generally 
seen  and  incidentally  developed  in  connection  with  an  anaemic 
and  depraved  condition  of  the  system,  and  the  remedies 
employed  to  correct  this  condition,  are  the  accredited  agents  of 
being  the  cause  of  the  loss  of  these  precious  jewels ;  for  how 
often  have  we  not  heard  the  remark  :  that  it  is  the  acid  or 
iron  that  I  am  taking  that  are  causing  my  teeth  to  decay.” 
Erosion  of  the  teeth  has  been  divided  by  writers  into  congeni¬ 
tal  and  accidental ; — the  former  occurring  previous  to  eruption, 
the  latter  at  any  subsequent  period  of  life.  I  shall,  however, 
confine  my  remarks  in  this  paper  to  the  accidental  occurence 
of  this  disease :  this  being  a  species  of  carries,  characterized  by 
gradual  decomposition,  first  of  the  enamel  and  afterwards  of 
the  subjacent  dentiual  tissue  of  a  tooth.  Erosion,  properly 
speaking,  confines  itself  to  the  enamel,  and  it  generally 
attacks  a  number  of  teeth  at  the  same  time,  usually  developing 
itself  on  their  surfaces  near  the  margin  of  the  gums.  The 
decomposed  part  of  enamel  is  white,  although  I  have  seen  many 
cases  where  the  disease  in  its  incipieucy  was  primarily  of  a 
green  color ;  this  condition,  however,  is  more  frequently  met  with 


1880]  Friedrichs — Nitrate  of  Silver  in  Erosion  .of  Teeth.  1025 

in  children  than  in  adults,  and  as  it  progresses  becomes  soft 
and  of  a  chalky  texture,  generally  very  sensitive  to  thermal 
changes,  and  to  the  touch. 

The  teeth  most  liable  to  be  affected  by  this  disease  are  the 
superior  incisor  cuspidati,  and  bicuspids,  and  singular  to  say^ 
some  times  those  only  on  one  side  of  the  mouth.  The  next 
most  liable  are  the  biscuspids  and  molars  of  the  inferior  max¬ 
illa.  Occasionally  the  process  begins  at  a  number  of  points 
and  these  enlarging  finally  coalesce  to  the  destruction  not 
infrequently  of  all  the  anterior  enamel  wall. 

CAUSES. 

I  do  n6t  propose  here  to  enter  into  my  opinions,  or  to 
theorize  on  the  probable  cause  or  causes  of  dental  erosion.  I 
will  however  repeat  the  promulgated  opinions  of  different 
writers,  as  to  the  causes  to  which  this  disease  has  beeu  attrib¬ 
uted,  to  wit :  constitutional  predisposition  to  viscidity  of  the 
fluids  of  the  mouth,  acrid  secretion  of  the  mucous  membrane, 
utero- gestation,  dyspepsia,  altered  condition  of  the  system 
after  anaemic  and  zymotic  diseases,  electro  chemical  action. 

TREATMENT. 

We  all  know  that  the  vital  force  is  ever  on  the  alert,  to 
combat  the  injury  done  through  the  destructive  influences  of 
disease.  We  are  also  aware  that  a  tooth  attacked  at  a  given 
point  by  irritating  agencies  will,  step,  by  step  break  down  and 
give  away  before  the  irritant,  unless  it  is  counteracted  by  the 
efforts  of  nature  or  art — and  in  the  words  of  Dr.  Garretson,* 
“Not  but  what  such  repair  is  attempted  and  indeed  often¬ 
times  successively  accomplished,  as  witnessed  in  tubular 
consolidation  where  power  sufficient  exists  to  perfect  the 
attempt,  as  seen  in  the  process  generally  spoken  of  as  vitri¬ 
fication,  or  eburnification,  a  mode  of  natural  cute  and  resistance 
which  no  mechanical  operation  however  successfully  performed 
can  equal.”  Now,  from  the  above  premises  it  is  self-evident, 
if  we  can  bring  assistance  to  the  inherent  vital  force  of  a  tooth, 
this  disease  erosion  of  the  teeth  can  be  cured.  The  agent  to 


*Systein  of  Oral  Surgery  by  E.  Garretson,  M.D..  D.D.S. 


1026 


Original  Communications. 


[May 


accomplish  this  is  nitrate  of  silver,  for  when  applied  to  an 
eroded  part  of  a  too  li  it  puts  forth  its  tiat  and  says.  “  so  far 
Shalt  thou  go  and  no  further.”  The  salt  when  brought  in 
contact  witli  the  organic  matter  of  the  teeth,  is  decomposer  ; 
the  oxide  of  silver  is  deposited,  an  insoluble  and  inert  substance, 
which  protects  and  relieves  tin  se  portions  of  the  t<  eth  of  their 
hypersensitiveness,  antagonizes  the  action  of  morbific  influ-  nces 
and  assists  the  “vis  medicatrix  naturae”  to  eradicate  the 
disease.  The  method  of  using  it,  is,  to  chip  oft'  of  a  solid 
stick  of  nitrate  of  silver,  a  piece  about  the  size  of  a  pin’s  head 
(or  a  crystal  of  about  this  size) ;  applying  this  to  the  eroded 
part  of  the  tooth,  moving  it  over  the  surface  until  dissolved  or 
decomposed,  taking  care  to  keep  it  from  coming  in  contact  with 
the  gum  as  much  as  possible,  or  the  gum  can  be  protected  by 
a  coating  of  collodion  previous  to  the  application  of  the  eschar- 
otic.  If  after  a  week’s  time,  the  sensitiveness  to  the  touch  has 
not  been  allayed,  the  application  must  be  renewed  at  intervals 
until  this  is  attained.  No  danger  need  be  apprehended  of  its 
too  frequent  use,  as  no  injury  to  the  teeth  can  possibly  ensue, 
for  the  escharotic  operation  of  lunar  caustic  is  always  super¬ 
ficial,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  make  it  act  to  a  great  depth. 
The  salt  produces,  along  with  its  excitant  eftV-ct,  couti  action  of 
the  tissue,  or,  in  other  words  acts  as  an  a  tringeut,  and  this 
prop  rty  also  constitutes  one  of  its  therap  utic  recommenda¬ 
tions.  You  will  find  that  after  a  few  applications  the  surface  of 
the  eroded  par:  will  be  covered  by  a  thin  film  of  the  oxide  of 
silver,  which  must  be  allowed  to  remain  until  the  subjacent 
layer  of  enamel  becomes  solid,  and  structural  consolidation 
has  taken  place,  after  which  it  can  be  scraped  off,  and  the  sur¬ 
faces  polished,  leaving  the  teeth  comparatively  uninjured. 

In  conclusion,  knowing  that  the  family  physician  is  the  only  one 
that  has  the  opportunity  of  seeing  this  disease  in  its  iucipieucy 
in  ninety-nine  cases  in  a  hundred,  and- that  unless  arrested  at 
this  stage,  the  loss  of  too'h  structure  is  irreparable,  I  felt  it 
a  duty  incumbenton  me  to  call  the  attention  of  the  practitioner 
of  medicine  to  the  facts  stated  above,  and  which  my  personal 
observation  in  the  past  ten  years  have  confirmed.  If,  then,  it 
has  become  an  established  rule  that  a  physician  will  risk  his 


Gates — < Surgical  Notes. 


1027 


1880] 


own  life  to  save  that  of  his  patient’s,  I  know,  1  am  not  asking 
too  much,  when  life  is  not  at  stake,  that  in  prescribing  the 
proper  remedies  to  restore  their  patients  to  health,  that  due 
attention  will  also  be  given  to  the  preservation  of  the  dental 
organs. 


Surgical  Notes. 

By  A.  S.  GATES,  M.  D.,  Franklin,  La. 

Oblique  Inguinal  Hernia  in  Female  —  Gunshot 
Wound  of  Shoulder  Joint. 

(Read  before  the  Attakapas  Medical  Association,  Maroh  4th,  1880.) 

Gentlemen — If  I  trespass  somewhat  upon  your  time  and 
patience  to-day,  the  interest  of  the  two  cases  herewith  reported 
to  your  honorable  body,  will  I  hope,  plead  some  excuse  for  any 
want  in  polish  and  elegance  of  the  report  itself.  The  one  case 
possesses  interest  from  its  rarity,  the  second  for  its  unexpected 
favorable  result.  The  first  case  to  which  I  wish  to  call  your  at¬ 
tention  is  confessedly  a  rare  condition,  few  authors  at  our  com¬ 
mand  have  made  any  mention  of  it,  and  the  few  who  do  notice 
it  give  it  very  meagre  mention.  It  is  a  case  of  “  oblique  in¬ 
guinal  hernia  in  female.”  Some  authors  class  it  as  labial  or 
pudendal  hernia,  while  others,  as  Gross,  calls  labial  hernia, 
that  condition  in  which  the  tumor,  consisting  generally  of  blad¬ 
der  alone,  seldom  intestine,  descends  between  lamas  of  ischium 
and  the  vaginal  wall,  making  its  appearance  as  a  tumor  in  the 
labia,  of  the  size  variying  from  a  small  marble  to  a  pullet’s 

I  will  relate  to  you  the  history  of  the  case,  and  so  much  of  its 
preceding  history  as  I  have  been  able  to  obtain  from  husband 
ahd  friends,  and  patient  herself. 

Was  called  on  the  3d  day  of  February,  1880,  to  see  Mrs.  H., 
whose  husband  said  “  she  had  a  lump  in  her  side  ;  that  it  had 
been  there  for  years,  making  its  appearance  occasionally,  but 
as  a  general  rule  giving  no  pain  or  inconvenience.  That  on  the 
Sunday  previous,  1st  of  February,  she  had  walked  from  Cen- 
4 


1028  Original  Communications.  [May 

treville  to  Franklin,  five  miles,  over  a  muddy,  slippery  road, 
that  she  was  carrying  on  terribly  with  pain,”  etc. 

When  I  saw  the  patient  she  was  seated  in  a  rocking-chair, 
with  knees  drawn  up  and  feet  resting  on  seat  of  chair.  She 
was  suffering  intense  pain,  moaning  and  screaming  so  as  to 
have  the  neighbors  alarmed  and  collected  around  her.  Fetch¬ 
ing  and  nausea  were  the  prominent  symptoms.  There  had  been 
vomiting  before  my  arrival,  whether  stercoracious  or  not, 
was  not  able  to  ascertain.  Pulse  was  quick  and  thready,  tem¬ 
perature  normal,  though  not  taken  thernometrically,  cold, 
clammy  perspiration  and  symptoms  of  collapse,  features  pinched 
and  anxious.  After  much  persuasion,  was  allowed  to  make  a 
manual  examination  of  painful  part.  Found  a  hard  inelastic, 
pear-shaped  tumor,  about  the  size  of  a  hen’s  egg,  distending 
labia  majora  of  right  side,  extending  along  course  of  inguinal 
canal,  with  its  apex  about  the  internal  abdominal  ring,  ex- 
quisitively  sensitive,  manipulation  provoking  screams  of 
pain.  Refused  chloroform,  and  insisted  on  being  let  alone.  I 
here  had  a  case  of  oblique  inguiual  hernia,  with  all  the  charac¬ 
teristic  symptoms  of  strangulation.  After  persuasion,  pa¬ 
tient  consented  to  be  lifted  upon  the  bed  ;  placing  head  low 
and  knees  drawn  up  to  relieve  tension  of  abdominal  muscles,  I 
proceeded  carefully  to  attempt  reduction  by  taxis.  After  half 
an  hour  steady  compression  and  manipulation,  was  gratified  to 
hear  that  peculiar  gurgling  sound  which  is  so  welcome 
to  the  surgeon’s  ear  in  reduction  of  strangulated  her¬ 
nias.  The  knuckle  of  intestine  was  gradually  returned 
into  abdominal  cavity,  and  to  be  certain  of  my  diagnosis  in  the 
case,  I  pushed  the  index  finger  of  right  hand  clear  up  through 
the  inguiual  canal  with  little  difficulty,  and  almost  into  the  in¬ 
ternal  abdominal  ring  as  my  subject  was  spare  and  thin.  The 
reduction  was  completed  as  I  here  before  remarked,  in  about 
half  an  hour. 

A  consideration  and  comparison  of  the  surgical  anatomy  of 
these  cases  in  the  male  and  female,  is  here  apropos.  The  re¬ 
lations  of  the  spermatic  cord  to  the  canal,  and  also  of  the 
sound  ligaments  of  uterus,  analogues  of  spermatic  cords,  are 
thus  defined  by  Gray,  in  his  work  on  Descriptive  and  Surgical 


1029 


1880]  Gates — Surgical  Notes. 

Anatomy :  u  The  inguinal  or  spermatic  canal  contains  the 
spermatic  cord  in  the  male  and  the  sound  ligament  in  the 
female.  It  is  bounded  in  front  by  integument,  superficial 
fascia  and  by  aponeurosis  of  external  oblique  throughout  its 
whole  length,  and  the  internal  oblique  for  its  outer  third,  etc. 
That  form  of  protrusion  in  which  the  intestine  follows  the 
course  of  the  spermatic  cord  along  the  spermatic  canal,  is 
called  olique  inguinal  hernia.”  In  his  description  of  the 
cremaster  muscles,  considered  as  one  of  the  coverings  of  this 
form  of  hernia,  he  says  :  “  No  such  muscle  exists  in  the  female, 
but  an  analogous  structure  is  developed  in  those  cases  where 
an  obligue  inquinal  hernia  descends  beueath  the  margin  of  the 
internal  oblique.”  Erichsen’s  only  mention  of  oblique  inguinal 
hernia  occurring  in  a  female,  is  that  it  sometimes  occurs  as  a 
congenital  condition  in  female  children,  and  is  then  to  be 
treated  in  the  same  way  as  a  corresponding  condition  in  the 
male.  The  works  of  Ericbsen  and  Gross,  on  surgical  inter¬ 
ference  is  also  meagre  and  unsatisfactory,  in  fact,  they  leave 
us  to  inaugurate  our  own  methods  of  procedure. 

Gross  under  the  head  of  “  Labial  Hernia,”  says  that  this  is  a 
rare  form  of  disease,  and  describes  it  as  a  descent  of  the  blad¬ 
der  between  vaginal  wall  and  branch  of  ischium.  It  rarely 
contains  intestine,  recedes  readily  under  pressure,  the  tumor 
varying  iu  size,  as  before  remarked,  between  a  small  marble 
and  a  pullet’s  egg. 

The  heruia  is  sometimes  double  in  this  form  of  disease,  both 
tumors  containing  bladder ;  strangulation  or  its  possibility  is 
not  noticed  in  either  one  of  these  authorities  on  Surgery.  In 
the  works  of  Thomas  and  Seanzoni  on  Female  Diseases,  I  am 
not  able  to  find  much  information.  Thomas  asserts  that  it  is 
of  rare  occurrence,  but  that  oblique  inguinal  hernia  does  occur 
he  is  positive.  He  says,  “  By  some  anatomists  it  is  stated  that 
the  round  ligaments  of  the  uterus  end  in  the  tnons  veneris ; 
but  this  view  is  probably  incorrect.  A  more  careful  dissection 
traces  them  through  the  internal  abdominal  rings,  along  the 
course  of  the  inguinal  canals  to  the  labia  rnajora,  where  they 
are  lost  in  the  dartoid  sacs  described  by  Broca,  as  passing- 
through  these  folds.  The  labia  rnajora  are  unquestionably  the 


1030 


Original  Communications. 


[May 


analogues  of  the  scrotum,  and  the  sound  ligaments  correspond 
to  the  spermatic  cords.  Down  one  of  these  canals ,  by  the  side  of 
the  sound  ligament ,  a  loop  of  intestine ,  and  sometimes  a  portion 
of  the  mesentery,  an  ovary,  or  even  a  bladder  may  pass ,  as 
inguinal  hernia  occurs  in  a  male.  The  fact  that  this  disease  is 
by  no  means  frequent,  makes  its  recognition  the  more  important, 
for  were  the  practitioner  not  aware  of  the  possibility  of  its 
occurrence,  the  intestine  might  be  wouuded  under  the  supposi¬ 
tion  that  the  labial  enlargement  was  due  to  abscess  or  disten¬ 
tion  of  the  vulvo  vaginal  glands.  The  displacement  may  be 
produced  by  violent  muscular  efforts,  or  blows  or  falls,  as  in 
the  male.  Strangulation  of  the  intestine,  with  its  characteristic 
signs,  may  occur,  according  to  Sir  Astley  Cooper  and  Scarpa. 
The  hernia  may  usually  be  overcome  by  taxis.”  Scauzoni  in  his 
valuable  work  on  “  Diseases  of  Females,”  says  of  this  disease 
or  condition :  “For  the  diagnosis  of  these  hernias,  we  must 
pay  attention  to  their  form,  which  is  round  or  oval ;  to  the 
color  of  the  skin,  which  is  normal,  when  there  is  no  strangula¬ 
tion  ;  they  are  not  generally  painful,  have  little  consistency ; ' 
when  they  contain  a  large  loop  of  intestine  percussion  yields  a 
tympanitic  sound.”  Finally,  he  adds  :  “  It  is  also  important 

to  know  that  these  tumors  are  mostly  reducible,  and  that  they 
may  reappear  whenever  the  patient  coughs,  sneezes,  etc.  A. 
Cooper  and  Scarpa  have  observed  strangulation  of  these  hernias, 
still  it  always  yields  to  taxis.” 

Now,  please  observe,  gentlemen,  that  of  these  author’s 
accepted  as  authority  in  the  subject  of  diseases  of  females, 
neither  one  asserts  positively  that  there  is  never  need  for 
operative  procedure  or  surgical  interference.  Thomas  says 
they  are  usually  reducible.  Scanzoni,  that  they  are  mostly 
reducible.  When  describing  it  and  when  quoting  or  giving 
Astley  Cooper  and  Scarpa  as  his  authority,  he  says  they  are 
always  reducible  by  taxis.  If  unfortunately  it  should  be  a 
country  practitioner’s  luck  to  meet  with  such  a  case,  where 
by  reason  of  adhesive  inflammation  or  any  of  those  accidents 
which  produce  an  irreducible  hernia  in  the  male,  and  we  must 
admit  that  such  might  occur  in  a  female,  he  deemed  surgical 
inierference  imperative  for  the  welfare  and  life  of  his  patient, 


Gates — Surgical  Notes. 


1031 


1880J 


what  coverings  would  he  seek  for  as  with  knife  and  grooved 
director  in  hand  he  determined  upon  operating — first  integument, 
superficial  fascia,  intercolumnar  fascia,  aponeurotic  expansion 
of  internal  oblique,  analogue  of  cremaster  muscle,  transversalis 
fascia,  subserous  celular  tissue  and  peritonium.  The  round 
ligament  being  analogous  to  spermatic  cord  must  be  found  in 
its  situation  by  the  side  of,  and  a  little  back  and  to  the  inside  of 
peritoneal  sac,  investing  the  intestine.  What  truss  is  proper 
for  such  a  case  after  reduction  to  prevent  repetition  of  descent 
and  possible  strangulation  in  acts  of  coughing,  sneezing,  and 
the  muscular  exertion  iucideut  to  a  housewife’s  daily  routine  of 
life,  is  a  question  naturally  presenting  itself  to  us  as  country 
doctors,  as  of  sufficient  importance  for  discussion.  Every  one 
has  his  preference  for  this  or  that  form  of  truss  for  the  same 
hernia  in  the  male,  and  here  I  would  say  a  word  for  the 
Spilman  truss  of  New  Orleans  manufacture,  which  I 
have  recommended  to  my  patient.  It  is  a  truss  which  instead 
of  opening  in  front  and  being  subject  to  displacement  by 
motions  of  the  body,  opens  in  the  back,  a  steel  spring  with 
curves  to  fit  any  pelvis,  the  pad  movable  in  front,  but  capable 
of  being  fixed  by  a  set  screw  at  any  point  where  pressure  is 
desired.  The  motion  is  between  the  open  ends  which  rest  on 
sacrum.  Not  wishing,  particularly,  to  advertise  Mr.  Spilman’s 
trusses,  I  only  call  your  attention  to  them  as  fulfilling  the  indi¬ 
cation  in  this  particular  case  of  u  Oblique  Ingunial  Hernia  ”  in 
a  female. 

The  second  case  which  I  shall  make  very  brief,  merely  stating 
facts,  is  that  of  Paul  F.,  who  was  shot  on  Sunday,  January  4, 
1880,  with  a  Smith  &  Wesson  improved  No.  32  pistol,  accident¬ 
ally.  I  saw  the  case  in  consultation  with  my  confrere  Dr. 
Chas.  M.  Smith,  in  the  evening  of  the  same,  some  three  or 
four  hous  after  the  accident.  The  ball  had  entered  the  shoulder 
at  the  anterior  edge  of  the  deltoid  muscle, — there  was  very  little 
haemorrhage.  A  No.  8  female  catheter  used  as  probe  passed 
readily  into  the  wound  and  struck  denuded  bone,  evident  from 
roughness  and  peculiar  feel  on  probing.  Grasping  the  elbow 
firmly  and  rotating  by  means  of  hand  and  tore  arm,  cupitus 
was  distinctly  felt  and  heard,  that  portion  of  bone  in  contact 


1032  Original  Communications.  [May 

with  probe  moving  with,  but  not  following  motion  of  lower 
fragment  of  humerus,  nor  did  this  fragment  remain  stationary 
when  the  head  of  the  bone  and  upper  fragment  were  held  fixed 
by  hands  of  assistant.  Dr.  S.  and  myself  concluded  from 
these  facts  that  we  had  before  us  a  case  of  communited  frac¬ 
ture,  with  at  least  three  fragments,  upper  and  lower  ends  of 
humerous  and  median  fragment  struck  by  probe.  The  site  of 
fracture  being  through  that  portion  of  the  humerous  known 
for  purposes  of  description  as  the  surgical  neck, 

The  ball  was  not  found  and  we  decided  that  it  was  wedged 
between  or  buried  into  some  of  the  fragments.  We  applied 
anti-septic  dressing  as  near,  according  to  Lister’s  method,  as 
possible,  consisting  of  layers  of  gauze  saturated  with  solution 
of  carbolic  acid  and  water,  1  part  to  50.  With  a  competent 
nurse  to  keep  the  dressing  wet  with  the  solution,  we  left  the 
case  as  it  was  too  late  to  operate  that  evening,  fully  convinced 
that  Vesection  of  the  communited  bone  would  be  our  ouly 
chance,  and  determined  to  coine  the  next  morning  prepared  to 
operate. 

Together  we  visited  our  patient  the  next  morning,  with 
instruments,  etc.,  all  ready,  but  much  to  our  surprise  our 
our  patient  presented  little  or  no  local,  or  constitutional 
disturbance — was  cheerful  and  bright ;  we  therefore  concluded 
to  postpone  the  operation,  which  sooner  or  later  we  had 
decided  would  be  necessary  for  the  salvation  of  our  patient. 
The  case  still  progressed  favorably  on  our  next  visit,  no 
local  or  constitutional  disturbance  yet  making  its  appearance, 
and  on  the  Sunday  following,  just  one  week  from  the  date  of 
injury,  we  applied  starch  bandage  from  tips  of  fingers  to  the 
shoulder,  rendering  the  arm  perfectly  immovable.  Cutting 
fenestrum  in  bandage  over  seat  of  wound  for  the  purpose  of 
inspection  and  dressing,  for  which  carbolic  acid  and  olive  oil 
was  used,  one  pi nt“  to  16,  instead  of  acid  and  water  solution. 
Two  doses  of  epsom  salts  were  given,  but  having  no  effect, 
bowels  were  opened  with  enemata  of  soap  suds,  warm  water 
and  a  little  common  salt.  Morphine  was  left  in  doses  to  be 
taken  pro  re  nata ,  but  he  never  found  it  necessary  to  take 
more  than  two  doses  during  the  night  to  make  him  rest.  His 


1880J 


1033 


Rohe — Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology. 

case  bas  gone  on  favorably,  and  on  the  li3d  of  February  our 
patient  called  at  my  office  to  report  himself  well,  with  no 
deformity. 

This  case,  gentlemen,  we  report  as  a  remarkable  one  of 
conservative  surgery. 


Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology. 

By  GEORGE  H.  ROHE,  M.D.,  New  Orleans. 

Dr.  Jas.  Nevins  Hyde,  of  Chicago,  reports  a  rare  and  extremly 
interesting  case  of  what  he  terms  Molluscum  Verrucosum.  The 
subject  of  the  affection  was  a  stout,  otherwise  healthy  German, 
35  years  of  age,  aud  ten  years  a  resident  of  this  country.  The 
main  features  of  the  case  are  briefly  as  follows : 

Between  two  and  three  years  ago  he  began  to  notice  over 
the  left  buttock  numerous  white  spots  or  points,  about  as  large 
as  pin  heads,  which  gradually  increased  in  number,  extending 
first  upward  over  the  loin,  and  then  downward  upon  the  inner 
and  outer  faces  of  the  thigh,  the  corresponding  surfaces  of  the 
other  side  becoming  similarly  involved.  After  continuing 
about  a  year,  these  lesions  disappeared  leaving  a  reddish  pig¬ 
mentation  of  the  skin  where  they  had  existed.  Three  months 
afterward  the  affection  reappeared  in  the  same  localities  first 
invaded,  spreading  at  first  upward,  then  downward  as  in 
the  first  instance.  When  Prof.  Hyde  first  examined  the  patient, 
the  eruption  occupied  the  trunk,  thighs,  arms  and  legs  to  the 
level  of  the  boot-tups.  The  head  and  face,  palms  of  the  hands, 
the  feet,  and  the  legs  below  the  level  of  the  boot-tops  were 
exempt.  A  few  papules  were  noticed  on  the  backs  of  the  hands. 
The  genital  organs  were  not  involved.  The  eruption  was  tol¬ 
erably  symmetrical.  The  papules  were  not  numerous  on  the 
gluteal  regions 

The  papules  varied  in  size  from  a  pin-head  to  a  split-pea 
with  a  smooth,  globoid  surface,  neither  umbilicated,  flattened 
or  acuminate.  Neither  scale,  scab  or  other  pathological  pro¬ 
duct  was  discoverable  on  them.  There  was  no  itching,  burn¬ 
ing  or  pain  connected  with  the  eruption ;  neither  was  there 


1034 


Original  Com munications . 


[May 


any  infiltration,  oedema  or  inflammatory  congestion.  The  con¬ 
tents  of  the  papules,  of  which  a  number  were  opened,  was  in 
each  case — so  far  as  discoverable  by  microscopic  examination — 
healthy  blood.  There  was  no  trace  of  gland  outlet,  hair-follicle 
or  other  depression  on  the  summit  of  any  of  the  papules. 

This  eruption  attained  its  greatest  development  during  the 
summer  of  1878.  By  January,  1879,  nearly  all  the  lesions  had 
disappeared,  to  recur  again  to  a  moderate  extent  in  April,  the 
same  year  ;  but  on  the  12th  of  July,  when  another  examination 
was  undertaken,  all  of  the  lesions  had  vanished  with  the  ex¬ 
ception  of  the  purplish  stains  of  the  surface,  which  had  been 
the  seat  of  the  eruption  in  the  spring. 

The  patient  received  no  treatment  whatever ;  there  being  no 
subjective  symptoms  calling  for  medication.  The  only  other 
peculiarity  of  the  patient  was  a  marked  development  of  the 
perspiratory  function. 

The  diagnosis  of  this  case  presented  so  much  difficulty,  that 
Dr.  Hyde — himself  one  of  the  foremost  dermatologists  in  the 
country — consulted  with  a  number  of  gentlemen  prominent  in 
this  specialty,  both  in  this  country  and  abroad,  and  finally  con¬ 
cluded  to  give  it  the  name  at  the  head  of  this  article,  which 
was  suggested  by  Prof.  Kaposi,  of  Vienna,  the  associate  of 
Hebra,  in  the  Vienna  University. 

This  diagnosis  is  merely  a  provisional  one,  and  the  problem 
of  the  true  pathological  character  of  the  eruption  remains  for 
further  clinical  and  microscopical  investigation.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  that  Prof.  Hyde  will  keep  this  case  under  notice,  and 
report  upon  it  further,. if  the  eruption  re  appears  during  the 
coming  summer. 

The  following  are  the  cautious  conclusions  of  the  author  of 
this  exceedingly  interesting  paper : — “  1.  The  case  here  de¬ 
scribed  is  one  exhibiting  certain  rare  and  peculiar  features, 
and  cannot,  therefore,  be  made  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  generali¬ 
zation.  It  is  merely  a  contribution  to  the  literature  of  the  sub¬ 
ject.  2.  Considering  it,  nevertheless,  in  connection  with  cer¬ 
tain  other  cases,  *  *  *  it  would  seem  to  be  reasonable  to 

admit  that  there  is  a  variety  of  molluscum  whose  character¬ 
istics  differ  in  a  marked  degree  from  those  first  observed  by 


Rohe — Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology. 


1035 


1880J 


Bateman,  and  since  studied  by  later  investigators.  *  *  * 

3.  To  the  objection  possibly  brought  against  the  conclusion  last 
stated,  that  the  lesions  in  question  are  merely  incomplete  and 
undeveloped  forms  of  molluscum  bodies,  it  may  be  responded 
that  in  the  case  here  described  there  were  several  recurrences 
of  the  disease,  none  influenced  by  either  internal  or  external 
treatment,  each  accompanied  by  an  abundant  and  copious  de¬ 
velopment  of  the  eruption  under  circumstances  particularly 
favorable  to  the  growth  of  typical  mollusca.  4.  The  term, 
molluscum  verrucosum ,  proposed  by  Kaposi,  properly  desig¬ 
nates  the  clinical  features  of  the  lesions  to  which  the  name  has 
been  limited  in  this  sketch,  and,  in  any  view,  is  useful  in  dis¬ 
tinguishing  all  the  wart-like  varieties  of  molluscum  sebaceum 
from  those  typical  lesions  to  which  the  title  of  contagiosum 
was  formerly  applied.  5.  As  between  those  authors  who  hold 
that  even  the  typical  or  wart-like  forms  of  molluscum  originate 
in  disorders  of  the  sebaceous  glands,  and  the  authors  who  op¬ 
pose  this  view,  the  case  here  described  would  point  to  an  origin 
from  the  rete  bodies  by  proliferation,  rather  than  to  a  disorder 
originating  primarily  in  the  sebaceous  glands.” — Edinburgh 
Medical  Journal ,  February,  1880.  Reprint. 


A  Case  of  Lymphangioma  Cutis  Multiplex. 

Pospelow  reports  a  case  of  this  extremely  rare  disease  of  the 
skin, — the  second  on  record, — in  the  last  number  of  the  Viertel 
Jahresschrift  f.  Dermatologie  u.  Syphilis ,  No.  4,  1879. 

The  patieut  was  a  peasant  woman,  unmarried,  age  23,  suffering 
from  papillomatous  growths  on  the  vulva,  of  five  months’ stand¬ 
ing,  for  the  relief  of  which  she  had  applied  to  the  hospital.  Aside 
from  the  above  mentioned  affection  and  an  insignificant  gas¬ 
tric  catarrh,  the  patient  was  in  good  health,  with  the  exception 
of  the  pathological  condition  now  to  be  described. 

The  integument  was  of  a  light  yellowish  color.  Under  the 
left  breast  the  pigmentation  was  dark  brown,  resembling  the 
ordinary  chloasma.  The  mammae  were  very  slightly  developed 
Between  the  left  breast  and  the  median  line  was  situated  an 
oval  tumor  of  the  size  of  a  pigeon’s  egg.  The  skin  over  the 
5 


1036  Original  Communications.  [May 

swelling  was  of  a  light  rosy  violet  color,  thin,  and  could  not  be 
raised  in  a  fold  between  the  fingers.  Upon  closer  examination 
it  could  be  seen  that  the  tumor  was  made  up  of  a  number  of 
smaller  nodules,  a  little  larger  than  a  millet  seed.  The  skin 
over  the  tumors  was  smooth,  rosy  and  the  epidermic  covering 
apparently  normal.  Similar  tumors,  of  smaller  size  were 
observed  on  various  parts  of  the  patient’s  body.  They  varied 
in  size  from  a  millet  seed  to  a  hazelnut.  The  smallest  were  on 
the  face  and  neck ;  the  largest  on  the  abdomen.  The  palms  of 
the  hands  and  soles  of  the  feet  were  free.  The  distribution  of 
the  growths  was  un symmetrical. 

The  shape  of  the  swellings  was  generally  oval.  Pressure  from 
side  to  side — between  the  fingers — gave  the  sensation  of  a 
tolerably  compact  nodule ;  pressure  from  above,  however, 
caused  the  tumors  to  disappear.  When  the  finger  was  removed 
the  swellings  returned. 

By  lateral  illumination,  the  tumors  were  translucent,  and 
appeared  filled  with  fluid.  Cutting  into  the  tumor  revealed  a 
pearl  colored  jelly-like  mass.  A  small  quantity  of  a  turbid 
fluid  exuded  from  the  surface  of  the  cut ;  but  the  gelatinous 
mass  did  not  flow  out.  The  bleeding  from  the  incision  was 
very  slight. 

The  tumor  on  the  left  breast  was  said  by  the  patient’s  mother 
to  be  congenital ;  the  remaining  tumors  aud  tubercles  had 
formed  since,  but  the  time  of  their  appearance  was  not  known. 

The  diagnosis  of  lymphangioma  cutis  was  based  on  the 
resemblance  of  the  case  to  the  one  recorded  by  Kaposi  (Hebra 
and  Kaposi  :  Hautkrankh eiten  :  vol.  2,  p.  282,  and  Hebra  ;  Atlas, 
etc.,  1876).  Microscopic  examinations  of  excised  tumors  made 
by  Kaposi,  Neumann  and  Auspitz,  confirmed  the  diagnosis. 
Both  cases  are  females. 

The  patient  remains  in  the  hospital  (in  Moscow)  under  obser¬ 
vation.  The  number  of  small  tubercles  has  increased  of  late. 
No  treatment  has  been  given.  A  flue  chromo  lithograph,  and  a 
wood  cut  of  the  microscopic  characters,  accompany  the  article. 

The  use  of  Water  in  Skin  Diseases. 

Among  the  most  practical  of  recent  articles  on  dermal  thera¬ 
peutics  is  a  paper  by  Dr.  L.  D.  Bulkley,  of  New  York,  on  “The 


1880]  Rohe — Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology.  1037 

use  of  water  in  the  treatment  of  Diseases  of  the  Skin.”  After  some 
judicious  remarks  upon  the  use  of  baths  in  health,  Dr.  Bulkley 
goes  on  to  treat  of  the  application  of  water  to  the  skin  iu  a 
state  of  disease.  Some  of  his  statements  are  of  so  much  prac¬ 
tical  value  as  to  justify  quotation  at  some  length.  Thus  instead 
of  advising  the  indiscriminate  employment  of  baths  in  skin 
affections,  he  says : 

u  But  ordinary  warm  water  baths  cannot  always  be  advised 
with  impunity  in  all  diseases  of  the  skin ;  acute  eczema,  or  even 
more  sub-acute,  exuding  forms  of  this  disease  will  be  found  to 
be  aggravated  by  the  contact  of  simple  water.  Urticaria  will 
also  be  rather  irritated,  as  will  indeed  most  of  the  inflamma¬ 
tory  affections  of  the  skin.  *  *  *  Sea-bathing  is  of  service 

in  psoriasis,  and  warm  baths  of  sea-water  have  been  followed, 
in  my  experience,  with  very  beneficial  results  in  this  disease. 
*  *  *  But  sea-bathing  is  decidedly  harmful  in  most  cases  of 

eczema.  *  *  *  I  am  very  cautious  about  allowing  eczema 

patients  either  to  bathe  in  the  sea,  or  to  spend  much  time 
at  the  sea-shore.  *  *  *  Sea  voyages  generally  act  unfavor¬ 

ably  in  acne.” 

In  regard  to  the  too  frequent  ablutions  iu  exudative  diseases, 
Dr.  Bulkley  also  has  some  very  sensible  words.  Upon  this 
point  he  says :  “  It  is  a  most  common  practice  to  wash  eczema, 
and  especially  do  we  see  the  eczema  of  children  washed  dili¬ 
gently,  often  several  times  a  day,  the  mothers  saying  they  find 
it  ‘  impossible  to  keep  it  clean.’  Now,  in  my  opinion,  an  ecze¬ 
matous  surface  should  be  washed  very  seldom.  Nature  seeks 
to  make  a  protective  covering  with  Jthe  exudate  ;  this  is  con¬ 
tinually  removed  by  washing,  and  the  cure  most  certainly 
retarded.  *  *  *” 

In  eczemas  in  adults,  of  course  the  same  is  true,  and  a  simi¬ 
lar  caution  applicable.  In  chronic  cases,  however,  where  there 
is  much  thickening  of  the  skin,  the  frequent  and  prolonged 
application  of  water  is  indicated,  and  is  often  of  the  greatest 
service.  Hot  water  applied  to  the  anus,  vulva  or  scrotum,  in 
eczema  or  pruritus  of  those  parts,  is  often  more  effective  than 
any  other  application.  This  is  also  useful  in  the  chronic  ecze¬ 
ma  of  the  palms  of  the  hands  which  is  so  difficult  of  cure.  This  Dr. 


1038 


Original  Communications. 


[May 


Bulkley  says,  “  will  sometimes  almost  seem  to  melt  away  under 
the  daily  soaking  of  the  palms  on  the  surface  of  a  basin  of 
scalding  hot  water,  followed  by  diachylon  or  other  ointment. 
Eczema  of  the  ends  of  the  fingers  and  of  the  nails  sometimes 
yield  to  this  after  all  other  means  have  failed.” 

(As  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  diachylon  ointment  referred 
to  by  Dr.  Bulkley,  can  be  readily  obtained  here,  the  following 
formula  is  given  as  an  easily  procured  substitute : 

Take  of  simple  lead  plaster  and  cosmoline  (or  vaseline)  equal 
parts,  melt  together  with  the  aid  of  gentle  heat  and  stir  while 
cooling.  This  makes  one  of  the  most  elegant  preparations  that 
can  be  used  in  skin  affections.  It  is  useful  in  most  cases,  and 
rarely  is  a  case  met  with,  where  it  proves  too  irritating.) 

In  psoriasis  and  acute  general  eczema,  the  wet  pack  may  be 
resorted  to  with  advantage.  The  Russian  and  Turkish  baths 
do  not  command  Dr.  Bulkley’s  commendation  to  any  very  great 
degree.  Water  made  alkaline  by  the  addition  of  four  ounces 
of  carbonate  of  potassa,  two  of  carbonate  of  soda  and  one  of 
borax,  with  a  quarter  or  half  a  pound  of  starch  to  a  thirty- 
gallon  bath,  is  recommended  in  sub-acute  eczema  and  urticaria. 
This  is  soothing  to  most  skins  and  will  frequently  give  relief 
to  the  intense  itching  that  accompanies  these  affections. — Chi¬ 
cago  Med.  Jour,  and  Exam.,  January,  1880.  Reprint. 


Therapeutic  Notes. 

Dr.  M.  Charlouis,  of  Sumatra,  reports  ( Viertel  Jahresschrift 
fuer  Dermatologie  u.  Syphilis ,  No.  4,  1879)  two  cases  of 
syphilitic  serpiginious  ulceration  of  the  foot,  treated  after  a 
method  somewhat  novel.  After  failure  to  produce  improve¬ 
ment  with  large  doses  of  iodide  of  potassium  internally,  and 
mercurial  ointment  locally,  with  occasional  cauterizations  with 
lunar  caustic,  the  following  treatment  was  adopted  :  The  ulcers 
were  penciled  with  tincture  of  iodine,  and  directly  afterwards 
covered  with  a  layer  of  mercurial  ointment.  A  sensation  of 
heat  in  the  part  followed,  lasting  however,  only  a  short  time. 
Within  a  week  the  ulcers  healed  in  both  cases.  The  author 
thinks  the  rapid  and  favorable  result  due  to  iodide  of  mercury 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1880] 


1039 


forming  at  the  point  of  application  and  acting  on  the  tissues  in 
its  nascent  state. 


How  to  cover  the  odor  of  iodoform  so  as  to  make  it  more 
bearable  has  been  a  troublesome  problem  in  practice.  Neither 
tannic  acid  nor  ether  succeed  well,  though  both  have  been  re¬ 
commended  for  that  purpose.  Linderman  reports  that  two 
parts  of  Peruvian  balsam  to  one  part  of  iodoform  covers  the 
smell  completely.  A  convenient  preparation  is  : 


lodoformi,  pt.  1 , 

Balsam,  Peruv.  pt.  2, 
Vaseline,  pt.  8.  M. 


A  fluid  preparation  may  be  made  by  mixing  1  pt.  iodoform, 
3  pts.  Peruvian  balsam  and  12  pts.  alcohol  or  glycerine. 


EXCERPTA  FROM  DR  CARL  HEINEMANN’S  “  CONTRIBUTIONS  TO 
THE  KNOWLEDGE  OF  YELLOW  FEVER  (VOMITO  OF  THE 
NATIVES)  ON  THE  EASTERN  COAST  OF  MEXICO. 

Translated  from  the  German,  by  Dr.  T.  S.  Dabney,  for  the  Yellow  Fever  Commission  of 
the  National  Board  of  Health 

Since  my  last  communication  on  Yellow  Fever  more  than  six 
years  have  passed,  during  which  I  have  had  ample  opportuni¬ 
ties  for  collecting  new  data,  especially  concerning  the  epidemics 
of  1875,  1877  and  1878,  which  were  of  unheard  severity.  I 
would  fain  have  postponed  the  publication  of  this  work  until 
some  conclusions  had  been  drawn  from  microscopic  and  chemi¬ 
cal  investigations,  but  the  increasing  significance  of  Yellow 
Fever  to  the  Western  Hemisphere,  especially  to  the  United 
States ;  the  growing  danger  of  frequent  importation  to 
European  harbors,  leads  me  to  believe  that  ever  so  small  a  con¬ 
tribution  as  this  to  the  knowledge  of  this  pestilence  may  be  of 
some  interest. 

“  Dr.  Heinemann  writes  from  Vera  Cruz,  where  he  has  been 
for  12  years.  At  what  points  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Mexico, 
is  yellow  fever  endemic Answering  this  question  necessi¬ 
tates  first,  a  comparative  examination  of  all  the  larger  and 
smaller  harbors  and  districts  on  the  coast ;  then  whether  the 
disease  be  always  present  at  all  seasons  of  the  year ;  whether 


1040  Current  Medical  Literature.  |May 

it  occurs  sporadically  or  in  more  or  less  severe  epidemics ;  or 
whether  it  only  occurs  periodically  from  special  causes. 

In  the  first  instance  foreigners  alone  will  suffer ;  in  the 
second  neither  foreigners  nor  natives  will  be  spared.  The 
immunity  of  natives,  though  not  entire  as  we  will  see,  must 
henceforth  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  best  criteria  for  deter¬ 
mining  whether  the  pestilence  be  of  endemic  or  epidemic  char¬ 
acter.  Since  some  places  where  many  foreigners  trade  without 
first  having  come  in  contact  with  yellow  fever  places,  are  not 
directly  on  our  coast,  I  state  positively  that  all  places  on  the 
eastern  coast  of  Mexico  iu  which  yellow  fever  prevails  in  an 
endemic  form  are  in  constant  communication  with  recognized 
hot-beds  of  the  disease.  Taking  up  the  places  on  the  east 
coast  we  will  commence  with  Matamoras.  The  German  Con¬ 
sul  gave  me  some  information  concerning  the  three  epidemics 
here  in  1858,  1863,  1867. 

Tampico  de  Tamaulipas,  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Panuco,  af¬ 
fords  much  interest  as  it  is  a  new  town.  Before  the  building 
of  Tampico,  the  foreign  commerce  was  all  concentrated  at 
Altamira,  a  village  of  5000  inhabitants,  seven  miles  up  stream. 
Here  the  disease  occurred  for  the  first  time  in  October,  1821, 
after  the  arrival  of  a  steamer  from  Havana. 

More  than  1500  people,  foreigners  and  natives  alike,  died. 

In  1823,  Santa  Anna  ordered  the  building  of  Tampico,  under 
the  name  of  Santa  Anna  de  Tamaulipas.  Most  of  the  citizens 
of  Altamira  at  once  moved  to  the  new  town.  Yellow  fever  ap¬ 
peared  in  Tampico  in  1843  for  the  first  time,  twenty  years  after 
its  foundation,  by  means  of  a  body  of  troops  from  Vera  Cruz. 
The  epidemics  of  1847  and  1848  are  due  to  the  same  cause.  I 
can  obtain  no  particulars  of  the  epidemic  of  1853.  The  disease 
was  crrried  in  1863  and  1864  by  French  troops  from  Yera  Cruz. 
Both  of  these  latter  epidemics  were  endemic  in  character,  for 
both  Fuzier  and  Eoman  de  la  Torre,  state  the  natives  enjoyed 
immunity  from  the  disease. 

This  proves  conclusively  that  yellow  fever  may  assume  for 
years  an  epidemic  character  but  can  also  become  endemic,  pro¬ 
vided  the  essential  conditions  for  naturalization  be  found. 

Dr.  Hegewisch  in  1877  treated  in  a  military  hospital  an 
entire  company  of  soldiers,  born  in  Tampico,  who  had  lost  their 
immunity  by  prolonged  absence. 

Tuxpan,  6000  inhabitants,  has  been  the  theatre  of  many  epi¬ 
demics.  The  town  remained  free  from  yellow  fever  from  1838, 
up  to  the  last  European  intervention.  Juarez  during  his  term, 
ordered  the  harbor  of  Vera  Cruz  to  be  closed,  consequently  all 
the  ships  then  lying  in  the  roads  and  on  their  way,  were 
ordered  to  Tuxpan. 

Then,  in  1863,  a  frightful  epidemic  occurred,  which  extended 
far  and  wide  iu  the  interior.  Hone  were  spared;  aboriginees, 
natives,  resident  foreigners  and  foreign  seamen,  all  shared  a 
common  lot.  Muleteers  carried  germs  to  many  communities 
where  they  carried  merchandise. 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1041 


After  the  harbor  of  Yera  Cruz  was  re-opened,  the  disease  dis¬ 
appeared  not  to  return  again  till  the  town  was  occupied  by  a 
French  garrison.  The  fever  has  occurred  here  twice  since  then 
in  1875  and  1878,  each  time  due  to  soldiers  from  Yera  Cruz. 

Nautla,  small  harbor  on  the  Nautla  river,  has  not  suffered 
from  the  disease  since  1859.  Jicaltepec,  ten  leagues  up  stream 
from  Nautla,  suffered  in  1861  and  1868.  In  1861,  the  disease 
was  limited  exclusively  to  the  right  bank  of  the  river. 

Papautla,  Indian  village  of  14,000  inhabitants,  almost  all  of 
whom  are  warlike  Indians,  suffered  severely  in  1877. 

Yera  Cruz  has  been  for  two  hundred  years,  the  chief  focus 
of  the  disease  on  the  coast.  Here  the  disease  is  unquestionably 
endemic.  It  is  never  absent,  but  proves  its  existence  by  spo¬ 
radic  cases,  or  by  outbreaks  of  greater  or  smaller  epidemics. 
From  this  town  it  flows  out  as  from  a  centre,  always  following 
in  the  wake  of  commercial  highways  to  other  coast  towns  or 
going  to  the  iuterior.  Epidemics  generally  occur  here  from 
March  to  October.  Alvarado,  a  harbor  near  Yera  Cruz,  is 
called  the  constant  home  of  the  disease.  The  inhabitants  eujoy 
perfect  immunity. 

Between  Alvarado  and  Campeche  are  a  number  of  places, 
important  on  account  of  their  timber  trade.  At  certain  seasons 
of  the  year  these  places  are  visited  by  a  large  number  of  for¬ 
eign  ships.  The  principal  places  are  twelve  in  number,  all 
situated  on  mouths  of  rivers,  which  at  certain  seasons  are  full 
of  water  and  at  other  seasons  are  stagnant  or  dry.  With  the 
exception  of  La  Frontera  de  Tobasco,  yellow  fever  has  never 
been  known  to  occur  in  any  of  these  places. 

Foreign  sailors  are  busy  loadiug  timber  here  under  a  tropi¬ 
cal  sun  from  June  to  January.  They  escape  yellow  fever  to 
fall  victims  to  the  murderous  endemic  swamp  fever,  All  the 
ships,  especially  the  Norwegian,  Swedish,  Danish,  Euglish  and 
North  American  and  a  few  French  and  German,  come  here  iu 
ballast  without  having  touched  at  any  yellow  fever  focus. 

It  is  therefore  conclusive  evidence  of  the  incorrectness  of  the 
commouly  received  theory  that  yellow  fever  occurs  endeinically 
on  the  east  coast  of  Mexico  and  only  requires  a  considerable 
number  ot  unacclimated  persons  to  produce  its  evolution  in 
spite  of  San  Jean  Bautesta  de  Tabasco  having  for  a  number  of 
years  established  regular  communication  with  Vera  Gruz  and 
Frontera  by  means  of  steam  ships,  yellow  fever  remained  un¬ 
known  there  until  1877. 

Let  us  turn  for  a  moment  to  Minatitlan,  celebrated  for  its 
export  of  Mahogany,  a  village  of  over  500  regular  inhabitants, 
but  with  a  large  floating  population,  mainly  Indians,  seeking 
work  when  vessels  are  being  loaded.  At  this  season  of  the  year 
the  place  is  filled  with  foreigners,  sailors  and  Indians,  yet  yellow 
fever  has  never  occurred  ;  but  the  whole  coast  from  Minatitlan 
is  celebrated  for  its  malignant  swamp  fevers.  No  place  could 
be  more  suitable  for  the  development  of  malarial  diseases,  as  it 


1042 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 


is  surrounded  by  vast  swamps,  at  times  filled  with  water  and  at 
other  times  dried  up.  Fuzier  says  the  French  troops  were  here 
decimated  by  pernicious  swamp  fever,  but  not  a  man  suffered 
from  yellow  fever.  For  five  months  last  year,  1878,  1  had  an 
opportunity  of  studying  a  fearful  epidemic  of  this  fever.  Un¬ 
fortunately  the  inhabitants  are  not  accustomed  to  seek  the  aid 
of  skilled  physicians  and  on  that  account  I  was  summoned  to 
see  only  ten  cases,  all  in  the  last  stages.  All  were  fatal  and 
from  two  patients  I  was  allowed  to  abstract  small  quantities  of 
blood.  A  microscopical  examination  was  commenced.  The 
blood  was  moderately  consistent,  of  a  pale  reddish  yellow,  of 
strong  gloss ;  in  it  were  structureless  spherical  bodies  whose 
size  varied  from  that  of  the  largest  white  to  the  smallest  red 
blood  corpuscle.  At  this  point  of  the  examination  the  friends 
of  the  patients  interfered  and  cut  further  examination  short. 

Laguna  is  a  yellow  fever  focus.  It  is  on  the  island  of  Carmen. 
The  natives  are  not  liable  to  the  fever,  but  those  on  the  oppo¬ 
site  shore  are,  strange  as  it  may  appear.  Campeche  is  a  focus 
of  endemic  yellow  fever.  In  Merida  the  fever  occurs  from  time 
to  time  in  an  epidemic  form. 

Summing  up  we  find :  Endemic  yellow  fever  occurs  in  five 
places  only  on  the  east  coast  of  Mexico  :  Vera  Cruz,  Alvarado, 
Flacotalpam,  Laguua  and  Campeche. 

A  very  important  questiou  now  is:  what  influence  will  the 
improvement  in  commerce,  due  to  steamships  and  railroads, 
prove  on  the  spread  of  yellow  fever  ?  Observation  alone  can 
settle  this.  Is  yellow  fever  indigenous  to  Mexican  soil  or  was 
it  brought  there  ?  In  spite  of  the  darkness  enshrouding  the 
origin  of  this  disease,  the  question  can  be  solved  at  an  early 
date  by  means  of  analogy,  if  the  closer  study  of  the  older  his¬ 
torical  traditions  do  not  throw  much  light  on  the  subject.  The 
results  of  historical  investigations  as  we  see  from  Hirsch’s  com¬ 
pendium  are  very  unsatisfactory. 

Hirsch,  himself,  believes  yellow  fever  to  be  indigenous, 
neither  to  the  Antilles  nor  to  Mexico.  He  maintains  that  it 
most  probably  made  its  first  appearance  after  the  arrival  of 
Europeans,  and  he  supports  this  view  mainly  on  the  incorrect¬ 
ness  of  the  writings  handed  down  to  us,  in  which  swamp  and 
typhoid  fevers  are  described  rather  than  yellow  fever. 

It  will  be  necessary  to  touch  succinctly  on  the  founding  of 
Vera  Cruz,  which  city,  according  to  Clavijero,  thrice  changed 
its  location ;  according  to  Lerdo  de  Tejada,  four  times. 

The  first  Vera  Cruz  was  built  where  Hernando  Cortes  lauded 
on  April  22d,  1519.  This  site  was  shortly  abandoned  for  the 
sake  of  finding  a  better  climate  and  anchoring  place.  Vera 
Cruz  No.  2,  was  founded  in  a  plain  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Qui- 
ahuitzla.  This  place  was  abandoned1  in  1523  or  1524,  and 
La  Antigua  (old)  Vera  Cruz,  was  founded  on  the  right  bank  of 
Rio  de  la  Antigua,  seven  leagues  north  of  the  present  city  of 
Vera  Cruz. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1043 


1880] 


At  the  close  of  the  sixteenth  century,  this  third  settlement 
was  also  abandoned  on  account  of  the  incessant  and  malignant 
fevers  and  the  difficulty  attending  the  unloading  of  ships  at 
that  point.  In  1599,  the  Count  of  Monterey  founded  the  pres¬ 
ent  Yera  Cruz,  on  the  original  spot  which  first  under  Philip  III, 
received  the  privileges  of  a  city. 

According  to  Padre  Alegre,  yellow  fever  was  first  introduced 
into  Yera  Cruz  in  1699,  by  an  English  slaver.  Lerdo  de 
Tejada  thinks  differently,  for  he  says  :  u  In  the  first  place,  yel¬ 
low  fever  is  not  contagious,  as  we  now  know,  and  on  that 
account  it  cannot  be  brought  here  from  another  place  by  per¬ 
sons  suffering  with  it.  Consequently  it  is  a  great  error  to  be¬ 
lieve  that  yellow  fever  was  brought  here  from  abroad.”  Don 
Florencio  Parez  de  Comote,  M.  D,,  in  Juue,  1803,  wrote  to  the 
Consul  at  Yera  Cruz  :  “  Yera  Cruz  has  not  gotten  the  germ  of 
the  disease  from  Siam,  Africa,  the  Antilles,  Carthagenia,  nor 
from  the  United  States.  The  disease  was  developed  in  the 
ground  at  that  place ;  there  it  always  exists,  and  is  developed 
whenever  certain  climatic  conditions  prevail.” 

Padre  Algre  states  his  belief,  gleaned  from  various  sources, 
in  the  importation  of  yellow  fever  from  Africa,  where,  as  is 
well-known,  on  certaiu  portions  of  the  western  coast,  north  of 
the  equator,  it  occurs  endemically.  Dr.  Comote,  on  the  other 
hand,  emphasizes  that  it  is  the  morbid  material  contained 
originally  in  the  ground,  although  a  certain  chain  of  conditions 
is  necessary  for  its  evolution. 

If  we  accept  the  opinion  of  those  who  teach  that  yellow  fever 
is  indigenous  to  Mexico,  it  seems  highly  improbable,  from  what 
has  been  written,  that  it  should  have  been  limited,  on  the  arri¬ 
val  of  the  earlier  Spaniards,  to  the  environs  of  their  landing 
places. 

It  is  extremely  improbable  that  there  should  be  on  a  coast 
stretching  from  18°  to  26°  north  lat.,  only  five  foci  of  the  dis¬ 
ease  if  it  were  really  indigenous  ;  therefore  our  opinion  against 
this  view  is  considerably  strengthened  when  we  reflect  that 
four  of  these  places  have  been  connected  the  longest  and  most 
uninterruptedly  with  Yera  Cruz.  Regarding  Alvarado,  Tlaca- 
talpam,  Laguna  and  Campeche,  as  foci  of  the  second  class, 
which  are  continually  being  contaminated  by  fever  material 
from  the  chief  focus,  Yera  Cruz  then  alone  remains.  We  can¬ 
not  refrain  from  believing  the  yellow  fever  germ  to  have  been 
imported  here  instead  of  declaring  it  to  be  iudigeuous.  As  far 
as  Yera  Cruz  is  concerned,  we  would  have  to  seek  the  fountain 
of  the  disease  beyond  the  Mexican  border,  most  probably  in 
HaVana,  which,  from  earliest  times,  has  been  in  uninterrupted 
communication  with  Yera  Cruz  and  in  a  more  limited  manner 
with  Campeche  and  Alvarado. 

It  can  be  set  down  as  a  rule  that  yellow  fever  almost  in¬ 
variably  occurs  first  on  the  coast  or  on  the  banks  of  navigable 

6 


1044 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 


streams.  1  must  mention  the  influence  that  railroads  have 
already  had,  and  are  likely  to  have  to  a  greater  degree,  on  the 
spread  of  the  disease.  During  the  construction  of  the  rail¬ 
road  from  Yera  Cruz  to  Paso  del  Macho,  small  epidemics  re¬ 
peatedly  broke  out  at  all  the  stations,  except  La  Tejera,  the 
nearest  one  to  Vera  Cruz,  where  the  fever  has  never  occurred.'* 

The  greatest  elevation  above  the  sea  level  at  which  yellow 
fever  in  this  latitude  has  occurred  as  an  epidemic  is  at  Las 
Animas,  1008.59  metres  above  the  sea  level.  Cordova,  105.84 
Kilometres  from  Yera  Cruz  and  827.08  metres  above  the  sea 
level,  remained  from  1804  and  1806,  free  from  the  fever  until 
1876,  when  a  fearful  epidemic  prevailed  there. 

The  origin  of  this  epidemic  is  attributed  to  the  son  of  Dr. 
Casas,  who  returned  to  Cordova  after  a  short  visit  to  Yera 
Cruz,  where  he  contracted  the  disease  which  resulted  in  his 
death.  The  disease  spread  over  the  whole  city,  then  to  neigh¬ 
boring  towns,  haciendas  and  ranches. 

In  1877  and  1878,  a  few  sporadic  cases  occurred.  The  Mexi¬ 
can  coast  affords  numberless  proofs  of  the  absolute  independ¬ 
ence  of  yellow  fever  and  the  so-called  malarial  fevers. 

For  instance,  Tampico  is  almost  yearly  the  theatre  of  very 
severe  swamp  fever  epidemics  of  the  most  pernicious  character. 

The  entire  coast,  from  Tampico  to  Vera  Cruz,  has  a  bad  name 
on  account  of  the  prevalence  of  swamp  fever.  On  this  account 
San  Juau  Bantista  has  been  called  the  grave  of  Europeans,  yet 
yellow  fever  was  unknown  there  until  1877.  Mexico  furnishes 
many  exceptions  to  the  rule  that  yellow  fever  is  almost  invari¬ 
ably  a  disease  peculiar  to  cities. 

All  authors  lay  particular  stress  on  the  predominance  of  yel¬ 
low  fever  in  harbors  having  narrow  and  dirty  streets  and 
sailors’  drinking  saloons. 

They  say  th’at  cleanliness  of  the  streets  and  other  conditions 
coming  within  the  poll  of  police  ordinances  are  of  great  weight 
in  this  question. 

Yera  Cruz  will  serve  me  as  an  illustration.  In  the  first  place 
no  sailors’  quarters  exist  here  and  but  few  drinking  saloons,  for 
sailors  are  seldom  allowed  here,  never  many  at  a  time,  and 
those  generally  under  inspection  whilst  on  shore.  lu  the 
second  place  the  excessive  cleanliness  of  the  streets  leaves 
nothing  to  be  desired  in  that  direction.  Strangers  are  always 
struck  with  the  cleanliness  of  Yera  Cruz.  Filth  and  bad  ven¬ 
tilation  are  limited  to  the  so-called  Patios  de  Yeciudad,  which 
were  formerly  considered  the  foci  of  pests  of  all  kind,  except 
yellow  fever,  for  the  houses  were  occupied  almost  exclusively  by 
natives.  In  the  frightful  epidemic  of  1875  the  disease  began  in 
the  best  part  of  the  city. 

Fuzier  in  his  book  expected  great  results  from  the  introduc¬ 
tion  of  the  water  of  the  Jarnapa  and  from  the  erection  of  pub¬ 
lic  bath-houses.  For  twelve  (12)  years  the  Jarnapa  water  flow¬ 
ing  from  many  pumps  has  flushed  our  gutters  and  has  fur- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1045 


1880] 


nished  the  houses  with  an  abundance  of  water.  The  baths  have 
been  supplied  and  are  well  attended  to.  Vera  Cruz  has  also 
about  the  best  police  in  the  Republic,  yet  we  had  fearful  epi¬ 
demics  in  1875,  1877  and  1878.  It  very  evidently  follows 
therefore,  that  filth  per  se  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  develop¬ 
ment  of  yellow  fever  and  that  the  statements  of  many  authors 
in  reference  to  this  are  exaggerated. 

Until  very  lately  a  firm  belief  of  the  absolute  immunity  of 
natives  prevailed  at  Vera  Cruz  and  other  foci  of  yellow  fever. 
Most  of  the  physicians  shoved  this  belief  to  a  point  little  short 
of  fanaticism.  The  fearful  epidemics  of  late  years  have,  in 
Vera  Cruz,  caused  a  change  of  opinion;  for  so  many  deaths 
among  the  natives  occurred  from  yellow  fever  that  the  truth 
could  no  longer  be  denied.  Children  as  well  as  adults  shared 
a  common  fate.  These  cases,  however,  were  regarded  as 
exceptions  to  a  general  rule. 

Foreigners,  even,  can  remain  insusceptible  to  the  disease  for 
a  uumber  of  years,  provided  they  do  not  leave  the  yellow  fever 
country.  A  few  months’  absence  suffices  to  destroy  an  immu¬ 
nity  thus  acquired.  It  is  a  well  known  fact  that  natives  them¬ 
selves  may  loose  their  immunity  through  a  prolonged  absence. 

Concerning  the  nature  of  the  yellow  fever  poison,  our  know¬ 
ledge  is  not  very  definite,  yet  we  can  explain  certain  character¬ 
istic  peculiarities  of  it.  In  the  first  place  it  is  very  difficult  to 
eradicate  it  after  it  has  taken  root  any  Avhere.  Its  continued 
existence  is  possible  only  within  certain  degrees  of  mean  tem¬ 
perature.  If,  however,  it  be  carried  to  colder  latitudes,  it  will 
live  until  the  mercury  falls  to  32°  F.  Even  in  the  tropics 
repeated  introductions  of  the  poison  are  necessary  to  produce 
an  epidemic. 

In  spite  of  the  steamship  communication  which  Vera  Cruz 
has  by  means  of  different  lines,  with  Tampico,  Tuxpan,  Miua- 
titlan,  San  Juau  Bantista  and  Progreso,  not  a  single  epidemic 
has  been  produced  through  this  means.  Another  highly  char¬ 
acteristic  feature  of  yellow  fever  can  be  explained  only  on  the 
ground  of  the  great  difficulty  of  transporting  the  poison  on 
account  of  its  stability.  I  mean  the  formation  of  larger  or 
smaller  foci,  observable  in  every  epidemic  and  especially  the 
occurrence  ot  sporadic  cases,  when  no  epidemic  prevails.  It 
frequently  happens  that  the  nearest  surroundings  to  a  fever 
stricken  place  escape.  In  1866,  the  French  camped  immedi¬ 
ately  in  front  of  Vera  Cruz  on  the  plain,  and  no  case  occurred 
in  their  cam]),  although  a  fearful  epidemic  prevailed  in  Vera 
Cruz.  All  things  being  considered,  we  are  forced  tu  regai  d  the 
yellow  fever  poison  as  belonging  to  that  lower  order  of  organ¬ 
ized  beings  which  live  as  parasites  on  higher  beings.  Highly 
developed  plants  require  certain  conditions  of  temperature  and 
soil,  and  a  certain  amount  of  warmth  and  moisture  for  their 
development.  Limited  to  certain  well-defined  groups  aud 
often  confined  to  narrow  tracts  of  country,  they  reach  develop- 


1046 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 

ment  with  difficulty  and  become  acclimated  with  still  more 
difficulty  under  conditions,  to  the  casual  observer,  scarcely  or 
not  at  all  changed. 

What  is  true  of  the  higher  forms  of  plant-life  is  also  true  of 
the  lower  forms,  such  as  algae,  lichens  and  fungi,  and  espec¬ 
ially  the  latter,  which  belong  exclusively  to  the  group  of  para¬ 
sites  in  the  vegetable  kingdom.  Many  fungi  are  assigned  to 
quite  peculiar  strata.  If  we  consider  the  lowest  fungi  as  the 
bearers  of  the  yellow  fever  poison,  the  difficulties  of  transport¬ 
ing  it  is  easily  explained,  and  if,  as  it  sometimes  happen,  it  be 
transported,  the  difficulty  of  its  making  a  permanent  abode,  is 
also  explained.  The  latter  can  never  be  effected  until  the  fever 
germ  accidentally  comes  in  contact  with  that  stratum  on  which 
it  grows  luxuriantly  and  from  which  it  cannot  be  easily  eradi¬ 
cated.  On  this  stratum  it  can  invade  the  human  organism — 
that  it  is  not  propogated  in  the  human  organism,  and  that  it  is 
not  transmitted  from  one  person  to  another,  numerous  facts, 
in  the  history  of  the  spreading  ot  the  disease,  attest.  Many 
tacts  attest  that  the  human  body  (organism)  is  not  the  bearer 
or  the  propagator  of  the  disease. 

How  is  the  fact  explained,  that  ships  that  have  no  communi¬ 
cation  with  the  land  remain  free  from  the  disease?  This  is  a 
well  known  fact  at  Yera  Cruz,  according  to  Hirsch.  Ships 
from  Yera  Cruz  are  seldom  the  bearers  of  disease. 

After  they  have  been  cleared,  they  receive  all  their  supplies 
through  native  boatmen  ;  they  get  ballast  from  the  reefs.  In 
unloading  or  loading  a  ship,  the  native  boatmen  never  come  in 
contact  with  the  ship  or  crew.  Goods  are  handled  entirely  by 
machinery.  Ships  ofren  lie  at  Yera  Cruz  for  months  with  per¬ 
fect  impunity.  At  Laguna,  vessels  are  loaded  with  wood  by 
machinery,  and  the  crew  aud  natives  never  come  in  contact,  yet 
the  wood  certainly  carries  the  germ  of  the  disease,  for  many 
sailors  contract  the  disease  annually  from  this  cause. 

We  are  forced  to  conclude  that  the  yellow  fever  poison  is 
transported  exclusively  by  means  of  wares  (merchandise) — in 
the  broadest  sense  of  the  term — the  numerous  epidemics  such 
as  that  at  Altamira,  and  the  one  at  Tuxpan  attest  this.  There 
can  be  no  doubt  of  the  germs  possessing  a  greater  affimity  for 
certain  kinds  of  wares.  In  June,  1877,  Mr.  Bustamente,  a 
merchant  at  Pichucalco,  ordered  an  assorted  lot  of  goods  from 
the  infected  town  of  San  Juan  Bautista.  The  goods  were 
brought  in  skiffs  to  within  one  league  of  Pichucalco,  were 
there  put  on  mules  and  carried  to  Mr.  Bustamente’s  house.  1 
failed  to  learn  from  my  friend,  Don  Francisco  Arguellus,  the  fate 
of  the  boatmen  $  the  muleteers  and  the  occupants  of  Mr.  Busta- 
mente’s  house  all  contracted  the  disease.  A  wide-spread  epi¬ 
demic  then  prevailed.  In  a  few  days  after  the  arrival  of  the 
goods,  they  were  put  on  the  backs  of  Indians  and  sent  to  Cris¬ 
tobal.  Most  of  these  Indians  died.  This  single  epidemic 
proves  conclusively  two  things — the  transportation  of  the  germs 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1047 


of  the  disease  in  goods,  and  the  transmission  of  the  germs  from 
goods  to  men.  I  feel  justified  in  drawing  this  conclusion — 
that,  it  is  impossible  for  the  body  of  an  acclimated  person,  or 
that  of  a  person  suffering  from  the  disease,  to  transport  the 
germs  of  tfie  disease.  The  germs  have  to  be  brought  by  some 
thing  the  person  brings,  either  in  his  clothes  or  baggage. 

The  native  Campeche  troops  carried  no  germs  to  San  Juan 
Bautista,  although  they  hailed  from  the  hot  bed  of  yellow  fever, 
but  Gen.  Luz  Enriquez’  troops  who  went  from  Campeche  to 
San  Juan,  carried  the  germs  of  a  frightful  epidemic. 

This  is  easily  explained ! 

The  native  Campeclieans,  according  to  their  custom,  carry 
no  baggage  and  wear  but  few  clothes.  The  outfit  of  a  Campe- 
chean  soldier  consists  of  a  cotton  shirt,  a  light  straw  hat,  san¬ 
dals,  a  musket,  a  cartridge-box  and  a  machete.  Gen.  Enriquez’s 
troops  were  equipped  in  modern  European  style  and  they  car¬ 
ried  also  a  large  amount  of  baggage  and  war  material. 

In  regard  to  the  investigations  of  the  blood  with  the  micros¬ 
cope,  a  few  words  only  are  necessary.  In  nine  different  cases  I 
failed  to  find  the  smallest  chauge  from  the  normal  state.  In 
several  cases  the  red  blood  corpuscles  had  assumed  the  well 
known  gooseberry  shape;  but  this  was  found  out  to  be  due  not 
to  disease,  but  to  artificial  serum  I  used  for  the  dilution  of  the 
blood.  The  blood  of  healthy  persons  diluted  with  the  same 
serum  gave  the  same  result.  With  new  serum  I  proved  that 
the  suspected  blood  was  normal.  Lower  organisms  could  not 
be  proved  to  exist  in  blood  taken  from  patients  in  the  last 
stages  of  the  disease.  With  two  exceptions  all  my  experiments 
were  made  on  blood  abstracted  from  the  vieus  in  the  hand  of 
patients  in  the  last  stages  of  the  disease.  But  it  is  by  no 
means  proved  that  snch  organisms  are  not  present  in  the 
earlier  stages  of  the  disease.  The  negative  result  of  these 
investigations  is  important  since  it  shows  how  groundless  are 
the  often  repeated  assertions  about  the  analysis  of  the  blood 
iu  yellow  fever. 

THE  SANITARY  COMMISSIONER  OF  INDIA  ON  THE  PREVAILING 
DOCTRINES  AS  I’O  THE  CAUSES  OF  CHOLERA  IN  THEIR  RE¬ 
LATION  TO  SANITARY  IMPROVEMENTS. 

The  Aunual  Reports  of  Dr.  J.  M.  Cuningham,  the  Imperial 
Sauitay  Commissioner  of  India,  have  for  several  years  main¬ 
tained  a  place  in  the  foremost  rank  in  English  and  Continental 
Sanitary  literature.  As  the  one  just  issued — the  fourteenth — 
summarises  to  a  certain  extent  the  doctrines  which  have  been 
advocated  in  his  previous  reports,  excerpts  from  some  of  the 
more  salient  portions  of  the  volume  will  doubtless  be  welcome 
to  our  readers,  especially  as  the  original  volumes  are  available 
to  but  a  very  limited  number  of  them.  We  shall  confine  our 
extracts  to  sections  of  the  Report  dealing  with  cholera. 


1048 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 

Referring  to  the  prevaliug  view  that  the  course  taken  by  the 
disease  bears  a  relation  to  the  high  roads  and  railways  of  the 
country,  Dr.  Cuuingham  states  that  the  cholera-history  of  the 
year  under  review  (1877)  coincides  with  previous  experience, 
namely,  that  11  cholera  in  India  in  these  days  of  railways  and. 
steamboats  travels  no  quicker  than  it  did  when  there  were  no  rail¬ 
ways  and  no  steamboats  and  hardly  any  roads.”  The  italics  are 
in  the  original.  In  no  instance  could  the  Sanitary  Commis¬ 
sioner  satisfy  himself  that  an  outbreak  of  the  disease  occurred 
through  11  importation atid  with  regard  to  the  supposition 
that  attendants  on  the  sick  are  proportionately  more  liable  to 
be  attacked  than  others  living  in  the  same  neighborhood,  Dr. 
Cuningham  compares  the  facts  with  the  theory  in  this  wise : — 

“  According  to  a  prevailing  theory,  a  single  case  of  cholera  in¬ 
troduced  into  a  community  may  communicate  the  disease  to 
the  neighbors  or  to  those  who  may  have  ordinary  every  day  com¬ 
munication  with  the  house  or  person  of  the  sick  man,  and  may 
thus  form  a  centre  of  contagion  from  which  an  epidemic  may  arise 
destructive  to  thousands.  This  is  the  theory.  The  fact  is, 
that  during  1876  and  1877,  in  this  presidency,  422  cases  of 
cholera  were  treated  in  101  hospitals,  1,301  attendants  came 
into  immediate,  and  many  of  them  into  almost  constant  con¬ 
tact  with  them  for  days,  and  yet  out  of  these  1,301  persons, 
only  18  suffered  from  any  symptoms  of  cholera.  In  85  out  of 
the  101  hospitals  concerned  none  of  them  suffered  at  all.  The 
only  attacks  which  can  in  any  way  be  connected  with  the  1,301 
cases  of  cholera  are  18 — 16  of  cholera  and  2  of  severe  diarrhoea. 

“  Moreover,  in  none  of  the  18  instances  in  which  attendants 
suffered  is  there  evidence  to  show  that  the  attack  was  even 
probably  due  to  coutact  with  the  sick.  The  whole  evidence,  as 
given  in  the  medical  officer’s  reports,  is  extracted  in  Appendix 
D.  The  details  necessary  for  forming  an  opinion  on  the  point, 
it  will  be  seen,  are  generally  wanting,  but  in  several  of  the 
cases,  from  an  examination  of  dates  and  other  circumstances, 
there  is  good  reason  to  conclude  that  the  attack  was  in  no  way 
due  to  attendance ;  at  Banda,  for  example,  the  only  three  cases 
in  the  20th  Madras  Native  Infantry  occurred  in  the  same  hut, 
and  the  second  was  attacked  within  five  hours  of  the  first.  The 
mere  fact  that  an  attendant  is  attacked  is  no  evidence  that  he 
was  attacked  because  he  was  an  attendant.  In  some  reports 
the  two  are  conjoined  in  the  relation  of  cause  and  effect,  just 
as  if  there  could  be  no  question  on  the  subject,  as  if  the  fact  of 
being  in  attendance  on  a  cholera' patient  ought  actually  to  pro¬ 
tect  a  person  from  the  influences  producing  the  disease  in 
others,  and  virtually  confer  on  him  immunity  from  attack. 
This  fallacy  was  pointed  out  in  the  Annual  Report  lor  1872, 
but  it  is  still  very  frequently  repeated. 

“  In  order  to  prove  that  cases  of  cholera  among  attendants 
are  due  to  contagion,  it  must  be  shown  that  the  attendants 
suffered  in  larger  proportion  than  others.  In  limited  out- 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1049 


breaks  the  materials  may  not  suffice  for  any  general  conclu¬ 
sions,  but  the  facts  should  be  carefully  recorded,  so  that  they 
may  be  of  use  when  collected  as  a  whole.  In  the  case  of  any 
attendant  attacked  it  should  be  stated  how  long  he  has  been 
in  attendance;  the  nature  of  the  attendance ;  the  date  of  attack ; 
how  far  this  date  corresponded  with  the  time  when  the  out¬ 
break  was  at  its  height,  for  this  is  an  important  point  in  the 
evidence,  as  tending  to  show  whether  the  disease  should  be  at¬ 
tributed  to  causes  general  to  the  community,  or  particular  to 
the  individual ;  how  far  the  results  ascribed  to  attendance  may 
be  due  to  locality,  and  how  far  the  attendants,  as  regards  local¬ 
ity,  movements,  etc.,  were  treated  differently  from  others.  The 
period  of  supposed  incubation  is  important.  It  will  be  ob¬ 
served  that  in  one  of  the  instances  it  was  believed  to  have  been 
ninety-four  hours,  and  in  another  twenty-one  days. 

“As  has  been  pointed  out  in  former  reports,  the  free  lorn  of 
attendants  on  cholera  cases  from  any  special  risk  is  not  to  be 
explained  by  disinfectants,  even  if  the  efficacy  of  disinfectants 
were  undoubted.  Every  one  acquainted  with  the  habits  of 
natives  knows  how  little  care  they  take  in  their  use,  and  how  lit¬ 
tle  value  they  attach  to  them.  The  facts  of  1876  aud  1877  merely 
repeat  in  a  definite  form  what  has  been  long  observed  in  this 
country.  Knowledge  of  these  facts  may  do  much  to  calm  the 
minds  of  people  in  cholera  times.  At  present,  many  approach 
a  case  of  cholera  with  the  greatest  dread,  and  attend  ou  it  as  if 
they  were  undertaking  the  most  dangerous  duty.  If  they  were 
to  realize  that  it  has  been  proved  by  experience  that  there  is 
absolutely  no  danger  whatever  in  such  attendance,  much  good 
would  be  done  not  only  in  quieting  needless  fears,  but  also  in 
impressing  the  important  truth  that  the  measures  which  are 
best  calculated  to  prevent  cholera  are  not  isolation  aud  disen- 
fection  of  the  sick,  or  the  ‘  stamping  out’  of  the  disease,  as  it  is 
popularly  called,  but  the  removal  or  remedying  of  all  local  in¬ 
sanitary  conditions.” 

Following  this  analysis  of  the  evidence  which  the  material  at 
his  command  furnished,  as  to  the  influence  of  contagion  in  dis¬ 
seminating  cholera.  Dr.  Cuuiugham  proceeds  to  submit  the 
water  theory  of  the  origin  and  promulgation  of  the  disease  to 
trenchant  criticism,  the  nature  of  which  will  be  best  ascertained 
by  again  quoting  from  the  Report : — “  Comparatively  few  per¬ 
sons  now  believe  that  cholera  is  propagated  by  direct  contact 
with  previous  cases;  but  it  is  still  held  by  many  that  the  dis¬ 
charges  of  the  sick  contain  a  specific  poison,  which  acts  in¬ 
directly  through  the  water  supply.  This  water  theory  of  chol¬ 
era,  as  it  is  called,  is  interpreted  in  different  senses.  By  some 
it  is  regarded  merely  as  the  means  of  explaining  the  special 
violence  of  certain  outbreaks.  By  others  it  is  held  to  have  a 
much  wider  application,  and  is  believed  to  account  for  the  epi¬ 
demic  diffusion  of  the  disease.  In  regard  to  the  former  view, 
all  that  need  be  said  is,  that  no  instance  has  been  adduced  in 


1050 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 


India  to  which  it  seems  applicable.  Innumerable  outbreaks 
have  been  connected  with  the  use  of  impure  water ;  but  not 
only  has  no  specific  germ  been  proved  to  exist  in  the  water, 
but  the  ideas  seems  opposed  to  the  facts  of  the  case. 

‘‘  This  water  theory  was  discussed  at  some  length  in  the  Re¬ 
port  of  1872*  It  was  then  pointed  out  that  it  seemed  irrecon¬ 
cilable,  first,  with  the  geographical  distribution  of  the  disease 
in  this  country — with  the  existence  of  well  marked  and  exten¬ 
sive  tracts  of  country  which  escaped,  and  the  existence  of 
other  well-marked  and  extensive  tracts  which  suffered  severely, 
there  being  no  material  difference  in  the  water-supply  of  those 
exempted  as  compared  with  the  epidemic  areas;  secondly ,  with 
the  experience  of  the  same  areas  in  different  years,  some  of  which 
were  marked  by  almost  total  absence  of  cholera,  and  others  by 
violent  epidemics,  there  being  no  material  difference  in  the  water 
supply  of  one  year  as  compared  with  another ;  thirdly ,  with  the 
history  of  individual  stations,  some  of  which  suffer  frequently 
severely  from  cholera,  while  others,  where  the  water  is  just  as 
liable  to  contamination,  generally  escape,  or,  if  they  do  suffer, 
suffer  to  a  trifling  extent ;  fourthly ,  with  the  experience  of 
bodies  of  men  moving  into  camp  on  account  of  cholera,  and 
using  an  entirely  different  water  from  that  which  had  been 
in  use  when  the  disease  attacked  them  in  cantonments,  and  yet 
with  the  change  there  was  no  abatement  of  the  disease,  even 
when  there  had  been  ample  time  for  all  effects  derived  from 
the  cantonment  water  to  disappear ;  fifthly ,  with  the  almost 
simultaneous  appearance  of  the  disease  among  various  bodies 
of  men  in  the  same  place,  but  drinking  water  drawn  from  many 
different  sources ;  sixthly ,  with  the  general  similarity  in  the 
rise  and  fall  and  disappearance  of  the  disease  among  these 
different  bodies  of  men  ;  seventhly ,  with  the  fact  that  the  pollu¬ 
tion  of  the  water  supply  is  least  likely  to  occur  at  the  commence¬ 
ment  of  an  outbreak  when  the  cases  are  fewest,  and  that  the 
outbreak  begins  to  decline  just  when  the  cases  are  most  numer¬ 
ous,  and  the  risks  of  pollution  greatest;  eighthly ,  with  the  gen¬ 
eral  character  of  different  epidemics,  some  of  which  are  distin¬ 
guished  by  great  force,  not  only  in  the  extent  of  country  which 
they  cover,  but  also  in  the  severity  with  which  they  affect  the 
individual  places  attacked  ;  in  one  epidemic  the  different  sec¬ 
tions  of  the  community,  such  as  the  various  bodies  of  men  in  a 
cantonment,  all  suffer  much,  in  another  they  all  suffer  compar¬ 
atively  little,  the  sources  of  water  supply  being  numerous  and 
of  the  same  character  in  both  epidemics.  It  seemed  hardly 
possible  that  the  virulence  of  the  supposed  poison  could  vary 
in  different  years,  or  that  the  quantity  could  have  been  so 
apportioned  to  the  different  sources  as  to  produce  such  results. 

u  The  experience  of  the  years  since  1872  has  fully  confirmed 
these  views.  The  history  of  the  non-epidemic  year  1874,  as 
compared  with  the  epidemic  year  1875,  is  particularly  striking. 


*Pp.  20  to  25. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1051 


1880] 

In  O.udh.  for  example,  in  1874,  there  were  only  68  deaths  from 
cholera,  in  1875  there  were  23,321  ;  in  the  Punjab  78  in  1874, 
6,246  in  1875;  in  the  Central  Provinces  14  in  i874,  and  14,643 
in  1875;  in  Berar  2  in  1874,  and  22,465  in  1875;  and  so  on  with 
other  provinces,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  table  given  in  the  first 
paragraph  of  this  section.  According  to  this  theory,  in  1875 
the  water  was  generally  polluted  with  cholera  discharges  ;  in 
1874  it  was  not.  In  other  words,  a  cholera  epidemic  over  an 
area  of  many  thousands  of  square  miles  was  dependent  on  a 
series  of  accidents  occurring  in  neighboring  districts  about  the 
same  time,  while  in  1874  these  accidents  were  as  rare  as  they 
had  been  frequent  in  1875.  The  enormous  differences  between 
these  two  years  are  not  to  be  explained  by  mere  accident.  Even 
if  it  had  been  shown  beyond  all  manner  of  doubt  that  cholera 
is  due  to  a  specific  poison,  and  that  this  poison  resides  in  the 
evacuations,  it  would  require  very  strong  proof  before  the 
accidental  pollution  of  the  water  supply  over  enormous  areas 
could  be  accepted  as  an  explanation  of  an  epidemic  year  ;  for 
even  in  a  non-epidemic  year  there  is  no  want  of  cholera  cases 
amply  sufficient  to  contaminate  the  water.  But  as  the  very 
existence  of  the  cholera  germ  has  itself  still  to  be  established, 
as  well  as  the  opinion  that  it  resides  in  the  discharges,  not  only 
is  the  chain  of  argument  imperfect,  but  every  important  link 
in  it  seems  to  be  wanting. 

“The  question  receives,  perhaps,  even  more  definite  and 
striking  illustration  from  the  statistics  of  villages  attacked  in 
1876  and  1877,  as  given  in  Appendix  B,  especially  if  they  be 
taken  in  conjunction  with  those  of  1875.  The  variation  in  the 
figures  for  these  years  is  often  very  remarkable,  as  may  be  seen 
from  the  following  examples,  which  might  be  multiplied  so  as 
to  include  very  many  districts : — 


8 

b*) 

JZ 

£*J 

Number  of  Villages  attacked  and  Number  of 
Deaths  Registered  from  Cholera. 

District. 

£0 

'o 

0) 

pO  e 

1875. 

1876. 

1877. 

S'" 

a 

Villages 

Deaths 

Villages 

Deaths  Villages 

Deaths 

Ranchee . 

7,464 

170 

1  472 

431 

3,885 

15 

52 

ChybasHa  ..  . 

3,179 

108 

172 

62 

143 

16 

33 

Allahabad.. . . 

3,183 

# 

1,383 

483 

19,85 

5 

253 

Unao  ..  . 

1,682 

460 

1,605 

* 

1,428 

32 

4 

Hardni _ _ _ 

1,980 

365 

2,973 

* 

A  2 

5 

Bareilly . 

3,082 

* 

730 

304 

3,111 

10 

33 

Lahore . 

1,710 

28 

288 

130 

722 

4 

5 

Rawalpindi  . . 

1,717 

1 

l 

142 

626 

1 

i 

Sangor . 

1,873 

3 

20 

213 

2,975 

65 

344 

Narsinglipnr . 

971 

19 

93 

289 

4,192 

7 

28 

Akola . 

1,108 

708 

7,847 

38 

233 

62 

394 

*  No  Information. 


1052 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 

“  Villages  vary  much  in  size  and  in  means  of  water  supply. 
Often  there  are  many  wells;  in  other  cases  the  people  depend 
on  a  stream.  It  is  very  much  understating  the  case  to  take 
one  source  of  water  supply  for  each ;  but  even  on  this  most 
inadequate  basis  of  calculation  it  would  follow,  according  to  the 
water  theory,  that  while  in  Rancliee,  iu  1875, 170  sources  of  sup¬ 
ply  were  polluted  by  cholera  discharges,  and  431  in  1876,  the 
number  so  polluted  in  1877  was  only  15  ;  that  in  the  neighbor¬ 
ing  district  of  Ch37bassa  similar  preponderance  of  such  accidents 
took  place  in  these  two  first  years,  and  that  in  the  third  they 
were  here  also  simiarly  rare.  Or,  to  take  Bareilly  in  1876, 
304  such  accidents  occurred,  but  in  1877  there  were  only  10; 
and  so  on  with  the  others. 

“  Setting  aside  scientific  inquiry  altogether,  the  mere  doc¬ 
trine  of  chances  altogether  forbids  the  acceptance  of  any  such 
explanation.  As  regards  water  drawn  from  streams,  there  is 
in  addition  another  great  fact  which  seems  as  fatal  to  the 
water  theory  as  the  great  fact  already  stated  is  fatal  to  the 
theory  of  human  intercourse.  Cholera  invariably  travels ,  not 
down ,  but  up  the  great  drainage  channels  of  the  country.  There  is 
no  such  thing  on  record  as  an  epidemic  commencing  iu  the 
Upper  Provinces  and  working  its  way,  for  example,  down  the 
valley  of  the  Ganges  or  the  valley  of  the  Indus.  The  progress 
is  always  in  exactly  the  contrary  direction. 

“  The  vast  importance  of  pure  water  can  hardly  be  exagger¬ 
ated.  This  has  been  urged  again  and  again  in  these  Office 
Reports  during  the  last  ten  years.  The  evil  of  the  water  theory 
is,  not  that  it  insists  on  this  requisite,  but  that  it  does  not  in¬ 
sist  on  it  on  a  sufficiently  wide  and  logical  basis.  As  regards 
cholera,  the  only  danger  iu  the  water-supply,  according  to  this 
theory,  is  the  danger  of  its  containing  cholera  discharges. 
Other  impurities  may  exist  in  abundance,  but  without  the  sup¬ 
posed  germ  there  can  be  no  outbreak.  But  this  view  of  the  case 
is  insufficient,  especially  as  it  is  based  on  purely  theoretical 
considerations.  The  only  sound  sanitary  principle  iu  regard  to 
water  is,  that  it  must  be  tree  not  only  from  cholera  discharges, 
but  from  every  form  of  impurity.  Pure  water  is  a  most  im¬ 
portant  preservative  of  health,  not  only  against  cholera,  but 
against  all  diseases.  On  this  point  the  following  remarks  from 
Dr.  Payne’s  Annual  Health  Report  of  Calcutta  for  1877  may  be 
quoted  with  advantage  : 

‘  The  doctrine  known  as  the  water  theory  did  not  hold  good,  for  it  de¬ 
manded  a  germ  from  a  cholera-stricken  person  to  produce  the  change ;  and 
the  wholehistory  of  the  season  was  opposed  to  such  specific  origin.  It  is  nec¬ 
essary  also  to  anticipate  objection  by  pointing  out  that  there  were  probably 
other  media  besides  foul  water,  wherein  the  poison  might  be  created,  that 
disease  often  appeared  where  foul  water  could  not  be  found,  and  foul  water 
frequently  failed  to  cause  immediate  disease.  All  these  precautions  were 
taken,  and  they  left  the  main  propositions  unimpaired,  as  an  argument  of 
commanding  force,  for  leaving  no  means  untried  to  get  rid  of  filthy  water. 
In  my  first  report  I  alluded  to  some  facts  which  had  occurred  in  the  native 
lunatic  asylum  as  strongly  suggestive  of  a  close  relation  between  filthy 


‘  Current  Medical  Literature. 


1053 


1880J 

water  and  fatal  dysentery.  The  experience  of  the  year  187(3,  striking  as  it 
was  in  this  respect,  did  not  justify  a  positive  conclusion.  It  was  followed 
in  1877  by  events  which  rendered  such  a  conclusion  inevitable.  The  dys¬ 
entery  which  had  from  the  earliest  times  been  the  great  scourge  of  the 
place,  and  had  yielded  to  no  efforts  of  sanitation,  now  disappeared.  The 
fatal  cases,  which  had  always  been  uumerous  in  former  years,  were  in  1877 
represented  by  a  single  death.  The  surreptitious  conveyance  of  filthy 
water  to  the  mouth  was  discovered  in  the  middle  of  1876,  and  prevented. 
No  other  changes  took  place  to  explain  the  disappearance  of  the  disease.  ’ 

Along  with  abetter  water. supply  it  may  be  mentioned  that 
the  lunatics  were  relieved  of  the  overcrowding  from  which  the 
asylum  had  suffered  so  much  in  former  years. 

“  The  water  theory  errs  in  demanding  a  remedy  for  only  one 
out  of  many  sanitary  defects.  But  cholera  is  to  be  dealt  with 
on  the  same  general  principle  as  all  other  diseases,  and  this  is, 
that  every  sanitary  defect  must  be  sought  out,  and,  as  far  as 
possible,  remedied.  The  cause  of  cholera— what  governs  its 
distribution,  and  its  relative  incidence  in  different  places — is 
still  as  inscrutable  as  when  the  disease  first  appeared ;  but  it  is 
well  known  that  when  this  cause  or  combination  of  causes  is 
present,  it  is  favored  by  filth,  overcrowding,  and  every  other 
condition  adverse  to  health.  The  practical  work  to  be  done  is 
to  remedy  these  conditions. 

“  Theories  of  contagion,  whether  direct  or  indirect,  form  no 
safe  basis  for  State  interference  iu  sanitary  affairs.  The  action 
they  involve  is  either  already  as  well  or  more  fully  provided 
for  on  sound  sanitary  principles,  as  has  j  ust  been  illustrated  in 
the  case  of  cholera  and  water,  or  it  is  altogether  impracticable, 
like  quarantine,  which  has  been  in  former  years  attended  with 
great  discomfort  and  oppression  to  the  people,  and  with  no 
good  result.  Even  isolation  and  disinfection,  which  are  pre¬ 
scribed  in  hospitals,  aud  can  be  productive  of  no  harm  in  them, 
if  pressed  on  the  people,  can  be  productive  only  of  mischief, 
for  such  interference  worries  and  annoys  them  in  their  domes¬ 
tic  relations,  it  tends  to  make  all  sanitary  measures  unpopular, 
and  it  diverts  their  attention  from  the  only  real  work  to  be 
done — sanitary  improvements.  Quarantine,  isolation,  and  dis¬ 
infection  have  utterly  failed  to  prevent  or  arrest  outbreaks 
among  European  troops  in  cantonments,  even  when  carried  out 
under  the  most  careful  superintendence.  To  ask  the  people 
over  the  enormous  area  of  India  to  rely  on  such  measures  for 
protection,  is  to  ask  them  to  rely  on  what  has  been  tried  within 
the  limited  area  and  population  of  a  station  and  fouud  ineffec¬ 
tual.  Even  if  isolation  and  disinfection  had  been  attended  with 
decided  benefit  in  the  case  of  troops  and  jails,  it  would  be  alto¬ 
gether  a  mistake  to  order  their  adoption  by  the  people  at  large, 
for  the  people  have  often  no  means  of  carrying  them  out.  Any 
machinery  directed  to  enforce  such  an  order  must  be  most  costly, 
and,  in  spite  of  its  costliness,  must  be  most  inefficient,  produc¬ 
tive  of  much  social  misery,  and  powerless  to  effect  any  good. 
The  removal  from  the  affected  locality  has  proved  of  signal  ser. 


1054 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  May 


vice  in  the  case  of  troops  and  prisoners,  but  this  measure  also, 
although  founded  on  the  theory  of  contagion,  is  one  which, 
however  much  it  may  be  recommended,  can  never  be  ordered 
by  the  Government.  Practically,  then,  State  legislation  in 
this  matter  is  limited  to  urging  on  sanitary  improvements  apart 
from  all  theories.  It  may  he  argued  that  the  stoppage  of  pil¬ 
grimages  has  proved  beneficial,  and  that  this  can  be  explained 
only  on  the  theory  of  contagion.  But  no  such  explanation  is 
needed.  The  stoppage  of  pilgrimages  in  time  of  cholera  means 
the  stoppage  of  tilth  at  fairs,  of  overcrowding,  of  fatigue,  ex¬ 
posure,  and  privation — all  most  insanitary  conditions. 

“  In  the  report  for  1872  the  truth  of  the  general  principles 
here  advocated  was  illustrated  by  the  marked  diminution  of 
cholera  in  the  Madras  jails  siuce  they  had  been  placed  in  a  bet¬ 
ter  sanitary  condition ;  a  similar  illustration  may  now  be  given 
for  Bengal.  In  his  report,  as  has  been  already  mentioned  in 
Section  IV.,  Dr.  Bryden  has  tabulated  most  complete  statistics 
of  the  jails  of  each  local  government  and  administration  in  this 
Presidency  since  1859.  The  result  is  shown  in  two  nine-year 
periods,  and  they  are  as  follows.  They  have  already  been 
tabulated  in  the  section  on  jails,  but  this  section,  which  deals 
with  cholera,  would  be  incomplete  without  them  : 


Province 


Bengal  Proper _ 

Oudh  . . 

N.  W.  Provinces.. 
Central  Provinces. 

Punjab . 

Total  for  Bengal . . 


Year. 

Cholera 
mortality 
per  1000. 

Total  mor¬ 
tality  in 
eluding 
Cholera. 

1859—67 

19.40 

90.30 

1868—76 

7.85 

51.45 

1859—67 

7.40 

83.50 

1868—76 

.82 

21.68 

1859—67 

7.59 

72.52 

1868—76 

1.45 

36.34 

1859-67 

11.27 

63.78 

1868—76 

2.73 

38.95 

1859-67 

2.19 

46.46 

1868—76 

.82 

32.94 

1859—67 

10.77 

73.45 

1868—76 

3.28 

38.68 

“  These  figures  are  very  striking.  The  mortality  from  chol¬ 
era  has  been  reduced  to  a  small  part  of  what  it  was,  and  this 
cannot  be  explained  by  measures  taken  against  contagion, 
for — and  this  is  perhaps  the  most  gratifying  feature  in  the 
case — the  marked  diminution  in  cholera  has  been  attended 
with  a  marked  reduction  in  other  diseases  also.  The  total  mor¬ 
tality  from  all  causes  iu  the  jails  of  the  Bengal  Presidency  from 
1868 — 76  was  little  more  than  one-half  what  it  had  been  in  the 
nine  years  previous.  The  practical  and  most  important  infer¬ 
ence  is,  that  the  general  sanitary  measures  which  reduce  other 
diseases  also  effect  a  marked  reduction  in  cholera.” 


Currmt  Medical  Literature. 


1055 


1880J 

The  portion  of  the  section  of  the  Report  dealing  with  cholera 
is  brought  to  a  conclusion  with  an  extract  from  the  recently 
promulgated  Government  of  India  Regulations,  which  are  to 
be  enforced  in  future  on  the  outbreak  of  cholera  in  India.  The 
rules  hitherto  in  force  were  amended  in  accordance  with  the 
recommendation  of  a  Special  Committee,  which  had  beeu  as¬ 
sembled  under  the  orders  of  Government  towards  the  end  of 
1876,  to  report  on  the  whole  question  of  quarantine  as  a  means 
of  protecting  cantonments  from  the  disease.  The  amended 
rule  cited  bears  the  heading — “  Officers  iu  Command  not  to  es¬ 
tablish  Quarantine,”  and  it  runs  thus:  — 

“  It  must  be  distinctly  understood  that  commanding  officers  are  not 
authorized  to  establish  or  enforce  against  the  public  at  large,  or  any  sec¬ 
tion  thereof,  any  quarantine,  or  any  restrictions  in  the  nature  of  quaran¬ 
tine,  as  against  cholera  in  particular,  which  are  not  equally  applicable  at 
all  times  to  the  control  of  vagrant  classes  of  people  having  no  legitimate 
ground  for  claiming  admission  within  cantonment  limits.  The  employ¬ 
ment  of  the  troops  to  form  cordons  round  cantonments  for  such  purposes  is 
strictly  prohibited,  discipline  in  this,  as  in  other  matters,  being  enforced 
by  the  ordinary  means  placed  at  the  commanding  officer’s  disposal  for  such 
purposes,  and  it  is  to  be  carried  out  without  additional  expense  to  the 
State  beyond  that  authorized  by  these  rules.” 


FISSURED  NIPPLES. 

Of  all  the  small  things  which  worry  a  practitiouer  of  medecine, 
this  apparently  little  ailment  has  been  the  bugbear  of  my  pro¬ 
fessional  life.  Apparently  so  insignificant,  and  yet  so  painful, 
so  persistent  and  intractable,  that  I  have  often  felt  that  I  would 
give  a  good,  round  sum  for  what  I  could  really  call  a  remedy, 
and  have  always  wished  that  I  may  never  see  another  case  of  it. 
Do  what  we  will,  the  child  must  suck  (children  do  not u nurse”  in 
Sedalia,  they  suck)  or  the  milk  must  be  drawn  with  a  breast 
pump,  and,  in  either  case  the  fissure  is  torn  open  and  bleeds 
and  our  case  is  as  bad  as  ever.  I  have  tried  everything — tr. 
benzoin,  argent,  nitras,  collodion,  and  have  seen  my  work 
go  down  to  naught  at  the  hands  (or  mouth  rather)  of  an  infaut, 
only  oue  week  old.  I  found  myself  with  a  case  of  this  kind  on 
my  hands  in  the  month  of  August  of  this  year.  Two  or  three 
times  the  case  was  reported  to  me  as  cured,  and  as  often  an 
“  adverse  report  ”  had  been  sent  in  the  next  day.  On  one  of 
these  occasions  I  walked  into  my  private  office,  trying  to  think 
of  something,  when  my  eyes  fell  on  a  bottle  of  “  Prof.  Callen’s 
Brazilian  Gum.”  It  came  to  me  like  a  revelation.  I  had  bought 
the  stuff  to  ineud  a  Politzer’s  bag.  It  is  pure  gum  in  solution 
(iu  naphtha,  I  think),  and  is  of  about  the  consistency  of  thick 
mucilage.  When  exposed  to  the  air  the  solvent  evaporates  and 
leaves  the  elastic  rubber  adhering  to  whatever  it  has  been  ap¬ 
plied.  I  knew  it  would  do.  I  went  at  once  to  the  patient  and 
applied  it  with  a  camel’s  hair  pencil  all  over  the  nipple  (except 
the  milk  ducts)  aud  over  the  areola  around  the  nipple.  It  re¬ 
mained  on  three  days,  and  came  oft' leaving  the  parts  entirely 


1056  Current  Medical  Literature.  [May 

healed.  There  were  one  or  two  slight  fissures  afterwards,  but 
the  patient  applied  the  remedy  without  sending  for  me  and  had 
no  further  trouble.  I  have  tried  it  in  one  other  case  with  equal 
success.  I  also  applied  it  to  a  largely  abraded  surface  on  a 
man’s  face,  who  had  been  thrown  from  a  buggy  and  scraped  the 
side  of  his  face  on  the  ground.  The  remedy  adhered  beautifully, 
excluding  the  air,  and  when  it  came  off,  rubber,  scab  and  all 
came  together,  leaving  a  perfectly  healed  surface  behind.  This 
preparation  is  usually  kept  by  dealers  in  leather  supplies. 

Mr.  Editor :  All  the  above  ar e  successful  cases.  “  Let  the  dead 
bury  the  dead.” 

[Cobblers,  for  mending  shoes  with  what  they  call  the  “  seam¬ 
less  patch,”  use  a  kind  of  cement,  made  by  dissolving  gutta-per¬ 
cha  in  benzine  or  bisulphide  or  carbon.  It  is  found  in  the 
“leather and  findings”  stores,  put  up  in  two-oz.  bottles,  retail¬ 
ing  at  15  cents.  The  odor  is  disagreeable,  but  if  bisulphide  of 
carbon  is  the  solvent  used,  it  may  be  deodorized  by  tinct.  iod., 
£  part,  or  it  may  be  scented  with  mint  or  bergamot.  Chloro¬ 
form  is  also  a  solvent  for  gutta-percha.  This  solution  has  been 
used  to  retain  the  edges  of  incised  wounds  in  apposition ;  also 
to  protect  abraded  skin  against  mechanical  injury  or  the  absorp¬ 
tion  of  poisons. 

The  dematologists  have  of  late  been  very  largely  using  rub¬ 
ber  bandages  in  the  treatment  of  eczema  and  other  skin  dis¬ 
eases,  and  it  occurred  to  us  that  this  solution  of  gum  would  be 
an  excellent  substitute,  and  much  more  convenient.  On  inves¬ 
tigation,  we  find  it  has  been  recommended  in  the  treatment  of 
lepra,  psoriasis,  small  pox  and  erysipelas  We  believe  Dr.  King 
is  the  first  to  recommend  it  for  sore  nipples. — Ed.] — St  Louis 
Courier  of  Med.,  December,  1879. 


RECENT  DECISIONS. 

The  following  are  notes  of  decisions  by  the  courts  concerning 
matters  of  medico-legal  interest  : 

(1.)  In  the  trial  of  a  man  indicted  for  rape,*  the  complain¬ 
ant  testified  that  the  defendant  and  some  others  seized  her  on 
the  street  at  night  and  carried  her  into  an  alley- way,  where  he 
and  the  others  ravished  her.  There  was  a  verdict  of  guilty, 
and  the  defendant  moved  for  a  new  trial.  The  defendant  re¬ 
quested  the  court  to  charge  the  jury  that,  to  constitute  the 
crime  of  rape,  it  was  necessary  that  the  prosecutrix  should  have 
manifested  the  utmost  reluctance,  and  should  have  made  the 
utmost  resistance.  The  court  did  not  comply  with  this  request, 
and  the  refusal  to  do  so  was  made  the  ground  for  asking  anew 
trial.  The  importance  of  resistance  was  held  by  the  supreme 
court  of  appeals,  before  which  the  motion  came,  to  show  two 
elements  in  the  crime:  carnal  knowledge  by  force  by  one  of  the 


*State  |  of  Connecticut]  vs.  Shields.  The  Reporter,  1879,  vol.  vii.  page  140. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1057 


1880] 

parties  and  non-consent  thereto  by  the  other;  and  the  jury 
must  be  satisfied  of  the  existence  of  these  two  elements  in  every 
case,  by  the  resistance  of  the  complainant  if  she  had  the  use  of 
her  faculties  and  physical  powers  at  the  time,  and  was  not  pre¬ 
vented  by  terror  or  the  exhibition  of  brutal  force.  So  far, 
resistance  by  the  complainant  is  important  and  necessary;  but 
to  make  the  crime  hinge  on  the  uttermost  exertion  the  woman 
were  capable  of  making  would  be  a  reproach  to  the  law  as  well 
as  to  common  sense.  Such  a  test  it  would  be  exceedingly 
difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  apply  in  a  given  case.  If  the  fail¬ 
ure  to  make  extreme  resistance  was  intentional,  in  order  that 
the  assailant  might  accomplish  his  purpose,  it  would  show  con¬ 
sent  ;  but  without  such  intent  it  shows  nothiug  important 
whatever.  A  new  trial  was  not  grauted. 

(2.)  A  man  murdered  a  woman  by  shooting  her ;  his  defence 
was  that  he  was  intoxicated,  and  thus  irresponsible.*  The 
case  came  before  the  Nebraska  supreme  court  on  exceptions 
filed  by  the  defendant.  The  court  reaffirmed  the  principle, 
now  tolerably  well  established,  that  “settled  insanity,  pro¬ 
duced  by  intoxication,  affects  the  responsibility  in  the  same 
way  as  insanity  produced  by  any  other  cause ;  but  insanity  im¬ 
mediately  produced  by  intoxication  does  not  destroy  responsi¬ 
bility  when  the  patient  when  sane  and  responsible  made 
himself  voluntarily  iutoxicatedd7 

In  the  same  case,  it  was  held  that  the  fact  that  the  prisoner 
was  in  a  drunken  state  when  he  committed  the  homicide  does 
not  in  itself  render  the  act  of  shootiug  the  deceased  any  the 
less  criminal,  nor  is  it  available  as  an  excuse. 

(3.)  A  midwife  volunteered  to  cure  an  attack  of  ophthalmia 
in  the  infant  at  whose  birth  she  assisted,  and  whom  she  was 
nursing.t  She  advised  the  parents  that  it  was  unnecessary  to 
call  in  a  physician,  as  she  had  successfully  treated  similar 
cases.  The  sight  of  the  child  was  destroyed.  The  mother  of 
the  child  brought  an  action  to  recover  damages.  At  the  trial 
there  was  medical  evidence  that,  if  other  and  more  active  rem¬ 
edies  had  been  used,  loss  of  sight  would  not  have  resulted. 
The  midwife  did  not  pretend  to  know  of  these  remedies. 

The  case  was  carried  from  the  superior  to  the  supreme  court 
ou  exceptions,  the  lower  tribunal  having  dismissed  the  suit 
with  a  verdict  for  the  midwife,  without  giving  the  case  to  the 
jury.  The  supreme  court  confirmed  this  disposition  of  the 
action,  ou  the  ground  that  a  person  who  without  special  quali¬ 
fications  volunteers  to  attend  the  sick  can  at  the  most  be 
required  to  exercise  the  skill  and  diligence  usually  bestowed 
by  persons  of  like  qualifications  under  like, circumstances.  Un¬ 
der  the  rule  requiring  ordiniary  care,  as  applied  to  this  case, 


*State  [of  Nebraska]  vs.  Schlencher,  The  Keparter,  vol.  vii.  page  207. 

t  Higgins  vs.  McCabe.  Supreme  J  udicial  Court  of  Massachusetts.  125th  Massachusetts 
Reports. 


1058 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 

the  court  saw  no  evidence  of  neglect  in  any  degree.  [That  is 
to  say,  the  midwife  showed  no  greater  skill  than  she  pretended 
to  possess, — a  safe  harbor  for  incompetency.] 

(4.)  The  liability  of  hospitals  for  the  consequences  of  the  acts 
of  their  visiting  physicians  and  surgeons  on  duty  has  recently 
been  tested  anew  in  a  case  in  New  York,*  and  the  principle  is 
reaffirmed  that,  if  such  institutions  have  exercised  due  diligence 
in  securing  skillful  and  careful  medical  men  to  treat  their  pa¬ 
tients,  they  cannot  be  held  accountable  for  alleged  malpractice 
on  the  part  of  those  medical  officers. 

One  of  the  surgeons  of  the  Manhattan  Eye  and  Ear  Hospital, 
after  consultation  with  both  his  colleagues,  advised  and  per 
formed  an  operation  for  chronic  glaucoma.  The  necessity  of 
an  operation  was  agreed  to  by  the  three  consultants,  and  there 
was  no  accident  during  its  progress.  Two  weeks  later  the 
patient  left  the  hospital  with  vision  exactly  the  same  as  when 
she  entered.  In  a  few  days  after  her  discharge,  inflammation 
developed,  and  she  returned  to  the  hospital  for  treatment. 
Another  operation  was  advised,  and  the  patient  consented  to 
its  partial  performance.  The  operation  had  no  permanent 
beneficial  effect,  and  the  woman  became  blind.  She  brought  a 
suit  against  the  hospital  for  fifty  thousand  dollars  for  the  loss 
of  her  sight.  The  trial  took  place  before  the  New  York  su¬ 
preme  court,  Judge  Lawrence  presiding.  After  a  full  hearing 
of  the  testimony,  in  which,  on  the  part  of  the  hospital,  it  was 
shown  among  other  things  that  no  complaint  was  made  at  the 
time  of  the  alleged  injury  to  the  surgeons  or  to  any  of  the  hos¬ 
pital  authorities  concerning  the  surgical  treatment ;  that  the 
surgeons  were  men  of  preeminent  skill  in  their  profession,  and 
had  pursued  the  usual  methods  of  diagnosticating  and  treating 
chronic  glaucoma, — a  disease  which  almost  inevitably  ends  in 
blindness, — the  judge  dismissed  the  complaint,  without  giving 
the  case  to  the  jury.  This  decision  in  favor  of  the  hospital 
rested  on  and  reaffirmed  the  principles  set  forth  in  a  jndgment 
rendered  by  the  supreme  court  of  Massachusetts  in  a  similar 
case,t  the  essential  points  being  that  the  Manhattan  Eye  and 
Ear  Hospital  was  a  chairitable  institution  which,  having  exer¬ 
cised  due  care  in  the  selection  of  its  agents,  was  not  liable  for 
any  injuries  to  a  patient  caused  by  their  negligence;  that,  in 
the  present  instance,  there  was  no  proof  that  there  had  been 
any  negligence  whatever  on  the  part  of  the  surgeons,  who  were 
shown  to  be  men  of  superior  skill,  and  to  have  exercised  their 
skill  with  proper  caution. — Boston  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  June  27. 


ANTIDOTE  FOR  CARBOLIC  ACID. 

Husemann  recommended  several  years  ago  sccoharated  lime 
(a  solution  of  caustic  lime  in  sugar- water)  for  neutralizing  the 


*The  Medical  Record,  June  ‘21,  1879,  page  600. 

‘McDonald  vs.  Mass.  Geu.  Hospital,  120th  Mass.  Rep.,  page  423. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1059 


1880J 

poisonous  effect  of  carbolic  acid,  while  Sanftleben  claims  to 
have  found  an  antidote  in  sulphuric  acid,  which,  according  to 
his  statement,  enters  into  a  not  poisonous  combination  with 
carbolic  acid.  He  prescribes  the  following  : 

11  Dilute  sulphuric  acid  -  10  grams. 

Muc.  of  gum  arabic,  -  200 
Simple  syrup,  -  -  300 

Mix,  and  give  a  tablespoouful  every  hour. 

— Ztschr.  d.  Allg.  Oest.  Apoth.  Ver,,  Jau.  10,  1880,  p.  10,  from 
Pharm.  Ztschr.  f.  Bussl. — American  Journal  of  Pharmacy. 


SYPHILIS  — A  CHILD  INFECTED  THROUGH  THE  UTERO-PLACEN- 
TAL  CIRCULATION. 

Mr. - ,  a  merchant,  married,  aged  twenty-five  years,  ap¬ 

plied  for  treatment  for  what  he  supposed  was  gonorrhea.  I 
found  a  well-defined  single  indurated  chancre  situated  on  the 
glans  about  three  lines  from  the  corona,  on  the  right  side  near 
the  frenum.  The  patient  stated  chat  some  three  weeks  before 
the  sore  appeared  he  had  connection  with  a  courtesan  in  the 
city.  He  declared  that  this  was  his  first  illicit  indulgence  during 
two  years,  and  I  place  confidence  in  his  statement.  He  declared 
that  his  sore  could  have  been  contracted  only  at  the  time  re¬ 
ferred  to.  On  making  inquiry  concerning  his  wife,  I  was  told 
that  he  had  had  regular  connection  with  her  since  his  return 
from  the  city.  She  herself  had  discovered  nothing  wrong  up  to 
this  time ;  but  on  the  following  day  I  was  allowed  to  make  an 
examination,  and  found  a  newly-developed  sore  presenting  all 
the  characteristics  of  a  regular  chancre,  which  in  due  time  was 
followed  by  constitutional  syphilis.  When  she  contracted  the 
disease  she  was  between  the  third  and  fourth  month  of  preg¬ 
nancy.  Constitutional  developments  became  well  marked  some 
time  prior  to  birth,  and  when  born  the  child  was  intensely  syph¬ 
ilitic.  It  was  thickly  covered  from  head  to  foot  with  syphilitic 
patches.  Nodes  were  apparent  on  most  of  the  long  bones.  The 
child  lived  but  about  two  weeks. — N.  8.  Hudson ,  M.  D.  Ameri¬ 
can  Practitioner. 


RECTAL  FEEDING  IN  DISEASE. 

CONCLUSIONS. 

The  principles  which  this  paper  seeks  to  enforce  may  be  for¬ 
mulated  as  follows : 

I. — That  rectal  alimentation  is  a  valuable  agent,  nay,  even  an 
indispensable  factor,  oftentimes,  in  the  management  of  all  cases 
of  disability  of  the  upper  portions  of  the  digestive  tract  when, 
from  any  cause,  stomachal  ingestion  becomes  harmful  or  impos¬ 
sible. 


8 


1060 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  May 

II.  — That  stomachal  rest,  in  so  far  as  the  entire  prohibition 
of  buccal  ingestion  cau  make  it  so,  is  a  condition  precedent  to 
success  in  all  the  severer  maladies  for  which  rectal  feeding  be¬ 
comes  necessary.  There  cannot  be  the  slightest  doubt  in  re¬ 
gard  to  the  adequacy  of  nutritive  injections,  to  sustain  life  and 
maintain  the  nourishment  of  the  body,  wholly  unassisted  by 
the  ordinary  methods  of  ingestion,  for  a  considerable  period 
(from  three  months  to  five  years),  as  attested  by  well-authenti¬ 
cated  cases  of  record. 

III.  — u  That  rectal  nutrition  requires  rather  an  explanation 
of  its  rationale  than  a  demonstration  of  its  truth.”* 

IV.  — That  in  a  more  enlightened  understanding  of  its  value 
and  certainty  of  action  on  the  part  of  the  profession,  rectal 
alimentation  and  medication  will  obtain  a  wider  range  of  thera¬ 
peutical  usefulness  than  it  lias  heretofore  occupied.  Limited 
in  the  past,  speaking  generally,  to  the  severer  forms  of  chronic 
diseases  of  the  stomach  and  oesophagus,  I  cannot  doubt  that 
they  will,  in  the  near  future,  become  of  vast  service  in  the 
management  of  acute  disease  when,  from  any  cause,  the  stom¬ 
ach  becomes  intractable  and  rebellious. 

Example. — In  October  last  I  was  treating  a  case  of  typhoid 
fever  which,  by  the  twenty -first  day,  became  so  critical  that  all 
hopes  of  recovery  were  abandoned  by  thefrieuds  of  the  patient. 
The  case  was  rendered  particularly  desperate  by  the  fact  that 
the  stomach  now  declined  to  further  retain  anything — water, 
food,  or  medicine.  At  this  juncture,  while  collapse  was  threat¬ 
ened,  I  suspended  all  attempts  at  ingestion  by  the  stomach, 
and  gave  injections  of  beef-essence,  milk,  brandy,  ammonia, 
quinine,  etc.  ‘This  plan  was  steadily  maintained  for  five  days, 
when  buccal  ingestion  was  gradually  and  cautiously  resumed, 
from  which  time  everything  progressed  favorably ;  convales¬ 
cence  was  promptly  established,  aud  the  patient  is  now  quite 
strong  and  well.  There  cannot  be  the  slightest  doubt,  not  only 
in  my  own  mind,  but  also  in  the  mind  of  others  who  saw  the 
case,  that  success  was  due  to  the  timely  abandonment  of  the 
stomach,  and  the  employment  of  rectal  alimentation  and  medi¬ 
cation. 

Y. — That  the  rationale  of  rectal  nutrition  is  not  satisfactorily 
explained  in  the  absorption  of  the  aliments  by  the  rectum  or 
colon  alone  ;  nor  by  means  of  the  artificial  digestion  of  the  food 
previous  to  its  injection,  after  the  method  of  Leube ;  nor  by  the 
vicarious  secretion  of  the  digestion  juices,  according  to  Flint ; 
nor  by  the  attraction  downward  of  the  digestive  fluids  of  the 
stomach  and  small  intestine,  until  the  alimentary  mass  is  met 
aud  rectal  digestion  is  accomplished,  also  an  ingenious  propo¬ 
sition  of  Flint.  But  I  am  persuaded  that  the  adequacy  of 
rectal  feeding,  in  supplying  nutrition  and  support  to  the  body, 
can  be  fully  accounted  for  in  the  recognition  of  the  retrostaltic 


^Campbell,  loc.  cit. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1061 


1880] 

action  of  the  intestinal  tube — the  “  intestinal  inhaustion  ”  of 
Campbell — whereby  the  pabulum  ascends  to  the  small  intes¬ 
tine,  meeting  there  those  digestive  principles  so  necessary  for 
its  assimilatiou  and  chylification,  preparatory  to  its  admixture 
with  the  blood.  Here,  also,  are  found  in  abundance  the  lacteal 
vessels  for  the  absorption  of  the  chylous  emulsion,  ready  to 
perform  their  part  in  the  vital  constructive  process,  whereby 
blood  is  made  for  the  repair  of  the  wasted  and  worn -out  tissues 
and  for  the  buildiug  of  such  new  ones  as  are  demanded  by  the 
economy.  Furthermore,  that  in  this  manner  digestion  is  as 
certainly  accomplished  as  though  the  food  came  by  way  of  the 
mouth  instead  of  the  rectum. 

VI.  — That  a  timely  and  systematic  employment  of  rectum 
alimentation  and  stomachal  rest,  in  cases  where  the  stomach  is 
so  disabled  as  to  render  the  ordinary  methods  of  ingestion 
harmful  or  impossible,  is  demanded  alike  by  reasons  scientific 
and  humanitarian ;  and  no  person,  except  the  most  ignorant  or 
malicious,  could  for  a  moment  call  it  starvation.  But,  on  the 
other  hand,  rectal  alimentation,  medication  and  stimulation 
can  be  carried  up  to  the  point  of  affording  the  greatest  amount 
of  nutrition  and  support,  and  that  wholly  unassisted  by  any 
other  means  of  ingestion. 

VII.  — That  in  many  forms  of  disease,  stomachal  ingestion  is 
positively  harmful,  even  though  all  food  may  not  be  immedi¬ 
ately  rejected.  Such  as  is  retained  oftentimes  undergoes  de¬ 
composition,  producing  thereby  fermentation,  irritation,  and 
distress,  rendering  it  unfit  for  the  purpose  of  nutrition  ;  and, 
finally,  the  stomach  expels  the  offending  contents  undigested. 
In  such  .cases  digestion  is  so  disturbed  as  to  render  stomachal 
alimentation  positively  harmful — nay,  even  impossible ;  and  its 
entire  prohibition  becomes  at  once  a  therapeutical  factor  of  the 
greatest  import. 

VIII.  — And,  finally,  that  food  sent  upward  through  a  healthy 
avenue,  in  good  and  sufficient  quantities,  will  contribute  with 
vastly  greater  certainty  to  the  nutrition  and  support  of  the 
body,  than  when  it  reaches  the  absorbents  through  a  diseased 
and  disordered  digestive  tract,  with  its  juices  chemically  at 
fault,  and  all  its  functions  rendered  morbid  by  pre-existing 
reflex  or  organic  maladies. —  Wm.  Warren  Potter ,  in  the  Medical 
Record. 


SPEEDY  CURE  OF  NASAL  POLYPI. 

By  S.  Cako,  M.  D.,  17  West  Ninth  Street,  New  York. 

Dear  Sir : — The  painless  method  of  removing  nasal  polypi, 
never  before  made  public  by  the  originator,  is  an  apology  for 
taking  a  small  space  of  your  valuable  journal. 

Mr.  Gr.  M - ,  iet.  60,  ten  years  ago  applied  to  me  for  relief 

from  a  soft  polypus  in  the  left  nostril.  I  proposed  evulsion ; 
but  not  liking  the  proposition,  he  left,  and  I  never  heard  of  him 
until  last  May,  when  he  returned  with  another  polypus  in  the 


1002 


Current  Medical  TAterature. 


[May 


same  nostril.  I  advised  evulsion  once  more;  he  declined  again 
and  desired  me  to  cure  him  the  same  way  as  did  Dr.  (1.  Ceccar- 
ini  the  first  time,  (ten  years  ago).  On  inquiry,  Dr.  C.  kindly 
answered:  u  The  medicine  which  1  use  for  removing  nasal 
polypi  is  four  or  five  drops  of  pure  acetic  acid  injected  with  an 
hypodermic  syringe  within  the  body  of  the  polypus  once  only, 
very  seldom  twice ;  the  polypus  generally  drops  off  within 
three  or  five  days  without  discomfort  or  pain.  Disinfecting 
lotion  will  correct  the  offensive  odor.”  With  this  information, 
on  the  12th  of  August,  in  presence  of  my  friend  Dr.  J.  L.  Lit¬ 
tle,  I  injected  the  polypus  with  six  drops  of  chemically  pure 
acetic  acid,  and  instantly  we  saw  the  discoloration  of  it  from 
red  to  white.  Business  preventing  him  from  returning,  I  could 
not  observe  the  daily  progress ;  but  when  he  called  on  Septem¬ 
ber  2nd.  he  had  only  a  small  portion  of  it  yet  adhering  to  the 
middle  turbinated  bone,  the  other  having  dropped  off  the 
fourth  day  after  the  injection  ;  this  remaining  portion  was 
injected  with  four  drops  of  the  same  acid,  and  on  the  third  day 
dropped  off,  leaving  his  nose  clear,  without  sore  or  a  vestige  of 
it.  Neither  of  the  two  operations  were  followed  by  any 
unpleasant  symptoms,  save  slight  smarting  from  the  pricking 
by  the  needle  when  the  acid  was  injected.  The  offensive  odor 
arising  from  the  decaying  mass  was  corrected  by  a  weak  car- 
bolized  wash.  The  long  interval  from  the  destruction  of  the 
first,  and  the  appearance  of  the  second — ten  years  between — 
precludes  the  possibility  of  this  last  being  a  portion  of  the  first, 
but  a  new  one. — Med.  Record — Journal  of  Materia  Medica. 


SUDDEN  DEATH  FROM  INTRA-UTERINE  INJECTION  OF  WATER. 

Dr.  Gleason  relates  a  case  in  which  sudden  death  appeared 
to  have  been  produced  by  intra  uterine  injection  of  warm  water, 
used  in  order  to  induce  criminal  abortion.  The  woman,  Mrs. 
EL,  was  a  negress,  a  domestic  servant.  At  about  11,  a.  m.,  on 
June  8,  1878,  being  in  apparently  perfect  health,  she  had  gone 
up  to  her  bedroom,  accompanied  by  a  Dr.  Gilson,  of  Boston, 
she  carrying  up  with  her  a  basin  of  warm  water.  In  from 
twenty  to  thirty  minutes  he  came  down  hurriedly  for  brandy. 
This  the  servants  procured  for  him,  and  accompanying  him  up¬ 
stairs,  found  Mrs.  H.  upon  the  floor,  dead.  A  tub  containing  a 
small  quantity  of  bloody  water  was  seen  near.  This  the  doc¬ 
tor  directed  one  of  the  servants  to  throw  away.  Another  of 
the  servants  had,  at  a  previous  visit  of  the  doctor,  lent  him  a 
common  rubber  syringe.  This  was  discovered  concealed  in  a 
bureau  near  the  bed,  and  wheu  found,  was  still  wet.  To  the 
discharge  pipe  of  the  syringe  a  strange  nozzle  was  affixed, 
which  bore  evidences  of  having  been  filed  off,  though  some¬ 
what  roughly,  and  which  was  found  a  few  days  later  to  fit 
quite  well  a  female  catheter  which  the  jailer  at  Plymouth  dis- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1063 


1880] 

covered  as  it  dropped  from  its  concealment  upon  the  person  of 
the  prisoner  at  the  time  of  his  commitment,  June  12th. 

The  author  made  an  autopsy  the  same  evening.  The  only 
external  evidence  of  violence  was  fresh  blood-staining  of  the 
underclothing  about  the  genital  organs.  The  cervix  was  suffi¬ 
ciently  dilated  to  admit  easily  the  index  finger  and  the  unrup¬ 
tured  membranes  could  be  felt  through  it.  The  uterus  was  of 
the  size  usual  in  the  seventh  month  of  pregnancy.  The  blood 
following  an  incision  over  the  thorax  was  frothy.  The  heart 
was  empty  and  healthy  throughout;  the.  vessels  connected  with 
it  were  also  normal.  The  lungs  were  hyperemic,  vessels  dis¬ 
tended,  the  air-cells  filled  throughout  with  bloody  serum.  On 
the  right  side  of  the  uterus,  front  and  back,  the  membranes 
were  found  dissected  up  from  the  uterine  wall  to  the  extent  of 
some  two-thirds  to  three-fourths  of  their  whole  connection  with 
the  interior  of  the  uterus.  The  lining  of  the  uterus,  from  which 
the  membranes  had  been  detached,  was  reddened,  and  scat¬ 
tered  over  its  surface  was  seen  a  number  of  bright,  red  loose 
clots  of  the  size  of  a  pea  or  bean.  The  placenta  was  involved 
in  this  separation,  its  right  edge,  to  the  depth  of  two  and  a 
half  to  two  and  three-fourths  cm.  around  one-third  to  one-half 
of  its  circumference,  being  detached  opening  sinuses.  No  blood 
was  effused  as  a  layer.  The  foetus,  a  female,  was  39  cm.  in 
length,  and  weighed  fully  kilograms,  having  a  fresh  healthy 
appearance.  Experiments  with  the  syringe  found  showed  that 
air  could  enter  both  by  a  defect  in  the  bulb  of  the  syringe,  and 
between  the  nozzle  and  the  catheter,  when  the  latter  was  at¬ 
tached,  so  that  numerous  fine  bubbles  were  discharged,  when 
the  orifice  was  placed  under  water  at  each  compression  of  the 
bulb. 

The  author,  with  other  medical  men,  concluded  that  the 
separation  of  the  membranes  and  placenta  was  due  to  the 
intra-uterine  injection  of  water;  and  that  sudden  death 
arose  from  the  entrance  into  the  veins  of  air  which  had 
been  injected  with  the  water.  The  story  of  the  prisoner  was 
that  he  had  been  treating  the  woman  for  suppression  of 
menses  and  for  a  uterine  leucorrhea,  but  that  he  had  failed 
to  detect  the  pregnancy.  He  stated  that  on  the  day  of 
her  death  he  gave  her  an  intra- uterine  douche  with  the  cath¬ 
eter  and  syringe,  and  at  length  gave  up  to  Mrs.  H.  the  instru¬ 
ment,  which  she  herself  applied,  as  he  walked  away  from  her 
bed  toward  the  window.  While  using  it,  she  fell  back,  and  in¬ 
stantly  expired.  The  prisoner  was  found  guilty,  and  sentenced 
to  six  years’  imprisonment. — Medical  and  Surgical  Journal — 
The  Obstetric  Gazette. 


ON  THE  TREATMENT  OF  CHOREA  WITH  HYPODERMIC  INJEC¬ 
TIONS  OF  ARSENIC. 

For  the  last  ten  years  I  have,  in  obstinate  cases  of  chorea, 
employed  hypodermic  injections  of  Fowler’s  solution  with 


1064 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 


marked  success.  In  recent  or  slight  cases  they  do  not  appear 
to  be  necessary,  these  yielding  readily  to  the  use  of  arsenic  by 
the  stomach  or  very  often  getting  well  of  themselves,  but  in  in¬ 
stances  of  long  standing,  which  are  generally  classed  as  incu¬ 
rables,  I  am  quite  sure  that  we  have  in  the  means  referred  to  a 
valuable  therapeutic  measure  which  ought  not  to  be  disregarded. 

In  administering  arsenic  by  this  method,  a  few  points  of 
manipulation  are  to  be  considered,  for  there  is  a  decided  ten¬ 
dency  to  the  causation  of  cellulitis  and  consequent  abscess,  and 
also  of  painful  cutaneous  inflammation. 

A  point  tor  the  injection  should  be  chosen  in  some  part  of 
the  body  where  the  skin  is  loosely  attached  to  the  subjacent 
tissues.  The  skin  near  the  insertion  of  the  deltoid  is  not  a 
suitable  place  for  the  hypodermic  injection  of  arsenic,  however 
well  adapted  for  injections  of  other  substances.  I  very  soon 
found  out  that  when  inserted  there,  erythema,  or  abscess,  or 
both,  were  the  invariable  sequences.  Moreover,  the  mere  act 
of  injecting  arsenic  in  those  situations  where  the  skin  is  tight 
and  the  tissues  dense  is  accompanied  with  very  considerable 
pain. 

The  best  point  is  on  the  front  of  the  forearm  about  midway 
between  the  wrist  and  the  bend  of  the  elbow.  Here  the  skin 
is  loose  and  can  be  easily  lifted  up  by  the  thumb  and  finger 
from  the  tissues  below.  In  the  next  place  the  arsenic  should 
be  deposited  just  under  the  skin  in  the  cellular  tissues,  and  not 
in  the  substance  of  the  skin  or  muscles.  Neglect  of  this  point 
will  almost  invariably  lead  to  the  formation  of  abscess.  The 
point  of  the  syringe  should  therefore  be  just  carried  through 
the  skin  and  then  for  about  half  an  inch  parallel  to  the  face  of 
the  arm.  The  injection  should  then  be  made  slowly,  and  it  is 
well  to  lift  up  the  skin  over  the  place  where  the  injection  has 
been  made,  so  as  further  to  facilitate  its  absorption. 

And,  lastly,  it  will  not  do  to  inject  the  undiluted  Fowler’s 
solution,  for  if  this  provision  be  not  followed,  cellulitis,  eryth¬ 
ema  and  intense  pain  will  certainly  be  produced.  The  dose 
which  it  is  deemed  proper  to  inject  should  be  diluted  with  at  t 
least  an  equal  quantity  of  water,  or  preferably,  of  glycerine. 
The  latter  substance  seems  to  be  more  readily  absorbed  aud  to 
produce  less  irritation  than  water.  All  these  precautions  are 
for  the  purpose  of  preventing  local  troubles.  There  is  certainly 
a  strong  disposition  on  the  part  of  arsenic  to  produce  them.  If, 
however,  attention  be  paid  to  the  rules  I  have  laid  down,  there 
will  rarely  if  ever  be  any  local  disturbance. 

The  dose  of  arsenic  administered  by  hypodermic  injection 
may  be  very  considerably  larger  than  that  which  the  stomach 
will  ordinarily  tolerate,  and  it  is  just  here  that  the  superior  ad¬ 
vantages  of  the  method  are  most  clearly  shown.  It  is  in 
chronic  cases  of  chorea  and  certain  choreiform  affections  that 
large  doses  of  arsenic  are  especially  required,  and  the  effect  of 
such  doses  in  curing  the  disease  is  not  only  generally  prompt, 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1065 


but  is  un associated  with  any  toxic  phenomena.  I  have  fre¬ 
quently  given  as  high  as  thirty-five  drops  of  Fowler’s  solution 
by  hypodermic  injectiou,  as  an  initial  dose.  It  is  very  certain 
that  the  stomach  would  not  tolerate  this  quantity.  Again,  1 
have  often  carried  the  amount  taken  by  the  stomach  to  the  ut¬ 
most  bounds  of  prudence — till  the  eyes  were  puffed  and  vom- 
ittiug  was  almost  incessant,  and  then  have  continued  the 
arsenic  in  larger  doses  by  hypodermic  injectiou  with  the  result 
of  the  cessation  of  all  gastric  symptoms  and  the  rapid  cure  of 
the  disorder. 

With  these  introductory  remarks  I  pass  to  the  description  of 
two  or  three  cases  in  which  the  beneficial  effects  of  the  arsenic 
administered  hypodermically  were  unquestionable. 

In  cases  of  acute  chorea  a  large  number  of  which  I  have 
treated  with  hypodermic  injections  of  arsenic,  smaller  doses 
may  be  given  than  when  administered  by  the  stomach,  and 
they  do  not  require  to  be  so  frequently  repeated.  Thus  it  often 
suffices,  for  the  speedy  cure  of  the  disease,  to  give  four  drops 
of  Fowler’s  solution  hypodermically  every  alternate  day  for  a 
week  or  ten  days,  and  then  to  increase  the  dose  to  five  drops 
for  a  like  period.  I  have  compared  the  duration  of  acute 
chorea  as  treated  by  the  gastric  and  hypodermical  administra¬ 
tion  of  arsenic,  and  have  ascertained  that  the  period  is  short¬ 
ened  one-half  by  the  latter  method.  While  admitting  that  the 
tendency  in  such  cases  is,  with  hygienic  measuies,  towards  a 
cure,  the  beneficial  effects  of  the  arsenic  are  uoue  the  less  evi¬ 
dent.  I  have  repeatedly  seen  the  most  marked  improvement 
result  from  a  siugle  injectiou. — !St.  Louis  Clinical  Record. 


MISUSE  OF  THE  IRON  PREPARATIONS— THEIR  EFFECT  ON  THE 
DIGESTIVE  PROCESS. 

In  cases  of  debility,  prostration,  or  loss  of  appetite,  prepara¬ 
tions  of  iron,  alone  or  variously  combined  with  bitter  tonics, 
are  seemingly  indicated  clearly,  and  are  very  generally  used. 
But  in  many  cases  they  do  harm,  either  from  their  being  admin¬ 
istered  at  a  wrong  time  or  because  they  are  not  tolerated  under 
any  form  or  circumstance.  The  greatest  abuse  of  iron  is  where 
it  is  given  for  loss  of  appetite  or  difficult  digestion,  and  when  it 
is  given  within  half  an  hour  before  eating  or  within  three  hours 
after.  We  have  found  entirely  to  our  own  satisfaction,  both 
by  clinical  observation  and  by  experiment,  that  iron  prepara¬ 
tions  introduced  into  the  stomach  while  digestion  is  going  on 
either  hinder  or  arrest  the  process.  Our  attention  was  first 
called  to  this  by  clinical  observation.  We  treated  a  patient 
some  time  since,  who  had  been  treated  by  another  physician 
for  slight  cystitis  with  considerable  depression  of  spirits  and 
loss  of  appetite.  The  man  was,  however,  quite  strong,  and  not 
emaciated.  He  also  had  a  slight  feeling  of  weight  after  eating. 
For  this  he  was  given  6  gr.  doses  of  cit.  ferri.  et  quiniae  a  half 


1066 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[May 

hour  before  eating.  This  made  the  feeling  of  weight  worse. 
The  physician  increased  the  dose  to  10  grs.,  and  it  was  still 
worse,  and  the  appetite  also  remained  very  small,  with  consid¬ 
erable  depression  of  spirits.  Upon  taking  charge  of  the  case, 
and  finding  out  what  he  had  been  taking,  I  stopped  all  tonics 
and  used  only  slightly  anoydine  suppositories  for  the  irritable 
bladder.  His  appetite  immediately  improved,  and  the  weight 
at  the  epigastrium  disappeared.  This  is  only  one  of  many 
cases  where  we  have  found  the  use  of  ir  on  preparations  to  pro¬ 
duce  indigestion,  feeling  of  fullness  at  the  epigastrium,  and 
even  vomiting  when  given  at  the  wrong  time.  To  find  reason 
for  this  we  tried  the  effects  of  iron  preparations  upon  artificial 
digestion  of  animal  substances. 

We  took  two  test  tubes,  and  put  in  each  the  same  quantity 
of  artificial  gastric  juice,  i.  e.,  a  2  per  cent,  mixture  of  hydro¬ 
chloric  acid  with  pepsin,  and  then  placed  in  each  a  few  pieces 
of  coagulated  albumen.  Into  one  was  also  placed  31  of  elixir 
of  iron  and  qui ilia.  Both  test-tubes  were  kept  at  blood  heat 
for  ten  hours,  In  four  hours  the  albumen  was  rapidly  disin¬ 
tegrating  in  the  gastric  juice  alone.  At  the  same  time  the 
albumen  in  the  tube  containing  gastric  juice  and  iron  was  ap¬ 
parently  intact. 

In  ten  hours  the  albumen  in  the  gastric  juice  alone  was  en¬ 
tirely  dissolved,  while  in  the  other  tube  it  was  still  intact. 

In  a  number  of  experiments  the  same  results  were  arrived 
at.  We  may  then  consider  it  established  that  some  iron  pre¬ 
parations,  if  not  all,  when  taken  into  the  stomach  during  diges¬ 
tion,  hinder  that  act,  and  therefore  they  should  not  be  given 
so  that  they  will  then  be  present  in  the  stomach.  Whether 
the  secretion  of  gastric  juice  is  affected  by  iron  preparations  or 
other  tonics  it  will  remaiu  for  further  observation  to  determine, 
and  thus  contribute  valuable  addition  to  therapeutics.  There 
are  many  medicines  the  effects  of  which,  whether  good,  bad  or 
nil,  depend  entirely  on  the  time  of  administration. 

The  tendency  both  on  the  part  of  prescribers  and  the  large 
drug  manufacturers  is  to  combine  iron  with  other  tonics,  so  that 
the  markets  are  flooded  with  elixirs,  syrups,  and  wines  of  iron 
and  quinine,  iron  and  strychnia,  iron,  strychnia  and  pepsin, 
and  so  on  ad  infinitum.  The  combinations  with  pepsin  are  a 
shameful  waste  of  this  valuable  medicine,  and  well  calculated 
to  bring  it  into  disrepute.  None  of  the  others  above  mentioned 
should  be  used  for  or  in  any  gastric  derangement,  except  with 
due  regard  to  time  of  administration.  The  most  suitable  time 
to  give  iron  is  one  hour  before  meals  or  four  hours  atterwards. 
— A  If.  W.  Perry ,  M.  I).,  in  Western  Lancet. 


TRANSMISSION  OF  HYDROPHOBIA  FROM  MAN  TO  RABBITS. 

♦ 

*  M.  Raynaud  inoculated  a  number  of  rabbits  with  the  saliva 
and  blood  of  a  hydrophobic  patient  on  the  day  before  death. 


1880] 


Editorial. 


1067 


The  inoculations  of  blood  gave  negative  results ;  the  inocula¬ 
tions  of  saliva,  however,  were  followed  by  rabies  in  a  relatively 
short  space  of  time,  at  most  a  few  days.  M.  Raynaud  also  ex¬ 
tirpated  the  submaxillary  glands  of  two  rabid  rabbits  and  inoc¬ 
ulated  them  on  two  healthy  rabbits  ;  the  results  were  equally 
positive,  that  is  to  say,  the  inoculations  were  followed  in  a 
short  time  by  the  symptoms  of  rabies.  No  reliable  case  of  the 
transmission  of  rabies  from  man  to  man  has  yet  been  recorded, 
but  M.  Raynaud  thinks  that,  after  his  demonstrations  of  the 
possibility  of  its  transmission  from  man  to  rabbits,  it  is  fair  to 
conclude  that  the  results  would  be  identical  in  the  case  of 
man  if  accidentally  inoculated. — Le  Progres  Medicale,  Nov.  15, 
1879. — The  Medical  Record. 


NT 


LOUISIANA  STATE  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION.. 

The  Third  Annual  Session  of  this  organization  was  held  in 
this  city  on  March  31st,  April  1st  and  2d.  The  meeting  was 
harmonious  and  instructive,  and  the  delegation  from  the  coun¬ 
try  quite  large,  considering  the  difficulties  attending  transpor¬ 
tation.  A  number  of  valuable  papers  were  read,  and  the 
annual  oration  by  the  Rev.  Hugh  Miller  Thompson,  D.  D,,  was 
a  masterly  effort.  The  courteous  Recording  Secretary,  Dr.  L. 
F.  Salomon,  has  furnished  us  with  a  transcript  of  the  proceed¬ 
ings,  which  appear  in  the  Journal.  When  we  consider  the 
failure  of  former  State  medical  organizations  in  Louisiana’ 
there  is  reason  for  congratulation  now,  as  the  earnest  efforts  ot 
the  members  precludes  any  possibility  of  its  dissolution.  The 
Fourth  Annual  Session  will  be  held  in  New  Orleans,  on  the 
last  Wednesday  in  March,  1881. 

LOUISIANA  STATE  BOARD  OF  HEALTH. 

The  combined  action  of  the  Governor  of  the  State  and  the 
City  Council,  has  reorganized  this  body,  with  the  following 
result :  President,  Dr.  Joseph  Jones  ;  Secretary,  Dr.  S.  S.  Her¬ 
rick  ;  Drs.  F.  Loeber,  F.  Formento,  E.  T.  Shepard  and  J.  C. 
Beard,  and  Messrs.  I.  N.  Marks,  Robt.  Brewster  and  E.  Her¬ 
nandez,  members.  Great  activity  and  singleness  of  purpose  is 
being  displayed,  and  it  is  probable  that  greater  efforts  toward 


9 


1068 


Editorial. 


[May 


sanitation  will  be  made  this  year  than  ever  before.  He w  Or¬ 
leans  will  be  cleansed  and  disinfected.  The  Hew  Orleans  Aux¬ 
iliary  Sanitary  Association  which  last  year  did  such  important 
service  by  employing  a  force  to  forward  sanitation,  has  already 
commenced  laying  pipes,  for  the  purpose  of  flushing  the  street- 
gutters,  and  we  are  glad  to  state,  that  this  Association  and  the 
Board  of  Health  are  in  harmony,  and  will  work  together  to 
keep  Hew  Orleans  free  from  disease.  The  shipping  will  be 
carefully  watched,  and  the  cleansing  of  all  vessels  arriving  at 
this  port  demanded. 


THE  YELLOW  FEVER  CANARD. 

That  officious  person,  whose  individuality  is  cloaked,  but 
whose  power  is  felt,  known  as  “  Associated  Press  Reporter,” 
has  made  Hew  Orleans  the  victim  of  as  vile  a  piece  of  malig¬ 
nity  as  was  ever  perpetrated  on  a  much-abused  city,  by  tele¬ 
graphing  that  eleven  deaths  had  occurred  here  from  malignant 
yellow  fever.  Indeed,  it  appeared  in  the  dispatch  that  the 
Hational  Board  of  Health  had  been  “  officially”  notified  of 
this  fact.  The  excitement  over  this  falsehood  was  intense,  and 
but  for  the  immediate  refutation  by  the  President  of  the  State 
Board  of  Health  and  Dr.  Bemiss,  member  of  the  Hational  Board 
of  Health,  there  would  have  been  quite  an  exodus  and  the 
probable  establishment  of  local  quarantines.  Hew  Orleans  has 
been  especially  free  from  malignant  disease  this  spring.  Scar¬ 
let  fever  and  diphtheria  have  prevailed  to  a  limited  extent,  but 
the  cases  have  usally  been  very  mild,  and  not  a  case  of  yellow 
fever  has  made  its  appearance. 

AN  OMISSION. 

In  our  report  of  the  commencement  exercises  of  the  Univer¬ 
sity  of  La.,  we  neglected  to  state  that  the  valedictory  was  de¬ 
livered  by  Dr.  Thos.  Hebert,  of  La.  The  address,  eminently 
suited  for  the  occasion,  was  finely  delivered  and  met  with  fre¬ 
quent  applause. 


A  CORRECTION. 

We  have  had  our  attention  called  to  an  egregious  error 
occuring  in  the  Journal ,  June,  1879,  wherein  on  page  995  we 
quote  from  the  Medical  Tribune,  the  statement  that :  “  The 

half  dime  token,  nickel,  weighs  a  gramme,  and  is  a  metre  (39.369 


Editorial 


1069 


1880] 

inches)  in  diameter.”  In  fact  the  nickel  has  a  diameter  equal 
to  two  centimetres  and  weighs  five  grammes. 

HYDRATE  OF  CHLORAL. 

Dr.  H.  H.  Kane,  of  New  York  city,  specially  requests  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  profession  with  auy  experience  whatever  in  the  use 
of  the  hydrate  of  chloral  to  answer  the  following  questions, 
and  give  any  information  they  may  possess  with  reference  to 
the  literature  of  the  subject : 

1.  What  is  your  usual  commencing  dose  ? 

2.  What  is  the  largest  amouut  you  have  administered  at 
one  dose,  and  the  largest  amount  in  twenty-four  hours  ? 

3.  In  what  diseases  have  you  used  it  (by  the  mouth,  rec¬ 
tum,  or  hypodermatically),  and  with  what  results  ? 

4.  Have  yon  known  it  to  effect  the  sight  ? 

5.  Have  you  ever  seen  cutaneous  eruptions  produced  by  it  ? 

6.  Have  you  known  it  to  effect  the  sexual  organs  ?  If  so, 
how  ? 

7.  Do  you  know  of  any  instance  where  death  resulted  from 
or  was  attributed  to  its  use  ?  If  so,  please  give  full  particulars 
as  to  disease  for  which  given ;  condition  of  pulse,  pupils, 
respiration  and  temperature  ;  manner  of  death ;  condition  of 
heart,  lungs  and  kidneys ;  general  condition,  age,  temperament, 
employment,  etc.,  etc.,  etc.  If  an  autopsy  was  held,  please 
state  the  condition  there  found. 

8.  Have  you  seen  any  peculiar  manifestations  from  chloral — 
as  tetanus,  convulsions,  or  delirium? 

9.  Do  you  know  any  cases  of  the  chloral-habit  ?  If  so,  please 
state  the  amount  used,  the  disease  for  which  the  drug  was 
originally  administered,  the  person’s  temperament,  and  the 
present  condition  of  the  patient,  with  reference  to  the  state  of 
body  and  mind  in  general,  and  the  various  organs  and  systems 
in  particular  ? 

Physicians  are  earnestly  requested  to  answer  the  above 
questions  fully,  especially  7  and  9,  in  order  that  the  resulting- 
statistics  may  be  as  valuable  as  possible. 

All  communications  will  be  considered  strictly  confidential, 
the  writer’s  name  not  being  used  when  a  request  to  that  effect 


1070  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  [May 

is  made.  Address  all  letters  to  Dr.  H.  H.  Kane,  191  West 
10th  Street,  New  York  city. 

Erratum. — In  the  April  number  of  this  Journal,  page  940, 
fourth  line  from  bottom,  read  Boagui  instead  of  Boaqui. 

LOUISIANA  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY. 

THIRD  ANNUAL  MEETING. 

First  Day. — Wednesday,  March  31st,  1880. 

The  Society  met  in  the  building  of  the  Medical  Department 
of  the  University  of  La.,  at  12,  M.,  the  President,  Dr.  J.  W. 
Dupree,  in  the  chair. 

The  meeting  was  opened  with  prayer  by  the  Eev.  H.  M. 
Thompson,  D.  D. 

The  report  of  the  Committee  of  Arrangements  was  read  and 
adopted. 

The  minutes  of  the  last  meeting  were  read  and  approved. 

The  President  stated  that  owing  to  the  absence  of  Dr.  Thos. 
Layton,  he  had  appointed  Dr.  L.  F.  Salomon  Secretary. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  W.  H.  Watkins,  the  appointment  of  the 
Committee  on  Credentials  was  postponed. 

The  report  of  the^Committee  on  Publication  was  read,  and  on 
motion  duly  seconded,  action  thereon  was  postponed  until  the 
report  of  the  Treasurer  be  heard. 

The  reading  of  the  reports  of  the  Treasurer  and  Correspond¬ 
ing  Secretary  was  postponed  until  the  noon  session  of  Thurs¬ 
day. 

A  communication  from  the  members  of  the  Society  of  the 
Parish  of  Caddo,  expressing  their  inability  to  attend  the  ses¬ 
sion,  was  read  and  received. 

Dr.  J.  B.  Wilkinson  stated  that  the  Parish  Society  of  Pla¬ 
quemines  was  desirous  of  applying  for  admission  to  this  body, 
as  an  affiliating  society. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  S.  E.  Chaille  said  society  was  admitted. 

A  motion  to  reconsider  the  motion  postponing  the  report  of 
the  Corresponding  Secretary  was  adopted.  The  report  was 
was  read  and  received. 

Under  a  supension  of  the  rules  the  following  gentlemen  were 
elected  members  by  acclamation : 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


1071 


1880 1 


Dr.  A.  Maguire . of  St.  Mary. 

“  T.  G.  Wolf. . of  Iberia. 

u  L.  G.  Blanchett . of  “ 

“  A.  S.  Gates . of  St.  Mary. 

“  R.  O.  Matas  . of  Orleans. 

“  D.  C.  Holliday  . of  Orleans. 

“  Y.  R.  Lemonier . of  Orleans. 

“  T.  B.  Pugh . . of  Assumption. 

“  G.  M.  Brumby . of  Richland. 

“  C.  T.  Hines . of  Livingston. 

A  communication  from  the  Attakapas  Medical  Association, 
containing  a  memorial  to  the  legislature,  favoring  the  passage 
of  laws  for  the  prevention  of  unqualified  persons  practicing 
medicine  in  the  State,  was  read  aud  referred  to  the  Committee 
on  State  Medicine. 

A  communication  from  the  Louisiana  Ice  Manufacturing 
Company,  inviting  the  members  to  visit  their  works,  was  read. 
The  invitation  was  accepted,  and  Friday,  at  9,  A.  M.,  was  the 
time  fixed  for  the  visit. 

There  being  no  further  business,  the  meeting  adjourned  un¬ 
til  7£  o’clock,  P.  M. 

EVENING  SESSION. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  8  o’clock,  P.  M.,  Yice 
President  Dr.  J.  P.  Davidson  in  the  chair. 

A  communication  from  Dr,  Samuel  Choppin,  First  Vice-  ' 
President  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association,  asking 
for  the  appointment  of  a  committee  to  confer  with  committees 
from  other  organizations,  for  rhe  purpose  of  making  arrange¬ 
ments  for  the  coming  meeting  of  aforesaid  body,  was  read.  A 
motion  that  the  communication  be  received  and  a  committee  be 
appointed  was  adopted. 

The  President,  Dr.  J.  W.  Dupree,  delivered  his  annual  ad¬ 
dress. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  T.  G.  Richardson,  the  thanks  of  the  Society 
were  tendered  Dr.  Dupree,  for  his  able  address,  and  it  was 
ordered  published. 

Dr.  G.  M.  Sternberg,  U.  S.  Army,  and  Dr.  Reilly,  Inspector, 
National  Board  of  Health,  were  introduced  and  received  as 
members  by  invitation. 

Dr.  Sternberg  read  an  interesting  paper  on  Microscopy,  and  en¬ 
tertained  the  Society  with  photo-micrographic  views,  showiug 
the  result  of  his  investigations  in  Havana. 


1072  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  [May 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Chaille,  the  thanks  of  the  Society  were 
tendered  Dr.  Sternberg,  for  his  very  instructive  lecture. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned  until  Thursday,  April  1st,  at 
12  M. 

Second  Day— Thursday,  April  1st — Noon  Session. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  12  o’clock,  M.,  the  Pres¬ 
ident,  Dr.  J.  W.  Dupree,  in  the  chair. 

The  minutes  of  the  first  day’s  proceedings  were  read  and 
adopted. 

The  election  of  members  being  in  order  under  a  suspen¬ 
sion  of  the  rules,  the  following  were  elected  by  acclamation  : 


Dr.  Peter  Randolph . of  Point  Coupee. 

“  N.  M.  Hebert .  of  Plaquemines. 

“  T.  Y.  Aby . of  Ouachita. 

“  U.  R.  Milner . of  Orleans. 

“  Wm.  Kelly . . . of  Madison. 

“  J.  B.  Henderson . . of  Orleans. 

u  N.  L.  Sigur . . of  St.  Mary. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Watkins,  chairman  of  the  committee  of  arrange¬ 


ments,  read  his  report  of  programme  of  proceedings  for  the 
day.  Report  received. 

Dr.  G.  K.  Pratt,  Treasurer,  read  his  report,  which  was  accepted. 

On  motion  the  report  of  the  Publishing  Committee  was 
ordered  read. 

The  report  was  read,  whereupon  Dr.  C.  P.  Wilkinson  moved, 
that,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  excessive  expense  had  been  incur¬ 
red  contrary  to  the  authorization  of  the  publishing  committee, 
a  committee  of  three  be  appointed  to  adjudicate  the  bill  ren¬ 
dered  by  the  printer.  The  motion  was  seconded  and  carried. 

The  chair  appointed  on  the  committee,  Drs.  C.  P.  Wilkinson, 
Posthelland  Lewis. 

Dr.  J.  P.  Davidson,  chairman  of  the  Auxiliary  Committee 
on  State  Medicine,  read  his  report  which  was  accepted. 

Dr.  S.  E.  Chaill6  offered  the  following  resolution : 

Resolved,  That  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society  heartily 
concurs  with  the  Attakapas  Medical  Society,  in  respect  to  the 
petition  to  the  General  Assembly  for  the  enactment  of  a  law 
regulating  the  practice  of  medicine ;  it  urges  greater  consider¬ 
ation  by,  and  greater  union  of  the  profession  as  to  the  tenor  of 
such  law  as  would  accomplish  the  important  object  in  view. 

The  resolution  was  adopted. 


1880] 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. 


1073 


The  reports  of  Drs.  Biekham  and  Herrick  of  the  Committee 
on  State  Medicine,  were  read  and  referred  to  the  Publishing 
Committee. 

Dr.  G.  B.  Fox  read  a  paper  on  the  Medical  History  of  the 
Parish  of  Plaquemines. 

The  paper  was  referred  to  the  Publishing  Committee. 

Dr.  T.  G.  Bichard  son  read  a  paper  on  “  Hydrophobia  in 
Louisiana.” 

Beferred  to  the  Publishing  Committee. 

Dr.  G.  K.  Pratt  moved  a  reconsideration  of  the  communica¬ 
tion  of  Dr.  Choppin,  read  at  a  previous  meeting.  Carried. 

Dr.  S.  E.  Chaille  moved  that  the  Secretary  be  instructed  to 
notify  Dr.  Choppin  that  this  society  will  take  no  action  in  the 
matter,  as  it  rests  entirely  with  local  organizations. 

The  motion  was  seconded  and  carried. 

On  motion,  the  order  of  business  was  suspended  for  the  elec¬ 
tion  of  officers,  and,  under  a  suspension  of  the  rules,  the  follow¬ 
ing  were  elected  by  acclamation  : 

Dr.  C.  M.*  Smith,  of  St.  Mary,  President. 

Vice-Presidents  : 

Dr.  D.  B.  Fox,  First  Congressional  District ; 

Dr.  J.  P.  Davidson,  Second  Congressional  District ; 

Dr.  P.  S.  Posted,  Third  Congressional  District ; 

Dr.  A.  A.  Lyon,  Fourth  Congressional  District; 

Dr.  G.  M.  Brumby,  Filth  Congressional  District; 

Dr.  O.  P.  Langworthy,  Seventh  Congressional  District. 

Dr.  L.  F.  Salomon  was  « lected  Becording  Secretary. 

Dr.  G.  K.  Pratt  offered  his  resignation  as  Treasurer. 

On  motion,  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Pratt  was  not  accepted. 

On  motion,  the  meeting  adjourned  until  7£,  P.  M. 

Evening  Session. 

Meeting  was  called  to  order  at  8,  P.  M.,  Dr.  J.  W.  Dupree 
in  the  chair. 

The  President  introduced  the  annual  orator,  Bev.  H.  M. 
Thompson,  D.  D.,  who  delivered  an  eloquent  address  upon  the 
“Curative  Value  of  High  Character  in  the  Physician.” 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Chaille,  the  thanks  of  the  Society  were  ten¬ 
dered  to  Dr.  Thompson,  for  his  able,  eloquent  and  instructive 
address.  The  meeting  then  adjourned  until  Friday,  April  2d, 
at  10J,  A.  M. 


1074  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  [May 

Third  Day — April  2d,  1880— Day  Session. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  11,  A.  M.,  the  President, 
Dr.  J.  W.  Dupree,  in  the  chair. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Watkins,  chairman  of  the  Committee  of  Arrange¬ 
ments,  reported  the  order  of  proceedings  for  the  day.  Report 
accepted. 

Dr.  C.  P.  Wilkinson,  chairman  of  the  committee  appointed 
to  adjudicate  the  bill  of  the  printer  for  last  year’s  proceedings, 
made  his  report  recommending  that  the  bill  be  paid.  The  re¬ 
port  was  accepted. 

Dr.  L.  F.  Salomon  reported  ten  additional  cases  of  leprosy, 
since  last  report.  Report  accepted  and  referred  to  Publishing 
Committee. 

Dr.  M.  Sehuppert  read  a  paper  entitled  “  Morbus  Coxarius 
at  the  International  Medical  Congress  at  Philadelphia,  in  1876.” 
The  paper  was  referred  to  the  Publishing  Committee. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  W.  G-.  Austin,  the  following  gentlemen 
were  appointed  a  committee  to  make  arrangements  for  the  re¬ 
ception  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association  at  their 
annual  meeting  :  Drs.  W.  G.  Austin,  C.  M.  Smith,  J.  P.  Wilk¬ 
inson,  R.  C.  White,  C.- J.  Bickham,  D.  R.  Fox. 

Dr.  H.  R.  Day  read  a  paper  on  u  Incised  Wound  of  the 
Stomach.”  The  paper  was  referred  to  the  Publishing  Com¬ 
mittee. 

Dr.  U.  R.  Milner  read,  for  the  information  of  the  Society, 
resolutions  adopted  by  the  Georgia  State  Medical  Society,  op¬ 
posing  the  bill  now  before  Congress,  conferring  certaiu  powers 
upon  the  National  Board  of  Health. 

Dr.  A.  W.  DeRoaldes  read  a  paper  entitled  “  Contributions 
to  Medical  Hydrology.”  The  paper  was  referred  to  the  Pub¬ 
lishing  Committee. 

Under  a  suspension  of  the  rules,  the  place  of  meeting  for  next 
year  was  fixed  at  New  Orleans,  on  the  last  Wednesday  in 
March.  Hon.  Thos.  J.  Semmes  was  elected  an  honorary  mem¬ 
ber  and  annual  orator  for  1881. 

The  following  were  elected  delegates  to  the  American  Med¬ 
ical  Association :  Drs.  Joseph  Jones,  A.  B.  Miles,  J.  P.  David¬ 
son,  J.  D.  Hammonds,  G.  A.  B.  Hayes,  T.  J.  Woolf,  S.  M. 
Bemiss. 


1880 J  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society.  1075 

A  motion  by  S.  L.  Henry,  providing  for  the  collection  of  vital 
statistics,  was  lost. 

On  motion,  the  meeting  adjourned  until  7J  o’clock,  P.  M. 

Evening  Session. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  8,  P.  M.,  the  President, 
Dr.  J.  W.  Dupree,  in  the  chair. 

Dr.  A.  B.  Snell  read  a  paper  on  the  Conservative  Influence  of 
Disease.  The  paper  was  referred  to  the  Publishing  Committee, 

Dr.  Jones  read  a  paper  on  Fatty  Degeneration  of  the  Heart  in 
Fevers.  Referred  to  Publishing  Committe. 

The  report  of  Dr.  C.  J.  Bickham,  on  Medical  Education,  was 
read  and  accepted. 

The  report  of  Dr.  S.  S.  Herrick,  on  Public  Hygiene,  was  read 
and  accepted. 

Dr.  Sampson  of  Madison,  and  R.  C.  McCullogh  of  Tensas, 
were  elected  members. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  J.  P.  Davidsou,  the  thanks  of  this  associa¬ 
tion  were  conveyed  to  Hon.  T.  J.  Semmes  and  Hon.  Jas. 
McConnell  of  Orleans,  Hon.  R.  L.  Luckett  of  Rapides,  and 
Hou.  N.  C.  Blanchard  of  Caddo,  for  their  eiforts  in  behalf  of 
State  Medicine  iu  the  Constitutional  Convention  of  1879. 

The  Chair  announced  the  following  as  the  committees  on 
State  Medicine : 

Dr.  S.  E.  Chailld,  Chairman. 

Public  Hygiene — Drs.  Davidson  and  Herrick. 

Medical  Education — Dr.  Bickham. 

Medical  Jurisprudence — Drs.  Dabney  and  McCutchon. 

Public  Institutions — Drs.  Miles,  Matas,  Vance. 

The  thanks  of  the  Association  were  voted  to  the  President,  Dr. 
Dupree,  and  the  other  officers,  for  their  services  to  the  society 
during  the  meeting. 

Dr.  Dupree,  in  retiring,  introduced  its  newly  elected  Presi¬ 
dent,  Dr.  C.  M.  Smith,  who  took  his  seat. 

There  being  no  further  business,  the  Society  adjourned  to 
meet  in  New  Orleans  on  the  last  Wednesday  in  March,  1881. 

L.  F.  SALOMON,  M.  D. 

Recording  Secretary. 


10 


1076  Proceedings  of  the  Attakapas  Medical  Association.  [May 

PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ATTAKAPAS  MEDICAL 
ASSOCIATION. 


THIRD  MEETING. 

New  Iberia,  March  4,  1880. 

The  Attakapas  Medical  Association  was  called  to  order  at 
1  o’clock,  P.  M.  Vice-president  Dr.  George  Y.  Colgin,  in  the 
chair,  and  a  quorum  present. 

The  minutes  of  the  last  meeting  were  read  and  approved. 

Dr.  Gates  of  Franklin  and  Dr.  Minvielle  of  Jenerette,  pre. 
sented  their  diplomas,  to  be  referred  to  the  committee  on 
credentials.  Dr.  Gates  presented  also  the  diploma  of  Dr. 
C.  M.  Smith  of  Franklin,  which  was,  likewise,  referred  to  the 
committee. 

On  a  motion  of  Dr.  Richardson,  duly  made,  seconded  and 
carried — 

The  committee  on  “  the  petition  to  the  Legislature  ”  had 
more  members  added  to  it,  and  was  requested  to  report  imme¬ 
diately. 

The  committee  on  “  a  schedule  of  regular  and  uniform  prices 
for  the  practice  of  medicine  ”  was  not  ready  to  report. 

The  committee  on  credentials  reported  favorably  on  the 
verification  of  the  diplomas  of  Dr.  Gates,  Dr.  C.  M.  Smith  and 
Dr.  Minvielle.  These  members  came  forward  and  signed  the 
Constitution  and  By-Laws.  Dr.  Gates  with  a  proxy  signed  for 
Dr.  C.  M.  Smith. 

On  a  motion  duly  made,  seconded  and  unanimously  carried — 

The  articles  4  and  8  of  the  constitution  were  amended.  The 
time  for  holding  the  election  of  the  officers  of  the  society  was 
changed,  and  fixed  for  the  first  Tuesday  of  May.  The  time  of 
the  regular  meeting  was  also  changed  and  fixed  for  twice  a 
year — the  first  Tuesday  of  May  and  December. 

The  committee  on  the  petition  to  the  Legislature  presented 
its  report,  which  was  approved. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Gates,  duly  made,  seconded  and  carried, 
it  was — 

Resolved,  That  a  copy  of  the  petition  be  sent  to  our  honorable 


1880]  Proceedings  of  the  AttaTcapas  Medical  Association.  1077 

senators,  M.  J.  Foster  and  R.  Perry,  and  also  to  our  represen¬ 
tatives,  C.  Young  and  A.  Voorhies. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Gates,  duly  made,  it  was — 

Resolved ,  That  delegates  be  appointed  to  represent  this 
society,  at  the  next  meetiug  of  the  Louisiana  Stato  Medical 
Association,  on  the  31st  inst. 

Motion  adopted. 

Dr.  0.  M.  Smith  and  Dr.  Maguire  were  appointed  from  St. 
Mary,  Dr.  Woolf  and  Dr.  Blanchet  from  Iberia,  and  Dr.  Thomas 
from  St.  Martin. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Gates,  duly  seconded,  it  was — 

Resolved ,  That  a  copy  of  the  petition  to  the  Legislature  be 
sent  to  Dr.  0.  M.  Smith  to  be  presented,  also  to  the  Louisiana 
State  Association,  with  the  request  to  co-operate. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Thomas  offered  the  following  resolution — 

Whereas ,  by  the  amendments  just  made  to  the  constitution, 
the  election  for  the  officers  of  the  association  is  now  fixed  for 
the  first  Tuesday  in  May ;  and  whereas,  the  offices  of  our 
present  officers  becoming  vacant  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  April, 
and  no  meeting  being  fixed  this  year  for  the  month  of  May, 
therefore  be  it — 

Resolved,  That  we  proceed  at  once  to  the  election  of  our 
officers  for  the  coming  year,  to  take  charge  of  their  respective 
offices  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  May  next. 

The  resolution  was  seconded  and  carried. 

Dr.  C.  M.  Smith  and  Dr.  A.M  Maguire  were  nominated  for 
president.  Dr.  Maguire  was  elected. 

Dr.  Geo.  J.  Colgin  and  Dr.  Blanchet  were  nominated  for  and 
elected  vice  president  and  secretary. 

Dr.  Woolf  was  elected  treasurer. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Thomas,  the  president  elect  was  requested 
to  prepare  an  address  for  the  next  meetiug  in  December. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Gates,  it  was 

Resolved ,  That  it  is  the  desire  of  “  The  Attakapas  Medical 
Society”  to  follow  the  good  example  of  the  “New  Orleans 
Medical  and  Surgical  Society,”  the  “  Orleans  Parish  Society,” 


1078 


Reviews  and  BooJc  Notices. 


[May 

and  similar  associations,  that  have  intelligently  considered  the 
deficiencies  of  our  organization  in  this  State;  that  it  is  our 
purpose  to  become  useful  in  this  grand  reform,  and  our  united 
energies  shall  be  devoted  to  the  accomplishment  of  that  object; 
that  our  personal  experience  in  the  several  branches  of  medi¬ 
cine  shall  ever  be  submitted  to  the  inquiring  minds  ot  medical 
men ;  that  it  is  derogatory  to  the  dignity  and  interests  of  the 
profession  for  a  member  of  a  recognized  medical  society  to  en¬ 
gage  in  any  trade  or  calling,  the  duties  of  which  are  inconsistent 
with  the  legitimate  pursuit  of  his  profession ;  that  it  is  unpro¬ 
fessional  to  do  cheap  contracts  for  societies,  plantations,  etc. 

Motion  seconded  and  carried. 

Dr.  Gates  offered  and  read  the  report  of  one  of  the  rare  cases 
of  oblique  inginual  hernia  in  a  female,  and  also  reported  a  re¬ 
markable  case  of  gun-shot  wound  of  the  shoulder  joint. 

Dr.  Meslayer  presented  a  subject  with  cancer,  and  Dr. 
Deblanc  a  case  of  muscular  atrophy. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Thomas,  duly  made  and  seconded,  the 
meeting  adjourned  to  meet  in  the  parish  of  St.  Mary,  at  Frank¬ 
lin,  on  the  7th  of  December,  1880. 

L.  G.  Blanchet,  M.  D.,  Secretary. 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


Headaches,  their  Nature,  Causes  and  Treatment.  By  William 
Henry  Day,  M.  D.,  Mem.  Boy.  Col.  Phys.  (London)  ;  Phys. 
to  Samaritan  Hosp.  for  women  and  children.  Third  edi¬ 
tion,  with  illustrations,  12  mo.  Pp.  322.  Philadelphia : 
Lindsay  &  Blakiston,  1880.  [Sold  by  Armaud  Hawkins, 
196£  Canal  street,  New  Orleans.  Price  $  2  00.] 

The  appearance  of  a  third  edition  of  this  work,  within  three 
years  of  its  first  publication,  affords  abundant  proof  of  its 
appreciation,  so  that  scarcely  more  is  now  needed  than  to 
announce  its  reappearance, 

The  present  custom  of  bringing  out  monographs  on  the  prin¬ 
cipal  subjects  of  practical  medicine  and  surgery  has  its  advan- 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


1079 


1880] 

tages  in  affording  ample  material  on  a  given  subject  in  a  vol¬ 
ume  of  convenient  bulk;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  there  is  a 
tendency  to  diffuseness,  hard  to  be  resisted  by  one  who  writes 
upon  his  favorite  topic.  In  the  present  work  we  think  Dr. 
Day  would  have  rendered  his  teaching  more  available,  and 
consequently  more  advantageous,  if  he  had  compressed  it  into 
one-half  the  number  of  pages.  Life  is  too  short  and  the  world 
too  full  of  books  to  allow  time  for  one  person  to  keep  up  with 
the  progress  of  medicine  in  all  its  branches ;  consequently  the 
general  practitioner  will  prefer  monographs  in  concise  and  sys¬ 
tematic  style,  rather  than  the  diffuse  and  dropsical  language 
which  specialists  are  apt  to  assume. 

After  these  abstract  remarks,  we  are  ready  to  say  that  the 
general  practitioner,  for  whose  use  this  volume  is  intended,  will 
find  its  chapters  much  more  satisfactory  than  the  paragraphs 
devoted  to  the  same  topics  in  systematic  works  on  medicine. 
Headaches  are  chargeable  with  a  large  share  of  human  suffer¬ 
ing,  which  are  generally  endured  with  patience  and  silence, 
from  the  indifferent  success  achieved  by  practitioners  in  their 
relief.  This  is  not  creditable  to  the  medical  fraternity,  and 
we  are  sure  that  the  attentive  study  of  this  little  book  would 
go  far  to  remove  this  reproach.  S.  S.  H. 


The  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  By  Frederick  T.  Roberts, 
M.  D.,  B.  Sc.,  F.  R.  0.  P.,  Prof,  of  Mat.  Med.  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  at  University  College^  With  illustrations.  Third 
American,  from  the  fourth  London  edition.  Philadelphia  : 
Lindsay  &  Blakiston,  1880.  New  Orleans  :  Armand  Haw¬ 
kins,  196£  Canal  street.  Price,  $5  00. 

When  a  work  on  the  Practice  of  Medicine  passes  through 
four  editions  within  as  many  years,  it  is  pretty  good  evidence 
that  it  fills  a  want.  Hence,  in  noticing  the  appearance  of  a 
new  edition  of  Roberts’  practice,  it  is  only  necessary  to  call 
attention  to  the  improvements  which  have  been  made  in  it  in 
order  to  render  it  a  trustworthy  exponent  of  demonstrated  facts 
and  accepted  theories  in  modern  medicine.  In  the  chapter  on 
the  diseases  of  the  absorbent  system,  the  latest  researches  have 
been  availed  of  as  shown  by  the  references  to  Mr.  Messenger 
Bradley’s  work  on  the  diseases  of  the  lymphatic  system,  and 


1080 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices, 


[May 

Dr.  Curnow’s  excellent  Gulstonian  lectures  on  the  same  subject, 
both  published  in  1879.  The  exposition  of  this  unsatisfactory 
class  of  diseases  is  clear  and  explicit. 

The  diseases  of  the  uervous  system  are  very  fully  treated. 
Here  also  the  most  recent  work  done  in  this  field  by  Ferrier, 
Hitzig  and  Fritsch,  Gowers,  Charcot,  Hughlings  Jackson  and 
others  has  been  drawn  upon  to  make  the  book  representative 
of  contemporary  medical  science  and  art. 

In  the  chapter  on  contagion  and  epidemics  the  germ-theory 
is  discussed  as  fully  as  the  limits  of  the  work  allow,  and  while 
the  author  is  non-committal,  he  evidently  believes  at  heart  in 
the  theory  of  contagium  vivum. 

Altogether,  a  somewhat  lengthy  examination  of  this  edition 
confirms  our  previously  formed  opinion,  that  as  a  safe  guide  to 
the  student,  Roberts’  practice  has  no  superior  among  medical 
text-books,  in  the  English  language.  The  publishers’  work,  as 
is  usual  with  this  firm,  is  well  done.  Ro. 


Photographic  Illustration  of  Skin  Diseases.  By  George  Henry 
Fox,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Clin.  Prof,  of  Dermatology,  Starling 
Med.  Col.,  Columbus,  O.,  etc.  4to.  New  York :  E.  B. 
Treat.  1879.  [Sold  by  K  D.  McDonald  &  Co.,  116  Caron - 
delet6street,  New  Orleans.] 

In  the  January  number  we  gave  a  favorable  notice  of  the 
four  first  parts  of  this  splendid  work.  Four  more  are  now 
before  us.  Part  Y.  illustrates  Eczema  infantile,  E.  papulo- 
sum,  E.  iehorosum,  E.  pustulosum  and  E.  squamosum  ;  part  YI. 
Eczema  barbae,  E.  inanum,  E.  venis  varicosis,  Ulcus  varicosum 
and  Psoriasis  annulata ;  part  Y1I.  Lupus  vulgaris,  L.  erythema¬ 
tosus,  Epithelioma  superficiale  aud  E.  rodens  (two  plates) ;  part 
YIII.  Trichophytosis  capitis,  T.  corporis,  Lichen  planus  (two 
plates),  and  L.  Ruber. 

The  superiority  of  these  illustrations  of  skin  affections  to  all 
others  yet  'published  is  well  sustained  in  these  parts.  It  is 
proposed  to  publish  only  four  more,  but  we  are  sure  that  the 
list  of  illustrations,  from  which  these  are  selected,  would  fur¬ 
nish  materials  quite  sufficient  to  extend  the  work  considerably 
further,  and  we  hope  the  publisher  will  find  encouragement  to 
enlarge  its  original  scope.  S.  S.  H. 


1880] 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


1081 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


The  Principles  and  Practice  of  Gynaecology.  By  Thomas  Addis 
Emmet,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  to  the  Women’s  Hospital  of  the  State 
of  New  York,  etc.,  etc. 

Clinical  Notes  upon  the  use  of  The  Galvano-  Cautery .  By  Wil¬ 
liam  A.  Byrd,  M.  A.,  etc.,  Quincy,  Illinois.  Reprint  from  The 
Practitioner ,  January,  1880. 

A  State  Board  of  Health.  A  Communication  to  a  Member  of 
the  Legislature  on  Sanitary  Organization  and  Administration  in 
the  State  of  New  York.  By  Stephen  Smith,  M.  D.,  of  New 
York. 

Gleanings  from  the  History  of  Medicine.  An  address  delivered 
in  Evansville ,  Indiana ,  November  4,  1879.  By  J.  A.  Ireland, 
M.  D.,  of  Louisville,  Kentucky,  President  of  the  Tri-State  Med¬ 
ical  Society.  Reprint  from  the  St.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal ,  January  5,  1880. 

On  the  use  of  Water  in  the  treatment  of  Diseases  of  the  Skin. 
By  L.  Duncan  Bulkley,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  etc.,  13  pages.  Reprint 
from  Chicago'  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner ,  January,  1880. 

A  New  Method  of  Permanently  Removing  Superfluous  Hairs. 
By  L.  Duncan  Bulkley,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  7  pages.  Reprint  from 
Archives  of  Dermatology,  October,  1878. 

On  the  Nomenclature  and  Classification  of  the  Diseases  of  the 
Skin.  By  L.  Duncan  Bulkley,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  etc.,  15  pages. 
Reprint  from  Archives  of  Dermatology ,  April,  1879. 

Annual  Announcement  of  the  Medical  College  of  the  Pacific , 
Session  0/I88O.  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

On  a  case  of  Molluscum  Verrucosum ,  presenting  certain  unusual 
features.  By  James  Nevins  Hyde,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Professor  of 
Dermatology,  Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago. 

Vicarious  Menstruation.  By  H.  G.  Landis,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 
Reprint  from  The  Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Clinic ,  February  28th, 
1880. 


1082 


[May 


Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables. 


Meteorological  Summary — March. 
Station — New  Orleans. 


Date. 

!  Daily  Mean 

j  Barometer. 

Daily  Mean 
Temp’ture. 

Daily  Mean 
Humidity. 

Prevailing 

Direction 

ofWind. 

Daily 

Rain-fall. 

General  Items. 

1 

30.18 

64.7  76.3 

East. 

Mean  Barometer, 

30.069. 

2 

30.22 

65.7  81.7 

East. 

.... 

Highest  Barometer,  30.311,  on  21st. 

3 

30.09 

70.7,78.7 

South 

.01 

Lowest  Barometer,  29.811,  on  15th. 

4 

30.01 

71.7  82.0 

S.  W. 

Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  500. 

5 

30.04 

74.5 

76  7 

S.  W. 

•  -  -  - 

Highest  Temperature,  81°  on  5th.  6th. 

6 

30.06 

74.2  77.7 

South 

Lowest  Temperature,  42°  on  17th. 

7 

30.02 

74.0  78.7 
69.084.0 
64.7  72.0 

South 

Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  39°. 

8 

9 

29.91 

30.01 

N.  e. 
North 

2.8i 

55 

Greatest  Daily  Range  of  Temperature, 
24°  on  18th. 

10 

29.97 

66  0  86.3 

East. 

.03 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  5°  on  14, 

11 

29.89 

72.5  87.3 

South 

.... 

Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures,  72°0. 

12 

29.98 

72.2  84.7 

South 

.54 

Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  59°  0. 

13 

30.06 

66.0  84.3 

North 

.30 

Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  13°  0. 

14 

30.06 

65.2  91-3 

North 

.24 

Prevailing  Direction  ofWind,  North. 

15 

29.87 

69.2  82  7 

S.  E. 

.62 

Total  Movement  of  Wind,  6,222  miles. 

16 

30.11 

51-2  68.0 

N.  W. 

.06 

Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc¬ 
tion,  24  miles,  Southwest  on  15th' 

17 

30.18 

51.7 

b4.3 

N.  E. 

.... 

18 

29.88 

67.2 

86.7 

N.  E. 

.02 

Number  of  Clear  Days,  7. 

19 

30.05 

62.0 

73.3 

North 

.13 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  11. 

20 

21 

30.22 

30.25 

61.5 

53.5 

58.3 

79.3 

N.  E. 
N.  E. 

.13 

.38 

Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 
Rain  fell,  2. 

22 

30.18 

59.2 

89.7 

East. 

.84 

Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 

23 

30.17 

63.0 

64.7 

N.  E. 

Rain  fell,  11.  Total  number  of  days 

24 

30.17 

65.0 

54.3 

North 

on  which  rain  fell,  15. 

25 

30.16 

64.5 

59.7 

S.  E. 

Dates  of  Luua  Halos,  25th. 

26 

30.01 

69.2 

69.3 

S.  E. 

COMPARATIVE 

TEMPERATURE. 

27 

29.95 

68.5 

64.7 

N.  W. 

1871 . 

1876  .  59.9° 

28 

30.02 

66.2 

32.7 

N.  W. 

1872 . 

1877  .  60.7° 

29 

30.10 

63.5 

47.0 

North 

1873  . 60.4° 

1878  .  66.4° 

30 

30.17 

60  0 

51.7 

East. 

1874  . 66.2° 

1879  .  64.7° 

31 

Sums 

30.12 

64.5 

61.3 

S.  E. 

— 

1875 .  63.5° 

COMPARATIVE 

1871 . inches. 

1880  .  65.7° 

PRECIPITATION 

1876:  11.22  inches 

Means 

30.069 

65.7 

70.9 

North 

6.66 

1872 .  “ 

1873 -.5  10  “ 

1874.. 7.57  “ 

1875.10.84  “ 

1877  :  4.94  “ 

1878;  4.63 

1879;  1.36  “ 

1880:  6.66  “ 

GEORGE  H.  ROHE, 

Sergeant ,  Signal  Corps,  U.  S.  A. 


Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  March  21st,  1880,  to 
April  17th,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump¬ 

tion' 

Small¬ 

pox 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

March 

28 

0 

9 

19 

0 

8 

109 

April 

3 

0 

5 

27 

0 

6 

112 

April 

10 

0 

2 

17 

0 

5 

100 

April 

17 

0 

3 

16 

0 

6 

114 

Total . 

— 

0 

19 

79 

0 

25 

435 

NEW  ORLEANS 


Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 


JUNE,  1  88  0. 


ORIGINAL,  PoyViyvlUNICATIONS. 


Differential  Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum. 

By  S.  LOGAN,  M.  D. 

(Read  before  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association,  March  27,  1880.) 

In  the  ever-recurring  combats  waged  by  the  medical  man  in 
active  practice  with  the  multitudinous  diseases  and  accidents 
incident  to  human  life,  his  first  move  not  unfrequentlv  decides 
the  issue.  To  make  that  more  efficiently  he  must  be  as  well 
acquainted  with  the  battle-field  as  circumstances  permit.  He 
must,  if  practicable,  thoroughly  diagnose  his  case ;  for  unless 
he  knows  the  dispositions  of  the  enemy  his  plans  of  attack  or 
of  defence  must  necessarily  be  indefinite  and  therefore  less 
effective. 

As  the  science  of  medicine  becomes  more  exact,  and  conse 
quently  the  art  of  medicine  as  exemplified  in  practice  becomes 
more  accurate  and  defined,  the  subject  of  differential  diagnosis 
attracts  more  and  more  attention.  The  profession  owes  much 
to  the  great  intellects  who  have,  in  modern  times  especially, 
labored  successfully  in  this  field.  They  have  gleaned  a  rich 
harvest  whose  beneficient  effects,  have  entered  into  all  the 
details  of  practical  medicine.  To  such  men  as  Laennee  and 
Velpeau,  in  France ;  Latham  and  Williams,  in  Great  Britain ; 
G-uttmann,  in  Germany,  and  Da  Costa  and  the  Flints,  in 
America,  we  shall  always  acknowledge  ourselves  as  greatly 
indebted  for  their  researches  and  their  systematized  productions 
in  this  line. 


1084  Original  Communications.  [June 

The  first  thing  to  be  done  by  the  practitioner  of  medicine  or 
surgery,  when  he  assumes  charge  of  a  case  is  to  find  out  k<  what 
is  the  matter  ” — to  make  his  diagnosis.  To  do  this  he  has  to 
rely  much  more  on  himself  than  when  next  he  comes  to  apply 
the  therapeutics.  To  assist  him  in  the  latter,  he  has  the 
recorded  experience  of  the  profession  at  large  to  guide  him  ; 
while  to  make  his  diagnosis  he  has  to  rely  on  his  own  resources, 
aided,  of  course,  by  his  previous  study. 

Once  he  has  made  his  diagnosis,  it  is  only  a  matter  of  mem¬ 
ory  or  of  reference — should  time  permit — to  apply  the  appro¬ 
priate  therapeutics.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  few  lessons  are 
more  beneficial  thau  those  by  which  diseases  or  injuries  bear¬ 
ing  a  gross  likeness  are  grouped  together  and  then  differenti¬ 
ated  from  each  other. 

These  are  the  reasons  which  have  influenced  me  in  inviting 
your  attention  this  evening  to  the  “  Differential  Diagnosis  of 
Tumours  in  the  Scrotum.” 

In  this  group  we  have  many  affections  more  or  less  similar  in 
many  respects,  and  yet  widely  differing  in  Etiology,  Pathology 
and  Prognosis ;  a  careful  differential  diagnosis  becoming, 
therefore,  of  the  greatest  importance. 

So  numerous  are  the  affections  which  may  cause  a  swelling 
in  the  scrotum,  that  a  general  classification  with  divisions  and 
subdivisions  becomes  essential  to  their  proper  consideration. 

Whenever  I  am  confronted  with  such  a  case,  I  am  in  the 
habit  of  first  asking  myself  the  following  question :  Does  the 
swelling  originate  here  or  has  it  been  produced  by  causes  origin¬ 
ating  elsewhere  ?  I  think  you  will  find  this  a  useful  primary 
division  of  the  subject.  The  first  requisite  in  making  a  diag¬ 
nosis  of  any  local  disease  or  accident,  is  to  know  to  what  dis¬ 
eases  or  accidents  the  given  part  is  liable.  Well ;  this  part 
is  liable  to  some  swellings  which  may  originate  elsewhere,  and 
some  commence  in  the  part  itself.  Let  us  go  over  the  tumours 
which  may  be  found  uuder  each  of  these  great  divisions ;  and 
as  we  ennuinerate  them,  let  us  consider  their  special  diagnosis. 

First :  Tumours  of  the  Scrotum  originating  elsewhere. 

We  find  them  under  the  following  heads:  (a)  Urinary  infil¬ 
tration;  (b)  Hernia.  This  division  does  not  include  many 


1880]  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum.  1085 

varieties ;  but  it  is  of  the  highest  importance  to  distinguish 
them  from  other  conditions  with  which  they  may  be  confounded. 
Nor  is  this  always  so  easy  a  matter  as  may  be  supposed  at 
first  glance. 

(a)  Urinary  infiltration,  must  be  distinguished  from  (1)  simple 
oedema;  from  (2)  erysipelas;  from  (3)  strangulated  hernia 
and  from  (4)  scrotal  neoplasms. 

(1)  From  simple  oedema  it  may  be  recognized  by  the  his 
tory  of  urinary  troubles ;  by  the  more  active  inflammatory 
symptoms ;  and  by  instrumental  exploration  of  the  urethra. 
As  a  rule  there  will  be  no  difficulty  here — but  we  must  bear  in 
mind,  that  in  oedema  itself  we  sometimes  see  quite  au  active, 
even  rapidly  destructive  grade  of  inflammation.  The  presence, 
however,  of  the  symptoms  and  the  history  of  urinary  trouble 
will  settle  the  question. 

(2)  Uriuary  iutiltration  may  be  distinguished  from  subcu¬ 
taneous  erysipelas  of  the  scrotum,  by  its  history ;  by  the 
X>resence  of  a  stricture,  as  proven  by  instrumental  exploration ; 
and  by  the  escape  of  urine  on  practicing  the  incisions  demanded 
by  both  conditions :  while  the  cutaneous  form  of  erysipelas 
will  be  recognized  by  the  absence  of  the  above  mentioned  symp¬ 
toms,  and  the  evideutly  superficial  character  of  the  iufl  unma- 
tion. 

(3)  From  strangulated  hernia,  urinary  iutiltration  will 
hardly  be  difficult  to  recognize  when  we  bear  in  mind — first, 
the  history, — in  the  one  case  to  pointing  to  an  anterior  and 
inguinal  origin,  in  the  other  to  a  posterior, — in  the  one  case 
to  bowel  trouble,  iu  the  other  to  urethral  and  vesical  distress. 
Again,  the  strangulation  in  hernia,  to  have  produced  so  much 
inflammatory  action  as  to  simulate  that  caused  by  uriuary 
infiltration,  must  have  reached  an  almost  fatal  degree;  and  the 
prolonged  intestinal  obstruction,  the  collapse,  the  tympanitis 
and  the  evident  localization  of  the  chief  suffering  in  the  neck  of 
the  hernia  and  abdominal  cavity  will  establish  the  diagnosis. 

(4)  At  first  glance  it  might  be  inferred  that  no  difficulty 
need  be  expected  in  effecting  a  differential  diagnosis  between 
urinary  infiltration  and  scrotal  neoplasms.  My  experience, 


1086  Original  Communication a.  [June 

however,  proves  the  contrary,  as  the  below  mentioned  case 
will  show. 

In  order  to  explain  the  possibility  of  making  a  mistake  in 
this  regard,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind,  that  urinary  infiltrations 
do  not  always  present  the  acute  phenomena  usually  found. 
We  may  say  that  there  are  two  classes  met  with — i.  e.,  those 
characterized  by  acute  and  those  presenting  chronic  symptoms. 
The  former  variety  is  familiar  to  all,  being  by  far  the  most 
common  ;  while  the  latter  is  well  known  to  those  who  see  rnanv 
cases  of  genito-urinary  disease — though  comparatively  rare. 
In  the  chronic  cases  the  urine  escapes  in  such  small  quantities 
at  a  time,  that,  instead  of  rapidly  streaming  through  the 
areolar  spaces  and  producing  a  correspondingly  extended  area 
of  inflammatory  action,  it  remains  near  the  point  of  escape  from 
the  urethra ;  there  excites  a  localized  inflammation,  and  the 
result  is  a  distinct  tumour,  hard  and  circumscribed,  the  fluid 
becoming  walled  in  by  organized  plasma.  Further  escape  of 
urine,  little  by  little,  causes  a  more  or  less  rapid  increase  in  the 
size  of  the  tumour  till  at  last  suppuration  results  and  a  fistu¬ 
lous  opening  is  formed  through  the  hardened  mass.  These 
tumours  thus  formed  vary  in  size,  from  that  of  a  chestnut  to 
that  of  an  orange.  Before  the  fistulous  opening  finally  divulges 
the  true  nature  of  the  swelling,  it  may  readily  be  mistaken  by 
even  practitioners  of  judgment  and  general  experience,  for  a 
neoplasm.  The  following  is  a  case  in  point  . 

Case  I.  B - ,  colored  ;  laborer,  aged  about  35,  was  sent 

to  my  office  by  a  medical  friend  of  large  practice  and  proved 
ability,  about  eight  years  ago,  with  a  hard  tumour  occupying 
mainly  the  middle  line  of  the  scrotum  just  iu  front  of  the  peri¬ 
neum.  The  patient  brought  a  note  from  my  friend  to  the  effect 
that  he  had  diagnosed  a  cancer  and  wished  to  know  whether 
iu  my  opinion  it  would  not  be  best  to  remove  it  at  once.  The 
swelling  was  round,  hard,  about  the  size  of  a  small  orange  and 
had  been  about  six  weeks  in  attaining  those  dimensions.  It 
was  the  seat  of  severe  pain  and  the  patient  stated  that  it  was 
hard  from  the  beginning.  Its  peculiar  central  position  and  the 
manner  in  which  it  appeared  as  if  attached  to  the  walls  of  the 
urethra  attracted  my  attention  and  upon  making  the  necessary 


1087 


1880]  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum. 

inquires  I  found  that  he  had  long  suffered  from  difficulty  in 
micturating,  and  urethral  exploration  demonstrated  the  exist¬ 
ence  of  a  narrow  indurated  stricture.  Coincident  with  the 
relief  of  the  stricture,  the  swelling  gradually  disappeared 
entirely,  without  even  the  formation  of  a  urinary  fistula. 

1  have  had  many  other  cases  where  a  like  mistake  might 
easily  have  been  made.  To  be  forewarned  iu  this  regard  is  to 
be  forearmed.  A  careful  inquiry  as  to  the  previous  history  with 
urethal  exploration  suffices  to  lead  us  to  the  proper  diagnosis. 

Let  us  now  consider  the  other  form  of  scrotal  swelling  belong¬ 
ing  to  the  first  division,  or  those  originating  elsewhere,  i.  e. : 

(b)  Hernia.  When  strangulated  or  irreducible,  it  is  to  be  dis¬ 
tinguished  from  (1)  urinary  infiltration  ;  (2)  orchitis,  especially 
gonorrhoeal  or  epididymitis,  with  or  without  orchitis ;  (3)  inflam¬ 
ed  hydrocele  or  haematoceli,  and  when  not  strangulated  form  (4) 
varicocele;  (5)  hydrocele,  especially  when  of  the  cord  or  congen¬ 
ital,  and  haeinatocele ;  (G)  neoplasms. 

(1.)  Hernia  when  strangulated  or  irreducible  from  urinary  infil¬ 
tration. 

What  has  been  already  said  when  speaking  of  the  differ¬ 
ential  diagnosis  of  urinary  iufiltration  will  cover  all  that  is  to 
be  said  under  this  bead. 

(2)  Hernia  when  strangulated,  or  irreducible  from  orchitis  and 
epididymitis ,  or  the  two  combined ,  especially  as  a  complication  of 
a  gonorrhoea.  Both  hernia  and  orchitis  are  so  common  that  we 
need  not  be  surprised  at  their  coincidence,  and  that  the  one 
should  be  occasionally  mistaken  for  the  other,  Perhaps  orchi¬ 
tis,  with  or  without  epididymitis,  is  more  frequently  taken  for 
strangulated  hernia  than  vice  versa.  I  have  known  of  one 
case  iu  which  surgical  assistants  were  called  on  and  instru¬ 
ments  prepared,  when  the  appearance  of  a  discharge  from  the 
meatus  excited  attention,  and  led  to  such  a  more  cautious  in¬ 
vestigation  as  to  result  in  the  correct  diagnosis.  When  we 
bear  in  mind  the  fact  that  the  cord  as  well  as  the  epididymis  is 
frequently  quite  large  and  exquisitely  tender  iu  the  gonorrhoeal 
cases,  we  need  not  be  surprised  that  a  hasty  examination  might 
lead  to  such  a  serious  error,  especially  if  the  patient  be  the  sub¬ 
ject  of  hernia.  The  history  of  the  case — on  the  one  hand  point- 


1088  Original  Communications.  [June 

ing  towards  hernia,  on  the  other  towards  inflammatory  local 
troubles  will  materially  assist  in  the  diagnosis — bearing  in 
mind,  however,  that  the  two  conditions  may  coincide — that 
indeed  even  strangulated  hernia  and  orchitis  may  exist  together. 
The  prolonged  absence  of  alvine  evacuations,  with  increasing 
abdominal  symptoms;  the  rapidly  increasing  evidences  of  a 
desperate  malady ;  the  thready  pulse  ;  the  impending  collapse; 
the  clammy  skin  ;  the  stercoraceous  vomiting  ;  the  facies  hip- 
pocratica,  will  soon  point  out  the  fatal  tendencies  of  a  strangu¬ 
lated  hernia ;  while  the  comparative  mildness  of  the  general 
symptoms ;  the  fact  that  the  pain,  fever,  etc.,  are  not  pro¬ 
gressively  worse  and  worse,  but  often  soon  reaching  a  climax 
and  then  declining,  or  at  least  remaining  stationary  for  a  day 
or  two,  will  indicate  the  less  serious  condition.  The  merely 
irreducible  hernia  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  absence  ot  any 
local  inflammatory  trouble,  and  by  its  soft  doughy  character  ; 
and  even  a  strangulated  hernia,  while  frequently  quite  tense, 
has  not  the  solidly  hard  feeling  of  the  inflamed  tesitcle. 

(3)  Hernia,  iclien  strangulated,  from  inflamed  hydrocele  or 
hcematocele. 

Here  again  the  history  of  the  case;  the  ingravescent 
feature  of  all  the  symptoms,  and  the  other  above  mentioned 
characteristics  of  strangulated  hernia,  will  usually  suffice  for  a 
positive  diagnosis.  But  here  too  a  hasty  conclusion  may  lead  to 
error.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  almost  any  scrotal  swelliug 
may  be  called  li  a  rupture,”  and  the  physician  is  not  uu frequently 
led  astray  by  the  positive  assertion  of  the  party,  that  he  has  a 
rupture.  We  often  meet  cases  who  have  worn  trusses  for 
months,  and  even  years,  and  who  have  never  been  the  subjects  of 
hernia.  I  have  known  cases  of  hydrocele  and  other  swellings, 
in  which  the  truss  has  even  been  fitted  by  the  attending  phy¬ 
sician.  It  behooves  the  practitioner  of  medecine  to  be  cautious 
in  such  cases,  for  his  own  sake,  as  well  as  the  good  of  his 
patient. 

Case  II.  Some  years  ago,  a  patient  was  sent  into  the 
Charity  Hospital,  by  a  physician  who  had  diagnosed  u  a  badly 
strangulated  hernia,”  and  who  sent  word  that  the  case  required 
immediate  operative  relief,  as  taxis,  etc.,  fairly  tried  had  utterly 


1880]  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum.  1089 

failed.  The  man  was  suffering  severe  pain— or  at  least  so 
stated, — had  considerable  fever  with  some  vjmitiug,  of  no 
fcecal  character  however, — aud  au  immense  tumour  the  size  of 
a  small  watermelon,  occupying  the  left  side  of  the  scrotum. 
It  was  hot,  purplish  red,  highly  sensitive  and  tense.  But  it 
evidently  came  to  au  abrupt  rounded  termination  against  but 
outside  of  the  external  inguinal  ring.  There  was  no  tympanitis 
or  other  abdominal  symptom  ;  he  had  taken  opiates  and  that 
accounted  for  the  vomiting,  constipation,  and  perhaps  some  of 
the  delirium  also  present  in  the  case. 

An  active  cathartic  was  given,  which  purged  him  freely  in  a 
few  hours,  and  the  next  day  a  free  incision  was  made  into 
the  cavity  of  au  inflamed  hrematocele,  and  an  immense  quan¬ 
tity  of  bloody  serum,  mixed  with  flakey  pus  was  evacuated  ;  a 
large  fold  of  the  hypertrophied  tunica  vaginalis  was  removed  ; 
the  cavity  was  washed ;  a  drainage  tube  inserted,  and  in  a  few 
days  the  patient  was  fairly  convalescent.  The  patient  inform¬ 
ed  the  writer  that  he  had  been  wearing  a  truss  for  years,  and 
exhibited  one  considerably  the  worse  for  wear,  to  substantiate 
his  assertion. 

In  this  particular  case,  the  best  marked  local  diagnostic 
feature,  was  the  rounded  and  abrupt  termination  of  the  tumour, 
evidently  external  to  the  inguinal  ring. 

(4)  Hernia  ( not  strangulated)  from  varicocele , 

Here  both  tumours  are,  ordinarily,  reducible.  But  the  hernia 
slips  back  altogether,  as  it  were,  and  usually  with  a  gurgling 
sound,  while  the  enlarged  veins  are  but  slowly  emptied  of  their 
contents  by  steady  and  continuous  pressure  even  to  the  last  drops. 
Then  the  hernia  receives  a  more  decided  impulse  when  the  pati¬ 
ent  is  made  to  cough ;  though  in  a  large  varicocele  where  the 
veins  are  enlarged  even  in  the  inguinal  canal  this  may  be  also 
perceived,  in  a  measure,  in  some  cases.  The  earth-worm  feeling 
present  in  varicocele,  if  marked,  is  quite  characteristic ;  but 
where  the  veins  are  very  large  they  may  feel  like  intestines. 
The  test  proposed  by  Sir  Astley  Cooper  must  not  be  forgotten 
in  a  doubtful  case.  You  will  remember  that  it  consists 
in  reducing  the  swelling,  and  then  placing  the  thumb  well 
applied  agninst  the  external  ring,  or  the  internal  if  the  swell- 


1090  Original  Communications.  [Juno 

ing  can  be  traced  that  far,  while  the  patient  stands  up.  If  it 
be  a  case  of  hernia  the  intestine  is  held  back,  or  if  it  escapes 
past  the  finger  it  produces  a  characteristic  sensation ;  while  if 
the  case  be  one  of  varicocele  the  swelling  is  gradually  repro¬ 
duced  as  the  blood  slowly  fills  the  veins  again.  If  the  hernia 
be  irreducible  this  test  cannot  of  course  be  applied. 

(5.)  Hernia  ( not  strangulated )  from  hydrocele  or  hcematocele. 

Ordinarily  the  distinction  can  readily  be  made.  The  hernia  is 
soft  or  doughy  and  often  palpation  elicits  a  characteristic 
gurgling;  the  hydrocele  or  hematocele  is  yielding  but  teuse 
and  elastic.  The  hernia  may  be  traced  up  and  into  the  ring  ; 
the  hydrocele  comes  to  a  rounded  limit  outside  the  ring,  gener¬ 
ally  not  even  reaching  the  cord.  Gather  up  the  hernial  mass 
in  the  palm  of  the  hand  and  gently  press  it  upward  ;  tell  the 
patient  to  cough,  and  an  impulse  will  be  transmitted  through  the 
contents  of  the  tumour  to  the  palm  of  the  surgeon’s  hand.  Do 
the  same  to  a  hydrocele,  and,  while  the  whole  mass  may  be 
shaken,  that  internal  transmittal  of  visceral  impulse  will  be 
wanting. 

If  the  patient  be  capable  of  giving  a  reliable  history,  he  will 
tell  you,  should  it  be  a  hernia,  that  it  came  down  from  above, 
and  generally,  he  is  in  the  habit  of  putting  it  up,  or  it  goes  up 
when  he  goes  to  bed ;  if  it  be  a  hydrocele  he  will  tell  you  that 
it  began  “iu  the  bag,”  aud  generally  at  the  bottom  of  it. 

It  is  true  that  a  hydrocele  of  the  cord,  or  an  encysted  hydro¬ 
cele  may  lie  well  up  against  the  external  ring,  but  its  teuse 
elastic  feeling,  and  its  irreducibility  will  usually  suffice  to  dis¬ 
tinguish  it.  Then  again,  a  congenital  hydrocele  is  reducible  ; 
bnt  not  with  the  sudden  slipping  and,  it  may  be,  gurgling  of 
hernia,  but  it  slowly  ami  gradually  empties  its  contents  into 
the  abdominal  cavity.  The  hernia  pops  back  with  promptness, 
especially  if  the  patient  coughs ;  the  hydrocele  refills  gradually, 
and  is  not  much  influenced  by  abdominal  succussion. 

I  attach  but  little  importance  to  the  light  test.  A  hydrocele 
is  often  opaque  from  accidental  haemorrhage,  aud  an  hemato¬ 
cele  (practically  identical  with  hydrocele)  is  of  course  always 
so.  This  test  may  be  of  some  use  in  cases  where  we  suspect  a 
coincidence  of  hernia  with  hydrocele  ;  and  even  then  the  possi* 


1880J  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum.  1091 

bility  of  the  fluid  being  opaque  with  blood,  to  a  great  extent 
nullifies  the  result  of  such  an  examination. 

(6)  Hernia  from  neoplasms  in  the  scrotum. 

The  above  memtioned  symptoms  of  hernia  will  ordinarily 
suffice  to  distinguish  it  from  any  of  the  numerous  varieties  of 
new  growths.  The  history,  if  reliable ;  the  feelingunder  man  - 
ipulation ;  the  prolongation  of  the  hernia  into  the  abdominal 
cavity;  the  transmitted  visceral  impulse,  &c.,  will  ordinarily 
suffice  to  designate  its  nature.  When,  however,  we  pass  in  re¬ 
view  the  differential  diagnosis  of  each  variety  of  scrotal  neo¬ 
plasm  it  may  in  some  instances  be  requisite  to  mention  other 
special  points  of  distinction  as  applicable  to  the  special  form 
of  tumour  under  consideration. 

II.  We  have  next  to  consider  the  tumours  originating  in  the 
scrotum.  These  are  so  numerous  that  a  systematic  classifica¬ 
tion  is  very  desirable.  I  think  that  this  classification — espe¬ 
cially  with  a  view  to  a  differential  diagnosis — is  best  made  on 
an  anatomical  basis  as  follows :  (a)  affections  of  the  skin : 

(b)  of  the  underlying  connective  tissue  and  dartos  :  (c)  of  the 
blood-vessels  of  the  cord,  especially  the  veins :  (d)  dropsy  of 
the  tunica  vaginalis:  (e)  diseases  of  the  testes,  epididymis  and 
cord. 

Then,  under  each  of  the.se  heads  we  must  further  differen- 
ciate  various  special  diseases. 

(a)  Local  affections  of  the  skin,  may  be  grouped  under  the 
following  heads:  (1)  cutaneous  erysipelas ;  (2)  elephantiasis ; 
(3)  epithelioma. 

In  regard  to  the  first,  there  will  hardly  be  any  trouble  in  the 
diagnosis.  The  swelling  is  seldom  so  extensive  as  to  similate 
a  scrotal  tumor,  and  the  same  symptoms  which  characterize 
this  form  of  diffuse  inflammation  elsewhere,  will  suffice  to 
identify  it  when  occurring  in  this  locality. 

(2)  j Eliphantiasis  of  the  scrotum. 

This  may  be  distinguished  from  other  tumours,  by  the  ab¬ 
normal  feeling  of  the  skin.  It  is  nodulated,  hard,  stiff  and  evi¬ 
dently  hypertrophied  ;  while  other  tumours  lie  under,  and  do 
not  generally  involve  the  skin  itself,  which  may  usually  be 
2 


1092  Original  Communications.  [June 

lifted  up  from  tlie  diseased  tissues  beneath.  The  exceptions  to 
this  are  found  in  the  later  stages  of  malignant  disease,  aud  in 
the  suppurative  aud  ulcerated  stages  of  scrofulous  degenera¬ 
tions.  Under  both  of  these  circumstances,  the  skin  is  drawn 
into  and  involved  with  the  originally  deep-seated  pathological 
processes. 

These  exceptions  can  be  recognized  by  the  distinctly  local¬ 
ized  phenomena,  aud  the  absence  of  the  general  hypertrophy 
of  elephantiasis,  which  at  the  same  time  seldom  ulcerates; 
while  ulceration  and  suppuration  are  necessarily  present  in  the 
two  other  conditions. 

Elephantiasis,  it  must  be  remembered,  is  not  unfrequently 
complicated  with  hernia ;  which  may  be  reducible  or  irreduci¬ 
ble.  If  reducible,  this  fact  alone  will  generally  suffice  to  indi 
cate  its  existence.  If,  however,  the  hernia  be  irreducible,  then 
the  diagnosis  is  more  difficult  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  indu¬ 
rated  and  thickened  condition  of  the  skin  renders  it  impossible 
to  derive  any  satisfactory  information  concerning  the  facts 
beneath  by  means  of  digital  palpation.  In  a  very  large  casein 
which  I  assisted  in  the  removal  of  the  tumour,  it  was  impossi¬ 
ble  to  form  a  positive  opinion  as  to  this  complication  before 
operating,  but  bearing  in  mind  the  danger,  the  operator  was 
on  the  lookout,  and  sure  enough  an  irreducible  hernia  was  pres¬ 
ent.  The  removal  was  effected  safely  and  the  patient  finally 
recovered. 

(3)  Epithelioma— soot  wart ,  or  chimney  sweepers  cancer. 

Here  too  there  is  hardness  and  thickening  of  the  skin  ;  but  it 
is  more  localized  than  eliphantiasis ;  tends  towards  ulceration 
long  before  it  attains  anything  like  the  proportions  of  that  dis¬ 
ease,  aud  is  more  painful.  Indeed  there  is  but  little  suffering 
in  elephantiasis.  It  is  possible,  however,  that  epithelioma  here  as 
elsewhere  may  be  confounded  with  various  chronic  sores.  The 
indurated,  lumpy  edges;  the  fact  that  the  ulceration  was  pre¬ 
ceded  by  a  wart  or  local  induration ;  that  pricking  pains  dart 
through  it  at  times,  and  that  the  neighboring  little  vessels  soon 
begin  to  enlarge;  will  serve  to  indicate  the  nature  of  the 
disease. 

(b)  Local  affections  of  the  subcutaneous  tissues  of  the  scrotum , — 


1093 


1880]  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum. 

may  be  classified  as  follows:  (1)  Simple  oedema.  (2)  Subcu¬ 
taneous  or  phlegmonous  erysipelas. 

(1)  Simple  oedema  is  easily  recognized  by  the  phenomenon 
of  pitting;  by  its  boggy  feeling;  by  the  absence  of  active 
symptoms  of  inflammatory  action;  and  by  the  presence  of  car¬ 
diac,  renal  or  other  disease  of  such  a  character  as  to  develop 
other  coincident  dropsical  syintoms, 

(2)  Phlegmonous  erysipelas  ;  must  be  distinguished  from  the 
violent  grade  of  inflammatory  action  often  caused  by  urinary 
infiltration.  A  careless  diagnostician  may  readily  confound 
the  two.  Indeed  the  phenomena  are  almost  identical,  and  it  is 
only  by  enquiring  into  the  history, — directing  the  questions 
chiefly  to  the  condition — preceding,  as  well  as  present— of  the 
urinary  apparatus,  and  by  exploring  the  urinary  canal  that 
the  diagnosis  can  be  positively  made  out.  Then  all  is  clear  and 
the  indications  for  action  are  positively  defined. 

(c)  Affections  of  the  blood-vessels  of  the  cord. 

Varicocele  is  the  only  affection  which  need  be  considered  under 
this  head.  It  is  to  be  distinguished  from  hernia  by  means  al¬ 
ready  considered  under  that  head.  From  other  swellings  in 
this  region  it  can  be  readily  diagnosed  by  its  soft  flabby  feeling, 
and  by  recognizing  the  worm-like  shape  of  the  distended  veins. 
By  the  absence  of  great  tenderness  under  manipulation  it  dif¬ 
fers  from  all  the  inflammatory  swellings. 

(d)  Dropsy  of  the  Tunica  vaginalis,  shows  itself  under  the  two 
forms  of  hydrocele  and  luematocele.  Not  unfrequently  the 
latter  follows  the  former — especially  after  tapping  or  acci¬ 
dental  injury.  Indeed  these  two  conditions  are  practically 
identical,  except  in  those  cases  of  rapidly  forming  lnematocele 
from  traumatic  causes. 

In  either  variety  we  have  a  tense  elastic  tumor ;  of  rather 
indefinite  duration  and  equally  indefinite  size  ;  forming  first,  as 
a  rule,  low  down  in  the  scrotum  and  in  front  of  the  testicle  ; 
assuming  generally  the  shape  of  a  pear  with  the  upper  ex¬ 
tremity  or  neck  of  the  pear  rounded  off  abruptly  and  evidently 
not  penetrating  the  abdominal  walls. 

In  speaking  of  strangulated  hernia  I  have  already  alluded 
to  the  possibility  of  mistaking  a  hydrocele  or  haematocele  which 


1094  Original  Communications.  [Juno 

lias  taken  on  inflammatory  action  for  that  serious  trouble ;  and 
a  case  in  point  was  given.  I  need  not  do  more  in  this  connec- 
tiou  than  merely  refer  to  that  portion  of  this  paper. 

The  differential  diagnosis  from  non-strangulated  reducible 
hernia  is  easily  made  by  simply  reducing  the  hernia — except 
in  the  congenital  form  of  hydrocele.  Here  it  must  be  borne  in 
mind  that  reduction  of  the  tumour  may  be  effected  by  steady 
continuous  pressure.  But  the  sudden  slipping  in  of  the  hernia 
is  very  different  from  the  very  gradual  emptying  of  the  sac  in 
congenital  hydrocele. 

To  distinguish  hydrocele  from  irreducible  hernia  may  be  a 
little  more  difficult.  Here,  however,  the  tense  feeling  and 
rounded  abrupt  upper  extremity  of  the  hydrocele  usually  suffi¬ 
ces  to  identity  it,  as  contra-distinguished  from  the  relaxed,  often 
gurgling,  soft  mass  of  intestine  or  omentum. 

But  perhaps,  the  most  important  point  in  the  study  of  the 
differential  diagnosis  of  hydrocele  has  yet  to  be  considered.  It 
is  not  unfrequently -confounded  with  encephaloid  of  the  testicle. 
When  we  come  to  consider  the  diagnosis  of  that  affection  we 
will  discuss  thfs  matter  more  fully.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  in 
case  of  the  least  doubt  it  is  always  best  to  explore  with  the  hy¬ 
podermic  syringe  or  aspirator  before  committing  oneself  in  the 
premises.  This  expedient  may  also  be  resorted  to  in  case  the 
diagnosis  is  doubtful  from  strangulated  hernia.  In  resorting 
to  it  here,  however,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind,  that  a  reddish 
or  even  a  straw-colored  fluid  may  be  found  in  the  sac  of  the 
hernia.  If  all  the  fluid,  however,  be  evacuated,  it  will  be  found 
that  in  cases  of  hernia  the  quantity  will  be  comparatively  little 
and  the  tumour  will  usually  be  but  little  diminished  ;  while  in 
case  of  hydrocele  the  quantity  is  very  considerable  and  when 
all  the  fluid  has  beeu  withdrawn  the  tumour  has  almost,  if  not 
quite  disappeared.  This  latter  statement,  however,  must  be 
qualified  in  this  respect,  i.  e.,  if  the  case  be  one  ot  encysted  hy¬ 
drocele  in  which  there  is  more  than  one  sac,  each  sac  has  to  be 
punctured  separately  before  the  tumour  disappears.  In  a  case 
of  hernia  from  the  sac  of  which  au  unusual  amount  of  reddish 
serum  has  been  obtained,  the  general  symptoms  of  strangulation 
are,  as  a  rule,  so  apparent  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  in  re- 


1095 


1880]  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum. 

gard  to  the  condition,  especially  when  it  is  found  that,  not¬ 
withstanding  a  large  quantity  of  fluid  has  been  removed,  and  a 
corresponding  diminution  of  the  tumour  has  been  thereby  ef¬ 
fected,  the  inguinal  canal  or  external  ring — as  the  case  may  be- 
is  still  packed  with  the  remains  of  the  swelling,  pushing  itself 
into  the  abdominal  cavity.  No  such  condition  of  affairs  will 
be  found  in  a  case  of  hydrocele  or  hsematocele. 

(e)  Affections  of  the  testicles ,  epididymis  and  cord. 

These  may  be  considered  under  the  following  heads  :  (1)  Or¬ 
chitis  and  epididymis ,  acute  and  chronic.  (2)  Scrofulous  or  tu¬ 
berculous  disease.  (3)  Syphilitic  disease.  (4)  Malignant  disease. 
(5)  Other  tumours — as  fibromata;  cysto-sarcomata  ;  cy  stomata  ; 
and  euchondromata. 

(1)  Acute  and  chronic  orchitis,  complicated  or  not  with  epi¬ 
didymitis,  are  chiefly  recognized  by  greater  or  less  active  evi¬ 
dences  of  inflammatory  action  as  contra  distinguishing  them 
from  the  other  more  slowly  developing  swellings  or  neoplasms. 
The  distinction  between  acute  orchitis,  especially  when  accom¬ 
panied  by  epididymis  and  inflammation  and  swelling  of  the 
cord,  on  the  one  haud,  and  strangulated  hernia  on  the  other 
hand  has  been  already  sufficiently  considered  under  the  latter 
head. 

Chronic  orchitis  must  be  differentiated  from  scrofulous  dis¬ 
eases,  syphilitic  disease,  and  neoplasms  in  general.  It  will 
sometimes  be  quite  difficult  to  do  so :  indeed  in  the  two  former 
cases  we  have  really  in  many  instances  a  certain  grade  of 
chronic  inflammatory  action. 

As  a  rule,  however,  in  simple  chronic  orchitis,  we  have  tbe 
following  points  to  aid  us.  In  the  first  place  we  fail  to  make 
out,  as  a  rule,  either  a  tubercular  or  a  syphilitic  history.  In 
the  second  place,  the  organ  is  much  more  tender  under  mani¬ 
pulation,  than  in  either  of  these  affections  or  any  of  the  neo¬ 
plasms.  In  the  third  place,  the  swelling  while  hard  is  at  the 
same  time  smooth  on  the  surface,  a  condition  seldom  or  ever 
seen  in  the  two  conditions  most  apt  to  be  confounded  with  it : 
i.  e.,  scrofulous  and  syphilitic  disease.  These  affections  almost 
always  present  one  or  more  nodules  corresponding  to  the 
location  of  the  tubercular  or  syphilitic  infiltration.  In  the 


1096  Original  Communications.  [June 

fourth  place,  the  swelling  is  of  more  rapid  production  than  in 
either  of  the  above  diseases.  In  the  fifth  place,  it  is  to  be  dis¬ 
tinguished  from  the  malignant  neoplasms,  by  its  greater  ten¬ 
derness  and  yet  as  a  rule  less  spontaneous  pain.  It  is  also  a 
more  solid  tumour  than  the  usual  form  of  carcinoma  found 
here :  i.  e.,  the  encephaloid.  Indeed  so  rare  are  the  harder 
forms  of  cancer  here,  that  some  have  even  denied  their  exist* 
ence. 

The  features  by  which  it  can  be  distinguished  from  other 
neoplasms,  will  be  mentioned  when  we  come  to  consider  the 
latter  in  detail. 

(2)  The  tubercular  or  scrofulous  testicle ,  may  be  mistaken  for 
the  syphilitic  testicle ;  for  malignant  disease  ;  for  hydrocele ,  or 
or  for  a  neoplasm. 

Sometimes  it  may  happen  that  the  two  conditions  of  syphil¬ 
itic  and  tubercular  disease  co-exist,  as  I  am  quite  confident  I 
have  observed  in  more  than  one  case,  and  as  one  of  our  author¬ 
ities  also  affirms. 

We  can  see  no  reason  why  this  coincidence  may  not  be 
found. 

The  history  of  the  patient’s  previous  health,  or  that  of  his 
ancestry  may  aid  materially  in  the  diagnosis.  But  here  we 
must  not  forget  that  some  cases  of  the  so-called  tuberculous  or 
scrofulous  testicle,  present  no  family  or  personal  history  point¬ 
ing  to  that  diathesis.  What  is  called  the  scrofulous  testicle, 
however,  may  be  usually  recognized  by  the  torpid  increase  of 
the  swelling ;  which  begius  as  little  hard  lumps  or  nodules  in 
the  substance  of  the  gland.  The  organ  seldom  attaius  a  size 
larger  than  a  duck  egg,  this  feature  soon  aiding  in  distinguishing 
it  from  malignant  disease.  It  also  tends  to  early  suppuration, 
and  fistulous  openings  soon  form,  as  in  scrofulous  inflammations 
elsewhere.  Succeeding  the  melting  down  of  tubercular  mate¬ 
rial,  we  may  have  the  phenomenon  of  a  hernia  testis;  which 
may  possibly  be  mistaken  for  either  the  fungus  haeiuatodes  of 
true  cancer,  or  the  ulceration  of  epithelioma.  But  I  have  never 
seen  a  cancer  reach  the  stage  of  fungus  haematodes  before  the 
malignant  growth  had  reached  such  dimensions  as  to  preclude 
the  supposition  of  tubercular  disease;  while  to  distinguish  a 


1880]  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum .  1097 

hernia  testis  from  ulcerated  epithelioma  we  must  remember 
the  different  phenomena  characterizing  the  previous  history  of 
the  respective  diseases.  The  epithelioma  starts  on  the  skin  : 
the  scrofulous  tumour  begins  as  one  or  more  nodules  in  the 
substance  of  the  testicle.  The  affectiou  is  apt  to  attack  one 
organ  after  the  other,  and  this  aids  in  diagnosing  it  from  other 
tumours.  Again  the  fungus  of  the  scrofulous  testicle  never 
bleeds  with  the  profuseness  aud  readiness  of  a  true  fungus 
hsematodes.  In  case  of  doubt,  subject  a  small  piece  of  the 
hernia  testis  to  observation  under  the  microscope  and  the 
anatomical  elements  of  the  testicle  are  readily  detected,  not  so 
of  course  if  it  be  a  case  of  malignant  fungus  hsematodes. 

(3)  Syphilitic  disease  of  the  testicle  ,  possesses  many  of  the 
features  of  the  scrofulous  affection ;  but  it  attains  a  greater 
size,  and  does  not  show  by  any  means  so  marked  a  tendency  to 
suppurative  action.  It  is  more  apt  to  infiltrate  a  larger  por¬ 
tion  of  the  organ  with  its  peculiar  material  aud  thus  enlarges 
more  generally,  though  still  beginning  like  the  other  by  one  or 
more  small  nodules  deposited  in  the  substance  of  the  organ. 
The  same  features  which,  differentiate  the  scrofulous  testicle, 
from  the  various  other  swellings  in  this  locality,  will  apply 
equally  well  to  the  syphilitic  affectiou.  It  is  here  necessary 
then  only  to  specify  in  more  detail  the  differences  between 
these  two.  The  syphilitic  disease  may  be  further  distinguished 
from  the  tubercular  affection,  by  the  nocturual  pains  sometimes 
found  in  the  former ;  by  the  favorable  results  attained  by 
specific  treatment  ;.and  by  the  fact  that,  as  a  rule,  the  syphilitic 
diseasels  not  so  apt  to  attack  both  organs  in  succession  as  is  the 
scrofulous,  perhaps  because  it  is  more  amenable  to  treatment. 
I  have,  however,  seen  both  organs  attacked  either  simulta¬ 
neously  or  in  succession,  as  in  the  following  case : 

Case  III.  P.  G.,  aged  about  56, —robust,  history  perfectly  free 
from  suspicion  of  scrofula  or  other  cachexie,  personal  or  by  inher¬ 
itance,  except  that  of  tertiary  syphilis,  of  which  there  were 
marked  indications, — applied  to  me  in  1877  for  relief  from  two 
enormous  hydroceles — one  in  each  tunica  vaginalis — which  had 
been  developing  for  about  eight  or  ten  months.  It  was  impos¬ 
sible  to  diagnose  the  condition  of  the  testicles  before  operating 


1098  Original  Communications.  [June 

for  the  hydroceles.  1  cut  out  an  eliptical  portion  of  each  sac — 
the  operation  I  almost  always  uow  resort  to — and  when  the 
fluid  was  evacuated  both  testicles  were  found  as  large  as  duck 
eggs,  and  evidently  the  subjects  of  syphilitic  infiltration.  Spe¬ 
cific  treatment  was  instituted,  and  with  such  marked  results  as 
to  fully  confirm  the  diagnosis  as  to  the  nature  of  the  disease  of 
the  testicles. 

Whether  in  this  case  the  syphilitic  infiltration  of  the  two 
organs  was  simultaneous,  or  consecutive,  I  had  no  means  of 
ascertaining. 

(4)  Malignant  disease. 

The  form  of  carcinoma  almost .  invariably  found  in  the  testes 
is  encephaloid.  For  practical  purposes  we  may  diseard  all  the 
other  varieties.  If  this  fact  be  borne  in  mind  the  differential 
diagnosis  will  be  much  simplified.  Encephaloid  of  the  testicle 
has  then  to  be  distinguished  from  the  following  diseases  :  (a) 
hydrocele  and  hsematocele ;  (b)  other  neoplasms. 

(a)  Encephaloid  from  hydrocele  and  heematocele  considered 
together. 

This  is  perhaps  the  most  important  of  all  the  diagnostic 
studies  we  have  yet  engaged  in.  Perhaps  the  best  method  of 
proceeding  in  its  elucidation  will  be  to  enumerate  the  symptoms 
of  encephaloid,  and  contrast  them  with  those  of  hydrocele  or 
heematocele. 

First.  The  previous  history  and  inheritance.  From  this 
not  much  information  of  diagnostic  value  is  to  be  derived. 
While  a  history  of  ancestral  cancer  may  tend  to  awaken  suspi¬ 
cion  it  can  do  but  little  more,  for  very  many  cases  present  no 
such  history. 

Secondly,  liate  of  development.  Here  again  we  find,  but 
little,  on  which  to  found  a  differential  diagnosis.  Nothing  is 
more  indefinite  than  the  rate  of  progress  in  the  tumours  under 
consideration.  I  have  seen  a  pure  encephaloid  take  four  years 
to  attain  the  dimensions  of  a  small  head;  and  I  have  had  cases 
of  hydrocele  to  take  about  the  same  time  to  assume  such  pro¬ 
portions.  (See  case  further  on.) 

Thirdly.  Shape.  At  first  an  encephaloid  is  rounded ;  a  hy- 


1880J  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum.  1099 

clrocele  usually  pear-shaped ;  but  an  luematocele  is  often 
rounded  like  encephaloid.  Usually,  however,  the  haematocele 
which  assumes  this  shape  is  one  formed  very  rapidly. — prompt¬ 
ly  after  some  injury — too  rapidly  to  be  an  encephaloid — say 
within  a  few  hours  or  a  few  days.  Tuis  promptness  of  develop¬ 
ment  together  with  a  history  of  tramatism  will  usually  suffice 
to  indicate  the  nature  of  such  a  swelling. 

As  the  encephaloid  increases  steadily  in  dimensions  it  almost 
invariably  assumes  a  bossellated  shape.  The  disease,  no  longer 
confined  within  the  tunica-albuginea,  sprouts  in  parts  through 
this  tough  envelope,  involves  the  superincumbent  tissues  and 
there  develops  a  kind  of  tuberous  off-shoot  from  the  main 
growth,  producing  the  change  of  shape  alluded  to.  It  matters 
not  how  large  or  how  old  be  the  hydrocele,  no  such  change  oc¬ 
curs.  But  it  is  a  pity  if  the  diagnosis  has  been  so  long  delayed, 
either  by  ignorant  neglect  on  the  part  of  the  patient  to  apply 
to  the  proper  person,  or  by  the  fault  of  the  medical  adviser. 
Here,  if  anywhere,  an  early  diagnosis  is  urgently  demanded. 
So  that  these  symptons,  which  require  such  delay  for  their  de¬ 
velopment,  while  of  prime  importance  when  the  case  is  seen 
late,  are  generally  too  late  to  inure  to  the  benefit  of  the  patient, 
as  compared  with  such  symptons  as  assist  us  in  an  early  diag¬ 
nosis!  Delay  in  such  cases  is  terribly  dangerous.  I  cannot 
too  urgently  insist  on  a  prompt  diagnosis  in  all  cases  of  scrotal 
tumours,  and  to  do  this  we  must  consider  more  especially  the 
symptoms  which  are  appreciable  at  an  early  stage  of  the 
disease. 

Fourthly.  The  feeling  of  the  tumour.  The  disease  first  con¬ 
fined  within  the  tunica-albuginea  stretches  and  distends  that 
membrane;  and,  the  morbid  substance  being  soft — somewhat 
softer  in  many  cases  than  brain — a  feeling  of  fluctuation  is 
soon  developed  to  such  an  extent  as  to  simulate  that  produced 
by  a  hydrocele  or  haematocele — especially  if,  by  rough  usage  or 
other  cause,  the  tunica-vaginales  in  the  hydrocele  or  lnemato- 
cele  has  become  thickened.  In  such  cases  an  early  diagnosis  is 
sometimes  extremely  difficult.  Under  such  circumstances  take 
a  hypodermic  syringe,  the  aspirator  or  a  fine  trocar  and  canular, 


3 


1100 


Original  Communications. 


[June 


and  explore  the  centre  of  the  tumour.  I  prefer  the  latter  in¬ 
strument  as  a  rule;  because  by  using  it  we  have  the  means  at 
hand  of  emptying  the  sac  of  the  tunica- vaginalis  in  a  few  min¬ 
utes,  provided  hydrocele  be  present ;  thus  giving  us  the 
opportunity  of  examining  the  testicles,  after  the  fluid  is  re¬ 
moved  ;  while  at  the  same  time  we  give  the  patient  the  benefit 
of  a  temporary — possibly  a  permanent — relief  from  the  fluid  ac¬ 
cumulation.  If  it  be  a  cancer,  the  fine  delicate  instrument  I 
use — such  as  is  employed  in  infantile  hydrocele — does  no  man¬ 
ner  of  harm. 

Under  the  head  of  the  feeling  of  the  tumor  we  must  not  for¬ 
get  that  even  in  the  earliest  stages  in  cancer,  we  tail  to  discover 
any  distinction  between  the  tumor  and  the  testes;  while  in 
hydrocele  and  hsemotocele  this  distinction  can  often  be  made 
perceptible  to  the  patient,  as  well  as  to  the  surgeon.  For  when 
the  healthy  testicle  is  pinched,  a  peculiar  sickening  pain  is  pro¬ 
duced.  This  I  have  not  found  to  be  the  case  when  a  testicle 
infiltrated  and  destroyed  by  carcinoma  is  subjected  to  a  similar 
test. 

Fifthly.  The  appearance  of  the  tumour  on  the  surface,  in 
encephaloid,  soon  begins  to  indicate  its  nature.  The  skin 
becomes  traversed  with  enlarged  blood  vessels  ;  while  no  such 
change  occurs  in  hydrocele  or  haematocele,  as  a  rule,  at  least 
to  any  marked  degree. 

Sixthly.  The  nature  of  the  pain  in  encephaloid  is  character¬ 
istically  different  from  that  of  hydrocele.  In  the  former  case 
it  is  lancinating;  often  coming  on  without  the  least  provocation — 
even  when  the  part  is  supported  and  the  patient  in  bed  ;  while 
in  the  latter  it  is  of  a  dragging  kind ;  often  referred  to  the 
back ;  generally  relieved  by  supporting  the  tumour  so  as  to 
avoid  traction  on  the  cord ;  seldom  or  ever  occurring  while  the 
patient  is  recumbent,  and  not  unfrequehtly  of  such  a  slight 
character  that  the  patient  makes  no  complaint  of  it.  It  must 
be  stated,  however,  that  in  a  few  cases  encephaloid  of  the  testi¬ 
cle  gives  little  or  no  pain.  Such  has  been  my  observation  in 
several  cases.  We  must  not,  therefore,  attach  undue  impor¬ 
tance  to  its  absence,  though  when  present,  and  when  its  pre¬ 
sence  is  ascertained  by  carefully  interrogating  the  patient  so 


1101 


1880]  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum. 

as  to  elicit  his  own  description  of  its  character,  without  giving 
him  what  the  lawyers  call  leading  questions — it  becomes  a 
symptom  of  great  value  in  making  out  the  differential  diagno¬ 
sis, — not  only  from  hydrocele  and  hsematocele,  but  from  all 
other  tnmours  occurring  in  these  parts. 

Seventh.  Involvement  of  surrounding  parts.  It  matters  not 
how  large  the  hydrocele  or  hsematocele,  neither  the  skin,  the 
cord,  nor  the  neighboring  lymphatics  show  any  sign  of  disease; 
whereas  I  need  hardly  say  that  they  all,  sooner  or  later,  become 
involved  in  cases  of  encephaloid.  This  is  another  distinguish¬ 
ing  feature  which,  while  characteristic,  is  unfortunately  too 
tardy  in  its  development  to  prove  of  much  value  in  the  attain¬ 
ment  of  that  great  desideratum — au  early  diagnosis.  In  the 
case  already  alluded  to,  which  came  under  my  care  four  years 
after  the  testicle  first- began  to  show  signs  of  disease,  uo  such 
involvement  had  occurred,  notwithstanding  the  immense  size  to 
which  the  tumour  had  grown. 

Eighth.  Constitutional  cachexy.  This  is  another  symptom 
whose  value  is  much  lessened  by  its  late  appearance.  By  the 
time  it  shows  iiself,  the  other  symptoms  have  pretty  generally 
settled  the  diagnosis.  In  doubtful  cases,  however,  it  may  prove 
of  some  value.  That  there  are  any  special  phenomena  charac¬ 
terizing  the  debility  induced  by  cauccr  in  its  later  stages  is 
itself  rather  questionable.  The  earthy  hue,  the  emaciation, 
the  prostration,  etc.,  etc.,  differ  in  no  recognizable  degree  from 
what  we  see  as  the  results  of  other  exhausting  diseases. 

(b)  Diagnosis  of  encephaloid  from  other  neoplasms. 

In  a  general  way  many  of  the  symptoms  already  enumerated 
as  serving  to  effect  a  differential  diagnosis  between  encephaloid 
and  hydrocele  and  hsematocele,  will  also  serve  the  same  pur. 
pose  iu  regard  to  other  neoplasms  occasionally  found  here.  But 
as  we  enumerate  these  latter  their  individual  points  of  differ¬ 
ence  from  cancer  will  be  mentioned. 

The  chief  points  of  distinction  will  be  found  in  the  rapid 
growth ;  the  large  size;  the  characteristic lancinatingpainand the 
increasing  vascularity  around  and  over  the  cancerous  growth  ; 
while  the  comparatively  early  involvement  of  surrounding  parts 


1102  Original  Communications.  [ Jun<- 

and  the  lymphatics,  with  the  gradual  debility,  earthy  hue  and 
emaciation  still  later  on  may  confirm  the  diagnosis,  in  the 
absence  of  other  causes  for  such  evidences  of  vital  exhaustion. 

(5)  Other  neoplasms. 

The  testicles  are  occasionally  found  to  be  the  seat  of  the  fol¬ 
lowing  non-malignaut  tumours : 

(a)  Cysto-sarcoma  ;  (6)  cystoma ;  (c)  enchondroma. 

(a)  Cysto- sarcomatous  tumours  of  the  testicle,  formerly  called 
fibro-cystic,  are  very  rare.  They  may  attain  a  great  size,  but 
are  of  slower  growth ;  are  less  vascular  ;  less  painful — except 
from  their  dragging  weight; — do  not  involve  the  neighboring 
lymphatics  and  do  not  produce  the  cachexia  of  malignaut 
growth. 

They  may  be  distinguished  from  hydrocele  accompanying 
chronic  orchitis  or  the  scrofulous  or  syphilitic  testicle — a  compli¬ 
cation  which  iu  my  experience  is  quite  common,  by  the  facts 
that  the  cysts— if  perceptible  by  palpatation — seem  buried  in 
the  growth,  not  lying  separate  from  it;  and  that  when  said 
cysts  are  evacuated  their  contents  are  quite  limited,  while  the 
withdrawal  of  the  fluid  hardly  lessens  in  any  marked  degree 
the  size  of  the  swelling,  the  rigid  walls  of  the  cysts — consti¬ 
tuted  as  they  are  of  the  sarcous  growth — failing  to  collapse  as 
does  the  tunica  vaginalis  after  a  hydrocele  has  been  emptied  of 
its  contents. 

Neither  the  syphilitic  nor  the  scrofulous  testicle  ever  attains 
the  size  of  a,  cysto-sarcoma ;  nor  does  the  latter  tend  to  sup¬ 
purate  as  does  the  scrofulous  disease. 

(b)  Cystomata.  These  are  occasionally  found  containing  vari¬ 
ous  substances— as  cuticle,  hairs,  teeth,  etc. — and  their  diagno¬ 
sis  is  mostly  effected  after  exploration  and  evacuation  of  their 
fluid  contents.  This  evacuation  not  disposing  satisfactorily  of 
the  tumour,  exploratory  incisions  should  follow;  and,  after  due 
examination  of  the  exposed  parts  an  immediate  diagnosis  is 
effected,  and  all  disease  removed  at  once. 

Presenting  none  of  the  cardinal  symptoms  already  enumer¬ 
ated  as  belonging  to  malignant  disease  their  differentiation  from 
the  same  should  present  no  special  difficulty. 

(c)  Enchondroma.— Sometimes — but  very  rarely — this  form 


1880J  Logan — Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scrotum.  1013 

of  neoplasm  presents  itself.  Here  as  elsewhere  it  assumes, 
clinically,  two  forms,  the  rapidly  growing  and  the  slow  grow¬ 
ing.  The  former  may  be  mistaken  on  account  of  its  rapidity 
of  growth  for  scirrhus  cancer  itself — even  a  still  more  rare 
tumour  in  the  testicle.  The  absence  of  the  other  cardinal  symp¬ 
toms  of  cancerous  disease  should  prevent  such  a  mistake 
Practically,  however,  this  is  of  little  moment,  for  removal  is 
demanded  in  either  case,  and  the  examination  of  the  tumour 
afterwards  will  reveal  its  true  nature,  and  indicate  the  appro¬ 
priate  prognosis. 

I  have  thus,  geutlemen,  enumerated  the  affections  of  these 
parts  which  may  produce  a  tumour  or  swelling,  and  endeav* 
oreu  to  present  to  you  what  in  my  experience  have  proven  the 
most  useful  features  for  effecting  the  proper  diagnosis  in  each 
case.  These  affections  are  many  and  of  most  diverse  charac¬ 
ter  ;  and  the  necessarily  prolix  detail  has  I  fear  tried  your 
patience  sorely.  As  my  apology  I  have  to  plead  the  intrinsic 
importance  of  my  subject,  and  the  correspondingly  earnest  de¬ 
sire  I  feel  to  so  present  the  facts  as  to  inure  to  the  best  practi¬ 
cal  good.  The  surgeon  in  active  life  instinctively  reaches  out 
for  a  correct  diagnosis,  not  merely  with  the  intellectual  appe¬ 
tite  of  the  pure  scientist ;  but  for  the  higher  and  nobler  pur¬ 
pose  of  benefiting  his  patient  in  the  case  before  him.  His 
mental  query — earnestly  put — “  what  is  this  ?”  derives  its  chief 
significance  from  the  reflection  that  it  is  to  be  immediately  fol¬ 
lowed  by  the  query,  “what  am  I  to  do  about  it  ?  ”  The  vast 
array  of  symptomatology  embodied  in  this  paper,  and  anatic- 
ally  examined,  has  been  to  the  best  of  my  ability  arranged 
with  the  object  of  so  generalizing  and  grouping  the  items  as  to 
afford,  I  trust,  some  aid  in  answering  the  latter  query. 

In  dealing  with  scrotal  swellings  our  therapeutical  indica¬ 
tions  may  be  divided  into  three  classes.  In  some  cases  we 
must  resort  to  medicatiou  ;  in  some  cases  to  minor  operative 
measures  and  in  some  to  total  ablation.  The  choice  is  deter¬ 
mined  by  the  diagnosis.  If  I  have  in  the  least  aided  any  of 
my  confreres  in  making  hereafter  a  judicious  selection  in  so 
serious  a  matter  my  object  will  have  been  accomplished. 

Please  accept  my  thanks  for  you  patient  attention. 


1104 


Original  Communications. 


|  J  uue 


The  Physiological  Action  of  Atropia  as  Demonstrated  by 
Experiment. 

By  JOHN  T.  JONES,  New  Orleans  La. 

1st  EXPERIMENT. 

To  a  young  kitten,  about  three  weeks  old,  and  weighing 
about  £  lbs.,  I  gave  a  subcutaneous  iujection  of  gr.  £  atropia 
sulpli. 

Symptoms:  first  quarter  minute,  slight  dilatation  of  pupil ; 

After  1  minute,  absolute  dilitation  ; 

After  7  “  subsultus  tendinum ; 

After  15  u  convulsions  and  tracheal  respiration. 

Judging  from  the  manifested  effects  that  the  amount  of  the 
poison  injected,  was  sufficient  to  produce  fatal  results,  I  gave 
a  second  subcutaneous  injection  of  gttj  acid  hydrocyanici  dil. 
and  almost  immediately  an  abatement  of  the  previous  alarm¬ 
ing  symptoms  took  place,  and  the  little  animal  recovered  com¬ 
pletely. 

2nd  EXPERIMENT. 

To  a  young  kitten,  twin  sister  to  the  former,  I  gave  a 
subcutaneous  injection  of  gr.  |  sulphate  atropia. 

Symptoms :  in  2  minutes  the  pupil  was  perfectly  dilated,  the 
breathing  very  much  accelerated,  and  the  temperature  rose  1£°. 
There  were  no  convulsions,  but  the  animal  seemed  to  be  unable 
to  walk,  and  often  fell  down,  in  the  attempt  to  move,  especially 
its  hind  legs  were  dragged  along  in  its  creeping  course.  When 
pricked  with  a  piu,  the  kitten  gave  only  slight  evidence  of 
feeling  pain,  its  ears  seeming  to  be  the  most  sensitive  part.  In 
25  minutes  after  the  injection,  the  kitten  seemed  to  be  in  a 
perfect  state  of  stupor,  lying  motionless  on  its  belly,  and  enjoy¬ 
ing  apparently  a  death-like  sleep.  Breathing  was  also  grad¬ 
ually  diminished  in  frequency,  until,  after  an  hour’s  time,  it 
had  almost  entirely  ceased,  I  then  gave  another  subcutaneous 
injection  of  morph,  sulph.  grs.  iii.  Whereupon  the  breathing 
was  immediately  restored,  the  animal  rallied  and  soon  recov¬ 
ered  completely. 


1880J  Jones—  Physiological  Action  of  Atropia.  1105 

3rd  EXPERIMENT. 

Into  another  twin  sister  of  the  two  previous  kitteus,  I  in¬ 
jected  gr.  iii  atropia  sulph.,  partly  subcutaueously  and  partly 
into  its  jugular  vein.  All  the  symptoms  of  the  two  first  kittens 
mentioned,  became  immediately  visible,  but  in  a  more  aggra¬ 
vated  form.  I  apprehended  speedy  death,  and  therefore 
drowned  it.  I  then  dissected  out  one  of  its  eyes,  and  dropt  its 
humours  on  the  eyes  of  two  other  cats.  But  no  dilatation  took 
place  in  either  of  them. 

4th  EXPERIMENT. 

Dog,  medium  size,  weighing  24  lbs.,  previous  to  its  receiving 
the  hypodermic  injection,  its  temperature  was  99.4°,  pulse  92. 
I  gave  it  a  subcutaneous  injection  of  gr.  i  atropia  sulph. 

SYMPTOMS. 

The  dog  became  extremely  restless,  so  that  I  found  it  impos¬ 
sible  to  ascertain  its  temperature  and  pulse-rate.  It  walked 
confusedly,  knocking  its  head  frequently.  Copious  and  fre¬ 
quent  urination  followed.  Its  breathing  became  so  accelerated, 
that  it  was  impossible  to  record  it  with  any  degree  of  accuracy. 
It  shortly  became  overwhelmed,  so  that  the  slightest  touch 
caused  it  to  fall,  and  when  pressed  on  its  back,  it  fell  on  its 
abdomen  with  its  forelegs  extended.  Insensibility  to  pain 
supervened  to  a  marked  degree,  and  profound  stupidity  fol¬ 
lowed.  After  the  lapse  of  20  minutes,  I  gave  it  an  injection  of 
morph,  sulph.  gr.  iv.  The  animal  almost  immediately  became 
quiet,  its  temperature  stood  then  at  101°,  the  breathing 
became  more  easy,  and  gradually  returned  to  its  normal  fre¬ 
quency.  The  pupil,  which  previous  to  the  injection  of  morphia 
was  very  much  dilated,  now  became  less  so  and  iu  20  minutes 
time  almost  normal.  It  finally  recovered. 

5th  EXPERIMENT. 

On  a  kitten  4  weeks  old  I  cut  down  through  the  abdominal 
wall  in  the  inguinal  region,  to  where  the  iliac  artery,  nerve  and 
vein  lie  in  the  one  sheath.  I  then  separated  the  vein  and 
nerve,  and  ligated  it  in  two  places.  The  artery  below  the 
lower  ligature  soon  became  white,  showing  plainly  a  depriva- 


1106  Original  Communications.  [June 

tion  of  blood,  and  the  vein  collapsed.  I  then  injected  subcu¬ 
taneously  grs.  ii  g  of  atropia  sulph.  in  five  different  doses,  viz  : 
1st  gr.  i,  after  50  minutes  gr.  £, — 15  minutes  later  gr.  £,  iu  35 
minutes  later  gr.  £, — in  25  minutes  after  gr. 

The  following  table  will  show  the  variations  in  the  number  of 
respirations  and  temperature,  at  different  intervals  after  each 
injection  : 


5  minutes  before  1st  injection,  No.  Respir.  67  Tern.  99° 


5 

u 

after 

u 

u 

44 

44 

58, 

44 

not  taken. 

15 

a 

« 

C4 

u 

44 

44 

54, 

4( 

4c 

44 

30 

u 

u 

u 

u 

44 

44 

60, 

44 

91.5. 

45 

u 

u 

u 

u 

44 

44 

66, 

44 

not  taken. 

5 

a 

u 

2nd 

u 

44 

44 

45, 

44 

44 

44 

14 

u 

a 

44 

u 

44 

44 

56, 

44 

44 

41 

10 

u 

a 

3rd 

u 

44 

44 

61, 

.  44 

44 

44 

15 

u 

u 

u 

■  <4 

44 

44 

47, 

44 

44 

44 

5 

u 

u 

4th 

(4 

44 

44 

30, 

44 

44 

44 

10 

u 

u 

5th 

44 

44 

4< 

27, 

44 

44 

44 

15 

44 

u 

u 

44 

44 

44 

18, 

44 

44 

4i 

The  pupils  became  dilated  after  the  first  injection,  the  urine 
flowed  away  while  1  was  opening  the  animal’s  abdomen,  and 
the  same  occurred  immediately  after  the  first  injection,  but  was 
not  again  repeated  after  any  of  the  other  injections.  The  ani¬ 
mal  at  first  became  very  much  excited,  this  became  constantly 
more  aggravated,  subsultus  tendinum  frequently  taking  place 
and  finally  convulsions  followed  in  rapid  succession  and  con¬ 
tinued  till  the  animal’s  death,  which  occurred  in  five  minutes 
after  the  last  observation  was  taken.  In  this  case  the  leg 
whose  iliac  artery  I  ligated  became  paralyzed,  while  the  other 
leg  with  its  circulation  unobstructed,  escaped  this  injurious 
effect,  and  was  capable  of  vigorous  movements.  This  result 
is  in  accordance  with  a  physiological  law,  which  H.  0.  Wood, 
in  his  therapeutics  (page  236)  seems  entirely  to  ignore,  viz : 
that  “  if  the  artery  supplying  a  muscle  or  set  of  muscles,  be 
tied,  their  contractile  power  is  destroyed.” 

The  temperature  of  the  leg  whose  artery  I  ligated  fell  in  a 
perceptible  degree  and  continued  so  till  life  ended.  The  pre¬ 
cise  temperature  of  the  animal’s  body  I  cannot  state,  since  the 


18801  Jones — Physiological  Action  of  Atropia.  1107 

lowest  marking  of  my  thermometer,  is  95°  and  at  no  time  after 
the  first  injection,  did  its  temperature  reach  that  height,  1 
could  therefore  only  state  it  to  be  below  95°.  As  to  the  pulse, 
it  was  so  feeble,  both  before  and  after  the  injection,  that  I 
could  not  record  it  accurately. 

6th  EXPERIMENT. 

On  an  old  female  cat,  weighing  7  lbs.,  I  cut  down  through 
the  skin  and  fascia  of  the  upper  part  of  the  thigh,  until  1 
reached  the  femoral  artery,  and  having  separated  it  from  the 
vein  and  nerve  between  which  it  lies,  I  ligated  it  in  two  places. 
I  then  dissected  off  the  skin  of  the  neck,  on  each  side  of  the 
trachea  to  the  length  of  three  inches,  carefully  avoiding  to  do 
any  injury  to  the  numerous  vessels  and  nerves  to  be  met  with 
in  this  region.  1  separated  the  pneumogastric  nerves  from 
their  accompanying  carotid  arteries,  on  both  sides  of  the  neck, 
and  completely  divided  them  with  the  knife.  The  respirations 
of  the  animal,  which  before  the  division  of  the  vagi  nerves 
were  56  per  minute,  immediately  fell  to  thirty.  Directly  after 
dividing  the  vagi,  I  gave  a  hypodermic  injection  of  sulphate 
atropia,  gr.  i.  In  the  course  of  three  more  minutes  the  respi¬ 
ration  rose  to  37  per  minute,  at  which  rate  it  continued  for  two 
minutes  longer,  when  the  animal  taking  one  long  inspiration, 
ceased  breathing  and  died. 

My  intention  of  studying  the  effect  of  the  injected  atropia 
on  the  respiration  of  the  animal,  after  division  of  the  vagi,  and 
more  especially  in  what  manner  the  leg,  with  its  circulation 
free,  would  be  differently  affected  from  the  leg  with  its  supply 
of  blood  completely  cut  off',  could  not,  to  my  great  regret,  be 
realized  on  accouut  of  the  death  which  so  speedily  followed  the 
operation,  and  also  on  account  of  the  fact  that  the  paralysis  of 
the  limb,  naturally  resulting  from  the  complete  loss  of  its  blood 
supply,  would  more  or  less  obscure  the  action  of  the  medicine. 

7th  EXPERIMENT. 

On  another  large  female  cat,  which  weighed  6.J  lbs.,  I  ligated 
the  femoral  artery  which  I  found  to  be  extremely  small,  so  that 
its  pulsation  was  scarcely  perceptible.  I  then  injected  gr.  £ 
4 


1108 


Original  Communications. 


[June 


into  itsjugular  vein,  and  grs.  iii  subcutaneously  of  atropia  sul¬ 
phate,  with  the  following  results,  in  regard  to  the  respira¬ 
tion  and  temperature; , the  pulse,  on  account  of  its  extreme 
feebleness,  not  being  countable. 

2  minutes  before  injection,  No.  respirations  78^.  temp,101.8° 


5 

a 

after 

a 

a 

a 

92, 

a 

101.20 

15 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

76, 

ti 

not  taken 

20 

ti 

u 

a 

a 

80, 

a 

ti 

25 

It 

It 

a 

a 

ti 

76, 

ti 

44 

40 

•4 

a 

i 

a 

n 

a 

60, 

ti 

44 

55 

u 

a 

a 

a 

a 

67, 

ti 

44 

GO 

u 

u 

a 

a 

ti 

not  taken 

a 

99.80 

65 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

56, 

,i 

not  taken 

102 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

60, 

a 

(4 

145 

a 

u 

Li 

a 

a 

70, 

t. 

il 

165 

u 

a 

a 

a 

a 

114, 

a 

li 

185 

.< 

u 

it 

a 

a 

not  taken 

■  l 

96.80 

195 

a 

it 

a 

it 

ti 

86, 

tt 

not  taken 

205 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

84, 

it 

In  fifty  minutes  after  the  injection,  the  animal  had  a  violent 
tetanic  convulsion,  subsultus  tendinum  was  also  developed  at 
the  same  time.  These  convulsions  occurred  at  variable  inter¬ 
vals  in  the  course  of  the  next  few  hours ;  any  sharp,  sudden 
noise  being  sufficient  to  bring  them  on.  [In  the  case  of 
this  animal,  I  noticed  that  the  leg,  with  its  circulation  free,  was 
moved  more  slowly  and  feebly  than  the  leg  with  its  circulation 
obstructed  by  ligation  of  its  principal  artery.]  Before  admin¬ 
istering  the  injection  of  the  poison,  I  examined  the  interior  of 
the  animal’s  mouth  and  found  it  moist  as  usual.  I  again 
examined  it  sometime  after  the  injection  and  found  it  un¬ 
usually  dry,  without  the  slightest  trace  of  any  kind  of  moist¬ 
ure.  Notwithstanding  the  large  amount  of  the  alkaloid  in¬ 
jected,  the  animal  recovered,  without  the  employment  of  any 
antidote. 

8th  EXPERIMENT. 

A  small  dog,  weighing  12  lbs.,  received  a  hypodermic  injec¬ 
tion  of  atropia  sulph.,  grs.  v.  with  the  following  results  : 


1880J  Jones — Physiological  Action  of  Atropia.  1109 

2  miuutes  before  inject,  respir.  134  £  temp.  101°  pulse  88.  pfn. 


10 

u 

after 

u 

tt 

too  fast  to  count 

a 

101.  4° 

u  too  fast 

40 

a 

Is 

it 

a 

ll  it  t t  it 

it 

101. 6° 

it  it  a 

60 

it 

ll 

It 

tt 

tl  ll  tl  ll 

it 

not  taken  “  150 

80 

u 

tt 

tl 

a 

80 

it 

it  tt 

“  120 

135 

ll 

It 

it 

it 

168  . 

it 

101° 

“  90 

180 

ll 

u 

It 

tt 

not  taken 

it 

99° 

not  taken 

About  10  minutes  after  the  injection,  the  dog  vomited  up 
the  contents  of  its  stomach,  and  became  paralyzed,  lying  on  its 
side  with  its  head  drawn  back,  apparently  avoiding  the  light. 
It  sometimes  endeavoured  to  rise  up,  but  each  time  fell  down 
again  when  half  risen. 

When  at  250  minutes  after  the  injection  its  breathiug  was 
reduced  to  15  respirations  per  minute,  I  gave  it  a  hypodermic 
injection  of  morph,  sulph.  grs.  v.  Its  breathiug  was  then  imme¬ 
diately  restored,  and  soon  became  as  fast  as  before.  But  at 
the  end  of  two  hours  after  the  injection  of  the  morphia  sul¬ 
phate,  the  dog’s  breathing  again  began  to  fail,  and  was  restored 
by  a  second  injection  of  the  morphia  salt.  Begular  breathing 
continued  only  for  a  short  time,  when  it  again  began  to  fail, 
making  another  injection  of  the  salt  necessary.  This  fluctua¬ 
tion  in  the  breathing  occurred  very  frequently,  and  was  only 
counteracted  each  time,  by  the  employment  of  the  morphia 
sulphate.  The  aggregate  of  morphia  injected,  in  this  manner, 
amounted  to  grs.  xv.  The  dog  finally  recovered;  the  only 
noticeable  effect,  left  by  the  poison  in  12  hours  after,  being 
slight  paralysis  of  the  hind  legs,  which  however  disappeared 
in  the  course  of  24  hours  more. 

The  proportion  of  the  morphia  salt  to  that  of  the  atropia 
used  in  this  experiment,  was  as  three  to  one,  while  that  recom¬ 
mended  by  all  experimenters  is  five  to  one.  But  perhaps  the 
fact  that  such  a  small  amount  of  the  antidote  sufficed  in 
this  case,  may  be  accounted  for  by  the  economical  manner  of 
using  it,  it  not  having  been  given  until  the  breathing  had 
almost  or  entirely  ceased. 

9th  EXPERIMENT. 

In  a  large  dog,  the  same  upon  which  I  performed  the  4th 


1110  Original  Communications.  [June 

experiment,  I  injected  atropia  sulpli.  grs.  vii  ss  in  16  doses,  at 
intervals,  in  the  space  of  two  hours  and  a  half. 

Before  1st  inject,  pulse  was  80.  temp  100.8.  resp.  92 


5 

min  after  1st 

a 

it 

a 

74 

ll 

not  taken 

it 

42  “ 

3 

n 

a 

3rd 

a 

u 

too  fast  to  count 

u 

n 

u 

ii 

96  “ 

2 

it 

a 

4th 

u 

ii 

u 

n 

u 

u 

a 

ll 

u 

ii 

106  “ 

2 

u 

a 

11th 

a 

u 

ii 

u 

a 

u 

a 

ll 

a 

ii 

130  “ 

2 

it 

u 

12th 

a 

u 

u 

ft 

u 

u  ' 

u 

a 

n 

u 

180  “ 

5 

a 

u 

<( 

it 

n 

a 

n 

ii 

u 

u 

u 

it 

ii 

174  “ 

10 

a 

■  u 

U 

ii 

u 

u 

a 

u 

a 

n 

not  taken 

a 

174  “ 

20 

a 

a 

u 

a 

ii 

n 

li 

ii 

u 

it 

101 

a 

158  “ 

5 

u 

u 

13th 

a 

it 

it 

ii 

ii 

il 

ii 

not  taken 

it 

178  “ 

10 

a 

it 

14th 

it 

ii 

n 

il 

ii 

i< 

n 

ii 

ll 

ii 

150  “ 

5 

u 

u 

15th 

ii 

u 

ii 

n 

a 

n 

n 

it 

ll 

ii 

124  “ 

5 

a 

ll 

16th 

ii 

u 

u 

a 

(c 

n 

u 

100.6, 

ii 

84  “ 

15 

a 

i* 

a 

u 

ii 

u 

u 

u 

ii 

u 

not  taken, 

a 

64  “ 

20 

a 

a 

a 

ii 

it 

u 

ll 

it 

ll 

u 

u 

a 

ii 

58  “ 

25 

a 

a 

a 

ii 

u 

it 

u 

it 

il 

ii 

ii 

u 

ii 

28  “ 

30 

it 

it 

a 

ii 

n 

u 

it 

ti 

il 

u 

100.7, 

ti 

22  “ 

40 

a 

u 

it 

n 

ii 

n 

n 

u 

ll 

u 

not  taken, 

n 

16  “ 

55 

(C 

u 

u 

u 

ii 

n 

it 

it 

n 

ii 

(< 

ii 

12  “ 

In  this  experiment  it  was  remarkable  that  the  large  amount 
of  atropia  administered,  produced  less  striking  effects  than 
was  produced  one  week  before  on  the  same  animal  by  a  dose  of 
gr.  j  of  the  sulph.  atropia.  The  respiration  and  pulse  rate  in 
this  ninth  experiment  seem  to  have  been  of  ell  other  functions 
affected  by  the  drug.  The  dog  was  surely  excited,  but  could 
walk,  and  pressure  on  its  back,  though  slight,  caused  it  to  fall. 
It  also  urinated  frequently,  and  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  say 
that  its  pupils  were  so  dilated  as  to  produce  for  the  time  being 
perfect  blindness.  This  manifestation  of  toxemia  lasted  only 
for  a  few  hours,  when  the  dog  had  completely  recovered  with¬ 
out  the  benefit  of  any  antidote. 

10th  EXPERIMENT. 

On  the  same  dog  on  which  I  performed  the  eighth  experi¬ 
ment.  The  interval  between  the  eighth  and  tenth  experiments 
was  six  days. 


1880]  Jones — Physiological  Action  of  Atropia,  1111 

My  object  in  this  experiment  was  to  prove*  the  antidotal 
effect  of  the  inorplia  as  used  in  experiment  eighth,  by  killing 
the  dog  with  the  same  quantity  of  the  poison  employed  in  that 
experiment. 


Before  injection  resp.  36,  pulse  90  X.  temp.  100° 


5  minutes  after 

it 

o' 

“  136, 

not  taken 

15 

<< 

it 

ti 

not  taken, 

not  taken, 

99.8 

5 

u 

<t 

2d 

it 

154, 

not  taken, 

not  taken 

15 

it 

(t 

ii 

tt 

not  taken, 

174, 

not  taken 

10 

u 

ii 

10th 

<t 

too  fast  to  couut,  85, 

99.8° 

30 

u 

it 

it 

t< 

too  fast  to  count,  114, 

not  taken 

44 

<t 

it 

it 

it 

144, 

138, 

not  taken 

55 

u 

ii 

it 

ii 

90, 

not  taken, 

99.80 

60 

it 

ii 

it 

it 

54, 

120, 

not  taken 

65 

it 

it 

it 

it 

126, 

138, 

not  taken 

75 

tt 

ii 

tt 

ti 

not  taken, 

138, 

not  taken 

80 

u 

ii 

it 

tt 

22, 

not  taken, 

not  taken 

90 

it 

it 

it 

ti 

not  taken, 

150, 

not  taken 

95 

it 

<1 

it 

tt 

26, 

120, 

not  taken 

This  animal  was,  with  the  exception  of  its  pulse  rate  and 
breathing,  very  little  affected  by  the  poison.  Only  temporary 
blindness  was  produced,  no  antidote  was  given,  and  yet  the 
animal  recovered  completely. 

llth  EXPERIMENT. 

On  a  toad,  I  injected  subcutaneously  the  |  of  a  grain  of 
sulph.  atropia,  corresponding  to  the  one  thousandth  part  of  the 
animal’s  weight.  This  injection,  having  escaped  through  the 
hole  in  the  skiu,  left  by  the  needle  of  the  syringe,  ou  its  having 
been  too  hastily  withdrawn,  dilation  of  the  pupil  and  accelera¬ 
tion  of  breathing  were  consequently  the  only  effects  noticable. 
1,  therefore,  after  the  lapse  of  half  an  hour,  gave  another  hy¬ 
podermic  injection  of  atropia  sulph.,  gr.  £.  In  the  course  of  an 
hour  paralysis  became  developed,  which  after  a  lapse  of  30 
minutes  had  grown  complete,  and  remained  so  for  fully  12 
hours.  At  the  end  of  this  time  the  animal  showed  symptoms 
of  gradual  recovery,  by  dragging  its  hind  legs  after  it,  then 
leaping  for  the  space  of  an  inch,  till  at  the  end  of  24  hours  the 


1112  Original  Communications.  [June 

animal  had  recovered  completely.  At  no  time  before  or  after 
the  paralysis  was  there  any  convulsive  movements  perceptible, 
nor  could  I  discover  after  careful  and  repeated  examination 
any  dryness  of  the  mouth  and  throat. 

12th  EXPERIMENT. 

I  opened  a  toad’s  abdominal  and  thoracic  cavites,  and  after 
taking  careful  cognizance  of  the  respiration,  cardiac  pulsations 
and  persistalic  movements  of  the  intestines,  I  injected  subcu¬ 
taneously  a  solution  of  sulph.  atropia,  corresponding  to  one 
thousandth  of  the  animal’s  weight.  I  could  not  record  the 
effect  of  the  alkaloid  on  the  toad’s  temperature.  But  the  fol¬ 
lowing  table  will  show  the  variation  in  the  cardiac  pulsation, 
for  an  hour  after  the  injection  : 

1  minute  before  injection,  cardiac  pulsation  126.  per  min. 


10 

a 

after 

a 

a 

a 

106. 

a 

15 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

72. 

a 

23 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

72. 

a 

33 

a 

a 

a 

it 

a 

78. 

n 

42 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

68. 

a 

55 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

55. 

it 

60 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

60. 

a 

The  breathing  could  not  be  recorded  on  account  its  having 
become  almost  imperceptible.  Peristaltic  movements  increased 
in  frequency  to  a  very  striking  degree  for  5  minutes  after  the 
injection.  But  then  they  began  to  diminish,  and  in  3  minutes 
time  ceased  to  be  perceptible.  The  animal  died  in  seven  hours, 
death  being  the  consequence  of  the  operation. 

13th  EXPERIMENT. 

On  a  toad,  I  opened  the  abdominal  and  thoracic  cavities,  the 
same  as  in  the  previous  experiment.  Here  the  luugs  protruded 
and  the  abdominal  and  thoracic  viscera  became  exposed.  But 
after  5  minutes  the  lungs  retired  within  the  chest  as  if  drawn 
there  by  suction  force.  I  then  gave  a  hypodermic  injection  of 
the  one-thousaudth  part  of  the  little  animal’s  weight.  Here, 
too,  the  respirations  could  not  be  counted  with  any  degree  of 
accuracy,  at  first  on  account  of  its  great  rapidity,  and  its  sud¬ 
den  cessation  after  some  time.  Neither  could  I  record  the  ani 


1880]  Jones — Physiological  Action  of  Atropia.  1113 

mal’s  temperature  for  the  same  reason,  which  I  inadvertently 
omitted  to  state  in  the  relation  of  the  previous  experiment,  viz ; 
the  want  of  a  proper  thermometer. 

The  following  table  will  show  the  variations  in  the  number  of 
cardiac  pulsations  per  minute,  for  425  minutes  after  the  injec¬ 
tion  : 


2 

minutes 

before 

injection,  cardiac 

pulsations, 

118 

1 

t< 

after 

tt 

it 

tt 

110 

6 

tt 

<i 

tt 

tt 

108 

13 

tt 

u 

tt 

tt 

tt 

98 

15 

u 

tt 

tt 

tt 

t. 

82 

26 

u 

tt 

tt 

tt 

.t 

96 

30 

44 

tt 

it 

tt 

tt 

72 

40 

44 

it 

<t 

tt 

ti 

50 

55 

44 

it 

tt 

tt 

tt 

56 

425 

*4 

it 

tt 

tt 

<t 

42 

14th  EXPERIMENT. 

On  a  toad,  I  opened  the  thoracic  cavity  and  injected  a  con¬ 
centrated  solution  of  the  sulph.  atropia  directly  on  the  animal’s 
heart. 

I  regret  very  much  that  the  notes  which  I  took  down  in  this 
experiment  were  accidently  destroyed.  But  immediately  after 
the  contact  of  poison  with  the  heart  muscle,  the  number  of 
cardiac  pulsations  was  diminished  more  than  one-half.  They 
continued  at  this  rate  for  seven  minutes,  when  they  became 
more  frequent,  and  in  fifteen  minutes  after  the  injection  the 
number  of  heart-beats  was  the  one-half  of  what  it  had  been 
previously.  After  about  fifteen  more  minutes,  the  heart  began 
again  to  beat  slowly,  and  continued  doing  so  till  the  animal’s 
death,  which  occurred  in  a  few  hours  afterwards. 

RESUME. 

Having  thus  indifferently  described  these  few  experiments,  I 
will  uow  endeavor  to  briefly  summarize  the  results  and  the  con¬ 
clusion  arrived  at  regarding  the  action  of  atropia  on  the  sys¬ 
tem  in  general,  and  its  special  influence  on  particular  organs 
and  their  functions. 


^114  Original  Communications.  [June 

GENERAL  ACTION. 

The  most  prominent  and  indisputable  effect  of  atropia,  and 
which  perhaps  was  the  cause  of  its  first  introduction  into  the 
materia  rnedica,  is  dilatation  of  the  pupil,  and  as  a  consequence 
disorder  of  vision.  Next  in  time  and  prominence  is  dryness  of 
the  mouth  and  throat  together  with  acceleration  of  the  blood- 
circulation,  as  manifested  in  the  increased  frequency  and  rapid¬ 
ity  of  the  cardiac  pulsations  and  frequent  respirations. 
Expulsion  of  urine  almost  invariably  follows  with  subsequent 
retention  of  this  excretion.  Many  observers  assert  that  erec¬ 
tion  of  the  penis  in  the  male  always  occurs  as  soon  as  the 
poison  becomes  absorbed  by  the  system ;  and  I,  from  my  own 
observation  in  experiment  4th  can  confirm  this  assertion  of 
others.  A  staggering  gait  is  also  noticable  a  short  time  after 
the  administration  of  the  alkaloid,  provided  a  large  dose  has 
been  given.  Many  authors  also  speak  of  a  u  peculiar,  talkative, 
wakeful  delirium,”  but  in  no  instance  of  any  of  my  repeated 
experiments  have  I  been  able  to  detect  the  manifestation  of 
any  symptom  which  would  lead  me  to  suppose  the  animal  was 
delirious.  “  Death  is  usually  preceded  by  a  failure  of  the 
heart’s  action  and  of  the  respiratory  forces ;  in  most  cases  it  is 
brought  about  by  asphyria.”  In  performing  experiment  9th  I 
was  not  a  little  astonished  to  notice  how  very  slight  was  the 
influence  of  the  atropia  on  the  dog,  administered  hypodermi¬ 
cally  in  the  quantity  of  grs.  viss.  and  this  the  more,  since  the 
same  animal,  in  my  4th  experiment,  was  almost  overwhelmed 
by  the  poisonous  power  of  gr.  i.  of  the  drug.  The  same  pecu¬ 
liarity  attracted  my  attention  in  my  10th  experiment.  In  this 
instance  I  performed  the  experiment  on  the  same  animal  upon 
which  I  had  performed  the  8th  experiment.  While  in  the  8th 
experiment  the  dog  under  the  influence  of  a  hypodermic  injec¬ 
tion  of  atropia  sulph.  grs.  v.  showed  all  the  symptoms  of  toxemia 
in  a  most  aggravated  form,  indicating  a  speedily  fatal  issue  ; 
so  that,  in  order  to  prevent  the  threatened  death  of  the  dog,  I 
was  obliged  to  resort  to  a  hypodermic  injection  of  inorphise 
sulphatis.  Yet  the  same  animal  6  days  later,  under  the  influ¬ 
ence  of  the  same  quantity  of  the  alkaloid,  showed  such  good 
humour  and  fearless  stoicism  to  the  drug,  that  with  the  excep- 


1880]  Jones — Physiological  Action  of  Atropia.  1113 

tionofthe  dilation  of  the  pupils  and  fluctuation  in  frequency  of 
the  respiration,  and  heart- beats,  no  manifestation  of  the  deadly 
nightshade’s  power  was  visible.  I  am  therefore  compelled  to 
deduct  from  these  observations  of  mine  that  the  first  adminis¬ 
tration  of  atropia  to  the  dogs  habituated  them  sufficiently  to  its 
action  and  rendered  the  animals  insusceptible  to  its  subsequent 
poisonous  influence.  Though  I  own  that  it  must  appear  proble¬ 
matic  that  one  dose  could  produce  such  an  impression  on  the  ani¬ 
mal’s  system,  as  to  render  it  insusceptible  to  the  action  of  the 
drug  after  6-7  days.  This  would  perhaps  appear  unprecedented, 
yet  with  all  the  pains  taken  to  And  another  solution  of  the 
problem,  1  was  unable  to  do  so,  and  am  compelled  to  fall 
back  for  an  explanation  of  this  otherwise  unaccountable 
phenomenon  to  the  deduction  alluded  to  above. 

Prof.  Bloebaum,  the  most  prominent  perhaps  of  all  experi 
menters  with  atropia,  also  relates  a  similar  observation  of  his 
own,  with  regard  to  the  greatly  diminished  action  of  this  alka¬ 
loid  on  a  dog  when  administered  a  second  time.  This  eminent 
experimenter  went  so  far  as  to  inject  a  large  dose  of  the  poison 
into  the  jugular  vein  of  a  dog,  having  a  few  days  previously 
given  the  same  dog  a  subcutaneous  injection  of  the  drug, 
From  the  large  quantity  injected  and  from  its  having  been 
thrown  into  the  jugular  vein  the  Professor  thought  himself  jus¬ 
tified  in  expecting  the  speedy  death  of  the  animal,  yet  notwith¬ 
standing  all  this  the  dog  not  only  remained  alive,  but  even 
seemed  to  be  scarcely  at  all  affected  by  the  poison.  Prof. 
Bloebaum  then  drew  the  conclusion  that  dogs  are  especially 
insusceptible  to  the  action  of  atropia.  But  can  I  accept  this 
conclusion,  while  my  own  observations  convince  me  to  the  con¬ 
trary,  that  even  a  small  quantity  of  the  alkaloid  is  sufficient  to 
produce  alarming  symptoms  in  the  dog  !  With  all  due  respect 
therefore  to  such  an  eminent  authority,  as  Prof.  Bloebaum  cer¬ 
tainly  is,  I  cannot  without  doiug  violence  to  my  own  conviction, 
but  rufute  his  theory  and  maintain  my  own  explanation  as 
given  above,  to  account  for  the  diminished  action  of  atropia 
when  employed  on  the  same  animal  a  second  time. 

Whether  this  law  holds  good  of  other  animals  and  man,  I 
6 


Original  Communications. 


1116 


[June 


am  at  present  unable  to  state,  but  hope  to  ascertain  at  no  dis¬ 
tant  day,  by  further  experiments. 


THE  ACTION  OF  ATROPIA  ON  THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 

There  can  scarcely  be  a  doubt  that  atropia,  when  given  in 
sufficient  quantity  acts  as  a  paralyzant,  first,  on  the  efferent  or 
motor  nerve,  and  secondly,  and  to  a  less  extent  on  the  afferent 
or  sensitive  nerves.  The  experiments  4,  6  and  7,  which  I 
undertook  with  a  special  view  of  testing  the  action  of  atropia 
on  the  nervous  system,  gave  but  negative  results. 

The  failure  in  these  experiments  can  be  in  great  part  ac¬ 
counted  for  by  remembering  the  physiological  law,  before  men¬ 
tioned,  that,  “  if  the  artery  supplying  a  muscle  or  set  of 
muscles  be  tied  their  contractile  power  is  destroyed.”  In  the 
4th  experiment,  for  the  reason  above  given,  the  result  was 
only  partial  and  incomplete,  while  in  the  6th  experiment  the 
animal  died  before  any  observation  could  have  been  made. 
I  think  it  most  probable,  that,  the  artery  which  I  ligated  in  my 
7th  experiment  carried  the  circulation  to  the  extremity  by  one 
of  its  branches  higher  up  and  this  may  account  for  the  fact 
that  the  limb  was  still  capable  of  a  certain  amount  of  vigorous 
motion  after  ligation  of  the  artery.  Botkin  in  his  experi¬ 
ments  with  this  alkaloid  on  the  frog,  having  previously  ligated 
the  artery  of  one  leg,  injected  subcutaneously  a  solution 
of  atropia,  and  found  that  though  the  action  of  the  poison 
manifested  itself  on  the  leg  with  its  circulation  free  by  paraly¬ 
zing  it,  yet  the  leg  whose  artery  had  been  tied  escaped  the 
influence  of  the  drug,  retaining  its  full  power  of  motion,  and  its 
capacity  of  responding  to  galvanic  or  other  stimuli.  He  also 
found  that,  although,  at  first,  irritation  of  the  leg  with  its  cir¬ 
culation  unobstructed  would  cause  movements  in  the  opposite 
limb  with  its  circulation  cut  off,  yet  after  some  time  no  response 
would  be  given  to  the  irritation,  unless  it  were  directly  applied 
to  the  non-poisoned  extremity.  Results  in  accordance  were 
obtained  by  other  able  and  distinguished  experimenters,  and 
reading  over  the  relation  of  my  experiments,  it  will  be  seen 
that  one  of  them  is  corroborative  of  those  of  Botkin.  They  cer¬ 
tainly  indicate  that  though  the  primary  and  most  marked  effect 


1880]  Jones — Physiological  Action  of  Atropia.  1117 

of  the  poison  is  on  the  motor  nerves,  yet  that  after  some  time 
the  sensitive  nerves  are  also  effected. 

Dr.  Fraezer,  of  Edinborough,  found  in  his  experiments  on 
the  frog,  that  hypodermic  injection  of  one  part  of  the  drug 
to  the  one  thousand  of  the  animal,  is  sufficient  to  produce 
complete  paralysis,  lasting  for  two  or  four  days,  succeeded 
by  tetanus  or  convulsions.  In  my  own  experiments,  while 
noticing  the  prompt  development  of  paralysis,  I  failed  to 
notice  anything  like  tetanus  or  convulsions.  Yet  I  must 
admit  that  the  negative  results,  thus  obtained,  are  by  no 
means  sufficient  to  disprove  those  obtained  by  Fraezer  and 
corroborated  by  Lemattre.  Besides  this,  although  as  stated 
above,  I  did  not  at  any  time  see  convulsions  iu  the  toad  result¬ 
ing  from  the  action  of  the  poison,  yet  I  have  seen  them  of  the 
most  violent  tetanic  character  caused  by  it  iu  the  case  of  the 
cat  in  experiment  7th. 

Dr.  Fraezer  further  asserts,  that  when  the  spinal  cord  is  cut 
high  up  in  the  neck  in  an  animal,  under  the  influence  of 
atropia,  convulsions  continue,  and  that  when  access  of  the 
poison  to  the  sciatic  nerve  is  prevented  by  ligating  the  crural 
artery,  the  leg  is  in  a  state  of  tetanus,  while  the  rest  of  the 
body  is  paralyzed.  It  is  therefore  evident,  that  atropia  acts  as 
a  direct  stimulant  to  the  spinal  cord. 

THE  ACTION  OF  ATROPIA  ON  THE  CIRCULATION. 

The  first  evidence  of  the  action  of  atropia  on  the  circulation 
is  a  slight  diminution  in  the  number  of  cardiac  pulsations,  soon 
followed  by  au  increase  of  the  same.  Injectiug  the  alkaloid 
directly  into  the  carotid  artery,  there  is  an  u  instantaneous  fall 
in  the  rate  of  the  heart’s  pulsation.”  The  only  reasonable  in¬ 
ference  to  be  drawn  from  these  phenomena,  is  that  by  injectiug 
the  poison  subcutaneously,  or  into  the  jugular  vein,  there,  it 
paralyzes  the  vagus  nerve,  while  by  injecting  it  into  the  caro¬ 
tid  artery  it  is  ftrst  brought  to  the  cardiac  inhibitory  centres, 
and  directly  stimulates  them.  This  inference  is  strenghtened 
by  the  fact,  experimentally  determined  by  Bezold,  Bloebaum 
and  others,  that  section  of  the  vagi  nerves  in  animals  fully 
under  the  influence  of  the  drug,  is  not  followed  by  any  in¬ 
crease  in  the  number  of  the  heart’s  pulsations. 


1118 


Original  Communications. 


[June 


Many  authors  maintain  that  paralysis  of  the  vagus  nerve  is 
not  the  sole  cause  of  the  increase  of  the  cardiac  pulsations,  since 
in  Lemattre’s  experiments  the  administration  of  atropia  still 
caused  an  increase  in  the  number  of  the  heart’s  pul¬ 
sations  after  section  of  the  vagi.  But  looking  over  the 
minute  details  of  a  series  of  experiments  by  Prof.  Bloebaum,  I 
find  that  he  obtained  directly  opposite  results  to  those  of 
Leinattre,  and  I  therefore  conclude  that  the  question  of  its 
directly  stimulating  the  cardiac  accelator  nerves,  or  nerve 
centres  must  still  be  considered  as  subjudice. 

Botkin  states  that  when  atropia  is  directly  applied  to  the 
heart,  “  it  causes  a  great  decrease  and  final  arrest  of  its  action.” 
This  1  found  to  be  true  in  my  own  experiment  (14).  From  this 
we  may  reasonably  infer  that  on  the  heart  itself  atropia  has  a 
direct  depresant  elfect. 

Dr.  Wharton  Jones,  of  England,  found  that  atropia  ap¬ 
plied  locally  causes  contraction  of  the  capillaries,  though 
this  is  asserted  by  Dr.  Hayden,  of  Dublin,  to  be  a  mere  reflex 
effect,  resulting  from  the  irritant  action  of  the  atropia  ;  yet  most 
experimenters,  among  whom  we  find  no  less  authorities  than 
Bezold,  Bloebaum  and  H.  C.  Wood,  confirm  Jones’  experiment, 
and  his  explanation  of  it.  The  cause  of  this  action  of  the  drug 
is  undoubtedly  attributable  to  its  influence  over  the  vasa  motor 
centres,  since  the  contraclion  of  the  capillaries  did  not  take 
place  by  applying  atropia  to  the  frog’s  web  when  the  vaso 
motor  nerves  were  separated  from  their  centres,  by  division  of 
the  cord  high  up  in  the  neck.  Judging  from  the  evidence  of 
many  experimentors,  we  may  take  it  for  granted  that  small 
doses  of  atropia  produce  an  increase  and  large  doses  a  diminu¬ 
tion  of  blood  pressure  within  the  arteries.  The  cause  of  this  is 
not  yet  settled. 

ACTION  OF  ATROPIA  ON  THE  PUPIL. 

Although  the  action  of  atropia  in  dilating  the  pupil,  has  been 
the  first  recognized  and  is  the  most  indisputable  symptom,  yet 
as  to  the  reason  for  this  action  physiologists  are  by  no  means 
in  accord  with  one  another.  The  most  prominent  of  these  the¬ 
ories  are  that  dilation  is  produced  either,  1st,  by  paralyzing  the 
circular  fibres  of  the  iris ;  2d,  by  stimulating  the  radiating 


1880]  Jones — Physiological  Action  of  Atropia.  1119 

fibres ;  3d,  by  producing  these  two  antagonistic  effects  on  both 
sets  of  fibres,  and  4th,  by  acting  on  the  nerves  which  supply 
these  parts.  Though  it  can  not  so  far  be  clearly  demonstrated 
which  of  these  theories  is  correct,  yet  it  is  reasonable  to  accept 
the  fourth  as  most  likely  correct,  since  it  seems  to  be  incom¬ 
prehensible  how  the  poison  should  act  on  the  one  set  of  fibres 
and  not  at  all  on  the  other,  or  act  upon  the  two  sets  of  fibres 
in  a  directly  opposite  way,  while  both  sets  have  the  same  ana¬ 
tomical  composition,  viz  :  unstripped  muscular  tissue.  Dogiell 
applied  electricity  to  oculo  motor  nerves  without  auy  effect  on 
the  pupil  being  produced  ;  yet,  immediate  dilatation  followed 
each  application  to  the  iris.  Claude,  Bernard  and  Lemattre 
found  that  mydriasis  still  occurs  after  section  of  the  oculo  mo¬ 
tor,  and  Vierordt  and  others  found  that  it  still  occurs  after  the 
removal  of  the  ciliary  ganglion.  This  tends  to  show  that  the 
poison  exerts  its  influence  externally  to  the  ciliary  ganglion 
and  it  is  most  likely  to  be  a  paralysis  of  the  peripheral  ends 
of  the  oculo-motor. 

It  is  asserted  that  the  aquerous  humours  taken  from  an  eye 
under  the  influence  of  atropia,  when  dropped  into  another  eye 
produces  dilatation  of  the  pupil,  yet  in  one  of  my  own  experi¬ 
ments  this  proved  not  to  be  the  case. 

ACTION  OF  ATROPIA  ON  THE  RESPIRATION. 

All  experimenters  agree  that  a  small  dose  of  the  alkaloid  pro¬ 
duces  a  slowness  of  the  breathing,  while  large  doses  cause  in¬ 
crease  in  its  frequency.  This  is  well  demonstrated  in  uearly  all 
of  my  experiments  before  related.  It  is  most  likely  that  this 
increase  in  the  frequency  of  the  breathing  is  due  to  a  direct 
stimulation  of  the  respiratory  centres  in  the  medulla  oblougata, 
since  it  occurs  after  division  ot  the  pneumogastrics,  previous  to 
administration  of  atropia.  It  is  also  likely  that  the  peripheral 
ends  of  the  pneumogastrics  are  affected,  since  their  division  in 
the  animal,  fully  under  the  influence  of  atropia,  is  not  followed 
by  any  marked  change  in  the  respirations. 

ACTION  ON  THE  MOUTH  AND  FAUCES, 

The  action  of  atropia  in  producing  dryness  of  the  mouth  and 
fauces,  is  the  first  of  its  virtues,  with  which  we  became  ac¬ 
quainted,  which  has  been  demonstrated  by  all  experimenters, 


1120  Original  Communications.  [June 

and  which  I  have  also  seen.  The  reason  for  this  action  is  prob¬ 
ably  to  be  found  in  supposing  that  the  atropia  influences  the 
nerves  leading  to  these  glands  in  some  manner  as  yet  unknown 
so  as  to  prevent  their  secretion. 

ACTION  ON  THE  INTESTINAL  CANAL. 

As  to  this,  different  authors  differ  materially;  for  while  some 
report  having  found  the  intestines  in  a  state  of  marked  seda¬ 
tion,  as  a  consequence  of  the  action  of  atropia,  others  again 
assert  that  they  have  seen  the  intestines  undergoing  violent 
contractions  after  the  administration  of  the  drug.  But  my  own 
observations  prompt  me  to  reconcile  both  of  these  diverging 
statements,  for  in  my  own  experiments,  though  the  intestinal 
movements  increased  at  first  for  a  short  time,  yet  they  again 
began  to  diminish,  and  continued  diminishing  until  no  peristal¬ 
tic  movement  was  perceptible.  The  cause  of  this  phenomenon 
I  am  inclined  to  think  is  that  the  alkaloid,  first  paralyzing  the 
splanchnics  which  are  the  inhibitory  nerves  of  the  intestines, 
brings  about  an  increase  of  the  peristaltic  movements,  and 
afterwards  acting  in  the  same  manner  on  the  muscular  fibres 
causes  a  state  of  perfect  sedation. 

ACTION  ON  THE  VOLUNTARY  MUSCLES. 

Though  it  is  undoubtedly  a  fact  that  in  full  therapeutic  or  ordi¬ 
nary  toxic  doses,  this  alkaloid  has  but  a  very  slight,  if  any, 
effect  on  contractility,  yet  it  is  proved  by  many  experimenters 
that  when  the  muscle  is  immersed  in  a  concentrated  solution  of 
the  drug,  it  becomes  incapable  of  any  contraction,  even  when 
a  powerful  galvanic  stimulus  is  applied  to  it.  It  is  therefore 
evident  that  it  has  some,  though  a  very  slight  paralyzing 
influence  on  the  voluntary  muscles. 

THERAPEUTICAL  APPLICATION. 

Never  having  had  any  opportunity  to  study  the  therapeutical 
application  of  this  drug,  with  the  care  and  diligence  that  would 
be  necessary  to  enable  me  to  speak  of  it  with  some  degree  of 
assurance,  I  prefer  to  pass  over  this  part,  important  though  it 
be,  in  silence.  Only  one  thing  in  connection  with  the  thera¬ 
peutics  of  atropia  do  I  beg  leave  to  mention  here:  its  autedotal 
effect  to  opium.  In  many  of  my  experiments  related  above 


1880J  Trueheart — Planter-Bandage  Sato.  1121 

aud  especially  in  experiment  8th,  I  noticed  the  strong  antago¬ 
nistic  action  existing  between  these  two  drugs,  aud  how  the 
breathing  of  the  animal  that  was  almost  extiuct  under  the 
influence  of  atropia  was  repeatedly  restored  by  a  hypodermic 
injection  of  morphiae  sulphatis. 


Plaster-Bandage  Saw. 

By  C.  W.  TRUEHEART,  M.  D.,  Galveston. 

With  this  instrument,  plaster  of  Paris  bandages  of  the  limbs 
or  trunk,  can  be  rapidly  and  smoothly  cut  through  (on  opposite 
aspects  of  the  bandaged  part)  and  removed  without  risk  to  the 
patient.  If  desirable,  the  parts  beneath  can  be  thoroughly 
inspected  by  removing  the  one-half  of  the  divided  bandage  at 
a  time,  while  the  other  half  is  retained  in  position  to  prevent 
displacement  of  the  fracture,  or  other  abnormity  under  treat¬ 
ment.  The  same  bandage,  having  been  coated  with  impervious 
varnish,  can  then  be  re-applied  and  held  in  situ,  without  im¬ 
pairment  of  its  efficiency,  by  simply  splicing  the  cut-edged 

(E.  E.  fig.  I)  at  several 
points  with  strips  of 
tin  (T)  1  to  2  inches 
wide  by  3  to  6  inches 
long,  (according  to 
strength  required)  the 
tin  being  roughened 
like  a  nut-meg  grater 
by  numerous  small 
holes  punched  from 
either  side  alternately, 
the  two  halves  of  the 
bandage  being  held 
together  by  a  few 
turns  of  starch  band¬ 
age,  adhesive  plaster 
or  plaster  bandage 
thrown  around  over 
the  tin  strips.  By  the 


1122 


Original  Communications. 


[June 


substitution  of  small  strap  hinges  for  the  tin  strips  on  one  side, 
the  bandage  can  be  arranged  to  open  like  the  lids  of  a  book. 
Fenestrae  can  also  be  cut  out  by  means  of  the  small  curve  on 
the  back  or  with  the  heel. of  the  saw. 

The  blade  of  the  saw  is  18  inches  long  by  4  inches  wide.  Fig. 
II,  which  is  a  diagrainatic  representation,  serves  to  illustrate 
the  points  of  the  instrument.  The  curved  contour  of  the  cut¬ 
ting  edge  renders  it  easy  to  saw  ou  extended  flat  surfaces  or 
even  on  concave  surfaces.  The  addition  of  the  sharp  knife 
teeth  (K),  which  are  about  2l4  of  an  in.  longer  than  the  inter¬ 
posed  saw  teeth,  greatly  facilitates  severance  of  the  roller  ban¬ 
dage  stuff  combined  in  the  plaster  bandage.  These  knife  teeth 
(16  in  number)  are  /6  of  an  inch  in  length  at  the  base,  £  of  an 
inch  in  height  and  set  so  as  to  make  cuts  in  the  plaster  a  little 
to  the  outside,  to  the  right  and  left  of  the  cut  made  by  the  saw 
teeth.  The  saw  teeth  are  isosceles  shaped,  12  to  the  inch 
(measured  from  poiut  to  point). 

The  backbone  (B)  lends  stiffness  to  the  saw.  The  transverse 
bolt  (P)  serves  as  a  subsidiary  handle  for  the  left  hand  when 
sawing  with  the  small  back  or  end  curve  of  the  saw. 

The  depth  to  which  the  saw  cuts  is  regulated  by  the  guage 
(Gr),  which  is  fixed  by  the  thumbscrews  (S  S).  The  blunt  end 
of  the  spatula  hook  (Et),  which  is  sheathed  in  the  wooded  han¬ 
dle,  serves  as  a  sound  to  determine  if  the  bandage  is  cut 
through  at  all  points.  The  sharpened  concave  edge  of  the 
hook  is  useful  to  sever  any  shreds  of  roller  bandage  that  inter¬ 
fere  with  the  halves  of  the  bandage. 

I  have  used  this  instrument  for  several  years  and  having 
found  it  to  answer  the  purpose  better  than  any  other  instru¬ 
ment  proposed,  I  venture  to  call  the  attention  of  the  profession 
thereto. 


/ 


1880J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1123 


F 


URRENT 


EDICAL 


ITERATURE, 


THE  BENZOATE  OF  SODA  IN  PHTHISIS. 

It  will  be  remembered,  that  the  attention  of  the  medical  pro¬ 
fession  was  aroused  in  September,  last  year,  by  an  announce¬ 
ment  that  phthisis  pul  monads  in  all  its  different  stages  could 
be  cured  by  the  very  simple  remedy,  benzoate  of  soda,  used  in 
the  shape  of  inhalations.  In  the  first  communication  fifteen 
cases  were  mentioned,  some  of  them  with  cavities  as  large  as  a 
fist,  which  had  been  cured  in  this  manner  in  a  remarkably 
short  time.  The  curative  effect  was  attributed  to  the  faculty 
of  the  salt  in  killing  the  parasitic  organisms  in  the  lungs,  sup¬ 
posed  to  be  the  origin  of  the  disease.  The  announcement  of 
these  marvelous  cures  sounded  very  incredible  but  was  sus¬ 
tained  by  Kokitansky  in  Innsbruck. 

Drasche  (Wiener  med.  Wochenschrift)  has  tried  the  use  of 
benzoate  of  soda,  and  publishes  his  results  with  it  in  twenty 
cases  of  phthisis.  The  ages  of  the  patients  were  between  19 
and  54  years,  and  they  represented  all  the  different  stages  of 
the  disease ;  four  of  them  were  suffering  from  limited  catarrh 
in  the  apex  of  the  lungs,  12  from  more  or  less  large  solidi- 
fications,  and  in  4,  cavities  were  developed.  Amoug  the  patients 
7  had  had  haemoptysis,  4  had  only  seen  streaks  of  blood  in  their 
expectorate.  At  the  time  when  the  treatment  commenced,  9 
were  without  fever,  11  had  fever  ranging  between  99  and  104° 
F.  One  of  the  patients  continued  to  use  the  inhalatious  for 
50  days,  finally  using  10  drachms  a  day,  and  consumed  in  all 
32  ounces  of  benzoate  of  soda ;  6  of  the  patients  used  only  2£ 
drachms  a  day.  The  method  is  rather  fatiguing  and  trouble¬ 
some  and  necessitates  frequent  interruptions ;  in 2  patients  there 
appeared  pleuritis ;  10  more  had  to  discontinue  the  treatment 
on  account  of  more  or  less  dangerous  symptoms.  Very  often 
the  inhalations  produced  oppression,  even  symptoms  of 
suffocation;  at  the  same  time  the  cough  increased, and  con¬ 
tinued  day  and  night.  Dizziness,  fear,  headache,  vomiting  and 
hiccup,  were  quite  frequent  symptoms.  Often  the  patients 
complained  of  pains  in  the  maxillar  joints  after  the  long-last¬ 
ing  seances  and  as  a  general  thing  the  process  was  disagreeable 
to  them  and  they  were  glad  to  stop  the  treatment. 

Of  the  20  patients  treated  in  this  way  6  died,  3  were  in  the 
last  stage  of  the  disease  when  this  report  was  written,  5  were 
discharged  in  a  somewhat  improved  condition,  while  the  con¬ 
dition  of  the  6  remaining  still  in  the  hospital  was  worse,  or 
very  little  changed.  From  this  we  may  positively  conclude 
that  the  treatment  possesses  no  specific  curative  effect  on 
phthisis;  we  shall  now  show  the  influence  this  treatment  has 
upon  the  symptoms  constituting  the  phthisical  process  : 

6 


1124  Current  Medical  Literature.  [June 

In  the  first  place  there  is  nearly  always  noticed  an  increase 
of  the  cough  and  expectoration  during  the  inhalations  $  this  is 
due  partially  to  the  deeper  inspirations,  partially  to  the  free 
benzoic  acid,  which  is  suspended  in  the  steam  ;  this  acid  irri¬ 
tates  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  bronchi,  and  renders  the 
secretion  more  liquid  aud  easier  to  expectorate.  Often  oppres¬ 
sion  appears,  especially  in  patients  with  emphysema,  compli¬ 
cating  the  phthisical  process.  At  times  it  is  also  noticed  that 
the  patients  cough  and  spit  less  after  the  inhalations,  but  such 
improvement  is  only  of  short  duration,  and  may  also  be  noticed 
by  the  inhalation  of  steam  alone. 

As  the  fever  is  of  great  importance  in  the  development  of 
the  phthisical  process,  a  remedy,  which  possesses  curative 
effect  on  this  disease,  must  necessarily  also  show  its  influence 
on  the  accompanying  fever.  Of  the  9  patients  who  were  with¬ 
out  fever  at  the  beginning  of  the  treatment,  5  got  fever  with  a 
temperature  as  high  as  102.9°  F.  after  having  used^the  inhala¬ 
tions  for  several  weeks,  while  on  the  other  hand  2  patients 
previously  with  fever,  got  rid  of  the  same  during  the  treatment. 
In  the  9  other  patients  the  fever  presented  itself  during  the 
treatment  in  a  very  different  way,  being  sometimes  slight,  at 
other  times  strong,  in  some  patients  continuous,  in  others 
intermittent,  with  a  temperature  as  high  as  104.3,  and  the 
variations  in  the  intensity  of  the  fever  could  not  be  brought  in 
any  relation  to  the  length  of  time  the  patients  were  treated, 
nor  to  the  quantity  of  the  consumed  benzoate  of  soda.  At  any 
rate  the  observations  demonstrated  clearly  that  the  inhalations 
of  the  salt  showed  no  influence  whatsoever  on  the  fever  in  the 
consumptive  patients,  who  were  submitted  to  this  treatment. 

The  weight,  which  is  always  influenced  by  the  development 
of  consumption  and  by  the  intensity  of  the  fever,  decreased 
materially  in  the  patients  while  using  the  benzoate,  showing 
that  this  method  is  not  capable  of  checking  the  progress  of  the 
disease. 

Corresponding  with  this  are  also  the  observations  in  the 
stethoscopic  changes  during  the  treatment.  Of  the  ten  pa¬ 
tients  who  used  the  inhalations  for  some  length  of  time,  two 
were  suffering  from  incipient  consumption,  seven  had  more  or 
less  large  solidificatious,  and  in  one  a  cavity  had  already 
formed.  In  the  two  first  mentioned,  only  slight  dullness  and 
scarce  rattling  was  to  be  found  in  the  apex  of  the  lungs  at  the 
beginning  of  the  treatment $  after  the  use  of  the  inhalations,  in 
six  or  seven  weeks,  the  rattling  sounds  were  more  numerous, 
more  extended  aud  had  become  more  sonorous.  Still  more 
clearly  was  the  progress  of  the  phthisical  process  demonstrated 
in  the  patients  presenting  solidificatious  at  the  beginning  ;  the 
solidification  became  more  complete,  or  extended  to  formerly  not 
attacked  parts,  or  cavities  commenced  to  be  formed .  When 
cavities  existed  at  the  beginning,  these  increased  in  size. 

The  result  of  the  observations  shows  that  the  inhalations  of 


1880]  Current  Medical  Literature.  1125 

benzoate  of  soda  has  no  influence  on  phthisis.  It  is  quite 
characteristic  to  see  the  phthisical  process  developed  step  by 
step  in  patients  who  at  the  beginning  of  the  treatment  pre¬ 
sented  nothing  abnormous  in  their  vocal  chords  and  the  mu¬ 
cous  membrane  of  the  larynx;  these  parts  are  easily  and 
directly  irrigated  by  the  solution  of  benzoate  of  soda,  and  yet 
we  see  them  in  the  beginning  turn  red,  later  they  swell  and 
become  rugged  and  finally  present  ulcerations  of  a  progressive 
tubercular  character. 

The  astonishing  success  obtained  by  Rokitansky  in  Inns¬ 
bruck,  in  treating  phthisis  with  inhalations  of  a  solution  of 
benzoate  of  soda,  induced  Guttman  to  test  the  efficacy  of  the 
remedy ;  3  of  the  15  reported  cases  from  Iunsbruck, 
were  said  to  be  almost  in  a  dying  condition  when  the  treat¬ 
ment  was  instituted  and  were  discharged  entirely  cured ;  2 
of  the  patients  were  free  from  fever  in  a  week  already  and  the 
3rd  one  in  ten  days  ;  at  the  same  time  their  weight  increased 
rapidly. 

Encouraged  by  these  experiences  Guttman  selected  for  his 
experiments  advanced  cases  of  phthisis,  and  supposes  that  a 
treatment  of  three  weeks  duration  must  be  sufficient  to  formau 
opinion  about  its  value.  The  experiments  with  benzoate  ot 
soda  were-  tried  on  31  persons,  their  ages  ranging  from 
17  to  56  years.  In  the  majority  of  these  the  disease  was  far 
advanced ;  especially  were  such  patients  selected  who  showed 
a  decidedly  hectic  type,  low  temperature  in  the  morning,  high 
temperature  at  night,  or  such  who  showed  a  certain  uniformity 
in  their  temperature,  presuming  that  the  benzoate  of  soda, 
under  such  circumstances,  had  the  best  chance  to  show  its 
efficacy. 

Fifteen  of  the  thirty-one  patients  used  the  treatment  for 
three  weeks,  the  others  for  a  shorter  period.  Out  of  the  whole 
number  9  died,  2  requested  to  be  discharged,  the  rest  re¬ 
mained  yet  in  the  hospital. 

i'lot  in  a  single  case,  not  even  in  the  patients  who  daily 
inhaled  2  pounds  of  the  solution  (solution  containing  5  per 
cent  of  benzoate  of  soda)  was  the  temperature  reduced  to  the 
smallest  extent;  neither  when  the  remedy  was  given  internally 
at  a  dose  of  2  drachms  a  day. 

On  the  weight  the  remedy  did  not  show  any  influence,  in 
most  of  the  patients  there  was  noticed  a  progressive  decrease 
in  weight,  in  the  same  way  as  before  they  were  using  the 
inhalations.  As  a  matter  of  course,  neither  fever  nor  weight 
being  influenced  by  the  benzoate  of  soda,  the  local — stetlios- 
copic — conditions  remained  unchanged. 

According  to  Guttman7s  experiments  not  a  single  symptom  in 
phthisis  was  improved.  At  times  the  inhalations  produced 
nausea  and  vomiting;  2  jiatients  got  haemoptysis,  which  possi¬ 
bly  might  have  been  caused  by  the  fatiguing  process,  as  they 
had  not  had  any  haemoptysis  for  a  long  time  previously. . 


1120 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  June 


These  being  the  results  of  experiments  pursued  for  3  weeks, 
it  is  difficult  to  understand  how  the  opposite  results  have  been 
obtained  in  Innsbruck.  According  to  the  above,  Guttman  is 
satisfied  that  benzoate  of  soda  is  entirely  inefficacious  in  phthi¬ 
sis. — ( Berliner  Idinische  Wochenschrift). 


OXALATE  OF  CERIUM  AS  A  COUGH  REMEDY, 

[Medical  Record .] 

Dr.  Andrew  H.  Smith,  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Re¬ 
storatives,  New  York  Therapeutical  Society,  at  the  meeting  held 
April  9th,  1880,  reported  cases  illustrating  the  different  degrees 
of  success  obtained  in  the  use  of  the  oxalate  of  cerium  in  the 
treatment  of  cough.  The  report  was  based  upon  eighty-four 
cases  furnished  by  reliable  observers. 

Dr.  Cheesman,  had  used  the  remedy  in  hospital  practice  from 
July  1st  to  November  1st,  1879,  allowing  it  to  take  the  place  of 
all  sedatives,  including  opium,  in  the  daily  average  of  phthisis 
patients.  It  was  uniformly  administered  in  the  form  of  dry 
powder,  and  notes  were  taken  iu  69  trials.  In  39,  marked 
relief  followed ;  in  19,  the  cough  was  moderately  relieved,  and 
in  11  no  relief  whatsoever  was  afforded.  The  11  cases  where 
the  remedy  was  inefficient,  9  were  in  the  third  stages  of  the 
disease,  and  in  8  the  Philadelphia  preparation  was  used.  In 
all  the  cases  where  the  cough  was  relieved  Merck’s  oxalate  of 
cerium  was  used.  The  drug  was  given,  as  a  rule,  two  or  three 
weeks,  and  often  intermitted  to  test  its  efficacy.  Five  grains 
were  given  on  waking  in  the  morning  and  at  bed  time  as  the 
average  dose ;  occasionally  a  dose  of  five  grains  in  the  middle  of 
the  day  was  given  with  marked  benefit.  Dr.  George  Bayles 
also  reported  his  observations ;  in  addition  to  the  benefit  derived 
in  phthisical  patients  lie  had  experienced  benefit  from  its  use 
iu  whooping-cough.  It  produced  no  bad  effects  on  the 
stomach. 

The  conclusiDns  reached  by  the  committee  were  the  follow¬ 
ing: 

1.  Oxalate  of  cirium  could  be  safely  administered  in  doses  of 
10  grains,  three  times  a  day,  for  many  days  in  succession. 

2.  The  only  unpleasant  symptom,  when  so  used,  was  slight 
dryness  of  the  mouth  that  appeared  after  several  days. 

3.  It  was  probably  the  most  efficient  when  administered  dry 
on  the  tongue. 

4.  Its  effects  were  not  produced  until  two  or  three  days  after 
its  use  was  begun,  and  lasted  two  or  three  days  after  the  rem¬ 
edy  was  discontinued. 

5.  It  was  most  efficacious  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  cough, 
and  the  initial  dose  should  be  5  grains. 

6.  In  the  majority  of  cases  it  had  not  proved  an  efficient 
cough  medicine  for  any  considerable  length  of  time,  but  could 
be  regarded  as  a  valuable  agent  to  be  employed  iu  alteration 
with  other  remedies.  . 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1127 


1880] 

7.  It  did  not  disturb  the  stomach;  on  the  contrary,  it  relieved 
nausea  and  improved  digestion. 

8.  Different  preparations  upon  the  market  were  not  equal  in 
value;  and  when  success  was  not  obtained  by  one,  another 
should  be  substituted. 


HYDROBROMIC  ETHER. 

Dr.  Lawreuce  Turnbull,  in  The  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter, 
contributes  a  very  thorough  article  on  the  new  anaesthetic. 
The  following  conclusions  are  arrived  at. 

1.  That  liydrobromic  ether  is  an  anaesthetic  which,  with 
care,  may  safely  be  administered  to  man  and  auimals. 

2.  That  hydrobromic  ether  is  more  rapid  in  producing 
anaesthesia  than  even  chloroform,  and  is  eliminated,  by  respi¬ 
ration  and  the  kidneys,  more  rapidly  than  any  other  of  this  class 
of  agents. 

3.  That  the  heart  and  respiration  are  but  very  slightly 
affected  unless  employed  in  excessive  quantities. 

4.  Vomiting  is  more  rare  than  with  ether  or  chloroform. 

5.  That  owing  to  its  Oder  being  more  rapidly  removed,  it 
can  be  used  with  comfort  in  a  private  office  or  the  patient’s 
chamber ;  and  as  a  rule,  the  odor  is  more  agreeable  than  that 
of  ordinary  ether. 

6.  Hydrobromic  ether  not  being  inflammable,  and  produc¬ 
ing  its  anaesthetic  influence  on  the  muscles  of  the  throat,  any 
operation  can  be  performed  on  the  mouth  and  throat  with  satis¬ 
faction  to  the  surgeon  and  comfort  to  the  patient. 

7.  In  vivisections  it  acts  more  promptly  than  ether  upon 
auimals,  requiring,  as  a  rule,  only  two  minutes  to  bring  a  dog 
under  its  influence,  and  is  not  fatal,  like  chloroform. 

How  often  was  there  nausea  or  vomiting  during  the  use  of 
hydrobromic  ether  ?  In  one  hundred  cases  there  were  twelve 
cases  of  slight  nausea  after  the  operation,  and  eight  cases  of 
vomiting  during  the  operation,  but  always  when  the  patient 
had  partaken  freely  of  food  of  a  solid  character  just  prior  to  the 
use  of  the  amesthetic. 

Asphyxia.  This  disagreeable  and  painful  symptom  was  not 
noticed  in  any  of  the  cases. 

Fainting.  In  no  instance  was  there  any  evidence  of  fainting. 

Hysterical  excitement.  This  was  noticed  in  some  six  cases, 
but  soon  passed  away,  leaving  no  bad  symptoms. 

Prostration.  In  four  cases  was  there  some  prostration, 
evinced  by  cold  moisture  on  the  hands  and  face,  but  of  very 
short  duration. 

The  rapidity  with  which  patients  come  under  the  ancesthetic  in¬ 
fluence  of  hydrobromic  ether  :  Ten  cases  in  one  minute  and  a 
half,  twenty  in  two  minutes,  ten  in  two  minutes  and  a  half, 
forty  in  three  minutes,  ten  in  four  minutes,  and  ten  in  five 
minutes. 


1128 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[June 


How  long  did  it  take  to  recover  consciousness  from  the  effects  of 
hydrobromic  ether  ?  In  fifty  cases  from  two  miuutes  to  two 
minutes  and  a  half ;  in  thirty  cases  three  minutes  ;  in  twenty 
cases  four  and  a  half  to  five  minutes. 

Struggling,  coughing  or  gagging,  which  occurs  so  frequently 
during  etherization,  was  very  rare  under  the  anaesthetic  influ¬ 
ence  of  hydrobromic  ether.  This  form  of  anaesthetic  is  not  apt 
to  produce  headache.  No  giddiness  attends  the  use  of  hydro¬ 
bromic  ether. 


BURNS  AND  SCALDS. 

The  Allgemeine  Wiener  Zeitung  says  one  of  the  best  but  least 
known  agents  is  oil  of  peppermint.  Applied  by  pencil  or  cloth 
to  the  wound,  it  gives  prompt  ease  from  pain  and  leads  to  a 
rapid  cure  without  scars.  This  oil  should  always  be  kept  on 
hand.  Previous  to  its  application  the  burnt  part  may  be  kept 
under  water.  It  is  sometimes  advisable  to  dilute  it  one-half  with 
glycerine.  In  this  form  it  is  an  excellent  application  to  frozen 
extremities. — Canadian  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences. 


NOTES. 

Keith,  of  Edinburgh,  has  performed  ovariotomy  seventy 
times  in  succession  without  a  fatal  result,  and  oue  hundred 
times  with  only  three  deaths. 


THE  HYPODERMIC  INJECTION  OF  QUININE  IN  PERNICIOUS 
MALARIAL  FEVER. 

Translated  by  Dr.  Ciiarlhs  Faykt,  Paris. 

In  answer  to  my  special  inquiries  about  the  method  in  use 
among  Roman  physicians,  in  the  treatment  of  a  case  of  per¬ 
nicious  fever,  by  means  of  the  hypodermic  injections  of  quinine, 
I  received  the  following  details  from  Dr.  Gr.  Petacci,  physician 
of  the  hospital  of  Zoccoletto  in  Rome,  one  of  the  physicians  of 
the  late  Pope  Pius  IX  ;  details  which  were  of  such  interest  and 
value  to  myself,  that  it  is  with  true  pleasure  I  communicate 
the  same  to  my  fellow  practitioners  of  the  South. 

I  translate  from  the  Italian  : 

“When  I  am  called  to  treat  a  case  of  pernicious  fever  by 
means  of  the  hypodermic  injections  of  bi-sulphate  of  quinine,  I 
use  a  solution  in  the  proportion  of  one  to  ten  of  distilled  water, 
without  the  addition  of  auv  acid.  The  bi-sulphate  dissolving, 
as  you  well  know,  in  distilled  water.  With  this  solution,  con¬ 
secutive  suppurations  are  not  to  be  feared.  As  soon  as  the 
pernicious  attack  begins  to  decline,  1  practice  the  injections, 
using  a  solution  of  2  grammes  of  bi-sulphate  of  quinine  in  18 
or  20  grammes  of  distilled  water  (40  grains  of  quinine  bi-sul- 
phate  in  3yj  water).  If  I  am  sure  to  have  sufficient  length  ot 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1129 


time,  I  inject  this  solution  at  two  different  times  more  or  less 
distant,  otherwise  (as  I  always  prefer),  I  inject  at  once  the 
whole  solution  above  given.  Moreover,  if  during  the  apyrexia 
the  patient  can  swallow,  I  add  a  few  doses  of  sulphate  of  qui¬ 
nine  by  internal  use  ;  if  not,  after  a  few  hours’  interval  I  prac¬ 
tice  other  small  injections,  60  centigrammes  (12  grains)  at  a 
time,  for  example.  But.  if  I  have  no  certain  indications  that 
the  first  injection  has  been  absorbed,  or  if  the  attack  has 
threatened  narrowly  the  life  of  the  patient,  I  repeat  these  in¬ 
jections  in  larger  doses. 

“  In  order  to  avoid  so  many  perforations  of  the  skin,  each 
time  I  introduce  the  canula,  I  inject  through  it  succes¬ 
sively  three  syringefuls,  injecting  slowly,  not  to  produce  too 
much  irritation  and  to  render  the  absorption  more  easy. 

“The  regions  I  select  are  the  gastric  and  epigastric;  and 
having  a  great  number  of  perforations  to  make,  I  extend 
the  punctures  all  over  the  abdomen.  It  seems  to  me,  that 
in  these  regions,  not  only  the  absorption  may  be  more  easy, 
but  that,  also  are  avoided  so  many  inconveniences  and  se¬ 
rious  consequences  which,  too  often  I  have  seen  follow  in 
other  parts.” 

Dr.  Petacci,  writes  that  last  autumn  cases  of  pernicious  fever 
of  the  most  varied  forms  were  rife  in  Rome  and  neighboring 
country.  I  believe  Roman  physicians  use  this  term  pernicious 
fever  more  commonly  than  we  do.  If  I  understand  aright,  all 
cases  of  malarial  fever  which  terminate  fatally  in  a  short  time, 
all  cases  accompanied  from  the  first,  by  uncommonly  serious 
symptoms,  be  they  ataxic,  algid,  apoplectic,  comatose,  sopo¬ 
rose,  congestive,  haemorrhagic,  choleric,  dysenteric,  pneumonic, 
etc.,  receive  the  common  appellation  of  pernicious,  would 
only  be  excepted  cases  in  which  the  complication  takes  the 
lead,  such  as  pneumouia,  etc.,  and  deaths  from  malarial  ca¬ 
chexia  and  its  complications,  diarrhoea,  etc.  etc. 

In  this  letter  of  Doctor  Petacci,  I  call  special  attention  to 
what  seemed  to  me  the  extraordinary  doses  of  quinine  used 
hypodermically  and  to  the  fact  that  these  injections  are  not 
followed  in  the  experience  of  Dr.  Petacci,  by  consecutive  sup¬ 
purations  or  any  other  serious  consequences,  if  the  proper 
solution  of  bi*sulphate  is  used  and  the  gastric  region  selected. 
Allow  me  to  terminate  with  the  motto,  which  the  physician 
should  always  bear  in  mind :  “  Of  two  evils,”  but  “that’s  the 
question !” 


TWO  CASES  OF  POPLITEAL  ANEURISM  CURED  BY  ESMARCH’S 

BANDAGE. 

Mr.  0.  Heath  read  this  paper.  The  first  patient  was  a  coal¬ 
miner,  aged  32,  with  a  small  popliteal  aneurism.  Flexion  of 
the  knee  having  been  tried  without  effect,  Esmarch’s  elastic 
bandage  was  applied  below  the  knee,  and  an  elastic  bandage 


1130 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  June 


and  cord  above  the  knee,  so  that  the  sac  was  kept  tense  with 
blood  and  pulseless.  This  was  borne  for  one  hour  without 
anaesthetics,  and  for  two  hours  under  the  influence  of  bi-chlor¬ 
ide  of  ethylene,  and  at  the  end  of  the  three  hours  the  sac  had 
become  solidified.  The  patient  had  been  exhibited  to  the 
Society  at  a  previous  meeting,  and  had  now  gone  home  to 
Wales.  The  second  patient  was  a  potman,  aged  37,  with  a 
small  popliteal  aneurism,  presumably  tubular.  Esmarch’s  ban¬ 
dage  was  applied  above  and  below  the  knee;  but  it  was 
noted  that,  though  pulsation  was  arrested,  the  sac  was  not  ren¬ 
dered  so  tense  as  in  the  former  case.  On  removal,  after  three 
hours,  pulsation  returned  as  strongly  as  before.  Digital  com¬ 
pression  of  the  femoral  was  then  maintained  for  three  hours 
witli  marked  effect,  but  without  curing  the  aneurism.  A 
second  application  of  Esmarch’s  bandages  rendering  the  sac 
tense,  and  producing  local  ecchymosis,  was  successful  in  stop¬ 
ping  the  pulsation  permanently.  Mr.  Heath  laid  stress  upon 
the  importance  of  putting  no  pressure  upon  the  aneurism  itself, 
and  of  keeping  it  tense  with  blood  in  order  to  induce  coagula¬ 
tion  of  the  contents  of  the  sac. — British  Medical  Journal. 


TREATMENT  OF  METRORRHAGIA  BY  INFUSION  OF  BLACK 

COFFEE. 

Dr.  Despres  ( Aheille  Medicale)  recommends  the  use  of  this 
method,  which  he  says  has  succeeded  with  him  already  in  three 
severe  cases.  The  first  was  a  case  of  a  metrorrhagia  follow¬ 
ing  confinement,  which  had  resisted  all  the  ordinary  methods. 
The  second  was  a  case  of  metrorrhagia  due  to  anaemia.  It 
had  equally  resisted  all  treatment.  The  third  case  was  ob¬ 
served  in  a  young  woman,  aged  26,  subject  to  metrorrhagia, 
recurring  every  fifteen  days  and  lasting  eight  days  at  a  time. 
Rest  in  bed  and  cold  compresses  had  not  produced  any  result. 
Despres  gave  from  three  to  six  cups  of  strong  coffee  daily. 
Iu  this  dose  it  produced  agitation,  sleeplessness,  sometimes 
even  a  sort  of  intoxication. — London  Medical  Record. 


NICKEL  PLATING  WITHOUT  A  BATTERY. 

The  Engineer  publishes  Prof.  Slatba’s  new  unpatented  pro¬ 
cess  for  nickel-plating  in  the  wet  way  without  the  use  of  a 
battery.  To  a  dilute  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc  (5  to  10  per 
cent.)  enough  nickel  sulphate  is  to  be  added  to  impart  a  de¬ 
cidedly  green  color  to  it,  and  the  solution  is  then  to  be  heated 
to  boiling  in  a  porcelain  vessel.  The  clouding  of  the  liquid 
from  the  separation  of  the  basic  zinc  salt  need  not  be  heeded 
as  it  will  not  interfere  with  the  effectiveness  of  the  bath.  The 
articles  to  be  nickel -plated  are  first  freed  from  oxide  or  grease, 
and  then  suspended  in  the  solution  from  30  to  60  minutes,  the 
bath  being  kept  at  a  boiling  temperature.  When  the  articles 


1880J 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1131 


are  observed  to  be  uniformly  coated  they  may  be  removed, 
washed  in  water,  in  which  a  little  chalk  is  suspended,  dried, 
and  finally  polished  with  chalk  or  other  suitable  material.  By 
the  substitution  of  a  cobalt  salt  instead  of  nickel,  objects  may 
be  similarly  coated  with  cobalt. 


EXPERIMENTS  UPON  THE  STRENGTH  OF  ANTISEPTICS. 

By  ARTHUR  T.  CABOT,  M.  D., 

Surgical  antiseptic  preparations  may  be  divided  into  two 
classes :  (1)  those  which  are  meant  to  be  actively  destructive 
to  the  lower  organisms  which  cause  putrefaction,  and 
(2)  those  which  oppose  the  approach  of  these  organisms 
to  wounded  parts  already  aseptic.  Among  the  first  class 
are  to  be  counted  the  solutions  for  washing  parts  to  be 
operated  on,  for  cleansing  wounds  already  exposed  to  the  air, 
and  for  furnishing  an  antiseptic  shower  (spray)  over  wounds 
during  operation  and  exposure.  The  second  class  comprises 
the  gauze  and  cotton  and  the  various  oils  and  salves  used  to 
protect  wounds  from  the  action  of  the  septic  orgauisms  in  the 
air. 

It  is  with  the  autiseptics  of  the  first  class,  with  the  actively 
destructive  antiseptics,  that  this  paper  has  to  do.  Prepara¬ 
tions  of  this  class  to  be  effective  must  act  quickly.  Whether 
they  be  used  to  destroy  the  putrefactive  germs  in  a  wound 
long  exposed  to  the  air,  or  those  just  settling  out  of  the  air 
upon  a  fresh  wound,  they  have  but  a  short  time  during  which 
they  can  act  with  their  full  vigor,  being  in  either  case  rapidly 
diluted  and  neutralized  by  the  blood  and  exudations  from  the 
wounded  surface. 

The  power  of  an  antiseptic  solution  is  usually  tested  by 
immersing  in  it  some  putrescible  substance,*  or  by  adding  it  to 
a  sugar  solution  into  which  a  ferment  is  also  introduced!  and 
theu  noticing  its  effect  in  hindering  putrefaction  and  ferment¬ 
ation.  These  tests  are  defective  in  that  they  give  us  no  idea 
of  the  rapidity  of  action  of  the  antiseptic.  Further,  the  more 
volatile  antiseptics,  which,  on  account  perhaps  of  their  vola¬ 
tility,  are  rapid  in  their  action,  after  destroying  the  germs 
existing  in  the  fluids  would  escape,  leaving  the  solution  exposed 
to  the  germs  of  the  air,  while  those  of  less  volatility  and 
slower  action  would  offer  a  much  longer  protection  and  might 
well  be  used  in  the  protective  preparations  of  the  second  class. 
Another  not  uncommon  test  for  an  antiseptic  is  the  observation 
under  a  microscope  of  its  power  of  arresting  the  movements  of 
the  bacteria  in  a  foul  solution.!  We  have,  however,  no  proof 
that  the  activity  of  the  bacteria  is  a  measure  of  their  power  of 
exciting  putrefaction,  and  many  quiet  forms  are  capable  of 


*  Billroth,  Untersnchmigen  ueber  Coccobacteria  septica,  page  ‘205. 

t  Dr.  L.  Lewin,  Dae  Thymol,  ein  Antisepticum  und  Autifermentativum,  Virchow’s 
Archiv,  B.  56,  S.  164. 

|  Billroth,  loc.  cit.,  page  210 

7 


1132  Giirrent  Medical  Literature .•  [June 

inducing  fermentative  changes.  In  endeavoring  to  apply  this 
test,  too,  I  have  found  the  active  movements  of  the  bacteria 
checked  by  solutions  so  dilute  that  little  or  no  destructive  anti¬ 
septic  action  could  be  claimed  for  them. 

Finally,  the  clinical  trial  of  an  antiseptic,  though  it  will  lead 
finally  to  a  tolerably  correct  appreciation  of  its  worth,  is  a  slow 
and  uncertain  means  of  judging,  involving  as  it  does  so  many 
varying  conditions. 

The  method  which  has  been  used  in  the  following  tests  avoids, 

I  think,  the  objections  which  may  be  made  to  all  of  these.  It 
is  as  follows  : — 

Ten  cc.  of  the  antiseptic  to  be  tested  are  added  to  three  cc.  of 
a  foul  solution.  After  a  certain  measured  time,  two  drops  of 
the  resulting  mixture  are  transferred  to  an  aseptic  solution, 
which  is  carefully  protected  from  the  air,  put  aside,  and  watch¬ 
ed  for  the  first  evidences  of  putrefaction.  Suppose  the  putre¬ 
factive  elements,  be  they  bacteria  or  chemical  ferments,  have 
preserved  their  vitality  during  this  time  of  contact  with  the 
antiseptic ;  they  are  released  from  further  antiseptic  action 
when  these  two  drops  mix  with,  and  are  diluted  in,  the  aseptic 
solution,  and  are  then  free  to  set  up  putrefactive  changes  in  it. 
If,  therefore,  putrefaction  appears  in  the  test  solution,  we  know 
that  the  antiseptic  had  not  acted  long  enough  upon  the  germs 
of  putrefaction  to  destroy  them.  We  repeat  the  experiment 
with  a  longer  time  of  exposure,  and  so  proceed  till  we  reach  the 
time  that  proves  sufficient  for  the  destruction  of  the  putrefac¬ 
tive  elements,  and  we  then  find  that  the  aseptic  solution  con¬ 
tinues  clear  and  sweet.  The  sign  of  putrefaction  which  was 
relied  upon  in  these  experiments  was  the  appearance  of  cloudi¬ 
ness,  due  to  the  presence  of  micro-organisms,  and  their  pre¬ 
sence  or  absence  was  always  verified  by  the  microscope. 

I  have  prepared  a  table  of  these  “  personal  equations”  of  a 
few  of  the  better  known  antiseptics.  Before  giving  it,  however, 
I  will  detail  briefly  the  minutiae  of  the  tests  of  which  I  have 
described  the  general  features  and  objects. 

The  aseptic  solution  is  prepared  by  boiling  several  small  pieces  of  meat 
with  a  large  quantity  of  water  in  a  glass  flask  purified  by  exposure  to 
the  flame  of  an  alcohol  lamp.  This  flask  is  stopped  with  a  rubber  cork 
perforated  by  two  glass  tubes  for  convenience  of  decanting.  The  tubes 
are  bent  downwards,  and  the  ends  are  carefully  protected  with  carbolized 
gauze.  The  cork  and  tubes  are  carefully  cleansed  beforehand  with  car¬ 
bolic  acid.  The  resulting  solution,  if  made  with  lean  meat,  settles  «lear  ; 
if  the  meat  is  fat,  the  solution  is  rendered  cloudy  by  fine  oil  drops,  and 
must  be*prepared  again. 

This  solution  when  used  is  decanted  into  wine-glasses  previously  cleaned 
by  exposure  to  alcohol  flame,  and  these  are  then  covered  with  inverted 
watch-glasses,  and  the  whole  by  bell-glasses,  all  of  which  have  likewise 
been  exposed  to  high  heat. 

The  solution  thus  protected  will  keep  for  an  indefinite  length  of  time 
without  a  sign  of  putrefaction. 

It  is  into  glasses  thus  prepared  that  the  minute  quantities  of  the  mixed 
antiseptic  and  foul  solution  are  transferred,  and  in  them  tne  minutest 
changes  in  the  fluid  can  be  easily  observed. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1333 


1880] 


To  anticipate  some  of  the  objections  which  may  be  made  as 
to  the  accuracy  of  these  experiments,  I  would  say  that  I  ex¬ 
pected  to  meet  with  great  inconsistencies  in  my  results,  due  to 
the  accidental  entry  of  germs  into  my  test  glasses.  Contrary, 
however,  to  this  expectation,  my  results  were  very  uniform  and 
constant,  although  the  experiments  were  distributed  over  a 
space  of  two  years.  In  each  case  the  result  obtained  was 
verified  by  several  additional  experiments. 

Of  the  antiseptics  examined  the  rapidity  of  action  (“  personal 
equation  ”)  was  determined  as  follows : — 


Acidi  carbolici  1-20* . 

Liquor  sodas  chlorinatas  1-10. 
Acidi  salicylici  1-240 

Thymol  1-500 . 

Thymol  1-1000. 

Acidi  carbolici  1-40 

Potas.  permang  1-960. 

Zinci  chloridi  1-12 

Alum  acetatist  . 


. 5  seconds. 

..  15  30  seconds. 

. 3  minutes. 

. 3  minutes. 

. 4  minutes. 

. 4  minutes. 

over  6  minutes, 
over  6  minutes, 
over  6  minutes. 


It  will  be  seen  by  this  table  that  carbolic  acid  in  the  strength 
of  one  part  to  twenty  of  water  is  almost  instantaneous  in  its 
action.  At  least  five  seconds  are  required  for  the  thorough 
mixing  of  the  acid  with  the  foul  solution,  and  after  this  the 
resulting  mixture  is  incapable  of  exciting  putrefaction. 

Next  to  this  in  efficacy  comes  the  solution  of  chlorinated 
soda,  made  by  adding  one  part  of  the  liquor  sodee  chlorinatae 
to  ten  parts  of  water.  This  I  found  remarkably  certain  in  its 
action. 

Of  the  action  of  salicylic  acid  I  would  say  that  it  was  ex¬ 
tremely  uncertain.  Some  specimens  of  the  acid  seemed  wholly 
destitute  of  antiseptic  power.  The  result  recorded  above  was 
obtained  with  the  best  of  a  number  of  samples  procured  from 
different  reliable  druggists. 

The  solution  of  this  strength  could  only  be  made  by  the  aid 
of  a  small  quantity  of  alcohol.  Salicylic  acid  is  said  to  be  solu¬ 
ble  in  three  hundred  parts  of  water,  but  many  trials  showed 
that  this  solution  was  impossible  without  the  aid  of  heat,  and 
that  part,  at  least,  of  the  acid  crystallized  out  in  two  or  three 
days. 

Although  thymol  in  solution  of  one  part  to  one  thousand  of 
water  is  equally  effective  with  carbolic  acid  one  to  lorty,  yet 
the  solution  of  double  this  strength,  made  with  the  addition  of 
a  little  glycerine  and  alcohol,  falls  far  short  of  the  stronger 
preparation  of  the  rival  drug. 

Permanganate  of  potash  was  noticed  to  effect  the  destruction 
of  the  minuter  organisms  in  a  comparatively  short  time  (three 
to  four  minutes),  but  some  large  forms  of  penicillium  (among 


*  The  numbers  in  this  table  indicate  the  parts  of  water  to  one  part  of  the  antiseptic. 

t  Preparation  recommended  by  Mr.  Paul  Burns  in  London  Modieal  Record,  April  15, 
1879,  page  168. 


1134  Current  Medical  Literature.  |  June 

other  penicillium  glaucum)  resisted  its  action  for  a  much  longer 
time. 

Lastly,  I  would  notice  the  inefficient  action  of  chloride  of 
zinc,  which  many  distinguished  surgeons*  have  preferred  to 
any  other  preparation  for  cleansing  deep  wounds  long  exposed 
to  the  air.  1  can  only  surmise  that  the  action  on  which  its 
reputation  is  based  is  upon  the  tissues  themselves  rather  than 
upon  the  organisms,  and  that  it  closes  the  channels  of  absorp¬ 
tion  against  the  entry  of  septic  poisons  much  as  a  light  cauter¬ 
ization  with  nitrate  of  silver  does. 

I  am  led  to  conclude,  then,  that  of  the  preparations  examined 
the  five  per  cent,  solution  of  carbolic  acid  is  the  most  proper 
to  use  when  a  rapid  action  is  desired,  notably  in  the  shower  or 
spray  thrown  over  a  wound  during  operation  and  dressing. 

When  carbolic  poisoning  is  feared  or  already  present,  the 
solution  of  chlorinated  soda  is  by  far  the  most  powerful  substi¬ 
tute  that  can  be  used.  The  rapidity  of  action  of  this  latter 
antiseptic  renders  it  well  adapted  for  use  as  a  gargle  in  diph¬ 
theria,  or  as  a  mouth  wash  when  a  foul  discharge  is  present. 

When  a  strongly  antiseptic  action  is  not  required,  as  in  wash¬ 
ing  a  wound  successfully  aseptic,  or  when  long  contact  of  the 
antiseptic  with  the  wound  is  probable,  as  in  washing  out  a 
cavity  with  a  continued  current,  some  of  the  milder  antiseptics 
may  be  safe  and  agreeable  substitutes. 

Some  preparations  clinically  ranking  as  antiseptics  owe  their 
reputation  to  other  powers  than  that  of  destroying  septic  ma¬ 
terial. — Boston  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  Nov.  25. 


NOTES  ON  CYSTORRHAGIA  FROM  RETENTION  OF  URINE.t 
By  John  W.  S.  Gouley,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Genito-Urinary  System  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the 
University  of  the  City  of  New  York  ;  Surgeon  to  Bellevue  Hospital,  etc. 

When  hemorrhage  occurs  from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
bladder,  the  word  cystorrhagia  should  be  used  in  preference  to 
haematuria,  since  the  latter  has  a  wider  significance;  being  ap¬ 
plied  alike  to  the  passage  of  bloody  urine  from  the  kidney, 
from  its  pelvis,  from  the  ureter,  the  bladder,  or  the  uretha. 
Cystorrhagia  may  occur  as  a  consequence  of  disease,  of  injury, 
or  of  the  too  precipitate  evacuation  of  an  over-distended  blad¬ 
der.  It  is  of  the  last-named  cause  that  I  now  wish  particularly 
to  speak. 

Civiale  regards  over-distention  of  the  bladder  as  “  the  most 
common  of  all  the  causes  of  hsematuria.”  This  excellent  observer 
sayst  “  that  when  hsematuria  depends  upon  over-distension  of 
the  bladder  by  the  accumulation  of  urine  or  by  a  forced  iujec- 


*Lister,  Volkmann,  and  others. 

tRead  before  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  New  York,  February,  1880. 
;Maladies  des  organea  g6nito-urinaires,  vol.  iii.,  p.  360. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1135 


1880] 


tion,  the  blood  seems  to  ooze  indistinctly  from  every  part  of 
the  mucous  surface,”  but  he  does  not  explain  the  mechanism  of 
this  general  oozing.  Nor  does  Mercier,  or  any  other  author 
with  whose  works  I  am  familiar,  appear  to  solve  the  problem. 
I  believe  that  generally  there  is  no  hemorrhage  as  long  as  the 
bladder  remains  distended  ;  but  the  moment  the  distention 
ceases, — either  by  rupture  of  this  viscusor  by  the  too  precipitate 
withdrawal  of  the  urine  or  water  through  a  catheter — the  ooz¬ 
ing  begins,  and  this  is  due  to  rupture  of  thousands  of  the 
capillaries  of  the  mucous  membrane,  owing  to  a  sudden  change 
in  their  condition.  For  in  such  over-distention  of  the  bladder, 
the  mucous  membrane  as  well  as  the  muscular  coat  is  greatly 
over-stretched,  its  capillaries  are  likewise  stretched  and  weak¬ 
ened  in  consequence.  When,  therefore,  the  mechanical  sup¬ 
port  given- by  the  accumulated  urine  is  suddenly  removed,  the 
extreme  tension  of  the  vesical  parieties  is  succeeded  by  extreme 
flaccidity  ;  the  almost  empty  capillaries  are  instantly  gorged 
with  blood,  and  their  delicate  walls  give  way  before  the  sudden 
impulse  of  the  refluent  blood,  which  soon  begins  to  ooze  from 
thousands  of  minute  rents  of  the  mucous  membrane. 

It  is  well  known  that  free  hemorrhage  often  succeeds  the  es¬ 
cape  of  pus  from  large,  tense  abscesses  that  have  been  hastily 
emptied ;  and  this  phenomenon  has  generally  and  correctly 
been  attributed  to  the  too  sudden  removal  of  the  pressure  ex¬ 
erted  by  the  pus  upon  the  small  vessels  which  lie  almost  naked 
on  the  wall  of  the  abscess.  If  this  be  true  here,  why  not  so  in  a 
diseased  bladder  ?  The  analogy  is  perhaps  greater  in  those 
cases  where  hemorrhage  has  occurred  from  the  surface  of 
smooth  membranes,  such  as  that  of  the  tunica  vaginalis,  after 
the  sudden  evacuation  of  large  hydroceles,  or  as  that  of  cysts 
of  inordinate  capacity  which  have  been  incised  or  tapped.  The 
general  oozing  of  blood,  which  sometimes  occurs  from  the 
surface  of  a  diseased  peritoneum  after  ovariotomy,  furnishes 
another  illustration. 

Since  writing  the  above,  I  had  occasion  to  read  Horace  Stap¬ 
ler’s  thesis  on  vesical  haematuria  caused  by  tuberculization,* 
in  which  he  credits  Civiale  with  being  the  first  to  call  attention 
to  retention  of  urine  as  a  cause  of  haematuria,  but  he  says  that 
“  Civiale  does  not  explain  the  mechanism  of  hsematuria  caused 
by  retention  of  urine,”  *  *  *  and  asks,  “  could  it  not  be 

attributed  to  the  sudden  dispaiition  of  the  pressure  which  the 
urine  exerted  upon  the  parieties  of  the  bladder,  similarly  to  the 
phenomenon  observed  after  puncture  of  certain  cysts  of  the 
thyroid  body  P 

I  wish  to  be  clearly  understood  as  not  claiming  that  hemor¬ 
rhage  invariably,  though  I  believe  it  frequently,  follows  the 
precipitate  evacuation  of  the  over-distended  bladder,  for  I 
have,  on  several  occasions,  suddenly  withdrawn  as  many  as 


'Paris,  1874,  pp.  8.  9. 


1136  Current  Medical  Literature.  |  June 

four  pints,  and  have  read  of  one,  and  even  two  gallons  being 
removed  by  the  catheter  without  subsequent  hemorrhage. 
The  hemorrhages  in  question  occur  usually  ih  middle  and  ad¬ 
vanced  life,  especially  where  the  vesical  mucous  membrane  is 
not  absolutely  healthy,  and  in  those  patients  whose  blood¬ 
vessels  are  already  weakening.  Cystorrhagia  from  over-dis- 
tention  is  very  uncommon  in  young  adults  and  adolescents, 
and  of  extreme  rarity  in  children. 

The  explanation  of  cystorrhagia  just  given  is  applied  more 
particularly  to  bladders  which  are  not  much  altered  by  disease ; 
but  I  have  no  doubt  that  hemorrhage  does  occur  from  disten¬ 
tion  of  certain  diseased  bladders  the  moment  the  distention 
takes  place,  and  this  is  shown  in  the  first  urine  that  appears, 
whereas,  in  the  class  of  cases  before  mentioned,  the  first  urine 
drawn  is  clear  and  entirely  free  from  blood.  In  several  such 
cases  which  Civiale  cites  he  only  incidentally  states  that  the 
first  urine  expelled  was  always  clear,  and  that  blood  appeared 
the  next  time  the  bladder  was  emptied.  It  is  evident,  in  those 
cases,  that  the  blood  began  to  ooze  only  after  the  removal  of 
the  pressure  exerted  upon  the  capillaries  by  the  urine.  Mer- 
cier*  makes  a  statement  which  corroborates  this  view;  he  says, 
“  often  two-thirds  or  three  fourths  of  the  urine  contained  in  the 
bladder  come  out  free  from  blood,  and  it  is  only  toward  the  end 
that  the  fluid  appears  redder  and  redder  and  he  further  says 
that  “  this  appearance  has  been  wrongly  ascribed  to  the  pre¬ 
cipitation  of  blood  in  the  has  fond P  He  himself  attributes  the 
hemorrhage  to  the  action  of  the  muscular  coat  of  the  bladder, 
which,  he  says,  fairly  squeezes  the  blood  out  of  the  congested 
mucous  membrane  like  water  squeezed  out  of  a  sponge.  Un¬ 
fortunately  for  this  theory  and  for  patients,  the  very  reverse 
of  contraction  too  frequently  follows  the  sudden  evacuation  of 
the  bladder.  If  powerful  contraction  could  always  follow  the 
precipitate  evacuation  of  the  over  distended  bladder,  there  would 
be  no  hemorrhage,  or,  if  any  occurred,  it  would  soon  cease,  in 
consequence  of  this  contraction  of  the  muscular  coat,  and  of 
retraction  of  the  mucous  membrane,  and  of  its  underlying  con¬ 
nective  tissue. 

In  chronic  cystitis  with  sclerosis  of  the  mucous  membrane, 
retention  of  urine,  giving  rise  to  comparatively  little  disten¬ 
tion  of  the  bladder,  will  cause  hemorrhage  from  cracking  or 
tearing  of  the  unyielding  mucous  membrane,  and  the  first 
urine  drawn  will  be  bloody.  Hemorrhage  doubtless  follows 
distention  from  accumulation  of  urine  in  other  diseased  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  bladder,  such  as  papillomatous,  tubercular,  or  can¬ 
cerous  degeneration,  etc. 

A  word  here  concerning  diagnosis  may  not  be  out  of  place. 
The  main  point  is  to  determine  whether  Qr  not  the  hemorrhage 
be  cystic,  for  the  bladder  may  become  filled  with  blood  which 


*Reoherchos  anatomiques,  pathologiques,  etc.  Paris,  1844,  p.  141. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1137 


1880] 

has  come  from  another  source.  For  instance,  there  may  be 
free  bleeding  from  the  kidney  (neptirorrliagia),  due  to  a  lacera¬ 
tion  of  this  organ,  to  a  vascular  cancer  which  has  finally  in¬ 
volved  its  pelvis,  to  tubercular  disease ;  or,  the  hemorrhage 
may  be  owing  to  extreme  congestion,  as  that  occurring  after 
the  ingestion  of  certain  poisons — among  others  phenic  acid  ; 
or,  from  prolonged  exposure  to  the  fumes  of  turpentine — on 
turpentine  ships  or  in  shops.  Within  a  couple  of  years  I  have 
had  two  cases  of  haematuria,  whose  diagnosis  was  cleared  by  a 
few  questions.  Both  men  were  workers  in  a  varnish  factory, 
and,  for  several  weeks,  had  been  passing  bloody  urine.  They 
were  advised  to  stpp  work,  and,  in  a  short  time  after,  the  urine 
became  clear.  My  attention  was  called  to  this  action  of  the 
fumes  of  turpentine  many  years  ago,  by  the  late  Dr.  Charles 
E.  Isaacs. 

There  may  be  from  the  pelvis  of  the  kidney  very  abundant 
and  continuous  hemorrhage.  When  this  pyelorrhagia  is  the 
result  of  cancerous  degeneration,  it  will  not  be  long  before  the 
diagnosis  is  verified  by  an  autopsy  ;  but  when  it  arises  from 
other  causes,  such  as  parasites,  it  may  remain  obscure  for  a 
long  time,  if  not  altogether,  unless  careful  and  frequent  micro¬ 
scopic  examinations  of  the  fluid  be  made.  In  other  cases  the 
diagnosis  may  be  easy.  One  of  my  patients  almost  always, 
after  drinking  one  or  two  glasses  of  champagne,  suffers  from 
haematuria  (probably  nephrorrhagia  or  pyelorrhagia)  for  two 
or  three  days,  and,  in  the  very  bloody  urine  that  he  passes,  is 
able  to  collect  fifty  or  sixty  round  uric  acid  calculi,  the  largest 
of  which  scarcely  exceeds  in  size  an  ordinary  pin’s  head.  The 
hemorrhage  may  be  from  the  ureter  (ureterorrhagia),  and  may 
be  caused  by  a  rough  calculus  during  its  transit  from  the  renal 
pelvis  to  the  bladder.  The  uriue  passed  by  such  a  patient 
sometimes  contains  long,  leech-like  clots,  and  this  fact,  taken 
in  conjunction  with  the  general  symptoms,  leaves  no  doubt  as 
to  the  origin  of  the  hemorrhage.  Iji  a  case  of  very  persistent 
haematuria,  I  was  able  to  determine  the  source  of  the  hemor¬ 
rhage  from  the  several  circumstances  presently  to  be  stated. 
The  first  was,  that  no  retention  of  urine  had  occurred  ;  the  sec¬ 
ond,  that  the  urine  ordinarily  contained  at  least  two-thirds 
blood ;  the  third,  that  it  was  at  times  perfectly  clear j  the 
fourth,  that  the  hemorrhage  would  be  preceded  by  a  very  dis¬ 
tressing  ureteric  and  pyelic  colic  on  the  right  side ;  and  the 
fifth,  that  the  urine  frequently  contained  firm  bdelloid  clots  five 
or  six  inches  long.  These  facts,  together  with  the  existence  of 
a  tumor  in  the  right  flank,  led  me  to  regard  the  case  as  one  of 
ureterorrhagia,  due  either  to  an  impacted  calculus,  or  to  malig¬ 
nant  disease.  The  patient  died  in  the  course  of  a  few  months, 
and  the  autopsy  revealed  a  very  vascular,  primary  cancer  of 
the  right  ureter,  a  little  above  its  middle. 

I  have  said  that  the  bladder  may  be  rapidly  filled  by  blood 
coming  from  some  one  of  the  sources  before  named,  but  if  the 


1138 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


[June 


blood  does  not  as  rapidly  coagulate,  it  will  be  expelled ;  and  if 
by  good  luck  its  flow  into  tlie  bladder  be  checked,  as  was  shown 
in  the  case  of  cancer  just  mentioned,  by  impaction  of  a  clot  in 
the  ureter,  there  will  follow  ureteric  and  pyelic  colic,  and 
while  this  lasts  the  urine  secreted  on  the  sound  side— at  first 
tinged  by  the  little  blood  remaining  in  the  bladder— will  come 
away  clear,  and  as  soon  as  the  impacted  clot  is  dislodged  and 
carried  into  the  bladder,  the  urine  will  again  be  bloody.  It 
may  be  proper  to  syringe  out  the  bladder  during  the  ureteric 
colic,  in  order  to  wash  away  the  remaining  blood, — then  if  the 
water  afterward  injected  comes  away  clear,  it  is  reasonable  to 
suppose  that  the  hemorrhage  is  not  cystic. 

But  if  the  hemorrhage  has  been  so  abundant  as  to  cause 
great  distention  of  the  bladder,  with  clots,  the  case  will  be  at¬ 
tended  with  a  two-fold  danger,  and  the  prognosis  may  be  unfa¬ 
vorable;  for  if  then  the  distended  bladder  be  suddenly  evacu¬ 
ated,  there  will  probably  be  hemorrhage  from  its  mucous  mem¬ 
brane  in  addition  to  the  bleeding  which  may  have  come  from 
the  ureter,  renal  pelvis,  or  kidney.  When  all  the  sources  of 
hemorrhage  already  indicated  have  been  excluded,  and  the  loss 
of  blood  is  not  from  the  urethra — (urethral  hemorrhage  can  be 
at  once  diagnosticated  by  passing  a  catheter  into  the  bladder. 
If,  after  the  first  ounce  or  thereabouts,  the  urine  drawn  be 
limpid,  it  is  certain  that  the  blood  which  had  previously 
escaped  had  not  come  from  the  bladder.  In  some  cases  of 
hemorrhage  from  the  deep  urethra,  the  blood  often  enters  the 
bladder,  but  this  is  easily  made  out) — then  its  vesical  origin  is 
fairly  established. 

Cystororrhagia  is  known  to  occur  from  ulceration  of  the 
bladder,  from  injuries  inflicted  by  the  movements  of  a  calculus, 
from  some  forms  of  acute  and  chronic  cystitis,  from  the  per¬ 
foration  of  small  veins  by  certain  parasites,  from  tubercular  or 
cancerous  disease,  from  papillomata,  and  from  violence ;  but 
in  the  class  of  cases  under  consideration,  retention  of  urine  is 
its  principal  factor  in  certain  instances  of  diseased,  while  in 
comparatively  healthy  bladders,  or  in  the  atonied  bladders  of 
elderly  men  with  prostatic  enlargement,  its  most  frequent 
exciting  cause  is  the  sudden  withdrawal  of  the  urine  by  which 
the  organ  had  been  greatly  over-distended. 

The  first  urine  drawn,  as  before  said,  is  usually  clear  and 
free  from  blood,  the  second  is  blood-red ;  afterward  it  grows 
dark  and  diugy,  until  it  becomes  chocolate-colored,  and  finally 
assumes  a  tarry  appearance  and  consistency,  and  acquires  a 
disagreeable  odor  similar  to  that  of  decayed,  dried  codfish. 
These  changes  in  the  character  of  the  blood  are  due  partly  to 
the  action  of  the  urine,  partly  to  the  admixture  of  mucus,  of 
which  there  is  hypersecretion,  and  to  the  development  of  am¬ 
monia.  In  such  cases  the  effusion  of  blood  is  considerable,  but 
not  always  sufficient  for  the  formation  of  coagula ;  for  as  long 
as  there  is  a  fair  proportion  of  urine,  no  coagulation  takes 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1131) 


1880] 


place,  but  when  the  flow  is  rapid  and  exceeds  the  urine  in 
amount,  the  bladder  will  soon  be  filled  with  clots,  even  to  great 
over-distention.  Cystororrhagia  may  last  from  a  few  hours  to 
two  or  even  three  weeks  if  not  checked  by  appropriate  treat¬ 
ment. 

The  constitutional  effects  will  of  course,  depend  upon  the  pre¬ 
vious  physical  condition  of  the  patient,  the  amount  of  blood  lost 
daily,  and  the  extent  and  severity  of  the  ensuing  cystitis. 
Prompt  and  intelligent  interference  will  soon  arrest  the  bleed¬ 
ing  and  generally  save  the  patient.  The  danger  to  life  is  not 
so  much  from  the  severity  of  the  hemorrhage  as  from  the  ex¬ 
tent  of  injury  to  the  capillary  vessels  and  mucous  membrane. 
What  is  here  most  to  be  dreaded  is  the  supervention  of  general 
cystitis,  which  is  so  apt  to  be  followed  by  double  ureteritis  and 
pyelonephritis.  When  these  complications  have  occurred  there 
is  oliguria,  then  anuria,  which  is  soon  followed  by  a  typhoidal 
condition,  with  low  muttering  delirium,  and  death,  all  within  a 
week  or  ten  days  after  the  first  evacuating  catheterism  that 
had  given  issue  to  three  or  four  pints  of  clear  urine. 

Perhaps  the  recital  of  the  history  of  a  typical  case  of  cys- 
torrhagia  from  the  too  precipitate  evacuation  of  a  distended 
bladder,  taken  from  my  note-book,  will  illustrate  several  im¬ 
portant  points  that  I  may  have  failed  to  make  plain. 

On  September  2,  1875,  I  saw,  in  consultation  with  a  medical 
gentleman,  in  a  nieghboring  city,  Mr.  S.  B.,  aged  sixty-three, 
who  had  “  for  ten  years  suffered  more  or  less  from  his  bladder,’ 
and  had  had  occasional  attacks  of  retention  of  urine,  all  owing 
to  prostatic  enlargement.  Two  years  before  our  interview  he 
had  a  retention  of  urine,  relieved  by  the  catheter  which  caused 
considerable  urethral,  but  no  vesical  hemorrhage.  On  the 
evening  of  August  23,  1875,  while  sitting  upon  the  stone  steps 
in  front  of  his  house,  he  felt  chilly,  but  thought  little  of  this 
and  went  to  bed  at  his  usual  hour.  On  rising  in  the  morning 
he  experienced  trouble  in  voiding  his  urine,  and  was  finally 
unable  to  pass  a  single  drop.  His  bladder  having  become 
painfully  distended  in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  he  sum¬ 
moned  his  physician  who  relieved  him  at  once,  byr  the  catheter, 
of  about  three  pints  of  clear  urine.  A  second  catheterism,  on 
the  same  day,  gave  issue  to  bloody  urine,  and  from  that  time 
all  the  urine  drawn  off  was  highly  charged  with  blood.  On 
account  of  the  persistence  of  the  hemorrhage,  the  doctor 
requested  me  to  see  his  patient.  When  I  arrived  at  the  house 
(at  3  p.  m.)  I  found  Mr.  B.,  a  pallid,  slender-built  man,  walking 
the  floor  nervously,  and  in  great  agony-  from  distention  of  the 
bladder,  though  the  doctor  had  drawn  off  his  urine  in  the 
morning.  His  general  condition  was  fair,  and  he  had  had  no 
febrile  reaction  for  a  week.  On  digital  examination  per  rec¬ 
tum,  the  prostate  was  found  tumid  but  not  very  large.  A 
metallic  catheter  of  short  curve,  similar  to  Mercier’s,  encoun- 

8 


1140  Current  Medical  Literature.  [June 

tered  a  medium  prostatic  obstruction,  which  was  easily  sur¬ 
mounted.  A  soft  rubber  Nelaton  catheter,  which  was  then 
introduced,  gave  issue  to  a  pint  and  a  half  of  fetid,  thick,  alka¬ 
line,  tarry  fluid,  consisting  of  about  an  equal  amount  of  blood 
and  urine,  but  the  blood  was  thoroughly  mixed  with  the  urine 
and  there  was  no  coagulum.  I  expressed  the  opinion  that  the 
blood  had  probably  oozed  out  of  numerous  minute  vessels  from 
a  considerable  extent  of  the  vesical  mucous  membrane.  The 
doctor  said  that,  at  first,  the  hemorrhage  was  much  more  pro¬ 
fuse,  and  that  there  were  clots  which  frequently  closed  the  eye 
of  the  catheter.  Inasmuch  as  the  bleeding  had  thus  far  been 
kept  up  by  the  frequent  distention  of  the  viscus,  I  suggested, 
as  the  prime  indication  in  the  case,  complete  drainage  of  the 
bladder  for,  at  least,  twenty-four  hours.  This  was  affected  by 
introducing,  and  retaining  in  position,  a  gum-elastic  N61aton 
catheter.  An  occasional  vesical  injection  of  two  ounces  of 
weak  tannin  solution  was  also  advised,  likewise  ice  in  the  rec¬ 
tum,  absolute  rest  in  the  recumbent  posture,  and  twenty-grain 
doses  of  quinine  dissolved  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  The  doc¬ 
tor  had  already  given  twenty-minim  doses  of  fluid  extract  of 
ergot,  and  I  advised  their  continuance.  He  had  also  irrigated 
the  bladder  with  salicylic  acid  solution,  with  the  effeet  of  deo¬ 
dorizing  the  urine  temporarily.  From  the  time  I  introduced 
the  catheter  no  more  urine  was  allowed  to  accumulate  in  the 
bladder,  and  the  blood  was  frequently  washed  away  with  the 
styptic  solutions.  This  course  of  treatment  had  the  effect, 
within  two  days,  of  arresting  the  hemorrhage  and  of  controlling 
the  consequent  cystitis.  I  saw  the  patient  in  the  course  of  t.wo 
months,  when  he  said  that  he  felt  as  well  as  usual.  Three 
years  after,  he  had  had  no  recurrence  of  hemorrhage. 

PREVENTIVE  TREATMENT. 

If  sufferers  from  prostatic  and  vesical  trouble  were  always 
under  the  watchful  eyes  of  intelligent  physicians,  their  bladders 
would  not  be  permitted  to  become  over-distended,  and  this  one 
cause  of  cystorrhagia  would  not  exist.  But  as  over-distention 
now  occurs  so  frequently,  let  us  see  in  what  way  relief  may  be 
given  and  cystorrhagia  prevented. 

Nothing  can  be  more  simple ;  the  bladder  should  be  emptied 
very  gradually  in  the  course  of  twelve,  twenty-four,  or  forty- 
eight  hours,  and  in  certain  extreme  cases,  even  several  days 
(as  suggested  by  Sir  Benjamin  Brodie).*  One  of  the  ways  of 
accomplishing  this  is  to  introduce  a  soft  catheter  and  secure  it 
in  position,  then  allow  the  urine  to  trickle  through  it  slowly  by 
partially  obstructingt  the  distal  orifice  with  a  finger,  so  that 
in  the  course  of  five  or  six  minutes  not  more  than  eight 
ounces  will  have  escaped ;  and  to  repeat  this  every  two  hours 

*Brodie  :  Lect.  on  Dis.  of  Urinary  Organa.  London,  1835,  p.  101. 

tCiviale. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1141 


1880] 

until  the  bladder  is  emptied.  If  the  urine  drawn  be  very  fetid, 
the  process  should  be  modified  as  follows :  immediately  after 
drawing  the  first  half-pint  of  urine,  eight  ounces  of  warm  water, 
in  which  has  been  dissolved  a  scruple  of  biborate  of  soda, 
should  be  injected  into  the  bladder,  then  a  pint  of  urine  drawn, 
and  at  once  half  a  pint  of  borax  solution  thrown  in.  This 
should  be  repeated  at  the  first  sitting  six  or  eight  times,  or 
until  the  whole  of  the  offensive  urine  is  gotten  rid  of,  and  the 
bladder  contains  nothing  but  the  clear  borax  solution  ;  then 
every  two  hours,  and  in  some  cases  even  every  three  hours,  half 
a  pint  of  the  fluid — now  mixed  with  newly  secreted  urine — 
should  be  drawn  off,  until  the  bladder  is  completely  empty. 
In  this  way  a  bland  fluid  will  have  been  substituted  for  decom¬ 
posed  and  irritating  urine,  the  hydrostatic  pressure  will  not 
have  been  removed  too  suddenly,  and  thus  cystorrhagia  will 
have  been  prevented. 

Sometimes  polyuria  follows  the  first  catheterism  to  such  a 
degree  as  to  make  it  necessary  to  draw  off  one  instead  of  half  a 
piut,  and  do  this  every  hour  instead  of  two  hours,  otherwise 
the  vesical  distention  would  be  unrelieved.  To  illustrate  this 
point,  let  me  relate  the  history  of  a  case  of  inordinate  polyuria 
without  glycosuria.  I  have  never  known  a  patient  to  secrete 
so  much  normal  urine  in  the  same  space  of  time. 

Mr.  P.  D.,  set.  67,  stout,  weighihg  about  200  lbs.,  suffering 
from  prostatic  hypertrophy  and  stone  in  the  bladder,  was  sent 
to  mo  by  a  medical  friend  early  in  March,  1879.  Mr.  D.  had,  at 
different  times,  for  a  period  ot  twenty  years,  passed  gravel  and 
alse  well-formed  small  uric  acid  calculi.  He  was  subject  to 
polyuria  which  would  be  caused  by  almost  any  diuretic.  He 
could  never  take  cider,  ale,  tincture  of  the  chloride  of  iron, 
copaiba,  or  cubebs,  without  provoking  great  increase  in  the 
urinary  secretion.  For  six  consecutive  weeks  he  passed  four 
pints  of  urine  daily,  and  for  two  additional  weeks,  six  pints 
daily.  At  the  end  of  that  time— that  is,  March  1,  1878 — his 
bladder  became  over-distended,  and  the  urine  came  away  gut- 
tatim.  On  this  account  he  was  catheterized,  and  three  pints  of 
clear  urine  drawn  in  the  first  hour  at  intervals  of  twenty  min¬ 
utes  The  catheter  was  tied  in  position,  and  one  pint  of  urine 
was  drawn  off  every  hour  for  twenty-seven  consecutive  hours, 
when  the  amount  began  to  diminish  until  it  was  reduced  to  six 
pints  every  twenty-four  hours.  In  the  course  of  about  three 
months  it  was  gradually  reduced  to  four  pints,  and  so  continued 
until  March,- 1879,  when  I  relieved  his  bladder  of  the  irritation 
which  had  been  caused  by  several  small  stones.  When  he  left 
the  city,  toward  the  end  of  March,  he  was  making  three  pints 
of  urine  daily,  and  was  in  excellent  physical  condition. 

TREATMENT  OF  CYSTORRHAGIA. 

When  cystorrhagia  has  taken  place,  besides  enjoining  abso¬ 
lute  rest  in  the  horizontal  posture,  the  surgeon  should  take 


1142  •  Current  Medical  Literature.  |  June 

means  to  prevent  the  bladder  from  becoming  distended  with 
bloody  urine.  But  if,  when  he  arrives,  he  finds  hypogastric 
dullness  extending  to  or  into  the  umbilical  region,  he  should 
draw  off,  through  a  gum  catheter,  only  a  pint  of  uriue,  then 
throw  in  half  a  pint  of  the  borax  solution — as  mentioned  under 
the  head  of  preventive  treatment — and  draw  half  a  pint  of  fluid, 
and  repeat  the  process  until  the  fluid  becomes  clear,  or  nearly 
so.  Afterward,  every  hour  or  two  hours,  the  stopper  of  the 
catheter  should  be  removed,  and  half  a  pint  of  fluid  allowed  to 
flow,  until  the  bladder  is  completely  empty.  For  that  purpose, 
the  catheter  should  be  retained  in  position  twenty-four  hours, 
very  rarely  longer.  This  drainage  alone  will  often  have  the 
effect  of  checking  the  hemorrhage,  especially  if  the  muscular 
coat  of  the  bladder  soon  begins  to  regain  its  contractility, 
which  can  be  sometimes  hastened  by  occasionally  throwing  in 
two  or  three  ounces  of' weak,  cold  watery  solution  of  tannin,  of 
alum,  or  of  almost  any  other  astringent.  Ice  in  the  rectum, 
applied  according  to  the  plan  of  Cazenave,  is  a  valuable  adju 
vant. 

The  next  indication  is  to  guard  against  general  acute  cystitis, 
the  supervention  of  which  would  be  the  most  serious  accident 
that  could  well  happen  in  such  cases,  except,  of  course,  rupture 
of  the  bladder. 

Hemorrhage  is  more  apt  to  recur  in  cases  of  pre-existing 
atony  of  the  bladder.  Therefore,  it  is  important  to  begin  to 
treat  this  atony  as  soon  as  the  bladder  has  been  emptied. 

When  cystorrhagia  occurs  in  cases  of  cystitis,  with  sclerosis 
of  the  mucous  membrane,  whether  the  distention  be  caused  by 
retention  of  uriue  or  by  a  forced  injection — which  latter  is 
sometimes  used  in  their  treatment — drainage  is  essential ;  no 
urine  should  be  allowed  to  accumulate,  and  stypic  injections  in 
small  quantities  should  be  employed,  and  gallic  acid,  or  some 
of  the  other  haemostatics,  will  be  indicated.  In  such  cases  the 
hemorrhage  is  not  usually  abundant.  The  danger  lies  in  the 
aggravation  of  the  cystitis. 

The  most  serious  hemorrhages  are  those  which  occur  from 
papillomatous  or  cancerous  tumors.  I  have  a  specimen  of  the 
former,  in  which  hemorrhage  was  the  immediate  cause  of  death. 

Although  so  great  an  authority  as  Civiale  seems  to  attach 
little  importance  to  general  treatment,  I  am  sure  you  will  agree 
with  me  that  it  has  utility,  and  should  not  be  rejected.  I 
would  recommend  the  exhibitin  of  ergot  (15  to  20  minims  of  the 
fluid  extract  every  two  or  three  hours),  or  of  gallic  acid,  dis¬ 
solved  in  glycerine,  or  of  quinine,  with  an  equal  quantity  of 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  or  of  tincture  of  the  chloride  of  iron,  etc. 
All  these  medicinal  agents  have  their  value,  and  any  one  of 
them  will  often  answer  the  purpose.  But  when  the  desired 
effect  has  been  obtained,  the  dose  should  be  reduced,  and  the 
medicine  discontinued  as  soon  as  possible,  otherwise  the  digest¬ 
ive  organs  will  surely  suffer. 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1143 


1880J 

When  it  happens,  in  eystorrhagia,  that  no  fluid  runs  through 
the  catheter  after  it  has  been  successfully  introduced  into  the 
bladder,  it  may  be  that  a  clot  has  become  impacted  in  the 
catheter,  or  that  the  bladder  is  filled  with  coagula,  aud  little  if 
any  urine. 

What,  in  like  circumstances,  should  be  the  conduct  of  the 
surgeon  ?  He  should  withdraw  the  catheter,  aud  if  he  find  in  it 
a  clot,  wash  it  out,  or  take  a  clean  catheter  and  introduce  that, 
and  if  there  be  fluid  blood  aud  urine,  it  will  of  course  flow  freely. 
But  suppose  the  bladder  to  be  filled  with  clotted  blood,  what 
then  is  he  to  do  ?  In  this  there  is  a  difference  of  opinion. 

Chopart  advises  the  injection  of  water  through  the  catheter 
to  break  up  the  clots,  and  if  they  do  not  come  away,  to  intro¬ 
duce  into  the  distal  end  of  the  catheter  the  nozzle  of  a  syringe 
with  which  to  make  aspiration  of  the  broken-down  clots,  and 
‘cites  several  cases  in  which  this  was  successfully  accomplished. 
A  number  of  his  contemporaries  had  like  successes.  Howship, 
and  also  Sir  Benjamin  Brodie,  advocated  this  process. 

Phillips  cites  Leroy  as  having  extracted  a  little  more  than 
four  pounds  of  coagula  from  a  man’s  bladder,  with  the  aid  of 
aspiration  made  through  a  catheter  which  he  was  obliged  to 
introduce  one  hundred  aud  fifty  times  in  the  space  of  six  hours. 

Though  Civiale  approved  of  repeated  injections  of  warm 
water  to  soften  or  dissolve  the  clots,  as  recommended  by  Ver- 
dier,  he  condemned  aspiration.  Other  modern  surgeons  are 
against  aspiration  of  the  clots,  but  their  objections  are  not 
tenable.  The  principal  objection  made  is,  that  the  removal  of 
the  clots  will  excite  fresh  bleeding  either  by  affording  a  cavity 
into  which  more  blood  may  be  poured,  or  by  allowing  the  plugs 
to  escape  from  the  torn  extremities  of  the  capillaries.  They 
also  urge  that  the  clots  do  no  harm,  aud  will,  in  a  couple  of 
days,  be  dissolved  by  the  urine.  It  is  a  misapprehension  of  the 
true  state  of  things  that  has  led  the  opponents  of  aspiration  to 
condemn  this  practice,  inaugurated  as  it  was  by  some  of  the 
best  surgeons  of  the  last  century.  Injections  and  aspirations 
jiroperly  done,  cannot  and  will  not  give  rise  to  fresh  bleeding  ; 
it  is  the  hasty  removal  of  the  contents  of  the  bladder,  as  I  think 
I  have  shown,  that  will  provoke  hemorrhage,  aud  it  is  the  very 
thing  which  every  good  surgeon  should  avoid.  It  is  not  good 
surgery  to  allow  a  bladder  to  become  over  distended  with  blood 
and  then  to  wait  forty-eight  hours  for  the  urine  to  dissolve  the 
clots,  while  the  patient  is  in  the  throes  of  vesical  distention 
and  tenesmus.  I  think  that  in  such  a  case  the  indications  for 
mechanical  iuterference  are  exceedingly  plain.  But,  I  repeat, 
the  vesical  contents  must  never  be  hastily  removed,  otherwise 
there  will  necessarily  follow  fresh  hemorrhage.  In  eudeavor- 
ing  to  free  a  bladder  greatly  distended  with  clotted  blood 
which  cannot  pass  through  an  ordinary  catheter,  the  way  to 
proceed  is  to  use  a  soft  catheter  with  one  large  eye,  or  a  metal¬ 
lic  Mercier  catheter  as  large  as  can  be  introduced,  then  to 


1144  Current  Medical  Literature.  |  June 

inject  two  or  three  ounces  of  warm  borax  solution  (diluted 
acetic  acid  has  been  recommended  for  dissolving  clots) $  if 
nothing  hows,  the  instrument  should  be  moved  gently  to  and 
fro  and  rotated  to  the  right  and  left  so  as  to  break  up  the  clots  ; 
then  aspiration  made  either  with  a  syringe,  as  recommended 
by  Chopart,  or  with  Bigelow’s  rubber-bag.  No  attempt  should 
be  made  to  aspirate  more  than  three  or  four  ounces  of  clots,  or 
grumous  blood,  at  a  time.  The  surgeon  should  continue,  at  the 
same  sitting,  to  make  alternate  injections  and  aspirations, 
never  withdrawing  more  than  he  has  injected,  so  that  the  con¬ 
tents  of  the  bladder  will  remain  about  the  same,  until  all  the 
blood  has  been  removed  and  the  returning  liquid  is  nearly 
clear.  After  this,  every  hour  or  two  hours,  as  the  case  requires, 
a  few  ounces,  rarely  more  than  eight,  should  be  drawn  off  until 
the  bladder  is  empty.  Gallic  acid  or  other  agents  can,  in  the 
meantime,  be  administered,  and  afterward  the  bladder  may  be 
irrigated  with  such  astringent  solutions  as  are  necessary.  I 
feel  quite  sure  that  such  a  course  would  not  only  prove  efficient, 
but  much  safer  than  the  expectant  plan  just  referred  to. 

“  When  the  coagula  are  not  dissolved,”  says  Paul  of  Aegina, 
“  make  an  incision  in  the  perinaeum  as  in  cases  of  calculus  ;  and 
having  removed  the  clots  of  blood,  accomplish  the  cure  in  a 
proper  manner.”  This  operation  of  perineal  cystotomy  was 
revived  by  Larrey  and  others  of  his  time,  in  cases  where  the 
clots  were  too  dense  to  be  broken  up  by  the  catheter.  The 
operation  is  reported  to  have  been  performed  under  the  auspi¬ 
ces  of  Sir  Astley  Cooper,  by  Mr.  Copeland  Hutchinson,  with 
the  result  of  extracting  a  pound  of  coagula,  but  the  patient 
died  in  three  days.  Civiale  very  properly  condemns  this  heroic 
and  ordinarily  unjustifiable  procedure,  and  suggests  in  its  stead 
the  employment  of  the  lithotrite  to  break  up  the  clot  when  it  is 
too  dense  to  be  reduced  by  the  catheter  or  aspirator. — N.  Y. 
Medical  Record.  •  .  . 


THE  NEW  ANAESTHETIC— THE  BROMIDE  OF  ETHYL. 

By  J.  R.  Levis,  H.  D., 

Surgeon  to  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital  and  to  the  Jefferson  College  Hospital. 

It  is  generally  admitted  that  there  are  essentials  of  anaesthe¬ 
sia  which  are  not  satisfactorily  attained  by  the  anaesthetics  in 
ordinary  use.  The  inconveniences  of  ether  and  the  dangers  of 
chloroform  have  suggested  further  inquiry  among  the  large 
number  of  chemical  substances  which  are  capable  of  producing 
insensibility  to  the  impression  of  pain. 

In  April,  1879,  my  attention  was  directed  to  the  bromide  of 
ethyl  by  Dr.  Laurence  Turnbull,  of  this  city,  who  was,  I  believe, 
the  first  to  experiment  on  the  human  subject  with  its  anaes¬ 
thetic  properties,  testing  it  originally  on  himself  and  after¬ 
wards  on  patients  undergoing  surgical  operations,  but  its 
physiological  action  on  some  of  the  lower  animals  had  been 
previously  determined  by  other  experimenters. 


1880] 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1145 


I  have  since  that  time  continued  to  give  practical  attention 
to  the  subject  of  the  anaesthetic  use  of  tbe  bromide  of  ethyl, 
and,  whilst  recognizing  the  fact  that  a  very  large  number  of 
administrations  is  essential  to  determine  its  merits  compara¬ 
tively  with  other  agents,  I  have  now  had  sufficient  experience 
upon  which  to,  at  least,  base  some  very  decided  impressions  of 
its  value. 

Its  principal  physiological  characteristics  which  will  concern 
the  surgeon  arc  its  rapidity  of  action  and  the  quickness  of  re¬ 
covery  from  its  effects. 

As  far  as  observed  by  me,  it  does  not  influence  the  circula¬ 
tion,  excepting  to  sometimes  produce  a  slight  increase  in  the 
rapidity  of  the  heart’s  action  and  in  arterial  tension  or  pres¬ 
sure.  The  cerebral  anmmia  and  the  fatal  syncope  of  cardiac 
depression  to  which  chloroform  is  liable,  are  dangers  which  do 
not  appear  to  threaten  in  the  anaesthesia  of  the  bromide  of 
ethyl. 

Respiration  is  but  little  influenced  by  the  bromide  of  ethyl, 
as  I  have  administered  it,  beyond  the  ordinary  characteristics 
of  all  anaesthetic  sleep ;  but  in  this  respect  its  action  seems 
more  to  resemble  that  of  ether  than  of  chloroform.  While 
making  these  assertions,  I  fully  recognize  the  fact  that  the 
ultimate  effects  of  all  anaesthetics  show  that  they  are  depress¬ 
ing  agents. 

Nausea  and  vomiting  appear  to  occur  less  frequently  in  the 
anaesthesia  of  the  bromide  of  ethyl  than  in  that  of  ether  and 
of  chloroform,  and  the  rapidity  of  recovery  from  its  effects 
must  render  such  impressions  very  brief  and  transient. 

Commencing  with  the  occasional  and  very  cautious  use  of 
the  agent,  I  have  more  recently  adopted  it  to  the  exclusion  of 
other  anaesthetics,  and  am  recording  a  series  of  detailed  obser¬ 
vations  as  to  its  effects. 

Bromide  of  ethyl,  or  hydrobromic  ether,  is  a  colorless  liquid, 
with  a  specific  gravity  a  little  greater  than  that  of  water.  It 
has  a  decided  and  characteristic  odor,  which  is  thought  to  re¬ 
semble  that  of  chloroform,  but  is  less  agreeable.  It  vaporizes 
more  readily  than  chloroform,  and  in  this  respect  and  in  den¬ 
sity  is  intermediate  between  ether  and  chloroform.  It  seems  to 
be  entirely  eliminated  through  the  lungs,  and  in  this  regard 
has  a  decided  advantage  as  to  safety  over  chloroform.  The 
high  vaporizing  point  of  chloroform  does  not  permit  a  rapid 
elimination  from  the  body,  and  it  is  not  entirely  removed  by 
the  lungs.  So,  when  some  secreting  organ  happens  to  be, 
from  disease,  incapacitated,  the  nervous  system  is  liable  to  be¬ 
come  overwhelmed.  The  odor  of  the  bromide  of  ethyl  remains 
for  a  longer  time  on  the  breath  of  a  patient  than  does  that  of 
ether  and  chloroform,  but  it  seems  to  be  quickly  dissipated 
from  the  apartment  in  which  it  has  been  used.  Its  vapor  is 
quite  unirritating  to  the  respiratory  passages  when  inhaled, 


1146  Current  Medical  Literature.  [June 

and  in  this  quality  lias  the  advantage  over  both  ether  and 
chloroform. 

General  excitement  and  the  tendency  to  struggle  occur 
far  less  frequently  than  in  the  early  stages  of  ' the  anaesthesia 
of  ether,  and,  apparently,  even  in  that  of  chloroform. 
It  is  evident  that  the  impression  on  the  motor  centres 
must  be  very  rapid,  and  I  estimate  that  complete  anaes¬ 
thesia  is  accomplished  in  one-third  less  time  than  is  the 
case  with*  chloroform.  The  recovery  from  its  effects  is  even 
comparatively  more  rapid,  iu  the  greater  number  of  cases 
the  time  not  exceeding  two  minutes  after  the  inhalation  has 
ceased.  The  pupils  dilate  as  soon  as  complete  anaesthesia 
is  induced,  and,  as  the  sentient  state  returns,  they  resume 
their  normal  condition.  I  suggest  that  the  condition  of  the 
pupils  may  be  an  index  and  guide  in  the  administration. 

Anaesthesia  with  the  bromide  of  ethyl  is  usually  effected  in 
from  two  to  three  minutes.  The  most  rapid  production  of  com¬ 
plete  insensibility,  in  my  experience,  has  been  in  one  minute, 
in  the  case  of  a  girl  eight  years  old  ;  the  longest  period  has 
not  in  any  case  exceeded  four  minutes.  When  carefully  ad¬ 
ministered,  the  quantity  consumed  has  varied  from  one  fluid- 
draclim  in  the  case  of  a  child,  iridectomy  being  performed,  to 
eleven  drachms  used  during  an  amputation  of  the  forearm  of 
an  adult,  occupying  forty  minutes,  including  the  ligation  of  the 
vessels  and  the  dressing  of  the  stump. 

The  quantity  of  the  article  consumed  in  effecting  anaesthesia 
will  greatly  depend  on  the  method  and  manner  of  using  it. 
Much  of  it  is,  of  course,  wasted  by  diffusion  in  the  atmosphere. 
With  great  regard  for  economy,  this  waste  may  be  prevented 
by  imperviously  covering  the  material  on  which  it  is  poured. 
My  own  plan,  with  adults,  is  to  pour  two  drachms  of  the  bro¬ 
mide  of  ethyl  on  a  small  napkin  folded  up  to  a  space  of  about 
four  inches  square,  and  then  laid  on  a  larger  napkin,  folded  so 
as  to  be  large  enough  to  cover  the  entire  face  of  the  patient.  It 
is  well  to  secure  the  two  napkins  together  with  a  pin. 

The  vapor  of  the  bromide  of  ethyl  is  not  inflammable  ;  indeed, 
when  dense,  it  extinguishes  a  flame  if  brought  into  contact 
with  it.  In  this  respect  it  is  free  from  the  danger  incident  to 
ether  when  administered  at  night  in  proximity  to  lights,  or 
when  the  actual  cautery  is  used.  The  article  used  by  me  was 
made  by  the  firm  of  Powers  &  Weightman,  manufacturing 
chemists  of  this  city. 

The  ordinary  essentials  of  the  proper  and  safe  production  of 
anajsthesia  are  required  in  the  use  of  the  bromide  of  ethyl. 
That  these  essential  details  are  apt,  through  ignorance  or  care¬ 
lessness,  to  be  disregarded,  every  practical  surgeon  is  aware, 
and  the  frequent  difficulties  and  occasional  calamities  will  attest. 
When  it  is  stated  that  whole  pints  of  ether,  or  many  ounces  of 
chloroform  were  used  in  the  production  of  anaesthesia  in  a  sin¬ 
gle  case,  he  knows  where  was  the  fault.  When  it  is  asserted 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1147 


1880] 

that  “  ether  would  not  act  and  chloroform  had  to  be  resorted 
to,”  he  knows  why  it  “  would  not  act.” 

It  is  becoming  evident  that  the  dread  of  unavoidable  disas¬ 
ters  from  chloroform  and  the  inconveniences  of  ether  are  tend¬ 
ing  to  prevent  their  humane  administration  in  many  cases 
where  the  blessing  of  anaesthesia  is  due  to  the  sufferer.  This 
is  particularly  so  in  localities  where  etherization,  simple  and 
safe  as  it  is,  seems  strangely  ignored.  In  a  prominent  French 
hospital  I  not  long  ago  witnessed  the  application  of  the  actual 
cautery  and  other  painful  procedures  without  the  resource  of 
anmsthesia. 

Whilst  feeling  inclined  to  impress  caution  in  regard  to  the 
use  of  so  powerful  an  agent  as  the  bromide  of  ethyl,  I  am,  from 
a  basis  of  experience,  inclined  to  recommend  its  use  to  the 
profession. — Phil.  Med.  Times ,  Jan.  17* 


SUCCESSFUL  TREATMENT  OF  OBSTINATE  UNUNITED  FRAC 
TURES  BY  TRANSPLANTATION  OF  OSSEOUS  TISSUE. 

This  operation  has  been  performed  by  Nussbaum,  in  Munich. 
He  reports  in  Schmidt’s  Jahrbiicher  two  successful  cases.  The 
first  was  that  of  an  officer  having  a  gunshot  fracture  of  the 
right  ulna,  which  healed  with  pseudarthrosis.  The  distance 
between  the  fractured  ends  was  five  centimeters.  The  radius 
was  intact.  The  false  joint  were  laid  open.  A  longitudinal 
piece  of  bone  from  the  upper  fragment,  sufficiently  long  to  fill 
the  space  between  the  fragments,  was  chisseled  out  and  ante- 
verted,  without  severing  its  periosteal  connection,  so  as  to  touch 
the  denuded  end  of  the  lower  fragment.  The  wound  was  closed 
by  sutures,  and  a  fenestrated  plaster  of  Paris  bandage  was  ap¬ 
plied.  At  first  there  was  considerable  reactive  inflammation, 
in  spite  of  which  the  uniting  of  the  pieces  of  bone  took  place. 
Six  weeks  afterward  there  was  very  slight  abnormal  mobility, 
so  that  pronation  and  supination  were  yet  difficult.  One  year 
after,  however,  the  function  of  the  arm  was  so  far  restored  that 
the  patient  -was  able  to  resume  his  duties  in  the  field.  The  sec¬ 
ond  case  was  that  of  a  builder,  27  years  old,  who  had  a  com¬ 
pound  fracture  of  the  left  ulna,  twelve  centimeters  below  the 
olecranon.  The  wound  healed  in  a  short  time  under  Lister’s 
dressing,  but  one  piece  of  bone,  three  centimeters  long,  and 
several  smaller  pieces  came  out,  leaving  a  pseudarthrosis  about 
three  centimeters  in  length,  rendering  the  arm  useless.  The 
old  methods  of  treatment  were  resorted  to  without  avail. 
Finally  the  false  joint  was  laid  open  and  a  piece  of  the  upper 
fragment  five  centimeters  in  length  bisected  longitudinally 
and  turned  over  without  severing  the  periosteal  connection  at 
its  lower  extremity,  and  applied  to  the  denuded  surface  of  the 
lower  fragment.  A  drainage  tube  was  placed  in  the  wound 

9 


1148  Current  Medical  Literature.  |June 

and  Lister’s  dressiug  applied.  Sixty-seven  days  after  the  pa¬ 
tient  was  allowed  to  make  the  first  movements  of  pronation 
and  supination,  and  four  weeks  later  the  arm  was  sufficiently 
strong  to  allow  of  his  resuming  work.  This  operation  is  mainly 
of  use  in  cases  of  pseudarthrosis  of  the  forearm  in  which  only 
one  bone  is  involved,  and  is  preferable  to  resection. — Chicago 
Med.  Gaz .,  April  5. 


ANTISEPTIC  TREATMENT  OF  A  BULLET  WOUND  PENETRATING 
THE  KNEE-JOINT. 

One  of  the  most  brilliant  proofs  ot  the  advantage  of  anti¬ 
septic  treatment  is  recorded  by  R.  Yolkmann  in  the  Central- 
blatt  flir  Chirurgie,  No.  29,  1878.  A  medical  student,  24  years 
old,  was  brought  into  the  hospital,  who  had  an  hour  and  a  half 
before,  received  a  pistol-bullet  wound  in  the  upper  epiphysis  of 
the  right  tibia.  At  that  time  the  synovial  fluid  had  escaped 
from  the  wound,  and  at  the  time  of  his  entrance  the  cavity 
was  distended  with  blood.  The  bullet  entered  near  the  lateral 
border  of  the  ligamentum  patellae,  and  passed  transversely  5.8 
centimeters  into  the  caput  tibiae.  At  the  extremity  of  the  path 
of  the  bullet  a  hard  body  could  be  felt.  A  longitudinal  incision 
was  made  and  the  wound  enlarged  until  the  bullet  could  be  ex¬ 
tracted  with  a  sharp  gouge.  While  the  wound  was  being  chis¬ 
eled  out  succussion  of  air  and  blood  in  the  articular  cavity  was 
audible.  The  articular  cavity  was  then  opened  above  the 
patella,  washed  out,  and  a  drainage  tube  inserted.  A  drainage 
tube  was  also  inserted  in  the  wound  of  the  tibia.  Strict  anti¬ 
septic  precautions  were  observed  during  the  operation  and  in 
the  after  treatment.  Under  this  treatment  all  went  extremely 
well.  On  the  fourth  day  the  drainage  tube  was  removed  from 
the  articular  cavity,  and  two  days  later  the  tube  was  removed 
from  the  wound  of  the  tibia.  Six  weeks  later  the  patient  was 
allowed  ro  walk,  and  in  two  and  a  half  months  the  functions 
of  the  knee-joint  were  completely  restored.  Before  the  intro¬ 
duction  of  the  Lister  method,  a  penetrating  bullet  wound  of  the 
knee-joint  would  have  indicated  amputation.  In  the  Franco- 
German  war,  the  results  of  statistics  of  results  from  excisions 
of  the  knee-joint  for  such  lesions  were  so  unfavorable  that  sur¬ 
geons  generally  preferred  to  amputate  to  save  life.  Such  con¬ 
servative  treatment  as  that  employed  in  this  case  would  have 
been  considered  criminal  at  that  time. — Chicago  Med.  Gazette , 
April  5. 


THE  BOGUS  DIPLOMA  BUSINESS. 

A  week  or  two  ago  the  Committee  of  the  Methodist  Confer¬ 
ence  to  which  was  referred  the  charges  against  Rev.  T.  B.  Mil- 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


1149 


1880] 

ler,  M.  D.,  thio  dean  of  the  Philadelphia  University  of  Medicine 
and  Surgery,  reported  that  after  full  investigation  they  found 
both  charges  and  specifications  amply  sustained,  and  sentenced 
the  offender  to  deposition  from  the  Christian  ministry  and  ex¬ 
pulsion  from  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

A  few  days  later  the  stock  and  fixtures  of  this  precious  insti¬ 
tution  were  seized  aud  sold  at  constable’s  sale,  for  rent.  We 
have  no  expectation,  howevjai',  that  this  pestilent  nuisance  is 
eradicated.  It  will  continue  to  put  up  its  head  until  all  con¬ 
nected  with  it  get  their  just  dues  in  a  public  prison.  Some 
general  measure  should  be  devised  to  reach  these  diploma  sell¬ 
ing  concerns  here  and  elsewhere.  According  to  the  Cincinnati 
Lancet ,  there  are  within  the  limits  of  that  city  already  half  a 
dozen  so-called  medical  colleges  not  possessing  a  shadow  of 
legal  authority  to  issue  diplomas.  This  issue  of  diplomas  with¬ 
out  legal  incorporation  as  a  college  is  by  no  means  so  uncom¬ 
mon  in  other  States,  as,  for  iustance,  New  York,  as  might  be 
supposed.  In  veterinary,  as  well  as  general  medicine,  there 
are  several  schools  in  that  city  whose  diplomas  are  frauds  upon 
the  body  politic,  or,  at  least,  no  better  than  certificates  of  pro¬ 
ficiency  issued  by  men  who  have  no  proper  claim  to  the  prefix  - 
of  Professor,  and  some  of  them  none  to  the  degree  of  Doctor  or 
Medicine  or  Veterinary  Surgeon. — Med.  and  Surg.  Reporter , 
April  3rd. 


HYGIENE  OF  THE  SCHOOL-ROOM  IN  ITS  RELATION  TO  LIGHT. 

The  following  are  the  conclusions  of  a  paper  read  before  the 
Societe  de  Biologie  by  Dr.  Javal,  director  of  the  laboratory  of 
Opthalmology,  at  the  Sorboune,  published  in  the  Gazette  Heb- 
domadaire,  October  17,  1879,  and  noticed  in  the  Medical  News 
and  Abstract,  January,  1880 : 

1.  It  is  proved  that  the  causes  of  short-sightedness  are  hab¬ 
itually  a  prolonged  application  of  sight  during  childhood,  com¬ 
bined  with  insufficient  light. 

2.  In  our  climate  illumination  by  diffused  light  never  attains, 
even  in  the  open  air,  to  an  injurious  intensity. 

3.  The  belief  that  bilateral  light  is  injurious  to  the  preserva¬ 
tion  of  sight  does  not  rest  on  any  theoretical  basis. 

4.  According  to  most  recent  statistics  there  are  schools  in 
which,  the  light  being  bilateral,  myopia  is  comparatively  rare ; 
and  there  exists  others  in  which  unilateral  light  is  had  under 
most  favorable  conditions,  nevertheless  myopia  is  as  frequent 
as  in  the  worst  arranged  schools.  Experience  is  certainly  not 
in  favor  of  unilateral  light. 

5.  Sufficient  light,  by  means  of  windows  arranged  on  one  side 
can  only  be  obtained  if  the  width  of  the  room  does  not  exceed 
the  height  of  the  lintels  of  the  windows  above  the  door. 


1150 


Current  Medical  Literature. 


|  June 


0.  Light  from  behind,  if  it  comes  from  above,  may  be  use¬ 
fully  combined  with  lateral  light;  the  light  from  a  glazed 
roof  is  excellent. 

7.  Bilateral  light  should  be  preferred  on  all  accounts.  In 
this  system,  the  width  of  the  school-room  being  for  the  same 
height  of  windows  twice  as  great  as  in  the  case  of  unilateral 
light,  the  intensity  of  the  light  in  the  middle  of  the  room 
(which  is  the  least  benefited  portion)  is  double  that  obtained 
by  the  same  distance  from  windows  where  unilateral  light  is 
used.  However,  the  width  of  the  school-room  must  never  ex¬ 
ceed  double  the  height  of  the  windows. 

8.  Great  importance  must  be  attached  to  placing  the  school 
toward  the  east,  and  the  axis  should  be  directed  from  north- 
northeast  to  southwest ;  a  deviation  of  more  thau  forty 
degrees  from  the  direction  north  south  should  never  be  allowed 
except  in  exceptional  climatic  conditions. 

9.  The  master  should  face  the  south. 

l6.  Finally,  it  is  absolutely  indispensable  to  reserve  on  every 
side  of  the  school-room  a  strip  of  inalienable  ground,  of  which 
the  width  should  be  double  the  height  of  the  loftiest  buildings 
that  could  be  erected ;  allowing  for  the  progress  of  civilization 
which  has  multiplied  high-storied  buildings  to  an  extent  hith¬ 
erto  unknown  in  the  country.  This  last  condition  is  the  most 
important  of  all. — Chicago  Med.  Oaz .,  April  5. 


CURE  FOR  VOMITING  OF  PREGNANCY. 

Dilatation  of  the  cervical  canal  for  the  vomiting  of  pregnancy 
is  now  regarded  not  only  an  efficient  means  of  treatment, 
but  reasonably  safe.  The  dilatation  should  not,  however,  be 
carried  to  the  interior  of  the  uterine  cavity,  but  should  rather 
be  confined  to  the  lower  portion  of  the  constricted  part  of  the 
cervical  canal,  and  even  here  need  not  be  extensive.  It  may 
be  accomplished  with  the  index  finger,  which  should  be  gently 
carried  through  the  external  os  with  the  rotating  movement, 
until  one-half  of  the  first  phalanx  has  been  introduced.  This 
may  be  easily  accomplished  with  the  multipara,  but  with  the 
primipara  it  will  generally  be  necessary  to  enlarge  the  os  by 
previous  dilatation,  until  room  enough  has  been  gained  to  ad¬ 
mit  the  finger.  The  statistics  of  this  method  of  treatment  are 
not  sufficiently  large  to  warrant  us  in  saying  that  it  is  wholly 
unattended  with  danger  of  abortion,  but  from  records  of  sev¬ 
eral  cases,  since  1875,  it  may  be  said  that  it  is  a  safe  and  sure 
remedy.  It  was  discovered  by  Copman  in  1875,  when  he 
dilated  for  the  purpose  of  producing  an  abortion  for  the  relief 
of  vomiting,  and  instead  of  causing  the  abortion  he  cured  the 
vomiting. — Chicago  Med.  Oaz.,  March  5. 


MEADOWS’  TABLE  FOR  ESTIMATING  THE  PROBABLE  DURATION  OF  PREGNANCY. 

Recommended  by  Dr.  E.  O.  F.  Roler,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  in  Chicago  Medical  College. 


December- 

•joq'B'T  j 

X  wl  C  h  !jl  CO  T  O  ‘O  P1  CD  C50'-01f0^l2COf-'DC50  «i-l<MCO^*n*®*- 

-j,  —  „  ^  ^  „  -h  cm  a*  m  c*  <m  cm  cm  cm  cm  co  q 

•^rrTTTQ'W^Tn  A  1  O-iff{MT|«inChC0C5O  OIW'tlOtof'XOOHCI  CO^tO«Or^QOCi 

•uoi^daonof)  j 

«  —  <jj«^!<i.oot~aoos®  —  co  in  ®  t-  oo  o-.  5  —  £2  £5  IS  2  £  28  £  2  ~ 

^  CM  (M  (M  CM  OJ  CO  CO 

November. 

•J0qBri  | 

$Pao  as  ch  C'l  co 't  o  'o  <"  cc  o  o  —  wrc^t'jcop-oocso-H  aT»—  cm  co  ^  *o  so 

(MCM0«'M(M<M<M(MCM<MCOCO3Q 

SuTaaqomf) 

^o  —  'jiwrfojo^oocso  —  a,-H  ©tcc'toot'OOCJO'H^  rc  t  o  2)  p-  x 
■SfMCMCM'MtoJCMCMG'tCMCMCOCO.^  ^  -h  ^ 

aoipteouoQ  j  ”222222Ss5gSSS;  SS&SSS 

1  ^ 

October. 

JoqR'i 

.  ii3 

-C*QO  05  O- '(MCO^inOi^COOS  OH(?l?:’fU'5’Xir*Q0030- '  -gr-i(MCO-,$,»ncO*'- 

c5o»&o<o»!N«c*<?»®»co:o.^ 

•Suinosioin^ 

'?h*Q0050HW«i'irtcr-oo  as  —  o*MTfifj©t^ooooH(?i  ro  -**  in  tci  p-  go  c. 

£  —  — <(M<Mn*<Me*cM(M(MCM*£j  ^  ^  — «  — <  » 

uorjdsouoQ 

ISrHiMcoTj'msot-oooi©  —  cm  co^uo©^ao©  o^-cmco;^  ™  28  £  £ 

£  _  ^  _ (  — —  — i  ,-H  — ^  —  w  W  (?l  (M  5<  (M  CM  CM  CM  CM  CO  CO 

September. 

•aoqBT;  j|«“3332SSSI:2S58S 

Sautoxoiuf)  | 

5<x>CiO  —  C'm^ncor-oooio-H’^HCMn'tntot’OOoi 

•UOWdOOUOQ  |  |,-io«n^>not-ao®o-ojMS  w  ®  £  2  2  i  5  §t  S3  SSSSSSlo 

too 

•joqB'i 

5*c»  050H!SM'tocor-'XOJO-  snotw  ^«»n  co  t- 

5  h-hhh-«hhH(N(M  .MCMCMCMCMOJiMcMCOCO- 

K  ** 

•Saina^omf)  | 

®T0050’-i(JtM’!tif5tof'C0050-'  2H(MCO'^0!Or,CD050  £3  £2  £2  £2  2 

^4<Sc*(M©*<M<M(M.MC<CMC<COCO^  —  —  —  -h 

•uoi^deouoo 

“’-cn^ttJffleooao-Mnj  2  2  2  2  2  g  55  o’  S  §!  &  §  £  §  §  ®  £ 

-.  ._.  _  .  -  - 

'S 

•joq'B'i 

&-*>°’2322222232§  «§JStSia§S5§S^|'"'<N”'a“0'0t' 

•Sam0^oinf)|!i:®2S5;SSSSSg;S§S|-5,"^,o'cl'COO52  -223222 

•no^doonoo  ;g;2223§S583S 

June. 

MOq'B'J 

3«0i2222222222§S  88358858883 S-««»w« 

'Sniug^otoJ) 

"Sco©©— •(Mco^uocpt'-cooi©--  o-,C*^^ir::or~GOOi3  ^£22  —  2  S 

Q,-h2©*<M<M<MCM<m£<CM<MCMCOCO£.  ^  HHH 

•aorploorroo 

2H«n^not-coc50--222  i£2222c*oj<MGMcS  S  cm  c*  cm  §  w 

■n  ...  - - - - - - - - 

May. 

•joqR'i 

2§55^gsSSSS§|rH<N”T"‘ra'ot' 

.  - - - - 

gtnugqora^) 

S"t-  ooao- om^ntof-ooooSHMnflnnsf-xoo  — 222222 

•noi^doouoy 

g-^oifov-wtot-oocfto^sS^  22222§55§»S3ct  8  §  K  $  §  8  S 

April. 

•joqRT; 

|cor-ooo5  =  ^2j«3S2223 

•Suiueqomf) 

Sx  oo-i.-aw'twtor-oBao^g<HOinTfifl*ct-QOO>o-|«  2  2  22 

jS,3.--©l<N<M©*<M<MC«©l<M<MeOCO»'  rH^-r-i 

■uoi'idoonof) 

£  —  uieovin'^Jt'OOOi  O  —  0J22  222  —  2ojo3o»3Sc3cjj  S»  o«  ?5  ® 

March. 

MoqB'i  ||»>-*>=>2222322222  333S3i38S;8835£ 

•guinoqom?) 

t'"Go»®-<*coT*io®j-ao»®-s-llN”',,*n'0,''000i33S  22222 

rS2§Ss)S5«e<®<5«5<nn^  ^  ^ 

•aondoDnoo  ssESSSmSSSSS 

February. 

•joqt?ri 

gxoo-2222222  S ^ S §? S3 ^ S3 S ^ ^ | ^ 00 ^ 

^  .  _ .  . — - - - - * 

•Sniu93[Oin5 

1  2o  —  aim  victor-  x  ®o  —  -  stm  »«!®e  x  ®o  — c*  "2222 

|  .'"'  oi  CM  (M  <M  C*  CM  CM  (M  CM  CM  CO  ^ 

noTideonoo 

1  a7««»»sc(<i®on  23222222SSSS5  SSSS® 

I  ©  _  .  -  - - - 2  ■  - - mi 

January. 

.J0q,T||»»S::S2Sg2E32  §S83S8SS8§SSS|-°*5',^lfl'ct' 

•Saiuoqomf) 

1  5fo  -  (NM-r^ot-oooo  —  §  —  stM^'nsecoao^oi  2222222 

•notideoaoQ 

j  jrtisM’i'inaf-oociiOHn  ”2222  —  2§SS”o5  cn.^cJSSSS 

If  time  of  conception  is  not  known,  calculate  f/om  a  date  one  week  in  advance  of  last  appearanee  of  menses. 


1152 


Editorial. 


|  June 


CAUSES  OF  FATIGUE  IN  READING. 


An  important  study  has  been  made  of  this  subject  by  Dr. 
Javal,  director  of  the  Laboratory  of  Ophthalmology  of  the 
Sorbonne,  published  in  the  Annales  d1  Oculist ique.  The  fatigue 
of  the  eyes  which  is  so  often  complained  of  by  literary  men  he 
believes  due  to  a  permanent  tension  of  accomodatiou  ;  reading 
requires  constant,  steady  strain  of  the  eyes,  while  many  other 
occupations  demanding  close,  do  not  need  constant,  sight.  His 
researches  extend  to  the  question,  of  great  economical  impor¬ 
tance,  given  a  surface  of  paper  and  a  number  of  words  to  print 
upon  it,  what  rule  will  secure  the  maximum  of  legibility  t  The 
answer  is :  Other  things  being  equal ,  the  legibility  of  a  printed 
page  does  not  depend  on  the  height  of  the  letters ,  but  on  their 
breadth.  This  fact  is  of  special  importance  in  the  preparation 
of  school  books,  and  Dr.  Laval’s  suggestions  should  receive  the 
attention  of  publishers,  type  founders  and  school  boards. — 
Med.  and  Surg.  Reporter ,  April  3. 


VALEDICTORY. 


The  present  number  closes  the  seventh  volume  of  the  journal, 
and  the  third  under  the  present  managemeut.  The  assurances 
of  success  vouchsafed  to  us  when  we  embarked  in  the  enter¬ 
prise,  have  been  fully  realized,  and  future  prospects  are  flatter¬ 
ing.  The  circulation  has  materially  increased  until  the  meas¬ 
ure  of  success  in  the  past,  warrants  further  efforts  on  our 
part  to  enlarge  its  sphere  of  usefulness.  When  the  prospectus 
of  the  present  volume  was  sent  out  a  monthly  issue  of  eighty 
pages  was  guaranteed.  Still  we  have  not  kept  within  our 
limits,  for  the  numbers  will  average  nearer  one  hundred  pages. 
It  is  the  intention  of  the  editors  to  have  the  eighth  volume 
increased  still  further,  and  each  number  contain  one  hundred 
pages  of  reading  matter,  making  an  annual  volume  of  twelve 
hundred  pages. 

The  large  number  of  foreign  exchanges  will  enable  our 
readers  to  learn  from  French,  Spanish,  Italian,  German,  Nor¬ 
wegian  and  Danish  journals,  whatever  of  practical  importance 
that  can  be  gleaned  from  them,  and  conscientious  and  pains 
taking  translators  will  have  charge  of  this  department.  The 
New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Association  and  Orleans 
Parish  Medical  Society,  will  continue  to  publish  the  valuabl 


Obituary. 


1153 


1880] 


papers  read  at  their  meetings,  and  clinical  records  of  import¬ 
ance  will  be  a  prominent  feature.  With  the  incentive  of  con¬ 
tinued  patronage,  the  editors  issue  their  next  number  with 
more  than  ordinary  zeal,  and  their  efforts,  as  in  the  past,  will 
be  to  make  The  New  Oelans  Medical  and  Surgical  Jour¬ 
nal,  the  exponent  of  Southern  medicine  and  Southern  medi¬ 
cal  literature. 


©bituarg. 

Dr.  SAM’L  CHOPPIN. 

After  an  illness  of  only  48  hours  Dr.  Samuel  Choppin,  died 
of  pneumonia,  May  2d,  1880,  at  8:10  o’clock,  at  his  residence, 
in  New  Orleans. 

The  distinguished  physician  was  born  at  Baton  Rouge,  in  this 
State,  in  the  year  1828. 

On  becoming  of  the  proper  age  he  began  his  medical  studies 
at  the  Medical  College  of  Louisiana,  now  a  part  of  the  Univer¬ 
sity  of  Louisiana.  After  passing  two  years  as  resident  student 
at  the  Charity  Hospital  he  graduated  in  1850.  He  then  weut 
to  Europe  and  spent  two  years  in  Paris  and  Italy,  pursuing  his 
studies.  On  returning  to  New  Orleans  he,  with  his  colleague, 
Dr.  C.  Beard,  was  appointed  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  in  the 
Medical  College,  and  for  five  years  he  discharged  the  duties  of 
this  office. 

During  this  time  he  was  also  House  Surgeon  of  the  Charity 
Hospital,  where  he  made  an  enviable  record  for  himself  as  a 
surgeon  and  administrator.  These  duties,  while  onerous,  did 
not  prevent  him  from  devoting  a  portion  of  his  time  to  litera¬ 
ture,  and  we  find  him  acting  as  one  of  the  editors  of  the  Medi¬ 
cal  News  and  Hospital  Gazette.  • 

He  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  New  Orleans  School  of  Medi¬ 
cine.  This  educational  venture  soon  achieved  reputation  and 
success,  and  so  rapid  was  its  growth  that  the  last  class  previous 
to  the  war  numbered  200  students.  At  the  outset  of  the  civil 
troubles  he  offered  his  services  to  the  Southern  cause,  and 
served  as  medical  inspector  and  surgeon-in-chief  to  Gen. 
Beauregard  during  the  sieges  of  Charleston  and  Petersburg. 


1154 


Obituary. 


[June 


His  career  in  the  army  was  marked  by  capacity  of  the  high¬ 
est  order  and  elicited  euloginms  from  Lee,  Beauregard  and  other 
leaders  of  the  Confederacy,  and  did  much  to  advance  his  repu¬ 
tation  as  a  distinguished  surgeon. 

At  the  close  of  the  war  he  returned  to  New  Orleans  and  en¬ 
tered  into  a  copartnership  with  his  friend,  Dr.  C.  Beard,  for  the 
practice  of  his  profession.  His  great  energy,  zeal  and  skill 
soon  created  for  him  a  clientelle  as  large,  remunerative  and 
appreciative  as  any  physician  has  ever  acquired  in  this  city. 

Although  not  a  politician  Dr.  Choppin  took  a  deep  interest 
in  public  affairs,  and  in  the  memorable  scenes  of  the  14th  of 
September,  1874,  he  was  a  prominent  actor. 

Upon  the  advent  of  the  Nicholls  Government  he  was  ap¬ 
pointed  President  of  the  Board  of  Health,  and  occupied  the 
position  until  a  few  weeks  since. 

His  administration  of  affairs  reflected  honor  and  credit  upon 
himself,  and  did  much  to  advance  the  welfare  of  the  State.  He 
did  this,  too,  at  the  sacrifice. of  great  personal  interests,  almost 
up  to  the  moment  of  his  death. 

In  the  July  No.  of  the  .Journal  there  will  appear  a  biograph¬ 
ical  sketch  of  this  distinguished  surgeon. 


COL.  T.  S.  HARDEE. 

Died  at  his  residence  in  New  Orleans,  May  21st,  1880,  Col. 
Thomas  Sydenham  Hardee,  Chief  State  Engineer  of  Louisiana. 

Col.  Hardee  was  born  near  Savannah,  Ga.,  December,  1832. 
He  was  educated  at  Athens  Ga.,  and  studied  engineering  at 
West  Point,  under  Prof.  Mahan  and  Gen’l.  McClellan.  Emi¬ 
nent  before  the  war  as  R.  R.  Engineer,  the  advent  of  hostilities 
afforded  a  field  where  his  remarkable  powers  were  recognized, 
and  he  served  in  the  Confederate  Army,  as  Lt.  Col.  of  Engineers. 
Since  that  time  he  has  been  prominent  in  his  profession,  and 
his  views  always  commanded  attention. 

As  a  member  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health,  mem¬ 
ber  of  the  Yellow  Fever  Commission,  and  member  of  the  com¬ 
mittee,  from  the  National  Board  of  Health,  investigating  yel¬ 
low  fever  in  Cuba,  his  professional  worth  won  the  regard  of 
his  colleagues. 


1880] 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


1155 


Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 


Our  Homes.  By  Henry  Hartshorn,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Formerly 
Professor  of  Hygiene,  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
etc.  Philadelphia,  Presley  Bakiston,  1880.  New  Orleans. 
Armand  Hawkins,  196^  Canal  street.  Price  50  cents. 

The  American  Health  Primers,  so  admirably  adapted  to  the 
wants  of  the  community  afford  quite  a  library  of  good  common 
sense  teaching  and  should  be  more  widely  known  and  appreciated . 
In  the  volume  before  us,  the  views  of  the  author  are  not  ex¬ 
travagant,  and  the  practical  hints  in  regard  to  the  location 
of  houses,  directions  bearing  upon  their  proper  ventila¬ 
tion,  light,  warmth,  water  supply,  drainage,  etc,  are  wisely  and 
tersely  given. 

We  wish  the  “American  Health  Primers”  a  wide-spread 
circulation. 


A  Practical  Handbook  of  Medical  Chemistry  applied  to  Clinical 
Research ,  and  the  detection  of  Poisons.  Partly  based  on 
“  Bowman’s  Medical  Chemistry.”  By  William  H.  Greene, 
M.  D.,  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry  in  the  Medical  Depart¬ 
ment  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  etc.,  etc.  Phila¬ 
delphia  :  Henry  C.  Lea’s  Son  &  Co.  New  Orleans : 
Armand  Hawkins,  196£  Canal  street.  12  mo.  Pp.  310. 
Price  $1  75. 

After  an  introductory  chapter  on  manipulation  the  work  is 
presented  in  three  parts  corresponding  to  the  most  natural 
division  of  the  subject. 

The  first  part  embraces  a  brief  description  of  the  proximate 
principles  which  take  part  in  normal  and  pathological  vital 
action,  and  the  characteristics  by  which  they  are  identified 
are  demonstrated. 

The  second  part  is  a  consideration  of  the  more  important 
liquids  and  solids  of  the  body,  together  with  the  processes  by 
which  they  may  be  analyzed.  The  methods  given  embrace 
those  which  yield  the  most  accurate  results  in  hands  not  spec¬ 
ially  skilled  in  chemical  manipulations. 

10 


1156  Reviews  and  Boole  Notices.  [June 

The  third  part  of  the  book  treats  of  the  detection  of  the  more 
ordinary  poisons  and  is  especially  practical. 

The  large  number  of  cuts  illustrating  the  work  adds  much  to 
its  value.  The  publishers  present  the  work  beautifully  printed 
and  strongly  bound  in  cloth  at  a  very  low  price. 


A  Manual  of  Pathological  Histology .  By  V.  Cornil,  Assistant 
Professor  in  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  of  Paris,  and  L.  Rau- 
vier,  Professor  in  the  College  of  France.  Translated  with 
notes  and  additions  by  E.  O.  Shakespeare,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
Opthalmic  Surgeon  and  Microscopist  to  the  Philadelphia 
Hospital  ,etc.,  and  J.  Henry  C.  Simes,  M.  D.  Demonstrator 
of  Pathological  Histology  and  Lecturer  on  Histology  in 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  With  three  hundred 
and  sixty  illustrations  on  wood.  Philadelphia  :  Henry 
C.  Lea.  New  Orleans :  Armand  Hawkins,  196£  Canal 
street.  8vo.  pp.  784.  Price  $5  50. 

The  translation  into  English  of  the  work  of  Cornil  and  Ran. 
vier,  has  added  one  of  the  most  complete  volumes  on  patholog¬ 
ical  history,  we  have  ever  seen.  The  plan  of  study  embraced 
within  its  pages  is  essentially  practical.  Normal  issues  are 
discussed,  and,  after  their  thorough  demonstration,  we  are,  then 
able  to  compare  any  pathological  change  which  has  occurred 
to  them.  Thus  side  by  side,  physiological  and  pathological 
anatomy  go  hand  in  hand,  affording  that  best  of  all  processes 
in  demonstrations,  comparison.  The  admirable  arrangement 
of  the  work  affords  facility  in  the  study  of  any  part  of  the 
human  economy. 

Part  1st  is  a  study  of  general  pathological  anatomy  and 
embraces  in  its  sub-divisions  cells  and  normal  tissues,  altera¬ 
tions  of  cells,  inflammation  and  tumors.  Part  2nd,  diseases  of 
organs  and  tissues,  lesions  of  bones,  lesions  of  cartilage,  lesions 
of  muscular  tissue,  etc.  Part  3rd  is  devoted  to  the  pathology 
of  the  resperatory  and  digestive  systems  and  various  organs 
and  glands,  the  genito  urinary  apparatus,  and  closes  with  a 
chapter  on  the  pathological  anatomy  of  the  skin.  All  through 
the  work  we  note  the  great  care  bestowed  upon  the  descriptions 
of  normal  tissues,  thus  affording  precision  in  the  study  of  the 
abnormal. 


Reviews  and  Booh  Notices. 


1157 


1880] 

The  American  editors  have  added  much  of  interest,  and 
deserve  warm  thanks  for  the  creditable  manner  they  have  ful¬ 
filled  their  task.  The  plates  are  admirable,  many  we  under¬ 
stand  are  taken  from  the  u  Medical  and  Surgical  History  of  the 
late  War.”  A  complete  index  is  added. 


Sore  Throat ,  its  Nature ,  Varieties  and  Treatment ;  including  the 
connection  beticeen  Affections  of  the  Throat  and  other  Diseases. 
By  Prosser  James,  M.  D.,  Lecturer  in  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics  at  London  Hosp.;  Phys.  to  Hosp.  for  Dis.  of 
Throat  and  Chest,  etc.  Fourth  edition,  illustrated  with 
hand-colored  plates.  12mo.  Pp.  318.  Philadelphia : 
Lindsay  &  Blakiston.  1880.  [Sold  by  Armand  Hawkins, 
196£  Canal  street,  New  Orleans.  Price  $2  25.] 

The  third  edition,  which  was  sold  in  about  three  months,  was 
a  thorough  revision  of  the  preceding ;  but,  in  the  long  interval 
between  the  second  and  third  editions,  the  author  was  gratified 
to  observe  that  his  new  doctrines  had  gained  general  adoption, 
and  that  the  measures  which  he  disapproved  had  been  rejected 
by  the  profession. 

The  23  chapters  of  the  work  are  grouped  in  three  parts,  or 
general  heads,  as  follows:  I.  Preliminary  sketch  of  the  whole 
subject j  II.  Diffused  Affections;  III.  Diseases  of  Individual 
Organs. 

Chapter  X.  treats  of  Exudative  Sore  Throat,  or  Croup  and 
Diphtheria!  As  to  the  unity  or  diversity  of  the  two,  the  author 
seems  rather  unsettled  between  the  French  notion  on  the  one 
hand  and  the  German  on  the  other.  By  way  of  distinction, 
allusion  is  simply  made  to  the  anatomical  seat  of  the  false 
membrane,  which  is  said  in  croup  to  involve  only  the  ephithe- 
lium,  while  in  diphtheria  the  deeper  structure  is  affected,  even 
to  loss  of  substance.  On  this  point  he  sums  up  as  follows : 
“  This  distinction,  therefore,  must  be  given  up,  or  it  must  be 
admitted  that  croupous  inflammation  may  set  up  the  constitu¬ 
tional  symptoms  of  diphtheria;  while,  then,  we  cannot  point  to 
any  anatomical  differences  between  croup  and  diphtheria,  the 
two  affections  form  sufficiently  clear  clinical  groups  to  warrant 
us  in  speaking  of  each  separately.” 


1158  Reviews  and  Book  Notices.  [June 

They  are  accordingly  considered  apart  from  each  other  ;  but, 
unless  one  had  previously  made  up  his  mind  on  the  question  of 
identity,  he  would  not  be  likely  to  come  to  a  clear  conclusion 
from  reading  these  pages.  Th^  distinctions  have  been  drawn 
so  clearly  by  other  writers,  that  this  failure  must  be  regarded 
as  a  serious  defect,  and  it  is  quite  unsatisfactory  to  one  de¬ 
sirous  of  knowing  the  author’s  real  opinion.  Nevertheless,  on 
the  point  of  treatment  he  is  sufficiently  precise  and  copious. 

Having  relieved  our  mind  on  what  we  regard  as  the  weak¬ 
est  chapter  of  the  work,  we  feel  free  now  to  express  general 
commendation  of  it  as  a  whole.  Though  not,  strictly  speakiug, 
a  monograph,  it  has  the  copiousness  wrhich  attaches  to  these 
productions,  without  becoming  over-tiresome.  According  to 
the  prevailing  custom,  the  throat  affections  are  fairly  entitled 
to  a  special  treatise,  and  this  is  so  far  the  best  we  have  seeu. 

S.  8.  H. 

Post-Mortem  Examinations ,  with  special  reference  to  Medico-legal 
Practice.  By  Prof.  Rudolph  Virchow,  of  the  Berlin  Charite 
Hospital.  Translated  from  the  second  German  edition  by 
Hr.  T.  P.  Smith.  12mo.  Pp.  145.  Philadelphia :  Presley 
Blakiston.  1880.  (Sold  by  Armaud  Hawkins,  196£  Canal 
street,  New  Orleans.] 

This  little  volume  consists  of  three  essentially  distinct  parts, 
all  having  important  relations  to  the  main  object — to  afford  a 
reliable  guide  in  the  performance  of  autopsies.  The  first  part 
gives  minute  directions  for  the  examination  of  all  the  organs, 
the  proper  performance  of  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  distin¬ 
guished  author,  should  occupy  about  three  hours.  The  second 
part  illustrates  the  first,  by  presenting  the  full  notes  made  by 
the  author  in  the  post-mortem  examination  of  four  different 
subjects,  selected  with  reference  to  interesting  features.  The 
third  part  contains  the  Regulations  for  the  Guidance  of  Med¬ 
ical  Jurists  in  conducting  Post  mortem  examinations  for  legal 
purposes,  adopted  for  use  in  the  German  empire. 

The  importance  of  minute  and  complete  examination  of  a 
dead  body  is  well  illustrated  in  the  report  of  the  second  case 
examined.  This  was  one  of  suicide  by  guushot  wound  of  the 
head.  Death  was  found  to  have  resulted  from  suffocation, 


1880]  Reviews  and  Boole  Notices.  1159 

caused  by  pulmonary  oedema,  which  was  induced  by  the  pres* 
sure  of  extravasated  blood  on  the  medulla  oblongata. 

The  simple  fact  that  this  work  is  by  the  greatest  jmthologist 
of  the  age,  is  sufficient  to  give  it  the  stamp  of  authority,  as  far 
as  it  goes,  for  it  must  not  be  supposed  that  pathology  is  even 
touched,  nor  morbid  anatomy  beyond  the  four  cases  offered  as 
examples  in  practice.  S.  S.  H. 


A  Guide  to  the  Practical  Examination  of  XJrine.  For  the  use  of 
Physicians  and  Students.  By  James  Tyson,  M.  D.,  Prof. 
Gen.  Path,  and  Morb.  Auat.,  TJniv.  Pa.,  etc.  Third  edi¬ 
tion,  revised  and  corrected,  with  illustrations.  12  mo.  Pp. 
183.  Philadelphia  :  Lindsay  &  Blakiston,  1880. 

The  first  edition  of  this  work  appeared  in  Nov.,  1874,  and  the 
second  in  April,  1878.  The  demand  for  a  new  editiou  in  less 
than  eighteen  months,  shows  its  appreciation  by  the  profession 

The  analysis  of  urinary  constituents  includes  both  the  method 
of  precise  quantitative  estimation  and  that  of  approximative 
valuation ;  and  the  descriptions  of  the  various  processes  are 
clear  and  concise.  The  illustrations  are  sufficiently  copious  for 
illustration  of  microscopical  appearances. 

Frequent  reference  is  made  to  the  work  of  Hoffman  and 
Ultzmann,  which  received  notice  at  our  hands  a  few  months 
ago.  Dr.  Tyson’s  book,  besides  being  smaller,  is  easier  of  refer¬ 
ence,  from  a  more  systematic  arrangement  of  matter. 

S.  S.  H. 


A  Practical  Treatise  on  Sea-Sickness  ;  its  Symptoms,  Nature  and 
Treatment.  By  George  M.  Beard,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  etc.  12 
mo.  Pp.  74.  New  York  :  E.  B.  Treat.  1880. 

The  author  regards  sea-sickness  as  a  functional  disease  of 
the  central  nervous  system,  chiefly  of  the  brain.  In  some 
cases  it  becomes  quite  daugerous,  or  even  fatal,  from  nervous 
exhaustion  and  inanition.  He  is  not  disposed  to  regard  this 
malady  lightly,  and  does  not  allow  that  it  is  ever  of  the  slight¬ 
est  advantage  to  the  sufferer;  all  the  benefit  of  a  voyage  being 
derived  from  the  pure,  bracing  atmosphere,  and  other  favorable 
conditions,  to  which  sea-sickness  is  only  a  drawback. 


11G0 


Bools  and  Pamphlets  Received. 


[June 


The  cause  of  the  complaint  is  attributed  to  the  agitation  of 
the  nervous  system  by  mechanical  concussions  produced  by  the 
motion  of  the  vessel.  Americans  suffer  more  than  Europeans, 
women  more  than  men,  and  delicate  women  especially,  on  ac¬ 
count  of  weaker  nervous  organization.  The  extremes  of  life, 
infancy  and  old  age,  exhibit  diminished  liability  to  the  com¬ 
plaint,  but  of  this  fact  no  satisfactory  explanation  is  given. 

The  treatment  recommended  begins  by  the  preliminary  use 
of  the  bromides,  and  he  gives  preference  to  the  sodium  bromide. 
He  would  commence  its  administration  from  one  to  three  days 
before  sailing,  so  as  to  induce  moderate  bromization  before  be¬ 
coming  liable  to  sea-sickness,  aud  this  condition  should  be 
maintained  through  the  voyage,  if  necessary.  In  some  cases 
he  uses  sulphate  of  atropia,  either  alone  or  in  combination 
with  the  bromide.  For  the  sick  headache,  which  sometimes  is 
quite  distressing,  he  recommends  citrate  of  caffeine  and  canna¬ 
bis  indica — the  latter  being  preferable  in  the  eveuing,  as  it 
rather  promotes  than  prevents  sleep. 

The  author  professes  great  confidence  in  the  remedies  above 
named,  from  a  somewhat  extended  experience;  and  his  judg¬ 
ment  is  fortified  by  the  experience  of  I)r.  W.  F.  Hutchinson,  of 
Providence,  with  the  same  bromide  in  conjunction  with  minute 
doses  of  ipecac. 

Until  now  sea-sickness  has  been  one  of  the  opprobria  medi- 
corum,  and  it  would  be  as  remarkable  as  it  would  be  a  blessing 
to  humanity,  if  the  teaching  of  Dr.  Beard  should  be  happily 
confirmed  by  the  multitude  who  go  down  to  the  sea  in  ships. 

S.  S.  II. 


Books  and  Pamphlets  Received, 


A  Text-Booh  of  Physiology.  By  M.  Foster,  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  F 
R.  S.,  Prelector  in  Physiology  and  Fellow  of  Trinity  College, 
Cambridge.  From  the  Third  and  Revised  English  Edition, 
with  Notes  and  Additions.  By  Edward  T.  Reichert,  M.  D., 


1880]  Books  and  Pamphlets  Received.  1101 

Demonstrator  of  Experimental  Therapeutics,  University  of 
Pennsylvania. 

Modern  Medical  Therapeutics ,  a  Compendium  of  Recent  For¬ 
mulae  and  Specific  Therapeutical  Directions ,  from  the  Practice  of 
Eminent  Contemporary  Physicians ,  American  and  Foreign.  By 
George  H.  Napheys,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  etc. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  Sea-Sickness.  Its  Symptoms,  Nature 
and  Treatment.  By  George  M.  Beard,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Fellow  of 
the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  etc.  etc. 

Diseases  of  the  Maxillary  Sinus.  By  Edward  Bork,  M.  D., 
member  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland 
and  Baltimore  Medical  Association,  etc.,  etc. 

Modern  Abuse  of  Gymecology.  By  Clifton  E.  Wing,  M.  D., 
Boston  Mass. 

The  Black  Arts  in  Medicine ,  with  Anniversary  Address.  By 
John  D.  Jackson,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Member  of  the  Kentucky  State 
Medical  Society,  etc.  Edited  by  L.  S.  McMurtry,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 

Re-opening  of  the  Famous  Faugier,  White  Sulphur  Springs  Va., 
Season  of  1880. 

Report  on  Drainage  and  Sewerage.  By  John  Roy,  New  Or¬ 
leans,  La. 

On  the  Removal  of  Foreign  Bodies  from  the  Eye.  With  Four 
Cases.  By  Charles  Stedman  Bull,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  and  Pathol¬ 
ogist  to  the  New  York  Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary.  Re-print  from 
the  Archives  of  Ophthalmology,  March,  1880. 

Second  Edition  of  Malaria,  and  its  Affects.  By  J.  W.  Young, 
M.  D. 

Measles  not  a  Trivial  Disease.  A  Report  on  the  Present  Epi  - 
demic  in  Brooklyn,  and  its  Treatment  by  the  Board  of  Health.  By 
J.  H.  Raymond,  M.  D. 

Progress  in  the  Management  of  Contagious  Disease,  by  the 
Brooklyn  Board  of  Health.  By  J.  H.  Raymond,  M.  D. 

A  Case  of  Intr a- Ovarian  Pregnancy  with  Post-Mortem  Exam¬ 
ination.  By  Talbot  Jones,  M.  D.,  St  Paul,  Minn.  Re-print  from 
the  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 


|  J  une 


1162  Meteorological  and  Mortality  Tables. 


Meteorological  Summary — April. 
Station — New  Orleans. 


a  . 

0  . 

.2.2*0 
— <  ^  a 

c8  £ 

<D  ® 
WH  +-» 

^  <D 

ci  <E> 
CD  U 

ss 

^[3 

Date. 

>1  ft 

‘5  3 
pm 

Cg  S 

C3  d} 

Q  H 

m  s 

c3  3 

QP 

P>  t-i  <£. 

<o  -r  C 

Q.S 

« 

1 

30.06 

66.7 

72.0 

S.  E. 

2 

29.95 

70.5 

90.0 

South 

1.78 

3 

29.99 

75.5 

80.7 

S.  W. 

.01 

4 

30.04 

75.7 

81.7 

s.  w. 

5 

30.05 

75.0 

77  0 

s.  w. 

6 

30.02 

76.2 

74.7 

s.  w. 

7 

30.06 

68.0 

67.7 

N.  E. 

.02 

8 

30.18 

53.2 

75.3 

North 

.82 

9 

30.28 

57.5 

44.0 

North 

10 

30.18 

62.7 

48.0 

South 

11 

30.19 

66.2 

48.3 

N.  W. 

12 

30.38 

58.0 

57.7 

East. 

13 

30.27 

63.7 

66.0 

S.  E. 

14 

30.14 

70.7 

78.0 

S.  E. 

.02 

15 

30.03 

73.2 

80  0 

South 

16 

29-98 

76.0 

79.3 

South 

17 

30.02 

76.2 

77.0 

South 

18 

29.95 

76.2 

75.3 

South 

19 

29.95 

74.7 

79.7 

South 

1 .25 

20 

30.09 

69.0 

85 . 7 

North 

1.95 

21 

30.11 

73.5 

84.3 

North 

.63 

22 

29.98 

76.0 

77.7 

South 

23 

29.88 

77.2 

78.3 

South 

24 

29.88 

76.0 

80.0 

South 

25 

29  99 

77.7 

78.0 

S.  E. 

26 

30.05 

76  7 

73.3 

North 

27 

30*12 

74.. 

67.0 

East. 

28 

30.05 

75.7 

78.7 

South 

.21 

29 

30.10 

732 

76.0 

North 

.19 

30 

31 

30.29 

70.0 

54.3 

North 

.... 

Sums 

Means 

30.075 

71.2 

72.8 

South 

6.88 

General  Items. 


Highest  Barometer,  30.442,  on  12tli. 
Lowest  Barometer,  29.862,  on  24th. 
Monthly  Range  of  Barometer,  0.580. 
Highest  Temperature,  84°  on  25th. 
Lowest  Temperature,  42°  on  8th,  9th. 
Monthly  Range  of  Temperature,  35°. 
Greatest  Daily  Range  of  Temperature, 
22°  on  13th,  14th. 

Least  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  7°  on  2d. 
Mean  of  Maximum  Temperatures,  77°6. 
Mean  of  Minimum  Temperatures,  64°8. 
Mean  Daily  Range  of  Temp.,  12°8. 
Prevailing  Direction  ofWind,  South. 
Total  Movement  of  Wind,  6,289  miles. 
Highest  Velocity  of  Wind  and  Direc¬ 
tion,  28  miles,  North,  on  29th. 
Number  of  Clear  Days,  7. 

Number  of  Fair  Days,  12. 

Number  of  Cloudy  days  on  which  no 
Rain  fell,  6. 

Number  of  Cloudy  Days  on  which 
Rain  fell,  5.  Total  number  of  days 
on  which  rain  fell,  10. 

Dates  of  Luna  Halos,  21st. 


COMPARATIVE  TEMPERATURE. 


1871 . 

1876  . 

69c.l 

1872 . 

1877... 

68°.  6 

1873  . 67c.O 

1878. . 

71°.5 

1874 . 65°. 6 

1879... 

6  7°. 9 

1875  .  65°. 3 

1880... 

71c.2 

COMPARATIVE 

PRECIPITATION 

1871 . inches. 

1  1876: 

6.41 

inches 

1872 .  “ 

1  1877: 

4.79 

(( 

1873..  174  “ 

j  1878; 

1.51 

“ 

1874.13.62  “ 

1879; 

9.17 

(i 

1875..  8.05  “ 

1  1880: 

6.88 

U 

GEORGE  H.  ROHE, 

Sergeant,  Signal  Corps,  U.  S.  A. 


Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  April  17th,  1880,  to 
May  15th,  inclusive. 


Week  Ending. 

Yellow 

Fever. 

Malarial 

Fever. 

Consump¬ 

tion- 

Small¬ 

pox 

Pneu¬ 

monia. 

Total 

Mortality. 

April 

24 

0 

1 

25 

0 

8 

102 

May 

1 

0 

5 

10 

0 

3 

111 

May 

8 

0 

5 

23 

0 

10 

124  . 

May 

15 

0 

13 

13 

0 

6 

126 

Total. 

... 

0 

24 

79 

0 

27 

463 

Index  to  Vol.  VII. 


Abortions,  Larcerated  Cervix  Uteri, 

probable  cause  of .  912 

Double  Pneumonia .  737 

Acid,  Salicylic  use  of . 274 

Carbolic,  use  of  in  Shingles..  494 

Antidote  for . 1058 

Ague,  Treatment  of  by  Quinetum  Sul¬ 
phate . 276 

Albuminuria,  Physiological .  279 

Alimentation,  Reetai-Defibrinated 

Blood  for .  803 

Allen,  Thoms,  J.,  M.D.,  case  of  Fibroid 

Polypus  of  Uterus .  528 

American  Publio  Health  Association, 

Report  of  Committee . 606,  646 

Ammoniatum  Cuprum  in  Neuralgia 

of  the  fifth .  485 

Anaesthetic,  Bromide  of  Ethyl  ....1144 
Aneurism,  Internal,  value  of  Chlo- 

ide  of  Barium  for....  711 
Popliteal,  cured  by  Es¬ 
march’s  Bandage  ....1129 
Animal  Heat — Flint’s  Experiments 

upon . 705 

Animals — Transmission  of  Hydro¬ 
phobia  from  man  to . 1066 1  Burns  and  Scalds 

Anti  Fat — Sea  Weed  as  an .  70S; 

Antiseptics,  Experiments  upon  the 

strength  of . 1131 

Apothecary  vs.  the  Doctor .  570 

Arabs,  Bedouins .  489 

Arsenic,  Hypodermic  infection  of,  for 

Chorea . - . 1063 

Arthritis,  Rheumatic,  Acute .  583 

Atony,  Vesical,  Treatment  of  by 

Ergotine  Injections . . . 825 

Atropia  Physiological  Action  of....  1114 
Autopsy  Society  of  Paris .  710 


Blood,  Transfusion  of  through  the 

Peritoneum .  949 

Blood,  Defebrinated  for  Rectal  Ali¬ 
mentation  .  803 

Bogus  Diploma  Business . Ii48 

Books  and  Pamphlets  .  .76,  293,  418,  501 
578,  744,  838,  921,  1000,  1081,  1 160 
Book  Reviews.  (See  Reviews  and 
Book  Notices. ) 

Brewer,  W.  P.,  M.  D.,  Annual  Ad¬ 
dress  before  the  N.  O.  Medi¬ 
cal  and  Surgical  Associa¬ 
tion  .  685 

Menorrhagia  Treated  by 
Plugging  the  Uterus..  ..  778 

Breeches . . 63 

Bright’s  Disease,  Hydrological  Treat¬ 
ment  of . . . 243.  786 

Bromide  of  Ethyl . 1144 

Bromine  in  Laryngeal  Croup .  493 

Broncho tomy,  Remarks  on  after 

Treatment  ©f . 438 

Brown-Sequard,  Theories  of  the 

Nervous  System . . 722 

Bruises,  Chlorine  Water  for .  62 

. 1128 


Recurrent, 


Barium  Chloride,  value  of  in  Inter¬ 
nal  Aneurism .  711 

Bedouin  Arabs .  489 

Beef  and  Ice  Cream  . . 4$5 

Bemiss,  J.  H.,  M.  D. — Leprosy,  a  few 

cases  of . 923 

Benzoate  of  Soda  in  Phthisis . 1123 

Bellevue  Training-School  for  Nurses  813 
Bickham,  C.  J.,  M.  D.,  Puerperal 

Mania,  case  of .  779 

Birth,  Child  weighing  twenty-three 

and  a  half  pounds....  277 
Treatment  of  Umbilical  Cord  710 
Bladder,  Recurrent  Calculus,  Treat¬ 
ment,  of .  .  447 

Blatta,  Orientalis  Action  of .  63 

Blood,  as  a  stimulantt  and  Food. . . .  819 


Calculus  of  Bladder, 

Treatment  of .  477 

Carbolic  Acid  in  Shingles .  494 

Antidote  for . .1058 

Carditis,  Chronic  Rheumatic .  483 

Cerebro-Spinal-Meningitis  .  60 

Cerium,  Oxalate,  as  a  Cough  Reme¬ 
dy  . 1126 

Cervix  Uteri,  Application  of  Iodine 

for  Vomiting  during  Gestation  706 
In  cases  of  Placenta  Previa  802 
Lacerated,  Probable  Cause  of 

Recurring  Abortions . 912 

Csesarean  Operations  in  Louisia¬ 
na  . 456,  923 

Chancre  and  Chancroid,  Diagnostic 

differences  of . 237 

Chaulmoogra  Oil  in  Leprosy  . . 395 

Children’s  Diseases,  Recent  Progress 

in  Treatment  of . 477 

Children,  Necessity  ,of  Providing 

Water  to  Drink .  492 

Children,  Weight  of  California  and 

Australian  .- .  825 

Cholera,  A  True  Neurosis  .  816 

Causes  of,  Report  of  Sani¬ 
tary  Commissioner  oflndia.1047 
Chorea,  Treatment  by  Hypodermic 
Injection  of  Arsenic . 1063 


IV 


Index  to  Vol.  VII. 


Chloral,  Croton,  Therapeutic  Value 

of . . . 802 

Chloride  of  Barium  in  Internal  An¬ 
eurism  .  711 

Chlorine  Water  for  Bruises .  62 

Chloroform,  in  Dyspepsia .  64 

Effects  of  Ethidene  and 
Ether  in  Blood  Pressure  804 

Club-Foot,  Treatment  of .  972 

Cod  Liver  Oil  with  Ether,  use  of  ..  804 

Coffee,  Black,  for  Metrorrhagia . 1130 

Consumption,  Salesbury  Plan  in ... .  822 

Contagion,  Nature  of .  539 

Corn  Doctors,  Progress  of .  708 

Correspondence . 53, 387,  783,  863,  946 

Cough  Mixture,  Sir  Wm.  Gull’s _  732 

Cremation  in  its  Medico-Legal  As¬ 
pect  .  977 

Croton  Chloral,  Therapeutic  Value 

of .  802 

Croup,  Bromine  jn .  493 

Cuprum,  Ammoniatum,  in  Neuralgia 

of  the  Fifth .  485 

Cystitis,  Tamponing  Vagina  for. .  . .  970 
Cystorrhagia  from  Retention  of 

Urine . . 1134 

Treatmeut  of . 1141 

Czerny’s  Operation  for  Hernia  ....  971 


Dabney,  T.  S.,  M.  D.,  Reflex  Sciatica 
and  Lumbago  cured  by  removal 
of  cause,  Stricture  of  Urethra. .  944 
Day,  E.  L.,  M.  D.,  Magnetism  as  an 
Anesthetic  in  Surgical  Opera¬ 
tions . 311 

Davidson,  J.  P.,  M.  D.,  Pernicious 
Fever,  its  Variety  and  Treat¬ 
ment  . 747 

Decisions,  Recent . 1056 

Dell  Orto,  John,  M.  D.,  Nature  of 

Contagion .  539 

Delannay  on  Fecundity  and  Sexual¬ 
ity .  701 

Delusions,  Cases  of  Peculiar .  909 

Dermatophony . 281 

Dermatology,  Recent  Progress  in 

*  535,  606,  1033 
External  Treatment  of 

Skin  Diseases .  466 

De  Roaldes,  A.  W.,  M.  D.,  Contribu¬ 
tion  to  the  Hydrological  Treat¬ 
ment  of  Bright’s  Disease .  243 

Diabetes,  Sacharine .  492 

Mellitus . 790,  872 

Dicephalus  Monster . .  61 

Diet  and  Liquor  Drinking  .  66 

Digitalis  in  Suppression  of  Urine, 

External  use  of .  67 

Diphtheria,  Sudden  Death  in .  487 

Notes  on  (Milk  of  Sul¬ 
phur)  Sulphur  Precipi- 
tatum  as  a  Topical  Ap¬ 
plication  for .  731 


Diohtheritic  Poison .  492 

Disease,  Prevention  of,  Prophyaxis 

in  Person .  667 

Disease,  Rectal  Feeding  in . 1059 

Dootors  and  Clergymen .  912 

Doctors  vs.  Apothecaries . 507 

Drug  Smoking . 491 

Druggists,  Percentages  of . 722 

Dugas,  L.  A.,  M.  D.,  on  the  Treat¬ 
ment  of  Fractures  of  the  Clav¬ 
icle  and  of  Acute  Orchitis .  681 

Dyspepsia,  Chloroform  for .  64 


Editorial . 77,  411,  1152 

A  Correction . . 1068 

An  Omission . 1068 

Blanks  of  Superintendent  of  Cen¬ 
sus  .  79 

Doctors  vs.  Apothecary . 570 

Erratum . 1070 

Fighting  Yellow  Fever . .  495 

Hypodermic  Injection  of  Morphia.  572 

Hydrate  of  Chloral . 1069 

Iberville  Medical  Society .  984 

Louisiana  State  Medical  Society . .  826 
Louisiana  State  Medical  Society..  1067 
Louisiana  State  Board  Health ....  1067 
Louisiana  State  Medical  Society 

Proceedings . 1070 

Merited  Promotion .  818 

New  Orleans  in  1879 . 657 

Necrology  . 984 

Proceedings  of  the  Attakapas 

Medical  Society . 1076 

Parish  Medical  Society .  980 

Potts,  W.  A.  L.,  M.  D .  285 

Prof.  S.  D.  Gross,  M.  D . 982 

Photograph  of  Dr.  Gross .  984 

The  Yellow  Fever  Canard . 1068 

University  of  Louisiana,  Medical 

Department .  981 

Valedictory . 1152 

Yellow  Fever  outbreak  of  1879..  282 
Yellow  Fever,  Creole  Immunity 

from . . . 283 

Elliot,  Jno.  B.,  M.  D.,  Prevention  of 
Disease,  Prophylaxis  in  Person . .  667 

Emotions,  decay  of .  734 

Endo-Pericarditis,  Complicated  with 

Erysipelas  of  face .  629 

Epidemics  from  a  Chemical  Stand¬ 
point . . . 470 

Epilepsy,  Menstrual  —  Oophorecto¬ 
my  performed  for .  726 

Epilepsy — Pfleger  on  the  Cerebral 

Pathology  of .  913 

Epilepsy,  Relation  of  to  Insanity. ..  950 
Ergot,  Hypodermic  administration 

of .  941 

Ergotine  Injections  for  Vesical 

Atony .  325 

Erosion  of  the  Teeth,  Nitrate  of  Sil¬ 
ver  in.. . 1024 


Index  to  Vol.  VII. 


v 


Erratum . 1070 

Erysipelas  caused  by  sewer  gas  ....  468 
of  the  Face,  complicated 
with  Endo-Pericarditis  629 
Evolution,  Historic,  Perception  of 

Colors  .  275 

Eye,  Regeneration  of .  490 

Eye  Troubles,  Some  Remarks  on ... .  853 

Ether  with  Cod  Liver  Oil .  804 

and  Ethidene  in  Blood  Pres¬ 
sure,  and  Effects  of  Chloro¬ 
form .  804 

Hypodermic  Injection  of,  in 

Sciatica .  819 

Hydrobromic . 1127 

Ethyl,  Bromide . 1144 

Experiments  upon  the  Strength  of 
Antiseptics . 1131 


Fecundity  and  Sexuality,  Delannay 

on .  701 

Female,  Man,  Arigo  and  Toriani....  718 

Fever,  Yellow ......  29,  221,  273,  297,  343 

Yellow,  History  of,  in  Can¬ 
ton,  Miss.,  in  1.878  .  600 

Yellow, History  of,  in  NewOr- 

leans  in  1879  .  615 

Intermittent,  in  Finland....  459 
Mushroom,  or  Highland  Ma¬ 
larial .  732 

Pernicious,  Its  Variety  and 

Treatment.. .  747 

Pernicious  Malarial,  Hypo¬ 
dermic  Injection  of  Quinine 

for . 1128 

Intermittent,  Physical  Cause 

of . 801 

Worm,  Periodic  Case  of .  850 

Fibroid  Polypus  of  Uterus,  Case  of  528 

Finger,  Amputated,  Re-union  of -  863 

Fistula  in  Ano,  Modification  of  Op¬ 
eration  for .  911 

Fissured  Nipples  . . 1055 

Flint  on  the  Source  of  Muscular 

Power .  702 

Experiments  on  Animal  Heat..  705 

Foot-Binding  in  China .  968 

Foot,  Club,  Treatment  of .  729 

Fox,  D.  R.,  M,  D.,  Topography  of 

Plaquemines  Parish  .  307 

Fort,  Wiley  K.,  M.  D  ,  Remarks  on 

Skull  Fracture . . 426 

Fracture,  Obstinate,  Ununited,  treat¬ 
ment  of . .1147 

Oblique,  cure  of .  298 

Remarks  on . -  -  -  426 

of  Clavicle  Treatment  of. . -  681 

Franklin,  C.  H.,  M.  D.,  Resuscitation 

of  Still  Born  Infants .  384 

Friedrichs,  A.  G.,  M.  D.,  Influence  of 
Diseased  Teeth  upon  the  General 
System .  363 


IFriedrichs,  George  J.,  D.  D.  S.,  Ni- 
|  trate  of  Silver  in  Erosion  of  the 
Teeth . 1024 


Garson  on  Inequality  in  Length  of 

Lower  Limbs .  . 975 

Gastrotomy .  260 

Gates,  A.  S.,  M.  D.,  Surgical  Notes 
on  Oblique  Inguinal  Hernia  in 
Female,  Gunshot  Wound  in 

Shoulder  Joint . 1027 

Germ  Theory,  Argument  for — .  735 

Gestation,  Iodine  applied  to  Cervix 

Uteri  for  Vomiting  in  Pregnanoy  706 
Gull,  Sir  William,  Cough  Mixture..  732 

Great  Pox  and  Small  Pox .  65 

Greer,  R.  A.,  Re-union  of  an  Amputa¬ 
ted  Finger .  862 

Gross,  Prof.  S.  D.,  M.  D.,  Visit  to 

New  Orleans . 982,  984 

Gunshot  Wound  of  Uterus — Bullet 
Traversing  six  months  Foetus — 
recovery  of  patient .  423 


Hsematinic  Properties  of  Dialyzed 

Iron . 389 

Hiematuria,  Malarial . 449 

Hemorrhage,  Post  Partum  Treat¬ 
ment  of . 561 

from  the  Genital  Organs  during 
Pregnancy  and  Parturition. . ..  896 
Hemorrhages,  Uterine,  Hot  Water 

Application  to  Head  for .  563 

Haemorrhoids,  cure  of  by  Hypoder¬ 
mic  Syringe . 255 

Hammonds,  J.  D.,  M.  D.,  Malarial 

Hematuria .  449 

Hardy,  M.,  M.  D.,  on  the  Examina¬ 
tion  of  Urine  in  Diabetes  Mellitus  872 
Harris,  Robert  P.,  M,  D.,  Caesarean 
Operations  in  Louisiana  . .  .456,  938 
Hays,  G.  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  Gunshot 
Wound  of  Uterus — Bullet  Tra¬ 
versing  Six  Months  Foetus — Re¬ 
covery  of  patient . 423 

Heinamann,  Carl,  M,  D.,  Contribu¬ 
tions  to  the  knowledge  of  Yel¬ 
low  Fever  ( vomito)  in  Mexico. . .  1039 
Hemiplegia  and  Gastralgic  Attacks 
with  Hiematemesis  in  Ataxic 
Disease,  curative  influence  of 


Magnets .  884 

Hernia,  Czerny’s  Operation  for  cure 

of . 971 

Oblique  Inguinal  in  Female. 

Notes  on . 1027 

Herrick,  S.  S.,  M.  D.,  case  of  Periodic 

Worm  Fever .  850 

Holt,  Joseph,  M,  D.  Chain  of  Cir¬ 
cumstances  connected  with  the 
appeaaance  of  Yellow  Fever  in 
New  Orleans,  in  1879  .  375 


VI 


Index  to  Vol  VII. 


Homoepathic  Confectionary  .  63 

Homicide,  Remarkable  case  of .  62 

Hospitals,  Ventilation  of .  485 

Horse,  substitute  for  the . .  64 

Hot  Springs .  974 

Ilydromic  Ether . 1127 

Hygiene  of  School  Room,  in  its  Re¬ 
lation  to  Light . 1147 

Hypodermic  injection  of  Quinine  in 

Pernicious  Malarial  Fever . 1128 

Hydrophobia,  cured  by  Kurara.  .390,  564 
Transmission  of  from  Man  to 

Animal . 1066 

Hypodermic  Syringe  in  Hemorrhoids  255 
Injection  of  Morphine..  572 

Use  of  Quinine . 563 

Injection  of  Ether  in 

Sciatica . __  819 

Administration  of  Er¬ 
got  . .  941 

Injection  of  Arsenic  for 
Chorea . 1063 


Ice  Cream  and  Beef .  485 

Identity,  Personal  Loss  of .  725 

Inefficiency  in  Expert  Testimony. .  59 

Inebriety  and  Allied  Nervous  Dis 

eases  in  America .  699 

Inebriates,  Legislation  for .  808 

Infants.  Purulent  Opthalmia  in _  281 

Resuscitation  of  Still-Born _  384 

Infantile  Opthalmia,  Prevention  of.  731 
Inguinal,  Oblique  Hernia  in  Female, 
Gun-shot  Wound  of  Shoulder 

Joint,  Surgical  Notes  on . 1027 

Insanity,  Relation  of  to  Epilepsy.. .  950 
In  its  Relations  to  the  General 

Practitioner  of  Medicine . .  961 

Intermittent  Fever  in  Finland .  459 

Fever,  Physical  Cause  of .  801 

Iodide  and  Bromide  of  Potassium  in 

Albuminuria . 409 

Iodine,  Application  of  to  Cervix- 
Uteri  for  Vomiting  in  Gestation  706 

Iodoform,  Deodorized .  494 

Iron,  Dialyzed,  Haemetinic  Proper¬ 
ties  of .  389 

Iron  Preparations,  Misuse  of . 1065 

Johns  Hopkins  University  and 

Higher  Education .  955 

Jones,  Joseph,  M.  D.,  Treatment  of 

Yellow  Fever . 20, 221,  297,  343 

Jones,  John  T.,  M.  D.,  Physiological 
Action  of  Atropia.- . 1114 

Kava-Kava  and  its  Blennostatic 

Properties .  815 

Kidney,  Extirpation  of . .  217 

Kidney,  Construction  and  Functions 
of . 1003 


Kiss,  Danger  in . - .  714 

Klebs  on  the  Contagion  of  Syphilis  398 
Knee-joint,  Bullet  Wound  of,  Anti¬ 
septic  Treatment  of . . 1148 

Koumiss,  Imitation,  Preparation  of.  272 

Select  Formula .  707 

Kurare  in  Hydrophobia . 390,  564 


Labors,  First,  Comparative  Dangers 

of .  407 

Lanng,  O.  R.,  M.  D.,  Some  Remarks 

on  Common  Eye-trouble . 853 

Leg,  Ulcer  of,  Chronic  Treatment  of  974 

Lewis,  E.  S.,  M.  D.,  Chronic  Inver¬ 
sion  of  the  Uterus  of 
five  months’  standing 
Reduced  by  Emmet’s 

Method .  456 

M.  D.,  Chronic  Inver¬ 
sion  of  Uterus  of  fifteen 
months’  standing  Re¬ 
duced  by  Manipulation 
and  Sustained  Elastic 

Pressure . . 860 

Leprosy,  Chaulmoogra  Oil  in .  395 

Probable  Cause  of .  915 

Cases  of .  923 

Limbs,  Garson  on  Inequality  of....  975 

Lister’s  Method  .  910 

Logan,  Samuel,  M.  D.,  Differential 
Diagnosis  of  Tumors  in  the  Scro¬ 
tum . . 1083 

Long,  Crawford  W.,  M.  D.,  Statue  to  566 
Love,  A.  C„  M.  D.,  Hypodermic  Ad¬ 
ministration  of  Ergot . 941 

Lumbago,  Reflex  Sciatica  cured  by 
removal  of  Cause,  Stricture  of 
Urethra .  944 


Magnetism  as  an  Anesthetic  in  Sur¬ 
gical  Operations .  311 

Malarial  Hasmaturia .  449 

Malarial,  Highland,  or  Mushroom  Fe¬ 
ver . 732 

Malarial  Fever,  Pernicious,  Hypo¬ 
dermic  Injection  df  Quinine  in..  1128 
Mammary  Tumors,  Their  Differential 

Diagnosis .  884 

Man,  Female,  Arigo  and  Fiorani....  718 
Man,  Transmission  of  Hydrophobia 

from  Man  to  Animals . 1066 

Mania,  Puerpural,  Case  of .  779 

Meningitis,  Cerebro-Spinal . '..  60 

Menstrual  Epilepsy,  Oophorectomy 

performed  for .  726 

Menorrhagia,  Ovarian,  Oophorecto¬ 
my  performed  for.. ..  728 
Treated  by  Plugging 

the  Uterus .  778 

Metalotherapy .  270 


Index  to  Vot.  VII. 


Vll 


Metorological  Reports- 


Novel  Idea .  490 


For  May  . 1879  .  80  Nurses,  Bellevue  Training  School  for  813 

For  June .  —  .  '296 

For  July .  —  .  422  Obituary — 

For  August .  —  .  502  John  Maynard  Woodworth,  M.  D.  54 

For  September..  —  .  582  Win.  A.  L.  Potts,  M.  D . 285 

For  October  ....  —  .  .  666  Thomas  Kennard,  M.  D .  739 

For  November  . .  —  .  746  Thomas  A.  Cook,  M.  D .  984 

For  December  ..  —  .  841  Samuel  W.  Rawlins . 984 

For  January - 1880 .  922  Samuel  Choppin,  M.  D . 1153 

For  February . .  —  1002  Col.  T.  S.  Hardee . .  .1154 

For  March .  —  . 1082  Oblique  Inguinal  Hernia  in  Female. 

For  April .  —  . 1162  Notes  on.... . 1027 

Metrorrhagia,  Treatment  of . 1130  Observations  on  the  Digestion  of 

Microscopical  Examination  by  Ha-  Milk . 481 

vana  Yellow  Fever  Commissionl017  Obstetric  Practice  in  Siam,  Notes 

Miles,  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  Remarks  on  the  on . 463 

after  Treatment  Oil,  Cod  Liver,  with  Ether,  use  of  804 
of  Bronchotomy  438  Oophorectomy  performed  for  Ovari- 

Examination  of  I  an  Menorrhagia .  728 

the  Negro  Thomas  Oophorectomy  performed  for  Men- 

in  his  Control  over  strual  Epilepsy .  726 

Muscular  Move-  Opthalmia,  Purulent,  in  Infants. .. .  281 
ments..  ..  .......  771  Infantile,  Prevention  of  731 

Plugging  the  Cervix  702  Orchitis  Acute,  Treatment  of .  681 

Milk,  Observation  on  the.  Digestion  Ovarian  Menorrhagia,  Oophorectomy 

of .  481  performed  for .  728 

Monster  Dicephalus .  61  Ovariotomy,  Notes  on . __..1128 

Morphia,  Hypodermic  Injection  of. .  572  Ovariotomy,  cases  of .  464 

Mortuary  Reports  op  New  Orleans—  Oxalate  of  Cerium  as  a  Cough  Rem- 

Frcm  May  25,  ’79,  to  June  23,  1879  80;  edy.. . 1126 

From  June  23,  ’79,  to  July  20,  1879  296 

From  July  20,  ’79,  to  Aug.  24,  1879  422| Pernicious  Malarial  Fever,  Hypoder- 
From  Aug.  24,  ’79,  to  Sept.  21,  1879  502  mic  Injection  of  Quinine  in  . .  .1128 

From  Sept.  21,  ’79,  to  Oct.  19,  1879  582  Personal — John  W.  Ross,  M.  D . 828 

From  Oct.  19,  ’79,  to  Nov.  23,  1879  666  Peritoneal  Adhesions,  Artificial  For- 

From  Nov.  23,  ’79,  to  Dec.  21,  1879  746  mations  of .  689 

From  Dec.  21, ’79,  to  Jan.  18,  1880.  841  Phthisis,  Benzoate  of  Soda  in _  .1123 

From  Jan.  18.  ’80,  to  Feb.  15.  1880.  922  Plaster  Bandage  Saw . 1121 

From  Feb.  15,  1880,  to  Mch  21,  ’80. 100*!  Prof.  S.  D.  Gross,  M.  D . 982,  984 

From  Mch.  21, ’80,  to  April  17, ’80. 1082jPeritoneum,  Transfusion  of  Blood 

From  April  17, ’80,  to  May  15, ’80. 1162  Permeability  of  a  Stone  Wall  -  66 

Muscular  Power,  Examination  of  Pernicious  Fever,  Its  Variety  and 

the  Negro  Thomas.. .  77 1 1  Treatment . 747 

Muscular  Power,  Flint  on  the  Source  Ptleger  on  the  Cerebral  Pathology  of 

of .  .  7021  Epilepsy . 913 

Mushroom  Fever  or  Highlaud  Mala-  Pharmacy  and  Proprietary  Medi¬ 
na] . .  732{  cines,  Proposed  Law  of....  ..  401 

;Phymosis .  .  64 

Nasal  Polypi,  Speedy  cure  of . 1061,Physiological  Albuminuria . 279 

Nature  of  Contagion .  539j  Question .  566 

Neuralgia  of  the  fifth  Cuprum  Am-  Phthisis.  (See  Consumption.) . 

moniatum  in . .  485  Pilocarpine  in  the  Pruritus  of  Preg- 

Nervous  Maladies  of  Uncultivated  nancy .  825 

people .  721  Placenta  Posture  in  the  expulsion  of,  271 

Nervous  System,  Brown-Sequard’s  |  Previa,  Condition  of  the 


Theories  of .  722 

Nickel  Plating  without  a  battery ..  1130 

Nipples,  Fissured . 1055 

Nipples,  Sore .  493 

Nitre,  Sweet  Spirits,  Poisoning  from  64 
Nitrate  of  Silver  in  Erosion  of  the 
Teeth . 1024 


Cervix-Uteri  in  cases  of.  802 
Pneumonia  Croupous,  Clinical  His¬ 
tory  of . . .  1 

Double,  and  Abortion.  737 
Poisoning  from  Sweet  Spirits  of 

Nitre . . .  64 

with  Salacylate  of  Sodium  272 


Index  to  Vol.  VII. 


viii  . 


Poison,  Diphtheritic .  492 

of  the  Toad .  564 

Polypus,  Fibroid,  of  Uterus,  case  of  528 

Nasal,  speedy  cure  of - . .  1061 

Pomegranate,  Therapeutic  Action  of 

the  four  Alkaloids  of  the .  795 

Popliteal  Aneurism  cured  by  Es¬ 
march’s  Bandage  . 1129 

Potasium  Bromide,  and  Iodide,  in 

Albuminuria .  409 

Treatment  in  Obstinate 

cases  of  vomiting .  410 

Posture  in  the  Expulsion  of  the  Pla¬ 
centa . . .  281 

Post  Partum  Haemorrhage,  Treat¬ 
ment  of .  561 

Pregnancy,  Treatment  of,  dnring 

Sickness .  282 

Pruritus,  Pilocarpin  in..  .825 
and  Parturition,  Haemor¬ 
rhage  from  genital  or¬ 
gans,  during.. .  896 

Vomiting  in,  cure  of - 1150 

Meadows’  Table  for  Es¬ 
timating  Duration  of.  .1151 
Preventive  Treatment  of.  1140 


Prentiss,  D.  W.,  M.  D.,  Croupous 
Pneumonia,  Clinical  History  of.  1 
Proceedings  of  Societies  (See  Societies.) 
Pruritus  in  Pregnancy,  Pilocarpin 

in .  825 

Puerpural  Mania,  case  of .  779 

Purulent  Opthalmia  of  Infants .  281 

Quinetum  Sulphate,  in  Treatment 

of  Ague . ..  276 

Quinine,  for  Hypodermic  Use .  563 

Recent  Progress  in  the  Treatmrnt  of 

Children’s  Diseases .  477 

Rectal  Alimentation,  Defibrinated 

Blood  for .  803 

Feeding  in  Disease . 1059j 

Regeneration  of  the  Eye .  490 

Results  of  Treatment  in  Vieima  ....  722 

Reviews  and  Book  Notices. 

Atlas  of  Human  Anatomy,  Godlee  414 
Advantages  and  Accidents  of  Arti¬ 
ficial  Anesthesia,  Turnbull .  497 

Analysis  of  the  Urine,  Hoffman...  574 
American  Health  Primers,  Wilson  577 
Atlas  of  Skin  Diseases,  Duhring. .  665 
Annual  Address  President  Ken¬ 
tucky  State  Medical  Society, 

Todd . 744 

Brain  Work  and  Overwork,  Wood  988 
Biographical  Dictionary  of  Phys¬ 
icians,  Atkinson .  985 

Clinical  Treatise  on  Diseases  of 

the  Liver,  Frerichs .  72 

Cell  Doctrine — Its  History,  etc — 
Tyson .  292 


Complimentary  Dinner  given  to 
Professor  S.  D.  Gross  in  Phila¬ 
delphia,  L.  <fe  B .  496 

Clinical  Treatise  on  the  Diseases 
of  the  Nervous  System,  Rosen¬ 
thal .  573 

Clinical  Medicine,  Systematic 
Treatise  on  the  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment  of  Disease,  etc., 

Flint . 659 

Diseases  of  the  Abdomen,  etc., 

Hubershon  . .  70 

Diseases  of  Live  Stock  and  their 
most  efficient  Remedies,  Tellor . .  72 

Demonstrations  of  Anatomy,  Ellis  75 
Diseases  of  the  Intestines  and 

Peritoneum,  Bristo we .  415 

De  Bow’s  Review . 574 

Diseases  of  Women,  Tait .  742 

Diseases  of  Stomach,  Haberslion  919 

Epitome  of  Skin  Diseases,  Fox..  414 

First  Step  in  Chemical  Principles, 

Leffman  .  665 

Grounds  of  a  Homoeopath’s  Faith, 

etc.,  Jones .  575 

Guide  to  the  Practical  Examina¬ 
tion  of  Urine.  For  the  use 
of  Physicians  and  Stu¬ 
dents,  Tyson . 1159 

to  Surgical  Diagnosis, 

Heath .  920 

Galvestou  Medical  Journal .  989 

Hearing  and  How  to  Keep  it,  Bur¬ 
net . .  74 

Hints  in  Obstetric  Procedure,  At¬ 
kinson  . . .  ....  75 

Harvey  and  his  Discovery,  DeCosta  293 
Heart  and  its  Diseases,  with  their 

Treatment,  Fothingill . 498 

Hypodermic  Injection  of  Morphia, 

Kane . 997 

Headache’s,  their  Nature,  Causes 

and  Treatment,  Day . 1078 

Infant  Feeding  and  its  Influence 

on  Life,  Routh  .  833 

Indiana  Medical  Reporter  ... _  989 

Lectures  on  Electricity  in  its  rela¬ 
tion  to  Medicine  and  Surgery, 

Rockwell . . .  69 

Long  Life  and  How  to  reach  it, 

Richardson . 291 

Laws  of  Therapeutics  dr  the  Sci¬ 
ence  and  Art  of  Medicine,  Kidd  416 
Manual  of  Examination  of  the 

Eye,  Landolt .  71 

of  Physical  Diagnosis,  De- 

lafield . 73 

of  the  Principles  and  Prac¬ 
tice  of  Operative  Sur¬ 
gery,  Smith .  418 

of  Midwifery  for  Midwives 
and  Medical  Students, 
Barns . 743 


Index  to  Vol.  VII. 


IX 


Manual  of  Pathological  Histology, 

Corvil  ....  ...  ..  1156 

Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics, 

Phillips . 573 

Naval  Hygiene  —  Human  Health 
and  the  means  of  Preventing 

Disease,  Wilson . 289 

Optbalmic,  Out-Patient  Practice, 

Higgins  . 1 .  74 

Outlines  of  the  Practice  of  Medi¬ 
cine,  etc.,  Fenwick .  833 

Our  Homes,  Hartshorne . .  1155 

Potts,  Disease,  Its  Pathology  and 
Mechanical  Treatment,  Schaffer,  68 

Posological  Table,  Rice .  291 

Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery, 
Treatise  on  Surgical  Diseases 

and  Injuries,  Agoew .  413 

Physiology  and  Histology  of  the 
Cerebral  Convolutions,  Richet...  499 
Photographic  Illustration  of  Skin 

Diseases,  Fox . 743,  1080 

Pocket  Therapeutics  and  Dose 

Book,  Stewart .  832 

Post  Mortem  Examinations  with 
special  reference  to  Medico-Le¬ 
gal  Practice,  Virchow . 1158 

Practical  Treatise  on  Nervous  Ex¬ 
haustion,  Beard .  9r6 

Practitioner . 989 

Practical  Handbook  of  Medical 
Chemistry  applied  to 
Chemical  Research,  and 
the  Delection  of  Poi¬ 
sons,  Greene . . . 1155 

Treatise  on  Sea-Sickness, 

Its  Symptoms,  Nature 
and  Treatment.  Beard..  1159 
Pharmacopia  of  the  British  Hospi¬ 
tal  tor  Diseases  of  the  Skin,  , 

Squire .  291 

Pathological  Anatomy  of  the  Ear, 

Schwartz .  415 

Real-Encyclopadia  der  Gesarnm- 
ten  Heikundy,  Euleuburg.  577 

Report  of  the  St.  Louis  Medical 
Society  on  Yellow  Fever.  Ford..  660 
Sore  Throat,  Its  Nature,  Var  eties 
and  Treatment,  including  the 
connection  between  Affections 
of  the  Throat  and  other  Dis¬ 
eases,  James . 1157 

Spermatorrlnea,  Its  Causes,  Symp¬ 
toms,  etc.,  Bartholow .  68 

Student’s  Pocket  Lexicon.  Longley  663 
System  of  Midwifery,  including 
the  Diseases  of  Pregnancy  and 
the  Puerperal  State,  Leishmau..  918 

Sexual  Neurot-is.  Kent . 919 

Student’s  Guide  to  Diseases  of  the 

Eye,  Nettleship .  989 

Skin  Diseases,  including  their 
Definition,  Symptoms,  etc.,  Mor¬ 
ris  .  999 


Treatise  on  Practical  Surgery, 

etc.,  Mears .  73 

Tabular  Handbook  of  Ausculta¬ 
tion  and  Percussiou,  for  Stu¬ 
dents,  Clapp .  292 

Treatise  on  the  Theory  and  Prac¬ 
tice  of  Medicine,  Bristo  we . 828 

Text  Book  of  Physiology,  Foster  830 
Transactions  of  the  American 

Medical  Association  .  834 

Treatise  on  the  Science  and  Prac¬ 
tice  of  Midwifery,  Playfair .  917 

Throat  and  the  Voice,  Cohen .  920 

Therapeutics  of  Gynecology  and 

Obstetrics,  Atkinson .  988 

Transactions  of  the  Illinois  Medi- 

ical  Society .  990 

Transactions  of  the  Medical  Soci¬ 
ety  of  Virginia .  992 

Transactions  of  the  Medical  Soci¬ 
ety  of  Pennsylvania. .. .  995 
Theory7  and  Practice  of  Medicine, 

Roberts . • . . 1079 

Winter  and  its  Dangers,  Osgood  664 


Richardson,  T.  G.,  M.  D.,  Diagnos¬ 
tic  Differences 
between  Chan¬ 
cre  and  Chan¬ 
croid . . 237 

Singular  Case  of 
Recurrent  Cal- 
calus  of  the 

Bladder .  447 

Rheumatic,  Arthritis,  Acute . 583 

Rohe,  George  H.,  M.  D.,  Re¬ 
cent  Progress  in  Dermatology, 

. . .  535,  626,  1033 


Ross,  Jno.,  W.,  M.  D.,  Personal, 

Merited  Promotion .  828 

Salicylate  of  Sodium,  Poisoning 

with . . . 272 

Salicylic  Acid,  use  of. .  274 

Sanitary  Administration,  Relation 

of  State  to  the  Individual....  691 
Sanitary  Commission  of  India  as  to 

the  Cause  of  Cholera . 1047 

Sanitary  Science,  new  Relations  in  480 

Schuppert,  M.,  M.  D  ,  Cure  of  Obli¬ 
que  Fracture  of  Thigh 

Bone,  etc . 298 

Vaccination  as  a  Pro¬ 
tection  against 

Small  Pox . 503 

Sciatica,  Hypodemic  Injection  of 

Ether  in . 819 

Reflex  or  Lumbago,  cured 
by  Removal  of  cause.  Stric¬ 
ture  of  Urethra. . .  944 

Scalds  and  Burns..  . .1128 

Scrotum,  Differential  Diagaosis  of 

Tumors  in . .  1083 

Scrofula,  Remarkable  case  of . 631 


X 


Index  to  Vol.  VII. 


Sea  Weed,  as  an  “  Anti  Fat  ”..  .  . .  708 
Semmes,  A.  T.,  M.  D.,  History  of  Yel¬ 
low  Fever  at  Canton,  Miss.,  in 

1878  .  600 

Sepulture,  Intra  Mural  Report  of  in 

New  Orleans .  45 

Sevier,  W.  R.,  M.  D.,  Toxemic  Dis¬ 
eases  and  their  Treatment .  843 

Sexuality  and  Fecundity,  Delannav 

on . 701 

Shingles,  Carbolic  Acid  for .  494 

Shively,  C.,  M.  D.,  Case  of  Fortign 

body  in  the  Windpipe .  533 

Sigmond.  Carl,  M.  £>.,  Lectures 
upon  the  Modern  Treatment  of 

Syphilis .  869 

Skin  Diseases  (see  Dermatalogy)1024 

Skull,  How  to  Measure .  60 

Remarks  on  Fracture  of .  426 

Small-Pox,  Vaccination  as  a  Protec¬ 
tion  against.... .  503 

Smoking,  Drug . 491 


Smyth,  A.  W.,  M.  D  ,  Extirpation  of 

a  Floating  Kidney  217 
Interpretations  of  the 
Structure  and  Func¬ 
tions  of  the  Kidney. .1003 
Society  Proceedings 

Louisiana  State  Medical  Asso¬ 
ciation,  Session  of  1879,  81,100, 

297-307  311-315  318 
Regulations  of  the  Parish  Medi¬ 
cal  Association .  334 

Proceedings  of  the  Attakapas 

Medical  Association . 740-1076 

Annual  Address  before  the  New 
Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical 

Association .  685 

Iberville  Medical  Association. . .  984 

American  Public  Health  Associ¬ 
ation,  Report  of  Committee  606-646 


Louisiana  State  Medical,  Pro¬ 
ceedings.  Session  of  1880  ..  .1070 

Soda,  Benzoate,  in  Phthisis . 1123 

Soda,  Bi-Sulphate  in  Urticaua . .  63 

Sodium,  Salicylate,  Poisoning  with  272 

Sore  Nipples . 493 

Spaying  for  some  of  the  Disorders  of 

Mensrtual  Life  . 567 

Sudden  Deaths  in  Diphtheria .  487 

Sugar,  Perfected  Test  for .  723 

Sulphate,  Quinetum,  in  Treatment 

of  Ague . 276 

Sulphur  Precipitatum,  Notes  on 
(milk  of  sulphur)  as  a  Topical 

Application  in  Diphtheria .  731 

Sugical,  Notes  on.  Oblique  Inguinal 
Hernia  in  Female  ;  Gun-shot 

Wound  of  Shoulder  Joint . 1027 

Suture,  Dry .  .  67 

Stammeiiug .  272 


Sternberg.  Geo.  M  ,  M.  D.,  Microsco¬ 
pical  Investigations  of  the  Ha¬ 
vana  Yellow  Fever  Commission  1017 


Stricture  of  Urethra,  causing  Rellex 
Sciatica  and  Lumbago,  cured  by 

removal  of .  944 

Syphilis,  Contagion  of,  by  Klebs -  398 

Does  it  constitute  absolute 
obstacle  to  Marriage....  633 

Modern  Treatment  of .  869 

Child  infected  through  the 
Utero-Placeutal  circula¬ 
tion  . 1059 

Tamponing  the  Vagina  for  Cystitis  970 
Teeth,  Diseased,  Influence  of  upon 

the  General  System .  363 

Erosion  of,  Nitrate  of  Silver 

in . 1024 

Tetanus . 976  977 

Therapeutics,  present  state  of .  547 

Action  of  the  four  al¬ 


kaloids  of  the  Gra- 
nitum  (or  Pome¬ 
granate)  . . 

Thomas,  Negro,  His  Control  of  Mus-  975 

cular  Movements . . 

Topography  of  the  parish  of  Plaque-  771 

mines  . 

Toxemic  Diseases  and  their  Treat  307 

ment .  843 

Toad,  Poison  of .  564 

Tumors.  Mammary — Their  Differen¬ 
tial  Diagnosis. . 886 

Turpentine,  use  of,  in  Whooping 

Cough . 58 

Transactions  of  Societies  (See  Soci¬ 
eties.  ) 

Transfusion  of  Blood  through  the 

Peritoneum .  949 

Translations, 

Hypodermic  Injection  of  Qui¬ 
nine  in  Pernicious  Malarial 

Fever .  . 1128 

Trueheart,  C.  W.,  M.  D.,  Plaster- 

Bandage  Saw . 1121 

Tumors  in  Scrotum,  Differen¬ 
tial  Diagnosis  of . 1C83 

Cesarean  and  Utero-Ovari an  Am¬ 
putation .  57 

Hydrophobia  cured  by  Kurara . .  390 

Intermittent  Fever  in  Finland..  459 
Erysipilis  of  the  Face,  Compli¬ 
cated  with  EndoPericarditis. .  629 
Note  of  a  Remarkable  Case  of 

Scrofula .  631 

Does  Syphilis  Constitute  an  Ab¬ 
solute  Obstacle  to  Marriage. .  633 
On  Artificial  Formation  of  Peri¬ 
toneal  Adhesions .  689 

Bright’s  Disease .  786 

Diabetes  Mellitus . 790,  872 

Therapeutic  Action  of  the  four 
Alkaloids  of  the  Granitum 
fPommegranate) . 795 


Index  to  Vol.  VII. 


xi 


Lectures  upon  the  Modern  Treat¬ 
ment  of  Syphilis .  869 

Curative  Effects  of  Magnets  in 
some  Forms  of  Hanuiplegia 
and  Gastralgic  Attacks  with 
H;ematemesis  in  Ataxic  Dis¬ 
ease  . 884 

Transfusion  of  Blood  through 

the  Peritonium .  941) 

Contribution  to  the  knowledge 
of  Yellow  Fever  in  Mexico  by 
Dr.  Carl  Heinemann . 10391 

Ulcer  of  the  Leg,  Chronic,  Treat¬ 
ment  of,  by  Martin’s  Bandage. .  974 
Umbilical  Cord,  Treatment  of,  after 

Birth .  710 

University  of  Louisiana,  Medical 

Department  . : .  981  j 

University,  John  Hopains  and  High 

er  Education,  etc .  955 

ITtero  Ovarian,  Amputation,  accord¬ 
ing  to  methods  of 
Dr.  Porro,  of  Pavia  55  [ 

Cesarean,  case  of _  57 

Amputation . 394 

Uterine  Intra,  Medications,  Notes  on 

404-719 

Therapeutics .  489 

Haemorrhages,  H<vt  Water 
Applications  to  Head  for.  563 

Uterus,  Gunshot  Wound  of _  ..  423 

Chronic  Inversion  of  five 
months  standing,  cured..  456j 

Fibroid  Polypus  of . 528 

Chronic  Inversion  of  fifteen 
mouths  standing  cured...  860 
Menorrhagia,  Treated  by 

plugging  of  the .  778 

Urine,  External  use  of  Digitalis  in 

Suppression  of . .  .  67 

Retention  of,  in  Elderly  Men  812 
Examination  of,  in  Diabetes 

Mellitus  . 790-872, 

Urticaria,  Bi-Sulphate  of  Soda,  for  63[ 


Vaccination  as  a  Protection  against 


Small  Pox  . 503 

Vagina,  Tamponing  of,  for  Cystitis.  970 

Ventilation  of  Hospitals .  485 

Vesical  Atony,  Treated  by  Ergotine 

Injection .  825 

Victory,  Dangerous . 730 

Vomiting,  Obstinate,  Treatment  by 

Iodide  of  Potassium  ... .  410 
In  Gestation,  Treated 
with  Iodine  applied  to 
the  Cervix  Uteri .  706 


In  Pregnancy,  case  of.  .1150 


Watson,  on  the  External  Organs  of 
Generation  in  Animals  and  iu 

Heimophrodites .  809 

Weindahl,  J.  IT.,  M.  I> . ,  Acute  Rheu¬ 
matics  Arthritis . 583 

Whooping  Cough.  Turpentine  in..  58 
Windpipe,  ease  of  Foreign  Body  in  583 

Worm  Fever,  Periodic,  case  of .  850 

Womanhood,  Case  of  Early .  488 

Wounds,  Principle  Conditions  for  the 

immediate  Union  of  ..  ..  565 
of  Knee  JOint,  Antiseptic 
Treatment  of . 1148 

Yellow  Fever,  Treatment  of _ 29,  221  > 

273,  297,  343 
Chain  of  circumstan¬ 
ces  connected  with 
the  appearance  of, 
in  New  Orleans,  in 

1879  .  375,  615 

History  of,  at  Can¬ 
ton,  Miss.,  iu  1878..  600 
Microscopical  Exam¬ 
inations  by  the  Ha¬ 
vana  Commission'. .1017 
In  Mexico,  Contribu¬ 
tions  to  the  Knowl¬ 
edge  of,  by  Dr.  Carl 
Heinemann . 1039 


1 


MENSMAN’S  PEPT0NI2ED  BEEF  TONIC. 

The  great  necessity  for  a  tiuid  food  that  would  possess  all  the  elements  necessary  for  the 
support  of  the  system  having-  been  long  felt  by  the  Medical  Profession,  we  cull  attention  to  this 
preparation,  containing  the  entire  nutritious  properties  of  the  muscular  fibre,  blood,  bone  and 
brain  of  a  healthy  bullock,  dissolved  by  aid  of  heat  and  pepsin,  and  preserved  by  spirit ;  thus 
constituting  a  perfect  nutritive,  reconstructive  tonic. 

_  It  is  not  a  mere  stimulant,  like  the  now  fashionable  extracts  of  beef,  but  contains  blood- 
making,  force- generating  and  life  sustaining  properties,  pre-eminently  calculated  to  support  the 
system  under  the  exhausting  and  wasting  process  of  fevers  and  other  acute  diseases,  and  to  rebuild 
and  reeruit  the  tissues  and  forces,  whether  lost  in  "the  destructive  march  of  such  affections,  or  in¬ 
duced  by  over- work,  general  debility,  or  the  more  tedious  forms  of  chronic  disease.  It  is  friendly 
and  helpful  to  the  most  delicate  stomach,  and  where  there  is  a  fair  remnant  to  build  on,  will 
reconstruct  the  most  shattered  and  enfeebled  constitution.  It  is  entirely  free  from  any  drugs. 
Dispensed  in  1 6  oz.  bottles. 

“13.R,.  NXEJViSM^TV’S  BEEF  tonic 

“  Is  a  complete  representative  of  ieali  and  fat  beef,  bone,  blood  and  muscle.  It  consists  of 
all  the  properties  which  combine  in  the  development  of  the  animal  body,  which  are  liquefied  by 
an  artificial  process,  stimulating' natural  digestion,  and  retaining  all  of  their  nlimeatary  values.  It  contains  in  their  perfection 
all  the  natural  elements  of  the  meat  in  their  natural  quantitative  relations,  without  their  extraneous  or  indigestible  properties, 
and  therefore  requiring  the  least  possible  effort  on  the  part  of  the  stomach  for  its  conversion  into  chyle,  and  its  immediate 
absorption  by  the  system 

“  This  tonic  is  free  from  any  drugs  or  chemicals,  and  is  a  great  invigorator  and  recuperant  I  have  used  this  preparation  in 
several  cases  of  sickness  of  a  character  which  enables  me  to  give  the  most  favorable  opinion  of  its  great  value,  in  extreme  sick¬ 
ness,  Some  of  the  cases  referred  to  are  hemorrhage  of  the  bowels,  typhoid  fever,  bilious  fever,  inflammation  of  the  bowels, 
where  the  greatest  possible  prostration  wai  present,  and  in  which  I  fouud  this  meat  tonic  to  accomplish  results  1  could  not  obtain 
with  any  other  preparation.  It  is  a  gentle  stimulant,  and  allays  the  peculiar  irritation  of  the  stomach,  which  destroys  the  appe 
tite  in  all  forms  of  disease,  when  the  tone  of  the  stomach  is  destroyed.” 

“We  published  the  above  article  in  the  November  Number  of  1877,  and  will  say  that  we  have  prescribed  the  tonic  daily  to 
date  with  the  very  best  results. —AV.  Med.  Eclectic .” 


The  Best  Three  Tonics  of  the  Pharmacopoeia: 

IRON,  PHOSPHOROUS  AND  CALISAYA. 

We  call  the  attention  of  the  Profession  to  our  preparation  of  the  above  estimable  Tonics,  as  combined  in  our  elegant  and 
palatable  FEKKO-PHOSPHOKATED  ELIXIR  OF  CALISAYA  BARK,  a  combination  of  the  Pyrophosphate  of  Iron  and  Calisaya 
never  before  attained,  in  which  the  nauseous  inkiness  of  the  Iron  and  astringeney  of  the  Calisaya  are  overcome,  without  any 
injury  to  fctheir  active  tonic  principles,  and  blended  into  a  t  beautiful  Amber-colored  Cordial,  delicious  to  the  taste  and  accepta¬ 
ble  to  the  most  delicate  stomach.  This  preparation  is  made  directly  from  the  ROYAL  CALISAYA  BARK,  not  from  its  ALKA¬ 
LOIDS  OR  THEIR  SALTS — being  unlike  other  preparations  called  Elixir  of  Calisaya  and  Iron,”  which  are  simply  an  ELIXIR 
OF  QUININE  AND  IRON.  Our  Elixir  can  be  depended  upon  as  being  a  true  Elixir  of  Calisaya  Bark  with  iron.  Each  dessert¬ 
spoonful  contains  seven  and  a  half  grains  Royal  Calisaya  Bark  and  two  grains  Pyrophosphate  of  Iron. 


PURE  COD-LIYER  OIL, 

Manufactured  on  the  Seashore  from  Fresh  and  Selected  Livers. 

The  universal  demand  for  Cod-Liver  Oil  that  can  be  depended  upon  as  strictly  pure  and  scientifically  prepared,  having  been 
long  felt  by  the  Medical  Profession,  we  were  induced  to  undertake  its  manufacture  at  the  Fishing  Stations  where  the  fish  arc 
brought  to  lend  every  few  hours,  and  the  Livers  consequently  are  in  great  perfection. 

This  oil  is  manufactured  by  us  on  the  seashore,  with  the  greatest  care,  from  fresh,  healthy  Livers,  of  the  Cod  only,  without 
the  aid  of  any  chemicals,  by  the  simplest  possible  process  and  lowest  temperature  by  which  the  Oil  can  be  separated  from  the 
cells  of  the  Livers.  It  is  nearly  devoid  of  color,  odor  and  flavor — having  a  bland  lish-like,  and  to  most  persons,  not  unpleasant 
taste.  It  is  so  sweet  and  pure  that  it  can  be  retained  by  the  stomach  when  other  kind*  fail,  and  patients  soon  become  fond  of  it. 

The  secret  of  making  good  Cod- Liver  Oil  lies  in  the  proper  application  of  the  proper  degree  of  heat :  too  much  or  too  little 
will  seriously  injure  the  quality.  Great  attention  to  cleanliness  is  absolutely  necessary  to  produce  sweet  Cod-Liver  OiL  The  ran- 
eid  Oil  found  in  the  market  is  the  make  of  manufacturers  who  are  careless  about  these  matters. 

Prof.  Parker,  of  New  York,  says :  **  1  have  tried  almost  every  other  manufacturer’#  Oil,  ami  give  yours  the  decided  pre¬ 
ference. 

Prof.  Hays,  State  Assayer  of  Massachusetts,  after  a  full  analysis  of  it,  says  :  “  It  is  the  best  for  foreign  or  domestic  use.” 

After  years  of  experimenting,  the  Medical  Profession  of  Europe  and  America,  who  have  studied  the  effects  of  different  Cod- 
Liver  Oils,  have  unanimously  decided  the  light  straw-colored  Cod-Liver  Oil  to  be  far  superior  to  any  of  the  brown  Oils . 


SURGICAL  INSTRUMENT  DEPARTMENT, 

Under  the  direction  and  personal  supervision  of  W.  F.  FORD,  Instrument  Maker  to  St.  Luke’s,  Mt.  Sinai,  New  York  State 
Women’s  Hospitals,  Bellevue,  and  all  the  other  New  York  Hospitals. 

MANUFACTURERS,  IMPORTERS,  WHOLESALE  AND  RETAIL  DEALERS  IN 

Surgical,  Dental,  Orthopaedic  Instruments,  Catheters,  Trusses,  Supporters,  Silk  Stockings,  Ear  Trumpets,  Spiints,  Anatomical 
Preparations,  Local  Anaesthesia  Apparatus,  Laryngoscopes,  Othalmosoopes,  Hypodermic  Syringes,  Axilla 
Thermometers,  etc.,  etc. 


IS*  Special  attention  given  to  the  manufacture  of  Instruments  to  order,  i 

Surgeons  and  Physicians. 


exact  accordance  with  patterns  furnished  by 


CASWELL  HAZARD  &  CO., 

Family  and  Manufacturing  Chemists,  New  York, 


t.jy-80. 


2 


SEABURY  h  JOHHSOH, 

Originators  and  Manufacturers  of  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia  Medicinal  and 
Surgical 


POROUS  AND  SPREAD, 

I  IV  RUBBER  COMBINATION. 

NEW  YORK  AMD  LONDON. 


Received  highest  and  only  Award  (Medal  and  Special  Diploma  of  Merit)  over  all 
Foreign  and  Home  Competitors  in  1876. 

THE  JURORS’  •  AWARD  IS  SUBSTANTIALLY: 

ORIGINALITY  — The  successful  application  of  rubber  as  a  base  for  all  medici 
nal  and  mechanical  plasters. 

RELIABILITY  and  general  excellence  of  manufactures. 


Facts  concerning  Medicinal  Plasters  in  Rubber  Combination. 

India-rubber-spread  and  Porous  Plasters  possess  indisputable  ad¬ 
vantages  over  all  other  Plasters:  [1]  The  Rubber  Combination  preserves 
the  incorporated  drug  or  extract  from  decomposition  or  volatilization  ;  [2] 
They  adhere  closer  and  tinner  ;  [3]  They  do  not  soil  the  skin  or  linen  ;  [4] 
They  are  always  pliable,  and  never  become  hard  or  brittle ;  [5]  They  ad¬ 
here  without  heat  or  moisture  ;  [6]  An  increased  effect  is  obtained  by  being 
porous,  as  the  Plaster  neither  slides  nor  moves  from  its  affixed  position. 


BELLADONNA  PLASTER,  U.  S.  P. 

IN  RUBBER  COMBINATION. 

Messrs.  SEABURY  &  JOHNSON  claim  that  theirs  is  the  most  thor¬ 
oughly  reliable  and  only  strictly  officinal  Belladonna  Plaster  ever  offered 
the  medical  profession.  It  is  an  improvement  on  other  Belladonna 
Plasters  in  several  important  particulars.  First,  it  is  incorporated  with 
the  officinal  alcoholic  extract  only.  Secondly,  it  is  freed  from  all  stimulat¬ 
ing  qualities,  thereby  insuring  the  uninfluenced  sedative  action  of  Bella¬ 
donna.  Thirdly,  it  adheres  with  greater  tenacity  than  others.  Physicians 
have  been  prejudiced  in  favor  of  Allen’s  English  Extract ;  but  recent  analysis, 
fairly  conducted  by  competent  chemists,  emphatically  condemns  the  In¬ 
spissated  Extract  as  a  mild  and  unstable  product,  representing  but  one- 
half  or  less  than  one- half  of  the  strength  of  the  U.  S.  P.  Alchoholic  Extract 
of  Belladonna.  The  following  result,  published  in  the  Ametican  Journal  oj 
Pharmacy,  in  April,  1876,  p.  145,  is  furnished  for  your  consideration,  which 
ndicates  the  following  percentage  of  Atropia  in  the  respective  extracts  : 

Alcoholic  Extract  of  Belladonna,  U.  S.  P . 2,571 

Allen’s  English  Extract . . 1,411 

Herring’s  English  Extract  . 1,179 

The  practitioner,  as  well  as  ourselves,  has  but  one  choice. 

Considering  these  features  from  a  professional  standpoint,  we  offer  a 
Belladonna  Plaster  which  cannot  be  improved  upon, 


3 


SALIOYLATED  SURGEONS’ 

RUBBER  ADHESIVE  PLASTER. 

This  article  has  met  with  unprece¬ 
dented  success,  and  has  been  em¬ 
phatically  pronounced  by  our  most 
skillful  General  and  Orthopaedic  Sur¬ 
geons,  as  “  the  best  Surgeons’  Adhe¬ 
sive  Plaster  known.”  It  is  applied 
without  heat  or  moisture,  conforms 
uickly  to  the  parts;  is  perfectly 
exible  and  waterproof,  and  is  ready 
for  use  at  any  moment.  It  is  free 
from  irritating  properties  and  very 
healing.  In  counter-extension  it  has 
no  equal,  as  it  does  not  move  or  slide 
after  being  applied.  Our  India 
Rubber  Adhesive  Plaster  is  also 
spread  on  twilled  linen,  which  re¬ 
sists  the  most  powerful  strain.  In 
addition  to  these  general  improve¬ 
ments,  the  plaster  being  impervious 
to  water,  wounds  can  be  cleansed 
without  removing  the  plaster,  ob¬ 
viating  the  necessity  of  constant  re¬ 
dressing,  saving  labor  and  time. 
Whenever  continued  powerful  adhesion 
is  required,  it  should  be  procured  in 
porous  form. 

MUSTARD  PLASTER 

SPREAD  ON  COTTON  CLOTH. 

Our  Mustard  Plaster  is  a  decided 
improvement  over  the  best  French 
makes  ;  the  mustard  is  manipulated 
so  as  to  exclude  all  the  moisture,  re¬ 
taining  unimpaired  by  such  treat¬ 
ment  its  essential  properties.  They 
are  always  reliable,  conform  quickly 
to  the  part,  and  when  thoroughly 
wet  do  not  break  into  pieces,  as  is  the 
case  with  all  other  mustard  plasters. 
They  do  not  crack  or  peel  off,  and 
can  be  removed  without  soiling  the 
skin  or  linen.  Being  manufactured 
only  of  pure  mustard,  they  are  perfect¬ 
ly  free  from  Croton  Oil  or  other 
dangerous  substitutes,  often  em¬ 
ployed  to  induce  intense  irritation. 


RUBBER  BUSTER  PLASTER. 

(Camphorated)  B.  P,  STRENGTH, 

This  article  has  a  splendid  repu¬ 
tation  ;  its  characteristic  action  is 
not  impaired  by  age  in  any  climate. 
The  whole  fly  is  incorporated,  which 
by  constant  manipulation  is  thor¬ 
oughly  and  beautifully  combined 
with  the  plaster.  Its  properties  are 
developed  quicker,  and  it  blisters  in  less 
time  than  the  cerate. 

It  never  fails  to  blister  when  used 
as  directed.  In  addition  to  its  supe¬ 
rior  efficacy  as  a  vesicant,  we  in¬ 
corporate  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
Camphor,  which,  with  the  Olive  Oil, 
used  on  the  face  of  the  plaster,  pre¬ 
vents  Strangury.  This  improvement 
will  be  appreciated  by  every  practi¬ 
tioner.  It  is  more  reliable  than  any 
known  cantharidal  preparation. 

CAPSICUM  PLASTER. 

Recently  this  article  has  crept 
into  favor  with  our  most  esteemed 
physicians,  and  judging  from  results 
it  is  doubtless  the  best  rubefacient 
known.  It  has  the  specific  action  of 
mustard  without  its  objections.  The 
characteristic  action  of  Capsicum  is 
uniformly  maintained  from  twenty- 
four  to  forty- eight  hours,  without 
blistering,  being  mild,  continuous' 
and  stimulating.  This  plaster  is 
spread  in  rubber  combination  and  in 
porous  form.  Experience  has  taught 
practitioners  that  the  Oleo  Resin  of 
Capsicum  is  too  violent,  frequently 
vesicating;  we  incorporate  the  crude 
drug  in  sufficient  quantity,  without 
risk  to  the  patient.  Our  Capsicum 
Plasters  will  be  found  more  practi¬ 
cal  for  general  use  than  the  so-called 
Mustard  or  Capsicum  Papers. 


G^SPECIAL  NOTICE  TO  PHYSICIANS.^^ 

Quality  is  of  great  importance  to  the  practitioner— by  reliable  preparations  he  supple¬ 
ments  his  own  skill.  You  can  therefore  rest  assured  that  every  article  we  manufacture  is 
of  strict  pharmacopcea  strength,  and  incorporated  with  perfectly  reliable  Extracts  and 
Drugs,  well  selected,  carefully  and  conscientiously  prepared,  and  manufactured  invariably 
under  the  personal  superintendence  of  one  of  our  firm.  Our  whole  attention  and  study  is 
devoted  entirely  to  the  art  of  Plaster  making ,  and  we  are  ready  at  all  times  to  receive  sug¬ 
gestions  from  the  fraternity,  which  may  be  of  benefit  to  all. 

8EABURY  JOHNSON, 

21  Platt  Street,  New  York. 

All  of  the  above  articles  sold  by  Druggists  everywhere.  Always  specify 
SEABURY  &  JOHNSON’S  PLASTERS. 

R AMPLER  SENT  TO  PHYSICIANS  ON  APPLICATION. 


4 


WYETH’S  DIALYSED  IRON. 

(FERR UM  DIAL YSATUM. ) 


A  Pure  Neutral  Solution  of  Peroxide  of  Iron  in  the  Colloid  Form 
The  Result  of  Endosmosis  and  Difusion  with  Distilled  Water. 

PREPARED  SOLELY  BY 

JOHN  WYETH  &  BRO.. 

PHILADELPHIA. 


This  article  possesses  great  advantages  over  every  other  ferruginous  preparation 
heretofore  introduced,  as  it  is  a  solution  of  Iron  in  as  nearly  as  possible  the  form  in  which 
it  exists  in  the  blood.  It  is  a  preparation  of  invariable  strength  and  purity,  obtained  by 
a  process  of  dialysation,  the  Iron  being  separated  from  its  combinations  by  endosmosis, 
according  to  the  law  ot  diffusion  of  liquids.  It  has  no  styptic  taste,  does  not  blacken  the 
teeth,  disturb  the  stomach  or  constipate  the  bowels. 

It  affords,  therefore,  the  very  best  mode  of  administering 

IJF L03NT 

in  cases  where  the  use  of  this  remedy  is  indicated. 

Physicians  and  Apothecaries  will  appreciate  how  important  is  the  fact  that,  as  an 
antidote  for  Poisoning  by  Arsenic,  Dialysed  Iron  is  quite  as  efficient  as  the  Hydrated 
Sesquioxide  (hitherto  the  best  remedy  known  in  such  cases)  and  has  the  great  advantage 
of  being  always  ready  for  immediate  use.  It  will  now  doubtless  be  found  in  every  drug 
store  to  supply  such  an  emergency. 

Pull  directions  accompany  each  Bottle. 

In  addition  to  this  Solution,  we  prepare  a  Syrup  which  is  pleasantly  flavored,  but  as 
the  Solution  is  tasteless,  we  recommend  it  in  preference;  Physicians  will  find  our 
DIALYSED  IRON  in  all  the  leading  Drug  Stores  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

It  is  put  up  in  bottles  retailing  for  ONE  DOLLAR,  containing  sufficient  for  two 
months  treatment.  Large  size  is  intended  for  hospital  and  dispensing.  Retail  at  11.50. 

Price  Lists,  &c-,  &c. ,  sent  on  application. 

JOHN  WYETH  &  BRO.,  Phila. 

Now  on  hand  for  the  trade  by  G.  R.  FINLAY  &  CO.,  E,  J.  HART  &  CO. 

Samples  to  Physicians  free  on  application  to 

Alex.  K.  Finlay. 

Dispensing  Druggist ,  New  Orleans. 

Compressed  Peptonic  Pills. 

Each  Pill  contains  1  grain  pure  Pepsin,  1  grain  pure  Pancreatine  Lacto  Phosphate  of 
Lime  and  Lactic  Acid,  and  therefore  represents  10  grains  of  the  ordinary  or  Saccha- 
rated  Pepsin  and  10  grains  Pancreatine  as  usually  prescribed  and  dispensed.  Physi¬ 
cians  have  found  these  Pills  to  give  prompt  relief  in  many  forms  of  Dyspepsia  and  Indi¬ 
gestion.  They  will  be  of  permanent  benefit  in  all  cases  of  enfeebled  digestion,  produced 
from  want  of'  proper  secretion  of  gastric  juice.  Physicians  will  appreciate  the  great 
advantage  of  the  mode  of  preparation  of  these  Pills  in  the  absence  of  sugar  or  starch, 
which  is  present  in  all  the  ordinary  Pepsin  and  Pancreatine  Compounds,  the  increased 
benefit  to  the  Dyspeptic  being  due  to  a  full  and  effective  dose  of  tbe  Pepsin  and  Pancre¬ 
atine  in  soluble  combination,  and  small  bulk  free  from  the  really  hurtful  addition  of  sugar. 

Bose— One  Pill  after  eating  or  when  suffering  from  Indigestion,  Lump  in  the  Throat 
or  Flatulence.  For  children  reduce  the  Pill  to  powder  and  give  one-fourth  to  one-half. 

JOHN  WYETH  &  BRO. 
Chemists ,  Philadelphia. 

t.8.79 


5 


££F 


Extract  of  Beef,  Citrate  of  Iron  and  Sherry  Wine. 


In  this  p  eparation  are  combined  the  stimulant  properties  of  Wine  and  the  nutriment 
of  Beef  with  the  tonic  powers  of  Ikon,  the  effect  of  which  on  the  blood  is  so  justly  valued. 

The  peculiar  feature  of  this  combination  is  that  it 

COMBINES  NUTRIMENT  WITH  STIMULUS. 

In  the  majority  of  cases,  along  with  failure  of  strength,  and  indeed  as  one  cause  of  that 
failure,  there  is  an  inability  to  digest  nourishing  food.  Hence  it  is  very  desirable  to  furnish 
nourishment  in  a  form  acceptable  t<>  the  stomach,  at  the  same  time  we  excite  this  organ  to 
do  its  duty.  On  the  other  band,  again,  wine  stimulus  although  needed,  is  ill  borne  if  given 
by  itself,  producing  headache,  excitement,  and  other  symptoms  which  may  be  avoided  by 
the  addition  of  nutritious  substance,  such  as  the  Essence  of  Beef. 

Prompt  results  will  follow  its  use  in  cases  of  sudden  exhaustion,  arising  either  from  acute 
or  chvouic  diseases,  and  will  prove  a 

VALUABLE  RESTORATIVE  FOR  ALL  CONVALESCENTS. 

As  a  Nutritive  Tonic  it  would  be  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  impaired  nutrition,  im- 
.poverishment  of  the  blood,  and  in  all  the  various  forms  of  general  debility.  Each  table¬ 
spoonful  coni  ains  the  Essenc  »  of  one  ounce  of  Beef,  with  two  grains  of  Citrate  of  Iron,  dis¬ 
solved  in  Sherry  Wine.  With  a  view  to  making  the  article  more  palatable  a  portion  of 
the  beef  is  in  the  first  pla^e  partially  roasted,  as  experience  has  shown  that  it  is  better 
borne  by  the  stomach,  and  can  be  administered  for  a  longer  period  when  this  is  done. 

Adult  Dose— One  tablespoonful  between  meals,  and  when  suffering  from  fatigue  or  ex¬ 
haustion. 

Dose  for  Children  should  be  reduced  according  to  the  age. 

JOHN  WYETH  &  BB.O.,  Chemists. 

1412  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia. 


ABSORBENT  COTTGH, 

FOR 

Hospitals,  Dispensaries,  Physicians,  Dentists, 
Druggists,  Photographers,  etc.,  etc. 

- - - 

The  article  furnished  by  ns  -will  be  found  superior  to  any  other  on  account 
of  the  facilities  we  possess  for  the  manufacture,  and  the  care  taken  at  every 
step  of  the  process. 

Not  only  iu  general  surgery,  but  especially  in  gynaecological  practice, 
Absorbent  Cotton  has  found  great  favor.  It  differs  little  from  ordinary 
cotton  in  appearance,  except  in  its  uniformly  fine  quality  and  pure  white 
color,  freedom  from  all  impurities,  — being  entirely  cleansed  from  oil,  resin 
and  all  foreign  matter. 

The  property  of  instantly  absorbing  liquids,  its  exquisite  softness  and 
great  cheapness  render  it,  an  invaluable  substitute  for  Patent  Lint,  Charpie 
or  Sponge. 

We  put  up  our  Absorbent  Cotton  in  neat  and  convenient  packages,  con¬ 
taining  one  pound,  one-quarter  pound  and  two  ounces. 

A  descriptive  Circular  will  be  forwarded  on  application.  Samples  con¬ 
taining  two  ounces  will  be  sent  free  of  postage,  on  receipt  of  twenty  cents. 

JOHN  WYETH  &  BRO, 

Manufacturing  Chemists ,  Philadelphia. 


6 


Office  of  I.  L.  LYONS, 

Importer  and  Wholesale  Druggist, 
Corner  Camp  and  Gtravier  Streets, 

Nero  (Means,  £a. 


JOHN  WYETH  &  BROTHER’S 
Fluid  Extracts,  Elixirs,  Wines,  Dialysed  Iron, 
Compressed  Powders  or  Pills,  Etc.,  Etc. 

I  have  in  stock  a  full  line  of  the  Fluid  Extracts, 
Elixirs,  Syrups,  Wines,  Compressed  Powders,  Dialysed 
Iron,  and  other  medicinal  preparations,  manufactured  by 
John  Wyeth  &  Brother,  Philadelphia. 

The  goods  manufactured  by  this  firm  are  deservedly 
popular,  and  give  great  satisfaction.  I  have  every  con¬ 
fidence  in  the  claims  of  the  manufacturers  as  to  the 
quality  of  their  products.  Their  large  sale  and  popu¬ 
larity  with  the  best  retail  trade  for  many  years  is  the 
strongest  evidence  of  their  care  in  selecting  the  choicest 
drugs,  with  careful  manipulation  and  intelligent  manu¬ 
facture.  I  can  supply  these  preparations  on  as  favorable 
terms  as  the  manufacturers,  and  will  send  free  of  charge, 
on  application,  their  price  lists,  dose  books,  and  samples 
of  their  goods. 

Very  Truly  Yours, 

I.  L.  Lyons. 


t.B-79. 


7 


College  of  Physicians 

(Medical  Department  of  Columbia  College,) 

CORNER  OF  FOURTH  AVENUE  AND  23d  STREET, 
New  York  City. 


SEVENTY-THIRD  SESSION,  1879-’80. 


FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE. 


LONZO  CLARK,  M.D.,  President  and  Professor  of. 
Pathology  and  Practical  Medicine. 

WILLARD  PARKER,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Sur- 


JOHN^m  ALTON, 


M.D.,  Professor  of  Physiology  and 


Hygiene. 

THOMAS  M.  MARKOE.  M.D.,  Professor  of  Surgery. 

T.  GAILLARD  THOMAS,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Gynae¬ 
cology. 

JOHN  T.  METCALFE.  M,D„  Emeritus  Professor  of 
Clinical  Medicine. 

HENRY  B.  SANDS,  M.D.,  Professor  of  the  Practice  of 
Surgery. 

JAMES  W.  McLANE,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics 
and  the  Diseases  of  Children. 

THOMAS  T,  SABINE,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

CHARLES  F,  CHANDLER.  Ph  D.,  Professor  of  Chem¬ 
istry  and  Medical  Jurisprudence. 

EDWARD  CURTIS,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica 
and  Therapeutics. 


FRANCIS  DELAFIELD,  M.D„  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Pathology  and  Practical  Medicine. 

JOHN  G.  CURTIS,  M.D.,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Physi¬ 
ology  and  Hygiene;  Seccetary  of  the  Faculty. 

WM,  DETMOLD,  M.D.,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Military 
and  Clinical  Surgery. 

WILLIAM  H.  DRAPER,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Skin. 

CORNELIUS  R.  AGNEW,  M,D.,  Clinical  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  Ear. 

ABRAHAM  JACOBI,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Dis 

FESSENDEX  CN.W0'nS,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of 

EDWAKlfc.^SEGUIN'k.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Dis- 
eases  of  the  Mind  and  Nervous  System. 

GEO,  M,  LEFFERTS,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Laryn¬ 
goscopy  and  Diseases  of  the  Throat. 

CHARLES  McBURNEY,  M.D.,  Demonstrator  of  Anat¬ 
omy. 

WM.  T.  BULL,,  M,D.,  Ass’t  Demonstrate  of  Anatomy. 


FRANCIS  DELAFIELD.  M.D.. 


Director  of  the  Pathological  Laboratory  of  the  Alumni  Association. 


FACULTY  OF  THE  SPRING  SESSION. 


JAMES  L.  LITTLE,  M.D..  Lecturer  on  Operative  Sur¬ 
gery  and  Surgical  Dressings. 

GEORGE  G.  WHEELOCK,  M,D„  Lecturer  on  Physical 
Diagnosis. 

ROBERT  F.  WEIR,  M  D..  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the 
Genito-Urinary  Organs. 


H.  KNAPP,  M.D,,  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and 
Ear. 

T.  A.  McBRIDE.  M.D.  Lecturer  on  Symptomatology. 
CHARLES  McBURNEY,  Lecturer  on  the  Anatomy  of 
the  Nerves. 


THE  COLLEGIATE  YEAR  embraces  a  special  Spring  and  a  regular  Winter  Session,  attendance  at  the  latter 
only  being  required  for  the  graduating  course,  The  Spring  Session  begins  in  March,  and  continues  till  June  1st.  The 
Regular  Winter  Session  for  1879-80  begins  October  1st,  and  continues  till  March. 

TUITION  is  by  the  following  methods  ; — 

I.  Didactic  Lectures— Dnrihg  the  Winter  Session  from  five  to  six  lectures  are  given  daily  by  the  Faculty. 
Attendance  obligatory.  During  the  Spring  Session  two  lectures  are  given  daily  by  the  Faculty  of  the  Spring 
Session.  Attendance  optional. 

II.  Clinical  Teaching-  Ten  Clinics,  covering  all  departments  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  are  held  weekly 
throughout  the  entire  year  in  the  College  Building.  In  addition,  the  Faculty  give  daily  clinics  at  the  larger  City 
Hospitals  and  Dispensaries  (such  as  the  Bellevue.  Charity,  New  York  and  Roosevelt  Hospitals,  the  New  York  Eye 
and  Ear  Infirmary,  etc. )  as  a  regular  feature  of  the  College  curriculum.  Attendance  optional. 

III.  Recitations  are  held  daily  throughout  both  Sessions.  Attendance  optional. 

IV.  Personal  Instruction — Cases  of  ObstetHcs  are  furnished  without  charge.  Personal  instruction  is  given  in 
Practical  Anatomy,  Operative  Surgei'y ,  Minor  Surgery ,  Physical  Diagnosis,  Ophthalmology ,  Otology , 
Laryngoscopy ,  and  in  Normal  and  Pathological  Histology.  Attendance  optional,  except  upon  Practical  Anatomy. 

Expenses — The  necessary  expenses  are  a  yearly  matriculation  fee  ( $5,  good  for  a  collegiate  year),  tho  fees  for 
the  lectures  of  the  Winter  Session  ($20  for  the  course  on  each  branch,  or  $140  for  the  entire  curriculum),  the  Practi¬ 
cal  Anatomy  fee  ($10.  and  a  small  charge  for  material),  and  a  Graduation  Fee  of  $30  The  graduating  course  re¬ 
quires  three  years’ study.  attendance  upon  two  full  winter  courses  of  lectures,  and  upon  one  course  of  Practical  An¬ 
atomy.  Remissions  and  reductions  of  lecture  fees  are  made  to  graduates  and  students  who  have  already  attended 
two  mil  courses.  All  fees  are  payable  in  advance.  Board  can  be  had  for  from  $5  to  $9  a  week,  and  the  Clerk  of 
the  College  will  aid  students  in  obtaining  it. 

For  the  Annual  Catalogue  and  Announcement,  or  for  further  information,  address  JOHN  G.  CURTIS.  M.D., 
Secretary  of  the  Faculty,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  corner  of  Twenty-Third  Street  and  Fourth  Avenue, 
New  Yprk. 

jy.3t. 


8 


University  I  City  of  New  York. 

MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT. 

410  East  Twenty-Sixth  St,  opposite  Bellevue  Hospital,  New  York.' 

THIRTY-NINTH  SESSION,  I879-’80. 


FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE. 


REV.  HOWARD  CROSBY,  M.D.,  LED.,  Chancellor 
of  the  University. 

ALFRED  C.  POST,  M.D.,  LED.,  Emeritus  Professor 
of  Clinical  Surgery  ;  President  of  the  Faculty. 

CHARLES  1X8 LLE  PARDEE,  M.D.,  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Ear.;  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

JOHN  T.  DARBY,  M.D.,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgery. 

JOHN  C.  DRAPER,  M.D.,  LED.,  Professor  of  Chem¬ 
istry. 

ALFRED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Pathology 
and  Practice  of  Medicine. 

WILLIAM  DARLING,  A.M.,  M.D.,  F.R.C.S.,  Pro¬ 
fessor  of  Anatomy. 

WILLIAM  II,  THOMSON,  M.D  ,  Professor  of  Materia 
Medica  and  Therapeutics. 


J,  W.  S,  ARNOLD,  M.D„  Professor  of  Physiology  and 
Histology. 

J.  WIL LISTON  WRIGHT,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Surgery. 

WM.  M.  POLK,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  the 
Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

FANEUIL  D,  WEIS8E,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Practical 
and  Surgical  Anatomy. 

LEWIS  A.  STIMSON  M.D,,  Professor  of  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

A.  L.  RANNEY.  M.D..  Adjunct  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  E.  WINTERS,  M.D.,  Demonstrator  of  An 
atomy. 


POST-GRADUATE  FACULTY. 


D.  B.  ST.  JOHN  R008A,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Ophthal- 
mology. 

WM.  A,  HAMMOND,  M.D  ,  Professor  of  Diseases  of 
the  Mind  and  Nervous  System. 

STEPHEN  SMITH,  M.D,,  Professor  of  Orthopedic 
Surgery. 


J.  W.  S.  GOULEY,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the 
Genito-Urinary  System. 

MONTROSE  A.  FALLEN,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Gyne¬ 
cology. 

HENRY  G.  PIFFAR1),  M.D.,  Professor  of  Dermatology. 
A.  E.  MACDONALD,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Medical  Juris, 
prudence. 


THE  COLLEGIATE  YEAR  is  divided  into  three  Sessions  :  A  Preliminary  Session,  a  Regular  Winter  Session, 
and  a  Spring  Session. 

THE  PRELIMINARY  SESSION  will  commence  September  17,  1879,  and  will  continue  until  the  dpening  of  the 
Regular  Winter  Session.  It  will  be  conducted  on  the  plan  of  that  Session. 

THE  REGULAR  WINTER  SESSION  will  commence  on  the  first  of  October,  1879,  and  end  about  the  first 
of  March,  1880. 

The  location  of  the  new  College  edifice  being  immediately  opposite  the  gate  of  Bellevue  Hospital,  and  a  few 
steps  from  the  ferry  to  Charity  Hospital,  Blackwell’s  Island,  the  Students  of  the  University  Medical  College  are 
entabled  to  enjoy  the  advantages  afforded  by  these  Hospitals  with  the  least  possible  loss  of  time.  The  Professors  of 
the  practical  Chairs  are  connected  with  the  Hospitals,  and  the  University  Students  are  admitted  to  all  the  Clinics 
given  therein,  free  of  charge. 

In  addition  to  the  daily  Hospital  Clinics,  there  are  eight  Clinics  each  week  in  the  College  Uuilding.  Five  Di¬ 
dactic  Lectures  will  be  given  daily  in  the  College  building,  and  Evening  Recitations  will  be  conducted  by  the  Pro¬ 
fessors  of  Chemistry,  Practice,  Anatomy,  Materia  Medica,  etc.,  Physiology,  Surgery,  and  Obstetrics,  upon  the  sub. 
jects  of  their  lectures. 

THE  SPRING  SESSION  embraces  a  period  of  twelve  weeks,  beginning  in  the  first  week  of  March,  and  ending 
the  last  week  of  May,  The  daily  Clinics,  Recitations,  and  Special  Practical  Courses,  will  be  the  same  as  in  the 
Winter  Session,  and  there  will  be*  Lectures  on  Special  Subjects  by  the  members  of  the  Post-Graduate  Faculty. 

THE  DISSECTING  ROOM  is  open  throughout  the  entire  Collegiate  year;  material  is  abundant  and  it  is 
furnished  free  of  charge. 

STUDENTS  WHO  HAVE  STUDIED  TWO  YEARS,  and  who  have  attended  two  full  Courses  of  Lectures,  may 
be  admitted  to  examination  in  Chemistry,  Anatomy,  and  Physiology,  and,  if  successful,  will  be  examined  at  the  ex¬ 
piration  of  their  full  course  of  study,  on  Practice,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  Surgery,  and  Obstetrics;  but 
those  who  prefer  it  may  have  all  their  examinations  at  the  close  of  their  full  term. 


EEES 

For  Course  of  Lectures . 

Matriculation . 

Demonstrator’s  Fee  (including  material  for  Dissection) . 

Graduation  Fee . 

Post-Graduate  Certificate . 


$140  00 
5  00 
.  10  00 
.  30  00 
.  30  00 


For  further  particulars  and  circulars,  address  the  Dean. 

Prof.  CHAS.  INSLEE  PARDEE,  M.  D,, 

University  Medical  College,  410  East  26th  St.,  New  York  City. 

jy.4t. 


Zf 


40 


IMPORTANT  TO  PHYSICIANS  I 


The  fact  that  Sulphate  of  Quinine  is  only  soluble  in  over  700  parts  of 
water  is  not  generally  known,  or  if  known  is  not  usually  considered,  except 
in  prescriptions,  when  this  difficulty  is  overcome  by  the  addition  of  Acid ; 
and  the  further  fact  that  Bi-Sulphate  of  Quinine  is  soluble  in  only 
10  parts  of  water  is  as  little  appreciated. 

McKesson  &  Robbins  have  paid  much  attention  to  the  subject  of  put¬ 
ting  Quinine  into  Pills,  in  a  condition  approaching  that  of  a  solution,  and 
have  at  last  succeeded  in  their  BI-SULPHATE  OF  QUININE 
PILLS,  and  offer  the  same  to  the  profession,  confident  that  they  will 
stand  any  test  for  solubility  and  prompt  action.  Physicians  will  please  al¬ 
ways  specify  McK.  &  R.  Bi-Sulph.  Quinine  Pills,  and  they  will 
not  be  disappointed  in  results. 

Note.— With  no  reference  to  respectable  druggists,  we  would  say  that 
cases  have  come  to  our  knowledge  and  have  been  noted,  where  other  pills 
have  been  substituted  on  prescriptions  for  ours. 


POWDERED  PURIFIED  CHINOIDINE. 

Containing  all  the  Non-Crystalizable  Alkaloids  of  Cinchona  Bark. 

Similar  preparations  have  been  lately  offered  in  market  AT  HIGH 
PRICES  under  different  fancy  appellations,  and  claims  made  for  the  same 
as  of  equal  efficiency  with  Quinine. 

As  a  great  demand  exists  for  a  cheap  anti-malarial  remedy,  we  intro¬ 
duce  this  preparation  at  low  figures ;  and,  in  order  that  tlyB  profession  may 
judge  practically  of  its  merits,  will  forward  a  sample  to  any  physician’s 
address,  or  mail  one  ounce  upon  receipt  of  FIFTY  CENTS. 


Yours  respectfully, 

McKesson  &  robbins. 

Wholesale  Druggists  and  Manufacturing  Chemists, 

91  FTJLTOZT  ST.,  JTJZW  YOJUT. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


ii 


THE  BEST  AND  CHEAPEST  NATURAL  APERIENT. 


1.0  X  DON  MEDICAL 
RECORD. 

“Hunyadi  Janos.— The  most  pleasant  and 
owing:  to  the  smallness  of  its  dose,  the 
cheapest  of  all  the  natural  aperient 
waters.1’ 

J'rom  Prof.  MA  CXA MA  H  A, 
Prof.  of  Materia  Medico, 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons  in 
Ireland. 

'*  Far  the  most  valuable  and  palatable 
of  "ur  aperient  mineral  waters.  I  have 
been  agreeably  surprised  with  the  result  of 
a  clinical  investigation.” 

Specially  approved  by  the  Academy  of  Medicine,  of  Paris ,  and  its  Sale  in  France 
authorized  by  decree  of  the  French  Government 

MEDALS  AWARDED,  EYOXS  187ti,  VIENNA  1873,  PARIS  1878. 


THE  BRITISH  MEDICAL 
•JOURNAL. 

“  Hunyadi  Janos.  —The  most  agreeable,  // 
safest  and  most  efficacious  aperient  water  it— 
which  has  been  brought  under  our  notice.”  '  ** 


TflE  LANCET. 


”  Hunyadi  .Janos.  Huron  Liebig  affi 
that  its  richness  in  aperient  salts  surpasses 
that  of  all  other  known  wator*.” 


Uses  of  Hfinyadi  Janos  acco^,,xg  Opinions  of  Eminent  Authorities. 


1.  For  habitual  constipation. 

‘‘None  so  prompt,  mild,  and  can  bo  so  well  borne  for  a  length  of  time.” — Prof. 
Seiko  el BKittt,  •*  Uuiver  ity  of  HrosUu.” 

2.  By  persons  inclined  to  obe- . 
sity,  co  gestive,  and  gouty 
disorders. 

“I  have  used  the  Hunyadi  Janos  wat’-r  in  many  cases  of  tiie  rheumatic  and  gouty 
diathesis  with  very  marked  benefit.  In  cases  accompanied  with  great  obesity  1  prefer  it 
to  any  other  laxative. ” — Prof.  Lewis  A.  Sayre  M.D..  *  B  llevue  Hospital,  Now  York.” 

“  Preferred  to  1‘riedrichshall  and  Pulna.  bviho^e  who  have  tried  them.” — Prof.  Aitkkn, 
Pi  It.  8.,  •  '<>!!. -v'.  ’ 

•of  great  use  in  catarrhal  conditions  of  the  pile-ducts  and  bowels,  and  for  congestion 
of  the  liver  and  other  organs.” — •  Medical  Times  and  (Gazette.” 

3.  In  chronic  affections  of  the 
organs  -*f  respiration  and 
Circulation. 

“  Produces  remarkable  relief  in  chronic  diseases  symptomi  tie  of  affection*  of  the  ab 
dominal  and  thoracic  organs,  and  in  serous  effusions  with  impediment  of  respiration  and 
circulation.”— Prof.  Alois  Martin,  44  Royal  M*dical  Councillor,  University  of  Munich.” 

4.  Against  haemorrhoids,  and 
portal  and  hepatic  congestion. 

"  The  most  certain  and  the  roost,  comfortable  in  its  actipn  of  al'  -  the  aperient  waters. 
Tlie  special  indications  for  its  use  are.  in  costiveness  (especially  in  that  of  pregnancy  ),  in 
poirt«l  congestion  with  tendency  to  hremorrhoids. and  in  sluggi  h  action  of  the  liver.” — 
Inspector  General  Macphkrson,  M..D,  Author  of  **  Baths  and  Well*  of  Kurooe.” 

5.  During  Pregnancy ;  for 
nursery  use  ;  and  in  many 
female  disorders. 

l  prescribe  none  but  this.” — Baron  v.  Scanzoni  ”  Wurzbunr.” 

44 1  prefer  this  to  any  and  ev  ry  other.”— Dr.  Marion  Sims,  ‘‘New  York.l  Honorary  Fellow 
Obstetrical  Society  of  Loudon  and  Dublin.” 

6.  In  bilious  attacks  and  sick 
headaches. 

44  l  ha  e  made  use  of  the  Hunyadi  Janos  mineral  water  ever  since  its  introduction  into 
this  country,  atnd  with  ever  increasing  satisfaction.  It  is  highly  beneficial  to  persons  of 
sedentary  habit,  and  in  what  are  called  bilious  attacks.”— I)R.  Silver,  Lecturer  on  "linical 
Medicine.  Charing-Cros*  Il-.spita). 

7.  Against  evil  consequences 
of  indiscretion  in  Diet. 

“Has  invariably  good  and  prompt  success  ;  a  most  valuable  item  in  the  balneological 
treasury.” — Prof.  Virchow,  Berlin. 

For  ordinary  aperient  purposes  a  half  wineglas'sful  of  the  Hunyadi  Water  may  be  taken  at 
bed-time,  or  a  whieglasaful  taken  in  tlie  morning  fasting.  It  is  most  efficacious  when  warmed  to 
a  temperature  not  below  tiO  deg.,  or  when  an  equal  quantity  of  hot  water  is  added  to  it. 

IXXJJNYAJDI  JANOS  MINERAL  WATER. 

INDISPENSABLE  TiJ  THE  TRAVELLING  PUBLIC. 

To  secure  the  genuine  Water,  require  bottles  with  a  blue  label  bearing  the  name, 

Tlie  APOLLINARIS  COMPANY,  Limitefl,  19  Regent  St,,  Lonfloiij  Euglanfl. 

Sole  Agents  for  the  EDTpriF  TIT?  T)  ATW  0  Pfl  41  and  43rWarren  St., 
United  States  J?  IliljJJiA.  Ufj  JjAil  I  U  uU.,  New  York. 


9 


*  CODMAN  &  SHURTLEFF’S 

ATOMIZING  APPARATUS 


All  its  joints  are  liard- 
soldered. 

Every  one  is  tested  by 
hydrostatic  pressure,  to 
more  than  one  hundred 
pounds  to  the  square 
inch. 

It  cannot  be  injured  by 
exhaustion  of  water,  or 
any  attainable  pressure, 
and  will  last  for  many 
years. 

It  does  not  throw 
spirts  of  hot  water ;  is 
convenient,  durable, 


ET  PRICES  REDUCED.^ 

Jj 

F 


The  Complete  Steam  Atomizer— [Patented  March  24,  1868]. 


portable,  compact,  and 
cheap,  in  the  best  sense 
of  the  word.  Price  $5.00 

Postage  59c. 

Brass  parts,  nick_ 
plated,  additional,  $2.00 

Neatly  made,  stron 
Black  walnut  Box,  with 
convenient  Handle, 
additional,  $2.50.  Post¬ 
age  44c. 


COOMAN  4  SHUKTIEFF, 


CODMAN  &  SHURTLEFF, 

BOSTON. 

The  Boston  Atomizer— [  Patented].  Shurtleff's  Atomising  Apparatus — | Patented]. 

The  most  desirable  Hand  Apparatus.  Rubber  warranted  of  the  very  best  quality. 
Valves  imperishable,  every  one  carefully  fitted,  and  will  work  perfectly  in  all  positions 
Price  $3  50. 

The  Bulbs  are  adapted  to  all  the  Atomizing  tubes  made  by  us. 

Each  of  the  above  Apparatus  is  supplied  with  two  carefully-made  annealed  glass 
Atomizing  Tnbes,  and  accompained  with  directions  for  use.  Each' Apparatus  is  carefully 
packed  for  transportation,  and  warranted  perfect. 

The  Anticeptic  Atomizer,  with  Regulatiag  self-acting  cut-off, 

$15.00,  $25.00,  $45.00,  and  $50.00 
45.00 
4.00 
3.00 
3-00 
2.50 
2.50 

25  cents  to  15.00 


Atomizer  by  Compressed  Air 

Dr.  Oliver’s  Atomizer 

Dr.  Clark’s  Atomizer 

The  Constant  Atomizer 

Dr.  Anight’ s  Atomizer 

'J  he  Boston  Atomizer  (see out) 

Atomizing  tubes  in  great  variety 


(Postage  20o. ) 
“  20c. 

“  12c. 

“  16c. 


For  full  description  see  New  Pamphlet  on  Atomization  of  Liquids  with  Formula!  of 
many  articles  of  the  Materia  Medica  successfully  employed  in  the  practice  of  a  well-known 
American  practitioner,  together  with  descriptions  ot  the  best  forms  of  apparatus,  which 
will  be  sent,  post-paid,  on  application. 

Plaster  Bandages  and  Bandage  Machines,  Artioles  for  Antiseptic  Surgery,  Aspirators, 
Clinical  Thermometers,  Crutches,  Air  Cushions,  Wheel  Chairs  and  Articles  for  Invalids, 
Mechanical  Appliances  for  all  deformities  and  deticiences,  Trusses,  Elastio  Hose,  etc. 
Electrical  Instruments  for  all  Medical  and  Surgical  uses,  Hypodermic  Syringes,  Ice  and 
Hot  Water  Bags,  Manikins,  Models,  Skeletons,  Skulls,  etc.,  etc.  Naturalists’ Instruments 
Sphygmographs,  Splints  and  I  racture  Apparatus,  Stethoscopes,  Syringes  of  all  k  nds, 
Teeth  Forceps,  Test  Cases,  Transfusion  Instruments.  French  Rubber  Urinals,  TJrino- 
metere.  Vaccine  Virus,  Veterinary  Instruments,  Waldenburg’s  Pneumatio  Apparatus, 
etc.,  etc. 

Surgical  Instruments  and  Medical  Appliances  of  every  description  promptly  repaired. 

Having  our  factory,  with  steam  power,  ample  machinery,  and  experienced  workmen, 
connected  with  our  store,  we  can  promptly  make  to  order  in  the  best  manner,  and  from 
almost  any  material,  new  instruments  and  apparatus,  and  supply  new  inventions  on  fav¬ 
orable  terms.  Instruments  bearing  our  name  are  fully  warranted.  With  hardly  an  ex¬ 
ception  they  are  the  product  of  our  own  factory,  and  made  under  our  own  personal  super¬ 
vision,  by  skilled  workmen,  w’-o,  being  paid"  for  their  time,  are  not  likely  to  slight  their 
work  tb  ough  haste. 

New  Uustrated  Catalogue  postpaid  on  application: 

CQDMAI7  «  SSCURTI.KFF, 

Makers  and  Importers  of  Superior  Surgical  Instruments,  etc.,  etc., 
13  and  15  Tremont  Street.  Boston. 

B  t.F.79.al. 


10 


OFFICE  OF 

^TEOMMEE^ 

Extract  of  Malt 


COMPANY, 

FREMONT,  OHIO. 


DEAR  SIR:— 


FREMONT ,  OHIO,  April ,  1873. 


It  is  now  five  years  since  we  first  introduced  and  began  the  manufacture 
of  Extract  of  Malt  in  the  United  States.  It  lias  been  our  aim  to  furnish 
the  medical  profession  in  America  with  a  malt-extract  equal  to  the  best 
German  make,  and  (by  saving  the  expenses  of  importation)  much  cheaper 
than  the  foreign  article  can  be  afforded.  For  the  manner  in  which  our 
efforts  have  been  appreciated  by  the  medical  profession,  we  desire  to  ex¬ 
press  our  warmest  thanks. 

The  difficulties  attending  the  manufacture  of  Extract  of  Malt  in  large 
quantities,  can  be  overcome  only  by  that  kind  of  skill  which  is  acquired 
by  experience.  Its  constituents  must  receive  no  injury  by  the  process 
and  good  flavor  and  keeping  quality,  adapting  it  to  all  climates,  must 
characterize  the  product.  All  are  familiar  with  the  striking  difference 
between  certain  celebrated  brands  of  ale  an  !  porter —and  yet  the  poorest 
as  well  as  the  best,  is,  or  should  be,  produced  from  barley  malt  and  hops. 
Success  greatly  depends,  of  course,  up<  n  the  employment  of  none  but  the 
best  material;  but  it  is  by  the  use  of  specific  and  long  tried  procedures 
that  results  are  obtained  which  are  so  difficult  to  rival. 

We  do  ourselves  but  simple  justice,  in  stating  that  our  entire  attention  is 
and  for  many  years  has  been,  exclusively  devoted  to  the  manufacture  of 
Extract  of  Malt  for  medical  purposes,  and  that  we  give  our  undivided 
personal  attention  to  each  step  i  :  the  delicate  process  by  which  ^Extract  of 
Malt  of  excellent  quality  can  alone  be  made. 

Under  these  circumstances,  it  is  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  the  various 
manufacturers  of  fluid  extracts,  elixirs,  pills,  &c.,  who  (attracted  by  the 
high  reputation  of  our  Extract  of  Malt)  have  rec  ntly,  in  various  sections 
of  the  country,  undertaken  the  manufacture  of  a  similar  article,  should 
generally  succeed  in  producing  it  of  a  quality  according  with  the  fulsome 
praise  with  which  their  advertisements  are  filled.  While  being  perfectly 
willing  to  let  the  reputation  of  our  Extract  of  Malt  rest  upon  its  real 
merits,  we  owe  it  to  the  medical  profession,  is  well  as  to  ourselved.  to 
give  warning  against  imposition. 

It  has  come  to  our  knowledge  that  certain  articles  extensively  advertised 
as  “pure”  and  “genuine  extract  of  malt,”  are  composed  chiefly  of  the 

t.Jy-79. 


11 


substance  called  graph  sugar  or  maltine,  which,  as  is  well  known  is  the 
product  of  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  upon  starch  subjected  to  a  high 
temperature.  This  artificial  grape  sugar  or  glucose  which  is  extensively 
manufactured  from  oorn  starch,  is  now  being  used  in  immense  quantities, 
instead  of  ordinary  cane  sugar,  in  the  sophistication  of  confectionery, 
sugarhouse  syrup,  “  strained  honey,”  native  wines,  and  canned  fruits,  and 
by  some  brewers  in  the  manufacture  of  beer  and  ale.  The  cheapness  of 
this  artificial  product  of  Indian  corn,  constitutes  the  chief  inducement  for 
this  species  of  substitution  for  barley  malt  and  cane  sugar. 

Again,  an  extract  of  malted  grain  is  manufactured  for  the  purpose  of 
obtaining  diastase,  which  (simple  and  variously  combined)  is  much  used 
in  medicine.  The  appearance  of  the  extract  is  but  slightly  changed  by 
being  deprived  of  this  important  constituent,  although,  it  is  unnecessary 
to  add,  that  its  value  as  a  medicinal  agent  is  thereby  greatly  impaired. 
Nevertheless,  this  very  substance,  which  is  little  more  than  refuse  material, 
in  the  manufacture  of  diastase,  is  now  being  offered  for  pure  malt  extrac. 

It  is  malt  extract  prepared  from  Barley  malt  combined  with  the  proper 
proportion  of  Hops,  that  has  been  for  many  years  the  standard  medicinal- 
nutritive  employed  by  the  medical  faculty  of  Europe,  and  especially  of 
Germany.  Its  value  has  beeu  established  by  experience,  and  its  use  in 
the  treatment  of  almost  all  forms  of  disease  of  nutrition  is  constantly  ex¬ 
tending.  We  shall  continue  to  devote  the  most  scrupulous  attention  of 
the  maintenance  of  the  reputation  of  our  malt  extract,  by  the  careful 
selection  of  material  and  by  unwearied  personal  attention  to  manufactur¬ 
ing  details. 

Attention  is  respectfully  directed  to  the  'accompanying  extract  from 
Ziemssen,  aud  also  to  our  circular  and  testimonials  elsewhere  printed. 

Very  Respectfully, 

TROMMER  EXTRACT  OF  MALT  CO. 


[From  Zieimsen's  Oyclopcedia  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine,  Vol.  XVI,  page  474;] 

“The  Malt  Extract  prepared  from  Trommer’s  receipt  is  designed  to 
fulfil  much  the  same  purpose  as  Cod-liver  oil,  carbo-hydrates  (malt-sugar, 
dextrin,)  taking  the  place  of  fatty  matter.  The  simple  (much  or  little 
hopped)  and  the  Chalybeate  form  of  Malt  Extract  are  coming  more'&nd 
more  into  favor  as  substitutes  for  the  oil ;  they  are  more  palatable  and 
more  easily  digested,  and  should,  therefore,  be  preferred  in  the  dyspeptic 
forms  of  anaemia.  During  the  last  few  years  Malt  Extract  has  almost 
entirely  taken  the  place  of  Cod  Liver  Oil  in  the  treatment  of  phthisis,’ and 
other  wasting  diseases  at  the  Basle  hospital,  and  we  have  as  yet  found  no 
reason  for  returning  to  the  use  of  the  latter  remedy.  The  Extract  may  be 
given  from  one  to  three  times  a  day  in  doses  varying  from  a  teaspoonful 
to  a  tablespoonful  in  milk,  broth,  beer,  or  wine.” 


t.Jy-79. 


12 


< —  |  T  ES  O  M  M  E  R,  S’  | - 


The  rapidly  increasing  demand  for  onr  Improved  Extract  of  Malt,  during  the  four 
years  that  it  has  been  manufactured  and  offered  to  the  medical  profession  in  America, 
justifies  the  belief  that  in  its  production  here  we  are  meeting  a  generally  felt  want. 

Long  experience  in  manufacturing  Malt  Extract  has  enabled  us  to  completely  overcome 
the  many  difficulties  attending  its  manufacture  in  large  quantity;  ana  we  positively 
assure  the  profession  that  our  Extract  of  Malt  is  not  only  perfectly  pure  and  reliab’e, 
but  that  it  will  keep  for  years,  in  any  climate,  without  fermenting  or  molding,  and  that 
its  flavor  actually  improves  by  age.  Our  Extract  is  guaranteed  to  equal,  in  every  respect, 
the  best  German  make,  while,  by  avoiding  the  expense  of  importation,  it  is  afforded  at 
less  than  half  the  price  of  the  foreign  article. 

The  Malt  from  which  it  is  made,  is  obtained  by  carefully  malting  the  very  best  quality 
of  selected  Toronto  Canada  Barley.  The  extract  is  prepared  by  an  improved  process, 
which  prevents  injury  to  its  properties  or  flavor  by  excess  of  heat.  IT  REPRESENTS 
THE  SOLUBLE  CONSTITUENTS  OF  MALT  AND  HOPS,  viz:  Malt,  sugar,  dex¬ 
trine,  diastase,  resin  and  bitter  of  hops,  phosphates  of  lime  and  magnesia,  and  alkaline 
salts. 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  following  analysis  of  this  Extract,  as  given  by  S.  H.  Douglas, 
Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor. 

TROMMER  EXTRACT  OF  MALT  CO.: — I  enclose  herewith  my  analysis  of  your 
Extract  of  Malt : 

Malt  Sugar  46.1;  Dextrine,  Hop-bitter,  Extractive  Matter,  23.6;  Albuminous  Matter 
[Diastase,  ]  2.469 ,  Ash — Phosphates,  1.712.  Alkalies  .377;  Water,  25.7.  Total,  99.958. 

In  comparing  the  above  analysis  with  that  of  the  Extract  of  Malt  of  the  German 
Pharmacopoea,  as  given  by  Hager,  that  has  been  so  generally  received  by  the  profession, 
I  find  it  to  substantiaAv  agree  with  that  article 

Yours  truly.  SILAS  H  DOUGLAS, 

Prof,  of  Analytical  and  Applied  Chemistry. 

This  invaluable  preparation  is  highly  recommended  by  the  medical  profession,  as  a  most 
effective  therapeutic  agent,  for  the  restoration  of  delicate  and  exhausted  constitutions.  It 
is  very  nutritious,  being  rich  in  both  muscle  and  fat  producing  materials. 

The  very  large  proportion  of  Diastase  renders  it  most  effective  in  those  forms  of  disease 
originating  in  imperfect  digestion  of  the  starchy  elements  of  food. 

A.  single  dose  of  the  Improved  Tfommer’s  Extract  of  Malt,  contains  a  larger  quantity 
of  the  active  properties,  of  Malt,  than  a  pint  of  the  best  ale  or  porter ;  and  not  having 
undergone  fermentation,"  is  absolutely  free  from  alcohol  and  carbonic  acid. 

The  dose  for  adults  is  from  a  dessert  to  a  tablespoonful  three  times  daily  It  is  best 
taken  after  meals,  pure,  or  mixed  with  a  glass  of  milk,  or  in  water,  wine,  or  any  kind  of 
spirituous  liquor.  Each  bottle  contains  1J  Lbs.  of  the  Extract. 


Our  preparations  of  Malt  are  for  sale  by  druggists  generally  tkrcughout  the 


United  States  and  Canadas,  at  the  following  prices 

Extract  of  Malt,  with  Hops,  plain. . 

91  00 

44 

u 

44 

44 

Pyrophosphate  of  Iron,  Ferrated  ... 

1  00 

u 

a 

44 

44 

Cod  Liver  Oil.  .... 

1  00 

u 

44 

44 

44 

Cod  Liver  Oil  and  Iodide  of  Iron, 

1  00 

u 

u 

<4 

44 

Cod  Liver  Oil  and  Phosphorus,  *  • 

1  00 

it 

44 

44 

44 

Hypo  phosphites, 

1  50 

u 

44 

44 

44 

Iodides  .....  . 

1  50 

a 

44 

44 

(( 

Alteratives,  -  -  -  .  - 

1  50 

41 

44 

44 

14 

Citrate  of  Iron  and  Quinia,  « 

1  50 

u 

44 

44 

44 

Pepsin,  --•••• 

1  50 

MAN UPAC I'UliKl)  BY 

TROMMER  EXTRACT  OF  MALT  CO.,  -  -  -  FREMONT,  OHIO. 

tJy-79. 


t 


13 


G.  R.  FIHLAY  &  CO., 

IMPORTERS 

AND 


No.  35  Magazine  St.  and  12  Bank  Place, 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 


We  keep  constantly  on  hand  a  large  and  complete  stock  ox 


bought  exclusively  for  CASH,  and  are  prepared  to  fill  all  orders  entrusted 
to  our  care  with  accuracy  aud  dispatch,  and  at  the  lowest 
possible  market  rates. 

We  deal  in  none  but 

First  Glass 

and  all  medicines  sold  by  us  are 

GUARANTEED  TO  BE  FRESH  AND  UNADULTERATED 

The  success  of  the  physician  often  depends  on  the  quality  of  the  drug 
prescribed  by  him,  and  we  believe  our  patrons  will  bear  us  out  in  the  as¬ 
sertion  that  the  quality  of  the  goods  we  supply  cannot  be  surpassed. 

We  are  Agents  for  some  of  the  LARGEST  MANUFACTURING  ESTAB¬ 
LISHMENTS  (both  of  this  country  and  Europe)  of 

CHEMICALS, 

PHARMACISTS’  PREPARATIONS, 
SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS  AND  APPLIANCES. 

aud  all  orders  will  be  filled  with  attention  to  furnishing  such  manufactures 
as  are  designated.  A  full  stock  of 

Pure  Liquors  and  Wines  of  all  kinds 

are  also  kept  on  hand  for  medicinal  purposes. 


t.jy-79. 


11 


([SUCCESSOR  TO  BALL,  LYONS  &  CO. ) 


40,  42,  44  CAMP  and  111,  113,  115,  117  GRA  VIER  STS., 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 

DEALER  IN 


Drugs,  Chemicals,  Essential  Oils, 

Chemical  Apparatus,  Surgical  Instruments,  Electric  Apparatus,  Medi¬ 
cine  Chests,  Saddle  Bags,  Trusses,  Supporters,  Silk  Stockings, 
Sponges,  and  all  articles  used  in  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

FINE  MINES  AND  LIQUORS, 


PERFUMERY,  FANCY  GOODS,  PAINTS,  OILS,  DYE  STUFFS,  GLASS,  ETC.; 

Importer  of 

FRENCH,  ENGLISH  AND  GERMAN  DRUGS  AND  CHEMICALS. 
Importer  of  Swedish  Leeches, 

Importer  of  English  Solid  Extracts, 

Importer  of  Bat  I  ley's  Liqnor  Opii  Sed., 

Liquor  Ergot,  Cinchona,  Buchu,  Taraxacum,  etc., 

Importer  of  French,  English  and  German  Proprietary 

Medioines,  Perfumery  and  Drug  Sundries 

Only  direct  Importer  in  the  South  of  Norwegian  or  Bergen  Cod  Liver  Oil, 

White  and  Brown. 

Agent  for  GEO.  TIEMANN  &  CO.’S  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS, 

Which  we  Sell  at  Makers’  Prices. 

Agent  for  W.  R.  WARNER  &  CO.’S  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS 

Agent  for 

SHARPE  dk  DOHMES'  AND  HENRY  THAYER  &  CO'S 

SOLID  AND  FLUID  EXTRACTS. 

Agent  for 

JNO.  WYETH  dk  BROS  FLUID  EXTRACTS,  ELIXIRS ,  WINES, 

DIALYSED  IRON,  COMPRESSED  PILLS ,  AC..  dkC. 

Agent  for 

DR.  L.  A.  BABCOCK’S  SILVER  UTERINE  SUPPORTER, 

dr.  McIntoshs  uterine  supporter, 

DR.  STEPHENSONS  UTERINE  SUPPORTER. 


BLUE  LICK,  POLAND,  BETHESDA  AND  BLADON  WATER. 

Always  in  stock  a  full  line  of 

CARPENTER'S,  ELLIOTS,  ALOE  &  HERNSTEINS  AND  LESLIE'S 

SADDLE  BAGS,  FRESH  HUMAN  AND  BOVINE  VACCINE. 


The  extensive  Dispensing  Department  and  complete  Laboratory  connected  with  my 
Wholesale  Business  enables  me  to  give  that  careful  attention  to  Physicians'  Orders  ne¬ 
cessary  to  ensure  tilling  them  satisfactorily. 

Having  always  exercised  the  greatest  care  in  the  selection  of  the  crude  materials  em¬ 
ployed.  and  making  all  pharmaceutical  preparations  of  standard  strength,  in  strict  accord¬ 
ance  with  established  and  recognized  formulas,  I  have  earned  and  am  entitled  to  the  con¬ 
fidence  of  the  profession, 

I.  L.  LYONS. 


t-jy-80 


15 


Pharmaceutical  and  Medicinal  Preparations 

FROM  LABORATORY  OF 

Ia  Ea.  XiTQITS, 

(Successor  to  BALL,  LYONS  &  CO.) 


Wholesale  Druggist  and  Pharmacist, 

40,  42,  44  CAMP  St.  and  111,  113,  115,  117  GRAYIER  St. 

MBIT  ORLEANS,  LA. 


During  my  many  years’ experience  I  have. always  recognized  the  importance  of  estab¬ 
lishing  in  our  midst  a  LABORATORY  which  would  enable  Physicians  to  procure  at  home, 
with  a  guarantee  of  purity  and  reliability,  the  many,  elegant  and  really  scientific  prepara¬ 
tions  which  have  of  late  j-ears  become  so  popular  with  practitioners  and  patients.  Sup¬ 
plied  with  the  MOST  APPROVED  APPARATUS,  and  in  charge  of  intelligent  and  ex¬ 
perienced  pharmaceutists,  I  may  justly  claim  the  products  ot  my  laboratory  to  be  ex- 
colled  by  none  in  the  country,  and  to  be  far  superior  to  most  others  of  foreign  manufacture. 
I  cannot  attempt  here  to  enumerate  all  the  extensive  list  of  my  preparations,  and  will 
only  call  attention  to  the  leading  ones,  which  have,  by  their  absolute  reliability,  elicited 
the  praise  and  approbation  of  the  leading  physicians  in  this  city. 

I  also  beg  to  add  that  I  am  prepared  to  manufacture  at  short  notice  any  pharmaceutical 
preparation  which  physicians  may  be  unable  to  procur  e  elsewhere. 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME; 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  LACTO-PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  SOLUBLE  PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME  ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL,  FERRATED; 

COD  LIVER  OIL,  _  ODO-FERRATED ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL.  PHOSPHORATED; 

BERGEN  COD  LIVER  OIL,  WHITE  ; 

BERGEN  COD  LIVER  OIL,  BROWN. 


NUTRITIVE  ELIXIR ,  (Beef,  Cognac  and  Bitter 
Orange)  NUTRITIVE  ELIXIR ,  FERRATED, 
designed  as  SUBSTITUTES  FOR  DUCROS ’ 
ELIXIR,  at  more  moderate  prices. 


ELIXIR  BI8MLUH 

ELIXIR  CAI.IS  Y/  and  PYROPHOG. 
IRON, 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA  IRON  and  STRYCH 
NIA. 

ELIXIR  CALTSAYA,  IRON,  STRYCH 
NIA  and  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA,  IRON,  PEPSINE 
and  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIR  GIT.  LITHIA. 

i'.LIXIR  PHOSPHATE  IRON,  QUININE 
and  STRYCHNIA. 

ELIXIR  PYROFHOS.  IRON,  QUININE 
and  STRYCHINA. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE  and  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE,  BISMUTH  and 
STVRCHNIA. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE,  BISMUTH.  STRYCH 
NIA  and  IRON. 

ELIXIR  VAL.  AMMONIA 

ELIXIR  VAL.  AMMONIA  and  QUININE. 

ELIXIR  GUARANA. 


LIQUOR  PEPSINE. 

LIQUOR  BISMUTH. 

SYRUP  PHOSPHATES  COMP. 

SYRUP  HYPOPnOPHITES  COMP. 
SYRUP  LACTO-PHOSPHATE  IRON. 
SYRUP  LACTO  PHOSPHATE  LIME 
SYRUP  IRON,  free  from  taste  and  acid. 
SYRUP  PHOSPH.  IRON,  QUININE  and 
STRYCHNIA. 

SYRDP  IOD.  IRON  and  MANG. 

SYRUP  HYD.  CHLORAL. 

SYRUP  LAOTO-PHOS.  LIME  and  PEP¬ 
SINE. 

SYRUP  LACTO-PHOS.  LIME  and  IRON 
WINE,  BEEF  and  IRON. 

WINE,  BEEF,  IRON  and  CINCHONA. 
WINE,  PEPSINE. 

WINE,  IRON  BITTER. 

WINE  CINCHONA,  (Quinquina  Robiquet.) 
WINE  CINCHONA.  FERRUGINEUX 
(Quinquina  Robiquet.) 

WINE  WILD  CHERRY. 

WINE  WILD  CHERRY,  FERRATED 


ELIXIR  TARAX.  COMP,  for  masking  Qui¬ 
nine. 

FLUID  EXTRACT  ERGOT  prepared  from  the  selected  grains,  and  all  fluid 
Extracts  of  STANDARD  STRENGTH. 


All  new  and  rare  chemicals  kept  in  stock. 

I.  T,. 


LYONS. 


t-jy-80 


16 


NOW  READY. 

<Pte  f mtitiowfs  $efmnce  ftoflfe, 

ADAPTED  TO  THE  USE  OF 

THE  PHYSICIAN,  THE  PHARMACIST,  and  the  STUDENT. 

General  Information  for  the  Practitioner,  Therapeutic  and  Practical 
Hints.  How  to  conduct  a  Post-mortem  Examination. 

Dietetic  Rules  and  Precepts. 

By  RICHARD  J  DUNGLISON,  M.D. 

Preface  to  the  Work. 

From  personal  experience  of  the  wants  of  the  busy  practitioner,  the  author  is  confident 
that  a  work  of  ready  reference  containing,  in  a  compact  and  tangible  shape,  information 
of  a  purely  practical  character,  will  prove  a  desirable  addition  to  his  medical  arma¬ 
mentarium  The  physician  is  frequently  at  a  loss  to  know  in  what  direction  to  look,  in 
order  to  procure  such  facts  and  hints  as  are  here  collected,  some  of  which  are  widely 
scattered  through  voluminous  professional  treatises  or  the — in  many  instances — inac¬ 
cessible  pages  ot  medical  periodicals  ;  while  the  other  original  suggest io-  «  and  precepts 
offered  for  his  guidance  will,  it  is  believed,  meet  many  of  his  daily  needs.  The  cordial 
indorsement  of  the  objects  of  the  work,  with  which  the  author  has  already  been  favored 
by  leading  and  active  members  of  the  profession,  induces  him  to  indulge  the  hope  that  it 
may  become  an  indispensable  companion  as  a  handy-hook  for  every-day  consultation. 

Bound  in  Cloth.  Octavo.  Price  $3.50. 

Sent  free,  by  mail,  upon  receipt  of  price. 

LINDSAY  &  BLAKISTON,  Publishers, 

No.  25  South  Sixth  Street ,  Phila. 


PTHECjlRI  Ap  CHEMIS™ 

115  EAST  MARKET,  LOUISVILLE,  KY„ 

Manufactures  by  his  Improved  Method 

^sSaccharated  Pepsin, 

which  has  proven,  its  sup.  riority  over  other  Pepsins  by  its  greater  strength,  by  its  stabil¬ 
ity  and  uniformity,  and  by  its  almost  entire  tastelessness. 

CONCENTRATED  DRY  PEPSIN, 

of  which  one  grain  digests  100  to  125  grains  of  coagulated  albumen  in  4  to  6  hours,  and 

LIQUID  PEPSIN, 

of  which  one  ounce  dissolves  90  grains  of  albumen. 


ALL  ARTICLES  WARRANTED. 


t4y-79 


17 


DK.  McINTOSH’S 


Natural  Uterine  Supporter. 

No  instrument  hu  ever  been  placed  before  the  medioal  profession  which  has  given 
such  universal  satisfaction.  The  combination  is  such  that  the  Physician  is  able  to  meet 
every  indication  of  Uterine  Displacements.  Falling  Womb,  Auteversion,  Retroversion 
and  Flexions  are  overcome  by  this  instrument,  where  others  fail ;  this  is  proven  by  the 
fact  that  since  its  introduction  to  the  Profession  it  has  come  into  more  general  nse  than 
all  other  instruments  combined. 

Among  the  many  reasons  which  recommend  this  Supporter  to  the  Physician  is  its 
self-adjusting  qualities.  The  Physician  after  applying  it  need  have  no  fear  that  he  will 
be  called  in  haste  to  remove  or  readjust  it  as  is  often  the  case  with  rings  and  various 
pessaries  held  in  position  by  presure  against  the  vaginal  wall,  as  the  patient  can  remove 
it  at  will  aud  replace  it  without  assistance. 

The  Abdominal  Supporter  is  a  broad  morroco  leather  belt  with  elastic  straps  to  buckle 
around  the  hips,  with  concave  front  so  shaped  as  to  hold  up  the  abdomen.  The  Uterine 
Support  is  a  cup  and  stem  made  of  highly  polished  hard  rubber,  very  light  and  durable, 
shaped  to  fit  the  neck  of  the  womb,  with  openings  for  the  secretions  to  pass  out,  as 
shown  by  the  cuts.  Cups  are  made  with  extended  lips  to  correct  flexions  and  versions  of 
the  womb. 

The  cup  and  stem  is  suspended  to  the  belt  by  two  soft  elastic  Rubber  Tubes,  which 
are  fastened  to  the  front  of  the  belt  by  simple  loops,  passed  down  through  the  stem  of 
the  cup  and  up  to  the  back  of  the  belt.  These  soft  rubber  tubes  being  elastic  adapt 
themselves  to  all  the  varying  positions  of  the  body  and  perform  the  service  of  ligaments 
of  the  womb. 

The  instrument  is  very  comfortable  to  the  patient,  can  be  removed  or  replaced  by  her 
at  will,  can  be  worn  at  all  times,  will  not  interfere  with  nature’s  necessities,  will  not 
corrode,  and  is  lighter  than  metal.  It  will  answer  for  all  cases  of  Anteversion,  Retrover¬ 
sions,  or  any  Flexions  of  the  Womb,  and  is  used  by  the  leading  Physicians  with  never 
failing  success  even  in  the  most  difficult  cases. 

Price— to  Physicians  $8.00;  to  Patients,  $12  00. 

Instruments  sent  by  mail,  at  our  risk,  on  receipt  of  Price,  with  16  cents  added  for 
postage,  or  by  Express.  O.  O  D. 

Dr.  McINTOSH’S  NATURAL  UTERINE  SUPPORTER  00. 

192  Jackson  Street,  Chicago,  III. 

Our  valuable  pamphlet  “  Some  Practical  Facts  about  Displacements  of  the  Womt>,’ 
will  be  sent  you  free  t  n  application. 


INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  PHILADELPHIA,  1876. 


AWARD 

For  “  General  Excellence  in  Manufacture.” 

II.  FLATTEN  ft  SOI, 


224  WILLIAM  ST.,  (Established  1836.; 


OF  ALL  KINDS. 


NEW  YORK. 


iEB, 


Also ,  EMPTY  CAPSULES— 5  SIZES , 

For  the  easy  administration  of  nauseous  medicinal  preparations. 

STSOLE  AGENTS  FOR  BLAIR’S  GOUT  AND  RHEUMATIC  PILLS. 
Samples  and  Price  Lists  sent  on  application.  Sold  by  all  Druggists. 

c  jyiy- 


TO  PHYSICIANS. 


The  scarcity  and  high  prices  of  Cinchona  barks  and  Sulphate  of  Quinia,  and 
the  prospect  of  only  a  slight  reduction  in  these  prices,  makes  the  present  a 
favorable  opportunity  of  calling  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  the  combina¬ 
tion  of  all  the  bark  alkaloids. 

Much  attention  has  been  given  to  this  subject  in  Europe  and  India. 

The  growing  appreciation  by  the  medical  profession  of  the  United  States  of 

CINCHO-QUININE 

is  due  to  the  fact  that  it  retains  the  important  alkaloids  in  combination,  —  a 
combination  which  in  practice  is  preferable  to  perfect  isolation  or  separation  of 
these  alkaloids. 

In  addition  to  its  superior  efficacy  as  a  tonic  and  anti-periodic,  it  has  the  following  advantages, 
which  greatly  increase  its  value  to  physicians  :  — 

ist,  It  exerts  the  full  therapeutic  influence  of  Sulphate  of  Quinine,  in  the  same  doses,  with¬ 
out  oppressing  the  stomach,  creating  nausea,  or  producing  cerebral  distress,  as  the  Sulphate  of 
Quinine  frequently  does ;  and  it  produces  much  less  constitutional  disturbance. 

2d,  It  has  the  great  advantage  of  being  nearly  tasteless.  The  bitter  is  very  slight,  and  not  un¬ 
pleasant  to  the  most  sensitive,  delicate  woman  or  child. 

3d,  It  is  less  costly :  the  price  will  fluctuate  with  the  rise  and  fall  of  barks,  but  will  always  be 
much  less  than  the  Sulphate  of  Quinine. 

4th,  It  meets  indications  not  met  by  that  Salt. 

The  following  well-known  Analytical  Chemists  say  :  — 

“University  of  Pennsylvania,  Jan.  22,  1875.  lamination  for  quinine,  quinidine,  and  cinchonine, 
“  I  have  tested  Cincho-Quinine,  and  have  foundjand  hereby  certify  that  I  found  these  alkaloids  in 
it  to  contain  quinine,  quinidine,  cinchonine,  cincho-i Cincho-Quinine. 

*  *  ^T'xr"’rT  C.  GILBERT  WHEELER, 

Professor  of  Chemistry.’' 

“  I  have  made  a  careful  analysis  of  the  contents  of 
a  bottle  of  your  Cincho-Quinine,  and  find  it  to  con¬ 
tain  quinine,  quinidine,  cinchonine,  and  cinchoni- 
ditte. 

S.  P.  SHARPLES,  State  Assayer  of  Mass. 


nidine.  F.  A.  GENTH, 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Mineralogy .’  ’ 

“  Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Chicago, 
Feb.  1,  1875. 

“  I  hereby  certify  that  I  have  made  a  chemical  ex¬ 
amination  of  the  contents  of  a  bottle  of  Cincho- 
Quinine  •  and  by  direction  I  made  a  qualitative  ex- 


TESTIMONIALS. 


“Wbllpleet,  Mass.,  Nov.  17,  1876, 

“  I  have  used  Cincho-Quinine,  and  can  say  with¬ 
out  any  hesitation  it  has  proved  superior  to  the  sul¬ 
phate  of  quinine.  J.  G.  JOHNSON,  M.D.” 

“  Martinsburg,  Mo.,  Aug.  15,  1876. 

“  I  use  the  Cincho-Quinine  altogether  among 
children,  preferring  it  to  the  sulphate. 

DR.  E.  R.  DOUGLASS.” 

“Liverpool,  Penn.,  June  i,  1876. 

“  I  have  used  Cincho-Quinine,  obtaining  better 
results  than  from  the  sulphate  in  those  cases  in 
which  quinine  is  indicated. 

DR.  I.  C.  BARLOTT.” 

“  Renfrow’s  Station,  Tbnn.,  July  4,  1876. 

“  I  am  well  pleased  with  the  Cincho-Quinine, 
and  think  it  is  a  better  preparation  than  the  sul¬ 
phate.  W.  H.  HALBERT.” 

“St.  Louis,  Mo.,  April,  187^ 

“  I  regard  it  as  one  of  the  most  valuable  additions 
ever  made  to  our  materia  medica. 

GEORGE  C.  PITZER,  M.D.” 


“  Richmond,  Va.,  March  28,  1877. 

“  I  believe  that  the  combination  of  the  several 
cinchona  alkaloids  is  more  generally  useful  in  prac¬ 
tice  than  the  sulphate  of  quinine  uncombined. 

“Yours  truly,  LANDON  B.  EDWARDS,  M.D. 

Member  Pa.  State  Board  of  Health, 
and  Sec’y  and  Treas.  Medical  Society  of  Pal’ 

“  Centrbvillb,  Mich. 

“  I  have  used  several  ounces  of  the  Cincho-Qui- 
ninb,  and  have  not  found  it  to  fail  in  a  single  in¬ 
stance.  I  have  used  no  sulphate  of  quinine  in  my 
practice  since  I  commenced  the  use  of  the  Cincho- 
Quinine,  as  I  prefer  it.  F.  C.  BATEMAN,  M.D.” 

“North-Eastern  Free  Medical  Dispensary, 
908  East  Cumberland  St.,  Philadelphia,  Penn., 
Feb.  29,  1876. 

“In  typhoid  and  typhus  fevers  I  always  prescribe 
the  Cincho-Quinine  in  conjunction  with  other  ap¬ 
propriate  medicines,  the  result  being  as  favorable  as 
with  former  cases  where  the  sulphate  had  been  used. 

“  F.  A.  GAMAGE,  M.D.” 


Price-Lists  and  Descriptive  Catalogues  furnished  upon  application. 

BILLINGS,  CLAPP  &  CO.,  Manufacturing  Chemists, 

(SUCCESSORS  TO  JAMES  R.  NICHOLS  &  CO.) 

BOSTON,  MASS. 


t.jy-7y. 


19 


BELLEVUE  HOSPITAL  MEDICAL  COLLEGE, 

CITY  OF  NEW  YORK, 

MEMBER  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  COLLEGE  ASSOCIATION. 
SESSIONS  OF  1879-1880. 

THB  COLLEGIATE  YEAR  in  this  Institution  embraces  a  preliminary  Autumnal  Term,  the  Regular  Winter 
Session,  and  a  Spring  Session. 

THE  PRELIMINARY  AUTUMNAL  TERM  for  1879- ’90  will  begin  on  Wednesday,  September  17th.  18ft,  and 
continue  until  the  opening  of  the  Regular  Session.  During  this  term,  instruction,  consisting  of  didactic  lectures  upon 
special  subjects  and  daily  clinical  lectures,  will  be  given,  as  heretofore,  by  the  entire  Faculty,  in  the  same  number 
and  order  as  during  the  Regular  Session.  Students  expecting  to  attend  the  Regular  Session  are  recommended  to 
attend  the  Preliminary  Term,  but  such  attendance  is  not  required. 

THE  REGULAR  SESSION  will  begin  on  Wednesday,  October  l9t,  1879,  and  end  about  the  1st  of  March,  1880. 
During  this  Session,  in  addition  to  four  didactic  lectures  on  every  week  day  except  Saturday,  two  oy  three  hours 
are  daily  allotted  to  clinical  instruction. 

THB  SPRING  SESSION  consists  chiefly  of  recitations  from  Text-Books.  This  Session  begins  on  the  1st  of 
March  and  continues  uatil  the  1st  of  June.  During  this  Session,  daily  recitations  in  all  the  departments  are  held 
by  a  corps  of  examiners  appointed  by  the  Faculty.  Short  courses  of  lectures  are  given  on  special  subjects,  and 
regular  clinics  are  held  Ifc  the  Hospital  and  in  the  College  Building. 


FACULTY : 

ISAAC  E.  TAYLOR,  M.  D., 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women,  and  President  of  the  Faculty. 

JAMES  R.  WOOD,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  FORDYCE  BARKER,  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgery.  Professor  of  Clinical  Mid- wlfery  and  Diseases  of  Women. 


AUSTIN  FLINT,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  and 
Clinical  Medicine. 

W.  H.  VAN  BUREN,  M.  D  , 

Professor  of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery,  Dis¬ 
eases  of  Genito-Urinary  System,  and  Clini¬ 
cal  Surgery. 

LEWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  D.. 

Professor  of  Orthopedic  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

ALEXANDER  B.  MOTT.  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Clinical  and  Operative  Surgery. 

WILLIAM  T.  LUSK,  M.  D„ 

Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and 
Children,  and  Clinical  Midwifery. 


A.  A.  SMITH,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  on  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  and 
Clinical  Medicine. 


AUSTIN  FLINT,  Jr.,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Physiology  and  Physiological  Anatomy, 
and  Secretary  of  the  Faculty. 


JOSEPH  D.  BRYANT,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  General,  Descriptive  and  Surgical  Anatomy 


R.  OGDEN  DOREMUS,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.. 
Profeasor  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

EDWARD  G.  JANEWAY,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Pathological  Anatomy  and  Histology, 
Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System,  and  Clinical 
Medicine- 


PROFESSORS  OF  SPECIAL  DEPARTMENTS,  ETC. 


HENRY  D.  NOYES,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology. 

J.  LEWIS  SMITH,  M.  D., 

Clinical  Professor  ef  Diseases  of  Children. 

EDWARD  L.  KEYES,  M.  D  , 

Professor  of  Dermatology,  and  Adjunct  to  the  Chair  of 
Principles  of  Surgery. 

JOHN  P.  GRAY  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 

Professor  of  Psychological  Medicine  and  Medical  Juris¬ 
prudence. 

ERSK1NE  MASON,  M.  D. 

Clinical  Professor  of  Surgery. 

LEROY  MILTON  YALE,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  Adjunct  upon  Orthopedic  Surgery. 


JOSEPH  W.  HOWE,  M.  D„ 

Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

BEVERLY  ROBINSON,  M  D., 

Lecturer  upon  Clinical  Medicine. 

FRANK  H.  BOS  WORTH.  M.  D., 

Lecturer  upon  Diseases  of  the  Throat. 

CHARLES  A.  DOREMUS.  M.  D.,  Ph  D  , 
Lecturer  upon  Practical  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

FREDERICK  S.  DENNIS,  M.  D.,  M.  R.  C.  S., 
WILLIAM  H  WELCH,  M.  D., 
Demonstrators  of  Anatomy. 


FEES  FOR  THE  REGULAR  SESSION; 

Fees  for  Tickets  to  all  Lectures  during  the  Preliminary  and  Regular  Term,  including  Clinical  Lectures . .  $140 

Matriculation  Fee . . .  jj 

Dissection  Fee  (including  material  for  dissection ) . . . 

Graduation  Fee . . . . . .  30 

FEES  FOR  THE  SPRING  SESSION: 

Matriculation  ( Ticket  valid  for  the  following  Winter) . ..'.t;..V  1 .  •  J 

Dissection  (Tickets  valid  forthe following  Winter) . . . - . . . .  10 

For  the  Annual  Circular  and  Catalogue,  giving  regulations  for  graduation  and  other  Information,  address 
Prof.  AUSTIN  FLINT,  Jr.,  Secretary,  Bellevtfe  Hospital  Medical  Colloge. 

r  jy.m 


3SS  3SSS 


20 


THEOPHIIiTTS  REDWOOD,  Ph.D.,  F.  C.  S.  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Pbarmaoy 
to  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  Great  Britain,  says,  in  reference  to  this  preparation : — 

“  UNGUENTUM  PETROLEI  appears  to  be  obtained  from  crude  Petroleum  by 
fractional  distillation  and  subsequent  purification.  Products  of  a  similar  description  have 
been  introduced  in  pharmacy,  and  recommended  as  substitutes  for  animal  or  vegetable 
fats  in  the  preparation  of  ointments  or  liniments. 

“Among  these  the  UNGUENTUM  PETROLEI  is  distinguished  by  its  having  a 
firmer  consistence  and  a  higher  melting  point,  and  in  these  respects  it  resembles  pure  lard, 
from  which  it  differs  in  that  it  is  entirely  free  from  liability  to  become  rancid  or  to  under¬ 
go  any  chemical  change.  It  has  an  amber  color,  and  a  smooth,  jellv-like  appearance  and 
is  almost  wholly  free  from  odor  or  taste.  It  is  free  from,  and  insoluble  in,  water.  It  is 
very  slightly  soluble  in  rectified  spirit,  but  very  soluble  in  ether,  in  fixed  oils  and  fats.  I 
am  of  opinion  that  its  characters  and  properties  are  such  as  to  render  it  a  valuable  adjunct 
to  our  Materia  Medica.” 

I)R.  TILBURY  FOX,  LONDON,  writes  r  “  I  like  the  UNGUENTUM  PETROLEI 
very  much  indeed,  and  shall  not  fail  to  prescribe  it  ” 

FROM  “THE  LANCET,”  LONDON,  OCTOBER  20th,  1878.  “Semi-transparent, 
pale  yellow  in  color,  and  perfectly  free  from  offensive  smell.  We  consider  it  a  valuable 
preparation,  and  hope  its  use  will  become  as  common  in  England  as  it  is  said  to  be  in 
America.” 

FROM  “THE  MEDICAL  TIMES  AND  GAZETTE.”  LONDON;  OCTOBER,  20th, 
1878.  “  The  substance  introduced  under  the  name  of  UNGUENTUM  PETROLEIis  of  about 
the  consistence  of  good  lard,  has  no  smell,  keeps  any  length  of  time,  apparently  without  be¬ 
coming  rancid,  and  may  be  exposed  to  any  kind  of  atmosphere  without  undergoing  chemical 
change.  It  has  long  been,  we  understand,  in  use  in  America,  where  it  enjoys  a  wide-spread 
popularity;  and  it  will,  we  doubt  not,  come  into  extensive  use  here  also,  as  a  vehicle  for 
makinir  ointments,  as  a  demulcent  in  various  diseases  of  the  skin,  and  as  a  lubricant.’’ 

PREPARED  BY 

E.  E.  HOUGHTON  &  CO., 

211  SOUTH  FRONT  STREET,  PHILADELPHIA. 


XOW  HEADY. 

GYNECOLOGICAL-  TRANSACTIONS. 

Volume  II. 

Containing  the  papers  read  at  the  Second,  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  American  Gynecological  Society,  held \  in 
Boston  in  June,  1877,  and the  discussions  to  which  they 
gave  rise. 

700 pages,  12  chroma -lithographic  plates,  and many 
other  illustrations ;  besides  a  Bibliographical  Index-  to 
current  Obstetric  and,  Gynecological  Literature. 

8vo.  cloth,  $6, SO. 

HOUGHTON,  OSGOOD  &  CO.,  BOSTON. 

fi.1y.79. 


r 


21 


JEFFERSON  MEDICAL  COLLEGE, 


The  Fifty -fifth  Session  of  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  will  begin  on  Wednesday ,  October  \st, 
1879,  and  will  continue  until  the  1st  of  March  1880.  Preliminary 
Lectures  will  be  held  from  Monday,  8th  of  September. 


PROFESSORS. 


JOSEPH  PANCOAST,  M.D., 

General,  Descriptive,  A  Surgical  Anatomy,  ( Emeritus. ) 

8.  D.  GROSS,  M.D.,  I.L.D..  D.C.L.  Oxon. 
Institutes  and  Practice  of  Surgery. 

ELLEKSLIE  WALLACE,  M.D., 

Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

J.  M.  DA  COSTA  M.D., 

Practice  of  Medicine. 


J.  AITKIN  MEIGS,  M.D., 

Institutes  of  Medicine  and  Medical  Jurisprudence. 

WM.  H.  PANCOAST,  M.D., 

General,  Descriptive,  and  Surgical  Anatomy. 

ROBERT  E.  ROGERS,  M.D., 

Medical  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

ROBERTS  BARTHOLOW,  M.D., 

Materia  Medica  and  General  Therapeutics. 


CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION  is  given  daily  at  the  HOSPITAL  OF  THE  JEFFERSON  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 
throughout  the  year  by  McmberB  of  the  Faculty,  and  by  the  Hospital  Staff,  which  is  constituted  as  follows  : — 


Surgeons. 

JOHN  H.  BRINTON  M.D., 

8.  W.  GROSS,  M.D., 

K.  J.  LEVIS,  M.D. 

Ophthalmic  Surgeon. 

WILLIAM  THOMPSON,  M.D. 

A  SUMMER  COURSE  of  Lectures  is 


Aural  Surgeon. 

L.  TURNBULL,  M.D. 

Physicians. 

J.  SOLIS-COHEN,  M.D., 
JAMES  C.  WILSON.  M.D., 
OLIVER  P.  REX.  M.D., 

W.  W.  VANVALZAH,  M.D. 


Gynaecologists. 

F.  H.  GETCHELL,  M.D, 

J.  EWING  MEARS,  M.D. 

Pathologist. 

MORRIS  LONGSTRETIl,  M.D. 


given,  begining  In  the  third  week  in  March,  1880,  and  extending  through 
the  months  of  April,  May,  and  to  the  middle  of  June.  There  is  no  additional  charge  for  this  Course  to  matriculates 
of  the  College,  except  a  registration  fee  of  five  dollars ;  non-matriculates  pay  thirty -five  dollars,  which  is, 
however,  credited  on  the  amount  of  fees  paid  for  the  ensuing  Winter  Course. 


fees. 

$5  00 
140  00 
10  00 
30  00 

The  Annual  Announcement,  giving  full  particulars,  will  be  sent  on  application  to 


Matriculation  Fee  (paid  oncel 
Ticket  of  each  Professor  (7)  $20 
Practical  Anatomy 
Graduation  Fee 


ELLERSLIE  WALLACE,  Lean . 


E.  N.  FRESHMAN  &  BROS., 


AdTorbisiBi  i 


186  W  FOURTH  ST.,  CINCINNATI,  O. 

Are  authorized  to  receive  advertisements  for  this  paper,  Estimates  furnished  free 

upon  application. 

tgjTSend  two  stamps  for  our  Advertisers’  Manual. 


t.jy-79 


22 


TO  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION. 

t  K  .F  .1. 1  jf  i  i.  7  l  I  i  « I  a  X  JT  '7  L  1.  I  l  l 

MALTINE. 

(EXTRACT  OF  MALTED  BARLEY,  WHEAT  AND  OATS.) 

THIS  PREPARATION  CONTAINS 

—  FROM  — 

THREE  TO  FIVE  TIMES  THE  MEDICINAL 

—  AND  — 

NUTRITIVE  ELEMENTS  FOUND  IN  EXTRACT  OF  MALT. 


MALTINE  is  a  highly  concentrated  extract  of  malted  Barley,  Wheat  and 
Oats,  containing,  undiminished  and  unimpaired,  all  the  medicinal  and 
nutritious  principles  found  in  these  cereals.  By  the  most  carefully  conducted 
scientific  process,  ive  are  enabled  to  offer  to  the  medical  profession  a  perfect 
article,  possessing  from  three  to  five  times  the  therapeutic  and  nutritive 
merit  of  any  foreign  or  domestic  Extract  of  Malt. 

In  support  of  our  claims,  we  invite  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  the  following 
points,  viz.  : 

FIRST— In  the  manufacture  of  MALTTNE,  the  evaporation  necessary  to  reduce  it  to  its 
great  density  is  conducted  in  vacuo,  at  a  temperature  ranging  from  100°  to  120° 
Fahr. ;  while  most  manufacturers  of  Extract  of  Malt  resort  to  “open  pan”  or 
low  pressure  steam  boiling,  by  neither  of  which  processes  can  the  extract  be  so 
produced  as  to  preserve  the  Diastase,  Phosphates  and  Albuminoids  on  which  its 
remedial  value  so  greatly  depends,  and  the  product  is  either  of  a  dark  color  or 
of  low  specific  gravity,  possessing  little  virtue  aside  from  the  saccharine  matter 
which  it  contains.* 

SECOND— Carbon,  Hydrogen,  Nitrogen,  Phosphorus,  Sulphur,  Iron,  Magnesium  and 
Potassium  are  essential  elements  in  the  food  of  man,  and  it  is  only  in  MALTINE, 
containing  the  combined  properties  of  malted  Barley.  Wheat  and  Oats,  that  all 
these  principles  can  be  found  in  the  proper  proportions;  Extract  of  Malt  made 
from  Barley  alone  is  wanting  in  some  of  the  most  important  of  these  elements. 

THIRD — Gluten  is  the  most  nutritious  principle  fouud  in  the  cereals,  and  is  the  only 
vegetable  substance  which  will,  alone,  support  life  for  any  great  lengih  of  time. 
It  is  composed  of  three  distinct  nitrogenous  principles,  together  with  fatty  and 
inorganic  matters,  and  is  analogous  to  animal  fibrin.  MALTINE  contains 
twenty  times  the  quantity  of  Gluten  found  in  any  Extract  of  Malt. 

FOURTH — Leibig  says :  “  Wheat  and  Oats  stand  first  among  our  list  of  cereals  in  com¬ 
bining  all  the  elements  in  proportions  necessary  to  support  animal  life.  They  are 
especially  rich  in  muscular  and  fat  producing  elements.”  The  only  reason  we  use 
Malted  Barley  in  the  manufacture  of  MALTINE  is  that  it  contains  larger  pro¬ 
portions  of  mineral  matters  (bone  producers)  and  Diastase.  It  is  deficient  in  all 
other  essential  elements. 

We  believe  that  any  practitioner  will  readily  recognize  the  superiority  of 

MALTINE,  and  would  request  a  trial  and  comparison  of  merits  with  any  article 

offered  for  similar  uses. 


*As  a  sure  test  for  Diastase,  and  the  Albuminoids,  a  small  quantity  should  be  put  in  a  test  tube  or  small 
rial,  largely  diluted  with  Water,  and  heated  to  the  boiling  point,  when  the  Albumen,  if  present,  will  coagulate, 
and  appear  in  little  floculent  particles  throughout  the  liquid.  If  the  extract  remains  clear,  it  is  proof  that  it  has 
already  been  coagulated  by  excessive  heat,  and  removed  by  filtration  dining  the  process  of  manufacturing.  Any 
eat  which  will  coagulate  Albumen  will  inevitably  dCstrOv  the  digestive  powtfr  of  Diastase. 


23 


The  Nitrogenous  constituents  of  M rALTINE  have  a  composition  identi¬ 
cal  with  that  of  the  chief  constituents  of  the  blood,  and  therefore 
contain  nearly  every  element  requisite  for  the  REPRODUC¬ 
TION' OF  THE  HUMAN  BODY. 


MALTINE  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS 

can  undoubtedly  be  used  with  greater  success  than  any  other  remedy  now  known,  in 
cases  of  General  and  Nervous  Debility,  Indigestion,  Imperfect  Nutrition  and  Defi¬ 
cient  Lactatian  ;  Pulmonary  Affections,  such  as  Phthisis,  Coughs,  Colds,  Hoarse¬ 
ness,  Irritation  of  the  Mucous  Membranes  and  Difficult  Expectoration  ;  Cholera 
Infantum  and  Wasting  Diseases  of  Children  and  Adults ;  Convalescence  from 
Fevers,  and  whenever  it  is  necessary  to  increase  the  vital  forces  and  build  up  the 
system. 

WE  MANUFACTURE  THE  FOLLOWING  PREPARATIONS,  THE  FORMULAS 
AND  DOSES  OF  WHICH  ARE  GIVEN  IN  OUR  DOSE  BOOKS  ANTD  ON  THE  LABEL 
ATTACHED  TO  EACH  BOTTLE  : 

MALTINE  WITH  HOPS. 

MALTINE,  FERRATED: 

This  combination  is  specially  indicated  in  Anaemia  and  Chlorosis,  and  in  all  cases  of  Defective  Nutrition 
where  Iron  is  deficient  in  the  system. 

MALTINE  WITH  PHOSPHATES  IRON  AND  QUINIA  : 

A  powerful  general  and  nutritive  tonic. 

MALTINE  WITH  PHOS.  IRON,  QUINIA  &L  STRYCHNIA  : 

A  powerful  nutritive,  general  and  nervous  tonic. 

MALTINE  WITH  PEPSIN  AND  PANCREATINE: 

One  of  the  most  effective  combinations  in  Dyspepsia,  Cholera  Infantum,  and  all  diseases  resulting  from 
imperfect  nutrition.  It  contains  three  of  the  all-important  digestive  agents,  Diastase  being  one 
of  the  constituents  of  the  MALTINE.  We  believe  there  are  few  cases  of  Dyspepsia  which  will 
not  readily  yield  to  the  medicinal  properties  of  the  above  combination,  while  the  system  is  in¬ 
vigorated  by  its  nutritive  qualities. 

MALTINE  WITH  BEEF  AND  IRON: 

One  of  the  most  valuable  combinations  in  cases  of  General  Debility,  when  there  is  deficient  nutrition 
and  a  deficiency  of  Iron  in  the  system, 

MALTINE  WITH  ALTERATIVES: 

In  this  pr  paration  MALTINE  is  combined  with  the  most  valuable  Alteratives  known,  such  as  Iodides 
Bromides,  and  Chlorides,  and  will  fully  meet  the  requirements  of  the  practitioners  in  Svphllia, 
Scrofula,  and  all  depraved  conditions  of  the  blood. 

MALTINE  WINE  : 

This  preparation  contains  all  the  medicinal  and  nutritive  constituents  of  MALTINE,  less  60  per  cent,  of 
the  transformed  starch  or  glucose,  which  renders  the  preparation  lighter  and  more  acceptable  to 
some  stomachs,  and  is  recommended  only  in  such  cases. 

MALTINE  WINE  WITH  PEPSIN  AND  PANCREATINE: 

(Each  fluid  ounce  of  MALTINE  WINE  contains  15  grains  pure  PEPSIN  and  15 grains  pure  PANCREATINE. ) 

We  can  recommend  this  preparation  to  the  Medical  Profession  as  being  the  most  important  remedy  ever 
brought  to  their  notice  in  all  cases  of  Dyspepsia  and  Imperfect  Nutrition,  when  the  system  needs 
invigorating  and  replenishing.  It  will  be  found,  we  believe,  a  perfect  remedy  in  Vomiting  in 
Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  and  wasting  diseases  of  children,  and  in  Constipation  and 
Chronic  Diarrhoea  resulting  from  mal-nutrition.  It  will  agree  with  the  most  Irritable  stomach. 

MALTO-YERBINE  : 

(Each  pint  of  the  above  preparation  contains  13  ounces  of  MALTINE,  2  ounces  CARRAGEEN,  andl  ounce 
YERBINE. ) 

With  the  nutritive,  emollient,  and  demulcent  propeoties  of  MALTINE  and  CARRAGEEN,  and  the  expec¬ 
torant  qualities  of  YERBINE,  (active  principle  of  Yerba  Santa),  we  offer  this  preparation  to  the 
Profession  with  the  fullest  confidence  that  it  is  the  most  perfect  remedy  yet  produced  in  Chronic 
Pulmonary  Affections,  Irritation  of  the  Mucous  Membrane,  Difficult  Expectoration,  Bronchitis, 
and  ordinary  Coughs  and  Colds. 

The  dose  of  all  preparations  of  MALTINE  and  compounds  is  from  a  dessert  to  a  tablespoonful 

We  also  manufacture  a  perfectly  prepared  Extract  ok  Malt,  from  Barley  only. 

MALTIFTE  preparations  are  sold  at  the  same  prices  as  Extract  of  Malt  and  its 
combinations,  and  are  put  up  in  half-pint,  pint  and  five-pint  amber  bottles ;  each  bottle 
enclosed  in  a  folding  paper  box. 

REED  &  CARNRICK, 

Manufacturing  Pharmacists, 

»•,  196  and  198  Fulton  Street,  New  York. 

d.78.tf. 


24 


DEXTRO-QUININE  IN  INTERMITTENT  FEVER. 


1 1 
ill 

%  ■fe- 

.  ] 

& 

*i  * 

mi 

Number  of 
Paroxysms 
after. 

Dose  and 

Mode  of 

Exhibition. 

Total 

Amount 

Exhibited. 

Remarks ,  Pathological  and  Physiological 
Phenomena,  etc. 

Reported  by 

J.  8.  8. 

d.  y.  w. 

27 

14 

14 

5 

0 

0 

10  grs.  at 
bedtime. 

8  grs.  at 
bedtime. 

30  grs. 

24  grs. 

1  have  louud  Dextro-Quinine  fully  equal  to 
the  Sulphate  of  Quinia,  with  almost  none  of 
the  disagreeable  symptoms  of  the  latter. 

F.  C.  Huge 
man,  M-  D., 
Seafdrd,  L.  1. 

Emma  L. 

16 

60  or 
more 

0 

5  grs.  every 
three  hours, 
in  glycerine, 
without  in 
termission, 
only  during 
frbrile  ex¬ 
acerbations, 
etc. 

30  grs. 

Patient  was  very  much  prostrated  with 
typho-malanal  fever;  been  uuder  the  care  of 
another  physician  ;  was  called  in  on  the  third 
week.  I  then  :  rescribed  5  grs.  of  Dextro-Qui¬ 
nine  every  three  hours,  in  glycerine,  when,  as 
it  were  by  magic,  all  the  grave  symptoms 
abated  at  once,  und  the  patient  made  rapid 
recovery. 

Alex.  F.  Jo¬ 
seph  M.  *D:, 
Napoleon,  Ind. 

Mrs.  8., 
Double  Quo- 
tidian.  Had 
taken  large 
doses  Cin- 
chonidia  sul¬ 
phate  with¬ 
out  effect. 

22 

Bru¬ 

nette. 

Mar¬ 

ried. 

No 

chil¬ 

dren. 

6 

0 

20  grs,  di 
vided  int« 
chart.  No.  v. 
one  every 
two  hours. 

20  grs. 

Had  first  paroxysm  Nov.  20,  Ha.  m..  again 
at  4  p.  m.  Prescribed  Cinclionidia  sulphate, 
grs.  xxx.,  chart  No,  v.  One  to  be  taken  every 
two  hours. 

Nov.  21.  Return  of  paroxysm  at  6  a.  M,and 
4  p.  m.  Gave  Cinchonidia  sulphate,  grs.  xiv. 
chart.  No.  v.  One  to  betaken  every  two  hours. 

Nov.  22.  Return  of  paroxysm  at  same  time 
as  on  preceding  days.  Prescribed  Dextro-Qui¬ 
nine.  grs.  xx  ,  chart.  No.  v.  One  to  be  taken 
every  two  hours.  No  return  of  chill  since  that 
date,  and  highly  pleased  with  my  experience. 

N.  H,  Maa 
ring,  M.  D. 
liigdon,  Ind. 

1.  de  L.,  fe¬ 
male.  Ter¬ 
tian.  Ha 

bituated  to 
Quinia. 

19 

Mar¬ 

ried. 

2 

0 

15  grs.  in  3 
doses  of  5 
grs.  taken  at 
intervals  of 
4$,  hour, 
commencing 
four  hours 
before  ex¬ 
pected  par¬ 
oxysm.  Ta¬ 
ken  in  cap¬ 
sule. 

15  grs. 

Dilatation  Of  pupil;  tinnitus  auiium  severe, 
but  not  so  much  so  as  on  former  occasions 
when  Sulphate  of  Quinia  was  used.  Directed 
her  to  take  10  grains  on  the  third  day,  but  she 
did  not  do  so.  Twelve  days  have  elapsed 
without  return  of  chills.  Is  taking  citrate  of 
iron  and  strychnia. 

Frank  8. 
James,  Ph.  D.f 
M.  D.,  Osceola, 
Ark. 

Jennie  8., 
colored. 
Quotidian. 
Has  “  used 
Quinine  and 
everything 
else,  ’  as  she 
herself  'ex¬ 
pressed  it. 

25 

M  ir- 
ried. 

Unknown, 
but  a  very 
large  num¬ 
ber. 

1 

1(1  grs,  in  4 
doses, in  cap¬ 
sule,  with 
1-16  gr. 
Morphacet., 
to  be  taken 
at  hour 

intep*  v  a  1  s , 
com  m  e  n  c- 
iug  four 
hours  before 
expected 
paroxysm 

48  grs. 

On  first  evening  after  exhibition  of  Dextro- 
Quinine  had  a  very  slight  ague,  followed  by 
considerable  fever,  Which,  however,  soon  par¬ 
sed  off.  Gave  ilydrarg.  Chlor.  Mite,  grs.  x, 
at  bedtime,  which  caused  three  or  four  opera 
tions  of  the  bowels.  The  Dextro-Quinine  wus 
continued  the  next  day.  Missed  chill  for  first 
time  ill  over  a  month.  Thought  it  best  to  con¬ 
tinue  medicine  (without  Morphia)  another  day. 
Has  had  no  return  up  to  to-day  (10  days).  Did 
not  complain  of  tinnitus. 

Frank  8. 
James,  Ph.  D„ 
M.  D.,  Osceolo, 
Ark, 

M  ary  B. 

34& 

3 

| 

0 

1  gr.,  in 
solution, 
every  three 
hours. 

16  grs. 

Commenced  Dextro-Quinine  just  after  last 
paroxysm;  it  acted  excellently  It  is  now 
more  than  four  weeks  since  she  took  the 
remedy ;  there  has  been  no  return.  She  is  now 
in  the  enjoyment  of  good  health. 

G.  H.  Berry, 
M.  D ,  New 
York  City. 

Edward 
Libby,  Ter¬ 
tian. 

24 

9  or  10 

0 

Two  12- 

grain  doses 
at  half-hour 
intervals. 

34  grs. 

Had  been  taken  Sulphate  of  Quiuia  in  5  gr. 
doses  for  some  time  with  little  or  no  elfecu 
Has  had  no  chill sinco  the  Dextro-Quinine  was 
administered  (more  than  a  month  having 
elap-ed).  and  the  result  is  entirely  satisfactory. 

H,  A.  Wey¬ 
mouth,  M.  D., 
Saco,  Me. 

Marv  Cava- 
no ugh.  Quo 
tidian. 

1 

3 

One  a  day 
for  six 
months. 

0 

2  grs.,  in 
powder  , 
every  two 
to  three 
hours. 

15  grs. 

Little  girl  had  been  complainfhg  with  chills 
and  fever  for  over  six  months  ;  had  used  Sul¬ 
phate  of  Qrinit:,  Tincture  Chinchona,  Chinco- 
Quinine,etc.  Had  taken  great  quantities  of 
Sulphate  of  Quinia ,  without  effecting  a  cure. 
I  gave  in  all  about  15  grs.  of  Dextro-Quinine, 
and  she  never  has  had  any  chill  since. 

This  one  case  in  p  articular  I  think  a  remark  - 
abl  one.  The  little  girl  had  had  chills  regu- 

J.  H-  Strubls, 
M.  D..  8  ton- 

they  and  the  family  thought,  under  any  circumstances.  I  was  directly  after,  and  gave  2  grs.  Dextro 

Quinine  .n  powder,  every  two  to  three  hours,  and  to  my  great  surprise,  as  well  as  every  one  else’s  she  failed 
to  have  any  more  chills.  I  then  put  her  on  a  tonic  of  iron,  and  she  io  noweryoying  good  health. 

I  consider  the  Dextro-Quinine  far  superior  to  any  of  the  preparations  of  Quinine,  and  from  what  I  have  seen  of 
its  medicinal  effects,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend  it  as  superior  to  all  other  remedies  in  Remittent  and  Inter¬ 
mittent  Fevera 


DEXTltO-Q  UININE  sent  by  mail ,  at  the  rate  of  $1.60  per  ounce ,  to 
Physicians  who  cannot  he  supplied  by  their  local  Druggist.  Address 

KEASBEY  &  MATTISON,  Philadelphia. 

6#" Send  for  Complete  List  of  Clinioal  Reports* 


25 


The  Nitrogenous  constituents  of  MALTINE  have  a  composition  identi¬ 
cal  with  that  of  the  chief  constituents  of  the  blood,  and  therefore 
contain  nearly  every  element  requisite  for  the  REPRODUC¬ 
TION' OF  THE  HUMAN  BODY. 


MALTINE  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS 

can  undoubtedly  he  used  with  greater  success  than  any  other  remedy  now  lcnown,  in  4 
cases  of  General  and  Nervous  Debility,  Indigestion,  Imperfect  Nutrition  and  Defi¬ 
cient  Lactation ;  Pulmonary  Affections,  such  as  Phthisis,  Coughs,  Colds,  Hoarse¬ 
ness.  Irritation  of  the  Mucous  Membranes  and  Difficult  Expectoration ;  Cholera 
Infantum  and  Wasting  Diseases  of  Children  and  Adults;  Convalescence  from 
Fevers,  and  whenever  it  is  necessary  to  increase  the  vital  forces  and  build  up  the 
system. 

AVE  MANUFACTURE  THE  FOLLOWING  PREPARATIONS,  THE  FORMULA 
AND  DOSES  OF  WHICH  ARK  GIVEN  IN  OUR  DOSE  BOORS  AND  ON  THE  LABES 
ATTACHED  TO  EACH  BOTTLE  : 

MALTINE  WITH  HOPS. 

MALTINE,  FERRATED  : 

This  combination  is  specially  indicated  in  Antemia  and  Chlorosis,  and  in  all  cases  of  Defective  Nutrition 
where  Iron  is  deficient  in  the  system, 

MALTINE  WITH  PHOSPHATES  IRON  AND  QUINIA  : 

A  powerful  general  and  nutritive  tonic. 

MALTINE  WITH  PHOS.  IRON,  QUINIA  &,  STRYCHNIA  : 

A  powerful  nutritive,  general  and  nervous  tonic. 

MALTINE  WITH  PEPSIN  AND  PANCREATINE: 

One  of  the  most  effective  combinations  in  Dyspepsia,  Cholera  Infantum,  and  all  diseases  resulting  from 
imperfect  nutrition.  It  contains  three  of  the  all-important  digestive  agents,  Diastase  being  one 
of  the  constituents  of  the  MALTINE.  We  believe  there  are  few  cases  of  Dyspepsia  which  will 
not  readily  yield  to  the  medicinal  properties  of  the  above  combination,  while  the  system  is  in¬ 
vigorated  by  its  nutritive  qualities. 

MALTINE  WITH  BEEF  AND  IRON: 

One  of  the  most  valuable  combinations  in  cases  of  General  Debility,  when  there  is  deficient  nutrition 
and  a  deficiency  of  Iron  in  the  system, 

MALTINE  WITH  ALTERATIVES: 

In  this  pr  paration  MALTINE  is  combined  with  the  most  valuable  Alteratives  known,  such  as  Iodides 
Bromides,  and  Chlorides,  and  will  fully  meet  the  requirements  of  the  practitioners  in  Syphilis, 
Scrofula,  and  all  depraved  conditions  of  the  blood. 

MALTINE  WINE  : 

This  preparation  contains  all  the  medicinal  and  nutritive  constituents  of  MALTINE,  less  60  per  cent,  of 
the  transformed  starch  or  glucose,  which  renders  the  preparation  lighter  and  more  acceptable  to 
some  stomachs,  and  is  recommended  only  in  such  cases. 

MALTINE  WINE  WITH  PEPSIN  AND  PANCREATINE: 

(Each  fluid  ounce  of  MALTINE  WINE  contains  15  grains  pure  PEPSIN  and  15  grains  pure  PANCREATINE. ) 

We  can  recommend  this  preparation  to  the  Medical  Profession  as  being  the  most  important  remedy  ever 
brought  to  their  notice  in  all  cases  of  Dyspepsia  and  Imperfect  Nutrition,  when  the  system  needs 
invigorating  and  replenishing.  It  will  be  found,  we  believe,  a  perfect  remedy  in  Vomiting  in 
Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  and  wasting  diseases  of  children,  and  in  Constipation  and 
Chronic  Diarrhoea  resulting  from  mal-nutrition.  It  will  agree  with  the  most  Irritable  stomach. 

M  ALTO-YERBINE  : 

i  Each  pint  of  the  above  preparation  contains  13  ounces  of  MALTINE,  2  ounces  CARRAGEEN,  andl  ounce 
YRRBINE.) 

With  the  nutritive,  emollient,  and  demulcent  propeoties  of  MALTINE  and  CARRAGEEN,  and  the  expec¬ 
torant  qualities  of  YERBINE,  (active  principle  of  Yerba  Santa),  we  offer  this  preparation  to  the 
Profession  with  the  fullest  confidence  that  it  is  the  most  perfect  remedy  yet  produced  in  Chronic 
Pulmonary  Affections,  Irritation  of  the  Mucous  Membrane,  Difficult  Expectoration,  Bronchitis, 
and  ordinary  Coughs  and  Colds. 

The  dose  of  all  preparations  of  MALTINE  and  compounds  is  from  a  dessert  to  a  tablespoonful 

We  also  manufacture  a  perfectly  prepared  Extract  of  Malt,  from  Barley  only. 

MALTINE  preparations  are  sold  at  the  same  prices  as  Extract  of  Malt  and  its 
combinations,  and  are  put  up  in  half-pint,  pint  and  five-pint  amber  bottles ;  each  bottle 
enclosed  in  a  folding  paper  box. 

REED  &  CARNRICK, 

Manufacturing  Pharmacists, 

196  and  198  Fulton  Street,  New  York. 

d.78.tf. 


2(5 


DEXTRO-QUININE  IN  INTERMITTENT  FEVER. 


• 

Name  and 

Sex 

of  Patient 

m 

-iii 

s 

iti 

Dose  and 

Mode  of 

Exhibition. 

i 

Total 

Amount 

Exhibited. 

Remarks ,  Pathological  and  Physiological 
Phenomena,  etc. 

Reported  by 

J.  S.  S. 

D.  V.  W. 

27 

14 

14 

5 

0 

10  grs.  at 
bedtime. 

8  grs.  at 
bedtime. 

30  gr.. 

24  grs. 

1  have  louud  Dextro-Quinine  fully  equal  to 
the  Sulphate  of  Quinia,  with  almost  none  of 
the  disagreeable  symptoms  of  the  latter. 

V.  C.  H  age- 
man,  M-  D., 
Seaford,  1..  1. 

Emma  L. 

lb 

CO  or 
more 

0 

5  grs.  every 
three  hours, 
in  glycerine, 
without  in¬ 
termission, 
only  during 
frbrile  ex¬ 
acerbations, 
etc. 

:)0  grs. 

Patient  was  very  much  prostrated  with 
typho-mnlanal  fever;  beCn  under  the  cure  pf 
another  physician  ;  was  called  in  on  the  third 
week.  I  then  ;  re  scribed  5  grs.  of  Dextro-Qui¬ 
nine  every  three  hours,  in  glycerine,  when,  as 
it  were  by  magic,  all  the  grave  symptoms 
abated  at  once,  and  the  patient  made  rapid 
recovery. 

.  Alex.  F.  Jo¬ 
seph  M.  D;, 
Napoleon,  Ind. 

Air*,  ft., 
Double  Quo • 
tidian .  Had 
taken  large 
doses  Cin- 
chonidia  sul¬ 
phate  with¬ 
out  effect. 

22 

Bru¬ 

nette. 

Mar¬ 

ried. 

Mo 

chil¬ 

dren. 

0 

0 

21)  grs,  di 
vided  int" 
chart.  No.  v. 
o  li  e  every 
two  hours. 

20  grs. 

Had  first  paroxysm  Nov.  20,  b  a.  m..  again 
at  4  p.  m.  Prescribed  Cinchonidia  sulphate, 
grs.  xxx.,  chart.  No.  v.  One  to  be  taken  every 
two  hours. 

Nov.  21.  Return  of  paroxysm  at  6  a.  m, and 
4  p.  m.  Gave  Cinchonidia  sulphate,  grs.  xiv. 
chart.  No.  v.  One  to  betuken  every  two  hours. 

Nov,  22.  Return  of  paroxysm  at  same  time 
as  on  preceding  days.  Prescribed  Dextro-Qui¬ 
nine.  grs.  xx  ,  chart.  No.  v.  One  to  be  taken 
every  two  hours.  No  return  of  chill  since  that 
date,  and  highly  pleased  with  my  experience. 

N\  H,  Man 
ring.  M.  I). 
Kigdon,  Ind. 

1.  de  L.,  fe¬ 
male.  Ter¬ 
tian.  11a 

bituated  to 
Quinia. 

lil 

M»ir- 

riou. 

2 

0 

15  grs.  in  3 
doses  of  5 
grs.  taken  at 
intervals  of 
^  hour, 
commencing 
four  hours 
before  ex¬ 
pected  par¬ 
oxysm.  Ta¬ 
ken  in  cap¬ 
sule. 

15  gr,. 

Dilatation  of  pupil;  tinnitus  aurium  severe, 
but  not  so  much  so  as  on  former  occasions 
when  Sulphate  of  Quinia  was  used.  Directed 
her  to  take  10  grains  on  the  third  day,  but  she 
did  not  do  so.  Twelve  days  have  elapsed 
without  return  of  chills.  Is  taking  citrate  of 
iron  and  strychnia. 

Frank  S. 
James,  Ph.  D., 
M.  D.,  Osceola, 
Ark. 

Jennie  ft., 
coloivd, 
Quotidian, 
lias  ’*  used 
Quinine  and 
everything 
else,”  as  she 
herself  ‘ex- 
pressed  it. 

2-> 

M  »r- 
ried. 

UllKllOWll. 

but  a  very 
large  num¬ 
ber. 

1 

lb  grs,  in  4 
doses, in  cap¬ 
sule,  with 
1-16  gr. 
Morphacet., 
to  be  taken 
at  ^  hour 
inte,r  v  a  1  s , 
com  m  e  n  c- 
ing  four 
hours  before 
ex  pecteu 
paroxysm 

48  grs. 

On  first  evening  after  exhibition  of  Dextro- 
Quinine  had  a  very  slight  ague,  followed  by 
considerable  fever,  Which,  however,  soon  pas¬ 
sed  otf.  Gave  Hydrarg.  Chlor.  Mite,  grs.  x. 
al  bedtime,  which  caused  three  or  four  opera¬ 
tions  of  the  bowels.  The  Dextro-Quinine  was 
continued  the  next  day.  Missed  chill  for  first 
time  in  over  a  month.  Thought  it  best  to  con 
tinue  medicine  (without  Morphia)  another  day. 
Has  had  no  return  up  to  to-day  ( *0  days).  Did 
not  complain  of  tinnitus. 

Frank  S. 
Janies,  Ph.  D., 
M.  D.,  Osceolo, 
Ark. 

Mary  15. 

3k. 

0 

0 

1  gr.,  in 
solution, 
every  three 
hours. 

16  grs. 

Commenced  Dextro-Quinine  just  aferlast 
paroxysm;  it  acted  excellently  It  is  m-w 
more  than  four  weeks  since  she  took  the 
remedy ;  there  has  been  no  return.  She  is  now 
in  the  enjoyment  of  good  health. 

G.  If.  Berry, 
M.  D ,  New 
York  City. 

Edward 
Libby,  Ter¬ 
tian. 

24 

0  or  10 

0 

T  w  O'  12 

grain  doses 
at  half* hour 
intervals. 

34  grs. 

Had  been  taken  Sulphate  of  Quinia  in  5  gr. 
doses  for  some  time  with  little  or  noeffec.. 
Has  had  no  chill  sinca  the  Dextro-Quinine  was 
administered  (more  than  a  month  having 
elap-ed).  and  the  result  is  entirely  satisfactory. 

H.  A.  Wey¬ 
mouth,  M.  li., 
Saco,  Me. 

Marv  Chvh- 
nough.  Quo 
tidian. 

3 

One  a  day 
for  six 
months. 

0 

2  grs  ,  in 

powder, 
every  t  w  o 
to  three 
hours. 

15  grs. 

Little  girl  had  been  complaining  with  chills 
and  fever  for  over  six  months  ;  had  used  Sul 
phate  of  Quinia,  Tincture  Chinchona,  Chinco- 
Quinine,  etc.  Had  taken  great  quantities  of 
Sulphate  of  Quinia ,  without  effecting  a  curt. 
I  gave  in  all  about  lb  grs.  of  Dextro-Quinine , 
and  she  never  has  had  any  chill  since. 

This  one  case  in  particular  I  think  a  remark  - 
abl  one.  The  little  girl  had  had  chills  regu- 

J.  H-  Strnble, 
M.  D..  Stan- 

they  and  the  family  thought,  under  any  circumstances.  I  was  called  directly  after,  and  gave  2  grs .  Dextro 
Quinine  in  powder,  every  two  to  three  hours,  and  to  my  great  surprise,  as  well  as  every  one  else’s  she  failed 
to  have  Any  more  chills.  I  then  put  her  on  a  tonic  of  iron,  and  she  io  now  enjoying  good  health. 

1  consider  the  Dextro-Quinine  far  superior  toanv  of  the  preparations  of  Quinine,  and  from  what  I  have  seen  of 
its  medicinal  effects,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend  it  as  superior  to  all  other  remedies  in  Remittent  and  Inter¬ 
mittent  Fevers. 


DEXTRO-QUININE  sentby  mail,  at  the  rate  of  $l.(iO  per  ounce,  to 
Physicians  who  cannot  he  supplied  by  their  local  Druggist,  Address 

KE ABBEY  &  MATTISON,  Philadelphia. 

ESP  Send  for  Complete  List  of  Clinical  Reports* 


I 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Original  Communications— 

By  M.  SCHUPPERT,  M.  D. 

Vaccination  as  a  Protection  Against  Small- 
Pox  before  the  Tribunal  of  Common  Sense  503 


By  THOS.  J.  ALLEN,  M.  D. 

A  Case  of  Fibroid  Polypus  of  the  Uterus. .  .528 
By  C.  SHILVEY,  M.  D. 

Case  of  Foreign  Body  in  the  Windpipe... . .  .533 
By  GEORGE  H.  ROHE,  M.  D. 

Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology . 535 

By  JOHN  DELL’  ORTO,  M.  D. 

The  Natuie  of  Contagion . 539 

Current  Medical  Literature— 

The  Present  state  of  Therapeutics . 547 

The  Treatment  of  Post  Partum  Hemorrhage.. 561 

Quinine  for  Hypodermic  Use . 563 

Hot  Applications  to  the  Head  in  Uterine 

Haemorrhages . 563 


PAGE. 

The  Poison  of  the  Toad . 564 

Curare  in  Hydrophobia .  564 

The  Principal  Conditions  for  the  Immediate 

Union  of  Wounds .  . 565 

The  Statue  of  Dr.  Crawford  W.  Long— the 

Discoverer  of  Anaesthesia . 566 

A  Physiological  Question  . 56 

The  Operation  of  Spaying  for  Some  of  the 
Disorders  of  Menstrual  Life . 567 

Editorial— 

The  Doctor  vs.  the  Apothecary . 570 

Hypodermic  Injection  of  Morphia . 572 

Reviews  and  Book  Notices. .  . 573 

Books  and  Pamphlets  Received . 578 

Meteorological  Summary,  September,  1879 _ 582 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  September,  21, 
1879,  to  October  19,  1879,  inclusive . 582 


IMPORTANT  TO  PHYSICIANS! 

A  great  saving  of  valuable  time  may  be  made  by  using  the 

PHYSICIANS'  DAY  BOOK  AND  LEDGER. 

These  books  exhibit,  at  a  glance,  under  date  of  occurrence,  every  visit  made,  the  length  of  time 
consumed,  whether  day  or  night,  and  to  which  member  of  the  family.  The  Day  Book  alse  includes 

The  Daily  Cash  Account  and  Obstetric  Record, 

OF  GREAT  VALUE. 

On  application  with  stamp  the  publishers  will  send  to  any  physician  a  full  descriptive  circular  with 
specimen  pages.  Physicians  who  are  using  the  books  are'delighted  with  them.  The  sales  have  been 
very  large,  and  the  fourteenth  edition  is  now  in  press. 

Agents  Wanted. 


THE  HEHRY  BILL  PUBLISHING  CO.,  Norwich,  Ct. 


TO  PHYSICIANS. 


The  scarcity  and  high  prices  of  Cinchona  barks  and  Sulphate  of  Quinia,  and 
the  prospect  of  only  a  slight  reduction  in  these  prices,  makes  the  present  a 
favorable  opportunity  of  calling  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  the  combina¬ 
tion  of  all  the  bark  alkaloids. 

Much  attention  has  been  given  to  this  subject  in  Europe  and  India. 

The  growing  appreciation  by  the  medical  profession  of  the  United  States  of 

CINCHO-QUININE 

is  due  to  the  fact  that  it  retains  the  important  alkaloids  in  combination, — a 
combination  which  in  practice  is  preferable  to  perfect  isolation  or  separation  of 
these  alkaloids. 

In  addition  to  its  superior  efficacy  as  a  tonic  and  anti-periodic,  it  has  the  following  advantages, 
which  greatly  increase  its  value  to  physicians  :  — 

1st,  It  exerts  the  full  therapeutic  influence  of  Sulphate  of  Quinine,  in  the  same  doses ,  with¬ 
out  oppressing  the  stomach,  creating  nausea,  or  producing  cerebral  distress,  as  the  Sulphate  of 
Quinine  frequently  does ;  and  it  produces  much  less  constitutional  disturbance. 

2d,  It  has  the  great  advantage  of  being  nearly  tasteless.  The  bitter  is  very  slight,  and  not  un¬ 
pleasant  to  the  most  sensitive,  delicate  woman  or  child. 

3d,  It  is  less  costly :  the  price  will  fluctuate  with  the  rise  and  fall  of  barks,  but  will  always  be 
much  less  than  the  Sulphate  of  Quinine. 

4th,  It  meets  indications  not  met  by  that  Salt. 

The  following  well-known  Analytical  Chemists  say  :  — 

“University  of  Pennsylvania,  Jan.  22,  1875.  lamination  for  quinine ,  quinidine ,  and  cinchonine , 
“  I  have  tested  Cincho-Quinine,  and  have  foundand  hereby  certify  that  I  found  these  alkaloids  in 
it  to  contain  quinine,  quinidine,  cinchonine,  cincho-  Cincho-Quinine. 


nidine.  F.  A.  GENTH, 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Mineralogy .” 

“Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Chicago, 
Feb.  1,  1875. 


C.  GILBERT  WHEELER, 

Professor  of  Chemistry 

“  I  have  made  a  careful  analysis  of  the  contents  of 
a  bottle  of  your  Cincho-Quinine,  and  find  it  to  con- 


“  I  hereby  certify  that  I  have  made  a  chemical  ex-ltain  quinine ,  quinidine,  cinchonine,  and  cinchotii- 
amination  of  the  contents  of  a  bottle  of  Cincho-I dine. 

Quinine"  and  by  direction  I  made  a  qualitative  ex-1  S.  P.  SHARPLES,  State  Assay er  of  Mass.” 

TESTIMONIALS. 


“Wellfi.eet,  Mass.,  Nov.  17,  1876. 

“  I  have  used  Cincho-Quinine,  and  can  say  with¬ 
out  any  hesitation  it  has  proved  superior  to  the  sul¬ 
phate  of  quinine.  J.  G.  JOHNSON,  M.D.” 

“  Martinsburg,  Mo.,  Aug.  15,  1876. 

“  I  use  the  Cincho-Quinine  altogether  among 
children,  preferring  it  to  the  sulphate. 

DR.  E.  R.  DOUGLASS.” 
‘Liverpool,  Penn,  June  1,  1876. 


“  Richmond,  Va.,  March  28,  1877. 

“  I  believe  that  the  combination  of  the  several 
cinchona  alkaloids  is  more  generally  useful  in  prac¬ 
tice  than  the  sulphate  of  quinine  uncombined. 
“Yours  truly,  LANDON  B.  EDWARDS,  M.D. 

Memben  Va.  State  Board  of  Health, 
and  Sec'y  and  Treas.  Medical  Society  of  Va.” 

“  Centreville,  Mich. 

I  have  used  several  ounces  of  the  Cincho-Qui- 


“I  have  used  Cincho-Quinine,  obtaining  better;NINE<  an^  have  not  found  it  to  fail  in  a  single  in- 
results  than  from  the  sulphate  in  those  cases  in  stance.  I  have  used  no  sulphate  of  quinine  in  my 
wEtoV,  is  ;„Hinatprt  j  practice  since  i  commenced  the  use  ot  the  Lincho- 

Quinine,  as  J  prefer  it.  F.  C.  BATEMAN,  M.D.” 

“  North-Eastern  Free  Medical  Eiispensary, 
908  East  Cumberland  St.,  Philadelphia,  Penn., 
Feb.  29,  1876. 

“  In  typhoid  and  typhus  fevers  I  always  prescribe 
the  Cincho-Quinine  in  conjunction  with  other  ap¬ 
propriate  medicines,  the  result  being  as  favorable  as 
with  former  cases  w here  the  sulphate  had  been  used. 

“  F.  A.  GAMAGE,  M.D.” 


which  quinine  is  indicated. 

DR.  I.  C.  BARLOTT.” 

“  Renfrow’s  Station,  Tenn.,  July  4,  1876. 

“  I  am  well  pleased  with  the  Cincho-Quinine, 
and  think  it  is  a  better  preparation  than  the  sul¬ 
phate.  W.  H.  HALBERT.” 

“St.  Louis,  Mo.,  April,  187^ 

“  I  regard  it  as  one  of  the  most  valuable  additions 
ever  made  to  our  materia  medica. 

GEORGE  C.  PITZER,  M.D.” 


Price-Lists  and  Descriptive  Catalogues  furnished  upon  application. 

BILLINGS,  CLAPP  &  CO.,  Manufacturing  Chemists, 

(SUCCESSORS  TO  JAMES  R.  NICHOLS  &  CO.) 

BOSTON,  MASS. 


fi  ADVERTISEMENTS. 


BROOKLYN,  N.  Y. 


The  Reading  and  Recitation  Term  will  commence  October  2,  1879,  ami 
close  at  the  beginning  of  the  Regular  Term. 

The  Regular  Term  will  op..n  February  2,  1880,  and  continue  five  months. 


faculty  of  the  college. 


DANIEL  AYRES,  M  D.,  1  L.  D  , 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgical  Pathology  ana  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  G.  ARMOR.  M.  D  ,  LL.D., 

Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Prac  ice  of  Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine,  and  Dean  ol' 

tne  Faculty. 

GEORGE  W.  PLYMPTON,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

CORYDON  L.  FORD,  M.D.,  , 

Professor  of  Anatomy. 

ALEXANDER  J.  C.  SKENE.  M.D., 

Professor  of  the  Medical  and  Surgical  Diseases  of  Women,  and  Diseases  of  Children. 

JARVIS  S.  WRIGHT,  M.D., 

Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery  and  Registrar. 
JOSEPH  H.  RAYMOND,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Phjsiology  and  Microscopic  Anatomy. 

EDWARD  SEAMAN  BUNKER,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Histology  and  General  Pathology. 

JOHN  D.  RUSHMORE,  M.D  . 

Professor  of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Obstetrics  and  Clinical  Obstetrics. 

JOHN  A.  McCORKLE,  M  I), 

Lecturer  on  Materia  Medina  and  Therapeutics. 

The  Faculty,  by  the  establishment  of  The  Reading  and  Recitation  Term,  give  a 
thorough  systematic  training  in  the  elements  of  medical  science.  To  this  end,  ihe  instruc¬ 
tion  for  junior  students  is  confined  to  the  primary  branches ,  and  consists  mainly  of  reci¬ 
tations  from  standard  text  books.  Senior  students  aie  admitted  to  higher  studies. 

The  Regular  Term  embraces  usual  Course  of  Didactic  and  Chemical  Lectures  and  a 
thorough  graded  system  of  instruction  in  the  practical  branches. 

There  are  over  12U0,patients  treated  annually  in  the  hospital,  which  is  under  the  con¬ 
trol  of  the  College  authorities,  and  therefore  available  for  practical  teaching.  Advanced 
students  in  classes  of  ten  or  more  accompany  the  Clinical  Teacher  in  his  daily  hospital 
service.  By  this  system  of  constant  rotation  of  classes,  from  the  Medical  to  the  Surgical 
tvards  of  the  Hospital,  the  student  receives  the  largest  possible  amount  of  instruction 
daily  in  all  the  practical  branches.  This  mode  of  teaching  is  peculiar  to  the  Long  Islaud 
College  Hospital,  the  Clinical  advantages  of  which  are  unsurpassed  in  this  country. 

For  Circulars,  address — 

Prof.  S.  G.  ARMOR,  M.D.  Dean. 

E.  N.  FRESHMAN  &  BROS., 

Advertising  Agents, 

ISO  TP.  FOURTH  ST.,  CINCINNATI,  O. 

Are  authorized  to  receive  advertisements  for  this  paper,  Estimates  furnished  free 

upon  application. 

Send  two  stamps  for  our  Advertisers'  Manual . 


BE  CAREFUL  TO  SPECIFY  ftflc&ESSON  &  ROBBINS'. 


IMPORTANT  TO  PHYSICIANS! 


The  fact  that  Sulphate  of  Quinine  is  only  soluble  in  over  700  parts  of 
water  is  not  generally  known,  or  if  known  is  not  usually  considered,  except 
in  prescriptions,  when  this  difficulty  is  overcome  by  the  addition  of  Acid ; 
and  the  further  fact  that  Bi-Sulphatc  of  Quinine  is  soluble  in  only 
IO  parts  of  water  is  as  little  appreciated. 

McKesson  &  Robp.ixs  have  paid  much  attention  to  the  subject  of  put¬ 
ting  Quinine  into  Pills,  in  a  condition  approaching  that  of  a  solution,  and 
have  at  last  succeeded  in  their  BI^SULPHATE  OF  QUININE 
PILLS,  and  offer  the  same  to  the  profession,  confident  that  they  will 
stand  any  test  for  solubility  and  prompt  action.  Physicians  will  please  al¬ 
ways  specify  ftflcK.  &  R„  Bi-Sulph.  Quinine  Pills,  and  they  will 
not  bo  disappointed  in  results. 

Note,— With  no  reference  to  respectable  druggists,  we  would  say  that 
cases  have  come  to  our  knowledge  and  have  been  noted,  where  other  pills 
have  been  substituted  on  prescriptions  for  ours. 


POWDERED  PURIFIED  CHINOIDINE. 

Containing  all  the  Non-Crystal  izable  Alkaloids  of  Cinchona  Rack. 

Similar  preparations  have  been  lately  offered  in  muiket  AT  HIGH 
PRICES  under  different  fancy  appellations,  and  claims  made  for  the  same 
as  of  equal  efficiency  with  Quinine. 

As  a  great  demand  exists  for  a  cheap  anti-malarial  remedy,  we  intro¬ 
duce  this  preparation  at  low  figures ;  and,  in  order  that  tho  profession  may 
judge  practically  of  its  merits,  will  forward  a  sample  to  any  physician’s 
address,  or  mail  one  ounce  upon  receipt  of  FIFTY  CENTS. 


Yours  respectfully, 

McKesson  &  robbins. 

Wholesale  Druggists  and  Manufacturing  Chemists, 

91  T’TJTTOJST  ST.,  JVTW  T OJRK. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


iv 


THE  BEST  AND  CHEAPEST  NATURAL  APERIENT. 


lO.VBO.V  MEDICAL 
RECORD. 

“Hunyadi  Janos.— The  most  pleasant  and 
owing  to  the  smallness  of  it*  dose,  tho 
cheapest  of  all  the  natural  aperient 
waters.” 

From  Prof.  MACNAMARA, 
Prof.  of  Materia  Medico. 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons  in, 
Ireland. 

“  Far  the  most  valuable  and  palatable 
of  "ur  aperient  mineral  water*.  I  have 
been  agreeably  surprised  with  Iho  result  of 
a  clinical  investigation.” 

Specially  approved  by  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Paris,  and  its  Sale  in  France 
authorized  by  decree  of  the  French  Government 

MEDALS  AWARDED,  LYONS  1872,  VIENNA  1873,  PARIS  1878. 


THE  BRITISH  MEDICAL 
JOURNAL. 

”  Hunyapi  Janos. —The  most  agreeable, 
safest  ami  most  efficacious  aperient  water 
which  has  been  brought  under  our  notice.” 


THE  LANCET. 

“  Hunyapi  Janos.  -Baron  Liebig  affirms 
»hat  its  richness  in  aperient  salt*  surpasses 
that  of  all  other  known  wator*.” 


Uses  of  Hunyadi  Janos  ACC°rR™NG  Opinions  of  Eminent  Authorities. 


1.  For  habitual  constipation. 

“None  so  prompt,  mild,  and  can  be  so  well  borne  for  a  length  of  time.” — Prof 
Spikgklbkko,  “  Univer*  ity  of  Breslau.” 

2.  By  persons  inclined  to  obe¬ 
sity.  congestive,  and  gouty 
disorders. 

“I  have  used  the  Hunyadi  Janos  water  in  many  cases  of  the  rheumatic  Hnd  gouty 
diathesis  with  very  marked  benefit.  In  ca*es  accompanied  with  great  obesity  I  prefer  it 
to  any  other  laxative.”— Prof.  Lewis  A.  Sayre  M.D..  “B-dlevue  Hospital,  New  York.” 

“  Preferred  to  Fried richshall  and  Pulna  by  those  who  have  tried  them.” — Prof.  Aitkkn, 
F.R.S..  “  Netlcy.” 

“Of  great  use  in  catarrhal  conditions  of  the  pile-ducts  and  bowels,  and  for  congestion 
of  the  liver  and  other  organs.” — “  Medical  Times  and  Gazette.” 

3.  In  chronic  a  flections  ol  the 
organs  of  respiration  and 
Circulation. 

“  Produces  remarkable  relief  in  chronic  diseases  symptomatic  of  affections  of  the  ab 
dominal  and  thoracic  organs,  and  in  serous  effusions  with  impediment  of  respiration  and 
circulation.” — Prof.  Alois  Martin,  “  Koyal  Medical  Councillor,  University  of  Munich.” 

4.  Against  hiemorrhoids.  and 
portal  and  hepatic  congestion. 

“  The  most  certain  and  the  most  comfortable  in  its  action  of  all  the  aperient  waters. 
The  special  indications  for  its  use  are.  in  costiveness  (especially  in  that  of  pregnancy),  in 
portal  congestion  with  tendency  to  haemorrhoid* . and  in  sluggish  action  of  the  liver.” — 
Inspector  General  Macphkrson,  M..D,  Author  of  “  Baths  and  Wells  of  Eurooe.” 

5.  During  Pregnancy ;  for 
nursery  use  ;  and  in  many 
female  disorders. 

“  I  prescribe  none  but  this.” — Baron  v.  Scanzoni  *'  Wurzbursr.” 

“  I  prefer  this  to  any  and  every  other.”— Dr.  Marion  Sims,  “  New  York.lHonorary  Fellow 
Obstetrical  Society  of  London  and  Dublin.” 

6.  In  bilious  attacks  and  sick 
headaches. 

44 1  have  made  use  of  the  Hunyadi  Janos  mineral  water  ever  since  its  introduction  into 
this  country,  and  with  ever  increasing  satisfaction.  It  is  highly  beneficial  to  persons  of 
sedentary  habit,  and  in  what  are  called  bilious  attacks.”— Dr.  Silver,  Lecturer  on  Clinical 
Medicine.  Charing-Cross  Hospital. 

7.  Against  evil  consequences 
of  indiscretion  in  Diet. 

44  Has  invariably  good  and  prompt  success  ;  a  most  valuable  item  in  the  balneological 
treasury.” — Prof.  Virchow,  Berlin. 

For  ordinary  aperient  purposes  a  half  wineglassful  of  the  Hunyadi  Water  may  be  taken  at 
bed-time,  or  a  wineglassful  taken  in  the  morning  fasting.  It  is  most  efficacious  vrhen  warmed  to 
a  temperature  not  below  60  deg.,  or  when  an  equal  quantity  of  hot  water  is  added  to  it. 

HUNYADI  JANOS  MINERAL  WATER. 


INDISPENSABLE  TO  THE  TRAVELLING  PUBLIC. 


To  secure  the  geuuine  Water,  require  bottles  with  a  blue  label  bearing  the  name, 

Tie  APOLLIMRIS  COMPANY,  Limited,  19  Regent  St,  Lonioi,  England 

Sole  Agents  for  the  TPDPTIV  TIP  T3ADV  Q  Hfl  41  and  43  Warren  St. 
United  States  i?  JtillUiA.  Uili  Mill  &  ID.,  New  York. 


9 


Dr 


cells  ;  also  Pocket  Induction  Apparatus  BEWARE  OF  IMITATIONS. 
For  the  genuine,  send  for  Illustrated  Catalogue. 

Address  \ 


For  which  he  has  received  21  Letters  Patent 
for  improvements,  rendering  them  superior  to 
all  others,  as  verified  by  award  of  First  Premium 
at  Centennial  ;  also  First  Premium  by  Ameri¬ 
can  Institute  from  1872  to  1870  inclusive,  and,  in 
1875,  Gold  Medal. 

iES’Please  note  the  following,  for  which  the 

GOLD  MEDAL 

was  awarded  by  American  Institute  in  1875,  to 
distinguish  the  Apparatus  as  of  The  First  Order 
of  importance  : 

Dr,  J erome  Kidder’s  Improved  No,  1. 

Physician’s  Office  Electro  Medical  Apparatus. 

Dr,  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No.  2. 


Dr,  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No,  3, 

Physician’s  Visiting  M achine  ( another  Form ) . 

Dr.  Jerome  Kidder's  Improved  No,  4. 

Office  and  Family  Machine. 

Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No,  5. 

Tip  Battery  Ten  Current  Machine  (see  cut). 

A  most  perfect  and  convenient  apparatus, 
the  invention  of  Dr.  Kidder.  We  also  manufac¬ 
ture  superior  D  alvanic  Batteries,  from  6  to  36 


ALBERT  KIDDER  &  CO., 


Successors,  820  Brodway ,  J\ew  York. 


Microscopes  for  Physicians. 


Walk’s  new  working  Microscope  is  original  in  design  and  the  lowest- 
priced  Microscope  of  really  good  quality  in  market. 

Send  for  Illustrated  Catalogue,  free. 

INDUSTRIAL  PUBLICATION  CO., 

14  Dey  Street,  New  York. 


THE  LQHDOH  LAHCET 

Is  the  oldest  Medical  Journal  in  the  English  language,  and  the  recognized 
exponent  of  Medical  Science  all  over  the  world.  The  largest  and  cheapest 
Medical  Journal  in  the  country — $5.00  per  year.  Send  for  prospectus. 
Specimen  Copies  25  cents  each.  Address, 

THE  LONDON  LANCET, 

14  Dey  Street,  New  York. 

The  American  reprint  now  contains  all  the  Medical  matter  of  the 
original  edition. 


10 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

MANUFACTURING 

Chemists  &  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

Manufacturers  of  all  the  officinal  and  other  standard 

FLUID  AND  SOLID  EXTRACTS, 

including  all  the  NEW  REMEDIES; 

PURE  CHEMICALS,  ELIXIRS,  SYRUPS,  ETC.  . 
SA  C  CHAR  ATE  D  PEPSIN, 

Prepared  from  the  Stomach  of  the  hog,  Uniform  in  Strength,  and  free  from 
unpleasant  odor  and  taste.  Ten  grains  of  Saccharated  Pepsin, 
dissolved  in  one  ounce  of  water,  with  addition  of  ten  drops 
of  muriatic  acid,  will  completely  dissolve  150  grains 
of  coagulated  albumen,  at  a  temperature  of 
100  to  150°  F.,  in  4  to  6  hours. 

We  also  prepare  a  full  line  of  Perfectly  Soluble 

SUGAR  COATED  PILLS, 

Comprising  all  the  officinal  and  other  well-known  favorite  formulae. 
These  PILLS  are  all  Prepared  with  the  Utmost  Care,  under  our  Immediate 
Supervision. 

The  DRUGS  entering  into  their  Composition  are  of  the  Best  Quality. 

The  Quantities  and  Proportions  are  Invariably  as  Represented  on  the  Labels 

The  Excipients  to  make  the  Masses  are  Carefully  Chosen  in  each  Case,  to 

make  the  Pill  Permanently  Soluble  in  the  Fluids  of  the  Stomach  and 
Bowels. 

The  Sugar  Coating  will  be  found  very  Soluble,  and  not  Excelled  by  any 

other  in  point  of  Beauty  or  Finish. 


Catalogues  giving  Composition,  Doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  Mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  to  us  direct,  or  to  our  wholesale  agent , 

I.  L.  LYONS, 

Importer  and  Wholesale  Druggist, 

•  4S  «&  44  CAMP  STEET, 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 

ag’79.1y. 


11 


ISTO'W  READY. 

frattitioucr’s  *§,tUxmt  fSooli, 

ADAPTED  TO  THE  DSE  OF 

THE  PHYSICIAN,  THE  PHARMACIST,  and  the  STUDENT. 

general  Information  for  the  Practitioner,  Therapeutic  and  Practical 
Hints.  How  to  conduct  a  Post-mortem  Examination. 

Dietetic  Rules  and  Precepts. 

By  RICHARD  J  DUNGLISON,  M.D. 

Pbeface  to  the  Woke. 

From  personal  experience  of  the  wants  of  the  busy  practitioner,  the  author  is  confident 
that  a  work  of  ready  reference  containing,  in  a  compact  and  tangible  shape,  information 
of  a  purely  practical  character,  will  prove  a  desirable  addition  to  his  medical  arma¬ 
mentarium.  The  physician  is  frequently  at  a  loss  to  know  in  what  direction  to  look,  in 
order  to  procure  such  facts  and  hints  as  are  here  collected,  some  of  which  are  widely 
scattered  through  voluminous  professional  treatises  or  the— in  many  instances — inac¬ 
cessible  pages  ot  medical  periodicals  ;  while  the  other  original  suggestin'  s  and  precepts 
ottered  for  his  guidance  will,  it  is  believed,  meet  many  of  his  daily  needs.  The  cordial 
indorsement  of  the  objects  of  the  work,  with  which  the  author  has  already  been  favored 
by  leading  and  active  members  of  the  profession,  induces  him  to  indulge  the  hope  that  it 
may  become  an  indispensable  companion  as  a  handy-book  for  every-day  consultation. 

Bound  in  Cloth.  Octavo.  Price  $3.50. 

Sent  free,  by  mail ,  upon  receipt  of  price. 

LINDSAY  &  BLAKISTON,  Publishers, 

'  No.  25  South  Sixth  Street ,  Phila. 


APOTHECARY  AND  CHEMIST, 

115  EAST  MARKET,  LOUISVILLE,  KY„ 

Manufactures  by  his  Improved  Method 


^^Saccharated  Pepsin 


which  has  proven  its  sup  riority  over  other  Pepsins  by  its  greater  strength,  by  its  stabil¬ 
ity  and  uniformity,  and  by  its  almost  entire  tastelessness. 

CONCENTRATED  DRY  PEPSIN, 

of  which  one  grain  digests  100  to  125  grains  of  coagulated  albumen  in  4  to  6  hours,  and 

LIQ  UIIO  PEPSIN, 

of  which  one  ounce  dissolves  90  grains  of  albumen. 


ALL  ARTICLES  WARRANTED. 


12 


^SUCCESSOR  TO  BALL,  LYONS  &  CO.) 


G^WHOLESALEc 


a 


fmfljfe* t  pljapamt* 

40,  42.  44  CAMP  and  W.  113,  115,  111  GRAHER  STS., 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 


DEALER  IN 

Drugs,  Chemicals,  Essential  Oils, 

Chemical  Apparatus,  Surgical  Instruments,  Electric  Apparatus,  Medi¬ 
cine  Chests,  Saddle  Bags,  Trusses,  Supporters,  Silk  Stockings, 
Sponges,  and  alt  articles  used  in  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

FINE  WINES  AND  LIQUORS, 

PERFUMERY,  FANCY  GOODS,  PAINTS,  OILS,  DYE  STUFFS,  GLASS,  ETC,; 

> 

Importer  of 

FRENCH,  ENGLISH  AND  GERMAN  DRUGS  AND  CHEMICALS. 
Importer  of  Swedish  Leeches, 

Importer  of  English  Solid  Extracts, 

Importer  of  Batt ley’s  Liquor  Opii  Sed., 

Liquor  Ergot,  Cinchona,  Buchu,  Taraxacum,  etc., 

Importer  of  French,  English  and  German  Proprietary 

Medicines,  Perfumery  and  Drug  Sundries 

Only  direct  Importer  in  the  South  of  Norwegian  or  Bergen  Cod  Liver  Oil, 

White  and  Brown. 

Agent  for  GEO.  TIEMANN  &  OO.’S  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS, 

Which  we  Sell  at  Makers’  Prices. 


Agent  for  W.  R.  WARNER  &  CO.’S  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS 

Agent  for 

SHARPE  <£  DOHMES’  AND  HENRY  THAYER  &  COS 

SOLID  AND  FLUID  EXTRACTS. 

Agent  for 

JNO.  WYETH  dk  BRO'S  FLUID  EXTRACTS,  ELIXIRS,  WINES, 

DIALYSED  IRON,  COMPRESSED  PILLS,  <&C.,  dtO 

Agent  for 

DR.  L.  A.  BABCOCK'S  SILVER  UTERINE  SUPPORTER, 

dr.  McIntoshs  uterine  supporter, 

DR.  STEPHENSONS  UTERINE  SUPPORTER. 

BLUE  LICK,  POLAND,  BETHESDA  AND  BLADON  WATER. 

Always  in  stock  a  full  line  of 

CARPENTER'S,  ELLIOTS,  ALOE  <£•  HERN  STEIN' S  AND  LESLIE'S 

SADDLE  BAGS,  FRESH  HUMAN  AND  BOVINE  VACCINE. 

The  extensive  Dispensing  Department  and  complete  Laboratory  connected  with  my 
Wholesale  Business  enables  me  to  give  that  careful  attention  to  Physicians’  Orders  ne¬ 
cessary  to  ensure  filling  them  satisfactorily. 

Having  always  exercised  the  greatest  care  in  the  selection  of  the  crude  materials  em¬ 
ployed,  and  making  all  pharmaceutical  preparations  of  standard  strength,  in  strict  accord¬ 
ance  with  established  and  recognized  formulas,  I  have  earned  and  am  entitled  to  the  con¬ 
fidence  of  the  profession. 

X.  L.  LYONS. 


Hy-80- 


Pharmaceutical  and  Medicinal  Preparations 

FROM  LABORATORY  OF 


I.  X*. 


(Successor  to  BALL,  LYONS  &  CO.) 


Wholesale  Druggist  and  Pharmacist, 

40,  42,  44  CAMP  St.  and  111,  113,  115,  117  GRAVIER  St. 
NEW'  ORLEANS,  LA. 


During  my  many  years’  experience  I  have  always  recognized  the  importance  of  estab¬ 
lishing  in  our  midst  a  LABORATORY  which  would  enable  Physicians  to  procure  at  home, 
with  a  guarantee  of  purity  and  reliability,  the  many,  elegant  aiid  really  scientific  prepara¬ 
tions  which  have  of  late  years  become  so  popular  with  practitioners  and  patients.  Sup¬ 
plied  with  the  MOST  APPROVED  APPARATUS,  and  in  charge  of  intelligent  and  ex¬ 
perienced  pharmaceutists,  I  may  justly  claim  the  products  oir  my  laboratory  to  be  ex- 
colled  by  none  in  the  country,  and  to  he  far  superior  to  most  others  of  foreign  manufacture. 
I  cannot  attempt  here  to  enumerate  all  the  extensive  list  of  my  preparations,  and  will 
only  call  attei  tion  to  the  leading  ones,  which  have,  by  their  absolute  reliability,  elicited 
the  praise  and  approbation  of  the  leading  physicians  iu  this  city. 

I  also  beg  to  add  that  I  am  prepared  to  manufacture  at  short  notice  any  pharmaceutical 
preparation  which  physicians  may  be  unable  to  procure  elsewhere. 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME; 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  LAOTO-PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  SOLUBLE  PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME; 

COD  LIVER  OIL,  FERRATED ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL,  IODO- FERRATED ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL.  PHOSPHORATED; 

BERGEN  COD  LIVER  OIL,  WHITE  ; 

BERGEN  COD  LIVER  OIL,  BROWN. 


NUTRITIVE  ELIXIR ,  ( Reef Cognac  and  Ritter 
Orange)  NUTRITIVE  ELIXIR ,  FERRATED , 
designed  as  SUBSTITUTES  FOR  DUCROS’ 
ELIXIR ,  at  more  moderate  prices . 


ELIXIR  BISMUTH 

ELIXIR  C ALISA YA  and  PYROPHOL. 
IRON, 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA.  IRON  and  STRYCH 
NIA. 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA,  IRON,  STRYCH 
NIA  and  BISMUTH, 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA,  IRON,  PEPSINE 
ami  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIR  CIT.  LITHTA. 

ELIXIR  PHOSPHATE  IRON,  QUININE 
and  STRYCHNIA. 

ELIXIR  PYROFHOS.  IRON,  QUININE 
and  STRYCHINA. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE  and  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE,  BISMUTH  and 
STYRCHNIA. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE,  BISMUTH.  STRYCH 
NIA  and  IRON. 

ELIXIR  VAL.  AMMONIA. 

ELIXIR  VAL.  AMMONIA  and  QUININE. 

ELIXIR  GUAR  AN  A. 


LIQUOR  PEPSINE. 

LIQUOR  BISMUTH. 

SYRUP  PHOSPHATES  COMP. 

SYRUP  HYPOPHOPHITES  COMP. 
SYRUP  LACTO-PHOSPHATE  IRON. 
SYRUP  LACTO  PHOSPHATE  LIME. 
SYRUP  IRON,  free  from  taste  and  acid. 
SYRUP  PHOSPH.  IRON,  QUININE  and 
STRYCHNIA. 

SYRUP  IOD.  IRON  and  MANG. 

SYRUP  HYD.  CHLORAL. 

SYRUP  LAOTO-PHOS.  LIME  and  PEP¬ 
SINE. 

SYRUP  LACTO-PHOS.  LIME  and  IRON 
WINE,  BEEF  and  IRON. 

WINE,  BEEF,  IRON  aDd  CINCHONA. 
WINE,  PEPSINE. 

WINE,  IRON  BITTER. 

WINE  CINCHONA,  (Quinquina  Robiquet.) 
WINE  CINCHONA.  FERRUGINEUX 
(Quinquina  Robiquet.) 

WINE  WILD  CHERRY. 

WINE  WILD  CHERRY,  FERRATED. 


ELIXIR  TARAX.  COMP,  for  masking  Qui¬ 
nine. 


FLUID  EXTRACT  ERGOT  prepared  from  the  selected  grains,  and  all  fluid 
Extracts  of  STANDARD  STRENGTH. 


All  new  and  rare  chemicals  kept  in  stock. 

I.  L.  LYONS. 

t-Jy-ao 


14 


\ 


I>2{.  McKVTOSH’S 


Natural  Uterine  Supporter. 

No  instrument  has  ever  been  placed  before  the  medical  profession  which  has  given 
such  universal  satisfaction.  The  combination  is  such  that  the  Physician  is  able  to  meet 
every  indication  of  Uterine  Displacements.  Falling  Womb,  Anteversion,  Retroversion 
and  Flexions  are  overcome  by  this  instrument,  where  others  fail ;  this  is  proven  by  the 
fact  that  since  its  introduction  to  the  Profession  it  has  come  into  more  general  use  than 
all  other  instruments  combined. 

Among  the  many  reasons  which  recommend  this  Supporter  to  the  Physician  is  its 
self-adjusting  qualities.  The  Physician  after  applying  it  need  have  no  fear  that  he  will 
be  called  in  haste  to  remove  or  readjust  it  as  is  often  the  case  with  rings  and  various 
pessaries  held  in  position  by  presure  against  the  vaginal  wall,  as  the  patient  can  remove 
it  at  will  and  replace  it  without  assistance. 

The  Abdominal  Supporter  is  a  broad  morroco  leather  belt  with  elastic  straps  to  buckle 
around  the  hips,  with  concave  front  so  shaped  as  to  hold  up  the  abdomen.  The  Uterine 
Support  is  a  cup  and  stem  made  of  highly  polished  hard  rubber,  very  light  and  durable, 
shaped  to  fit  the  neck  of  the  womb,  with  openings  for  the  secretions  to  pass  out,  as 
shown  by  the  cuts.  Cups  are  made  with  extended  lips  to  correct  flexions  and  versions  of 
the  womb. 

The  cup  and  stem  is  suspended  to  the  belt  by  two  soft  elastic  Rubber  Tubes,  which 
are  fastened  to  the  front  of  the  belt  by  simple  loops,  passed  down  through  the  stem  of 
the  cup  and  up  to  the  back  of  the  belt.  These  soft  rubber  tubes  being  elastic  adapt 
themselves  to  all  the  varying  positions  of  the  body  and  perform  the  service  cf  ligaments 
of  the  womb. 

The  instrument  is  very  comfortable  to  the  patient,  can  be  removed  or  replaced  by  her 
at  will,  can  be  worn  at  all  times,  will  not  interfere  with  nature’s  necessities,  will  not 
corrode,  and  is  lighter  than  metal.  It  will  answer  for  all  cases  of  Anteversion,  Retrover¬ 
sions,  or  any  Flexions  of  the  Womb,  and  is  used  by  the  leading  Physicians  with  never 
failing  success  even  in  the  most  difficult  cases. 

Price— to  Physicians  $8.00;  to  Patients,  $12.00. 

Instruments  sent  by  mail,  at  our  risk,  on  receipt  of  Price,  with  16  cents  added  for 
postage,  or  by  Express,  O.  O  D. 

Dr.  McINTOSH’S  NATURAL  UTERINE  SUPPORTER  CO. 

192  Jackson  Street,  Chicago,  III. 

Our  valuable  pamphlet  “  Some  Practical  Facts  about  Displacements  of  the  Womb,’ 
will  be  sent  you  free  on  application,  - 


INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  PHILADELPHIA,  1876. 


AWARD 

For  “General  Excellence  in  Manufacture.” 


II.  PLilTII  &;  goi. 


224  WILLIAM  ST.,  (Established  1836.;  NEW  YORK. 


OF  ALL  KINDS. 

Also,  EMPTY  CAPSULES— 5  SIZES . 


For  the  easy  administration  of  nauseous  medicinal  preparations. 

GPSOLE  AGENTS  FOR  BLAIR’S  GOUT  AND  RHEUMATIC  PILLS. 
Samples  and  Price  Lists  sent  on  application.  Sold  by  all  Druggists. 

jy-iy- 


15 


BELLEVUE  HOSPITAL  MEDICAL  COLLEGE, 

CITY  OF  NEW  YORK, 

MEMBER  OP  THE  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  COLLEGE  ASSOCIATION. 
SESSIONS  OF  1879-1880. 

THB  COLLEGIATE  YEAR  in  this  Institution  embraces  a  preliminary  Autumnal  Term,  the  Regular  Winter 
Session,  and  a  Spring  Session. 

THE  PRELIMINARY  AUTUMNAL  TERM  for  1879-’ BO  will  begin  on  Wednesday,  September  17th,  1870,  and 
continue  until  the  opening  of  the  Regular  Session.  During  this  term,  instruction,  consisting  of  didactic  lectures  upon 
special  subjects  and  daily  clinical  lectures,  will  be  given,  as  heretofore,  by  the  entire  Faculty,  in  the  same  number 
and  order  as  during  the  Regular  Session.  Students  expecting  to  attend  the  Regular  Session  are  recommended  to 
attend  the  Preliminary  Term,  but  such  attendance  is  not  required. 

THE  REGULAR  SESSION  will  begin  on  Wednesday,  October  1st,  1879,  and  end  about  th6  1st  of  March,  1880. 
During  this  Session,  in  addition  to  four  didactic  lectures  on  every  week  day  except  Saturday,  two  or  three  hours 
are  daily  allotted  to  clinical  instruction. 

THE  SPRING  SESSION  consists  chiefly  of  recitations  from  Text-Books.  This  Session  begins  on  the  1st  of 
March  and  continues  until  the  1st  of  June.  During  this  Session,  daily  recitations  in  all  the  departments  are  held 
by  a  corps  of  examiners  appointed  by  the  Faculty.  Short  courses  of  lectures  are  given  on  special  subjects,  and 
regular  clinics  are  held  in  tho  Hospital  and  in  the  College  Building. 

FACULTY: 

ISAAC  E.  TAYLOR,  M.  D., 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women,  and  President  of  the  Faculty. 

JAMES  R.  WOOD,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  FORDYCE  BARKER,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.f 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgery.  Professor  of  Clinical  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women. 


AUSTIN  FLINT,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  and 
Clinical  Medicine. 

W.  H.  VAN  BUREN,  M.  D  , 

Professor  of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery,  Dis¬ 
eases  of  Genito-Urinary  System,  and  Clini¬ 
cal  Surgery. 

LEWIS  A.  SAYRE.  M.  D.. 

Professor  of  Orthopedic  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

ALEXANDER  B.  MOTT.  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Clinical  and  Operative  Surgery. 

WILLIAM  T.  LUSK,  M.  D„ 

Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and 
Children,  and  Clinical  Midwifery. 

\ 


A.  A.  SMITH,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  on  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  and 
Clinical  Medicine. 

AUSTIN  FLINT,  Jr.,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Physiology  and  Physiological  Anatomy, 
and  Secretary  of  the  Faculty. 

JOSEPH  D.  BRYANT,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  General,  Descriptive  and  Surgical  Anatomy 

R.  OGDEN  DOREMUS,  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

EDWARD  G.  JANEWAY,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Pathological  Anatomy  and  Histology, 
Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System,  and  Clinical 
Medicine. 


PROFESSORS  OF  SPECIAL  DEPARTMENTS,  ETC. 


HENRY  D.  NOYES,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology. 

J.  LEWIS  SMITH,  M.  D., 

Clinical  Professor  ©f  Diseases  of  Children. 
EDWARD  L.  KEYES,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Dermatology,  and  Adjunct  to  the  Chair  of 
Principles  of  Surgery. 

JOHN  P.  GRAY  M.  D. ,  LL.  D., 

Professor  of  Psychological  Medicine  and  Medical  Juris¬ 
prudence. 

ERSK1NE  MASON,  M.  D. 

Clinical  Professor  of  Surgery. 

LEROY  MILTON  YALE,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  Adjunct  upon  Orthopedic  Surgery. 


JOSEPH  W.  HOWE,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

BEVERLY  ROBINSON,  M  D., 

Lecturer  upon  Clinical  Medicine. 

FRANK  H.  30SW0RTH,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  upon  Diseases  of  the  Throat. 

CHARLES  A.  DOREMUS,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D., 
Lecturer  upon  Practical  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

FREDERICK  S.  DENNIS,  M.  D.,  M.  R.  (X  S., 
WILLIAM  H.  WELCH,  M.  D., 
Demonstrators  of  Anatomy. 


FEES  FOR  THE  REGULAR  SESSION: 

Fees  for  Ticket*  to  all  Lectures  during  the  Preliminary  and  Regular  Term,  including  Clinical  Lectures . 

Matriculation  Fee .  -jj 

Dissection  Fee  (including  material  for  dissection) .  JV 

Graduation  Fee . - . - .  M 

FEES  FOR  THE  SPRING  SESSIONS 

Matriculation  (Ticket  valid  for  the  following  Winter) .  $  ® 

Recitations,  Jlinics,  and  Lectures . . - .  "O 

Dissection  (Tickets  valid  for  the  following  Winter) .  10 

For  the  Annual  Circular  and  Catalogue,  giving  regulations  for  graduation  and  other  Information,  address 
Prof!  AUSTIN  FLINT,  Jr.,  Secretary,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 

*  •  jy.m 


8888  888 


16 


THEOPHXLUS  REDWOOD,  Ph.D.,  F.  C.  S.  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Pharmacy 
to  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  Great  Britain,  says,  in  reference  to  this  preparation : — 

“UNGUENTUM  PETROLEI  appears  to  be  obtained  from  crude  Petroleum  by 
fractional  distillation  and  subsequent  purification.  Products  of  a  similar  description  have 
been  introduced  in  pharmacy,  and  recommended  as  substitutes  for  animal  or  vegetable 
fats  in  the  preparation  of  ointments  or  liniments. 

“Among  these  the  UNGUENTUM  PETIiOLEI  is  distinguished  by  its  having  a 
firmer  consistence  and  a  higher  melting  point,  and  in  these  respects  it  resembles  pure  lard, 
from  which  it  differs  in  that  it  is  entirely  free  from  liability  to  become  raucid  or  to  under¬ 
go  any  chemical  change.  It  has  an  amber  color,  and  a  smooth,  jelly-like  appearance  and 
is  almost  wholly  free  from  odor  or  taste.  It  is  free  from,  and  insoluble  in,  water.  It  is 
very  slightly  soluble  in  rectified  spirit,  but  very  soluble  in  ether,  in  fixed  oils  and  fats.  I 
am  of  opinion  that  its  characters  and  properties  are  such  as  to  render  it  a  valuable  adjunct 
to  our  Materia  Medica.” 

DR.  TILBURY  FOX,  LONDON,  writes  r  “  I  like  the  UNGUENTUM  PETROLEI 
very  much  indeed,  and  si  all  not  fail  to  prescribe  it.” 

FROM  “THE  LANCET,”  LONDON,  OCTOBER  20th,  1878.  “Semi-transparent, 
pale  yellow  in  color,  and  perfectly  free  from  offensive  smell.  We  consider  it  a  valuable 
preparation,  and  hope  its  use  will  become  as  common  in  England  as  it  is  said  to  he  in 

FROM  “THE  MEDICAL  TIMES  AND  GAZETTE,”  LONDON;  OCTOBER,  20th, 
1878.  “  The  substance  introduced  under  the  name  of  UNGUENTUM  PETROLEI  is  of  about 
the  consistence  of  good  lard,  has  no  smell,  keeps  any  length  of  time,  apparently  without  be¬ 
coming  rancid,  and  may  be  exposed  to  any  kind  of  atmosphere  without  undergoing  chemical 
change.  It  has  long  been,  we  understand,  in  use  in  America,  where  it  enjoys  a  wide-spread 
popularity ;  and  it  will,  we  doubt  not,  come  into  extensivo  use  here  also,  as  a  vehicle  for 
making  ointments,  as  a  demulcent  in  various  diseases  of  the  skin,  and  as  a  lubricant’’ 

PREPARED  BY 

E.  F.  HOUGHTON  &  CO., 

211  SOUTH  FRONT  STREET,  PHILADELPHIA. 


ROW  READY. 

GYNECOLOGICAL-  TRANSACTIONS. 

Volume  II. 

Containing  the  papers  read,  at  the  Second  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  American  Gynecological  Society ,  held  in 
Boston  in  June,  1877,  and  the  discussions  to  which  they 
gave  rise. 

700  pages,  12  chromo-lithographic  plates,  a,nd  many 
other  illustrations ;  besides  a  Bibliographical  Index  to 
current  Obstetric  and,  Gynecological  Literature. 

8vo.  cloth,  $6,80. 

HOUGHTON,  OSGOOD  &  CO.,  BOSTON. 

t^y.79. 


FACTS  FROM  MISSISSIPPI  AHD  THE  SOUTH. 


THE  USE  OF  DEXTRO-QUININE  IN  INTERMITTENT  FEVER. 


DA.  G.,  male, 
farmer. 

Had  taken 
Quinine,  Oin- 
ohonidia,  Ar¬ 
senic  and  a 
number  ot  dif¬ 
ferent  chill 
mixtures,  pre¬ 
scribed  by  as 
many  different 
doctors,  be¬ 

sides  various 
patent  medi¬ 
cines  :  all  with 
no  result. 
Never  had  a 
chill  after  the 
first  dose  of 
Dex  tr  o-Q  v  i- 
nine. 

•28 

18  months 
regularly,  all 
types. 

i 

0 

5  grs.  every  four 
hours  throughout 
the  day,  before 
the  expected  chill 
followed  by  use  of 
ferruginous  pre¬ 
parations. 

60  grs. 

This  gentleman  had  bad  chibs 
for  13  months,  a  relapse  from  a 
Remittent  fever  during  the  Sum¬ 
mer.  He  had  chills  in  all  of  its 
forms.  Had  taken  Quinine,  Arse¬ 
nic,  and  several  different  chill  mix¬ 
tures  prepared  by  as  many  differ¬ 
ent  doctors,  and  various  patent, 
medicines  but  all  to  no  effect,  still 
the  chill  would  come.  When  I  re¬ 
ceived  the  sample  of  Dextro- Quin¬ 
ine  I  thought  that,  this  would  be  as 
good  a  case  as  I  could  get  to  try 
the  merits  of  the  preparation.  1- 
gave  him  5  grs.  every  four  hours, 
beginning  the  day  before  the  chill 
was  expected,  and  he  has  never 
had  another  chill  from  that  day  to 
this,  four  months.  He  has  per¬ 
formed  daily  labor  every  day  on  the 
farm  since  that  day.  It  is  needless 
to  say  that  I  followed  up  the  treat¬ 
ment  with  ferruginous  prepara¬ 
tions.  I  look  upon  the  Dextro- 
Quinine  as  doing  the  work.  I 
think  it  an  excellent  remedy  >  nd 
would  advise  all  physicians  to  give 
it  a  trial  in  such  cases.  Sent  other 
reports  two  months  ago. 

Jno.  G. 
Gunn, 
M.  D., 
Noxu- 
pater, 
Miss. 

r- 

Eve  Page, fe¬ 
male. 

35 

Chill  every 
month  for  3 
months. 

1 

One  2  gr.  pill 
every  two  hours 
till  six  pills  or  12 
grs.  are  taken. 

24  grs. 

I  found  nothing  unusual  in  this 

case  and  the  Dextro- Quinine  has 
the  reputation  of  breaking  these 
chronic  chills. 

T.  W. 
W  right 
M.  D., 
Pickens 
Miss. 

o* 

A.  li.Jemale  Child 

From  2  weeks 
to  6  months. 

1 

2  to  5  grains. 

15  grs. 

About  the  same  as  Sulphate  of 
Quinine,  except  when  given  in 
large  doses, does  not  cause  the  full¬ 
ness  of  the  head,  and  buzzing  of  the 
ears  as  large  doses  of  Quinine  does 
sometimes. 

D.  C. 

- 

A.  B  ,  male. 

Adult 

40  grs. 

H  a  r  d- 
man.  M. 
D.,Cher 
ry  Grove 
Grant 
'onnty, 
Ark. 

Miss  A.  Ter- 

ian. 

20 

Regularly 
for  6  months. 

1  0 

Three  uoses  ot 

5  grains  each. 

15  grs 

This  case  (an  old  chronic  case) 
never  had  a  chill  alter  the  first  dost 
of  Dextro-Quinine  I  have  alsi 
treated  many  children  with  like  ef¬ 
fect. 

irt 

r- 

Mr.  X.  Ter. 
tian 

Adult 

Regularly 
for  8  months. 

0 

20  two  gr.  pills, 
given  as  usual. 

40  grs 

I  gave  20  pills  to  an  old 
chronic  case  who  lived  30  miles 
away:  and  learn  he  never  had  an¬ 
other  chill  and  is  now  well. 

i- 

X 

Mrs.  G., mar¬ 
ried,  no  chil¬ 
dren 

36 

7 

~  Slight. 

4  doses  of  4  grs. 
each,  2  hours 
apart;  repeated 
the  same  next 
day. 

32  g  s. 

The  patient  could  not  take  qui¬ 
nine  in  any  form  on  account  of  the 
great  disturbance  occasioned  to 
the  stomach  and  head.  Tried  va¬ 
rious  patent  medicines  without  re¬ 
sult,  excepting  to  sicken  the  stom¬ 
ach.  We  conld  not  get  anything 
to  stay  on  the  stomach  until  we 
tried  Dextro-  Quinine  which  acted 
admirably.  It  did  not  effect  either 
the  head  or  stomach  nor  has  there 
been  any  return  of  paroxysms. 

C.  S 

Van  c  e, 
M.  D. 
Mnrs’hl 
Ark. 

SEND  FOR  CLINICAL  DETAILS  OF  1000  CASES. 


4 


SEABURY  k  JOHNSOH, 

Originators  and  Manufacturers  of  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia  Medicinal  and 
Surgical 


POROUS  AND  SPREAD, 

I IV  RUBBER  COMBINATION. 


MEW  YORK  AMD  LOMDOM. 


Received  highest  and  only  Award  ( Medal  and  Special  Diploma  of  Merit)  over  all 
Foreign  and  Home  Competitors  in  1876. 

THE  JURORS’  AWARD  IS  SUBSTANTIALLY: 

ORIGINALITY — The  successful  application  of  rubber  as  a  base  for  all  medioi 
nal  and  mechanical  plasters. 

RELIABILITY  and  general  excellence  of  manufactures. 


Facts  concerning  Medicinal  Flusters  in  Jtubber  Combination. 

India-rubber-spread  and  Porous  Plasters  possess  indisputable  ad¬ 
vantages  over  all  other  Plasters:  [1]  The  Rubber  Combination  preserves 
the  incorporated  drug  or  extract  from  decomposition  or  volatilization  ;  [2] 
They  adhere  closer  and  firmer ;  [3]  They  do  not  soil  the  skin  or  linen ;  [4] 
They  are  always  pliable,  and  never  become  hard  or  brittle ;  [5]  They  ad¬ 
here  without  heat  or  moisture ;  [6]  An  increased  effect  is  obtained  by  being 
porous,  as  the  Plaster  neither  slides  nor  moves  from  its  affixed  position. 


BELLADONNA  PLASTER,  U.  S.  P. 

IN  RUBBER  COMBINATION. 

Messrs.  SEABURY  &  JOHNSON  claim  that  theirs  is  the  most  thor¬ 
oughly  reliable  and  only  strictly  officinal  Belladonna  Plaster  ever  offered 
the  medical  profession.  It  is  an  improvement  on  other  Belladonna 
Plasters  in  several  important  particulars.  First,  it  is  incorporated  with 
the  officinal  alcoholic  extract  only.  Secondly,  it  is  freed  from  all  stimulat¬ 
ing  qualities,  thereby  insuring  the  uninfluenced  sedative  action  of  Bella¬ 
donna.  Thirdly,  it  adheres  with  greater  tenacity  than  others.  Physicians 
have  been  prejudiced  in  favor  of  Allen’s  English  Extract ;  but  recent  analysis, 
fairly  conducted  by  competent  chemists,  emphatically  condemns  the  In¬ 
spissated  Extract  as  a  mild  and  unstable  product,  representing  but  one- 
half  or  less  than  one-half  of  the  strength  of  the  U.  S.  P.  Alchoholic  Extract 
of  Belladonna.  The  following  result,  published  in  the  American  Journal  of 
Pharmacy,  in  April,  1876,  p.  145,  is  furnished  for  your  consideration,  which 
ndi cates  the  following  percentage  of  Atropia  in  the  respective  extracts : 

Alcoholic  Extract  of  Belladonna,  U.  S.  P . 2,571 

Allen’s  English  Extract . 1,411 

Herring’s  English  Extract . 1,179 

The  practitioner,  as  well  as  ourselves,  has  but  one  choice. 

Considering  these  features  from  a  professional  standpoint,  we  offer  a 
Belladonna  Plaster  which  cannot  be  improved  upon. 


5 


SALIOYLATED  SURGEONS’ 

RUBBER  ADHESIVE  PLASTER. 

This  article  has  met  with  unprece¬ 
dented  success,  and  has  been  em¬ 
phatically  pronounced  by  our  most 
sk  illful  General  and  Orthopaedic  Sur¬ 
geons,  as  “  the  best  Surgeons’  Adhe¬ 
sive  Plaster  known.”  It  is  applied 
without  heat  or  moisture,  conforms 
quickly  to  the  parts;  is  perfectly 
flexible  and  waterproof,  and  is  ready 
for  use  at  any  moment.  It  is  free 
from  irritating  properties  and  very 
healing.  In  counter-extension  it  has 
no  equal,  as  it  does  not  move  or  slide 
after  being  applied.  Our  India 
Rubber  Adhesive  Plaster  is  also 
spread  on  twilled  linen,  which  re¬ 
sists  the  most  powerful  strain.  In 
addition  to  these  general  improve¬ 
ments,  the  plaster  being  impervious 
to  water,  wounds  can  be  cleansed 
without  removing  the  plaster,  ob¬ 
viating  the  necessity  of  constant  re¬ 
dressing,  saving  labor  and  time. 
Whenever  continued  powerful  adhesion 
is  required,  it  should  be  procured  in 
porous  form. 

MUSTARD  PLASTER 

SPREAD  ON  COTTON  CLOTH. 

Our  Mustard  Plaster  is  a  decided 
improvement  over  the  best  French 
makes  ;  the  mustard  is  manipulated 
so  as  to  exclude  all  the  moisture,  re¬ 
taining  unimpaired  by  such  treat¬ 
ment  its  essential  properties.  They 
are  always  reliable,  conform  quickly 
to  the  part,  and  when  thoroughly 
wet  do  not  break  into  pieces,  as  is  the 
case  with  all  other  mustard  plasters. 
They  do  not  crack  or  peel  off,  and 
can  be  removed  without  soiling  the 
skin  or  linen.  Being  manufactured 
only  of  pure  mustard,  they  are  perfect¬ 
ly  free  from  Croton  Oil  or  other 
dangerous  substitutes,  often  em¬ 
ployed  to  induce  intense  irritation. 


RUBBER  BUSTER  PLASTER. 

(Camphorated)  B.  P.  STRENGTH, 

This  article  has  a  splendid  repu¬ 
tation  ;  its  characteristic  action  is 
not  impaired  by  age  in  any  climate. 
The  whole  fly  is  incorporated,  which 
by  constant  manipulation  is  thor¬ 
oughly  and  beautifully  combiued 
with  the  plaster.  Its  properties  are 
developed  quicker,  and  it  blisters  in  less 
time  than  the  cerate. 

It  never  fails  to  blister  when  used 
as  directed.  In  addition  to  its  supe¬ 
rior  efficacy  as  a  vesicant,  we  in¬ 
corporate  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
Camphor,  which,  with  the  Olive  Oil, 
used  on  the  face  of  the  plaster,  pre¬ 
vents  Strangury.  This  improvement 
will  be  appreciated  by  every  practi¬ 
tioner.  It  is  more  reliable  than  any 
known  cantharidal  preparation. 

CAPSICUM  PLASTER. 

Recently  this  article  has  crept 
into  favor  with  our  most  esteemed 
physicians,  and  judging  from  results 
it  is  doubtless  the  best  rubefacient 
known.  It  has  the  specific  action  of 
mnstard  without  its  objections.  The 
characteristic  action  of  Capsicum  is 
uniformly  maintained  from  twenty- 
four  to  forty-eight  hours,  without 
blistering,  being  mild,  continuous* 
and  stimulating.  This  plaster  is 
spread  in  rubber  combination  and  in 
porous  form.  Experience  has  taught 
practitioners  that  the  Oleo  Resin  of 
Capsicum  is  too  violent,  frequently 
vesicating;  we  incorporate  the  crude 
drug  in  sufficient  quantity,  without 
risk  to  the  patient.  Our  Capsicum 
Plasters  will  be  found  more  practi¬ 
cal  for  general  use  than  the  so-called 
Mustard  or  Capsicum  Papers. 


G^SPECIAL  NOTICE  TO  PHYSICIANS.=^0 

Quality  is  of  great  importance  to  the  practitioner — by  reliable  preparations  he  , xpple - 
merits  his  own  skill.  You  can  therefore  rest  assured  that  every  article  we  manufacture  is 
of  strict  pharmacopcBa  strength,  and  incorporated  with  perfectly  reliable  Extracts  and 
Drugs,  well  selected,  carefully  and  conscientiously  prepared,  and  manufactured  invariably 
under  the  personal  superintendence  of  one  of  our  firm.  Our  whole  attention  and  study  is 
devoted  entirely  to  the  art  of  Plaster  making,  and  we  are  ready  at  all  times  to  receive  sug¬ 
gestions  from  the  fraternity,  which  may  be  of  benefit  to  all. 

SEABUR  Y  eft)  JOTIKTSOIXT, 

21  Platt  Street,  New  York. 

All  of  the  above  articles  sold  by  Druggists  everywhere.  Always  specify 
SEABTJRY  &  JOHNSON’S  PLASTERS. 

SAMPLES  SENT  TO  PHYSICIANS  ON  APPLICATION. 


<  |  TBOM  J*I  ERS’  H .  > 


The  rapidly  increasing  demand  for  onr  Improved  Extract  of  Malt,  during  the  four 
years  that  it  has  been  manufactured  and  offered  to  the  medical  profession  in  America, 
justifies  the  belief  that  in  its  production  here  we  are  meeting  a  generally  felt  want. 

Long  experience  in  manufacturing  Malt  Extract  has  enabled  us  to  completely  overcome 
the  many  difficulties  attending  its  manufacture  in  large  quantity ;  and  we  positively 
assure  the  profession  that  our  Extract  of  Malt  is  not  only  perfectly  pure  and  reliable, 
hut  that  it  will  keep  1'or  years,  in  any  climate,  without  fermenting  or  molding,  and  that 
its  flavor  actually  improves  hy  age.  Our  Extract  is  guaranteed  to  equal,  in  every  respect, 
the  best  German  make,  while,  by  avoiding  the  expense  of  importation,  it  is  afforded  at 
less  than  half  the  price  of  the  foreign  article. 

The  Malt  from  which  it  is  made,  ia  obtained  by  carefully  malting  the  very  best  quality 
of  selected  Toronto  Canada  Barley.  The  extract  is  prepared  by  an  improved  process, 
which  prevents  injury  to  its  properties  or  flavor  by  excess  of  heat.  IT  REPRESENTS 
THE  SOLUBLE  CONSTITUENTS  OP  MALT  AND  HOPS,  viz:  Malt,  sugar,  dex¬ 
trine,  diastase,  resin  and  bitter  of  hops,  phosphates  of  lime  and  magnesia,  and  alkaline 
salts. 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  following  analysis  of  this  Extract,  as  given  by  S.  H.  Douglas, 
Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor. 

TROMMER  EXTRACT  OF  MALT  CO.: — I  enclose  herewith  my  analysis  of  your 
Extract  of  Malt : 

Malt  Sugar  40. 1 ;  Dextrine,  Hop-bitter,  Extractive  Matter,  23.6;  Albuminous  Matter 
[Diastase,]  2.469 ,  Ash — Phosphates,  1.712.  Alkalies  .377;  Water,  25.7.  Total,  99.958. 

In  comparing  the  above  analysis  with  that  of  the  Extract  of  Malt  of  the  German 
Pharmacopcea,  as  given  by  Hager,  that  has  been  sc  generally  received  by  the  profession, 
I  find  it  to  substantially  agree  with  that  article 

Yours  truly.  SILAS  H  DOUGLAS, 

Prof,  of  Analytica.  and  Applied  Chemistry 

This  invaluable  preparation  is  highly  recommended  by  the  medical  profession,  as  a  most 
effective  therapeutic  agent,  for  the  restoration  of  delicate  and  exhausted  constitutions.  It 
is  very  nutritious,  being  rich  in  both  muscle  and  fat  producing  materials. 

The  very  large  proportion  of  Diastase  renders  it  most  effective  in  those  forms  of  disease 
originating  in  imperfect  digestion  of  the  starchy  elements  of  food. 

A  single  dose  of  the  Improved  Trommer’s  Extract  of  Malt,  contains  a  larger  quantity 
of  the  active  properties  of  Malt,  than  a  pint  of  the  best  ale  or  porter ;  and  not  having 
nndergone  fermentation,  is  absolutely  free  from  alcohol  and  carbonic  acid. 

The  dose  for  ada.ts  is  from  a  dessert  to  a  tablespoonful  three  times  daily  It  is  best 
taken  after  meals,  pure,  or  mixed  with  a  glass  of  milk,  or  in  water,  wine,  or  any  kind  of 
spirituous  liquor.  Each  bottle  contains  Lbs.  of  the  Extract. 


Our  preparation#  of  Malt  are  for  sale  by  druggists  generally  throughout  the 
United  States  and  Canadas,  at  the  following  prices 


Extract  of  Malt, 

with 

Hops,  plain.  - 

81  00 

a 

it 

6S 

it 

Pyrophosphate  of  Iron ,  Ferrate - 

1  00 

u 

44 

44 

44 

Cod  Liver  Oil,  ....  « 

1  00 

*4 

a 

ii 

41 

Cod  Liver  Oil  and  Iodide  of  Iron, 

1  00 

44 

u 

It 

44 

Cod  Liver  Oil  and  Phosphorus.  *  * 

1  00 

4/ 

44 

44 

44 

Hypo  phosphites,  - 

1  50 

44 

<4 

44 

44 

Iodides,  -  « 

1  50 

44 

44 

44 

a 

Alteratives ,  -  -  - 

2  50 

44 

44 

41 

it 

Citrate  of  Iron  and  Quinta ,  ’ 

1  50 

44 

44 

41 

44 

Pepsin ,  « 

1  50 

MANUFACTURED  BY 


ROMMER  EXTRACT  OF  MALT  CO..  -  -  -  FREMONT.  OHIO. 


7 


a,  a.  FIHLAY  k  CO., 

IMPORTERS 

AND 


No.  35  Magazine  St.  and  12  Bank  Place, 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 


We  keep  constantly  on  hand  a  large  and  complete  stock  ox 


bought  exclusively  for  CASH,  and  are  prepared  to  fill  all  orders  entrusted 
to  our  care  with  accuracy  aud  dispatch,  and  at  the  lowest 
possible  market  rates. 

We  deal  in  none  but 


and  all  medicines  sold  by  us  are 


guaranteed  to  be  fresh  and  unadulterated 

The  success  of  the  physician  often  depends  ou  the  quality  of  the  drug 
prescribed  by  him,  and  we  believe  our  patrons  will  bear  us  out  in  the  as- 
sertion  that  the  quality  of  the  goods  we  supply  cannot  be  surpassed. 

We  are  Agents  for  some  of  the  LARGEST  MANUFACTURING  ESTAB¬ 
LISHMENTS  (both  of  this  country  aud  Europe)  of 

CHEMICALS, 

PHARMACISTS’  PREPARATIONS, 
SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS  AND  APPLIANCES. 

aud  all  orders  will  be  filled  with  attention  to  furnishing  such  manufactures 
as  are  designat* d.  A  full  stock  of 

Pure  Liquors  and  Wines  of  all  kinds 

are  also  kept  on  hand  for  medicinal  pwposes. 


t,jy-80. 


8 


OFFICE  OF 

^TEOMMER^ 

Extract  of  Malt 

o  ois/iip^isr^r, 

F  li  E  M  ONT,  OHIO. 


DEAR  SIR : — 


FREMONT,  OHIO ,  April ,  1873. 


It  is  now  five  years  since  we  first  introduced  and  began  tbe  manufacture 
of  Extract  of  Malt  in  tbe  United  States.  It  has  been  our  aim  to  furnish 
the  medical  profession  in  America  with  a  malt-extract  equal  to  the  best 
Gorman  make,  and  (by  saving  the  expenses  of  importation)  much  cheaper 
than  the  foreign  article  can  be  ‘afforded.  For  the  manner  in  which  our 
efforts  have  been  appreciated  by  the  medical  profession,  we  desire  to  ex¬ 
press  our  warmest  thanks. 

The  difficulties  attending  the  manufacture  of  Extract  of  Malt  in  large 
quantities,  can  be  overcome  only  by  that  kind,  of  skill  which  is  acquired 
by  experience.  Its  constituents  must  receive  no  injury  by  the  process 
and  good  flavor  and  keeping  quality,  adapting  it  to  all  climates,  must 
characterize  the  product.  All  are  familiar  with  the  striking  difference 
between  certain  celebrated  brands  of  ale  and  porter  —and  yet  the  poorest 
as  well  as  the  best,  is,  or  should  be,  produced  from  barley  malf  and  hops. 
Success  greatly  depends,  of  course,  upon  the  employment  of  none  but  the 
best  material ;  but  it  is  by  the  use  of  specific  and  long  tried  procedures 
that  results  are  obtained  which  are  so  difficult  to  rival. 

We  do  ourselves  but  simple  justice,  in  stating  that  our  entire  attention  is 
and.  for  many  years  has  been,  exclusively  devoted  to  the  manufacture  of 
Extract  of  Malt  for  medical  purposes,  and  that  we  give  our  undivided 
personal  attention  to  each  step  in  the  delicate  process  by  which  'Extract  of 
Malt  of  excellent  quality  can  alone  be  made. 

Under  these  circumstances,  it  is  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  tbe  various 
manufacturers  of  fluid  extracts,  elixirs,  pills,  &c.,  who  (attracted  by  the 
high  reputation  of  our  Extract  of  Malt)  have  recently,  in  various  sections 
of  the  country,  undertaken  the  manufacture  of  a  similar  article,  should 
generally  succeed  in  producing  it  of  a  quality  according  with  the  fulsome 
praise  with  which  their  advertisements  are  filled.  While  being  perfectly 
willing  to  let  the  reputation  of  our  Extract  of  Malt  rest  upon  its  real 
merits,  we  owe  it  to  the  medical  profession,  is  well  as  to  ourselved,  to 
give  warning  against  imposition. 

It  has  come  to  our  knowledge  that  certain  articles  extensively  advertised 
as  “pure”  and  “genuine  extract  of  malt,”  are  composed  chiefly  of  the 

t.Jy-79. 


9 


substance  called  graph  sugar  or  maltine,  which,  as  is  well  known  is  the 
product  of  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  upon  starch  subjected  to  a  high 
temperature.  This  artificial  grape  sugar  or  glucose  which  is  extensively 
manufactured  from  corn  starch,  is  now  being  used  in  immense  quantities, 
instead  of  ordinary  cane  sugar,  in  the  sophistication  of  confectionery, 
sugaihouse  syrup,  “  strained  honey,”  native  wines,  and  canned  fruits,  aud 
by  some  brewers  in  the  manufacture  of  beer  and  ale.  The  cheapness  of 
this  artificial  product  of  Indian  corn,  constitutes  the  chief  inducement  for 
this  species  of  substitution  for  barley  malt  and  cane  sugar. 

Again,  an  extract  of  malted  graiu  is  manufactured  for  the  pui’pose  of 
obtaining  diastase,  which  (simple  and  variously  combined)  is  much  used 
in  medicine.  The  appearance  of  the  extract  is  but  slightly  changed  by 
being  deprived  of  this  important  constituent,  although,  it  is  unnecessary 
to  add,  that  its  value  as  a  medicinal  agent  is  thereby  greatly  impaired. 
Nevertheless,  this  very  substauce,  which  is  little  more  than  refuse  material, 
in  the  manufacture  of  diastase,  is  now  being  offered  for  pure  malt  extrac. 

It  is  «i alt  extract  prepared  from  Barley  malt  combined  with  the  proper 
proportion  of  Hops,  that  has  been  for  many  years  the  standard  medicinal- 
nutritive  employed  by  the  medical  faculty  of  Europe,  aud  especially  of 
Germany.  Its  value  has  beeu  established  by  experience,  and  its  use  in 
the  treatment  of  almost  all  forms  of  disease  of  nutrition  is  constantly  ex¬ 
tending.  We  shall  continue  to  devote  the  most  scrupulous  attention  of 
the  maintenance  of  the  reputation  of  our  malt  extract,  by  the  careful 
selection  of  material  and  by  unwearied  personal  attention  to  manufactur¬ 
ing  details. 

Attention  is  respectfully  directed  to  the  accompanying  extract  from 
Zietnssen,  and  also  to  our  circular  and  testimonials  elsewhere  printed. 

Very  Respectfully, 

TROMMER  EXTRACT  OF  MALT  CO. 


[  From  Ziemssen’s  Oyclopcedia  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine,  Vol.  XVI,  page  474:] 

“The  Malt  Extract  prepared  from  Trommer’s  receipt  is  designed  to 
fulfil  much  the  same  purpose  as  Cod-liver  oil,  carbo-hydrates  (malt-sugar 
dextrin,)  taking  the  place  of  fatty  matter.  The  simple  (much  or  little 
hopped)  and  the  Chalybeate  form  of  Malt  Extract  are  coming  more  and 
more  into  favor  as  substitutes  for  the  oil ;  they  are  more  palatable  and 
more  easily  digested,  and  should,  therefore,  be  preferred  in  the  dyspeptic 
forms  of  amemia.  During  the  last  few  years  Malt  Extract  has  almost 
entirely  taken  the  place  of  Cod  Liver  Oil  in  the  treatment  of  phthisis,  and 
other  wasting  diseases  at  the  Basle  hospital,  and  we  have  as  yet  found  no 
reason  for  returning  to  the  use  of  the  latter  remedy.  The  Extract  may  be 
given  froiA  one  to  three  times  a  day  in  doses  varying  from  a  teaspoonful 
to  a  tablespoonfnl  in  milk,  broth,  beer,  or  wine.” 


t.Jy-79. 


1U 


THEOPHILUS  REDWOOD,  Ph.I).,  F.  C.  S.  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Pharmacy 
to  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  of  Great  Britain,  says,  in  reference  to  this  preparation  : — 

“UNGUENTUM  PETROLEI  appears  to  be  obtained  from  crude  Petroleum  by 
fractional  distillation  and  subsequent  purification.  Products  of  a  similar  description  have 
been  introduced  in  pharmacy,  and  recommended  as  substitutes  for  animal  or  vegetable 
fats  in  the  preparation  of  ointments  or  liniments. 

“Among  these  the  U  N  G  U  E  N T U M  PETROLEI  is  distinguished  by  its  having  a 
firmer  consistence  and  a  liigi  er  melting  point,  and  in  these  respects  it  resembles  pure  lard, 
from  which  it  differs  in  that  it  is  entirely  free  from  liability  to  become  rancid  or  to  under¬ 
go  any  chemical  change.  It  has  an  amber  color,  and  a  smooth,  jelly-like  appearance  and 
i's  almost  wholly  free  from  odor  or  taste.  It  is  free  from,  and  insoluble  in,  water.  It  is 
very  slightly  soluble  in  rectified  spirit,  but  very  solubl  i  in  ether,  in  fixed  oils  and  fats.  I 
am  of  opinion  that  its  characters  and  properties  are  such  as  to  render  it  a  valuable  adjunct 
to  our  Materia  Medica.” 

1)R.  TILBURY  FOX,  LONDON,  writes ,  “I  like  the  UNGUENTUM  PETROLEI 
very  much  indeed,  and  si  all  not  fail  to  prescribe  it.'’ 

FROM  “THE  LANCET,”  LONDON,  OCTOBER  20th,  1878.  “Semi-transparent, 
pale  yellow  in  color,  and  poriectly  free  from  offensive  smell.  We  consider  it  a  valuable 
preparation,  and  hope  its  uso  will  become  as  common  in  England  as  it  is  said  to  he  in 
America.” 

FROM  “THE  MEDICAL  TIMES  AND  GAZETTE,”  LONDON;  OCTOBER,  20tli, 
1878.  “  The  substance  introduced  under  the  Dame  ofUNGUENTUM  PETROLEIis  of  about 
the  consistence  ofgoodlard,  has  no  smell,  keeps  any  length  oftime.  apparently  without  be¬ 
coming  rancid,  and  may  be  exposed  to  any  kind  of  atmosphe:  e  without  undergoing  chemical 
change.  It  has  long  been,  we  understand,  in  uso  in  America,  where  it  enjoys  a  wide-spread 
popularity ;  and  it  will,  we  doubt  not,  come  into  extensivo  uSe  here  also,  as  a  vehicle  for 
making  ointments,  as  a  demulcent  in  various  diseases  of  the  skin,  and  as  a  lubricant.’’ 

PREPARED  BY 

E.  F.  HOUGHTON  &  CO., 

211  SOUTH  FRONT  STREET,  PHILADELPHIA. 


A o  It  READY. 

gynecological”  transactions. 

Volume  II. 

Containing  the  papers  read  at  the  Seconal  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  American  Gynecological  Society,  held,  in 
Boston  in  June,  1S77 ,  and  the  discussions  to  which  they 
gave  rise. 

700  pages,  13  chromo-litho graphic  plates,  and  many 
other  illustrations ;  besides  a  Bibliographical  Index  to 
current  Obstetric  and  Gynecological  Literature. 

8vo.  cloth,  $6, SO. 

HOUGHTON,  OSGOOD  &  CO.,  BOSTON. 

fc.jy-79. 


11 


NOW  READY, 


lb*  partitioutr’is  $tfmm 


ADAPTED  TO  THE  USE  OF 

THE  PHYSICIAN,  THE  PHARMACIST,  and  the  STUDENT. 

General  Information  for  the  Practitioner.  Therapeutic  and  Practical 
Hints.  How  to  conduct  a  Post-mortem  Examination. 

Dietetic  Rules  and  Precepts. 


By  RICHARD  J  DUNGLISON,  M.D. 


Preface  to  the  Work. 

Prom  personal  experience  of  the  wants  of  the  busy  practitioner,  the  author  is  confident 
that  a  work  of  ready  reference  containing,  in  a  compact  and  tangible  shape,  information 
of  a  purely  practical  character,  will  prove  a  desiiable  addition  to  bis  medical  arma¬ 
mentarium.  The  physician  is  frequently  at  a  loss  to  know  in  what  direction  to  look,  in 
order  to  procure  such  facts  and  hints  as  are  here  collected,  some  of  which  are  widely 
scattered  through  voluminous  professional  treati-es  or  the— in  many  instances — inac¬ 
cessible  pages  ot  medical  periodicals  ;  while  the  other  original  suggests-  «  and  precepts 
offered  for  his  guidance  will,  it  is  believed,  meet  many  of  his  daily  needo.  The  cordial 
indorse  merit  of  the  objects  of  the  work,  with  whicli  tiie  author  has  already  been  favored 
by  leading  and  active  members  of  the  profession,  induces  him  to  iudulge  the  hope  that  it 
may  become  an  indispensable  companion  as  a  handy-book  for  every-day  consultation. 

Bound  in  Cloth.  Octavo.  Price  $3.50. 

Sent  free  by  mail,  upon  receipt. 'of  price. 


DINDSAY  &  BLAKISTON,  Publishers, 

•  No.  2.>  South  Sixth  Street.  Phila. 


115  EAST  MARKET,  LOUISVILLE,  KY., 


Manufactures  by  bis  Improved  Method 


which  has  proven  its  sup  riority  over  other  Pepsins  by  its  greater  strength,  by  its  stabil- 
.  ity  and  unit. utility,  and  by  its  almost  entire  tastelessuess. 


CONCENTRATED  DRY  PEPSIN, 


of  wb' j  one  grain  digests  100  to  125  grains  of  coagulated  albumen  in  4  to  0  hours,  and 


LIQUID  PEPSIN, 


oft  whicli  one  -  mice  dissolves  90  grains  of  albumen. 


ALL  ARTICLES  WARRANTED. 


12 


1. 


s5 

('SUCCESSOR  TO  BALL,  LYONS  &  CO.) 

G^WHOLESALEc 


40,  42,  44  CAMP  and  111,  113,  115 ,  117  GRA  VIER  STS., 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 

DEALER  IN 

Drugs,  Chemicals,  Essentia!  Oils, 

Chemical  Apparatus,  Surgical  Instruments,  Electric  Apparatus,  Medi¬ 
cine  Chests,  Saddle  Bags,  Trusses,  Supporters,  Silk  Stockings, 
Sponges,  and  all  articles  used  in  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

FINE  WINES  AND  LIQUORS, 

PERFUMERY,  FA  ROY  GOODS,  PAINTS,  OILS,  DYE  STUFFS,  GLASS,  ETO.; 

Importer  of 

FRENCH,  ENGLISH  AND  GERMAN  DRUGS  AND  CHEMICALS. 
Importer  of  Swedish  Leeches, 

Importer  of  English  Solid  Extracts, 

Importer  of  Battley’s  Liquor  Opii  Sed., 

Liquor  Ergot,  Cinchona,  Buchu,  Taraxacum,  etc., 

Importer  of  French,  English  and  German  Proprietary 

Medicines,  Perfumery  and  Drug  Sundries 

Only  direct  Importer  in  the  South  of  Norwegian  or  Bergen  Cod  Liver  Oil, 

White  and  Brown. 

Agent  for  GEO.  TIEMANN  &  CO.’S  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS-, 

Which  we  Sell  at  Makers’  Prices. 

Agent  for  W.  R.  WARNER  &  CO.’S  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS 

Agent,  for  • 

SHARPE  <£-  DOHMES'  AND  HENRY  THAYER  <(■  GO'S 

SOLID  AND  FLUID  EXTRACTS. 

Agent  for 

JNO.  WYETH  &  BRO  S  FLUID  EXTRACTS,  ELIXIRS,  WINES, 

DIALYSED  IRON,  COMPRESSED  PILLS  ,(«,<£• 
Agent  for 

DR.  L.  A.  BABCOCK’S  SILVER  UTERINE  SUPPORTER, 

DR.  MCINTOSH'S  UTERINE  SUPPORTER. 

DR.  STEPHENSON S  UTERINE  SUPPORTER. 

BLUE  LICK,  POLAND,  BETHESDA  AND  BLADON  WATER, 

Always  in  stock  a  full  line  of 

CARPENTER’S,  ELLIOTS,  ALOE  tC-  HERNSTEIN'S  AND  LESLIE’S 

SADDLE  BAGS,  FRESH  HUMAN  AND  BOVINE  VACCINE 

The  extensive  Dispensing  Department  and  complete  Laboratory  connected  with  my 
Wholesale  Business  enables  me  to  give  that  careful  attention  to  Physicians’  Orders  ne¬ 
cessary  to  ensure  tilling  them  satisfactorily. 

Having  always  exercised  the  greatest  care  in  the  selection  of  the  crude  materials  em¬ 
ployed,  and  making  all  pharmaceutical  preparations  of  standard  strength,  in  strict  accord¬ 
ance  with  established  and  recognized  formulas,  I  have  earned  and  am  entitled  to  the  con¬ 
fidence  of  the  profession, 

I.  L.  LYONS. 


t  |y  80- 


/ 


13 


Pharmaceutical  and  Medicinal 

from'  laboratory  of 


Preparations 


(Successor  to  BALL,  LYONS  &  CO.) 


Wholesale  Druggist  and  Pharmacist, 

40,  42,  44  CAMP  St.  and  111,  113,  115,  117  GEAVIER  St. 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 


During  my  many  years’  experience  I  have  always  recognized  the  importance  of  estab¬ 
lishing  in  our  midst  a  LABORATORY  which  would  enable  Physicians  to  procure  at  home, 
with  a  guarantee  of  purity  and  reliability,  the  many,  elegant  and  realty  scientific  prepara¬ 
tions  v  hich  have  of  late  years  become  so  popular  with  practitioners  and  patients.  Sup¬ 
plied  with  the  MOST  APPROVED  APPARATUS,  and  in  charge  of  intelligent  and  ex¬ 
perienced  pharmaceutists,  I  may  justly  claim  the  products  at  my  laboratory  to  be  ex¬ 
celled  by  none  in  the  country,  and  to  be  far  superior  to  most  others  of  f  oreign  manufacture. 
I  cannot  attempt  here  to  enumerate  all  the  extensive  list  of  my  preparations,  and  will 
only  call  attention  to  the  leading  ones,  which  have,  by  their  absolute  reliability,  elicited 
the  praise  and  approbation  of  the  leading  physicians  in  this  city. 

I  also  beg  to  add  that  I  am  prepared  to  manufacture  at  short  notice  any  pharmaceutical 
preparation  which  physicians  may  be  unable  to  procure  elsewhere. 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME; 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  LACTO-PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  SOLUBLE  PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL,  FERRATED : 

COD  LIVER  OIL,  iODO-FERRATED ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL.  PHOSPHORATED ; 

BERGEN  COD  LIVER  OIL,  WHITE  ; 

3EEGEN  COD  LIVER  OIL,  BROWN. 


NUTRITIVE  ELIXIR,  (Reef,  Cognac  and  Ritter 
Orange)  NUTRITIVE  ELIXIR,  FERRATED, 
designed  as  SUBSTITUTES  FOR  DUCROS’ 
ELIXIR ,  at  more  moderate  prices . 


ELIXIR  BISMUTH 

ELIXIR  CALISaYA  and  PYR0PH03. 
IRON, 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA,  IRON  and  STRYCH¬ 
NIA. 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA,  IRON,  STRYCH¬ 
NIA  and  BISMUTH, 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA,  IRON,  PEPSINE 
and  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIR  CIT.  LITBXA 

ELIXIR  PHOSPEATE  IRON,  QUININE 
and  STRYCHNIA. 

ELIXIR  PYROFHOS.  IRON,  QUININE 
and  STRYCHIN  A. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE  and  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIK  PEPSINE,  BISMUTH  and 
STY  ROHM  A. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE,  BISMUTH.  STRYCH 
NIA  and  IRON. 

ELIXIR  VAL.  AMMONIA 

ELIXIR  VAL.  AMMONIA  and  QUININE. 

ELIXIR  GUARANA. 


LIQUOR  PEPSINE. 

LIQUOR  BISMUTH. 

SYRUP  PHOSPHATES  COMP. 

SYRUP  HYPGPHOPHITES  COMP. 
SYRUP  LACTO-PHOSPHATE  IRON. 
SYRUP  LACTO-PHOSPHATE  LIME. 
SYRUP  IRON,  free  from  taste  and  acid. 
SYRUP  PHOSPH.  IRON,  QUININE  and 
STRYCHNIA. 

SYRUP  10 D  IKON  and  MARG. 

SYRUP  HYD.  CHLORAL. 

SYRUP  LAOXO-PHOS.  LIME  and  PEP¬ 
SINE. 

SYRUP  LACTO-PHOS.  LIME  and  IRON. 
WINE,  BEEF  and  IRON. 

WINE,  BEEF,  IRON  aDd  CINCHONA. 
WINE,  PEPSINE. 

WINE,  IRON  BITTER. 

WINE  CINCHONA,  (Quinqnina  Robiquet.) 
WINE  CINCHONA.  FERRUGINEUX, 
(Quinquina  Robiquet.) 

WINE  WILD  CHERRY. 

WINE  WILD  CHERRY,  FERRATED. 


ELIXIR  TAEAX.  COMP,  formasking  Qui¬ 
nine. 

FLUID  EXTRACT  ERGOT  prepared  from  the  selected  grains,  and  all  fluid 
Extracts  of  STANDARD  STRENGTH. 


All  m"v  and  rare  chemicals  kept  in  stock. 

I. 


L.  LYONS. 


t-jy-80 


14 


de.  McIntosh  s 


Natural  Uterine  Supporter* 

No  instrument  has  ever  been  placed  before  the  medical  profession  which  has  given 
such  universal  satisfaction.  The  combination  is  such  that  the  Physician  is  able  to  meet 
every  indication  of  Uterine  Displacements.  Falling  Womb.  Anti-version,  Retroversion 
and  Flexions  are  overcome  by  this  instrument,  where  others  fail ;  this  is  proven  by  the 
fact  that  since  its  introduction  to  the  Profession  it  has  come  into  more  general  use  than 
all  other  instruments  combined. 

Among  the  many  reasons  which  recommend  this  Supporter  to  the  Physician  is  its 
self-adjusting  qualities.  The  Physician  after  applying  it  need  have  no  fear  that  he  will 
he  called  in  haste  to  remove  or  readjust  it  as  is  often  the  case  with  rings  and  various 
'  pessaries  hold  in  position  l»y  presure  against  the  vaginal  wall,  as  the  patient  can  remove 
it  at  will  and  replace  i  t  without  assistance. 

The  Abdominal  Supporter  is  a  broad  morroco  leather  belt  with  elastic  straps  to  buckle 
around  the  hips,  with  concave  from,  so  shaped  as  to  hold  up  the  abdomen.  The  Uterine 
Support  is  a  cup  and  stem  made  of  highly  polished  hard  rubber,  very  light  and  durable, 
shaped  to  fit  the  neck  of  the  womb,  with  openings  for  the  secretions  to  pass  out,  as 
shown  by  the  cuts.  Cups  are  made  with  extended  lips  to  correct  fiexions  and  versions  of 
the  womb. 

The  cup  and  stem  is  suspended  to  the  belt  by  two  soft  elastic  Rubber  Tubes,  which 
are  fastened  to  the  front  of  the  belt  by  simple  loops,  passed  down  through  the  stem  of 
the  cnp  and  up  to  t  he  hack  of  the  belt.  These  soft  rubber  tubes  being  elastic  adapt 
themselves  to  all  the  varying  positions  of  the  body  and  perform  the  service  of  ligaments 
of  the  womb. 

The  instrument  is  very  comfortable  to  the  patient,  can  be  removed  or  replaced  by  her 
at  will,  can  be  worn  at  all  times,  will  not  interfere  with  nature’s  necessities,  will  not 
corrode,  and  is  lighter  than  metal.  It  will  answer  for  all  cases  of  Anteversion,  Retrover¬ 
sions,  or  any  Flexions  of  the  Womb,  and  is  used  by  the  leading  Physicians  with  never 
failing  success  even  in  the  most  difficult  cases. 

Price -to  Physicians  $8.00;  to  Patients,  $12  00. 

Instruments  sent  by  mail,  at  our  risk,  on  receipt  of  Price,  with  1C  cents  added  for 
postage,  or  by  Express,  O.  O  I). 

Dr.  McINTOSH’S  NATURAL  UTERINE  SUPPORTER  00, 

193  Jackson  Street,  Chicago,  111, 

Our  valuable  pamphlet  “  Some  Practical  Facts  about  Displacements  of  the  Womo,’ 
will  be  sent  you  free  on  application,  - 


15 


BELLEVUE  HOSPITAL  MEDICAL  COLLEGE, 

CITY  OF  NEW  YORK, 

MEMBER  OF  THE  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  COLLEGE  ASSOCIATION, 
SESSIONS  .  OF  1879  -  1880. 

TUB  COLLEGIATE  YEAR  in  this  Institution  embraces  a  preliminary  Autumnal  Term,  the  Regular  Winter 
Session,  and  a  Spring  Session. 

THE  PRELIMINARY  AUTUMNAL  TERM  for  1879-’80  will  begin  on  Wednesday,  September  17th,  1879,  and 
continue  until  the  opening  of  the  Regular  Session.  During  this  term,  instruction,  consisting  of  didactic  lectures  upon 
special  subjects  and  daily  clinical  lectures,  will  be  given,  as  heretofore,  by  the  entire  Faculty,  in  the  same  number 
and  order  as  during  the  Regular  Session.  Students  expecting  to  attend  the  Regular  Session  are  recommended  to 
attend  the  Preliminary  Term,  but  such  attendance  is  not  required. 

THE  ’REGULAR  SESSION  will  begin  on  Wednesday,  October  1st,  1879,  and  end  about  the  1st  of  March,  188CL 
During  this  Session,  in  addition  to  four  didactic  lectures  on  every  week  day  except  Saturday,  two  or  three  hours 
are  daily  allotted  to  clinical  instruction. 

THE  SPRING  SESSION  consists  chiefly  of  recitations  from  Text-Books.  This  Session  begins  on  the  1st  of 
March  and  continues  until  the  1st  of  June.  During  this  Session,  daily  recitations  in  all  the  departments  are  held 
by  a  corps  of  examiners  appointed  by  the  Faculty.  Short  courses  of  lectures  are  given  04  special  subjects,  and 
regular  clinics  are  held  in  tho  Hospital  and  in  the  College  Building. 

FACULTY: 

ISAAC  E.  TAYLOR,  M.  D., 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Discuses  of  Women,  and  President  of  the  Faculty. 

JAMES  R.  WOOD,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  FORDYCE  BARKER,  M.  D.,  LL.  D,f 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgery.  Professor  of  Clinical  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women. 


AUSTIN  FLINT,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  and 
Clinical  Medicine. 


A.  A.  SMITH,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  on  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  and 
Clinical  Medicine. 


W.  H.  VAN  BUR  EX,  M.  D  , 

Professor  of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery,  Dis¬ 
eases  of  Genito-Ur inary  System,  and  Clini¬ 
cal  Surgery. 


LEWIS  A.  SAYRE.  M.  D.. 

Professor  of  Orthopedic  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery. 


ALEXANDER  B.  MOTT.  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Clinical  and  Operative  Surgery. 

WILLIAM  T.  LUSK,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and 
Children,  and  Clinical  Midwifery. 


AUSTIN  FLINT,  Jr.,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Physiology  and  Physiological  Anatomy, 
and  Secretary  of  the  Faculty. 

JOSEPH  D.  BRYANT,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  General,  Descriptive  and  Surgical  Anatomy 

R.  OGDEN  DORKMUS,  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

EDWARD  G.  JANEWAY,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Pathological  Anatomy  and  Histology, 
Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System,  and  Clinical 
Medicihe- 


PROFESSORS  OF  SPECIAL  DEPARTMENTS,  ETC. 


HENRY  D.  NOYES,  M.  D  , 

Professor  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology. 

J.  LEWIS  SMITH,  M.  D.. 

Clinical  Professor  ©f  Diseases  of  Children. 

EDWARD  L.  KEYES.  M.  D  , 

Professor  of  Dermatology,  and  Adjunct  to  the  Chair  of 
Principles  of  Surgery. 

JOHN  P.  GUAY  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 

Professor  of  Psychological  Medicine  and  Medical  Juris¬ 
prudence. 

ERSK1NE  MASON,  M.  D. 

Clinical  Professor  of  Surgery. 

LEROY  MILTON  YALE,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  Adjunct  upon  Orthopedic  Surgery. 


JOSEPH  W.  HOWE.  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

BEVERLY  ROBINSON,  M  D., 

Lecturer  upon  Clinical  Medicine. 

FRANK  II  BOS' WORT H,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  upon  Diseases  of  the  Throat. 

CHARLES  A.  DOREMUS,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D., 
Lecturer  upon  Practical  Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

FREDERICK  S.  DENNIS,  M.  D.,  M.  R.  C.  S., 
WILLIAM  H.  WELCH,  M.  D., 
Demonstrators  of  Anatomy. 


FEES  FOR  THE  REGULAR  SESSION: 

Fees  for  Tickets  to  all  Lectures  during  the  Preliminary  and  Regular  Term,  including  Clinical  Lectures .  $140 

M atricul  ation  Fee . - .  *  J 

Dissection  Fee  (including  material  for  dissection) .  *0 

Graduation  Fee .  30 


FEES  FOR  THE  SPRING  SESSIONS 

Matriculation  (Ticket  valid  for  the  following  Winter) .  .  $  •*> 

Recitations,  Dlinica,  and  Lectures . .  ■» 

Dissection  (Tickets  valid  for  the  following  Winter) .  10 

For  the  Annual  Circular  and  Catalogue,  giving  regulations  for  graduation  and  other  information,  address 
Prof  AUSTIN  FLINT,  Jr.,  Secretary,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 

jy.m 


ggg  gsgg 


If) 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

MANUFACTURING 

Chemists  &  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD, 

Manufacturers  of  all  the  officinal  and  other  standard 

FLUID  AND  SOLID  EXTRACTS, 

including  all  the  NEW  REMEDIES ; 

PURE  CHEMICALS,  ELIXIRS,  SYRUPS,  ETC. 
SAG  GUAR  ATE  D  PEPSIN, 

Prepared  from  the  Stomach  of  the  hog,  Uniform  in  Strength,  and  free  from 
unpleasant  odor  and  taste.  Ten  grains  of  Saccharated  Pepsin, 
dissolved  in  one  ounce  of  water,  with  addition  of  ten  drops 
of  muriatic  acid,  will  completely  dissolve  150  grains 
of  coagulated  albumen,  at  a  temperature  of 
100  to  150°  F.,  in  4  to  6  hours. 

We  also  prepare  a  full  line  of  Perfectly  Soluble 

SUGAR  COATED  PILLS, 

Comprising  all  the  officinal  and  other  well-known  favorite  formulae. 
These  PILLS  are  all  Prepared  with  the  Utmost  Care,  under  our  Immediate 

Supervision. 

The  DRUGS  entering  into  their  Composition  are  of  the  Best  Quality. 

The  Quantities  and  Proportions  are  Invariably  as  Represented  on  the  Labels 
The  Excipients  to  make  the  Masses  are  Carefully  Chosen  in  each  Case,  to 

make  the  Pill  Permanently  Soluble  in  the  Fluids  of  the  Stomach  and 
Bowels. 

The  Sugar  Coating  will  be  found  very  Soluble,  and  not  Excelled  by  any 

other  in  point  of  Beauty  or  Finish. 

Catalogues  giving  Composition,  Doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  Mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  to  vs  direct,  or  to  our  wholesale  agent, 

'I.  L.  LYONS, 

Importer  and  Wholesale  Druggist, 

4S  &  44  CAMP  STEET, 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 

ag’TO.ly. 


17 


Dr.  Jerome  Kiefs  Electro  Meal  Aparatas, 


For  which  he  has  received  21  Letters  Patent 
for  improvements,  rendering  them  superior  to 
all  others,  as  verified  by  award  of  First  Premium 
at  Centennial  ;  also  First  Premium  by  Ameri¬ 
can  Institute  from  1872  to  1879  inclusive,  ami,  in 
1875,  Gold  Medal. 

SriT Please  note  the  following,  for  which  the 


GOLD  MEDAL. 


was  awarded  by  American  Institute  in  1875,  to 
distinguish  the  Apparatus  as  of  The  First  Order 
of  importance  : 


Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No.  1. 

Physician's  Office  Electro  Medical  Apparatus. 

Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No.  2. 

Physician’s  Visiting  Machine,  with  turn  down 
Helix 


Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No.  3. 

Physician’s  Visiting  Machine  (another  Form). 


Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No.  4, 

Office  and  Family  Machine. 


Dr.  Jerome  Kidder's  Improved  No.  5. 


Tip  Battery  Ten  Current  Machine  (see  cut). 


A  most  perfect  ahd  convenient  apparatus, 
the  invention  of  Dr.  Kidder.  We  also  manufac 
ture  superior  <  >  alvanic  Batteries,  from  G  to  3fi 
;  also  Pocket  Induction  Apparatus.  BEWARE  OF  IMITATIONS. 

Fo  the  genuine,  send  for  Illustrated  Catalogue. 


ALBERT  KIDDER  &  CO., 


Successors,  820  Brodway,  New  York. 


Microscopes  for  Physicians. 

Wale’s  new  working  Microscope  is  original  in  design  and  the  lowest- 
priced  Microscope  of  really  good  quality  in  market. 

Se:  d  for  Ulus* rated  Catalogue,  free. 

INDUSTRIAL  PUBLICATION  CO., 

14  Dey  Street,  New  York. 


THE  LOHDOH  LAHCET 

Is  the  oldest  Medical  Journal  in  the  English  language,  a  d  the  recognized 
exponcut  of  Medical  Science  all  over  the  world.  The  largest  and  cheapest 
Medical  Journal  in  the  country — $5.00  per  year.  Send  for  prospectus. 
Specimen  Copies  25  cents  each.  Address, 

THE  LONDON  LANCET, 

14  Dey  Street,  New  York. 

The  American  reprint  now  contains  all  the  Medical  mat’er  of  the 
original  edition. 


13 


CINCH  ON  I  A.  (ALKALOID) 

Costing  less  than  one-sixth  the  price  of  (Juinia,  and  forming 

AN  EFFICIENT  TASTELESS  ANTiPERIODIC. 


Since  we  first  invited  the  particular  attention  of  physicians 
to  Cinchonia  Alkaloid  and  Cinchonia  Mixture,  we  have  been 
almost  daily  in  receipt  of  testimonials  to  its  efficacy. 

We  have  made  selections  from  theso,  and  collated  them  ac¬ 
cording  to  the  portions  of  the  country  whence  they  were 
written.  We  will  be  happy  to  mail  copies,  upon  application, 
to  physicians  who  have  not  received  them., 

POWERS  &  WEIGHTMAN,  Philadelphia 
“  The  best  of  American  Manufacture. ‘’—Pk<  fs.  Van  Buren  <fc  Keyes, 

PLANTEN’S  CAPSULES, 

KNOWN  AS  RELIABLE  NEARLY  50  YEARS. 

Premium  for  “  General  Excellence  in  Manufacture.” 

H.  PLANTEN  &  SON,  224  WILLIAM  ST.,  NEW  YOKE. 

GEliATINS  CAFSUXiES 

HARD  and  SOFT  of  all  kinds,  also, 

RECTAL  (Suppository)  (3  Sizes),  and 

EMPTY  CAPSULES  (7  Sizes)> 

Samples  sent  free.  Specify  Plaxtex's  Capsules  on  all  ordeas.  Sold  by  all  Druggists 


Sole  Agents  in  the  United  States  for  the  Great  English  Remedy, 

BLAIR’S  OUT  AND  RHEUMATIC  PILLS. 


19 


CODMAN  &  SHURTLEFPS  ATOMIZING  APPARATUSES. 


All  joints  of  boiler 
are  hard- soldered. 

Every  one  is  tested  by 
hydrostatic  pressure,  to 
more  than  one  hundred 
pounds  to  the  square 
inch. 

It  cannot  be  inj  ured  by 
exhaustion  of  water,  or 
any  attainable  pressure, 
and  will  last  for  many 
years. 

It  does  not  throw' 
spurts  of  hot  water  ;  is 
convenient,  durable, 


PRICES  REDUCED.  Jfl 


portable,  compact,  and 
cheap,  in  the  best  sense 
of  the  word.  Price  $5.00 
Postage  57c. 

Brass  parts,  nickle- 
plated,  additional,  $2  00 


Nea  ly  made,  strong 
Black  walnut  Box,  with 
convenient  Handle, 
additional,  $2.50.  Post¬ 
age  44c. 

The  Complete  S'eam  Atomizer— [Patented,  1868]. 


CODMAN  &.  SHURTLEFF, 

BOSTON. 

The  Boston  Atomizer  Patented],  Shurtleff's  Atomising  Apparatus— [Patented',. 

The  most  desir  able  Hand  Apparatus,  Rubber  warranted  of  the  very  best  quality. 
Valves  imperishable,  every  one  carefully  fitted,  snd  will  work  perfectly  in  all  positions 
Prices  see  below. 

The  Bulbs  are  adapted  to  all  the  Atomizing  tubes  made  by  us. 

Each  of  the  above  Apparatus  is  supplied  with  two  carefully-made  annealed  glass 
Atomizing  Tubes,  and  accompanied  with  directions  for  use.  Each  Apparatus  is  carefully 
packed  for  transportation,  and  warranted  perfect.  Also, 

Antiseptic  Atomizer,  very  complete  and  thorough  -  $12.00  $15.00,  $25.00 

Atomizer  by  Compressed  Air,  with  regulating  self-acting  cut-off  •  45  00 

Shurtb  IT s  Atomizer,  see  cut  -  -  Postage  24  cents  -  -  -  3  00 

Dr.  Clarke’s  Atomizer  ....  “20  cents  -  -  -  3.00 

The  Constant  Atomizer  ...  “  20  cents  -  -  -300 

Dr.  Height's  Atomizer,  ...  “  12  cents  -  -  -  2.00 

The  Boston  Atomizer,  see  cut  -  -  “  16  cents  -  -  2.50 

Atomizing  Tubes  in  great  variety,  -  25  cents  to  15.00 

For  full  description  see  New  Pamphiei  oc  Atomization  of  Liquids  with  Formula}  of 
many  articles  of  the  Materia  Medica  successfully  employed  in  thepracticeof  a  well-known 
Ame  ican  practitioner,  together  with  descriptions  of  the  best  forms  of  apparatus,  which 
will  be  sent,  post-paid,  on  application. 

Plaster  Bandages  and  Bandage  Machines,  Articles  for  Antiseptic  Surgery,  Aspirators, 
Clinic  i!  Thermometers,  Crutches,  Air  Cushions,  Wheel  Chairs  and  Articles  for  Invalids, 
Mechaoical  Appliances  for  all  deformities  and  deticiences,  Trusses,  Elastic  Hose,  etc. 
Electrical  Instruments  for  all  Medical  and  Surgical  uses,  Hypodermic  Syringes,  Ice  and 
Hot  Water  Bags,  Manikins,  Models,  Skeletons,  Skulls,  etc.,  etc.  Naturalists’  Inof  .’umei  ts 
Sphygmographa,  Splints  and  fracture  Apparatus,  Stethoscopes,  Syringes  of  all  k  nds, 
Teeth  Forceps,  Test  Cases,  Transfusion  Instruments  French  Rubber  IJriDa'.s  Uri no- 
meters,  Vaccine  Virus,  Veterinary  Instruments,  Waldenburg’s  Pneumatic  Apparatus, 
etc.,  etc. 

Surgical  Instruments  and  Medical  Appliances  of  every  description  promptly  repaired. 

Having  our  factory,  with  steam  power,  ample  machinery,  and  experienced  workmen, 
connected  with  onr  store,  we  can  promptly  make  to  order  in  the  best  manner,  and  from 
almost  any  material,  new  instruments  and  apparatus,  and  supply  new  inventions  on  fav¬ 
orable  terms.  Instruments  bearing  our  name  are  fully  warranted.  With  hardly  an  ex¬ 
ception  they  are  the  product  of  our  own  factory,  and  made  under  our  own  personal  super¬ 
vision,  by  skilled  workmen,  who,  being  paid"  for  their  time,  are  not  likely  to  slight  their 
work  through  haste. 

SRK  Ol! R  OTHER  ADVERTISEMENTS  IN  SUCCESSIVE  NUMHEUS  THIS  JOURNAL. 

New  Illustrated  Catalogue  postpaid  on  application 

CODMAN 

Makers  and  Importers  of  Superior  Surgical  Instruments,  ate.,  etc., 
13  and  15  Tremcnt  Street.  Boston. 


In  corresponding  with  Advertisers  please  mention  this  Journal. 


'• 


•  •  •  '  ■ 

. 

' 

- 

-  ■ 

. 

- 

, 


1 


MENSMAN’S  PEPTONIZED  BEEF  TONIC. 

•file  great  necessity  for  a  fluid  f»  *d  that  would  possess  all  the  elements  necessary  for  the 
support  of  the  system  having  been  long  felt  by  the  Medical  Profession,  we  call  attention  to  this 
preparation,  containing  the  entire  nutritious  properties  of  the  muscular  ti  «re,  blood,  •  one  and 
brain  of  a  healthy  bullock,  dissolved  by  aid  of  heat  and  pepsin,  and  preserved  by  spirit;  thus 
constituting  a  perfect  nutritive,  reconstructive  tonic 

It  is  not  a  mere  stimulant,  like  the  now  fashionable  extracts  of  beef,  but  contains  blood- 
making,  force-generating  and  life  sustaining  properties,  pre-eminently  calculated  to  support  the 
system  under  the  exhausting  and  wasting  process  of  fevers  and  other  acute  diseases,  and  to  rebuild 
and  recruit  the  tissues  and  forces,  whether  lost  in  the  destructive  inn  -h  of  such  affections,  or  in¬ 
duced  by  over  work,  general  debility,  or  the  more  tedious  forms  of  chronic  disease.  It  is  friendly 
and  helpful  to  the  *  ost  delicate  stomach,  and  where  there  is  a  fair  remnant  to  build  on,  will 
reconstruct  the  most  shattered  and  enfeebled  constitution.  It  is  entirely  free  from  any  drugs. 
Dispensed  in  1 6  oz.  bottles. 

“DU.  MENSMAN’S  BEEF  TONIC 

“Is  a  complete  representative  of  lean  and  fat  beef,  bone,  blood  and  muscle.  It  consists  of 
all  the  properties  which  combine  in  the  development  of  the  animal  body,  which  are  liquefied  by 
an  artificial  process,  stimulating  natural  digestion,  and  retaining  all  of  their  ah  meatary  values.  It  contains  in  their  perfection 
all  the  natural  elements  of  the  meat  in  their  natural  quantitative  relations,  without  their  extraneous  or  indigestible  properties, 
and  therefore  requiring  the  least  possible  effort  on  the  part  of  the  stomach  for  its  conversion  into  chyle,  and  its  immediate 
absorption  by  the  system 

“  This  tonic  is  free  from  any  drugs  or  chemicals,  and  is  a  great  invigorator  and  recuperant.  I  have  used  this  preparation  in 
several  cases  of  sickness  of  a  character  which  enables  me  to  give  the  most  favorable  opinion  of  its  great  value,  in  extreme  sick¬ 
ness.  Some  of  the  cases  referred  to  are  hemorrhage  of  the  bowels,  typhoid  fever,  bilious  fever,  inflammation  of  the  bowels, 
where  the  greatest  possible  prostration  was  present,  and  in  which  I  found  this  meat  tonic  to  accomplish  results  I  could  not  obtain 
with  any  other  preparation.  It  is  a  gentle  stimulant,  and  allays  the  peculiar  irritation  of  the  stomach,  which  destroys  the  appe 
tite  in  ail  forms  of  disease,  when  the  tone  of  the  stomach  is  destroyed.” 

“Wo  published  the  above  article  in  the  November  Number  of  1877,  and  will  say  that  we  have  prescribed  the  tonic  daily  to 
date  with  the  very  best  results.— Ed.  Med.  Eclectic .” 


The  Best  Three  Tonics  of  the  Pharmacoposia: 

IRON,  PHOSPHOROUS  AND  CALISAYA. 

We  call  the  attention  of  the  Profession  to  our  preparation  of  the  above  estimable  Tonics,  as  combined  in  our  elegant  and 
palatable  FERKO-PIL  >S'HORATED  ELIXIR  1  >F  CALISAYA  BARK,  a  combination  of  the  Pyrophosphate  of  Iron  and  Calisaya 
never  before  attained,  in  which  the  nauseous  inkiness  of  the  Iron  and  astringency  of  the  Calisaya  are  overcome,  without  any 
injury  to  their  active  tonic  principles,  and  blended  into  a  beautiful  Amber-colored  Cordial,  delicious  to  the  taste  and  accepta¬ 
ble  to  the  most  delicate  stomach.  This  preparation  is  made  directly  from  the  ROYAL  CALISAYA  PARK,  not  from  its  ALKA. 
LOl  DS  OR  THEIR  SALTS— being  unlike  other  preparations  called  *  Elixir  of  Calisaya  and  Iron,”  which  are  simply  an  ELIXIR 
OF  QUININE  AND  IRON.  Our  Elixir  can  be  depended  upon  as  being  a  true  Elixir  of  Calisaya  Bark  with  iron.  Each  dessert¬ 
spoonful  contains  seven  and  a  half  grains  Royal  Calisaya  Bark  and  two  grains  Pyrophosphate  of  Iron. 


PURE  COD-LITER  OIL, 

Manufactured  on  the  Seashore  from  hresh  and  Selected  Livers. 

The  universal  demand  for  Cod  Liver  Oil  that  can  be  depended  upon  as  strictly  pure  and  scientifically  prepared,  having  been 
long  felt  by  the  Medical  Profession,  we  were  in dttcecl  to  undertake  it*  manufacture  at  the  Fishing  Stations  where  the  fish  ar 
brought  to  L. nd  every  few  hours,  and  the  Livers  consequently  are  in  great  perfection. 

This  oil  is  manufactured  by  us  on  the  seashore,  with  the  greatest  care,  from  fresh,  healthy  Livers,  of  the  Cod  only,  without 
the  aid  of  any  chemicals,  by  the  simplest  possible  process  and  lowest  temperature  by  which  the  Oil  can  be  separated  from  the 
ceils  of  the  Livers.  It  is  nearly  devoid  of  color,  odor  and  flavor— having  a  bland  fish-like,  and  to  most  persons,  not  unpleasant 
taste.  It.  is  so  sweet  and  pure  that  it  can  be  retained  by  the  stomach  when  other  kinds  fail,  and  patients  soon  become  fond  of  it. 

The  secret  of  making  good  Cod- Liver  Oil  lies  in  the  proper  application  of  the  proper  degree  of  hear  :  too  much  or  too  little 
will  seriously  injure  the  quality.  Great  attention  to  cleanliness  is  absolutely  necessary  to  produce  sweet  Cod-Liver  Oil.  The  fan* 
cid  Oil  found  in  the  market  is  the  make  of  manufacturers  who  are  careless  about  these  matters. 

Prof  Parker,  of  New  York,  says:  “ I  have  tried  almost  every  other  manufacturer’s  Oil,  and  give  yours  the  decided  pre¬ 
ference. 

Prof.  Hays,  State  Assurer  of  Massachusetts,  after  a  full  analysis  of  it,  says  :  “  It  is  the  best  for  foreign  or  domestic  use.7 

After  years  of  experimenting,  the  Medical  Profession  of  Europe  and  America,  who  have  studied  the  effects  of  different  Cod- 
Liver  Oils,  have  unanimously  decided  the  light  straw-colored  Cod-Liver  Oil  to  be  far  superior  to  any  of  the  brown  Oils. 


SURGICAL  INSTRUMENT  DEPARTMENT. 

Under  the  direction  and  personal  supervision  of  W.  F  FORD,  Instrument  Maker  to  St.  Luke’s,  Mt.  Sinai,  New  York  State 
Women's  Hospitals,  Bellevue,  and  all  the  other  New  York  Hospitals. 

MANUFACTURERS,  IMPORTERS,  WHOLESALE  AND  RETAIL  DEALERS  IN 

Surgical,  Dental.  Orthopaedic  Instruments,  Catheters,  Trusses,  Supporters,  Silk  Stockings,  Ear  Trumpets,  Spiints,  Anatomical 
Preparations,  Local  Anaesthesia  Apparatus.  Laryngoscopes,  Otlialmoscopes,  Hypodermic  Syringes,  Axilla 
Thermometers,  etc.,  etc. 

te$T  Special  attention  given  to  the  manufacture  of  Instruments  to  order,  in  exact  accordance  with  patterns  furnished  by 
Sturgeons  and  Physicians. 

CASWELL  HAZARD  &  CO., 

Family  and  Manufacturing  Chemists,  New  York, 


t.jy-80. 


2 


S2A3UHY  k  JOHNSON, 

Originators  and  Manufacturers  of  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia  Medicinal  and 
Surgical 


I  IV 


POROUS  AND  SPREAD, 

RUBBER  COMBINATION. 


NEW  YORK  AND  LONDON. 


ueoeived  highest  and  only  Award  (  Medal  and  Special  Diploma  of  Merit)  over  all 
Foreign  and  Home  Competitors  in  1876. 

THE  JURORS’  AWARD  IS  SUBSTANTIALLY: 

ORIGINALITY  — The  successful  application  of  rubber  as  .a  base  for  all  medioi 
nal  and  mechanical  plasters. 

RELIABILITY  and  general  excellence  of  manufactures. 


Facts  concerning  Medicinal  Plasters  in  Rubber  Combination. 

India-rubber-spread  and  Porous  Plasters  possess  indisputable  ad¬ 
vantages  over  all  other  Plasters:  [1]  The  Rubber  Combination  preserves 
the  incorporated  drug  or  extract  from  decomposition  or  volatilization  ;  [2] 
They  adhere  closer  and  firmer  ;  [3]  They  do  uot  soil  the  skin  or  linen  ;  [4] 
They  are  always  pliable,  and  never  become  hard  or  brittle  ;  [5]  They  ad¬ 
here  without  heat  or  moisture  ;  [6]  An  increased  effect  is  obtained  by  being 
porous,  as  the  Plaster  neither  slides  nor  moves  from  its  affixed  position. 


BELLADONNA  PLASTER,  U.  S.  P. 

IN  RUBBER  COMBINATION. 

Messrs.  SEABURY  &  JOHNSON  claim  that  theirs  is  the  most  thor¬ 
oughly  reliable  and  only  strictly  officinal  Belladonna  Plaster  ever  offered 
the  medical  profession.  It  is  an  improvement  on  other  Belladonna 
Plasters  in  several  important  particulars.  First,  it  is  incorporated  with 
the  officinal  alcoholic  extract  only.  Secondly,  it  is  freed  from  all  stimulat¬ 
ing  qualities,  thereby  insuring  the  uninfluenced  sedative  action  of  Bella¬ 
donna.  Thirdly,  it  adheres  with  greater  tenacity  than  others.  Physicians 
have  been  prejudiced  in  favor  of  Allen’s  English  Extract;  but  recent  analysis, 
fairly  conducted  by  competent  chemists,  emphatically  condemns  the  In¬ 
spissated  Extract  as  a  mild  and  unstable  product,  representing  but  one- 
half  or  less  than  one-half  of  the  strength  *  f  the  U.  S  P.  Alchoholic  Extract 
of  Belladonna.  The  following  result,  published  in  the  American  Journal  o] 
Pharmacy ,  in  April,  1876,  p.  145,  is  furnished  for  your  consideration,  which 
ndicat-s  the  followin'  percentage  of  Atropia  in  the  respective  extracts  : 


Alcoholic  Extract  of  Belladonna,  U.  S.  P .  . 2,571 

Allen’s  English  Extract . 1,411 

Herring’s  English  Extract  .  . . 1,179 


The  practitioner,  as  well  as  ourselves,  has  but  one  choice. 

Considering  these  features  from  a  professional  standpoint,  we  offer  a 
Belladonna  Plaster  which  cannot  be  improved  upon, 


3 


SALICYLATED  SURGEONS’ 

RUBBER  ADHESIVE  PLASTER. 

This  article  has  met  with  unprece¬ 
dented  success,  and  has  been  em¬ 
phatically  pronounced  by  our  most 
skillful  General  and  Orthopaedic  Sur¬ 
geons,  as  “  the  best  Surgeons’  Adhe¬ 
sive  Plaster  known.”  It  is  applied 
without  heat  or  moisture,  conforms 
quickly  to  the  parts;  is  perfectly 
flexible  and  waterproof,  and  is  ready 
for  use  at  any  moment.  It  is  free 
from  irritating  properties  and  very 
healing.  In  counter  extension  it  has 
no  equal,  as  it  does  not  move  or  slide 
after  being  applied.  Our  India 
Rubber  Adhesive  Plaster  is  also 
spread  on  twilled  linen,  which  re¬ 
sists  the  most  powerful  strain.  In 
addition  to  these  general  improve¬ 
ments,  the  piaster  being  impervious 
to  water,  wounds  can  be  cleansed 
without  removing  the  plaster,  ob¬ 
viating  the  necessity  of  constant  re¬ 
dressing,  saving  labor  and  time. 
Whenever  continued  powerful  adhesion 
is  required,  it  should  he  procured  in 
porous  form. 

MUSTARD  PLASTER 

SPREAD  ON  COTTON  CLOTH. 

Our  Mustard  Plaster  is  a  decided 
improvement  over  the  best  French 
makes  ;  the  mustard  is  manipulate  d 
so  as  to  exclude  all  the  moisture,  re¬ 
taining  unimpaired  by  such  treat¬ 
ment  its  essential  properties.  They 
are  always  reliable ,  conform  quickly 
to  the  part,  and  when  thoioughly 
wet  do  not  break  into  pieces,  as  is  the 
case  with  all  other  mustard  plasters. 
They  do  not  crack  or  peel  off,  and 
can  be  removed  without  soiling  the 
skin  or  linen.  Being  manufactured 
only  of  pure  mustard,  they  are  perfect¬ 
ly  free  from  Croton  Oil  or  other 
dangerous  substitutes,  often  em¬ 
ployed  to  induce  intense  irritation. 


RUBBER  BLISTER  PLASTER. 

(Camphorated)  B.  P,  STRENGTH, 

This  article  has  a  splendid  repu¬ 
tation  ;  its  characteristic  action  is 
not  impaired  by  age  in  any  climate. 
Tne  whole  fly  is  incorporated,  which 
by  constant  manipulation  is  thor¬ 
oughly  and  beautifully  combined 
with  the  plaster.  Its  properties  are 
developed  quicker,  and  it  blisters  in  less 
time  than  the  cerate. . 

It  never  fails  to  blister  when  used 
as  directed.  In  addition  to  its  supe¬ 
rior  efficacy  as  a  vesicant,  we  in¬ 
corporate  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
Camphor,  which,  with  ti  e  Olive  Oil, 
used  on  the  face  of  the  plaster,  pre¬ 
vents  Strangury.  This  improvement 
will  be  appreciated  by  every  practi¬ 
tioner.  It  is  more  reliable  than  any 
known  cautharidal  preparation. 

CAPSICUM  PLASTER. 

Recently  this  article  has  crept 
into  favor  with  our  most  esteemed 
physieians,  and  judging  from  results 
it  is  doubtless  the  best  rubefacient 
known.  It  has  the  specific  action  of 
mustard  without  its  objections.  The 
characteristic  action  of  Capsicum  is 
uniformly  maintained  from  twenty- 
four  to  forty -eight  hours,  without 
blistering,  being  mild,  continuous' 
and  stimulating.  This  plaster  is 
spread  in  rubber  combination  and  in 
porous  form.  Experience  has  i  aught 
practitioners  that  i  he  oleo  Resin  of 
Capsicum  is  too  violent,  frequently 
vesicating;  we  incorporate  the  rude 
drug  in  sufficient  quantity,  without 
risk  to  the  patient.  Our  Capsicum 
Plasters  will  be  found  more  practi¬ 
cal  for  general  use  than  the  so-called 
Mustard  or  Capsicum  Papers. 


G^SPECIAL  NOTICE  TO  PHYSIGIANS.^^ 

Quality  is  of  great  importance  to  the  practitioner — by  reliable  preparations  he  supple¬ 
ments  his  own  skill.  You  can  therefore  rest  assured  that  every  article  we  manufacture  is 
of  strict  pharmacopcea  strength,  and  incorporated  with  perfectly  reliable  Extracts  and 
Drugs,  well  selected,  caiefully  and  conscientiously  prepared,  and  manufactured  invariably 
under  the  personal  supei  intendenee  of  one  of  our  firm.  Oar  whole  attention  and  study  is 
devoted  entirely  to  the  art  of  Plaster  making ,  and  we  are  ready  at  all  times  to  receive  sug¬ 
gestions  from  the  fraternity,  which  may  be  of  benefit  to  all. 

&  E  iY  13  TJ  R  Y  <*?  JO  nNSOKr, 

21  Platt  Street,  New  York. 

All  of  the  above  articles  sold  by  Druggists  everywhere.  Always  specify 
SEABURY  &.  JOHNSON’S  PLASTERS 

SAMPLES  SENT  TO  PHYSICIANS  ON  APPLICATION. 


4 


DR.  L.  D.  McINTOSH’S 

ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  BELT 


If  this  new  combination  could  be  seen  and 
tested  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  v  ould  be  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for 
it  combines  utility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to-day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally.  Electro-* 
Thet  apeutics. 

This  combination  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells, 
placed  in  pockets  on  a  belt.  Each  cell  is  made 
of  bard  vulcanized  rubb-r,  lined  with  a  copper,  cell,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  of  zinc,  wrapped 
in  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  contact,  with  the  copper,  and 
permit,  the  current,  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  tho  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without  wetting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  following  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zinc  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt,  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  tor  the  following  reasons  : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells — thus  giving  a  powerful  current.  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  ph  asure.  There  is  not  anything 
irritating  about  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  the  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  w  th  the  cells  by  con.iecting 
cords.  By  this  arrangement,  a  curr  nt  from  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 
or  local  effect. 

Many  physicians  who  have  used  this  belt  in  their  practice  do  uot  hesitate  to  recommend 
it  to  the  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Electricity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 


MclNTOSH  GALVANIC  BELT  AND  BATTEHY  CO., 


192  and  194  Jackson  St.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

jy->y- 


E.  N.  FRESHMAN  &  BROS., 


1SH  W.  FOURTH  ST.,  CINCINNATI,  O. 


Are  authorized  to  receive  advertisements  for  this  paper,  Estimates  furnished  free 

upon  application. 


WWSend  two  stamps  for  our  Advertisers’  Manual. 


t.jy-7S>. 


5 


Extract  of  Beef  Citrate  of  Iron  and  Sherry  Wine. 


in  this  eraration  are  combined  the  stimulant  properties  of  Wine  and  the  nutriment 
of  Bbkf  with  the  tonic  powers  of  Ikon,  the  effect  of  which  on  the  blood  is  so  justly  valued. 

The  peculiar  feature  of  this  combination  is  that  it 

COMBINES  NUTRIMENT  WITS  STIMULUS. 

In  the  majority  of  cases,  along  with  failure  of  strength,  and  indeed  as  one  cause  of  that 
failure,  there  is  an  inability  to  digest  nourishing  food.  Hence  it  is  very  desirable  to  furnish 
non i  ishmeut  in  a  form  acceptable  to  the  stomach,  at  the  same  time  we  excite  this  organ  to 
do  i.s  duty.  On  the  other  hand,  again,  wine  stimulus  although  needed,  is  ill  borne  if  given 
by  itself,  producing  headache,  excitement,  and  other  symptoms  which  may  be  avoided  by 
the  addition  of  nutritious  snbstai.ee.  such  as  the  Essence  of  Beef. 

Prompt  results  will  follow  its  use  in  cases  of  sudden  exhaustion,  arising  either  from  acute 
or  chronic  diseas  s.  and  will  prove  a 

VALUABLE  RESTORATIVE  FOR  ALL  CONVALESCENTS. 

As  a  Nutritive  Tonic  it  would  be  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  impaired  nutrition,  im¬ 
poverishment  of  the  blood.  and  in  all  the  various  forms  of  general  debility.  Each  table¬ 
spoon  Mil  con  ains  the  EssenC"  of  one  ounce  of  Beef  with  two  grains  of  Citrate  of  Iron,  dis¬ 
solved  in  Sherry  Wine.  With  a  view  to  making  the  article  more  palatable  a  portion  of 
the  beef  is  in  the  first  place  partially  roasted,  as  experience  has  shown  that  it  is  better 
borne  by  the  stomach,  and  can  be  administered  for  a  longer  period  when  this  is  done. 

A  rnu.T  Dose— One  tablespoonful  between  meals,  and  when  suffering  from  fatigue  or  ex¬ 
haustion. 

Dose  fok  Children  should  be  reduced  according  to  the  age. 

JOHN  WYETH  &  BRO  Chemists. 

)  412  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia. 


ABSORBENT  COTTON, 

EOR 

Hospitals,  Dispensaries,  Physicians,  Dentists, 
Druggists,  Photographers,  etc.,  etc. 


The  article  furnished  by  us  will  be  found  superior  to  any  other  on  account 
of  the  facilities  we  possess  for  the  manufacture,  and  the  care  taken  at  every 
step  of  the  process. 

Not  only  in  general  surgery,  but  especially  in  gynaecological  practice, 
Absorbent  Cotton  has  found  great  favor.  It  differs  little  from  ordinary 
cotton  in  appearance,  except  in  its  uniformly  tine  qnality  and  pure  wdiite 
color,  freedom  from  all  imparities, — being  entirely  cleansed  from  oil,  resin 
and  all  foreign  matter. 

The  property  of  instantly  absorbing  liquids,  its  exquisite  softness  and 
great  cheapness  render  it  an  invaluable  substitute  for  Patent  Lint,  Charpie 
or  Sponge. 

We  put  up  our  Absorbent  Cotton  in  neat  and  convenient  packages,  con¬ 
taining  one  pound,  one-quarter  pound  and  two  ounces. 

A  descriptive  Circular  will  be  forwarded  on  application.  Samples  con¬ 
taining  two  ounces  will  be  sent  free  of  postage,  on  receipt  of  twenty  cents. 

JOHN  WYETH  &  BRO., 

Manufacturing  Chemists ,  Philadelphia. 


(5 


Office  of  I.  L.  LYONS, 

Importer  and  Wholesale  Druggist, 
Comer  Camp  and  Gravier  Streets, 

i^etD  QDrleana,  £a. 


JOHN  WYETH  &  BROTHER’S 
Fluid _ Extracts,  Elixirs,  Wines,  Dialysed  Iron, 

Compressed  Powders  or  Pills,  Etc.,  Etc. 

/  have  in  stock  a  full  line  of  the  Fluid  Extracts , 
Elixirs ,  Syrups,  Wines,  Compressed  Powders,  Dialysed 
Iron,  and  other  medicinal  preparations ,  manufactured  by 
John  Wyeth  &  Brother,  Philadelphia, 

The  goods  manufactured  by  this  firm  are  deservedly 
popular,  and  give  great  satisfaction.  I  have  every  con¬ 
fidence  in  the  claims  of  the  manufacturers  as  to  the 
quality  of  their  products.  Their  large  sale  and  popu¬ 
larity  with  the  best  retail  trade  for  many  years  is  the 
strongest  evidence  of  their  care  in  selecting  the  choicest 
drugs,  with  careful  manipulation  and  intelligent  manu¬ 
facture.  I  can  supply  these  preparations  on  as  favorable 
terms  as  the  manufacturers,  and  will  send  free  of  charge, 
on  application,  their  price  lists,  dose  books,  and  samples 
of  their  goods. 

Very  Truly  Yours, 

I.  L.  Lyons. 

t.s-79. 


7 


College  of  Physicians  I  Surgeons. 

(Medical  Department  of  Columbia  College,) 


CORNER  OF  FOURTH  A  VENUE  AND  23d  STREET, 
New  York  City. 


SEVENTY-THIRD  SESSION,  1879-’80. 


FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE. 


LONZO  CLARK,  M.D.,  President  and  Professor  of 
Pathology  and  Practical  Medicine. 

WILLARD  PARKER,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Sur¬ 
gery 

JOHN  C.  DALTON.  M.D.,  Professor  of  Physiology  and 
Hygiene. 

THOMAS  M.  MABKOE,  M.D„  Professor  of  Surgery. 

T.  GAILLARD  THOMAS,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Gynse- 
oology. 

JOHN  T.  METCALFE.  M.D„  Emeritus  Professor  of 
Clinical  Medicine. 

HENRY  B.  SANDS,  M.D.,  Professor  of  the  Practice  of 
Surgery. 

JAMES  W.  McLANE,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics 
and  the  Diseases  of  Children. 

THOMAS  T.  SABINE.  M.D.,  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

CHARLES  F,  CHANDLER,  Ph  D,  Professor  of  Chem¬ 
istry  and  Medical  Jurisprudence. 

EDWARD  CURTIS,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medlca 
aud  Therapeutics. 


FRANCIS  DEL  AFIELD,  M,D..  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Pathologv  and  Practical  Medicine. 

JOHN  G.  CURTIS,  M,D.,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Physi¬ 
ology  and  Hygiene  ;  Seccetary  of  the  Faculty. 

WM.  DETMOLD,  M.D.,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Military 
and  Clinical  Surgery. 

WILLIAM  H,  DRAPER,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Skin. 

CORNELIUS  R.  AGNEW,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  Ear. 

ABRAHAM  -ACOBI,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Dis 
eases  of  Children. 

FESSENDEN  N.  OTIS,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of 
Venereal  Diseases. 

EDWARD  C,  SEGUIN,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Dis¬ 
eases  of  the  Mind  and  Nervous  System.  * 

GEO,  M,  LEFFERTS,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Lary  n¬ 
goscopy  and  Diseases  of  the  Throat. 

CHARLES  McBUKNEY,  M.D.,  Demonstrator  of  Anat¬ 
omy. 

WM.  T.  BULL,.  M,D„  Ass’t  Demonstrate  of  Anatomy. 


FRANCIS  DEL  AFIELD,  M.D., 

Director  of  the  Pathological  Laboratory  of  the  Alumni  Association. 


FACULTY  OF  THE  SPRING  SESSION. 


JAMES  L.  LITTLE,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on  Operative  Sur¬ 
gery  and  Surgical  Dressings. 

GEORGE*  G.  WHEELOCK,  M.D.,  Lecturer  ou  Physical 
Diagnosis. 

ROBERT  F,  WEIR,  M  D..  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the 
Genito-Urinary  Organs. 


H.  KNAPP,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and 
Ear. 

T.  A.  McBRIDE.  M.D.  Lecturer  on  Symptomatology. 
CHARLES  McBURNEY,  Lecturer  on  the  Anatomy  of 
the  Nerves. 


THE  COLLEGIATE  YEAR  embraces  a  special  Spring  and  a  regular  Winter  Session,  attendance  at  the  latter 
only  being  required  for  the  graduating  course.  The  Spring  Session  begins  in  March,  and  continues  till  June  1st.  1  lie 
Regular  Winter  Session  for  1879-80  begins  October  1st,  and  continues  till  March. 


TUITION  is  by  the  following  methods 

I.  Didactic  Lectures — Dnring  the  Winter  Session  from  five  to  six  lectures  are  given  daily  by  the  Faculty- 
Attendance  obligatory.  During  the  Spring  Session  two  lectures  are  given  daily  by  the  Faculty  of  the  Spring 
Session.  Attendance  optional. 


II.  Clinical  Teaching— Ten  Clinics,  covering  all  departments  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  are  held  weekly 
throughout  the  entire  year  in  the  College  Building.  In  addition,  the  Faculty  give  daily  clinics  at  the  larger  City 
Hospitals  and  Dispensaries  (such  as  the  Bellevue.  Charity,  New  York  and  Roosevelt  Hospitals,  the  New  xork  Eye 
and  Ear  Infirmary,  etc. )  as  a  regular  feature  of  the  College  curriculum.  Attendance  optional. 


III.  Recitations  are  held  daily  throughout  both  Sessions.  Attendance  optional. 

IV.  Personal  Instruction — Cases  of  Obstetrics  are  furnished  without  charge.  Personal  instruction  is  given  in 
Practical  Anatomy ,  Operative  Surgery,  Minor  Surgery,  Physical  Diagnosis,  Ophthalmology,  Otology, 
Laryngoscopy ,  and  in  Normal  and  Pathological  Histology,  Attendance  optional,  except  upon  Practical  Anatomy. 


Expenses — The  necessary  expenses  are  a  yearly  matriculation  fee  ($5,  good  for  a  collegiate  year),  the  fees  for 
the  lectures  of  the  VV  inter  Session  (  $20  for  the  course  on  each  branch  or  $140  for  the  entire  curriculum),  the  Practi¬ 
cal  Anatomy  fee  ($10  and  a  small  charge  for  material),  and  a  Graduation  Fee  of  $30  l'he  graduating  course  re¬ 
quires  three  years’ study,  attendance  upon  two  full  winter  courses  of  lectures,  and  upon  one  course  of  Practical  An¬ 
atomy.  Remissions  and  reductions  of  lecture  fees  are  made  to  graduates  and  students  who  have  already  attended 
two  full  courses.  All  fees  are  payable  in  advance.  Board  can  be  had  for  from  $5  to  $9  a  week,  and  the  Clerk  of 
the  College  will  aid  students  in  obtaining  it. 


For  the  Annual  Catalogue  and  Announcement,  or  for  further  information,  address  JOHN  G.  CURTIS,  M  l)., 
Secretary  of  the  Faculty,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  corner  of  Twenty- Third  Street  and  Fourth  Avenue, 


New  York. 


jy.3t. 


8 


University  I  City  of  New  York. 

MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT. 

410  East  Twenty-Sixth  St,  opposite  Bellevue  Hospital,  New  York. 

THIRTY-NINTH  SESSION,  1879-’80. 


FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE. 


REV.  HOWARD  CROSBY,  M.D.,  LL.P.,  Chancellor 
of  the  University. 

ALFRED  C.  POST.  M.D..  LL.D.,  Emeritus  Professor 
of  Clinical  Surgery  ;  President  of  the  Faculty. 

CHARLES  INS  LEE  PARDEE.  M.D.,  Professor  of 
Diseases  of  the  Ear ;  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

JOHNT.  DARBY,  M.D.,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Surgery. 

JOHN  C.  DRAPER,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of  Chem¬ 
istry. 

ALFRED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.D..  Professor  of  Pathology 
and  Practice  of  Medicine. 

WILLIAM  DARLING,  A.M.,  M.D.,  F.R.C.S.,  Pro¬ 
fessor  of  Anatomy. 

WILLIAM  H,  THOMSON,  M.D  ,  Professor  of  Materia 
Medica  and  Therapeutics. 


.1,  W.  S,  ARNOLD,  M.D,,  Professor  of  Physiology  and 
Histology. 

J.  WILLISTON  WRIGHT,  M.D  ,  Professor  of  Surgery. 

WM.  M.  POLK,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  the 
Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

FANEUIL  D.  WEISSE,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Practical 
and  Surgical  Anatomy. 

LEWIS  A.  STIMSON  M.D,,  Professor  of  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

A.  L.  RANNEY.  M.P.,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  E.  WINTERS,  M.D.,  Demonstrator  of  An¬ 
atomy. 


POST-GRADUATE  FACULTY. 


D,  B.  ST.  JOHN  ROOSA,  M.D..  Professor  of  Ophthal- 
moloay. 

WM.  A.  HAMMOND,  M.D,  Professor  of  Diseases  of 
the  Mind  and  Nervous  System. 

STEPHEN  SMITH,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Orthopedic 
Surgery. 


J.  W.  S.  GOULEY,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the 
Genito- Urinary  System. 

MONTROSE  A.  PALLEN,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Gyne¬ 
cology. 

HENRY  G,  PIFFARD,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Dermatology. 
A.  E.  MACDONALD,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Medical  Juris, 
prudence. 


THE  COLLEGIATE  YEAR  is  divided  into  three  ‘Sessions  :  A  Preliminary  Session,  a  Regular  Winter  Session, 
and  a  Spring  Session. 

THE  PRELIMINARY  SESSION  will  commence  September  17,  1879,  and  will  continue  until  the  opening  of  the 
Regular  Winter  Session.  It  will  be  conducted  on  the  plan  of  that  Session. 

THE  REGULAR  WINTER  SESSION  will  commence  on  the  first  of  October,  1879.  and  end  about  the  first 
of  March,  1880. 

The  location  of  the  newr  College  edifice  being  immediately  opposite  the  gate  of  Bellevue  Hospital,  and  a  fewr 
steps  from  the  ferry  to  Charity  Hospital,  Blackwell’s  Island,  the  Students  of  the  University  Medical  College  are 
entabled  to  enjoy  the  advantages  afforded  by  these  Hospitals  with  the  least  possible  loss  of  time.  The  Professors  of 
the  practical  Chairs  are  connected  with  the  Hospitals,  and  the  University  Students  are  admitted  to  all  the  Clinics 
given  therein,  free  of  charge. 

In  addition  to  the  daily  Hospital  Clinics,  there  are  eight  Clinics  each  week  in  the  College  building.  Five  Di¬ 
dactic  Lectures  w'ill  be  given  daily  in  the  College  building,  and  Evening  Recitations  will  be  conducted  by  the  Pro¬ 
fessors  6f  Chemistry,  Practice,  Anatomy,  Materia  Medica,  etc.,  Physiology,  Surgery,  and  Obstetrics,  upon  the  sub. 
jects  of  their  lectures. 

THE  SPRING  SESSION  embraces  a  period  of  twelve  w'eeks,  beginning  in  the  first  week  of  March,  and  ending 
the  last  w’eek  of  May,  The  daily  Clinics,  Recitations,  and  Special  Fractical  Courses,  will  be  the  same  as  in  the 
Winter  Session,  and  there  will  be*  Lectures  on  Special  Subjects  by  the  members  of  the  Post-Graduate  Faculty. 

THE  DISSECTING  ROOM  is  open  throughout  the  entire  Collegiate  year ;  material  is  abundant  and  it  is 
furnished  free  of  charge. 

STUDENTS  WHO  HAVE  STUDIED  TWO  YEARS,  and  who  have  attended  two  full  Courses  of  Lectures,  may 
be  admitted  to  examination  in  Chemistry,  Anatomy,  and  Physiology,  and,  if  successful,  w  ill  be  examined  at  the  ex¬ 
piration  of  their  full  course  of  study,  on  Practice,  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  Surgery,  and  Obstetrics;  but 
those  who  prefer  it  may  have  all  their  examinations  at  the  close  of  their  full  term. 


FEES: 

For  Course  of  Lectures . $140  00 

Matriculation .  bOO 

Demonstrator’s  Fee  (including  material  for  Dissection) .  10  00 

Graduation  Fee .  30  00 

Post-Graduate  Certificate . 30  00 


For  further  particulars  and  circulars,  address  the  Dean. 

Prof.  CHAS.  INSLEE  PARDEE,  M.  D., 


University  Medical  College,  410  East  26th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Jy.4t. 


9 


VACCINE  VIRUS. 


In  order  to  meet,  properly  the  continued  demand  upon  us  for  Animal  Virus,  we  have 
established  stables  for  its  propagation  upon  carefully  looted  Heifers.  The  lymph  used 
is  of  the  well  known  “Beaugency”  stock,  imported  by  ourselves  expressly  for  this  pur¬ 
pose.  The  Jesuit  of  several  years’  experience  in  supply  '"g  ’his  lymph  leads  us  to  believe 
th  it  its  excellence  is  unsurpassed.  The  establishment  is  under  the  care  of  a  competent 
physician,  who  will  spare,  no  pains  to  produce  a  perfectly  reliable  and  pure  article, 
which  we  are  prepared  to  furnish  fresh,  daily. 

We  can  also  furnish,  to  those  who  prefer  it,  Humanized  Virus,  from  healthy  children 
procured  for  us  by  physicians  of  undoubted  reliability. 

All  our  Virus  is  put  up  in  strong,  air-tight,  sealed  packages ,  for  safe  conveyance  by 
mail  or  oxpress,  and  will  be  sent  (postpaid  if  by  mail)  upon  the  following  terms : — 


FROM  THE  HEIFER,  10  large  ivory  points,  well  charged  on  both  sides,  -  -  -  $1  50 

5  large  ivory  points,  “  “  “  -  -  -  80 

Large  ivory  points,  less  than  5  “  “  “  each  -  .  -  25 

1  Crust,  new  method,  in  air-tight  Glass  Capsule, . 2  00 

FROM  HE  ALTAY  INFANTS,  10  small  Ivory  Points, . 125 

I  Crust  from  unruptured  Vesicles, . -  -  --  2  00 


Directions  for  vaccination  with  either  form  of  Virus,  derived  from  methods  success¬ 
fully  empl  ved,  will  be  furnished  with  Virus  if  requested. 

We  will  warrant  every  package  of  Points  and  every  Crust,  giving  a  fresh  supply  in 
case  of  failure  reported  within  fifteen  days  for  Points,  thirty  days  for  Human, 
and  ninety  days  for  Kitie  Crusts.  We  can  usually  furnish  "Crusts  one  remove 
from  the  heifer  if  preferred. 

On  account  of  their  unreliability,  we  have  hitherto  furnished  the  usual  form  of  Virus 
Crust  unwillingly.  Under  our  new  method  of  taking  and  preserving  them,  how¬ 
ever,  after  careful  tests  an.t  an  experience  extending  over  several  months,  the 
results  attained  have  been  so  satisfactory  that  we  now  offer  them  as  not  less 
active  and  n-liable  than  other  forms  of  Virus,  wh  le  less  liable  to  become  inert 
with  lapse  of  time.  We  now  offer  them  on  very  ’avorable  terms,  and  recommend 
them  or  transmission  to  a  distance  and  in  all  cases  where  it  is  desirable  to  pre¬ 
serve  Virus  for  some  weeks  or  months,  or  to  keep  a  supply  at  hand  for  emergen¬ 
cies. 

We  also  furnish  Uncharged  Ivory  Points,  for  physicians’  use,  at  the  following 
rates: — 


Small . per  100,  25  cents;  per  1,000  2  00 

L  i  ge . per  100,  50  cents  ;  per  1,000  4  00 


Orders  by  mail  or  telegraph  answered  by  return  train. 

Liberal  discounts  upon  large  supplies  for  Ciiies,  Towns,  and  Institutions, 


Scarifying  Vacc  nator,  Steel,  Nickel  Plated.  See  cut,  each  25  cents. 

New  Illustrated  Catalogue  of  Surgical  Instruments,  postpaid,  on  request. 

GODMAK  «£  SHURTLEFP, 

MAKERS  AND  IMPORTERS  OF 

Superior  Surgica!  Instruments, 

13  &  15  TREMONT  STREET,  BOSTON. 

t.F.TO.al. 

B 


10 


OFFICE  OF 

^^TROMMEEi^s 

Extract  of  Malt 

COMPANY, 

FREMONT,  OHIO. 

FREMONT,  OHIO ,  April,  1873. 
DEAR  SIR '  t 

It  is  now  five  years  since  we  first  introduced  and  began  the  manufacture 
of  Extract  of  Malt  in  the  United  States.  It  has  been  our  aim  to  furnish 
the  medical  profession  in  America  with  a  malt-extract  equal  to  the  best 
German  make,  and  (by  saving  the  expenses  of  importation)  much  cheaper 
than  the  foreign  article  can  be  afforded.  For  the  manner  in  which  our 
efforts  have  been  appreciated  by  the  medical  profession,  we  desire  to  ex¬ 
press  our  warmest  thanks. 

The  difficulties  attending  the  manufacture  of  Extract  of  Malt  in  large 
quantities,  can  be  overcome  only  by  that,  kind  of.  skill  which  is  acquired 
by  experience.  Its  constituents  must  receive  no  injury  by  the  process 
and  good  flavor  and  keeping  quality,  adapting  it  to  all  climates,  must 
characterize  the  product.  All  are  familiar  with  the  striking  difference 
between  certain  celebrated  brands  of  ale  and  porter  —and  yet  the  poorest 
as  well  as  the  best,  is,  or  should  be,  produced  from  barley  malt  and  hops. 
Success  greatly  depends,  of  course,  upon  the  employment  of  none  but  the 
best  material ;  but  it  is  by  the  use  of  specific  and  long  tried  procedures 
that  results  are  obtained  which  are  so  difficult  to  rival. 

We  do  ourselves  but  simple  justice,  in  stating  that  our  entire  attention  is 
and  for  many  years  has  been,  exclusively  devoted  to  the  manufacture  of 
Extract  of  Malt  for  medical  purposes,  and  that  we  give  our  undivided 
personal  attention  to  each  step  in  the  delicate  process  by  which  'Extract  of 
Malt  of  excellent  quality  can  alone  be  made. 

Under  these  circumstances,  it  is  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  the  various 
manufacturers  of  fluid  extracts,  elixirs,  pills,  &c.,  who  (attracted  by  the 
high  reputation  of  our  Extract  of  Malt)  have  recently,  in  various  sections 
of  the  country,  undertaken  the  manufacture  of  a  similar  article,  should 
generally  succeed  in  producing  it  of  a  quality  accordiug  with  the  fulsome 
praise  with  which  their  advertisements  are  filled.  While  being  perfectly 
willing  to  let  the  reputation  of  our  Extract  of  Malt  rest  upon  its  real 
merits,  we  owe  it  to  the  medical  profession,  is  well  as  to  ourselved,  to 
give  warning  against  imposition. 

It  has  come  to  our  knowledge  that  certain  articles  extensively  advertised 
as  “pure”  and  “genuine  extract  of  malt,”,  are  composed  chiefly  of  the 

t.Jy-79. 


11 


substance  called  grape  sugar  or  maltine,  which,  as  is  well  known  is  the 
product  of  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  upon  starch  subjected  to  a  high 
temperature.  This  artificial  grape  sugar  or  glucose  which  is  extensively 
manufactured  from  corn  starch,  is  now  being  used  in  immense  quantities, 
instead  of  ordinary  cane  sugar,  in  the  sophistication  of  confectionery, 
sugaihouse  syrup,  “  strained  honey,”  native  wines,  and  canned  fruits,  aud 
by  some  brewers  in  the  manufacture  of  beer  and  ale.  The  cheapness  of 
this  artificial  product  of  Indian  corn,  constitutes  the  chief  inducement  for 
this  species  of  substitution  for  barley  malt  and  cane  sugar. 

Again,  an  extract  of  malted  grain  is  manufactured  for  the  purpose  of 
obtaining  diastase,  which  (simple  and  variously  combined)  is  much  used 
in  medicine.  The  appearance  of  the  extract  is  but  slightly  changed  by 
being  deprived  of  this  important  constituent,  although,  it  is  unnecessary 
to  add,  that  its  value  as  a  medicinal  agent  is  thereby  greatly  impaired. 
Nevertheless,  this  very  substance,  which  is  little  more  than  refuse  material, 
in  the  manufacture  of  diastase,  is  now  being  offered  for  pure  malt  extrac. 

It  is  malt  extract  prepared  from  Barley  malt  combined  with  the  proper 
proportion  of  Hops,  that  has  been  for  many  years  the  standard  medicinal- 
nutritive  employed  by  the  medical  faculty  of  Europe,  and  especially  of 
Germany.  Its  value  has  been  established  by  experience,  and  its  use  in 
the  treatment  of  almost  all  forms  of  disease  of  nutrition  is  constantly  ex¬ 
tending.  We  shall  continue  to  devote  the  most  scrupulous  attention  of 
the  maintenance  of  the  reputation  of  our  malt,  extract,  by  the  careful 
selection  of  material  and  by  unwearied  personal  attention  to  manufactur¬ 
ing  details. 

Attention  is  respectfully  directed  to  the  accompanying  extract  from 
Ziemssen,  and  also  to  our  circular  aud  testimonials  elsewhere  printed. 

Very  Respectfully, 

TROMMER  EXTRACT  OF  MALT  CO. 


[ From  Ziemssen’ 8  Oyclopcedia  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine,  Vol.  XVI,  page  474;] 

“The  Malt  Extract  prepared  from  Trommer’s  receipt  is  designed  to 
fulfil  much  the  same  purpose  as  Cod-liver  oil,  carbo-hydrates  (malt-sugar, 
dextrin,)  taking  the  place  of  fatty  matter.  The  simple  (much  or  little 
hopped)  and  the  Chalybeate  form  of  Malt  Extract  are  coming  more  and 
more  into  favor  as  substitutes  for  the  oil ;  they  are  more  palatable  and 
more  easily  digested,  and  should,  therefore,  be  preferred  in  the  dyspeptic 
forms  of  antemia.  Duriug  the  last  few  years  Malt  Extract  has  almost 
entirely  taken  the  place  of  Cod  Liver  Oil  in  the  treatment  of  phthisis,  and 
other  wasting  diseases  at  the  Basle  hospital,  and  we  have  as  yet  found  no 
reason  for  returning  to  the  use  of  the  latter  remedy.  The  Extract  may  be 
given  from  one  to  three  times  a  day  in  doses  varying  from  a  teaspoonful 
to  a  tablespoonful  in  milk,  broth,  beer,  or  wine.” 


t.Jy-79. 


12 


- 1  TEOMMERS’  | - y 


The  rapidly  increasing  demand  for  onr  Improved  Extract  of  Malt,  daring  the  four 
years  that  it  has  been  manufactured  and  offered  to  the  medical  profession  in  America, 
justifies  the  belief  that  in  its  production  here  we  are  meeting  a  generally  felt  want. 

Long  experience  in  manufacturing  Malt  Extract  has  enabled  us  to  completely  overcome 
the  many  difficulties  attending  its  manufacture  in  large  quantity;  and  we  pccitively 
assure  the  profession  that  our  Extract  of  Malt  is  not  only  perfectly  pure  and  reliable, 
but  that  it  will  keep  for  years,  in  any  climate,  without  fermenting  or  molding,  and  that 
its  flavor  actually  improves  by  age.  Our  Extract  is  guaranteed  to  equal,  in  every  respect, 
tile  best  German  make,  while,  by'  avoiding  the  expense  of  importation,  it  is  afforded  at 
less  than  half  the  price  of  the  foreign  article. 

The  Malt  from  which  it  is  made,  io  obtained  by  carefully  malting  the  very  best  quality 
of  selected  Toronto  Canada  Barley  The  extract  is  prepared  by  an  improved  process , 
which  prevents  injury  to  its  properties  or  flavor  by  excess  of  heat.  IT  REPRESENTS 
THE  SOLUBLE  CONSTITUENTS  OF  MALT  AND  HOPS,  viz:  Malt,  sugar,  dex- 
trine,  diastase,  resin  and  bitter  of  hops,  phosphates  of  lime  and  magnesia,  and  alkaline 
salts. 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  following  analysis  of  this  Extract,  as  given  by  S.  H.  Douglas, 
Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor. 

t  TROMMER  ;  XTIiACT  OF  MALX  CO.:— I  enclose  herewith  my  analysis  of  your 
Extract  of  Malt: 

'  Malt  Sugar  46.1 ;  Dextrine,  Hop-bitter,  Extractive  Matter,  23.6;  Albuminous  Matter 
[Diastase,]  2  469 ,  Ash — Phosphates,  1.712.  Alkalies  .377;  Water,  25.7.  Total,  99.958. 

In  comparing  the  above  analysis  with  that  of  the  Extract  of  Malt  of  the  German 
Pharmacopoea,  as  given  by  Hager,  that  has  been  sc  generally  received  by  the  profession, 
I  find  it  to  substantialiy  agree  with  that  article 

Yours  truly.  SILAS  H  DOUGLAS, 

Prof,  of  Analytical  and  Applied  Chemistry 

This  invaluable  preparation  is  highly  recommended  by  the  medical  profession,  as  a  most 
effective  therapeutic  agent,  for  the  restoration  of  delicate  and  exhausted  constitutions.  It 
is  very  nutritions  being  rich  in  both  muscle  and  fat  producing  materials. 

The  very  urge  proportion  of  Diastase  renders  it  most  effective  in  those  forms  of  disease 
originating  in  imperfect  digestion  of  the  starchy  elements  of  food. 

A  single  dos«  of  the  Improved  Trommer’s  Extract  of  Malt,  contains  a  larger  quantity 
of  the  active  properties  of  Malt,  than  a  pint  of  the  best  ale  or  porter ;  and  not  having 
undergone  fermentation,  is  absolutely  free  from  alcohol  and  carbonic  acid. 

The  dose  for  adu.ts  is  from  a  dessert  to  a  tablespoonful  three  times  daily  It  is  best 
taken  after  meals,  pure,  or  mixed  with  a  glass  of  milk,  or  in  water,  wine,  or  any  kind  of 
spirituous  liquor.  Each  bottle  contains  1£  Lfcs.  of  the  Extract. 


Our  preparations  of  Mali  are  for  sale  by  druggists  generally  throughout  the 
United  States  and  Canadas ,  at  the  following  prices 


Extract  of  Malt, 

with 

Hops,  plain .  ------ 

$1  00 

a 

44 

44 

44 

Pyrophosphate  of  Iron,  Ferrate#  ... 

1  00 

u 

44 

44 

it 

Cod  Liver  Oil ,  - 

1  00 

a 

44 

44 

44 

Cod  Liver  Oil  and  Iodide  of  Iron , 

1  00 

44 

it 

44 

Cod  Liver  Oil  and  Phosphorus 3  -  - 

1  00 

«/ 

44 

44 

44 

Hypoph  osphitei,  -  -  - 

1  50 

44 

44 

44 

44 

Iodides  . ,  .  . 

1  50 

44 

44 

44 

44 

Alteratives..  -  -  -  *  .  . 

1  50 

4i 

44 

44 

44 

Citrate  of  Iron  and  Quinia,  -  .  • 

1  50 

44 

44 

44 

44 

Pepsin,  *••••• 

man  i:  fac  n;  re  dbv 

1  50 

TROMMER  EXTRACT  OF  MALT  CO..  -  -  -  FREMONT.  OHIO. 

tJy-79. 


13 


G.  R.  FIHLAY  k  GO., 

IMPORTERS 


Ho.  35  Magazine  St.  and  12  Bank  Place, 


NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 


We  keep  constantly  on  hand  a  large  and  complete  stock  or 


bought  exclusively  for  CASH,  and  are  prepared  to  fill  all  orders  entrusted 
to  our  care  with  accuracy  aud  dispatch,  and  at  the  lowest 
possible  market  rates. 

We  deal  in  none  but 

^iars-fc.  Ql.ass  Gapd@» 

and  all  medicines  sold  by  us  are 

GIMRANJEEQ_  TO  BE  FRESH  AND  UNADULTERATED 

The  success  of  the  physician  often  depends  on  the  quality  of  the  drug 
prescribed  by  him,  aud  we  believe  our  patrons  will  bear  us  out  in  the  as¬ 
sertion  that  the  quality  of  the  goods  we  supply  cannot  be  surpassed. 


We  are  Agents  for  some  of  the  LARGEST  MANUFACTURING  ESTAB¬ 
LISHMENTS  (both  of  this  country  and  Europe)  of 

CHEMICALS, 

PHARMACISTS’  PREPARATIONS, 
SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS  AND  APPLIANCES. 

and  ad  orders  will  be  tilled  with  attention  to  furnishing  such  manufactures 
as  are  designated.  A  full  stock  of 

Pure  Liquors  and  Wines  of  all  kinds 

are  also  kept  on  hand  for  medicinal  purposes. 


t-jy-79. 


14 


('SUCCESSOR  TO  BALL,  LYONS  &.  CO. ) 


40,  42,  44  GAMP  and  in.  113,  115,  117  GRAVIER  STS., 
NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 


DEALER  IN 

Drugs,  Chemicals,  Essential  Oils, 

Chemical  Apparatus,  Surgical  Instruments,  Electric  Apparatus,  Medi¬ 
cine  Chests,  Saddle  Bags,  Trusses,  Supporters,  Silk  Stockings, 
Sponges,  and  all  articles  used  in  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

FINE  WINES  AND  LIQUORS, 

PERFUMERY,  FANCY  GOODS ,  PAINTS,  OILS,  DYE  STUFFS,  GLASS,  ETC.; 

Importer  of 

FRENCH.  ENGLISH  AND  GERMAN  DRUGS  AND  CHEMICALS. 
Importer  of  Swedish  Leeches, 

Importer  of  English  Solid  Extracts, 

Importer  of  Batt ley’s  Liquor  Opii  Sed., 

Liquor  Ergot,  Cinchona,  Buchu,  Taraxacum,  etc., 

Importer  of  Erench,  English  and  German  Proprietary 

Medicines,  Perfumery  audDrug  Sundries 

Only  direct  Importer  in  the  South  of  Norwegian  or  Bergen  Cod  Liver  Oil, 

White  and  Brown. 

Agent  for  GEO.  TIEMANN  &  CO.’S  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS, 

Which  we  Sell  at  Makers'  Prices. 

Agent  for  W.  R.  WARNER  &  CO.’S  SUGAR  COATED  RILLS 

Agent  for 

HARPE  A  DOHMES'  AND  HENRY  THAYER  A  GO'S 

SOLID  AND  FLUID  EXTRACTS. 

Agent  for 

JNO.  WYETH  &  BROS  FLUID  EXTRACTS,  ELIXIRS.  WINES. 

DIALYSED  IRON,  COMPRESSED  PILLS,  <60.,  AC. 

Agent  for 

DR.  L.  A.  BABCOCK’S  SILVER  UTERINE  SUPPORTER, 

dr.  McIntoshs  uterine  supporter. 

DR  STEPHENSON  S  UTERINE  SUPPORTER. 

BLUE  LICK,  POLAND,  BETHESDA  AND  BLADON  WATER. 

Always  in  stock  a  full  line  of 

CARPENTER'S,  ELLIOTS  ALOE  A  HERN  STEIN'S  AND  LESLIE'S 

SADDLE  BAGS,  FRESH  HUMAN  AND  BOVINE  VACCINE. 

The  extensive  Dispensing  Department  and  complete  Laboratory  connected  with  my 
Wholesale  Business  enables  me  to  give  that  careful  attention  to  Physicians’ Oiders  ne¬ 
cessary  to  ensure  tilling  them  satisfactorily. 

Having  always  exercised  the  greatest  care  in  the  selection  of  the  crude  materials  em¬ 
ployed,  and  making  all  pharmaceutical  preparations  of  standard  strength,  in  strict  accord¬ 
ance  with  established  and  recognized  formulas,  I  have  earned  and  awf  entitled  to  the  con¬ 
fidence  of  the  profession. 

I.  L.  LYONS. 


15 


Pharmaceutical  and  Medicinal  Preparations 

FROM  LABORATORY  OF 

X.  Li.  LTQI'TS, 

(Successor  to  BALL,  LYONS  &  CO.) 

Wholesale  Druggist  and  Pharmacist 

40,  42,  44  CAMP  St.  and  111,  113,  115,  117  GRAAIER  St. 

MEW  0  RLE  AMS,  LA. 


During  my  many  years'  experience  I  have  always  recognized  the  importance  of  estab¬ 
lishing  in  our  midst  a  LABORATORY  which  would  enable  Physicians  to  procure  at  home, 
with  a  guarantee  of  purity  and  reliability,  the  many,  elegant  and  really  scientific  prepara¬ 
tions  w  Inch  have  ol  late  years  become  so  popular  with  practitioners  and  patients.  Sup¬ 
plied  with  the  MOST  APPROVED  APPARATUS,  and  in  charge  of  intelligent  and  ex¬ 
perienced  pharmaceutists,  I  may  justly  claim  the  products  of  my  laboratory  to  be  ex¬ 
celled  by  none  in  the  country,  and  to  be  far  superior  to  most  others  of  foreign  manufacture. 
I  cannot  attempt  here  to  enumerate  all  the  extensive  list  of  my  preparations,  and  will 
only  call  attei  tion  to  the  leading  ones,  which  have,  by  their  absolute  reliability,  elicited 
the  praise  and  approbation  of  the  leading  ohysicians  in  this  city. 

I  also  beg  to  add  that  I  am  prepared  to  manufacture  at  short  notice  any  pharmaceutical 
preparation  which  physicians  may  be  unable  to  procure  elsewhere. 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  LACTO-PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME  ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL  with  SOLUBLE  PHOSPHATE  OF  LIME  j 
COD  LIVER  OIL,  FERRATED; 

COD  LIVER  OIL,  IODO-FERRATED ; 

COD  LIVER  OIL.  PHOSPHORATED; 

BERGEN  COD  LIVER  OIL,  WHITE  ; 

BERGEN  COD  LIVER  OIL,  BROWN. 


NUTRITIVE  ELIXIR ,  (Beef,  Cognac  and  Bitter 
Orange)  NUTRITIVE  ELIXIR ,  FERRATED, 
designed  as  SUBSTITUTES  FOR  DUCROS’ 
ELIXIR ,  at  more  moderate  prices . 


ELIXIR  BISMUTH 

ELIXIR  C ALISA V A  and  PYROPHOL. 
IRON, 

ELIXIR  CALISAYA  IRON  and  STRYCH- 
Nr  a. 

ELIXIR  tiALISAYA,  IRON,  STRYCH 
NIA  and  BISMUTH, 

ELIXIR  OALISAYA,  IRON,  PEPSINE 
a-d  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIR  CIT.  LITHA- 

ELIXIR  PHOSPHATE  IRON,  QUININE 
and  STRYCHNIA. 

ELIXIR  PYROPHOS.  IRON,  QUININE 
and  STRYCHINA. 

ELTXIR  PEPSINE. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE  and  BISMUTH. 

ELIXIK  PEPSINE,  BISMUTH  and 
STVRCHNIA. 

ELIXIR  PEPSINE,  BISMUTH.  STRYCH 
NIA  and  IRON. 

ELIXIR  VAL.  AMMONIA 

ELIXIR  VAL.  AMMONIA  and  QUININE. 

ELIXIR  GUARANA. 


LIQUOR  PEPSINE. 

LIQUOR  BISMUTH. 

SVKUP  PHOSPHATES  COMP. 

SYRUP  HYPGPE  OPHITES  COMP. 
SYRUP  LACTO-PIIOSPHATE  IRON. 
SYRUP  LACTO  PHOSPHATE  IN  ME 
SYRUP  IRON,  free  from  taste  and  acid. 
SYRUP  PHOSPH.  IRON,  QUININE  and 
STRYCHNIA 

SYRUP  10 D  IKON  and  HANTG. 

SYRUP  HYD.  CHLORAL. 

SYRUP  LACTO-PIiOS.  LIME  and  PEP¬ 
SINE. 

SYRUP  LACTO-PHOS.  LIME  and  IRON 
WINE,  BEEF  ami  IRON. 

WINE,  BEEF,  IRON  and  CINCHONA. 
WINE,  PEPSINE. 

WINE,  IRON  BITTER. 

WINE  CINCHONA.  (Quinquina  Robiquet.) 
WINE  CINCHONA.  FERRUGINEUX 
(Quinquina  Robiquet.f 
WINE  WILD  CnERRY. 

WINE  WILD  CHERRY  FERRATED 


ELIXIR  TARAX.  COMP,  lor  masking  Qui¬ 
nine. 

FLUID  EXTRACT  ERGOT  prepared  from  the  selected  grains,  and  all  fluid 
Extracts  of  STANDARD  STRENGTH. 


All  new  and  rare  chemicals  kept  in  stock. 

I.  L.  LYONS. 


16 


NOW  READY. 

lltf  ffrartitiouM's  gtefnm*  ftoofe, 

ADAPTED  TO  THE  USE  OF 

THE  PHYSICIAN,  THE  PHARMACIST,  and  the  STUDENT. 

General  Information  for  the  Practitioner.  Therapeutic  and  Practical 
Hints.  How  to  conduct  a  Post-mortem  Examination. 

Dietetic  Rules  and  Precepts. 

By  RICHARD  J  DUNGLISON,  M.D. 

Preface  to  the  Work. 

From  personal  experience  of  the  wants  of  the  busy  practitioner,  the  author  is  confident 
that  a  work  of  ready  reference  containing,  in  a  compact  and  tangible  shape,  information 
of  a  purely  practical  character  will  prove  a  desirable  addition  to  his  medical  arma¬ 
mentarium  The  physician  is  frequently  at  a  loss  to  know  in  what  direction  to  look,  in 
oriter  to  procure  such  facts  and  hints  as  are  here  collected,  some  of  which  are  widely 
scattered  through  voluminous  professional  treati-es  or  the— in  many  instances—  inac¬ 
cessible  pages  ot  medical  periodicals  ;  while  the  other  original  suggest  ^  °  and  precepts 
ottered  for  his  guidance  will,  it  is  believed,  meet  many  of  his  daily  needs.  The  cordial 
indorsement  of  the  objects  of  the  work,  with  which  tie  author  has  already  been  favored 
by  leading  and  active  members  of  the  profession,  induces  him  to  indulge  the  lihpe  that  it 
may  become  an  indispensable  companion  as  a  handy-book  for  every-day  consultation. 

Bound  in  Cloth.  Octavo.  Price  $3.50. 

Sent  free,  by  mail  upon  receipt  of  price. 

LINDSAY  &  BLAKISTON,  Publishers, 

No.  25  South  Sixth  Street ,  Phila. 


PQTHECJIRY  Ap  CHEMIST 

115  EAST  MARKET.  LOUISVILLE.  KY„ 


Manufactures  by  his  Improved  Method 

Saccharated  Pepsin 


which  has  proven  its  sup  riority  over  other  Pepsins  by  its  greater  strength,  by  its  stabil¬ 
ity  and  uniformity,  and  by  its  almost  entire  tastelessness. 


CONCENTRATED  DRY  PEPSIN, 


of  which  one  grain  digests  100  to  125  grains  of  coagulated  albumen  in  4  to  6  hours,  and 


PEPSIN, 


of  which  one  mince  dissolves  90  grains  of  albumen. 


ALL  ARTICLES  WARRANTED. 


t.jy-79 


17 


Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Electro  Medical  Apratas, 

For  which  he  has  received  21  Letters  Patent 
for  improvements,  rendering  them  superior  to 
all  others,  as  verified  by  award  of  First  Premium 
at  Centennial  ;  also  First  Premium  by  Ameri¬ 
can  Institute  from  1*72  to  J879  inclusive,  and,  in 
1875,  Gold  Medal. 

&W Please  note  the  following,  for  which  the 

GOLD  MEDAL 

was  awarded  by  American  Institute  in  18:5.  to 
distinguish  the  Apparatus  as  of  The  First  Order 
of  importance  : 

Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No.  1. 

Physician’s  Office  Electro  Medical  Apparatus. 

Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No,  2, 

Physician’s  Visiting  Machine,  with  turn  down 
Helix 

Dr,  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No.  3, 

Physician’s  Visiting  Machine  (another  Form). 

Dr.  Jerome  Kidder's  Improved  No.  4, 

Office  and  Family  Machine. 

Dr.  Jerome  Kidder’s  Improved  No.  5. 

Tip  Battery  Ten  Current  Machine  (see  cut). 

A  most  perfect  and  convenient  apparatus, 
the  invention  of  Dr.  Kidder.  We  also  manufac¬ 
ture  superior  Galvanic  Batteries,  from  f>  to  36 
cells  ;  also  Pocket  Induction  Apparatus.  BEWARE  OF  IMITATIONS . 

For  the  genuine,  send  for  Illustrated  Catalogue. 

Address 

ALBERT  KIDDER  &  CO., 

Successors,  820  Brodway ,  .New  York. 

- • - - - 

Microscopes  for  Physicians. 

Wai.k’s  new  working  Microscope  is  original  in  design  and  the  lowest, - 
priced  Microscope  of  really  good  quality  in  market. 

Send  for  Illust rated  Catalogue,  free. 

INDUSTRIAL  PUBLICATION  CO., 

14  Dey  Street,  New  York. 


THE  LOHDOH  LAHCET 

Is  the  oldest  Medical  Journal  in  tbe  English  language,  and  the  recognized 
exponent  of  Medical  Science  all  over  the  world.  The  largest  and  cheapest 
Medical  Journal  in  the  country — $5.00  per  year.  Send  for  prospectus. 
Specimen  Copies  2f>  cents  each.  Address, 

THE  LONDON  LANCET, 

14  Dey  Street,  New  York. 

The  American  reprint  now  contains  all  the  Medical  matter  of  the 
original  edition. 


18 


CINCHONIA  (ALKALOID) 

Costing  less  than  one-sixth  the  price  of  Quinta,  and  forming 

AN  EFFICIENT  TASTELESS  ANTIPERIODIC. 


Since  we  first  invited  the  particular  attention  of  physicians 
to  Cinchonia  Alkaloid  and  Cinchonia  Mixture,  we  have  beeu 
almost  daily  in  receipt  of  testimonials  to  its  efficacy . 

We  have  made  selections  from  these,  and  collated  them  ac¬ 
cording  to  the  portions  of  the  country  whence  they  were 
written.  We  will  be  happy  to  mail  copies,  upon  application, 
to  physicians  who  have  hot  received  them. 

POWERS  &  WEIGHTM  AN,  Philadelphia. 
“  The  best  of  American  Manufacture.” — Profs.  Van  Bui?en  &  Keyes, 

PLANTEN’S  CAPSULES, 

KNOWN  AS  RELIABLE  NEARLY  50  YEARS. 

Premium  for  “  General  Excellence  in  Manufacture.” 

H.  PLANTEN  &  SON,  224  WILLIAM  ST.,  NEW  YORK. 
HARD  AND  SOFT  CAPSULES 

OF  ALL  KINDS. 

RECTAL  (Suppository)  (3  Sizes), 

For  administering  medication  in  the  rectum,  are  most  readily  soluble  and  far  superior  to 
the  ordinary  suppositories. 

EMPTY  CAPSULES  (7  Sizes), 

For  taking  medicines  free  of  taste,  smell,  injury  to  the  teeth,  mouth  or  throat. 
lOO  by  mail,  50  cents. 

Samples  sent  free.  Specify  Flanten’s  Capsules  on  all  orde-is.  Sold  by  all  Druggists. 


Sole  Agents  in  the  United  States  for  the  Great  English  Remedy, 

BLAIR’S  GOUT  AND  RHEUMATIC  PILLS. 


19 


9 


D 


No.  2. 


These  cuts  (two-thirds  the  actual  size)  represent  a  New  Hypodermic  Syringe  of  our  manufacture. 
With  the  exception  of  the  needles,  it  is  of  German  Silver,  a  material  chosen  as  possessing,  next  to 
steel,  the  greatest  regidity  and  durability,  while  free  from  liability  to  oxydation.  The  barrel  is 
formed  by  a  process  peculiar  to  ourselves,  securing  uniformity  of  calibre,  without  soldered  joint  or 
seam.  It  is  plated  inside  and  outside  with  nickel.  The  piston  is  packed  in  the  double  parachute 
form,  with  leather  prepared  expressly  for  the  purpose.  It  will  be  found  to  retain  its  elasticity,  to 
operate  smoothly,  to  resist  all  tendency  of  fluid  to  pass  above,  as  of  air  below  it.  -A  nicely  engraved 
scale  upon  the  piston-rod  indicates  minims,  thirty  being  the  capacity  of  the  syringe. 

Syringes  Nos.  2,  3  and  4  have  also  a  screw  thread  upon  the  piston-rod,  and  a  traverse  nut,  thereby 
favoring  the  utmost  nicety  in  the  graduation  of  doses. 

No.  3,  Compact,  has  hollow  piston-rod  to  receive  one  needle,  also  a  protecting  cover  and  fluid 
retainer ;  it  may  be  carried  in  the  Pocket  Instrument  or  Vial  Case,  or  without  any  case. 

No.  4,  Compact,  is  like  No.  3,  with  the  addition  of  a  second  needle,  carried  upon  the  syringe  in 
the  usual  place,  protected  by  a  metal  shield.  Nos.  1  and  2  are  put  np  in  neat  morocco-covered  case, 
with  vial. 

Two  sizes  of  needles  are  furnished  with  each  instrument,  Nos.  1,  2  and  4  ;  one  only  with  No.  3. 
They  are  ot  refined  steel,  carefully  tempered,  and  thoroughly  plated  with  gold ;  they  are  of  small 
diameter  and  large  relative  calibre,  sharpened  to  such  an  angle  as  will  offer  least  resistance  to 
penetration,  and  therefore  cause  least  pain.  At  the  point  of  union  with  the  socket  they  are  re¬ 
inforced  with  an  outer  covering  of  German  silver,  thereby  overcoming  the  tendency  to  become  broken 
at  this  place.  They  are  connected  with  the  barrels  by  a  serew  thread! 

PRICKS . No.  1 . *3.50.  No.  2 . *4.00.  Postage,  .03. 

“  . No.  3 . *2.50.  No.  4. .  .♦ _ *3.50.  “  .02. 


No.  3. 


These  syringes  are  so  thoroughly  and  strongly  made  as  to  be  free  from  the  annoying  accidents 
common  to  most  Hypodermic  Syringes  :  and  we  believe  that  for  convenience,  durability  and  nicety 
of  construction,  they  have  no  superior. 

The  above  will  be  sent  by  return  mail  on  receipt  of  price  and  postage. 

Hypodermic  Syringes  of  all  kinds  Promptly  Repaired. 

Our  New  Illustrated  Catalogue  of  Surgical  Instruments,  also  a  new  pamphlet  on  Inhala¬ 
tion  of  Atomized  Liquids,  by  distinguished  medical  authority,  with  many  valuable  formulas,  will  be 
forwarded,  postpaid,  on  application. 

Atomizers  and  articles  for  Antiseptic  Surgery,  Aspirators,  Clinical  Thermometers,  Elastic  Hose, 
Electrical  Instruments,  Invalid’s  Articles,  Manikins,  Models,  Ophthalmoscopes ;  Dr.  Paquelin's 
Thermo- Cautery ;  Pessaries.  Rubber  Hrenals ;  Sayre’s  Splints,  and  apparatus  for  every  kind  of 
deformity;  Skeletons,  Sphygmographs,  Splints,  Transfusion  Apparatus;  Vaccine  Virus  from  our 
own  stables  ;  Vetrinary  Instruments;  Waldenburg’s  Pneumatic  Apparatus,  etc.,  etc. 

See  our  other  Advertisements  in  successive  numbers  of  This  Journal. 


CODMAM  &  SHURTLEFP, 

MAKEES  AND  IMPOETEES  OP  SUPEEIOE  SUEGIOAL  INSTEUMENTS, 
73  &  15  Tremont  Street ,  Boston ,  Mass. 


IN  CORRESPONDING  WITH  ADVERTISERS  PLEASE  MENTION  THIS  JOURNAL. 

my.ag.nov. 


20 


I  Laboratory  of  John  Wyeth  &  Bito., 
\  Philadelphia. 

THE  NEW  AN/ESTHETIC — 

ETHYL  BROMIDE; 

Or,  HYDROBROMIC  ETHER. 


The  attention  of  the  Medical  profession  has  been  recently 
directed- to  the  many  advantages  of  Bromide  of  Ethyl  as  an 
Anaesthetic,  over  Chloroform  and  Ether.  The  exhaustive  experi¬ 
ments  of  Dr.  R.  J.  Levis  and  of  Dr.  Laurence  Turnbull  fully 
confirm  all  the  favorable  reports  of  former  investigations.  Dr. 
Levis  has  employed  this  agent  more  frequently,  perhaps,  than 
any  other  surgeon,  and  the  results  of  his  experiments  prove 
conclusively  its  value. 

In  a  large  number  of  the  administrations  made  by  Dr 
Levis  in  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  the  Jeflersou  College  Hos¬ 
pital,  and  in  general  private  surgical  practice,  he  used  the 
Ethyl  manufactured  in  our  laboratory,  aud  has  expressed  great 
satisfaction  in  its  exhibition,  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
unpleasant  odor,  freedom  from  the  objectionable  characteristics 
of  other  Bromides  of  Ethyl  sold,  aud  on  account  of  the  rapid 
ethylization  of  the  patients;  so  much  so,  that  he  considers  it 
deserving  of  decided  preference.  Appreciating  the  great  value 
of  this  new  Anaesthetic,  and  realizing  that  as  soon  as  its 
advantages  are  fully  known  to  the  profession  at  large,  it  would 
supersede  those  now  iu  use,  we  have  increased  our  facilities 
for  its  manufacture,  which  will  enable  us  to  supply  any 
demand  however  great.  Much  of  the  commercial  Bromide  of 
Ethyl  possesses  a  disagreeable  and  nauseous  odor, — our  pro 
duct  is  entirely  free  from  this  objection.  The  advantages  of 
Ethyl  as  an  Anaesthetic  are  fully  set  forth  by  Dr.  Levis  in  his 
papers,  published  iu  the  Philadelphia  Medical  Times ,  January 
17th,  and  February  14th,  1880. 


w 


VOL.  VII. 


JULY,  1879. 


No.  1, 


The  New  Orleans  ( 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 


JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  REMISS,  M.  IX, 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  I). 


f iiWsfoed  MooWy  $5  pel*  SdidrIk),  io  gt>bgnce. 


Paulum  Hepultai  distat  inertice  cclata  virtus. — Horace. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS: 


PAGE. 

Original  Communications  — 

By  D.  WEBSTER  PRENTISS,  AM.,  M.D. 

A  Contribution  to  the  Clinical  History  of 


Croupous  Pneninonia. . . 1 

By  JOSEPH  JONES,  M.  D. 

Treatment  of  Yellow  Fever .  29 

Report  on  Intra-Mural  Sepulture  in  the  city 
of  New  Orleans . .  .  .i . 45 

Correspondence .  53 


OBITUARY — John  Maynard  Woodworth..  54 


Current  Medical  Literature— 

The  Utero-Ovarian  Amputation  as  Comple¬ 
mentary  to  the  Caesarean  Operation  accord¬ 
ing  to  t  he  method  of  Dr.  Porro,  of  Pavia - 55 


A  Case  of  Caesarean  and  Utero-Ovarian  Ampu¬ 
tation . .  57 

Turpentine  in  Whooping-Cough . .  58 

A  Sanitary  Protective  Association .  59 

Inefficiency  in  Expert  Testimony .  59 

Cerebro-Spinal  Meningitis . •’ . .  f>0 

How  to  measure  a  Skull .  60 

A  Diceplmhts  Monster . 61 

A  Remarkable  Hoiuicido .  .  62 

Bruises— Chlorine  Water . . . ...  62 

Urticaria — Bisulphite  of  Soda . 63 

Breeches .  63 

Homoeopathic  Confectionery .  63 

Action  of  the  Blatta  0“ientalis -  -  63 

Phymosis. . . 64 


PAGE. 


Dyspepsia— Chloroform . 64 

Poisoniug  from  an  overdose  of  Sweet  Spirits 

of  Nitre . . . .  64 

A  Substitute  for  the  Horse . 6 4 

Small- Pox  and  Great  Pox .  65 

Diet  and  Liquor  Di  inking .  66 

Tile  Permeability  of  a  Stone  Wall .  66 

The  External  Use  of  Digitalis  in  Suppression 

of  Urine . . . 67 

The  Dry  Su rare -  ....,  ..  .  67 

Reviews  and  Book  Notices .  68 

Books  and  Pamphlets  Received .  76 

Editorial .  77 

't’lio  Blanks  of  tho  Superintendent  of  Census  79 

Meteorological  Tallin — May,  1879  .  8P 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  May  25,  1879 

to  June  22.  Ie79,  inclusive .  80 

Abstract  Proeee.iings  Louisiana  State  Medi¬ 
cal  Society,  Annual  Session  of  1879, — New 
Provisions  in  the  Interests  of  State  Medi¬ 
cine  Proposed  for  the  Constitution  of 
Louisiana . 81 


Adiliess  bv  tbe  ‘  Annual  Orator”  of  the 
Louisiana  Stale  Medical  Society — Stanford 
E.  Chaille,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Prof.  Physiology 
and  Pathological  Anatomy,  Medical  Depart¬ 
ment  University  of  Louisiana . 89 

Comparative  Paiholngy  of  Malai  ial  and  Yellow 
Fevers. — By  Joseph  Jones,  M.D.,  Professor 
of  Chemistry  andClinical  Medicine  Medical 
Department  University  of  Louisiana;  Visit¬ 
ing  Physician  of  Charity  Hospital,  New 
Orleans .  . 106 


NEW  ORLEANS: 

L  GRAHAM,  PRINTER,  127  GRAVIER  STREET. 

1  8  7  9. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  I  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Fhjsicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Prepaiations  of  onr  manufacture,  which  will  be  foui  d  of  superior  quality  aud  io 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  caie  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  an  1 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  oul  •• 

We  preeare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmacetitical  Preparations,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES.  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prom  >t. 
diaphoretic  and  sialngoyue.)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  ( th  ■>  netv  apbrodisia  ,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GITARANA.  FLUID  E  G 
TRACT  GR1NDELIA  ROBUSTA,  ILUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  pew  rente  ly 
to  prevent  thieatentd  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  onr  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

I.  L.  LYONS, 

Wholesale  Druggist  aM  Importer  of  English  and  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


MEDAL  AWARDED  UNIVERSAL  EXPOSITION,  PARIS.  878. 


THREE  AWARDS,  INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  1876. 

w  Hance  Brothers  &  White, 

MANUFACTURING 

CHEMISTS  AND  PHARMACEUTISTS, 

PHILADELPHIA. 

Manufacturers  of  and  Dealers  in  all  of  the 

GALENICAL  AND  CHEMICAL  PREPARATIONS  EMPLOYED  IN  MEDICINE: 

Fluid  and  Solid  Medicinal  Extracts; 
Sugar-Coated  Pills  and  Grannies ;  Medicated  Elixirs  \ 

RESINOIDS;  OLEORESINS; 

EXTRACT  ERGOT  for  Hypodermic  use;  Monobromated  Camphor; 

SACCHARATED  PEPSIN;  OLEATE  MERCURY; 

YELLOW  OXIDE  MERCURY,  ETC,,  ETC. 

Sulpho-Carbolate  Soda;  Dialysed  I-on; 

_  ,  ,  .  A  neutral  solution  of  Oxychlo • 

Recommended  for  treatment  oj  \  Iron  :  an  admirable  substi - 
Scarlet  Fever  and  Diphtheria.  J  tutc for  ether  iron  preparations •  ■ 

(PHYSICIAN’S  MEDICAL  COMPEND  :-a  pocketcom-\ 
patiion  and  memory  prompter  in  valuable  to  every  Physician.  \ 
Mailed  upon  Receipt  op  the  Price,  $1.00.  / 

ABSORBENT  COTTON. 

NEEDED  BY  EVERY  SURGEON  AND  GYN. ECOLOGIST, 
A  cheap  and  convenient  SUBSTITUTE  FOR  SPONGE. 

Mailed  upon  receipt  of  price— 25  cents  per  package,  or 
$1.00  for  five  packages. 

PRICED  CATALOGUE  MAILED  UPON  APPLICATION. 


Dialysed 

Iron, 

Of  reliable  quality, 
and  unsurpassed  in 
any  particular. 

Price,  per  pint, 

50  cents. 


To  the  Medical  Profession. 


rhe  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
•rising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
) epsin ,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Piyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
motion  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 

FORMULA  OF  LACTOPEPTINE. 

Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . .4  drachms. 

Lactic  Acid . . . .  5  fl.  drachms. 

Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachma. 

IACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
’hysicians’  Pi  e.-ci  iptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 
ive  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  roost  thoroughly  tested. 

The  undersigned  having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  proiession. 


Sugar  of  Milk . 40  ounces. 

Pepsin .  .  8  ounces. 

Pancreatine .  Bounces. 


.LFRFD  L.  LOOMIS,  M.  I).. 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  Sevi  York. 

EWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  I)., 

Professor  of  Oithopcedic  ■'  urgert)  and  Clinical  Sur¬ 
gery,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 


F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M  I)..  Pit.  I).. 

Professor  of  Chem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap .,  in  the  <V. 
Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and  Hygiene 
in  the  Aw.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 

SAMUEL  R.  PERCY  M.  I).. 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  Collag 


.  Van  Dkveer,  M.  D., 

Aibany,  N.  Y..  June  8th.  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Prin  and  Prac.  of  Nurse.,  Albany  Med. 

Col.;  Surg.  Albany  and  St.  Peter's  Hospitals. 
ohn  H.  Packard,  M.  D., 

Philadelt.hia,  Pa.,  May  30th,  ie78 
Pres' t  Pa.  Co..  Obstet.  Society;  Surg.  Episcopal 
and  Women's  Hospitals. 
as.  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia.  June  20th.  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med  and  Med  Juris., 
J-  ff  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

V.  VV.  Dawson,  M  D, 

Cincinnati.  O..  June  21st,  1878. 
Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio  ,- 
Surg.  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 

llbekt.F,  A.  King,  M.  D., 

Washington,  I).  C.,  June  19th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 

t  W.  Yandkli.,  M.  I)., 

Louisville.  Ky.;  March  7th,  1878. 
Prof  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg.,  and  Clinical 
Surg.  University  of  Louisville. 

:obt.  Rattev,  M.  D., 

Rome.  Ga,,  June  7th.  1878. 
Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex  Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Ga. 

LAUDE  H.  Mastin.  M  D  ,  LL.  D„ 

Mobile.  Ala  ,  June  8tli,  1878. 

•of.  H.  C.  Bartlett,  Ph.  D.  F.  C.  S., 

London,  England, 

February  22d,  1870. 


“I  have  given  LACTOPEPTINE  a  good  thorough  trial 
and  have  been  greatly  pleased  with  ihe  excellent  results 
that  have  followed  its  administration.” 

“I  have  found  great  satisfaction  in  the  use  of  LA  CTO 
Pi'.PTINE,  and  have  ordered  it  frequently  in  eases  of 
Dyspepsia,  especially  where  there  is  want  of  tone  and 
defective  secretion.” 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 


•‘I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  great  advantage 
in  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

“I  have  nsed -LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  f  r  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
aid  to  the  digestive  function.  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
acts  more  directly,” 

“I  have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE  and  take 
great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  has  rarely  disappointed  me. 
I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  prescribe  it.” 

“  I  have  nsed  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  rax-  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  i>.” 

“I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  for  patients 
with  feeble  digestion  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to  it.. 

‘•I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  all  the  principles  required  to  promote  s 
healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

ACTOPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles!.  . . per  oz.  S  1.0) 

(  “  “  ) . per  doz.  10  00 

“  (in  i  lb.  '*  ) . per  lb.  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups,  in  combination  with  Lacto 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMACAL  ASSOCIATION, 

2  &  3  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK, 


O.  BOX  1574. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OK  THK 


NEW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICH  A  RDSON,  M.D., 
Professor  ofGeneral  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

STANFORD  E.  CHAILLR,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 


SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  and  v  Clinical 
Surgery. 

ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.IX, 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Childrou. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

ALBERT  B.  MI  LEA,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  lirst  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  he  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  iu  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 


CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Chaiity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.;  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  aud  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  aud  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Mediciue  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  ot 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chailld,  will  ho  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday. 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

TLe  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instntion.  All  vacancies  tilled  by  competitive  examination. 

TERMS : 


For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . . $  140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee .  5  00  ’  ; 

Graduation  Fee .  30  00 

Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have  % 
studied  three  years;  to  have  attended  t.wro  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.” 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  w  ithout  passing  the  regular  examinations  aud  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  t  »  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

"For  further  information  npon  these  points  see  circnlar. 


VOL.  VII. 


AUGUST,  1879. 


No.  2. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.  D„ 

W.  II.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Ueto  geHes—  f  titoisljei)  Jffootiili)  ;ii  $5  pel-  Bnimio,  in  et'liaoce. 


Paulum  sepultas  distat  inertiie  celata  virtus. — Horace. 


SCOTT  &  BOWNE’S 


PALATABLE 


CASTOR  OIL, 

AN  EMULSION.^© 


We  respectfully  submit  the  above  preparation  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  request  them  to  give  it 
a  trial.  They  will  find  it  a  most  desirable  mode  of  administering  this  useful  yet  most  sickening  cathartic. 

The  Emulsion  is  not  only  perfect  and  permanent,  but  absolutely  palatable,  and  by  our  process  of 
emulsifying  it,  we  seem  to  have  eliminated  its  griping  properties.  Physicians  report  that  it  is  not 
only  a  miluand  pleasant  laxative  and  cathartic,  but  is  a  most  efficient  agent  in  Diarrhoea  and  Intestinal 
Inflammation.  It  is  put  np  in  4oz  bottle  that  sell  for  25  cents,  also  in  quarts  for  Physicians. to  prescribe 
as  they  desire.  We  will  be  pleased  to  send  a  sample  upon  application.  Express  paid. 

Formul — 50  per  cent.  Pure  Cold  Pressed  Castor  Oil. 

15  per  cent.  Chemically  pure  Glycerine. 


SCOTT  &0  BOWNB, 

MANUFACTURING  CHEMISTS, 

135  Hudson  Street,  IVew  York. 


L.  Graham,  Steam  Book  and  Job  Printer,  127  Gravier  street,  N.  O. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  I  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE.  >11). 


We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  onD. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations ,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (the  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA,  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Propagations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

I.  L .  LYOITS, 

Wholesale  Druggist  anfl  Importer  of  English  and  German  Chemicals. 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


MEDAL  AWARDED  UNIVERSAL  EXPOSITION,  PARIS,  1878. 

THREE  AWARDS,  INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  1876- 

are  solicited  to  order  our  goods  either  direct  or 


I  Miil'ii  (i  i  imi  yu*|  ^  y  »u  are  solicited  to  oraer  oi 
th£uf  their  druggist, 

• - «  43  A  named  sample  of  our  manufactures,  not 

contraband  of  postal  regulations,  mailed  upon  application. 

CATALOG-TJES  UTK/EE  E3"5T  2VEA..IE,. 


FLUID  &  SOLID  EXTRACTS 


SUGAR  COATED  PILLS.  ELIXIRS. 


ALL  OF  THE  CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PREPARATIONS  EMPLOYED  IN  MEDICINE, 


A  Pocket  Companion 

AND 

Memory  Prompter. 

Invaluable  to  every 
Physician. 


•)  A I L  E  D  UPON  RECEIPT  Or  THE  PRICE,  ONE  DOLLAR. 


;  ft; 

OFFICE:—  |  Callowhill  Street,  Cokm.r 

(  OF  luARSHALL,  t*"1  i :  *  ’ 1 


To  the  Medical  Profession. 


The  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
Dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
arising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
Pepsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  1 leg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
bination  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 

FORMULA  OF  LACTOPEPTINE. 


Sugar  of  Milk . 40  ounces.  1  Yeg.  Ptvalin  or  Diastase . 4  drachms. 

Pepsin .  8  ounces.  Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Pancreatine .  6  ounces.  |  Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

.LACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
Physicians’  Prescriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 
give  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  tested. 


The  undersigned  having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  prolession. 


ALFRED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

LEWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  I)., 

Professor  of  Orthopcedic  surgery  and  Clinical  &ur- 
gery ,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 


F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D., 

Professor  of  Chem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap.,  in  the  N. 
Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and  Hygiene 
in  the  Am.  Yet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 

SAMUEL  R.  PERCY,  M.  D., 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  Colleg 


A.  Yan  Dkvf.er,  M.  D., 

Albany,  N.  Y.,  June  8th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Prin.  and  Prac.  of  Sun.. ,  Albany  Med. 
Col.;  Surg.  Albany  and  St.  Peter's  Hospitals. 
John  II.  Packard,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  May  30th,  1878 
Pres' t  Pa.  Co.,  Obstet.  Society;  Surg  Episcopal 
and  Women's  Hospitals. 

Tas.  Aitkenf  Meigs,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  June  20th.  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med  and  Med.  Juris., 
Jeff  Medical  College ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

W.  W.  Dawson,  M.  D, 

Cincinnati,  O.,  June  21st,  1878. 
Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Surg.  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 

Albert  F,  A.  Ki.vo,  M.  D., 

Washington,  D.  C.,  June  19th,  1878, 
Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 

D.  W.  Yandell,  M.  D„ 

Louisville.  Ky..  March  7th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg;,  and  Clinical 
Surg.  University  of  Louisville. 

Robt.  Battev,  M.  D., 

Rome,  Ga.,  June  7tli,  1878. 
Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex  Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Ga. 

Jlaude  H.  Mastix,  M  D.,  LL.  D,, 

Mobile.  Ala  ,  June  8th,  1878. 

Prof.  H.  C.  Bartlett,  Ph.  D.  F.  C.  S, , 

London,  England, 

February  22.1,  lbi'fi. 


I 

J 


) 


j 


J 

l 

1 

I 

1 


“I  have  given  LACTOPEPTINE  a  good  thorough  trial 
and  have  been  gieatlv  pleased  with  the  excellent  results- 
that  have  followed  its  administration.” 

“I  have  found  great  satisfaction  in  the  use  ofLACTO 
P..PTINE,  and  have  ordered  it  frequently  in  cases  of 
Dyspepsia,  especially  whero  there  is  want  of  tone  and 
defective  secretion.” 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 


“I have  usod  LACTOl’EPTINE  with  great  advantage 
in  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
acts  more  directly," 

“I  have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE  and  take 
great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  has  rarely  disappointed  me. 
I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  prescribe  it." 


“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 

“  I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  tor  patients 
with  feeble  digestion  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to  it. 

‘•I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  all  the  principle?  required  to  promote  a 
hralthy  digestion.” 


LA  ETC?.'.  1*1'  I  p.n  ox.  Lollies'  ...  — pei  ox.  $■  l.<  0 

(•  “  "  ) . per  doc.  10.00 

“  (in  I  lb.  )  . per  lb,  12.C0 


We  also  yrevetre  T he  j  .  ious  Elhir* 
i  and  Scrubs,  in  comTimiion  yrilh  Lac! -3- 
j  peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMAGAL  ASSOCIATION, 

2  &  3  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK. 

t\  O.  BOX  1574. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 

OF  THE 


NEW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 


SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  and  ’  Clinical 
Surgery. 


Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

STANFORD  E.  CHAILLE,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 


ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  an^.  Clinical  Medicine. 

ALBERT  B.  MILE3,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  ihe  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  uusurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chains,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students ,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 

TERMS : 


For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . $140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy  ^ .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years ;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.’ 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

"For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


/ 


SEPTEMBER,  1879. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.  D., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Ueto  Series—  f  i|61i«l)e8  gi  $5  pel-  Suntilri,  in  qdbqnce. 


Pauluvi  sepultw  distat  inertia  celata  virtus. — Horace. 


SCOTT  &  BOWM’S 


-  ■  !  PALATABLE  I 

CASTOR  OIL, 

3S?IN  AN  EMULSION.^© 


We  respectfully  submit  the  above  preparation  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  reo-.i  'st  them  to  give  it 
atrial.  They  will  find  it  a  most  desirable  mode  of  administering  this  usefni  yet  me  ;  ’-ening  cathartic. 

The  Emulsion  is  not  only  perfect  and  permanent,  but  absolutely  palatabU  <  our  process  of 

emulsifying  it,  we  seem  to  have  eliminated  its  griping  properties.  Pb-  ••  ;  >■  .t  that  it  is  not 
only  a  mila  and  pleasant  laxative  and  cathartic,  but  is  a  most  efficient  age  .be  •  d  Intestinal 

Inflammation.  It  is  put  np  in  4oz  bottle  that  sell  for  25  cents,  also  in  -  ■  co  prescribe 

as  they  desire.  We  will  be  pleased  to  send  a  sample  upon  applicatC"  • 

Formul — 50  per  cent.  Pure  Cold  Pressed  Castor  Oil. 

15  per  cent.  Chemically  pure  Glycerine. 

SCOTT  <&  A-TIEl, 

1  c  run  r  ve?  chemists, 

135  u  ■  Street,  New  York. 


L.  Graham,  Steam  Book  and  >  ‘  n *  ei  17  Gravier  street,  N.  O. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  1  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE.  Ml). 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  oul.v. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES.  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATE1)  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (tin  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA.  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRIN DELI  A  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

X.  Ij.  LYONS, 

Wholesale  Driest  and  Importer  of  Euglisb  ant  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


MEDAL  AWARDED  UNIVERSAL  EXPOSITION,  PARIS.  1878. 


THREE  AWARDS,  INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  1876. 


*  Hance  Brothers  &  White, 

MANUFACTURING 

CHEMISTS  AND  PHARMACEUTISTS, 

PHILADELPHIA. 

Manufacturers  of  and  Dealers  in  all  of  the 

GALENICAL  AND  CHEMICAL  PREPARATIONS  EMPLOYED  IN  MEDICINE: 

Fluid  and  Solid  Medicinal  Extracts; 
Sugar-Coated  Pills  and  Granules ;  Medicated  Elixirs; 

RESINOIDS;  OI/BORESINS ; 

EXTRACT  ERGOT  for  Hypodermic  use;  Monobromated  Camphor; 
SACCHARATED  PEPSIN;  OLEATE  MERCURY; 

YELLOW  OXIDE  MERCURY.  ETC.,  ETC. 
Bulpho-Carbolate  Soda ;  Dialysed  Iron; 

'  ,  ,  .  A  neutral  solution  of  Oxychlo- 

tttcommended for  treatment  of  |  ride  Iron  ;  an  admirable  substi- 
Starlet  Fever  and  Diphtheria.  !  tutefor  other  iron  preparations. 

(PHYSICIAN'S  MEDICAL  COMPEND  a  pocket  com-\ 
panion  and  memory  prompter  invaluable  to  every  Physician.  I 

Mailed  upon  Receipt  of  the  Price,  $1.00.  / 

ABSORBENT  COTTON, 

NEEDED  BY  EVERY  SURGl-oN  AND  GYNECOLOGIST. 
A  cheap  and  convenient  SUBSTITUTE  FOR  SPONGE. 

Mailed  upon  receipt  of  price— 25  cents  per  package,  or 
$1.00  for  five  packages. 

PRICED  CATALOGUE  MAILED  UPON  APPLICATION. 


Dialysed 

Iron, 

Of  reliable  quality, 
and  unsurpassed  in 
any  particular. 

Price,  per  pint, 

50  cents. 


To  the  Medical  Profession. 


I  I 

The  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
Dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  alt  Diseases 
arising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  vis : 
Pepsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  I /eg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
bination  -with  Sugar  of  Milk. 


FORMULA  OF  LACTOPEPTINE. 


Sugar  of  Milk...... . . 40 ounces. 

Pepsin .  8  ounces. 

Pancreatine . 6  ounces. 


Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . 4  drachms. 

Lactic  Acid . . . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  13.  drachms. 


LACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
Physicians’  l'r  i-.-ci  iptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  ca* 
give  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  tested. 

The  undersigned  having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 


ALFRED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.  D.. 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  Sew  York. 

LEWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  I)., 

Professor  of  OUhopnedic  surgery  and  Clinical  Sur¬ 
gery,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 


F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M.  D.,  Pn.  D„ 

Professor  of  Chem.,  Mat.  Med-  and  Therap  .  in  the  N. 
F.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and  Hygiene 
in  the  Am.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 

SAMUEL  R.  PERCY  M.  D„ 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  Colley 


A.  Van  Dkveer,  M.  D., 

Albany,  N.  Y.,  June  8th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Pri.n  and  Prac  of  Sari.,  Albany  Med. 
Col.;  Surg.  Albany  and  St.  Peter's  Hospitals. 
John  H.  Packard,  M.  D., 

Pniladel  >h'a,  Pa.,  May  30tli.  1878 
Pres't  Pa.  Go..  Ohstet  Society ;  Surg.  Episcopal 
and  Women's  Hospitals. 

Jab.  Aitkex  Meigs.  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  June  20rh.  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med  and  Med  Juris., 
Jeff  Medical  College ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

W.  W.  Dawson,  M  I), 

Cincinnati.  O.,  June  21st,  1878. 
Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac  Surg.  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio  ; 
Surg.  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 

Albert  F,  A.  Ktxo,  M.  D  , 

Washington,  D.  C.,  June  19th,  1878, 
Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 

D.  W.  Yandell,  M.  D„ 

Louisville.  Ky.,  March  7th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg,,  and  Clinical 
Surg.  University  of  LouisoiUe. 

Robt.  Battev,  M.  D., 

Rome.  Ga.,  Jnne  7th.  5878. 
Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex  Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Ga. 

Claude  H.  Mastin,  M  D ,  LL.  D„ 

Mobile,  Ala  ,  Juuejith,  1878. 

Prof.  H,  C.  Bartlett,  Ph  D.  F.  C.  S., 

London,  England, 

February  22d,  1876. 


)  “I  have  given  LACTOPEPTINE  a  good  tlmrongh  trial 
)  and  have  been  greatly  pleased  with  the  excellent  result# 
j  that  have  followed  its  administration.” 

■)  “I  have  found  great  satisfaction  in  the  nse  ofLACTO 
P  PTINE,  and  have  ordered  it  frequently  in  vases  of 
(  Dyspepsia,  especially  whero  there  is  want  of  tone  and 
)  defective  secretion.” 

|  “I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
|  in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 


“I have  used  LACTOl’EPTINE  with  great  advantage 
in  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  f»r  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
acts  more  directly,” 

“I have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE  and  take 
great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  has  rarely  disappointed  mA 
I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  prescribe  it.” 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsi* 
With  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 

“  I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  tor  patient* 
with  feeble  digestion  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  toil. 

‘•I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contain* 
within  itself  all  the  principles  required  to  promote  * 
healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

LACTOPEPTINE  {in  oz.  bottles! . per  oz.  I  1.P0 

“  (  '•  “  ) . per  noz.  10  00 

“  (in  J  !b.  “  ) . per  lb.  I2.C0 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups,  in  combination  icilh  Lacto- 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  Y0KK  PHARMACAL  ASSOCIATION, 


2  &  3  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK. 


P.  O.  BOX  1574. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OP  THE 


3Y  EW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 


SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  and  F  Clinical 
Surgery. 


Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

STANFORD  E.  CHAILLfi,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 


ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

ALBERT  B.  MILES,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsiteuce)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  tho  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  iu  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  tho  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chaill^,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Iustution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 

'  TERMS : 


For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . $140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy . 10  00 

Matriculation  Fee .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . . .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.* 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  GL  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

"For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


v 


7  TA 


CL- 

OCTOBER,  1879. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  I).  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Kelu  Series—  $ iiblisljeS  3Yfoi)iW{|  M  $5  pel-  SdwId,  in  nctonnw. 


Paulam  sepulke  distat  inertias  celata  virtue. — Horace. 


SCOTT  &  BOWNE’S 

]  PALATABLE  j 

CASTOR  OIL, 

S^IN  AN  EMULSION.^D 


We  respectfully  submit  the  above  preparation  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  request  tbom  to  give  it 
a  trial.  They  will  And  it  a  most  desirable  mode  of  administering  this  useful  yet  most  sickening  ca  thartic. 

The  Emulsion  is  not  only  perlect  and  permanent,  but  absolutely  palatable,  and  by  our  process  of 
emulsifying  it,  wo  seem  to  have  eliminated  its  griping  properties.  Physicians  report  1  bat  it  is  not 
only  a  riiila  and  pit  asaut  laxative  and  cathartic,  but  is  a  most  efficient  agent,  in  Diarrhoea  and  Intestinal 
Inflammation.  It  is  put  up  in  4oz  bottle  that  sell  for  25  cents,  also  in  quarts  for  Physicians  to  prescribe 
as  they  desire.  We  will  bo  pleased  to  send  a  sample  upon  application.  Express  paid. 

Fokmul — 50  per  cent.  Pure  Cold  Pressed  Casfor  Oil. 

15  per  cent.  Chemically  pure  Glycerine. 


SCOTT  BOWlsTE, 

MANUFACTURING  CHEMISTS , 

1S5  Hudson  Street,  New  York. 


L.  Graham,  Steam  Book  and  Job  Printer,  127  Gravier  street,  N.  O. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  1  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  only. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations ,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (the  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUAR  AN  A,  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

x.  Xj.  Xj-^-oisrs, 

Wholesale  Druggist  ant  Importer  of  English  ant  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


MEDAL  AWARDED  UNIVERSAL  EXPOSITION,  PARIS.  1878. 

THREE  AWARDS,  INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  1876- 


fTTr*?  Tf "TB  II  r  J  are  s°Rc^e<^  to  order  our  goods  either  direct  or 
■  ■  I  M  M  i  pK  through  their  druggist. 

■  -  ~  A  named  sample  of  our  manufactures,  not 

contraband  of  postal  regulations,  mailed  upon  application. 

CATALOGUES  IFIELEIE  ZB'S-  ZMZ-AIXj. 


i  a  m  >»  i  ;«Hr 


SUGAR  COATED  PILLS.  ELIXIRS. 


ALL  OF  THE  CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PREPARATIONS  EMPLOYED  IN  MEDICINE. 

T  „  A  Pocket  Companion 

AND 

Memory  Prompter. 

Invaluable  io  every 
Physician. 


MAILED  UPON  RECEIPT  OF  THE  PRICE,  ONE  DOLLAR. 


HANCE  BROTHERS^ 


OFFICE  • _  f  Callowhill  Street,  Corner 


- ,  ER>j 

(  of  Marshall,  j 


PHILADELPHIA 


To  the  Medical  Profession. 


he  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 

\ yspepsia ,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
rising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
epsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
motion  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 

LACTOPEPTINE, 

Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . . 4  drachms. 

Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

i  Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

UCTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
hysietans’  Prescriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 
ive  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  tested. 

Tire  undersigned  Having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 

XF RED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.  D..  |F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M  D..  Pit.  D, 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  Nero  York. 


FORMULA  OF 

Sugar  of  Milk . 10  ounces. 

Pepsin .  8  ounces. 

Pancreatine . 6  ounces. 


EWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Orthopcedic  Surgery  and  Clinical  Sur¬ 
gery,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 


Professor  of  Chem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  'l'herap  .  in  the  N. 
P.  College  of  Dent. ;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and  Hygiene 
in  the  Am.  Yet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 

SAMUEL  R.  PERCY  M.  D„ 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  College 


_  Van  Dkveer,  M.  D., 

Albany.  X.  Y.  June  8th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Prin  and  Prac.  of  Sure.,  Albany  Med. 

Col.;  Surg.  Albany  and  St.  Peters  Hospitals. 
dhn  H.  Packard,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  May  30tli.  1878 
Pres' t  Pa.  Go.,  Obstet.  Society;  Surg  Episcopal 
and  Women's  Hospitals. 
tB.  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia.  June  20'h  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med  and  Med  Juris., 
Jeff.  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

T.  W.  Dawson,  M,  D , 

Cincinnati,  O.,  June  21st,  1878. 
Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Surg.  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 

Xbekt  F,  A.  King,  M.  D  , 

"Washington,  D.  C.,  June  tilth,  1878, 
Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 

>.  "W.  Yandelt,  M.  D„ 

Louisville.  Tty.,  March  7th,  1878,. 
Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg,,  and  Clinical 
Surg.  University  of  Louisville. 

:obt.  Battey,  M.  D  , 

Porno.  Ga„  June  7th.  1878. 
Emeritus  Prof  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex  Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Ga. 

laude  H.  Mastin.  AT  D  .  LL.  D,, 

Mobile,  Ala  ,  June  8th,  1878. 

Tof.  H.  C.  Barti.ett,  Ph.  D.  F.  C.  S. , 

London,  England, 

February  22  i,  lsTfi. 


11 1  have  given  LACTOPEPTINE  a  good  thorough  trial 
a  and  have  been  greatly  pleased  with  the  excellent  results 
j  that  have  followed  its  administration.” 

]  “Ihavefonnd  great  satisfaction  in  the  use  ofLACTO- 
(  P  PTINE,  and  have  ordered  it  frequently  in  cases  of 
(  Dyspepsia,  especially  whero  there  is  want  of  tone  and 
)  defective  secretion.” 

]  “I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
I  in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 


“I have  used  LACTOPEPTIXE  with  great  advantage 
in  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 


1  “I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
|  private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
t  purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
|  aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
J  acts  more  directly,” 

“I have  made  much  nse  of  LACTOPEPTIXE  and  take 
f  great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  lias  rarely  disappointed  me. 
J  I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  prescribe  it.” 

|.  ”  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTIXE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 

j  with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 

)  “I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
r  of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  for  patients 
'  with  feeble  digestion  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to  it. 
)  '•  I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 

/  within  itself  all  the  principles  required  to  promote  a 
'  healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

.ACTOPEPTIXE  (in  oz.  bottles!  -  .  per  oz.  $  1.00 

“  (  “  “  ) . perdoz.  10.00 

“  (in  J  lb.  “  ) . .  per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups,  in  combination  with  Lacto - 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMACAL  ASSOCIATION, 

lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK, 

j  j  n.  BOX  1  T74. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OF  THE 


INEW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  ami  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

STANFORD  E.  CHAILLE,  M.D  , 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 


|  SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Clinical 
Surgery. 

ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseasesof  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

ALBERT  B.  MILE 3,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  i  ext  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  ihe  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 


CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  -with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chailld,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  w  ho  are 
maintained  by  the  Instution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 


TERMS : 


For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . $140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy . . .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee . . . . .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years ;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.” 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

*For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


NOVEMBER,  1879. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Keb  §eKes—  f  iiblisW  ?ffoi)lt)lt|  si  $5  fielc  Bsriqio,  is  suSasce. 


Paulurn  sepultw  distat  inertia  celata  virtue. — Horace. 


SCOTT  &  BOWNE’S 


PALATABLE 


CASTOR  OIL, 

G^IN  AN  EMULSION.^O 

We  respectfully  submit  the  above  preparation  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  request  them  to  give  it 
a  trial.  They  will  find  it  a  most  desirable  mode  of  administering  this  useful  yet  most  sickening  catliartio. 

The  Emulsion  is  not  only  perfect  and  permanent,  but  absolutely  palatable,  and  by  our  process  of 
emulsifying  it,  we  seem  to  have  eliminated  its  griping  properties.  Physicians  report  that  it  is  not 
only  a  mildand  pleasaut  laxative  and  cathartic,  but  is  a  most  efficient  agent  in  DiarrLcea  and  Intestinal 
Inflammation.  It  is  put  up  in  4oz  bottle  t  hat  sell  for  25  cents,  also  in  quarts  for  Physicians  to  prescribe 
as  they  desire.  We  will  bo  pleased  to  send  a  sample  upon  application.  Express  paid. 

Formul — 50  per  cent.  Pure  Cold  Pressed  Castor  Oil. 

15  per  cent.  Chemically  pure  Glycerine. 

SCOTT  &a  BOWNB, 

MANUFACTURING  CHF MISTS, 

1S5  Hudson  Street,  New  York. 


L.  Graham,  Steam  Book  and  Job  Printer,  127  Gravier  street,  N.  O. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  I  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  th)  best 
quality  only. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  othei •  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (tin  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA,  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

X  .  Xj  .  LYO  XT  S  , 

Wholesale  Druggist  and  Importer  of  English  and  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


DR.  L.  D.  McINTOSH’S 

ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  BELT 


If  this  new  combination  could  be  seen  and 
tested  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  would  be  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for 
it  combines  utility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to-day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally,  Electro- 
Therapeutics. 

This  combination  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells, 

_  placed  in  pockets  on  a  belt.  Each  cell  is  made 

of  hard  vulcanized  rubb  t,  lined  with  a  copper  cell,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  of  zinc,  wrapped 
in  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  contact  with  the  copper,  and 
permit  the  current  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  the  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without,  wetting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  following  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zinc  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  for  the  following reasons  : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells— thus  giving  a  powerful  current.  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  pleasure.  There  is  not  anything 
irritating  about,  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  tho  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  with  the  cells  by  connecting 
cords.  Bv  this  arrangement,  a  current  irom  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 
or  local  effect. 

Many  phvsicians  wlio  have  used  this  belt  in  their  practice  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend 
it  to  tlie  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Electricity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 

MclNTOSH  GALVANIC  BELT  AND  BATTERY  CO., 


192  and  194  Jackson  St.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

jy’TO.ly. 


To  the  Medical  Profession 


ie  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
fspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
ising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
i psin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  corn- 
nation  with  Sugar  of  Milk.  > 

FORMULA  OF  LACTOFEPTINE. 


Sugar  of  Milk . 40  ounces. 

Pepsin .  8  ounces. 

Pancreatine . 6  ounces. 


Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . 4  drachms. 

Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

LAGTOPEPTME  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
I  ysicians’ Prescriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 
?e  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  tested. 

The  undersigned  Having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 


I,FI!ED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.  D„ 

i  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice,  of  Medicine,  Uni- 
versity  of  the  City  of  New  Pork. 

llWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Orthopcedic  furriery  and  Clinical  Sur¬ 
gery,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 


F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D  , 

Professor  of  Chem..  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap.,  in  the  A. 
Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and  Hygien* 
in  the  Am.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 

SAMUEL  R.  PERCY  M.  D„ 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  College 


Van  Dkveer,  M.  D., 

Alb'iny,  N.  Y.,  June  8th,  1878. 
yr-f.  of  the  Prin  and  Prac  of  Sur*.,  Albany  Med. 
I  Col.;  Surg.  Albany  and  St.  Peter's  Hospitals. 
;:N  H.  Packarh,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Mar  30th.  1878 
| *res't  Pa.  Co.,  Obstet.  Society;  Surg  Episcopal 
I  and  Women's  Hospitals. 

U.  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  June  20th.  1878. 
yrof.  of  the  Institutes  of  MedXind  Med  Juris., 
Jeff.  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

W.  Dawson,  M.  D, 

Cincinnati,  O.,  June  21st,  1878. 
°rnf.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Surg.  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 


“I  have  given  LACTOPEPTINE  a  good  thorough  trial 
and  have  been  greatly  pleased  with  the  excellent  results 
that  have  followed  its  administration.” 


“I  have  found  great  satisfaction  in  the  use  ofLACTO- 
P.  PTINE,  and  have  ordered  it  frequently  in  cases  of 
Dyspepsia,  especially  where  there  is  want  of  tone  and 
defective  secretion.” 


“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 


‘‘Ihave  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  great  advantage 
in  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 


,hekt  F,  A.  King,  M.  D., 

Washington,  D.  C.,  June  lilth,  1878, 
>tof.  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 


1  “I  have  used  L ACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
|  private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
J-  purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
|  aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
J  acts  more  directly,” 


W;  Yandeli.,  M.  D., 

Louisville.  Ky.,  March  7th,  1878. 
f.  of  the  Science,  and  Art  of  Surg.,  and  Clinical 
^ a  rg .  University  of  Louisville. 
bt.  Battel  M.  D., 

Rome.  Ga.,  June  7th.  1878. 
Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics ,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex  Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Ga. 


I  “Ihave  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE  and  take 
(  great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  lias  rarely  disappointed  me, 
j  I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  prescribe  it.” 


“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 


kui'E  H.  Mastin,  M  D  ,  LL.  D,, 

Mobile,  Ala  ,  June  8tb,  1878. 


|>f.  IT.  C.  Bartlett,  Ph.  D.  F.  C.  S., 

London,  England, 

February  22d,  187f>. 


11 1  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed',  and  for  patients 
with  feeble  digestion  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to  it. 

‘•I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  all  the  principles  required  to  promote  a 
healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 


CTGPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles! 
“  (  “  “  ). 

"  (in  Jib.  “  ) 


per  oz.  $  1.00 
.perdoz.  10.00 
■  per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups ,  in  combination  with  Laclo- 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMACAL  ASSOCIATION, 

lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK, 


O.  BOX  1 574. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OF  THE 


NEW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M  IX, 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

STANFORD  E.  CHAILLE,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 


SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  and  ^Clinical 
Surgery. 

ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

ALBERT  B.  MILE3,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  iirst  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  uusurpasod 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A  M..  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chailld,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Iustution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 

TERMS : 


For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . $140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy . : .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee . . . .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . . .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-oue  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years ;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination. * 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  Half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

"For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


DECEMBER,  1879. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  BE. MISS,  M.  !)., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


ifeto  Series— ftiblislject  Ijjonririu  $5  pet  iUvvM,  in  ^Oanee. 


Paulum  sepultw  distat  inertia  celata  virtus. — Horace. 


SCOTT  &  BOWNE’S 


PALATABLE 

CASTOR  OIL, 

C^IN  AN  EMULSION.^) 


We  respectfully  submit  the  above  preparation  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  request  them  to  give  it 
a  trial.  They  will  find  it  a  most  desirable  mode  of  administering  tins  useful  yet  most  sickening  cathartic. 

The  Emulsion  is  not  only  perfect  and  permanent,  but  absolutely  palatable,  and  by  our  process  of 
emulsifying  it,  we  seem  to  have  eliminated  its  griping  properties.  Physicians  report  that  it  is  not 
only  a  mild  and  pleasant  laxative  and  cathartic,  but  is  a  most  efficient  agent  in  Diarrhoea  and  Intestinal 
Inflammation.  It  is  put  np  in  4oz  bottle  that  sell  for  25  cents,  also  in  quarts  for  Physicians  to  prescribe 
as  they  desire.  We  will  be  pleased  to  send  a  sample  upon  application.  Express  paid. 

Formul — 50  per  cent.  Pure  Cold  Pressed  Castor  Oil. 

15  per  cent.  Chemically  pure  Glycerine. 

SOOTTii'&l  BOWNB, 

MANUFACTURING  CHEMISTS, 

135  Hudson  Street,  New  York. 


L.  Graham,  Steam  Book  and  Job  Printer,  127  Gravier  street,  N.  O. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  1  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  31 D. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  autl  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  aud  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  only. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  ayid  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (the  new  aphrodisiac,} 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA,  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to- 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

X.  Hi .  LYONS, 

Wholesale  Druggist  and  Importer  of  Euglisli  and  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


DR.  L.  D.  McINTOSH’S 


ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  RELT 


If  this  new  combination  could  be  86en  and 
tested  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  would  be  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for 
it  combines  utility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to-day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally,  Electro- 
Therapeutics. 

This  combination  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells, 

_ _  placed  in  pockets  on  a  belt.  Each  cell  is  made 

of  hard  vulcanized  rubber,  lined  with  a  oopper  cell,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  of  zinc,  wrapped 
in  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  contact  with  the  copper,  and 
permit  the  ourrent  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  the  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without  wetting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  following  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zinc  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  for  the  following  reasons : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells — thus  giving  a  powerful  current.  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  pleasure.  There  is  not  anything 
irritating  about  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  the  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  with  the  cells  by  connecting 
cords.  By  this  arrangement,  a  current  from  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 
or  local  effect. 

Many  physicians  who  have  used  this  belt  in  their  practioe  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend 
it  to  the  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Eleotricity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 

MclNTOSH  GALVANIC  BELT  AND  BATTERY  CO., 


192  and  194  Jackson  St.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

jy’79.1y. 


To  the  Medical  Profession. 


The  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
Dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
arising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  vie : 
Pepsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Ply  a  l in,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
bination  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 

FORMULA  OF  LACTOPEPTINE. 


Sugar  of  Milk . 40  ounces. 

Pepsin .  8  ounces. 

Pancreatine . ... . .  6  ounces. 


Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . . 4  drachms. 

Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Hydrochloric  Acid . . 5  fl.  drachms. 


LACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
^Physicians’ Prescripti< 


_  escriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 

give  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  tested. 

The  undersigned  having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 

F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M.  D.,  Th.  D  , 

Professor  of  Ghem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap.,  in  the  N. 
Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Ghem .  and  Hygiene 
in  the  Am.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 

SAMUEL  R.  PERCY.  M.  D., 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  College 


ALFRED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

I  LEWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Orthopcedic  Surgery  and  Clinical  Sur¬ 
gery,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 


;  A.  Van  Deveer,  M.  D., 

Albany,  N.  Y.,  June  8th,  1878. 
i  Prof,  of  the  Prin.  and  Prac.  of  Sum.,  Albany  Med. 

Col.;  Surg.  Albany  and  St.  Peter's  Hospitals. 
John  H.  Packard,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  May  30tl),  1878. 

;  Pres' t  Pa.  Co.,  Obstet.  Society;  Surg.  Episcopal 
and  Women’s  Hospitals. 

|  Ias.  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  Jnne  20th.  1878. 
fj  Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med.  and  Med.  Juris., 
Jeff.  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

Jw.  W.  Dawson,  M,  D, 

Cincinnati,  O.,  June  21st,  1878. 
Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Sicrg.  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 

iliLRERT  F,  A.  King,  M.  D., 

Washington,  D.  C.,  June  19th,  1878, 
Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 

}.  W.  Yandell,  M.  D., 

Louisville.  Ky.,  March  7th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg,,  and  Clinical 
Surg.  University  of  Louisville. 
iOBT.  Battey,  M.  D., 

Rome,  Ga.,  June  7th,  1878. 
Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex  Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Oa. 

Ilaude  H.  Mastin,  M.  D.,  LL.  D,, 

Mobile,  Ala.,  June  8th,  1878. 

Jof.  H.  C.  Bartlett,  Ph.  D.  F.  C.  S. , 

London,  England, 

February  22d,  1876. 


“I  have  given  LACTOPEPTINE  a  good  thorough  trial 
and  have  been  greatly  pleased  with  the  excellent  results 
that  have  followed  its  administration.” 

“I  have  found  great  satisfaction  in  the  use  of  LACTO¬ 
PEPTINE,  and  have  ordered  it  frequently  in  cases  of 
Dyspepsia,  especially  where  there  is  want  of  tone  and 
defective  secretion." 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 


"I have  used  LACTOI’EPTINE  with  great  advantage 
in  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

"I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
acts  more  directly,” 

“I have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE  and  take 
great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  has  rarely  disappointed  me. 
I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  prescribe  it.” 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 

“  I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  for  patients 
with  feeble  digestion  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to  it. 

‘  I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  all  the  principles  required  to  promote  a 
healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

ACTOPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles) - - per  oz.  $  1.00 

“  (  “  “  ) . perdoz.  10.00 

“  (in  Jib.  “  ) . per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups,  in  combination  with  Lacto- 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMACAL  ASSOCIATION, 

lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK. 


!  ».  O.  BOX  1574. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OF  THE 


NEW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 


SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  and  .^Clinical 
Surgery. 


Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

STANFORD  E.  CHAILLfi,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  CliuicalMedi- 
cine. 


ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

ALBERT  B.  MILES,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  ro  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  ChaiI16,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 


TERMS : 

For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . ..$140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . 30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years ;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.* 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  eequal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
■of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

"For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


No.  7. 


JANUARY,  1880. 

TJTF3  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.  I)., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Keto  SeKes—  f  qMistei)  Bfoi/ibiy  ni  $5  pel-  Bonijb),  in  nJOance. 


Panlam  sepultce  distat  inertiw  celata  virtus. — Horace. 


SCOTT  &  BOWNE’S 


_  PALATABLE  j 

CASTOR^  oil, 


IN  AN  EMULSION.^© 


We  respectfully  submit  lbe  above  preparation  to  the  Meiliral  Profession,  and  request  them  to  give  it 
a  trial.  They  will  find  it  a  most  desirable  mode  of  administering  this  useful  yet  mo.- 1  sickening  cathartic. 

The  Emulsion  is  not  only  perfect  and  permanent,  but  absolutely  palatable,  and  by  our  process  of 
emulsifying  it,  wo  seem  to  have  eliminated  its  griping  properties.  Physicians  report  that  it  is  not 
only  a  mild  and  pleasant  laxative  and  cathartic,  but  is  a  most  efficient  agent  in  Diarrhoea  and  Intestinal 
Inflammation.  It  is  put  np  in  4oz  bottle  that  sell  for  25  cents,  also  in  quarts  lor  Physicians  to  prescribe 
as  they  desire.  We  will  bo  pleased  to  send  a  sample  upon  application.  Express  paid. 

FobmuLt— 50  per  cent.  Pure  Cold  Pressed  Castor  Oil. 

15  per  cent.  Chemically  pure  Glycorine. 

SCOTT  &G  BOWNB, 

MANUFACTURING  CHEMISTS, 

1Q5  Hudson  Street,  New  York. 


L.  Graham,  Steam  Book  and  Job  Printer,  127  Gravier  street,  N.  O. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  1  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  onl/. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  ELUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations ,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEA'fE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (the  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GIT  ARAN  A,  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giviug  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

I.  L.  LTOITS, 

Wholesale  Druggist  anil  Importer  of  English  and  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


DR.  L.  D.  McINTOSH’S 


ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  BELT 


If  this  new  combination  could  be  seen  and 
tested  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  would  be  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for 
it  combines  utility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to-day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally,  Electro- 
Therapeutics. 

This  combination  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells, 

_  placed  in  pockets  on  a  belt.  Each  cell  is  made 

of  hard  vulcanized  rubber,  lined  with  a  copper  cell,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  of  zinc,  wrapped 
in  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  contact  with  the  copper,  and 
permit  the  current  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  the  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without  wetting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  following  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zinc  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  for  the  followingreasons : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells — thus  giving  a  powerful  current.  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  pleasure.  There  is  not  anything 
irritating  about  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  the  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  with  the  cells  by  connecting 
cords.  By  this  arrangement,  a  current  from  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 
or  local  effect. 

Many  physicians  who  have  used  this  belt  in  their  practice  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend 
it  to  tlie  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Electricity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 


MclNTOSH  GALVANIC  BELT  AND  BATTERY  CO., 


192  and  194  Jackson  St.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

jy’79.Xy. 


To  the  Medical  Profession 


:j  The  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
Dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
arising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
Pepsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Pfyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
bination  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 


FORMULA  OF  LACTOPEPTINE. 


Sugar  of  Milk . . . 40 ounces. 

Popsin .  8  ounces. 

Pancreatine . 6  ounces. 


Veg.  Ptyaliu  or  Diastase . . 4  drachms. 

Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Hydrochloric  Acid . .  .5  fl.  drachms. 


_  LACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
Physicians’  Prescriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  wo  can 
j  give  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  tested. 

The  undersigned  Having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 


ALFRED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.  D„ 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

LEWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery  and  Clinical  Sur¬ 
gery,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 


F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M  IX,  Ph.  I), 

Professor  of  Chem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Thcrap.,  in  the  N. 
Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and  Hygiene 
in  the  Am.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 

SAMUEL  R.  PERCY  M.  TX, 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  College 


A.  Yan  Deveer,  M.  D., 

Albany,  N.  Y.,  .Tune  8th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Prin.  and  Prac.  of  Sur%.,  Albany  Med. 
Col.;  Surg.  Albany  and  St.  Peter's  Hospitals. 
John  H.  Packard,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  May  30th,  1878. 
Pres  t  Pa.  Co.,  Obstet.  Society;  Surg.  Episcopal 
and  Women's  Hospitals. 


ij  Jas.  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia.  June  20th,  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med.  and  Med.  Juris., 
Jeff.  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

I  W.  W.  Dawson,  M,  D, 

Cincinnati,  O.,  June  21st,  1878. 
Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Surg.  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 

Albert  F,  A.  King,  M.  D., 

Washington,  D.  C.,  June  19tb,  1878,. 
Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 

D.  W.  Yandell,  M.  D., 

Louisville.  Ky..  March  7th,  1878, 
Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art,  of  Surg,,  and  Clinical 
Surg.  University  of  Louisville. 

Robt.  Battey,  M,  D., 

Rome,  Ga.,  June  7th,  1878. 
Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex  Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Ga. 

Claude  H.  Mastin'.  M  D.,  LL.  D,, 

Mobile,  Ala.,  June  8th,  1878. 

Prof.  H.  C.  Bartlett,  Ph.  D.  F.  C.  S, , 

London,  England, 

February  22d,  1876. 


“I  have  given  LACTOPEPTINE  a  good  thorough  trial 
and  have  been  greatly  pleased  with  the  excellent  results 
that  have  followed  its  administration.” 

“I  have  found  great  satisfaction  in  the  use  ofLACTO- 
PEPTINE,  and  have  ordered  it  frequently  in  cases  of 
Dyspepsia,  especially  where  there  is  want  of  tone  and 
defective  secretion.”  /— 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 


“I have  used  LACTOI’EPTINE  with  great  advantage 
in  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which, 
acts  more  directly," 

“  I  have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE  and  take 
great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  has  rarely  disappointed  me. 
I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  prescribe  it.” 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 

“  I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  tor  patients 
with  feeble  digestion  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to  it. 

‘•I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  all  the  principles  required  to  promote  a 
healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

LACTOPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles) . .per  oz.  $  1.00 

(  “  “  ) . perdoz.  10.00 

*“  (in  J  lh.  “  ) . per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups,  in  combination  with  Lacto - 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMA0AL  ASSOCIATION, 

lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK. 


Jr*.  O.  BOX  1574. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OF  THE 


1VEW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

STANFORD  E.  CHAILLE,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 


SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  and  ^Clinical 
Surgery. 

ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

ALBERT  B.  MILES,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth  . 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  uusurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients ,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  ou  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chailld,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 

TERMS : 


For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . §140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . .  .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years  ;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.* 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  eaunot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

"For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


Vot-m  FEBRUARY,  1880. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Heto  geHes— 5nMisl)e3  fijoi/fkltj  ;ti  $5  pel-  finmitDi  in 


Paulnm  sepulUe  distat  inertia i  celata  virtue. — Horace. 


SCOTT  &'  BOWNE’S 


_ |  PALATABLE  j 

CASTOR  OIL, 

A^IN  AN  EMULSION.~g0 


We  respectfully  submit  the  above  preparation  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  request  them  to  give  it 
a  trial.  They  will  find  it  a  most  desirable  mode  of  administering  this  useful  yet  most  sickening  cathartic. 

The  Emulsion  is  not  only  perfect  and  permanent,  but  absolutely  palatable,  and  by  our  process  of 
emulsifying  it,  we  seem  to  have  eliminated  its  griping  pioperties.  Physicians  report  that  it  is  not 
only  a  milu  and  peasant  laxative  and  cathartic,  but  is  a  most  efficient  agent'  in  Diarrhoea  and  Intestinal 
Inflammation.  It  is  put  np  in  4oz  bottle  that  sell  for  25  cents,  also  in  quarts  tor  Physicians  to  prescribe 
as  they  desire.  We  will  be  pleased  to  send  a  sample  upon  application.  Express  paid. 

Fokmul — 50  por  cent.  Pure  Cold  Pressed  Castor  Oil. 

15  per  cent.  Chemically  pure  Glycerine. 

SCOTT  &z  EOWNE, 

MANUFACTURING  CHEMISTS, 

1S5  Hudson  Street,  New  York. 


L.  Graham,  Steam  Book  and  Job  Printer,  127  Gravier  street,  N.  O. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  §  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  tlie  best 
quality  only. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations ,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC,, 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (th  >  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA,  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etci,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

X.  Ij.  LYONS, 

Wholesale  Drmost  aDi  Imprter  of  English  and  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


DR,  L.  D.  MuINTOSH’S 

# 


ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  RELT 


If  this  new  combination  could  be  seen  and 
tested  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  would  be  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for 
it,  combines  utility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to-day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally,  Eleetro- 
Therapoutics. 

This  coinbin  tion  is  comnosed  of  sixteen  cells, 

_  placed  in  pockets  oil  a  belt.  Each  coll  is  made 

of  hard  vulcanized  rubber,  fined  with  a  copper  cell,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  of  zinc,  wrapped 
in  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  cout  ict  with  the  copper,  and 

permit  the  current  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  the  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without  wotting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  following  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zinc  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  for  the  following  reasons : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells— thus  giving  a  powerful  current.  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  pleasure.  There  is  not  anything 
irritating  about  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  the  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  with  the  cells  by  connecting 
cords.  By  this  arrangement,  a  current  from  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 
or  local  effect.  _ 

Many  physicians  who  have  used  this  belt  in  their  practice  do  not  hesitate  to  recommeDa 
it  to  tlie  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Eleotrioity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 

McIntosh  galvanic  belt  and  battery  co.t 

192  and  194  Jackson  St.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

jy’W.ly. 


To  the  Medical  Profession 


The  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
Dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
arising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
Pepsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
bination  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 

FORMULA  OF  LACTOFEFTINE. 

Sugar  of  Milk . 40  ounces.  Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . 4  drachms. 

Pepsin . . .  8  ounces.  Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Pancreatine .  6  ounces.  Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

LACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
Physicians’ Prescriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  wo  cam 
give  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  tested. 

The  undersigned  having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 


ALFRED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.  D„ 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  Neio  York. 

LEWIS  A.  SAYRE,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery  and  Clinical  Sur¬ 
gery,  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College. 


F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D„ 

Professor  of  Cliem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap.  in  thcN. 
Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem  and  Hygiene 
in  the  Am.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 

SAMUEL  It.  PERCY.  M.  D., 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  College 


A.  Van  Dkveer,  M.  D.,  1 

Albany,  N.  Y  .Tune  8th,  1878.  I 
Prof,  of  the  Prin.  and  Prac.  of  Surs..,  Albany  Med. 
Col.;  Surg.  Albany  and  St.  Peter's  Hospitals,  j 


John  H.  Packard,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  May  30th.  1878 
Pres'tPa.  Go.,  Obstet.  Society;  Surg  Episcopal 
and  Women's  Hospitals. 

Jas.  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia.  -T one  20 ’h  1878. 
Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med  and  Med  Juris., 
Jeff.  Medical  College ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

W.  W.  Dawson  M,  D , 

Cincinnati,  O.,  June  21st,  1878. 
Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Surg.  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 

Albert  F,  A.  King,  M.  D., 

Washington,  D.  C-,  June  19th,  1878, 
Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 


D.  W.  Yandeli.,  M.  D., 

Louisville.  Ky..  March  7th,  1878, 
Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg,,  and  Clinical 
Surg.  University  of  Louisville. 

Robt.  Battey,  M.  I).. 

Rjftnc,  Ga„  June  7th.  1878. 
Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex  Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Ga. 

Claude  H.  Mastin,  M  D  ,  LL  D,, 

Mobile,  Ala  ,  June  8th,  1878. 


rof.  H.  C.  Bartlett,  Ph.  D.  F.  C.  S., 

London,  England, 

February  22d,  1876. 


| 

I 

J 

1 

1 


J 

} 

I 


’  I  have  given  LACTOPEPTINE  a  good  thorough  trial 
and  have  been  greatly  pleased  with  the  excellent  results 
that  have  followed  its  administration.” 

“I  have  found  great  satisfaction  in  the  use  of  LACTO- 
P2PTINE,  and  have  ordered  it  frequently  in  cases  of 
Dyspepsia,  especially  where  there  is  want  of  tone  and 
defective  secretion.” 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 


“I have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  great  advantage 
in  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
acts  more  directly,” 

“I have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE  and  take 
great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  lias  rarely  disappointed  me. 
I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  prescribe  it.” 


“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it." 

“I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  for  patients 
with  feeble  digestion  1  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to  it. 

*•  I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  all  the  principles  required  to  promote  a 
healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

uACTOPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles)  . .  • - per  oz.  $  1.00 

“  (  “  11  ) . perdoz.  10.00 

“  (in  J  lh.  “  ) . . . per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups ,  in  combination  with  Lacto- 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMACAL  ASSOCIATION, 

*  lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK, 

t».  O.  BOX  1574. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


or  THE 


IV  EW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  REMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  arid  Practice  of 
gja§|; Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

STANFORD  E.  CHAILLE,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 

SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  &  Clinical  Surgery. 


ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

E.  HARRISON,  M.D., 

Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye. 

ALBERT  B.  MILES,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


.The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  aud  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  duriug  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  aud  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  aud  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  aud  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chailld,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday, 'from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instutioni  All  vacancies  tilled  by  competitive  examination. 

TERMS : 


For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . $140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy . 10  00 

Matriculation  Fee . . . .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . .  .  .  .  .  .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  ago  :  to  have 
studied  three  years;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.* 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  oannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  hero  afforded  tor  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

*For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


VOL.  VII. 


MARCH,  1880. 


No.  9. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 


EDITED  BY 


S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.  T)., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Wets  Siries— 'f nWisIteJ  MontWj)  ;ij  $5  pel'  Snnuii),  in  afl'nnte. 


Panhiui  iepnlicv  distit  iiiertiw  oelata  virtu# . — Horace. 


SCOTT  &  BOWNE’S 


PALATABLE  I 

CASTOR  OIL, 


IN  AN  EMULSION. 


We  respectfully  submit  the  above  preparation  to  tbe  Medical  Profession,  and  request  them  to  give  it 
a  trial.  They  will  And  it  a  most  desirable  mode  of  administering  this  useful  yet  most  sickening  cathartic. 

The  Emulsion  is  not  only  perfect  and  permanent,  but  absolutely  palatable,  and  by  our  process  of 
emulsifying  it,  we  seem  to  have  eliminated  its  griping,  properties.  Physicians  report  that  it  is  not 
only  a  mild  and  pleasant  laxative  and  cathartio,  but  is  a  most  efficient  agent  in  Diarrhoea  and  Intestinal 
Inflammation.  It  is  put  np  in  4oz  bottle  that  sell  for  25  cents,  also  in  quarts  for  Physicians  to  prescribe 
as  they  desire.  We  will  be  pleased  to  send  a  sample  upon  application.  Express  paid, 

Fokmul— 50  per  cent.  Pure  Cold  Pressed  Castor  OiL  .  , . 

15  per  cent  Chemically  pure  Glycerine.  ^ 

SCOTT  &c  BOWNE, 

MANVFA  CTUHING  CHEMISTS, 

1QS  Hudson  Street,  New  York. 


L.  Graham,  Steam  Book  and  Job  Printer,  127  Gravier  street,  N.  O. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  I  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  t>  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  he  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
qrality  onl.-. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (th  »  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA.  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  thieatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  con  position  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

X.  Xj.  LYONS, 

Wholesale  Druggist  aril  Importer  o'  English  anfl  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


DR.  L.  D.  Me  I  K TOSIl’S 


ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  BELT 


If  tli's  new  combination  could  be  S6en  and 
■to.- ted  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  would  be  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for 
lr,  combines  utility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to  day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally,  Electro- 
Therapeutics. 

This  combination  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells, 
placed  in  pockets  on  a  belt.  Each  cell  is  made 
of  hard  vulcanized  mbb «r,  lined  with  a  copper  cell,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  <  f  zinc,  wrapped 
in  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  cont  .ct  with  the  copper,  and 

permit  the  current  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  the  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without  wetting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  follow.ng  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zinc  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  for  the  following  reasons : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells— thus  giving  a  powerful  current.  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  pleasure.  There  is  not  anything 
irritating  about  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  the  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  r 
cords.  By 
or  L>cal  effect-* 

Many  physicians  who  have  used  this  belt  in  their  practice  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend 
it  to  the  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Electricity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 


vitn  weaK  acias  ami  piaueu  ubai  tu  iuo  otvm.  jlud  rawwwttc 
.  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  with  the  cells  by  connecting 
By  this  arrangement,  a  cum  nt  from  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 


MclNTOSH  GALVANIC  BELT  AND  BATTERY  CO., 


192  and  194  Jackson  St.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

jy’79.1y. 


To  the  Medical  Profession 


The  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
irising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
°epsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com- 
motion  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 

LACTOPEPTINE. 

Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . 4  clrachms. 

I  Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

!  Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

LACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
'physicians’ Pi  escriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 
"  five  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  established. 

The  undersigned  having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 

Hlfred  L.  LOOMTS,  M  D., 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  New  .Tori. 

IMPEL  R.  Pl'.ROY,  M  I)., 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  College. 


FORMULA  OF 

Sugar  of  Milk . 40  ounces. 

Pepsin .  8  ounces. 

Pancreatine . 6  ounces. 


F.  LE  rOY  SATTERLEE,  M.D..  Ph.  D.. 

Professor  of  Chem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap.  in  the 
N.  Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and 
Hygiene  in  the  Am.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  eta. 


is.  Aitkin'  Meigs,  M.D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med.  and  Med.  Juris., 
Jeff.  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  3os. 

W.  Dawson,  M.D. ,  Cincinnati,  0''io. 

Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.,  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Surgeon  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 

lbekt  F.  A.  King,  M.D., 

Washington  D.  C., 

Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont 


W.  Yanrell,  M.D., 

Prof,  of  the.  Science  and  A  rt  of  Surg.  and  Clinical 
Surg.,  University  of  Louisville,  Ky. 

P.  Yandki.l.  M.D. 

Prof  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Diseases  of  Children, 
arid  Dermatology,  Univer.  of  Louisville,  Ky. 

fJnnT.  Battey.  M.D..  Rome,  Ga.  \ 

Emeritus  Prof  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col 
lege,  and  Ex-Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Oa. 

,Ai  »E  H.  Mastin,  M.D.,  LL.D., 

Mobile,  Ala. 


of  B  C  Bartlett,  Ph.  D  ,  F.  C.  S., 

London,  England 


“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  case#  of  Dyspepsia.” 


“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  great  advantage  in 
cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

"I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
^  private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  in  mediate 
’  aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
acts  more  directly.'1 

“  I  have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE,  and  take 
great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  has  rarely  disappointed 
me.  I  shall,  of  oourse,  continue  to  preecribe  it,” 

“  LACTOPEPTINE  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  rrepara 
tion.  ai  d  no  one  who  gives  it  a  fair  trial  can  fail  to  be 
impres  ed  with  its  usefulness  in  dyspepsia. 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 

• 1 1  consi  der  LAC  TOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  for  patients 
with  feeble  digestion,  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to 
it.”  _ 

*■  I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  all  the  principles  requited  to  promote  a 


healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

4.CTOPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles)  . .  • - per  oz.  $  1.00 

“  (  “  ) . perdoz.  10.00 

“  (in  $  lb.  “  ) . per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups,  in  combination  with  Lacio- 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMA0AL  ASSOCIATION, 

lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK. 


O.  1*0  X  ir>74. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OP  THE 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 
STANFORD  E.  CHAILLfi,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 

SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  &  Clinical  Surgery. 


ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

E.  HARRISON,  M.D., 

Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye. 

ALBERT  B.  MILES,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  ou  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spaciaus 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  an  1  Obitetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  ro  ten 
o’clock  A  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  ^Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chains,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  ou  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Ho.-pital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instu'.ion.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 


TERMS : 

For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . $  140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee . .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years ;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.* 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni- 
ven.it y  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  hero  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  furthii  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean.  . 

*For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


APRIL,  1880. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 

EDITED  BY 

8.  M.  BEMISS,  M.  D., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


TIeto  $eKes— -DJor/IDDi  ni  $5  pelr  ftniwto),  k  pt)0^r>ce. 


Pauliim  sepulta i  distat  inertice  celata  virtue. — Horace. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS : 


PAGE. 


Original  Communications— 

By  J.  H.  BEMISS,  M.  D., 

A  Few  Cases  of  Leprosy . . 923 

By  ROBERT  P.  HARRIS, 

The  Caesarean  Record  of  Louisiana — 

A  Correction . . . 938 

By  A.  C.  LOVE,  M.  D., 

The  Hypodermic  Administration  of  Ergot ....  941 
By  T.  S.  DABNEY',  M.  D., 

Reflex  Sciatica  and  Lumbago  Cured  by  Removal 

of  Cause,  Stricture  of  Urethra . 944 

Correspondence . . .  946 

Current  Medical  Literature- 
Transfusion  of  Blood  through  the  Peritoneum..,  949 

Relation  of  Epilepsy  to  Insanity . 950 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University  and  Higher  Edu¬ 
cation,  with  a  Glance  at  the  Hospital  Buildings,  955 
Insanity  in  its  Relation  to  the  General  Practi¬ 
tioner  of  Medicine . . . 961 


PAGE. 


Foot-bindiDg  in  China .  968 

Tamponing  the  Vagina  for  Cystitis . '■ .  970 

Czerny  's  Operation  for  the  Radical  Cure  of  Her¬ 
nia . 971 

The  Rapid  Treatment  of  Club-foot . . .  972 

The  Hot  Springs  . 974 

Treatment  of  Chronic  Ulcer  of  the  Leg  by 

Maitin’s  Rubber  Bandage . 974 

(Arson  on  Inequality  in  Length  of  the  Lower 

Limbs . 975 

Tetanus . 976 

Tetanus .  977 

Cremation  in  its  Medico-Legal  Aspects .  977 

Editorial  Department- 

Parish  Medical  Societies . 980 

University  of  Louisiana — Medical  Department. .,  981 

Prof.  Samvl  D.  Gross,  M.  D.,  D.C.L.,  Oxon .  982 

Photograph  ol  Prof.  S.  D.  Gross. . . 984 

Iberville  Medical  Association .  984 

Necrology . 984 

Reviews  and  Book  Notices . . . 985 

Books  and  Pamphlets  Received . 1000 

Meteorological  Table— February,  1880  . 1002 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  February  15th, 
to  March  21st,  inclusive . 1002 


NEW  ORLE  A  N  S: 


L  GRAHAM,  PRINTER,  127  GRAVIER  STREET. 

1  8  8  0. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  1  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparatious  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  only. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES.  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  atteution  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (the  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA.  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

X.  Xj.  LYONS, 

Wholesale  Druggist  and  Importer  of  English  and  German  Chemicals. 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


DR.  L.  D.  McINTOSH’S 


ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  BELT 


If  this  new  combination  could  he  seen  and 
tested  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  would  he  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for  ' 
it  combines^  ility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to-day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally,  Electro- 
Therapeutics. 

This  combination  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells, 
placed  in  pockets  on  a  belt.  Each  cell  is  made 
>pper  cell,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  of  zinc,  wrapped 
in  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  contact  with  the  copper,  and 
permit  the  current  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  the  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without  wetting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  following  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zinc  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  for  the  following  reasons : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells— thus  giving  a  powerful  current.  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  pleasure.  There  Is  not  anything 
Irritating  about  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  the  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  with  the  cells  by  connecting 
cords.  By  this  arrangement,  a  current  from  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 
or  local  effect.  • 

Many  physicians  who  have  used  this  belt  in  their  practice  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend 
It  to  the  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Electricity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 

MclNTOSH  GALVANIC  BELT  AND  BATTERY  CO., 


192  and  194  Jaokson  8t,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

)yTfl.ly. 


To  the  Medical  Profession. 


LACTOPEPTINE 


he  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
yspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
|  rising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
|  epsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com- 
‘  motion  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 

FORMULA  OF  LACTOPEPTINE. 

Sugar  of  Milk . 40  ounces.  Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . 4  drachms. 

Pepsin .  8  ounces.  ,  Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Pancreatine . 6  ounces.  '  Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

LACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 

i  hysicians’ Prescriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 
5  ive  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  established. 

Tlie  undersigned  Having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 


LFRED  L.  LOOMIS  M  D  , 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni 
versity  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

,  iMUEL  R.  P1RCY,  ID, 

Prof essor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  College. 

j  ,s.  Aitkin'  Meios,  M.D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  ) 

■  Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med.  and  Med.  Juris.,  > 
Jeff.  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos.  ) 


F.  LE  ROT  SATTERLEE,  M.D..  Ph.  D., 

Professor  of  Chem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap.  in  the 
N.  Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and 
Hygiene  in  the  Am.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 


“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
i  a  number  of  case*  of  Dyspepsia.” 


'.  W.  Dawson,  M.D. ,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.,  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio; 
Surgeon  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 


lbert  F.  A.  Kino,  M.D., 

Washington  D.  C., 

Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont- 


)  “I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  great  ad  van  lage  in 

/  cases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

n.  “I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
J  private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
f  purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
/  aid  to  the  digestive  fanotion,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
y  acts  more  directly.'’ 


■.  W.  Yaniifll.  M.D., 

Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg.  and  Clinical 
Surg.,  University  of  Louisville ,  Ky. 


)  “I  have  made  muoh  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE,  and  take 
>  great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  has  rarely  disappointed 
\  me.  I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  preecribe  it,” 


P.  Yandell.  M.D., 

Prof,  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Diseases  of  Children, 
and  Dermatology,  Univer.  of  Louisville,  Ky. 


*  ‘ 1  LA  CTOPEPTINE  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  r repara 
tlon.  ai  d  U“  one  who  gives  it  a  fair  trial  can  fail  to  be 
irrmres  ed  with  its  usefulness  in  dyspepsia. 


tOBT.  Battey.  M.D..  Rome,  Ga. 

Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex-Pres.  Med.  Associa'mn  of  Ga. 

Jlaude  H.  Mastix,  M.D.,  LL.D., 

Mobile,  Ala. 


?rof  H.  C  Bartlett,  Ph.  D,,  F.  C.  S., 

London,  England 


!“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 

!•*  I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  for  patients 
with  feeble  digestion,  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to 
it." 

S"  I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  ftll  the  principles  required  to  promote  a 
healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

LACTOPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles) . per  oz.  $  1.00 

“  (  “  “  ) . perdoz.  10.00 

“  (in  J  lb.  “  ) . per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elianrs 
and  Syrups ,  in  combination  with  Lacto- 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMACAL  ASSOCIATION, 

lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK, 


lr».  O.  BOX  1574, 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OF  THE 


NEW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 


Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D.,  ) 

Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice'  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 
STANFORD  E.  CHAILLfi,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 

SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.Dq 
Professor  of  Anatomy  &  Clinical  Surgery. 


ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

E.  HARRISON,  M.D., 

Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye. 

ALBERT  B.  MILE3,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction.  I 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  daring  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  .regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chailld,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 

TERMS : 


For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . . . $  140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee . .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . .  . . .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years ;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.* 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They»cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing,  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  fer  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

*For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


Vol.  VII. 


MAY,  1880. 


Xo.  11. 


The  New  Orleans 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 

JOURNAL. 


EDITED  BY 


S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.  D., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.  D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 

ffelw  Reties— ^i|61isUeO  af  $5  pel  Bwity,  i>7  p^b^nce. 


Paulum  sepultce  distat  inertia;  celata  virtm. — Horace. 


Original  Communications— 

By  ANDREW  W.  SMYTII,  M.  D., 

Interpretations  of  the  Structure  and  Func¬ 
tion  of  the  Kidney . 1003 

By  GEORGE  M.  STERNBERG,  Surgeon,  U.S.A. 

The  Microscopical  Investigations  of  the  Havana 

Yellow  Never  Commission . 1017 

By  GEO.  J.  FRIEDRICHS,  D.  I).  S., 

Nitrate  of  Silver  in  Erosion  of  the  Teeth . 1024 

By  A.  S.  GATES,  M.  D., 

Surgical  Notes— Oblique  Inguinal  Hernia  in 
J emale — Gunshot  Wound  of  Shoulder  Joint  1027 
By  GEORGE  H.  ROHE,  M.  D., 

Recent  Progress  in  Dermatology . 1033 

Current  Medical  Literature— 

Excerpta  from  Dr.  Carl  Heinemann's  ‘‘Contribu¬ 
tions  to  the  Knowledge  of  Yellow  Fever 
(Vomitoofthe  Natives;  on  the  Eastern  Coast 

of  Mexico .  . 1039 

The  Sanitary  Commissioner  of  India  <  n  tho  Pre¬ 
vailing  Doctrines  as  to  the  Causes  of  Cholera  io 

their  Relation  to  Sanitary  Improvements . 1047 

Fissured  Nipples .  . . 1055 


PAGE 

Recent  Decisions . 1056 

Antidote  for  Carbolic  Acid . 1058 

Syphilis — A  Child  Infected  through  the  Utero¬ 
placental  Circulation . 1069 

Rectal  Feeding  in  Disease . 1059 

Speedy  Cura  of  Nasal  Polypi . 1061 

Sudden  Death  from  Intra-Uterine  Injection  of 

Water . 1062 

On  the  Treatment  of  Chorea  with  Hypodermio 

Injections  of  Arsenic . 1 . 1063 

Misuse  of  the  Iron  Preparations — Their  effect  on 

the  Digestive  Process - . 1065 

'transmission  of  Hydrophobia  from  Man  to 
Rabbits . ’. . 1066 

Editorial  Department— 

Louisiona  State  Medical  Association . 1067 

Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health . 1067 

The  Yellow  Fever  Canard . 1068 

An  Omission . . 1068 

A  Correction . 1068 

Hydrate  of  Chloral . 1069 

Erratum . . . 1070 

Louisiana  State  Medieal  Society . 1070 

Proceedings  of  the  Attakapas  Medical  Associa¬ 
tion . 1076 

Reviews  and  Book  Notices . 1078 

Boobs  and  Pamphlets  Received . 1081 

.Meteorological  Table— March,  1880 . 1082 

Mortality  in  New  Qrleans  from  March  21st, 
to  April  17 tii,  inclusive  . 1082 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE. 


NEW  ORLEANS: 

L.  GRAHAM,  PRINTER,  127  GRAVIER  STREET. 

1  8  8  0  . 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  1  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MD. 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  he  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  only. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations ,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATEI)  PEPSIN,  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDI,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (the  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA,  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

I.  L .  LYOUS, 

WbolesalG  DrnMist  and  Importer  of  English  and  Herman  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


DR.  L.  IJ.  MclNTOSH’S 


ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  BELT 


If  this  new  combination  could  bo  seen  and 
tested  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  would  be  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for 
it  combines  utility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to-day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally,  Electro- 
Therapeutics. 

This  combination  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells, 

_  placed  in  pockets  on  a  belt.  Each  cell  is  made 

of  hard  vulcanized  rubber,  lined  with  a  copper  cell,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  of  zinc,  w'rapped 
in  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  contact  with  the  copper,  and 
permit  the  current  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  the  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without  wetting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  following  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zinc  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  for  the  following  reasons : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells— thus  giving  a  powerful  current.  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  pleasure.  There  is  not  anything 
irritating  about  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  the  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  with  the  cells  by  connecting 
cords.  By  this  arrangement,  a  current  from  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 
or  local  effect. 

Many  physicians  who  have  used  this  belt  in  their  practice  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend 
it  to  the  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Eleotricity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 


WeINTOSH  GALVANIC  BELT  AND  BATTERY  CO., 


192  and  194  Jaokson  St.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

jy’TO.ly. 


To  the  Medical  Profession 


I  T 

rhe  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
Dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
arising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
Pepsin,.  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  Veg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
bination  -with  Sugar  of  Milk. 


FORMULA  OF  LACTOPEPTINE. 


Sugar  of  Milk..... . 40 ounces. 

Pepsin .  8  ounces. 

Pancreatine . 6  ounces. 


Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . 4  drachms. 

Lactic  Acid . . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms.  ' 

_  LACTOPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
Physicians’  Prescriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 
give  that  its  therapeutic  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  established. 

The  undersigned  having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 


LERED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

AMUEL  R.  PERCY,  M  D„ 

Professor  Materia  Medica ,  New  York  Medical  College. 

as.  Aitkin  Meigs,  M.D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  f 

Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med.  and  Med.  Juris. 

Jeff.  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

.  W.  Dawson,  M.D. ,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.,  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Surgeon  to  Good  Samaritan  Hospital. 


F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M.D.,  Ph.  D., 

Professor  of  Chetn.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap.  in  the 
N.  Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and 
Hygiene  in  the  Am.  Vet.  College ,  etc.,  etc. 


lbekt  F.  A.  King,  M.D., 

Washington  D.  C., 

Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Vermont. 


W.  Yandell,  M.D., 

Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg.  and  Clinical 
Surg.,  University  of  Louisville,  Ey. 

P.  Y  anuria..  M.D., 

Prof,  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Diseases  of  Children, 
and  Dermatology,  Univer.  of  Louisville ,  Ey. 

out.  Battey.  M.D.,  Rome,  Ga. 

Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex-Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Oa. 

.At:i>E  H.  Mastin,  M.D.,  LL.D., 

Mobile,  Ala. 


■of  H  0  Bartlett,  Ph.  D,,  P.  C.  S., 

London,  England 


“I have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia.” 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  great  advan  tage  in 
cases  of  feeble  digestion,” 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
aid  to  tho  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
acts  more  directly.” 


•  “  I  have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE,  and  take 

>  great  pleasure  in  stating  that  it  has  rarely  disappointed 
I  me.  I  shall,  of  course,  continue  to  preecribe  it.” 

1  “  LACTOPEPTINE  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  prepara- 

-  tlon,  and  no  one  who  gives  it  a  fair  trial  can  fail  to  be 
,  impressed  with  its  usefulness  in  dyspepsia. 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  ol' it.” 

“  I  consider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  whicli  I  have  ever  employed,  and  tor  patients 
with  feeble  digestion,  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to 
it.” 

of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
required  to  promote  a 


“I find  the  preparation  of  L A 
within  itself  All  the  principles 
healthy  digestion.” 


PRICE  LIST. 

^.CTOPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles) . per  oz.  $  1.00 

(  “  “  ) . perdoz.  10.00 

“  (in  £  lb.  “  ) . per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups,  in  combination  with  Lacto- 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YORK  PHARMA0AL  ASSOCIATION, 

lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK, 


.  O.  BOX  If5r4. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OP  TItK 


NE  W  ORLEAN  S. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery. 

SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine. 
STANFORD  E.  CHAILLE,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Rhysioiogy  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 

SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy  &  Clinical  Surgery. 


ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

E.  HARRISON,  M.D., 

Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye. 

ALBERT  B.  MILES,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty-sixth 
year  of  its  exsitence)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  20th  day  of  October,  1879,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  14th  day  of  March,  1880.  The  first  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital ;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory ;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  duriug  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by.  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  Chaill^,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  annually,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 


TERMS : 

For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . $140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy . .. .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee . ' .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . . . .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years ;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.* 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fet>. 

As  the  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

*For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  ciroular. 


n 


!  ti ' .  •> 


JUNE,  1880.  W 


No.  12, 


nrtt 


The  New  Orleans 


w&m 


A 


MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL 


JOURNAL. 


EDITED  BY 


S.  M.  BEMISS,  M.  I)., 

W.  H.  WATKINS,  M.-D.  S.  S.  HERRICK,  M.  D. 


Heto  §eh'e$— fn5iisired  TjtJooBlly  qt  $5  pelr  ftpilft),  it?  $db$flpe. 


Pauliim  nepiiltiK  distat  inertia)  celata  virtm. — Horace. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS : 


PACE. 

Original  Communications— 

By  S.  LOGAN,  M.  D. , 

Differential  Diagnosis  of  Tumours  in  the  Scro¬ 


tum . 1083 

By  JOHN  T.  JONES, 

The  Physiological  Action  of  Atropiaas  Demon¬ 
strated  by  Experiment . J104 

By  C.  W  TRCEH3SART.  M.  D.. 

Plaster- Bandage  Saw. . . 1121 

Current  Medical  Literature— 


The  Benzonate  of  Soda  in  Phthisis . 1123 

Oxalate  of  Cerium  as  a  Cough  Remedy  . . 1126 

Hypodermic  Ether . 1127  j 

Burns  aud  Scalds  . ..1128 

Notes. . . 1128  : 

The  Hypodermic  Injection  of  Quinine  in  Perni¬ 
cious  Malarial  Fever . .  . . ...1128| 

Two  Cases  of  Popliteal  Aneuiism  Cured  by 

Ei-march's  Bandage .  1123  ; 

Treatment  of  Metronhagia  by  Infusion  of  Black 

Coffee . H30  | 

Nickel  Plating  without  a  Batteiy . 1130 

> 


PAGE. 

Experiments  upon  the  Strength  of  Antiseptics.  1131 
Notes  on  Cystorrhagia  from  Retention  of  Urine.  1134 
The  New  Anassthetic — The  Bromide  of  Ethyl. . .  1144 
Successful  Treatment  of  Obstinate  Ununited 
Fractures  by  Transplantation  of  Osseous 


Tissue - '• . 1147 

Antiseptic  Treatment  of  a  Bullet  Wound  Pene¬ 
trating  the  Knee-Joint . .; . .  .1148 

The  Bogus  Diploma  Business . 1148 

Hygiene  of  the  School-room  in  its  Relation  to 

Light .  1149 

Cure  for  Vomiting  of  Pregnancy . 1150 

Meadows'  Table  for  Estimating  the  probable 

Duration  of  Pregnancy . . 1151 

Causes  of  Fatigue  in  Reading . 1 152 

Editorial  Department- 

Valedictory . 1152 

Obituary — Dr.  Sarn'l  Choppiu . 1153 

Col.  T.  S.  Hardee... . 1154 

Reviews  and  Book  Notices . . . 1 155 

Books  and  Pamphlets  Received . .  . llfiO 

M  eteorological  Table—  April ,  1 880 . 1162 

Mortality  in  New  Orleans  from  April  17th, 
to  May  15th.  inclusive . 1162 


N  E  W  ORLEANS: 

L  GRAHAM,  PRINTER,  127  GRAVTER  STREET. 

1  8  8  0. 


SHARP  &  DOHME, 

Manufacturing  Chemists  I  Pharmacists, 

BALTIMORE,  MI). 

We  respectfully  invite  the  attention  of  Physicians  and  Druggists  to  the  Medicinal 
Preparations  of  our  manufacture,  which  will  be  found  of  superior  quality  and  in 
every  respect  reliable,  all  possible  care  being  used  both  in  selection  of  material  and 
in  their  manufacture  to  produce  preparations  of  uniform  strength  and  of  the  best 
quality  only. 

We  prepare  all  the  Officinal  and  other  Standard  MEDICINAL  SOLID  AND  FLUID 
EXTRACTS,  PURE  CHEMICALS,  and  various  other  Pharmaceutical  Preparations ,  in¬ 
cluding  a  full  line  of  SUGAR  COATED  PILLS  AND  GRANULES,  ELIXIRS, 
SYRUPS,  SACCHARATED  PEPSIN*  OLEATE  OF  MERCURY,  ETC.,  ETC. 

Among  the  late  additions  to  our  list  of  Fluid  Extracts  we  call  special  attention  to 
FLUID  EXTRACT  MISTLETOE,  FLUID  EXTRACT  JABORANDt,  (prompt 
diaphoretic  and  sialagogue,)  FLUID  EXTRACT  DAMIANA  (the  new  aphrodisiac,) 
FLUID  EXTRACT  EUCALYPTUS,  FLUID  EXTRACT  GUARANA,  FLUID  EX¬ 
TRACT  GRINDELIA  ROBUSTA,  FLUID  EXTRACT  BLACK  HAW  (a  new  remedy 
to  prevent  threatened  miscarriage.) 

Catalogues  giving  composition  doses,  etc.,  of  all  our  Preparations  mailed  to 
Physicians  by  applying  either  direct  to  us  or  to  our  Wholesale  Agent, 

X.  Xj  .  LYONS, 

Wholesale  Druggist  aM  Importer  of  Euglish  an!  German  Chemicals, 

42  and  44  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La. 


DR.  L.  D.  McINTOSH’S 

ELECTRIC  OR  GALVANIC  BELT 


If  this  new  combination  could  be  seen  and 
tested  by  the  medical  profession,  few,  if  any, 
words  would  be  needed  from  us  in  its  favor,  for 
it  combines  utility  with  simplicity  in  such  per¬ 
fection  that  seeiing  it  is  convincing  proof  of  its 
great  value.  The  medical  profession  to-day 
acknowledge,  almost  universally,  Electro- 
Therapeutics. 

This  combination  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells, 

_  placed  in  pockets  on  a  belt.  Each  cell  is  made 

of  hard  vulcanized  rubber,  lined  with  a  oopper  cqll,  which  constitutes  the  negative  plate. 
The  rubber  coating  perfectly  insulates  each  cell.  The  positive  plates  are  of  zinc,  wrapped 
In  a  porous  material  to  absorb  the  exciting  fluid,  and  prevent  contact  with  the  copper,  and 
permit  the  current  to  pass  from  the  copper  to  the  zinc. 

Thus  the  cells  are  charged  without  wetting  the  belt,  and  the  discomfort  following  to  the 
patient.  A  wire  is  soldered  to  each  zino  plate,  which  connects  with  the  copper  cell  by 
entering  a  tube  on  its  side,  thus  rendering  the  belt  pliable. 

The  McIntosh  Electric  Belt  is  superior  to  all  others  for  the  following  reasons : 

It  is  composed  of  sixteen  cells— thus  giving  a  powerful  current  A  current  selector  is 
so  arranged  that  one  or  more  cells  can  be  used  at  pleasure.  There  is  not  anything 
irritating  about  the  Belt,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  contrivances  where  the  metal  used 
is  wet  with  weak  acids  and  placed  next  to  the  skin.  The  electrodes  are  pieces  of  metal 
covered  similar  to  ordinary  battery  electrodes,  and  connected  with  the  cells  by  connecting 
cords.  By  this  arrangement,  a  current  from  the  Belt  can  be  applied  to  produce  a  general 
or  local  effect. 

Many  physicians  who  have  used  this  belt  in  their  praotioe  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend 
it  to  the  profession. 

Our  pamphlet  on  Medical  Electricity  sent  free  on  application.  Address 


MclNTOSH  GALVANIC  BELT  AND  BATTERY  CO., 


192  and  194  Jackson  St,,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

jy’79.1y. 


To  the  Medical  Profession. 


ALFRED  L.  LOOMIS,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Pathology  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  Uni 
versity  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

SAMUEL  R.  PERCY,  M  I)., 

Professor  Materia  Medica,  New  York  Medical  College. 

I as.  Aitkin  Meigs,  M.D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  } 

Prof,  of  the  Institutes  of  Med.  and  Med.  Juris., 

Jeff.  Medical  College  ;  Phy.  to  Penn.  Hos. 

W.  W.  Dawson,  M.D.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Prof.  Prin.  and  Prac.  Surg.,  Med.  Col.  of  Ohio ; 
Surgeon  to  Qood  Samaritan  Hospital. 


I  he  most  important  remedial  agent  ever  presented  to  the  Profession  for  Indigestion, 
Dyspepsia,  Vomiting  in  Pregnancy,  Cholera  Infantum,  Constipation  and  all  Diseases 
arising  from  imperfect  nutrition,  containing  the  five  active  agents  of  digestion,  viz : 
Pepsin,  Pancreatine,  Diastase,  or  leg.  Ptyalin,  Lactic  and  Hydrochloric  Acids,  in  com¬ 
bination  with  Sugar  of  Milk. 

FORMULA  OF  LACTOPEPTINE. 

Sugar  of  Milk . 40  ounces.  Veg.  Ptyalin  or  Diastase . 4  drachms. 

Pepsin . .  8  ounces.  .  Lactic  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

Pancreatine .  Bounces.  !  Hydrochloric  Acid . 5  fl.  drachms. 

IAGTQPEPTINE  owes  its  great  success  solely  to  the  Medical  Profession,  and  is  sold  almost  entirely  by 
Physicians’  Prescriptions.  Its  almost  universal  adoption  by  the  profession  is  the  strongest  guarantee  we  can 
give  that  its  therapeutio  value  has  been  most  thoroughly  established. 

The  undersigned  Having  tested  LACTOPEPTINE,  recommend  it  to  the  profession. 


F.  LE  ROY  SATTERLEE,  M.D..  Ph.  D„ 

Professor  of  Chem.,  Mat.  Med.  and  Therap.  in  the 
N.  Y.  College  of  Dent.;  Prof,  of  Chem.  and 
Hygiene  in  the  Am.  Vet.  College,  etc.,  etc. 


“  I  have  used  LACTOPljlPTINE  with  very  good  effect 
in  a  number  of  cases  of  Dyspepsia." 


A i.bekt  F.  A.  King,  M.D., 

Washington  D.  C., 

Prof,  of  Obstetrics ,  University  of  Vermont 


I).  W.  Yandbll,  M.D., 

Prof,  of  the  Science  and  Art  of  Surg.  and  Clinical 
Surg.,  University  of  Louisville,  Ky. 

L.  P.  Yandkll.  M.D., 

Prof  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Diseases  of  Children, 
and  Dermatology,  Univer.  of  Louisville ,  Ky 

Rout.  Battey.  M.D.,  Rome,  Ga. 

Emeritus  Prof,  of  Obstetrics,  Atlanta  Med.  Col¬ 
lege,  and  Ex-Pres.  Med.  Association  of  Oa. 

Ci.aude  H.  Mastin,  M.D.,  LL.D., 

.  Mobile,  Ala. 


Prof  H  0  Bartlett,  Ph.  D,,  F.  C.  S., 

London,  England 


1  “  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  with  great  advantage  in 

’  oases  of  feeble  digestion.” 

“I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  both  in  hospital  and 
I  private  practice,  and  have  found  it  to  answer  fully  the 
purposes  for  which  it  is  recommended.  As  an  immediate 
’  aid  to  the  digestive  function,  I  know  of  no  remedy  which 
acts  more  directly.” 

“  I  have  made  much  use  of  LACTOPEPTINE,  and  take 
i  great  pleasure  in  stating  that  It  has  rarely  disappointed 
me.  I  shall,  of  oourse,  continue  to  preeoribe  it.” 

“  LACTOPEPTINE  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  prepara 
tion,  and  no  one  who  gives  it  a  fair  trial  can  fail  to  be 
impressed  with  its  usefulness  in  dyspepsia. 

“  I  have  used  LACTOPEPTINE  in  a  case  of  Dyspepsia 
with  satisfaction.  I  think  well  of  it.” 

“  I  oonsider  LACTOPEPTINE  the  very  best  preparation 
of  the  kind  which  I  have  ever  employed,  and  for  patients 
with  feeble  digestion,  I  know  of  nothing  which  is  equal  to 
it.” 

“I  find  the  preparation  of  LACTOPEPTINE  contains 
within  itself  all  the  principles  required  to  promote  a 
healthy  digestion.** 


PRICE  LIST. 

LACTOPEPTINE  (in  oz.  bottles) . per  oz.  $  1.00 

(  “  “  ) . per  doz.  10.00 

(in  $  lb.  "  ) . per  lb,  12.00 


We  also  prepare  the  various  Elixirs 
and  Syrups ,  in  combination  with  Lacto- 
peptine. 


THE  NEW  YOEK  PHARMAOAL  ASSOCIATION, 

lO  &  12  COLLEGE  PLACE,  NEW  YORK. 


P.  O.  BOX  1574. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


OK  THE 


NEW  ORLEANS. 


FACULTY. 


T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Surgery,  i 
SAMUEL  M.  BEMISS,  M.D.,  '  I 

Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of  | 
Medicine  and  Clinical  Medicine.  M 
STANFORD  E.  CHAILLE,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Physiology  and  Pathological 
Anatomy. 

JOSEPH  JONES,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Clinical  Medi¬ 
cine. 

SAMUEL  LOGAN,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Anatomy  &  Clinical  Surgery. 


ERNEST  S.  LEWIS,  M.D., 
Professor  of  General  and  Clinical  Obstet¬ 
rics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera¬ 
peutics  and  Clinical  Medicine. 

E.  HARRISON,  M.D., 

Lecturer  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye. 

ALBERT  B.  MILES,  M.D., 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 


The  next  annual  course  of  instruction  in  this  Department  (now  in  the  forty- seventh 
year  of  its  exsiteuce)  will  commence  on  Monday,  the  18th  day  of  October,  1880,  and 
terminate  on  Saturday  the  12th  day  of  March,  1881.  The  tirst  three  weeks  of  the 
term  will  be  devoted  exclusively  to  Clinical  Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  Charity 
Hospital;  Practical  Chemistry  in  the  Laboratory;  and  dissections  in  the  spacious 
and  airy  Anatomical  Rooms  of  the  University. 

The  means  of  teaching  now  at  the  command  of  the  Faculty  are  unsurpassed  in  the 
United  States.  Special  attention  is  called  to  the  opportunities  presented  for 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTION. 

The  Act  establishing  the  University  of  Louisiana  gives  the  Professors  of  the 
Medical  Department  the  use  of  the  great  Charity  Hospital,  as  a  school  of  practical 
instruction. 

The  Charity  Hospital  contains  nearly  700  beds,  and  received,  during  the  last  year, 
nearly  six  thousand  patients.  Its  advantages  for  professional  study  are  unsurpased 
by  any  similar  institution  in  this  country.  The  Medical,  Surgical  and  Obstetrical 
Wards  are  visited  by  the  respective  Professors  in  charge  daily,  from  eight  to  ten 
o’clock  A.  M.,  at  which  time  all  the  Students  are  expected  to  attend,  and  familiarize 
themselves,  at  the  bedside  of  the  patients,  with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all 
forms  of  injury  and  disease. 

The  regular  lectures,  at  the  hospital,  on  Clinical  Medicine  by  Professors  Bemiss, 
Elliott  and  Joseph  Jones,  Surgery  by  Professors  Richardson  and  Logan,  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children  by  Professor  Lewis,  and  Special  Pathological  Anatomy  by 
Professor  C hail  16,  will  be  delivered  in  the  amphitheater  on  Monday,  Wednesday, 
Thursday  and  Saturday,  from  10  to  12  o’clock,  A.  M. 

The  Administrators  of  the  Hospital  elect,  anmially,  twelve  resident  Students,  who  are 
maintained  by  the  Instution.  All  vacancies  filled  by  competitive  examination. 


TERMS : 

For  the  Tickets  of  all  the  Professors . ’ . $140  00 

For  the  Ticket  of  Practical  Anatomy . .  10  00 

Matriculation  Fee . . . .'. . . . . . . . . . . .  5  00 

Graduation  Fee . . . . . .  30  00 


Candidates  for  graduation  are  required  to  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  ;  to  have 
studied  three  years;  to  have  attended  two  courses  of  lectures,  and  to  pass  a  satis¬ 
factory  examination.* 

Graduates  of  other  respectable  schools  are  admitted  upon  payment  of  the  Matricu¬ 
lation  and  half  lecture  fees.  They  cannot,  however,  obtain  the  Diploma  of  the  Uni¬ 
versity  without  passing  the  regular  examinations  and  paying  the  usual  Graduation 
Fee. 

As  tht  practical  advantages  here  afforded  for  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  all  the 
branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  are  quite  equal  to  those  possessed  by  the  schools 
of  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  same  fees  are  charged. 

For  further  information,  address 

T.  G.  RICHARDSON,  M.  D.  Dean. 

'For  further  information  upon  these  points  see  circular. 


i